Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of the Michigan State Medical Society"

See other formats


The  Journal 

of  the 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Published  Under  the  Direction 
of  the  Council 

Publication  Committee 
Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.  (Chairman) 

Otto  O.  Beck,  M.D. 

T.  E.  De  Gurse 
Roy  C.  Perkins,  M.D. 

C.  E.  Umphrey,  M.D. 


Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  M.D. 
Editor 


L.  Ferncdd  Foster,  M.D.,  Secretary  and  Business  Manager 
Wm.  J.  Bums,  LL.B.,  Executive  Secretary 


VOLUME  40 
19  4 1 


TKe  JOURNAL 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 
Volume  40  January,  1941  Number  1 


e 


Medical  Societies  and 
Medical  Progress 

By  Rufus  Cole,  M.D. 
Mt.  Kisco,  New  York 


Rufus  Cole,  M.D. 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan ; M.D., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1899 ; Sc.D., 
University  of  Chicago.  Member  of  the 
Staff  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Medical 
School  and  Hospital  from  1899  to 
1908.  Member  and  Director  of  the  Hos- 
pital of  the  Rockefeller  Institute  for 
Medical  Research  from  1908  to  1937. 
During  this  period  engaged  in  research 
on  problems  relating  to  internal  medi- 
cine, especially  infectious  diseases.  At 
present.  Member  Emeritus,  Rockefeller 
Institute;  Vice  President  New  York 
Academy  of  Medicine;  Member,  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Sciences. 

" As  I STOP  to  take  stock  of  my  professional 
life,  I discover  that  besides  collecting  other 
things  I have  been  accumulating  memberships  in 
medical  societies.  And  now,  having  reached  the 
years  supposed  to  offer  opportunities  for  reflec- 
tion, I have  come  to  ask  myself,  how  did  medical 
societies  originate ; what  were  the  reasons  for 
their  foundation ; what  have  they  accomplished ; 
of  what  use  are  they? 

So  far  as  I can  learn,  there  were  no  real  medi- 
cal societies  of  any  significance,  certainly  not  in 
the  English-speaking  world,  until  the  sixteenth 
century,  in  the  time  of  Henry  VIII.  At  that 
time,  medicine  as  a profession  did  not  exist  in 
England.  There  were  a few  physicians  and  trained 
surgeons.  But  the  care  of  the  sick  was  chiefly 
in  the  hands  of  the  clericals,  the  apothecaries 
and  the  barber  surgeons.  As  members  of  the 
clergy  were  forbidden  by  the  canons  of  the 

January,  1941 


church  to  shed  blood,  they  employed  barbers  to 
carry  out  any  necessary  surgical  measures.  Drugs 
and  medicines  were  supplied  by  the  apothecaries, 
or  storekeepers. 

Royal  College  of  Physicians 

In  Italy,  however,  the  teaching  of  medicine  was 
already  highly  organized  in  a number  of  univer- 
siUes.  A young  graduate  of  Oxford,  Thomas 
Linacre,  went  to  Italy  to  imbibe  something  of  the 
new  learning,  of  which  the  English  universities 
were  just  beginning  to  be  faintly  conscious.  Be- 
coming interested  in  medicine,  probably  through 
his  translation  of  medical  manuscripts,  he  studied 
and  obtained  a degree  in  medicine  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Padua.  He  returned  to  England,  taught 
at  Oxford,  and  practiced  medicine.  Though  he 
was  now  a physician,  he  still  remained  a stu- 
dent; he  translated  Galen,  and  during  his  entire 
life  he  was  a physician,  scholar  and  grammarian 
— one  of  our  profession’s  greatest  humanists. 

In  time  he  became  the  physician  of  Henry 
VHI.  In  the  hope  of  improving  the  status  of  the 
medical  profession  in  England,  Linacre  in  1534 
organized  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians  of 
London  and  was  made  the  first  president.  Al- 
though the  charter  of  the  society  stipulated 
that  henceforth  no  person  except  graduates  of 
Oxford  and  Cambridge  should  be  "suffered”  to 
exercise  or  practice  physic,  until  he  had  been 
examined  by  the  President  and  Elects  of  the 
College,  the  College  has  never  at  any  time  at- 
tempted to  enforce  that  decree.  It  has  never  at- 
tempted to  enforce  minimum  requirements  for 
practice,  but  has  established  high  standards  to 
which  all  those  worthy  of  calling  themselves 
physicians  would  attempt  to  conform.  Eor  over 
400  years,  the  possession  of  the  degree  of  Mem- 
ber or  Eellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians 
of  London  has  been  a guarantee  that  the  holder 


19 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


is  a representative  of  all  that  is  best  in  English 
medicine. 

The  greatest  of  all  the  fellows  was  William 
Harvey.  It  was  in  the  anatomical  theatre  of  the 
College  that  he  made  his  dissections,  carried  out 
his  experiments,  gave  lectures  and  demonstrated 
his  evidence  for  the  most  important  physiological 
discovery  ever  made,  the  circulation  of  the  blood. 
Harvey,  like  Linacre,  was  a great  physician  as 
well  as  a scientist  and  scholar.  He  was  the  phy- 
sician to  Charles  I and  tutor  to  the  two  young 
princes.  In  these  days  of  the  excitement  of  war, 
it  will  do  no  harm  for  us  to  remember  the  story 
of  Harvey  at  the  battle  of  Edgehill.  Before  the 
battle,  he  waited  with  the  two  young  princes  in 
a wide  ditch  at  the  top  of  the  hill,  and  to  while 
away  the  time  he  took  a book  from  his  pocket 
and  read.  When  a bullet  grazed  the  ground  near 
him  he  had  to  move,  and  when  the  battle  really 
began,  he  pocketed  his  book  and  became  active 
in  assisting  the  wounded.  Harvey  built  a library 
for  the  College  and  furnished  it  with  books,  and 
at  his  death  left  it  his  patrimonial  estate,  in  order 
to  provide  for  three  objects;  first,  to  supply  an 
annual  feast  for  the  fellows ; second,  to  provide 
for  an  annual  oration  in  order  to  commemorate 
the  benefactors,  to  exhort  the  fellows  and  mem- 
bers to  study  out  the  secrets  of  Nature  by  way 
of  experiment,  and  to  urge  them  to  live  in  love 
and  affection  among  themselves ; and  third,  to 
provide  for  a librarian.  Members  of  the  medical 
profession  everywhere  have  a right  to  be  very 
proud  that  our  societies  originated  with  such 
an  institution  as  the  College  of  Physicians. 

Grocers  Company  and  the  Apothecaries 

Medical  societies  have  still  another  ancestor, 
however.  In  the  15th  and  16th  centuries  frater- 
nities of  artisans  and  tradesmen  existed,  and 
were  usually  called  mysteries  or  companies.  One 
of  the  most  important  of  these  was  that  of  the 
storekeepers,  the  Grocers  Company.  Belonging 
to  this  were  the  apothecaries.  They  objected  to 
control  by  the  untrained  officials  of  the  Grocers 
Company,  and,  in  1617,  those  who  wished  to 
secede  were  given  independence  through  a royal 
decree,  and  the  Society  of  Apothecaries  of  Lon- 
don was  incorporated.  The  regular  apothecaries 
consulted  the  physicians.  Those  of  you  who  are 
familiar  with  The  Gold  Headed  Cane  will  re- 
member that  it  was  there  stated  of  the  famous 
Dr.  Mead,  that  “in  the  forenoons,  apothecaries 
used  to  come  to  him,  at  Tom’s  [a  coffee  house] 


near  Covent  Garden,  with  written  or  verbal  re- 
ports of  cases,  for  which  he  prescribed  without 
seeing  the  patient,  and  took  half-guinea  fees.” 
Many  apothecaries,  however,  did  not  bother  to 
consult  a physician,  and  in  1703  an  apothecary, 
named  Rose,  was  prosecuted  for  advising  and 
treating  a patient  without  consultation.  The  final 
decision  by  the  courts  was  that  apothecaries  be 
allowed  to  advise  their  patients  as  well  as  to 
treat  them.  “This  has  been  termed  the  Charter 
of  the  general  practitioner.”  Ever  since  then  the 
society  has  given  examinations  to  those  desiring 
to  become  members  and  to  practice  medicine. 
Though  all  connection  with  trade  has  now  been 
severed,  it  still  remains  a society  chiefly,  if  not 
entirely,  interested  in  the  qualifications  for  gen- 
eral practitioners,  and  during  its  long  and  honor- 
able career  it  has  consistently  striven  to  elevate 
these  requirements. 

Scientific  Societies  of  the  17th  Century 

A third  possible  source  from  which  our  medi- 
cal societies  take  origin  is  the  scientific  societies 
of  the  17th  century,  which  developed  almost  si- 
multaneously in  Italy,  France,  Germany  and  Eng- 
land. As  during  the  fifteenth  and  early  sixteenth 
centuries  occurred  the  great  renaissance  of  learn- 
ing and  scholarship,  so  in  the  latter  half  of  the 
sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries  came  the 
dawn  of  modern  science,  the  beginning  of  an  era 
in  which  we  are  now  living.  The  desire  to  learn 
more  about  natural  phenomena  possessed  men’s 
minds,  observation  and  experiment  took  the  place 
of  dialectics.  It  was  an  era  for  amateurs,  men 
with  brilliant  minds,  who  did  not  confine  their 
interests  to  narrow  fields,  and  it  is  not  surprising 
that  physicians  took  an  important  part  in  the 
new  movement.  Acute  interests,  such  as  these 
men  possessed,  were  bound  to  draw  them  into 
communication  with  one  another,  and  so  the  sev- 
enteenth century  saw  the  origin  of  the  great  sci- 
entific societies,  some  of  which  still  exist.  Francis 
Bacon,  in  New  Atlantis,  described  as  Solomon’s 
house,  communities  of  men  working  with  com- 
mon scientific  interests.  But  groups  of  scientists 
existed  in  Italy  even  before  Bacon’s  imaginative 
and  romantic  tale  appeared. 

Academia  Natural  Curiosoruni. — A young  Ger- 
man doctor  from  the  small  town  of  Schwein- 
furth,  in  Bavaria,  studied  in  Italy  during 
this  period,  and  became  interested  in  the 
work  of  these  groups  and  also  read  Francis  Ba-  j 


20 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


con’s  New  Atlantis.  This  young-  doctor,  Johann 
Lorenz  Bausch,  went  back  to  Schweinfurth  and, 
in  association  with  three  other  doctors  of  the 
town,  organized  a society  in  1652  for  the  study 
of  scientific  problems,  and  the  publication  of 
their  investigations.  They  called  their  society 
Academia  Naturae  Curiosorum.  The  immediate 
object  was  the  advancement  of  medicine,  but  in- 
terests soon  spread  to  all  natural  phenomena. 
This  society  still  exists  as  the  Deutsche  Academie 
der  Naturforscher.  It  is  the  oldest  scientific  so- 
ciety still  in  existence,  and  it  is  of  interest  that 
it  was  started  by  four  doctors  at  the  close  of 
the  Thirty  Years’  War,  when  their  country  was 
in  ruins,  and  that  its  origin  was  inspired  by  the 
romantic  tale,  N ew  A tlantis. 

Accademia  del  Cimento. — Doctors,  although 
they  did  not  found  it,  played  an  important  part 
in  the  Accademia  del  Cimento,  the  Academy  of 
Experiment,  organized  in  Florence  in  1657,  six 
years  after  the  German  society.  It  lasted  only 
ten  years,  but  the  studies  were  of  great  signifi- 
cance, and  the  members  were  important  figures 
in  science.  Among  them  were  a number  of  phy- 
sicians who  played  important  roles  in  establishing 
physiology  and  medicine  on  a scientific  basis — 
Borelli,  Malpighi,  Redi,  Stensen,  and  others. 

Royal  Society  of  London. — This  is  true  also 
of  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  founded  in  1662, 
the  most  important  of  all  the  scientific  societies 
founded  in  the  17th  century.  This  society  was 
the  outcome  of  informal  meetings  held  by  a small 
group  at  London  and  Oxford  for  the  purpose  of 
discussing  the  new,  or  experimental  philosophy. 
Among  the  members  of  this  group  were  a num- 
ber of  doctors.  One  of  their  rules  was  that  any 
Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians  might 
join.  There  has  always  been  a considerable  num- 
ber of  physicians  in  the  Royal  Society.  Syden- 
ham became  a fellow  in  1700.  Sir  Hans  Sloan, 
the  famous  physician.  President  of  the  College  of 
Physicians,  and  founder  of  the  British  Museum, 
was  the  first  physician  to  be  made  president. 

Medical  societies  of  later  years  have  undoubt- 
edly drawn  their  inspiration  from  the  three 
sources  I have  mentioned : The  Royal  College  of 
Physicians,  The  Society  of  Apothecaries  and  the 
Scientific  Societies  organized  in  the  17th  cen- 
tury, the  College,  consecrated  to  learning,  the 
Society  of  Apothecaries,  interested  in  the  rela- 
tions of  practice  to  society,  and  the  Scientific 


Societies,  devoted  to  experiment.  None  of  the 
later  medical  societies  have  been  copied  directly 
from  any  of  these  earlier  organizations,  no  one 
of  them  has  devoted  itself  exclusively  to  a single 
one  of  the  respective  fields,  but  every  one  has 
been  interested  in  one  or  more  of  these  domains, 
some  of  them  in  all. 

Medical  Society  of  Edinburgh 

In  1734,  two  hundred  years  after  the  founda- 
tion of  the  College  of  Physicians,  six  fellow 
medical  students  at  the  University  of  Edinburgh, 
“the  foremost  in  application  and  knowledge”  . . . 
met  together  “for  their  mutual  instruction  and 
advancement  in  their  studies.”  Once  a fortnight 
a meeting  was  held  at  which  a dissertation  by 
one  of  their  members  was  discussed,  and  in  1737 
this  society,  now  composed  of  ten  members,  was 
formally  organized  as  the  Medical  Society  of 
Edinburgh.  Conditions  in  Edinburgh  at  this  time 
were  propitious  for  such  an  undertaking.  There 
was  here  a distinguished  medical  faculty,  all  the 
members  of  which  had  studied  in  Leyden  under 
Boerhaave,  and  were  carrying  on  clinical  teach- 
ing in  the  Royal  Infirmary  which  had  been 
opened  in  1729.  This  society,  now  the  Royal  Med- 
ical Society  of  Edinburgh,  has  been  devoted  pri- 
marily to  fostering  clinical  and  scientific  medi- 
cine. Admission  is  difficult  and  includes  the  pres- 
entation of  an  original  dissertation.  For  us  this 
society  is  of  much  interest,  since  it  undoubtedly 
influenced  greatly  the  organization  and  develop- 
ment of  societies  in  this  country. 

Origin  of  American  Societies 

Two  London  physicians  were  also  influential 
in  starting  and  moulding  the  character  of  our 
societies.  Dr.  Samuel  Fothergill,  the  great  friend 
of  Franklin,  and  Dr.  John  Coakley  Lettsom,  who 
carried  on  a wide  correspondence  with  medical 
men  in  this  country,  was  made  an  honorary  mem- 
ber of  most  of  the  societies  started  here  during 
his  lifetime  and  became  an  honorary  member 
and  conservator  of  the  New  York  Hospital.  Dr. 
Fothergill  was  one  of  the  early  members  of  the 
Edinburgh  Society  and  so  was  very  familiar  with 
that  organization.  Dr.  Lettsom,  somewhat 
younger,  a protege  of  Fothergill,  was  a most 
picturesque  figure.  He  was  bom  in  Tortola  in  the 
West  Indies,  was  taken  to  London  when  very 
young,  was  educated  there,  and  was  apprenticed 
to  an  apothecary.  But  the  financial  affairs  of  his 
family  were  in  a bad  way,  so  he  returned  to  Tor- 


January,  1941 


21 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


tola  where  he  arrived  with  £50  in  his  pocket.  His 
first  act  was  to  liberate  his  slaves.  Then  he  prac- 
ticed medicine  on  the  island  and  in  six  months 
had  made  £2000.  He  gave  half  to  his  mother, 
returned  to  Europe,  took  his  M.D.  degree  in 
Leyden,  and  started  in  practice  in  London,  where, 
probably  aided  by  Lothergill,  he  soon  had  an 
enormous  practice  and  is  said  to  have  made  as 
much  as  £12,000  in  a single  year.  There  are  a 
half  dozen  versions  of  the  famous  play  on  his 
name,  of  which  this  is  one, 

I,  John  Lettsom, 

Blisters,  bleeds  and  sweats  ’em 

And  if  then  they  choose  to  die, 

I,  John,  lets  ’em. 

Dr.  Lettsom  was  not  a graduate  of  an  English 
university  and  therefore  could  not  become  a fel- 
low of  the  College,  so  he  started  a society  of  his 
own,  the  London  Medical  Society.  This  society 
is  still  in  existence.  It  has  occupied  an  important 
place  in  the  history  of  English  medicine  and,  es- 
pecially in  its  earlier  years,  gave  to  its  members 
a position  of  greater  importance  in  the  eyes  of 
the  public,  increased  the  self-respect  of  the  less 
well  educated  and  less  prosperous  members,  and 
aided  in  their  development  and  education. 

Philadelphia  M'cdical  Society. — In  the  Ameri- 
can colonies,  during  the  very  early  period,  clergy- 
men, carrying  out  what  Cotton  Mather  called 
the  “Angelical  Conjunction,”  had  acted  as  doc- 
tors as  well  as  priests.  But  in  the  18th  century, 
before  the  Revolution,  this  practice  had  been 
largely  given  up  and  the  care  of  the  sick  was 
mainly  in  the  hands  of  men  with  almost  no 
medical  training  at  all.  There  was  plenty  of  sick- 
ness, doctoring  was  profitable  and  many  un- 
trained men  hung  out  their  shingles.  After  the 
middle  of  the  century  there  was  a sprinkling  of 
men,  mostly  from  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  who 
went  abroad  to  study  medicine,  chiefly  in  Lon- 
don and  Edinburgh.  They  became  the  leading 
men  here  and  were  instrumental  in  starting  the 
societies  in  this  country.  Among  them  were  two 
especially,  who  played  important  parts  in  the 
development  of  medicine  in  this  country,  John 
Morgan  and  William  Shippen.  Both  were  Phila- 
delphians and  both  studied  under  Eothergill  and 
received  their  medical  degrees  from  Edinburgh. 
Shippen  returned  in  1762,  started  in  practice  and 


at  the  same  time  gave  lectures  in  anatomy,  the 
first  systematic  anatomical  lectures  ever  given  in 
this  country.  Morgan  came  back  three  years  later, 
the  best  educated,  and  reputedly  the  most  talented 
doctor  in  America.  Soon  after  his  return,  Mor- 
gan was  made  Professor  of  the  Theory  and 
Practice  of  Medicine  in  the  College  of  Phila- 
delphia, and  this  was  the  beginning  of  the  first 
medical  school  in  this  country,  later  to  become 
the  Medical  Department  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  On  May  3,  1765,  he  delivered  his 
“memorable  and  prophetic”  address  on  medical 
education,  which  proposed  standards  that  were 
only  realized  100  years  later.  Shippen  was  of  a 
jealous,  envious  disposition;  he  felt  that  Morgan 
was  stealing  his  thunder,  and  as  a result  these 
men  became  bitter  rivals  and  enemies,  with  un- 
fortunate results  for  the  future  of  medicine  in 
America. 

Although  Shippen,  after  his  return  from 
Europe,  had  made  an  effort  to  start  a medical 
society,  nothing  came  of  it.  But  no  sooner  had 
Morgan  returned  than  he  started  the  Philadel- 
phia Medical  Society  (1765),  the  first  significant 
society  to  be  organized  on  this  side  of  the  water. 
Morgan  invited  all  the  leading  doctors  of  Phila- 
delphia to  become  members,  with  the  exception 
of  William  Shippen  and  his  father.  This  certain- 
ly did  not  help  to  narrow  the  breach  between 
the  two  rival  professors.  However,  the  society 
did  not  last  long.  After  three  years  it  was  com- 
bined with  the  Society  for  Promoting  Useful 
Knowledge,  which  had  been  started  by  Eranklin 
in  1743,  to  form  the  American  Philosophical  So- 
ciety which  is  still  in  existence.  Although  doctors 
were  active  in  the  Philosophical  Society,  Phila- 
delphia remained  without  any  real  medical  society 
from  1768  until  1787.  During  this  period  the 
revolutionary  war  was  fought,  and  Shippen  and 
Morgan  continued  their  rivalry,  now  more  seri- 
ous. At  the  outbreak  of  the  war  Morgan  had 
been  made  director  general  of  the  hospitals,  but 
through  Shippen’s  connivance,  Morgan  was  dis- 
missed from  the  army  and  Shippen  was  put  in 
his  place.  In  retaliation,  Morgan  had  Shippen 
court-martialed.  At  one  time  Shippen  even  had 
Morgan  put  in  jail  for  slander.  It  was  a bitter 
struggle  and  left  Morgan  a broken  man.  He 
retired  from  active  life,  although  he  held  his 
professorship  until  his  death  in  1789. 

College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia. — In 
1787,  the  war  being  over  and  quiet  being  restored, 


22 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  [MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


a new  society  in  Philadelphia  was  organized,  the 
College  of  Physicians  of  Philadelphia,  and  in  the 
choice  of  the  name,  the  members  were  undoubt- 
edly influenced  by  the  name  of  the  oldest  medical 
society  in  England.  Its  real  parent,  however, 
was  the  Edinburgh  Medical  Society.  “Weir 
Mitchell  used  to  say  that  genealogically  our  Col- 
lege was  the  child  of  Edinburgh  and  the  grand- 
child of  Leyden.”  Though  Morgan  took  no 
active  part  in  the  organization  of  the  new  so- 
ciety, it  is  certain  that  it  was  different  than  it 
would  have  been  without  the  influence  which  he 
still  exerted.  However,  another  man  had  now 
taken  his  place  at  the  head  of  the  medical 
affairs  in  Philadelphia.  Benjamin  Rush,  ten 
years  younger  than  Morgan,  had  also  studied  in 
Edinburgh  and  London,  and  on  Morgan’s  death 
became  his  successor.  Rush  was  cast  in  a dif- 
ferent mold  from  Morgan,  much  more  practical 
and  ready  to  make  compromises,  much  more 
a man  of  affairs,  politically  minded,  he  lacked 
Morgan’s  idealism.  He  was  neither  a great  stu- 
dent nor  a scientist.  John  Redman  was  made 
president  of  the  College,  but  Rush  gave  the 
introductory  lecture.  In  this  address  Rush  laid 
stress  on  the  relation  of  the  society  to  the  gov- 
ernment. His  attitude  toward  the  scientific  pro- 
gram was  neither  very  imaginative  nor  stimulat- 
ing. Among  other  things,  he  said  “a  fellowship 
in  our  College  will  become  in  time  not  only  the 
sign  of  ability  but  an  introduction  to  business.” 
This  address  is  of  much  interest  as  it  was  the 
first  promulgation  in  this  country  of  the  purposes 
of  a medical  society.  It  was,  on  the  whole,  an 
able  address,  but  it  lacked  the  insight,  idealism 
and  inspiration  of  John  Morgan’s  speech  on  edu- 
cation made  25  years  before. 

The  College  was  not  established  to  grant  de- 
grees ; that  was  taken  care  of  by  the  university. 
Nor  was  it  even  intended  to  be  a teaching  institu- 
tion. At  first  it  took  quite  an  active  part  in  public 
health  and  other  matters.  During  the  yellow 
fever  epidemics,  the  question  whether  the  dis- 
ease was  of  local  origin  or  whether  it  was  in- 
fectious and  imported  from  without,  was  very 
violently  discussed  at  frequent  meetings.  The 
college  held  at  all  times  that  the  disease  was 
imported  and  spread  by  contagion.  Benjamin 
Rush  took  the  opposite  view,  holding  that  the 
disease  was  he  result  of  filth  in  the  streets  of 
the  city.  He  felt  so  strongly  about  this,  and 
about  the  attitude  of  the  society,  that,  in  1797, 


he  resigned  from  the  College.  In  1802,  Lettsom 
sent  to  the  College  a supply  of  vaccine  virus,  and 
he  was  made  an  honorary  member.  On  the 
other  hand,  Jenner,  who  was  also  proposed,  failed 
of  election.  So  do  the  wisest  sometimes  fail  to 
recognize  the  source  of  important  new  knowledge. 

With  the  passing  of  time  and  the  development 
of  other  organizations,  the  need  for  the  College 
to  trke  an  active  part  in  public  affairs  became 
less  pressing,  and  the  society  “tended  more  and 
more  to  function  as  a purely  scientific  body, 
dedicated  chiefly  to  the  exchange  and  publication 
of  scientific  reports  based  on  individual  research 
and  practice.”  The  meetings  are  held  monthly 
and  a number  of  lectureships  have  been  endowed. 
The  library  has  always  been  one  of  the  most 
important  features  of  the  College  and  it  is  now 
one  of  the  important  medical  libraries  of  the 
world.  It  has  almost  150,000  volumes,  including 
over  400  incunabulse.  Largely  because  of  the 
library,  the  physicians  of  Philadelphia  have  al- 
ways been  interested  in  medical  literature  and 
culture. 

In  later  years,  even  among  the  fellows,  the 
ciiticism  has  been  expressed,  just  as  it  has  been 
in  the  case  of  its  namesake  in  London,  that  it 
is  not  as  active  as  it  should  be,  that  it  should 
take  more  part  in  public  affairs.  It  may  be 
pointed  out,  however,  that  the  accomplishments 
of  this  society,  though  in  part  intangible,  have 
been  and  still  are  very  great.  The  medical  profes- 
sion in  Philadelphia  has  always  been  distinguished 
for  its  character,  its  learning  and  its  devotion  to 
the  traditions  of  medicine.  In  no  city  in  the 
country  has  the  profession  been  held  in  higher 
esteem  by  the  people.  For  all  this  the  College 
may  take  a good  share  of  the  credit.  Societies, 
like  men,  cannot  be  measured  entirely  by  their 
activities.  What  men  are  may  be  as  important 
as  what  they  accomplish. 

This  society  is  important,  not  only  because 
of  its  age  and  history,  but  because  it  is  a type 
of  society  that  has  been  frequently  imitated  in 
this  country.  These  societies  have  usually 
been  called  academies,  or,  in  some  cases,  in- 
stitutes, not  because  they  are  teaching  organi- 
zations but  because  they  are  intended  to  be 
chiefly  scientific  associations,  with  the  mem- 
bership limited  to  the  more  worthy  and  best 
educated  members  of  the  profession.  Many  of 
these  academies  have  also  developed  libraries. 


J.^NUARY,  1941 


23 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


The  Academy  of  Medicine  in  New  York, 
founded  in  1847,  now  has  a library  of  almost 
250,000  volumes,  and  is  exceeded  in  size,  in 
this  country,  only  by  the  Library  of  the  Surgeon 
General  in  Washington.  Some  of  the  academies 
have  maintained  the  high  scholarly  and  scientific 
ideals  which  at  first  distinguished  them.  Others 
have  become  largely  interested  in  medico-political 
matters  and,  with  propriety,  can  hardly  be  dis- 
tinguished as  Academies,  as  that  term  is  generally 
understood. 

New  Jersey  State  Medical  Society. — Societies 
with  a less  restricted  membership,  and  concern- 
ing themselves  to  a considerable  extent  with 
medico-political  and  medico-social  affairs,  began 
to  be  organized  very  early  in  this  country.  In 
1766,  there  was  organized  the  New  Jersey  State 
Medical  Society  with  17  members.  This  society 
was  formed  for  the  purpose  of  controlling  medi- 
cal practice  in  the  state  and  for  regulating  fees. 

It  is  still  in  existence  and  is  claimed  to  be 
the  oldest  medical  society  in  the  United  States. 
However,  it  was  only  legally  incorporated  in 
1790,  and,  therefore,  the  glory  attached  to  be- 
ing the  oldest  medical  society  still  existing  in 
the  United  States  is  claimed  by  the  Massachu- 
setts Medical  Society,  which  was  incorporated 
in  1781.  Wisely,  the  Massachusetts  Society 
refrained  from  dealing  with  the  matter  of  fees, 
and,  by  its  charter,  control  of  medical  practice 
in  the  state  was  placed  in  its  hands  in  per- 
petuity. It  was  from  the  first  an  organization 
for  regulating  practice,  not  a scientific  society. 

That  it  was  very  conservative  is  shown  from 
the  record  of  its  relations  with  Benjamin  Water- 
house,  the  Professor  of  Medicine  at  Harvard, 
who  introduced  vaccination  into  this  country. 
Apparently  the  society  felt  it  should  go  very 
slowly  in  this  matter.  It  was  not  until  1808,  ten 
years  after  the  publication  of  Jenner’s  Inquiry, 
and  nine  years  after  Waterhouse  had  success- 
fully vaccinated  seven  of  his  own  children,  that 
the  society  put  itself  on  record  as  convinced  of 
the  value  of  vaccination.  Of  that  contribution  to 
medicine  which  is  probably  the  greatest  ever 
made  in  this  country,  certainly  in  Massachusetts, 
the  introduction  of  ether  anesthesia,  the  society 
apparently  remained  blissfully  unconscious.  In 


the  history  of  the  Massachusetts  Medical  So- 
ciety of  500  pages,  ether  anesthesia  is  not  even 
mentioned.  In  spite  of  all  this,  the  society  became, 
in  later  years,  a dignified,  useful  corporation,  con- 
trolling the  licensing  of  physicians  in  Massachu- 
setts until  the  passage  of  the  medical  practice 
act  in  1914,  and  it  has  succeeded  in  maintaining 
the  profession  in  the  state  at  a high  level. 

Michigan  and  Other  State  Societies.— M.3.\v\y 
with  the  purpose  of  controlling  the  licensing  of 
practitioners,  a large  number  of  state  and  county 
medical  societies  were  formed  during  the  first 
half  of  the  nineteenth  century.  It  is  undoubtedly 
a source  of  great  pride  to  you  that  in  1820,  when 
there  were  societies  in  only  eight  of  the  states, 
all  of  them  on  the  Atlantic  seaboard,  a medical 
society  was  organized  by  the  doctors  living  in 
the  far-off  Territory  of  Michigan.  Only  three 
years  before.  Dr.  John  L.  Whiting  had  arrived 
in  Detroit,  on  horseback,  to  practice  in  what  was 
then  practically  a wilderness,  with  only  a few 
scattered  settlements  inhabited  by  fur  traders. 
He  had  come  from  New  York  State,  where  a 
state  medical  society  had  been  organized  ten 
years  before.  He  brought  together  seven  doctors, 
three  from  Detroit,  and  one  each  from  Pontiac, 
St.  Claire,  Mount  Clemens  and  Monroe,  and 
organized  a medical  society — seven  members, 
four  of  them  officers.  As  you  know,  your  so- 
ciety has  not  had  an  uninterrupted  existence,  but, 
except  for  the  name,  the  present  society  is  the 
same  one  organized  by  Dr.  Whiting  one  hundred 
and  twenty  years  ago. 

American  Medical  Association 

By  1844  societies  had  been  established  in  15 
states,  only  three  of  them,  including  Michigan, 
west  of  the  Alleghanies.  To  the  annual  meeting 
of  the  New  York  State  Medical  Society,  in  that 
year,  there  came  a young  delegate  from  Broome 
County,  named  Dr.  Nathan  Smith  Davis,  only  27 
years  of  age.  He  had  been  born  on  a small  farm 
in  Northern  New  York,  his  mother  died  when 
he  was  seven  years  old,  and  he  had  had  a difficult 
childhood  and  youth ; his  father  had  been  able 
to  send  him  but  for  a single  term  to  the  neigh- 
boring Cazinova  Seminary.  When  17  years  of 
age,  he  commenced  to  study  medicine  in  the 
office  of  a county  doctor,  and  at  20  he  received 
a diploma  from  the  College  of  Physicians  and 


24 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


Surgeons  of  Western  New  York.  He  practiced 
for  a few  months  in  a small  village,  was  mar- 
ried, and  then  moved  to  Binghamton,  Boone 
County.  It  is  obvious  that  his  formal  education 
was  as  meagre  as  can  be  imagined.  But  young 
Davis  had  health  and  he  was  determined  to  have 
an  education.  While  practicing,  he  studied  in 
every  spare  moment,  and  before  ver}^  long,  be- 
sides rapidly  becoming  a leading  doctor  in  his 
town,  he  was  lecturing  to  classes  in  the  Bingham- 
ton Academy  on  physiology,  botany,  chemistry 
and  other  subjects.  He  was  elected  secretary  of 
his  county  society  in  1841,  librarian  in  1843,  and 
the  following  year  he  was  made  a delegate  to  the 
state  society.  If  any  one  could  know  how  ineffi- 
cient the  medical  education  of  that  day  was, 
young  Dr.  Davis  should.  And  he  felt  very 
strongly  about  it.  So,  at  this,  his  first  meeting 
of  the  State  society,  he  introduced  some  resolu- 
tions, declaring  “ a four  months  college  term  too 
short  for  an  adequate  course  of  lectures  on  all 
the  branches  of  medical  science,  and  the  stand- 
ard of  education,  both  preliminary  and  medical, 
required  by  the  schools  previous  to  the  granting 
of  their  diplomas,  altogether  too  low.”  It  seems 
almost  unbelievable,  in  the  light  of  the  extent 
and  complexity  of  present-day  medical  educa- 
tion, that  less  than  100  years  ago,  in  even  the 
best  medical  schools  of  this  country,  a four 
months’  lecture  course  was  considered  sufficient 
to  impart  to  the  prospective  doctor  all  that  was 
known  of  medical  science  and  practice.  Dr.  Davis’ 
resolutions  gave  rise  to  some  discussion,  but  they 
were  merely  referred  to  a committee,  of  which 
Dr.  Davis  was  made  chairman.  During  the  year, 
he  persuaded  most  of  the  county  societies  of  the 
state  to  sanction  the  principles  they  contained, 
and  the  next  year  the  committee  reported.  Dr. 
Davis,  of  course,  again  strongly  recommended 
the  resolutions,  but  another  member  brought  in 
an  unfavorable  report.  He  said  that  the  require- 
ments of  the  colleges  in  New  York  State  were 
as  high  as  those  of  the  other  states,  and  that 
if  they  were  made  more  strict  in  New  York, 
the  students  would  leave  the  colleges  in  New 
York  and  go  elsewhere.  Dr.  Davis,  therefore, 
offered  a resolution  to  the  effect  that  a National 
Convention  of  delegates  from  all  medical  schools 
and  colleges  in  the  countr}'-  be  called,  to  meet  in 
New  York  City  in  1846,  for  the  purpose  of  adopt- 
ing some  concerted  action  on  the  subject  of  the 
standards  of  medical  education.  Some  of  the 


opposition  declared  the  project  “utopian,  im- 
practical and  undesirable.”  The  resolutions,  how- 
ever, were  adopted  by  the  society,  and  Dr.  Davis 
spent  a busy  year  getting  in  touch  with  so- 
cieties, colleges,  editors  and  prominent  physicians 
throughout  the  country.  And  he  didn’t  have  a 
corps  of  assistants  and  stenographers  either! 

As  a result  of  his  efforts,  on  May  5,  1846, 
eighty  delegates  from  colleges  and  state  societies 
throughout  the  nation  met  in  New  York  and 
decided  to  form  a National  Medical  Association. 
One  year  later,  a second  meeting  was  held  at 
Philadelphia,  with  250  delegates  present,  and  at 
this  meeting  resolutions  were  passed  recommend- 
ing an  increase  in  the  medical  course  from  four 
to  six  months  and  that  students  should  be  re- 
quired to  attend  two  full  courses  of  lectures.  It 
was  further  decided  to  make  the  organization  a 
permanent  one  and  to  name  it  The  American 
Medical  Association. 

It  is  well  for  us  not  tO'  forget  that  this  society 
was  founded  as  the  result  of  the  desire  to  im- 
prove medical  education  on  the  part  of  a young 
man,  Nathan  Smith  Davis,  who  himself  had  been 
deprived  of  the  benefits  of  a formal  education, 
but  who  became  one  of  the  best  educated  men 
of  the  profession. 

The  great  improvement  in  medical  education 
which  has  since  occurred  has,  of  course,  not  been 
due  solely  to  the  American  Medical  Association, 
but  this  society  has  never  wavered  in  its  out- 
spoken advocacy  of  the  highest  standards,  and 
certainly,  without  the  support  of  organized  medi- 
cine, reforms  would  have  been  very  difficult.  You 
all  know  of  the  other  great  accomplishments  of 
the  American  Medical  Association. 

British  Medical  Association 

The  British  Medical  Association  was  started 
in  a somewhat  different  manner  and  with  a dif- 
ferent purpose.  In  1832,  through  the  efforts  of 
Dr.  Charles  Hastings,  a general  practitioner  of 
Worcester,  there  was  organized  the  Provincial 
Medical  and  Surgical  Association.  Unlike  Dr. 
Davis,  Dr.  Hastings  was  not  greatly  interested 
in  improving  medical  education,  there  was  less 
need  for  this  in  England,  but  he  was  very  de- 
sirous of  improving  the  quality  of  the  general 
practitioners.  While,  at  first,  membership  was 
restricted  to  the  doctors  of  the  provinces,  in  1856 
London  was  included,  and  the  name  of  the  asso- 
ciation was  changed  to  the  British  Medical  Asso- 
ciation. The  British  and  American  Associations, 


January,  1941 


25 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


therefore,  were  founded  for  different  reasons 
but  their  methods  have  been  very  similar. 

Special  Societies 

With  the  gradual  improvement  in  medical  edu- 
cation during  the  latter  part  of  the  century,  there 
occurred  a great  movement  toward  specialization 
in  medicine  and  the  development  of  national 
societies  devoted  to  the  various  specialties.  The 
first  of  these  societies,  the  American  Otological 
Society,  was  founded  in  1866,  and  this  was  fol- 
lowed by  the  Neurological  Society  in  1875,  and 
later  by  other  societies  representing  all  the  va- 
rious specialties,  These  societies  are  of  great 
importance,  not  only  because  they  bring  together 
men  of  common  interests,  but  because  they  pro- 
mote the  discussion  of  clinical  and,  to  some 
extent,  scientific  problems  without  the  confusion 
resulting  from  the  introduction  of  economic,  so- 
cial and  political  questions  into  their  delibera- 
tions. While  not  all  these  societies  are  animated 
by  exactly  the  same  spirit  and  high  ideals,  their 
general  purpose  may  be  well  illustrated  by  read- 
ing to  you  a paragraph  from  the  presidential 
address  of  the  first  president  of  the  Association 
of  American  Physicians,  Dr.  Francis  Delafield, 
in  1885.  This  address  is  probably  the  shortest 
one  ever  given  in  like  circumstances  and,  in  my 
humble  opinion,  is  one  of  the  best.  It  consisted  of 
but  three  paragraphs,  the  second  of  which  is  the 
following ; 

“We  all  of  us  know  why  we  are  assembled 
here  today.  It  is  because  we  want  an  association 
in  which  there  will  be  no  medical  politics  and 
no  medical  ethics ; an  association  in  which  no 
one  will  care  who  are  the  officers  and  who  are 
not;  in  which  we  will  not  ask  from  what  part 
of  the  country  a man  comes,  but  whether  he  has 
done  good  work  and  will  do  more ; whether  he 
has  something  to  say  worth  hearing,  and  can 
say  it.  We  want  an  association  composed  of 
members,  each  one  of  whom  is  able  to  contribute 
something  real  to  the  common  stock  of  knowl- 
edge, and  where  he  who  reads  such  a contribu- 
tion feels  sure  of  a discriminating  audience.” 

It  is  of  interest  that  in  1907,  under  the  influ- 
ence of  Dr.  Osier,  a society  having  similar  pur- 
poses was  organized  in  Great  Britain,  the  Asso- 
ciation of  British  Physicians.  Thus  did  England, 
from  which  we  obtained  ideas  regarding  medical 
societies  in  the  eighteenth  century,  come  to  us 
for  models  in  the  twentieth. 


Societies  for  Experimental  Studies 

Such  rapid  changes  have  occurred  in  medicine, 
especially  in  America,  during  the  past  forty 
years,  that  no  discussion  of  medical  societies 
would  be  complete  without  touching  on  some  of 
the  changes  that  have  occurred  in  them.  During 
the  last  few  years  of  the  last  century,  the  study 
of  the  fundamental  nature  of  disease  by  experi- 
mental methods  was  increasing  rapidly,  but  it 
was  largely  carried  on  by  those  wFo  were  pro- 
fessionally chiefly  interested  in  the  underlying 
sciences,  though  a few  doctors,  working  in  the 
university  clinics  and  hospitals,  and  a very"  few 
men  working  independently,  were  also  busy.  One 
of  these  men  was  Dr.  Samuel  Meltzer  of  New 
York.  He  had  studied  in  Europe  under  the 
German  clinicians  and  scientists  of  that  period. 
He  came  to  this  country  in  1883  to  undertake 
practice  and  to  engage  in  the  study  of  disease. 
But  there  were  very  few  laboratories  in  wFich 
such  studies  could  be  undertaken.  He  built  up 
a practice  in  New  York,  but  the  inquiring  spirit 
did  not  die.  After  visiting  his  patients,  he  would 
drive  to  the  physiological  laboratory  of  the  Col- 
lege of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  tie  his  horse  to 
a lamp  post,  and  perform  some  physiological 
experiment.  Many  experiments  were  also  car- 
ried out  in  his  own  little  house,  often  late  at 
night.  Dr.  Meltzer  was  unique  in  his  insistence 
on  the  importance  of  societies  for  stimulating 
research.  With  a few  like  minded  men,  in  1903, 
he  organized  the  Society  of  Experimental  Biolog}" 
and  Medicine  which  soon  became  familiarly 
dubbed  the  Meltzer  Verein.  It  has  now  grown  to 
have  a membership  of  over  1,500,  with  13  sec- 
tions scattered  over  this  country,  Canada  and 
China.  The  contributions  of  the  members  now 
number  over  eleven  thousand  and  fill  forty-three 
volumes. 

But  Dr.  Meltzer  was  not  satisfied  with  found- 
ing only  one  society.  In  1908,  recognizing  that 
there  was  not  room  in  the  Association  of  Amer- 
ican Physicians  for  the  rapidly  increasing  num- 
ber of  scientific  physicians,  he  w"as  instrumental 
in  organizing  the  American  Society  for  Clinical 
Investigation,  which  has  been  of  very  great  value 
in  giving  recognition  and  stimulus  to  the  younger 
members  working  in  experimental  medicine  and 
in  giving  them  a forum  for  the  presentation  and 
discussion  of  their  work. 

A recently  organized  medical  society  is  the 
American  College  of  Physicians,  founded  in  1915. 


26 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


Besides  offering-  a meeting  place  for  considering 
and  discussing  clinical  and  scientific  topics,  it  is 
attempting,  through  organized  effort,  to  improve 
postgraduate  teaching  and  to  establish  minimum 
standards  for  those  specializing  in  internal  medi- 
cine. It,  therefore,  is  more  directly  concerned 
with  problems  of  professional  organization  and 
regulation  and  with  controversial  matters  than 
the  other  organizations  I have  just  mentioned. 

Its  board  of  registration,  in  collaboration 
with  boards  representing  the  other  specialties, 
and  with  members  representing  the  American 
Medical  Association,  pass  on  the  qualifica- 
tions of  those  desiring  to  be  regarded  as  spe- 
cialists. The  number  of  candidates  so  far  as- 
cepted  is  over  11,000.  Truly  the  profession  is 
becoming  specialized! 

Time  will  not  permit  me  to  discuss  the  large 
number  of  smaller  societies  that  have  been  or- 
ganized during  the  present  century,  some  of 
them  with  original  and  unique  functions. 

Lessons  Learned 

The  study  of  history  is  very  pleasant  and  in- 
teresting, but  it  can  only  affect  our  lives  if  from 
it  we  can  draw  conclusions  and  learn  lessons. 
From  the  resume  of  the  history  of  medical  so- 
cieties, which  I have  presented  so  inadequately, 
it  is  evident  that  the  various  societies  were 
founded  for  various  reasons.  This  is  not  so 
obvious,  however,  if  one  only  reads  their  con- 
stitutions. It  has  been  said  that  “a.  man  always 
has  two  reasons  for  doing  anything — a good  rea- 
son and  the  real  reason.”  Constitutions  usually 
state  the  good  reasons.  There  is  a striking  simi- 
larity in  the  constitutions  of  all  medical  societies, 
just  as  there  is  in  the  constitutions  of  all  coun- 
tries established  during  the  past  150  years,  or, 
at  least,  until  recently,  when  constitutions  came 
to  be  considered  superfluous.  All  these  con- 
stitutions start  with  the  statement  that  the  pur- 
pose of  the  government  is  to  promote  liberty, 
welfare  and  happiness  of  the  people,  although  too 
often  these  beneficent  purposes  are  soon  for- 
gotten. So  the  constitutions  of  the  medical  so- 
cieties usually  state  that  they  are  founded  to 
promote  the  science  of  medicine,  improve  the 
education  of  their  members  and  promote  public 


health,  or  words  to  that  effect.  To  find  what 
they  have  really  stood  for,  it  is  necessary  to  be 
informed  of  their  later  activities. 

From  the  very  beginning,  aside  from  their 
interest  in  scientific  matters,  medical  societies 
were  active  in  solving  the  economic  and  political 
problems  confronting  the  profession.  They  were 
interested  in  the  regulation  of  fees,  the  qualifica- 
tions for  practice,  improvements  in  education, 
the  behavior  of  physicians  toward  one  another, 
medical  ethics,  the  suppression  of  cults  profess- 
ing unusual  doctrines,  the  relation  between  physi- 
cians and  hospitals,  and  more  recently,  resistance 
to  special  groups  who  would  introduce  what  they 
mistakenly  believe  to  be  reforms  in  medical  prac- 
tice, but  which,  if  carried  out,  would  be  harmful 
to  the  public  welfare. 

During  the  past  fifty  years,  two  important 
trends  in  the  activities  of  medical  societies  have 
taken  place.  First,  there  has  occurred  a great 
movement  toward  organization  of  the  profession 
in  order  to  solve  medico-political  and  medico- 
social  problems.  Second,  in  the  scientific  field 
there  has  occurred  a striking  tendency  toward 
specialization  in  the  societies.  While  there  are 
great  possibilities  for  good  in  both  of  these  trends, 
there  are  also  dangers  which  should  not  be  dis- 
regarded. 

Organization  emphasizes  the  importance  of  the 
mass  and  tends  to  diminish  the  significance  of 
the  individual,  who  thus  loses  in  self-respect  and 
public  esteem  and  may  become  less  interested  in 
his  own  development.  It  tends  to  magnify  the 
importance  of  the  organizers  and  to  lay  stress 
on  qualities  which  are  entirely  foreign  to  scientific 
or  professional  abilities.  If  not  resisted,  there  is 
always  danger  that  group  interests  may  become 
paramount  to  public  interests.  Organization  by 
special  groups  has  become  widely  prevalent.  The 
Workers  Alliance,  the  Tariff  Lobby,  the  Trades 
Unions,  the  Townsendites,  the  Big  Navy  Boys, 
the  Farmer  Group,  the  American  Legion,  the 
Youth  Congress,  and  hundreds  of  other  groups, 
all  organized  to  promote  their  own  interests,  give 
rise  to  the  fear  that  the  public  interest  may  be 
forgotten.  It  is  important  to  keep  in  mind  the 
fate  of  the  guilds  and  companies,  which  had  lost 
their  usefulness  by  the  second  half  of  the  18th 
century.  As  one  historian  has  said^  “the  medieval 
form  of  association  was  incompatible  with  the 
new  ideas  of  individual  liberty  and  free  com- 
petition. . . . Intent  only  on  promoting  their  own 


January,  1941 


27 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


interests  and  disregarding  the  welfare  of  the 
community,  the  old  companies  had  become  an 
unmitigated  evil.”  Fortunately,  in  the  medical 
organizations,  there  has  as  yet  been  no  indication 
of  putting  selfish  interests  above  the  common 
welfare. 

Advantages  and  Dangers  of  Medical  Societies 

The  second  tendency  in  our  societies,  that  of 
specialization,  is  also  not  without  dangers.  I am 
referring  here  not  so  much  to  the  societies  whose 
interests  are  in  the  various  special  fields  of 
medicine,  but  rather  to  the  tendency  to  make 
a sharp  division  between  those  men  who  are 
investigating  disease  and  widening  the  boundaries 
of  knowledge  and  the  great  mass  of  physicians 
who  are  applying  this  new  knowledge,  with  a 
corresponding  separation  of  their  societies,  It 
was  unfortunate  enough  when  the  chemists  and 
physiologists  and  anatomists  became  far  removed 
from  the  medical  profession.  That  special  so- 
cieties should  be  organized  by  those  who  are 
engaged  in  particular  kinds  of  research  is  inevi- 
table, but  these  societies  should  not  be  the  only 
ones  interested  in  adding  to  knowledge.  It  has 
recently  been  suggested  that  men  desiring  to 
undertake  research  in  medicine  should  have  a 
special  kind  of  training,  starting  very  early  in 
life.  Otherwise,  they  had  better  forget  about  it. 
We  may  next  hear  of  a D.M.R.  degree — doctor 
of  medical  research,  and  the  next  step  would  be 
an  organization  formed  to  prevent  all  those  not 
having  this  degree  from  making  discoveries. 

Since  the  boundaries  of  knowledge  have  be- 
come so  widened,  it  is  manifestly  impossible  for 
those  without  very  specialized  knowledge  and 
training  fully  to  comprehend  certain  fields,  much 
less  contribute  tO'  them.  But  all  additions  to 
knowledge  do  not  come  from  added  refinements. 
Most  great  advances  are  made  through  original 
conceptions  and  novel  combinations  of  known 
facts.  The  day  is  not  passed  when  discoveries 
can  be  made  by  amateurs.  In  any  case,  the  im- 
portance to  the  individual  lies  not  so  much  in 
succeeding  as  in  trying.  “What  I aspired  to  be. 
And  was  not,  comforts  me.”  The  scientist  is  one 
with  an  inquiring  mind.  Every  physician  cannot 
be  a great  discoverer,  but  every  physician  must 
be  a student,  and  be  ever  anxious  to  learn  new 
truths  for  himself,  and  not  depend  solely  on 
authority,  if  our  medical  profession  is  to  con- 
tinue to  be  a learned,  scientific  one  and  not 


merely  a technical  craft.  I have  recently  been 
interested  in  reading  extracts  from  the  diary  and 
note  books  of  Edward  Jenner,  all  his  life  an 
active  practitioner,  with  no  laboratory  and  few 
resources.  One  day  he  was  dissecting  a swallow 
killed  at  mid-day.  Shortly  afterwards  he  was 
taking  the  temperature  of  a hedge-hog;  this  as 
a result  of  a letter  to  John  Hunter  asking  for 
information,  which  brought  the  well-known  reply, 
“But  why  think  ? Why  not  try  ?”  A few  days 
later  he  was  dissecting  a horse  that  died  at  the 
Kennels,  “suffering  from  the  Staggers.”  Read- 
ing this  material,  one  is  convinced  that  the  dis- 
covery of  vaccination  for  smallpox  was  not  solely 
an  accident. 

Medical  education  now  supplies  the  physician 
with  an  enormous  amount  of  factual  knowledge. 
No  other  business  or  profession  requires  so  long 
a period  of  preparation.  But  mere  acquaintance 
with  a wide  range  of  facts  does  not  make  a man 
a student,  a scholar  or  a scientist.  The  wisest, 
the  most  learned,  or  even  the  most  efficient  men 
are  not  the  stars  of  the  “Information  Please” 
program.  Civilization  itself  does  not  depend  on 
the  extent  of  the  known.  We  must  still  bow  to 
the  Greeks,  though  they  possessed  almost  no  ac- 
curate knowledge  of  natural  phenomena. 

Education  only  makes  scholars,  students,  scien- 
tists and  cultivated  men  when  it  so  influences 
them  that  they  remain  forever  students,  scholars 
and  investigators,  not  mere  craftsmen.  To  accom- 
plish this  seems  to  me  to  be  the  function  of  the 
local  societies  and  academies.  The  great  national 
societies,  holding  meetings  but  once  a year,  cannot 
greatly  stimulate  the  originality  of  the  individual 
or  give  him  opportunity  for  self  expression. 

The  local  society  is  the  meeting  place  of  men 
with  inquiring  minds,  a place  where  members 
can  present  the  results  of  their  observations  and 
studies.  What  the  subjects  of  the  communica- 
tions are  is  not  so  important.  Ever)'  piece  of 
work  faithfully,  honestly  and  seriously  perform- 
ed is  worthy.  They  need  not  all  be  experimental 
investigations,  though  the  more  of  these  the 
better.  They  may  even  be  historical  studies. 
Indeed,  the  report  of  a group  of  cases,  or  even 
of  a very  special  case,  may  be  of  significance. 

With  the  present  view  that  physicians  must 
know  about  everything  relating  to  medicine,  he 
is  afraid  to  stop  long  enough  to  learn  all  he  can 
about  anything.  The  opportunities  for  rapid 
diffusion  of  new  knowledge  offered  by  the  mul- 


28 


louR.  M.S.M.S. 


MEDICAL  SOCIETIES  AND  MEDICAL  PROGRESS— COLE 


titude  of  medical  journals,  to  say  nothing  of  the 
newspapers,  enable  physicians  to  obtain  a speak- 
ing knowledge  of  new  discoveries  before  the  ink 
is  hardly  dry  on  the  reports.  I sometimes  first 
learn  from  men  in  remote  districts  of  new  dis- 
coveries made  by  my  associates  at  the  Rocke- 
feller Institute.  Sometimes  scientists  are  accused 
of  “knowing  more  and  more  about  less  and  less.” 
The  physician  must  guard  against  knowing  less 
and  less  about  more  and  more. 

Special  stress  should  be  laid  on  the  importance 
of  libraries  for  the  local  societies.  Next  best  to 
having  one’s  own  libraiy-  is  to  have  easy  access 
to  a librar}’  owned  by  the  society  to  which  he 
belongs.  The  collection  of  books  is  of  great 
educational  value  and  every  local  society  can 
have  at  least  a small  librar}-.  Interest  should  not 
be  confined  to  contemporaiy"  publications.  Of 
much  importance  is  the  collection  of  older  books 
having  historical  significance. 

In  my  opinion,  the  programs  of  the  local  and 
county  society  meetings  can  be  of  most  value 
if  the  members  themselves  present  the  papers. 
Communications  by  specialists  from  distant  cities, 
giving  the  results  of  their  own  experiments  and 
observations,  may  be  of  value,  but  it  is  the  train- 
ing of  the  members  themselves  that  is  of  greatest 
importance.  Post-graduate  courses,  given  by 
professional  teachers,  are  in  certain  places  veiy* 
useful,  but  none  of  these  methods  give  the  same 
stimulus  to  study  and  work  as  do  reports  by  the 
members  themselves.  Of  course  these  should  be 
more  than  hastily  prepared  notes  or  papers  writ- 
ten without  study  and  effort.  Real  lasting 
knowledge  only  comes  through  living  “laborious 
days.” 

A presentation  by  a member  may  not  be  of 
great  interest  to  all  his  colleagues.  It  may  even 
require  some  self-sacrifice  on  the  part  of  his 
hearers.  But  your  turn  will  come  and  you  also 
will  want  an  audience.  The  speaker  has  learned 
much  even  though  you  have  learned  little.  I well 
remember  dining  one  evening  at-  the  house  of 
Dr.  Osier.  Several  young  physicians  were 
present,  one  of  them  socially-minded,  and  with 
a talent  for  singing  pleasant  ditties.  After  din- 
ner he  was  seated  at  the  piano,  singing  to  amuse 
us  and  the  ladies,  when  Dr.  Osier  stopped  at  the 
door.  “Aren’t  you  going  over  to  the  hospital 
to  the  medical  society  meeting?”  he  asked.  The 
singer  stopped  long  enough  to  say  “Oh,  I don’t 
get  much  out  of  these  medical  society  meetings.” 


“Do  you  think  I do?”  Dr.  Osier  replied,  and 
closed  the  door,  not  too  gently.  Needless  to  say, 
we  all  rather  shamefacedly  followed  him. 

The  success  of  a local  society  depends,  of 
course,  on  the  quality  of  its  members.  As  you 
all  know,  certain  classes  in  college  and  medical 
school  stand  out  above  the  others.  This  has  not 
been  due  entirely  to  chance,  but  it  has  occurred 
because  in  these  classes  there  were  a few  men  of 
exceptional  ability  who  set  a rapid  pace.  The 
great  societies  have  become  great  largely  because 
of  the  high  ideals  and  abilities  of  certain  mem- 
bers. I have  alreadv  mentioned  Thomas  Linacre, 
William  Harvey,  Lorenz  Bausch,  John  Lettsom, 
John  Morgan,  Charles  Hastings,  Nathan  S.  Da- 
vis, William  Osier,  Samuel  Meltzer. 

It  is  only  natural  that  physicians  should  be 
interested  in  the  great  economic  and  social  prob- 
lems that  concern  the  profession  as  a whole,  but 
there  is  always  the  danger  that  he  allow  these 
interests  to  usurp  a dominating  place  in  his  so- 
ciety activities.  In  societies  there  are  not  in- 
frequently a few  men  who  are  politically  minded, 
who  often  know  more  about  parlimentaiy^  rules 
of  order  than  they  do  about  the  science  of  medi- 
cine, who  are  possessed  of  the  furor  disputandi. 
If  these  men  come  to  control  the  society,  it  is 
likely  to  become  a debating  club  given  over  to 
passing  resolutions.  There  is  no  habit  so  futile 
and  time  consuming.  I know  of  no  men  more 
addicted  to  this  vice  than  doctors,  unless  it  be 
college  faculties. 

. Medical  societies  have  been  and  can  be  of 
very  great  value.  By  expressing  the  combined 
opinion  of  the  members,  they  can  make  an  ef- 
fective appeal  to  the  public,  can  bring  about 
medical  reforms  and  can  institute  new  projects 
of  importance  for  the  welfare  of  mankind.  More 
important  than  their  political  effectiveness,  how- 
ever, is  the  influence  which  they  exert  on  the 
members  themselves  and  the  stimulus  they  can 
give  to  greater  endeavors.  Probably  most  im- 
portant of  all  is  the  pleasure  and  joy  they  can 
afford  the  members,  not  only  the  pleasure  of 
attempting  higher  accomplishments,  but  also  the 
joy  of  harmonious  and  sympathetic  association 
with  fellow  members  in  a learned  and  scientific 
profession. 

If  I seem  to  have  offered  a counsel  of  per- 
fection, let  us  remember  the  old  saying  that  “in 
shooting  an  arrow  one  must  aim  high  in  order 
to  reach  the  target.” 


January,  1941 


29 


SINUSITIS— STEFFENSEN 


Sinusitis 

Orbital  Complications 

By  W.  H.  StefTensen,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S. 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

W.  H.  Steffensen,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1931.  Mem- 
ber, American  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and 
Otolaryngology.  Fellow,  American  College  of 
Surgeons.  Diplomate,  American  Board  of 
Plastic  Surgery.  Attending  Staff  _ Blodgett 
Memorial  Hospital.  Member,  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

■ This  paper  was  prepared  with  the  hope  of 

outlining  a more  uniform  method  of  approach 
to  the  treatment  of  orbital  cellulitis  and  orbital 
abscess  resulting  from  sinus  infections.  The  lit- 
erature on  the  subject  is  meager.  I am  impressed 
by  the  variations  in  operative  treatment  in  those 
cases  requiring  surgery. 

Orbital  complications  of  sinusitis  are  danger- 
ous because  they  can  result  in  serious  damage  to 
the  eye,  or  proceed  to  still  more  serious  sequelae 
— namely:  osteomyelitis  of  the  cranial  vault, 

generalized  sepsis,  meningitis,  dural  sinus  throm- 
bosis, or  brain  abscess. 

The  mode  of  transmission  of  an  inflammatory 
process  from  the  sinuses  to  the  orbit  may  be  by 
(1)  thrombophlebitis,  (2)  direct  extension 
through  dehiscences,  or  (3)  erosion  of  the  com- 
mon party  wall  between  the  affected  sinus  and 
the  orbit.  Thrombophlebitis  plays  also  the  impor- 
tant role  in  causing  this  localized  osteomyelitis. 
It  was  formerly  believed  that  the  common  route 
of  extension  of  infection  to  this  area  was  by  way 
of  the  lymphatics,  but  anatomical  facts  pointed 
out  by  Turner  and  Reynolds,  and  corroborated  by 
Rouviere  and  his  colleagues,  suggest  otherwise. 

Approximately  one-half  of  the  entire  area  of 
the  bony  wall  of  the  orbit  is  also  the  bony  wall  of 
the  nasal  accessory  sinuses.  The  lateral  boundary 
of  the  ethmoid  capsule  is  the  thinnest  of  the  sinus 
walls.  The  ophthalmic  artery,  superior  and  in- 
ferior ophthalmic  veins  with  their  tributaries 
(principally  the  ethmoid  vessels)  are  contained 
in  the  orbital  cavity.  The  posterior  ethmoidal 
artery  furnishes  almost  the  entire  blood  supply 
of  the  ethmoid  labyrinth.  It  is  apparent  why  its 
accompanying  vein  is  so  frequently  involved  in 
a process  of  thrombophlebitis  extending  infection 
to  the  orbit. 

Hitz,  in  1933,  stated  that  ethmoiditis  and  max- 


illary sinusitis  were  the  most  common  sources  of 
orbital  infections,  but  gave  no  percentage  figures. 
The  majority  of  those  reporting  cases  have  dem- 
onstrated that  the  ethmoid  labyrinth  is  the  most 
common  source  of  orbital  infections,  with  the 
frontal  sinus  standing  second  in  importance.  The 
antrum  is  very  important  in  young  individuals, 
while  the  sphenoid  sinus  seems  to  serve  as  the 
focus  only  rarely.  Porter  in  a comprehensive 
review  of  sixty  cases  stated  that  75  per  cent  were 
secondary  to  sinusitis  and  the  ethmoid  cells  were 
involved  in  every  case.  Eighty-two  per  cent  of 
his  cases  were  in  children.  The  mortality  rate 
was  5 per  cent.  Such  figures  are  representative 
of  all  statistical  reviews  on  the  subject. 

Diagnosis 

Porter  classified  the  various  stages  of  orbital 
infection.  The  first  stage  is  simple  edema  of  the 
eyelids.  The  reaction  in  the  second  stage  has  pro- 
gressed to  exophthalmos  and  in  the  third  stage 
there  is  chemosis  of  the  conjunctiva  with  com- 
plete fixation  of  the  globe. 

Examination  of  the  nose  usually  reveals  the 
typical  picture  of  an  acute  sinusitis.  An  absence 
of  nasal  signs  of  infection  in  the  presence  of  an 
acute  sinusitis  is  rare.  One  or  all  of  the  sinuses 
may  be  infected.  Good  x-ray  films  are  invaluable 
in  diagnosis  and  choice  of  the  method  of  treat- 
ment. Preference  should  be  given  to  some  modi- 
fication of  the  Rhese  position  to  visualize  the 
ethmoid  cells  through  the  orbital  soft  parts  and 
avoid  overlying  bone  shadows.  Positions  for  vis- 
ualization of  the  other  sinuses  are  well  stand- 
ardized. 

Treatment 

Conservative. — Treatment  of  the  sinusitis  in 
the  first  stage  of  an  orbital  inflammation  will 
consist  of  the  use  of  shrinking  solutions  (pref- 
erably ephedrine),  warm  saline  irrigations,  steam 
inhalations  and  internal  medications.  Suction 
should  be  looked  upon  with  disfavor  because  of 
the  hyperemia  which  follows  its  use. 

Conservative  measures  usually  cease  to  be  of 
value  when  the  orbital  infection  has  passed  the 
stage  of  simple  edema  of  the  eyelids.  Most  of 
the  successful  cases  of  conservative  treatment 
have  occurred  in  young  individuals  because  chil- 
dren with  sinusitis  are  most  susceptible  to  edema 
of  the  orbital  contents. 


30 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SINUSITIS— STEFFENSEN 


Sinus  Drainage. — Sinus  drainage  is  indicated 
if  the  orbital  involvement  is  increasing,  if  the 
temperature  remains  elevated  and  there  is  defi- 
nite sinus  suppuration.  This  is  particularly  true 
if  there  has  been  a previous  attack  of  sinusitis  or 
an  acute  exacerbation  of  a chronic  sinusitis  with 
severe  pain.  The  most  conservative  surgical  pro- 
cedure which  will  provide  free  drainage  with  a 
minimum  of  trauma  is  the  one  of  choice. 

The  presence  of  an  orbital  cellulitis  does  not 
necessarily  indicate  sinus  drainage.  The  sinusitis 
itself  or  later  intracranial  complications  may  in- 
dicate it.  Therefore,  in  the  presence  of  progres- 
sive symptoms  from  the  stage  of  simple  edema 
of  the  eyelids,  it  is  safer  to  operate  once  too  often 
than  to  wait  too  long.  Lederer  has  stated  ‘'Those 
who  have  voiced  an  ultra-conservative  attitude 
have  probably  experienced  in  their  own  hands  or 
in  those  of  their  colleagues,  unfortunate  sequelae.” 

The  customary  procedure  in  the  case  of  orbital 
inflammation  requiring  sinus  surgery  is  to  infract 
or  remove  a portion  of  the  middle  turbinate,  or  to 
perform  a partial  ethmoidectomy  intranasally. 

Orbital  Abscess — 

The  treatment  of  an  orbital  abscess  com- 
plicating sinusitis  is  always  urgent,  more  ur- 
gent than  that  of  an  acute  mastoiditis.  The 
indications  of  an  orbital  abscess  are  an  in- 
creasing and  brawny  edema  of  the  eyelids  and 
conjunctiva,  a fixed  and  displaced  eyeball  and 
excessive  pain.  Confusion  of  this  condition 
with  the  early  stage  of  cavernous  sinus  throm- 
bosis is  clarified  by  careful  observation  of  de- 
tails. 

There  is  no  single  sign  which  permits  a dis- 
tinction between  a simple  collateral  edema  and  an 
orbital  abscess.  Localized  tenderness  of  the  or- 
bital wall,  localized  palpable  infiltrations,  pro- 
nounced chemosis,  fixation  of  the  eye  and  dis- 
placement of  the  globe  downward  and  outward 
have  all  been  regarded  as  signs  of  abscess  in 
contradistinction  to  simple  edema.  None  of  these 
signs  are  decisive  singly. 

Pus  from  the  frontal  sinus  usually  erodes  the 
thin  bony  floor  just  medial  to  the  supra-orbital 
notch,  forming  an  orbital  abscess  between  the 
bone  and  the  orbital  periosteum.  Similarly,  pus 
from  the  ethmoid  cells  tracks  through  the  thin  os 
planum  or  the  extension  occurs  by  way  of  the 


orbital  vessels.  The  abscess  in  either  case  is 
like  a collar-stud  (Davis).  A collection  of  pus 
lies  between  the  bone  and  the  orbital  periosteum, 
a second  collection  of  pus  is  situated  in  the  af- 
fected sinus  and  the  two  are  connected  by  a pyo- 
genic tract.  It  is  essential  to  drain  both  collec- 
tions of  pus,  and  particularly  that  in  the  nasal 
accessory  sinus.  It  is  also  important  to  respect 
and  avoid  injury  to  the  orbital  periosteum  which 
forms  an  effective  barrier  between  the  abscess 
and  the  delicate  orbital  contents. 

Operative  Procedure 

Lederer  states;  “We  frequently  have  found  it 
necessary  to  advise  surgical  procedures  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  ability  of  the  surgeon.”  It  is 
not  logical  to  advise  the  less  experienced  opera- 
tor to  work  in  the  ethmoid  capsule  intranasally 
where  the  vision  is  poor  and  is  made  worse  by 
profuse  bleeding;  where  distortion  of  anatomical 
landmarks  has  occurred  due  to  edema ; and 
where  one  is  limited  in  his  inspection  of  the  in- 
fected areas  to  be  drained. 

The  best  judgment  of  a skilled  operator  on- 
ly can  determine  the  presence  of  suppuration 
deep  in  the  orbit  before  pointing  has  occurred. 
This  can  best  be  investigated  by  aspiration 
or  exploratory  incision  under  direct  vision. 
Intranasal  frontal  drainage  is  always  danger- 
ous and  the  Killian  type  of  procedure  carries 
a high  mortality  rate  statistically. 

Sinus  Drainage. — The  most  feasible  approach 
to  a drainage  of  the  upper  group  of  sinuses 
where  there  is  an  indication  for  more  distant  in- 
vestigation or  drainage  through  the  periorbita  as 
well  as  drainage  of  the  infected  sinuses,  attacks 
both  problems  at  the  same  time.  It  consists  in 
the  use  of  the  fronto-ethmo-sphenoid  technic  as 
perfected  by  Lynch,  Sewell  and  Ferris  Smith. 
This  permits  direct  inspection  of  the  principal 
ethmoid  vessels  as  they  enter  the  ethmoid  laby- 
rinth. One  frequently  finds  abscess  formation 
about  these  vessels.  It  permits  inspection  of  the 
orbit  to  its  apex.  The  periorbita  can  be  aspirated 
or  incised  diagnostically. 

The  ethmoid  labyrinth  is  entered  through  the 
lachrymal  fossa  region  and  these  cells  are  drained 
under  direct  vision.  The  frontal  sinus  can  be 
drained  at  this  point  by  removal  of  a portion  of 
its  floor.  A Penrose  drain  is  inserted  into  the 


January,  1941 


31 


INDUSTRIAL  HYGIENE— NEAL  AND  BLOOMFIELD 


depth  of  the  cavity  and  the  wound  left  open  for 
free  drainage.  The  sinuses  can  be  thoroughly 
operated  at  a later  date,  if  indicated,  and  the 
wound  closed  with  a minimum  of  visible  scar. 

The  operative  procedure  is  accomplished  in 
a practically  bloodless  field  under  direct  vi- 
sion. It  has  the  distinct  advantage  of  thor- 
oughly draining  the  infected  areas  and  is  done 
with  technical  safety  and  a minimum  of 
trauma  in  an  area  already  overwhelmed  by 
infection,  where  accidents  resulting  from  work- 
ing blindly  through  the  nose  or  inadequate 
drainage  would  be  hazardous. 


Bibliography 

1.  Davis,  E.  D.  D.,  Mygind,  S.  H.,  Howells,  G.  H.,  and 

Capps,  F.  C.  W. : Discussion  on  orbital  cellulitis  due  to 

sinus  infections  and  its  treatment.  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Med., 
30:1397-1407,  (Sept.)  1937. 

2.  Hitz,  J.  B. : The  management  of  orbital  infection  secondary 

to  sinus  infection.  Wisconsin  Med.  Jour.,  32:318-321, 
(May)  1933. 

3.  Lederer,  F.  L. : Fulminant  sinus  disease.  A study  of 

pathogenesis.  Surg.  Gyn.  and  Obst.,  60:645-656,  (March) 
1935. 

4.  Porter,  Chas.  T. : Etiology  and  treatment  of  orbital  in- 

fections. Ann.  Otol.,  Rhin.  and  Laryng.,  41:1136-1141, 
(Dec.)  1932. 

5.  Rouviere  by  M.  J.  Tobias — Anatomy  of  the  Lymphatic 
System.  Edwards  Brothers,  Inc.,  1938. 

6.  Smith,  Ferris:  Roentgen  study  of  the  spheno-ethmoid 

sinuses.  Arch.  Otol.,  24:762-764,  (Dec.)  1936. 

7.  Smith,  Ferris:  Management  of  chronic  sinus  disease. 

Arch.  Otol.,  19:157-171,  (Feb.)  1934. 

8.  Turner,  A.  L.,  and  Reynolds,  F.  E. : A study  of  paths 

of  infection  to  the  brain,  meninges  and  venous  blood 
sinuses  from  neighboring  peripheral  foci  of  inflammation. 
Jour.  Laryng.  and  Otol.,  41:73-86,  1926;  41:442-453,  1926; 
41:717-731,  1926. 


MISSISSIPPI  VALLEY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
1941  ESSAY  CONTEST 

The  Mississippi  Valley  Medical  Society  offers  an- 
nually a cash  prize  of  $100.00,  a gold  medal,  and  a cer- 
tificate of  award  for  the  best  unpublished  essay  on  any 
subject  of  general  medical  interest  (including  medical 
economics)  and  practical  value  to  the  general  practition- 
er of  medicine.  Certificates  of  merit  may  also  be 
granted  to  the  physicians  whose  essays  are  rated  second 
and  third  best.  Contestants  must  be  members  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  who  are  residents  of  the 
United  States.  The  winner  will  be  invited  to  present 
his  contribution  before  the  next  annual  meeting  of  the 
Mississippi  Valley  Medical  Society  at  Cedar  Rapids, 
Iowa,  October  1,  2,  3,  1941,  the  Society  reserving  the 
exclusive  right  to  first  publish  the  essay  in  its  official 
publication — the  Mississippi  Valley  Medical  Journal 
(incorporating  the  Radiologic  Reziew) . All  contribu- 
tions shall  not  exceed  5000  words,  shall  be  typewritten 
in  English  in  manuscript  form,  submitted  in  five  copies 
and  must  be  received  not  later  than  May  1,  1941.  The 
winning  essay  of  the  1940  contest  appears  in  the  Jan- 
uary, 1941,  issue  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  Medical 
Journal  (Quincy,  111.).  Further  details  may  be  secured 
from  Harold  Swanberg,  M.D.,  Secretary,  Mississippi 
Valley  Medical  Society,  209-224  W.  C.  U.  Building, 
Quincy,  Illinois. 


Industrial  Hygiene 

Responsibility  of  the  Medical 
Profession* 

By  Paul  A.  Neal,  Surgeon 
and 

J.  J.  Bloomfield,  Sanitary  Engineer 
U.  S.  Public  Health  Service 
Washington,  D.  C. 


Paul  A.  Neal,  M.D.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

M.D.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1927; 
Commissioned  as  Assistant  Surgeon, 
Regular  Corps,  U.  S.  Public  Health 
Service,  1928;  1929-34,  on  duty  in  Eu- 
rope, attached  to  Consular  Office  on 
Foreign  Quarantine  detail;  1934  to 
present  tune.  Division  of  Industrial  Hy- 
giene, National  Institute  of  Health;  at 
present  Action  Chief,  Division  of  In- 
dustrial Hygiene.  Member  A.M.A., 
American  Public  Health  Association, 
American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science,  American  Association 
of  Industrial  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 
and  Association  of  Military  Surgeons. 

■ The  legal  responsibility  for  protecting  the 
health  of  our  gainfully  employed  is  a func- 
tion of  official  public  health  agencies.  Na- 
turally, the  cooperation  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion is  essential  in  accomplishing  this  end.  Fur- 
thermore, for  the  attainment  of  practical  results, 
we  need  the  combined  efforts  of  personnel 
from  several  of  the  scientific  professions,  es- 
pecially those  of  the  physician,  the  engineer,  and 
the  chemist.  The  present  contribution  is  an 
example  of  such  teamwork,  having  been  pre- 
pared by  a physician  and  an  engineer.  This 
was  done  purposely  in  order  that  both  view- 
points would  be  treated. 

Interrelations 

The  problems  of  industrial  hygiene  must  be 
attacked  on  two  fronts.  First,  we  must  attack 
those  problems  concerned  with  the  hygiene  of 
the  individual,  and,  second,  those  dealing  with 
the  environment  in  which  the  individual  works 
and  lives.  The  first  function  comes  within  the 
scope  of  the  medical  sciences  and  the  second 
deals  with  engineering  practices. 

It  is  within  the  province  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession to  diagnose  diseases  and  primarily  to 
recognize  the  existence  of  such  diseases  as  may 
be  due  to  the  working  environment;  while, 
based  on  the  findings  of  the  physician,  the 

^Presented  before  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  meeting. 
Friday,  September  27,  1940,  Detroit,  Michigan. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


32 


INDUSTRIAL  HYGIENE— NEAL  AND  BLOOMFIELD 


engineer  is  in  a position  to  learn  what  un- 
healthful conditions  should  be  investigated  and 
where  control  measures  are  to  be  initiated. 

It  is  essential,  therefore,  that  the  various 
professions  clearly  understand  the  functions 
of  each  and  approach  the  solution  of  the  prob- 
lems in  industrial  hygiene  as  a joint  effort,  and 
cooperate  with  each  other  to  the  fullest  extent. 

It  is  well  known  that  environmental  condi- 
tions in  certain  work-places  can  contribute  to 
diseases  among  workers  which  are  unique  to 
a particular  occupation,  and  which  do  not  exist 
in  the  non-industrial  population.  However,  as 
will  be  shown  later,  occupational  accidents  and 
specific  occupational  diseases,  although  consti- 
tuting an  important  problem  in  industrial  hy- 
giene, do  not  account  for  the  major  part  of  the 
time  lost  due  to  disability.  It  is  apparent,  there- 
fore, that  in  addition  to  the  problem  of  con- 
trolling accidents  and  occupational  diseases, 
we  are  confronted  also  with  the  important  task 
of  the  control  of  all  diseases,  which  are  just 
as  common,  and  more  important  economically, 
among  industrial  workers  as  among  those  of 
the  general  population.  Hence,  the  fact  is  evi- 
dent for  considering  industrial  hygiene  as  a 
function  of  the  general  field  of  public  health. 

It  is  for  this  reason  that  the  medical  profes- 
sion plays  such  an  important  role,  since  it  is 
one  of  the  chief  concerns  of  that  profession  to 
assist  in  the  promotion  of  better  health  in  the 
community. 

Industrial  Program 

If  every  plant  had  an  industrial  health  main- 
tenance program,  and  if  every  State  health  de- 
partment had  a comprehensive  industrial  hy- 
giene service,  then  our  problem  today  would 
not  be  so  difficult.  However,  recent  studies^ 
made  by  the  United  States  Public  Health  Serv- 
ice of  health  service  facilities  in  a large  number 
of  industrial  establishments,  as  well  as  those 
conducted  by  the  National  Industrial  Conference 
Board,®  indicate  that  such  services  are  still  far 
from  meeting  our  needs.  For  example,  in  the 
Public  Health  Service  analysis  of  approximately 
17,000  establishments  employing  1,500,000 
workers  in  fifteen  representative  States,  it  was 
found  that  only  15  per  cent  of  the  employees 
were  provided  with  the  services  of  a full-time 
physician.  These  data  are  sufficiently  repre- 


sentative to  conclude  that  85  per  cent  of  our 
workers  are  without  such  full-time  services. 
This  is  especially  true  in  those  plants  employ- 
ing less  than  500  people.  We  may  assume, 
therefore,  that  the  bulk  of  our  gainfully  em- 
ployed, when  in  need  of  medical  services,  re- 
ceive them  from  the  private  practitioner,  be 
it  on  a part-time  basis  at  the  plant,  from  “on 
call”  physicians,  or  from  the  family  physician. 
This  is  especially  true  with  reference  to  the 
so-called  non-occupational  disabilities.  The 
National  Industrial  Conference  Board  study 
showed  that,  in  one-third  of  the  plants  sur- 
veyed by  them,  no  efforts  were  made  to  su- 
pervise non-occupational  disabilities,  in  order 
to  assure  the  worker  of  medical  attention.  This 
study  also  showed  that  in  only  slightly  more 
than  one-half  the  plants  was  an  effort  made 
to  promote  employee  health  through  educa- 
tional means,  and  that  only  casual  supervision 
was  practiced  with  regard  to  working  condi- 
tions. It  is  a well-known  fact  that  the  physi- 
cian who  spends  but  one  or  two  hours  a day 
in  a plant,  as  well  as  the  one  who  merely  goes 
to  the  plant  when  called,  has  not  the  time  to 
devote  to  a program  of  disease  prevention. 
This  state  of  affairs,  therefore,  calls  for  serious 
consideration  on  the  part  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession regarding  its  responsibility  in  the  im- 
portant field  of  industrial  hygiene.  This  re- 
sponsibility assumes  even  greater  importance 
today  with  the  increase  in  industrial  activities 
resulting  from  our  National  Defense  Program. 

In  order  to  cope  effectively  with  this  prob- 
lem, it  would  seem  essential  that  we  first  gain 
some  knowledge  of  its  nature  and  scope.  In 
other  words,  before  we  may  discuss  what  steps 
may  be  taken  by  the  medical  profession  and 
others,  and  what  opportunities  industrial  medi- 
cine offers,  we  must  first  examine  the  extent 
of  the  problem. 

Nature  and  Extent  of  the  Problem 

It  should  not  be  necessary  today  to  justify 
the  necessity  for  industrial  hygiene  by  citing 
the  abundant  statistics  available  on  the  sub- 
ject. However,  in  order  to  visualize  the  prob- 
lems confronting  us,  it  may  be  well  to  reiterate 
certain  facts.  Today  we  still  witness  annually 
approximately  17,000  occupational  deaths  from 
accidents,  75,000  permanent  disabilities  and 
1,400,000  temporary  disabilities.  We  still  have 
many  problems  arising  from  diseases  peculiar 


January,  1941 


33 


INDUSTRIAL  HYGIENE— NEAL  AND  BLOOMFIELD 


to  certain,  occupations,  such  as  silicosis,  lead 
poisoning,  and  the  dermatoses.  It  is  also 
known  from  many  studies  that  industrial  work- 
ers have  higher  rates  of  physical  defects  than 
non-industrial  workers,  and  that  excessive 
mortality  is  especially  notable  in  unskilled 
workers,  among  whom  the  death  rate  from  all 
causes  is  100  per  cent  or  more  in  excess  of  the 
death  rate  among  agricultural  workers.  It  has 
also  been  well  established  that  the  average 
worker  in  this  country  loses  10  days  a year  on 
account  of  sickness  and  that  the  amount  of 
time  lost  from  general  illnesses  is  in  the 
neighborhood  of  15  times  as  great  as  the  total 
amount  lost  from  both  accidents  and  occupa- 
tional diseases. 

We  may  expect  all  of  these  problems  to  be 
magnified  with  the  present  expansion  of  indus- 
trial activities. 

Present  Practices  in  Industrial  Hygiene 

Industry  is  becoming  more  and  more  aware 
of  its  responsibilities  concerning  the  protec- 
tion and  improvement  of  the  health  of  its  em- 
ployees. This  is  especially  true  of  the  larger 
plants,  which  are  in  a better  position  economi- 
cally to  deal  with  this  problem  than  the  small 
plant,  which  finds  it  very  expensive  to  pro- 
vide more  than  a limited  industrial  health  ser- 
vice to  its  workers.  Some  data  have  already 
been  cited  concerning  the  health  service  facili- 
ties now  existing  in  industry.  The  National  In- 
dustrial Conference  Board  study  clearly  shows 
that  such  services  are  on  the  increase,  and  of 
late  have  been  extended  to  include  not  only 
the  prompt  treatment  of  injuries  and  diseases 
arising  from  occupational  exposure,  but  have 
also  included  such  other  services  as  dental, 
ocular,  x-ray,  and  educational  programs  for 
health  promotion.  Many  plants  have  also  in- 
cluded programs  for  systematic  study  of  the 
working  environment  in  an  attempt  to  control 
deleterious  exposures,  while  others  have  es- 
tablished programs  designed  to  diminish  the 
time  lost  from  general  illnesses. 

Many  non-official  agencies  have  of  late  be- 
come deeply  interested  in,  and  concerned  with, 
the  problem  of  employee  health.  Some  of  these 
agencies,  such  as  the  Air  Hygiene  Foundation, 
are  primarily  supported  by  industry  itself. 

The  Federal  Government,  of  course,  has 


been  active  in  this  field  for  many  years.  The 
United  States  Public  Health  Service  has  had 
an  organized  Division  of  Industrial  Hygiene 
since  1914.  Its  functions  may  be  considered  as 
partly  administrative,  concerned  with  coordi- 
nating all  activities,  both  at  the  Federal  and 
State  level,  the  promotion  of  industrial  hygiene 
services  in  State  and  local  health  departments, 
and  investigations  carried  on  in  the  laboratorv 
and  in  the  field.  All  of  these  activities  are  con- 
ducted in  cooperation  with  State  agencies,  with 
industry,  with  the  medical  profession,  and 
with  the  other  professions  and  organizations. 

The  growth  in  the  number  of  State  health 
departments  providing  services  in  industrial 
hygiene  has  been  almost  phenomenal  during 
the  past  four  years,  under  the  stimulation  of 
the  funds  provided  by  the  Social  Security  Act. 
Today  there  are  thirty-one  states  with  indus- 
trial hygiene  services,  employing  nearly  150 
professional  personnel  and  spending  approxi- 
mately three  quarters  of  a million  dollars  for 
this  activity.  It  is  realized,  of  course,  that  the 
present  State  services  are  limited,  due  to  in- 
sufficient funds  and  trained  personnel. 

If  the  Public  Health  Service  and  the  State 
health  departments  are  to  be  of  any  great  as- 
sistance to  industry  and  the  medical  and  en- 
gineering professions  in  the  conserv^ation  of 
manpower,  we  shall  have  to  provide  more 
funds  and  more  trained  personnel.  One  of  the 
important  needs  today  is  training  centers  for 
personnel,  so  that  the  demands  in  industrial 
hygiene  for  physicians,  engineers,  and  chemists 
may  be  met. 

Role  of  the  Medical  Profession 

It  has  been  stated  by  authorities  in  the  field 
of  industrial  hygiene  that  the  major  types  of 
activity  are  medical  and  surgical  care  to  effect 
prompt  restoration  of  health  and  earning  ca- 
pacity following  disability,  the  prevention  of 
disability  in  industry  by  the  proper  control  of 
the  working  environment,  and,  finally,  the 
promotion  of  health  among  workers.  For  those 
physicians  holding  positions  in  industry,  and 
especially  those  completely  responsible  for  fur- 
nishing an  industrial  health  maintenance  pro- 
gram, the  Council  on  Industrial  Health  of  the 
American  Medical  Association^  has  suggested 
a definite  program. 


34 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


INDUSTRIAL  HYGIENE— NEAL  AND  BLOOMFIELD 


This  program  consists  of  such  functions  as 
periodic  inspection  and  appraisal  of  plant  sani- 
tation and  occupational  exposures,  followed  by 
the  adoption  and  maintenance  of  adequate  con- 
trol measures.  The  provision  of  first-aid  and 
emergency  services  and  the  prompt  and  early 
treatment  for  all  illnesses  resulting  from  occu- 
pational exposure  are  very  important  functions 
of  the  medical  department.  Impartial  health 
appraisals  of  all  workers,  the  provision  of  re- 
habilitation services  for  the  correction  of  de- 
fects are  additional  functions  of  a medical  de- 
partment. And,  finally,  by  means  of  recording 
and  reducing  absenteeism  due  to  all  types  of 
disability  and  the  conduct  of  a health  promo- 
tion program,  it  should  be  possible  to  make 
real  progress  in  reducing  lost  time  among 
workers,  thereby  benefiting  not  only  the  worker 
as  regards  his  physical  health,  but  also  yield- 
ing tangible  benefits  of  a monetary  nature  to 
both  the  employer  and  the  employee. 

The  Council  on  Industrial  Health  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  has  been  very 
active  in  stimulating  the  contributions  which 
the  physician  individiudly , and  through  rnedi- 
cal  organizations,  can  make  to  the  health  of  the 
industrial  worker.  The  Council  has  also  stimu- 
lated the  formation  of  committees  on  industrial 
hygiene  in  State  and  county  medical  organiza- 
tions, and  has  clearly  outlined  a program 
which  could  be  adopted  by  the  State  and  local 
societies.  The  program  of  activities  which  has 
been  formulated  for  these  committees  contains 
the  following  objectives: 

1.  Train  physicians  to  recognize  and  report  occupa- 
tional disease. 

2.  Train  industry  and  labor  to  the  value  of  indus- 
trial health  conservation. 

3.  Elevate  medical  relations  and  standards  under 
workmen’s  compensation. 

4.  Scrutinize  all  social  legislation  affecting  industrial 
health. 

5.  Clarify  relationships  between  industrial  and  pri- 
vate practitioners. 

6.  Improve  relations  between  physicians  and  insur- 
ance. 

7.  Establish  working  relationships  with  all  State 
agencies  interested  in  industrial  health. 

We  should  like  to  expand  further  on  several 
of  the  objectives  listed. 

First,  it  is  highly  essential  that  physicians 
inform  themselves  further  concerning  occupa- 
tional diseases,  so  that  they  will  recognize 
such  diseases  more  readily  in  the  course  of 


their  practice.  It  would  be  advantageous  for 
a private  practitioner  to  make  this  effort,  in 
view  of  the  fact  that  he  may  be  called  upon  to 
diagnose  and  treat  such  ailments  in  the  course 
of  his  everyday  practice. 

In  this  connection,  it  is  pertinent  to  stress 
one  other  important  item,  namely,  the  neces- 
sity for  obtaining  an  accurate  and  detailed  oc- 
cupational history.  We  all  know  to  what  great 
lengths  physicians  go  to  obtain  an  accurate 
and  detailed  personal  and  past  medical  history 
on  a patient,  yet,  often  neglect  to  obtain  in- 
formation concerning  the  man’s  exposure  to 
toxic  materials  in  industry.  In  view  of  the  fact 
that  a man’s  occupation  may  have  a real  bear- 
ing on  his  health,  it  is  highly  essential  that  a 
history  of  his  occupation  be  obtained  in  de- 
tail and  interpreted  properly.  Such  an  inquiry 
may  often  necessitate  investigating  the  pa- 
tient’s working  environment  or  at  least  ob- 
taining information  on  this  point  from  the 
proper  plant  officials,  as  well  as  from  the  pa- 
tient himself.  For  example,  a recent  investiga- 
tion by  the  Public  Health  Service  has  indicated 
that  manganese  poisoning  may  often  be  mis- 
taken for  multiple  sclerosis  or  Parkinson’s 
disease. 

With  further  reference  to  the  subject  of  oc- 
cupational diseases,  it  should  by  now  be  ob- 
vious that  unless  the  physician,  be  he  in  in- 
dustry or  in  private  practice,  promptly  reports 
to  the  proper  authorities  the  occurrence  of  oc- 
cupational diseases  among  workers,  it  will  be 
next  to  impossible  for  the  official  agency  re- 
sponsible for  the  control  of  such  diseases  to* 
carry  out  its  functions.  Physicians  should 
adopt  the  same  attitude  toward  the  reporting 
of  occupational  diseases  which  now  exists  with 
regard  to  the  reporting  of  communicable  dis- 
eases. The  recurrence  of  such  diseases  may  be 
obviated  by  a prompt  investigation  on  the  part 
of  a State  industrial  hygiene  service  of  those 
conditions  in  the  plant  which  may  be  the  caus- 
ative agent.  Once  this  has  been  established,, 
prompt  measures  may  be  taken  T'or  the  control 
of  the  environmental  conditions  responsible 
for  the  diseases. 

In  addition  to  the  responsibilities  which  the 
medical  profession  has  with  regard  to  occupa- 
tional diseases  and  other  functions  cited  here- 
in, still  another  obligation  should  be  given 


January,  1941 


35 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  LARGE  BOWELL— HARTZELL 


consideration.  This  deals  with  advising  the  in- 
dividual patient  regarding  his  health.  The 
physician  is  the  only  one  to  offer  such  advice 
and  it  is  likely  that  he  will  have  more  success 
in  doing  so  than  any  other  single  individual. 
The  patient’s  cooperation  should  be  enlisted 
not  only  in  the  prevention  and  control  of  dis- 
eases arising  out  of  the  occupation  but  also  in 
the  promotion  of  general  health  and  mental 
well-being. 

The  medical  profession  can  make  still  an- 
other important  contribution  in  the  field  of  in- 
dustrial medicine  by  stimulating  the  preem- 
ployment and  periodic  physical  examination  of 
workers  in  industry,  and  by  calling  attention 
to  the  necessity  for  correcting  those  physical 
defects  revealed  by  a health  examination. 

Cooperation  with  Agencies 

We  have  repeatedly  stressed  the  need  for 
cooperating  with  the  local  health  agencies, 
which  are  responsible  for  protecting  the  health 
of  workers.  The  private  practitioner,  either  as 
an  individual  or  through  his  State  and  local 
medical  organization,  should  utilize  to  the  full- 
est extent  the  services  which  may  be  rendered 
by  the  official  industrial  hygiene  division,  and 
through  it  the  facilities  available  in  the  entire 
health  department.  Some  of  the  services  which 
may  be  rendered  by  these  official  agencies  are : 

1.  Consultation  with  plant  management  regarding 
needed  corrections  of  environmental  conditions. 

2.  Advice  to  the  management  and  medical  super- 
visor as  to  the  relative  toxicity  of  materials  or  pro- 
cesses, and  advice  concerning  new  materials  prior  to 
their  introduction  into  the  industry. 

3.  Assistance  in  developing,  maintaining  and  analyz- 
ing absenteeism  records. 

4.  Consultant  service  to  medical  supervisors,  private 
physicians,  compensation  authorities  and  other  State 
agencies  regarding  illness  affecting  workers. 

5.  Provision  of  necessary  laboratory  service  of  both 
a clinical  and  physical  nature. 

6.  Integration  of  the  activities  of  other  public  health 
bureaus  in  their  programs  for  workers ; for  example, 
the  control  of  cancer,  syphilis  and  tuberculosis. 

We  have  attempted  to  define  some  of  the 
problems  of  industrial  hygiene,  the  methods 
employed  in  their  solution,  and  the  contribu- 
tion which  the  medical  profession  can  make  to- 
ward the  maintenance  of  employee  health.  Dr. 
Selby  has  once  said  that  every  physician  in  in- 
dustry should  consider  himself  as  the  health 
officer  of  that  industry.  We  should  like  to 
recommend  that  more  emphasis  be  given  to 
this  viewpoint,  not  only  by  the  full-time  in- 


dustrial practitioner,  but  also  by  the  private 
practitioner  in  his  contact  with  the  industrial 
patient.  It  is  only  by  such  a viewpoint  and  ap- 
proach that  we  may  hope  to  make  the  progress 
necessary  for  the  conservation  of  the  health 
and  efficiency  of  our  millions  of  workers. 

References 

1.  Bloomfield,  J.  J.,  et  al. : A preliminary  survey  of  the  indus- 
trial hygiene  problem  in  the  United  States.  Public  Health 
Bulletin  No.  259,  1940. 

2.  Council  on  Industrial  Health,  American  Medical  Association: 
Industrial  Health.  Reprinted  from  Jour.  A.M.A.,  114:573-586. 
(February  17)  1940. 

3.  National  Industrial  Conference  Board,  Inc.  Medical  and 
Health  Programs  in  Industry,  No.  17.  Studies  in  Personnel 
Policy.  1939. 


Carcinoma  of  the  Large  BoweF 

The  Problem  of  Early 
Diagnosis 

By  John  B.  Hartzcll,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

John  B.  Hartzell,  M.D. 

M.D.,  College  of  Medicine,  University  of 
Cincinnati,  1925.  Fellow  of  American  College 
of  Surgeons.  Chief  of  the  Department  of 
Surgery,  Charles  Godwin  Jennings  Hospital. 

Associate  Surgeon,  Receiving  Hospital,  Detroit. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery,  Wayne 
University.  Member,  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society. 

" Carcinoma  of  the  colon  is  usually  slow  of 

growth  and  metastasizes  late,  and  therefore 
early  treatment  ought  to  yield  favorable  results. 
However,  despite  the  relatively  lower  grade  of 
malignancy  usually  found  in  these  growths,  the 
mortality  is  high,  suggesting  that: 

1.  Either  such  lesions  give  no  early  intima- 
tion of  their  presence, 

2.  The  patient  has  a tendency  to  regard  such 
symptoms  as  unimportant, 

3.  The  physicians  underestimates  the  symp- 
toms, 

4.  Diagnostic  methods  are  not  adequate,  or, 

5.  The  patient  ignores  the  advice  of  the 
physician. 

At  a recent  meeting  of  the  American  Society 
for  the  Control  of  Cancer,  a letter  was  read  from 
an  electrical  engineer,^  aged  twenty-nine,  who 
had  an  inoperable  carcinoma  of  the  pelvic  colon. 
This  young  man,  a well  educated  layman,  had 
presented  himself  to  his  physician  because  of  a 
bowel  complaint.  His  physician  treated  him  for 

*From  the  Department  of  Surgery  of  ^yayne  University  and 
the  Surgical  Service  of  the  Charles  Godwin  Jennings  and  Re- 
ceiving Hospitals,  Detroit. 


36 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  LARGE  BOWELL— HARTZELL 


four  months  for  colitis  during  which  time  he 
steadily  lost  ground.  He  then  went  to  a clinic 
in  a small  hospital  and  there  was  given  the 
same  diagnosis,  later  going  to  another  physi- 
cian in  a nearly  city  where  he  received  more 
treatment  for  colitis.  Finally,  ten  months  from 
the  time  he  first  presented  himself  to  a physician, 
a barium  enema  was  administered,  and  a fluoro- 
scopic examination  revealed  a large  carcinoma. 
The  lesion  was  inoperable  and  a colostomy  was 
all  that  could  be  done.  This  individual  had  be- 
come reconciled  to  his  fate,  and  with  but  a few 
short  months  to  live,  he  writes : 

“My  message  to  you  of  the  medical  fraternitj'  is, 
do  not  hesitate  to  make  the  worst  diagnosis  first.  Say 
the  bad  news;  then,  if  desirable,  attempt  to  disprove 
it,  but  under  no  circumstances  are  you  justified  in  try- 
ing to  get  the  layman  to  report  his  symptoms  early 
only  to  be  stalled  along  in  the  diagnosis  until  an  in- 
operable lesion  has  developed.  All  of  the  efforts  to 
educate  the  layman  are  commendable,  but  much  remains 
to  be  done  to  educate  the  physician  to  recognize  the 
symptoms  and  not  to  hesitate  in  diagnosing  them.” 

That  this  letter  indicates  that  the  patient  is  not 
always  at  fault,  in  that  he  seeks  aid  late  in  the 
disease,  is  evident,  and  suggests  that  the  reasons 
for  discovery  of  carcinoma  of  the  colon  late  in 
the  disease  may  be  those  expressed  in  points  3 
and  4 above.  We  have  analyzed  the  histories  of 
cases  of  carcinoma  of  the  large  bowel  which 
came  to  us  late  in  the  disease,  in  an  attempt  to 
determine,  if  possible,  why  therapy  was  delayed 
so  long.  Obviously,  such  an  analysis  of  cases  is 
difficult  so  far  as  determining  exactly  where  the 
trouble  lies  and  is  important  only  in  that  it  might 
point  out  pitfalls  in  diagnosis  or  provide  a better 
understanding  of  the  causes  of  delay.  It  is  also 
to  be  recognized  that  after  all  the  data  is  available 
and  the  diagnosis  is  assured,  it  is  much  easier 
to  recognize  points  of  significance  in  the  histoiy^ 
and  physical  examination  than  it  is  before  the 
facts  are  known  and  clarified.  The  following 
cases  are  illustrative  of  some  of  the  causes  for 
delay  in  adequate  therapy  for  carcinoma  of  the 
large  bowel. 

Typical  Cases 

Lesions  which  gave  no  early  intimation  of 
their  presence  or  early  symptoms  were  ignored 
by  the  patient: 

Case  1. — ^A  sixty-year-old  obese  man  was  well  until 
five  days  before  admission,  when  he  began  to  lose 
appetite  and  notice  marked  fatigue.  Two  days  prior 


to  admission  he  took  a laxative  with  good  results,  but 
felt  worse.  The  next  day  he  began  to  have  lower 
abdominal  pain  and  became  distended,  also  had  a 
chill  and  began  to  vomit.  Examination — He  appeared 
acutely  ill,  temperature  101  degrees,  pulse  120.  His 
abdomen  was  obese  with  moderate  general  distension. 
There  was  generalized  muscle  spasm,  and  the  lower 
abdomen  was  tender  on  palpation.  Leukocyte  count 
was  34,200  per  c.c.,  93  per  cent  polymorphonuclear 
neutrophils.  The  patient  was  treated  expectantly  for 
one  week,  (duodenal  suction,  intravenous  fluids  and 
transfusions).  As  soon  as  his  general  condition  per- 
mitted, a proctoscopic  examination  was  made  which 
was  negative,  but  the  barium  enema  revealed  a stenos- 
ing  lesion  of  the  sigmoid.  A cecostomy  was  performed. 
The  patient  went  home  one  week  later  much  improved. 
One  month  after  the  cecostomy,  the  lower  portion 
of  the  descending  colon  and  sigmoid  was  resected  for 
a carcinoma.  There  were  no  palpable  metastases  in 
the  liver,  but  there  were  numerous  glands  in  the  ad- 
jacent mesentery.  There  was  evidence  of  an  old 
perforation.  It  is  but  six  months  since  the  operation 
and  the  patient  has  remained  well. 

Case  2. — A sixty-year-old  white  man  had  suffered 
from  hemorrhoids.  Two  3^ears  ago  he  saw  a physician 
who  recommended  operation.  One  year  ago  the  hem- 
orrhoids commenced  to  protrude  at  inter\^als.  At  the 
same  time  he  was  passing  small  stools  eight  to  ten 
times  daily.  He  finally  sought  medical  advice  for  his 
hemorrhoids  at  which  time  a stenosing  cancer  of  the 
rectosigmoid  was  found.  An  abdomino-perineal  re- 
section was  performed.  The  patient  has  remained  well 
for  six  months.  Despite  the  long  period  of  time  elaps- 
ing before  operation  was  performed  there  were  no 
gross  metastases  to  the  liver. 

Lesions  in  which  the  physician  underesti- 
mated the  importance  of  the  symptoms  or 
signs : 

Case  3. — ^A  man,  aged  seventy-four  years,  consulted 
his  physician  in  a neighbouring  town  because  of  vague 
abdominal  distress — belching  and  bloating.  He  also 
complained  of  tiring  more  easily  than  usual.  He  was 
given  powders  and  advised  to  go  on  a vacation,  but 
there  was  no  improvement.  Three  months  later  a 
large  tumor  was  palpated  in  the  right  side.  Exploratory 
laparotomy  revealed  a carcinoma  involving  the  greater 
portion  of  the  ascending  colon  and  hepatic  flexure. 
This  was  fixed  posteriorly.  An  ileocolostomy  was  per- 
formed, and  the  distal  stiunp  of  the  terminal  ileum 
closed.  The  patient  remained  in  good  health  for  one 
5’ear  after  the  operation.  Recently,  the  tumor  has  in- 
creased in  size,  and  the  patient  shows  signs  of  in- 
creasing weakness. 

Case  4. — A sixty-year-old  man  was  treated  by  the 
family  doctor  for  one  and  one-half  years  for  attacks 
of  cramplike  abdominal  pain  and  constipation.  An 
x-ray  was  finally  advised  which  showed  marked  gaseous 


January,  1941 


37 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  LARGE  BOWELL— HARTZELL 


distension  of  the  colon  and  terminal  ileum.  The  patient 
was  admitted  to  the  surgical  service  almost  completely 
obstructed,  and  a cecostomy  was  performed.  There 
was  no  gross  involvement  of  the  liver  or  lymph  glands. 
Two  weeks  later  9 cm.  of  the  descending  colon  was 


Case  6. — A male,  aged  sixty  years,  was  admitted  with 
a history  of  attacks  of  cramplike  abdominal  pain,  in- 
creasing constipation  of  two  months  duration,  and  loss 
of  twenty  pounds  in  weight.  The  sigmoidoscopic  ex- 
amination was  negative.  A barium  enema  was  reported 


Fig.  1.  Roentgenogram  of  a barium 
enema,  showing  the  left  half  of  the  colon 
well  distended  with  barium.  This  was  re- 
ported as  normal  by  the  roentgenologist. 


Fig.  2.  A re-examination  in  the  oblique 
view  shows  a stenosed  filling  defect  at  the 
juncture  of  the  descending  colon  and  sig- 
moid which  was  obscured  in  the  first  ex- 
amination. 


resected  for  an  annular  tumor  which  proved  to  be 
malignant.  An  end-to-end  anastomosis  esablished 
continuity.  It  is  now  one  and  one-half  years  since 
the  operation  and  the  patient  has  remained  well. 

Lesion  in  which  inadequate  diagnostic  meth- 
ods were  used  even  after  malignancy  was  sus- 
pected : 

Case  5. — A fifty-one-year-old  man  consulted  a physi- 
cian because  of  a six  months  history  of  attacks  of 
nausea,  vomiting,  and  increasing  constipation  with  a 
seventy  pound  weight  loss.  He  was  hospitalized  eigh- 
teen days.  A barium  enema  showed  partial  obstruc- 
tion at  the  splenic  flexure  from  what  was  considered  to 
be  a benign  tumor.  Surgical  consultation  was  not  rec- 
ommended, so  that  exploratory  laparotomy  was  not 
performed.  The  patient  was  allowed  to  go  home  with 
the  recommendation  that  he  return  for  frequent  ob- 
servation. Three  months  later  he  was  no  better  and 
when  admitted  to  the  surgical  service  had  an  almost 
complete  obstruction  which  was  diagnosed  as  carcin- 
oma of  the  splenic  flexure.  Exploration  revealed  a large 
tumor  mass  of  the  splenic  flexure  densely  adherent  to 
the  greater  curvature  of  the  stomach.  This  was  mobil- 
ized, the  stomach  wall  repaired  and  an  obstructive  re- 
section performed.  Continuity  was  later  established 
by  crushing  the  spur  and  closing  the  colostomy.  It  is 
now  over  two  years  since  the  operation  and  the  patient 
has  remained  well,  despite  the  fact  that  he  was  oper- 
ated upon  late  after  local  extension  had  occurred. 


as  negative  (Fig.  1).  The  history  was  suggestive  of  an 
obstructive  lesion  in  the  colon  and  a reexamination  with 
an  oblique  view  was  insisted  upon.  This  revealed  a 
stenosed  filling  defect  in  the  descending  colon  which  was 
obscured  in  the  first  examination  (Fig.  2).  An  ob- 
structive resection  was  performed,  continuity  being 
established  later  by  crushing  the  spur,  with  closure  of 
the  colostomy.  The  patient  remained  well  for  only 
one  year,  dying  recently  of  generalized  carcinomatosis. 

Cancer  of  the  large  bowel  accounts  for  about 
one-tenth  of  all  deaths  from  malignant  disease. 
Unfortunately,  it  is  quite  impossible  to  delineate 
a symptom  complex  by  which  early  carcinoma  of 
the  large  bowel  may  be  diagnosed,  and  it  must  be 
remembered,  as  has  been  pointed  out  by  Fansler 
and  Anderson,^  that  the  symptoms  to  emphasize 
are  not  those  which  convince  one  that  carcinoma 
is  surely  present,  but  rather  those  which  indicate 
that  carcinoma  may  possibly  be  present.  Gen- 
erally speaking,  the  easier  it  is  to  make  the  diag- 
nosis the  less  the  possibility  of  halting  the  fatal 
progress  of  the  disease.  In  its  incipiency,  cancer 
of  the  bowel  may  be  absolutely  silent.  Gradually, 
however,  certain  mild  changes  in  bowel  habit,  or 
a vague  abdominal  distress  may  induce  the  pa- 
tient to  consult  his  physician.  If  this  individual 


38 


Jou«.  M.S.M.S. 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  LARGE  BO  WELL— HART  ZELL 


is  of  a nervous  type,  and  for  years  has  exag- 
gerated various  complaints  to  his  physician,  he 
will  more  than  likely  receive  reassurance  and  a 
placebo,  rather  than  a painstaking  examination. 
The  frequency  of  this  bad  error  is  stressed  by 
Steindl,^®  who  reports  a series  of  inoperable 
carcinomas  of  the  large  bowel  in  which  22  per 
cent  had  become  inoperable  because  of  errors 
in  diagnosis.  This  is  well  illustrated  by  Case  3, 
and  in  retrospect,  what  would  seem  to  be  an  in- 
excusable delay  is  represented  in  Case  5,  since  all 
data  necessary  for  an  accurate  diagnosis  were 
available. 

Most  Common  Early  Signs  of  Carcinoma 
of  the  Large  Bowel 

1.  Some  change  in  bowel  habit.  This  may 
be  so  slight  that  it  is  not  considered  of  any 
importance  by  the  patient  who  may  believe  it 
to  be  a transient  upset.  There  may  be  a brief 
return  to  normal  bowel  habit,  with  a later  re- 
currence of  symptoms  of  irregularity  of  stool. 
There  may  be  signs  of  increasing  intestinal  ir- 
ritability with  periods  of  diarrhea.  There  may 
also  be  present  alternating  periods  of  consti- 
pation. 

2.  There  may  be  persistent  localized  pain 
or  tenderness. 

3.  There  may  be  marked  weakness  with  as- 
sociated anemia  and  without  visible  loss  of 
blood. 

4.  A tumor  may  be  palpated.  This  does  not 
necessarily  mean  an  advanced  lesion,  as  even 
a small  carcinoma  with  ulceration  may  develop 
about  it  a large  inflammatory  mass. 

5.  Blood  in  the  stool,  or  streaked  upon  the 
stool,  may  signify  a low  ulcerating  growth. 

6.  Intestinal  obstruction,  of  varying  degrees 
of  severity,  usually  indicates  an  annular  lesion 
which  has  been  present  at  least  one  year.  Ca- 
chexia, marked  loss  of  weight,  with  general 
debilitation,  usually  indicates  advanced  malig- 
nant disease  with  metastases. 

7.  Occasionally,  the  insidious  early  symp- 
toms may  be  overlooked  by  the  patient,  and 
the  first  sign  of  the  presence  of  a large  bowel 
malignancy  may  be  the  result  of  a perforation 
or  an  obstruction.  Case  1 is  illustrative  of  an 
onset  of  symptoms  beginning  with  what  Ran- 
kin^^  has  described  as  “explosive  suddenness.” 


Why  these  Symptoms? 

To  understand  the  chain  of  symptoms  pro- 
duced by  carcinoma  of  the  large  bowel,  we  must 
consider  the  right  and  left  halves  of  the  colon 
as  separate  organs.  Rankin^^  has  repeatedly 
stressed  the  importance  of  this  fact.  The  cecum, 
ascending  colon,  and  the  right  half  of  the  trans- 
verse colon,  together  with  the  small  intestine  up 
to  the  papilla  of  Vater,  are  developed  from  the 
mid  gut.  The  function  of  this  portion  of  the 
intestine  is  chiefly  that  of  digestion  and  absorp- 
tion, and  the  bowel  content  is  fluid  or  semi-solid. 
Carcinomas  situated  in  the  right  half  of  the 
colon  are  usually  large  flat  ulcerating  lesions. 
They  interfere  with  the  absorptive  mechansim 
of  the  mucous  membrane,  and  owing  to  the  great- 
er diameter  of  the  ascending  colon,  and  the  fact 
that  the  content  is  usually  of  fluid  consistency, 
obstruction  does  not  occur  as  commonly. 

The  early  symptoms  may  be  considered  as 
“dyspepsia,”  with  or  without  localized  tender- 
ness. 

This  often  suggests  chronic  appendicitis, 
chronic  cholecystitis,  or  duodenal  ulcer.  In  a 
series  of  100  cases  of  carcinomas  of  this  segment 
of  the  colon  reported  by  Priestly  and  Bargen,^” 
20  per  cent  had  been  previously  subjected  to 
celiotomy  after  the  onset  of  symptoms  ascrib- 
able  to  cancer.  Fifteen  had  had  appendectomies, 
one  an  operation  on  the  biliary  tract,  and  there 
were  four  exploratory  laparotomies. 

In  other  individuals  suffering  from  malig- 
nant lesions  in  the  right  colon,  the  first  sign 
may  be  weakness.  The  patient  presents  him- 
self to  the  physician  because  of  unexplained 
fatigue  and  inability  to  perform  his  usual  daily 
work.  Such  an  individual  is  usually  dehydrated 
and  examination  will  usually  reveal  a marked 
anemia,  without  visible  loss  of  blood. 

Occasionally,  however,  early  carcinomas  of  this 
segment  of  the  large  bowel  are  devoid  of  any 
symptom  whatsoever,  and  fall  into  the  so-called 
silent  group.  Such  a lesion  is  discovered  by 
accident  or  in  the  course  of  a routine  physical 
examination.  A tumor  may  be  palpated,  or  as 
in  most  lesions  of  the  right  colon,  the  barium 
enema  will  reveal  a filling  defect  which  is  later 
proved  to  be  malignant.  This  is  moderately  well 
illustrated  by  Case  1. 


January,  1941 


39 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  LARGE  BOWELL— HARTZELL 


The  left  half  of  the  transverse  colon,  together 
with  the  descending  colon,  sigmoid  and  rectum, 
are  developed  from  the  hind  gut,  and  their  func- 
tion is  chiefly  that  of  storage.  The  wall  is  thicker 
and  stronger  than  on  the  right  side,  and  by  the 
time  the  intestinal  content  reaches  this  segment 
of  the  large  bowel  the  water  has  largely  been 
absorbed,  and  the  stool  becomes  formed.  Ma- 
lignancies here  tend  to  encircle  the  bowel,  re- 
sulting commonly  in  varying  degrees  of  obstruc- 
tion. Frequently  constipation,  sometimes  al- 
ternating with  diarrhea,  is  a predominant  com- 
plaint, as  illustrated  by  Case  2. 

In  125  cases  studied  by  Rosser,^®  he  found 
that  two-thirds  of  those  in  which  the  growth 
was  situated  in  the  descending  colon  showed 
constipation  and  colic,  while  one-quarter  had 
diarrhea. 

As  the  proximity  of  the  growth  approaches  the 
rectum,  the  incidence  of  frank  blood  increases. 
Rankin^^  states  that  bleeding  occurs  in  90  per 
cent  of  carcinomas  of  the  rectum  at  some  stage 
of  the  disease.  For  those  in  which  the  growth 
is  situated  beyond  the  reach  of  the  sigmoido- 
scope, the  barium  enema  in  the  hands  of  the 
expert  roentgenologist  will  reveal  filling  defects 
which  are  usually  accurately  interpreted.  At 
the  hepatic  and  splenic  flexures,  in  the  sigmoid 
or  low  down  in  the  descending  colon,  it  is  of 
the  greatest  importance  to  visualize  the  barium 
enema  in  the  lateral  and  oblique,  as  well  as  the 
antero-posterior  view.  Here  normal  superim- 
posed bowel  in  the  antero-posterior  view  may 
cover  up  a filling  defect  which  would  be  over- 
looked unless  seen  in  the  oblique  view.  This 
point  has  been  emphasized  by  Gordon- Watson,® 
and  is  well  illustrated  by  Case  6.  If  a barium 
enema  is  negative  and  malignancy  is  suspected, 
the  examination  should  be  repeated  in  two  to 
four  weeks.  Often  a second  barium  enema  will 
reveal  a filling  defect  not  present  or  not  noticed 
at  the  time  of  the  first  examination.  Lehman,® 
Feldman®  et  al.  have  stressed  this  point. 

Rectal  Examination 

It  seems  obvious  that  digital  examination  of 
the  rectum  should  be  a routine  part  in  any 
complete  physical  examination,  and  while  the 
importance  of  this  procedure  cannot  be  too 
strongly  stressed,  we  must  emphasize  that  the 
examination  should  go  further.  Too  many 


individuals  are  subjected  to  hemorrhoidectomy 
when  further  examination  would  reveal  the 
presence  of  a carcinoma  beyond  the  reach  of 
the  examining  finger. 

In  28  per  cent  of  a large  series  observed  by 
Rankin  and  Graham^®  the  patient  had  been  sub- 
jected to  hemorrhoidectomy  after  the  onset  of 
symptoms  of  carcinoma.  Jones®  states  that  75 
per  cent  of  rectal  carcinomas  are  first  diagnosed 
as  hemorrhoids.  This  error  is  by  no  means 
always  the  fault  of  the  physician.  Occasionally 
a patient,  knowing  he  has  hemorrhoids  will  as- 
cribe the  symptoms  of  malignancy  to  his  known 
condition  and  delay  further  examination.  Case 
2 is  illustrative  of  such  an  oversight  on  the  part 
of  the  patient. 

For  those  growths  within  the  reach  of  the 
sigmoidoscope,  direct  visualization  and  biopsy 
offers  the  ideal  method  of  arriving  at  a diag- 
nosis. If  microscopic  examination  of  the  tissue 
removed  is  positive  for  carcinoma,  the  diagnosis 
is  conclusive.  A negative  report,  however,  may 
mean  that  the  biopsy  was  not  taken  deeply 
enough,  and  a second  specimen  may  show  the 
presence  of  malignancy.  There  is  frequently  a 
piling  up  of  non-malignant  mucosa  membrane 
along  the  border  of  a carcinoma.  In  Figure  3,  a 
photomicrograph  of  a malignant  lesion  of  the  rec- 
tosigmoid is  presented  through  the  courtesy  of 
Dr.  Osborne  Brines,^  who  has  frequently  empha- 
sized this  point.  Through  the  sigmoidoscope,  this 
bunched-up  area  appears  to  be  a good  one  from 
which  to  secure  a biopsy,  (Area  B,  Figure  3), 
but  this  may  show  no  cancer.  Here  it  will  be 
noted  that  in  the  vicinity  of  A the  mucous  mem- 
brane is  normal,  while  in  the  vicinity  of  B there 
is  hypertrophy  with  piling  up  of  the  mucous 
membrane.  This  area  is  frequently  even  more 
elevated  and  conspicuous  by  the  presence  of 
swelling  from  edema  and  secondary  infection 
about  the  carcinima.  A positive  biopsy  would 
have  to  be  secured  rather  deeply  from  the  vi- 
cinity of  C.  Dukes^  stresses  the  importance  of 
repeating  a biopsy  if  the  first  is  negative. 

Likewise,  the  possibility  of  multiple  lesions 
must  be  kept  in  mind  when  making  a sigmoido- 
scopic  study.  Recently,  the  writer,  in  perform- 
ing a sigmoidoscope  examination,  encountered 
a large  polypoid  tumor  about  3 inches  above  the 
anal  orifice.  Biopsy  and  microscopic  examina- 
tion revealed  this  to  be  a benign  adenoma.  This 


40 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  LARGE  BOWELL— HARTZELL 


diagnosis  did  not  fit  into  the  general  picture,  and 
on  repeating  the  sigmoidoscopic  examination  we 
succeeded  in  passing  the  scope  beyond  this  tumor, 
and  two  inches  further  encountered  a typical 


ferential  diagnosis,  since  the  important  thing  is 
to  suspect  the  presence  of  malignancy^®  Once 
suspected,  modern  diagnostic  methods  must  be 
employed  with  patience  and  perseverance  until 


Fig.  3.  Photomicrograph  through  the  tissue  bor- 
dering the  rectosigmoid  carcinoma  removed  from  the 
patient  in  Case  2.  It  will  be  noted  that  in  the  vi- 
cinity of  A the  mucous  membrane  is  normal,  while 
in  the  vicinity  of  B there  is  a marked  hypertrophy 
with  piling  up  of  the  mucous  membrane.  A biopsy  is 
not  infrequently  secured  from  this  ring  of  hyper- 
trophied mucous  membrane  about  the  neoplasm,  and 
may  show  no  cancer.  Carcinomatous  tissue  will  be 
seen  beneath  the  mucous  membrane  in  Area  C. 


excavating  ulcer  with  firm  raised  borders  which 
had  completely  encircled  the  bowel  (Figure  4). 
Microscopic  examination  of  a biopsy  from  the 
border  of  this  area  showed  it  to  be  an  advanced 
adenocarcinoma.  Resection  was  performed,  and 
it  is  now  one  and  one-half  years  since  operation 
and  the  patient  has  remained  well.  Rankin,  Bar- 
gen  and  Buie,^^  and  Hirschman^  have  published 
illustrations  similar  to  Figure  4. 


Differential  Diagnosis 

There  are  other  conditions  which  may  simulate 
large  bowel  carcinoma.  The  most  important  of 
these  are : tuberculosis ; diverticulitis ; segmental 
ulcerative  colitis ; syphilis ; chronic  appendicitis. 
Each  of  these  conditions  may  cause  a chronic 
to  an  acute  inflammatory  reaction  in  a segment 
of  the  large  bowel,  giving  rise  to  a palpable  mass, 
with  varying  degrees  of  tenderness,  pain,  and  ob- 
struction. A benign  polyp  may  also  be  mis- 
taken for  malignancy.  The  expert  roentgenol- 
ogist can  go  far  in  differentiating  these  lesions. 
In  some  cases  a positive  diagnosis  cannot  be 
made  until  the  tumor  is  removed.  We  need  not 
worry  too  much,  however,  regarding  the  dif- 

January,  1941 


Fig.  4.  An  annular  carcinoma  of  the  rectosigmoid 
with  a polyp  distal  to  it.  At  the  time  of  the  first 
proctoscopic  examination  the  patient  was  uncoopera- 
tive and  the  scope  could  not  be  passed  beyond  the 
polyp.  A biopsy  taken  from  it  revealed  it  to  be 
a benign  adenoma.  On  re-examination  the  scope 
was  passed  beyond  the  polyp  and  a positive  biopsy 
secured  from  the  margin  of  the  ulcerated  area. 


the  presence  or  absence  of  malignant  disease  is 
definitely  determined. 

There  were  6,000  deaths  from  cancer  last  year 
in  the  State  of  Michigan.^®  This  is  a terrible  toll 
and  approximates  the  total  number  of  deaths 
from  tuberculosis,  appendicitis,  and  automobiles 
combined.^®  It  is  further  estimated  that  there 
are  three  living  cancer  cases  for  each  death.^® 
Thus,  the  total  of  living  cancer  cases  in  Michi- 
gan today  number  18,000  or  approximately  three 
for  every  physician  in  the  state.  One  appalling 
fact  stands  out,  that  over  two-thirds  of  this  group 
of  individuals  are  doomed  to  die  of  their  malig- 


41 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  LARGE  BOWELL— HARTZELL 


nancies,  without  ever  entering  a hospital,  many 
of  them  without  a diagnosis  having  been  made 
until  the  time  of  death,  and  all  of  them  without 
benefit  of  any  curative  treatment  whatever.  Of 
the  remaining  30  per  cent  comprising  the  group 
which  will  find  their  way  into  hospitals,  half 
will  have  passed  into  the  advanced  stage  of 
malignant  disease  and  be  already  doomed.  Only 
15  per  cent  of  the  total  will  be  seen  sufficiently 
early  to  effect  a cure  or  prolong  life. 

Here  indeed  is  an  unexplored  medical  frontier. 
The  development  and  standardization  of  vari- 
ous surgical  procedures  which  enable  the  modern 
surgeon  to  effect  a cure  in  a large  percentage  of 
operations  for  cancer,  are  of  little  avail  if  85 
per  cent  of  these  cases  are  either  never  seen  by 
him,  or  not  seen  until  they  have  developed  wide- 
spread malignant  disease. 

Certain  it  is  that  any  improvement  in  this 
unhappy  picture  will  come  not  only  through 
education  of  the  general  public  regarding  the 
danger  signs  of  early  malignant  disease,  but 
also  by  making  ourselves  cancer-conscious 
physicians. 

We  must  be  alert  to  the  early  symptoms  of 
malignancy,  and  so  far  as  the  large  bowel  is 
concerned,  we  must  make  a painstaking  pur- 
poseful examination  in  those  individuals  with 
vague  abdominal  complaints,  especially  when  ac- 
companied by  some  change  in  bowel  habit.  We 
must  keep  in  mind  that  a negative  examination 
does  not  rule  out  malignancy.  A negative  digital 
or  proctoscopic  examination  may  mean  a growth 
higher  up,  and  a negative  biopsy  may  mean 
that  the  section  has  not  been  taken  from  the 
proper  area.  The  possibility  of  a benign  polyp 
and  a malignant  lesion  present  at  the  same  time 
must  be  remembered.  A negative  barium  enema 
must  be  repeated  with  especial  care  being  taken 
to  watch  the  progress  of  the  enema  both  in  the 
oblique  and  the  lateral,  as  well  as  the  antero- 
posterior view,  especially  in  those  areas  where 
there  is  a possibility  of  a loop  of  normal  bowel 
filled  with  barium  being  superimposed  so  as  to 
obscure  the  filling  defect  of  a malignant  lesion. 

Carcinoma  of  the  large  bowel,  as  malignant 
disease  elsewhere,  is  curable  if  found  early. 
The  lesson  of  early  diagnosis  is  not  only  an 


important  one  to  impress  upon  the  layman,  but 
upon  the  physician  as  well. 


The  suspicion  that  malignancy  may  be  present 
should  afford  adequate  stimulus  for  careful 
study,  and  this  study  ought  to  be  painstakingly 
performed  so  that  the  malignant  lesions  may  be 
discovered  early  enough  to  permit  complete  erad- 
ication. 


Bibliography 

1.  Brines,  O.:  Personal  communication. 

2.  Dukes,  C. : Early  diagnosis  of  carcinoma  of  the  rectum 

and  colon.  Proc.  Royal  Society  of  Med.,  21:1549-1551, 
(July)  1928. 

3.  Editorial:  Moriturus  Te  Saluto.  Jour.  Mich.  State  Medical 
Soc.,  38:430-431,  (May)  1939. 

4.  Pansier,  W.  A.,  and  Anderson,  J.  K. : Cancer  of  the 

colon.  Nebraska  Med.  Jour.,  19:361-366,  (Oct.)  1934. 

5.  Feldman,  M.:  Early  diagnosis  of  cancer  of  the  colon, 

roentgenographically  considered.  Radiology,  22:493-498, 
C\pril)  1934. 

6.  (jordon-Watson,  Sir  Charles:  The  diagnosis  and  treatment 

of  carcinoma  of  the  colon.  British  Med.  Jour.,  1:969-973, 
(May)  1932. 

7.  Hirschman,  L. : Synopsis  of  Ano-Rectal  Diseases.  St. 

Louis:  C.  V.  Mosby,  1937. 

8.  Jones,  D.  F. : Diagnosis  and  principles  of  treatment  of 

carcinoma  of  the  colon.  Trans.  Am.  Surg.  Assn.,  49:308- 
318,  1931. 

9.  Lehman,  E.  P. : The  diagnosis  of  cancer  of  the  large 

bowel.  Virginia  Med.  Monthly,  58:577-583,  (Dec.)  1931. 

10.  Priestly,  J.  T.,  and  Bargen,  J.  A.:  Early  diagnosis  of  can- 

cer of  the  large  intestine.  Am.  Jour.  Surg.,  22:515-520, 
(Dec.)  1933. 

11.  Rankin,  F.  W.:  Surgical  lesions  of  the  large  bowel.  Jour. 

Mich.  State  Med.  Soc.,  31:1-9,  (Jan.)  1932. 

12.  Rankin,  F.  W. : Modern  trends  in  the  treatment  of  the 

rectum  and  rectosigmoid.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  109 :1719-1723, 

(June)  1937. 

13.  Rankin,  F.  W.,  and  Graham,  A.  S. : Carcinoma  of  the 

Colon.  American  Text  Book  of  Surgery;  Ed.  by  F.  Chris- 
topher. Philadelphia  & London:  W.  B.  Saunders  Co., 

1937,  p.  1244. 

14.  Rankin,  F.  W.,  Bargen,  J.  A.,  and  Buie,  L.  A.:  The 

Colon,  Rectum,  and  Anus.  Philadelphia:  W.  B.  Saunders 
Co.,  1932. 

15.  Rector,  Frank  Leslie:  Cancer  Survey  of  Michigan.  New 

York:  Am.  Society  for  Control  of  Cancer,  pages  30-34,  1935. 

16.  Rosser,  C. : Cancer  of  the  anal  canal;  a survey  of  125 

cases.  South.  Med.  Jour.,  28:527-529,  (June)  1935. 

17.  Rosser,  C. : Diagnostic  criteria.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  106:109- 

112,  (Jan.)  1936. 

18.  Stemdl,  H.:  Fortschritte  in  der  Diagnostik  und  Therapie 

des  Mastdarmkrebses.  Wien.  med.  Wchnschr.,  85 :482-484, 
(April  27);  518-521,  (May  4);  578-582,  (May  18)  1935. 

19.  United  States  Census  Bureau  Mortality  Rates,  1910-1920, 
with  Population  of  the  Federal  Censuses  of  1910  and 
1920,  and  Intercensal  Estimates  of  Population  1923.  Wash- 
ington: United  States  Government  Printing  Office,  1923. 


NATIONAL  PHYSICIANS'  COMMITTEE 

Two  years  of  aggressive  effort  in  defining  and  clari- 
fying the  issue  (political  control  of  medicine),  in  unify- 
ing the  profession  and  informing  the  public  has  pro- 
duced spectacular  results. 

In  his  speech  on  October  31  at  Bethesda,  Maryland, 
dedicating  the  National  Institute  of  Health,  President 
Roosevelt  said : 

“Neither  the  American  people  nor  their  government  intend 
to  socialize  medical  practice  any  more  than  they  plan  to 
socialize  industry.  In  American  life  the  family  doctor,  the 
general  practitioner,  performs  a service  which  we  rely  upon 
and  trust. 

“No  one  has  a greater  appreciation  than  I of  the  skill  and 
self-sacrifice  O'f  the  medical  profession.  And  there  can  be 
no  substitute  for  the  personal  relationship  between  doctor  and 
patient  which  is  a characteristic  and  a source  of  strength  of 
medical  practice  in  our  land.” 

On  September  16,  in  Kansas  City,  Missouri,  Mr.  Wen- 
dell Willkie  said : 

“There  is  no  one  to  whom  socialized  medicine  is  more 
repugnant  than  it  is  to  me.  I believe  in  the  skill  that  is 
developed  by  the  competitive  system.” 


42 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SURGICAL  DISEASES  OF  THE  COLON— BROOKS  AND  ASHLEY 


Surgical  Diseases  of  the  Colon 

Diagnosis  and  Treatment 

By  Clark  D.  Brooks,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.  and 

L.  Byron  Ashley,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Clark  D.  Brooks,  M.D. 

M. D.,  Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine, 

1905.  Attending  Sitrgeon  at  Harper  Hospital, 

Detroit.  Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Surgeons;  Member  of  the  Detroit  Academy  of 
Surgery;  Member  of  the  Detroit  Board  of 
Education;  Member  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

L.  Byron  Ashley,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Wayne  University  Medical  Schcol, 

1914.  ’Associate  Surgeon  at  Harper  Hospital, 

Detroit;  Fellow  of  the  American  College  of 
Surgeons;  Member  of  the  Detroit  Academy  of 
Surgery;  Member  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

■ Carcinoma  of  the  colon  comprised  about 
ninety  per  cent  of  the  surgical  lesions  of  that 
organ,  until  about  five  years  ago,  as  found  in 
our  previous  series.  Since  that  time  there  has 
been  a gradual  increase  in  the  inflammatory 
lesions,  especially  regional  colitis  and  regional 
ileitis,  the  latter  with  extension  into  the  colon. 
We  know  of  no  definite  reason  for  the  increase 
of  these  particular  lesions.  There  has  certainly 
been  no  increase  in  the  amount  of  roughage 
which  our  diets  contain  to  account  for  the  sharp 
numerical  rise  in  the  inflammatoiy  group.  The 
present-day  overuse  of  vitamins  might  be  blamed 
for  this,  but  in  any  case,  whatever  the  cause,  it 
affects  the  entire  population  of  the  countiy%  for 
reports  of  an  increasing  incidence  of  the  condi- 
tions reach  us  from  all  sides. 

Differential  Diagnosis 

Owing  to  the  irregularity  and  inconsistency  of 
symptoms,  the  diagnosis  of  carcinoma  of  the 
colon  from  the  clinical  histoiy^  and  physical  ex- 
amination is  often  impossible.  Some  patients, 
when  first  seen  with  acute  obstruction,  give  ab- 
solutely no  symptoms  in  their  past  history  refer- 
able to  this  disease.  Others  complain  of  no 
symptoms  except  weakness  or  loss  of  weight ; and 
in  many  cases  secondary  anemia  of  unknown 
origin  is  the  single  clue.  Symptoms,  such  as 
blood  in  stools,  constipation,  obstipation,  diar- 
rhea, and  bloating,  are  not  constant,  as  wdll  be 
observed  in  the  resume  of  symptoms  of  this 
series. 

Rectal,  proctoscopic  and  x-ray  examinations 
are  the  most  reliable  diagnostic  procedures  and 


are  indicated  early  in  any  case  presenting  one 
or  more  of  the  suggestive  symptoms. 

Regional  Colitis. — The  most  important  lesions 
to  be  differentiated  from  those  of  carcinoma  of 
the  large  bowel  are  regional  colitis,  regional 
ileitis  and  inflammation  of  the  diverticulae  of  the 
sigmoid. 

Patients  with  regional  colitis  present  a his- 
tory of  the  passage  of  mucous  or  blood  or  a 
combination  of  both,  early  in  the  disease,  but 
usually  by  the  time  the  patient  is  seen  there 
may  be  a definite  tumor  mass  present  due  to 
a thickening  of  the  bowel  wall  from  the  in- 
flammatory condition. 

The  barium  enema  x-ray  shows  the  presence 
of  this  tumor  mass,  along  with  a definite,  uni- 
form narrowing  of  the  lumen  which  may,  in 
many  instances,  be  difficult  to  differentiate  from 
a carcinomatous  lesion  on  account  of  its  likeness 
to  the  napkin-ring  type. 

Regional  Ileitis. — Individuals  with  regional 
ileitis  usually  have  an  increase  in  the  number 
of  daily  stools  and  a change  in  the  character  of 
the  stool. 

Cramping  pain  and  bloating  appear  with 
the  progressive  narrowing  of  the  lumen  of  the 
ileum  due  to  the  inflammation  present. 

The  barium  enema  is  first  given,  to  rule  out 
the  possibility  of  a lesion  of  the  large  bowel, 
followed  by  the  gastro-intestinal  series.  The 
passage  of  the  barium  through  the  affected  area 
reveals  the  definite  narrowing  diagnostic  of  this 
condition. 

In  both  regional  ileitis  and  colitis,  fever  and 
leukocytosis  are  higher  and  more  constant  than 
in  malignant  growths,  while  secondaiy  anemia  is 
not  so  marked. 

Diverticulitis.  — Patients  with  diverticulitis 
have  pain  and  a passage  of  mucus  and  blood  per 
rectum,  and  possibly  a change  in  the  character 
of  the  stool  due  to  the  hyperactivity  of  the  lower 
segment  of  the  bowel.  The  tenderness,  while 
usually  in  the  lower  left  quadrant,  may  be  more 
toward  the  midline  in  many  cases. 


January,  1941 


43 


SURGICAL  DISEASES  OF  THE  COLON— BROOKS  AND  ASHLEY 


It  is  fortunate  that  the  pain,  tenderness  and 
rigidity  of  diverticulitis  ordinarily  occurs  on 
the  left  side  of  the  abdomen.  When  it  does 
manifest  findings  around  the  midline  or  even 
in  the  right  lower  abdomen,  difficulty  in  dif- 
ferentiating it  from  appendicitis  is  evident,  and 
the  diagnosis  often  cannot  be  determined  until 
operative  exploration. 

We  hesitate  to  order  a barium  enema  x-ray 
examination  during  the  acute  phase  of  diverticuli- 
tis, as  there  is  a possibility  of  rupturing  the 
inflammatory  area. 

Many  cases  of  chronic  interstitial  contracting 
diverticulitis  simulate  malignancy  both  on  x-ray 
findings  and  appearance  at  operative  exposure. 
This  condition,  like  regional  ileitis  and  colitis  is 
increasing  in  frequency  in  the  last  few  years. 

IntiLSSusception.  — Intussusception  occurred 
three  times  in  our  last  series  of  one  hundred, 
two  cases  being  children  and  one  an  adult. 

It  can  usually  be  diagnosed  by  the  symp- 
toms of  abdominal  pain,  passing  of  mucus  or 
blood  in  stools,  diarrhea,  the  presence  of  ab- 
dominal mass,  and  an  x-ray  barium  enema. 

Other  more  or  less  important  lesions  to  be 
included  in  the  differential  diagnosis  are  internal 
and  external  hernia,  benign  tumors  and  strictures, 
ulcerative  colitis,  adhesions  and  bands  encircling 
the  bowel  or  otherwise  impinging  upon  the  lu- 
men, tuberculosis,  volvulus,  mesenteric  throm- 
bosis and  embolism,  Hirschsprung’s  disease,  im- 
perforate anus  in  infants  and  polyposis.  While 
some  of  these  conditions  do  not  present  them- 
selves as  often  in  the  acute  or  chronic  abdomen, 
they  must  always  be  kept  in  mind  in  our  dif- 
ferential diagnosis. 

Pre-operative  Preparation 

Preliminary  Treatment. — The  patient  with  a 
lesion  of  the  colon  is  always  either  acutely  or 
chronically  obstructed.  In  the  case  of  the  chroni- 
cally obstructed,  there  is  sufficient  time  for  prop- 
er preparation.  Such  a patient  is  usually  suffer- 
ing from  a secondary  anemia  and  it  is  of  greatest 
importance  that  he  be  given  blood  preoperatively. 
In  hospitals  maintaining  a blood  bank  this  is  a 
simple  procedure,  but  no  matter  how  much  diffi- 
culty this  entails,  it  should  be  given  first  consid- 


eration. Supplementary  to  the  giving  of  blood  the 
patient  should  also  be  given  an  adequate  prep- 
aration with  glucose  or  saline  solutions  intra- 
venously. It  has  also  been  our  practice  to  give 
colon  immunogen,  subcutaneously,  in  graduated 
doses.  This  procedure  may  be  of  doubtful  value 
but  we  feel  that  a certain  degree  of  immunization 
is  thereby  obtained.  More  recently,  with  the  ad- 
vent of  sulfanilamide  therapy,  we  have  been  giv- 
ing this  drug  pre-operatively  in  cases  of  chronic 
obstruction,  mainly  because  of  its  efficacy  in  the 
treatment  of  streptococcus  and  colon  infections. 
Finally,  cevitamic  acid,  in  an  adequate  dose  is 
given  three  times  a day,  because  of  the  excellent 
results  obtained  in  the  healing  of  wounds  follow- 
ing the  use  of  this  vitamin  substance.  These 
drugs  may  be  given  parenterally  should  the  pa- 
tient be  unable  to  retain  medication  by  mouth. 
The  diet,  pre-operatively,  in  these  patients  is  lim- 
ited to  high  caloric  fluids.  In  order  to  thoroughly 
rid  the  bowel  of  its  fecal  contents,  citrate  of  mag- 
nesia in  adequate  dosages  is  used,  supplemented 
by  daily  enemata. 

Acute  Obstruction. — The  acutely  obstructed 
case  presents  a somewhat  different  problem  of 
attack,  although  we  feel  that  the  patient  is  en- 
titled to  as  much  pre-operative  support  as  the  time 
factor  will  permit.  Every  case  of  this  type  should 
have  a flat  plate  x-ray  of  the  abdomen  and,  if 
possible,  a barium  enema.  In  all  cases  in  which 
it  is  necessary  to  open  the  bowel  a prophylactic 
dose  of  tetanus,  B.  Welchii  and  B.  Perfringens 
is  given.  Intravenous  solutions  of  glucose  and 
saline  are  given  slowly  in  as  large  amounts  as 
possible.  We  prefer  the  use  of  a five  per  cent 
glucose  solution  in  physiological  saline  for  this 
purpose.  Usually  the  case  of  acute  obstruction 
is  given  blood  during  the  operation,  and  here 
again  the  use  of  the  blood  bank  plays  an  impor- 
tant role. 

Type  of  Operation 

A two-stage  operation  is  the  one  of  choice  for 
lesions  of  the  right  side  of  the  colon.  There  is 
an  increased  danger  of  infection  should  the  one- 
stage  procedure  be  carried  out,  and  we  feel  that 
the  patient  builds  up  a certain  amount  of  immu- 
nity following  the  first  stage,  or  if  this  is  not 
possible,  the  simple  ileostomy  is  performed.  Aft- 
er a suitable  time  the  second  stage  is  done,  which 
consists  of  a resection  of  the  entire  right  side  of 


44 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SURGICAL  DISEASES  OF  THE  COLON— BROOKS  AND  ASHLEY 


the  colon  up  to  and  including  the  hepatic  flexure. 
Had  the  anastomosis  between  the  ileum  and 
transverse  colon  not  been  performed  in  the  first 
instance,  this  is  also  done  as  a part  of  the  same 
procedure. 

We  prefer  the  Paul  modification  of  the  Mikulicz’ 
operation,  in  lesions  of  the  upper  sigmoid,  descending 
colon  and  the  transverse  colon.  The  lesion  is  brought 
into  view  and  an  adequate  wedge  of  mesentery  re- 
moved. The  adjacent  walls  of  the  gut  are  then  ap- 
proximated, below  the  lesion,  with  an  intestinal  suture, 
using  an  atraumatic  needle.  It  is  of  greatest  importance 
that  enough  of  the  bowel  is  freed  so  that  there  is  no 
tension  on  the  loop  which  is  brought  up  to  the  surface 
of  the  abdomen,  since  any  drag  upon  this  portion  will 
give  a poor  result.  The  bowel,  including  the  lesion,  is 
then  brought  up  and  the  wound  closed  in  layers  about 
it,  the  lesion  either  being  left  intact,  or  resected  above 
the  abdominal  wall,  leaving  forceps  on  the  ends  of  the 
colon  for  two  or  three  days.  After  the  forceps  are  re- 
moved the  proximal  loop  is  irrigated  with  half  parts 
of  saline  and  olive  oil,  and  when  gas  and  feces  are 
passing  well,  a Mikulicz  clamp  is  inserted  into  each 
loop  and  the  partition  crushed. 

This  procedure  usually  takes  four  or  five  days 
to  accomplish,  the  fecal  current  then  passing  into 
the  distant  loop.  Of  greatest  importance  is  the 
cutting  of  the  spur  to  a sufficient  depth  to  allow 
the  free  and  unobstructed  flow  of  the  fecal  cur- 
rent. If  this  is  properly  done,  we  have  found  that 
the  wound  closes  spontaneously  in  about  half  of 
the  cases  and  secondary  closure  is  not  necessary. 
Should  secondary  closure  be  necessary,  it  is  not 
done  before  six  to  eight  weeks  postoperatively. 

We  believe  that  lesions  of  the  lower  sig- 
moid, the  rectum  and  the  anus  require  a radi- 
cal type  of  procedure,  no  matter  how  small  the 
lesion.  It  has  been  definitely  shown  that  these 
lesions  metastasize  early  to  the  surrounding 
lymph  nodes,  so  we  prefer  the  abdominal  peri- 
neal resection  with  the  removal  of  all  the  nodes 
in  the  pelvic  area.  Quite  naturally,  before  this 
procedure  is  carried  out  a thorough  examina- 
tion of  the  liver  is  made  at  the  time  of  opera- 
tion. Should  this  organ  show  evidence  of  me- 
tastasis, a palliative  colostomy  is  in  order. 

\ 

Regarding  diverticulitis,  we  never  operate  un- 
less there  is  perforation  with  abscess,  obstruction 
is  present,  or  the  condition  simulates  acute  ap- 


pendicitis so  closely  that  a diagnosis  cannot  be 
made  without  operative  exploration. 

Postoperative  Treatment 

Utilization  of  frequent  blood  chloride  and  se- 
rum protein  tests  is  of  great  help  in  maintaining 
proper  postoperative  fluid  balance,  and  indicating 
when  blood  transfusions  are  necessary.  We  use 
5 per  cent  glucose  in  saline  or  water,  by  slow  in- 
travenous drip  method.  A blood  transfusion  is 
given  as  routine  either  during  or  shortly  after 
the  operation,  and  repeated  as  frequently  as  nec- 
essary. Concentrated  vitamin  C is  given  routine- 
ly, either  parentally  or  by  mouth  during  the  full 
convalescent  stay  in  the  hospital.  A Levine  tube 
with  suction  is  used  as  a prophylactic  measure  to 
prevent  distention.  As  soon  as  convalescence  is 
satisfactory,  a high  caloric,  high  protein  diet  is 
given. 

The  care  of  the  skin  around  a colostomy  open- 
ing is  important.  It  should  be  protected  by  cello- 
phane or  oiled  silk  and  a generous  layer  of  zinc 
oxide  ointment  or  a paste  of  bismuth  and  castor 
oil  (equal  parts).  We  object  to  the  close  fitting 
colostomy  bags,  as  they  are  unsanitary  and  exert 
too  much  suction  on  the  bowel.  Our  patients 
with  permanent  colostomies  are  trained  to  irri- 
gate the  bowel  with  saline  solution,  and  use  a 
protective  rubber  or  metal  cup  belt,  with  vaseline 
around  the  bowel,  and  cotton  or  cellucotton  dress- 
ings. The  character  of  the  stool  may  be  regu- 
lated by  diet  and  the  use  of  lubricants,  or  pare- 
goric and  kaolin  mixtures,  as  the  case  demands. 

Following  abdominal  perineal  resections,  the 
cavity  remaining  after  removal  of  the  rectum  is 
treated  with  irrigations  of  2 per  cent  urea  solu- 
tion. This  fills  in  quite  rapidly,  especially  since 
the  use  of  vitamin  C. 

Deep  x-ray  therapy,  either  pre-operative,  be- 
tween stages  in  a two-stage  operation,  or  post- 
operatively, is  indicated,  especially  in  the  ad- 
vanced malignant  conditions  of  the  colon. 

Last  100  Colon  Operations 


Diagnosis 

Carcinoma  78 

Regional  ileitis  and  caecitis 6 

Obstructing  diverticulitis  of  sigmoid 6 

Ruptured  diverticulitis  of  sigmoid 3 

Intussusception  diverticulitis  of  sigmoid 3 

Tubercular  ileitis  and  caecitis 1 

Gangrenous  epiploica  sigmoid 1 

Volvulus  of  ileum  and  cecum 1 

Fecolith  in  cecum 1 


January,  1941 


45 


SURGICAL  DISEASES  OF  THE  COLON— BROOKS  AND  ASHLEY 


Operation 

Modified  Mikulicz  resection 

Colostomy  

1 - stage  abdominal  perineal  resection 

2- stage  abdominal  perineal  resection 

2-stage  right  colon  resection 

Cecostomy  

End-to-end  resection 

Elnterostomy  

Low  resection  of  rectum 

Ileo  colostomy  

Resection  large  cancer  polyp_  per  ^ rectum 

Drainage  for  ruptured  diverticulitis 

Relief  of  intussusception 

Relief  of  intussusception  and  enterostomy. 

Removal  fecolith  in  cecum 

Removal  gangrenous  epiploica 


CARCINOMA  CASES 

Sex 

Men — 34 
Women — 44 

Age 

Youngest — 28  years 
Oldest — 85  years 
Average  age — 57  years 

Pathology 

Adenocarcinoma  

Polypoid  carcinoma  

Colloid  carcinoma  

Cylindrical  cell  carcinoma 

Extension  from  cancerous  stomach 
Extension  from  cancerous  ovary. . . 
Extension  from  cancerous  uterus. 


LOCATION 


Sigmoid  39  Transverse 

Rectum  14  Splenic  . . 

Cecum  11  Hepatic  .. 

Descending  6 Ascending 


SURGICAL  TYPES 

Inoperable  cases  

7 with  liver  metastases 
2 perforated 

Acute  obstruction  cases 

2 perforated 


Elective  or  favorable  cases 


SYMPTOMS 78  CARCINOMA  CASES 

Pain  

Secondary  anemia 

Blood  in  stools 

Nausea  and  vomiting 

Bloating  : 

Constipation  

Weakness  

Loss  of  weight 

Diarrhea  '. 

Obstipation  

Mass  in  abdomen 

Tenesmus  ..i 

Small  stools  


MORTALITY 

Inoperable  carcinoma  and  obstructive  carcinoma  cases 
(20  out  of  44) 

Favorable  carcinoma  cases 

(7  out  of  34) 

Non-malignant  cases  (3  out  of  22) 

1 ruptured  diverticulitis  with  peritonitis 

1 obstructing  diverticulitis  with  peritonitis 

1 intussusception  with  mesenteric  thrombosis 

Summary 

1.  There  is  definite  progress  in  the  diagnosis, 
technic  and  after  results  of  surgery  of  the  colon. 

2.  The  early  utilization  of  careful  rectal, 
proctoscopic  and  x-ray  examinations  will  es- 
tablish an  earlier  diagnosis,  improve  the  opera- 
bility, and  reduce  the  frequency  of  acute  ob- 
struction. 

3.  The  incidence  of  inflammatory  lesions  of 
the  colon  is  increasing. 

4.  Extensive  pre-operative  preparation  is  es- 
sential. 

5.  The  more  frequent  use  of  blood  transfu- 
sions is  advocated. 

6.  The  use  of  stage  operations,  radical  resec- 
tions and  preference  of  the  Mikulicz-Paul  opera- 
tion over  primary  anastomosis,  is  advised. 

7.  The  technic  of  postoperative  care,  with 
especial  reference  to  the  care  of  the  colostomy, 
is  described. 

8.  A tabulated  resume  is  given  of  our  last 
series  of  one  hundred  colon  cases. 


INDUSTRIAL  HYGIENE 

The  University  of  Michigan  takes  pleasure  in  an- 
nouncing its  Second  Annual  Conference  on  Industrial 
Hygiene  to  be  held  Thursday,  Friday,  and  Saturday, 
January  23,  24  and  25,  1941,  in  the  Amphitheater,  Horace 
H.  Rackham  School  of  Graduate  Studies.  The  purpose 
of  the  Conference  is  to  review  the  past  year’s  progress 
in  Industrial  Hygiene  and  to  point  out  and  discuss  some 
of  its  trends.  The  Conference  has  in  mind  the 
bringing  out  of  the  notion  of  the  unity  of  industrial 
hygiene  including  its  personnel  and  activities  and  the 
very  close  interrelationships  of  industrial  hygiene  to 
the  modern  public  health  movement  and  to  the  health 
sciences  professions,  with  particular  reference  to  the 
medical  profession. 

The  list  of  speakers  includes  representatives  from 
each  of  the  special  fields  of  industrial  hygiene ; namely, 
medicine,  engineering,  nursing  and  laboratory  work. 
The  Conference  should  prove  to  be  of  interest  and 
value  to  physicians,  engineers,  dentists,  nurses,  public 
health  personal  and  industrial  personnel  managers.  The 
University  of  Michigan  cordially  invites  members  of 
these  professions  to  attend  the  Conference.  No  regis- 
tration fees  are  stipulated. 


28 

20 

13 

5 

6 

5 

4 

2 

4 

4 

1 

3 

2 

1 

1 

1 

75 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

1 

4 

2 

1 

1 

25 

19 

44 

34 

57 

41 

31 

29 

29 

28 

21 

19 

18 

17 

11 

9 

6 


46 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


Clinica-Fathological 

Conference 

Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine 

Paul  H.  Noth,  M.S.,  M.D. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine 

Osborne  A.  Brines,  B.S.,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

C.  McD.,  white,  female,  aged  fifty-six,  Avas  admitted 
to  the  hospital  September  21,  complaining  of  jaundice 
of  seven  months’  duration,  recurrent  attacks  of  abdomi- 
nal pain  and  swelling  of  the  same  duration,  and  swell- 
ing of  the  ankles  of  three  Aveeks’  duration. 

Present  Illness. — The  patient  Avas  Avell  until  about  one 
3'ear  before  admission  AA'hen  she  began  haA'ing  a dull, 
stead}',  aching  pain  in  the  right  sub-costal  region  an- 
teriorly. This  pain  Avould  come  and  go  Avithout  apparent 
relation  to  meals,  boAvel  habits  or  exercise.  About  nine 
months  prior  to  admission  she  noted  some  sAvelling  in 
the  abdomen  Avhich  lasted  about  a month  and  then  sub- 
sided. There  Avere  no  other  symptoms  at  this  time  ex- 
cept for  the  dull,  aching  pain.  About  scA'en  months  ago 
the  patient  had  her  first  attack  of  colicky  pain.  This 
Avas  located  chiefly  just  aboA'e  the  umbilicus  on  either 
side  of  the  mid-line,  and  radiated  back  to  the  tip  of  the 
right  scapula.  It  lasted  about  ten  minutes,  Avas  seA'ere 
enough  to  double  the  patient  up  and  Avas  accompanied 
b}'  nausea  and  A'omiting.  She  became  jaundiced  shortly 
after  this  and  also  noted  recurrence  of  the  abdominal 
SAvelling.  The  jaundice  persisted  for  about  seA^en  AA'eeks 
and  then,  according  to  the  patient,  completel}"  disap- 
peared. About  a month  folloAving  this  she  had  another 
similar  attack  and  since  then  she  has  been  constantl}' 
jaundiced  to  some  extent,  although  the  degree  of  jaun- 
dice has  fluctuated  considerably.  During  these  attacks 
the  urine  aaus  dark  in  color  and  the  stools  light.  Sub- 
sequentl}'  there  AA'as  considerable  A'ariation  in  the  color 
of  the  urine  and  stools.  About  three  Aveeks  before  ad- 
mission, the  patient  experienced  the  third  attack  of 
severe,  cramping  abdominal  pain  Avhich  Avas  folloAved 
by  itching  of  the  skin  and  also  swelling  of  the  ankles. 
At  this  time  there  Avas  an  increase  in  the  amount  of 
the  SAA'elling  of  the  abdomen.  Throughout  the  illness 
there  had  been  a moderate  amount  of  nausea  and 
bloating  AA'ith  intolerance  to  SAAeets,  cabbage  and  fatty 
foods.  For  the  past  two  }'ears  the  patient  had  eaten 
practically  no  meat  because  of  the  alleged  presence  of 
hypertension.  Her  Aveight  decreased  from  237  pounds 
to  about  215  pounds  AA'ith  an  increase  to  the  original 
AA'eight  in  the  three  AA'eeks  preceding  admission.  Dur- 
ing the  six  AA'eeks  preceding  admission  there  had 
been  noted  droAvsiness  and  extreme  fatigue.  There  Avas 
no  history  of  qualitatEe  food  distress,  indigestion  or 
abdominal  pain  prior  to  the  present  illness.  No  historj' 
of  A'enereal  disease,  alcoholism  or  ingestion  of  anj' 


type  of  medicine  prior  to  the  present  illness.  No  cardio- 
respiratory or  genito-urinar}"  symptoms. 

Past  History. — No  seA'ere  illnesses.  No  operations  or 
injuries.  History  by  systems  essentiall}^  negative  except 
for  “high  blood  pressure”  Avith  a sj^stolic  level  said 
b}'  the  patient  to  be  270  in  1936,  accompanied  by  hot 
flashes,  fatigue  and  droAvsiness  but  unaccompanied  b>' 
edema,  cough  or  appreciable  dispnea.  She  Avas  relieved 
of  these  sj'mptoms  after  being  placed  on  the  Ioav  pro- 
tein diet.  Menstrual  historj'  normal,  Avith  menopause  at 
age  of  41. 

Family  History. — Mother  and  father  died  of  pneu- 
monia at  the  ages  of  fifty-eight  and  sevently-eight,  re- 
specttyely.  Taa'O  brothers  and  one  sister  living  and  well. 
One  sister  died  from  a stroke  at  the  age  of  fifty-tAA'o. 
No  historA'  of  cancer,  tuberculosis  or  diabetes. 

Marital  History. — Married  at  thirty-eight,  diA^orced  at 
forty.  No  pregnancies.  Former  husband  Ih'ing  and  Avell. 

Occupational  History. — HouseAAork. 

Physical  Examination. — Revealed  a Avell-deA'eloped, 
obese,  AA'hite  female  markedly  icteric  but  in  no  apparent 
distress.  Temperature  98.2°,  pulse  80,  respirations  16. 
The  ocular  pupils  Avere  equal  and  reacted  to  light  and 
upon  accommodation.  The  fundi  shoAved  normal  discs, 
slight  sclerosis  and  narroAA'ing  of  the  retinal  arterioles. 
No  hemorrhages  or  exudates.  Examination  of  the  ears, 
nose,  throat  and  neck  negative.  The  lungs  Avere  clear. 
The  heart  Avas  of  normal  size.  The  cardiac  rhythm  AA'as 
regular  and  the  heart  sounds  of  normal  quality.  There 
AA'as  a soft  S3'stolic  apichl  murmur.  The  blood  pressure 
on  several  occasions  varied  between  154/97  and  122/80. 
The  abdomen  Avas  moderately  distended  AAuth  shifting 
dullness  in  the  flanks.  No  palpable  organs.  There  Avas 
no  costo-A'ertebral  angle  tenderness.  There  Avere  several 
purpuric  spots  in  the  skin  of  the  abdominal  Avail.  There 
Avas  marked  pitting  edema  of  the  loAver  extremities.  The 
tendon  reflexes  AA'ere  equal  and  acth'e. 

Laboratory  Tests  on  Admission 

E*rinal3'sis — specific  graA'ity  1.010,  sugar  0,  albumin  0, 
WBC  occasional.  Blood:  Hemoglobin  11.0  G.,  RBC 
3.64  millions;  Color  Index  1.0.  M’BC  10,500,  Neutro- 
phils 70  per  cent  (Filamented  62  per  cent,  Non-fila- 
mented  8 per  cent),  Lymphoc3'tes  8 per  cent.  Eosino- 
phils 2 per  cent.  Kline  and  Kahn  positiA'e.  Icteric  in- 
dex 60.  Blood  cholestrol  171  mg.  per  cent.  Serum  albu- 
min 2.9  G.  per  cent;  serum  globulin  2.8  G.  per  cent. 
Urine  for  urobilinogen — highest  positKe  dilution  = 1-50. 
Gastric  analysis : free  HCl  0.  Total  acidity  varied  from 
4 to  8 degrees.  No  occult  blood. 

Subsequent  Laboratory  Tests. — E'rines  for  urobil : 
(highest  positive  dilutions)  9/26 — 1-30;  9/27 — 1-70  ; 9/28 
— 1-20;  9/29 — negative;  9/30 — negative;  10/2 — negative; 
10/3 — ^negath'e;  10/4 — 1-50;  10/6 — negath'e.  Subsequent 
Urinalyses — specific  graA'ity'  A'aried  from  1.010  to  1.020, 
0 to  trace  of  albumin.  Urinar}'  sediment  (uncatheter- 


J.A.NUARY,  1941 


47 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


ized  specimens)  contained  occasional  to  50  WBC,  ex- 
cept on  two  occasions  below  10.  The  last  urinalysis  was 
obtained  on  10/7.  Icteric  indices  : 9/26 — 60  ; 9/30 — 53 ; 
(van  den  Bergh  direct  immediate  strong,  bilirubin  4.4 
mg.  per  cent)  ; 10/19 — 48.  Stool  examination;  9/27 — uro- 
bilin, occult  blood  0.  Blood  ureas:  10/10 — 26;  10/20 — 
32.  Hippuric  Acid  Test : 9/27 — ^0.50  G.  benzoic  acid  re- 
covered. 10/6 — no  hippuric  acid  precipitated.  10/5 — ga- 
lactose tolerance  test  (40  G.  galactose  oral  feeding) 
2.47  G.  recovered.  9/30 — serum  phosphates  2.3  units, 
serum  phosphorus  5.2  mg.  per  cent.  Repeat  Kline — ^9/27 
negative.  Prothrombin  times : 9/29 — ^25  seconds ; 10/3 — 
42;  10/6-^;  10/10—25;  10/13— 32;  10/13  (5^  hours 
after  vitamin  Ks)  34;  10/15 — (after  second  dose  Ks) 
25;  10/19 — 35;  10/20 — 31.  (Normal  prothrombin  time 
with  method  used  is  13  seconds.)  10/16 — Ascitic  fluid: 
specific  gravity  1.014,  albumin  8.4  G/liter,  total  cells 
190,  WBC  56,  56  per  cent  lymphocytes,  44  per  cent 
polymorphonuclear.  Some  mesothelial  cells. 

Clinical  Course 

The  patient’s  temperature  remained  at  normal  levels, 
except  for  a slight  rise  on  10/15  to  101°,  until  10/20 
when  it  rose  to  102°,  reaching  the  height  of  103°  on 
10/21.  The  pulse  rate  ranged  between  80  and  100  ex- 
cept for  the  terminal  rise.  Respirations  varied  between 
20  and  25  except  for  terminal  rise  to  35.  During  the 
first  part  of  her  hospital  stay  the  patient  was  eating 
well  and  feeling  quite  well  generally.  She  was  placed 
on  a high  carbohydrate,  low  fat  diet  which  she  took 
without  difficulty.  On  9/29  bile  salts  and  vitamin  B 
therapy  was  started.  The  patient  received  two  cap- 
sules of  dessicated  bile  three  times  daily.  Starting  9/29 
one  capsule  napthoquinone  (dry)  three  times  daily. 
10/4  napthoquinone  in  oil  three  capsules  daily  substi- 
tuted. 10/13 — 4 mgs.  vitamin  Ks  I.V.  Starting  10/17 
natural  vitamin  K eight  capsules  daily  and  4 mgs. 
vitamin  Ks  I.V.  daily.  On  10/10  it  was  noted  that  the 
patient  had  become  lethargic  and  disoriented.  On  10/15 
there  was  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  ascites  and  the 
patient  complained  of  considerable  pain  in  the  abdomen. 
On  10/16  the  abdominal  paracentesis  yielded  about  1700 
c.c.  of  slightly  cloudy,  straw  colored,  odorless  fluid.  On 
10/20  the  heart  was  found  to  be  enlarged  and  the  car- 
diac sounds  were  of  poor  quality.  In  spite  of  digi- 
talization the  patient  became  progressively  more  drowsy 
and  weak  and  expired  on  10/21. 

Discussion 

Dr.  Douglas  Donald. — There  are  a number 
of  significant  facts  in  the  history  of  this  patient’s 
illness. 

One  cannot  be  certain  whether  the  abdomi- 
nal distension  noted  early  in  the  course  of  the 
disease  was  due  to  ascites  or  to  gaseous  dis- 
tension. The  attacks  of  severe  abdominal  pains 
are  quite  typical  of  biliary  colic  because  of  the 
location  and  radiation  of  the  pain  and  in  spite 


of  the  fact  that  they  were  of  short  duration. 
The  history  of  intolerance  for  fatty  foods,  the 
occurrence  of  light  stools  and  dark  urine  at 
the  times  of  the  attacks  of  pain,  the  pruritus 
and  the  fluctuation  in  the  intensity  of  the  jaun- 
dice are  all  suggestive  of  obstructive  jaundice 
due  to  common  duct  stone. 

The  cause  of  the  edema  of  the  ankles  which 
occurred  following  the  last  attack  of  pain  is 
not  clear.  The  extreme  fatigue  and  tendency  to 
drowsiness  are  suggestive  of  the  presence  of 
severe  hepatic  damage.  In  other  cases  of  hepat- 
ic insufficiency  these  toxic  symptoms  may  be 
replaced  by  mania  or  delirium.  Their  exact 
etiology  is  unknown.  The  past  history  is  not 
remarkable  except  for  the  alleged  presence  of 
a marked  hypertension.  In  view  of  levels  of 
blood  pressure  noted  during  the  patient’s  hos- 
pital stay  and  the  absence  of  findings  of  car- 
diac disease,  I would  be  inclined  to  doubt  the 
correctness  of  this  part  of  the  histor}^  although 
such  fluctuations  in  blood  pressure  occur  occa- 
sionally. 

The  findings  on  physical  examination  do  not 
suggest  that  cardiac  embarrassment  was  pres- 
ent. The  soft  apical  murmur  in  the  absence  of 
other  cardiac  findings  is  not  significant,  and 
is  probably,  in  view  of  the  anemia,  a hemic 
murmur.  The  other  physical  findings  of  ascites 
and  purpuric  skin  lesions  indicate  severe  hepa- 
tic damage,  but  like  the  right  upper  quadrant 
tenderness,  are  of  little  value  in  the  differen- 
tial diagnosis  between  various  etiologic  types 
of  disease  of  the  liver. 

The  initially  positive  Kline  and  Kahn  tests 
of  the  blood  with  later  reversal  to  negative  of 
the  Kline  test  must  be  evaluated  cautiously  in 
the  presence  of  jaundice  which  may  produce 
falsely  positive  tests.  The  subsequent  negative 
Kline  test  as  well  as  the  clinical  picture  makes 
me  feel  that  syphilis,  if  present,  is  not  an  im- 
portant factor.  The  urobilinogen  levels  in  the 
urine  fluctuated  between  a positive  test  in  a 
dilution  of  1-70  and  several  negative  tests.  The 
former  reading  is  definitely  indicative  of  hepat- 
ic damage,  and  the  periodic  negative  tests 
probably  indicate  an  intermittent  biliary  tract 
obstruction.  The  finding  of  urobilinogen  in  the 
stools  excludes  complete  biliary  tract  obstruc- 
tion with  greater  finality  than  the  presence  of 
urobilinogen  in  the  urine  since,  in  some  in- 


48 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


stances  of  complete  biliary  tract  obstruction, 
it  is  believed  that  the  biliary  pigment  may  be 
converted  into  urobilinogen  in  infected  dilated 
biliary  ducts,  be  absorbed  and  excreted  in  the 
urine.  The  abnormal  hippuric  acid  test  and  the 
normal  galactose  tolerance  test  illustrate  the 
well-known  fact  that  it  is  difficult  to  measure 
the  function  of  such  a complex  organ  as  the 
liver  which  possesses  such  remarkable  powers 
of  regeneration. 

The  patient’s  down-hill  clinical  course  is 
most  suggestive  of  increasing  hepatic  insuffi- 
ciency. The  evidence  of  cardiac  failure  which 
appeared  terminally  are  frequently  obser^'ed 
in  similar  cases  and  do  not  respond  to  digi- 
talis therapy. 

What  shall  we  consider  as  possible  diagnoses 
in  this  case?  The  types  of  extra-hepatic  ob- 
structive jaundice  which  should  be  mentioned 
are  those  due  to  choledocholithiasis,  carcinoma 
of  the  bile  ducts,  or  carcinoma  of  the  pancreas ; 
the  types  of  intra-hepatic  jaundice  which 
should  be  mentioned  are  toxic  hepatitis,  in- 
fectious hepatitis,  cirrhosis  of  the  liver  and 
diffuse  involvement  of  the  liver  by  primary  or 
metastatic  carcinoma. 

Of  those  possibilities,  choledocholithiasis 
best  explains  the  history  of  biliary  colic,  the 
intermittency  of  the  jaimdice,  and  the  appear- 
ance and  disappearance  of  urobilinogen  in  the 
urine.  The  latter  tw’O  findings  are  seldom  seen 
in  carcinoma  of  the  pancreas  or  bile  ducts  in 
which  the  jaundice  is  usually  persistent,  and 
the  disappearance  of  urobilinogen  from  the 
urine  is  usually  not  followed  by  its  reappear- 
ance. The  evidences  of  severe  hepatic  damage 
seen  in  this  case,  namely  the  ascites,  purpura, 
and  drowsiness,  and  the  long  course  of  the  ill- 
ness make  me  feel  that  in  addition  to  the  ob- 
structive jaundice  caused  by  a common  duct 
stone  there  is  present  also  a secondary  biliary 
cirrhosis. 

Dr.  Edward  D.  Spalding. — I agree  with  Dr. 
Donald’s  diagnosis  of  the  chief  diseases  pres- 
ent. I would  like  to  emphasize  the  probability 
that  this  patient  had  in  addition  hypertensive 
cardiovascular  disease.  A woman  who  weighed 
237  pounds,  and  had  a history  of  hypertension 
is  not  likely  to  have  a normal  cardiovascular 


system  and  the  findings  of  ascites,  peripheral 
edema,  and  terminal  enlargement  of  the  heart 
all  could  be  interpreted  as  indicating  the  pres- 
ence of  hypertensive  heart  disease  with  cardiac 
failure. 

If  digitalization  was  going  to  be  instituted 
it  would  have  been  more  helpful  to  do  so  be- 
fore the  terminal  stage.  It  would  also  seem  to 
me  that  as  judged  by  this  case  summary,  too 
much  attention  was  paid  to  vitamin  K and 
not  enough  to  the  danger  of  too  great  delay 
in  operation  which,  if  performed  at  the  time 
the  patient  was  doing  well,  might  have  stem- 
med the  tide  which  carried  her  along  to  exitus. 

Dr.  Saul  Rosexzweig. — The  two  previous 
discussants  have  made  out  a very  good  case  for 
the  presence  of  a common  duct  stone  to  explain 
the  jaundice  which  this  patient  had.  I agree  with 
Dr.  Donald  that  she  had  in  addition  severe  hepat- 
ic damage  as  the  cause  of  the  edema  and  ascites 
which  were  present.  The  long  intermittent  course 
is  an  ideal  set-up  for  the  development  of  a 
chronic  cholangitis  with  a resulting  biliary  cir- 
rhosis. The  alleged  previous  severe  hypertension 
might  have  been  due  to  nephritis,  and  occasion- 
ally one  sees  a patient  who  has  severe  liver 
damage  in  whom  autopsy  reveals  the  primary 
cause  to  be  the  renal  pathology.  However,  in  this 
case  my  diagnosis  corresponds  with  that  of  Dr. 
Donald. 

Dr.  Robert  Schneck. — I don’t  see  how  we 
can  avoid  a diagnosis  of  common  duct  stone  in 
this  case.  I also  agree  that  this  patient  had  cir- 
rhosis of  the  liver.  I don’t  think  we  can  say  that 
this  is  entirely  secondary  to  the  gall-bladder 
disease  because  of  the  early  occurrence  of  ascites 
and  the  absence  of  fever.  Further,  patients  with 
biliar}'  cirrhosis  have  large  livers  whereas  this 
patient  had  a small  liver.  Therefore,  I believe 
that  a double  diagnosis  of  portal  cirrhosis  and 
common  duct  stone  is  the  correct  one. 

Dr.  Sol  Meyers. — The  histor}'  of  biliary  colic 
seems  quite  definite  in  this  case,  but  the  subse- 
quent course  of  events  is  not  entirely  clear. 

The  occurrence  of  swelling  of  the  abdomen 
presumably  due  to  ascites  soon  after  the  attack 
of  colic  is  not  what  one  would  expect  to  occur 


Janu.\ry,  1941 


49 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


immediately  after  the  impaction  of  a stone 
in  the  common  duct.  Biliary  cirrhosis  frequent- 
ly occurs  in  patients  with  calculous  biliary 
tract  obstruction  and  may  then  produce  all  the 
findings  seen  in  advanced  portal  cirrhosis  such 
as  ascites,  anemia,  or  drowsiness.  However,  it 
does  not  develop  with  sufficient  rapidity  so 
that  it  can  be  considered  as  the  cause  of  the 
ascites  in  this  case. 

Further,  as  Dr.  Spalding  has  pointed  out,  it 
is  unusual  for  these  patients  to  be  afebrile  as  this 
patient  was  for  about  three  weeks  of  her  hos- 
pital stay.  There  is  usually  an  associated  cholan- 
gitis which,  if  it  does  not  cause  the  typical  re- 
current chills,  at  least  causes  some  fever.  Biliary 
cirrhosis  is  divided  into  two  types,  the  primary 
or  so-called  Hanot’s  cirrhosis  and  the  secondary 
or  Charcot’s  cirrhosis.  The  former  is  character- 
ized by  a large  liver,  large  spleen,  jaundice  and 
paroxysms  of  fever  accompanied  by  leukocytosis 
occurring  usually  in  a younger  individual.  Cer- 
tainly that  is  not  the  picture  here.  The  Charcot 
type  is  usually  characterized  by  the  presence  of 
recurrent  chills  and  fever,  a chronic  jaundice 
which  fluctuates  in  intensity,  varying  degrees  of 
enlargement  of  the  liver  frequently  not  associated 
with  splenomegaly,  and  leukocytosis. 

In  this  case  because  of  the  early  appearance 
of  ascites  and  the  absence  of  fever  and  leuko- 
cytosis it  is  questionable  whether  we  can  be 
safe  in  assuming  that  a secondary  biliary  cir- 
rhosis is  present.  Therefore,  we  must  consider 
other  types  of  hepatic  disease. 

Malignancy  of  the  liver,  either  primary  or 
secondary,  is  unlikely  because  of  the  presence 
of  obesity,  and  the  fluctuation  in  two  impor- 
tant symptoms : namely,  swelling  of  the  ab- 
domen, and  jaundice.  Portal  cirrhosis  is  an  un- 
likely possibility  because  of  the  presence  of 
severe  colicy  pain  and  the  early  appearance 
of  jaundice.  Syphilitic  cirrhosis  is  also  a pos- 
sibility but  there  are  no  conclusive  evidences 
of  its  presence ; that  is,  the  serologic  tests  are 
contradictory,  there  is  no  other  evidence  of 
syphilis,  and  the  shape  of  the  liver  is  not 
grossly  nodular  as  one  would  find  in  a hepar 
lobatum.  Also  the  rapid  downhill  course  is  not 
usually  seen  in  syphilis  of  the  liver,  and  the  ab- 


sence of  splenomegaly  is  another  point  against 
it. 

^ In  the  condition  called  mixed  cirrhosis  we 
can  get  the  picture  described  by  this  patient’s 
illness.  Involvement  of  the  portal  system, 
similar  to  that  seen  in  ordinary  portal  cirrhosis 
and  responsible  for  the  ascites,  is  combined 
with  involvement  of  the  biliary  duct  system  in 
the  liver  and  is  the  cause  of  jaundice. 

This  explains  the  co-existence  of  recurrent 
jaundice  with  evidence  of  portal  obstruction 
such  as  ascites.  This  really  amounts  to  a 
double  diagnosis,  but  I believe  it  is  the  most 
likely  one  in  this  case.  I realize  that  only  a 
small  fraction  of  patients  with  cirrhosis  of  the 
liver  have  biliary  colic.  On  the  other  hand  I 
have  seen  patients  with  typical  biliary  colic  in 
whom  no  stones  were  found. 

Dr.  a.  Hazen  Price. — The  history  of  the  ab- 
dominal pain  which  this  patient  experienced  is 
suggestive  of  biliary  colic,  but  could  well,  es- 
pecially in  view  of  its  short  duration,  be  due 
to  pylorospasm.  With  this  in  mind  I believe 
that  all  the  various  findings  in  this  patient’s 
history  and  examination  are  best  explained  by 
a chronic  hepatitis  with  jaundice.  It  is  stated 
that  she  felt  quite  well  during  the  first  part 
of  her  hospital  stay,  and  therefore,  it  may  be 
considered  that  she  took  a sudden  turn  for  the 
worse  and  went  down-hill  rapidly  after  that. 

I am  inclined  to  feel  that  this  was  a cardiac 
death,  possibly  due  to  coronary  thrombosis. 

Roentgenologic  Findings 

(Reported  after  clinical  discussion) 

A flat  plate  of  the  gall-bladder  area  showed  no  evi- 
dence of  opaque  calculus.  A gastro-intestinal  series 
showed  that  the  stomach  filled  well,  revealing  no  de- 
fects in  the  gastric  outline.  There  was  evidence  of 
pressure  on  the  upper  one-third  of  the  stomach  from 
the  splenic  area.  The  duodenum  was  visualized  show- 
ing no  irregularities  in  contour.  There  was  no  dis- 
placement of  the  duodenal  looping.  The  stomach  was 
empty  at  five  hours  with  the  head  of  the  meal  in  the 
caecum.  Twenty-four  hour  examination  was  negative. 

Pathologic  Findings 

Final  Diagnosis. — (D  subacute  yellow  atrophy  of  the 
liver;  (2)  splenomegaly;  (3)  anasarca;  (4)  bile  ne- 
phrosis; (5)  myocardosis;  (6)  obesity;  (7)  fatt}’  atro- 
phy of  the  pancreas. 


50 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


Toxic  hepatitis  might  be  substituted  for  the  first 
diagnosis.  The  basic  pathology  is  necrosis  of  the  liver 
occurring  on  a small  scale  over  a considerable  period 
of  time.  The  liver  in  this  case  weighed  1220  grams. 
The  surface  was  irregular  due  to  numerous  depressions, 
alternated  by  elevations  over  the  entire  surface  of  both 
lobes.  In  some  places,  however,  the  capsule  was  smooth. 
The  cut  surface  was  yellow  and  the  consistency  soft. 
There  were  obvious  areas  of  regenerative  hyperplasia. 
The  gall  bladder  and  extra-hepatic  biliary  tract  were 
normal.  In  the  liver  sections  there  was  no  actual  ne- 
crosis. Evidences  of  severe  parenchymal  destruction 
were  present,  however,  in  the  form  of  areas  of  lobular 
deficiency  measuring  from  a few  millimeters  to  several 
centimeters  in  diameter  in  which  only  bile  ducts  re- 
mained. In  these  areas  there  was  infiltration  of  in- 
flammatory cells,  chiefly  lymphocytes,  and  evidence  of 
repair  consisting  of  capillary  proliferation  and  con- 
nective tissue  production.  At  the  edges  of  such  areas, 
the  lobules  were  only  partially  destroyed.  In  another 
area  there  was  nodular  reparative  hyperplasia.  In  some 
areas  the  parenchyma  had  remained  intact. 

The  life  history  of  such  a lesion  would  be  that 
small  areas  of  necrosis  had  been  produced  as  a con- 
tinuous or  recurrent  process  over  a considerable  period 
of  time  with  enough  functioning  liver  parenchyma  be- 
ing left  intact  to  be  compatible  with  life.  This  situ- 
ation is  in  contrast  to  acute  yellow  atrophy  where  ne- 
crosis is  much  more  extensive  and  the  clinical  course 
is  only  a few  days.  The  progress  of  this  patient’s 
disease  was  much  slower  than  in  the  average  case  of 
subacute  yellow  atrophj^,  the  difference  being  wholly 
one  of  severity  or  extensiveness  of  the  necrosis.  Had 
necrosis  ceased  at  any  time,  complete  healing  might  have 
occurred  and  the  lesion  known  as  toxic  cirrhosis  then 
might  have  developed.  The  etiolog>^  in  this  case  was 
unknown  but  the  patholog}"^  was  more  characteristic  of 
chemical  than  bacterial  damage. 

The  spleen  weighed  710  grams.  H}-pertroph3"  was 
due  to  engorgement.  The  kidneys  weighed  200  grams 
each.  There  was  considerable  degeneration  of  the  tu- 
bular epithelium  apparently  due  to  cholemia.  Anasarca 
was  evidently  the  result  of  hypoproteinemia.  Sections 
of  myocardium  showed  considerable  acute  toxic  de- 
generation. Each  pleural  cavity  was  one-quarter  filled 
with  clear  straw-colored  fluid.  The  heart  weighed  450 
grams.  The  peritoneal  cavity  contained  between  three 
and  four  liters  of  transudate. 


Dr.  Paul  H.  Noth. — In  retrospect  there  are 
a few  additional  comments  which  should  be 
made  concerning  this  case.  While  colicy  pain 
in  the  hepatic  area  is  most  characteristically 
associated  with  cholelithiasis,  it  occurs  ^o 
frequently  in  carcinoma  of  the 


The  ineffectiveness  of  the  large  amounts  of 
potent  vitamin  K material  in  reducing  the  pro- 
thrombin time  in  this  case  is  noteworthy,  and, 
judged  by  our  experience  in  similar  cases  of 
chronic  hepatitis  is  indicative  of  severe  hepat- 
ic damage.  In  most  cases  of  obstructive  jaun- 
dice these  amounts  of  vitamin  K,  particularly 
^5  given  intravenously,  have  resulted  in  a 
prompt  fall  to  normal  or  near-normal  values 
of  the  prothrombin  time. 

The  explanation  of  this  difference  in  re- 
sponse is  that  in  cases  of  obstructive  jaundice 
uncomplicated  by  severe  hepatic  damage  the 
defect  in  the  clotting  mechanism  lies  chiefly 
in  the  lack  of  sufficient  absorption  of  fat-solu- 
ble vitamin  K from  the  intestinal  tract  due  to 
partial  or  complete  exclusion  of  bile  which 
is  necessary  for  proper  absorption  of  this  and 
other  fat-soluble  substances.  On  the  other 
hand  in  the  presence  of  severe  damage  the 
liver  is  largely  unable  to  utilize  vitamin  K in 
the  formation  of  prothrombin  even  when  it  is 
given  parenterally.  Therefore,  in  a sense,  the 
response  of  a patient’s  prothrombin  time  to 
vitamin  K therapy  is  a test  of  liver  function 
having  some  value  as  an  aid  in  differential 
diagnosis  between  intrahepatic  and  obstructive 
jaundice  as  well  as  being  an  index  of  the  de- 
gree of  complicating  hepatitis  in  patients  hav- 
ing known  biliary  tract  obstruction. 


SECOND  ANNUAL  CONFERENCE  ON  INDUSTRIAL 
HYGIENE,  ANN  ARBOR,  MICHIGAN 

Partial  Program 

Thursday,  Jamuiry  23 — Health  Promotion  in  Indus- 
try; Industrial  Medicine  and  Qther  Health  Agencies; 
Studies  in  Industrial  Hygiene ; Comprehensive  Industrial 
Hygiene  Investigations ; Occupational  Diseases ; Indus- 
trial Dermatoses ; Pathological  Phases  of  Industrial 
Diseases. 

At  the  dinner  meeting,  J.  J.  Bloomfield,  Industrial 
Engineer,  will  speak  on  “Industrial  H3^giene  in  the  Na- 
tional Defense  Program.” 

Friday,  January  24 — Symposium  on  the  Medical  Serv- 
ice in  Industry;  The  Full-time  Industrial  Physician; 
The  Part-time  Industrial  Physician;  The  Physician  in 
Private  Practice;  Industrial  Nursing  Service;  The  Rela- 
tion of  the  Industrial  Hygienist  to  the  Industrial  Medi- 
cal Service;  Studies  in  Industrial  Hygiene  (continued)  ; 
Engineering  Control  of  Industrial  Hazards ; The  Indus- 
trial Health  Laboratory;  Industrial  Legislation; 

A special  program  by  the  students  of  the  Division  of 
zgiene  and  Public  Health,  University  of  Michigan,  will 


gas  YaQ(f  at  the  dinner  meeting. 

. . . J.  J-  . 1 .U.I-  ^^tpu^^y,  January  25 — Studies  in  Industrial  Hygiene 

also  in  'various  forms  of  hepatltj^^,^  the  Ia.tter  . (conrifi;q^4  ; Industrial  Relations;  Development  and 

two  diseases  it  is  usually  mild^^n  degTj^_  ^^d  r>^ctic^d! 

less  likely  to  radiate  posteriorly, 


Industrial  Hygiene  in  State  and  Local 
artments ; Section  on  Industrial  Nursing; 
Founded  1313  Section  on  [Industrial  H3’giene  Laboratory. 


dir 


'V, 


OF 


January,  1941 


51 


N.Y.A.  Health  Program 


☆ 


National  defense  today  is  no  longer  a question  of  march- 
ing men;  it  is  a matter  of  vocational  training  for  the  main- 
tenance of  a complete  defense  program.  In  Michigan  alone, 
the  National  Youth  Administration  is  training  30,000  unem- 
ployed youths,  between  the  ages  of  sixteen  to  twenty-four 
years  and  out  of  school,  in  manipulative  fields.  These  boys 
and  girls  are  becoming  skilled  workers  with  scores  being 
assimilated  in  industry  every  month. 

A health  examination  program  for  these  unemployed  out-of- 
school youths  has  been  developed  by  the  NYA  and  approved 
by  your  State  Society.  Its  objective  is  to  provide  a physi- 
cal examination  of  all  trainees ; also  to  assist  in  the 
correction  of  remedial  defects  found  by  these  examinations 
by  referring  trainees  to  their  family  doctors.  It  is  hoped  that 
through  this  introduction  of  the  trainee  to  good  medical  prac- 
tice, a desire  for  such  service  from  his  family  physician  will 
be  created  and  will  last  throughout  his  life. 

To  this  end,  members  of  county  medical  societies  are  in- 
vited to  cooperate  with  the  National  Youth  Administration  in 
its  carefully  prepared  Health  Program.  It  is  a practical  plan 
to  bring  needed  health  education  and  assistance  to  a neglected 
group,  at  the  most  impressionable  age  of  their  lives.  It  is 
the  doctors’  opportunity  to  participate  in  this  program,  aimed 
to  help  those  being  trained  to  productivity  and  economic  re- 
habilitation. 


☆ 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


-X  EDITORIAL  X- 


Proposed  Detroit  Medical  Center 


DETROIT,  A MAJOR  MEDICAL  CENTER 


■ Michigan  has  appreciated  the  accomplish- 
ments of  Dean  Norris  of  the  Wayne  Univer- 
sity College  of  Medicine  and  his  faculty  in  their 
continued  advance  in  medical  education. 

Now  the  vision  of  further  advances  is  becom- 
ing a reality. 

The  newspapers  of  the  state  have  carried 
the  stor}^  of  the  new  medical  unit  from  the  first 
hope  of  Dean  Norris,  the  active  cooperation  of 
the  Wayne  County  Medical  Society,  and  the 
necessary  practical  assistance  of  such  men  of 
Knudson,  Lescohier,  Eamon,  Marshall,  McMath, 
Keidan,  Henry,  and  Martha  C.  Sheldon.  The 
Anderson  family,  showing  the  same  foresight 
and  enthusiasm  they  showed  in  their  initial  sup- 
port of  Henry  Ford,  have  proved  vital  factors 


in  advancing  this  far-reaching  program.  The 
Common  Council  of  Detroit  lost  no  time  in  mak- 
ing the  necessary  land  available. 

Already  $8,000,000  has  been  subscribed  (to 
which  almost  every  Detroit  physician  gave  his 
bit)  and  the  plan  is  finally  expected  to  enable 
the  construction  of  a $50,000,000  medical  center 
which  will  challenge  the  finest  in  the  world.  The 
greatest  cooperation  has  been  obtained  from 
professional,  political,  and  business  as  well  as 
philanthropic  organizations  and  individuals. 

It  is  hardly  necessary  to  assure  Dean  Norris 
and  the  physicians  of  Detroit  that  every  practi- 
tioner of  Michigan  rejoices  with  them  in  this 
approaching  fulfilment  of  their  desire. 


Janu.ary,  1941 


53 


EDITORIAL 


DR.  HOSPITAL? 

■ What  is  a hospital?  Of  course,  primarily 

a hospital  is  a building  in  which  nursing  and 
medical  care  may  be  given  in  a more  efficient 
manner  than  at  home.  Speaking  bluntly,  with- 
out doctors  there  could  be  no  hospitals.  Yet  to 
a more  or  less  increasing  degree,  the  medical 
profession,  which  is  the  most  important  part  of 
the  hospital  set-up,  has  been  subjugated  to  play 
a very  minor  role  in  determining  the  policies  and 
practical  administration  of  the  hospitals.  This 
is  especially  true  in  the  larger  centers. 

A perusal  of  some  recent  literature  seems  to 
establish  that  the  hospital  is  extending  its  di- 
rection to  purely  medical  subjects.  An  excur- 
sion into  the  realms  of  the  possible  extent  of  such 
domination  by  the  hospital  boards  over  the  medi- 
cal profession  would  be  classified  as  subversive 
activities  by  some  of  these  boards.  Certainly, 
the  intrusion  has  increased  markedly  in  the  last 
twenty  years  and  if  this  is  to  continue  there 
will  be  as  much  obstruction  to  the  private  prac- 
tice of  medicine  through  this  domination  as 
through  political  regimentation. 

The  solution  is  easy  in  theory  but  difficult  in 
practice.  Insistence  by  the  profession  of  its 
inherent  right  to  supervise  and  direct  all  purely 
medical  problems  is  essentially  all  that  is  neces- 
sary. Some  of  the  reasons  why  it  is  difficult 
to  establish  this  right  may  well  be  considered  even 
though  they  may  not  be  entirely  uncontroversial. 

Most  physicians  agree  that  a closed  staff  is 
fertile  ground  for  spreading  discord  among  the 
profession.  At  least  in  many  cases  hospital 
superintendents  will  play  one  staff  member 
against  another  in  order  to  persuade  them  into 
relinquishing  some  of  their  inherent  rights.  One 
very  well  known  physician  stated  not  long  ago 
that  he  had  to  take  certain  orders  of  a strictly 
professional  matter  from  the  superintendent  of 
his  hospital  because  if  he  refused  he  would 
be  forced  to  resign  and  there  were  ten  others 
ready  to  step  into  his  place.  He  realized  that 
maintaining  his  practice  depended  to  a consid- 
erable extent  upon  the  legitimate  “advertising” 
which  his  position  automatically  gave  him. 

It  is  well  known  that  in  those  districts  in 
which  the  physicians  have  insisted  upon  open 
staffs,  and  fought  valiantly  to  retain  the  ad- 
ministration of  medical  problems  through  their 
county  medical  society,  division  of  medical  forces 
has  not  been  possible  and  the  profession  has 


maintained  its  leadership  in  medical  problems. 

Another  dangerous  precedent  is  in  allowing 
the  appointment  of  the  staff  by  the  superintend- 
ent and  his  governing  lay  board.  It  seems  un- 
contradictable  that  the  profession  should  be  able 
to  select  its  medical  leaders  more  intelligently  than 
a lay  board. 

Another  highly  explosive  factor  is  the  free 
and  the  part-pay  clinic.  It  is  safe  to  say  that 
in  most  instances  the  physician  who  is,  after  all, 
the  one  indispensable  factor  in  providing  the 
service  has  absolutely  no  control  over  what  pa- 
tients may  be  included,  and  often  but  little  con- 
trol over  what  the  treatment  should  be. 

Perhaps  the  solution  is  too  complex  for  a 
local  or  state  movement  and  it  may  be  that  the 
American  Medical  Association  will  be  forced  into 
promulgating  some  definitely  constructed  prin- 
ciples regarding  the  rights  and  privileges  of  the 
physician  in  the  hospital. 

The  trend  is  dangerous  and  many  besides  the 
alarmists  feel  it  has  already  reached  a serious 
state. 


THE  PLATFORM  OF  THE  AMERICAN 
MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION 

The  American  Medical  Association  advocates: 

1.  The  establishment  of  an  agency  of  federal 
government  under  which  shall  be  coordinated  and 
administered  all  medical  and  health  functions  of  the 
federal  government  exclusive  of  those  of  the  Army 
and  Navy. 

2.  The  allotment  of  such  funds  as  the  Congress 
may  make  available  to  any  state  in  actual  need  for 
the  prevention  of  disease,  the  promotion  of  health 
and  the  care  of  the  sick  on  proof  of  such  need. 

3.  The  principle  that  the  care  of  the  public  health 
and  the  provision  of  medical  service  to  the  sick  is 
primarily  a local  responsibility. 

4.  The  development  of  a mechanism  for  meet- 
ing the  needs  of  expansion  of  preventive  medical 
services  with  local  determination  of  needs  and  local 
control  of  administration. 

5.  The  extension  of  medical  care  for  the  indigent 
and  the  medically  indigent  with  local  determination 
of  needs  and  local  control  of  administration. 

6.  In  the  extension  of  medical  services  to  all  the 
people,  the  utmost  utilization  of  qualified  medical 
and  hospital  facilities  already  established. 

7.  The  continued  development  of  the  private 
practice  of  medicine,  subject  to  such  changes  as  may 
be  necessary  to  maintain  the  quality  of  medical  serv- 
ices and  to  increase  their  availability. 

8.  Expansion  of  public  health  and  medical  serv- 
ices consistent  with  the  American  system  of  democ- 
racy. 


54 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


One  Year  of  Op>eration  Nears 

■ February  28  of  the  New  Year  1941  will  mark 

the  completion  of  the  first  year  of  operation 
for  Michigan  Medical  Service.  In  retrospect,  the 
past  year  will  be  outstanding  because  of  the 
launching  of  the  first  voluntary  prepayment  med- 
ical service  plan  organized  under  a special  en- 
abling act  and  sponsored  by  the  medical  pro- 
fession. 

The  organizing,  financing,  and  operation  of 
this  medical  service  program  by  the  doctors  of 
Michigan  has  set  a precedent  for  the  rest  of 
the  United  States  to  follow.  Medical  service 
plans  were  in  operation  on  the  Pacific  Coast  and 
in  Canada  prior  to  Michigan  Aledical  Service, 
but  the  Michigan  plan  has  paved  the  way  in  the 
development  of  a medical  plan  under  a special 
governing  law  and  in  the  formation  of  a low- 
cost  Surgical  Benefit  Plan. 

The  growth  of  prepayment  medical  service 
plans  sponsored  by  medical  societies  is  indicated 
by  the  development  of  such  programs  in  21  states. 
Already  29  medical  service  plans  sponsored  by 
medical  societies  are  in  operation. 

Continued  Cooperation  Needed 

At  the  start  of  the  New  Year,  it  is  appropriate 
to  re-emphasize  that  each  individual  doctor  has 
to  take  his  share  of  the  responsibility  for  a suc- 
cessful administration  of  the  medical  service  pro- 
gram. The  Board  of  Directors,  the  committees, 
and  the  officers  in  charge  of  the  immediate  con- 
duct of  the  medical  plan  must  have  continuous 
sympathetic  cooperation  from  every  doctor  who 
renders  services  for  subscribers. 

The  proper  functioning  of  the  medical  serv- 
ice plan,  especially  for  new  groups  of  subscrib- 
ers, depends  on  the  effort  each  doctor  takes  to 
make  the  first  experience  for  the  patient  as  a sub- 
scriber a satisfactory  occasion.  Subscribers  to 
Michigan  Medical  Service  are  undertaking  the 
responsibility  to  pay  monthly  in  advance  for 
medical  services,  in  order  that  they  may  be  as- 
sured of  such  services  when  needed ; and  further 
that  prompt  payments  will  be  available  for  the 
doctor.  For  these  mutual  advantages  to  become 
realities,  it  is  necessaiy^  for  the  doctor  to  give 
attention  to  the  essential  procedures,  such  as  the 
following ; 

1.  Identifkation  of  Subscribers. — The  enroll- 
ment of  new  groups  of  subscribers  each  month 


by  Michigan  Medical  Service  means  that  doctors 
may  constantly  expect  patients  who  are  sub- 
scribers. Therefore,  office  secretaries  should  be 
instructed  to  ask  the  patient  whether  he  is  a 
subscriber  to  Michigan  Medical  Service  and  to 
record  his  certificate  number  and  the  exact  spell- 
ing of  his  name  from  the  Identification  Card. 
Observance  of  this  procedure  will  facilitate  au- 
thorization for  payment  of  Monthly  Service  Re- 
port bills  for  services. 

Two  Types  of  Sersice 

2.  Determination  of  Services. — The  doctor 
must  know  the  services  to  which  the  subscriber 
is  entitled  under  the  medical  service  plan,  in 
order  that  proper  arrangements  may  be  made 
with  the  patient.  The  new  Identification  Cards 
carry  Serv-ice  No.  2 or  2 to  designate  the  type 
of  seiA'ices. 

Service  No.  2 indicates  that  the  subscriber  is 
enrolled  in  the  complete  iMedical  Service  Plan 
and  is  entitled  to  both  medical  and  surgical  care 
in  the  home,  office,  and  hospital  according  to  the 
provisions  of  the  Medical  Service  Certificate. 

Service  Do.  2 indicates  that  the  subscriber  is 
enrolled  in  the  Surgical  Benefit  Plan  and  is  en- 
titled to  sugical,  x-ray  and  maternity  services 
according  to  the  provisions  of  the  Surgical  Bene- 
fit Certificate,  performed  when  the  subscriber  is 
a bed  patient  in  a hospital. 

(Service  No.  1 alone  indicates  that  the  patient 
is  a subscriber  to  the  hospital  service  plan  of 
Michigan  Hospital  Service.  iMost  subscribers 
will  have  a combination  of  services  No.  1 and  2 
or  1 and  3). 

If  there  is  any  doubt  in  the  doctor’s  mind  as 
to  whether  or  not  the  services  required  are  bene- 
fits under  Michigan  Medical  Service,  the  Initial 
Service  Report  setting  forth  the  services  to  be 
rendered  will  bring  a prompt  notice  from  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service  whenever  services  requested 
are  not  properly  benefits  under  the  subscriber’s 
certificate. 

Render  BiUs  Every  Month 

3.  Monthly  Service  Bill. — At  the  completion 
of  services,  but  not  later  than  the  end  of  each 
month,  the  doctor  sends  a Monthly  Service  Re- 
port to  the  attention  of  the  iMedical  Advisor}^ 
Board  itemizing  the  services  rendered,  which 
are  to  be  paid  by  Michigan  iMedical  Service. 


January,  1941 


55 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


To  avoid  delay  in  the  approval  of  this  bill 
for  services,  all  information  requested  should  be 
filled  in  as  completely  as  possible.  The  Medical 
Advisory  Board  will  be  assisted  greatly  if  the 
doctor  sending  the  report  will  indicate  the  amount 
of  special  services  he  has  rendered  such  as  the 
extent  of  lacerations  sutured ; the  location,  size 
and  type  of  tumor  or  cyst  removed ; the  partic- 
ular type  of  operation  performed  (Sturmdorf, 
Baldy -Webster,  Caldwell-Luc,  etc.).  Each  serv- 
ice is  paid  for  separately ; hence,  it  is  important 
to  specify  all  services  rendered. 

A revised  Monthly  Service  Report  embody- 
ing many  improvements  gained  by  actual  experi- 
ence is  now  ready  for  use  and  will  make  re- 
porting even  more  simple  for  the  doctor. 

One  of  the  chief  problems  in  the  first  several 
months  of  operation  of  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice has  been  the  failure  on  the  part  of  doctors 
to  send  Monthly  Service  Reports  promptly  (once 
per  month)  or  to  send  completed  reports.  Such 
late  or  incomplete  reports  make  it  impossible 
to  pay  doctors  promptly.  It  will  be  to  the  ad- 
vantage of  all  concerned — the  patient,  the  doc- 
tor, and  the  medical  service  plan — if  the  doctor 
and  his  office  assistant  will  give  close  attention 
to  rendering  prompt  and  complete  bills  to  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service  for  services  rendered. 

After  the  completed  Monthly  Service  Report 
is  sent  to  Michigan  Medical  Service,  the  doctor 
should  make  certain  that  a bill  is  not  also  sent 
by  his  office  to  the  patient.  The  sending  of  a 
bill  to  the  patient  causes  confusion.  If  the  pa- 
tient is  a subscriber  to  Michigan  Medical  Service 
with  an  income  below  the  limit  of  $2,000  for  the 
Individual  Certificate  or  $2,500  for  the  Husband 
and  Wife  or  Family  Certificate,  no  bill  should 
be  sent  by  the  doctor  to  the  patient  for  services 
which  are  to  be  paid  in  full  by  Michigan  Medical 
Service.  However,  in  the  event  the  patient  is 
a subscriber  whose  income  is  above  the  limit,  the 
statement  which  is  returned  with  the  check  by 
Michigan  Medical  Service  will  indicate  that  the 
payment  is  to  apply  as  a credit.  The  doctor 
may  then  send  a bill  to  the  patient  for  the  dif- 
ference, if  any,  between  the  payment  received 
from  Michigan  Medical  Service  and  the  charge 
which  we  would  customarily  make  to  the  patient. 

Payments  Determined  by  Doctors 

Attention  is  invited  to  the  important  fact  that 
the  payments  to  be  authorized  for  services  are 

56 


determined  by  the  doctors  themselves.  Any  in- 
equity in  the  payments  made  can  be  rectified  by 
presentation  of  the  matter  to  the  Medical  Advis- 
ory Board.  No  outside  party  or  insurance  com- 
pany is  arbitrarily  deciding  the  payments  that 
should  be  made  for  services  rendered. 

Payments  to  doctors  are  made  in  accordance 
with  each  service  rendered.  Therefore,  it  is  of 
considerable  importance  for  the  doctor  to  specify 
in  his  Monthly  Service  Report  each  service  ren- 
dered in  order  that  the  Medical  Advisory  Board 
can  authorize  payment.  For  example,  if  in  the 
course  of  the  office  treatment  the  doctor  orders 
blood  examinations,  a basal  metabolism  test,  or 
similar  services,  all  such  services  should  be  item- 
ized in  order  that  the  appropriate  payment  for 
each  can  be  made. 

A Schedule  of  Benefits,  which  has  been  pre- 
pared with  the  cooperation  of  numerous  commit- 
tees representing  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety and  the  various  specialty  groups,  is  used  by 
the  Medical  Advisory  Boards  as  a guide  in  the 
determination  of  the  payment  to  be  authorized. 

The  items  in  the  Schedule  are  equivalent  to 
the  prevailing  charges  by  doctors  of  medicine  in 
Michigan  for  services  to  subscribers  in  the  in- 
come group  below  $2,000  per  year  for  an  indi- 
vidual and  $2,500  per  year  for  a family.  Pay- 
ments for  all  Monthly  Service  Reports  are  au- 
thorized in  accordance  with  the  level  of  benefits 
indicated  in  the  Schedule.  In  cases  where  ex- 
tensive services  or  prolonged  aftercare  is  re- 
quired, extra  payments  in  addition  to  the  Sched- 
ule of  Benefits  are  authorized. 

Prompt  Payments  Up  to  You 

Payments  can  be  made  promptly  only  for 
Monthly  Service  Reports  which  are  received  on 
time.  Incomplete  or  late  reports  must  wait  until 
the  next  meeting  of  the  Medical  Advisor)'  Board 
and  accordingly  payment  is  delayed. 

Avoid  delay  in  payment  for  your  services  by 
sending  a completed  Monthly  Service  Report  on 
time. 

To  permit  even  more  prompt  payment  to  doc- 
tors, the  Board  of  Directors  has  authorized  pay- 
ments to  doctors  on  a weekly,  instead  of  a month- 
ly, basis.  This  payment  arrangement,  which  will 
be  put  into  operation  as  soon  as  possible,  means 
that  payments  can  be  made  as  soon  as  completed 
reports  are  received  and  approved.  Hence,  doc- 
tors should  send  in  their  Monthly  Service  Reports 
immediately  after  services  are  completed. 


louR.  M.S.M.S. 


>f  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  ><- 


INTANGIBLES  TAX  AND  ACCOUNTS 
RECEIVABLE 

A physician  writes : “Many  accounts  receiv- 
able are  probably  uncollectible,  but  this  fact  is 
not  definitely  known  at  the  time  of  the  tax  re- 
turn. Is  the  Intangibles  Tax  payable  on  these 
accounts  ?” 

The  answer,  according  to  the  State  Tax  Com- 
mission, is  “yes.”  The  Commission,  charged 
with  the  administration  of  the  1939  Intangibles 
Tax  Law,  has  ruled  that  “until  there  has  been 
an  actual  bona  fide  charge-off  or  treatment  of 
the  account  or  note  by  the  taxpayer  as  worthless, 
it  should  be  shown  in  the  return  and  the  tax 
computed  thereon  on  the  full  face  amount  of 
the  account,  regardless  of  the  fact  that  its  col- 
lection may  be  known  to  be  questionable.  In 
other  words,  notes  and  accounts  receivable,  for 
the  purposes  of  this  tax,  are  either  wholly  good 
or  wholly  bad  so  as  to  be  in  effect  non-existent.” 

Another  question  was  asked  “Is  the  tax  pay- 
able year  after  year  on  the  same  account?” 

The  answer  again  is  “yes.”  The  State  Tax 
Commission  holds  that  as  long  as  an  account  is 
carried  on  the  books  as  a receivable,  it  is  con- 
sidered an  asset  and  is  held  subject  to  the  In- 
tangibles tax ! 

“If  accounts  receivable  are  not  collected,  how 
long  must  they  remain  on  the  books  before  they 
are  legally  uncollectible  ?”  is  another  query  asked. 

The  Statute  of  Limitations  in  Michigan  out- 
laws all  open  accounts  and  notes  after  they  have 
been  inactive  for  a period  of  six  years.  In  other 
words,  an  account  upon  which  no  charge  or 
payment  has  been  made  for  six  years  is  con- 
sidered uncollectible  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
Michigan.  All  accounts  in  this  category  naturally 
should  not  be  included  when  reporting  Intangibles 
Tax. 

The  State  Tax  Commission  has  established 
the  date  of  September  30,  1940,  as  the  date  for 
obtaining  the  average  value  of  bank  deposits, 
notes  receivable,  accounts  receivable  and  other 
similar  credits  whether  or  not  secured,  and  notes 
and  accounts  payable,  the  value  of  which  changes 
during  the  year,  which  date  may  be  used  in  de- 
termining the  Intangibles  Tax  with  respect  to  the 


accounts  directly  connected  with  the  conduct  of 
a particular  business  or  professional  practice. 
All  other  holdings  must  be  averaged  for  the 
entire  year. 


County  Secretaries  Conference 
Lansing,  Sunday,  January  19 


THE  RIGHT  AND  WRONG  WAY 

When  the  Legislature  passes  a law  relating  to 
the  practice  of  medicine,  you  as  a physician  know 
pretty  well  what  the  effect  of  that  law  will  be. 
But  experience  has  shown  that  members  of  the 
Legislature  do  not  always  know  how  and  why 
their  legislative  acts  will  affect  the  practice  of 
medicine  unless  physicians  write  and  tell  them, 
according  to  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State 
of  New  York. 

Your  views  are  always  welcome,  for  the  men 
who  stay  in  the  Legislature  the  longest  are  those 
who  read  and  heed  their  constituents’  letters. 
But  there’s  a right  way  to  write  effectively  to 
your  legislators.  May  we  offer  these  suggestions  : 

Do — spell  your  legislator’s  name  correctly ; 
make  sure  whether  he  is  a Senator  or  a Repre- 
sentative ; state  concisely  what  you  think  and 
why — the  briefer  the  better;  cite  specific  illus- 
trations, whenever  possible,  as  to  effects  proposed 
legislation  would  have  on  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine and  people  in  your  community ; write  on 
your  office  stationery;  sign  your  name  plainly. 
Type  it  under  the  signature ; send  a letter  rather 
than  a telegram  when  time  permits ; seize  every 
opportunity  to  become  personally  acquainted 
with  your  legislators. 

Don’t — threaten  political  reprisals ; don’t  write 
in  a captious  or  belligerent  mood ; don’t  remind 
your  legislators  of  broken  promises ; don’t  at- 
tempt to  speak  for  anybody  but  yourself ; don’t 
insert  newspaper  clippings  or  mimeograph  ma- 
terial ; don’t  send  a chain  letter  or  post  card ; 
don’t  quote  from  form  letters ; don’t  write  only 
when  you  want  a favor.  Letters  of  commenda- 
tion are  always  welcome ; don’t  try  to  make  an 
errand  boy  out  of  your  legislator ; don’t  become 
a chronic  letter  writer. 


January,  1941 


57 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


HONORARY  AND  ASSOCIATE 
MEMBERSHIPS  FOR  LAYMEN 

At  its  1940  session,  the  M.S.M.S.  House  of 
Delegates  amended  the  Constitution  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  so  that  county  medical 
societies  may  confer  Honorary  or  Associate 
Memberships  on  laymen.  The  section  relating 
to  Honorary  Membership  states  that  “county 
societies  may  elect  any  persons  distinguished 
for  their  services  or  attainments  in  Medicine  or 
the  allied  sciences,  or  other  services  of  unusual 
value  to  organized  medicine  or  the  medical  pro- 
fession.” 

County  Societies  may  elect  as  Associate  Mem- 
bers : 

Persons  not  members  of  the  profession  but  en- 
gaged in  scientific  or  professional  pursuits  whose  prin- 
ciples and  ethics  are  consonant  with  those  of  this 
Society. 

“2.  Internes  serving  their  first  year  in  any  approved 
hospital,  internes  of  longer  standing,  resident  physi- 
cians in  training,  and  teaching  fellows  not  engaged 
in  private  practice,  but  not  after  five  years  from  the 
receipt  of  first  medical  degree  (M.D.  or  M.B.). 

“3.  Commissioned  medical  officers  of  the  United 
States  Army,  Navy,  Public  Health  Service  and  Vet- 
erans’ Administration  on  duty  in  this  state  who  are 
not  engaged  in  private  practice  of  medicine. 

“4.  Physicians  not  engaging  in  any  phase  of  medi- 
cal practice.” 

Upon  recommendation  of  a county  society, 
the  M.S.M.S.  House  of  Delegates  may  elect  such 
persons  as  Honorary  or  as  Associate  Members 
of  the  State  Society,  according  to  Article  Three, 
Sections  4 and  5 of  the  M.S.M.S.  Constitution. 


County  Secretaries  Conference 
Lansing,  Sunday,  lanuary  19 


UABILITY  OF  A CITY- 
EMPLOYED  PHYSICIAN 

It  is  well  settled  that  a municipality  is  not 
liable  for  the  negligence  of  an  employee  engaged 
in  the  care  of  the  poor  (Summers  vs.  Daviess 
County,  103  Indiana,  262,  2 N.E.  725), 

Conversely,  therefore,  the  fact  that  a physician 
may  be  employed  by  a city  does  not  excuse  him 
from  liability  for  injuries  occasioned  by  his  own 
negligence.  In  the  absence  of  a statute  to  the 
contrary,  a municipality  may  not  be  held  liable 
for  injuries  received  by  a welfare  patient  due  to 
the  negligence  of  a physician  employed  by  the 
municipality.  Ordinarily,  the  liability  of  the  agent 


is  the  liability  of  the  principal ; but  a principal 
may  escape  liability  in  certain  instances,  even 
though  the  agent  remains  liable,  as  where  the 
principal  is  acting  purely  in  the  performance  of 
a public  duty. 


County  Secretaries  Conference 
Lansing,  Sunday,  lanuary  19 


PRIVILEGED  COMMUNICATIONS 

“It  is  well  recognized  that  medical  records  as 
well  as  roentgenograms  carry  with  them  the 
status  of  privileged  communications  unless  the 
patient  expressly  waives  his  rights  in  that  re- 
spect, or  they  have  been  negatived  by  law  for 
purposes  of  public  policy.  This,  of  course,  im- 
plies that  notwithstanding  that  those  possessing 
such  property  hold  the  legal  title  thereto,  they 
are  viewed  as  constructive  trustees  for  the  pa- 
tient in  that  they  are  precluded  from  using  such 
property  unconditionally  for  purposes  which  may 
possibly  run  counter  to  the  patient’s  beneficial 
equitable  interests  therein — without  his  consent, 
or  operation  of  the  law.” 

— Carl  Scheffel,  Medical  Jurisprudence. 


County  Secretaries  Conference 
Lansing,  Sunday,  lanuary  19 


"EVERY  ELIGIBLE  PHYSICIAN" 

Each  county  society  shall  have  general  direc- 
tion of  the  affairs  of  the  profession  in  the  county, 
and  its  influence  shall  be  constantly  exerted  for 
bettering  the  scientific,  the  moral  and  material 
conditions  of  every  physician  in  the  county; 
systematic  effort  shall  be  made  by  each  member 
and  by  the  county  society  as  a whole  to  increase 
the  membership  until  it  embraces  everv  eligible 
physician  in  the  county.  (Erom  M.S.IM.S.  By- 
laws, Chapter  9,  Section  7). 


LAWS  AFFECTING  DOCTORS 

“Every  law  that  is  proposed,  certainly  every 
law  that  is  passed,  and  every  law  which  may  ad- 
versely aft'ect  him,  whether  or  not  it  appears  to 
be  directly  connected  with  his  professional  ac- 
tivities, ought  to  be  viewed  with  keen  interest 
by  every  physician,  and  dealt  with  in  an  appro- 
priate manner,”  according  to  Carl  Scheffel  in  his 
Medical  Jurisprudence,  a worth-while  work  of 
medical-legal  questions. 


58 


louR.  M.S.M.S. 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


KEEPING  COMPLETE  WRITTEN  RECORDS 

Leo  M.  Ford,  J.D. 

It  is  highly  important  that  maximum  care  be 
exerted  in  the  keeping  of  complete  and  accurate 
records.  This  is  true  from  both  the  legal  and 
medical  point  of  view.  A record  is  a summary 
or  abstract  of  the  professional  relationship  from 
the  time  the  patient  first  came  under  the  doctor’s 
care  until  he  was  discharged. 

The  making  of  the  record  and  the  examina- 
tion of  it  from  time  to  time  while  the  patient 
is  under  the  doctor’s  care,  enables  him  to  give 
more  careful  attention  to  the  important  symp- 
toms, the  reaction  to  treatment,  and  undoubt- 
edly leads  to  more  accurate  diagnosis  and 
treatment  than  is  true  when  one  relies  on  an 
overtaxed  memory. 

From  the  legal  point  of  view,  a written  record 
establishes  the  dates  of  services,  the  diagnosis, 
and  the  treatment.  It  is  not  possible  to  foresee 
when  this  record  may  become  important.  One 
case  is  as  of  much  moment  as  another  in  this 
regard,  and  carelessness  or  indifference  in  keep- 
ing a written  record  only  makes  it  easy  for  a 
disgruntled  patient  to  establish  malpractice  to  the 
satisfaction  of  a jury,  when  in  fact  the  treatment 
was  proper. 

For  example,  a case  was  recently  filed  against  a 
doctor  who  had  no  records.  He  reported  that  he  had 
never  seen  or  treated  the  patient.  He  was  so  positive 
that  his  memory  was  correct  that  on  conditional  exam- 
ination before  trial,  he  testified  that  he  had  never 
treated  the  patient.  The  patient,  however,  was  able 
to  establish  by  witnesses  who  accompanied  him  to  the 
office,  that  he  had  been  under  the  doctor’s  care  and 
had  received  treatment  for  the  condition  of  which  he 
now  complained.  The  doctor’s  inability  to  recall  the 
patient,  and  his  testimony  that  he  never  treated  him, 
made  the  defense  practically  hopeless. 

It  is,  therefore,  apparent  for  the  doctor’s  own 
protection  that  accurate  records  be  maintained. 
A considerable  duration  of  time,  even  years,  may 
elapse  before  they  become  of  consequence. 

In  making  a record  of  this  character,  which 
shall  be  admissible  as  evidence  should  litiga- 
tion develop,  it  is  necessary  that  the  entries  be 
made  contemporaneously  with  the  facts  to 
which  the  entries  relate.  But  the  term  con- 
temporaneous is  not  to  be  construed  to  mean 
that  the  record  must  be  made  at  the  very 
moment  of  the  occurrence,  although  it  should 


be  made  as  soon  thereafter  as  would  reason- 
ably make  it  a part  of  the  transaction. 

In  one  case,  the  hospital  record  was  offered 
in  evidence  to  show  that  the  plaintiff,  suing  for 
injuries  sustained  in  an  automobile  accident,  be- 
haved in  an  unruly  manner  at  the  hospital  while 
under  treatment  and  disobeyed  the  orders  of 
the  doctor  and  the  nurses  as  to  keeping  quiet  and 
refraining  from  movement  which  would  likely 
interfere  with  the  proper  adjustment  and  healing 
of  the  fractured  bones.  From  the  evidence,  it 
was  established  that  it  was  the  rule  of  the  hospi- 
tal that  a record  should  be  kept,  showing  among 
other  things,  the  condition  of  the  patient  when 
received,  his  treatment  while  in  the  institution, 
his  condition  from  time  to  time,  denoting  the 
progress  toward  recovery  or  otherwise  as  the 
case  might  be,  and  of  such  other  matters  as 
might  have  a bearing  upon  the  case.  This  record 
was  made  up  every  three  days,  and  the  method 
was  the  one  employed  at  the  hospital.  It  was 
claimed  by  the  plaintiff  that  the  records  were  not 
made  contemporaneously  and  that  they  should 
have  been  excluded,  but  the  court  took  the  oppo- 
site view  of  the  matter  and  held  that  taking  into 
consideration  the  regular  method  in  which  these 
records  were  made,  and  the  apparent  impractica- 
bility in  a hospital  of  recording  each  event  as  it 
occurred,  the  facts  relating  to  the  patient  were 
recorded  within  such  reasonable  time  as  would 
make  them  a part  of  the  transaction;  therefore, 
held  them  to  be  contemporaneous. 

The  court  further  held  that  the  fact  that  the 
recording  officer  made  the  entries  embracing 
some  matters  which  did  not  come  under  his  own 
personal  knowledge,  but  were  communicated  to 
him  through  doctors  and  nurses  connected  with 
the  institution,  did  not  affect  the  admissability  of 
the  records.  It  has,  however,  been  held  in  many 
cases  that  such  records,  unless  supported  by  the 
testimony  of  the  one  who  made  them,  if  that 
person  is  alive  and  capable  of  being  produced 
to  testify,  are  not  admissable. 

Has  the  Patient  a Right  to  His  Case  Record? 

An  interesting  decision  was  recently  handed 
down  on  the  question  as  to  whether  the  patient 
has  a right  to  his  case  record.  The  patient  had 
been  admitted  to  a private  sanatorium  for  treat- 
ment for  an  intoxication  caused  by  a hypnotic. 
The  treatment  had  been  successful,  but  the 
patient  desired  to  file  suit  against  the  manufac- 


January,  1941 


S9 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


turer  of  the  drug  used.  To  strengthen  his  alle- 
gation in  the  declaration,  he  wished  to  make  use 
of  the  clinical  history  of  his  illness  and  requested 
the  attending  physician  to  furnish  him  this  rec- 
ord. The  doctor  and  the  sanatorium  denied  his 
request,  and  the  patient  brought  legal  action 
against  both,  demanding  the  delivery  of  the 
record.  The  defense  contended  that  the  history 
of  the  patient  is  in  the  nature  of  the  attending 
physician’s  private  notations,  intended  solely  for 
his  private  use,  and  that  such  record  should  never 
be  accessible  to  a patient,  and  if  the  patient  de- 
sired to  sue  the  pharmaceutical  company,  he 
could  have  the  members  of  the  sanatorium  stai¥ 
subpoenaed  to  be  witnesses.  The  medical 
experts  who  testified  in  this  case  were  of  the 
opinion  that  case  records  were  to  be  regarded  as 
a physician’s  personal  property  and  that  under 
no  circumstances  should  a patient  be  permitted 
access  to  them,  and,  further,  that  a universally 
recognized  principle  of  professional  ethics  for- 
bids the  physician  to  furnish  the  patient  full 
information  on  the  latter’s  physical  condition 
if  such  information  might  upset  the  patient’s 
mental  equilibrium.  It  must  therefore  remain 
within  the  discretion  of  the  physician  whether  he 
wishes  to  supply  a patient  with  his  case  history. 

On  the  basis  of  the  expert  opinion,  the  Su- 
preme Court  dismissed  the  case. 

The  court  specifically  stated  that  a patient 
has  no  right  to  demand  access  to  the  record 
of  his  case  if  the  physician  considers  the  divulg- 
ence  of  the  data  therein  contained  contra-indi- 
cated. There  exists,  accordingly,  no  legal  ave- 
nue by  which  the  plaintiff  may  become  ac- 
quainted with  the  etiology  and  the  clinical 
course  of  his  malady. 

Should  suit  be  filed  against  the  pharmaceutical 
manufacturer,  the  court  itself  may  impound  med- 
ical records  for  its  own  guidance,  but  the  re- 
linquishment of  the  medical  records  cannot  be 
legally  claimed  by  private  persons. 

Privileged  Communications 

At  common  law,  a physician  was  obliged  to 
disclose  information  acquired  in  his  profession- 
al capacity,  if  called  upon  by  the  court  to  do  so. 
There  are  now,  in  a great  many  jurisdictions, 
statutes  protecting  the  individual  from  such  dis- 
closures. This  brings  us  to  the  question  of 
whether  or  not  hospital  records  are  privileged 
communications  in  those  states  where  privileged 


statutes  exist.  The  question  as  to  the  admis- 
sability  of  hospital  records  was  before  the  court 
for  adjudication  in  a suit  for  damages  against  a 
municipality  for  personal  injuries  occasioned  by 
a defective  sewer  hole.  The  plaintiff,  a woman, 
claimed  that  the  amputation  of  one  of  her  legs 
was  the  direct  consequence  of  the  accident.  It 
was  admitted  that  four  or  five  years  before  this, 
she  had  fallen  while  skating  and  had  trouble 
with  the  leg  which  was  amputated  after  the 
accident  at  the  sewer  hole,  and  the  records  of 
the  hospital  at  which  she  was  treated,  both  before 
and  after  the  accident,  were  offered  as  evidence 
at  the  trial. 

The  doctor  in  charge  of  the  records  identified 
the  record  as  being  the  official  record  of  the 
hospital  and  offered  it  in  evidence.  The  offer 
of  this  evidence  was  excluded  because  the  ent- 
ries made  were  privileged  communications, 
first  having  been  made  for  the  attending  phy- 
sician in  order  that  he  might  correctly  diag- 
nose the  patient’s  case  and  administer  proper 
treatment.  The  Supreme  Court  held  this  rul- 
ing correct,  as  hospital  physicians  who  treat 
patients  at  a hospital  cannot  testify  as  to  what 
they  learned  while  attending  there.  The 
plaintiff  contended  that  these  records  were  not 
privileged,  since  they  were  copies  of  the  official 
record,  but  the  court  held  that  it  still  remained 
privileged.  The  court  further  held  that  the 
mere  fact  that  the  ordinance  of  the  city  in 
question  required  such  a record  kept,  was  no 
reason  why  the  statute  regarding  privileged 
communications  should  be  violated.  The  priv- 
ilege statute,  of  course,  obtains  to  individual 
physician’s  records  just  the  same  as  to  hospital 
records. 

Conclusion 

To  urge  the  keeping  of  accurate  written  rec- 
ords is  an  old  story,  yet  the  protection  afforded 
by  a detailed  office  record  is  often  lost  sight  of 
by  the  busy  doctor.  Time  given  to  this  detail 
is  far  better  than  time  given  to  defending  a law 
suit  and  disclosing  to  the  public  a careless  and 
indifferent  practice.  You  need  not  make  this 
burdensome,  but  be  meticulous  in  jotting  down 
each  date  with  a note  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
services  rendered,  sufficient  to  refresh  your  mem- 
ory at  some  later  date,  should  it  become  neces- 
sary. This  will  enable  the  doctor  to  make  a 
more  careful  study  of  the  case  and  arrive  at  a 


60 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


proper  diagnosis  and  treatment,  and  furthermore, 
give  the  doctor  real  protection  should  litigation 
develop. 


1941  CONVENTION  IN 
GRAND  RAPIDS 

The  Council,  upon  authority  granted  by  the 
House  of  Delegates,  has  chosen  Grand  Rapids 
for  the  1941  annual  meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society.  The  dates:  Wednesday, 

Thursday  and  Friday,  September  17,  18,  19.  The 
House  of  Delegates  will  meet  Tuesday,  Sep- 
tember 16,  1941.  The  headquarters  hotel  will 
be  the  Pantlind;  the  general  assemblies,  five  sec- 
tion meetings  and  the  scientific  and  technical 
exhibits  will  be  housed  in  the  Civic  Auditorium. 


County  Secretaries  Conference 
Lansing,  Sunday,  January  19 


USE  THE  TITLE  "M.D." 

The  title  “Doctor”  is  used,  legally  and  other- 
wise, by  so  many  people  in  so  many  callings  that 
it  is  no  longer  descriptive  of  a Doctor  of  Medi- 
cine. Only  by  using  “M.D.”  after  his  name  on 
his  stationery,  his  prescription  pads,  and  his  sign, 
can  a Doctor  of  Medicine  protect  himself  and 
his  patients  from  misrepresentation,  inspired  or 
accidental. 

It  is  further  urged  that  Doctors  of  Medicine 
who  know  of  violations  of  the  law  regarding  the 
use  of  the  unqualified  title  “Doctor”  should  notify 
the  State  Department  of  Health — State  Board  of 
Registration  in  Medicine  of  such  irregularities. 


THIRD  ANNUAL  FORUM  ON  ALLERGY 

In  response  to  an  apparent  demand,  the  Annual  Forum 
on  Allergy  was  founded  three  j^ears  ago  by  a group 
of  outstanding  allergists  in  the  middle  west  to  afford 
a forum  in  which  to  review  the  progress  of  Clinical 
Allergy.  Annual  meetings  have  been  held  in  Toledo, 
Ohio,  and  Chicago,  Illinois.  This  year  the  meeting  will 
be  held  at  the  Claypool  Hotel  in  Indianapolis  on  Satur- 
day and  Sunday,  January  11  and  12,  1941.  This  offers 
to  the  internist,  the  pediatrician,  the  dermatologist,  the 
otolaryngologists,  and  all  other  physicians  an  oppor- 
tunity to  bring  themselves  up  to  date  in  this  field  of 
medicine  over  a single  week-end.  All  physicians  in 
good  standing  in  their  local  medical  society  are  most 
welcome.  There  will  be  a small  registration  fee  of  five 
dollars. 

Program 

SATURDAY,  JANUARY  11,  1941 
9:00-11 :00  a.m. 

Registration  at  the  Forum  Headquarters  Suite.  This  offers  two 
hours  of  informal  discussion. 


11:00-12:30  p.m. 

STUDY  GROUPS— Series  A.  Note  attendance  requires  pre- 
Forum  registrations.  Registrations  should  be  mailed  to 
Dr.  Tell  Xelson,  636  Church  Street,  Evanston,  Illinois. 

Topics  Instructors 

1.  Atopic  Eczema Dr.  Karl  Figley,  Toledo,  Ohio 

2.  Urticaria... Dr.  Ethan  Allen  Brown,  Boston 

3.  Symptomatic  Treatment  in  the  Case 
of  Bronchial  Asthma  in  Which  Cause 

Cannot  Be  Determined Dr.  Milton  Cohen,  Cleveland 

4.  Mold  Allergy Dr.  S.  M.  Feinberg,  Chicago 

5.  Allergic  Coryza Dr.  French  Hansel,  St.  Louis 

12:30 — Subscription  Luncheon 

2 :00-3  :00  p.m. 

STUDY  GROUPS— Series  B 

1.  Atopic  Eczema Dr.  Rudolph  Hecht,  Chicago 

2.  Urticaria Dr.  Jonathan  Forman,  Columbus 

3.  Symptomatic  Treatment  in  the  Case 
of  Bronchial  Asthma  in  Which  the 

Cause  Cannot  Be  Determined.  .Dr.  John  Sheldon,  Ann  Arbor 

4.  Mold  Allergy Dr.  M.  B.  Morrow,  Austin,  Texas 

Dr.  Homer  Prince,  Houston,  Texas 

5.  The  Heart  in  Asthma.  .Dr.  Oscar  Swineford,  University,  Va. 

4:00  p.m. 

SPECIAL  LECTL^RE : Dr.  George  Waldbott,  Detroit, 
Presiding 

Allergic  Manifestations  in  the  Eye 
Dr.  Albert  D.  Ruedemann,  Cleveland  Clinic 

7 :00  p.m. 

Annual  Smoker  with  Informal  Discussion  and  Demonstrations 


Exhibits  Demonstrators 

(a)  Ocular  Allergy Dr.  A.  D.  Rudemann,  Cleveland 

Dr.  J.  W.  Themas,  Cleveland 

(b)  Mold  Allergy Association  for  Mycological  Investigation 

Dr.  Marie  Morrow,  Austin,  Texas 
Dr.  Homer  Prince,  Houston,  Texas 


(c)  “Spontaneous  Allergy^  (Atopy)  in  Lower 

Animals’’  (Motion  Picture)  .. Dr.  Fred  Wittich,  Minneapolis 

SUNDAY,  JANUARY  12,  1941 
9:00-10:00  a.m. 

SYMPOSIA  ON  CLINICAL  SUBJECTS 
Symposium  on  Bronchial  Asthma 
Moderator:  Dr.  B.  Z.  Rappaport,  Chicago 

The  Importance  of  the  Diaphragm  in  Bronchial  Asthma 

Dr.  John  Mitchell,  Columbus,  Ohio 
The  L’se  of  Breathing  Exercises  in  the  Treatment  of  Bronchial 

Asthma Dr.  I.  M.  Hinnant,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

The  Importance  of  Rest  in  the  Treatment  of  Bronchial  Asthma 
Dr.  Barney  Credille,  Flint,  Michigan 
The  Importance  of  Nutrition  in  Bronchial  Asthma 

Dr.  Howard  Lee,  Oshkosh,  Wisconsin 
QUESTION  AND  ANSWER  PERIOD 

10  :00-ll  :00  a.m. 

Symposium  on  Insects  as  Allergens 
Moderator : Dr.  Harry  Huber,  Chicago 


Beetles Dr.  Harvey  Johnston,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 

Fish  Food Dr.  Karl  Way,  Akron,  Ohio 

Moths Dr.  Ralph  Mills,  Decatur,  Illinois 

Grain  Mites Dr.  Fred  Wittich,  Minneapolis 


QUESTION  AND  ANSWER  PERIOD 
11:00-12:00  noon 

Symposium  on  Allergic  Headache 
Moderator : Dr.  Theodore  Squire,  Milwaukee 

Differential  Diagnosis Dr.  S.  R.  Zoss,  Youngstown,  Ohio 

Value  of  Diagnostic  Procedures 

Dr.  Myron  Weitz,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

Non-Specific  Therapy Dr.  E.  G.  Tatge,  Evanston,  Illinois 

Specific  Therapy Dr.  Orville  Withers,  Kansas  City,  Missouri 

QUESTION  AND  ANSWER  PERIOD 

12  :30  p.m. 

ANNUAL  FORUM  DINNER 
Dr.  C.  B.  Bohner,  Indianapolis,  Presiding 

The  Presentation  of  Gold  Medal  for  Distinguished  and  Out- 
standing Contributions  in  the  Field  of  Allergy. 

2 :00  p.m. 

THE  ANNUAL  FORUM  LECTURE 

Dr.  Bela  Schick,  New  York 
Allergy,  Hypersensitiveness  and  Immunity 

SPECIAL  LECTURE 

Water  and  Electrolyte  Metabolism  in  Allergy 
Dr.  M.  M.  Cook,  St.  Louis 


J.\NUARY,  1941 


61 


-K  Woman’s  Auxiliary  ~K 


? 


PRESIDENT'S  MESSAGE 


T T is  with  the  feeling  of  deepest  humility  that  I w'rite  this,  the  President’s  ^vlessage.  I 
J-  appreciate  to  the  fullest  degree  the  confidence  which  you  have  shown  in  electing  me,  and 

hope  that  I may  be  successful  enough  in  this  office  to  make  you  feel  that  your  confidence 

has  not  been  misplaced.  However,  I can  do  nothing,  without  the  help 
of  all  of  you.  So  let’s  all  put  our  shoulders  to  the  wheel,  and  make 
this  an  outstanding  year  for  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society ! 

There  are  several  things  which  we  hope  to  accomplish  this  year.  In 

the  first  place,  I hope  that  Michigan  will  do  what  our  national  presi- 

dent, Mrs.  V.  E.  Holcombe,  asked,  and  support  the  Bulletin.  When 
Airs.  Holcombe  was  in  Detroit  for  the  meeting  of  the  Woman’s 

Auxiliary  to  the  Alichigan  State  Aledical  Society  in  September,  she 

stressed  the  fact  that  she  was  anxious  to  have  as  many  Auxiliary 
members  as  possible  take  the  Bulletin.  This  is  the  official  magazine 
of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  American  Medical  Association,  and 
as  such  should  be  supported.  An  understanding  of  the  affairs  of  the 
National  Auxiliary  will  add  greatly  to  one’s  interest  in  the  County  and 
State  Auxiliaries,  and  will  make  all  members  realize  to  what  a far- 
reaching  organization  they  belong. 

This  year,  with  so  much  of  the  world  at  war,  it  seems  to  me  particularly  fitting  that 
we,  as  doctors’  wives,  should  do  our  utmost  to  alleviate  suffering.  There  is  Red  Cross 
work  to  be  done  everywhere,  and  if  some  of  the  County  Auxiliaries  are  too  small  to  organize 

a unit  for  making  bandages,  let  me  urge  you  to  at  least  offer  to  knit  or  sew.  Let’s  make 

other  women’s  organizations  realize  that  the  medical  auxiliaries  are  groups  upon  which  they 
can  always  count  when  there  is  an  emergency. 

There  are  many  other  things  which  we  hope  to  accomplish  this  year,  too.  We  hope  to 
organize  more  county  auxiliaries,  so  that  doctors’  wives  may  be  banded  together  in  all  parts 
of  the  state. 

As  to  Public  Relations,  the  task  of  seeing  that  correct  medical  information  is  presented 
to  the  public  is  most  important.  If  every  County  Auxiliary  will  do  its  utmost  to  have  some- 
thing constructive  along  this  line  to  report,  Michigan  will  have  a much  better  place  in  the 
Public  Relations’  report  than  it  did  at  the  meeting  of  the  W'oman’s  Auxiliary  to  the 
Aunerican  Medical  Association  held  in  New  York  last  June. 

Of  course,  Hygeia  will  have  as  important  a place  in  our  program  as  ever.  Perhaps 
with  the  help  of  all  of  you,  we  will  be  able  to  increase  our  subscriptions  materially. 

And  now,  having  mentioned  a few  of  the  things  which  are  uppermost  in  my  mind,  let 
me  introduce  you  to  the  new  officers  and  committee  chairmen.  We  are  all  ready  to  serve 
each  and  every  one  of  you  in  any  way  which  we  can,  so  please  write  us  if  there  is  anything 
which  we  can  do  to  help  you.  'The  list  follows : 


President-Elect 

Vice  President 

Secretary 

Treasurer 

Past  President 

Honorary  President 


Archives 

Bulletin  Circulation  Manager 

Exhibits 

Finance 

Historian 

Hygeia 

Legislation 

Organization 

Parliamentarian 

Press 

Program 

Public  Relations 

Revisions  


Officers 

Mrs.  William  J.  Butler,  327  Briarwood  Ave.,  Grand  Rapids 

Mrs.  O.  D.  Stryker,  Fremont 

Mrs.  Audrey  O.  Brown,  19575  Renfrew  Road,  Detroit 

Mrs.  H.  L.  French,  1620  W.  Main  St.,  Lansing 

Mrs.  L.  G.  Christian,  400  Everett  St.,  Lansing 

Mrs.  Guy  L.  Kiefer,  148  E.  Grand  River  Ave.,  Lansing 

Committee  Chairmen 

Mrs.  Paul  R.  Urmston,  1862  McKinley  Ave.,  Bay  City 

Mrs.  Palmer  Sutton,  25575  Vork,  Royal  Oak 

Mrs.  Galen  B.  Ohmart,  374  Lodge  Drive  Detroit 

Mrs.  Elmer  L.  Whitney,  18224  Wildemere  Ave.,  Detroit 

Mrs.  J.  Earl  McIntyre,  600  S.  Grand  Ave.,  Lansing 

Mrs.  A.  Y.  Wenger,  132  Grand  Ave.,  Grand  Rapids 

Mrs.  L.  G.  Christian,  400  Everett  St.,  Lansing 

Mrs.  John  J.  Walch,  709  Fifth  Ave.  S.,  Escanaba 

Mrs.  Ledru  O.  Geib,  1411  Berkshire  Rd.,  Brosse  Pointe 

Mrs.  R.  H.  Alter,  801  S.  West  Ave.,  Jackson 

Mrs.  Lloyd  C.  Harvie,  417  Ardussi  Rd.,  Saginaw 

Mrs.  G.  L.  Willoughby,  5013  N.  Saginaw  St.,  Flint 

Mrs.  O.  D.  Stryker,  Fremont 


Don’t  forget  that  I’m  counting  on  all  of  you  to  help  make  this  a successful  year  for  the 
W’oman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society ! 

(AIrs.  Roger  V.)  Helen  R.  Y'alker,  President 

Woman’s  Auxiliary,  Alichigan  State  ]^Iedical  Society. 


62 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 


Bay  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Bay  County  Medi- 
cal Society  held  its  first  fall  meeting  on  November  13 
at  the  Elks  Club,  with  twenty-two  members  present  for 
dinner. 

Mrs.  W.  R.  Ballard,  president,  presided  and  gave  her 
report  as  delegate  to  the  state  convention  held  in 
Detroit. 

A letter  was  read  stating  that  the  Auxiliary  has  been 
accepted  as  a member  of  the  Bay  County  Council  of 
Social  Agencies.  Mrs.  Ballard  will  attend  a meeting 
of  this  Council  November  28. 

The  Auxiliary  is  urging  that  subscriptions  be  taken  to 
the  Medical  Auxiliary  Bulletin.  Mrs.  F.  T.  Andrews 
read  a report  from  the  American  Medical  Association. 

The  members  were  asked  to  assist  the  local  Red 
Cross  by  helping  make  surgical  dressings. 

Mrs.  R.  E.  Scrafford,  Chairman  of  rummage  sale, 
asked  that  everyone  who  is  willing  give  two  dollars  to 
our  treasurer  to  take  the  place  of  the  rummage  sale 
that  had  been  scheduled  for  this  fall. 

The  group  decided  to  have  the  public  meeting  in 
January  this  year  instead  of  February. 

Mrs.  Ballard  appointed  Mrs.  F.  T.  Andrews,  Mrs.  R. 
C.  Perkins  and  Mrs.  P.  R.  Urmston  on  the  member- 
ship committee. 


Calhoun  County 

The  Calhoun  County  Medical  Auxiliary  held  its  sec- 
ond meeting  of  the  year  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  M.  R. 
Kinde  on  the  evening  of  November  12. 

There  were  thirty  members  present  and  one  guest. 
Miss  Katherine  Sleath  of  London,  England. 

A donation  of  $100.00  was  given  to  the  Crippled  Chil- 
dren’s Committee. 

It  was  suggested  that  the  Auxiliary  again  supply  an 
adequate  Christmas  for  a needy  family.  This  motion 
was  approved,  and  Mrs.  Kenneth  Lowe  appointed  a 
committee  chairman  to  take  charge  of  the  work. 

Following  the  business  session  the  ladies  again  sewed 
for  the  Red  Cross. 


Jackson  County 

The  regular  monthly  meeting  of  the  Jackson  County 
Medical  Auxiliary  was  held  at  the  Jackson  Country 
Club,  Nov.  19,  1940,  and  was  a combined  meeting  with 
the  Dental  Auxiliary. 

After  dinner,  the  meeting  was  opened  by  the  presi- 
dent, Mrs.  G.  R.  Bullen  who  introduced  Mrs.  W.  A. 
Wickham,  chairman  of  the  project  committee.  Mrs. 
Wickham  outlined  for  us  the  new  project  this  year, 
which  is  to  be  a personal  project  to  help  children  whose 
normal  life  is  handicapped  through  lack  of  glasses, 
crutches,  etc.  The  committee  is  also  having  a Christ- 
mas wrapping  party  to  wrap  toys  at  the  home  of  Mrs. 
]^IcGarvey. 

The  president  then  introduced  Mrs.  Harold  Greene, 
president  of  the  Dental  Auxiliary,  who  thanked  the 
^ledical  Auxiliary  for  the  enjoyable  meetings  they  have 
had  with  us,  and  expressed  the  hope  they  would  con- 
tinue. 

Mrs.  Chalmers  Johnson  then  introduced  Mrs.  Luther 
Pahl,  violinist  and  Mrs.  Don  Lyons,  who  accompanied 
her.  They  gave  us  several  lovelv  numbers  and  the 
meeting  was  turned  over  to  Mrs.  Morris  Wertenberger, 
the  program  chairman. 

A play  entitled  “Everybody’s  Doing  It”  was  given  by 
a group  from  the  Medical  Auxiliary  and  was  thoroughly 
enjoyed  by  everyone. 

Last  but  not  least  was  our  good  friend  Mrs.  Cam- 
burn  with  her  movies  of  Nova  Scotia  which  she  took 
this  Slimmer.  They  were  beautiful  and  her  interest- 
ing account  of  the  trip  completed  a perfect  evening. 


Kalamazoo  County 

The  November  meeting  of  the  Auxiliary  to  the  Kala- 
mazoo Academy  of  Medicine  met  at  the  home  of  Mrs. 
Homer  Stryker.  Thirty  members  enjoyed  a cooperative 


dinner.  [Mrs.  Kenneth  Crawford,  president,  conducted 
the  business  meeting  at  which  time  plans  and  activities 
for  the  year  were  discussed.  The  various  chairmen 
were  called  upon  to  give  reports.  The  remainder  of 
the  evening  was  spent  informally. 

Kent  County 

The  November  meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary 
to  the  Kent  County  Medical  Society  was  held  in  the 
Auditorium  of  the  new  Public  Museum,  where  the 
members  of  iMrs.  M.  W.  Shellman’s  Philanthropic 
Committee  served  luncheon. 

Mrs.  Guy  DeBoer  presided  at  the  business  meeting 
which  was  followed  by  Mrs.  Clifford  B.  V\'ightman’s 
vivid  review  of  “Trelawny”  by  Alargaret  Armstrong. 

\\  e are  looking  forward  to  the  December  meeting 
when  Dr.  V.  AI.  IMoore  will  talk  to  us  on  “State 
Controlled  iMedicine.” 

Van  Buren  County 

Ten  members  of  the  Van  Buren  Auxiliary  enjoyed  a 
delicious  turkey  dinner  wdth  the  doctors  of  the  Van 
Buren  County  iMedical  society  at  the  Village  Hall  of 
Decatur  on  Tuesday  evening,  November  12. 

Rules  of  the  essay  contest  wEich  the  Auxiliary  is 
sponsoring  were  discussed  and  agreed  upon  as  follows  : 

General  Subject — “Suggestions  for  improving  the 
health  of  young  people  in  Van  Buren  County.”  (Or  any 
topic  found  in  Hygeia  magazine.)  Prize.s — First  prize 
to  be  $5.00.  Five  honorable  mentions  of  $1.00  each. 
English  teachers  in  each  town  of  the  county  are  asked 
to  submit  two  essays  from  their  10th,  11th,  and  12th 
grade  classes.  Essays  are  to  be  numbered  only.  The 
name  of  the  student  and  his  town  to  be  enclosed  in 
an  envelope  with  corresponding  number. 

Deadline — Essays  are  to  be  sent  to  Mrs.  Terwilliger 
of  South  Haven  by  January  31.  Letters  announcing 
the  Hygeia  essay  contest  were  sent  to  English  teachers 
of  the  county  immediately  after  this  meeting. 

The  contest  has  a twofold  purpose : first,  to  popu- 
larize Hygeia  magazine  with  high  school  pupils,  and 
second,  to  make  libraries  and  parents  Hygeia-minded. 

Wayne  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  W’ayne  County  Medi- 
cal Society  held  its  regular  monthly  meeting  at  the 
Society’s  headquarters  on  Friday,  November  8,  1940. 

Following  the  business  session,  the  members  were 
addressed  bv  Mr.  J.  D.  Laux,  Executive  Director  of 
Michigan  ^Medical  Service.  Mr.  Laux  discussed  the 
objectives  of  the  organization  and  reported  on  the 
progress  made  during  the  first  year  of  its  existence. 

Mr.  Laux  stated  that  a definite  trend  toward  the 
socialization  of  medicine  is  evidenced  by  the  various 
medical  surveys  which  have  been  made,  and  by  the 
numerous  efforts  at  legislation.  Since  the  movement 
toward  the  socialization  of  medicine  will  undoubtedly 
continue,  tbe  medical  profession  must  take  a very 
energetic  part  in  the  supervision  and  direction  of  ac- 
tivities which  deal  with  medical  practice.  The  possi- 
bility of  increasing  incomes  so  that  families  with  limited 
means  could  meet  the  costs  of  a good  standard  of 
living,  including  adequate  medical  care  seems  remote. 
Therefore  most  efforts  at  a remedy  have  centered 
around  a group  pre-payment  arrangement  for  the  pur- 
chase of  medical  care. 

In  conclusion,  i\Ir.  Laux  emphasized  the  advisability 
of  the  members  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  taking  an 
active  interest  in  furthering  the  education  of  the  public 
in  matters  relative  to  payment  for  medical  service. 
Each  member  should  become  thoroughly  familiar  with 
^Michigan  iMedical  Service,  as  this  is  the  program  of 
vital  importance  to  doctors  and  to  the  public  in 
Michigan. 

Follow  ing  jMr.  Laux’s  address,  tea  was  served  by  the 
Social  Committee  in  honor  of  twenty  new  members. 
Mrs.  Howard  P.  Doub,,  Mrs.  Richard  C.  Connelly, 
Mrs.  Ira  G.  Downer,  and  jMrs.  Frank  A.  Weiser  were 
hostesses. 


J.A,XU.\RY,  1941 


63 


-K 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


-K 


1940  STATE'S  SAFEST  YEAR  FOR  BABIES? 


There  is  an  excellent  chance  that  a new  low  record 
in  infant  deaths  will  be  established  for  1940.  For  the 
first  nine  months  there  were  40.64  deaths  of  babies 
under  one  year  for  each  1,000  births.  The  rate  for 
the  same  period  in  1939  was  41.%  deaths  per  1,000 
births. 

If  the  favorable  trend  continues,  it  is  likely  that  the 
rate  for  the  year  will  be  below  the  41.8  mark  of  1939, 
which  established  a record. 

In  pointing  out  the  possibility  of  making  1940  the 
safest  year  for  new  babies  that  the  state  has  known. 
Dr.  Lillian  R.  Smith,  director  of  the  Bureau  of  Ma- 
ternal and  Child  Health,  urged  each  prospective  mother 
who  has  not  already  done  so  to  place  herself  im- 
mediately under  the  care  of  a physician.  She  cautioned 
adults  to  keep  their  own  colds  and  those  of  children 
away  from  babies,  and  said  that  every  new  baby  and 
every  infant  under  a year  should  have  the  care  of  a 
family  doctor. 


MEASI^S  INCREASE 

Michigan  will  have  a bigger  measles  epidemic  this 
winter  than  the  1935  and  1938  outbreaks,  if  a sharp  rise 
in  cases  this  year  is  an  indication. 

“The  rise  in  cases  is  early,  and  the  number  is  much 
larger  than  reported  prior  to  the  last  two  epidemic 
years,”  said  Dr.  H.  Allen  Moyer,  commissioner.  “It 
would  not  be  surprising  to  see  the  total  of  cases  go 
higher  than  80,000  which  was  the  total  in  each  of  the 
previous  two  epidemics.  The  cases  reported  so  far 
this  year  are  16,000  as  compared  with  6,500  in  1934 
and  6,000  in  1937.” 

Dr.  Moyer  has  asked  parents  to  isolate  children  who 
appear  to  be  coming  down  with  a cold,  and  suggests 
that  especially  in  localities  where  measles  is  prevalent 
the  family  physician  should  be  called.  The  symptoms 
of  a common  cold  are  identical  with  those  of 
measles  the  first  day  or  two.  While  measles  is 
communicable  before  the  fever,  running  nose  and 
cough  symptoms  appear,  isolation  will  help  protect 
babies  and  young  children,  for  whom  measles  may  be 
dangerous.  Most  measles  deaths  occur  in  children 
under  five  years  of  age. 

September,  October  and  November  reports  of  measles 
in  certain  counties  have  been  as  follows : Calhoun  16, 
61,  286;  Kalamazoo  3,  69,  166;  Montcalm  9,  59  and  89; 
Washtenaw  5,  25,  31.  Detroit  cases  were  96  in  Sep- 
tember, 334  in  October  and  for  the  first  three  weeks  of 
November,  590.  Kent  county  and  Grand  Rapids  report- 
ed less  than  a dozen  cases  in  November.  The  total  for 
the  month  is  approximately  1,600  cases. 


DECLINE  OF  CONTAGION 

Only  four  out  of  12  communicable  diseases  sum- 
marized by  the  Department  of  Health  have  been  re- 
ported more  times  in  the  first  ten  months  of  this  year 
than  they  were  in  1939.  The  four  are  measles,  which 


is  on  the  way  to  a third-year  epidemic,  whooping  cough, 
infantile  paralysis  and  gonorrhea. 

Ten-month  reports  showing  increases  follow  with  the 
1940  total  first  and  the  1939  total  second;  measles  14,851 
and  9,631 ; whooping  cough  8,986  and  7,905 ; polio- 
myelitis 1,140  and  881 ; gonorrhea  6,370  and  5,618. 
Reports  showing  declines  were ; lobar  pneumonia 
2,303  and  3,146 ; tuberculosis  5,083  and  5,315 ; typhoid 
fever  107  and  152;  diphtheria  178  and  375;  scarlet 
fever  8,923  and  10,465 ; smallpox  29  and  167 ; meningitis 
35  and  48;  syphilis  8,945  and  10,653. 


MORE  BIRTHS 

Provisional  figures  from  the  Bureau  of  Records 
and  Statistics  show  that  births  have  increased  in  the 
first  nine  months  of  the  year,  as  compared  with  the 
January-September  period  in  1939.  If  the  increase  is 
maintained,  the  gain  will  be  3,500  for  the  year. 

Births  reported  from  January  through  September 
this  year  were  73,036,  compared  with  70,351  a year  ago, 
a gain  of  2,685.  The  rate  per  1,000  population  is  18.57 
for  1940  and  18.02  for  1939  for  these  months. 

Deaths  were  down  slightly  from  last  year  in  the 
first  nine  months.  The  figures  were  38,791  for  1940 
and  39,290  for  1939.  The  rates  were  9.86  deaths  per 
1,000  population  in  1940  and  10.07  for  the  first  nine 
months  in  1939. 


FIREARMS  ACCIDENTS 

In  filling  out  death  certificates  for  firearms  fa- 
talities, a number  of  physicians  have  added  details 
which  are  of  special  interest.  Among  12  firearms 
fatalities  in  October,  one  certificate  carried  the  notation 
that  the  hunter  (a  boy  of  18)  was  killed  when  he  used 
his  shotgun  to  club  a wounded  pheasant.  A man  of 
35  was  killed  when  cleaning  his  gun,  a man  of  39  died 
in  an  accidental  discharge  of  his  gun,  and  a man  of  61 
was  killed  when  he  climbed  a fence  with  a gun.  A 
child  of  two  was  killed  at  home,  playing  with  a gun 
of  some  description. 

SHIAWASSEE  SIXTY-THIRD 

Shiawassee  County  will  be  the  sixty-third  county  in 
the  state  to  have  a full  time  health  department  when 
its  unit  begins  operation  January  1.  The  Shiawassee 
County  Medical  Society  had  expressed  its  support  for 
the  health  unit  months  ago,  but  approval  of  the  board 
of  supervisors  and  provision  for  finances  were  made 
only  recently. 

SIXTY-SEVEN  POLIO  CASES  IN  NOVEMBER 

Three  days  in  the  last  week  of  November  were  the 
first  since  August  2 that  no  infantile  paralysis  cases 
were  reported  to  the  Department.  The  total  for  No- 
vember was  67,  which  like  the  October  total  of  287 
was  a new  record  for  the  month.  The  previous  No- 
vember high  was  45  cases  in  the  former  record  year 
of  1931.  The  total  cases  of  polio  reported  in  1931  was 
1,137.  The  11-month  total  for  1940  is  1,209. 


64 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


-K  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  -X 

i\f  j-fff  f f ff  ff  rrf  rf  rr  f rrf  rr-f  rffr  rrr’f'ff  f 


Th-e  Wayne  County  Medical  Society  “feather”  party 
was  a huge  success.  The  largest  crowd  in  the  Society’s 
history,  1,103,  jammed  the  Alasonic  Temple  for  the  an- 
nual pre-turkey  festival  on  November  19. 

:fc  5fc 

Frank  Power,  M.D.,  M.S.iM.S.  Field  Representative  in 
Cancer,  addressed  a public  meeting  sponsored  by  the 
Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Baj*  County  iMedical  Society, 
in  Bay  City  on  January  8. 

^ ^ ^ 

Harold  A.  Miller,  M.D.,  Lansing,  represented  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  at  the  meeting  of  the 
Maternal  and  Child  Health  Advisory  Committee  of  the 
Michigan  Department  of  Health  in  Lansing  on  Decem- 
ber 13. 

^ 3fc  ^ 

Harold  A.  Miller,  M.D.,  Lansing,  Frank  Van  Schoick, 
M.D.,  Jackson,  and  Frederick  B.  iMiner,  Al.D.,  Flint, 
represented  the  Michigan  State  Aledical  Society  at  the 
meeting  of  the  Child  W'elfare  Committee  of  the  Michi- 
gan Welfare  League  in  Lansing  on  December  16. 

^ ^ 

Acknowledgement 

The  color  plates  facing  page  840  in  The  Journal  for 
November,  1940,  are  copyrighted  by  The  American 
Tournal  of  Roentgenology  and  Radium  Therapy,  and 
nade  available  to  The  Journal  through  the  courtesy 
Df  the  American  Roentgen  Ray  Society,  Inc. 

:(C  * ^ 

The  1941  Convention  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  will  be  held  in  Grand  Rapids  on  September  16, 
17,  18,  19,  1941,  at  the  Hotel  Pantlind-Civic  Auditorium, 
the  House  of  Delegates  meeting  on  Tuesday,  Septem- 
ber 16.  The  5th  Annual  Golf  Tournament  will  be  held 
at  the  Kent  Country  Club  on  Monday,  September  15. 

^ ^ 

The  West  Side  Medical  Society  of  Detroit  held  its 
Eighth  Annual  Cancer  Clinic  at  Eloise  on  Decem- 
ber 4.  The  Clinic  was  conducted  by  S.  E.  Gould. 

M. D.  Speakers  included  Drs.  J.  E.  Croushore,  E.  R. 
Donoghue,  C.  A.  Doty,  T.  K.  Gruber,  J.  AI.  Grace, 

N.  K.  H’Amada,  C.  K.  Hasley,  A.  Z.  Howard,  R.  H. 
Lyons,  H.  J.  Kullman,  W.  J.  Seymour,  W.  L.  Sherman 
and  D.  C.  Somers. 

* * ^ 

“The  Surgical  Treatment  of  Hypertension”  by  Alax 
!M.  Peet,  M.D.,  Ward  W.  Woods,  M.D.  of  Ann  Arbor 
and  Spencer  Braden,  M.D.,  of  Cleveland,  appeared  in 
the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  issue 
of  November  30,  1940.  In  the  issue  of  December  7, 
19-10,  the  following  articles  appeared : “Acute  Ascend- 

ing Paralysis”  by  Russell  N.  Dejong,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor ; 
“Use  of  Cellophane  Cylinders  for  Desiccating  Blood 
Plasma”  by  F.  W.  Hartman,  M.D.,  with  the  assistance 
of  F.  W.  Hartman,  Jr.,  Detroit. 

^ ^ ^ 

The  Third  Annual  Congress  on  Industrial  Health, 
sponsored  by  The  Council  on  Industrial  Health  of  the 
A.M.A.,  is  scheduled  for  the  Palmer  House,  Chicago, 
January  13  and  14,  1941.  The  very  full  program  in- 
cludes discussions  on  many  phases  of  industrial  practice, 
including  the  Physician  in  Industry  and  National  De- 
fense by  Irvin  Abell,  M.D.,  Louisville ; a symposium  on 
Hand  Injuries,  on  Availability  of  Trained  Industrial 
Health  Personnel ; on  Acute  Respiratory  Disease  in  In- 
dustry; and  on  Industrial  Ophthalmology.  All  physi- 
cians interested  in  industrial  practice  are  invited.  No 
registration  fee.  Write  The  Council  on  Industrial 
Health,  American  Medical  Association,  535  North  Dear- 
born Street,  Chicago,  for  copy  of  the  program. 

Jan-u.-^rv,  1941 


Robert  B.  Harkness,  M.D.,  Hastings,  former  president 
of  the  Council  of  the  Michigan  Department  of  Health, 
has  been  appointed  assistant  field  director  of  the  \\ . 
K.  Kellogg  Foundation,  a newly  created  position.  Doc- 
tor Harkness  is  on  leave  for  study  and  will  begin  his 
new  work  in  May,  working  with  M.  R.  Kinde,  M.D., 
field  director  in  the  seven  counties  where  the  Founda- 
tion cooperates  in  health  units.  J.  K.  Altland,  M.D., 
who  resigned  as  director  of  the  Grand  Traverse  County 
Health  Department,  succeeds  Doctor  Harkness  in  Barry 
County. 

5jc  :}:  jj? 

Pan  American  relationships  took  another  step  forward 
in  the  field  of  medicine  when  the  Pan  American  Con- 
gress of  Ophthalmology  was  organized  on  a permanent 
basis  at  the  meeting  of  the  first  congress  in  Cleveland, 
October  11-12,  1940,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Ameri- 
can Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology. 
Harrj'  S.  Gradle,  M.D.,  Chicago,  was  elected  president 
of  the  congress.  Conrad  Berens,  M.D.,  New  York  and 
Moacyr  E.  Alvaro,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  who  served  with 
Doctor  Gradle  as  members  of  the  Committee  that  or- 
ganized the  initial  meeting,  were  elected  executive  sec- 
retaries. Montevideo  was  tentatively  selected  as  the 
place  of  the  next  meeting,  to  be  held  in  1943. 

5^  ^ ^ 

The  National  Grange  at  its  annual  convention  in 
Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  on  November  19,  1940,  reaffirmed  its 
stand  against  federal  or  politically-controlled  medicine. 
At  the  same  time  the  National  Grange  leaders  voiced 
their  approval  of  voluntary  group  medical  care  plans, 
such  as  Michigan  Medical  Service  which  has  been  in 
operation  in  Michigan  for  the  past  nine  months.  Mem- 
bers of  the  Grange  want  to  be  certain  they  have  the 
privilege  of  calling  the  physician  of  their  choice  rather 
than  a doctor  sent  by  some  political  bureau.  Profes- 
sionally controlled  voluntary  group  medical  care  plans 
guarantee  free  choice  of  physician  which  is  the  inalien- 
able right  of  the  American  people. 

^ ^ ^ 

The  Battle  Creek  Medical  Conference,  sponsored  by 
the  Calhoun  County  Medical  Society  and  the  Battle 
Creek  Sanitarium,  was  held  at  the  Sanitarium  on  De- 
cember 3.  The  outstanding  array  of  speakers  on  the 
program  included  J.  Roscoe  Miller,  M.D.,  Chicago ; 
Cleveland  J.  \Miite,  AI.D.,  Chicago ; David  E.  Markson, 
M.D.,  Chicago;  ]\I.  A.  Mortensen,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek; 
Michael  L.  Mason,  ]\I.D.,  Chicago ; Harold  J.  Kullman, 
^I.D.,  Detroit;  James  T.  Case,  M.D.,  Chicago;  Arthur 
E.  Mahle,  ]\I.ID.,  Chicago ; Harry  Towsley,  M.D.,  Ann 
Arbor ; James  K.  Stack,  M.D.,  Chicago ; and  Stephen 
\\'.  Ranson,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Chicago;  B.  A.  Watson,  M.D., 
Battle  Creek ; and  C.  W.  Brainard,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek. 
The  Conference  ended  in  the  evening  with  a banquet 
followed  with  a talk  by  Morris  Fishbein,  M.D.,  Editor 
of  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

^ ^ ^ 

The  Mississippi  Valley  Medical  Society  offers  annual- 
ly a cash  prize  of  $100,  a gold  medal,  and  a certificate 
of  award  for  the  best  unpublished  essay  on  any  subject 
of  general  medical  interest  (including  medical  eco- 
nomics) and  practical  value  to  the  general  practitioner 
of  medicine.  Contestants  must  be  members  of  the 
American  ^Medical  Association  who  are  residents  of 
the  United  States.  The  winner  will  be  invited  to 
present  his  contribution  before  the  next  annual  meet- 
ing of  the  ^lississippi  Valley  Medical  Society  at  Cedar 
Rapids,  Iowa,  October  1,  2,  3,  1941.  Contributions  shall 
not  exceed  5,000  words,  be  typewritten  in  English  in 
manuscript  form,  submitted  in  five  copies  and  must  be 

65 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


evidence  continues  to  support  the  thera- 
peutic effectiveness  of  Sulfathiazole  in 
the  treatment  of  Pneumococcal  and 
Staphylococcal  infections. 

SULFATHIAZOLE  (thiazole  anal- 
ogue of  sulfapyridine)  has  been  clinically 
demonstrated  to  be  less  toxic  than  either 
sulfanilamide  or  sulfapyridine.  More- 
over there  are  a number  of  observations 
which  indicate  that  the  sulfathiazole 
group  definitely  lessens  the  incidence 
and  severity  of  vomiting.  Other  advan- 
tages are  more  uniform  and  rapid  absorp- 
tion, less  conjugation  after  absorption, 
and  greater  effectiveness  against  the 
Staphylococcus. 

SULFATHIAZOLE,  “Ciba”  (2-sul- 

fanilyl-aminothiazole)  is  available  in  0.5 
gram  tablets,  in  bottles  of  50, 100,  500  and 
1000.  Also  available  are  5 gm.  bottles  of 
Sulfathiazole  crystals  for  making  reagent 
solutions  for  estimation  of  sulfathiazole 
content  of  the  blood. 


CIBA  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS,  live. 

SUMMIT  NEW  JERSEY 


received  not  later  than  May  1,  1941.  Further  details 
may  be  secured  from  Harold  Swanberg,  M.D.,  209 
WCU  Building,  Quincy,  Illinois. 

^ 5JC 

The  Radio  Committee  of  the  M.S.M.S.  advises  that 
the  following  Health  Talks  were  broadcast  over  radio 
station  CKLW : 

Saturday,  November  16,  1940 — 1 ;15  p.m.  “The  Com- 
mon Cold”  by  Arthur  E.  Hammond,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  November  23,  1940 — 1:15  p.m.  “Influenza” 
by  Thomas  Horan,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  November  30,  1940 — 1 :15  p.m.  “Pneumonia” 
by  Thomas  G.  McKean,  !\I.D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  December  7,  1940 — 1 :15  p.m.  “Osteomyeli- 
tis” by  Eugene  A.  Osius,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  December  14,  1940 — 1 :15  p.m.  “The  Value 
of  X-ray  Examinations  in  Accident  and  Emergency 
Cases”  by  E.  R.  Witwer,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  December  21,  1940 — 1:15  p.  m.  “Colitis”  by 
Harold  Kullman,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  December  28,  1940 — 1 :15  p.m.  “\\  intertime 
Accidents”  by  Luther  R.  Leader,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  January  4,  1941 — 1 :15  p.m. — “Sinus  Dis- 
ease” by  Wm.  S.  Gonne,  !M.D.,  Detroit. 


The  Joint  Committee  on  Health  Education  has  avail- 
able through  the  Extension  Division  of  the  University 
of  Alichigan  the  following  educational  health  films : 
“Preventing  Blindness  and  Saving  Sight”  (silent — 2 
reels)  ; “Behind  the  Shadows”  (Tuberculosis  Associa- 
tion, sound — 1 reel)  ; “Foods  and  Nutrition”  (sound — 
1 reel)  ; “With  These  Weapons”  (^Xmerican  Social  Hy- 
giene Ass’n — sound — 1 reel)  ; “Care  of  the  Premature 
Child”;  “Louis  Pasteur”  (sound — 2 reels);  “That 
Mothers  Might  Live”  (sound — 1 reel)  ; “They  Live 
Again”  (sound — 1 reel)  ; “Tracking  the  Sleeping  Death” 
(sound — 1 reel)  ; “Circulatory  Control”  (silent)  ; “The 
Feet”  (silent)  ; “Heart  Disease”  (sound — March  of 
Time)  ; “Heredity”  (sound)  ; “Life  of  the  Healthy 
Child”  (silent)  ; “Milk  and  Health”  (sound — March  of 
Time)  ; “Moving  X-Rays”  (sound)  ; “Nurses  in  the 
Making”  (silent — 2 reels)  ; “The  Alimentary  Tract” 
(sound)  ; “The  Blood”  (silent — reel)  ; and  “Cancer, 
Its  Cure  and  Prevention”  (sound— March  of  Time). 

During  the  year  ending  July  1,  1940,  Tlie  Joint  Com- 
mittee on  Health  Education  has  sponsored  148  lectures 
on  Cancer,  Syphilis  and  Sex  Education,  Dental  Hj-- 
giene,  Alental  Hygiene,  Child  Problems,  Skin,  Tuber- 
culosis, Child  Welfare,  General  Health,  Crippled  Chil- 
dren, iMedical  Care,  Nursing  and  Maternal  Hygiene. 
The  Committee  has  sponsored  twent\--four  talks  on 
similar  subjects  over  twelve  radio  stations  in  Michigan. 
Health  bulletins  have  been  issued  by  the  Committee  on 
the  subjects  of  “Problem  Solving  Approach  in  Health 
Teaching”;  “Health  Goals  for  the  School  Child”  and 
“Experiences  in  Healthful  Living  as  Developed  by 
Teachers”  and  pamphlets  on  cancer.  With  the  assist- 
ance of  the  iMichigan  Department  of  Health  over  20,000 
of  these  bulletins  have  been  distributed. 

jjc 

COUNCIL  AND  COMMITTEE  MEETINGS 

1.  Wednesda}%  December  18,  1940 — 1 :00  p.m. — Child 
Welfare  Committee,  WCiHS  Bldg.,  Detroit. 

2.  Wednesday,  December  19,  1940 — 6 :00  p.m. — Execu- 
tive Committee  of  The  Council,  Hotel  Statler,  Detroit. 

3.  Friday,  January  10,  1941 — 6:30  p.m. — Finance  Com- 
mittee of  The  Council,  Detroit. 

4.  Frida}',  January  10,  1941 — 6:30  p.m. — Publication 
Committee  of  The  Council,  Detroit. 

5.  Friday,  January  10,  1941 — 6:30  p.m. — County  So- 
cieties Committee  of  The  Council,  Detroit. 

6.  Saturday  and  Sunday.  January  11  and  12,  1941  — 
Midwinter  iMeeting  of  The  Council,  Detroit. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


66 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


DISTRICT  MEETINGS 

The  Second  District  meeting  will  be  held  on  Thurs- 
day, January  16,  1941,  Hayes  Hotel,  Jackson,  with  Coun- 
silor  Philip  A.  Riley,  M.D.,  presiding.  President-elect 
Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Detroit,  will  speak  on  “Michi- 
gan Aledical  Service” ; Secretary  L.  Fernald  Foster, 
M.D.,  Bay  City,  will  discuss  “Organizational  Activities”; 
and  President  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  will  out- 
line the  latest  developments  in  “Medical  Preparedness.” 
Other  officers  and  councilors  from  neighboring  districts 
will  be  guests  of  honor. 

The  Eighth  District  meeting  will  be  held  at  Saginaw, 
January  23,  1941,  with  Councilor  W.  E.  Barstow,  M.D., 
St.  Louis,  presiding.  President-elect  Henry  R.  Carstens, 
M.D.,  Detroit,  will  discuss  “Michigan  Medical  Service” ; 
“Organizational  Activities,  Including  Legislation”  will 
be  presented  by  Secretary  L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D., 
Bay  City ; Executive  Secretary  Bill  Burns  will  speak 
on  “Medical  Welfare” ; and  “Medical  Preparedness” 
will  be  outlined  by  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  president. 
Bay  City. 

The  Fifteenth  District  meeting  was  held  on  Wednes- 
day, January  8,  1941,  at  Rotunda  Inn,  Pine  Lake,  Coun- 
cilor Otto  O.  Beck,  M.D.,  Birmingham,  presiding.  Presi- 
dent-elect Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Detroit,  spoke  on 
“Michigan  Medical  Service” ; Secretary  L.  Fernald 
Foster,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  outlined  “Organizational  Ac- 
tivities, Including  Legislation  and  Medical  Welfare” ; 
and  President  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  spoke 
on  “Medical  Preparedness.” 


COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  MEETINGS 

Bay — Wednesday,  November  27 — Wenonah  Hotel, 
Bay  City — Speaker  : Clair  Folsome,  M.D. 

Ann  Arbor — Wednesday,  December  18 — Bay  City 
Country  Club — Annual  Meeting. 

Calhoun — Tuesday,  December  3 — Battle  Creek  Sani- 
tarium— Annual  Meeting.  Speaker  : Morris  Fishbein, 

Al.D.,  Chicago. 

Chippewa-Mackinac — Friday,  December  13 — Annual 
fleeting. 

Dickinson-Iron — Thursday,  December  5 — Annual 
Meeting. 

Genesee — Wednesday,  November  27 — Flint — Annual 
Meeting. 

Gratiot-I sahella-Clare — Thursday,  December  19,  Alma 
Annual  Christmas  Party. 

Hillsdale  — Thursday,  November  28  — Hillsdale  — 
Speaker:  John  Sheldon,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor. 

Ingham — Tuesday,  December  17,  Lansing — Annual 
Meeting. 

lonia-Montcalm — Tuesday,  December  10,  Greenville — 
Speaker : Reed  O.  Dingman,  M.D.,  D.D.S.,  Ann  Arbor. 

lackson — Tuesday,  November  19,  Jackson — Speaker: 
Harther  L.  Keim,  AI.D.,  Detroit.  Tuesday,  December  17, 
Jackson — Annual  Christmas  Party. 

Kalamazoo — Tuesday,  December  17,  Kalamazoo — 
Annual  fleeting.  Speaker : Hon.  George  E.  Bushnell, 

Chief  Justice,  ^klichigan  Supreme  Court. 

Kent — Tuesday,  December  10,  Grand  Rapids — Annual 
^Meeting. 

Lenaivcc — Tuesday,  November  19,  Adrian — Speaker  : 
John  Barnwell,  iH.D.,  Ann  Arbor. 

Muskegon — Friday,  December  13,  Muskegon — Annual 
Meeting. 

Oakland — Wednesday,  December  4,  Pine  Lake — An- 
nual iMeeting. 

Ontonagon — Wednesday,  December  4,  Ontonagon — 
Annual  Meeting. 

St.  Clair — Tuesday,  November  26,  Port  Huron — 
Speaker:  Dr.  Mitchell,  Detroit.  Tuesday,  December 

10,  Port  Huron — Speaker : Clifford  D.  Benson,  Detroit. 
Tuesday,  January  7,  St.  Clair  Inn,  St.  Clair — Annual 
Meeting. 

Washtenaw — Tuesday,  December  10,  Ann  Arbor — 
Speaker : Charles  F.  ^IcKhann,  !M.D.,  Ann  Arbor. 

Janu.arv,  1941 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 

White  Daks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 

White  Daks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


67 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


\ndicated 
for  ^Aemorable 
^Aoments 

It’s  professional  to  let  your  taste 
prescribe  the  Scotch  of  its  own 
choosing . . . fine-flavoured  Johnnie 
Walker.  For  there’s  no  finer  whisky 
than  Scotch  and  Johnnie  Walker 
is  Scotch  at  its  smooth,  mellow  best. 

IT'S  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

\yALKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


IVayne — November  4 — 1st  and  16th  District  Meeting. 
November  11 — Medical  Meeting.  Speaker:  Joseph  T. 

W'earn,  ]\I.D.,  Cleveland.  November  19 — Feather  Party. 
November  25 — Symposium  on  Peptic  Uulcer.  December 
2 — “Medicine  in  the  Defense  Program”  by  Irvin  Abell, 
AI.D.,  Louisville,  Ky'.  December  9 — Speaker ; Soma 
Weiss,  M.D.,  Boston.  December  16 — General  Practice 
Meeting — Speakers : Harry  Miller,  M.D.,  Wm.  Car- 

penter, M.D.,  Wm.  H.  Good,  M.D.,  and  R.  T.  Crowley, 
M.D.  January  6 — Speaker:  Howard  T.  Karsner,  M.D., 
Cleveland. 

* * * 

NEW  COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OmCERS 
Allegan 

President — R.  J.  Walker,  !M.D.,  Saugatuck 
Vice  President — Bert  Van  Der  Kolk,  M.D.,  Hopkins 
Secretary — E.  B.  Johnson,  M.D.,  Allegan 
Treasurer — H.  M.  Benning,  M.D.,  Allegan 
Delegate — C.  A.  Dickinson,  M.D.,  Wayland 
Alternate — W.  C.  Medill,  !M.D.,  Plainwell 
Bay-Arenac-Iosco 

President — R.  N.  Sherman,  M.D.,  Bay  City' 
President-Elect — Fred  Drummond,  M.  D.,  Kawkawlin 
Secretary-Treasurer — L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Bay  City 
Medico-Legal  Advisor — E.  A.  Wittwer,  M.D.,  Bay  City 
Delegates — C.  L.  Hess,  iM.D.,  Bay  City ; Fred  Drum- 
mond, M.D.,  Kawkawlin 

Alternates — R.  H.  Criswell,  M.D.,  Bay  City;  I.  N. 
Asline,  iM.D.,  Essexville 

Calhoun 

President — Harry'  F.  Becker,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek. 
President-Elect — John  E.  Cooper,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek. 
Vice  President — Benjamin  G.  Holtom,  M.D.,  Battle 
Creek. 

Secretary-Treasurer — Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Battle 
Creek. 

Delegates — Harvey  Hansen,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek;  A. 

T.  Hafford,  AI.D.,  Albion. 

Alternate  Delegates — Geo.  \\ . Slagle,  M.D.,  Battle 
Creek;  A.  A.  Humphrey,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek. 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

President — B.  T.  ^Montgomery,  M.D.,  Sault  Ste.  Marie. 
Vice  President — Clayton  Willison,  !M.D.,  Sault  Ste. 
Marie. 

Secretary-Treasurer — L.  J.  Hakala,  M.D.,  Sault  Ste. 
Alarie. 

Delegate — L.  iM.  iMcBryde,  M.D.,  Sault  Ste.  Marie. 
Alternate — \\'.  F.  iMertaugh,  M.D.,  Sault  Ste.  Marie. 

Clinton 

President — Dean  \\ . Hart,  }\LD.,  St.  Johns. 

Vice  President — S.  R.  Russell,  AI.D.,  St.  Johns. 
Secretary-Treasurer — T.  Y.  Ho,  M.D.,  St.  Johns. 
Delegate — G.  H.  Frace,  M.D.,  St.  Johns. 

Alternate  Delegate — W.  B.  iMcW'illiams,  M.D.,  Maple 
Rapids. 

Dickinson-Iron 

President — Harry  H.  Haight,  M.D.,  Crystal  Falls. 
President-Elect — R.  E.  White,  M.D.,  Stambaugh. 
Secretary-Treasurer — E.  B.  Andersen,  M.D.,  Iron 
Mountain. 

Delegate — W.  H.  Ale.xander,  M.D.,  Iron  Mountain. 
Alternate  Delegate — E.  B.  Andersen,  !M,D.,  Iron 
Mountain. 

Genesee 

President — Clifford  V\  . Colwell,  AI.D.,  Flint. 
President-Elect — Donald  R.  W right,  AI.D.,  Flint. 
Secretary — John  S.  Wyman,  M.D.,  Flint. 

Treasurer — Donald  L.  Bishop,  AI.D.,  Flint. 
Medico-Legal  Officer — Herbert  Randall,  M.D.,  Flint. 
Delegates : George  J.  Curry,  AI.D.,  Donald  R.  Brasie, 
M.D.,  Frank  E.  Reeder,  ]M.D.  and  Henry  Cook, 
M.D.,  all  of  Flint. 

Alternates — Robert  Scott,  M.D.,  A.  Dale  Kirk,  M.D., 

T.  S.  Conover,  Al.D.,  and  Frank  Johnson,  M.D., 
all  of  Flint. 


68 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 

President — James  W.  Gauntlett,  M.D.,  Traverse  City 
Vice  President — Dwight  Goodrich,  M.D.,  Traverse  City 
Secretary-Treasurer — I.  H.  Zielke,  M.D.,  Traverse  City 
Medical  Legal  Advisor — Fred  G.  Swartz,  M.D.,  Trav- 
erse City 

Ingham 

President — Harold  W.  W iley,  M.D.,  Lansing. 
President-Elect — O.  M.  Randall,  M.D.,  Lansing. 
Secretary — R.  J.  Himmelberger,  M.D.,  Lansing. 
Treasurer — Charles  R.  Doyle,  M.D.,  Lansing. 
Delegates — C.  F.  DeVries,  M.D.,  Lansing;  T.  I. 
Bauer,  M.D.,  Lansing;  L.  G.  Christian,  M.D., 
Lansing. 

Alternates — Robert  S.  Breakey,  M.D.,  Lansing ; R.  L. 
Finch,  M.D.,  Lansing;  C.  S.  Davenport,  M.D., 
Lansing. 

lonia-Montcalm 

President — L.  L.  Marston,  M.D.,  Lakeview. 
President-Elect — Joseph  J.  Johns,  M.D.,  Ionia. 
Secretary-Treasurer — John  J.  McCann,  M.D.,  Ionia. 
Delegate — W.  L.  Bird,  M.D.,  Greenville. 

Alternate — C.  T.  Pankhurst,  M.D.,  Ionia. 

Member  of  the  Council — F.  M.  Marsh,  M.D.,  Ionia. 
Member  of  Ethics  Committee — H.  M.  Maynard,  M.D., 
Ionia. 

Lenawee 

President — Bernard  Patmos,  M.D.,  Adrian. 
Vice-President — A.  O.  Abraham,  M.D.,  Hudson. 
Secretary-Treasurer — Esli  T.  Morden,  M.D.,  Adrian. 
Delegate — A.  W.  Chase,  M.D.,  Adrian. 

Alternate — Bernard  Patmos,  M.D.,  Adrian. 


Manistee 

President — E.  B.  Miller,  M.D.,  Manistee 

Vice  President — W.  Norconk,  M.D.,  Bear  Lake 

Secretary-Treasurer — C.  L.  Grant,  M.D.,  Manistee 

Medical  Society  of  North  Central  Counties 

President — Stanley  A.  Stealy,  M.D.,  Grayling 
Vice  President — L.  A.  LaPorte,  M.D.,  Gladwin 
Secretary-Treasurer — C.  G.  Clippert,  M.D.,  Grayling 

Ontonagon 

President — ^J.  L.  Bender,  M.D.,  Mass. 

President-Elect — H.  B.  Hogue,  M.D.,  Ewen. 
Secretary-Treasurer — R.  J.  Shale,  M.D.,  Ontonagon. 
Delegate — W.  F.  Strong,  M.D.,  Ontonagon. 

Alternate — H.  B.  Hogue,  M.D.,  Ewen. 

Ottawa 

President — C.  E.  Long,  M.D.,  Grand  Haven 
Vice  President — J.  Ver  Duin,  M.D.,  Grand  Haven 
Secretary-Treasurer — D.  C.  Bloemendaal,  M.D.,  Zee- 
land 

Sanilac 

President— H.  H.  Learmont,  M.D.,  Croswell. 
Secretary-Treasurer — E.  W^  Blanchard,  AI.D.,  Decker- 
ville. 

Tuscola 

President — W.  P.  Petrie,  M.D.,  Caro. 

President-Elect — E.  C.  Swanson,  M.D.,  Vassar. 
Secretary-Treasurer — W^.  Dickerson,  M.D.,  Wahja- 
mega. 

Delegate — T.  E.  Hoffman,  M.D.,  Vassar. 

Alternate — W^  Dickerson,  M.D.,  Wahjamega. 


Makes  It  Convenient  and  Quick  to  Test 
And  Treat  Allergy  and  Hay  Fever  Patients 


Test  Sets:  “Pollen  Pak/'  “The 
Physician/'  “The  Group"  and  “The 
Clinic."  Treatment  Materials  {700- 
1000  allergens  available):  Pollens, 


The  Barry  Service  is  the  only  spe- 
cialized local  medical  service  of  its 
kind  in  the  allergy  field.  Complete 
line  of  test  materials  exclusively 
for  physicians'  use.  Then,  your  in- 
dividual patient's  prescription  is 
filled  with  freshly  prepared  desen- 
sitization materials  (Barry). 

The  Barry  Allergy  Laboratory 
is  represented  by  the  leading  med- 
ical distributors  throughout  the 
“Hay  Fever  Belt." 

Foods,  Epidermals,  Fungi,  and 
Bacteria.  Write  for  descriptive  lit- 
erature. The  Barry  Allergy  Lab- 
oratory, 220  Bagley,  Detroit,  Mich. 


January,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


69 


IN  MEMORIAM 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 


J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS* 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


RUPP  & mm  CO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


jWcmoriam 


Herbert  W.  Hewitt  of  Detroit,  Michigan,  was  born 
October  13,  1875,  in  Milford,  Michigan,  and  was  gradu- 
ated from  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  in  1903, 
after  which  time  he  served  a two-year  internship  at 
Harper  Hospital.  This  was  followed  by  an  assistant- 
ship  to  William  F.  Metcalf,  M.D.,  for  a period  of  six 
years.  From  1904-1909  he  was  Demonstrator  of  Anat- 
omy in  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 
He  took  postgraduate  work  in  pathology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan  and  was  Clinical  Professor  of 
Surgery  at  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  and  Surg- 
ery between  1918-1920.  In  1923  he  became  Attending 
Surgeon  at  Grace  Hospital,  a position  he  held  for 
many  years  until  he  became  Chief  of  the  Surgical 
Department.  Doctor  Hewitt  was  the  author  of  numer- 
ous articles,  chiefly  on  surgery,  which  appeared  in  local, 
state  and  national  journals.  He  died  October  17,  1940. 

Edwin  C.  Hoff  of  Detroit,  Michigan,  was  born 
April  20,  1875,  in  Carey,  Ohio,  and  was  graduated 
from  the  Cleveland  Homeopathic  Medical  College  in 
1901.  Following  graduation,  he  came  to  Detroit  to 
intern  in  Grace  Hospital.  Completing  his  internship, 
he  established  an  office  on  West  Fort  Street.  He 
remained  in  this  location  but  a short  time,  moving  to 
101  Broadway.  He  moved  his  office  to  the  David  Whit- 
ney Building  when  it  was  erected  in  1915.  Doctor 
Hoff  was  a member  of  the  State  Homeopathic  Society 
and  a Fellow  of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons, 
as  well  as  other  organizations.  He  died  October  23, 
1940. 


Arthur  E.  Leitch  of  Saginaw,  Michigan,  was  born 
near  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada,  in  1872,  and  was 
graduated  from  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  in 
1893.  He  first  located  in  Ohio  and  then  moved  to 
Saginaw  where  he  practiced  for  forty  years.  Doctor 
Leitch  was  a member  of  the  staff  of  both  St.  ^Mary’s 
and  St.  Luke’s  Hospitals.  During  the  World  War  he 
served  in  the  Medical  Corps.  In  1931  he  was  president 
of  the  Saginaw  County  Medical  Society.  Doctor  Leitch 
died  December  9,  1940. 

Moses  Emmett  Morton  of  Detroit  was  born  in 
Lowndes  County,  Alabama,  in  1888  and  was  graduated 
from  the  University  of  Michigan  in  1918.  He  located 
in  Lowndesboro  and  later  came  to  Detroit  and  opened 
an  office  in  “Black  Bottom”  where  he  became  the  friend 
and  teacher  to  many  young  Negro  medical  men  in  the 
art  of  surgery  during  their  resident  da3'S.  He  was  on 
the  staff  of  Trinit>'  Hospital.  Doctor  Morton  died 
November  12,  1940. 

Herman  G.  Rosenblum  of  Flint,  Michigan,  was 
born  September  30,  1892,  was  graduated  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh  and  Toledo  Medical  College  in 
1919  and  located  in  Calumet,  Michigan.  He  served  with 
the  United  States  Air  Service  overseas  for  two  years 
and  was  wounded  twice.  Following  the  war.  Doctor 
Rosenblum  gave  up  the  practice  of  medicine  and  was 
associated  with  his  father  in  the  clothing  business. 
Later  he  studied  proctologj-  under  L.  J.  Hirschman, 
AI.D.,  of  Detroit  and  returned  to  the  medical  pro- 
fession, opening  his  offices  in  Flint,  March,  1934. 
Doctor  Rosenblum  died  October  27,  1940. 

Bruno  J.  Sawicki  of  Detroit.  Michigan,  was  born 
in  Cleveland,  Ohio,  May  15,  1889,  and  was  graduated 
from  Western  Reserve  College  and  the  Detroit  College 
of  IMedicine  in  1917.  In  the  World  War  he  served  as 
Captain  in  the  U.  S.  Medical  Corps.  Doctor  Sawicki 
had  practiced  in  Detroit  for  twenty-four  years  and  his 
death  was  the  result  of  injuries  sustained  in  an  auto- 
mobile accident  near  Bay  City,  October  12,  1940. 

Chester  Ambrose  Wilkinson,  of  Kendall,  Michi- 
gan, was  born  in  Harveyville,  Penns>’lvania,  Januar\' 
8,  1862,  and  was  graduated  from  the  Jefferson  Medical 
School  at  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in  1888.  In  1890  he  moved 
to  Michigan,  taking  up  residence  in  Kendall  where 
he  had  lived  for  the  past  half  century.  Dr.  Wilkinson 
was  on  the  staff  of  Bronson  Hospital.  He  died  on 
October  11,  1940. 


Doctor,  remember  your  particular  friends,  the  exhibi- 
tors, at  your  annual  convention,  when  )’ou  have  need 
of  equipment,  appliances,  medical  supplies,  and  service. 
Here  are  ten  of  the  firms  which  helped  make  the  1940 
Convention  such  a success ; 

S.M.A.  Corporation,  Chicago 

Sharp  & Dohme,  Philadelphia 

Scientific  Sugar  Company,  Columbus,  Indiana 

Sobering  Corporation,  Bloomfield,  New  Jersey 

W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia 

Frank  N.  Ruslander,  Detroit 

Randolph  Surgical  Supply  Company,  Detroit 

Ralston  Purina  Company,  Inc.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri 

Professional  Management,  Battle  Creek 

Philip  Morris  & Company,  New  York 


70 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Acknowledgement  of  all  books  received  will  he  made  in  this 
column  and  this  will  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  he  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 


THE  1940  YEAR  BOOK  OF  GENERAL  MEDICINE.  Edi^d 
by  George  F.  Dick,  M.D.;  J.  Burns  Amberson,  Jr.,  M.D.; 
George  R.  Minot,  M.D.,  S.D.,  F.R.C.P.  (Edinburgh  and 
London);  William  B.  Castle,  M.D.,  A.M.,  M.D.  (Hon.), 
Utracht;  William  D.  Stroud,  M.D.;  George  B.  Eusterman, 
M.D.  Chicago:  The  Year  Book  Publishers,  Inc.,  1940. 

Price:  $3.00. 

Forty  years  ago  the  first  volume  of  the  Year  Book 
of  General  Medicine  was  published  with  Frank  Billings 
as  the  principal  editor.  In  this  fortieth  edition  there 
are  934  pages  instead  of  the  original  274.  The  editors 
now  include  George  Dick,  George  R.  Minot  and  William 
D.  Stroud.  In  addition  to  the  usual  review  of  the  litera- 
ture there  are  new  features ; such  as,  discussion  of 
oral  immunization  against  scarlet  fever  by  Dick,  Minot’s 
and  Castle’s  color  plate  on  differential  diagnosis  of 
congenital  hemolytic  jaundice,  articles  by  Stroud  on 
digitalis,  cancer  of  the  stomach  by  Eusterman,  and  the 
physician  and  the  tuberculosis  campaign  by  Amberson. 


HEMORRHOIDS  AND  THEIR  TREATMENT:  THE  VARI- 
COSE SYNDROME  OF  THE  RECITUM.  By  Kasper  Blond, 
M.D.,  Vienna;  Formerly  First  Assistant,  Rothchild  Hospital, 
Vienna;  Hon.  Consulting  Surgeon,  Municipal  Hospital, 
Vienna;  etc.  Translated  by  E.  Stanley  Lee,  M.S.,  F.R.C.S., 
Hon.  Assistant  Surgeon,  Westminster  Hospital.  A William 
Wood  Book.  Baltimore:  The  Williams  & Wilkins  Company, 
1940.  Price:  $4.50. 

E.  Stanley  Lee  of  W estminster  Hospital  in  London 
has  worked  with  the  author  in  preparing  a new  edition, 
in  the  English  language,  of  the  German  edition  pub- 


lished in  1935.  Kasper  Blond  is  an  ardent  proponent 
of  the  injection  treatment  of  certain  anal  and  rectal 
disorders  and  has  achieved  great  success.  The  color 
plates  are  beautiful.  The  subject  is  treated  in  a very 
instructive  manner.  This  monograph  should  be  of  value 
to  any  practitioner  who  does  anal  injection  therapy. 


TABER’S  CYCLOPEDIC  MEDICAL  DICTIONARY,  Includ- 
ing a Digest  of  Medical  Subjects.  By  Clarence  Wilbur 
Taber,  and  Associates.  273  Illustrations.  Philadelphia:  F. 
A.  Dayis  Company,  1940.  Price:  Cloth,  Thumb-indexed 

$3.00;  Plain  $2.50. 

This  dictionarji,  a volume  seven  by  five  inches,  con- 
tains fifteen  hundred  pages  and  almost  as  many  words 
as  the  larger  unabridged  medical  dictionaries.  There 
are  numerous  illustrations  and  a legible  type.  Numerous 
tables,  glossaries,  etc.,  are  included  making  it  a very 
handy  and  useful  desk  volume. 


THE  PRACTICE  OF  MEDICINE.  By  Jonathan  Campbell 
Meakins,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of  Medicine  and  Director 
of  the  Department  of  Medicine,  McGill  University;  Phy- 
sician-in-Chief,  Royal  Victoria  Hospital,  Montreal;  Formerly 
Professor  of  Therapeutics  and  Clinical  Medicine,  University 
of  Edinburgh.  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh; 
Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada;  Fellow  of  the 
Royal  College  of  Physicians,  London;  Fellow  of  the  Royal 
College  of  Physicians,  Edinburgh;  Honorary  Fellow  of  the 
Royal  College  of  Physicians,  Canada;  Fellow  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Physicians.  Third  Edition.  With  562  Illus- 
trations including  48  in  color.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby 
Company,  1940.  Price:  $10.00. 

This  is  the  third  edition  of  Doctor  Meakins’  textbook 
on  medicine  first  published  in  1936.  Noted  for  its  many 
illustrations  in  the  first  two  edtions,  there  have  been 
additional  cuts  and  color  plates  added  which  should 
aid  the  student  and  practitioner  to  a great  degree.  It 
is  not  a book  to  be  used  for  quick  reference  but  is 
quite  readable.  The  newer  discoveries  of  medicine  are 
included  and  the  general  subject  matter  is  carefully 


i 


Complete  information  mailed  on  request 

★ JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATED  ★ 

IPHILADELPHIA,  PA.I 


Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline 
compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
Available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and 
soluble  trituration  for  the  preparation 
of  solutions;  suppositories;  water-sol- 
uble jelly;  and  powder  for  insufflation. 


J.\NU.^RY,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


71 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 

ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technic  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting  every 
two  weeks.  General  Courses  One,  Two,  Three  and 
Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special  Courses.  Rectal 
Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINE — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
June  2nd.  One  Month  Course  in  Electrocardiography 
& Heart  Disease  every  month,  except  August  and 
December. 

FRACTURES  & TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— Two 
Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting  March  10  and  May 
5.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
February  24  and  April  7.  Clinical,  Diagnostic  and 
Didactic  Course  every  week. 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
April  21.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  April  7.  Informal  and  Personal  Courses  every 
week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  April  21.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-Ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-Ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in 
All  Branches  of  Medicine,  Surgery  and 
the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address: 

Registrar,  427  South  Honore  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois 


prepared  in  a manner  easily  assimilable.  The  typography 
is  excellent  and  the  green  tinted  paper  is  a welcome 
aid  to  night  reading. 


PHYSIOLOGY  AND  ANATOMY.  By  Esther  M.  Greisheimer, 
B.S.  in  Education,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Physiol- 
ogy, Woman’s  Medical  College  of  Pennsylvania  Philadelphia; 
Formerly  Associate  Professor  of  Physiology  The  University 
of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis.  471  Illustrations  of  which  52 
are  in  color.  Fourth  Edition,  Revised  and  Reset.  Phila- 
delphia, London,  Montreal:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Company,  1940. 
Price:  $3.50. 

Dr.  Esther  Greisheimer  has  written  this  volume  as 
a textbook  for  the  student  nurse  and  the  physical  edu- 
cation student  and  approaches  the  two  subjects  in  a 
correlated  manner  establishing  the  inter-relationship  be- 
tween physiology  and  anatomy.  The  pre-medical  student 
who  has  read  this  book  will  find  the  later  intensive 
study  of  these  subjects  in  medical  school  much  easier  to 
absorb,  and  it  should  also  prove  of  great  value  to  the 
practitioner  who  wishes  to  refresh  his  memory  on  these 
subjects. 


FRACTURES  AND  DISLOCATIONS  FOR  PRACTITIONERS. 
By  Edwin  O.  Geckeler,  M.D.,  Fellow  of  the  American  Col- 
lege of  Surgeons,  Fellow  of  the  American  Academy  of 
Orthopedic  Surgeons,  Diplomate  of  the  American  Board 
of  Orthopedic  Surgery.  Second  Edition.  A William  Wood 
Book.  Baltimore:  The  Williams  & Wilkins  Company,  1940. 
Price:  $4.00. 

The  claim  of  the  publisher  that  here  are  “Foolproof 
Procedures  for  Practitioners”  may  be  a bit  extreme 
since  there  are  no  foolproof  procedures  in  medicine  (or 
in  any  other  business  or  profession)  but  undoubtedly 
following  the  instructions  given  in  this  volume  would 
considerably  reduce  the  number  of  poor  results  in  frac- 
ture work  and  the  inevitable  suits  for  malpractice.  The 
extreme  practicality  of  this  three  hundred  page  text- 
book for  practitioners  places  it  in  the  recommended 
class. 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

4> 

Ward  S.  Ferguson,  M.  D.  James  C.  Droste,  M.  D.  Lynn  A.  Ferguson,  M.  D. 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

* 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICHIGAN 

« 

Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


72 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


MEDICAL  PREPAREDNESS  COMMITTEES 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society  Committee 

Burton  R.  Corbus,  Chairman,  Grand  Rapids ; E.  G. 
Buesser,  Detroit;  L.  Eernald  Eoster,  Bay  City;  H.  H. 
Riecker,  Ann  Arbor ; A.  B.  Smith,  Grand  Rapids ; and 
P.  R.  Urmston,  Bay  City. 

County  Society  Committees 

Allegan — W.  R.  Vaughan,  Plainwell,  Chairman;  H.  T. 
Stuch  and  J.  H.  VanNess  of  Allegan. 

Alpena-Alcona-Presque  Isle — E.  S.  Parmenter,  Chair- 
man, W.  E.  Nesbitt  and  J.  A.  Ramsey,  all  of  Alpena. 

Barry — Gordon  Eisher,  Chairman,  and  Robert  B.  Dark- 
ness of  Hastings;  Herbert  Wedel,  Freeport. 

Bay-Arenac-Iosco — Roy  C.  Perkins,  Chairman,  J.  H. 
McEwan  and  iM.  R.  Slattery,  all  of  Bay  City. 

Berrien — Fred  Henderson,  Niles,  Chairman ; Carl 
Mitchell,  Benton  Harbor;  C.  S.  Emory,  St.  Joseph. 

Branch — R.  L.  Wade,  Coldwater,  Chairman;  J.  E. 
Bailey,  Bronson ; and  N.  J.  Walton,  Quincy. 

Calhoun — R.  C.  Winslow,  Chairman ; Russell  L.  Mus- 
tard, Harvey  Hansen,  all  of  Battle  Creek. 

Cass — Geo.  Loupee,  Chairman,  and  R.  I.  Clary  of  Do- 
wagiac ; and  U.  M.  Adams,  !Marcellus. 

Chippewa-Mackinac — Clayton  Willison,  Chairman;  L.  J. 
Hakala  and  E.  O.  Gilfillan,  all  of  Sault  Ste.  Marie. 

Clinton — F.  E.  Luton,  St.  John’s,  Chairman;  W.  B. 
^IcWilliams,  Maple  Rapids ; F.  D.  Richards,  DeWitt. 

Delta-Schoolcraft — W.  A.  LeMire,  Chairman ; J.  J. 
Walch,  and  D.  H.  Boyce,  all  of  Escanaba. 

Dickinson-Iron — D.  R.  Smith,  Iron  Mt.,  Chairman; 
R.  E.  White,  Stambaugh ; Harry  Haight,  Crystal 
Falls. 

Eaton — C.  L.  D.  McLaughlin,  Vermontville,  Chairman; 
Don  V.  Hargrave,  Eaton  Rapids ; E.  G.  Stanka,  Grand 
Ledge. 

Genesee — Ray  S.  Morrish,  Chairman ; M.  S.  Chambers 
and  Wm.  W.  Stevenson,  all  of  Flint. 

Gogebic — D.  C.  Eisele,  Ironwood,  Chairman ; C.  E. 
Stevens,  Bessemer;  H.  A.  Tressel,  Wakefield. 

Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie — h.  R.  Way,  Chair- 
man ; H.  B.  Kyselka  and  J.  H.  Altland,  all  of 
Traverse  City. 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare — E.  S.  Oldham,  Breckenridge, 
Chairman ; F.  G.  Slattery,  Clare ; and  R.  H.  Strange, 
Mt.  Pleasant. 

Hillsdale — B.  F.  Green,  M.D.,  Hillsdale,  Chairman ; 
W.  H.  Allegar,  Pittsf  ord ; H.  C.  Miller,  Hillsdale. 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw — T.  P.  Wickliffe,  Calu- 
met, Chairman ; Leonard  Aldrich,  Hancock ; Maurice 
Kadin,  Calumet. 

Huron — Willet  Harrington,  Bad  Axe,  Chairman. 

Ingham — John  Wellman,  Chairman;  Milton  Shaw,  T. 

P.  Vanderzalm,  all  of  Lansing. 
lonia-Montcalm — W.  W.  Norris,  Portland,  Chairman ; 

M.  A.  Hoffs,  Lake  Odessa ; L.  S.  Dunkin,  Greenville. 
Jackson — Geo.  A.  Seybold,  Chairman ; Wayne  A.  Coch- 
rane, Corwin  S.  Clarke,  all  of  Jackson. 

Kalamazoo — Mathew  Peelen,  Richard  U.  Light  and 
Hugo  Aach,  all  of  Kalamazoo. 

Kent — Paul  Willits,  Chairman ; Leon  Sevey  and  J.  B. 

Whinery,  all  of  Grand  Rapids. 

Lapear — Fred  Hanna,  Chairman,  and  H.  M.  Best  of 
Lapear,  and  C.  D.  Chapin,  Columbiaville. 

January,  1941 


Lenawee — A.  W.  Chass,  Chairman ; L.  J.  Stafford  and 
E.  T.  Morden,  all  of  Adrian. 

Livingston — ^J.  J.  Hendron,  Fowlerville,  Chairman;  H.  L. 
Bigler  and  S.  Gamble,  Howell. 

Luce — G.  F.  Swanson,  Chairman ; M.  A.  Siurell  and 
W.  R.  Purmort,  Jr.,  all  of  Newberry. 

Macomb — R.  W.  Ullrich,  Mt.  Clemens,  Chairman ; A.  B. 
Bower,  Armada ; A.  M.  Rothman,  East  Detroit. 

Manistee — Harlen  MacMullen,  E.  A.  Oakes  and  J.  F. 
Konopa,  all  of  Manistee. 

Marquette-Alger — N.  J.  McCann,  Chairman,  and  A.  W. 
Erickson  of  Ishpeming;  H.  P.  Blake,  Marquette. 

Mason — R.  A.  Ostrander,  Chairman ; H.  B.  Hoffman, 
and  L.  J.  Goulet,  all  of  Ludington. 

Mecosta-Osceola-Lake — James  B.  Campbell,  Big  Rap- 
ids, Chairman ; J.  A.  White,  Morley ; P.  B.  Kilmer, 
Reed  City. 

Menominee — F.  J.  Dewane,  Menominee,  Chairman ; K. 

C.  Kerwell,  Stephenson;  John  Towey,  Powers. 
Midland — ^Joseph  Sherk,  Chairman;  Chas.  MacCallum 
and  Harold  H.  Gay,  all  of  Midland. 

Monroe — J.  H.  McMillin,  Monroe,  Chairman ; H.  L. 

Meek,  Dundee ; W.  A.  Hunter,  iMonroe. 

Muskegon — E.  O.  Foss,  Chairman ; L.  E.  Holly  and 
Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  Muskegon. 

Newaygo — T.  R.  Duer,  Grant,  Chairman;  O.  D.  StrjLer, 
Fremont,  and  A.  C.  Tompsett,  Hesperia. 

Northern  Michigan  (Antrin,  Charlevoix,  Cheboygan, 
Emmet) — Wesley  East,  Petoskey,  Chairman;  Fred 
Mayne,  Cheboygan;  Jerrian  VanDellen,  Ellsworth. 
Oakland — h.  A.  Farnham,  Chairman;  Ethan  B.  Cudnej^ 
and  Chauncey  G.  Burke,  all  of  Pontiac. 

Oceana — J.  H.  Nicholson,  Chairman,  Hart ; F.  A.  Reetz, 
Shelby,  and  M.  C.  Wood,  Hart. 

Medical  Society  of  North  Central  Counties  (Otsego- 
Montmorency- Crawford- Osceola- Roscommon  - Oge- 
maw-Gladwin-Kalkaska) — C.  G.  Clippert,  Grayling, 
Chairman ; G.  L.  McKillop,  Gaylord,  and  R.  J.  Beeby, 
W.  Branch. 

Ontonagon — E.  J.  Evans,  Chairman,  and  F.  W.  McHugh 
of  Ontonagon,  and  J.  L.  Bender,  Mass. 

Ottawa — E.  H.  Beernink,  Grand  Haven,  Chairman ; 

Wm.  Westrate,  Holland ; Wm.  Winters,  Holland. 
Saginaw — S.  A.  Sheldon,  L.  D.  Gomon,  and  H.  J. 
Meyer,  all  of  Saginaw. 

Sanilac — R.  K.  Hart,  Croswell,  Chairman;  H.  V.  Nor- 
gaard,  Marlette ; G.  C.  Robertson,  Sandusky. 
Shiawassee — J.  J.  Haviland,  Chairman ; J.  S.  Janci,  and 
H.  A.  Hume,  all  of  Owosso. 

St.  Clair — Geo.  Waters,  Chairman ; D.  W.  Patterson, 
J.  H.  Burley,  all  of  Port  Huron. 

St.  Joseph — J.  W.  Rice,  Sturgis,  Chairman;  R.  A. 

Springer,  Centerville ; L.  K.  Slote,  Constantine. 
Tuscola — O.  G.  Johnson,  Mayville,  Chairman;  L.  L. 

Savage,  Caro ; E.  C.  Swanson,  Vassar. 

Van  Buren — Chas.  Ten  Houten,  Chairman,  Paw  Paw; 
Arthur  A.  McNabb,  Lawrence;  J.  F.  Itzen,  South 
Haven. 

Washtenaw — M.  E.  Soller,  Ypsilanti,  Chairman;  Paul 
Bassow,  Ann  Arbor,  and  Richard  Baugh,  Milan. 
Wayne — C.  D.  Moll,  Chairman ; Carl  Hanna,  E.  F. 
Draves,  O.  A.  Brines,  all  of  Detroit ; T.  K.  Gruber, 
Eloise,  and  T.  G.  Amos,  Detroit. 

Advisory — F.  E.  Winter,  M.D.,  Lt.  Colonel,  Medical 
Corps,  U.  S.  Army,  Station  Hospital,  Fort  Wayne, 
Detroit — J.  E.  Malcomson,  M.D.,  Lt.  Commander, 
Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  Navy,  Detroit. 
Wexford-Missaukee — J.  F.  Gruber,  Chairman;  Lau- 
rence Showalter,  and  M.  R.  Murphy,  all  of  Cadillac. 

73 


MISCELLANEOUS 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


COUNTY  SECRETARIES  CONFERENCE 

Sunday,  January  19,  1941 

10:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

Olds  Hotel,  Lansing 

Horace  Wray  Porter, . M.D.,  Jackson,  Chairman  of 
Secretaries,  Presiding 

Morning  Program 

1.  Welcome  by  Harold  W.  Wiley,  M.D.,  Lansing,  Pres- 
ident, Ingham  County  Medical  Society. 

2.  “The  Future  in  Legislation”  (10  minutes). 

By  L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  Secretary, 
M.S.M.S. 

3.  “Michigan  Medical  Service”  (10  minutes) 

By  Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Detroit,  President- 
Elect,  M.S.M.S. 

4.  “Medical  Preparedness”  (10  minutes) 

By  Lt.  Col.  Harold  A.  Furlong,  M.D.,  Lansing, 
Medical  Board,  State  Selective  Service  Headquar- 
ters. 

5.  “How  to  Make  Your  County  Medical  Society  More 
Influential  and  Successful”  (20  minutes) 

By  H.  Van  Y.  Caldwell,  Cleveland,  Executive  Sec- 
retary, Academy  of  Medicine  of  Cleveland. 

Noon-Day  Dinner 
1 :00  p.m. 

“Michigan’s  New  Intangibles  Tax  Law” 

By  Joseph  H.  Creighton,  Manager,  Intangibles  Tax 
Division,  State  Tax  Commission,  Lansing. 

Afternoon  Program 

Joint  Meeting  with  State  and  County  Health  Officers 

Paul  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  President,  M.S.M.S., 
presiding 

1.  “Industrial  Health  in  Relation  to  National  Defense” 
(10  minutes) 

By  K,  E.  Markuson,  M.D.,  Lansing. 

2.  “Immunization  Schedule”  (10  minutes) 

By  W.  C.  C.  Cole,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

3.  “Tuberculosis  Case  Finding”  (10  minutes) 

By  A.  W.  Newitt,  M.D.,  Lansing. 

4.  “New  Five-Day  Treatment  for  Syphilis”  (10  min- 
utes) 

By  L.  W.  Shaffer,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Discussion  Period  led  by  H.  Allen  Moyer,  M.D., 
Lansing,  State  Health  Commissioner. 


DO  NOT  FORGET  YOUR  POSTGRADUATE 
PROGRAM  FOR  1941 

Intramural  Courses 

Allergy 

Anatomy* 

Diseases  of  Blood  and  Blood-forming  Organs 

Diseases  of  Cardio-vascular  System 

Diseases  of  Genito-urinary  Tract 

Electrocardiography 

Gastroenterology 

Gynecology  and  Obstetrics 

Laboratory  Technique 

Neurology  and  Psychiatry 

Nutritional  and  Endocrine  Problems 

Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngolog>- 

Pathology 

Pediatrics 

Proctology 

Roentgenology 

Summer  Session  Courses 

Extramural  Courses 

March  24-April  18 
Ann  Arbor 

Battle  Creek-Kalamazoo 

Bay  City 

Flint 

Grand  Rapids 
Lansing-Jackson 
Traverse  City-Manistee- 
Cadillac-Petoskey 
Alarquette 
Mount  Clemens 

The  Announcement  of  Courses  will  be  mailed  to 
all  members  in  January,  and  further  details  will  appear 
in  the  February  issue  of  The  Journal.  Requests  should 
be  addressed  to  the  Department  of  Postgraduate  Medi- 
cine, University  Hospital,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 


*The  course  in  Anatomy  will  be  given  on  Wednesdays  through- 
out the  second  semester,  beginning  February  12,  at  1:00  P.M., 
at  the  University  of  Michigan. 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


74 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


WEHENKEL  SAI^ATORIEM 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Corner  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKEL)  Medical  Director,  City  Offices,  Madisoo  331Z*3 


worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations; including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients. 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


J.^NUARY,  1941 


I 


my  basis.  Con'i 

rniUicuric. 

:".«n  ®®' 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


75 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 


PHYSICIANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSICIANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 


Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 

(52,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 


$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


For 
$10.00 
per  yeai 


For 
$33.0* 
per  yea 


For 
$66.00 
per  yea 


For 
$99.00 
per  yeai 


38  years  under  the  same  management 

$1,850,000  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$9,500,000  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 


Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 


EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 

OF 

ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOLISM 


SPECIAL  WARD 

Rates  Adjusted  to 
Persons  of  Moderate  Income 


1571  East  Jefferson  Avenue 
Cadillac  2670  Detroit 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


DeNIKE  sanitarium,  Inc. 

Established  1893 


READING  NOTICES 


THE  "CONTINENTAL"  BREAKFAST 

In  far  too  many  homes,  a breakfast  of  a roll  and  a 
cup  of  coffee  is  the  fare  for  children  as  well  as  adults. 
Woefully  deficient  in  vitamins  and  minerals,  such  a 
meal  furnishes  little  more  than  a small  amount  of 
calories.  A dish  of  Pablum  and  milk,  however,  is  just 
as  easily  prepared  as  a “continental  breakfast,”  but 
furnishes  a variety  of  minerals  (calcium,  phosphorus, 
iron,  and  copper)  and  vitamins  (Bi  and  G)  not  found 
so  abundantly  in  any  other  cereal  or  breadstuff.  The 
addition  of  a glass  of  orange  juice  and  one  Mead’s 
Capsule  of  Oleum  Percomorphum  can  easil)'  build  up 
this  simple  breakfast  into  a nourishing  meal  for  the 
children  of  the  family  as  well  as  the  adult  members. 
It  is  within  the  physician’s  province  to  inquire  into 
and  advise  upon  such  nutritional  problems,  especially 
since  Mead  Products  are  never  advertised  to  the  public. 


SODIUM  AMYTAL 

The  value  of  the  sedative  and  hypnotic  properties 
of  Sodium  Amytal  (Sodium  Iso-amyl  Eth^l  Bar- 
biturate, Lilly)  in  surgery,  obstetrics,  and  internal  medi- 
cine is  now  well  established. 

In  surgery  the  use  of  Sodium  Amytal  by  mouth 
as  preliminary  medication  before  general  anesthesia 
has  greatly  reduced  the  pre-operative  anxiety  of  the 
patient,  lessened  the  amount  of  anesthetic,  and  dimin- 
ished the  unpleasant  postoperative  symptoms. 

The  medical  applications  of  the  sedative,  hypnotic, 
and  anticonvulsant  properties  of  Sodium  Amytal  are 
many,  as  is  illustrated  by  its  employment  in  simple 
insomnia,  hysteria,  neurasthenia,  thyroid  disease,  chorea, 
and  certain  of  the  psychoses.  To  these  should  be  added 
its  use  in  the  treatment  of  nausea  and  vomiting,  sea- 
sickness, and  migraine.  In  addition  it  has  proved  effec- 
tive in  the  convulsions  which  may  occur  in  tetanus, 
rabies,  status  epilepticus,  meningitis,  and  eclampsia, 
and  as  an  antidote  against  overdosage  of  certain  of 
the  convulsant  poisons. 


TRANSPARENT  WOMAN  DEDICATED 
AS  PERMANENT  EXHIBIT 

After  visiting  cities  from  coast  to  coast  on  its 
public  health  educational  tour  during  the  last  four 
years,  where  it  was  exhibited  before  important  medi- 
cal groups  and  to  the  laity  under  the  sponsorship  of 
various  medical  societies  and  Academies  of  Medicine, 
the  Transparent  Woman  exhibit,  sponsored  by  S.  H. 
Camp  & Company,  was  donated  to  the  Medical  Sec- 
tion of  the  Museum  of  Science  and  Industr}-,  Chicago. 

It  is  estimated  that  approximately  eight  million  per- 
sons, including  many  thousands  of  physicians,  viewed 
the  exhibit  on  its  tour  of  the  nation. 

Dedication  ceremonies,  which  took  place  recently,  were 
broadcast  over  NBC’s  national  Blue  network  and  par- 
ticipating in  the  program  were  Dr.  Morris  Fishbein, 
editor  of  the  Joiinial  of  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation, Dr.  Eben  J.  Carey,  curator  of  the  Medical 
Section  of  the  Museum  and  Dean,  School  of  Medicine, 
Marquette  University,  Major  Lenox  R.  Lohr,  president 
Chicago  Museum  of  Science  and  Industry,  and  Air. 
S.  H.  Camp.  Several  hundred  notables  and  distin- 
guished physicians  were  present. 


76 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


louR.  M.S.M.S. 


|)|tOr{SSIOHAlPllOTOOH 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“I  have  carried  insurance  zuith 
your  Company  over  thirty  years,  but 
in  this  one  instance  I have  been 
more  than  repaid  for  every  cent  I 
have  spent  zvith  you.” 


OF 


JgT'mlusUr* 


Behind 


Mercurochrome 

(dibrom'Oxymercuri-fluorescein'Sodium) 

is  a background  of 


Precise  manufacturing  methods  in- 
suring uniformity 

Controlled  laboratory  investigation 

Chemical  and  biological  control  of 
each  lot  produced 


Extensive  clinical  application 

Thirteen  years’  acceptance  by  the 
Council  of  Pharmacy  and  Chem- 
istry of  the  American  Medical 
Association 


A booklet  summarizing  the  impor- 
tant reports  on  Mercurochrome  and 
describing  its  various  uses  will  be 
sent  to  physicians  on  request. 


Hynson,  Westcott  & Dunning,  Inc. 

BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


OR  safety  and  reliability  use  composite  Radon  seeds  in  your 
cases  requiring  interstitial  radiation.  The  Composite  Radon 
Seed  is  the  only  type  of  metal  Radon  Seed  having  smooth, 
round,  non-cutting  ends.  In  this  type  of  seed,  illustrated 
here  highly  magnified.  Radon  is  under  gas-tight,  leak-proof 
seal.  Composite  Platinum  (or  Gold)  Radon  Seeds  and 
loading-slot  instruments  for  their  implantation  are  available 
to  you  exclusively  through  us.  Inquire  and  order  by  mail, 
or  preferably  by  telegraph,  reversing  charges. 

THE  RADIUM  EMANATION  CORPORATION 


GRAYBAR  BLDG. 


Telephone  MO  4-6455 


NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


jANQAK'r',  1941 


Say  you  sazo  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


77 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 


608  Kales  Bldg.  — 
Northwest  corner  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


^6  W.  Adams  Ave. 

Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkheld  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 


Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


The  Bancroft  School 

An  Educational  Foundation  dedicated  to 
the  scientific  study,  care  and  training  of 
the  child  presenting  physical,  mental  or 
emotional  difficulties. 

Twelve  Months  School  Tear  Maine  Camp 
Limited  Enrollment  Medical  Supervision 

Box  119  Jenzia  C.  Cooley,  Prin. 

Est.  1883  HADDONFIELD,  NEW  JERSEY 


Patronize  Your 
Advertisers 


MICHIGAN  PATHOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Michigan  Pathological 
Society  was  held  at  the  University  Hospital,  Ann  Arbor, 
Michigan,  on  Saturday,  December  14.  Forty-four  were 
in  attendance.  The  scientific  program  emphasized  dem- 
onstrations of  various  pathological  manifestations  of 
syphilis.  There  were  demonstrations  and  scientific  re- 
ports by  Drs.  C.  V.  Weller,  W.  L.  Brosius,  J.  A.  Kas- 
per, F.  W.  Hartman,  J.  H.  Ahronheim,  G.  Steiner, 
O.  A.  Brines,  R.  E.  Olsen,  C.  H.  Binford,  C.  E. 
Woodruff  and  W.  M.  German. 

Dr.  C.  I.  Owen  demonstrated  the  lesions  in  a case  of 
tularemia  and  Dr.  Amolsch  demonstrated  the  pathologi- 
cal process  and  etiological  agents  in'  a case  of  syphilis 
complicated  by  cutaneous  manifestations  of  histoplas- 
mosis. 

A highlight  of  the  program  was  the  talk  by  Dr.  | 
John  C.  Bugher,  formerly  of  Dr.  Weller’s  staff,  on 
his  experiences  in  Columbia,  in  connection  with  the 
Rockefeller  Commission  on  Yellow  Fever. 

At  the  business  meeting  which  followed,  the  follow- 
ing officers  were  inducted  into  office  for  the  ensuing 
year ; President,  Dr.  J.  A.  Kasper ; president-elect. 
Dr.  A.  Amolsch;  secretary-treasurer.  Dr.  D.  C.  Beaver; 
councillors.  Dr.  G.  L.  Bond  and  Dr.  W.  L.  Brosius. 

The  next  meeting  will  be  held  on  February  8,  1941,  at 
Henry  Ford  Hospital  in  Detroit,  probably  jointly  with 
the  Michigan  Roentgen  Ray  Society. 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISING 

FOR  SALE — General  Practice  with  new  equipment  in 
a city  that  is  improving  rapidly.  Excellent  oppor- 
tunity for  surgery  and  small  hospital.  Located  in 
the  heart  of  deer  and  hunting  territory.  Doctor  badly 
needed.  Several  towns  near.  For  particulars  write 
W.  G.  Burton,  1269  Midland  Road,  Bay  City,  Mich. 


WANTED — An  established  Gynecologist  and  Surgeon 
wishes  to  locate  in  a small  town  in  Michigan,  where 
there  is  a hospital.  Don’t  some  of  you  Doctors,  who 
read  this,  know  where  they  want  a good  man  with 
25  years’  experience,  to  do  surgery  exclusively?  If 
so,  please  get  in  touch  with  me.  Sox  204,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing, 
Michigan. 


Y]ew  ^Ltioctop ! 


Help  your  patients  on  restricted 
diets  to  begin  the  New  Year  on 
the  right  track. 

We  Can  Assist  You 


CURDOLAC  FOOD  CO. 

Waukesha,  Wisconsin 


Professional  Economics 

An  ethical,  practical  plan  for  bettering 
your  income  from  professional  services. 

Send  card  or  prescription  blank  for  details. 

National  Discount  & Audit  Co. 

2114  Book  Tower/  Detroit  Michigan 

Representatives  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada 


PRESCRIBE  OR  DISPENSE  ZEMMER 

Pharmaceuticals,  Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampules,  Capsules,  Ointments,  ■ 
etc.  Guaranteed  reliable  potency.  Our  products  are  laboratory 
controlled. 

Write  for  general  price  list. 

Chemists  to  the  Medical  Profession.  MIN  1-41 


Oakland  Station,  Pittsburqk,  Pa. 


7o 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


Say  you  sazi.'  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Tke  JOUR  H A L 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 
Volume  40  February,  1941  Number  2 


Coronary  Vascular 
Heart  Disease 


By  J.  H.  Musser,  M.D. 
New  Orleans,  Louisiana 


John  H.  Musser,  M.D. 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  B.S. 
1905,  M.D.  1908.  Practiced  internal 
medicine  until  the  War,  when  he  spent 
two  years  in  the  Army.  After  return- 
ing to  Philadelphia  he  became  Associate 
in  Medicine  at  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  on  the  staff  of  three  of 
the  local  hospitals.  In  1925  he  came 
to  Tulane  as  Professor  of  Medicine, 
where  he  has  been  ever  since.  He 
also  is  Senior  Visiting  Physician  at  the 
Charity  Hospital,  New  Orleans.  Has 
at  various  times  been  president  of  the 
American  College  of  Physicians,  and 
vice  president  of  the  American  Medical 
Association.  At  present  is  on  the 
American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine, 
and  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.M.A. 


■ A recent  editorial  in  the  British  Medical 
Journal  discusses  the  result  of  the  postmor- 
tem examination  of  the  heart  of  the  late  Sir 
James  Mackenzie.  Mackenzie  was  undoubtedly, 
in  the  latter  years  of  his  life,  the  outstanding 
cardiologist  of  the  English  speaking  world,  if 
not  of  the  whole  world.  He  had  an  attack  of 
heart  pain  in  1908,  when  fifty-five  years  old, 
which  came  on  when  he  was  at  rest.  This  pain 
was  severe  and  continuous  for  two  hours.  He 
was  restless  and  obtained  the  most  comfort  when 
moving  around.  He  took  10  grains  of  veronal 
and  then  fell  asleep.  The  next  day  he  was 
entirely  well  but  he  did  notice  that  the  pain 
could  be  brought  on  by  such  measures  as  walking 
in  cold  air,  or  after  a full  meal.  All  this  case 
history,  incidentally,  is  described  anonymously 
in  his  well  known  book  on  angina  pectoris. 
It  was  not  until  1922,  however,  that  these  at- 
tacks of  cardiac  pain  became  severe  enough  to 
necessitate  his  cutting  down  markedly  on  his 
activity.  As  result  of  the  effect  of  the  cold. 


bleak,  windy  weather  on  his  heart  pain  he  had 
to  give  up  his  work  so  auspiciously  started  at 
St.  Andrews  and  to  return  to  London.  From 
that  time  on  to  his  death  he  had  several  severe 
attacks  when  peaceful  and  quiet.  When  he  was 
seventy-two  years  old,  January  25,  1925,  he  had 
an  extremely  severe  attack  and  death  occurred 
the  following  day  without  pain. 

Now  Mackenzie  was  a man  who  had  studied 
angina  pectoris  the  greater  part  of  his  medical 
life.  Angina  pectoris  fifteen  years  ago  was 
almost  synonymous  with  the  name  of  Macken- 
zie and  yet  Mackenzie,  in  his  various  publica- 
tions and  books,  never  recognized  the  association 
of  angina  pectoris  and  coronary  closure.  He 
recognized  the  condition  of  status  anginosus  but 
apparently  did  not  appreciate  this  continuous 
heart  pain  as  due  to  cardiac  infarction. 

At  autopsy  it  was  found  the  left  ventricle  was 
large  and  thick  walled.  In  the  heart  muscle 
were  several  small  whitish  patches  of  fibrous  tis- 
sue. In  the  anterior  wall  there  was  a patch  of 
fibrous  tissue  of  considerable  size  with  another 
smaller  area  in  the  posterior  wall  about  half 
way  between  the  apex  and  the  base.  At  the 
extreme  base  there  was  a recent  hemorrhagic 
infarction.  There  was  extreme  thickening  of 
the  wall  of  the  coronary  vessels  and  diminution 
of  the  lumen.  The  pathologist  who  made  the 
examination  concludes  that  Mackenzie  undoubt- 
edly suffered  from  several  attacks  of  closure 
of  the  smaller  branch  of  the  coronary  vessels, 
the  first  occurring  seventeen  years  before  he 
expired,  and  the  last  just  before  he  died. 

History 

These  notes  from  the  editorial  of  the  British 
Medical  Journal  are  significant.  It  was  one  of 
the  peculiar  ironies  of  life  that  such  an  out- 
standing cardiologist,  living  until  only  fifteen 

99 


February,  1941 


CORONARY  VASCULAR  HEART  DISEASE— MUSSER 


years  ago,  did  not  recognize  coronary  occlusion. 
It  also  showed  that  this  disease,  while  undoubt- 
edly of  considerable  frequency  in  bygone  days, 
nevertheless  was  not  recognized.  Although  the 
clinical  syndrome  was  described  by  two  Rus- 
sians, Obratzow,  and  Straschesko  in  1910,  and  in 
1912  an  American  observer.  Dr.  Herrick,  it  is 
the  general  concept  that  coronary  arterial  dis- 
ease really  had  its  beginning  in  scientific  medicine 
at  this  time  but  this  statement  applies  largely 
to  the  clinical  recognition  of  cardiac  infarction. 
These  two  papers  fell  like  “duds,”  to  quote 
Dr.  Herrick.  There  was  no  repercussion  until 
nearly  six  years  later,  when  a second  paper  by 
him  aroused  the  interest  of  the  clinician  and 
cardiologist,  probably  as  a result  of  the  revival 
of  interest  in  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the 
heart  stimulated  by  the  work  of  men  as  His, 
Tawara,  Keith  and  Gaskell. 

At  a Frank  Billings  Lecture  delivered  by  Dr. 
George  Dock,  he  reviews  most  carefully  and 
deeply  from  the  time  of  Heberden  to  Osier  the 
historical  features  of  coronary  closure.  Dock 
points  out  that  there  were  many  pathologists 
who  recognized  local  fibroid  degeneration  of  the 
heart  muscle  and  the  association  with  coronary 
arterial  disease.  The  patho.^enic  relation  of 
the  coronary  arteries  to  heart  disease  Was  well 
understood  by  the  pathologist  of  fifty  years  ago. 
Dock  questions  why  it  was  that  if  the  patholo- 
gists and  those  at  the  mortuary  table  knew  the 
importance  of  cardiac  infarction  and  its  depend- 
ence upon  coronary  disease,  why  was  it  not 
clinically  recognized  and  accurately  treated. 
Dock’s  historical  paper  is  particularly  interesting 
because  he  is  believed  to  have  been  the  first  man 
to  make  the  diagnosis,  doing  this  in  1896.  How- 
ever, the  importance  of  his  contribution  was  not 
recognized  either  by  himself  or  by  the  medical 
profession. 

Krehl,  the  great  German  clinician,  and  Hu- 
chard,  an  equally  famous  Frenchman,  in  the 
first  part  of  the  present  century  recognized  the 
association  of  angina  pectoris  with  coronary  oc- 
clusion. 

To  Herrick  we  are  indebted  for  bringing  this 
condition  to  the  attention  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion. He  wrote  that  the  condition  could  be 
recognized  during  life;  it  was  not  necessarily 
fatal ; that  it  was  a readily  recognized  clinical 
entity  and  that  the  symptoms  could  be  analyzed 
so  that  differentiation  could  be  made  between 

'm 


angina  pectoris  and  this  present  condition  I am 
discussing. 

Among  the  names  of  those  who  have  been  in- 
terested in  this  syndrome  should  not  be  forgotten 
the  name  of  Libman  who,  in  1919,  stressed  the 
importance  of  pericardial  friction  rub  and  leu- 
kocytosis as  diagnostic  findings  of  great  value. 

Lastly,  it  is  appropriate  that  I should  mention 
the  book,  edited  and  written  in  part  by  Robert 
L.  Levy,  on  “Diseases  of  the  Coronary  Arteries 
and  Cardiac  Pain.”  This  book,  of  some  400 
pages,  was  compiled  by  the  editor  working  with 
a group  of  well  known  cardiologists,  physiologists 
and  anatomists.  It  is  most  complete  and  of  in- 
estimable value. 

In  order  that  one  should  not  think  that  the 
subject  is  largely  a disease  in  which  the  American 
clinicians  are  primarily  interested,  I might  state 
that  in  my  library  I have  a series  of  monographs 
prepared  by  Guillermo  A.  Bosco  of  Buenos  Aires 
which  is  a tome  of  some  755  pages  and  to  which 
he  is  continually  adding.  Just  within  the  last 
few  months  I have  received  a fourth  and  a fifth 
part  of  this  book  containing  respectively  183  and 
140  pages,  indicating  that  South  American  physi- 
cians are  likewise  taking  a lively  interest  in  this 
very  important  disorder  of  the  heart. 

Etiology 

Coronary  occlusion  may  occur  in  almost  any 
age  period,  in  the  old  individual  it  may  be  ex- 
pected; in  a young  person  however,  the  occur- 
rence of  this  condition  is  quite  unusual.  Jamison 
and  Hauser®  reported  an  instance  in  New  Or- 
leans of  a very  young  man  which  was  con- 
firmed by  autopsy.  Levine,®  in  his  paper  which 
appeared  in  Medical  Monographs,  discovered 
only  three  of  145  people  in  whom  the  disease 
developed  under  forty  years  of  age.  A.  Stuart 
Ferguson  and  Lockwood,^  in  a review  of  the 
literature  of  this  condition  as  it  occurs  in  young 
people,  in  turn  report  a patient  who  recovered 
who  was  only  twenty-six  years  of  age.  How- 
ever, merely  because  a person  is  young  is  no 
reason  why  the  syndrome  should  not  be  diag- 
nosed if  it  is  classical  in  character,  otherwise 
there  is  no  doubt  but  that  it  will  probably  be 
overlooked. 

One  of  the  most  comprehensive  statistical 
studies  made  on  this  condition  is  a paper  by 
Master,  Dack  and  Jaffe^®  who  report  upon  the 
age,  sex  and  hypertension  in  a group  of  500 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


CORONARY  VASCULAR  HEART  DISEASE— MUSSER 


patients.  In  this  group  the  youngest  was  aged 
twenty-seven,  the  oldest  eighty-seven.  The  av- 
erage age  at  the  time  of  the  first  attack  was  54 
and  the  first  attack  occurred  most  commonly 
in  the  sixth  decade  of  life.  In  the  several  age 
groups  the  order  of  frequency  was  as  follows: 
26  per  cent  in  those  in  the  seventh  decade,  25 
per  cent  in  the  fifth  decade,  '33.7  per  cent  in  the 
sixth  decade,  under  forty  years  of  age,  10  per 
cent,  and  over  seventy-nine,  5.4  per  cent. 

Sex 

The  sexual  difference  is  marked.  The  males 
are  very  much  more  frequently  attacked  than 
females.  Parkinson^^  states  that  93  per  cent  of 
his  patients  were  men.  Statistics  collected  by 
the  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company  show 
a rate  in  males  of  16  per  100,000  as  contrasted 
with  3.5  among  women.  In  Master,  Dack  and 
Jaffe’s  paper  77.4  per  cent  were  men,  22.6  per 
cent  were  women.  Every  clinician  knows  that 
it  is  the  man  who  is  more  frequently  attacked 
than  the  female  but  among  those  who  have  a 
fairly  large  female  clientele  the  incidence  would 
seem  to  be  higher  than  these  statistics  would 
imply. 

Occupation 


died  the  preceding  year  and  summarizing  the 
cause  of  death,  points  out  that  heart  disease  is 
the  leading  cause  of  death  of  physicians ; for  ex- 
ample, 1,585  heart  deaths  as  contrasted  with  the 
next  most  frequent  cause,  namely  arteriosclerosis 
with  453  deaths,  followed  by  pneumonia  with 
370  and  cancer  with  357.  It  should  be  noted 
that  when  the  figures  for  heart  disease  are  bro- 
ken down,  coronary  arterial  disease,  either 
thrombosis,  occlusion  or  angina  pectoris,  resulted 
in  the  death  of  676  physicians  or  more  than  any 
other  one  cause  of  death.  Probably  this  number 
would  be  increased  considerably  were  there  given 
an  exact  cause  of  death,  because  “myocarditis” 
which  in  the  ultimate  analysis  is  usually  due  to 
coronary  disease,  caused  534  deaths.  Then  there 
was  a group  of  cases  which  were  labeled  as 
“other  diseases  of  the  heart.” 

Heredity 

To  my  mind  in  so  far  as  predisposing  factors 
other  than  age  and  sex  are  concerned,  heredity 
ranks  first.  Whether  the  constitutional  make  up 
is  responsible  for  the  marked  hereditary  ten- 
dencies in  this  disease,  many  patients  are  over- 
weight which  in  turn  in  many  instances  is  an 
inheritable  characteristic,  or  whether  it  is  some 
peculiar  arrangement  of  the  coronary  vessels 
which  may  predispose  them  to  strain,  is  a debat- 
able question.  Dublin  believes  that  if  there  is  any 
relationship  between  heredity  and  coronary  dis- 
ease it  is  based  upon  overweight  because  in  peo- 
ple who  die  of  angina  pectoris,  which  of  course 
often  is  coronary  disease,  the  death  rate  was 
twice  that  of  those  who  had  normal  weight,  two 
and  a half  times  more  frequent  than  in  those 
who  were  underweight. 


Occupation  is  apparently  an  extremely  impor- 
tant predisposing  factor.  The  general  concept 
is  that  the  disease  is  largely  one  which  is  par- 
ticularly likely  to  attack  those  of  the  upper  in- 
come group,  business  and  professional  men  in 
other  words.  This  contention  may  be  substan- 
tiated by  the  large  number  of  doctors  whose 
deaths  are  recorded  yearly,  as  I will  mention 
later,  who  died  as  result  of  coronary  occlusion. 

On  the  other  hand,  Levy^°  denies  this  implica- 
tion and  in  his  over  2,500  necropsy  studies  it  was 
found  that  foremen  and  skilled  workers  showed 
44  per  cent  coronary  lesions,  whereas  among 
executives  and  members  of  professions  the  per- 
centage was  34.3,  with  manual  laborers  slightly 
under  these  figures.  Despite  this  statistical  ob- 
servation, when  the  physician  glances  at  the 
obituary  columns  of  the  Journal  of  the  American 
Medical  Association  he  is  astounded  at  the  num-_^ 
ber  of  deaths  that  occur  in  the 

sion  as  result  of  coronary  occlus^^vdf'  infarction.  ^ ^ 

It  has  become  the  commones^ ^use . Hy^^ension. — The  question  of  hypertension 
among  doctors.  A recent  editllriaH  in  ^las  agitqjted  medical  men  for  a long  period  of 

nal,  discussing  the  obituary  o\physicians  who  time.  However,  hypertension  is  by  no  means  a 


Chronic  Disease 

Diabetes. — I will  not  comment  upon  diabetes 
except  to  call  attention  to  the  fact  frequently 
reiterated  and  repeated,  that  arterial  disease 
anywhere  in  the  vascular  tree  is  common  in  the 
diabetic  individual,  so  that  it  is  natural  to  ex- 
pect the  coronary  vessels  would  not  escape  the 
general  vascular  involvement.  Furthermore, 
ese  people  are  often  a more  advanced  age 

!;ens^on.- 


February,  1941 


OF  M 


EO\^. 


101 


CORONARY  VASCULAR  HEART  DISEASE— MUSSER 


sine  qua  non  for  the  diagnosis  of  the  condition. 
Particularly  does  this  statement  apply  to  men 
because  in  the  statistics  quoted,  as  compiled  by 
Master  et  al.,’^^  hypertension  was  noted  in  only 
62  per  cent  of  the  cases  as  occurring  in  men 
and  in  approximately  four-fifths  of  the  women. 
It  may  be  seen  that  it  is  definitely  higher  in 
women  but  not  necessarily  is  a relatively  low 
blood  pressure  unusual  in  a man  who  has  this 
condition. 

Other  Factors.- — Other  factors  such  as  infec- 
tions, notably  syphilis,  the  use  of  alcohol  and  to- 
bacco or  caffein,  probably,  play  only  a minor  role 
in  the  production  of  sclerosis  of  the  coronary 
vessels.  The  disease  syphilis  rarely  is  an  etio- 
logic  factor  of  importance;  were  it  so  the  death 
rate  from  this  condition,  coronary  occlusion, 
would  be  very  much  more  common  than  it  is 
among  the  Negro  in  whom  the  syphilitic  incidence 
is  high,  whereas  the  coronary  occlusion  rate  is 
low. 

Pathology 

Time  does  not  permit  a discussion  of  the 
pathology  in  detail.  I would  like  to  call  atten- 
tion, however,  to  a splendid  clinical  pathologic 
study  made  by  Blumgart,  Schlesinger  and  Davis^ 
which  appeared  in  the  January  number  of  the 
American  Heart  Journal.  It  is  a long,  lengthy 
paper  from  which  I would  like  to  point  out  one 
or  two  important  conclusions.  It  is  quite  possi- 
ble for  a patient  to  develop  coronary  thrombosis 
and  myocardial  infarction  without  any  charac- 
teristic clinical  manifestations.  If  a gradual  oc- 
clusion develops  over  a period  of  years,  during 
this  protracted  interval  of  time  there  develops  an 
anastomotic  circulation,  so  that  all  direct  symp- 
toms and  signs  will  be  absent. 

In  regard  to  the  pathologic  basis  for  conges- 
tive failure,  these  authors  note  that  certain  areas 
in  the  heart,  undernourished  as  result  of  cor- 
onary arteriosclerosis,  when  subjected  to  greater 
anoxemia  produced  by  exertion  or  emotion,  de- 
velop focal  necrosis  and  diffuse  fibrotic  changes. 
This  replacement  by  connective  tissue  ultimately 
produces  myocardial  weakness  and  finally  con- 
gestive failure. 

The  left  coronary  artery,  shortly  after  its 
origin  from  the  sinus  of  the  left  posterior  aortic 
leaflet,  divides  into  two  main  divisions,  the  an- 
terior descending  and  the  circumflex.  The  an- 


terior descending  branch  is  the  artery  most  fre-  i 
quently  involved.  As  this  supplies,  as  it  does, 
the  anterior  wall  of  the  right  and  left  ventricle 
and  part  of  the  interventricular  septum,  it  is 
natural  that  one  of  the  outstanding  physical  find- 
ings, namely  a pericardial  friction  rub  which  so 
often  determines  definitely  the  diagnosis,  is  : 
likely  to  be  produced  in  some  instances  in  which 
the  area  of  infarction  is  sufficiently  large  to 
extend  out  to  the  parietovisceral  pericardium. 
Likewise  involvement  of  the  interventricular  sep- 
tum from  time  to  time  will  produce  heart  block, 
although  this  complication  is  relatively  rare. 
Usually  it  is  the  right  coronary  that  will  bring 
about  this  particular  condition  in  93  per  cent 
of  cases,  according  to  Ball.^  As  a matter  of  fact 
complete  auriculoventricular  block  from  occlusion 
of  the  usually  involved  vessel  is  apparently  rare, 
as  substantiated  by  a recent  paper  by  Heninger 
and  Dickens.® 

Symptomatology 

It  is  the  general  concept  that  an  occlusion  of 
the  coronary  artery  which  produces  symptoms, 
is  precipitated  by  some  extrinsic  factor,  be  this 
exercise,  excitement,  emotion,  eating  or  what 
not.  As  was  pointed  out  in  a review  of  the 
literature  by  GraybieP  “one  cannot  help  be- 
ing impressed  with  the  fact  that  many  persons 
with  marked  coronary  atherosclerosis  never  suf- 
fer acute  coronary  occlusion  and  cardiac  infarc- 
tion. This  being  so,  there  must  be  precipitating 
factors  of  coronary  occlusion;  the  occlusion  can- 
not be  regarded  as  a purely  fortuitous  event.” 
Be  that  as  it  may,  every  clinician  is  familiar  with 
the  patient  who  has  had  his  first  attack  at  night 
during  sleep  or  while  completely  at  rest.  If  the 
patient  is  asleep  it  might  be  assumed  that  a 
dream  of  some  kind  or  another  may  have  altered 
the  dynamics  of  the  cardiac  circulation  to  pro- 
duce the  occlusion. 

I will  not  endeavor  to  recite  to  you  the  usual 
characteristic  symptoms  of  coronary  occlusion. 
They  have  been  dwelt  upon  so  frequently  and 
reiterated  so  many  times  that  every  one  is  fa-  j 
miliar  with  the  syndrome  of  heart  pain,  followed  j 
by  shock,  succeeded  by  fever,  leukocytosis  and 
shortness  of  breath.  I would  like  to  point  out, 
however,  that  pain  may  be  entirely  absent  or  it 
may  be  so  slight  that  it  escapes  the  patient’s 
attention.  This,  of  course,  is  unusual  but  given  ' 
an  individual  who,  without  cause,  may  develop 


102 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


CORONARY  VASCULAR  HEART  DISEASE— MUSSER 


acute  dyspnea  or  pulmonary  edema,  even  if  this 
individual  is  middle  aged,  has  some  slight  hyper- 
tension and  is  somewhat  overweight  but  who 
does  not  have  previously  known  myocardial  or 
endocardial  disease  notably  of  the  aortic  valves 
nor  does  he  have  marked  hypertension,  it  is  quite 
possible  that  this  patient  will  have  or  has  had 
coronary'  occlusion  with  infarction.  Substernal 
pain,  as  pointed  out  by  Herrmann  and  Decherd,^ 
in  an  analysis  of  some  230  cases,  may  be  quite 
atypical.  Of  the  127  patients  in  whom  the  symp- 
tom of  pain  was  analyzed,  twenty-six  of  them 
had  atypical  substernal  pain  and  quite  a group 
had  pain  which  was  referred  only  to  the  epi- 
gastrium, a well  known  clinical  observation  which 
sometimes  still  confuses  and  makes  possible  the 
occasional  reporting  of  a death  of  a patient  as 
being  due  to  “acute  indigestion”  when  it  is  the 
result  of  coronary'  disease.  Pain  may  be  referred 
to  the  right  shoulder  only,  to  the  neck,  to  the 
interscapular  region  or  even  to  the  right  chest 
and  leg.  Of  course  pain  is  undoubtedly  the 
most  important  diagnostic  expression  of  the  dis- 
ease but  it  must  not  be  forgotten  that  the  con- 
dition may  develop  without  even  discomfort. 

Differential  Diagnosis 

In  this  connection  in  conjunction  with  the 
symptom  of  pain,  I would  like  to  point  out  that 
the  differential  diagnosis  of  the  pain  of  angina 
pectoris  and  the  pain  of  coronary  occlusion  is 
of  extreme  importance  not  only  from  the  prog- 
nostic standpoint  but  also  from  the  viewpoint 
of  the  immediate  and  later  care  of  the  patient. 
It  is  for  this  reason  that  I am  presenting  a 
tabulation,  as  compiled  by  my  associate,  W.  A. 
Sodeman,  of  the  important  diagnostic  points 
which  may  help  differentiate  these  two  condi- 
tions. Incidentally,  it  will  demonstrate  also  the 
important  diagnostic  features  connected  with  the 
two  conditions. 

Prognosis 

Personally  I am  of  the  impression  that  the 
cumulative  data  which  have  to  do  with  the  ul- 
timate outcome  in  coronary  occlusion  are  worth- 
less. I say  this  advisedly  and  for  several  rea- 
sons. Statistics  that  have  been  compiled  have  to 
do  with  patients  who  have  acute  atypical  at- 
tacks. The  experience  of  all  clinicians  has  been 
that  it  is  by  no  means  infrequent  for  people 
to  have  mild  unrecognized  attacks,  sometimes 


DIFFERENTIAL  DIAGNOSIS  OF  ANGINA  PECTORIS 
AND  THE  PAIN  OF  MYOCARDIAL  INFARCTION 

Coronary 


Angina  Pectoris 

Thrombosis 

Onset 

During  exertion 

Usually  during 
rest  or  sleep 

Attitude 

Immobile 

Restive ; may  walk 
about 

Site  of  pain 

Sternum  to  arm 

Sternum  or  lower 

Duration 

Minutes 

Hours  or  days 

Dyspnea 

Absent 

Usually  severe 

Vomiting 

Rare 

Common 

Shock 

Absent 

Present 

Sweating 

Slight 

Severe 

Facies 

Normal 

Ashen  pallor 

Pulse 

Unchanged 

Feeble,  often  rapid 

Temperature 

Unchanged 

Subnormal,  then 
febrile 

Blood  pressure 

Unchanged  or 
raised 

Lowered 

Heart  failure 

Absent 

Often  follows 

Heart  sounds 

Unchanged 

Gallop  rhythm, 
friction 

Leukocytosis 

Absent 

Present 

Electrocardio- 

May  be  abnor- 

Often  diagnostic 

gram 

mal 

Action  of  nitrites 

Often  relieved 

No  relief. 

discovered  accidentally  as  result  of  a coronary 
electrocardiogram.  Sometimes  these  minimal  or 
minor  attacks  are  only  recalled  by  the  patient 
when  he  has  had  a major  attack  and  the  history 
is  gone  into  carefully.  Undoubtedly  there  are 
many  patients  who  do  have  attacks  which  are 
recognized  and  who  continue  to  go  about  ac- 
tively and  vigorously.  Parenthetically  I might 
remark  that  Lewis, for  example,  reported  on 
a patient  he  had  seen  some  seven  years  prior 
to  the  appearance  of  this  patient  and  who  since 
that  time  had  done  most  strenuous  activities  of 
all  kinds,  from  flying  at  altitudes  of  15,000  feet 
to  skiing  each  winter  and  dancing  ad  lib.  It 
is  possible  to  generalize  to  this  extent,  that  the 
older  the  patient  is  the  more  likely  that  patient  is 
to  succumb  and  the  younger  the  age  of  onset 
the  greater  is  the  life  expectancy. 

Another  statistical  study,  which  in  this  instance 
has  to  do  with  what  occurs  to  the  man  who 
has  had  an  acute  coronary  arter}^  occlusion,  is 
that  of  Master  and  Dack.^^  These  observers 
sent  out  a questionnaire  to  a series  of  415  pa- 
tients ; 185  of  whom  were  private  patients  and 
230  ward  patients.  The  purpose  was  to  deter- 
mine how  much  could  be  done  and  was  being 
done  by  a person  who  had  sustained  and  survived 


Febru.ary,  1941 


103 


CORONARY  VASCULAR  HEART  DISEASE— MUSSER 


an  acute  attack.  The  authors  showed  that  53 
per  cent  of  patients  returned  to  work  after  re- 
covering from  their  occlusion,  57  per  cent  of 
whom  were  private  patients  and  50  per  cent 
were  ward  patients.  It  is  of  some  interest  to 
note  that  84  per  cent  of  professional  people  re- 
turned to  work  and  particularly  physicians.  It 
is  not  surprising  that  age  played  an  important 
role  in  the  ability  of  the  person  to  resume  his 
usual  occupation.  As  with  the  prognosis,  so  in 
this  study  it  is  found  that  the  younger  the  indi- 
vidual the  more  likely  was  he  to  return  to  his 
previous  work  status.  Some  of  these  patients 
never  did  stop  work,  a considerable  per  cent 
(48)  of  them  stopped  for  less  than  three  months. 
From  three  to  six  months  was  the  time  period 
of  convalescence  from  the  attack  of  22  per  cent. 
One  individual  did  not  return  to  work  for  six 
years.  Rather  interesting  that  a certain  num- 
ber of  the  group  did  not  return  because  they 
were  advised  not  to,  although  apparently  they 
were  in  good  condition,  and  a fairly  consid- 
erable number,  more  than  those  who  were  physi- 
cally unable,  did  not  start  working  because  of 
disability  insurance.  The  chief  cause  of  the  in- 
ability to  return  to  work  was  a physical  dis- 
ability resulting  either  from  angina  pectoris, 
dyspnea  or  from  weakness.  The  concluding 
paragraph  comments  to  the  effect  that  ‘‘an  attack 
of  acute  coronary  occlusion  in  itself  is  not  suf- 
ficient reason  for  permanent  disability.  Com- 
plete recovery  and  full  or  partial  economic  resti- 
tution are  common.  Heart  failure  or  a severe 
anginal  syndrome  is  evidence  of  complete  dis- 
ability.” These  statements  confirm  that  which 
is  well  known  and  bring  further  comfort  to  the 
man  who  has  had  coronary  occlusion,  that  his 
attack  is  not  necessarily  associated  with  eco- 
nomic dependence. 

Treatment 

The  treatment  logically  divides  itself  into  three 
phases:  (1)  immediate,  (2)  mediate,  and  (3) 
later. 

For  the  immediate  treatment  the  patient  should 
be  handled  as  any  patient  who  has  shock — 
morphine,  warmth,  absolute  quiet  but  avoiding 
stimulation.  This  applies  particularly  to  cardiac 
stimulants.  Be  satisfied  with  giving  glucose 
solution  intravenously  and  letting  the  glucose 
act  as  a maintainer  of  cardiac  reserve.  Avoid 
digitalis  and  its  products  unless  it  looks  as  if 


the  patient  is  going  to  die  of  heart  failure,  under 
which  circumstance  make  use  of  ouabain.  In 
giving  the  sugar  solution  give  it  by  mouth,  ap- 
proximately 1,200  c.c.  in  twenty-four  hours. 
If  it  is  absolutely  essential  to  give  fluid  into  the 
vein,  then  inject  not  more  than  100  c.c.  of  50 
per  cent  glucose.  Very  generally  there  has  come 
into  use  a drug,  quinidine,  in  order  to  prevent 
the  fatal  complication  of  ventricular  fibrillation ; 
give  5 grains  (.32  mg.)  every  three  hours  for 
several  days.  Use  adrenalin  or  ephedrine  only 
as  a last  resort.  Oxygen  should,  by  all  means, 
be  used  and  if  the  patient  is  breathing  with  dif- 
ficulty and  there  are  basal  rales,  tachycardia  and/ 
or  gallop  rhythm.  The  oxygen  want  should  be 
met  by  external  administration. 

The  mediate  treatment  consists  of  absolute 
rest  for  a period  of  at  least  three  weeks.  The 
patient  should  be  kept  in  bed  and  restlessness 
should  be  controlled  by  sedatives.  In  order  to 
avoid  venous  thrombosis  the  lower  extremities 
should  be  moved  from  time  to  time  but  this 
should  be  passive  rather  than  active.  The  xan- 
thine preparations  are  started  at  this  time.  In- 
cidentally, caffein  sodium  benzoate  intramus- 
cularly is  the  best  stimulant  during  the  period 
of  shock.  Aminophyllin  is  begun  and  is  con- 
tinued indefinitely,  four  tablets  a day.  The  pa- 
tient should  be  allowed  to  get  up  gradually  in 
about  six  weeks.  After  three  weeks  in  bed  the 
patient  can  move  about  rather  freely  but  should 
not  even  have  toilet  privileges. 

Subsequent  treatment  should  aim  to  get  the 
patient  back  to  a normal  life.  For  a period 
of  six  months  active  exercise  is  interdicted  and 
for  a year  the  patient  should  avoid  excesses  in 
everything,  eating,  drinking,  physical  or  sexual. 
I would  urge  above  everything  else  that  this 
patient  be  encouraged  to  get  back  to  a normal 
life  and  call  attention  to  the  figures  I quoted 
in  the  first  part  of  this  paper  which  showed 
that  a very  large  number  of  patients,  if  they  do 
not  have  fear  of  sudden  death  thrust  upon  them 
at  all  times,  are  able  to,  can  and  will  get  back  to 
a relatively  normal  existence. 

Summary 

I have  given  you  a rather  fragmentary  presen- 
tation of  an  extremely  common  disorder.  Much 
has  been  written  about  the  condition  clinically 
and  great  has  been  the  experimental  work  in 
the  past  twenty  years,  consequently  much  is 


104 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


UNX'SUAL  HYPERTEXSIOX— STALKER 


known  about  a condition  about  which,  up  until 
1918  following  the  second  paper  of  Dr.  Her- 
rick of  Chicago,  practically  nothing  was  known. 
It  would  be  impossible  in  a short  time  to  pre- 
sent the  innumerable  facts  concerning  coronary 
occlusion.  Many  questions  may  arise  in  the 

minds  of  my  auditors  as  they  listen  to  the  few 
remarks  that  I have  just  made,  but  they  can 
not  be  answered  in  a short  dissertation  on  a 
subject  which  is  book  length  in  extent. 

References 

1.  Ball,  D.:  The  occurrence  of  heart  block  in  coronary 

artery  thrombosis.  Am.  Heart.  Jour.,  8:327,  1932. 

2.  Blumgart,  H.  L.,  Schlesinger,  M.  _ J.,  and  Davis,  D. : 
Studies  on  the  relation  of  the  clinical  manifestati9ns  of 
angina  pectoris,  coronary  thrombosis  arrd  myocardial  in- 
farction to  the  pathologic  findings.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  19:1, 
1940. 

3.  Editorial : Obituaries  of  phvsicians  published  in  1939. 

Jour.  A.M.A.,  114:1362,  1940. 

4.  Ferguson,  A.  Stuart,  and  Lockwood,  J.  R. : Coronary 

occlusion  in  young  adults:  Review  of  literature  with  re- 

port of  case  aged  twenty-six.  New  York  State  Jour. 
Med.,  39:1618,  1939. 

5.  Graybiel,  A.:  Diseases  of  the  heart:  A review  of  sig- 
nificant contributions  made  during  1939.  Arch.  Int.  Med., 
65:1053,  1940. 

6.  Heninger,  B.  R.,  and  Dickens,  K.  L. : Complete  auriculo- 

ventricular  block  following  coronary  occlusion:  A case 

report.  Ann.  Int.  Med.,  13:1081,  1939. 

7.  Herrmann,  G.  R.,  and  Decherd,  G.  M.,  Jr.:  Acute  coro- 

nary occlusion  with  cardiac  infarction.  South.  Med.  Jour., 
32:696,  1939. 

8.  Jamison,  S.  C.,  and  Hauser,  G.  H. : Angina  pectoris  in 

youth  of  eighteen.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  85  :1398,  1925. 

9.  Levine,  S.  A.:  Medical  Monographs.  Baltimore:  Williams 

and  Wilkins  Co.,  16:15,  1929. 

10.  Levy,  R.  L. : Diseases  of  the  Coronary  Arteries  and 

Cardiac  Pain.  New  York:  Macmillan  Co.,  1936,  p.  203. 

11.  Lewis,  W.  H. : Coronary  occlusion:  A report  of  unusual 

activities  after  recovery.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  114:484,  1940. 

12.  Master,  A.  M.,  and  Dack,  S. : Rehabilitation  following 

acute  coronarj'  artery  occlusion.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  115:828, 
1940. 

13.  Master,  A.  M.,  Dack,  S.,  and  Jaffe,  H.  L. : Age,  sex 
and  hypertension  in  myocardial  infarction  due  to  coronary 
occlusion.  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  64:767,  1939. 

14.  Parkinson,  J.,  and  Bedford,  D.  E. : Cardiac  infarction  and 

coronary  thrombosis.  Lancet,  1 :4.  1928. 


WARRIORS  AGAINST  DISEASE 

American  medicine,  as  an  authority  recently  observed, 
has  a weak  spot.  It  is  not  a weakness  affecting 
the  patient — the  sick  man  or  woman  anxiously  seeking 
a return  to  health.  Curiously  enough,  this  weakness 
has  helped  the  patient — for  the  weakness  lies  in  the 
fact  that  the  medical  profession  has  been  so  busy  fight- 
ing disease  in  experimental  laboratories  as  well  as  at 
the  bedsides  of  the  ill  that  it  has  found  little  time  to 
tell  the  public  of  its  tremendous  achievements. 

The  undeniable  record  is  there  for  all  who  wish  to 
read  it.  And  it  tells,  through  the  figures,  a dramatic 
and  inspirational  story  of  an  endless  battle  against 
disease  and  suffering  and  death. 

That  battle  has  won  victory  after  victor}’.  In  the 
period  of  a century  and  a half  in  this  country,  the 
life  expectancy  of  man  has  nearly  doubled  from  thirty- 
five  to  sixty-two  years.  During  that  time,  typhus,  once 
one  of  the  greatest  killers,  has  all  but  disappeared. 
Smallpox  and  diphtheria,  dreaded  specters  not  so  long 
ago,  have  been  robbed  of  their  terrors.  Other  great 
scourges — typhoid,  diabetes,  tuberculosis — have  been 
brought  under  control,  and  their  mortality  rates  steadily 
reduced.  . . . 

Medicine  is  not  an  industry.  But,  like  industry,  it  has 
rendered  its  greatest  ser\’ice  to  the  people  under  a 
system  which  places  no  brakes  upon  the  achievements 
of  the  individual,  and  which  encourages  any  man,  in 
any  field,  to  develop  his  talents  to  the  utmost. — Lapeer 
Comity  Press,  Lapeer,  ^Michigan,  Jan.  8,  1941. 

Febri-.^ky,  1941 


Unusual  Hypertension 

A Case  of  Ten  Years' 
Duration* 

By  Hugh  Stalker,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Hugh  Stalker,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Harvard  University  Medical  School, 

1924.  Fellow,  American  College  of  Physi- 
cians. Diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Internal  Medicine.  Instructor  in  Medicine  at 
the  Wayne  University  Medical  School.  Staff 
member  of  Harper  and  Children’s  Hospitals, 

Detroit,  and  The  Cottage  Hospital,  Grosse 
Pointe  Farms.  Member,  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society. 

■ Since  it  has  been  estimated  that  nearly 
100,000  people  die  annually  in  the  United 
States  as  the  result  of  heart  failure  because  of 
hypertension  and  that  many  more  die  from  cere- 
bral accidents  and  renal  insufficiency,  it  is  well  to 
pause  and  give  thought. 

The  systolic  pressure  in  established  hyperten- 
sion varies  from  150  to  over  300  millimeters  of 
mercuiy^  but  it  is  usually  about  200 ; the  diastolic 
pressure  varies  from  90  to  180  but  is  usually 
about  110.  The  pressure  readings  (especially 
systolic)  vary  greatly  among  different  individuals 
and  on  different  occasions  in  the  same  individual. 
Repeated  measurements  must  often  be  made  be- 
fore the  customary  blood  pressure  levels  for  a 
patient  are  discovered,  uninfluenced  by  excite- 
ment, exertion,  or  fatigue.  A very  high  diastolic 
pressure  is  usually  a bad  sign  and  a constant 
finding  of  such  a pressure  over  130  millimeters  of 
mercury  means  that  but  a few  months  or  years 
of  life  remain. 

The  following  history’  is  of  a patient  who  first 
came  to  us  in  1928,  with  a systolic  blood  pressure 
of  300  plus.  Her  blood  pressure  has  remained 
high  and  now,  eleven  years  later,  shows  the  same 
systolic  pressure ; her  retinae  show  remarkably 
few  pathological  changes  and  her  kidney  function 
is  very  good. 

Case  History 

A colored  woman,  now  fifty-five  years  old,  was  first 
seen  by  us  in  1928  when  she  complained  of  dyspnea  on 
exertion  and  dizziness  w’hich  she  had  experienced  since 
1924.  In  1928  she  started  to  have  headaches.  She  had 
black  spots  in  front  of  her  eyes  and  became  dizzy  when 
reading:  there  was  no  epistaxis. 

Family  History. — Mother  and  father  died  of  strokes, 
the  former  at  fifty  and  the  latter  at  sixty.  Her  first 

*From  the  Cardiologv'  Clinic,  Harper  Hospital. 


105 


UNUSUAL  HYPERTENSION— STALKEr 


1928  1929  1930  1931  1932  1933  1934-1936  1937  1938  1939 


husband  is  dead.  Her  second  husband  is  living  and 
well.  One  son  living  but  tuberculous. 

Physical  Examination. — Weight  170  pounds.  There 
were  many  snags  of  teeth,  enlarged  tonsils,  marked 
pulsations  of  carotids  and  in  supra-sternal  notch,  some 
rales  at  the  bases  posteriorly,  the  heart  was  enlarged 
to  the  left,  there  was  a systolic  murmur  at  the  base  and 
both  systolic  and  diastolic  at  the  apex.  The  blood  pres- 
sure was  300  plus/110.  There  was  no  edema  of  the  ex- 
tremities. Rectal  examination  showed  external  and  in- 
ternal hemorrhoids.  The  blood  and  urine  were  negative. 
Blood  non-protein  nitrogen  30  mgs.,  and  blood  sugar 
0.95  mgs. 

X-ray  Examination. — On  March  30,  1929,  the  heart 
showed  definite  left-sided  enlargement.  Aortic  shadow 
of  normal  size.  No  substernal  thyroid.  Slight  increase 
in  root  infiltration. 

Electrocardiogram. — Regular  rhythm.  Sinus  arrhyth- 
mia. Alarked  left  axis  deviation.  Inversion  of  T 2 and 
3.  Flat  T 1.  S-T  1 and  2 depressed.  S-T  3 elevated. 
Conclusions : Alarked  myocardial  damage. 

Immediate  Progress.  While  she  was  in  the  hospital 
with  rest,  diet,  sodium  bromide  and  chloral  hydrate, 
and  erythroltetranitrate,  the  blood  pressure  dropped  to 
170/90.  Her  menopause  was  about  the  middle  of  1930. 
The  patient  was  then  seen  at  intervals  in  the  outpatient 
department  to  October,  1933,  and  it  was  always  noted 
that  her  blood  pressure  was  in  the  hypertensive  group. 
Once  she  complained  of  numbness  of  the  left  side  of 
the  face,  the  left  arm  and  leg,  but  there  was  no  dis- 
turbance in  sensation.  There  was  occasional  shortness 
of  breath  and  at  different  t'mes  she  was  given  digitalis 


but  never  continued  with  it.  Her  electrocardiograms 
showed  progressive  myocardial  degeneration. 

Fundi. — On  October  10,  1930,  the  fundi  were  within 
normal  limits.  Some  of  the  vessels  in  the  region  of  the 
discs  showed  presence  of  slight  sheathing;  some  of  the 
arteries  were  tortuous ; venous  pulsations  presented  a i 
picture  suggestive  of  arteriosclerosis.  ' 

Further  Progress.  We  lost  sight  of  the  patient  until  • 
February,  1937,  at  which  time  she  showed  a blood  pres-  i 
su'.e  of  280/100.  The  red  blood  cells  were  always  essen-  ■ 
tially  normal  and  there  was  only  a slight  reduction  in  i 
the  amount  of  hemoglobin.  The  blood  non-protein  ni- 
trogen was  always  normal  and  the  blood  Wassermann 
test  was  always  negative.  She  complained  occasionally  ! 
of  being  dizzy,  tired,  and  listless.  Her  weight  became  ' 
progressively  less.  In  1938  there  was  a question  of 
numbness  of  the  left  side  of  the  bod}'  which  appeared 
to  increase.  A neurologist  made  a diagnosis  at  that  t'me 
of  small  but  recurrent  right  sided  cerebral  hemorrhages. 
Occasionally  she  acknowledged  some  relief  from  phle-  ; 
botomy  and  also  was  given  sodium  nitrites,  capsules  of 
theobromine  and  phenobarbital,  digalen,  and  epsom 
salts.  Her  second  husband  died  in  October,  1938.  In 
December  her  subjective  symptoms  were  some  short- 
ness of  breath,  dizziness,  and  headache.  There  was  no 
edema  of  ankles  and  feet.  An  electrocardiogram  in 
Alay,  1939,  gave  the  appearance  of  an  old  posterior 
infarction. 

Fluoroscopy. — On  Alarch  30,  1939,  a fluoroscopic 
study  of  the  chest  showed  normal  position  of  the  dia- 
phragm leaves  with  clear  costophrenic  sinuses  and  clear 
lung  fields.  The  heart  was  enlarged  in  its  transverse  i 


106 


louR.  Al.S.Af.S. 


UNDESCENDED  TESTIS— BAILEY 


diameter  with  particular  enlargement  in  the  left  ven- 
tricular area  which  extended  downward  and  towards  the 
left  and  also  posteriorly  to  a marked  degree.  No  intra- 
cardiac calcification  was  demonstrable.  The  beat  seen 
along  the  left  border  was  regular  and  of  small  ampli- 
tude. There  was  very  marked  dilatation  of  the  thoracic 
aorta  although  there  was  no  aneurysmal  dilatation  at 
any  point.  The  aorta  exhibited  a marked  pulsation 
throughout.  A radiograph  taken  at  the  six-foot  dis- 
tance showed  considerable  calcification  in  the  trans- 
verse arch  and  the  following  measurements : 


Internal  diameter  of  chest 27.1  cm. 

ML  10.8  cm. 

MR  5.0  cm. 

G V 7.6  cm. 


Kymography. — A kymographic  study  in  the  antero- 
posterior and  left  lateral  projections  showed  a regular 
cardiac  beat  of  moderate  rate  and  a very  small  ampli- 
tude in  the  left  ventricular  area  suggesting  myocardial 
damage.  The  pulsations  of  the  aorta  were  of  unusually 
large  amplitude. 

Eyes. — On  June  14,  1939,  vision  in  right  eye  was  20/ 
100;  left  eye,  20/30.  Pupils  reacted  to  light  and  ac- 
commodation. Fundi  revealed  no  evidence  of  hemor- 
rhages. Vessels  were  quite  small  and  wavy  towards 
their  periphery.  They  also  showed  white  streaks  along 
the  surface  but  no  other  evidence  of  hypertension.  Disc 
normal  on  , appearance.  No  lens  changes.  The  blood 
pressure  in  the  right  arm  was  300  plus/110;  in  the  left 
arm  290/110.  Weight  122  pounds. 

Discussion 

A case  of  extreme  systolic  hypertension  is  pre- 
sented in  a colored  female  which  was  first  diag- 
nosed two  years  before  the  menopause.  It 
has  progressed  for  eleven  years  most  of  that 
time  under  observation  with  very  few  signs  of 
heart  failure  or  retinal  changes  and  good  kidney 
function.  She  has  shown  no  signs  of  hyperthy- 
roidism/ large  vessel  sclerosis,  coarctation  of  the 
aorta,  or  arteriovenous  communication  and  psy- 
chically is  a quiet,  rather  phlegmatic,  individual. 
(Recently  she  asked  my  advice  about  remarry- 
ing). Hence  the  diagnosis  must  primarily  be 
essential  hypertension. 

References 

1.  Palmer,  R.  C. ; Personal  communication. 

2.  White,  Paul  D. : Heart  Disease.  2nd  Edition.  The  Mac- 

millan Company,  1937,  p.  314. 


The  attention  of  the  medical  profession  is  directed  to 
the  appearance  of  a special  issue  of  Harofe  Haivri 
(The  Hebrew  Medical  Journal),  a semi-annual  publica- 
tion, edited  by  Dr.  Moses  Einhorn.  This  volume  com- 
memorates the  thirteenth  anniversary  of  this  journal 
and  is  dedicated  to  Prof.  Sigmund  Freud. 

February,  1941 


The  Undescended  Testis 

By  Louis  J.  Bailey,  M.D.,  M.Sc.  (Med.),  F.A.C.P. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Louis  J.  Bailey,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Wayne  University  College  of  Medi- 
cine, 1925.  M.Sc.  (Med.).  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1939  for  grad'uate  work  in  Infernal 
Medicine.  F.A.C.P.,  Certified  American  Board 
of  Infernal  Medicine.  Instructor  in  Clinical 
Medicine  at  Wayne  University.  Member  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ In  the  descent  of  the  testis  the  gubernacu- 
lum  testis  is  not  attached  to  the  scrotum  but 
to  the  peritoneum  and  to  the  fascia  which  sur- 
rounds the  process  of  peritoneum  which  comes 
to  be  known  as  the  processus  vaginalis.  The 
gubernaculum  testis  is  also  attached  to  the  pubic 
spine  and  the  perineum.  Therefore,  while  a 
prominent  role  has  conventionally  been  assigned 
the  gubernaculum  in  guiding  the  testis  to  its 
normal  scrotal  position,  it  can  only  do  so  inso- 
far as  the  processus  vaginalis  develops  normally, 
descends  normally  through  the  inguinal  canal  and 
into  the  scrotum. 

The  physiological  forces  which  control  the 
development  and  normal  direction  of  the  proces- 
sus vaginalis  are  not  at  all  certain  but  it  was 
proved  experimentally  in  1932®  that  the  testes 
of  immature  rats  and  monkeys  could  be  caused 
to  descend  by  the  administration  of  extracts  of 
the  anterior  pituitary  or  pregnancy  urine.  The 
author  noted  in  a series  of  experiments  on  rats 
in  1933  that  the  immature  male  was  a better 
animal  upon  which  to  demonstrate  the  presence 
of  A.P.L.  than  the  immature  female  of  the  same 
age  by  virtue  of  the  speed  with  which  the  testes 
descended  after  the  injection  of  pregnancy  urine 
or  extracts  containing  A.P.L.  Coincidentally,  the 
seminal  vesicles  increased  several  times  in  size 
These  animals  were  twenty-one  to  twenty-five 
days  old  and  younger  animals  were  not  used; 
but  it  is  known  from  reports  in  the  literature  that 
more  immature  animals  are  more  refractory  to 
anterior  pituitary  or  anterior  pituitary-like 
hormones. 

So  far  as  I am  aware,  the  human  infant  is 
the  only  mammal  to  exhibit  descent  of  the 
testicle  normally  at  birth.  This  fact  has  been 
quoted  to  indicate  that  the  organ  has  been 
acted  upon  prenatally  by  the  hormones  circu- 
lating in  the  mother’s  blood,  i.e.,  anterior  pitui- 


107 


UN  DESCENDED  TESTI S— P.AI  LEY 


tary-like  hormone,  to  cause  descent,  for  the 
human  female  is  the  only  one  in  whom  this 
hormone  can  be  demonstrated  in  the  urine  dur- 
ing pregnancy. 

A similar  hormone  is  demonstrable  in  the 
blood  of  the  pregnant  mare  for  a few  weeks  dur- 
ing pregnancy  but  there  are  some  differences  in 
the  biological  behavior  of  A.P.L.  as  found  in 
human  pregnancy  urine  and  the  hormone  of 
pregnant  mares’  serum. 

Spontaneous  Descent 

Tdespite  the  implication  that  the  undescended 
testicle  will  remain  refractory  to  hormone  stimu- 
lation since  it  did  not  respond  to  A.P.L.  during 
intra-uterine  life,  we  are  nevertheless  confronted 
by  the  indisputable  fact  that  the  majority  of  un- 
descended testes  will  descend  during  adolescent 
years.  The  figures  vary  widely  but  all  are 
agreed  that  the  various  army  statistics  which  in- 
dicate an  incidence  postpubertally  of  two  or  three 
cases  per  thousand  men  probably  reflect  the  true 
incidence  of  undescended  testicle  in  the  adult. 
Therefore,  Johnson,"^  who  saw  seventeen  cases 
per  thousand  in  over  thirty-one  thousand  prepu- 
bertal boys,  aptly  inquires  as  to  what  happens 
during  puberty  to  the  other  fifteen  cases  per 
thousand.  In  his  five  hundred  and  thirty-four 
cases,  there  was  spontaneous  descent  in  three 
hundred  and  thirteen,  the  age  of  spontaneous 
descent  falling  between  seven  and  seventeen  years, 
most  being  between  nine  and  fourteen  years. 

Since  undescended  testicle  is  not  commonly 
seen  in  association  with  Frflhlich’s  syndrome,  it 
is  unfair  to  assume  that  pre-adolescent  hypo- 
pituitarism is  commonly  the  cause.  Nor  can  a 
lack  of  A.P.L.  in  the  mother  be  considered  as  the 
reason  for  the  failure  of  descent.  The  obvious 
conclusion  is  that  the  cause  rests  either  in  the 
testicle  itself  as  a refractory  effector  organ  or  in 
developmental  mal-development  of  the  processus 
vaginalis  and/or  the  gubernaculum  testis. 

Clinical  Classification 

Various  classifications  have  been  advanced,®’^” 
the  most  useful  being  a clinical  one 

1.  Those  with  an  associated  endocrinopathy. 

2.  Those  with  fixed  mechanically  retained 
testes  or  ectopy. 

3.  Those  with  movable  testes  which  may  be 
manipulated  into  the  scrotum. 


Treatment 

Associated  Endocrinopathy. — There  is  agree- 
ment that  patients  presenting  other  evidence  of 
endocrine  abnormality  should  be  treated  en- 
docrinologically.®’®’^^’^^  Thus  it  follows  as  a mat- 
ter of  course  that  the  proper  hormones  will  be 
exhibited  in  those  patients  with  mental,  physical 
or  osseous  retardation  irrespective  of  the  con- 
comitant presence  of  cr}’ptorchidism.  Delay  of 
appearance  of  epiphyseal  centers  with  or  without 
mental  retardation  will  call  for  thyroid  treat- 
ment ; but  the  practitioner  will  probably  prefer 
to  exhibit  A.P.L.  in  the  dosages  to  be  mentioned 
later  if  his  patient  is  cryptorchid  and  not  too 
young.  Likewise  Frdhlich’s  syndrome  will  be 
treated  with  thyroid,  diet  and  anterior  pituitary- 
like  substances  and  if  one  or  both  testicles  hap- 
pen to  be  undescended  in  such  a patient,  descent 
of  the  organs  will  be  accepted  as  an  added  divi- 
dend. I have  not  seen  dwarfism  in  a young 
boy,  but  I should  expect  that  this  pituitary  syn- 
drome would  be  as  refractory  insofar  as  the 
gonads  are  concerned  as  it  is  in  the  young  girl. 

These  cases  frequently  respond  well  to 
growth  hormones  but  it  is  the  usual  thing  for 
attempt  at  gonadal  stimulation  to  fail. 

M echanically  Fixed  Testes. — There  is  no  hurry 
in  treating  cases  of  undescended  testicle  un- 
associated with  other  endocrine  defects.  Pre- 
pubertally,  the  undescended  testicle  is  no  differ- 
ent histologically  than  the  normally  placed 
organ. Indeed,  with  the  record  of  sponta- 
neous descent  which  has  been  quoted  one  might 
inquire  as  to  whether  the  condition  should  be 
treated  at  all.  The  reasons  most  frequently  given 
for  early  treatment,  either  hormonal  or  opera- 
tive, are : 

1.  Histological  damage  to  the  testicle  retained 
after  puberty. 

2.  The  possible  occurence  of  carcinoma. 

3.  The  possible  occurrence  of  infection  and 
injury. 

The  first  of  these  is  far  and  away  the  most  im- 
portant. Evidence  that  the  retained  testicle  is 
more  frequently  infected  or  more  frequently  the 
site  of  carcinoma  is  not  too  conclusive.^  There 
is  ample  evidence,  however,  that  the  retained 
testicle  is  different  histologically  postpubertally 
than  the  normal  organ. Whereas  at 


108 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


UN^DESCEXDED  TESTIS— BAILEY 


puberty  the  normally  descended  testis  grows 
sharply  and  develops  spermatozoa,  the  undes- 
cended organ  grows  slightly,  develops  usually 
only  spermatogonia,  rarely  spermatozoa  and  later 
the  germinal  epithelium  atrophies.  Sterility  is 
the  rule  in  bilateral  cryptorchidism,^”  the  cause 
apparently  lying  in  the  increased  heat  to  which 
the  organ  is  subjected.^^ 

It  would  seem  reasonable  therefore  to  pre- 
scribe treatment  in  all  cases  of  bilateral 
cryptorchidism  even  though  the  chances  for 
normal  descent  are  greater  than  those  for  con- 
tinued nondescent  because  of  the  loss  of  fertil- 
ity which  is  bound  to  occur  should  the  condi- 
tion persist.  Likewise,  it  would  seem  reason- 
able to  prescribe  treatment  in  unilateral 
cryptorchidism  even  though  the  chance  of  in- 
jury to  organs  retained  in  the  inguinal  canal 
be  slight  because  hormone  treatment  is  harm- 
less and  may  accomplish  complete  results. 
Further,  should  hormone  treatment  fail,  we 
shall  have  diagnosed  those  cases  belonging  in 
this  category  of  the  classification,  i.e.,  those 
with  mechanically  fixed  and  retained  organs. 

Short  of  operation,  the  patient  belonging  in 
this  category  cannot  otherwise  be  accurately 
diagnosed.  It  then  becomes  necessary  to  deter- 
mine the  age  at  which  treatment  had  best  be 
applied.  If  there  is  no  other  associated  en- 
docrinopathy,  I see  no  objection  to  waiting  until 
near  puberty  or  the  first  years  of  puberty  to  pre- 
scribe hormone  treatment.  In  fact  the  statistics 
relative  to  spontaneous  descent  would  appear  to 
demand  delay. 

Migratory  Type. — The  patient  belonging  in  the 
third  category  of  the  classification,  i.e.,  those  with 
migratory  testes,  will  almost  inevitably  show 
spontaneous  descent.  These  cases  require  no 
treatment,  obviously.  But  I see  no  objection  to 
treating  those  in  whom  a low  scrotal  position  is 
never  seen  for  the  same  reason  already  given, 
viz.,  that  one  cannot  positively  determine  whether 
or  not  mechanical  obstruction  is  present. 

Endocrine  Therapy 

Having  decided  to  treat  these  patients  and 
having  decided  the  age  limit  during  which  treat- 
ment should  be  prescribed  as  preferably  nine  to 
fourteen  years,  one  is  faced  with  the  necessity  of 
choosing  the  endocrine  substance  to  be  exhibited. 


You  will  recall  that  anterior  pituitary-like  hor- 
mone is  thought  to  exert  its  effect  upon  the  pa- 
tient’s own  pituitary  gland,  initiating  the  dis- 
charge of  pituitary  gonadotropic  hormones.  Be- 
cause of  its  ready  availability  this  substance  has 
been  most  widely  used  in  treatment  of  cr}"ptor- 
chidism.  In -addition,  more  latterly  there  have 
been  available  the  pituitary  hormone  from  preg- 
nant mares’  serum  (Gonadogen)  and  one  of  the 
testicular  hormones  itself,  testosterone,  used  as 
testosterone  propionate.  With  the  latter  two 
substances  I have  no  experience  and  merely  wish 
to  point  out  that  the  reports  in  the  literature  to 
date  are  too  meager  and  too  unsatisfactorv  to 
warrant  furher  commenff’”  and  that  the  pituitar}'" 
hormone  as  it  is  now  available  extracted  from  the 
gland  itself  is  not  to  be  preferred  over  anterior 
pituitar}'-like  substance.^  It  is  therefore  appar- 
ent that  our  choice  of  therapeutic  material  is 
limited  to  extracts  of  pregnancy  urine  (A.P.L., 
Antuitrin-S,  Follutein,  et  cetera.). 

Dosage. — A review  of  the  literature  would  in- 
dicate that  doses  of  from  100  R.U.  twice  weekly 
to  from  100  or  1000  R.U.  daily  have  been  ad- 
ministered. The  total  effective  dose  reported 
has  varied  from  2400  to  7500  and 

the  total  duration  of  treatment  has  been  reported 
by  these  same  authors  as  from  three  to  twenty- 
five  weeks,  the  average  being  about  2 months,  I 
am  in  agreement  with  the  discussant  of  one  of 
these  papers^”  that  our  peak  dose  need  not  exceed 
1500  R.U.  w'eekl}^  This  would  mean  in  the  case 
of  concentrated  Antuitrin-S  containing  500  R.U. 
per  cubic  centimeter  a dose  of  1 c.c.  three  times 
a week  which  can  if  you  wish  be  given  by  the 
parents  at  home  similarly  to  the  administration 
of  insulin  to  diabetic  children. 

This  dose  had  best  be  obtained  by  degrees. 
We  do  not  see  the  local  or  constitutional  reac- 
tions with  Antuitrin-S  today  as  were  seen  a few 
years  ago  when  the  first  products  were  released 
for  commercial  consumption.  It  is,  nevertheless, 
my  habit  to  give  100  R.U.  per  dose  during  the 
first  week  of  treatment,  increasing  to  250  R.U, 
per  dose  in  the  second  week  and  thereafter  ad- 
ministering 500  R.U.  per  dose  two  or  three  times 
a week. 

Results 

The  results  to  be  expected  from  hormone  treat- 
ment have  been  amply  recorded.  Permanent 


Fei3ru.\ry.  1941 


109 


1 


UNDESCENDED  TESTIS— BAILEY 


descent  in  61  per  cent  of  treated  cases  as  re- 
ported would  appear  to  be  entirely  too  high  a re- 
sult. As  you  are  well  aware,  the  literature  has 
constantly  cautioned  against  including  migratory 
cases  as  cases  of  true  cryptorchidism.  Other  ob- 
servers have  reported  permanent  descent  in  from 
19  to  45  per  cent  of  their  cases.^’^’^^’^^’^^’^® 

Operative  Results. — Such  results  would  appear 
to  indicate  that  operation  will  be  necessary  in 
the  majority  of  cases  if  a good  scrotal  position 
is  to  be  obtained,  and  I belie\'e  this  to  be  the 
case.  In  one  series  of  seven  patients  treated 
surgically  after  failure  of  A.P.L.  all  showed 
anatomical  reasons  for  the  failure. Operation 
was  necessary  in  75  per  cent  of  Thompson’s 
cases.’^®  I should  like  to  emphasize  again,  how- 
ever, that  the  use  of  A.P.L.  pre-operatively  is 
valuable  as  an  aid  in  the  selection  of  cases  for 
surgery  and  as  a means  of  enlarging  the  struc- 
tures to  be  found  at  operation. 

The  results  to  be  obtained  by  operation  appear 
to  have  been  inadequately  evaluated.  McKenna^® 
was  unable  to  examine  his  cases  postoperativelv 
to  prove  the  presence  of  sperm.  Schuck  operated 
on  ninety-seven  of  200  and  noted  that  the  growth 
of  the  operated  organ  was  not  improved.^®  Wan- 
gensteen^^ called  attention  to  the  fact  that  opera- 
tion was  incapable  of  completely  restoring  the 
germinal  epithelium  to  normal  function.  Such 
restoration  is  possible  in  the  experimental  animal 
whose  testes  are  returned  to  a normal  scrotal 
position  after  having  been  temporarily  resident  in 
the  abdomen ; but  this  appears  not  to  follow  in 
the  human  being. 

Endocrine  Therapy. — In  this  connection  I 
should  like  to  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  the 
use  of  A.P.L.  postoperatively  is  frequently 
recommended  to  improve  the  growth  of  the  struc- 
tures which  have  been  restored  to  the  normal 
scrotal  position.  However,  I have  never  seen 
enlargement  and  have  not  been  convinced  by  re- 
ports in  the  literature  that  the  size  of  the  testicle 
itself  is  ever  influenced  significantly  by  the  ad- 
ministration of  anterior  pituitary-like  hormones. 
If  you  recall  that  the  action  of  anterior  pituitary- 
like  substance  is  almost  wholly  luteinizing  in  the 
female  and  interstitial  cell  stimulating  in  the 
male,  it  becomes  manifest  that  the  prime  results 
to  be  obtained  upon  exhibition  of  this  substance 
in  the  male  is  the  elaboration  of  testosterone  and 


the  consequent  development  of  the  evidences  of 
testicular  hormone  effect  such  as  the  growth  of 
body  hair,  the  change  of  voice,  enlargement  of 
the  prostate,  enlargement  of  the  seminal  vesicles, 
et  cetera. 

I have  every  reason  to  believe  that  testicles 
are  capable  of  developing  an  interstitial  cell  mass 
without  at  the  same  time  development  of  semini- 
ferous tubules.  It  has  been  my  good  fortune  to 
study  the  case  of  a young  man  because  of  his 
sterile  union  who  showed  every  evidence  of  good 
masculine  development  except  for  the  presence 
of  two  pea-sized  testicles  in  a mid-scrotal  posi- 
tion. The  semen  was  somewhat  deficient  in 
quantity,  measuring  about  2 c.c.  and  not  a single 
sperm  was  visible  in  the  specimen. 

. Recommendations 

I should  like  to  make  a recommendation  based 
on  known  physiological  principles.  I should  like 
to  recommend  that  the  follicle-stimulating  hor- 
mone as  it  is  today  available  extracted  from 
pregnant  mares’  serum*  be  used  in  cases  of 
cryptorchidism  postoperatively  with  or  without 
the  concomitant  use  of  A.P.L.  The  so-called 
follicle-stimulating  hormone  when  exhibited  in 
the  male  is  known  to  exert  its  effect  on  the 
seminiferous  tubules  and  the  germinal  epithelium. 
I have  no  experience  with  this  type  of  postopera- 
tive treatment,  having  only  discovered  a suitable 
case  within  the  last  few  days,  but  I feel  obligated 
to  call  the  theoretical  considerations  to  your  at- 
tention inasmuch  as  the  maintenance  and  restora- 
tion of  fertility  are  the  prime  objects  of  the 
treatment  of  cryptorchidism  rather  than  simply 
to  obtain  a cosmetic  effect. 

Summary 

The  causes  of  cryptorchidism  are  not  com- 
pletely elucidated. 

Most  cases  appear  to  depend  on  anomalous 
conditions  of  the  peritoneum  covering  the  sper- 
matic vessels  and  vas  and  the  appearance  of 
fascial  bands  obstructing  complete  descent. 

Hormone  treatment  should  be  tried  during 
the  first  years  of  puberty  (nine  to  fourteen 
years)  as  a means  of  differentiating  cases  with 
mechanical  obstruction,  as  an  aid  to  surgery 
and  to  effect  descent  in  about  20  per  cent  of 
the  cases. 

*The  dose  is  unknown  but  might  well  be  10  units  twice  weekly 
over  a prolonged  peuod. 


110 


CONGENITAL  UMBILICAL  HERNIA— NELSON  AND  FANDRICH 


A.P.L.  should  be  used  in  doses  sufficient  to 
induce  pubertal  changes  such  as  hair  and  genital 
growth  which  will  require  doses  up  to  1000  to 
1500  R.U.  weekly  for  an  average  of  two  months. 

If  operation  is  done,  it  should  be  done  within 
the  same  age  limits  and  should  be  followed  by 
hormonal  treatment  to  insure  the  restoration  of 
the  germinal  epithelium  without  which  any  treat- 
ment is  to  be  considered  a failure. 


Bibliography 


1.  Bigler,  J.  A.,  Hardy,  L.  M.,  and  Scott,  H.  J.:  Cryptor- 

chidism treated  with  gonadotropic  principle.  Am.  Jour. 
Dis.  Child.,  55:273,  (Feb.)  1938.  . , , j 

2.  Cabot,  Hugh:  The  management  of  the  incompletely  de- 

scended testis.  South.  Surgeon,  4:331,  (Oct.)  1935. 

3.  Cone,  R.  E.:  The  management  of  cryptorchidism.  Jour. 
Urol.,  42:240,  (Aug.)  1939. 

4.  Creamer,  A.  J. : Evaluation  of  hormone  therapy  for  un- 

descended testes  in  man.  Endocrin.,  21:230,  (Mar.)  1937. 

5.  Dorff,  Geo.  B.,  IV:  The  treatment  with  gonadotropic 
hormones  (anterior  pituitary- like)  of  nonadipose  boys  show- 
ing genital  dystrophy.  Jour.  Fed.,  10:517,  (Apr.)  1937. 

6.  Engle,  E.  T. : The  action  of  extracts  of  anterior  pituitary 
and  of  P.  U.  on  the  testes  of  immature  rats  and  monkeys. 
Endocrin.,  16:506,  (Sept. -Oct.)  1932. 

7.  Johnson,  Wm.  W. : Cryptorchidism.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  113:25, 
(July)  1939. 

8.  Kearns,  W.  M. : The  clinical  application  of  testosterone. 
Jour.  A.M.A.,  112:2255,  (June  3)  1939. 

9.  Kunstadter,  R.  H. : The  treatment  of  hypogenitalism  in  the 
male  with  the  gonadotropic  principle  of  pregnant  mares’ 
serum.  Endocrin.,  25:661,  (Nov.)  1939. 

10.  McKenna,  C.  M.,  and  Ewert,  E. : Management  of  undes- 
cended testicle.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  105:1172,  (Oct.  12)  1935. 

11.  Moore,  C.  R. : The  behavior  of  the  testis  in  transplanta- 

tion, experimental  cryptorchidism,  vasectomy,  scrotal  insula- 
tion and  heat  application.  Endocrin.,  8:493,  (July)  1924. 

12.  Nixon,  N.:  The  undescended  testicle.  Am.  Jour.  Dis. 

Child.,  55:1037,  (May)  1938. 

13.  Schuck,  Franz:  Cryptorchidism.  New  York  State  Jour. 

Med.,  38:1064,  (Aug.  1)  1938. 

14.  Thompson,  W.  O.,  Bevan,  A.  D.,  Heckel,  N.  J.,  McCarthy, 
E.  R.,  and  Thompson,  P.  K. : The  treatment  of  undescended 
testes  with  anterior  pituitary-like  substance.  Endocrin,  21: 
220,  (Mar.)  1937. 

15.  Thompson,  W.  O.  and  Heckel,  N.  J. : Precocious  sexual 
development  from  an  anterior  pituitary-like  principle.  Jour. 
A.M.A.,  110:1813,  (May  28)  1938. 

16.  Thompson,  W.  O.,  and  Heckel,  N.  J. : Undescended  testes. 
Jour.  A.M.A.,  112:397,  (Feb.  4)  1939. 

17.  Wangensteen,  O.  H.:  The  undescended  testis.  Annals 

Surg.,  102:875,  (Nov.)  1935. 


Michigan  has  been  making  big  strides  in  developing 
its  maternal  and  child  health  program,  according  to 
the  latest  reports  to  the  Children’s  Bureau. 

Commenting  on  the  census  figures,  the  Bureau  states 
Michigan’s  maternal  death  rate  declined  from  fifty-two 
in  1936  to  thirty-six  in  1937.  In  1938  the  rate  was 
thirty-seven,  but  the  one  point  increase  was  not  suf- 
ficient to  be  statistically  significant  in  view  of  the  num- 
ber of  births  involved,  the  Bureau  points  out.  Michi- 
gan’s 1938  rate  was  also  held  by  three  other  states — 
Indiana,  New  Jersey,  and  Vermont. 

Michigan’s  infant  mortality  rate  in  1938  was  forty-five 
per  1,000  live  births,  a drop  of  three  points  compared 
with  1937.  One  other  state,  Idaho,  had  the  same  rate 
as  Michigan,  while  seventeen  states  had  lower  rates. 
The  lowest  state  rate — thirty-six  per  1,000  live  births — 
was  established  by  Connecticut  and  Nebraska. 

There  are  still  too  many  avoidable  deaths  of  mothers 
and  young  babies  in  the  United  States,  according  to  the 
Children’s  Bureau.  Although  the  maternal  and  infant 
mortality  rates  for  the  United  States  in  1938  were  the 
lowest  on  record,  it  is  estimated  that  at  least  one  out 
of  two  maternal  deaths,  and  one  out  of  three  deaths 
of  young  babies  can  be  prevented. 

February,  1941 


Congenital  Umbilical  Hernia 

With  Eventration 

By  Harry  M.  Nelson,  M.D. 
and 

T.  S.  Fandrich,  M.D. 

Harry  M.  Nelson,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1920.  Chief 
Gynecologist  and  Senior  Attending  Obstetri- 
cian, Woman’s  Hospital.  Assistant  Professor 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  Wayne  University. 

Director  Tumor  Clinic,  Woman’s  Hospital. 

Fellow  of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons. 

Member,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

T.  S.  Fandrich,  M.D. 

A.B.,  M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1935. 

Junior  Attending  Obstetrician  and  Gynecolo- 
gist, Woman’s  Hospital.  Member,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

■ The  NUMBER  of  cases  of  congenital  umbilical 
hernia  with  eventration  reported  in  the  litera- 
ture are  few  enough  to  make  each  case  interest- 
ing. Most  of  the  case  reports  are  found  in  the 
foreign  literature, only  a few  being  in 
our  own. 

The  case  we  are  reporting  is  as  follows : 

Mrs.  C.  R.,  aged  twenty-eight,  para  II.  Last  men- 
strual period  September  2,  1937,  making  estimated 
date  of  confinement  June  9,  1938.  Previous  pregnancy 
March  25,  1936,  at  which  time  a normal  8 lb.  3 oz.  full 
term  female  was  born.  No  complications  or  postpar- 
tum morbidity  were  present. 

Patient  gave  a normal  menstrual  history.  Onset  age 
12,  28/7  type.  Childhood  diseases  consisted  of  pertussis, 
measles  and  mumps.  No  operations  except  tonsillectomy 
and  adenoidectomy. 

This  pregnancy  was  uneventful  except  for  nausea 
and  vomiting  during  week  before  admission  to  hospital. 
Onset  of  labor  was  exactly  two  weeks  before  expected 
date.  The  patient  entered  the  hospital  in  labor  and  de- 
livered 4 hours  and  12  minutes  after  onset.  Blood 
pressure  on  admission  90/50,  pulse  96,  temperature 
98.8.  Fetal  heart  was  140  on  admission  and  rose  to  158 
one  hour  later.  No  analgesics  or  sedatives  were  given 
patient  during  labor. 

The  baby  was  a 6-pound  4-ounce  female,  born  spon- 
taneously after  a midline  episiotomy.  It  cried  vigorously 
and  required  no  resuscitation  of  any  kind. 

At  the  time  of  birth  it  was  noted  that  approximately 
14  inches  of  the  ileum,  cecum  and  ascending  colon  were 
lying  free,  outside  of  the  abdomen.  There  was  no  sign 
of  a hernial  sac.  The  opening  in  the  abdominal  wall 
was  fully  the  size  of  a half  dollar,  and  the  umbilical 
cord  was  attached  to  the  left  of  this  opening.  As  soon 
as  the  baby  was  born,  the  intestines  were  wrapped  in 
warm  saline  sponges  and  within  twenty  minutes  the 
infant  was  taken  to  the  operating  room.  By  this  time, 
practically  all  of  the  intestines  were  outside  of  the 


111 


CONGENITAL  UMBILICAL  HERNIA— NELSON  AND  FANDRICH 


abdominal  cavity.  This  was  thought  due  to  the  release 
of  intrauterine  pressure. 

Under  drop  ether  anesthesia,  the  opening  of  the 
abdominal  cavity  was  extended  above  and  below,  and 
after  considerable  difficulty,  all  of  the  intestines  were 


Fig.  1.  Drawing  of  baby  as  it  appeared  immediate- 
ly after  birth,  showing  the  umbilical  cord  to  the 
left  lateral  side  of  the  openmg;  the  cecum,  appendix 
and  small  intestine. 

placed  back  in  the  abdominal  cavity.  Through  and 
through  silk  sutures  were  used  to  close  the  abdominal 
opening,  after  having  excised  the  umbilical  cord. 

The  baby  lost  weight  during  its  first  three  days,  going 
down  to  5 pounds  11  ounces.  At  the  time  of  its  dis- 
change,  on  the  twenty-fifth  day,  it  weighed  6 pounds 
12  ounces.  The  only  abnormality  in  an  uneventful  con- 
valescence was  daily  partial  regurgitation  of  formula 
and  some  vomiting,  which  had  entirely  disappeared  by 
the  twelfth  day.  The  baby  was  discharged  on  the 
twenty-fifth  postpartum  day  and  has  been  in  perfect 
health  since.  At  the  present  time  (November  21,  1939), 
the  child  is  normal  and  active,  weighing  thirty-two 
pounds  and  twenty-three  inches  tall. 

It  is  obvious  that  this  congenital  defect  is  rare, 
when  it  is  estimated  that  it  occurs  only  once  in 
5,000  deliveries.® 

Embryological  Factors 

Stein  and  Gerber^®  stated  some  of  th^  embryo- 
logical  factors  related  to  this  subject  as  follows: 
The  primitive  gut  and  ventral  body  wall  are 
formed  primarily  by  a ventral  bending  and  fus- 
ing of  the  originally  flat  germ  layers  which  rest 
upon  the  yolk  sac. 

On  each  side,  the  splanchnopleure  first  curves 


ventrally  and  fuses  with  the  member  of  the  oppo- 
site side  in  the  mid  line,  to  form  the  gut.  Shortly 
thereafter,  the  somatopleure  fuses  in  the  same 
manner  in  the  ventral  medial  line  to  form  the 
body  wall.  It  is  apparent  that  a defective  fusion 
of  the  two  sides  of  the  somatopleure  would  re- 
sult in  a more  or  less  extensive  medial  cleft.  The 
cleft  may  extend  from  neck  to  pelvis,  associated 
with  a stillbirth,  or  may  be  limited  to  a small  por- 
tion of  thorax  or  abdomen. 

Further  factors,  given  by  other  writers,®’^’®’^^ 
are  listed  as  : Traction  on  the  umbilical  cord ; un- 
due pressure  in  the  abdominal  region  because  of 
faulty  fetal  position;  inhibition  of  growth  of  the 
abdominal  wall ; a disturbed  relationship  between 
growth  of  the  abdominal  cavity  and  its  contents ; 
and  accidental  bands  of  adhesions.  There  is  no 
evidence  of  familial  tendency  in  this  defect  of 
development. 


Summary 

1.  Report  of  a case,  interesting  because  of  un- 
eventful convalescence,  probably  because  of  early 
surgery. 

2.  Presentation  of  a few  points  in  embryologi- 
cal development  of  this  area,  with  a few  etiolog- 
ical possibilities,  as  mentioned  by  other  authors. 

References 


1.  Boydur,  D.  C. : Bull,  et  mem.  Soc.  d.  Chir.  de  Paris, 

28:464-465,  (July  3)  1936, 

2.  Glass,  Oscar:  Massive  umbilical  hernia  with  enterocystoma 

in  a newborn.  Amer.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  29:748-749, 
(_May)  1935. 

3.  Gordon,  J.  W. : Jour.  Mich.  State  Med.  Soc..  31:533,  1932. 

4.  Herbert,  A.  F. : Amer.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  15:86, 

1938. 

5.  Jarcho,  J.  S. : Surg.  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  65:593,  1937. 

6.  Keith,  A.:  Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  1:435,  1932. 

7.  Krumm,  J.  F. : Congenital  hernia  with  eventration  and 

absence  of  sac.  Amer.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gvnec.,  22:442- 

443,  (Sept.)  1931. 

8.  Lasserre,  C.,  and  Balard:  Bordeaux  Chir.,  5:193-194, 

(July  31)  1934. 

9.  Magendie,  J.,  and  Ponyanne,  L. : Bordeaux  Chir.,  9:56-61, 

(Jan.)  1938. 

10.  Massabuan,  G.,  and  Guibal,  A.:  Arch.  d.  malde  I’app. 

Digestif.,  23:129-150,  (Feb.)  1933. 

11.  Niebuhr,  Dresch  and  Logan:  Jour.  A.M.A.,  103:16,  1934. 

12.  Scio,  A.:  Riv.  San.  Siciliana,  21:595-597,  (April  15)  1933. 

13.  Stein,  J.  L.,  and  Gerber,  A.:  Congenital  omphalocele: 

A report  of  four  cases.  Amer.  Jour.  Ped.,  14:89-91,  (Jan.) 

1939. 

14.  Thunig,  L.  A.:  Arch.  Surg.,  33:1021-1045,  (Dec.)  1936. 

15.  Vanverts,  J.,  and  Palliez,  R. : Bull.  Soc.  d’  Obst.  et  de 

Gynec.,  21  :66-67,  (Jan.)  1932. 


Michigan  has  added  to  its  maternal  and  child  health 
staff  a consultant  in  pediatrics  to  work  in  organized 
territory  through  the  local  health  departments  in  de- 
veloping this  pediatric  consultant  service.  He  is  to  act 
as  consultant  to  local  practitioners  in  pediatrics  in  rural 
areas  and  wherever  such  consultant  service  is  not  other- 
wise available.  He  also  lectures  to  county  and  district 
medical  societies  on  the  practice  of  pediatrics,  talks 
to  lay  groups  on  the  care  of  children,  and  participates 
in  the  state  program  of  postgraduate  education  through 
lectures  in  organized  centers.  He  has  recently  com- 
pleted a comprehensive  study  of  all  infant  deaths  in  the 
year  1939  in  the  city  of  Flint. 


112 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


FEMININE  PSYCHOLOGY— SCHWARTZ 


Feminine  Psychology 

With  Emphasis  on  the  Gynecological 
and  Obstetrical  Phases 

By  Louis  Adrian  Schwartz,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Louis  Adrian  Schwartz,  M.D. 

BSc.  in  Medicine,  University  of  Michigan, 

1924.  M.D.,  University  of  Michigan  Medical 

School,  1926.  Examining  Physician  for  Pro- 
bate Court,  County  of  Wayne  from  1931. 
Consulting  Psychiatrist,  North  End  Clinic,  De- 
troit, Mich.  Consulting  Neuropsychiatrist,  Con- 
sultation  Bureau  of  the  Detroit  Commun-ty 
Fund.  Associate  Physician  at  Harper  Hospital, 

Detroit.  Consulting  Psychiatrist  at  Woman's 
Hospital,  Detroit.  Member  of  Michigan  So- 
ciety for  Neurology  and  Psychiatry;  Fellow  of 
the  Psychiatric  Association;  Member  of  Ameri- 
can Orthopsychiatric  Association;  Member  of 
the  Detroit  Psychoanalytic  Society;  Member 
of  Michigan  State  Medical  Society;  Member  of 
American  Psychoanalytic  Society. 

■ The  history  of  medicine  is  filled  with  re- 
corded observations  indicating  that  there  are 
definite  connections  between  psychological  and 
physiological  processes.  Dr.  Franz  Alexander^ 
has  pointed  out,  in  his  “Medical  Value  of  Psy- 
choanalysis,” that  these  connections  were  per- 
ceived almost  intuitively  from  general  observa- 
tion in  the  prescientific  and  prelaboratory  pe- 
riod,” when  the  physician  “laid  a much  greater 
stress  on  the  psychological  state  of  the  patient 
and  attempted  to  explain  disease  not  only  as  a 
consequence  of  pathological  changes  in  the  differ- 
ent organs  but  as  a consequence  of  the  conditions 
of  the  patient’s  life” ; that,  with  the  growth  of 
scientific  research  and  detailed  empirical  observa- 
tions, the  introduction  of  psychological  factors 
was  naturally  “resisted  by  the  biologically  ori- 
entated physician,  who  was  reminded  of  those 
days,  not  long  past,  when  medicine  was  a branch 
of  sorceiy  and  therapy  a form  of  exorcism,”  and 
that  “the  invasion  of  medicine  by  psycholog}"  is 
felt  by  the  majority  to  introduce  an  unknown 
factor,  incapable  of  tangible  and  scientific  defi- 
nition and  approach.” 

Somatic  Effects  of  Psychogenic  Disturbances 

There  has  been  abundant  supportive  evidence 
showing  that  psychogenic  disturbances  of  the  or- 
gans of  the  body,  the  functions  of  which  are 
regulated  by  the  autonomic  nervous  system,  can 
result  in  definite  anatomical  and  structural 
changes.  The  connection  of  the  cortex  with  the 
visceral  organs  through  the  sympathetic  and  para- 


sympathetic system  is  sufficiently  well  known,  and 
this  connection  implies  that  essentially  ever}* 
peripheral  physiological  process,  in  whatever  part 
of  the  body  it  takes  place,  can  potentially  be  in- 
fluenced by  psychological  factors.  There  is  a 
complicated  interrelation  between  the  autonomic 
ganglia  and  the  central  nervous  system,  and  all 
visceral  organs  receive  nerve  fibers  both  from 
central  origin  and  from  sympathetic  ganglia 
which  lie  outside  of  the  central  nervous  system. 
Therefore,  the  concept  of  the  autonomic  nervous 
system  is  much  more  functional  than  anatomical, 
because  morphologically  they  are  closely  interre- 
lated and  the  innervation  of  the  inner  organs  is 
always  mixed. 

The  sexua.1  functions,  in  the  broad  sense, 
probably  represent  the  most  instinctive  phe- 
nomena of  organic  life  and,  in  the  life  of  wom- 
en, this  function  holds  a most  important  place, 
for  upon  it  depends  the  phenomenon  of  mater- 
nity. It  is  certain  that,  until  recently,  as  far  as 
woman  is  concerned,  any  education  which 
touched  upon  her  sexual  life  was  essentially  a 
denial  of  the  instinctual  basis  for  sex,  and  that 
many  of  the  sexual  disturbances  which  have 
spoiled  the  lives  of  more  than  one  woman 
could  have  been  avoided  by  rational  education. 

As  Dr.  Karl  Menninger'*  has  pointed  out,  the 
starting  point  for  many  gynecological  manifesta- 
tions on  a functional  basis  is  often  to  be  found 
in  slight,  quasi -physiological  disturbances. 
Sometimes  it  is  a woman’s  great  anxiety  for  ma- 
ternity which  leads  her  to  consult  a g}’necologist, 
or  sometimes  it  is  a sexual  manifestation  which 
may  form  the  starting  point  of  errors  of  inter- 
pretation, thereby  turning  the  woman’s  mind 
towards  the  idea  of  some  real  affection  of  her 
genital  apparatus. 

Relation  to  Inhibition 

Research  studies  as  to  the  psychological  deter- 
minants of  somatic  symptomatolog}'  have  made  it 
quite  apparent  that  many  symptoms  can  frequent- 
ly be  explained  by  the  assumption  of  psychologi- 
cal inhibition.  In  other  words,  a degenitalization 
of  the  genitals,  as  it  were,  can  take  place.  Nat- 
urally, long-continued  frigidity  or  vaginismus 
could  not  exist  without  some  corresponding  struc- 
tural changes,  or  at  least  atrophy,  of  the  tissues 
and  glands,  which  is  characteristic  of  any  unused 


February,  1941 


113 


FEMININE  PSYCHOLOGY— SCHWARTZ 


part  of  the  body.  That  the  emotional  life  has 
some  relationship  to  frigidity  would  appear  to  be 
demonstrated  by  numerous  reported  cases  in 
which  a reorganization  of  the  psychic  life  results 
in  pregnancies  ten  to  twenty  years  after  mar- 
riage.® Some  gynecologists  have  gone  so  far  as 
to  postulate  details  of  the  physiological  mechan- 
isms of  this  phenomenon.  Sellheim,  in  1925,  as- 
sumed that  the  emotional  factors  are  reflected 
in  an  over-action  of  the  ovaries,  resulting  in  pre- 
mature maturation  of  the  follicles,  so  that  ova 
are  discharged  which  are  not  yet  ready  for  fer- 
tilization. He  believed  that,  in  some  cases,  this 
could  be  cured  by  psychotherapy,  in  others  by  a 
gradual  reconciliation  of  the  woman  to  her  ster- 
ility, and  that  this  reconciliation  served  to  de- 
crease the  pathological  emotional  stimulation  of 
the  ovary  and  hence  allowed  it  to  discharge  nor- 
mal ova,  thereby  terminating  the  sterility.  In 
this  connection,  the  conclusions  of  Benedek  and 
Rubenstein^  (based  on  independent  observations 
which  were  then  correlated  simultaneously)  are 
of  interest : 

1.  The  day-by-day  study  of  vaginal  smears  and  basal 
body  temperatures  provided  a useful  and  enlightening 
method  for  analysis  of  gonad  function  of  adult  woman. 

2.  The  psychoanalytic  method  could  also  be  em- 
ployed for  a day-by-day  study  of  the  cycle  of  propa- 
gative function  on  the  psychological  level. 

3.  The  simultaneous  use  of  the  two  methods  pro- 
vided clear  correlations  between  the  physiological  and 
psychological  processes. 

4.  The  investigation  suggests  that  in  the  adult  wom- 
an, it  was  possible  to  relate  instinctual  drives  to  spe- 
cific hormone  functions  of  the  ovaries. 

5.  Whenever  the  metabolic  gradient,  correlated  with 
the  specific  gonadal  hormones,  changes  its  direction  or 
slope,  the  psychological  material  shows  a change  in  the 
direction  of  the  instinctual  drive. 

This  was  the  first  time  that  an  accurate  meth- 
od has  been  provided,  affording  an  approach  to 
a study  of  the  biological  foundations  of  the  in- 
stincts. 

Frigidity. — To  go  back  to  the  theme  of  frigid- 
ity, some  women  vomit  after  every  act  of  coitus. 
Many  patients  stop  vomiting  during  pregnancy 
when,  by  suggestion,  after  an  anesthetic,  they  are 
merely  told  that  the  pregnancy  has  been  termi- 
nated. There  are  innumerable  devices  used  by 
patients  to  bring  about  self-punishment  or  to  re- 
ject the  pregnancy  by  vomiting,  or  to  develop 
other  sudden,  inexplicable,  severe  symptoms.  To 


be  pregnant  is  a great  psychic  trauma  to  some 
women,  and  many  difficulties  developing  coinci- 
dentally are,  in  essence,  protestations  and  the 
wish  to  reject  the  child. 

Pseudo  Pregnancy. — There  is  also  the  so- 
called  nervous  or  phantom  pregnancy — pseudo- 
cyesis.  Some  women  are  haunted  by  the  idea  of 
maternity  because  they  either  so  greatly  desire  it 
or  fear  it,  and  a curious  group  of  phenomena  can 
be  developed,  simulating  pregnancy,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  uterine  gravidity,  even  to  its  very  last 
symptom. 

Menstrual  Disturbances. — Coming  to  the  uter- 
us itself  in  its  non-gravid  form  and  functions, 
we  think,  first,  of  all  those  disturbances  of  men- 
struation which  have  been  traced  to  a direct  con- 
nection with  the  unconscious  repudiation  of  fem- 
ininity. Of  these,  amenorrhea  is  the  most  logical 
and  dysmenorrhea  probably  the  most  frequent. 
But  not  infrequently,  menorrhagia,  metrorrhagia 
and  even  leukorrhea  have  also  been  identified  as 
psychologically  predetermined,  and  by  removal  or 
correction  of  the  psychopathology,  amelioration 
of  the  symptom  becomes  easier.  The  rejection  of 
the  female  role,  which  is  dependent  on  deep-lying 
hostility,  is  directed  outwardly  against  men  and 
inwardly  against  the  feminine  part  of  themselves 
by  reason  of  which  some  women  feel  so  inferior. 
There  also  arises  a sense  of  guilt  which  is  fo- 
cused upon  that  part  of  the  body  where  a repudi- 
ation of  femininity  has  been  made  concrete. 
There  is  a wide  variety  of  phenomena,  ranging 
from  behavior  reactions  through  functional  aber- 
rations to  actual  structural  changes.  All  of  them 
may  be  visualized  as  representations  in  different 
spheres  of  a profoundly  influential  drive,  _the 
subjective  aspect  of  which  is  a wish  to  repudiate 
femininity ; that  this  may  appear  in  the  form  of 
perverted  symptoms  has  been  known  in  some  de- 
gree since  the  hysterical  syndrome  was  first  rec- 
ognized. Recent  studies  in  the  endocrines  have 
shown  the  presence  of  the  products  of  the  glands 
of  internal  secretion  of  the  opposite  sex,  in  vary- 
ing degrees,  in  each  individual. 

Psychological  studies  have  also  clearly 
established,  in  some  cases,  the  unconscious 
wish  of  the  little  girl  to  be  a boy,  based  on  the 
physical  and  social  advantages  accruing  to  the 
male  sex,  and  this  unconscious  wish  to  repudi- 


114 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


FEMINIXE  PSYCHOLOGY— SCHWARTZ 


ate  her  femininity  has  been  found  to  have  been 
exaggerated  later  by  the  shock  of  the  first 
menstruation,  by  defloration,  or  fear  of  child- 
birth. That  the  functional  aberration  which  we 
call  hysteria  may  become  structuralized  into 
various  organic  changes  is  at  least  a logical 
hypothesis,  but  it  is  not  yet  proved. 

Tt  can  be  agreed  certainly  that  any  symptom 
may  be  psychogenic,  chemogenic  or  physiogenic, 
and  that  any  disease  may  be  considered  as  a com- 
bination of  all  three,  but  none  can  represent  any 
one  of  these  factors  alone.  We  attempt  to  inter- 
pret the  psychological  aspect  of  these  conditions 
with  the  physics  and  chemistr}*  with  which  we  are 
more  familiar. 

Puerperal  Psychoses 

Tn  the  past  it  has  been  common  to  describe 
certain  psychoses  occurring  at  physiological 
epochs  and  to  give  them  the  name  of  the  epoch 
during  which  they  occurred,  e.g.,  the  “puerperal 
psychoses”  and  the  “lactational  psychoses.”  In- 
fection and  exhaustion  are  frequent  causes  oper- 
ating at  such  periods  to  produce  mental  disturb- 
ances. A large  number  of  these  psychoses  are,  in 
reality  of  the  infection-exhaustion  t\q)e.  Psycho- 
genic factors  are  also  of  prime  importance.  A 
depression  during  pregnancy  may  mean  that  the 
wife  is  not  in  love  with  her  husband  and,  there- 
fore, does  not  want  his  child.  It  will  be  under- 
stood, however,  that  the  strains  incident  to  preg- 
nancy, parturition,  the  puerperium  and  lactation 
may  produce  outbreaks  of  various  psychoses,  par- 
ticularly dementia  precox.  There  is  no  such  thing 
as  a “puerperal  psychosis”  strictly  speaking. 
Mental  disorder  frequently  occurs  during  the 
puerperium  but  must  be  classified  in  accordance 
with  the  symptoms  it  presents  rather  than  the 
time  of  onset.  A patient  may  be  too  immature 
to  withstand  the  responsibility  of  motherhood. 
Patients  who  have  had  a history  of  a psychotic 
episode  at  parturition  should  be  advised  not  to 
have  further  children,  especially  where  there  is  a 
clear-cut  psychotic  episode  with  regressive  symp- 
toms, and  where  there  is  no  evidence  to  show 
that  the  condition  is  primarily  a toxic  or  infec- 
tious one.  A histor}^  of  fever  with  delirium,  or 
evidence  of  renal  damage  or  circulator}'  failure 
usually  rule  out  the  toxic,  infectious  cases.  We 
have  had  occasion  to  see  patients  who  have  been 
advised  by  physicians  to  marry  and  have  a child 


as  a therapeutic  measure  to  get  over  a previous 
nervous  breakdowm.  We  feel  that  this  is  unwise 
advice  as,  by  superimposing  added  emotional 
strains  upon  an  already  overburdened  personality, 
one  may  precipitate  a more  lasting  mental  con- 
dition. 

Climacteric  Changes 

Among  the  most  common  and  intractable  psy- 
chological problems  with  which  the  g}mecologist 
must  deal  are  the  involutional  depressions  or  the 
beginning  melancholia  at  the  climacteric  period. 

In  general,  these  conditions  are  found  in  a 
rather  characteristic  type  of  woman.  Usually, 
these  women  have  been  somewhat  indulged  or 
pampered,  have  loved  the  idea  of  being  loved, 
have  found  narcissistic  satisfaction  in  being 
wanted,  and  have  basked  in  the  affection  be- 
stowed upon  them  rather  than  in  the  fact  that 
they  gave  in  love.  This  is  true  in  general  but 
not  necessarily  so  in  every  case.  When  such 
women  approach  the  menopause,  they  resent 
the  physical  changes  in  their  appearance,  feel 
they  are  not  loved  or  wanted,  develop  ideas 
that  their  husbands  are  unfaithful  because 
they  are  no  longer  as  attractive  as  formerly,  or 
develop  ideas  of  unworthiness  and  self-accu- 
sation. 

In  many  such  cases,  removal  from  the  home 
and  placement  in  a sanitarium  becomes  a neces- 
sity. A new  environment  with  new  associations 
and  different  interests  can  be  utilized.  Theelin, 
particularly  in  larger  doses,  has  been  found  to  be 
of  great  value.  The  families  of  such  patients 
should  be  advised  to  be  more  tolerant,  patient  and 
encouraging,  and  eveiy  effort  should  be  made  to 
safeguard  the  patient’s  ego.  A feeling  of  “be- 
longing,” of  making  a contribution  to  family 
life,  is  an  important  psychological  device  in  im- 
proving the  mental  attitude  of  such  patients. 
This  is  a psychological  epoch  in  the  life  history 
of  a woman  and  should  be  dealt  with  sympathet- 
ically by  her  family  and  in  a patient,  understand- 
ing way  by  the  physician. 

Summary 

In  summary',  the  problem  of  feminine  psychol- 
ogy cannot  be  related  to  factors  inherent,  namely, 
the  anatomical,  physiological,  psychic  character- 
istics of  women  alone,  but  also  must  be  consid- 


Febru.^ry.  1941 


115 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


ered  as  importantly  conditioned  by  the  culture 
complex  or  social  organization  and  the  individual 
psychology,  through  the  experience  of  the  woman 
herself  in  terms  of  her  early  relationships  and 
training. 

Some  of  the  theories  advanced  may  sound 
fantastic,  but  it  is  suggested  that  they  may  be 
only  foreign  to  our  usual  thinking.  If  one 
wishes  to  have  more  than  a mere  emotional 
judgment,  there  is  only  one  way  scientifically 
valid — a testing  of  the  facts. 

Repeated  observations,  case  material,  contrast- 
ing attitudes  on  the  part  of  the  individuals  from 
the  social,  economic  and  cultural  standpoints, 
show  the  universality  of  these  dynamic  factors 
which  have  been  described.  Such  scientific  ob- 
servations as  to  the  frequency  of  the  types  de- 
scribed give  the  social  factors  relatively  slight 
value,  while  difficulties  in  personal  development, 
when  repeated  as  traumatic  events  and  as  dis- 
turbed relationships,  can  be  seen  as  more  signifi- 
cant. Such  emotional  conflicts,  which  are  ac- 
companied by  their  physical  counterparts,  can 
best  be  dealt  with  by  the  understanding  physician 
when  the  symptoms  first  present  themselves. 

References 

1.  Alexander,  Franz:  The  medical  value  of  psychoanalysis. 

New  York:  W.  W.  Norton  & Co.,  1932. 

2.  Benedik,  Therese,  and  Rubenstein,  Boris  B.:  Correlations 

between  ovarian  activity  and  psychodynamic  processes:  I. 

The  ovulative  phase.  Psvchosomatic  Med.,  1 :No.  2,  (April) 
1939. 

3.  Dejerine,  J.,  and  Gauckler,  E. : The  psychoneuroses  and 
their  treatment  by  psychotherapy.  Translated  by  Smith  Ely 
Jelliffe,  M.D.,  New  York,  1913. 

4.  Menninger,  Karl:  Somatic  correlations  with  the  unconscious 
repudiation  of  femininity  in  women.  Bull.  Menninger 
Clinic,  (July)  1939. 


"IF  THIS  BE  TREASON  . . ." 

Is  the  American  Medical  Association  a trust?  Yes, 
it  is — a sacred  “trust.”  From  its  very  beginning  the 
A.M.A.  has  considered  the  health  of  the  American 
people  above  all  else.  It  led  the  fight  against  diploma 
mills,  and  through  its  efforts  medical  education  was 
placed  on  its  present  high  plane.  The  A.M.A.  was 
instrumental  in  raising  the  standards  of  hospitals  so 
that  today  American  hospitals  are  the  finest  in  the 
world.  It  has  striven  continuously  to  give  the  Ameri- 
can people  the  best  quality  of  medical  care  that  the 
people  of  any  great  nation  enjoy.  But,  because  it  does 
not  fall  in  line  with  all  the  schemes  proposed  for  the 
distribution  of  medical  care,  the  A.M.A.  must  now  be 
purged. 

We  say,  in  the  words  of  Patrick  Henry,  “If  this  be 
treason,  make  the  most  of  it !” — Milwaukee  Medical 
Times,  reprinted  in  Illinois  Medical  Journal,  January, 
1941. 


ClinicD-Pathological 

Conference 

Detroit  Receiving  Hospital 
Thursday,  December  5,  1940 

S.  T.,  a colored  man,  forty-six  years  of  age,  was  ad- 
mitted to  the  hospital  on  June  5,  complaining  of  short- 
ness of  breath  and  swelling  of  the  ankles  of  three 
weeks’  duration,  and  hiccoughing  of  two  weeks’  dura- 
tion. 

Present  Illness. — The  patient  had  felt  as  well  as  ever 
(including  a completely  normal  exercise  tolerance)  un- 
til November  of  the  preceding  year,  when  he  started 
to  notice  generalized  weakness  and  mild  pains  in  his 
knees  without  swelling  or  appreciable  disability.  Dur- 
ing the  winter  he  had  several  episodes  of  pain  in  his 
finger  tips  which  he  attributed  to  frost-bite.  About ' 
three  weeks  before  admission  his  fatigue  increased  and 
he  became  short  of  breath  upon  even  mild  exertion. 
There  was  slight  intermittent  painless  swelling  of  the 
ankles  which  usually  came  on  in  the  evening  and  dis- 
appeared by  the  following  morning.  He  went  to  a 
private  physician  who  took  a blood  test  and  told  him 
his  blood  was  “bad.”  He  then  gave  the  patient  three 
intravenous  injections  of  a yellow  medicine.  About 
two  weeks  prior  to  admission  he  started  to  hiccough 
and  continued  to  do  so. 

Past  History. — General  health  good.  Malaria  in  1912. 
Penile  lesion  at  age  of  17.  Received  no  treatment  until 
1930  (age  36)  when  he  was  given  an  indeterminate 
number  of  bip  and  arm  injections.  He  had  had  occa- 
sional treatments  since.  No  history  of  rheumatic  fever. 
No  previous  severe  illnesses  or  hospitalization. 

Occupational  History:  Odd  jobs.  ^ 

Family  History  and  Marital  History : Not  of  contrib- 
utory value. 

Physical  Exammation  revealed  a poorly  nourished 
though  well-developed  colored  male  lying  flat  in  bed 
and  hiccoughing.  Height  5'8",  weight  119  pounds.  Tem- 
perature 99.8°,  pulse  114,  respirations  25.  Eyes:  pupils 
were  equal  and  regular,  reacting  normally  to  light  and 
upon  accommodation.  The  ocular  fundi  showed  normal 
vessels  and  disks.  There  were  no  hemorrhages  or  ex- 
udates. No  icterus  of  the  sclerse.'  No  petechiae.  Ears 
and  nose ; negative.  Mouth : mucous  membranes  were 
pale  but  not  otherwise  remarkable.  Neck:  no  venous 
engorgement  but  marked  carotid  artery  pulsation. 
Trachea  in  midline.  No  tracheal  tug.  No  cervical  or 
other  lymphadenopathy.  Lungs : normal  resonance. 
Medium  crepitant  rales  at  bases.  Heart:  apical  impulse 
palpable  in  the  fifth  interspace  in  the  mid-clavicular 
line.  Systolic  thrill  in  first  right  interspace  in  paraster- 
nal line  on  deep  expiration.  No  increase  in  supra-car- 
diac  dulness.  Rough  blowing  systolic  murmur  in  the 
aortic  area  with  a soft  diastolic  murmur  heard  also 
in  aortic  area  and  transmitted  downward  along  the 
left  border  of  the  sternum  and  to  the  apex.  At  the 
apex  the  first  heart  sound  was  slapping  in  quality. 
Also  at  the  apex  there  was  a blowing  systolic  murmur, 
and  a rumbling  murmur  which  persisted  throughout 
diastole  without  definite  presystolic  accentuation.  Reg- 
idar  rhythm.  Blood  pressure:  right  arm  120/50;  left 
arm  11V40,  abdomen:  liver  and  spleen  not  palpable.  l 
No  masses  or  tenderness.  No  ascites.  Extremities:  col- 
lapsing radial  pulse ; normal  reflexes.  No  edema.  No  J 
clubbing.  Rectum  and  genitalia : negative. 

Laboratory  Studies  on  Admission. — Urinalysis:  spe- 
cific gravity  1.016,  sugar  0.  albumin  0.  sediment  neg- 
ative. Blood : Hemoglobin  9.0  grams,  RBC  2.98,  index 
0.9  WBC  4.000,  neutrophiles  80  per  cent,  eosinophiles 
2 per  cent,  lymphocytes  18  per  cent,  icterus  index  5.5,  ^ 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


116 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


blood  urea  33  mg  per  cent.  Kline  and  Kahn  positive. 
Subsequent  laboratory  tests : 6/22 — hemoglobin  9.0 

grams.  RBC  3.69,  WBC  17,450,  neutrophiles  88  per 
cent,  lymphocytes  12  per  cent.  Blood  sulfathiazole 
levels:  7/5 — 2.5  mg  per  cent;  7/8 — 5 mg  per  cent; 
7/11 — 3.6  mg  per  cent;  7/15 — 2.9  mg  per  cent;  7/18 — 
2.6  mg.  percent.  Numerous  urinalyses  showed  variations 
in  specific  gravity  between  1.005  and  1.020,  occasional 
slight  traces  of  albumin.  The  sediments  were  almost 
always  negative  except  for  a few  to  25  white  blood  cells 
on  three  or  four  occasions.  X-rays  and  electrocardio- 
grams to  be  reported. 

Clinical  Course. — During  his  hospital  stay  the  pa- 
tient ran  a swinging  type  of  temperature  varying  be- 
tween 99  and  103  degrees.  Sulfathiazole  therapy  was 
started  on  July  3,  and  there  was  a drop  of  the  tempera- 
ture to  normal  starting  on  July  4,  and  persisting  to 
July  10.  In  spite  of  continuance  of  sulfathiazole  ther- 
apy, the  patient  developed  fever  again  ranging  between 
normal  and  102°.  Sulfathiazole  therapy  was  stopped  on 
the  twenty-first  for  a period  of  five  days,  and  the  fever 
persisted.  The  pulse  rate  was  consistently  elevated 
ranging  between  80  and  130.  During  the  period  of  nor- 
mal temperature  the  average  pulse  rate  decreased  to 
about  100  and  then  subsequently  became  more  rapid 
again.  The  respirations  varied  between  20  and  25  with 
occasional  rises  to  30  and  a terminal  rise  to  45.  The 
patient’s  hiccoughs  disappeared  and  then  recurred  on 
several  occasions  without  being  very  troublesome.  He 
gradually  lost  weight,  became  generally  weaker  and 
expired  on  July  28  without  developing  signs  or  symp- 
toms of  localizing  value. 

Dr.  Edward  D.  Spalding. — This  is  an  interest- 
ing case  because  while  in  a good  many  respects 
the  history  and  physical  findings  are  quite 
straightforward  and  point  in  one  direction  there 
are  one  or  two  aspects  which  will  bear  consider- 
able discussion.  The  history  of  this  patient’s 
illness  does  not  contribute  nearly  as  much  as  do 
the  physical  findings  and  laboratory  data  and  so 
I shall  comment  upon  it  only  briefly.  The  fact 
that  he  was  perfectly  well  until  seven  months  pre- 
ceding his  hospital  admission  should  be  kept  in 
mind  as  being  some  evidence  against  a diagnosis 
of  chronic  rheumatic  heart  disease.  The  episodes 
of  pain  in  his  .finger  tips  which  the  patient  at- 
tributed to  frost-bite  are,  in  view  of  the  other 
findings,  very  suggestive  of  the  lodging  of  emboli 
in  the  fingertips  which  is  commonly  seen  in  bac- 
terial endocarditis.  I do  not  feel  that  the  hic- 
coughing is  of  any  diagnostic  significance  in  this 
situation.  In  regard  to  the  past  history,  the  at- 
tack of  malaria  does  not  impress  me  as  being 
connected  in  any  way  with  his  present  illness. 
The  inadequacy  of  the  anti-syphilitic  treatment 
greatly  favors  the  possibility  that  a patient  who 
has  syphilis  will  develop  cardiovascular  involve- 
ment and  is  a point  in  favor  of  this  as  the  basis 
for  this  patient’s  heart  disease.  The  absence  of 
a history  of  rheumatic  fever  is  not  of  much  sig- 
nificance since  many  patients  with  rheumatic 
heart  disease  lack  such  a history.  In  the  physical 


examination  the  absence  of  petechiae  is  notew'or- 
thy.  The  history  of  the  episodes  of  pain  in  his 
finger  tips  may  be  equivalent  in  importance  and 
thus  counterbalance  the  former.  The  absence 
of  a tracheal  tug  is  also  significant  but  again  its 
presence  would  be  much  more  significant  since 
it  is  always  pathognomonic  of  an  aneurysm  of 
the  aortic  arch.  Unfortunately,  it  is  frequently 
absent  in  aneurysms  of  the  aorta  in  general  and 
also  in  some  aneurysms  of  the  aortic  arch.  The 
lack  of  engorgement  of  the  cervical  veins  and  the 
normal  area  of  supracardiac  dulness  are  further 
evidence  against  the  presence  of  an  aortic  an- 
eurysm, although  the  roentgenogram  not  infre- 
quently shows  an  aneurysm  when  there  are  no 
physical  signs  to  indicate  its  presence.  The  pres- 
ence of  the  rough  systolic  murmur  in  the  aortic 
area  and  the  thrill  in  the  first  right  interspace 
bring  up  the  possibility  of  either  a rheumatic  or 
arteriosclerotic  aortic  stenosis  or  a roughening  of 
the  aortic  valve  due  to  the  presence  of  bacterial 
vegetations.  The  lack  of  presystolic  accentuation 
of  the  apical  diastolic  murmur  in  the  presence 
of  a regular  rhythm  is  against  the  causation  of 
this  murmur  by  a rheumatic  mitral  stenosis. 

Therefore,  we  are  probably  dealing  with 
syphilitic  aortic  insufficiency  and  this  finding 
at  the  apex  is  probably  an  Austin-Flint  mur- 
mur. I have  a good  definition  for  two  of  these 
atypical  cardiac  murmurs  which  so  frequently 
lead  to  confusion.  The  Austin-Flint  murmur 
may  be  defined  as  a diastolic  murmur  at  the 
apex  of  the  heart  occurring  in  an  admitted  case 
of  aortic  insufficiency  that  leads  one  to  sup- 
pose that  there  may  be  a mitral  stenosis;  and 
in  the  same  way  a Graham- Steele  murmur 
may  be  defined  as  a diastolic  murmur  at  the 
base  of  the  heart  in  an  admitted  case  of  mitral 
stenosis  that  leads  one  to  suppose  that  there 
may  be  an  aortic  insufficiency. 

From  the  cardiac  findings,  therefore,  we  can 
well  explain  the  entire  picture  of  a diagnosis 
of  syphilitic  disease  at  the  aortic  orifice  with- 
out postulating  involvement  of  the  mitral 
valve.  However,  I cannot  definitely  exclude 
the  possibility  of  rheumatic  aortic  stenosis. 

One  of  the  significant  laboratory  findings  is 
the  absence  of  red  blood  cells  in  the  urine. 
Again  this  negative  finding  should  not  be 
given  too  much  weight.  I doubt  whether  the 
electrocardiograms  will  be  particularly  help- 


February,  1941 


117 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


ful  in  this  case.  From  considerable  experience 
in  Clinico-pathological  Conferences,  one  can 
make  several  inferences  from  some  of  the  lab- 
oratory data  which  are  present  and  from  some 
of  the  laboratory  data  which  are  absent.  The 
sulfathiazole  levels  combined  with  the  clinical 
picture  indicate  to  me  that  this  man  almost 
certainly  had  bacterial  endocarditis  since  I 
can  think  of  no  other  reason  for  which  sul- 
fathiazole would  have  been  given.  The  men- 
tion of  blood  cultures  has  undoubtedly  been 
purposely  omitted. 

In  considering  the  course  of  this  patient  in 
the  hospital,  the  fall  in  temperature  which  oc- 
curred on  the  day  after  the  administration  of 
sulfathiazole  was  started,  is  probably  signifi- 
cant, in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  fever  re- 
curred while  sulfathiazole  was  still  being  giv- 
en, although  at  a slightly  lower  level.  While 
sulfathiazole  usually  temporarily  sterilizes  the 
blood  stream,  the  organisms  remain  buried  in 
the  heart  valves  where  they  are  not  suscepti- 
ble to  attack  from  the  drug.  Therefore,  while 
the  fever  and  bacteremia  may  be  controlled  in 
part  by  the  sulfathiazole  most  types  of  bac- 
terial infections  persist. 

I have  recently  seen  a case  with  acute  bac- 
terial endocarditis  in  which  the  infecting  or- 
ganism was  the  micrococcus  sicca,  an  unusual 
organism  belonging  to  the  group  of  gram  neg- 
ative diplococci  such  as,  the  gonococcus  and 
meningococcus.  This  organism,  like  the  others 
in  its  group,  is  apparently  much  more  sus- 
ceptible to  the  sulfonamide  drugs  and  this 
patient  was  apparently  cured  although  it  is 
too  soon  to  know  whether  this  will  be  perma- 
nent. The  organism  in  the  present  case  is 
probably  streptococcus  viridans,  a notoriously 
bad  actor  as  far  as  response  to  treatment  is 
concerned.  In  preferring  the  diagnosis  of  sub- 
acute bacterial  endocarditis  superimposed  up- 
on a syphilitic  lesion  of  the  aortic  valve,  I 
realize  that  there  are  considerable  odds  against 
this  being  the  case  since  this  complication  is 
comparatively  rarely  seen.  Chronic  rheumatic 
heart  disease  with  aortic  stenosis  and  insuffi- 
ciency, mitral  stenosis  and  insufficiency  and  a 
superimposed  subaciite  bacterial  endocarditis 
must  be  mentioned  as  a very  possible  alter- 
native diagnosis. 


Dr.  Saul  Roscnzweig. — I should  like  to  em- 
phasize the  fact  that  this  patient  had  a tem- 
perature of  99.8°  on  admission  to  the  hospital. 
Usually  patients  with  valvular  heart  disease 
exist  on  a lower  pyrexial  plane  than  other  pa- 
tients and,  therefore,  the  presence  of  fever 
immediately  arouses  the  suspicion  of  some 
complication. 

The  x-rays  may  aid  in  the  differential  diagno- 
sis of  the  cause  of  aortic  insufficiency  by  showing 
a change  in  the  left  border  of  the  heart  indica- 
tive of  enlargement  of  the  left  auricle  when 
there  is  rheumatic  heart  disease  with  co-existing 
mitral  stenosis.  Also  in  such  a case  the  electro- 
cardiograms may  show  a tendency  toward  right 
axis  deviation  or  heightened  notched  P waves 
which  would  not  be  seen  in  syphilitic  aortic  in- 
sufficiency. In  this  case  I favor  the  diagnosis  of 
subacute  bacterial  endocarditis  with  underlying 
chronic  rheumatic  heart  disease  with  aortic  ste- 
nosis and  insufficiency  and  miteral  stenosis  and 
insufficiency  for  these  reasons : ( 1 ) The  ac- 

centuated first  sound  at  the  apex,  (2)  the  loud 
aortic  systolic  murmur  and  thrill,  and  (3)  the 
comparative  rarity  of  syphilitic  heart  disease  as 
the  basis  for  bacterial  endocarditis.  In  my  opin- 
ion the  absence  of  a presystolic  accentuation  of 
the  diastolic  apical  murmurs  is  not  inconsistent 
with  the  presence  of  mitral  stenosis  even  though 
the  cardiac  rhythm  is  regular. 

Further  Studies 

(Presented  following  the  clinical  discussion) 
Fluoroscopic  and  roentgenographic  examination  of 
the  chest  showed  moderate  congestion  in  both  lung 
fields.  The  costophrenic  sinuses  were  clear.  The  heart 
was  normal  in  size,  shape  and  position.  The  cardiac 
pulsations  were  of  the  rocking-beam  type.  There  was 
some  widening  of  the  aorta. 

The  electrocardiogram  showed  a normal  axis  and 
normal  sinus  rhythm.  The  P waves  were  upright,  of 
normal  size  and  contour.  The  T waves  were  of  low 
voltage  in  the  three  standard  leads  and  of  normal 
voltage  in  the  precordial  lead.  Electrocardiographic  in- 
terpretation : “Probable  myocardial  damage.” 

The  blood  cultures  were  repeatedly  positive  for 
streptococcus  viridans  and  varied  as  indicated  in  the 
accompanied  illustration. 

Resume  of  the  Pathological  Findings 
Final  Diagnosis: 

1.  Subacute  bacterial  endocarditis  involving  both 
mitral  and  aortic  valves,  chiefly  the  former,  su- 
perimposed upon  chronic  rheumatic  valvulitis. 

2.  Syphilitic  aortitis  and  aortic  valvulitis. 

The  heart  weighed  430  grams  constituting  Grade  I 
cardiac  hypertrophy.  There  was  no  pericarditis  and 
mural  thrombi  were  absent.  There  was  widening  of 
the  commissures  of  the  ao’"tic  valve  and  thickening  of 
the  aortic  valve  leaflets.  The  posterior  leaflet  was  ul- 
cerated and  at  this  point  there  were  attached  small 
bacterial  vegetations.  The  mitral  valves  were  thick- 

JouR.  M.S.M.S. 


118 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


ened  and  fibrous  and  attached  to  the  right  cusp  there 
was  a large,  soft,  greenish-yellow  vegetation.  The  cir- 
cumference of  the  mitral  valve  was  11  cm.  and  that 
of  the  aortic,  7 cm.  Microscopically  there  was  nodular 
fibrosis  of  the  mitral  valve  constituting  evidence  of 
preexisting  rheumatic  infection.  This  was  not  sat- 
isfactorily demonstrated  in  sections  of  the  aortic  valve. 


Dr.  Paul  H.  Noth. — The  response  of  this  pa- 
tient’s disease  to  sulfathiazole  therapy  is  illus- 
trated in  the  accompanying  figure.  The  tempera- 
ture chart  is  a composite  one  for  varying  num- 
bers of  days  as  recorded  on  the  topmost  line. 


S.T.  X-8547  BL,  H.  AGE  46  ADM.  6/5/40  DIED  7/28/40  AUTOPSY  DIAGNOSIS  - U. I. 


Aortic  insufficiency  was  due  chiefly  to  syphilitic  valvu- 
litis and  this  was  contributed  to  by  the  presence  of  bac- 
terial vegetations.  Autopsy  cultures  were  positive  for 
streptococcus  mitior  (viridans). 

The  left  pleural  cavity  contained  800  c.c.  and  the 
right  500  c.c.  of  fluid,  the  specific  gravity  of  which  was 
1.015.  The  right  lung  weighed  720  grams  and  the  left 
800  grams.  Both  lungs  were  diffusely  dark  and  firm. 
Microscopically  there  was  a typical  picture  of  chronic 
pulmonary  congestion,  the  outstanding  features  being 
the  presence  of  large  numbers  of  heart  failure  cells  in 
the  alveoli  and  thickening  of  the  alveolar  walls  due  to 
connective  tissue  h^'perplasia. 

The  liver  weighed  1770  grams.  The  cut  surface  was 
mottled  yellow  and  red,  the  lobular  definitions  being 
abnormally  conspicuous.  In  the  liver  sections  there  was 
a wide  anemic  zone  about  each  central  vein  composed 
of  atrophic  pale-staining  liver  cells.  The  pallor  of  this 
zone  was  due  to  edema  superimposed  upon  passive  hy- 
peremia, the  edema  fluid  having  collected  between  the 
sinusoidal  endothelium  and  liver  rods,  producing  termi- 
nal narrowing  of  the  sinusoids. 

Excluding  congenital  valve  defects,  it  is  apparent 
that  subacute  bacterial  endocarditis  is  usualh*,  if  not 
always,  superimposed  upon  preexisting  rheumatic  valvu- 
litis, even  though  the  presence  of  rheumatic  infection 
cannot  always  be  demonstrated.  The  presence  of  sub- 
acute bacterial  endocarditis  involving  the  aortic  valve 
apparently  superimposed  upon  syphilitic  aortic  valvu- 
litis should  probably  lead  to  the  suspicion  of  associated 
rheumatic  valvulitis  even  though  the  evidence  of  rheu- 
matic infection  is  largely  obliterated  by  the  syphilitic 
lesion. 


After  sulfathiazole  therapy  was  started  the  fever 
decreased  and  then  disappeared  with  an  accom- 
panying sterilization  of  the  blood  stream.  How- 
ever, in  spite  of  continued  sulfathiazole  admin- 
istration the  temperature  rose.  Temporary  with- 
drawal of  the  drug  to  exclude  the  possibility  of 
its  producing  the  fever  was  followed  by  a return 
to  positive  of  the  blood  cultures.  The  drop  in 
hemoglobin  and  red  blood  cell  count  occurred 
before  sulfathiazole  was  started  and,  therefore, 
was  not  caused  by  it.  Four  other  patients  suffer- 
ing from  subacute  bacterial  endocarditis  due  to 
streptococcus  viridans  have  been  treated  at  Re- 
ceiving Hospital  with  sulfathiazole.  Three  of 
these  patients  received  no  benefit  from  the  drug 
as  indicated  by  the  continuance  of  fever  and 
positive  blood  cultures.  The  fever  of  one  patient 
subsided  and  his  blood  culture  became  negative 
for  slightly  more  than  one  month,  after  which 
the  fever  returned  and  the  blood  cultures  became 
positive  in  spite  of  continued  administration  of 
the  drug. 


Febru.^ry.  1941 


119 


Medical  Rehabilitation 
of 

Rejected  DraRees 


☆ 


Rehabilitation  of  draftees  with  remedial  defects — 
for  industry  and  for  the  man — is  the  plan  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

A study  of  the  causes  which  have  forced  the  Se- 
lective Service  to  reject  young  men  for  military  work 
will  first  be  made  by  the  State  Society.  The  reports 
the  Society  receives  would  indicate  that  medical  care 
has  been  available  to  these  youths  but  that  most  of 
the  defects  can  be  attributed  to  heredity  or  environ- 
ment or  in  some  instances  to  carelessness,  disinterest 
and  neglect.  The  State  Society  will  investigate  whether 
those  in  the  relief,  W.P.A.  and  depressed  economic 
groups  were  given  opportunities  to  obtain  needed  med- 
ical services. 

After  the  study  of  causes  has  been  completed,  a 
program  of  rehabilitation  will  be  outlined  by  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society.  This  is  planned 
primarily  to  aid  the  youth  in  having  his  remedial  de- 
fects eliminated  so  that  he  may  become  more  val- 
uable to  himself  and  to  the  community  by  usability 
in  industry. 


jpfedulent 


aae 

☆ 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 


120 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


-X  EDITORIAL  x- 


REUEF  FOR  THE  DOCTOR 

■ Negotiations,  which  have  been  in  a rather 

nebulous  state  for  several  years  and  have  be- 
come a very  practical  issue  for  some  months, 
have  culminated  in  a most  constructive  economic 
advance  for  the  physicians  of  Michigan. 

Mr.  William  J.  Burns,  Executive  Secretary  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  made  the 
initial  contacts  and  a committee  of  The  Council 
with  Mr.  Burns  has  finally  secured  a voluntary 
agreement  with  the  representatives  of  the  insur- 
ance companies  active  in  Michigan,  which  should 
be  most  welcome  to  every  practitioner  (See  page 
123).  It  should  definitely  be  realized  that  the 
fullest  cooperation  was  forthcoming  from  the 
representatives  of  the  associations  of  insurance 
companies  both  from  the  “old  line,”  and  the 
“mutual”  companies  as  well  as  the  “independent” 
companies  of  Michigan.  Their  enthusiastic  aid 
was  most  acceptable  and  appreciated. 

One  of  the  headaches  of  the  practice  of 
medicine  has  been  the  fact  that  the  attending 
physician  to  an  automobile  accident  victim  has 
too  frequently  been  unable  to  collect  for  his 
services.  The  same  situation  also  has  been  a 
vital  problem  for  hospital  management.  Now 
there  will  be  some  relief  from  an  unpleasant 
situation ! 

The  gist  of  the  agreement  is  that  the  patient, 
who  has  been  injured  in  an  automobile  accident 
and  for  whom  an  insurance  company  is  to  be 
financially  responsible,  will  sign  an  agreement 
giving  the  insurance  company  the  right  to  make 
separate  checks  covering  charges  for  services  to 
the  hospital  and  physician.  There  should  be  but 
little  difficulty  in  getting  this  assignment  from 
the  patient  while  the  memory  of  the  service  ren- 
dered is  still  fresh  in  his  mind.  The  one  agree- 
ment will  cover  both  the  hospital  and  the  physi- 
cian. The  insurance  companies  have  promised 
to  assist  the  physicians  in  every  possible  way  in 
getting  these  signatures  and  in  the  subsequent 
legal  procedures. 

Of  course,  there  are  a great  many  of  these  ac- 
cident cases  (not  covered  by  any  insurance) 
which  must  still  be  cared  for  as  charity  but  at 
least  the  physician  will  know  that  if  an  insurance 


company  is  liable  for  the  care  of  his  patient,  the 
money  for  his  services  probably  will  not  be  used 
by  the  “grateful”  patient  to  buy  a new  car  or  a 
fur  coat  instead  of  paying  the  bills  for  services 
which  saved  him  from  pain,  suffering,  or  even 
from  death. 

In  Wisconsin  a similar  agreement  has  been 
in  existence  for  two  years.  In  Massachusetts 
there  is  a separate  agreement  for  the  physicians 
and  for  the  hospitals. 

If  this  works  out  as  satisfactorily  in  Michigan 
as  it  has  in  Wisconsin  and  Massachusetts,  physi- 
cians of  Michigan,  as  did  The  Council,  may  well 
applaud  the  work  of  this  committee  which  com- 
pleted this  welcome  agreement. 


BACK  TO  THE  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY 
BY  ORDER  OF  THE  SUPREME  COURT 

■ The  Medical  Practice  Act  under  which  we 
are  operating  says  that  anyone  who  wishes  to 
practice  “medicine,  surgery  and  midwifery”  must 
prove  his  qualifications  and  ability  to  safely  per- 
form these  services. 

In  a recent  decision,  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
State  of  Michigan  has  held  that  since  the  law 
does  not  say  “and/or  midwifery,”  one  who  prac- 
tices midwifery  alone  is  not  legally  required  to 
qualify  to  perform  this  service  and  is  under  no 
supervision. 

For  some  reason  not  known  to  the  unjudicial 
mind  this  ruling  does  not  apply  to  “surgery”  even 
though  the  wording  is  the  same.  From  a medical 
point  of  view  it  is  impossible  to  intelligently  di- 
vide these  three  parts. 

Since  the  beginning  of  organized  medicine  in 
Michigan  the  medical  profession  has  urged  the 
utmost  care  in  the  supervision  of  qualifications 
to  practice  medicine,  surgery  and  midwifery 
realizing  that  in  order  to  continue  with  the  pre- 
vention of  maternal  mortality  this  trinity  must 
be  indivisible.  The  knowledge  of  a belated  lay 
interest  in  this  search  for  the  best  care  for  the 
prospective  mother  makes  this  legal  ruling  seem 
to  hark  back  to  the  dark  days  of  the  seventeenth 
century.  Perhaps  the  newly  gained  social  and  po- 


February,  1941 


121 


EDITORIAL 


litical  enthusiasm  added  to  the  pleas  of  our  own 
profession  may  bring  forth  from  the  present  leg- 
islature even  more  rigid  supervision  over  the 
practice  of  medicine  than  exists  at  present. 


Wm.  J.  Burns  Roy  Herbert  Holmes 


COUNCIL  ELECTIONS 

■ At  the  annual  meeting  of  The  Council  held 
January  11  and  12  at  Dearborn,  Michigan, 
Treasurer  Wm.  A.  Hyland,  M.D.,  Secretary  L. 
Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Editor  Roy  Herbert 
Holmes,  M.D.,  were  rejected  to  their  respective 
offices. 

The  annual  reports  of  these  officers  are  printed 
in  the  Annual  Proceedings  of  the  Council  else- 
where in  this  issue  and  portray  the  extent  of  ac- 
tivity of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

The  Council  also  unanimously  re-appointed 
Mr.  William  J.  Burns  as  Executive  Secretary  for 
another  year.  Perhaps  the  most  significant  testi- 
monial to  his  activity  is  the  increase  in  member- 
ship of  the  society  from  thirty-five  hundred  to 
forty-five  hundred  during  his  five  years  as  Exec- 
utive Secretary  for  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society. 


CORRECTION 

In  a letter  commenting  on  the  editorial,  “E>on’t  Nurse 
Your  Babies,”  in  The  Journal  for  June,  1940,  Doctor- 
E.  F.  Daily,  chief  of  the  Maternal  Health  and  Child 
Welfare  Division  of  the  Department  of  Labor,  states 
that  the  Department  of  Labor  does  not  have  any  su- 
pervision over  the  State  Unemployment  Compensation 
Commission.  He  says  that  the  Social  Security  Com- 
mission sets  minimum  standards  for  the  State  Un- 
employment Commission. 


How  an  Attorney  General  Thinks  We  Should  Practice 


122 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND  MEDICAL  PAYMENTS 


(Accident  Cases — Agreement  of  Insurance  Companies,  State  Medical  Society 

and  Hospital  Associations) 


The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  has  con- 
ferred with  hospital  authorities  and  repre- 
sentatives of  insurance  companies  to  effect  an 
agreement  whereby  hospitals  and  physicians  may 
be  more  definitely  assured  of  payment  for  their 
services  to  those  individuals  who  are  injured  in 
accidents  and  who,  because  of  their  injuries,  are 
indemnified  by  an  insurance  carrier. 

Such  an  agreement  has  been  reached.  It  has 
been  carefully  considered  and  incorporated  in  it 
are  the  best  thoughts  of  those  concerned. 

Ev'ery  physician  member  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  and  every  hospital  super- 
intendent is  urged  to  read  with  exceeding  care 
the  information  which  is  contained  hereafter,  as 
it  is  only  through  a thorough  understanding  of 
the  provisions  contained  in  the  agreement  that 
it  can  he  effectively  used. 

The  annual  toll  of  those  injured  or  killed  as 
a result  of  automobile  accidents  has  served  to 
place  an  increased  financial  burden  upon  the 
hospital  and  the  physician. 

Seldom  does  the  lay  public  appreciate  the  costs 
to  the  institutions  and  profession  in  the  services 
rendered.  Bandages,  dressings,  staff  nurses,  food, 
medicine,  splints  and  the  like  are  all  items  of 
expense. 

There  are  152  registered  hospitals  in  this  state. 
Their  construction  and  equipment  involve  the 
investment  of  millions  of  dollars  and  their  avail- 
ability to  a community  is  a matter  of  necessity. 
They  serve  a community  purpose ; they  protect 
and  promote  the  health  and  well-being  of  the 
people.  Their  charitable  contributions  are  enor- 
mous but  are  so  strained  that  imposition  must  be 
avoided  wherever  possible. 

Inability  to  collect  even  for  the  initial  outlay 
of  materials  constitutes  a source  of  great  finan- 


cial strain  and  is  becoming  of  such  magnitude 
as  to  involve  the  welfare  of  the  community  served 
as  well  as  of  the  people  assisted.  Insurance  com- 
panies are  willing  and  anxious  to  afford  to  the 
fullest  measure  possible  that  cooperation  which 
will  offer  the  maximum  degree  of  relief  to  both 
professional  groups  and  protection  to  the  com- 
mun  ty  at  large. 

It  is  appreciated  that  large  numbers  of  such 
cases  are  indemnified  in  whole  or  in  part  from 
insurance  protection.  In  countless  numbers, 
however,  the  funds  are  dissipated  by  the  pa- 
tient, and  the  hospital  and  physician  remain  un- 
paid, despite  the  fact  that  the  settlement  was  pre- 
dicted, often  in  its  entirety,  upon  the  expenses 
incurred. 

Insurance  companies  are  appreciative  of  the 
problem.  It  is  to  their  interest  as  financial  con- 
cerns (and  to  the  interests  of  their  policyholders 
and  claimants  as  well)  to  take  all  feasible  steps 
to  assist  in  the  solution  of  that  problem. 

Prompt  medical  and  hospital  care  is  recog- 
nized as  preventive  of  serious  consequences  in 
the  greater  number  of  cases.  Early  disposition 
of  claims  is  conducive  to  the  health  and  we  1- 
being  of  the  patient,  and  is  attainable  through  the 
prompt  cooperation  of  patient,  doctor  and  hos- 
pital. 

Knowing  that  this  problem  existed,  it  was 
recognized  that  a satisfactory^  arrangement  should 


♦Medical  endorsements  are  divided  into  two  kinds : (a)  in- 
cludes only  the  guest  in  the  automobile  and  not  the  named 
insured;  (b)  this  type  covers  the  named  insured  and  the 
occupants.  Both  endorsements  are  sold  only  when  a liability 
policy  exists,  and  are  endorsements  to  the  general  type  of 
automobile  liability  policy  sold.  The  medical  endorsement 
covers  expense  for  medical,  surgical,  dental,  graduate  nurse, 
hospital  and  ambulance  services,  and,  in  the  event  of  death 
resulting  from  such  injury,  the  reasonable  funeral  expense, 
all  incurred  within  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  accident. 


February,  1941 


123 


MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND  MEDICAL  PAYMENTS 


be  made  for  the  payment  of  hospital  and  medical 
costs  in  those  instances  in  which  the  injured  party 
received  remuneration  from  the  insurance  car- 
rier. 

It  should  be  understood  from  the  outset  that 
this  agreement  is  not  a panacea  for  the  phys- 
ician’s or  hospital’s  financial  problems  in  accident 
cases.  It  covers  only  those  cases  in  which  pay- 
ment is  to  be  made  to  the  injured  party  by  the 
insurance  carrier,  whether  hospitalized  or  not,  or 
where  the  insurance  carriers,  in  accordance  with 
their  standard  clause,  pay  expenses  incurred  by 
the  insured  for  such  immediate  medical  and 
surgical  relief  to  others  as  shall  be  imperative  at 
the  time  of  the  accident,  or  where  indemnity  is 
made  under  a medical  endorsement.* 

The  Michigan  Hospitals  and  Medical  Payment 
Plan  agreement  has  been  approved  by  the  Amer- 
ican Mutual  Alliance,  the  Association  of  Cas- 
ualty and  Surety  Executives,  a group  of  inde- 
pendent Michigan  Insurance  Carriers,  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society,  and  the  Michigan 
Hospital  Association. 

There  is  established  a conference  committee 
to  adjudicate  disputes  that  may  arise  under  its 
operation  and  to  further  cooperation  to  the  end 
that  if  any  hospital,  physician  or  insurance  com- 
pany feels  that  it  has  a grievance,  such  grievance 
may  be  placed  before  it  for  mediation  and  arbi- 
tration. 

The  Committee  is  composed  of  one  represen- 
tative from  the  Michigan  Hospital  Association, 
one  representative  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  and  two  representatives  of  insurance 
companies. 

The  Conference  Committee  established  under 
the  agreement  will  elect  a chairman  and  a per- 
manent secretary.  The  secretary  will  receive  any 
complaints  from  hospitals,  physicians  or  insur- 
ance companies,  in  writing,  and  will  place  the 
complaints  before  the  conference  committee 
which  has  been  established.  The  secretary  will 
also  act  as  a clearing  house  from  which  forms 
(1),  (2)  and  (3)  may  be  obtained.  The  cost  of 


the  forms  in  pads  of  100  will  be  50  cents.  Cash 
must  accompany  all  orders  for  blanks. 

The  effective  date  of  operation  of  the  Michi- 
gan Hospitals  and  Medical  Payments  Plan  is 
March  1,  1941. 

It  is  emphasized  that  the  fundamental  confi- 
dental  relationship  between  the  physician  or  hos- 
pital and  patient  shall  be  maintained  under  the 
agreement  as  it  has  in  the  past.  Information 
relative  to  the  injuries  sustained  by  a patient  as 
a result  of  an  accident  should  be  supplied  to  the 
insurance  company  only  when  the  physician  or 
hospital  has  on  file  the  signed  form  which  gives 
the  hospital  or  physician  the  privilege  to  so  in- 
form the  insurance  company.  Specifically  the 
agreement  provides  “Insofar  as  possible  the 
insurance  company  representatives  will  cooperate 
with  the  hospital  and  the  physician  in  securing 
such  orders.” 

As  soon  as  the  payment  form  (number  one  or 
two)  has  been  signed  by  the  patient,  the  original 
copy  of  this  form  should  be  sent  to  the  insurance 
company,  or  companies,  affected.  Failure  to  ob- 
tain payment  from  the  insurance  company,  due 
to  the  fact  that  it  has  no  liability  in  the  case,  does 
not  preclude  the  physician  or  hospital  from  ob- 
taining payment  from  the  patient.  Likewise,  if 
the  settlement  for  the  injuries  is  not  sufficient  to 
cover  the  hospital  and  medical  care,  the  physician 
and  hospital  may  obtain  the  unpaid  balance  di- 
rect from  the  patient. 

The  agreement  which  is  made  a part  of  this 
bulletin  should  be  thoroughly  discussed  in  hospi- 
tal staff  meetings  and  the  procedure  to  be  fol- 
lowed by  the  individual  hospitals  should  be  clear- 
ly understood.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that 
the  approval  of  the  physician  be  obtained  in  all 
instances  before  the  forms  are  mailed  or  given 
to  the  insurance  companies  by  the  hospital.  Space 
has  been  provided  on  the  forms  for  the  signa- 
ture of  the  attending  physician. 

The  conference  committee  extends  to  all  par- 
ties interested  an  invitation  to  place  before  the 
committee  any  suggestions,  criticisms  or  com- 
plaints. If  there  is  any  question  relative  to  the 


124 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND  MEDICAL  PAYMENTS 


operation  of  this  plan,  it  may  be  submitted  to 
the  secretary  of  the  conference  committee. 

The  agreement,  as  approved  by  the  ^Michigan 
Hospital  Association,  the  ^Michigan  State  Medical 
Societ}',  the  American  ^lutual  Alliance,  the  As- 
sociation of  Casualty  and  Surety  Executives,  and 
the  independent  group  of  ^lichigan  companies,  is 
printed  in  its  entirety  in  the  following  para- 
graphs : 

Michigan  Hospitals  and  Medical 
Payments  Plan 

Doctors  and  hospitals  have  in  the  past  ex- 
perienced difficulties  in  securing  the  payment 
of  charges  from  patients  who  have  collected 
damages  from  persons  causing  their  injuries 
despite  the  fact  that  in  such  cases  a part  of  the 
patient’s  financial  recovery  actually  was  based 
on  hospital,  medical,  and  surgical  expense. 

Those  principles  are  therefore  enunciated  in 
an  effort  to  protect  in  so  far  as  possible  the  in- 
terests of  hospitals,  medical  and  allied  profes- 
sions, insurance  companies,  the  community 
and  general  public: 

1.  Except  as  the  patient  or  his  lawful  rep- 
resentative may  otherwise  direct,  the  funda- 
mental confidential  relationship  between  the 
physician  or  hospital  and  patient  shall  be 
maintained.  It  is  recognized  that  in  order 
properly  to  submit  a claim  not  only  the  early 
details  of  the  injuries  suffered  must  be  dis- 
closed, but  also  the  expense  which  the  injured 
party  has  incurred.  In  event  of  lawsuit  or  set- 
tlement, disclosure  of  this  information  is  un- 
avoidable, but  the  election  so  to  disclose  is  that 
of  the  injured  patient,  and  is  his  to  be  exer- 
cised. Therefore  when  so  authorized  by  the 
patient,  the  physician  and  hospital  will  supply 
to  the  interested  insurance  company  or  com- 
panies complete  information  concerning  the 
injuries  and  prognosis. 

2.  The  obligation  incurred  by  the  injured 
party  for  necessary  medical,  surgical  and  hos- 
pital care  is  one  primarily  owing  to  either  the 
physician  or  hospital.  Payments  by  the  insur- 


ance company  by  way  of  indemnifying  the  pa- 
tient therefor  should  be  applied  toward  the  liq- 
uidation of  such  obligation  to  the  extent  such 
funds  are  available,  and  to  assist  therein,  the 
insurance  companies  will  recognize  orders  on 
proper  forms  for  reasonable  charges  upon  such 
funds  which  ultimately  may  become  payable 
to  the  patient  or  his  personal  representative. 
In  so  far  as  possible,  the  insurance  company 
representatives  will  cooperate  with  the  hospi- 
tal and  the  physician  in  securing  such  orders. 
Where  the  payment  is  insufficient  to  afford 
satisfaction  to  all  parties  concerned,  the  insur- 
ance company  will  endeavor  to  pay  physicians’ 
and  hospital  bills  on  an  equitable  basis. 

3.  In  order  that  the  insurance  companies 
may  furnish  the  fullest  cooperation  (and  for 
the  hospital’s  or  physician’s  own  proper  pro- 
tection) the  physician  and  hospital  shall  notify 
insurance  companies  promptly  of  any  claim 
upon  which  an  order  has  been  or  may  be 
issued. 

4.  In  event  of  settlement  with  a patient  who 
refuses  or  has  failed  to  sign  an  order,  the  in- 
surance company  will  endeavor  to  carry  out 
the  principles  set  forth  in  paragraph  two  and 
when  this  cannot  be  done  will  notify  the  hospi- 
tal and  physician  before  settlement  or  if  such 
advance  notice  is  not  possible,  then  as  soon 
thereafter  as  can  be  done. 

5.  The  company  shall  pay  any  expense  in- 
curred by  the  insured,  in  the  event  of  bodily 
injury,  for  such  immediate  medical  and  surgi- 
cal relief  to  others  as  shall  be  imperative  at 
the  time  of  accident. 

6.  A Conference  Committee  of  four,  consist- 
ing of  two  insurance  company  representatives, 
and  two  representing  the  medical  and  hospital 
interests  will  be  created  to  mediate  disputes 
and  to  further  cooperation. 

X.B.  Address  orders  for  forms,  inquiries, 
suggestions,  or  complaints  for  the  attention  of 
Conference  Committee  either  to  L.  Fernald  Fos- 
ter, M.D.,  2020  Olds  Tozi'er,  Lansing,  Michigan; 
or  to  Robert  Greve,  1313  E.  Ann  Street,  Ann 
A rh or,  Mich  iga n . 


February,  1941 


125 


MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND  MEDICAL  PAYMENTS 

Form  1 


Order  for  Payment 

Medical,  Surgical  and  Hospital  Bill 


19. . . 


To; 


(name  of  insurance  company) 


(Address) 

If  and  when  any  settlement  is  made  by  you  on  account  of  my  claim  against 


(name  of  person(s)  causing  injury) 
arising  out  of  injuries  sustained  by  me  on  or  about 

sideration  of  my  being  received  for  treatment  by 


, and  in  con- 

(da:e) 


(name  of  physician  or  hospital) 

you  are  hereby  directed  to  pay  the  full  amount  of  my  bills  for  treatment,  services  and  care  to 


(name  of  physician  or  hospital)  (address) 

I understand  this  order  does  not  relieve  me  of  my  obligations  to  pay  such  bill  if  not  paid  by  your  j 
company,  or  any  balance  due  after  payment  by  your  cor?pany.  i 


Witness : 


Signed : 


(signature  of  injured  person) 


i 


(address) 


This  form  has  been  approved  by  the  American  Mutual  Alliance,  the  Association  of  Casualty  and  Surety  Exec- 
utives, a group  of  Michigan  Insurance  Carriers,  the  Michigan  Hospital  Association,  and  the  Alichigan  State 
Medical  Society. 


126 


JouK.  M.S.M.S. 


MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND  MEDICAL  PAYMENTS 

Form  2 

Order  for  Payment 

Medical,  Surgical  and  Hospital  Bill 
for  Minor  or  Incompetent 


19... 


To; 


(name  of  insurance  company) 


(address) 

If  and  when  any  settlement  is  made  by  you  on  account  of  claims  against 


(name  of  person  (s)  causing  injury) 

arising  out  of  injuries  sustained  by 

(name  of  minor  or  incompetent) 

on  or  about , and  in  consideration  of  such  party  being  received  for 

(date) 

treatment  by 


(name  of  physician  or  hospital) 

you  are  hereby  directed  to  pay  the  full  amount  of  the  bills  for  treatment,  services  and  care  to 

(name  of  physician  or  hospital) 

(address) 

I understand  this  order  does  not  relieve  the  undersigned  of  any  obligation  to  pay  such  bill  if 
not  paid  by  your  company,  or  any  balance  due  after  payment  by  your  company. 

(father  or  guardian) 

Witness : 


(mother) 

This  form  has  been  approved  by  the  American  Mutual  Alliance,  the  Association  of  Casualty  and  Surety  Exec- 
utives, a group  of  Michigan  Insurance  Carriers,  the  Michigan  Hospital  Association,  and  the  Michigan  State 
Aledical  Society. 


T^ep.ruary.  1941 


127 


MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND  MEDICAL  PAYMENTS 

Form  3 


Information  Authorization 


,19... 


To:  .; 

' (name  of  physician  or  hospital) 


(address) 

You  are  hereby  authorized  to  give 


(name  of  insurance  carrier) 

insuring  the  person  or  persons  against  whom  (I)  (We)  have  a claim  arising  out  of  injuries  sus- 
tained by 


(name  of  injured  party) 


(or  by  me)  on  or  about , or  any  representative  of  such  insurance  company, 

(date) 


a complete  report  of  injuries  and  disabilities  arising  therefrom,  hospital  record  and  any  other  re- 
quested information  pertaining  to  such  injuries  and  disabilities,  and  copies  thereof,  and  to  permit 
it  to  examine  the  original  records  in  your  presenceif  they  should  desire  so  to  do. 


Witness : 


(patient,  or  if  minor,  signatures  of  father, 
and  mother,  or  guardian) 


Approved : 


This  form  has  been  approved  by  the  American  Alutual  Alliance,  the  Association  of  Casualty  and  Surety  Exec- 
utives, a group  of  Michigan  Insurance  Carriers,  the  Michigan  Hospital  Association,  and  the  ^Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 


128 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


The  steady  growth  of  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice during  its  first  year  of  operation  is  but  an 
indication  of  the  continuous  benefits  possible 
for  both  subscribers  and  doctors.  During  this 
period,  more  than  7,500  patients  will  have  been 
enabled  to  obtain  needed  medical  services  while 
more  than  1,500  doctors  will  have  received  in 
excess  of  $240,000  for  their  services  to  these 
patients. 

No  one  can  yet  measure  the  full  effect  of  the 
medical  service  plan  in  making  the  services  of 
doctors  readily  available  or  in  preventing  un- 
remunerated services  or  bad  debts  for  doctors. 
Certainly  the  prospects  are  most  hopeful. 
Through  Michigan  Medical  Service,  the  med- 
ical profession  has  an  agency  that  can  combat 
the  medical  economic  problems  which  have  be- 
seiged  doctors  during  the  past  ten  years. 

Improvements  from  Experience 

The  experiences  gained  in  the  actual  oper- 
ation of  Michigan  Medical  Service  during  the 
first  year  afford  a real  basis  on  which  to  build 
improvements  for  the  future.  Many  commit- 
tees representing  the  various  fields  of  medical 
practice — committees  of  the  Michigan  Derma- 
tological Association,  the  Michigan  Branch  of 
the  American  Urological  Society,  the  Mich- 
igan Association  of  Roentgenologists,  the  Detroit 
Roentgen  and  Ray  Society,  the  Detroit  Ophthal- 
mological  Society,  the  Michigan  Association  of 
Obstetricians  and  Gynecologists,  and  the  Mich- 
igan Pediatric  Society — have  been  called  on  by 
the  Medical  Advisory  Committee  to  give  expert 
counsel  in  regard  to  prevailing  medical  practices 
and  to  formulate  definite  procedures  under  Mich- 
igan Medical  Service. 

It  is  only  through  such  close  professional  su- 
pervision that  the  functions  of  the  medical  serv- 
ice plan  can  be  satisfactory. 

Again,  each  doctor  of  medicine  who  has  ren- 
dered services  for  subscribers  to  Michigan  Med- 
ical Service  can  make  the  most  important  con- 
tribution toward  the  successful  administration 
of  the  medical  service  plan  by  sending  his  sug- 
gestions, comments,  or  criticisms  to  the  Medical 
Advisory  Committee  of  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice, Washington  Boulevard  Building,  Detroit. 
So  long  as  the  Medical  Advisory  Committee  is 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 
REGISTRATION 
HONOR  ROLL 

(As  of  January  10,  1941) 
100  Per  Cent 

Barry 

Mason 

90  to  99  Per  Cent 

Calhoun 

Menominee 

Monroe 

Newaygo 

Tuscola 

80  to  89  Per  Cent 

Allegan 

Bay-Arenac-Iosco-Gladwin 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

Clinton 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

Dickinson-Iron 

Gogebic 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

Hillsdale 

Ingham 

Kent 

Lenawee 

Mecosta-Osceola 

Midland 

Oceana 

O.M.C.O.R.O. 

Ontonagon 
Ottawa 
Saginaw 
St.  Joseph 

75  to  79  Per  Cent 

Branch 

Eaton 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw 

Lapeer 

Muskegon 

Northern  Michigan 

Wexford-Kalkaska-Missaukee 


notified  of  situations  which  can  be  improved, 
progress  can  be  made. 

Know  Your  Michigan  Medical  Service 

It  is  becoming  more  and  more  important  for 
every  doctor  to  know  the  full  provisions  of  the 
Medical  Service  Plan  and  the  Surgical  Benefit 
Plan  of  Michigan  Medical  Service. 

MEDICAL  SERVICE  PLAN : Patients  who 
identify  themselves  as  subscribers  to  the  Med- 
ical Service  Plan  of  Michigan  Medical  Service 


FEBRUi\RY,  1941 


129 


MICHIGAN  ^lEDICAL  SERVICE 


will  have  a Michigan  Medical  Service  Identifica- 
tion Card  which  carries  the  designating  Number 
2,  indicating  that  the  subscriber  is  entitled  to 
both  medical  and  surgical  services  of  doctors 
of  medicine  in  the  home  and  office  as  well  as  in 
the  hospital — including  consultation  services, 
x-ray,  laboratory,  and  anesthesia  services.  Ob- 
stetrical services  are  not  included  until  after 
the  patient  has  completed  twelve  months  of  mem- 
bership. 

Under  the  Medical  Service  Plan,  services 
necessary  to  establish  a diagnosis  only  (no  treat- 
ment) are  provided  for  tuberculosis,  venereal 
diseases,  and  mental  disorders.  For  cancer  and 
malignant  growths,  benefits  can  be  provided  only 
for  the  services  necessary  to  establish  a diag- 
nosis and  for  the  initial  operative  or  radiologic 
treatment. 

Medical  Services  for  alcoholism,  drug  addic- 
tion, self-inflicted  injuries,  or  for  Workmen’s 
Compensation  cases  are  not  benefits  under  Mich- 
igan Medical  Service.  Likewise,  benefits  can 
not  be  paid  under  Michigan  Medical  Service  for 
drugs,  materials,  appliances  or  supplies.  The  pa- 
tient is  responsible  for  all  services,  drugs,  ap- 
pliances or  supplies  which  are  not  provided  for 
under  Michigan  Medical  Service. 

A recent  liberalization  of  the  Medical  Service 
Plan  is  the  inclusion  of  benefits  for  the  surgical 
treatment  of  appendicitis  and  hernia  whether  or 
not  the  subscriber  has  had  attacks  previous  to 
the  date  of  his  Certificate. 

SURGICAL  BENEFIT  PLAN:  Subscribers 
to  the  Surgical  Benefit  Plan  may  be  identified 
by  the  designating  Number  3 on  the  Identification 
Card  which  indicates  that  the  subscriber  is  en- 
titled to  surgical  and  x-ray  services  only  when 
a bed  patient  in  the  hospital.  Obstetrical  care 
in  the  hospital  after  twelve  months  of  membership 
is  also  provided. 

The  Surgical  Benefit  Plan  is  a low-cost,  par- 
tial-service program  and  provides  only  for  surg- 
ical services  when  performed  in  the  hospital. 
Such  services  include  the  operative  and  cutting 
procedures  for  the  treatment  of  diseases  and  in- 
juries and  for  the  treatment  of  fractures  and  dis- 
locations. Strictly  medical  or  diagnostic  services 
in  the  hospital  or  surgical  care  in  the  home  or 
office  are  not  included  as  benefits  under  the 
Surgical  Benefit  Plan. 


The  x-ray  benefits  include  diagnostic  x-ray 
services  not  to  exceed  $15.00  during  the  subscrip- 
tion year  for  each  person  enrolled  in  the  plan. 
Before  benefits  are  payable  for  x-rays  under  the 
Surgical  Benefit  Plan,  the  subscriber  must  be  a 
bed-patient  in  a hospital.  However,  as  an  extra 
benefit,  payments  will  be  made  for  diagnostic 
x-rays  of  a surgical  condition  taken  in  the  office, 
if  the  patient  has  a surgical  condition  which  im-  | 
mediately  thereafter  requires  hospitalization.  t 


} 


Initial  and  Monthly  Reports 


Be  sure  to  send  an  Initial  Service  Report  for  t 
each  patient  for  whom  benefits  are  to  be  paid  by  ‘ 
Michigan  Medical  Service.  By  completing  this 
short  form  carefully,  it  is  possible  to  verify  that 
the  patient  is  in  good  standing  and  eligible  for 
services.  The  exact  spelling  of  the  subscriber’s 
name  and  the  certificate  number  should  be  copied 
from  the  subscriber’s  Identification  Card  or  Cer- 
tificate. Each  blank  in  this  form  should  be  filled 
in  with  the  proper  information.  If  there  is  some 
reason  why  the  subscriber  is  not  entitled  to  bene- 
fits under  Michigan  Medical  Service,  a notice 
will  be  sent  by  return  mail.  Unless  the  doctor  • 
is  so  notified,  he  will  know  that  the  subscriber 
is  eligible  for  benefits. 

As  soon  as  the  services  are  completed,  but  in 
no  event  later  than  the  end  of  each  month,  a 
Monthly  Service  Report  should  be  sent  to  the 
Medical  Advisory  Board  for  payment.  This  re- 
port is  an  itemized  statement  of  the  services 
rendered  and  should  include  an  indication  of 
each  service  rendered  in  order  that  the  proper 
payment  can  be  authorized. 


Weekly  Payments  to  Doctors 

During  the  second  year  of  operation,  it  will 
be  the  endeavor  of  the  Medical  Advisory  Board 
to  have  payments  made  weekly  to  doctors.  This 
will  be  possible  if  the  doctor  sends  in  his  report 
promptly  and  gives  in  full  the  information  re- 
quested. Delay  in  payment  of  Monthly  Service 
Reports  could  be  avoided  if  the  doctor’s  office  as- 
sistant would  take  the  few  minutes  necessary  to 
give  all  the  pertinent  information  requested  in 
the  Monthly  Service  Report. 


Michigan  Medical  Service  opened  its  doors 
one  year  ago — February  1,  1940! 


130 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MEDICAL  PREPAREDNESS  IN  MICHIGAN 


The  enactment  of  the  Selective  Training  and 
Service  Law  of  1940  called  upon  the  medical 
profession  of  each  state  to  make  a very  great 
contribution  to  national  defense.  The  physicians 
were  asked  to  voluntarily  make  all  the  physical 
examinations  of  men  selected  for  military  service 
under  the  law. 

The  preliminary  work  for  this  program  was 
ver)^  nicely  accomplished  by  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  when  it  formed  a committee  on 
Medical  Preparedness  following  the  lead  of  the 
American  Medical  Society.  Under  the  able  and 
enthusiastic  leadership  of  Burton  R.  Corbus, 
M.D.,  past  president  of  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society,  the  State  Medical  Preparedness 
Committee  quickly  completed  the  formation  of 
a Medical  Preparedness  Committee  in  each  Coun- 
ty Society.  This  pioneer  endeavor  of  the  State 
Society  proved  of  inestimable  value  later. 

The  next  operation  was  to  organize  a medical 
department  in  Selective  Service  Headquarters 
for  Michigan  to  inform,  assist  and  supervise 
the  doctors  in  executing  the  physical  exami- 
nation program.  Using  the  facilities  of  the  Mich- 


igan State  Medical  Society,  the  State  Medical 
Preparedness  Committee  and  the  constituent 
County  Committees,  the  State  Board  of  Registra- 
tion in  Medicine  and  the  Michigan  State  Health 
Department,  this  volunteer  organization  of  Mich- 
igan physicians  was  perfected  with  very  little 
difficulty.  Approximately  one  quarter  of  the 
physicians  of  Michigan  are  devoting  a portion 
of  their  time  to  Selective  Service.  Of  a total 
of  984  doctors  of  medicine,  705  are  serving  as 
Examiners  for  192  Local  Boards,  260  members 
of  19  Medical  Advisory  Boards,  and  19  phy- 
sicians on  the  19  Appeal  Boards. 

The  fact  that  hundreds  of  Michigan  phy- 
sicians so  willingly  cooperated  in  the  venture 
speaks  well  for  the  medical  profession  in  Mich- 
igan. The  medical  program  is  one  of  the  most 
important  portions  in  the  Selective  Service  Sys- 
tem. It  is  apparent  from  the  reaction  of  the 
profession  in  Michigan  that  the  doctors  intend 
to  do  their  part  with  distinction. 

Lt.  Col.  Harold  A.  Furlong,  M.D. 

State  Medical  Officer,  Mich.  Selective  Service. 


REMISSION  OF  DUES  OF  MEMBERS  IN  SERVICE 

The  Council  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  upon  authority  of  the  House  of 
Delegates,  has  ruled  that  active  members  of  the  Society  with  1940  dues  paid,  who  are  serving 
their  country  away  from  home  in  the  armed  forces  of  the  United  States,  will  be  relieved  of 
paying  1941  dues,  if  recommended  by  the  County  Medical  Society. 

The  Secretary  of  the  County  Medical  Society  shall  fill  out  and  return  to  the  State 
Society,  2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing,  the  following  form  for  each  of  the  members  in  his 
society  whose  membership  is  to  be  continued  on  the  above  basis.  For  the  Secretary’s  con- 
venience, a number  of  these  forms  will  be  sent  to  him  by  the  State  Society; 

“This  is  to  certify  that a member  of  the 

(name  of  member) 

County  Medical  Society,  was  called  into  active 

service  in  the  United  States on  19...., 

(branch  of  service)  (date) 

and  is  now  on  duty  at  

(name  of  post  and  location) 

and  for  that  reason  is  entitled  to  remission  of  1941  dues  in  the  Michigan  State  Medical 

Society,  in  conformance  with  official  action  taken  by  The  Council  of  the  Michigan  State 

Medical  Society  on  November  10,  1940. 

(Name  of  Secretary)  (County  Medical  Society) 

The  above  does  not  apply  to  former  members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  who 
were  not  members  in  good  standing  in  1940;  but  it  does  apply  to  physicians  completing 
their  medical  education  during  1940  or  1941  who  are  accepted  as  members  of  the  county 
medical  society  during  1941  and  who  are  inducted  into  active  militaiy*  service  in  1941. 


February,  1941 


131 


MICHIGAN  PROGRAM  FOR  GRADUATES  IN  MEDICINE 


Cooperating  Agencies 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
University  of  Michigan  Medical  School 
Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine 
Michigan  Department  of  Health 


Courses  Ann  Arbor  and  Detroit 

Allergy 

Anatomy 

Diseases  of  the  Blood  and  Blood-forming  Organs 

Diseases  of  the  Cardiovascular  System 

Diseases  of  the  Genito-Urinary  Tract 

Electrocardiographic  Diagnosis 

Gastroenterology 

Gynecology  and  Obstetrics 

Laboratory  Technic 

Nutritional  and  Endocrine  Problems 

Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology 

Pathology:  Special  Pathology  of  Neoplasms 

Pathology  of  the  Female  Genito-Urinary  Organs 

Special  Pathology  of  the  Eye 

Special  Pathology  of  the  Ear,  Nose,  and  Throat 

Pediatrics 

Proctology 

Roentgenology 

Summer  Session  Courses 


All  Dates  Inclusive 
May  12-16 

February  12-May  28 
(Wednesdays) 

May  12,  13  and  14 
May  19-23 
* 

* 

April  28,  29  and  30 


June  30-August  8 
!March  3-6 
April  17-23 
June  30-July  11 
July  14-25 
July  28- August  8 
August  11-22 


April  14-19 

June  30-August  8 and  22 


Extramural  Postgraduate  Course 


March  2-1 — April  18 


Ann  Arbor 

Battle  Creek-Kalamazoo 
Flint 

Grand  Rapids 
Lansing-Jackson 


Mt.  Clemens 
Saginaw 

Traverse  City-Manistee-Cadillac-Petoskey 


For  further  information,  address; 

Department  of  Postgraduate  Medicine 
1313  Ann  Street 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 

■*Dates  to  be  announced  later. 


132 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


1 


X-  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  X- 


NATIONAL  CONFERENCE  ON 
MEDICAL  SERVICE 

The  following  five  topics  encompass  most  of 
the  economic  thinking  of  the  medical  leaders  of 
the  countr}'  : 

Medical  preparedness 

Voluntary  group  medical  care  programs 
I Postgraduate  plans  of  state  medical  societies 
Aledical  legislative  problems 
iMedical  care  for  Social  Security  clients 

These  basic  subjects  will  be  presented  in  the 
form  of  symposia  at  the  National  Conference  on 
Medical  Service  in  Chicago  on  Sunday,  February 
16.  The  fifteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Confer- 
ence will  be  held  at  the  Palmer  House.  All  Mich- 
igan physicians,  particularly  those  who  are  inter- 
ested in  medical  economics  or  in  any  one  of  this 
year’s  subjects,  are  cordially  invited  to  attend 
I the  Conference.  There  are  no  dues  or  registra- 
i tion  fees.  The  Conference  marks  an  annual  get- 
: together  of  the  best  medical-economic  minds  of 
I the  country. 


! MICfflGAN'S  INTANGIBLE  TAX 

The  following  is  a hypothetical  example  of  a 
j report  on  intangibles  based  on  Michigan’s  new 
I intangible  tax  law ; 

Unpaid  accounts  receivable  (as  of 

9/30/40)  $10,000.00 

Less  unpaid  accounts  payable  1,000.00 

$ 9,000.00 

Bank  deposits : Commercial  Acct.  1,(XX).00 

Savings  Acct 4,000.(X) 


$ 5,000.00 

Less  exemption  3,000.(X) 

2,000.00 

Stocks  and  bonds  (non-income 


producing)  5,000.00 

Amount  taxable  $16,000.(X) 

Tax  at  .001  (1/10  of  1 per  cent  assuming 
the  above  items  are  non-income  producing)  .001 

Amount  of  tax $16.00 

Less  statutory  exemption...  7.00 

Intangible  tax  payable $9.00 


If  any  of  the  above  properties  are  income 
producing,  the  maximum  tax  on  that  portion  of 
the  property  is  .003  of  the  value. 


Life  insurance  policies  are  not  taxable.  More- 
over, if  two  people,  such  as  husband  and  wife, 
own  a bank  account  jointly,  each  is  considered  to 
own  one-half  of  the  account  and  each  is  entitled 
to  an  exemption  of  $3,000  (unless  there  is  evi- 
dence to  prove  that  the  account  is  actually  owned 
by  one  of  the  two  persons). 

For  detailed  information  and  a copy  of  the 
booklet  on  Michigan’s  Intangible  Tax  Law,  write 
Joseph  H.  Creighton,  ^Manager,  Intangible  Tax 
Division,  State  Tax  Commission,  Lansing. 


NOT  A PRIVILEGED  COMMUNICATION 

“At  a hearing  in  a personal  injury  case  under 
the  Workmen’s  Compensation  Act,  the  plaintiff 
called  a physician  to  explain  the  nature  of  his 
injur}^  The  defendant  thereupon  called  two  phy- 
sicians who  had  attended  the  plaintiff  before  the 
accident  to  show  that  the  plaintiff’s  trouble  was 
chronic  and  of  long  standing.  The  latter  testi- 
mony was  objected  to  by  plaintiff’s  counsel  as 
privileged.  Held,  that  under  the  Michigan  statute 
the  calling  of  one  doctor  by  the  defendant  waives 
his  privilege  as  regards  all  who  can  testify  re- 
garding the  condition  in  dispute.”  Lacount  v. 
Van  Platen-Fo3?  Co.,  243  Mich.  557,  220  N.W. 
697  (1928). 


MSMS  DUES  NOT  RAISED 

Dues  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
have  not  been  raised  but  remain  at  $12.00  per 
annum.  While  the  Council  was  authorized  by 
the  House  of  Delegates  to  levy’  an  assessment  of 
$5.00  per  member  to  cover  emergencies,  financial 
matters  were  so  well  arranged  during  the  past 
year  that  no  direct  assessment  or  increase  in  dues 
was  required.  Dues  are  now  payable  to  secre- 
taries of  county  medical  societies.  Include  your 
county  society  dues  with  the  $12.00  dues  of  your 
State  Society. 


The  State  Society  Convention 
September  17,  18,  19,  1941 
GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICHIGAN 


Febru.^ry,  1941 


133 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 
January  11  and  12,  1941 


FIRST  SESSION 

1.  Roll  Call. — The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by 

Chairman  A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.  in  the  Dearborn  Inn, 
Dearborn,  Michigan,  9:30  a.m.,  January  11,  1941.  Those 
present  were  Drs.  Brunk,  Wm.  E.  Bar  stow,  Otto  O. 
Beck,  Howard  H.  Cummings,  T.  E.  DeGurse,  Wilfrid 
Haughey,  Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  W.  H.  Huron,  A.  H. 
Miller,  Vernor  M.  Moore,  Ray  S.  Morrish,  Rey  C.  Per- 
kins, Philip  A.  Riley,  E.  E.  Sladek,  C.  E.  Umphrey ; 
also  President  Paul  R.  Urmston,  President-elect  Henry 
R.  Carstens ; Secretary  L.  Fernald  Poster,  Treasurer 
Wm.  A.  Hyland,  Executive  Secretary  Wm.  J.  Burns. 
Absent  on  account  of  illness : Drs.  R.  J.  Hubbell  and 

O.  D.  Stryker. 

2.  Minutes. — The  minutes  of  the  Executive  Commit- 
tee meetings,  including  December  19,  1940,  were  ap- 
proved as  published,  on  motion  of  Drs.  DeGurse-Cum- 
mings.  Carried  unanimously. 

3.  The  Secretary’s  Annual  Report  was  read  by  Dr. 
Poster,  as  follows : 

SECRETARY’S  ANNUAL  REPORT— 1940 

I herewith  submit  the  report  of  the  Secretary  for 
1940 

The  year  1940  marked  another  year  of  sustained 
effort  in  the  execution  of  the  many  activities  of  or- 
ganized medicine  in  Michigan.  The  established  projects 
were  continued  and  new  endeavors  initiated  by  THE 
COUNCIL,  its  Executive  Committee  and  the  various 
committees  of  the  Society. 

Membership 

The  total  paid  membership  for  1940  was  4,478  (plus 
forty-three  Emeritus  and  Honorary  Members),  with 
net  dues  of  $46,174.02  accruing  to  the  Society.  The 
number  of  physicians  with  unpaid  dues  at  the  end  of 
1940  was  sixty-three.  The  membership  tabulation  for 
the  years  of  1939  and  1940  showing  net  gains  and  losses, 
unpaid  dues  and  deaths  as  follows : 

1939  1940  Gain  Unpaid  Deaths 

4,383  4,478  95  63  77 

The  present  membership  of  4,521,  when  compared 
with  a potential  membership  of  the  eligible  physicians 
in  the  State  of  4,700,  indicates  that  the  saturation  point 
is  rapidly  being  approached  and  that  future  yearly  in- 
creases in  membership  will  be  small. 

MEMBERSHIP  RECORD— 1940 

^ t/5 

« .S  S-  rt 

O rt  - 4; 

1940  o ^ Q 

24-1-- 
18  2--- 
12  2--- 
75  2 - 4 - 

64  4 - 2 - 

23  1 - - 1 

120-3-3 
14  _ 1 - 2 

23  - - - 1 

11---- 
27  2 --- 

22-3-- 
32-4-2 

178  - 15  2 3 

24  - 1 - - 

41  1 _ 1 . 

37  - 1 1 2 

26  1 - - 1 

44-2-- 
28-2-‘- 

143-2-3 
46  - 4 1 1 

94  - 1 1 2 

115  3 - 3 1 


Kent  

234 

244 

_ 

10 

6 

6 

Lapeer  

16 

15 

1 

1 

Lenawee  

44 

43 

1 

_ 

Livingston  

21 

21 

_ 

_ 

1 

Luce  

10 

11 

— 

1 

Macomb  

39 

43 

_ 

4 

_ 

1 

Manistee  

16 

16 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Marquette-A!ger  

40 

43 

_ 

3 

1 

1 

Mason  

9 

10 

1 

_ 

Mecosta-Osceola  

16 

16 

_ 

_ 

Medical  Society  of  North  Central 

Counties  

23 

22 

1 

-- 

2 

Menominee  

14 

12 

2 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Midland  

15 

16 

_ 

1 

_ 

Monroe  

35 

35 

_ 

2 

1 

Muskegon  

79 

80 

_ 

1 

2 

Newaygo  

13 

13 

_ 

_ 

Northern  Michigan  

33 

37 

_ 

4 

2 

2 

Oakland  

136 

143 

_ 

7 

3 

2 

Oceana  

11 

12 

_ 

1 

Ontonagon  

8 

8 

„ 

Ottawa  

32 

34 

2 

_ 

_ 

Saginaw  

102 

102 

1 

4 

Shiawassee  

31 

29 

2 

_ 

1 

1 

St.  Clair  

55 

52 

3 

_ 

1 

St.  Joseph  

23 

25 

2 

_ 

Tuscola  

32 

31 

1 

_ 

_ 

1 

Van  Buren  

27 

30 

3 

1 

1 

Washtenaw  

174 

173 

1 

3 

3 

Wayne  

1,855 

1,899 

_ 

44 

26 

26 

W'exford-Missaukee  

21 

22 

- 

1 

- 

4,383 

4,478 

30 

125 

63 

77 

4,383 

30 

95 

95 

Emeritus  and  Honorarv 

Members 

43 

Paid  Members 

,478 

Total  

,521 

Deaths  During  1940 

We  regretfully  record  the  deaths  of  the  following 
seventy-seven  members  during  1940 : 

Branch  County — A.  G.  Holbrook,  M.D.,  Coldwater. 

Calhoun  County — Nils  O.  Byland,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek;  Walter 
F.  Martin,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek;  Albert  W.  Nelson,  M.D.,  Battle 
Creek,  Stuart  Pritchard,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek. 

Cass  County — C.  M.  Harmon,  M.D.,  Cassopolis;  John  H. 
Jones,  M.D.,  Dowagiac. 

Chippewa-Mackinac — J.  A.  Reese,  M.D.,  DeTour. 

Eaton  County — James  B.  Bradley,  M.D.,  Eaton  Rapids;  C. 
A.  Lown,  M.]).,  Grand  Ledge. 

Genesee  County — B.  W.  Malfroid,  M.D.,  Flint;  Herman  G. 
Rosenblum,  M.D.,  Flint;  A.  S.  Wheelock,  M.D.,  Flint. 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare — Ralph  E.  Dawson,  M.D.,  Blanchard; 
C.  D.  Pullen,  M.D.,  Mt.  Pleasant. 

Hillsdale  County — William  H.  Ditmars,  M.D.,  Jonesville. 
Ingham  County — Spencer  D.  Guy,  M.D.,  Lansing;  C.  M. 
Watson,  M.D.,  Lansing;  W.  G.  Wight,  M.D.,  Lansing. 
lonia-Montcalm — F.  A.  Hargrave,  M.D.,  Palo. 

Jackson  County — John  W.  Page,  M.D.,  Jackson;  John  C. 
Smith,  M.D.,  Jackson. 

Kaiamasoo  County — Edward  Ames,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo. 

Kent  County — T.  P.  Bishop,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  Willard 
Burleson,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  John  F.  Cardwell,  M.D.,  Grand 
Rapids;  C.  D.  Mulder,  M.D.,  Spring  Lake;  Richard  R.  Smith, 
M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  Frank  A.  Votey,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids. 
Livingston  County — Charles  E.  Skinner,  M.D.,  Howell. 
Macomb  County — Reginald  P.  Humphreys,  M.D.,  New  Haven. 
Marquette-Alger  County — J.  D.  Crane,  M.D.,  Ishpeming. 
Medical  Society  of  North  Central  Counties — Ruey  O.  Ford., 
M.D.,  Gaylord;  F.  W.  Lee,  M.D.,  Fairview. 

Monroe  County — A.  W.  Karch,  M.D.,  Monroe. 

Muskegon  County — R.  G.  Cavanagh,  M.D.,  Muskegon;  S.  J. 
Drummond,  M.D.,  Casnovia. 

Northern  Michigan  Counties — Robert  B.  Armstrong,  M.D., 
Charlevoix;  J.  G.  MacGregor,  M.D.,  Boyne  City. 

Oakland  County — J.  S.  Morrison,  M.D.,  Royal  Oak;  W.  W. 
Wiers,  M.D.,  Royal  Oak. 

Ottawa  County — ^Milan  Coburn,  M.D.,  Coopersville;  John  G. 
Huizinga,  M.D.,  Holland. 

Saginaw  County — Paul  Kahn,  M.D.,  Frankenmuth;  Arthur 
E.  Leitch,  M.D.,  Saginaw;  Emil  P.  W.  Richter,  M.D.,  Saginaw. 
Shiawassee  County — G.  B.  Wade.  M.D.,  Laingsburg. 

Tuscola  County — J.  E.  Handy,  M.D.,  Caro. 

Van  Buren  County — Chester  A.  Wilkinson,  M.D.,  Kendall. 
Washtenaw  County — D.  M.  Cowie,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor;  Theron 
S.  Langford,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor;  Coral  Adelbert  Lilly,  M.D., 
Ann  Arbor. 

Wayne  County — J.  M.  Berris,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Josephus  M. 
Burgess,  M.D.,  Northville;  Paul  W.  Butz,  M.D.',  Plymouth; 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


Allegan  23 

Alpena-Alcona-Presque  Isle  ....  20 

Barry  14 

Bay-Arenac-Iosco-Gladwin  77 

Berrien  68 

Branch  24 

Calhoun  117 

Cass  13 

Chippewa-Mackinac  23 

Clinton  11 

Delta-Schoolcraft  29 

Dickinson-Iron  19 

Eaton  28 

Genesee  163 

Gogebic  23 

Grand  T’-aver^e-T  eelanau-Benzie  . . 42 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare  36 

Hillsdale  27 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw  42 

Huron-Sanilac  26 

Ingham  141 

lonia-Montcalm  42 

Jackson  93 

Kalamazoo  118 


134 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OE  THE  COUNCIL 


Manley  D.  Caughey,  M.D.,  Detroit;  A.  N.  Collins,  M.D.,  De- 
troit; L.  Irving  Condit,  M.D.,  Detroit;  A.  J.  D’Alleva,  M.D., 
Detroit;  John  B.  Dibble,  M.D.,  Detroit;  William  A.  Evans, 
M.D.,  Detroit;  Thos.  W.  Ferguson,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Douglas 

L.  Gordon,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Samuel  F.  Haverstock,  M.D.,  De- 
troit; H.  W.  Hewitt,  M.D.,  Detroit;  E.  C.  Hoff,  M.D.,  Detrojt; 
Arthur  G.  Hubbard,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Jacob  Levitt,  M.D.,  Detroit; 
Walter  H.  MacCracken,  M.D.,  Detroit;  R.  D.  MacKenzie,  M.D., 
Detroit:  Wilson  Randolph,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Bruno  J.  Sawicki, 

M. D.,  Detroit;  Roy  S.  Smith,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Theodore  H.  Smith, 
M.D.,  Detroit;  G.  W.  Stockwell,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Prosper  D. 
White,  M.D.,  Detroit;  H.  Wellington  Yates,  M.D.,  Detroit;  L.  L. 
Zimmer,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Financial  Status 

The  fiscal  ^ear  closed  December  21,  19-K),  and  the 
statement  of  our  certified  accountants,  Ernst  & Ernst, 
shows  the  financial  condition  of  the  Society  on  that 
date.  The  following  facts  are  noted : 

The  fiscal  year  of  the  State  Medical  Society  closed 
December  21,"  1940.  Our  certified  accountants,  Ernst  & 
Ernst,  have  audited  the  books  of  the  Society  and  have 
furnished  an  analysis  of  our  financial  situation.-  Their 
report  reveals  the  following  facts. 

The  assets  of  the  Society  are  given  as  $39,214.40 
as  compared  with  $43,399.91  of  a year  ago.  The  smaller 
assets  are  due  chiefly  to  allocation  of  $6,000  (market 
value)  of  securities  to  the  Trustee  of  Medical  De- 
fense Fund.  The  net  worth  is  $37,788.63  as  compared 
with  $24,224.35  last  year,  or  a gain  of  $13,564.28. 

There  is  a strong  possibility  that  a part  or  all  of 
the  money  advanced  to  Michigan  Medical  Service  for 
organizational  and  working  capital  in  the  amount  of 
$17,544.45  may  be  repaid  during  the  coming  year.  The 
net  worth  of  the  Society  will  be  enlianced  to  the  extent 
that  this  is  done. 

The  income  from  dues  was  $52,770  as  compared  with 
$51,518  in  1939,  a gain  of  $1,252.  Interest  received 
totaled  $829.18,  a gain  of  $66.12  over  last  j’ear.  The 
total  income  was  given  as  $50,070.52  as  compared  with 
$46,750.95  the  previous  3^ear.  These  figures  are  found 
bj^  deducting  $6,595.98  allocated  to  the  Journ.-\l  and 
adding  the  income  from  the  Jourx.\l  of  $2,740.96,  plus 
interest  received  and  miscellaneous  income.  The  ex- 
penses of  the  Society'  totaled  $36,125.24  divided  as  fol- 
lows : The  administrative  and  general  $19,909.71,  SocieW 
activities  $10,696.89,  committee  expense  $5,518.64.  The 
expenses  were  $9,593.51  under  the  budget  estimate. 

The  security  portfolio,  as  a whole,  has  not  been 
changed.  Securities  having  a total  market  value  of 
$6,000  were  transferred  to  Dr.  Wm.  A.  H3'land,  Trustee 
for  the  Medical  Defense  Fund.  Some  bonds  showed 
a total  decrease  in  quoted  market  value  of  $637.50. 
Other  bonds  showed  an  appreciation  in  market  value 
of  $211.25.  The  U.  S.  Savings  bonds  showed  apprecia- 
tion due  to  interest  accrual  of  $176.00.  The  old  stock 
held  b3'  the  Societ3'  decreased  in  market  value  $43.50. 
The  bonds  of  the  Hyland  Trustee  account  showed  ap- 
preciation of  $172.75  and  depreciation  of  $148.75  for 
a net  depreciation  of  $23.75.  The  combined  net  decrease 
of  all  securities  held  in  the  State  Medical  Societ3'  and 
the  Trustee  accounts  was  $317.50. 

The  medico-legal  defense  fund  account  was  closed 
the  previous  3'ear  (1939)  b3'  the  allocation  on  Jan- 
uary 13,  1940,  of  securities  worth  $6,000  to  Dr.  Wm.  A. 
Hyland,  Trustee.  A separate  audit  of  Trustee  H3’land’s 
account  was  made  by  Ernst  & Ernst.  It  revealed  re- 
ceipts of  $1,603.75  from  the  sale  of  securities,  $387.50 
interest  received  from  securities  and  $75.00  repa3’ment 
by  members  of  M.S.M.S.  of  legal  fees  advanced  b3*  the 
Trustee.  This  makes  total  receipts  of  $2,066.25.  Dis- 
bursements were  for  legal  fees,  $1,640.43  and  premium 
on  Trustee’s  bond,  $12.50,  totalling  $1,652.93.  The  pres- 
ent bonds  in  Trustee  Hyland’s  portfolio  have  a market 
value  of  $4,341.25  which,  with  cash  on  hand  of  $413.32, 
makes  a total  value  of  this  account  of  $4,754.57. 

To  sum  up — Income  was  higher  b3'  $1,252,  expenses 
were  higher  b3’’  $1,349  and  were  less  than  the  budget 
estimates  b3’  $3,026.36.  The  increase  and  net  worth 
of  the  Society  for  the  year  was  $13,564.28.  The 

February,  1941 


Journal,  while  being  subsidized  from  members’  dues 
"by  $6,595.98,  showed  a profit  of  $2,740.96,  an  increase 
in  profit  over  the  budget  estimate  of  $584.71.  If  it  had 
not  been  subsidized  it  would  have  resulted  in  a loss 
of  $3,855.02.  The  securit3^  accounts  showed  a loss  in 
market  value  of  $317.50. 

From  the  above  figures  it  will  be  noted  that  the 
Society  was  operated  well  within  the  budget  require- 
ments so  that  it  faces  the  coming  year  in  better 
financial  condition  than  a year  ago.  The  anticipated 
loss  of  income  due  to  war  activit3’  in  the  next  few 
3’ears  can  probably  be  met  by  the  substantial  saving 
effected  this  3-ear, 

The  1940  Annual  Meeting 

An  all-time  high  in  attendance  Avas  established  at  the 
19-10  Session  in  Detroit.  There  was  a total  registra- 
tion of  2,561. 

The  General  Session  t3'pe  of  scientific  program  was 
continued  and  was  heartily  endorsed  63*  both  the  essa3'- 
ists  and  members. 

A lack  of  available  facilities  precluded  the  possibility 
of  a scientific  exhibit  at  the  1940  meeting. 

No  expense  was  spared  in  bringing  to  Michigan  an 
outstanding  arra3’  of  out-of-state  speakers,  and  ever3' 
possible  provision  was  made  to  make  the  convention 
attractive.  Despite  the  great  expense  incurred  in  main- 
taining the  high  standard  of  the  ^lichigan  meeting, 
a substantial  profit  again  accrued  to  the  Society  as  a 
result  of  the  large  and  well-developed  technical  exhibit. 
The  registrants  at  the  convention  showed  their  apprecia- 
tion to  the  technical  exhibitors  by  being  very  generous 
in  their  attention  to  this  group. 

County  Secretary  Conferences 

Three  Count3'  Secretary  Conferences  were  held  dur- 
ing the  year.  One  in  Lansing  in  Januar3%  one  in  Me- 
nominee for  the  Societies  of  the  Upper  Peninsula  in 
Juh-,  1940,  and  one  in  Detroit  on  the  occasion  of  the 
Annual  Meeting  in  September,  19-40. 

The  Januar3’^  Conference  Avas  unique  in  that  one  of 
its  sessions  AAas  held  jointh’  Avith  the  Count3'  Health 
Directors  of  Michigan.  A similar  t3’pe  of  conference 
is  planned  for  1941.  Such  an  arrangement  brings  to- 
gether tAvo  im.portant  groups,  provides  for  an  exchange 
of  vieAA-points  and  helps  to  better  correlate  health  pro- 
grams. 

Committees 

Time  and  space  do  not  permit  a detailed  account 
of  committee  activit3*,  but  1946  marked  a high  point 
in  committee  endeaA’’or.  The  deA^elopment  of  a PreA-en- 
tive  ^ledicine  Committee  by  bringing  together  the  chair- 
men of  all  health  committees  has  added  much  to  the 
efficienc3-  of  committee  actu'ities  and  has  been  respon- 
sible for  better  committee  correlation. 

To  the  alread3'  large  group  of  committees  AA'as  added 
the  J^Iedical  Preparedness  Committee  and  Conference 
Committee  on  Prelicensure  Medical  Education.  The 
Preparedness  Committee,  working  closeU  AA'ith  a similar 
committee  of  the  A.i^l.A.,  has  and  Avill  continue  to  haA-e 
much  Avork  to  do. 

I 

Society  Activities 

During  the  3-ear  just  closed,  the  55th  Count3-  Society- 
Charter  Avas  granted.  This  AA-as  accorded  the  phy- 
sicians of  Huron  Count3’  and  marked  the  beginning 
of  the  “Huron  Count3^  !NIedical  Societ3^” 

As  an  innoAation  in  1940,  The  Council  approA-ed  the 
idea  of  holding  “Councilor  District”  meetings.  These 
replace  the  meetings  knoAA-n  as  “State  Society  Nights.” 
Up  to  this  time  a district  meeting  has  been  held  in 
practically-  each  of  the  16  Councilor  Districts.  In  1941 
it  is  hoped  that  such  meetings  can  be  so  correlated 
that  they  AA-ill  folloAv  closely  after  the  Annual  Meeting 
and  thei'eby  serve  to  stimulate  the  component  units  to 

135 


^[ID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


I 


action  on  their  programs  and  projects  early  in  their 
fiscal  year. 

During  1940  your  two  Secretaries  contacted  practi- 
cally all  of  the  55  county  units.  On  most  occasions 
they  were  accompanied  by  some  members  of  The 
Council. 

It  is  gratifying  to  report  that  most  of  the  Societies 
are  well  organized  and  are  manifesting  a keen  inter- 
est in  both  the  scientific  and  sociologic  phases  of  medi- 
cal practice. 

Meetings  are  held  regularly  in  most  societies  and 
attention  is  properly  divided  between  scientific  discus- 
sions and  those  -of  an  economic  and  political  character. 

As  a result  of  a recommendation  by  The  Council, 
the  House  of  Delegates  in  1940  decided  to  continue 
memberships  without  the  collection  of  dues  of  all  phy- 
sicians called  to  Active  Military  Service.  This  splen- 
did gesture  has  been  followed  by  many  county  socie- 
ties as  well. 

During  1940  twelve  Secretary’s  Letters  were  issued, 
nine  to  Secretaries  of  County  Societies  and  three  to 
all  members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

Michigan  Medical  Service 

While  Michigan  Medical  Service  has  been  operating 
since  March,  1940,  as  a separate  organization,  mention 
should  be  made  of  the  fact  that  very  strenuous  de- 
mands have  been  made  upon  the  time  and  energies  of 
this  Council,  its  Executive  Committee,  the  Officers 
and  Administrative  personnel  in  the  conduct  of  the 
affairs  of  Michigan  Medical  Service.  These  individuals 
have  been  most  generous  in  this  connection. 


Your  Secretary  cannot  express  too  sincerely  and 
earnestly  to  this  Council  his  appreciation  of  its  fine 
cooperation  and  encouragement  during  the  past  year. 
Much  commendation  is  due  the  committees  for  their 
splendid  spirit  and  untiring  efforts  in  the  successful 
execution  of  many  difficult  tasks. 

To  Mr.  Burns,  executive  secretary,  and  the  execu- 
tive office  personnel,  too  much  appreciation  for  their 
untiring  efforts  cannot  be  expressed. 

Mr.  Burns  has  been  at  all  times  most  cooperative 
and  helpful,  and  has  been  a continual  source  of  in- 
spiration and  aid.  To  all  those  who  have  aided  so 
generously  in  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  this  office, 
your  Secretary  is  truly  grateful. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  AI.D.,  Secretary. 

The  report  zvith  recommendation  re  dnes  remission 
was  referred  to  the  County  Societies  Committee. 


by  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  market  value 
as  of  December  21,  1940,  is  $22,811.25. 

Total  funds  in  my  possession  as  Treasurer  of  }ilS 
^IS,  including  bonds  at  quoted  market  prices  $22,811.25 
and  cash  in  Michigan  National  Bank  $707.59,  total 
$23,518.84. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Wm.  a.  Hyland,  M.D., 
Treasurer 

Report  of  Trustee  Fund  of  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  as  of  December  21,  1940 
On  January  13,  1940,  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  delivered  to  Dr.  William  A.  Hyland,  Trustee, 
the  following  bonds  to  hold  as  Trustee  replacing  the 
former  medical-legal  fund,  their  approximate  value 
being  $6,000. 

Two  New  England  Gas  and  Electric  Company  Bonds 
Two  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  Company  Bonds 
Two  Grand  Rapids  Affiliated  Bonds 
Two  New  York  Central  Railroad  Bonds 
One  Consolidated  Oil  Corporation  Bond 
On  April  1,  1940,  the  Trustee  account  sold  one  Con- 
solidated Oil  Company  Bond  to  obtain  money  for  cur- 
rent medical-legal  bills. 

On  August  1,  1940,  the  Trustee  account  sold  one 
New  York  Central  Railroad  Bond  for  current  medical- 
legal  bills. 


Total  received  from  sale  of  Bonds  to 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society $1,603.75 

Interest  received  on  Securities 387.50 

Repayment  to  Trustee  Fund  by  member 
legal  fees  advanced 75.00  $2,066.25 


Paid  Legal  fees  amounting  to 1,640.43 

Paid  Premium  on  Trustee’s  Bond 12.50 


1,652.93 


Cash  on  Hand  December  21,  1940 $413.32 

Total  amount  of  bonds  turn  over  to  Trustee 
by  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  quoted 
at  market  prices  of  December  20,  1939.  .$6,000.00 
Interest  on  bonds  387.50 


Deductions : 

Legal  fees  paid 1,565.43 

Premium  paid  on  Trustee’s  bond 12.50 

Loss  on  sale  of  bonds  to  M.S.M.S 31.25 

Reduction  of  carrying  amount  of  secur- 
ities held  in  trust  December  21,  1940, 
to  quote  market  prices 23.75 


1,632.93 


Balance  in  Trust  Fund  December  21,  1940..  4.754.57 
On  deposit  at  Michigan  National  Bank 413.32 


Total  market  value  of  bonds  in  Trustee  Fund 4,341.25 


4.  The  Treasurer’s  Report  and  the  Trustee’s  Report 
were  presented  by  Dr.  Hyland  as  follows : 


Total  value  of  Trustee  Fund $4,754.57 

Wm.  a.  Hyland,  M.D.,  Treastircr 


TREASURER’S  REPORT— 1940 

As  treasurer  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society, 
I wish  to  submit  the  following  report  for  the  year 
1940. 

As  required  by  the  by-laws  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  the  usual  indemnity  bond  was  filed 
with  the  Secretary  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety. 

On  April  15,  1940,  the  $1,000  Kresge  Foudation  bond 
was  called  at  $1,040.00.  It  was  decided  by  the  Bond 
Committee  to  trade  the  Kresge  Bond  in  the  General 
Account  for  the  Consolidated  Oil  Bond  in  the  Trustee 
Account,  in  order  to  obtain  cash  for  current  Trustee 
Account  bills  without  selling  any  of  the  Trustee  Port- 
folio. 

On  August  1,  1940,  the  General  Fund  purchased  the 
New  York  Central  Railroad  Bond  from  the  Trustee 
Fund. 

The  present  value  of  the  bonds  and  securities  held 


These  reports  were  referred  to  the  Finance  Com- 
mittee. 

5.  The  Editor’s  Annual  Report  was  presented  by  Dr. 
Holmes,  as  follows : 

EDITOR’S  ANNUAL  REPORT 

The  selection  of  scientific  articles  for  The  Journ.\l 
has  been  based  primarily  upon  the  needs  and  desires 
of  the  general  practitioner  who  represents  the  ke}- 
majority  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  mem- 
bership. Emphasis  has  been  placed,  therefore,  upon  short 
practical  articles  of  a not-too-highly  specialized  nature 
and  with  most  of  the  attention  directed  toward  diag- 
nosis and  treatment  of  those  conditions  which  are  of 
importance  to  the  man  in  private  practice.  The  belief 
that  this  policy  has  been  acceptable  to  this  large  portion 
of  our  membership,  is  enhanced  by  the  fact  that  no 
adverse  criticism  has  come  to  the  Editor’s  attention. 


136 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


During  1940.  The  Journal  has  published  eighty- 
I seven  scientific  articles  averaging  three  and  one-half 
! pages  in  length.  Of  this  number  all  were  of  a general 
; nature : There  were  forty-three  pertaining  especially 
■ to  internal  medicine;  twelve  to  eye,  ear,  nose  and 
throat;  nine  to  gynecology;  six  to  surgery;  five  to 
obstetrics ; three  to  orthopedics ; three  to  pediatrics ; 
j three  to  economics ; two  to  proctology ; and  one  to 
: urology.  'Of  these  papers,  forty-nine  were  written  by 
members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society;  and 
thirty-eight  were  by  out-of-state  medical  leaders,  the 
original  papers  having  been  given  at  a state  or  county 
medical  society  meeting  in  Michigan.  No  other  sources 
of  scientific  papers  were  used. 

The  Editor  has  attempted  to  stimulate  the  use  of 
cuts,  charts,  et  cetera,  which  aids  considerably  in  im- 
pressing the  reader.  Every  attempt  has  been  made  to 
keep  the  scope  of  papers  for  each  issue  well  diversi- 
fied. 

There  were  turned  over  to  the  Editor  this  year  some 
one  hundred  manuscripts  ranging  in  priority  of  time 
from  one  month  to  two  years.  Those  papers  which 
pertained  to  such  highly  specialized  subjects  that  the 
reader-interest  would  be  negligible  were  returned  to 
their  respective  authors  so  that  they  might  be  sub- 
mitted to  a specialized  journal.  The  papers  which  were 
manifestly  too  long  to  hold  the  interest  of  the  general 
practitioner  or  whose  subject  matter  did  not  appear  to 
warrant  such  extensive  use  of  space  were  returned  to 
their  respective  authors  with  a request  that  they  be 
condensed ; most  of  which  requests  were  fulfilled. 

It  is  believed  that  the  use  of  many  paragraph  and 
sub-headings,  extra  spacing  and  the  use  of  bold  face 
type  has  improved  the  reader-interest  in  the  scientific 
papers.  While  this  takes  extra  time  on  the  part  of 
the  Editor  it  seems  definitely  worth  it.  In  the  same 
category,  the  use  of  biographies  of  the  authors  and 
cuts,  when  already  available,  also  add  to  the  value. 

During  the  past  year  the  Editor  has  written  and 
published  forty-five  editorials.  Each  editorial  has  been 
submitted  to  each  member  of  the  Publication  Commit- 
tee in  order  that  there  may  be  no  conflict  with  the 
policy  of  The  Council.  Eleven  of  these  editorials  were 
reprinted  in  nine  other  state  medical  society  journals 
and  two  more  were  quoted. 

Two  departments  were  instituted:  “You  and  Your 

Government,”  and  “You  and  Your  Business”  under 
which  heads  a reader  who  may  be  interested  would 
be  able  to  find  the  material  desired  with  the  least  pos- 
sible inconvenience. 

The  general  .physical  make-up  of  The  Journal  has 
also  been  changed  during  the  year  in  an  effort  to  make 
its  appearance  more  modern  and  yet  not  lose  the 
dignity  of  a scientific  journal. 

Only  one  typographical  error  has  been  invited  to 
the  Editor’s  attention  during  the  past  year. 

Before  outlining  the  plans  for  the  coming  year  the 
Editor  wishes  to  thank  Dr.  Haughey  and  his  Publica- 
tion Committee  who  have  been  most  helpful  and  co- 
operative, and  the  Bruce  Publishing  Company  who  have 
lent  every  available  facility  both  physical  and  technical. 
Without  the  aid  of  these  adjuncts  and  Secretary  Foster 
and  Mr.  Burns  it  would  have  been  impossible  to  have 
accomplished  these  changes.  To  all  of  them  and  espe- 
cially to  Dr.  Haughey  and  Mr.  Burns,  the  Editor  is 
deeply  indebted. 

Program  for  1941 

The  so-called  “throw-away”  journals  are  simply 
“pirates”  in  the  publication  field  since  they  abstract 
articles  published  in  legitimate  journals  and  print  them 
to  attract  a certain  class  of  readers  in  order  to  sell 
advertising  which  should  go  to  the  legitimate  journals. 
They  have  been  troublesome  to  all  of  us.  In  an  attempt 
to  take  away  some  of  their  appeal  and  in  order  to 
provide  the  readers  of  The  Journal  with  abstracts 

February,  1941 


from  articles  published  in  other  state  journals  and 
also  to  provide  national  scope  for  authors  who  publish 
articles  in  The  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society,  we  are  instituting,  this  year  a plan  by  which 
the  author  (when  his  manuscript  is  accepted)  will  sub- 
mit a short  abstract  of  the  highlights  of  his  paper. 
These  will  be  made  available  at  the  time  of  publication 
to  the  other  state  journals  and  in  time  a system  will 
be  worked  out  whereby  the  readers  of  The  Journal 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  will  have  avail- 
able, in  abstract  form,  the  cream  of  all  scientific  articles 
published  in  the  United  States. 

Arrangements  have  been  made  with  the  Wayne  Uni- 
versity College  of  Medicine  to  publish  each  month,  be- 
ginning in  January,  a clinico-pathological  conference 
in  concise  and  interesting  form.  It  is  believed  that 
these  will  be  very  popular  since  they  will  contain  only 
pertinent  and  important  facts.  Arrangements  have  been 
made  to  publish  these  in  the  same  form  as  other  scien- 
tific articles  since  the  average  reader  shies  from  long 
articles  in  small  type.  The  Publication  Committee  has 
authorized  the  allowance  of  one  or  two  complimentary 
cuts  to  accompany  these  clinico-pathological  conferences. 

There  has  been  a satisfactory  response  to  the  car- 
toons which  it  is  hoped  will  be  a regular  feature  of 
The  Journal.  Dr.  C.  L.  A.  'Oden  has  been  most  kind 
in  giving  freely  of  his  skill. 

The  Editor  would  like  to  end  this  report  with  a 
plea  to  the  Councilors  to  forward  to  the  Editor  any 
comments  which  they  may  hear  in  their  districts.  It 
is  very  difficult  to  induce  the  readers  to  criticize  by 
letter.  Especially  desirable  are  any  suggestions  which 
would  make  The  Journal  more  readable,  since  a jour- 
nal which  is  not  read  should  not  be  published. 

Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  M.D.,  Editor. 

The  report  was  referred  to  the  Publication  Commit- 
tee. 

6.  The  Report  of  the  Publication  Committee  was 
presented  by  the  Chairman,  Dr.  Haughey. 

REPORT  OF  THE  PUBLICATION 
COMMITTEE— 1940 

Your  Committee  met  January  10  and  considered 
the  following  matters : 

1.  The  Editor  gave  a report  on  the  year’s  activities. 

2.  The  Journal  Budget  was  studied,  and  motion  was 
made  by  Drs.  DeGurse-Beck  that  this  committee  recom- 
mend to  the  Finance  Committee  that  an  increase  in 
the  Editor’s  Expense  of  $200.00  (from  $600  to  $800) 
be  made.  Carried  unanimously. 

3.  Advertising  was  generally  discussed.  The  com- 
mittee felt  that  the  acceptance  of  the  AMA  Councils 
and  Committees  on  indicated  products  should  be  con- 
tinued as  a policy  of  The  Journal,  and  authorized 
Mr.  Burns,  on  motion  of  Drs.  DeGurse-Umphrey,  to  so 
inform  particular  firms  which  were  prospective  adver- 
tisers. Carried  unanimously. 

4.  Reprints. — ^The  request  of  a firm  for  permission 
to  make  reprints  of  an  article  which  appeared  in  the 
MSMS  Journal  was  studied.  This  firm  is  not  an  ad- 
vertiser. Motion  of  Drs.  Beck-Perkins  that  the  mat- 
ter be  referred  to  Mr.  Burns  to  handle — to  the  effect 
that  permission  to  make  reprints  of  MSMS  Journal 
articles  is  given  only  to  authors,  and  to  advertisers 
when  specifically  authorized  by  the  Publication  Com- 
mittee. Carried  unanimously. 

5.  Blue  Book. — The  Wisconsin  Blue  Book,  and  the 
high  expense  involved  in  the  printing  of  this  legal 
summary,  were  discussed.  Motion  of  Drs.  DeGurse- 
Beck  that  such  a blue  book  for  Michigan  be  not  author- 
ized at  this  time,  as  much  of  the  material  is  being  pub- 
lished in  digested  form  in  the  MSMS  Journal  in  the 
“You  and  Your  Business”  column.  Carried  unanimously. 

6.  Matters  presented  by  the  Editor: 


137 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


(a)  Tuberculosis  Abstracts,  to  be  used  as  fillers  in 
The  Journal,  were  discussed,  and  authorized.  They 
are  to  be  used  for  a limited  time  to  ascertain  if  there 
is  any  interest. 

(b)  Color  for  The  Journal  was  discussed.  Motion 
of  Ehs.  DeGurse-Perkins  that  green  pages  be  used  in 
the  March,  1941,  Journal,  as  an  experiment.  Carried 
unanimously. 

(c)  Column  for  experimental  work.  This  was  given 
full  study  and  was  authorized  by  the  Publication  Com- 
mittee. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Chairman. 

O.  O.  Beck,  M.D. 

T.  E.  DeGurse,  M.D. 

Roy  C.  Perkins,  M.D. 

C.  E.  Umphrey,  M.D. 

The  report  zvas  referred  to  The  Finance  Committee. 

7.  Report  of  Medical  Legal  Cases  pending  was  pre- 
sented by  Dr.  Hyland,  received  and  placed  on  file,  on 
motion  of  Drs.  Riley-Cummings.  Carried  unanimously. 

8.  Committee  Reports. — The  -following  reports  of 
committees  were  presented : 

(a)  Legislative  Committee. — Report  from  Executive 
Secretary  Bums.  The  various  items,  including  neces- 
sary amendments  to  the  afflicted  child  act,  were  thor- 
oughly discussed.  Motion  of  Drs.  Moore-DeGurse  that 
a committee  be  appointed  to  review  the  various  recom- 
mendations made  and  to  refer  back  to  The  Council  at 
its  meeting  on  January  12.  Carried  unanimously. 

Committee : Drs.  Moore,  Chairman ; Cummings, 

Haughey,  Carstens,  Urmston. 

Motion  of  Drs.  DeGurse-Sladek  that  the  report  of 
the  Legislative  Committee  be  accepted  and  approved. 
Carried  unanimously. 

(b)  Midzvifery  (from  Maternal  Health  Committee 
report). — The  case  of  People  vs.  Hildy  was  presented 
by  the  Executive  Secretary  and  thoroughly  discussed. 
Motion  of  Drs.  Cummings-Barstow  that  this  matter 
be  referred  to  the  MSMS  Legislative  Committee  to 
send  to  the  State  Board  of  Registration  in  Medicine 
with  the  suggestion  that  the  State  Board  consider  and 
take  action  toward  necessary  changes  in  the  Medical 
Practice  Act  to  clarify  this  midwifery  problem.  Car- 
ried unanimously. 

Field  representatives  in  obstetrics  (from  Maternal 
Health  Committee)  were  discussed  by  Dr.  Cummings, 
who  felt  that  this  work  should  be  educational,  not 
practicing  or  doing  private  consultations.  The  Secretary 
was  instructed  to  insert  in  letters  going  to  county  medi- 
cal societies  scheduling  field  representatives  in  obstetrics 
a paragraph  containing  the  above  recommendation. 

(c)  Committee  on  NY  A Health  Program. — This  re- 
port was  presented  and  discussed.  Motion  of  Dr. 
Holmes-several  that  NYA  Health  Consultant  Carey  be 
requested  to  send  detailed  information  concerning  pro- 
cedures and  the  per  diem  arrangement,  in  order  that 
these  facts  can  be  presented  concisely  to  the  county 
medical  societies;  also  to  send  a copy  of  the  fee 
schedule  to  be  used  in  those  counties  too  small  to  use 
the  per  diem  arrangement.  Carried  unanimously. 

Dr.  Umphrey  advised  that  the  Michigan-  Society  of 
Roentgenologists  objected  to  the  x-ray  phase  of  the 
NYA  program.  This  was  thoroughly  discussed,  during 
which  Dr.  Urmston  presented  the  x-ray  arrangement 
at  Hurley  Hospital,  Flint.  Motion  of  Ehs.  Cummings- 
Umphrey  that  The  Coimcil  endorses  the  attitude  of 
the  x-ray  society  but  inasmuch  as  the  subject  is  tech- 
nical and  a matter  of  economics,  it  recommends  the 
X-Ray  Society  contact  Dr.  Carey  direct,  in  order  that 
the  problem  can  be  more  readily  appreciated.  Car- 
ried unanimously. 

(d)  Postgraduate  Medical  Education  Committee. — 
Report  was  presented  by  Dr.  Cummings,  and  approved 
on  motion  of  Drs.  Riley-Kolmes.  Carried  unanimously. 

President  Urmston’s  appointments  of  Drs.  Norris  and 


Pino  to  the  Postgraduate  Medical  Education  Committee 
were  confirmed,  on  motion  of  Drs.  Huron-Cummings. 
Carried  unanimously. 

(e)  Preparedness  Committee  report  was  read,  con- 
taining the  recommendation  that  letters  be  sent  to  all 
physicians  who  have  not  returned  their  AMA  medical 
preparedness  questionnaires.  Motion  of  Drs.  Holmes- 
Riley  that  lists  of  the  non-signers  be  sent  to  the 
medical  preparedness  committee  in  each  county  or  dis- 
trict for  personal  contact,  except  Wayne  County.  Car- 
ried unanimously.  Motion  of  Drs.  Haughey-Cummings 
that  individual  letters  be  sent  to  physicians  in  Wayne 
County  who  have  not  completed  their  questionnaires. 
Carried  unanimously.  Motion  of  Drs.  DeGurse-Huron 
that  the  report  of  the  Preparedness  Committee,  as 
amended  in  the  matter  of  sending  out  the  letters,  be 
adopted.  Carried  unanimously. 

9.  Voluntary  Liens  in  Accident  Cases. — The  Execu- 
tive Secretary  was  invited  to  give  a report  on  this 
activity  which  culminated  successfully  in  adoption  of 
an  agreement  on  January  8,  1941.  Motion  of  Drs.  De- 
Gurse-Barstow  that  this  agreement  be  approved  and 
adopted  by  The  Council  and'  be  published  in  the  MSMS 
Journal.  Carried  unanimously.  Motion  of  Drs. 
Haughey-Holmes  that  Dr.  A.  S.  Brunk  be  appointed  as 
the  MSMS  representative  to  the  Conference  Committee. 
Carried  unanimously.  Motion  of  Drs.  Cummings-Riley 
that  the  Executive  Secretary  be  thanked  for  the  inaug- 
uration and  development  of  this  project.  Carried  unan- 
imously. 

Presentation  of  Gavel  to  the  Chairman. — A gavel  was 
presented  to  Council  Chairman  Brunk  by  Executive 
Secretary  Bums  as  an  expression  of  his  appreciation  of 
Dr.  Brunk’s  counsel  during  the  past  eleven  years. 

The  meeting  was  recessed  at  12:10  p.m. 

SECOND  SESSION 

The  Second  Session  convened  at  1 :30  p.m.,  with  all 
who  answered  to  the  roll  call  at  the  First  Session 
being  present. 

10.  Communications  from  the  Wayne  County  Medi- 
cal Society  re  (a)  the  barbiturates  bill  to  include 
sulfanilamide ; and  (b)  amendments  to  the  Medical 
Practice  Act,  were  presented  and  discussed.  Motion  of 
Drs.  Umphrey-Riley  that  The  Council  urges  the  State 
Board  of  Registration  in  Medicine  to  offer  necessary 
amendments  to  the  Medical  Practice  Act  at  the  1941 
Legislative  Session,  and  it  urges  the  State  Health  Com- 
missioner to  offer  a barbiturates  bill,  including  the 
sulfanilamide  group  to  the  1941  Legislature,  the  aid 
of  the  MSAIS  Legislative  Committee  being  proffered 
to  these  two  state  departments  in  the  passage  of  these 
bills.  Carried  unanimously. 

11.  Additional  Michigan  Facilities  for  Care  of  In~ 
fantile  Paralysis  Cases. — Dr.  Barstow  presented  a 
project  for  the  care  of  these  cases  in  Michigan,  which 
was  thoroughly  discussed  and  referred  to  a committee 
composed  of  the  Chairman  of  The  Council,  the  Secre- 
tary and  the  Executive  Secretary  to  draft  a suitable 
resolution  and  to  submit  same  to  The  Council  for  final 
approval. 

Subsequently  the  Committee  presented  the  following 
resolution : 

“Whereas,  Large  sums  of  money  are  being  collected  in  Mich- 
igan each  year  for  the  care  and  treatment  of  infantile  paralysis 
c&s&s 

“Be  It  Resolved,  That  The  Council  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  approves  of  the  establishment  in  the  state  of 
additional  special  facilities  for  the  care  and  treatment  of  such 
cases.” 

Motion  of  Drs.  Riley-Miller  that  the  report  of  the 
committee  be  adopted.  Carried  unanimously. 

12.  Preparedness  Committee. — The  matter  of  the 
personnel  of  the  Medical  Preparedness  Committee  of 
the  State  Society  was  discussed  and,  on  motion  of 
Drs.  Holmes-Moore,  laid  on  the  table  until  the  Mid- 
summer meeting  of  The  Council.  Carried  unanimously. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


138 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


M.M.S.  PROGRESS  REPORT 

13.  Michigan  Medical  Service. — Dr.  Carstens  gave 
a progress  report  as  follows,  which  was  accepted  and 
placed  on  file,  on  motion  of  Drs.  Sladek-Perkins.  Car- 
I ried  unanimously. 

j Enrollment  of  Subscribers 

The  following  is  the  cumulative  number  of  persons 
enrolled : 


Month  Plan  Plan  Total 

i Medical  Service  Surgical  Benefit  Enrollment 

March  1,360  58,658  60,118 

April  1,341  60,368  61,709 

May  1,352  61,783  63,135 

June  1,416  63,646  65,062 

July  1,594  65,388  66,982 

August  1,700  65,749  67,449 

September  1,758  67,558  69,316 

October 4,346  86,050  90,396 

November  4,677  99,243  103,920 

December  4,956  112,594  117,550 


Registration  of  Doctors 

The  number  of  physicians  who  have  registered  with 
Michigan  Medical  Service  has  increased  steadily.  As 
of  November  30,  1940,  there  were  3,321  doctors  of 
medicine  registered  with  Michigan  Medical  Service — 
approximately  three-fourths  of  the  total  possible  num- 
ber. 

In  two  county  medical  societies,  100  per  cent  of  the 
members  are  registered  with  Michigan  Medical  Service 
and  in  thirty-two  others,  from  75  per  cent  to  99  per  cent 
of  the  members  are  registered. 

Services  and  Payments  to  Doctors 

During  the  past  nine  months,  4,625  subscribers  have 
received  services  through  Michigan  Medical  Service 
for  which  1,337  doctors  of  medicine  will  receive  in 
excess  of  $194,000. 

Payments  have  been  made  to  doctors  in  70  of  the 
83  counties  in  Michigan  and  one  out  of  every  four 
doctors  has  been  paid  through  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice for  services  to  subscribers. 

The  average  payment  for  a patient  under  the  Sur- 
gical Benefit  Plan  has  been  $47.11 ; for  a patient  under 
the  Medical  Service  Plan,  $16.27 ; or  an  average  of 
$38.89  per  patient. 

14.  Reports  of  Individual  Cowncilors. — The  Chair 
called  upon  each  Councilor  to  give  a report  of  the 
condition  of  the  profession  in  his  district.  These  re- 
ports were  given  verbally  and  were  generally  to  the 
effect  that  the  profession  is  working  together  har- 
moniously and  making  good  progress  in  scientific  and 
social  endeavor. 

The  meeting  was  recessed  at  3 :50  p.m. 

THIRD  SESSION 

The  Third  Session  Convened  at  8 p.m.  with  all 
who  answered  the  roll  call  at  the  First  Session  being 
present. 

15.  The  Auditor’s  Report  was  presented  in  brief  by 
Dr.  Moore,  who  also  read  the  minutes  of  the  Finance 
Committee  meeting  of  January  10,  1941,  including 
MSMS  Budgets  for  1941. 

REPORT  OF  THE  FINANCE  COMMITTEE 

Your  Committee  met  January  10  and  considered  the 
following  matters : 

1.  Auditor’s  Report. — Chairman  Moore  reviewed  the 
report  of  Ernst  & Ernst’s  annual  audit  of  the  Society’s 
books  for  1940. 

2.  Net  W orth. — Motion  of  Drs.  Morrish-Cummings 
that  the  net  worth  of  the  Society  should  not  exceed 
at  any  time  $50,000.  Carried  unanimously. 

3.  Motion  of  Drs.  Cummings-Barstow  that  $7,500 
be  invested  in  U.  S.  Government  bonds,  preferably 
U.  S.  Savings  Bonds.  Carried  unanimously. 

4.  Budget. — The  proposed  1941  budget  was  considered 
by  the  Committee.  Motion  of  Drs.  Morrish-Cummings 
that  the  Committee  recommended  that  the  salary  of  the 

February,  1941 


Executive  Secretary  be  set  at  $8,000.  Carried  unani- 
mously. The  tentative  budget  was  then  agreed  upon  for 
presentation  to  The  Council. 

Vernor  M.  Moore,  M.D.,  Chairman. 
W.  E.  Barstow,  M.D. 

H.  H.  Cummings,  M.D. 

R.  S.  Morrish,  M.D. 

O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D. 

BUDGET  FOR  1941 

INCOME 


4,200  members  at  $12  (plus  and  dues  of  new 

members)  $51,000.00 

Net  Income  from  Journal 

Interest  100.00 

Miscellaneous  Income  100.00 


Total  Income  $51,200.00 

Less  allocation  to  The  Journal  at  $1.50 6,300.00 


Net  Income  $44,900.00 

APPROPRIATIONS : 

Administrative  and  General 

Medical  Secretary  Salary $ 3,600.00 

Executive  Secretary  Salary  8,000.00 

Other  Office  Salaries 5,100.00 

Extra  Office  Help 1,020.00 

Office  Rent  1,260.00 

Printing,  Sta.  & Supplies 1,000.00 

Postage  900.00 

Insurance  and  Fidelity  Bonds 190.00 

Auditing  265.00 

New  Equipment  and  Repairs 300.00 

Telephone  and  Telegraph 800.00 

Michigan  Sales  Tax 75.00 

Pay  roll  taxes 154.00 

Miscellaneous  250.00 


Total  $22,914.00 

Less  expenses  redistributed  to  Journal 1,800.00 


Total  Administration  and  General $21,114.00 

Public  Relations  Bureau  (authorized  by  1940  House 
of  Delegates) : 

Salary  $ 2,400.00 

Travel  400.00 

Stenographic  Service  600.00 

Office  Expense  500.00 


Total  for  Public  Relations  Bureau $ 3,900.00 

Society  Expense 

Council  Expense  $ 3,000.00 

Delegates  to  AMA 500.00 

Secretaries  Conferences  1,000.00 

General  Society  Travel  Exp 2,000.00 

Secretary’s  Letters  500.00 

PublicaUon  Expense  200.00 

Reporting  Annual  Meeting 140.00 

Education  Expense 2,000.00 

Sundry  Society  Expenses  1,200.00 

National  Conf.  on  Medical  Service 200.00 

Organizational  Expense  1,000.00 

Legal  Expense  500.00 

Woman’s  Auxiliary — Annual  Meeting 200.00 

Contingent  Fund  766.00 


Total  $13,206.00 

Less  gain  from  Annual  Meeting 2,320.00 


Total  Society  Expense $10,886.00 

Committee  Expense 

Legislative  Committee  $ 2,000.00 

Distribution  of  Medical  Care 150.00 

Joint  Committee  on  Health  Education 850.00 

Postgraduate  Education  2,400.00 

Preventive  Medicine  200.00 

Cancer  Committee  1,000.00 

Child  Welfare  250.00 

Iodized  Salt  100.00 

Heart  & Degenerative  Diseases 100.00' 

Industrial  Health  200.00 

Maternal  Health  100.00 

Mental  Hygiene  50.00 

Radio  25.00 

Syphilis  Control  325.00 

Tuberculosis  Control  100.00 

Public  Relations  Committee  500.00 

Ethics  Committee  100.00 

Scientific  Work  Committee 200.00 

Medical  Preparedness  100.00 

Sundry  Other  Committees.. 250.00 


Total  Committee  Expense $ 9,000.00 


GRAND  TOTAL  $44,900.00 


139 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


BUDGET  FOR  THE  JOURNAL,  1941 


INCOME 

Subscription  from  members $ 6,300.00 

Other  subscriptions  200.00 

Advertising  Sales  10,000.00 

Reprint  Sales  1,500.00 

Journal  cuts  150.00 


Total  Journal  Income $18,150.00 

EXPENSES 

Editor’s  Salary  $ 1,200.00 

Editor’s  Expense  800.00 

Expense  of  prior  year 

Printing  and  mailing 11,300.00 

Cost  of  reprints 1,500.00 

Allocation  of  administrative  and  general  office  expense  1,80'0.00 

Discounts  and  commissions  on  advertising  sales 1,300.00 

Postage  2.50.00 


Total  Journal  Expense $18,150.00 


Motion  of  Drs.  DeGurse-Sladek  that  the  budgets  as 
presented  be  adopted.  Carried  unanimously.  Motion  of 
Drs.  Moore-Huron  that  the  Finance  Committee  report 
be  adopted.  Carried  unanimously. 

Bills  payable  were  presented  and  ordered  paid  on 
motion  of  Drs.  Perkins-DeGurse.  Carried  unanimously. 

16.  The  Report  of  County  Societies  Committee  in- 
cluding the  Reference  Report  was  presented  by  Dr. 
Sladek. 

REPORT  OF  THE  COUNTY  SOCIETIES 
COMMITTEE 

Your  Committee  met  January  10  and  considered  the 
following  matters : 

1.  The  Committee  reviewed  the  list  of  twenty-three 
counties  which  have  not  sent  in  the  resolution  calling 
for  a thirty-year  extension  of  the  Charter  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society,  and  recommend  that  the 
Councilors  contact  each  Society  in  their  respective  Dis- 
tricts which  have  not  sent  in  the  resolution,  urging  them 
to  do  so  as  soon  as  possible. 

2.  The  recommendation  of  the  Radio  Committee  to 
the  House  of  Delegates,  1940,  which  was  approved  b)' 
the  House,  and  which  is  as  follows ; “That  the  State 
Society  and/or  the  Joint  Committee  on  Health  Educa- 
tion set  up  some  method  for  evaluation  of  the  radio 
programs,  and  that  some  effort  should  be  made  to  co- 
ordinate the  radio  programs  on  medical  subjects  now 
being  broadcast  by  the  U.  of  M.,  Wayne  County  Med- 
ical Society,  and  those  sponsored  by  the  Joint  Com- 
mittee on  Health  Education  so  as  to  avoid  overlapping 
and  repetition,”  was  studied  by  the  Committee.  It  was 
suggested  that  the  Councilors  contact  their  various 
societies  with  a view  to  determining  the  relative  value 
of  the  radio  programs.  The  Committee  also  recom- 
mends that  the  County  Societies  endeavor  to  develop 
or  select  speakers  to  present  talks  over  the  radio 
which  will  impress  their  audiences. 

3.  In  accordance  with  the  suggestion  in  President 

Corbus’  address  at  the  1940  annual  meeting : The 

County  Societies  Committee  agrees  that  some  effort 
should  be  made  to  stimulate  the  writing  of  scientific 
articles  by  our  membership  and  recommends  that  each 
Councilor  constantly  stress  this  endeavor  at  his  visits 
to  his  County  Medical  Societies. 

4.  Postgraduate  Medical  Education.  In  an  effort  to 
stimulate  more  interest  in  the  Postgraduate  courses  we 
would  recommend  that  the  Postgraduate  Medical  Edu- 
cation Committee  send  out  a questionnaire  to  all  mem- 
bers relative  to  subject  matter  of  future  postgraduate 
courses.  It  is  possible  that  a more  acceptable  subject 
matter  will  react  in  better  attendance. 

We  would  also  like  to  suggest  to  the  Postgraduate 
Committee  the  possibility  of  holding  one  large  all- 
day conference  given  by  more  outstanding  lecturers  in- 
stead of  the  four  weeklj^  meetings. 

In  view  of  the  possible  examination  for  certification 
of  proficiency  to  be  given  by  our  two  state  universities 
we  believe  it  advisable  to  publish  a list  of  subjects 
which  were  covered  in  the  previous  four  years.  We 


feel  that  these  examinations  are  a commendable  addi- 
tion to  the  postgraduate  program,  resulting  in  a cer- 
tificate which  will  have  a definite  meaning. 

5.  We  recommend  that  some  study  be  instituted  at 
this  time  relative  to  school  athletic  examinations  and 
treatment  of  injured  students. 

E.  F.  Sladek,  M.D.,  Chairman. 

Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D. 

P.  A.  Riley,  M.D. 

W.  H.  Huron,  M.D. 

A.  H.  Miller,  M.D. 

REFERENCE  REPORT  OF  COUNTY 
SOCIETIES  COMMITTEE 

1.  Secretary’s  Report — (A)  The  Committee  recom- 
mends that  remission  of  1941  dues  for  service  men 
be  limited  to  those  who  have  been  certified  by  County 
Society  Secretary  as  being  in  good  standing  as  of 
January  1,  1941,  and  that  a form  be  printed  in  The 
Journal  for  the  county  secretaries’  use. 

(B)  We  recommend  the  acceptance  of  the  Secre- 
tary’s Report  in  its  entirety,  noting  that  this  year  it 
exhibits  the  same  thoroughness  and  clarity  of  analysis 
of  Society  affairs,  as  it  has  in  the  past.  We  heartily 
commend  our  Secretary  for  his  zeal  and  diligence. 

E.  F.  Sl.\dek,  M.D.,  Chairman. 

REFERENCE  REPORT  OF  PUBLICATION 
COMMITTEE 

Motion  of  Drs.  Sladek-Huron  that  the  reports  be 
adopted  was  carried  unanimously. 

17.  Reference  Report  of  Publication  Committee  was 
presented  by  Dr.  Haughey  to  the  effect  that  the  Editor’s 
Report  was  received  and  the  Editor  was  thanked  for 
his  good  work  and  the  progress  of  The  Journal  dur- 
ing the  past  year.  Motion  of  Drs.  Riley-Moore  that 
the  report  of  the  Reference  Committee  be  adopted. 
Carried  unanimously. 

18.  Executive  Secretary  to  West  Virginia. — The 
Council  approved  Mr,  Burns’  appearing  on  the  program 
of  the  M’est  Virginia  Medical  Society  Secretary  Con- 
ference, January  18,  on  motion  of  Drs.  Sladek-Miller. 
Carried  unanimously. 

19.  Medical  Testimony. — The  Executive  Secretary 
presented  the  recent  Supreme  Court  case  of  DeVries 
vs.  Owens. 

The  meeting  was  recessed  at  10:05  p.m. 

FOURTH  SESSION 

The  Fourth  Session  convened  at  10:15  a.m.  January 
12,  1941,  with  all  who  answered  to  the  roll  call  at  the 
First  Session  being  present. 

20.  Minutes. — The  minutes  of  the  First,  Second  and 
Third  Sessions  of  The  Council,  January  11,  1941,  were 
read,  corrected  and  approved. 

REFERENCE  REPORT  OF  FINANCE 
COMMITTEE 

21.  Reference  Report  of  Finance  Committee. — Chair- 
man Moore  reported  as  follows : 

(a)  Treasurer’s  Report.  This  report  was  studied  by 
the  committee  and  accepted  with  the  exception  of  the 
last  line  which  was  changed  to  read  “Total  funds  in 
my  possession  as  Treasurer  of  the  MSMS  including 
bonds  at  quoted  market  prices  are  $22,811.25  and  cash 
in  Michigan  National  Bank  $707.59  totalling  $23,518.84.” 
Motion  of  Drs.  Sladek-Miller  that  the  report  be  ac- 
cepted. Carried  unanimously. 

(b)  Trustee  Hyland’s  Report.  The  committee  ap- 
proved of  this  report.  Motion  of  Drs.  Cummings-Sladek 
that  this  report  be  accepted.  Carried  unanimously. 

(c)  Publication  Committee  Report  was  approved. 
Motion  of  Drs.  Moore-Cummings  that  this  report  be 
accepted.  Carried  imanimously.  Motion  of  Drs.  ^loore- 
Cummings  that  the  Reference  Committee  Report  be  ac- 
cepted as  a whole.  Carried  unanimously. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


140 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


REFERENCE  REPORT  OF  AFFLICTED 
CHILD  LAW  AMENDMENTS 

22.  Report  of  Cornmittee  on  Amendments  to  Af- 
flicted Child  Law. — Chairman  Moore  reported  as  fol- 
I lows : The  following  principles  were  recommended ; 
il  1.  Personnel  of  Commission  should  be  selected  on 
I basis  of  knowledge,  interest  and  ability.  Because  this 
is  largely  a medical  problem,  at  least  one  doctor  of 
I medicine  should  be  appointed  to  the  Commission. 

! 2.  The  Administrator  should  be  a doctor  of  medi- 

j cine.  If  a business  manager  is  needed,  he  should  be 
: an  assistant  under  the  medical  administrator. 

I 3.  The  Commission  should  be  designed  the  “Sick 
! Child  Commission.”  All  sick  children,  whether  crippled 
[ or  afflicted,  should  come  under  this  one  commission. 

4.  Five  medical  coordinators  to  integrate  the  work 
of  the  Commission  throughout  the  state  should  be  pro- 
vided. 

5.  Medical  Filter  Boards,  nominated  by  the  county 
medical  societies  and  paid  a nominal  fee  by  the  Com- 
mission for  investigation  work,  to  cooperate  with  the 
medical  coordinators,  should  be  arranged.  The  power 
of  admission  and/or  rejection  of  cases,  either  on  medi- 
cal or  economic  grounds,  should  be  in  the  hands  of 
the  Commission. 

6.  Cases  needing  special  medical  care  should  be  dele- 
gated by  the  medical  administrator  to  the  medical  co- 
ordinator to  refer  to  doctors  of  medicine  possessing 
the  necessary  skill.  Cases  which  do  not  need  special 
treatment  should  be  cared  for  by  local  family  doctor. 
Cases  should  be  transferred  from  the  general  to  the 
special  group  as  circumstances  demand. 

7.  The  medical  coordinator  should  decide  the  degree 
of  economic  filtering,  using  the  facilities  of  established 
fact-finding  agencies  in  this  work.  The  Sick  Child 
Commission  should  determine  the  economic  level  of 
cases  to  come  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Commis- 
sion. Service  to  be  rendered  by  the  Commission  to 
be  limited  to  the  funds  available,  on  the  basis  of  need. 
Hospital  stay  to  be  determined  by  the  attending  doc- 
tor, with  the  advice  of  the  medical  coordinator  in  un- 
usual cases. 

8.  Rates  and  fee  schedules  for  hospitals  and  doctors 
to  be  arrived  at  by  conference  between  the  Commission 
and  interested  groups. 

The  report  was  discussed  generally  by  those  present. 
It  was  pointed  out  that  in  drafting  a new  law,  three 
possibilities  should  be  kept  in  mind,  (1)  the  project 
could  be  wholly  in  the  hands  of  the  state ; (2)  it 
could  be  a jointly  financed  affair  between  the  respec- 
tive counties  and  the  state,  or  (3)  it  could  be  trans- 
ferred to  the  State  Welfare  Commission.  Discussion 
brought  out  that  the  afflicted  child  should  be  adminis- 
tered exclusively  by  the  state,  rather  than  dividing  the 
responsibility  between  the  state  and  the  eighty-  three 
counties  and  thus  running  into  eighty-three  methods  of 
handling  the  situation.  Objections  to  the  plan  whereby 
the  afflicted  children  law  administration  would  be  trans- 
ferred to  the  State  Welfare  Department  were  sum- 
marized as  follows:  (1)  Earmarked  money  is  necessary 
— ^not  what  is  left  over  after  food,  clothing,  fuel,  shelter 
have  been  provided.  Neglect  will  result  just  as  neglect 
now  exists  in  welfare  cases  in  certain  counties  partic- 
ularly where  they  have  the  15  mill  tax  limitation. 
(2)  Problem  of  the  sick  child  is  separate  and  distinct 
from  the  problem  of  relief — 40  per  cent  of  the  afflicted 
children  are  not  on  relief,  but  come  from  the  border- 
line group.  (3)  The  Welfare  Department  must  limit  its 
work  to  indigents.  (4)  There  would  be  as  many  types 
of  social  welfare  programs  as  there  are  counties. 

The  difficulty  of  providing  for  the  regular  needs  of 
medical  care  of  afflicted  children,  and  particularly  in 
case  of  epidemics,  was  discussed.  It  was  also  pointed 
out  that  the  acute  emergency  case  should  be  taken 
care  of  by  the  county;  that  the  afflicted  child  law 
should  take  care  of  those  chronic  conditions  which  can 


be  readily  remedied,  thus  bring  the  child  back  to  good 
health  and  insure  their  becoming  healthy  self-supporting 
citizens.  Dr.  Cummings  stated  that  there  should  be 
at  least  one  medical  man  on  the  Commission,  plus 
a medical  man  as  administrator,  plus  5 to  7 medical 
coordinators. 

Motion  of  DeGurse-Moore  that  the  recommendations 
of  the  special  committee  on  afflicted  child  amendments 
be  approved.  Motion  of  Drs.  Umphrey-DeGurse  that 
the  above  motion  be  amended  as  follows : and  in  addi- 
tion that  the  present  committee  of  The  Council  plus 
the  Child  Welfare  Committee  of  the  MSMS  be  em- 
powered to  contact  the  proper  agencies  for  the  draft- 
ing of  the  proposed  bill.  The  amendment  was  carried 
unanimously.  The  main  motion  was  then  put  and  car- 
ried unanimously. 

The  Council  felt  that  if  it  became  probable  that  the 
afflicted  child  were  to  be  placed  under  the  State  Wel- 
fare Department,  the  afflicted  child  should  be  divided 
into  two  groups : 1.  emergency  cases,  to  be  paid  for  by 
the  county ; and  2.  chronic  remedial  cases  to  be  paid 
for  by  the  State. 

23.  Preventive  Medicine  Committee  report  was  given 
by  the  Executive  Secretary : The  recommendation  of 
the  Cancer  Committee  that  one  half  of  the  additional 
expense  of  Frank  Power,  M.D.,  Field  Representative 
in  Cancer,  be  paid  by  the  MSMS  out  of  the  Cancer 
Committee  budget  (the  other  half  to  be  paid  by  the 
State  Health  Department)  was  approved  on  motion  of 
Dts.  Huron-Umphrey.  Carried  unanimously.  The  rec- 
ommendation of  the  Cancer  Committee  that  a bill  be 
drafted  which  would  provide  for  a cancer  control  pro- 
gram in  Michigan  was  discussed.  The  Council  felt 
that  the  Cancer  Committee  might  well  draft  such  a 
bill  to  be  presented  to  the  Michigan  Legislature  by 
some  such  agency  as  the  Women’s  Field  Army  or  the 
State  Health  Department. 

24.  Recommendations  of  Past-President  Corhus,  made 
in  his  President’s  Address,  (a)  that  the  young  medical 
graduate  be  encouraged  to  join  organized  medicine  by 
offering  him  reduced  dues,  and  (b)  that  a committee 
on  Prelicensure  Education  be  named  with  additional 
representation  from  the  State  Board  of  Registration 
in  Medicine  and  the  Michigan  Hospital  Association, 
the  objective  of  which  is  to  develop  a cooperative 
plan  for  intern  training,  were  presented.  Motion  of 
Drs.  Holmes-Haughey  that  the  Chairman  of  The  Coun- 
cil appoint  a committee  to  investigate  the  possibility 
of  carrying  out  these  suggestions.  Carried  unanimously. 

25.  Election  of  Secretary. — Motion  of  Dr.  Haughey- 
several  that  L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  be  elected  secre- 
tary to  succeed  himself.  Carried  unanimously. 

26.  Election  of  Treasurer. — Motion  of  Dr.  Perkins- 
several  that  Wm.  A.  Hyland,  M.D.,  be  elected  treasurer 
to  succeed  himself.  Carried  unanimously. 

27.  Election  of  Editor. — Motion  of  Dr.  Haughey- 
several  that  Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  M.D.,  be  elected 
editor  to  succeed  himself.  Carried  unanimously. 

28.  Appointment  of  Executive  Secretary. — Motion  of 
Dr.  Umphrey-several  that  Wm.  J.  Burns  be  appointed 
to  succeed  himself.  Carried  unanimously. 

29.  Regrets. — The  Council  on  motion  of  Dr.  Perkins- 
several  extended  the  sincere  regrets  of  those  present 
to  Councilors  Hubbell  and  Stryker  on  their  inability  to 
attend  the  1941  Midwinter  session,  and  to  Councilor 
Morrish  who  was  ill  and  confined  to  his  room  at  the 
Dearborn  Inn.  Carried  unanimously. 

30.  Thanks. — Chairman  Brunk  expressed  his  thanks 
to  the  members  of  The  Council  for  their  attention, 
hard  work  and  cooperation.  Dr.  Moore,  in  behalf  of 
the  members  of  The  Council,  commended  the  Chairman 
on  his  excellent  and  smooth  handling  of  the  affairs 
during  the  session. 

31.  Adjournment. — The  meeting  was  adjourned  at 
12:05  p.m. 


February,  1941 


141 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


REPORT  OF  AUDITOR  FOR  1940 

January  4,  1941 

Executive  Committee  of  the  Council, 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society, 

I_>ansing,  Michigan. 

We  have  examined  the  balance  sheet  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  as  of  December  21,  1940,  and 
the  statements  of  income  and  expense  for  the  fiscal 
year  ended  at  that  date,  have  reviewed  the  system  of 
internal  control  and  the  accounting  procedures  of  the 
Society  and,  without  making  a detailed  audit  of  the 
transactions,  have  examined  or  tested  accounting  rec- 
ords of  the  Society  and  other  supporting  evidence,  by 
methods  and  to  the  extent  we  deemed  appropriate. 

The  Society  was  organized  under  the  laws  of  the 
State  of  Michigan  on  September  17,  1910,  as  a cor- 
poration not  for  pecuniary  profit.  Action  has  been  taken 
to  renew  the  charter  which  expired  by  lapse  of  time 
prior  to  December  21,  1940.  The  Society  is  affiliated 
with  the  American  Medical  Association  and  charters 
county  medical  .societies  within  the  State  of  Michigan. 
The  purposes  of  the  Society  are  the  promotion  of  the 
science  and  art  of  medicine,  the  protection  of  the  public 
health  and  the  betterment  of  the  medical  profession. 
In  the  furtherance  of  these  purposes,  the  Society  pub- 
lishes The  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society. 

Balance  Sheet 

A summary  of  the  balance  sheets  at  December  21, 
1940,  follows: 

ASSETS 

Cash  

Notes  and  accounts  receivable,  less  reserve 

Securitie.s — at  cost,  less  reserve 

Deferrefl  diaries  

$.10,214.40 

$ 352.27 

1,073.50 
37.788.63 


$30,214.40 

Notes  receivable  in  the  amount  of  $80.00,  which  liad  been 
acce])ted  in  settlement  of  1031,  1032,  and  1033  dues  were 
written  off  during  the  year  as  uncollectible. 

Accounts  receivable  for  advertising,  reprints,  etc.,  were 
analyzed  and  classified  as  to  date  of  charffe  and  are  sliown 
with  the  balances  at  December  21,  1040,  as  follows: 


DATE  OF  CHARGE  Amount  Per  Cent 

October,  November  and  December $ 857.06  78.86% 

July,  August  and  September 142.88  13.13% 

January  to  June,  inclusive 63.14  5.80% 

Prior  to  January  1st 24.00  2.21% 


TOTAL  $1,087.08  100.00% 


'I'lic  balances  due  from  county  societies  represent  dues 
collectetl  for  the  Society  by  two  county  societies  and 
impouiulcd  in  depositary  banks.  When  and  if  ariy  of 
these  funds  are  released  by  the  banks,  the  Society’s 
share  is  to  be  forwarded  by  the  county  societies.  No 
payments  were  received  during  the  year  on  these  ac- 
counts. 

Based  upon  our  analysis  of  the  accounts  receivable 
and  a discussion  of  their  collectibility  with  employes 
of  the  Society,  it  is  our  opinion  that  the  reserve  of 
$175.(X)  is  sufficient  to  provide  for  collection  losses  an- 
ticipated at  the  date  of  this  report. 

During  the  year  it  was  determined  that  the  Society 
was  subject  to  the  Federal  Insurance  Contribution  Act 
with  respect  to  salaries  paid  to  employes  since  January 
1,  1937.  The  employes’  share  of  the  contributions  for 
the  period  from  Jiuiuary  1,  1937,  to  June  30,  1940, 
have  been  charged  to  them  and  they  are  paying  the 
Society  over  a period  of  twenty  months.  The  tax  is 
now  being  paid  currently  and  the  employes’  shares  are 
being  deducted  from  salary  checks. 

A schedule  of  securities  owned  is  included  elsewhere 
in  this  report,  which  sets  forth  the  principal  amount, 
cost  and  quoted  market  prices  at  December  21,  1940. 
Unlisted  securities  have  been  valued  from  information 
furnished  by  brokers  as  to  the  current  bid  and  sale 


IJAIHLTTIES 

Accounts  payable  

Unearned  income  

Net  worth  


.$15,142.96 
. 1,237.49 

. 22,811.25 
22.70 


jirices.  Securities  in  the  principal  amount  of  $9,{XX).00, 
liaving  aggregate  quoted  market  prices  of  $6,tXX).00 
as  at  December  20,  1939,  were  turned  over  to  Ur.  Wil- 
liam A.  Hyland',  Trustee,  in  settlement  of  the  Society’s 
liability  to  him.  Subsequently,  bonds  in  the  principal 
amount  of  $2,000.00  were  purchased  from  Dr.  Hyland 
at  their  approximate  quoted  market  prices. 

During  the  year,  the  Michigan  Medical  Service  was 
formally  incorporated  and  commenced  operations.  The 
Society  advanced  $10,000.00  for  working  capital,  the 
liability  for  which  had  been  provided  for  in  the  pre- 
ceding year,  and  also  paid  certain  expenses  prior  to  the 
commencement  of  operations  by  the  Michigan  Medical 
Service.  At  December  21,  1940,  the  total  of  the  ad- 
vances to  and  expenditures  for  the  Michigan  Medical 
Service  amounted  to  $17,544.45.  We  understand  that 
these  advances  and  expenditures  are  to  be  repaid  to 
the  Society  only  from  earnings  of  the  Michigan  Medi- 
cal Service  with  the  permission  of  the  Insurance  De- 
partment of  the  State  of  Michigan.  Because  of  the 
uncertainty  of  repayment  of  these  items,  a reserve  has 
been  provided  for  possible  loss  of  the  total  amount  of 
$17,544.45. 

Deferred  charges  represent  costs  incurred  prior  to 
December  21,  1940,  with  respect  to  the  1941  annual 
meeting  of  the  Society.  In  accordance  with  established 
policy,  such  items  are  properly  chargeable  to  future 
operations. 

Provision  has  been  made  for  all  ascertained  liabili- 
ties at  December  21,  1940. 

Collections  of  1941  dues  and  overpayments  of  dues 
for  prior  years  have  been  shown  as  unearned  income. 

Income  and  Expense  Statement 

A summary  of  the  income  and  expense  statement  for 
the  fiscal  year  ended  December  21,  1940,  is  presented 
in  the  accompanying  schedule. 

As  in  prior  years,  $1.50  of  each  member’s  annual  mem- 
bership fee  has  been  allocated  to  subscription  income 
of  'I'he  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
SOCIE'I’Y. 

In  the  accompanying  summary  a comparison  is  shown 
of  the  budget  adopted  at  the  mid-winter  council  meeting 
for  the  year  1940  with  the  actual  results  of  operations 
for  the  year. 

As  formally  adojited,  the  budgets  of  operations  of 
both  the  Society  and  The  Journal  show  expenses  equal 
to  income.  In  the  budget  for  The  Journal,  however, 
the  amount  of  $1,856.25  is  shown  under  expenses  as 
“reserve.”  In  order  to  show  the  combined  budgets 
on  the  same  basis  as  the  income  and  expense  statement, 
the  amount  of  $1,856.25  has  been  classified  in  the  ac- 
companying .schedule  as  income  from  The  Journal. 

Schedules  are  included  herein  showing  the  income 
from  The  Journal  and  the  expenses  of  the  Society  in 
greater  detail  in  comparison  with  the  budgets  of  The 
Journal  and  of  the  Society  for  the  year. 


INCOME  AND  EXPENSE  STATEMENT 


INCOME 

Membership  fees  

Income  from  The  Journal 

Interest  re9eivcd  

Miscellaneous  

Total  Income  

EXPENSES 

Administrative  and  general  

Society  activities  

Committee  expenses 

Total  Expenses  

Excess  of  Income  over  Expenses. 
Other  income  


$46,174.02 

2,740.96 

829.18 

326.36 


$50,070.52 


$19,909.71 

10,696.89 

5,518.64 


$36,125.24 


.$13,945.28 

76.25 


Net  Income  $14,021.53 

Adjustments  to  net  worth  account 457.25 


142 


Increase  in  Net  Worth 


$13,564.28 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


BUDGET 


INCOME 

Membership  fees  , $45,543.75 

Income  from  The  Journal  1,856.25 

Interest  100.00 

Miscellaneous  75.00 


Total  Income  $47,575.00 


EXPENSES 

I Administrative  and  general $19,390.00 

\ Society  activities  17,783.75 

! Committee  expenses  8,545.00 


Total  Expenses  $45,718.75 


Excess  of  Income  over  Expenses $ 1,856.25 

Other  income  -o- 


$ 1,856.25 

Adjustment  to  net  worth  account -o- 


Increase  in  Net  Worth $ 1,856.25 


Examination  Comments 


The  following  comments  relate  to  our  examination 
and  tests  of  the  accounting  records  of  the  Society  and 
other  supporting  evidence. 

The  demand  and  savings  deposits  were  confirmed 
by  correspondence  with  the  depositary  banks  and  by 
reconcilement  of  the  balances  reported  by  them  to  the 
amounts  shown  in  the  balance  sheet.  The  office  cash 
fund  was  counted  on  the  morning  of  December  23, 
1940.  Bank  deposits  during  three  months  of  the  year, 
as  shown  in  the  cash  receipts  book,  were  compared 
wiih  the  credits  shown  on  the  bank  statements  on  file, 
and  the  monthly  totals  of  bank  deposits  as  shown  in 
the  cash  receipts  book  where  compared  with  the  month- 
ly totals  of  cash  receipts  as  recorded  therein.  The  re- 
corded cash  disbursements  for  three  months  of  the 
year  were  compared  with  canceled  bank  checks,  in- 
voices and  other  memoranda.  To  the  extent  of  the 
tests  made,  no  irregularities  were  disclosed. 

A listing  of  the  individual  accounts  receivable  was 


in  agreement  with  the  controlling  account.  In  order 
to  confirm  the  accuracy  of  the  records,  confirmation 
requests  were  mailed  to  certain  debtors  selected  by  us. 
To  the  extent  of  the  replies  received,  no  discrepancies 
were  disclosed. 

Securities  were  examined  by  us  on  the  afternoon  of 
December  21,  1940,  and  we  obtained  a certificate  from 
the  bank  that  the  safety  deposit  box  in  which  the 
securities  are  kept,  was  not  opened  subsequent  to  our 
examination  and  prior  to  December  23,  1940. 

We  secured  a written  confirmation  of  the  account 
with  the  Michigan  Medical  Service. 

We  did  not  correspond  with  the  recorded  creditors 
of  the  Society  for  the  purpose  of  confirming  the  lia- 
bilities at  December  21,  1940 ; however,  we  examined 
unpaid  invoices,  expense  reports,  etc.,  received  subse- 
quent to  that  date,  to  satisfy  ourselves  that  all  liabili- 
ties had  been  provided  for. 

In  addition  to  our  examination  of  the  items  included 
in  the  balance  sheet,  we  made  tests  of  transactions 
entering  into  the  income  and  expense  accounts.  Unused 
membership  certificates  were  examined  for  the  pur- 
pose of  checking  the  income  from  dues.  Interest  in- 
come on  bonds  was  accounted  for.  Tests  of  advertis- 
ing income  were  made  by  comparison  of  billings  for 
advertising  with  space  used  in  three  issues  of  The 
Journal.  We  also  reviewed  the  items  charged  to  the 
major  expense  accounts  for  the  year. 

Opinion 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  and 
related  statements  of  income  and  expense  present  fairly 
the  position  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  at 
December  21,  1940,  and  the  results  of  its  operations 
for  the  fiscal  year,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles  applied  on  a basis  consistent  with 
that  of  the  preceding  year. 

Ernst  & Ernst, 
Certified  Public  Accountants. 


BALANCE  SHEET 


ASSETS 

Cash 

Demand  deposits  

Office  cash  fund  

Savings  deposits  

Accaunts  Receivable 

For  advertising,  reprints,  etc.... 
From  county  societies  for  dues 

Less  reserve  


December  21,  1940 


$1,087.98 

75.19 


From  officers  and  employees  for  pay  roll  taxes  of  prior  years. 
Securities 

Bonds  and  stock — at  cost  

Less  reserve  to  reduce  to  aggregate  quoted  market  prices 

Michigan  Medical  Service 

Organizational  expenditures  made  by  the  Michigan  State 

Medical  Society  

Advance  for  working  capital 

Less  reserve  


$1,163.17 

175.00 


$ 7,544.45 

10,000.00 


$ 2,919.56 
9.28 
12,214.12 


$ 988.17 

249.32 


$26,717.25 

3,906.00 


$17,544.45 

17,544.45 


$15,142.96 

1,237.49 

22,811.25 


Deferred  Charges 

Expenses  in  connection  with  1941  annual  meeting 


22.70 


$39,214.40 


LIABILITIES 


Accounts  Payable 

For  current  expenses,  etc $ 311.09 

Pay  roll  taxes  41.18  $ 352.27 


Unearned  Income 

Dues  for  the  year  1941 1,073.50 

Net  Worth 

Balance  at  December  21,  1939 $24,224.35 

Net  increase  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  21,  1940....  13,564.28  37,788.63 


$39,^14.40 


February,  1941 


14d 


MID-WINTER  MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


INCOME  AND  EXPENSE  STATEMENT 
Fiscal  year  ended  December  21,  1940 

INCOME: 

Membership  fees  ; $52,770.00 

Less  portion  allocated  to  income  of  The  Journal  for  subscriptions 6,595.98  $46,174.02 

Income  from  The  Journal — as  shown  by  schedule 2,740.96 

Interest  received  829.18 

Miscellaneous  326.36 

Total  Income  $50,070.52 

EXPENSES— AS  SHOWN  BY  SCHEDULE: 

Administrative  and  general $19,909.71 

Society  activities  10,696.89 

Committee  expenses  5,518.64  36,125.24 

Excess  of  Income  over  Expenses $13,945.28 

OTHER  INCOME: 

Reduction  in  reserve  for  notes  and  accounts  receivable $ 70.00 

Profit  on  sale  of  securities 6.25  76.25 

Net  Income  $14,021.53 

ADJUSTMENT  TO  NET  WORTH: 

Increase  in  reserve  to  reduce  securities  owned  to  quoted  market  prices 457.25 

Increase  in  Net  Worth $13,564.28 


INCOME  FROM  ‘‘THE  JOURNAL  OF  THE 
MICHIGAN  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY” 

Fiscal  year  ended  December  21,  1940 

INCOME 


Subscriptions  from  members $ 6,595.98 

Other  subscriptions  122.50 

Advertising  sales 10,982.87 

Reprint  sales  2,120.23 

Journal  cuts  170.16 


$19,991.74 

EXPENSES 


Editor’s  salary  $ 1,200.00 

Editor’s  expense  600.00 

Expense  of  prior  year 400.00 

Printing  ami  mailing  9,989.06 

Cost  of  reprints  1,765.90 

Allocation  of  administrative  and  general  expense....  1,800.00' 

Discounts  and  commissions  on  advertising  sales 1,245.82 

Postage  250.00 


$17,250.78 


Net  Income  $ 2,740.96 


EXPENSES 

Fiscal  year  ended  December  21,  1940 
ADMINISTRATIVE  AND  GENERAL 


Salary  of  Medical  Secretary $ 3,600.00 

Salary  of  Executive  Secretary 7,000.00 

Other  office  salaries  5,100.00 

Extra  office  help  480.00 

Office  rent  1,235.00 

Printing,  stationery  and  supplies 1,019.65 

Postage  865.30 

Insurance  and  fidelity  bonds 187.28 

Auditing  .' 265.00 

New  equipment  and  repairs 137.42 

Telephone  and  telegraph  796.70 

Sales  tax  30.06 

Pay  roll  taxes — current  year  127.15 

Pay  roll  taxes — prior  year  522.53 

Pay  roll  taxes — interest  and  penalties 326.62 

Miscellaneous  17.00 


$21,709.71 


Less  expense  redistributed  to  The  Journal 1,800.00 


$19,909.71 


EXPENSES 

(Continued) 

SOCIETY  ACTIVITIES 


Council  expense  $ 4,176.78 

Delegates  to  American  Medical  Association 887.65 

Secretaries’  conferences  944.11 

General  society  traveling  expense 2,197.14 

Secretary’s  letters  217.20 

Publication  expense  2.50 

Reporting  annual  meeting  135.75 

Michigan  Medical  Service  783^77 

Educational  expenses  1,000.00 

National  Conference  on  Medical  Service  242.53 

Organizational  expenses  _o_ 

Legal  expense  710.15 

Woman’s  Auxiliary — annual  meeting 200.00 

Sundry  society  expenses  1,163.15 

Contingencies  -Iq- 


$12,660.73 

Less  revenue  from  annual  meeting  in  excess  of  cost 
thereof  1,963.84 


$10,696.89 


COMMITTEE  EXPENSES 


Legislation  committee  $ 258.27 

Committee  on  distribution  of  medical  care 131.56 

Contribution  to  joint  committee  on  health  education  800.00 

Preventive  medicine  committee  41.60 

Cancer  committee  888.83 

Child  welfare  committee  217.06 

Iodized  salt  committee  24.57 

Heart  and  degenerative  diseases  committee 134.38 

Industrial  health  committee  186.43 

Maternal  health  committee  99.91 

Mental  hygiene  committee  50.00 

Radio  committee  -o- 

Syphilis  control  committee  296.85 

Tuberculosis  control  committee  -o- 

Public  relations  committee  102.71 

Ethics  committee  4.65 

Membership  committee  4.55 

Advisory  committee  to  Woman’s  Auxiliary 4.27 

Scientific  work  committee  166.24 

Postgraduate  medical  education 2,041.18 

Sundry  other  committees  65.58 

Committee  reserve  -o- 


$ 5,518.64 


Total 


144 


$36,125.24 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


COUNTY  SECRETARIES  CONFERENCE 
HELD  JANUARY  19 

j Secretaries  from  thirty-nine  county  medical  societies 
j of  Michigan  met  in  Lansing  on  January  19  for  their 
! Annual  Conference.  Represented  also  in  the  total 
j registration  of  123  were  forty-five  health  officers,  four 
[ presidents  of  county  medical  societies,  five  officers  and 
\ councilors  and  twenty-five  guests. 

The  secretaries  were  welcomed  by  Hewitt  Smith, 
M.D.,  Lansing,  immediate  past  president  of  the  Ingham 
County  Medical  Society.  The  morning  program,  pre- 
sided over  by  Horace  Wray  Porter,  M.D.,  of  Jackson, 

■ included  discussions  by  Secretary  L.  Fernald  Foster, 
M.D.,  President-elect  Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Colonel 
Harold  A.  Furlong,  M.D.,  Medical  Board,  State  Selec- 
i tive  Service  Headquarters ; H.  VanY.  Caldwell,  Execu- 
tive Secretary  of  the  Qeveland  Academy  of  Medicine; 
and  Harold  A.  Miller,  M.D.,  Chairman  of  the  MSMS 
Legislative  Committee. 

The  health  officers  joined  the  secretaries  for  dinner 
and  the  afternoon  program,  at  which  President  P.  R. 
Urmston,  M.D.,  presided.  Mr.  Joseph  H.  Creighton, 
Director  of  the  Intangibles  Tax  Division  of  the  Mich- 
igan State  Tax  Commission,  reviewed  the  provisions 
of  the  Intangibles  Tax  Law,  with  particular  emphasis 
on  its  effect  on  physicians.  Talks  were  given  by  Ken- 
: neth  E.  Markuson,  M.D.,  W.  C.  C.  Cole,  M.D.,  T.  M. 
Koppa,  M.D.,  and  L.  W.  Shaffer,  M.D.,  after  which 
general  discussion  was  led  by  Carleton  Dean,  M.D., 
Deputy  State  Health  Commissioner. 

E.  B.  Andersen,  M.D.,  Iron  Mountain,  Secretary  of 
the  Dickinson-Iron  County  Medical  Society  was  elected 
as  Chairman  of  the  Secretaries  for  the  coming  year. 

Among  those  present  were : 

County  Soci-ety  Secretaries. — H.  Kessler,  M.D.,  Al- 
pena; A.  B.  Gwinn,  M.D.,  Barry;  L.  Fernald  Foster, 
M.D.,  Bay ; Richard  C.  Crowell,  M.D.,  Berrien ; Wil- 
frid Haughey,  M.D.,  Calhoun;  T.  Y.  Ho,  M.D.,  Clin- 
ton; E.  B.  Andersen,  M.D.,  Dickinson-Iron;  B.  P. 
Brown,  M.D.,  Eaton;  John  S.  Wyman,  M.D.,  Genesee; 

I Sara  Burgess,  Genesee;  E.  S.  Oldham,  M.D.,  Gratiot- 
j Isabella-Clare ; A.  W.  Strom,  M.D.,  Hillsdale ; Roy  R. 
Gettel,  M.D.,  Huron;  R.  J.  Himmelberger,  Ingham; 
J.  J.  McCann,  M.D.,  lonia-Montcalm ; Horace  Wray 
Porter,  M.D.,  Jackson ; Frank  L.  Doran,  M.D.,  Kent ; 
H.  M.  Best,  M.D.,  Lapeer ; Esli  T.  Morden,  M.D.,  Le- 
nawee ; H.  C.  Hill,  Livingston ; D.  Bruce  Wiley,  M.D., 
Macomb;  C.  L.  Grant,  M.D.,  Manistee;  W.  S.  Jones, 
M.D.,  Menominee;  H.  H.  Gay,  M.D.,  Midland;  Flor- 
ence Ames,  M.D.,  Monroe ; C.  G.  Clippert,  M.D.,  North 
Central  Counties;  A.  F.  Litzenburger,  M.D.,  Northern 
Michigan;  John  S.  Lambie,  M.D.,  Oakland;  R.  J.  Shale, 
M.D.,  Ontonagon;  D.  C.  Bloemendaal,  M.D.,  Ottawa; 
R.  S.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Saginaw;  J.  H.  Burley,  M.D.,  St. 

I Clair;  J.  W.  Rice,  M.D.,  St.  Joseph;  E.  W.  Blanchard, 
M.D.,  Sanilac;  R.  J.  Brown,  M.D.,  Shiawassee;  Wil- 
lard W.  Dickerson,  M.D.,  Tuscola;  J.  W.  Iseman,  M.D., 
Van  Buren;  R.  K.  Ratliff,  M.D.,  Washtenaw;  Gay- 
lord S.  Bates,  M.D.,  Wayne ; J.  A.  Bechtel,  Wayne 
County  Medical  Society;  B.  A.  Holm,  M.D.,  Wexford- 
Missaukee. 

County  Society  Presidents. — G.  B.  Saltonstall,  M.D., 
Northern  Michigan;  Allan  McDonald,  M.D.,  Wayne; 
C.  A.  E.  Lund,  M.D.,  Barry;  J.  Bates  Henderson,  M.D., 
Huron. 

Councilors. — A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Wayne;  W.  E.  Bar- 
stow,  M.D.,  Gratiot ; Roy  C.  Perkins,  M.D.,  Bay. 

Health  Officers. — T.  E.  Gibson,  M.D.,  A.  D.  Aldrich, 

February,  1941 


M.D.,  Carleton  Dean,  M.D.,  E.  R.  Vander Slice,  M.D., 
Paul  A.  Lindquist,  M.D.,  John  Monroe,  M.D.,  Robert 
F.  Van,  M.D.,  S.  E.  Moore,  M.D. , Helen  Lanting,  M.D., 
R.  Lanting,  M.D.,  Lillian  R.  Smith,  M.D.,  G.  B. 
Moffat,  M.D.,  George  Hays,  M.D.,  Emily  Ripka,  M.D., 
Goldie  B.  Corneliuson,  M.D.,  Marie  Hagele,  M.D., 
A.  B.  Mitchell,  M.D.,  Sue  Thompson,  M.D.,  Clifton 
Hall,  M.D. , Berneta  Block,  M.D. , L.  W.  Switzer, 
M.D.,  C.  D.  Barrett,  M.D.,  F.  T.  Andrews,  M.D.,  E. 
V.  TTiiehoff,  M.D.,  C.  H.  Benning,  M.D.,  Frank  A. 
Poole,  M.D.,  Fred  O.  Tonney,  M.D.,  F.  R.  Town, 
M.D.,  E.  J.  Brenner,  M.D.,  Lawrence  A.  Berg,  M.D., 

L.  V.  Burkette,  M.D.,  Albert  C.  Edwards,  M.D.,  J.  K. 
Altland,  M.D.,  M.  R.  Kinde,  M.D.,  V.  K.  Volk,  M.D., 
H.  E.  Cope,  M.D.,  Edwin  H.  Place,  M.D.,  Charles  A. 
Neafie,  M.D.,  K.  Haitinger,  M.D.,  L.  A.  Potter,  J.  P. 
Gray,  M.D. 

Guests. — George  W.  Cooley,  Russell  J.  Darling,  John 
A.  MacLellan,  J.  D.  Laux,  Otis  F.  Cook,  Harry  R. 
Lipson,  Frank  G.  Lark,  C.  K.  Valade,  M.D.,  Campbell 
Harvey,  M.D.,  F.  E.  Luton,  M.D.,  Milton  Shaw,  M.D., 
F.  E.  Reeder,  M.D.,  Frank  VanSchoick,  M.D.,  T. 
Heavenrich,  M.D.,  I.  W.  Green,  M.D.,  Dean  W.  Myers, 

M. D.,  Henry  Cook,  M.D.,  K.  L.  Burt,  M.D. 


THE  HUMAN  MECHANISM  AND 
THE  SUBMARINE 

Because  the  submarine,  especially  under  conditions 
of  warfare,  imposes  certain  environmental  conditions 
not  inherent  on  surface  ships,  medical  problems  of  a 
particularly  difficult  nature  develop  in  the  care  of  the 
personnel.  Recently  Brownf  has  reviewed  some  of  the 
problems  faced  by  the  medical  officers  responsible  for 
the  care  of  men  on  this  exacting  duty.  First  the  se- 
lection of  men  must  be  especially  rigid  and  the  cri- 
teria must  include  strong  eyes,  keen  hearing  and  the 
ability  to  equalize  air  pressure  of  50  pounds  to  the 
square  inch  on  the  ear  drum,  since  this  quality  is  es- 
sential in  escape  training  with  the  submarine  “lung.” 
Nervous  stability  is  important,  as  a special  nervous 
strain  results  from  this  type  of  work.  Much  study  has 
been  devoted  to  the  vitiation  of  air  which  follows  from 
respiration  during  submergence.  The  upper  permissible 
limit  for  carbon  dioxide  is  3 per  cent  and  the  lower 
limit  for  oxygen  17  per  cent,  both  of  these  including 
a margin  of  safety.  Lethal  or  toxic  gases  have  caused 
serious  accidents : If  sea  water  gains  access  to  the 

storage  batteries,  sodium  chloride  will  be  electrolized 
and  chlorine  evolved  in  dangerous  volume.  Another 
highly  toxic  gas  which  has  led  to  poisoning  is  arsine, 
or  arseniuretted  hydrogen.  Methyl  chloride  has  also 
been  known  to  produce  d^gerous  poisoning  in  subma- 
rines. Besides  gases,  high  temperatures  and  high  hu- 
midities, especially  under  certain  circumstances,  pro- 
duce serious  problems  during  submerged  operation. 
Nvunerous  safety  devices  have  been  developed  to  coun- 
teract such  hazards,  including  an  analyzer  to  determine 
the  concentration  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  air  and 
most  notably  the  escape  appliance  better  known  as  the 
submarine  “lung”  and  designed  for  individual  escape 
from  the  submarine.  Finally,  the  special  strain  which 
submarine  duty  imposes  on  the  personnel  requires 
suitable  facilities  at  the  home  base  for  comfort,  re- 
laxation and  frequent  leave  periods. — Jour.  A.M.A., 
116:235,  (Jan.  18)  1941. 

tBrown,  C^t.  E.  W. : The  human  mechanism  and  the  sub- 
marine. U.  S.  Naval  Institute  Proceedings,  66:1608,  (Nov.) 
1940. 


145 


>f 


Woman^s  Auxiliary 


-X 


WHY  READ  THE  BULLETIN? 

(Prepared  by  Special  Request) 

By  Mrs.  V.  E.  Holcombe 
President  of  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  American 
Medical  Association 
Charleston,  W.  Va. 

* * * For  those  of  you  who  possibly  may  not  be  en- 
tirely up-to-date,  I might  just  mention  the  Bulletin  is 
merely  the  new  name  which  has  been  given  to  the  pub- 
lication that  was  formerly  called  the  News  Letter.  It  is 
an  attractive  little  booklet,  issued  quarterly — price  $1.00 
per  year.  It  is  published  for  the  express  purpose  of 
furthering  our  fellowship,  and  propagating  the  princi- 
ples and  ideals  of  our  organization.  Advancement  in 
any  organization  is  in  direct  relationship  to  the  improve- 
ment of  facilities  for  the  exchange  and  interchange  of 
facts,  information,  knowledge  and  truth,  and  the  proper 
use  of  those  facilities. 

* * * There  are  so  many  worthwhile  happenings  in 
the  medical  world  of  today,  which  are  interesting  to 
know,  even  if  they  are  never  used.  With  the  question- 
able and  critical  attitudes  toward  the  medical  profession 
which  have  arisen  in  the  past  few  years,  it  is  important 
that  we  “pool  our  assets”  and  present  a united  front  to 
adverse  forces  and  influences. 

Dr.  Parran,  Chief  of  the  Lh  S.  Health  Service,  says 
that  last  year  was  the  “healthiest”  year  in  the  history 
of  the  United  States ; viz : the  death  rate  was  lowest 
per  capita.  In  spite  of  all  “drives”  and  scares  and 
tales  of  neglect,  the  United  States  is  the  healthiest 
country  in  the  civilized  world. 

Even  the  most  bureaucratic-minded  and  garrulous 


must  give  the  medical  men  of  the  world  the  credit  for 
this  condition.  Increasing  the  span  of  life  from  thirty- 
seven  years  to  sixty-five  years  in  less  than  a century 
was  not  accomplished  by  law-makers. 

* * * The  immediate  goal  of  our  auxiliary  is  to  in- 
crease the  circulation  of  the  Bulletin  to  include  at  least 
one-fourth  of  our  Auxiliary  membership..  That  means 
that  we  should  have  approximately  6,000  readers.  It 
means  that  your  Auxiliary  must  send  at  least  one- 
fourth  of  your  membership.  * * * 


Ingham  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Ingham  County  Med- 
ical Society  opened  the  new  season  with  a tea  at  the 
home  of  Mrs.  W.  H.  Welch  in  E^st  Lansing.  We  had 
the  pleasure  of  hearing  Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walker  of  De- 
troit, our  State  President,  discuss  the  plans  of  the 
State  Auxiliary  for  the  year.  Other  state  officers  pres- 
ent were  i\Irs.  William  Butler  of  Grand  Rapids,  Mrs. 
Oscar  Stryker  of  Fremont,  and  iMrs.  A.  O.  Brown  of 
Detroit.  We  also  issued  invitations  to  the  members 
of  the  Ionia,  Montcalm,  Shiawassee  and  Eaton  County 
auxiliaries.  At  the  meeting  we  pledged  our  support 
to  the  National  Red  Cross  drive  during  which  our  mem- 
bers made  the  house  to  house  canvass  and  operated 
booths  in  prominent  places  of  business  through  the 
entire  week. 

Annually  in  November  we  entertain  the  members  of 
the  Ingham  County  Medical  Society  with  a Bohemian 
feast  which  precedes  the  yearly  Keno  party  of  the 
society.  This  is  an  event  that  we  have  enjoyed  for 


MICH. 


RESTFUL 

AND 

QUIET 


PRIVATE 

ESTATE 


CONVALESCENT 
HOME  FOR 
TUBERCULOSIS 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Corner  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rtttes  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKELf  Medical  Director,  City  OSfices,  Madison  3312*3 


WEHENKEL  SANATORIEM 


146 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 


several  years  and  receives  most  enthusiastic  support 
from  all  of  us. 

In  December,  we  met  at  Mrs.  D.  A.  Gailbraith’s 
Ihome  and  received  the  greatest  incentive  possible  for 
;the  Christmas  season  from  a program  in  the  true 
IChristmas  tradition,  consisting  of  old  Welch  and  Eng- 
lish carols  and  readings.  At  this  meeting  we  com- 
pleted our  plans  for  gifts  and  Christmas  trees  for  the 
Contagious  Hospital  and  the  Lansing  Children’s  Home 
which  is  an  annual  custom  with  us. 

Our  January  meeting  promises  to  be  one  of  unusual 
interest.  Our  capable  program  chairman,  Mrs.  Rob- 
ert Breakey,  has  secured  for  a speaker  a foreign 
traveler  caught  on  a remote  South  Sea  Island  for  many 
months  due  to  the  interruption  of  shipping  after  the 
outbreak  of  war,  and  we  anticipate  a large  attendance. 

— Mrs.  C.  S.  Davenport,  Secretary 


lonia-Montcalm 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  of  the  lonia-Montcalm 
County  Medical  Society  had  dinner  with  the  Medical 
Society  at  Winter  Inn,  Greenville,  Tuesday,  December 
10.  After  dinner,  members  of  the  Auxiliary  went  to 
the  home  of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  W.  L.  Bird.  Mrs.  Kling 
called  the  meeting  to  order  with  nine  members  pres- 
ent. Mrs.  Kling  gave  a report  about  her  trip  to  the 
Mid-year  Board  Meeting.  Mrs.  Eichelberg,  Greenville 
school  nurse,  gave  an  instructive  talk  on  health  work 
being  done  in  the  schools  of  Greenville,  emphasizing 
the  work  on  inspection  to  guard  against  communicable 
diseases. 

— Mrs.  M.  a.  Hoffs,  Secretary 


Kent  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Kent  County  Medical 
Society  met  December  11  in  the  auditorium  of  the 


Public  Museum.  Mrs.  Guy  De  Boer,  president,  pre- 
sided at  the  business  meeting.  Dr.  V.  M.  Moore  spoke 
on  “State  Controlled  Medicine.”  He  showed  how  Mich- 
igan’s answer  to  State  Medicine  has  been  the  “Mich- 
igan Medical  Service,”  a corporation  which  sells  med- 
ical insurance  to  employed  groups  of  twenty-five  or 
more  in  the  low  income  group. 

— WiLAMiNA  Winter,  Press  Chairman 


Kalamazoo  County 

The  Kalamazoo  Auxiliary  was  entertained  by  the 
Academy  of  Medicine  at  the  Burdick  Hotel,  Tuesday 
evening,  December  16. 

George  E.  Bushnell,  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Michigan,  spoke  on  “The  Mechanics  of  the 
Supreme  Court.” 

Members  of  the  Auxiliary  brought  home-made  candy 
and  gifts  to  be  given  the_  Aged  People  at  Christmas 
time.  There  were  ninety-eight  in  attendance. 

— (Mrs.  Gerald  H.)  Frances  Rigterink, 
Publicity  Chairman 


Monroe  County 

The  Auxiliary  to  the  Monroe  County  Medical  So- 
ciety met  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  William  W.  Bond  on 
November  18,  1940.  After  a business  meeting  the 
members  sewed  for  the  Red  Cross.  Later  refreshments 
were  served  by  Mrs.  Bond  and  Mrs.  L.  C.  Blakey, 
joint  hostesses. 

The  Auxiliary  met  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  Wm. 
Acker,  December  4,  1940.  After  the  business  meeting 
the  members  sewed  for  the  Red  Cross  and  refresh- 
ments were  served  by  Mrs.  Acker  and  Mrs.  J.  J. 
Siffer,  joint  hostesses. 

— Mrs.  a.  H.  Reisig,  Press  Chairman 


Here's  an  idea  for  you.  Doctor— 
Inviting  them  to  have 
some  wholesome 


Your  patients,  big  and  little, 
welcome  a thoughtful  gesture 
such  as  your  offering  them 
some  delicious  Chewing  Gum. 


CHEWING  GUM 


makes  for  smiles 
all  around 

Of  course,  Doctor,  as  you  know, 
chewing  helps  the  mouth  taste 
clean  and  pleasant,  helps  relieve 
tension  and  aids  digestion.  Also, 
it  makes  a satisfying  in-between- 
meal  treat. 

Offer  it  to  your  patients  and 
enjoy  the  daily  chewing  of  gum 
yourself. 

You’ll  like  chewing  gum.  See 
how  it  helps  make  your  days  a 
trifle  easier  for  you. 

Get  several  packages  of  delicious 
Chewing  Gum  today.  Have  it  handy 
for  your  patients  and  for  yourself. 

National  Association  of  Chewing  Gum  Manufacturers 
Rosebanky  Staten  Island,  New  York 


Yes,  offering  them 
some  Chewing  Gum 
helps  make  you 
both  feel  friendlier 
and  closer. 


February,  1941 


Say  you  saiv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


147 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


MIDWINTER  JOINT  MEETING 

For  the  second  time,  a midwinter  meeting  of  health 
officers  and  secretaries  of  county  medical  societies  was 
held  in  January.  The  health  officers  held  a two-day 
session  January  18  and  19  in  the  Hotel  Olds,  and  the 
joint  session  began  with  a 1 o’clock  luncheon,  January 
19.  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  president  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  presided  at  the  meeting.  H.  Al- 
len Moyer,  M.D.,  State  Health  Commissioner,  led  brief 
discussions  at  the  close  of  each  of  four  ten-minute 
papers.  The  four  talks  were  on  industrial  health,  im- 
munization for  babies  and  children,  tuberculosis  case 
finding  and  the  five-day  treatment  for  syphilis. 


NEW  PNEUMONIA  SERUM  AVAILABLE 

Pneumonia  serum  produced  by  an  improved  method 
of  refinement  developed  in  the  Michigan  Department 
of  health  laboratories  is  now  available  in  all  47  of  the 
typing  centers  stocking  state  serum.  This  serum  is 
available  for  types  1,  2,  5,  7 and  8 pneumonia. 


STATE  MONEY  NEEDED 

State  funds  will  be  requested  of  the  legislature  for 
three  current  activities  of  the  Michigan  Department 
of  Health  which  are  now  supported  by  federal  grants. 
The  three  and  the  amounts  to  be  requested  are : Indus- 
trial hygiene,  $35,000  annually  for  the  fiscal  years  end- 
ing June  30,  1942,  and  1943;  resort  and  rural  sani- 
tation, $25,000  a year;  and  venereal  disease  control, 
$40,000  a year.  The  first  and  third  activities  are  con- 
nected with  national  defense  production  and  with 
military  training. 


MEASLES  CASES  DOUBLE 

Half  the  counties  of  the  state  are  now  reporting 
measles  in  a rise  of  cases  which  undoubtedly  is  pre- 
liminary to  an  epidemic  in  the  next  few  months. 

Reported  cases  in  December  were  double  those  of 
November,  and  November  cases  were  three  times  those 
of  October.  The  figures  for  the  three  months  are : Oc- 
tober 659,  November  1,711,  December  3,455.  Total  for 
the  year  is  19,998. 

Eighty-thousand  case  epidemics  occurred  in  1935 
and  1938,  and  presumably  1941  will  be  another  big 
year.  The  1940  cases  reported,  however,  were  more 
than  three  times  the  cases  reported  in  the  years  leading 
up  to  the  1935  and  1938  epidemics. 


“FLU”  NOT  REPORTED 

Case  reports  reaching  the  State  Health  Department 
have  not  yet  reflected  the  prevalence  of  influenza 
which  is  epidemic  in  a mild  form  in  some  parts  of  the 
state.  Influenza  was  formerly  reportable  only  in  epi- 
demics, but  it  was  made  reportable  generally  in  1939. 
In  that  year  2,288  cases  were  reported.  In  1940,  378 
cases  were  reported,  28  cases  in  November  and  32  cases 
in  December. 


SHIAWASSEE 

The  new  county  health  unit  in  Shiawassee  County  . 
started  o])eration  January  1.  The  director  is  Dr.  T.  E. 
Camper,  formerly  director  of  the  Iron  County  Health 
Department.  Offices  of  the  unit  are  in  the  courthouse 
at  Corunna.  Temporarily,  until  Dr.  Camper  completes 
some  special  work  at  the  University  of  Michigan,  the 
office  is  in  charge  of  Dr.  E.  V,  Thiehoff,  assistant 
director  of  the  Bureau  of  Local  Health  Services.  Shia- 
wassee is  the  sixty-third  county  to  establish  full-time 
public  health  service. 


MARKED  DECREASE  IN  SMALLPOX 

Smallpox  cases  reported  in  1939  totaled  371,  the 
highest  annual  figure  in  seven  years.  In  1940,  the 
number  of  reported  cases  dropped  below  100  for  the 
first  time  since  1936,  the  total  being  78.  Nearly  half 
of  the  1940  cases  were  reported  in  the  last  two  months 
of  the  year  when  21  cases  were  reported  in  November 
and  December  from  Highland  Park  and  15  for  the  two 
months  from  Detroit. 


CRIPPLED  CHILDREN* 

. . . According  to  reliable  figures  there  are  7,000 
crippled  and  more  than  20,000  afflicted  children  in  Mich- 
igan who  need  immediate  care.  Economic  and  medical 
investigations  show  that  they  must  look  to  their  state 
government  for  urgently  needed  medical  help — yes,  they 
are  looking  to  us  during  this  session  of  the  Legisla- 
ture hoping  their  prayers  will  not  be  denied. 

I urge  this  Legislature  to  take  immediate  action  to 
provide  needed  funds  to  assist  these  children.  I am 
advised  that  these  funds  may  have  to  take  the  form 
of  a deficiency  appropriation.  I do  not  hesitate  to 
recommend  such  a course. 

It  is  sound  economy  to  rehabilitate  these  helpless 
young  people,  through  medical  care  or  hospitalization, 
so  they  may  become  useful  and  self-supporting  mem- 
bers of  society.  Neglected  they  will  remain  permanent 
state  charges. 

During  the  lifetime  of  the  Crippled  Children’s  Com- 
mission since  1927,  some  8,000  children  have  had  phys- 
ical deficiencies  corrected,  and  have  been  given  voca- 
tional training.  Latest  reports  show  that  they  are 
earning  an  average  of  $18.35  per  week,  and  their 
total  yearly  income  is  $7,008,000. 

Experience  of  the  last  two  years  has  proved  that 
the  formula  now  used  for  distributing  this  type  of 
state  aid  is  cruelly  unjust.  This  formula  specifies 
that  75  per  cent  of  the  funds  shall  be  distributed  to 
the  counties  on  the  basis  of  population  and  25  per  cent 
on  the  basis  of  need.  Monthly  expenditures  by  the 
counties  are  budgeted  in  advance  and  set  at  a fixed  sum. 

The  fallacies  of  this  plan  were  accentuated  by  the 
severe  outbreak  of  infantile  paralysis  in  1940,  which 
struck  concentrated  blows  in  many  counties,  while  oth- 
ers escaped  with  only  a few  cases.  Moreover,  the  dis- 
ease wrought  its  worst  havoc  in  several  cases  in  coun- 
ties least  able  to  pay. 

To  correct  this  unjust  and  inequitable  condition,  I call 
to  your  attention  the  necessity  for  amending  Act  No. 
283,  Public  Acts  of  1939,  so  that  appropriations  for 
crippled  and  afflicted  children  will  be  distributed  solely 
on  the  basis  of  need.  This  is  recommended  by  those 
familiar  with  this  problem  and  I cannot  urge  you  too 
strongly  to  give  favorable  consideration  to  this  revision. 

The  Act  should  be  further  revised  to  simplify  jts 
language  eliminating  all  detailed  provisions  which 
make  it  difficult  to  administer  and  which  properly 
should  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  Commission. 
These  revisions  would  be  helpful  in  bringing  additional 
Federal  funds  to  Michigan  for  this  important  part  of 
our  social  program. 

Formation  of  committees  to  provide  medical  and 
economic  filters  to  cooperate  with  judges  of  probate 
is  considered  a progressive  step.  Every  necessary 
measure  must  be  taken  to  improve  the  administration 
of  this  Act. 


•Message  to  the  Legislature  by  Gov.  Murray  D.  Van  Wag- 
oner, reprinted  from  the  Journal  of  the  House  of  Representatives 
of  Michigan,  Session  of  1941,  Journal  Number  II. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


148 


-K  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  -k 


President  P.  R.  Urmston  announces  the  appointment 
of  Edgar  H.  Norris,  M.D.,  and  Ralph  H.  Pino,  M.D., 
Detroit,  to  the  Postgraduate  Medical  Education  Com- 
mittee of  the  State  Society. 

* * * 

The  N'orthern  Tri-State  Medical  Association  will 
hold  its  1941  meeting  in  Tiffin,  Ohio,  on  April  8.  Fur- 
ther announcement  and  program  will  appear  in  the 
March  issue  of  The  Journal. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

Robert  S.  Breakey,  M.D.,  Lansing,  addressed  the 
Shiawassee  County  Medical  Society  in  Owosso  on 
Thursday,  January  16,  on  the  subject  “Ylodern  Urology, 
Diagnosis  and  Treatment.” 

Reed  M.  Neshit,  M.D.,  and  Rig  don  K.  Ratliff,  M.D., 
Ann  Arbor,  are  the  co-authors  of  “Hypertension  As- 
sociated with  Unilateral  Renal  Disease”  which  appeared 
in  The  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association, 
issue  of  January  18,  1941. 

^ 

St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Detroit,  will  hold  its  annual 
Clinic  Day  on  March  20.  The  conferences  will  be  pre- 
sided over  by  Frederick  Coller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor; 


C.  G.  Johnston,  M.D.,  J.  P.  Pratt,  AI.D.,  Detroit,  and 
other  outstanding  medical  men. 

* * * 

Martha  Lmigstreet,  AI.D.,  Saginaw,  was  recently 
chosen  by  the  Saginaw  Board  of  Commerce  as  the 
“outstanding  Saginaw  citizen  of  the  year,”  the  first 
woman  to  receive  the  honor  in  the  history  of  the  award 
which  was  first  given  in  1922.  Congratulations,  Doctor 
Longstreet ! 

:j!  :jc  * 

Leo  M.  Ford,  J.D.,  author  of  the  article  “Keeping 
Complete  Written  Records”  which  appeared  in  the 
January,  MSMS  Journal,  is  attorney  for  the  Aledical 
Protective  Company  of  Fort  Wayne,  Indiana.  This 
article  was  third  in  a series  of  authoritative  discussions 
on  medical  problems  written  by  Mr.  Ford  for  the 
MSMS  Journal. 

* * * 

The  Radio  Committee  of  the  MSMS  advises  that 
the  following  Health  Talks  were  broadcast  over  radio 
station  CKLW ; 

Saturday,  January  11,  1941 — “Diabetes”  by  Geo.  C.  Thosteson, 
M.D.,  Detroit 

Saturday,  January  18,  1941 — “Relationship  of  Dentistry  and 

Medicine”  by  Horton  D.  Kimball,  D.D.S.,  Detroit 
Saturday.  January  25,  1941 — “Artificial  Fever  Therapy”  by 

Donald  Francis,  M.D.,  Detroit 


Vx  - 


Ueethkitis 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAE) 


SILVER  PICRATE 


* 


.A' 


^^ilver  Picrate,  Wyeth,  ha* 
a convincing  record  of  effec- 
tiveness as  a local  treat- 
ment for  acute  anterior 
urethritis  coused  by  Neis- 
seria gonorrheae.  0}  An. 
aqueous  solution  (0.5  per- 
cent) of  silver  picrate  or 
water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the 
treotment’  ^ • 

’ T.  Knight,  P.,  and  Shelon- 
sici,  H.  A.,  'Treatment 
of  Acute  Anterior 
Urethritis  with  .Silver , 
Picrate,”  Am.  J.  Syph. 
6dn.  & Ven.  DIs.,  2S/ 
201  (Makh)  1939. 


February,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


149 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 
White  Daks  Farm 

Marian,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  w^ill  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 
White  Oaks  Farm 

Marian,  Dhia 


The  Van  Meter  Prize  Award  is  offered  by  the  Amer- 
ican Association  for  the  Study  of  Goiter,  consisting  of 
$300  and  two  honorable  mentions  for  the  best  essays 
submitted  concerning  original  work  on  problems  re- 
lated to  the  thyroid  gland.  The  essays  may  cover  either 
clinical  or  research  investigations,  should  not  exceed 
3,000  words,  should  be  typewritten,  double  spaced,  and 
sent  to  Dr.  W.  Blair  Mosser,  133  Biddle  Street,  Kane, 
Pennsylvania,  not  later  than  April  1,  1941. 

* ♦ * 

The  Internatioml  College  of  Surgeons  will  hold  its 
Fifth  International  Assembly  in  Mexico  City,  August 
10  to  14,  1941.  Surgeons  in  the  United  States  desiring 
information  about  the  presentation  of  papers  or  scien- 
tific exhibits  are  requested  to  write  Dr.  Desiderio 
Roman,  Chairman  of  the  Scientific  Committee,  250  S. 
17th  Street,  Philadelphia.  For  travel  information,  com- 
municate with  Dr.  Max  Thorek,  850  W.  Irving  Park 
Blvd.,  Chicago. 

* 

Doctor^  remember  your  particular  friends,  the  ex- 
hibitors, at  your  annual  convention,  when  you  have 
need  of  equipment,  appliances,  medical  supplies,  and 
service.  Here  are  ten  more  of  the  firms  which  helped 
make  the  1940  convention  such  a success : 

Petrolagar  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Chicago 
Pet  Milk  Sales  Corporation,  St.  Louis 
The  Pelton  & Crane  Company,  Detroit 
Parke,  Davis  & Company,  Detroit 
The  Muller  Laboratories,  Baltimore 
C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  St.  Louis 

Michigan  Medical  Service-Michigan  Hospital  Service,  Detroit 
The  Wm.  S.  Merrell  Company,  Cincinnati 
Merck  & Company,  Inc.,  Rahway,  New  Jersey 
The  Mennen  Company,  Newark,  New  Jersey 
♦ ♦ * 

The  Council  of  the  Wajme  County  Medical  Society 
approved  the  recommendation  of  the  Military  Affairs 
Committee  that  a Medical  Mobilization  Committee  be 
appointed  to  make  surveys  and  plans  for  any  eventu- 
ality in  case  of  a national  emergency.  The  Military 
Affairs  Committee  stressed  the  fact  that  Detroit  is  the 
center  of  the  National  Rearmament  program  and  there 
is  more  likelihood  of  sabotage  in  the  large  industrial 
establishments,  which  if  struck  by  fire  or  explosion 
would  tax  the  facilities  existing  for  medical  care  of 
those  who  might  be  wounded.  In  case  of  war,  Detroit 
would  be  one  of  the  first  targets  of  the  enemy’s  bomb- 
ing planes.  The  Mobilization  Committee  is  to  study 
plans  for  rapid  mobilization  of  the  medical  forces,  as 
well  as  the  obtaining  of  supplies,  the  care  of  the  in- 
jured, education  of  the  public  with  regard  to  public 
health  problems  which  air  raids  or  other  catastrophes 
might  bring  and  other  problems  of  medical  mobilization. 
* * * 

The  Selective  Service  Headquarters,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  recently  announced  the  appointment  of  Leonard 
G.  Rowntree,  M.D.,  as  Chief  of  the  Medical  Division 
of  the  Selective  Service  System  with  the  rank  of  Colo- 
nel of  the  Medical  Corps. 

In  announcing  the  appointment  of  Dr.  Rowntree, 
C.  A.  Dykstra,  the  Director  of  Selective  Service,  said, 
“We  are  fortunate  to  have  such  an  experienced  execu- 
tive and  widely  known  medical  authority  in  charge  of 
this  significant  phase  of  the  Selective  Service  program. 
Dr.  Rowntree’s  work  at  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  and 
the  Mayo  Clinic,  and  his  service  in  France  during  the 


150 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


World  War  of  1917,  make  him  highly  qualified  for  his 
difficult  duties.”  Thus  one  of  the  most  prominent  med- 
ical men  in  the  United  States  and  a veteran  of  the 
i World  War  is  again  in  active  service  heading  the 
l medical  profession  of  this  country  in  making  its  con- 
tribution to  National  Defense. 

; :|c 

COUNCIL  AND  COMMITTEE 
1 MEETINGS 

i 1.  Sunday,  December  29,  1940. — 3 ;00  p.  m. — Special 
I Committee  on  NYA  Health  Program,  Hotel  Olds, 
If  Lansing. 

i 2.  Monday,  January  6,  1941 — 6:30  p.  m. — Cancer 

I Committee — Woman’s  League  Bldg.,  Ann  Arbor. 

3.  Wednesday,  January  8,  1941 — 6:00  p.  m. — Insur- 
jj  ance  Drafting  Committee — Hotel  Statler,  Detroit. 

4.  Thursday,  January  9,  1941 — 6:00  p.  m. — Preventive 
I Medicine  Committee — Warded  Hotel,  Detroit. 

5.  Thursday,  January  16,  1941 — 5 :30  p.  m. — Mental 
j Hygiene  Committee — Eloise  Hospital,  Eloise. 

6.  Sunday,  January  19,  1941 — 3 :00  p.  m. — Syphilis 
1 Control  Committee — Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

7.  Sunday,  January  19,  1941 — 4 :30  p.  m. — Afflicted 
Child  Committee — Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

8.  Friday,  January  24,  1941 — 12 :00  noon — Maternal 
Health  Committee — Hotel  Statler,  Detroit. 

9.  Wednesday,  January  29,  1941 — 12:15  p.  m. — Post- 
graduate Medical  Education  Committee — University 
Hospital,  Ann  Arbor. 

^ ^ 4: 

I COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
MEETINGS 

' Allegan — 'Tuesday,  December  3,  1940 — 'Allegan 

||  Health  Center,  Allegan — Annual  Meeting — Election  of 
i Officers. 

; Alpena-Alcona-Presque  Isle — Thursday,  December  19, 

! 1940 — Annual  Meeting,  Election  of  Officers. 

Bay-Arenac-Iosdo — Wednesday,  January  15,  1941 — 
i Bay  City — Speaker : Donald  C.  Beaver,  M.D.,  Detroit. 
Subject:  “Gynecologicivl  Pathology.” 

Calhoun — Tuesday,  January  7,  1941 — Battle  Creek — 
Speaker:  Norman  Miller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor.  Subject: 
“Obstetric  and  Gynecologic  Problems.” 

; Delta-Schoolcraft — Wednesday,  December  4,  1940 — 

j Escanaba — Annual  Meeting,  Election  of  Officers. 

: Dickinson-Ir*on — Thursday,  January  2,  1941 — Iron 

Alountain — Speakers : Drs.  Boyce,  Smith  and  Andersen. 
Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie — Tuesday,  Decem- 
i ber  3,  1940 — Annual  Meeting,  Election  of  Officers — 
j Speakers : Frank  Bethel,  M.D.,  and  John  Sheldon, 

j M.D.,  Ann  Arbor. 

Hillsdale — Thursday,  January  16,  1941 — Jackson- 

Met  with  other  socities  of  Second  Councilor  District. 

Ingham — Tuesday,  January  21,  1941 — Lansing — An- 
nual President’s  Dinner — Speaker : Mr.  John  Bugas, 

Director  of  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  for 
the  Michigan  District. 

Jackson — Thursday,  January  16,  1941 — ^Jackson — Host 
to  Second  Councilor  District  Meeting. 

Kalamazoo — Tuesday,  January  21,  1941 — Kalamazoo — 
Speaker : Frederick  Coller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor.  Sub- 
ject: “Surgical  Treatment  of  Peptic  Ulcer.” 


There’s  no  fee 
for  this 
advice 

In  cases  of  real  thirst,  noth- 
ing is  more  welcome  to  a 
welcome  guest  than  a high- 
ball made  with  smooth,  mel- 
low Johnnie  Walker  . . . 

★ 

IT’S  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

^LKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


February,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


151 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Kent — Tuesday,  January  14,  1941 — Grand  Rapids — 
Program : “Studies  in  Human  Fertility.” 

Manistee — Monday,  December  23,  1940 — Manistee — 
Annual  Meeting — Election  of  officers. 

Miiskegon — Friday,  January  17,  1941 — Muskegon — 
Gonadogen  Sound  Film. 

Medical  Society  of  North  Central  Counties — Wednes- 
day, December  18,  1940 — Roscommon — Annual  Meeting, 
Election  of  Officers. 

Oakland — Wednesday,  January  8,  1941 — Rotunda  Inn, 
Pine  Lake — Host  to  15th  Councilor  District  Meeting. 

Ottawa — Friday,  January  10,  1941 — Grand  Haven — 
Speaker : Florian  E.  Schmidt,  M.D.,  showed  film  on 
“Post-Encephaletic  Parkinsonism  with  Bella-Bulgarian 
Treatment.” 

Tuesday,  January  14,  1941 — Holland — Speaker:  T.  E. 
Gibson,  M.D.,  Lansing — Subject:  “Venereal  Diseases.” 

St.  Clair — Tuesday,  January  14,  1941 — Port  Huron — 
Speaker:  Luther  Leader,  M.D.,  Detroit — Subject: 

“Surgical  Lesions  of  the  Colon.” 

St.  Joseph — Thursday,  January  9,  1941 — Three  Riv- 
ers— Speaker : Langdon  Crane,  M.D.,  Highland  Park — 
Subject:  “Newer  Treatments  of  Pneumonia.” 

Thursday,  February  13,  1941 — Sturgis — Speaker : 

Warren  E.  Wheeler,  M.D.,  Lansing — Pediatric  subject. 

Shiawassee — Thursday,  January  16,  1941 — Owosso — 
Speaker:  Robert  S.  Breakey,  M.D.,  Lansing — Subject: 
“Diagnosis  and  Treatment  in  Modern  Urology.” 

Washtenaw — Tuesday,  January  14,  1941 — Ann  Arbor 
— Clinical  Pathological  Conference  conducted  by  Carl 
V.  Weller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor. 


Wayne — Monday,  January  13,  1941 — Detroit — Speak- 
er : Albert  M.  Snell,  M.D.,  Rochester,  Minnesota — -j 

Subject:  “Some  Recent  Studies  on  Hepatic  Disease.”! 

Monday,  January  20,  Detroit — General  Practice  Meet-J 
ing.  Symposium  on  Pneumonia.  1 

Monday,  January  27 — Detroit — Speaker:  Gilbert] 

Horax,  M.D.,  Boston — Subject:  “Neurosurgical  Pro- 
cedures for  the  Relief  of  Pain.”  J 

Monday,  February  3 and  10 — Detroit — Speaker  : Ar-i 
mand  Quick,  M.D.,  Milwaukee  Beaumont  Lectures. 

Monday,  February  17 — Detroit — Speaker:  Ashley  A., 
Weech,  M.D.,  New  York — Subject:  “The  Physical  and 
Cerebral  Developments  of  Normal  Children.” 

Monday,  February  2^1 — Detroit — Speaker : James 
Barrett  Brown,  M.D.,  St.  Louis — Subject:  “Limitatoins 
and  Possibilities  in  Reconstructive  Surgery.” 

West  Side  (Wayne  County) — Wednesday,  January 
15,  1941 — Speaker  : I.  F.  E.  Schmidt,  M.D.,  Chicago — 
Movie  on  Treatment  of  Pneumonia  and  on  Treatment 
of  Encephalitis. 

=1:  ♦ * 

NEW  COUNTY  MEDICAL 
SOCIETY  OFFICERS 
Alpena-Alcona-Presque  Isle 
President — H.  J.  Burkholder,  M.D.,  Alpena 
Vice  President — E.  A.  Hier,  M.D.,  Alpena 
Secretary-Treasurer — Harold  Kessler,  M.D.,  Alpena 
Delegate — W.  E.  Nesbitt,  M.D.,  Alpena 
Alternate  Delegate — A.  R.  Miller,  M.D.,  Harrisville 
Barry 

President — C.  A.  E.  Lund,  M.D.,  Middleville 
Secretary — A.  B.  Gwinn,  M.D.,  Hastings 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

4* 

Ward  S.  Ferguson,  M.  D.  James  C.  Droste,  M.  D.  Lynn  A.  Ferguson,  M.  D. 

* 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

* 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS.  MICHIGAN 

* 

Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


152 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


PERFECTION 

VAGINAL 

TAMPON 


PERFECTION  VAGINAL  TAMPON 
(Medicated)  is  a safe,  rational  and  up-to- 
date  applicator  for  the  topical  medication 
of  the  vaginal  and  cer- 
vical mucosa. 


ONE  DOZEN 
$2.00 

Medication  Only 
Box  of  50  — $2.00 

• 

Wool  Only 
Box  of  50  — $2.00 


Each  Tampon  con- 
tains: Ichthammol  10 
grains,  Glycerite  of 
Boroglycerin  q.s.  It  is 
an  individual  applica- 


tor complete  with  medicated  suppository 
and  compressed  Tampon  of  lamb’s  wool 
designed  for  easy  introduction  in  a single 
operation.  Moisture-resistant  cord  makes 
for  easy  removal. 

PERFECTION  VAGINAL  TAMPON 
(A  Hartz  Laboratory  Product)  is  the  sim- 
ple, convenient  and  modern  Tampon  that 
you  can  depend  on.  Write  or  phone  for 
your  supply  today. 


LABORATORY  OF 


\^THE  J.F.HARTZ  CO. 

15  29  Broadway,  Detroit  . . Cherry  4 6 00 

PHARMACEUTICAL  MANUFACTURERS  • MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


Delta-Schoolcraft 

I President — Nathan  J.  Frenn,  M.D.,  Bark  River 
Vice  President — D.  H.  Boyce,  M.D.,  Escanaba 
2nd  Vice  President — A.  R.  Tucker,  M.D.,  Manistique 
Secretary-Treasurer — A.  C.  Bachus,  M.D.,  Powers 
I Delegate — J.  J.  Walch,  M.D.,  Escanaba 
I Alternate  Delegate — W,  A.  LeMire,  M.D.,  Escanaba 
I Medico-Legal  Advisor — A.  S.  Kitchen,  M.D.,  Es- 
canaba 
Jackson 

President — A.  M.  Shaeffer,  M.D.,  Jackson 
President-Elect — L.  L.  Stewart,  M.D.,  Jackson 
Secretary — Horace  Wray  Porter,  M.D.,  Jackson 
Treasurer — John  B.  Holst,  M.D.,  Jackson 
Board  of  Directors — R.  H.  Alter,  M.D.,  Jackson — 
term  expires  1943 

G.  R.  Bullen,  M.D.,  Jackson — term  expires  1942 
J.  D.  VanSchoick,  M.D.,  Hanover— -term^  expires 
1941 

Kalamazoo 

President — Charles  L.  Bennett,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo 
President-Elect — Homer  Stryker,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo 
1st  Vice  President — Lawrence  Banner,  M.D.,  Kala- 
mazoo 

2nd  Vice  President — Maynard  Southworth,  M.D., 
Schoolcraft 

3rd  Vice  President — Gerald  Behan,  M.D.,  Galesburg 
Secretary — Hazel  R.  Prentice,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo 
Treasurer — Carl  Wagar,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo 
Delegates — I.  W.  Brown,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo — 1941 
Louis  W.  Gerstner,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo — 1942 


Alternate  Delegates — Wm.  Scott,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo 
Albert  B.  Hodgman,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo 
Kent 

President — P.  L.  Thompson,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
President-Elect — Leon  Sevey,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Vice  President — B.  H.  Shepard,  M.D.,  Lowell 
Secretary-Treasurer — Frank  L.  Doran,  M.D.,  Grand 
Rapids 

Medico-Legal  Representative — Joseph  B.  Whinery, 
M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

Delegates — A.  V.  Wenger,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Carl  F.  Snapp,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
G.  W.  Southwick,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
A.  B.  Smith,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
P.  W.  Kniskern,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Alternate  Delegates — W.  L.  Bettison,  M.D.,  Grand 
Rapids 

Christian  G.  Krupp,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Daniel  DeVries,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
O.  H.  Gillett,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
W.  Clarence  Beets,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

Marquette-Alger 

President — F.  A,  Fennig,  M.D.,  Marquette 
Vice  President — G.  B.  Wickstr^m,  M.D.,  Munsing 
Secretary-Treasurer — D.  P.  Hornbogen,  M.D.,  Mar- 
quette 

Delegate — V.  Vandeventer^  M.D.,  Ishpeming 
Alternate — R.  A.  Burke,  M.D.,  Palmer 
Muskegon 

President — Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  M.D.,  Muskegon 
President-Elect — E.  N.  D’ Alcorn,  M.D.,  Muskegon 


February,  1941 


Nay  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


153 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Ct.  All  worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations; including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients, 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Diail  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


154 


Secretary-Treasurer — Leland  E.  Holly,  M.D.,  Muske- 
gon 

Delegates — 1 year — E.  O.  Foss,  M.D.,  Muskegon 
2 years — E.  N.  D’Alcorn,  M.D.,  Muskegon 
Medico-Legal  Advisor — Geo.  L.  LeFevre,  M.D.,  Mus- 
kegon 

Northern  Michigan 

President — G.  B.  Saltonstall,  M.D.,  Charlevoix 
Vice  President — Guy  C.  Conkle,  M.D.,  Boyne  City 
Secretary-Treasurer — A.  F.  Litzenburger,  M.D., 
Boyne  City 

Delegate Wm.  S.  Conway,  M.D.,  Petoskey 

Alternate — Delegate — Walter  M.  Larson,  M.D.,  Lev- 
ering 

Oakland 

President — Leon  F.  Cobb,  M.D.,  Pontiac 
President-Elect — Otto  O.  Beck,  M.D.,  Birmingham 
Secretary— John  S.  Lambie,  M.D.,  Pontiac 
Treasurer — Arthur  Young,  M.D.,  Pontiac 
Delegates — C.  T.  Ekelund,  M.D.,  Pontiac 
Geo.  A.  Sherman,  M.D.,  Pontiac 
Richard  E.  Olsen,  M.D.,  Pontiac 
Alternate  Delegates — Z.  R.  AschenBrenner,  M.D., 
Farmington 

Bertil  T.  Larson,  M.D.,  Pontiac 
C.  G.  Darling,  M.D.,  Pontiac 
Eaton 

President — Bert  Van  Ark,  M.D.,  Eaton  Rapids 
Vice  President — C.  J.  Sevener,  ALD.,  Charlotte 
Secretary — B.  P.  Brown,  ALD.,  Charlotte 
Treasurer — H.  W.  Hannah,  AI.D.,  Charlotte 
Delegate — Paul  Engle,  AI.D.,  Olivet 
Alternate  Delegate — F.  W.  Sassaman,  AI.D.,  Charlotte 
Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

President — R.  L.  Waggoner,  AI.D.,  St.  Louis 
President-Elect — D.  K.  Barstow,  AI.D.,  St.  Louis 
Secretary-Treasurer — E.  S.  Oldham,  AI.D.,  Brecken- 
ridge 

Delegate — AI.  G.  Becker,  AI.D.,  Edmore 
Alternate — W.  L.  Harrigan,  AI.D.,  Alt.  Pleasant 

Oceana 

President — Charles  Flint,  AI.D.,  Hart 
Vice  President — Walter  Lemke,  AI.D.,  Shelby 
Secretary-Treasurer — ^W.  Gordon  Robinson,  AI.D., 
Hart 

Delegate — Merle  Wood,  AI.D.,  Hart 
Alternate  Delegaate — Fred  Reetz,  AI.D.,  Shelby 

Mecosta-Osceola 

President — V.  J.  AIcGrath,  AI.D.,  Reed  City 
1st  Vice  President — Thomas  Treynor,  AI.D.,  Big 
Rapids 

2nd  Vice  President — Paul  Ivkovich,  AI.D.,  Evart 
Secretary-Treasurer — Glenn  Grieve,  AI.D.,  Big  Rapids 
Delegate — Gordon  Yeo,  AI.D.,  Big  Rapids 
Alternate  Delegate — Paul  B.  Kilmer,  AI.D.,  Reed 
City 

Washtenaw 

President — Wm.  AI.  Brace,  AI.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
President-Elect — Dean  W.  Alyers,  AI.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Secretary-Treasurer — Rigdon  K.  Ratliff,  AI.D.,  Ann 
Arbor 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Tour.  AI.S.AI.S. 


IN  MEMORIAM 


Delegates — John  A.  Wessinger,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Dean  W.  Myers,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Lester  J.  Johnson,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Alternate  Delegates — C.  L.  Washburne,  M.D.,  Ann 
Arbor 

L.  E.  Knoll,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
R.  W.  Teed,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 


jHeittoriatn 


A Testimony  to  Dr.  J.  G.  Huizinga 

We,  the  members  of  the  Ottawa  County  Medical  As- 
sociation, realizing  that  in  the  passing  of  Dr.  J.  G. 
Huizinga  we  have  lost  a capable,  highly  respected  mem- 
ber, do  hereby  testify  that,  as  a colleague  he  was  ag- 
gressive, but  always  honest  and  loyal  to  his  profession ; 
as  a citizen,  he  was  conservative,  but  always  ready  to 
help  along  in  any  worthy  cause,  and  to  support  civic 
improvements ; as  a man,  he  stood  fearlessly  and 
courageously  for  what  he  thought  was  right,  but  al- 
ways tolerant  and  reasonable. 

We  sincerely  regret  to  miss  him  from  our  member- 
ship roll,  but  trust  that  we  shall  in  the  future  as  in  the 
past,  derive  benefit  from  his  having  been  one  of  us. 

In  token  of  our  high  regard  for  our  departed  col- 
league, we  request  our  secretary  to  have  this  testimony 
published  in  our  State  Journal,  and  to  send  a copy  to 
the  family  and  incorporate  in  our  minutes. 

Your  committee, 

A.  Leenhouts,  M.D.,  Chairman 
O.  Van  Der  Velde,  M.D. 

R.  Nichols,  M.D. 


LETTER  TO  THE  EDITOR 


My  dear  Editor ; 

I thought  possibly  this  small  piece  of  work  might  be 
of  interest  to  the  general  medical  men  as  well  as  the 
Nose  and  Throat  men. 

This  patient  was  operated  upon  by  me  for  a tonsillec- 
tomy under  local  anesthetic  and  returned  to  her  home 
in  Detroit  four  or  five  days  later.  A slight  cold  was 
present  before  complete  recovery  and  this  article  was 
sent  as  a result.  I think  this  is  rather  clever  and 
thought  some  of  the  other  men  might  enjoy  it  too. 

C.  M.  M. 

MERCER  BODY  SHOP 
Repairs  on  all  Models 

at  Reasonable  Rates  ^ 

Items  on  recent  repair 
of  decrepit  1907  model 
brought  in  by  H.  C.  S, 
of  Detroit,  Michigan 

Installation  of  steel  bands,  replacing  throat 
cords  rendered  limber  by  33  years’  use. 

Sandpaper  lining  in  throat — both  sides;  re- 
moval of  old  smooth  lining. 

Blowing  up  of  palate  to  16  times  normal  size, 
to  help  block  throat  passage. 

Scraping  ear  drums,  to  render  more  sensitive, 
plus  re-wiring  of  Eustachian  tubes,  to  con- 
duct cold  and  heat  sensations  directly  to  ear 
drums. 

Careful  gluing  of  dried  fish  scales  to  throat 
lining  on  either  side  of  tongue. 

Final  coating  of  velvety-soft  fuzzy  yellow  paint 
over  surface  of  tongue. 

Elimination  of  all  taste  buds. 


TOTAL  MISERY 

February,  1941 


DeNIKE  sanitarium,  Inc. 

Established  1893 


EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 

OF 

ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOLISM 


Mild  Neuropsychic  Cases 
Admitted 


1571  East  Jefferson  Avenue 
Cadillac  2670  Detroit 

A.  JAMES  DENIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technic  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting  every 
two  weeks.  General  Courses  One,  Two,  Three  and 
Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special  Courses.  Rectal 
Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINE — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
June  2nd.  One  Month  Course  in  Electrocardiography 
& Heart  Disease  every  month,  except  August  and 
December. 

FRACTURES  & TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— -Two 
Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting  March  10  and  May 
5.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
February  24  and  April  7.  Clinical,  Diagnostic  and 
Didactic  Course  every  week. 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
April  21.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  April  7.  Informal  and  Personal  Courses  every 
week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  April  21.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-Ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-Ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in 
All  Branches  of  Medicine,  Surgery  and 
the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address: 

Registrar,  427  South  Honore  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


155 


READING  NOTICES 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS* 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


RUPP  & BOWMAN  CO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 

PHYSiaANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSiaANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 

Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

W INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 

(52,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 

For 
$10.00 
per  year 

$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$33.00 
per  year 

$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$66.00 
per  year 

$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$99.00 
per  year 

38  years  under  the  same  management 

$1,850,000  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$9,500,000  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty— 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

-benefits 

Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 

READING  NOTICES 


THREE-QUARTERS  OF  A CENTURY  FOR 
PARKE,  DAVIS  & COMPANY 

The  year  1941  marks  the  Diamond  Anniversary  of 
the^  founding  of  Parke,  Davis  & Company,  a firm 
which  had  its  inception  in  a small  drug  store  in  the 
City  of  Detroit,  Michigan,  -and  which,  during  the  past 
seventy-five  years,  has  become  the  world’s  largest 
makers  of  pharmaceutical  and  biological  products. 

From  the  very  beginning,  back  in  1866,  Parke.  Davis 
& Company  has  engaged  in  research  work  with  the 
object  of  making  available  to  pharmacists  and  phy- 
sicians, medicinal  preparations  of  the  highest  degree 
of  accuracy. 

In  the  early  70’s,  pharmaceutical  progress  meant 
the  discovery  of  new  vegetable  drugs.  Energetic — and 
extensive — explorations  gave  to  the  medical  profes- 
sion such  valuable  and  widely  used  drugs  as  Cascara 
and  Coca.  Then,  in  1879,  came  one  of  Park,  Davis’ 
greatest  contributions  to  pharmacy  and  medicine — the 
introduction  of  the  first  chemically  standardized  extract 
known  to  pharmacy.  Desiccated  Thyroid  Gland,  the 
first  endocrine  product  supplied  by  the  Company,  was 
introduced  in  1893.  One  year  later,  Parke,  Davis  estab- 
lished the  first  commercial  biological  laboratory  in  the 
United  States.  In  1897  came  the  introduction  of  the 
first  physiologically  assayed  and  standardized  extracts. 
And  throughout  these  early  years,  the  fundamental 
Parke,  Davis  policy — precision  in  pharmaceutical  manu- 
facture— was  crystallizing. 

Since  the  turn  of  the  century,  progress  of  the  Com- 
pany has  continued  apace.  An  aggressive  program  of 
research  has  been  zealously  pursued,  marked  by  the 
introduction  of  many  important  medicinal  products. 
Diversified  research  activities  cover  the  major  phases 
of  medical^  treatment — including  the  endocrine,  biolog- 
ical, vitamin,  and  chemotherapeutic — and  new  discov- 
eries are  carefully  evaluated  through  the  Company’s 
extensive  facilities  for  clinical  investigation. 

The  Company’s  home  offices  and  research  and  manu- 
facturing laboratories  in  Detroit  occupy  six  city  blocks 
on  the  Detroit  Riverfront,  adjacent  to  the  Detroit-Walk- 
erville  ferry,  which  connects  the  City  of  Detroit  with 
the  Province  of  Ontario,  Canada. 

A beautiful  farm  of  700  acres,  known  as  Parkedale 
and  located  near  Rochester,  Michigan,  about  thirty 
miles  from  Detroit,  is  utilized  for  the  production  of 
antitoxins,  serums  and  vaccines,  and  for  the  cultiva- 
tion of  medicinal  plants. 

In  addition  to  its  Detroit  headquarters,  branches  and 
depots  are  maintained  in  important  cities  throughout 
this  country,  and  the  world. 


STATUS  OF  THE  MEAD  JOHNSON 
VITAMIN  A AWARD 

Meeting  in  New  York,  June  4,  1937,  the  Judges  stated 
that  the  presentation  of  the  Award  “at  this  time  is  not 
warranted  since  no  clinical  investigation  on  vitamin  A 
has  yet  been  published  which  completely  answers  any 
of  the  objectives  of  the  original  proposal.  The  Judges, 
therefore,  agreed  to  defer  further  consideration  of  the 
granting  of  this  award  until  December  31,  1939.  This 
action  was  taken  because  of  the  existence  of  pronounced 
differences  of  opinion  among  investigators  as  to  the 
reliability  of  any  method  yet  proposed  for  determining 
the  actual  vitamin  A requirements.’’ 

On  November  19,  1940,  the  Judges  met  at  Memphis 
and  stated  that  “considerable  progress  in  research  with 
vitamin  A has  been  made,  principally  along  two  main 
lines  of  endeavor.  The  fields  showing  most  promise 
are  those  involving  dark  adaptation  and  blood  serum 
studies.  The  Judges  feel  that  there  is  still  too  much 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


156 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


, uncertainty  about  the  relative  merits  of  several  inves- 
, tigations  to  warrant  making  the  award  at  this  time. 
It  was,  therefore,  agreed  that  the  giving  of  the  award 
be  postponed  until  clear  resolution  of  various  factors 
is  achieved.” 

The  sum  of  $15,000,  called  for  by  the  Main  Award, 
, remains  as  a cash  deposit  in  escrow  with  the  Con- 
J tinental  Illinois  National  Bank  and  Trust  Company 
of  Chicago,  and  will  be  paid  immediately  upon  official 
y notification  of  the  Judges’  decision. 

5 The  Judges  are:  Isaac  A.  Abt,  Chicago;  K.  D.  Black- 
I fan,  Boston;  Alan  Brown,  Toronto,  Canada;  Horton 
'f  R.  Casparis,  Nashville;  S.  W.  Clausen,  Rochester,  N. 
‘ Y. ; H.  F.  Helmholz,  Rochester,  Minn. ; E.  V.  Mc- 
I Collum,  Baltimore ; L.  T.  Royster,  Charlottesville,  Vir- 
I ginia;  Robert  A.  Strong,  New  Orleans,  La. 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


' Acknowledgement  of  all  books  received  tvill  he  made  in  this 
I column  and  this  vnll  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
I of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review, 

1 as  expedient. 

CLINICAL  PELLAGRA.  By  Seale  Harris,  M.D.,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Medicine,  University  of  Alabama,  Birmingham, 
Alabama.  Assisted  by  Seale  Harris.  Jr.,  M.D.,  formerly 
Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine,  Vanderbilt  University, 
Birmingham,  Alabama.  With  foreword  by  E.  V.  McCollum, 
Ph.D.,  Sc.D.,  LL.D.,  Professor  of  Biochemistry,  School  of 
Hygiene  and  Public  Health,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
Baltimore,  Maryland.  Illustrated.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V. 

Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price:  $7.00. 

The  increased  interest  in  vitamin  deficiencies  makes 
this  study,  that  of  the  earliest  of  American  deficiency 
diseases,  of  great  value.  While  its  primary  importance 
is,  of  course,  to  the  physicians  of  the  South,  sufficient 
sub-clinical  pellagra  is  seen  by  the  northern  physician 
to  make  this  monograph  well  worth  while.  McCollum 
says,  “The  title  hardly  does  justice  to  the  book.  It  is 
a philosophic  treatment  of  clinical  and  experimental 
data  of  many  kinds,  interpreted  by  many  able  workers 
who  contributed  to  the  development  of  our  knowledge 
of  the  biochemistry  of  nutrition  * * 


METHODS  OF  TREATMENT.  By  Logan  Clendening,  M.D., 
Clinical  Professor  of  Medicine,  Medical  Department  of  the 
University  of  Kansas;  Attending  Physician,'  University  of 
Kansas  Hospitals;  and  Edward  H.  Hashinger,  A.B.,  M.D., 
Clinical  Professor  of  Medicine,  Medical  Department  of  the 
University  of_  Kansas;  Attending  Physician,  University  of 
Kansas  Hospitals;  Attending  Physician,  St.  Luke’s  Hos- 
pital, Kansas  City,  Mo.  With  chapters  on  special  subjects 
by  J.  B.  Cowherd,  M.D. ; Leland  F.  Glaser,  M.D.,  Thomas 
B.  Hall,  M.D.;  John  S.  Knight,  M.D.;  H.  P.  Kuhn,  M.D.; 
Paul  H.  Lorhan,  M.D.;  F.  C.  Neff,  M.D. ; Don  Carlos 
Peete,  M.D.;  Carl  O.  Rickter,  M.G.;  E.  H.  Skinner,  M.D.; 
O.  R.  Withers,  M.D.;  and  Lawrence  E.  Wood,  M.D.  Sev- 
enth Edition.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941. 
Price:  $10.00. 

This  is  the  seventh  edition  of  a book  first  published 
in  1924.  In  this  edition  new  sections  have  been  added 
on  the  uses  of  sulfanilamide,  backaches,  peripheral  vas- 
cular diseases,  deficiency  diseases  and  anesthetics. 
Clendening’s  manner  of  considering  the  history  and 
general  conception  of  the  disease  in  a very  condensed 


PitortssiOHALPitorccnoH 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“While  part  of  my  confidence  in 
humanity  has  vanished,  it  is  that 
much  stronger  in  The  Medical  Pro- 
tective Company.” 


imai 


OF 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


PATRONIZE  OUR 
ADVERTISERS 


PRESCRIBE  OR  DISPENSE  ZEMMER 

Pharmaceuticals,  Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampules,  Capsules,  Oint- 
ments, etc.  Guaranteed  reliable  potency.  Our  products  are 
laboratory  controlled. 

Write  for  general  price  list 
Chemists  to  the  Medical  Profession  MIC  2-41 


February,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


157 


I 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


Professional  Economics 

An  ethical,  practical  plan  for  bettering 
your  income  from  professional  services. 

Seivd  card  or  prescription  blank  for  details. 

National  Discount  & Audit  Co. 

2114  Book  Tower,  Detroit,  Michigan 

Representatives  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada 


A good  and  safe  start  daily  for  your 
diabetic  means  success.  Does  your 
diabetic  have  good-to-eat  Jelly  and  Pre- 
serves-— made  without  sugar? 

He  Craves  them — 

We  make  them 

CURDOLAC  FOOD  CO. 

Box  472 

Waukesha,  Wisconsin 


form  and  then  following  by  describing  the  treatment 
in  detail  with  the  results  which  the  physician  may  ex- 
pect, makes  the  volume  very  desirable  to  any  prac- 
titioner of  medicine.  Discussions  are  concise  and  yet 
completely  sufficient. 


THE  1940  YEAR  BOOK  OF  INDUSTRIAL  AND  ORTHO- 
PEDIC SURGERY.  Edited  by  Charles  F.  Painter.  M.D., 
Orthopedic  Surgeon  to  the  Massachusetts  Women’s  Hospital 
and  Beth  Israel  Hospital,  Boston.  Chicago:  The  Year 

Book  Publishers,  Inc.,  1940.  Price:  $3.00. 

This  is  a 484-page  review  of  the  late  literature  on 
traumatic  surgery  and  orthopedic  procedures.  A sym- 
posium on  arthritis  is  the  highlight  and  really  worth 
reading.  The  present  interest  in  traumatic  surgery 
due  to  the  war  makes  this  Year  Book  of  interest  to 
many  surgeons. 


FOREIGN  BODIES  LEFT  IN  THE  ABDOMEN.  The  Sur- 
gical Problems — Cases,  Treatment,  Prevention.  The  Legal 
Problems — Cases,  Decisions,  Responsibilities.  By  Harry 
Sturgeon  Crossen.  M.D.,  School  of  Medicine,  Washington 
University;  and  David  Frederic  Crossen,  LL.B.,  School  of 
Law,  Washington  University,  St.  Louis,  ^lo.  With  212  illus- 
trations including  4 color  plates.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V. 

Mosby  Company,  1940.  Price:  $10.00. 

The  Crossens  have  combined,  to  include  in  one  vol- 
ume, the  surgical  problems  and  the  legal  problems. 
There  is  probably  no  surgeon  who  at  one  time  or  an- 
other has  not  either  left  a foreign  body  in  the  abdomen 
or  feared  that  he  has.  For  that  reason  this  very 
inclusive  book  is  of  great  value  to  any  surgeon.  It  is 
indispensable  to  the  surgeon  or  roentgenologist. 


THE  1940  YEAR  BOOK  OF  PATHOLOGY  AND  IMMU- 
NOLOGY. Pathology  edited  by  Howard  T.  Karsner,  M.D., 
Professor  of  Pathology,  Director  of  the  Institute  of  Pa- 
thology, Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland.  Immu- 
nology edited  by  Sanford  B.  Hooker,  A.M.,  M.D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Immunology,  Boston  University  School  of  Medi- 
c ne ; Membe',  Evans  Memorial  for  Clinical  Research  and 
Preventive  Medicine;  Immunologist,  Massachusetts  Me- 
morial Hospitals.  Chicago:  The  Year  Book  Publishers,  Inc., 
1940.  Price:  $3.00. 

This  is  the  first  year  book  for  the  laboratory  physi- 
cian and  reviews  the  current  literature  for  this  group 
as  well  as  for  other  specialists  who  are  interested  in 
the  new  developments  of  the  fundamental  sciences  re- 
lating to  their  specialties.  Sanford  B.  Hooker  is  one  of 
the  pioneers  of  immunology  and  his  concise  pointed 
comments  are  most  pract’cal. 


“The  function  of  this  Committee  is  to  control,  in  so  far 
as  is  possible,  those  conditions  that  are  sources  of  in- 
efficiency and  losses  of  time  which  arise  out  of  ill 
health,”  Dr.  Selby  stated  at  the  first  meeting  of  the 
Industrial  jMedicine  Subcommittee  of  the  Council  of 
National  Defense  held  recently  at  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service. 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 


608  Kales  Bldg.  — 
Northwest  corner  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


^6  W.  Adams  Ave. 

Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkheld  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 

Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


The  Bancroft  School 

An  Educational  Foundation  dedicated  to 
the  scientific  study,  care  and  training  of 
the  child  presenting  physical,  mental  or 
emotional  difficulties. 

Twelve  Months  School  Tear  Maine  Camp 
Limited  Enrollment  Medical  Supervision 

Box  119  Jenzia  C.  Cooley,  Prin. 

Est.  1883  HADDONFIELD,  NEW  JERSEY 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


158 


Say  you  saiv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


TTve  JOURNAL 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 
Volume  40  March,  1941  umber  3 


Self-Inflicted  Injuries 
in  Civil  Practice* 

By  Deryl  Hart,  M.D. 
Durham,  North  Carolina 


J.  Dervl  Hart,  M.D. 

Professo}'  of  Surgery,  Duke  hniver- 
s'ty.  School  of  Medicine;  in  Charge  of 
Surgical  Department,  Duke  Hospital, 
Durham,  North  Carolina.  Author  of 
numerous  medical  publications. 


■ Self-inflicted  injuries  are  seen  by  general 

practitioner  and  specialist  alike  and  are  prob- 
ably more  frequent  in  occurrence  than  is  gen- 
erally suspected.  This  statement  is  based  on 
the  fact  that  most  of  the  cases  seen  by  me  have 
been  under  observation  either  in  a hospital  or 
in  the  home  for  from  a few  weeks  to  several 
months  or  years  before  they  have  come  under 
my  care.  In  most  cases  the  diagnosis  has  not 
been  suspected  or  made,  primarily  because  it  has 
not  been  considered.  The  safest  rule  is  to  mis- 
trust any  patient  who  has  a lesion  which  fails 
to  heal  when  given  appropriate  treatment.  This 
presupposes  proper  consideration  of  the  under- 
lying patholog}’,  such  as  sinus  tracts,  fistulse, 
improper  drainage,  anaerobic,  tuberculous  or 
fungus  infections,  etc. 

No  consideration  will  be  given  to  the  rela- 
tively common  major  psychic  disturbances  which 
lead  to  self-injury  or  attempts  at  self-destruc- 

*Froni  the  Department  of  Surgery.  Duke  University  School 
of  Medicine,  and  Duke  Hospital,  Durham,  North  Carolina. 


tion.  I will  also  omit  any  consideration  of 
injuries  inflicted  to  avoid  liability  for  militar}^ 
duty  since  I have  had  no  experience  with  them. 
Only  two  cases  will  be  presented  in  which 
financial  gain  played  a role.  The  other  patients 
reported  may  have  received  a gain  in  the  form 
of  sympathy,  relief  from  unpleasant  duties,  or 
satisfaction  in  mystifying  or  confounding  their 
relatives,  friends,  or  physician.  Some  were  evi- 
dently feebleminded,  while  others  were  at  the 
age  of  puberty  at  which  time  they  may  be  more 
subject  to  mental  strain.  The  principal  interest 
in  this  presentation  lies  in  the  individual  case 
reports  so  further  discussion  will  be  reserved 
until  after  these  are  given. 


Case  1. — The  patient,  a seventeen-year-old  white  girl, 
was  admitted  to  Duke  Hospital  on  September  13,  1937, 
complaining  of  bilateral  axillary  “boils”  which  had 
been  present  for  the  past  two  years. 

In  the  summer  of  1935  a large  “boil”  near  the 
right  axilla  was  incised  and  healed  promptly.  In  No- 
vember of  the  same  year  another  “boil”  appeared  in 
the  left  axilla  and  since  that  time  the  patient  has 
never  been  free  of  “boils”  under  both  arms. 

The  general  examination  was  negative  except  for 
the  manner  of  the  patient,  who  was  shy  and  retiring. 
In  both  axillae  were  numerous  old  scars  and  sinus 
tracts  from  previous  “infections”  andl  incisions.  Sev- 
eral of  these  sinuses  were  draining  a slight  amount 
of  pus,  but  there  was  no  evidence  of  an  acute  inflam- 
matory reaction. 

All  laboratory  studies  were  negative  except  for  cul- 
tures which  showed  only  the  Staphylococcus  aureus.  It 
was  impossible  to  find  any  evidence  of  tubercle  bacilli, 
fungi,  or  anaerobic  organisms. 

The  draining  sinus  tracts  were  laid  open  and  the 
granulation  tissue  curetted  out.  Pathological  studies 
showed  only  a chronic  inflammatory  reaction.  At  this 
time  it  was  noted  that  there  w^ere  subcutaneous  fistulse 
lined  with  epithelium  beneath  each  breast  (Fig.  1). 
The  patient  had  given  no  history  'of  any  “infection” 
in  this  location  and  had  not  confided  their  presence 
to  her  mother,  who  brought  her  to  the  hospital  and 


!March,  1941 


179 


SELF-INFLICTED  INJURIES— HART 


who  was  familiar  with  the  recurring  lesions  in  each 
axilla.  On  questioning  she  admitted  that  she  had 
had  lesions  beneath  the  breasts  similar  to  those  in  the 
axillae.  In  the  axillae  there  were  likewise  numerous 


the  hospital  immediately  so  that  she  could  again  be 
placed  in  a cast  with  the  arms  extended. 

The  patient  has  remained  well  since  these  instruc- 
tions were  given. 


Fig.  1.  Fig.  2.  Fig.  3.  Fig.  4. 


fistulous  tracts  which  were  apparently  lined  by  epitheli- 
um and  from  which  there  was  no  drainage  (Figs.  2 
and  3).  In  view  of  the  symmetry  and  the  appearance 
of  these  lesions  it  was  suspected  that  the  patient  had 
inflicted  them.  We  hoped  that  we  could  apply  dressings 
so  as  to  make  these  lesions  inaccessible  and  obtain 
healing  without  having  the  patient  confined  to  the 
hospital. 

During  the  next  two  and  a half  months  every 
effort  was  made  to  obtain  healing  by  incision,  curettage, 
adequate  drainage,  and  attempts  to  apply  dressings 
which  would  make  the  wounds  inaccessible.  The  arms 
were  bandaged  tightly  against  the  side,  with  pads  in 
the  axillae  but  healing  could  not  be  obtained.  The 
patient’s  condition  was  then  discussed  frankly  with 
her  family,  who  had  a sympathetic  and  understanding 
attitude,  and  she  was  brought  into  the  hospital  to  be 
kept  under  close  observation  until  satisfactory  results 
could  be  obtained!.  Under  general  anesthesia  all  the 
epithelial ized  tunnels  beneath  the  skin  in  the  left 
axilla  were  opened  up  (Fig.  3).  The  granulating 
areas  were  again  laid  open,  and  curetted  or  excised 
(Fig.  4).  The  area  was  treated  with  compresses  of 
physiological  salt  solution  and  six  days  later  the  larger 
granulating  area  was  covered  with  pinch  grafts. 

Sixteen  days  after  the  first  operation  the  lesions 
beneath  the  breasts  and  in  the  right  axilla  were  treated 
in  a similar  manner.  In  the  meantime,  a new  draining 
sinus  had  developed  in  the  right  axilla  while  she  was 
having  treatment  for  the  left  side  and  there  was  also 
evidence  that  she  had  been  tampering  with  the  skin 
grafts,  so  while  she  was  under  general  anesthesia  a 
plaster  of  Paris  cast  was  applied  to  her  trunk  and 
both  arms,  fixing  her  in  a double  “Statue  of  Liberty” 
position.  Healing  then  progressed  rapidly,  and  within 
twelve  days  all  areas  had  healed. 

The  patient  was  very  desirous  of  going  to  visit  an 
aunt  and  was  given  permission  to  do  so  but  in  her 
presence  instructions  were  given  that  under  any  con- 
dition the  aunt  or  the  mother  should  inspect  the  axillae 
andi  breasts  daily  and  at  the  slightest  sign  of  any 
return  of  the  condition  she  was  to  be  returned  to 


Case  2. — The  patient,  an  eighteen-year-old  white 
married  woman,  was  admitted  to  the  Duke  Hospital  on 
April  22,  1940,  complaining  of  “dry  gangrene  of  the 
hamd.”  The  family  history  was  negative  except  that 
five  out  of  fourteen  brothers  and  sisters  had  died  in 
infancy. 

The  present  illness  began  nine  days  before  admission 
at  which  time  she  received  a finger  nail  scratch  on 
the  dorsum  of  the  right  hand.  The  wound  did  not 
seem  to  be  infected,  but  three  days  later  a darkened 
area  appeared  at  the  site  of  the  injury.  This  had 
increased  in  size,  particularly  during  the  preceding 
two  days,  and  was  accompanied  by  tenderness  and 
swelling  of  the  hand,  general  malaise,  anorexia,  slight 
fever,  and,  on  two  occasions,  chills.  The  w'ound  had 
been  debrided  and  treated  by  her  family  physician. 

Examination  revealed  nothing  of  importance  other 
than  the  lesion  on  the  right  hand.  Over  the  radial 
surface  of  the  dorsum  was  a black  gangrenous  area 
measuring  approximately  3 cm.  in  diameter  and  about 
which  there  was  no  gross  inflammatory  reaction.  There 
was  no  enlargement  of  the  adjacent  lymph  nodes.  Mo- 
tion of  the  fingers  was  somewhat  limited.  The  white 
blood  count  was  9,800  and  the  hemoglobin  was  90  per 
cent. 

Treatment. — The  black  eschar  was  removed  at  the 
time  of  admission.  The  base  of  the  ulcer  was  black, 
the  tendons  were  exposed,  and  several  exposed  veins 
were  thrombosed  (Fig.  5).  During  the  patient’s  eleven- 
day  stay  in  the  hospital  under  treatment  with  hot 
saline  compresses  and  application  of  zinc  peroxide 
the  ulcer  cleared  up  rapidly,  the  slough  separated, 
leaving  a healthy  granulating  base.  Repeated  anaerobic 
and  aerobic  cultures  showed  only  occasional  staphylo- 
cocci. 

After  treatment  for  eleven  days,  and  just  before 
skin  grafting  was  to  be  carried  out,  the  patient  left 
the  hospital  against  advice.  She  stated  that  she  w'ould 
return  home  and  talk  to  her  physician  and  come  back 
within  one  w'eek  for  skin  grafting  of  the  area.  She 
has  not  been  seen  since  that  time. 


180 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


SELF-INFLICTED  INJURIES— HART 


Case  3. — A white  girl,  fourteen  years  of  age,  was 
brought  to  the  hospital  because  of  “sores”  on  the 
legs,  arms,,  and  head.  Two  months  before  entry  a 
black  spot  appeared  on  the  left  shin  and  with  sloughing 


12  by  7 cms.  with  a definite  growth  of  epithelium  at 
the  margin  and  in  areas  in  the  base.  No  specific  cause 
to  account  for  the  persistence  of  the  lesion  could  be 
demonstrated.  After  repeated  questionings  the  patient 


Fig.  5. 


Fig.  6. 


Fig.  7. 


Fig.  8. 


of  the  necrotic  skin  an  ulcer  formed.  During  the 
interval  prior  to  admission  similar  lesions  developed 
on  the  dorsum  of  the  left  foot,  on  the  scalp  and  on 
i both  wrists.  The  family  physician  sent  the  patient  to 
I the  hospital  because  he  was  unable  to  determine  the 
cause  of  the  lesions. 

I The  patient  was  shy  and  uncommunicative  except 
that  she  enjoyed  exhibiting  the  ulcers  and  telling  how 
she  knew  in  advance  when  and  where  each  was  going 
to  appear.  There  w-ere  numerous  ulcers  or  areas  of 
skin  gangrene,  some  of  which  are  shown  in  Figures 
6,  7 and  8.  The  remainder  of  the  physical  examination 
and  the  laboratory  examinations  were  negative. 

Further  inquiry  revealed  the  fact  that  the  patient 
had  been  allow’ed  to  ride  to  school  because  of  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  lesions  on  the  foot  and  later  was 
excused  from  writing  wLen  the  black  spots  appeared 
on  the  wrists.  As  the  “disease”  seemed  to  spread  she 
was  released  more  and  more  from  duties  about  the 
house  and  farm.  Although  she  strongly  denied  that 
the  lesions  were  self-inflicted,  the  family  stated  that 
she  had  access  to  the  lye  used  in  making  the  house- 
hold soap,  and  no  new  areas  appeared  while  she  was 
in  the  hospital.  With  the  application  of  saline  dress- 
ings the  necrotic  skin  separated  and  the  ulcers  healed 
by  second  intention.  No  new-  spots  had  developed  three 
years  after  her  discharge  from  the  hospital. 

Case  4. — The  patient,  a white  girl,  eleven  years  of 
age,  had  developed  a blister  on  the  inner  aspect  of 
the  right  foot  ten  months  before  admission.  Following 
this  an  ulcer  formed,  w^hich  grew  progressively  larger, 
although  it  received  treatment  which  should  have  re- 
sulted in  healing. 

Examination  revealed  a shy,  uncooperative  w'hite  girl 
in  good  physical  condition.  On  the  medial  aspect  of 
the  right  foot  there  was  a shallow  ulcer  measuring 


finally  admitted  she  had  kept  the  ulcer  from  healing 
by  picking  it.  Her  parents  were  informed  of  the  situa- 
tion and  after  obtaining  their  cooperation  the  ulcer 
healed  within  a week. 

Case  5. — The  patient  was  an  unintelligent  female  mill 
worker  twenty  years  of  age  who,  over  a period  of 
ten  5'ears,  had  developed  recurrent  areas  of  skin  gan- 
grene. She  had  failed  repeatedl}'  in  school  and  had 
advanced  only  to  the  fourth  grade  after  seven  years’ 
attendance. 

During  the  examination  she  feigned  unconsciousness, 
performed  athetoid  movements,  and  was  apparently 
insensible  to  stimuli,  although  when  she  thought  she 
was  not  being  watched  she  returned  to  “normal.” 
There  were  many  scars  and  areas  of  skin  gangrene 
on  the  face  and  extremities.*  The  remainder  of  the 
examination  and  the  laboratory  studies  were  negative. 

Under  treatment  healing  was  rapid.  Her  family  phy- 
sician reported  that  she  remained  well  for  only  two 
months,  after  which  time  the  ulcers  reappeared. 

Case  6. — ^A  white  woman,  thirty  years  of  age,  "was 
sent  to  the  hospital  from  a county  home  because  of 
a “sore”  on  the  left  foot  which,  three  weeks  before 
entry,  had  developed  as  an  area  of  skin  gangrene. 
Two  years  before  she  had  feigned  a bloody  discharge 
from  her  ear  by  taking  blood  obtained  from  her 
gums  and  placing  it  in  the  external  auditor}^  canal 
so  her  physician  now  suspected  her  of  malingering. 

The  patient  ^\'as  a poorly  developed,  mentally  deficient 
white  woman.  On  the  dorsum  of  the  left  foot  were 
five  round  areas  of  skin  necrosis  with  little  peripheral 
reaction.  When  she  was  seen  on  her  second  visit  three 

*For  illustrations  of  this  and  other  cases  see  “Self-Inflicted 
Injuries  in  Civil  Practice,”  Deryl  Hart,  M.D.,  and  Randolph 
Jones,  Jr.,  M.D.,  The  Southern  Medical  Journal,  29:963-973, 
(October)  1936. 


March.  1941 


181 


SELF-INFLICTED  INJURIES— HART 


months  later  the  original  lesions  were  partly  healed, 
but  a new  crop  in  various  stages  of  development  was 
present  over  the  lower  leg  and  on  the  face.  The  only 
treatment  was  the  application  of  a plaster  cast  to 


Fig.  9. 


the  leg,  thus  rendering  the  lesions  there  inaccessible. 
Six  weeks  later  all  ulcerations,  including  those  on  the 
face,  had  healed. 

Case  7. — A white  girl,  nineteen  years  of  age,  was 
sent  to  the  hospital  by  her  surgeon  because  an  appen- 
dectomy incision  had  failed  to  heal  for  four  3’ears  after 
operation.  The  incision  had  healed  per  primam  ex- 
cept for  a small  area  at  the  upper  end.  Here  a small 
ulcer  formed,  which  gradually  spread  until  the  entire 
scar  was  involved.  Diathermy,  ultraviolet  radiation, 
various  applications,  and  seven  operative  procedures 
did  not  result  in  healing.  IMeanwhile,  various  hemo- 
static agents  and  other  measures  failed  to  control  the 
intermittent  bleeding  from  the  ulcer. 

Examination  showed  a childish,  over-cooperative 
white  girl  who  was  quite  obese  but  who  otherwise 
was  in  good  physical  condition.  In  the  scar  of  a 
low  right  para-rectus  incision  was  a shallow  ulcer 
10  cm.  long  and  2 cm.  wide.  No  sinus  tracts  could 
be  discovered  and  the  base  was  covered  with  healthy 
granulation  tissue.  Cultures  from  the  wound  pro- 
duced only  Staphyloccocus  albus.  The  ulcer  was 
treated  with  saline  compresses  for  three  days  and  then 
curetted  under  anesthesia  and  no  sinus  tracts  were 
found.  The  tissue  obtained  showed  on  examination 
only  a non-specific  inflammatory  reaction.  At  the  time 
of  operation  the  skin  adjacent  to  the  wound  was 
painted  with  gentian  violet  and  the  patient  placed  in 
a body  cast.  Three  days  later  when  her  fingers  were 
found  stained  with  the  dye,  the  cast  was  extended 
downward  to  include  the  thighs  and  to  make  the 
wound  completely  inaccessible.  A window  was  cut  in 
the  cast  over  the  ulcer  and  pinch  grafts  were  trans- 
planted to  the  clean,  granulating  area.  Within  seven- 
teen days  after  admission  to  the  hospital  the  ulcer  had 
healed  (Fig.  9). 


The  patient,  who  could  foretell  bleeding  from  the 
wound,  after  being  placed  in  the  cast  cried  most  of 
the  time  for  forty-eight  hours  and  sent  repeated  mes- 
sages asking  her  family  to  come  for  her.  Having 
failed  to  persuade  them  she  suddenly  appeared  brighter 
and  said,  “I  have  a feeling  that  I am  going  to  get 
well.”  Although  no  admission  of  self-inflicted  irrita- 
tion of  the  wound  could  be  obtained,  and  against 
our  advice  that  our  opinion,  known  to  the  patient,  be 
held  over  her  as  a means  of  securing  her  cooperation, 
the  surgeon  who  had  treated  her  for  the  four  years 
told  the  family  the  cause  of  the  failure  to  heal.  She 
has  remained  well  and  we  feel  there  is  no  doubt  as 
to  the  cause  of  the  non-healing. 

Case  8. — A white  man,  twenty-one  years  of  age,  was 
seen  because  an  appendectomy  incision  did  not  heal 
during  a period  of  seven  years,  in  spite  of  frequent 
dressings  and  six  operations  performed  to  obtain 
closure. 

The  patient  was  in  excellent  physical  condition.  In 
the  lower  portion  of  the  scar  of  a AIcBurney  incision 
was  an  ulcer  2.5  cms.  in  diameter.  There  was  nothing 
about  the  appearance  of  the  wound  to  account  for  its 
failure  to  heal  and  we  concluded  that  it  was  being 
kept  open. 

The  skin  of  the  entire  right  lower  quadrant  and 
the  ulcer  were  painted  with  gentian  violet  so  that 
it  was  difficult  to  differentiate  the  ulcer  from  the 
surrounding  skin.  A large  dressing  w^s  applied  and 
sealed  to  the  skin  with  collodion.  Even  by  changing 
the  dressing  every  two  days  it  became  progressively 
more  difficult  to  keep  the  edges  sealed.  After  ten  days, 
when  the  ulcer  was  two-thirds  healed,  the  patient  ap- 
peared with  the  dressing  detached  along  the  lower 
border  andl  reported  that  the  “discharge”  was  much 
worse.  He  was  shown  that  the  “discharge”  was  dried 
blood  and  on  removing  the  dressing  his  attention  was 
called  to  six  parallel  tangential  cuts  in  the  skin,  each 
approximately  2 cms.  long,  just  below  the  ulcer,  which 
itself  still  showed  progressive  healing.  Since  that  time 
he  has  not  been  seen  by  either  his  surgeon  or  by  me. 

However,  six  years  later  a representative  of  the 
Federal  Employment  Agency  came  to  seek  my  advice 
about  a “most  distressing  case”  of  a young  man  who 
was  very  desirous  of  obtaining  work  and  even  then 
had  temporary  employment  in  the  postoffice  during  the 
Christmas  rush  but  could  not  work  continuously  be- 
cause of  an  appendix  wound  of  thirteen  years’  dura- 
tion which  had  never  healed.  As  she  understood  I 
had  treated  him  she  wanted  my  opinion  and  advice 
as  to  what  could  be  done.  She  was  told  that  reports 
on  patients  would  not  be  given  without  the  patient’s 
consent,  but  that  if  she  would  come  out  with  the 
patient  I would  be  glad  not  only  to  go  over  his  case 
in  detail  but  could  also  probably  assure  her  of  obtain- 
ing healing  if  the  patient  could  be  placed  under  my 
care  in  the  hospital  for  thirt}'  days.  Needless  to  say 
they  did  not  come.  However,  the  desired  result  was 
obtained  for  a year  later  I learned  that  the  wound 
had  healed,  that  the  patient  had  a job  and  was  sup- 
porting his  mother. 


182 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SELF-INFLICTED  INJURIES— HART 


Case  9. — The  patient,  a white  man  twenty-five  years 
of  age,  came  to  the  hospital  because  of  an  unhealed 
j appendix  wound  of  nine  months’  duration.  He  had 
j been  discharged  from  the  hospital  two  weeks  after 
I the  operation  with  the  wound  apparently  healed  but 
: returned  a week  later,  at  which  time  it  was  open  and 
draining  pus.  Since  that  time  the  unhealed  area  had 
i increased  gradually  in  size  despite  various  types  of 
; treatment  that  had  been  used.  At  no  time  had  there 
' been  any  evidence  of  fecal  drainage. 

' Examination  showed  a well  developed  man  with 
normal  hemoglobin,  white  blood  count,  pulse,  tempera- 
ture, and  respirations,  and  presenting  nothing  of  im- 
I portance,  except  in  the  right  lower  quadrant  of  the 
i abdomen  where  there  was  an  oval  ulcer  measuring 
10x20  cms.,  with  a dirty  granulating  base,  in  the  cen- 
i ter  of  which  was  a large  area  of  blackened  necrotic 
tissue.  There  was  no  sinus  tract  and  no  evidence  of 
undermining  at  the  edges.  The  Wassermann  reaction 
was  negative. 

Cultures  of  the  wound  showed  only  Staphylococcus 
albus  and  E.  coli,  with  no  fungi  or  anaerobic  organisms. 

After  four  days’  treatment  with  compresses  aided  by 
excision  of  the  necrotic  slough,  a clean  granulating 
base  was  obtained.  At  this  time,  however,  the  patient 
refused  further  treatment  and  left  the  hospital  against 
advice.  His  physician  was  told  that  the  wound  was 
in  condition  for  skin  grafting  which  would  be  neces- 
sary for  early  healing. 

After  thirty  days  the  patient  returned,  giving  the 
history  that  two  weeks  previously  skin  grafts  had  been 
applied  by  his  physician.  All  the  grafts  had  taken, 
both  the  grafted  area  and  the  donor  area  were  healed. 

There  was  moderate  depression  in  the  center  of  the 
grafted  area.  Below  and  medial  to  this  grafted  area 
there  was  a superficial  ulceration  measuring  4x3  cms. 
This  was  clean,  with  no  sinus  tract,  no  undermining 
of  the  edges,  no  tenderness  in  the  surrounding  tissues ; 
and  no  signs  of  any  intra-abdominal  lesion.  The  patient 
was  sent  in  by  his  physician  for  consultation  only 
and  has  not  been  under  our  care  since  that  time. 

A recent  letter  from  the  patient’s  physician  follows ; 

“The  area  where  the  blisters  had  occurred  on  the 
patient’s  wound  were  grafted  after  his  return  from 
Duke.  This  wound  has  healed  completely  except  for 
one  place  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  but 
on  his  left  leg,  where  I took  the  last  grafts,  he  has 
developed  an  infection  similar  to  the  one  he  had 
in  his  right  lower  abdominal  wall. 

“I  have  kept  continuous  wet  boric  acid  dressings 
to  this  wound  which  has  progressively  gotten  worse. 
For  the  last  three  days  I have  applied  50  per  cent 
ichthyol  ointment  which  was  the  drug  that  I had  used! 
on  his  abdomen  just  before  I sent  him  to  Duke  the 
first  time.  If  you  remember  this  patient  also  had 
an  infection  around  both  big  toe  nails.  I removed 
the  nails  finally  and  kept  wet  boric  acid  dressings  on 
these  toes  continuously  but  to  no  avail.  Fifty  per  cent 
ichthyol  ointment  was  applied  to  these  toes  for  several 
days  and  then  the  wet  boric  acid  again  and  the  toes 
healed  nicely.” 

Although  the  patient  was  never  openly  accused  of 
inflicting  the  injuries,  and  was  never  asked  by  us 
to  admit  it,  the  course  makes  such  a diagnosis  highly 
probable. 


Case  10. — The  patient,  a sixteen-year-old  white  fe- 
male, came  in  with  a complaint  of  nausea  and  vomit- 
ing which  had  been  present  for  the  past  ten  weeks. 
The  present  illness  began  about  8 months  before 


Fig.  10. 


admission  when  she  began  having  attacks  of  right 
lower  quadrant  pain,  occasionally  associated  with 
nausea.  These  attacks  increased  in  severity  and  in 
January,  1938,  the  appendix  was  removed.  Following 
this  operation  there  was  a moderate  bloody  discharge 
from  the  wound  and  three  weeks  following  operation 
she  left  the  hospital  without  the  wound  being  com- 
pletely healed.  One  week  later  when  she  returned  for 
a dressing  the  skin  surrounding  the  incision  was  in- 
flamed. After  a.  period  of  two  weeks,  during  which 
time  the  patient  was  ambulatory  and  the  wound  dressed 
daily,  she  was  readmitted  to  the  hospital  since  heal- 
ing had  not  progressed  satisfactorily.  The  skin  about 
the  incision,  which  had  been  inflamed  when  the  pa- 
tient returned  to  the  hospital  for  dressings,  developed 
blisters  (Fig.  10).  These  blisters  occurred  before  the 
patient  received  any  ultraviolet  radiation,  and  broke 
down  with  the  discharge  of  a yellow  material.  In  the 
hospital  the  wound  was  dressed  two  to  three  times 
a day  and  was  treated  with  ultraviolet  radiation.  It 
was  two  and  a half  months  after  a simple  appendec- 
tomy before  the  wound  was  completely  healed.  Fol- 
lowing healing  there  was  residual  tenderness  in  the 
right  lower  quadrant.  After  all  the  lesions  had  healed 
(about  two  months  before  admission  to  the  Duke  Hos- 
pital) she  began  to  have  frequent  attacks  of  vomiting, 
associated  with  some  pain  beneath  the  umbilicus  and 
in  the  region  of  her  operation.  The  vomiting,  never 
associated  with  bleeding,  had  occurred  immediately 
after  meals  and  had  been  spontaneous  without  nausea. 
It  had  persisted  except  for  one  short  interval  and 
the  pain  beneath  the  umbilicus  and  at  the  operative 
site  had  been  present  constantly.  There  had  been  no 
distention,  no  abdominal  masses,  and  ishe  had  lost  no 
weight  during  this  period. 

Examination  showed  nothing  of  significance  other 
than  the  abdomen,  where  on  the  surface  was  the  scar 
from  the  appendectomy,  measuring  about  5 cms.  in 


March,  1941 


183 


length  and  1 to  1.5  cms.  in  width.  Scattered  about 
this  over  most  of  the  right  lower  quadrant  (Fig.  10) 
were  irregularly  placed  scars,  some  of  which  were 
discrete  and  well  circumscribed  while  others  were  con- 
fluent. Deep  palpation  revealed  some  tenderness  in 
the  right  lower  quadrant,  but  otherwise  the  abdbminal 
examination  was  negative.  The  hemoglobin  was  90  per 
cent  and  the  white  blood  count  was  7,600. 

Following  admission  to  the  hospital  the  patient, 
after  being  served  milk  and  crackers,  was  noted  to 
vomit  only  milk.  The  crackers  had  disappeared  from 
her  tray  and  the  nurse  discovered  that  she  secreted 
these  beneath  her  pillow  and  ate  them  at  night.  Gastro- 
intestinal studies  were  entirely  normal.  At  this  time 
it  was  learned  that  the  patient  had  had  a love  affair 
and  it  was  the  opinion  of  her  mother  that  this  might 
have  some  bearing  on  her  condition. 

Psychotherapy,  consisting  of  nothing  by  mouth,  bi- 
lateral subcutaneous  salt  infusions,  and  frequent  gastric 
lavages  were  tried  with  striking  results. 

Within  eight  days  after  treatment  was  started  the 
patient  was  eating  and  retaining  her  diet.  On  the 
tenth  day  she  was  discharged,  her  condition  being 
described  as  good,  and  her  gastro-intestinal  system 
seemingly  functioning  normally. 

When  seen  ten  weeks  later  she  had  had  no  nausea 
or  vomiting,  had  been  to  the  beach  twice  during  the 
summer,  and  was  enjoying  life  in  general. 

Case  11. — Another  patient,  who  was  not  under  my 
direct  care,  but  who  was  seen  by  me,  had  an  appendec- 
tomy incision  which  would  not  heal  until  she  was 
placed  in  a plaster  cast  and  the  wound  skin  grafted. 
Then  healing  was  rapid  and  she  was  discharged  as 
cured.  However,  she  was  seen  several  years  later, 
after  having  been  in  various  hospitals  throughout  the 
country,  and  again  had  an  open  wound  in  the  old  scar. 

Case  12. — This  white  woman,*  thirty-five  years  of 
age,  entered  the  hospital  with  the  complaint  of  “Ray- 
naud’s disease.”  Her  fingers  had  been  removed  piece- 
meal by  numerous  operations.  Over  the  end  of  the 
fifth  left  metacarpal  was  a sharply  demarcated  area 
of  gangrene.  The  radial  pulse  in  both  wrists  was  good 
and  the  hands  appeared  normal  except  for  the  lesion 
described  and  the  mutilation  of  previous  operations. 
Although  the  patient  complained  loudly  of  her  unfor- 
tunate condition  and  of  severe  pain  in  the  hand,  she 
seemed  quite  comfortable  when  “off  guard.”  She  also 
insisted  that  amputation  be  done  through  the  middle 
of  the  fifth  metacarpal,  saying  that  otherwise  the 
wound  would  not  heal. 

The  ulcer  was  excised,  using  nitrous  oxide-oxygen 
anesthesia,  and,  after  controlling  the  bleeding,  which 
was  profuse,  the  skin  was  closed  and  the  entire  hand 
and  forearm  placed  in  a plaster  cast.  After  twelve 
days  the  cast  was  removed  and  primary  healing  had 
occurred.  When  the  patient  saw  what  had  been  done 
she  cried  almost  continuously  for  twenty-four  hours, 
giving  no  explanation  except  that  we  had  “fooled” 

’Reported  by  permission  of  Dr.  Dean  Lewis. 


her.  She  has  not  been  heard  from  since  leaving  the 
hospital. 

Case  13. — A pupil  nurse,  twenty-three  years  of  age, 
was  admitted  to  the  infirmary  of  another  hospital 
because  of  a mild  carbolic  acid  burn  of  the  hand. 
The  bum  healed  rapidly ; however,  she  was  kept 
under  observation  for  six  months  and  every  conceiv- 
able examination  made  to  discover  why  she  had  a 
continuous  elevation  of  temperature  (101  to  104“  F,). 
Nothing  could  be  found  and  she  was  eventually  dis- 
charged with  a diagnosis  of  “hyperpyrexia  unexplained.” 
We  first  saw  her  eighteen  months  later  because  of  a 
peculiar  “infection”  about  the  nail  of  the  left  third 
finger.  This  failed  to  subside  under  treatment,  and 
finally  the  nail  was  removed,  followed  only  by  tem- 
porary improvement.  A week  later,  when  she  returned 
for  her  daily  dressing,  there  was  a fiery  red  discolora- 
tion of  the  dorsum  of  the  hand  which  had  somewhat 
the  appearance  of  erysipelas. 

The  patient  was  then  admitted  to  the  hospital  and 
the  “infection”  healed  rapidly.  Her  temperature,  how- 
ever, remained  elevated  as  at  the  time  of  her  previous 
illness,  until  a house  officer  noted  that  her  face  was 
cool  when  her  temperature,  which  had  just  been  taken, 
was  recorded  as  103°  F.  Her  temperature  was  imme- 
diately retaken  by  mouth,  axillae,  and  rectum,  using 
four  thermometers  simultaneously,  and  the  patient  kept 
under  close  observation.  All  thermometers  registered 
below  98.6°  F.  Thereafter  she  was  closely  watched 
when  her  temperature  was  taken  and  there  was  no 
subsequent  elevation.  Shortly  after  she  left  the  hos- 
pital, having  been  dismissed  from  her  training  school 
as  mentally  unsuited  for  nursing,  she  wrote  that  the 
hand,  which  was  healed  at  the  time  of  her  discharge, 
was  again  giving  trouble. 

Case  14. — An  intelligent  white  woman,  twenty-three 
years  of  age,  entered  the  hospital  complaining  of  a 
chronic  infection  about  the  nail  of  the  right  great  toe. 
One  year  before  entry,  the  entire  nail  had  been  re- 
moved ten  days  after  the  onset  of  an  acute  infection. 
Although  the  nail  bed  had  been  curetted  twice  in  the 
interim  and  the  matrix  of  the  nail  removed,  the  wound 
would  not  heal. 

The  physical  examination  was  negative  aside  from 
a clean  granulating  ulcer  occupying  the  position  from 
which  the  nail  had  been  removed  (Fig.  11). 

The  ulcer  was  treated  with  compresses  and  then 
curetted.  A dressing  was  applied  to  the  toe  and  the 
foot  and  the  leg  was  placed  in  a plaster  cast.  This 
was  followed  by  prompt  healing.  Several  weeks  later 
the  patient  returned  with  a blister  in  the  scar.  She  was 
told  then  that  if  this  did  not  heal  promptly,  a shoe 
would  be  made  with  a lock ; her  sister  with  whom 
she  lived  would  be  given  the  key,  and  told  the  nature 
of  her  trouble.  She  never  admitted  keeping  the  wound 
open,  yet  it  remained  healed  under  the  salutary  threat 
of  exposure. 

Case  15. — A white  man,  thirty-one  years  of  age, 
entered  the  out-patient  clinic  complaining  of  a “boil” 


184 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SELF-INFLICTED  INJURIES— HART 


on  the  back  of  his  hand.  Two  years  before  a cigarette 
burn  on  the  left  wrist  resulted  in  an  infected  pustule. 
Shortly  afterward  a crop  of  similar  lesions  appeared 
progressively  on  the  arm.  About  the  time  these  healed 
a red,  raised  area  developed  on  the  dorsum  of  the 
left  hand,  was  incised,  and  drained  only  serosanguine- 
ous  fluid.  The  “boil”  had  continued  to  exude  bloody 
fluid  intermittently  until  the  patient’s  entry. 

Examination  showed  the  left  arm  to  be  pock-marked 
by  numerous  round,  regular  scars  extending  up  to 
and  stopping  sharply  at  the  shoulder.  The  “boil”  on 
the  dorsum  of  the  left  hand  was  a heaped  up  area 
of  scar  tissue  with  a small  sinus  in  its  center  from 
which  old  blood  exuded. 

A bandage  of  Unna’s  paste  was  applied  to  the  hand 
and  forearm,  and  when  this  was  removed  three  weeks 
later  the  “boil”  had  completely  healed. 

Case  16. — A white  woman,  twenty-seven  years  of 
age,  was  admitted  to  the  hospital  with  the  complaint 
of  swelling  and  soreness  of  the  right  knee.  Shortly 
after  an  attack  of  acute  arthritis  three  years  before 
entry,  black  and  blue  spots  appeared  over  the  right 
knee.  Tlie  lesions  had  recurred  and  soreness  in  the 
joint  had  persisted  at  intervals  until  admission. 

Examination  showed  seyeral  large  swollen  ecchy- 
moses  on  the  medial  aspect  of  the  knee  joint  which 
was  held  flexed  at  an  angle  of  ten  degrees  until  her 
attention  was  diverted,  when  it  could  be  moved  through 
a normal  range  of  motion.  Aside  from  slight  atrophy 
of  the  right  leg,  the  other  findings  were  negative. 

Shortly  after  admission,  excessively  dark  circles  un- 
der her  eyes  were  found  to  be  caused  by  coloring 
matter  which  could  be  wiped  off.  Meanwhile  a new 
crop  of  purpuric  spots  appeared  over  the  knee  as 
the  older  areas  faded.  In  spite  of  her  objections, 
a plaster  cast  was  applied  to  the  extremity,  and  when, 
two  weeks  later,  this  was  removed  the  lesions  had 
disappeared  completely.  An  unhappy  home  situation 
was  admittedly  the  cause  of  many  of  the  patient’s 
complaints.  After  repeated  conversations  there  was 
some  improvement  in  her  mental  attitude  and  she 
left  the  hospital  after  seven  weeks,  improved  and 
able  to  walk.  ^ 

The  two  cases  which  follow  belong  to  the 
group  of  purposeful  malingerers  who  receive 
compensation  for  their  disability. 

Case  IT. — A white  female  mill  worker,  twenty-nine 
years  of  age,  was  sent  to  the  hospital  by  the  State 
Industrial  Commission  because  of  “sores”  on  the  left 
knee  and  stiffness  of  the  joint  Ten  months  before 
she  was  supposedly  bitten  on  the  left  knee  by  a 
“scorpion,”  which  she  described  as  being  a small  lizard. 
Shortly  afterward,  and  in  the  interval  until  admission 
to  the  hospital,  recurrent  areas  of  skin  gangrene  had 
appeared  about  the  knee  and  the  joint  had  become 
stiff.  During  this  time  she  had  been  receiving  com- 
pensation for  her  disability. 

Examination  revealed  circular  and  dumb-bell-shaped 


areas  of  skin  gangrene  over  the  left  knee  and  lower 
thigh.  All  had  well  defined  margins  except  for  an 
occasional  comma-like  area  of  redness  at  their  periph- 
eries, where  some  liquid  caustic  had  evidently  been 


Fig.  11. 


spilled  over  on  the  skin  and  had  been  quickly  wiped 
off.  Numerous  scars  of  former  lesions  were  present. 
The  knee  was  held  stiff  until  the  patient’s  attention 
was  diverted,  at  which  time  the  joint  relaxed  and 
could  be  moved  five  to  ten  degrees  before  she  noticed 
the  motion  and  again  held  it  rigid. 

Under  a general  anesthetic,  the  eschars  were  ex- 
cised and  the  defects  were  skin  grafted.  With  induc- 
tion of  the  anesthesia  she  moved  the  “stiff”  knee 
through  a normal  range  of  motion.  After  operation 
healing  was,  rapid  and  the  patient  moved  the  knee 
freely.  On  discharge  from  the  hospital  all  claims  for 
compensation  were  dropped. 

Case  18. — Two  and  a half  years  before  entry  to  the 
hospital,  this  forty-year  old  white  man  stuck  a nail 
in  his  foot.  Shortly  thereafter  he  developed  a pustular 
eruption  on  the  dorsum  of  his  foot,  which  recurred 
periodically  and  for  which  he  had  been  receiving  dis- 
ability benefits. 

On  examination  an  eruption  was  found  over  the 
dorsum  of  the  foot,  composed  of  pustules  in  all  stages 
of  development.  Some  of  these  when  opened  contained 
a small  foreign  body  which  proved  to  be  a splinter. 
Many  of  these  small  spicules  were  removed  in  the 
presence  of  the  patient  and  carefully  preserved.  The 
foot  was  thoroughly  cleaned  with  alcohol  and  a plas- 
ter cast  applied  to  include  the  foot  and  the  leg. 

Two  weeks  later,  on  removing  the  cast,  the  pustules 
had  healed  and  their  sites,  were  represented  by  crusts. 
On  removing  these  a small  spicule  was  seen  projecting 
from  the  under-surface  of  each.  These  likewise  on 
renioval  were  preserved.  At  the  end  of  the  final 
examination  six  weeks  later  the  foot  was  entirely 
healed  and  the  patient  was  told,  in  the  presence  of 


March,  1941 


185 


SELF-INFLICTED  INJURIES— HART 


an  insurance  representative,  and  with  the  bottle  con- 
taining the  spicules  in  front  of  him,  that  there  was 
no  relationship  between  the  pustules  and  the  injury 
received  when  he  stuck  a nail  in  his  foot.  He  was 
also  told  that  he  was  not  entitled  to  further  compensa- 
tion. Following  this  he  dropped  his  claim. 

Over  a year  later  I was  called  to  testify  before  the 
North  Carolina  State  Industrial  Commission  in  regard 
to  this  patient,  as  he  had  had  a return  of  the  same 
symptoms  and  had  requested  that  the  case  be  re- 
opened. In  my  testimony  I emphasized  the  fact  that 
his  lesions  had  no  relationship  to  the  olci  puncture 
wound,;  but  in.  the  face  of  pointed  questioning  care- 
fully avoided  any  statement  that  they  were  self-inflicted 
since  this  would  be  difficult  for  me  to  prove  and 
might  result  in  personal  embarrassment.  After  the 
claim  had  been  disallowed  the  Commissioner  in  a pri- 
vate conversation  stated  that  he  gathered  from  my 
testimony  that  I had  an  opinion  about  the  man’s  con- 
dition which  I was  not  willing  to  have  written  into 
the  record,  and  asked  if  I would  be  willing  to  give 
it  to  him  privately.  When  told  that  in  my  opinion 
the  lesions  were  undoubtedly  self-inflicted,  he  told 
me  that  the  Commission  had  learned  that  five  years 
previously  the  South  Carolina  Industrial  Commission 
had  found  that  the  patient  was  drawing  compensation 
for  injuries  which  had  been  self-inflicted. 

Patients  with  self-inflicted  injuries  and  with 
their  desire  to  conceal  the  true  nature  of  the  le- 
sions and  mystify  the  physician  present  prob- 
lems in  diagnosis  and  treatment  which  demand 
all  the  knowledge  and  experience  and  tax  the 
ingenuity  of  the  most  adept.  In  the  literature 
they  have  received  attention  from  men  in  all 
branches  of  medicine,  but  as  a group  are  sel- 
dom considered  in  textbooks  except  those  on 
diseases  of  the  skin.  Even  in  our  own  hos- 
pital files  it  is  impossible  to  locate  the  records 
of  a number  of  similar  cases  since  the  diagnosis 
for  some  reason  (such  as  a relative  of  the  patient 
in  the  training  school,  or  record  room)  was  not 
complete.  A considerable  number  of  these  pre- 
sented were  found  only  as  a result  of  the  good 
memory  of  members  of  the  staff. 

These  lesions  are  far  more  common  in  adults 
than  in  children  and  Jare  most  common  about 
the  age  of  puberty,  particularly  in  girls. 

The  most  common  lesion  produced  in  the 
female  is  some  form  of  dermatitis  artefacta, 
while  there  are  recorded  instances  of  male  pa- 
tients who  have  produced  a cellulitis  by  the  in- 
jection of  liquid  feces,  saliva,  crude  oil,  turpen- 
tine, or  metallic  mercury.  Granulomas  have  been 
produced  by  the  injection  of  paraffin  or  camphor, 
hernise  by  dilatation  of  the  external  ring,  and 


rectal  prolapse  by  the  tearing  of  the  sphincter 
muscle.  Abscesses  have  formed  following  the 
insertion  of  thread,  horsehair,  or  splinters  be- 
neath the  skin,  while  one  patient  is  reported  to 
have  forced  a knitting  needle  from  an  appendec- 
tomy wound  into  the  bladder.  I know  of  one 
woman  who  had  multiple  sinuses  which  traversed 
the  abdomen  and  thighs,  produced  by  forcing  a 
crochet  hook  beneath  the  skin.  (Figs.  2 and  3 
show  lesions  which  also  must  have  been  pro- 
duced in  some  such  manner.) 

The  classification  of  the  patients  into  groups 
should  take  into  consideration  the  motive  be- 
hind the  act  and  the  degree  of  insight  the  pa- 
tient has  into  his  or  her  psychological  processes. 
No  attempt  will  be  made  to  classify  our  patients 
through  many  can  be  fitted  into  one  of  the 
following  groups. 

1.  Those  desiring  to  gain  sympathy  or  at- 
tention or  to  evade  unpleasant  duties. 

2.  Adult  malingerers  who  consciously  muti- 
late themselves  for  personal  gain  as  compensa- 
tion or  evasion  of  militaiy^  duties. 

3.  Those  who  mutilate  themselves  in  order 
to  obtain  a certain  amount  of  perverted  sexual 
gratification. 

4.  Hysterical  patients,  usually  girls,  with  a 
subnormal  intellect. 

5.  Patients  with  major  psychoses  who  make 
no  effort  to  evade  the  responsibility  for  the  le- 
sions being  self-inflicted. 

Diagnosis 

The  diagnosis  of  conditions  of  this  type  de- 
pends primarily  on  ruling  out  organic  disease 
and  on  maintaining  a suspicious  and  inquisitive 
atttitude  toward  all  patients  with  lesions  of  a 
questionable  nature.  To  one  who  has  seen  sev- 
eral cases  the  estimation  of  the  personality  of 
the  patient  may  be  of  great  assistance.  There 
is  usually  an  ill-definable  quality  about  their 
general  reaction  which  is  difficult  to  describe. 
They  may  be  over-cooperative  or  too  insistent 
that  their  trouble  is  of  no  consequence,  and  that 
they  can  return  to  their  daily  routine.  The  gen- 
eral appearance  of  frankness  may  be  overdone 
and  yet  while  apparently  willing  to  tell  every- 
thing, they  may  continually  evade  answering 
straightforward  questions. 

A careful  history  and  thorough  examination 
with  laboratory  procedures  as  indicated  are  al- 
ways necessary.  The  character  of  the  skin  le- 


186 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SELF-INFLICTED  INJURIES— HART 


sions  produced  by  escharotics  has  been  so  often 
described  that  it  need  not  be  repeated  here. 
Biopsy,  culture,  or  curettage  of  the  lesions  may 
I at  times  be  necessary.  When  these  patients 
cannot  be  kept  under  continuous  observation, 
suggestions  as  to  the  appropriate  location  of 
new  lesions  followed  by  their  appearance  may 
help  to  clinch  the  diagnosis. 

A word  should  be  said  about  surgical  wounds 
which,  without  obvious  cause,  will  not  heal. 
These  are  often  most  puzzling  and  the  possi- 
bility of  interference  on  the  part  of  the  patient 
should  always  be  kept  in  mind.  The  lesion 
should  be  carefully  explored,  under  anesthesia 
if  necessary,  and  a search  made  for  sinus  tracts, 

I foreign  bodies,  or  any  other  condition  which 
1 might  keep  the  wound  open.  A dressing  should 
be  applied  which  will  prevent  the  patient  from 
reaching  the  area  involved.  For  this  purpose 
a plaster  cast  is  ideal.  Often  painting  the  skin 
in  the  region  of  the  wound  with  one  of  the  dyes 
such  as  gentian  violet  or  mercurochrome  will 
leave  tell-tale  marks  on  the  fingers  should  the 
; patient  attempt  to  reach  the  area.  A window 
i can  be  cut  in  the  plaster  cast  for  dressings  pro- 
1 vided  it  is  closed  after  each  dressing  in  such 
i a manner  as  to  prevent  the  patient  from  tamper- 
I ing  with  the  wound.  It  may  be  either  sealed 
i with  collodion  or  plaster-of-Paris  or  strapped 
with  adhesive  in  a pattern  which  the  patient 
1 cannot  duplicate.  Not  infrequently  the  patients 
I complain  bitterly  against  the  application  of  a 
i cast  and  use  every  artifice  to  have  it  removed. 

Daily  inspection  of  the  wounds  will  show  a 
rapidity  of  healing  that  is  surprising.  Certain 
patients,  when  they  realize  that  their  actions 
are  understood  and  see  that  the  wound  is  going 
! to  heal,  are  able  to  adapt  themselves  to  the  idea 
of  permanent  recovery.  Others  will  quickly  pass 
from  the  care  of  the  physician  who  has  detected 
their  actions  and  their  lesions  will  again  appear. 
Many  of  them  may  be  satisfactorily  treated  only 
by  an  experienced  psychiatrist. 

Treatment 

The  physician  is  usually  faced  with  the  prob- 
lem of  getting  the  lesion  healed  as  a proof  of 
his  diagnosis  before  he  can  mention  his  suspi- 
cions either  to  the  patient  or  to  the  patient’s 
family.  One  can  never  expect  cooperation  from 
the  patient  while  the  lesions  are  present.  After 
the  physician  has  proved  his  diagnosis  by  the 


healing  results  obtained,  the  patient  may  be 
placed  on  good  behavior  by  a promise  to  with- 
hold the  diagnosis  from  his  family  so  long  as 
he  remains  well. 

It  is  essential  both  for  diagnosis  and  for  treat- 
ment that  these  patients  be  placed  under  close 
supervision  and  that  the  doctor  be  given  absolute 
authority  to  apply  any  type  of  dressing  he  may 
think  necessary.  In  the  case  of  patients  who 
fall  in  Groups  1 and  2 the  lesions  can  be  easily 
cured  if  the  patients  are  kept  under  close  obser- 
vation. Material  which  might  be  used  to  cause 
the  lesion  should  not  be  available  and  the  body 
area  involved  should  be  made  inaccessible  by  an 
occlusive  dressing.  After  healing  is  complete 
recurrent  lesions  can  frequently  be  avoided  by 
holding  over  the  patient  the  threat  of  exposure. 
This  does  not  have  to  be  expressed  in  words 
which  the  doctor  might  find  it  difficult  to  prove, 
for  the  patient  quickly  learns  that  the  nature 
of  his  condition  is  understood.  They  can  be 
told  that  their  case  will  be  fully  explained  to 
their  family  doctor,  who  will  be  instructed  to 
return  them  immediately  if  further  lesions  de- 
velop. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  the  patients  who  fall  in 
Group  3 can  be  cured  and  they  should  certainly 
be  placed  under  psychiatric  treatment.  It  is  also 
very  difficult  to  get  them  to  admit  the  motive 
behind  their  actions.  They  are  probably  closely 
related  to  the  group  of  masochists. 

The  patients  in  Groups  4 and  5 are  primarily 
ps}^chiatric  problems  and  surgery  should  only 
be  supplementary  to  the  treatment  of  the  major 
conditions. 

Prognosis 

In  Groups  1 and  2 the  local  lesion  can  be 
cured  in  all  cases  and  in  a high  percentage  re- 
currence can  be  avoided. 

In  Group  3,  the  lesion  can  be  healed,  but 
it  is  doubtful  whether  these  patients  can  be  per- 
manently cured. 

In  Groups  4 and  5,  the  local  lesion  can  be 
healed,  but  permanent  recovery  depends  on  the 
nature  of  the  underlying  psychiatric  condition. 

In  conclusion  I should  like  to  make  two  quo- 
tations, the  first  from  M.  Dieulafoy  :* 

“When  one  goes  to  the  depths  of  the  mental  state 
of  these  pathornimes,  in  whose  case  the  goal  or  aim 

*Report  of  Case  of  Self-Inflicted  Lesions.  Bulletin  de 
L’Academie  de  Medecine,  Vol.  1,  1908. 


March,  1941 


187 


SELF-INFLICTED  INJURIES— HART 


is  not  fraud,  nor  money,  nor  desire  for  gain,  one  is 
greatly  at  a loss  to  find  an  explanation  for  this  mental 
state.  Thus,  here  is  a young  girl  who  has  made 
these  ulcers  for  two  years  until  they  have  disfigured 
her,  and  one  cannot  find  a reason  which  will  account 
for  her  acts.  The  girl  whose  history  I have  given 
made  these  ulcerations  on  her  legs  and  allowed  them 
to  amputate  her  thigh  and  continued  to  make  them 
with  the  idea  that  it  might  be  necessary  one  day  to 
have  a new  amputation. 

“Our  man  allowed  them  to  cut  off  his  arm  without 
divulging  his  secret  when  he  would  have  had  to  say 
only  a word  to  stop  the  surgeon’s  knife.  And  our 
man  is  not  crazy,  nor  is  he  a degenerate,  nor  is  he 
an  alcoholic ; he  is  not  a neurasthenic,  he  is  not  even 
hysterical,  there  is  no  evidence  of  an  hereditary  taint, 
he  is  intelligent  and  well  raised ; at  the  insurance  com- 
pany where  he  is  employed  each  person  sings  his 
praises,  and,  in  the  numerous  conversations  we  have 
had  with  him,  we  have  found  him  dignified  and  in- 
telligent. Then,  how  can  one  explain  this  strange 
aberration  which  for  two  and  a half  years  has  in- 
cited this  man  to  cover  himself  with  ulcers  and  let 
them  amputate  his  arm?  He  told  us,  T was  driven 
to  make  my  lesions  just  as  a morphine  addict  is  driven 
to  the  injection  of  morphine.’ 

“The  comparison  is  not  exact,  for  in  the  case  of 
the  morphine  addict  the  injections  of  morphine  are 
followed  by  pleasure  and  satisfaction,  while  the  ulcers 
of  our  man  give  him  only  torture  and  pain.  And 
then,  his  consenting  to  having  his  arm  amputated — 
how  can  one  explain  that? 

“The  pathomimes  of  this  category  do  not  receive 
from  their  acts  any  profit  or  any  good,  but  they 
experience  a peculiar  pleasure  in  making  themselves 
a problem  and  in  their  complaints  they  get  a great 
satisfaction  out  of  mystifying  their  fellow-creatures. 
They  have  no  confidants,  they  guard  their  secret  with 
jealous  care  as  a miser  guards  his  treasures,  and 
after  a while,  habituated  to  this  unpleasant  deception, 
they  become  accustomed  to  it  and  they  cannot  leave 
it  of  their  own  volition  or  free  will. 

“The  deeds  of  this  type  of  individual  may  well  trou- 
ble the  conscience  of  the  legal  physician.  In  the  im- 
pulsive act  which  our  man  has  committed,  can  one 
admit  that  he  was  responsible?  No!  He  is  not  re- 
sponsible in  the  least.  Thus  we  told  him  after  his 
mental  state  had  been  cured  that  for  two  years  and 
a half  he  had  obeyed  a fixed  idea,  ‘like  a machine, 
without  knowing  why.’  ’’ 

I will  not  attempt  to  go  into  a discussion  of 
the  psychiatric  problem  of  these  cases,  but  I 
should  like  to  quote  from  Karl  A.  Menninger:* 

“The  chief  elements  in  malingering  of  the  self- 
mutilative  type  are:  the  infliction  of  a wound  on  the 
self  which  results  in  pain  and  loss  of  tissue ; exhibi- 
tion of  the  wound  to  persons  who  react  emotionally 

•Psychology  of  a Certain  Type  of  Malingering.  Arch.  Neurol, 
and  Psych.,  Vol.  33,  1935. 


to  it  and  give  sympathy,  attention  and  efforts  to  cause  1 
healing;  the  deception  of  the  observer  as  to  the  origin  1 
of  the  wound  and  often  distinct  efforts  to  defeat  thera-  . 
peutic  measures  and  the  obtaining  of  monetary  or  other  ' 
material  reward,  or  detection,  exposure,  with  constant 
humiliation,  reproach  and  sometimes  actual  punish-  I 
ment.  ...  * 

“The  well-known  disparity  between  the  great  suffer-  { 
ing  voluntarily  endured  and  the  objective  gain  is  to  J 
be  explained  on  two  bases : first,  that  the  gain  is  only  i 
partly  represented  by  the  monetary  reward,  but  in-  ] 
eludes  also  the  satisfactions  in  exciting  sympathy,  at-  1 
tention,  perplexity  and  dismay,  and,  second,  the  pain  j 
is  not  only  incident  to  the  device  used  for  obtaining  | 
the  gains,  but  is  psychologically  demanded  by  the  con-  i 
science  as  a price  for  indulging  in  them.  Actions  speak  i| 
louder  than  words,  and  it  is  clear  that  however  con-  ^ 
scienceless  the  malingerer  appears  (or  claims)  to  i 
be,  he  unconsciously  feels  guilty  and  inflicts  his  own  ' 
punishment.’’  | 

His  conclusions  are  as  follows : | 

“Malingering,  therefore,  of  the  self-mutilative  type  | 
may  be  described  as  a form  of  localized  self-destruc-  i 
tion  which  serves  simultaneously  as  an  externally  di-  | 
rected  aggression  of  deceit,  robbery,  and  false  appeal.  \ 
The  aggression  is  of  such  an  inflammatory  sort  that 
it,  in  turn,  obtains  for  the  malingerer  not  only  s\Tn-  ■ 
pathy,  attention  and  monetary  gain  (at  first),  but,  ’ 
ultimately,  exposure,  reproach  and  ‘punishment.’  Both 
aspects  of  the  induced  treatment  by  the  outside  world  , 
are  strongly  tinctured  with  the  perverted  erotic  sat- 
isfaction incident  to  masochism  and  exhibitionism. 

“From  this,  one  may  conclude  that  the  original  act 
of  malingering  of  this  type  serves  chiefly  as  a provoca- 
tive aggression;  that  is,  it  is  a minor  self-attack 
designed  to  excite  a major  attack  (both  indulgent  and 
punitive)  from  other  persons,  the  pain  involved  being 
the  price  demanded  by  the  conscience  for  the  uncon- 
scious satisfactions  achieved.’’ 


CONSERVING  VISION 

You  have  undoubtedly  noticed  that  your 
JOURNAL  is  now  printed  on  tinted  paper. 
While  certain  of  the  publishing  companies, 
notably  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company  of  Saint 
Louis,  have  used  this  tinted  paper  for  books, 
this  is  the  only  state  journal  which  has  taken 
this  step  to  help  conserve  the  eyesight  of  its 
readers. 

Any  comment,  whether  you  approve  or  dis- 
approve, would  be  gratefully  received. 


188 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SEPTIC  BRANCHIAL  CYST— BERGE 


' I 
1 1 

j Septic  Branchial  Cyst 

Eradication  by  Electrical 
Cauterization 
(Report  of  a Case) 

By  Clarence  A.  Berge,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Clarence  A.  Berge,  M.D. 

' M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1917.  For- 

mer Attending  Specialist  in  Orthopedics,  U.  S. 
i Veterans  Administration,  Detroit.  Auxiliary 

physician  and  surgeon.  The  Grace  Hospital, 

Detroit.  Member^  Wayne  County  Medical 
Society  and  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

,1 

j ■ A BRANCHIAL  cyst  IS  an  embryonic  remnant  in 
I the  neck  which  produces  unsightly  deformity 
i when  distended.  Repeated  tappings  for  drainage, 
ap"lied  for  cosmetic  reasons,  very  often  cause 
infection,  and  in  this  event  the  cyst  becomes  a 
potent  focus  of  infection  which  produces  consti- 
tutional symptoms. 

A septic  cyst  produces  a disabling  factor  sim- 
ilar to  that  of  a diseased  tonsil,  and  similarly  to 
a tonsil  the  treatment  of  choice  becomes  the  re- 
moval or  destruction  of  the  same. 

The  case  reported  is  that  of  Mrs.  M.  S.,  aged  thirty 
j years  when  her  cyst  was  eradicated  September  12,  1938. 
i Her  first  symptom  was  a swelling  on  the  left  side  of 
I her  neck  making  its  appearance  at  the  age  of  fourteen. 

At  first  there  were  no  symptoms  at  all  aside  from  an 
i ugly  deformity.  Between  the  year  1923  and  the  year 
i 1937  this  swelling  was  drained  by  tapping  twenty-nine 
times.  The  cyst  would  remain  small  for  a time  after 
each  drainage,  but  would  progressively  distend  sufficient- 
! ly  during  each  six  months  to  make  her  desire  another 

I tap. 

In  1937  she  came  to  the  author  to  have  her  cyst 
drained  as  had  been  the  routine  previously. 

! . Past  History. — Her  history  showed  that  she  had  felt 
I increasingly  tired,  regardless  of  exertion,  almost  contin- 
I ually  since  1928,  five  years  after  the  routine  tapping  of 
the  cyst  had  been  started. 

j Physical  Examination. — Examination  revealed  a tem- 
j perature  of  99.0°F.  Her  physique  was  normally  slender 
I with  mild  malnutrition.  Her  appetite  was  usually  good. 
Her  tonsils  had  already  been  removed  very  cleanly  and 
there  was  no  evidence  of  dental  sepsis.  Chest,  ab- 
dominal, and  urinary  findings  were  negative.  She 
seemed  a very  nervous,  introverted  person  keenly  con- 
scious of  the  ugly  deformity  in  her  neck.  This  was 
a fluctuant  saccular  tumor  the  size  of  a Bartlett  pear 
protruding  in  front  of  the  sternocleidomastoid  muscle 
on  the  left.  This  enlargement  showed  no  redness  or 
heat,  and  was  only  slightly  painful  to  pressure. 

Diagnosis. — It  was  plainly  apparent  that  she  was  suf- 
March,  1941 


fering  from  low  grade  septic  intoxication  even  though 
evidence  of  any  fulminating  infection  was  absent.  The 
patient  agreed  that  the  infected  contents  of  the  cyst 
seemed  causative  of  her  constant  tired  feeling.  A num- 
ber of  medical  examinations  revealed  nothing  wrong 
aside  from  the  cyst. 

Procedures. — The  cyst  was  drained  under  novocain 
anesthesia  and  thirty  cubic  centimeters  of  creamy  se- 
cretion which  contained  thickened  fibrinous  particles 
was  exuded.  A considerable  enlargement  was  still  pal- 
pable and  it  was  apparent  that  not  more  than  two-thirds 
of  the  cyst  cavity  had  been  evacuated.  The  patient  was 
satisfied  for  the  time  and  stated  that  this  was  as  ex- 
tensively as  the  cyst  had  been  drained  subsequent  to  the 
year  1928. 

The  cyst  was  drained  again  six  months  later  and  at 
this  time  the  temperature  was  99.4°F.  and  the  patient 
said  there  had  been  no  remission  of  her  constant  tired 
feeling.  She  was  plainly  very  much  discouraged. 

Discussion  of  Operative  Methods 

Eradication  of  the  cyst  was  definitely  indicated 
by  this  time.  Formal  excision  of  the  cyst  was 
considered ; a most  formidable  surgical  procedure 
requiring  a large  incision  with  dissection  at  the 
outer  border  of  the  cyst  wall  progressing  inward 
from  the  sternocleidomastoid  border  to  the 
posterior  tonsillar  pillar,  passing  through  amid 
the  great  vessels  and  entailing  the  risk  of  cut- 
ting the  laryngeal  innervation  and  injuring  the 
patient’s  voice. 

The  sclerosing  method  as  described  by  Cutler 
and  Zollinger  was  considered.  In  this  case  the 
drawback  to  using  sclerosing  was  to  evacuate  the 
cyst  completely  of  thick  fibrinous  material 
through  any  opening  small  enough  to  practically 
retain  the  sclerosing  solution.  Sclerosing  could 
not  be  successful  if  thickened  exudate  prevented 
contact  of  the  solution  with  the  cyst  wall  and 
all  contents  remaining  in  would  still  be  septic 
media.  - Elimination  of  the  focus  of  infection 
was  the  most  important  thing  and  this  could  not 
be  assured  by  sclerosing  even  though  the  deform- 
ity might  be  lessened  visually. 

It  was  decided  to  abandon  the  idea  of  formal 
surgical  cyst  excision  and  to  only  use  the  scleros- 
ing treatment  in  case  a certain  method  of  thermal 
dissection  of  the  cyst  wall  should  prove  unsuc- 
cessful : and  as  this  method  was  successful,  scle- 
rosis was  never  attempted. 

This  thermal  dissection  is  accomplished  by  the 
cautery.  The  writer  has  first  used  this  method 
in  removing  Bartholin  cysts  and  had  found  it 
satisfactory.  It  consists  of  opening  the  cyst 

189 


SEPTIC  BRANCHIAL  CYST— BERGE 


widely  and  then,  while  holding  the  wall  edges 
under  traction  so  they  will  flare  apart,  destroying 
the  cyst  wall  tissue  from  the  bottom  out  with  the 
electrical  cautery.  There  is,  of  course,  a certain 
amount  of  sloughing  discharge  for  some  days 


Fig.  1.  Cyst  as  distended  originally. 


after  the  cautery  application  but  this  is  minor  and 
inconsequential.  As  far  as  ultimate  results  go 
it  makes  no  difference  whether  the  dissection  of 
the  cyst  wall  is  thermal  from  the  inside  or  is 
performed  with  a sharp  scalpel  from  the  outside. 

Operation. — On  September  12,  1938,  thermal  dissection 
of  Mrs.  S.’s  branchial  cyst  was  performed  (Fig.  1). 

Pre-operative  medication  consisted  of  ten  grains  of 
sodium  barbital  given  by  mouth  one-half  hour  before 
the  operation  started.  This  was  for  protection  against 
a possible  novocain  or  cocain  poisoning. 

Skin  and  fascia  were  infiltrated  with  two  per  cent 
novocain  and  a one  and  one-half  inch  incision  was  made 
vertically  over  where  the  cyst  was  bulging  the  most 
anterior  to  the  sternocleidomastoid  border.  This  was 
made  elliptical  to  cut  out  the  old  tapping  scars.  The 
protruding  cyst  was  dissected  bluntly  until  enough  of 
it  was  exposed  to  permit  making  an  opening  in  it  of 
the  same  length  as  the  skin  incision  and  parallel  with 
same.  It  was  not  necessary  to  go  in  deeply  as  the 
cyst  wall  became  more  and  more  adherent  to  adjacent 
tissues  as  separation  progressed  and  the  operator  would 
have  been  forced  to  use  the  sharp  knife  edge  if  he  had 
dissected  further.  The  cyst  was  then  opened  to  a length 
of  one  and  one-half  inches  and  forty  cubic  centimeters 
of  creamy  contents  evacuated.  The  cyst  wall  was 
flared  out  on  four  sides  and  under  traction  the  cyst 
resolved  itself  into  a deep  funnel-like  cavity  containing 
much  mucoid  substance  and  fibrin  which  had  a mild 
putrefactive  odor.  This  material  was  easily  wiped  away 
and  the  clean  interior  wall  exposed.  A gauge  pledget 
saturated  with  two  per  cent  cocain  was  placed  within 


the  cavity,  packed  down  well  to  the  bottom,  and  left  in 
place  for  two  minutes.  The  patient  at  this  time  was 
asked  to  speak  during  the  time  the  cautery  was  applied 
in  order  that  any  difficulty  in  phonation  might  be  ac- 
cepted as  evidence  that  burning  was  extending  too  deep- 
ly toward  the  laryngeal  region  (Fig.  2). 


The  large  round  applicator  of  the  Post  cautery  was 
applied  to  the  cyst  wall  from  the  bottom  outward,  going 
clockwise  around  and  around  until  the  terminal  edge 
was  reached.  The  actual  time  of  application  of  the 
cautery  was  about  one  minute  for  the  entire  area. 

No  hemorrhage  was  encountered.  A rubber  wick 
drain  was  placed  in  the  seared  cavity  and  skin  and  fascia 
were  closed  above  this  drain  with  two  horsehair  sutures. 
An  ordinary  small  dressing  of  gauze  and  adhesive  tape 
was  applied. 

There  was  no  real  pain  at  any  time,  but  the  hissing 
and  scent  of  the  cauterizing  frightened  the  patient 
greatly  for  the  moment.  She  left  the  table  unassisted 
and  walked  from  the  office. 

Postoperative  History. — Convalescence  was  unevent- 
ful. The  rubber  wick  drain  was  kept  in  for  fourteen 
days  and  the  drainage  was  serous  and  very  moderate. 
Removal  of  the  drain  permitted  the  incision  to  close 
promptly  and  at  this  time  there  was  still  some  pal- 
pable swelling  in  the  neck,  about  one-fourth  of  the 
total  volume  present  originally.  October  7,  1938,  the 
twenty-fifth  day,  the  incision  ruptured  spontaneously 
and  drained  for  three  days.  From  that  time  on  the 
incision  remained  closed  and  there  was  gradual  regres- 
sion of  the  necrosed  cyst  remnants  until  all  evidence 
of  the  cyst  had  disappeared  by  January  1,  1939.  There 


190 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CANCER  OF  THE  CERVIX— TODD 


was  only  slight  discomfort  during  convalescence,  which 
was  ambulatory. 

September  15,  1939,  her  temperature  was  98.6°F.  She 
did  not  regain  a feeling  of  well  being  until  after  she 
was  delivered  of  a living  child  May  17,  1939.  The 
pregnancy  undoubtedly  levied  its  own  toll  upon  her 
and  the  effect  of  eradication  of  the  septic  cyst  could 
more  truly  be  evaluated  since  the  birth  of  the  baby. 
Since  that  time  she  has  felt  well  and  strong  and 
has  possessed  normal  energy  such  as  she  did  prior  to 
the  year  1928. 

Summary 

A focus  of  infection  was  eradicated. 

A cosmetic  deformity  was  removed  by  an 
office  procedure  performed  at  reasonable  expense 
leaving  a negligible  scar. 

The  personality  change  was  particularly  out- 
standing. 

References 

1.  Cutler,  E.  C.,  and  Zollinger,  R. ; Am.  Jour.  Surg.,  n.s., 
19:411,  1933. 

2.  Martin,  E.  G.:  Jour.  A.M.A.,  99:268,  1932. 


Cancer  of  the  Cervix* 

Time  Wasted 

By  Oliver  E.  Todd,  B.S.,  M.D. 

Toledo,  Ohio 

Oliver  E.  Todd,  M.D. 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1932.  M.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1934.  Attending 
physician  at  Toledo  Hospital  in  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology.  Junior  Obstetrical  Staff  at  Lucas 
County  Hospital. 

■ This  study  was  motivated  by  a desire  to  de- 
termine whether  the  factors  mentioned  by 
Miller^  and  Collins^  were  responsible  for  the  de- 
lay seen  among  similar  patients  in  the  Depart- 
ments of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  and  also,  to  note  if  possible, 
how  much  if  any  improvement  has  occurred  in 
recent  years.  It  was  desired  to  devise  some  meth- 
od of  handling  the  problem  so  that  patients  might 
receive  treatment  earlier  in  the  course  of  the 
disease. 

This  study  covers  a period  of  six  years  (July 
1,  1931,  to  July  1,  1937)  and  includes  the  records 
of  634  consecutive  patients  with  cancer  of  the 
cervix.  All  of  these  patients  were  seen  and 

*From  the  Department  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan  Hospital,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 


studied  in  the  Gynecological  Cancer  Conference 
at  the  University  of  Michigan.  One  hundred 
per  cent  follow-up  has  been  maintained  since  the 
origin  of  this  conference  in  1931.  The  informa- 
tion used  in  this  study  was  obtained  from  careful 
review  of  the  Conference  records. 

Clinical  Classification. — All  cases  were  grouped 
according  to  the  clinical  classification  developed 
by  and  used  at  the  University  of  Michigan.  This 
system  of  clinical  grouping  has  been  continu- 
ously and  successful!)^  used  by  us  since  our  can- 
cer conference  started  in  1931  and  is  elsewhere 
fully  described  by  Miller  and  Folsome.® 

Ages. — The  average  age  of  the  634  cases  was 
forty-seven  years.  The  youngest  patient  in  our 
study  was  twenty  and  the  oldest  seventy-nine 
years  of  age.  Three  hundred  and  fifty  (55  per 
cent)  were  premenopausal  while  two  hundred 
and  eighty-one  (44  per  cent)  were  postmeno- 
pausal at  the  time  of  the  onset  of  symptoms.  In 
only  three  instances  was  the  information  so 
incomplete  as  to  make  it  impossible  to  place  them 
in  one  of  the  two  groups  listed  below.  Patients 
classified  as  postmenopausal  were  (1)  Those  in 
whom  menstruation  had  ceased,  or  (2)  patients 
having  very  infrequent  periods  associated  with 
vasomotor  disturbances,  and  finally,  (3)  all  cases 
over  fifty-five  years  of  age. 

Parity. — Approximately  13  per  cent  of  the  pa- 
tients were  nulliparas  but  of  these  18  had  one 
or  more  abortions.  Among  the  remaining  87 
per  cent  there  were  twelve  cases  for  which  the 
parity  was  not  stated  (Table  I).  This  may  be 
said  to  conform  with  the  usually  accepted  rela- 
tionship between  cancer  of  the  cervix  and  parity. 
The  average  number  of  children  among  the 
parous  women  was  4.1  per  patient. 


TABLE  I. 

PARITY 

Nullipara 

Number 

81 

Per  cent 
12.78 

Multipara 

541 

85.33 

Not  stated 

12 

1.89 

Average  number  of  children  (multipara)  4, 1 


Education. — Many  educational  programs  have 
been  carried  on  attempting  to  combat  the  inroads 
of  cancer  and  bring  the  patient  to  physicians 
while  the  neoplasm  is  still  early.  This  study 
would  seem  to  demonstrate  that  effort  in  this 


M.4RCH,  1941 


191 


CANCER  OF  THE  CERVIX— TODD 


direction  has  been  of  little  value.  As  shown  in 
Table  II,  there  has  occurred  no  significant  change 
in  the  relative  incidence  of  the  various  clinical 
groups  admitted  to  the  hospital  over  a period  of 


even  been  examined.  Since  most  of  these  cases 
were  well  advanced  when  medical  attention  was 
first  sought,  this  is  not  a very  commendable 
showing.  Since  bleeding  or  spotting  occurring 


TABLE  II.  CLINICAL  GROUPING 

7-1-31  to  7-1-37 


Clinical 
Classification 
on  Admittance 

Year 

of  Admittance 

Before 

7-1-31 

7-1-31 

to 

7-1-32 

7-1-32 

to 

7-1-33 

7-1-33 

to 

7-1-34 

7-1-34 

to 

7-1-35 

7-1-35 

to 

7-1-36 

7-1-36 

to 

7-1-37 

Total 

Cancer  of  Cervix  I 

4 

4 

2 

7 

2 

1 

5 

25 

Cancer  of  Cervix  II 

7 

6 

12 

5 

14 

15 

11 

70 

Cancer  of  Cervix  III 

19 

28 

14 

34 

26 

39 

16 

176 

Cancer  of  Cervix  IVA 

19 

31 

46 

50 

45 

39 

47 

277 

Cancer  of  Cervix  IVB 

1 

9 

8 

13 

14 

12 

19 

76 

Cancer  of  Cervix  I VC 

1 

2 

3 

0 

2 

0 

2 

10 

Total  Cancer  of  Cervix 

51 

80 

85 

109 

103 

106 

100 

634 

six  years  (1931  to  1937).  The  great  majority 
of  cases  are  still  far  advanced  (Clinical  Group 
IV)  when  they  come  under  observation. 

Initial  Symptom. — The  majority  of  patients 
first  sought  medital  advice  because  of  abnor- 
mal bleeding.  This  so-called  “spotting”  was 
generally  characterized  by  the  fact  that  it 
was  (1)  intermenstrual,  (2)  progressive,  (3) 
prone  to  follow  trauma  such  as  coitus,  douch- 
ing, exercise,  et  cetera,  and  (4)  it  was  painless. 
This  coincides  with  the  findings  of  other  ob- 
servers who  have  repeatedly  stated  that  ab- 
normal bleeding  or  spotting  is  one  of  the  most 
significant  and  consistent  early  symptoms  in 
cancer  of  the  cervix.  Most  patients  also  com- 
plained of  a gradually  increasing  foul  dis- 
charge which  must  also  be  considered  a sig- 
nificant, though  generally  late  symptom. 

Entrance  Diagnosis 

Inspection  of  Chart  I reveals  that  of  the  506 
cases  with  available  information,  383  cases  or 
75.7  per  cent  entered  the  University  Hospital 
with  the  diagnosis  already  made.  Miller  in  his 
earlier  study  reported  this  figure  to  be  56  per 
cent  and  Collins  found  77  per  cent.  One  hundred 
and  twenty-three  cases  or  24.3  per  cent  had  not 
been  diagnosed  and  of  these  42  cases  had  not 


Diagnosis  before  Admittance 


Mo. 

Perceni 

Diagnosed 

083 

75.7 

Not 

Diagnosed 

123 

24.3 

_ 

Not 

Examined 

42 

. 

History 

Indefinite 

128 

Chart  I. 


after  the  menopause  is  likely  to  be  particularly 
significant,  a comparable  analysis  was  made  for 
both  the  pre-  and  postmenopausal  groups  as 
indicated  in  Charts  II  and  III.  Interestinglv 
enough  the  number  diagnosed  and  not  diagnosed 
remains  approximately  the  same  in  the  two 
groups.  Again  referring  to  the  studies  pre- 
viously mentioned,  the  number  diagnosed  among 
the  postmenopausal  group  in  Miller’s  original 
series  was  64  per  cent  while  Collins  found  82 
per  cent  diagnosed  in  the  postmenopausal  group 
in  his  follow-up  study.  If  the  physician  would 
consider  every  case  of  postmenopausal  bleeding 
cancerous  in  origin,  at  least  until  proved  other- 


192 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


CANCER  OF  THE  CERVIX— TODD 


: wise,  the  comparison  between  the  pre-  and  post- 
I menopausal  groups  would  in  all  probability  re- 
; veal  a better  diagnostic  incidence  for  the  latter 
; group  than  is  here  reported.  In  most  cases  biop- 


Dia$nosis  Before  Admittance 

First  Symptom  Before  Menopause  (350) 

‘ cases 


No. 

% 

Definite 

Diagnosis 

225 

76. 



Not 

Diagnosed 

71 

24. 

. 

Not 

Examined 

20 

. 

History- 

Indefinite 

54 

Chart  II. 


sy  material  can  be  easily  obtained  in  the  office 
with  a Gaylor  or  punch  biopsy  forceps  and  the 
tissue  sent  to  a competent  pathologist  for  diag- 
nosis. Then,  if  doubt  still  exists  as  to  the  pres- 
ence of  cancer,  additional  tissue  should  be  ob- 
tained for  microscopic  study.  A few  unnecessary 
operations  of  this  type  are  certainly  preferable 
to  a single  missed  diagnosis.  Postmenopausal 
patients  with  bleeding  should  alw'ays  be  thorough- 
ly investigated. 

N on- examination. — The  fact  that  forty-two 
cases  had  not  had  a pelvic  examination  prior 
to  admittance  for  treatment  is  indicative  of  a 
tendency  which  warrants  criticism.  The  me- 
dieval idea  that  bleeding  woman  is  unclean 
and  should  not  be  examined  should  be  dis- 
carded. 

Also  oxytocic  drugs,  useful  enough  in  their 
place,  should  not  be  used  to  control  bleeding  with- 
out accompanying  adequate  investigation  as  to 
the  source  of  bleeding.  Too  often  such  therapy 
is  continued  until  the  physician  recognizes  that 
the  patient  is  not  improving  and  examines  her, 
or,  the  patient  becomes  dissatisfied  and  seeks 
medical  attention  elsewhere.  Such  practice  may 
lead  to  the  loss  of  much  valuable  time.  Patients 
with  abnormal  bleeding  should  not  be  permitted 
to  go  unexamined  for  any  considerable  length  of 
time.  A patient  who  consults  a physician  with 
the  complaint  of  abnormal  bleeding  does  so  be- 
cause she  is  concerned  and  postponement  of  the 
examination  is  not  justifiable. 


Time  Lost  by  Patient. — Table  III  shows  the 
average  elapsed  time  from  the  appearance  of 
the  first  symptom  (spotting)  to  the  first  exam- 
ination and  the  average  elapsed  time  from  the 


Diagnosis  Before  Admittance 
First  Symptom  After  Menopause  (261  cases) 


No. 

To 

Definite 

Diagnosis 

155 

74.85 



Not 

Diagnosed 

52 

25.12 

. 

Not 

Examined 

22 

. 

History- 

Indefinite 

74 

Chart  III. 


TABLE  III.  TIME  WASTED 


Days 

Weeks 

Months 

Time 

Wasted 

(Months) 

Average  time  interval 
from  first  symptom 
to  first  examination. 

178. 

25.48 

6.4 

6.4 

Average  time  interval 
from  first  examination 
to  first  treatment. 

32. 

4.62 

1.1 

1.1 

Average  total  time  wasted  7 . 5 months 


first  examination  to  the  first  treatment.  The 
average  time  wasted  for  all  cases  from  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  first  symptom  to  the  institution 
of  therapy  was  7.5  months.  Approximately  6.4 
months  of  this  time  waste  may  be  attributed  to 
the  patient  chiefly  because  of  her  failure  to  s6ek 
medical  attention.  Examination  of  records  of 
patients  having  had  their  first  examination  else- 
where shows  that,  in  this  group,  there  was  a 
delay  of  7.4  months  between  the  first  symptom 
and  the  commencement  of  treatment,  of  which 
six  months  could  be  attributed  to  the  patient 
for  the  reason  mentioned  above.  Delay  after 
examination  may  be  due  to  failure  on  the  part 
of  the  physician  to  recognize  the  disease,  or  if 
recognized,  failure  to  properly  impress  upon 
the  patient  the  importance  of  immediate  therapy. 
It  is  our  feeling  that  at  least  a part  of  this  delay 
may  be  attributed  to  time  required  for  mak- 
ing financial  arrangements,  necessary  for  treat- 
ment. In  many  instances  it  was  necessary  for 


March,  1941 


193 


CANCER  OF  THE  CERVIX— TODD 


TABLE  IV.  AVERAGE  DURATION  OF  SYMPTOMS  BE- 
FORE THERAPY  STARTED  AT  THE 
U.  OF  M.  HOSPITAL 


Admittance 

clinical 

classification 

Number 

of 

cases 

Average  duration 
of  symptoms  in 
- weeks  before 
therapy  started 

I 

24 

12.7 

II 

66 

18.7 

III 

162 

28.7 

IVA 

269 

31.9 

IVB 

65 

38.7 

IVC 

6 

49.5 

the  patient  to  return  home,  or  if  at  home,  to  apply 
for  financial  aid  through  the  local  agencies  be- 
fore treatment  could  be  started.  We  believe 
that  this  may  have  accounted,  in  part  at  least, 
for  the  loss  of  time  attributed  to  the  physician. 

Time  Lost  by  Physician. — In  our  study  the 
time  wasted  by  the  physician  (Table  III)  is  con- 
siderably less  than  the  six  months  reported  by 
Miller  in  1933.  Interestingly  enough  the  aver- 
age time  from  the  first  symptom  to  the  first  ex- 
amination in  his  series  was  6.2  months,  about  the 
same  as  observed  by  us.  In  the  follow-up  re- 
port by  Collins  there  was  a time  loss  from 
the  first  symptom  to  the  first  examination  of 
seven  months  and  a time  loss  of  2.25  months 
from  the  first  examination  to  the  first  treatment. 
Assuming  that  the  Michigan  and  Iowa  physicians 
are  equally  capable  it  appears  that  the  recent 
educational  programs  have  focused  the  atten- 
tion of  the  average  physician  upon  the  close  cor- 
relation between  abnormal  bleeding  and  cancer 
but  have  failed  to  impress  the  lay  mind  to  any 
degree.  Apparently  most  physicians  are  alert 
and  are  making  every  effort  to  detect  the  pres- 
ence of  cancer.  ’ How  great  an  influence  the 
few  physicians  who  fail  to  keep  up  with  modern 
trends  influence  these  figures,  is,  of  course,  diffi- 
cult to  determine.  According  to  a report  of  the 
Cancer  Commission  of  the  Pennsylvania  State 
Medical  Society^  may  years  ago  it  was  estimated 
that  10  per  cent  of  the  physicians,  usually  those 
who  failed  to  attend  medical  meetings  and  who 
seldom  read  medical  journals,  were  responsible 
for  90  per  cent  of  the  time  waste  attributed  to 


TABLE  V.  CORRELATION  BETWEEN  SURVIVAL  RATE 
AND  DURATION  OF  SYMPTOMS  PRIOR 
TO  TREATMENT 


Duration 

of 

symptoms 

in 

months 

5-year 

Group 

No.  of 
cases 

.% 

living 

7-1-37 

CO 

1 

o 

15 

53.3 

CO 

1 

05 

24 

29.2 

6-9 

13 

30.8 

9-12 

7 

28.6 

12-15 

14 

42.9 

15-18 

1 

100.0 

18-21 

1 

00.0 

21-24 

24  & over 

1 

00.0 

physicians.  We  found  that  in  those  cases  having 
their  first  examination  at  the  University  Hospi- 
tal there  was  an  average  time  loss  of  eleven 
days  attributable  to  the  staff.  This  delay  is  time 
required  to  secure  state  or  county  orders  to 
cover  the  costs  of  hospitalization  and  treatment. 
This  same  factor,  as  already  indicated,  must  be 
considered  in  the  group  having  their  first  exam- 
ination elsewhere. 

An  average  of  7.5  months  for  all  cases  from 
the  onset  of  the  first  symptom  to  the  institu- 
tion of  therapy  should  constitute  a challenge  to 
every  practicing  physician  and  every  organiza- 
tion having  lay  education  regarding  cancer  as 
its  objective. 

Table  IV  shows  the  average  duration  of  symp- 
toms in  weeks  before  the  institution  of  therapy 
for  the  different  clinical  groups  or  classifications 
— i.e.  the  extent  of  the  disease  on  admittance. 
As  the  average  duration  of  symptoms  before 
the  institution  of  therapy  progressively  increases 
the  clinical  grouping  naturally  advances.  While 
this  is  what  may  be  normally  expected,  this 
does  not  represent  the  true  picture  for  all  cases. 
Intelligent  patients  with  symptoms  of  only  a few 
weeks’  duration  have  been  seen  with  carcino- 
matous involvement  so  extensive  as  to  render 
the  prognosis  hopeless  from  the  start.  The  cor- 


194 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


CANCER  OF  THE  CERVIX— TODD 


ollarv  is  also  true  for  individuals  have  been  seen 
with  relatively  early  lesions  but  with  prolonged 
symptoms  extending  over  many  months. 


of  symptoms  before  therapy  was  started  in  our 
grade  IV- A cases)  the  prognosis  is  zero,  (Chart 
IV).  Miller  previously  reported  this  percent- 
age decrease  in  chances  for  cure  as  20  per  cent 
per  month.  Reconsideration  of  Table  III  in 


Month's  Duration  From  First  Symptom 

Chart  IV. 


Adjustments. — In  Table  V an  attempt  has  been 
made  to  correlate  survival  rate  and  duration  of 
symptoms  prior  to  treatment.  The  fact  that 
there  were  some  patients  who  had  symptoms 
more  than  a year  before  treatment  was  started 
and  have  survived  five  years  suggests  that  in 
some  cases  at  least  there  is  not  the  close  cor- 
relation between  the  extent  of  the  disease  and 
the  duration  of  symptoms  as  suggested  in  Table 
IV. 

Again  referring  to  Table  IV,  if  it  is  assumed 
that  in  the  clinical  grade  IV  cases  (with  para- 
metrial  extension)  that  the  disease  is  beyond 
hope  of  cure  then  the  chance  for  cure  decreases 
3.34  per  cent  per  week  or  approximately  15  per 
cent  per  month.  This  figure  is  arrived  at  by 
plotting  the  duration  of  symptoms  against  the 
chance  for  cure.  It  is  assumed  that  in  the  ab- 
sence of  symptoms  the  chance  for  cure  would 
be  one  hundred  per  cent.  When  there  have  been 
symptoms  for  31.9  weeks  (the  average  duration 


inasmuch  as  the  average  duration  of  symptoms 
in  all  cases  before  the  institution  of  the  therapy 
is  7.5  months. 

Immediate  Diagnosis  Chart  V shows 

the  percentage  of  cases  diagnosed  by  the  local 
physicians  at  the  time  of  the  first  consultation 
with  relation  to  the  duration  of  symptoms.  Ob- 
viously as  the  duration  of  symptoms  before 
medical  attention  increases  the  percentage  of 
cases  diagnosed  also  rises.  The  fact  that  some 
cases  do  not  have  symptoms  early  in  the  course 
of  the  disease  is  important.  In  this  series  there 
are  26  clinical  group  IV- A cases  in  whom  diag- 
nosis was  made  and  treatment  commenced  with- 
in six  weeks  of  the  appearance  of  the  first  symp- 
tom. In  a number  of  these  cases  the  diagnosis 
was  made  in  the  absence  of  symptoms  during 
the  course  of  routine  investigation  for  other 
complaints.  Clearly  lay  educational  programs 
must  do  more  than  emphasize  the  importance  of 


March,  1941 


195 


CANCER  OF  THE  CERVIX— TODD 


1 


abnormal  bleeding;  they  must  also  educate  women  the  patient  to  seek  medical  attention, 

to  seek  periodic  pelvic  examination,  particularly  5.  In  this  series  the  chance  for  cure  decreased 
after  the  thirty-fifth  year.  at  the  rate  of  approximately  fifteen  per 


Percent  Diagnosed  in  Relation  to 
duration  of  symptoms 


Diagnosed 


Chart  V. 


Conclusions 

1.  The  chief  symptoms  of  cervical  cancer  are 
abnormal  bleeding  and  offensive  discharge. 
This  abnormal  bleeding  is  usuaHy  charac- 
terized by  the  fact  that  it  is  intermenstru- 
al,  progressive,  prone  to  follow  trauma  and 
is  painless. 

2.  The  longer  the  duration  of  these  symptoms 
the  more  advanced  the  disease  is  likely 
to  be. 

3.  The  average  time  lost  from  the  appearance 
. of  the  first  symptom  to  the  institution  of 

therapy  in  this  series  is  7.5  months. 

4.  Most  of  the  time  lost  before  treatment  can 
be  attributed  to  a failure  on  the  part  of 


cent  per  month  after  the  ^ appearance  of 
the  first  symptom. 

6.  If  the  reports  of  earlier  observers,  notably 
Miller  and  Collins,  can  be  compared  with 
our  observation,  and  we  believe  they  can, 
then  it  appears  that  the  time  waste  attribut- 
able to  physicians  has  materially  decreased. 

7.  Women  must  be  educated  to  seek  periodic 
medical  examination  if  early  therapy  is  to 
become  more  than  a cherished  hope. 

Bibliography 

1.  Collins.  R.  M. : Additional  data  on  uterine  cancer.  Jour. 
Iowa  State  MeT  Soc.,  24:71-75,  (February!  1934. 

2.  Miller,  N.  F. : Some  data  on  uterine  cancer.  Jour.  Iowa 
State  Med.  Soc.,  23:132-135,  (March!  1933. 

3.  Miller,  N.  F.,  and  Folsome,  C.  E. : Carcinoma  of  the 
cervix.  Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec.,  36:545-561,  (October) 
1938. 

4.  Quoted  by  Miller. - 


196 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MONILIASIS— VAN  BREE 


Moniliasis 

Sulfapyridine  Treatment 

By  Raymond  S.  Van  Bree,  M.D. 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

R.  S.  Van  Bree,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School, 

1929.  Member,  Attending  Surgical  Staff  St. 

Mary’s  Hospital.  Member  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

■ While  monilia  are  recognized  as  the  cause  of 
various  pathological  conditions,  there  are  rela- 
tively few  reports  in  the  literature  in  which  the 
etiology  is  clearly  established.  This  is  particular- 
ly true  of  lesions  other  than  dermatologic.  This 
report  concerns  a case  of  gastro-intestinal  and 
pulmonary  moniliasis,  in  which  the  diagnosis 
was  confirmed  by  laboratory  findings  and  in 
which  sulfapyridine  was  used  for  treatment. 

Case  History 

The  patient  was  first  seen  Tune  25,  1937,  complain- 
ing of  acute  distention  and  marked  spastic  pain  in  the 
abdomen  and  a slight  neuritis  involving  the  right  shoul- 
der. 

He  stated  he  had  been  having  these  gastro-intestinal 
attacks  off  and  on  for  the  past  twenty  years,  and 
they  had  gradually  increased  in  intensity  and  dura- 
tion. During  the  last  year  of  the  world  war,  he  was 
gassed  with  mustard  gas,  and  at  that  time  almost  died. 
Shortly  thereafter  he  was  discharged  from  the  army 
with  the  following  diagnosis : “1.  Tuberculosis,  pul- 

monary chronic,  active,  moderately  advanced.  2.  Chron- 
ic Bronchitis.  Prognosis : Favorable.” 

He  was  placed  under  treatment  in  an  army  hospital 
for  several  years.  Attacks  of  pain  in  the  abdomen 
started  at  about  that  time  and  distention  began  making 
its  appearance  in  about  1934.  They  were  usually  more 
severe  at  night.  At  the  onset  of  one  of  these  attacks, 
a severe  distension  of  the  abdomen  would  appear  with- 
in fifteen  minutes  to  one-half  hour  and  continue  for  a 
period  of  twenty-four  hours  to  one  week.  Neuritic 
pains  in  the  right  shoulder  appeared  two  or  three 
times  during  recent  attacks. 

Past  History. — The  patient  had  never  to  his  knowl- 
edge had  a skin  disease.  Several  times  tuberculous 
adhesions  in  the  abdomen  had  been  suspected  and  op- 
erations suggested.  In  June,  1937,  a diagnosis  was 
made  by  a reputable  neurologist  of  “Post-influenzal 
radiculitis  and  inflammation  of  abdominal  sympathetics.” 

Physical  Examination. — On  examination,  patient  was 
a well-nourished  male,  weighing  approximately  145 
pounds,  medium  height,  dark  skinned,  aged  forty-nine. 
Temperature,  pulse  and  respirations  normal.  Eyes,  ears, 
nose  and  throat  negative.  Chest  negative,  lung  fields 


clear  and  resonant,  heart  sounds  normal,  abdomen 
acutely  distended.  No  particular  points  of  tenderness 
were  elicited.  On  auscultation,  intestinal  action  could 
be  heard.  The  rest  of  the  examination  was  negative, 
except  for  slight  tenderness  over  circumflex  nerve. 


Fig.  1. 


Progress. — Patient  was  treated  empirically  with  in- 
travenous sodium  salicylate  and  the  acute  attack  sub- 
sided in  about  three  days ; the  neuritis  did  not  return. 
This  method  of  treatment  was  continued  until  Sep- 
tember 17,  1939,  with  attacks  reoccurring  approxi- 
mately every  two  or  four  weeks.  Results  of  above 
treatment  were  indifferent. 

During  the  month  of  September,  1939,  the  attacks 
of  pain  and  distention  gradually  increased  in  fre- 
quency and  violence  until  they  merged  into  one  con- 
tinuous attack.  On  September  17,  1939,  the  patient 
was  apparently  suffering  from  an  upper  respiratory  in- 
fection and  pneumonia  was  suspected.  He  consented 
to  hospitalization  at  this  date.  Previous  to  this  he 
had  made  periodic  trips  to  government  hospitals  for 
observations  but  always  returned  with  no  definite  diag- 
nosis. 

Laboratory  Examination. — X-ray  reports  on  the  chest 
on  September  17,  1939,  were  negative.  Report  on  the 
abdomen  was  as  follows ; “Non-rotation  of  the  colon 
considered  a congenital  anomaly.  Generalized  slowing 
up  in  passage  of  barium  through  the  small  bowel,  the 
exact  etiology  of  which  is  not  determined.  No  organic 
pathology  to  account  for  the  slowing  is  observed  and 
may  be  incident  to  the  congenital  anomaly  although 
this  is  thought  unlikely.  No  obvious  bowel  obstruction 
is  demonstrated  in  these  films.”  The  Kahn  test  was 
negative,  urine  negative,  except  for  slight  traces  of 
albumin  and  occasional  pus  cell.  No  tubercle  bacilli 
were  found  in  feces  or  sputum.  No  pneumococci  were 
found  in  sputum. 

Eurther  Progress. — The  attack  gradually  subsided 
sufficiently  so  that  the  patient  decided  to  go  home  on 
September  25,  1939.  Shortly  after  he  returned  home, 
distention  and  pain  again  increased  in  severity  and 

P7 


March,  1941 


MONILIASIS— VAN  BREE 


became  continuous.  Upon  his  complaint  that  the  right 
side  of  his  throat  often  felt  scratchy  during  these  at- 
tacks, a throat  culture  was  taken  and  sent  to  the 
Michigan  Department  of  Health  Laboratory,  which 
reported  “Fungi  resembling  monilia  were  found.”  Sub- 


merging into  each  other  and  continuing  to  January 
1,  1940. 

Treatment — On  January  1,  1940,  the  patient  suffered 
a relapse,  with  pain  in  the  chest,  and  103°  tempera- 
ture rectally.  On  January  2,  60  grs.  of  sulfapyridine 


Fig.  2.  Fig.  3.  Fig.  4. 


sequently,  the  cultures  were  studied  further  and  ac- 
cepted to  be  monilia.  Death  was  produced  in  a rabbit 
by  injection  of  the  cultures,  the  organisms  were  re- 
covered and  the  histologic  picture  found  compatible 
with  an  infection  with  pathogenic  fungi.  Monilia  were 
also  found  in  the  sputum  and  stool  but  not  in  the 
urine  of  the  patient. 

After  the  patient  had  been  treated  with  gentian  violet 
applications  to  the  throat  for  ten  days,  gall-bladder 
drainage  was  done  and  monilia  were  isolated  from  the 
bile.  An  antigen  was  made  from  a killed  fungus  cul- 
ture and  both  scratch  and  intradermal  tests  were  made. 
There  were  only  moderate  local  reactions,  but  in  both 
instances  the  severity  of  the  abdominal  symptoms  was 
noticeably  increased  for  a period  of  eighteen  to  twenty- 
four  hours.  On  December  18,  1939,  a solution  of  gen- 
tian violet  was  given  intravenously.  It  was  afterwards 
discovered  that  the  solution  had  been  made  up  to 
3 per  cent  instead  of  1 per  cent.  After  8 c.c.  had 
been  slowly  injected  the  patient  complained  of  moderate 
burning  in  the  mid-sternal  region.  Fourteen  hours 
later  the  patient  was  sent  into  the  hospital. 

On  admittance,  the  patient  had  marked  dyspnea  and 
pain  in  the  chest.  Temperture  was  102.6°  and  remained 
around  101°  for  the  next  five  days.  Coarse  rales 
were  heard  over  both  lung  bases,  extending  up  to 
the  nipple  on  both  sides.  Slight  dullness  was  found  a 
little  later  on  the  left  side  between  the  fourth  and 
seventh  ribs  with  increased  breath  sound  over  this 
area.  The  white  blood  count  was  15,000  with  77  per 
cent  polymorphonuclears,  17  per  cent  large  lympho- 
cytes, 4 per  cent  lymphocytes,  and  2 per  cent  transi- 
tionals.  Sputum  examination,  on  entrance,  showed  a 
few  pneumococci  which  did  not  react  to  diagnostic 
serum  mixtures,  a,  b,  c,  d,  e,  or  f.  Patient  remained 
almost  continuously  in  the  oxygen  tent  for  ten  days, 
pain  in  the  chest,  and  dyspnea  gradually  subsiding. 
Temperature  gradually  subsided  from  102.6°  to  normal 
in  six  days.  During  the  first  thirteen  days,  the  patient 
had  moderately  severe  attacks  of  distention  and  pain 


was  given  during  a period  of  twenty-four  hours.  X-ray 
of  this  date  shows  pneumonic  consolidation  of  left  lung- 
with  clearing  up  in  its  central  portion,  showing  evi- 
dence of  beginning  resolution.  White  blood  count  was 
43,200  with  93  per  cent  polymorphonuclear.  Sulpha- 
pyridine  was  reduced  on  January"  3 to  40  grs.  and 
temperature  became  normal  on  January  4,  with  a daily 
afternoon  rise  to  101°  until  January  7.  Sputum 
examination  showed  no  pneumococci  at  the  height  of 
the  fever.  Temperature  stayed  normal  thereafter  and 
patient  was  remarkably  free  from  pulmonary  symp- 
toms. During  this  period,  a dose  of  40  grs.  of  sulfa- 
pyridine was  given  daily.  On  January  10  it  was  re- 
duced to  30  grs.;  on  January  13,  to  20  grs.;  and  on. 
January  15  to  7^  grs.  The  patient  continued  on  7W 
grs.  sulfapyridine  daily  until  February  3,  when  the 
dosage  was  increased  to  15  grs.  daily  during  an  upper 
respiratory  infection.  The  drug  was  discontinued  on. 
February  9. 

During  the  use  of  the  sulfapyridine  the  patient 
did  not  have  any  pain  or  distention  except  for  one 
moderate  attack  lasting  twelve  hours  on  January  29 
immediately  following  an  intradermal  test  of  the  monilia 
antigen.  The  local  skin  reaction  for  this  test  was 
2 plus  for  twenty-four  hours.  The  wheal,  however, 
remained  raised  and  reddened  for  over  two  weeks. 

After  the  temperature  became  normal  on  January 
7 the  patient  raised  a small  amount  of  mucopurulent 
sputum  each  day,  at  first  blood-tinged.  The  report 
of  x-ray  taken  on  January  16  was  “Delayed  resolution 
in  pneumonic  consolidation  in  lower  left  lobe.  The 
possibility  of  tuberculosis  should,  we  believe,  be  con- 
sidered in  these  cases.  We  suggest  sputum  examina- 
tion.” This  observation  was  interesting  in  view  of 
the  fact  that  Stovall  and  Greeley  have  stated  that  pul- 
monary moniliasis  in  “the  severe  type  is  much  like 
tuberculosis  and  in  our  experience  is  often  mistaken  for 
it.”  (ref.  Stoval  and  Greeley:  Bronchomycosis,  Jour. 
A.M.A.,  91 :1346,  [Nov.  3]  1928.)  The  tuberculin- 

test  of  Mantoux  type,  0.1  and  1 mg.  proved  negative. 


198 


Jour.  M.S.M.S.. 


SULFAMETHYLTHIAZOL— FINCH,  ALPINER  AND  HUMPHREY 


Sputum  examination  showed  no  pneumococci  or  B.  tu- 
berculosis but  continued  to  show  monilia.  Whether 
monilia  was  the  primary  cause  of  the  pneumonic  con- 
dition or  secondary  invader  on  top  of  irritation  caused 
by  intravenous  gentian  violet  is  a question  which  re- 
mains unsettled. 

On  February  10,  the  day  after  sulfapyridine  had 
been  discontinued,  specimens  of  feces  and  mucopuru- 
lent sputum  were  examined  and  monilia  again  found  but 
in  very  small  numbers.  Further  x-ray  reports  showed 
continued  improvement  of  pulmonary  condition  and 
patient  was  sent  home  on  February  14. 

On  February  15,  patient  again  complained  of  gas 
pains  and  distention.  Sulfapyridine  grs.  14  was  given 
at  7 :30  P.M.  and  pain  and  distention  quieted  down 
considerably,  improvement  being  noted  for  six  hours 
following  administration  of  the  drug.  Another  IS  grs. 
was  given  at  11  A.M.  on  February  17,  and,  following 
this,  pain  and  distention  were  entirely  gone  by  5 P.M. 
There  was  no  further  attack  until  February  29  at  3 :30 
P.M.  At  6:30  P.M.  15  grs.  of  sulphapyridine  were 
given  and  the  dose  repeated  at  11  P.M.  By  4 A.M. 
the  next  morning,  the  pain  was  gone  and  by  9 A.M. 
the  bloating  had  subsided.  The  dose  of  15  grs.  sulfa- 
pyridine was  repeated  at  2 P.M.  On  April  25,  the 
patient  had  another  violent  attack  of  distention  and 
pain  starting  suddenly  at  7 P.M.  He  was  given  15  grs. 
sulfapyridine  at  8 P.M.,  15  grs.  at  2 A.M.  (April  26) 
and  7^  grs.  at  7 A.M.  By  2 P.M.  April  26,  all  pain 
and  distention  had  disappeared.  There  have  been  no 
further  attacks  to  date.  May  31,  1940.  An  x-ray 
examination,  March  4,  1940,  showed  “marked  improve- 
ment in  the  pneumonites  . . . since  last  examination.” 

Summary 

A case  has  been  reported  of  a patient  suffer- 
ing from  a recent  pneumonic  condition  and  pre- 
vious gastro-intestinal  distress  which  extended 
over  approximately  18  years,  dating  back  to  a 
clinical  diagnosis  of  tuberculosis,  unconfirmed. 

Monilia  were  found  in  throat  cultures,  bile, 
feces  and  sputum.  Pathogenicity  was  demon- 
strated in  the  rabbit. 

There  was  clinical  evidence  of  amelioration  of 
symptoms  as  a result  of  sulfapyridine  therapy. 


NATIONAL  PHYSICIANS  COMMITTEE 

As  a part  of  the  general  program  of  education  and 
public  enlightenment,  the  National  Physicians  Commit- 
tee has  arranged,  through  E.  Hofer  & Sons,  to  provide 
more  than  12,000  weekly,  bi-weekly  and  tri-weekly  and 
foreign  language  newspapers  throughout  the  United 
States  with  a weekly  “Editorial  Service.”  Practically 
every  week  there  is  furnished  a short,  concise  article 
or  editorial  dealing  with  the  “medical  issue”  and  stress- 
ing the  advantages  of  our  system  of  independent  prac- 
tice. These  more  than  12,000  newspapers  reach  more 
than  forty  million  (40,000,000)  readers  weekly. 


Sulfamethylthiazol  In 
Staphylncoccus  Albus 
Bacteremia 

Secondary  to  a Carbuncle 
of  the  Nose 

By  D.  L.  Finch,  M.D. 

Augusta,  Michigan 

in  collahoration  with 

S.  Alpiner,  M.D.,  and  A.  A.  Humphrey,  M.D. 

Battle  Creek,  Michigan 

D.  L.  Finch,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1933.  Mem- 
ber of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

Sam  Alpiner,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Wayne  University  College  of  Medi- 
cine, 1938.  Resident  in  Leila  Y.  Post  Mont- 
gomery Hospital. 

Arthur  A.  Humphrey,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Northwestern  University  Medical 
School,  1928.  Pathologist,  Leila  Y.  Post  Mont- 
gomery Hospital,  Community  Hospital,  and 
Baitle  Creek  Sanitarium.  Pathological  consult- 
ant for  the  Michigan  Community  Health  Proj- 
ect. ^ Member  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society. 

■ Sulfamethylthiazol  (2  [para-amino-ben- 
zene-sulfonamido]  4-methyl-thiazol) , a new 
sulfanilamide  thiazol  derivative,  has  been  dis- 
tributed for  experimental  use  and  clinical  investi- 
gation. Barlow^  has  shown  this  drug  to  exert 
a pronounced  action  against  experimental  staphy- 
lococcic, streptococcic  and  pneumococcic  infec- 
tions, both  in  vitro  and  in  vivo.  Long®  has  car- 
ried out  studies  on  the  absorption,  distribution 
and  excretion  of  the  sulfathiazol  derivatives  in 
man.  He  found  that  the  drug  is  excreted  much 
more  rapidly  than  is  sulfapyridine.  The  drug  is 
excreted  both  in  the  urine  and  the  feces.  The 
drug  seems  to  be  distributed  in  exudates  and 
transudates  in  about  the  same  ratio  that  has  been 
noted  previously  for  sulfanilamide.  HerrelF  de- 
scribed the  clinical  use  of  sulfamethylthiazol  in  a 
case  of  staphylococcus  aureus  bacteremia  secon- 
dary to  a staphylococcus  infected  postoperative 
incision  with  very  favorable  results.  Helmholz* 
has  showm  that  the  two  compounds,  sulfamethyl- 
thiazol and  sulfathiazol,  have  a definite  bacterio- 
static effect  on  strains  of  staphylococcus  aureus 
and  streptococcus  fecalis.  He  found  that  in  uri- 
nary infections,  the  latter  organisms  were  killed 
off  by  these  drugs.  Pool  and  Cook^  have  found 
the  new  thiazol  drugs  to  be  less  toxic  than  either 
sulfanilamide  or  sulfapyridine.  Neither  sulfa- 


March,  1941 


199 


bULFAMETHYLTHIAZOL— FINCH,  ALPINER  AND  HUMPHREY 


methylthiazol  nor  sulfathiazol  is  conjugated  by 
the  body  to  the  extent  that  sulfanilamide  and 
sulfapyridine  is  conjugated.  Fitch®  described 
the  use  of  sulfathiazol  in  a case  of  spinal  epidural 
abscess  caused  by  staphylococcus  aureus  compli- 
cated by  septicem'a  and  pyemia  with  favorable 
results. 

We  wish  to  present  a case  of  staphylococcus  al- 
bus  bacteremia  complicating  a carbuncle  of  the 
nose  which  was  successfully  treated  by  the  use 
of  sulfamethylthiazol.*  The  drug  was  admin- 
istered after  failure  to  obtain  clinical  improve- 
ment from  sulfanilamide  and  sulfapyridine.  The 
drug  was  given  in  doses  of  1 gram  every  four 
hours  after  an  initial  dose  of  4 grams.  On  only 
one  occasion  did  the  patient  vomit  a short  time 
after  being  given  the  drug,  but  it  was  tolerated 
well  on  all  other  occasions. 

Case  Report 

G.  B.,  a well  developed  girl  of  sixteen  years,  was 
admitted  to  Leila  Y.  Post  Montgomery  Hospital,  Battle 
Creek,  Michigan,  on  February  23,  1939.  Her  only 
complaint  was  that  of  a pimple  on  the  right  side  of 
nose  in  the  right  nostril  for  the  past  four  days.  This 
was  gradually  getting  larger,  tender  and  painful. 

Physical  examination  disclosed  a small  carbuncle  in 
the  right  nostril,  the  size  of  a small  pea.  This  area 
was  reddened  and  tender.  No  fluctuation  was  present. 
The  anterior  cervical  glands  on  the  right  side  of  the 
neck  were  slightly  palpable.  The  rest  of  the  physical 
examination  was  negative,  and  no  fever  was  present 
on  admittance.  The  white  blood  count  was  16,500 
with  64  per  cent  polymorphonuclears.  Urinalysis 
was  essentially  negative.  The  patient  was  put  on 
sulfanilamide,  15  grains  every  six  hours,  along  with  wet 
boric  compresses  to  the  nose.  Despite  this  treatment, 
the  patient’s  temperature  gradually  increased  to  103.6° 
F.  in  four  days.  The  carbuncle  of  the  nose  had  bur- 
rowed posteriorly  into  the  vestibule  of  the  mouth.  On 
February  27,  1940,  fluctuation  appeared  in  the  mouth 
above  the  upper  lip  where  a small  incision  was  made, 
and  several  drops  of  pus  exuded.  The  patient  was  put 
on  a peroxide  mouth  wash.  The  following  day,  the 
patient  had  a moderately  severe  chill  lasting  about 
fifteen  minutes,  followed  by  a temperature  of  105.2°  F. 
From  February  29  to  March  3 the  patient  ran  a septic 
course  with  the  temperature  ranging  from  100°  F.  to 
106°  F.  Her  general  condition  was  becoming  poorer 
associated  with  apathy,  mental  sluggishness,  no  appe- 
tite and  generalized  weakness. 

A blood  culture  was  taken  following  the  chill  and 
a Gram  positive  Staphylococcus  was  found.  Repeated 
blood  cultures  demonstrated  the  organism  to  be  Staphy- 
lococcus albus.  During  this  entire  time  the  patient 
was  under  sulfanilamide  treatment  without  any  im- 

*Furnished  through  the  Medical  Research  Department  of 
the  Winthrop  Chemical  Company  for  investigational  purposes. 


provement.  On  March  2,  1940,  she  was  put  on 

sulfapyridine  without  any  remarkable  change  in  her 
condition.  The  following  day  she  was  transfused  with 
250  c.c.  of  citrated  blood.  This  was  followed  by  a 
febrile  reaction  reaching  107°  F.  On  March  3,  1940, 
sulfamethylthiazol  was  administered  with  an  initial 
dose  of  4 grams  followed  by  1 gram  every  four  hours. 

Within  twenty-four  hours  the  temperature  dropped 
to  100°  F.  and  within  thirty-six  hours  after  treat- 
ment was  started  with  the  new  drug,  the  tempera- 
ture became  normal  and  remained  that  way  until 
her  discharge  on  March  20,  1940.  The  patient  made 
a remarkable  recovery.  The  carbuncle  of  the  nose 
was  completely  gone  two  days  after  initiation  of 
sulfamethylthiazol  treatment. 

Four  repeated  cultures  taken  after  the  onset  of  thiazol 
treatment  continued  to  be  positive  for  Staphylococcus 
albus.  On  March  14,  1940,  eleven  days  after  beginning 
of  sulfamethylthiazol  treatment,  the  first  sterile  blood 
culture  was  reported.  This  has  been  repeated  on  four 
different  occasions  and  the  blood  stream  reported  sterile. 
The  patient’s  general  condition  has  remained  excellent 
since  her  discharge. 

Repeated  urinalyses  have  shown  no  renal  damage. 
Twenty-three  blood  counts  were  taken  through  the 
illness.  The  red  blood  cells  never  dropped  below 
3,130,000  and  the  lowest  hemoglobin  was  57  per  cent 
at  the  same  time  this  count  was  reported.  Two  trans- 
fusions by  the  indirect  citrate  method  were  given. 
The  white  blood  count  did  not  show  any  leukopenia 
but  there  was  a tendency  to  a granulocj’topenia,  the 
average  granulocyte  count  being  about  50  per  cent, 
while  the  lowest  level  was  30  per  cent. 

Summary 

A sixteen-year-old  child  had  a bacteremia 
caused  by  a carbuncle  of  the  right  nostril  which 
burrowed  into  the  vestibule  of  the  mouth.  The 
elevated  temperature  and  a blood  culture  positive 
for  Staphylococcus  albus  indicated  a bacteremia. 
Sulfamethylthiazol  in  moderate  amounts  were 
given  with  very  little  toxicity.  After  eleven 
days  of  therapy,  the  blood  stream  became  sterile 
and  has  remained  so.  The  patient  made  a re- 
markable recovery. 

Bibliography 

1.  Barlow,  O.  W.,  and  Womburger : Proc.  Soc.  Exper.  Biol, 
and  Med.,  42:762;  (Dec.)  1939. 

2.  Cook,  E.  N.  and  Pool,  T.  L.  : Sulfathiazol  and  sulfame- 

thylthiazol in  the  treatment  of  infections  of  the  urinary 
tract.  Prod.  Staff  Meetings  Mayo  Clinic,  (Feb.  21)  1940. 

3.  Fitch,  T.  : Sulfathiazol  in  staphylococcus  aureus.  Arch. 

Ped.,  57:119-124,  (Feb.)  1940. 

4.  Helmholz,  H.  F. : The  bactericidal  effect  of  sulfathiazole 

and  sulfamethylthiazole  on  bacteria  found  in  urinary  in- 
fections. Proc.  Staff  Meetings  Mayo  Clinic,  (Jan.  31)  1940. 

5.  Herrell,  W.  E.,  and  Brown,  A.  E. : The  clinical  use  of 

sulfamethylthiazole  in  infections  caused  by  staphylococcus 
aureus.  Proc.  Staff  Meetings  Mayo  Clinic,  (Xov.  29)  1939. 

6.  Long,  Perrin  H.  : Thiazole  derivatives  of  sulfanilamide. 

Jour.  A.M.A.,  114:870-871,  (March  9)  1940. 


200 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


BLOOD  BANK— BRINES  AND  MANNING 


Experience  with  the  Blood  Bank"^ 

By  Osborne  A.  Brines,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P. 
and 

J.  Edward  Manning,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Osborne  A.  Brines,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  and  Sur- 
gery, 1927.  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology, 

Wayne  University.  Pathologist  to  Receiving 
Hospital  and  Alexander  Blain  Hospital,  De- 
troit. Diplomate  of  American  Board  of  Path- 
ology. 

John  Edward  Manning,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Western  Reserve  University  School  of 
Medicine,  1937.  Assistant  Resident  in  Surgery, 

Receiving  Hospital,  Detroit. 

■ Many  medical  ideas,  fashions  and  procedures 
appear  to  enjoy  recurring  cycles  of  new  pop- 
ularity, and  so  it  is  not  surprising  that  we  are 
again  using  a method  of  blood  transfusion  which 
we  practically  discarded  about  twenty  years  ago. 
In  1923  one  of  us  (OAB),^  in  discussing  direct 
transfusions,  referred  to  a method  of  transfus- 
ing citrated  blood  which  we  considered  satisfac- 
tor}",  but  recommended  the  direct  transfusion 
technic  as  preferable.  Recently  that  same  ap- 
paratus and  technic,  slightly  modified,  has  large- 
ly replaced  direct  transfusion  methods.  The 
transfusing  of  unmodified  blood,  while  unques- 
tionably of  greater  benefit  to  the  patient,  never 
ceased  to  be  a rather  highly  specialized  technic. 
Generally  speaking  a blood  transfusion  is  a hos- 
pital procedure  and  the  comparative  simplicity 
of  the  indirect  transfusion  has  led  to  its  wide- 
spread adoption  in  institutional  practice.  While 
this  has  been  somewhat  regretful,  it  has  lead  to 
important  developments  and  advances. 

The  imagination  of  both  laymen  and  physicians 
was  stimulated  a few  yeas  ago  by  popular  ac- 
counts from  Russia  of  the  transfusing  of  cadaver 
blood.  It  is  difficult  to  find  clear-cut  descrip- 
tions in  the  medical  literature  of  results  obtained 
by  Russian  investigators,®  but  at  least  the  idea 
of  blood  storage  was  firmly  implanted.  Our 
first  serious  consideration  was  given  the  matter 
about  four  years  ago  after  discussing  the  possi- 
bility of  blood  refrigeration  with  Fantus,^  who 
at  that  time  was  contemplating  such  a step  for 
Cook  County  Hospital.  There  was  apparently 
very  little  blood  banking  done  in  this  country 
prior  to  1937  but  in  the  past  three  years  most 

*From  the  Department  of  Pathology,  Receiving  Hospital,  and 
Wayne  University,  Detroit,  Michigan. 


of  the  large  hospitals  in  this  country  have  in- 
stituted such  a service. 

Overcoming  Objections 

The  blood  bank  at  Detroit  Receiving  Hospital 
had  its  beginning  in  a small  way  during  the 
summer  of  1937  when  an  occasional  bottle  of 
citrated  blood  would  be  placed  in  the  ice  box 
of  the  main  laboratory  for  several  days  until 
the  patient  for  whom  it  had  been  taken  was  in 
need  of  a transfusion.  During  this  period  of 
development  there  were  many  objections  from 
the  various  services  to  using  a common  blood 
bank,  the  main  basis  for  objection  being  the 
fear  that  blood  put  into  the  bank  would  be 
used  for  another  service  and  not  replaced.  Dur- 
ing this  period  it  was  common  practice  for 
some  of  the  services  to  hide  blood  in  ward  re- 
frigerators, thereby  establishing  a private  blood 
bank  for  individual  services.  During  the  first 
year  the  bank  did  not  flourish  both  because  the 
house  staff  did  not  readily  adapt  itself  to  the 
idea  of  administering  stored  blood  and  because 
there  was  even  active  opposition ' to  the  prac- 
tice. However,  the  value  of  having  blood  al- 
ways available  became  more  and  more  appreci- 
ated, and  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  year 
the  attitude  toward  the  bank  changed  abruptly 
and  for  the  past  two  years  the  bank  has  been 
accepted  as  an  indispensable  adjunct  to  institu- 
tional medical  and  surgical  practice. 

During  this  period  42,000  patients  have  been 
admitted  to  the  hospital  and  over  4,000  trans- 
fusions administered,  all  of  which  have  been 
given  with  bank  blood. 

Considerable  financial  saving  has  of  course 
been  possible,  but  the  chief  value  of  the  bank 
has  been  the  ready  availability  of  blood  when 
needed  and  the  elimination  of  the  usual  con- 
fusion attending  the  selection  of  suitable  do- 
nors for  transfusions  in  emergency  situations 
which  frequently  arise  during  the  night  or  on 
week-ends,  holidays,  et  cetera. 

It  is  readily  admitted  that  the  financial  as- 
pect of  blood  bank  operation,  particularly  that 
involving  the  laboratory  examination  of  donors, 
is  much  simpler  in  a charity  hospital  than  it 
might  be  in  a private  institution.  For  this  rea- 
son and  because  of  the  large  number  of  trau- 
matic cases  cared  for,  the  bank  is  a particular 
necessity  in  a hospital  of  this  type. 


M.\rch,  1941 


201 


BLOOD  BANK— BRINES  AND  MANNING 


Source  of  Blood 

An  important  consideration,  of  course,  in  the 
operation  of  a blood  bank  is  the  source  of  blood. 
It  is  customary  for  a member  of  the  resident 
staff  to  approach  the  relatives  or  friends  of  any 
patient  presenting  indications  for  a transfusion. 
The  need  is  explained  to  the  family  without 
frightening  them,  the  point  being  made  that  a 
transfusion  is  no  longer  a life  and  death  pro- 
cedure but  is  a commonly  employed  form  of 
therapy.  Frequently  such  a plea  results  in  more 
blood  being  contributed  for  that  patient  than  is 
necessary,  the  excess  profit  being  used  for  other 
patients  who  have  no  friends  or  relatives.  We 
never  have  encountered  any  difficulty  with 
donors  who  felt  that  they  had  contributed  too 
much  blood. 

Administrarion  of  the  Bank 

Eight  clinical  services*  participate  in  the  bank 
which  is  controlled  by  a committee  composed  of 
a resident  from  each  major  service,  including 
pathology  inasmuch  as  the  department  of  pathol- 
ogy is  chiefly  responsible  for  the  operation  and 
administration  of  the  bank.  This  committee 
meets  once  a week  at  which  time  problems  per- 
taining to  the  bank  are  discussed.  It  has  not 
been  found  necessary  to  establish  a transfusion 
team ; the  internes,  under  supervision  and  with 
modern  equipment,  are  able  to  take  and  give 
blood  without  difficulty. 

Good  bookkeeping  is  necessary  in  order  that 
all  blood  is  fully  accounted  for  at  all  times  and 
that  proper  data  are  available  for  statistical  pur- 
poses. A separate  balance  sheet  is  kept  for  each 
service  and  a report  is  rendered  every  forty-eight 
hours  showing  the  credit  or  debit  of  each  serv- 
ice. When  the  interne  deposits  blood  in  the 
bank  the  technician  in  charge  gives  that  blood 
an  identifying  number  and  credits  his  service 
with  the  amount  of  blood  deposited ; the  reverse 
is  done  when  blood  is  withdrawn.  The  intern 
depositing  the  blood  fills  out  a “donor  card” 
upon  which  is  written  pertinent  data  concerning 
the  donor  including  the  date,  donor’s  name  and 
address,  history  of  venereal  disease,  serum  sen- 
sitivity, allergy  or  malaria,  and  the  number  of 
hours  since  the  last  meal,  together  with  a state- 
ment that  he  or  she  is  physically  fit  to  serve  as 
donor  from  a clinical  viewpoint.  Later  the  blood 
group  and  result  of  the  blood  test  for  syphilis 
are  entered  on  this  card. 


When  blood  is  withdrawn  from  the  bank 
cross  matching  with  the  recipient  is  performecl 
and  a “recipient  card”  of  a different  color  if 
attached  in  place  of  the  “donor  card.”  Th< 
technician  writes  the  bank  blood  number  on  thif 
card  and  later  the  intern  records  such  dat? 
as  date,  name  of  recipient,  case  number,  ward 
service,  amount  of  blood  given,  the  indicatior, 
for  and  time  required  to  give  the  transfusion 
Various  signs  and  symptoms  of  a reaction  are 
listed  on  this  card  such  as  chill,  dyspnea,  cya- 
nosis, pain,  urticaria,  et  cetera.  These  are 
checked  when  noted  and  space  is  available  foi 
describing  any  reaction  which  might  occur.  On 
this  card  is  also  space  for  recording  temperature 
readings  taken  before  the  transfusion  and  every 
half  hour  after  the  start  of  the  transfusion,  re- 
gardless of  the  time  required  for  the  blood  tc 
run  in.  Later  these  cards  are  stapled  back  tc 
back  and  a complete  record  of  the  transfusion 
is  thus  provided.  The  pairing  of  these  card^ 
insures  against  failure  to  fill  out  the  recipient 
card. 

Technic  of  Use  fi 

The  transfusion  apparatus  used  in  this  hos- 
pital is  essentially  that  described  by  Cooksey.' 
The  flask  has  a capacity  of  700  c.c.  and  is 
equipped  with  a rubber  bulb  for  creating  a par- 
tial vacuum.  100  c.c.  of  a 2 per  cent  solution  of 
sodium  citrate  are  placed  in  the  flask  for  500 
c.c.  of  blood.  The  transfusion  sets,  as  well 
as  all  intravenous  apparatus,  are  cleaned  and 
sterilized  in  a central  supply  room  by  two 
nurses  who  are  experienced  in  this  work.  The  set 
is  completely  assembled  before  sterilization,  thus 
reducing  the  chance  of  contamination  on  the 
ward.  The  citrate  solution  is  not  placed  in  the 
flask  before  sterilization  chiefly  because  it  is  felt 
that  aspirating  the  citrate  solution  into  the  flask 
before  the  transfusion  has  the  advantage  of 
moistening  all  surfaces  with  the  anticoagulant. 

Certain  minor  technical  steps  and  procedures 
are  important.  Gentle  handling  of  the  blood  at 
all  times  is  insisted  upon  because  agitation  has- 
tens hemolysis  and  increases  the  incidence  of 
post-transfusion  reactions.  A sample  of  un- 
citrated  donor’s  blood  is  placed  in  a small  test 
tube  which  is  taped  to  the  large  flask  and  from 
this  necessary  laboratory  tests  can  be  made. 
These  tests  are  not  performed  until  the  blood 
is  deposited  in  the  bank.  Positive  blood  tests  j. 

Tour.  M.S.M.S.^ 


202 


BLOOD  BANK— BRINES  AND  MANNING 


for  syphilis  among  our  donors  have  not  ex- 
ceeded 2 per  cent  and  we  feel  that  the  discard- 
ing of  this  negligible  amount  of  blood  is  less 
objectionable  than  the  confusion  and  annoyance 
entailed  in  checking  the  donors  previously.  The 
temperature  of  the  refrigerator  should  be  kept 
between  0°  and  5°  C.  at  all  times,  preferably 
around  2°.  Our  refrigerator  has  an  automatic 
recording  thermometer  which  is  a distinct  advan- 
tage. 

Technical  Experiences 

Our  experiences  with  the  bank  have  been  in- 
teresting and  instructive  and  our  ideas  regard- 
ing the  relative  importance  of  various  factors 
have  changed  several  times. 

At  the  beginning  we  believed  that  the  blood 
could  be  stored  for  at  least  three  weeks.  Now 
we  believe  that  a maximum  of  a week  is  pref- 
erable. 

1 

It  has  been  stated  that  the  life  span  of  fresh 
erythrocytes  in  the  circulation  of  the  recipient 
is  about  120  days  and  that  span  decreases  six 
days  with  each  day  of  storage.  Furthermore, 
it  has  been  found  that  the  prothrombin  content 
: of  the  plasma  decreases  to  a level  of  60  per 
, cent  at  the  end  of  the  third  week.®  Therefore, 
if  blood  is  given  either  to  correct  anemia  or 
for  its  hemostatic  effect  it  should  be  compara- 
tively fresh.  Donor’s  cell  suspensions  are  kept 
taped  to  the  flask  of  blood  while  it  is  in  the 
bank,  and  before  using  a direct  matching  is  per- 
formed between  recipient’s  serum  and  donor’s 
cells. 

As  previously  stated  by  one  of  us  (OAB),^’^ 
type  O (Moss  IV)  donors  can  be  used  univer- 
sally with  safety.  This  statement,  while  ob- 
viously true,  has  been  challenged  by  several 
writers  and  even  today  the  opinion  is  stubbornly 
adhered  to  by  some  that  donors  of  the  recipient’s 
group  are  preferable. 

Experience  has  proved  that  the  use  of  uni- 
versal donors  is  a safe  practice. 

'■  The  reason  is  clear : the  cells  of  group  O 
^ blood  possess  no  agglutinogens  and,  therefore, 
cannot  be  agglutinated.  This  is  an  important 
point  and  has  contributed  considerably  to  the 
^ safety  of  blood  transfusions. 

^ M.^rch,  1941 


In  the  experience  of  Diggs  and  Keith,® 
hemolysis  of  bank  blood  is  an  important  factor 
in  the  production  of  transfusion  reactions.  Fol- 
lowing this  suggestion  we  performed  a hemolysis 
test,  consisting  simply  of  centrifuging  a small 
amount  of  thoroughly  mixed  blood  taken  from 
the  transfusion  flask.  In  several  hundred  con- 
secutive transfusions  we  found  that  after  the 
tenth  day  hemolysis  increased  rapidly,  but  was 
negligible  within  the  first  week,  seldom  more 
than  one  or  two  plus  and  usually  none.  A 
study  of  400  transfusions  convinced  us  that 
hemolysis  up  to  and  including  two  plus  was 
not  a factor  in  producing  post-transfusion  reac- 
tions and  we  concluded  that  in  giving  bank 
blood  which  had  been  properly  handled  and 
stored  at  the  proper  temperature  for  less  than 
ten  days  the  hemolysis  factor  could  be  disre- 
garded. 

Other  laboratory  tests  to  be  performed  on 
banked  blood  should  be  considered.  The  per- 
centage of  hemaglobin  should  doubtless  be  de- 
termined but  a routine  leukocyte  count  is  hardly 
necessary\  Blood  cultures  have  been  run  on 
over  100  bank  bloods  at  the  time  of  administra- 
tion but  the  blood  was  given  without  waiting 
for  the  result.  In  several  instances  the  cultures 
were  positive  for  non-pathogenic  micro-organ- 
isms but  no  reactions  or  other  ill  effects  were 
produced. 

Considering  the  fact  that  any  bacteria  pres- 
ent will  be  in  small  numbers  and  probably  non- 
pathogenic,  and  the  natural  bactericidal  prop- 
erties of  the  recipient’s  blood,  it  would  seem 
that  the  taking  of  blood  cultures  routinely 
from  bank  blood  when  it  is  used  is  both 
unnecessary  and  impractical. 

Furthermore,  removing  samples  of  blood 
from  the  storage  flask  for  various  laboratory 
tests  invites  contamination  and  should  be 
avoided. 

Brem,  Zeiler  and  Hammack^  and  others 
have  stated  that  the  use  of  fasting  donors  re- 
duces the  incidence  of  post-transfusion  reactions. 
In  1,500  transfusions  given  during  the  past  eight 
months  at  this  hospital  the  results  have  been 
carefully  studied  and  recorded.  Attention  has 
been  given  to  the  interval  between  the  time 
of  the  last  meal  and  the  giving  of  blood  and 
we  have  found  that  there  has  been  not  the 

203 


PLASMA  BANK— BRINES  AND  MANNING 


slightest  relationship  between  the  two.  We  have 
obtained  the  same  information  regarding  the 
ingestion  of  alcohol  and  the  same  can  be  said 
of  alcohol  as  of  food. 

% 

The  speed  of  giving  the  blood  has  also  been 
studied  and  we  have  been  forced  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  optimum  time  for  a trans- 
fusion, as  far  as  reactions  are  concerned,  is 
from  sixty  to  ninety  minutes.  Several  months 
ago  we  discontinued  heating  the  blood  before 
giving  it  and  our  figures  would  indicate  that 
this  change  has  reduced  the  percentage  of  re- 
actions. The  chief  objections  to  heating  ap- 
pear to  be  frequent  overheating  and  undesir- 
able agitation  while  heating.  Over  1,000  con- 
secutive transfusions  of  cold  blood  have  been 
given,  frequently  out  of  the  refrigerator  less 
than  thirty  minutes.  The  only  untoward  result 
of  this  practice,  that  we  have  been  able  to  see, 
has  been  a local  cooling  of  the  tissues  in  and 
around  the  antecubital  fossa  and  this  did  not 
seem  to  annoy  the  patient. 

To  discuss  the  percentage  of  post-transfusion 
reactions  is  difficult  be«ause  in  no  two  series  of 
cases  are  the  same  criteria  used.  Because  such 
a discussion  has  little  comparative  value  if  will 
be  omitted  here.  The  amazingly  low  percentage 
of  reactions  in  some  series  would  indicate  that 
very  liberal  criteria  are  sometimes  employed. 

It  is  doubtful  if,  in  the  light  of  present  day 
knowledge  and  experience,  any  large  or  moderate 
sized  hospital  would  care  to  function  without 
a blood  bank.  In  our  experience  it  has  been 
a valuable  asset  in  reducing  transfusion  delay, 
in  eliminating  the  confusion  and  extra  labor 
caused  by  the  testing  of  donors  for  emergency 
transfusions,  and  in  a large  saving  of  money 
formerly  spent  for  professional  donors.  In  the 
past  two  years  no  professional  donors  have  been 
employed  at  Receiving  Hospital. 

One  of  the  most  important  developments  of 
the  blood  bank  has  been  in  the  plasma  bank. 
This  will  be  discussed  by  us  in  a subsequent  is- 
sue of  The  Journal. 

Bibliography 

1.  Brem,  W.  V.,  Zeiler,  A.  H.,  and  Hammack,  R.  W. : Use 

of  fasting  donors.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  175:96,  1928. 

■2.  Brines,  Osborne  A.:  The  transfusing  of  unmodified  blood. 

Arch.  Surg.,  7:306,  1923.  - c j i 

3 Brines  Osborne  A.:  The  transfusing  of  unmodified  blood 

(IV):  Arch.  Surg.,  16:1080,  1928. 

204 


4.  Brines,  Osborne  A.:  Fatal  post-transfusion  reactions.  Jour,  i 

A.M.A.,  94:1114,  (Apr.  12)  1930. 

5.  Cooksey,  W.  B.:  New  apparatus  for  storing,  filtering  and  1 

administering  blood.  Am.  Jour.  Surg.,  49:526,  1940. 

6.  Diggs,  L.  W.,  and  Keith,  A.  J. : Problems  in  blood  bank- 

ing. Am.  Jour.  Clin.  Path.,  9:591,  1939. 

7.  Fantus,  B. : Therapy  of  Cook  County  Hospital;  blood  pres- 

ervation. Jour.  A.M.A.,  109:128,  (July  10)  1937. 

8.  Lord,  J.  W.,  and  Postore,  J.  B.:  Plasma  prothrombin  con- 

tent of  bank  blood.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  113:2231,  (Dec.  16) 
1939. 

9.  Yudin,  S.  S.:  Transfusion  of  stored  cadaver  blood.  L-ancet, 
2:361,  (Aug.  14)  1937. 


Development  of  the  Plasma 
Bank* 

By  Osborne  A.  Brines,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P. 
and 


J.  Edward  Manning,  M.D. 
Detroit,  Michigan 


Osborne  A.  Bbines,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  and  Sur- 
gery, 1927.  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology, 
Wayne  University.  Pathologist  to  Receiving 
Hospital  and  Alexander  Blain  Hospital,  De- 
troit. Diplomate  of  American  Board  of  Path- 
ology. 

John  Edward  Manning,  ^I.D. 

M.D.,  Western  Reserve  University  School  of 
Medicine,  1937.  Assistant  Resident  in  Sur- 
gery, Receiving  Hospital,  Detroit. 


■ As  WAS  stated  in  a previous  article,^  a most 
fortunate  outcome  of  the  blood  bank  has  been 
the  plasma  bank.  During  the  past  year  great 
interest  has  developed  in  the  giving  of  plasma. 
Considerable  impetus  was  given  the  subject  by 
the  extensive  work  done  on  shock  by  Moon,^ 
and  Blalock.^’^’^’^  These  investigators  found 
that  the  most  serious  change  undergone  in  shock 
was  diminution  of  circulating  fluid  volume,  the 
capillary  walls  becoming  more  permeable,  lead- 
ing to  the  escape  of  plasma  into  the  tissues.  A 
vicious  cycle  is  set  up  with  more  and  more  cir- 
culating fluid  being  lost  resulting  in  hemocon- 
centration.  It  has  been  found  that  the  admin- 
istration of  glucose  and  salt  solution  has  but  a 
fleeting  effect  upon  blood  volume,  inasmuch  as 
these  substances  exert  no  appreciable  osmotic 
pressure  within  the  vessels  which  might  operate 
to  draw  lost  fluid  back  into  the  circulation,  but 
instead  are  rapidly  diffused  out  through  dam- 
aged capillary  walls  into  the  tissues  (Fig.  1).  It 
was  obvious  that  the  most  satisfactory  treatment 
for  shock  was  the  introduction  into  the  blood 
stream  of  some  substance  which  would  raise 

A"rom  the  Department  of  Pathology.  Receiving  Hospital,  and 
Wayne  University,  Detroit,  Michigan. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PLASMA  BANK— BRINES  AND  MANNING 


I osmotic  pressure  and  would  not  rapidly  diffuse 
I out  from  the  circulation.  Whole  blood  partially 
i fulfilled  the  requirements.  However,  when 
j hemoconcentration  exists  there  is  little  advan- 
I tage  to  introducing  more  blood  cells  which,  when 
{ not  needed,  are  more  or  less  inert.  In  other 
' words,  under  such  conditions,  a whole  blood 
j transfusion  really  amounts  to  giving  equal 
I amounts  of  useful  and  inert  material. 

1; 

! Blalock  has  stressed  the  use  of  plasma  as 
the  ideal  treatment  for  shock  from  all  causes 
and  it  has  been  known  for  years  that  plasma 
is  a valuable  therapeutic  agent  in  cases  of 
severe  bums.  It  now  seems  apparent  that 
plasma  is  preferable  to  whole  blood  in  all 
emergencies  where  transfusions  have  been  em- 
ployed in  the  past  except  carbon  monoxide 
poisoning,  where  normal  red  cells  are  badly 
needed.  Severe  hemorrhage  is  no  exception 
to  this  statement  because  here  it  is  shock 
and  not  anemia  which  endangers  the  patient’s 
life  and  which  must  be  combated  promptly 
and  forcefully.  We  are  coming  to  realize  that 
the  chief  indications  for  whole  blood  transfu- 
sion are  to  correct  severe  acute  anemia  from 
hemorrhage  after  the  patient  has  been  restored 
from  shock  and  to  correct  severe  chronic  anemia 
where  drug  therapy  is  either  inadequate  or 
impractical,  e.g.,  in  preparation  of  an  anemic 
patient  for  operation. 

Prior  to  the  advent  of  the  blood  bank,  plasma 
was  not  readily  available  but  today  it  is  a nat- 
ural by-product  of  the  former.  Gravitation 
alone  is  necessary  to  separate  cells  from  plasma. 
Centrifugation  yields  slightly  more  plasma  but 
is  not  necessary.  In  the  beginning  it  was  our  , 
practice  to  separate  the  plasma  from  cells  only 
after  it  had  been  in  the  bank  for  some  time 
(about  fourteen  days)  and  apparently  was  not 
going  to  be  used.  Now  we  attempt  to  antici- 
pate the  amount  of  whole  blood  necessary,  being 
sure  to  keep  an  adequate  supply  of  Group  O 
(Moss  IV)  available,  and  then  to  convert  the 
remainder  into  plasma  while  it  is  only  a few 
days  old.  Berkefeld  filtration  will  produce  plas- 
ma of  superior  appearance,  and  of  course  would 
insure  sterility,  but  we  do  not  feel  that  this 
is  necessary.  The  fine  shreds  and  flocculi  fre- 
quently found  in  plasma,  which  apparently  orig- 
inate from  foam,  are  not  objectionable  and  more 


or  less  disappear  upon  agitation.  As  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  refrigerated  blood,  it  does  not 
appear  necessary  to  heat  plasma  before  using. 

At  Detroit  Receiving  Hospital  plasma  trans- 
fusion had  its  origin  in  the  realization  that  too 


CASE  41  MINUTES 


and  plasma  in  a case  of  perforated  gastric  ulcer. 

much  blood  was  being  discarded  because  it  was 
not  being  used  within  the  limit  of  fourteen  days, 
which  we  observed  at  that  time.  It  was  felt 
that  a too  valuable  therapeutic  commodity  was 
being  discarded.  The  surgical  staff  administered 
some  of  this  plasma  to  a few  shock  and  burn 
cases  and  were  favorably  impressed  by  the  re- 
sults obtained.  The  success  of  40  or  50  such 
transfusions  made  it  apparent  that  more  than  the 
accidental  accumulation  of  plasma  would  be 
necessary  to  supply  the  needs  of  the  hospital. 
A more  systematic  production  of  plasma  was, 
therefore,  instituted.  It  was  at  this  time  that  we 
became  convinced  that  our  supply  of  plasma 
should  be  obtained  from  fresh  bank  blood. 
After  separation,  the  plasma  can  be  kept  in  the 
refrigerator  for  weeks  or  months.  If  desired 
to  store  for  an  unusually  long  time  it  could  be 
concentrated  by  lyophilizing.® 

Preparing  the  Plasma 

The  method  of  preparing  plasma  in  this  hos- 
pital has  been  reduced  to  its  simplest  form. 
At  the  end  of  twenty-four  hours  the  citrated 
blood  has  usually  separated  into  two  distinct 
layers  with  the  supernatant  plasma  assuming  a 
clear  yellow  color.  At  the  end  of  three  days 
maximum  packing  of  the  cells  has  occurred. 


March,  1941 


205 


PLASMA  BANK— BRINES  AND  MANNING 


TABLE  I.  AGGLUTININ  TITER  OF  412  SPECIMENS 


OF  SERUM  OR  PLASMA 


Highest 

Number  of 

Dilution 

Specimens 

1-2  

3 

1-4  

18 

1-8  

34 

1-16  

60 

1-32  

100 

1-64  

82 

1-128  

68 

1-256  

32 

1-512  

14 

Over  512 

1 

Total  

412 

Our  method  of  removing  the  plasma  has  been 
to  use  a regular  blood-taking  set  and  by  sub- 
stituting a capillary  or  opsonic  pipette  for  the 
needle  adaptor  the  plasma  can  be  aspirated  into 
a regular  transfusion  flask,  practically  a closed 
system  being  maintained.  Between  25  c.c.  and 
50  c.c.  (about  1 cm.)  of  plasma  will  be  lost  be- 
cause of  cell  contamination.  If  desirous  of  re- 
covering this  small  amount,  this  thin  layer  of 
plasma  could  be  transferred  to  one  or  two  50 
c.c.  centrifuge  tubes  and  the  cells  thrown  down. 
We  have  felt  that  the  loss  of  this  small  amount 
of  plasma  was  negligible  compared  with  the 
labor  necessary  to  recover  it,  together  with  the 
possibility  of  bacterial  contamination,  and  have 
adhered  to  careful  aspiration  to  the  point  where 
cells  begin  to  be  removed.  Each  flask  will  con- 
tain about  450  c.c.  of  plasma  representing  one 
liter  of  whole  blood. 

When  the  plasma  is  placed  in  the  refrigera- 
tor a “plasma  card”  of  characteristic  color  is 
attached,  upon  which  the  same  information  is 
recorded  as  upon  the  “recipient  card”  in  the  case 
of  whole  blood,  except  that  in  addition  blood 
pressure  readings  taken  before  and  after  the 
transfusion  are  recorded.  The  same  bookkeep- 
ing method  is  used  as  was  described  in  blood 
banking  except  that  when  450-500‘  c.c.  of  plasmas 
is  dispensed,  the  service  using  it  is  charged 
with  a liter  of  blood,  making  one  set  of  books 
serve  for  both  commodities. 

Technical  Advantages  of  Plasma 

The  technical  advantages  of  giving  plasma 
are  obvious.  Firstly,  it  is  a no  more  compli- 
cated procedure  than  giving  glucose  intravenous- 
ly. Secondly,  plasma  can  be  administered  with- 
out determining  either  the  blood  group  of  the 
plasma  or  of  the  recipient.  Plasma  which  is 


capable  of  agglutinating  the  recipient’s  cells  in 
vitro  does  not  do  so  when  administered  intra- 
venously because  its  agglutinins  are  thereby  so 
diluted  that  its  agglutinin  titer  falls  to  an  im- 
potent level.  Table  I illustrates  the  agglutinin 
titer  which  we  found  in  412  specimens  of  serum 
and  plasma.  Even  plasma  possessing  a high 
agglutinin  titer  has  not  been  found  to  produce 
an  incompatibility  reaction.  In  about  one-half 
of  our  plasma  transfusions,  theoretically  incom- 
patible plasma  has  been  given  without  the  pro- 
duction of  a single  reaction.  While  we  have 
determined  the  agglutinin  titer  of  all  plasma 
given,  we  consider  it  of  no  practical  importance. 
It  is  preferable  to  pool  two  or  more  lots  of 
plasma  thereby  reducing  its  agglutinin  titer. 
This  is  particularly  true  if  unlike  types  of  plasma 
are  pooled.  In  giving  plasma,  posttransfusion 
reactions  are  negligible  and  it  can  be  said  with- 
out reservation  that  the  blood  group  can  be 
disregarded.  The  time  usually  consumed  by 
these  laboratory  procedures  is  thus  saved,  mak- 
ing plasma  transfusions  more  adaptable  to  emer- 
gency situations. 

The  use  of  plasma  without  regard  for  its 
blood  group  is  based  upon  the  same  funda- 
mental logic  as  the  successful  use  of  universal 
whole  blood  donors.  The  cells  of  group  O 
blood  contain  no  agglutinogens  and  plasma 
contains  no  blood  cells.  The  two  situations 
are  identical  from  the  standpoint  of  incom- 
patibility, agglutination  not  being  possible  in 
either  instance.  Being  able  to  disregard  blood 
groups  in  giving  either  whole  blood  or  plasma 
is  a decided  advantage  considering  the  grow- 
ing complexity  of  isohemagglutination  and  the 
recognition  today  of  at  least  six  types  of 
blood.®  The  successful  use  of  plasma  without 
regard  for  its  blood  group  should  eradicate  all 
remaining  opposition  to  the  employment  of 
universal  whole  blood  donors. 

An  additional  advantage  of  plasma  over  whole 
blood  is  the  speed  with  which  it  can  be  given. 
We  have  no  evidence  that  plasma  can  be  given 
too  rapidly.  The  majority  of  the  plasma  trans- 
fusions at  this  hospital  have  been  given  at  the 
rate  of  500  c.c.  in  less  than  twenty  minutes, 
many  in  ten  minutes  and  a few  in  five  to  seven 
minutes.  Plasma,  because  of  its  lower  specific 
gravity  and  viscosity  runs  through  the  needle 


206 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PLASMA  BANK— BRINES  AND  MANNING 


much  more  rapidly  than  does  whole  blood.  In 
one  instance  500  c.c.  of  plasma  was  given  in 
twelve  minutes,  whereas,  with  the  same  needle, 
apparatus  and  giving  conditions,  the  subsequent 
giving  of  500  c.c.  of  whole  blood  required  88 

CASE  47  MINUTES 


P'ig.  2.  Chart  showing  relative  speed  and  therapeutic  value 
of  plasma  and  whole  blood  transfusion  in  a case  of  severe  shock. 


minutes  (Fig.  2).  Had  this  patient  been  forced 
to  wait  for  an  hour  and  a half  to  receive  her 
first  500  c.c.  of  sustaining  fluid,  it  is  felt  that 
the  outcome  might  have  been  fatal. 

Summary 

The  plasma  bank  at  Receiving  Hospital  has 
been  the  direct  and  natural  out-growth  of  the 
blood  bank  and  is  rapidly  assuming  an  impor- 
tant role  in  transfusion  therapy.  Nevertheless, 
there  are  sufficient  indications  for  giving  both 
whole  blood  and  plasma  to  warrant  the  continu- 
ance of  the  two  as  integral  parts  of  the  blood 
bank  set-up.  Considerable  reluctance,  on  the 
part  of  the  clinical  staff,  to  give  plasma  had  to 
be  overcome  in  the  beginning.  This  same  atti- 
tude was  exhibited  in  the  early  days  of  the 
blood  bank.  However,  once  either  bank  is  prop- 
erly used  and  fully  appreciated,  any  attempt  at 
abolishment  would  probably  meet  with  firm  op- 
position. 

The  outstanding  advantages  of  plasma  trans- 
fusion are  the  speed  and  safety  with  which  the 
plasma  can  be  given  and  its  greater  efficacy  in 
the  treatment  of  such  conditions  as  shock,  burns, 
diabetic  coma,  et  cetera.  Here  the  double  dosage 


of  plasma  is  a great  physiological  and  chemical 
asset,  while  blood  cells  are  unnecessary. 

One’s  thoughts  naturally  turn  to  the  possibil- 
ity and  feasibility  of  further  development  of  the 
plasma  bank  in  the  direction  of  seeking  other 
sources  of  plasma  or  serum.  Possibly  the  tox- 
icity of  animal  serum  for  human  administra- 
tion has  been  overestimated  or  the  serum  could 
some  way  be  rendered  non-toxic.  It  has  been 
stated  by  some  that  human  blood  serum  is  more 
toxic  than  plasma,  some  toxic  substance  or  sub- 
stances being  formed  or  liberated  during  clot- 
ting. This  has  been  disputed  by  others.  Ca- 
daver blood  as  a source  of  plasma  and  serum 
has  to  be  considered.  It  has  been  shown  that 
blood  from  the  jugular  vein  of  non-infectiouS 
individuals  taken  within  a few  hours  after  death 
is  bacteria-free.  As  an  extra  precaution,  Berke- 
feld  filtration  could  be  employed.  These  sources 
of  plasma  and  serum  probably  would  not  have 
to  be  resorted  to  in  civil  practice,  but  the  necessi- 
ties of  military  practice  should  not  be  overlooked 
at  this  time. 

Bibliography 

1.  Blalock,  A.:  Mechanism  and  treatment  of  experimental 

shock.  Arch.  Surg.,  15  ;762,  1927. 

2.  Blalock,  A.:  Experimental  shock.  Arch.  Surg.,  20:959, 

1930. 

3.  Blalock,  A. : Shock  of  peripheral  circulatory  failure.  South. 
Surgeon,  7:150,  1938. 

4.  Blalock,  A.,  and  Bradburn,  H. : Distribution  of  blood  in 
shock.  Arch.  Surg.,  20:26,  1930. 

5.  Brines,  O.  A.,  and  Manning,  J.  E. : Experience  with  the 

blood  bank.  Jour.  Mich  Med.  Soc.,  40:201,  1941. 

6.  Flosdorf,  E.  W.,  and  Mudd,  S. : Procedure  and  apparatus 

for  preservation  in  lyophile  form  of  serum  and  other  bio- 
logical substances.  Jour.  Immunol.,  29:389,  1935. 

7.  Moon,  V.  H. : Shock,  its  mechanism  'and  pathology.  Arch. 

Path.,  24:642,  1937. 

8.  Wiener,  A.  S. : Blood  groups  and  blood  transfusion.  Bal- 
timore: Chas.  G.  Thomas,  1935.  P.  12. 


SELECTIVE  SERVICE  REJECTIONS 

Rejection  of  one-third  of  the  men  applying  for  army 
service  in  the  New  York  area  is  remediable  by  medical 
care  only  to  a small  extent,  according  to  the  January 
issue  of  the  NeTV  York  State  Journal  of  Medicine, 
official  organ  of  more  than  17,000  physicians  of  the 
state. 

“The  defects  for  which  men  are  being  rejected  by 
the  army  examiners,”  The  says,  “are  those  struc- 

tural and  psychologic  weaknesses  upon  which  the  stren- 
uous nature  of  field  training  could  be  expected  to  have 
a detrimental  effect. 

“The  point  of  view  of  the  army  and  of  civilian  medi- 
cal examiners  might  be  expected  to  vary  considerably 
concerning  the  acceptability  of  certain  risks  and  thus 
to  account  for  the  high  percentage  of  rejections.  They 
should  not  be  taken  too  seriously  even  by  constitutional 
pessimists.  And,  after  all,  what  can  be  done  for  flat 
feet,  bow  legs,  and  perforated  eardrums  ?” 

Unfitness  for  medical  service  is  not  necessarily  an 
index  of  health,  according  to  The  Journal,  though 
“some  of  our  socialist  acquaintances  start  right  away 
to  yell  louder  for  state  medicine.” — Medical  Society 
OF  THE  State  of  New  York. 


March,  1941 


207 


RHEUMATIC  FEVER— RIECKER 


Rheumatic  Fever 

Preventive  Aspects* 

By  Herman  H.  Riecker,  M.D. 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 


may  be  distinguished  by  the  following:  they  { 
occur  at  the  end  of  the  day  and  during  the  night  ^ 
in  the  muscles  of  the  legs  and  thighs  about  the  * 
joints  rather  than  in  them.  There  is  no  heat, 
swelling  or  pain  on  motion. 

Incidence 


Herman  H.  Riecker,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School,  ' 

1923.  Associate  Professor  of  Internal 
Medicine,  University  of  Michigan  Med- 
ical School.  Member  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

■ Rheumatic  fever  is  a specific  contagious 
familial  disease  of  childhood  characterized  usu- 
ally by  joint  pains,  mitral  stenosis,  chorea  and 
fibroid  nodules.  However,  the  disease  may  occur 
insidiously  without  joint  symptoms,  chorea,  or 
nodules,  and  since  febrile  illnesses  with  phar- 
yngitis are  not  uncommon  in  children  the  prob- 
ability of  cardiac  crippling  may  remain  quite  un- 
recognized. 

Chorea  in  children  may  occur  independently 
of  rheumatic  activity,  one-half  the  cases  studied 
by  Coburn  and  Moore^  in  New  York  occurring 
in  non-rheumatic  subjects.  Gerstley  and  associ- 
ates'^ in  Chicago,  and  Jones  and  Bland^  in  Boston 
found  that  many  children  with  chorea  did  not 
have  other  rheumatic  manifestations.  Since  al- 
most one-half  of  the  cases  occurred  in  non- 
rheumatic subjects,  each  case  of  chorea  must 
be  differentiated  with  respect  to  possible  rheu- 
matic fever.  The  differential  diagnosis  will  be 
mainly  between  encephalitis,  hysteria,  Hunting- 
ton’s chorea,  chorea  des  degenere,  nervous  tics, 
congenital  syphilis,  and  chorea  gravidarum. 

Between  the  ages  of  five  and  nine  years,  the 
onset  of  the  rheumatic  fever  may  be  sudden, 
with  severe  pancarditis,  or  insidious,  with 
fatigue,  vague  joint  pains  and  mild  fever.  A 
constant  apical  systolic  murmur  may  be  the 
only  evidence  of  damage  to  the  heart  since  the 
presystolic  murmur  of  mitral  stenosis  usually 
is  absent  before  the  tenth  year.  The  child  who 
tires  easily,  is  losing  weight,  with  a poor  appe- 
tite, pallor  and  indefinite  muscle  pains  should 
arouse  the  suspicion  of  the  physician  that  he 
is  dealing  with  the  insidious  form  of  rheumatic 
fever.  Polyarthritis  is  not  as  frequent  in  child- 
hood as  in  later  life,  and  may  be  entirely  absent. 
Non-rheumatic  “growing  pains”  of  childhood 

*This  article  is  submitted  for  publication  at  the  request  of 
the  Subcommittee  on  Heart  and  Degenerative  Diseases  of  the 
Michigan  State  ISIedical  Society. 


Predominantly  a disease  of  childhood  and 
early  adult  life,  with  slightly  greater  incidence 
in  girls,  it  ranks  first  as  a cause  of  death  in 
girls  in  New  York  City  and  is  second  to  ac- 
cidents among  boys. 

Its  incidence  in  Michigan  is  unknown.  The 
disease  has  been  made  reportable  in  the  State 
for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  incidence 
and  to  permit  more  specific  preventive  meas- 
ures. 

In  Northern  United  States  the  incidence 
of  rheumatic  fever  is  estimated  at  between  1 
and  5 per  cent.  Woofter’s^®  careful  studies  in 
West  Virginia  indicate  a higher  percentage  (4.4 
per  cent)  than  is  usually  found.  Martin^^  esti- 
mates the  national  incidence  at  800,000  to  one 
million  cases  per  year  and  an  annual  mortality 
of  about  40,000.  Martin  followed  1,378  children 
for  18  years  and  found  a mortality  rate  of  28.7 
per  cent.  More  than  half  these  died  within  the 
first  five  years  of  their  initial  infection.  Death 
occurs  more  commonly  during  the  second  or 
third  attack,  usually  between  five  and  twelve 
years  of  age. 

According  to  Meakins^^  the  disease  is  seven 
times  more  common  in  urban  than  in  rural  school 
populations.  He  writes  that  mitral  stenosis  is 
twenty  times  more  frequent  in  Boston  than  in 
New  Orleans,  and  fourteen  times  more  frequent 
than  in  Dallas.  J.  T.  Clarke^  found  no  cases  of 
mitral  stenosis  in  thirty-three  years  in  the  tropics. 
In  571,526  out-patients  from  an  estimated  popu- 
lation of  33,748,569  he  saw  747  cases  of  joint 
and  other  manifestations,  with  fever,  obviously 
rheumatism,  but  no  observable  rheumatic  heart 
disease. 

En\dronment 

Sir  Leonard  HilP  discouhts  to  some  extent 
the  effect  of  climate  alone  and  writes  that  “the 
evidence  shows  that  it  is  conditions  produced 
by  dirty,  artificially-heated  and  ill-ventilated 
houses,  and  density  of  {xipulation  which  cause 


208 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


RHEUMATIC  FEVER— RIECKER 


rheumatic  troubles,  the  ill-effect  of  these  condi- 
tions being  intensified  by  a diet  in  which  pro- 
tective foods  are  deficient.”  In  England  damp- 
ness of  houses  is  considered  the  most  important 
local  environmental  predisposing  factor. 

May  Wilson^®  believes  also  that  adverse  local 
or  home  environmental  conditions  are  extremely 
important  because  in  New  York  the  disease  is 
so  much  more  common  among  the  lower  than 
the  higher  economic  classes.  Swift,  Wilson  and 
Todd^^  find  the  disease  about  twenty  times  more 
common  among  the  working  classes  than  among 
the  rich  and  agree  that  overcrowding,  bad  sani- 
tation, dietetic  insufficiency,  and  dampness  are 
important  predisposing  factors.  There  is  a 
marked  seasonal  variation,  the  disease  being 
much  more  common  in  early  spring  when  upper 
respirator}"  infections  are  prevalent. 

Familial  Incidence 

The  familial  incidence  of  rheumatic  fever  is 
interesting  in  that  both  a tissue  susceptibilit}' 
and  a contagious  factor  may  explain  the  occur- 
rence of  the  disease  in  other  members  of  the 
family  in  50-75  per  cent  of  the  cases.  Kaufmann 
and  Scheerer’s^®  contribution  on  the  appearance 
of  the  disease  in  72  pairs  of  twins  supports  the 
constitutional  susceptibility  factor,  while  such 
cases  as. Swift’s  support  the  purely  infectious 
factor.  In  Swift’s  case  of  a child  with  repeated 
attacks,  removal  of  badly  diseased  tonsils  from 
the  mother  resulted  in  complete  cessation  of  re- 
crudescences of  rheumatic  fever  in  the  child. 

Gauld®  and  associates  found  in  two  genera- 
tions a rheumatic  family  history  3.7  times  as 
high  in  96  rheumatic,  children  as  in  the  control 
families. 

Etiology 

Rheumatic  fever  most  clearly  is  an  infection. 
It  has  been  seen  in  epidemics,  and  its  clinical 
features  are  those  of  infection.  The  hemolytic 
streptococcus  is  closely  concerned  as  a precipitat- 
ing  agent  but  it  has  not  been  proved  the  cause 
of  the  infection. 

The  entrance  of  the  infectious  agent  through 
the  upper  respiratory  tract  seems  established. 
'‘One  must  appreciate,”  as  Meakins^^  remarked, 
“that  the  whole  mucous  membrane  of  the  fauces 
and  pharynx  is  the  probable  portal  of  entry.” 
Coburn  and  Moore^  conclude  that  the  “evolution 
of  rheumatic  fever  consists  of  three  phases: 

March,  1941 


first,  a phase  in  which  there  is  fever  and  an  in- 
fection of  the  respiratory  tract  with  the  hemo- 
lytic streptococcus  subsiding  in  a few  days ; sec- 
ond, an  afebrile,  symptom-free  phase  in  which 
the  immune  response  develops  in  the  rheumatic 
subject  with  a diminution  of  serum  complement 
and,  finally,  the  acute  attack  which  is  phase 
three.”  A month  may  elapse  before  the  phase 
three  appears. 

Tonsillectomy 

It  has  been  shown  by  numerous  studies  that 
tonsillectomy  does  not  usually  affect  favorably 
the  course  of  rheumatic  disease,  and  may  pre- 
cipitate either  a recrudescence,  or  rarely  sub- 
acute bacterial  endocarditis  in  a susceptible  indi- 
vidual. Recrudescences  occur  in  a high  per- 
centage of  cases  whether  or  not  a tonsillectomy 
has  been  done. 

In  Baltimore,  Allan  and  Baylor^  found  that 
in  108  patients  subjected  to  tonsillectomy  and 
adenoidectomy  between  1910  and  1924,  recrude- 
scence had  occurred  in  43.5  per  cent.  Rachel 
Ash^^  concluded  from  a study  of  522  children 
in  Philadelphia  that  tonsillectomy  did  not  pre- 
vent recurrences  of  rheumatic  manifestation,  nor 
did  the  presence  or  absence  of  tonsils  have  any 
demonstrable  influence  on  the  possible  cardiac 
involvement.  The  infective  agent  seems  to  enter 
the  body  through  the  lymphoid  tissue  of  the 
whole  nasophar}-nx,  of  which  tonsillar  tissue  is 
but  a part. 

Tonsillectomy  in  the  rheumatic  child  is  indi- 
cated if  there  is  definite  disease  of  the  tonsils, 
not  alone  because  the  child  has  the  rheumatic 
tendency.  If  tonsillectomy  definitely  will  im- 
prove the  health  of  a child,  it  will  be  of  value 
for  the  rheumatic  child.  No  operative  proce- 
dures should  be  carried  out  during  the  active 
phases  of  rheumatic  fever. 

As  Spaulding^®  has  emphasized,  the  greatest 
harm  has  been  done  by  thinking  in  terms  of 
“acute”  as  applied  to  rheumatic  fever.  The 
preventive  principles  of  tuberculosis  would  have 
been  greatly  retarded  had  we  begun  with  the 
phrase  “acute  pulmonary  tuberculosis.”  Preven- 
tive efforts  have  been  long  delayed  by  this  ap- 
plication of  the  term  to  rheumatic  fever. 


209 


RHEUMATIC  FEVER— RIECKER 


Activity  of  the  Infection 

The  activity  of  the  rheumatic  process  may 
be  evaluated  by: 

The  fever,  heart  rate,  and  joint  pains. 

Number  and  appearance  of  the  leukocytes. 

The  sedimentaition  rate. 

General  appearance  of  the  child. 

The  presence  of  anemia,  weight  changes,  and 
fatigue. 

A normal  temperature  with  or  without  sali- 
cylates does  not  prove  inactivity.  The  diagnosis 
of  active  rheumatic  endocarditis  may  be  dif- 
ficult unless  all  the  febrile  states  of  childhood 
are  kept  in  mind.  The  over-active  heart  with 
tachycardia,  at  times  a gallop  rhythm  and  soft 
sounds,  accentuation  of  the  second  pulmonic 
sound,  and  a soft  systolic  murmur  should  be 
noted.  Enlargement  of  the  heart  shadow  by 
x-ray  is  valuable  evidence,  both  in  denoting  ac- 
tivity and  in  following  cases. 

The  constant  tendency  for  recrudescence 
with  further  cardiac  damage  makes  prognosis 
difficult  in  any  case.  About  80  per  cent  of  chil- 
dren having  rheumatic  fever  develop  rheu- 
matic heart  disease.  The  severity  of  the  joint 
inflammation  is  no  criterion  of  possible  in- 
volvement of  the  heart,  since  the  latter  may 
occur  without  joint  manifestations.  In  general, 
the  later  in  life  rheumatism  manifests  itself 
the  less  likelihood  there  is  of  rheumatic  car- 
ditis and  recrudescences. 

The  rheumatic  process  should  be  considered 
active  until  proved  otherwise.  Exactly  the  same 
attitude  should  be  maintained  regarding  activity 
as  in  tuberculosis  in  order  tO'  err  on  the  side  of 
safety.  Prolonged  rest  in  bed,  well  protected 
from  upper  respiratory  infection,  is  as  essential 
as  for  pulmonary  tuberculosis  and  may  prevent 
permanent  disability. 

The  less  common  manifestations  of  rheu- 
matism should  be  recognized  such  as  mild  chorea, 
erythema  multiforme  (annulare,  marginatum, 
nodosum),  and  other  toxic  manifestations, 
anemia,  epistaxis,  sweating  and  fatigue.  The 
first  and  often  the  only  early  symptom  is  fatigue. 

Early  recognition  of  the  disease,  that  is,  at 
the  time  of  the  initial  tachycardia  and  fever,  is 
important  in  a disease  characterized  by  a pro- 
longed course  and  frequent  cardiac  crippling.  In 


the  susceptible  person  frequent  observation  for 
activity  should  be  made. 

Anticipation 

Several  factors  of  anticipation  of  the  disease 
or  its  recrudescence  in  susceptible  persons  may 
be  utilized : 

(a)  Children  in  Northern  urban  areas  from 
the  low  income  families  contribute  the  great 
majority  of  cases. 

(b)  The  local  environment,  particularly  the 
factors  of  overcrowding,  dampness,  and  poor 
food  are  contributing  factors. 

(c)  Children  of  families  in  which  streptococcic 
infection,  tonsillitis  and  scarlet  fever  are  occur- 
ring, and  those  in  which  even  distant  relatives 
have  rheumatic  heart  disease  should  be  partic- 
ularly observed. 

(d)  Hemolytic  streptococcic  infections  in  other 
members  of  the  family  may  initiate  an  attack  in 
a susceptible  child.  The  immediate  isolation  of 
upper  respiratory  tract  infections  in  susceptible 
families  is  therefore  advisable. 

Preventive  Aspects  of  Rheumatic  Fever 

The  care  of  the  quiescent  rheumatic  patient 
is  of  special  importance  and  here  the  principle 
of  the  menace  of  the  herd  is  used. 

(a)  The  disease  should  be  considered  con- 
tagious. 

(b)  Preventive  measures  may  take  the  same 
form  as  in  tuberculosis. 

(c)  The  rheumatic  child  is  “a  crippled  child 
who  does  not  limp.”  The  advantages  of  spe- 
cial hospitals  similar  to  those  now  used  for 
tuberculosis  should  be  recognized. 

(d)  A person  who  has  once  had  rheumatic 
fever  is  always  susceptible  to  subsequent  attacks. 

(e)  The  encouragement  when  feasible  of 
migration  of  susceptible  families  to  a southern 
climate,  or  at  least  the  avoidance  of  dampness 
and  chilling. 

(f)  The  use  of  small  doses  of  sulfanilamide 
or  related  compounds  as  a prophylactic  during 
the  winter  months  has  been  suggested. 

(g)  These  drugs  should  not  be  used  during 
an  acute  phase  of  the  disease. 

(h)  The  person  with  mitral  stenosis  must 
be  protected  from  colds  and  sore  throats  in  other 
members  of  the  family,  in  schoolmates  and  at- 
tendants. The  disease  is  not  only  initiated  by 
upper  respiratory  infection  in  one-half  of  the 


210 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


RHEUMATIC  FEVER— RIECKER 


cases,  but  recrudescence  occurs  in  one-half  the 
cases  following  a cold  or  sore  throat.  Chilling, 
psychic  trcmma,  and  minor  operations  may  pre- 
cipitate an  attack.  These  children  should  be  in 
bed  during  the  time  of  any  respiratory  infection. 

(i)  Rheumatic  children  should  be  guarded 
with  respect  to  exercise  and  their  activities  con- 
stantly directed  to  sedentary  interests.  Rest  pe- 
riods during  the  day  and  warm  sleeping  rooms 
should  be  provided. 

(j)  The  food  intake  is  best  managed  by  insur- 
ing adequate  vitamins  and  minerals  and  the 
avoidance  of  overweight  and  underweight. 

(k)  The  mental  hygiene  aspects  of  a child 
afflicted  with  rheumatic  heart  disease  deserves 

I special  attention  because  of  the  possibility  of 
I creating  additional  disability  through  an  inferior- 
' ity  complex.  Frank  discussion  with  the  parents 
' usually  prepares  for  a satisfactory  life  adapta- 
tion in  individual  cases. 

(l)  Allergic  children  are  unusually  susceptible 
to  upper  respiratory  infection.  A careful  family 
history,  examination  of  the  nasal  mucosa,  and 
a determination  of  eosinophilia  in  blood  and 

: nasal  secretions  is  helpful.  If  the  rheumatic 
j child  exhibits  nasal  or  bronchial  allergic  changes, 
a thorough  study  directed  toward  its  control 
might  be  of  value  in  limiting  the  susceptibility 
to  the  rheumatic  process. 

i (m)  In  any  family,  a member  of  which  has 
I had  rheumatic  fever,  cultures  on  a blood  agar 
' plate  of  the  nasopharynx  of  all  members  of  the 
j family  and  other  contacts  should  be  carried 
! out  during  the  winter.  Protection  against  the 
! hemolytic  streptococcus  ‘"carrier”  is  essential  to 
the  prevention  of  recurrences  in  children  suscep- 
; tible  to  rheumatic  fever. 

1 The  similarity  of  rheumatic  fever  to  tuber- 
: culosis  in  its  familial  incidence,  its  relation  to 
; poverty,  its  tendency  to  attack  the  young,  its 
' constant  recurrences  with  mental  or  physical 
I strain,  surgical  procedures,  or  exposure  to  cold, 
, its  peculiar  immunological  reactions,  and  the 
standard  procedure  in  treatment  should  be  of 
1 value  in  a better  appreciation  of  the  preventive 
t aspects  of  the  disease.  Finally,  rheumatic  fever 
should  be  more  frequently  suspected  by  the  phy- 
sician in  dealing  with  any  indeterminate  infec- 
tion of  childhood. 


References 

1.  Allan,  W.  B.,  and  Baylor,  J.  W. : Influence  of  tonsillectomy 
upon  the  course  of  rheumatic  fever  and  rheumatic  heart 
disease.  Study  of  100  cases.  Bull.  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital, 63:111-123,  (Aug.)  1938. 

2.  Ash,  R. : Influence  of  tonsillectomy  on  rheumatic  infection. 
Am.  Jour.  Dis.  Child.,  55:63-78,  (Jan.)  1938. 

3.  Clarke,  J.  T.:  The  geographical  distribution  of  rheumatic 

fever.  Jour.  Trop.  Med.  & Hyg.,  23:249-258,  (Sept.  1), 
1930. 

4.  Coburn,  A.  F.,  and  Moore,  L.  V. : Independence  of  chorea 
and  rheumatic  activity.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  193:1-4, 
(Jan.)  1937. 

5.  Coburn,  A.  F.,  and  Moore,  L.  V.:  Prophylatic  use  of 

sulfanilamide  in  streptococcal  respiratory  infections  with 
especial  reference  to  rheumatic  fever.  Jour.  Clin.  Investi- 
gation, 18:147-155,  (Jan.)  1939. 

6.  Gauld,  R.  L.,  Ciocco,  A.,  and  Read,  F.  E.  M.:  Further 

observations  on  the  >ccurrence  of  rheumatic  manifestations 
in  families  of  rheumatic  patients.  Jour.  Clin.  Investigation, 
18:213-217,  (March)  1939. 

7.  Gerstley,  J.  R.,  Wile,  S.  A.,  Falstein,  E.  I.,  and  Gayle,  M.: 
Chorea:  is  it  a manifestation  of  rheumatic  fever?  Jour. 
Pediat.,  6:42-50,  (Jan.)  1935. 

8.  Hill,  L. ; Rheumatism  and  climate.  Brit.  Med.  Jour., 
2:276-278,  (Aug.  5)  1939. 

9.  Jones,  T.  D.,  and  Bland,  E.  F. : Clinical  Significance  of 

chorea  as  a manifestation  of  rheumatic  fever.  Jour. 
A.M.A.,  105:571-577,  (Aug.  24)  1935. 

10.  Kaufmann,  O.,  and  Scheerer,  E. : tiber  die  Erblichkeit  des 
akuten  Gelenkrheumatismus.  (Untersuchungen  and  72 
Zwillingspaaren).  Ztschr.  f.  Menschl.  Vererb.  u.  Konstitu- 
tionslehrer,  21:687-696,  1938. 

11.  Martin.  A.  T. : Clinical  aspects  of  rheumatic  fever  in  chil- 
dren. Bull.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Med.,  16:475-482,  (July  19)  1940. 

12.  Meakins,  J.  C. : Rheumatic  fever.  Canad.  Med.  Assn. 

Jour.,  39:426-429,  (Nov.)  1938. 

13.  Spaulding,  E.  G.:  Personal  communication 

14.  Swift,  H.  F.,  Wilson,  M.  G.,  and  Todd,  E.  W. : Skin  re- 

actions of  patients  with  rheumatic  fever  to  toxic  filtrates 
of  streptococcus.  Am.  Jour.  Dis.  Child.,  37:98-111,  (Jan.) 
1929. 

15.  Wilson,  M.  G. : Rheumatic  fever;  childhood  rheumatism. 

Preventive  Medicine,  8:7-20,  (April)  1938. 

16.  Woofter,  A.  C. : Preliminary  survey  on  the  relation  of 
physical  defects  to  scholastic  standing.  W.  Virginia  Med. 
Jour.,  35:413-415,  (Sept.)  1939. 


General  References 


Coburn,  A.  F. : The  Factor  of  Infection  in  the  Rheumatic 

State.  Baltimore:  Williams  and  Wilkins,  1931. 

Wilson,  M.  G. : Rheumatic  Fever.  New  York:  The  Common- 

wealth Fund,  1940. 


MICHIGAN'S  SANATORIA 


Citizens  o£  Michigan  may  well  be  proud  of  their 
tuberculosis  record — for  this  state  is  now  among  the 
leaders  in  case-finding,  treatment  and  hospitalization 
for  the  tuberculous. 

Individual  effort  and  organized  campaigns  have 
helped  to  reduce  the  state  tuberculosis  death  rate  al- 
most 60%  since  the  beginning  of  the  century.  For  34 
years  the  Michigan  Tuberculosis  Association  has  been 
carrying  on  educational  and  actual  case-finding  pro- 
grams. At  the  present  time  the  Michigan  Sanatorium 
Association  is  voluntarily  conducting  a survey  in  order 
to  improve  the  already  high  standards  of  tuberculosis 
treatment  in  state  approved  sanatoriums.  Through  ef- 
fective laws,  the  legislature  has  been  able  to  make 
hospitalization  and  treatment  available  to  r’ch  and  poor 
alike. 

Figuratively,  Michigan  is  now  on  the  last  lap.  Ac- 
tually, there  is  much  to  be  done.  Last  year  6,119  active 
cases  of  tuberculosis  were  reported  in  the  state,  and 
it  is  estimated  that  there  were  around  12,000  unknown 
cases.  The  goal  of  tuberculosis  care  is  “hospitalization 
and  treatment  for  every  known  case.” — Health,  Jan.- 
Feb.,  1941. 


March,  1941 


211 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


Clinico-PathDlngiGal 

Conference 

Detroit  Receiving  Hospital 
January  16,  1941 

P.  T.,  a colored  man,  thirty-eight  years  of  age,  was 
admitted  to  the  hospital  on  July  19,  complaining  of 
weakness  and  cough  of  three  weeks’  duration. 

Present  Illness. — This  patient  had  had  a number  of 
previous  admissions  to  Receiving  Hospital  for  the  treat- 
ment of  his  diabetes  which  was  known  to  have  existed 
for  five  years.  He  had  not  followed  his  diet  and  insulin 
requirements  consistently  partly  because  of  financial  dif- 
ficulties. His  last  previous  admission  was  in  May,  1940, 
when  he  had  experienced  increased  thirst,  polyuria, 
and  loss  of  weight  apparently  because  he  had  not 
been  able  to  follow  his  diet.  He  was  discharged  from 
the  hospital  on  a daily  dosage  of  40  units  of  protamine 
insulin  and  a diet  containing  150  grams  of  carbohy- 
drate, 75  grams  of  protein  and  120  grams  of  fat.  He 
left  without  the  sanction  of  his  doctor  and  the  diabetes 
was  not  completely  controlled.  He  continued  to  feel 
poorly  and  was  unable  to  work.  About  three  weeks 
before  his  present  admission  be  began  to  notice  marked 
fatigue  on  any  exertion,  had  drenching  night  sweats 
and  felt  feverish  during  the  day.  A week  later  a 
cough  which  he  had  paid  no'  attention  to  previously 
become  more  marked  and  productive  of  moderate 
amounts  of  greenish  mucopurulent  sputum.  He  did 
not  complain  of  polyuria,  polyphagia,  polydypsia,  or 
drowsiness. 

Pcist  History. — General  health  good.  No  serious  ill- 
nesses. No  history  of  venereal  disease.  No  operations. 
Blood  pressure  of  190/130  recorded  on  admission  in 
May,  1940.  Review  of  history  by  systems  incomplete. 

Familial  History,  Marital  History  and  Occupational 
History : Not  remarkable. 

Physical  Examination. — Revealed  a slender,  emaciated, 
acutely  ill,  colored  male.  Mental  state  clear.  Tempera- 
ture 102°,  pulse  120,  respirations  25.  Eyes : ocular  pupils 
equal  and  regular  reacting  promptly  to  light  and  upon 
accommodation.  Ocular  fundi  showed  moderate  nar- 
rowing and  sclerosis  of  the  retinal  arterioles.  No 
hemorrhages  or  exudates.  Ears,  nose  and  throat ; 
not  remarkable.  Neck:  no  cervical  rigidity.  No  en- 
largement of  thyroid  gland.  No  cervical  or  other 
lymphadenopathy.  Lungs : dullness  to  percussion  over 
the  right  apex  anteriorly  and  po'steriorly.  Bronchial 
breathing,  increased  tactile  fremitus,  bronchophony  and 
numerous  medium  crepitant  rales  over  this  area.  Scat- 
tered crepitant  rales  over  remainder  of  right  lung  field 
and  at  left  base.  Heart : apical  impulse  visible  and 
palpable  in  fifth  intercostal  space  in  the  mid-clavicular 
line.  Heart  sounds  of  good  quality  without  audible 
murmurs.  Blood  pressure  140/90.  Abdomen : liver, 
spleen  and  kidneys  not  palpable.  No  masses,  tender- 
ness or  rigidity.  Extremities : radial  arteries  slightly 


thickened.  Tendon  reflexes  normal.  Rectal  and  geni-  ! 
talia : negative.  \ 

Laboratory  Tests. — See  table.  Other  Laboratory  Eind- 
ings : urinalysis : specific  gravity  quantity  not  sufficient, 
sugar  O,  albumin  trace ; sediment — one  leukocyte  per 
h.p.f.  Blood:  Hemoglobin  9.5  grams;  erythroctyes  3.46 
millions ; leukocytes  6,600 ; neutrophiles  72  per  cent, 
filamented  42  per  cent,  non-filamented  30  per  cent, 
eosinophiles  1 per  cent,  lymphocytes  26  per  cent,  mono- 
nuclears 1 per  cent.  Kline  test  negative.  Roentgeno- 
grams to  be  repcvrted. 

Clinical  Course. — Patient’s  temperature  remained  > 
consistently  elevated,  rising  gradually  to  a peak  of 
105°.  The  pulse  rate  ranged  between  110  and  130. 
Respirations  gradually  rose  from  25  to  35.  On  the  ; 
morning  of  July  20,  patient  had  what  was  apparently 
a hypoglycemic  reaction  for  which  50  c.c.  of  50  per  cent 
glucose  were  given  intravenously.  Another  similar 
attack  occurred  at  8:00  p.  m.  on  July  20.  At  2:00  a.  m.  i 
on  July  21  patient  was  seen  in  a tonic  convulsion  and  ! 
unconscious  mental  state  which  responded  within  four 
minutes  to  the  intravenous  injection  of  40  c.c.  of  50  , 
per  cent  glucose.  Again  at  4 :30  a.  m.  he  relapsed  into  a 
stuporous  condition  which  again  responded  quickly  to  j 
50  per  cent  glucose.  Because  of  this  recurrence  he  was  | 
given  1,000  c.c.  of  10  per  cent  glucose  intravenously  [ 
slowly.  At  9:00  a.  m.  and  11 :00  a.  m.  less  severe  hypo-  I 
glycemic  symptoms  occurred  which  were  controlled  by 
oral  administration  of  coma  feedings.  At  3 :30  p.  m., 
the  patient  had  an  attack  consisting  of  clonic  con- 
vulsion of  all  extremities  with  twitchings  of  the  facial 
muscles,  accompanied  by  lack  of  response  to  external 
stimuli,  groaning  and  turning  of  the  head  to  the  left.  1 
The  skin  was  described  as  hot  and  moist.  He  remained 
unconscious  for  about  thirty  minutes  following  which 
he  gradually  regained  consciousness.  Similar  uncon-  i 
scions  episodes  occurred  at  6 :45  p.  m.  and  again 
at  2 :00  a.  m.  on  July  22.  During  the  afternoon  on  July  j 
22,  another  similar  episode  occurred  the  patient  re-  I 
spending  again  to  intravenous  glucose.  At  6 :00  p.  m. 
while  the  patient  was  talking  to  his  wife  he  had  a 
sudden  convulsion  and  expired  in  a few  minutes. 

Discussion 

Dr.  Richard  McKean  ; This  patient  had  a 
number  of  previous  admissions  to  this  hospital, 
and  there  is  no  question  that  he  had  true  diabetes 
mellitus.  We  have  all  of  the  evidence  necessar}' 
to  establish  an  undoubted  diagnosis  of  that  par- 
ticular condition.  The  story  of  his  present  illness  i 
indicates  that  he  has  developed  a complicating 
disease,  but  does  not  give  any  definite  information 
concerning  its  nature.  Cough  is  a prominent  fea- 
ture of  his  illness,  but  the  type  of  sputum  is  not 
characteristic  enough  to  be  of  any  help  in  deciding 
what  the  source  of  this  is.  Likewise,  it  was  ap-  : 
parently  impossible  to  get  an  accurate  history  of 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


212 


CLIXICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


Date 

Time 

Insulin 

Blood 

CO2 

Urine 

Diacetic 

Feedings 

Sugar 

Sugar 

Acetone 

7/19/40 

4:30  p.m. 

blue 

*coma  feeding 

9:00  p.m. 

blue 

coma  feeding 

7/20/40 

7 :00  a.m. 
7 :30  a.m. 
9:30  a.m. 

U 40  (prot.) 

34 

58  vol.  % 

green 

negative 

50  c.c,  50%  glu.  IV’ 

11:30  a.m. 

green 

*diet 

4:30  p.m. 

green 

diet 

7 :00  p.m. 

50  c.c.  50%  ghi.  IV 

8:00  p.m. 

green 

coma  feeding 

7/21/40 

2:30  a.m. 

20 

52  vol.  % 

40  c.c.  50%  glu.  IV 

4:30  a.m. 

U XV  (reg.) 

\ 50  c.c.  50%  glu.  IV 
i 100  c.c.  10%  glu.  IV 

7 :30  a.m. 

yellow 

negative 

diet 

9:00  a.m. 

coma  feeding 

11:00  a.m. 

66.2 

coma  feeding 

11:30  a.m. 

yellow 

diet 

3:30  p.m. 

26 

50  c.c.  50%  glu.  IV 

4:00  p.m. 

coma  feeding 

4:30  p.m. 

unable  to 
obtain  spec. 

diet 

7 :00  p.m. 

j 100  c.c.  50%  glu.  IV 
( coma  feeding 

8:30  p.m. 

yellow 

coma  feeding 

2:00  a.m. 

green 

100  c.c.  50%  glu.  IV 

4:00  a.m. 

each  coma  feeding 

6:00  a.m. 

each  coma  feeding 

7/22/40 

7 :30  a.m. 
8:30  a.m. 

green 

negative 

coma  feeding 

11:30  a.m. 

orange 

diet 

3:30  p.m. 

18.0 

50  c.c.  50%  glu.  I\" 

4:00  p.m. 

( 50  c.c.  50%  glu.  IV 

/ 1000  c.c.  10%  glu.  IV 

4:30  p.m. 

unable  to 
obtain  spec. 

6:00  p.m. 

Expired 

the  diet  which  he  had  been  following,  or  to  know 
whether  he  had  been  taking  insulin  regularly. 
This  leaves  us  in  the  dark  as  far  as  being  able 
to  estimate  how  well  or  how  poorly  his  diabetes 
may  have  been  controlled.  However,  judging 
from  the  lack  of  polyuria,  polyphagia,  polydipsia 
and  drowsiness  it  was  not  a diabetic  acidotic  state 
which  caused  his  entr}'  on  this  admission. 

The  examination  of  the  ocular  fundi  bear  out 
the  previous  finding  of  hypertensive  vascular 
disease.  The  chest  findings  indicate  a consolida- 
tion of  the  left  upper  lobe  which  could  be  either 
a tuberculous  process,  possibly  with  cavitation, 
or  an  apical  lobar  pneumonia.  The  considerable 
drop  in  blood  pressure  from  a previous  reading 
of  190/130  to  140/90  may  be  merely  secondar}' 
to  his  general  state  of  malnutrition  but  may, 
on  the  other  hand  speak  for  more  than  meets 
the  eye.  Aside  from  the  laborator}*  work  per- 
taining to  blood  sugar  and  urine,  the  most  signifi- 
cant finding  is  the  absence  of  leucocytosis.  Al- 


though we  have  had  a number  of  cases  of  pneu- 
mococcic  pneumonia  with  perfectly  normal  leu- 
cocyte counts,  and  some  with  frank  leucopenia, 
such  a definite  lobar  involvement  as  was  found  in 
this  case  is  usually  accompanied  by  leukocHosis. 
Therefore,  this  is  a point  in  favor  of  pulmonary 
tuberculosis,  and  combined  with  a history  of  a 
chronic  cough  and  night  sweats,  in  a colored  pa- 
tient with  diabetes  makes  this  the  most  probable 
cause  of  his  pulmonan’  disease. 

The  low  blood  sugar  levels,  the  absence  of  ap- 
preciable glycosuria  in  spite  of  the  small  amount 
of  insulin  and  the  large  amounts  of  dextrose 
which  were  given  intravenously  and  orally  to 
this  patient  represent  just  the  opposite  effects 
from  what  we  would  expect  in  a moderately  se- 
vere diabetic.  The  explanation  of  this  paradox  is 
the  chief  problem  in  this  case.  I have  never  seen 
this  occur  in  the  course  of  combined  diabetes  and 
pulmonary  tuberculosis,  although  we  have  fol- 
lowed some  220  cases  of  this  type  at  Herman 


March,  1941 


213 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


Kiefer  Hospital  during  the  past  ten  years.  Usual- 
ly their  diabetes  becomes  more  severe  because 
of  the  accompanying  infection.  Occasionally,  as 
in  any  diabetic,  failure  to  eat  while  continuing  to 
take  insulin  will  result  in  hypoglycemic  reac- 
tions. However,  this  man,  who  in  thirty-six  hours 
had  no  insulin,  kept  on  having  steadily  decreas- 
ing blood  sugar  levels  down  to  18.5  mg.  per  cent. 

What  are  some  of  the  causes  of  hypoglycemia 
which  we  might  consider  ? First,  there  is  true 
hyperinsulinism,  which  can  be  caused  either  by 
overdosage  of  parenterally  injected  insulin,  or  by 
diffuse  hyperplasia,  an  adenoma,  or  a carcinoma 
of  the  islet  tissue  of  the  pancreas.  These  path- 
ologic states  represent  islet  tissue  and  function 
gone  wild,  producing  more  insulin  than  is  needed 
for  the  normal  metabolic  processes.  This,  to  my 
knowledge,  has  never  occurred  in  patients  who 
were  previously  diabetic,  presumably  with  hypo- 
functioning islet  tissue,  and  therefore  is  unlikely 
in  this  case.  All  other  types  of  hypoglycemia 
are  not  due  to  hyperinsulinism,  unless  one  as- 
sumes that  hyperfunction  may  occur  in  the  ab- 
sence of  pathologic  changes  in  the  pancreas. 
Hepatic  disease  of  various  types  including  toxic 
cirrhosis,  diffuse  carcinomatous  involvement,  the 
so-called  fatty  metamorphosis  of  the  liver,  or 
in  fact,  any  disease  which  affects  widely  the  liver 
parenchyma  may  be  accompanied  by  hypogly- 
cemia. The  explanation  of  this  type  of  hypogly- 
cemia is  to  be  found  in  the  disturbance  of  a nor- 
mal physiologic  mechanism  through  which  the 
blood  sugar  is  controlled.  Normally,  when  there 
is  an  increased  demand  for  glucose  and  a tend- 
ency for  the  blood  sugar  to  fall,  the  conversion 
into  glucose  of  glycogen  stored  in  the  liver  is 
accelerated.  This  acceleration  is  caused  by  a 
reflex  stimulation  of  the  splanchnic  nerves  which 
act  on  the  liver  directly  and  also  indirectly  by 
the  production  of  increased  amounts  of  adren- 
alin. If  the  store  of  glycogen  in  the  liver  is  de- 
pleted by  disease  this  mechanism  cannot  operate 
and  hypoglycemia  may  result.  A valuable 
aid  in  excluding  this  type  of  hypoglycemia 
is  the  subcutaneous  injection  of  adrenalin. 
This  will  cause  a prompt  rise  in  blood  sugar 
if  the  liver  stores  of  glycogen  are  normal. 
In  this  case  there  is  no  evidence  of  hepatic  dis- 
ease— jaundice  is  absent,  and  the  liver  is  not 
demonstrably  changed  in  size.  There  was  ap- 
parently not  sufficient  opportunity  to  study  liver 
function.  Dr.  Max  Pinner,  formerly  the  Path- 


ologist at  Herman  Kiefer  Hospital,  has  frequent-  i 
ly  found  fatty  livers  in  patients  dying  from 
tuberculosis.  A similar  type  of  involvement  is 
occasionally  seen  in  diabetes,  especially  when  it  ; 
is  not  well  controlled.  Such  a change  may  pos-  o: 
sibly  be  present  in  this  case.  Diffuse  carcin-  \ 
omatous  involvement  could  be  present  without  - 
jaundice,  but  such  a diagnosis  in  a patient  of 
this  age  without  other  evidence  of  carcinoma  c 
would  be  sheer  speculation.  Hemochromatosis  - 
should  be  mentioned  although  the  lack  of  hepatic  : 
enlargement  as  well  as  the  absence  of  abnormal  r 
pigmentation  of  the  skin  tend  to  exclude  this  dis-  ; 
ease.  A more  likely  condition  would  be  a chronic 
hepatitis  or  cirrhosis. 

Another  cause  of  hypoglycemia  is  the  absence  ' 
or  diminution  of  the  internal  secretion  of  the 
anterior  pituitary,  the  thyroid,  or  the  cortex  of  ’ 
the  adrenal  glands.  These  products  normally  op- 
pose the  action  of  insulin  and  their  lack  may 
lead  to  hypoglycemia  even  when  the  insulin 
production  is  normal.  Basophilic  adenomas  of 
the  pituitary  are  often  accompanied  by  hyper- 
tension, hyperglycemia  and  glycosuria,  the  two 
latter  being  due  to  an  excess  of  the  diabetogenic 
hormone.  The  exact  mechanism  of  the  effect  of 
this  hormone  is  not  known,  although  there  is 
good  evidence  that  it  may  exert  its  effect  through 
the  adrenal  cortex.  It  is  possible  to  hypothecate 
the  development  of  hypopituitarism  later  in  the 
course  of  this  disease  due  to  destruction  of  nor- 
mal pituitary  substance  and  thus  to  explain  this 
patient’s  previous  hypertension  and  diabetes  with 
the  later  fall  in  blood  pressure  and  the  appear- 
ance of  hypoglycemia.  However,  he  did  not 
show  at  any  time  the  characteristic  obesity  of 
patients  having  basophilic  pituitary  adenomas, 
his  diabetes  was  more  severe  than  that  usually 
seen  in  this  condition  and  a subsequent  hypopitui- 
tarism, while  it  occurs  commonly  in  other  pitui- 
tary tumors,  must  be  either  non-existent  or  very 
unusual  in  Cushing’s  disease  because  of  the  usual 
small  size  of  basophilic  adenomas.  Therefore,  if 
a pituitary  lesion  is  present,  it  is  either  one  of 
the  other  types  of  pituitary  tumors,  or  destruc- 
tion of  the  pituitary  from  hemorrhage  or  unex- 
plained atrophy.  I have  never  seen  hypothyroid- 
ism produce  hypoglycemia  of  this  severity.  Fur- 
thermore, there  was  no  evidence  of  myxedema. 
This  patient  might  be  considered  to  be  a candi- 
date for  Addison’s  disease.  The  chief  thing 
against  adrenal  insufficiency  as  a factor  in  his 


214 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


J 


hypoglycemia  is  the  blood  pressure  reading  of 
140/90. 

Certain  lesions  of  the  central  nervous  system 
may  show  glycosuria.  Although  this  man  had 
definite  evidence  of  central  nervous  system  in- 
volvement as  indicated  by  convulsive  seizures, 
these  were  undoubtedly  caused  by  the  hypogly- 
cemia rather  than  being  the  cause  of  his  disturbed 
carbohydrate  metabolism.  Finally,  the  most  com- 
mon cause  of  hypoglycemia  is  the  so-called  func- 
tional hypoglycemia.  Its  etiolog}'  is  unknown.  It 
never  causes  as  low  blood  sugar  levels  as  were 
present  in  this  case.  Dr.  Conn  of  Ann  Arbor  has 
described  beautifully  these  various  types  and 
their  treatment  in  a recent  volume  of  the  Jour- 
nal of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

In  summar}%  the  following  diagnosis  should  be 
made  in  this  case ; 


1.  Diabetes  mellitus. 

2.  Pulmonary  tuberculosis,  probably  with  cav- 
itation. 

3.  Hypertensive  vascular  disease. 

4.  Cerebral  damage  secondary  to  hypogly- 
cemia. 

5.  Hypoglycemia  due  (in  order  of  probability) 
to  (a)  diffuse  hepatic  disease,  cirrhosis,  or  fatty 
metamorphosis;  (b)  pituitary  insufficiency,  from 
pituitary"  tumor,  or  atrophy;  (c)  Addison’s  dis- 
ease. 


Dr.  Robert  J.  Schneck  : Doctor  McKean  has 
given  a very^  complete  discussion  of  this  case, 
and  I have  very  little  to  add.  I agree  with  his 
opinion  that  pulmonary  tuberculosis  is  the  best 
explanation  of  the  findings  in  the  chest.  The  sud- 
denness of  the  onset  of  the  hypoglycemia  as  well 
as  the  absence  of  findings  implicating  the  liver  or 
the  adrenal  glands  in  my  opinion  favor  a de- 
structive lesion  of  the  pituitar}'.  A tuberculoma 
of  the  brain  associated  with  the  pulmonary  tu- 
berculosis is  a possible  cause.  A metastatic  ab- 
scess of  the  brain  secondar}^  to  a pulmonary 
abscess  is  a possibility  which  also  should  be  men- 
tioned. 


Dr.  a.  Hazen  Price  : This  series  of  events 
leading  to  this  patient’s  death  might  be  recon- 
structed as  follows : he  originally  had  diabetes 
and  then  developed  a respiratory  infection.  The 
latter  was  probably  tuberculous  in  nature,  but 
may  have  been  entirely  non-tuberculous,  or  tu- 


berculosis with  a superimposed  acute  pulmonary 
infection.  Also,  I believe  he  probably  had  some 
ty^pe  of  chronic  hepatic  disease — chronic  hepatitis, 
a fatty  liver,  or,  less  likely,  tuberculosis  of  the 
liver.  This  may  not  have  been  ver}’  extensive, 
and  the  respiratory  infection  may  have  acted  to 
change  the  state  of  the  liver  from  one  of  low 
reserve  to  one  with  some  degree  of  hepatic  insuf- 
ficiency, leading  to  hypoglycemia.  In  this  sense, 
the  respirator}'  infection  may  have  been  the 
last  “straw  which  broke  the  camel’s  back.”  The 
lack  of  evidences  or  hepatic  disease  is  somewhat 
against  this  course  of  events.  Pituitary  or  adrenal 
insufficiency  may  have  been  present.  However, 
I believe  the  former  explanation  best  fits  this 
case. 

Dr.  jMartix  Schaeffer  ; I agree  with  Doctor 
McKean’s  diagnoses.  Amyloid  disease  of  the 
liver  should  be  mentioned  because  of  the  prob- 
ability that  he  had  pulmonar}"  tuberculosis.  We 
have  a patient  suffering  from  chronic  pancreatitis 
who  developed  rather  severe  hypoglycemia  each 
time  he  experienced  a flare-up  of  this  condition. 

Roentgenologic  Findings 

Roentgenogram  of  the  chest  taken  July  20,  1940 
showed  consolidation  throughout  the  entire  right  upper 
lobe,  most  of  the  right  lower  and  the  mid-portion  of 
the  left  lung  field.  The  remainder  of  the  lung  fields 
were  clear.  The  costophrenic  sinuses  were  clear. 

The  appearance  was  that  of  a rapidly  advancing  bi- 
lateral tuberculosis. 

Pathologic  Findings 

Final  Diagnosis. — (1)  Tuberculous  pneumonia,  right 
upper  lobe;  (2)  pancreatic  fibrosis  secondar}’  to  cal- 
culous obstruction  of  pancreatic  duct. 

The  pituitar}',  liver,  thyroid  and  adrenals  were  nor- 
mal. The  r'ght  lung  weighed  1,240  grams  and  the  left 
lung  400  grams.  The  right  upper  lobe  was  completely 
consolidated.  The  microscopic  picture  was  that  of 
acute  tuberculosis  with  coalescence  of  tubercles,  ex- 
tensive necrosis  and  leukocytic  exudation. 

The  pancreas  was  uniformly  small,  extremely  firm 
and  white  and  measured  2 cm.  in  diameter.  The  duct 
system  was  dilated  throughout  and  contained  innum- 
erable calculi,  some  ver>'  small.  One  large  calculus  ob- 
structed the  duct  of  Wirsung  at  its  distal  extremity. 
The  pancreas  was  carefully  searched  for  a neoplasm 
and  none  found.  Microscopic  examination  of  the 
pancreas  revealed  extensive  fibrosis  with  fibrous  re- 
placement of  practically  all  of  the  acinar  tissue  as  well 
as  duct  dilatation.  The  islets  of  Langerhans  were  con- 
spicuously well  preserved,  many  hypertrophied,  some 
being  two  and  three  times  the  size  of  normal  islets. 
It  was  impossible  to  prove  that  there  was  actual 


March,  1941 


215 


CLINICO-PATHOLOGICAL  CONFERENCE 


Fig.  1.  Photomicrograph  of  pancreas  Fig.  2.  Photomicrograph  of  pancreas  Fig.  3.  Photomicrograph  of  lung  (X 

(X  300).  Duct  dilatation  and  almost  (X  300).  Islet  hypertrophy.  Apparent  300).  Pneumonic  consolidation  due  to 

complete  fibrous  replacement  of  lobular  increase  in  islet  tissue.  acute  tuberculous  infection.  Characterized 

tissue.  by  exudation  and  necrosis. 


hyperplasia  of  islet  tissue  because  of  the  disturbance 
in  normal  architecture  in  the  pancreas,  but  the  hyper- 
trophy of  many  of  the  islets  would  indicate  an  actual 
increase  in  the  total  number  of  islet  cells.  It  seems 
fairly  reasonable  to  explain  this  patient’s  hypoglycemia 
on  the  basis  of  hyperinsulinism. 

Dr.  Paul  H.  Noth  : The  pathologic  studies 

in  this  case,  as  in  a definite  proportion  of  cases 
of  hypoglycemia  which  have  been  reported,  failed 
to  disclose  a definite  cause.  It  did,  however,  re- 
veal the  clinically  unsuspected  and  extremely  in- 
teresting findings  of  chronic  pancreatitis  and  pan- 
creatic lithiasis,  and  it  also  practically  excluded  a 
number  of  the  conditions  mentioned  in  the  clin- 
ical discussion  which  was,  in  the  absence  of  diag- 
nostic clinical  evidence,  necessarily  speculative  in 
nature.  The  relation  of  pancreatic  lithiasis  to 
diabetes  is  probably  based  upon  the  presence  of 
chronic  pancreatitis  in  this  condition.  A review 
of  the  literature  in  1928  resulted  in  the  discovery 
of  104  cases  with  pancreatic  calculi.  Of  seventy 
cases  with  adequate  clinical  data  twenty-four 


showed  diabetes  or  glycosuria.  Chronic  pancre- 
atitis without  demonstrable  calculi  is  also  not 
infrequently  accompanied  by  glycosuria.  The  ob- 
servation of  the  development  of  diabetes  follow- 
ing acute  pancreatitis  is  quite  infrequent.  War- 
field,  in  1927,  reported  seven  such  cases  which 
he  found  in  the  literature  and  added  four  of 
his  own.  This  was  a permanent  diabetes  in  the 
five  cases  in  which  a subsequent  history  was  ob- 
tained. In  this  case,  hepatic,  pituitary  and  adrenal 
lesions  were  absent.  The  marked  destruction  of 
the  acinar  tissue  recalls  the  similar  case  reported 
by  Barron  in  1920,  which  led  Banting  to  ligate 
the  pancreatic  duct  in  animals  thereby  producing 
an  atrophy  of  the  acinar  and  duct  tissue  and  dis- 
covering another  link  in  the  chain  of  evidence 
indicating  that  the  islet  tissue  is  the  source  of 
insulin.  There  is  some  inconclusive  evidence  that 
this  condition  of  the  pancreas  in  animals  may 
lead  to  hyperplasia  of  the  islet  tissue  and  cause 
hyperinsulinism.  Such  a mechanism  may  have 
been  present  in  this  case. 


VITAMINS  PREFERABLE  IN  NATURAL  FOODS 

In  the  treatment  of  deficiency  states  the  most  important  factor  is  a well-balanced,  adequate  diet, 
which  can  be  supplemented  when  necessary  by  preparations  containing  vitamins  and  minerals  in  concen- 
trated form.  Too  much  emphasis  cannot  be  placed  on  giving  these  substances  in  the  form  of  natural 
foods.  Minot  says:  “Today’s  knowledge  does  not  permit  us  to  prescribe  with  precision  the  amounts  of 
the  thirty-six  or  more  substances  which  are  required  for  correct  nutrition.  To  detect  deficiencies  and 
remedy  them  piecemeal  by  supplements  of  manufactured  concentrates  will  not  at  present  solve  the 
problem.  Experience  tells  us  that  a mixed  diet  of  natural  foodstuffs,  one  especially  rich  in  milk,  green 
vegetables,  fruit,  butter,  eggs,  and  food  with  ample  protein  of  good  biologic  value,  gives  the  best  results.” 
— Citrus  Fruits  and  Health. 


216 


louR.  M.S.M.S. 


-K  EXPERIMENTAL  PROCEDURES  A< 


Pitiiitrin  in  Postpartum 
Hemorrhage 

Tronsabdominal  Intra-uterine 
Injection 

By  Donald  F.  Hoyt,  M.D. 

Pontiac,  Michigan 

D.  F.  Hoyt,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1925.  Mem- 
ber of  the  Staff  of  Pontiac  General  Hospital. 

Courtesy  member  of  St.  Joseph’s  Hospital. 

Chairman  of  Record  Committee  and  member 
of  Advisory  Committee  of  Surgical  Section  at 
Pontiac  General  Hospital.  _ Member  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ The  surgeon  performing  a Cesarean  Section 
commonly  injects  pituitrin  directly  into  the 
wall  of  the  uterus  after  the  baby  and  placenta 
have  been  delivered.  He  does  this  to  produce 
rapid,  complete  hemostasis  by  uterine  contrac- 
tion. An  opposite  picture  is  presented  to  the 
obstetrician  once  in  every  150  labors  immediately 
postpartum — uterine  atony.  Intractable  hemor- 
rhage results.  Why  does  the  obstetrician  fail 
to  practice  what  the  surgeon  finds  so  success- 
ful? 

Method  of  Injection 

Recently,  while  attending  a case  of  postpartum 
hemorrhage  due  to  uterine  atony,  routine  ad- 
ministration of  oxytocics  failed  and  the  idea 
above  cited  occurred.  One  hand  was  placed 
behind  the  uterus,  pushing  the  fundus  sharply 
up  against  the  anterior  abdominal  wall.  Any 
trapped  intestinal  loop  would  thus  be  thrust 
aside.  The  bladder  was  empty  or  a catheter 
would  have  been  inserted  to  outline  its  position 
for  safety.  By  means  of  a No.  22  spinal  punc- 
ture needle  1 c.c.  of  pitocin  was  injected  in  the 
uterine  muscle,  trans-abdominally.  The  result 
was  immediate  and  spectacular.  The  uterus  be- 
came exceedingly  firm  and  contracted.  The  pa- 
tient began  to  groan  with  the  pain  of  contrac- 
tion. Inspections  at  fifteen-minute  intervals 
revealed  slightly  lessened  but  very  effectual  con- 
stant contraction.  In  two  hours  there  had  been 
no  additional  bleeding.  This  treatment  was  pre- 

March,  1941 


ceded  by  one  transfusion  and  followed  by  two. 
Trendelenburg  position  and  external  heat  were 
also  employed.  The  patient  was  discharged  in 
four  days  via  ambulance  to  a convalescent  hos- 
pital. Of  some  interest  is  the  fact  that  she 
entered  the  hospital  with  a hemoglobin  of  36 
per  cent,  had  postpartum  hemorrhage  over  a 
period  of  seven  hours  before  the  treatment  just 
described  was  employed,  had  transfusions  total- 
ing 1,100  C.C.,  and  was  discharged  with  a hemo- 
globin of  42  per  cent. 

Usual  Treatment 

In  presenting  this  method  of  treatment  it  is 
not  intended  to  find  a substitute  for  good  con- 
servative methods,  but  rather  to  replace  some 
of  the  more  drastic  ones  hitherto  employed  in 
intractable  cases.  The  therapy  of  postpartum 
hemorrhage  may  be  discussed  under  four  head- 
ings: 

1.  General  or  supportive  measures  such  as 
transfusions,  infusions,  Trendelenburg  position, 
heat  and  uterine  massage. 

2.  Conservative  active  measures  now  recog- 
nized as  being  safe  and  necessary.  In  the  past 
fifteen  years  universal  agreement  has  been 
reached  in  regard  to  entering  the  uterus  manually 
to  inspect  or  remove  retained  placental  tissue. 
This  is  a procedure  to  be  carried  out  early  in 
postpartum  hemorrhage.  In  the  past  five  years 
the  efficacy  of  ergot  preparations  intravenously 
has  been  repeatedly  demonstrated.  Many  meth- 
ods of  bimanual  compression  of  the  uterus  have 
been  offered.  They  merit  attention  because  they 
are  harmless. 

3.  However,  even  with  those  aids,  uterine 
atony  is  uncontrolled  in  one  out  of  every  150 
labors.  For  this  group  of  cases  hot  and  cold 
intra-uterine  douches,  even  cracked  ice,  and 
intra-uterine  packs  have  been  used.  Discussion 
is  still  rife  as  to  their  relative  merits,  and  there 
is  no  agreement  as  to  their  efficacy  or  safety. 
Here  it  is  where  trans-abdominal  intra-uterine 
injection  of  pituitrin  should  be  given  its  chance. 
Of  the  six  writers  mentioning  this  method  none 


217 


PITUITRIN  IN  POSTPARTUM  HEMORRHAGE— HOYT 


have  reported  failure  in  obtaining  vigorous 
uterine  contraction. 

4.  Where  all  these  methods  fail  to  control 
bleeding  the  sinister  names  of  Momburg’s  tube, 
Sehrt’s  compressor,  Henckel’s  clamp,  and  hyster- 
ectomy appear.  They  are  usually  pre-mortem 
measures. 

Intra-uterine  Injection 

Dr.  F.  Carreras  of  Barcelona  in  1928  was 
the  first  to  mention  intra-uterine  injection  in 
postpartum  hemorrhage.  He  told  of  Dr.  Esquire! 
having  discovered  it  in  Buenos  Aires.  Torrents 
in  1930,  also  of  Barcelona,  reported  seven  cases 
in  which  he  used  this  treatment,  six  recovering, 
one  dying  of  “bulbar  embolism.”  Torrents 
credited  Dr.  Esquirel.  A minor  reference  in 
1933  is  the  only  allusion  to  it  in  the  medical 
literature  of  this  continent.  The  author  J.  E. 
Green  apparently  had  not  heard  of  its  use  be- 
fore. Rawson,  reporting  a case  in  1935,  ob- 
viously had  not  heard  nor  read  of  it.  Ravina, 
and  especially  Moir,  speak  most  highly  of  their 
personal  results  with  this  method.  Moir,  by 
means  of  a movie  camera  and  a device  strapped 
to  the  abdominal  wall,  showed  the  speed  of 
action  of  oxytocic  drugs  administered  by  vari- 
ous routes. 


References 

1.  Buxbaum,  H.,  and  Udesky,  I.  C.:  Postpartum  hemorrhage  : 
in  outpatient  obstetrics.  Illinois  Med.  Jour.,  70:428-431, 
(Nov.)  1936. 

2.  Carreras,  F. : An  article  describing  first  use  of  trans- 

abdominal intra-uterine  pituitrin.  Revista  Medica  de  Barce- 
lona, (Aug.)  1928. 

3.  Corbet,  R.  M.;  Postpartum  hemorrhage.  Brit.  Med.  Jour., 
2:438-441,  (Aug.  26)  1939. 

4.  Davin,  E.  J.,  and  Morris,  T.  N. : The  intravenous  use 

of  basergin  in  the  third  stage  of  labor.  Medical  Annals 
Uist.  Columbia,  1-7,  (Jan.  9)  1940. 

5.  Goodman,  S.  J. : Treatment.  Ohio  State  Med.  Jour.,  30: 

98-99,  (Feb.)  1934. 

6.  Green,  J.  E. : Postpartum  hemorrhage  treated  in  home  by 

general  practitioner.  South.  Med.  Jour.,  26:363-366,  (April) 
1933. 

7.  Kitchen,  D.  K.:  Management  of  hemorrhage.  Tri-State 

Med.  Jour.,  8:1563-1565,  (Dec.)  1935. 

8.  Kitchen,  D.  K. : Postpartum  atony  of  uterus.  Jour.  Ar- 

kansas Med.  Soc.,  33:53-55,  (Aug.)  1936. 

9.  Laird,  T.:  Control  of  postpartum  hemorrhage.  Lancet, 

2:998,  (Oct.  29)  1938. 

10.  Moir,  C. : Effective  methods  of  using  oxytocic  drugs  in 

postpartum  hemorrhage.  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Med.,  32:928-929, 
(June)  1939. 

11.  Rawson,  W.  F.  : Intra-uterine  pituitary  extract  in  post- 

partum hemorrhage.  Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  1:1317,  (June  29) 
1935. 

12.  Reich,  A.  M. : Critical  analysis  of  blood  loss  following 

delivery,  with  special  reference  to  value  of  ergotrate 
(ergonovine  malleate).  Am.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  37:224- 
233,  (Feb.)  1939. 

13.  Ravina,  J. : Intra-uterine  injection  of  posterior  pituitary 

extract  through  abdominal  wall  in  therapy  of  hemorrhage 
in  third  stage.  Medecine,  20:309-314,  (April)  1939. 

14.  Smith,  W.  S.:  Incidence  (with  Dickenson-Pomeroy  third 

stage  technic).  New  York  State  Jour.  Med.,  31:141-149, 
(Feb.  1)  1931. 

15.  Torrents,  M.  de  los  S.  Salarich:  Trans-abdominal  intra- 

uterine injection  of  pituitrin  in  the  treatment  of  postpartum 
hemorrhage  due  to  uterine  atony.  Ars  Medica,  Barcelona, 
(May)  1930. 


VDI  AN  AID  TO  THE  PRIVATE  PRACTITIONER 


Route 

1.  Orally 

2.  Intramuscularly 

3.  Rectally 

4.  Intravenously 

5.  Intra-uterine 


Elapsed  time  before  effect 
5 to  10  minutes 
3^2  minutes 
3 to  10  minutes 
45  seconds 
15  seconds 


Although  speed  is  important,  the  vital  point 
is  that  all  the  drug  is  introduced  directly  into  the 
incompetent  organ.  Pointedly,  at  least  in  the 
atonic  uterine  states,  these  drugs  have  a much 
more  decisive  action  when  injected  locally  than 
when  introduced  in  any  other  manner. 

Summary 

Recent  years  have  witnessed  important  ad- 
vances in  the  treatment  of  immediate  postpartum 
hemorrhage.  Uterine  atony  still  persists  in  one 
out  of  150  labors.  Trans-abdominal,  intra- 
uterine injection  of  pituitrin  is  advanced  as  be- 
ing the  method  of  choice  in  treating  these  cases. 
Eorty-two  references  were  reviewed.  Four,  all 
European,  were  solely  concerned  with  this 
method.  Only  two  others  mentioned  it,  one 
being  in  the  American  Medical  Literature. 


Increasing  demands  on  private  physicians  occasioned 
by  the  national  defense  program,  accents  the  need  for 
reliable,  current  and  usable  information  regarding  ve- 
nereal disease. 

Venereal  Disease  Information  presents  a monthly 
digest  of  the  important  papers  on  diagnosis,  treatment, 
pathology,  laboratory  research,  and  public  health  from 
the  entire  world.  In  addition,  it  publishes  important 
special  papers  and  reports  by  leading  scientists.  It  is 
designed  to  keep  both  the  specialist  and  the  general 
practitioner  informed  of  developments  in  clinical  man- 
agement and  public  health  control  of  syphilis,  gonor- 
rhea, and  the  venereal  diseases. 

This  medical  journal  of  venereal  disease  has  been 
highly  recommended  by  leaders  in  all  fields  of  public 
health.  In  a rapidly  developing  and  changing  field  of 
medical  science,  the  physician  interested  in  venereal 
disease  control  from  the  standpoint  of  differential  diag- 
nosis and  treatment  will  find  VDI  an  important  aid. 

Venereal  Disease  Information  is  published  monthly 
by  the  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service.  Today  it  ranks  as" 
the  Government’s  “best  seller,”  with  the  highest  paid 
circulation  of  any  Federal  publication.  It  is  available 
at  50c  per  year  to  all  physicians. 

All  orders  should  be  directed  to  the  Superintendent 
of  documents.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington, 
D.  C.  Subscription  fee,  50c  per  year,  in  check  or  money 
order,  not  stamps. 


218 


Jour.  M.S.M.S 


Your  Responsibility 
to 

Your  Legislator 


Michigan’s  Legislature  of  132  men  is  in  session  at 
Lansing.  These  Senators  and  Representatives  come 
from  every  county  and  district  in  the  state.  They  will 
make  laws  of  direct  interest  to  every  doctor  of  medi- 
cine, some  touching  intimately  his  very  practice  of 
the  healing  art. 

Already  twenty-odd  bills  affecting  physicians  in 
their  professional  practice  have  been  introduced  into 
the  Legislature.  More  will  follow.  Some  of  these 
proposals  are  definitely  dangerous.  They  may  receive 
favorable  consideration  unless  the  medical  profession 
is  awake  and  articulate ! 

Legislative  Bulletins,  to  keep  county  society  officers 
and  other  key  men  informed,  are  mailed  weekly  by 
the  State  Society.  The  responsibility  for  referring 
this  important  information  to  the  legislators  must  fall 
on  the  family  physician  and  medical  friends  of  the 
individual  Senator  or  Representative.  No  one  stationed 
in  Lansing  can  do  this  job,  or  do  it  as  effectively.  It’s 
the  home  town  voter  who  gets  the  ear  of  his  legislator. 

Keep  up  weekly  contacts  with  your  legislator- 
friends.  Follow  through  on  recommendations  from 
your  State  Society’s  Legislative  Committee,  for  the 
protection  of  Michigan’s  public  health  and  the  main- 
tenance of  the  enviable  high  standard  of  medical 
practice  in  this  state. 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 


March,  1941 


219 


-K  EDITORIAL  >f 


REPORT  RHEUMATIC  FEVER 

“ The  present  regulations  of  the  Alichigan 

State  Health  Department  require  that  all  cases 
of  rheumatic  fever  shall  be  reported.  While 
there  are  many  men  who  have  done  special  work 
in  the  “killer  of  children”  and  believe  it  to  be 
a contagious  disease,  the  question  is  still  debat- 
able. However,  the  conscientious  cooperation 
of  physicians  in  reporting  all  of  these  cases  will 
give  much  added  light  to  this  question,  partic- 
ularly at  the  present  time  when  we  are  always 
interested  in  medical  defense.  It  is  common 
knowledge  that  heart  disease  was  the  leading 
disability  of  Michigan  men  selected  for  military 
service  in  the  First  World  War,  and  the  largest 
number  of  these  dated  back  to  rheumatic  fever. 

At  the  request  of  the  subcommittee  on  Heart 
and  Degenerative  Diseases  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  Herman  H.  Riecker,  M.D.,  of 
Ann  Arbor  has  written  a short  article  on  “The 
Preventive  Aspects  of  Rheumatic  Fever”  which 
will  be  found  on  page  208.  If  every  physician 
knew  and  made  use  of  the  knowledge  contained 
in  this  article  a great  many  of  the  deaths  and 
disabilities  could  be  prevented. 

Doctor  Riecker  believes  that  rheumatic  fever 
and  hemolytic  strep  infections  are  more  of  a 
menace  now  than  tuberculosis  and  since  the  dis- 
eases have  similar  social  and  medical  implications 
he  would  like  to  see  plans  made  to  use  any  vacat- 
ed space  in  these  hospitals  for  the  care  of  indi- 
gent rheumatic  children.  He  says  that  recent  re- 
ports indicate  that  a great  deal  more  can  be  done 
by  isolation  of  active  cases  in  restoring  health 
than  was  formerly  thought  possible. 

Your  first  step  in  aiding  in  the  prevention  of 
rheumatic  fever  is  to  report  every  case. 

GENERAL  PRACTITIONER 

■ In  an  editorial  in  The  Journal  for  Septem- 
ber, 1940,  reference  was  made  to  the  ideology  of 
certain  groups  of  specialists  in  which  the  general 
practitioner  was  viewed  as  an  agent  rather  than 
employer  of  the  specialist. 

The  report  of  the  Graduate  Commission  which 
initiated  that  editorial  has  also  stimulated  quite 
general  comment  as  to  means  of  protecting  the 


man  in  the  field  from  this  short-sighted  reversed 
domination.  Some  of  the  “throw-away”  type  of 
journals  have  made  use  of  the  aroused  interest 
to  attack  the  set-up  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  pointing  out  the  predominance  of 
specialists  in  the  controlling  positions  of  the 
national  organization.  It  is  hard  to  conceive, 
even  if  this  were  true,  that  these  men  have  other 
than  the  best  interests  of  the  medical  profession 
at  heart  in  their  deliberations  and  decisions. 
Nevertheless,  it  is  easy  to  lose  sight  of  the  gen- 
eral practitioner’s  problems.  They  often  seem 
trivial  to  those  whose  view-points  must  include 
the  broad  picture  of  medicine  as  a whole.  Just 
as  one  or  two  pin  holes  do  not  destroy  the  beauty 
of  a great  picture,  enough  pin  pricks  do  ir- 
reparable damage  and  something  valuable  is  lost 
forever.  Therefore,  it  would  seem  worthwhile 
to  repair  the  pricks  in  the  morale  of  the  profes- 
sion as  well  as  to  prevent  further  irritating 
practices  before  a rift  may  be  caused  in  the  uni- 
fied profession. 

It  seems  to  be  a challenge  to  the  officers  of 
the  A.M.A.  and  the  delegates  thereto.  One  pos- 
sible remedy  might  be  the  inclusion  of  a prac- 
ticing general  practitioner  on  each  of  the  spe- 
cialist boards.  There  are  many  of  these  men, 
the  type  of  physician  who  has  a broad  view- 
point of  medicine  as  well  as  a personal  knowl- 
edge of  the  practitioner’s  problems.  Another 
remedy  which  has  been  frequently  mentioned  is 
the  establishment  of  a general  practice  board. 
This  may  have  merits  though  its  function  seems 
rather  obscure.  Possibly  this  board,  acting  as 
a liaison  group  between  the  profession  in  general 
and  the  specialists,  would  render  yeoman  serv- 
ice. The  mechanism  is  not  of  serious  conse- 
quence. The  result  must  be  accomplished ; that 
is,  the  family  physician  must  be  preserved  if  the 
private  practice  of  medicine  is  to  be  continued ; to 
preserve  the  family  physician  he  must  be  en- 
couraged in  the  general  practice  of  medicine. 
The  specialist  must  be  his  advisor  and  councilor ; 
a specialized  instrument  to  be  used  for  the  special 
case  by  the  general  practitioner  who  should  be 
educated  as  to  how,  and  when,  and  where  to  use 
this  instrument. 


220 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  MEDICAL  PROFESSION  AND  SELECTIVE  SERVICE 


As  Michigan  physicians  progress  in  the  Selec- 
tive Service  examinations,  some  interesting  facts 
about  venereal  disease  are  already  becoming  ap- 
parent. The  incidence  of  syphilis  among  reg- 
istrants examined  so  far  is  two  per  cent.  Twen- 
ty-six thousand  Kahn  specimens  have  been  rim 
at  the  State  Health  Department  Bureau  of  Labo- 
ratories, and  535  positive  specimens  have  been 
reported.  We  anticipate  that  this  figure  of  two 
per  cent  may  actually  decrease  a little  as  time 
goes  on. 

The  incidence  of  gonorrheal  infection  has  been 
surprisingly  small.  We  have  found  among  col- 
ored registrants,  however,  that  about  80  per  cent 
of  them  give  a histori’  of  having  had  gonorrhea. 

The  part  that  the  medical  profession  of  Michi- 
gan is  playing  in  Selective  Service  is  becoming 
increasingly  important  as  the  number  of  physi- 
cians who  have  accepted  appointments  with  the 
Selective  Service  increases.  On  February  20 
there  were  890  doctors  assigned  to  Local  Boards 
as  examining  physicians,  and  289  serving  as 
members  of  Medical  Advisory  Boards.  The  ap- 
pointment of  at  least  150  other  physicians  is 
being  arranged  in  Washington  at  the  present 
time.  Recently  a field  representative  from  Na- 
tional Selective  Service  Headquarters  at  Wash- 
ington visited  the  State  and  very  highly  praised 
the  medical  men  of  Michigan  for  the  part  they 
are  playing  in  National  Defense  through  the 
Selective  Service  System. 

The  first  call  for  servicemen  in  November  re- 
sulted in  the  rejection  of  19.2  per  cent  at  the 
induction  centers  because  of  physical  reasons. 
During  Januaiy’^  the  rejections  dropped  four  per 
cent  at  the  induction  centers,  and  the  figures  are 
not  entirely  complete  as  The  Journal  goes  to 
press.  The  leading  major  cause  for  rejection 
still  remains  dental  deficiencies ; and  the  second 
is  faulty  vision.  More  complete  figures  will  be 
released  as  soon  as  the  second  call  for  men  is 
completed. 

[ There  is  considerable  agitation  and  anxiety 
jover  the  question  of  deferment  of  medical  and 
jdental  students.  We  have  had  no  further  infor- 
imation  from  Washington  that  would  change  the 

! 

j March,  1941 


original  status  of  the  regulations  as  issued  last 
September.  However,  experience  has  shown  us 
that  few  of  these  men  will  be  called  for  service 
at  one  time,  and  that  the  Local  Boards  are  in- 
clined to  delay  the  call  of  junior  and  senior 
medical  students  until  they  have  completed  the 
first  year  of  internship  and  qualified  for  their 
license  to  practice  medicine.  Medical  students 
are  granted  deferment  by  the  law  until  the  first 
of  July,  1941.  Beyond  that  time  they  must  indi- 
vidually request  deferment  on  an  occupational 
basis  in  Class  II  as  being  engaged  in  an  occupa- 
tion essential  to  National  Defense.  At  the  pres- 
ent time  there  is  little  likelihood  that  the  supply 
of  either  interns  for  the  hospitals  of  Michigan 
or  students  for  the  medical  schools  will  be  seri- 
ously interrupted. 

Lt.  Col.  Harold  A.  Furlong,  M.D. 

State  Medical  Officer,  Mich.  Selective  Service. 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technique  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting 
every  two  weeks.  General  Courses  One,  Two, 
Three  and  Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special 
Courses.  Rectal  Surgery  every  week. 

medicine; — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
June  2nd.  One  Month  Course  in  Electrocardiog- 
raphy and  Heart  Disease  every  month,  except  Aug- 
ust and  December. 

FRACTURES  and  TRAUMATIC  SURGERY  — Two 
Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting  May  Sth  and 
June  30th.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  start- 
ing April  7th  and  June  16th.  Clinical,  Diagpiostic 
and  Didactic  Course  every  week. 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  start- 
ing April  21.  Three  Weeks  Personal  Course  start- 
ing May  26.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  April  7.  Informal  and  Personal  Comses 
every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  April  21.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-Ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-Ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in 
All  Branches  of  Medicine,  Surgery  and 
the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address: 

Registrar,  427  South  Honore  St,  Chicago,  Illinois 


221 


MICHIGAN  PROGRAM  FOR  GRADUATES  IN  MEDICINE 

Cooperating  Agencies 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
University  of  Michigan  Medical  School 
Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine 
Michigan  Department  of  Health 


Courses 


Ann  Arbor  and  Detroit 


All  Dates  Inclusive 


Allergy 

Anatomy 

Diseases  of  the  Blood  and  Blood-forming  Organs 

Diseases  of  the  Genito-Urinary  Tract 

Diseases  of  the  Heart 

Electrocardiographic  Diagnosis 

Gastroenterology 

Laboratory  Technic 

Nutritional  and  Endocrine  Problems 

Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology 

Pathology:  Special  Pathology  of  Neoplasms 

Pathology  of  the  Female  Genito-Urinary  Organs 

Special  Pathology  of  the  Eye 

Special  Pathology  of  the  Ear,  Nose,  and  Throat 

Pediatrics 

Proctology 

Roentgenology 

Summer  Session  Courses 


May  12-16 

February  12-May  28 
(Wednesdays) 

May  19-23 
April  17,  18  and  19 
May  21,  22,  and  23 
November  3-8 
April  28-!May  1 
June  30-August  8 
November  3-6 
April  17-23 
June  30-July  11 
July  14-25 
July  28- August  8 
August  11-22 
April  28,  29  and  30 
April  14,  15  and  16 
April  14-19 

June  30-August  8 and  22 


Extramural  Postgraduate  Course  March  24-April  18 

Subjects  to  be  presented 

1.  The  Care  of  the  Injured. 

2.  The  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Meningitis. 

3.  Useful  Drugs  in  Gastro-enterology. 

4.  Digestive  Derangements  in  Infancy  and  Childhood 

5.  The  Significance  of  Albuminuria. 

6.  Office  Gynecology. 

7.  Clinical  Conference.  Diagnostic  Problems  in 
Non-Tuberculous  Pulmonary  Disease. 

Ann  Arbor — March  27,  April  3,  April  10,  April  17 

Battle  Creek-Kalamazoo — Alarch  25,  April  1,  April  8,  April  15 

Bay  City — March  24,  March  31,  April  7,  April  14 

Flint — March  26,  April  2,  April  9,  April  16 

Grand  Rapids — March  27,  April  3,  April  10,  April  17 

Lansing-Jackson — March  27,  April  3,  April  10,  April  17 

Mount  Clemens — March  26,  April  2,  April  9,  April  16 

Traverse  City-Cadillac-Manistee-Petoskey — March  28,  April  4,  April  11,  April  18 
The  program  will  be  mailed  to  physicians  in  the  state  within  a few  days. 

For  further  information,  address: 

Department  of  Postgraduate  Medicine 
1313  Ann  Street 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 


222 


Jour.  M.S.M. 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


This  month  marks  the  start  of  the  second  year 
of  operation  of  Michigan  >\Iedical  Service.  The 
I farsightedness  of  the  medical  profession  in 
I Michigan  in  promoting  a wider  distribution  of 
j medical  care  and  better  public  relations  by  the 
t I organization  of  this  non-profit  medical  service 
I plan  has  been  generally  recognized.  Committees 
or  representatives  from  medical  societies  in  nine 
states  have  come  to  Michigan  to  learn  what 
Michigan  Medical  Service  is  doing.  Also  numer- 
ous requests  for  information  from  medical 
groups  throughout  the  country  have  been  re- 
ceived by  mail. 

The  Second  Year 

The  second  year  of  operation  of  Michigan 
Medical  Service  should  be  even  more  successful 
because  future  actions  can  be  based  on  actual 
experiences.  With  the  splendid  support  of  3,387 
participating  doctors  of  medicine — three- fourths 
I of  the  total  possible  number — it  stands  to  rea- 
son that  the  medical  service  plan  in  Michigan 
can  be  developed  to  a most  satisfactory  program 
for  the  benefit  of  patients  and  doctors  alike. 

All  doctors  who  have  not  yet  sent  in  their 
Application  for  Registration  with  Michigan 
Medical  Service  should  do  so  promptly  in  order 
that  the  public  (not  to  mention  politicians  or 
I other  interested  groups)  may  see  that  the  medi- 
' cal  profession  is  united  in  its  endeavor  to  pro- 
j vide  a means  for  persons  with  limited  incomes 

I to  obtain  medical  services. 

i 

( 

Medical  Service  Plan 

I During  the  first  year,  the  enrollment  in  the 
I Medical  Service  Plan  has  more  than  tripled.  At 
j present,  over  5,300  persons  are  enrolled  in  this 
i complete  Medical  Service  Plan.  Already  there 
i are  indications  that  more  and  more  persons  are 
: becoming  aware  of  the  value  of  budgeting  in  ad- 
I vance  for  necessary  medical  services  in  the  home 
I and  the  office,  as  well  as  for  medical  and  surgi- 
cal care  in  the  hospital. 

In  addition  to  the  committees  and  officers  of 
Michigan  Medical  Service,  many  doctors  serving 
I on  special  committees  representing  the  various 
I fields  of  medical  practice — the  Michigan  Derma- 

I tological  Association,  the  Michigan  Branch  of 

I 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE  REGISTRATION 
HONOR  ROLL 
(As  of  February  10,  1941) 

100  Per  Cent 

Barry 

Mason 

90  to  99  Per  Cent 

Calhoun 

Manistee 

Menominee 

Monroe 

Newaygo 

Tuscola 

80  to  89  Per  Cent 

Allegan 

Bay — Arenac — Iosco — Gladwin 
Chippewa — Mackinac 
Clinton 

Delta — Schoolcraft 
Dickinson — Iron 
Gogebic 

Gratiot — Isabella — Clare 

Hillsdale 

Ingham 

Kent 

Lenawee 

Mecosta — Osceola 
Midland 
Oceana 
O.M.C.O.R.O. 

Ontonagon 
Ottawa 
Saginaw 
St.  Joseph 

75  to  79  Per  Cent 

Branch 

Eaton 

Houghton — Baraga — Keweenaw 

Lapeer 

Muskegon 

Northern  Michigan 

Wexford — Kalkaska — Missaukee 


the  American  Urological  Society,  the  Michigan 
Association  of  Roentgenologists  and  the  Detroit 
Roentgen  Ray  Society,  the  Detroit  Ophthalmo- 
logical  Society,  the  Michigan  Association  of  Ob- 
stetricians and  Gynecologists,  and  the  Michigan 
Pediatric  Society — are  all  giving  generously  of 
their  time  to  help  make  the  procedures  imder 
]\Iichigan  iMedical  Service  in  accord  with  the 
best  medical  practices. 


Surgical  Benefit  Plan 

The  Surgical  Benefit  Plan  has  been  more 
widely  accepted  by  the  public  than  the  jMedical 
Service  Plan,  primarily  because  of  the  lower 
subscription  cost.  Only  a small  percentage  of 
the  persons  eligible  for  enrollment  are  willing  to 


March,  1941 


223 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


budget  enough  to  participate  in  the  more  com- 
plete Medical  Service  Plan.  However,  once  the 
subscribers  are  enrolled  in  the  Surgical  Benefit 
Plan,  they  later  desire  to  pay  an  additional 
amount  toi  enroll  in  the  more  complete  Medical 
Service  Plan.  This  tendency  has  become  evident 
in  several  groups  which  were  originally  enrolled 
in  the  Surgical  Benefit  Plan  and  later  transferred 
to  the  Medical  Service  Plan. 

Service  to  Ford  Group  Ended  February  28 

The  Ford  Motor  Company,  whose  employes 
enrolled  in  the  Surgical  Benefit  Plan  one  year 
ago,  has  decided  to  arrange  for  the  transfer  of 
its  entire  group  to  an  insurance  company  plan, 
beginning  March  1,  1941.  On  and  after  March 
1,  Ford  employes  who  sign  for  the  insurance 
company  plan  will  be  entitled  to  the  usual  insur- 
ance company  schedule  of  payments  for  surgical 
operations.  Michigan  Medical  Service  will  pay 
for  services  rendered  Ford  employes  up  to  Feb- 
ruary 28,  1941. 

The  enrollment  of  other  groups  in  the  Surgical 
Benefit  Plan  is  now  in  excess  of  44,000  persons, 
representing  223  groups  of  subscribers,  and  addi- 
tional groups  are  being  enrolled  daily.  Hence, 
the  termination  of  the  Ford  group  will  not  seri- 


ously affect  the  continuous  growth  of  Michigan 
Medical  Service.  It  will  mean  that  doctors  of 
medicine  may  no  longer  have  payment  made 
directly  to  them  for  surgical  operations  rendered 
for  these  several  thousand  employes.  Under  the 
insurance  program,  the  employes  will  receive  a 
specified  number  of  dollars  and  it  will  he  neces- 
sary for  the  doctor  to  collect  his  fee  from  the 
Ford  employe  direct. 

Weekly  Payments 

With  additional  cooperation  on  the  part  of 
doctors  of  medicine,  it  will  be  possible  for  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service  to  make  payments  to  doctors 
rendering  services  for  subscribers  within  a week 
after  services  are  completed. 

To.  do  so,  it  will  be  necessary  for  the  doctor 
to  send  his  Initial  Service  Report  immediately  on 
the  day  that  his  services  are  first  requested  by 
the  subscriber.  Upon  receipt  of  this  Report,  the 
subscriber’s  eligibility  for  services  can  be  veri- 
fied and  necessary  records  established. 

In  order  that  the  payment  can  be  made 
promptly,  it  is  necessary  for  the  doctor  to  send 
his  Monthly  Service  Report  immediately  when 
services  are  completed.  Please  fill  in  your  Re- 
port completely  so  that  your  payments  will  not 
be  delayed. 


Fifth  Columnist? 


224 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SUL^TJUAZOLE 


1 


■AnjotkeA, 


I MPORTANT 
CHAPTER 


ANTI  BACTERIAL 
CH  EMOTH  ERAPY 


ULFATHI AZOLE  constitutes  an  additional  triumph  of  chemotherapeutic 
research  which  has  proved  of  great  value  to  clinical  medicine. 


PNEUMOCOCCUS  INFECTIONS  . . . Thousands  of  cases  of  pneumococcus  pneumonia 
have  responded  with  dramatic  promptness  to  Sulfathiazole.  In  comparison 
with  its  pyridine  analogue,  Sulfathiazole  is  less  likely  to  cause  serious  nausea 
or  to  provoke  vomiting. 

STAPHYLOCOCCUS  INFECTIONS  . . . With  Sulfathiazole,  the  mortality  rote  of  staphyl- 
ococcus septicemia  has  been  strikingly  reduced.  Thus,  in  a series  of  fifteen 
reported  cases,  all  of  the  patients  recovered. 


GONOCOCCUS  INFECTIONS  . . . Early  cessation  of  discharge  and  a high  percentage 
of  cures  have  been  reported.  Success  has  been  observed  in  cases  resistant 
to  other  chemotherapeutic  agents. 


Write  for  literature 
which  discusses  the  in- 
dications, dosage  and 
possible  side  effects  of 
Sulfathiazole. 


^ ^SUlWTHIAZOlE 

WINTHROP 

HOW  SUPPLIED:  Sulfathiazole-Winthrop  is  supplied  in  tablets  of 
0.5  Gm.  (7.72  grains);  also  (primarily  for  children)  in  tablets  of 

0.25  Gm.  (3.86  grains). 

For  preparing  test  solutions,  powder  in  bottles  of  5 Gm. 


Wifdltnxifl  CHEMICAL  COMPANY,  INC. 

Pharmaceuticals  of  merit  for  the  physician  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y*  - WINDSOR,  ONT. 


79SM 


March,  1941 


5"ay  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


225 


>f  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  >^ 


MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND 
MEDICAL  PAYMENTS  PLAN 

■ The  agreement  re  accident  cases  entered  into 

by  the  insurance  associations  and  independent 
companies,  the  State  Medical  Societ}^  and  the 
Hospital  Association  was  explained  in  detail  in 
the  February  MSMS  Journal  (pages  123  to 
125,  inclusive). 

The  three  forms  to  be  used  in  connection  with 
this  agreement  were  published  in  The  Journal. 

The  Secretary  will  act  as  a clearing  house  from 
which  Forms  1,  2 and  3 may  be  obtained.  The 
cost  of  the  forms  in  pads  of  100  will  be  fifty 
cents ; in  pads  of  50  the  cost  will  be  twenty-five 
cents.  All  three  forms  are  not  included  in  one 
pad,  so  if  more  than  one  form  is  required,  be 
sure  to  specify,  such  as,  “a  pad  of  100  of  Form 
No.  1,  a pad  of  50  each  of  Forms  No.  2 and  3,” 
et  cetera.  Cash  or  postage  stamps  must  ac- 
company all  orders  for  blanks.  Individual  blanks 
or  copies  of  Forms  1,  2 and  3,  singly  or  in  com- 
bination, may  be  obtained  for  5 cents. 

Address  orders  for  forms,  inquiries,  sugges- 
tions or  complaints  for  the  attention  of  the  Con- 
ference Committee  to  L.  Female!  Foster,  AI.D., 
2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing. 


THE  LAW  ON  OBSTETRICAL 
ENGAGEMENTS 

■ When  a doctor  accepts  a patient  for  confine- 
ment, it  makes  no  difference  whatever  whether 
this  is  a relief  patient  or  a pay  patient.  The  law 
requires  the  same  degree  of  care  and  skill  in 
discharging  the  contract.  If  a doctor  is  not 
available  when  labor  begins,  then  the  law  imposes 
upon  him  the  duty  of  providing  a substitute. 
The  fact  that  the  doctor  was  called  to  attend 
another  patient  does  not  excuse  him  from  the 
responsibility,  if  harm  results,  from  his  neglect 
of  being  present  during  the  delivery.  This  is 
quite  an  important  matter,  and  members  of  the 
profession  should  fully  understand  that  when  a 
physician  agrees  without  qualification  to  qttend 
a patient  during  confinement,  he  can  only  dis- 
charge that  contract  by  being  present  or  provid- 
ing a substitute.  The  courts  have  many  times 


held  that  it  is  no  excuse  that  the  doctor  was  en- 
gaged with  another  patient  or  was  making  an- 
other delivery  at  the  same  time.  He  accepted 
the  patient  and  must  carr\^  out  his  contract  or 
provide  competent  assistance. 

If  before  the  patient  enters  labor,  the  doctor 
desires  to  withdraw  from  the  case,  then  he  may 
do  so  by  giving  the  patient  reasonable  notice  so 
that  another  doctor  may  be  secured.  This  notice, 
of  course,  should  be  in  writing  or  given  orally 
in  the  presence  of  a witness  who  will  be  avail- 
able to  support  the  doctor  should  trouble  de- 
velop at  a later  date.  A doctor  is  not  released 
from  his  duty  under  these  circumstances  by  the 
mere  fact  that  he  is  busy  with  another  case.  He 
has  accepted  employment  and  has  consented  to 
bind  himself,  and  the  law  construes  that  he  is 
bound  by  this  contract  and  must  discharge  it  in 
person  or  by  a competent  substitute  or  by  giving 
timely  notice  to  the  patient  so  that  she  has  suffi- 
cient time  to  secure  another  doctor. 


AN  AMBIGUOUS  LAW 

■ Michigan’s  osteopathic  practice  act  (Act  162 
of  the  Public  Acts  of  1903)  is  so  ambiguous 
that  osteopaths  themselves  are  not  of  one  mind  as 
to  how  far  they  may  practice.  Section  6760  states 
that  the  certificate  provided  in  the  practice  act 
“shall  entitle  the  holder  thereof  to  practice  oste- 
opathy in  the  state  of  Michigan  in  all  of  its 
branches  as  taught  and  practiced  by  the  recog- 
nized colleges  or  schools  of  osteopathy  ” So  for 
example,  if  a didactic  course  of  neurosurgery 
were  taught  for  a week  or  less  in  an  osteopathic 
school,  a licensed  osteopath  in  IMichigan  thereby 
has  the  right  to  practice  brain  surgery  on  any 
and  all  patients ! 

A similar  ambiguity  in  the  Georgia  law  has 
just  been  clarified  by  its  Supreme  Court  which 
held  in  the  case  of  Mabry  v.  State  Board  of 
Examiners  in  Optometr)-,  10  S.E.  (2d)  740  (Ga., 
1940)  : “While  the  legislature  has  recognized 

osteopathy  as  one  of  the  healing  arts  and  has 
set  up  a plan  for  licensing  osteopaths,  it  did  not 
intend  that  osteopaths  should  be  permitted  to 
embrace  the  field  of  optometry  and  other  pro- 
fessions by  adopting  the  methods  of  healing 


226 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


practiced  by  such  professions,  on  the  theory^  that 
such  methods  are  taught  and  practiced  in  reput- 
able colleges  of  osteopathy.  To  construe  the 
osteopathic  practice  act  as  urged  by  the  appellants 
would  mean  that  by  merely  teaching  and  prac- 
ticing ever}’  known  science  of  healing  in  osteo- 
pathic colleges  an  osteopath  would  be  permitted 
to  practice  without  restraint  all  such  methods  of 
healing.  This  w’ould  nullify  every  regulatory 
statute  of  the  state  having  for  its  purpose  the 
licensing  and  regulation  of  the  practice  of  the 
various  professions  of  healing  authorized  by 
law.” 

The  Georgia  Supreme  Court  decided,  there- 
fore, that  osteopaths  could  practice  only  oste- 
opathy as  taught  and  practiced  in  osteopathic 
schools. 


LIABIUTY  OF  PHYSICIANS 
IN  MILITARY  SERVICE 


POTENT  WHEN  GIVEN 


■ Recently  the  following  question  was  asked : 
What  is  the  liability  of  a physician  for  rent  on 
a lease  for  the  time  he  is  serving  his  country 
with  the  armed  forces? 

The  physicians’  liability  is  altered  to  a very 
small  extent  by  the  fact  that  he  is  serving  his 
country’  in  its  armed  forces.  The  Soldiers’  and 
Sailors’  Relief  Act  of  1940  (Public  No.  861 — 
76th  Congress)  only  suspends  the  enforcement 
of  civil  liabilities  in  certain  cases  where  the 
agreed  rent  does  not  exceed  $80.00  per  month. 
In  these  cases,  no  eviction  or  distress  shall  be 
made  except  on  leave  of  court,  but  if  in  the 
opinion  of  the  court  the  ability  of  the  tenant  to 
pay  the  agreed  rent  is  not  materially  affected  by 
reason  of  such  military  service  no  stay  is  to  be 
granted.  It  may  be  added  that  the  rental  allow- 
ance of  a First  Lieutenant  (the  lowest  rank  for 
a physician)  is  $60.00  per  month.  It  thus  ap- 
pears doubtful  if  any  stay  would  be  granted  by 
a court  for  such  a case.  However,  if  a stay  is 
granted,  the  physician  is  not  completely  relieved 
of  the  obligation;  it  is  only  postponed. 


PLACEMENT  BUREAU 


ORALLY 


iLew  TESTICULAR  HORMONE 


Metandren*  exerts  true  androgenic  power 
when  taken  by  mouth.  It  is  Ciba’s  synthetic,  crys- 
talline, chemically-pure-methyltestosterone.  In 
most  cases  you  administer  about  4 mg.  of 
Metandren  per  os  for  every  mg.  of  testosterone 
propionate  which  you  have  been  injecting.  For 
example,  you  would  give  four  10-mg.  tablets  of 
Metandren  in  lieu  of  one  10-mg.  ampule  of 
testosterone  propionate. 

Indications  for  Male  and  Female  — Where  the  physi- 
cian deems  injections  inadvisable,  for  patients 
who  travel,  as  maintenance  therapy  in  testicular 
deficiency  of:  eunuchism,  hypogonadism,  im- 
potence, the  “male  climacteric,”  prostatism,  cryp- 
torchidism, certain  types  of  sterility  . . . in 
menopausal  disturbance,  excessive  uterine  bleed- 
ing, selected  dysmenorrheas,  to  inhibit  post- 
partum lactation. 

METANDREN  IS  ISSUED  as  scored  tablets,  10  mg.  each, 
in  boxes  of  15  and  bottles  of  30  and  100  tablets. 

DETAILED  LITERATURE  UPON  REQUEST 

‘Trade  Mark  Reg.  U.  S.  Pat.  OfiF.  Word  "Metandren”  identifies 
the  product  as  17-methyltestosterone  of  Ciba’s  manufacture. 


■ Opportunities  for  practice  are  said  to  exist 
in  several  localities  of  Michigan. 

For  detailed  information  write  the  Placement 
Bureau,  MSMS,  2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing, 
Michigan. 


CIBA  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS,  IlVC. 

SUHIHIIT,  NEW  JERSEY 


!March,  1941 


Yay  you  saza  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigaii  State  Medical  Society 


227 


Woman^s  Auxiliary 


Bay  County 

The  Bay  County  Woman’s  Auxiliary  held  its  main 
meeting  of  the  year  on  January  8 at  the  Mercy  Hos- 
pital and  Nurses  Home.  Dinner  was  served  to  a group 
of  members  and  their  husbands  in  compliment  to  Dr. 
Frank  H.  Power,  of  Ann  Arbor,  who  was  our  lec- 
turer for  the  evening.  ^ 

Dr.  Power  gave  an  illustrated  lecture  on  Cancer, 
which  was  very  interesting  and  informative.  The  pub- 
lic was  invited  to  attend  the  lecture  and  a capacity 
crowd  attended. 

Mrs.  J.  N.  Asline, 
Corresponding  Secretary. 


Genesee  County 

The  regular  monthly  meeting  of  the  Woman  s Auxil- 
iary of  the  Genesee  County  Medical  Society  was  held 
on  January  22  at  12:30  p.  m.  at  the  Y.  W.  C.  A.  with 
about  65  members  present.  Mrs.  George  Curry  was 
chairman  in  charge  with  an  assisting  committee  com- 
posed of  Mrs.  George  Conover,  Mrs.  F.  E.  Reeder,  Mrs. 
Arthur  Kretchmar.  The  regular  meeting  was  preceded 
by  the  board  meeting  at  11 :45  a.  m. 

A change  of  date  for  both  the  February  and  March 
meetings  was  announced  by  the  board.  At  the  Febru- 
ary meeting  the  program  was  in  charge  of  Mrs.  Clif- 
ford Colwell,  who  presented  an  Interior  Decorator. 
The  regular  March  meeting  will  be  held  on  the  third 
Tuesday,  March  18,  at  Hurley  Hospital. 

Bernice  R.  Wright,  Chairman. 


of  the  October  and  November  meetings  and  Mrs.  An- 
drew Payne  gave  the  treasurer’s  report. 

After  a very  short  meeting  the  evening  was  spent 
playing  bridge,  prizes  going  to  Mrs.  George  Baker, 
Mrs.  William  Meade,  Mrs.  P.  A.  Scheurer  and  Mrs. 
Harold  Dold.  The  committee  consisted  of  Mrs.  W.  B. 
Anderson,  Mrs.  H.  W.  Porter,  Mrs.  W.  L.  Faust,  Mrs. 
W.  L.  Finton,  Mrs.  F.  J.  Gibson,  Mrs.  R.  J.  Hanna, 
Mrs.  W.  H.  Lake,  Mrs.  E.  G.  Wilson,  Mrs.  L.  F. 
Thalner  and  Mrs.  William  Meade. 


Saginaw  County 

The  Saginaw  County  Auxiliary  was  indeed  compli- 
mented on  Tuesday  evening,  January  21,  when  Dr.  and 
Mrs.  Paul  R.  Urmston  of  Bay  City  visited  the  group. 
The  meeting  was  held  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  Louis  D. 
Gomon,  Edgewood  Road,  Saginaw. 

Dr.  Urmston,  president  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society,  spoke  on  the  “Political  and  Economic  Side 
of  the  Practice  of  Medicine.’’  He  also  reviewed  the 
program  of  the  NYA,  which  has  been  approved  by 
the  State  Society. 

Yarn  for  Red  Cross  knitting  was  distributed  to 
members  and  during  a short  business  meeting  it  was 
decided  to  assist  the  Social  Agencies  in  supplying 
Cod  Liver  Oil  to  indigent  children. 

Mrs.  Fred  Pietz  was  chairman  of  the  social  hour 
which  followed.  Dainty  refreshments  were  served 
with  the  following  committee  assisting : Mrs.  E.  P. 

Richter,  Mrs.  F.  E.  Luger,  Mrs.  E.  G.  Tiedke,  Mrs. 
J.  H.  Curts,  Mrs.  C.  W.  Cory,  Mrs.  H.  A.  Phillips 
and  Mrs.  R.  I.  Lurie. 


Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 

The  Woman’s  Medical  Auxiliary,  having  been  or- 
ganized a little  over  a year,  is  still  in  the  embryonic 
stage,  with  a membership  of  twenty-one.  We  have 
held  our  meetings  on  the  same  evenings  as  the  Medical 
Society,  at  the  Central  Michigan  Children’s  Clinic, 
Traverse  City. 

Following  our  business  sessions  we  have  made  sup- 
plies for  the  James  Decker  Munson  Hospital,  Traverse 
City.  On  two  occasions  we  have  had  physicians  speak 
to  us,  the  Public  Health  Physician  being  one.  who 
spoke  on  the  Public  Health  P-ogram  in  the  counties. 
The  other  spoke  on  pending  bills  in  the  Legislature  in 
regard  to  medicine. 

Last  October,  after  the  infantile  paralysis  epidemic 
occurred  in  Northern  Michigan,  we  decided  to  launch 
a drive  for  funds  for  an  iron  lung  to  be  donated 
to  Munson  Hospital.  The  drive  was  very  successful, 
the  citizens  and  organizations  of  the  cornmunity  re- 
sponding in  a most  generous  manner,  with  the  re- 
sult that  we  have  purchased  the  iron  lung,  costing 
$1,500;  also  an  infant  respirator  for  the  hospital,  at 
a cost  of  $375,  and  we  still  have  funds  to  apply  on 
a new  project. 

We  have  enjoyed  our  work  and  hope  to  accom- 
plish greater  things  in  the  future. 

Marjorie  W.  Thompson, 
Corresponding  Secretary. 


Jackson  County 

The  regular  monthl}'  meeting  of  the  Jackson  County 
Medical  Auxiliary  was  held  January  21  at  the  Hayes 
Hotel.  Dinner  was  served  to  eighteen  members. 

The  business  meeting  was  opened  by  the  president, 
Mrs  G R.  Bullen.  Mrs.  Balconi  read  the  minutes 


St.  Clair  County 

At  a dinner  meeting  of  the  Auxiliary  to  the  St.  Clair 
Medical  Society  held  January  14  at  the  Chateau, 
members  voted  to  meet  Fridays  from  1 to  4:30  p.  m.  at 
the  Red  Cross  Headquarters  to  make  surgical  dress- 
ings. 

Mrs.  D.  H.  Burley,  Almont,  described  the  work 
of  the  Auxiliary  of  the  Lapeer  County  Medical  So- 
ciety. Mrs.  B.  C.  Clyne,  Yale,  and  Mrs.  W.  H. 
Boughner,  Algonac,  were  members  from  out  of  to^\^l 
at  the  meeting.  A round  table  discussion  followed  Mrs. 
Burley’s  talk.  Mrs.  M’.  A.  Schaeffer,  vice  president, 
conducted  the  business  meeting. 

Ernestine  F.  Treadgold, 
Press  Chairman. 


Wayne  County 

On  January  10,  1941,  the  Wayne  Countj-  Woman’s 
Auxiliary  met  at  the  Woman’s  City  Club  for  luncheon 
preceding  the  regular  meeting. 

Dr.  Bruce  H.  Douglas  was  the  guest  speaker  who 
addressed  the  group  on  the  “Prevention  and  Control 
of  Tuberculosis  in  Detroit.”  Dr.  Douglas’  descrip- 
tion of  modern  methods  used  in  the  control  of  this 
disease  was  both  interesting  and  instructive.  The 
statistics  which  he  gave,  showing  the  steadj’  decline 
in  the  number  of  cases  in  the  Detroit  area,  were  very 
encouraging,  but  showed  the  tremendous  amount  of 
work  yet  to  be  done  in  stamping  out  this  scourge. 

At  the  close  of  the  program  there  was  a short 
business  meeting,  at  which  the  president,  Mrs.  Fred- 
erick G.  Buesser,  presided. 

Margaret  J.  Wallace, 
Press  Chairman. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


228 


WEHENKEL  SANATORICM 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Comer  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKELy  Medical  Director*  City  Offices*  Madison  3312*3 


Ferguson -Droste -Ferguson  Sanitarium 

•i* 

Ward  S.  Ferguson,  M.  D.  James  C.  Droste,  M.  D.  Lynn  A.  Ferguson,  M.  D. 

4* 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

4* 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICHIGAN 

4* 

Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


March,  1941 


Say  you  sati’  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


229 


-K 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


NEW  BUREAU  OF  TUBERCULOSIS 

Dr.  George  A.  Sherman  of  Pontiac  has  been  ap- 
pointed director  of  the  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis,  newly 
created  bureau  in  the  Michigan  Department  of  Health. 
Previously,  tuberculosis  control  has  been  one  of  the 
activities  of  the  Bureau  of  Epidemiology. 

In  order  to  take  over  the  tuberculosis  work  for 
the  State  Department  of  Health,  Dr.  Sherman  re- 
signed as  director  of  the  Oakland  County  Sanatorium, 
250-bed  institution  which  is  the  largest  of  the  thirty- 
three  county  tuberculosis  sanatoriums  in  the  state. 

“Organization  of  the  new  bureau  is  a step  in  a concentrated 
attack  on  tuberculosis  which  the  State  Department  of  Health 
will  feature  from  now  on,”  Commissioner  Moyer  said.  “By 
intensifying  finding  of  cases  by  x-ray  and  other  methods,  and 
by  cooperating  with  other  organizations  having  the  same  aim, 
we  shall  be  able  to  bring  more  persons  under  early  treatment. 
That  will  cut  the  cost  to  the  state  and  to  counties,  and  will 
mean  more  cures. 

“I  have  received  from  physicians  and  others  hearty  approval 
of  the  appointment  of  Dr  Sherman.  We  are  fortunate  in  get- 
ting him.” 

Dr.  Sherman  is  forty-four  years  old,  a diplomate 
of  the  American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine,  and  is 
a recognized  tuberculosis  specialist.  He  is  a fellow 
of  the  American  College  of  Physicians,  a member  of 
the  Michigan  Association  of  Roentgenologists,  and  a 
member  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society.  In 
1939-4B  he  was  a member  of  the  Council  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society.  In  1939  he  served  as 
president  of  the  Oakland  County  Medical  Society. 

Dr.  Sherman  is  president  of  the  Michigan  Tubercu- 
losis Association,  and  a past  president  of  the  Michi- 
gan Trudeau  Society  and  the  Michigan  Sanatorium 
Association. 

After  graduation  from  McGill  University,  Faculty  of 
Medicine,  Dr.  Sherman  was  instructor  in  internal  medi- 
cine at  the  University  Hospital,  University  of  Michi- 
gan. He  was  medical  director  of  the  tuberculosis  divi- 
sion of  the  hospital  from  1926  to  1928.  He  entered 
private  practice  at  Pontiac  in  1929  and  became  medical 
director  of  the  Oakland  County  Sanatorium  in  1933. 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 

608  Kales  Bldg.  — 76  W.  Adams  Ave. 
Northwest  corner  of  Grand  Circus  Park 
Detroit,  Michigan  CAdillac  7940 


Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkfield  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 


Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 


Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


LOBAR  PNEUMONIA  LESS 

Lobar  pneumonia  cases  reported  so  far  this  season 
have  run  far  below  ten-year  average  figures.  The  com- 
parisons follow: 

Reported  Cases  of  Lobar  Pneumonia 

1940-41  1939-40  Ten-year 

Season  Season  Average 


July  134  92  149 

August  84  102  127 

September  100  109  153 

October  139  147  248 

November  203  238  311 

December  319  527  517 

January  381*  410  619 


^Incomplete. 

October,  November  and  December  totals  were  the 
lowest  reported  for  those  months  in  the  previous  ten 
years,  and  January  cases  may  also  be  a record  low. 


HEALTH  UNITS  APPRAISED 

Appraisals  of  all  county  and  district  health  depart- 
ments on  American  Public  Health  Association  stand- 
ards are  now  being  made.  For  a time.  Dr.  Carl  Buck, 
field  medical  director  of  the  A.P.H.A.  and  Dr.  B.  G. 
Horning,  his  assistant,  will  aid  in  the  appraisals.  This 
will  be  the  first  time  that  all  county  and  district  health 
departments  in  the  state  will  have  appraisals  in  the 
same  year.  Dr.  E.  V.  Thiehoff,  assistant  director  of 
the  Bureau  of  Local  Health  Services,  will  make  most 
of  the  appraisals,  with  the  aid  of  Dr.  Buck  and  Dr. 
Horning.  Br.  Bernard  W.  Carey  and  Miss  Miriam 
Cummings  of  the  Children’s  Fund  will  appraise  the 
Upper  Peninsula  departments  and  the  W.  K.  Kellogg 
Foundation  will  make  appraisals  in  the  seven  counties 
where  the  Foundation  works.  The  ratings  will  be 
finished  by  May  1. 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 

Dr.  L.  E.  Kerr  was  named  director  of  the  Iron 
County  Health  Department  by  the  board  of  supervisors 
January  11,  1941. 


AN  EDUCATIONAL  FOUNDATION  dedicated 
to  scientific  study,  care  and  training  of  child 
presenting  physical,  mental  or  emotional  difficul- 
ties. 

BANCROFT  SCHOOL 

September  to  June 

Bancroft  Camp 

June  to  September 

Summer  home  of  Bancroft  School,  located  at 
Owls  Head,  Maine.  Continued  school  schedules, 
swimming,  tennis,  golf,  etc.  Limited  Enrolment. 
Medical  Supervision. 

Box  777  Jenzia  C.  Cooley,  Prin. 

Est.  1883  HADDONFIELD,  NEW  JERSEY 


PRESCRIBE  OR  DISPENSE  ZEMMER 


Pharmaceuticals, ' Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampules,  Capsules,  Ointments,  etc. 
Guaranteed  reliable  potency.  Our  products  are  laboratory  controlled. 

Write  for  general  price  list. 

THE  ZEMMER  COMPANY  MIC  3-41 

Chemists  to  the  Medical  Profession  Oakland  Station  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


230 


Jour.  M.S.M.S 

Say  you  saiv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


-K  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


100  Per  Cent  Club  ior  1941 

Barry 

Ingham 

Manistee 

Muskegon 

Oceana 

Ontonagon 

Tuscola 

The  above  county  medical  societies  have  certi- 
fied the  1941  dues  of  100  per  cent  of  their  1940 
membership.  A number  of  other  societies  have 
certified  all  but  a few  of  their  1940  members. 
As  soon  as  these  few  have  paid  their  1941  dues 
the  list  of  100  per  cent  county  socities  will  be 
much  larger. 


For  commissioned  officers  in  the  medical  depart- 
ment of  the  regular  navy  the  next  examination  will  be 
held  at  all  large  naval  hospitals  on  May  12,  1941,  ac- 
cording to  the  Surgeon  General  of  the  Un'ted  States 
Navy. 

^ ^ ^ 

En-abling  legislalion  to  permit  the  establishment  in 
Ohio  of  an  organization  similar  to  Afichigan  Medical 
Service  has  been  introduced  in  the  Ohio  Legislature. 
It  is  sponsored  by  the  Ohio  State  Medical  Associa- 
tion. 


“Plasma  Vitamine  C and  Serum  Protein  Levels  in 
IV ound  Disruption”  is  the  title  of  an  article  appear- 
ing in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion, issue  of  February  22,  1941,  by  John  B.  Hartzell, 
IM.D.,  James  Winfield,  M.D.,  and  J.  Logan  Irvin, 
Ph.D.,  Detroit. 

^ ^ ^ 

JVni.  J.  Burns,  Executive  Secretary  of  the  AISMS, 
addressed  the  Danby  Grange  near  Portland  on  Thurs- 
day, February  13.  Mr.  Burns  also  spoke  to  the  E.  O. 
T.  C.  Club  of  Leslie  on  Tuesday,  February  18.  His 
subject  at  each  meeting  was  “State-Managed  Medicine 
vs.  Michigan  Medical  Service.” 

^ 

/.  Earl  McIntyre,  M.D.,  Lansing,  Secretary  of  the 
State  Board  of  Registration  in  Medicine,  was  installed 
on  February  17,  1941,  in  Chicago,  as  President  of  the 
Federation  of  State  Medical  Boards  of  the  United 
States  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Federation.  Con- 
gratulations ! 

^ ^ ^ 

Physicians  wanted  by  United  States  Civil  Service. 
Applications  are  being  accepted  by  the  U.  S.  Civil  Service 
Commission,  Washington,  D.  C.,  for  Senior  Medical 
Officer  at  $4,600;  Medical  Officer  at  $3,800;  and  As- 
sociate Medical  Officer  at  $3,200  per  year  for  service  in 
the  following  agencies : Public  Health  Service,  Food 
and  Drug  Administrat’on,  Veterans’  Administration, 
Civil  Aeronautics  Administration  and  Indian  Service. 


Ukethkiiis 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAE) 


SILVER  PICRATE 


Zit0mpfef0tHhmqv€oftreofm«tamiBterafurewHI  beseatupoarequestm 


IHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATED^  PHIIA. 


X 

C^llyer  Pferate^  Wyeth,  has 
d oonvincm^  record  of  effec- 
tiveness as  a locof  treat- 
ment for  acute  anterior 
urethritis  caused  by  Neis- 
serio  gdnorrheoe.  (1)  An 
oqueous  sofyttqn  (0.5  per- 
cent) of  silver  picrate  or 
water-soiufsie  jetty  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  empfo^^Th  ^the 
treotmenf. 

1.  Rnight,  F.,  and  Shelon- 
ski,  H.  A.,  ’nTfeatment 
of  Acute  Anterior 
Urethritis  with  Silver 
Picrate,”  Am.  J.  Syph. 

Gdn.  & Ven.  pis.,  23, 

201  (March)  1939. 

*Silver‘Pler<tf«,  is  o definite  crystai- 
line  compound  of  silver  ond  picric  ^ 
acid.  H is  avoilable 
crystals  and  : soluble  trituration  for 
th«  prepa^lon  of  solutions,  swp- 
positoriesf"wah$e-raluble  jelly,  and 
powder  for  vaginal  insufflation.-.^;;.^ 


M.^RCH,  1941 


5ay  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


231 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 
White  Daks  Farm 

Marian,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The,  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 

White  Oaks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 


Lt.  Colonel  Harold  A.  Furlong,  M.D.,  formerly  of 
Pontiac,  head  of  the  Medical  Board,  State  Headquar- 
ters of  Selective  Service,  was  appointed  Administra-  I 
tor,  Michigan  Council  of  Defense,  by  Governor  Mur-  I 
ray  D.  Van  Wagoner  on  January  24.  Congratulations, 
Doctor  Furlong ! 

* * * 

At  the  recent  National  Conference  on  Medical  Service 
in  Chicago  on  February  16  the  following  from  Michigan 
were  present;  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Bay  City;  Henry 
R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  and  A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Detroit; 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Bay  City;  Harold  A.  Miller, 

M. D.,  Lansing;  T.  S.  Conover,  M.D.,  Flint;  C.  E. 

Black,  M.D.,  and  J.  Earl  McIntyre,  M.D.,  Lansing; 
E.  W.  Schnoor,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids ; S.  W.  Donald- 
son, M.D.,  Ann  Arbor ; L.  J.  Hirschman,  M.D.,  De- 
troit; George  Le  Fevre,  M.D.,  Muskegon;  Wm.  J. 
Burns,  Lansing;  J.  D.  Laux  and  James  A.  Bechtel, 
Detroit.  I 

* * * i 

Doctor,  remember  your  particular  friends,  the  ex- 
hibitors, at  your  annual  convention,  when  you  have  , 
need  of  equipment,  appliances,  medical  supplies  and 
service.  Here  are  ten  more  of  the  firms  which  helped 
make  the  1940  convention  such  a success : ' 

Medical  Protective  Company,  Wheaton,  Illinois 
Medical  Case  History  Bureau,  New  York. 

Medical  Arts  Surgicil  Supply  Company,  Grand  Rapids. 

Mead  Johnson  & Company,  Evansville,  Indiana. 

M.  & R.  Dietetic  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

J.  B.  Lippincott  Company,  Philadelphia. 

Eli  Lilly  & Company,  Indianapolis. 

Liebel-Flarsheim,  Cincinnati. 

Libby,  McNeill  & Libby,  Chicago.  I 

Lederle  Laboratories,  Inc.,  New  York. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

The  Northern  Tri-State  Medical  Association  will 
hold  its  1941  Meeting  at  Tiffin,  Ohio,  on  April  8. 
According  to  E.  B.  Gillette,  M.D.,  of  Toledo,  Secretary  ■ 
of  the  Association,  the  following  outstanding  physi-  ! 
cians  have  been  secured  for  the  program  which  will 
begin  at  9:00  a.  m.  in  the  Tiffin  Theater  opposite 
the  Shawhan  Hotel ; Frederick  P.  Yonkman,  M.D., 
Detroit;  Carl  D.  Camp,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor;  A.  D. 
Ruedemann,  M.D.,  Cleveland  ; E.  Perry  McCullagh,  | 
M.D.,  Cleveland;  Roy  W.  Scott,  M.D.,  Cleveland;  | 
George  M.  Curtis,  M.D.,  Columbus,  W.  D.  Gatch,  j 
M.D.,  Indianapolis ; Wm.  N.  Wishard,  M.D.,  Indian-  \ 
apolis,  and  Elliott  P.  Joslin,  M.D.,  Boston.  Write  E. 
B.  Gillette,  M.D.,  320  Michigan  Street,  Toledo,  Ohio, 
for  complete  program. 

* ♦ * 

Clinic  Day  at  St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Detroit,  is  sched- 
uled for  March  20.  The  program  which  begins  at  9 ;00  ' 
a.  m.  includes  the  following  speakers : Roy  D.  Mc- 
Clure, M.D.,  Detroit;  Charles  G.  Johnson,  M.D.,  De- 
troit; Henry  K.  Ransom,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor;  Virgil  S. 
Counsellor,  M.D.,  Rochester,  Minnesota;  A.  E.  Cather- 
wood,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Harold  Henderson,  M.D.,  De- 
troit; Frederick  A.  Coller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor;  Lester 
R.  Dragstedt,  M.D.,  Chicago;  C.  Fremont  Vale,  M.D., 
Detroit ; Warren  B.  Cooksey,  M.D.,  Detroit ; John  B. 
Hartzell,  M.D.,  Detroit ; Richard  M.  Johnson,  M.D., 
Detroit ; Edward  Ducey,  M.D.,  Detroit ; Robert  L. 
Schaefer,  M.D.,  Detroit ; Elwood  A.  Sharp,  M.D.,  De- 
troit; J.  P.  Pratt,  M.D.,  Detroit;  George  Rieckhoff, 

M. D.,  Detroit;  Arthur  B.  McGraw,  M.D.,  Detroit; 
Professor  James  Reyniers,  South  Bend,  Indiana;  Henry 

N.  Harkins,  M.D.,  Detroit ; D.  K.  Kitchen,  M.D.,  De^ 
troit;  Walter  J.  Wilson,  Sr.,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Rev.  Hugh 
O’Dcwinell,  President,  Notre  Dame  University,  South 
Bend;  Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Mr.  Frank  Cody, 
Detroit ; Allan  McDonald,  M.D.,  Detroit ; Edgar  Norris, 
M.D.,  Detroit,  and  Rev.  Alphonse  M.  Schwitalla,  S.J., 
St.  Louis,  Missouri. 


232 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


The  MSMS  Radio  Committee  advises  that  the  fol- 
I lowing  Health  Talks  were  broadcast  over  radio  station 
CKLW : 

Saturday,  February,  1,  1941 — “Simple  Facts  About 
How  We  Hear,”  by  Wadsworth  Warren,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  February  8,  1941 — “Scarlet  Fever,”  by 
' Franklin  H.  Top,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  February  15,  1941 — “Artificial  Fever  Ther- 
3-py,”  by  Donald  Francis,  M.D.,  Detroit. 
i Saturday,  February  22,  1941 — “The  Importance  of 
3 Prenatal  Care,”  by  Harold  Mack,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

7 Saturday,  March  1,  1941 — “The  Value  of  Anesthesia 
: in  Surgery  and  Medicine,”  by  Norman  Bittrick,  M.D., 
Detroit. 

^ * 

i Warning!  Check  forger  at  large  in  Michigan  de- 
• scribed  as  55  to  58  years  of  age,  5 feet  5 inches  to 
; 5 feet  8 inches  tall,  about  185  pounds,  smooth  talker 
■ and  fairly  well  dressed,  poses  as  a state  employe  and 
1 passes  small  checks  in  amounts  from  $9.50  to  $12.00, 
which  are  supposedly  for  expense  accounts  on  the 
State  Highway,  Auditor  General  and  State  Conserva- 
tion Departments.  He  is  also  known  to  have  passed 
Township  and  County  checks.  He  generally  purchases 
\ a small  item  and  obtains  the  balance  of  the  check  in 
1 cash.  He  has  used  the  following  names : Chester 

^ Parker,  Sr.,  Peter  T.  Bogan,  George  W.  Clark,  Charles 
H.  Carlisle  and  James  H.  Carter.  The  name  of  the 
city,  the  bank,  the  title  of  the  person  signing  the 
check,  the  name  of  the  department,  etc.,  is  inserted 
with  a typewriter,  and  he  uses  a check  protector.  If 
you  have  any  information  on  this  man,  please  notify 
your  local  police  or  the  Michigan  State  Police,  East 
Lansing. 

* ♦ * 

Henry  F.  Vaughan,  D.P.H.,  Detroit,  has  been  named 
Professor  of  Public  Health  to  head  the  newly  cre- 
ated School  of  Public  Health  at  the  University  of 
Michigan.  Doctor  Vaughan  has  been  special  lecturer  in 
public  health  administration  at  the  University  since 
1922.  Doctor  Vaughan  will  cooperate  in  planning  a new 
building  and  organization  of  the  new  school,  which  it 
is  hoped  will  be  ready  for  operation  this  fall.  The 
W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  and  the  Rockefeller  Foun- 
dation are  cooperating  in  the  establishment  of  the 
school,  each  contributing  $500,000.  Not  more  than 
one-half  of  the  total  of  $1,0(X),000  thus  contributed 
may  be  used  for  site,  building  and  equipment,  the  re- 
mainder to  be  spread  out  over  a ten-year  period  for 
expenses  of  operation.  Doctor  Vaughan  received  his 
degree  in  public  health  from  the  University  of  Michigan 
in  1916.  He  has  serv^ed  as  associate  professor  of  public 
health  at  Wayne  University  from  1915  to  1937  and 
since  1937  has  been  professor  of  preventive  medicine 
and  public  health  at  Wayne.  He  has  been  com- 
missioner of  health  in  Detroit  since  1918. 

^ ^ 

COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  MEETINGS 

Bay — Wednesday,  January  29 — Bay  City — Speaker: 
H.  A.  Pearse,  M.D.,  Detroit — Subject:  “Clinical 
Gynecology.” — W'^ednesday,  February  12 — Bay  City — 
Program : “Studies  in  Human  Fertility.” — Wednesday, 
February  26 — Bay  City — Speaker:  A.  E.  Schiller,  M.D., 
Detroit — Subject:  “The  Problem  of  Dermatitis  in 

Practice.” 

Berrien — Wednesday,  February  12 — Niles — Speaker  : 
Jesse  T.  Harper,  M.D.,  Detroit — Subject:  “Present- 

Day  Thoughts  on  the  Treatment  of  Hemorrhoids.” 

Calhoun — Tuesday,  February*  4 — Battle  Creek — Speak- 
er : Hobart  A.  Reimann,  M.D.,  Philadelphia — Subject: 
“Treatment  of  Pneumonia.” 

Dickinson-Iron — Thursday,  February  6 — Iron  Moun- 
tain— Subject:  “Public  Health  as  it  relates  to  the 
Community  and  Private  Practice”  in  charge  of  Drs. 
Kerr  and  Place. 


March,  1941 


There’s  no  fee 
for  this 
advice 

In  coses  of  real  thirst,  noth- 
ing is  more  welcome  to  a 
welcome  guest  than  a high- 
ball made  with  smooth,  mel- 
low Johnnie  Walker  . . . 

★ 

IT’S  SESSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

f^LKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


Red  Label 
8 years  old 

Black  Label 
12  years  old 
Both  86.8  proof 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


233 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


HARTZ  JELLY  — A Non-Irritating  Lubricant 


Hartz  Jelly  is  a water-soluble,  fat- 
free  lubricant  for  hands,  sounds, 
catheters,  bougies,  cystoscopes,  and 
other  body-entering  instruments. 

Hartz  Jelly  contains  no  petroleum, 
soap,  starch  or  other  objectionable 
materials.  It  insures  an  easy  in- 
troduction with  the  least  inconven- 
ience to  the  patient. 


PRICE: 

7 FLOORS  MEDICAL  SUPPLIES  $1.50 

a dozen  tubes 


Hillsdale — Thursday,  February  20 — Hillsdale — Speak- 
er : Charles  F.  McKhann,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject; 
“The  Chronically  Undernourished  Child”  and  clinical 
conference. 

Ingham — Tuesday,  February  18 — Lansing — Speaker: 
Arthur  C.  Curtis,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject:  “Chem- 
otherapy in  Pneumonia.” 

lonia-Montcalm — Tuesday,  February  11 — Stanton — 
Speaker ; C.  H.  Snyder,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids — Subject ; 
“Orthopedic  Conditions  as  seen  by  the  General  Practi- 
tioner.” 

Jackson — Tuesday,  February  18 — Jackson — Speaker  : 
Wm.  J.  Cassidy,  Al.D.,  Detroit,  Color  Movies  of  Ab- 
dominal Operations. 

Kalamazoo — Tuesday,  February  18 — Kalamazoo — 
Speaker : Richard  Freyberg,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor — 

Subject:  “Newer  Treatments  for  Arthritis.” 

Kent — Tuesday,  February  11 — Grand  Rapids— Speak- 
er : Pearl  Kendrick,  M.D. 

Muskegon — Friday,  February  21 — Aluskegon — Speak- 
er: Attorney  John  F.  Frederick — Subject:  “Intangible 
Tax” — Also  color  motion  picture  on  “Regional  Anes- 
thesia.” 

Oakland — Wednesday,  February  5 — Routunda  Inn — 
Speaker:  J.  C.  Pratt,  M.D.,  Detroit — Subject:  “Recent 
Advances  in  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology.” 

Ottawa — Tuesday,  February  11 — Grand  Haven; — 

Speaker : Harold  Dykhuizen,  M.D.,  Muskegon — 

Subject ; “Role  of  Urology  to  Essential  Hypertension.” 

St.  Clair — Tuesday,  January  28 — Port  Huron — Pro- 
gram : Motion  picture  “The  Treatment  of  Eclampsia.” 
Tuesday — February  11 — Port  Huron — Speaker:  George 
Leckie,  AI.D.,  Detroit — Subject:  “Tuberculosis  of  the 


Genito-Urinary  Tract.”  Tuesday — February  25 — Port 
Huron — Speaker  : H.  J.  Kullman,  M.D.,  Detroit — Sub- 
ject; “Indications  for  and  Value  of  Gastroscopy.” 

St.  Joseph — Thursday,  February  13 — Sturgis — Speak- 
er: Captain  Herbert  D.  Edger  of  Fort  Custer — Subject: 
“Military  Medicine.” 

Shiawassee — Thursday,  February-  20 — Owosso — Speak- 
er : R.  H.  Freyberg,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject: 

“Treatment  of  Chronic  Arthritis.” 

Washtenaw — Tuesday,  February  11 — Ann  Arbor — 
Speaker;  Udo  J.  Wile,  AI.D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject: 
“Pitfalls  in  the  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Syphilis.” 

■Wayne  County — Monday,  Ala'rch  3 — Detroit — General 
Aleeting — Speaker : Stanley  P.  Reimann,  M.D.,  Phila- 
delphia-Subject: “Normal  Intracellular  Constituents 

in  Relation  to  Growth.”  Monday,  Alarch  10 — Medical 
Aleeting — Speaker;  Virgil  E.  Simpson,  AI.D.,  Louis- 
ville— Subject;  “The  Ph3'sician,  the  Pharmacist,  and 
the  Pharmacopoeia.”  Afonday,  Alarch  17 — General  Prac- 
tice Aleeting — Speaker : R.  W.  AlcNeah-,  AI.D.,  Chicago 
— Subject:  “The  Mechanics  of  Inguinal  Hernia.”  Alon- 
day,  Alarch  2-1 — Surgical  Meeting — Speaker  ; Geza  de 
Takats,  AI.D.,  Chicago — Subject:  “Pulmonary  Em- 

bolism.” Alonday,  April  7 — General  Aleeting- — Speaker  : 
John  T.  Alurphy,  AI.D.,  Toledo — Subject:  “Cancer  of 
the  Skin.”- — Annual  Hicke\’  Alemorial  Lecture. 

West  Side  (Wayne  County) — Wednesday-,  February 
19— Detroit — Speakers  : Harry  C.  Saltzsteiii,  AI.D.,  on 
“Terminal  Pictures  in  Alalignancy  in  Contract  with 
other  Terminal  Pictures”  and  Frank  A.  Lamberson, 
M.D.,  on  “Treatment  with  Illustrations  of  Abscesses  of 
the  Face,  Neck  and  Chest,”  also  motion  pictures  on 
“Studies  in  Human  FertiliU.” 


234 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  AI.S.AI.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


COUNCIL  AND  COMMITTEE  MEETINGS 

1.  Tuesday,  February  4,  1941 — 11:00  a.  m. — Special 
meeting  of  representatives  of  seven  organizations  re 
afflicted-crippled  child  law  amendments — Hotel  Olds, 
Lansing. 

2.  Thursday,  February  6,  1941 — 3 :00  p.  m. — Executive 
Committee  of  The  Council — Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

3.  Thursday,  February  13,  1941 — 3 :00  p.  m. — Legisla- 
tive Committee — Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

4.  Monday,  February  17,  1941 — 6:30  p.  m. — Cancer 
Committee — Woman’s  League,  Ann  Arbor. 

5.  Tuesday,  February  18,  1941 — 11:00  a.  m. — Special 
meeting  of  representatives  of  seven  organizations  re 
afflicted-crippled  child  law  amendments — Hotel  Olds, 
Lansing. 

^ ^ 

McGREGOR  CONVALESCENT  HOME 


The  new  Convalescent  Home  of  the  McGregor 
Health  Foundation  has  been  opened  in  Detroit.  The 
McGregor  Health  Foundation,  a charitable  incorpora- 
tion of  the  State  of  Michigan,  was  founded  seven 
years  ago  by  the  late  Tracy  W.  McGregor,  a well- 
known  Detroit  philanthropist. 

Since  its  inception  the  Foundation  has  been  working 
in  the  field  of  convalescent  and  rest  care  as  an  aid 
to  a more  full  and  rapid  recovery  from  illness.  Nu- 
merous studies  have  been  made  of  this  problem  by  the 
McGregor  Health  Foundation  and  many  deserving  pa- 
tients have  been  aided  by  them.  A few  months  ago 
a thirty-bed  convalescent  home  was  opened  by  this 
Foundation  in  Detroit,  where  such  useful  adjuncts  to 
recovery  from  illness  as  a pleasing  and  restful  environ- 
ment, physiotherapy,  diversional  therapy,  dietotherapy, 
and  expert  nursing  service,  may  be  provided  at  a 
minimal  cost. 

The  Foundation  is  managed  by  a Board  of  Trustees 
composed  of  physicians,  laymen  and  professional 
workers.  Michigan  is  indeed  fortunate  in  having  the 
McGregor  Health  Foundation  working  in  this  most 
important  field  of  medical  care. 

* * 

The  February  meeting  of  the  Michigan  Pathological 
Society  was  held  as  a joint  meeting  with  the  Detroit 
X-ray  and  Radium  Society  at  Henry  Ford  Hospital 
on  Saturday,  February  8.  The  Detroit  X-ray  and  Ra- 
dium Society  had  invited  members  of  the  Michigan 
Radiological  Society  to  be  present  as  guests.  Sixty- 
four  were  in  attendance. 

The  afternoon  session  consisted  of  demonstrations  on 
the  subject,  “Tumors  and  Cysts  of  Bone,”  and  at  the 
evening  session,  the  cases  previously  demonstrated 
were  presented  and  discussed.  Cases  were  presented  by 
Drs.  Kaump,  Frank  Hartman,  Lester  Hoyt,  M.  O. 
Alexander,  Howard  Doub,  John  Murphy,  and  S.  M. 
Gould. 

The  next  meeting  will  be  held  on  April  19,  in  Flint, 
Michigan,  at  the  Hurley  Hospital,  subject  to  be  selected. 

March,  1941 


I 


to  any  ano®"* 

conlalneis-  oU.goW 

^fficone. 


^|^i4ZZ  worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations;  including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  virith  rest  rooms  for 
Patients, 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


235 


THE  DOCTOR'S  LIBRARY 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS* 


Scrums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings, 


RUPP  & BOWMAN  CO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


PiKDFESSIOMALPlIOrOOM 


INCE  1899 
PECIALIZED 
E R V I C E 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“Your  tact,  cooperation  and  deter- 
mination to  protect  the  doctor  at  all 
costs  have  been  surely  demonstrated 
in  this  instance.” 


<203 


OF 


THE  dcx:tor’s  library 


Acknowledgement  of  all  books  received  will  be  made  in  this 
column  and  this  will  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 


DISEASES  OF  THE  DIGESTIVE  SYSTEM.  Edited  by  Sid- 
ney  A.  Portis,  B.S.,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  Associate  Clinical 
Professor  of  Medicine,  Rush  Medical  College  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago;  Attending  Physician,  Michael  Reese  Hos- 
pital; Consulting  Physician,  Cook  County  Hospital,  Chicago. 
Illustrated  with  176  engravings.  Philadelphia:  Lea  & Fe- 

biger,  1941.  Price:  $10.00. 

The  reputation  of  Sidney  Portis  as  a gastro-en- 
terologist  guarantees  the  reliability  of  this  textbook. 
As  he  says,  “The  modern  gastro-enterologist  must  be 
thoroughly  trained  in  the  laboratory  and  have  a broad 
general  clinical  experience  in  all  branches  of  internal 
medicine.”  He  has  had  the  assistance  of  fifty-one  con- 
tributors, all  of  whom  have  established  themselves  in 
their  various  fields.  It  is  not  a very  readable  book  but 
provides  in  textbook  fashion  a complete  story  of  the 
present-day  knowledge  of  gastro-intestinal  diseases. 
Treatment  is  especially  emphasized,  thus  enhancing  the 
value  of  the  volume  to  the  practitioner. 


IT  IS  YOUR  LIFE.  Keep  Healthy — Stay  Young — Live  Long. 
By  Max  M.  Rosenberg,  M.D.,  Member,  American  Medical 
Association  and  New  York  County  Medical  Society.  For- 
merly in  charge  of  Clinical  Laboratory  O.  P.  Dep’t,  Beth 
Israel  Hospital;  Clinical  Asst.  Internal  Medicine,  Beth 
Israel  Hospital;  Clinical  Asst.  Pediatrics,  Gouveneur  Hos- 
pital. New  York;  The  Scholastic  Book  Press,  1940.  Price 
$2.50. 

This  is  a very  sensibly  written  book  of  medical  ad- 
vice to  the  layman  and  avoids  more  than  usual  the 
common  fault  of  lay  medical  books  in  mass  prescrib- 
ing. The  language  is  clear  and  for  the  most  part  re- 
liable. In  the  hands  of  the  average  patient  it  is  safe 
and  should  be  of  educational  value. 


DIET  MA.NUAL.  Dietetics  Department,  Harper  Hospital,  De- 
troit, Michigan.  Copyright  1940’. 

When  a hospital  of  the  standing  of  Harper  Hospital 
in  Detroit  issues  a volume  of  diet  lists  and  instructions 
it  can  be  unequivocally  accepted  as  authentic  and  prac- 
tical. A study  of  this  manual  bears  out  this  expecta- 
tion. All  practical  consideration  seems  to  be  well 
covered. 


A TEXTBOOK  OF  CLINICAL  PATHOLOGY.  Edited  by  Roy 
R.  Kracke,  Emory  University,  Georgia,  and  Francis  P. 
Parker,  Emory  University,  Georgia.  Second  Edition.  A 
William  Wood  Book.  Baltimore:  The  Williams  & Wilkins 
Company,  1940.  Price:  $6.00. 

This  second  edition  has  been  completely  revised  and 
reset.  There  are  many  changes  due  to  the  addition  of 
new  material,  particularly  new  procedures  which  have 
been  introduced  in  the  last  two  years.  A new  chapter 
on  determinations  of  vitamins  and  hormones,  a re- 
written chapter  on  serological  procedures  in  the  diag- 
nosis of  syphilis,  examination  of  the  bone  marrow,  and 
many  other  additions  and  revisions  of  laboratory  mate- 
rial are  included.  It  is  well  arranged,  accurately  writ- 
ten and  well  illustrated  with  both  ordinary  and  color 
plates. 


236 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


RADON 

A 

. SE 

E D S 1 

OR  safety  and  reliability  use  composite  Radon  seeds  in  your 
cases  requiring  interstitial  radiation.  The  Composite  Radon 
Seed  is  the  only  type  of  metal  Radon  Seed  having  smooth, 
round,  non-cutting  ends.  In  this  type  of  seed,  illustrated 
here  highly  magnified.  Radon  is  under  gas-tight,  leak-proof 
seal.  Composite  Platinum  (or  Gold)  Radon  Seeds  and 
loading-slot  instruments  for  their  implantation  are  available 
to  you  exclusively  through  us.  Inquire  and  order  by  mail, 
or  preferably  by  telegraph,  reversing  charges. 


THE  RADIUM  EMANATION  CORPORATION 

GRAYBAR  BLDG.  Telephone  MO  4-6455  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


CLASSOTED  ADVERTISING 

ADMINISTRATOR’S  SALE:  The  medical  equipment 
of  the  late  A.  H.  Burleson,  M.D.,  must  be  sold.  If 
interested,  write  to  W.  P.  Pollard,  Administrator, 
Olivet,  Michigan. 


WANTED : Physician  for  general  practice  during  the 
month  of  June  and  for  an  indefinite  period  thereafter. 
Salary  guaranteed.  Send  inquiries  to  Box  10,  Journal 
of  the  M.S.M.S.,  2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing,  Michigan. 


WANTED : POSITION  AS  ASSISTANT  to  general 
surgeon  or  industrial  surgeon  or  as  resident  in  sur- 
gery ; young  married  physician ; M.D.  University  of 
Alichigan  Medical  School ; completed  internship,  as- 
sistant residency  and  residency  in  surgery  at  larger 
midwestern  metropolitan  hospital ; conscientious,  ex- 
cellent references;  licensed  in  Alichigan.  Box*  20, 
Alichigan  State  Aledical  Society,  2020  Olds  Tower, 
Lansing,  Michigan. 


Forms  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  Alichi- 
gan- Hospital  and  Medical  Payment  Plan  are 
available  in  pads  of  50  and  100  (25c  and  50c 
respectively).  Signify  Form  1,  2 or  3 and  amount 
desired.  Address,  Secretary,  2020  Olds  Tower, 
Lansing. 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 

PHYSiaANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSiaANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 

Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 

For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 

(52,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 

For 
$10.00 
per  year 

$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and 

sickness 

For 
$33.00 
per  year 

$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and 

sickness 

For 
$66.00 
per  year 

$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and 

sickness 

For 
$99.00 
per  year 

38  years  under  the  same  management 

$1,850,000  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$9,500,000  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$2(X),000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 


AIarch,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


237 


Have  you  received  your  copy  of  the 
75  page  brochure  "Citrus  Fruits  and 
Health"?  You'll  find  a wealth  of  infor- 
mative, authoritative  material,  carefully 
compiled  and  exhaustively  treated.  Free 
on  request  to  members  of  the  medical 
profession. 

Write  for  it. 

FLORIDA  CITRUS  COMMISSION 

Lakeland  Florida 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


DeNIKE  sanitarium,  Inc. 

Established  1893 


EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 

OF 

ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOUSM 


Mild  Neuropsychic  Cases 
Admitted 


1571  East  Jefferson  Avenue 
Cadillac  2670  Detroit 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


Behind 


Mercurochrome 

(dibrom-oxymercnri-fiuorescein>sodium) 

^ is  a background  of 


Precise  manufacturing  methods  in- 
suring uniformity 

Controlled  laboratory  investigation 

Chemical  and  biological  control  of 
each  lot  produced 

Extensive  clinical  application 


Thirteen  years’  acceptance  by  the 
Council  of  Pharmacy  and  Chem- 
istry of  the  American  Medical 
Association 


A booklet  summarizing  the  impor- 
tant reports  on  Mercurochrome  and 
describing  its  various  uses  will  be 
sent  to  physicians  on  request. 


Hynson,  Westcott  & Dunning,  Inc. 

BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


IS  YOUR  DIABETIC  RECEIVING  A 

SQUARE  DEAL? 

He  will,  if  you  advise  Square  Deal  Flour, 
rich  in  minerals,  high  in  vitamins,  moder- 
ate in  food  content. 

Like  a sample,  Doctor? 

CURDOLAC  FOOD  CO. 

Box  472 

Waukesha,  Wisconsin 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 

Jour.  M.S.M.S 


238 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


In  human  milk  2/3  of  the  protein  is  m true  solution,  while  in  cow's 
milk  only  1/6  of  the  protein  is  soluble.  During  the  process  em- 
ployed in  preparing  Similac  the  soluble  proteins  in  cow's  milk  are 
increased  to  a point  approximating  the  soluble  proteins  in  human 
milk.  How  greatly  this  improves  the  digestibility  is  indicated  by 
a comparison  of  the  curd  (insoluble  calcium  paracaseinote) 
formed  by  cow's  milk,  with  the  soft  flocculent  curd  of  Similac. 
The  softer  the  curd  the  shorter  the  digestive  period.''  Similac, 
like  breast  milk,  has  a consistently  zero  curd  tension. 


Espe  & Dye  — "Effect  of  Curd  Tension  on  the  Digestibility  of  milk" — Amer.  Journal 
Diseases  of  Children  — 1932,  Vol.  43,  p.  62. 


Curd 


of 


Breast 


of 


Curd 


SIMILAC 


Curd 


of 


Cow 


Mik 


SIMlbAC  I 


SIMILAR  TO 
BREAST  MILK 


L 


M&R  DIETETIC  LABORATORIES,  INC. 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 


April,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


257 


SELECTIVE  SERVICE  MEDICAL  DEPARTMENT 


Announcement  has  been  made  of  the  formation  of 
three  additional  Medical  Advisory  Boards  in  Detroit. 
With  the  five  Medical  Advisory  Boards  already  formed, 
eight  boards  will  be  available  to  serve  the  Wayne 
County  area.  The  new  boards  with  their  hospital  head- 
quarters and  chairman  are  as  follows : 

Board  No.  20 — Grace  Hospital — Milton  A.  Darling, 
M.D. 

Board  No.  21 — Woman’s  Hospital — Roy  C.  Kings- 
wood,  M.D. 

Board  No.  22 — Charles  Godwin  Jennings  Hospital — 
Raymond  B.  Baer,  M.D. 

Of  Michigan’s  679,727  registrants,  287,685  live  in 


Professional  Economics 

An  ethical,  practical  plan  for  bettering 
your  income  from  professional  services. 

Send  card  or  prescription  blank  for  details. 

National  Discount  & Audit  Co. 

2114  Book  Tower,  Detroit,  Michigan 

Representatives  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada 


PftOriSSIOHAlPlIOTICnON 


A DOCTOR  S.^YS; 

“In  the  future  my  check  stubs 
will  show  that  the  Medical  Protec- 
tive fee  has  gained  a position  of  pre- 
eminence over  rent,  supply  and  other 
hills  of  the  most  fundamental  im- 
portance.” 


mm 


or 


Wayne  County.  The  burden  of  work  on  five  Medical 
Advisory  Boards  proved  considerable.  The  new  boards 
with  a reshuffling  of  the  jurisdiction  of  the  old  boards 
ought  to  materially  relieve  the  situation.  Members  of  I 
the  Medical  Advisory  Boards  are  not  paid  for  their 
professional  services.  Throughout  the  state  these  Medi- 
cal  A-dvisory  Boards  have  been  doing  an  excellent  job 
advising  the  Examining  Physicians  on  the  doubtful 
cases  among  the  selectees. 

♦ ♦ 

The  physicians  in  Michigan  have  already  performed 
nearly  40,000  physical  examinations.  As  the  quotas  of 
men  increase,  the  load  becomes  correspondingly  great- 
er. In  many  localities  the  physicians  have  formed 
examining  groups.  This  has  been  a very  satisfactory  j 
procedure  as  it  considerably  lightens  the  load  on  in-  I . 
dividual  physicians  and  prevents  the  congestion  of  small  ! 
offices.  The  registant  is  assured  of  a more  careful 
consideration  of  his  physical  condition  by  a group  of 
examiners.  Group  examinations  are  encouraged  by  the 
Selective  Service  wherever  local  conditions  allow. 

Recently  a decision  has  come  from  the  National 
Headquarters  of  Selective  Service  stating  that  the 
same  physician  or  group  of  physicians  may  be  ap- 
pointed examining  physician  or  physicians  for  more 
than  one  Local  Board.  A pool  of  physicians  may  be 
appointed  as  examining  physicians  for  all  the  Local 
Boards  within  a community. 

* ♦ ♦ 

In  every  program  there  is  apt  to  be  a sour  note.  • 
There  have  been  several  instances  lately  where  the 
press,  both  in  news  items  and  editorially,  has  criticized  » 
physicians  for  their  part  in  the  rejection  of  men  at  ' 
the  Induction  Centers.  In  most  cases  such  stories  were  ' 
published  without  any  clear  knowledge  of  the  facts  , 
or  what  was  being  done  to  correct  the  situation.  In  a ! 
few  instances  doctors  working  for  Local  Boards  have  ■ i 
been  mentioned  by  name.  This,  of  course,  rightfully « 
created  a terrific  reaction  among  the  doctors.  The 
policy  of  State  Headquarters  has  been  never  to  re- 
lease to  the  press  any  information  about  physicians  in 
connection  with  any  physical  examinations.  Local 
Boards  have  also  been  advised  not  to  release  such 
information. 

It  is  also  the  opinion  of  State  Headquarters  that 
the  reason  for  the  rejection  of  any  registrant  should 
not  be  disclosed  to  the  press.  This  is  confidential  in- 
formation and  the  Local  Board  should  so  regard  it. 
Unfortunately,  no  one  can  stop  curious  reporters  from 
putting  two  and  two  together  and  producing  an  article 
that  hurts.  The  State  Headquarters  has  investigated 
several  of  these  press  notices  and  in  each  case  found 
the  press  wholly  unaware  of  the  backfire  on  the  doctor. 
Most  of  the  newspapers  have  sought  to  justify  the 
wrong  done  the  selectees  who  have  given  up  their 
jobs,  sold  their  automobiles  and  received  a gala  send- 
off  only  to  be  turned  back  a day  or  so  later  stranded 
and  humiliated.  The  wrong  to  the  medical  profession 
has  been  unintentional. 

* * * 

By  March  12  the  State  Health  Department  Bureau 
of  Laboratories  had  performed  39,947  Kahn  tests.  Of 
these  37,612  were  negative,  71  reactions  were  doubt- 
ful, and  1,331  specimens  were  unsatisfactory.  Positive 
Kahns  totalling  933  were  reported,  a percentage  of  2.3. 

Arrangements  have  been  completed  with  the  Bureau 
of  Laboratories  to  have  Kline,  Kolmer,  or  Wasser- 
mann  reactions  performed  on  the  few  cases  where  the 
Kahn  test  may  appear  to  disagree  with  the  clinical 
findings. 

Harold  A.  Furlong,  M.D. 

State  Medical  Officer, 
Selective  Service  of  ]\Iichigan. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


258 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


nrke  J O U M A I 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 
Volume  40  April,  1941  Number  4 


Dermatitis  and  Eczema 

Industrial  Aspects* 

By  John  Godwin  Downing,  M.D. 
Boston,  Massachusetts 


John  G.  Downing,  M.D. 

M.D.  Harvard  Medical  School,  1915. 
Assistant  Professor  of  Dermatology, 
Tufts  College  Medical  School;  Derma- 
tologist at  St.  Elisabeth's  Hospital,  Bos- 
ton City  Hospital,  Beth  Israel  Hospital, 
U.  S.  Public  Health  Service.  Chair- 
man, Section  of  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology,  A.M.A.,  1939-40.  Member, 
Board  of  Directors , American  Academy 
of  Dermatology  and  Syphilology.  Mem- 
ber, American  Dermatological  Associa- 
tion, New  England  Dermatological  So- 
ciety, Society  for  Investigative  Derma- 
tology, Industrial  Surgeons. 

There  has  never  been  a time  in  the  history  of 
the  world  when  the  problem  of  keeping  men 
fit  for  industry  has  been  more  vitally  essential 
than  in  these  days  of  mechanized  warfare.  In- 
dustrial medicine  visualized  this  problem  and 
since  the  First  World  War  has  made  rapid  prog- 
ress. The  importance  of  preventing  industrial 
diseases  is  now  recognized,  especially  protecting 
the  skilled  worker  from  avoidable  hazards,  for 
the  loss  of  such  workers  might  cripple  our  na- 
tional defense.  Industrial  dermatoses,  which 
comprise  nearly  60  per  cent  of  all  occupational 
disease,  require  special  consideration,  for  accord- 
ing to  Lane,^^  Osborne  and  Jordon^^  they  can  be 
prevented.  Eight  years  ago  I mentioned  the  ap- 
parent lack  of  interest  in  this  field  in  America,® 
but  there  has  been  a great  awakening.  The  litera- 
ture on  the  subject  is  now  enormous;  physicians 
are  eager  for  knowledge;  industry  has  realized 
the  value  of  safeguarding  its  employes,  and  new 
states  are  continually  expanding  their  laws  to 
embrace  occupational  dermatoses  among  compen- 
sable diseases.® 

^Presented  at  the  Seventy-fifth  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  Detroit,  September  26,  1940. 

April,  1941 


Definition 

The  committee  appointed  by  the  Section  of 
Dermatology  and  Syphilology  of  the  American 
Medical  Association  for  the  study  of  occupational 
dermatoses  has  defined  an  occupational  dermato- 
sis as  any  pathological  condition  of  the  skin  for 
which  occupation  was  the  chief  causal  or  contrib- 
utory factor.  It  may  comprise  any  lesion  from  a 
simple  erythema  to  carcinoma.  Occupational  der- 
matitis (ergodermatitis)  under  the  generic  term 
“dermatitis  venenata”  is  an  inflammatory  disease 
of  the  skin  characterized  by  erythema,  q^ema, 
and  vesiculation,  and  caused  by  irritants  contact- 
ed while  at  work. 

Classification 

Because  of  the  multiplicity  and  diversity  of 
such  irritants  some  effort  at  classification  is 
necessary,  although  no  one  will  be  entirely 
satisfactory.  Classification  of  industries  is  of 
little  value  except  where  dermatoses  appear 
fairly  constantly,  for  industries  change  their 
processes  frequently  and  use  many  new  com- 
binations in  these  processes. 

Classification  according  to  pathological  lesions 
also  has  its  shortcomings,  since  nearly  all  irritants 
produce  varying  degrees  of  pathological  change, 
depending  upon  the  intensity  and  duration  of  the 
application.  The  most  scientific  classification  is 
based  on  the  etiology,  the  type  of  agent.®  Irri- 
tants accordingly  may  be  grouped  as  follows : 

1.  Mechanical  or  physical  agents.  The  derma- 
toses caused  by  this  group  are  the  results  of  heat 
or  cold,  radiation  (radium,  x-rays),  electricity, 
mechanical  irritation  (pressure  or  friction,  cuts 
or  pricks),  and  mechanical  interference  with 
bodily  functions.  The  cause  and  pathological  se- 
quences of  resulting  injuries  are  easily  recog- 
nized. Mechanical  abrasions  due  to  repeated 
trauma,  harsh  detergents,  cutting  oils,  and  contact 


26.S 


DERMATITIS  AND  ECZEMA— DOWNING 


with  abrasives  and  sand  are  frequent.  Lesions 
may  vary  from  pigmentation  to  epithelioma.  The 
common  eruption  from  mechanical  interference 
with  bodily  function  is  a folliculitis  occurring  on 
the  skin  of  employes  contacting  oils  and  silicates. 

2.  Flowering  plants  and  their  products. 

(a)  Redwood,  teak,  cocobolo,  mahogany,  box- 
wood, satinwood,  Brazilian  walnut,  chestnut,  and 
oak  are  woods  which  may  cause  a dermatitis.^^ 

(b)  Extracts  and  resins  including  oil  of  cardiol 
from  the  shell  of  cashew  nuts  and  lacquers. 

(c)  Herbaceous  plants^®  (leaves,  flowers,  fruits, 
or  roots.)  Asparagus,  barley  malt,  celery,  chamo- 
mile, flax,  grain  dusts,  hops,  pyrethrum,  rice, 
tobacco,  tulips,  lettuce,  figs,  oranges,  and  lemons 
have  been  proven  to  be  offending  agents.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  that  it  is  the  outer  surface  of 
lemons  and  oranges  that  causes  dermatitis.^” 

(3)  Vital  agents.  The  vegetable  kingdom  with 
its  fungi,  bacteria,  yeast,  yeast-like  organisms, 
and  molds,  produces  serious  industrial  diseases, 
disabling  and  even  fatal,  such  as  folliculitis,  fur- 
unculosis, streptococcus  infections,  anthrax,  ery- 
sipeloid, sporotrichosis,  and  coccidoidal  granulo- 
ma. The  animal  group  comprising  mites  and 
spiders  causes  annoying  but  trivial  eruptions 
which  respond  readily  to  applications  containing 
sulphur. 

4.  Chemical  agents.  These  are  so  complex 
that  they  defy  any  exact  classification.  They  may 
be  divided  into:  Inorganic  compounds,  acids, 

bases  and  salts,  hydrocarbons  and  crude  coal  tar 
products,  oils,  tars  and  turpentine,  and  other  or- 
ganic compounds  such  as  dyes. 

A comprehensive  list  is  impossible,  for  every 
conceivable  chemical  may  irritate  and  produce 
a dermatitis  in  some  susceptible  individual. 
Hence,  an  occupation  should  not  be  condemned 
because  of  a hypersensitive  worker;  transfer 
him  rather  than  abolish  a process  thereby  de- 
priving other  workers  of  their  livelihood.  The 
true  hazards  are  soon  recognized,  such  as 
arsenic,  chrome  compounds,  chlorinated  naph- 
thalenes, rubber  accelerators,  pitch  turpentine, 
creosote,  and  bakelite  resins. 

Dermatitis  and  Eczema 

Ergodermatitis  may  be  also  classified  according 
to  the  strength  of  these  agents  and  the  length  of 
exposure  as  nonsensitization  dermatitis  (often 
called  dermatitis  artificialis  or  traumatica)  and 


sensitization  dermatitis.  Where  the  former  ends 
and  the  latter  begins  cannot  always  be  determined. 
Nonsensitization  dermatitis  is  caused  by  a pri- 
mary irritant  which  will  affect  practically  all  hu- 
man skins.  It  is  a cutaneous  disturbance  caused 
by  mechanical  or  physical  agents  or  primary  irri- 
tants such  as  powerful  chemicals  applied  acci- 
dentally Or  deliberately  to  the  skin.  It  is  charac- 
terized by  all  degrees  of  inflammation  and  fre- 
quently marked  by  destruction  of  all  the  layers  of 
the  skin  and  subjacent  tissues.  The  causative 
factor  is  usually  recognized  and  known  to  the 
patient.  Noteworthy  are  self-inflicted  eruptions 
(dermatitis  factitia)  produced  to  invoke  sympa- 
thy, escape  unpleasant  duties,  or  secure  compen- 
sation or  remuneration.  These  present  many  bi- 
zarre and  unnatural  patterns  and  must  be  con- 
sidered in  the  differential  diagnosis  of  industrial 
dermatitis. 

Sensitization  dermatitis,  also  called  eczema, 
contact  dermatitis  or  contact  eczema,  allergic  der- 
matitis or  allergic  eczema,  is  an  inflammation  re- 
sulting from  repeated  exposures  to  substances 
innocuous  to  a normal  skin.  The  condition  pre- 
sents the  usual  lesions  of  dermatitis  and  is  pri- 
marily an  epithelial  reaction  with  secondary  in- 
flammatory changes  in  the  corium.  The  disease 
may  be  specific  or  nonspecific  and  is  usually  ac- 
quired in  extrauterine  life.  In  occupational  ecze- 
ma this  hypersensitivity  is  so  acquired.  A review 
of  my  last  500  cases  showed  only  one  with  a posi- 
tive family  history;  thirty-three,  or  6.6  per  cent, 
disclosed  a previous  history  of  cutaneous  eruption 
and  of  these  thirteen,  or  2.69  per  cent,  had  been 
classified  as  industrial.  The  onset  of  a sensitiza- 
tion dermatitis  is  rarely  manifested  by  a sudden 
explosion  except  when  a person  has  contacted  a 
substance  for  years,  avoided  contact  with  it,  and 
has  a renewed  exposure,  at  which  time  his  sensi- 
tization may  appear  suddenly  and  explosively. 

When  a worker  presents  a dermatitis  it  is 
important  both  from  the  viewpoints  of  eco- 
nomics and  public  health  to  decide  immediately 
whether  it  is  occupational  or  non-occupational 
and  whether  it  is  contagious  or  infectious.  If 
the  latter  is  true,  the  worker  may  infect  others ; 
if  the  former,  the  work  may  affect  others.  A 
knowledge  of  dermatology  will  decide  the 
differentiation  of  the  cutaneous  disease,  while 
an  understanding  of  the  work  involved  may 
solve  the  industrial  question. 


266 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


DERMATITIS  AND  ECZEMA— DOWNING 


Diagnosis 

The  diagnosis  of  an  occupational  dermatitis  is 
fairly  obvious  to  the  trained  observer;  neverthe- 
less a complete  physical  examination  and  labora- 
tory studies  should  confirm  this  diagnosis  and 
determine  if  possible  any  predisposing  factors. 
The  causative  factor  should  be  established  by 
careful  history-taking  and  patch  testing.  A com- 
plete investigation  should  be  made  of  the  family 
and  personal  history.  This  history-taking  should 
present  a mental  picture  of  the  patient’s  routine 
and  his  contacts  at  home,  at  his  pastimes,  and  at 
his  work.  In  industrial  pursuits  the  exact  time  of 
occurrence  is  especially  important.  An  eruption 
appearing  immediately  after  a vacation  should 
lead  one  to  suspect  a non-industrial  exposure ; one 
appearing  at  the  beginning  of  a day’s  work  may 
suggest  predisposing  home  factors  such  as  worry 
and  lack  of  sleep;  one  at  the  end  of  the  day’s 
work  may  indicate  excessive  fatigue,  carelessness 
as  a result  of  a rush  season,  or  failure  to  use  pre- 
ventive measures.  However,  the  incubation  pe- 
riod varies  so  greatly  that  a keen  detective  in- 
stinct is  required  to  solve  these  problems.  In  a 
recent  survey  young  untrained  workers  were 
found  most  susceptible  to  occupational  derma- 
titis.^ The  introduction  of  new  chemicals  or  the 
treatment  of  trivial  injuries  with  sensitizing 
drugs  should  be  specially  investigated.  From  an 
economic  point  of  view  the  day  of  the  onset  will 
determine  which  insurer  is  liable  for  a disabling 
dermatitis.  The  cause  of  industrial  contact  der- 
matitis due  to  a single  sensitization  is  frequently 
solved,  but  difficulties  multiply  with  the  polysen- 
sitized  person.  Painstaking  history,  however,  will 
narrow  the  field  of  possible  irritants  and  avoid 
needless  patch  testing. 

Sites  of  Eruptions. — The  sites  of  the  eruption 
of  an  industrial  dermatitis  vary  according  to  the 
contacts,  involving  for  the  most  part  the  exposed 
areas  such  as  the  hands,  arms,  and  face.  Usually 
one  or  more  parts  are  affected.  The  frequency 
with  which  various  parts  of  the  body  are  affected 
is  interesting.  Nine  per  cent  of  1,004  cases  in- 
vestigated showed  a dermatitis  over  miscellaneous 
regions.  The  following  percentages  were  ob- 
tained from  splitting  up  cases  in  which  more  than 
one  part  of  the  body  was  affected  and  distribut- 
ing the  data  anatomically.  The  hands  (47  per 
cent)  were  most  frequently  involved,  followed  by 
the  fingers  (13  per  cent),  forearms  (7  per  cent), 

April,  1941 


the  feet  and  legs  (each  5 per  cent),  the  face  (4 
per  cent),  and  the  arms  (2  per  cent).  The  ini- 
tial lesion  and  its  location  are  important,  for  a 
dermatitis  tends  to  appear  at  the  site  of  maxi- 
mum contact.  The  average  worker  in  any  given 
trade  shows  a fairly  consistent  history  of  the  site 
and  character  of  the  onset  and  presents  an  erup- 
tion which  is  reasonably  characteristic.  For  ex- 
ample, the  eruption  of  the  chocolate  dipper  gen- 
erally begins  on  the  right  fourth  and  fifth  fingers 
and  the  outer  half  of  the  dorsum  of  the  right 
hand;  the  dry  fissured  appearance  of  the  tips  of 
the  right  first,  second  and  third  fingers  with 
separation  of  the  free  border  of  the  nails  sug- 
gests a treer’s  dermatitis  f hairdressers  frequent- 
ly exhibit  inflammation  of  the  adjacent  aspects 
of  the  third  and  fourth  fingers  of  the  left  hand 
due  to  holding  the  hair ; a dishwasher’s  hands  are 
markedly  edematous,  with  maceration  of  the  in- 
terdigital spaces ; the  baker’s  hand  has  a similar 
appearance  with  the  additional  factor  of  an  erup- 
tion on  the  lower  half  of  the  ulnar  area  of  the 
right  forerm  due  to  the  rotary  motion  in  knead- 
ing dough;  a tanner  presents  a hide-like  appear- 
ance of  the  forearms ; the  bricklayer  and  mason 
show  a dry  parchment-like  skin,  with  occasion- 
ally a folliculitis  on  the  anterior  aspect  of  the 
right  thigh  where  the  trowel  is  carried ; the  shoe- 
dresser  discloses  a dermatitis  of  the  dorsum  of 
the  first,  second,  third,  and  fourth  fingers  of  the 
left  hand,  especially  at  the  tips  where  he  holds 
the  sponge;  a soda-fountain  clerk  presents  paro- 
nychias and  vesicles  on  the  lateral  aspects  of  the 
fingers  of  both  hands,  with  enlargement  of  the 
epitrochlea  and  axillary  glands ; a shoe-trim- 
mer’s dermatitis  is  present  on  the  dorsum  of  the 
thumb,  the  radial  aspect  of  the  index  finger,  and 
the  dorsum  of  the  hand  over  the  first  and  second 
metacarpals ; workers  wearing  heavy  rubber 
gloves  such  as  linemen  show  infiltration  and  ery- 
thema, with  characteristic  minute  papules  on  the 
dorsa  of  the  hands  and  the  anterior  aspects  of 
the  wrists ; a machinist  or  worker  who  comes  in 
contact  with  oil  shows  a typical  folliculitis  of  the 
forearms,  hands,  and  anterior  aspects  of  the 
thighs ; a fisherman  presents  a lichenified  erup- 
tion over  the  lower  ends  of  the  ulnars,  frequently 
complicated  by  small  furuncles.  An  eruption  in- 
volving the  anterior  aspect  of  the  body  and  the 
face  suggests  exposure  to  steam  such  as  the  work 
of  a kettleminder  would  entail.  An  eruption 

267 


DERMATITIS  AND  ECZEMA— DOWNING 


about  the  ankles  is  usually  due  to  trimmings  and 
floor  dust.  These  characteristic  lesions  are  usual- 
ly found  in  seasoned  workers  who  have  gradually 
acquired  a sensitization  which  appears  slowly  and 
progressively  and  which  is  not  due  to  some  re- 
cently introduced  chemical. 

Patch  Tests 

In  dermatology,  especially  industrial  dermatol- 
ogy, patch  tests  are  more  effective  than  scratch 
or  intradermal  tests. ^ The  technic  of  such  tests 
is  now  familiar  to  all  so  that  I will  merely  men- 
tion in  passing  that  I now  use  scotch  cellulose  tape 
bound  with  narrow  strips  of  adhesive  at  the  edges 
to  hold  the  test  substance  in  place.  It  rarely  gives 
a reaction  such  as  frequently  occurs  after  ad- 
hesive, and  allows  observation  of  the  test  sub- 
stance without  its  removal.  Early  American  ad- 
vocates of  these  tests.  Wise,  Sulzberger,  and 
Coca,  advised  against  the  use  of  too  strong  or  too 
weak  solutions  or  failure  to  reproduce  the  clinical 
exposures,  the  proper  test  sites,  the  danger  of  us- 
ing too  many  closely  allied  substances,  their  use 
during  phases  of  hyper-  and  hyposensitivity,  and 
indiscriminate  patch  testing  with  stock  collec- 
tions.^’^® Experience  has  taught  discretion.  These 
tests  are  of  value  when  corroborated  by  clinical 
data,  and  the  amelioration  or  exacerbation  of 
symptoms  on  elimination  or  reexposure  to  the 
proven  irritant.  Positive  patch  tests  must  produce 
a reaction  similar  to  the  disease  from  which  the 
patient  is  suffering.  Volatile  solvents  and  essen- 
tial oils  should  not  be  covered  with  occlusive 
dressings,  for  if  a patient  is  sensitized  he  may 
suffer  a marked  exacerbation  of  the  existing  der- 
matitis. A positive  reaction  after  seven  days  is 
usually  a sensitivity  produced  by  the  test  itself. 
Patch  tests  with  rubber  are  prone  to  be  delayed 
and  show  a tendency  to  flare  up  for  periods  of 
weeks  and  months.  After  the  tests  have  been  ap- 
plied the  patient  should  remain  at  the  physician’s 
office  for  at  least  an  hour  and  the  test  sites  should 
be  scrutinized  before  dismissal.  If  negative,  the 
test  may  be  replaced  and  the  site  examined  the 
following  day.  Negative  sites  should  be  exam- 
ined repeatedly.  Positive  tests  do  not  necessarily 
prove  that  the  test  substance  is  the  cause  of  the 
dermatitis,  nor  does  a negative  test  absolve  it.' 
Recently  I read  an  article  in  an  industrial  maga- 
zine, by  an  industrial  physician,  in  which  he  stat- 
ed that  during  preemployment  examinations  he 
gave  patch  tests  with  phenol  formaldehyde  resins 


in  which  he  "superficially  scarified  the  skin  and 
many  of  the  new  workers  were  found  to  be  hy- 
persensitive, showing  a reaction  immediately  or 
within  twenty-four  hours.”  It  is  evident  that  the 
patch  test  performance  is  not  yet  clearly  under- 
stood. The  skin  should  not  be  traumatized  before 
or  during  the  application  of  the  test  substances. 
Oil  from  uncooked  cashew  nuts,  for  example,  is 
a primary  irritant.  Such  irritants  should  never  be 
used  in  patch  testing  sensitized  persons,  as  they 
will  react  intensely  to  the  slightest  amount.  Patch 
testing  with  essential  oils,  such  as  cashew  nut 
shell  oiP  and  oil  of  cinnamon,  may  precipitate  a 
generalized  reaction  which  will  leave  the  patient 
so  sensitized  that  he  may  succumb  to  the  weak- 
est solutions. 

Preemployment  patch  tests  are  not  feasible, 
even  when  a hazard  inherent  in  the  industry 
concerned  is  involved,  for  the  method  is  not 
dependable.  Negative  reactions  may  impart  a 
false  sense  of  security  with  resultant  disaster. 
Application  of  chemicals  under  occlusive  dress- 
ings for  twenty-four  to  seventy-two  hours  does 
not  parallel  an  ordinary  industrial  exposure. 
False  positive  reactions  cause  unnecessary  re- 
jection of  applicants  or  needless  expenditures 
to  eliminate  hazards  which  in  reality  do  not 
exist.  False  negative  reactions  are  deceiving. 
It  is  impossible  to  test  adequately  for  air- 
borne poisons,  physical  agents  and  their  in- 
fluence, trauma,  powders  and  oils  which  inter- 
fere with  bodily  functions,  or  vital  agencies, 
or  to  reproduce  the  ever-changing  chemical 
combinations  of  an  industrial  process  or  the 
prolonged  contact  day  after  day  with  weak 
solutions  or  steam. 

Dermatologists  have  all  obtained  negative  re- 
sults with  an  alleged  irritant,  and  then  observed 
a prompt  outbreak  when  the  patient  returned  to 
work.  With  such  clinical  evidence,  negative  re- 
actions to  patch  tests  should  be  disregarded.  I 
do  not  believe  that  preemployment  patch  tests  on 
workers  are  practical  but  I do  believe  that  new 
chemicals  in  industry  should  have  preemploy- 
ment tests,  made  either  upon  subjects  who  will 
not  later  work  with  these  chemicals  or  on  guinea 
pigs. 

Legal  Aspects 

In  states  where  compensation  laws  enumerate 
the  various  occupational  diseases  covered  there 


268 


Jour.  ALS.M.S. 


DERMATITIS  AND  ECZEMA— DOWNING 


may  be  little  question  about  a disturbance  or  dis- 
I ease  of  the  skin,  but  in  jurisdictions  like  Massa- 
j chusetts  where  occupational  diseases  as  such  are 
i not  compensable  and  a personal  injury-  must  be 
[ proved,  the  doctor  must  know  what  the  words 
mean.  The  Supreme  Judicial  Court  of  Massa- 
chusetts (in  Panagotopulos’  Case,  276  Mass. 

' 600)  said  that  it  can  be  “found  that  industrial 
I dermatitis,  though  termed  a disease,  is  trace- 
I able  to  a 'personal  injury’  within  the  meaning  of 
the  workmen’s  compensation  law  ( S.  26) , and  is 
I not  a 'simple  disease  resulting  from  employment.” 

, Furthermore,  the  “personal  injury”  for  which 
I compensation  is  payable  is  “physical  deterioration 
! flowing  immediately  from  corporeal  collision  with 
; a foreign  substance  set  in  motion  by  the  business 
j of  the  employer  performed  by  the  employe  by  vir- 
tue of  his  contract  of  service.”  (Sullivan’s  Case, 
265  Mass.  497.) 

Following  these  decisions  the  Massachusetts 
industrial  accident  board  allows  compensation  for 
dermatitis  caused  by  industrial  irritations  and 
for  non-industrial  dermatoses  aggravated  to  the 
disabling  stage  by  contact  with  irritants  on  the 
: job.  The  board-members  have  no  list  of  compen- 

! sable  and  non-compensable  skin  conditions  but 
I treat  each  particular  case  on  its  own  merits.  In 
one  instance  a board  member  accepted  a physi- 
I cian’s  opinion  that  a generalized  cutaneous  dis- 
I ease  was  due  to  industrial  irritation  although  ex- 
; perts  considered  it  to  be  a non-industrial  psoriasis. 

I ]\Iedical  testimony  that  a dermatitis  was  caused 
I by  contact  with  some  chemical  at  work  has  been 
held  sufficient  to  justify  an  award,  even  though 
the  injurious  chemical  was  not  established  nor 
could  the  evidence  determine  whether  contact 
was  by  touching  the  skin  or  by  inhaling  vapors. 
(Robinson’s  Case,  1938  Mass.  Adv.  Sh.  417.) 

' Partial  disability  as  well  as  total  disability  com- 
pensation is  available  under  most  compensation 
acts.  Thus  a workman  who  has  acquired  a h}"per- 
sensitivity  which  prevents  his  working  at  a par- 
ticular job,  but  not  to  employment  in  general,  is 
protected.  (McCann’s  Case,  286  Mass.  541.) 

Recently  the  ^Massachusetts  legislature  adopted 
an  amendment  to  permit  the  industrial  accident 
board  to  refer  a claim  of  industrial  disease  to 
three  impartial  physicians.  These  are  allowed  to 
examine  the  claimant,  study  the  pertinent  medi- 
cal records,  and  investigate  working  conditions. 
Their  opinion  as  to  the  extent  and  cause  of  dis- 
ability is  binding  upon  the  parties  and  cannot  be 


rebutted.  The  constitutionality  of  this  statute  is 
being  debated  extensively,  but  until  invalidated  by 
the  Supreme  Judicial  Court  it  is  the  law.  This 
provision  obviously  prevents  both  employe  and 
insurer  from  having  a trial  on  the  claim  of  in- 
dustrial disease.  However,  workmen’s  compen- 
sation insurance  coverage  in  Massachusetts  is 
voluntary  for  both  employe  and  employer.  If 
either  does  not  want  insurance  he  can  take  his 
chances  at  common  law.  On  such  reasoning  the 
statute  would  seem  to  be  constitutional.® 

Patch  tests  are  assuming  unexpected  and  un- 
warranted legal  importance.  A physician  cannot 
testify  to  results  unless  he  himself  performed  the 
tests.  Courts  have  recently  questioned  whether  it 
was  good  medical  practice  to  fail  to  do  patch 
tests,  and  injunctions  are  being  issued  on  the  as- 
sumption that  the  test  substance  used  was  not  the 
one  which  caused  the  trouble  but  merely  looked 
like  it.  I recently  had  an  opinion  ruled  out  by 
the  Commissioner  at  the  industrial  accident  board 
because  I could  not  remember  whether  the  in- 
surer or  the  patient  had  brought  the  patch  test 
materials  to  my  office  one  year  before.  Tests  with 
stock  solutions  cannot  be  admitted  as  evidence. 

Treatment 

Mffien  a worker  suffers  from  an  occupational 
dermatitis  the  sooner  he  is  removed  from  his 
work  the  speedier  will  be  his  recovery.  If  his 
eruption  is  severe  locally,  with  intense  edema  and 
vesiculation,  or  extensive  in  its  distribution,  hos- 
pitalization is  advisable,  particularly  where  both 
hands  are  affected.  Warm  wet  dressings  are  of 
value.  The  alteration  of  two  per  cent  boric  acid 
solution  with  a solution  of  potassium  permanga- 
nate, 1-5000,  constantly  for  twenty-four  to  foiiy- 
eight  hours  has  been  found  effective.  If  there  is 
considerable  pruritus,  aluminum  acetate,  5 grams 
in  100  c.c.  of  water,  will  often  give  prompt  relief. 
Mhth  the  subsidence  of  the  edema  and  a resulting 
oozing  and  desquamation  of  the  skin,  lotions  and 
pastes  will  be  next  in  order.  If  there  is  any  sug- 
gestion of  infection,  5 to  10  per  cent  of  sulpho- 
ichthyolate  of  ammonia  (ichthyol)  may  be  added. 
Soap  and  water  should  be  avoided.  The  skin 
should  be  cleansed  with  mineral  or  olive  oil  and 
should  be  sponged  with  either  a 2 per  cent  hot 
boric  acid  solution  or  the  following  solution  which 
should  be  used  in  the  quantity  of  a tablespoon  to 
a quart  of  hot  water : potassium  chlorate  30,  so- 
dium borate  30,  sodium  bicarbonate  60.  Persist- 


April,  1941 


269 


DERMATITIS  AND  ECZEMA— DOWNING 


ent  pruritic  patches  may  be  treated  later  with 
ointments  containing  oil  of  cade  or  crude  coal  tar 
or  monacetate  of  pyrogallic  acid  (leningallol). 
However,  the  prolonged  use  of  ointments  seems 
to  irritate  these  dermatitides,  especially  where 
they  have  become  secondarily  infected  by  bacte- 
ria. Treatment  with  dyes  may  then  be  beneficial. 
Gentian  violet  and  brilliant  green  may  be  used  in 
varying  strengths  and  combinations  such  as ; 
brilliant  green  1.2,  gentian  violet  1.2,  alcohol  60, 
and  water  60.  Various  industries  have  vainly 
sought  specific  remedies  for  prompt  relief  of  their 
employes’  cutaneous  eruptions.  It  must  be  re- 
membered, however,  that  once  the  skin  is  in- 
jured, the  first  principle  of  treatment  is  rest, 
sufficient  for  normal  processes  to  heal  the  affected 
part.  The  physician  must  use  only  soothing  rem- 
edies. Idiosyncrasies  to  drugs  such  as  mercury, 
resorcin,  and  picric  acid,  should  be  anticipated 
and  guarded  against  by  pretherapeutic  patch 
testing.  The  average  period  of  healing  is  about 
six  weeks.  Ultraviolet  radiation  is  of  value  if  it 
is  not  used  too  soon ; the  same  holds  true  of  x-ray 
therapy.  Cooperation  of  the  patient  is  essential 
and  the  physician  soon  discovers  if  he  is  dealing 
with  a malingerer. 

Prevention 

Klauder  and  his  associates,’^^  in  an  excellent 
article,  found  that  in  many  cases,  trade  dermatitis 
is  really  not  caused  by  the  substances  encountered 
at  work,  but  rather  with  their  removal  by  meth- 
ods harmful  to  the  skin.  The  importance  of  me- 
chanical devices  in  the  prevention  of  industrial 
dermatitis  and  the  need  of  education  of  workmen 
and  • others  concerned  are  emphasized  in  these 
studies,  which  include  discussions  of  the  use  and 
abuse  of  soap,  and  soap  substitutes,  proper  and 
improper  employment  of  emollients,  unneces- 
sary exposure  of  the  skin  to  primary  irritants  and 
to  sensitizing  substances,  use  of  a brush  instead 
of  a cloth,  use  of  a tool  instead  of  the  hand,  use 
of  protective  sleeves,  and  provision  of  simple 
and  easily  provided  facilities  and  preventive 
measures. 

They  discuss  the  value  of  protective  hand 
creams  and  suggest  several  formulae,  the  most 
practical  one  in  my  opinion  being : white  wax  10, 
hydrous  wool  fat  6,  sulphonated  olive  oil  10,  pet- 
rolati  75.  They  advise  the  application  of  olive 
'oil,  neat’s-foot  oil,  or  linseed  oil  before  work  for 
men  whose  hands  become  soiled.  This  facilitates 


the  removal  of  dirt,  grease,  and  grime,  especially! 
if  the  oil  is  applied  again  to  the  soiled  parts  and . - 
removed  with  a clean  cloth  before  washing  with! 
soap  and  water.  As  a substitute  for  the  mechanic" 
abrasive  soaps,  equal  parts  of  sulphonated  neat’s-  j > 
foot  oil  and  liquid  petrolatum  containing  25  perJ,  ^ 
cent  gelatin  are  added  to  white  granulated  cornl 
meal  in  the  proportion  of  1^  parts  by  weight  of 
the  corn  meal  and  1 part  by  weight  of  the  oil 
mixture.  At  the  end  of  the  day’s  work  equal 
parts  of  hydrous  wool  fat  and  olive  oil,  cotton- 
seed oil  or  neat’s-foot  oil  should  be  rubbed  on 
the  skin.  A formula  containing  sulfonated  neat’s-  * 
foot  oil  45,  light  liquid  petrolatum  45,  gelatin  25  ■ 
per  cent  aqueous  solution  10,  is  recommended  as  ' 
a satisfactory  detergent  and  exerts  more  of  an 
emollient  action.  Oatmeal  flour,  especially  when 
combined  with  boric  acid  solution  instead  of  wa- 
ter, is  suggested  for  cleansing  the  hands  of  pa- 
tients with  eczema. 


Prevention  can  be  achieved  by  education; 
hence,  public  lectures  to  the  laity  and  talks 
to  employers  and  workers  are  important.  The 
latter  in  particular  should  be  told  about  irritat- 
ing contacts,  such  as  poisonous  chemicals  and 
plants.  Labeling  is  also  essential  in  the  case 
of  all  volatile  solvents  and  irritating  chemicals. 
Even  though  a laborer  suffers  a mild  derma- 
titis he  may,  under  careful  observation,  con- 
tinue his  work  and  later  become  desensitized. 
This  happened  in  my  own  experience  to  va- 
rious bakelite  molders,  treers,  and  even  mica 
workers,  who  under  treatment  were  enabled 
to  pursue  their  chosen  trades. 


References 

1.  Coca,  Arthur  F. : Classification  of  allergic  diseases  of  the 

skin:  Diagnosis  and  treatment.  Deliberationes  Congressus 

Dermatologorum  Internationalis  IX. -i.  Budapestini,  13-21, 
(September)  1935. 

2.  Downing,  J.  G. : Are  patch  tests  of  real  value  in  derma- 
tology? New  Eng.  Jour.  Med.,  219:698-703,  (Nov.  3)  1938. 

3.  Downing,  J.  G. ; Cutaneous  eruptions  among  industrial 

workers,  a review  of  two  thousand  claims  for  compensa- 
tion. _Arch.  Dermat.  and  Syph.,  39:12-32,  (January)  1939. 

4.  Downing,  J.  G. : Dermatitis  from  cashew  nut  shell  oil. 

Jour.  Indus.  Hyg..  22:,  (May)  1940. 

5.  Downing,  J.  G. : Industrial  dermatoses  and  their  treatment. 
New  Eng.  Jour.  Med..  206:666-680,  (March  31)  1932. 

6.  Downing,  J.  G. : Industrial  dermatoses:  Treatment  and 

legal  aspects:  Review  of  recent  literature.  Jour.  Indus. 

Hyg.,  17:,  (July)  1935. 

7.  Downing,  J.  G. ; The  skin  and  the  compensation  law  in 
the  United  States  (Treer’s  dermatitis).  In:  Deliberationes 
Congressus  Dermatologorum  Internationalis,  2:210-216.  Leip-  ' 
zig:  Johann  Ambrosius  Barth,  1936. 

8.  Foerster,  Harry  R.:  The  compensation  laws  and  related 
medicolegal  considerations.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  111:1542-1547, 
(Oct.  22)  1938. 

9.  Guertin,  F.  L. : The  author  wishes  to  express  his  thanks 

to  Mr.  Guertin  for  his  kind  assistance. 

10.  Horner,  S.  G. : Dermatitis  from  oranges  and  lemons.  Lan- 
cet, 2:961,  1931. 

11.  Klauder,  Joseph  V..  Gross,  Elmer  R.,  and  Brown,  Her- 
man. Prevention  of  industrial  dermatitis;  with  reference 
to  protective  hand  creams,  soap  and  the  harmful  role  of 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


270 


FORENSIC  PSYCHIATRY— FATTERSON 


some  cleansing  agents.  Arch.  Dermat.  and  Syph.,  41 ; 
331-357,  (February)  1940. 

12.  Lane,  C.  Guy:  Occupational  skin  disease — a preventable 

disease  and  a challenge  to  modern  preventive  medicine. 
New  Eng.  Jour.  Med.,  215:859-865,  (Nov.  5)  1936. 

13.  Osborne,  Earl  D.,  and  Jordon,  James  W. : The  practical 

aspect  of  the  prevention  of  industrial  dermatoses.  Jour. 
A.M.A.,  111:1533-1536,  (Oct.  22)  1938. 

14.  Senear,  F.  E. : Dermatitis  due  to  woods.  Jour.  A.M.A., 

101:1527-1532,  (Nov.  11)  1933. 

15.  Shelmire,  Bedford:  Contact  dermatitis  from  vegetation; 

patch  testing  and  treatment  with  plant  oleoresins.  Jour. 
Southern  Med.  Assn.,  33:No.  4,  337-346,  (April)  1940. 

16.  Sulzberger,  M.  B.,  and  Wise,  F. ; The  contact  or  patch  test 
in  dermatology;  its  uses,  advantages,  and  limitations.  Arch. 
Dermat.  and  Syph.,  23:519-531,  1931. 


Forensic  Psychiatry 
In  Michigan* 


By  Ralph  M.  Patterson,  M.D. 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 


Ralph  M.  Patterson,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1930.  M.S. 
in  Neuropsychiatry,  University  of  Michigan, 
1938.  _ Diplomate  of  the  American  Board  of 
Psychiatry  and  Neurology,  1939.  Assistant 
Professor  of  Psychiatry  at  the  N europsychiatric 
Institute.  Member  of  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society. 


■ Prior  to  the  termination  of  the  eighteenth 
century  the  psychiatrist  played  little  or  no  role 
in  the  criminal  court  as  the  court  would 
entertain  no  defense  on  the  grounds  of  insanity 
other  than  "absolute  madness.”  However,  the 
concept  became  gradually  less  narrow  during 
the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  when 
such  terms  as  partial  insanity  and  delusional  in- 
sanity came  into  vogue.  A truly  scientific  pre- 
sentation of  the  findings  of  the  psychiatrist  con- 
tinued to  be  hampered  by  the  philosophical  con- 
siderations of  the  “knowledge  of  right  or  wrong” 
and  the  strictly  punitive  approach.  Progress  was 
further  restricted  by  the  opinions  of  the  judges 
formulated  after  the  famous  McNaghton  trial  of 
1843.  The  tendency  to  pursue  a very  literal  in- 
terpretation of  these  opinions  has  persisted  to 
date.  From  a legal  viewpoint  an  individual  is 
either  perfectly  sane,  or  absolutely  insane.  The 
inflexibility  of  this  concept  has  made  expert  testi- 
mony difficult,  particularly  in  borderline  cases. 
In  order  to  convince  the  jury  of  a defendant’s 
sanity  or  insanity,  attorneys  have  indulged  in 
a form  of  questioning  which  has  done  much  to 
degrade  the  statements  of  the  psychiatrist  in 
court.  Throughout  such  procedures  there  has 
been  a tendency  to  focus  the  attention  of  the 


*Based  on  a paper  presented  to  the  Michigan  Society  of 
Neurology  and  Psychiatry,  March  14,  1940. 

April,  1941 


court  on  some  isolated  symptom  or  feature  of 
the  personality,  thus  avoiding  a presentation  of  a 
complete  study  of  the  individual  as  a whole. 
Very  able  lawyers  and  psychiatrists  have  made 
numerous  attempts  to  change  the  punitive  pro- 
cedure and  philosophy  so  that  emphasis  might  be 
placed  on  the  individual  rather  than  the  crime. 
Despite  such  efforts  there  has  been  no  appreciable 
change  in  attitude  until  very  recently. 

As  a reaction  to  public  interest  and  feeling, 
the  Michigan  State  Legislature  has  made  various 
attempts  during  the  past  several  years  to  obtain 
more  adequate  control  over  criminal  sexual 
psychopaths.  As  a result  of  these  efforts  the 
Public  Acts  of  1939  contain  two  laws  that  de- 
serve the  attention  of  the  medical  profession  and 
are  of  particular  concern  to  psychiatrists.  Act 
No.  165  is  for  the  purpose  of  defining  and  con- 
trolling criminal  sexual  psychopaths  and  Act  No. 
259  provides  for  psychiatric  examination  of  in- 
dividuals charged  with  murder.  With  the  ad- 
vent of  these  new  laws  psychiatric  testimony 
assumes  increased  importance  and  in  order  to 
meet  this  responsibility  adequately  it  would  be 
decidedly  advantageous  if  a certain  uniformity  of 
attitude  and  approach  could  be  cultivated. 

In  order  to  control  criminals  with  a propensity 
for  the  commission  of  sexual  offenses  the  State 
of  Michigan  found  it  necessary  to  forsake  the 
punitive  approach  and  to  consider  such  individ- 
uals as  psychopathic  personalities.  Although  the 
law  concerning  sexual  psychopaths  was  pro- 
moted primarily  to  permit  the  control  of  such 
individuals,  it  does  secondarily  permit  the  culti- 
vation of  a much  more  scientific  approach  to 
crime.  Under  the  procedure  which  it  provides 
the  psychiatrist  can  present  a complete  case 
study,  including  the  defendant’s  social  back- 
ground, personality  development,  the  psychody- 
namics of  his  behavior,  including  if  he  wishes, 
recommendations  and  prognosis.  Since  such 
case  studies  can  be  presented  in  writing  and 
since  it  is  unnecessary  in  most  instances  for  the 
psychiatrist  to  appear  in  court,  the  confusing 
and  misleading  questioning  previously  indulged 
in  is  thus  largely  eliminated.  It  is  to  be  expected 
that  if  the  psychiatrist  presents  complete,  prac- 
tical, and  conservative  case  studies  his  reputation 
in  court  will  be  appreciably  improved  and  the 
advantages  of  individualized  criminology  will 
become  at  once  obvious.  If  the  courts  can  be 
convinced  of  the  practicability  of  study  and  treat- 


271 


merit  rather  than  punitive  procedures  it  will  be- 
come less  difficult  to  fulfill  the  recommendations 
of  the  American  Bar  Association.  These  recom- 
mendations include  in  brief  : Psychiatric  service 
in  every  criminal  and  juvenile  court,  a psychiat- 
ric study  before  sentence  is  passed  by  the  judge, 
a similar  service  in  every  penal  and  correctional 
institution,  and  a similar  report  before  transfer 
or  release  of  any  prisoner. 

Such  progress  having  been  accomplished,  the 
second  step  would  be  the  development  of  a 
tribunal  composed  of  psychiatrist,  psychologist 
and  social  investigator  working  as  a team  in  co- 
operation with  all  courts  and  correctional  institu- 
tions. 

The  third  step  would  be  the  most  radical 
and  would  envisage  the  abandonment  of  the 
present  punitive  philosophy  entirely.  Under 
the  proposed  regime  the  jury  would  become 
purely  fact-finding  in  character  and  defendants 
instead  of  being  sentenced  would  be  commit- 
ted to  a treatment  commission.  This  commis- 
sion, composed  of  educator,  sociologist,  psy- 
chiatrist and  criminologist,  would  after  a 
period  of  study  and  investigation  designate 
the  type  of  treatment  to  be  followed,  such  as 
education,  trade  training,  psychotherapy,  et 
cetera. 

Probation  would  similarly  be  under  the  super- 
vision of  this  group.  Those  individuals  who 
were  not  found  to  be  amenable  to  treatment  or 
probation  would  remain  under  protective  deten- 
tion for  an  indefinite  period.  It  is  readily  seen 
that  such  a program  would  not  burden  the  state 
hospitals  with  psychopaths  but  would,  on  the 
contrary,  place  more  psychiatrists  and  other 
scientifically  minded  individuals  in  the  field  of 
criminology.  The  initiation  of  such  a program 
would  be  at  first  costly  but  would  become  in  the 
course  of  years  more  economical  than  the  present 
punitive  approach  and  would,  furthermore,  con- 
stitute a sound  scientific  and  social  advancement. 


INCREASED  WISDOM 

A man  should  never  be  ashamed  to  admit  that  he 
has  been  wrong.  It  is  another  way  of  saying  that  he  is 
wiser  today  than  he  was  yesterday. — The  Journal  of 
the  Michigan  State  Dental  Society,  April,  1940. 

272 


Cbrnnic  Non-Tuberculous 
Lesions  of  tbe  Lungs* 

By  J.  E.  Lofstrom,  M.D., 
and 

F.  C.  Jewell,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

J.  E.  Lofstrom,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1931.  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Radiology,  Wayne  Univer- 
sity College  of  Medicine.  Radiologist,  Detroit 
Receiving  Hospital,  Alexander  Blain  Hospital, 

St.  Mary’s  Hospital.  Member,  American  Col- 
lege of  Radiology,  Radiological  ^ Society  of 
North  America,  Michigan  Association  of  Roent- 
genologists, Detroit  Roentgen  Ray  and  Radium 
Society,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

F.  C.  Jewfxl,  M.D. 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  College,  1933.  M.D., 

Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine,  1937. 

Resident  Radiologist,  Detroit  Receiving  Hospi- 
tal. 

“ There  are  certain  portions  of  the  body 
which,  by  virtue  of  their  anatomic  structure, 
are  more  amenable  to  diagnosis  by  the  roentgen- 
ogram than  by  many  other  methods.  With  this 
advantage  of  diagnosis  at  hand,  we  owe  it  to  our- 
selves as  well  as  the  patient  to  recognize  and  com- 
prehend any  deviation  from  the  normal  chest 
film.  Such  a field  in  medicine  is  chronic  non- 
tuberculous  lesions  of  the  lungs,  and  it  is  the  pur- 
pose of  this  paper  to  enumerate  and  differentiate 
by  means  of  the  roentgenogram  those  chronic 
lesions  that  are  the  greatest  diagnostic  problems. 

We  must  never  lose  sight  of  the  value  of  a cor- 
rect history  from  the  patient,  for  the  roentgeno- 
gram of  the  chest  without  history  as  to  occupa- 
tion, duration,  and  clinical  symptoms  is  nil.  The 
importance  must  be  exceptionally  stressed  in  the 
differentiation  of  pneumoconiosis  from  pneu- 
momycosis or  simple  passive  congestion  of  a de- 
compensated heart. 

For  convenience  in  presentation,  the  following 
grouping  will  be  followed. 

1.  Normal  chest  variations 

2.  Passive  congestion 

3.  Chronic  pneumonitis 

4.  Chronic  bronchitis 

5.  Bronchiectasis 

(a)  Saccular 

(b)  Cylindrical 

6.  Lymphoblastoma 

7.  Pneumoconiosis 

(a)  Without  pneumonitis 

(b)  With  pneumonitis 

*From  the  ITepartment  of  Roentgenology,  Alexander  Blain 
Hospital,  and  Receiving  Hospital. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


LESIONS  OF  THE  LUNGS— LOFSTROM  AND  JEWELL 


8.  Abscess 

9.  Cystic  disease  of  the  lung  and  pneumocele 

10.  Pneumomycosis 

(a)  Blastomycosis 

(b)  Aspergillus 

(c)  Actinomycosis 

11.  Infiltrative  carcinoma 

12.  Bronchogenic  carcinoma 

(a)  With  atelectasis 

(b)  With  abscess 

Types  of  Chests 

Normal  lungs  may  be  found  in  a various  num- 
ber of  deformed  chests.  The  rachitic  chest  is  one 
typically  characterized  by  the  rachitic  rosary, 
Harrison’s  groove,  and  a prominent  sternum. 
The  long,  flat  chest  is  the  type  commonly  met 
with  in  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  The  thorax  is 
elongated ; the  elliptical  shape  of  the  ribs  is  flat- 
tened, and  the  subcostal  angle  is  acute.  The  bar- 
rel chest  form  tends  to  become  cylindrical  with 
a greater  cubic  capacity.  The  ribs  are  elevated 
and  everted;  the  Louis’  angle  becomes  promi- 
nent.^® 

Passive  Congestion 

Passive  congestion  is  to  be  found  almost  in- 
variably in  some  cardiac  affection.  Probably  the 
most  common  form  is  that  known  as  hypostasis. 
The  roentgenogram  usually  shows  the  increased 
vascular  markings  due  to  stasis  of  the  pulmonary 
veins,  with  an  accompanying  enlargement  of  the 
heart.  Passive  congestion  is  usually  confined  to 
the  bases  with  a variable  amount  of  fluid  in  the 
costophrenic  angles. 

Chronic  Pneumonitis 

Chronic  pneumonitis  is  variously  described  as 
chronic  pneumonia,  interstitial  pneumonia,  and 
cirrhosis  of  the  lung.  The  etiology  of  the  lesion 
embraces  nearly  every  type  of  disease  to  which 
the  lung  is  subjected.  Properly  speaking,  it  is 
the  result  of  the  potential  chronicity  of  the  pri- 
mary infection.  In  any  chronic  pneumonitis  of 
long  standing  duration,  a varying  degree  of  fibro- 
sis with  of  course  all  its  features  develops. 
Chronic  passive  congestion  sometimes  leads  to 
interstitial  changes.  In  the  chest  film  one  vis- 
ualizes a diffuse  infiltration  of  one  or  both  lung 
fields  with  numerous  areas  of  density  of  varying 
sizes  interspersed.  There  is  also  an  accentuation 
of  the  linear  markings  which  represents  fibrosis. 
The  tendency  of  an  unresolved  broncho  or  lobar 


pneumonia  is  to  pass  into  a stage  of  chronic 
pneumonitis. 

Chronic  Bronchitis 

Chronic  bronchitis  is  never  a disease  of  the 
young,  but  contrary  to  the  consensus  of  opinion 
it  is  encountered  in  the  advancing  years  of  those 
patients  with  faulty  circulation  or  some  chronic 
pulmonary  condition  such  as  asthma  or  emphy- 
sema. Chronic  bronchitis  is  not  to  be  confused 
with  other  lesions,  for  it  is  here  that  fibrosis 
about  the  bronchi  and  peripheral  emphysema  pro- 
duce thickening  of  both  hilum  shadows,  marked 
increase  in  the  linear  bronchovascular  markings 
at  the  base,  and  a diffuse  increased  radiability  of 
the  lungs. 

Bronchiectasis 

The  diagnosis  of  bronchiectasis,  especially  the 
early  stages,  has  been  much  improved  in  the  past 
few  years  by  the  use  of  iodized  oil  and  improved 
x-ray  technic.  Here  again  the  diagnosis  is  not 
usually  confused  with  other  lesions.  The  radi- 
ologist suspects  bronchiectasis  from  a plain  chest 
film  by  the  honeycombed  appearance  of  the  inner 
bases  of  the  lungs.  It  is  from  this  that  a broncho- 
gram  is  advised  to  rule  out  simple  pneumonitis. 
With  a bronchogram  we  can  recognize  two  types, 
the  cylindrical  and  the  sacculated  form.  The  first 
presents  a uniformly  dilated  bronchus  which  may 
be  likened  to  a glove.  A subvariety  of  the  cylin- 
drical form  is  the  fusiform  type,  in  which  the 
dilated  bronchi  taper  somewhat  at  the  terminal 
extremity.  The  sacculated  type  shows  the  ex- 
treme degree  of  dilatation;  bronchi  dilating  at 
one  particular  point  or  at  varied  points  of  the 
same  branch. 

Lymphoblastoma 

Lymphoblastoma  is  a rare  form  of  tumor  of 
the  lung,  and  reports  are  usually  limited  to  a few 
cases.  Blastoma  produces  an  enlargement  of  the 
lymph  nodes  of  the  mediastinum  and  hila  with  a 
generalized  infiltrative  process  extending  periph- 
erally (Fig.  1).  This  may  produce  a very  con- 
fusing picture,  especially  if  there  is  no  enlarge- 
ment of  the  hilar  nodes,  and  one  must  rely  upon 
the  process  of  elimination  of  other  diseases  by 
the  greatest  cooperation  with  the  clinician.  En- 
larged glandular  elements  elsewhere  in  the  body 
should  throw  immediate  suspicion  on  to  the  blas- 


April,  1941 


273 


LESIONS  OF  THE  LUNGS— LOFSTROM  AND  JEWELL 


Fig.  1.  Hodgkin’s  disease.  Enlargement  Fig.  2.  Third  stage  pneumoconiosis  Fig.  3.  Pneumocele  following  pneu- 
of  lymph  nodes  of  hila  with  generalized  with  nonspecific  pneumonitis  of  the  right  monia  outlined  by  means  of  a broncho- 
infiltrative  process  extending  peripherally,  lower  lobe.  gram. 


toma  group.  Because  of  the  sensitivity  of  Hodg- 
kins’ disease  to  deep  x-ray  therapy,  it  is  urgent 
that  a diagnosis  be  made. 

Pneumoconiosis 

Pneumoconiosis  is  a term  applied  to  pulmonary 
affections  which  develop  as  the  result  of  the  in- 
halation of  dust.  This  word  has  become  quite 
comrnon  due  to  its  relation  with  compensation 
laws.  There  have  been  various  names  offered  to 
designate  the  type  of  dust  which  is  the  offender. 
Until  now  we  are  not  able  to  demonstrate  the 
etiology  from  the  chest  film.’^”  X-ray  examination 
is  the  only  certain  method  of  recognizing  the  dis- 
ease. In  the  radiograph  one  might  class  the  dis- 
ease according  to  three  stages.  In  the  first  stage 
there  is  an  increase  in  the  hilum  shadows  with  a 
prominence  of  the  linear  markings  and  bronchial 
shadows.  The  second  stage  is  characterized  by  a 
mottled  appearance  throughout  the  lung  structure 
which  is  most  marked  in  the  middle  two-thirds 
of  both  lung  fields.  The  third  stage  is  recognized 
by  the  appearance  of  a diffuse  fibrosis.  The  fine 
mottled  appearance  gradually  becomes  conglom- 
erate and  finally  passes  into  a stage  of  dense 
fibrosis.  Fibrous  bands  may  be  seen  branching 
into  various  directions  throughout  the  lung  fields. 
The  heart  and  mediastinum  may  be  displaced  or 
retracted  from  the  fibrosis.  It  is  during  this 
transition  from  the  second  to  the  third  stage  that 
non-specific  pneumonitis  occurs  as  a result  of  the 
inability  of  the  lungs  to  combat  infection  (Fig. 
2).  Tuberculosis  is  frequently  superimposed. 


Pulmonary  Abscess 

Pulmonary  abscess  may  be  single  or  multiple. 
The  single  abscess  may  be  the  result  of  pneumo- 
nia, foreign  bodies,  or  the  inhalation  of  emboli 
from  an  operative  field  in  the  upper  respiratory 
tract.  The  diagnosis  is  not  difficult  in  the  radio- 
graph when  one  realizes  they  most  frequently  oc- 
cur in  the  lower  lobes  in  contradistinction  to  the 
tuberculous  cavity  and  abscess  in  a necrotic  neo- 
plasm. An  abscess  usually  starts  with  an  area  of 
hazy  radiating  density  in  the  lower  half  of  the 
lung  field.  Later,  a cavity  develops  in  which  the 
lung  markings  are  not  well  outlined.  In  the  up- 
right position  one  may  see  a fluid  level.  If  the 
abscess  remains  for  a considerable  length  of  time, 
extensive  fibroid  changes  in  the  adjacent  lung  tis- 
sue may  develop.  Multiple  abscesses  are  very 
seldom  chronic  and  will  therefore  not  be  dis- 
cussed. 

Congenital  Cystic  Disease 

Congenital  cystic  disease  of  the  lung  until  1925 
was  considered  rare.  Gradually  various  writers 
reported  the  number  of  cases  coming  under  their 
observation,  and  hence  the  increasing  importance 
in  the  differential  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  lesions. 
In  1934  Wood^^  reported  sixteen  cases  at  the 
Mayo  Clinic  and  in  1935  Pearson^®  reported  that 
one  hundred  and  seventy-two  cases  had  been  re- 
corded. In  congenital  cystic  disease  the  condition 
may  persist  into  adult  life.  In  fact,  they  may  re- 
main silent  as  long  as  they  are  sterile.  In  most 
cases  a number  of  thin  walled  cystic  cavities  are 


274 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


LESIONS  OF  THE  LUNGS— LOFSTROM  AND  JEWELL 


Fig.  4.  Blastomycosis.  Patchy-like  pnen-  Fig.  5.  Aspergillosis.  Proliferative  type  Fig.  .6.  Primary  carcinoma  of  the  right 
monic  areas  distributed  throughout  both  of  infiltration  radiating  from  the  right  upper  lobe.  Infiltrative  type, 
lung  fields.  hilum  into  the  periphery. 


noted  with  or  without  a small  amount  of  fluid  in 
them.  They  may  be  irregularly  distributed 
throughout  both  lung  flelds.  Cysts  completely 
filled  with  fluid  without  evidence  of  any  inflam- 
mation surrounding  may  simulate  other  pulmon- 
ary lesions.  Usually  a single  congenital  cyst 
filled  with  fluid  resembles  a benign  tumor  such 
as  a neurofibroma,  hydatid  cyst,  or  aneurysm. 
In  such  cases  the  radiologist  may  have  to  be  con- 
tented with  the  diagnosis  of  nonspecific  tumor 
mass  of  the  lung.  Multiple  air  filled  cells  are 
often  mistaken  for  a hernia  of  the  stomach  or 
bowel  through  the  diaphragm,  and  it  is  safer  then 
to  examine  the  patient  with  an  opaque  media. 

Pulmonary  Pneumocele 

Pulmonary  pneumocele,  as  the  name  implies,  is 
a tumor  filled  with  air.  Pierce  and  Dirkse^^  have 
described  it  as  a “localized  alveolar  or  lobular 
ectasia  which  are  a few  contiguous  emphysema- 
tous alveoli  that  tend  to  increase  in  volume  slowly 
or  rapidly  and  assume  massive  proportions.” 
Our  feeling  is  that  the  pneumocele  has  its  origin 
in  a lobular  pneumonia  which  has  weakened 
those  alveoli  that  finally  dilate.  Some  writers 
feel  this  is  the  result  of  a congenital  weakening. 
The  pneumocele  is  recognized  in  the  radiograph 
by  a thin  walled,  air  containing  cyst  that  may  or 
may  not  contain  fluid.  There  is  usually  evidence 
of  a resolving  pneumonic  process  about  the  area. 
It  has  been  necessary  in  our  department  to  resort 
to  opaque  media  to  rule  out  a loop  of  bowel  in 
the  pleural  cavity  (Fig.  3). 


Pneumomycosis 

Pneumomycosis  should  be  considered  in  the 
differential  diagnosis  in  anyone  having  clinical 
pulmonary  symptoms.  Because  of  the  rarity  of 
the  disease,  it  is  often  overlooked.  It  is  reported 
that  pneumomycosis  was  first  described  "' by 
Hughes  Bennett  in  1842.^^  Later  other  writers 
reported  tuberculosis  with  a fungus  infection'  of 
the  pleura.  Since  then  more  attention  has  been 
placed  on  the  importance  in  recognizing  mycotic 
infections.  It  is  well  to  state  here  that;  the'  diag- 
nosis of  these  lesions  is  not  primarily  One  of  the 
radiologist.  The  roentgenologist  can  go  far  to- 
wards recognizing  it,  but  not  until  the ' laboratory 
technician  has  isolated  the  fungus  can  one  say 
definitely  it  is  a mycotic  infection. 

Blastomycosis.— Whtn  blastomycosis  attacks 
the  respiratory  tract,  both  hila  and  bronchi  are 
first  involved  with  the  appearance  of  small 
bronchopneumonic-like , areas  distributed  through- 
out the  lungs  (Fig,  4).  The  disease  frequently  is 
limited  to  the  upper  lobes  and  more  often  the 
right  upper  lobe.  However,  it  may  involve  the 
entire  lung  field.  The  extent  of  invasions  may 
vary  from  several  small  discrete  areas  of  density 
simulating  miliary  tuberculosis  to  a large  con- 
fluent consolidation  of  the  lung.  In  the  more  se- 
vere chronic  cases  the  confluent  areas  may  break 
down,  become  necrotic,  and  produce  an  abscess. 

Aspergillosis. — Chronic  pulmonary  aspergillo- 
sis is  another  fungus  infection  that  should  be 
considered  in  every  patient  having  chronic  pul- 
monary symptoms.  The  occupational  history  is 


April,  1941 


275 


LESIONS  OF  THE  LUNGS— LOFSTROM  AND  JEWELL 


of  some  importance  as  it  has  been  observed  main- 
ly in  those  individuals  who  come  in  contact  with 
grain,  flour  and  chickens.  The  onset  of  the  dis- 
ease is  not  far  removed  from  that  of  an  acute 
upper  respiratory  infection  which  continues  on 
and  is  similar  to  chronic  pulmonary  tuberculosis. 
The  roentgenogram  reveals  a proliferative  type 
of  infiltration  radiating  from  each  hilum  into  the 
periphery  of  the  lung  field  (Fig.  5).  Some  have 
described  it  as  a spider  web  pattern.  As  the  dis- 
ease continues,  a varying  degree  of  fibrosis  may 
develop.  There  is  an  absence  of  calcified  lymph 
glands  and  involvement  of  the  apex  which  should 
distinguish  it  from  tuberculosis.  By  no  means  is 
the  roentgenogram  conclusive,  and  one  must  rely 
upon  the  sputum  examination  and  skin  tests  for 
the  diagnosis. 

Actinomycosis. — Actinomycosis  is  another  fun- 
gus infection  which  is  relatively  widespread  in 
cattle  and  is  frequently  referred  to  as  “big  jaw.” 
The  disease  is  transmissible  to  man  through  the 
alimentary  or  respiratory  tract  of  cattle  and 
manifests  itself  most  frequently  as  a chronic  pul- 
monary lesion.  The  roentgen  chest  examination 
reveals  a diffuse  miliary  process  involving  both 
lung  fields  and  the  pleura.  The  infiltrative  proc- 
ess may  coalesce  and  become  a confluent  indis- 
crete area  of  opacity.  As  a result  of  the  poor 
blood  supply,  necrosis  and  cavity  formation  may 
occur.  There  may  be  fluid  in  the  pleural  cavity 
due  to  the  invasion  of  fungus ; this  being  true,  it 
is  an  advantage  to  examine  the  fluid  for  sulphur 
granules.  Spontaneous  perforation  of  a chest 
wall  abscess  is  strongly  suggestive  of  underlying 
mycotic  infection.  In  any  event  the  conclusive 
diagnosis  rests  upon  the  finding  of  streptothrix 
actinomyces. 

Primary  Carcinoma 

Within  the  past  two  decades  our  ideas  regard- 
ing primary  carcinoma  of  the  lungs  have  under- 
gone a sharp  change.  At  first  it  was  thought  that 
the  incidence  of  malignant  disease  of  the  pul- 
monary system  was  increasing.  Perhaps  this  is 
partially  correct  with  the  increase  in  exhaust 
gases,  asphalt  and  tar  that  are  supposed  to  be  a 
predisposing  factor,  but  there  has  been  an  in- 
crease in  the  ease  with  which  lesions  of  the  chest 
may  be  diagnosed.  The  radiologist  suspects  it, 
the  bronchoscopist  obtains  a biopsy,  and  the  pa- 
thologist confirms  it. 

For  the  sake  of  convenience,  in  our  department 


we  divide  carcinoma  of  the  lung  into  two  groups : i 

(1)  The  infiltrative  type  which  invades  the  par-  j 
enchyma  and  only  later  obstructs  the  bronchus;  I 

(2)  The  obstructive  type  which  primarily  arises  j 

from  the  wall  of  the  bronchus  and  obstructs  the  | 
lumen  early,  causing  a varying  degree  of  atelec-  i 
tasis  of  that  portion  of  the  lung.  | 

The  infiltrative  type  (Fig.  6)  represents  the 
undifferentiated  cell  carcinoma  which  is  charac- 
terized by  a fan-shaped  peribronchial  infiltration 
extending  peripherally  from  the  root  of  the  lung. 
There  is  early  metastases  and  consequently  a 
mass  at  the  hilum  is  frequently  noted.  Secon- 
dary infection  is  a less  common  complication  than 
in  the  obstructive  type  of  growth. 

With  the  obstructive  type  the  problem  of  dif-  j 
ferential  diagnosis  becomes  exceedingly  great,  ; 
especially  when  an  inflammatory  process  such  as  ’ 
pneumonia  is  superimposed.  The  decreased 
aeration  from  atelectasis  promotes  a fertile  spot  ' 
for  pneumococcic  growth.  An  inflammatory  , 
process  alone  can  usually  be  distinguished  by  the  , 
relative  absence  of  atelectasis  and  the  more  ir-  ■ 
regular  character  of  the  lesion.  Delayed  resolu-  j 
tion  of  a pneumonic  process  in  a patient  past  > 
thirty-five  should  cause  one  to  be  on  his  guard 
for  the  possibility  of  underlying  malignancy. 
Tumors  of  the  mediastinum  and  aneurysms  of 
the  aorta  may  cause  atelectasis.  In  such  cases 
the  Potter-Bucky  diaphragm  is  necessary  for 
greater  penetration.  Fluoroscopy  and  blood  se- 
rology are  extra  advantages  that  aid  in  the  dif-  j 
ferentiation.  The  opacity  produced  by  tumors  of  i 
the  mediastinum  does  not  extend  into  the  lung  as  j 
far  as  that  produced  by  malignancy  of  the  bron-.  j 
chi ; also  they  are  more  sharply  defined,  and  | 
rarely  produce  obstruction  of  a bronchus.^®  A [ 
bronchogram  may  also  be  done  to  show  the  ob-  ; 
struction  or  narrowing  of  a bronchus  from  a t 
neoplasm. 

Carcinoma  with  Abscess. — The  relative  grade  ; 
of  malignancy  often  gives  rise  to  another  diag-  • 
nostic  feature,  namely,  bronchogenic  carcinoma  , 
with  abscess.  The  tumor  mass  growing  rapidly 
destroys  large  numbers  of  vessels  and  thus  de-  j 
creases  its  own  blood  supply  so  that  the  central 
mass  starts  to  degenerate.  This  central  mass 
finally  liquifies  and  is  discharged  into  a bronchus. 
By  so  doing,  air  reaches  the  necrotic  mass  and 
produces  the  picture  of  a lung  abscess  on  the  ra-  i 
diograph.  Pyogenic  abscess  may  develop  distal 


276 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


INTESTINAL  SUCTION  DRAINAGE— HARTZELL 


to  the  neoplasm  as  a result  of  the  secondary  in- 
fection. The  degenerating  malignant  area  of  ex- 
cavation should  not  be  confused  with  the  smooth, 
thick  wall  cavity  of  a pyogenic  abscess,  or  the 
thinner  walled  cavity  of  tuberculosis,  or  the  ex- 
tremely thin  walled  cysts  or  pneumoceles.^ 
Metastatic  malignancy,  extrathoracic  irradia- 
tion, tularemia,  echinococcic  cyst  and  reaction 
secondary  to  aspiration  of  mineral  oil  are  other 
chronic  conditions  which  should  always  be  borne 
in  mind  in  an  adequate  differential  diagnosis  of 
chronic  pulmonary  lesions. 


Summary  and  Conclusions 

1.  This  paper  is  presented  in  the  hope  that  the 
physician  may  become  better  acquainted  with 
those  non-tuberculous  lesions  of  the  lungs  that 
should  be  suspected  in  any  patient  with  chronic 
pulmonary  symptoms. 

2.  From  our  experience  it  is  evident  that  the 
roentgenologic  hianifestation  of  the  discussed  le- 
sions of  the  lungs  is  a most  valuable  diagnostic 
aid. 

3.  In  a great  percentage  of  cases  the  roent- 
genologist can  recognize  the  abnormality  or  the 
pathology  and  in  most  of  the  others  can 
contribute  facts  which,  when  coupled  with  the 
history  and  laboratory  data,  will  lead  to  a diag- 
nosis. 

4.  We  have  briefly  discussed  the  salient  char- 
acteristics in  the  roentgenogram  of  the  chest 
which  may  aid  in  the  differential  diagnosis. 

5.  Any  chronic  pulmonary  lesion  is  very  seri- 
ous and  in  any  event  the  result  either  directly  or 
indirectly  produces  a remarkable  mortality  rate. 


References 

1.  Adams,  W.  E.,  and  Swanson,  W.  W. : Congenital  cystic 

disease  of  lung.  Review  of  the  Literature,  Internat.  Clin., 
4:205-220,  (December)  1935. 

2.  Amberson,  J.  B.,  Jr.,  and  Reggins,  H.  McL. : Lipiodal  in 
bronchography;  its  disadvantages,  dangers  and  uses.  Am. 
Jour.  Roentgenol,  and  Rad.  Therapy,  30:727-746,  1933. 

3.  Anspach,  W.  E.,  and  Wolman,  I.  J. : Large  pulmonary  air 

cysts  of  infancy,  with  special  reference  to  pathogenesis 
and  diagnosis.  Sur.  Gynec.,  and  Obst.,  56:635-645,  (March) 
1933. 

4.  Brines,  O.  A.,  and  Kenning,  J.  C. : Bronchiogenic  carci- 

noma. Am.  Jour.  Clin.  Path.,  7:i20,  (March)  1937. 

5.  Clerf,  L.  H. : Carcinoma  of  the  bronchus.  Radiology, 

28:438,  (April)  1937. 

6.  Dubrau,  J.  L. : Congenital  cyst  of  the  lung.  Radiology, 

24:480-488,  (April)  1935. 

7.  Elofsser,  L. : Congenital  cystic  disease  of  the  lung. 

Radiology,  17:912-929,  (November)  1931. 

8.  Farrell,  J.  F. : Diagnosis  of  bronchial  carcinoma:  A clini- 

cal and  roentgenologic  study  of  fifty  cases.  Radiology, 
26:261,  (March),  1936. 

9.  Freidman,  E. : Congenital  cysts  of  the  lungs.  Am.  Jour. 

Roentgenol,  and  Rad.  Ther.,  35:44-52,  (January)  1936. 

10.  Gardner,  L.  U. : The  pathology  and  roentgenographic 

manifestations  of  pneumoconiosis.  Jour.  Am.  Med.  Assn., 
(February  17)  1940. 

11.  Graham,  E.  A.:  Primary  carcinoma  of  the  lung  or 

bronchus.  Ann.  Surg.,  103:1,  (January)  1936. 

April,  1941 


12.  Graham,  E.  A.:  Bronchiectasis  and  fibrosis  of  the  lung. 

Arch.  Dis.  Childhood,  4:170-189,  (August)  1939. 

13.  Kirklin,  B.  R. : Congenital  cysts  of  the  lung  from  the 

roentgenological  viewpoint.  Am.  Jour.  Roentgenol,  and 
Rad.  Ther.,  36:19-29,  Quly)  1936. 

14.  Manges,  W.  F. : Primary  carcinoma  of  the  lung.  Am. 

Jour.  Roentgenol,  and  Rad.  Ther.,  27 :858,  (June)  1932. 

15.  Norris,  E.  M.,  and  Landis,  H.  R.  M. : Diseases  of  the 

Chest.  Sth  ed.  Philadelphia:  W.  B.  Saunders  Company, 

1933. 

16.  Pearson,  E.  F. : Cystic  disease  of  the  lungs  with  report  of 

eight  cases.  Illinois  Med.  Jour.,  67:28-37,  1935. 

17.  Peirce,  C.  B.,  and  Dirkse,  P.  E. : Pulmonary  pneumatocele 

(localized  alvealor  or  lobular  ectasia).  Am.  Jour.  Roent- 
genol. and  Rad.  Therapy,  28:651-665,  (June)  1937. 

18.  Ridler,  L.  G. : Outline  of  Roentgen  Diagnosis.  Atlas 

Edition.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  1938. 

19.  Rosedale,  ,R.  S.,  and  McKay,  D.  R. : A study  of  fifty- 

seven  cases  of  bronchogenic  carcinoma.  Am.  Jour.  Cancer, 
26:493,  (March)  1936. 

20.  Shapiro,  I.  S.,  and  Jaches,  L. : Bronchography  and  bron- 

chiectasis. New  York  State  Jour.  Med.,  35:441-447,  1935. 

21.  Van  Ordstrom,  H.  S. ; Pulmonary  aspergillus.  Cleveland 
Clinic  Quarterly,  7:66-73,  1940. 

22.  Wood,  H.  G. : Congenital  cystic  disease  of  the  lungs: 

clinical  study.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  103:815-821,  1934. 


Intestinal  Snction  Drainage 

In  Facilitating  One-stage 
Resection  of  the 
Right  Colon* 

By  John  B.  Hartzell,  M.D. 
Detroit,  Michigan 


John  B.  Hartzell,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Cincinnati  College  of 
Medicine,  1925.  Fellow,  American  College  of 
Surgeons.  Chief  of  the  Department  of  Sur- 
gery, Charles  Godwin  Jennings  Hospital.  Asso- 
ciate Surgeon,  Receiving  Hospital,  Detroit. 
Assistant  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery,  Wayne 
University.  Member  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 


■ Once  the  diagnosis  of  carcinoma  of  the  large 
bowel  has  been  made  and  the  absence  of  posi- 
tive evidence  of  distant  metastases  determined,  it 
becomes  the  duty  of  the  physician  to  see  that 
surgical  exploration  of  the  lesion  is  undertaken 
as  soon  as  the  patient’s  condition  will  permit. 
In  general,  the  main  causes  for  delay  are;  the 
presence  of  a poor  state  of  general  nutrition  ; 
anemia ; dehydration ; and  distention.  Regardless 
of  the  location  of  the  tumor,  before  its  eradica- 
tion is  undertaken,  much  good  can  be  accom- 
plished by  a period  of  preparation  to  allow  de- 
compression of  the  bowel  above  the  lesion  and 
rehabilitation  of  the  patient. 

Rehabilitation  is  brought  about  by  hydration 
and  feeding.  The  patient  should  be  put  on  a 
high  protein,  high  caloric,  low  residue  diet,  as 
well  as  an  adequate  fluid  intake.  We  have  come 
to  feel  that  if  any  formidable  operative  procedure 
is  contemplated,  especially  when  intestinal 


♦From  the  Department  of  Surgery,  Wayne  University  and 
the  Surgical  Service  of  the  Charles  Godwin  Jennings  Hospital 
and  the  Receiving  Hospital,  Detroit,  Michigan. 


277 


INTESTINAL  SUCTION  DRAINAGE-HARTZELL 


anastomosis  is  to  be  done,  the  body  should 
be  supplied  with  the  materials  which  enable  it 
to  carry  on  the  reparative  processes  concerned 
with  healing.  In  a recent  review  of  the  literature 


Fig.  1.  (left)  Carcinoma  of  ascending  colon.  The  balloon-tip 
intestinal  tube  has  been  passed  until  the  tip  rests  in  the  term- 
inal ileum.  Bowel  between  dotted  lines  is  to  be  removed. 

Fig.  2._  (right)  Right  half  of  the  colon  has  been  resected  and 
the  terminal  ileum  anastomosed  to  transverse  colon.  The  tip  of 
tube  with  balloon  deflated  is  allowed  to  remain  just  proximal 
to  stoma.  Constant  suction  is  maintained. 

on  the  subject  of  abdominal  wound  disruption, 
Winfield  and  myself^  found  that  in  a series  of 
1,458  collected  cases  of  wound  disruption  33 
per  cent  occurred  following  operations  for  carci- 
noma or  for  peptic  ulcer.  During  the  past  year, 
working  with  Irvin, ^ in  the  course  of  some  200 
determinations  of  the  concentrating  levels  of 
plasma  vitamin  C and  serum  protein,  we  were 
amazed  to  find  routinely  low  values  in  all  cases 
of  malignant  disease  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract. 
We  have  therefore  made  it  a routine  to  restore 
the  serum  protein  level  to  approximately  7 gms. 
and  the  plasma  ascorbic  acid  concentrations  above 
.7  mgm.  per  100  c.c.  of  blood  plasma.  If  anemia 
is  present,  the  red  count  should  be  brought  to 
normal  with  blood  transfusions,  and  blood  plas- 
ma transfusions  may  be  used  as  an  adjunct  to 
feeding  in  bringing  the  serum  protein  levels  up 
to  normal. 

Decompression  of  the  Bowel 

We  have  come  to  believe  decompression  of 
the  bowel  is  fully  as  important  in  the  preparation 
of  the  patient  as  rehabilitation.  In  the  presence 
of  distention  from  a varying  degree  of  obstruc- 
tion, rehabilitation  cannot  be  accomplished  until 
decompression  has  been  satisfactorily  brought 
about.  Decompression  of  the  bowel,  depending 
upon  the  degree  of  stenosis  and  the  location  of 


the  tumor,  is  now  done  in  several  ways.  Occa- 
sionally in  a low  growth,  one  easily  reached  with 
the  proctoscope,  it  is  possible  to  pass  a rectal  tube 
beyond  the  stenosed  area.  Following  this  proce- 
dure, gentle  rectal  irrigations  are  given  and  the 
accumulated  fecal  material  above  the  tumor  is 
removed.  Not  infrequently,  after  the  bowel  has 
been  thoroughly  emptied,  the  stenosed  area  opens 
up  sufficiently  so  that  the  patient  may  be  able  to 
go  to  stool  normally.  If  the  growth  is  higher  in 
the  colon,  simple  irrigations  alone  will  sometimes 
accomplish  this  result.  Gentle  purging,  as  sug- 
gested by  Jones,^  may  help  in  the  removal  of 
solid  fecal  material  above  the  tumor,  but  this 
should  be  done  carefully  and  only  if  the  ob- 
struction is  not  complete.  When  these  methods 
do  not  promptly  relieve  the  distention,  it  may  be 
necessary  to  do  a cecostomy  or  a colostomy.  As 
an  adjunct  to  the  handling  of  the  problem  of 
distention  from  a partial  to  complete  large  bowel 
obstruction,  we  have  recently  been  accomplish- 
ing decompression  by  means  of  the  balloon-tip 
intestinal  tube,  the  tip  of  which  passed  into  the 
lower  ileum  and  serves  as  an  efficient  enteros- 
tomy. During  the  past  three  years,  on  the  Surgi- 
cal Service  of  Receiving  Hospital,  this  tube  has 
been  passed  in  over  150  cases  of  organic  bowel 
obstruction.  Johnston  and  his  co-workers^  have 
proved  this  to  be  of  decided  value  in  the  decom- 
pression of  distended  bowel,  and  in  the  treatment 
of  obstruction. 

Miller- Ahhott  Tube. — In  any  obstruction  of 
the  colon  we  do  not  hesitate  to  introduce  the 
balloon-tip  intestinal  tube  into  the  intestine.  If  the 
obstruction  is  situated  in  the  left  colon,  intuba- 
tion may  not  afford  prompt  relief  and  other 
means  of  decompression  must  be  employed.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  prompt  relief  of  the 
distention,  that  is  the  emptying  of  the  colon,  is 
essential  and  a cecostomy  or  colostomy  may  be 
necessary  depending  upon  the  location  of  the 
tumor,  completeness  of  obstruction,  and  evidence 
of  reflux  into  the  small  intestine.  In  obstruction 
situated  in  the  right  half  of  the  colon,  intestinal 
intubation  may  prove  an  efficient  means  of  reliev- 
ing distention,  and,  generally  speaking,  the  closer 
the  obstruction  to  the  cecum,  the  more  good  can 
be  accomplished  by  this  method. 

It  is  a well  recognized  fact  that,  in  the  pres- 
ence of  gastric  or  intestinal  distention,  operation 
upon  the  gastro-intestinal  tract  is  more  hazardous. 


278 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


INTESTINAL  SUCTION  DRAINAGE— HARTZELL 


not  only  because  of  increased  danger  of  spill  of 
intestinal  content,  but  because  of  interference 
with  healing  at  the  suture  line.  The  use  of 
gastric  suction  by  means  of  a small  nasal  catheter 


tion  of  a case  in  which  the  right  half  of  the 
colon  was  removed  for  an  obstructing  carcinoma 
of  the  ascending  colon.  It  also  illustrates  the 
value  of  suction  drainage  at  the  operative  site 


Fig.  3.  (.left)  The  colon  is  shown  outlined  with  a barium 
enema.  A characteristic  stenosed  filling  defect  will  be  noted 
in  the  center  of  the  transverse  colon.  The  diagnosis — carcinoma 
of  the  ascending  colon. 

Fig.  4.  (right)  Flat  x-ray  plate  of  the  abdomen  on  first  post- 
operative day.  The  skin  clips  and  wire  tension  .sutures  will  be 
noted  in  the  transverse  type  incision.  There  is  a mild  distension, 
consequently  the  balloon  was  inflated  and  passed  until  the  tip 
was  in  the  vicinity  of  the  stoma  giving  relief  of  the  distension. 


Fig.  5.  (left)  X-ray  taken  on  the  tenth  postoperative  day.  A 
small  amount  of  thin  barium  mixture  was  injected  down  the 
tube.  This  will  be  seen  as  a small  puddle  just  proximal  to  the 
stoma. 

Fig.  6.  (right)  X-ray  taken  the  following  day  after  the  tube 
had  been  clamped  for  twenty-four  hours  reveals  that  there  is  no 
distension  and  only  a few  flakes  of  barium  remain  in  vicinity 
of  the  stoma.  The  tube  can  now  be  safely  removed. 


has  long  been  employed  in  operations  upon  the 
stomach,  both  before,  during  and  after  opera- 
tion, If  intestinal  surgery  is  contemplated  in 
the  lower  reaches  of  the  intestinal  tract,  we  feel 
it  even  more  important  to  take  measures  which 
will  eliminate  the  possibility  of  distention.  Ran- 
kin® recognizes  this  danger,  and  in  performing 
a one-stage  removal  of  the  right  colon,  advises 
a complementary  ileostomy  20  to  30  cm.  above 
the  anastomosis.  The  blood  supply  of  the  small 
bowel  and  the  colon  is  normally  not  as  rich  as 
that  of  the  stomach,  with  the  result  that  disten- 
tion may  have  an  even  more  disastrous  effect 
upon  healing  of  the  suture  line.  When  possible, 
we  pass  the  balloon-tip  intestinal  tube  before 
operation  to  a point  in  the  intestine  just  proxi- 
mal to  the  probable  site  of  anastomosis  (Fig.  1). 
Not  infrequently  there  is  some  swelling  and 
edema  about  the  site  of  the  stoma  which  tends 
to  occlude  it  sufficiently  to  obstruct  the  passage 
of  intestinal  content.  Aspiration  just  proximal 
to  the  stoma  obviates  distention  (Fig.  2).  Leigh 
and  his  associates,®  and  Ravdin  and  AbbotF  have 
recently  advised  this  procedure. 

Typical  Case 

The  following  case  is  illustrative  of  the  ad- 
vantage of  intestinal  intubation  in  the  prepara- 


in  controlling  distention  postoperatively,  and  in 
facilitating  operation. 

The  patient,  a fifty-nine-year-old  male,  was  admitted 
to  the  Surgical  Service  with  a one-year  history  of 
vague  abdominal  pain,  occasional  nausea,  a gradual 
increase  in  the  number  of  stools,  and  some  weakness 
without  weight  loss.  Examination  revealed  a moderate 
abdominal  distention  and  a tumor  in  the  right  loin. 
A proctoscopic  examination  was  negative.  A barium 
enema  revealed  a characteristic  filling  defect  (Fig.  3). 
The  balloon-tip  intestinal  tube  was  passed  until  the 
tip  lay  in  the  lower  ileum,  with  relief  of  the  abdominal 
distention.  The  patient  was  put  on  a high  protein,  low 
residue  diet,  and  given  several  blood  transfusions. 
He  was  also  given  500  mgm.  of  vitamin  C daily, 
and  one  week  later  operation  was  performed,  and  a 
large  obstructing  carcinoma  was  found  in  the  ascend- 
ing colon.  The  ileum  was  severed  about  5 inches  from 
the  cecum,  and  the  proximal  end  anastomosed  to  the 
transverse  colon.  The  distal  portion,  together  with 
the  cecum,  ascending  colon  and  hepatic  flexure  was 
removed.  The  next  day  there  was  noted  slight  dis- 
tention. An  x-ray  revealed  the  tube  to  be  not  quite 
far  enough  down  (Fig.  4).  Accordingly,  the  balloon 
was  distended  with  air  and  the  tube  passed  until  the 
tip  was  in  the  vicinity  of  the  stoma,  giving  complete 
relief  of  the  distention.  On  the  tenth  postoperative  day 
a small  amount  of  barium  was  injected  down  the 
tube.  This  will  be  seen  as  a small  puddle  just 
proximal  to  the  stoma  (Fig.  5).  The  tube  was  then 
clamped  for  twenty-four  hours.  The  following  day 


April,  1941 


279 


PNEUMOCOCCUS  MENINGITIS— MYERS,  ROBB  AND  CLAPPER 


the  barium  passed  in  the  istool.  X-ray  revealed  only 
a few  flakes  remaining  near  the  stoma,  and  the  absence 
of  any  distention  (Fig.  6).  Consequently  the  intestinal 
tube  was  removed.  The  use  of  intestinal  suction  drain- 
age in  this  case  not  only  permitted  operation  in  one 
stage,  but  contributed  markedly  to  the  smooth  con- 
valescence of  the  patient.  Two  months  following  the 
operation,  no  evidence  of  obstruction  at  the  site  of 
the  stoma  was  evident,  barium  introduced  by  enema 
passing  readily  into  the  ileum.  The  patient  has  re- 
mained well  and  is  having  regular  and  well  formed 
bowel  movements. 

This  case  is  presented  to  illustrate  the  advan- 
tages of  intestinal  intubation  -with  suction  drain- 
age in  the  management  of  lesions  of  the  right 
colon.  Its  use  has  permitted  us  to  perform  a 
one-stage  procedure  where  we  formerly  used 
two  stages,  and  with  less  difficulty  to  the  patient 
than  is  usually  attended  with  either  part  of  the 
staged  procedure. 

Bibliography 

1.  Hartzell,  J.  B.,  and  Winfield,  J.  M. : Disruption  of  abdom- 

inal wounds;  collective  review.  Internat.  Abstr.  Surg.,  68; 
585-601,  1939;  Surg.  Gyn.  and  Obst.,  (June)  1939. 

2.  Hartzell,  J.  B.,  Winfield,  J.  M.,  and  Irvin,  J.  L. : Plasma 
vitamin  C and  serum  protein  levels  in  wound  disruption. 
Jour.  A.M.A.  (In  press.) 

3.  Jones,  T.  E. : One-stage  abdomino-perineal  operation  for 

carcinoma  of  the  rectum.  Ann.  Surg.,  102:64-68,  (July) 
1935. 

4.  Johnston,  C.  G.,  Penberthy,  G.  C.,  Noer,  R.  J.,_  and  Ken- 
ning, J.  C. : Decompression  of  the  small  intestine  in  the 
treatment  of  intestinal  obstruction.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  111:1365- 
1367,  (October)  1938. 

5.  Leigh,  O.  C.,  Jr.,  Nelson,  J.  A.,  and  Swenson,  P.  C.  The 
Miller- Abbott  tube  as  an  adjunct  to  surgery  of  small  in- 
testinal obstructions.  Ann.  Surg.,  111:186-212,  (February) 
1940. 

6.  Rankin,  F.  W. : Common  errors  in  diagnosis  and  treatment 
of  cancer  of  the  colon  and  rectum.  South.  Med.  Jour., 
30:386-392,  (April)  1937. 

7.  Ravdin,  I.  S.,  and  Abbott,  W.  O. : The  use  of  the  Miller- 
Abbott  tube  in  facilitating  one-stage  resections  of  the  small 
and  large  bowel.  New  Internat.  Clinics,  1:178-185,  (March) 
1940,  New  Series  3. 


THE  WAY  OF  THE  WORLD 

In  the  world  of  yesterday  women  were  denied  sex 
freedom  but  permitted  to  have  many  children.  In  the 
world  of  today  women  are  permitted  larger  sex 
freedom  but  are  denied  children.  In  both  cases  a 
phase  of  living  is  denied  and  adjustment  to  the 
situations  created  is  demanded  through  the  instrumen- 
tality of  a palliative.  In  the  former  case  the  gift  of 
children  palliated  the  loss  of  freedom ; in  the  latter 
case  the  loss  of  children  is  palliated  by  a means  of 
allegedly  safe  promiscuity  and  of  economic  adjustment 
to  an  inequitable  social  order. 

War  should  perhaps  be  regarded  in  somewhat  the 
same  light.  It  is  a complete  denial  of  rational  living 
for  which  a number  of  fraudulent  palliatives  are 
offered,  such  as  the  absorption  of  the  unemployed 
into  the  army  and  into  wartime  industrialism,  and  the 
temporary  granting  of  favors  to  the  underprivileged, 
none  of  which  gestures  touch  upon  the  basic  inequities 
which  inure  in  a sick  society. — Medical  Times,  April, 
1940. 


Type  III  PneumoGoccus 
Meningitis 

Recovery  Following 
Sulfathiazole* 

By  Gordon  B.  Myers,  M.D.,  J.  Milton  Robb,  M.D., 
and  Muir  Clapper,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Gordon  B.  Myers,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1927.  Profes- 
sor of  Medicine,  Wayne  University  College 
of  Medicine.  Director  of  Medicine,  Detroit 
Receiving  Hospital. 

J.  Milton  Robb,  M.D. 

^ _ M.D.,  Wayne  University  College  of  Medi- 

cine, 1908.  Fellow,  American  College  of 
Surgeons.  Fellow,  Royal  College  of  Surgeons 
(Edinburgh).  Associate  Professor  of  Surgery, 

Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine.  Head 
of  Otolaryngology,  Receiving  Hospital,  Detroit. 

Muir  Clapper,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Wayne  University  College  of  Medi- 
cine, 1937.  Instructor  in  Medicine,  Wayne 
University  College  of  Medicine.  Junior  As- 
sociate in  Medicine,  Receiving  Hospital,  De- 
troit. 

" Comparative  studies  in  animals  have  shown 

that  sulfathiazole  is  much  less  toxic  than  sulfa- 
pyridine,  yet  is  almost  as  effective  against  the 
pneumococcus,  and  probably  superior  against  the 
staphylococcus.^’2>3>4,5,8,io  Preliminary  reports  in 
humans^’^  are  in  keeping  with  the  results  in  ani- 
mals but  much  more  clinical  experience  will  be 
necessary  to  conclusively  determine  which  is  the 
preferable  therapeutic  agent.  The  following 
case  is  reported  to  record;  (1)  a dramatic  re- 
sponse of  a type  III  pneumococcus  meningitis 
to  sulfathiazole;  (2)  the  development  of  bron- 
chopneumonia during  the  administration  of  large 
doses  of  the  drug;  (3)  the  sudden  appearance  of 
renal  insufficiency  and  sulfathiazole  retention ; 
(4)  stupor,  delirium  and  generalized  epilepti- 
form convulsions  as  possible  toxic  manifestations. 

Case  Report 

F,  W.,  forty-six  years  old,  white,  female,  diabetic, 
was  admitted  to  Detroit  Receiving  Hospital,  January 
11,  1940,  complaining  of  draining  ears  since  December 
26,  and  right-sided  convulsions  of  five  days’  duration. 

Past  history. — A diagnosis  of  diabetes  mellitus  was 
made  in  1934,  when  the  patient  consulted  a physician 
because  of  pruritis  vulvae,  polydipsia,  polyphagia  and 
polyuria.  At  that  time  she  had  an  infected  toe  which 
failed  to  heal  until  she  was  placed  on  a diabetic  diet 

*From  the  Department  of  Medicine  of  Wayne  University  and 
City  of  Detroit  Receiving  Hospital. 


280 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PNEUMOCOCCUS  MENINGITIS— MYERS,  ROBB  AND  CLAPPER 


with  10  units  of  regular  insulin  before  breakfast  and 
supper.  Three  years  ago  she  discontinued  insulin 
and  ceased  to  follow  her  diabetic  diet.  Since  then  she 
had  had  intermittent  pruritis  vulvae  but  was  otherwise 
in  fair  health. 

Present  illness  began  on  December  23,  1939,  with 
running  nose,  sore  throat,  dry  cough  and  bilateral 
earache.  On  December  26,  both  ear  drums  ruptured 
spontaneously  and  a purulent  discharge  appeared.  Dur- 
ing the  succeeding  week  she  had  an  irregular  fever, 
with  chilly  sensations  and  sweats,  and  was  confined 
to  bed.  The  bilateral  aural  discharge  continued  and 
hearing  diminished  greatly.  On  January  4 she  noticed 
weakness  and  ataxia  in  the  right  hand,  which  soon 
extended  to  the  right  arm  and  leg.  On  January  6 
she  had  a clonic  convulsion  which  began  in  the  right 
hip,  spread  to  the  right  leg,  then  to  the  right  arm 
and  lasted  about  a minute.  During  the  next  five  days 
there  were  five  to  ten  similar  attacks  daily.  About 
fifteen  seconds  before  the  onset  of  each  attack,  she 
had  a sense  of  epigastric  discomfort  which  she  recog- 
nized as  a warning  of  an  impending  convulsion.  Dur- 
ing the  attacks  she  was  unable  to  speak  but  did  not 
lose  consciousness.  She  was  not  incontinent  and  did 
not  bite  her  tongue  during  the  convulsions. 

Physical  examitration  on  admission  revealed  an  apa- 
thetic white  female  with  rather  marked  bilateral 
middle  ear  deafness.  There  was  a purulent  discharge 
in  both  external  auditory  canals  and  bilateral  mastoid 
tenderness,  rnost  marked  on  the  right.  The  left  pupil 
was  slightly  larger  than  the  right  and  both  reacted  well 
to  light  and  accommodation.  The  optic  fundi  were 
normal  except  for  a single  cotton-wool  patch  in  the 
left  fundus  and  slight  arterial  narrowing.  There  was 
lateral  and  slight  vertical  nystagmus.  The  lateral  nys- 
tagmus was  of  first  degree  with  quick  component  to 
the  left.  The  neck  was  not  stiff  and  the  Brudzinski 
and  Kernig  signs  were  negative.  There  was  distinct 
muscular  weakness  with  hypotonia  in  the  right  arm 
and  leg.  Biceps,  triceps,  patellar  and  ankle  jerks  were 
diminished  on  the  right.  Plantar  reflexes  were  normal. 
There  was  definite  ataxia  on  the  right  in  both  the 
finger-to-nose  test  and  the  heel-to-knee  test  with  eyes 
open  as  well  as  with  eyes  closed.  There  was  asynergy 
and  dysmetria  on  other  movements  of  the  right  arm 
and  leg.  Adiadokocinesis  was  present  in  the  right  arm 
and  check  movements  were  impaired.  Sensory  exami- 
nation was  entirely  negative.  The  remainder  of  the 
physical  examination  was  negative  except  for  a blood 
pressure  of  180/110.  X-rays  showed  cloudiness  of 
the  right  mastoid  and  petrous  portion  of  the  temporal 
bone  and  slight  cloudiness  of  the  left  mastoid.  Roent- 
genogram of  the  chest  was  negative. 

Pre-O'perative  course  (January  11-16). — The  tempera- 
ture was  normal  in  the  morning  and  averaged  99.6” 
F.  in  the  evening.  The  pulse  ranged  between  90  and 
110.  The  blood  sugar  on  admission  was  .286  per  cent 
and  the  urine  contained  a large  amount  of  glucose. 
There  was  no  significant  acidosis,  however,  since  the 
blood  COg  combining  power  was  49  volumes  per  cent 


and  the  urine  contained  only  traces  of  acetone.  The 
patient  was  placed  upon  a four-feeding  diet  furnishing 
a total  of  206  grams  of  available  glucose  and  received 
30  units  of  protamine  zinc  insulin  and  10  units  of 
regular  insulin  daily.  The  glycosuria  was  reduced  to 
a trace  but  the  fasting  blood  sugar  ranged  between 
.170  per  cent  and  .250  per  cent.  The  patient  was 
observed  in  several  unilateral  clonic  convulsions  simi- 
lar in  every  respect  to  those  described  in  the  present 
illness.  The  convulsions  were  considered  by  all  ob- 
servers to  be  typical  of  the  Jacksonian  epilepsy  charac- 
teristically associated  with  supratentorial  lesions,  and 
quite  unlike  the  torsion  movements  sometimes  accom- 
panying cerebellar  lesions.  The  remainder  of  the 
neurological  examination,  however,  pointed  to  a right 
cerebellar  rather  than  a cortical  lesion.  The  hypotonia, 
ataxia,  et  cetera,  increased  in  degree,  but  no  new 
neurological  signs  appeared.  Spinal  puncture,  on  Jan- 
uary 12,  revealed  a clear  /fluid  under  a pressure  of 
125  mm.  water  with  normal  Queckenstedt  response. 
The  fluid  contained  only  2 WBC  per  cu.  mm.  and 
the  globulin,  colloidal  gold  and  Kline  tests  were  nega- 
tive. 

Operation. — A right  complete  mastoidectomy  was  de- 
cided upon  because  of  persistent  purulent  discharge 
from  the  middle  ear  together  with  signs  of  advancing 
cerebellar  disease  and  was  performed  on  January  17 
by  one  of  us  (J.M.R.).  The  mastoid  was  filled  with 
granulation  tissue  and  .contained  a moderate  amount 
of  pus.  After  exenteration  of  the  mastoid,  the  sig- 
moid sinus  was  uncovered  and  found  to  be  normal. 
The  dura  of  the  posterior  fossa  was  exposed  in  the 
area  of  Trautmann’s  triangle.  On  elevating  the  dural 
plate,  a small  perforation  of  the  dura  was  found 
which  led  into  a cyst  2x5  cm.,  which  displaced  the 
cerebellum  to  the  left.  The  cyst  was  aspirated  and  a 
serous  exudate  was  removed.  The  cerebellar  convolu- 
tions could  easily  be  seen  and  were  distinctly  flattened. 
The  cyst  cavity  was  lightly  packed  with  iodoform 
gauze  and  the  mastoid  was  closed  in  the  usual 
manner.  Further  exploration  of  the  cranial  cavity  was 
not  attempted. 

Development  of  type  III  pneumococcic  meningitis. 
— On  January  18,  the  temperature  rose  to  104°.  There 
was  profuse  thin  purulent  discharge  from  the  mastoid 
incision,  but  no  clinical  signs  of  meningitis.  On  the 
morning  of  January  19,  however,  she  was  irrational, 
the  neck  rigid  and  Kernig’s  sign  was  positive.  A 
spinal  puncture  was  done,  revealing  a cloudy  fluid 
containing  12,100  polys  per  cu.  mm.  No  organisms 
were  found  on  direct  smear.  Since  staphylococcus 
aureus  had  been  recovered  from  the  aural  discharge, 
sulfamethylthiazole*  was  started  on  the  supposition 
that  the  meningitis  was  also  staphylococcic.  Spinal 
fluid  culture,  however,  showed  that  the  meningitis  was 
due  to  type  III  pneumococcus.  In  the  18-hour  interval 
before  the  report  of  the  culture,  the  patient  received  a 
total  of  10.5  G sulfamethylthiazole  without  any  dem- 

*The  sulfamethylthiazole  was  furnished  by  the  Winthrop  Chem- 
ical Company;  the  sulfathiazole  was  furnished  by  E.  R.  Squibb 
and  Sons. 


April.  1941 


281 


PNEUMOCOCCUS  MENINGITIS— MYERS,  ROBB  AND  CLAPPER 


onstrable  effect  on  the  course  of  the  meningitis.  Spinal 
fluid,  taken  two  and  one-half  hours  after  the  last  dose, 
contained  16,500  polys  per  cu.  mm.  and  was  still  posi- 
tive for  type  III  pneumococcus.  Sulfathiazole’*'  was 
then  substituted. 

Dramatic  response  of  the  meningitis  to  sulfathiazole. 
— A total  of  14  G of  sulfathiazole  was  given  on  Janu- 
ary 20,  the  first  5 G intravenously  as  the  sodium 
salt,  the  remainder  by  mouth.  The  following  morning 
she  was  mentally  clear  and  her  temperature  was  nor- 
mal. The  spinal  fluid  cell  count  had  fallen  to  472 
per  cu.  mm.  and  organisms  were  no  longer  recovered. 
Sulfathiazole  was  continued  in  a dose  of  2 G every 
four  hours  (six  times  daily)  up  until  the  morning  of 
January  30.  The  meningeal  signs  cleared  up,  the 
spinal  fluid  remained  sterile  and  the  cell  count  dropped 
to  33  on  January  26,  and  to  5 per  cu.  mm.  on  February 
2. 

Development  of  hr oncho pneumonia  during  the  course 
of  sulfathiazole  therapy. — On  January  24,  the  patient 
had  a chill,  followed  by  a rise  in  temperature  to 
104.6®.  Blood  culture  at  this  time  showed  a non- 
hemolytic staphylococcus  aureus.  Inasmuch  as  four 
previous  and  isix  subsequent  blood  cultures  were 
sterile,  it  seems  likely  that  this  organism  was  merely 
a contaminant.  On  January  25,  there  were  physical 
and  roentgen  signs  of  a patchy  consolidation  in  the 
left  lower  lobe.  Previous  x-rays  of  the  chest,  taken 
on  January  12  and  19,  were  negative.  The  consolida- 
tion thus  developed  during  sulfathiazole  therapy.  The 
blood  level  of  free  sulfathiazole  on  the  morning  the 
consolidation  was  detected  was  6.7  mg.  per  cent.  The 
sputa  were  consistently  negative  for  pneumococcus, 
both  on  direct  smear  and  on  passage  through  the 
mouse.  For  this  reason,  and  because  the  development 
of  pneumonia  during  the  administration  of  massive 
doses  of  sulfathiazole  was  most  unexpected,  other  pos- 
sible explanations  for  the  consolidation  were  sought. 
The  unilateral  distribution  of  the  lesions  excluded  left 
heart  failure  and  made  multiple  pulmonary  emboli  most 
unlikely.  There  was  no  previous  history  nor  subse- 
quent evidence  to  suggest  bronchiectasis.  There  was 
no  evidence  of  massive  collapse  but  the  possibility 
that  the  consolidation  began  as  a lobular  atelectasis 
could  neither  be  definitely  established  nor  excluded. 
The  course  was  compatible  with  pneumonia.  There 
was  moderate  pleuritic  pain  but  the  sputum  did  not 
become  rusty.  The  temperature  ranged  between  100° 
and  102°  until  January  29,  when  it  fell  to  normal. 
Roentgenogram  on  February  3,  showed  only  slight  de- 
crease in  the  consolidation  but  a check  ray,  on  Febru- 
ary 16,  showed  complete  resolution. 

Development  of  renal  insufficiency  with  retention  of 
sulfathiazole. — The  patient  received  10.5  G isulfamethyl- 
thiazole  on  January  19,  14  G sulfathiazole  on  January 
20  and  12  G of  sulfathiazole  daily  thereafter  up  until 
January  30,  for  a total  of  127  G.  Blood  concentra- 
tions of  free  sulfathiazole  were  quite  variable  during 

*The  sulfathiazole  was  furnished  by  E.  R.  Sqtiibb  and  Sons. 


the  first  week  of  therapy,  ranging  from  1.2  to  8.1 
mg.  per  cent,  the  highest  level  being  obtained  on 
January  27.  No  determination  was  made  on  January 
28.  Between  January  19  and  28,  the  patient  frequently 
complained  of  nausea,  and  vomited  on  seven  occasions. 
Nausea  and  vomiting  were  present  before  the  drug 
was  started  and  may  have  been  due,  in  part,  to  the 
meningitis.  There  were  no  other  toxic  symptoms  until 
January  29,  when  the  patient  became  drowsy  and  dis- 
oriented. The  blood  concentration  of  free  sulfathiazole 
had  increased  abruptly  to  20  mg.  per  cent.  The  next 
morning,  the  blood’ level  was  17.4  mg.  per  cent  and 
the  drug  was  discontinued.  On  January  31,  twenty- 
four  hours  after  sulfathiazole  had  been  stopped,  the 
blood  level  was  15.1  mg.  per  cent.  Sulfathiazole  ex- 
cretion was  very  slow.  The  blood  level  was  12.1  mg. 
per  cent  on  February  1 ; 5 mg.  per  cent  on  February  3 ; 
and  was  still  1.1  mg.  per  cent  on  February  7,  eight 
days  after  the  drug  had  been  discontinued.  There  was 
coincident  nitrogen  retention,  the  blood  urea  being  96 
mg.  per  cent  on  February  2 and  again  on  February 
5,  then  falling  gradually  to  60  mg.  per  cent  on  Febru- 
ary 8 and  to  38  mg.  per  cent  on  February  23.  On  that 
date,  24  days  after  sulfathiazole  had  been  discontinued, 
renal  function  was  still  impaired  as  shown  by  a urea 
clearance  of  46  per  cent.  The  urea  clearance  rose  to 
87  per  cent  on  March  13,  but  the  ability  to  concentrate 
the  urine  was  impaired.  During  the  period  of  sulfa- 
thiazole administration  and  up  until  February  3,  speci- 
fic gravities  as  high  as  1.025  had  been  attained  in  sugar 
free  specimens.  Thereafter,  a specific  gravity  above 
1.015  was  not  attained  either  in  numerous  single  speci- 
mens or  on  repeated  concentration  tests  (Olmstead 
method)  until  just  before  discharge  when  it  reached 
1.017.  Urine  specimens  were  examined  for  blood  daily 
during  the  administration  of  sulfathiazole  and  during 
the  two-week  period  following  its  withdrawal.  No 
more  than  1 red  blood  cell  per  high  power  field  was 
found  at  any  time.  In  spite  of  the  absence  of  hematuria 
and  the  failure  to  find  acetylsulfathiazole  calculi  in  the 
urine,  the  renal  insufficiency  was  considered  a toxic 
manifestation  of  sulfathiazole.  Paralleling  the  nitrogen 
retention,  there  was  a fall  in  blood  CO^  combining 
power.  The  latter,  in  volumes  per  cent  was  as  follows : 
52  on  January  30,  36  the  following  day,  27  on  February 
1,  20  on  February  3,  30  on  February  5 and  58  on 
February  10.  Since  the  diabetes  was  well  controlled 
during  the  entire  period  on  a daily  carbohydrate  intake 
of  150  grams,  the  fall  in  blood  COg  combining  power 
was  attributed  to  the  renal  insufficiency. 

Toxic  manifestations  referable  to  the  central  ner- 
vous system. — On  January  29,  coincident  with  an 
abrupt  rise  in  blood  sulfathiazole  to  20  mg.  per  cent, 
the  patient  became  drowsy  and  disoriented.  The  next 
morning  she  was  delirious,  the  blood  level  being  17.4 
mg.  per  cent.  At  noon  on  January  30,  she  had  a gen- 
eralized epileptiform  convulsion  which  lasted  about 
two  minutes.  She  had  four  similar  convulsions  during 
the  afternoon  and  evening  and  two  the  next  forenoon, 
at  which  time  the  blood  level  was  15.1  mg.  per  cent. 
These  were  the  first  and  only  convulsions  since  the 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


282 


PNEUMOCOCCUS  MENINGITIS— MYERS,  ROBB  AND  CLAPPER 


mastoidectomy.  These  convulsions  differed  from  those 
vEich  had  occurred  pre-operatively  in  that  they  were 
bilateral  and  symmetrical  from  the  onset  and  were 
accompanied  by  loss  of  consciousness  and  followed  by 
stupor.  The  question  arose  as  to  whether  the  con- 
vulsions and  other  cerebral  symptoms  were  due  to  the 
sulfathiazole,  to  hypoglycemia,  to  extension  of  the 
intracranial  inflammatory  process  or  to  cerebral  vascu- 
lar complications  of  the  hypertension  and  nephritis. 
Acute  nicotinic  acid  deficiency  was  not  considered  at 
that  time  but,  in  retrospect,  it  can  probably  be  excluded 
inasmuch  as  a complete  recovery  was  made  without 
the  administration  of  nicotinic  acid  or  any  of  its  deriva- 
tives. The  convulsions  were  probably  not  due  to  hypo- 
glycemia because  one  occurred  while  an  intravenous 
injection  of  glucose  was  in  progress  (after  250  c.c. 
had  run  in)  ; another  occurred  shortly  after  an  intra- 
venous injection  of  25  G of  glucose.  The  blood  sugar 
taken  after  another  convulsion  was  71  mg.  per  cent. 
The  fasting  blood  sugars  had  been  normal  since 
January  26.  No  regular  insulin  had  been  given  since 
January  24,  and  the  protamine  insulin,  which  had  been 
temporarily  increased  during  the  meningitis  to  bring 
the  diabetes  under  control  was  reduced  to  30  units 
on  January  30.  Neurological  examination  still  showed 
slight  hypotonia  and  hyporeflexia  on  the  right  but  failed 
to  reveal  any  evidence  of  extension  of  the  intra- 
cranial lesion.  The  meningeal  signs  had  entirely 
disappeared  and  the  spinal  fluid,  on  February  2,  was 
under  a pressure  of  100  mm.  and  was  entirely  nega- 
tive. There  was  no  significant  change  in  blood  pres- 
sure, no  evidence  of  edema  of  the  optic  discs  nor 
retina  on  the  days  when  she  had  the  convulsions. 
There  were  no  further  convulsions  after  January  31, 
whereas  the  renal  insufficiency  persisted  for  many  days. 
Thus,  by  a process  of  exclusion  of  other  possibilities  as 
well  as  from  the  fact  that  the  stupor,  delirium  and 
convulsions  appeared  coincidentally  with  the  abrupt  rise 
of  blood  sulfathiazole  and  gradually  disappeared  as 
the  blood  level  fell,  it  was  concluded  that  the  cerebral 
symptoms  were  probably  due  principally  to  sulfathiazole 
retention.  Convulsions  have  been  reported  in  animals 
from  the  intravenous  injection  of  sodium  sulfapyridine,® 
but  not,  to  our  knowledge,  from  sulfathiazole.  It  is 
possible  that  the  coexisting  intracranial  infection  was 
a conditioning  factor. 

Other  toxic  manifestatiam. — The  hemoglobin  was  10 
G per  100  c.c.  at  the  advent  of  chemotherapy  and 
was  at  the  same  level  on  January  30,  when  sulfathiazole 
was  discontinued.  During  the  next  few  days  the 
hemoglobin  fell  off  rapidly,  reaching  a low  point  of 
6 G per  100  c.c.  on  February  6.  There  was  no  gross 
hemorrhage  to  account  for  the  anemia,  and  no  evidence 
of  hemoglobinuria  nor  jaundice.  Ferrous  sulfate  was 
started  on  February  10,  and  the  hemoglobin  had  re- 
turned to  its  original  level  by  March  4. 

Condition  at  discharge  on  March  26. — The  diabetes 
was  well  controlled  by  35  units  of  protamine  zinc  insu- 
lin at  7 :00  A.  M.  daily.  The  mastoid  wound  granu- 
lated in  very  slowly  and  was  nearly  healed  by  the 


end  of  March.  The  left  otitis  media  and  mastoiditis 
cleared  up  during  the  course  of  sulfathiazole  therapy 
without  operative  intervention.  Hearing  was  practically 
normal.  The  ataxia,  dysmetria,  asynergy,  etc.,  disap- 
peared, the  only  residual  neurological  signs  being  ny- 
stagmus on  lateral  gaze  and  slight  hypotonia  and 
hyporeflexia  on  the  right.  The  Jacksonian  convulsions, 
which  had  occurred  at  the  rate  of  5 to  10  daily  before 
the  operation,  did  not  return  after  surgical  drainage 
of  the  cyst,  which  was  found  pressing  against  the  cere- 
bellum. While  this  would  suggest  that  the  Jacksonian 
convulsions  were  due  to  this  cyst,  the  possibility  of  an 
unrecognized  cortical  inflammatory  process  which 
cleared  up  spontaneously  or  as  a result  of  sulfathiazole 
could  not  be  excluded. 


Summary 

A case  of  type  III  pneumococcus  meningitis 
is  reported  which  recovered  following  sulfathia- 
zole. A total  of  127  grams  was  given  over  a 
period  of  ten  days.  Bronchopneumonia  devel- 
oped during  sulfathiazole  therapy.  The  course 
was  also  complicated  by  the  sudden  appearance 
of  renal  insufficiency  with  sulfathiazole  retention, 
stupor,  delirium  and  epileptiform  convulsions. 


Bibliography 

1.  Barlow,  O.  W.,  and  Homburger,  E. ; Specific  chemotlierapy 
of  experimental  staphylococcus  infections  with  thiazole  deriv- 
atives of  sulfanilamide.  Proc.  Soc.  Exptl.  Biol.  Med.,  42:792, 
(December)  1939. 

2.  Barlow,  O.  W.,  and  Homburger,  E.:  Thiazole  derivatives 
of  sulfanilamide  and  experimental  beta-hemolytic  streptococ- 
cal and  pneumococcal  infections  in  mice.  Proc.  Soc.  Exptl. 
Biol.  Med.,  43:317,  (February)  1940. 

3.  Long,  Perrin  H.,  and  Bliss,  Eleanor  A.:  Bacteriostatic 

effects  of  sulfathiazole  upon  various  microorganisms.  Its 
therapeutic  effects  in  experimental  pneumococcal  infections. 
Proc.  Soc.  Exptl.  Biol.  Med.,  43:324,  (February)  1940. 

4.  Long,  Perrin  H.,  Haviland,  James  W.,  and  Edwards,  Lydia 

B.  : Acute  toxicity,  absorption  and  excretion  of  sulfathiazole 
and  certain  of  its  derivatives.  Proc.  Soc.  Exptl.  Biol.  Med., 
43:328,  (February)  1940. 

5.  McKee,  C.  M.,  Rake,  (Jeoffrey,  Creep,  R.  O.,  and  Van  Dyke, 
H.  B. : Therapeutic  effect  of  sulfathiazole  and  sulfapyridine. 
Proc.  Soc.  Ibcptl.  Biol.  Med.,  42:417,  (November)  1939. 

6.  Marshall,  E.  K.,  Jr.,  Bratton,  A.  C.,  and  Litchfield,  J.  T., 
Jr.:  The  toxicity  and  absorption  of  2-sulfanilamidopyridine 
and  its  soluble  sodium  salt.  Science,  88:597,  (December  23) 
1938. 

7.  Pool,  T.  L.,  and  Cook,  E.  N. : Sulfathiazole  and  sulfame- 

thylthiazole  in  the  treatment  of  infections  of  the  urinary 
tract.  Proc.  Staff  Meetings  Mayo  Clinic,  15:113,  (February 
21)  1940. 

8.  Rake,  Ceoffrey,  Van  Dyke,  H.  B.,  Corwin,  W.  C.,  McKee, 

C.  M.,  and  (Sreep,  R.  O. : Pathological  changes  following 

prolonged  administration  of  sulfathiazole  and  sulfapyridine. 
Jour.  Bact.,  39:45,  (January)  1940. 

9.  Reinhold,  J.  C.,  Flippin,  H.  F.,  and  Schwartz,  L. : Observa- 
tions of  the  pharmacology  and  toxicology  of  sulfathiazole 
in  man.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  199 :393,  (March)  1940. 

10.  Van  Dyke,  H.  B.,  Creep,  R.  O.,  Rake,  Ceoffrey,  and  Mc- 
kee,  C.  M. : Observations  on  the  toxicology  of  sulfathiazole 
and  sulfapyridine.  Proc.  Soc.  Exptl.  Biol.  Med.,  42:410, 
(November)  1939. 


A bill  has  been  introduced  in  the  Maine  Senate, 
reports  the  A.M.A.  Journal  which  “proposes  to  create 
a state  board  of  eugenics  which  is  to  be  authorized  to 
order  the  sexual  sterilization  of  any  person  living  in 
the  state  who  is  feeble-minded,  insane,  syphilitic,  a 
habitual  criminal,  a moral  degenerate  or  a sexual 
pervert  and  is  thereby  a menace  to  society  in  that  he 
or  she  may  produce  offspring  having  an  inherited 
tendency  to  the  social  inadequacies  noted.” 


April,  1941 


283 


i 


RADIATION  THERAPY— SICHLER 


Radiation  Therapy 

In  the  Treatment  of  Malignant 
Disease  of  the  Genito- 
urinary Tract 

By  H.  G.  Sichler,  M.D. 

Lansing,  Michigan 

Harper  G.  Sichler,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1928.  Mem- 
her,  Radiological  Society  of  North  America, 

American  College  of  Radiology.  Diplomate; 

American  Board  of  Radiology.  Member  of  the 
Staffs^  of  St.  Lawrence  and  E.  W.  Sparrow 
Hospitals.  Member  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

■ In  general,  malignant  growths  of  the  genito- 
urinary tract  were  formerly  considered  to  be 
among  the  less  favorable  class  of  tumors  in 
their  response  to  high  voltage  x-ray  therapy. 
This  attitude  was  based  upon  the  generally  dis- 
appointing and  unsatisfactory  results  obtained 
in  trying  to  prevent  recurrence  and  metastasis 
of  the  tumor  by  postoperative  radiation  after 
the  growth  has  been  removed  as  far  as  possible 
by  operative  interference. 

In  the  last  few  years,  since  the  first  report  of 
Waters,  Lewis  and  Frontz^°  (Johns  Hopkins),  in 
1934,  on  the  pre-operative  radiation  treatment 
of  kidney  tumors,  it  has  been  found  that  most 
malignant  tumors  of  the  kidney,  bladder  and 
testicle  are  definitely  radiosensitive,  and  the  em- 
phasis has  shifted  towards  pre-operative  radia- 
tion for  the  purpose  of  reducing  the  size  of  the 
tumors  and  devitalizing  them,  so  that  subsequent 
operation  becomes  easier,  more  complete,  and 
productive  of  better  results. 

To  understand  how  radiation  by  high  volt- 
age x-rays  can  have  this  effect,  it  is  necessary 
to  recall  that  the  sensitivity  to  radiation  of 
any  tissue  depends  on  the  degree  of  immatu- 
rity and  lack  of  differentiation  of  the  cells  of 
which  it  is  composed.  Very  cellular,  rapidly 
growing  tumors  are  more  susceptible  to  radia- 
tion than  are  adult  type  cells,  and  this  is  espe- 
cially true  of  embryonal  tumors  such  as  Wilms 
tumors  in  children,  embryonal  carcinoma  of 
the  ovary  and  testis  and  a few  others. 

There  are  many  variations,  however,  because 
even  tumors  of  definitely  embryonal  origin  con- 
tain cells  of  different  grades  of  differentiation, 
often  containing  a quite  high  proportion  of  adult 


cells.  The  effect  of  radiation  is  to  produce 
necrosis  of  the  most  radiosensitive  cells,  while 
the  less  sensitive  cells  are  damaged  or  devital- 
ized in  proportion  to  their  sensitivity,  resulting 
in  varying  degrees  of  fibrosis  or  hyalinization 
which  temporarily  inhibit  the  further  growth  of 
the  injured  tissues.  As  a result  of  the  absorp- 
tion of  the  necrosed  cells,  the  total  volume  of 
the  tumor  decreases,  in  rough  proportion  to  the 
number  of  the  most  radiosensitive  cellular  ele- 
ments. 

Kidney 

From  the  study  of  fifteen  cases  of  kidney 
tumor  in  1935,  Waters^  drew  the  following  con- 
clusions : 

1.  Tumors  of  the  hypernephroma  type  and 
embryonal  carcinomas  are  radiosensitive. 

2.  Papillary  carcinomas  of  the  renal  pelvis 
and  the  malignant  cyst  adenomas  are  radiore- 
sistant. 

3.  Irradiation  has  caused  a striking  reduction 
in  the  size  of  radiosensitive  renal  tumors  and 
has  rendered  tumors  which  were  inoperable,  on 
account  of  their  large  size,  operable. 

4.  Irradiation  has  caused  extensive  morpho- 
logical changes  in  sensitive  tumors,  characterized 
by  alterations  in  the  cellular  structure,  extensive 
fibrosis,  and  necrosis.  The  cells  become  shrunken. 
The  cytoplasm  may  contract  around  the  nucleus, 
and  in  certain  cases,  the  tumor  has  been  com- 
pletely destroyed  and  replaced  by  fibrous  tissue. 

5.  Normal  renal  tissue  is  not  damaged  by 
radiation  in  proper  dosage. 

6.  Reduction  in  size  begins  almost  immedi- 
ately after  the  institution  of  radiation,  and  con- 
tinues for  a period  of  several  weeks  after  ces- 
sation of  treatment. 

7.  Operative  removal  is  imperative,  and  should 
be  carried  out  within  a few  weeks  after  the  first 
series,  depending  on  the  degree  of  shrinkage  as 
revealed  by  palpation  and  pyelograms. 

8.  A regrowth  of  the  tumor  will  occur  if 
operation  is  delayed  too  long. 

9.  The  pyelogram  will  diflferentiate  the  pelvic 
and  cortical  tumors  in  80-lCX)  per  cent  of  the 
cases,  and  93  per  cent  of  all  cortical  renal  tumors 
have  been  radiosensitive. 

10.  If  it  is  found  to  be  impossible  to  remove 
all  the  growth,  postoperative  high  voltage  x-ray 
therapy  should  be  used.  The  results  of  inserting 


284 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


RADIATION  THERAPY— SICHLER 


radium  needles  into  a vascular  pedicle  which  is 
involved  by  a malignant  growth  have  proven 
unsatisfactory. 

Renal  tumors  in  children,  which  are  nearly 
always  of  the  Wilms  embryonal  type,  are  ex- 
tremely radiosensitive,  and  show  a very  rapid 
reduction  in  size  during  and  after  radiation  ther- 
apy. The  usual  early  and  rapid  metastasis  of 
these  tumors  usually  makes  complete  relief  dif- 
ficult, even  though  the  metastases  themselves  are 
radiosensitive.  There  have  recently  been  several 
newspaper  reports  of  cases  of  this  type.  Com- 
petent observers^  state  that  about  25  per  cent 
of  kidney  tumors  are  inoperable  because  of  size 
or  adhesions  when  first  seen  and  that  pre-opera- 
tive radiation  will  reduce  the  size  of  the  kidney 
in  all  cases  except  those  of  pelvic  carcinomas, 
which  do  not  comprise  more  than  10  per  cent 
of  kidney  tumors. 

Urinary  Bladder 

Most  bladder  tumors  are  of  one  of  two  gen- 
eral types,  according  to  Ewing  papillomata,  of 
which  50  per  cent  become  maligant,  and  carcino- 
mata diffuse  or  adenoid. 

In  the  case  of  the  papillomas,  whether  def- 
initely malignant  or  not,  an  exception  is  made 
to  the  general  rule  and  postoperative  radiation 
following  fulguration  is  generaly  advised.  This 
is  to  prevent  the  recurrences  which  usually  oc- 
cur. 

In  the  case  of  frank  diffuse  infiltrating  car- 
cinoma, about  50  per  cent  will  be  found  to  be 
moderately  radiosensitive,  so  heavy  pre-opera- 
tive radiation  is  advised  in  all  cases  to  reduce 
the  size  of  the  tumor  and  devitalize  it  wherever 
possible  so  that  complete  operative  removal  is 
made  either  possible  or  easier.  The  radiosensi- 
tive group  of  bladder  carcinomas  does  not  seem 
to  belong  to  any  definite  pathological  class,  and 
there  is  no  way  known  at  present  to  differen- 
tiate them  in  advance  from  the  radioresistant 
group. 

As  an  example  of  the  results  obtained,  one 
observer®  reports  twenty-six  cases  of  advanced 
infiltrating  carcinoma  of  the  bladder  treated  with 
800  Kv.  x-rays ; seven  cases  (27  per  cent)  ob- 
tained complete  or  nearly  complete  regression 
so  that  excision  or  fulguration  could  be  easily 
done;  nine  cases  (35  per  cent)  obtained  partial 
regression  with  relief  of  symptoms  and  im- 
proved operative  conditions;  and  ten  cases  (38 


per  cent)  obtained  little  benefit.  Thus  approxi- 
mately 60  per  cent  were  improved  so  that  opera- 
tion became  either  possible  or  more  complete, 
and  40  per  cent  were  unimproved.  Heavy  doses 
are  necessary  for  good  results,  but  severe  skin 
reactions  are  not  necessary.  Similar  results  can 
be  obtained  with  standard  200  Kv.  therapy. 

Testicle 

Tumors  of  the  testicle,  like  those  of  the  blad- 
der, are  divided  into  two  main  groups  (with 
many  subdivisions).  About  50  per  cent  are 
primarily  embryonal  teratomas  or  seminomas, 
and  these  are  radiosensitive,  but  they  usually 
contain  also  a mixture  of  more  mature  and  less 
sensitive  cellular  elements.  The  other  half  com- 
prises a confused  group  of  predominately  adult 
teratomas  or  mixed  tumors,  which  are  slow  grow- 
ing and  radioresistant.  There  is  no  means  of 
differentiating  them  clinically  from  embryonal 
teratomas  except  by  the  greater  rate  of  growth 
and  increased  output  of  Prolan  A by  the  em- 
bryonal teratomas. 

These  testicular  tumors  spread  through  the 
deep  lymphatics  to  the  lymph  nodes  around  the 
abdominal  aorta  just  below  the  renal  pedicle  and 
behind  the  peritoneum,  thence  through  the  tho- 
racic duct  to  the  subclavian  vein  and  pulmonary 
circulation.  For  this  reason  radiation  therapy, 
to  be  effective,  must  include  the  entire  abdomen 
and  mediastinum  as  well  as  the  primary  growth. 
The  results  of  treatment  of  these  tumors  by 
surgery  alone  by  means  of  orchidectomy,  either 
simple  or  radical,  have  long  been  disappointing. 
The  quoted  results  vary  from  10  per  cent  five- 
year  cures  given  by  Ferguson,®  to  58  per  cent 
five-year  cures  reported  by  Cabot  and  Berkson,^ 
and  in  addition  there  is  about  20  per  cent  mor- 
tality with  radical  orchidectomy. 

In  1934  Ferguson,®  at  Memorial  Hospital  in 
New  York,  reported  much  improved  results  from 
pre-operative  high  voltage  x-ray  therapy  followed 
by  simple  orchidectomy  in  cases  of  teratoma  tes- 
tis, and  introduced  the  method  of  checking  the 
effectiveness  of  the  radiation  by  means  of  com- 
parative assays  of  the  urinary  content  of  Pro- 
lan A.  The  amount  of  Prolan  A excreted  in  the 
urine  was  shown  to  diminish  progressively  un- 
der radiation  treatment,  and  to  increase  again 
with  the  recurrence  of  metastases.  In  his  latest 
report  in  1938,  Ferguson  gives  40  per  cent  five- 


April,  1941 


285 


RADIATION  THERAPY— SICHLER 


year  cures  for  teratoma  testis,  and  urges  exten- 
sive pre-operative  radiation,  follov^ed  by  orchi- 
dectomy  six  to  twelve  weeks  later.  Waters®  re- 
ports 50  per  cent  five-year  cures,  and  Cabot 
and  Berkson’-  raised  their  five-year  percentage 
to  71  per  cent  with  the  use  of  pre-operative  and 
postoperative  radiation. 

Prostate 

Carcinoma  of  the  prostate  is  nearly  always  a 
slowly  growing  and  highly  radioresistant  tumor, 
so  that  the  results  of  radiation  therapy,  whether 
given  by  external  high  voltage  x-ray  or  by  ra- 
dium implantations,  are  usually  unsatisfactory. 
The  use  of  radiation  does  not  appear  to  destroy 
or  appreciably  slow  the  spread  of  metastases.  In 
many  cases,  however,  radiation  is  of  great  bene- 
fit in  relieving  the  severe  pain  which  often  results 
from  local  extension  or  spinal  metastases,  and 
it  is  for  this  purpose  that  it  can  be  most  justi- 
fiably used. 

The  results  obtained  from  the  use  of  radiation 
in  cases  of  carcinoma  of  the  prostate  are  well 
illustrated  by  a recent  report^  from  the  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota:  of  112  cases  treated  by  radia- 
tion alone,  7 per  cent  were  well  after  twenty- 
one  months  (1^  years).  Of  sixty-seven  cases 
treated  by  resection  and  radiation,  10.5  per  cent 
were  well  after  twenty-nine  months  (2/4  years). 
They  believe  that  radiation  is  desirable  regard- 
less of  the  absolute  poor  end-results,  because  of 
the  relief  of  pain  from  extension  and  metastases 
and  the  decreased  tendency  to  recurrent  obstruc- 
tion after  its  surgical  relief.  Not  all  observers 
will  agree  with  this  conclusion,  and  it  seems  clear 
that  radiation  therapy  has  not  proved  to  be  of 
sufficient  value  to  be  used  routinely  in  all  cases 
of  carcinoma  of  the  prostate  unless  the  urologist 
is  convinced  that  its  palliative  value  is  sufficiently 
great. 

Comment 

The  fact  that  x-radiation  cannot  entirely  de- 
stroy these  growths  and  so  effect  a cure  by  itself 
(except  perhaps  in  the  most  sensitive  tumors, 
such  as  Wilms,  in  which  some  feel  that  radiation 
alone  is  sufficient  without  surgery)  does  not 
mean  at  all  that  it  is  valueless,  but  only  that  it 
should  be  used  to  take  the  utmost  advantage 
of  the  devitalization  and  shrinkage  in  size  which 
is  the  usual  effect  of  radiation  on  these  tumors. 
This  obviously  means  radiation  followed  by 


operation  at  the  time  of  the  maximum  radiation 
effect — usually  three  to  six  weeks.  In  other 
words,  we  advocate  the  use  of  radiation  therapy 
to  induce  what  may  be  called  a quiescent  stage 
in  the  tumor  itself,  during  which  operative  re- 
moval can  be  performed  with  greater  mechanical 
ease  and  less  risk  of  metastasis. 


Conclusions 

1.  Radiation  therapy  with  high  voltage  x-ray 
should  be  used  as  an  essential  pre-operative  pro- 
cedure in  most  cases  of  genito-urinary  malig- 
nancy, and  its  proper  use  will  greatly  increase 
the  successful  operative  results  in  malignant  dis- 
eases of  the  kidney,  bladder,  and  testicle. 

2.  About  90  per  cent  of  kidney  tumors,  in- 
cluding all  forms  except  pelvic  carcinomas,  are 
radiosensitive,  and  should  have  the  benefit  of 
pre-operative  radiation,  reserving  postoperative 
treatment  for  those  containing  embryonal  tissue 
or  those  whose  removal  was  incomplete. 

3.  Most  papillomas  of  the  bladder,  and  60 
per  cent  of  bladder  carcinomas,  are  radiosensitive. 
Papillomas  should  have  postoperative  radiation 
to  prevent  recurrence,  and  carcinomas  should 
have  pre-operative  radiation  to  improve  the  op- 
erative results. 

4.  Testicular  tumors,  especially  teratoma  tes- 
tis, should  be  treated  with  pre-operative  x-ray 
therapy  followed  by  simple  orchidectomy,  and  the 
progress  of  the  treatment  should  be  checked  by 
frequent  determinations  of  the  excretory  out- 
put of  Prolan  A. 

5.  Carcinoma  of  the  prostate  is  generally  ra- 
dioresistant, and  radiation  therapy  is  best  re- 
served for  palliative  relief  of  pain  when  neces- 
sar}^ 

Bibliography 

1.  Cabot,  Hugh,  and  Berkson  J. : Neoplasms  of  tesUs:  study  of 
results  of  orchidectomy  with  and  without  irradiation.  New 
England  Med.  Jour.,  220:192-195,  (Feb.  2)  1939. 

2.  Creevy,  C.  A.:  Results  of  treatment  in  cancer  of  prostate: 
Review  of  275  cases.  Surgery,  5:405-409,  (March)  1939. 

3.  Dresser,  R.,  and  Rude,  J.  C.:  Supervoltage  roentgen  treat- 

ment of  carcinoma  of  the  bladder.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  111:1834- 
1837,  (Nov.  12)  1938. 

4.  Ewing,  J. : Neoplastic  Diseases.  Philadelphia:  W.  B.  Saun- 
ders Co.,  1922,  page  650. 

5.  Ferguson,  R.  S.:  Studies  in  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  tera- 
toma testis.  Amer.  Jour.  Roentgen.,  31:356-365,  (March) 
1934. 

6.  Ferguson,  R.  S. : Results  of  treatment  of  genito-urinary 

tumors  by  roentgen  rays.  Jour.  Urol.,  37:823-831,  (June) 
1937. 

7.  Prather,  G.  C.,  and  Friedman,  H.  E. : Immediate  effect  of 
pre-operative  radiation  in  cortical  tumors  of  the  kidney. 
New  England  Med.  Jour.,  215:655-663,  (Oct.  8)  1936. 

8.  Waters,  C.  A.:  Clinical  Roentgen  Therapy.  Vol.  II,  p.  453, 
Philadelphia:  Lea  and  Febiger. 

9.  Waters,  C.  A.:  Clinical  Roentgen  Therapy,  Pohle  and  as- 
sociates. Vol.  II,  p..  423.  Philadelphia:  Lea  and  Febiger. 

10.  Waters,  C.  A.,  Lewis,  L.  G.,  and  Frontz,  W.  A.:  Radiation 
therapy  of  renal  cortical  neoplasms,  with  special  reference 
to  pre-operative  irradiation.  Southern  Med.  Jour.,  27:  290- 
299,  (April)  1934. 


286 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


GANGRENOUS  CHOLECYSTITIS— ASHLEY  AND  NAROTZKY 


Acute  Gangrenous  Cholecystitis 
In  Children 

Report  of  a Case  in  a 
Child  Aged  Four* 

By  L.  Byron  Ashley,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  and 
A.  S.  Narotzky,  M.D. 

L.  Byron  Ashley,  M.D. 

M.D.  Wayne  University  College  of  Medi- 
cine, 1914.  Associate  Surgeon  at  Harper  Hos- 
pital, Detroit.  Member  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

A.  S.  Narotzky,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Univer.nty  of  Michigan  Medical 
School,  1936.  Resident  Surgeon  at  Harper 
Hospital,  Detroit.  Associate  member  of  the 
Wayne  County  Medical  Society. 

■ In  1734,  Mr.  Joseph  Gibson,  Surgeon  in  Leith 

and  Member  of  the  Surgeon  Apothecaries  of 
Edinburgh,  reported  the  first  case  of  gall-bladder 
disease  in  a child.  His  patient  was  twelve  years 
old  and  evidently  had  a ruptured  gall  bladder 
with  liver  abscesses.  Since  then  cases  have 
been  reported  at  intervals  but  never  in  sufficient 
numbers  to  consider  this  condition  as  common. 
In  a report  in  1928,  226  cases  were  collected 
from  the  literature  and  four  of  that  author’s 
personal  cases  were  added.  By  1938,  slightly 
over  300  cases  had  been  reported.  These  were 
under  15  years  of  age  and  most  were  of  a 
chronic  nature.  Cases,  as  a rule,  are  reported 
by  surgeons  as  accidental  findings  at  time  of 
operation. 

This  should  remind  us  that  gall-bladder  disease, 
even  though  it  be  in  children,  should  be  included 
in  a differential  diagnosis  of  abdominal  lesions. 
Although  clinical  and  post  mortem  records  tend 
to  show  that  this  condition  is  quite  rare,  it  is 
probable  that  gall-bladder  disease  in  children  is 
being  overlooked.  Acute  cases  must  be  included 
in  the  diagnosis,  and  ruled  out  completely,  before 
being  cast  aside  as  too  rare  to  occur. 

,A  recent  case  on  the  Surgical  Service  of  Drs. 
Brooks  and  Ashley  in  Harper  Hospital  is  re- 
ported in  detail. 

Case  Report 

R.  M.,  a four-year-old  male,  born  May  20,  1936,  was 
admitted  to  Harper  Hospital  at  11 :22  P.  M.  on  June 
25,  1939.  The  history  was  elicited  that  he  awoke  on 
June  22,  1939,  complaining  of  abdominal  pain.  He 
drank  some  milk  but  refused  other  food.  He  vomited 

*From  the  Surgical  Service  of  Harper  Hospital,  Detroit, 
Michigan. 

April,  1941 


twice  that  day;  the  vomitus  consisting  of  ingested 
food.  The  pain  was  more  severe  that  night.  On 
the  next  day  (June  23,  1939)  the  patient  felt  better 
and  complained  very  little.  The  following  day  (June 
24,  1939)  he  again  complained  of  severe  abdominal 
pain  and  was  given  laxatives.  He  vomited  twice  in- 
cluding most  of  the  medicine.  He  was  nauseated  and 
refused  fluids.  On  June  25,  the  pain  was  more  severe 
and  an  enema  was  given  without  any  relief  of  symp- 
toms. The  patient  was  then  admitted  to  the  hospital 
late  that  night. 

The  patient’s  birth  and  developmental  history  were 
normal  during  the  first  year.  Following  this  period 
the  family  was  disappointed  in  his  inability  to  gain 
regularly  and  were  concerned  about  his  poor  appetite. 
He  had  not  had  any  important  illnesses  except  for 
a “mild  cold”  at  the  onset  of  his  disease. 

Examination  revealed  a fairly  well-developed,  fairly 
well-nourished  male  child  of  four  years  in  acute  dis- 
tress. The  throat  was  • slightly  injected.  The  tongue 
was  moist.  There  were  small  glands  in  both  cervical 
chains.  There  was  a suggestion  of  icterus  to  the 
sclerse.  The  heart  and  lungs  were  negative.  Pressure 
over  the  entire  abdomen  caused  the  patient  pain.  Pres- 
sure over  the  right  side  of  the  abdomen  semed  to  cause 
more  pain  than  pressure  over  the  left  side.  No  masses 
were  made  out.  The  extremities  were  negative.  A 
complete  and  satisfactory  examination  of  the  abdo- 
men was  not  possible  because  of  the  irritability  of  the 
patient. 

The  temperature  was  100.4,  pulse  144,  respirations  20. 
There  were  7,400  leukocytes  with  62  per  cent  poly- 
morphonuclear cells.  Urinalysis  was  negative. 

A diagnosis  of  acute  surgical  abdomen  was  made 
and  the  finding  of  an  acute  appendix  was  expected. 
Operation  was  begun  at  12:15  A.  M.,  on  June  26, 
1939,  under  nitrous  oxide-oxygen-ether  anesthesia.  The 
operative  dictation  reads : 

Operation. — A 1J4  inch  right  pararectus  incision  was 
made  through  a thin  but  fairly  well  developed  abdomi- 
nal wall  retracting  the  muscle  medially.  On  opening 
the  peritoneal  cavity  there  was  a sudden  gush  of  odor- 
less dark  brownish-yellow  fluid  which  appeared  to  be 
bile  stained.  After  exploration  was  carried  out  for 
a few  minutes  and  the  cecum  could  not  be  located  the 
incision  was  enlarged  to  3j4  inches.  The  cecum,  ter- 
minal ileum,  and  appendix  were  normal.  There  were 
no  mesenteric  glands.  There  was  no  evidence  of  a 
Meckel’s  diverticulum.  On  the  omentum  in  the  region 
of  the  liver  was  a 5 centimeter  exudative  area.  In 
contact  with  this  was  a large,  tense,  gangrenous  gall 
bladder.  The  liver  appeared  normal  with  sharp  edges. 
The  gall  bladder  was  aspirated,  cultured  and  a piece 
removed  for  microscopic  diagnosis.  No  stones  were 
found.  Cholecystostomy  was  done,  using  two  purse 
string  sutures  ; the  first  including  the  wall  of  the  tube. 
One  soft  drain  was  placed  in  Morison’s  pouch.  The 
abdomen  was  closed  in  layers  using  cat-gut  and  rein- 
forced with  two  waxed  silk  retention  sutures. 

The  operation  took  thirty  minutes  and  at  the  com- 
pletion of  the  procedure  the  child  was  awake  and  in 


287 


GANGRENOUS  CHOLECYSTITIS— ASHLEY  AND  NAROTZKY 


fair  condition.  His  temperature  went  to  102°  a few 
hours  later  and  in  twenty-four  hours  it  was  100° 
with  a pulse  of  110.  Bile  began  draining  at  once  and 
the  child  had  an  uneventful  postoperative  course. 
On  the  eighth  postoperative  day  the  soft  drain  was 
removed.  On  the  thirteenth  postoperative  day  the 
cholecystostomy  tube  came  out.  The  retention  sutures 
were  then  removed  and  the  child  discharged  the  fol- 
lowing day. 


Pathologic  Examination. — The  culture  of  the  gall 
bladder  failed  to  produce  a growth.  The  pathologic 
report  by  Dr.  P.  F.  Morse,  pathologist  at  Harper 
Hospital,  is  presented  with  a photomicograph. 

Gross : A 1 centimeter  piece  of  gall-bladder  wall. 

Microscopic : The  cellular  structure  of  the  mucosa 

is  destroyed  and  replaced  by  necrotic  tissue  shreds. 
The  gall-bladder  wall  is  edematous  and  intensely  in- 
filtrated with  round  cells.  The  .structure  of  the  gall- 
bladder wall  can  still  be  made  out  in  the  course  of 
the  connective  tissue  fibers  and  blood  vessels,  but  is 
torn  apart  by  exudate  and  islands  of  necrosis. 

Diagnosis ; Acute  Gangrenous  Cholecystitis. 

At  the  present  writing,  about  one  year  later,  the 
child  is  quite  well  except  that  his  parents  still  feel  he 
is  not  gaining  weight  as  rapidly  as  he  should.  He 
has  not  seen  his  physician  for  .some  time. 

Occurrence. — In  3,000  operations  performed 
on  the  biliary  tract  by  the  surgical  services  in 
Harper  Hospital  for  twelve  years  ending  in  1940, 
the  rarity  of  gall-bladder  disease  in  children  is 
startling.  One  case  operated  at  three  months  was 
a cholecystostomy  as  an  emergency  procedure  for 
bile  drainage  in  suspected  congenital  duct  atresia. 
It  terminated  fatally.  Post  mortem  examination 
was  not  obtained.  One  case  of  a four-year-old 


is  here  reported.  There  were  two  cases  in  chil- 
dren of  nine  years.  One  case  was  a child  thirteen 
years  old  and  one  case  fourteen  years  old. 

In  the  large  group  of  cholecystographic  studies 
made  in  Harper  Hospital  the  rarity  of  a study 
in  a child  leads  one  to  conclude  that  most  phy- 
sicians believe  this  is  an  impossibe  procedure. 
Children  do  tolerate  the  dye  well.  Parenteral 
administration  can  be  resorted  to  if  necessary. 
Improved  technique  and  equipment  add  to  the 
feasibility  of  doing  studies  in  children. 

As  a rule  during  appendectomy  in  a child 
when  a fairly  innocent  looking  appendix  is 
found,  the  surgeon  explores  the  abdomen  for 
mesenteric  glands,  Meckel’s  diverticulum,  and 
congenital  bands  about  the  terminal  ileum.  A 
diseased  gall  bladder  is  easily  overlooked  be- 
cause the  incision  is  inadequate  to  admit  two 
fingers  for  exploration  and  rather  than  enlarge 
the  incision  the  operator  dismisses  gall-bladder 
disease  as  a rare  entity.  If  this  is  the  case, 
the  symptoms  which  brought  the  patient  to 
the  physician  originally  would  persist. 

Conclusion 

1.  Gall-bladder  disease  in  children  is  a definite 
entity  and  probably  not  very  rare. 

2.  Many  cases  of  gall-bladder  disease  go  un- 
discovered because  a clinical  diagnosis  is  not 
made. 

3.  Cholecystographic  studies  should  be  made 
more  frequently  in  children. 

4.  Surgical  exploration  of  the  biliary  tract  is 
not  done  often  enough  during  the  removal  of 
a so-called  “interval  appendix.” 

5.  A case  of  non-calculus  gangrenous  chol- 
ecystitis in  a four-year-old  child  is  reported. 

References 

1.  Beals:  Cholecystitis  and  cholelithiasis  in  children.  South- 
ern Med.  Jour.,  21 :666,  1928. 

2.  Hadley:  Acute  cholecystitis  after  scarlet  fever.  Indiana 

Med.  Jour.,  7 :10,  1908. 

3.  Hamerton : Acute  cholecystitis  at  the  age  of  three.  British 
Med.  Jour.,  1 :778,  1925. 

4.  Hamilton,  Rich  and  Bisgord : Cholecystitis  and  cholelith- 
iasis of  childhood.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  103 :829,  1934. 

5.  Holbrook:  Non-typhoid  cholecystitis  in  children.  Am.  Jour. 
Dis.  of  Children,  47 :836,  1934. 

6.  Miller : Acute  cholecystitis  in  a child  four  years  old. 
Zentralblatt  f.  Chir.,  53:3092,  1926. 

7.  Montgomery : Disease  of  the  gall  bladder  in  children.  Am. 
Jour.  Dis.  of  Children,  44 :372,  1932. 

8.  Sobel:  Cholecystitis  and  cholelithiasis  in  childhood.  Arch. 

Bed.,  55:669,  1938. 

9.  Velo:  Cholecystitis  due  to  a calculus  in  the  cystic  duct  in 
a fourteen-year-old  girl.  Gazz.  d.  osp.,  48:154,  1927. 

10.  Zeligs : Acute  typhoid  cholecystitis  in  children.  Arch.  Fed., 
43:485,  1926. 


288 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


AMEBIASIS— SHERMAN  AND  WEINBERGER 


Amebiasis  with  Pleura- 
Pulmonary  Complications 

Report  of  Two  Coses* 

By  George  A.  Sherman,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  and 
Herbert  Weinberger,  M.D. 

Pontiac,  Michigan 

George  A.  Sherman,  M.D. 

M.D.,  McGill  University,  1924.  Fellow, 

American  College  of  Physicians.  Diplotnate, 

American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine.  Medi- 
cal Director,  Oakland  County  Tuberculosis 
Sanatorium.  _ Member  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

Herbert  Weinberger,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Louisville,  1937.  Res- 
ident physician.  Oakland  County  Tuberculosis 
Sanatorium.  Member  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

" The  eelative  infrequency  of  pleuro-pulmo- 
nar}'  complications  in  amebiasis  and  the  failure 
to  diagnose  such  cases  during  life  warrants  the 
report  of  these  cases. 

Case  Reports 

Case  1. — A white  man,  aged  thirtj'-five,  was  ad- 
mitted July  2,  1938,  complaining  of  blood  spitting,  pain 
in  the  right  chest,  cough  and  abundant  sputum.  On 
February  1,  1938,  he  had  a severe  pain  in  the  right 
lower  chest,  pleuritic  in  type,  accompanied  b}'  chills 
and  fever.  During  the  next  six  weeks  he  was  bedfast. 
X-ray  studies  of  the  chest  made  in  March  were  nega- 
tive. General  impairment  of  health  continued.  On 
May  1,  three  months  after  the  initial  sjTnptoms,  he 
had  a small  pulmonary  hemorrhage.  During  the  next 
two  months  he  continued  to  spit  100  to  200  c.c.  of 
hemorrhagic  bitter  tasting  sputum.  The  pain  in  the 
right  chest  was  frequently  referred  to  the  right  shoul- 
der. When  admitted  he  was  weak,  dyspneic  on  exertion, 
hemorrhages  were  profuse  and  there  was  complete 
loss  of  appetite.  Diarrhea  did  not  occur  at  any  time. 

The  positive  physical  findings  were  marked  diminu- 
tion of  resonance,  breath  sounds,  whispered  voice,  and 
tactile  fremitus  in  the  lower  half  of  the  right  lung. 
There  was  moderate  muscle  spasm  and  tenderness  in 
the  right  upper  quadrant  of  the  abdomen. 

The  admission  laboratory  studies  showed  a mild 
leukocytosis.  Sedimentation  rate  (W^estergren)  103  mm. 
Blood  Kahn  negative.  Four  direct  smears  and  a cul- 
ture of  the  sputum  were  negative  for  B.  tuberculosis. 
Stereo  films  of  the  chest  showed  a dense  homogeneous 
shadow^  obscuring  the  lower  quarter  of  the  right  lung. 
Bucky  and  lateral  films  localized  the  density  in  the 
posterior  half  of  the  lung  field.  The  right  diaphragm 
v'us  elevated  four  centimeters  higher  than  the  left. 

The  initial  studies  failed  to  establish  a definite  diag- 
nosis. No  acid-fast  organisms  were  demonstrated  in 

*From  the  Oakland  County  Tuberculosis  Sanatorium. 

April,  1941 


the  studies  of  the  sputum.  A diagnostic  right  pneumo- 
thorax was  induced.  There  was  no  empyema.  Addi- 
tional films  suggested  an  extensive  lung  abscess.  Lipi- 
odol  occupied  only  the  anterior  half  of  the  middle 
lobe.  The  posterior  half  was  free  of  oil.  Three 
bronchoscopic  examinations  w'ere  made.  There  was  no 
evidence  of  neoplasm  or  foreign  body.  Our  consulting 
pathologist  suggested  we  might  be  dealing  with  a 
liver  abscess.  A diagnostic  pneumoperitoneum  was  in- 
duced. Roentgenograms  showed  the  right  lobe  of  the 
liver  to  be  firmly  adherent  to  the  diaphragm.  The 
stools  were  then  examined  and  amebae  were  demon- 
strated on  two  occasions.  Emetine  and  stovarsol  therapy 
was  begun  at  once. 

During  the  period  between  admission  and  the  date 
when  the  diagnosis  was  established  the  patient’s  con- 
dition had  grown  progressively^  worse.  He  raised  large 
quantities  of  hemorrhagic  sputum.  He  continued  to 
lose  weight,  his  appetite  was  extremely  poor,  fatigue 
and  malaise  were  marked.  He  slept  very  little  and 
was  very  despondent.  Pain  in  the  right  lower  chest 
and  right  shoulder  appeared  frequently.  His  tempera- 
ture ranged  from  98  to  103.8.  There  was  a moderately 
severe  secondary^  anemia. 

He  was  given  alternating  courses  of  emetine  and 
stovarsol.  Within  thirty-six  hours  after  emetine  therapy 
was  begun,  his  temperature  became  normal  and  re- 
mained normal.  The  sputum  decreased  markedly  dur- 
ing the  first  four  days  and  completely  disappeared  at 
the  end  of  tw^o  weeks.  Within  a few  days  his  appetite 
became  ravenous,  in  contrast  to  the  former  extreme 
anorexia.  He  gained  twenty-five  pounds  vdthin  a month. 
There  were  no  toxic  reactions  from  either  drug.  Eight 
stool  examinations  and  frequent  sputum  examinations 
were  negative  for  amebae.  The  sedimentation  rate  was 
19,  in  contrast  to  103  on  admission.  The  leukocyte 
count  returned  to  normal.  He  w^as  discharged  Septem- 
ber 16,  1938,  as  apparently  cured  and  has  remained 
well.  Serial  roentgenograms  showed  complete  resolu- 
tion. 

Case  2. — A white  man,  aged  fifty-four,  was  admitted 
September  16,  1938,  complaining  of  severe  cough, 
sputum,  and  pain  in  the  right  upper  chest.  In  July, 
1936,  he  developed  severe  diarrhea  and  the  diagnosis 
of  amebic  dysentery^  was  established  the  followdng  Oc- 
tober. A course  of  emetine  therapy  was  followed  by 
disappearance  of  all  symptoms.  He  remained  well  until 
October,  1937,  when  cough,  sputum,  fever  and  loss 
of  weight  occurred.  In  January,  1938,  he  had  pain  in 
the  right  upper  quadrant  of  the  abdomen.  A presump- 
tive diagnosis  of  liver  abscess  was  made  and  a second 
course  of  emetine  was  given.  He  responded  imme- 
diately’ and  remained  well  until  July,  1938,  when  a re- 
lapse occurred.  Severe  cough  and  sputum,  pleuritic- 
like  pain  below  the  right  clavicle,  night  sweats  and 
fever  were  present.  During  the  next  tv\'0  months  ex- 
tensive, all-inclusive  diagnostic  studies  were  carried  out 
at  one  of  our  large  national  clinics.  They  concluded 
there  was  no  relapse  of  the  amebiasis,  but  tubercle 
bacilli  were  found  in  the  sputum  and  although  the  chest 
films  were  clear,  they  advised  sanatorimn  care. 


289 


AMEBIASIS— SHERMAN  AND  WEINBERGER 


Fig.  1.  Case  1.  March  17,  1938.  Right  diaphragm  elevated 
full  interspace  higher  than  left. 


Fig.  2.  Case  1.  July  5,  1938.  Dense  homogeneous  shadow 
obscures  the  lower  one-quarter  of  the  right  lung  field. 


Fig.  3.  Case  1.  August  2,  1938.  Pneumoperitoneum  present. 
Right  lobe  of  liver  widely  adherent  to  diaphragm.  Dense  homo- 
geneous mass  involves  right  lower  lung  field. 


Fig.  4.  _ Case  1.  October  14,  1938.  Complete  clearing  of  for- 
mer density  at  right  base  except  for  opacity  due  to  retained 
lipiodol. 


290 


Jour.  M.S.AI.S. 


AMEBIASIS— SHERMAN  AND  WEINBERGER 


Fig.  5.  Case  2.  September  16,  1938.  Both  lung  fields  clear. 
Slight  elevation  of  right  diaphragm. 


The  physical  examination,  aside  from  evidence  of 
weight  loss,  was  within  normal  limits.  The  chest  roent- 
genograms were  clear.  Direct  smears,  concentrates  and 
cultures  of  the  sputum  were  negative  for  tubercle 
bacilli.  Bronchoscopic  and  lipiodol  studies  were  nega- 
tive. Three  stool  examinations  were  negative  for 
amebae.  The  sedimentation  rate  (Westergren)  was  105 
mm.  The  blood  Kahn  was  negative.  A pneumoperi- 
toneum showed  the  liver  to  be  widely  adherent  to 
the  right  diaphragm  and  the  flat  film  of  the  abdomen 
suggested  an  enlarged  liver.  The  icteric  index  was 
3 and  8 on  two  occasions.  There  was  a moderately 
severe  secondary  anemia  and  a moderate  leukocytosis. 

A diagnosis  of  amebic  abscess  of  the  liver  was  made. 
During  the  two  months  prior  to  admission  he  had 
received  continuous  specific  therapy  to  the  point  of 
toxicity.  It  was  felt  that  further  administration  of 
emetine  was  contraindicated  for  the  time  being.  Dur- 
ing the  next  six  weeks  he  improved  clinically,  but  the 
fever  ranging  from  99  to  103.6  persisted.  In  November 
emetine  was  again  given,  alternating  with  stovarsol. 
Within  thirty-six  hours  his  temperature  was  normal 
and  remained  so  for  twelve  days.  Three  courses  were 
given.  The  last  course  failed  to  bring  about  any  change. 
Daily  fever  persisted.  Roentgenograms  of  the  chest 
one  month  after  admission  showed  the  right  diaphragm 
to  be  elevated  two  interspaces.  Toward  the  end  of  the 
third  month  he  complained  of  palpitation  and  dyspnea 
at  rest.  Examination  revealed  auricular  fibrillation,  con- 
firmed by  electrocardiogram.  There  was  no  edema.  He 
was  digitalized.  Surgical  intervention  was  advised,  but 


Fig.  6.  Case  2.  September  29,  1938.  Pneumoperitoneum. 
Right  lobe  of  liver  widely  adherent  to  diaphragm.  Marked  en- 
largement of  liver  and  elevation  of  right  diaphragm. 


he  returned  home  January  13,  1939.  His  condition 
grew  worse.  During  the  first  week  in  March,  1939, 
he  became  critically  ill  and  was  admitted  to  a large 
general  hospital  in  Detroit,  where  he  died  March  11, 
1939.  An  autopsy  was  performed.  The  pertinent  find- 
ings are  given  here. 

The  liver  margin  extended  15  cm.  below  the  coastal 
margin.  The  right  dome  of  the  diaphragm  reached 
the  level  of  the  third  intercostal  space.  The  heart 
was  normal.  The  right  lung  weighed  920  gms.  The 
right  lower  lobe  was  large,  consolidated  and  airless. 
The  cut  surface  was  granular  and  microscopically  the 
picture  was  that  of  a lobar  pneumonia.  There  was  no 
gross  or  microscopic  evidence  of  tuberculosis.  The 
liver  weighed  5,200  gms.  and  was  enormously  enlarged 
by  a bulging  mass  occupying  the  entire  right  lobe. 
A quantity  of  thick  creamy,  gelatinous  matter  was 
aspirated  from  this  large  solitary  abscess  which  meas- 
ured 20  cm.  in  diameter.  After  removal  of  the  cyst 
the  liver  weighed  2,720  gms.  Sections  from  the  ab- 
scess wall  showed  amebae.  No  ulceration  of  the  gastro- 
intestinal tract  was  found  and  no  amebae  seen  in  sec- 
tions of  the  large  bowel. 

Comment 

Amebiasis  is  a widespread  and  common  dis- 
ease. Liver  abscess  is  the  most  common  com- 
plication of  the  disease,  but  it  is  less  generally 
appreciated  that  pleuro-pulmonary  complications 
are  frequently  present  but  often  not  recognized 


April,  1941 


291 


REQUIREMENTS  IN  PREGNANCY— MUSSER  AND  SODEMAN 


during  life.  Thirteen  per  cent  of  cases  of  ame- 
biasis develop  pleuro-pulmonary  complications. 

There  is  no  other  known  type  of  abscess  of 
the  lung  that  responds  at  once  so  dramatically 
to  specific  therapy  as  does  amebic  abscess.  If 
the  diagnosis  is  suspected  and  the  amebae  are 
not  found,  a therapeutic  trial  of  emetine  and 
stovarsol  will  bring  about  an  astounding  im- 
provement if  amebiasis  is  present. 

Not  all  cases  of  amebiasis  with  liver  abscess 
are  cured  by  specific  therapy.  The  usual  initial 
response  to  treatment  may  be  obtained,  but  may 
be  followed  by  relapse  in  spite  of  adequate  treat- 
ment. This  is  illustrated  by  our  second  case, 
in  which  an  unusually  large  solitary  amebic  liver 
abscess  was  found  at  autopsy.  It  is  evident  that 
surgical  drainage  should  have  been  done  when 
the  early  response  was  followed  by  relapse. 

Amebiasis  should  be  considered  in  the  differen- 
tial diagnosis  in  every  lung  abscess  of  the  lower 
half  of  the  right  lung.  If  there  is  no  clear  his- 
tory suggesting  amebiasis,  diagnostic  studies 
should  include  the  induction  of  pneumoperi- 
toneum. This  procedure  gives  reliable  evidence 
of  any  attachment  between  the  right  lobe  of  the 
liver  and  the  right  hemidiaphragm,  as  well  as 
the  actual  size  of  the  liver.  Amebic  abscess  of 
the  liver  is  practically  always  located  in  the 
right  lobe.  If  this  evidence  is  suggestive,  specific 
therapy  is  justified  and  indicated.  Our  first  case 
illustrates  the  dramatic  response  to  treatment. 
A tentative  diagnosis  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis 
had  been  made  in  both  cases  before  admission  to 
the  sanatorium. 

Conclusions 

1.  Two  cases  of  amebic  liver  abscess  with 
pleuro-pulmonary  symptoms  and  complications 
are  presented. 

2.  One  case  of  lung  abscess  due  to  amebiasis 
is  discussed. 

3.  The  difficulties  in  the  diagnosis  are  out- 
lined. 

4.  Treatment  with  emetine  and  stovarsol  fre- 
quently results  in  a dramatic  cure,  as  in  the  first 
case  discussed. 

5.  A case  of  large  solitary  amebic  liver  ab- 
scess without  evident  pulmonary  disease  but  char- 
acterized by  distressing  cough,  sputum  and  dysp- 
nea is  presented. 


6.  When  emetine  and  stovarsol  and  related 
drugs  fail  in  a known  case  of  amebiasis,  the  pos- 
sibility of  a large  solitary  abscess  must  be  con- 
sidered and  surgical  drainage  undertaken. 


Bibliography 

1.  Craig,  Chas.  D. : Amebiasis  and  Amebic  Dysentery.  Spring- 
field:  Chas.  C.  Thomas,  1934. 

2.  Oschner,  Alton,  and  Debakey,  Micheal:  Pleuro-pulmonary 
complications  of  amebiasis.  Jour.  Thoracic  Surg.,  5:225, 
1936. 

3.  Brown,  Philip  W.,  and  Hodgson,  Coren  H. : Late  results 

in  treatment  of  amebic  abscess  and  hepatitis  of  the  liver. 
Amer.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  196:305,  1938. 

4.  Keeton,  R.  W.,  and  Hood,  Marion;  Pulmonary  disease  sec- 
ondary to  amebiasis.  Med.  Clinics  North  Amer.,  23:22:1, 
1938. 


Vitamin  and  Mineral 


Heqnirements  in  Pregnancy"^ 

By  J.  H.  Musser,  M.D.  and  W.  A.  Sodeman,  M.D. 
New  Orleans,  Louisiana 


John  H.  Musser,  M.D. 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  B.S. 
1905,  M.D.  1908.  Practiced  internal 
medicine  until  the  War,  when  he  spent 
two  years  in  the  Army.  After  return- 
ing to  Philadelphia  he  became  Associate 
in  Medicine  at  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  on  the  staff  of  three  of 
the  local  hospitals.  In  1925  he  came  to 
Tulane  as  Professor  of  Medicine,  where 
he  has  been  ever  since.  He  also  is 
Senior  Visiting  Physician  at  the  Char- 
ity _ Hospital,  New  Orleans.  Has  at 
various  times  been  president  of  the 
American  College  of  Physicians,  and 
vice  president  of  the  American  Medical 
Association.  At  present  is  on  the  Amer- 
. . ican  Board  of  Internal  Medicine,  and 

the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals  of  the  A.M.A. 


" An  adequate  diet  is  one  which  contains  a suf- 
ficient quantity  of  the  factors  necessai*}'  for 
proper  growth,  maturation,  reproduction,  and 
maintenance  of  good  health.  The  very  definition 
of  an  adequate  diet,  therefore,  takes  into  con- 
sideration the  state  of  pregnancy  and  associates 
intimately  the  possibility  of  deficiency  disease 
with  pregnancy. 

The  inability  of  a patient  to  satisfy  her  bodily 
nutritional  needs  may  arise  in  many  ways,  but 
for  clinical  purposes,  such  patients  may  be  placed 
in  one  of  three  categories.  The  first  includes 
those  ingesting  inadequate  quantities  of  one  or 
more  of  the  essential  dietary’  factors.  This  may 
arise  from  many  causes ; for  example,  economic 
difficulties,  faddism  in  diet,  psychic  states,  dys- 


*From  the  Department  of  Medicine,  School  of  Medicine, 
Tulane  University  of  Louisiana,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana. 

Presented  at  the  Seventy-fifth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  Detroit,  September  25,  1940. 

Jour.  AI.S.M.S. 


292 


REQUIREMENTS  IN  PREGNANCY— MUSS ER  AND  SODEMAN 


pepsia,  and  anorexia  due  to  disease.  The  second 
comprises  those  ingesting  these  factors  in 
amounts  which  are  usually  adequate,  but  with 
the  presence  of  some  disease  within  the  body 
which  interferes  with  their  proper  utilization. 
The  development  of  pellagra  in  chronic  amebia- 
sis and  of  hemorrhage  in  obstructive  jaundice 
are  examples  of  such  states.  The  third  com- 
prises those  receiving  an  inadequate  intake  of  the 
essential  dietary  factors  because  of  acutely  or 
suddenly  changed  requirements.  While  this 
group  is  really  a subdivision  of  the  first  above, 
clinically  it  is  well  to  consider  it  as  a separate 
division,  for  the  usual  normal  diet  may  be  taken, 
but  the  bodily  requirements  have  changed. 

A person  may  have  ingested  and  utilized  a 
diet  which,  for  long  periods  of  time,  has  been 
adequate,  at  least  to  prevent  the  development 
of  symptoms.  Then,  some  new  state,  such  as 
hyperthyroidism,  tuberculosis,  or  pregnancy, 
may  appear  and  increase  the  need  for  certain 
dietary  factors  without  sufficiently  increasing, 
or  at  times  actually  decreasing,  the  appetite 
and  desire  for  food.  The  individual  may  con- 
tinue to  ingest  the  diet  previously  taken  and 
previously  adequate,  a diet  which  for  the  new 
state  is  no  longer  adequate  and  symptoms  and 
evidences  of  subnutrition  may  arise. 

In  pregnancy  the  patient  may  fall  into  any  one 
or  all  three  of  these  categories  either  from  in- 
cidental conditions  or  those  directly  related  to 
the  pregnancy  itself.  The  dangers  of  the  third 
group  are  always  present,  and  those  of  the  first 
and  second  frequently  develop.  Increased  re- 
quirements without  increased  desire  to  raise  the 
intake  of  food  is  operative  to  some  extent  in  all 
pregnancies  whether  normal  or  abnormal.  Preg- 
nancy itself  may,  for  reasons  not  always  clear, 
change  the  patient’s  desire  for  food,  or  cause  the 
development  of  unusual  dislikes  and  cravings, 
which  may  eventuate  in  an  inadequate  diet.  Tox- 
emic states  may  do  the  same  thing.  Inadequate 
utilization  of  an  adequate  diet  again  may  arise 
not  only  from  incidental  causes  but  directly  from 
the  pregnancy;  toxemia  and  vomiting  of  preg- 
nancy, for  example. 

It  is  clear  that  in  all  pregnancies  the  phy- 
sician must  be  on  the  alert  for  dietary  defi- 
ciency. A careful  dietary  regimen  must  be 


carried  out  by  the  pregnant  woman  in  order 
to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  deficiency  disease. 

The  specific  dietary  needs  of  the  body  are  not 
entirely  known,  but  in  general  the  known  re- 
quirements may  be  listed  as  follows : ( 1 ) calo- 
ries, (2)  protein,  (3)  water,  (4)  minerals,  (5) 
vitamins.  Palatability,  satiety  value,  proper  resi- 
due, and  digestibility  are  also  important.  All 
of  these  groups  require  consideration  in  the  diet 
of  the  pregnant  woman.  • 

Caloric  Needs 

Caloric  needs  are  supplied  by  carbohydrates, 
fats,  and  to  some  extent  by  proteins.  In  adults 
these  requirements  are  usually  judged  by  the 
physician  and  patient  by  the  body  weight.  The 
dietary  is  adjusted  to  bring  the  patient’s  weight 
to  optimum  levels,  and  when  sO'  adjusted  intake 
is  maintained  at  a level  necessary  to  maintain  the 
weight.  In  pregnancy,  however,  there  is  a physi- 
ologic gain  in  weight,  and  caloric  intake  must  be 
increased  to  take  care  of  this  increased  require- 
ment. With  a tendency  toward  obesity  and  with 
advice  to  “eat  plenty,”  including  milk  and  other 
high  calorie  food,  the  patient  may  gain  weight 
excessively,  and  only  too  frequently  a gain  in 
weight  persists  after  delivery.  The  cause  for 
such  persistence  is  not  clear  and  may  lie  in 
changed  endocrine  relationships,  but  it  is  only 
too  true  that  many  women  increase  in  weight 
with  each  succeeding  pregnancy. 

One  may  ask  what  the  normal  weight  gain  in 
pregnancy  is,  in  order  that  the  woman  may  ad- 
just her  caloric  intake  on  the  basis  of  weight 
gain.  Dieckmann  and  Brown®  have  found  the 
average  weight  increase  in  pregnancy  to  be  9.7 
kg.  (21  pounds)  with  a standard  deviation  of 
4.3.  In  treating  a woman  whose  weight  is 
optimum  at  conception,  Dieckmann  and  Swan- 
son’’ restrict  total  weight  gain  to  7.5  kg.  (16.5 
pounds),  which  is  equivalent  to  the  weight  of 
the  fetus,  placenta,  amniotic  fluid,  and  the  ma- 
ternal physiologic  changes.  Weight  increases 
little  in  the -first  trimester  when  growth  of  the 
fetus  is  small.  As  pregnancy  progresses  to  the 
second  and  third  trimesters,  increased  demands 
of  the  fetus  are  apparent.  This  is  reflected  in 
many  ways,  such  as  the  rise  in  the  basal  meta- 
bolic rate®  which  progressively  increases  through 
these  two  periods.  In  the  last  trimester  the  fetus 
practically  triples  in  weight.  In  the  second  tri- 


April,  1941 


293 


REQUIREMENTS  IN  PREGNANCY— MUSSER  AND  SODEMAN 


mester  definite  weight  gains  appear,  approxi- 
mately 0.5  pound  per  week,  to  increase  to  2 or 
more  pounds  per  week  in  the  third  trimester.  As 
labor  approaches,  there  is  generally  a loss  in 
weight.  From  the  second  trimester  on,  partic- 
ularly at  the  fourth  to  fifth  month,  the  diet 
must  be  increased  and  carefully  balanced  to  take 
care  of  the  caloric  needs  as  well  as  the  increased 
protein,  vitamin,  and  mineral  requirements.  In 
the  underweight  patient,  weight  gains  exceeding 
those  stated  above*  are  desired,  the  amount  ex- 
ceeding 20  pounds  depending  to  some  extent 
upon  the  degree  of  subnutrition. 

No  discussion  will  be  given  here  concerning 
the  use  of  carbohydrates  as  the  basis  for  certain 
patterns  of  treatment  in  vomiting  and  toxemia 
of  pregnancy. 

Although  the  basal  metabolism  returns  to 
normal  levels  following  delivery,  the  caloric  de- 
mands of  the  mother  continue  at  a high  level, 
even  somewhat  higher  than  in  pregnancy  itself, 
because  of  the  production  of  milk.  In  the  human, 
the  caloric  value  of  milk  approximates  700  cal- 
ories per  1,000  cc.  In  addition,  an  adequate  in- 
take of  other  nutritional  elements  entering  milk 
must  be  supplied.  These  will  be  mentioned  be- 
low. Likewise,  certain  nutritional  factors  are 
deemed  necessary  to  stimulate  an  adequate  pro- 
duction of  milk,  particularly  fats,  protein,  vi- 
tamin B,  and  adequate  fluids  up  to  certain 
limits. 

Proteins 

Proteins  supply  the  nitrogenous  products, 
amino  acids,  essential  to  the  structure  of  cells. 
They  are  important  in  water  balance  as  well.  In 
pregnancy  adequate  protein  intake  is  thought 
also  to  increase  milk  production  and  prevent  the 
development  of  certain  anemias.  Inadequate 
protein  intake  in  pregnancy  has  been  suggested 
by  the  group  at  Ann  Arbor  as  the  cause  of  mild, 
and  possibly  also  severe,  macrocytic  anemia  in 
pregnancy.^  Excluding  pregnancy,  protein  re- 
quirements are  usually  given  as  54  to  1 gm.  per 
kilogram  body  weight  per  day.  The  value  varies 
with  the  quality  of  the  protein,  that  of  animal 
source,  gelatin  excepted,  usually  supplying  the 
essential  amino  acids  with  greater  abundance 
than  that  of  vegetable  origin.  A large  group  of 
individuals  of  average  means  in  this  country  in- 
gests up  to  100  gm.  of  protein  daily,  a more  than 
adequate  supply.  But  a large  group  of  individu- 


als of  limited  means  receives  an  inadequate  or 
borderline  intake  of  proteins.  Inexpensive  diets 
are  essentially  carbohydrate  diets,  and  the  re- 
striction of  lean  meats,  fowl,  fish,  eggs,  and  milk 
in  the  diet  leads  to  protein  inadequacy.  In  preg- 
nancy such  patients  face  an  added  shortage,  for 
fetal  and  uterine  growth,  as  well  as  other  changes 
in  the  maternal  organism,  increase  the  nitrogen 
requirements,  and  increase,  therefore,  the  daily 
protein  requirements.  There  are  estimates  that 
2,200  to  2,800  gm.  of  protein  are  stored  in  preg- 
nancy. One  finds  estimates  of  daily  needs  ranging 
from  70  to  119  gm.  In  comparison  with  the  usual 
requirement  of  ^ to  1 gm.  per  kilogram  body 
weight  for  the  average  individual,  the  pregnant 
woman  would  need  1.5  up  to  possibly  2 gm.  from 
the  fifth  month  on.  In  the  period  of  lactation 
a high  protein  intake  is  considered  of  particular 
importance  not  only  because  of  protein  needs  in 
milk,  but  to  stimulate  milk  production. 

Manipulation  of  the  protein  intake  in  control 
of  toxemias  of  pregnancy  is  merely  mentioned 
here  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  protein  restric- 
tion and  feeding  play  a part  in  the  pathologic  as 
well  as  in  the  physiologic  needs  of  pregnancy. 

Water 

Changes  in  water  balance  occur  physiologically 
in  pregnancy.  The  hydremia,  resulting  in  re- 
duced hemoglobin  and  erythrocyte  values,  is  well 
known.  However,  adequate  supplies  of  water 
are  usually  of  little  concern  in  physiologic  states 
because  of  free  access  to  it.  The  same  is  true  of 
pregnancy  unaccompanied  by  pathologic  condi- 
tions. The  pregnant  woman  is  usually  admon- 
ished, however,  to  drink  plenty  of  water,  par- 
ticularly in  the  later,  stages  of  pregnancy,  for 
water  intake  at  that  time  is  thought  to  be  im- 
portant in  the  quantity  of  milk  supplied  in  lac- 
tation. 

Minerals 

Mineral  substances  perform  bodily  functions 
essential  to  life  and  to  proper  nutrition.  Many 
of  the  minerals  necessary  in  small  amounts  are 
widely  distributed  in  nature  and  occur  in  suffi- 
cient abundance  to  make  them  of  little  clinical 
importance  except  in  rare  instances.  This  is 
true  of  copper,  zinc,  aluminum,  magnesium,  co- 
balt, and  nickel.  Others,  however,  such  as  cal- 
cium, phosphorus,  iron,  and  iodine,  are  often  re- 
quired in  quantities  which  exceed  the  supply  and 


294 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


REQUIREMENTS  IN  PREGNANCY— MUSSER  AND  SODEMAN 


become  of  extreme  clinical  importance.  This  is 
particularly  true  in  pregnancy  where  require- 
ments are  increased,  for  the  fetus  must  obtain 
all  its  mineral  needs  from  the  mother. 

Calcium  and  Phosphorus. — Clinical  examples 
indicate  only  too  clearly  that  the  fetus  exerts  its 
demands  upon  the  mother  for  calcium  and  phos- 
phorus even  in  the  face  of  marked  deficiency  in 
the  mother.  Adequate  maternal  supplies®  pro- 
duce highest  grades  of  fetal  bone  calcification. 
Deficient  calcium  supplies  in  the  diet,  together 
with  deficient  maternal  stores,  lead  not  only  to 
demineralization  of  the  maternal  bones  with  os- 
teomalacia’^®  but  may  eventuate  in  fetal  rickets. 
Outside  pregnancy,  the  daily  calcium  and  phos- 
phorus requirements  are  usually  given  as  1 to 
1.5  gm.  and  0.9  gm.,  respectively.  In  pregnancy, 
the  respective  estimates  are  1.3  to  1.8  and  1.4  to 
2.0  gm.  These  requirements  are  felt  in  the  latter 
half  of  pregnancy.  The  newborn  contains  24  to 
30  gm.  of  calcium  and  14  gm.  of  phosphorus, 
over  half  of  which  is  deposited  in  the  last  two 
months.®  Any  remarks  concerning  calcium  and 
phosphorus  requirements  postulate  an  adequate 
source  of  vitamin  D (q.  vide). 

The  best  dietary  sources  of  calcium  and  phos- 
phorus are  milk  and  milk  products.  A quart  of 
i milk  contains  1.2  gm.  of  calcium  and  0.9  gm.  of 
I phosphorus.  Phosphorus  sources  are  adequate  in 
I most  dietaries  in  this  country.  Important  sources 
other  than  milk  include  beans,  egg  yolk,  cheese, 
whole  wheat,  beef,  oatmeal,  nuts,  and  prunes. 
Calcium  sources  are  often  deficient,  however. 
Aside  from  milk,  other  foods  high  in  calcium  in- 
clude egg  yolk,  molasses,  clams,  certain  greens, 
such  as  dandelion  and  turnip  tops,  figs,  filberts, 
and  almonds.  Green  vegetables  contain  fair 
amounts,  but  much  of  their  calcium  is  not  in 
utilizable  form  because  of  the  presence  of  oxa- 
lates. Milk  and  milk  products  stand  out,  there- 
fore, as  the  chief  dietary  sources,  and  at  least 
a quart  per  day  should  be  included  in  the  dietary 
of  the  pregnant  woman,  even  if  calcium  salts  are 
added.  The  latter,  if  used,  should  be  given  in 
large  dosage  before  meals  or  with  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid. 

During  the  period  of  lactation  at  least  one 
quart  of  milk,  and  preferably  a quart  and  a 
half,  should  be  ingested  daily  along  with  a 
diet  adequate  from  other  standpoints  to  insure 


a supply  of  calcium  and  other  minerals.  Even 
under  these  circumstances,  without  cod  liver 
oil,  positive  calcium  balance  may  be  impos- 
sible. 

Iron. — The  daily  iron  requirement  for  the  av- 
erage adult  is  usually  placed  at  15  mg.  This 
same  figure  has  been  given  for  pregnant  women,^ 
but  others  have  found  higher  values  necessary. 
The  fetus  draws  upon  the  mother  for  the  neces- 
sary iron  for  hemoglobin  production  and  re- 
quires, it  is  estimated,^’®  250  to  500  mg.,  most  of 
which  is  taken  into  the  fetus  in  the  last  trimester. 
Since  the  fetus  takes  its  requirement  for  blood 
formation  despite  a deficiency  in  the  mother,  the 
mother  will  become  anemic  and  the  child  will 
be  born  with  normal  red  blood  cell  and  hemo- 
globin values  for  the  newborn.  However,  the  child 
may  not,  under  those  circumstances,  store  the  sup- 
ply of  iron  needed  for  the  first  year  of  life  and 
may  develop  anemia  before  the  end  of  the  first 
year.  With  inadequate  maternal  supply  of  iron, 
one  may  see  that  fetal  demands  hasten  the  de- 
velopment of  iron  deficiency  anemia  in  the  moth- 
er, and  repeated  pregnancies,  particularly,  may 
be  important  in  the  development  of  anemia. 

When  allowance  is  made  for  the  hydremia  of 
pregnancy,  already  discussed,  anemia,  particular- 
ly of  the  h}q>ochromic  variety,  is  very  common. 
Although  it  occurs  frequently  in  all  economic 
groups,  indicating  the  existence  of  causative  fac- 
tors other  than  dietary  intake,  it  definitely  varies 
with  the  economic  status.  One  of  the  factors 
operative  in  all  economic  groups  is  the  reduction 
in  gastric  acidity  in  many  patients,  which,  it  is 
thought,  interferes  with  the  proper  absorption  of 
iron. 

The  well-rounded  diet,  particularly  with  lean 
meat,  parenchymatous  organs,  such  as  liver  and 
kidney,  eggs,  and  leafy  vegetables,  supplies  ade- 
quate iron  without  the  necessity  of  added  iron 
salts.  Other  foods  rich  in  iron  include  dates, 
figs,  prunes,  oatmeal,  raisins,  molasses,  legumes, 
and  other  fruits,  particularly  apricots,  prunes, 
and  peaches.  Doubtful  intake  of  iron-containing 
foods  is  an  indication  for  blood  check-ups,  which 
should  be  done  routinely  on  several  occasions 
during  pregnancy  in  any  event.  Where  correc- 
tion of  the  diet  cannot  be  relied  upon,  and  where 
hypochromic  anemia  develops  as  a result  of 
defective  absorption  in  spite  of  apparently  ade- 
quate intake,  addition  of  iron  salts  is  indicated. 


April,  1941 


295 


REQUIREMENTS  IN  PREGNANCY— MUSSER  AND  S'ODEMAN 


Iodine. — In  areas  in  which  iodine  deficiency 
in  the  ground  water  exists,  the  use  of  the  usual 
measures  for  prophylaxis  current  in  those  areas, 
such  as  the  use  of  iodized  salt,  suffices  in  preg- 
nancy and  may  be  necessary  to  prevent  the  oc- 
currence of  goiter  in  the  newborn. 

Vitamins 

The  vitamins  of  known  clinical  importance  are 
vitamins  A,  certain  fractions  of  the  Bg  com- 
plex, C,  D,  possibly  E,  and  K.  All  of  these  have 
clinical  aspects  of  direct  importance  in  preg- 
nancy. Increased  requirements  are  known  for 
all  in  which  sufficiently  accurate  estimates  of 
needs  have  been  made. 

In  the  first  half  of  pregnancy,  little  concern 
need  be  given  the  requirements  above  those 
usually  necessary.  However,  in  the  latter  half 
of  pregnancy,  requirements  are  greatly  elevat- 
ed and  this  increased  need  is  carried  into  the 
lactation  period,  as  will  be  indicated  below. 

Vitamin  A. — Vitamin  A is  essential  for  proper 
growth,  proper  vision,  and  the  maintenance  of 
healthy  epithelial  structures.  In  experimental 
animals,  changes  in  the  urogenital  epithelium: 
have  led  to  difficult  labor  in  the  female  and  to 
degeneration  of  the  testes  in  the  male.  Prema- 
ture labor,  stillbirth  at  term,  deficient  milk  sup- 
ply in  the  mother,  diarrhea  in  the  newborn,  and 
death  of  the  young,  have  also  been  observed  in 
animals.  In  contrast  to  such  marked  deficiency 
produced  experimentally,  humans  show  general- 
ly moderate  deficiency  and  the  effects  on  human 
reproduction  of  such  grades  of  deficiency  as  seen 
clinically  are  not  known.  Equivocal  results  have 
been  reported  in  the  treatment  of  human  sterility 
with  vitamin  A.® 

The  daily  requirement  of  vitamin  A for  adults 
is  probably  around  3,000  to  4,000  I.  U.  These 
amounts  are  doubled  for  children  and  pregnant 
women.  The  League  of  Nations  Commission  rec- 
ommends 8,700  to  9,000  I.  U.  for  pregnant 
women.  Many  estimates  of  the  daily  require- 
ment have  been  made  on  the  basis  of  the  dark 
adaptation  test,  which  is  not  universally  accepted 
as  a satisfactory  method  for  such  measurements. 

Since  the  average  diet  is  often  not  satisfac- 
tory for  ordinary  needs,  it  is  evident  that 
the  doubled  requirement  in  the  latter  half 
of  pregnancy  is  not  likely  to  be  met  by  this 


means.  Special  efforts  must  be  made  to  in- 
clude in  the  diet  foods  high  in  vitamin  A, 
such  as  greens,  sweet  potatoes,  cream,  cheese, 
yolk,  carrots,  corn,  squash,  liver,  apricots, 
and  peaches.  Rancid  fats  destroy  vitamin  A 
and  the  precursor,  carotene.  Their  impor- 
tance in  food  storage  is  unknown,  but  vege- 
tables are  best  cooked  rapidly  without  fat 
meat.  Supplements  are  desirable.  Fish  liver 
oils  are  commonly  used  and  supply  vitamin  D 
as  well.  Carotene  concentrates  may  be  used. 
The  presence  of  chronic  infections,  such  as 
tuberculosis,  or  liver  disease,  and  chronic  diar- 
rhea, increases  the  need  for  such  concentrates. 

In  circumstances  in  which  vitamin  A defi- 
ciency is  likely,  and  pregnancy  certainly  is  one, 
care  must  be  used  in  the  administration  of  min- 
eral oil.  As  shown  at  Ann  Arbor,  mineral  oil 
interferes  with  absorption  of  carotene  even  when 
given  in  doses  as  small  as  20  c.c.  twice  daily  be- 
fore meals,  but,  when  necessary,  may  be  given 
safely  as  a single  dose  at  bedtime  or  when  vita- 
min A is  used  as  a source  of  the  vitamin. 

It  has  been  pointed  out^^  that  marked  vitamin 
A deficiency  in  pregnancy  may  simulate  toxemia 
and  that  treatment  with  vitamin  A produces  dra- 
matic results. 

The  increased  vitamin  A requirements  do  not 
stop  with  delivery.  The  mother’s  milk  contains 
considerable  quantities  of  vitamin  A which,  of 
course,  must  be  added  to  the  usual  amounts 
necessary  for  the  mother’s  normal  bodily  func- 
tions at  that  time.  The  vitamin  A content  of 
mother’s  milk  has  been  shown  to  vary  with  the 
mother’s  intake,  but  is  without  relationship  to 
the  fat  content.  The  average  vitamin  A content 
has  been  found  to  be  300  I.  U.  per  100  c.c.,  which 
for  800  c.c.  per  day,  would  total  2,400  I.U.  The 
need  for  a continued  large  supply  for  the  mother 
in  the  period  of  lactation  is  evident. 

Vitamin  — Here  again,  the  daily  require- 

ment of  this  vitamin  is  markedly  affected  by 
pregnancy.  The  League  of  Nations  Committee 
recommends  10  I.  U.  per  100  calories  for  adults, 
increased  to  20  to  30  I.  U.  in  pregnancy.  Other 
estimates  include  1 mg.  (333  I.U.)  for  each 
3,700  non-fat  calories.  Clinical  evaluations  of  the 
American  diet  indicate  that  many  people  live  on 
diets  borderline  in  vitamin  B^  adequacy.  Since 
pregnancy  increases  the  requirement,  and  may 

JouK.  M.S.M.S. 


296 


REQUIREMENTS  IN  PREGNANCY— MUSSER  AND  S'ODEMAN 


:at  times  predispose  to  a reduced  intake,  one  can 
see  that  vitamin  deficiency  is  not  unlikely  in 
I pregnancy,  and  so-called  gestational  polyneuritis 
i is  considered  by  some  to  be  almost  exclusively 
an  expression  of  deficiency.  One  often  thinks 
of  beriberi  as  a rare  or  unusual  disease,  but  if 
there  is  included  in  the  syndrome  those  patients 
in  whom  the  diagnosis  is  masked  by  such  terms 
as  gestational,  diabetic,  alcoholic,  or  metabolic 
neuritis,  and  the  polyneuritic  manifestations  of 
sprue,  celiac  disease  and  pellagra,  one  sees  that 
beriberi  is  not  infrequent. 

One  should  not  wait  for  gestational  poly- 
neuritis, however,  to  suspect  vitamin  de- 
ficiency in  pregnancy.  The  dietary  history  may 
be  helpful  and,  as  with  many  of  the  other 
vitamins  of  clinical  importance,  there  are 
vague  symptoms  and  signs  which  occur  in 
lesser  degrees  of  deficiency.  Mild  deficiency 
is  by  far  the  most  frequent,  although  usually 
not  characteristic  enough  to  lead  to  a diag- 
nosis on  the  basis  of  symptoms  alone.  These 
symptoms,  which  include  burning  paresthesias 
of  the  feet,  heaviness  and  tenderness  of  the 
extremities,  ease  of  fatigue,  pains,  reflex 
changes,  anorexia,  dyspepsia,  and  constipation, 
may  lead  to  erroneous  diagnoses,  such  as  neu- 
rasthenia, and  with  the  variety  of  vague  com- 
plaints to  which  the  pregnant  woman  is  heir, 
may  be  lightly  dismissed  as  “natural”  or  “to 
be  expected  in  pregnancy.” 

The  other  vitamin  deficiencies  in  their  earlier 
stages  also  produce  non-specific  features,  and  we 
want  to  emphasize  a consideration  of  these  symp- 
toms in  the  light  of  malnutrition,  for  it  is  only 
by  considering  the  possibility  of  malnutrition  that 
their  nature  may  be  recognized  and  proper  treat- 
ment instituted. 

With  increased  requirements  of  vitamin  Bj, 
treatment  of  mild  deficiency,  or  its  prevention, 
consists  of  the  elimination  of  vitamin  poor  foods, 
such  as  crackers,  pastries,  candy,  syrup,  and  rice, 
from  the  diet,  and  the  addition  of  thiamin  rich 
foods,  such  as  seeds,  lean  pork,  milk,  liver  and 
other  internal  organs.  Cooking  methods  destroy 
some  vitamin  B^.  Where  doubt  arises  as  to  an 
adequate  intake  of  vitamin  B^,  supplements  of 
brewers’  yeast  or  aqueous  liver  extract  may  be 
given  as  well  as  the  purified  vitamin. 

Again,  lactation  maintains  the  requirement  of 


vitamin  B^  at  high  levels.  In  rats,  requirements 
as  high  as  five  times  usual  maintenance  doses 
have  been  found  necessary  in  the  nursing  mother. 
The  vitamin  B^  content  of  mother’s  milk  is  in  the 
large  part  responsible.  The  vitamin  B^  content 
of  human  mother’s  milk  varies  with  the  intake 
through  certain  ranges,  and  study^^  shows  that 
levels  above  25  gamma  per  100  gm.  are  not  ob- 
tained by  excessive  dietary  feeding. 

Other  Vitamin  B Elements. — Rihofiofi/in  and 
nicotinic  acid  are  of  known  clinical  importance. 
Aspects  of  riboflavin  deficiency  related  to  human 
pregnancy  have  not  been  worked  out  to  the 
authors’  knowledge.  One  would  assume  that  the 
requirement  is  probably  elevated,  but  the  require- 
ment outside  pregnancy  has  not  been  settled  as 
yet.  Nicotinic  acid  deficiency  results  in  pellagra. 
Although  the  Thompson-McFadden  Pellagra 
Commission  found  in  a study  in  Spartanburg 
Coimty,  South  Carolina,  that  the  onset  of  pellag- 
ra was  relatively  less  frequent  during  preg- 
nancy than  at  other  times,  in  the  early  months 
following  delivery  the  incidence  was  excessive. 
Records  of  others  indicate  that  pellagra  has  been 
precipitated  by  pregnancy  and  an  increased  re- 
quirement of  nicotinic  acid  is  likely,  although 
details  are  not  known.  While  the  treatment  of 
pellagra  is  commonly  carried  out  with  nicotinic 
acid,  the  possibility  of  the  presence  of  multiple 
deficiency  demands  an  adequate  diet  from  all 
'Standpoints,  concentrates  rich  in  all  factors  of  the 
B complex,  such  as  liver,  liver  extracts  and 
brewers’  yeast ; and  foods  rich  in  the  B complex. 

Pernicious  vomiting  of  pregnancy  is  said  to 
have  been  successfully  treated  with  preparations 
of  the  entire  B complex. 

Vitamin  C. — Vitamin  C,  or  ascorbic  acid,  is 
necessary  for  certain  tissue  respiratory  functions, 
and  for  the  proper  formation  and  maintenance 
of  intercellular  substances,  which  accounts  for 
the  hemorrhage  and  bone  changes  in  deficiency. 
Some  have  suggested  that  vitamin  C deficiency 
interferes  with  normal  conception  and  acts  as  a 
contributory  cause  of  spontaneous  abortion.  The 
daily  requirement  for  normal  adults  is  not 
known.  Estimates  vary  from  10  to  100  mg.  daily, 
averaging  about  50  mg.  (1,000  I.  U.).  It  is 
raised  in  conditions  with  elevated  metabolism, 
such  as  hyperthyroidism,  pregnancy,  lactation, 
and  infectious  diseases,  as  well  as  in  gastroin- 


April,  1941 


297 


REQUIREMENTS  IN  PREGNANCY— MUSSER  AND  SODEMAN 


testinal  disease.  In  pregnancy  estimates  of  daily 
needs  vary  from  75  to  100  mg. 

Such  symptoms  as  mental  sluggishness, 
•weakness,  gingivitis,  ease  of  fatigue,  muscle 
and  joint  aches,  anorexia,  and  anemia,  are 
more  common  than  frank,  classical  scurvy, 
symptoms  which,  in  part  at  least,  are  com- 
mon in  normal  pregnancy. 

However,  scurvy  has  been  seen  to  develop  in 
pregnancy.  Vitamin  C is  thought  to  have  a 
function  in  the  healing  of  surgical  wounds,  which 
may  be  of  importance  in  the  healing  of  the  in- 
juries of  labor. 

Vitamin  C requirements  can  usually  be  sup- 
plied satisfactorily  by  the  diet.  Such  vitamin  C 
rich  foods  as  citrus  fruits  and  juices,  green 
peppers,  strawberries,  and  many  greens,  are 
the  chief  sources.  Citrus  fruits  and  tomatoes 
stand  out  as  readily  available  sources.  With 
proper  canning  and  preserving,  the  vitamin  con- 
tent is  maintained  for  long  periods  of  time.  Pro- 
phylactically,  such  foods  are  sufficient  in  preg- 
nancy. For  active  treatment  in  severe  deficiency, 
purified  preparations,  at  times  parenterally,  may 
be  necessary. 

Increased  requirements  of  vitamin  C continue 
through  lactation.  Human  milk  has  been  found 
to  contain  approximately  5 mg.  ascorbic  acid  per 
100  C.C.,  so  that  for  a daily  secretion  of  800  c.c. 
milk,  40  mg.,  equal  to  the  usual  average  main- 
tenance dose,  are  necessary  in  addition  to  the 
mother’s  usual  needs.  The  vitamin  C content  of 
human  milk  varies  with  the  dietary  intake  and 
is  four  to  five  times  that  of  cow’s  milk. 

Vitamin  D. — In  infancy,  vitamin  D deficiency 
results  in  rickets ; in  the  adult,  in  osteomalacia. 
Symptoms  of  osteomalacia  are  few.  Irritability, 
undue  sweating,  pain  in  the  lower  back,  and 
stiffness  of  the  legs  are  common  complaints.  The 
child  may  be  bom  with  evidences  of  calcium, 
phosphorus,  and  vitamin  D deficiency.  Both 
rickets  and  osteomalacia  may  be  produced  by 
other  factors  which  change  the  relationships  of 
calcium  and  phosphorus  metabolism.  In  the  dis- 
cussion on  calcium  and  phosphorus  it  was  stated 
that  an  adequate  vitamin  D supply  was  presup- 
posed. Here,  in  discussing  vitamin  D,  an  ade- 
quate intake  of  calcium  and  phosphorus  is  pre- 
supposed, for  added  vitamin  D does  not  insure 


retention  of  calcium  with  intakes  below  1.4  to 
1.6  gm.  daily.^° 

The  daily  requirement  of  vitamin  D is  not 
definitely  known.  In  infants,  135  to  400  I.U.  are 
minimum  and  should  be  exceeded.  In  adults,  the 
requirement  is  unknown,  for  vitamin  D is  formed 
in  the  body  by  solar  irradiation  of  the  skin.  In 
pregnancy,  the  requirement  is  elevated.  Chief 
sources  are  irradiation  and  the  diet.  Foods  rich 
in  vitamin  D are  egg  yolk,  fish  roe,  liver,  herring, 
sardines,  and  canned  salmon.  Use  of  cod  liver 
oil  or  similar  preparations  is  not  generally  routine 
in  pregnancy,  but  in  many  instances  should  be 
advised  in  at  least  teaspoon  doses,  or  solar  irradia- 
tion used  instead.  This  is  especially  true  in  fre- 
quent pregnancies  for  poor  retention  of  calcium 
and  phosphorous  may  result,  regardless  of  intake, 
unless  vitamin  D is  also  given. Vitamin  D is 
strongly  advised  in  all  pregnancies  and  in  lacta- 
tion as  well. 

Calcium  and  phosphorous  are  necessar}'  for 
milk  production  and  vitamin  D requirements  re- 
main elevated  during  lactation.  Milk  intake  has 
been  suggested  in  amounts  as  large  as  1.5  quarts 
per  day  at  this  time,  but  even  then  relatively  few 
women  can  prevent  calcium  loss  without  added 
vitamin  D.^°  This  is  even  more  true  with  rapidly 
succeeding  pregnancies  and  lactation.  Doses  of 
800  I.U.  or  more  of  vitamin  D are  suggested. 

It  should  also  be  remembered  that  old  vitamin 
D deficiency  of  infancy  may  be  important  to  the 
patient  after  reaching  maturity  and  becoming 
pregnant,  for  maldevelopment  of  the  pelvic  bones 
from  rickets  in  infancy  may  lead  to  difficult  labor 

Vitamin  E. — Vitamin  E,  identified  as  alpha- 
tocopherol,  is  known  to  be  necessary  for  fertility 
and  successful  gestation  in  rats.  There  is  no  di- 
rect proof  that  clinical  deficiency  produces  such 
an  effect  in  man.  The  vitamin  is  widely  distrib- 
uted in  nature,  occurring  in  yeast,  animal  tis- 
sues, germs  of  seeds,  and  particularly  in  lettuce 
and  other  green  vegetables. 

There  are  many  reports  of  successful  treat- 
ment of  functional  sterility  and  habitual  abor- 
tion in  the  human,  so  that  when  this  does 
take  place,  a trial  of  the  vitamin  is  justified, 
although  the  Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chem- 
istry of  the  American  Medical  Association  has 
not  found  sufficient  proof  to  accept  prepar- 
ations for  such  use. 


298 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


1 

1 


APPENDICITIS— ROBINSON 


Reports  indicate  that  the  use  of  wheat  germ 
I oil,  the  usual  preparation,  in  habitual  abortion, 

, is  attended  by  successful  outcome  in  75  to 
^80  per  cent  of  the  cases.  Yet  similar  results  have 
been  obtained  by  other  methods  of  treatment, 
such  as  progestin  and  vitamin  C,  and  in  one  re- 
port, the  spontaneous  cure  rate  without  any  treat- 
' ment  was  78.4  per  cent  after  one  abortion.^  Such 
results  indicate  that  the  efficacy  of  vitamin  E in 
these  patients  remains  to  be  established. 

Recent  reports  of  the  use  of  vitamin  E in  the 
treatment  of  muscular  and  nervous  disorders 
' have  thus  far  indicated  no  relationship  to  human 
pregnancy. 

i 

' Vitamin  K. — Vitamin  K is  essential  to  the 
i proper  formation  of  prothrombin,  and  a deficien- 
j cy  of  the  vitamin  results  in  impaired  prothrom- 
I bin  formation,  impaired  clot  formation  in  the 
j blood,  and,  finally,  hemorrhage.  Vitamin  K oc- 
curs in  considerable  amounts  in  alfalfa,  kale, 
spinach,  dried  carrot  tops,  tomatoes,  oat  sprouts, 
egg  yolk,  soy  bean  oil  and  some  other  vegetable 
oils.  Bile  is  necessary  for  its  proper  absorption, 
and  this  accounts  for  impaired  absorption  in  ob- 
structive jaundice,  eventuating  in  lowered  blood 
prothrombin  values  and  hemorrhage.  Hemor- 
rhagic disease  of  the  newborn  has  been  found  to 
occur  upon  the  basis  of  vitamin  K deficiency^® 
and  is  corrected  by  the  administration  of  concen- 
trates of  the  vitamin  or  synthetic  preparations, 
such  as  2-methyl- 1,  4-naphthoquinone,  in  1.0  mg. 
doses  with  5 to  10  grains  of  animal  bile  salts.  In 
the  newborn  without  hemorrhagic  phenomena, 
the  prothrombin  time  is  often  prolonged,  particu- 
larly from  the  second  to  the  fifth  day.  Interest- 
ingly  enough,  this  tendency  may  be  corrected  not 
only  by  administration  of  vitamin  K and  bile  salts 
to  the  child,  but  by  their  administration  to  the 
mother  at  the  beginning  of,  or  early  in,  labor. 

Summary 

We  have  presented  a short  sketch  of  the  known 
facts  concerning  the  nutritional  needs  of  the 
mother  when  first  she  is  carrying  the  baby  in 
utero  and  later  when  she  is  suckling  it.  We  would 
emphasize  strongly  the  necessity  of  an  ample, 
well-rounded  diet  in  order  to  preserve  the  well- 
being of  the  pregnant  woman,  and  in  order  to 
have  her  give  birth  to  a healthy  child. 


References 

1.  Bethell,  F.  H.,  Gardiner,  S.  H.,  and  MacKinnon,  F. : The 

influence  of  iron  and  diet  on  the  blood  in  pregnancy.  Ann. 
Int.  Med.,  13:91,  1939. 

2.  Browne,  F.  J. : A criticism  of  current  views  on  the  value 

of  vitamin  E in  habitual  abortion.  Proc.  Royal  Soc.  Med., 
32:863,  1939. 

3.  Bushnell,  L.  F. : Vitamins  in  obstetrics.  Surg.  Clin.  N. 
America,  20:249,  1940. 

4.  Coons,  C.  M. : Iron  retention  by  women  during  pregnancy. 
Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  97:215,  1932. 

5.  Coons,  C.  M.,  and  Blunt,  K. : The  retention  of  nitrogen, 

calcium,  phosphorus,  and  magnesium  by  pregnant  women. 
Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  86:1,  1930. 

6.  Dieckrnann,  W.  J.,  and  Brown,  I:  The  obstetric  management 
of  patients  with  toxemia.  Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec., 
38:214,  1939. 

7.  Dieckrnann,  W.  J.,  and  Swanson,  W.  W. : Dietary  require- 
ments in  pregnancy.  Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec.,  38:523, 
1939. 

8.  Heath,  C.  W.,  and  Patek,  A.  J. : The  anemia  of  iron 

deficiency.  Medicine,  16:267,  1937. 

9.  Hughes,  E.  C. : Diet  during  lactation  and  pregnancy.  Med. 
Woman’s  Jour.,  47:19,  1940. 

10.  Jeans,  P.  C.,  and  Stearns,  G. : The  human  requirement  of 
vitamin  D.  in:  The  Vitamins.  Chicago:  American  Medical 
Association,  1939. 

11.  Macy,  I.  G.,  and  Humscher,  H.  A.:  An  evaluation  of  ma- 
ternal nitrogen  and  mineral  needs  during  embryonic  and 
infant  development.  Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec.,  27 :878, 
1934. 

12.  Morgan,  A.  F.,  Haynes,  E.  G. : Vitamin  Bi  content  of 

human  milk  as  affected  by  ingestion  of  thiamin  chloride. 
Jour.  Nrtrit..  18:105,  1939. 

13.  Rector,  J.  M. : Prenatal  influence  in  rickets.  1.  Fetal  rickets. 
Jour.  Pediat.,  6:161,  1935. 

14.  Ricketts,  W.  A.:  Vitamin  A deficiencies  in  pregnancy.  Am. 
Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec.,  38:484,  1939. 

15.  Shettles,  L.  B.,  Delfs,  E.,  and  Heilman,  L.  M. : Factors 

influencing  plasma  prothrombin  in  the  newborn  infant. 
Bull.  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.,  65:419,  1939. 

16.  With,  T.  K.,  and  Friderichsen,  C. : Carotinoid  and  vita- 
min A content  of  breast  milk  with  special  reference  to 
the  effect  of  diet.  Ugesk.  Lsger,  101:1915,  1939  (abstr.  in 
Nutrit.  Abstr.  and  Rev.,  9:713,  1940). 


Appendicitis 

The  Problem  from  an  Edu- 
cational Standpoint 

By  R.  G.  Robinson,  M.D. 
Detroit,  Michigan 


R.  G.  Robinson,  M.D. 

B.S.  and  M.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1930.  Attending  Surgeon,  Parkside  and  Edith 
K.  Thomas  Hospitals.  Courtesy  Surgeon,  Grace 
Hospital.  Member  of  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society. 


■ Some  ten  thousand  articles  on  appendicitis 
are  to  be  found  in  medical  literature.  Three 
interesting  statements  appear,  as  a rule,  in  the 
majority  of  recent  publications  on  the  subject. 
(1)  There  are  about  20,000  deaths  annually  from 
the  disease.  (2)  Eighty  per  cent  of  the  deaths 
are  due  to  generalized  peritonitis.  (3)  There 
could  be  a 75  per  cent  reduction  in  mortality  if 
patients  were  seen  early  enough  and  the  proper 
treatment  immediately  instituted.  These  three 
statements  formulate  a challenge  which  we  as  a 
profession  must  face.  There  are  two  aspects  to 
the  problem.  One  involves  lay  education  which 
is  now  being  carried  on  in  an  ever  increasing 
volume  by  means  of  radio,  public  lectures,  and 


April,  1941 


299 


I 


APPENDICITIS— ROBINSON 


to  some  extent  through  our  schools.  The  second 
aspect  is  that  of  the  availability  of  efficient  medi- 
cal care. 

The  increasing  death  rate  from  appendicitis 
suggests  that  organized  medicine  may  well  seek 
further  avenues  through  which  the  simple  im- 
portant facts  of  health  and  disease  may  be 
brought  to  the  public.  From  this  standpoint, 
appendicitis  is  one  of  many  important  common 
diseases  of  which  more  should  generally  be 
known.  While  it  is  true  that  we  cannot  over- 
look the  fine  efforts  already  operative,  yet  we  as 
medical  men  note  too  long  an  interval  between 
the  inception  of  the  disease  and  medical  con- 
sultation. Likewise,  abusive  ingestion  of  ca- 
thartics and  complete  lack  of  suspicion  of  the  pas- 
sibility  of  appendicitis  by  the  laymen  clearly  in- 
dicate a need  for  some  more  effectual  approach 
to  our  problem. 

A Proposal 

Our  schools  provide  an  excellent  medium 
through  which  health  education  may  be  extended. 
This  in  itself  is  not  a new  idea  but  one  whose 
possibilities  have  not  been  fully  utilized.  Well- 
designed  programs  of  preventive  medicine  are 
now  doing  excellent  work.  A simple  course  in 
the  lower  grades  and  junior  high  schools,  teach- 
ing simple  rules  and  precautions  about  health 
and  diseases,  would  not  only  have  great  intrinsic 
interest  but  would  undoubtedly  save  many  lives. 
Too  many  grade,  high  school  and  college  gradu- 
ates possess  insufficient  general  medical  informa- 
tion to  protect  themselves  against  tragedies,  such 
as  ruptured  appendix.  A recent  survey  by  the 
United  States  Office  of  Education  showed  that 
less  than  10  per  cent  of  college  students,  other 
than  medical  students,  had  taken  any  courses 
pertinent  to  health  or  hygiene. 

Curricula  ought  therefore  recognize  that  gen- 
, eral  medical  information,  sufficient  to  make  the 
individual  intelligently  concerned  about  his  body 
as  he  is  about  his  mind,  is  necessary.  To  be  sure 
there  are  now  a few  courses  which  may  be 
elected  by  the  student.  In  other  instances 
courses  in  hygiene,  etc.^  are  required.  These 
are,  however,  altogether  too  limited  in  scope.  A 
great  job  in  public  health  education  could  be 
accomplished  if  there  were  compulsory  courses 
in  grade  schools,  high  schools  and  in  colleges 
which  went  beyond  the  usual  physiologic  and 
hygienic  limitations.  A more  intelligent  public 


would  undoubtedly  bring  the  patient  to  his  phy-  | 
sician  earlier.  The  effect  on  mortality  rates  gen-  I 
erally  would  be  apparent  over  an  adequate  period  | 
of  time.  As  physicians  and  guardians  of  the  | 
health  of  the  public,  it  is  our  duty  to  see  that 
adequate  courses  are  outlined  and  also  that  state 
and  local  educational  boards  be  duly  petitioned. 
This  should,  of  course,  be  sponsored  by  our  ! 
State  Medical  Society  assisted  by  local  County 
Societies. 

■! 

The  Second  Consideration 

From  the  standpoint  of  the  operating  surgeon 
no  plea  for  a broader  educational  effort,  designed 
to  effect  an  earlier  recognition  of  appendicitis, 
could  possibly  be  considered  effectively  stated  r 
without  a word  as  to  the  responsibilities  of  the 
corner  druggist  and  finally  the  physician  him- 
self. 

Too  often  the  appendicitis  patient  presents 
himself  first  to  our  friend  the  druggist  whom  he 
induces  to  give  him  something  for  “stomach  ache.” 
And  too  often  the  something  he  procures  is  not 
advice  to  see  his  family  physician,  but  some 
form  of  catharsis.  Unquestionably  all  of  us 
have  encountered  time  and  again  cases  of  drug  ! 
store  meddling  of  this  nature.  As  physicians,  it 
is  our  explicit  duty  to  duly  censor  such  prac- 
tices and  emphatically  discourage  this  form  of 
prescribing.  No  doubt  a few  lives  could  be 
saved  in  this  manner. 

The  practicing  physician  must  ever  have  in 
mind  certain  basic  facts  about  appendicitis  if 
he  is  to  render  efficient  medical  care.  It  should 
be  his  policy  to  catalogue  these  facts  as  rules 

to  this  end.  Let  it  be  remembered  that  ap- 

.1 

pendicitis  is  an  indefinite  general  term  which 
encompasses  a number  of  clinically  different 
states  in  the  progress  of  this  disease.  The  phy- 
sician must  attempt  to  visualize  from  1he  data 
at  hand  just  what  state  the  appendix  is  in.  He  ’ 
must,  therefore,  refine  his  diagnosis  and  classify  I 
his  case.  i 

Classification 

I.  Acute  Uncomplicated  Appendicitis 
II.  Acute  Complicated  Appendicitis  j 

A.  Gangrene  | 

1.  Acute  perforation  i 

(a)  Local  peritonitis 

(b)  Generalized  peritonitis 


300 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


APPENDICITIS— ROBINSON 


B. 


(1)  without  ileus 

(2)  with  ileus 

2.  With  pylephlebitis 

3.  With  liver  abscess 
Appendiceal  abscess 


III.  Chronic  Recurrent  Appendicitis. 

General  Rules 

1.  Acute  epigastric  or  generalized  abdominal 
pain  with  or  without  vomiting,  which  localizes 
in  the  right  lower  quadrant  should  be  considered 
appendicitis  until  proven  otherwise. 

2.  Constipation  is  generally  the  rule  with  ap- 
pendicitis. 

3.  Never  prescribe  a cathartic  or  a sedative 
for  abdominal  distress  until  acute  surgical  ab- 
domen has  been  eliminated. 

4.  Repeated  physical  examinations,  white  cell 
counts,  differentials.  Schilling  Indices,  and  at- 
tention to  pulse  and  temperature  curves  are  nec- 
essary to  ascertain  the  progress  of  appendicitis. 

5.  Generally,  a temperature  of  101  degrees 
or  above  with  a pulse  rate  of  110  or  above  in 
acute  appendicitis  of  more  than  twelve  hours’ 
duration  means  complications  are  present  or 
eminent. 

6.  The  prognosis  of  appendicitis  in  the  ex- 
tremes of  life  is  always  poorer. 

7.  The  treatment  of  appendicitis  is  surgical 
and  always  demands  the  immediate  services  of 
a competent  surgeon. 

•8.  Do  not  classify  appendectomy  as  a simple 
operation. 

9.  Whenever  the  diagnosis  is  uncertain  and 
the  possibility  of  appendicitis  must  be  considered, 
three  points  must  be  determined : 

(a)  Is  the  case  surgical? 

(b)  Is  watchful  expectancy  reasonably  safe? 

(c)  Do  the  findings  justify  operation? 

These  important  questions  must  be  worked 

out  by  competent  observers  in  consultation.  In 
every  case  the  patient  should  receive  that  treat- 
ment which  will  safeguard  his  life. 


Conclusions 

Fifteen  thousand  deaths  could  be  prevented 
yearly  by  more  effective  education  as  to  the  facts 
about  appendicitis.  Our  present  educati 
gram  could  be  made  more  effective>^^^fc§^(lary 
schools  and  colleges  included  in  curricula 


simple  informative  courses  desij 
individual  reasonably  intelligent 


the  common  illnesses  which  affect  the  human 
body.  The  move  for  greater  dissemination  of 
medical  knowledge  through  the  school  system 
should  be  the  problem  and  duty  of  our  State 
Medical  Society.  This  fine  opportunity  for  real 
effective  service  should  not  be  overlooked. 

If  the  physician  desires  to  give  competent  serv- 
ice to  his  patient  he  must  mentally  visualize 
what  is  transpiring  at  any  given  moment;  he 
should  catalogue  his  information  and  formulate 
working  rules  wherever  possible.  He  must  con- 
sult without  hesitancy  with  his  confreres  and  al- 
ways urge  the  institution  of  that  treatment 
which  will  most  effectively  avoid  tragedy. 

3751  31st  Street. 


Vitamin  Content  of  Citrus  Fruits 

The  following  table  shows  approximate  amounts  of 


the  substances  listed  in  Florida  oranges,  g 

rapefruit  and 

tangerines : 

Oranges 

Grapefruit 

Tangerines 

per  100  c.c. 

of  freshly  expressed  juice 

Vitamin  C. 

50  mgm. 

40  mgm. 

35  mgm. 

Vitamin  B. 

20  Sherman 

20  Sherman 

No  data 

Vitamin  G. 

units 

Present 

units 

Present 

No  data 

Vitamin  A. 

Present 

No  data 

Present 

Calcium 

8 mgm. 

9 mgm. 

13  mgm. 

Phosphorus 

17  mgm. 

15  mgm. 

12  mgm. 

Carbohydrate 

11.6  gm. 

10.1  gm. 

. . 

Citric  Acid 

0.9  gm. 

1.31  gm. 

0.75  gm. 

Potential 

alkalinity 

5 C.C.N/ 

4.5  c.c.  N/ 

I 

4.5  c.c.  N/ 

alkali 

alkali 

alkali 

Fuel  value 

52  calories 

45  calories 

• — From  Citrus  Fruits  and  Health,  by  Florida  Citrus 
Commission. 


OF 


led  to  rrlakejtRb 
ibout  sonre'''€>f 


^OOi. 


Social  Aspects  of  Tuberculosis 

The  prevention  of  tuberculosis  is  not  merely  a pub- 
lic health  problem  but  also  a powerful  social  and 
economic  factor  which  affects  the  economic  structure 
of  the  entire  nation. 

“At  a time  when  all  values  have  tumbled  and  num- 
erous assets  have  to  be  classified  as  frozen,  the  health 
and  productivity  of  the  people  remain  the  outstanding 
and  most  tangible  resources  of  a nation  and  it  would 
be  the  short-sighted  policy  of  the  penny-wise  and  dol- 
lar-foolish  to  curtail  preventive  health  measures  for 
the  sake  of  economy,”  says  Dr.  Karl  Fischel  of 
Saranac  Lake. 

The  tuberculosis  problem  is  closely  linked  with 
other  momentous  issues  of  the  day,  and  the  tubercu- 
death  rate  of  the  future  is,  therefore,  bound  to 
by  the  solution  of  other  problems,  be  it 
unemplcrj^ent,  inflation,  commodity  prices  or  disarma- 
ment.— vjFfqm  an  essay  awarded  the  Leon  Bernard 
MefnoriaPpdze  for  1938  by  the  International  Union 
Against  Tubferculosis)  Fischel,  Karl,  Bull,  de  I’Union 
contre  Tubefc.,  1939,  16. 


OF  M 


April,  1941 


301 


One  Examination 
for 

Selectees 


A thorough  conscientious  examination  of  every  ap- 
plicant is  the  first  and  most  important  requisite 
of  an  insurance  company  before  it  accepts  a risk. 

The  thousands  of  selectees  for  the  peace-time  army 
are  being  examined  by  civilian  draft  boards  in  each 
locality.  This  peace  army  is  to  be  composed  of  per- 
fect men  who  can  stand  the  strain  of  a year’s  training 
without  physical  or  mental  breakdown. 

If  after  induction  in  army  activities  by  an  army 
board,  a soldier  manifests  a physical  or  mental  disease 
acquired  prior  to  induction,  and  must  be  discharged, 
he  is  a liability  on  our  government.  In  the  past  war, 
the  cost  rose  and  mounted  into  the  millions  of  dollars. 
The  induction  boards  therefore  are  rejecting  a higher 
percentage  than  are  the  civilian  boards.  They  are 
held  responsible  and  must  trim  down  cases  which 
local  doctors  of  medicine  certify  as  perfect. 

Between  the  time  the  selectee  is  placed  in  1-A  and 
the  moment  he  reports  to  the  induction  board,  many 
things  may  happen  to  his  physical  or  mental  condition  ; 
some  are  self-induced.  The  reports  of  the  army 
boards  are  sent  back  to  the  draft  boards  and  the  ex- 
amining physicians  may  compare  their  diagnoses  to 
the  rejection  causes. 

The  ideal  way  to  release  the  civilian  doctors  for 
duty  at  home  defense  centers  would  be  to  use  the 
reserve  officers  who  now  compose  the  induction  boards 
as  traveling  examining  boards,  tO’  rotate  them  over  a 
given  area,  and  to  have  them  make  one  complete  ex- 
amination— after  which  the  applicant  is  in  the  army. 

Let  us  continue  to  do  our  part  in  this  work,  but  if 
it  is  to  continue  permanently,  let  us  ask  for  a revision 
of  the  laws,  to  increase  efficiency. 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Societ}' 


☆ 


Preiident 


aae 

☆ 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


302 


-K  EDITORIAL  >f 


CANCER  IN  MCraGAN 

■ At  the  request  of  The  Journal,  C.  C.  Little, 
Sc.D.,  Managing  Director  of  The  American 
Society  for  the  Control  of  Cancer,  Inc.,  and 
former  President  of  the  University  of  Michigan, 
has  contributed  a special  statement  on  cancer 
control  in  Michigan. 

It  is  indeed  gratifying  to  have  such  a dis- 
tinguished authoritv  compliment  the  advance 
made  in  the  state.  The  Cancer  Committee  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  continues  active 
and  progressive  and  deserves  its  full  share  of 
credit  for  its  part  of  the  work. 

“The  record  of  the  State  of  Michigan  in  the 
field  of  cancer  control  is  an  excellent  one, 
comparing  favorably  with  the  highest  stand- 
ards of  effectiveness  attained  in  any  of  the 
states. 

“For  the  purposes  of  convenience  the  state  is 
divided  into  two  areas,  one  including  Wayne, 
McComb  and  Oakland  Counties,  and,  of  course, 
the  City  of  Detroit,  and  the  other  comprising  the 
rest  of  the  state. 

“The  organization  of  cancer  control  work  has, 
for  the  most  part,  been  carried  on  in  Michigan 
by  volunteer  women  under  the  direction  of 
cancer  committees  of  the  state  and  local  medical 
societies.  This  latter  policy  of  medical  supervi- 
sion is  insisted  upon  by  the  American  Society 
for  the  Control  of  Cancer  which  works  through 
its  creation — the  Women’s  Field  Army. 

“Cancer  is,  of  course,  unique  in  that  actual 
individual  participation  of  those  interested  in 
the  program  of  education  must  be  obtained 
and  maintained  if  the  campaign  is  to  have  any 
value.  Mere  acquisition  of  information  is  not 
enough.  There  must  be  follow-up  and  con- 
stant pressure  to  see  that  individuals  do  not 
ignore  the  advice  contained  in  the  informa- 
tional material,  which  they  receive. 

“A  series  of  eight  Regional  Assemblies  of 
Women’s  Field  Army  officers  and  medical  ad- 


visors has  just  been  completed  and  the  society 
has  announced  that  the  evidence  is  general  that 
the  increase  in  percentage  of  patients  coming 
early  to  the  doctors  is  country-wide  and  pro- 
gressive. This  means  that  the  campaign  to  de- 
feat the  fear  of  cancer  is  already  well  in  sight 
of  a victory,  and  that  following  the  removal  of 
such  fear  we  may  expect  that  greater  results  of 
education  will  make  themselves  felt. 

“At  all  events,  both  the  medical  profession  of 
Michigan  and  the  lay  officers  of  the  Field  Army 
who  are  cooperating  with  it  are  to  be  congratu- 
lated for  work  already  done  and  encouraged  in 
every  possible  way  in  the  advancement  of  that 
to  be  carried  on.” 


READ  AND  WRITE 

" A great  deal  of  criticism  is  voiced  about  the 

voluminous  writings  of  the  profession. 

This  criticism  is  not  warranted. 

It  is  not  the  voluminous  writing  which 
should  be  criticized  so  much  as  the  volumin- 
ous publication  of  these  writings. 

The  value  of  a thesis  is  not  primarily  in  the 
publication  thereof.  To  assemble  the  data  neces- 
sary to  produce  a scientific  article  requires  much 
reading  and  serious  thought.  It  requires  the  in- 
vestigation of  many  viewpoints  and  differences 
of  opinion.  This  reading  cannot  be  superficial 
and  must  be  accompanied  by  a singleness  of  pur- 
pose which  impresses  the  material  on  the  mind 
of  the  writer.  This  data  must  be  assembled  in 
logical  order  and  the  various  view-points  balanced 
and  weighed  against  each  other.  Then  the  ulti- 
mate thought  must  be  put  in  intelligible  form. 

Medical  journals  welcome  the  submission  of 
all  manuscripts  for  review  and  are  glad  to  pub- 
lish them  if  they  are  of  sufficient  value  and  in- 
terest to  the  reader.  But  even  though  the  paper 
never  appears  in  print  that  one  man  has  been 
well  repaid  for  his  work,  the  interest  of  his 
patients  more  completely  satisfied  and  a better 
physician  is  the  result. 


April,  1941 


30^ 


IN  MEMORIAM 


DONT  TELL  THE  WORLD 

■ The  other  day  the  secretary  of  a western 
Michigan  county  medical  society  made  the 
statement  that  the  first  time  that  one  of  his 
members  asked  why  laws  unfavorable  to  the 
medical  profession  were  enacted  by  the  legisla- 
ture, “all  hell  will  break  loose.”  He  continued 
his  statement  by  detailing  how  he  had  pled  with 
his  members  to  interview  their  local  representa- 
tives to  the  state  government  and  in  spite  of 
promises,  not  a single  one  had  even  broached 
the  pertinent  subject  to  the  legislators. 

Of  course,  this  situation  is  so  common  that 
the  secretary  was  not  even  commiserated. 

You,  and  every  other  member  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society,  are  informed  by 
the  secretary  of  your  county  society  of  all  bills 
bearing  on  medical  subjects  introduced  in  the 
two  houses.  Usually  every  week  or  two  your 
representative  will  visit  your  district  over  the 
week  end  or  longer  and  will  not  only  listen  to, 
but  be  considerably  influenced  by,  your  opin- 
ion as  to  the  value  of  these  bills. 

Don’t  tell  it  to  the  world.  Don’t  grumble  in 
the  doctor’s  room.  Tell  it  to  your  legislator. 


Jllcmomtn 


John  F.  Adams  of  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  was 
born  February  16,  1867,  at  Woodville,  Ontario,  Canada. 
He  came  to  Michigan  at  the  age  of  twenty-one,  and 
a year  later,  entered  the  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons  of  the  University  of  Illinois  where  he  was 
graduated  in  1893.  He  engaged  in  practice  at  Mt. 
Pleasant,  Michigan,  for  a number  of  years,  and  twenty- 
five  years  ago  moved  to  Ann  Arbor  where  he  was  an 
active  member  of  the  profession  until  his  death  on 
January  10,  1941. 

George  H.  Belote,  M.D.,  of  Ann  Arbor,  was  born 
in  1894  in  Centerville,  Michigan.  A student  at  the 
University  of  Michigan  in  1916,  his  studies  were  in- 
terrupted by  army  service  in  the  World  War;  he  en- 
listed in  the  headquarters  troops  of  the  85th  division 
in  July,  1917.  He  received  his  commission  as  second 
lieutenant  in  1918  and  was  honorably  discharged  in 
1919.  He  returned  to  the  University  and  was  graduated 
from  the  medical  school  in  1923.  From  1923  to  1925 
he  was  an  intern  at  the  University  Hospital.  He  then 
became  instructor  in  the  dermatology  department.  In 
1928  he  was  named  assistant  professor  and  in  1930 
was  made  associate  professor  of  dermatology  and 
syphilology.  Doctor  Belote  was  a member  of  the  Uni- 
versity School  faculty  for  seventeen  years.  His  work 
won  him  national  recognition  as  an  authority  on 
dermatology  qypd  syphilology.  He  died  on  March  11, 
1941,  after  an  illness  of  three  weeks. 


J.  E.  Bolender  of  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan,  was 
born  at  Hubbardson  in  1885  and  was  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School  in  1912. 
He  started  his  practice  in  Sparta  where  he  remained 
until  he  came  to  Grand  Rapids,  ten  years  ago.  Dr. 
Bolender  died  on  January  9,  1941. 

Arthur  H.  Burleson,  M.D.,  of  Olivet,  Michigan, 
was  born  September  19,  1861,  in  Quincy,  Michigan, 
and  was  graduated  from  the  University  of  Michigan 
Medical  School  in  1896.  Doctor  Burleson  first  started 
practicing  at  Albion,  a year  later  moved  to  Tekonsha, 
where  he  remained  until  1906,  when  he  located  in  Olivet 
and  practiced  there  for  thirty-four  years.  Doctor 
Burleson  was  an  Honorary  Member  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  since  1932  and  had  served  as 
secretary  of  Eaton  County  Medical  Society  for  a 
number  of  years.  He  died  December  17,  1940. 

Don  Bruce  Cameron  of  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan, 
was  born  in  White  Pigeon,  Michigan,  on  Oct.  24,  1896. 
He  studied  at  Olivet  college  for  three  years  and  was 
graduated  from  the  University  of  Chicago  with  the 
degree  of  bachelor  of  science.  Following  graduation 
he  enlisted  in  1917  and  later  engaged  in  research  work 
at  Walter  Reed  hospital,  Washington,  D.  C.  He  later 
entered  the  officer’s  training  camp  at  Camp  Taylor  and 
was  commissioned  a lieutenant  in  the  field  artillery. 
After  the  war  Dr.  Cameron  entered  Rush  Medical  Col- 
lege and  was  graduated  in  1922.  He  served  his  intern- 
ship at  St.  Luke’s  Hospital,  Chicago,  and  in  November 
23,  1927,  started  practice  in  Sturgis,  where  he  remained 
until  1927  when  he  accepted  an  appointment  as  resident 
surgeon  at  Butterworth  Hospital.  The  following  year 
Dr.  Cameron  opened  offices  in  Grand  Rapids  which  he 
maintained  until  he  was  forced  to  abandon  them  last 
October  because  of  ill  health.  He  died  January  17,  1941. 

Kenneth  W.  Dick  of  Imlay  City,  Michigan,  was 
born  April  17,  1886,  in  Ontario,  Canada,  and  was  grad- 
uated from  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  in  1907. 
He  maintained  a practice  in  Detroit  for  18  years.  In 
1928  he  moved  to  Carsonville,  and  in  1937  became  a 
staff  member  of  the  Home  and  Traim'ng  School,  La- 
peer. He  began  practice  in  Imlay  City  in  1939.  Doctor 
Dick  was  vice  president  of  the  Lapeer  County  Medical 
Society  in  1940  and  had  been  reelected  for  1941.  He 
died  January  25,  1941. 

Thomas  Jefferson  Henty  of  Detroit,  Michigan, 
was  born  in  1861  in  Ontario,  Canada,  and  was  grad- 
uated in  1900  from  Trinity  Medical  College,  Toronto. 
Doctor  Henry  was  a member  of  the  staff  of  Grace 
Hospital  and  had  maintained  a practice  in  Detroit  for 
over  forty  years.  He  died  December  24,  1940. 

J.  G.  Huizinga  of  Holland,  Michigan,  was  born  in 
1868  and  was  graduated  from  the  University  of  Michi- 
gan Medical  School  in  1890.  Doctor  Huizinga  estab- 
lished a practice  in  Holland  and  then  went  to  Engle- 
wood, a suburb  of  Chicago.  While  there,  he  served 
as  professor  of  ophthalmology  at  the  former  Chicago 
Eye,  Nose  and  Throat  College.  Later  he  practiced  in 
Grand  Rapids  and  remained  there  thirty  years.  Some 
ten  years  ago  he  returned  to  Holland.  Doctor  Hui- 
zinga died  in  Lake  City,  Florida,  on  December  20,  1940. 

Alexander  H.  MacPherson,  M.D.,  of  Grand  Rapids, 
was  bom  in  1880  at  Grand  Rapids  and  was  graduated 
from  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore.  Doc- 
tor MacPherson  has  practiced  in  Grand  Rapids  for 
thirty-five  years,  except  for  the  duration  of  the  World 
War  when  he  served  as  medical  chief  of  the  Base 
Hospital  at  Camp  Grant,  Illinois,  with  the  rank  of 
captain.  He  died  on  March  7,  1941. 


304 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


>f  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  >f 


ROSTER  NUMBER 

The  annual  directory  of  membership  will  be 
published,  as  usual,  in  the  May  issue  of  The 
Journal  which  goes  to  press  April  10. 

Physicians  who  have  not  as  yet  mailed  their, 
county  and  state  medical  society  dues  to  their 
county  secretary  are  urged  to  do  so  in  order 
that  their  names  may  appear  in  the  Roster  Num- 
ber of  the  MSMS  Journal  as  members  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 


MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND 
MEDICAL  PAYMENTS  PLAN 

This  voluntary  agreement,  entered  into  and 
approved  by  the  American  Mutual  Alliance,  the 
Association  of  Casualty  and  Surety  Executives, 
a group  of  Michigan  insurance  carriers,  the 
Michigan  Hospital  Association  and  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  has  been  developed  to 
solve  a most  annoying  problem : doctors  and 
hospitals  have  in  the  past  experienced  difficulties 
in  securing  the  payment  of  fees  from  patients 
who  have  collected  damages  from  persons  caus- 
ing their  injuries,  despite  the  fact  that  in  such 
cases  a part  of  the  patient’s  financial  recovery 
actually  was  based  on  hospital,  medical  and  sur- 
gical expenses. 

The  voluntary  agreement  of  the  insurance  car- 
riers and  associations,  and  the  hospitals  and  med- 
ical profession  of  Michigan  is  aimed  to  more 
definitely  assure  hospitals  and  physicians  of  pay- 
ment for  their  services  to  those  individuals  who 
are  injured  in  accidents  and  who,  because  of 
their  injuries,  are  indemnified  by  an  %isurance 
carrier. 

In  order  that  the  insurance  companies  may 
furnish  the  fullest  cooperation  (and  for  the  hos- 
pitals’ and  physicians’  own  proper  protection), 
physicians  and  hospitals  are  requested  to  notify 
insurance  companies  promptly  of  any  claim  upon 
which  an  order  has  been  or  may  be  issued. 

Forms  for  the  convenience  of  physicians  and 
hospitals  have  been  devised  and  are  available  in 
pads  of  50  and  100  (25c  and  50c  respectively). 
Signify  Form  1,  2 Or  3 and  the  number  desired 
when  writing  the  Secretary,  2020  Olds  Tower, 


Lansing.  These  forms  were  printed  in  the  Feb- 
ruary MSMS  Journal,  pages  126-127-128. 


IN  MICHIGAN,  IT'S  TWO  YEARS 

Statutes  of  limitations — another  form  of  de- 
fense in  malpractice  actions — were  designed  ‘‘to 
prevent  the  imexpected  enforcement  of  stale 
claims,  concerning  which  persons  interested  have 
been  thrown  off  their  guard  by  want  of  prosecu- 
tion” (Miller  v.  Calumet  Lumber  and  Mfg.  Co., 
121  111.  App,  56)  ; the  various  state  legislatures 
realizing,  in  enacting  these  laws,  that  time  will 
erase  the  best  evidence  by  loss,  destruction  of 
records,  or  death  of  witnesses,  and  that  if  there 
is  a just  cause  of  action  it  will  be  begun  at  once. 
—Samuel  Wright  Donaldson,  A.B.,  M.D., 
F.A.C.R.,  The  Roentgenologist  in  Court.  Charles 
C.  Thomas,  1937. 


CALL  IT  "THE  BEAUMONT  BRIDGE" 

Whereas,  Plans  are  in  process  for  the  construction 
of  a bridge  from  Mackinac  City  to  St.  Ignace,  connect- 
ing the  two  beautiful  peninsulas  which  constitute  the 
State  of  Michigan,  and 

Whereas,  The  area  in  the  vicinity  of  this  great  pub- 
lic project  is  Scmctified  by  the  research  work  and  scien- 
tific contribution  of  an  Army  doctor,  William  Beau- 
mont, Doctor  of  Medicine,  who,  in  1833  at  Fort  Macki- 
nac, with  keen  scientific  insight  and  true  medical  inter- 
est, made  the  first  publication  of  physiology  of  diges- 
tion. This  work,  done  under  tremendous  difficulties, 
was  the  most  important  on  this  subject  to  that  date 
and  laid  much  of  the  foxmdation  for  future  studies. 
His  studies  were  begun  at  an  isolated  military  post  in 
the  wilderness  of  Northern  Michigan  and  completed 
only  by  following  up  his  patient  and  bringing  him  near- 
ly two  thousand  miles  to  Plattsburg,  New  York.  This 
is  one  of  the  great  dramatic  episodes  in  the  history 
of  medicine,  and 

Whereas,  The  contributions  of  Doctor  Beaumont  to 
the  science  of  medicine  have  saved  imtold  lives  and 
relieved  the  distress  and  pain  of  thousands  of  our 
fellow  beings,  therefore,  be  it 

Resolved,  That  the  proper  authorities  be  petitioned 
by  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  to  christen  this 
bridge  structure  in  honor  of  William  Beaumont,  M.D., 
as  a method  of  publicly  recognizing  this  great  physi- 
cian for  his  contribution  to  the  relief  of  human  suf- 
fering. 

The  above  resolution  was  adopted  unanimous- 
ly by  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  in  September,  1940. 

No  more  fitting  and  honorable  name  could  be 

305 


Apru.,  1941 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


given  to  the  span  between  the  Upper  and  Lower 
Peninsulas  of  Michigan  than  “The  Beaumont 
Bridge.” 


ASSOCIATION  OF  PHYSICIANS 
AND  CULTISTS 

The  following  statement  of  policy  was  adopted 
by  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  American 
Medical  Association  in  June,  1938,  and  by  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society’s  House  of  Dele- 
gates in  September,  1938 : 

Many  inquiries  concerning  the  relations  of  the  various 
cults  to  the  regular  profession  have  been  received.  The 
inquiries  pertain  particularly  to  the  osteopath  and  the 
optometrist.  Some  of  our  members  are  giving  lec- 
tures in  osteopathic  and  optometric  schools  and  ad- 
dresses before  their  societies.  Some  members  are  as- 
sociated by  a common  waiting  room  in  offices  with 
them.  Some  members  are  by  mutual  agreement  pro- 
fessional associates  principally  in  the  field  of  surgery. 
There  are  some  instances  of  partnership  in  practice. 
All  of  these  voluntarily  associated  activities  are  un- 
ethical. Such  relations  certainly  do  not  “uphold  the 
dignity  and  honor  of  (our)  profession”  or  “exalt  its 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 


PHYSICIANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSICIANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 


Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 

(52,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 


$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


For 
$10.00 
per  veai 

For 
$33.0S 
per  yea 

For 
$66.00 
per  yea 

For 
$99.00 
per  yea 


38  years  under  the  same  management 

$1,850,000  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$9,500,000  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
I from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

I Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Btxilding  Omaha,  Nebraska 


306 


standards.”  In  case  of  emergency  no  doctor  should 
refuse  a sufferer  knowledge  or  skill  which  he  possesses 
to  the  sufferer’s  harm  but  this  is  quite  a different  mat- 
ter from  that  of  a consultant  or  practitioner  who  by 
consulting  or  practicing  with  him  assists  a cultist  to 
establish  himself  as  competent  and  on  the  same  basis  of 
medical  knowledge  as  a doctor  of  medicine.  By  the  very 
nature  of  the  education  and  training  of  each,  a consulta- 
tion with  a cultist  is  a futile  gesture  if  the  cultist  is  as- 
sumed to  have  the  same  high  grade  of  knowledge, 
training  and  experience  as  is  possessed  by  the  doctor 
of  medicine.  Such  consultation  lowers  the  honor  and 
dignity  of  the  profession  in  the  same  degree  to  which 
it  elevates  the  honor  and  dignity  of  the  irregular  in 
training  and  practice.  Practicing  as  a partner  or  other- 
wise has  the  same  effect  and  objection.  Teaching  in 
cultist  schools  and  addressing  cultist  societies  is  even 
more  reprehensible,  for  such  activities  give  public  ap- 
proval by  the  medical  profession  to  a system  of  heal- 
ing known  to  the  profession  to  be  substandard,  incor- 
rect and  harmful  to  the  people  because  of  its  deficien- 
cies. There  hardly  can  be  a voluntary  relationship  be- 
tween a doctor  of  medicine  and  a cultist  which  is 
ethical  in  character. 


BENEHTS  OF  MEMBERSHIP 

The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  and  its 
component  county  societies  bring  you  many  val- 
uable benefits  of  membership,  especially  these  of 
a professional  and  educational  character ; 

1.  Assurance  of  a high  ethical  standing  for  you  in 
the  commun  ty,  the  state  and  the  nation,  before 
the  public,  the  law,  and  the  profession. 

2.  Postgraduate  courses  and  lectures  to  keep  ypu  in 
touch  with  medical  progress  and  to  improve  pro- 
fessional ability. 

3.  Your  common  interests  safeguarded  through  the 
vigilant  work  of  democratically  selected  officers 
who  are  men  of  your  own  kind:  (a)  who  know 
your  problems  and  those  of  your  patients;  (b) 
who  serve  generously  without  compensation ; 
(c)  who  need  and  ask  for  your  cooperation  and 
adv^. 

4.  Benefits  accruing  from  the  action  of  numerous 
committees  constantly  working  to  advance  your 
interests  as  a physician  in  your  community ; ma- 
chinery solving  problems  of  preventive  and  cura- 
tive medicine  which  could  not  be  worked  out  by 
you  as  an  individual,  even  with  a great  sacrifice 
of  time  and  effort. 

5.  Maintenance  and  constant  improvement  of  stand- 
ards of  medical  practice  for  the  protection  of 
patients. 

6.  A monthly  Journal  of  high  quality  with  the  latest 
scientific  literature,  and  general  information  im- 
portant to  you. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


Diaphragms  for 

EVERY  Condition 

HOLLAND -RANTOS  offers  a most  com- 
plete line  of  diaphragms.  We  invite 
inquiries  concerning  specific  conditions. 

• • • 

The  H-R  Koromex  diaphragm  (coil 
spring  type)  is  available  in  sizes  from 
No.  50  to  No.  105  mm.,  and  is  indicated 
for  use  in  all  normal  anatomies. 

The  H-R  Mensinga  diaphragm  (watch 
or  flat  spring)  is  available  in  sizes  from 
No.  50  to  No.  90  mm.  including  half 
sizes,  and  is  indicated  where  there  is  a 
slight  redundancy  of  the  mucosa  of  the 
retro  pubic  space,  or  a slight  relaxation 
of  the  anterior  vaginal  wall. 

The  H-R  Matrisalus  diaphragm  is 
available  in  sizes— No.  1 to  No.  6 cor- 
responding to  65,  70,  75,  80,  85  and  90 
mm.  This  special  shaped  diaphragm  is 
indicated  in  cases  of  cystocele  or  pro- 
lapse where,  owing  to  relaxed  vaginal 
walls,  the  ordinary  diaphragm  cannot 
be  retained  in  position. 


Send  for  copy  of  "Physician's  Diaphragm  Chart 
and  Fitting  Technique" 


551  nFTH  AVENUE  - NEW  YORK 
520  WEST  7th  STREET  - LOS  ANGELES 
308  WEST  WASfflNGTON  ST.  - CHICAGO 


April,  1941 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


307 


-K 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D,,  Ccmimissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


-K 


RECORD  LOW  INFANT  DEATH  RATE 

Michigan’s  infant  mortahty  record  for  1940  is  the 
best  the  state  has  had,  according  to  provisional  fig- 
ures. Deaths  of  babies  in  their  first  year  were  at  the 
rate  of  40.72  per  1,000  live  births,  a lower  rate  than 
ever  before.  It  was  the  third  successive  record. 

If  there  had  been  72  fewer  deaths  of  infants,  the 
rate  would  have  dropped  under  40  for  the  first  time. 
Detroit’s  rate  has  been  under  40  since  1938.  The 
provisional  rate  for  Detroit  in  1940  is  38.14. 

“In  the  last  ten  years,  the  infant  death  rate  has  been 
cut  a third,”  says  Commissioner  H.  A.  Moyer,  “and  the 
result  is  that  in  1940,  more  than  2,000  babies  lived  who 
would  have  died  in  1930.” 

The  figures  for  1940  and  1930  follow: 

1940  1930 

Births  99,139  98,882 

Deaths  under  1 yr.  4,038  6,213 

Deaths  per  1,000  live  births  40.72  62.83 

Commissioner  Moyer  said  that  prenatal  care  is  de- 
manded by  more  women  than  ever  before,  and  that  the 
quality  of  medical  care  throughout  pregnancy  and  at 
birth  is  better  than  ever.  The  Department’s  bureau  of 
maternal  and  child  health,  established  in  1920  when  the 
infant  death  rate  was  two  and  a half  times  what  it  is 
today,  has  worked  actively  with  physicians  for  years  in 
an  effort  to  bring  greater  safety  and  ease  to  mothers 
at  birth  and  to  improve  the  care  of  both  m.other  and 
baby  afterwards. 

In  the  last  three  years,  126  physicians  have  taken  two- 
week  leaves  of  their  practices  to  modernize  their 
obstetrical  work  in  postgraduate  studies  at  the  Univer- 
sity Hospital  at  Ann  Arbor.  The  studies  have  been 
sponsored  by  the  Department  and  have  been  available 
without  charge  to  physicians,  on  the  endorsement  of 
their  county  medical  society. 

Furthermore,  the  Department  has  cooperated  with 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  the  University  of 
Michigan,  and  Wayne  University  in  taking  into  the 
field  postgraduate  material  through  lectures.  One 
pediatric  and  two  obstetric  consultants  from  the  De- 
partment’s staff  are  also  in  the  field,  at  the  call  of 
physicians. 

Michigan  is  not  yet  in  the  group  of  states  having 
the  lowest  infant  death  rates.  The  latest  comparative 
figures  are  the  provisional  census  rates  for  1939,  which 
show  14  states  under  a rate  of  40.  The  lowest  rates 
in  1939  were:  Minnesota  35.4,  Connecticut  36.1,  Ne- 
braska 36.5,  Oregon  36.6,  Washington  36.7.  Washing- 
ton was  the  first  state  to  achieve  a rate  under  40,  when 
it  had  a rate  of  38.8  in  1933. 

Nationally,  the  infant  death  rate  has  been  dropping 
for  several  years.  It  went  below  50  for  the  first  time 
in  1939,  when  it  was  48.0,  compared  with  51.0  in  1938. 


NEAR  EPIDEMIC  OF  MEASLES 

As  expected,  measles  cases  in  Michigan  are  now 
being  reported  in  epidemic  numbers.  The  reports  from 
physicians  are  coming  from  nearly  all  sections  of  the 
state. 

Prediction  of  1941  as  an  epid^ic  year  had  been  made 
because  of  the  three-year  cycle  evident  in  recent  years. 
In  1935  and  again  in  1938,  80,000  cases  were  reported. 

Every  physician  in  the  state  has  received  or  will 
receive  a new  measles  pamphlet  prepared  especially 
for  medical  men.  It  is  called  “This  Is  a Measles 
Year,  Doctor!”  The  preparation  of  authoritative  ma- 
terial on  prevention  and  treatment  of  measles  and 


its  complications  was  made  with  the  cooperation  of 
the  Michigan  branch  of  the  American  Academy  of 
Pediatrics  and  the  Child  Welfare  Committee  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

The  _ new  pamphlet  is  eight  p^es,  folded  five  by 
eight  inches  in  size,  and  it  carries  a tab  for  ready 
reference  in  a file.  In  counties  with  full  time  health 
departments,  distribution  of  the  pamphlets  is  made 
through  the  health  officer.  In  other  counties,  copies 
were  mailed,  as  addressed  by  the  executive  office  of 
the  State  Medical  Society. 

Measles  cases  reported  in  February  totaled  9,510. 
This  compares  with  February  reports  in  previous  epi- 
demic years  as  follows:  February,  1938,  10,473;  Fel> 

ruary,  1935,  4,617.  The  January  cases  in  1^1  totaled 
6,485,  a much  larger  total  than  the  January  reports  of 
either  1938  or  1935,  when  the  figures  were  3,056  and 
1,264,  respectively. 

The  big  months  in  the  previous  two  epidemic  years 
were  March,  April  and  May,  when  15,000  to  25,000  cases 
a month  were  reported. 


NEW  HIGH  RECORD  IN  BIRTHS 


Births  in  1940  totaled  99,139,  provisionally,  five  per 
cent  more  than  in  1939,  and  only  a few  hundred  under 
the  all-time  high  of  99,940  births  in  1927. 

The  birth  rate,  calculated  on  the  final  census  popula- 
tion for  the  state  of  5,256,106,  is  18.86  births  per  1,000 
population.  This  is  the  highest  birth  rate  since  1930, 
when  it  was  20.4. 

Births  for  selected  years  follow: 


1940—99,139 
1939—94,432 
1938—96,962 
1937—91,566 
1936— 88,457 


1935—87,403 

1930—98,882 

1920—92,245 

1910—64,109 

1900—43,699 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISEMENTS 

OPPORTUNITY  FOR  PHYSICIAN  — Associate 
needed  for  general  practice.  Opportunity  for  per- 
manent association  if  mutually  satisfactory.  Write 
Box  C,  2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing,  Michigan. 


PRIVATE  HOSPITAL  FOR  SALE— Established 
1932.  Fully  equipped  for  major  surgery  and  obstetrics. 
Good  chance  for  nurse  and  husband.  Will  sell  on 
terms,  or  will  give  good  discount  for  cash.  Ill  health 
reason  for  selling.  If  interested,  write  Rowe  Me- 
morial Hospital,  Stockbridge,  Michigan,  for  full  par- 
ticulars. 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 


608  Kales  Bldg.  — 
Northwest  comer  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Bate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


^6  W.  Adams  Ave. 

Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkheld  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 


Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


308 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


^ Woman’s  Auxiliary  -K 


Only  a few  more  weeks  and  the  members  of  the 
[Woman’s  Auxiliary  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
Ition  will  be  arriving  in  Cleveland  for  their  annual  con- 
ivention,  Jtme  2-6.  Have  you  made  your  reservations? 

I If  not,  send  your  request,  at  once,  to  Dr.  Edward  F. 
[Kieger,  Chairman  of  Committee  on  Hotels  and  Hous- 
ing, 1604  Terminal  Tower  Building,  Cleveland. 


Bay  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Bay  County  Medical 
Society  met  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  D,  J.  Mosier  on  Feb. 
12,  for  a buffet  dinner  at  6 :30,  with  twenty-one  present. 

Mrs.  W.  R.  Ballard  presided  at  the  business  meeting 
which  followed,  and  appointed  Mrs.  P.  R.  Urmston, 
Mrs.  E.  S.  Huckins  and  Mrs.  R.  C.  Perkins  on  the 
nominating  committee  to  present  a new  slate  of  officers 
at  the  next  meeting. 

The  members  decided  to  designate  Tuesday  as  the 
day  the  medical  auxiliary  would  work  at  the  Red 
Cross  rooms. 

Miss  Helen  Hudson,  general  secretary  of  the  Y.W.- 
C.A.,  addressed  the  group  on  the  subject,  ‘Interna- 
tional Trade  Routes.” 

Mrs.  J.  Norris  Asline 


Ingham  County 

The  Auxiliary  held  its  January  meeting  at  the 
home  of  Mrs.  John  Albers  in  East  Lansing.  The  date 
fell  upon  Inaugural  Day,  and  the  social  chairman, 
Mrs.  Harold  Miller,  in  cooperation  with  the  hostess. 


had  arranged  a most  beautiful  display  of  flowers  and 
lighted  tapers  in  the  patriotic  colors  of  red,  white 
and  blue. 

The  program  chairman,  Mrs.  Robert  Breakey,  pre- 
sented Mrs.  Hugh  Wilson  of  Ann  Arbor  as  the 
speaker  for  the  afternoon.  Mrs.  Wilson  won  the 
Avery  Hoopwood  award  at  the  University  of  Michi- 
gan several  years  ago  and  since  that  has  published 
many  stories  and  plays  in  various  papers  and  maga- 
zines. We  listened  to  a most  interesting  talk  on  her 
career.  Mrs.  Harold  Wiley,  our  president,  selected 
Mrs.  L.  G.  Christian  and  Mrs.  C.  F.  DeVries  to  aid 
Mrs.  E.  I.  Carr  on  the  important  legislative  commit- 
tee. The  auxiliary  voted  to  invite  the  Dental  Auxiliary 
to  tea  for  next  month.  He  hope  this  will  be  the  be- 
ginning of  a friendship  which  will  be  of  great  mutual 
value  to  both  groups.  The  tea  was  held  at  the  Sparrow 
Hospital  Nurses  Home  on  February  17. 

The  Ingham  County  Auxiliary  gave  a tea  in  Feb- 
ruary for  the  members  of  the  Auxiliary  to  the  County 
Dental  Society  and  the  large  attendance  at  this  com- 
bined meeting  was  most  gratifying.  We  hope  this  will 
establish  a precedent  for  more  meetings  and  deeper 
friendly  relations  between  the  two  groups. 

Dr.  Harold  A.  Miller,  chairman  of  the  Legislative 
Committee  for  the  State  Medical  Society,  discussed 
some  of  the  many  bills  - to  come  up  in  the  legislature 
and  explained  the  way  bills  go  in  for  passage.  It  was 
a timely  discussion  and  an  interesting  question  hour  fol- 
lowed. We  had  a friendly  social  hour  following  the 
meeting  and  a lovely  tea  was  served  by  Mrs.  H.  A. 
Miller,  Mrs.  Robert  Breakey  and  assistants. 

Margaret  S.  Davenport 


MICH. 


ROMEO 


RESTFUI 

AND 

QUIET 


PRIVATE 

ESTATE 


CONVALESCENT 
HOME  FOR 
TUBERCULOSIS 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Corner  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKEL,  Medical  Director,  City  Offices,  Madison  3312-3 


WEHENKEL  SANATORICM 


April,  1941 


309 


WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 


it 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

* 

Ward  S.  Ferguson,  M.  D.  James  C.  Droste,  M.  D.  Lynn  A.  Ferguson,  M.  D. 

+ 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

+ 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS.  MICHIGAN 

* 

Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


IL 

r 

t 


I 

t 


I 

1 

t 

r 


Jackson  County 

The  February  meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary 
to  the  Jackson  County  Medical  Society  was  held  at 
the  home  of  Mrs.  Harold  Hurley.  Forty-one  mem- 
bers were  present. 

It  was  voted  to  accept  the  invitation  of  the  Jackson 
Woman’s  Club  to  attend  the  lecture  of  Henry  C.  Wolf, 
foreign  correspondent,  author,  and  lecturer,  March  18. 

The  program  was  in  charge  of  Mrs.  George  Hardie 
who  introduced  Mrs.  George  Baker  of  Parma.  Mrs. 
Baker  reviewed  Evelyn  Eaton’s  “Quietly  My  Captain 
Waits.” 

The  members  were  delighted  with  Mrs.  Bakers  in- 
terpretation of  the  story. 


Kalamazoo  County 

The  January  meeting  of  the  Kalamazoo  Auxiliary 
was  held  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  William  E.  Shackleton, 
January  21.  Mrs.  Martin  Patmos  and  Mrs.  Katherine 
Armstrong  were  the  assisting  hostesses. 

A cooperative  dinner  was  enjoyed  by  the  thirty 
members  and  guests  present.  The  latter  were  wives  of 
the  Medical  Staff  from  Fort  Custer. 

Mrs.  Kenneth  Crawford,  president,  conducted  the 
business  meeting.  A report  was  made  on  the  recent 
purchase,  by  the  auxiliary,  of  a wheel  chair,  which 
is  to  be  placed  in  the  Loan  Closet  at  the  Health 
Service  in  the  City  Hall.  This  chair  is  to  be  available 
to  anyone  in  the  community  in  need  of  it. 

Mrs.  Walter  den  Bleyker,  public  relations  chairman, 
presented  the  program  for  the  evening.  Her  subject 
was  “Socialized  Medicine.” 

310 


The  Auxiliary  to  the  Kalamazoo  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine held  a cooperative  dinner  Tuesday,  February  the 
eighteenth,  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  W.  Bartlett  Crane, 
South  Rose  Street.  Mrs.  Ralph  Shook  and  Mrs.  John 
Littig  assisted  the  hostess.  A most  enjoyable  evening 
was  spent  by  the  thirty-five  members  present. 

Following  the  business  meeting  the  remainder  of  the 
evening  was  spent  inJfonnally. 

Frances  Rigterink 


Kent  County 

The  January  meeting  of  the  Kent  County  Woman’s 
Auxiliary  was  held  in  the  Grand  Rapids  Public  Mu- 
seum. 

After  the  luncheon  served  by  teams  led  by  Mrs. 
Jerome  Webber  and  Mrs.  Harold  Damstra  the  group 
was  addressed  by  Dr.  Pearl  L.  Kendrick  on  “Contribu- 
tions of  the  Public  Health  Laboratory  to  the  Com- 
munity.” Dr.  Kendrick  is  Director  of  Western  Michi- 
gan Division  of  the  Michigan  Department  of  Health 
Laboratories  and  is  internationally  known  for  her 
fine  work  on  pertussis  vaccine. 

A business  session  led  by  the  president,  Mrs.  Guy 
DeBoer,  closed  the  meeting. 

The  February  meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to 
the  Kent  County  Medical  Society  was  held  Wednesday 
afternoon,  the  twelfth,  in  the  auditorium  of  the  Public 
Museum.  Mrs.  J.  E.  Meengs  presided  at  the  business 
meeting,  after  which  Mrs.  James  A.  Work,  Jr.  of 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 


Elkhart,  Indiana,  presented  a paper  on  “Dr.  Albert 
Schweitzer.” 

A recording  of  Bach’s  “Prelude  to  the  Fugue  in  E 
Minor”  played  by  Schweitzer  was  given  as  an  appro- 
priate conclusion  to  Mrs.  Work’s  sketch. 

Mrs.  L.  Paul  Ralph  and  Mrs.  George  L.  Riley  and 
their  committees  served  tea  after  the  program. 

PE.A.RL  GaIKEMA 


Monroe  County 

On  the  afternoon  of  January  21,  1941,  the  Auxiliary 
and  guests  met  for  luncheon  at  the  Monroe  Golf  and 
Country  club.  There  were  eighty-three  in  attendance. 

Miss  Margaret  Slater,  Sergeant  Policewoman  of  the 
Toledo,  Ohio,  Police  Department,  spoke  on  “Woman’s 
Part  in  the  Prevention  of  Crime.”  She  was  presented 
by  Mrs.  Robert  J.  Williams,  President,  who  also  pre- 
sented two  special  guests,  Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walker, 
president,  and  Mrs.  A.  O.  Brown,  secretary  of  the 
State  Auxiliary. 

The  Auxiliary  met  January  28  for  an  afternoon 
meeting  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  Edgar  C.  Long.  There 
were  twelve  in  attendance  and  after  a short  business 
meeting  tea  was  served  by  the  hostess  and  the  group 
sewed  for  the  Red  Cross. 

Genevieve  L.  Reisig, 
Press  Chairman. 


Washtenaw  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  of  the  Washtenaw  County 
Medical  Society  held  its  regular  meeting  in  the  Alich- 
igan  Union  on  Tuesday,  December  10. 

Airs.  Alathew  Soller,  Public  Health  Nurse,  spoke  on 
the  Health  Program  in  the  public  schools  of  Ann 
Arbor.  Airs.  Robert  Graham  gave  a number  of  book 
reviews  on  popular  medical  books. 


The  members  of  the  committee  on  British  War 
Relief  were  on  hand  to  receive  donations  of  blankets 
and  warm  clothing  to  be  sent  to  England. 

The  members  also  responded  generously  to  a call 
for  food  donations,  to  be  placed  in  Yuletide  baskets 
for  the  needy. 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  of  the  Washtenaw  County 
Aledical  Society  enjoyed  a potluck  dinner  meeting 
Tuesday,  January  14,  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  Harry  A. 
Towsley.  After  the  routine  busifiess  meeting  the  mem- 
bers played  games  and  enjoyed  a social  hour. 

The  Auxiliary,  with  Airs.  Dean  Alyers  as  chair- 
man, is  collecting  surgical  instruments  from  meip- 
bers  of  the  profession  to  be  sent  to  Great  Britain. 

Tlie  February  meeting  was  a joint  meeting  with  the 
husbands  as  guests  at  the  Alichigan  League. 


Wayne  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  W.C.AI.S.  held  its 
December  meeting  on  Friday  the  13th  at  the  So- 
ciety’s headquarters. 

The  business  meeting  was  followed  by  an  address  by 
Colonel  H.  W.  Aliller  of  the  Engineering  Department 
of  the  University  of  Alichigan,  who  spoke  on  “The 
Causes  and  Progress  of  the  Present  War.” 

Colonel  Aliller  analyzed  the  present  conflict  in  re- 
spect to  the  racial  characteristics  of  the  warring  na- 
tions, their  social  and  economic  problems,  and  the 
great  wars  of  the  past. 

On  Saturday,  December  21,  the  children  of  mem- 
bers of  the  Wayne  County  Aledical  Society  were  guests 
at  a Christmas  party  at  the  Society’s  clubrooms.  Afore 
than  150  little  people  were  present  to  meet  Santa, 
who  had  brought  gifts  for  each.  A puppet  show,  a 
children’s  band  concert,  and  a carol  service  were 
followed  by  refreshments. 

Gay  little  voices  and  merry  laughter  echoed  through- 


Thank  you.  Doctor. 
I We  look  forward 
to  our  visit  here. 


A friendly  suggestion:  Your  '"littlest”  patients  aren’t  the  only 

ones,  Doctor,  who  enjoy  CHEWING  GUM 


I I guess  every  one 
\ likes  to  chew  gum 
/ it's  so  delicious*. 


The  enjoyment  of  delicious  chew- 
ing gum  is  a real  American  cus- 
tom— probably  because  chewing 
is  such  a basic,  natural  pleasure. 

Enjoy  chewing  gum  yourself. 
See  how  the  chewing  helps  relieve 
tension  by  giving  it  a try  during 
your  busy  days. 

Have  some  gum  in  your  pocket 
or  bag  and  in  the  office.  Your 
patients — children  and  adults 
— appreciate  your  friendliness 
when  you  offer  them  some. 
Try  this  for  a month — you’ll 
be  pleased  with  the  results. 

National  Association  of  Chewing  Gum 
Manufacturers,  Staten  Island,  New  York 


April,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


311 


THE  FAMOUS  MAYO  SACRO-ILIAC  BELT 

at  a New  Low  Price 

The  Belt  That  Has  Traveled  Around  the  World 

Since  the  Mayo  was  desigrned  some  years  ago,  we  have  sent  it  to 
nearly  every  country  in  the  world — evidently  the  most  efficient  Belt 
of  its  type  on  the  market. 

The  Belt  is  made  of  heavy  Orthopedic  Web  with  a meparate  abdom- 
inal plate  which  allows  for  accurate  adjustment  and  a suitable  chamois 
Sacral  Pad  which  permits  concentration  on  Sacrum.  Belt  should  be 
buckled  tightly  in  front  on  each  side,  then  all  the  pressure  concen- 
trated on  pad  by  the  lacings  provided  for  that  purpose.  To  fit,  take 
measurement  around  the  hips  three  inches  below  the  Iliac  crests,  or 
directly  over  the  trochanters. 


Headquarters  for 
Trusses 

Surgical  Supports 
Elastic  Hosiery 


PRICE 


*3.75 

Sales  Tax, 
Postage  Extra 


7 FLOORS  MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


LABORATORY  OF 


THE  J.F.  HARTZ  CO. 

15  2 9 Broadway,  Detroit  . . Cherry  4600 


PHARMACEUTICAL  MANUFACTURERS  • MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


out  the  rooms  and  were  proof  that  the  efforts  of  Mrs. 
William  L.  Sherman,  chairman  of  the  Social  Commit- 
tee, were  thoroughly  appreciated. 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Wayne  County  Medi- 
cal Society  held  its  regular  monthly  meeting  on  Friday, 
February  14,  at  2 :00  P.  M. 

Following  the  meeting  Mrs.  A.  Ehiane  Beam,  Pro- 
gram Chairman,  presented  Dr.  Frederick  S.  Yonkman, 
who  spoke  on  “Experimental  Contribution  to  Advance- 
ment in  Medicine.” 

Mrs.  Leo  P.  Rennell,  Mrs.  Louis  J.  Bailey,  Mrs. 
Richard  C.  Connelly,  and  Mrs.  Edgar  E.  Martmer  were 
hostesses  at  the  tea  which  concluded  the  program. 

Margaret  J.  Wallace 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


LETTER  TO  THE  EDITOR 


March  14,  1941. 

Dr.  Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  Editor 

Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Dear  Dr.  Holmes : Recently  there  has  been  estab- 
lished in  this  library,  with  the  approval  of  The  Sur- 
geon General  of  the  Army,  a microfilm  copying  service 
and  a weekly  Current  List  of  Medical  Literature  pre- 
pared from  the  cards  made  for  future  issues  of  the  In- 
dex Catalogue.  These  two  projects  are  conducted 
under  the  auspices  of  a recently  organized  group  of 
Friends  of  the  Army  Medical  Library. 

The  object  of  this  undertaking  is  to  place  the  re- 
sources of  this  library  at  the  disposal  of  those  who 
are  engaged  in  the  advancement  of  medical  research, 
irrespective  of  where  they  live  or  work. 

Undoubtedly  there  are  many  readers  of  your  jour- 
nal who  would  be  interested  in  learning  of  this  service 
and  it  would  be  highly  appreciated  if  you  could  assist 
us  in  making  facts  more  widely  known,  through  the 
columns  of  your  journal.  As  Librarian  of  the  Army 
Medical  Library,  I have  a great  interest  in  the  work 
the  Friends  of  the  Library  are  doing,  and  although  I 
take  no  part  in  this  officially,  I have  left  no  stone  un- 
turned to  aid  them  in  their  work. 

Sincerely  yours, 

Harold  W.  Jones, 

Colonel,  MU.,  U.  S.  Army, 

The  Library. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


312 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


-K 


130  Per  Cent  Club  of  1341 

Barry 

Ingham 

Luce 

Manistee 

Muskegon 

Oceana 

Ontonagon 

Tuscola 

The  above  county  medical  societies  have  cer- 
tified the  1941  dues  of  100  per  cent  of  their  mem- 
bership. A number  of  other  societies  have  cer- 
tified all  but  a few  of  their  1940  members.  As 
soon  as  these  few  have  paid  their  1941  dues  the 
list  of  100  per  cent  county  societies  will  be  much 
larger. 


Wfn.  G.  Gamble,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  addressed  the 
Northern  Michigan  Medical  Society  at  Cheboygan  on 
March  13  on  the  subject  of  “Shock.” 

* * * 

The  Michigan  Association  of  Industrial  Physicians 
and  Surgeons  will  hold  its  1941  annual  meeting  in  De- 
troit on  April  16. 


Frank  H.  Power,  M.D.,  Field  Consultant  in  Cancer 
for  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  addressed  the 
Athena  Club  at  Algonac  on  Tuesday,  March  4,  on  the 
subject  of  “Cancer.” 

* * * 

The  American  Medical  Golfing  Association  will  hold 
its  27th  Annual  Tournament  on  Monday,  June  2,  over 
the  Country  Qub  and  Pepper  Pike  Courses,  Cleveland, 
Ohio.  For  detailed  information  and  application  blank, 
write  Bill  Bums,  2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing. 

* * * 

Louis  J.  Gariepy,  M.D.,  Detroit,  -was  recently  honored 
with  the  presentation  to  him  by  the  Staff  of  Alt.  Carmel 
Mercy  Hospital  of  a beautiful  plaque  on  which  the 
following  inscription  appears  “Presented  in  recognition 
of  outstanding  service.” 

* * 

The  American  Association  of  Industrial  Physicians 
& Surgeons  will  hold  a postgraduate  institute  in  Pitts- 
burgh on  Alay  5 to  8.  The  Institute  will  mark  the 
26th  annual  meeting  of  the  Association  and  the  second 
annual  meeting  of  the  American  Industrial  Hygiene 
Association. 

^ ^ ^ 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta,  the  national  honorary  pre- 
medical fraternity,  installed  its  thirty-second  chapter 
at  the  University  of  Detroit  on  Alarch  8,  1941,  when 
the  Iota  chapter  of  the  Omega  Beta  Pi  fraternity  be- 
came the  Alichigan  Alpha  chapter  with  the  induction 
of  twenty  students  and  two  faculty  members. 


Ukithkitis 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONOPRHEAE) 


SILVER  PICRATE 


k mdSt^atare  wiH  he  seotup^reqaestj 


JOHN  WYEIH  & SROTHER,  INCORPORATED.  PHILA. 


ClPiiver  Pkrate,  Wyefh,  has 

0 convtnciRQ  record  of  ellec> 
f iveness  as  a local  treof>  ^ 
ment  for  acute  anterior 
urethritis  caused  by  Nets>. 
seria  gonorrheae.  U)  An 

^ ^oqueous  solution  (0.5  per- 
cent)  of  silver  picrafe  or 
water-soluble  jelly  (0,5  perv 
^f)  ore  employed  In  the  . 
f treatments  ,• 

. L Knight.  F.,  ai^  Sheian- 
I ski.  H.  A.,  ’Treotmenl 

of  Acute  Anterior 
Urethritis  with  Silver 
Picrote,”  Am*  J.  Syph. 
Gaks  A Yen.  23,  ^ 14 

1 201(MaKh)  1939.: 

- ■ A - . . ■ 

*Save»  Piereite,  is  «i  defin&e  crynoi- 
tn«  sompouiMi  of  sSver  cad  p^e 
acid.  R is  avoRolile  in  the  form  of 
cfysifds  and  soluble  trituradon  for 
Ihe  prepondfoft  of  sofsliens^  sopi- 
‘ posRories,  water- soluUe  |^y,  oiid. 
powder  for  vopiiioi  insufUoHon. 


April,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


313 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDHIUM 

White  Oaks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


• Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 

White  Daks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 


George  A.  Zvndler,  M.D.,  and  Franklin  O.  Meister, 
M.D.,  have  joined  the  medical  staff  of  the  Battle  Creek 
Sanitarium.  Dr.  Zindler  was  associated  with  the  Uni- 
versity of  Afichigan  and  Wayne  University  before  en- 
tering private  practice  in  Detroit ; Dr.  Meister  has  been 
associated  with  the  University  of  Wisconsin. 

♦ ♦ * 

“The  Foundation  Prize"  of  the  American  Association 
of  Obstetricians,  Gynecologists  and  Abdominal  Sur- 
geons has  been  announced  by  James  R.  Bloss,  M.D., 
Secretary,  418  11th  Street,  Himtington,  W.  Va.  All 
manuscripts  must  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Secretary 
before  June  1.  The  prize  consists  of  $150.00.  For  rules 
write  to  the  Secretary. 

* * ♦ 

Eloise  Hospital,  Psychiatric  Division,  announces  its 
second  annual  Post  Graduate  Qinic  for  General  Prac- 
titioners, Wednesday,  April  23,  1941,  from  8:30  A.  M. 
to  5 :00  P.  M.  All  members  of  the  profession  are  in- 
vited. No  fees. 

♦ ♦ * 

A one-day  conference  sometime  in  June  on  Student 
Health  Practice  is  being  arranged  for  physicians  and 
others  interested  in  this  work.  Address  inquiries  con- 
cerning plans  for  the  conference  to  Dr.  Claire  E. 
Healey,  University  Health  Service,  University  of  Alichi- 
gan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

♦ * ♦ 

Wm.  J.  Burns,  Executive  Secretary  of  the  M.S.AI.S., 
addressed  the  Highland  Park  Physicians  Club  in  High- 
land Park  on  March  6,  on  the  subject  of  “The  Trends 
of  Legislation.” 

“Medical  Legislation”  was  the  subject  of  another 
address  by  Mr.  Burns  before  the  Clinton  County  Medi- 
cal Society  on  April  7 in  St.  Johns. 

* * * 

Carleton  Dean,  M.D.,  of  Lansing  has  been  appointed 
Director  of  the  Crippled  Children  Commission,  effec- 
tive April  1.  Doctor  Dean  has  been  serving  as  Deputy 
State  Health  Commissioner  for  the  past  year  and  half, 
prior  to  which  time  he  was  director  of  a county  health 
unit  in  Northern  Michigan.  Doctor  Dean  comes  to  the 
Crippled  Children  Commission  with  the  best  wishes 
of  the  medical  profession. 

* 

Michigam  Medical  Service  and  Alichigan  Hospital 
Service  celebrated  their  First  and  Second  Anniversaries 
respectively  at  a banquet  held  on  March  26  at  the  Hotel 
Statler,  Detroit.  Father  Alphonse  Schwitalla,  S.  J. 
Dean  of  the  Medical  School  of  the  University  of  St. 
Louis,  and  James  A.  H^unilton,  Past  President  of  the 
American  College  of  Hospital  Administrators,  were  the 
out-of-state  guest  speakers. 

* 

Basic  Science  Appeal  Lost. — The  chiropractors’  ap- 
peal to  the  Michigan  Supreme  Court  on  the  opinion 
of  Hon.  Vincent  M.  Brennan,  Judge  of  the  Wayne 
County  Circuit  Court  in  the  case  of  Timpona  vs.  the 
Basic  Science  Board  testing  the  constitutionality  of  the 
Basic  Science  Law,  has  been  dropped.  Therefore,  the 
opinion  of  Judge  Brennan  upholding  the  validity  of 
the  Basic  Science  Law  stands  and  the  law’s  constitu- 
tionality is  firmly  established. 

^ ^ ^ 

Captain  L.  A.  Potter,  Inspector  for  the  Alichigan 
Department  of  Health,  has  been  busy  investigating  the 
activities  of  irregular  and  tmlicensed  practitioners. 
Among  those  recently  brought  to  court  was  a Charles 
DeBoer  a chiropractor  of  Lansing  who  has  been  prac- 
ticing without  a license.  Niunerous  other  irregular 
practitioners  have  removed  signs  indicating  “doctor” 
without  qualification  after  investigation  and  warning 
from  Captain  Potter. 


314 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  AI.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


The  Parents’  Institute,  Inc.,  of  New  York  City,  an- 
nounces the  introduction  of  TRUE  COMICS  which  is 
a magazine  using  the  color  appeal  and  other  features 
of  popular  comics,  but  depicting  exciting  events  of 
present  and  past  history.  It  is  the  aim  of  the  Parents’ 
Institute  in  introducing  this  educational  magazine  for 
children  to  satisfy  the  demand  for  colored  picture  type 
magazine  but  at  the  same  time  eliminate  the  lurid  mag- 
azines featuring  fantastic  excitement,  in  colored  picture 
form,  portraying  impossible,  often  grotesque  characters. 


OFFICIAL  CALL 

The  American  Medical  Association  has  issued 
the  Official  Call  to  the  officers,  fellows  and  mem- 
bers for  its  92nd  annual  session  to  be  held  in 
Cleveland,  Ohio,  June  2 to  6,  1941.  The  head- 
quarters hotel  will  be  Hotel  Statler,  Qeveland. 

Write  Dr.  Edward  F.  Kieger,  1604  Terminal 
Tower,  Cleveland,  Ohio,  TODAY  for  hotel  reser- 
vations. 


The  Annual  Refresher  Course  given  in  Detroit  will 
be  held  on  April  28  at  Henry  Ford  Hospital ; April 
29  at  The  Children’s  Hospital ; and  on  April  30  at 
Herman  Kiefer  Hospital.  Among  the  lecturers  in- 
cluded on  the  three-day  program  are  Drs.  W.  C.  C.  Cole, 
P.  J.  Howard,  Warren  Wheeler,  Don  Barnes,  J.  A. 
Johnston,  J.  P.  Pratt,  C.  L.  Mitchell,  John  Law,  Ben- 
jamin Carey,  Zuelzer,  T.  B.  Cooley,  James  Wilson,  Lee 
Vincent,  Saul  Rosenzweig,  Loren  W.  Shaffer,  Norman 
C.  Wetzel,  Bruce  Douglas,  J.  A.  Kasper,  E.  E.  Mart- 
mer,  Franklin  Top  and  Donald  Young. 

*  *  * * 

The  American  Academy  of  Physical  Medicine  will 
hold  i.ts  nineteenth  annual  meeting  and  scientific  ses- 
sion on  April  28-30,  in  New  York  City.  Headquarters 
will  be  in  the  Hotel  Pennsylvania.  Clinics  will  be  held 
at  the  Medical  Center,  New  York  Orthopaedic  Hospital, 
Post  Graduate  Hospital  and  the  Skin  and  Cancer  Hos- 
pital. All  members  of  the  medical  profession  and  those 
of  related  interests  are  invited  to  attend.  No'  registra- 
tion fee.  Write  Herman  A.  Osgood,  M.D.,  144  Com- 
monwealth Avenue,  Boston,  Massachusetts,  for  detailed 
information  and  program. 

* * * 

The  Seventy-Sixth  Annual  Convention  and  Exhibition 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  will  be  held  at 
the  Hotel  Pantlind-Civic  Auditorium,  Grand  Rapids, 
September  17  to  19,  1941.  A galaxy  of  eminent  na- 
tionally known  physicians  will  bring  you  an  intensive 
three-day  postgraduate  program  that  you  will  not  want 
to  miss.  In  addition,  more  than  one  hundred  scientific 
and  technical  exhibits  will  be  displayed  for  your  in- 
formation and  enjoyment.  Plan  now  to  come  to  Grand 
Rapids  next  September.  Write  today  for  your  hotel 
reservations. 

^ ^ 

Doctor,  remember  your  particular  friends,  the  ex- 
hibitors, at  your  annual  convention,  when  you  have 
need  of  equipment,  appliances,  medical  supplies  and 
service.  Here  are  ten  more  of  the  firms  which  helped 
make  the  1940  convention  such  a success : 

Lea  & Febiger,  Philadelphia. 

A.  Kuhlman  & Company,  Detroit. 

Jones  Metabolism  Equipment  Company,  Chicago. 

The  _G.  A.  Ingram  Company,  Detroit. 

Horlick’s  Malted  Milk  Corporation,  Racine,  Wisconsin. 

Holland-Rantos  Company,  New  York. 

H.  J.  Heinz  Company,  Pittsburgh. 

The  J._  F.  Hartz  Company,  Detroit. 

Hanovia  Chemical  and  Mfg.  Company,  Newark. 

Hack  Shoe  Company,  Detroit. 

April,  1941 


There’s  no  fee 
for  this 
advice 

In  coses  of  real  thirst,  noth- 
ing is  more  welcome  to  a 
welcome  guest  than  a high- 
ball made  with  smooth,  mel- 
low Johnnie  Walker  . . . 

★ 

IT'S  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

f^LKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


Red  Label 
8 years  old 


Black  Label 
12  years  old 
Both  86.8  proof 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


315 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


DeNIKE  sanitarium,  Inc. 

Established  1893 


EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 

OF 

ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOLISM 


Mild  Neuropsychic  Cases 
Admitted 


1571  East  Jefferson  Avenue 
Cadillac  2670  Detroit 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


316 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of 


Doctors  Recruiting. — Britain  is  beginning  to  feel  a 
shortage  of  doctors  and  is  discussing  with  U.  S.  officials 
some  kind  of  appeal  for  volunteers  from  this  country. 
Since  the  U.  S.  fears  a similar  shortage  later,  a coun- 
tersuggestion is  being  made  in  Washington.  This  is  a 
plan  to  encourage  the  several  thousand  refugee  doc- 
tors (mostly  German  and  Austrian)  now  in  the  U.  S. 
to  go  to  England.  Many  of  these,  for  various  technical 
reasons,  haven’t  been  able  to  obtain  U.  S.  medical 
licenses,  but  they  would  be  welcomed  by  Britain.  The 
above  ideas  haven’t  yet  taken  definite  form,  but  specific 
proposals  are  likely  to  be  publicized  before  long. — 
Newsweek,  March  17,  1941. 


* * * 

Physical  Examinations  Ordered  by  Any  Court,  Board, 
Etc. — A new  law  (Act  18  of  1941)  has  just  been 

placed  on  the  statute  books  which  requires  the  payment 
of  fees  to  persons  ordered  to  take  a physical  examina- 
tion by  any  court,  board  or  commission,  or  other  pub- 
lic body  or  officer.  The  law  is  very  brief  and  reads 
as  follows : 

Whenever  in  any  proceedings  before  any  court,  board  or 

commission,  or  other  public  body  or  officer,  an  order  is  made 
by  such  court,  board  or  commission,  or  other  public  body  or 
officer,  requiring  and  commanding  that  a person  shall  submit  to 
a physical  examination,  the  order  shall  also  provide  that  the 
attorney  for  such  person  may  be  present  at  such  physical  ex- 
amination if  the  party  to  such  examination  desires  that  an 
attorney  representing  him  be  present.  The  order  shall  also 
recite  and  provide  that  the  party  to  be  examined  shall,  at  least 
3 days  prior  to  the  date  set  for  said  examination,  be  paid  a 
fee  of  $2.00  per  diem  for  the  day  ordered  for  attendance,  and 
that  such  party  also  be  paid  a mileage  fee  at  the  rate  of  10 

cents  per  mile  in  going  to  the  place  of  attendance,  to  be 

estimated  from  the  residence  of  such  party.  The  court,  board 
or  commission,  or  other  public  body  or  officer,  may  in  its  order 
determine  the  fees  and  mileage  to  be  paid,  and  when  so  fixed, 
such  determination  shall  be  conclusive.  A correct  copy  of 
any  written  report  rendered  by  the  examining  physician  relative 
to  the  condition  of  such  person  shall  be  delivered  forthwith 
to  such  person  or  his  attorney. 

♦ * * 


The  Radio  Committee  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  has  arranged  broadcasts  of  talks  on  the  fol- 
lowing subjects  over  radio  stations  in  Battle  Creek, 
Bay  City,  Detroit,  Flint,  Grand  Rapids,  Houghton, 
Jackson,  Kalamazoo,  East  Lansing,  Muskegon,  Mar- 
quette and  Port  Huron : In  December ; Diabetes,  Sinus, 
The  Value  of  X-ray  Examination  in  Accidents  and 
Emergency  Cases,  Colitis,  Artificial  Fever  Therapy. 

In  January:  Relationship  of  Dentistry  and  Medicine, 
Scarlet  Fever,  Eyestrain  in  Mental  and  Physical  De- 
velopment, and  Simple  Facts  about  How  We  Hear. 

In  February : Premarital  Examinations ; The  Im- 
portance of  Prenatal  Care;  The  Menopause;  The 
Value  of  Anesthesia  in  Surgery  and  Medicine. 

In  March:  Can  Cancer  be  Cured?  Refrigeration 
Treatment  of  Cancer,  The  Common  Causes  of  Fatigue, 
and  Misconceptions  About  Heart  Disease. 

The  members  of  the  Radio  Committee  who  arranged 
for  these  worthwhile  talks  and  the  individual  physicians 
who  delivered  them  have  earned  the  sincere  thanks  of 
the  medical  profession  for  a good  piece  of  work. 

* * * 


DETROIT  NEXT 

Detroit  was  awarded  the  1942  Conference.  For  the 
first  time  in  our  history,  the  Detroit  Society  will  be 
host  to  the  meeting  of  all  the  Chapters  of  the  American 
Society  for  the  Hard  of  Hearing. 

We  are  proud  of  the  honor  and  privilege  to  entertain 
and  serve  the  members  of  this  national  body  in  our 
beautiful  city.  It  is  our  sincere  hope  that  we  shall  be 
able  to  stage  as  fine  a Conference  as  the  one  just 
closed  in  Los  Angeles. 

It  is  not  too  early  to  begin  working  now  toward 
that  goal.  We  trust  that  our  members  will  unite  and 
give  us  their  earnest  cooperation  and  help. — The 
Rainbow. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 

the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Acknowledgment  of  all  books  received  will  he  made  in  this 
column  and  this  wdl  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 


BIOLOGICAL  ASPECTS  OF  INFECTIOUS  DISEASE.  By 
F.  M.  Burnet,  M.D.,  Assistant  Director,  Walter  and  Eliza 
Hall  Institute,  Melbourne.  New  York:  The  MacMillan 

Company.  Cambridge,  England:  The  University  Press, 

1940.  Price:  $3.75. 

This  Australian  scientist  discusses  the  various  infec- 
tious diseases  from  the  standpoint  of  biology.  In  a 
most  interesting  manner  he  portrays  the  universal  sig- 
nificance of  bacteria  and  higher  forms  of  plant  and 
animal  life,  including  man.  His  words,  “Infectious 
disease  is  seen  as  a part  of  the  balance  of  life  where 
existence  of  one  form  of  life  depends  upon  the  exist- 
ence of  others.”  To'  every  physician  and  member  of 
the  allied  professions  it  will  provide  interesting  and 
thought-provoking  reading.  It  is  recommended  for 
every  physician. 


I 

' STRANGE  MALADY.  The  Story  of  Allergy.  By  Warren  T. 
Vaughan,  M.D.  Line  Drawings  by  John  P.  Tillery.  New 
York:  Doubleday,  Doran  and  Company,  Inc.,  1941.  Price: 
$3.00. 

In  this  second  book  in  the  American  Association  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science  Series,  Vaughan  has  at- 
tempted to  simplify  the  knowledge  and  the  theory  of  al- 
lergic response.  It  would  take  an  exceptionally  well  ed- 
ucated layman  to  understand  some  of  the  chapters'but  to 
a physician  who  has  not  been  able  to  keep  up  in  the 
study  of  this  condition,  this  book  will  provide  interest- 
ing and  informative  reading.  The  use  of  cartoons  in 
describing  the  various  reactions  is  especially  commend- 
able. The  excellent  standing  of  Warren  Vaughan  is 
sufficient  to  warrant  justification  in  recommending  this 
book. 


ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY  IN  PRACTICE.  By  Ashton 
Graybiel,  M.D.,  Instructor  in  Medicine,  Course  for  Gradu- 
ates, Harvard  Medical  School;  Research  Associate,  Fatigue 
Laboratory,  Harvard  University;  Assistant  in  Medicine, 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital;  and  Paul  D.  White,  M.D., 
Lecturer  in  Medicine,  Harvard  Medical  School;  Physician, 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital,  in  Charge  of  the  Cardiac 
Clinics  and  Laboratory.  Philadelphia  and  London;  W.  B. 
Saunders  Company,  1941.  Price;  $6.00. 

This  volume  is  arranged  as  an  atlas  as  well  as  a 
study  book  on  the  interpretation  of  electrocardiograms. 
The  electrocardiograms  have  been  carefully  selected 
and  the  scope  is  unusually  complete.  Every  physician 
who  is  interested  in  interpretation  of  electrocardio- 
grams will  be  well  repaid  for  adding  this  volume  to  his 
library.  The  authors  rank  among  the  highest  in  this 
field. 


FOOD,  TEET.H  AND  LARCENY.  By  Charles  A.  Levinson, 
D.M.D.,  Author  of  “The  Examining  Dentist  in  Food 
Hazard  Cases.”  New  York:  Greenberg,  Publisher,  1941. 

Price:  $3.00. 

The  author  has  filled  this  book  with  case  reports 
and  follow-ups  on  hundreds  of  true  and  false  claims 
of  damage,  to  the  teeth  and  mouth  particularly,  caused 
by  foreign  .substance  in  foods.  It  is  of  interest  to 
all  dentists  and  all  physicians  who  are  interested  in  the 
medico-legal  side  of  medicine.  His  pessimistic  view 
of  the  unscrupulousness  of  his  professional  colleagues 
is‘  not  pleasant  but  may  be  excused  because  of  his  long 
association  in  investigating  these  types  of  swindles. 

April,  1941 


worth  while  laboratory  exam~ 
inations;  including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients. 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIQLOGI^AlS* 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

VVe  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


RUPP  & BOWMAN  CO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLE^DO,  OHIO 


317 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


SPRING  PLEASURE 

For  your  diabetic  patients,  call  for  de- 
licious pastries  (without  sugar). 

Try  them,  doctor. 

Request  samples. 

CURDOLAC  FOOD  CO. 

325  E.  Broadway 
Waukesha,  Wisconsin 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


INGHAM  COUNTY  CLINIC 

The  Annual  Clinic  of  the  Ingham  County  Medical 
Society  will  be  held  Thursday,  May  1. 

11:30 — Round  table  discussion  by  Dr.  Tom  Spies 
of  Birmingham,  Alabama,  and  Dr.  Harry 
Newburgh  of  the  University  of  Michigan — 
“Management  of  Obesity.” 

1 :30 — Dr.  William  Scott  of  Toronto,  Ontario — 
“Ante  Partum  Hemmorrhage.” 

2:15 — Dr.  John  Lundy  of  the  Mayo  Clinic — “The 
Choice  of  an  Anesthetic.” 

3:30 — Dr.  John  Scudder  of  New  York — “Evaluation 
of  Shock  and  Its  Treatment.” 

4:15 — Dr.  Owen  H.  Wangensteen  of  Minneapolis — 
“Management  of  Abdominal  Distension.” 

5 :30 — Social  Hour 

6 :30 — Dinner 

7 :30 — Dr.  Tom  Spies — “Avitaminosis  and  Nutrition.” 

It  is  sincerely  hoped  that  all  members  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  and  their  friends  and  guests  who 
may  find  it  possible  to  be  present  will  take  advantage  of 
the  invitation  of  the  Ingham  County  Medical  Society 
to  attend  this  Clinic. 


READING  NOTICES 


CHEMOTHERAPY  IN  GONORRHEA 

The  newer  sulfonamides,  sulfapyridine  and  sulfa- 
thiazole,  are  rapidly  revolutionizing  the  treatment  of 
all  forms  of  gonococcic  infections.  This  exact  modus 
operand!  is  not  clearly  understood  but  is  assumed  to 
depend  on  an  ill-defined,  inherent  action  as  an  anti- 
septic. The  cure  rates  of  both  drugs,  used  in  the  male, 
are  about  the  same  for  both  early  and  late  cases,  and 
apparently  reach  70  per  cent  or  over  (Bull.  New 
York  Acad.  Med.,  17:39  and  64,  1941).  Because  of  its 
lower  toxicity,  sulfathiazole  appears  to  be  rapidly  sup- 
planting sulfapyridine  in  clinical  usage.  The  sulfona- 
mides are  marketed  by  Eli  Lilly  and  Company  in  a 
wide  variety  of  dosage  forms. 


HIS  FIRST  CEREAL  FEEDING 

The  baby’s  first  solid  food  always  excites  the  par- 
ent’s interest.  Will  he  cry?  Will  he  spit  it  up?  Will 
he  try  to  swallow  the  spoon?  Far  more  important  than 
the  child’s  “cute”  reactions  is  the  fact  that  figuratively 
and  physiologically,  the  little  fellow  is  just  beginning 
to  eat  like  a man. 

Many  a parent,  with  limited  knowledge  of  nutrition, 
attempts  to  do  the  baby’s  tasting  for  him.  Partial  to 
sweets,  the  mother  sweetens  her  child’s  cereal.  Dis- 
liking cod  liver  oil,  she  wrinkles  her  nose  and  sighs : 
“Poor  child,  to  have  to  take  such  awful  stuff!”  The 
child  is  quick  to  learn  by  example,  and  soon  may  be- 
come poor  indeed — in  nutrition,  as  well  as  in  mental 
habits  and  psychological  adjustment. 

Appreciating  the  importance  and  difficulties  of  the 
physician’s  problem  in  establishing  and  maintaining  good 
eating  habits.  Mead  Johnson  & Company  continue  to 
supply  Pablum  in  its  natural  form.  No  sugar  is  added. 
There  is  no  corresponding  dilution  of  the  present  pro- 
tein, mineral  and  vitamin  content  of  Pablum.  Is  this 
not  worth  while? 


NEW  COLOR  HLM  ON 
VITAMIN  B COMPLEX  AVAILABLE 

The  apparently  high  incidence  of  sub-clinical  de- 
ficiency states  associated  with  the  lack  of  the  vitamin 
B complex  and  the  difficulty  of  recognizing  and  diag- 
nosing such  conditions  make  the  announcement  of  a 
new  motion  picture  on  the  vitamin  B complex  one  of 
special  interest.  The  title  of  the  new  film  is  “The 
Vitamin  B Complex” ; it  is  entirely  in  16  mm.  Koda- 
chrome.  A sound  as  well  as  a silent  version  is  avail- 
able to  medical  societies  and  medical  schools. 

The  film  is  based  largely  on  clinical  material  from 
the  Nutrition  Clinic,  Hillman  Hospital,  Birmingham, 
Ala.  The  cases  selected  for  the  most  part  were  not 
so  much  those  exhibiting  the  classical  syndromes,  but 
rather  were  of  the  mild  type  frequently  involving  mixed 
deficiency  states  and  less  endemic  in  character. 

The  film,  “The  Vitamin  B Complex,”  was  produced 
under  the  supervision  of  the  scientific  and  medical 
staffs  of  E.  R.  Squibb  & Sons,  and  was  reviewed  be- 
fore release  by  authorities  of  international  repute  in 
the  field  of  medicine  and  nutrition.  There  is  no  ad- 
vertising in  the  film  which  is  offered  solely  as  a 
conservative  review  of  the  present  status  of  the  sub- 
ject. Inquiries  with  reference  to  the  loan  of  the 
film  may  be  addressed  to  E.  R.  Squibb  & Sons,  Pro- 
fessional Service  Department,  745  Fifth  Avenue,  New 
York,  N.  Y. 


318 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


ORETON-M 


in  tablets,  is  the  new,  orally 


effective  androgen  producing  full  male  hormone  effects  by  mouth  — valuable 
as  the  supplementary  or  complete  treatment  of  male  sex  hormone  deficiencies. 


ORETON  Ampules  are  standard  for  male  hormone  therapy  by  injection,  furnishing 
intense,  prolonged  activity  for  all  androgen  indications:  hypogonadism,  the  male 
climacteric,  impotence  with  androgenic  deficiency,  prostatism,  control  of  functional 
uterine  bleeding,  suppression  of  lacta- 
tion, after-pains  and  breast  engorgement. 


ORETON 


convenient,  potent  mode  of  admlhistratlon.  In  tubes  and  in  single-dose  Toplkators: 

ORitOH-r*  FOR  mmmAll  KORMONI ; ORITOH,^  THF  PRORIOHATE;  ORiTON-M,«  THF  mTHYL  COMPOUND 

- V ' ' ^ ' :,*Trade-Marks  Reg.  U.  S.  Pot.  OflF. 


CHERING  CORPORATION  • BLOOMFIELD  « NEW  JERSEY 

May,  1941  331 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


>f  HALF  A CENTURY  AGO  >f 


The  Twenty-sixth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  was  held  a.t  Saginaw,  June  11 
and  12,  1891. 

The  President,  Lyman  W.  Bliss  of  Saginaw,  gave 
his  annual  address  entitled,  “The  Dignity  of  the  Pro- 
fession.” He  said : 

“When  we  contemplate  the  marvelously  constructed 
house,  in  which  for  a few  brief  years  dwells  the  im- 
mortal soul  of  man,  we  are  lost  in  wonder  and  awed 
into  silence  at  the  stupendous  hand-work  of  Almighty 
God.  No  glowing  language,  no  descriptive  eulogy  by 
man,  nor  the  thrilling  measures  of  the  poet’s  verse  can 
paint  the  wonders  of  our  human  frame.”  * * * 

* * * “The  physician  is  the  guardian  of  this  vast  lab- 
oratory of  nature,  and  in  order  to  show  the  great 
responsibility  that  lies  upon  him,  let  us  for  a moment 
consider  some  of  his  duties.  The  paramount  object 
of  every  practitioner  should  be  to  heal  the  sick,  bind 
up  the  wounded,  and  care  for  the  distressed  in  the 
most  scientific,  honorable,  and  gentlemanly  manner. 
This  being  the  case,  an  intelligent  profession  is  de- 
manded ; demanded  for  a two-fold  reason : first,  be- 
cause of  the  importance  of  the  office  of  the  practition- 
er, his  duty  toward  those  placed  within  his  trust,  and 
also  because  of  the  advanced  age  in  which  we  live. 
The  days  of  log  cabins,  teams,  spinning  wheels, 
hand  looms,  tallow  candles  and  quack  doctors  are 
ended.  We  are  warranted  in  the  belief  that  the 
America  of  fifty  years  ago  is  just  as  much  the  America 
of  today,  as  the  America  of  today  will  be  the 
America  of  fifty  years  hence.  We  are  living  in  times 
of  mighty  advancement,  and  the  ragged,  shoeless, 
hatless  boy  of  the  street  has  opportunity  to  learn  more 
in  a single  year  than  did  his  forefathers  in  ten.  In 
ages  gone  by,  the  modern  means  of  securing  knowl- 
edge was  not  placed  within  the  reach  of  the  common 
people,  but  today  our  homes  are  filled  with  magazines, 
newspapers,  models  of  taste  and  labor  and  the  knowl- 
edge of  art.  These  advantages  increase  our  opportu- 
nities and  add  to  our  responsibilities.  The  time  was, 
in  some  of  our  southwestern  states,  when  a prac- 
titioner’s complete  equipment  consisted  of  a box  of 
quinine,  a keg  of  whiskey,  a mustang  pony  and  two 
revolvers.  Evidences  of  quackery  practiced  in  years 
gone  by  are  still  fresh  in  our  memories.  I remember 
a circumstance  which  transpired  in  the  presence  of  a 
personal  friend,  in  the  State  of  Nebraska  in  1880, 
during  the  malarial  season.  A western  doctor  was 
called  to  visit  a family  sick  of  fever  and  ague.  After 
the  usual  salutation  and  examination  of  their  cases, 
he  said : “Some  of  you  are  seriously  ill ; your  chances 

for  recovery  are  certainly  very  slender,  unless  prompt 
action  and  extreme  measures  are  resorted  to.  You 
will  at  once  get  some  fish-worms,  boil  them  in  new 
milk  and  then  give’  the  liquid  to  the  sick  members 
of  the  family  once  every  hour.  If  this  treatment  fails, 

I know  of  no  other  th^t  will  restore  health  under 
the  circumstances.”  Such  transactions  were  numerous 
and  of  vital  injury  to  all  honest,  intelligent,  and  hon- 
orable gentlemen  connected  with  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine; but  we  rejoice  that  their  days  are  numbered  and 
that  pure  dignity  and  ignorance  never  go  hand  in  hand. 
The  people  of  today  are  a reading,  intelligent  and 
observing  people  and  will  not  be  imposed  ujpon.  The 
dignity  of  the  jirofession  is  largely  dependent  upon 
the  gentlemanly  conduct  of  the  practitioner;  haughti-  . 
ness  or  arrogance  are  sometimes  mistaken  for  dignity, 
but  they  are^  vasjly  different  True ' dignity,  in  any 

?32 


profession,  is  gentlemanly,  kind,  charitable,  and  never 
fails  to  receive  a just  reward. 

“The  dignity  of  the  profession  is  sometimes  injured 
by  young  and  ambitious  physicians,  who  are  so  anxious 
to  succeed  that  they  frequently  forget  the  obligations 
of  the  practitioner  to  those  engaged  in  the  same  pro- 
fession. Everyone  contemplating  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine should  remember  that  success  cannot  be  secured 
in  a single  day  or  year,  and  that  the  only  .sure  road 
to  a successful  life  is  the  way  which  leads  us  through 
the  fields  of  honesty  and  fair  dealing  one  with  another. 
While  we  rejoice  in  the  vigor  of  manhood,  and  love 
to  see  every  young  man  energetic  and  aspiring,  we 
should  at  all  times  remember  that  our  obligations  to 
others  should  never  be  disregarded.  On  the  other  hand 
a lack  of  self-confidence  or  desire  to  win  has  a damag- 
ing influence  and  should  always  be  avoided.”  * ♦ * 

* * * “'We  cannot  acquire  success  in  any  profession 
or  business  in  a day  or  even  in  a year.  I,  as  a marks- 
man, may  make  a marvelous  shot,  and  it  is  the  wonder 
of  the  community  and  conversation  of  all.  A young 
man  just  commencing  the  practice  of  law  makes  a 
great  plea  before  a jury,  and  by  this,  it  is  generally 
conceded  that  he  won  the  case  and  secured  the 
verdict,  yet  this  only  gives  him  limited  local  reputa- 
tion. 

“Col.  R.  Finley  Smiley,  the  distinguished  Southern 
orator,  when  addressing  a class  of  law  students,  veryj 
^ timely  and  very  eloquently  said : ‘Were  a young  law- 

yer enabled  to  incorporate  all  the  legal  knowledge  of 
all  the  learned  lawyers  of  heaven  to  the  chariot  of 
eloquence  and  ride  forth  with  Samson-like  strength 
and  Demosthene’s  oratory  and  hurl  the  fiery  darts  of 
burning  speech  into  the  ears  of  the  jury,  until  each 
and  every  juror  would,  with  weeping  eyes  and  throb- 
bing heart,  fall  speechless  under  the  great  pyrotech- 
nical  display  of  genius,  he  would  then  have  only  se- 
cured a local  reputation  and  one  which,  if  not  added 
to,  would  wither  and  die  before  the  frosts  of  ten> 
winters  had  passed  away.’ 

“A  mechanic  erects  a costly  house  with  wonderful 
dispatch  and  great  skill,  and  for  a time  he  is  the 
subject  of  conversation  in  all  the  mechanical  circles 
of  the  neighborhood.  Or  a young  minister  delivers 
a magnificent  sernaon — strong  in  logic  and  practical 
in  its  conclusions — and  in  a little  time  he  is  the  admired 
of  all  the  admiring,  yet  this  is  not  reputation,  this 
is  not  character,  it  is  simply  fleeting  notoriety,  which  of 
itself  alone  is  almost  valueless.  A physician  cures, 
one  remarkable  case,  in  which  he  restores  the  almost 
dead  to  life,  and  he  also  secures  this  notoriety  for  an 
hour.  But  I,  as  a marksman,  must  be  able  to  make 
a winning  shot  whenever  I raise  my  rifle.  The  young 
lawyer  will  be  expected  to  make  subsequent  efforts 
of , equal  strength,  if  not  stronger  than  he  made  on 
a prior  occasion.  He  will  have  to  make  strong  the 
weak  points  of  law  and  present  the  case  to  the  jury, 
successfully  carrying  it  with  him,  before  he  will  ever 
secure  the  reputation  and  be  recognized  as  a great 
lawyer.  The  young  mechanic  will  have  to  furnish  evi- 
dence of  perseverance,  skill,  and  success,  time  after 
time,  before  a meritorious  character  is  wholly  formed. 
Although  the  young  minister  may  be  petted  and  fon- 
dled by  some  who  would  love  to  do  him  favor,  he 
must  remember  that  he  will  be  compelled  to  think  .■ 
out  for  himself  very  many  eloquent  sayings  and  | 
figures  of  speech  and  evince  evidences  of  masterly , 
reason  before  he  will  ever  be  acknowledged  as  a fine 
(Continued  on  Page  334) 

JouiL  M.S.M.S. 


Research  on  a large  scale 
at  Lederle  Laboratories 


i^derle  is  spending  over  $100,000  a year  on 
sulfonamide  research  and  still  more  on  other 
pharmacological  investigations.  But  the  tradi- 
tional eminence  of  Lederle  is  in  biologicals  and 
the  bulk  of  its  research,  employing  many  experi- 
enced scholars  and  a generous-sized  staff,  is  de- 
voted to  blazing  new  paths  toward  better  and 
still  better  antitoxins,  anti-sera  and  vaccines. 
There  are  over  sixty  virus  diseases  of  man  or 
beast  as  yet  unconquered,  a new  concept  of  the 
nature  of  virus  to  be  applied  and  new  tools  like 
the  air-borne  centrifuges  (60,000  r.p.m.!),  the 
Tiselius  machines  and  the  electron  microscope, 
all  at  work  today  for  Lederle. 

Fascinating  fun  for  an  eager  staff  in  buildings 
all  their  own  on  Lederle’s  200-acre  serum  farm! 

Lederle  Laboratories.  Inc. 

30  ROCKEFELLER  PLAZA  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


May,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


333 


logician  or  a great  preacher.  And  the  young  doctor 
has  yet  to  watch  over  more  than  one  desperate  case 
of  sickness,  and  study  the  deranged  system  of  more 
than  one  poor  dying  patient  before  he  can  justly  claim 
title  of  a great  physician. 

“These  cold  facts  sound  harshly  in  the  ears  of  thou- 
sands of  young  men,  who  are  dissatisfied  with  this 
law  and  would  like  to  have  it  changed.  They  think 
it  strange  that  the  young  lords  of  creation,  endowed 
with  such  wonderful  faculties,  accomplishments,  and 
wisdom,  cannot  at  once  receive  the  tribute  and  homage 
paid  to  one  whose  whole  life  has  been  a life  of  study 
and  of  toil.  This  is  the  primary  cause  of  failure  in 
thousands  of  cases. 

“Too  many  young  men  are  willing  to  make  a few 
powerful  efforts  and  then  sit  down  in  discouragement 
and  gloom  and  wait  for  fortune  to  crown  them  with 
success.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  there  is  no  excel- 
lence without  great  labor,  it  is  the  duty  of  everyone, 
whether  old  or  young,  to  achieve  every  possible  victory 
by  personal  efforts.  Having  spent  many  years  in  the 
practice  of  medicine,  my  knowledge  has  been  derived 
by  practical  experience : and  realizing  the  great  neces- 
sity of  an  intelligent  profession,  I entreat  each  and 
every  one  of  you,  as  fellow  laborers,  to  use  every 
instrumentality  for  the  furtherance  of  the  profession 
we  have  espoused,  that  good  may  be  accomplished  and 
relief  brought  to  every  suffering  one  of  the  human 
family  that  is  placed  within  our  care.  And  if  our 
breasts  bear  no  jewels  betokening  the  approval  of  an 
earthly  monarch,  we  know  in  our  own  hearts  that  we 
have  the  approval  of  One  greater  than  all  kings  and 
potentates. 

“Thanking  you  for  the  many  tokens  of  regard  and 
honor  shown  me  and  wishing  you  all  abundant  success 
in  every  laudable  endeavor  to  advance  the  interest  of 
the  profession,  I close.” 


COUNCIL  AND  COMMITTEE  MEETINGS 

1.  Wednesday,  April  9 — 6:30  p.  m. — Industrial 
Health  Committee — Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

2.  Wednesday,  April  16 — 7:30  p.  m. — Representatives 
of  Groups  Interested  in  Afflicted  Child  Legisla- 
tion— Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

3.  Thursday,  April  24 — 3:00  p.  m. — Legislative  Com- 
mittee— Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

4.  Wednesday,  April  4:00  p.  m.— Child  Welfare 
Committee — WCMS  Bldg.,  Detroit. 

5.  Wednesday,  May  7 — 4:00  p.  m. — Committee  on 
Distribution  of  Medical  Care — Hotel  Olds,  Lans- 
ing. 

6.  Thursday , May  8 — 3 :00  p.  m. — Executive  Commit- 
tee of  The  Council — Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 


NEW  COUNTY  SOCIETY  OITICERS 
Lapeer 

President — D.  J.  O’Brien,  M.  D.,  Lapeer 
Vice  President — K.  W.  Dick,  M.  D.,  Imlay  City 
Secretary-Treasurer — H.  M.  Best,  M.  D.,  Lapeer 
Delegate — D.  J.  O’Brien,  M.  D.,  Lapeer 
Alternate  Delegate — H.  M.  Best,  M.  D.,  Lapeer. 

Mason 

President — W.  S.  Martin,  M.  D.,  Ludington 
Secretary-Treasurer — C.  A.  Paukstis,  M.  D.,  Luding- 
ton 

St.  Joseph 

President — F.  D.  Dodrill,  M.  D.,  Three  Rivers 
Secretary-Treasurer — J,  W.  Rice,  M.  D.,  Sturgis 
Delegate — R.  A.  Springer,  M.  D.,  Centerville 
Alternate  Delegate — J.  W.  Rice,  M.  D.,  Sturgis 


COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  MEETINGS 

Bay — Wednesday,  March  26 — Bay  City — Speaker  : Rob- 
ert Moehlig,  M.  D.,  Detroit — Subject:  “Newer  Ad- 
vances in  Endocrinology.” 

Wednesday,  April  9 — Bay  City — Speaker  : Gordon 
Myers,  M.  D.,  Detroit — Subject:  “Sulfathiazole.” 
Berrien — Thursday,  April  17 — Benton  Harbor — Speak- 
er: John  M.  Sheldon,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor  — Subject: 
“Allergy.” 

Calhoun — Tuesday,  April  1 — Battle  Creek — Speaker: 
Robert  S.  Breakey,  M.  D.,  Lansing — Subject:  “Gon- 
ococcal Infection  in  the  Female.” 

Dickinson-Iron — Thursday,  April  3 — Iron  Mountain — 
Speaker:  Herbert  Landes,  M.  D.,  Chicago — Subject: 
“Hematuria  as  it  Pertains  to  General  Practice.” 
Hillsdale—ThursddLy,  March  27 — Hillsdale — Speaker  : S. 
Milton  Goldhamer,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject: 
“Diseases  of  the  Blood  and  Blood  Organs.” 

Ingham — Tuesday,  April  15 — Lansing — Speaker:  Fred- 
erick H.  Falls,  M.  D.,  Chicago — Subject:  “Extra 
Uterine  Pregnancy.” 

Jackson — Tuesday,  April  15 — Jackson— Speaker  : Robert 

S.  Breakey,  M.  D.,  Lansing — Subject:  “Medical  Re- 
sponsibility in  Venereal  Disease  Control.” 

Kalamazoo — Tuesday,  April  15 — Kalamazoo — Speaker: 
Charles  F.  McKhann,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject: 
“Diarrhea  and  Vomiting  in  Infants.”  Also  colored . 
motion  pictures  of  contagious  diseases  presented  by 
Harry  Towsley,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor. 

Keni — Tuesday,  April  8— Grand  Rapids — Speaker:  S. . 
Milton  Goldhamer,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject : “The  • 
Use  of  Liver  and  Iron  in  the  Anemias.” 

Muskegon — Friday,  April  18 — Muskegon— Speaker  : 

Phillip  Lewin,  M.  D.,  Chicago — Subject:  “Common  i 
Disorders  of  the  Foot  and  Ankle.” 

Wednesday,  April  2— Rotunda  Inn— Speaker: 
Arthur  C.  Curtis,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject : “Re- 
cent Advances  in  Chemotherapy.” 

St.  C/mV— Tuesday,  March  25 — Port  Huron— Speakers  : 
W.  L.  Brosius,  M.  D.  and  F.  H.  Topp,  M.  D.  of  De- 
troit, conducted  a clinical  pathological  conference. 
Tuesday,  April  8 — Port  Huron — Business  meeting. 
Shiawassee — Thursday,  April  17 — Owosso — Regular 

meeting. 

Washtenazv — Tuesday,  April  8 — Ann  Arbor — Speaker: 
John  A4.  Sheldon,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject:  “Al- 
lergy in  General  Practice.” 

Wayne — Monday,  Alay  5 — General  Aleeting,  joint  ses- 
sion with  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  Alay  12 — Medical 
Section  Meeting.  Speaker : Bernard  I.  Comroe,  M. 
D.,  Philadelphia — Subject : “Arthritis.” 

May  19 — Annual  Meeting.  Election  of  Officers. 

JJ’est  Side — PlVayne  County) — Wednesday,  April  16 — 
Speakers  : Samuel  J.  Levin,  M.  D.,  Detroit  on  “Eczema 
and  Fungus  Allergy”;  Frank  L.  Ryerson,  AI.  D..  De- 
troit on  “Common  Diseases  of  the  Optic  Fundi”  and 
presentation  of  talking  motion  picture  entitled  “The 
Pre-school  Child.” 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 

608  Kales  Bldg.  — 76  W.  Adams  Ave. 
Northwest  corner  of 


Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
A>nogenous  Vaccines 


Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkfield  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 

Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


334 


Say  you  saiv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TKe  journal 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 
Volume  40  May,  1941  Number  5 


The  Changing  Pictnre 
of  Diahetes"" 

By  Reginald  Fitz,  M.D. 
Boston,  Massachusetts 


Reginald  Fitz,  M.D. 

Lecturer  on  the  History  of  Medicine, 
Harvard  Medical  School;  Member 
Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hos- 
pitals, American  Medical  Association; 
Member  Board  of  Regents,  American 
College  of  Physicians ; Member  Ameri- 
can Board  of  Internal  Medicine ; Con- 
sulting Physician,  Peter  Bent  Brigham 
Hospital,  Boston. 


■ In  the  preface  to  the  first  edition  of  “Treat- 
ment of  Diabetes  Mellitus,”  Dr.  Joslin^  re- 
marks, “I  have  sought  to  take  advantage  of  what 
many  friends  both  in  Germany  and  in  Amer- 
ica have  taught  me.  Professors  Naunyn,  von 
Noorden,  Friederich  von  Muller,  Magnus-Levy, 
and  Falta,  all  have  helped  me  with  my  cases.” 


A Fundamental  Text 

It  so  happened  that  not  long  ago  in  the  Har- 
vard Medical  School  Library  I came  across  a 
copy  of  “Der  Diabetes  Melitus”f  by  Naunyn.  It 
was  first  published  in  book  form  in  1906  and  this 
particular  copy  belonged  to  my  father.  Evidently 
he  had  treasured  it  and  like  Dr.  Joslin  felt  that 
he,  too,  had  been  signally  helped  in  the  manage- 


*From  the  Robert  Dawson  Evans  Memorial  for  Clinical  Re- 
search and  Preventive  Medicine,  Massachusetts  Memorial  Hos- 
pitals, Boston.  Presented  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  Detroit,  Michigan,  September  20,  1940. 

tDr.  Joslin  has  been  kind  enough  to  review  this  paper  for 
me.  He  tells  me  that  Naunyn’s  opinion  regarding  the  correct 
spelling  of  Diabetes  Mellitus  should  be  Inserted.  Naunyn  says, 
“Few  people  except  myself  write  of  Diabetes  Melitus.  It  is 
customary,  however,  at  least  outside  of  England,  to  use  the 
word  melituria  and  thus  make  of  it  a Greek  derivative.  To 
me  it  seems  sensible  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  and  simplicity 
to  apply  the  same  reasoning  to  the  correct  si>elling  of  Diabetes 
Melitus,  spelling  the  adjective  melitus  with  one  1.  This  I ' do, 
though  I have  few  followers.” 

May,  1941 


ment  of  his  cases  by  Professor  Naunyn’s  in- 
fluence. 

Naunyn’s  book®  makes  interesting  reading.  It 
is  a scholarly  piece  of  work,  virile,  imaginative, 


I'"  li.  NAUNV.N 


zwKn>s  I ai  nacL 


. Kl  kVjJi  AI  K TAFf  C\  IM>  o AKKIIJil  .NGKN  IM  TK\fK„ 


WIEN,  lUlH*.. 

AI.FliED  HUI^DEK. 

K II.  A.  UOF- 

W.fCHIlA51lLiat  KAlStJlUCHKX  ASANKMiE  t»U:  WtSikXAiAIAfTE.X, 


Fig.  1.  Title  page  of  Naunyn’s  book,  still  one 
of  the  most  important  texts  on  diabetes. 


and  well  put  together.  It  contains  certain  ideas 
of  fundamental  importance : notably,  the  idea  of 
the  unity  of  diabetes  and  that  all  diabetics  are 
linked  together  by  a common  bond — the  inher- 
itance of  a diabetic  tendency.  Naunyn  devotes 
many  pages  to  a discussion  of  the  pathologic 
physiology  of  diabetes,  to  the  different  glyco- 
surias, to  the  clinical  picture  of  diabetes,  to  the 
classification  of  diabetes  into  acute  and  chronic 
groups  or  into  mild  and  severe  cases,  and  he  has 
something  to  say  about  treatment — a hundred  or 


345 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


TABLE  I.  COMPARISON  OF  AGE  AT  DEATH  FROM  DIABETES  AND  OF  SEX  DISTRIBUTION 

OF  FATAL  CASES 
In  1861-1870  and  1929-1938 


Diabetic  Deaths  in  England  and  Wales 
1861-1870  (Dickinson) 

Diabetic  Deaths  in  Massachusetts 
1929-1938  (Lombard) 

Males 

Total  per  1,000 

Females 
Total  per  1,000 

Males 

To'al  per  1,000 

Females 
Total  per  1,000 

0-  9 

103 

24 

85 

38 

0-  9 

27 

6 

32 

4 

10-19 

334 

78 

218 

98 

10-19 

57 

13 

54 

7 

20-34 

873 

204 

509 

229 

20-29 

71 

16 

86 

10 

35-44 

653 

153 

384 

173 

30-39 

113 

26 

109 

13 

45-54 

746 

175 

352 

1.58 

40-49 

271 

63 

420 

51 

55-64 

817 

191 

377 

169 

50-59 

784 

182 

1,4.59 

178 

65-74 

594 

139 

236 

106 

60-69 

1,429 

332 

3,042 

.371 

75-84 

146 

34 

55 

25 

70-79 

1,231 

285 

2,.383 

291 

85-94 

7 

2 

7 

3 ‘ 

80-89 

.308 

71 

590 

72 

90  + 

18 

4 

27 

3 

Total 

4,273 

2,223 

Total 

4,309 

8,202 

% 

66 

34 

% 

34 

66 

so  pages  in  contrast  to  nearly  four  hundred 
pages  devoted  to  other  topics. 

Naunyn  knew  a great  deal  about  diabetes.  He 
was  a voracious  reader  and  so  keen  a student  of 
literature  that  even  now  if  one  wishes  quickly  to 
find  reference  to  anything  bizarre  in  diabetes 
Naunyn  will  have  it.  Above  all,  he  liked  diabetes 
and  the  variegated  problems  presented  by  the 
disease. 

As  I read  Naunyn’s  book  I realized  more 
vividly  that  ever  what  astonishing  progress  has 
been  made  in  the  clinical  management  of  dia- 
betes since  his  day.  This  progress,  too,  has  all 
come  about  in  the  medical  lifetime  of  many  doc- 
tors who  still  are  active.  In  1908,  when  Naunyn’s 
book  was  newly  published,  I can  well  remember 
as  a medical  student  listening  to  lectures  on 
diabetes  by  Dr.  Joslin  who  spent  considerable 
time  in  trying  to  drill  into  his  pupil’s  heads  the 
formulary  differences  between  acetone,  diacetic 
acid,  and  beta-hydroxybutyric  acid.  This  sort  of 
diabetic  teaching  then  was  characteristic  of  the 
times.  Much  more  was  known  of  the  theory  of 
diabetes  than  of  its  practical  therapy. 

As  I went  through  each  chapter  of  “Der  Dia- 
betes Melitus”  I kept  thinking  how  interested 
Naunyn  would  be  in  all  the  changes  that  have 

346 


come  about  since  he  wrote  ; in  the  introduction 
of  convenient  micro-methods  for  blood  sugar  de- 
terminations, for  instance,  or  in  Van  Slyke’s  ma- 
chine by  which  the  true  degree  of  acidosis  can 
be  measured  quickly,  or  in  modern  dietetics,  or, 
above  all,  in  insulin  and  zinc  protamine  insulin 
which  have  changed  so  completely  the  life  history 
of  the  average  case. 

It  occurred  to  me  that  it  might  be  inter- 
esting to  contrast  diabetes  as  Naunyn  saw  it 
with  diabetes  as  any  doctor  in  1940  sees  it  in 
order  to  bring  out,  as  graphically  as  I could, 
how  much  we  owe  to  him,  how  fortunate  we 
are  in  having  present-day  weapons  at  our  dis- 
posal, what  a dent  these  weapons  have  made 
in  the  face  of  a time-honored  illness  like  dia- 
betes, and  how,  in  spite  of  this,  what  a baffling 
disease  in  many  ways  diabetes  continues  to 
remain. 

I mentioned  my  plan  to  Dr.  Joslin  and  asked 
him  whether  he  thought  the  essential  character  of 
diabetes  had4:hanged  at  all.  He  said,  no;  he  felt 
that  diabetes  was  the  same  old  disease,  funda- 
mentally as  it  always  had  been  and  only  seeming- 
ly modified  by  modern  treatment.  This  seeming 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


modification  in  the  course  of  the  disease,  how- 
ever, and  all  the  new  clinical  problems  which 
have  arisen  by  its  seeming  modification  are  im- 
pressive enough  to  suit  anyone.  Certainly,  our 
modern  diabetic  problems  would  be  of  great  in- 
terest to  Professor  Naunyn. 


were  reported  6,496  fatal  cases,  and  only  about 
a third  of  these  implicated  the  female  sex. 

If  one  compares  Dickinson’s  figures  with  fig- 
ures of  fatal  cases  assembled  from  modern  sta- 
tistics such  as  in  Massachusetts^  between  1929 
and  1938,  it  is  evident  that  a very  striking  change 


Age  in.  years 


Fig.  2.  A comparison  of  the  age  per  thousand  of  fatal  diabetic  cases  in  England 
1861-1870  and  in  Massachusetts  1929-1938.  The  solid  line  represents  the  earlier  series. 
The  age  at  which  diabetics  die  has  changed  remarkably. 


Comparative  Study 

Naunyn  built  his  book  almost  entirely  on  a 
wide  knowledge  of  diabetic  literature  superim- 
posed on  the  experience  he  had  gained  from 
carefully  studying  131  cases  in  his  own  private 
practice.  During  the  period  of  three  years  be- 
tween 1936  and  1939  my  staff  and  I had  oppor- 
tunity to  study,  in  the  Robert  Dawson  Evans 
Memorial,  as  intensively  as  we  wished,  a group 
of  114  cases.  It  is  interesting  to  contrast  diabetes 
as  we  saw  it  recently  in  a modern  institution  with 
diabetes  as  Naunyn  saw  it  before  1906. 

Influence  of  sex. — Naunyn,  of  course,  believed 
that  diabetes  was  predominantly  a disease  of  the 
male  sex.  His  reasons  for  believing  this  were 
twofold;  because  in  his  practice  he  saw  more 
men  than  women  with  it,  and  because  of  accu- 
mulated statistics.  No  doubt  his  own  experience 
led  him  to  place  considerable  emphasis  on  the 
figures  assembled  by  Dickinson  from  the  Reg- 
istrar General’s  reports  in  England  and  Wales. 
During  the  decade  between  1861  and  1870  there 


has  occurred.  Diabetes  no  longer  is  predominant- 
ly a disease  of  men : rather  it  appears  as  a dis- 
ease more  likely  to  prove  fatal  to  women. 

Unfortunately,  Dickinson’s  figures  are  not  tab- 
ulated in  exactly  the  same  form  as  are  the  Massa- 
chusetts figures.  However,  besides  showing  that 
more  women  now  die  of  diabetes  than  do  men, 
the  table  also  points  out  pretty  clearly  another 
great  change.  In  Naunyn’s  time  young  people 
who  developed  diabetes  were  likely  to  die  prompt- 
ly, whereas  now  they  do  not.  Therefore,  Naunyn 
was,  by  necessity,  especially  interested  in  the 
acute  form  of  diabetes  in  the  relatively  young  and 
was  not  much  impressed  by  the  geriatrical  com- 
plications of  diabetes  which  are  now  so  impor- 
tant. 

Climacteric. — Nor  did  he  recognize  another  in- 
teresting diabetic  phenomenon.  This  is  the  sharp 
rise  in  the  severity  of  diabetes  which  occurs  in 
both  sexes  at  about  the  time  of  the  climacteric 
and  during  the  years  following  it.  Naunyn  says 
that  Lecorche  claimed  that  the  occurrence  of 


May,  1941 


347 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


severe  diabetes  in  women  at  this  particular  time 
was  a significant  happening.  But  Naunyn  goes 
on,  “My  own  experience  does  not  confirm  this 
observation  nor  do  Dickinson’s  figures  bear  it 
out.”  Thus,  he  failed  to  pay  attention  to  a very 
curious  thing. 


begins  to  increase  very  rapidly  and  increases  for 
the  next  thirty  years  of  life,  an  excess  mortality 
from  diabetes  among  women  as  compared  with 
men  being  characteristic  of  the  diabetic  situa- 
tion everywhere. 

Lecorche,  perhaps,  was  more  farsighted  than 


Age  in  Years 


Fig.  3.  The  severity  of  diabetes  shortly  after  the  menopause  as  judged  by  fatal  cases. 
(From  Massachusetts  figures  1929-1938.) 


As  a matter  of  fact,  modern  statistics  from  a 
variety  of  sources  generally  agree  that  diabetes 
is  seen  more  frequently  in  women  than  in  men. 
Those  who  agree  with  Dr.  Joslin  that  diabetes  is 
the  same  old  disease  as  ever,  accept  Boulduan’s^ 
explanation  as  to  why  its  frequency  in  women 
was  overlooked.  Nobody  searched  for  it  in 
Naunyn’s  time  as  we  do  nowadays.  Life  insur- 
ance figures,  for  example,  show  that  fifty  or  sixty 
years  ago  the  proportion  of  women  applying  for 
insurance  was  small,  whereas  now  more  women 
apply  than  do  men.  Doctors  did  not  examine  the 
urine  of  their  women  patients  routinely  as  they 
do  now.  Patients  did  not  know  how  to  test  their 
own  urines  or  samples  from  their  families  and 
friends.  There  was  greater  self-consciousness  in 
mentioning  such  matters.  Thus,  the  true  fre- 
quency of  diabetes  in  women  was  overlooked. 

No  great  emphasis  since  Lecorche  wrote  has 
ever  been  placed  on  postmenopausal  diabetes. 
Even  Dublin,^  who  juggles  diabetic  figures  with 
as  much  agility  as  anyone,  merely  remarks  that 
around  the  menopause  the  female  diabetic  rate 

348 


subsequent  observers.  He  thought  he  recognized 
a connection  between  the  incidence  of  diabetes 
shortly  after  the  menopause  and  this  event. 

If  one  does  what  Naunyn  or  Lecorche  did  not 
have  the  knowledge  to  do,  and  links  this  coinci- 
dence with  Young’s  work  by  which  was  produced 
experimental  diabetes  in  animals  through  in- 
jections of  anterior  pituitary  lobe  extract,  and 
with  what  the  modern  endocrinologist  tells  us 
of  the  hyperactivity  of  the  anterior  lobe  at  the 
time  of  the  menopause,  one  can  easily  construct 
a very  pretty  theory  logically  to  explain  the  fre- 
quency of  postmenopausal  diabetes.  Certainly, 
this  phase  of  the  diabetic  situation  deserves  more 
careful  study  than  it  has  so  far  received. 

To  return  to  a comparison  between  Naunyn’s 
diabetic  experience  and  what  is  seen  today,  the 
first  striking  difference  has  been  mentioned : the 
difference  in  sex  distribution.  Of  Naunyn’s  131 
cases,  only  twenty-two  were  in  women.  Of  the 
114  Evans  cases,  only  thirty-five  were  in  men. 

Influence  of  Age. — The  second  striking  differ- 

JouR.  AI.S.M.S. 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


ence  is  in  the  age  spread  of  the  material.  Also, 
as  has  been  suggested,  Naunyn  saw  mainly  pa- 
tients whom  nowadays  we  would  regard  as  young- 
sters— not  a single  patient  over  seventy  years  of 
age  and  mainly  people  in  the  forties.  In  the 
Evans  we  had  one  patient  more  than  eighty  years 


cide  to  what  extent  the  steady  increase  in  deaths 
ascribed  to  diabetes  in  advanced  ages  represents 
a true  increase  in  incidence  of  the  disease  and 
to  what  extent  it  is  due  to  an  increase  in  recog- 
nition of  diabetes  with  mention  of  it  on  death 
certificates. 


TABLE  II.  A COMPARISON  OF  THE  AGE  OF  PATIENTS  WITH  DIABETES  WHEN  FIRST 
SEEN  IN  A GROUP  OF  CASES  BEFORE  1906  AND  IN  A GROUP  OF  CASES  TODAY 


Naunyn 
(before  1906) 

Evans  Memorial 
1936-1939 

Age 

Cases 

Age 

Cases 

0-10 

2 

0-10 

0 

11-20 

7 

11-20 

4 

21-30 

12 

21-30 

6 

31-40 

20 

31-40 

12 

41-50 

39 

41-50 

21 

51-60 

29 

51-60 

31 

61-70 

18 

61-70 

26 

71-80 

0 

71-80 

12 

81-90 

0 

81-90 

1 

old,  twelve  patients  over  seventy,  and  our  larg- 
est group  was  in  the  fifties. 

Stocks^  has  published  a stimulating  paper  on 
this  phase  of  the  diabetic  problem  based  largely, 
as  were  Dickinson’s  statistics,  on  figures  from 
the  Registrar  General’s  office  in  England.  In 
brief,  Stocks  believes  there  is  very  good  proof 
since  the  introduction  of  insulin  that  there  has 
been  an  average  lengthening  of  life  of  all  dia- 
betics amounting  to  three-and-a-half  years.  The 
average  advantage  to  the  treated  case,  excluding 
those  not  receiving  the  benefit  of  insulin,  would, 
of  course,  be  considerably  higher. 

Increase  in  Incidence. — He  makes  a peculiar 
observation,  however,  which  is  worth  thinking 
about.  He  says  that  the  mortality  attributable  to 
diabetes  in  Great  Britain  has  continued  to  in- 
crease since  1922,  at  ages  over  fifty-five,  at  a 
greater  rate  than  can  be  accounted  for  by  the 
postponement  of  death  from  the  younger  ages 
by  insulin;  and  that  the  increase  in  this  form  of 
diabetic  mortality  has  been  proceeding  at  about 
the  same  rate  as  during  the  decade  preceding  the 
Great  War.  He  grants  that  it  is^  difficult  to  de- 


One  of  the  Evans  patients,  a man  sixty-two  years  old, 
is  a case  in  point.  He  had  syphilitic  aortitis,  con- 
gestive heart  failure,  and  lesions  in  the  islands  of 
Langerhans  entirely  characteristic  of  diabetes.  He  gave 
a history  of  polyuria  and  polydipsia.  His  fasting  blood 
sugar  level  was  between  120  and  140  mgm.  per  cent. 
Several  urine  samples  were  examined  and  found  not  to 
contain  surgar. 

Naunyn,  finding  no  sugar  in  the  urine,  being  unfamil- 
iar with  the  finer  histologic  changes  in  the  diabetic 
pancreas  and  without  ready  facilities  for  estimating 
blood  sugar  concentration,  in  all  probability  would 
have  not  included  this  case  in  his  series.  Modern 
knowledge  and  the  desire  for  more  accurate  vital  sta- 
tistics now  make  it  seem  reasonable  to  make  the 
diagnosis  of  diabetes  in  this  instance.  Increasing  ac- 
curacy is  almost  certain  to  be  one  continuing  factor 
in  appearing  to  bring  to  light  an  increasing  incidence  of 
the  disease. 

Naunyn  regarded  diabetes  as  a relatively  acute 
disease.  As  one  reads  his  case  reports  one  finds 
again  and  again  at  the  end  of  many,  the  melan- 
choly note,  ‘'Atemziige  etwas  ktirzer.  Tracheal- 
rasseln.  Exitus  im  tiefsten  coma.” 

Duration. — He  reports  the  duration  of  the  dis- 
ease, as  he  saw  it  in  141  cases  selected  from  his 


May,  1941 


349 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


TABLE  III.  THE  USUAL  DURATION  OF  DIABETES 

BEFORE  1906 


Duration  of  the  Disease 

Cases 

Up  to  1 year 

42  (30%) 

1 to  2 years 

35  (25%) 

2 to  3 years 

23  (16%) 

3 to  4 years 

14  (10%) 

4 to  5 years 

5 (3%)  ■ 

5 to  6 years 

7 (5%) 

6 to  8 years 

6 (4%) 

8 to  10  years 

1 (1%) 

10  to  12  years 

6 (4%) 

As  long  as  16  years 

1 (1%) 

Longer  than  31  years 

1 (1%) 

Total 

141 

private  practice  and  the  clinic,  as  shown  in  Table 
III. 

The  Evans  experience  is  very  different.  We 
were  continually  impressed  with  the  large  num- 
ber of  patients  whom  we  saw  with  long-standing 
diabetes.  The  duration  of  the  disease  up  to  the 
time  of  entry  to  the  hospital,  in  those  who  could 
give  an  acceptable  history  regarding  time  of  on- 
set, is  tabulated.  Of  these  patients  the  majority 
are  still  alive  and  going  strong. 

The  record  case  in  the  Evans  group  is  Mr.  M.  whom 
I first  saw  in  Dr.  Joslin’s  office  about  twenty-five  years 
ago.  Actually,  his  diabetes  was  discovered  thirty-one 
years  ago  when  he  was  twenty-six  years  old.  Dr.  Joslin 
soon  recognized  that  the  diabetes  was  atypical  for  I 
can  remember  that  Dr.  Joslin  told  Mr.  M.  never  to 
stay  entirely  sugar-free.  Mr.  M.  has  followed  this  ad- 
vice. He  now  takes  a little  insulin  each  morning  and 
does  not  stay  entirely  sugar-free.  Unfortunately,  he  has 
developed  angina  pectoris ; but  he  is  fifty-seven  years 
old,  fairly  well  in  spite  of  the  handicap  of  diabetes 
for  so  many  years,  and  easily  is  able  to  carry  on  a 
gainful  occupation. 

Naunyn  would  have  been  interested  to  know 
that  within  the  relatively  short  period  of  thirty- 
five  or  forty  years  after  his  book  was  published 
something  could  have  taken  place  to  make  of 
diabetes  a relatively  safe  disease,  to  bring  it  about 
that  while  in  his  day  80  per  cent  of  the  cases  lived 
for  less  than  four  years  after  they  were  recog- 
nized, the  time  was  soon  to  come  when  at  least  60 


per  cent  would  live  for  a great  deal  longer  period 
than  this.  He  would  have  been  surprised,  too, 
at  diabetes  ever  becoming  so  tractable  that  no 
doctor  would  consider  it  at  all  unusual  to  see 
patients  who  had  withstood  the  disease  happily  ' 
for  ten,  fifteen  or  twenty  years  or  more. 

There  are  several  reasons  why  long-stand- 
ing cases  are  often  encountered : better  knowl- 
edge of  diabetic  care,  earlier  diagnosis,  good  j 
follow-up  work  in  out-patient  clinics  but  i 
especially,  of  course,  because  of  insulin.  None  | 
of  Naunyn’s  cases  could  receive  the  benefit  of  | 
this  drug.  Of  the  Evans  cases,  seventy-five  | 
(70  per  cent)  either  were  taking  it  regularly,  | 
had  taken  it  before  they  came  to  the  hospital,  | 
or  were  taught  how  to  use  it  on  arrival.  Even  | 
the  most  casual  injector  and  the  patient  least 
likely  to  learn  dietary  discretion  appeared  to  ] 
obtain  great  benefit  from  insulin  and,  if  ac-  j 
complishing  nothing  more,  managed  far  to  out-  j 
live  what  Naunyn  would  have  regarded  as  * 
a reasonable  diabetic  life  expectancy. 

Causes  of  Death 

Diabetes,  however,  remains  a threatening  dis- 
ease. Of  Naunyn’s  131  cases,  forty-nine  were 
followed  to  necropsy.  In  1910,  when  I was  a 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital  house  pupil,  we 
admitted  forty-two  cases  to  the  medical  wards 
during  my  term  of  service,  and  of  these  seven 


TABLE  IV.  THE  USUAL  DURATION  OF  DIABETES 

IN  1940 


Duration  of  the  Disease 

Cases 

Up  to  1 year 

11  (12%) 

1 to  2 years 

7 (7%) 

2 to  3 years 

10  (11%) 

3 to  4 years 

5 (5%) 

4 to  5 years 

8 (8%) 

5 to  6 years 

5 (5%) 

6 to  8 years 

11  (12%) 

8 to  10  years 

9 (10%) 

10  to  12  years 

8 (8%) 

As  long  as  16  years 

17  (18%) 

20  years 

2 (2%) 

Longer  than  30  years 

1 (1%) 

350 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


TABLE  V.  THE  UNFORTUNATE  COURSE  OF  VASCULAR  HYPERTENSION  IN  DIABETES 


Blood 

Urine 

Blood 

Date 

Weight 

Pressure 

Sugar 

Albumin 

Sediment 

N.P.N. 

Sugar 

Remarks 

1-17-34 

136 

190-100 

s.p.t. 

0 

Negative 

34 

.14 

4-17-34 

131 

5% 

0 

<< 

.26 

10  Units  old  Insulin. 

Dieting  carefully. 

1-10-35 

132 

200-100 

s.p.t. 

0 

.16 

0-24-35 

133 

200-100 

v.s.t. 

0 

41 

.16 

12-23-35 

131 

225-120 

0 

0 

<1 

.14 

Shocked  badly  by  recent 

sudden  death  of  daughter. 

rare 

8-  9-37 

135 

1% 

0 

granular 

28 

.26 

Suddenly  developed  Bell’s 

cast 

Palsy. 

11-19-37 

135 

240-120 

1.7% 

0 

31 

.30 

Now  has  shifted  to  Zinc-Pro- 

tamine  Insulin.  Says  she  is 
sugar-free  “most  of  the 

rare 

time.” 

4^14-38 

131 

240-110 

3.1% 

0 

red  cell 

35 

.31 

Likes  Zinc-Protamine  Insulin 

but  does  not  stay  sugar- 
free.  Dose  increased. 

9-14r-38 

134 

230-120 

t. 

f.p.t. 

Negative 

37 

.37 

Feeling  very  well.  Does  not 
stay  sugar-free.  Feels 
“weak”  if  she  takes  more 

4-22-39 

Suddenly  collapsed  and  died  of  what  appeared  chmcally  to  be  cardiac  infarction. 

Insulin. 

(17  per  cent)  died  before  much  time  had  elapsed. 
In  those  days,  for  a diabetic  to  enter  a hospital 
was  likely  to  be  dangerous.  While  the  immediate 
mortality  of  the  treatment  of  diabetes  in  hospitals 
now  .has  become  negligible,  yet  diabetics  do  not 
live  indefinitely.  It  was  somewhat  disconcerting 
to  realize,  as  we  followed  up  the  Evans  cases, 
that  of  the  113  patients  who  were  studied  between 
1936  and  1939,  fifteen  already  are  known  to  be 
dead.  Naunyn,  however,  saw  a different  cause  of 
death  than  did  we.  In  his  forty-nine  necropsied 
cases,  fifteen  (31  per  cent)  died  in  coma,  sixteen 
(33  per  cent)  had  tuberculosis — at  times,  to  be 
sure,  complicated  by  coma — and  only  nine  (18 
per  cent)  appeared  to  have  significant  vascular 
disease.  Of  our  fifteen  fatalitits,  one  (7  per 
cent)  died  in  coma,  and  eleven  (73  per  cent) 
died  as  the  direct  result  of  some  vascular  com- 
plication. Certainly,  vascular  disease,  instead  of 
coma  or  tuberculosis,  has  become  the  diabetic’s 
bugbear.  Whether  one  studies  diabetes  with  the 
pathologist  or  during  life,  as  did  Friedman,^  the 
incidence  in  long-standing  cases  of  a profound 
degree  of  arterial  degeneration  with  its  compli- 
cations is  the  most  unmistakable  finding. 

Mrs.  S.  was  first  recognized  to  have  diabetes  in 
1932,  when  she  was  forty-one  years  old.  In  1934,  she 
weighed  136  pounds  but  had  a blood  pressure  of  190/ 
100.  She  took  small  doses  of  insulin  or  protamine  zinc 


insulin  regularly.  In  1937,  she  developed  a Bell’s  Palsy 
which  cleared  up  slowly,  and  after  this  her  diabetes 
seemed  less  easily  controlled.  However,  she  appeared 
to  feel  perfectly  well.  In  1939,  she  went  downtown  one 
day,  suddenly  collapsed,  and  died  shortly — apparently 
of  cardiac  infarction.  Could  anything  have  been  done 
to  prevent  the  development  of  her  vascular  disease 
or  to  postpone  the  final  accident? 

Vascular  disease  in  all  its  forms,  with  or 
without  hypertension,  with  or  without  gangrene, 
with  or  without  nephritis  or  cerebral  apoplexy, 
is  seen  so  frequently  that  its  prevention  or  the 
mitigation  of  its  course  in  the  diabetic  is  highly 
desirable.  New  knowledge  about  arteriosclerosis 
is  badly  needed. 

Diabetic  Coma. — Naunyn  would  have  consid- 
ered it  almost  unthinkable  to  imagine  that  dia- 
betic coma  could  become  a relatively  simple  dia- 
betic complication,  easily  amenable  to  treatment. 
Yet,  actually,  insulin  has  made  this  possible. 

The  Evans  case  which  I should  have  most  enjoyed 
demonstrating  to  him  as  typical  of  these  times  is  Mrs. 
C.,  a known  diabetic  of  seven  years’  standing,  who  twice 
previously  had  been  in  severe  acidosis.  She  had  been 
taking  insulin  regularly  but  abandoned  it  a week  before 
coming  to  the  hospital,  and  when  she  arrived  Naunyn 
would  have  agreed  that  she  presented,  “Atemziige  etwas 
kiirz.  Im  tiefsten  coma.”  We  were  able  to  do  quickly, 
as  a matter  of  course,  things  that  Naunyn  would  have 


May,  1941 


351 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


regarded  as  impossible ; the  immediate  estimation  of 
the  blood  sugar  and  CO2  levels,  the  administration  of 
large  amounts  of  insulin,  the  continuous  administra- 
tion of  fluids  by  vein  and  under  the  skin,  and  to  give 
her  adequate,  well-trained,  skillful  diabetic  nursing 
care. 


Surgery. — Naunyn  dreaded  surgery  in  diabe- 
tes. He  knew  the  bad  side  of  the  picture  and 
remembered  postoperative  coma  developing  fre- 
quently after  chloroform,  ether  or  local  anesthet- 
ics : so  about  all  he  had  to  say  of  diabetic  surger}' 


Fig.  4.  Electrocardiographic  tracings  and  chest  radiograph  in  a fatal  case  of  diabetes  with  hypertension  a year  before 
death.  The  heart  is  slightly  hypertrophied.  The  electrocardiogram  shows  left  ventricular  preponderance,  abnormal  ventric- 
ular complexes,  and  absence  of  “r”  in  the  fourth  lead.  Could  the  inforrcation  derived  from  these  findings  have  been 
used  rationally  to  delay  the  final  outcome? 


Even  though  the  treatment  of  diabetic  coma  is 
now  fairly  standardized,  very  simple,  and  the 
mortality  from  coma  is  much  less,  atypical  cases 
still  are  encountered. 

C.  B.,  a man  of  sixty,  was  a known  diabetic  of  twenty 
years’  standing.  Three  weeks  before  entry  to  the 
hospital  he  noticed  that  he  was  becoming  weak,  thirsty 
and  sleepy.  Four  days  before  entry  he  began  to  vomit 
and  he  said  that  this  had  become  an  almost  contin- 
uous performance.  On  arrival  the  urine  contained 
sugar,  acetone,  no  diacetic  acid,  a little  albumin,  and 
rare  hyaline  and  granular  casts.  He  was  treated  as 
though  he  were  about  to  develop  coma.  After  recovery 
he  was  found  to  have  as  high  as  52  points  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  in  the  gastric  juice  after  an  alcohol  test 
meal.  Did  he  have  diabetic  acidosis  masked  by  a 
relative  alkalosis  that  came  from  vomiting  off  hydro- 
chloric acid,  or  did  he  have  something  entirely  dif- 
ferent? 


was  to  avoid  it  if  possible;  if  impossible,  to  pro- 
tect the  patient  by  pre-operative  and  postopera- 
tive dietetic  care  as  best  one  could,  using  lots  of 
sodium  bicarborig^te  as  a prophylactic  against  the 
acidosis  which  was  well-nigh  certain  to  develop. 
I would  have  liked  him  to  have  seen  Mrs.  A. 

Mrs.  A.,  sixty-three  years  old,  developed  diabetes 
nearly  twenty  years  ago.  She  has  had  a cholecystec- 
tomy, an  operation  for  hemorrhoids,  the  repair  of  a 
ventral  hernia,  and  an  emergency  operation  to  unravel 
a strangulated  femoral  hernia  during  her  diabetic  life- 
time, all  under  ether  anesthesia.  She  now  goes  serenely 
about  her  business,  a regular  taker  of  insulin,  and  with 
vascular  hypertension. 

Certainly,  diabetic  surgery  is  now  very  differ- 
ent than  it  was  in  Naunyn’s  day.  Diabetics  with- 
stand surgery  about  as  well  as  anyone. 


352 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


Inheritmice  Factors. — Xaunyn  believed  that 
liabetes  was  due  to  an  inherited  liability  to  the 
iisease  which  was  brought  to  life  by  factors  the 
ixact  nature  of  which  were  not  clearly  defined. 
From  the  point  of  view  of  knowing  exactly  what 


were  compared  with  the  family  histories  of 
ninety-six  diabetics.  Adequate  histories  in  the 
remainder  of  the  diabetic  group  were  not  satis- 
factorily obtainable  because  of  language  difficul- 
ties. 


TABLE  VI.  THE  MODERN  TREATMENT  OF  DIABETIC  COMA 


Date 

Time 

Blood  CO  2 
vols. 

% 

Blood  Sugar 
mgm. 

/C 

July  19 

5 p.m. 

10 

800  + 

50  Units  Insulin 

6 

50  Units  Insulin 

8:30 

30  Units  Insulin 

30  Units  Zinc-Protarnine 

10 

11.7 

425 

20  Units  InsuUn 

12 

20  Units  Insulin 

July  20 

2 a.m. 

20  Units  Insulin 

4 a.m. 

20  Units  Insulin 

6 a.m. 

20  Units  Insulin 

7 a.m. 

35 

200 

Patient  received  from  5 p.m.  imtil  6 a.m.  1,000  c.c.  of  saline  by  vein  and  2,000  c.c.  sub- 
cutaneously. She  was  conscious  and  comfortable.  From  then  on  it  was  plain  saiHng, 


TABLE  VII.  LABORATORY  FINDINGS  IN  AN  ATYPICAL 
CASE  OF  DIABETIC  ACIDOSIS 


Date 

Blood 

N.P.N. 

Sugar 

CO  2 

NaCl 

mgm. 

07 

/o 

mgm. 

% 

vols. 

% 

mgm. 

% 

April  21 

75 

400 

57 

443 

22 

71 

364 

433 

24 

50 

266 

68 

26 

39 

172 

28 

36 

168 

486 

May  1 

35 

154 

493 

11 

30 

158 

63 

593 

causes  diabetes,  we  are  little  further  ahead  than 
we  used  to  be.  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that 
the  diabetic  tendency  runs  through  families  and 
that  there  is  a relationship  between  diabetes  and 
obesity.  For  the  sake  of  bringing  out  these 
points,  the  family  histories  of  126  non-diabetic 
cases,  as  taken  routinely  in  the  Evans  Memorial, 


This  small  group  of  cases  ran  true  to  form. 
The  diabetic  familial  tendency  was  much  more 
noticeable  among  the  diabetics  than  among  the 
non-diabetic  group. 

Obesity. — The  factor  of  obesity  as  a possible 
precursor  to  diabetes  was  even  more  clearly 
apparent. 


TABLE  VIII.  A COMPARISON  OF  FAMILY  HISTORIES 
IN  A GROUP  OF  UNSELECTED  NON-DIABETIC 
AND  DIABETIC  PATIENTS 


126  Non-diabetic  Patients 

96  Diabetic  Patients. 

None  had  diabetic  fathers 
(0%) 

4 had  diabetic  fathers 
(4%) 

6 had  diabetic  mothers 
(5%) 

6 had  diabetic  mothers 
(6%) 

1 had  a diabetic  brother 
(1%) 

4 had  diabetic  brothers 
(4%) 

6 had  diabetic  sisters  (5%) 

9 had  diabetic  sisters  (9%) 

1 had  a diabetic  child  (1%) 

3 had  diabetic  children  (3%) 

May,  1941 


353 


CHANGING  PICTURE  OF  DIABETES— FITZ 


New  Problems 

The  fundamental  differences,  boiled  down,  be- 
tween diabetes  as  Naunyn  saw  it  and  as  it  ap- 
pears today  are  in  the  sex  and  age  distribution 
of  the  patients  and  in  the  duration  of  the  disease. 
The  gravity  of  diabetic  coma  or  of  tuberculosis 


a hard,  irregular,  inoperable  cancer  surrounding  the 
rectum.  He  died  within  seven  months  after  we  first  saw 
him. 

Naunyn  was  a rare  student  of  diabetes  and 
paved  the  way  for  modern  treatment.  Banting 


Maximum  Weight  (lbs.) 


Fig.  5.  The  factar  of  obesity  as  a precursor  of  diabetes.  The  dotted  line  represents  the  maximum  weight  of  126 
unselected  non-diabetic  patients:  the  solid  line  the  maximum  weight  of  114  diabetics.  Persons  at  one  time  notably  over- 
weight were  encountered  among  the  diabetics  with  much  greater  frequency  than  among  the  non-diabetics. 


as  a complication  of  diabetes  is  much  less.  The 
surgical  aspects  of  diabetes  are  no  longer  hazar- 
dous. Fatal  diabetes  no  longer  occurs  regularly 
in  young  people.  Because  diabetes  and  longevity 
are  now  compatible,  the  modern  doctor  is  faced 
with  a variety  of  new  diabetic  problems  which 
Naunyn  did  not  foresee.  Of  these,  by  all  odds 
the  most  important  is  the  management  of  vascu- 
lar disease,  and  probably  the  next  most  impor- 
tant is  the  early  recognition  of  cancer. 

Mr.  W.  was  seventy-two  years  old  when  he  entered 
the  Evans  Memorial  in  January.  Three  years  pre- 
viously it  was  discovered  that  he  had  diabetes.  He 
came  to  the  hospital  because  of  a painful,  swollen 
foot,  the  result  of  cutting  a toenail.  The  only  un- 
toward symptom  of  which  he  compla'ned  while  he  was 
in  the  hospital  was  of  an  attack  of  diarrhea  lasting 
for  several  days.  Ordinarily,  he  said,  his  bowels  were 
constipated  and  to  have  diarrhea  surprised  him.  The 
stools  did  not  contain  fresh  or  occult  blood.  Rectal 
examination  revealed  a symmetrically  enlarged  pros- 
tate with  nothing  else.  He  remained  under  cover  for 
three  weeks.  Two  months  later  he  reentered,  now  with 


and  Best  added  insulin.  The  modern  doctor  must 
learn  to  prescribe  insulin  wisely  since  the  vast 
majority  of  diabetics,  even  the  mild  cases,  are 
benefited  by  its  use.  He  must  also  be  guided  by 
Naunyn  and  study  his  cases  as  individuals  as 
carefully  as  did  that  wise  old  clinician. 

Periodic  Examination. — Because  of  insulin 
diabetic  patients  will  live  to  be  observed  for  long 
periods  of  time.  If  there  is  any  field  in  internal 
medicine  where  periodic  health  examinations  are 
important  it  is  in  the  management  of  diabetes. 
Diabetic  patients  must  be  reexamined  again  and 
again ; to  focus  too  much  interest  on  diabetes — on 
blood  and  urine  sugar  analyses  alone — is  now  | 
unsound.  The  complications  of  diabetes  have  i 
become  the  important  feature  of  the  disease  rath- 
er than  the  disease  itself.  By  recognizing  com-  , 
plications  early — surgical  complications,  vascular 
complications  or  the  early  stages  of  diseases  like 
cancer  which  may  develop  in  the  diabetic  individ- 


354 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


URETHRAL  DIVERTICULA— ARONSTAM 


I 

f|  ual  entirely  independent  of  diabetes — steps  may 
il  be  taken  to  practice  intelligent  preventive  medi- 
i\  cine  and  thus  to  afford  the  diabetic  as  good  if 
:i  not  better  a life  expectancy  than  can  be  offered 
j;  his  non-diabetic  friend,  less  likely  to  submit  to 
: medical  checking  ever  so  regularly. 

‘ The  Specialist  in  Diabetes 

i The  physician  who  thinks  of  specializing  in 
! diabetes  is  tempted  to  become  a medical  menace. 

I For  diabetes  is  not  a specialty.  The  doctor  best 
!f  fitted  to  give  diabetic  patients  most  satisfactory 
|l  supervision  will  be  like  Naunyn:  a broad-gauged 
if  clinician  interested  in  all  aspects  of  medicine,  up- 
I to-date  in  all  fields,  a keen  student,  a hard  work- 
i er,  and  regarding  diabetes  not  as  a narrow  sub- 
ject but  as  a disease  presenting  such  variegated 
problems  as  to  include  the  whole  scope  of  medi- 
cine and  surgery. 

References 

1.  Bolduan,  C.  F. : Diabetes,  an  important  public  health  prob- 
lem. Am.  Jour.,  Pub.  Health,  28:21-26,  (Jan.)  1938. 

2.  Dublin,  L.  I.:  Recent  trends  in  diabetes  mortality.  Mili- 

' tary  Surg.,  17:57-75,  (Aug.)  1935.  , 

3.  Friedman,  G. : Cardiovascular  status  o£  diabetic  patients 

after  the  fourth  decade  of  life.  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  55:371-394, 
(March)  1935. 

4.  Joslin,  E.  P. : The  Treatment  of  Diabetes  Mellitus.  Phila- 
delphia: Lea  and  Febiger,  1916. 

5.  Lombard,  H.  L. : Personal  communication  from  Massa- 

chusetts State  Department  of  Public  Health,  1939. 

6.  Naunyn,  B.:  Der  Diabetes  Melitus.  Wien:  Alfred  Holder, 
1906. 

7.  Stocks,  P. : The  lengthening  of  life  by  modern  therapy  in 
pernicious  anemia  and  diabetes.  Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  1:1013- 
1017,  (May  18)  1935. 

8.  Young,  F.  G. : The  anterior  pituitary  gland  and  diabetes 

mellitus.  New  Eng.  Jour.  'Med.,  221:635-646,  (Oct.  26) 
1939, 


Third  Annual  Fracture  Day 

The  third  annual  Fracture  Day  program,  sponsored 
by  the  Flint  Regional  Fracture  Committee  and  the 
Genesee  County  Medical  Society,  will  be  held  at  the 
Hurley  Hosp  tal,  Flint,  Michigan,  May  21,  1941. 

The  program  will  include  the  following  papers: 


Morning  Session 


Evaluation  of  Internal  Fixation  of  Hip Dr.  H.  B.  Elliott 

Plaster  Paris  Technique Dr.  J.  H.  Curtin 

Pitfalls  in  X-ray  Diagnosis Dr.  R.  B.  MacDulf 

Fractures  of  the  Spine Dr.  R.  W.  MacGregor 

Fractures  of  the  Maxilla Dr.  F.  C.  Thorold 

12:00  Noon  Luncheon  at  Hospital 


Afternoon  Session 

Internal  Two-Plane  Fixation  of  Fractures  of  Long  Bone 

Dr.  G.  J.  Curry 

The  Radiologist  in  Relation  to  the  Physician.  .Dr.  L.  M.  Bogart 


Fractures  of  the  Shoulder  Region Dr.  D.  R.  Brasie 

Osteoporosis  and  Osteogenesis Dr.  J.  Livesay 

Low  Back  Pain Dr.  O.  J.  Preston 


A round  table  discussion  will  follow  the  presentation 
of  papers. 


Urethral  Diverticula 
and  Cul-de-sacs 

By  Noah  E.  Aronstam,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Noah  E.  Aronstam 

M.D.,  Mich-gan  College  of  Medicine,  1898. 

Member,  Society  for  InvesCgative  Dermatol- 
ogy. Member  of  the  Mick'gan  State  Medical 
Society. 

■ Urethral  diverticula  and  cul-de-sacs  are 
anomalies  of  development  and  are  by  no  means 
so  rare  as  some  authorities  would  lead  us  to  be- 
lieve. The  literature  on  this  subject  is,  unfortu- 
nately, meager  and  the  little  information  one  does 
gain  on  reading  it  is  very  inadequate,  so  that  one 
is  tempted  to  regard  these  defects  at  best  as  but 
extremely  infrequent  ones  affecting  the  urethral 
mucosa.  Genito-urinary  surgeons  of  vast  experi- 
ence have  treated  the  subject  in  a very  perfunc- 
tory manner  and  have  paid  but  little  attention 
to  it  in  textbooks  or  otherwise.  The  reason  why 
these  urethral  malformations  are  not  oftener 
encountered  may  be  explained  by  the  fact  that 
they  give  rise  to  no  inconvenience  in  the  patient 
under  normal  conditions,  and  are  only  acciden- 
tally discovered  while  examining  the  urethra  for 
some  other  malady.  Finding  nothing  of  interest 
recorded  in  the  literature,  I have  relied  solely 
upon  my  own  resources  in  the  elaboration  and 
description  of  the  subject  designated  by  the  title. 
This  article  is  largely  based  upon  a number  of 
cases  witnessed  by  me  in  my  private  practice. 

Varieties 

There  are  two  forms  of  these  urethral  peculi- 
arities, viz. : ( 1 ) the  diverticulum,  a short  linear, 
narrow,  collapsible  pocket  opening  into  the  ureth- 
ral canal,  from  two  to  three  centimeters  in  length, 
of  the  caliber  of  a knitting  needle,  unyielding  and 
nondilatable ; and  (2)  the  cul-de-sac  proper,  a 
larger,  longer  and  more  distended  pouch  stopping 
abruptly  or  rather  terminating  blindly  in  the 
mucous  lining  of  the  urethra,  seldom  exceeding 
three  centimeters  in  length  and  somewhat  larger 
than  the  preceding  one  in  caliber.  Both  of  these 
varieties  are  congenital  anomalies,  rarely  found 
further  down  than  the  first  two  inches  of  the 
anterior  urethra  and  are  in  most  instances  situ- 
ated on  the  floor  of  the  canal,  thus  distinguish- 
ing them  from  enlarged  and  patulous  urethral 


May,  1941 


355 


URETHRAL  DIVERTICULA— ARONST AM 


follicles  that  are  commonly  located  on  the  roof 
of  the  urethra,  in  proximity  to  the  fossa  navi- 
cularis. 

Embryology 

Of  interest  to  the  histologist  is  the  embryologic 
phase  of  these  small  developmental  errors.  The 
only  plausible  theory  the  author  is  able  to  ven- 
ture regarding  their  embryonic  evolution,  is  the 
faulty  closure  of  that  part  of  the  genital  cleft 
concerned  in  the  formation  of  the  urethral  tract 
synchronous  with  faulty  or  delayed  participation 
in  the  development  of  the  epiblast  lining  it.  In- 
stead of  the  embryonic  units  uniting  and  blending 
at  the  proper  period,  they  undergo  a process  of 
interrupted  or  mal-development  and  eventuate 
into  the  above-mentioned  abnormalities  of  the 
urethral  wall.  As  remarked  before,  they  are 
only  accidentally  detected  by  means  of  the  ureth- 
roscope or  as  a result  of  urethral  instrumenta- 
tion in  the  form  of  sounds  or  similar  instruments 
employed  for  therapeutic  or  diagnostic  purposes. 
They  are  apt  to  engage  the  point  of  the  advanc- 
ing instrument,  and  if  the  operator  still  persists 
on  meeting  these  obstacles  in  forcibly  propelling 
the  sound,  he  may  not  infrequently  lacerate  or 
even  perforate  the  blind  extremity  and  thus  es- 
tablish a channel  of  communication  between  the 
cul-de-sac  and  the  urethral  canal. 

Symptoms  and  Complications 

These  anomalies  give  rise  to  little  discomfort, 
but  when  once  the  seat  of  inflammatory  involve- 
ment they  may  prove  annoying  and  exceedingly 
rebellious  to  treatment,  unless  they  are  radically 
attacked  by  the  method  I am  about  to  outline. 

These  anomalies  may  occasionally  produce 
very  vague  symptoms,  which  are  apt  to  puzzle 
the  physician.  They  may,  for  example,  simu- 
late a mild  case  of  urethritis,  while  the  history 
and  accompanying  symptoms  do  not  at  all  war- 
rant such  a diagnosis.  They  are,  moreover, 
the  cause  of  many  a case  of  prolonged  urethral 
discharge,  a “urethrorrhea”  as  it  is  termed  by 
some,  while  microscopic  examination  reveals 
nothing  of  importance  that  could  furnish  a 
clue  to  the  existing  pathological  state.  Among 
other  symptoms  occasioned  by  them  in  a num- 
ber of  instances,  painful  micturition  and  uri- 
nary tenesmus  may  be  pointed  out. 

Should  they  become  implicated  in  a gonococcic 
process,  concomitantly  invading  other  portions 


of  the  urethral  tract,  they  may  form  the  starting 
point  for  strictures  of  various  kinds,  particularly 
that  of  the  longitudinal  or  bandlike  type;  they 
may  also  prove  a prolific  source  of  protracted 
suppuration,  which  is  persistent  and  stubborn 
and  does  not  seem  to  yield  to  the  most  painstak- 
ing and  thorough  treatment,  until  the  real  cause 
of  the  malady  is  perchance  discovered.  The  uri- 
nary stream  in  these  cases  of  urethral  diverticula 
is  irregular,  either  radiating  and  bifurcating,  or 
thinly  rotating  and  spurting,  necessitating  some 
effort  on  the  part  of  the  patient  to  expel  it. 
This  is  falsely  attributed  to  the  presence  of  a 
stricture  and  erroneously  treated  for  it.  Should 
the  sound,  which  is  chiefly  used  for  the  latter 
condition,  happen  to  be  of  small  size  it  may 
promptly  engage  in  the  opening  of  the  pouch 
or  diverticulum  and  refuse  to  advance,  when 
the  exact  nature  of  the  lesion  may  be  readily 
ascertained.  Other  symptoms  may  be  detailed, 
but  the  above  are  the  main  ones  demanding  our 
attention. 

Treatment 

The  treatment  of  these  urethral  defects  is 
decidedly  simple.  It  consists  in  first  discovering 
the  precise  location  of  the  sac  or  canaliculus  by 
means  of  the  urethroscope.  With  the  urethro- 
scope in  situ,  the  lacunar  fold  is  then  slit  open 
with  a small  knife  or  tenotome  throughout  its 
entire  extent  to  the  very  bottom  of  the  urethral 
mucosa.  Or,  after  the  site  of  the  channel  or 
sac  has  been  located,  a urethrotome  may  be  in- 
troduced and  by  a sweep  of  the  delicate  blade, 
the  pocket  divided.  Local  anesthesia  usually 
suffices  to  accomplish  this  result.  As  soon  as  the 
fold  of  mucous  membrane  has  been  severed, 
this  should  be  immediately  followed  by  the  in- 
sertion of  sounds  in  ascending  sizes  until  the 
largest  can  be  conveniently  passed,  and  left  in 
situ  for  at  least  ten  minutes  each  time.  This 
must  be  continued  for  a week  or  ten  days  to 
prevent  the  too  premature  closure  or  healing  of 
the  divided  edges  or  subsequent  fibrous  contrac- 
tion, which  may  ultimately  lead  to  stricture  for- 
mation. The  two  lateral  bands  become  atrophied 
and  at  a level  of  the  urethral  canal.  Rarely  is  the 
fold  of  mucous  membrane  so  extensive  or  over- 
lapping as  to  require  ablation  or  removal  in  toto. 
Another  method  that  may  be  utilized  is  to  dilate 
the  urethra  either  with  a urethral  dilator  or  what 
is  still  simpler,  with  a pair  of  ordinary  dressing 


356 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MATERNAL  HEALTH— COSGROVE 


forceps  gently  introduced  and  expanded  to  its 
utmost  limit — provided,  however,  that  the  cul-de- 
sac  is  not  situated  too  far  posteriorly — severing 
the  band  of  the  pocket  by  means  of  a very  small 
scissors  and  then  proceeding  in  the  manner 
delineated  above. 

Conclusions 

In  all  cases  of  chronic  urethral  discharge 
without  any  appreciable  or  assignable  cause  as 
a basis,  one  must  always  be  on  the  lookout  for 
these  annoying  little  anomalies  and  institute  a 
thorough  investigation  for  their  possible  presence. 


Factors  in  Maternal  Health 

Hospitals  and  Staff  Groups* 

By  S.  A.  Cosgrove,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S. 
Jersey  City,  New  Jersey 


Samuel  A.  Cosgrove,  M.  D. 
M.D.,  Cornell  University  Medical 
Colle^ge,  1907;  Clinical  Professor  of 
Obstetrics,  Faculty  of  Medicine,  Co- 
lumbia University ; Medical  Director 
and  Attending  Obstetrician  Margaret 
Hague  Maternity  Hospital;  Attending 
Obstetrician  Jersey  City  Medical  Cen- 
ter; Consulting  Obstetrician  Christ  Hos- 
pital, Jersey  City;  Bayonne  Hospital, 
Bayonne;  North  Hudson  Hospital,  Wee- 
hawken;  Holy  Name  Hospital,  Teaneck; 
Moiintainside  Hospital,  Montclair;  Mon- 
mouth Memorial  Hospital,  Long  Branch; 
Diplomate  American  Board  of  Obstet- 
rics and  Gynecology ; Fellow  American 
College  of  Surgeons;  American  Assocm- 
tion  of  Obstetrics,  Gynecology  and  Ab- 
dominal Surgery;  American  Gynecological  Society;  New  York 
Obstetrical  Society;  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine,  et  cetera. 


■The  subject  of  maternal  health  is  a most 
protean  one,  embracing  much  more  than  the 
health  of  individual  mothers  and  prospective 
mothers.  It  connotes  the  broadest  implications 
of  the  inter-relationship  between  the  health  of 
mothers  as  individuals  and  the  welfare  of  their 
children,  their  husbands,  the  family  structure 
and  the  economic  and  sociologic  relation  of 
family  groups  to  the  community.  This  relation- 
ship is  reciprocal  between  the  individual  and  the 
broader  fields  to  which  I have  alluded.  Thus, 
while  poverty  and  lack  of  educational  advantages 
may  very  directly  influence  the  health  of  women 
as  individuals,  just  so  surely  may  poor  health 
in  the  mother,  as  the  center  of  the  family  unit, 
result  in  lack  of  educational  and  ^bnomic  ad- 
vantages for  her  children.  Ill  health  on  the 


♦Presented  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  Detroit,  September  27,  1940. 

May,  1941 


part  of  the  mother  reacts  disadvantageously  on 
her  environment  and  on  other  individuals  in  her 
orbit  just  as  surely  as  unfavorable  environment 
contributes  to  poor  health  in  the  individual. 

It  is  thus  very  evident  that  it  is  quite  impos- 
sible to  examine  and  discuss  all  these  multifarious 
relationships  in  a brief  talk.  Rather,  many  in- 
dividuals must  contribute  thought,  each  in  rela- 
tion to  his  own  phase  of  this  manifold  sub- 
ject. Therefore,  it  would  seem  to  me  proper  to 
discuss  hospitals  and  doctors  as  the  one  phase 
most  familiar  to  me,  and  probably  to  most  of 
the  rest  of  us  here. 

Service  to  Public 

One  quite  naturally  perhaps,  first  thinks  of 
the  hospital  in  terms  of  its  service  directly  to 
the  physical  health  of  individuals.  This  has  been 
and  must  continue  to  be  the  primary  channel 
through  which  hospitals  serve  society.  It  no 
longer,  however,  by  any  means,  remains  the 
only  channel  of  such  service,  nor  the  hospital’s 
only  obligation.  The  concept  of  the  service  of 
hospitals  to  the  community  has  broadened  com- 
mensurately  with  the  broadening  of  the  concept 
of  the  relation  of  ill  health  through  the  individual 
outward  to  the  whole  of  society.  Thus,  the  hos- 
pital of  today  must  administer  not  only  to  the 
physical  needs  and  welfare  of  its  clients,  but 
must  contribute  actively  and  effectively  to  the 
amelioration  of  the  economic  and  sociologic  han- 
dicaps under  which  that  clientele  exists,  and  per- 
haps most  importantly  of  all  to  the  education 
of  everyone  concerned  with  the  health  program, 
not  only  those  for  whose  benefit  that  program  is 
inaugurated  and  carried  on,  but  in  relation  to 
every  individual  who  in  any  sense  contributes 
to  that  program  by  thought,  energy  and  skill. 
For  it  has  been  well  said  that  if  the  whole 
broad  effort  toward  bettering  maternal  health 
could  be  epitomized  in  one  word,  that  word  would 
be  “education.”  Therefore,  the  hospital  which 
undertakes,  no  matter  how  effectively,  to  care  for 
the  physical  needs  only  of  its  clients,  and  fails  to 
undertake  the  education  of  those  clients,  and  of 
the  hospital  administrators  and  doctors  and 
nurses  and  social  workers,  it  is  but  doing  a poor 
half  of  the  complete  job  which  it  might  be  and 
should  be  accomplishing. 

The  whole  program  contributing  to  maternal 
health  is  in  its  theoretical  set-up,  well  known  to 
all  of  you.  The  agenda  and  standards  established 


357 


MATERNAL  HEALTH— COSGROVE 


by  the  Federal  and  State  Bureaus  of  Maternal 
and  Child  Welfare,  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation, the  American  College  of  Surgeons, 
the  American  Hospital  Association,  the  American 
Committee  on  Maternal  Welfare  and  many 
others  furnish  on  the  whole,  not  only  sufficiently 
broad  and  complete  programs,  but  also  adequate- 
ly and  specifically  worked  out  technical  detail. 
Hospitals  have  therein  an  undeniably  important, 
indeed  a potentially  central  and  commanding 
place.  This  at  once  imposes  on  hospitals,  and  on 
hospital  staffs,  not  only  the  obligation  of  measur- 
ing up  to  the  high  potentiality  thus  accorded 
them,  but  an  opportunity  by  so  doing,  of  contrib- 
uting to  community  and  social  betterment  in  a 
manner  and  to  a degree  tremendously  more  sig- 
nificant than  that  which  could  possibly  arise  out 
of  a concept  of  their  possibilities  for  service  re- 
stricted to  the  merely  physical  necessities  of  their 
clients. 

For  them  to  develop  to  its  fullest  extent  this 
glorious  opportunity,  however,  every  member  of 
every  hospital  staff  must  have  a clear  and  splen- 
did vision  thereof.  Lest  some  may  not  have,  I 
would  invite  your  attention  to  a fairly  broad  plan 
according  to  which  hospitals  and  hospital  staffs 
may  contribute  to  the  complete  social  effort  in 
behalf  of  better  maternal  health,  and  point  out 
to  you  where,  in  my  opinion,  it  is  probably  neces- 
sary to  place  especial  emphasis  in  order  that  the 
contribution  of  hospitals  thereto  may  be,  as  near- 
ly as  possible,  complete  and  perfect. 

Plan  for  Service 

Physical  Equipment. — Every  hospital  under- 
taking the  responsibility  of  caring  for  maternity 
cases  must  first  of  all  look  to  its  physical  equip- 
ment which  must  at  least  measure  up  to  the  mini- 
mum standard  of  the  American  College  already 
familiar  to  you.  The  plant  should  be  so  arranged 
as  to  permit  the  physical  segregation  of  maternity 
cases  from  all  other  groups  of  patients.  Separate 
labor  rooms,  delivery  rooms  and  operating  rooms 
for  maternity  patients  should  be  provided  and 
adequately  equipped.  Separate  nurseries  for  the 
newborns  must  be  provided  and  special  attention 
should  be  given  to  the  facilities  for  the  care  of 
the  premature  newborn.  Laboratory  facilities  and 
service  must  be  adequate  to  care  not  only  for 
the  routine  but  for  the  emergent  demands  neces- 
sary to  meet  obstetric  catastrophe  day  or  night. 


Stajf  Organization. — The  staff  should  be  or- 
ganized so  that  there  is  a separate  obstetric  staff 
headed  by  the  best  qualified  obstetrician  avail- 
able. In  him  should  be  vested  the  responsibility 
for,  and  authority  over,  all  the  obstetric  work 
done  in  the  hospital,  including  the  private  serv- 
ice. Ideally  in  addition  to  professional  compe- 
tence he  must  possess  much  strength  of  character 
and  no  little  diplomacy.  If  such  a man  may  not 
readily  be  found  on  the  hospital  staff  then  he 
should  be  imported,  or  developed,  if  necessary, 
with  the  assistance  of  available  local  consultants 
from  outside  the  staff,  or  of  nearby  universities, 
state  departments  of  health,  or  other  agencies.  A 
most  important  part  of  his  responsibility  is  to  set 
up  standards  of  technic  and  principles  of  man- 
agement for  that  particular  hospital.  There  are 
abundant  models  for  such  standards  and  prin- 
ciples in  material  already  published.  These  pre- 
sent enough  variety  in  detail  to  be  applicable  to 
the  peculiar  needs  of  any  hospital.  But  it  is  fre- 
quently advisable  to  conform  in  general  outlines 
to  established  practices  in  convenient  areas,  as 
is  done  in  some  states,  for  instance,  under  the 
leadership  of  the  State  Medical  Societies. 

These  standards  and  principles  having  been 
set  up  and  properly  published,  the  obstetric 
chief  of  staff  must  see  to  it  without  flinching 
from  his  sometimes  difficult  duty  that 
EVERYONE  delivering  women  in  the  hos- 
pital is  rigidly  required  to  conform  thereto. 

Herein  his  authority  must  have  the  unequivo- 
cal backing  of  the  hospital  administrative  board 
and  executive  officers.  While  we  are  assured  by 
spokesmen  for  hospital  administrators  that  the 
latter  are  awake  to  the  need  for  protecting  the 
welfare  of  obstetric  patients,  it  is  to  be  feared 
that  this  awareness  is  not  universal.  In  hospitals 
in  which  it  does  not  exist,  the  hospital  staff 
must  try  to  establish  and  strengthen  it. 

Important  in  the  management  set-up  is  the  re- 
quirement for  competent  consultation  before  any 
cesarean  section  or  other  artificial  delivery  pro- 
cedure is  undertaken.  This  means,  of  course, 
consultation  with  one  or  more  competent  obstet- 
ricians. But  if  progress  in  staff  organization 
and  training  has  made  that  impossible,  the  con- 
sultation should  still  be  ohstetrically  competent. 
For  if  dependence  must  be  upon  general  sur- 
geons, for  God’s  sake  let  their  conscience  be  so 


358 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MATERNAL  HEALTH— COSGROVE 


quickened  that  they  cease  to  think  of  cesarean 
section  as  a routine  procedure  of  utmost  surgical 
simplicity.  Let  them  rather  be  as  anxious  to 
acquaint  themselves  with  the  variety  of  newer 
technics  for  the  operation  as  they  undoubtedly 
are  ready  to  follow  the  newer  developments  of 
gastric  surgery.  Let  them  be  as  well  founded  in 
their  knowledge  of  the  indications  and  contra-- 
indications  for  each  as  they  are  familiar  with 
the  application  of  various  technics  of  limb  am- 
putations. If  a man  undertakes  to  do  obstetric  sur- 
gery, let  him  at  least  learn  something  about  ob- 
stetrics in  the  same  sense  as  he  would  have  to 
learn  something  about  thyroid  disease  in  order 
to  properly  perform  thyroid  surgery. 

Hemorrhagic  Emergencies 

Another  important  set  of  regulations  concerns 
the  routine  safeguards  which  must  be  thrown 
around  every  bleeding  case.  These  include  com- 
plete organization  of  material  and  personnel  to 
handle  hemorrhagic  emergencies  as  follows : 

Every  bleeding  case  should  be  considered 
as  potentially  in  extremis  and  treated  on  this 
basis. 

Treatment  should  be  first  prophylactic.  While 
many  types  of  bleeding  are  accidental  and  cannot 
be  anticipated,  some  of  the  most  serious  types 
would  appear  to  depend  upon,  or  occur  in  asso- 
ciation with  toxemias,  especially  of  the  hyper- 
tensive and  nephritic  varieties.  This  fact  implies 
the  opportunity  of  guarding  against  them  by 
proper  prophylaxis  of  the  underlying  or  associ- 
ated toxemic  states.  The  more  effective  the  pro- 
phylaxis of  toxemias,  embodied  in  close  prenatal 
supervision,  and  the  radical  management  of  rap- 
idly progressive  cases  can  be  made,  the  better 
the  patient  is  protected  against  hemorrhage. 

A further  detail  of  prophylaxis  is  the  routine 
blood  grouping  of  all  antenatal  patients  at  the 
earliest  opportunity  in  order  to  anticipate  the 
need  for  it  after  bleeding  occurs,  when  time  is 
precious.  Such  routine  blood  grouping  will  even- 
tually be  considered  as  much  a part  of  competent 
prenatal  observation  as  urinalysis  and  blood  pres- 
sure readings. 

Prenatal  patients  should  be  taught  the  serious 
significance  of  all  bleeding  of  pregnancy.  Prompt 
report  must  be  made  of  its  occurrence.  Patients 
and  family  must  cooperate  in  accepting  bed  rest. 


hospitalization  and  other  anticipatory  and  active 
treatment. 

The  final  and  most  important  factor  of  pro- 
phylaxis is  the  organization  of  policy,  personnel 
and  equipment  to  handle  hemorrhagic  emergen- 
cies in  the  quickest  and  most  efficient  way.  Any 
institution  upon  which  devolves  the  care  and 
treatment  of  pregnancy  and  parturition  must  pos- 
sess such  an  organization  to  fulfill  that  respon- 
sibility. Day  and  night  someone  must  be  instant- 
ly available  with  authority  to  put  the  plan  of 
treatment  into  immediate  operation.  Twenty-four 
hours  of  every  day  laboratory  personnel  and 
equipment  should  be  available  for  grouping  and 
cross  matching  of  bloods  without  loss  of  time. 

Equipment  and  supplies  for  venoclysis  and 
blood  transfusion  should  be  provided  and  pre- 
pared so  as  to  make  their  use  available  as  rapid- 
ly as  is  consistent  with  technical  safety.  Medical 
and  nursing  personnel  familiar  with  their  use  and 
competent  to  employ  them  should  be  constantly 
on  duty  or  subject  to  instant  call.  Arrangements 
should  exist  permitting  prompt  call  upon  a known 
source  of  available  donors.  Funds  must  be  made 
available  to  buy  blood  if  and  when  necessary. 
No  patient  should  die  for  lack  of  a fifty  dollar 
bill. 

There  is  no  detail  of  this  apparently  formi- 
dable, but  really  simple,  organization  which 
cannot  be  provided  in  the  smallest  and  poorest 
hospital  if  someone  will  only  see  that  it  is 
provided.  The  largest  and  most  elaborate  hos- 
pital cannot  afford  to  neglect  its  provision. 

Forceps  Deliveries 

The  next  item  of  regulation  must  be  the  super- 
vision of  all  forceps  deliveries,  because  dependent 
upon  such  competent  supervision,  the  use  of  the 
obstetric  forceps  may  differ  as  between  wantonly 
murderous  butchery  and  life-saving  art. 

It  does  not  suffice,  in  this  connection,  merely 
to  have  written  rules  that  for  instance  Group 
A of  the  staff  may  do  difficult  forceps  oper- 
ations, but  that  Group  B of  the  staff  may  do 
only  “low”  forceps  operations. 

For  the  members  of  Group  B,  whose  privilege 
and  responsibility  it  is  desired  to  limit,  are  the 
very  individuals  who  are  least  able  to  distinguish 
between  dangerously  difficult  procedures  and  in- 


May,  1941 


359 


MATERNAL  HEALTH— COSGROVE 


nocuously  easy  ones.  They  are  least  able  to  eval- 
uate indications  and  conditions.  Therefore,  to  sup- 
plement established  rules,  actual  knowledge  of 
each  situation  must  be  available  to  the  responsible 
director  and  he  must  give  or  withhold  permission 
in  each  case,  and  in  relation  to  each  operator,  un- 
less he  knows  enough  of  the  latter’s  capacity  to 
accord  him  carte  blanche. 

^ Standards  of  Technic 

Next  must  be  established  standards  of  technic 
for  medical  and  nursing  procedure  in  the  labor 
rooms  and  the  delivery  rooms  to  which  all  oper- 
ators and  other  personnel  must  be  required  to 
religiously  adhere. 

Nor  will  the  mere  establishment  on  paper  of 
such  standards  as  I have  indicated  be  adequate  to 
produce  good  results.  Those  responsible  for  them 
must  be  imbued  with  the  deepest  sense  of  the 
necessity  of  their  conscientious  execution.  And 
machinery  must  be  provided  for  insuring  that 
their  execution  is  enforced  on  those  individuals 
not  sharing  the  proper  sense  of  their  necessity 
and  desirability.  The  best  such  machinery  on 
any  except  the  very  smallest  services  are  well 
trained  obstetric  residents,  capable  of  accurate 
observation,  dependable  evaluation  of  situations, 
and  invested  with  definite  authority  as  repre- 
senting the  service  chief  or  chiefs.  Such  individ- 
uals are  invaluable  coordinating  links  between 
those  possessing  responsible  authority  and  those 
carrying  out  the  actual  procedures  of  obstetric 
practice,  in  no  matter  what  capacity  and  in  re- 
lation both  to  ward  material  and  their  own  pri- 
vate patients. 

Here  I wish  to  emphasize  that  there  should  be 
no  essential  distinction  between  public  ward  cases 
and  private  patients.  The  hospital  owes  the  same 
duty  to  each.  A private  patient  is  just  as  much 
entitled  to  have  adequate  safeguards  thrown 
about  her  by  the  hospital  as  is  the  ward  patient, 
even  though  she  has  selected  voluntarily  a par- 
ticular practitioner  as  her  private  attendant.  The 
hospital  must  see  to  it  that  he  renders  to  her  a 
service  not  less  than  it  insists  be  rendered  to  non- 
private patients.  If  the  profession  is  to  properly 
cooperate  in  safeguarding  maternal  welfare  in 
the  highest  possible  degree,- a//  doctors  must  be 
made  to  realize  the  importance  of  service  stand- 
ards directed  to  that  objective.  I am  a private 
practitioner  myself,  deriving  far  the  larger  part 
of  my  income  from  private  practice;  I have 

360 


just  as  strong  individualistic  tendencies  and  just  ! 
as  great  jealousy  for  my  prerogatives  in  relation  | 
to  my  patients  as  any  practitioner  can  have.  Yet  ! 
I believe  with  the  strongest  conviction  that  the  ; 
zealously  guarded  relationship  between  doctor  I 
and  private  patient  is  in  the  last  analysis  of  less  ' 
importance  than  the  responsibility  of  society,  ; 
through  the  hospital,  to  insure  that  every  preg- 
nant woman  receives  in  parturition  the  very  best 
service  that  careful  consideration  and  thorough 
organization  by  responsible  and  qualified  agencies 
can  supply. 

Furthermore,  I am  confident  that  in  accepting 
that  attitude  and  conscientiously  conforming  to 
properly  thought  out  and  established  standards 
of  practice  the  individual  practitioner  will  in  the 
long  run  be  conscious  of  better  service  to  his 
patients  and  greater  satisfaction  in  that  service 
to  them  than  if  he  insists  on  maintaining  the  tra- 
ditional attitude  of  untrammelled  responsibility 
for  and  uncontrolled  discretion  in  handling  his 
private  work. 

The  inauguration  and  prosecution  of  such  a 
program  will  undoubtedly  entail  much  bit- 
terness, jealousy  and  misunderstanding  at  first. 
Ideal  relationships  cannot  be  accomplished 
over  night.  Much  continuous  patient  effort 
will  be  required,  much  grief  and  opposition 
may  frequently  have  to  be  overcome,  before 
it  is  accomplished.  But  accomplished  it  must 
be  in  every  hospital  and  by  every  staff  before 
each  can  proudly  say,  “We  are  accomplishing 
our  job  in  the  very  best  possible  way  for  the 
safety  of  our  mothers  and  babies.” 

Prenatal  Care 

The  program  thus  outlined  for  safeguarding 
mothers  and  their  babies  in  actual  parturition 
must  now  be  extended  to  include  the  means  of 
safeguarding  them  in  pregnancy  and  the  puerper- 
al period  after  their  discharge  from  the  hospital. 
Prenatal  clinics  are  just  as  essential  a part  of  the 
hospital’s  contribution  to  maternal  health  as  is 
proper  provision  for  the  care  of  the  woman  in 
labor.  That  this  is  so  requires  but  little  evidence. 
Heaton  states  that  it  is  a consensus  of  both  Brit- 
ish and  American  authorities  that  efficient  pre- 
natal care  would  reduce  maternal  mortality  fifty 
per  cent.  Bierman  says  that  at  least  half  of  the 
annual  loss  of  twelve  thousand  mothers  directly 
due  to  pregnancy  is  needless,  and  that  every 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MATERNAL  HEALTH— COSGROVE 


year  that  well  organized  programs  for  supplying 
good  prenatal  and  postnatal  care  and  skilled  ob- 
stetric care  and  delivery  continues  will  give  us 
additional  proof  that  many  of  these  lives  can 
be  saved. 

Quigley  says  that  as  a result  of  a nation- 
wide coordinated  effort  between  public  health 
agencies,  hospitals,  and  private  physicians, 
there  has  been  a very  significant  decline  in  the 
maternal  death  rate  for  the  whole  country. 

Between  1930  and  1936  this  decrease  amounted 
to  15  per  cent.  Between  1936  and  1938  there 
was  a further  decrease  of  24  per  cent.  In  ten 
years,  from  1928  to  1937,  there  was  a reduction 
of  50  per  cent  in  some  of  our  larger  cities.  New 
York,  Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  and  Pennsyl- 
vania, in  periods  of  from  four  to  nine  years  end- 
ing in  1938,  showed  an  approximate  average  im- 
provement of  about  one-third.  Conversely,  evi- 
dence is  abundant  that  lack  of  competent  prenatal 
care  is  closely  associated  with  high  maternal  mor- 
tality. Thus  Bingham  says  that  in  1939,  through- 
out the  whole  of  New  Jersey,  35  per  cent  of  the 
obstetrical  patients  who  died  had  little  or  no  pre- 
natal care.  Quigley  says  that  the  greatest  need 
for  tightening  up  the  program  of  adequate  care 
for  maternal  health  is  to  educate  the  laity  to  the 
necessity  of  availing  themselves  of  existing  op- 
portunities for  prenatal  care.  In  our  own  clinic 
to  the  end  of  1939  there  were  twelve  deaths  in 
168  cases  of  eclampsia.  Of  these  twelve  deaths, 
nine  had  essentially  no  prenatal  care  and  two 
more  had  only  questionably  adequate  care.  In 
other  words,  more  than  90  per  cent  of  our 
eclamptic  fatalities  had  failed  to  avail  themselves 
of  facilities  for  prenatal  care  which  are  abundan' 
in  their  community. 

Postnatal  clinics,  while  not  so  definitely  related 
to  immediate  maternal  mortality  as  are  prenatal 
clinics, -are  nevertheless  of  greatest  usefulness  in 
minimizing  post-parturient  morbidity  by  follow- 
up check  of  the  health  of  those  who  have  exhib- 
ited toxemia  in  their  pregnancies ; they  should 
in  a certain  degree  protect  handicapped  women 
against  the  hazard  of  future  pregnancies ; and 
they  should  prevent  and  cure  many  gynecologic 
morbidities  and  sequelae. 

In  connection  with  the  prenatal  and  postnatal 
clinics  the  development  of  a field  nursing  service 
is  important.  The  significance  of  the  role  of  the 


public  health  nurse  as  a channel  of  the  vitally 
important  program  of  education  of  the  laity  is 
becoming  more  and  more  recognized.  In  this 
contribution  the  public  health  nurses  represent- 
ing the  hospital  should  share  with  the  nurses  rep- 
resenting official  public  health  agencies.  In  most 
cases  it  is  possible  and  advantageous  for  the  hos- 
pital to  be  the  hub  about  which  are  correlated  all 
community  efforts  in  safeguarding  maternal  and 
infant  health. 

Education  of  the  Laity 

Space  and  time  will  not  permit  an  adequate 
discussion  of  this  great  need  for  education  of 
the  laity  in  respect  to  the  vital  importance  of 
early  and  consistent  prenatal  care.  Every  com- 
mentator on  the  conservation  of  maternal  health 
recognizes  this  phase  as  of  the  utmost  importance. 
But  it  has  so  far  constituted  the  weakest  link  in 
all  programs  for  maternal  health  betterment  and 
must  in  the  future  command  the  constant  patient 
effort  of  all  interested  workers  to  strengthen. 
Quigley  says  that  it  is  “above  all”  important  in 
the  broad  educational  program  which  must  go 
hand  in  hand  with  technical  programs  for  the 
protection  of  maternal  health.  He  suggests  the 
use  of  multifarious  channels  for  such  lay  educa- 
tion ; parent-teacher  associations  and  other 
groups ; education  by  literature,  such  as  mothers’ 
guides ; by  exhibits,  such  as  that  at  the  World’s 
Fair;  by  radio;  through  physicians;  through 
public  health  nurses ; through  organized  effort 
subsidized  by  state  and  federal  public  health 
agencies.  Hospitals  cannot  neglect  to  have  their 
commanding  share  in  this  program.  Quigley 
further  says  that  he  believes  that  further  im- 
provement will  come  chiefly  in  two  ways,  the 
first  of  which  is  education  of  women  to  seek  pre- 
natal care  early,  continued  emphasis  on  the  text, 
“If  pregnant,  see  your  doctor  early.” 

In  addition  to  the  cooperative  part  which  hos- 
pitals have  toward  educational  programs  par- 
ticipated in  by  other  agencies,  the  hospital  has  a 
very  special  educational  field  which  is  solely  its 
particular  responsibility.  There  are  several . 
phases  of  this  teaching  activity,  but  I will  not 
discuss  in  detail  those  relating  to  nurses,  social 
workers,  laboratory  technicians,  medical  libra- 
rians, etc.  I do,  however,  wish  to  emphasize  the 
responsibilty  of  every  hospital,  no  matter  how 
small  or  where  located,  for  active  participation  in 
the  education  of  physicians.  The  size,  amount  of 


May,  1941 


361 


MATERNAL  HEALTH— COSGROVE 


material  handled,  and  other  circumstances  will 
determine  how  broad  this  education  effort  may  be 
in  relation  to  each  particular  institution.  But 
every  hospital  can  and  should  contribute  to  it  in 
some  degree. 

Education  of  the  Physician 

The  role  of  the  hospital  in  the  education  of 
physicians  is  a continuation  of,  and  just  as.  im- 
portant as,  the  role  of  the  medical  college  in  that 
education.  The  physician  who  serves  the  hos- 
pital as  resident  or  intern  has  just  as  much  right 
to  look  to  the  hospital  for  supplying  this  function 
as  he  has  to  expect  it  from  his  medical  college. 
The  responsible  heads  and  other  members  of  the 
medical  staff  of  every  hospital  should  recognize 
their  responsibility  in  this  regard  and  should  ex- 
pect to  assume  the  role  of  teacher  as  inevitably 
and  naturally  as  though  they  held  appointments 
to  organized  teaching  faculties.  Larger  hospitals, 
in  fact,  should  have  organized  teaching  faculties, 
while  the  staffs  of  all  hospitals  should  just  as 
definitely  assume  the  responsibilty  for  organized 
teaching.  ^ 

Such  a teaching  program  should  be  based  on 
a regular  curricular  skeleton.  Appointed  periods 
for  certain  parts  of  it  should  be  fixed.  It  may 
well  include  a certain  amount  of  formal,  didactic 
teaching.  It  should  be  designed  to  provide  a 
generous  amount  of  practical  teaching.  This 
should  include  ward  rounds,  manikin  demonstra- 
tions, informal  discussions,  conferences  in  which 
cases  shall  be  reviewed,  group  experience  an- 
alyzed, mortality  thoroughly  and  frankly  dis- 
cussed. The  indications  for  operative  procedures 
should  be  carefully  evaluated  and  expressed. 
Regular  periods  for  pathological  teaching  and  the 
study  of  pathologic  material  should  be  provided' 

Under  the  chiefs  of  service,  less  experienced 
assistants  should  be  given  the  opportunity  of  in- 
dependent responsibility  and  constantly  broaden- 
ing opportunity  for  practical  work,  in  order  that 
they  may  be  prepared  to  substitute  for,  and  even- 
tually supersede,  the  chiefs  themselves.  These 
younger  staff  men,  and  the  residents,  should 
share  in  the  teaching  program  in  order  that  by 
teaching  they  themselves  may  learn. 

Education  of  Interns 

The  assignment  of  interns,  except  in  institu- 
tions so  small  as  to  make  it  impossible,  should  be 
on  the  basis  of  full  time  devoted  to  the  obstetric 


division.  Good  work  cannot  be  accomplished 
when  the  attention  of  the  interns  to  the  obstetric 
division  shares  the  interest  and  time  devoted  to 
other  work.  The  interns  should  be  required  to 
avail  themselves  regularly  of  the  provided  op- 
portunities for  learning.  Private  as  well  as  ward 
material  should  be  available  as  the  basis  of  this 
teaching.  Private  attendants  should  be  expected 
to  be  willing  to  discuss  their  cases  frankly  and 
fully  with  the  students.  The  interns  should  be 
permitted  to  thoroughly  know  the  background 
and  conditions  of  private  patients  as  well  as 
public  patients.  They  should  participate  in  their 
management,  both  in  the  labor  rooms  and  the  de- 
livery rooms.  They  should  be  permitted  to  make 
rounds  on  them  and  to  share  with  their  own  at- 
tendants the  interest  in,  and  management  of, 
their  postpartum  course. 

If  you  will  permit  me  to  quote  what  I have 
already  said  elsewhere,  it  is  in  relation  to  this 
opportunity  for  teaching  that  “primary  re- 
sponsibility touches  every  one  of  us.  There  is 
some  way  that  we  can  all  contribute  to  the 
education  of  doctors  after  the  medical  schools 
are  through  with  them.  We  can  all  teach!  It 
is  enjoined  on  us  in  our  Hippocratic  oath.  It 
will  contribute  more  to  us  than  to  our  students. 
Any  individual  on  a hospital  staff,  or  any  staff 
group,  can  set  up  formal  and  practical  teaching 
of  interns  and  of  residents  which  will  repay 
manifold  the  sacrifice  that  it  costs.  ...  If  by 
awakening  the  teaching  conscience  of  all  who 
are,  or  might  be  teachers,  the  entire  material 
available  for  obstetric  teaching  were  properly 
developed,  the  contribution  to  the  competency 
of  American  practitioners  would  be  tremen- 
dous, and  the  effect  in  better  results  of  ob- 
stetric experience  would  save  much  unneces- 
sary mortality  and  morbidity.” 

Summary 

1.  Hospitals  exist  primarily  to  directly  con- 
serve and  restore  the  physical  health  of  indi- 
viduals. In  a broader  sense,  however,  they  hav^ 
an  important  part  in  the  many-phased  sociologic, 
economic,  educational  community  activity  bearing 
upon  improvement  of  maternal  health. 

2.  Directly  concerned  with  the  individual  wel- 
fare of  patients  is  the  physical  organization  and 
facilities  provided  by  the  hospital  for  obstetric 
patients. 


362 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


MASTOID  OPERATIONS— BRUNNER 


3.  The  next  and  possibly  more  important  ne- 
cessity for  good  obstetric  results  is  proper  staff 
organization  and  control.  This  should  have  the 
wholehearted  endorsement  of  the  management, 
and  rigid  support  of  the  executives,  of  the  insti- 
tution. 

4.  As  part  of  this  staff  organization,  stand- 
ards of  technics  and  principles  of  management 
should  be  established.  They  should  include  : 

a.  Requirement  for  competent  consultation 
before  the  employment  of  any  artificial  de- 
livery procedure; 

b.  Adequate  safeguards  for  bleeding  cases ; 

c.  Special  control  of  forceps  operations ; 

d.  Establishment  of  technical  routines  in 
labor  and  delivery  rooms. 

5.  Establishment  of  such  standards  and  prin- 
ciples must  be  implemented  by  necessary  ma- 
chinery and  authority  for  their  enforcement. 
They  must  be  enforced  in  relation  to  private  pa- 
tients as  well  as  to  public  patients. 

6.  Prenatal  and  postnatal  clinics  and  field 
nursing  services  should  be  set  up  and  operated 
by  the  hospitals. 

7.  Finally  hospitals  have  a great  educational 
responsibilty ; important  among  the  objectives  of 
this  responsibility  is  that  of  joining  with  other 
agencies  in  continued  intensified  effort  to  im- 
press the  laity  with  the  importance  of  early  pre- 
natal care. 

8.  While  the  hospital  also  has  the  responsibility 
of  education  of  nurses,  and  other  quasi-profes- 
sional personnel,  its  highest  and  specific  educa- 
tional function  is  the  continuing  education  of 
physicians.  This  function  applies  to  members  of 
its  own  staff.  Most  importantly,  however,  it  ap- 
plies particularly  to  its  interns.  In  relation  to 
these  men  and  women  it  supplements  and  con- 
tinues in  integral  relationship  their  medical  col- 
lege training. 


BibKography 

1.  Adair,  F.  L. : Maternal  Care  and  Some  Complications.  Chi- 
cago: Univ.  Press,  1939. 

2.  Amberg,  Ray  M.:  Social  aspects  of  maternal  and  child 

health  from  standpoint  of  hospital  administration.  Hospitals, 
13:42,  (Jan.)  1939. 

3.  Bierman,  Jessie  M. : Recent  advances  in  maternal  and 

child  health.  Hospitals,,  13:42,  (Feb.)  1939. 

4.  Bingham,  A.  W. : The  report  of  the  advisory  committee  on 
maternal  welfare.  Jour.  Med.  Soc.,  New  Jersey,  37:247, 
(May)  1940. 

5.  Clifford,  Martha  L. : The  State  Department  of  Health 

maternal  care  program.  Jour.  Conn.  State  Med.  Soc.,  3:567, 
1939. 

6.  Cosgrove,  S.  A.:  An  opportunity  and  obligation.  Jour. 
Med.  Soc.  New  Jersey,  37:369,  (July)  1940. 

7.  Ibid:  Obstetric  hemorrhage  and  its  management.  So.  Med. 
Jour.,  29:1219,  (Dec.)  1936. 

8.  Daily,  E. : Standards  of  prenatal  care.  Bull.  No.  153, 

U.  S.  Gov’t  Printing  Office,  Washington,  1939. 

May,  1941 


9.  Fl'^^'^t)  Marion.  A. : Securing  early  antepartum  care.  Pub- 

lic Health  Nursing,  32:28,  (Jan.)  1940. 

10.  Gerdes,  Maude  M.:  Newer  concepts  and  procedures  of 

maternal  care.  Am.  Jour.  Public  Health,  29:1029,  (Sept.) 
1939. 

11.  Hall,  .Beatrice:  Maternity  care  as  a community  problem. 

Hospitals,  13:16,  (Jan.)  1939. 

12.  Honey,  T.  Paul,  Jr.:  Maternity  program  in  Pike  County. 
Miss.  Doctor,  17:49,  (Aug.)  1939. 

13.  Heaton,  Claude  Edwin:  Modern  Motherhood.  New  York: 
Farrar  & Rinehart,  Inc.,  1935. 

14.  Leuroot,  Katherine  F. : Federal  and  state  cooperation  in 

maternal  and  child  health.  Jour.  Mich.  Med.  Soc.,  38: 
1088,  (Dec.)  1939. 

15.  Quigley,  James  Knight:  Maternal  welfare,  what  are  its 

fruits?  Am.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  39:349,  (Feb.)  1948. 

16.  Seibels,  Robert  S. : Report  of  Committee  on  Maternal  Wel- 
fare. Jour.  South  Carolina  Med.  Assn.,  35:20'2,  1939. 


Indications  for  Simple  and 
Radical  Mastoid  Operations* 

By  Hans  Brunner,  M.D. 

Chicago,  Illinois 


Hans  Brunner,  M.D. 

Associate  Professor  of  Otolaryngology, 
University  of  Illinois,  College  of  Medi- 
cine; Docent  at  the  University  of  Vien- 
na; formerly  Chief  of  the  Otolaryn- 
gological  Department  at  the  Allgemeine 
Poliklinik  in  Vienna;  formerly  Presi- 
dent of  the  Austrian  Otological  Society; 
Honorary  member  of  the  Ameri- 
can Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and 
Otolaryngology ; Member  of  the  Col- 
legium Otolaryngologicum. 


■ The  operations  on  the  mastoid  process  are 
prophylactic  operations.  Neither  the  inflamed 
mastoid  process  in  an  acute  otitis  nor  the  scle- 
rotic mastoid  process  in  a chronic  otitis  is  dan- 
gerous to  the  life  of  the  patient.  However,  in 
both  circumstances  there  is  danger  that  the  infec- 
tion will  pass  over  towards  the  structures  adja- 
cent to  the  mastoid  process,  namely,  the  meninges, 
the  sinus  of  the  dura,  and  the  brain.  From  that 
point  the  life  of  the  patient  is  in  danger.  That  is 
particularly  true  for  the  acute  mastoiditis  fol- 
lowing an  acute  otitis.  Consequently,  it  is  the 
task  of  the  otologist  to  save  the  meninges  and 
the  brain  from  becoming  infected,  which  is  pos- 
sible in  a great  number  of  cases  (of  course  not 
in  all)  since,  as  a rule,  the  infection  in  the  mas- 
toid process  does  not  attack  the  meninges,  unless 
it  reaches  a certain  degree  of  maturity.  It  takes 
about  four  weeks  from  the  onset  of  the  acute 
otitis  to  reach  that  degree  of  maturity.  A mas- 
toiditis in  that  stage  is  often  called  “coalescent 

*From  the  Department  of  Laryngology,  Rhinology  and  Otology, 
University  of  Illinois  College  of  Medicine,  and  the  Research 
and  Educational  Hospitals. 

Presented  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society,  Detroit,  September  26.  1940. 


363 


MASTOID  OPERATIONS— BRUNNER 


mastoiditis”  and  it  presents  a great  number  of 
definite  symptoms.  Therefore  it  should  be  easily 
recognized  by  the  general  practitioner. 

Coalescent  Mastoiditis 

The  symptoms  of  the  coalescent  mastoiditis 
can  be  divided  into:  (a)  General  symptoms; 

(b)  general  brain  symptoms;  (c)  local  brain 
symptoms;  (d)  symptoms  from  the  mastoid 
process;  (e)  symptoms  from  the  auricle  and 
from  the  external  canal;  (f)  symptoms  from  the 
drum  and  the  middle  ear. 

General  Symptoms. — The  mental  and  psychical 
conditions  of  the  patient  are  entirely  normal  in 
adults  as  well  as  in  children.  The  temperature 
in  adults  may  rise  to  101.  Higher  degrees  of 
temperature  point  as  a rule  to  a beginning  intra- 
cranial complication  unless  they  are  due  to  an- 
other disease  and  indicate  the  exposure  of  the 
sinus.  Chills  are  missing  and  the  blood  count  is 
normal  in  adults  as  well  as  in  infants. 

General  Brain  Symptoms. — Adults  frequently 
complain  of  headaches.  However,  the  patients 
never  point  to  a particular  part  of  the  skull  as 
the  seat  of  the  headaches.  The  fundi  of  the  eyes 
as  well  as  the  cerebrospinal  fluid  are  normal. 

Local  Brain  Symptoms. — Pareses,  hemianop- 
sia, aphasia  are  strictly  absent. 

Symptoms  from  the  Mastoid  Process. — 

The  mastoid  process  nearly  always  shows 
some  very  important  symptoms  if  it  is  exam- 
ined in  the  proper  way.  I recommend  the  fol- 
lowing method  of  examination : The  phys- 
ician stands  behind  the  patient  and  touches 
gently  the  skin  of  the  mastoid  process  on  both 
sides.  As  a rule,  the  skin  of  the  diseased  side 
is  warmer.  After  having  examined  the  tem- 
perature of  the  skin  the  physician  looks  for 
an  edema  on  the  tip  of  the  mastoid  process. 
That  is  the  most  difficult  part  of  the  exami- 
nation and  requires  some  training.  One  has  to 
have  in  mind  that  the  outer  surface  of  the  tip 
of  the  mastoid  process  is  covered  only  by 
periosteum  and  thin  skin.  There  is  no  sub- 
cutaneous fat,  not  even  in  individuals  with  a 
fat  neck.  Consequently,  the  outer  surface  of 
the  tip  always  can  be  felt  as  a clear-cut  bony 
edge,  provided  the  patient  slowly  moves  his 
head  to  both  sides  in  order  to  relax  the  con- 


traction of  the  sternocleidomastoid  muscle. 
In  a mastoiditis  the  periosteum  of  the  tip  is 
infiltrated  and  swollen.  Consequently,  the 
tip  can  not  be  felt  as  a clear-cut  edge,  and  one 
rather  gets  the  impression  that  between  the 
bony  edge  and  the  finger  of  the  examiner  there 
is  edematous  soft  tissue  which  leads  to  the 
diagnosis  of  an  edema  of  the  tip  of  the  mastoid 
process.  Although  it  requires  a certain  train- 
ing to  become  acquainted  with  that  kind  of 
examination,  I consider  the  edema  of  the  tip 
as  the  most  important  mastoid  symptom  and  I 
believe  that  the  number  of  cases  of  so-called 
latent  mastoiditis  would  decrease  considerably 
if  otologists  would  always  stress  the  proper 
importance  of  this  part  of  examination. 

Less  important  is  the  tenderness  of  the  mas- 
toid process  which  many  textbooks  emphatically 
call  the  chief  symptom  of  the  mastoiditis,  al- 
though the  tenderness  may  be  almost  entirely 
missing  in  mastoid  processes  with  a thick  corti- 
calis.  However,  if  it  is  present  one  has  to  expect 
it  on  the  tip,  but  not  on  the  planum  of  the  mas- 
toid or  in  the  region  of  the  antrum.  Frequently 
I observed  otologists  exerting  a formidable  pres- 
sure on  the  planum  mastoideum  in  seeking  for 
tenderness.  There  is  no  doubt  that  such  a pres- 
sure hurts.  It  even  hurts  the  audience.  The  ac- 
tual tenderness  can  be  found  by  exerting  a gen- 
tle pressure  towards  the  tip.  In  the  sitting  pa- 
tient the  pressure  has  to  be  directed  upwards ; in 
other  words,  from  the  neck  towards  the  mastoid 
antrum  and  not  from  the  outside  towards  the 
midline. 

The  x-ray  picture  of  the  mastoid  process 
should  be  taken  in  every  case  where  there  is  time 
to  take  it.  However,  the  x-ray  picture  is  not  a 
conditio  sine  qua  non  as  far  as  the  diagnosis  of 
the  mastoiditis  is  concerned.  Since  the  coalescent 
mastoiditis  in  its  mature  stage  produces  a very 
great  number  of  symptoms  in  most  of  the  cases, 
the  diagnosis  can  also  be  made  without  an  x-ray 
picture. 

Symptoms  from  the  External  Ear. — It  is  well 
known  that  in  subperiostal  abscesses,  which  oc- 
cur more  frequently  in  infants  than  adults,  the 
auricle  acquires  an  abnormal  position,  viz.,  it  is 
turned  forwards  and  depressed  downwards.  The 
same  position,  of  course  less  marked,  can  be 
observed  in  the  mature  coalescent  mastoiditis 


364 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MASTOID  OPERATIONS— BRUNNER 


without  subperiostal  abscess.  Naturally,  that  ex- 
amination also  requires  trained  eyes. 

Of  greatest  importance  is  the  sagging  of  the 
superior  and  posterior  wall  of  the  external 
auditory  canal.  As  a matter  of  fact,  some 
otologists  call  this  finding  the  chief  symptom 
of  the  mastoiditis.  To  appreciate  this  symptom 
one  has  to  know  its  pathology.  The  posterior 
and  superior  wall  of  the  external  canal  is 
simultaneously  the  lateral  and  inferior  walls 
of  the  mastoid  antrum.  In  other  words,  if  the 
superior  and  posterior  wall  of  the  external 
canal  is  perforated  one  enters  the  antrum. 
Consequently,  the  superior  and  posterior  wall 
of  the  external  canal  is  covered  on  one  surface 
with  mucous  membrane  of  the  antrum,  on 
' the  other  surface  with  the  skin  of  the  external 
' canal.  Skin  and  mucous  membrane  are  con- 
nected by  blood  vessels  which  perforate  the 
bony  plate. 

Supposing  there  is  an  inflammation  of  the  an- 
tral mucous  membrane.  Under  these  circum- 
stances the  little  veins  of  the  mucous  membrane 
become  involved  by  a thrombophlebitis  and  since 
some  of  these  veins  perforate  the  bony  wall,  they 
carry  the  infection  from  the  mucous  membrane 
into  the  skin  producing  a deeply  located  periosti- 
tis of  the  superior  and  posterior  wall  of  the  ex- 
ternal canal.  We  call  this  deeply  located  perios- 
titis sagging  of  the  superior  and  posterior  wall  of 
the  external  canal.  Considering  these  pathologic 
findings  the  appearance  as  well  as  the  importance 
of  the  sagging  becomes  obvious.  The  sagging  is 
always  situated  close  to  the  drum.  The  skin  of 
the  sagging  is  white,  since  the  inflammation  is 
situated  in  the  deep  layers  of  the  skin,  and  it  is 
not  tender  to  gentle  touching  with  a probe.  The 
sagging  indicates  an  inflammation  of  the  antral 
mucous  membrane  and  most  frequently  retention 
of  pus  within  the  antrum.  Since  retention  of  pus 
accompanies  every  coalescent  mastoiditis  the  sag- 
ging, consequently,  indicates  a mastoiditis. 

Disclvarge. — The  discharge  in  that  type  of  mas- 
toiditis is  abundant,  not  fetid.  The  drum  is  red, 
swollen  and  veiy^  often  shows  nipple-like  perfo- 
rations. 

Clinical  Progress 

There  can  not  be  any  doubt  that  this  type  of 
mastoiditis  is  clinically  ver}'  well  characterized 


and  there  also  can  not  be  any  doubt  that  after 
having  made  the  diagnosis  the  case  should  be 
operated  on.  However,  there  are  instances  in 
which  the  operation  can  not  be  performed  for 
some  reasons.  What  happens  in  these  cases  ? 
These  cases  either  recover  spontaneously  or  they 
become  subacute,  but  they  never  become  chronic 
in  adults  in  good  general  health. 

Spontaneous  Recovery. — 

That  a coalescent  mastoiditis  may  recover 
spontaneously,  cannot  be  earnestly  doubted. 
Such  spontaneous  recoveries  occurred  even 
in  a time  in  which  the  streptococci  were  not 
menaced  yet  by  sulfanilamide  or  prontosil. 
Nevertheless,  spontaneous  recoveries  of  com- 
pletely developed,  coalescent  mastoiditis  are 
not  met  with  frequently. 

More  often  the  acute  mastoiditis  turns  over 
into  a subacute  mastoiditis,  particularly  in  older 
individuals.  Unfortunately,  the  importance  of 
that  type  of  mastoiditis  is  frequently  not  appre- 
ciated. In  subacute  mastoiditis  one  finds  a de- 
crease of  clinical  symptoms  and  an  increase  of 
danger  to  the  life  of  the  patient.  In  typical  cases 
the  symptoms  of  the  mastoid  process  subside 
after  the  fourth  week  of  the  acute  otitis.  The 
tenderness  of  the  tip  of  the  mastoid  process  de- 
creases, the  discharge  from  the  middle  ear  either 
becomes  scanty  or  continues  to  be  abundant,  in 
some  cases  even  the  hearing  may  improve — in 
short,  in  some  of  these  cases  the  otitis  and  mas- 
toiditis apparently  subside  or  at  least  improve. 
However,  that  improvement  is  only  temporal*}^ 
and  lasts  about  one  week.  The  short  intermission 
of  well  being  comes  to  an  end  and  most  often  in 
the  sixth  or  eighth  week  of  the  otitis  the  disease 
shows  its  actual  face  and  the  patient,  and,  some- 
times the  physician,  are  terribly  surprised  by  a 
fulminating  complication. 

Consequently,  the  physician  must  watch  the 
patient  carefully  when  a completely  developed 
mastoiditis  subsides  or  seems  to  subside  in  the 
fourth  or  fifth  week  of  an  acute  otitis.  That 
holds  particularly  true  in  older  individuals.  Al- 
though that  improvement  may  be  followed  by  an 
actual  recovery,  one  has  also  to  bear  in  mind  that 
the  acute  mastoiditis  might  turn  over  into  a sub- 
acute mastoiditis.  In  handling  these  cases  the 
x-ray  examination  of  the  mastoid  process  is  of 
great  value,  since  it  shows  a continual  improve- 


M.^y,  1941 


365 


MASTOID  OPERATIONS— BRUNNER 


merit  in  cases  who  are  going  to  recover,  and  a 
continual  impairment  in  cases  who  are  going  to 
become  subacute. 

Also  a subacute  mastoiditis  may  recover  spon- 
taneously, particularly  in  young  individuals,  al- 
though that  occurrence  is  rarely  encountered. 
More  often  the  subacute  mastoiditis  leads  to  a 
complication  when  not  operated  on  in  the  proper 
time. 

Hemorrhagic  Mastoiditis. — Up  till  now  we 
have  discussed  only  the  coalescent  mastoiditis, 
which  becomes  mature  in  a period  of  about  four 
weeks.  However,  we  know  that  in  some  cases 
an  intracranial  complication  may  show  up  with- 
out a preceding  coalescent  mastoiditis.  That  oc- 
curs particularly  in  young  individuals  with  an  in- 
complete pneumatized  mastoid  process.  In  such 
cases  definite  symptoms  of  a meningitis  or  a 
sinusthrombosis  may  appear  in  a very  early  stage 
of  the  acute  otitis.  According  to  my  experience 
the  fourth  day  of  the  acute  otitis  seems  to  be  a 
critical  day.  In  opening  the  mastoid  process  of 
these  cases  one  finds  either  no  pus  at  all  or  lit- 
tle pus ; there  is  no  or  very  little  necrosis  of  bone, 
but  there  is  much  bleeding  from  the  small  blood 
vessels  of  the  mastoid.  Therefore,  that  kind  of 
mastoiditis  is  often  called  “hemorrhagic  mas- 
toiditis.” 

Mastoidism. — A similar  finding  is  met  with 
when  a well  pneumatized  mastoid  process  is  op- 
erated on  in  the  first  week  of  an  acute  otitis. 
Alexander  called  these  cases  “mastoidism,”  which 
is  different  from  the  coalescent  mastoiditis  as 
well  as  from  the  hemorrhagic  mastoiditis.  It  dif- 
fers from  the  coalescent  mastoiditis  in  the  fol- 
lowing points. 

1.  The  mastoidism  appears  in  the  first  week  of 
an  acute  otitis,  particularly  in  children,  while 
the  coalescent  mastoiditis  appears  in  the  third  or 
fourth  week  of  an  acute  otitis,  in  children  as  well 
as  in  adults. 

2.  The  mastoidism  practically  never  produces 
a sagging  of  the  superior  and  posterior  wall  of 
the  external  canal,  while  the  coalescent  mastoidi- 
tis as  a rule  does. 

3.  The  mastoidism  does  not  require  an  opera- 
tion, while  the  coalescent  mastoiditis  does. 

The  mastoidism  also  differs  from  the  hemor- 
rhagic mastoiditis,  since  the  mastoidism  never  is 
accompanied  by  symptoms  of  a beginning  in- 


tracranial complication  (fever  of  high  degree, 
chills,  rigidity  of  neck,  et  cetera).  The  hemor- 
rhagic mastoiditis,  as  a rule,  is  accompanied  by 
one  or  more  such  symptoms. 

Chronic  Otitis. — The  pathological  conditions  in 
chronic  otitis  are  quite  different  from  those  in 
acute  otitis.  In  the  latter  the  entire  mastoid 
process  is  inflamed  and,  consequently,  from  every 
cell  in  the  mastoid  process  the  infection  can  be 
carried  towards  the  meninges.  In  chronic  otitis, 
particularly  in  these  cases  which  require  surgery, 
the  mastoid  process  is  sclerotic  to  a great  extent 
and  thus  it  does  not  harbor  any  danger  for  the 
meninges.  The  pathology  in  these  cases  is  usually 
found  only  in  the  petrosal  angle,  in  the  antrum 
and  especially  in  the  middle  ear.  Consequently, 
these  parts  of  the  temporal  bone  are  subject  to 
the  radical  operation. 

Indication  for  Radical  Operation. — The  radical 
mastoid  operation  has  a relative  and  an  absolute 
indication.  The  relative  indication  is  found  in  a 
chronic  otitis  affecting  the  bony  walls  of  the  mid- 
dle ear  and  treated  with  aseptic  methods  for  a 
certain  period  of  time  without  success.  That 
statement  needs  some  comment.  At  first,  it  em- 
phasizes the  importance  of  the  aseptic  treatment 
of  chronic  otitis.  It  is  an  old  experience  that 
antiseptic  treatment  (with  exception  of  the  treat- 
ment of  granulations  in  the  middle  ear  with  al- 
cohol) increases  the  discharge  rather  than  de- 
creases it.  Consequently,  we  treat  chronic  otitis 
with  irrigations,  drainage  and  hydrogen  peroxide 
only  and  we  avoid  any  antiseptic  treatment,  even 
boric  acid. 

Furthermore,  the  above  statement  speaks  con- 
cerning the  treatment  of  a certain  period  of  time. 
To  make  that  statement  more  exact  we  have  to 
say  that  a treatment  of  five  to  seven  weeks 
is  sufficient  to  find  out  whether  or  not  the  aseptic 
treatment  will  lead  to  a success.  Success  in  these 
cases  of  course  does  not  always  mean  to  get  the 
ear  entirely  dry ; we  rather  may  speak  of  success 
when  the  discharge  definitely  decreases  and  par- 
ticularly when  the  discharge  loses  its  fetor. 

The  relative  indication  is  most  often  followed 
in  patients  between  twenty  to  fifty  years  of  age, 
particularly  if  they  cannot  afford  to  be  under  the 
care  of  a specialist  for  a long  period  of  time.  It 
is  justified  to  follow  the  relative  indication  in 
these  cases,  since  we  know  that  suppurations  of 
the  middle  ear  affecting  the  bony  walls  most  often 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


366 


SYMPATHETIC  OPHTHALMIA— MARSHALL 


lead  to  an  intracranial  complication  in  people 
between  twenty  to  fifty  years  of  age.  That,  of 
course,  is  only  true  for  these  suppurations  which 
are  not  complicated  by  a cholesteatoma,  since  the 
cholesteatoma  of  the  middle  ear  may  lead  to  a 
complication  in  every  age  of  life. 

The  absolute  indication  is  found  (a)  when 
there  are  symptoms  of  an  intracranial  compli- 
cation (b)  when  there  are  symptoms  of  the 
suppuration  having  passed  the  surgical  boun- 
daries of  the  middle  ear. 

The  first  indication  does  not  need  any  com- 
ment, but  the  second  does.  The  surgical  bounda- 
ries of  the  middle  ear  are  as  follows : Upward — 
tegmen  tympani ; forward — tegmen  tympani  and 
venous  plexus  around  the  carotid  artery;  down- 
\ ward — jugular  bulb;  backward — mastoid  antrum 
and  facial  canal ; mesialward — labyrinth  ; lateral- 
ward — external  auditory  canal.  Each  of  these 
structures  produces  definite  symptoms  when  in- 
vaded by  suppuration.  When  the  suppuration  ex- 
tends towards  the  tegmen  the  patient  will  notice 
headaches  of  neuralgiform  type  and  slight  rises  of 
temperature.  When  the  suppuration  extends  for- 
ward, symptoms  from  the  tip  of  the  petrous  bone 
! and  sometimes  even  symptoms  of  sepsis  may  oc- 
cur. When  the  suppuration  extends  downward 
(which  very  seldom  occurs),  the  patient  notices 
chills.  When  the  suppuration  extends  backwards, 
mastoid  symptoms,  sometimes  a facial  paralysis 
are  found.  When  the  suppuration  extends  me- 
sialward, labyrinthine  symptoms  occur.  When 
the  suppuration  extends  lateralwards,  ulcerations 
in  the  mesial  part  of  the  external  canal  are 
found.  These  absolute  indications  should  be 
followed  (a)  in  patients  who  are  older  than 
sixty  years,  (b)  in  patients  with  a general  dis- 
ease as  tuberculosis,  diabetes,  severe  arterioscler- 
osis, etc.,  (c)  in  patients  who  have  a deaf  ear 
which  is  not  suppurating.  The  last  statement 
needs  a comment.  Supposing  there  is  a patient 
who  is  stone  deaf  on  the  right  side  due  to  a lues 
or  a concussion  of  inner  ear  or  some  other  rea- 
son. If  that  patient  has  on  his  left  side  a chronic 
otitis  with  some  remnants  of  hearing,  an  oper- 
ation should  be  performed  only  following  abso- 
lute indications.  One  has  to  keep  in  mind  that 
the  radical  mastoid  operation  destroys  the  rem- 
nants of  hearing.  Consequently,  in  these  cases 
one  should  operate  only  when  there  is  imminent 
danger  to  the  life  of  the  patient. 


Sympathetic  Dphthahnia* 

By  Don  Marshall,  M.D. 

Kalamazoo,  Michigan 

Don  Marshall,  M.  D. 

A.B.,  Bowdoin  College,  1927.  M.D.,  Univer- 
nty  of  Michigan,  1931.  M.Sc.  in  Ophthalmol- 
ogy, 1935.  Certified  American  Board  of  Oph- 
thalmology, p35.  Member,  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

“ Sympathetic  ophthalmia  is  a rare  but  serious 
disease.  A typical  attitude  toward  it  is  that 
of  a prominent  eastern  ophthalmologist  with  a 
heavy  industrial  practice  who  told  me  two  years 
ago  that  among  22,000  patients  he  had  had  only 
two  cases  of  this  disease,  but  that  it  “scared  him 
stiff.”  Since  no  man  sees  this  condition  very 
often,  it  has  been  advised  that  all  cases  be  report- 
ed. The  purpose  of  this  short  paper  is  to  give  a 
brief  case  history,  and  to  review  the  principal 
facts  that  are  known  today  about  this  important 
type  of  uveitis. 

Case  History 

C.  S.,  a boy  of  seven,  on  June  26,  1939,  lacerated 
his  right  eye  with  a knife.  Examination  an  hour  later 
by  Dr.  E.  P.  Wilbur  showed  a 6 mm.  comeo-scleral 
laceration  below,  with  iris  caught  in  the  corneal  wound 
and  a little  vitreous  presenting  in  the  2 mm.  scleral 
portion.  There  was  a hyphemia.  The  boy  was  hos- 
pitalized, given  1500  U.  of  tetanus  antitoxin,  and  treated 
with  atropine,  pad,  and  three  2 c.c.  injections  of  Om- 
nadin.  Five  days  later  iris  prolapsed  below  and 
was  excised.  The  eye  promptly  quieted  and  healed,  and 
he  was  discharged  on  the  ninth  day  after  injury,  July 
6.  Atropine,  hot  compresses  and  pad  were  continued 
for  a month  after  the  injury.  There  was  then  slight 
photophobia.  About  that  time  he  began  complaining 
of  discomfort  in  his  left  or  good  eye.  When  seen 
five  weeks  after  the  injury,  on  August  5,  the  right 
eye  had  keratic  precipitates,  and  the  left  was  irritable. 
Both  eyes  were  atropinized,  60  grains  of  sod.  salicylate 
started  daily,  and  60  million  typhoid  antigen  H given 
intramuscularly  in  two  days.  By  the  sixth  week,  when 
I first  saw  him,  the  left  optic  nerve  had  become  in- 
flamed, that  eye  had  keratic  precipitates  and  cells  in 
the  aqueous,  and  the  right  eye  showed  a more  active 
uveitis.  The  boy  again  was  hospitalized,  for  eighteen 
days,  tmder  treatment  with  atropine,  hot  compresses, 
salicylates  and  intravenous  typhoid  vaccine  (eight  in- 
jections). During  this  time  both  eyes  became  worse, 
then  better.  Soon  after  discharge,  the  right  eye  had 
subnormal  tactile  tension,  eleven  KP,  an  edematous 
disc  with  engorged  retinal  veins,  and  vision  of  15/400. 

* Abridged  from  a paper  read  before  the  Section  on  Ophthal- 
mology, Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  Detroit,  Mich.,  October 
10,  1940. 


May,  1941 


367 


SYMPATHETIC  OPHTHALMIA— MARSHALL 


The  left  eye  had  fourteen  small  KP,  twelve  cells  per 
field,  in  the  aqueous,  a blurred  disc  margin  nasally, 
slight  retinal  edema,  normal  vessels  and  corrected 
vision  of  20/15.  Both  fundi  showed  peripherally  a 
fine  disseminated  chorioretinitis.  We  have  felt  no 
doubt  that  this  was  a true  sympathetic  ophthalmia. 
Except  for  a slight  flare-up  a month  later  in  the  in- 
jured eye,  healing  has  been  complete,  and  the  left  eye 
is  today  normal  except  for  the  healed  chorioretinitis. 
The  injured  eye  has  improved  much.  Vision  now,  a 
3'ear  later,  is  20/100  with  the  right  or  injured  eye, 
and  20/15  with  the  better  or  second  eye. 

Definition 

Sympathetic  ophthalmia  may  be  defined  as  a 
specific  ocular  inflammatory  disease,  clinically  al- 
ways bilateral,  that  afifects  primarily  the  uveal 
tract.  With  possible  rare  exceptions,  it  always 
follows  a perforating  wound  of  the  eye,  either 
traumatic  or  operative. 

Frequency 

Figures  on  the  frequency  of  sympathetic  oph- 
thalmia vary.  Among  all  eye  patients  it  is  found 
only  in  a small  fraction  of  1 per  cent.  But  among 
patients  with  perforating  wounds  it  occurs  in  at 
least  1 per  cent  or  more.  It  is  not  becoming 
less  frequent.^®  It  shows  no  significant  variations 
as  to  sex,  age  or  season  involved.  Woods^®  gives 
the  immediately  predisposing  causes  as  follows : 


Penetrating  wounds •. . . .63% 

Intra-ocular  operations 24% 

(about  half  for  cataract) 

Subconjunctival  scleral  rupture 5% 

Perforating  corneal  ulcer 4% 

Intra-ocular  tumor 3% 


Pathology 

The  histological  picture  of  sympathetic  oph- 
thalmia is  an  unusually  uniform  cellular  infiltra- 
tion of  the  uveal  tract  by  lymphocytes  and  epi- 
thelioid cells,  with  extension  to  other  parts  of  the 
eyeball. 

Clinical  Symptoms 

Usually,  at  the  time  of  onset  of  the  disease  in 
the  second  or  sympathizing  eye,  we  find  the  first 
or  exciting  eye  to  be  inflamed,  soft,  and  with  poor 
vision.  It  has  suffered  an  operative  or  traumatic 
wound  which  has  been  slow  to  heal,  and  there  has 
been  inclusion  of  uveal  or  lens  tissue  in  the 
wound.  It  has  been  subject  to  recurrent  attacks 
of  inflammation,  or  a low-grade  uveitis.  The  di- 
agnosis is  based  on  evidence  of  active  iritis,  the 


most  important  step  being  careful  examination 
with  the  slit  lamp. 

Etiology 

The  etiology  of  sympathetic  ophthalmia  is  not 
known.  Much  study  has  been  done,  and  consid- 
erable evidence  piled  up  in  favor  of  several  theo- 
ries, but  research  has  been  handicapped  because 
the  disease  has  not  been  produced  in  experimental 
animals.  No  theory  advanced  adequately  anc 
completely  explains  all  aspects  known  about  the 
disease.  We  mention  here  the  principal  theories 
under  consideration  today. 

Bacteria. — The  disease  resulting  from  an  or- 
ganism that  gains  entrance  into  the  eye  at  the 
site  of  the  wound,  and  moves  to  the  other  eye  by 
blood  or  lymph  stream,  or  via  the  nerves.  This 
theory  is  very  reasonable,  and  is  supported  by  the 
studies  of  Samuels,  which  show  that  the  specific 
infiltration  usually  starts  at  the  site  of  the  injury 
and  spreads  from  there  around  the  first  eye,  later 
to  appear  in  the  second. 

Filterable  Virus. — It  has  been  possible  in  rab- 
bits, by  inoculating  the  optic  nerves  at  any  jx)int 
with  a virus,  to  produce  a picture  resemblingi 
sympathetic  ophthalmia.  The  virus  definitely 
travels  along  the  optic  nerves  via  the  chiasm.  But 
no  virus  specific  for  sympathetic  ophthalmia  has 
been  proven  or  found,  even  in  enucleated  human 
eyes.  And  here  again  we  can’t  explain  the  cases 
without  a wound,  unless  the  causative  organism 
is  endogenous. 

Allergy. — Alan  Woods  and  the  Hopkins  School 
have  done  much  work  on  the  disease  from  the 
allergy  aspect.  Uveal  pigment  is  organ  but  not 
species  specific.  Injected  into  the  body,  antibodies 
will  form,  and  the  body  can  be  made  sensitive  to 
the  substance.  The  theory  developed  that  sym- 
pathetic ophthalmia  is  an  allergic  reaction  in  an 
individual  sensitive  to  uveal  pigment  as  a result 
of  previous  trauma,  or  rarely  to  the  presence  of 
an  intra-ocular  melanoma.  In  this  condition  the 
usual  antibodies  are  absent. 

Tuberculosis. — Because  of  the  histologic  and 
clinical  resemblance  of  sympathetic  ophthalmia  to 
tuberculous  uveitis,  efforts  have  been  made  to  es- 
tablish the  common  identity  of  the  two  diseases. 
Most  important,  J.  Meller  has  recovered’^  tu- 
bercle bacilli  from  the  blood  and  the  eye  in  this 


368 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


SYMPATHETIC  OPHTHALMIA— MARSHALL 


sympathetic  disease.  From  his  findings  he  feels 
that  sympathetic  ophthalmia  is  nothing  but  a 
chronic  spontaneous  uveitis  on  a tuberculous  ba- 
sis, instigated  in  the  first  eye  by  injury  to  a per- 
son with  bacteremia,  and  getting  to  the  second 
eye  as  a blood-borne  metastasis. 

Diagnosis 

The  diagnosis  is  always  presumptive,^”  and  can 
never  be  made  positively  except  under  the  mi- 
croscope. There  is  no  pathognomonic  character- 
istic. The  diagnosis  never  can  be  made  from  the 
injured  eye.  Because  uveitis  from  another  cause 
may  resemble  sympathetic  ophthalmia,  diagnosis 
of  the  latter  condition  is  made  more  frequently 
than  the  disease  actually  occurs. 

In  diagnosis,  the  history  and  the  time  element 
are  important.  Although  the  condition  seldom  oc- 
curs in  less  than  two  weeks  after  the  injury,  44 
to  65  per  cent  develop  within  two  months,  and 
77  to  90  per  cent  within  the  first  year. 

Therapy 

Prevention  is  the  best  cure.  In  repairing  in- 
juries, all  uveal  and  lens  tissue  should  be  care- 
fully removed  from  the  wound,  and  the  lacera- 
tion covered  with  conjunctiva.  Enucleation  must 
be  done  where  it  is  indicated  and  justified.  This 
step  must  be  taken  within  two  or  three  weeks 
after  the  injury  if  it  is  to  benefit,  and  promptly 
if  the  disease  has  already  developed. 

The  problem  of  whether  or  not  to  enucleate  an 
eye,  either  at  once,  or  after  an  attempt  has  been 
made  to  save  it,  is  difficult.  In  this  connection, 
Samuels  writes :® 

“Sympathetic  ophthalmia  is  of  great  practical  impor- 
tance because  on  the  correct  judgment  of  the  surgeon, 
in  cases  of  injury,  the  future  vision  of  the  patient  may 
depend.  . . . This  disease  does  not  occur  when  the 
wound  in  the  injured  eye  heals  correctly  and  when 
the  function  of  the  eye  is  not  interfered  with.  It  su- 
pervenes in  the  uninjured  eye  only  when  the  first  eye 
shows  signs  of  iridocyclitis  as  a result  of  traumatism. 
...  If  one  observes,  after  a perforating  wound,  that 
the  eye  becomes  soft  and  atrophic,  that  the  cicatrix 
on  the  surface  is  retracted,  that  the  eye  is  painful 
or  sensitive  to  touch,  and  that  the  vision  is  failing,  one 
finds  in  these  symptoms  an  indication  for  enucleation, 
because  such  an  eye  has  the  potentiality  of  producing 
sympathetic  ophthalmia.” 

It  is  felt  that  foreign  protein  injections  have 
definite  nonspecific  value  in  the  prevention  of  this 
disease.  The  infrequency  of  the  disease  in  the 


last  great  war  has  been  credited  to  the  routine  use 
of  tetanus  antitoxin.  Benedict^  says  that  the  pro- 
phylactic injection  of  foreign  proteins  for  the 
prevention  and  treatment  of  sympathetic  oph- 
thalmia has  been  so  effective  that  it  should  be  a 
routine  procedure  in  every  case  of  injury  where 
the  eye  may  be  subject  to  the  disease. 

The  treatment  of  the  actual  disease  is  that  of 
uveitis,  by  dilating  the  pupil  with  atropine,  using 
salicylates — as  salicylic  acid  or  aspirin  in  heavy 
doses,  and  foreign  protein  injections.  According 
to  Verhoeff,  the  best  of  these  is  diphtheria  anti- 
toxin, 20,000  units  daily  for  a week,  and  con- 
tinued daily  or  weekly  until  there  is  marked  im- 
provement, or  the  patient  has  an  anaphylactic  re- 
action. Typhoid  vaccine  and  boiled  milk  have 
also  stood  the  test  of  time. 

Prognosis 

In  general,  under  intensive  and  proper  therapy, 
the  prognosis  in  sympathetic  ophthalmia  today 
isn’t  as  bad  as  it  used  to  be,  but  in  a given  case 
no  very  hopeful  promises  can  be  made.  The  dis- 
ease in  children  is  very  severe  and  the  outcome 
unsatisfactory.  The  same  is  true  of  the  disease 
following  cataract  extraction.  The  results  vary 
in  individual  cases  because  the  severity  of  the 
disease  varies,  and  the  time  of  starting  and  the 
thoroughness  of  therapy  vary.  Woods  on  the  ba- 
sis of  125  reliable  cases  in  the  literature  finds 
that  on  the  average  the  results  in  51  per  cent  are 
favorable,  or  in  68  per  cent  if  seen  early  and  ade- 
quately treated.  The  process  is  drawn  out,  with 
relapses,  and  in  that  way  may  show  activity  for 
months  or  years.  At  least  half  of  all  cases  end 
up  with  no  or  useless  vision. 

Sympathetic  ophthalmia  is  so  rare  that  no  man 
sees  many  cases.  To  conquer  the  disease  we  must 
all  pool  our  experience.  Though  each  of  us  sel- 
dom confronts  the  actual  condition,  its  severity 
always  makes  us  fear  its  coming.  I hope  only 
that  this  brief  resume  of  the  present  status  of  the 
disease  may  stimulate  thought  and  discussion  and 
thereby  help  us  all. 

Bibliography 

1.  Benedict.  William  L. : Sympathetic  ophthalmia.  Surg.,  Gyn. 
and  Obstet..  60:1145-1146,  (June)  1935. 

2.  Butler,  T.  H. : An  Illustrated  Guide  to  the  Slit  Lamp.  New 

York:  Oxford  University  Press,  1927. 

3.  Gifford,  S.  R. : Modern  views  of  sympathetic  ophthalmia. 

NeHaska  State  Med.  Jour.,  14:432-437,  (November)  1929. 

4.  Irvine,  Rodman:  Sympathetic  ophthalmia.  Review  of  sixty- 

three  cases.  Arch,  Ophth.,  24:149-167,  (July)  1940. 

5.  Joy,  Harold  H.:  A survey  of  cases  of  sympathetic  ophthal- 

mia occurring  in  New  York  State.  Arch.  Ophth.,  14:733- 
741,  (November)  1935. 


May,  1941 


369 


SYMPATHETIC  OPHTHALMIA— MARSHALL 


6.  Joy,  Harold  H. : Prognosis  of  postoperative  sympathetic 

ophthalmia.  Arch.  Ophth.,  17:677-693,  (April)  1937. 

7.  Meller,  J. : Successful  demonstrations  of  the  tubercle 

bacillus  in  the  stained  section  of  an  eye  with  sympathetic 
uveitis.  Ztschr  f.  Augenh.,  89:1,  (April)  1936.  (Abstr.  by 
H.  Gifford,  Jr.,  Arch.  Ophth.,  19:443,  (March)  1938). 

8.  Samuels,  Bernard:  Notes  on  the  pathology  and  surgical 

treatment  of  sympathetic  ophthalmia.  Arch.  Ophth.,  15:59- 
69,  (January)  1936. 

9.  Samuels,  Bernard:  Sympathetic  scleritis.  Arch.  Ophth.,  10: 
185-197,  (August)  1930. 

10.  Theobald,  Georgiana  D.:  Frequency  of  sympathetic  ophthal- 
mia. Am.  Jour.  Ophth.,  13:597-604,  (July)  1930. 

11.  Trowbridge  D.  H.,  Jr.:  Sympathetic  Ophthalmia.  Am. 

Jour.  Ophtn.,  20:135,  (February)  1937. 

12.  Woods,  .Man  C. : Allergy  in  its  relation  to  sympathetic 

ophthalmia.  New  York  State  Jour.  Med.,  36:1-16,  (Jan- 
uary 15)  1936. 

13.  Woods,  Alan  C. : Sympathetic  ophthalmia.  Am.  Jour. 

Ophth,  19:  Part  I,  9-15,  (January),  and  Part  II,  100-109, 
(February)  1936. 


BOTULISM 

“The  truth  is  that  botulism  is  very  largely  a bugbear. 
The  word  itself  sounds  wonderful  on  medical  lips. 
Real  cases  are  alarming  enough  to  cause  considerable 
noise  when  they  appear,  and  so  the  name  gains  cur- 
rency and  is  bandied  about  freely  both  by  those  who 
cannot,  and  those  who  ought  to,  know  better.  Actually 
botulism  is  a comparatively  rare  disease.  Between  1899 
and  1922,  when  the  United  States  Public  Health  Serv- 
ice’s report  was  issued,  only  345  cases  were  reported 
in  the  whole  of  this  country  and  Canada.  And  some 
of  these  were  doubtful. 

“No  amount  of  sheer  luck  could  have  led  the  com- 
mercial canners  virtually  to  eliminate  botulism  as  a 
lurking  peril  in  their  products.  It  was  a matter  of 
hard  work  and  indefatigable  ’ research  over  many  dec- 
ades. Preservation  of  food  by  heating  and  enclosing 
in  containers — for  that  is  practically  what  canning 
means — was  discovered  by  a Frenchman  named  Nic- 
olas Appert  as  long  ago  as  the  beginning  of  the  last 
century.  In  1841,  canning  was  established  in  the 
United  States  ^s  an  industry,  and  since  that  time  has 
been  slowly  but  surely  advancing  to  a state  of  per- 
fection in  safety,  Louis  Pasteur  lived,  worked,  and 
died,  and  availment  was  made  of  his  bacteriological 
discoveries.  It  was  known  at  least  why  heat  sterilizes, 
and  the  degrees  of  heat  necessary  to  sterilize  different 
substances  were  worked  out  and  recorded.  This  busi- 
ness of  sterilizing  canned  foods  is  called  “processing,” 
and  nowadays  any  food  material  put  out  in  containers 
^ by  reputable  canning  firms  is  practically  always  prop- 
erly and  scientifically  processed,  and  sterile  and  whole- 
some, and  will  remain  so  as  long  as  the  can  is  un- 
opened, undamaged,  and  kept  free  from  rust.  If  a can 
rusts,  of  course,  the  rust  will  eat  into  the  tin  and 
in  due  time  it  will  be  perforated. 

“For  a long  time  the  choice  of  the  container  was  one 
of  the  commercial  canner’s  chief  sources  of  headache. 
Originally  glass  was  used — as  in  home  canning — and 
Appert  was  wont  to  seal  up  his  preserved  material  in 
jars  with  corks.  Then  the  tin  can  was  invented  and 
two  styles  of  container  were  evolved — the  so-called 
vent-hole  can  and  the  open-top  can.  Of  these  the 
former,  which  is  closed  with  solder,  is  the  earlier  type, 
and  its  use  has  now  been  practically  abandoned  for 
everything  except  certain  meats  and  evaporated  milk. 
The  open-top  can,  now  generally  used,  is  covered  after 
the  filling  is  done  and  is  immediately  sealed  with  a kind 
of  cement.  Sometimes  a paper  gasket  is  also  introduced 
to  make  the  can  air-tight,  and,  where  rusting  is  likely, 
the  cans  are  enameled  on  the  outside.  The  paper 
lining  we  find  in  tins  containing  crab  and  other  sea 
food  is  there  simply  to  prevent  discoloration  through 
contact  with  the  metal.  The  shellac  coating  of  the 
inner  surface  of  some  cans  is  applied  in  order  to  pre- 
vent the  very  kind  of  blackening  (which  was  men- 
tioned in  the  Monahan  case). 

“In  older  days,  when  the  art  of  canning  was  not  so 
far  advanced  as  it  is  now,  the  pressure  and  tempera- 
ture to  which  a large  can  was  subjected  would  some- 
times cause  the-  seam  to  open  slightly,  and  if  this  con- 

370 


dition  went  unnoticed  the  contents  of  the  can  would 
be  invaded  by  bacteria  and  would  in  time  undergo 
spoiling.  When  such  a leak  occurs  the  can,  after 
processing,  will  show  little  drops  of  moisture  at  the 
site  of  the  leak.  This  is  called  “sweating.”  Nowadays 
every  can  is  inspected  for  “sweating,”  and  if  it  is  pres- 
ent the  can  is  tightened  and  reprocessed,  or  eliminated. 
Besides,  containers  are  now  more  strongly  made  than 
formerly;  so  this  possible  source  of  contamination  has 
all  but  vanished  in  reputable  canneries.  Two  other 
ways,  and  two  alone,  remain  by  which  commercially 
preserved  food  may  reach  the  consumer’s  table  in  a 
decomposing  condition.  The  first  is  through  the  can- 
ning of  food  already  spoiled.  But  this  is  most  unlikely 
if  the  can  is  put  out  by  an  established  firm,  since 
packers  simply  cannot  afford  to  put  out  under  their 
label,  material  which  is  not  above  suspicion.  The  sec- 
ond is  through  underprocessing  in  which  some  of  the 
bacteria  escape  destruction.  This  possibility  still  exists 
of  course,  and  “blown”  cans  are  sometimes  seen. 

“So  far  as  poisoning  is  concerned,  decomposition 
must  be  fairly  far  advanced  before  the  contents  of  a 
can  becomes  toxic.  In  the  last  fifteen  years  I have 
investigated  countless  charges  against  the  companies. 
Yet  in  all  that  time  I have  not  encountered  an  au- 
thentic case  of  poisoning  of  any  kind  traced  to  com- 
mercially canned  food ; and  I have  yet  to  hear  of  one, 
although  the  contents  of  millions  of  cans  is  consumed 
daily  throughout  these  United  States.” — The  Poison 
Trail  by  William  F.  Boos,  M.D. 


THE  FIRST  ESSENTIAL 
An  Authorized  Code  of  Conduct 

On  Friday,  April  4,  a Federal  Jury  in  Washington, 
D.  C.,  found  the  American  Medical  Association  guilty 
of  “a  criminal  conspiracy  to  restrain  trade.” 

The  Jury  exonerated  five  officials  of  the  A.M.A.  and 
fourteen  distinguished  physicians  of  the  District  of 
Columbia. 

Practically,  this  verdict  is  without  precedent  and  ulti- 
mately, it  may  vitally  affect  every  practicing  physician 
in  the  United  States.  It  is  essential  to  the  continued 
effectiveness  of  American  Medicine  that  physicians — 
every  physician — understand  and  be  concerned  about 
the  verdict  of  this  jury  and  the  meaning  and  implica- 
tion of  the  issues  involved  in  this  unprecedented  prose- 
cution. 

In  effect,  the  Federal  Jury  found  that : 

Organized  medicine  had  entered  into  a conspiracy — 
a criminal  conspiracy — but  that  there  were  no  con- 
spirators ; 

A crime  had  been  committed — but  that  there  were 
no  criminals ; 

Trade  had  been  unlawfully  restrained — but  that  there 
were  none  responsible  for  the  restraint. 

As  far  as  a settlement  of  the  issues  is  concerned,  the 
verdict  is  without  sense  or  substance  or  meaning.  How- 
ever, as  the  trial  progressed  and  the  evidence  was  pre- 
sented by  the  attorneys  for  the  prosecution,  the  issues 
were  clarified  and  defined  and  the  purpose  and  objec- 
tives of  the  prosecution  became  apparent.  The  attain- 
ment of  these  objectives  would  destroy  the  structure 
and  pattern  of  medical  service  as  it  has  been  known 
and  accepted  in  the  United  States. 

Tediously,  step  by  step,  over  a period  of  more  than 
a century,  American  Medicine  evolved  and  established 
codes  and  principles  which  governed  the  providing  of 
medical  service. 

In  the  establishment  of  the  principles,  no  legal  au- 
thority was  involved.  There  has  been  no  compulsion  in 
the  controls.  They  were  voluntary.  They  became  oper- 
ative and  effective  because  they  answered  a need  and 
worked  successfully. — From  “The  Two  Essentials  for 
American  Medicine,”  National  Physicians  Committee. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
Roster  1941 


[An  asterisk  (*)  preceding  a name  indicates  active  military  service] 


Beckett,  M.  B Allegan 

Benning,  H.  M Allegan 

Brown,  Lewis  Freeman  Otsego 

Brunson,  Eugene  T Ganges 

Clough,  William  J Saugatuck 

Dickinson,  C.  A Wayland 

Dolfin,  W.  E Wayland 

Flinn,  C.  C Allegan 


Bunting,  J.  W Alpena 

Burkholder,  H.  J Alpena 

Carpenter,  Clarence  A Onaway 

Constantine,  A Harrisville 

Hier,  Edward  A Alpena 

Kessler,  Harold  Alpena 


Altland,  J.  K Hastings 

Cobb,  Thomas  H Woodland 

Farwell,  Byron  E Delton 

Finnie,  R.  G Hastings 

Fisher,  Gordon  F Hastings 


Alcorn,  Kent  

Allen,  A,  D 

Andrews,  F.  T 

Appel,  S 

Asline,  J.  N. 

Austin,  Justis  

Baker,  Charles  H. . . . 
Ballard,  Sylvester  L. 

Ballard,  W.  R 

Boulton,  A.  O 

Brown,  G.  M 

Connelly,  C.  J 

Criswell,  R,  H 

Dardas,  M.  J 

DeWaele,  Paul  L. ... 
Dickinson,  John  W. 
Drummond,  Fred  . . 

Dumond,  V.  H 

Ely,  Nina  

Foster,  L.  Fernald.. 

Freel,  John  A 

Gamble,  W.  G.,  Jr. 
Gronemeyer,  W.  H. . . 
Groomes,  Charles  . . 

Gr  os  jean,  J.  C 

Gunn,  Robert 

Gustin,  J.  W 


Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

New  York  City 

Essexville 

. ...Tawas  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Gladwin 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Oscoda 

Kawkawlin 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Standish 

Bay  City 


Allen,  J.  U Benton  Harbor 

Allen,  Robert  Clarke  St.  Joseph 

Anderson,  H.  B Watervliet 

Bartlett,  Wm.  M Benton  Harbor 

Belsley,  Frank  K Benton  Harbor 

Bliesmer,  A.  F St.  Joseph 

Brown,  F.  W Watervleit 

Brown,  G.  W Buchanan 

Brown,  Rolland  J Benton  Harbor 

Burrell,  H.  J Benton  Harbor 

Cawthome,  H.  J Benton  Harbor 

Conybeare,  R.  C Benton  Harbor 

Crowell,  Richard St.  Joseph 

Dunnington,  R.  N Benton  Harbor 

Eidson,  Hazel  Berrien  Springs 

*Ellett,  W.  C New  York  City 

Emery,  Clayton St.  Joseph 

Faber,  Michael  Benton  Harbor 

Friedman,  Morris New  Buffalo 

Gillette,  Clarence  H Niles 


Bailey,  J.  E Bronson 

Beck,  Perry  C Bronson 

Bien,  W.  J Coldwater 

Chipman,  E.  M Quinsy 

Culven  Bert  W Coldwater 

Far,  S.  E Quincy 

Fraser,  R.  J Coldwater 


Allegan  County 


Hamelink,  M.  H Hamilton 

Hudnutt,  Orrin  Dean Plainwell 

Johnson,  E.  B Allegan 

Johnson,  H.  H Martin 

Mahan,  James  E Allegan 

Medill,  W.  C Plainwell 

Osmun,  E.  D Allegan 

Ramseyer,  Gladwin  E Plainwell 

Alpena  County 

Lister,  George  F. Hillman 

Miller,  A.  R Harrisville 

Moffat,  Gordon  B Rogers  City 

Monroe,  Neil  C Rogers  City 

O’Donnell,  F.  J. Alpena 

Barry  County 

Gwinn,  A.  B Hastings 

Harkness,  Robert  B Hastings 

Keller,  Guy  C Hastings 

Lathrop,  Clarence  P Hastings 


Bay  County 


Hall,  R.  F 

*Hagelshaw,  G.  L.  . . 

Hasty,  Earl  

Healy,  Gaillard  H. . . 

Hess,  C.  L 

Heuser,  Harold  H... 
Horowitz,  S.  Franklin 

Huckins,  E.  S 

Hughes,  E.  C 

Husted,  F.  Pitkin... 

Jacoby,  A.  H 

Jens,  Otto  

Jones,  Jerry  M 

Kerr,  William  

Kessler,  Mana  

Kessler,  S 

Knobloch,  Howard  . . 

Kowals,  F.  V 

Lane,  Milton  

Laverty,  L.  F 

Lerner,  David  

McEwan,  J.  H 

MacPhail,  Joseph  . . . 

Medvesky,  M.  J 

Miller,  Edwin  C 

Miller,  Maurice  C.  . . 
Mitton,  O.  W 


Bay  City 

....  Carlisle,  Pa. 

Whittemore 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Essexville 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Au  Gres 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Bay  City 

Auburn 

. . . .East  Tawas 


Berrien  County 


Gunn,  J.  W 

Hanna,  P.  G 

Harper,  Ina  ......... 

Harrison,  L.  L 

Hart,  Russell  T 

Helkie,  William  L. . . . 
Henderson,  Fred  . . . 
Henderson,  Robert  . . . 
Herring,  Nathaniel  A. 

Hershey,  Noel  J 

Higbee,  Frank  0 

Howard.  R.  B 

Huff,  H.  D 

Ingleright,  Leon  R.  . 

King,  Frank,  Jr 

King,  Frank  A 

Kling,  H.  C 

Kok,  Harry  

Leva,  John  B_.  _ 

Littlejohn,  William  . . 


Watervleit 

St.  Joseph 

.Benton  Harbor 

Niles 

Niles 

. . . .Three  Oaks 

Niles 

Niles 

Niles 

Niles 

. . . .Three  Oaks 
Benton  Harbor 

Niles 

Niles 

.Benton  Harbor 
Benton  Harbor 

Niles 

Benton  Harbor 
Benton  Harbor 
Bridgman 


Branch  County 


Gist,  L.  I Coldwater 

Jarvis,  Charles  Grand  Rapids 

McLain.  R.  W Jackson 

Meier,  H.  J Coldwater 

Mooi,  H.  R Union  City 

Olmsted,  Kenneth  L Coldwater 

Phillips,  F.  L Bronson 


Rigterink,  George  H Hamilton 

Roberts,  M.  S Fennville 

Shepard,  Lyle Otsego 

*Stuch,  Howard  T 

Carlisle  Barracks,  Penn. 

Stuck,  Olin  H Otsego 

Vaughan,  W.  R Plainwell 

Van  Der  Kolk,  Bert Hopkins 

Walker,  Robert  J Saugatuck 


Parmenter,  E.  S Alpena 

Purdy,  John  W Lachine 

Rutledge,  S.  H Rogers  City 

Secrist,  Leo  F Alpena 

Wienczewski,  Theophile  Alpena 


Lofdahl,  Stewart  Nashville 

Lund,  Chester  A.  E Middleville 

McIntyre,  K.  S Hastings 

Morris,  Edgar  T Nashville 

Wedel,  Herbert  S Freeport 


Moore,  George  W Bay  City 

Moore,  Neal  R Bay  City 

Mosier,  D.  J Bay  City 

Perkins,  Roy  C Bay  City 

Pearson,  Stanley  M Bay  City 

*Reutter,  C.  W Mt.  Clemens 

Riley,  R,  B Bay  City 

Scrafford,  Royston  Earl Bay  City 

'Shafer,  H.  C Bay  City 

Sherman,  R.  N Bay  City 

Slattery,  M.  R Bay  City 

Staley,  Hugh  Omer 

Stinson,  W.  S Bay  City 

Stuart,  Kenneth  Bay  City 

Swantek,  Charles  M Bay  City 

*'Tarter,  Clyde  S Alexandria,  La. 

Timreck,  Harold  A Beaverton 

Tupper,  Virgil  L Bay  City 

Urmston,  Paul  R Bay  City 

Warren,  E.  C Bay  City 

Wilcox,  J.  W Bay  City 

Wilson,  Thomas  G Bay  City 

Wittwer,  E.  A Bay  City 

Woodburne,  H.  L Bay  City 

Zaremba,  Aloysius  J Bay  City 

Ziliak,  A.  L Bay  City 


McDermott,  J.  J St.  Joseph 

Merritt,  Charles  W St.  Joseph 

Miller,  E.  A Berrien  Springs 

Mitchell,  Carl  A Benton  Harbor 

Moore,  T.  Scott  Niles 

Ozeran,  Charles  J Benton  Harbor 

Pritchard,  H.  M Niles 

Reagan,  Robert  E Benton  Harlxir 

Richmond,  D.  M St.  Joseph 

Rosenberry,  A.  A Benton  Harbor 

Ruth,  J.  G Benton  Harbor 

Scholten,  ■ Roger  A Niles 

Schram,  John  A St.  Joseph 

Smith,  W.  A Berrien  Springs 

Sowers,  Bouton Benton  Harbor 

Strayer,  J.  C Buchanan 

Thorup,  Don  W Benton  Harbor 

Waterson,  Roy  S Niles 

Westervelt,  H.  O Benton  Harbor 

Yeomans,  T.  G St.  Joseph 


Schneider,  H.  A Coldwater 

Schultz,  Samuel  Coldwater 

*Scovill,  H.  A Fort  Custer 

Thomas,  J.  A Coldwater 

Wade,  R.  L Coldwater 

Walton,  N.  J Quincy 

Weidner,  H.  R Coldwater 


May,  1941 


371 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Abbott,  Nelson Homer 

Amos,  Norman  H Battle  Creek 

Baribeau,  R.  H Battle  Creek 

Barnhart,  Samuel  E Battle  Creek 

Becker,  H.  F Battle  Creek 

Beuker,  Herman  Marshall 

Bonifer,  Philip  P Battle  Creek 

Brainard,  C.  W Battle  Creek 

Campbell,  Alice  jfUbion 

Campbell,  R.  J Battle  Creek 

Church,  Starr  K Marshall 

♦Chynoweth,  W.  R 

Fort  Sam  Houston,  Texas 

Cooper,  J.  E Battle  Creek 

Curies,  Grant  R Battle  Creek 

Curry,  Robert  K Homer 

Derickson.  E.  C Burlington 

Dickson,  A.  R Battle  Creek 

Dodge,  Warren  M.,  Jr Battle  Creek 

Fahndrich,  C.  G Battle  Creek 

Finch,  D.  L Augusta 

Forsyth,  J.  F Albion 

Fraser,  R.  H Battle  Creek 

Funk,  L.  D Athens 

Gething,  Joseph  W Battle  Creek 

Giddings,  A.  M Battle  Creek 

Gilfillan,  Margery  J Battle  Creek 

Godfrey,  Willoughby  L. ..Battle  Creek 

Gorsline,  Clarence  S'. Battle  Creek 

Graubner,  F.  L Marshall 

Hafford,  Alpheus  T Albion 

tHafford,  Geo.  C Albion 

Hale,  Claude  E Marshall 

Hansen,  E.  L Battle  Creek 

Hansen,  Harvey  C Battle  Creek 

Haughey.  Wilfrid Battle  Creek 

Heald,  C.  W Battle  Creek 


Calhoun  County 


Henderson,  Louis  M Albion 

Henderson,  Phillip  Albion 

Herzer,  Henry  A Albion 

Hills,  C.  R Battle  Creek 

Holes,  Jesse  J Battle  Creek 

;Holtom  B.  G Battle  Creek 

Howard,  W.  L Battle  Creek 

Hoyt,  Aura  A- Battle  Creek 

Hubly,  James  W Battle  Creek 

Humphrey,  Archie  Edward. ..  .Marshall 

Humphrey,  Arthur  A Battle  Creek 

Jesperson,  Lydia  Battle  Creek 

Johnston,  S.  Theron Battle  Creek 

Jones,  T.  K Marshall 

Keagle,  Leland  R Battle  Creek 

Keeler,  K.  B Albion 

Kellogg,  Carrie  Staines. ..  .Battle  Creek 

Kellogg,  John  H Battle  Creek 

Kingsley,  Paul  C Battle  Creek 

Kinde,  M.  R Battle  Creek 

Kolvoord,  Theodore  Battle  Creek 

LaFrance,  N.  Francis ....  Battle  Creek 

Landon,  Charles  C Battle  Creek 

Levy,  Joseph  Battle  Creek 

Lewis,  W.  B Battle  Creek 

Lowe,  H.  M Battle  Creek 

Lowe,  Kenneth  Battle  Creek 

Lowe,  Stanley  T Battle  Creek 

MacGregor,  Archibald  E. ..Battle  Creek 

McNair,  L.  N Albion 

Meister,  F.  O Battle  Creek 

Melges,  F.  J Battle  Creek 

Mercer,  C.  M Battle  Creek 

Morrison,  Donald  B Tekonsha 

Mortensen,  M.  A. ..Santa  Monica,  Cal. 

Moshier,  Bertha  Battle  Creek 

Mullenmeister,  H.  F Battle  Creek 


Mustard,  Russell  Battle  Creek 

Patterson,  Adonis  Battle  Creek 

Riley,  William  H Battle  Creek 

Robbert,  John  Climax 

Robins,  Hugh  Marshall 

Rorick,  Wilma  Weeks Battle  Creek 

Rosenfeld,  Joseph  E Battle  Creek 

Roth,  Paul  Battle  Creek 

Royer,  C.  W Battle  Creek 

Selmon,  Bertha  L Battle  Creek 

Sharp,  A.  D Albion 

Shipp,  Leland  P Battle  Creek 

Simpson,  Robert  S Battle  Creek 

Slagle,  George  W Battle  Creek 

Sleight,  James  D Battle  Creek 

Sleight,  Raymond  D Battle  Creek 

* Smith,  T.  C Canadian  Army 

Stadle,  Wendell  H Battle  Creek 

Stewart,  Charles  E Battle  Creek 

Stiefel,  Richard Battle  Creek 

Tannenholz,  Harold  S Battle  Creek 

Taylor,  Clifford  B Albion 

Thompson,  Oliver  E. ....Battle  Creek 

Upson,  W.  O. ...Battle  Creek 

Van  Camp,  Elijah Battle  Creek 

Vander  Voort,  W.  V Battle  Creek 

Verity,  Lloyd  E Battle  Creek 

Vollmer,  Maud  J Moline,  111. 

Walters,  F.  R Battle  Creek 

Walters,  Royal  W Battle  Creek 

Watson,  Bernard  Battle  Creek 

Wencke,  Carl  G Battle  Creek 

Whyte,  Bruce  Battle  Creek 

Winslow,  Rollin  C Battle  Creek 

Winslow,  Sherwood  B Battle  Creek 

Zindler,  George  A Battle  Creek 

*Zinn,  Karl  Rockford,  III. 


Adams,  U.  M Marcellus 

Clary,  R.  I Dowagiac 

Cunningham,  E.  M Cassopqlis 

Hickman,  John  Dowagiac 


Cass  County 


Kelsey,  James  H Cassopolis 

Loupee,  George  Dowagiac 

Loupee,  S.  L Dowagiac 

Lyman,  W.  R Dowagiac 


Newsome,  Otis  Cassopolis 

Pierce,  Kenneth  C Dowagiac 

Switzer,  Lars  M Cassopolis 

Zwergel,  E.  H Cassopolis 


Bandy,  Festus  Cecil.. Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Birch,  William Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Blain,  James  G Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Cook,  Carl  S Mackinac  Island 

Cornell,  Eliphalet  A. ..Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Cowan,  Donald  Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Gilfillan,  E,  O Sault  Ste.  Marie 


Chippewa-Mackinac  Counties 

Hakala,  L.  J Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Littlejohn,  David  ....Sault  Ste.  Marie 
McBryde,  Lyman  M... Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Mertaugh,  W.  F Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Moloney,  F.  J Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Montgomery,  B.  T Sault  Ste.  Marie 


Rhmd,  E.  S St.  Ignace 

Vegors,  Stanley  H Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Wallen,  LeRoy  J Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Webster,  E.  H Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Willison,  C Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Yale,  I.  V Sault  Ste.  Marie 


Elliott,  Bruce  R Ovid 

Foo,  Charles  T St.  Johns 

Frace,  Guy  H St.  Johns 

Hart,  Dean  W St.  Johns 


Clinton  County 


Ho,  Thomas  Y. ... 

Luton,  F.  E 

MacPherson,  D.  H... 
McWilliams,  W.  B, 


St.  Johns 

St.  Johns 

Fowler 

Maple  Rapids 


Russell,  Sherwood  R St.  Johns 

Stoller,  Paul  Fowler 

Wahl,  George  Edward  St.  Johns 


Bachus,  Arthur  Powers 

Bartley,  George  C. Escanaba 

Benson,  G.  W Escanaba 

Boyce,  D.  H Escanaba 

Brenner,  Ervin  J Manistique 

Carlton,  A.  J Escanaba 

Chenoweth,  Nancy  R Escanaba 

Clausen,  C.  H Gladstone 

Defnet,  Harry  John Escanaba 


Alexander,  W.  H Iron  Mountain 

Andersen,  E.  B Iron  Mountain 

Boyce,  George  H Iron  Mountain 

Browning,  James  L Iron  Mountain 

DeSalvo,  Francis  Iron  Mountain 

Fiedling,  William  Norway 


tDeceased  April  19,  1941. 

372 


Delta  County 


Diamond,  J.  A Gladstone 

Forrester,  Claud  R.  G Garden 

Frenn,  N.  J Bark  River 

Fyvie,  James  Manistique 

Groos,  Harold  Quinten Escanaba 

Groos,  Louis  P Escanaba 

Hult,  Otto  S Gladstone 

Kitchen,  A.  S Escanaba 

Lemire,  William  A Escanaba 


Dickinson-Iron  Counties 

Fredrickson,  Geron  ....Iron  Mountain 

Gloss,  Kenneth  E Crystal  Falls 

*Haight,  Harry  M.  . .San  Diego,  Calif. 

Hamlin,  Lloyd  E Norway 

Hayes,  R.  E Sagola 

Huron,  W.  H Iron  Mountain 

Irvine,  L.  E Iron  River 


Lindquist,  N.  L Manistique 

Long,  Harry  W Escanaba 

Mclnerny,  T Escanaba 

Miller,  Albert  H Gladstone 

Mitchell,  James  P Gladstone 

Moll,  G.  W .Escanaba 

Shaw,  George  A Manistique 

Tonney,  Fred  O Escanaba 

Walch,  J.  J Escanaba 


Kerr,  Loren,  Stambaugh 

Kofmehl,  William  J Stambaugh 

Levine,  D.  A Iron  River 

Menzies.  Clifford  Iron  Mountain 

Place,  Edwin  H Iron  Mountain 

Retallack,  R.  C Iron  River 

Smith,  Donald  R Iron  Mountain 

White,  Robert  E Stambaugh 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Anderson,  K.  A.  ...  Harlingen,  Texas 

Arner,  Fred  Levi Bellvue 

Brown,  B.  Philip Charlotte 

Burdick,  Austin  F Grand  Ledge 

Carothers,  Daniel  J Charlotte 

Engle,  Paul  Olivet 

Hannah,  H.  W Charlotte 

Hargrave,  Don  V Eaton  Rapids 

Huber,  Charles  D Charlotte 


Adams,  Chester  Grand  Blanc 

Andrews,  N.  A.  C Flushing 

Anthony,  George  E Flint 

Backus,  G.  R Flint 

Bahlman,  Gordon  H Flint 

Baird,  James Flint 

Bald,  Frederick  W Flint 

Barbour,  Fleming  A Flint 

Baske,  Franklin  W Flint 

Bateman,  L.  G Flint 

Benson,  J.  C Flint 

Bernstein.  Eli  N Flint 

Bishop,  D.  L Flint 

Blakeley,  A.  C Flint 

Bogart,  Leon  M Flint 

Boles,  William  P Flint 

Bonathan,  A.  T Flint 

Bradley,  Robert Flint 

Brain,  R.  Gordon Flint 

Branch,  Hira  E Flint 

Brasie,  D.  R Flint 

Briggs,  Guy  D Flint 

Burkett,  L.  V Flint 

Burnell,  Max  Flint 

Burnside,  Howard  B Flint 

Chambers,  Myrton  S Flint 

Chandler,  M.  E Flint 

Charters,  John  H Fenton 

Childs,  Lloyd  H Flint 

Clark,  Clifford  P Flint 

Clift,  M.  William Flint 

Cohen,  Evelyn  Flint 

Colwell,  C.  W Flint 

Connell,  J.  T Flint 

Conover,  G.  V Flint 

Conover,  T.  S Flint 

Cook,  Henry  Flint 

Covert,  F.  L Gaines 

Credille,  B.  A Flint 

Curry,  George  Flint 

Curtin,  J.  H Flint 

Del  Zingro,  N Davison 

Dimond,  E.  G Flint 

Dodds,  F.  E Flint 

Drewyer,  Glen  Flint 

Edgerton,  A.  C Clio 

Eichhorn.  Ernest  Flint 

Elliott,  H.  B Flint 

Evers,  J.  W Flint 

Farhat,  M.  M Flint 

Finkelstein,  T Flint 

Flynn,  S.  T Flint 

Foley,  S.  I Flint 

Fuller,  H.  T Mt.  Morris 

Gelenger,  S.  M Flint 

Gibson,  Edward  D Flint 

Gleason,  N.  Arthur Flint 

Goering,  George  R Flint 


Anderson,  Charles  E Bessemer 

Conley,  W.  C Ironwood 

Crosby,  Theodore  S Ironwood 

Gertz,  M.  A Ironwood 

Gorrilla,  A.  C Ironwood 

Gullickson,  Miles  Ironwood 

Lieberthal,  M.  J Ironwood 


Eaton  County 


Huyck,  Stanhope  Pier  Sunfield 

Imthun,  Edgar  F Grand  Ledge 

Lawther,  John  Ann  Arbor 

McLaughlin,  C.  L.  D.  . . . Vermontville 

Moyer,  H.  A Charlotte 

Myers,  Albert  W Potterville 

Paine,  E.  Madison,  Jr. ..Grand  Ledge 

Paine,  E.  M Grand  Ledge 

Quick,  Phil  H ' Olivet 

Rickerd,  Vinton  J Charlotte 


Genesee  County 

Golden,  H.  Maxwell Flint 

Goodfellow,  B Flint 

Gome,  S.  S Flint 

Grover,  H.  F Flint 

Guile,  Earle  Flint 

Guile,  G.  S Flint 

Gundry,  G.  L Grand  Blanc 

Gutow,  I Flint 

Gntow,  J.  J Flint 

*Hague,  R.  F Dearborn,  Mich. 

Halligan,  Raymond  S Flint 

Handy,  John  W Flint 

Harper,  A.  W Flint 

Harper,  Homer  Flint 

Harrison,  L.  D Saginaw 

Hawkins,  James  E Flint 

Hays,  George  A Flint 

Hiscock,  H.  H Hint 

Hoshal,  V.  L Flint 

-Houston,  James  Swartz  Creek 

Hubbard,  William  B Flint 

Johnson,  F Flint 

Kaufman,  Lewis  D Flint 

Kirk,  A.  Dale Flint 

Knapp,  M.  S Fenton 

Kretchmar,  A.  H Flint 

Kurtz,  J.  J Flint 

Larribert,  L.  A Flint 

Lavin,  Kathryn  R Flint 

Leach,  J.  L Flint 

Logan,  G.  W Flushing 

MacDuff,  R.  B Flint 

MacGregor,  D.  M Flint 

MacGregor,  R.  W Flint 

Macksood,  Joseph  Flint 

Malfroid,  B.  W Flint 

Marshall,  William  H Flint 

Marsh,  H.  L Flint 

Mason,  Elta  Flint 

Matthewson,  Guy  C Flint 

McArthur,  A Flint 

McArthur,  R.  H Qio 

McGarry,  Burton  G Fenton 

McGarry,  R.  A Flint 

McGregor,  James  C Flint 

McKenna,  O.  W Flint 

Miller,  Bryce  Flushing 

Miller,  Edwin  E Flint 

Miner,  Frederick  B Flint 

Moore,  John  W Flint 

Moore,  Kenneth  B Flint 

Morrish,  Ray  S Flint 

Morrissey,  V.  H 

Moiser,  Edward  C Otisville 

Odle,  Ira  Flint 

Olson,  James  A Flint 

O’Neil,  C.  H Flint 

Orr,  J.  Walter Flint 


Gogebic  County 

Lieberthal,  Paul  Ironwood 

Maloney,  F.  G.  H Ironwood 

Nezworski,  H.  T Ramsey 

O’Brien,  A.  J Ironwood 

Pinkerton,  H.  A Ironwood 

Pinkerton,  W.  J Bessemer 


Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie  Counties 


Bolan,  Ellis  J Suttons  Bay 

Brownson,  Jay  J Kingsley 

Brownson,  Kneale  Traverse  City 

Bushong,  B.  B Traverse  City 

Covey,  E.  L Honor 

Ellis,  Claude  I Suttons  Bay 

Evans,  E.  E McAlester,  Okla. 

Gauntlett,  J.  W Traverse  City 

Goodrich,  Dwight  Traverse  City 

Grawn,  F.  A Traverse  City 

Hamilton,  Earl  E Traverse  City 

Holliday,  George  A Traverse  City 

Huene,  Nevin  Traverse  City 

Huston,  Russell  R Elk  Rapids 


Jerome,  Jerome  T Traverse  City 

Kitson,  V.  H Elk  Rapids 

Knapp,  J.  L Traverse  City 

Kyselka,  H.  B Traverse  City 

Lemen,  Charles  E Traverse  City 

Lossman,  R.  T Traverse  City 

Mu’-phy,  Fred  E Cedar 

Nickels,  M.  M Traverse  City 

Osterlin,  Mark  Traverse  City 

Rennell,  E.  J Traverse  City 

Rinear,  Edwin  Traverse  City 

Sheets,  R.  Philip  Traverse  City 

Sladek,  E.  F Traverse  City 


May,  1941 


Sackett,  C.  S Charlotte 

Sassaman,  F.  W Charlotte 

Sevener,  C.  J Charlotte 

Sevener,  Lester  G Charlotte 

Sheets,  A G Eaton  Rapids 

Stanka,  Andrew  George . . , Grand  Ledge 

Stimson,  C.  A Eaton  Rapids 

Stucky,  George  Charlotte 

Van  Ark,  Bert Eaton  Rapids 

Wilensky,  Thomas  Eaton  Rapids 


Phillips,  R.  L Flint 

Pfeifer,  A.  C Mt.  Morris 

Pratz,  O.  C Flint 

Preston,  Otto  Flint 

Probert,  C.  C Flint 

Randall,  H.  E Flint 

Reeder,  Frank  E Flint 

Reichard,  Orill  Flint 

Reid,  Wells  C Goodrich 

Reynolds,  A.  J Flint 

Rjce,  E.  D Flint 

Richeson,  V Flint 

Roberts,  Floyd  A Flint 

Rowley,  James  A Flint 

Rundles,  Walter  Z Flint 

Rynearson,  W.  J Fenton 

Sandy,  K.  R Flint 

Scavarda,  Charles  J Flint 

Schiff,  B.  A Flint 

Scott,  R.  D Flint 

Shantz,  L.  O Flint 

Sleeman,  Blythe  R Linden 

Sheeran,  Daniel  H Flint 

Shipman,  Charles  W Flint 

Smith,  D.  C Flint 

Smith,  E.  C Flint 

Srnith,  Maurice  J Flint 

Sniderman,  Benjamin Flint 

Snyder,  Charles  E Swartz  Creek 

Sorkin,  Morris  L Flint 

Sorkin,  S.  S Flint 

Spencer,  J.  A Flint 

Steinman,  F.  H Flint 

Stephenson,  Robert  A Flint 

Stevenson,  W.  W Flint 

Streat,  R.  W Flint 

Stroup,  C.  K Flint 

Sutherland,  James  K Flint 

Sutton,  George  Flint 

Sutton,  M.  R Flint 

Thompson,  Alvin Flint 

Treat,  D.  L Flint 

Trumble,  G.  W Flint 

Vary,  Edwin  P Flint 

Walcott,  C.  G Fenton 

Walden,  C.  E Flint 

Ward,  Nell  Flint 

Ware,  Frank  A. Flint 

Wark,  D.  R Flint 

White,  Herbert  Flint 

Williams,  W.  S Flint 

Willoughby,  G.  L Flint 

Willoughby,  L.  L Flint 

Wills,  T.  N Flint 

Winchester,  Walter  H Flint 

Woughter,  Harold  W Flint 

Wright,  D.  R Flint 

Wright,  G.  R Montrose 

Wyman,  J.  S Flint 


Rees,  Thomas  R Ironwood 

Reynolds,  F.  L Ironwood 

Stevens,  Charles  E Bessemer 

Tew,  William  Ellwood Bessemer 

Tressel,  H.  A Wakefield 

Urquhart,  C.  C Ironwood 

Wacek,  W.  H Ironwood 


Stone,  Fordyce,  H Beulah 

Swanton,  L Traverse  City 

Swartz,  F.  G Traverse  City 

Thacker,  Fred  R Frankfort 

Thirlby,  E.  L Traverse  City 

Thompson,  T.  W Traverse  City 

Trautman,  Frederick  D Frankfort 

Way,  Lewis  R Traverse  City 

W^itz,  Harry  Traverse  City 

Wi'lard,  Wm.  G Benzonia 

Willoughby,  Frances  Lois. Traverse  City 

Zielke,  I.  H Traverse  City 

Zimmerman,  J.  G Traverse  City 


373 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Aldrich,  Alfred  L Ithaca 

Barstow,  D.  K St.  Louis 

Barstow,  William  E St.  Louis 

Baskerville,  C.  M Mt.  Pleasant 

Becker,  Myron  G Edmore 

Budge,  M.  J Ithaca 

Burch,  L.  J Mt.  Pleasant 

Burt,  C.  E Ithaca 

Dale,  Edward  C Shepherd 

Davis,  L.  L Mt.  Pleasant 

Drake,  Wilkie  M Breckenridge 

Du  Bois,  C.  F Alma 


Alleger,  W.  E Pittsford 

Bower,  Charles  T Hillsdale 

Clobridge,  C.  E Allen 

Day,  Luther  W Jonesville 

Davis,  L.  A Montgomery 

Fisk,  Fred  B Jonesville 

Gray,  J.  P Hillsdale 

Green,  B.  F Hillsdale 

Hanke,  George  R Ransom 


Abrams,  James  C Calumet 

Acocks,  J.  R Houghton 

Aldrich,  A.  B Houghton 

Aldrich,  Leonard  Hancock 

Bourland,  Philip  D Calumet 

Brewington,  George  F Mohawk 

Buckland,  R.  S Baraga 

Burke,  John  Hubbell 

Coffin,  Leslie  E Painesdale 

Cooper,  C.  A Hancock 

Gregg,  W.  T.  S Calumet 

Hillmer,  R.  E Beacon  Hill 


Caccamise,  Joseph  G Sebewaing 

Gettel,  Roy  R Kinde 

Henderson,  J.  Bates  Pigeon 

Herrington,  Charles  I Bad  Axe 


Albers,  J.  H East  Lansing 

Albert,  Wilford  D Leslie 

Barnum,  S.  V Lansing 

Barrett,  C.  D. Mason 

Bartholomew,  Henry  S Lansing 

Bauer,  Theodore  I Lansing 

Behen,  William  C Lansing 

Bellinger,  E.  G Lansing 

Black,  Charles  E Lansing 

Block,  Bernita  Lansing 

Bradford,  C.  W Lansing 

Breakey,  Robert  S Lansing 

Brubaker,  E Lansing 

Brucker,  Karl  B Lansing 

Bruegel,  Oscar  H East  Lansing 

Burhans,  Robert  Lansing 

Cameron,  W.  J Lansing 

Campbell,  Archibald  M Lansing 

Carr,  Earl  I Lansing 

Christian, _ L.  G Lansing 

Clark,  William  E Mason 

Clinton,  George  Mason 

Cook,  R.  J .Lansing 

Cope,  H.  E Lansing 

Corneliuson,  Goldie  Lansing 

Corsaut.  J.  C Mason 

Cross,  Frank  S Lansing 

Darling,  L.  H Lansing 

Davenport,  C.  S Lansing 

Dean,  Carleton  Lansing 

DeBold,  Frederick  F Lansing 

DeVries,  C.  F Lansing 

Doyle,  Charles  R Lansing 

Doyle,  C.  P Lansing 

Drolett,  Fred  J. Lansing 

Drolett,  Lawrence  Lansing 

Dunn,  F.  C Lansing 

Dunn,  F.  M Lansing 

Ellis,  Bertha  W Lansing 

Ellis,  C.  W Lansing 

Finch,  Russell  L Lansing 

Fisher,  D.  W Lansing 

Folkers,  Leonard  M East  Lansing 

Fosget,  Wilbur  W Lansing 

Foust,  E.  H Lansing 

French,  Horace  L Lansing 

Galbraith,  Dugald  A Lansing 

Gardner,  C.  B Lansing 

Gibson,  T.  E Lansing 

Goldner,  R.  E Lansing 


Gratiot-Isabella-Clare  Counties 


Graham,  B.  J Alma 

Hall,  B,  C Pompeii 

Hammerberg,  Kuno  Clare 

Harrigan,  W.  L Mt.  Pleasant 

Howe,  Leslie  A Breckenridge 

Howell,  Don  M Alma 

Johnson,  P.  R Mt.  Pleasant 

Lamb,  E.  T Alma 

McArthur,  Stewart  C Mt.  Pleasant 

Oldham,  E.  S Breckenridge 

Rondot,  E.  F Lake 


Ingham  County 


Gunderson,  G.  O Lansing 

Hagele,  Marie  A Lansing 

Harris,  Dean  W Lansing 

Harrold,  J.  F Lansing 

Hart,  L.  C Lansing 

Haynes,  H.  B Lansing 

Haze,  Harry  A Lansing 

Heckert,  Frank  B Lansing 

Heckert,  J.  K Lansing 

Hendren,  Owen  Williamston 

Henry,  L.  L Lansing 

Hermes,  Ed.  J Lansing 

Himmelberger,  R.  J Lansing 

Hodges,  Kenneth  P Lansing 

Holland,  Charles  F East  Lansing 

Huggett,  Clare  C Lansing 

Huntley,  Fred  M Lansing 

Hurth,  M.  S Lansing 

Hutchinson,  W.  G Lansing 

Johnson,  K.  H Lansing 

Jones,  Francis  A Lansing 

Jones,  Francis,  Jr Lansing 

Kalmbach,  R.  E Lansing 

Keim,  O.  D Lansing 

Kelly,  Wm.  H Lansing 

Kent,  Edith  Hall Lansing 

Kent,  Herbert  K Lansing 

Kraft,  L.  C Leslie 

Larrabee,  E.  E Williamston 

LeDuc,  Don  M Lansing 

Loree,  Maurice  C Lansing 

Lucas,  T.  A Lansing 

Ludlum,  L.  C Lansing 

Martin,  Wayne  C.  Lansing 

McConnell,  E.  G Lansing 

McCorvie,  C.  Ray East  Lansing 

McCoy,  Earl  M Grand  Ledge 

McCrumb,  R.  R Lansing 

McElmurry,  N.  K Perry 

McGillicuddy,  Oliver  B Lansing 

McGillicuddy,  R.  J Lansing 

McIntyre,  J.  E. Lansing 

McNamara,  William  E Lansing 

McPherson,  E.  G Champion 

Mercer,  Walter  E East  Lansing 

Meyer,  Hugh  R Lansing 

Miller,  H.  A Lansing 

Mitchell,  A .B Lansing 

Morrow,  R.  J Lansing 

Newitt,  Arthur  W.  ...Tavares,  Florida 


Rottschafer,  J.  L Alma 

Sanford,  B.  J Clare 

Sarven,  James  D Middleton 

Silvert,  P.  P Vestaburg 

Slattery,  F.  G Clare 

Town,  F.  R Mt.  Pleasant 

Waggoner,  R.  L St.  Louis 

Wilcox,  R.  A Alma 

Wilson,  Earl  C Harrison 

Wolfe,  Kenneth  P Alma 

Wood,  Cornelius  B Oare 


Martindale,  E.  A Hillsdale 

McFarland,  O.  G North  Adams 

Miller,  Harry  C Hillsdale 

Poppen,  C.  J Reading 

Sandor,  A.  A Hillsdale 

Sawyer,  Walter  Jonesville 

Sterling,  John  S Jerome 

Strom,  A.  W Hillsdale 

Yeagley,  J.  L Waldron 


Roche,  A.  C Calumet 

Sarvela,  H.  L Hancock 

Scott,  William  P Houghton 

Sloan,  Paul  S Houghton 

Smith,  Charles  R Houghton 

Stern,  Isadore  D Houghton 

Stewart,  G.  C Hancock 

Stewart,  J.  C.  B Painesdale 

Tinetti,  Ernest  F Laurium 

Ware,  H.  M Calumet 

Willson,  P.  H Chassell 

Winkler,  Henry  J L’Anse 


Oakes,  C.  W Harbor  Beach 

Ritsema,  John  Sebewaing 

Scheurer,  C Pigeon 

Thumme,  Harrison  F Sebewaing 


Niles,  B.  D Lansing 

Ochsner,  P.  J Lansing 

O’Sullivan,  Gertrude  M2ison 

Owen,  A.  E Lansing 

Phillips,  R.  H Lansjng 

Pinkham,  R.  A Lansing 

Ponton,  J Mason 

Prall,  H.  J Lansing 

Randall,  O.  M Lansing 

Richards,  F.  D DeWitt 

Roberts,  D.  W Lansing 

Robson,  Edmund  J Lansing 

Rozan,  J.  S Lansing 

Rozan,  M.  M Lansing 

Russell,  Claude  V. Lansing 

Sander,  John  F Lansing 

Sanford.  Thomas  M Lansing 

Schnute,  Louise  F East  Lansing 

Seger,  Ered  L Lansing 

Sichler,  Harper  G Lansing 

Silverman,  Irving  E Lansing 

Shaw,  Milton  Lansing 

Smith,  Anthony  V Mason 

Smith,  H.  M Lansing 

Smith,  Lillian  R Lansing 

Snell,  D.  M Lansing 

Snyder,  Le  Moyne Lansing 

Spencer,  Perry  Lansing 

Steiner,  A.  A Lansing 

Stiles,  Erank  Lansing 

Strauss,  P.  C Lansing 

Stringer,  C.  J Lansing 

Tamblyn,  F.  W Lansing 

Toothaker,  Kenneth  Lansing 

Towne,  Lawrence  C Lansing 

Troost,  F.  L Holt 

Vander  Slice,  E.  R Lansing 

*Vander  Zalm,  T.  P.  ..Fort  Knox,  Ky. 

Wadley,  R Lansing 

Warford,  J.  T Lansing 

Webb,  Roy  O Okemos 

Weinburgh,  H.  B Lansing 

Welch,  William  H Lansing 

*Wellman,  John  M Atlanta,  Ga. 

Wetzel,  John  O Lansing 

Wheeler,  Warren  E Lansing 

Wiley,  Harold  W Lansing 

Willson,  Howard  S Lansing 

Wilson,  Harry  A Lansing 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


Hillsdale  County 


Hodge,  C.  L Reading 

Hughes,  Henry  F Hillsdale 

Joerin,  Wm Camden 

♦Johnson,  C.  E Camp  Meade,  Va. 

*Kinzel,  R.  W Litchfield 

Kline,  Fred  D Litchfield 

MacNeal,  J.  A Hillsdale 

Mattson,  H.  F Hillsdale 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw  Counties 

Janis,  A.  J Hancock 

*Kadin,  Maurice  Rockford,  111. 

King,  William  T Ahmeek 

Kirton,  Joseph  R.  W Calumet 

LaBine,  Alfred  Houghton 

Levin,  Simon  Houghton 

MacQueen,  Donald  K Laurium 

Manthei,  W.  A Lake  Linden 

Marshall,  Frank  F L’Anse 

McClure,  Robert  James Calumet 

Pleune,  R.  E Houghton 

Quick,  James  B Laurium 

Huron  County 

Herrington,  Willet  J Bad  Axe 

Holdship,  Wm.  B Ubly 

Monroe,  Duncan  J Elkton 

Morden,  Charles  B Bad  Axe 


374 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Bird,  William  L Greenville 

Bower,  A.  J Greenville 

Bracey,  L.  E Sheridan 

Bunce,  E.  P Trufant 

Dunkin,  Lloyd  S Greenville 

Ferguson,  F.  H Carson  City 

Fleming,  J.  C Pewamo 

Fox,  Harold  M Portland 

Fuller,  Rudolphus  W Crystal 

Geib,  O.  P Carson  City 

Hansen,  Carl  M Stanton 

Hansen,  M.  M Greenville 

Haskell,  Robert  H Northville 


Ahronheim,  J.  H Jackson 

Alter,  R.  H .-...Jackson 

Baker,  G.  M Parma 

Balconi,  Henry  Jackson 

Bartholic,  F.  W Grass  Lake 

Beckwith,  S.  A Jackson 

Brown,  H.  A Jackson 

Bullen,  G.  R Jackson 

Chabut,  H.  M Jackson 

Chivers,  R.  W Jackson 

Clarke,  C.  S Jackson 

Cochrane,  Wayne  A Jackson 

Cooley,  Randall  M Jackson 

Corley,  C Jackson 

Corley,  Ennis  Jackson 

Cox,  Ferdinand Jackson 

Crowley,  Edward  D Jackson 

Culver,  Guy  D Stockbridge 

DeMay,  C.  E Jackson 

Dengler,  C.  R Jackson 

Edmonds,  J.  M Horton 

Enders,  W.  H Jackson 

Finton,  Walter  L Jackson 

Finton,  W.  R ‘ Jackson 

Foust,  W.  L Grass  Lake 

Gibson,  F.  J Jackson 

Glover,  H.  G Jackson 

Gordon,  D.  L .Jackson 

Greenbaum,  Harry  Jackson 

Hackett,  T.  E Jackson 

Hanft,  Cyril  F Springport 

Hanna,  R.  J Jackson 

Hardie,  G.  O Jackson 


Aach,  Hugo Kalamazoo 

Adams,  R.  U Kalamazoo 

Alexander,  C.  A Kalamazoo 

Andre,  Harvey  M.  Kalamazoo 

Andrews,  Sherman Kalamazoo 

Armstrong,  Robert  J Kalamazoo 

Banner,  Lawrence  R Kalamazoo 

Barnebee,  J.  Hosea  Kalamazoo 

Barnebee,  J,  W Kalamazoo 

Barrett,  F.  Elizabeth Kalamazoo 

Behan,  Gerald  W Galesburg 

Bennet.t,  Charles  L Kalamazoo 

♦Bennett,  Keith  Fort  Custer 

Berry,  J.  F Kalamazoo 

Bodmer,  H.  C Kalamazoo 

Borgman,  Wallace Kalamazoo 

Boys,  C.  E Kalamazoo 

Brooks,  Ervin  D Kalamazoo 

Burns,  J.  T Kalamazoo 

Caldwell,  George  H Kalamazoo 

Cobb,  Horace  R Kalamazoo 

Cook,  R.  G Kalamazoo 

*Crane,  W.  B Fort  Custer 

Crawford,  Kenneth Kalamazoo 

Dean,  Ray Three  Rivers 

Den  Bleyker,  Walter Kalamazoo 

DeWitt,  L.  H Kalamazoo 

Dowd,  B.  J Kalamazoo 

Doyle,  F.  M Kalamazoo 

Ertell,  William  Francis Kalamazoo 

Fast,  R.  B Kalamazoo 

Fopeano,  John  V Kalamazoo 

Fulkerson,  C.  B Kalamazoo 

Fuller,  R.  T Kalamazoo 

Fuller,  Paul Kalamazoo 

Gerstner,  Louis Kalamazoo 

Gilding,  Joseph  Vicksburg 

Glenn,  Audrey Kalamazoo 

Grant,  Frederick  E Kalamazoo 

Gregg,  Sherman Kalamazoo 


♦Adams,  F.  A San  Diego,  Calif. 

Aitken,  George  T Grand  Rapids 

Alfenito,  Felix  S Grand  Rapids 

Allen,  R.  V Grand  Rapids 

Bachman,  G.  A Grand  Rapids 

Baert,  George  H Grand  Rapids 

Baker,  Abel  J Grand  Rapids 

Ballard,  M.  S Grand  Rapids 


May,  1941 


lonia-Montcalm  Counties 


Hoffs,  M.  A Lake  Odessa 

Hollard,  A.  E Belding 

Johns,  Joseph  J Ionia 

Kelsey,  L.  E Lakeview 

Kling,  V.  F Ionia 

Lilly,  Isaac  S Stanton 

Lintner,  Roy  C Ionia 

Marsh,  F.  M Ionia 

Marston,  L.  L Lakeview 

Maynard,  Herbert  M Ionia 

McCann,  John  J Ionia 

Mintz,  Morris  J Greenville 

Jackson  County 

Harris,  Lester  J Jackson 

Hicks,  Glenn  C Jackson 

Holst,  John  B Jackson 

Hungerford,  P.  R Concord 

Huntley,  W.  B Jackson 

Hurley,  H.  L Jackson 

Keefer,  A.  H Concord 

Kudner,  Don  F Jackson 

Kugler,  J.  C Jackson 

Lake,  William  H Jackson 

Lathrop,  William  W Jackson 

♦LaVictoire,  I.  N.  ..San  Diego,  Calif. 

Leahy,  E.  O Jackson 

Leonard,  Clyde  A Jackson 

Lewis,  E.  F Jackson 

Ludwick,  J.  E Jackson 

McGarvey,  W.  E Jickson 

McLaughlin,  M.  J Jackson 

Meade,  Wm.  H East  Lansing 

Meads,  J.  B Jackson 

Miller,  J.  L Jackson 

Munro,  C.  D Jackson 

Munro,  James  E Jackson 

Murphy,  B.  M Jackson 

Newton,  R.  E Jackson 

Nichols,  R.  H Leslie 

O’Meara,  James  J Jackson 

Otis,  Grant  L Jackson 

Payne,  Andrew  K Jackson 

Peterson,  E.  S Jackson 

Porter,  H.  W Jackson 

Pray,  Frank  F Jackson 

Kalamazoo  County 

Harter,  Randolph  S Schoolcraft 

Heersma,  H.  S Kalamazoo 

Hildreth,  R.  C Kalamazoo 

Hodgman,  Albert  B Kalamazoo 

Hoebeke,  William  G Kalamazoo 

Holder,  Charles Kalamazoo 

Howard,  W.  H Galesburg 

Hubbell,  R.  J Kalamazoo 

Huyser,  William  C Kalamazoo 

Ilgenfritz,  F.  M Kalamazoo 

Irwin,  William  D Kalamazoo 

Jackson,  John  B Kalamazoo 

Jennings,  W.  O Kalamazoo 

Kavanaugh,  William  R Kalamazoo 

Kenzie,  W.  N Battle  Creek 

Klerk,  W.  J Kalamazoo 

Koestner,  Paul Kalamazoo 

Kuhs,  Milton  L Kalamazoo 

Lambert,  R.  H Kalamazoo 

Lang,  W.  W Kalamazoo 

Lavender,  Howard Kalamazoo 

Light,  Richard  Upjohn Kalamazoo 

Light,  S.  Rudolph  Kalamazoo 

Littig,  John Kalamazoo 

MacGregor,  J.  R Kalamazoo 

Malone,  James  G Kalamazoo 

Marshall,  Don Kalamazoo 

McCarthy,  J.  S Kalamazoo 

McIntyre,  Charles  H Kalamazoo 

McNair,  Rush Kalamazoo 

Moe,  Carl  Rex  Kalamazoo 

Morter,  Roy  A Kalamazoo 

♦Nell,  E.  R Fort  Sill.  Okla. 

Nibbelink,  Benjamin Kalamazoo 

Okum,  M.  H Kalamazoo 

Osborne,  Charles  E Vicksburg 

Patmos,  Martin  Kalamazoo 

Peelen,  J.  W Kalamazoo 

Peelen,  Matthew Kalamazoo 

Perry,  Clifton Kalamazoo 

Kent  County 

Batts,  Martin  Grand  Rapids 

Beeman,  Carl  B Grand  Rapids 

Beeman,  C.  E Grand  Rapids 

Beets,  W.  Clarence Grand  Rapids 

Bell,  Charles  M Grand  Rapids 

Bettison,  William  L Grand  Rapids 

Billings,  Elton  P Grand  Rapids 

Blackburn,  Henry  M.  ...Grand  Rapids 


Norris,  William  W Portland 

Peabody,  C.  H Lake  Odessa 

Pankhurst,  C.  T Ionia, 

Phelps,  Everett  L Clarksville 

Slagh,  Milton  E Saranac 

Socha,  Edmund  S Ionia 

Swift,  E.  R Lakeview 

VanDuzen,  V.  L Belding 

VanLoo,  J.  A Belding 

Weaver,  Harry  B Greenville 

Whitten,  R,  R, Ionia 

Willits,  C.  O Saranac 


Pray,  George  R Jackson 

Ransom,  F.  G. . . , Jackson 

Riley,  Philip Jackson 

Roberts,  Arthur  J Jackson 

Schepeler,  Courtland  W Brooklyn 

Scheurer,  Peter  Arthur. ..  .Manchester 

Schmidt,  T.  E Jackson 

Scott,  John Jackson 

Seybold,  George  A Jackson 

Shaeffer,  A.  M Jackson 

Sirhal,  Alfred  M Brooklyn 

Smith,  Dean  W Jackson 

Speck,  John  W Jackson 

Spicer,  W.  E Jackson 

Stewart,  L.  L Jackson 

Sugar,  Samuel Jackson 

Susskind,  M.  V Jackson 

Tate,  Cecil  E Jackson 

Thayer,  E.  A Jackson 

Thalner,  L.  F Jackson 

Townsend,  J.  W.  . . . Vandercook  Lake 

Tuthill,  F.  S Concord 

Van  Schoick,  J.  D Hanover 

Van  Schoick,  Frank Jackson 

Vivirski,  Edward  E Jackson 

Wertenberger,  M.  D Jackson 

Wholihan,  John  W. ..Michigan  Center 

Wickham,  W.  A Jackson 

Wilson,  E.  D Cement  City 

Wilson,  E.  G Jackson 

Wilson,  N.  D Jackson 

Winter,  G.  E Jackson 


Prentice,  Hazel  R Kalamazoo 

Pullon,  A.  E Kalamazoo 

Rickert,  John  A Allegan 

Rigterink,  G.  H Kalamazoo 

Rigterink,  H.  A Kalamazoo 

Robson,  Verna  L Oshtemo  Springs 

Rockwell,  A.  H Kalamazoo 

Rockwell,  Donald  C Kalamazoo 

Ryan,  F.  C Kalamazoo 

Sage,  E.  D Kalamazoo 

Scholten,  D.  J Kalamazoo 

Scholten,  William Kalamazoo 

Schrier,  C.  M Kalamazoo 

Schrier,  Paul Kalamazoo 

Schrier,  Thomas Comstock 

Scott,  William  A Kalamazoo 

Sears,  H.  A... Kalamazoo 

Shackleton,  William  E Kalamazoo 

Shepard,  Benjamin  A Kalamazoo 

Shook,  R.  W Kalamazoo 

Simpson,  B.  A Kalamazoo 

Sofen,  Morris  B Kalamazoo 

Southworth,  M.  N Schoolcraft 

Stryker,  Homer  H Kalamazoo 

Upjohn,  E.  Gifford Kalamazoo 

Upjohn,  L.  N Kalamazoo 

Van  Ness,  J.  Howard  Allegan 

Van  Urk,  Thomas Kalamazoo 

Ver  Hage,  Martin  Kalamazoo 

Volderauer,  John  C Kalamazoo 

Wagar,  Carl Kalamazoo 

*Wagenaar,  E.  H 

Fort  Benj.  Harrison,  Indiana 

Walker,  Burt  D Kalamazoo 

Weirich.  Richard Marcellus 

Westcott,  L.  E Kalamazoo 

Wilbur,  E.  P Kalamazoo 

Youngs,  A.  S Kalamazoo 

Youngs,  C.  A Kalamazoo 


Bloxsom,  P.  W Grand  Rapids 

Bobczynski,_  Wilhelmina  Grand  Rapids 

Boelkins,  Richard  C Grand  Rapids 

Boet,  F.  A Grand  Rapids 

♦Boet,  John  Alexandria,  La. 

Bond,  George  Lewis Grand  Rapids 

Bosch,  L.  C Grand  Rapids 

Brace,  Fred Grand  Rapids 


375 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Brayman,  C.  W Cedar  Spring’s 

Brennecke,  F'ances  E.  ..Grand  Rapids 

Brink,  Russel Grand  Rapids 

Brook,  Jacob  D Grandville 

Brotherhood,  J.  S Grand  Rapids 

Buesing,  O.  R Grand  Rapids 

Bull,  Frank  L Sparta 

Burleson,  John  S Grand  Rapids 

Burling,  Wesley Grand  Rapids 

Butler,  William  J Grand  Rapids 

Byers,  Earl  J Grand  Rapids 

Campbell,  Alexander  McKenzie 

Grand  Rapids 

Carpenter,  Luther  Clarendon 

Grand  Rapids 

Chadwick,  W.  L Grand  Rapids 

Chamberlain,  L.  H Grand  Rapids 

Chandler,  Donald Grand  Rapids 

Clapp,  Henry  W Grand  Rapids 

Claytor,  R.  W Grand  Rapids 

Collisi,  H.  S Grand  Rapids 

Colvin,  W.  G Grand  Rapids 

Corbus,  Burton  R. Grand  Rapids 

Cosgrove,  Wm.  J Grand  Rapids 

Crane,  Charles  V Grand  Rapids 

Crane,  Harold  D Grand  Rapids 

Cuncannan,  M.  E Grand  Rapids 

Currier,  F.  P Grand  Rapids 

Dales,  Ernest  W Grand  Rapids 

Damstra,  H.  J Grand  Rapids 

Davis,  D.  B Grand  Rapids 

Dean,  Alfred  W Grand  Rapids 

De  Boer,  Guy  William ...  Grand  Rapids 

Dell,  E.  E Sand  Lake 

DeMaagd,  Gerald Rockford 

DeMol,  Richard  J Grand  Rapids 

Denham,  R.  H Grand  Rapids 

De  Free,  Isla  G Grand  Rapids 

De  Free,  Joseph Grand  Rapids 

DeVel,  Leon Grand  Rapids 

De  Vries,  Daniel Grand  Rapids 

Dewar,  M.  M Grand  Rapids 

DeYoung,  Thies  Sparta 

Dick,  Mark  W Grand  Rapids 

Dickstein,  Bernard Grand  Rapids 

Dixon,  Willis  L Grand  Rapids 

Doran,  Frank  Grand  Rapids 

Droste,  James  C Grand  Rapids 

DuBois,  William  J Grand  Rapids 

Eaton,  Robert  M Grand  Rapids 

Eggleston,  H.  R Grand  Rapids 

*Farber,  Charles  E Detroit 

Faust,  L.  W Grand  Rapids 

Ferguson,  Lynn  A Grand  Rapids 

Ferguson,  Ward  S Grand  Rapids 

Ferrand,  L Rockford 

Fitts,  Ralph  L. Grand  Rapids 

Flynn,  J.  D Grand  Rapids 

Foshee,  J.  C Grand  Rapids 

*Frantz,  C.  R Alexandria,  La. 

Fraiizen,  Nils  A Grand  BLapids 

*Freyling,  Robert  ...San  Diego,  Calif. 

Fuller,  E.  H Grand  Rapids 

Gaikema,  E.  W Grand  Rapids 

Geenen,  C.  J Grand  Rapids 

Gilbert,  R.  H Grand  Rapids 

Gillett,  O.  H Grand  Rapids 

Grant,  Lee  O Grand  Rapids 

Graybiel,  George  F Caledonia 

Griffith,  L.  S Grand  Rapids 

Haeck,  Wm Grand  Rapids 

Hagerman,  D.  B Grand  Rapids 

Hammond,  T.  W Grand  Rapids 


Hayes,  L.  W Howard  City 

Heetderks,  Dewey  R Grand  Rapids 

Hegsted,  Ralph  B Grand  Rapids 

Henry,  James,  Jr Grand  Rapids 

Herrick,  Ruth Grand  Rapids 

Hill,  A.  Morgan Grand  Rapids 

*Hilt,  Lawrence  M.  ...Great  Lakes,  111. 


Holcomb,  J.  W Grand  Rapids 

Holdsworth,  M.  J Grand  Rapids 

Holkeboer,  Henry  D.  ..Grand  Rapids 

Hollander,  Stephen Grand  Rapids 

Hoogerhyde,  Jack Grand  Rapids 

Hufford,  A.  R Grand  Rapids 

Hunderman,  Edward.  ..  .Grand  Rapids 
Hutchinson,  Robert  J. . . . Grand  Rapids 

Hyland,  W.  A Grand  Rapids 

Ingersoll,  C.  F Grand  Rapids 

Irwin,  Thomas  C ...Grand  Rapids 

Jameson,  Fred  M Grand  Rapids 

Jaracz,  W.  J Grand  Rapids 

*Kelly,  Robert  E Detroit 

Kemmer,  Thomas  R Grand  Rapids 

Kendall,  Eugene  L Grand  Rapids 

Klaus,  C.  D Grand  Rapids 

Kniskern,  F.  W Grand  Rapids 

Kooistra,  Henry  F Grand  Rapids 

Kremer,  John Grand  Rapids 

Kreulen,  H.  J Grand  Rapids 

Kriekard,  F.  J Grand  Rapids 

Krupp,  C.  G Grand  Rapids 

Laird,  Robert  G Grand  Rapids 

Lamb,  George  F Grand  Rapids 

Lanning,  N.  E Grand  Rapids 

Lanting,  D.  B Grand  Rapids 

Le  Roy,  Simeon Grand  Rapids 

Lieffers,  Harry Grand  Rapids 

Lyman,  William  D Grand  Rapids 

MacDonell,  James  A Lowell 

*Marrin,  M.  M Fort  Bliss,  Texas 

Marsh,  J.  F Grand  Rapids 

Maurits,  Reuben Grand  Rapids 

McKenna,  J.  L Grand  Rapids 

McKinlay,  L.  M Grand  Rapids 

McRae,  John  H Grand  Rapids 

Meengs,  Jacob  Earl Grand  Rapids 

Mehney,  Gayle  H Grand  Rapids 

Miller,  J.  Duane Grand  Rapids 

Miller,  John  J Marne 

Mitchell,  H.  C Grand  Rapids 

Mitchelh  W.  B Grand  Rapids 

Moen,  Cornetta  G Grand  Rapids 

Moleski,  Leo  Grand  Rapids 

*Moleski,  Stanley  L.  ..Great  Lakes,  111. 

Moll,  Arthur  M Grand  Rapids 

Mollman,  Arthur Grand  Rapids 

Moore,  Vernor  M Grand  Rapids 

Mulder,  J.  D Grand  Rapids 

Murphy,  M.  J Grand  Rapids 

Nelson,  A.  R Grand  Rapids 

Nesbitt,  E.  N Wyoming  Park 

Noordewier,  Albert Grand  Rapids 

Northouse,  Peter  B Grandville 

Northrup,  William Grand  Rapids 

Nyland,  Albertus Grand  Rapids 

Oliver,  W.  W Grand  Rapids 

Osborne,  Howard Grand  Rapids 

Paalman,  Russell  J Grand  Rapids 

Patterson,  P.  Wilfred.  ..  .Grand  Rapids 

Pedden,  j.  R.,  Jr Grand  Rapids 

Phillips,  J.  W Grand  Rapids 

Pyle,  Henry  J Grand  Rapids 

Quigley,  Ruth  E Grand  Rapids 


Ralph,  L.  Paul Grand  Rapids 

Reed,  Torrance Grand  Rapids 

Reus,  William  E Jamestown 

Rjgterink,  J.  W Grand  Rapids 

Riley,  G.  L Grand  BLapids 

Roberts,  Mortimer  E Grand  Rapids 

Robinson,  Harold  C Grand  Rapids 

Rodgers,  W.  L Grand  Rapids 

Rogers,  John  R. Grand  Rapids 

Roth,  Emil  M Grand  Rapids 

Schermerhorn,  L.  J Grand  Rapids 

Schnoor,  E.  VV Grand  Rapids 

Schuitema,  Donald  Grand  Rapids 

Sculley,  Ray  E Grand  Rapids 

Seidel,  Karl  E Grand  Rapids 

Sevensma,  Elisha  S Grand  Rapids 

Sevey,  L.  E Grand  Rapids 

Shepard,  B.  H Lowell 

Shellman,  Millard  \\' Grand  Rapids 

Slemons,  C.  C Grand  Rapids 

Smith,  A.  B Grand  Rapids 

Smith,  Eerris  N Grand  Rapids 

Smith,  R.  Earle Grand  Rapids 

Snapp,  Carl  F Grand  Rapids 

Snyder,  Clarence Grand  Rapids 

Southwick,  George  H Grand  Rapids 

Steffensen,  W.  H. ...... . Grand  Rapids 

Stonehouse,  G.  G Grand  Rapids 

Stover,  Virgil  E Grand  Rapids 

Stuart,  Gerhardus  J Grand  Rapids 

Sugg,  Cullen  E Grand  Rapids 

Sus  Strong,  Carl  A Grand  Rapids 

Swenson,  H.  C Grand  Rapids 

Ten  Have,  J Grand  Rapids 

Tesseine,  A.  J Grand  Rapids 

Teusink,  J.  H Cedar  Springs 

Thompson,  Archibald  B.. Grand  lipids 

Thompson,  P.  L Grand  Rapids 

Tidey,  Marcus  B Grand  Rapids 

Tiffany,  Joseph  C Grand  Rapids 

Torgersoii,  William  R. ...Grand  Rapids 
Van  Belois,  Harvard  J.  ..Grand  Rapids 

Van  Bree,  R.  S Grand  Rapids 

VanDuine,  H.  J Byron  Center 

Vann,  N.  S Grand  Rapids 

Van  Noord,  Gelmer  A.  ..Grand  Rapids 
Van  Solkema,  Andrew ...  Grand  Rapids 

Van  Solkema,  Arthur Grandville 

Van  Woerkom,  Daniel ...  Grand  Rapids 

Veldman,  Harold  E Grand  Rapids 

Veenboer,  William  H.... Grand  Rapids 

Venema,  Jay  R. Grand  Rapids 

Vis,  William  R Grand  Rapids 

Vyn,  J.  D Grand  Rapids 

Wamshuis,  Frederick  C. 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Webb,  Rowland Grand  Rapids 

Webber,  Jerome Grand  Rapids 

Webster,  G.  W Grand  Rapids 

Wedgewood,  L.  G Grandville 

Wells,  Merrill Grand  Rapids 

VV'enger,  A.  V Grand  Rapids 

Wenger,  John  N Coopers-ville 

Westrate,  Paul Grand  Rapids 

■*Whalen,  John  M.  ..San  Diego,  Calif. 

Whinery,  Joseph  B Grand  Rapids 

Willits,  P.  W Grand  Rapids 

Wilson,  Wm.  E Grand  Rapids 

Winter,  Garrett  E Grand  Rapids 

Woodbume,  A.  R Grand  Rapids 

Wright,  John  M Grand  Rapids 

Yegge,  J.  P Kent  City 


Best,  Herbert  M Lapeer 

Bishop,  G.  Clare Almont 

Burley,  David  H Almont 

Chapin,  Clarence  D Columbiaville 

Dorland,  Clark  Lapeer 


Lapeer  County 


Hanna,  Frederick  R Lapeer 

Johnson,  Howard  R Imlay  City 

McBride,  J.  R Lapeer 

McLeod,  K.  W.  A Lapeer 

Merz,  Henry  G Lapeer 


O’Brien,  Daniel  J Lapeer 

Shrom,  Howard  K Imlay  City 

Thomas,  J.  Orville North  Branch 

Tinker,  F.  A Lapeer 

Zemmer,  H.  B Lapeer 


Abraham,  A.  O Hudson 

Beebe,  I.  J Morenci 

Blanchard,  L.  E Hudson 

Bland,  J.  P Adrian 

Blanden,  Merwin  R Tecumseh 

‘Campbell,  C.  A Detroit 

Case,  C.  W Onsted 

Chase,  Artemus  W Adrian 

Clark,  A.  D Adrian 

Claxton,  W.  T Britton 

Colbath,  W.  E Adrian 

Hall,  George  C Adrian 

Hammel,  H.  H Tecumseh 

Hardy,  P.  B Tecumseh 


376 


Lenawee  County 


Heffron,  Howard  H Adrian 

Helzerman,  Ralph  F Tecumseh 

Hewes,  A.  B Adrian 

Hornsby,  W.  B Clinton 

Howland,  F.  A Adrian 

Hulick.  Peter  V Adrian 

Her,  Harris  D Clinton 

Jewett,  William  E.,  Jr Adrian 

Lamley,  Arthur  E Blissfield 

Loveland,  Horace  H Tecumseh 

MacKenzie,  W.  S Adrian 

McGarvey,  Maurice  R Blissfield 

*Marsh,  R.  G.  B Alexandria,  La. 

‘Miller,  Perry  Ljmford Detroit 


Morden,  Esli  T Adrian 

Murawa,  V.  J Deerfield 

Pasternacki,  Arthur  S Adrian 

Patmos,  Bernard Adrian 

Peters,  W.  L Morenci 

Raabe,  E.  C Morenci 

Rawson,  A.  P Addison 

Sp>alding,  A.  L Hudson 

Stafford,  Leo  J Adrian 

Tubbs,  R.  V Blissfield 

VanDusen,  C.  A Blissfield 

Whitney,  O Adrian 

Wood,  A.  C Adrian 

Wynn,  G.  H Adrian 


Jour.  M.S.^f.S. 


) 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Brigham,  Jeannette  Howell 

Burnett,  Paul  C Howell 

Burt,  K.  L Howell 

Cameron,  Duncan  A Brighton 

Duffy,  Ray  M Pinckney 

Finch,  E.  D Howell 


Berghorst,  John  . . . Newberry 

Bohn,  Frank  P Newberry 

Campbell,  Earl  H Newberry 

Gibson.  Robert  E Newberry 


Allen,  Leroy  K Roseville 

Bailey,  R. St.  Clair  Shores 

Banting,  O.  F Richmond 

Barker,  John  G Center  Line 

Berry,  Henry  G Mt.  Clemens 

Bower,  A.  B Armada 

Caster,  E.  Wilbur Mt.  Clemens 

Crawford,  A.  M Mt.  Clemens 

Croman,  Joseph  M.,  Jr.  ..Mt.  Clemens 
Croman,  Joseph  M.,  Sr. ...Mt.  Clemens 

Deurloo,  Henry  W Romeo 

Dudzinski,  Edmund  J. . . New  Baltimore 

Engels,  J.  A Richmond 

Fluemer,  Oswald  Mt.  Clemens 

Hawley,  R.  E St.  Clair  Shores 


Bryan,  Kathryn  M Manistee 

Grant,  C.  L Manistee 

Hansen,  E.  C Manistee 

Konopa,  John  F Manistee 


Bennett,  Arthur  K Marquette 

Berry,  Robert  F Marquette 

Bertucci,  J.  P Ishpeming 

Blake,  H.  P ..Bergland 

Bottum,  Charles  N Marquette 

Burke,  R.  A Palmer 

Casler,  W.  L Marquette 

Conrad,  George  A Marquette 

Cooperstock,  M Marquette 

Corcoran,  W.  A Ishpeming 

Elzinga,  E .R Marquette 

Erickson,  Arvid  W Ishpeming 

Fennig,  F.  A Marquette 


Blanchette,  Victor  J Cluster 


Livingston  County 


Gamble,  Shelby  O.... Howell 

Glenn,  Bernard  H Fowlerville 

Hayner,  R.  A Howell 

Hendren,  J.  J Fowlerville 

Hill,  Harold  C Howell 

Huntington,  H.  G Howell 


Luce  County 

Orr,  A.  C Newberry 

Perry,  Henry  E Newberry 

Purmort,  William  R.,  Jr Newberry 

Rehn,  Adolph  T Newberry 


Macomb  County 


Heine,  A Mt.  Clemens 

Kane,  William  J Mt.  Clemens 

Lane,  W.  D Romeo 

Lynch,  Russell  E Center  Line 

McGuire,  A.  J Utica 

Moore,  G.  F Mt.  Clemens 

Mulligan,  P.  T Mt.  Clemens 

Reichman,  Joseph  J Mt.  Clemens 

Reitzel,  R.  H Mt.  Clemens 

Rivard,  Charles  L. . . . St.  Claire  Shores 

Roth,  G.  E Armada 

Rothman,  A.  M East  Detroit 

Ruedisueli,  Clarence  A Roseville 

Salot,  R.  F Mt.  Clemens 


Manistee  County 


Lewis,  Lee  A Manistee 

Lindquist,  Paul  Manistee 

MacMullen,  Harlen  Manistee 

Miller,  E.  B Manistee 

Norconk,  Ward  H Bear  Lake 


Marquette-Alger  Counties 


Hanelin,  H.  A Marquette 

Hartt,  P.  P Ishpeming 

Hirwas,  C.  L Marquette 

Hornbogen,  D.  P Marquette 

Janes,  R.  Grant Marquette 

Keskey,  George  I Marquette 

Lambert,  W.  C Marquette 

LeGolvan  C Marquette 

McCann,  Neal  J Ishpeming 

McIntyre,  D.  R Negaunee 

Mudge,  W.  A Negaunee 

Nicholson,  J.  B Marquette 

Niemi,  O.  I Marquette 


Mason  County 

Goulet,  L.  J Ludington 

Martin,  W.  S Ludington 


Leslie,  G.  L Howell 

Lojacono,  Salvatore Howell 

McDowell,  Guy  Marshall Howell 

Mclndoe,  R.  Bruce Howell 

Sigler,  Hollis  L ....Howell 

Stephens,  D.  C Howell 


Spinks,  Robert  Earl Newberry 

*Surrell,  M.  A Alexandria,  La. 

Swanson,  George  F Newberry 

Toms,  Charles  B Newberry 


Scher,  Joseph  N Mt.  Clemens 

Seaman,  John  H New  Haven 

Sibrans,  William  A East  Detroit 

Siegfried,  E.  G New  Haven 

Smith,  Milton  C Mt.  Clemens 

Stone,  Elizabeth  A Romeo 

Sturm,  Fred  A St.  Clair  Shores 

Thompson,  A.  A Mt.  Clemens 

Ullrich,  R.  W Mt.  Clemens 

* Wellard,  Henry  G. ..  .Alexandria,  La. 

Wilde,  M.  M Warren 

Wiley,  Bruce  Utica 

Wiley,  Herbert  H Utica 

Wolfson,  Victor  H Mt.  Clemens 


Oakes,  Ellery  A Manistee 

Ogilvie,  G.  D Manistee 

Quinn,  Henry  M Copemish 

Ramsdell,  Homer  A Manistee 

Whitley,  Alec  Bear  Lake 


Pauli,  Frank  O Marquette 

Picotte,  Wilfrid  S Ishpeming 

Robbins,  Nelson  J Negaunee 

Schutz,  W.  J Munising 

Stevenson,  Theodore  D Ishpeming 

Swinton,  A.  L Marquette 

Talso,  Jacob  Ishpeming 

Van  Riper,  Paul Champion 

Waldie,  George  M Ishpeming 

Westcott,  Royal Morgan  Heights 

Wickstrom,  George Munising 

Witters,  Josef  E Gwinn 


Paukstis,  Charles Ludington 


Bruggema,  Jacob  Evart 

Campbell,  James  B Big  Rapids 

Chess,  Leo  F Reed  City 

Franklin,  Benjamin  L Remus 

Grieve,  Glenn Big  Rapids 


DeWane,  F.  J Menominee 

Flanagan,  Clarence  B Menominee 

*Heidenreich,  John  R 

San  Antonio,  Texas 

Jones,  William  S Menominee 


Ballmer,  Robert  S Midland 

Gay,  Harold  Howard Midland 

Grewe,  N.  C Midland 

High,  C.  V.,  Jr Midland 

Howe,  Irvin  M Midland 


Mecosta-Osceola-Lake  Counties 

Hall,  Clifton Big  Rapids 

Kilmer,  Paul  B Reed  City 

Klein,  J.  Paul  Reed  City 

MacIntyre,  Donald Big  Rapids 

McGrath,  V.  J Reed  City 


Menominee  County 

Kaye,  J.  T Menominee 

Kerwell,  K.  C Stephenson 

Mason,  Stephen  C Menominee 

Montgomery,  Robert  ....  Hermansville 
Peterson,  A.  R Daggett 


Midland  County 

Linsenmann,  Karl  W Midland 

MacCallum,  Charles  Midland 

Meisel,  Edward  H Midland 

Pike,  Melvin  H Midland 

Rice,  Robert  E Midland 


Phillips,  R.  W Remus 

Treynor,  Thomas  P Big  Rapids 

Yeo,  Gordon  H Big  Rapids 


Sawbridge,  Edward  Stephenson 

Scully,  John  C Menominee 

Sethney,  Henry  T Menominee 

Towey,  J.  W Powers 

Schriack,  Ray  Midland 

Sherk,  J.  H Midland 

Sjolander,  Gust Midland 

Towsley,  W.  D Midland 

Von  Haitinger,  Kalmon  S Midland 


May,  1941 


377 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Acker,  William  F Monroe 

Ames,  Florence Monroe 

Balk,  A.  C Monroe 

Barker,  Vincent  L ....Monroe 

Blakey,  L.  C Monroe 

Bond,  W.  W Monroe 

Cooper,  E.  M Rockwood 

Denman,  D.  C Monroe 

Dusseau,  S.  V Erie 

Ewing,  R.  T Monroe 

Fieldhouse,  B.  J Ida 

Flanders,  J._  P Monroe 

Gelhaus,  William  J Monroe 


Anderson  A.  T Muskegon 

August,  R.  V. Muskegon  Heights 

Bartlett,  F.  H Muskegon 

Beers,  Charles  Holton 

Benedict,  A.  L Muskegon 

Bloom,  C.  J Muskegon 

Boyd,  D.  R Muskegon 

Bradshaw,  _ Park  S Muskegon 

Chapin,  William  S... Muskegon  Heights 

Clo'sz,  H.  F Muskegon 

Cohan,  Sol  G Muskegon 

Colignon,  C.  M Muskegon 

Collier,  C.  C Whitehall 

D’Alcorn,  Ernest  Muskegon 

Dasler,  A.  F Muskegon  Heights 

Derezinski,  Clement  F Muskegon 

Diskin,  Frank Muskegon 

Douglas,  Robert  Muskegon 

Durham,  C.  T Muskegon 

Dykhuisen,  Harold  D Muskegon 

Eckerman,  C.  T Muskegon 

Fillingham,  Enid  Muskegon 

Flejschman,  C.  B Muskegon 

Fleishman,  Norman Muskegon 

Foss,  Edward  O Muskegon 

Garber,  F.  W.,  Jr Muskegon 


Monroe  County 

Golinvaux,  C.  J Monroe 

♦Goodman,  Louis.  .San  Antonio,  Texas 

Heffernan,  John  F Carleton 

Humphrey,  J.  A Monroe 

Hunter,  M.  A Monroe 

Johnson,  A.  Esther Monroe 

Landon,  Herbert  W Monroe 

Long.  Edgar  C Monroe 

Long,  Sara  Monroe 

McDonald,  T.  A Monroe 

McGeoch,  R.  W Monroe 

McMillin,  J.  H Monroe 


Muskegon  County 

Garland,  J.  O Muskegon 

Gillard,  James  Muskegon 

Go'ltz,  Martha  H Montague 

Griffith,  Robert  M Muskegon 

Hagen,  Wm.  A Muskegon 

Hannum,  F.  W Muskegon 

Harrington,  A.  F Muskegon 

Harrington,  R.  J Muskegon 

Hartwell,  S.  W Muskegon 

Henevela,  John Muskegon 

Holly,  Leland  E Muskegon 

Holmes,  Roy  H Muskegon 

Jackson,  S.  A Muskegon 

Kane,  Thomas  J Muskegon 

Keilin,  Marie  Muskegon 

Kerr,  H.  J ..Muskegon 

Kniskem,  E.  L Muskegon 

LaCore,  O.  M Muskegon  Heights 

Lange,  E.  W Muskegon 

Lauretti,  Emil Muskegon 

Laurin,  V.  Samuel Muskegon 

LeFevre,  George  L Muskegon 

*LeFevre,  Louis  Sparta,  Wis, 

LeFevre,  William  M Muskegon 

Loomis,  John  L Muskegon 

Loughery,  H.  B Muskegon 


Morely,  Louise  Monroe 

Parmelee,  O.  E Lambertville 

Pinkus,  H.  K Monroe 

Reisig,  A.  H Monroe 

Sanger,  Emerson  J Monroe 

Siffer,  J.  J Monroe 

Smith,  William  A Petersburg 

Stolpestad,  C.  T Monroe 

Tomlinson,  Ledyard New  Port 

Wag;ar,  Spencer  Rockwood 

Williams,  Robert  J Monroe 

Williamson,  George  W Dundee 


Mandeville,  C.  B Muskegon 

Medema,  Paul  E Muskegon 

Meengs,  M.  B Muskegon  Heights 

Miller,  Philip  L Muskegon 

Morford,  F.  N Muskegon 

Morse,  Bertram  W Whitehall 

Mulligan,  A.  W Muskegon 

Oden,  Constantine  L Muskegon 

Olson,  R.  G Muskegon  Heights 


Petkus,  Antonie  ...Muskegon  Heights 

Pettis,  Emmett Muskegon 

Powers,  Lunette  Muskegon 

Price,  Leonard Muskegon 

Pyle,  H.  J Muskegon 

Risk,  R.  A Muskegon 

Risk,  Robert  D Muskegon 

Scholle,  N.  W Muskegon 

Spoor,  A.  A Muskegon 

Stone,  Maxwell  E Muskegon 

Swartout,  W.  C Muskegon 

Teifer,  Charles  A Muskegon 

Thieme,  S.  W Ravenna 

Thornton.  E.  S Muskegon 

Wilke,  C.  A Montague 

Wilson,  P.  S Muskegon 


Barnum,  W.  H Fremont 

Deur,  T.  R Grant 

Edwards,  Albert  Fremont 

Geerlings,  Lambert  Fremont 


Newaygo  County 


Geerlings,  Lewis  J Fremont 

Geerlings,  Willis  Fremont 

♦Gordon,  B.  F Fort  Custer 

Lettinga,  D Grant 


Moore,  H.  R Newaygo 

Saxen,  Raymond  White  Cloud 

Stryker,  O.  D Fremont 

Tompsett,  Arthur  C Hesperia 


North  Central  Counties 

(Otsego-Montmorency-Crawford-Oscoda-Roscommon-Ogemaw-Gladwin-Kalkaska  Counties) 


Beeby,  R.  J West  Branch 

Clippert,  C.  G Grayling 

Coulter,  Keith  Douglas Gladwin 

Crandell,  C.  H West  Branch 

Drescher,  George  A Lewiston 

Egle,  Joseph  L Gaylord 

Harris,  Levi  A Gaylord 

Hendricks,  Henning  V Kalkaska 


Inman,  John Kalkaska 

Jardine,  Hugh  M West  Branch 

Keyport,  C.  R Grayling 

Lanting,  Helen  E Gladwin 

Lanting,  Roelof  Gladwin 

LaPorte,  Lawrence  A Gladwin 

Martzowka,  M.  A Roscommon 

McDowell,  Douglas  B West  Branch 


McKillop,  G.  L Gaylord 

Palm,  John  Pruddenville 

Peckham,  Richard  C Gaylord 

Sargent,  Leland  E Kalkaska 

Skinner,  Edward  F Gaylord 

Stealy,  Stanley Grayling 

Thompson,  Sue  H West  Branch 


Northern  Michigan 


(Antrim-Charlevoix-Cheboygan-Emmet  Counties) 


Beuker,  Bernard  East  Jordan 

Blum,  Benjamin  B Petoskey 

Burns,  Dean  C Petoskey 

Chapman,  Wallace  M Charlevoix 

Chapmam  Willis  Earle Cheboygan 

Conkle,  Guy  C Boyne  City 

Conti,  Joseph Petoskey 

Conway,  William  S Petoskey 

Duffie,  Don  Hastings ....  Central  Lake 
Frank,  Gilbert  E Harbor  Springs 


Giffords,  Mark  Charlevoix 

Larson,  Walter  E Levering 

Lashmet,  Floyd  H Petoskey 

Lilga,  Harris  V Petoskey 

Litzenburger,  A.  F Boyne  City 

Maksim,  George Petoskey 

Mast,  W.  H Petoskey 

Mayne,  Frederick  C Cheboygan 

McCarroll,  James  C Cheboygan 

McGune,  William  Stanley ....  Petoskey 


Palmer,  Russell  St.  James 

Parks,  W.  H Petoskey 

Reed,  Wilbur  F Cheboygan 

Rodgers,  John  Bellaire 

Saltonstall,  Gilbert  B Charlevoix 

Stringham,  J.  R Cheboygan 

Van  Dellen,  Jerrian .Ellsworth 

Winter,  Joseph  A Mackinaw  City 


Abbott,  V.  C Pontiac 

Arnkoff,  Harry  Royal  Oak 

Aschenbrenner,_  Z.  R Farmington 

Baker,  Frederick  A Pontiac 

Baker,  Robert  H Pontiac 

Barker,  Howard,  B Pontiac 

Bauer,  Ernest  W Hazel  Park 

Beattie,  W.  G Ferndale 

Beck,  Otto  O Birmingham 

Benning,  C.  H Royal  Oak 

Berg,  Richard  H .Oxford 

Borland,  Alexander  Pontiac 

Boucher,  R.  E Royal  Oak 

Bradley,  Everett  L Pontiac 

Burke,  Chauncey  G Pontiac 

Burt,  F.  J Holly 

Butler,  Samuel  A Pontiac 


378 


Oakland  County 

Christie,  J.  W Pontiac 

Church,  J.  E Pontiac 

Clark,  Charles  D.  Royal  Oak 

Cobb,  Leon  F Pontiac 

Cooper,  Robert  J Pontiac 

Cottrell,  Martha  S Novi 

Couchman,  Boyd  Royal  Oak 

Crissman,  Harold  C Ferndale 

Cudney,  Ethan  B Pontiac 

Dahlgren,  Carl Keego  Harbor 

Darling,  C.  G.,  Jr Pontiac 

Dobski,  Edwin  J Pontiac 

Ekelund,  Clifford  T Pontiac 

Farnham,  Lucius  Aug;ustine ....  Pontiac 

*Faulconer,  Albert  Rochester 

Ferris,  Ralph  G. .._ Brimingham 

Fitzpatrick,  Francis  Pontiac 


Flick,  John  R Royal  Oak 

Foust,  Earl  W Hazel  Park 

Fox,  John  W Pontiac 

Furlong,  Harold  A Lansing 

Gaensbauer,  Ferdinand  Pontiac 

Gariepy,  Bernard  F Royal  Oak 

Gatley,  C.  R Pontjac 

Gatley,  L.  Warren Pontiac 

Gehinger,  Norman  F Pontiac 

Geib,  Ormond  D Rochester 

Gerls,  Frank  B Pontiac 

Gill,  Matthew  J Detroit 

Gordon,  J.  H Birmingham 

Grant,  William  A Milford 

Green,  William  M Pontiac 

Hackett,  Daniel  Joseph Pontiac 

Halsted,  Lee  H Farmington 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Hammer,  Carl  W Oxford 

Hammonds,  E.  E Birmingham 

Harris,  Landy  E Pontiac 

Harvey,  Campbell  Pontiac 

Hassberger,  J.  B Birmingham 

Hathaway,  Clarence  L. ...Lake  Orion 

Hathaway,  William  Rochester 

Henry,  Colonel  R Ferndale 

Hensley,  C.  B Lake  Orion 

Howlett,  E.  V Pontiac 

Hoyt,  D.  F Pontiac 

♦Hubert,  John  R Pontiac 

Huffman,  M.  R Milford 

Hume,  T.  W.  K Auburn  Heights 

Hurst,  Daniel  D Pleasant  Ridge 

Jones,  Morrell  M Pontiac 

Kemp,  Felix  J Pontiac 

Kemp,  W.  Lloyd Birmingham 

Kukuk,  M.  R Pontiac 

Lambie,  John  S Pontiac 

Lambert,  Alvin  Gerald Ferndale 

Larson,  B.  T Pontiac 

Lass,  E.  H Oxford 

Lawler,  C.  F Birmingham 

Lewis,  Sol  M Ferndale 

Little,  J.  W Pontiac 

Llewellyn,  M.  B Pontiac 

Lockwood,  C.  E Holly 

Macinnis,  Francis  Pontiac 

Mackenzie,  O.  R Walled  Lake 

Margrave,  Edmund  D Royal  Oak 

Markley,  John  Martin Pontiac 


Day,  Clinton Hart 

Flint,  Charles Hart 

Hay  ton,  A.  R Shelby 

Heard,  William Pentwater 


Bender,  Jesse  L Mass 

Evans,  Edwin  J Ontonagon 

Hogue,  H.  B Ewen 


Beemink,  E.  H Grand  Haven 

Bloemendaal,  D.  C Zeeland 

Bloemendal,  W.  B Grand  Haven 

Boone,  Cornelius  E Zeeland 

Bos,  G.  D Holland 

Clark,  N.  H Holland 

DeVries,  H.  C Holland 

De  Witt,  S.  L Grand  Haven 

DeYoung,  Fred Spring  Lake 

Hager,  Ralph  Hudsonville 

Harms,  H.  P Holland 


Ackerman,  Gerald  L Saginaw 

Anderson,  W.  K Saginaw 

Bagley,  U.  S Saginaw 

Bagshaw,  David  E Saginaw 

Berberovich,  T.  F Saginaw 

Bishop,  H.  M Saginaw 

Brender,  Fred  P Frankenmuth 

Brock,  W.  H Saginaw 

Busch,  Frank  J Saginaw 

Butler,  M.  G Saginaw 

Button,  A.  C Saginaw 

Cady,  F.  J Sag^inaw 

Calomeni,  Anthony  D Saginaw 

Cameron,  Allen  K Saginaw 

Campbell,  L.  A Saginaw 

Catizone,  R.  J Merrill 

Chisena,  Peter  R Saginaw 

Clark,  Wilbert  B Saginaw, 

Claytor,  Archer  A Saginaw 

Cortopassi,  Andre Saginaw 

Cortopassi,  V.  E. . . . Saginaw 

Cory,  C.  W Saginaw 

Curts,  James Saginaw 

Durman,  Donald  C Saginaw 

Ely,  C.  W Saginaw 

Ernst,  Arthur  Randolph Saginaw 

Eymer,  Esther Saginaw 

Fleschner,  Thomas  E Birch  Run 

Freeman,  Frederick  W Saginaw 

Gage,  David  P Saginaw 

Galsterer,  Edwin  C Saginaw 

Goman,  Louis  D Saginaw 

Grigg,  Arthur Saginaw 

Grigg,  Arthur  P Saginaw 

Hand,  Eugene  Saginaw 


Blanchard,  E.  W Deckerville 

Cochran,  Lewis  E Peck 

Gift,  W.  A Marlette 

Hart,  R.  K Crosweli 


May,  1941 


Mason,  Robert  J. . . . 

McConkie,  J.  P 

McEvoy,  Francis  J. .. 

McNeill,  H.  H 

Meinke,  Herman  A. . , 

Mercer,  Frank  A 

Miller,  Raymond  E. . 

Mitchell,  B.  M 

Monroe,  J.  D 

Mooney,  C.  A. 

Neafie,  Charles  A 

Needle,  Francis  

Newcomb,  Arnold  B.. 

Norup,  John  

Ohlmacher,  A.  P 

Olsen,  Richard  E. . . . 

Osgood,  S.  W 

Pauli,  Theodore  H. . . . 
Pelletier,  Charles  J. . . 

Pool,  H.  H 

Porritt,  Ross  J 

Ports,  Preston  W.  . . . 
Prevette,  Isaac  C. . . . 
Quamme,  Roy  K.  . . 
Raynale,  George  P. . . 

Reid,  Fred  T 

Riker,  Aaron  D 

Roehm,  Harold  R. . . . 
Rooks,  Wendell  H.... 

Rowley,  Laurie  G 

Russell,  Vincent  P. . . 
St.  John,  Harold  A. 


. . .Birmingham 
. . .Birmingham 

Royal  Oak 

Pontiac 

, . . . Hazel  Park 

Pontiac 

Clarkston 

Pontiac 

Pontiac 

Ferndale 

Pontiac 

Pontiac 

Berkley 

Berkley 

. . . .Royal  Oaic 

Pontiac 

Clawson 

Pontiac 

. . . . Hazel  Park 

Pontiac 

Pontiac 

. . . Farmington 

Pontiac 

Pontiac 

. . . Birmingham 

Clawson 

Pontiac 

. . .Birmingham 

Pontiac 

Drayton  Plains 
. . .Royal  Oak 
Pontiac 


Oceana  County 


Lemke,  Walter  M Shelby 

Munger,  L.  P Hart 

Nicholson,  John  H Hart 


Ontonagon  County 


McHugh,  Frank  W Ontonagon 

Rubinfeld,  S.  H Ontonagon 

Shale,  R.  J Ontonagon 

Ottawa  County 

Irvin,  Harry  C Holland 

Kemme,  Gerrit Zeeland 

Kools,  William  Clarence  ....  Holland 

Leenhouts,  Abraham Holland 

Long,  C.  E Grand  Haven 

Nichols,  Rudolph  H Holland 

Nykamp,  Russell Zeeland 

Presley,  William  J Grand  Haven 

Rypkema,  Willard  M Grand  Haven 

Stickley,  A.  E Coopersville 


Saginaw  County 


Harvie,  L.  C Saginaw 

Helmkamp,  Herbert  C Saginaw 

Hester,  E.  G Saginaw 

Hill,  Victor  L Saginaw 

Hohn,  Fred  J Saginaw 

*Imerman,  Harold  M 

San  Antonio,  Texas 

Jaenichen,  R Saginaw 

James,  J.  W Saginaw 

Jiroch,  R.  S Saginaw 

Jordan,  Leo  A Saginaw 

Keller,  S.  S Saginaw 

Kemp,  J.  M Saginaw 

Kempton,  R.  M Saginaw 

Kirchgeorg,  Clemens  G. . .Frankenmuth 

Kleekamp,  H.  G Saginaw 

Knott,  Harriet  A Saginaw 

Ling,  Ernest  M Hernlock 

Lohr,  O.  W Saginaw 

Ix)ngstreet,  Martha  L Saginaw 

Luger,  F.  E Saginaw 

Lurie,  Robert Saginaw 

MacKinnon,  Edwin  D Saginaw 

MacMeekin,  James  Ware Saginaw 

Markey,  Jos.  P Saginaw 

Martzowka,  William  P Saginaw 

Maurer,  John  A Saginaw 

Maurer,  J.  G Saginaw 

Mayne,  Harold Saginaw 

McClinton,  N.  F Saginaw 

McGregor,  R Saginaw 

McKinney,  Alex.  R Saginaw 

McLandress,  Joshua  A Saginaw 

Meyer,  Henry  J Saginaw 

Moon,  A.  R. Saginaw 


Sanilac  County 


Koch,  D Brown  City 

Learmont,  H.  H Crosweli 

McGunegle,  K.  T Sandusky 

Norgaard,  Hal  V Marlette 


Schneider,  Alexander  Pontiac 

Schoenfeld,  John  B Birmingham 

Schuneman,  Howard  Ferndale 

Seaborn,  A,  J Royal  Oak 

SheflSeld,  L.  C Pontiac 

Sherman,  George  A Lansing 

Sibley,  H.  A Pontiac 

Simpson,  E.  K Pontiac 

Smith,  Carleton  A Pontiac 

Smith,  Donald  S Pontiac 

Spears,  M.  L Pontiac 

Spencer,  Lloyd  H Royal  Oak 

Spoehr,  Eugene  L Ferndale 

Spohn,  Earl  W Royal  Oak 

Stahl,  Harold  F Oxford 

Stanley,  William  F Ferndale 

Starker,  Clarence  T Pontiac 

Steinberg,  Norman Royal  Oak 

Stolpman,  A.  K Birmingham 

Sutton,  Palmer  E Royal  Oak 

Terry,  Stuart  Pontiac 

Tuck,  Raymond  G Pontiac 

Uloth,  Milton  J Ortonville 

Vatz,  Jack  A Pontiac 

Wagley,  P.  V Pontiac 

Wagner,  Ruth  E Royal  Oak 

Watson,  Thomas  Y Birmingham 

Weinberger,  Herbert Pontiac 

Wentz,  A.  E Birmingham 

Williams,  H.  W Pontiac 

Yoh,  Harry  B Pontiac 

Young,  Arthur  R Pontiac 


Reetz,  Fred  A Shelby 

Robinson,  W.  Gordon Hart 

Wood,  Merle  G Hart 


Strong,  W.  F Ontonagon 

Whiteshield,  C.  F Trout  Creek 


Tempas,  Henry  W Coopersville 

Ten  Have,  Ralph Grand  Haven 

Timmerman,  E.  C Coopersville 

Van  Appledom,  Chester  J Holland 

Ver  Duin,  J Grand  Haven 

Van  Der  Berg,  E Holland 

Van  der  Velde,  O Holland 

Wells,  Kenneth Spring  Lake 

Westrate,  William Holland 

Wiersma,  Silas  C Hudsonville 

Winter,  John  K Holland 

Winter,  William  G Holland 


Morris,  Keith  M Saginaw 

Murphy,  Albert  P Saginaw 

Murray,  Charles  R Saginaw 

Novy,  F.  O Saginaw 

O’Reilly,  William  J Saginaw 

Ostrander,  Frank  W Freeland 

Phillips,  Homer  A Saginaw 

Pietz,  Frederick Saginaw 

Pillsbury,  Edward  A Frankenmuth 

Poole,  Frank  A Saginaw 

Potvin,  Clifford  D Saginaw 

Richards,  Ned  R Saginaw 

Richter,  Harry  J Saginaw 

Ryan,  M.  D Saginaw 

Ryan,  R.  S Saginaw 

Sample,  J.  T Saginaw 

Sargent,  D.  V Saginaw 

Schaiberger,  Elmer Saginaw 

Sheldon,  S.  A Saginaw 

Skowronski,  Casimer  A Saginaw 

Slack,  W.  K Saginaw 

Stander,  A.  C Saginaw 

Stewart,  George  Saginaw 

Stiller,  A.  F Saginaw 

Stolz,  Harold  F Saginaw 

Thomas,  Dale Saginaw 

Thompson,  A.  B Saginaw 

Tiedke,  G.  E Saginaw 

Toshach,  C.  E Saginaw 

♦Wallace,  Herbert  C 

Alexandria,  Louisiana 

Wheeler,  Dorothy Saginaw 

Wilson,  H.  Roy Saginaw 

Yntema,  S Saginaw 


Robertson,  Colin  G Sandusky 

Seager,  M.  Cole  Brown  City 

Tweedie,  G.  Evans  Sandusky 

Tweedie,  S.  Martin  Sandusky 

Webster,  John  C Marlette 


379 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


1 


Alexander,  Reuben  G Laingsburg 

Arnold,  Alfred  L.,  Jr Owosso 

Arnold,  A.  L.,  Sr Owosso 

Backe,  John  C Corunna 

fBates,  L.  F Durand 

*Brandel,  J.  D 

Fort  Sam  Houston,  Texas 

Brown,  Richard  J Owosso 

Camper,  T.  E Corunna 

Carney,  Edward  J Durand 


Armsbury,  A.  B Marine  City 

Atkinson,  J.  M Port  Huron 

Attridge,  J.  A Port  Huron 

Banting,  K.  C Port  Huron 

Battley,  J.  C.  Sinclair ...  .Port  Huron 

Beck,  Frank  K Port  Huron 

Biggar,  R.  J Port  Huron 

Borden,  C.  L Yale 

Boughner,  W.  H Algonac 

Bovee,  M.  E Port  Huron 

Brush,  Howard  O Port  Huron 

Burke,  Ralph  M Port  Huron 

Burley,  Jacob  H Port  Huron 

Callery,  A.  L Port  Huron 

Campbell,  R.  H St.  Clair 

Carey,  Lewis  M Detroit 

Carney,  F.  V St.  Clair 

Clyne,  B.  C Yale 


Berg,  Lawrence  A Centerville 

Brunson,  A.  E Colon 

Buell,  Martin  Sturgis 

Dodrill,  F.  D Three  Rivers 

Fiegel,  S.  A Sturgis 

Fortner,  F.  J Three  Rivers 

Hoekman,  Aben Constantine 


Barbour,  Harry  A Mayville 

Bates,  George Kingston 

Berman,  Harry  Millington 

Cook,  Raymond Akron 

Dickerson,  Willard  W Caro 

Dixon,  Robert  L Caro 

Donahue,  H.  Theron Cass  City 

*Fisher,  Robert  E.  San  Antonio,  Texas 
Flett,  Richard  O Millington 


Boothby,  Carl  F Lawrence 

Boothby,  F.  M Lawrence 

Bope,  William  P Decatur 

French,  Merle  R Paw  Paw 

Gano,  Avison Bangor 

Giddings,  Ralph  R Bloomingdale 

Hall,  E.  J Hartford 

Hasty,  W.  A Gobles 

Hoyt,  W.  F Paw  Paw 


Agate,  George  H Ann  Arboi 

Alexander,  John  Ann  Arbor 

Badgley,  C.  E Ann  Arbor 

Barker,  Paul Ann  Arbor 

Barnwell,  John  B Ann  Arbor 

Barr,  A.  S Ann  Arbor 

Barss,  Harold  D Ypsilanti 

Bassow,  Paul  H Ann  Arbor 

Baugh,  R.  H Milan 

Beebe,  Hugh  M Ann  Arbor 

Bell,  Margaret Ann  Arbor 

Belser,  Walter  Ann  Arbor 

Bethel,  Frank  Hartstuff  . . . .Ann  Arbor 

*Blair,  Thomas  H Fort  Custer 

Brace,  William  M Ann  Arbor 

Breakey,  J.  F Ann  Arbor 

Breakey,  James  R Ypsilanti 

Britton,  H.  B Ypsilanti 

Brown,  Phillip  Ypsilanti 

Bruce,  James  D Ann  Arbor 

Bulmer,  Dan  J Ann  Arbor 

Buscaglia.  C.  J Ypsilanti 

Camp,  Carl  Dudley Ann  Arbor 

Campbell,  Darrell  A Ann  Arbor 

Catron,  Lloyd  F Akron,  Ohio 

Clements,  Glenn  T Ann  Arbor 

Coiler,  Frederick  A Ann  Arbor 

Conn,  Jerome  W Ann  Arbor 

Cooper,  Ralph  Ruehl  Ann  Arbor 

Coxon,  Alfred  W Ann  Arbor 

Cummings,  H.  H Ann  Arbor 

Curtis,  Arthur  C Ann  Arbor 


tDeceased  April  5,  1941 


Shiawassee  County 


Cramer,  George  L.  G Owosso 

Crane,  C.  A Corunna 

Fillinger,  W.  B Ovid 

Greene,  I.  W Owosso 

Hume,  Arthur  M Owosso 

Hume,  Harold  A Owosso 

Janci,  Julius Owosso 

Kaufman,  H.  J Owosso 

Linden,  V.  E Durand 

McKnight,  E.  R Owosso 

St.  Clair  County 

Cooper,  T.  H Port  Huron 

DeGurse,  T.  E Marine  City^ 

Derek,  W.  P Marysville' 

Falk,  Edwin  Carl Algonac 

Fraser,  Robert  C Port  Huron 

Heavenrich,  Theodore  F. ..Port  Huron 

Holcomb,  R.  J Marine  City 

Kesl,  George  Matthew. ...  Port  Huron 

Le  Galley,  K.  B Port  Huron 

Dicker,  R.  R Port  Huron 

Ludwig,  F.  E Port  Huron 

McCue,  Christopher Goodells 

MaePherson,  C.  A St.  Clair 

Martin,  C.  S Port  Huron 

McColl,  D.  J Port  Huron 

McColl,  Neil  J Port  Huron 

Meredith,  E.  W Port  Huron 

Patterson,  D.  Webster ....  Port  Huron 

St.  Joseph  County 

Holm,  Arvid  G Three  Rivers 

Kane,  David  M Sturgis 

Miller,  C.  G Sturgis 

Parrish,  Marion  F Sturgis 

Pennington,  H.  C White  Pigeon 

Raisch,  Fred  J White  Pigeon 

Reed,  Fred  R Three  Rivers 

Tuscola  County 

Fox,  Denton  B Caro 

Gugino,  Frank  James Reese 

Hoffman,  T.  E Vassar 

Howlett,  R.  R Caro 

Johnson,  O.  G Mayville 

Kaven,  G.  H Unionville 

MacRae,  L.  D Gagetown 

Merrill,  Elmer  H Caro 

Morris,  Frank  L Cass  City 

Van  Buren  County 

Iseman,  Joseph  W Paw  Paw 

Itzen,  J.  F South  Haven 

Kingma,  J.  G Decatur 

Laird,  Emma Paw  Paw 

Lowe,  Edwin  G Bangor 

Maxwell,  J.  Charles Paw  Paw 

McNabb,  A.  A Lawrence 

Murphy,  Norman  D Bangor 

Penoyar,  C.  L South  Haven 

Washtenaw  County 

Davis,  Fenimore  E Ann  Arbor 

DeAlvarez-Skinner,  Russell  R. . . . 


De  Jong,  Russell Ann  Arbor 

DeRyke,  Gilbert  R Ann  Arbor 

De  Tar,  John  S Milan 

Dingman,  Reed  O Ann  Arbor 

Donaldson,  S.  W Ann  Arbor 

*Dowman,  Charles  E. ..  .Anniston,  Ala. 

Dtinstone,  H.  C Ypsilanti 

Emerson,  Herbert  W Ann  Arbor 

Everett,  Meldon Ann  Arbor 

Failing,  Joseph  H Ann  Arbor 

Farrior,  J.  Brown  Ann  Arbor 

Farris,  Jack  Ann  Arbor 

Field,  Henry,  Jr. ...  Ann  Arbor 

Folsome,  Clair  Edwin  

Tenafly,  New  Jersey 

Forsythe,  Warren  E Ann  Arbor 

Fralick,  F.  Bruce Ann  Arbor 

Freyberg,  Richard  H Ann  Arbor 

Frye,  Carl  H Ann  Arbor 

Furstenberg,  Albert  C Ann  Arbor 

Ganzhorn,  Edwin Ann  Arbor 

Gardiner,  Sprague Baltimore,  Md. 

Gates,  John  L Ann  Arbor 

Gates,  Neil  A Ann  Arbor 

Gehring;  Harold  W Ann  Arbor 

German,’  Jas.  W Ypsilanti 

Gordon,  William  G Ann  Arbor 

Green,  Mervin  E Ann  Arbor 

Guide,  Andros Chelsea 

Hagerman,  George  W Ann  Arbor 

Haight,  Cameron  Ann  Arbor 

Hammond,  W.  W Plymouth 


Parker,  W.  T Owosso 

Pochert,  R.  C Owosso 

Richards,  C.  J Durand 

Shepherd,  W.  F Owosso 

Slagh,  E.  M Elsie 

Soule,  Glenn  T Henderson 

Watts,  Fred  A Owosso 

Weinkauf,  W.  F Corunna 

Wilcox,  Anna  L Owosso 

Wilcox,  C.  M Owosso 


Pollock,  Donald  A Yale 

Reynolds,  Annie  E Port  Huron 

Ryerson,  W.  W Port  Huron 

Searles,  Karl  F Capac 

Schaefer,  W.  A, Port  Huron 

Sites,  E.  C Port  Huron 

Smith,  George  Reginald . . Port  Huron 

Thomas,  C.  F Port  Huron 

Treadgold,  Douglas Port  Huron 

Vroman,  M.  E Port  Huron 

Waltz,  J.  F Capac 

Ware,  John  R. Port  Huron 

Wass,  Henry  C. St.  Clair 

Waters,  George Port  Huron 

Wellman,  Joseph  E Port  Huron 

Wight,  William  G Yale 

Witter,  Gordon  L Port  Huron 

Zemmer.  A.  L Port  Huron 


Rice,  John  W Sturgis 

Sheldon,  J.  P Sturgis 

Slote,  L.  K Constantine 

Springer,  R.  A Centerville 

Sweetland,  G.  J Constantine 

Zimont,  R.  D Constantine 


Petrie,  William Caro 

Rundell,  Annie  Stevens Vassar 

Ruskin,  D.  B Caro 

Savage,  Lloyd  L Caro 

Spohn,  U.  G Fairgrove 

Starmann,  Bernard Cass  City 

Swanson,  E.  C Vassar 

*Vail,  Harry  F 

Alexandria,  Louisiana 

Von  Renner,  Otto Vassar 


Sayre,  Phillip  P South  Haven 

Spalding,  R.  W Gobles 

Steele,  Arthur  H Paw  Paw 

TenHouten,  Charles Paw  Paw 

*Terwilliger,  Edwin 

San  Antonio,  Texas 

Williams,  F.  N Hartford 

Young,  William  R Lawton 


Hannum,  M.  R Milan 

Harris,  Bradley  M Ypsilanti 

Haynes,  Harley  A Ann  Arbor 

Helper,  Morton Ann  Arbor 

Healey,  Claire  E Ann  Arbor 

Henry,  L.  Dell Ann  Arbor 

Himler,  Leonard  E ...Ann  Arbor 

Hodges,  Fred  J Ann  Arbor 

Howard,  S.  C Ann  Arbor 

Howes,  Homer  A Ann  Arbor 

Jackson,  Howard  C Ann  Arbor 

Jimenez,  Buenaventura Ann  Arbor 

Johnson,  Lester  J Ann  Arbor 

Johnson,  Vincent  C Ann  Arbor 

Johnston,  Franklin  D Ann  Arbor 

Jordan,  Paul  H Ann  Arbor 

Kahn,  Edgar  A Ann  Arbor 

Keller,  Arthur  P Ann  Arbor 

Kemper,  J.  W Ann  Arbor 

Kleinschmidt,  Earl  E Chicago,  111. 

Kleinschmidt,  Gladys Chicago,  111. 

Klingman,  Theophil Ann  Arbor 

Knoll,  Leo Ann  Arbor 

Kretzschmar,  Norman  R.  Ann  Arbor 

La  Fever,  Sidney  L Ann  Arbor 

Lamberson,  Frank  A Detroit 

Lampe,  Isadore  Ann  Arbor 

Law,  John  L Ann  Arbor 

Lichty,  Dorman  E Ann  Arbor 

List,  Carl  F Ann  Arbor 

Lowell,  Vivion  E Ypsilanti 

Lynn,  Harold  P Ypsilanti 

Maddock,  Walter  G Ann  Arbor 


380 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Malcolm,  Karl  D Ann  Arbor 

Marshall,  Mark Ann  Arbor 

Martin,  Donald  W Ypsilanti 

Maxwell,  James  H Ann  Arbor 

McCotter,  Rollo  E Ann  Arbor 

McEachem,  Thomas  H Ann  Arbor 

McKhann,  Chas  F Ann  Arbor 

Metzger,  Ida Ypsilanti 

Miller,  Harold  Saline 

Miller,  Norman  F Ann  Arbor 

Moore,  Donald  F Ypsilanti 

i Muehlig,  Geo.  F Ann  Arbor 

Myers,  Dean  W Ann  Arbor 

Nesbit,  Reed  M Ann  Arbor 

Newburgh,  L.  H Ann  Arbor 

Oliphant,  L.  W Ann  Arbor 

Palmer,  Alger  A Chelsea 

Patterson,  Ralph  M Ann  Arbor 

Peet,  Max Ann  Arbor 

Peterson,  Reuben  Duxbury,  Mass. 

Pillsbury,  Charles  B Ypsilanti 

Pollard,  H.  M Ann  Arbor 

*Power,  Frank  H Ft.  Jackson,  S.  C. 

Price,  Helen  F Ann  Arbor 

! 

I Aaron,  Charles  D Detroit 

Abrams,  Harry  M Detroit 

Abramson,  Max  Detroit 

j Adams,  James  Robert Dearborn 

, Adelson,  Sidney  L Detroit 

i Adler,  Leopold Detroit 

I Adler,  Sidney Detroit 

Agins,  Jacob Detroit 

Agnelly,  Edward  J Detroit 

Agnew,  George  H Detroit 

Albrecht,  Herman  F Detroit 

Aldrich,  Napier  S Detroit 

Alford,  E.  S Belleville 

Allen,  Norman  M Detroit 

Alles,  Russell  W Detroit 

Allison,  Frank  B Detroit 

Allison,  Herbert  C Detroit 

Altman,  Raphael Detroit 

Altshuler,  Ira  M Detroit 

Altshuler,  Samuel  S Detroit 

Amberg,  Emil Detroit 

Ames,  C.  C Detroit 

Amolsch.  Arthur  L Detroit 

Amos,  Thomas  G Detroit 

Anderson,  Bruce Detroit 

Anderson,  Gordon  H Detroit 

Anderson,  J.  O Detroit 

Anderson,  Walter  L Detroit 

Anderson,  Walter  T Detroit 

Andries,  Joseph  H Detroit 

Andries,  Raymond  C Detroit 

Ankley,  J.  W Detroit 

Anslow,  Robert  E Detroit 

Appel,  Phillip  R Detroit 

*Appelman,  H.  B Fort  Custer 

Arehart,  Burke  W Detroit 

Armstrong,  Arthur  G Detroit 

Armstrong,  Oscar  S Detroit 

Arnold,  Effie Detroit 

Aronstam,  Noah  E Detroit 

Ascher,  Meyer  S Detroit 

Ashe,  Stilson  R Detroit 

Ashley,  L.  Byron Detroit 

Ashton,  F.  B Highland  Park 

Asselin,  J.  L Detroit 

Asselin,  Regis  F Detroit 

Atchison,  Russell  M Northville 

Athay,  Roland  M Detroit 

Atler,  Lawrence  R Detroit 

August,  Harry  E Detroit 

Babcock,  Kenneth  B Detroit 

Babcock,  Myra  E Detroit 

Babcock,  W.  L. Detroit 

Babcock,  W.  W Detroit 

Bach,  Walter  F Detroit 

Bachman,  Morris  E Detroit 

Bacon,  Vinton  A Detroit 

Baeff,  Michael  A Detroit 

Baer,  Raymond  B Detroit 

Bagley,  Harry  E Dearborn 

Bailey,  Carl  C Detroit 

Bailey,  Don_  A Detroit 

Bailey,  Louis  J Detroit 

Baker,  Qarence Detroit 

Bakst,  Joseph Detroit 

Balcersla,  Matthew  A Detroit 

Ballard,  Charles  S Detroit 

Balser,  Charles  W Detroit 

Baltz,  James  I Detroit 

Barker,  F.  Marion Grosse  Point 

Barnett,  Saul  E. Detroit 

Barrett,  Wyman  D Detroit 

Bartemier,  Leo  H Detroit 

Barton,  J.  R Detroit 

Bauer,  A.  Robert Detroit 

Bauer,  Benedict  J Detroit 


May,  1941 


Prout,  Gordon  J Saline 

*Rague,  Paul  O Fort  Custer 

Ransom,  Henry Ann  Arbor 

Raphael,  Theophile Ann  Arbor 

Ratliff,  Rigdon  K Ann  Arbor 

Reynolds,  Stephen  Ann  Arbor 

Riecker,  Herman  H Ann  Arbor 

Riggs,  Harold  W Ann  Arbor 

Robb,  David  N Ypsilanti 

Ross,  C.  Howard Ann  Arbor 

Sacks,  Wilma Ann  Arbor 

Sames,  Albert  A Ann  Arbor 

Schumacker,  W.  E Ann  Arbor 

Seime,  Reuben  I Whitmore  Lake 

Sheldon,  John  M Ann  Arbor 

Sibbald,  Malcolm  L Chelsea 

Sink,  Emory  W Ann  Arbor 

Slasor,  Wm.  J Ann  Arbor 

Smalley,  Marianna Ann  Arbor 

Smith,  Kenneth  M Ann  Arbor 

Smyth,  Charley  J Ann  Arbor 

Snow,  Glenadine Ypsilanti 

Solis,  Jeanne  C Ann  Arbor 

Soller,  M.  E Ypsilanti 

Wayne  County 

Bauer,  Lester  Eugene Detroit 

Baumer,  Moe Detroit 

Baumgarten,  Elden  C Detroit 

Beach,  Watson Detroit 

Beam,  A.  Duane Detroit 

Beaton,  Colin Detroit 

Beattie,  Robert Detroit 

Beatty,  S.  M Detroit 

Beaver,  Donald  C Detroit 

Beck,  Eva  F Eloise 

Becker,  Abraham Detroit 

Becker,  Joseph  William Detroit 

Becklein,  C.  L Detroit 

Beckwitt,  M.  C Eloise 

Bedell,  A Detroit 

Beer,  Jos ...Detroit 

Beeuwkes,  L.  E Dearborn 

Begle,  Howell  L Detroit 

Behn,  Claud  W Detroit 

Beigler,  Sydney  K Detroit 

Beitman,  Max  R Detroit 

Belanger,  Ernest  E River  Rouge 

Belanger,  Henry  Detroit 

Belknap,  Warren  F Detroit 

Bell,  J.  Kenner Detroit 

Bell,  William  M Detroit 

Bennett,  Germany  E Detroit 

Bennett,  Harry  B Detroit 

Bennett,  Zina  B Detroit 

Benson,  C.  D Detroit 

Benson,  Davis  A Detroit 

Bentley,  Neil  I Detroit 

Beresh,  Louis Detroit 

Berge,  Clarence  A Detroit 

Berke,  Sydney  S Detroit 

Berkowitz,  William  E Detroit 

Berman,  Harry  S Detroit 

Berman,  Lawrence  Detroit 

Berman,  Robert Detroit 

Berman,  Sidney .'Detroit 

Berman,  Sidney  ..Detroit 

Bernard,  Walter  G Detroit 

Bernbaum,  Bernard Detroit 

Bernstein,  Albert  E Detroit 

Bernstein,  Samuel  S Detroit 

Berry,  Joseph  E Detroit 

Besancon,  J.  H Detroit 

Best,  T.  H.  Edward Detroit 

Bicknell,  Frank  B Detroit 

Biddle,  Andrew  P Detroit 

Birch,  John  R Detroit 

Birkelo,  Carl  C Detroit 

Bittker,  I.  Irving Detroit 

Black,  Perry  S Detroit 

Blaess,  Marvin  J Detroit 

Blain,  Alex  W.,  Jr Detroit 

Blain,  Jas.  H.,  Jr Detroit 

Blair,  K.  E Detroit 

Blanchard,  Fred  N Detroit 

Blashill,  James  B Detroit 

Bleier,  Alfred  Detroit 

Bleier,  Joseph. Detroit 

Bloch,  Abraham Detroit 

Blodgett,  William  E Detroit 

Blodgett,  Wm.  H Detroit 

Bloom,  Arthur  R Detroit 

Bloomer,  Earl  Dearborn 

Blumenthal,  Franz  I Detroit 

Boccaccio,  John Detroit 

Boccia,  James  J Detroit 

Boddie,  Arthur  W Detroit 

Boehm,  John  D Detroit 

Boell,  Arthur  F Detroit 

Bogusz,  Ladislaus  Detroit 

Bohn,  Stephen Detroit 

Boileau,  Thornton  I Detroit 


Steiner,  L.  G 

Sundwall,  John 

Teed,  Reed  Wallace 

Thieme,  E.  Thurston 

Towsley,  Harry  A 

Vander  Slice,  David 

Van  Zwaluwenburg,  Benj. 

Waggoner,  R.  W 

Waldron,  Alexander  M..  . . 

Wallace,  J.  B 

Wanstrom,  Ruth  C. ..^... 
Washburne,  Charles  L. ... 

Weller,  Carl  V 

Wessinger,  J.  A 

Wile,  Udo  J 

Williamson,  F.  B 

Wilson,  Frank  N 

Wisdom,  Inez 

Woods,  J.  J 

Work,  Walter  P 

Worth,  Melissa  H 

Wright,  Walter  J 

Wylie,  William  C. 

Yoder,  O.  R 


.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arlxir 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 

Saline 

.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
. . .Ypsilanti 
.Ann  Arbor 
. Ann  Arbor 
. . .Ypsilanti 
.Ann  Arbor 
. . .Ypsilanti 
. . .Ypsilanti 

Dexter 

. . .Ypsilanti 


Boland,  J.  Rolland Detroit 

Boles,  A.  E Detroit 

Bovill,  Edwin  G - Detroit 

Bowers,  Leo  J Detroit 

Bowman,  Frank  E Detroit 

Boyd,  John  H Detroit 

Bracken,  Andrew  H Dearborn 

Bradshaw,  William  H Detroit 

Braitman,  Louis  Detroit 

Braley,  Alson  E ....Detroit 

Braley,  William  N Detroit 

*Brancheau,  L.  T. 

Camp  Beauregard,  La. 

Brand,  Benjamin Detroit 

Brando,  Russell  G Detroit 

Brandt,  Edward  L Detroit 

Braun,  Lionel Detroit 

Breitenbecher,  Edward  R Detroit 

Brengle,  Deane  R Detroit 

Breon,  Guy  L Detroit 

Briegel,  Walter  A Detroit 

Brines,  O.  A Detroit 

Bringard,  Elmer  L Detroit 

Brisbois,  Harold  J Plymouth 

Brodersen,  Harvey  S River  Rouge 

Bromme,  William Detroit 

Brooks,  A.  L Detroit 

Brooks,  Clark  D Detroit 

Brooks,  Charles  W Detroit 

Brosius,  William  L Detroit 

Brough,  Glen  A Detroit 

Brown,  A.  O Detroit 

Brown,  Carlton  F Detroit 

Brown,  Harvey  F Detroit 

Brown,  Henry  S Detroit 

Brown,  John  R Detroit 

Brown,  Stanley  H Detroit 

Brown,  Thomas  A Detroit 

Brownell,  Paul  G Detroit 

Brunk,  Andrew  S Detroit 

Brunk,  C.  F Detroit 

Brunke,  Bruno  B Detroit 

Bryce,  John  D Detroit 

Buchanan,  W.  Paul Detroit 

Buchner,  Harold  W Detroit 

Budson,  Daniel  Detroit 

Buell,  Charles  E.,  Jr Detroit 

Buesser,  Frederick  G Detroit 

Buffer,  H.  L Detroit 

Bullock,  Earl  S Detroit 

Burgess,  Charles  M Detroit 

Burgess,  Jay  M Detroit 

Burns,  Robert  T Detroit 

Burnstine,  Julius  Y Detroit 

Burnstine,  Perry  P Detroit 

Burr,  George  C Detroit 

Burr,  H.  Leonard  Detroit 

Burton,  D.  T Detroit 

*Bush,  Glendon  J Rantoul,  Iff. 

Bush,  Lowell  M Detroit 

Buss,  John  A Detroit 

Butler,  Harry  J Detroit 

Butler,  L.  H Detroit 

Butler,  'Volney  N Detroit 

Butterworth,  Herman  K. ..Lincoln  Park 

Buttram,  Edward  J Detroit 

Byers,  Dudley  W Detroit 

Byington,  Gamer  M Detroit 

Cadieux,  Henry  W Detroit 

Caldwell,  J.  Ewart Detroit 

Calkins,  H.  N Detroit 

Callaghan,  T.  T Detroit 

Campau,  George  H Detroit 

Campbell,  Don  M Detroit 

Campbell,  Duncan Detroit 

Campbell,  Duncan  A Detroit 


381 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Campbell,  John  A Detroit 

Campbell,  Malcolm  D Detroit 

Campbell,  Mary  B Detroit 

Candler,  Clarence  L Detroit 

Canter,  Allie  E Detroit 

Canter,  Gayle  E Detroit 

Caplan,  Leslie Detroit 

Caraway,  James  E Wayne 

Carey,  Benjamin  W Detroit 

Carey,  Cornelius Detroit 

Carleton,  L.  H Detroit 

Carmichael,  E.  K Detroit 

Carnes,  Harry Detroit 

Carp,  Joseph Detroit 

Carpenter,  C.  H Detroit 

Carpenter,  C.  J Detroit 

Carr,  J.  G Detroit 

Carroll,  Lona  B Detroit 

Carson,  Herman  J Detroit 

Carstens,  Henry  R Detroit 

Carter,  John  M Detroit 

Carter  L.  F Detroit 

Cassidy,  William  J Detroit 

Castrop,  C.  W Dearborn 

Cathcart,  Edward Detroit 

Catherwood,  Albert  E Detroit 

Caughey,  Edgar  H Detroit 

*Cavell,  Roscoe  Eloise 

Cetlinski,  C.  A Hamtramck 

Chalat,  Jacob  H Detroit 

Chall,  Henry  G Detroit 

Chance,  J.  H Detroit 

Chapman,  Aaron  L Detroit 

Chapman,  Everett  L Detroit 

Chapnick,  H.  A Detroit 

Chase,  Clyde  H. . Detroit 

Chatel,  Arthur  N Detroit 

Chene,  George  C Detroit 

Chenik,  Ferdinand  Detroit 

Chester,  W.  B Detroit 

Chesluk,  H.  M Detroit 

Chipman,  W.  A Detroit 

Chittenden,  George  E Detroit 

Chittick,  William  R. ..San  Diego,  Calif. 

Chostner,  G.  C Detroit 

Christensen,  C.  A Dearborn 

Christopoulos,  D.  G Detroit 

Chrouch,  Laurence  A Detroit 

Ciprian,  Joseph  E Detroit 

Clark,  Benjamin  W Detroit 

Clark,  C.  M Detroit 

Clark,  Donald  V Detroit 

Clark,  George  E Detroit 

Clark,  Harold  E Detroit 

Clark,  Harry  G Detroit 

Clark,  Harry  L Detroit 

Clark,  Raymond  L Detroit 

Clarke,  Emilie  Arnold Detroit 

Clarke,  George  L Detroit 

*Clarke,  Niles  A. 

Camp  Beauregard,  La. 

Clarke,  Norman  E Detroit 

Cleage,  Louis  J Detroit 

Clifford,  Charles  H Detroit 

Clifford,  John  E Detroit 

Clippert,  J.  C Grosse  He 

Coan,  Glenn  L Wyandotte 

Coates,  Carl  Amos Dearborn 

Cobane,  John  H Detroit 

Cochrane,  Edgar  G Detroit 

Cohn,  Daniel  E Detroit 

Cohoe,  Don  A Detroit 

Cole,  Fred  H Detroit 

Cole,  James  E Detroit 

Cole,  Wyman  C.  C Detroit 

Coleman,  Margarete  W Detroit 

Coleman,  Wm.  G Detroit 

Coll,  Howard  R Detroit 

Collins,  Edmund  F Detroit 

Colyer,  Raymond  G Detrojt 

Connelly,  Basil  L Detroit 

Connelly,  Richard  C Detroit 

Connolly,  Frank Detroit 

Connolly,  John  P Detroit 

Connor,  Guy  L Detroit 

Connors,  J.  J Detroit 

Conrad,  E.  R Detroit 

Cooksey,  Warren  B Detroit 

Cooley,  Thomas  B Detroit 

Coolidge,  Maria  Belle ..  Grosse  Pt.  Park 

Cooper,  E.  L Detroit 

Cooper,  James  B Detroit 

Corbeille,  Catherine Detroit 

Corbett,  John  J Detroit 

Coseglia,  Robert  P Detroit 

Costello,  Russell  T Detroit 

Cothran,  Robert  M Detroit 

Cotruro,  L.  D Detroit 

Cotton,  S.  O Detroit 

Coucke,  Henry  O Detroit 

Coulter,  William  J Detroit 

Cowan,  Wilfred Detroit 

Cowen,  Leon  B Detroit 


Cowen,  Robert  L Detroit 

Coyne,  Douglas  Ruthven Detroit 

Craig,  Henry  R Eloise 

Crawford,  Albert  S Detroit 

Cree,  Walter  J Detroit 

Crews,  Thomas  H Detroit 

Croll,  L.  J Detroit 

Cross,  Harold  E Detroit 

Crossen,  Henry  F Detroit 

Croushore,  J.  E * Detroit 

Cruikshank,  Alexander Detroit 

Curry,  F.  S Detroit 

Curtis,  Frank  E Detroit 

Cushing,  Russell  G Detroit 

Cushman,  H.  P Detroit 

*Dana,  Harold  M Fort  Custer 

Danforth,  J.  C Detroit 

Danforth,  Mortimer  E Detroit 

♦Daniels,  L.  E Fort  Custer 

Darling,  Milton  A Detroit 

Darpin,  Peter  H Detroit 

Davidow,  David  M Detroit 

Davidson,  Harry  O Detroit 

Davies,  Thomas  S Detroit 

Davies,  Windsor  S Detroit 

Davis,  Egbert  F Detroit 

Davis,  James  E Detroit 

♦Davis,  Lindon  Lee Fort  Custer 

Dawson,  F.  E Detroit 

Dawson,  W.  _A Detroit 

Defever,  Cyril  R Detroit 

Defnet,  William  A Detroit 

*DeGroat,  Albert  Fort  Custer 

DeHoratiis,  Joseph Detroit 

Demaray,  John  F Detroit 

Dempster,  James  H Detroit 

DeNike,  A.  James Detroit 

Denis,  George  M Detroit 

Denison,  Louis  L Detroit 

Derby,  Arthur  P Detroit 

Derleth,  Paul  E Detroit 

DeTomasi,  Rome Detroit 

Dibble,  Harry  F Detroit 

Dickman,  Harry  M Detroit 

Dickson,  B.  R Detroit 

Diebel,  Nelson  W Detroit 

Diebel,  William  H Detroit 

Dietzel,  H.  O Detroit 

Dill,  Hugh  L Detroit 

Dill,  J.  Lewis Detroit 

♦DiLoreto,  Panfilo  Camillo . Carlisle,  Pa. 

Dittmer,  Edwin Detroit 

Dixon,  Fred  W Detroit 

Dixon,  Ray  S Detroit 

Dodds,  John  C Detroit 

Dodenhoff,  C.  F Detroit 

Doerr,  Louis  E Detroit 

Domzalski,  C.  A Detroit 

Donald,  Douglas  Detroit 

Donald,  William  M Detroit 

Donovan,  John  D Detroit 

Dorsey,  John  M Detroit 

Doty,  Chester  A Detroit 

Doub,  Howard  P Detroit 

Douglas,  Bruce  H Detroit 

Douglas,  Clair  L Detroit 

Dovitz.  Benjamin  W Detroit 

Dow,  Roy  E Detroit 

Dowdle,  Edward Detroit 

Dowling,  Harvey  E , Detroit 

Dowling,  Pearl  Christie Detroit 

Downer,  Ira  G Detroit 

Doyle,  George  H Detroit 

Drake,  James  J Detroit 

Drews,  Robert  S Detroit 

Drolshagen,  E.  A Detroit 

Droock,  Victor Detroit 

Droste,  Arnold  T Dearborn 

Drummond,  Donald  L Detroit 

Dubin,  Joseph  J Dearborn 

Dubnove,  Aaron Detroit 

DuBois,  Paul  W Detroit 

Dubpernell,  Karl Detroit 

Dubpernell,  Martin  S Detroit 

Ducey,  Edward  F Detroit 

Duffy,  Edward  A Detroit 

Dundas,  E.  M Detroit 

Dunlap,  Henry  A Detroit 

Dunn,  Cornelius  E Detroit 

Durocher,  Edmund  J Ecorse 

Durocher,  Normand  E Detroit 

Dutchess,  Charles  E Detroit 

Dwaihy,  Paul Detroit 

Dwyer,  F.  J Wyandotte 

Dwyer,  Francis Detroit 

Dysarz,  T.  T< Detroit 

Dziuba,  John  F Detroit 

Fades,  Charles  C Detroit 

Eakins,  Frederick  J Dearborn 

Eder,  Joseph  R Detroit 

Eder,  Samuel  J Detroit 

Edgar,  Russell  G Detroit 


Edwards,  J.  W Detroit 

Eisman,  Clarence  H Detroit 

Elliott,  William  G Detroit 

Ellis,  Seth  W Detroit 

Elvidge,  Robert  J Detroit 

Emmert,  Herman  C Detroit 

Engel,  Earl  H Wyandotte 

Engel,  John  B Detroit 

Ensign,  Dwight  C Detroit 

Ensing,  Osborn Detroit 

Epstein,  S.  G Detroit 

Erickson,  Milton  H Eloise 

Erkfitz,  Arthur  W Detroit 

Erman,  Joseph  M Detroit 

Eschbach,  Joseph  W Dear^m 

Estabrook,  Bert  U Detroit 

Ettinger,  Clayton  J Detroit 

Evans,  Leland  S Detroit 

Evans,  William  A.,  Jr Detroit 

Falick,  Mordecai  Louis Detroit 

Falk,  Ira  E , Detroit 

Fandrich,  Theodore Detroit 

Farbman,  Aaron  A Detroit 

Fauman,  David  H Detroit 

Faunce,  Sherman  P Detroit 

Fay,  George  E Detroit 

Felcyn,  W.  George.- Detroit 

Feldstein,  Martin  Z ...Detroit 

Fellman,  Abraham  R Detroit 

Fenton,  E.  H Detroit 

Fenton,  Meryl  M Detroit 

Fenton,  Russell  F Detroit 

Fenton,  Stanley  C Detroit 

Ferrera,  Louis  V Detroit 

Fettig,  Carl  A Detroit 

Fine,  Edward Detroit 

Fischer,  Frederick  J Detroit 

Fisher,  O.  O Detroit 

Fisher,  R.  L Detroit 

Fitzgerald,  E.  W Detroit 

Fitzgerald,  James  M Detroit 

Flaherty,  H.  J Detroit 

Flaherty,  N.  W Detroit 

Flaherty,  S.  A Detroit 

Fleming,  L.  N Detroit 

Flora,  William  R Detroit 

Flower,  J.  A Detroit 

Foley,  Hugh  S Dearborn 

Font,  Anthony  J Detroit 

Foote,  James  A Lincoln  Park 

Ford,  F.  A. Detroit 

Ford,  George  A Detroit 

Ford,  Sylvester Detroit 

Ford,  Walter  D ....Detroit 

Forrester,  Alex  V Detroit 

Forsythe,  John  R Detroit 

Foster,  E.  Bruce Detroit 

Foster,  Linus  J Detroit 

Foster,  Owen  C Detroit 

Foster,  William  L Detroit 

Foster,  W.  M Detroit 

Francis,  Donald Detroit 

Fraser,  Harvey  E Detroit 

Fraser,  H.  F Detroit 

Frazer,  Mary  Margaret Detroit 

Freedman,  John  Detroit 

Freedman,  Milton  Detroit 

Freeman,  D.  K Detroit 

Freeman,  Mabel  Detroit 

. Freeman,  Thelma  Detroit 

Freeman,  Wilmer  Detroit 

Freese,  John  A Detroit 

Fremont,  Joseph  C Detroit 

Freund,  Hugo  A Detroit 

*Friedlaender,  Alex  S Fort  Custer 

Frostic,  Wm.  D Detroit 

Frothingham,  George  E Detroit 

Fulgenzi,  Andrew  A Detroit 

Fuller,  Hugh  M Grosse  Pointe 

Furey,  Edward  T Detroit 

Gaba,  Howard  Detroit 

Gabe,  Sigmund  Detroit 

Gaberman,  David  B Detroit 

Galantowicz,  H.  C Detroit 

Galdonyi,  Laslo  L Detroit 

Galerneau,  D.  B Van  Dyke 

Galvin,  Paul  P Detroit 

Gamble,  Parker  B Detrojt 

Gariepy,  L.  J Detroit 

Gaston,  Herbert  B Detroit 

Gehrke,  August  E Detroit 

Geib,  Ledru  O Detroit 

Geiter,  Clyde  W Detroit 

Geitz,  William  A Detroit 

Gellert,  I.  S Detroit 

George,  A.  W Detroit 

Gerondale,  Elmond  J Detroit 

Gibson,  James  C Detroit 

Giese,  Fred  W Detroit 

Gigante,  Nicola  Detroit 

Gignac,  Arthur  L Detroit 

Gillespie,  Stephen  M Dearborn 

Jour.  ^I.S.M.S. 


382 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Gillman,  R.  W Detroit 

Gingrich,  Wayne  A Detroit 

Ginsberg,  Harold  I Detroit 

Gitlin,  Charles  Detroit 

Gittins,  Perry  C Detroit 

Glasgow,  Gordon  K Detroit 

Glassman,  Samuel  Detroit 

Glazer,  Walter  S Detroit 

Glees,  J.  L Detroit 

Glick,  M.  J Detroit 

♦Glickman,  L.  Grant 

Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Glowacki,  B.  F Detroit 

Gmeiner,  Clarence  C Detroit 

Goerke,  Elmer  A Detroit 

Goetz,  Angus  G Detroit 

Goldberg,  Arthur Detroit 

Goldberg,  Nathan  H Detroit 

♦Goldin,  M.  I Fort  Custer 

Goldman,  Perry  Detroit 

Goldsmith,  Joseph  D Detroit 

Goldstone,  R.  R Detroit 

Gollman,  Maurice  D Detroit 

Gonne,  William  S' Detroit 

Goodrich,  B.  E Detroit 

Gordon,  John  W Detroit 

Gordon,  William  H Detroit 

*Gorelick,  Harry  S. . . Camp  Grant,  111. 

Gorning,  Raymond  P Detroit 

Gottschalk,  Fred  W .Detroit 

Gould,  S.  Emanuel Eloise 

Goux,  R.  S Detroit 

Grace,  Joseph  M Eloise 

Graff,  J.  M Detroit 

Gratton,  Henri  L Detroit 

Grain,  Gerald  O Detroit 

Grajewski,  Leo  E Detroit 

Granger,  Francis  L ■.  . . .Detroit 

Grant,  Heman  E Detroit 

♦Gray,  Arthur  S Kalamazoo 

Green,  Lewis  Detroit 

Green,  Louis  M Detroit 

*Green,  Sydney  H San  Francisco 

Greenberg,  Julius  J Detroit 

♦Greenberg,  Morris  Z Fort  Custer 

Greene,  John  B Detroit 

Greenidge,  Robert  Detroit 

Greenlee,  William  Tate Detroit 

Greiner,  Bert  A Detroit 

Grekin,  Joseph  Detroit 

Grekin,  Samuel  L Detroit 

Grimaldi,  G.  J Detroit 

Grob,  Otto  Detroit 

Gronow,  A.  A Detroit 

Gruber,  T.  K Eloise 

Guerrero,  Jose  Detroit 

Guimaraes,  A.  S Dearborn 

Gurdjian,  E.  S Detroit 

♦Gutow,  Benj.  R. .Fort  McClellan,  Ala. 

Hale,  Arthur  S Detroit 

Hall,  Arche  C. ..t Detroit 

Hall,  E.  Walter Detroit 

Hall,  James  A.  J Detroit 

Hall,  Ralph  E Detroit 

Hall,  Robert  J Detroit 

Haluska,  Joseph  A Detroit 

H’Amada,  Norman  K Detroit 

Hamburger,  A.  C Detroit 

Hamil,  Brenton  M Detroit 

Hamilton,  Norman  C Detroit 

Hamilton,  Stewart  Detroit 

Hamilton,  William  Detroit 

Hamilton,  William  F Detroit 

Hammer,  Charles  A Detroit 

Hammer,  Edwin  J Detroit 

Hammond,  A.  E Detroit 

Hammond,  James  L Inkster 

Hand,  Fordus  V Detroit 

Hanna,  E.  Howard Detroit 

Hanna,  Samuel  C Detroit 

Hansen,  Frederick  E Detrojt 

Hanson,  Joseph  Detroit 

Hardstaff,  R.  John Detroit 

Hardy,  George  C Detroit 

Harkins,  Henry  N Detroit 

Harley,  Louis  M Detroit 

Harm,  W.  B Detroit 

*Harper,  Jesse  T Fort  Custer 

Harrell,  Voss  Detroit 

Harris,  Harold  H Detroit 

Harrison,  Henry  Detroit 

Harrison,  Hugh  Detroit 

Harrison,  Wesley  Detroit 

Hart,  J.  Clarence  Detroit 

Hartgraves.  Hal'ie  Detroit 

Hartman,  W.  B Detroit 

Hartzell,  John  B Detroit 

Hasley,  Clyde  K Detroit 

Hasley,  Daniel  E Detroit 

Hasner,  R.  B Detroit 

Hastings,  Orville  J Detroit 

Hause,  Glen  E Detroit 

Hauser,  I.  Jerome Detroit 


May,  1941 


Hauser,  John  E Detroit 

Havers,  Howard  Detroit 

Hawken,  William  C Detroit 

Hawkins,  James  W Detroit 

Hayes,  Joseph  D Detroit 

Heath,  Leo'nard  P Detroit 

Heath,  Parker  Detroit 

Heavner,  L.  E Detroit 

Hedges,  Frank  W Detroit 

Hedrick,  Donald  W Detroit 

Heenan,  T.  H. Detroit 

Heideman,  Louis  Detroit 

Heldt,  Thomas  J Detroit 

Hendelman,  Manuel  H Detroit 

*Henderson,  A.  B.'.Fort  Bragg,  N.  C. 

Henderson,  Harold Detroit 

Henderson,  William  E Detroit 

Henderson,  Wm.  W Detroit 

Henig,  Fred  Detroit 

Herkimer,  Dan  R Lincoln  Park 

Herrold,  Rose  E Detroit 

Herschelmann,  Roy  F Detroit 

Hershey,  Lynn  N Detroit 

Hewitt,  Leland  V Detroit 

Heyner,  Stanley  A Detroit 

Higbee,  Arthur  L Detroit 

Hildebrant,  Hugh  R Detroit 

Hileman,  Lee  Ecorse 

Hillenbrand,  A.  E Detroit 

Hillier,  L.  G Detroit 

Hipp,  William  Detroit 

Hirschman,  L.  J Detroit 

Hochman,  Morton  M, Detroit 

Hodge,  James  B Detroit 

Hodges,  Roy  W Detroit 

Hodoski,  Frank  J Detroit 

Hoffman,  E.  S Detroit 

Hoffman,  Henry  A Detroit 

Hoffmann,  Martin  H Eloise 

Hollander,  A.  J Detroit 

Holman,  Herbert  H Detroit 

Holmes,  Alfred  W Detroit 

♦Holt,  Henry  T Fort  Custer 

Honhart,  Fred  L Detroit 

Honor,  William  H Wyandotte 

Hoobler,  B.  Raymond Detroit 

Hookey,  J.  A Detroit 

Hooper,  Norman  L Detroit 

Hoopes,  Benjamin  F Detroit 

Hoops,  George  B Detroit 

Hopkins,  J.  E Detroit 

Horan,  Thomas  Detroit 

Horny,  Hugo  Detroit 

Horton,  Reece  H Detroit 

Horvath,  Louis  O Detroit 

Horwitz,  John  B Detroit 

Host,  Lawrence  N Detroit 

Howard,  Austin  Z Detroit 

Howard,  Philip  J Detroit 

Howell,  Bert  F Detroit 

Howell,  Robert  Eloise 

Howes,  Willard  Boyden Detroit 

Howlett.  Howard  T Detroit 

Hromadko,  Louis  Detroit 

Hubbard,  John  P Detroit 

Hudson,  A.  Willis Detroit 

Hudson,  J.  Stewart.  ..  .Grosse  Pointe 

Hudson,  William  A Detroit 

Huegli.  Wilfred  A Detroit 

HUjff,  Reginald  G Wayne 

Hughes,  Albertie  A Detroit 

Hughes,  Ray  W Detroit 

Hull,  L.  W Detroit 

Hunt,  T.  H. Detroit 

Hunter,  Basil  H Detroit 

Hunter,  Elmer  N Detroit 

Husband,  Charles  W Detroit 

Hyatt,  Jarvis  M Detroit 

Hyde,  F.  W Detroit 

lacobell,  Peter  H Detroit 

Ignatius,  A.  A Detroit 

Insley,  Stanley  W Detroit 

Irwin,  W.  A Detroit 

Isaacs,  Joseph  C Detroit 

Israel,  Barney  B Detroit 

Israel,  J.  G Detroit 

Ivkovich,  Peter  Detroit 

Jacoby,  Myron  D Detroit 

Jaeger,  Grove  A Detroit 

Jaeger,  Julius  P Detroit 

Jaekel,  C.  N Detroit 

Jaffar,  Donald  J Detroit 

Jaffe,  Jacob  Detroit 

Jaffe,  J.  L Detroit 

Jaffe,  Louis  Detroit 

Jahsman,  William  E Detroit 

James,  L.  Mae Detroit 

Jamieson,  Robert  C Detroit 

Jarre,  Hans  A Detroit 

Jarzembowski,  F.  B Detroit 

Jarzynka,  Frank  J Detroit 

Jasion,  Lawrence  J Detroit 

Jend,  William  J Detroit 


Jenkins,  E.  A Detroit 

Jennings,  Alpheus  F Detroit 

Jentgen,  Charles  J Detroit 

Jentgen,  L.  G Detroit 

Jennings,  Robt.  M Detroit 

Jewell,  F.  C Detroit 

Jodar,  E.  O Detroit 

John,  Hubert  R Detroit 

Johnson,  Homer  L Detroit 

Johnson,  Orlen  J Detroit 

Johnson,  Ralph  A Detroit 

Johnson,  R.  M Detroit 

Johnson,  W.  H.  M. Detroit 

Johnston,  Everett  V Detroit 

Johnston,  J.  A Detroit 

Johnston,  John  L Detroit 

Johnston,  William  E Detroit 

Johnstone,  B.  I Detroit 

Joinville,  E.  V Detroit 

Jones,  Adrian  R Detroit 

Jones,  Arthur  J Detroit 

Jones,  H.  C Detroit 

Jones,  L.  Faunt Detroit 

Jones,  Roy  D Detroit 

Jonikaitis,  Joseph  J Detroit 

Joyce,  Stanley  J Detroit 

Judd,  C.  Hollister Detroit 

♦Juliar,  Benjamin Fort  Custer 

Kahn,  William  W Detroit 

Kallet,  Herbert  I Detroit 

Kallman,  David  Detroit 

Kallman,  Leo  Detroit 

Kallman,  R.  Robert  Detroit 

Kaminski,  Ladislaus  R Detroit 

Kaminski,  Zeno  L Detroit 

Kamperman,  George  A Detroit 

Kapetansky,  A.  J Detroit 

Kapetansky,  Nathan  J Detroit 

Karr,  Herbert  S Detroit 

Kasper,  Joseph  A Detroit 

Kass,  J.  B Detroit 

Katzman,  I.  S Detroit 

Kaump,  Donald  H Detroit 

Kay,  Harry  H Detroit 

Kazdan,  Morris  A Dearborn 

Keane,  William  E Detroit 

Keemer,  Edgar  B Detroit 

Keemer,  T.  Beatrice  Detroit 

Keene,  Clifford  H Wyandotte 

Kehoe,  Henry  J East  Detroit 

Kelly,  Edward  W Detroit 

Kelly,  Frank  A Detroit 

Kemler,  Walter  J Ecorse 

Kennary,  James  M Detroit 

Kennedy,  Charles  S Detroit 

Kennedy,  Lester  F Detroit 

Kennedy,  Robert  B Detroit 

Kenning,  John  C Detroit 

Kenyon,  Fanny  H Detroit 

Kern,  W.  H Garden  City 

Kernick,  M.  0....1 Detroit 

Kernkamp,  Ralph  Eloise 

Kersten,  Armand  G Detroit 

Kersten,  Werner  Detroit 

Keshishian,  Sarkis  K Detroit 

Kibzey,  Ambrose  T Detroit 

Kidner,  Frederick  C Detroit 

Kimbell,  David  C Detroit 

Kimberlin,  Kenneth  K Detroit 

King,  Edward  D Detroit 

King,  Melbourne  J Detroit 

Kingswood,  Roy  C Detroit 

Kirchner,  Augustus  Detroit 

Kirker,  J.  G Detroit 

Kirschbaum,  Harry  M Detroit 

Klebba,  Paul  Detroit 

Klein,  Louis Nutley,  New  Jersey 

Klein,  William  Detroit 

Kliger,  David  Detroit 

Kline,  Starr  L Detrojt 

Kloeppel,  C.  S Detroit 

Klosowski,  Joseph  Detroit 

Klote,  M.  D Detroit 

Knaggs,  Charles  W Grosse  Pointe 

Knaggs,  Earl  J Wyandotte 

Knapp,  Byron  S River  Rouge 

Knapp,  Floyd Detroit 

Knobloch,  Edmund  J Detroit 

Knox,  Ross  M Ecorse 

Koch,  John  C Detroit 

Koebel,  R.  H Detroit 

Koerber,  Edw.  J Detroit 

Koessler,  George  L Detro't 

Kohn.  A.  Max Detroit 

Kohn,  M.  E Detroit 

Kokowicz,  Raymond  J Detroit 

Kolasa,  W.  B Detroit 

K^pel,  Joseph  O Detroit 

Korby,  George  J Detroit 

Koss,  Frank  R Dearborn 

Kossayda,  Adam  W Detroit 

^Kovach,  Emery.. Fort  Jackson.  S.  C. 
Kowalski,  Valentine  L Detroit 


3S3 


Kozlinski,  Anthony  E Detroit 

Kraus,  John  J Detroit 

Kreinbring,  Geo.  E Detroit 

Kretzschmar,  Clarence  A Detroit 

Krieg,  Earl  G Detroit 

Krieger,  Harley  L Detroit 

Kritchman,  M.  J Detroit 

Kroha,  Lawrence  Detroit 

Krohn,  Albert  H Detroit 

Kubanek,  Joseph  L Eloise 

Kucmierz,  Francis  S Detroit 

Kulaski,  Chester  H Detroit 

Kullman,  Harold  J Detroit 

Kurcz,  J.  A Detroit 

Kurtz,  I.  J Detroit 

Kwasiborski,  S.  A Wyandotte 

Laberge,  James  M Wyandotte 

La  Bine,  Alfred  C Detroit 

LaCore,  Ivan  Detroit 

La  Ferte,  Alfred  D Detroit 

Lakoff,  Charles  Detroit 

Lam,  Conrad  R Detroit 

♦Lammy,  James  V. 

Camp  Beauregard,  La. 

La  Marche,  N.  O Detroit 

Landers,  M.  B Detroit 

Landers,  Maurice  B.,  Jr Detroit 

Lang,  Leonard  W Detroit 

Lange,  Anthony  H Detroit 

Lange,  William  A Detroit 

Laning,  George  M Detroit 

Lapham,  Fred  E Detroit 

Larson,  John  A Detroit 

Larsson,  Bror  H Detroit 

Lasley,  James  Wm Detroit 

Lassaline,  S.  J Detroit 

Latham,  Ruth  M Detroit 

Lathrop,  Philip  L Detroit 

Laub,  Stanley  V Detroit 

Lauppe,  Edw.  H Detroit 

Lauppe,  F.  A ' Detroit 

Law,  John  H Detroit 

Leach,  David  Detroit 

Leacock,  Robert  C Detroit 

Leader,  L.  R Detroit 

Leaver,  L.  Ross Detroit 

Leckie,  George_  C Detroit 

Ledwidge,  Patrick  L Detroit 

Lee,  Harry  E Detroit 

LeGallee,  Geo.  M Detroit 

Leibinger,  Henry  R Detroit 

Leiser,  Rudolf  Eloise 

Leithauser,  D.  J Detroit 

Leland,  Sol  Detroit 

Lemley,  Clark  Detroit 

Lemmon,  Charles  E .Detroit 

Lemmon,  Clarence  W River  Rouge 

Lentine,  James  J Detroit 

Lenz,  Willard  R Detroit 

Lepard,  C.  W Detroit 

Lepley,  Fred  O Detroit 

Lerman,  S.  E Detroit 

Lescohier,  Alex  W Grosse  Pointe 

L’Esperance,  Simon  P Detroit 

Leszynski,  J.  S Detroit 

Leucutia,  Traian  Detroit 

Levant,  Arthur  B Detroit 

Levin,  David  M Detroit 

Levin,  Samuel  J Detroit 

Levine,  Sidney  S Detroit 

Levitt,  Nathan  Detroit 

Levy,  David  J Detroit 

Levy,  Marvin  B Detroit 

Lewis,  Charles  T Detroit 

Lewis,  L.  A Detroit 

Lewis,  J.  Hugh Wyandotte 

Lewis,  Wilfred  John ....Detroit 

Libbrecht,  Robert  V Lincoln  Park 

Lieberman,  B.  L Detrojt 

Liddicoat,  A.  G Detroit 

Lightbody,  James  J Detroit 

Lignell,  Rudolph  Detroit 

Lilly,  Charles  J Detroit 

Lilly,  Vernon  Detroit 

Linton,  James  R Eloise 

Lipkin,  Ezra  Detroit 

Lipschutz,  Louis  S Eloise 

Livingston,  George  D Detroit 

Livingston,  George  M Detroit 

Lockwood,  Bruce  C Detroit 

Lofstrom,  James  E Detroit 

Long,  Earle  C Detroit 

Long,  John  J Detroit 

Loranger,  C.  B Detroit 

*Loranger,  Guy  L Rantoul,  111. 

Lorber,  Joseph  Detroit 

*Lord,  Herman  M Denver,  Colo. 

Lorentzen,  Edwin  H Detroit 

Lovas,  W.  S Detroit 

Love,  W.  Thomas Detroit 

Lovering,  William  J Detroit 

Lowrie,  G.  B Detroit 

Lowrie,  William  L.,  Jr Detroit 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Lowry,  George  L Detroit 

Luce,  Henry  A Detroit 

Lutz,  Earl  F Detroit 

Lynn,  David  H Detroit 

Lynn,  Harvey  D Detroit 

Lyons,  Richard  H Eloise 

Mabee,  Frank  P Detroit 

Mabley,  J.  Donald Detroit 

MacArthur,  Robt Detroit 

MacCraken,  Frances  L Detroit 

MacGregor,  W.  W Detroit 

Mack,  Harold  C Detroit 

MacKenzie,  Earle  D Detroti 

MacKenzie,  Frank  M Detroit 

MacKenzie,  John  W Grosse  Pointe 

Mackersie,  W.  G Detroit 

MacMillan,  Francis  B Detroit 

MacMullen,  Frank  B Detroit 

MacQueen,  Malcolm  D Detroit 

Maczewski,  John  E Detroit 

Madsen,  Martha Detroit 

Maguire,  Clarence  E Detroit 

Mahlatjie,  Nathaniel  M Detroit 

Mahoney,  Hugh  M Detroit 

Maibauer,  F.  P Wyandotte 

Maior,  Roman  H Detroit 

Mair,  Harold  U Detroit 

Maire,  E.  D Grosse  Pointe 

Malik,  Edward  A Detroit 

Malik,  Nur  M Detroit 

Malachowski,  B.  T Detroit 

Malone,  Herbert  Detroit 

Maloney,  John  A Detroit 

Mancuso,  Vincent  S Detroit 

Manting,  Jacob  Detroit 

Maples,  Douglas  E Detroit 

Marcotte,  Oliver  Detroit 

Marcus,  Daniel  B Detroit 

Marinus,  Carleton  J Detroit 

Markel,  Joseph  M Detroit 

Markoe,  Rupert  C.  L Detroit 

Marks,  Ben  Detroit 

Markuson,  Kenneth East  Lansing 

Marsden,  Thomas  B Detroit 

Marsh,  Alton  R Detroit 

Marshall,  James  R Detroit 

Martin,  Edward  G Detroit 

Martin,  Elbert  A Detroit 

Martin,  L.  R Detroit 

Martin,  R.  M Detroit 

Martinez,  P.  O Detroit 

Martmer,  Edgar Grosse  Pointe 

Marwil,  T.  B Detroit 

Mason,  Percy  W Detroit 

Mateer,  John  G Detroit 

Mathes,  Charles  J Detroit 

Matthews,  Wallace  R Dearborn 

Maun,  Mark  E Detroit 

May,  Earl  W Detroit 

May,  Frederick  T.,  Jr Detroit 

Mayer,  E.  V Detroit 

Mayer,  Willard  D Detroit 

Mayer,  William  L Detroit 

Mayne,  C.  H Detroit 

Mayner,  Frank  A Wyandotte 

McAfee,  F.  W Detroit 

McAlonan,  Wm.  T Detroit 

McAlpine,  Archibald  D Detroit 

McAlpine,  Gordon  S Detroit 

McClellan,  G.  L Detroit 

McClellan,  Robert  J Detroit 

McClendon,  James  J Detroit 

McClintock,  J.  J Detroit 

McClure,  Roy  D Detroit 

McQure,  William  R Detroit 

*McColl,  Charles  W. ..  Alexandria,  La. 

McColl,  Clarke  M Detroit 

McColl,  Kenneth  M Detroit 

McCollum,  E.  B Detroit 

McCord,  Carey  P Detroit 

McCormick,  Colin  C ..Dearborn 

McCormick,  Crawford  W Detroit 

McCullough,  Lester  E Detroit 

McDonald,  Allan  W Detroit 

McDonald,  Angus  L Detroit 

McDonald,  George  O Detroit 

McDonald,  Peter  W Wyandotte 

McDougall,  B.  W Detroit 

McFadyen,  Hugh  A Detroit 

McGarvah,  A.  W Detroit 

McGarvah,  Joseph  A Detroit 

McGillicuddy,  Walter  E Detroit 

McGlaughlin,  Nicholas  . . . .Wyandotte 

McGough,  Joseph  M Detroit 

McGraw,  Arthur  B 

Grosse  Pointe  Farms 

McGuire,  M.  Ruth Detroit 

McIntosh,  W.  V Detroit 

McKay,  Edwin  B Detroit 

McKean,  G.  Thomas Detroit 

McKean,  Richard  M Detroit 

McKenna,  Charles  J Detroit 

McKinnon,  John  D Detroit 


McLane,  Harriett  E Detroit- 

McLaughlin,  Nelson  Detroit  J 

McLean,  Don  W Detroit* 

McLean,  Harold  G Detroit 

McPhail,  Malcolm Detroit 

McPherson,  R.  J Detroit 

McQuiggan,  Mark  R Detroit  ■ 

McQuiggan,  Paul  Detroit! 

McRae,  Donald  H Detroit 

Meader,  F.  M Detroit 

Meek,  Stuart  F Grosse  Pointe 

Meinecke,  Helmuth  A. Detroit  j 

Mellen,  Hyman  S Detroit  I 

Melnik,  Maxim  P Detroit  7 

Menagh,  Frank  R Detroit  j 

Mendelssohn,  R.  J Detroit  4 

Merkel,  Charles  C 1 

Grosse  Pointe  Village  » 

Merrill,  Lionel  N Detroit  d 

Merrill,  William  O Detroit  ’ 

Merritt,  Earl  G Detroit 

Metzger,  Harry  C Detroit  ■■ 

Meyers,  M.  P Detroit  ( 

Meyers.  Solomon  G Detroit  - 

Miley,  H.  H Detroit  ^ 

Miller,  Daniel  H Detroit  ^ 

Miller,  Hazen  L..., Detroit 

Miller,  Karl  Detroit  ’ 

Miller,  Maurice  P Trenton 

Miller,  Myron  H Detroit  t 

Miller,  T.  H Detroit  ‘ 

Mills,  Clinton  C Detroit  * 

Mills,  Georgia  V Detroit  j 

Miner,  Stanley  G Detroit 

Minor,  Edward  G Detroit 

Mintz,  Edward  I Detroit 

Miral,  Solomon  P Detroit  ■ 

Mishelevich,  Sophie  Detroit 

Mitchell,  C.  Leslie Detroit 

Mitchell,  Gertrude  F Detroit 

Mitchell,  W.  Bede Detroit 

Moehlig,  Robert  C Detroit 

Moisides,  V.  P Detroit 

Moll,  Clarence  D Detroit 

Molner,  Joseph  G Detroit 

Mond,  Edward  Detroit 

Monfort,  Willard  Detroit  ' 

Montante,  Jos.  R Detroit 

Montgomery,  John  C Detroit 

Morand,  Louis  J Detroit 

Moriarity,  George  Detroit 

Morin,  John  B Detroit 

Moritz,  H.  C Detroit 

Morley,  James  A Detroit 

Morrill,  Donald  M Detroit 

Morris,  Harold  L Detroit  - 

Morrison,  Marjorie  G.  E Detroit 

Morse,  Plinn  F Detroit 

■“■Morton,  David  G. 

Fort  Sam  Houston,  Texas 

Morton,  J.  B Detroit 

Mosen,  Max  M Detroit 

Moss,  E.  B Detroit 

Muellenhagen,  Walter  J Detroit 

Munro,  Fred  William Detroit 

Munson,  F.  T Detroit 

Muntyan,  Andrew  Detroit 

Murphy,  D.  J Detroit 

Murphy,  Frank  J Detroit 

Murphy,  John  M Detroit 

Murphy,  Scipio  G Detroit 

Murphy,  W.  M Detroit 

Murray,  George  M Detroit 

Murray,  William  A Detroit 

Muske,  Paul  H Detroit 

Musser,  Fred  C Detroit 

Myers,  Gordon  B Detroit 

Nagel,  Oscar  Detroit 

Nagle,  John  W Wyandotte 

Naud,  Henry  J Detroit 

Nawotka,  Edward  E Detroit 

Naylor,  A.  E Detroit 

Naylor,  Arthur  H Detroit 

Neary,  John  H Detroit 

Neeb,  Walter  G Detroit 

Nelson,  Harry  M Detroit 

Nelson,  Victor  E Detroit 

Neumann,  Arthur  J Detroit 

Newbarr,  Arthur  A Detroit 

Newman,  Max  Karl Detroit 

Nichamin,  Samuel  J Detroit 

Nickerson,  Dean  Detroit 

Nigro,  Norman  D Detroit 

Nill,  John  B Detroit 

Nill,  William  F Detroit 

Nolting,  Wilfred  S Detroit 

Norconk,  A.  A Detroit 

Norris,  Edgar  H Detrojt 

Northcross,  Daisy  L Detroit 

Northrop,  Arthur  K Detroit 

Norton,  Chas.  S Detroit 

Noth,  Paul  H Grosse  Pointe  Farms 

Novy,  R.  L Detroit 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


384 


ROSTER  FOR  1941 


Nowicki,  Joseph  A Detroit 


O’Brien,  E.  J Detroit 

O’Donnell,  Dayton  H Detroit 

Ohmart,  Galen  B Detroit 

O’Hora,  James  T Detroit 

Olechowski,  L Detroit 

Olenikofl,  Alex  Detroit 

Olney,  H.  E Detroit 

Oman,  Cyrus  F Detroit 

Oppenheim,  J.  M Detroit 

Oppenheim,  Milton  M Detroit 

Organ,  Fred  W Detroit 

Ormond,  John  K Detroit 

O’Rourke,  Randall  M Detroit 

Osius,  Eugene  A Detroit 

Osowski,  Felix  A Detroit 

Ottaway,  John  P Detroit 

Ottrock,  Anton  Detroit 

Owen,  Clarence  I Detroit 

Owen,  Robert  G Detroit 


I 


Palmer,  Hayden  Detroit 

Palmer,  R.  Johnston Detroit 

Palmerlee,  George  H Detroit 

Pangburn,  L.  E Detroit 

Panzner,  Edward  J Detroit 

Parker,  Walter  R Detroit 

Parr,  R.  W Detroit 

Parsons,  John  P. ...Grosse  Pointe  Park 

Pasternacki,  Norbert  T Detroit 

Patterson,  Walter  G Detroit 

Pawlowski,  Jerome  Detroit 

Paysner,  Harry  A.... Detroit 

Peabody,  Charles  William Detroit 

Peacock,  Lee  W Detroit 

Pearse,  Harry  A Detroit 

Peggs,  George  F Detroit 

Peirce,  Howard  W Detroit 

Penberthy,  G.  C Detroit 

Pequegnot,  Charles  F Detroit 

Perdue,  Grace  M Detroit 

Perkin,  Frank  S Detroit 

Perkins,  Ralph  A Grosse  Pointe 

Perlis,  H.  L Detroit 

♦Perry,  Alvin  LaForge..El  Paso,  Texas 

Peterman,  Earl  A Detroit 

Pfeiffer,  Rudolph  L Detroit 

Phillips,  Fred  W Detroit 

Pickard,  Orlando  W Detroit 

Pierce,  Frank  L Detroit 

Pierson,  Merle  Detroit 

Pinckard,  Karl  G Dearborn 

Pink,  Rose  M Detroit 

Pinney,  Lyman  J Detroit 

Pinoi,  Ralph  H Detroit 

Piper,  Clark  C Detroit 

Piper,  Ralph  R Detroit 

Plaggemeyer,  H.  W Detroit 

Plain,  George  Detroit 

Pliskow,  Harold  Detroit 

Podezwa,  J.  W Hamtramck 

Pollock,  John  J Detroit 

Poole,  Marsh  W Detroit 

Poos,  Edgar  E Detroit 

Porretta,  Anthony  C Detroit 

Porretta,  F.  S Detroit 

Porter,  Howard  J Romulus 

Posner,  Irving  Detroit 

Potts,  E,  A Detroit 

Pratt,  Jean  P Detro’t 

*Pratt,  Lawrence.  . .Fort  Sheridan,  111. 

Prendergast,  John  J Detroit 

Priborsky,  Benjamin  H Detroit 

Price,  A.  H Detroit 

Price,  Alvin  Edwin Detroit 

Proud,  Robert  H Flat  Rock 

Ptolemy,  H.  H Detroit 

Pugliesi,  Benedetto  Detroit 

Purcell,  Frank  H Detroit 

Putra,  A.  M .Detroit 

Pyle,  Wynand Mountclair,  N.  J. 


Quigley,  William  Detroit 

Rabinovitch,  Bella  Detroit 

Rahm,  Lambert  P Detroit 

Raiford.  Frank  P Detroit 

Rand,  Morris  Detroit 

Raskin,  Morris Detroit 

Rastello,  Peter  B Detroit 

Ratigan,  C.  S Dearborn 

Raynor,  Harold  F Detroit 

Reberdy,  George  J Detroit 

Reed,  £.  Hobart Grosse  Pointe 

Reed,  H.  Walter Detroit 

Rees,  Howard  C Detroit 

•Reid,  Wesley  G. ...Fort  Benning,  Ga. 

Reiff,  Morris  V Detroit 

Reinholt,  Charles  A Detroit 

Reinsh,  Ernest  R Detroit 

Rekshaw,  W.  R Dearborn 

Renaud,  G.  L Detroit 

Rennell.  Leo  P Detroit 

Renz,  Russell  H Detroit 


Repp,  William  A Detroit 

•Reske,  Alven.Fort  Sam  Houston,  Tex. 

Reveno,  William  S Detroit 

Rexford,  Walton  K Detroit 

Reye,  H.  A Detroit 

Reyner,  C.  E Detroit 

Reynolds,  Lawrence  Detroit 

Reynolds,  R.  P Detroit 

Rezanka,  Harold  J Detroit 

Rhoades,  F.  P Detroit 

Rice,  C,  Malcolm,  Jr Detroit 

Rice,  Harold  B Detroit 

Rice,  Meshel  Detroit 

Richards,  R.  Milton  Detroit 

Richardson,  Allan  L Detroit 

Elichardson,  Robert  P Wayne 

Richey,  Bert  R Detroit 

Rick,  Paul Detroit 

Ridge,  Ralph  W Wyandotte 

Ridley,  Edward  R Detroit 

Rieckhoff,  George  G Detroit 

Rieger,  John  B Detroit 

Rieger,  Mary  H Detroit 

Riseborough,  E.  C Detroit 

Rizzo,  Frank  Detroit 

Robb,  Edward  L Detroit 

Robb,  Herbert  F ..Belleville 

Robb,  J.  M Grosse  Pointe  Village 

Roberts,  Arthur  J Ecorse 

Robertson,  A.  E Detroit 

Robertson,  Stanley  B Detroit 

Robertson,  Tom  H Detroit 

Robillard,  Henry  Detroit 

Robinson,  George  W Detroit 

*Robinson,  Harold  A. .Scott  Field,  111. 

Robinson,  R.  G Detroit 

•Rogers,  A.  Z Grosse  Pte.  Woods 

Rogers,  James  D Wyandotte 

Rogin,  James  R Detroit 

Rogoff,  A.  S Detroit 

Rohde,  Paul  C. Detroit 

Roman,  Stanley  J Detroit 

*Root,  Charles  T...Fort  Sam  Houston 

Rosbolt,  Oscar  P Detroit 

Rose,  Bernard  Detroit 

Rosenman,  J.  D Detroit 

Rosenthal,  Louis  H Detroit 

Rosenthall,  M.  J Detroit 

Rosenwach,  Felix  F Detroit 

Rosenzweig,  Saul  Detroit 

Ross,  D.  G Grosse  Pointe 

Ross,  Ben  C Detroit 

Ross,  Samuel  H Detroit 

Rotarius,  E.  M Detroit 

Roth,  Theodore  I Detroit 

Rothbart,  H.  B Detroit 

Rothman,  Emil  D Detroit 

Rottenberg,  Leon  Detroit 

Rowda,  Michael  S Detroit 

Rowell.  Wilfred  J Detroit 

Rubright,  LeRoy  W Detroit 

Rucker,  Julian  J Detroit 

Rueger,  Milton  J Detroit 

Rueger,  Ralph  C Detroit 

Runge,  Edward  F Detroit 

Rupp,  Jacob  R Detroit 

Rupprecht,  Emil  F Detroit 

Ruskin,  Samuel  H Eloise 

Russell,  John  C Detroit 

Ryan,  Charles  F Detroit 

Ryan,  W.  D Detroit 

Rydzewski,  Joseph  B Detroit 

Ryerson,  Frank  L Detroit 

Sachs,  Herman  K Detroit 

Sachs,  Ralph  Robert Detroit 

Sack,  A.  G. Detroit 

Sadowski,  Roman  Detroit 

Sage,  Edward  O Dearborn 

Sager,  E.  L Detroit 

St.  Louis,  R.  J Detroit 

Salchow,  Paul  T Detroit 

Salisbury,  Howard  W Dearborn 

Salowich,  John  N Detroit 

Saltzstein,  Harry  C Detroit 

Sander,  I.  W Detroit 

Sanders,  Alex  W Detroit 

Sanderson,  Alvord  R 

Grosse  Pointe  Park 

Sanderson,  James  H Detroit 

Sanderson,  Suzanne  Detroit 

Sandler,  Nathaniel  Detroit 

Sandweiss,  David  J Detroit 

Sanford,  Hawley  S Detroit 

Sands,  G.  E Detroit 

Sargent,  William  R Detroit 

Savignac,  Eugene  M Detroit 

Sawyer,  Harold  F Detroit 

Scarney,  Herman  D Detroit 

Schaefer,  Robert  L Detroit 

Schaeffer,  Martin  Detroit 

Schembeck,  I.  S Detroit 

Schenden,  A.  J Melvindale 

Schinagel,  Geza  Detroit 


Schlacht,  George  F Romulus 

Schlafer,  Nathan  H i Detroit 

Schmidt,  Harry  B Detroit 

Schmidt,  Milton  R Trenton 

Schmier,  Burton  L Detroit 

Schmitt,  Norman  L Detroit 

Schneck,  Robert  J Detroit 

Schneider,  Curt  P Detroit 

Schoenfield,  Gilbert  D Detroit 

Schooten,  Sarah  S Detroit 

Schreiber,  Frederick  Detroit 

Schroeder,  Carlisle  F Detroit 

Schultz,  Ernest  C Detroit 

Schultz,  Robert  F Detroit 

Schwartz,  H.  Allen Detroit 

Schwartz,  Louis  A Detroit 

Schwartz,  Oscar  D Detroit 

Schwartzberg,  Jos.  A Detroit 

Schweigert,  C.  F Detroit 

Sciarnno,  Stanley  V Detroit 

Scott,  R.  J Detroit 

Scott,  Wm.  J Grosse  Pointe  Farms 

Scruton,  Foster  D Detroit 

Seabury,  Frank  P Detroit 

Secord,  Eugene  W Detroit 

Seeley,  Ward  F Detroit 

Segar,  Lawrence  F Detroit 

Seibert,  iUvin  H Detroit 

Selb^  C.  D.  Detroit 

Seliady,  Joseph  E Northville 

Sellers,  Charles  W. Detroit 

Selling,  Lowell  Detroit 

Selman,  J.  H... Detroit 

Sewell,  George  S Detroit 

Seymour,  William  J Detroit 

Shafarman,  Eugene  Detroit 

Shaffer,  Joseph  H Det^Cff 

Shaffer,  Loren  W. ..Grosse  Pointe  Park 

Shatter,  Royce  R Detroit 

Sharrer,  Charles  H Detroit 

Shaw,  Robert  G Detroit 

Shawan,  H.  K Detroit 

Shebesta,  Emil  Detroit" 

Sheldon,  John  A '.Detroit 

Shelton,  C.  F Detroit 

Sheridan,  Charles  R Detroit 

Sherman,  B.  B Detroit 

Sherman,  William  L Detroit 

Sherrin,  Edgar  R Detroit 

Sherwood,  DeWitt  L Detroit 

Shields,  William  L Detroit 

Shifrin,  Peter  G Detroit 

Shlain,  Benjamin  Detroit 

Shore,  O.  J Detroit 

Shotwell,  Carlos  W Detroit 

Shulak,  Irving  B Detroit 

Shurly,  Burt  R Detroit 

Siddall,  Roger  S Detroit 

Siefert,  John  L Detroit 

Siefert,  William  A Detroit 

Siegel,  Henry  Dearborn 

Sill,  Henry  W Detroit 

Silvarman,  I.  Z Detroit 

Silverman,  M.  M Detroit 

Simon,  Emil  R Dearborn 

Simpson,  C.  E Detroit 

Simpson,  H.  Lee Detroit 

Sippola,  George  W Detroit 

Sisson,  John  M Detroit 

Siwka,  Isidore  J Detroit 

Skinner,  W.  Clare Detroit 

Skolnick,  Max  H Detroit 

Skrzyeki,  Stephen  S Detroit 

Skully,  E.  J Detroit 

Skully,  G.  A Detroit 

Sladen,  Frank  J Detroit 

Slate,  Raymond  N Detroit 

Slaugenhaupt,  J.  G Detroit 

Slaughter,  Wayne  B... Detroit 

Slazinski,  Leo  W Detroit 

Slevin,  John  G Detroit 

Slipson,  Edith  G Detroit 

Sliwin,  Edward  P Detroit 

Small,  Henry  Detroit 

Smeefc,  Arthur  R Detroit 

Smeltzer,  Merrill  Detroit 

Smith,  Clarence  V Detroit 

Smith,  Claude  A River  Rouge 

Smith,  Eugene,  Jr Detroit 

Smith,  F.  Janney Detroit 

Smith,  Fred  R Detroit 

Smith,  Gerritt  Calvin Detroit 

Smith,  Henry  L Detroit 

Smith,  J.  Allen.. Detroit 

Smith,  James  A Detroit 

Smith,  L.  Lloyd Detroit 

Snedeker,  Bernard  C. . . . Highland  Park 

Snow,  L.  W Northville 

Socall,  Charles  J Detroit 

Sokolov,  Raymond  A Detroit 

Somers,  Donald  C Detroit 

Sonda,  Lewis  P Detroit 

•Sorock,  Milton  L Fort  Custer 

Souda,  Andrew  Wyandotte 


May,  1941 


385 


ROSTER  FOR  19-11 


Spademan,  Loren  C Detroit 

Spalding,  Edward  D Detroit 

Sparling,  Harold  I Northville 

Sparling,  Irene  L Northville 

Speck,  Carlos  C Detroit 

*Spector,  Maurice  J. ..Fort  Sill,  Okla. 

Spencer,  Frank  Detroit 

Spero,  Gerald  D Detroit 

Sperry,  Frederick  L Detroit 

Spiro,  Adolph  Detroit 

Springborn,  B.  R Detroit 

Sprunk,  Carl Detroit 

Sprunk,  John  P Detroit 

Squires,  W.  H Eloise 

Stafford,  Frank  W.  J Detroit 

Stageman,  John  Condon Detroit 

Stalker,  Hugh  Grosse  Pointe 

Stamell,  Meyer  Detroit 

Stamos/  Harry  F Detroit 

Stanton,  James  M Detroit 

Stapleton,  William  J.,  Jr Detroit 

Starrs,  Thomas  C Detroit 

Stefani,  E.  L Detroit 

Stefani,  Raymond  T Detroit 

Stein,  Emory  Detroit 

Stein,  Saul  C Detroit 

Steinbach,  Henry  B Detroit 

Steinberger,  Eugene  Detrojt 

Steiner,  Max Detroit 

Steinhardt,  Milton  J Detroit 

Stellhorn,  Chester  E Detroit 

Stellhorn,  Mary  Christine Detroit 

Sterling,  Lawrence  Detroit 

Sterling,  Robert  R Detroit 

Stern,  Edward  A Detroit 

Stern,  Harry  L Detroit 

Stern,  Louis  D Detroit 

Stevens,  Rollin  H Detroit 

Stewart,  Harry  L Detroit 

Stewart,  Thomas  O Detroit 

Stirling,  Alex  M Detroit 

Stockwell.  B.  W Detroit 

Stokfisz,  T Detroit 

Stout,  Lindley  H Detroit 

Stover,  R.  F Detroit 

Straith,  Claire  L Detroit 

Strieker,  Henry  D Detroit 

Strickland,  C.  C Detroit 

Strickroot,  Fred  L Detroit 

Strohschein,  Don  F Detroit 

Struthers,  J.  N.  P Detroit 

Stubbs,  C.  T Detroit 

Stubbs,  Harold  W Detroit 

Sugarman,  Marcus  H Detroit 

Sullivan,  Hugh  A Detroit 

Summers,  William  S Detroit 

Surbis,  John  P Detroit 

Sutherland,  J.  M Detroit 

Swanson,  Cleary  N Detroit 

Swartz,  J.  N Detroit 

Swift.  Karl  L Detroit 

Switzer,  B.  C Detroit 

Syphax,  Charles  S.,  Jr Detroit 

Szappanyos,  Bela  T Detroit 

Szedja,  J.  C Detroit 

Szmigiel,  A.  J Detroit 

Tamblyn,  E.  J Detroit 

Tann,  H.  E Detroit 

Tapert,  R.  T Detroit 

Tassie,  Ralph  N Detroit 

Tatelis,  Gabriel  Detroit 

Taylor,  Nelson  M Grosse  Pointe 

Taylor,  Reu  Spencer Detroit 

Tear,  Malcolm  J Detroit 

Teitelbaum,  Myer  Detroit 

Tenaglia,  Thomas  A Ecorse 

Texter,  Elmer  C Detroit 

*Thomas,  Alfred  E. .Fort  Bragg,  N.  C. 

Thomas,  Fred  W Detroit 

Thompson,  H.  O Detroit 

Thompson,  James  B Detroit 

'^hompson,  W.  A Detroit 

Thomson,  Alexander Detroit 

Thosteson,  George  C Detroit 


Albi,  R.  W Lake  City 

Brooks,  G.  W. .' Tustin 

Gruber,  John  F Cadillac 

*Hoagland,  F.  L Porto  Rico 

Holm,  Augustus I.eroy 

Holm,  Benton  Cadillac 

Hoverter,  J.  W Evart 


Tomsu,  Charles  L Detroit 

Top,  F.  H Detroit 

Torrey,  H.  N Detroit 

Townsend,  Frank  M Detroit 

Trask,  Harry  D Detroit 

Tregenza,  W.  Kenneth Detroit 

Trinity,  Granville  J Detroit 

Troester,  George  A Detroit 

Trombley,  Bryan  Detroit 

Trombley,  Joseph  J.,  Jr Detroit 

Troxell,  Emmett  C Detroit 

Truszkowski,  E.  G Hamtramck 

Tryon,  Mary  Detroit 

Trythall,  S.  W Detroit 

Tufford,  Norman  G Detroit 

Tulloch,  John  Detroit 

Tupjper,  Roy  D Detroit 

Turbett,  Claude  W Detroit 

Turcotte,  Vincent  J Detroit 

Turkel,  Henry  Detroit 

Ulbrich,  Henry  L. . Detroit 

Ulrich,  Willis  H Detroit 

Umphrey,  Clarence  E Detroit 

Usher,  William  Kay Detroit 

Vale,  C.  Fremont Detroit 

VanBaalen,  M.  R Detroit 

VanBeceLaere,  Lawrence  H Ecorse 

Van  de  Velde,  Honore Detroit 

VanGundy,  Clyde  R Detroit 

Van  Heldorf,  Harry Detroit 

Van  Rhee,  George  Detroit 

Van  Riper,  Steven  L Eloise 

Vardon,  Edward  M Detroit 

Vasu,  V.  O Detroit 

Vergosen,  Harry  E Detroit 

Vernier,  Jean  A Detroit 

Vincent,  J.  LeRoi Wayne 

Voegelin,  Adolph  E Detroit 

Voelkner,  George  H Detroit 

V^ogel,  Hyman  A Detroit 

Vokes,  Milton  D Detroit 

Von  der  Heide,  E.  C Detroit 

Voorheis,  Wilbur  J Detroit 

Vossler,  A.  E Detroit 

Vreeland,  C.  Emerson Detroit 

Waddington,  Joseph  E.  G Detroit 

Wadsworth,  George  H Detroit 

Waggoner,  C.  Stanley Detroit 

Wainger,  M.  J ' Detroit 

Waldbott,  George  L Detroit 

Walker,  Enos  G Detroit 

Walker,  J.  Paul  Detroit 

Walker,  Roger  V Detroit 

Wallace,  S.  Willard Detroit 

Walls,  Arch  Detroit 

Walser,  Howard  C Detroit 

Walsh,  Charles  R Detroit 

Walters,  Albert  G Detroit 

Waltz,  Frank  D.  B Detroit 

Wander,  William  G Detroit 

Ward,  W.  K Detroit 

Warden,  Horace  F.  W Detroit 

Warner,  Harold  W Detroit 

Warner,  P.  L Detroit 

Warren,  Wadsworth  Detroit 

Watson,  Ernest  Hamilton 


Watson,  Harwood  G Dearborn 

Watson,  j.  Edwin Detroit 

Watson,  Robert  W Highland  Park 

Watts,  Frederick  B Detroit 

Watts,  John  J Detroit 

Wax,  John  H Detroit 

Wayne,  M.  A Detroit 

Weaver,  Clarence  E Detroit 

Wehenkel,  Albert  M Detroit 

Weiner,  M.  B Detroit 

Weingarden,  David  H Detroit 

Weinstein,  Jacob  Detroit 

Weisberg,  Harry  Detroit 

Weisberg,  Jacob  Detroit 

Wexford-Kalkaska-Missaukee  Counties 

Laughbaum,  T.  R Lake  City 


McManus,  Edwin Mesick 

Masselink,  H.  J McBain 

Merritt,  C.  E Manton 

Mills,  Robert  E Boon 

Moore,  G.  P Cadillac 

Moore,  Sair  C Cadillac 


Weiser,  Frank  A Detroit 

Welch.  John  H Detroit 

Weller,  Charles  N Detroit 

Wellman,  W.  W Detroit 

Wells,  Martha  Detroit 

Weltman,  Carl  Detroit 

Wendel,  Jacob  S Detroit 

Wenzel,  Jacob  F Detroit 

Wershow,  Max  Detroit 

Westlund,  Norman  Dearborn 

Weston,  Earl  E Detroit 

Westover,  Charles  Detroit 

Weyher,  Russell  F Detroit 

Whalen,  Neil  J Detroit 

Wharton,  Thomas  V Detroit 

White,  Milo  R Detroit 

White,  Prosper  D Detroit 

Whitehead,  L.  S Detroit 

*Whiteley,  Robt.  E. ..  Philippine  Islands 

Whitney,  Elmer  L Detroit 

Whitney,  Rex  E Detroit 

Whittaker,  Alfred  H Detroit 

Wiant,  R.  E. Detroit 

Wickham,  A.  B Detroit 

Wiener,  I Detroit 

Wight,  Fred  B Detroit 

Wilcox,  Leslie  F. Detroit 

Wilkinson,  Arthur  P Detroit 

Williams,  C.  J Detroit 

Williamson,  Edwin  M Detroit 

Willis,  Henry  S Northville 

Willis,  Willard  S Detroit 

Wills,  J.  N Detroit 

*Willson,  Wesley  W. 

Fort  Sheridan,  111. 

Wilson,  C.  Stuart Detroit 

Wilson,  Gerald  A Detroit 

Wilson,  James  Leroy Detroit 

Wilson,  John  D Detroit 

Wilson,  M.  C Detroit 

Wilson,  Walter  J Detroit 

Wilson,  Walter  J.,  Jr Detroit 

Winfield,  James  M Detroit 

*Winsor,  Carlton  Webb..  Porto  Rico 

Wishropp,  E.  A Detroit 

Wissman,  H.  C Detroit 

Wittenberg,  Arthur  A Detroit 

Wittenberg,  Samson  S Detroit 

Wittenberg,  Sydney  S Detroit 

Witter,  Frank  C Detroit 

Witter,  Joseph  A Detroit 

Witus,  Morris  Detroit 

Witwer,  Eldwin  R. . Grosse  Pointe  Park 

Wolfe,  Ma.x  O Detroit 

Wollenberg,  Robert  A.  C Detroit 

Woodry,  Norman  L Detroit 

Woods,  H.  B Detroit 

Woods,  W.  Edward Detroit 

Woodworth,  William  P Detroit 

Wreggit,  W.  R Highland  Park 

Wruble,  Joseph  Detroit 

Wygant.  Thelma  Detroit 

Yesayian,  H.  G Detroit 

Yonkman,  Frederick  F Detroit 

Yott,  William  J Detroit 

Young,  Donald  Andrew Detroit 

Young,  Donald  C Detroit 

Young,  James  P Detroit 

Young,  Lloyd  B Detroit 

Young,  Viola  M Detroit 

Zbudowski,  A.  S Detroit 

*Zbudowski,  Myron  R Fort  Custer 

Zemens,  Joseph  L. 

Grosse  Pointe  Woods 

Zielinski,  Charles  J Detroit 

Zimmerman,  Israel  J Detroit 

Zimmerman,  R.  L Detroit 

Zinn,  George  H Detroit 

Zinterhofer,  John  Detroit 

Zinterhofer,  Louis  Detroit 

Zlatkin,  Louis  Detroit 

Zolliker,  Carl  R Detroit 

Zukowski,  Sigmind  A Detroit 


Murphy,  Michael  R Cadillac 

Purdy,  Calvin  S Buckley 

Seltzer,  Sol  N Marion 

Showalter,  Laurence  E Cadillac 

.Smith,  Wallace  J Cadillac 

Tornberg,  D.  C Cadillac 

Wood,  George  H Reed  City 


386 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


What  Value  Membership? 


☆ 


The  value  of  membership  in  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  as  in  any  organization,  depends  upon 
the  interest  and  activity  of  the  individual  member. 
In  the  vernacular,  “one  gets  out  of  an  organization 
just  what  he  puts  into  it.” 

However,  there  are  certain  advantages  which  accrue 
unconsciously  and  automatically  to  every  member  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  whether  he  stops 
to  “clip  his  coupons”  or  not.  These  have  been  classed 
as : I.  Educational  and  Professional,  II.  Economic, 

and  III.  Sociologic.  They  are  the  valuable  “intan- 
gibles” which  cannot  be  grasped  like  a silver  dollar, 
but  are  comparable  to  government  bonds  which  of 
themselves  are  mere  bits  of  printed  paper  but  repre- 
sent and  are  backed  by  the  wealth  of  the  nation. 

The  greatest  benefit  of  membership  comes  from  the 
very  membership  itself — the  joining  of  hands  and 
working  together,  i.e..  Unity!  A united' medical  pro- 
fession can  readily  achieve  and  hold  its  rightful  posi- 
tion of  influence  and  leadership  in  the  community  and 
the  State.  The  maintenance  of  these  qualities  of  in- 
fluence and  leadership  is,  therefore,  the  responsibility 
of  every  one  of  the  individual  members  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society.  Stand  fast,  together,  as 
one ! 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


May,  1941 


387 


EDITORIAL 


-K 


MUSKEGON  HONORS 
GEORGE  L.  LE  FEVRE 

■ George  L.  LeFevre,  M.D.,  president  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  in  1932-33, 
finished  his  fiftieth  year  of  active  practice  March 
19,  1941.  The  Muskegon  County  Medical  Society 
obtained  the  cooperation  of  the  Muskegon 
County  Dental  Society,  the  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce and  the  Rotary  Club  in  honoring  “Dr. 
George,”  as  he  is  familiarly  known,  in  a com- 
munity banquet. 

Leaders  of  almost  all  groups  of  the  city  were 
present  and  voiced  their  respect  and  admiration 
for  Doctor  LeFevre. 

The  principal  address,  “The  Army’s  Depend- 
ence upon  the  Medical  Profession,”  was  given  by 
Dr.  Burton  R.  Corbus,  ex-president  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  and  close  friend  of 
Doctor  LeFevre. 

The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  was  rep- 
resented by  President  P.  R.  Urmston  and  Sec- 
retary L.  F.  Foster.  Doctor  Urmston  conveyed 
to  the  honored  guest  the  congratulations  and 
recognition  of  service  from  the  profession  of 
Michigan. 

“Dr.  George’s”  record  is  best  expressed  by  the 
following  editorial  from  the  Muskegon  County 
Medical  Society  Bulletin: 

It  is  not  given  to  many  doctors  of  medicine  to 
complete  fifty  years  of  activity  in  their  profession. 
That  experience  alone  makes  a community  celebration 
noteworthy.  Fifty  years  of  practice  means  that  many 
generations  of  one  family  have  been  cared  for  by  one 
physician  and  that  his  name  has  become  almost  a 
tradition  in  that  family.  There  are  a number  of  these 
families,  in  Muskegon,  to  whom  “Dr.  George”  has 
been  the  symbol  for  relief  from  pain  and  surcease 
from  travail. 

It  is  not  given  to  many  physicians  to  be  elected 
president  of  a great  state  medical  society.  That  elec- 
tion means  that  his  colleagues  recognize  the  unselfish 
work  he  has  done  over  a period  of  many  years,  and 
also  his  unusual  executive  ability  and  leadership. 

It  is  not  given  to  many  physicians  to  be  the  Chief- 
of-Staff  in  a large  hospital  for  thirty-eight  years  and 
be  the  main  activating  influence  of  its  growth. 

It  is  not  given  to  many  physicians  to  be  president 
of  a great  bank,  a large  bank,  to  share  the  responsi- 
bility of  the  financial  structure  of  a city. 


It  is  not  given  to  many  physicians  to  have  an  active 
leading  part  in  the  political  administration  of  a com- 
munity and  guide  its  development. 

It  is  not  given  to  many  physicians  to  be  a leader  of 
an  active  industrial  foundation  which  has  strengthened 
the  backbone  of  his  home  city. 

It  is  not  given  to  many  physicians  to  be  a prominent 
member  of  a city’s  service,  fraternal,  and  social 
organizations. 

It  is  not  given — but  we  could  go  on  for  another 
page  or  two  listing  the  accomplishments  recorded  and 
the  honors  given;  not  just  one,  or  tv'o,  or  three  of 
them,  but  all  to  George  L.  LeFevre. 

The  Muskegon  County  Medical  Society  has  invited 
the  Muskegon  County  Dental  Society,  the  Greater 
Muskegon  Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  the  Rotary 
Club  to  join  in  a community  banquet  honoring  the 
only  physician  in  Michigan  who  has  achieved,  the 
hard  way,  all  these  honors. 

It  redounds  to  the  credit  of  the  entire  medical 
profession  and  particularly  the  Muskegon  County 
Medical  Society  that  our  “Dr.  George”  is  the  honored 
guest  of  such  a meeting. 


THE  AMA  NEEDS  A NEW  CHARTER  . 

■ The  American  Medical  Association  and  its  ; 

local  society  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  have  been 
convicted  by  a federal  jury  of  violating  the  anti- 
trust law.  At  the  same  time  the  jury  acquitted  j 
all  of  the  individual  defendants,  who  included  , 
the  principal  executive  employes  of  the  associa-  , 
tion.  ^ 

This  verdict  had  a parallel  some  months  ago  i 
in  the  federal  court  at  South  Bend,  where  the 
General  Motors  corporation  was  convicted  of  ' 
violating  the  anti-trust  laws  in  financing  the  sale 
of  its  cars,  but  all  of  the  officers  of  the  corpora- 
tion were  acquitted.  This,  as  it  turned  out,  was 
most  fortunate  for  Mr.  Roosevelt.  It  saved  him 
the  embarrassment  of  plucking  one  of  the  defend- 
ants, Mr.  Knudsen,  out  of  jail  when  he  needed 
him  to  head  OPM. 

The  jurors  seem  to  have  been  in  no  doubt 
that  a crime  was  committed,  yet  when  they  were  , 
asked  to  say  who  committed  it  their  answer  * 
was,  “Nobody.”  Perhaps  the  legal  metaphysi-  ' 
dans  can  straighten  us  out.  Queries  might  well 
be  addressed  to  the  prosecutor  of  the  case,  Mr. 
Thurman  Arnold,  who  has  written  that  anti- 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


EDITORIAL 


trust  prosecutions  are  a sham  anyway,  being  de- 
signed to  propitiate  the  public  conscience  for 
allowing  acts  that  our  moral  sense  tells  us  are 
wrong  but  which  our  practical  judgment  says 
are  necessary. 

The  charge  against  the  doctors  at  Washington 
was  that  they  engaged  in  a conspiracy  in  re- 
straint of  trade  against  the  Group  Health  asso- 
! elation,  an  organization  that  undertook  to  furnish 
government  employes  with  medical  care  in  re- 
turn for  a flat  monthly  fee.  The  AMA  asserts 
that  arrangements  of  this  type  tend  to  lower 
the  standards  of  medical  care,  and  in  conse- 
quence its  members,  at  the  instigation  of  the 
association’s  leaders,  refused  to  have  any  pro- 
fessional relations  with  the  physicians  hired  by 
the  Group  Health  organization. 

The  anti-trust  conviction  may  impress  upon  the 
members  of  the  AMA  that  when  they  organized 
they  took  out  the  wrong  kind  of  a charter.  They 
should  have  applied  to  William  Green  or  John 
L.  Lewis.  So  equipped,  they  would  not  have  been 
reduced  to  refusing  to  practice  in  the  same  hos- 
pitals with  a physician  who  signed  up  with  Group 
Health.  Dr.  Morris  Fishbein  could  just  have 
gone  around  some  evening  and  broken  the 
wrong  guy’s  fingers  with  a blackjack,  an  operation 
that  does  a surgeon  no  more  good  than  it  does 
a musician,  and  Mr.  Justice  Frankfurter  would 
have  told  Thurman  Arnold  not  to  get  himself 
all  wrought  up  over  a passing  moment  of  animal 
exuberance. 

A good  broad  AFL  or  GIO  charter  would 
solve  a lot  of  the  medical  profession’s  economic 
problems.  Its  members  would  not  have  to  worry 
about  overproduction  of  doctors.  They  could  just 
close  their  membership  rolls  and  have  some  of 
their  members,  sitting  on  the  state  and  local  ex- 
amining boards,  prosecute  the  newcomers  for 
practicing  without  a license. 

Draft  boards  wouldn’t  be  asking  physicians  to 
give  their  services  free  for  examination  of  the 
draftees.  All  the  chest  thumping  in  charity  wards 
would  be  done  at  the  union  scale  and  any  non- 
union medico  who  tried  to  cut  in  on  the  busi- 
ness would  have  to  pay  $1,000  initiation  fee. 
Ladies  expecting  offspring  would  have  to  be 
careful  that  the  labor  pains  did  not  start  after 
4 p.  m.  on  a Friday;  otherwise  Papa  would  have 
to  pay  double  time  for  a week-end  delivery. 

The  medical  union  might  be  able  to  take  on  a 
number  of  profitable  activities  that  AMA  mem- 


bers now  deny  themselves,  such  as  performing 
abortions  or,  for  a suitable  fee,  slipping  a dose 
from  the  black  bottle  to  millionaires  whose  heirs 
were  growing  impatient.  While  such  activities 
might  arouse  public  protest,  the  union  docs 
could  be  sure  that  President  Green  would  not 
bother  them.  That  would  be  interfering  with 
their  autonomy. — Editorial,  Chicago  Daily  Trib- 
une, Monday,  April  7,  1941.  Reprinted  by  spe- 
cial permission. 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  in_  Surgical 
Technic  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting  every 
two  weeks.  General  Courses,  One,  Two,  Three  and 
Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special  Courses.  Rectal 
Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINE — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
June  2.  Two  Weeks  Course  in  Gastro-Enterology 
starting  June  16.  Four  Weeks  Course  in  Internal 
Medicine  starting  August  4.  One  Month  Course  in 
Electrocardiography  and  Heart  Disease  every  month, 
except  August. 

FRACTURES  & TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— Two 
Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting  June  30.  Informal 
Course  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
June  16  and  October  20.  Clinical,  Diagnostic  and 
Didactic  Course  every  week. 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks  Personal  Course  starting 
May  26.  Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting  Octo- 
ber 6.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  8.  Informal  and  Personal  Courses 
every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  22.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-Ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-Ray  Therapy  every  week. 

Genercd,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in 
All  Branches  of  Medicine,  Surgery  and 
the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address: 

Registrar,  427  South  Honore  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois 


May,  1941 


’389 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


MEMBERSHIP  INCREASE 

January  1,  1934,  3160  members 
January  1,  1935,  3393  members 

January  1,  1936,  3650  members. 

January  1,  1937,  3725  members. 

January  1,  1938,  3963  members. 

January  1,  1939,  4205  members. 
January  1,  1940,  4383  members. 
January  1,  1941,  4521  members. 

The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  has 
gained  1,361  members  in  seven  years,  an  increase 
of  over  30  per  cent. 

A few  eligible  Doctors  of  Medicine  are  not 
members  of  their  county  and  state  societies. 
Members  are  urged  to  invite  their  reputable  con- 
freres to  become  associated  with  them  in  their 
medical  organization  activities. 


LEGISLATION  FOR  CRIPPLED 
AND  AFFLICTED  CHILDREN 

The  Executive  Committee  of  The  Council, 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  has  gone  on 
record  approving  House  Bill  No.  317  and  Senate 
Bill  No.  250  (identical  bills)  to  simplify  admin- 
istration of  laws  dealing  with  afflicted  and  crip- 
pled children.  This  proposal  has  also  been  ap- 
proved by  the  American  Legion,  Forty  and 
Eight,  Veterans  of  Foreign  Wars,  Michigan 
Crippled  Children  Society,  Michigan  Hospital 
Association,  Michigan  Welfare  League  and  by 
members  of  the  Michigan  Crippled  Children 
Commission. 

This  bill  will  eliminate  unnecessary  duplication 
and  investigation  (and  permanent  confusion)  by 
placing  authority  and  responsibility  in  one  body 
(the  commission) — not  in  three  agencies,  as  has 
been  Michigan’s  unfortunate  experience  during 
the  past  six  years.  Elimination  of  a multi-head- 
ed administration  will  solve  most  of  the  problems 
which  have  plagued  the  administration  of  laws 
covering  the  care  of  crippled  and  afflicted  chil- 
dren. 

Sincerely  believing  that  HB-317  and  SB-250 
will  best  serve  the  unfortunate  children,  properly 
remunerate  the  purveyors  of  the  various  services, 
and  protect  the  authorities  charged  with  payment 
for  services,  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
not  only  endorses  this  measure,  but  urges  its 


members  actively  to  help  towards  the  early  pas- 
sage of  this  fine  proposal. 

Doctors,  as  physicians  and  as  taxpayers,  are  in- 
vited by  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  of- 
ficers to  do  all  in  their  power  to  streamline  these 
laws  which  intimately  touch  their  daily  practice. 
This  can  be  done  only  by  effective  legislative  con- 
tact. 

WORKMEN'S  COMPENSATION  LAW 
ON  CHOICE  OF  HEALER 

“Is  an  employer  responsible  for  bills  incurred 
by  an  injured  workman  who  seeks  aid  from  a 
healer  other  than  a doctor  selected  by  the  em- 
ployer ?” 

This  question  was  recently  asked  by  the  medi- 
cal director  of  a large  Michigan  corporation. 

The  answer  is  that  an  employer  is  not  responsi- 
ble for  bills  incurred  by  an  injured  workman  who 
seeks  aid  from  a healer,  other  than  the  doctor  se- 
lected by  the  employer,  without  the  knowledge  of 
the  employer  (except  in  an  emergency  where  life 
is  in  danger  and  where  -the  employer  has  been 
notified  within  a reasonable  period  of  time  after 
rendition  of  any  first-aid  services). 

The  medical  director  of  a corporation  is  not 
under  any  compulsion,  by  the  state  law,  to  refer 
an  injured  workman  to  a healer,  other  than  the 
doctor  selected  by  the  corporation,  for  the  care  of 
injuries,  even  at  the  workman’s  insistence.  All 
supreme  court  cases  in  Michigan  on  this  point 
state  that  the  employer  generally  has  the  right 
to  choose  a doctor  for  his  employee  (Gardner  v. 
Michigan,  231  Mich.  331  is  the  leading  Supreme 
Court  decision). 

In  the  Workmen’s  Compensation  Act,  Section 
8420  reads : “During  the  first  ninety  days  after 
the  injury  the  employer  shall  furnish  or  cause  to 
be  furnished  reasonable  medical,  surgical  and 
hospital  services  and  medicines  when  they  are 
needed.”  Therefore,  it  is  the  right  and  responsi- 
bility of  the  employer  only  to  select  medical 
services  for  injured  employees;  the  desires  of  the 
insurance  carrier  or  the  demands  of  the  employee 
to  seek  the  services  of  healers  other  than  the  doc- 
tor of  medicin-e  selected  by  the  employer  are  of 
no  legal  avail. 

(Continued  on  Page  392) 


390 


Jour. 


A Reminder  from  Borden  about 

FOUR  KEY  PRIIVCIPIES 
IN  INFANT  FEEDINCi 


I OUR  KEY  PRINCIPLES  in  infant  feeding  make  Biolac  the  out- 
standing prepared-formula  liquid  infant  food: 

1.  Fat  Adjustment:  In  Biolac,  the  fat  content  is  reduced  to  a 
moderate,  readily  assimilahle  level— and  is  homogenized  to 
pro\dde  smaller,  more  readily  digestible  fat  droplets. 


2.  Protein  Concentration:  In  Biolac,  protein  is  similarly 
homogenized  for  easier  digestibility.  It  is  maintained  at  a 
somewhat  higher  level  than  in  breast  milk  to  provide  ample 
protein  for  the  period  of  fastest  growth. 


3.  Carbohydrate  Adjustment:  In  Biolac,  as  in  breast  milk, 
carbohydrate  is  provided  solely  by  lactose— nature’s  sole  car- 
bohydrate for  the  first  few  months  of  all  mammalian  life. 


4.  Vitamin  Adjustment:  In  Biolac,  Vitamins  A,  Bi,  and  D, 
also  iron,  are  supplied  in  accepted  amounts,  assuring  the 
baby  of  a constant  and  adequate  supply. 

Biolac  needs  only  to  be  mixed  with  boiled  water.  It  is  sold 
only  in  drugstores;  and  no  directions  are  given  to  the  laity. 


Please  enclose  professional  card  or  letterhead  when 
requesting  literature  or  samples.  The  Borden  Co., 
350  Madison  Ave.,  New  \ork  City. 


* 


Mil— 


May,  1941 


Say  yon  sazo  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigafi  State  Medical  Society 


391 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 
White  Daks  Farm 
Marian,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Hbusebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SANATORIUM 
White  Daks  Farm 
Marian,  Ohio 


Of  course,  where  an  employer  sends  his  em- 
ployee to  a certain  healer,  whether  he  be  a doctor 
of  medicine  or  not,  and  authorizes  the  healer  to 
perform  certain  services  on  the  employee,  then 
the  healer  has  the  legal  right  to  be  compensated 
for  his  services  (290  Michigan,  397). 

In  an  emergency,  where  life  is  in  danger,  an 
employee  may  go  to  his  own  doctor — but  a notifi- 
cation to  the  employer  is  necessary  if  the  healer’s 
charges  for  his  first  service  are  to  be  recognized 
by  the  employer  or  by  his  insurance  company 
(206  Michigan,  25  and  286  Michigan,  285). 

To  sum  up,  a medical  director  is  under  no  legal 
compulsion  to  refer  an  injured  workman,  at  the 
workman’s  request,  to  a healer  (other  than  the 
doctor  of  medicine  selected  by  the  employer)  for 
care  of  injuries  covered  by  the  Michigan  Work- 
men’s Compensation  Act. 


MIUTARY  MEMBERSfflP 

Members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety in  good  standing  for  the  year  1940  who  are 
called  into  active  military  service  away  from 
home  shall  be  relieved  of  the  payment  of  State 
dues  during  the  period  of  such  active  service. 
Members  who  have  already  paid  their  1941  dues 
and  have  since  been  called  into  active  military 
service  away  from  home  shall  be  accorded,  upon 
their  return  home,  one  year’s  membership  with- 
out the  payment  of  the  State  dues. 

It  is  to  be  understood  that  such  relief  from  the 
payment  of  State  dues  can  only  be  accorded  phy- 
sicians who  have  already  been  members  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  and  who  have 
paid  dues  for  at  least  one  year. 

Newly  elected  members  since  1940  must  pay 
one  year’s  dues.  Subsequent  State  dues  will  then 
be  waived  during  the  period  of  such  members’ 
active  military  service  away  from  home. 

"MALPRACTICE  FEVER" 

It  is  a recognized  fact  that  when,  in  a given 
locality,  a malpractice  action  against  a physician 
has  been  decided  in  favor  of  the  plaintiff,  other 
persons  with  grievances  are  spurred  to  action, 
and,  should  there  be  an  attorney  in  the  locality 
who  is  “in  the  market’’  for  business  of  this  kind, 
an  epidemic  of  suits  against  physicians  is  likely 
to  result.  Unquestionably,  the  best  defense 
against  such  suits  is  their  prevention. — Samuel 
Wright  Donaldson,  A.  B.,  M.  D.,  F.  A.  C.  R. 
The  Roentgenologist  in  Court.  Charles  C.  Thom- 
as, 1937. 


392 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


JoxTR.  M.S.M.S. 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


NEW  LOW  DEATH  RATES 

New  low  Michigan  death  rates  per  100,000  popula- 
tion were  written  in  1940  for  pneumonia  and  tubercu- 
losis, among  the  ten  leading  causes  of  death,  and  also 
for  typhoid  and  diphtheria,  which  a generation  ago 
were  in  the  state’s  big  ten. 

High  and  low  rates  and  death  totals  over  the  last 
forty  years  are : 

Pneumonia — 1940  rate  47.15,  deaths  2,478.  Pre- 
vious rates:  lowest  53.75  in  1939,  highest  210  in 
1918.  Previous  death  totals:  lowest  2,276  in  1909, 
highest  7,238  in  1918. 

Tuberculosis — 1940  rate  33.35,  deaths  1,753.  Pre- 
vious rates:  lowest  36.07  in  1939,  highest  107.15  in 
1904.  Previous  death  totals:  lowest  1,881  in  1939, 
highest  3,612  in  1900. 

Diphtheria — 1940  rate  .40,  deaths  21.  Previous 
rates:  lowest  .48  in  1939,  highest  25.20  in  1921. 
Previous  death  totals:  lowest  25  in  1939,  highest 
954  in  1921. 

Typhoid — 1940  rate  .19,  deaths  10.  Previous  rates: 
lowest  .48  in  1939,  highest  34.03  in  1900.  Previous 
death  totals:  lowest  25  in  1938,  highest  824  in  1900. 


One  smallpox  death  was  reported  in  1940,  that 
of  a sixty-five-year-old  man.  Michigan  had  no 
smallpox  deaths  in  1939  and  previously  there  had 
been  six  years  without  a death. 

Scarlet  fever  deaths  in  1940  dropped  to  41  and 
a rate  of  .78,  both  new  lows.  A decline  in  virulence 
of  the  organism  is  considered  the  explanation  for 
the  low  number  of  deaths.  The  worst  scarlet  fever 
year  of  the  last  forty  was  in  1917,  when  there  were 
340  deaths. 


PNEUMONIA  DEATHS  DROP 
In  the  three  years  that  pneumonia  treatment  in 
Michigan  has  been  generally  changed  by  the  use  of 
sulfonamide  drugs  and  by  serUms,  pneumonia  deaths 
in  the  state  have  been  cut  25  per  cent. 

The  average  for  the  years  1938,  1939  and  1940  is 
2,717  deaths,  which  compares  with  3,613  for  the  previ- 
ous ten  years  and  3,592  for  the  previous  five.  There 
was,  then,  an  average  of  approximately  900  fewer 
deaths  per  year  during  the  past  three  years  than 
during  the  preceding  five  or  ten  year  periods. 

The  drop  in  pneumonia  deaths  in  1940  over  1939 
is  325,  and  some  part  of  this  reduction  may  be  credited 
to  therapy  with  serums  and  with  sulfapyridine  and 
sulfathiazole. 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAE) 


ciTi 


ilver  Picrate, 
Wyeth,  has  a convincing  record  of 
effectiveness  as  a local  treatment  for 
acute  anterior  urethritis  caused  by 
Neisseria  gonorrheae.^  An  aqueous 
solution  (0.5  percent)  of  silver  pic- 
rate or  water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the  treatment. 


Acomp/ete  technique  of  treatment  and  literature  will  be  sent  upon  request 


^Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline  compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
It  is  available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and  soluble  trituration  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  solutions,  suppositories,  water-soluble  jelly,  and  powder  for  vaginal 
insufiSation. 


1.  Knight,  F.,  and  Shelanski, 
H.  A.,  "Treatment  of  Acute  Ante- 
rior Urethritis  with  Silver  Picrate,” 
Am.  J.  Syph.,  Gon.  & Ven.  Dis., 
23,  201  (March),  1939. 


JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATED,  PHILADELPHIA 


May,  1941  393 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 


T7e  could  quote  you  paragraph  upon  para- 
graph regarding  the  superb  efficiency  of 
Coramine,  “Ciba”  as  a circulatory  and 
respiratory  stimulant.  We  could  cite  numer- 
ous passages  regarding  speedy  action,  high 
tolerance  and  wide  margin  of  safety 
from  the  vast  bibliography  published  on 
Coramine.*  But  it  is  our  belief  that  only 
actual  use  can  convince  you  of  the  great 
potentialities  of  this  useful  drug. 

CORAMIIVE 


(diethyl  amide  of  nieotinic  acid),  is  the 
original,  genuine  product  manufactured 
exclusively  by  Ciba,  and  easily  identified 
by  its  crystal-white  clearness.  It  has  proven 
its  stimulating  ability  in  . . . accident  cases, 
pneumonia,  asphyxia,  surgical  shock, 
selected  cases  of  cardiac  involvement  and 
other  collapse  states.  . . . Large  doses  are 
advisable  in  severe  poisonings.  Why  not 
request  literature? 


*Trade  Mark  Reg.  U.  S.  Pat.  Off.  Word  “Cora- 
mine” identifies  the  product  as  the  diethyl 
amide  of  nicotinic  acid  of  Ciba’s  manufacture. 


CIBA  PHARMACEUTICAl  PRODUCTS,  INC. 

SUMMIT  • NEW  JERSEY 


On  a national  scale,  the  outstanding  public  health 
netvs  for  1940  has  been  declared  to  be  a large  re- 
duction in  the  pneumonia  death  rate,  as  forecast  by 
insurance  company  studies.  In  Michigan,  a reduc- 
tion in  the  pneumonia  death  rate  is  also  of  major 
importance.  The  rate  for  the  ten  years  1928-37 
was  72  deaths  per  100,000  population.  During  the 
past  three  years  the  rate  has  been  about  50  a re- 
duction of  one-third. 


FREE  SULFATHIAZOLE 

Starting  in  April,  sulfathiazole  will  be  added  to 
the  drugs  and  supplies  distributed  free  to  physi- 
cians by  the  Michigan  Department  of  Health  for 
treatment  of  venereal  disease.  Sulfathiazole  is  the 
first  drug  distributed  generally  for  treatment  of  gon- 
orrhea. 

As  with  other  drugs  for  treatment  of  venereal 
disease,  - the  sulfathiazole  will  be  distributed  in  the 
usual  manner  by  the  State  Health  Department  in 
unorganized  territory  and  by  county  and  district 
health  departments  elsewhere  after  a case  of  gonorrhea 
has  been  reported  and  request  made  for  the  drug. 
Enough  sulfathiazole  is  sent  for  one  patient  to  give 
what  is  considered  a therapeutic  course — 60  grains  a 
day  for  five  days.  The  tablets  are  7^  grains,  40 
tablets  to  the  bottle. 

Drugs  and  materials  now  distributed  by  the  De- 
partment to  physicians  for  treatment  of  venereal  dis- 
ease include  : neoarsphenamine,  mapharsen,  trisodarsen, 
bismuth  subsalicylate,  distilled  water,  and  sulfathiazole. 


NEW  ACTING  DEPUTY 
COMMISSIONER 

Dr.  Carleton  Dean,  Deputy  Commissioner  of  the 
Michigan  Department  of  Health  and  director  of  the 
Bureau  of  Local  Health  Service  since  January  1, 
1940,  has  been  appointed  medical  director  of  the  Mich- 
igan Crippled  Children’s  Commission.  Dr.  Dean  re- 
signed effective  April  1,  to  take  his  new  position  on 
that  date.  His  offices  will  be  in  Lansing  in  the  Hollis- 
ter building. 

Dr.  Dean  is  a former  member  of  the  State  Coun- 
cil of  Health  and  a past  president  of  the  Michigan 
Public  Health  Association.  He  joined  the  Depart- 
ment staff  from  a district  health  department  posi- 
tion, coming  to  Lansing  from  Charlevoix  where  he 
had  been  director  for  ten  years  of  District  Health 
Department  No.  3. 

Promotion  of  Dr.  E.  V.  Thiehoff  to  be  Acting  Dep- 
uty and  also  to  be  director  of  the  Bureau  of  Local 
Health  Services  was  announced  shortly  after  Dr. 
Dean’s  resignation. 

The  advancement  of  Dr.  Thiehoff  came  just  a year 
after  he  had  joined  the  Department  staff,  also  from  a 
district  health  department  position.  Dr.  Thiehoff  was 
the  first  director  of  District  Health  Department  No.  7, 
comprising  Gladwin,  Clare,  and  Arenac  counties.  He 
served  the  district  from  1935  until  April  1,  1940,  when 
he  was  appointed  assistant  to  Dr.  Dean. 

Dr.  Thiehoff  entered  public  health  work  in  1925. 
He  has  a master’s  degree  in  public  health  from  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  His  first  work  in  public  health 
was  as  assistant  director  of  the  Bureau  of  Child  H}’- 
giene  of  the  Missouri  Board  of  Health.  After  a year, 
he  was  named  city  physician  in  the  Akron,  Ohio,  health 
department,  and  later  chief  of  the  child  l^giene  serv- 
ice there.  In  1932,  he  was  named  acting  director 
of  the  Cleveland  Child  Health  Association.  He 
served  there  until  1934,  when  he  went  to  Vienna  to 
study. 

Since  January  27,  he  has  been  making  appraisals 
of  county  and  district  health  departments. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


394 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


>f  W^oman^s  Auxiliary 


This  is  the  Last  Call  for  reservations  for  the  Nine- 
teenth Annual  Convention  of  the  W oman’s  Auxiliary" 
to  the  American  ^Medical  Association  which  will  be  held 
at  Hotel  Carter  in  Cleveland,  June  2-6.  All  Cleveland 
extends  a hearty  welcome  to  3’ou ! 


Ingham  County 

In  Februarj',  the  Ingham  County  Auxiliary"  held  its 
annual  dessert  bridge  part>'  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  Harry 
Prall  in  East  Lansing. 

iMrs.  H.  A.  Miller  our  social  chairman,  recently  re- 
turned from  Mexico,  brought  beautiful  bridge  prizes 
tj-pical  of  the  country’.  Mrs.  Horace  French,  State  Treas- 
urer, and  one  of  Lansing’s  foremost  bridge  experts,  had 
the  high  score  for  the  afternoon.  Others  winning  the 
loveh-  ^klexican  gifts  Avere  iMrs.  L.  G.  Christian,  !Mrs. 
F.  Mansell  Ehmn  and  Mrs.  F.  C.  Swartz. 

At  the  business  meeting  we  discussed  the  coming 
month  of  April  in  regard  to  the  drive  for  the  control 
of  cancer,  and  we  shall  tr\'  to  enroll  everj’  one  in  the 
Ingham  Count}’  Auxiliar}’  as  a member  of  the  W’^omen’s 
Field  Army  for  the  Control  of  Cancer  and  thus  every 
individual  subscribing  can  be  assured  of  a small  part  in 
this  important  work. 

^Irs.  Cameron  iMurdock,  a j’oung  woman  who  has 
just  returned  from  a j’ear  in  Tahiti,  discussed  the  effect 
of  the  present  war  upon  the  island,  at  our  April  meet- 
ing. 

Margaret  S.  Davenport. 


Jackson  County 

The  regular  monthly  meeting  of  the  iMedical  Auxil- 
iar}-  to  the  Jackson  Count}'  Medical  Society  was  held  at 
the  Hayes  Hotel,  iMarch  18th  at  6:30  p.  m.  After  a 
short  business  meeting  Mrs.  \Y.  A.  Whckham  gave  a 
very  interesting  report  on  the  work  now  being  carried 
on  by  the  Project  Committee.  At  the  present  time  the 
Committee  is  helping  an  eight-year-old  boy  from  a 
broken  home,  who  is  in  need  of  medical  aid. 

The  committee  in  charge  of  this  meeting  were  Mes- 
dames  Don  Kudner,  W'^.  R.  Finton,  Ray  Newton,  W\  A. 
W ickham,  Phil.  Riley,  J.  C.  Scott  and  C.  A.  Leonard. 

After  the  meeting  the  thirty  members  and  guests  ad- 
journed to  the  High  School  as  guests  of  the  W’oman’s 
Club  to  hear  Henry  C.  W^olfe,  foreign  correspondent 
and  lecturer. 


Kent  County 

The  regular  monthly  meeting  of  the  W’oman’s  Auxil- 
iary to  the  Kent  County  Medical  Society  was  held 
March  12  in  the  Public  iVIuseum  Auditorium. 

Follow'ng  the  business  session,  Mrs.  Fred  C.  Brace, 
gave  a most  interesting  discussion  and  reading  of  four 
of  Eugene  O’Neill’s  one-act  plays  which  were  used  in 
the  motion  picture  “The  Long  Voyage  Home.” 

On  April  3 the  Auxiliary,  in  conjunction  with  the 
League  for  the  Control  of  Cancer,  sponsored  a free 
open  meeting  ‘n  the  Museum  Auditorium.  An  instruc- 


Detroit  Clinic  and  Alnmni  Hennion 

of 

—y4lumni  ^^diociation  of  '\^aune  Coiie^e  of  WJicine 

Wednesday,  June  11,  1941 

9:00  A.M. — Registration. 

Morning  Lectures — Detroit  Institute  of  Arts 
Woodward  at  Kirby 

Business  Meeting. 

12:15  P.M. — Buffet  Luncheon,  Wayne  County  Medical  Society. 

Afternoon  Lectures — Detroit  Institute  of  Arts 

5:30  P.M. — Cocktail  Hour — on  your  own. 

7:00  P.M. — Annual  Banquet  and  Class  Reunions — Hotel  Statler 
Malcolm  Bingay — Toastmaster — Entertainment. 

Speaker:  Wallace  R.  Deuel 

Ace  Foreign  Correspondent,  Chicago  Daily  News 

N.  B.  Ladies  are  imdted  to  the  Banquet. 

FURTHER  DETAILS  WILL  EE  LURNISHED  EY  MAIL 


May,  1941 


Say  you  saiv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


395 


WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 


tive  film  was  shown  and  Dr.  O.  H.  Gillett  gave  a talk 
on  “Cancer  Control.’’ 

Our  next  meeting  is  our  Annual  Tea,  which  is  al- 
ways a highlight  of  the  year.  Mrs.  Reuben  Maurits  is 
extending  the  hospitality  of  her  home  for  the  event, 
and  Mrs.  David  B.  Davis  is  planning  the  musical  pro- 
gram. 

Elizabeth  Van  Bree. 


Monroe  County 

The  Auxiliary  to  the  Monroe  County  Medical  Society 
met  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  M.  A.  Hunter,  on  February 
18  at  which  twelve  members  were  present.  After  a 
short  business  meeting  refreshments  were  served  and 
the  members  sewed  for  the  Red  Cross. 

The  Auxiliary  met  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  H.  W.  Lan- 
don  for  its  March  meeting  and  had  as  guest  speaker, 
Mrs.  J.  L.  Wierengo  of  Grand  Rapids,  who  spoke  on 
cancer  control. 

There  were  twelve  members  present  and  after  re- 
freshments were  served  they  sewed  for  the  Red  Cross. 

Genevieve  A.  Reiseg. 


Saginaw  County 

Tschaikowsky’s  Fifth  Symphony  was  the  topic  of 
discussion  at  the  Saginaw  County  Medical  Auxiliary’s 
monthly  meeting  on  Tuesday  evening,  March  18,  at  the 
home  of  Mrs.  Fred.  J.  Cady,  Saginaw.  Mrs.  Rockwell 
M.  Kempton,  program  chairman,  presented  Mrs. 
Charles  C.  Coulter,  who  read  a paper  on  the  life  of 
Tschaikowsky ; and  Miss  Leona  A.  Rohde,  who  ana- 
lyzed the  Symphony.  Mrs.  Coulter  and  Miss  Rohde  are 
active  members  of  the  Tuesday  Musicale. 

Refreshments  were  served  after  the  meeting  at  an 
attractive  table  decorated  with  white  spring  flowers  and 
white  tapers.  Mrs.  W.  J.  O’Reilly  and  Mrs.  J.  W. 
Hutchison  poured. 

Mrs.  D.  C.  Durman  was  in  charge  of  the  social  hour 
assisted  by  Mrs.  Eugene  A.  Hand,  Mrs.  H.  J.  Richter, 


Mrs.  H.  M.  Bishop,  Mrs.  H.  B.  Kleekamp,  Mrs.  J.  P. 
Markey  and  Mrs.  H.  E.  Mayne,  all  of  Saginaw,  and 
Mrs.  F.  W.  Ostrander,  of  Freeland. 


Shiawassee  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Shiawassee  County 
Medical  Society  was  organized  September  19,  1940, with 
the  able  assistance  of  Mrs.  L.  G.  Christian,  State  Legis- 
lation Chairman.  The  club  is  active  and  the  meetings 
well  attended.  They  sponsored  one  lecture  given  by 
Dr.  L.  F.  Foster  on  “New  Conceptions  of  Health  In- 
surance,’’ January  9,  in  the  Woman’s  Club  and  W.  J. 
Burns,  executive  secretary  of  the  State  Medical  Society, 
gave  a very  interesting  talk  on  State  Legislation  March 
25. 

Cora  Watts. 


Wayne  County 

The  March  meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the 
Wayne  County  Medical  Society  was  held  on  Friday, 
March  14,  at  the  Society’s  headquarters. 

Dr.  J.  Milton  Robb  introduced  the  speaker  of  the 
day,  Mr.  John  M.  Pratt,  Executive  Administrator  of 
the  National  Physicians  Committee  for  the  Extension 
of  Medical  Service. 

Mr.  Pratt  spoke  on  “Medical  Legislation.’’  He  dis- 
cussed the  tremendous  advancement  of  medicine  in  the 
last  century  and  emphasized  the  fact  it  was  made  pos- 
sible by  the  underlying  principle  of  freedom  in  this 
country.  He  pointed  out  that  the  United  States  has  the 
highest  standards  of  health  and  the  lowest  death  rate 
which  the  world  has  ever  known,  and  he  urged  the 
continued  operation  of  a system  which  had  made  such 
progress  possible. 

Following  the  address,  Mrs.  Buesser,  president  of  the 
Auxiliary,  appointed  a Committee  to  study  Mr.  Pratt’s 
message,  consider  suggestions  and  formulate  a program 
for  future  action. 

Tea  was  served  at  the  conclusion  of  the  meeting. 

Margaret  J.  Wallace. 


WEHENKfiL  SAXATORIIJM 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Comer  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKELt  Medical  Director,  City  OEficec,  Madison  3312*3 


396 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


IN  MEMORIAM 


jUcinnriatn 


1 LaMotte  F.  Bates  of  Durand  was  born  August  19, 
) 1901  in  Durand,  and  was  graduated  from  the  Durand 
i High  School  June  1918. 

He  entered  the  University  of  Michigan  and  was 
graduated  from  the  University  of  Michigan  Medical 
School  in  1924.  He  served  his  internship  in  Detroit, 
in  the  Durand  Hospital  and  in  Memorial  Hospital, 

. then  entered  active  practice  with  his  uncle,  the  late 
, R.  C.  Fair,  M.D.  During  the  years  that  followed 
I Doctor  Bates  built  a large  practice  and  became  one 
of  the  leading  physicians  of  Shiawassee  County.  For 
( some  years  he  had  been  surgeon  of  the  Grand  Trunk 
railroad.  Doctor  Bates  served  as  president  of  Shia- 
, wassee  County  Medical  Society  in  1940.  He  died 
as  the  result  of  a fall,  April  5,  1941. 

George  Clinton  Hafford,  of  Albion  was  born  July 
1 10,  1862,  in  Pierpont  Manor,  New  York  and  was 
graduated  from  the  University  of  Michigan  Medi- 
cal School,  June  30,  1887.  After  a year  of  practice 
in  Carleton,  Michigan,  he  went  to  Manistique  for 
ten  years’  service.  In  1899  Doctor  Hafford  returned 
to  lower  Michigan  and  located  in  Albion,  which  had 
i been  his  home  until  the  time  of  his  death.  For  the 
last  twenty-three  years  his  associate  has  been  his 
; son,  Alpheus  T.  Hafford,  M.D.  Doctor  Hafford 
gained  the  rank  of  major  in  the  World  War  while 
serving  as  surgeon  in  the  Medical  Corps  at  Fort 
Benjamin  Harrison,  Indiana,  Camp  Taylor,  La.,  and 
as  chief  surgeon  in  a 3,000  bed  hospital  in  Fort 
McHenry,  Md.  He  was  elected  Emeritus  Member 
i of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  in  1938  and 
an  Affiliate  Member  to  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation in  1939.  Doctor  Hafford  was  active  in  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  serving  as  Coun- 
cilor of  the  Third  District  for  six  years.  He  was 
also  interested  in  the  activities  of  the  American 
Legion  and  many  civic  organizations.  He  died  April 
19,  1941,  in  St.  Petersburg,  Florida. 

James  J.  Haviland  of  Owosso  was  born  near 
Gaines,  Michigan  on  March  25,  1869,  attended  and 
graduated  from  Gaines  High  School,  and  then  ent- 
ered the  .Detroit  College  of  Medicine,  receiving  his 
degree  in  medicine  in  1894.  The  following  year  he 
started  practicing  in  Lennon.  Later  he  took  post- 
graduate courses  at  the  University  of  Michigan,  and 
in  New  York,  then  resumed  his  Lennon  practice 
in  1899.  Still  later  he  spent  six  months  at  the  Royal 
Hospital,  London,  England.  In  1910  Doctor  Havi- 
land came  to  Owosso  and  practiced  there  until  his 
death,  with  the  exception  of  the  time  spent  in  the 
army  during  the  World  War.  He  enlisted  in  1917 
in  the  Medical  Corps  of  the  329th  Field  Artillery  of 
the  85th  Division,  and  in  June  1918,  went  overseas 
until  March  1919,  when  he  returned  and  was  hon- 
orably discharged  at  Camp  Grant,  with  the  rank 
of  major.  A short  time  later  he  was  commissioned 
a colonel  in  the  reserve  corps  and  placed  on  the  in- 
active list.  Doctor  Haviland  died  March  25,  1941. 

Charles  H.  Heffron  of  Adrian  was  born  in  1871  in 
Fulton  county,  Ohio.  He  attended  Adrian  high 
school  and  in  1893  completed  a course  in  medicine 
at  Western  Reserve  (Wooster)  University.  Later 
he  took  a postgraduate  course  at  the  University  of 
Michigan.  He  began  his  career  as  a physician  in 
Metamora,  Ohio  in  1893  and  for  a period  of  some  27 
years  practiced  there.  Doctor  Heffron  went  to 
Adrian,  Michigan  in  1920,  and  established  his  prac- 
tice which  he  continued  until  his  death  on  March 
22,  1941. 

May,  1941 


f YES,  THAT  IS  X 
> RECOGNIZED  BY 
THE  A.M.A.  COUNCIL 
^ ON  FOODS.  ^ 


^ DOCTOR,  ^ 
r IS  IT  TRUE  THAT 
LIBBY’S  BABY  FOODS 
ARE  EXTRA  EASY 
^ TO  DIGEST?  J 


THEY’RE 


STRAINED  VEGETABLES 
MAGNIFIED  200  TIMES 


LIBBY'S  HOMOGENIZED 
VEGETABLES 
MAGNIFIED  200  TIMES 


Note  the  large  bundles  of 
coarse  fibers,  the  many  large 
cells,  the  closely  packed 
starch  granules.  Contrast 
with  the  photomicrograph 
at  the  right,  showing  Libby’s 
specially  homogenized  Veg- 
etables. (Process  patented 
U.  S.  No.  2037029.)  Here 
you  see  no  coarse  fiber  or 
large  cells;  starch  particles 
are  small  and  uniformly  dis- 
tributed. 


As  demonstrated  in  this 
photomicrograph,  special 
homogenization  breaks  up 
cells,  fibers  and  starch  par- 
ticles, and  releases  nutri- 
ment for  easier  digestion. 
Libby’s  Baby  Foods — vege- 
tables, fruits,  soups,  cereal 
— are  first  strained,  then 
specially  homogenized.  This 
exclusive  double  process 
makes  them  extra  smooth, 
extra  fine  in  texture. 


PEAS  CARROTS  SPINACH 

5 VEGETABLE  COMBINATIONS 
2 FRUIT  COMBINATIONS 
CEREAL  2 SOUPS 

EVAPORATED  MILK 
NEW!  Libby’s  Chopped  Foods  for  older 
babies  {10  varieties) 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


397 


IN  MEMORIAM 


Albert  G.  Huegli  of  Detroit  was  born  September 
4,  1878  in  Detroit,  Michigan  and  was  graduated 
from  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  in  1901.  Since 
graduation,  he  conducted  a practice  in  Detroit.  With 
the  founding  of  Deaconess  Hospital,  Doctor  Huegli 
became  an  interested  and  industrious  member  of  the 
Medical  Staff,  serving  for  twenty-two  years,  until 
his  death,  as  secretary  of  that  organization.  Besides 
his  work  on  the  Deaconess  staff.  Doctor  Huegli  was 
attending  physician  of  the  Evangelical  Lutheran 
Institute  for  the  Deaf.  He  was  well  known  as  a 
progressive  internist.  Doctor  Huegli  died  March  7, 
1941. 

Francis  H.  Husband  of  Sault  Ste.  Marie  was  born 
in  Welreby,  Ontario,  Canada,  July  13,  1877  and 
was  graduated  from  the  University  of  Michigan 
School  of  Medicine  in  1901.  For  a brief  period  after 
graduation  he  was  in  Port  Huron,  Michigan.  Then 
he  moved  to  Sault  Ste.  Marie  in  1902,  where  he 
established  his  practice  and  remained,  except  for 
periods  of  postgraduate  work  in  the  east.  Doctor 
Husband  served  as  president  of  Chippewa  County 
Medical  Society  in  1930.  He  died  March  16,  1941. 

William  A.  Royer  of  Battle  Creek  was  born  June 
15,  1864  in  LaGrange  County,  Indiana,  and  was 
graduated  from  LaGrange  High  School.  After  at- 
tending normal  college  in  Wauseon,  Ohio,  he  taught 
school  for  several  years  and  then  enrolled  in  the 
University  of  Michigan  Medical  School.  He  was 
graduated  from  the  University  in  1892.  Doctor 
Royer  practiced  twenty-two  years  in  Mendon, 
Michigan,  one  year  in  Fulton  and  three  years  in 
Sturgis  and  had  maintained  offices  in  Battle  Creek 
for  twenty-three  years.  He  died  March  30,  1941. 

George  P.  Sackrider  of  Owosso,  Michigan  was 
born  May  4,  1874  in  Oakley,  Michigan  and  was  grad- 


uated from  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine.  Folj 
lowing  graduation,  he  served  as  an  interne  at  Harp? 
er  Hospital,  Detroit,  and  in  1905  located  in  Hender? 
son,  Michigan  where  he  practiced  until  1912.  He 
moved  to  Owosso  in  1912  and  continued  the  practice 
of  general  medicine  and  surgery.  When  the  United 
States  entered  war  in  1917  Doctor  Sackrider  gave' 
up  his  practice  and  enlisted  in  Base  Hospital  Unit 
No.  36,  the  second  outfit  to  go  overseas.  He  spent 
twenty  months  in  the  army,  being  discharged  with" 
the  rank  of  major.  Returning  to  Owosso  after  the 
war.  Doctor  Sackrider  in  1920  started  specializing 
in  treatment  of  the  eye,  ear,  nose  and  throat  and 
continued  in  that  practice  until  his  death.  He  died 
March  11,  1941.  J 

Cyril  K,  Valade  of  Detroit  was  born  in  that  city 
March  27,  1891,  and  was  graduated  from  Central 
High  School  and  the  Wayne  University  College  of 
Medicine  in  1916.  Doctor  Valade  volunteered  his 
services  in  the  English  Army  in  the  World  War,  and 
was  at  Graylingwell  Hospital,  and  later  transferred 
to  Charing  Cross  Hospital,  and  also  was  stationed 
at  St.  Bartholomew’s  in  London,  England.  He  was 
transferred  to  the  American  Army  after  the  United 
States  entered  the  war  and  was  stationed  at  Roch- 
ester Row  Hospital.  He  was  honorably  discharged 
as  a Captain  of  the  United  States  Medical  Corps. 
Dr.  Valade  was  affiliated  with  various  Veteran’s 
Societies,  and  a Past  Commander  of  the  Business 
and  Professional  Men’s  Post,  American  Legion,  and 
at  the  time  of  his  death  was  Chairman  of  the 
Syphilis  Control  Committee  of  the  Michigan  Medi- 
cal Society.  He  specialized  in  Dermatology  and 
had  published  several  books  on  the  subject.  He 
was  a member  of  the  staff  of  Receiving,  St.  Joseph’s 
Mercv  and  Harper  Hospitals.  Doctor  Valade  died 
March  27,  1941. 


RADON 

■ ’ . W 

. SE 

EDS  ^ 

OR  safety  and  reliability  use  composite  Radon  seeds  in  your 
cases  requiring  interstitial  radiation.  The  Composite  Radon 
Seed  is  the  only  type  of  metal  Radon  Seed  having  smooth, 
round,  non-cutting  ends.  In  this  type  of  seed,  illustrated 
here  highly  magnified.  Radon  is  under  gas-tight,  leak-proof 
seal.  Composite  Platinum  (or  Gold)  Radon  Seeds  and 
loading-slot  instruments  for  their  implantation  are  available 
to  you  exclusively  through  us.  Inquire  and  order  by  mail, 
or  preferably  by  telegraph,  reversing  charges. 

THE  RADIUM  EMANATION  CORPORATION 

GRAYBAR  BLDG.  Telephone  MO  4-6455  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


1 


I 


398 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


-X  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  -X 


100  Per  Cent  Club  for  1941 


Allegan 

Barry 

Clinton 

Dickinson-Iron 

Eaton 

Huron 

Ingham 

Jackson 

Lapeer 

Lenawee 


Luce 

Manistee 

Menominee 

Muskegon 

Ontonagon 

St.  Clair 

Sanilac 

Tuscola 

Wexford-Missaukee 


The  above  county  medical  societies  have  certified 
the  1941  dues  of  100  per  cent  of  their  member- 
ship. 

Eleven  county  societies  are  not  in  “The  100  per 
cent  club”  because  of  only  one  delinquent  mem- 
ber! Eighteen  other  county  societies  have  less 
than  five  delinquent  members. 


Warren  E.  Wheeler,  M.  D.,  Field  Representative  in 
Pediatrics,  addressed  the  Barry  County  Medical  So- 
ciety at  its  meeting  of  April  10th  in  Hastings. 

^ 


W.  H.  Huron,  M.  D.,  Iron  Mountain,  addressed  the 
Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Marquette-Alger  County 
Medical  Society  at  its  meeting  of  April  2nd. 

* # 

Councilor  Ray  S.  Morrish,  M.  D.,  Flint,  attended  the 
National  Convention  of  the  American  Red  Cross  in 
M^ashington  the  week  of  April  21st. 


Members  of  the  Public  Health  and  Venereal  Control 
Committee  of  Macomb  County  Medical  Society  are 
W.  J.  Kane,  M.  D.,  E.  J.  Dudzinski,  M.  D.,  and  R. 
E.  Lynch,  M.  D. 

Frank  Stiles,  M.  D.,  Lansing,  addressed  the  lonia- 
Montcalm  County  Medical  Society  at  Portland  on  May 
13  on  the  subject  of  “Skin  Diseases  and  Treatment  of 
Same,”  illustrated  by  lantern  slides. 

^ ^ ^ 

The  American  Association  for  the  Study  of  Goiter 
held  its  1941  meeting  at  the  Hotel  Statler,  Boston,  on 
May  12-14.  The  program  for  the  three-day  meeting 
consisted  of  papers  dealing  with  goiter  and  other  dis- 
eases of  the  thyroid  gland,  dry  clinics  and  demon- 
strations. 

=is  * * 

A one-day  conference  some  time  in  June  on  Student 
Health  Practice  is  being  arranged  for  physicians  and 
others  interested  in  this  work.  Address  inquiries  con- 
cerning plans  for  the  conference  to  Dr.  Claire  E. 
Healey,  University  Health  Service,  University  of 
Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

^ ^ ^ 

Frank  H.  Power,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor,  formerly  field 
representative  in  Cancer  for  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society  has  been  called  for  active  service  with  the 
Army  and  is  now  stationed  at  Fort  Jackson,  South 
Carolina.  As  yet,  no  successor  has  been  appointed  in 
place  of  Doctor  Power. 


i "■  ' ' ^ 

HARTZ  JELLY— A Non-Irritating  Lubricant 


Hartz  Jelly  is  a water-soluble,  fat- 
free  lubricant  for  hands,  sounds, 
catheters,  bougies,  cystoscopes,  and 
other  body-entering  instruments. 

Hartz  Jelly  contains  no  petroleum, 
soap,  starch  or  other  objectionable 
materials.  It  insures  an  easy  in- 
troduction with  the  least  inconven- 
ience to  the  patient. 


PRICE' 

7 FLOORS  MEDICAL  SUPPLIES  «i-5o‘ 

a dozen  tubes 


LABORATORY  OF 

THE  J.  F.  H A RTZ  CO. 

15  29  Broadway,  Detroit  . . Cherry  4 6 00 


PHARMACEUTICAL  MANUFACTURERS 


MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


May,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


399 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITY 


I 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

♦ 

Ward  S>  Farffuson,  M.  D.  Jamas  C.  Drosta,  M.  D.  Ljmn  A.  Farcuaon,  M.  D. 

4> 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

4* 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICHIGAN 

♦ 

' Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


New  address.  Captain  L.  A.  Potter,  Inspector  for  the 
State  Health  Department,  reports  that  George  Saxton, 
a layman,  formerly  of  Allegan,  was  sentenced  on  April 
1st  to  two  to  four  years  in  Jackson  Prison  for  per- 
forming illegal  abortions.  Mr.  Saxton  was  also  fined 
$500  in  Circuit  Court  by  Judge  Fred  T.  Miles. 

* * * 

Arthur  R.  Woodhurne,  M.  D.,  Grand  Rapids,  has 
been  appointed  Chairman  of  the  M.  S.  M.  S. 
Syphilis  Control  Committee  by  President  P.  R.  Urm- 
ston  to  fill  the  vacancy  due  to  the  death  of  C.  K. 
Valade,  M.  D.  Doctor  Urmston  also  appointed  Eu- 
gene Hand,  M.  D.,  of  Saginaw  to  the  Syphilis  Control 
Committee. 

♦ ♦ * 

L.  Femald  Foster,  M.  D.,  Bay  City;  Roy  Herbert 
Holmes,  M.  D.,  Muskegon;  T.  E.  Hoffman,  M.  D., 
Vassar;  Hewitt  Smith,  M.  D.  and  Harold  A.  Miller, 
M.  D.,  Lansing,  addressed  a meeting  of  the  Kent  Coun- 
ty Medical  Society  in  Grand  Rapids  on  April  17th. 
“Medical  Care  of  Welfare  Clients”  was  the  subject  of 
The  Symposium. 

=|!  * * 

The  Kalamazoo  Academy  of  Medicine  has  entered 
into  a contract  with  the  Kalamazoo  County  Social  Wel- 
fare Board  to  provide  home  and  office  medical  care  to 
those  on  welfare  in  Kalamazoo  County,  to  be  effective 
as  of  June  1,  1941.  The  Kalamazoo  Social  Welfare 
Board  also  executed  a separate  contract  to  provide 
hospitalization  for  welfare  cases. 

♦ 

Bowlers  attention!  Plans  are  on  foot  to  have  a 
bowling  tournament  during  the  1941  session  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  in  Cleveland  the  week 
of  June  2nd.  It  is  hoped  that  teams  can  be  formed 


representing  various  states.  Physicians  interested  in 
bowling  please  write  Lewis  W.  Bremerman,  M.  D., 
1709  West  8th  Street,  Los  Angeles,  California. 

* ♦ ♦ 

“Electric  Arc  Welding : The  Effects  of  Welding 
Gases  and  Fumes”  appeared  in  4he  issue  of  April  12, 
1941,  written  by  Stuart  P.  Meek,  M.  D.,  Carey  P.  Mc- 
Cord, M.  D.,  and  Gordon  C.  Harrold,  Ph.D.,  all  of  De- 
troit. 

“Mass  Testing  of  Color  Vision”  by  Erich  Sachs,  M. 
D.,  Detroit,  appeared  in  the  issue  of  April  19th. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

The  43rd  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Medical  Library 
Association  will  be  held  at  the  University  of  Michigan 
Medical  School,  Ann  Arbor,  on  May  29-31,  1941,  under 
the  presidency  of  Col.  Harold  W.  Jones,  of  the  Army 
Medical  Library,  Washington,  D.  C.  The  program 
will  include  papers  on  the  Cooperation  of  Libraries, 
Union  Catalogs,  Medical  History  and  Industrial  Medi- 
cine. 

♦ * * 

Volunteers  are  needed  for  the  Royal  Army  Medical 
Corps  and  Emergency  Medical  Service.  According  to 
the  American  Red  Cross  at  least  1,000  young  American 
doctors  of  medicine  are  needed  in  Britain  to  help 
care  for  the  civilian  population  as  well  as  service  with 
the  Royal  Army  Medical  Corps.  Applicants  must  be 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  unmarried  or  without  de- 
pendents, and  no  more  than  forty  years  of  age  for 
service  with  the  RAMC,  and  no  more  than  forty-five 
years  old  for  appointment  to  the  Emergency  Medical 
Service.  For  ftill  information  as  to  qualifications  and 
other  details,  write  the  American  Red  Cross  National 
Headquarters,  Washington,  D.  C. 


400 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


if  in  ^ ^ 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITY 


Recent  articles  written  by  members  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  and  published  in  The  Journal  of 
the  American  Medical  Association  include  the  follow- 
ing: 

“Diseases  of  the  Respiratory  Tract  and  Air  Condi- 
tioning” by  Carey  P.  McCord,  M,  D.,  Detroit,  issue  of 
March  29.  “Diagnosis  of  Injuries  of  the  Hand”  by  J. 
M.  Winfield,  M.  D.,  Detroit,  appeared  in  the  same  is- 
sue. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

Civil  Service  applications  are  being  received  for  sen- 
ior medical  officers  at  $4,600  per  year;  medical  officers 
at  $3,800 ; and  associate  medical  officers  at  $3,200.  These 
appointments  are  available  in  the  Public  Health  Serv- 
ice, Food  and  Drug  Administration,  Veterans’  Admin- 
istration, Civil  Aeronautics  Administration,  and  Indian 
Service.  Applications  should  be  filed  with  the  United 
States  Civil  Service  Commission,  Washington,  D.  C., 
as  early  as  possible. 

♦ * ♦ 

Physicians  are  urged  to  refrain  from  collecting  phar- 
maceutical samples  for  shipment  to  British  Relief.  It 
is  pointed  out  that  while  we  may  all  be  in  s}unpathy 
with  the  “Bundles  for  Britain”  movement,  this  particu- 
lar practice  is  very  expensive  and  the  value  to  the 
British  is  questionable  due  to  the  heterogenous  mate- 
rial which  reaches  the  British  Relief.  In  addition, 
most  all  of  the  pharmaceutical  manufacturers  have  in- 
dividually donated  large  supplies  of  vitamin  capsules 
and  other  needed  pharmaceutical  products  to  the  Brit- 
ish Relief  at  no  charge. 

* * ♦ 

Doctor,  remember  your  particular  friends,  the  ex- 
hibitors, at  your  annual  convention,  when  you  have 
need  of  equipment,  appliances,  medical  supplies  and 
service.  Here  are  ten  more  of  the  firms  which  helped 
make  the  1940  convention  such  a success : 

Gerber  Products  Company,  Fremont. 

General  Electric-X-Ray  Corporation,  Chicago. 

H.  G.  Fischer  & Company,  Chicago. 

Ehike  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Stamford,  Connecticut. 

Detroit  X-Ray  Sales  Company,  Detroit. 

R.  B.  Davis  Company,  Hoboken,  New  Jersey. 
Cottrell-Clarke,  Inc.,  Detroit. 

The  Coca-Cola  Company,  Atlanta,  Georgia. 

S.  H.  Camp  & Company,  Jackson. 

Cameron  Surgical  Specialty  Company,  Chicago. 

:(:  * * 

The  Oakland  County  Medical  Society  were  guests 
of  Mr.  Harry  J.  Klingler,  General  Manager  of  Pontiac 
Motor  Division,  on  May  14  when  they  visited  the  new 
Pontiac  Plant  Hospital.  Members  of  the  Society  were 
shown  through  the  completely  new  hospital  bv  Ethan 

B.  Cudney,  M.  D.,  Pontiac’s  medical  director.  Guest  of 
honor  at  the  hospital  and  plant  tour  and  dinner  were 

C.  D.  Selby,  M.  D.,  medical  consultant  for  General 
Motors  Corporation.  Following  the  dinner  in  the 
plant  restaurant,  Kenneth  E.  Markuson,  M.  D.,  Di- 
rector of  the  Bureau  of  Industrial  Hygiene  of  the 
Michigan  Department  of  Health,  spoke  on  “The  Rela- 
tionship of  the  Private  Physician,  the  Industrial  Phy- 
sician and  the  Bureau  of  Industrial  Hygiene  to  In- 
dustrial Health.” 

* * * 

The  Michigan  Association  of  Industrial  Physicians 
and  Surgeons  held  its  1941  Annual  Meeting  in  Detroit 
on  April  16th.  Among  the  distinguished  speakers  on 
the  program  were  Edward  C.  Holmblad,  M.  D.,  Chi- 
cago; John  Sundw^ll,  M.  D.,  Ann  Arbor.  J.  Harold 
Couch.  M.  D.,  Toronto ; Daniel  J.  Lynch,  M.  D.,  Bos- 
ton; E.  S.  Gurdjian,  M.  D.,  Arthur  E.  Schiller,  M. 

D. ,  Wm.  A.  Lange,  M.  D.,  Frank  A.  Kelly,  M.  D., 
Wm.  E.  Blodgett,  M.  D.,  George  P.  Myers,  M.  D., 

E.  Howard  Hanna,  M.  D.,  Walter  G.  Paterson,  M.  D., 
Wm.  Y.  Kennedy,  M.  D.,  A.  Willis  Hudson,  M.  D., 
Earl  G.  Kriee.  M.  D.,  Earl  F.  Lutz,  M.  D.,  Charles 
H.  Clifford,  M.  D.,  Clyde  K.  Hasley,  M.  D.,  Herbert 
H.  Holman,  M.  D.,  John  A.  Hookey,  M.  D.,  Harold 

May,  1941 


Good 

Treatment 

for 

Your  Taste 

If  your  taste  responds  to 
smooth  mellowness,  Johnnie 
Walker  is  indicated. 

★ 

IT'S  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

l^LKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


Say  you  sazt^  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


401 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITY 


^^All  worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations; including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients, 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


DeNIKE  sanitarium,  Inc. 

Elstablished  1893 


EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 

OF 

ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOLISM 


Mild  Neuropsychic  Cases 
Admitted 


1571  East  Jefferson  Avenue 
Cadillac  2670  Detroit 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


K.  Shawan,  M.  D.,  Carey  P.  McCord,  M.  D.,  Frank 
T.  McCormick,  M.  D.,  John  J.  Prendergast,  M.  D., 
Harry  Miller,  M.  D.,  Clarence  D.  Selby,  M.  D.,  Frank 
Koss,  M.  D.,  Francis  MacMillan,  M.  D.,  Clarence  Ma- 
guire, M.  D.,  A.  H.  Whittaker,  M.  D.,  Grover  C. 
Penberthy,  M.  D.,  Charles  S.  Kennedy,  M.  D.,  and  E. 
F.  Collins,  M.  D.,  all  of  Detroit. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

Mark  Your  Calendar  Now!  September  17,  18,  19, 
are  red  letter  days  for  you.  Plan  to  attend  the  1941 
Grand  Rapids  Convention  of  the  Alichigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society.  Thirty  outstanding  leaders  in  scientific 
medical  progress  have  accepted  invitations  to  speak  in 
Grand  Rapids  next  September.  The  list  will  be  pub- 
lished in  the  June  Journal.  Don’t  miss  this  unpar- 
alleled opportunity  to  hear  these  national  and  inter- 
national authorities  discuss  first-hand  the  problems 
which  confront  you  every  day  in  your  practice. 

Opportunity  will  be  given  for  round  table  discussion 
led  by  these  men  at  3:30  each  afternoon. 

Spend  September  17,  18,  19,  1941,  in  Grand  Rapids. 
And  bring  your  wife.  She  will  enjoy  the  activities  and 
entertainment  arranged  by  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary.  It's 
not  too  soon  to  write  for  hotel  reservations ! 

* * * 

In  March  and  April  of  this  year  the  Macomb  Coun- 
ty Medical  Society  undertook  the  immunization  of  all 
the  school  children  of  the  county  against  diphtheria 
and  smallpox.  Two  doses  of  toxoid,  a month  apart, 
were  given  all  applicants  up  to  and  including  the  age 
of  ten,  after  which  all  who  applied  were  vaccinated. 
Hitherto  the  urban  population  had  been  protected  year- 
ly, but  this  was  the  first  attempt  at  rural  immunization 
and  the  response  obtained  proved  the  urgent  need. 

Thirty-five  physicians  donated  their  time  to  this  cause 
and  St.  Joseph  Hospital  of  Mt.  Clemens  gave  the 
services  of  thirty  student  nurses  to  aid  at  the  clinics. 
Twenty-one  centers  were  established  in  schools 

throughout  the  county  and  the  children  from  the  sur- 
rounding districts  were  transported  thereto.  Twenty- 
five  cents  per  treatment  was  the  fee  for  those  who 
could  afford  it.  All  others  were  treated  free.  The 
fees  were  collected  by  the  local  teachers  and  the  in- 
dividual schools  were  allowed  to  keep  them  to  spend 
in  any  manner  they  saw  fit.  Between  7,500  and  8,000 
treatments  were  administered  and  the  Society  plans  to 
make  this  an  annual  program. 

* * * 

Alumni  Clinic  and  Reunion 
The  Annual  Clinic  and  Reunion  of  the  Alumni  As- 
sociation of  Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine 

will  be  held  Wednesday,  June  11,  1941,  10:00  to  5:00 
P.  M.,  Detroit  Institute  of  Arts,  Woodward  at  Kirby, 
Detroit.  Speakers  will  be : 

Wm.  Magner,  M.D.,  D.P.H.,  Professor  of  Pathology, 
University  of  Toronto : “The  Pathogenesis  of  Anemia.” 
Phillip  Dudley  Woodbridge,  M.D.,  New  Haven, 

Connecticut,  formerly  of  Lahey  Clinic:  “Recent  De- 
velopments in  Anesthesia.” 

Frank  D.  Dickson,  M.D.,  Kansas  City:  “The  Surgical 
Treatment  of  Arthritis.” 

Charles  W.  Mayo,  M.D.,  Mayo  Clinic:  “Malignancy 
of  the  Lower  Colon  and  Rectum,  Surgical  Treatment.” 
Walter  L.  Palmer,  M.D.,  Department  of  Internal 
Medicine,  University  of  Chicago : “Diagnosis  and 

Treatment  of  Gastric  Disease.” 

Wallace  R.  Deuel,  ace  foreign  correspondent  of  the 
Chicago  Daily  News,  will  be  guest  speaker  at  the  Ban- 
quet. His  subject  will  be  “World  Counter-revolution.” 
The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Association  is 
composed  ot  the  iollowing: 

W.  W.  McGregor,  M.D.,  President;  C.  E.  Umphrey, 
M.D.,  President-Elect;  Volney  Butler,  M.D.,  Secretary; 
C.  H.  Eisman,  M.D.,  Treasurer;  Harold  Kullman,  M.D., 
Harold  Sawyer,  M.D.,  L.  P.  Pratt,  M.D.,  Louis  J. 
Bailey,  M.D.,  N.  W.  Woodry,  M.D.,  P.  L.  Ledwidge, 
M.D. 


402 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITY 


Bruce  H.  Douglas,  M.  D.,  took  over  his  new  duties 
as  Health  Commissioner  of  Detroit  on  April  15,  suc- 
ceeding Henry  F.  Vaughan,  Dr.  P.  H.,  recently  ap- 
pointed head  of  the  new  school  of  Public  Health  at 
the  University  of  Michigan.  Doctor  Douglas  is  prom- 
jinent  in  the  field  of  tuberculosis,  having  made  a num- 
ber of  surveys  on  tuberculosis  problems.  He  is  on 


Commissioner  Douglas 


the  teaching  staff  of  the  University  of  Michigan  and 
Wayne  University  and  is  a member  of  the  National 
, Research  Council  Committee  on  Tuberculosis.  He  is 
a past  president  of  the  American  Sanatorium  Associa- 
' tion,  the  Mississippi  Valley  Conference  on  Tuberculo- 
i sis,  the  Michigan  Trudeau  Society  and  the  Michigan 
i Tuberculosis  Society.  At  the  same  time,  the  Detroit 
[ Board  of  Health  announced  the  appointment  of  Jo- 
seph G.  Molner,  M.  D.,  as  Deputy  Health  Commission- 
er and  Medical  Director ; and  Garner  M.  Byington,  M. 
D.,  Dr.  P.  H.,  as  Director  of  Child  Welfare  and  School 
Health  Service. 

I ^ ^ 

The  MSMS  Radio  Committee  advises  that  the  fol- 
\ lowing  Health  Talks  were  broadcast  over  radio  sta- 
: tion  CKLW : 

Saturday,  March  1 — “Feeding  the  New  Baby”  by 
I Wilfred  S.  Nolting,  M.  D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  March  8 — “Appendicitiis”  by  Clifford  D. 
Benson,  M.  D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  March  15 — “Can  Cancer  Be  Cured”  by 
i Harry  Nelson,  M.  D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  March  22 — “The  Value  of  Anesthesia  in 
[ Surgery  and  Medicine”  by  Norman  Bittrick,  M.  D., 

I Detroit. 

' Saturday,  March  29 — “Problems  in  Obesity”  by 

Richard  Connelly,  M.  D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  April  5 — “Anemia”  by  Neil  J.  Whalen, 

. M.  D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  April  12 — “Acute  Abdominal  Pain”  by 
Gaylord  S.  Bates,  M.  D.,  Detroit. 

Saturday,  April  19 — “Alisconceptions  About  Heart 
Disease”  by  Ralph  A.  Johnson,  M.  D.,  Detroit. 

This  will  conclude  the  radio  talks  sponsored  by  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  for  the  year  1940-41. 

^ ^ 

Golfing  Association  Tournament 

The  American  Medical  Golfing  Association’s  Twen- 
ty-Seventh Annual  Tournament  will  be  held  at  Cleve- 
land Country  Club-Pepper  Pike  Club,  Cleveland,  Ohio, 
Monday,  June  2,  1941.  Two  famous  championship 
courses  and  a beautiful  clubhouse  await  the  nation’s 
medical  golfers  in  Cleveland  on  the  occasion  of  the 
i A.M.A.  Convention. 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 

PHYSIQANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSICIANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 

Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 
(56,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 

For 
$10.00 
per  year 

55,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and 

sickness 

For 
$33.oe 
per  year 

$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and 

sickness 

For 
$66.00 
per  year 

$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and 

sickness 

For 
$99.00 
per  year 

39  years  under  the  same  management 

$2,000,000.00  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$10,000,000.00  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  be^nning  day  of  disability. 

Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebrasko 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


. Coors  Porcelain 

Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS  • 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


•7Ue  RUPP  & BOWMAN  GO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


May,  1941 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


403 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITY 


PftOFESSOHMPlKOirOOH 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 


“This  has  been  an  instructive  ex- 
perience and  goes  to  show  that  past 
friendly  relations  with  a patient  are 
no  guarantee  of  immunity  against  a 
lawmit  when  a little  easy  money 
appears  possible.” 


OF 


Some  250  of  the  1,413  Fellows  of  the  A.M.G.A.  are 
expected  to  take  part  in  this  36-hole  competition.  Each 
contestant  will  play  both  courses.  The  hours  for  tee- 
ing off  are  from  7 :30  a.  m.  to  2 ;00  p.  m. 

The  sixty  prizes,  in  the  nine  Events,  will  be  dis- 
tributed after  the  banquet  at  the  Cleveland  Country 
Clubhouse  at  7 :00  p.  m. 

Officers  of  the  A.M.G.A,  for  1941  are  D.  H.  Hous- 
ton, M.  D.,  Seattle,  president;  Harry  E.  Hock,  M.  D., 
Chicago,  and  James  Craig  Joyner,  M.  D.,  New  York 
City,  vice  presidents;  Bill  Bums,  secretary. 

The  Cleveland  Golf  Committee  is  composed  of  John 
B.  Morgan,  M.  D.,  Chairman,  1822  Republic  Building; 
William  J.  Engel,  M.  D.,  Farrell  T.  Gallagher,  M.  D., 
and  F.  W.  Merica,  M.  D. 

All  members  of  the  A.M.A.  are  eligible  for  Fel- 
lowship in  the  A.M.G.A.  Write  the  Secretary,  2020 
Olds  Tower,  Lansing,  Michigan,  for  registration  ap- 
plication. 


* ♦ ♦ 

The  Placement  Bureau  of  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society  is  eager  to  learn  of  the  names  of  physicians 
who  are  interested  in  finding  locations  in  which  to 
practice.  Every  effort  is  being  made  by  the  Placement 
Bureau  to  find  locum  tenens  for  physicians  who  arc 
called  to  milintary  service.  Physicians  who  are  inter- 
ested in  finding  a locum  tenens  while  they  are  away 
in  the  Army  or  physicians  who  are  looking  for  a place 
in  which  to  practice,  are  urged  to  write  the  Placement 
Bureau,  c/o  2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing,  Michigan. 


404 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISING 


FOR  RENT  OR  SALE — Deceased  physician’s  modern 
home  with  double  garage  and  three  room  office  com- 
bined. In  small  town  on  U.  S.  131,  14  miles  from 
Kalamazoo,  surrounded  by  prosperous  farming  com- 
munity. Good  school  and  roads.  Fine  hospitals  and 
laboratories  available  close  by.  Excellent  opportunity 
for  an  ambitious,  general  practitioner.  Send  inquiries 
to  Mrs.  Edna  I.  Snyder,  500  W.  Fullerton  Pkwy., 
Chicago,  Illinois. 


FOR  SALE:  DeLuxe  Ford  Coupe,  opera  seats  (new  in 
June  1940)  with  radio  and  heater.  Box  15,  The 
Journal  M.S.M.S.,  2020  Olds  Tower,  Lansing, 

Michigan. 


WANTED — A physician  with  Michigan  license  to  do 
general  practice  during  month  of  June  and  definite 
period  thereafter.  Arrangements  for  personal  inter- 
view necessary.  Salary  $350.00  per  month.  Box  10, 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  2020  Olds  Tower, 
Lansing,  Michigan. 

Jour.  M.S.^I.S. 

the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


1 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Acknowledgement  of  all  books  received  will  be  made  in  this 
column  and  this  will  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 


HEMORRHAGIC  DISEASES.  Photo-Electric  Study  of  Blood 
Coagulability.  By  Kaare  K.  Nygaard,  M.D.,  Former  Fellow 
in  Surgery,  the  Mayo  Foundation;  Former  Assistant  Surgeon, 
the  University  Clinic,  Oslo;  Fellow  of  the  Alexander  Malthe 
Foundation  for  Research  in  Medicine,  Surgery  and  Gyne- 
cology. Illustrated.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company, 
1941.  Price:  $5.50. 

Nygaard  has  added,  in  this  beautiful  monograph,  a 
great  deal  to  the  study  of  blood  coagulability.  This 
work  has  been  done  through  the  new  photelgraph 
which  automatically  records  such  progressive  process- 
es as  the  coagulability  of  the  blood  and  other  phe- 
nomena. The  determinations  are  visualized  by  pho- 
telgraphic  tracings  called  coagelgrams.  The  classical 
conception  of  the  process  of  coagulation  is  that  the 
two  phases ; first,  the  formation  of  thrombin,  and 
second,  the  transition  of  fibrinogen  into  fibrin  has  been 
modified  through  this  work  since  it  was  determined 
that  these  two  processes  were  telescoped  one  into  the 
other  chronologically.  Also,  it  was  determined  that 
the  velocity  of  the  process  of  blood  coagulation  is  a 
relative  expression  of  the  velocity  of  thrombin  for- 
mation. These  and  other  findings  are  applied  clinical- 
ly to  the  various  diseases  in  which  the  coagulation 
of  the  blood  is  of  primary  consequence.  Such  con- 
ditions as  hemophilia,  thrombocytopenic  purpura,  the 
action  of  vitamin  K,  diseases  of  the  gallbladder,  bile 
ducts,  pancreas  and  liver,  hemorrhagic  disease  of  the 
new-born  are  all  discussed  in  relation  to  these  find- 
ings. That  this  work  was  done  at  the  Mayo  Clinic 
reflects  greatly  to  the  honor  of  that  group. 

4:  « « 

A DIABETIC  MANUAL  for  the  Mutual  Use  of  Doctor  and 
Patient.  By  Elliott  P.  Joslin,  M.D.,  Sc.D.,  Clinical  Pro- 

fessor of  Medicine  Emeritus,  Harvard  Medical  School; 
Medical  Director,  George  F.  Baker  Clinic  at  the  New 

England  Deaconess  Hospital;  Consulting  Physician,  Boston 
City  Hospital,  Boston,  Mass.  Seventh  Edition,  thoroughly 

revised.  Illustrated.  Philadelphia:  Lea  and  Febiger,  1941. 

Price:  $2.00. 

The  old  master  of  diabetes  presents  his  .seventh 
edition  of  this  valuable  adjunct  to  the  care  of  the  dia- 
betic. It  is  very  readable  and,  of  course,  scientifically 
sound.  There  is  a large  question  and  answer  divi- 
sion which  answers  most  of  the  questions  which  are 
asked  by  the  patient.  The  optimism  of  the  book  is 
commendable.  This  is  a perfectly  safe  and  instruc- 
tive book  for  the  use  of  any  diabetic. 

* 4: 

TEXTBOOK  FOR  MALE  PRACTICAL  NURSES.  By  Gayle 
Coltman,  R.N.  New  York:  The  MacMillan  Company,  1941. 
Price:  $2.00. 

This  is  a very  detailed  description  of  how  to  care  for 
the  sick  patient  in  the  hospital  by  one  not  having  tech- 
nical training.  The  material  in  it  seems  applicable  to 
both  male  and  female  practical  nurses  and  could  be 
studied  by  all  these  advantageously. 


C^^ectix^,  (Convenient 
and  SconomicaC 


The  eflFectiveness  of  Mercurochrome  has  been 
demonstrated  by  twenty  years’  extensive  clinical  use. 


For  the  convenience  of  physicians  Mercurochrome 
is  supplied  in  four  forms — Aqueous  Solution  for 
the  treatment  of  wounds,  Surgical  Solution  for 
preoperative  skin  disinfection.  Tablets  and  Powder 
from  which  solutions  of  any  desired  concentration 
may  readily  be  prepared. 


{dibrom-oxymercuri-fluorescein-sodium) 


is  economical  because  solutions  may  be  dispensed 
at  low  cost.  Stock  solutions  keep  indefinitely. 


Mercurochrome  is  accepted  by  the 
Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  of 
the  American  Medical  Association. 


Eiterature  furnished  on  request 

HYNSON,  WESTCOTT  & DUNNING,  INC. 

BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


THE  MASK  OF  SANITY.  An  Attempt  to  Reinterpret  the 
So-called  Psychopathic  Personality.  By  Hervey  Qeckley,  B.S., 
B.A.  (Oxon.),  M.D.,  Professor  of  Neuropsychiatry,  University 
of  Georgia  School  of  Medicine,  Augusta,  Georgia.  St.  Louis: 
The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price:  $3.00. 

The  so-called  psychopathic  personality  has  always 
been  a headache  to  the  family  physician  and  a heart- 
ache to  the  family  and  friends  of  the  patient.  In  this 
volume  a number  of  cases  are  interestingly  reported 
and  the  viewpoint  of  the  hospital  and  police  authorities 
is  emphasized.  The  purpose  is  to  better  define  and 
interpret  this  condition  and  stimulate  some  coordination 
between  medical  and  legal  authorities  in  handling  these 
unfortunates.  This  group  cannot  be  confined  in  the 
mental  hospitals  because  they  are  sane  and  they  can- 
not be  cared  for  in  the  penal  institutions  because  of 
their  irresponsibilities.  The  general  practitioner  who 
reads  this  book  will  have  a better  understanding  of 
these  cases. 

jK  4:  * 

MANUAL  OF  CLINICAL  CHEMISTRY.  By  Miriam  Reiner, 
M.Sc.,  Assistant  Chemist  to  the  Mount  Sinai  Hospital,  New 
York.  Introduction  by  Harry  Sobotka,  Ph.D.,  Chemist  to  the 
Mount  Sinai  Hospital,  New  York.  With  18  illustrations.  New 
York:  Interscience  Publishers,  Inc.,  1941.  Price:  $3.00. 

A compact  pocket-sized  edition  which  does  very 
well  in  covering  practical  biochemistry.  It  is  a com- 


ZEI>1  IVICR 

Prescribe  or  dispense  ZEMMER  pharmaceu- 
ticals . . . laboratory  controlled  . . . guaran- 
teed reliable  potency. 

PRODUCTS  ARE  DEPENDABLE 

Write  for  general  price  list. 

MIC  5-41 

k 

THE  ZEMMER  COMPANY^^ 

May,  1941 


405 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


pilation  of  the  methods  used  at  Mount  Sinai  Hospital 
in  New  York.  It  is  very  practical,  giving  in  detail  the 
procedures  and  techniques.  The  determination  of  vita- 
min concentration  has  been  added.  The  usual  toxico- 
logical tests,  hormone  and  various  function  tests  are 
described.  This  is  an  indispensible  book  for  the  hospital 
or  physician’s  laboratory. 

* * * 

TECHNIQUES  OF  CONCEPTION  CONTROL.  By  Robert 
Latov  Dickinson,  M.D.,  Former  President,  American  Gyne- 
cological Society;  and  Woodbridge  Edwards  Morris,  M.D., 
General  Medical  Director,  Birth  Control  Federation  of  Ameri- 
ca. A practical  manual  issued  by  the  Birth  Control  Federation 
of  America,  Inc.  With  fifty  illustrations.  Baltimore:  The 

Williams  and  Wilkins  Company,  1941.  Price:  $.50. 

This  is  a paper  pamphlet  in  which  is  described,  with 
the  utmost  detail,  the  theory,  principles,  use,  abuse, 
and  efficiency  of  the  common  types  of  appliances  and 
practices  in  use.  Numerous  diagrams  and  drawings 
make  the  text  very  clear  and  helpful. 

* * * 

THE  THERAPY  OF  NEUROSES  AND  PSYCHOSES.  A 
Socio-Psycho-Biologic  Analysis  and  Resynthesis.  By  Samuel 
Henry  Kraines,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Psychiatry,  University  of 
Illinois,  College  of  Medicine;  Assistant  State  Alienist,  State 
of  Illinois;  Diplomate  of  American  Board  of  Psychiatry  and 
Neurology.  Philadelphia:  Lea  and  Febiger,  1941.  Price:  $5.50. 
The  publisher  states  that  “This  work  has  been 
written  to  aid  the  physician,  who  has  not  specialized  in 
psychiatry,  in  dealing  with  the  psychoneurotic  patients. 
It  covers  the  principles  of  treatment  the  practicality  of 
which  is  demonstrated  * * Many  invaluable  sugges- 
tions are  given  to  the  physician  as  to  the  conduct  of 
treatment  for  his  psychoneurotic  patient.  It  is  interest- 
ingly and  practically  written.  The  arrangement  of  chap- 
ter headings  is  especially  designed  for  the  general  prac- 
titioner who  seeks  assistance  rather  than  for  the  psy- 
chiatrist. It  is  recommended  to  every  general  practi- 
tioner. 

* * * 

MODERN  DRUGS  IN  GENERAL  PRACTICE.  By  Ethel 
Browning,  M.D.,  Ch.B.  A William  Wood  Book.  Baltimore: 
The  Williams  & Wilkins  Company,  1940.  Price:  $3.00. 
This  is  by  an  English  author  and  was  printed  in 
England.  The  book  presents  some  viewpoints  on  the 
action  of  drugs  which  are  not  commonly  accepted  in 
this  country  and  there  are  also  some  drugs  discussed 
which  should  be  given  more  general  use  in  the  United 
States.  For  the  therapeutist  this  book  should  offer 
numerous  valuable  suggestions  and  certainly  additional 
information. 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


READING  NOTICES 


LEDERLE  ADDS  CEREVIM  TO  LIST  OF 
COUNCIL  ACCEPTED  PRODUCTS 

Most  recent  addition  to  the  Lederle  line  of  ethical 
pharmaceuticals  and  biologicals  is  Cerevim,  an  advanced 
cereal  formula  for  babies  and  infants,  formerly  dis- 
tributed by  the  Cerevim  Products  Corporation. 

In  announcing  the  addition  of  this  established  prod- 
uct to  their  line,  Lederle  Laboratories  emphasize  that 
they  will  continue  to  follow  their  own  policy  of  detail- 
ing physicians  and  selling  through  retail  druggists  only 
— which  is  the  same  basis  on  which  substantial  sales 
for  Cerevim  have  been  established  already. 

Cerevim  is  Council-Accepted  and  has  the  full  en- 
dorsement of  the  Council  on  Foods  of  the  American 
Medical  Association.  Cerevim  is  a mixture  of  natural 
foods  scientifically  blended,  and  provides  an  excellent 
natural  source  of  Vitamin  B Complex  factors  and 
Iron.  The  Calcium  and  Phosphorous  are  derived  pri- 
marily from  milk.  The  formula  was  developed  on  the 
basis  of  five  years’  research  at  leading  Eastern  Uni- 
versities and  clinics  which  preceded  the  product’s  intro- 
duction in  1937. 

Lederle  Laboratories  have  outlined  sales  efforts  which 
will  include  emphasis  on  Cerevim  not  only  for  infant 
feeding,  but  for  other  uses  in  the  medical  field  in  which 
soft,  bland  diets  are  indicated. 


A SUPER  MICROSCOPE 

Two  years  before  the  Lilly  plant  was  founded,  Ed- 
ward Bausch  completed  the  manufacture  of  the  first  mi- 
croscope in  the  western  hemisphere.  It  soon  became  an 
essential  piece  of  laboratory  apparatus  for  study  and 
research  in  the  pharmaceutical  industry.  But  many 
living  and  non-living  things  remained  that  could  not  be 
seen — micro-organisms  that  cause  diseases  like  measles, 
mumps,  and  poliomyelitis ; and  the  structure  of  particles 
of  matter  of  especial  interest  to  physicists,  chemists, 
and  kindred  scientists. 

The  reason  that  the  optical  microscope  cannot  reveal 
these  smaller  objects  has  been  due  to  limitations  of 
light  itself.  Further  advances  have  now  been  made  and 
electrons  have  come  to  man’s  aid  in  the  extension  of  his 
vision.  This  wave  length  is  but  a minute  fraction  of  a 
light  wave,  and  with  the  electron  microscope  direct 
magnifications  of  10,000  to  30,000  are  attained,  and 
photographic  enlargements  to  100,000  and  even  200,000 
times  are  possible. 

The  Lilly  Research  Laboratories  are  among  the  first 
to  procure  one  of  these  new  instruments.  Undoubted!}’ 
the  extension  of  vision  made  possible  will  result  in 
truly  great  advances  in  science  and  perhaps  the  further 
conquest  of  disease. 


THE  MAPLES 

A Private  Sanitarium  for  the  Treatment  of  Alcoholism 

R.F.D.  3,  LIMA,  OHIO 
• Phone:  High  6447 

Located  2^  Miles  East  of  Corner  on 
U.  S.  30  N. 

Registered  by  the  A.M.A. 

F.  P.  Dirlam  A.  H.  Nihizer,  M.D. 

Superintendent  Medical  Director 

406  Jour.  M.S.M.S. 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


EBfZYMOL 


A Physiological  Surgical  Solvent 

Prepared  Directly  From  the  Fresh  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane 


ENZYMOL  proves  of  special  service  in  the  treatment  of  pus  coses. 

ENZYMOL  resolves  necrotic  tissue,  exerts  a reparative  action,  dissipates  foul  odors; 
a physiological,  enzymic  surface  action.  It  does  not  invade  healthy  tissue;  does  not 
damage  the  skin.  It  is  made  ready  for  use,  simply  by  the  addition  of  water. 


These  are  some  notes  of  clinical  application  during  many  years: 


Abscess  cavities 
Antrum  operation 
Sinus  coses 
Comeal  ulcer 


Carbuncle 
Rectal  fistula 
Diabetic  gangrene 
After  removal  of  tonsils 


After  tooth  extraction 
Cleansing  mastoid 
Middle  ear 
Cervidtis 


Originated  and  Made  by 

Fairchild  Bros.  & Foster 

IVew  York,  N.Y. 

Descriptive  Literature  Gladly  Sent  on  Request. 


PRESCRIPTION  FOR  RELIEF  IN 
PERIPHERAL  VASCULAR  DISEASE 

One  of  the  most  effective  therapeutic  methods  at 
your  disposal  is  the  treatment  of  peripheral  vas- 
cular disease  with  the 

Rhythmic  Constrictor 


Simple  to  operate — effective — reasonably  priced. 

By  a special  rental  plan,  you  may  now  prescribe  a Rhythmic  Constrictor  to  be  used  in  the 
home  under  your  supervision,  at  low  cost  to  the  patient. 


4444  Woodward 


THE  G.  A.  INGRAM  COMPANY 


Detroit,  B^chigon 


The  G.  A.  INGRAM  CO.,  4444  Woodward,  Detroit,  Michigan 

Please  send  me  lull  information  on  the  Burdick  RC-2  Dual  Timing  Rhythmic  Constrictor. 

Dr 

Address  

City  State  


June,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


415 


NQCfflGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


Michigan  Medical  Service  is  issuing  a new 
Identification  Card  which  will  permit  a more 
ready  determination  of  whether  the  subscriber 
is  enrolled  in  the  Surgical  Benefit  Plan  or  the 
Medical  Service  Plan.  The  new  Cards  carry 
the  statement  “This  Card  must  be  shown  to 
your  doctor  when  you  request  services.”  A 
similar  statement  is  in  the  subscriber’s  certifi- 
cate and  is  also  emphasized  at  the  time  of 
presentation.  Subscribers  should,  therefore, 
present  their  Identification  Cards  when  they 
request  services.  However,  it  would  be  help- 
ful if  the  doctor  or  the  doctor’s  secretary  would 
ask  the  patient  whether  or  not  he  is  a sub- 
scriber to  Michigan  Medical  Service. 

Payments  for  April 

The  Executive  Committee  of  Michigan 
Medical  Service  reports  that  during  the  first 
months  of  this  year  the  expected  seasonal  in- 
crease in  services  was  considerably  emphasized 
by  somewhat  of  an  epidemic  of  influenza  and 
measles.  In  addition,  there  has  been  a sub- 
stantial increase  in  enrollment  during  the  past 
six  months,  with  the  usual  resultant  demand 
for  services  during  the  first  months  that  the 
certificate  is  in  force. 

In  view  of  this  situation  and  in  the  interests 
of  conservative  management,  the  Executive 
Committee  has  authorized  payment  for  serv- 
ices rendered  during  the  month  of  April  on  a 
basis  somewhat  lower  than  that  applied  during 
the  past  thirteen  months. 

An  analysis  of  Monthly  Service  Reports  in- 
dicates quite  clearly  that  approximately  40  per 
cent  of  the  services  rendered  would  not  have 
been  obtained  if  the  subscriber  had  to  pay  the 
doctor  directly.  This  means  more  patients  for 
the  doctors  and  more  adequate  medical  service 
for  the  subscribers. 

Reporting 

The  last  Bulletin  explained  that  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  felt  that  Monthly  Service  Re- 
ports should  not  be  authorized  for  payment  if 
received  90  days  or  more  after  the  service  has 
been  rendered.  It  is  requested  that  all  reports 
for  services  to  subscribers  be  mailed  promptly. 


MICfflGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE  REGISTRATION 
HONOR  ROLL 

(As  of  May  10,  1941) 

100  Per  Cent 

Barry 

Dickinson-Iron 

Mason 

90  to  99  Per  Cent 

Calhoun 

Ingham 

Manistee 

Mecosta-Osceola-Lake 

Menominee 

Monroe 

Newaygo 

Tuscola 

St.  Joseph 

80  to  89  Per  cent 

Allegan 

Bay-Arenac-Iosco 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

Clinton 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

Eaton 

Gogebic 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

Hillsdale 

Kalamazoo 

Kent 

Lenawee 

Medical  Society  of  North  Central  Counties 

Midland 

Muskegon 

Oceana 

Ontonagon 

Ottawa 

Saginaw 

75  to  79  Per  Cent 

Branch 

Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw 

Lapeer 

Northern  Michigan 
Oakland 

Wexford-Missaukee 


Registration  of  Physicians 

There  has  been  a very  encouraging  increase 
in  the  registration  of  physicians.  More  than  3,- 
485  doctors  of  medicine — approximately  80  per 
cent  of  the  total  possible  number — are  partici- 
pating and  are  ready  to  render  services  for  sub- 
scribers. This  splendid  cooperation,  which  has 
made  possible  the  operation  of  the  prepayment 
medical  service  plan,  has  gained  nation-wide 
recognition  for  Michigan  doctors. 


416 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


on  thee  little  man... 


The  blessings  of  sunlight  and  simple,  quiet  existence 
are  often  beyond  the  realization  of  today’s  children. 
Numerous  cases  of  borderline  deficiencies  are  being 
constantly  observed  by  the  profession. 

Studies*  in  groups  of  all  ages  have  shown  that 
CocoMALT  added  to  the  diet  results  in  substantial 
gains.  The  vitamin-mineral  character  of  Cocomalt 
supplies  important  nutrients  in  diets  of  young  and 
old  . . . vital  elements  that  must  be  present  in  optimal 
amounts  to  insure  vibrant  health.  Cocomalt  is  a 
delicious  beverage  that  acts  as  an  incentive  to  drink 
more  milk. 


Cocomalt 

a : A -D  r?. 


contains  calcium,  phosphorus,  iron,  vita- 
mins A,  Bi,  D,  G . . . Quick  energy  and  body  building  nutrients. 


Say  \ou  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


June,  1941 


SliM^^DEllcioUS  ■ 

bBWblEiONIC  lioit  AlljAGiS 

PAVIStCOMPANYr  HOBOKEN,  N.  J. 


* Archives  of  Pediatrics — 56:Nov.,  1939 
Medical  Record — Aug.  21,  1940 


Xr  HALF  A CENTURY  AGO  X- 


Annual  Address  on  Practice  of  Medicine 

PHTHISIS* 

HENEAGE  GIBBES.  M.D. 

Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 


Pulmonary  consumption  has  existed  among  men  as 
far  back  as  we  have  any  historical  record  of  disease. 
It  is  credited  by  Hirsch  with  about  two-sevenths  of  all 
deaths,  and  lately  has  excited  so  much  interest  in  the 
profession  that  I need  offer  no  apology  for  making 
it  the  subject  of  my  address. 

I use  the  term  “pulmonary  consumption”  to  include 
those  cases  where  progressive  wasting  of  the  body  is 
associated  with  consolidation  and  the  formation  of 
cavities  in  the  lungs. 

In  the  earliest  account  of  this  disease  we  find  it 
described  as  a suppuration  of  the  lungs.  Later  on, 
we  find  an  account  of  large  and  small  tubercles  asso- 
ciated with  suppuration  and  ulceration. 

The  word  tubercle  was  first  used  to  denote  any  small 
swelling  or  node,  and  as  far  back  as  1700  we  find 
Mangetus  comparing  the  tubercles  found  in  the  lungs, 
liver,  and  spleen  with  millet  seeds. 

We  find  various  descriptions  of  this  disease  after  this, 
and  controversies  arising  as  to  whether  all  consolida- 
tions in  the  lungs  were  formed  of  tubercles.  Two 
forms  of  tubercle  were  spoken  of,  the  miliary  and 
tuberculous  infiltration,  and  we  come  to  the  time  of 
Niemeyer,  who  considered  that  a large  majority  of 
cases  of  phthisis  were  inflammatory.  This  view  was 
widely  held  until  a comparatively  recent  period  and 
is  still  supported  by  high  authorities. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  year  1882,  the  majority  of 
clinicians  of  any  standing  firmly  believed  in  the  duality 
of  phthisis. 

In  April  of  that  year  came  the  announcement  that 
Dr.  Robert  Koch  had  discovered  the  bacillus  of  tuber- 
culosis, and  that  inoculation  with  this  organism  invari- 
ably reproduced  the  disease  in  susceptible  animals. 
Everyone  at  once  set  to  work  examining  sputum  and 
recording  the  results  of  their  observations.  Watson 
Che3me  was  sent  by  the  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Scientific  Research  to  Berlin  to  examine  Koch’s 
work,  and,  if  possible,  corroborate  it.  This  he  did  by 
going  to  Koch’s  laboratory,  obtaining  material  from  him 
and  working  by  his  methods,  and  getting  results  which 
he  published  in  the  “Practitioner”  for  April,  1883,  and 
in  which  article  he  demonstrated  by  illustrations  and 
descriptions  that  he  did  not  know  the  difference  be- 
tween a parasitic  worm  and . a striped  muscle  fibre. 
And  this  man’s  work  is  held,  in  the  last  editions  of 
the  English  textbooks  on  pathology,  to  be  the  cor- 
roboration of  Dr.  Koch’s  results. 

The  accepted  position  at  the  present  time  with  a 
large  majority  of  practitioners  in  this  country  is,  that 
wherever  the  bacillus  tuberculosis  is  found  there  is 
tuberculosis,  and  it  is  this  position  which  I propose  to 
discuss  in  this  address. 

We  are  told  that  the  tubercle  bacillus  is  the  virus 
of  tuberculosis,  and  we,  therefore,  ought  to  be  fully 
aware  of  the  conditions  under  which  it  exists  in  dis- 
ease, so  that  we  may  have  some  rational  idea  as  to 
the  treatment  we  should  adopt  in  these  cases. 

Now  comes  the  question,  if  we  are  going  to  investi- 

•Presented  at  the  Twenty-sixth  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  at  Saginaw  in  June  1891. 

420 


gate  this  disease,  what  morbid  conditions  shall  we  take 
as  the  basis  on  which  to  commence?  Naturally,  we 
should  say,  those  in  which  cavities  exist  in  the  lungs, 
but  we  find  that  tubercle  bacilli  are  found  in  cases 
where  there  are  no  cavities;  we  must,  therefore,  extend 
our  basis  and  take  in  consolidations.  Now  we  find 
these  existing  in  a number  of  different  conditions — 
in  the  old  fashioned  pulmonary  phthisis,  in  chronic 
tuberculosis,  in  acute  miliary  tuberculosis,  in  acute 
pneumonia,  in  the  lesions  of  syphilis  and  in  hydatid 
disease,  also  in  cancer  and  sarcoma.  All  these  cause 
consolidation;  but  to  simplify  matters  we  will  leave 
out  all  but  pulmonary  phthisis,  chronic  tuberculosis  and 
acute  miliary  tuberculosis.  These  three  diseases  are 
characterized  by  the  formation  of  consolidations  in  the 
lungs,  and  in  all  of  them  tubercle  bacilli  are  found. 
Therefore,  with  the  prevailing  view,  these  are  all 
tuberculosis,  and  are  all  caused  by  the  action  of  the 
tubercle  bacillus  of  Koch. 

To  commence  with  pulmonary  phthisis;  as  I under- 
stand it,  this  is  a common  result  in  a case  of  catarrhal 
or  broncho-pneumonia  either  in  a weakly  patient  or 
where  the  disease  is  of  unusual  severity,  and  is  brought 
about  most  commonly  in  one  of  two  ways.  We  will 
take  for  an  example  a delicate  girl  getting  her  feet 
wet  and  catching  a cold;  this  passes  into  bronchitis 
and  the  inflammatory  process  extending,  involves  the 
small  bronchioles ; the  case  then  becomes  one  of  capil- 
lary bronchitis.  When  this  stage  is  arrived  at,  two 
courses  may  be  taken  by  the  disease : the  inflammation 
may  pass  on  from  the  bronchioles  into  the  lung  sub- 
stance and  develop  into  a case  of  catarrhal  or  broncho- 
pneumonia, or  the  products  of  inflammation  may  block 
up  one  or  more  of  the  small  bronchioles  by  forming 
a plug  in  them,  which  is  drawn  further  in  and  more 
firmly  fixed  at  each  inspiratory  effort,  the  result  being 
that  no  more  air  can  enter  those  lobules  of  the  lung 
supplied  by  the  plugged  bronchioles.  When  this  has 
taken  place,  the  air  imprisoned  in  these  lobules  soon 
becomes  absorbed  and  they  pass  into  a state  of  col- 
lapse. Now  in  any  form  of  collapse  of  the  lung  the 
greatest  danger  arises  from  the  almost  inevitable  in- 
flammatory action,  which  is  at  once  set  up  in  the  air 
vesicles  in  this  collapsed  condition. 

We  have  then,  in  these  cases,,  a position  of  the 
lung  consolidated,  either  by  direct  extension  of  the 
inflammatory  action  from  the  bronchioles,  or  by  inflam- 
matory action  set  up  by  the  collapsed  condition,  which 
is  directly  brought  about  by  the  inflammation  in  the 
bronchioles.  Now,  supposing  that  this  delicate  girl  has 
not  sufficient  vitality  to  throw  off  this  inflammatory, 
process  in  her  lungs,  but  that  it  is  allowed  to  go  on 
until  the  acuteness  of  the  inflammation  has  destroyed 
the  affected  part  and  it  has  become  devitalized. 

We  have  then  one  or  more  portions  of  the  lung  in 
a necrosed  condition ; this  dead  tissue  undergoes  a 
further  disintegration  and  becomes  softened  and 
caseated,  and  this  softened  mass  is  expectorated  through  ^ 
the  bronchiole  connected  with  it,  leaving  behind  a ^ 
cavity.  This  is  an  inflammatory  process  from  the  begin- 
ning to  the  end,  and  we  are  all  aware  how  often  the 

Tour.  M.S.M.S.j 


rnd'-^^mi 

SEVENH-FIVE 
YEARS  Of  SERVICE 
TO  MEDICINE 
AND  PHARMAa 


PARKE,  DAVIS 
& COMPANY 

PIONEERS  IN  RESEARCH 
ON  MEOICINAL  PROOUCTS 


ONE  OF  A SERIES  OF  ADVERTISEMENTS  COMMEMORATING  THREE-QUARTERS  OF  A CENTURY  OF  PROGRESS  AND  ACHIEVEMENT 

June,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


421 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


1 


whole  of  this  process  takes  place  with  great  rapidity, 
and  the  wet  feet  result  in  the  death  of  the  patient. 
I do  not  think  there  is  anything  stra  ned  in  this  ex- 
ample, but  that  something  of  the  kind  must  be  familiar 
to  you  all.  We  will  now  inquire  into  the  part  played 
by  the  tubercle  bacilli  in  this  case,  for  it  is  in  these 
cases  that  we  find  them  in  enormous  numbers,  large, 
long,  and  full  of  the  so-called  spores.  We  find  the 
sputum  loaded  with  them  as  soon  as  the  consolidation 
begins  to  break  down,  and  we  find  them  in  the  bronchi- 
oles of  cases  of  capillary  bronchitis,  dying  in  that 
condition.  Now,  where  do  they  come  in,  in  these  cases: 
as  the  virus  or  causation  of  the  disease?  We  will  now 
take  chronic  pulmonary  tuberculosis ; this  is  a condi- 
tion with  a totally  different  history.  We  have  here 
a disease  of  insidious  origin,  with  gradually  iuncreasing 
weakness,  anemia,  nocturnal  cough  and  irregular  fever, 
and  physical  signs,  at  first  very  obscure,  at  one  apex, 
gradually  increasing  until  marked  consolidation  is 
found,  which  then  breaks  down  and  ends  in  the  forma- 
tion of  a cavity.  In  the  meantime,  the  disease  is 
steadily  progressing  in  this  lung  and  a similar  change 
is  set  up  in  the  apex  of  the  other  organ.  In  the  early 
stage,  before  there  is  any  destruction  of  lung  tissue, 
we  do  not  get  ‘tubercle  bacilli  in  the  sputum,  but  when 
the  formation  of  a cavity  begins  we  then  find  them. 
Their  number  varies,  however,  enormously,  and  in  some 
few  cases  they  are  never  found  in  the  sputum  during 
life,  or  in  the  lungs  after  death,  although  these  are 
full  of  cavities. 

Tuberculosis  is  a much  more  formidable  disease. 
It  commences  insidiously  and  is  often  far  advanced 
before  its  presence  can  be  detected.  Consisting,  as 
it  does,  of  a new  growth  of  fibroid  tissue  derived 
from  the  connective  tissue  of  the  lungs,  it  is  evident 
that  a good  deal  of  this  new  tissue  may  be  formed 
before  it  can  be  detected  by  physical  examination.  It 
generally  commences  in  the  apex  of  the  lungs  and 
grows  downwards.  It  has  this  peculiarity,  that  after 
growing  to  a certain  size,  which  varies  according  to 
the  chronicity  of  the  process,  the  center  undergoes 
a.  necrotic  change  and  loses  its  vitality.  Although  one 
of  these  tubercular  masses  looks  large  to  the  naked 
eye  and  appears  to  be  homogeneous,  it  is  in  reality 
made  up  of  an  aggregation  of  tubercles,  and  this  tuber- 
cular process  is  always  progressing  on  the  outside, 
while  the  center  is  breaking  down.  Little  tubercles 
in  the  earliest  stage  can  be  found  in  the  periphery. 
These  tubercles  can  grow  rapidly,  as  is  shown  in  acute 
miliary  tuberculosis,  where  the  lungs  are  found  filled 
from  apex  to  base  with  them,  in  all  stages,  but  of 
small  dimensions,  also  in  tubercle  of  the  choroid,  where 
the  growth  is  the  same.  Whatever  the  cause  may  be  of 
this  condition,  it  is  something  which  must  be  carried 
throughout  the  lungs  by  the  circulation  in  acute  miliary 
tuberculosis,  but  which  must  have  some  other  distribu- 
tion in  those  more  chronic  forms  where  the  apex  is 
the  first  part  affected.  Dr.  Shurly  and  I have  now 
been  working  together  on  this  subject  for  three  years, 
and  we  have  gone  most  carefully  into  all  the  condi- 
tions found.  Our  investigations  have  resulted  in  the 
differentiation  I have  just  stated,  and  also  in  causing 
us  to  consider  the  tubercle  bacillus  more  as  an  acces- 
sory than  an  actual  factor  in  the  production  of  tuber- 
culosis. My  own  view,  that  there  was  some  morbid 
product  responsible  for  the  irritation  resulting  in  tlie 
new  growth  tubercle,  was  formed  before  I came  to 
this  country,  and  on  my  arrival  here  I was  glad  to 
find  Dr.  Shurly,  from  work  he  had  been  doing  in 
this  direction,  was  also  of  the  same  opinion.  We  pro- 
cured monkeys  and  carefully  studied  the  disease  pro- 
cesses in  them,  and  having  satisfied  ourselves  that  we 
had  a morbid  chemical  substance  to  deal  with,  we  set 
to  work  to  try  to  neutralize  it.  After  numberless  trials. 


we  found  that  we  could  do  this  with  iodoform,  but 
that  substance  set  up  a fatty  change  in  the  liver  and 
had  to  be  discarded.  We  afterwards  found  that  iodine 
would  prevent  the  formation  of  tubercle  in  inoculated 
animals,  and  that  chloride  of  gold  and  sodium  would 
render  tubercle  bacilli  innocuous,  without,  however, 
killing  them.  This  seemed  to  be  the  result  we  were 
aiming  at,  as  we  always  considered  that  the  so-called 
pure  cultures  of  tubercle  bacilli,  were  not  really  pure, 
but  as  in  the  case  of  the  Jequirity  bacillus,  contained 
some  morbid  product  introduced  from  the  original 
source.  We  made  a large  number  of  experiments  on 
animals  by  inoculating  them  with  tubercular  material, 
leaving  them  for  a week,  and  then  putting  them  under 
treatment.  We  used  in  the  first  place  monkeys,  but 
they  were  too  expensive,  as  we  required  large  num- 
bers. Guinea  pigs  were  fortunately  found  to  give  ex- 
actly the  same  reaction,  and  they  were  afterwards  used 
for  all  the  ordinary  experiments.  We  found  that  put- 
ting them  under  our  treatment,  a week  after  they  had 
been  inoculated  with  tubercular  material,  confined  the 
lesion  to  the  sore  at  the  seat  of  the  inoculation.  We 
then  tried  putting  healthy  animals  under  our  treatment 
for  a week,  and  in  some  cases  a fortnight,  before  in- 
oculating them  with  tubercular  mater’al,  and  in  these 
cases  we  prevented  even  the  formation  of  an  abscess 
at  the  seat  of  the  inoculation. 

We  now  considered  that  we  were  in  a position  to 
try  our  remedy  on  human  patients,  which  we  did  with 
the  most  gratifying  results.  This  investigation  has  been 
most  thorough,  and  the  results  we  have  obtained  were 
from  a study  of  the  disease  in  all  its  varying  condi- 
tions. All  animals  have  been  most  carefully  examined 
during  life  and  after  death,  and  the  results  recorded, 
and  when  I state  that  over  three  hundred  guinea  pigs 
and  nearly  one  hundred  monkeys  have  been  used,  be- 
sides a number  of  other  animals,  I think  you  will  ad- 
mit that  we  have  not  arrived  at  any  hasty  conclusions. 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technique  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting 
every  two  weeks.  General  Courses,  One,  Two,  Three 
and  Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special  Courses. 
Rectal  Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINE — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  6.  Two  Weeks  Course  in  Gastro-Enterology 
starting  October  20.  Four  Weeks  Course  in  Internal 
Medicine  starting  August  4.  One  Month  Course  in 
Electrocardiography  and  Heart  Disease  every  month, 
except  August. 

FRACTURES  & TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— Two 

Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting  June  30.  Informal 
Course  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  20.  One  Month  Personal  Course  starting 
August  25.  Clinical  Course  every  week. 

OBSTETRICS — Three  Weeks  Personal  Course  starting 
August  4.  Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  6.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY— Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  8.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  22.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

roentgenology — Courses  in  X-Ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-Ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in 
All  Branches  of  Medicine,  Surgery  and 
the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address: 

Registrar,  427  South  Honore  St.,  Chicago,  Illinois 


422 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


7 


**’'»♦  ^ ^ » 


f ' Z^r 


ALL-EXPENSE 
38-DAY  CRUISES 

to  the  Fascinating  East  Coast  of 

SOUTH  AMERICA 

See  new  peoples,  new  places,  new  wonders  of  nature. 
Forget  the  aches  and  pains  of  others  and  do  a little  whole- 
hearted relaxing  on  your  own  behalf.  There’s  a cruise 
sailing  every  fortnight  from  New  York. 

33,000-TON  AMERICAN  REPUBLICS  LINERS 

S.S.  BRAZIL  S.S.  URUGUAY 
S.S.  ARGENTINA 

Planned  and  manned  to  offer  every  shipboard  comfort — every 
cruise  pleasure.  All  staterooms  outside,  air-conditioned  dining 
rooms,  broad  Lido  sports  decks  wdth  outdoor  tiled  swimming 
pools,  spacious  public  rooms,  lavish  programs  of  entertainment. 

Cruise  Rates:  $395  Tourist,  $550  First  Qass  ($585  certain  sea- 
sons). Rates  include  all  shore  excursions  and  hotel  expenses  at 
Buenos  Aires,  ship  is  your  hotel  at  all  other  ports. 


JuxE,  1941 


Consult  Your  Travel  Agent 

aORE-iUcCDRMCK 


216  North  Michigan  Ave.  — Chicago 
1255  Washington  Blvd.  — Detroit 


Say  you  sazc  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


423 


CREDIT  IS  DUE 

The  following  physicians  registered  at  the  1940  De- 
troit convention  on  Tuesday  and  Wednesday,  Septem- 
ber 24  and  25,  1940: 

Tuesday 

W.  H.  Alexander,  Iron  Mountain;  A.  D.  Allen,  Bay  City; 
Norman  M.  Allen,  Detroit;  Emil  Amberg,  Detroit;  N.  H.  Amos, 
Battle  Creek;  E.  B.  Andersen,  Iron  Mountain;  A.  L.  Arnold, 
Jr.,  Owosso. 

Carl  E.  Badgley,  Ann  Arbor;  Robert  H.  Baker,  Pontiac; 
Wm.  Ballard,  Bay  City;  Chas.  W.  Balser,  Detroit;  W.  H.  B. 
Barnum,  Fremont;  W.  E.  Barstow,  St.  Louis;  S.  G.  Bates,  De- 
troit; T.  I.  Bauer,  Lansing;  Otto  Beck,  Birmingham;  M.  G. 
Becker,  Edmore;  C.  D.  Benson,  Detroit;  G.  W.  Benson,  Escan- 
aba;  H.  M.  Best,  Lapeer;  H.  G.  Bevington,  Detroit;  Andrew  P. 
Biddle,  Detroit;  Wm.  G.  Birch,  Sault  Ste  Marie;  Wm.  L.  Bird, 
Greenville;  Wm.  E.  Blodgett,  Detroit;  D.  C.  Bloemendaal, 
Zeeland;  Chas.  T.  Bower,  Detroit;  C.  E.  Boys,  Kalamazoo; 

D.  R.  Brasie,  Flint;  R.  S.  Breakey,  Lansing;  A.  L.  Brooks,  De- 
troit; James  D.  Bruce,  Ann  Arbor;  C.  F.  Brunk,  Detroit;  A. 
S.  Brunk,  Detroit;  J.  H.  Burley,  Port  Huron;  V.  N.  Butler, 
Detroit. 

J.  E.  Caldwell,  Detroit;  A.  L.  Callery,  Port  Huron;  A.  M. 
Campbell,  Grand  Rapids;  Don  M.  Campbell,  Detroit;  Joseph 
Carp,  Detroit;  C.  H.  Carpenter,  Detroit;  E.  I.  Carr,  Lansing; 
H.  R.  Carstens,  Detroit;  Wm.  J.  Cassidy,  Detroit;  Chas.  Cas- 
trap.  Dearborn;  A.  E.  Catherwood,  Detroit;  A.  W.  Chase, 
Adrian;  Wm.  P.  Chester,  Detroit;  Lloyd  H.  Childs,  Flint;  C. 
A.  Christensen,  Dearborn ; L.  G.  Christian,  Lansing ; Harold 

E.  Clark,  Detroit;  T.  Percy  Clifford,  Detroit;  H.  S.  Collisi, 
Grand  Rapids;  R.  C.  Connelly,  Detroit;  Henry  Cook,  Flint; 
W.  B.  Cooksey,  Detroit;  R.  G.  Colyer,  Detroit;  G.  A.  Conrad, 
Marquette;  T.  H.  Cooper,  Port  Huron;  Burton  R.  Corbus, 
Grand  Rapids;  Henry  F.  Crossen,  Detroit;  Ethan  B.  Cudney, 
Pontiac;  Howard  H.  Cummings,  Ann  Arbor;  George  J.  Curry, 
Flint;  Frank  E.  Curtis,  Detroit. 

Ernest  D’Alcon,  Detroit;  Luther  W.  Day,  Jonesville;  T.  E. 
DeGurse,  Marine  City;  Dean  C.  Denman,  Monroe;  C.  F.  De- 
Vries, Lansing;  A.  S.  DeWitt.  Detroit:  Stuart  L.  DeWitt, 
Grand  Haven;  Harry  F.  Dibble,  Detroit;  M.  P.  Dillard,  Detroit; 
Wm.  M.  Donald,  Detroit;  Sam  W.  Donaldson,  Ann  Arbor;  J. 
D,  Donovan,  Detroit;  Harvey  E.  Dowling,  Detroit;  F.  M. 
Doyle,  Kalamazoo;  F.  Drummond,  Kawkawlin;  O.  E.  Dutchess, 
Detroit. 

C.  H.  Eisman,  Detroit;  C.  T.  Ekelund,  Pontiac;  W.  C.  Ellet,* 
Benton  Harbor;  H.  B.  Elliott,  Flint;  Paul  H.  Engle,  Oliver; 
Joseph  M.  Erman,  Detroit. 

David  H.  Fauman,  Detroit;  Geo.  E.  Fay,  Detroit;  H.  B. 
Fenech,  Detroit:  W.  L.  Finton,  Jackson:  E.  W.  Fitzgerald, 
Detroit;  Edw.  O.  Foss,  Muskegon;  L.  Fernald  Foster,  Bay 
City;  Mable  Freeman,  Detroit. 

C.  B.  Gardnei^  Lansing;  H.  H.  Gay,  Midland;  L.  O.  Geib, 
Detroit;  ,,J.  S.  Gellert,  Detroit;  L.  W.  Gerstner,  Kalamazoo; 
Wm.  H.  Gordon,  Detroit;  C.  S.  Gorsline,  Battle  Creek;  S.  E. 
Gould,  Eloise;  T.  K.  Gruber,  Eloise. 

A.  T.  Hafford,  Albion;  H.  C.  Hansen,  Battle  Creek;  F.  E. 
Hassen,  Detroit;  R.  B.  Harkness,  Hastings;  S.  W.  Hartwell, 
Muskegon;  C K.  Hasley,  Detroit;  Wilfrid  Haughey,  Battle 
Creek;  J.  E.  Hauser,  Detroit;  T.  F.  Heavenrich,  Port  Huron; 
L.  L.  Henderson,  Detroit;  Thos.  J.  Henry,  Detroit;  L.  Chas. 
Hess,  B*ay  City;  Lee  Hileman,  Ecorse;  Louis  J.  Hirschman, 
Detroit ; T.  E.  Hoffman,  Detroit ; Martin  H.  Hoffmann,  Eloise ; 
Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  Muskegon;  R.  J.  Hubbell,  Kalamazoo; 
J.  G.  Huizinga,  Holland;  L.  W.  Hull,  Detroit;  W.  H.  Huron, 
Iron  Mountain. 

Stanley  W.  Insley,  Detroit;  Arthur  Isaacson,  Detroit. 

R.  C.  Jamieson,  Detroit;  Alpheus  Jennings,  Detroit;  L.  J. 
Johnson,  Ann  Arbor;  Euclide  Joinville,  Detroit;  J.  Jonikaitis, 
Detroit. 

H.  I.  Kallet,  Detroit;  Joseph  A.  Kasper,  Detroit;  L.  R.  Kea- 
gle.  Battle  Creek;  Frank  Kelly,  Detroit;  Chas.  S.  Kennedy, 
Detroit;  Wm.  Y.  Kennedy,  Detroit;  C.  R.  Keyport,  Grayling; 
Paul  C.  Kingsley,  Battle  Creek;  F.  O.  Kirker,  Sandusky;  J. 
G.  Kirker,  Detroit;  G.  R.  W.  Kirton,  Calumet;  Paul  A.  Klebba, 
Detroit;  S.  Kleinman,  Detroit;  V.  F.  Kling,  Ionia;  Paul  W. 
Kniskern,  Grand  Rapids;  Harold  J.  Kullman,  Detroit. 

N.  F.  LaFrance,  Battle  Creek;  Geo.  L.  LeFevre,  Muskegon; 
W.  E.  Larson,  Levering;  P.  L.  Ledwidge,  Detroit;  W.  C.  Lam- 
bert, Marquette;  John  S.  Lambie,  Pontiac;  M.  B.  Landers,  Jr., 
Detroit;  Lawrence  LaPorte,  Gladwin;  V.  S.  Laurin,  Muskegon; 
Chas.  E.  Long,  Grand  Haven;  Martha  Longstreet,  Saginaw; 
Sherman  L.  Loupee,  Dowagiac;  Henry  A.  Luce,  Detroit;  Earl 

F.  Lutz,  Detroit. 

Archibald  McAlpine,  Detroit;  G.  L.  McClellan.  Detroit;  Roy 

D.  McClure,  Detroit;  Carey  P.  McCord,  Detroit;  F.  T.  Mc- 
Cormick, Detroit;  J.  Earl  McIntyre,  Lansing;  Richard  M.  Mc- 
Kean, Detroit. 

. Robert  B.  Macduff,  Flint;  T.  Marwil,  Detroit;  Elta  MaSon, 
Flint;  J.  D.  Matthews,  Detroit;  Stuart  F.  Meek,  Detroit;  Hel- 
muth  Meinecke,  Detroit;  C.  M.  Mercer,  Battle  Creek;  Earl  G. 

424 


Merritt,  Detroit;  A.  H.  Miller,  Gladstone;  Harold  A.  Miller, 
Lansing;  J.  Duane  Miller,  Grand  Rapids;  Norman  F.  Miller, 
Ann  Arbor;  Frederick  B.  Miner,  Flint;  Carl  A.  Mitchell,  Ben- 
ton Harbor;  B.  T.  Montgomery,  Sault  Ste  Mane;  V.  M. 
Moore,  Grand  Rapids ; Harold  Morris,  Detroit ; K.  M.  Morris, 
Saginaw;  Ray  S.  Morrish,  Flint;  B.  W.  Morse,  Whitehall;  F. 
J.  Murphy,  Detroit;  Dean  W.  Myers,  Ann  Arbor. 

W.  E.  Nesbitt,  Alpena;  I.  D.  Nickerson,  Detroit. 

C.  W.  Oakes,  Harbor  Beach;  E.  A.  Oakes,  Manistee;  D.  J. 
O’Brien,  Lapeer;  R.  E.  Olsen,  Pontiac;  J.  J.  O’Meara,  Jack- 
son;  G.  O’Sullivan,  Mason. 

Geo.  H.  Palmerlee,  Detroit;  G.  C.  Penberthy,  Detroit;  Roy  C. 
Perkins,  Bay  City;  H.  E.  Perry,  Newberry;  R.  H.  Pino,  De- 
troit; H.  W.  Plaggemeyer,  Detroit;  F.  A.  Poole,  Saginaw;  H. 
W.  Porter,  Jackson;  J.  J.  Predergast.  Detroit;  D.  W.  Patter- 
son, Port  Huron. 

H.  E.  Randall,  Flint;  A.  P.  Rawson,  Addison;  F.  E,  Reeder, 
Flint;  Wm.  S.  Reveno,  Detroit;  C.  F.  Rice,  Jr.,  Detroit;  Philip 
A.  Riley,  Jackson;  J.  M.  Robb,  Detroit;  E.  R.  Robbins,  Detroit. 

E.  O.  Sage,  Dearborn;  G.  B.  Saltonstall,  Charlevoix;  H.  F. 
Sawyer,  Detroit;  J.  B.  Seeley,  Dearborn;  A.  H.  Siebert,  East 
Detroit;  H.  T.  Sethney,  Menominee;  A.  D.  Sharp,  Albion; 
Milton  Shaw,  Lansing;  S.  A.  Sheldon,  Saginaw;  Geo.  A,  Sher- 
man, Pontiac;  D.  L.  Sherwood,  Detroit;  C.  E.  Simpson,  De- 
troit; E.  F.  Sladek,  Traverse  City;  R.  M.  Slate,  Detroit;  A.  B. 
Smith,  Grand  Rapids;  C.  V.  Smith,  Detroit j Carl  F.  Snapp, 
Grand  Rapids;  G.  H.  South  wick.  Grand  Rapids;  E.  D.  Spald- 
ing, Detroit;  P.  C.  Spencer,  Lansing;  R.  A.  Springer,  Center- 
ville; Wm.  J.  Stapleton,  Detroit;  H.  B.  Steinbach,  Detroit; 
D.  C.  Stephens,  Howell;  A.  E.  Stickley,  Coopersville ; H.  D. 
Strieker,  Detroit;  W.  F.  Strong,  Ontonagon;  C.  K.  Stroup, 
Flint;  O.  D.  Stryker,  Fremont;  O.  H.  Stuck,  Otsego;  P.  E. 
Sutton,  Royal  Oak;  M.  R.  Sutton,  Flint;  Geo.  F.  Swanson, 
Newberry. 

Chas.  A.  Teifer,  Muskegon;  E.  Terwilliger,  South  Haven; 
Geo.  Thosteson,  Detroit;  Clarence  E.  Toshach,  Detroit. 

C.  E.  Umphrey,  Detroit;  P.  R.  Urmston,  Bay  City. 

C.  K.  Valade,  Detroit;  C.  F.  Vale,  Detroit;  V.  H.  Vande- 
venner,  Ishpeming;  A.  E.  Van  Nest,  Detroit. 

R.  L.  Wade,  Coldwater;  R.  V.  Walker,  Detroit;  J.  S.  Wen- 
del,  Detroit;  A.  V.  Wenger,  Grand  Rapids;  J.  A.  Wessinger, 
Ann  Arbor;  Bernard  Weston,  Detroit;  A.  H.  Whittaker,  De- 
troit; Anna  L.  Wilcox,  Owosso;  D.  Bruce  Wiley,  Utica;  H.  W. 
Wiley,  Lansing;  W.  S.  Williams,  Flint;  E.  R.  Witwer,  De- 
troit; R.  A.  C.  Wollenberg,  Detroit;  M.  G.  Wood,  Hart;  Wm. 
P.  Woodworth,  Detroit. 

G.  H.  Yeo,  Big  Rapids. 


Wednesday 

Charles  D.  Aaron,  Detroit;  James  R.  Acocks,  Houghton;  Ches- 
ter H.  Adams,  Grand  Blanc;  Leopold  Adler,  Detroit;  Sidney 
Adler,  Detroit;  E.  J.  Agnelly,  Detroit;  H.  R.  Allen,  Battle 
Creek;  R.  W.  Alles,  Detroit;  Herbert  S.  Allison,  Grosse  Pt. ; 
C.  L.  Ames,  Detroit;  Florence  Ames,  Monroe;  T.  G.  Amos,  De- 
troit; Walter  Anderson,  Detroit;  Raymond  C.  Andries,  Detroit; 

F.  T.  Andrews,  Bay  City;  J.  W.  Ankley,  Detroit;  R.  E.  Anslow, 
Detroit;  George  L.  Anthony,  Flint;  Philips  R.  Appel,  Detroit; 
Burke  Arehart,  Detroit;  A.  G.  Armstrong,  Detroit;  Z.  R.  Aschen- 
brenner,  Farmington;  J.  Norris  Asline,  Essexville;  A.  U.  Axel- 
son,  Detroit. 

Myron  Babcock,  Detroit;  M.  E.  Bachman,  Detroit;  A.  C. 
Bachus,  Powers;  Vinton  A.  Bacon,  Detroit;  Harry  E.  Bagley, 
Dearborn;  Robert  Bailey,  Clair  Shores;  Abel  J.  Baker,  Grand 
Rapids;  Charles  H.  Baker,  Bay  City;  Clarence  Baker,  Detroit; 
Joseph  A.  Bakst,  Detroit;  M.  A.  Balerski,  Detroit;  F.  W.  Bald, 
Flint;  Robert  S.  Ballmer,  Midland;  Gordon  W.  Balyeat,  Grand 
Rapids ; F.  C.  Bandy,  Sault  Ste  Marie ; Marion  F.  Barker,  De- 
troit; Howard  B.  Barker,  Pontiac;  Louis  L.  Barnett,  Detroit;  F. 
Elizabeth  Barrett,  Kalamazoo;  S.  E.  Barnett,  Detroit;  F.  W. 
Bartholic,  Grass  Lake;  Walter  M.  Bartlett,  Benton  Harbor;  J. 
R.  Barton,  Detroit,  A.  Robert  Bauer,  Detroit ; Ernest  W.  Bauer, 
Royal  Oak;  W.  L.  Baumann  Detroit;  John  G.  Bayles,  Detroit; 
Willard  Beattie,  Ferndale;  M.  B.  Beckett,  Allegan;  Carl  B.  Bee- 
man,  Grand  Rapids;  L.  E.  Beeuwkes,  Dearborn;  S.  K.  Beigler, 
Detroit;  Henri  Belanger,  River  Rouge;  A.  L.  Benedict,  Jr., 
Muskegon;  C.  H.  Benning,  Royal  Oak;  Davis  A.  Benson,  De- 
troit; Neil  Bentley,  Detroit;  Louis  BeresL  Detroit;  Lawrence 
A.  Berg,  Centerville ; Richard  H.  Berg,  Oxford ; Clarence  A. 
Berge,  Detroit;  Harry  S.  Berman,  Detroit;  Robert  Berman,  De- 
troit; Bernard  Bernbaum,  Detroit;  Samuel  Bernstein,  Detroit; 
Eli  N.  Bernstein,  Flint;  Wm.  L.  Bettison,  Grand  Rapids;  E.  A. 
Bicknell,  Detroit;  F.  R.  Bicknell,  Detroit;  Don  L.  Bishop, 
Flint;  N.  M.  Bittrich,  Detroit;  Perry  S.  Black,  Detroit:  M.  J. 
Blaess,  Detroit;  A.  C.  Blakeley.  Flint;  E.  W.  Blanchard,  Decker- 
ville;  F.  N.  Blanchard,  Detroit;  Jos.  Bleier,  Detroit;  Abraham 
BlocK  D‘=troi* : N.  Berneta  Block.  l ansing:  Franz  Blumenthal, 
Detroit;  Jas.  J.  Boccia,  Detroit;  A.  P.  Boell,  Detroit;  Leon  M. 
Bogart,  Flint ; S.  Stephen  Bohn,  Detroit ; A.  T.  Bonathan,  Flint. 

The  above  list  represents  the  registration  for  Tues- 
day, September  24,  and  part  of  Wednesday,  September 
25,  1940.  The  list  of  those  who  registered  subsequently 
will  be  published  in  succeeding  issues  of  The  Journal. 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


TKe  JOURNAL 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 


Volume  40 


June,  1941 


Number  6 


Gonncoccal  Infections 

Diagnosis  and  Criterion  of  Cure* 

By  Adolph  Jacoby,  M.D. 

Medical  Supervisor  Social  Hygiene  Clinics 
New  York  City  Dept,  of  Health 
Diagnosis  in  Women 

Adolph  Jacoby,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Cornell  Medical  School,  1909.  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Gynecology,  New  York 
Post  Graduate  Hospital.  Lecturer,  Preventive 
Medicine,  New  York  University  College  of 
Medicine.  Medical  Supervisor,  City  of  New 
York  Department  of  Health.  Special  Con- 
sultant, United  States  Public  Health  Service. 

Clinic  Consultant,  New  York  State  Depart- 
ment of  Health.  Member,  American  Medical 
Association  and  American  Neisserian  Medi- 
cal Society.  Fellow,  Academy  of  Medicine, 

Section  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology;  and 
American  College  of  Surgeons. 

■ The  diagnosis  of  gonorrhea  in  women  is 
very  frequently  overlooked  both  in  private 
practice  and  in  institutions.  This  may  be  readily 
appreciated  when  it  is  noted  that  of  the  12,928 
cases  of  gonorrhea  reported  in  1938  in  New 
York  City,  3,121  were  females,  and  in  1939,  of 
12,807  cases,  2,827  cases  were  females  (Table 
I).  This  indicates  that  male  gonorrhea  is  reported 
about  three  times  as  much  as  is  female. 

That  this  condition  is  not  a local  occurrence 


TABLE  I.  incidence  OF  GONORRHEA 
reported  to  new  YORK  CITY 


Male 

Female 

Total 

1931-1936 

54,419 

14,011 

68,430 

1938 

9,807 

3,121 

12,928 

1939 

9,980 

2,827 

12,807 

Total 

74,206 

19,959 

94,165 

•Presented  before  Ingham  County  Medical  Society  as  part  of 
the  Fall  Symposium  on  Gonorrhea,  1940. 


may  be  gathered  from  statistics  for  the  years 
1935  and  1936  of  England  and  Wales.  During 
1935,  27,506  males  and  7,732  females  having 
gonorrhea  were  reported;  during  1936,  28,137 
males  and  7,715  females  were  reported  (Table 
II). 


TABLE  II.  INCIDENCE  OF  GONORRHEA  REPORTED 
TO  ENGLAND  AND  WALES 


Male 

Female 

Total 

1935 

27,506 

7,732 

35,238 

1936 

28,137 

7,715 

35,852 

Total 

55,643 

15,447 

71,090 

N.Y.C. 

74,206 

19,959 

94,165 

Grand  Total 

129,849 

35,406 

165,255 

The  reason  for  the  marked  difference  in 
numbers  of  cases  of  females  reported  lies  large- 
ly in  the  fixed  belief  of  most  physicians  that 
the  diagnosis  can  only  be  made  on  laboratory 
evidence.  The  usual  laboratory  evidence  em- 
ployed is  the  smear,  culture,  and  complement 
fixation  blood  test.  The  value  of  each  of  these 
laboratory  procedures  in  detecting  gonorrhea 
will  be  briefly  discussed. 

Smear. — In  order  to  derive  the  utmost  in- 
formation from  smear  examination,  it  is  essential 
that  the  smears  be  carefully  taken.  The  secretion 
from  each  source  should  be  obtained  on  a swab 
with  as  little  contamination  from  adjacent  areas 
as  possible.  The  smear,  itself,  should  be  care- 
fully rolled  out  on  the  slide  and  examined 
after  being  stained  by  Gram  stain.  The  interpre- 
tation of  the  smear  must  be  carefully  done.  In 
an  analysis  of  1,482  women  examined  in  prison 
and  found  to  have  gonorrhea,  34.2  per  cent 


June,  1941 


435 


GONOCOCCAL  INFECTIONS— JACOBY 


TABLE  III.  COURT  CASES WOMEN 

January  through  September,  1940 


Total  Examinations 

4,262 

100.0% 

Diagnosed  Gonorrhea 

1,482 

34.8% 

100.0% 

Clinical  Gonorrhea 

528 

12.4% 

35.6% 

— Positive  Smear 

57 

1.3% 

3.8% 

— Positive  Culture 

124 

2.9% 

8.4% 

— Positive  Smear — 
Culture 

106 

2.5% 

7.2% 

Positive  Smear 

115 

2.7% 

7.8% 

Positive  Culture 

323 

7.6% 

21.8% 

Positive  Smear — Culture 

229 

5.4% 

15.4% 

had  positive  smears  (Tables  III  and  IV).  If 
the  smear  alone  were  used  as  a criterion  for 
diagnosis,  65.8  per  cent  of  those  diseased  would 
have  been  overlooked. 

Culture. — Culture  of  the  gonococcus  requires 
a well-organized  and  well-equipped  laboratory 
with  bacteriologists  specifically  trained  in  gon- 
ococcus culture  diagnosis.  There  are,  as  yet,  a 
number  of  difficulties  in  the  taking  and  trans- 
mitting of  specimens  for  culture  diagnosis.  A 
time  lapse  beyond  three  hours  after  obtaining 
the  specimen  is  apt  to  show  an  overgrown  cul- 
ture. Among  1,482  cases  diagnosed,  52.8  per 
cent  showed  positive  cultures  (Tables  III  and 
IV).  If  cultures  alone  were  used  as  a diagnos- 
tic criterion,  47.2  per  cent  of  the  cases  would  be 
overlooked.  It  is,  therefore,  evident  that  both 
smears  and  cultures  are  essential  in  reaching  the 
maximum  number  that  can  be  diagnosed  by  lab- 
oratory methods. 

Complement  Fixation  Test. — The  complement 
fixation  test  in  its  present  state  is  of  very  un- 
certain value.  In  an  investigation  of  the  value 
of  the  complement  fixation  test  conducted  in 
1937,^  of  a total  of  760  patients  examined,  over 
13  per  cent  showed  non-specific  reaction.  This 
one  factor  alone  immediately  indicates  that  the 
test  is  not  yet  of  sufficient  value  for  diagnostic 
or  treatment  control  purposes. 

Clinical  Diagnosis 

It  is  quite  obvious  that  the  most  thorough 
laboratory  diagnosis  falls  far  short  of  uncover- 
ing the  existing  gonorrhea.  This  is  readily  seen 


TABLE  IV.  FEMALE  COURT  EXAMINATIONS 
First  Nine  ^lonths 


Total  Examinations 

4,262 

100.0% 

Total  Gonorrhea 

1,482 

34.8% 

Clinical  Gonorrhea 

528 

12.4% 

Clinical  Gonorrhea  with  Positive 
Laboratory 

287 

6.7% 

Laboratory  Gonorrhea 

667 

15.7% 

in  our  examination  of  4,262  arrested  prostitutes 
where,  out  of  this  entire  group,  only  22.4  per 
cent  were  discovered  to  have  gonorrhea  as  a 
result  of  smear  and  culture  examination  (Tables 
III  and  IV).  Admittedly,  in  this  specialized 
group,  a considerably  greater  percentage  are 
actually  infected  with  the  disease.  In  order  to 
uncover  as  much  of  this  balance  as  possible,  it  is  ' 
essential  that  a thorough  knowledge  of  clinical 
diagnosis  in  gonorrhea  be  disseminated  among 
the  medical  profession.  Unfortunately,  at  this  : 
time  this  knowledge  is  not  very  widely  present,  j 
This  is  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  gonorrhea  in  j 
women  in  the  vast  majority  shows  but  very  few  j 
clinical  evidences  of  the  existence  of  the  disease,  j 
The  clinical  diagnosis  of  gonorrhea  in  women 
depends  upon  a summation  of  the  history,  symp- 
toms and  clinical  signs. 

History. — In  no  other  diagnosis  is  a detailed 
and  searching  history  so  essential  as  in  diag- 
nosis of  gonorrhea  in  women.  This  history 
must  include  a searching  inquiry  into  the  past 
existence  of  urinary  symptoms  and  vaginal 
discharge. 

During  the  acute  stage  of  the  disease,  fre- 
quency and  burning  on  urination  are  very  prom- 
inent symptoms.  Also  in  this  stage,  there  is  in- 
variably a profuse  purulent  cervical  discharge 
associated  with  general  feeling  of  uneasiness  in 
the  pelvis  and  general  discomfort.  Unfortunate- 
ly. these  acute  symptoms  do  not  last  veiy^  long  i 
and  in  approximately  seven  to  ten  days,  subsi-  ■ 
dence  of  symptoms  begins.  Such  a patient  pre- 
senting herself  six  to  eight  months  later  to  the 
doctor  will,  in  all  likelihood,  have  completely 
forgotten  these  incidents.  An  essential  part  of 
clinical  diagnosis  is  inquiry  into  the  occupation 
and  mode  of  life  of  the  patient.  All  possible  j 
sex  contacts  with  individuals  who  may  harbor  t 


436 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


GONOCOCCAL  INFECTIONS— JACOBY 


the  infection  must  be  uncovered.  Most  women 
are  more  or  less  accustomed  to  the  presence  of 
vaginal  discharge  and  exacerbation  of  this  dis- 
charge for  a brief  interval  is  very  likely  to  be 
unreported  six  months  later.  It  is,  therefore, 
necessary  to  jog  the  patient’s  memory  to  uncover 
such  evidence. 

Syniptoms. — The  symptoms  in  the  acute  in- 
fection are  very  clear  and  obvious.  The  patient 
complains  of  marked  frequency  and  burning  on 
urination,  a profuse  purulent  vaginal  discharge, 
a feeling  of  discomfort  and  even  pain  in  the 
pelvis,  occasionally  accompanied  by  general  symp- 
toms of  malaise  and  slight  temperature.  As  a 
rule,  in  uncomplicated  infections  such  acute 
symptoms  subside  in  from  seven  to  ten  days. 
The  vast  majority  of  patients  present  themselves 
with  an  infection  of  anywhere  from  six  months’ 
duration  or  longer.  In  such  patients,  unless 
there  is  pelvic  cellular  or  adnexal  complications, 
there  is  practically  no  discomfort  but  there  is 
slight  frequency  of  urination  and  scant  cervical 
discharge.  Where  pelvic  cellular  or  adnexal 
complications  exist,  pain  in  one  or  the  other 
lower  adbominal  quadrants  and  back  will  be  a 
prominent  symptom. 

Clinical  Signs. — The  usual  site  of  infection 
involves  both  the  cervix  and  the  urethra.  In 
very  few  instances,  probably  less  than  10  per 
cent,  does  infection  in  one  or  the  other  location 
alone  exist.  Infection  may  start,  and  usually 
does,  in  the  cervix  inasmuch  as  the  transmission 
of  the  infection  to  the  female  usually  occurs 
from  some  male  with  a chronic  disease.  The 
clinical  signs  in  the  acute  stage  of  the  disease 
are  clearly  obvious.  There  is  a marked  redness 
around  the  external  urinary  orifice  associated 
with  edema  and  the  presence  of  purulent  dis- 
charge exuding  from  the  urethra  or  expressible 
from  the  urethra  with  the  slightest  pressure. 
The  area  of  Bartholin’s  gland,  if  the  gland  is 
involved,  will  show  a marked  redness  with  per- 
haps purulent  secretion  expressible  from  the 
orifice  of  the  duct.  The  cervix  will  show  a 
marked  redness,  edema  and  profuse  purulent 
discharge  exuding  from  the  external  os.  In 
the  chronic  stage  all  these  symptoms  have  di- 
minished almost  to  the  vanishing  point  and  the 
failure  to  detect  the  few  remaining  signs  is  fre- 
quently responsible  for  the  failure  to  diagnose 
chronic  gonorrhea.  The  area  around  the  duct  of 


the  Bartholin’s  gland  must  be  very  carefully  in- 
spected. Occasionally  the  orifice  of  the  duct  is 
surrounded  by  a small  reddened  areola,  the  m- 
called  Saenger’s  spot.  The  duct,  itself,  may  be 
qnlarged,  thickened  or  distended.  The  gland, 
when  enlarged,  may  be  palpated  by  deep  lateral 
or  posterolateral  palpation  with  one  finger  in 
the  vagina  and  the  other  outside  on  the  perineum. 
Such  enlargement  may  be  inflammatory. 

The  urethra  must  be  very  carefully  exam- 
ined to  detect  the  few  physical  signs  remain- 
ing in  chronic  urethral  involvement.  To  un- 
cover the  slight  discharge  present,  it  is  essen- 
tial that  the  urethra  be  compressed  at  its  vesi- 
cal neck  against  the  posterior  surface  of  the 
symphysis  and  the  expression  carried  forward 
from  the  vesical  neck  to  the  external  urinary 
meatus  in  a continuous  maneuver.  Great  care 
must  be  exercised  not  to  release  the  pressure 
especially  after  rounding  the  under  border  of 
the  symphysis  and  up  the  lower  portion  of 
the  anterior  surface.  This  is  important  be- 
cause otherwise  Skene’s  glands  will  not  be  ex- 
pressed and  very  frequently  the  only  existing 
discharge  remaining  is  located  in  these  glands. 

In  addition  to  the  presence  of  discharge,  there 
may  be  a thickening  along  the  entire  urethra 
and  in  an  old,  chronic  inflammation,  the  urethra 
will  roll  under  the  finger  like  a lead  pencil.  The 
ducts  of  Skene’s  glands  may  be  thickened  and 
feel  like  a strand  of  catgut  in  the  tissues.  The 
cervix  will  always  show  more  or  less  muco- 
purulent or  purulent  discharge  from  the  external 
os.  The  cervical  tissues  will  be  bulky  and  edema- 
tous, and,  in  approximately  one-third  of  the 
patients,  cervical  erosion  and  nabothian  follicle 
cysts  will  be  in  evidence.  This  picture  in  the 
cervix  is  practically  the  same  for  inflammation 
resulting  from  any  other  organism.  The  ex- 
tension of  inflammation  from  the  cervix  occurs 
rapidly  through  the  numerous  lymphatics  in  the 
parametrial  tissues,  particularly  posteriorly  and 
laterally.  This  will  give  rise  to  inflammatory 
thickening  in  the  uterosacral  and  the  bases  of  the 
broad  ligaments.  Further  extension  through  the 
lymphatics  in  the  broad  ligaments  will  produce 
tubal  and  ovarian  involvements.  Such  involve- 
ments are  evidenced  by  thickening  or  mass  for- 
mation of  varying  size  and  tenderness  in  the 
adnexa.  Extension  of  the  inflammation  in  the 


June,  1941 


437 


GONOCOCCAL  INFECTIONS— JACOBY 


pelvic  lymphatics  may  produce  a pelvic  cellular 
involvement.  In  this  event,  the  pelvic  cellular 
tissues  above  the  vault  of  the  vagina  will  be 
extensively  infiltrated,  sometimes  stony  hard 
and  extremely  sensitive  to  touch  or  motion  of 
any  of  the  pelvic  organs.  An  extension  of  this 
inflammation  beyond  the  confines  of  the  cellular 
tissues  leads  to  a pelvic  peritoneal  involvement. 

Summary 

The  diagnosis  of  gonorrhea  must  be  made 
from  a summation  of  the  various  factors  ob- 
tained from  the  history,  symptomatology,  physi- 
cal signs  and  laboratory  reports. 

The  pertinent  factors  in  the  history  are  (1) 
the  possibility  of  contact  with  infected  individ- 
ual; (2)  the  past  history  of  urinary  frequency 
and  dysuria;  (3)  the  past  history  of  profuse 
purulent  vaginal  discharge;  (4)  pain  or  dis- 
comfort in  the  lower  abdominal  quadrant. 

In  the  symptomatology,  the  important  factors 
are  (1)  the  presence  of  frequency,  especially 
nocturia,  and  pain  on  urination;  (2)  the  pres- 
ence of  vaginal  discharge;  (3)  pain  in  the  lower 
abdominal  quadrant  may  or  may  not  be  present. 

The  important  physical  signs  are  ( 1 ) purulent 
discharge  from  the  urethra;  (2)  purulent  dis- 
charge from  Skene’s  glands;  (3)  thickening 
along  the  length  of  the  urethra;  (4)  redness 
around  the  orifice  of  Bartholin’s  glands;  (5) 
redness  or  swelling  in  Bartholin’s  glands;  (6) 
expression  of  pus  from  the  orifice  of  Bartholin’s 
glands;  (7)  purulent  discharge  from  the  external 
cervical  os;  (8)  hypertrophy  and  edema  of  the 
cervix;  (9)  erosion  of  the  cervix;  (10)  pres- 
ence of  nabothian  follicle  cysts;  (11)  thickening 
and  tenderness  in  the  parametrial  tissues  espe- 
cially posteriorly  and  laterally;  (12)  thickening 
and  tenderness  in  the  adnexa;  (13)  pelvic  cel- 
lular inflammation;  (14)  pelvic  peritoneal  in- 
flammation. 

The  factors  of  importance  in  the  laboratory 
reports  are  ( 1 ) positive  gram  negative  intracellu- 
lar or  extracellular  diplococci  in  the  smear  from 
the  secretions  of  the  urethra,  cervix  or  Bartholin’s 
glands;  (2)  positive  culture  for  gonococci  from 
the  urethra,  cervix  or  Bartholin’s  glands. 

It  is  by  careful  evaluation  of  all  of  the  above 
items  that  as  much  of  gonorrhea  in  women  as 
it  is  possible  to  uncover  with  our  present  knowl- 
edge will  be  diagnosed. 


Criteria  of  Cure 

In  view  of  the  present  treatment  of  gonor- 
rhea with  various  sulfonamide  compounds  and 
the  as  yet  unsolved  problems  in  relation  to 
their  action,  it  is  especially  important  that  our 
criteria  of  cure  be  sufficiently  searching  to  un- 
cover any  incompletely  cured  infection. 

The  Male.—Tho.  first  indication  of  cure  is 
the  disappearance  of  all  clinical  signs  of  disease. 
This  includes  an  absence  of  urinary  frequency, 
dysuria  and  urethral  discharge.  Examination  at 
this  time  should  show  clear  urine  in  both  glasses 
in  the  usual  two-glass  urine  examination,  nor- 
mal prostate,  seminal  vesicles,  Cowper’s  glands, 
and  epididymes. 

When  this  stage  is  reached,  all  treatment 
should  be  suspended  for  one  week.  At  the  end 
of  that  time,  a urethral  smear  following  strip- 
ping or  scraping  of  the  mucosa  is  taken  and 
examined  by  Gram  stain.  If  gonococci  are  ab- 
sent, the  prostate  and  seminal  vesicles  are  mas- 
saged and  the  secretion  examined  for  gonococci 
and  pus  cells.  The  practice  of  Pelouze  (1939)^ 
of  receiving  this  discharge  in  a tube  of  sterile 
distilled  water,  centrifuging,  and  examining  the 
sediment  is  quite  efficient. 

If  this  examination  is  negative,  provocative 
measures  are  instituted.  The  first  of  these  is  the 
passage  of  a urethral  sound  up  to  the  posterior 
urethra,  and  massaging  the  urethra  over  this 
sound  to  express  pus  and  gonococci  from  the 
urethral  crypts.  The  patient  is  given  some 
clean  slides  with  instructions  to  secure  any  sub- 
sequent discharge  and  bring  it  in  for  examina- 
tion. After  a four-day  interval  1 to  2 c.c.  of 
0.5  to  1 per  cent  silver  nitrate  solution  is  in- 
stilled through  a cannula  into  the  posterior  ureth- 
ra, continuing  the  injection  as  the  cannula  is 
withdrawn.  Examination  of  any  resultant  dis- 
charge must  be  negative  for  gonococci.  Prostate 
should  be  massaged  and  secretion  examined  as 
previously. 

If  all  examinations  are  negative,  the  patient  is 
instructed  to  drink  beer  or  other  alcoholic  bever- 
age. Any  resulting  discharge  must  be  examined 
for  gonococci.  The  above  series  of  examinations 
should  be  repeated  twice  after  an  intervening 
monthly  interval  of  negative  clinical  evidence  of 
disease. 

If  all  examinations  prove  negative,  the  patient 
may  be  pronounced  cured  but  should  be  warned 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


438 


GONOCOCCAL  INFECTIONS— JACOBY 


that  in  all  sexual  intercourse  for  the  suceeding  six 
months,  he  should  resort  to  condom  protection. 
The  time  consumed  in  these  tests  is  approximate- 
ly five  months. 

Female  Adult. — In  the  female,  the  determina- 
tion of  cure  is  more  difficult  than  in  the  male. 
Here,  a searching  examination  to  determine  the 
absence  of  all  clinical  and  physical  evidence  of 
infection  is  of  the  utmost  importance.  Xo  deter- 
mination of  cure  should  be  begun  until  all  clinical 
symptoms  and  physical  signs  are  absent. 

An  examination  of  smears  and  cultures  from 
the  urethra,  Bartholin’s  glands  and  cerv  ix  should 
be  made  beginning  one  week  after  the  cessation 
of  treatment.  These  specimens  should  be  ob- 
tained ever}’  week  for  the  next  six  weeks  and 
eveiy  other  week  thereafter  until  six  more 
smears  and  cultures  have  been  taken  and  exam- 
ined. All  these  specimens  must  be  negative  for 
gonococci. 

If,  at  the  end  of  this  period,  all  symptoms, 
clinical  signs,  and  laborator}*  reports  are  nega- 
tive, patient  may  be  discharged  as  cured.  Time 
consumed  is  approximately  five  months. 

Fenmle  Children. — The  cure  of  children  with 
vaginitis  is  only  determinable  after  sufficient  time 
has  elapsed  following  the  cessation  of  treatment. 
The  first  step  in  this  determination  is  the  absence 
of  all  symptoms  and  clinical  signs.  At  this  point, 
treatment  is  interrupted  for  one  week.  At  the 
end  of  this  week,  a series  of  six  smears  and 
cultures  from  the  vagina,  cervix  and  rectum  are 
taken  and  examined  at  weekly  intervals.  Fol- 
lowing this,  a period  of  one  month  should  elapse 
before  a repetition  of  another  series  of  six 
smears  and  cultures.  At  the  end  of  this  time, 
still  another  series  of  six  smears  and  cultures 
should  be  taken  and  examined  after  a one 
month’s  lapse.  The  time  consumed  for  these 
series  of  examinations  and  observations  is  ap- 
proximately six  to  seven  months. 

The  necessity  for  such  long  observation  is 
indicated  by  the  occurrence  of  what  appears  to 
be  spontaneous  cure  in  this  disease  after  an 
interval  of  as  much  as  twenty-four  weeks  after 
the  onset  of  the  disease. 

Conclusion 

The  control  of  gonorrhea  depends  largely 
on  the  accuracy  with  which  the  existing  dis- 
ease, particularly  in  women,  is  uncovered 


and  the  thoroughness  with  which  cure  is  de- 
termined after  proper  treatment  has  been  car- 
ried out.  It  is,  therefore,  necessary  that  in- 
struction in  accurate  diagnosis  be  made  avail- 
able to  the  entire  medical  profession.  It  is 
also  necessary  to  indicate  that  the  only  sure 
method  for  determining  cure  is  by  prolonged 
observation  and  persistently  negative  physical 
symptoms,  physical  signs,  and  smears  and 
cultures. 

Provocative  measures  in  the  female  have  long 
ago  been  abandoned.  I feel  that  in  the  male  also 
provocatives  are  not  of  much  value. 

With  the  wide  use  of  sulfonamide  compoimds, 
the  only  safe  procedure  for  determining  definite 
cure  is  by  reliance  on  prolonged  observation  and 
persistently  negative  laboratory  findings. 

References 

1.  Jacoby,  Adolph;  Wishengrad,  Michael,  and  Koopman,  John: 
An  evaluation  of  the  complement-fixation  test  for  gonor- 
rhea. Am.  Jour.  Svph.,  Conor,  and  Ven.  Dis.,  22:32, 
1938. 

2.  Pelouze,  P.  S. : Gonorrhea  in  the  Male  and  Female. 

Third  Edition,  p.  223.  Philadelphia:  W.  B.  Saunders 

Company. 


LEADERSHIP 

There  can  be  no  dictator  in  Organized  Medicine.  The 
Board  of  Trustees  is  the  Executive  Body  in  both  the 
A.M.A.  and  in  the  State  Societies.  Increasingly,  the 
need  for  a similar  executive  group  is  being  appreciated 
and  provided  for  in  the  component  county  societies. 

The  President  is  ahvajs  a member  of  these  Execu- 
tive Groups,  but  even  he  has  but  one  vote  in  the  final 
decision.  The  prestige  of  his  office  accords  to  him  at 
all  times  respectful  attention,  but  it  is  the  majority 
opinion  which  prevails  in  the  final  decision. 

The  House  of  Delegates  makes  the  final  rules  and 
regulations.  Even  the  Executive  Board — the  Trustees 
— can  make  rulings  to  govern  only  until  the  next  meet- 
ing of  the  House  of  Delegates. 

The  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  accept  the 
responsibility  inherent  in  their  election,  and  serve  un- 
hesitatingly, fairly,  and  consistently  in  promoting  the 
best  interests  of  the  profession. — Th.e  Journal  of  the 
Medical  Society  of  Xew  Jersey,  April,  1941. 


“Immeasurable  fertility”  is  a population  slogan  for 
the  German  people  coined  bj’  Heinrich  Himmler  in  a 
new  booklet  for  S.S.  men.  David  M.  Nichol,  leviewing 
the  publication  in  a dispatch  from  Berlin  to  the  New 
York  Post,  saj's  Himmler’s  argument  is  that  Germany 
must  have  children  to  make  up  its  losses  on  the  battle- 
fields if  her  victories  are  to  be  maintained.  “To  have 
only  two  children  is  described  as  ‘co^\’ardly  living.’ 
The  standard  must  be  four  to  six,”  the  booklet  sa}'s, 
and  forecasts  a Reich  of  120  million  persons,  com- 
pared to  the  present  90  million.  “Illegitimate  children,” 
it  goes  on,  “are  also  valuable  members  of  the  national 
community,  providing  their  parents  are  hereditary 
healthy  Nordics.”  The  dispatch  points  out  that  Himm- 
ler’s appeal  is  another  “attempt  to  stem  a down\\^ard 
trend  in  the  birth  rate  which  first  became  evident  in 
^lay,  1940.  Sale  of  contraceptives,  for  example,  has 
been  stopped  completely.” 


June,  IWl 


439 


GONORRHEA  IN  THE  FEMALE— DEAKIN  AND  SMITH 


Gonorrhea  in  the  Female’" 


By  Rogers  Deakin,  M.D. 
and 

Dudley  R.  Smith,  M.D. 
Saint  Louis,  Missouri 


Rogers  Deakin,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Washington  University  School  of 
Medicine,  1922.  Assistant  Professor  of  Clini- 
cal Genito-Urinary  Surgery,  Washington  Uni- 
versity; Member  of  the  Clinical  Cooperative 
Group  for  the  Study  of  Male  Gonorrhea;  Di- 
rector of  a demonstration  clinic  for  the  State 
Board  of  Health  of  Missouri  at  the  Washing- 
ton University  Clinics.  Member  of  the  urologic 
staffs  of:  Barnes,  St.  Louis  Maternity,  St. 
Louis  Children’s,  DePaul,  and  Homer  Phillips 
hospitals. 

Dudley  Smith,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Washington  University  School  of  Med- 
icine, 1923.  Assistant  and  Instructor  in  Ob- 
stetrics and  Gynecology,  Washington  University 
School  of  Medicine.  Chief  of  Obstetrical 
Clinic,  Washington  University  Out-Patient  De- 
partment. Member,  St.  Louis  Gynecological 
Society.  Fellow  of  the  American  Association 
of  Obstetricians,  Gynecologists  and  Abdominal 
Surgeons. 


■ The  records  of  the  St.  Louis  Maternity  Hospi- 
tal show  that  up  until  a short  time  ago  vir- 
tually every  woman  admitted  to  the  wards  for 
delivery  who  also  was  infected  with  gonorrhea 
developed  an  acute  postpartum  gonococcal  salpin- 
gitis about  ten  days  after  delivery.  Most  of  these 
women  had  been  observed  for  some  months 
previously  in  the  outpatient  department  where 
their  gonorrhea  had  been  recognized  and  treated 
with  mild  local  therapy. 

Such  cases  have  been  treated  since  the  first 
of  the  year  in  the  newly  organized  clinic  for 
female  gonorrhea.  This  clinic  began  as  a subsid- 
iary to  an  already  functioning  well-organized 
male  clinic  but  now  rivals  the  latter  because 
of  its  effectiveness  as  a treatment  agency  for 
contacts  and  sources.  During  these  months  six 
successive  women  in  the  first  group  of  50  cases 
of  female  gonorrhea  have  been  rendered  non- 
infectious  with  a single  course  of  sulfathiazole 
alone  despite  their  associated  pregnancy,  have 
been  delivered  and  have  finished  their  stay  in  the 
hospital  without  any  clinical  or  bacteriologic 
evidence  of  gonorrhea. 

It  will  take  more  than  six  cases  to  have  con- 
vincing evidence  of  the  effectiveness  of  the 
treatment  used  but  the  experience  does  indicate 


*From  the  Washington  University  Clinics,  Saint  Louis,  Mis- 
souri, in  cooperation  with  the  State  Board  of  Health  of  Missouri. 

Presented  before  the  Ingham  County  Medical  Society  as  part 
of  the  Fall  Symposium  on  Gonorrhea,  1940. 


the  promise  which  sulfathiazole  gives  for  the 
ultimate  control  of  female  gonorrhea. 

The  women  under  study  in  this  clinic  are 
ambulatory  patients.  They  are  under  no  obliga- 
tion to  come  for  examination  and  under  no 
coercion  to  receive  treatment  or  to  continue  un- 
der observation  for  the  four  months  which  the 
routine  requires.  The  lapse  rate  from  observa- 
tion (10  per  cent)  is  extremely  low,  however, 
due  to  the  intensive  caseholding  and  casefinding 
technics  which  are  available.  Over  fifty  unse- 
lected cases  of  female  gonorrhea  confirmed  by 
culture  have  now  received  a single  course  of  20 
grams  of  sulfathiazole  at  the  rate  of  4 grams  a 
day  for  five  days.  Six  out  of  the  first  fifty  have 
had  one  repeat  course.  No  other  therapy,  oral 
or  local,  has  been  used.  Each  woman  returns 
once  a week  for  3 weeks  to  be  examined  and  to 
have  smears  and  cultures  made  from  the  urethra 
and  cervix.  If  negative  reports  are  obtained,  she 
then  returns  for  the  same  procedure  once  a month 
for  3 months  before  dismissal. 

The  most  important  consideration  (Fig.  1) 
is  the  consistency  with  which  the  cases  are 
rendered  non-infectious  at  the  end  of  this  five- 
day  treatment  period.  Rapid  sterilization  of 
the  gonococcal  infection  in  a woman  is  of 
paramount  importance  for  at  least  three  rea- 
sons: (1)  to  prevent  spread  of  infection  to 
the  male,  (2)  to  prevent  the  complications  in 
women  which  so  frequently  occur  from  gon- 
orrhea at  the  time  of  menstruation  and  (3)  to 
decrease  the  incidence  of  gonorrheal  ophthal- 
mia. 

It  would  appear  that  in  sulfathiazole  we  have 
an  effective  agent  with  which  to  accomplish  this 
rapid  change  from  an  infectious  to  a non-infec- 
tious state  without  fear  of  any  untoward  reac- 
tions. It  has  not  been  necessary  to  stop  or  de- 
crease the  amount  of  drug  given  any  patient  in 
this  series  because  of  toxic  side  reactions 
although  about  half  of  the  cases  have  complained 
of  some  transient  nausea. 

The  accumulated  experience  with  sulfonamide 
therapy  in  gonorrhea  is  most  impressive  in  one 
regard,  namely  to  limit  sharply  the  time  interval 
during  which  sulfonamide  treatment  is  given  a 
trial.  The  best  interests  of  the  patient  are  not 
served  by  continuing  sulfathiazole  or  any  sulfon- 
amide much  over  a week’s  time.  It  can  be  said 


440 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


GONORRHEA  IN  THE  FEMALE— DEAKIN  AND  SMITH 


now  without  equivocation  that  if  the  desired 
result  is  not  obtained  quickly,  it  more  than  likely 
will  not  be  obtained  at  all.  As  a matter  of  fact, 
it  would  appear  that  prolonged  sulfonamide  ad- 
ministration prevents  the  development  of  an 
immunity  response  to  the  gonococcus.  Certainly, 
a patient  suffering  from  anorexia,  loss  of  weight 
and  perhaps  an  anemia,  the  result  of  prolonged 
sulfonamide  therapy,  is  not  in  the  best  condition 
to  throw  off  a gonococcal  infection. 

One  of  the  most  gratifying  developments  of 
sulfonamide  therapy  in  gonorrhea  deals  with  the 
abandonment  of  local  treatment.  It  has  always 
been  difficult  to  justify  the  use  of  many  forms 
of  local  manipulation  or  application  in  female 
gonorrhea.  This  has  been  true  of  the  chemically 
irritant  drugs  and  the  mechanically  traumatizing 
procedures  in  both  male  and  female.  It  has  been 
particularly  true  of  the  many  unnecessary  and 
unwarranted  operations  to  which  women  with 
acute  gonococcal  salpingitis  have  been  subjected. 

Much  credit  is  due  those  who,  even  in  the 
pre-sulfonamide  era  of  gonorrheal  therapy,  in- 
sisted that  local  treatment  to  the  female  should 
be  confined  to  douching  or  vaginal  irrigations 
with  weak  permanganate  or  lactic  acid  solutions 
warmed  to  body  temperature.  At  least,  this  did 
not  interfere  with  the  body  defense  mechanism 
against  the  gonococcus  if  the  douche  was  taken 
properly;  i.e.,  in  a recumbent  position  and  under 
low  pressure. 

The  rationale  for  a weak  acid  douche  such  as 
1 :2000  lactic  acid  is  based  on  the  pH  studies  of 
vaginal  and  cervical  secretions.  The  endocervical 
glands  produce  an  alkaline  secretion  while  the 
vagina  is  normally  acid.  A gonococcal  endocervi- 
citis  accentuates  the  production  of  alkaline  secre- 
tions which  get  into  the  vagina.  The  growth  of 
the  Doderlein  bacillus,  a normal  inhabitant  of  the 
vagina,  is  discouraged  by  an  alkaline  environ- 
ment and  many  observers  feel  that  growth  of  this 
bacillus  deters  the  growth  of  the  gonococcus. 

The  initial  stage  of  female  gonorrhea  is  an 
invasion  of  the  external  genitals  and  urethra 
accompanied  by  an  intense  inflammatory  reaction 
of  mucosal  surfaces.  This  is  followed  by  invasion 
of  one  or  more  of  the  structures  lined  with 
columnar  epithelium  such  as  Skene’s,  Bartholin’s 
or  the  cervical  glands.  Even  the  mildest  sort  of 
douching  is  not  logical  in  this  stage  of  infection. 
On  the  other  hand,  oral  medication  should  be 
started  immediately.  Unfortunately,  few  women 


recognize  an  early  gonorrhea  for  what  it  is  and 
seek  medical  service.  The  usual  patient  is  first 
seen  after  this  active  invasive  phase  has  partially 
subsided  into  the  second  or  colonizing  phase  of 
infection  or  has  progressed  to  a more  chronic 
third  phase  of  general  pelvic  involvement. 

The  second  stage,  in  the  light  of  our  present 
experience,  still  offers  an  opportunity  for  sul- 
fathiazole  therapy.  The  mild  douches  previously 
described  may  be  withheld  unless  oral  treatment 
fails  to  render  the  patient  non-infectious.  The 
cervix  offers  the  last  barrier  between  a gonococ- 
cal invasion  of  the  lower  pelvic  structures  and 
the  upper  pelvic  structures  or  tubal  and  peri- 
toneal zones.  Hence,  nothing  of  a traumatic 
nature  should  be  done  to  disturb  the  defensive 
properties  of  the  cervical  glands  at  this  stage. 
Sulfathiazole  failure  cases  in  the  colonizing  type 
of  infection  are  handled  best  by  resorting  to  a 
thorough  trial  with  permanganate  or  lactic  acid 
douches.  A persistent  Skenitis  or  endocervicitis 
which  does  not  respond  to  either  oral  or  local 
therapy  as  described  calls  for  the  eradication  of 
the  gonococcal  focus  by  more  intensive  means. 
Destruction  of  the  infected  gland  bearing  area 
by  the  various  chemical  or  physical  modalities 
usually  employed  is  a logical  and  effective  means 
of  achieving  a cure  under  such  circumstances. 

The  suggestions  made  by  the  female  section 
of  the  American  Neisserian  Medical  Society 
in  1940  regarding  acute  gonococcal  pelvic  in- 
flammation are  worth  repeating.  They  call 
for  general  medical  care,  rest  in  bed,  heat  or 
cold  to  the  lower  abdomen,  regular  intestinal 
elimination,  liquid  or  soft  diet,  no  alcohol, 
anodynes  for  pain  and  avoidance  of  all  trauma. 
The  addition  of  a course  of  sulfathiazole  to 
the  above  regime  seems  warranted  although 
again  we  would  limit  the  treatment  period  to 
approximately  five  days. 

Chronic  pelvic  inflammation  calls  for  the  same 
consideration.  Sulfathiazole  will  render  the  ma- 
jority of  such  cases  non-infectious.  However, 
the  pelvic  adhesions  which  are  present  may  pre- 
vent the  patient’s  becoming  asymptomatic.  This 
seems  to  be  true  particularly  of  those  women  who 
have  borne  children  and  who  have  a retroversion. 
Here,  pelvic  surgery  seems  to  offer  the  only 
chance  for  complete  alleviation  of  the  chronic 
invalidism  induced  by  the  mechanical  abnormali- 
ties present  in  the  pelvis,  either  with  or  without 
specific  infection. 


June,  1941 


441 


THERAPY-  LOCAL:  noh.  ORAL:  SULFATHI AZOLE  (winthrop)  Four  graas  dally  for  five  days 

■A3HIIOTOI  UHimsm  CLIIICS,  ST.  LOUIS.  MISSOURI  t 


GONORRHEA  IN  THE  EEMALE— DEAKIN  AND  SMITH 


*-*  o 

8 *4 

22 
ai  m 

B 3 

Q O 


a s a 

F*  f-«  B 

< •-*  5 

"i§ 

a ° E 


a ® 

•2  * 

gi 

H 

S *• 

•H  as 


1 

'O 


WL 

0 

0 

c»o 

Q 

5 1 

_ _ 

31 

1: 

5 

£ 

1 

*0  -J>  J 


gss3g  £ 

O O A. 


n 


^■3  "8 


II 


lli 


31 


« c 
c-5 
^ c ^ 


IP 


t . 

II 


li" 


^■?7! 


!3 


Jl 


^ TC 

^■5 


442 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


GONORRHEA  IN  THE  FEMALE— DEAKIN  AND  SMITH 


The  reasons  for  failure  in  the  treatment  of 
gonorrhea  result  for  the  most  part  from  negli- 
gence on  the  part  of  the  patient,  lack  of  coopera- 
tion in  any  treatment  scheme,  ignorance,  over- 
treatment and  the  injudicious  use  of  sulfona- 
mides. The  latter  is  excusable  because  of  the 
rapidity  with  which  these  drugs  have  come  into 
use.  It  has  long  been  recognized,  however,  that 
gonorrhea  is  fundamentally  a self-limited  disease. 
Over-treatment,  therefore,  only  serves  to  nullify 
nature’s  efforts  to  effect  a cure.  Negligence  on 
the  part  of  the  patient  is  usually  due  to  ignor- 
ance and  therefore  responsive  to  education. 
Again,  education  is  our  best  weapon  to  control 
the  incorrigible  patient. 

The  wide  variability  of  the  problems  of  the 
woman  with  gonorrhea  make  women  more  diffi- 
cult to  control  than  male  patients.  Yet,  some  of 
the  most  gratifying  instances  of  response  to  such 
psycho-therapy  as  we  have  to  offer  the  incorrigi- 
ble patient  come  in  the  female  group. 

It  seems  quite  likely  that  the  number  of  sul- 
fonamide-resistant cases  of  female  gonorrhea 
will  increase  as  time  goes  on.  Unauthorized  self- 
medication  or  improper  sulfonamide  therapy  al- 
ready presents  a difficult  problem  in  male  gonor- 
rhea. We  feel  that  sulfathiazole  therapy  should 
not  be  continued  for  more  than  5 days  and  that 
the  course  should  not  be  repeated  in  the  event  of 
relapse.  The  rapidity  with  which  the  great  ma- 
jority of  cases  respond  to  sulfathiazole  strongly 
suggests  that  nothing  is  to  be  gained  by  continu- 
ing to  give  the  drug  to  those  few  cases  which 
remain  infectious  at  the  expiration  of  five  days 
of  treatment  or  to  those  in  whom  relapse  oc- 
curs. Previous  experience  with  the  chronicity  of 
sulfanilamide  resistant  cases  in  the  male  would 
support  this  opinion.  We  have  repeated  the 
course  in  a few  instances  where  there  was  a re- 
turn of  the  infection.  In  most  of  these  cases, 
subsequent  investigation  of  the  patient  and  her 
contacts  would  indicate  that  the  return  was  in  all 
probability  a reinfection  after  exposure  with  a 
known  infectious  source. 

A large  portion  of  our  sulfathiazole  failures 
are  in  men  who  have  been  on  sulfanilamide  pre- 
viously without  benefit.  Our  routine  requires 
delaying  the  use  of  sulfathiazole  in  such  instances 
until  there  is  reasonable  assurance  that  any  in- 
hibiting influence  from  previous  sulfonamide 
therapy  is  gone.  This  is  judged  by  the  time 
elapsing  since  the  previous  chemotherapy,  by 


the  physical  condition  of  the  patient  and  the  type 
and  extent  of  his  or  her  infection.  This  interval 
of  time  during  which  sulfathiazole  therapy  is 
withheld  offers  an  opportunity  to  improve  the 
patient’s  nutrition  and  general  resistance  by 
means  of  a high  caloric,  high  vitamin  diet  and 
the  stimulating  effects  of  conservative  local  treat- 
ment. 

We  have  not  resorted  to  hyperpyrexia  in  a re- 
fractory female  infection  though  we  have  made 
use  of  fever  therapy  in  a few  instances  of  stub- 
born infections  or  cases  with  severe  complica- 
tions in  the  male.  It  is  our  opinion  that  fever 
therapy  should  be  reserved  for  such  cases  and 
with  a considerable  confidence  as  to  the  outcome. 
Also,  it  is  our  belief  that  the  more  sulfonamide 
has  been  given  to  a sulfonamide  failure,  the  less 
responsive  he  will  be  to  fever  therapy. 

It  is  our  impression  that  the  patient  who  has 
remained  clinically  and  bacteriologically  negative 
for  several  weeks  after  sulfathiazole  therapy  was 
stopped  probably  has  been  cured.  A return  of 
the  symptoms  and  bacteriologic  evidence  of  gon- 
orrhea after  such  an  interval  is  usually  consid- 
ered as  a relapse  and  was  so  recorded  in  Cases 
3,  17,  41,  45,  and  46  (Fig.  1).  However,  in  each 
of  these  cases  a comparison  of  the  patient’s  his- 
tory with  that  of  her  consort  would  suggest  that 
re-exposure  and  reinfection  was  either  certain  or 
at  least  extremely  probable. 

The  return  after  an  interval  of  several  weeks 
of  clinical  evidence  of  infection  without  confirma- 
tion by  smear  or  culture  has  been  noted  repeat- 
edly in  our  series.  Vaginal  inflammation  and 
discharge  reappear  in  these  cases  but  the  cultures 
remain  negative.  Smears  are  apt  to  be  mislead- 
ing because  of  the  variety  of  organisms  encoun- 
tered. Without  culture  facilities,  the  natural  in- 
clination of  the  physician  would  be  to  consider 
this  as  a relapse.  However,  the  consistency  with 
which  negative  gonococcal  cultures  are  obtained 
in  these  cases  lead  us  to  believe  that  a nonspecific 
bacterial  process  is  reasserting  itself  after  an 
initial  bacteriostatic  sulfathiazole  effect  has  worn 
off.  Lactic  acid  douches  have  been  successful  in 
overcoming  this  complication. 

Until  such  time  as  a central  statistical  agency 
is  established  for  the  accurate  evaluation  of  the 
chemotherapy  of  female  gonorrhea,  extreme  cau- 
tion will  have  to  be  exercised  in  the  prognosis 
given  to  female  gonorrheics.  Too  many  variables 
are  present  to  make  a number  of  isolated  reports 


June,  1941 


443 


GONORRHEA  IN  THE  MALE— PELOUZE 


of  small  groups  of  patients  very  significant. 
The  adoption  of  a standard  record  form  and  its 
use  in  treatment  centers  would  expedite  the  ac- 
cumulation of  sufficient  data  in  a central  statisti- 
cal agency  upon  which  to  draw  accurate  con- 
clusions. 

The  substitution  of  chemotherapy  for  local 
therapy  as  much  as  possible  on  the  principle 
that  a gonococcal  infection  is  fundamentally 
a constitutional  rather  than  a local  disorder  is 
also  now  in  order.  The  fact  that  the  mani- 
festations of  a female  gonorrhea  are  for  the 
most  part  confined  to  local  processes  in  the 
genital  tract  does  not  detract  from  this  ap- 
proach to  therapy.  Once  the  possibilities  of 
specific  chemotherapy  have  been  thoroughly 
canvassed,  then  better  agreement  may  be  had 
as  to  when  and  what  local  treatment  should 
be  used  in  the  event  of  chemotherapeutic  fail- 
ure. 

The  control  of  gonorrhea  is  predicated  upon 
an  effective  treatment  of  female  gonorrhea. 
There  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  with  sulfa- 
thiazole  we  approach  the  ideal  of  a rapid  sterili- 
zation of  gonococcal  infections  in  the  female  by 
means  of  oral  medication  alone.  This  does  not 
imply,  however,  that  a patient  may  disregard  the 
ordinary  rules  of  behavior  laid  down  for  a gon- 
orrheic  or  that  the  physician  is  relieved  of  his 
responsibility  to  the  patient  during  oral  therapy 
or  until  there  is  reasonable  assurance  of  cure. 

Note:  The  sulfathiazole  used  in  this  study  was  fur- 
nished by  the  Department  of  Medical  Research  of  the 
Winthrop  Chemical  Company,  New  York  City. 


BLITZKRIEG  ON  SYPHIUS 

At  the  Annual  Meeting  in  Grand  Rapids  this  fall, 
Loren  Shaffer  of  Detroit  will  tell  you  how  some  cases 
of  syphilis  may  be  cured  in  less  than  a week;  if  you 
attend  the  meetings  of  the  Section  on  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology. 

The  officers  of  the  Section  announce  that  this  is  only 
one  of  the  valuable  and  practical  papers  for  which  they 
havfe  arranged  to  help  you  handle  your  dermatological 
patient. 

Doctor  Shaffer  has  been  conducting  clinics  at  the 
Receiving  and  Providence  Hospitals  in  Detroit  in  which 
the  new  “massive  chemotherapy”  method  is  used.  This 
work  has  been  done  in  collaboration  with  other  clinics 
and  you  will  be  given  a clear  comprehensive  report  on 
its  technique  and  results. 

; The  Section  officers  believe  that  if  you  treat  syphilis 
.you  owe  it  to  your  patients  and  yourself  to  hear  this 
paper. 

•444 


Gonorrhea  in  the  Male* 

Modern  Treatment 

By  P.  S.  Pelouze,  M.D. 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 


M.D.  Jefferson  Medical  College  1902  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Urology  at  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  Fellow,  Philadelphia  Col- 
Physicians.  Member,  American 
Urological  Association.  Member  Executive 
Committee  of  the  American  N eisserian  Med- 
tcal  Society.  Member,  Board  of  Directors 
of  the  American  Social  Hygiene  Association. 
Member,  Research  Advisory  Committee  for 
the  New  York  City  Board  of  Health;  and 
National  Committee  on  Venereal  Disease 
prophylaxis.  Chairman,  Cooperative  Clinical 
Lpmnuttee  for  the  Study  of  Gonorrhea.  Spe- 
cml  Consultant  to  the  United  States  Public 
Health  Service.^  Associate  Editor  of  Clyco- 
pedta  of  Medicine  Surgery  and  the  Special- 
ties. Member,  Editonal  Advisory  Board  for 
Journal  of  Syphilis,  Gonorrhea  and  the  Ve- 
nereal  Diseases. 


After  a long,  long  sleep  it  is  obvious  that 
something  really  is  going  to  be  done  toward 
the  control  of  gonorrhea.  Within  the  last  few 
years  things  have  been  happening  that  have 
overcome  many  of  the  barriers  that  stood  in 
the  way  of  this  disease  making  the  grade  from 
the  sin  class  into  those  upper  reaches  where  a 
disease  is  really  a disease.  Indeed,  one  who 
watches  his  step  just  a little,  can  even  make  it 
table  talk  in  polite  society.  And,  when  a disease 
reaches  that  point  just  about  every  physician  is 
better  off  if  he  takes  time  to  really  learn  enough 
about  it  to  fit  him  for  the  giving  of  sensible 
answers  to  the  countless  questions  sure  to  come 
his  way. 

It  has  not  been  the  custom  of  physicians  to 
pay  much  attention  to  clinical  behavior  of  this 
disease.  To  a large  extent  the  sole  cry  has  been, 
“How  should  it  be  treated?”  As  the  result  of 
this  attitude  on  the  part  of  the  general  practi- 
tioner and  an  unfortunate  lack  of  real  interest 
upon  the  part  of  most  urologists  there  has  even- 
tuated a decided  shortage  of  men  sufficiently 
versed  in  the  entire  subject  of  gonorrhea  to 
furnish  us  with  the  teachers  that  are  sorelv 
needed  for  the  education  of  the  public  and  the 
medical  profession  as  well.  This  shortage  of 
qualified  teachers  who  can  discuss  all  phases  of 
gonorrhea  is  being  particularly  felt  at  the  pres- 
ent time  when  vast  numbers  of  our  young  men 
are  entering  the  various  protective  services  of 

^Presented  before  the  Ingham  County  Medical  Society  as 
part  of  the  Fall  Symposium  on  Gonorrhea,  1940. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


GONORRHEA  IN  THE  \LALE— PELOUZE 


the  government.  The  strain  that  this  shortage 
has  thrown  upon  those  few  who  have  not  made 
a one-sided  approach  in  their  understanding  of 
gonorrhea  and  who  have  had  the  courage  to 
openly  espouse  the  battle  is  far  greater  than  is 
generally  recognized.  It  is  a condition  crying 
for  immediate  correction. 

Lest  someone  suspect  that  the  statement 
that  our  profession  has  not  kept  pace  with 
modem  thought  concerning  the  clinical  as- 
pects of  this  disease  is  unfounded,  considera- 
tion might  be  directed  to  what  justly  can  be 
called  the  “sulfanilamide  fiasco”  and  the  thera- 
peutic confusion  that  has  followed.  The  pro- 
duction of  this  confusion,  sad  to  state,  must  be 
laid  at  the  door  of  our  urologists.  For  it  was 
they  who  carried  out  the  early  clinical  trials 
upon  sulfanilamide  and  wrote  such  glowing 
stories  about  the  results  they  thought  they  ob- 
tained. They  told  us  that  this  dmg  produced 
for  them  anywhere  from  50  to  95  per  cent  of 
cures  in  ambulatory  patients.  We,  and  they, 
now  know  that  this  is  not  the  case  and  that  one 
must  be  generous  to  a most  unscientific  fault 
to  attribute  to  this  particular  drug  as  high  as 
a 30  per  cent  apparent  cure  rate. 

The  analytic  mind  naturally  wonders  how 
supposed  specialists  upon  this  disease  could  have 
misled  themselves  and  others  so  greatly.  And 
when  one  delves  into  the  real  reason  for  it  all 
he  is  sure  to  find  that  a poor  understanding  of 
the  true  clinical  course  under  var}dng  condi- 
tions and  in  various  individuals  was  the  main 
reason.  In  other  words,  these  investigators  en- 
tirely lost  sight  of  the  time  element  in  a disease 
that  eventually  gets  well  of  itself  in  most  well- 
behaved  males.  They  failed  to  recognize  that 
patients  who  harbored  the  gonococcus  after  a 
few  weeks  of  sulfanilamide  medication  and  even- 
tually got  well,  did  so  because  it  was  in  them  to 
muster  up  the  required  immunity  responses 
spontaneously  or  as  the  result  of  the  stimulating 
effects  of  concurrently  used  local  treatment  and 
not  because  they  had  been  consuming  sulfanila- 
mide. Erroneously  they  included  in  their  re- 
ported figures  drug  cures,  local  treatment  cures 
and  even  time-element  cures  and  the  figures 
looked  fine.  Only  those  who  really  knew  gon- 
orrhea failed  to  be  fooled  into  making  such  in- 
terpretations. Those  who  investigated  the  action 


of  sulfanilamide  in  pneumonia  made  no  such 
mistakes. 

The  memory  of  this  unfortunate  experience 
should  teach  us  much.  At  least,  it  should 
show  us  that  he  who  knows  little  or  nothing 
about  the  disease  itself  is  rather  poorly 
equipped  to  evaluate  treatment  methods  or  to 
carry  them  out.  It  should  convince  us  that 
the  time  is  here  when  every  physician  who 
treats  gonorrhea  should  get  his  mind  off  of 
the  sole  question  of  treatment  long  enough 
to  familiarize  himself  with  the  clinical 
aspects  of  the  disease  he  is  treating.  Public 
safety  demands  it  and  professional  reputation 
urges  just  as  strongly  the  wisdom  of  such 
a move. 

And,  as  we  are  overcoming  this  deficiency,  we 
might  do  well  to  stimulate  in  ourselves  a degree 
of  social  vision  that  leads  us  to  see  in  every  pa- 
tient with  the  disease  not  only  someone  who 
needs  treatment  but  an  individual  from  whom 
Society  must  be  protected  until  we  have  excel- 
lent reason  to  believe  that  the  disease  has  been 
cured.  Also,  we  owe  it  to  humankind  to  real- 
ize that  our  patients  acquired  the  disease  from 
others  and  that,  unless  we  make  a real  effort 
to  see  that  these  disease  sources  are  placed  un- 
der treatment,  we  are  doing  rather  a poor  job  in 
public  health. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  every  State  Depart- 
ment of  Health  has  been  instructed  by  the  United 
States  Public  Health  SerA'ice,  from  whom  funds 
are  being  allotted  for  the  venereal  disease  con- 
trol program,  that  a part  of  these  funds  must  be 
used  for  the  control  of  gonorrhea,  we  might  do 
well  as  a profession  to  realize  that  the  fight  at 
last  is  on.  Standing,  as  we  do,  at  the  inter- 
section of  all  such  endeavors,  we  also  must 
realize  that  a large  part  of  such  work  falls 
upon  our  shoulders. 

Not  only  must  we  prepare  ourselves  but  we 
have  just  as  an  important  part  to  play  in  pub- 
lic education.  No  one  can  do  this  as  we  can 
and  one  only  has  to  study  the  results  of  recent 
surveys  as  to  where  young  men  advised  in- 
quirers to  go  for  treatment  to  discover  that 
we  do  not  stand  so  high  in  their  estimation 
as  should  be  the  case.f  For  most  of  them 

tSee  Venereal  Disease  Information,  January,  1940. 


Tune,  1941 


445 


GONORRHEA  IN  THE  MALE— PELOUZE 


advised  that  the  supposed  sufferers  go  to  a 
drug  store.  Fewer  of  them  suggested  a 
clinic,  while  the  private  physician  came  in  as 
rather  a poor  third.  Of  course,  these  in- 
quiries were  not  made  among  the  most  in- 
telligent of  our  citizens,  but  gonorrhea  is 
far  more  prevalent  among  those  who  were 
asked  than  it  is  among  the  better  educated. 

However,  our  supposed  intelligentsia  do  not 
always  seek  sexual  relief  among  their  more 
intelligent  sisters.  So  the  gonococcus  goes  back 
and  forth  between  all  so-called  strata  of  society 
and  neither  is  protected  unless  all  are  included. 

As  a profession  we  might  do  well  to  realize 
that  Congress  was  moved  to  make  the  appropria- 
tion of  funds  for  the  control  of  the  so-called 
venereal  diseases  largely  by  what  it  was  told 
about  the  ravages  of  syphilis  among  what  we 
have  come  to  call  that  “great  underprivileged 
third”  of  our  population.  It  was  not  greatly 
concerned  about  those  who  were  reputed  to 
wear  “white  collars.”  Such  being  the  case,  we 
might  do  well  to  analyze  at  least  one  of  the 
ideas  rather  widely  held  about  those  to  whom 
Congress  extended  its  sympathy.  In  doing  this 
let  us  stick  solely  to  the  question  of  gonorrhea, 
for  it  is  possible  that  one  cannot  make  such 
positive  statements  about  those  of  our  poor  and 
near-poor  so  far  as  syphilis  is  concerned.  In 
these  days  of  limited  medical  incomes  it  is  only 
natural  that  the  question  of  the  abuse  of  free 
and  small-pay  dispensaries  should  receive  at- 
tention. And  one  commonly  hears  criticism 
raised  about  the  question.  Even  casual  ques- 
tioning of  those  who  attend  such  dispensaries 
for  the  treatment  of  gonorrhea  will  show  that 
there  is  so  little  such  abuse  that  it  can  be  com- 
pletely disregarded.  There  is  no  disease  about 
which  men  are'  more  secretive,  and  those  who 
possibly  could  pay  for  private  treatment  do  not 
frequent  such  dispensaries — they  go  to  either 
the  druggist  or  the  physician’s  office.  Upon  a 
number  of  occasions  the  writer  has  had  such 
an  investigation  carried  out  in  his  dispensary 
and  about  the  only  times  patients  were  found 
who  could  pay  for  treatment,  they  had  been  sent 
to  the  dispensary  by  physicians.  In  brief,  this 
field  of  endeavor  entails  no  economic  loss  to 
our  profession  and  we  would  do  best  to  forget 
economic  outlook  in  this  regard,  rejoice  over 
the  fact  that  these  people  can  have  treatment 


placed  within  their  financial  reach  and  do  all  we 
can  to  encourage  those  who  run  them  and 
those  who  must  attend.  Indeed,  if  we  are  really 
interested  in  control,  we  might  encourage  them 
to  go  there  instead  of  to  the  druggist,  for  it  has 
been  shown  by  a recent  nation-wide  survey  that 
only  7 per  cent  of  our  druggists  refuse  to  make 
a diagnosis,  treat  or  sell  remedies  for  gonorrhea. 

Treatment 

So  much  for  these  highly  important  things 
that  are  hampering  success  in  the  control  of 
gonorrhea.  Let  us  now  consider  where  we  stand 
on  the  matter  of  treatment  itself.  Recent  ad- 
vances have  placed  us  in  a decidedly  attractive 
position  in  this  regard.  Out  of  the  welter  of 
therapeutic  confusion  has  emerged  a set  of  con- 
ditions that  lend  themselves  well  to  the  laying 
down  of  a number  of  rules  and  near-rules  that 
should  do  much  to  clear  the  atmosphere  and 
which,  if  constantly  borne  in  mind,  will  make  it 
possible  for  us  to  eradicate  more  gonorrhea  in 
the  next  few  years  than  has  been  done  in  any 
fifty  years  of  the  world’s  history.  True,  we 
have  not  reached  the  point  of  therapeutic  per- 
fection, but  we  have  in  our  hands  today  chemo- 
therapeutic agents  that  surpass  in  value  any- 
thing the  most  optimistic  of  us  ever  expected  to 
possess  and  it  is  more  than  possible  that  there 
are  better  things  yet  to  come. 

To  date  there  are  three  widely  used  sulfona- 
mide drugs  on  sale  for  the  treatment  of  gonor- 
rhea— sulfanilamide,  sulfapyridine  and  sulfa- 
thiazole.  And  it  might  be  well  to  discuss  them 
briefly  in  this  order  in  the  light  of  our  present 
knowledge  to  the  end  that  we  get  the  most  out 
of  them  with  the  least  harm  to  our  patients. 

Sulfanilamide. — This  drug  does  one  of  three 
things  for  and  to  patients  with  gonorrhea,  viz. : 
(1)  it  cures  some,  (2)  it  makes  symptomless 
carriers  of  some  and  (3)  it  fails  to  have  any 
influence  whatever  on  others.  Its  apparent  cure 
rate  is  so  low  in  comparison  with  the  other  two 
sulfonamide  drugs  that  many  careful  clinicians 
are  convinced  that  we  would  do  best  if  we 
stopped  using  it  for  this  disease.  This  cure  rate 
in  ambulatory  patients  is  not  above  30  per  cent 
and  the  rest  are  failures.  Its  toxicity  rate  is  at 
least  50  per  cent. 


446 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


GONORRHEA  IN  THE  MALE— PELOUZE 


Stdfapyridine. — This  compound,  dose  for  dose, 
is  about  as  toxic  as  sulfanilamide.  Its  apparent 
cure  rate  is  from  two  and  a half  to  three  times 
greater  and  it  has  an  attractively  low  carrier  rate. 

Sulfathiazole. — Unquestionably  this  is  the  bet- 
ter drug  of  the  three  in  the  treatment  of  gonor- 
rhea owing  to  its  far  lower  toxicity  rate.  Its 
therapeutic  value  is  in  every  way  equal  to  that 
of  sulfapyridine. 

Before  enumerating  our  rules  and  near-rules 
it  is  appropriate  to  spend  a little  time  on  that 
highly  important  question  of  carriers.  Such  in- 
dividuals, though  they  still  harbor  the  gonococ- 
cus and  can  transmit  it  to  others,  have  absolutely 
no  symptoms  to  suggest  its  presence.  They  usu- 
ally can  indulge  in  all  of  those  things  so  potent 
in  the  production  of  symptoms  in  latent  cases  in 
the  old  presulfonamide  days,  without  the  slight- 
est return  of  symptoms.  When  they  transmit 
the  disease  to  others  most,  if  not  all  of  their 
victims,  become  totally  asymptomatic  carriers. 
They  have  not  the  slightest  reason  to  suspect 
thay  have  been  infected,  though  careful  micro- 
scopic or  cultural  studies  will  reveal  the  pres- 
ence of  the  gonococcus.  When  these  secondarily 
infected  individuals  transmit  their  infections  to 
a third  party  he  is  left  in  no  doubt  about  the 
matter  of  infection — he  has  a frank  attack  of 
the  disease.  Socially,  these  primary  and  sec- 
ondary carriers  are  our  greatest  present-day 
therapeutic  concern.  Our  further  interest  in  the 
really  cured  ceases,  we  are  not  fooled  by  those 
who  fail  of  any  benefit,  but  we  can  be  unmerci- 
fully deceived  by  those  who  still  have  the  disease 
and,  yet,  present  no  clinical  evidences  of  it.  The 
difficulty  in  the  pronouncement  of  cure  is  now 
our  chief  concern  in  all  but  the  definite  drug 
failures  who  must  be  treated  by  those  methods 
in  vogue  before  we  had  these  drugs.  For  some 
few  carriers  escape  detection  despite  the  most 
careful  tests  for  cure  which  include  repeated 
microscopic  and  cultural  studies. 

1.  High  blood  concentration  of  the  sulfona- 
mide drugs  is  not  needed  in  the  treatment  of 
urogenital  gonorrhea — some  of  the  greatest  suc- 
cesses have  been  in  patients  in  whom  this  went 
no  higher  than  1.5  mgm.  per  100  c.c.  of  blood 
and  some  of  the  most  signal  failures  occurred 
where  it  reached  15.0  mgm. 

2.  If  sulfonamide  drugs  are  acting  favorably, 
the  patient  should  be  entirely  symptom-free  by 


the  end  of  the  fifth  day.  If  this  has  not  oc- 
curred he  can  be  classed  as  a definite  drug  fail- 
ure and  medication  with  that  particular  sulfona- 
mide should  be  discontinued. 

3.  Such  patients  should,  after  a few  days’ 
rest,  be  placed  on  another  sulfonamide  and,  fail- 
ing of  benefit  from  it,  should  be  placed  on  local 
treatment. 

4.  Sulfanilamide  failures  rather  commonly  are 
favorably  influenced  by  the  other  two  drugs  but 
the  reverse  is  not  the  case.  Sulfathiazole,  not 
uncommonly  acts  favorably  in  sulfapyridine  fail- 
ures. 

5.  Present  custom  is  to  discontinue  the  sul- 
fonamides after  a week  or  ten  days.  There  is 
nothing  to  suggest  that  longer  medication  is 
needed  or  is  of  value. 


6.  There  are  many  useful  schemes  of  dosage 
none  of  which  aim  at  high  blood  concentration. 
The  following  have  been  employed  by  different 
careful  clinicians  with  about  equal  curative  re- 
sults. 


Days  12  3 

Grams  3 3 3 

Grams  4 3 3 

Grams  3 3 2 


4 5 6 7 
3 3 3 3 
2 2 2 2 
2 2 2 2 


8 9 10 

2 2 2 

2 2 2 


7.  In  these  dosages  and  shortened  periods  of 
administration  the  toxic  factors  are  at  a low  ebb 
and  with  sulfathiazole  they  are  almost  nil. 

8.  This  lower  dosage  for  such  short  periods 

is  in  marked  contrast  to  our  first  efforts  with 
sulfanilamide.  It  greatly  reduces  the  expense 
of  treatment  for  the  patient  and  does  much  to 
place  it  within  the  reach  of  the  poorer  of  our 
citizens  despite  the  higher  cost  of  the  better 
drugs.  j 

9.  Despite  this  lower  and  shorter  dosage  the 
toxic  factors  are  of  sufficient  importance  to  urge 
that  these  drugs  should  not  be  given  to  patients 
who  cannot  be  seen  by  the  physician  at  48-  or 
72-hour  intervals  at  most. 

10.  In  those  seemingly  cured  our  older  tests 
of  cure  are  of  little  value.  They  should  be  stud- 
ied repeatedly  for  some  weeks  following  seem- 
ing cure.  Even  then  they  should  be  instructed 
not  to  indulge  in  unprotected  sexual  intercourse 
for  at  least  two  months. 

11.  It  was  shown  by  the  studies  of  the  Co- 
operative Clinical  Group*  that,  as  a criterion  of 

*Jour.  A.M.A.  115;  (November  9)  1940. 


June,  1941 


447 


PRIMARY  TUBERCULOUS  INFECTION— SWEANY 


cure,  a persistently  clear  urine  for  two  weeks 
or  longer  was  of  little  value.  At  least  one  out 
of  every  three  sulfanilamide  cases  in  this  category 
is  still  infected.  If  the  most  careful  microscopic 
studies  are  carried  out  in  such  cases  this  margin 
of  error  falls  to  one  out  of  twenty  who  escape 
detection.  If  to  these  criteria  are  added  careful 
cultural  studies  only  one  out  of  a hundred  car- 
riers will  escape  detection. 

12.  By  the  use  of  better  drugs  it  is  obvious 
that  we  have  it  in  our  power  to  eradicate  quickly 
most  gonococcal  infections,  if  we  can  keep  our 
patients  under  treatment  for  the  required  length 
of  time.  Not  only  should  we  see  that  this  is 
done,  but  we  should  insist  upon  a much  longer 
observation  period  after  seeming  cure  than  has 
been  general.  In  no  other  way  can  we  reap  the 
full  measure  of  success  and  protect  others  from 
that  unfortunate  carrier-state,  the  real  frequency 
of  which,  no  one  knows. 


Primary  Tufaerciilons  Infection 
In  the  Adnlt 

By  Henry  C.  Sweany,  M.D. 

Chicago,  Illinois 


Henry  C.  Sweany,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Rush  Medical  College,  1921. 
Immediately  appointed  to  the  Director- 
ship of  the  Municipal  Tuberculosis 
Sanitarium  Laboratory,  which  position 
he  now  holds.  During  this  time  the 
staff  was  binlt  up  from  four  to  thirty- 
two  members  ( not  including  twenty-five 
volunteers) . In  1929  he  was  U.  S. 

delegate  to  the  Pan-American  Congress 
at  Rio  and  has  been  appointed  again 
this  year  for  the  same  Congress  at 
Cordova,  Argentina.  In  1936  he  served 
as  U.  S.  Delegate  to  the  International 
Tuberculosis  Union  at  Lisbon,  Portu- 
gal. Has  been  on  the  National  Tuber- 
culosis Association  Board  many  times, 
and  in  1936  was  Vice  President  of  the 
National  Tuberculosis  Association. 
Member  of  twelve  medical  and  scientific  societies  in  the  U.  S., 
including  the  American  College  of  Physicians,  and  the  American 
Medical  Association.  Has  certificates  from  the  American  Board 
of  Internal  Medicine  and  the  American  Board  of  Pathology.  His 
publications  include  works  in  pathology  and  bacteriology  of  tuber- 
culosis, treatment  of  tuberculosis,  non-tuberculous  lung  diseases, 
silicosis,  and  blood  chemistry. 


■ The  first  contact  of  the  tubercle  bacillus  with 
the  tissue  of  the  body  of  a susceptible  animal 
is  remarkably  constant  in  spite  of  many  variable 
factors.  The  uniformity  of  primary  tuberculous 
infections  was  first  observed  by  Parrot  in  1876, 
many  years  before  the  tubercle  bacillus  was 
known.  The  same  phenomenon  was  reaffirmed 


*From  the  Research  Laboratories  of  the  City  of  Chicago  Mu- 
nicipal Tuberculosis  Sanitarium. 


experimentally  by  Baumgarten,  Cohnheim,  and 
Comet,  and  in  human  disease  by  Kiiss,  H.  Al- 
brecht, E.  Albrecht,  Ghon,  Ranke,  and  many 
others  more  recently.  Parrot’s  first  observations 
were  formulated  into  a law  known  as  the  law  of 
“similar  adenopathies”  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that 
the  lymph  nodes  leading  out  from  the  point  of 
inoculation  towards  the  blood  stream  were  en- 
larged in  orderly  sequence  and  in  the  same 
manner.  The  infection  was  clearly  not  alone 
one  of  the  local  tissues  but  also  one  of  the  lym- 
phatic apparatus  leading  away  from  the  focus 
of  the  origin.  The  disease  was  henceforth  to  be 
viewed  in  the  light  of  most  other  infections.  It 
consisted  in  a local  tissue  reaction  followed  by 
a progression  from  one  lymph  node  to  another 
and  terminating  in  a septicemia  when  the  infec- 
tion reached  the  blood  stream.  Although  this 
systemic  character  of  the  disease  was  recognized 
by  most  of  the  workers  mentioned,  Ranke®  for- 
mulated the  hematogenous  phase  into  his  second 
stage.  In  all  he  viewed  tuberculosis  as  a disease 
of  four  stages  corresponding  to  what  he  con- 
sidered the  principal  episodes  of  the  disease. 
These  stages,  are  as  follows:  First,  the  local 

process  with  the  corresponding  lymph  node  in- 
volvement— the  primary  complex;  second,  the 
immediate  hematogenous  dissemination ; third, 
later  hematogenous  disseminations  with  begin- 
ning organ  localization ; and  fourth,  organ  iso- 
lated foci.  The  last  two  stages  are  usually  ac- 
cepted as  parts  of  the  third  stage,  as  originally 
designated  by  Ranke.  Corresponding  to  the 
morphological  stages  he  proposed  an  equal  num- 
ber of  stages  of  allergy  or  hypersensitiveness  of 
the  body  cells  to  tuberculo-toxin.  Others  have 
carried  this  schematic  effect  to  an  extreme  of 
doubtful  merit  when  six  stages  of  anergj'  and 
allergy  are  described.® 

Most  conservative  workers  have  felt  that 
Ranke  and  his  school  have  been  too  theoretical 
for  practical  purposes,  and  prefer  to  adhere  to 
the  more  conservative  work  of  Parrot,  Kiiss, 
and  Ghon. 

Irrespective  of  different  interpretations,  the 
following  facts  are  generally  agreed  upon  by 
the  majority  of  workers.  The  infection  begins 
as  a local  bronchopneumonia,  and  the  lymph 
nodes  in  anatomical  relation  are  soon  involved. 
This  is  followed  by  a hematogenous  dissem- 
ination to  the  lungs  and  then  to  the  whole 


448 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


PRIMARY  TUBERCULOUS  INFECTION— SWEANY 


system.  Later  these  systemic  foci  may  de- 
velop into  disease  of  the  respective  organs. 
The  lesions  may  spread  into  advanced  disease 
or  may  become  encapsulated,  calcified  and 
later  resorbed. 

It  is  a notable  fact,  however,  that  practically 
all  the  conceptions  of  primary  tuberculous  in- 
fections have  been  founded  upon  the  observa- 
tion made  in  children.  Practically  nothing 
has  been  contributed  for  primary  infections 
in  the  adult. 

The  principal  reason  for  this  lapse  seems  to 
be  an  oversight  rather  than  a lack  of  observa- 
tion. Blumenberg^  was  one  of  the  first  to  point 
out  what  appeared  to  be  a discrepancy  in  the 
classical  type  of  primary  lesion  in  adults.  Sim- 
ilar phenomena  appeared  to  me^^  entirely  with- 
out knowledge  of  Blumenberg’s  work.  The  ob- 
servations of  Soper  and  Amberson,^^  Myers,® 
Stiehm,^®  annd  other  clinicians  support  the  hy- 
pothesis that  many  primary  infections  take  place 
in  the  adult,  although  all  adult  lesions  appearing 
as  the  tuberculin  reaction  turns  positive,  correct- 
ly have  not  been  accepted  as  primary.  The 
turning  positive  of  the  tuberculin  reaction  at 
about  the  time  the  lesions  appear,  does  not  rule 
out  an  earlier  extinct  infection. 

The  important  feature  is  that  pathologically 
there  are  rarely  found  any  older  lesions  than 
the  ones  appearing  with  the  positive  tuberculin 
reaction.  Although  very  small  lesions  may  have 
been  overlooked  or  have  become  resorbed,  the 
fact  that  no  older  calcifications  are  found  justifies 
the  assumption  that  the  cases  are  to  be  classed 
as  essentially  primary  infections. 

Since  there  has  been  so  little  written  on  pri- 
mary tuberculous  infection  in  the  adult,  an  in- 
quiry into  the  subject  will  be  pertinent.  Surely 
in  the  thousands  of  necropsies  over  the  last  sixty 
years  many  should  have  been  on  adult  patients 
with  a first  infection.  This  is  especially  true 
in  the  last  two  decades.  A glance  at  table  I 
will  show  the  reasons  for  this  assumption.  Even 
sixteen  years  ago  Slater^^  found  only  about  10 
per  cent  of  rural  children  in  Minnesota  to  be 
infected  by  high  school  age — a rate  below  1 per 
cent  a year.  Chadwick  and  Zacks®  found  the 
infection  rate  to  be  1.5  per  cent  a year  for  Bos- 
ton, which  is  a fairly  representative  large  city. 
Detroit,  Chicago,  and  Minneapolis  have  been 
found  to  have  similar  rates  of  infection.  At  a 


1.5  per  cent  rate  there  are  only  approximately 
90  per  cent  infected  by  sixty  years  of  age.  As- 
suming that  the  rate  is  constant,  there  would 
be  only  30  per  cent  by  twenty  years  of  age, 
leaving  60  per  cent  in  adult  life,  with  10  per 
cent  escaping  infection  altogether. 

Tuberculin  surveys  in  Chicago  as  well  as 
elsewhere  reveal  an  average  of  only  about  30 
per  cent  infection  by  the  end  of  high  school 
life.  If  these  calculations  are  even  only  ap- 
proximately correct,  we  are  forced  to  the 
startling  conclusion  that  over  half  of  the  in- 
fections in  many  civilized  communities  today 
take  place  in  adult  life,  and  that  most  of 
the  cases  appearing  in  patients  whose  tuber- 
culin test  turns  positive  with  the  appearance 
of  the  lesions,  are  primary  infections. 


TABLE  I.  HYPOTHETICAL  SHIFT  FROM  YOUNGER  TO 
OLDER  AGE  GROUPS  AS  THE  INFECTION 
RATE  INCREASES 


Infection 
Rate  per  Year 

Years 

Per  cent 
Infected  in 
Childhood 

Per  cent 
Infected  in 
Adult  Life 

8%— 100%  by 

12.5 

100 

0 

5%— 100%  by 

20 

70 

30 

3%— 100%  by 

33 

42 

58 

2%— 100%  by 

50 

28 

72 

1.5%—  91%  by 

60 

21 

70 

1.0%—  60%  by 

60 

14 

46 

A logical  query  that  follows  is  why  do  not 
more  pathologists  report  the  observation?  The 
principal  reason  appears  to  be  that  pathologists 
are  not  justified  in  recognizing  any  primary  le- 
sion as  such  that  is  not  a classical  primary  com- 
plex. Pathological  criteria  must  be  largely  on 
the  basis  of  morphology.  But  are  there  not 
circumstances  that  may  alter  the  classical  pic- 
ture of  Parrot,  Ghon  and  Ranke? 

In  order  to  investigate  the  problem  a special 
study  has  been  made  of  our  postmortem  mate- 
rial. All  the  cases  have  been  chosen  in  which 
there  was  a definite  single  contact  history  with 
the  age  character  of  the  lesions  corroborating 
the  contact.  Lesions  were  chosen  which  were 
the  oldest  calcified  lesions  found  in  the  body 
after  a careful  search  with  the  x-ray.  The 


June,  1941 


449 


PRIMARY  TUBERCULOUS  INFECTION— SWEANY 


TABLE  II.  CHANGES  IN  “vOLUME”  IN  CUBIC  MILLIMETERS  IN  THE  COMPONENTS  OF 
PRIMARY  LESIONS  AS  AGE  ADVANCED  IN  A SERIES  OF  KNOWN  SEVERE  CONTACTS 


Age 

Period 

Number 

of 

Cases 

Average 

Volume 

Parenchymal 

Lesions 

Average 
Volume 
Bronchial 
Node  Lesions 

Average  Volume 
Tracheal-Bronchial 
and  Tracheal 
Lesions 

Total 

Lymph  Node 
L^ions 

0-  5 

11 

210 

450 

1,350 

1,800 

6-10 

9 

87 

555 

805 

1,360 

11-15 

9 

31 

92 

137 

229 

16-20 

10 

33 

73 

12 

85 

204- 

5 

9 

16 

6 

22 

cases'  were  then  divided  into  5-year  age  periods 
and  the  calcified  lesions  of  the  parenchyma  and 
the  lymph  nodes,  respectively,  were  measured 
on  the  postmortem  x-rays,  averaged  for  each 
group,  and  tabulated  in  table  II.  A glance  at 
Table  II  reveals  that  there  is  a gradually  de- 
creasing size  of  the  lymh  node  complex  as  the 
patient  approaches  adult  life.  Many  of  the  le- 
sions in  adults  would  be  overlooked  entirely 
without  postmortem  x-rays  and  a painstaking 
search.  Many  adults  do  not  have  lymph  node 
involvement  at  all.  In  addition  there  is  prone 
-to  be  smaller  parenchymal  lesions  in  the  fatal 
cases.  The  exceptions  to  this  were  in  Negroes 
whose  disease  approached  more  that  of  the 
childhood  type,  as  shown  by  Opie®  and  others. 

Another  observation  was  that  the  lesions  of 
adults  predominated  in  the  upper  parts  of  the 
lungs.  On  microscopical  study  it  was  also  note- 
worthy in  a large  number  of  cases  that  the  cap- 
sules were  not  well  developed  and  that  calcifica- 
tion was  slower  in  forming.  Finally,  in  Table 
III  is  shown  a tendency  for  the  disease  to  run 
a more  rapid  course  in  patients  dying  after  15 
years  of  age  after  the  first  infection  evolves 
into  active  disease.  If  all  fatal  cases  are  counted 
and  not  just  those  dying  after  15  years  of  age, 
this  difference  may  be  only  less  or  even  may 
not  exist  at  all.  It  does  show,  however,  that 
the  greater  number  of  adult  lesions  that  progress 
do  so  rapidly  and  the  critical  period  is  in  the 
young  adult  in  which  most  fatalities  are  found. 

To  illustrate  these  various  forms,  several  cases 
have  been  selected  and  will  be  reported  briefly, 
beginning  with  the  lesions  wherein  the  lymph 
node  components  are  typical,  although  usually 
smaller  than  the  parenchymal  foci  and  proceed- 
ing to  the  cases  that  are  more  atypical. 

.450 


Case  1. — M.  I.  (A866)  Avas  eighteen  years  old  at 
death,  and  was  exposed  to  his  father  about  a year 
earlier.  There  was  a small  typical  primary  lesion  in 
the  right  base  that  followed  the  lymph  nodes  to  the 
hilum  and  across  to  the  left  superior  tracheobronchials. 
They  ranged  from  2 to  5 mm.  in  diameter.  One 
of  the  superior  tracheobronchial  nodes  ruptured 
through  the  mediastinum  into  the  left  upper  limg 
lobe  leading  to  a terminal  tuberculous  bronchopneu- 
monia. The  lesions  were  small,  soft  and  of  the  class- 
ical type,  but  there  was  no  preponderance  of  either. 
They  were  of  a one  and  a half  year  type. 

Case  2. — L.  S.  (A544)  was  a twenty-nine-year-old 
nurse  on  whom  a calcified  lesion  appeared  on  the 
x-ray  about  six  years  before  death.  A parenchymal 
extension  appeared  around  the  calcified  lesion  five  years 
before  death,  and  a diagnosis  of  tuberculosis  was  made. 
The  disease  progressed  to  death,  and  at  the  autopsy 
a typical  primary  complex  was  found,  but  there  Avas 
no  extension  beyond  the  bronchopulmonary  nodes  near 
the  hilum.  The  size  of  the  parenchymal  lesion  was 
about  5 mm.  and  the  three  bronchopulmonary  nodes 
from  3 to  7 mm.  in  diameter.  The  age  character  of 
the  lesions  was  of  a six-year  type. 

Case  3. — H.  E.  H.  (A1140)  was  an  American  male, 
thirty-seven  years  old  at  the  time  of  his  death.  The 
onset  of  his  disease  was  in  1930.  He  was  admitted  to 
the  sanitarium  on  three  occasions  and  died  in  1938 
of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  There  was  a fibroid  cavity 
in  the  left  upper  and  a small  soft-walled  one  in  the 
lingula  which  produced  a bronchopleural  fistula  and 
empyema.  There  were  a few  parenchymal  calcifications 
in  the  right  upper  lobe  and  in  both  bases.  A huge 
calcification  was  found  in  the  right  paratracheal  nodes, 
a soft  calcified  mass  in  the  liver,  with  several  satelite 
colonies,  and  about  a dozen  2 to  3 mm.  tubercles  in 
the  spleen.  The  age  character  was  estimated  as  of  an 
eight-year  type. 

Case  4. — L.  C.  (A1197)  was  a twenty-four-year-old 
female  at  death.  There  was  a rather  large  primary 
complex  in  the  right  upper  lung  lobe  (5  mm.),  a larger 
one  in  the  bronchopulmonary  nodes  (7  mm.),  and 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PRIMARY  TUBERCULOUS  INFECTION— SWEANY 


TABLE  III.  COMPARISON  OF  THE  DURATION  OF  THE  CLINICAL  DISEASE  AND  LATENT 
PERIOD  IN  VARIOUS  AGE  GROUPS  OF  A SERIES  OF  SEVERE  CONTACTS 
DYING  AFTER  15  YEARS  OF  AGE 


Age  Limits 
of 

Infection 

(years) 

Number 

Average 
Years  of 
Clinical 
Disease 

Average 
Years  of 
Latent 
Period 

Total 

Disease 

Period 

Average 
Age  at 
Death 

1-  5 

14 

6.1 

18.5 

24.6 

27.1 

6-10 

18 

3.4 

12.6 

16.0 

23.5 

11-15 

' 23 

2.8 

7.8 

10.6 

23.1 

16-20 

14 

2.1 

5.9 

8.0 

25.5 

20-26 

9 

4.0 

3.5 

7.5 

30.0 

Grand  Average 

78 

3.0 

10.0 

13.5 

25.8 

one  still  laxger  (10  mm.)  in  the  hilum  nodes.  There 
^\"as  a hematogenous  spread  to  the  spleen.  The  lesions 
were  from  three  to  six  years  old  in  appearance. 

Case  5. — M.  S.  (A1302)  a Even t}*- six-year-old 

Negro  woman  born  in  Alississippi  and  came  to  Chicago 
when  she  was  twenty-one  years  old.  She  did  house- 
work before  and  after  marriage.  She  has  had  two  mis- 
carriages. 

The  onset  of  her  disease  was  influenzal  in  August, 
1939,  and  death  occurred  in  May,  1940.  Her  cough, 
volume  of  sputum  and  fever  increased  imtil  death. 
At  the  autopsy  many  small  recent  (3-4  year)  lesions 
were  found  in  the  limg  parenchyma  with  evidence  of 
“overflow”  into  large  infiltrates  which  ulcerated  and 
led  to  extension  of  her  disease.  There  were  lymph 
node  lesions  aroimd  the  hilum  measuring  3 to  4 mm. 
in  diameter.  They  were  slightly  larger  than  the  paren- 
chymal lesions  but  still  smaller  than  are  usually  foimd 
in  children.  Some  of  these  lesions  also  revealed  a 
tendency  to  overflow  the  original  boundaries. 

This  patient  was  apparently  infected  soon  after  com- 
ing to  Chicago,  the  lesions  then  progressed  for  two 
or  three  years  without  noticeable  symptoms  and  on 
to  clinical  symptoms  nine  months  before  death. 

Case  6. — G.  C.  (A873)  was  a thirty-year-old  white 
woman  at  death,  which  resulted  from  an  ordinary 
pulmonary'  tuberculosis.  At  the  autopsy  there  was  a 
dry  caseous  lesion  at  the  hilum  lymph  nodes  of  a 
three  to  four-year  type.  In  “anatomical  relation”  to- 
wards the  right  subapical  region  was  a cavity  with 
many  massive  infiltrates  in  the  tissues  around.  A few 
nodular  foci  were  also  seen  in  the  left  apex..  There 
were  no  other  calcified  lesions  in  the  body.  The  pro- 
cess was  presumptively  a massive  and  continuous  pri- 
mary lesion  in  an  adult,  with  an  overflowing  paren- 
chymal lesion  having  a small  lymph  node  component 
at  the  hilum. 

Case  7. — ^J.  M.  (A358)  was  a twenty-six -year-old 
nurse  whose  infection  was  traced  to  a period  near  or 


during  the  time  of  her  training  course.  The  disease 
began  as  several  small  parenchymal  foci  with  a con- 
tinuation of  the  process  in  the  lymph  nodes.  The 
lesions  ranged  in  size  from  3 to  5 mm.  in  diameter. 
The  clinical  process  was  first  observed  as  a cluster 
of  cavities  in  the  apex  of  the  right  lower  lobe  and 
extended  to  the  base  before  death.  The  lesions  were 
of  a six-y^ear  type. 

Ca^e  8. — S.  K.  (A652)  was  a twenty-nine-year-old 
white  woman  who  was  exposed  to  her  sister  seven 
years  before  her  own  death.  There  was  a “miniature 
primary  complex”  in  the  right  upper  and  a paratracheal 
lymph  node  in  anatomical  relation  to  the  oldest  fibroid 
lesions.  The  lesions  were  about  3 mm.  in  diameter 
and  did  not  reach  the  hilum  at  all.  The  process  was 
of  an  eight-year  type  and  presumed  to  be  continuous 
from  the  primary. 

Case  9. — E.  O.  (A509)  was  a thirty-four -year-old 
housewife  whose  clinical  disease  came  on  after  a 
strenuous  European  trip,  five  years  before  death.  There 
were  many  parenchymal  lesions  from  three  to  six  mm. 
in  diameter.  The  lymph  node  lesions  were  small  and 
did  not  reach  the  hilum  nodes  at  all.  The  age  of  the 
lesions  coincided  with  the  illness  following  the  Eu- 
ropean trip. 

In  many  instances  the  lymph  node  lesions  are  not 
present  or  are  very  small.  Two  cases  will  be  cited. 

Case  10. — B.  L.  (A309)  was  a twenty-six-year-old 
teacher  whose  infection  was  probably  acquired  after 
coming  to  Chicago  from  Minnesota  three  years  before 
death.  There  was  an  “abortive”  type  of  primary  lesion 
with  many  small  parenchymal  lesions,  many  large  infil- 
trates, and  only  one  one-mm.  lymph  node  lesion  in 
the  bronchopulmonary  nodes.  They  were  less  than 
three  year  old. 

Case  11. — E.  B.  (A574)  \vn.s  a twenty-eight-year-old 
female  who  was  exposed  to  her  sister  eight  years 
before  her  own  death.  There  was  only  a parenchymal 
component  of  the  primary  of  an  age  character  com- 


JUNE,  1941 


451 


PRIMARY  TUBERCULOUS  INFECTION— SWEAXY 


patible  with  her  exposure.  No  lymph  node  lesions 
were  present  at  all.  The  lesions  were  compatible  in 
character  with  the  exposure. 

In  attempting-  to  offer  any  explanation  for 
the  atypical  nature  of  primary  lesions  in  adults, 
the  question  first  arises,  -wherein  does  the  adult 
differ  from  the  child?  First,  there  is  the  ana- 
tomic change  in  lymphoid  tissue  which  develops 
during  the  childhood  age  and  atrophies  towards 
old  age.  Both  of  these  features  would  tend  to 
cause  a localization  of  the  bacilli  at  or  near  the 
site  of  inoculation  as  age  advances.  In  addition, 
there  is  the  possibility  of  a “non-specific  resist- 
ance” that  would  tend  to  prevent  the  bacilli  from 
going  far  from  the  first  focus.  Although  it  must 
be  admitted  that  such  an  idea  is  speculative,  it 
is  within  the  realm  of  possibility  that  age  itself, 
non-specific  immune  bodies  both  humoral  and 
cellular,  and  other  factors,  may  assist  in  the 
process  of  localization  of  bacilli.  While  these 
theories  may  assist  in  explaining  why  bacilli  are 
kept  from  spreading  by  lymphatics,  it  does  not 
hold  that  tubercles  may  not  spread  directly  by 
an  overflow.  In  fact,  highly  virulent  bacilli 
will  frequently  spread  rapidly,  particularly  in 
young  adults,  into  a fulminating  disease.  Such 
rapid  spread  may  well  be  abetted  by  a slower 
growth  of  connective  tissue  as  the  patient  be- 
comes older. 

DuNiioy,^  experimenting  on  the  healing  of 
war  wounds,  showed  that  wound  healing  fol- 
lows a definite  curve  from  infancy  to  old  age. 
A child’s  wounds  will  heal  six  times  as  fast 
as  a similar  wound  in  an  old  person.  While 
no  proof  is  extant  that  shows  that  tubercles 
vary  to  the  same  degree  as  wounds,  there  is 
evidence  that  during  the  early  phases  of  tu- 
bercle formation  the  healing  process  is  gen- 
erally slower  in  adult  tubercles.  The  capsules 
are  frequently  thinner,  and  as  a result  cal- 
cification progresses  more  slowly,  especially 
during  the  first  few  years.  For  the  same  rea- 
son, virulent  bacilli  may  spread  more  rapidly 
and  lead  to  progressive  disease.  Thus  the 
supposed  better  resistance  of  the  adult  may 
be  off-set  by  a slower  developing  capsule. 
The  significant  feature  is  that  the  healing 
mechanism  only  gains  momentum  after  the 
bacilli  have  begun  to  disappear.  During  their 
greatest  gro-wth  activity  the  capsule  is  most 


vulnerable,  and  this  fact  may  account  for  the 
rapid  progression  in  certain  adult  infections. 

After  all  the  caseous  and  calcified  “primary 
complexes”  have  been  taken  into  consideration, 
it  apparently  still  leaves  a large  number  of  in- 
fections in  which  no  earlier  infection  could  be 
found  either  pathologically  or  by  an  x-ray  study 
of  all  the  common  portals  of  entr}'.  There  are 
many  lesions  that  have  no  calcifications  at  all  or 
the  tubercle  are  not  characteristic  of  priman.' 
lesions.  There  are  so  many  of  these  lesions 
and  they  have  corresponded  so  closely  to  the 
histories  of  infection  in  the  respective  cases  that 
there  is  a strong  suspicion  that  the  parenchymal 
disease  has  been  too  rapid  to  leave  behind  any 
typical  lesions. 

A few  illustrations  will  be  offered. 

Case  12. — C.  K.  (A390)  was  a twenty-four-year-old 
female  exposed  to  a sister  two  and  a half  years  before 
death.  The  lesions  were  quite  atypical.  There  was  a 
rapid  “overflow”  of  subpleural  lesions  into  large  infil- 
trates which  excavated  and  produced  a “juvenile  type” 
of  disease.  Only  the  bronchopulmonary  lymph  nodes 
were  involved  in  the  primary  complex.  The  lymphatic 
process  was  found  only  by  careful  study.  There  were 
no  calcified  lesions  found  elsewhere  in  the  body. 

Case  13. — G.  S.  (A424)  was  an  eighteen-year-old  girl. 
She  developed  symptoms  in  March  and  died  in  Oc- 
tober of  a fulminating  infection  largely  confined  to 
the  lung  parenchyma.  The  lesions  looked  even  less 
like  primary  lesions  than  the  preceding  case.  No  other 
older  lesions  were  found. 

Case  14. — E.  J.  (A752)  was  a twenty-three-year-old 
male  at  death.  He  was  exposed  to  a tuberculous  sister 
seven  years  before.  There  was  a total  excavation  of 
the  left  lung.  A small  tell-tale  tymph  node  at  the 
hilum  gave  the  only  clue  to  the  primary  nature  and 
age  of  the  process.  It  perhaps  began  as  an  overwhelm- 
ing pneumonic  process. 

Case  15. — J.  L.  (A639)  was  a similar  case  in  a 
twenty-five-year-old  housewife,  except  that  only  part 
of  the  lung  was  excavated.  In  the  remaining  parts  of 
the  lower  there  were  many  calcified  caseous  foci  of 
four-  to  five-year  age  characteristics  which  coincided 
with  a “pneumonia”  of  that  same  lung  lobe  five  years 
before  her  death. 

These  cases  illustrate  the  pneumonic  character 
of  certain  tuberculous  lesions,  some  becoming 
rapidly  fatal,  others  slowly  progressive.  None 
of  them  are  typical  primary  lesions,  although 
it  is  strongly  suggested  that  the  infections  were 
the  first  in  the  body. 


452 


louR.  M.S.M.S. 


PRIMARY  TUBERCULOUS  INFECTION— SWEANY 


The  cases  just  cited  are  not  uncommon.  If 
there  is  anything  unusual  it  is  that  the  primar}^ 
characteristics  of  most  of  them  are  overlooked. 
The  same  phenomenon  occurs  in  infants  and 
children,  but  in  the  latter  there  is  usually  a def- 
inite “lymph  node  complex”  and  the  age  of 
the  child  practically  precludes  any  former  in- 
fection. In  adults  they  are  nearly  all  accepted 
as  “reinfection,”  because  the  clinical  criteria  does 
not  justify  any  other  conclusion.  When  post- 
mortem x-ray  search  and  gross  and  pathological 
studies  fail  to  reveal  any  older  lesions,  however, 
the  question  of  the  primary  nature  is  raised. 
When  a history  of  contact  or  a clinical  episode 
corresponds  to  the  character  of  the  lesion,  or  if 
the  tuberculin  test  has  recently  turned  positive, 
it  makes  the  primary  nature  of  the  condition 
more  probable. 

The  cause  of  this  type  is  not  difficult  to  find 
if  the  observations  of  heavy  dosage  or  high 
virulence  is  taken  into  consideration.  When 
the  dosage  is  large,  as  shown  by  SewelP®  in 
animals,  there  may  be  a massive  involvement 
with  primar}’  necrois.  The  process  is  usually 
so  rapid  that  lymph  node  involvement  may  be 
slight  or  lacking. 

There  are  no  doubt  other  rare  types  such 
as  those  caused  by  atypical  microorganisms, 
bovine  bacilli,  or  those  changed  by  diabetes  or 
silicosis ; but  enough  has  been  given  to  show 
that  primary  lesions  in  adults  of  urban  life  and 
habits  differ  considerably  from  those  found  in 
children.  In  more  primitive  people,  however, 
as  shown  by  Opie'^  the  lesions  in  adults  are  not 
greatly  unlike  those  found  in  children.  Occa- 
sionally such  lesions  are  found  in  Chicago,  but 
the  percentage  is  usually  small  and  most  of  the 
lesions  seem  to  be  of  a progressive  lymph  node 
type  usually  associated  with  a variation  in  the 
type  of  microorganism. 

One  case  of  a progressive  lymph  node  type 
will  be  presented. 

Case  16. — B.  M.  (AlOlO)  was  a thirty-year-old 
woman  whose  disease  began  seven  years  before  death. 
There  is  no  historj’’  of  contact,  but  the  oldest  lesions 
seemed  to  show  about  an  eight-year  process.  It  was 
perhaps  two  or  three  years  older.  From  these  oldest 
lesions  there  was  a continuous  overflow  into  the 
lymphatics  producing  varying  ages  of  hyperplastic 
lymph  node  tuberculosis  in  the  hilum  region.  Finally 
a break  through  into  the  parenchyma  progressed  to  a 
fatal  ending. 


Discussion 

Although  the  divergent  features  of  adult  pri- 
mary tuberculosis  would  be  of  great  academic 
interest  alone,  they  also  possess  a greater  prac- 
tical value  for  the  clinician.  First  of  all,  the 
lesions  are  frequently  small  and  insignificant 
and  are  prone  to  be  overlooked  by  the  clinician 
as  of  little  consequence.  No  doubt  many — ^yes, 
the  preponderant  majority — heal  uneventfully, 
but  enough  become  malignant  that  it  demands 
conservatism  in  handling  any  of  them.  The 
worst  feature  of  all  is  the  rapid  progress  of 
the  lesions  when  they  get  out  of  the  bounds  of 
the  primary  localization.  Even  worse  is  the 
difficulty  of  keeping  the  lesions  under  control 
or  stopping  the  process.  Chadwick^  has  clearly 
shown  the  malignant  nature  of  puberty  or  young 
adult  lesions  and  the  difficulty  of  controlling 
them  when  they  become  clinically  active.  It 
would  seem  that  these  facts  help  to  explain  the 
course  of  heav)^  mortality  in  young  adult  life, 
so  long  known  but  always  enigmatic.  The  rea- 
sons for  the  sudden  exacerbations  of  the  lesions 
in  adult  life  are,  perhaps,  first  a lack  of  im- 
munity that  is  usually  present  in  those  having 
had  a small  infection  in  childhood  or  having  car- 
ried one  from  childhood;  second,  a failure  of 
the  natural  defensive  factors  to  kill  the  parasites ; 
third,  a relatively  slower  development  of  the 
encapsulating  mechanism  so  well  developed  in 
the  young,  and  lastly  perhaps  the  effect  of  rapid 
growth  and  change  of  metabolic  and  endocrine 
development  that  has  just  preceded  maturity. 

In  view  of  the  observations  reported,  it 
would  seem  advisable  to  be  scrupulously  care- 
ful with  any  definitely  demonstrable  lesion  in 
young  adults  irrespective  of  the  size.  The 
only  question  of  importance  is  to  establish 
beyond  question  the  tuberculous  nature  of 
any  lesion.  The  problem  is  not  whether  the 
lesions  are  large  or  small.  If  any  lesion  ap- 
pears, its  malignant  tendency  should  be  sus- 
pected. We  should,  of  course,  avoid  a cam- 
paign of  over-diagnosis,  but  when  the  lesions’ 
nature  is  definitely  established  it  should  be 
viewed  more  as  we  view  the  presence  of  ty- 
phoid or  diphtheria  bacilli. 

The  question  then  arises,  what  is  the  method 
of  treatment?  Naturally,  it  will  not  be  possible 
to  intercept  every  lesion  in  its  barely  visible 


June,  1941 


453 


PRIMARY  TUBERCULOUS  INFECTION— SWEANY 


Stage,  and  if  they  are  intercepted  many  will  dis- 
appear or  heal  uneventfully  without  the  need  of 
any  treatment.  The  one  precept  to  be  followed 
is  that  the  presence  of  a recent  lung  lesion  of 
any  visible  proportions  is  to  be  watched;  more 
particularly,  if  the  tuberculin  test  has  turned 
positive  at  about  the  same  time.  These  facts 
should  be  kept  in  mind  by  the  physician,  and 
it  may  expedite  a diagnosis  when  clinical  symp- 
toms appear,  and  thus  the  disease  may  be  ap- 
prehended in  its  early  stages.  The  condition 
should  be  explained  to  the  patient  and  the  lesion 
may  be  followed  to  great  advantage  by  serial 
x-rays  taken  every  two  or  three  months  until  it 
has  passed  the  "soft  shell  stage”  of  the  first  two 
years.  If  the  lesion  is  going  to  show  any  signs 
of  spreading,  it  will  unsually  do  so  by  that  time, 
either  as  a near  or  distant  parenchymal  infiltrate 
or  as  bronchial  or  lymph  node  phenomena.  In 
addition,  the  patient  should  be  advised  toi  keep 
his  routine  activities  within  bounds.  If  another 
disease  is  superimposed,  the  convalescent  period 
should  be  extended  longer  than  normal.  This 
is  especially  true  following  labor  in  women. 
There  need  be  no  application  of  blue  laws,  but 
an  adherence  to  "moderation  in  all  things”  may 
prevent  the  spark  of  infection  from  reaching 
the  conflagration  of  disease. 


Summary 

In  studying  the  character  of  primary  infec- 
tions in  adults,  it  has  been  noticed  that  as  a 
rule  they  differ  from  the  first  infection  of  child- 
hood. There  is  a tendency  for  the  lesions  to 
become  confined  more,  to  the  lung  parenchyma, 
resulting  in  a smaller  or  a total  absence  of  lymph 
node  components.  This  may  result  from  the 
changing  character  of  the  lymphatic  anatomy 
as  age  advances.  There  is  an  enrichment  of 
growth  of  lymphoid  tissue  in  children  and  later 
a gradual  atrophy  as  old  age  is  approached. 

There  may  be  a slowly  developing  non-specific 
resistance  due  to  repeated  infections  as  life  ad- 
vances. 

There  is  also  a slower  development  of  the 
capsule  of  the  tubercle  in  adults,  which  is  re- 
flected in  a thinner  capsule,  less  calcification, 
and  perhaps  a tendency  to  break  more  easily  and 
spread  more  rapidly.  Naturally  this  tendency 
must  be  off-set  by  other  factors  of  resistance, 
because  there  are,  without  much  question,  as 


many  or  more  primar)’  lesions  that  heal  ini 
adults  as  there  are  in  children.  ; 

The  features  of  value  to  the  clinician  are  that' 
rarely  can  adult  primary  lesions  be  distinguished 
clinically  from  reinfection.  Because  of  this 
masking  of  the  lesions,  and  the  fact  that  the! 
process  is  frequently  of  a malignant  type,  it 
is  well  not  to  neglect  adult  primary  tuberculosis, ' 
irrespective  of  the  size  of  the  lesions.  A more  . 
vigilant  attitude  may  help  to  apprehend  the  dis- 
ease before  it  really  gets  under  way  and  will 
result  in  the  treatment  of  more  minimals  and 
less  far  advanced  cases,  and  consequently  will  ■: 
result  in  fewer  fatalities  and  the  return  of  more 
patients  to  the  role  of  useful  citizens. 

References 


1. 

2. 


3. 


4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 


10. 


11. 


12. 

13. 

14. 


Blumenberg,  W. : Kritik  der  Stadienlehre  der  Tuberkulose 

unter  besonderer  Beruck  sichtigung  des  Sekundarstadiums 
Rankes.  Beitr.  z.  Klin.  d.  Tuberk.,  71:385,1921.  j 

Chadwick,  H.  D.,  and  Evarts,  H.  W. : Treatment  of  pul-  , 

monary  tuberculosis  in  adolescents.  Am.  Rev.  Tuberc.,  41:  < 
307,  1940. 

Chadwick,  H.  D.,  and  Zacks,  D.:  Incidence  of  tuberculous 

infection  in  school  children.  New  Eng.  Jour.  Med.,  200: 
332,  1929. 

DuNoiiy,  Lecomte,  P. : Biological  time.  New  York:  The 

Macmillan  Co.,  1937. 


Hayek,  H.  J. : Immunibiologie — Dispositions — und — Kon- 

stitutionsforschung — Tuberculose.  Berlin,  1921.  ; 

Myers,  J.  A. : The  first  infection  type  of  tuberculosis.  1 

Am.  Rev.  Tuberc.,  34:317,  1936.  *, 

Opie,  E.  L. : The  focal  pulmonary  tuberculosis  of  children 

and  adults.  Jour.  Exper.  Med.,  25:855,  1917. 

Opie,  E.  L. : The  epidemiology  of  tuberculosis  of  Negroes.  ^ 
Am.  Rev.  Tuberc.,  22,  603,  1930.  | 

Ranke,  K.  E. : Ausgewahlte  Schriften  zur  Tuberkulo.e — I 
pathologie.  Berlin,  1928.  ^ 

Sewall,  H.,  and  others:  The  nodules  of  experimental  tu-  • 

berculosis  in  the  guinea  pig  and  their  relations  to  immunity. 
Am.  Rev.  Tuberc.,  26:1,  1932.  ^ 

Slater,  S.  A.:  Results  of  Pirquet  tuberculin  tests  on  1,654  j 

children  in  a rural  community  in  Minnesota.  Am.  Rev.  . 
Tuberc.,  10:299,  1924.  | 

Soper,  W.  M.,  and  Amberson,  J.  B.,  Jr.:  Pulmonary  tu-  | 

berculosis  in  young  adults;  particularly  among  medical  stu- 
dents and  nurses.  Am.  Rev.  Tuberc.,  39:9,  1939.  , * 

Stiehm,  R.  H.:  Tuberculosis  among  University  of  Wiscon-  i 

sin  students.  Am.  Rev.  Tuberc.,  32:171,  1935.  J 

Sweany,  H.  C. : Studies  on  the  pathogenesis  of  primary 

tuberculous  infection.  II  Tendencies  in  adult  primary  tub- 
erculous infection.  Am.  Rev.  Tuberc.,  27:575,  1933.  i 


In  answer  to  the  question:  “Must  students  contract  . 
tuberculosis  while  in  college?”  the  author  answers: 
“No,  because  we  have  at  our  command  accurate  meth-  ' 
ods  of  screening  out  contagious  cases  of  tuberculosis  in 
any  group.  Therefore,  if  we  keep  students  under  suf- 
ficiently close  observation,  it  is  with  great  rarity  that 
one  will  enter  with  contagious  disease  or  will  develop 
it  on  the  campus  so  as  to  disseminate  it  to  other  stu- 
dents. Thus,  the  students  may  be  prevented  from  con- 
tracting tuberculosis  from  one  another  ...  It  is  true 
that  the  occasional  student  will  become  infected 
through  contact  with  a contagious  case  entirely  apart 
from  the  campus.  However,  in  most  parts  of  this 
country  such  infections  have  been  reduced  to  one  per 
cent  or  less  per  year.  Therefore,  few  students  become 
infected  even  in  this  manner  while  they  are  in  college.” 

— Tuberculosis  in  Slu'd ents  by  J.  Arthur  Myers,  M.D., 
Anter.  Rev.  of  Tuber.,  Feb.  1940. 


454 


Jour.  M.S.M.S.  j 


CYANOSIS  OF  THE  NEWBORN— McKHANN 


Cyanosis  of  the  Newborn* 

By  Charles  F.  McKhann,  M.D. 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 


Charles  F.  McKhann,  M.D. 

S.B.,  A.M.,  M.D.,  University  of  Cin- 
cinnati. Formerly  Associate  Professor 
of  Pediatrics  and  Communicable 
Diseases,  Harvard  University  Medical 
School  and  School  of  Public  Health; 
Visiting  Physician,  Infants’  and  Chil- 
dren’s Hospitals,  Boston;  Consulting 
Physician,  Haynes  Memorial  Hospital 
for  Contagious  Diseases,  Boston;  and 
Cape  Cod  Hospital,  Hyannis,  Mass.; 
Visiting  Professor  of  Pediatrics,  Peiping 
Union  Medical  College,  Peiping,  China, 
1935-36.  Newly-appointed  Professor  of 
Pediatrics  and  Communicable  Diseases, 
and  Chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Pediatrics  and  Communicable  Diseases, 
University  of  Michigan,  1940.  Member: 
American  Medical  Association,  Ameri- 
can Academy  of  Pediatrics,  American 
Pediatric  Society,  American  Society  for 
Clinical  Investigation,  Society  for  Pedi- 
atric Research  (President,  1936),  New 
England  Pediatric  Society,  Massachu- 
setts Medical  Society,  American  Public 
Health  Association,  American  Board  of 
Pediatrics. 


permeability  of  the  alveolar  walls,  and  partial 
obstruction  of  the  bronchial  tree;  (3)  proportion 
of  blood  passing  from  right  to  left  side  of  the 
heart  through  unaerated  channels — affected  by 
congenital  malformations  of  the  heart,  atelectasis 
and  pneumonia;  (4)  oxygen  consumption  in  the 
capillaries — influenced  by  peripheral  vascular 
factors. 


(£ 

CL 


20 


15 


10 


5 


0 


MATERNAL 


fetal  at  birth 


OXYGEN 

CAPACITY 


OXYGEN  OXYGEN 
CONTENT  CONTENT 
ARTERIAL  VENOUS 


OXYGEN  OXYGEN 
CAPACITY  CONTENT 
ARTERIAL 


OXYGEN 

CONTENT 

VENOUS 


* The  appearance  of  cyanosis  depends  on  the 
presence  in  the  peripheral  circulation  of  suf- 
ficient unoxygenated  hemoglobin  (reduced)  to 
impart  a bluish  color  to  the  skin  and  mucous 
membranes.  In  the  normal  adult  about  one- third 
of  the  blood  must  be  unsaturated  with  oxygen 
before  cyanosis  appears.  Four  factors  have  been 
defined  by  Lundsgaard  as  affecting  the  develop- 
ment of  cyanosis.’’  (1)  In  the  first  place  stands 
the  hemoglobin  content  of  the  blood.  Since  the  ap- 
pearance of  cyanosis  is  dependent  on  the  actual 
quantity  rather  than  on  the  percentage  of  re- 
duced hemoglobin  in  the  peripheral  circulation, 
it  is  possible  for  a patient  with  a very  high 
hemoglobin  level  to  be  cyanotic  and  still  to  have 
enough  oxygenated  hemoglobin  present  in  the 
circulation  to  prevent  anoxia  to  the  tissues.  On 
the  contrary,  a patient  with  a low  hemoglobin 
content  in  the  blood  may  be  suffering  from 
definite  anoxia  to  the  tissues,  but  the  amount  of 
reduced  hemoglobin  in  the  circulation  may  be  so 
low  as  not  to  cause  the  appearance  of  cyanosis. 

Only  in  the  presence  of  hemoglobin  levels  ade- 
quate to  permit  the  development  of  cyanosis  may 
the  other  three  factors  be  operative,  viz.:  (2) 
degree  of  oxygen  unsaturation  of  arterial  blood 
coming  from  aerated  lungs — affected  by  oxygen 
tension  in  the  air,  rate  and  depth  of  respiration, 

*From  the  Department  of  Pediatrics  and  Communicable 
Diseases,  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School.  Read  before 
the  Seventy-Fifth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society,  Detroit,  September  25,  1940. 


Fig.  1.  Normal  oxygen  relations  of  maternal  and  fetal  bloods. 
This  figure  shows  the  average  oxygen  relations  of  blood  in 
fifteen  normal  mothers  and  fifteen  unanesthetized  infants  at 
birth. 

An  individual  living  in  an  environment  of 
reduced  oxygen  tension  tends  to  compensate 
by  the  development  of  a higher  red  cell  count 
and  a higher  hemoglobin  in  the  blood.  It  is 
doubtful  if  this  compensation  extends  to  a 
greater  degree  than  the  lowered  level  of 
oxygen  tension  in  the  environment  requires. 
Two  examples  of  such  individuals  are  the 
persons  living  at  a high  altitude  and  the  fetus 
in  utero.  The  added  stress  to  the  aviator 
going  to  unaccustomed  high  altitudes  and  the 
reduction  in  oxygen  supply  of  the  fetus  during 
the  birth  process  have  both  the  feature  in 
common  of  a temporary  anoxia.  While  the 
pilot  is  supplied  with  extra  oxygen,  all  too 
frequently  the  infant’s  insufficient  supply  is 
still  further  reduced  by  obstetrical  procedures 
designed  to  hasten  delivery  or  to  alleviate 
pain  in  the  mother. 

The  comparative  oxygen  capacities  and  de- 
grees of  unsaturation  of  both  arterial  and 
venous  blood  of  the  maternal  and  fetal  circula- 
tions are  shown  in  Figure  1 (Eastman).^  It  is  to 
be  noted  that  fetal  blood  has  a compensatory 
increase  in  total  hemoglobin  associated  with  a 
degree  of  oxygen  unsaturation  comparable  to  or 
slightly  less  than  that  of  maternal  venous  blood. 


June,  1941 


455 


CYANOSIS  OF  THE  NEWBORN— McKHANN 


Thus  in  utero  the  fetus  may  have  a physiologic 
cyanosis.  After  birth,  the  larger  amounts  of 
hemoglobin  are  no  longer  needed  and  blood  de- 
struction occurs  with  accompanying  physiologic 
jaundice  (Table  I). 

TABLE  I. CYANOSIS  OF  THE  NEWBORN 

Proximal  Cause:  Oxygen  Unsaturation  of  the  Blood 
Due  to  Inadequate  Respiratory  Exchange. 

Underlying  Causes: 

(1)  Cerebral  Disturbances 

Traumatic 

Asphyxia! 

Medication 

(2)  Pulmonary  Disturbances 

Atelectasis 

Obstruction 

Pneumonia 

Edema 

Hemorrhage 

(3)  Circulatory  Disturbances 

Congenital  Cardiac  Anomalies 
Peripheral  Circulation 

Intra-uterine  Asphyxia 

While  still  in  utero,  the  fetus,  already  reacting 
to  low  oxygen  supplies,  may  be  subjected  to 
additional  reduction  in  this  necessary  gas,  which 
it  cannot  further  compensate  to  meet.  These 
further  reductions  in  oxygen  supply  produce 
intra-uterine  asphyxia,  perhaps  the  most  im- 
portant cause  of  cyanosis  persisting  in  the  new- 
born. The  causes  of  intra-uterine  asphyxia  may 
be  grouped  as  follows ; First,  any  condition  which 
interferes  with  adequate  oxygenation  of  the 
mother’s  blood — a rare  cause  of  this  would  be 
pneumonia  in  the  mother ; an  unfortunately  com- 
mon cause  is  prolonged  anesthesia  before  and 
during  delivery. 

Secondly,  any  interference  with  circulation  of 
the  maternal  blood  through  the  placenta,  e.g.,  as 
in  premature  separation  of  the  placenta,  infarcts 
of  the  placenta,  or  with  tetanic  contraction  of 
the  uterus,  induced  by  pituitrin.  Operative  here 
also  is  reduction  of  area  of  attachment  of 
placenta  following  the  birth  of  a twin,  sometimes 
adversely  affecting  the  oxygen  supply  of  the 
second  twin. 

Thirdly,  any  condition  which  impedes  circula- 
tion through  the  umbilical  cord  such  as  prolapse 
or  looping  of  the  short  cord  about  the  neck  of 
the  baby. 

It  is  obvious  that  many  of  these  causes  of 
intra-uterine  asphyxia  are  unavoidable,  yet  all 
may  produce  the  signs  of  fetal  distress,  namely, 
acceleration  and  later  slowing  or  gross  irregulari- 


ty of  the  fetal  heart  with  appearance  of  meconium 
in  the  amniotic  fluid.  Attempts  to  hasten  de- 
livery may  give  rise  to  the  second  large  cause  of 
persistent  cyanosis  in  newborn  babies,  namely, 
trauma  incident  to  labor  and  operative  deliver}". 
Trauma  with  gross  cerebral  hemorrhage  occurs 
rarely  during  normal  delivery  of  mature  babies, 
but  is  an  especial  hazard  in  the  delivery  of  the 
premature. 

Cerebral  hemorrhage  attending  birth  trauma 
is  usually  gross  and  superficial  from  tears  of 
vessels  in  the  falx  or  tentorium,  differing  from 
the  multiple  smaller  hemorrhages  both  super- 
ficial and  deep  which  commonly  follow  severe 
asphyxia.  Not  only  is  the  premature  baby  es- 
pecially susceptible  to  trauma  but  asphyxial 
hemorrhages  are  also  frequently  found  in  the 
premature  infant.  Thus  it  seems  that  asphyxia 
or  trauma  of  degrees  innocuous  to  full-term 
normal  infants  may  produce  serious  intracranial 
lesions  in  the  premature  baby.  The  influence  of 
sedation  and  anesthesia  as  causes  of  asphyxia 
has  been  well  brought  out  by  Eastman,®  Clifford,^ 
Cole,®  Smith,®’®  and  others. 

Because  it  is  frequently  fetal  distress  which 
leads  to  operative  interference  or  to  efforts  to 
hasten  normal  labor,  asphyxia  and  trauma  are 
often  both  present  as  contributory  factors  in 
the  cerebral  injury  in  the  newborn,  yet  the 
pathologic  changes,  symptoms,  sequelae,  and  prog- 
nosis vary  with  the  preponderance  of  the  one  or 
the  other  type  of  injury.  With  intra-uterine 
asphyxia,  congestion,  followed  by  edema, 
petechial  hemorrhages,  and  in  severe  cases  gross 
hemorrhages,  occur.  The  damage  to  the  brain 
in  the  asphyxiated  patient  seems  to  be  due  not 
to  the  hemorrhage  but  to  the  concomitant  de- 
struction of  nerve  tissue  and  damage  to  blood 
vessels,  both  traceable  to  the  anoxia.  Damage 
to  the  brain  in  cases  of  trauma  seems  secondary 
to  the  gross  hemorrhage  which  occurs  usually 
subdurally,  in  the  subarachnoid  space,  or  in  the 
ventricles,  producing  irritation  and  pessure. 

The  symptoms  characteristic  of  intracranial 
injury  are  lassitude,  vomiting,  gross  irregula- 
rity of  respiration,  cyanosis,  and  convulsions. 
From  the  standpoint  of  cyanosis,  hemorrhage 
into  or  over  the  pons  is  most  serious  because 
the  respiratory  center  in  the  brain  stem  may 
be  immediately  involved.  A slowly  accumu- 
lating gross  hemorrhage  over  the  cortex  is 


4% 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


CYANOSIS  OF  THE  NEWBORN— McKHANN 


more  likely  to  produce  irritation  characterized 
by  convulsions  with  cyanosis  a late  sign  de- 
veloping only  when  intracranial  pressure  has 
risen.  Pressure  changes  characterized  by 
fullness  or  bulging  of  the  fontanelle  may  be 
noted  even  with  mild  symptoms  in  patients 
with  supratentorial  hemorrhages,  but  with 
subtentorial  hemorrhage,  the  condition  of  the 
infant  may  be  grave — without  evident  pressure 
increase. 

Even  with  definite  evidence  of  intracranial 
injury,  lumbar  puncture  may  be  indicated  only 
in  the  presence  of  advancing  symptoms.  A gross- 
ly bloody  spinal  fluid  indicates  traumatic  hemor- 
rhage, while  blood-tinged  or  xanthochromic  fluid 
indicates  either  mild  subarachnoid  or  subdural 
hemorrhage.  Edema  may  be  manifest  by  pres- 
sure increase  only. 

The  prognosis  is  dependent  on  the  location  and 
extent  of  the  hemorrhage  and  brain  damage. 
Large  gross  hemorrhages  in  the  subarachnoid 
space  seem  to  have  a good  prognosis  unless  in 
the  region  of  the  medulla.  A gross  hemorrhage 
in  the  subdural  space  tends  to  become  cystic 
and  gradually  to  increase  in  size,  developing  into 
a chronic  subdural  hematoma,  with  disastrous 
results  later  to  the  infant  who  does  not  have  the 
accumulation  of  old  blood  removed,  preferably 
by  operation.®  The  prognosis  of  patients  with 
asphyxial  hemorrhage  is  often  bad  both  as  re- 
gards life  and  as  regards  neuromuscular  and 
mental  development,  for  the  brain  damage  and 
vascular  damage  are  parallel  phenomena  irre- 
parable from  birth.  Inasmuch  as  therapy  has 
very  little  to  offer  for  this  type  of  patient,  pro- 
phylaxis would  seem  to  be  the  only  approach. 
A consideration  of  the  mechanism  of  damage 
incurred  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  some  form 
of  extra  oxygen  administration  to  mothers  under- 
going prolonged  or  difficult  labor  would  seem 
advisable. 

The  strikingly  frequent  occurrence  of  bleeding 
elsewhere  in  the  body  at  two  to  five  days  of  age 
in  infants  suffering  from  intracranial  lesions, 
especially  of  the  asphyxial  t}"pe,  has  led  to  the 
consideration  of  a possible  causal  relationship  of 
asphyxia  to  hemorrhagic  disease  of  the  newborn.^ 
While  such  a relationship  has  not  been  definitely 
established,  the  administration  by  mOuth  of 
Vitamin  K to  all  infants  who  have  been  bom  by 
difficult  or  prolonged  labor — with  even  mild 


evidence  of  intracranial  damage— would  appear 
entirely  justifiable. 

Pulmonary  Causes 

Pulmonar}^  causes  are  next  in  importance  to 
cerebral  causes  of  cyanosis  in  the  newborn. 

Atelectasis — imperfect  expansion  of  the  lungs 
— is  present  in  all  infants  during  the  first  two  or 
three  days  of  life,  and  for  even  longer  periods 
in  premature  infants.  This  is,  however,  a 
physiologic  atelectasis  which  becomes  of  patho- 
logic significance  only  if  of  unusual  severity  or 
duration,  or  in  the  immature  infant  where  weak- 
ness of  the  chest  musculature  or  framework  ex- 
ists. In  very  immature  infants,  there  may  be 
present  areas  of  incompletely  developed  and  con- 
sequently inexpansible  lung  tissue.  Inexpansible 
areas  may  also  be  observed  in  the  luetic  infant. 

Another  serious  form  of  atelectasis  is  the 
socalled  secondary  or  resorption  type  found  in 
infants  in  whom  after  respiration  is  established 
obstruction  in  the  bronchial  tree  occurs. 
Simple  forms  of  this  type  may  be  prevented 
by  thorough  cleansing  of  the  pharynx  at  birth  ; 
but  a more  dangerous  variety  is  seen  to  de- 
velop following  intra-uterine  asphyxia,  with 
deep  inspiratory  effects  on  the  part  of  the  fetus 
and  aspiration  into  the  smaller  bronchioles  and 
alveoli  of  amniotic  sac  contents.  This  ma- 
terial, composed  of  comified  epithelial  cells  and 
vernix  caseosa,  forms  membranous  linings  to 
the  alveoli  and  interferes  with  exchange  of 
oxygen  and  carbon  dioxide  in  the  lungs. 

Other  pulmonary  causes  of  cyanosis  are  pul- 
monary hemorrhage,  pneumonia  or  pulmonary 
edema.  Pneumonia  in  the  newborn  may  result 
from  mouth-to-mouth  resuscitation  or  from  other 
exposure  to  infected  individuals.  Pulmonary 
hemorrhage  may  be  part  of  hemorrhagic  disease 
or  a result  of  erythroblastosis  fetalis,  while  pul- 
monary edema  and  congestion  may  follow  the 
parenteral  administration  of  excessive  amounts 
of  fluids  to  the  newborn.  If  the  lung  is  well  de- 
veloped anatomically,  a pulmonary  hemorrhage 
must  be  large  or  diffuse,  a pulmonary  edema 
must  be  extensive,  or  an  atelectasis  of  con- 
siderable degree,  usually  secondary  in  type,  must 
be  present  for  the  pulmonary  condition  to  be  the 
proximal  cause  in  the  production  of  cyanosis. 

Congenital  defects  in  the  circulatory  system 


June,  1941 


457 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  IN  MICHIGAN— KLEINSCHMIDT 


or  collapse  of  the  peripheral  circulation  may  be 
. responsible  for  cyanosis.  Yet  it  is  noteworthy 
that  infants  with  severe  cardiac  anomalies  may 
go  for  months  or  years  before  cyanosis  becomes 
a symptom.  Better  criteria  in  the  neonatal 
period  for  the  diagnosis  of  congenital  malforma- 
tion of  the  heart  are  dyspnea,  a persistently  high 
red  cell  count,  feeding  difficulties,  congenital  de- 
fects elsewhere,  and  cardiac  enlargement  by 
x-ray.  Murmurs,  like  cyanosis,  may  be  absent. 

Summary 

In  newly-born  infants,  pulmonary  causes  such 
as  obstruction  of  the  air  passages,  atelectasis,  or 
pneumonia  account  for  many  instances  of 
cyanosis,  while  congenital  defects  of  the  heart 
account  for  a few.  The  outstanding  cause  of 
cyanosis  in  the  newborn  is  an  intracranial  lesion 
due  usually  to  intra-uterine  asphyxia  or  to 
trauma  to  the  infant’s  head  during  the  birth 
process.  Often  both  trauma  and  asphyxia  are 
operative,  inasmuch  as  asphyxia  leads  to  symp- 
toms of  fetal  distress  which  cause  the  obstetrician 
to  hasten  to  deliver  the  infant,  thereby  inducing 
trauma.  Asphyxia,  characterized  pathologically 
by  engorgement,  edema,  petechial  and  in  very 
severe  cases  grogs  hemorrhages  in  the  brain 
tissue,  may  be  caused  by  certain  unavoidable  ob- 
stetrical conditions,  but  at  times  seems  definitely 
to  result  from  the  unwise  selection  of  drugs  for 
hastening  labor  or  from  deep  anesthesia  to  the 
mother. 

Prognosis  in  patients  with  cyanosis  of  the  new- 
ly born  as  a result  of  trauma  depends  on  the 
severity  and  extent  of  the  cerebral  injury  and 
resultant  hemorrhage.  Gross  hemorrhages  in 
the  subarachnoid  space  usually  have  a good 
prognosis.  Subdural  hemorrhages  tend  to  b.e- 
come  chronic  subdural  hematomas  and  often 
must  be  removed  by  operation.  The  prognosis  of 
injury  resulting  from  asphyxia  is  bad  both  as 
regards  life  and  as  regards  mental  and  neuro- 
muscular development.  It  is  these  patients  who 
become  the  cerebral  spastics  and  the  mentally 
defective  children.  Prevention  of  the  injury 
rather  than  treatment  is  necessary  in  this  type 
of  case. 

Bibliography 

1.  Clifford,  S.  H. : Hemorrhagic  Disease  of  Newborn;  Critical 

Consideration.  Jour.  Pediat.,  14:333,  (March)  1939. 

2.  Clifford,  S.  H.,  and  Irving,  F.  C. : Analgesia,  Anesthesia 

and  Newborn  Infant.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  65:23,  (July) 

1937. 

3.  Cole,  W.  C.  C.,  Kimball,  D.  C.,  and  Daniels,  L.  E. : 

458 


Factors  in  Neonatal  Asphyxia.  Jo<ur.  A.M.A., 
113:2038,  (Dec.  2)  1939. 

4.  Eastm^,  N.  J.:  Fetal  Blood  Studies.  1.  The  Oxygen  Re- 
lationships of  Umbilical  Cord  Blood  at  Birth.  Bull  Johns 
Hopkins  Hosp.,  47:221,  1930. 

5.  EastiMn,  N.  J.:  Fetal  Blood  Studies.  5.  The  Role  of 
Anesthesia  m the  Production  of  Asph30cia  Neonatorum. 
Am.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  31:563,  1936. 

6.  Ingraham,  F.  D and  Heyl,  H.  L.:  Subdural  Hematoma  in 
1939*’*^^  and  C^iildhood.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  112:198,  (Jan.  21) 

7.  Lundsgaard,  C.,  and  Van  Slyke,  D.D.:  Cyanosis.  Medicine, 

8.  Smith,  C.  A. : Effect  of  Obstetrical  Anesthesia  upon 

Oxygenation  of  Maternal  and  Fetal  Blood  with  Particular 
^4  ^(?fov  )°  1939^°^*^°^^”^’  ^ynec.  and  Obst.,  69: 

9.  Smith,  C.  A. : Effect  of  Nitrous  Oxide  Oxygen  Ether 

Anesthesia  upon  Oxygenation  of  Maternal  and  Fetal  Blood 
at  Delivery.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  70:787,  1940. 


Early  Beqiimings  of  Preventive 
Medicine  in  Michigan 

By  Earl  E.  Kleinschmidt,  M.D. 

Chicago,  Illinois 


Earl  E.  Kleinschmidt,  M.D.,  Dr.P.H. 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1927;  MS 
University  of  Michigan,  1928;  M.D.  Univer- 
Mi^^higan,  1930;  Dr.P.H.^  University 
of  Michigan,  1936.  Assistant  Editor-in-Chief 
Journal  of  School  Health;  Chairman,  Depart- 
^ent  of  Preventive  Medicine,  Public  Health 
and  Bacteriology,  Loyola  University  School  of 
Medicine.  Member,  Michigan  State  Medical 
. Society. 


It  is  the  honorable  claim  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession that  the  great  advance  in  .sanitary  knowl- 
edge has  been  brought  about  mainly  by  its  owm 
members. 

—David  Inglis,  M.D.,  1886* 

During  the  entire  period,  1850-1888,  the  phy- 
sicians of  Michigan  were  always  to  be  found 
in  the  van  of  the  public  health  movement.  “We 
claim  to  be  the  authors  of  Preventive  IMedicine 
Or  Hygiene  which  has,  within  the  past  fiftv  years, 
increased  human  life  30  per  cent,”  said  Dr. 
Geo.  E.  Ranney  of  Lansing  in  his  presidential 
address  before  the  Michigan  Central  Medical  So- 
ciety in  1873.2  Before  the  establishment  of  the 
State  Board  of  Health,  the  physicians  of  the  state 
were  its  strongest  advocates ; after  its  creation 
they  became  its  staunchest  supporters.  Matters 
of  hygiene  and  sanitation  occupied  much  of  their 
time  at  meetings  of  the  district  and  state  medi- 
cal society  meetings. ^ 


The  State  Medical  Society 

The  first  state  medical  society  was  organized 
in  accordance  with  a legislative  Act  of  June  14, 
1819.  The  law  thus  created  provided  for  the 
establishment  of  a “Medical  Society  of  Michi- 
gan,” and  also  for  county  societies.  Dr.  William  .1 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  IN  MICHIGAN— KLEINSCHMIDT 


Brown  was  elected  its  first  president.^  Accord- 
ing to  available  accounts  this  first  society  received 
considerable  opposition  from  the  irregular  prac- 
titioners of  the  state.  In  the  years  which  fol- 
lowed its  establishment,  the  records  indicate  that 
this  antagonism  grew  in  intensity.^ 

In  1851,  the  activities  of  irregular  practitioners, 
principally  herbalists,  or  Thomsonians,  as  they 
were  spoken  of,  led  to  the  annulment  of  the  Act 
of  1819,  thus  abolishing  all  legal  protection  of 
medical  societies.^  According  to  Dr.  Henry 
Taylor  of  Mt.  Clemens, . “the  Legislature  had 
concluded  that  medical  men  could  get  along  with 
its  protection,”  thus  throwing  the  medical  pro- 
fession of  the  state  on  its  own  resources.^  No 
effort  was  made  at  reorganization  until  1853, 
when,  pursuant  to  a call  by  a large  number  of 
physicians  in  various  parts  of  the  state,  a meet- 
ing was  held  at  the  Medical  School  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan  on  March  30,  1853,  “for 
the  purpose  of  organizing  a State  Medical  As- 
sociation.”®’® 

Following  its  reorganization  in  1853,  the  Medi- 
cal Society  of  Michigan  held  annual  meetings  at 
Ann  Arbor  on  commencement  day  for  four 
years,  the  fifth  at  Detroit,  the  sixth  at  Ann  Ar- 
bor, the  seventh  at  Lansing,  and  the  next  at 
Coldwater;  but  so  few  members  were  present 
that  they  adjourned  once  more  to  Ann  Arbor 
where  the  organization  again  dissolved.®  Its 
downfall  was  attributed  by  Dr.  Leartus  Connor 
to  “(1)  The  commercial  disasters  of  1857,  (2) 
the  growlings  of  the  approaching  civil  war, 
(3)  the  natural  operation  of  the  feuds  of  former 
years,  (4)  the  lack  of  stimulus  from  opposition, 
and  (5)  absence  of  sustaining  interest  of  many 
local  societies.”^  The  Civil  War  was  shortly  to 
turn  the  attention  of  physicians  in  the  state  to 
more  pressing  affairs. 

With  the  close  of  the  war,  Michigan  physicians 
again  took  steps  to  organize  themselves  into  a 
state  society.  The  district  medical  society  of 
Grand  Rapids  and  the  North-Eastern  District 
Medical  Association  were  most  active  in  this 
respect.®  After  conferring  with  similar  organiza- 
tions elsewhere  in  the  state,  these  societies  issued 
a call  for  a convention  in  the  city  of  Detroit  on 
June  5,  1866.®  At  the  meeting  which  followed, 
about  one  hundred  physicians  gathered  at  the 
Supreme  Court  room  from  all  parts  of  the 
state.®  “We  have  come  together  now  to  atone, 
as  far  as  in  us  lies,  for  the  past,  and  by  this  re- 


union to  reorganize  and  revivify  our  State 
Medical  Society,”  said  Dr.  Morse  Stewart  of 
Detroit.®  Since  that  time  the  society  has  con- 
tinued to  grow  and  extend  its  usefulness  to  both 
its  members  and  people  of  the  state  generally.^® 
District  medical  societies  began  to  be  organized 
about  1850.  The  Grand  River  Medical  Associa- 
tion was  formed  at  Grand  Rapids  on  the  first 
Thursday  of  June,  1851.  It  included  in  its  mem- 
bership, physicians  from  the  counties  of  Ionia, 
Montcalm,  Ottowa,  Kent  and  Muskegon.’^^  On 
March  8,  1853,  a meeting  was  held  at  Romeo  for 
the  purpose  of  organizing  another  district  medi- 
cal association.^^  Still  another  meeting  in  June 
of  this  same  year  resulted  in  the  formation  of 
the  South-Eastern  Medical  Association.^^ 

As  mentioned,  the  activities  of  irregular  prac- 
titioners of  medicine  and  of  patent-medicine  ven- 
dors were  the  cause  of  much  concern  to  the 
members  of  the  regular  medical  profession.  The 
withdrawal,  in  1853,  of  the  law  sustaining  medi- 
cal societies  of  the  state  enabled  the  Homeopath, 
Hydropathist,  Eclectic,  Thomsonian,  Uriscopic, 
and  Stick  Doctors  to  raise  their  heads  as  high  as 
the  regular  physician.  This  state  of  affairs,  so  it 
is  said,  disgusted  many  medical  men.^®  “For 
more  than  half  a century,  have  these  sticklers 
for  equal  rights — these  advocates  for.  unbridled 
liberty,  been  making  their  appeals  to  community 
to  enkindle  a prejudice,”  said  Dr.  Henry  Taylor 
of  Mt.  Clemens,  “and  create  disapprobation  of  the 
medical  profession — accusing  them  of  monopoliz- 
ing the  healing  art,  however  pleasing  or  profit- 
able they  might  think  to  make  it  to  themselves, 
and  thus  withhold  from  them  the  pleasure  of 
contending  arm  to  arm,  and  on  equal  ground, 
with  death,  and  of  wrestling  with  the  diseases 
and  suffering  of  their  fellow-men.”^®  The  news- 
papers of  this  period  (1850-1888)  were  filled 
with  the  advertisements  of  patent  medicine  ven- 
dors and  of  numerous  kinds  of  quacks.^® 

In  his  presidential  address  of  1871,  Dr.  I. 
H.  Bartholomew  devoted  a considerable  por- 
tion of  this  address  to  the  subject  of  quackery 
in  the  state.^^  “The  public  in  its  zeal  to  over- 
throw exclusive  rights  (those  of  the  profession 
among  others),”  said  Dr.  Bartholomew,  “and 
to  give  evidence  of  the  propriety  and  sincerity 
of  its  course,  made  it  legal  for  idiots  to  prac- 
tice medicine,  and  then  offered  itself,  a great 
conglomerate  patient,  for  idiots  to  practice 


June,  1941 


459 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  IN  MICHIGAN— KLEINSCHM IDT 


on.”  To  secure  a following  among  the  peo- 
ple, quacks  and  charlatans  made  frequent  use 
of  the  mails,  sending  out  circulars  which 
claimed  to  simplify  the  true  science  of  medi- 
cine.^'^  Large  numbers  of  quacks,  so  it  is  said, 
came  to  Michigan  in  1881  following  the  enact- 
ment of  a law  in  Illinois  regulating  medical 
practice  and  depriving  them  of  a livelihood.^® 

Among  the  more  vociferous  of  the  irregular 
practitioners  of  medicine  in  the  state  were  the 
group  known  as  "Homeopaths.”  With  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  Michigan  Journal  of  Homeopathy 
in  December,  1848,  repeated  diatribes  were  di- 
rected against  their  competitors,  the  regular  phy- 
sicians, whom  they  chose  to  call  "Allopaths. 
The  editors  of  this  journal,  Drs,  John  Ellis  and 
S.  B.  Thayer,  openly  avowed  their  intention  of 
overthrowing  the  system  of  medical  practice  used 
by  their  medical  brethren.  "We  here  freely  state 
what  we  desire  to  see  accomplished,”  wrote  Drs. 
Ellis  and  Thayer  in  their  initial  number  of  the 
Journal,  "it  is  nothing  less  than  an  entire  over- 
throw of  the  present  system  of  bleeding,  blister- 
ing, vomiting,  physicking,  salivating,  et  cetera, 
and  the  substitution  of  Homeopathy,  a system  as 
beautiful  and  harmless,  as  it  is  scientific  and 
efficacious  ;•  and  we  shall  never  be  satisfied  until 
the  old  practice  in  all  its  forms  is  entirely  over- 
thrown, and  the  new  universally  substituted.”^^ 
"In  presenting  a medical  Journal  to  the  public.” 
they  asserted,  “it  is  but  reasonable  that  we  state 
why  we  are  induced  to  it,  what  we  desire  to  ac- 
complish, and  whether  we  can  hold  forth  to  our 
patrons  a reasonable  prospect  of  success.  No 
one  can  question  for  a moment  the  importance 
of  medical  men  possessing  correct  medical  knowl- 
edge, but  why,  we  ask,  should  the  community 
be  kept  in  ignorance  on  medical  subjects?  Is 
the  preservation  of  health  and  life  of  no  im- 
portance, and  is  knowledge  upon  this  subject  of 
no  use  to  the  community?  We  believe  it  is  of 
vast  importance,  and  that  true  knowledge  tends 
to  elevate  the  minds  of  those  who  receive  it ; 
and,  as  the  mind  becomes  elevated  into  the  free- 
dom of  truth,  the  individual  feels  within  him  a 
strong  desire  to  impart  the  knowledge  he  pos- 
sesses, and  to  elevate  all  around  him  to  his  own 
standard,  unless  he  bows  down  a willing  slave 
to  his  own  selfishness,  or  cultivates  a pride  of 
opinion  as  unjust  to  his  fellow-men,  as  it  is  con- 
temptible. Who  but  the  quack,  desires  exclusive 


privileges,  carries  a knowing  look,  shrouds  medi- 
cal subjects  in  mystei*}',  strenuously  withholds 
from  his  patients  and  the  public  all  knowledge 
of  composition  of  his  medicines  and  compounds, 
encourages  the  use  of  patent-medicines,  strives 
to  obtain  penal  enactments  and  laws,  to  protect 
him  in  the  enjoyment  of  his  ill-gotten  popularity’? 
The  quack,  fearful  that  the  public  will  not  ac- 
knowledge his  worth,  and  conscious  of  a lack  of 
knowledge,  of  arguments  and  of  skill,  appeals 
to  the  above  to  sustain  his  influence  instead  of 
appealing  to  the  understanding  of  his  fellow 
men.  Believing  that  the  great  truths  of  Homeop- 
athy, and  the  advantages  resulting  from  their 
adoption  are  so  manifest  that  they  can  be  com- 
prehended by  an  intelligent  people,  and  believing 
that  this  community  possesses  the  requisite  intelli- 
gence, we  have  established  this  Journal  for  the 
purpose  of  proclaiming  these  truths,  and  likewise 
of  spreading  light  and  knowledge  on  medical 
subjects  generally.”^’^  The  first  seven  numbers 
of  the  Journal  contained  a series  of  articles  en- 
titled "What  is  Homeopathy?” 

Prevention  of  disease  was  strongly  advocated 
by  Messrs.  Ellis  and  Thayer.  "As  the  preven- 
tion of  disease  is  quite  as  important  as  its  cure,” 
they  said,  "and  as  it  has  been  almost  entirely 
neglected  by  medical  men,  we  shall,  as  we  have 
opportunity,  call  attention  to  the  diet  suitable  for 
well  and  sick,  to  the  great  abuse  of  medical  sub- 
stances in  food  and  drink,  as  well  as  pass  in 
review  the  different  methods  of  drugging,  which 
are  so  prevalent,  not  only  in,  but  out  of  the 
profession,  from  which  arise  such  a multitude 
of  drug  diseases.”  "Strange  as  it  may  appear,” 
they  added,  “the  most  beautiful  feature  of  this 
system,  the  smallness  of  the  dose,  is  the  point 
which  meets  with  the  strongest  and  most  unre- 
lenting opposition.  So  long  have  physicians  and 
even  patients,  yes,  even  children,  been  accustomed 
to  associate  suffering  and  torture  with  the  idea 
of  being  cured  of  disease,  that  the  possibility  of 
being  relieved  without  being  made  sick  is  re- 
garded as  absurd  by  medical  men,  while  patients 
expect  to  run  the  gauntlet  between  diseases  and 
the  doctor,  and  do  not  expect  to  be  cured  with- 
out being  made  worse,  and  submitting  to  the 
most  cruel  and  unnatural  operations,  such  as  the 
lancet,  cathartics,  blisters,  et  cetera,  et  cetera, 
which,  of  themselves,  are  sure  to  make  even 
well  men  sick.  Even  children  learn  to  look  upon 
the  physician  as  a regular  leech,  and  fly  at  his 


460 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  IN  MICHIGAN— KLEINSCHMIDT 


approach  as  such,  while  parents  hold  the  doctor 
over  them  as  a rod  of  correction.  ]\Iay  we  not 
then  look  for  a radical  change,  a change  which 
shall  not  suffer  more  than  one  half  of  the  inhab- 
itants of  the  world  to  die  before  they  are  ten 
years  old,  as  they  do  under  the  present  practice  ? 
Take  from  homeopathy  her  infinitesimal  doses, 
and  she  is  shorn  of  her  beaut}’,  and,  to  a great 
extent,  of  her  efficacy,  and  becomes  even  less 
safe  than  allopathy.”^" 

In  1875,  the  legislature  was  so  influenced  by 
the  entreaties  of  the  homeopathic  practitioners 
of  the  state  that  they  passed  an  act  authorizing 
the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of 
^Michigan  to  establish  a Homeopathic  Medical 
College  as  a branch  of  the  Universit}’,  to  be 
located  at  Ann  Arbord®  This  occurrence  pro- 
voked still  greater  rivalr}’  between  the  adherents 
of  the  two  systems  of  medical  practice.^®  The 
medical  literature  of  this  period  is  filled  with 
accusations  and  counter-accusations  of  the  fol- 
lowers of  both  groups.  “The  \ery  nature  of  the 
purposes  of  the  Board,”  said  Dr.  H.  O.  Hitch- 
cock, referring  to  the  activities  of  the  State 
Board  of  Health,  “left  it  out  of  and  above  the 
field  of  the  active,  constant,  and  many-sided  strife 
of  the  pathies,  because,  as  a board  of  health,  it 
does  not  concern  itself  with  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine, or  with  the  theoretical  or  practical  action 
of  remedies  on  the  various  diseases.  Hence  it 
can,  does,  and  ought  to  cooperate  with,  and  re- 
ceive the  cooperation  of  all  individual  members, 
and  all  organized  societies  of  the  profession  in 
its  means  and  measures  for  the  prevention  of 
disease.”  In  spite  of  this  expression  of  unbiased 
adherence  to  either  system  of  medicine,  both  the 
State  Board  of  Health  as  well  as  the  State  Medi- 
cal Society  took  an  active  part  in  seeking  to 
improve  the  quality  of  medical  practitioners  and 
medical  education  in  the  state. 

State  Board  of  Registration 

The  original  effort  in  1819  to  regulate  the 
practice  of  medicine  by  the  enactment  of  pro- 
tective legislation,  resulted  in  dismal  failure.^® 
Outcries  by  quacks  and  irregular  practitioners 
in  the  state  for  “equal  opportunities”  were  to 
lead  to  the  abolition  of  all  protective  medical 
legislation  in  1851.^°  In  the  years  which  fol- 
lowed, however,  other  developments  occurred 
which  were  destined  to  be  far  superior  to  legal 
protection  of  organized  medicine. 


At  the  fourth  annual  meeting  of  the  State 
Medical  Society  on  June  8,  1870,  Dr.  H.  O. 
Hitchcock  of  Kalamazoo  introduced  the  follow- 
ing resolution ; 

Resolx'ed,  That  the  society  will  hereafter  annualh'  se- 
lect two  members  each,  to  visit  the  medical  schools  of 
the  State,  and  especially  attend  the  examination  of  can- 
didates for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  and  faith- 
fully to  report  to  this  Society  upon  the  conditions  of 
the  schools  and  the  thoroughness  of  their  teachings  and 
examinations. 

The  resolution  was  adopted  by  a tmanimous 
vote.^°  The  following  year  at  a similar  meeting, 
still  another  resolution  of  the  same  nature  was 
adopted."^.  Dr.  William  Parmenter  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Legislation  urged  that  a law  be  passed 
requiring  competent  qualifications  of  all  who 
would  practice  medicine. 

Soon  after  the  State  Board  of  Health  was  es- 
tablished, it  was  evident  to  several  of  its  members 
that  the  Board  must  take  an  active  part  in  the 
issue  if  it  was  to  live  up  to  the  objectives  set 
for  it.  Evidently  influenced  by  a law  passed  at 
the  session  of  the  Illinois  Legislature  in  1881, 
Dr.  Hitchcock  offered  the  following  resolution 
which  was  adopted : 

Resol\’ed,  That  the  committee  on  legislation  be  re- 
quested to  make  inquiries  to  the  recent  Act  in  the 
Illinois  Legislature  “Regulating  Medical  Practice,”  and 
to  its  practical  working,  and  to  report  to  this  Board 
whether  in  its  opinion  a similar  Act  in  our  own  state 

is  desirable. 23 

Another  resolution  offered  by  Dr.  Henry  F. 
Lyster  at  this  same  meeting  was  amended  to  read 
as  follows : 

Resol\^d,  That  this  Board  organize  itself  into  an 
examining  college,  and  institute  an  annual  examination 
of  candidates  in  subjects  relating  to  public  health. 

This  latter  resolution  was  referred  to  a special 
committee,  consisting  of  Dr.  Lyster  and  the 
Hon.  LeRoy  Parker,  to  be  reported  on  at  the 
next  meeting.^^ 

The  following  year  the  Hon.  LeRoy  Parker, 
Committee  on  Legislation,  reported  that  in  his 
opinion  a similar  law  for  the  State  of  ^Michigan 
was  desirable,  but  he  doubted  very  much  that 
the  State  Board  of  Health  should  be  the  bod}'’ 
authorized  to  conduct  such  examinations  or  issue 
certificates.  Lack  of  personnel,  financial  remu- 
neration, and  possible  conflict  with  schools  of 
medicine  were  cited  as  reasons  why  the  Board 
should  refrain  from  engaging  in  this  practice.-'^ 


JuxE,  1941 


461 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  IN  MICHIGAN— KLEINSCHMIDT 


He,  however,  concurred  in  the  proposal  of  Dr. 
Lyster  of  the  Board,  that  the  State  Board  of 
Health  conduct  examinations  which  were  to  be 
voluntary.^^  Later  in  the  same  meeting,  a pre- 
amble and  memorial  were  drawn  up  by  Dr.  Hitch- 
cock, which  petitioned  the  legislature  to  enact 
some  law  or  laws  for  the  protection  of  the 
people  from  the  dangers  to  life  and  health  at- 
tendant upon  the  medical  practice  of  ignorant 
and  unqualified  practitioners  of  medicine.  This 
was  adopted  with  one  amendment,  and  signed 
by  members  of  the  Board  and  next  transmitted 
to  the  legislature.^®  It  passed  both  branches  of 
the  tegislature,  but  for  reasons  not  revealed  in 
available  reports,  it  failed  to  receive  the  signature 
of  the  Governor  owing  to  some  technicality  in 
its  passage.^® 

On  October  10,  1880,  the  following  resolution 
was  offered  by  Dr.  Henry  F.  Lyster  at  a meeting 
of  the  State  Board  of  Health : 

Resolved,  That  a committee  of  three  be  appointed  by 
the  chair  to  report  at  the  next  meeting  upon  a plan 
for  the  legalization  and  registration  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession in  this  State,  and  to  confer  with  such  other 
organizations  or  individuals  as  may  be  interested  in  the 
passage  of  a bill  regulating  the  practice  of  medicine  by 
the  Legislature  of  Michigan.^ 

This  was  concurred  in  by  those  in  attendance 
at  the  meeting,  and  a committee  consisting  of 
Dr.  Henry  B.  Baker,  Dr.  Henry  F.  Lyster,  and 
Rev.  D.  C.  Jacokes  appointed  to  study  the  resolu- 
tion. According  to  the  accounts  which  follow, 
nothing  apparently  was  done,  for  on  October  10, 
1882,  at  another  meeting  of  the  Board,  the  Hon. 
LeRoy  Parker  and  Rev.  D.  C.  Jacokes  were  ap- 
pointed a committee  on  the  practice  of  medicine 
in  place  of  the  former  committee  which  was  or- 
dered discharged.^®  On  January  9,  1883,  the 
following  resolution  was  adopted  by  the  Board : 

Resolved,  That  there  should  be  required  of  all  who 
are  to  begin  the  practice  of  medicine  in  this  State  an 
examination  as  to  their  qualifications. 

Resolved,  That  such  examinations  by  the  State  should 
be  restricted  to  questions  in  demonstrable  knowledge 
as  distinguished  from  questions  of  mere  opinion. 

Resolved,  That  as  a public  health  measure  these  two 
resolutions  be  referred  to  the  president  and  secretary 
with  a request  that  they  do  what  they  can  to  promote 
the  objects  of  the  resolutions.^ 

Dr.  Baker  went  a step  further  and  drew  up 
a proposed  bill  to  regulate  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine in  the  state.  This  he  had  published  in  the 
Michigan  Medical  News.^'^  Apparently  these  sev- 
eral efforts  were  unavailing,  for  a search  of  the 


literature  in  the  period  under  consideration 
(1850-1888)  fails  to  show  further  progress  in 
this  direction. 

Efforts  to  secure  registration  of  physicians  in 
the  state  were  more  successful.  The  Hon.  Le- 
Roy Parker,  Committee  on  Legislation  of  the 
State  Board  of  Health,  succeeded  in  getting  a 
bill  for  this  purpose  before  the  legislature  where 
it  was  favorably  received  and  passed  late  in 
1883. 

This  act  (No.  167,  Laws  of  1883)  required 
all  practitioners  of  medicine  and  surgery  or 
any  other  branch  thereof  to  file  with  the  clerk 
of  the  county  in  which  they  engaged  in  prac- 
tice, or  in  which  they  intended  to  practice,  a 
sworn  statement  setting  forth  the  length  of 
time  they  had  engaged  in  continuous  prac- 
tice in  said  county,  and  if  a graduate  of  a 
medical  school,  the  name  of  the  same  and 
where  located,  when  they  graduated,  and  the 
length  of  time  they  attended  school;  also  the 
school  of  medicine  to  which  they  adhered. 
County  clerks  were  required  by  the  act  to 
record  these  statements  in  a book.^® 

A similar  law  (Act  No.  140,  Laws  of  1883) 
required  all  dentists  in  the  state  to  register  in  a 
like  manner  with  the  county  clerk  in  their  locali- 
ty.^® In  January,  1884,  Dr.  Baker  of  the  State 
Board  of  Health,  sent  a circular,  together  with 
a blank  form,  for  reply  to  all  the  county  clerks 
of  the  state,  asking  them  for  the  names,  ad- 
dresses, et  cetera,  of  the  physicians  in  the  state.^® 
According  to  the  replies  received,  “the  number 
of  practitioners  returned  is  3,270,  of  whom  2,366 
or  72  per  cent,  are  reported  to  have  graduated 
from  some  college,  society,  or  institution;  197, 
or  6 per  cent,  are  reported  to  have  attended  some 
college ; and  707,  or  22  per  cent,  are  not  reported 
to  have  attended  a college  or  anything  that  could 
be  called  a medical  school.”®® 

In  1887,  the  original  act  was  slightly  amended 
(Act  No.  268,  Laws  of  1887)  to  permit  clerks 
of  cities,  villages,  and  townships  to  transmit  to 
the  Secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Health  a 
list  of  medical  practitioners  in  their  jurisdiction.®® 

Interest  in  Sanitation  and  Hygiene 

From  evidence  already  cited,  it  is  clear  that 
medical  societies  played  a major  role  in  further- 
ing the  progress  of  the  public  health  movement. 


462 


Jour.  M.S.^I.S. 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  IN  MICHIGAN— KLEINSCHMIDT 


As  a professional  group  they  gave  freely  of  their 
time  and  worked  unselfishly  in  the  promotion  of 
community  welfare.*  Many  of  the  ideas  which 
later  culminated  in  the  Registration  Law  of  1867, 
and  still  later  in  the  establishment  of  the  State 
Board  of  Health,  had  their  birth  in  the  papers 
read  before  district  and  state  medical  societies. 

At  the  seventh  annual  meeting  of  the  State 
Medical  Society,  a resolution  was  introduced  by 
Dr.  Pratt  of  Kalamazoo  requesting  the  legislature 
to  print  the  annual  transactions  of  the  State  IMed- 
ical  Society  as  a State  Document: 

Whereas,  The  transactions  of  this  Medical  Society 
must  contain  much  information  relative  to  the  preser- 
vation of  health  and  the  prevention  of  disease,  which 
it  will  be  important  to  the  people  of  this  State  to  have 
in  possession;  and 

Whereas,  It  is  unjust  to  require  the  Medical  Pro- 
fession, at  their  individual  expense,  to  publish  this  in- 
formation for  the  benefit  of  the  State;  and 

Whereas,  Other  Legislatures  have  recognized  it  as 
their  duty  to  spread  before  the  people  they  represent 
all  facts  having  an  important  bearing  upon  sanitary 
reform;  therefore,  be  it 

Resolved,  That  we  respectfully  request  the  Legislature 
of  this  State,  now  in  session,  to  inaugurate  the  practice 
of  publishing  as  one  of  the  State  Joint  Documents,  the 
Annual  Transactions  of  this  Society 

This  resolution  was  adopted  by  a unanimous 
vote  and  laid  before  the  legislature  by  a com- 
mittee from  the  State  Medical  Society.®”  There 
it  was  favorably  acted  upon  by  both  branches  of 
the  legislature  and  approved  by  the  governor. 
As  far  as  the  records  reveal,  this  is  the  first  in- 
stance in  which  the  State  Legislature  ordered  a 


*At  the  seventh  annual  meeting  of  the  State  Medical  Society, 
Dr.  H.  B.  Baker  offered  the  following  resolution  which  was 
adopted  by  the  Society: 

Resolved,  That  while  the  physician’s  work  of  relieving  human 
suffering  is  one  of  the  noblest  of  human  employments,  it  is  more 
honorable  to  the  profession,  and  very  much  more  to  the  interest 
of  the  people,  when  physicians  are  paid  for  and  employed  as 
much  as  possible  in  preventing  sickness,  than  when  entirely  em- 
ployed in  combatting  results  or  causes,  many  of  which  might 
be  removed  or  avoided  by  the  use  of  means  within  the  present 
knowledge  of  physicians;  that  this  society  therefore,  earnestly 
recommends  and  encourages  the  employment  of  physicians: 
First,  as  health  ofhcers  on  boards  of  health;  Second,  as  lec- 
turers and  instructors  in  hygiene  in  the  public  schools;  Third, 
as  sanitary  advisors  of  government  officers,  of  corporations,  per- 
sons, or  families,  on  special  occas'on,  or  by  the  year;  Fourth, 
as  editors  of  sanitary  journals  or  publications  or  in  any  other 
honorable  manner  whereby  it  becomes  equally  for  the  interest 
of  the  physician  and  the  people  that  health  prevail. 

Resolved,  That  this  society  warmly  approves  of  the  action 
of  the  late  and  of  the  present  Governor  of  this  State,  in  recom- 
mending the  establishment  of  a State  Board  of  Health,  and  of 
the  Le^slature,  in  passing  a law  providing  for  the  same; 
that  it  is  reasonable  to  hope  that  much  good  will  result  from 
the  intelligent  action  of  such  board  in  their  labors  for  the 
prevention  of  unnecessary  deaths  and  disease  among  the  people 
of  this  -State. 

Resolved,  That  in  view  of  the  prospective  demands  upon 
physicians  for  the  application  of  sanitary  science  to  the  affairs 
of  government  and  of  society,  it  becomes  important  that  medical 
colleges  give  increased  attention  to  teaching  those  who  are 
to  be  physicians  concerning  the  cause  and  methods  of  preventing 
dise.ses,  and  that  in  future  individual  members  of  our  pro- 
fe^ion  endeavor  to  contribute  liberally  to  the  advance  of  the 
science  of  public  hygiene,  in  order  that  the  profession  may 
continue  to  maintain  its  leading  position  in  advance  of  the  de- 
mands of  the  people. — Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  p.  18,  1873. 


document  published  because  of  its  value  in  im- 
proving the  public  health.®^,  For  some  reason 
which  the  records  fail  to  reveal,  the  practice  of 
publishing  the  transactions  of  the  State  Medical 
Society  by  the  state  was  not  resumed  after  the 
Civil  War. 

At  the  initial  meeting  for  organization  of  the 
State  Medical  Society  at  Detroit  in  1866,  a 
committee  on  “Medical  Hygiene”  was  appointed, 
consisting  of  Drs.  A.  B.  Palmer  of  Ann  Arbor; 
D.  O.  Farrand  of  Detroit,  and  C.  Paddacke  of 
Pontiac.®®  This  appointment  was  made  at  the 
suggestion  of  Dr.  J.  H.  Jerome  of  Saginaw  City.®® 
Elsewhere  in  the  state,  other  committees  on  hy- 
giene were  shortly  to  lend  impetus  to  the  public 
health  movement.®^ 

Physicians  and  the  State  Board  of  Health 

In  general,  the  physicians  of  the  state  con- 
tinued their  interest  in  hygienic  matters  long 
after  the  State  Board  of  Health  was  established. 
Cooperation  with  the  Board,  however,  was  fre- 
quently asked  by  those  who  saw  the  need  for  co- 
operative action  by  the  physicians  of  the  state 
with  the  local  and  state  boards  of  health.  An 
editorial  appearing  in  the  Detroit  Review  of 
Medicine  and  Pharmacy,  soon  after  the  State 
Board  of  Health  was  established,  urged  the  phy- 
sicians of  the  State  to  follow  its  leadership: 

Michigan  State  Board  of  Health 

It  is  well  known  to  all  our  readers  that  we  have  a 
State  Board  of  Health,  one  well  qualified  for  its  work. 
This  board  has  chosen  for  its  secretary.  Dr.  H.  B. 
Baker,  Superintendent  of  Vital  Statistics.  His  ability 
and  fitness  for  his  task  are  superior  in  every  respect. 
Thus,  with  a competent  board  and  competent  secretary, 
we  shall  look  for  great  and  good  results  to  the  pro- 
fession and  people  of  the  State. 

No  study  of  the  health  of  Michigan  will  be  entirely 
satisfactory  until  it  is  able  to  combine  the  individual 
study  of  each  active  physician  in  every  city,  t03vn,  ham- 
let, and  even  open  country.  What  the  signal  service 
has  been  in  relation  to  the  climate  of  our  country,  is  a 
feeble  type  of  what  our  board  of  health  may  expect  to 
be  in  relation  to  public  health,  if  fully  supported  by 
every  physician.  Let  us,  brethren,  organize  under 
their  direction,  and  labor  without  ceasing  for  the  ac- 
complishment of  this  great  end.  It  will  make  demands 
upon  our  ease,  our  time,  our  pockets,  our  brains,  etc,, 
but  let  us  give  as  needed,  without  stint,  without  a 
murmur,  cheerfully,  earnestly  and  conscientiously.^ 

During  the  same  year  at  a meeting  of  the 
State  Medical  Society,  Dr.  Foster  Pratt  of  Kala- 
mazoo offered  a resolution  calling  for  the  support 
of  the  State  Board  of  Health  by  the  State  Medi- 
cal Society.  This  was  heartily  approved.®® 


June,  1941 


463 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  IN  MICHIGAN— KLEINSCHMIDT 


Other  members  of  the  State  Medical  Society, 
however,  were  inclined  at  times  to  disagree  with 
their  colleagues  relative  to  the  policies  of  the 
State  Board  of  Health.  This  is  readily  apparent 
from  remarks  made  by  Dr.  William  Brodie  in 
his  presidential  address  in  1876  before  the  tenth 
annual  meeting  of  the  State  Medical  Society. 
Said  Dr.  Brodie,  “The  subject  of  Hygiene  is  one 
of  important  interest,  not  only  to  the  physician 
but  to  the  citizen.  The  laws  of  health  cannot 
well  be  disregarded  without  entailing  their  con- 
sequences. Heretofore  this  subject  has  occupied 
the  attention  of  the  different  medical  societies. 
State  and  local,  but  since  the  advent  of  the  State 
Board  of  Health  this  interest  has  in  a measure 
abated,  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  Board  of 
Health  has  taken  it  under  its  own  special  pro- 
tection. It  is  evident  from  an  examination  of 
the  reports  of  the  Board  that  the  profession  out- 
side thereof  take  but  little  interest  in  its  labors 
and  furnish  but  a small  modicum  of  their  pro- 
ceedings. This  can  be  accounted  for  on  two 
grounds  at  least,  which  are  fundamental  to  its 
success ; ( 1 ) The  Board  is  composite,  having 
professional  and  non-professional  elements  in  its 
formation,  when  it  should  be  entirely  medical. 
(2)  Although  the  law  of  its  organization  says 
nothing  about  its  political  complexion,  yet  all 
the  members  have  been  of  the  same  political 
creed  as  the  Governor  while  men  of  medical 
and  scientific  attainments,  without  equal,  if  not 
of  more  experience,  but  holding  contrary  politi- 
cal opinions,  have  not  been  thought  worthy  of  ap- 
pointment. Science  should  know  no  political  be- 
lief, but  when  it  is  so  prominently  thrust  forward, 
as  in  the  organization  of  the  State  Board  of 
Health,  it  presents  sufficient  reasons  for  the 
lack  of  interest  on  the  part  of  many  of  the 
profession.  Yet  another  reason  may  be  added. 
By  the  law,  instead  of  each  township,  village, 
or  city  having  a well-informed  physician  prop- 
erly compensated,  and  as  such  properly  recog- 
nized by  law,  to  examine  into  the  hygienic  con- 
ditions of  the  locality  under  his  jurisdiction  and 
report  to  the  Board  the  whole  subject  is 
left  to  be  examined  and  reported  upon 
by  the  clerk  of  such  township,  village  or 
city  board  of  health,  whose  education  might 
be  so  limited  on  the  subject  as  not  to  know 
whether  excessive  moisture  or  excessive  dryness 
is  most  productive  of  malaria.  Notwithstanding 
all  this  and  the  consequent  inaccuracies  of  statis- 


tics collated  under  such  circumstances,  the  Board 
has  presented  a large  amount  of  practical  infor- 
mation, which  has  been  distributed  to  the  public 
through  their  annual  reports  prepared  by  their 
efficient  Secretary,  a member  of  this  Society,  Dr. 
Henry  B.  Baker. For  reasons  which  the  rec- 
ords fail  to  explain,  he  also  recommended,  in  the 
course  of  his  address,  that  a committee  of  one 
physician  from  each  organized  county  in  the 
state  be  appointed  to  report  upon  its  hygienic 
condition  at  the  next  annual  meeting.^ 

In  1880,  Dr.  H.  O.  Hitchcock,  a member  of 
the-  State  Board  of  Health,  offered  a resolution  to 
the  State  Medical  Society — “Resolved,  That  in 
the  opinion  of  the  members  of  this  Society  the 
laws  of  the  State  requiring  physicians  to  report 
to  the  local  board  of  health,  or  to  the  health  officer 
of  their  locality,  all  cases  of  sickness  and  death 
of  disease  contagious  or  dangerous  to  the  public 
health,  are  wise  and  proper  and  ought  to  be  com- 
plied with.”®®  To  this  Dr.  Brodie  and  several 
others  took  strong  exception,  asserting  that  the 
state  had  no  right  to  compel  the  ser\dces  of  phy- 
sicians in  such  duties  without  remuneration.  On 
motion,  however,  the  resolution  offered  by  Dr. 
Hitchcock  was  approved.®® 

State  Medical  Journals 

The  several  medical  journals  published  at  vari- 
ous times  during  the  period  under  consideration 
(1850-1858)  contributed  in  many  ways  to  the 
growth  of  the  public  health  movement.  The 
Michigan  Journal  of  Homeopathy,  although  ex- 
pounding chiefly  the  theory  of  Hahnemann,  de- 
serves mention  in  that  it  endeavored  to  educate 
the  people  in  matters  of  health  and  disease.  This 
journal  was  begun  on  November  11,  1848,  by 
Drs.  John  Ellis  and  A.  B.  Thayer  of  Detroit  and 
continued  until  June,  1854.®^  The  Peninsular 
Journal  of  Medicine  and  Collateral  Sciences  had 
its  beginning  in  1853.^°  This  was  the  chief  organ 
of  the  regular  profession.  It  devoted  consider- 
able space  to  observations  on  meteorolog}’  and  the 
health  of  the  people  in  the  state.®®  “This  enter- 
prise,” said  Dr.  E.  Andrews,  its  editor,  “has  long 
been  contemplated  by  the  profession  of  Michigan, 
and  the  want  of  it  has  been  severely  felt.  What 
the  medical  men  of  this  region  need  is  to  con- 
centrate their  power,  and  organize  their  strength. 
There  is  intellect  enough,  and  learning  enough 


464 


louR.  M.S.M.S. 


PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  IN  MICHIGAN— KLEINSCHMIDT 


among  them  to  command  the  highest  honor  and 
respect'  from  community  and  there  is  power 
enough  to  blow  the  breath  of  annihilation  upon 
their  enemies,  and  sweep  out  quackery  as  in  a 
whirlwind  from  their  path.'*”  According  to  Dr. 
Walter  H.  Sawyer  of  Hillsdale,  writing  in  the 
Medical  History  of  Michigan,  “The  Journal  or- 
ganized movements  which  finally  resulted  in  the 
proper  care  of  the  insane  in  institutions  under  and 
conducted  by  the  State  instead  of  by  counties, 
movements  for  the  proper  registration  of  deaths, 
births,  and  marriages ; for  state  and  local  health 
boards.”®”  This  journal  merged  with  another 
similar  publication  in  1858  becoming  the  Penin- 
sular and  Independent  Medical  Journal.  As  such 
it  continued  until  March,  1860,  when  it  was  dis- 
continued because  of  lack  of  funds.**  Following 
the  war  period,  another  journal  made  its  appear- 
ance having  the  title  of  Peninsular  Journal  of 
Medicine.  Other  journals  of  this  period  included 
the  Detroit  Lancet,  the  Michigan  Medical  News, 
and  the  Detroit  Review  of  Medicine  and  Phar- 
macy. 


References 


1.  Trans.  6:272,  1886. 

2.  Trans,  M.S.M.S.,  2:6,  1873. 

3.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  1:5,  1870. 

4.  Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  1:388,  1854. 

5.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  1:5,  1870. 

6.  Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  1:48,  1853. 

7.  Pen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  2:682,  1860. 

8.  Det.  Rev.  Med.  and  Pharm.,  1:86,  139,  1866. 

9.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  1:17,  18,  1867  and  1868. 

10.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  3:12,  1870. 

11.  Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  1:100',  233,  466,  1853. 

12.  Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  1:388,  389,  1854. 

13.  Detroit  Advert,  and  Tribune,  29:8,  June  9,  1865. 

14.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  5:8,  11.  1871. 

15.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  6:66,  1872. 

16.  Annual  Report  State  Board  of  Health,  10':92,  1883. 

17.  Mich.  Jour.  Homeopathy,  1:1,  3,  77,  1848. 

18.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  6:423,  1876. 

19.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  3:530,  1873. 

20.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  1:4,  5,  16,  1870. 

21.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  2:19,  1871. 

22.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  3:91.  1872. 

23.  Annual  Report  State  Board  of  Health,  7 :xlv,  xlvi,  1880. 

24.  Annual  Report  State  Board  of  Health,  7 :49,  50,  1880. 

25.  Annual  Report  State  Board  of  Health,  9:xxxiv,  1882. 

26.  Annual  Report  State  Board  of  Health,  ll:xxxii,  xxxiii,  1884. 

27.  Mich.  Med.  Ne'ws,  5:296,  1882. 

28.  Annual  Report  State  Board  of  Health,  12:115,  116,  119, 
1885. 

29.  Annual  Report  State  Board  of  Health,  16  :x,  1889. 

30.  Pen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  1:703,  1859. 

31.  Annual  Report  M.S.M.S.,  l:State  Document  No.  15,  1859. 

32.  Det.  Rev.  Med.  and  Pharm.,  1:191,  1866. 

33.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  1:20,  1867  and  1868. 

34.  Det.  Rev.  Med.  and  Pharm.,  1:210,  1866. 

35.  Det.  Rev.  Med.  and  Pharm.,  8:521,  1873. 

36.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  4:17.  1873. 

37.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  5:421,  1876. 

38.  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  7:490,  533,  1880. 

39.  Medical  History  of  Michigan,  1:629,  630,  1930. 

40.  Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  1:47,  1853. 

41.  Pen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  2:768,  1880. 


YOU  WILL  NEVER  . . . 

You  will  never  operate  under  a carbolic  acid  shower.  You  will  probably  never  carry  a 
catheter  in  the  sweatband  of  your  hat.  You  will  never  see  tan  bark  on  the  streets  around 
hospitals  to  prevent  noise  or  bales  of  oakum  and  peat  moss  in  hospital  corridors  to  be  used 
as  overdressing  for  infected  wounds.  You  will  never  see  100  cases  of  typhoid  in  a row  or 
5 in  one  family  die  of  diphtheria  in  one  and  one-half  hours ! 

At  the  one  hundred  and  thirty-fifth  annual  meeting  of  the  Medical  Society  of  the  State 
of  New  York,  1941,  in  Buffalo,  you  will  see  not  a single  tracheotomy  demonstrated  or  1 
case  of  diphtheria  intubated.  Yet  at  the  time  of  the  eighty-first  meeting,  O’Dwyer’s  tubes 
were  the  surgeon’s  hope.  Of  his  experiences  Jacobi  wrote:  “nearly  3,000  tracheotomies, 
2,800  terminated  in  death.”  Fifty-four  years. 

You  might  come  to  Buffalo  on  April  28  by  steam  train  or  arrive  in  a horse-drawn 
buggy,  if  you  live  close  by,  as  you  would  have  come  to  the  eighty-first  meeting;  but  the 
chances  are  you  will  come  by  automobile  or  plane  this  year,  if  you  can,  and  keep  in  touch 
with  your  office  by  using  the  improved  facilities  of  Mr.  Bell’s  recently  developed  telephone. 
If  you  are  unavoidably  prevented  from  attending,  you  may  be  able  to  hear  some  of  the 
proceedings  through  the  courtesy  of  Senatore  Marconi,  Dr.  Lee  DeForest,  and  others  of 
our  recent  co-workers  in  science.  And  we  can  assure  you  that  they  will  be  worth  hearing. 

We  think  it  only  fair  to  remind  members  that  while  in  Buffalo  they  will  be  within  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  hardy  and  formidable  Medical  Society  of  the  County  of  Erie.  In  the 
year  1827  the  society’s  receipts  in  membership  fees  amounted  to  $11.  A resolution  au- 
thorized the  treasurer  “to  collect  outstanding  dues  from  members — peaceably  if  he  can, 
forcibly  if  he  must.”  Such  is  the  quality  of  our  hosts.  Surely  the  visiting  membership  of 
the  State  Society  can  reasonably  expect  great  things  from  men  of  such  caliber,  vigor,  and 
determination. 

In  passing,  it  is  of  more  than  historic  interest  that  in  the  University  of  Buffalo,  founded 
in  1846,  Dr.  White  raised  a storm  of  protest  in  Buffalo,  throughout  the  state,  and,  indeed, 
throughout  the  United  States  by  “introducing  demonstrative  or  clinical  midwifery”  into 
the  college  course.  It  had  never  before  been  attempted  in  this  country.  “Seldom,”  it  is 
said,  “has  an  event  occurred  that  so  completely  shook  the  foundations  of  society  in  any 
city  as  did  this.”  Newspapers  denounced  it  as  immoral.  Dr.  White  was  drawn  into  the 
law  courts  and  was  vindicated ; for  many  years  he  continued  to  teach  obstetrics  and 
gynecology  in  the  university. 

Noteworthy  also  is  the  fact  that  Dr.  Roswell  Park  and  Assemblyman  Henry  W.  Hill  se- 
cured in  1898  from  the  Legislature  the  first  appropriation  ever  made  from  public  funds, 
either  in  this  country  or  abroad,  for  the  purpose  of  combating  the  ravages  of  cancer. 

Currently,  we  are  immersed  in  vast  preparations  for  national  defense.  These  preparations 
contemplate  not  only  the  mobilization  of  large  numbers  of  men  but  the  mobilization  also 
of  the  vast  store  of  technical  and  scientific  knowledge  which  is  available.  Much  of  this 
will  be  forthcoming  at  the  annual  meeting  for  your  benefit.  Make  it  your  business  to  be 
there. 


JuNi:.  1941 


465 


-X  EDITORIAL  x- 


MAD  DOGS 

■ Every  now  and  then  a book  of  fiction  is  pub- 
lished in  which  the  theme  of  the  story  deals 
with  an  evil  person  who  sets  loose  mad,  vicious 
dogs  to  protect  him  from  his  enemies  so  that  he 
might  pursue  his  malicious  ways. 

Today  we  are  living  through  such  a period. 
Not  alone  in  Europe,  Africa  and  Asia  have  the 
mad  dogs  of  war  been  loosened  but  also  the  mad 
dogs  of  economic  and  social  existence  have  been 
released  from  their  necessary  restraint  in  the 
United  States  to  make  more  rapid  a sure,  but 
slowly  progressing  change. 

It  has  even  permeated  the  field  of  health. 
Idealists  have  been  given  free  reign  and  among 
them  those  whose  main  attributes  are  instability 
and  lack  of  respect  for  sane  evolution.  It  has 
been  said  that  ideals  are  dangerous  explosives,  to 
be  entrusted  only  to  experienced  hands. 

In  the  Wisconsin  legislature  the  American 
Medical  Association  was  accused  of  having  re- 
fused to  take  cognizance  of  the  fact  that  large 
groups  of  our  population  are  deeply  concerned 
on  the  subject  of  how  they  can  beat  the  high 
cost  of  medical  care.  “*  * * But  these  people 
are  being  thwarted  in  their  efforts  in  one  little 
simple  device  on  the  part  of  the  A.M.A  and  its 
constituent  societies  * * * !”  This  “device”  re- 
ferred to  is  evidently  the  action  of  hospital  staffs 
in  refusing  membership  to  unethical  doctors  of 
medicine. 

Sympathy  with  the  desire  to  provide  all  people 
with  the  best  physical  care  and  comforts  is  of- 
fered generally.  In  the  hands  of  some  politicians 
and  idealists  this  means  the  revolutionary  de- 
struction of  great  principles ; those  great  princi- 
ples, by  adherence  to  which  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  men  sacrificed  the  indulgence  of  their 
mental  and  physical  welfare  in  order  that  a 
greater  share  of  these  benefits  may  be  reserved 
for  the  unfortunate. 

Strive  as  one  may  to  find  more  sincere  aims, 
the  only  connecting  link  in  the  entire  chain  of 
facts  is  an  endeavor  to  enslave  the  medical 
profession.  When  that  day  comes  the  physician 
must  be  in  politics  for  his  livelihood.  Now,  the 
physician  needs  to  be  in  politics  to  destroy  these 

4h6 


mad  dogs  and  restrain  and  restrict  the  idealist, 
as  one  punishes  an  irresponsible  child — not  pro- 
hibit free  exercise,  but  keep  it  within  the  bounds 
of  sanity  until  security  and  realization  of  re- 
sponsibility make  safe  their  untrammeled  free- 
dom. 

Benjamin  Franklin  once  said,  “They  that  can 
give  up  essential  liberties  to  obtain  a little  tem- 
porary safety  deserv'e  neither  liberty  nor  safety.” 


THE  DOCTOR  AND  SAFETY 

■ There  is  probably  no  other  profession  or 

group  which  has  as  intimate  interest  in  the 
safety  problems  of  the  people  as  the  doctors  of 
medicine.  It  is,  moreover,  probably  the  only 
group  which  preaches,  fights  and  acts  for  pre- 
vention when  the  continuance  would  increase 
financial  gain, 

[Were  we  of  the  medical  profession  as  sordid 
commercialists  as  has  been  declared,  the  practice 
of  medicine  would  be  a sorry  one,  indeed.] 

Most  physicians,  however,  feel  that  their  or- 
ganizations are  still  not  using  all  the  influence 
possible  in  this  angle  of  preventive  medicine. 
While  the  means  for  securing  these  preventive 
measures  are  not  as  peculiarly  medical  in  charac- 
ter as  those  advocated  for  the  control  of  epidem- 
ics, the  organized  profession  does  and  should, 
in  a continuously  increasing  amount,  urge  the 
adoption  of  rules,  procedures,  and  construction, 
along  with  education,  for  the  prevention  of  acci- 
dents as  well  as  disease. 


1.  American  Medicine,  under  the  system  of  inde- 
pendent practice  and  self-discipline  and  control,  has 
developed  and  provided  the  most  effective  and  most 
widely  distributed  medical  service  ever  known  in  the 
world. 

2.  There  is  no  panacea  for  the  general  problem  of 
providing  medical  care — the  need  varies  according  to 
conditions  and  types  of  populations. 

3.  There  is  a well  defined  and  powerful  group  which 
seeks  to  remove  the  control  of  medical  service  from 
physicians  and  place  it  in  the  hands  of  political  groups 
regardless  of  the  quality  and  effectiveness  of  the  serv- 
ice to  the  public. 

4.  The  first  and  most  essential  requirement  in  pro- 
viding adequate  medical  care  is  an  understanding,  on 
the  part  of  the  public,  of  the  constituent  elements  of  a 
satisfactory  service. — Natioml  Physicmis  Committee 
for  the  Extension  of  Medical  Service. 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


Success,  and  Thanks 


A MOST  successful  legislative  experience  has  been 
the  fortunate  lot  of  the  medical  profession  this 
year.  A number  of  good  health  and  medical  bills  have 
been  enacted  into  law;  those  proposals  inimical  to  the 
health  of  the  people  have  quietly  been  killed  by  the 
Legislature. 

Thanks,  most  sincere,  are  extended  to  the  members 
and  officers  of  the  Legislature,  and  to  the  Governor, 
for  the  courteous  reception  extended  the  representa- 
tives of  the  medical  profession  and  the  thoughtful  con- 
sideration they  have  given  medical  and  health  meas- 
ures coming  before  them. 

Grateful  acknowledgment,  and  a sincere  vote  of 
thanks,  is  extended  to  the  three  hundred  legislative 
“key-men”  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  for 
their  sacrifice  of  time,  effort  and  expense  in  contacting 
members  of  the  Legislature  and  keeping  them  in- 
formed concerning  the  highly  technical  medical  legis- 
lation— exactly  fifty-one  proposals — which  were  be- 
fore the  Legislature  in  1941.  The  work  of  these  fam- 
ily physicians  and  friends  of  the  legislators  has  been 
a constant  task  from  the  time  the  Legislature  con- 
vened on  January  first  until  it  adjourned  at  the  end  of 
May. 

Again,  Your  Excellency,  Honorable  Members  of 
the  Legislature,  and  members  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  we  thank  you ! 


44 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


a^e 

44 


June,  1941  - 


467 


>f  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  ^ 

THE  BROWN-WAGNER-GEORGE 
HOSPITAL  CONSTRUCTION  BILL 

Senator  Brown  of  Michigan  recently  intro- 
duced into  the  United  States  Congress  S-1230 
for  himself,  for  Senator  Wagner  of  New  York 
and  Senator  George  of  Georgia. 

The  purpose  of  Senate  Bill  1230  is  to  offer 
grants-in-aid  to  assist  state  and  other  political 
subdivisions  in  constructing,  improving  and  en- 
larging needed  hospitals  especially  in  rural 
communities  and  economically  depressed  areas, 
and  to  assist  in  the  maintenance  of  such  hos- 
pitals and  in  the  training  of  personnel. 

This  bill  is  identical  with  the  Wagner-George 
Hospital  Construction  Bill  (S-3230),  which  was 
passed  by  the  Senate  (but  not  by  the  House  of 
Representatives)  in  the  76th  Congress. 

The  present  bill  retains  the  provision  for  os- 
teopathic representation  on  the  National  Advis- 
ory Hospital  Council  to  be  created  by  the  bill. 


Calling  All  Doctors 

who  hove  taken  postgraduate  work  other 
than  in  our  Michigan  program. 

Please  send  details  for  evaluation  and 
credit  at  once  to  the  State  Secretary, 
L.  Ferncdd  Foster,  M.D.,  919  Washington 
Avenue,  Bay  City. 


It  also  retains  the  broad  definition  of  the  term 
“hospital”  which  would  include  “health,  diag- 
nostic and  treatment  centers,  the  equipment 
thereof  and  facilities  relating  thereto”  The  po- 
tentialities wrapped  up  in  this  definition  need 
not  be  emphasized! 

The  impact  that  such  a building  program  i 
would  have  on  the  practice  of  medicine  in  Mich- 
igan, as  well  as  in  the  United  States  generally, 
can  easily  be  visualized!  ) 


DAMAGE  MUST  RESULT  FROM  THE  ACT 

Before  recovery  may  be  had  against  a phy- 
sician or  surgeon  for  an  alleged  tortious  act  it 
must  first  be  proved  that  the  damage  alleged 
came  from  the  act  complained'  of.  Anyone  may 
be  guilty  of  every  conceivable  kind  of  negli- 
gence, but  if  no  damage  results  from  it  no  legal 
action  can  be  predicated  upon  it. — Humphreys 
Springstun,  of  the  Detroit  Bar.  Doctors  and 
Juries.  P.  Blakiston’s  San  and  Co.,  Inc.,  1935. 


468 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


OUTLINE  OF  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  PROGRAM 
Seventy-sixth  Annual  Meeting,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
Grand  Rapids — September  17,  18,  19,  1941 


Wednesday,  September  17 

Thursday,  September  18 

Friday,  September  19 

A.  M. 
9:30  to 
10:00 

Medicine 

Russell  L.  Cecil,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Obstetrics  (Maternal  Health) 
James  R.  McCord,  M.D. 
Atlanta,  Georgia 

ON  THE 

SEVEN  SECTION  PROGRAMS 

General  Medicine 
A.  R.  Barnes,  M.D. 
Rochester,  Minn 

Surgery 

Harry  E.  Mock,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Obstetrics  & Gynecology 
Richard  TeLinde,  M.D. 
Baltimore 

Ophthalmolog^y  & Otolaryngology 
Samuel  Iglauer,  M.D. 
Cincinnati 

Pediatrics 

Harold  K.  Faber,  M.D. 

San  Francisco 

Dermatology  & Syphilology 
S.  Wm.  Becker,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Radiology,  Pathology,  Anesthesia 
Bernard  H.  Nichols,  M.D. 
Cleveland 

10:00  to 
10:30 

Surgery 

Elliott  C.  Cutler,  M.D. 
Boston 

Medicine  (Tuberculosis) 
Charles  E.  Lyght,  M.D. 
Northfield,  Minn. 

10:30'  to 
11:00 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

11:00  to 
11:30 

Syphilology 

Francis  E.  Senear,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Medicine 

V.  P.  Sydenstricker,  M.D. 
Augusta,  Georgia 

11:30  to 
12:00 



Gynecology 

George  W.  Kosmak,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Pediatrics 

James  Gamble,  M.D. 
Boston 

P.  M. 
12:00  to 
12:30 

Medicine  (Mental  Hygiene) 
Lawrence  Kolb,  M.D. 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Obstetrics 

Wm.  E.  Caldwell,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

12:30  to 
1:30 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

1:30  to 
2:00 

Anesthesia 

Wesley  Bourne,  M.D. 
Montreal 

Ophthalmology 
Alfred  Cowan,  M.D. 
Philadelphia 

Otolaryngology 

D.  E.  Staunton  Wishart,  M.D. 
Toronto 

2:00  to 
2:30 

Surgery  (Indus.  Health) 
A.  J.  Lanza,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Pathology 

Shields  Warren,  M.D. 
Boston 

Dermatology 

Carroll  S.  Wright,  M.D, 
Philadelphia 

2:30  to 
3:00 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

3:00  to 
3:30 

Pediatrics 

Henry  Poncher,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Medicine 

Chester  S.  Keefer,  M.D. 
Boston 

Pediatrics  (Child  Welfare) 
E.  C.  Mitchell,  M.D, 
Memphis 

3:30  to 
4:30 

DISCUSSION 
CONFERENCES 
WITH  GUEST 
ESSAYISTS 

DISCUSSION 
CONFERENCES 
WITH  GUEST 
ESSAYISTS 

3:00  to  4:00 
Medicine 

C.  A.  Doan,  M.D. 
Columbus 

4:00  to  4:30 
Surgery 

Owen  H.  Wangensteen,  M.D, 
Minneapolis 

8:30  to 
10:00 

President’s  Night 
Biddle  Oration 
in  Hotel  Ballroom 
Speaker:  Alphonse  Schwitalla 

Dancing 

Smoker 

in  Pantlind  Hotel  Ballroom 

END  OF 
CONVENTION 

June,  1941 


469 


DELEGATES  TO  MSMS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 
(Names  of  alternates  appear  in  italics) 


Allegan 

C.  A.  Dickinson,  M.D.,  Wayland 
IV.  C.  Medill,  M.D.,  Plainwell 

Alpena-Alcona-Presque  Isle 

W.  E.  Nesbitt,  M.D.,  Alpena 
A.  R.  Miller,  M.D.,  Harrisville 

Barry  ’ 

Gordon  F.  Fisher,  M.D.,  Hastings 
/.  K.  Altland,  M.D.,  Traverse  City 

Bay-Arenac-Iosco 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.,  Davidson  Building,  Bay  City 

Fred  Drummond,  M.D.,  Kawkawlin 

R.  H.  Criszvell,  M.D.,  Phoenix  Bldg.,  Bay  City 

J.  N.  Asline,  M.D.,  Essexville 

Berrien 

Don  W.  Thorup,  M.D.,  Benton  Harbor 
Noel  J.  Hershey,  M.D.,  Niles 

Calhoun 

Harvey  Hansen,  M.D.,  1102  Central  Tower,  Battle 
Creek 

A.  T.  Hafford,  M.D.,  Albion 

Geo.  W.  Slagle,  M.D.,  1506  Central  Tozver, 

Battle  Creek 

A.  A.  Humphrey,  M.D.,  Leila  Hospital,  Battle  Creek 

Branch 

R.  L.  Wade,  M.D.,  Coldwater 
Samuel  Schultz,  M.D.,  Coldzvater 

Cass 

S.  L.  Loupee,  M.D.,  Dowagiac 

K.  C.  Pierce,  M.D.,  Dozvagiac 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

L.  M.  McBryde,  M.D.,  Sault  Ste.  Marie 
IV.  F.  Mertaugh,  M.D.,  Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Clinton 

G.  H.  Frace,  M.D.,  St.  Johns 

W.  B.  McWilliams,  M.D.,  Maple  Rapids 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

J.  J.  Walch,  M.D.,  Escanaba 
W.  A.  LeMire,  M.D.,  Escanaba 

Dickinson-Iron 

W.  H.  Alexander,  M.D.,  Iron  Mountain 

E.  B.  Andersen,  M.D.,  Iron  Mountain 

Eaton 

Paul  Engle,  M.D.,  Olivet 

F.  W.  Sassaman,  M.D.,  Charlotte 

Genesee, 

George  J.  Curry,  M.D.,  402  Genesee  Bank  Building, 
Flint 

Donald  R.  Brasie,  M.D.,  907  Citizens  Bank  Bldg., 
Flint 

Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D.,  808  Genesee  Bank  Bldg., 
Flint 

Henry  Cook,  M.D.,  400  Sherman  Bldg.,  Flint 
Robert  D.  .Scott,  M.D.,  1215  Detroit  St.,  Flint 
A.  Dale  Kirk,  M.D.,  300  E.  First  St,  Flint 

T.  S.  Conover,  M.D.,  400  Sherman  Bldg.,  Flint 

Frank  Johnson,  ^.D.,  319  Dryden  Bldg.,.  Flint 

1 

Gogebic 

J.  D.  Reid,  M.D.,  Ironwood 

H.  T.  Nezzvorski,  M.D.,  Ramsay 


Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 
Robert  T.  Lossman,  M.D.,  Traverse  City 

H.  B.  Kyselka,  M.D.,  Traverse  City 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

M.  G.  Becker,  M.D.,  Edmore 
W.  L.  Harrigan,  M.D.,  Mt.  Pleasant 

Hillsdale 

Luther  W.  Day,  M.D.,  Jonesville 

O.  G.  McFarland,  M.D.,  North  Adams 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw 
C.  A.  Cooper,  M.D.,  Hancock 
Alfred  LaBine,  M.D.,  Houghton 

Huron 

C.  W.  Oakes,  M.D.,  Harbor  Beach 
C.  A.  Scheurer,  M.D.,  Pigeon 

Ingham 

C.  F.  De  Vries,  AI.D.,  320  Townsend  St.,  Lansing 
T.  I.  Bauer,  M.D.,  301  Seymour  St.,  Lansing 
L.  G.  Christian,  M.D.,  108  E.  St.  Joseph  St.,  Lansing 
Robert  S.  Breakey,  M.D.,  1211  City  National  Bldg., 
Lansing 

R.  L.  Finch,  M.D.,  124  W.  Lenazuee  St.,  Lansing 
C.  S.  Davenport,  M.D.,  St.  Lazvrence  Hospital, 
Lansing 

lonia-Montcalm 

W.  L.  Bird,  M.D.,  Greenville 
C.  T.  Pankhurst,  M.D.,  Ionia 

Jackson 

J.  J.  O’Meara,  M.D.,  608  Peoples  Bank  Bldg.,  Jackson 
Horatio  A.  Brown,  M.D.,  701  Reynolds  Bldg.,  Jackson 

C.  S.  Clarke,  M.D.,  605  Dzvight  Bldg.,  Jackson 
Charles  R.  Dengler,  M.D.,  305  Carter  Bldg.,  Jackson 

Kalamazoo 

I.  W.  Brown,  IM.D.,  City  Hall,  Kalamazoo 

Louis  W.  Gerstner,  M.D.,  420  John  St.,  Kalamazoo 
Wm.  Scott,  M.D.,  716  American  National  Bank  Bldg., 
Kalamazoo 

Albert  B.  Hodgman,  M.D.,  1029]/2  W.  North  St., 
Kalamazoo 

Kent 

A.  V.  Wenger,  M.D.,  302  Loraine  Bldg.,  Grand  Rapids 
Carl  F.  Snapp,  M.D.,  Medical  Arts  Bldg., 

Grand  Rapids 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.,  55  Sheldon  Ave., 

S.E.,  Grand  Rapids 

A.  B.  Smith,  M.D.,  Metz  Building,  Grand  Rapids 

P.  W.  Kniskern,  M.D.,  Medical  Arts  Building, 
Grand  Rapids 

W.  L.  Bettison,  M.D.,  Medical  Arts  Bldg.., 

Grand  Rapids 

Christian  G.  Krupp,  M.D.,  Kendall  Bldg., 

Grand  Rapids 

Daniel  DeVries,  M.D.,  1414  Eastern 
S.E.,  Grand  Rapids 

O.  H.  Gillett,  M.D.,  601  Metz  Building,  Grand  Rapids 
W.  Clarence  Beets,  M.D.,  2221  Jefferson  Drive, 
Grand  Rapids 

Lapeer 

D.  J.  O’Brien,  M.D.,  Lapeer 
H.  M.  Best,  M.D.,  Lapeer;, 

Lenawee 

A.  W.  Chase,  M.D.,  Adrian 
Bernard  Patmos,  M.D.,  Adrian 


.470 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


II 


DELEGATES  TO  MSMS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES 


Xivingston 

' D.  C.  Stephens,  M.D.,  Howell 
' D.  A.  Cameron,  M.D.,  Brighton 

Luce 

Henry  E.  Perry,  M.D.,  Newberry' 

R.  E.  Spinks,  M.D.,  A-ewberry 

\ Macomb 

D.  Bruce  Wiley,  M.D.,  Utica 

A.  B.  Bower,  M.D.,  Armada 

I Manistee 

I E.  A.  Oakes,  M.D.,  Manistee 

I (No  alternate  named) 

I Marquette-Alger 

' V.  Vandeventer,  M.D.,  Ishpeming 

I R.  A.  Burke,  M.D.,  Palmer 

; Mason 

I W.  S.  Martin,  M.D.,  Ludington 
‘ V.  J.  Blanchette,  M.D.,  Custer 

I 

I Mecosta-Osceola-Lake 

Gordon  Yeo,  M.D.,  Big  Rapids 
Paul  B.  Kilmer,  M.D.,  Reed  City 

! Medical  Society  of  North  Central  Counties 
I C.  R.  Keyport,  M.D.,  Grayling 
' Richard  Peckham,  M.D.,  Gaylord 

; Menominee 

' H.  T.  Sethney,  M.D.,  Menominee 
S'.  C.  Mason,  M.D.,  Menominee 

I Midland 

Edward  Meisel,  M.D.,  Midland 
(A^o  alternate  named) 

i;  Monroe 

D.  C.  Denma,  M.D.,  IMonroe 
I /.  H.  McMillin,  M.D.,  Monroe 

i Muskegon 

’ E.  O.  Foss,  M.D.,  502  Muskegon  Bldg.,  Muskegon 
: E.  N.  D’Alcom,  M.D.,  405  Michigan  Theater  Bldg., 

Muskegon 

I (No  alternates  named) 

I N ewaygo 

O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  Fremont 
W.  H.  Barnum,  M.D.,  Fremont 

I Northern  Michigan 

f Wm.  S.  Conway,  ^I.D.,  Petoskey 

I Walter  M.  Larson,  M.D.,  Levering 

I Oakland 

I C.  T.  Ekelund,  M.D.,  Riker  Bldg.,  Pontiac 

George  A.  Sherman,  M.D.,  State  Health  Department, 
Lansing 

Richard  E.  Olsen,  M.D.,  St.  Joseph  Mercy  Hospital, 
Pontiac 

Z.  R.  Aschenbrenner,  M.D.,  Farmington 

B.  T.  Larson,  M.D.,  216  Cherokee  Rd.,  Pontiac 

C.  G.  Darling,  M.D.,  Riker  Bldg.,  Pontiac 

Oceana 

Merle  Wood,  M.D.,  Hart 
Fred  Rectz,  M.D.,  Shelby 

Ontonagon 

W.  F.  Strong,  M.D.,  Ontonagon 

H.  B.  Hogue,  M.D.,  Ezven 

Ottawa 

A.  E.  Stickley,  M.D.,  Coopersville 
R.  A^ichols,  M.D.,  Holland 

JuxE.  1941 


St.  Clair 

A.  L.  Gallery,  M.D.,  Peoples  Bank  Bldg., 

Port  Huron 

D.  W.  Patterson,  M.D.,  622  Huron  Avenue, 

Port  Huron 

St.  Joseph 

John  W.  Rice,  M.D.,  Sturgis 
R.  A.  Springer,  M.D.,  Centerville 

Saginaw 

C.  E.  Toshach,  M.D.,  333  South  Jefferson,  Saginaw 

F.  O.  Novy,  M.D.,  420  S.  Jefferson,  Saginaw 
(No  alternates  named) 

Sanilac 

R.  K.  Hart,  M.D.,  Croswell 

H.  V.  Norgaard,  M.D.,  Marlette 

Shiawassee 

I.  W.  Greene,  M.D.,  Owosso 

L.  F.  Bates,  M.D.,  Durand — (Deceased  4-5-41) 

Tuscola 

T.  E.  Hoffman,  M.D.,  Yassar 
W.  Dickerson,  M.D.,  Caro 

Van  Buren 

W.  R.  Young,  M.D.,  Lawton 
Edwin  Terwilliger,  M.D.,  South  Haven 

Washtenaw 

John  A.  Wessinger,  M.D.,  339  N.  Washington  Ave., 
Ann  Arbor 

Dean  W.  Myers,  iM.D.,  317  S.  State  Street,  Ann  Arbor 
L.  J.  Johnson,  M.D.,  1603  Granger,  Ann  Arbor 
C.  L.  Washburne,  M.D.,  St.  Joseph  Mercy  Hospital, 
Ann  Arbor 

L.  E.  Knoll,  M.D.,  227  F.  Liberty,  Ann  Arbor 
R.  W.  Teed,  M.D.,  410  Highland,  Ann  Arbor 


Wayne  County 

R.  H.  Pino,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
Gaylord  S.  Bates,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
R.  L.  Novy,  M.D.,  5057  Woodward,  Detroit 
Douglas  Donald,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detoit 
A.  E.  Catherwood,  !M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
T.  K.  Gruber,  M.D.,  Eloise  Hospital,  Eloise 
W.  D.  Barrett,  M.D.,  1553  Woodw'ard,  Detroit 
T.  ^L  Robb,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
'R.  M.  McKean,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
Allan  ;McDonald,  M.D.,  5057  Woodward,  Detroit 
H.  J.  Kullman,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
L.  T.  Hirschman,  M.D.,  7815  E.  Jefferson,  Detroit 

E.  b.  Spalding,  M.D.,  5057  Woodward,  Detroit 

G.  C.  Penberthy,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

G.  L.  :McClellan,  M.D.,  2501  W.  Grand  Blvd., 
Detroit 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  IM.D.,  62  W.  Kirby  Avenue,  Detroit 
C E Dutchess,  M.D..  Parke,  Davis  & Co.,  Detroit 

E.  A.  Osius,  M.D.,  2799  W.  Grand  Blvd.,  Detroit 
T.  H.  Andries,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

R.  C.  Tamieson,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

L.  T.  Henderson,  M.D.,  13038  E.  Jefferson,  Detroit 
C.  S.  Kennedy,  M.D.,  10  Peterboro,  Detroit 

H.  F.  Dibble,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

S.  W.  Insley,  M.D.,  5057  Woodward,  Detroit 
P.  L.  Ledwidge,  IM.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
C.  F.  Brunk,  M.D.,  7815  E.  Jefferson.  Detroit 
Wm.  S.  Reveno,  M.D.,  3001  W.  Grand  Blvd.,  Detroit 
C.  F.  Vale,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

F.  W.  Hartman,  M.D.,  2799  W.  Grand  Blvd.,  Detroit 
R.  V.  Walker,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

H.  W.  Plaggemeyer,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
C.  E.  Simpson,  M.D.,  74  W.  Adams,  Detroit 

J.  A.  Kasper,  M.D.,  1151  Taylor  Ave.,  Detroit 


471 


SUPPLEMENTARY  ROSTER 


I 


A.  F.  Jennings,  M.D.,  7815  E.  Jefferson  Ave.,  Detroit 
L.  J.  Morand,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

C.  K.  Hasley,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

B.  L.  Connelly,  M.D.,  5057  Woodward,  Detroit 

C.  E.  Lemmon,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

E.  R.  Witwer,  M.D.,  3839  Brush  St.,  Detroit 
L.  W.  Hull,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
John  H.  Law,  M.D.,  4160  John  R.  St.,  Detroit 
Wm.  P.  Woodworth,  M.D.,  2501  W.  Grand  Blvd., 

Detroit 

L.  O.  Geih,  M.D.,  3528  Van  Dyke,  Detroit 
Wm.  H.  Honor,  M.D.,  2966  Biddle,  Wyandotte 

L.  J.  Gariepy,  M.D.,  16401  Grand  River,  Detroit 

M.  H.  Hoffmann,  M.D.,  Eloise  Hospital,  Eloise 
Arch  Walls,  M.D.,  12065  Wyoming,  Detroit 

S.  E.  Gould,  M.D.,  Eloise  Hospital,  Eloise 

H.  B.  Fenech,  M.D.,  10  Peterboro,  Detroit 

W.  B.  Harm,  M.D.,  5884  W.  Vernor  Highway,  Detroit 

F.  A.  Weiser,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

C.  S.  Ratigcm,  M.D.,  22340  Michigan,  Dearborn 
Edward  Cathcart,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

D.  I.  Sugar,  M.D.,  17  Brady  St.,  Detroit 

H.  C.  Hack,  M.D.,  3001  W.  Grand  Blvd.,  Detroit 
B.  H.  Priborsky,  M.D.,  5057  Woodward,  Detroit 


H.  K.  Shawan,  M.D.,  1553  W oodward,  Detroit 
W.  A.  Chipman,  M.D.,  14902  Grand  River,  Detroit 

C.  J.  Jentgen,  M.D.,  2501  W.  Grand  Blvd.,  Detroit 

V.  N.  Butler,  M.D.,  3001  W.  Grand  Blvd,  Detroit 

E.  D.  King,  M.D.,  5455  W.  Vernor  Highway,  Detroit 

E.  E.  Martmer,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
J.  B.  Rieger,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 

D.  C.  Somers,  M.D.,  8445  E.  Jefferson,  Detroit 
R.  J.  Schneck,  M.D.,  1553  Woodwa/rd,  Detroit 

F.  C.  Witter,  M.D.,  2905  W.  Grand  Blvd.,  Detroit 

W.  N.  Braley,  M.D.,  12897  Woodward,  Detroit 

R.  A .C.  Wollenberg,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
R.  A.  Johnson,  M.D.,  7815  E.  Jefferson,  Detroit 
L.  W.  Shaffer,  M.D.,  1553  Woodward,  Detroit 
D.  J.  Barnes,  M.D.,  Vet.  Admin.  Facility,  Dearborn 
F.  H.  Top,  M.D.,  1151  Taylor  Ave.,  Detroit 
A.  V.  Forrester,  M.D.,  16491  Woodward,  Detroit 
Wm.  Hamilton,  M.D.,  13836  Woodward,  Highland 
Park 

A.  H.  Bracken,  M.D.,  13102  W.  Warren,  Dearborn 
Wexford 

W.  Joe  Smith,  M.D.,  Cadillac 
John  Gruber,  M.D.,  Cadillac 


SUPPLEMENTARY  ROSTER 


The  following  members  were  certified  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  after  the 
Roster  which  appeared  in  the  May  issue  of  The 


Journal  had  gone 

to  press. 

Alpena-Alcona-Presque  Isle 

Trudeau,  J.  M 

Frederickson,  H.  C. . 

Berrien  County 

Henthorn,  A.  C 

Clinton 

MacEachran,  Hugh.  . 
Walker,  Claude 

Dickinson-Iron 

Iron  Mountain 
Iron  Mountain 

Burnell,  B.  E 

Graham,  Hugh 

Van  Gorder,  George. 
White,  Perry 

Genesee 

Pierpont,  D.  C 

Gogebic 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw 

Aldrich.  L.  C Hancock 

Wickliffe,  T.  P " Calumet 

Botting,  A.  E 

Robertson,  Perry  C.. 

lonia-Montcalm 

Myers,  J.  H 

Jackson 

Brown,  I.  W 

Hobbs,  E.  J 

Kalamazoo 

Diamond.  F.  J 

Gibbs,  Floyd 

Houghton,  G.  D 

Lavan,  John 

Rasmussen,  Leo 

Smith,  Edwin  M. . . . 

Kent 

.Grand  Rapids 

..Toledo,  Ohio 
. Grand  Rapids 
. Grand  Rapids 

Claflin,  G.  M 

Growt,  B.  H 

Lennox,  A.  L 

McCite,  F.  J 

Rogers,  J.  D 

Lenawee 

Drury,  Charles 

Howe,  L.  W 

Sicotte,  I 

Vandeventer,  V 

Marquette-Alger 

Hoffman,  H.  B.. 
Kirwan,  E.  J. . . . 
Ostrander,  R.  A. 


Moriarty,  Walter. 

Johnstone,  K.  T. 

German,  Frank  D. 

Jensen,  V.  W. .. 

House,  M.  E. . . . 
Tappan,  W.  M. .. 

Porter,  C.  G 


Diephuis,  Bert... 
Greenman,  N.  H. 


Barnwell,  John 

Barr^  Albert  S 

Curtis,  Arthur  C 

Emerson,  Herbert  W. . . 

Farris,  Jack  M 

Field,  Henry,  Jr 

Gates,  Neil  A.,  Jr 

German,  James  W 

Hammond,  George 

Hammond,  George  W. . 

Himler,  Leonard  E 

Howes,  Homer  A 

Malamud,  Nathan 

Raphael,  Theophile 

Riggs,  Harold  W 

Snow,  Glenadine 

Waldron,  Alexander  M. 


Mason 


Monroe 


N eway  go 
Oakland 


Oceana 


Ottawa 


St.  Joseph 
Van  Buren 


Washtenaw 


Wayne 

Altman,  Raphael 

Axelson,  A.  U 

Balaga,  Frank  T 

Bates,  Gaylord  S 

Bogusz,  Ladislaus 

Broudo,  Philip  H 

Brownell,  Paul  G 

Carroll,  Elmer  H 

Conley,  L.  C.  M 

Cotton,  Schuyler  O 

Dunn,  Cornelius  E 

Fenner,  W.  A 

Forrester.  Alex  V 

Fowler  Wm 

Garner,  H.  B 

Gemeroy,  Joseph  C 

Hanser,  Joshua 

(Continued  on  Page  478) 


Ludington 

Ludington 

Ludington 


Monroe 
. .Grant 


Pontiac 


Shelby 


Holland 

Holland 


. . . Centerville 

South  Haven 
Decatur 


Ann  Arbor 
. Ann  Arbor 
Ann  Arbor 
. Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
. . . Ypsilanti 
.Ann  Arbor 
• Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
.Ann  Arbor 
. . .Ypsilanti 
.Ann  Arbor 


.Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
. .Eloise 
Detroit 
Detroit 
.Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 
Detroit 


472 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


-K 


MICHIGAN'S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


-K 


50,000  CASES  OF  MEASLES 

Measles  cases  reported  to  the  Michigan  Department 
of  Health  by  the  end  of  April  totaled  more  than  50,- 
000.  Comparisons  for  the  1941  epidemic  and  those  of 
1938  and  1935  follows: 


Jan. -Apr.,  1935 47,955 

Jan. -Apr.,  1938 53,226 

Jan.-Apr.,  1941 53,172 


In  both  the  previous  two  epidemics,  the  cases  at  the 
end  of  the  year  totaled  80,000,  and  so  it  is  quite  pos- 
sible that  as  many  cases  will  be  reported  this  year. 
Cases  are  being  reported  from  all  parts  of  the  state, 
with  Detroit  reporting  almost  a third  of  the  total  in 
March  and  April.  The  figures  for  the  two  months  are : 
March,  Detroit  5,187,  rest  of  state  13,821,  total  19,- 
008 ; April,  Detroit  4,028,  rest  of  state  14,141,  total 
18,169. 

Although  the  reported  number  of  cases  of  measles  is 
about  the  same  as  in  1938,  it  is  likely  that  this  year 
individual  protection  for  babies  and  young  children 
has  been  better  than  in  the  last  epidemic.  Physicians 
in  many  instances  are  finding  immune  globulin  useful 
in  making  an  attack  of  measles  shorter  and  lighter. 
If  the  attack  is  modified  successfully,  complications  are 
rare,  and  it  is  the  complications  that  cause  most  measles 
deaths.  Whether  or  not  to  give  the  protecting  treat- 
ment be  left  to  the  judgment  of  the  physician.  To  be 
effective,  it  must  be  given  by  the  eighth  day  after 
exposure  to  a case  of  measles,  which  is  before  symp- 
toms develop. 


COMMUNICABLE  DISEASE 
COMPARISON 


Reported  cases  of  certain  communicable  diseases  for 
the  first  three  months  of  the  year  show  only  two  dis- 
eases to  be  appreciably  higher  than  for  the  first  quar- 
ter of  1940.  These  are  measles  and  whooping  cough. 
Lobar  pneumonia  continued  low,  scarlet  fever  and  tu- 
berculosis were  both  down  and  syphilis  and  gonorrhea 
were  about  the  same. 

The  figures  for  twelve  communicable  diseases  fol- 
low : 


Lobar  pneumonia 
Tuberculosis  .... 
Typhoid  fever  . . 

Diphtheria  

Whooping  cough 
Scarlet  fever  . . . 

Measles  

Smallpox  

Meningitis  

Poliomyelitis  .... 

Syphilis  

Gonorrhea  


First  Quarter 

of  Year 

1941 

1940 

. . 1,014 

1,089 

. . 1,0'88 

1,311 

27 

23 

66 

81 

. . 4,213 

1,569 

. . 3,037 

3,959 

. . 35,003 

3,534 

32 

7 

10 

16 

11 

8 

..  2,201 

2,432 

..  1,628 

1,636 

KAHN  TESTS  SET  NEW  RECORD 

Blood  tests  for  syphilis  are  at  new  high  monthly 
totals  for  Michigan.  The  total  for  March  for  public 
arid  private  laboratories  was  89,002,  a record.  The 
previous  high  was  85,782  in  October. 

Michigan  Department  of  Health  laboratories  are 
making  more  Kahn  tests  than  ever  before,  the  increase 
being  due  largely  to  work  done  for  Selective  Service 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAE) 


efn 


ilver  Picrate, 
Wyeth,  has  a convincing  record  of 
effectiveness  as  a local  treatment  for 
acute  anterior  urethritis  caused  by 
Neisseria  gonorrheae.^  An  aqueous 
solution  (0.5  percent)  of  silver  pic- 
rate or  water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the  treatment. 


Acomplete  techniqueof  treatment  and  literature  will  be  sent  upon  request 


♦Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline  compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
It  is  available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and  soluble  trituration  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  solutions,  suppositories,  water-soluble  jelly,  and  powder  for  vaginal 
insufflation. 


1.  Knight,  F.,  and  Shelanski, 
H.  A.,  "Treatment  of  Acute  Ante- 
rior Urethritis  with  Silver  Picrate,” 
Am.  J.  Syph.,  Gon.  & Ven.  Dis., 
23,  201  (March),  1939. 


JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATED,  PHILADELPHIA 


June,  1941  473 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 


in  the  Lansing  and  Grand  Rapids  laboratories  of  the 
Department. 

For  the  first  three  months  of  the  year,  the  De- 
partment’s Kahn  tests  were  at  higher  levels  than 
ever  before,  and  the  March  total  of  36,539  exceeded 
the  total  tests  made  in  private  laboratories  for  the 
first  time  since  comparative  records  have  been  avail- 
able. Private  laboratories  performed  32,940  Kahn 
tests  in  March  and  city  health  department  labora- 
tories aided  by  state  funds  made  19,523  tests.  In 
the  previous  high  month  of  October,  the  totals  were: 
State  Health  Department  laboratories  18,443,  sub- 
sidized city  health  department  laboratories  18,143, 
private  laboratories  49,196. 


MARRIAGES  INCREASE  23  PER  CENT 

After  a two-year  slump  in  weddings,  marriages 
showed  a 23  per  cent  gain  in  1940.  The  total  was 
46,342,  compared  with  37,725  in  1939  and  30,105  in 
1938.  The  gain  of  23  per  cent  was  the  third  largest 
percentage  increase  in  marriages  since  the  37  per  cent 
gain  in  1919,  when  American  soldiers  returned  from 
France  and  from  cantonments. 

“Industrial  booms  and  the  approach  of  the  draft 
were  undoubtedly  an  influence  in  the  increase  in  mar- 
riages, particularly  in  the  second  half  of  the  year,’’ 
said  Commissioner  Moyer. 


SAGINAW  SURVEY  FINDS 
ELEVEN  NEW  CASES 

Eleven  previously  unrecognized  cases  of  tuberculosis 
were  discovered  recently  in  a week’s  case-finding  pro- 
-gram  at  Saginaw,  sponsored  by  the  city  health  depart- 
ment and  endorsed  unanimously  by  the  Saginaw  Coun- 
ty Medical  Society.  The  area  covered  was  the  city’s 
first  ward,  where  in  the  last  five  years,  45  out  of  Sagi- 
naw’s 148  tuberculosis  deaths  had  occurred. 

Films  were  read  by  Dr.  George  A.  Sherman,  direc- 
tor of  the  Department’s  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis  Con- 
trol, and  a nearly  complete  check  of  the  work  shows 
these  clinically  significant  results : 


Minimal  cases  7 

Moderately  advanced  3 

Far  advanced  1 


The  photo  x-ray  truck  was  placed  at  a fire  station 
for  the  case-finding,  and  efforts  were  made  to  get  a 
chest  film  for  every  person  in  the  ward  over  ten  years 
of  age.  The  population  of  the  first  ward  is  about 
5,000,  and  1,000  films  four  by  five  inches  were  made. 
It  is  believed  that  two-thirds  of  the  persons  eligible 
came  to  the  truck  for  x-rays. 

Families  living  in  this  ward  are  largely  Mexican  and 
Negro  and  the  eleven  cases  found  w’ere  in  these  races. 
(All  of  the  45  tuberculosis  deaths  in  the  ward  in  the 
last  five  years  were  among  Mexican  and  Negro  per- 
sons.) 


HAY  FEVER  IMMUNITY  TREATMENTS 

Hay  fever  sufferers  who  are  relieved  by  immunity 
treatments  have  been  reminded  by  the  Michigan  De- 
partment of  Health  that  now  is  the  time  to  see  their 
physician.  In  a newspaper  release  at  the  end  of  April, 
the  following  paragraph  appeared : 

“Immunity  to  pollens  that  cause  hay  fever  can  often 
be  built  up  by  injections  given  just  under  the  skin 
by  a physician.  The  doses  are  usually  gradually  in- 
creased, and  most  doctors  like  to  start  them  two  or 
three  months  before  the  protection  is  needed.  For 
those  whose  hay  fever  is  due  to  ragweed  pollen,  the 
most  common  cause,  immunizing  injections  should  begin 
now,  since  the  ragweed  season  starts  in  August.” 


SAFE  WATER 

Physicians  in  Michigan  who  had  a part  in  the  cam- 
paigns of  past  years  for  safe  public  water  supplies  will 
be  interested  in  knowing  that  such  campaigns  are  still 
being  made.  Litchfield,  a Hillsdale  county  village  of 
717,  recently  voted  197  to  55  to  bond  for  $30,000  as 
the  sponsor’s  share  of  a $73,000  WPA  project  which 
will  provide  a water  works  system,  with  well,  pump- 
ing station,  elevated  tank  and  mains.  The  proposal 
had  previously  been  rejected,  late  in  1940,  but  an 
energetic  civic  campaign  brought  about  a four  to  one 
favorable  vote  in  March. 

No  incorporated  place  of  1,000  or  more  population  in 
the  state  is  without  a public  water  supply,  but  smaller 
towns  are  still  building  water  systems  or  improving 
the  ones  they  have. 


MATERNAL  MORTALITY 
AT  NEW  LOW 

Michigan’s  maternal  mortality  rate  for  1940  is  the 
lowest  the  state  has  known.  The  figure  is  2.92  deaths 
per  1,000  live  births,  compared  with  2.97  in  1939,  and 
6.04  in  1930. 

Maternal  deaths  in  1940  totaled  290,  in  connection 
with  99,139  births.  In  1939  there  were  280  maternal 
deaths  and  94,432  births. 

“Substantial  improvement  in  the  maternal  death  rate 
has  come  about  only  in  the  last  ten  years,”  Commis- 
sioner Moyer  said.  “In  1930  the  rate  of  6.04  was 
little  better  than  it  was  ten  or  even  20  years  before. 
A decline  in  the  rate  which  started  in  1930  has  con- 
tinued ever  since,  and  the  rate  now  is  half  what  it 
was  ten  years  ago. 

“With  the  present  emphasis  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion on  postgraduate  education  and  higher  .standards 
of  medical  care,  we  can  expect  that  the  maternal  rate 
will  go  even  lower  in  the  future.” 

Previously,  a new  low  infant  mortality  record  had 
been  announced  for  1940.  The  rate  was  40.7  deaths 
of  infants  under  a year  old  per  1,000  live  births.  The 
1939  infant  death  rate  was  41.9. 


PONTIAC  DEPARTMENT 
IN  NEW  LOCATION 

The  Health  Department  of  the  City  of  Pontiac  has 
moved  from  the  Pontiac  General  Hospital  to  a more 
central  location  in  the  downtown  Hubbard  Building. 
This  move  should  prove  advantageous  to  the  physicians 
in  Pontiac,  as  well  as  to  the  public. 


EXAMINATION  FOR  ASSISTANT  SURGEON 

The  next  examumtion  for  Assistant  Surgeon  in  the 
regular  Navy  will  be  held  at  all  major  Naval  Medi- 
cal Department  Activities  on  August  11  to  15,  in- 
clusive, and  for  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  on  June 
23  to  26  inclusive.  Students  in  class  “A”  medical 
schools  who  will  complete  their  medical  education 
this  year  are  eligible  to  apply  for  these  appointments, 
and  if  successful  will  receive  their  appointments  ap- 
proximately two  months  after  the  date  of  the  ex- 
amination. A circular  of  information  listing  physical 
and  other  requirements  for  appointment  as  Acting 
Assistant  Surgeon,  subjects  in  which  applicants  are 
examined,  application  forms,  etc.,  maj'  be  obtained 
from  the  Bureau  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  Navy  De- 
partment, Washington.  D.  C.,  upon  request. 


474 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


^ Woman’s  Auxiliary  -K 


Bay  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Bay  County  Medical 
Society  held  its  annual  meeting  and  election  of  officers 
at  the  Wenonah  Hotel  on  March  12. 

Mrs.  W.  R.  Ballard  was  re-elected  president;  Mrs. 
G.  M.  Brown,  president-elect;  Mrs.  W.  S.  Stinson, 
vice  president;  Mrs.  K.  A.  Alcorn,  secretary;  Mrs.  Paul 
DeM^aele,  corresponding  secretary;  and  Airs.  H.  M. 
Gale,  treasurer. 

The  group  decided  to  elect  the  officers  for  a two- 
year  term  in  the  future. 

Mrs.  P.  R.  Urmston  was  chairman  of  the  nominat- 
ing committee,  assisted  by  Mrs.  R.  C.  Perkins  and  Mrs. 
E.  S.  Huckins. 

Annual  reports  for  1940  were  given  by  the  secretary, 
Mrs.  C.  W.  Reuter  and  the  treasurer,  Mrs.  H.  M.  Gale. 

Since  we  have  a good  balance  in  our  treasury,  we  are 
planning  to  donate  some  mone)'  to  the  American  Red 
Cross  and  a local  organization — the  amounts  to  be  de- 
cided at  our  April  meeting.  Mrs.  F.  T.  Andrews  was 
appointed  to  look  into  the  matter  and  report  at  the 
next  meeting. 

The  members  made  tentative  plans  to  entertain  the 
Saginaw  and  }^lidland  auxiliaries  in  May.  The  presi- 
dent is  appointing  a committee  to  take  charge  of  this 
party. 

Mrs.  F.  V.  Kowals,  a guest,  was  introduced  as  a 
prospective  new  member. 

Dr.  P.  R.  Urmston,  President  of  the  Michigan  State 


Medical  Society,  addressed  the  Auxiliary.  He  gave  a 
detailed  account  of  the  work  of  the  county  and  city 
health  departments  and  discussed  current  medical  leg- 
islation with  special  reference  to  medical  care  to  the 
indigents  and  low  income  groups. 

There  were  twenty-one  present  at  the  meeting. 

Mrs.  J.  Norris  Asline. 

* * 

At  the  meeting  on  April  9,  1941,  at  the  Wenonah 
Hotel,  eighteen  were  present  at  dinner  which  was  fol- 
lowed by  a business  meeting  and  program. 

Mrs.  W.  R.  Ballard,  who  was  recently  reelected 
president  of  the  Auxiliary,  presided  and  announced 
appointments  of  committees  for  the  coming  year. 

Mrs.  Kenneth  R.  Stuart  was  appointed  treasurer 
to  fill  the  vacancy  created  by  the  resignation  of 
Mrs.  H.  M.  Gale,  who  has  held  the  office  for  sev- 
eral years.  Mrs.  Gale  was  presented  with  a cor- 
sage. 

Tuesday,  May  13,  1941,  was  chosen  as  the  date  to 
entertain  the  members  of  the  Saginaw  and  Midland 
auxiliaries  as  well  as  guests  from  nearby  small 
towns  at  a tea  to  be  held  at  the  Bav  Citv  Country 
Club. 

Mrs.  W.  S.  Stinson  presented  the  program  and 
Mrs.  Virgil  Schultz  gave  an  interesting  review  of 
Ernest  Hemingway’s  book  “For  Whom  the  Bell 
Tolls.” 

Dr.  F.  T.  Andrews  invited  the  auxiliarj^  members 
to  take  part  in  the  all-day  Mental  Hj'giene  insti- 


NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  CHEWING  GUM  MANUFACTURERS,  STATEN  ISLAND.  NEW  YORK 


A friendly  suggestion: 

Your  'dirtiest”  patients  aren’t  the  only  ones.  Doctor, 

who  enjoy  wholesome  CHEWING  GUM 


enjoyment  of  delicious  chew- 
ing gum  is  a real  American  custom 
— probably  because  chewing  is  such 
a basic,  natural  pleasure. 

Enjoy  chewing  gum  yourself.  See  how 
the  chewing  helps  relieve  tension  by 


giving  it  a try  during  your  busy  days. 

Have  some  gum  in  your  pocket  or  bag 
and  in  the  office.  Your  patients — children 
and  adults — appreciate  your  friendliness 
when  you  offer  them  some.  Try  this  for  a 
month — you’ll  be  pleased  with  the  results. 


Tune,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


475 


WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 


tute  to  be  held  in  Bay  City  on  April  30,  1941,  at  the 
Wenonah  Hotel  and  Dr.  L.  Fernald  Foster  ex- 
plained the  Michigan  seal  sale  campaign  for  crip- 
pled children  in  which  the  auxiliary  has  taken  part. 
— Mrs.  Paul  L.  DeWaele. 

Genesee  County 

The  regular  meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  of 
the  Genesee  County  Medical  Society  was  held  on  March 
18  at  Hurley  Nurses  Home,  The  board  meeting  was 
followed  at  1 :30  p.  m.  by  the  regular  meeting  with 
about  35  members  present. 

The  meeting  was  in  charge  of  Mrs.  B.  F.  Sniderman, 
chairman  of  program  for  the  day.  She  presented  Dr. 
Ray  Morrish  who  gave  a very  interesting  talk  on  Public 
Relations.  Following  this  the  president  Mrs.  J.  H.  Cur- 
tin called  the  business  meeting  to  order  and  minutes 
from  the  last  meeting  and  the  board  meeting  were  read 
and  approved.  Reports  of  standing  committees  were 
then  read  and  approved.  The  nominating  committee 
submitted  the  following  slate : President,  Mrs.  W.  B. 
Hubbard;  President-Elect,  Mrs.  Stephen  Gelenger; 
Vice  President,  Mrs.  Lafon  Jones ; Secretary,  Mrs. 
Hira  Branch;  Treasurer,  Mrs.  B.  A.  Schiff. 

The  proposed  slate  was  unanimously  elected  and  the 
newly  elected  officers  installed. 

A gift  was  presented  to  Mrs.  Curtin,  the  retiring 
president,  and  the  business  meeting  adjourned.  Tea 
followed  with  Mrs.  W.  P.  Boles  and  Mrs.  James  Row- 
ley  presiding  at  the  tea  table  centered  with  spring  flow- 
ers in  yellow  and  red  and  tall  ivory  tapers. 

Mrs.  Stephen  Gelenger  was  chairman  of  the  day  as- 
sisted by  the  following  committee,  Mesdames  Eugene 
Smith,  James  Rowley,  W.  P.  Boles,  Harold  Woughter, 
Frank  Baske,  Geo.  Anthony,  Floyd  Steinman  and  Flem- 
ing Barber. — Bernice  R.  Wright. 


Genesee  County  (Contd.) 

A board  meeting  of  old  and  new  members  preceded 
the  luncheon  at  the  Flint  Tavern,  April  22.  Mrs.  O.  J. 
Preston  was  in  charge  of  the  program  featured  with 
an  address  by  Dr,  L.  O.  Shantz,  who  spoke  on  “Med- 
ical Economics.” 

Mrs.  W.  B.  Hubbard,  president  of  the  auxiliary, 
named  the  following  new  board;  Membership,  Mrs. 
D.  R.  Brasie;  Social;  Mrs.  Arthur  Kretchmar ; Pro- 
gram, Mrs.  Preston;  Courtesy,  Mrs.  K.  R.  Sandy; 
Press,  Mrs.  N.  A.  Gleason;  Welfare,  Mrs.  George 
Anthony ; Finance,  Mrs.  T.  S.  Conover ; Legisla- 
tion and  Health,  Airs.  Gordon  Willoughby;  Tele- 
phone, Mrs.  Frank  Ware;  Historian,  Mrs.  Harold 
Woughter;  Auditing,  Mrs.  Henry  Cook  and  Mrs, 
F.  E.  Reeder;  Revision,  Mrs.  C.  W.  Colwell;  Health 
Magazine,  Mrs.  E.  C.  Smith;  Red  Cross,  Mrs.  Alvin 
Thompson  and  Mrs.  James  Olson;  British  Relief, 
Mrs.  Arthur  McArthur  and  Mrs.  Isadore  Gutow; 
National  Bulletin,  Mrs.  J.  H.  Curtin;  Parliamen- 
tarian, Mrs.  M.  E.  Chandler. 

Plans  were  discussed  for  Red  Cross  and  British 
relief  projects  and  announcement  was  made  of  a 
joint  meeting  to  be  held  with  the  Genesee  County 
Medical  Society  at  Hotel  Durant,  Tuesday,  May 
27,  when  Dr.  Preston  Bradley,  Chicago,  pastor 
of  the  People’s  Church,  will  be  the  speaker — (AIrs. 
N.  A.)  Margaret  A.  Gleason. 

Houghton-Eeweenaw-Boraga  Counties 

The  monthly  meeting  of  the  Ladies’  Auxiliary  to 
the  Houghton-Keweenaw-Baraga  County  Medical  So- 
ciety met  at  the  Miscowaubik  Club,  Calumet,  April  1. 
A business  meeting,  presided  over  by  Mrs.  T.  P.  Wick- 
liffe,  was  devoted  to  a discussion  of  plans  for  the  Tea 
and  Style  Show  for  the  benefit  of  the  Copper  Country 


WEHENKEL  SAXATORICM 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and  ■ 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Comer  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 


For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKEL«  Medical  Director,  City  Offices,  Madison  3312*3 


476 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  AI.S.AI.S. 


WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 


Sanatorium  to  be  held  at  the  Calumet  Armory,  April 
19th. 

Mrs.  A.  B.  Aldrich  was  chairman  of  the  committee  in 
charge  of  the  Style  Show  and  Mrs,  A.  C.  Roche  was  in 
charge  of  arrangements  for  the  Tea. 

The  program  for  the  meeting  was  a review  of  the, 
“Life  and  Work  of  a Woman  Surgeon,”  by  Rosalie 
Slaughter  Morton,  delightfully  interpreted  by  Mrs.  L. 
E.  Coffin. 

Ingham  County 

I The  Ingham  County  Medical  Auxiliary  held  its 
April  meeting  Monday  the  21st,  at  the  home  of 
Mrs.  F.  J.  Cushman.  Our  principal  speaker  of  the 
afternoon  was  the  State  Commander  of  the  Wom- 
en’s Field  Army  for  the  Control  of  Cancer,  Mrs. 
John  Wierango  of  Grand  Rapids.  Mrs.  Wierango 
gave  the  history  of  this  organization  and  outlined 
their  extensive  program.  The  members  were  given 
the  opportunity  to  join  the  Cancer  Control  Army 
and  thus  promote  their  work  for  payment  of  dues. 

The  second  speaker  of  the  afternoon  was  Mrs. 
Cameron  Murdock  of  Kalamazoo,  who  gave  a most 
interesting  talk  on  Tahiti  where  she  had  spent  a 
i year  gathering  material  for  a book;  the  talk  was  il- 
lustrated with  beautiful  artist’s  drawings  of  na- 
tives. their  homes  and  customs. 

1 For  our  active  Red  Cross  work,  we  voted  to  as- 
sume the  payment  for,  and  making  of,  Ingham 
County’s  entire  quota  of  obstetrical  units  for 
England.  This  assignment  which  consists  of  some 
1400  items,  was  under  the  direction  of  Mrs.  Wil- 
liam J.  Cameron.  We  are  happy  to  report  that  this 
large  project  has  been  completed  and  is  packed 
I awaiting  shipment. 

I The  auxiliary  invited  the  wives  of  visiting  doc- 
I tors  attending  the  Society’s  annual  clinic  on  May 
I 1,  for  dinner  and  evening  entertainment  at  the 
j Country  Club  of  Lansing. — Margaret  S.  Davenport. 

I Jackson  County 

The  regular  monthly  meeting  of  the  Medical 
Auxiliary  to  the  Jackson  County  Medical  Society 
was  held  Tuesday  evening  March  18  at  the  home 
of  Mrs.  T.  E.  Schmidt.  A delicious  dinner  was 
served  to  forty-two  members  by  the  following 
committee : Mesdames  John  Smith,  C.  S.  Clark,  D. 
W.  Smith,  J.  W.  Speck,  S.  Sugar,  C.  W.  Schepler, 
J.  H.  Myers,  G.  D.  Culver,  L.  L.  Stewart,  and  J. 
W.  Townsend. 

j Mrs.  N.  M.  Stewart,  chairman  for  the  evening, 

I presented  Mrs.  Osmar  Gallinger  of  Hartland,  Mich- 
{ igan,  who  gave  a very  interesting  illustrated  lec- 
ture on  weaving.  This  old  American  custom  is 
being  revived  and  Mrs.  Gallinger  invited  the  mem- 
bers to  come  to  Hartland  and  learn  to  weave. 

The  next  meeting  of  the  Auxiliary  will  be  held 
May  20  at  the  home  of  Mrs.  M.  J.  McGlaughlin  and 
Mrs.  Charles  Dengler  will  give  her  revue  of  Jenny 
Lind. 

Kalamazoo  County 

Miss  Pearl  Schoolcraft,  principal  of  the  North  West- 
' nedge  Avenue  School  'was  the  speaker  at  the  March 
I meeting  of  the  Women’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Kalamazoo 
Academy  of  Medicine.  Her  subject  was,  “The  Value 
of  a Flexible  Program  in  Our  Schools.” 

I Mrs.  B.  A.  Shepard  was  the  hostess,  assisted  by  Mrs. 
I John  Fopeano  and  Mrs.  Wm.  Kavanaugh.  The  twenty- 
! five  menibers  present  enjoyed  a most  delightful  dinner. 
Spring  flowers  were  used  for  decorations. 

* * * 

1 The  April  meeting  was  held  at  the  home  of  Mrs. 
John  Volderauer.  Mrs.  Ralph  Cook  and  Mrs.  Roscoe 
Hildreth  assisted  the  hostess. 

Frances  Rigterink. 


Smoother. 


THESE  BABY  FOODS 

ARE  EXTRA  EASY 
TO  DIGEST 

(Statement  accepted  by  the 
AM  A Council  on  Foods) 

*Not  merely  strained  like  other  baby 
foods,  but  strained  and  then  specially 
homogenized.  That  is  why  Libby’s  Baby 
Foods — vegetables,  fruits,  cereal,  soups 
— are  so  unusually  smooth  and  fine  in 
texture,  extra  easy  to  digest.  Special 
homogenization  is  an  exclusive  Libby 
process  that  breaks  up  cells,  fibers  and 
starch  particles,  and  releases  nutriment 
for  easier  digestion.  U.  S.  Pat.  No.  2037029. 


PEAS  CARROTS  SPINACH 
VEGETABLE  COMBINATIONS: 

No.  1 — Peas,  Beets,  Asparagus;  No.  2 — Pumpkin, 
Tomato,  Green  Beans;  No.  3 — Peas,  Carrots,  Spin- 
ach; No.  9 — Peas,  Spinach,  Green  Beans;  No.  10— 
Tomato,  Carrots,  Peas. 

FRUIT  COMBINATIONS: 

No.  5 — Prunes,  Pineapple  Juice,  Lemon  Juice;  No.  8 
— Bananas,  Apples,  Apricots 
CEREAL  2 SOUPS  EVAPORATED  MILK 
ALSO  Libby's  Chopped  Foods  for  older  babies  (10 
varieties). 


June,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


477 


WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 


Ferguson  - Droste  - F erguson  Sanitarium 

* 

Ward  S.  Farcuaon,  M.  D.  Jamas  C.  Drosta,  M.  D.  Ljmn  A.  Farruson,  M.  D. 

4* 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

* 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICHIGAN 
Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


A cooperative  dinner  was  enjoyed  by  the  thirty 
members  present.  Following  the  business  meeting, 
bridge  was  played. — (Mrs.  G.  H.)  Fr.ances  Rigter- 

INK. 

Kent  County 

Seventy-five  members  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary 
to  the  Kent  County  Medical  Society  attended  the 
annual  tea  which  was  held  on  April  9 at  the  lovely 
home  of  Mrs.  Reuben  Maurits. 

During  the  afternon,  Mrs.  Leo  J.  Dornbos,  pian- 
ist, Mrs.  Donald  D.  Armstrong,  mezzo-soprano,  and 
Mrs.  Kenneth  R.  Edwards,  harpist,  entertained 
with  a most  delightful  program. 

We  are  happy  to  have  as  honor  guests,  Mrs. 
Roger  V.  Walker,  State  Auxiliary  President,  and 
Mrs.  H.  L.  French,  Treasurer  of  the  State  Organ- 
ization. 

On  May  14,  the  Auxiliary  will  hold  the  annual 
luncheon  meeting  at  Kent  Country  Club.  Arrange- 
ments are  in  charge  of  Mrs.  A.  B.  Thompson,  Jr., 
assisted  by  Mrs.  Carl  Snapp.  Our  guest  speaker 
will  be  Dr.  P.  L.  Thompson,  president  of  the 
Kent  County  Medical  Society. — (Mrs.  R.  S.)  Eliz- 
abeth Van  Bree. 

Wayne  County 

The  April  meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to 
the  Wayne  County  Medical  Societ}'-  was  held  on 
April  18,  at  the  Society’s  Club  rooms. 

Following  the  business  meeting  a program  on 
“Gardens  and  Gardening”  was  presented  by  Mrs. 
Patricia  Roberts,  assisted  by  Miss  Violet  Hodges. 

During  the  program  various  arrangements  of 
flowers  were  made  which  were  presented  to  mem- 
bers of  the  audience.  A most  pleasant  and  instruc- 
tive afternoon  was  enjoyed  by  everyone  pres- 
ent.— Margaret  Wallace. 


SUPPLEMENTARY  ROSTER 
Wayne  County 

(Contimied  from  Page  472) 


Henderson,  James  L ....Detroit 

Kasabach,  V.  Y Detroit 

Kasper,  Joseph  A Detroit 

Knapp,  Floyd  B Detroit 

Kraft,  Raymond  B Detroit 

Kuhn,  Richard  F Detroit 

Lampman,  Harold  H Detroit 

Leipsitz,  Louis  S Detroit 

Levitt,  Edward  J Detroit 

Madsen,  -Martha Eloise 

Mair,  Harold  U Detroit 

Martin,  Wm.  C Detroit 

McMahon,  Gerald  H Detroit 

Myers,  George  P Detroit 

Noth,  Paul  H Detroit 

Reed,  Ivor  E Detroit 

Robbins,  Edward  R Detroit 

Roth,  Edward  T Detroit 

Schmidt,  Harry  E Detroit 

Scott,  James  W Detroit 

Shankwiler,  Reed  A Detroit 

Spero,  Gerald  D Detroit 

Sugar,  David  I Detroit 

Walters,  Albert  G Detroit 

Weiss,  Joseph  G Detroit 

Wells,  Martha  Detroit 

Weston,  Earl  E Detroit 

Wexford-Missaukee 

Carrow  J.  F Marion 


Correction. — The  name  of  Frank  D.  German,  M.D., 
Pontiac,  who  is  a member  of  the  Oakland  County 
Medical  Society,  was  inadvertently  omitted  from  the 
Roster  of  MSMS  members  published  in  the  May  issue 
of  The  Journal. 

Charles  C.  Merkel,  M.D.,  should  have  been  listed 
from  Grosse  Pointe  Farms  instead  of  Grosse  Pointe  in 
the  Roster. 


478 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  :M.S.M.S. 


IN  MEMORIAM 


|ln  Jllcmoriaitt 


Charles  W.  Edmunds,  M.D.,  of  Ann  Arbor,  was 
born  in  Bridport,  Dorset,  England,  on  February  22, 
1873,  and  was  graduated  from  the  University  of  Michi- 
gan Medical  School  in  1901.  Doctor  Edmunds  had  been 
on  the  University  of  Michigan  faculty  since  1902  and 
was  professor  and  chairman  of  the  department  of  ma- 
teria medica  and  therapeutics  since  1907.  From  1913 
to  1921  he  was  assistant  dean  of  the  University  Medical 
School.  He  was  the  oldest  member  of  the  medical 
school  faculty  in  years  of  service.  Doctor  Edmunds 
died  March  1,  1941. 

^ ^ ^ 

Maxwell  Nathaniel  Frank,  of  Detroit,  was  born 
in  New  York  City  forty-seven  years  ago.  He  was 
graduated  from  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine 
and  Surgery  in  July,  1917.  After  graduation,  Doc- 
tor Frank  located  in  Detroit  where  he  practiced 
medicine  for  twenty-five  years.  Doctor  Frank  died 
in  Miami  Beach,  Florida,  on  April  1,  1941,  of  in- 
juries received  in  an  automobile  accident  several 
months  previously. 

* sK  * 

Edwin  B.  Forbes,  of  Detroit,  was  born  in  Lowell, 
Mass.,  in  1874,  and  was  graduated  from  the  Har- 
vard Medical  School  in  1898.  A long-time  practi- 
tioner in  Detroit,  Doctor  Forbes  was  associated 
with  the  L.  A.  Young  Industries  and  had  served 
as  County  Physician  for  eight  years.  During  the 
World  War,  he  was  medical  officer  of  the  55th 
Infantrv,  holding  the  rank  of  Major.  He  died  April 
15,  1941. 

♦ * 

P,  R.  Hungerford,  of  Concord,  was  born  March 
12,  1875,  in  Marshall,  Michigan,  and  was  graduated 
from  the  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School 
in  1902.  He  served  as  president  of  the  Jackson 
County  Medical  Society  in  1929.  Despite  the  handi- 
caps from  a parathyroid  tetany  which  developed 
some  twelve  years  ago.  Dr.  Hungerford  maintained 
a general  practice  in  Concord  and  availed  himself 
of  every  opportunity  to  take  postgraduate  work 
at  the  University  of  Michigan  and  was  a constant 
attendant  at  the  spring  and  fall  clinics  conducted 
by  the  state  society,  as  well  as  county  medical  and 
staff  meetings.  Dr.  Hungerford  died  May  3,  1941. 

* * 

W.  Paul  Petrie,  of  Caro,  was  born  December  25, 
1899  at  Fairview,  Kentucky,  the  son  of  the  late  Dr. 
and  Mrs.  William  S.  Petrie,  and  was  graduated 
from  the  Vanderbilt  University,  Nashville,  Tennes- 
see, in  1925.  He  took  his  internship  at  Hillman 
Hospital,  Birmingham,  Alabama,  and  later  became 
resident  physician  at  Grace  Hospital  in  Detroit. 
In  1928  Doctor  Petrie  located  in  Caro  where  he 
remained  until  the  time  of  his  death. 

Doctor  Petrie  was  secretary  of  Tuscola  County 
Medical  Society  in  1939  and  in  1941  served  as  its 
president.  He  was  the  first  Caro  physician  to 
serve  on  the  Draft  Board  for  Army  induction.  He 
was  a member  of  the  Caro  school  board,  a charter 
member  and  past  president  of  the  Exchange  Club 
and  was  active  in  many  other  organizations.  He 
died  May  14,  1941. 

* ^ ♦ 

Eugene  Smith,  Jr.,  of  Detroit,  was  born  in  1887 
in  Detroit  and  was  graduated  from  the  Detroit  Col- 
lege of  Medicine  in  1912.  He  specialized  in  eye, 
ear,  nose  and  throat  work.  In  1915,  Doctor  Smith 

June,  1941 


Good 

Treatment 

for 

Your  Taste 

If  your  taste  responds  to 
smooth  mellowness,  Johnnie 
Walker  is  indicated. 

★ 

ITS  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

f^LKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


479 


IN  MEMORIAM 


DeNIKE  sanitarium,  Inc. 

Established  1893 


EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 

OF 

ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOUSM 


Mild  Neuropsychic  Cases 
Admitted 


1571  East  lefferson  Avenue 
Cadillac  2670  Detroit 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


became  medical  examiner  for  the  civil  service  com- 
mission, a position  he  held  until  the  time  of  his 
death.  During  the  World  War,  he  was  attached 
to  Base  Hospital  Unit  36,  served  in  France  as  a 
Medical  Corps  major  and  held  a commission  as 
lieutenant-commander  in  the  Naval  Reserve.  He 
was  a member  of  the  staffs  of  Woman’s  Hospital 
and  St.  Mary’s  Hospital.  He  died  May  20,  1941. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

L,  H.  Stewart,  of  Kalamazoo,  was  born  in  Kent 
County,  near  Grand  Rapids  on  January  9,  1858.  He 
was  educated  at  Kalamazoo  College  and  was  grad- 
uated from  the  University  of  Michigan  Medical 
School  in  1897.  Doctor  Stewart  served  as  a mem- 
ber of  the  board  of  trustees  of  Kalamazoo  College 
from  1911  until  the  time  of  his  death;  as  a mem- 
ber of  Kalamazoo  township  board  of  education  for 
four  years.  For  his  services  he  was  awarded  an 
honorary  doctor  of  science  degree  from  the  Kala- 
mazoo College.  He  had  charge  of  the  SATC 
medical  work  during  the  World  War.  Dr.  Stewart 
served  as  president  of  Kalamazoo  Academy  of 
Medicine  in  1918.  He  died  April  21,  1940. 

* * * 

Arthur  E.  West,  of  Kalamazoo,  was  born  in 
Nebraska,  May  24,  1873.  He  was  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School  in  1897 
and  took  postgraduate  work  in  Urology  in  New 
York.  He  located  in  Kalamazoo,  where  he  practiced 
for  thirty  years.  He  had  been  a patient  in  Bron- 
son Hospital  for  three  months  before  his  death  on 
April  22,  1941. 


JI^AZZ  worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations; including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients, 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 


608  Kales  Bldg.  — ' 
Northwest  comer  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


^6  W.  Adams  Ave. 

Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
DarkBeld  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 
Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


480 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


-X  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  -x 


100  per  cent  Club  for  1941 

Allegan 

Menominee 

Barry 

Muskegon 

Clinton 

Oceana 

Dickinson-Iron 

Ontonagon 

Eaton 

Ottawa 

Huron 

Saginaw 

Ingham 

Saint  Clair 

Jackson 

Sanilac 

Lapeer 

Shiawassee 

Lenawee 

Tuscola 

Luce 

Manistee 

Wexford-Missaukee 

The  above  County  Medical  Societies  have 
certified  1941  membership  for  all  of  their  1940 

members.  Several 

more  societies  are  not  on 

the  100  per  cent 
delinquent  member 

roll  because  of  only  one 

Pontiac  General  Hospital  has  started  its  one  hun- 
dred thousand  dollar  building  program,  which  will 
add  much  needed  bed  space  for  Pontiac. 

H=  * 

M.  M.  Jones,  M.D.,  Pontiac,  addressed  the  Macomb 
County  Medical  Society  at  its  meeting  of  April  22  on 
the  subject  of  “The  Value  of  Version  in  the  Manage- 
ment of  Persistent  Posterior  Occ  put  Cases.” 


Twenty-five  Michigan  physicians  attended  the  Seminar 
on  Psychiatric  Problems  in  connection  with  the  physical 
examination  of  draftees  which  was  held  in  Chicago  on 
Mond,ay  and  Tuesday,  May  19  and  20. 

^ ^ ^ 

Graduate  course  ire  electrocardiography  for  phy- 
sicians will  be  given  at  Michael  Reese  Hospital,  Chi- 
cago by  Louis  N.  Katz,  M.D.,  from  August  18  to  Aug- 
ust 30.  Write  Michael  Reese  Hospital,  Cardiovascu- 
lar Department,  29th  and  Ellis  Avenue,  Chicago,  for 
further  information. 

>N  * * 

Alexander  M.  Campbell,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  ma- 
ternal health  consultant  of  the  Michigan  Department 
of  Health  in  coopeiation  vrith  the  ^Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  has  been  appointed  Chairman  of  a 
State  Committee  to  prepare  for  the  Second  American 
Congress  on  Ob  'tetrics  and  Gynecology,  sponsored  by 
the  American  Committee  on  Maternal  Welfare. 

5|:  ^ 

Selective  Service  State  Headquarters  announce  that 
they  will  supply  speakers  on  the  psychiatric  phase  of 
the  physical  examination  of  draftees,  as  well  as  other 
points  in  connection  with  the  physical  examination,  to 
any  County  Medical  Society  wtiich  is  interested. 
Write  Lt.  Colonel  Harold  A.  Furlong,  Selective  Service 
State  Headquarters,  Lansing,  Michigan. 

^ ^ 

The  Wayne  County  Medical  Society’s  Entertainment 
Committee  has  circularized  the  members  of  their  So- 
ciety concerning  the  interest  in  a WCMS  Cruise  over 


Bottle  of  100 
$2.50 
Bottle 
of  1.000 
$22.00 


BECOMEX  TABLETS  (Hartz) 

For  Vitamin  Bi  and  Vitamin  B Complex  Deficiency  ! 


This  improved  Hartz  tablet  contains 
those  necessary  vitamins  to  combat 
loss  of  appetite,  muscular  weakness,  pains 
in  legs  and  arms,  edema,  lowered  blood 
pressure  and  subnormal  temperature,  ab- 
normalities of  the  nervous  system  and 
skin,  and  paralysis  agitans  due  to  Vitamin 
Br,  deficiency.  Also,  aids  in  treatment  of 
pellagra  due  to  lack  of  Vitamin  B Complex. 

CONTENTS  OF  TABLET:  Thiamin  Hydro- 
chloride (Bi),  1 mgm.,  equivalent  to  300 
International  Units;  Riboflavin  (B2),  1 mgm., 
equivalent  to  400  Bourquin-Sherman  Units; 
Pyridoxine  Hydrochloride  (Be),  0.5  mgm.; 


Nicotinic  Acid,  10  mgm.  (clinically  demon- 
strated to  be  beneficial  in  treatment  of 
trench  mouth,  x-ray  sickness,  pruritus 
vulvce,  delirium  tremens,  alcoholism,  bald- 
ness, undulant  fever,  migraine,  and 
eczema);  Calcium  Pantothenate,  2 mgm. 
This  latter  ingredient  is  a salt  of  Panto- 
thenic Acid  which  is  a filtrate  factor  from 
Vitamin  B Complex  found  in  all  animal 
tissue  as  a cell  constituent  It  seems  to 
be  necessary  for  respiration. 

DOSAGE:  One  to  three  tablets  a day, 
prescribed  by  physician. 


7 FLOORS  MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


LABORATORY  OF 


THE  J.F.  HARTZ  CO. 

1529  Broadway,  Detroit  . . Cherry  4 6 00 


PHARMACEUTICAL  MANUFACTURERS 


MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


June,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medi  :al  Society 


4S1' 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGIGALS* 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  . Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


RUPP  & BOWMAN  CO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


PlKDrESSIONAlpIKDTOON 


INCE  1899 
PECIALIZED 
E R V I C E 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“Knowing  that  there  is  such  a com- 
petent organisation  prepared  and  ready 
to  protect  me  against  unscrupulous  and 
designing  persons  gives  me  a feeling  of 
confident  assurance  that  adds  greatly 
to  my  peace  of  mind.” 


OF 


the  week-end  of  June  20  to  June  23.  The  announce- 
ment says : “Music,  games,  contests,  special  entertain- 
ment. A SEVERE  PENALTY  FOR  ANYONE 
TALKING  SHOP.’” 


Doctor,  remember  your  particular  friends,  the  ex- 
hibitors, at  your  annual  convention,  when  you  have 
need  of  equipment,  appliances,  medical  supplies,  and 
service.  Here  are  more  of  the  firms  which  helped 
make  the  1940  Convention  such  a success : 

The  Burrows  Company,  Chicago 
The  Borden  Company,  New  York 
Barry  Allergy  Laboratory,  Inc.,  Detroit 
Bard-Parker  Company,  Danbury,  Connecticut 
The  Baker  Laboratories,  Cleveland 

The  Arlington  Chemical  Company,  Yonkers,  New  York 
A.  S.  Aloe  Company,  St.  Louis,  Missouri 
Abbott  Laboratories,  Chicago. 


* * * 


A Me^ital  Hygietie  Conference  sponsored  by  the 
Michigan  Society  for  Mental  Hygiene  and  the  State 
Hospital  Commission  was  held  at  the  Traverse  City 
State  Hospital  on  May  22-23,  1941.  Among  the  speak- 
ers on  the  program  were  Governor  Murray  D.  Van 
Wagoner,  Paul  V.  Lemkau,  M.D.,  Baltimore;  Edgar 
C.  Yerbury,  M.D.,  Boston;  and  George  S.  Stevenson, 
M.D.,  New  York. 

* * * 


C.  J.  Smyth,  M.D.,  R.  H.  Freyherg,  M.D.,  and  W. 
S.  Peck,  M.D.,  of  Ann  Arbor  are  the  authors  of  > 
“Roentgen  Therapy  for  Rheumatic  Disease”  appear-  ; 
ing  in  the  Journal  of  the  AM  A for  May  3,  1941. 

“Grafts  of  Preserved  Cartilage  in  Restorations  of 
Facial  Contour”  by  Claire  L.  Straith,  M.D.,  and 
Wayne  B.  Slaughter,  M.D.,  Detroit,  also  appeared  in 
the  same  issue. 

* * * 


Wm.  J.  Burns,  Executive  Secretary  of  the  MSMS, 
addressed  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  West  Vir- 
ginia State  Medical  Association  in  Charleston  on 
May  12-13,  on  “Michigan  Medical  Service.”  On  May 
14,  Mr.  Burns  also  spoke  on  “Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice” at  the  1941  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Homeopathic 
Medical  Society  of  Michigan  held  in  Grand  Rapids. 

!(:  * ♦ 

New  Officers  for  1941-42  of  the  Michigan  Society 
of  Neurology  and  Psychiatry  were  elected  at  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  Society  on  April  24th  as  fol- 
lows: President — P.  V.  Wagle}',  M.D.,  Pontiac;  vice 
president — R.  W.  Waggoner,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor ; sec- 
retary-treasurer— David  Leach,  M.D.,  Detroit ; coun- 
cilors— ^Thomas  J.  Heldt,  M.D.,  Detroit ; and  Martin 
H.  Hoffmann,  M.D.,  Eloise. 

* 

Paul  V.  McNutt,  Federal  Security  Administrator, 
invited  P.  R.  Urmston,  Bay  City,  M.D.,  President  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  L.  G.  Christian, 
M.D.,  Lansing,  AMA  Delegate ; Russell  W.  Bunting, 
M.D.,  Ann  Arbor ; Emory  W.  Morris,  M.D.,  Battle 
Creek ; L.  H.  Newburgh,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor ; C.  D. 
Selby,  M.D.,  Detroit ; and  Arthur  H.  Smith,  M.D., 
Detroit,  as  Michigan  delegates  to  the  National  Nutri- 
tion Conference  for  Defense  which  President  Roose- 
velt called  in  Washington,  May  26-27-28. 

* 


Malpractice  Prevention. — Don’t  slight  your  records. 
Keep  detailed  notes  and  reports. 

Don’t  operate  without  written  consent. 

Don’t  perform  certain  services  (such  as  fractures) 
without  x-rays  or  laboratory  diagnosis. 

Don’t  delegate  important  duties  to  unsupervised 
nurses  and  subordinates  (such  as  x-ray  treatments, 
intravenous  injections,  etc). 

♦ * * 

Schistosome  dermatitis  (Water  Itch  or  Swimmer’s 
Itch)  is  caused  by  the  penetration  through  the  skin 
of  the  larvae  of  certain  species  of  parasitic  worms 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


482 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


called  schistosomes.  It  results  in  severe  itching  and 
frequently  is  the  ruination  _ of  a.  pleasant  vacation. 
Swimmer’s  Itch  is  common  in  Michigan. 

Infection  can  be  avoided  in  one  of  the  following 
ways:  (1)  Use  care  in  selecting  bpches  to  be  used 
for  swimming;  (2)  Confine  swimming  to  deep  water 
on  infested  beaches;  (3)  Rub  off  well  with  towel  be- 
fore the  water  has  a chance  to  dry  on  the  skin.  This 
will  remove  most  of  the  larvae  before  they  can  pene- 
trate. - 

The  Stream  Control  Commission  of  the  State  of 
Michigan  has  printed  an  interesting  booklet  on_  “Water 
Itch”  which  is  available  by  writing  the  Commission  in 
the  State  Office  Building,  Lansing. 

* * * 

The  Providence  Hospital  Interne  Alumni  Associa- 
tion held  its  Annual  Spring  Clinic  on  Thursday,  May 
15.  Among  the  speakers  on  the  one-day  program  were 
Willard  O.  Thompson,  M.  D.,  Chicago;  George  Crile, 
Jr.,  M.D.,  Cleveland;  Benjamin  Levine,  M.D.,  Cleve- 
land ; and  Rev.  Alphonse  M.  Schwitalla,  S.  J.,  St. 
Louis,  Mo.  Golf  and  Field  Day  activities  were  en- 
joyed in  the  afternoon  at  West  Shore  Golf  and  Coun- 
try Club  at  Grosse  He,  followed  in  the  evening  by  din- 
ner. 

4:  ♦ 

The  Northern  Tri-State  Medical  Association  held 
its  1941  meeting  at  Tiffin,  Ohio,  on  April  9.  Officers 
for  the  ensuing  year  were  elected  as  follows : Lyman 
R.  Rawles,  M.D.,  Fort  Wayne,  Indiana,  President;  E. 
Benjamin  Gillette,  M.D.,  Toledo,  Vice  President;  F. 
R.  N.  Carter,  M.D.,  South  Bend,  Indiana,  Secretary; 
Douglas  Donald,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Treasurer;  and  G.  O. 
Larson,  M.D.,  LaPorte,  Indiana,  H.  E.  Randall,  M.D., 
Flint,  O.  P.  Klotz,  M.D.,  Findlay,  Ohio,  Howard  H. 
Cummings,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  and  Donald  Cameron, 
M.D.,  Fort  Wayne,  Indiana,  were  elected  Counsellors. 

* ♦ 

A.  Kuhlman  and  Company  of  Detroit  recently  resur- 
rected an  antique  letter  from  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society  • signed  by  F.  B.  Marshall,  M.D.,  of  Mus- 
kegon, inviting  them  to  participate  as  an  exhibitor 
in  the  M.S.M.S.  Annual  Meeting  of  1912  in  Muskegon. 
Part  of  the  letter  read : “An  unusually  large  attend- 
ance is  expected  at  this  meeting.  A large  number  of 
people  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States  will  be 
visiting  Muskegon  at  that  time  (June),  the  begin- 
ning of  the  next  resort  season.” 

This  interesting  document  has  been  in  the  Kuhlman 
files  almost  three  decades ! 

♦ 4:  ♦ 

The  Michigan  Pathological  Society’s  April  meet- 
ing was  held  in  Flint,  Michigan  at  the  Hurley  Hos- 
pital and  Durant  Hotel,  jointly  with  the  Genesee 
County  Medical  Society.  C.  W.  Colwell,  M.D.,  presi- 
dent of  the  Genesee  County  Medical  Society,  and  J.  A. 
Kasper,  M.D.,  president  of  the  Michigan  Pathologi- 
cal Society,  presided.  The  guest  speaker,  C.  W. 

Apflebach,  M.D.,  was  introduced  by  W.  H.  Marshall, 
M.D.  Dr.  Apflebach’s  subject  was  “Tumors  of  the 
Lungs  and  Thoracic  Cavity,”  illustrated  by  colored 
pictures.  Cases  representing  “Tumors  of  the  Res- 
piratory System”  were  presented  by  Drs.  Bond,  Bin- 
ford,  Ahronheim,  Backus  and  Kasper  of  the  Michigan 
I Pathological  Society. 

* * * 

Warning  against  driving  when  taking  sulfanilamide 
j is  contained  in  an  article  appearing  in  The  Journal  of 
I the  AMA  issue  of  May  17.  Physicians  have  ruled 
I that  airplane  pilots  must  not  fly  until  four  days  have 
, elapsed  after  they  have  received  any  of  the  sulfona- 
mide group.  Patients  engaged  in  mechanical  work 
' of  any  kind  should  not  take  sulfanilamide  except 
' when  relieved  of  their  responsibilities.  Patients  should 


rented  ^ 

in  any 

contoroeis-  aU-qo''^ 

radon  W ^50  pet 

jinplante  cn  » 

ms- 

MatsVvaUT'  .qQ 


86c  out  of  each  $1,00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 


PHYSiaANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSiaANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 


Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 
(56,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 

For 
$10.00 
per  year 

$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$33.oa 
per  year 

$ltl, 000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$66.00 
per  year 

$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  aeddent  and  sickness 

For 
$99.00 
per  year 

39  years  under  the  same  management 

$2,000,000.00  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$10,000,000.00  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

' Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 


i June,  1941  483 

i 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


be  cautioned  preferably  to  stay  at  home  and  at  rest 
while  taking  the  drug  and  not  to  drive  an  automo- 
bile, make  an  important  decision  or  sign  any  papers 
while  the  drug  is  being  administered.  Physicians  thus 
have  a definite  obligation  when  prescribing  sulfanila- 
mide.   

1941  EXHIBITORS 

Exhibitors  at  the  1941  Convention  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  to  be  held  at  the  Civic 
Auditorium,  Grand  Rapids,  September  17,  18,  19, 
1941,  include: 


Abbott  Laboratories North  Chicago 

Baker  Laboratories Cleveland 

Bard-Parker  Company Danbury,  Conn. 

Barry  Allergy  Laboratory Detroit 

Rudolph  Beaver,  Inc Waltham,  Mass. 

Otto  K.  Becker  Company Huntington,  W.  Va. 

Becton  Dickinson  & Co Rutherford,  N.  J. 

Bilhuber-Knoll  Corp Orange,  N.  J. 

Ernst-Bischoff  Co Ivoryton,  Conn. 

Borden  Sales  Company New  York  City 

Burroughs-Wellcome  Company New  York  City 

Cameron  Surgical  Specialty  Co Chicago 

S.  H.  Camp  & Company Jackson,  Michigan 

Ciba  Company,  Inc Summit,  N.  J. 

Coca-Cola  Company Atlanta,  Ga. 

Cottrell-Clarke,  Inc Detroit 

Cream  of  Wheat  Corp Minneapolis 

Cutter  Laboratories Chicago 

R.  B.  Davis  Company Hoboken,  N.  J. 

Davis  & Geek,  Inc Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

DePuy  Manufacturing  Co Warsaw,  Indiana 

Detroit  Creamery  Company Detroit 

Detroit  X-Ray  Sales  Co Detroit 

Dictaphone  Sales  Corp ..Detroit 

Dietene  Company Minneapolis 

Doho  Chemical  Corporation New  York  City 

Duke  Laboratories Stamford,  Conn. 

The  Ediphone  Company Detroit 

H.  G.  Fischer  & Company Chicago 

C.  B.  Fleet  Company Huntington,  W.  Va. 

General  Electric  X-Ray  Corp Chicago 

Gerber  Products  Company Fremont,  Michigan 

Hack  Shoe  Company Detroit 

Hanovia  Chemical  & Mfg.  Co Detroi": 

J.  F.  Hartz  Company Detroit 

H.  J.  Heinz  Company Pittsburgh 

Holland-Rantos,  Inc New  York  City 

G.  A.  Ingram  Company Detroit 

Jones  Metabolism  Equipment  Co Chicago 

“The  Junket  Folks” Little  Falls,  N.  Y. 

Kalak  Water  Co New  York 

A.  Kuhlman  & Company Detroit 


Professional  Economics 

An  ethical,  practical  plan  for  bettering 
your  income  from  professional  services. 

Send  card  or  prescription  blank  for  details. 

National  Discount  & Audit  Co. 

2114  Book  Tower/  Detroit/  Michigan 

Representatives  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada 


July  1 — Deadline  for  Registration 
Under  Harrison  Narcotic  Act 

Physicians  are  urged  to  register  now  under 
the  Harrison  Narcotic  Act  in  order  to  avoid 
later  inconvenience  and  necessity  of  paying  large 
penalties.  Failure  to  register  within  the  time 
allowed  by  law  adds  a penalty  of  25  per  cent 
to  the  amount  of  the  annual  tax  payable  at  the 
time  of  registration  and  in  addition  makes  the 
physician  in  default  liable  to  a fine  not  exceeding 
$2,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  not  exceeding  five 
years  or  both.  Don’t  delay  your  registration 
under  this  Federal  Act. 


Tea  & Febiger 

Lederle  Laboratories. . . . . . 
Libby,  McNeill  & Libby.. 
Liebel-Flarsheim  Company 

Eli  Lilly  & Company 

J.  B.  Lippincott  Company 


. . . . Philadelphia 
New  York  City 

.Chicago 

Cincinnati 

. . . . Indianapolis 
. . . . Philadelphia 


M.  & R.  Dietetic  Laboratories Columbus,  Obio 

McKesson  Appliance  Company Toledo,  Ohio 

Mead  Johnson  & Companv ’".vansville,  Ind. 

Medical  Arts  Surgical  Supply  Co Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

Medical  Arts  Physicians  & Surgeons  Supplies Detroit 

Medical  Case  History  Bureau New  York  City 

Mellin’s  Food  Company Boston 

The  Mennen  Company Newark,  N.  J. 

Medical  Protective  Company Fort  Wayne,  Ind. 

Wm.  S.  Merrell  Company Cincinnati 

Michigan  Health  Service Detroit 


C.  V.  Mosby  Company St.  Louis 

National  Live  Stock  & Meat  Board Chicago 

Nestle’s  Milk  Products,  Inc New  York  Cit^ 

Parke,  Davis  & Company Detroit 

Pelton  & Crane  Company Detroit 

Pet  Milk  Company St.  Louis 

Petrolagar  Laboratories Chicago 

Phillip  Morris  Company New  York  City 

Picker  X-Ray  Corporation New  York  City 

Professional  Management Battle  Creek 


Randolph  Surgical  Supply  Co Detroit 

Riedel-de  Haen,  Inc New  York  City 

S.M.A.  Corporation Chicago 

Sandoz  Chemical  Works,  Inc New  York  City 

W.  B.  Saunders  Company Philadelphia 

Sobering  Corporation Bloomfield,  N.  J. 

Scientific  Sugars  Company Columbus,  Ind. 

Sharp  & Dohme Philadelphia 

Smith,  Kline  & French  Laboratories Philadelphia 

E.  R.  Squibb  & Sons New  York  City 

Frederick  Stearns  & Company Detroit 


U.  S.  Standard  Products  Co Woodworth,  Wis. 

Wall  Chemicals  Corp Detroit 

Westinghouse  X-Ray  Company Long  Island  City,  N.  Y. 

White  Laboratories Newark,  N.  J. 

Winth?op  Chemical  Company New  York  City 

John  Wyeth  & Brothers Philadelphia 

Zimmer  Manufacturing  Company Warsaw,  Ind. 


The  above  list  of  your  friends  in  business  is  published 
for  your  convenience.  When  you  need  reliable  medical 
supplies  or  other  commodities  and  service  ojfered  to 
you  by  these  firms,  remember  they  make  it  possible  for 
you  to  enjoy  one  of  the  outstanding  state  medical  con- 
ventions by  their  generous  support  of  your  annual 
meeting.  Why  not  save  an  order  for  your  exhibitor 
friend  f 


THE  MAPLES 

A Private  Sanitarium  for  the  Treatment  of  Alcoholism 

Registered  by  the  A.M.A. 


R.F.D.  3,  UMA,  OfflO 
Phone:  High  6447 

Located  ZYz  Miles  East  of  Corner  on 
U.  S.  30  N. 

F.  P.  Dirlam  A.  H,  Nihizer,  M.D. 

Superintendent  Medical  Director 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


484 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


READING  NOTICES 


HISTORICAL  NOTES  ON 
MEAD'S  CEREAL  AND  PABLUM 

Hand  in  hand  with  pediatric  progress,  the  introduc- 
tion of  Mead’s  Cereal  in  1930  marked  a new  concept 
in  the  function  of  cereals  in'  the  child’s  dietary.  For 
150  years  before  that,  since  the  days  of  “pap”  and 
“panada,”  there  has  been  no  noteworthy  improvement 
in  the  nutritive  quality  of  cereals  for  infant  feeding. 
Cereals  were  fed  principally  for  their  carbohydrate 
content. 

The  formula  of  Mead’s  Cereal  was  designed  to  sup- 
plement the  baby’s  diet  in  minerals  and  vitamins,  espe- 
cially iron  and  Bi. 

That  the  medical  profession  has  recognized  the  im- 
portance of  this  contribution  is  indicated  by  the  fact 
that  cereal  is  now  included  in  the  baby’s  diet  as  early 
as  the  third  or  fourth  month  instead  of  at  the  sixth 
to  twelfth  month  as  was  the  custom  only  a decade 
or  two  ago. 

In  1933  Mead  Johnson  & Company  went  a step 
further,  improving  the  Mead’s  Cereal  mixture  by  a 
special  process  of  cooking,  which  rendered  it  easily 
tolerated  by  the  infant  and  at  the  same  time  did  away 
with  the  need  for  prolonged  cereal  cooking  in  the 
home.  The  result  is  Pablum,  an  original  product  which 
offers  all  of  the  nutritional  qualities  of  Mead’s  Cereal, 
plus  the  convenience  of  thorough  scientific  cooking. 

Many  physicians  recognize  the  pioneer  efforts  on  the 
part  of  Mead  Johnson  & Company  by  specifying  Mead’s 
Cereal  and  Pablum. 


THE  TRUE  ECONOMY  OF  DEXTRI-MALTOSE 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  a fair  average  of  the 
length  of  time  an  infant  receives  Dextri-Maltose  is  five 
months : That  these  five  months  are  the  most  critical 

of  the  baby’s  life : That  the  difference  in  cost  to  the 

mother  between  Dextri-Maltose  and  common  sugars  is 
about  $7  for  this  entire  period — a few  cents  a day : 
That,  in  the  end,  it  costs  the  motlier  less  to  employ 
regular  medical  attendance  for  her  baby  than  to  attempt 
to  do  her  own  feeding,  which  in  numerous  cases  leads 
to  a seriously  sick  baby  eventually  requiring  the  most 
costly  medical  attendance. 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISING 


RESORT  PROPERTY  FOR  SALE.  Beautiful,  fully 
furnished  home  at  Bellaire,  Michigan.  Cedar  hedge, 
sugar  maple  shade.  Five  car  garage.  Ten  large  rooms, 
full  basement.  Three  fireplaces,  two  bathrooms, 
two  sleeping  porches,  city  water,  electricity.  Bathing 
beach,  playground — one  block.  Fine  lake  and  trout 
fishing.  Excellent  deer  and  bird  hunting.  This  is  one 
of  the  healthiest  and  most  beautiful  sections  of  Michi- 
gan. BARGAIN.  Address  Clyde  Smith,  1515  Brook- 
Ij-n  Ave.,  Ann  Arbor,  ^Michigan. 


UPPER  PENINSULA  MEDICAL  ASSCOATION 
Ironwood,  Michigan 
July  17  and  18 

PROGRAM 

Thursday,  July  17,  1941 

Morning  Session 

9 ;00  Registration  at  Grand  View  Hospital 

10:00  Welcome — W.  E.  Tew,  M.D.,  President 

Treatment  of  Varicose  Veins — H.  O.  McPhett- 
ers,  M.D.,  Minneapolis 

Practical  Application  of  Vitamin  Therapy — C. 
Q.  Weigand,  M.D.,  Indianapolis 

Excretory  Urography  in  the  Study  of  Urologic 
Disease — James  C.  Sargent,  M.D.,  Milwaukee 

12:15  Lunch  at  Grand  View  Hospital 

Afternoon  Session 

1 :30  Qinical  Application  of  the  Sulphonamide  Group 
of  Drugs — Francis  D.  Murphy,  M.D.,  Mil- 
waukee 

X-ray  in  Acute  Abdomen — Leo  G.  Rigler,  M.D., 
Minneapolis 

Surgical  Subject — Chas.  W.  Mayo,  M.D.,  Roch- 
ester, Minn. 

Eye  Injuries — Ralph  Sproule,  AI.D.,  Milwaukee, 
President,  Wisconsin  State  Medical  Society 

Friday,  July  18,  1941 

Morning  Session 

10:00  Rectal  Diseases — Louis  A.  Buie,  M.D.,  Roches- 
ter, Minn. 

Industrial  Backache — Paul  B.  Magnuson,  M.D., 
Chicago 

Practical  Application  of  Hormone  Therapy — 
S.  C.  Freed,  M.D.,  Chicago 

Business  meeting. 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


PRESCRIBE  OR  DISPENSE  ZEMMER 

Pharmaceuticals,  Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampules,  Capsules,  Ointments,  etc. 
Guaranteed  reliable  potency.  Our  products  are  laboratory  controlled. 
Write  for  general  price  list. 

THE  ZEMMER  COMPANY 

Chemists  to  the  Medical  Profession  Oakland  Station  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Mich.  6-41 


June,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


485 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Acknowledgment  of  all  hooks  received  will  he  made  in  this 
column  and  this  will  he  deemed  hy  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  he  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 


PROCTOLOGY  FOR  THE  GENERAL  PRACTITIONER. 
By  Frederick  C.  Smith,  M.D.,  M.Sc.  (Med.);  F.A.P.S. ; 
Formerly  Associate  in  Proctology,  Graduate  School  of  Med- 
icine, University  of  Pennsylvania;  Fellow,  American  Proc- 
tologic Society;  Editor,  The  Weekly  Roster  and_  Medical 
Digest,  Philadelphia  County  Medical  Society;  Editor,  The 
Medical  World;  Lieutenant  Colonel,  Medical  Reserve  Corps, 
United  States  Army.  Illustrated  with  161  half-tones  and  line 
engravings  and  S color  plates.  Second  revised  edition.  Phila- 
delphia: F.  A.  Davis  Company,  1941.  Price:  $4.50. 

The  title  well  indicates  the  scope  of  this  volume.  It 
describes  the  diagnosis  and  care  of  many  pathological 
conditions  and  should  be  of  great  help  in  extending  the 
physician’s  office  practice.  A number  of  conditions  not 
usually  associated  with  proctology  are  included  when 
their  main  connection  is  with  this  anatomical  area. 

4=  ♦ * 

EMERGENCY  SURGERY.  By  Hamilton  Baily,  F.R.C.S. 
(Eng.)  Surgeon,  Royal  Northern  Hospital,  London;  Surgeon 
and  Urologist,  Essex  County  Council ; Surgeon,  Italian 
Hospital ; Consulting  Surgeon,  Clacton  Hospital  and  the 
County  Hospital,  Chatham;  External  Examiner  in  Surgery, 
University  of  Bristol.  Fourth  edition  with  390  illustrations, 
of  which  a large  number  are  in  color.  A William  Wood 
Book.  Baltimore:  The  Williams  and  Wilkins  Company,  1940. 
Price:  $15.00.  ‘ 

This  is  the  fourth  edition  of  a book  first  published 
in  1930.  It  is  typically  English,  giving  great  detail  with 
an  overwhelming  number  of  drawings  and  photographs. 
It  includes  a number  of  conditions  which  are  not  es- 
sentially of  an  emergency  nature  but  its  inclusiveness 
should  be  welcome.  Many  of  the  figures  are  in  color 
which  adds  to  their  clarity.  The  English  viewpoint  on 
some  procedures  is  interesting  and  of  value.  For  a 
complete  discussion  of  emergency  surgery  it  is  recom- 
mended. 

♦ * * 

THE  AVITAMINOSES.  The  Chemical,  Clinical  and  Patho 
logical  Aspects  of  the  Vitamin  Deficiency  Diseases.  By 
Walter  H.  Eddy,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Physiological  Chemistry, 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University ; Director,  Bureau  of 
Foods  and  Sanitation,  “Good  Housekeeping  Magazine” : and 
Gilbert  Dalldorf,  M.D.,  Pathologist  to  the  Grasslands  and 
Northern  Westchester  Hospitals,  Westchester  County,  New 
York.  Second  edition.  Baltimore:  The  Williams  & Wilkins 
(Company,  1941.  Price;  $4.50. 

Originally  published  in  1937,  this  is  the  second  edition 
and  has  been  greatly  enlarged.  For  the  practitioner 
who  graduated  ten  or  more  years  ago  this  book  presents 
the  necessary  information  regarding  the  chemical,  physi- 
ological and  clinical  aspects  of  the  vitamin  question  in  a 
complete  but  very  readable  and  easily  understandable 
manner.  The  experimental  work  and  its  application  to 
clinical  use  is  splendidly  evaluated.  It  is  highly  recom- 
mended to  any  physician  desiring  scientific  but  practical 
information  in  treating  this  group  of  puzzling  cases. 

^ 

ROENTGEN  INTERPRETATION.  By  George  W.  Holmes, 
M.D.,  Roentgenologist  to  the  Massachusetts  General  Hospital 
and  Clinical  Professor  of  Roentgenology,  Harvard  Medical 
School;  and  Howard  E.  Ruggles,  M.D.,  Late  Roentgenologist 
to  the  University  of  California  Hospital  and  Clinical  Professor 
of  Roentgenology,  University  of  California  Medical  School. 
Sixth  edition,  thoroughly  revised.  Illustrated  with  246  en- 
gravings. Philadelphia:  Lea  and  Febiger,  1941.  Price:  $5.00. 

For  the  roentgenologist  and  especially  the  physician 
who  does  not  confine  all  his  time  to  that  specialty  this 
well-illustrated  volume  should  be  of  great  value.  The 
authors,  who  are  top  ranking  roentgenologists,  point 
out  the  common  errors  which  are  made  in  interpretation. 


the  reason  for  the  error,  and  the  manner  in  which  to 
avoid  the  incorrect  reading.  It  is  simply  written  and ' 
well  organized. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

FIRST  AID  IN  EMERGENCIES.  By  Eldridge  L.  Elia  son,  i 
A.B.,  M.D.,  Sc.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  Professor  of  Surgery,  University^ 
of  Pennsylvania  School  of  Medicine;  Professor  of  Surgery,; 
University  of  Pennsylvania  Graduate  School  of  Medicine ; 
Surgeon,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Presbyterian,  and 
Philadelphia  General  Hospitals.  Tenth  e^tion  completely, 
revised  and  reset.  126  illustrations.  Philadelphia : J.  B. 
Lippincott  Company,  1941.  Price:  $1.75. 

This  is  the  tenth  edition  of  the  pocket-sized  book 
first  published  in  1915.  This  edition  has  been  entirely 
revised  and  the  type  reset  and  many  new  illustrations 
added.  The  author  has  avoided  quite  well  the  usual 
fault  of  this  type  of  manual ; namely,  encouraging  too 
much  home  medication  and  interference.  This  book 
would  be  a safe  textbook  for  first  aid  classes. 

♦ * ♦ 


AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  DERMATOLOGY.  By  Richard  L. 
Sutton,  M.D.,  Sc.D.,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.  (Edin.)  Emeritus 
Professor  of  Dermatology,  University  of  Kansas  School  of 
Medicine;  and  Richard  L.  Sutton,  Jr.,  A.M.,  M.D.,  L.R.C.P. 
(Edin.)  Assistant  Professor  of  Dermatology,  University  of 
Kansas  School  of  Medicine.  With  723  illustrations.  Fourth 
edition.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price: 
$9.00. 

This  is  the  fourth  edition  of  this  valuable  textbook 
first  published  in  1932.  In  this  edition  the  type  has  been 
reset,  and  the  number  of  illustrations  more  than  doubled. 
Excellent  care  and  judgment  have  been  shown  in  the 
illustrations  and  the  completeness  of  the  volume  is 
almost  unbelievable.  Modern  treatment  is  fully  described 
and  every  aid  is  extended  the  practitioner  in  diagnosis 
and  care  of  his  patient.  A very  complete  and  well- 
arranged  bibliography  is  an  additional  feature.  This 
book  is  recommended  to  the  practitioner  who  is  more 
than  ordinarily  interested  in  the  handling  of  this  group 
of  cases. 

♦ ♦ 4= 


FOCUS  ON  AFRICA.  By  Richard  Upjohn  Light,  Photographs 
by  Mary  Light.  Foreword  by  Isaiah  Bowman,  President, 
The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  New  York:  American  Geo- 
graphical Society,  1941.  Price : $5.00  ($3.00  to  Fellows  of  the 
American  Geographical  Society). 


Doctor  Light  of  Kalamazoo,  a well-known  brain 
surgeon,  in  company  with  his  wife  flew  his  private  plane 
over  most  of  Africa  in  the  winter  of  1937-’38.  The 
present  economic  and  military  interest  in  Africa  makes 
the  observations  of  Doctor  Light  regarding  the  political, 
agricultural,  and  economical  problems  of  especial  im- 
portance and  interest  to  the  medical  reader.  A new 
light  is  shown  on  this  vast  continent.  The  photography 
is  superb  and  the  selection  of  subjects  well  chosen. 
The  running  comment  besides  being  instructive  is  ex- 
ceedingly interesting. 

4:  * 4! 

THE  ESSENTIALS  OF  APPLIED  MEDICAL  LABORA- 
TORY TECHNIC.  Details  of  how  to  build  and  conduct  an 
office  or  small  hospital  laboratory  at  small  cost.  By  J.  M. 
Feder,  M.D.,  Director  of  Laboratories  and  Allergic  Service, 
Anderson  County  Hospital,  Anderson,  S.  C.  Blood  and 
Plasma  Transfusion.  By  John  Elliott,  Sc.D.,  Pathologist 
Rowan  General  Hospital,  Salisbury,  N.C.  Profusely  illustrated. 
Two  plates  in  colors.  Charlotte,  N.  C. : Charlotte  Medical 

Press,  1940. 

For  the  scientifically  inclined  practitioner  in  the  small 
town  who  envies  the  clinical  laboratory  facilities  of  his 
urban  colleagues.  Here  is  described  the  equipping  and 
management  of  a small  hospital  or  office  laboratory  at 
a minimum  cost.  It  describes  very  much  in  detail  how 
to  make  such  apparatus  as  is  usually  thought  prohibitive 
in  price  to  the  average  physician.  The  book  goes  on  to 
describe  in  great  detail  and  with  veiy^  intimate  line 
drawings  and  pictures  various  laboratory'  procedures 
considered  necessary  in  the  modern  practice  of  medicine. 


486 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


ENZYMOL 


A Physiological  Surgical  Solvent 

Prepared  Directly  From  the  Fresh  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane 


ENZYMOL  proves  of  special  service  in  the  treatment  of  pus  cases. 

ENZYMOL  resolves  necrotic  tissue,  exerts  a reparative  action,  dissipates  foul  odors; 
a physiological,  enzymic  surface  action.  It  does  not  invade  healthy  tissue;  does  not 
damage  the  skin.  It  is  made  ready  for  use,  simply  by  the  addition  of  water. 

These  are  some  notes  of  clinical  application  during  many  years: 


Abscess  cavities 
Antrum  operation 
Sinus  coses 
Comeal  ulcer 


Carbuncle  After  tooth  extraction 

Rectal  fistula  Cleansing  mastoid 

Diabetic  gangrene  Middle  ear 

After  removal  of  tonsils  Cervicitis 

Originated  and  Made  by 


Fairchild  Bros.  & Foster 

New  York,  N.Y. 

Descriptive  Literature  Gladly  Sent  on  Request. 


The  Burdick  Z-IS  Dual  Zoalite  is  a popular  pro- 
fessional lamp  for  use  on  either  large  or  small 
areas. 


RAY  OF  COMFORT 

Infra-red  irradiation  is  a physiologic  sedative  and 
analgesic. 

A Burdick  Zoalite  will  provide  comfort  for  your 
patients  in  such  widely  diversified  conditions  as — 

Sprains  Local  inflammations 

Strains  Arthritis 

Coryza 

ZOALITE  Infra-red  Lamps 

There  is  a Zoalite  for  every  type  of  practice. 
Prescription  Zoalites  are  available  for  home  use, 
at  low  rental  cost. 

THE  G.  A.  INGRAM  COMPANY 

4444  Woodward  Detroit,  Michigan 


The  G.  A.  INGRAM  CO.,  4444  Woodward,  Detroit,  Michigan 
Gentlemen:  Please  send  literature  on  the  Z-15  Dual  Zoalite. 

Dr 

Address  


City  . 


fULY,  1941 


State 


495 

Say  yon  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


Again,  the  medical  profession  of  Michigan  can 
point  with  pride  to  the  fact  that  the  label  of 
“trade”  does  not  apply  to  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine. Through  Michigan  Medical  Service,  the 
doctors  of  the  state  are  proving  that  the  pro- 
fession has  for  its  prime  object  the  service  it  can 
render  to  humanity  in  aiding  the  citizens  of  our 
state  in  securing  needed  surgical  and  medical 
treatment. 

In  Retrospect 

Prior  to  the  organization  of  Michigan  Medical 
Service,  it  was  recognized  that  it  was  extremely 
difficult  for  citizens  of  the  moderate  income 
group  to  provide  in  their  budgets  for  the  payment 
of  essential  medical  services  required  by  their 
families  and  themselves.  Accordingly,  after  ex- 
haustive studies  by  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society,  the  doctors  of  Michigan  established 
Michigan  Medical  Service  as  an  organization 
whereby  they  offered  their  services  to  the  people 
of  Michigan  at  amounts  which  would  fit  into 
their  budgets,  these  payments  being  pooled  in  a 
common  fund  which  would  be  used  to  pay  the 
doctor  for  his  services.  This  program  provided 
a means  for  persons  with  limited  incomes  to  avail 
themselves  of  medical  and  surgical  service  when 
necessary.  The  acceptance  of  this  program  is  in- 
dicated by  the  state-wide  enrollment  of  over  500 
groups,  totaling  40,000  workers  and  their  fami- 
lies. 

Cooperation  of  Doctors 

During  the  first  thirteen  months  of  operation, 
the  funds  received  from  subscribers  were  suf- 
ficient to  pay  benefits  to  doctors  for  services 
rendered  in  amounts  equivalent  to  prevailing 
charges  made  to  persons  with  moderate  incomes 
of  approximately  $1,500.00  tO’  $1,700.00  annually. 
This  level  was  maintained,  although  the  volume 
of  services  rendered  exceeded  that  reported  in 
any  study  of  the  amount  of  medical  care  re- 
quired by  groups  of  people.  The  increase  ap- 
plied to  both  medical  and  surgical  services,  the 
subscribers  requesting  treatment  for  conditions 
which  had  been  long  neglected  and  the  correction 
of  which  resulted  in  their  increased  good  health. 

In  the  first  four  months  of  this  year,  the  sea- 
sonal increase  in  medical  care  was  emphasized  by 
a considerable  increase  in  influenza,  measles. 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE  REGISTRATION 
HONOR  ROLL 
(As  of  June  10,  1941) 

100  Per  cent 

Manistee 

Mason 

Mecosta-0  sceola-Lake 
Menominee 

90  to  99  Per  Cent 
Bay-Arenac-Iosco 
Calhoim 
Gogebic 

Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 

Marquette-Alger 

Oceana 

St.  Joseph 

80  to  89  Per  Cent 

Allegan 

Barry 

Branch 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

Dickinson-Iron 

Eaton 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

Hillsdale 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw 

Huron 

Ingham 

lonia-Montcalm 

Kalamazoo 

Kent 

Lenawee 

Livingston 

Midland 

Muskegon 

Newaygo 

Northern  Michigan 

Ontonagon 

Ottawa 

Saginaw 

Tuscola 

Wexford-Missaukee 

75  to  79  Per  Cent 

Jackson 

Monroe 

North  Central  Counties 

Oakland 

Wayne 


gastro-intestinal  disorders,  etc.  During  this  peri- 
od, there  was  also  an  increase  in  enrollment  with 
the  usual  substantial  volume  of  service  for  the 
first  months  the  certificates  went  into  effect.  In 
view  of  this  situation  and  in  the  interests  of  con- 
servative management,  payment  for  services  ren- 
dered during  the  month  of  April  was  authorized 
on  a level  somewhat  lower  than  that  previously 
(Continued  on  Page  498) 


496 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


NORMAL  INFANTS 


Whole  milk 10  ozs. 

Water,  boiled 10  ozs. 

Karo  syrup 2 tbs. 


Evaporated  milk 6 ozs. 

Water,  boiled 12  ozs. 

Karo  syrup 2 tbs. 


Powdered  milk 5 tbs. 

Water,  boiled 20  ozs. 

Karo  syrup 2 tbs. 

ALLERGIC  INFANTS 

Evaporated  goat’s  milk . . 6 ozs. 

Water,  boiled 12  ozs. 

Karo  syrup 2 tbs. 


Newborns  tolerate  a simple  formula  consisting  of  10 
ounces  of  boiled  fresh  cow’s  milk,  8 ounces  of  sterile 
water  and  1 ounce  of  mixed  sugar.  Added  carbo- 

I 

hydrate  in  the  form  of  corn  syrup  is  usually  better 
tolerated  than  the  simple  sugars,  lactose  or  sucrose. 
At  first,  about  one  ounce  of  the  formula  will  he 


Hypoallergic  milk  . . . 

Water,  boiled 

Karo  syrup 

Sobee  

Water,  boiled 

Karo  syrup 

NEUROPATHIC  INFANTS 

Evaporated  milk 

Water,  boiled 

Barley  flour 

Karo  syrup 

...  1 tbs. 

(cooked  ten  minutes 
imtil  thick) 


taken  at  a time  although  the  infant  is  allowed  all  he 
will  take  of  the  three  oxmces  and  the  remainder 
discarded.  The  allergic  newborn  may  be  given 
evaporated  cow’s-milk  or  goat’s-nulk  formulas;  the 
hypertonic  newborn  thick  feeding;  the  hypotonic 
newborn,  evaporated  or  lactic-acid  milk  formulas.” 


Whole  milk 12  ozs. 

Water,  boiled 6 ozs. 

25%  Lactic  acid 2 tsp. 

Karo  syrup 2 tbs. 


2%  Lactic-acid  milk  18  ozs. 

Karo  syrup 2 tbs. 


2%  Lactic-acid  milk  18  ozs. 

Karo  syrup 2 tbs. 


'KuGELMASS-/*Newer  Nutrition  in  Pediatric  Practice” 


THE  CHEMICAL  COMPOSITION  OF  KARO 
IN  GLASS  AND  IN  TINS  IS  IDENTICAL 


Dextrins 37.4% 

Maltose 18% 

Dextrose 12% 

Sucrose 4% 

Invert  Sugar 3% 

Minerals 0.6% 

Moisture 25  % 


(Karo-: 


1 oz.  volume.  ...  40  grams 
120  cals. 

1 oz.  wt 28  grams 

90  cals. 

1 teaspoon 20  cals. 

1 tablespoon ....  60  cals. 
Label) 


CORN  PRODUCTS  SALES  COMPANY 

17  Battery  Place,  iVeir  Yorh  City 


July,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


497 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


(Continued  from  Page  496) 

prevailing.  With  the  seasonal  decrease  during 
the  remaining  period  of  the  year  and  Avhen  new 
groups  have  passed  their  first  months  of  service, 
it  is  expected  that  requests  for  services  will  de- 
cline to  the  usual  level. 


Prompt  Payment  for  Every  Service 

Due  consideration  should  be  given  to  the  fact 
that  the  medical  plan  has  made  it  possible  for 
services  to  be  rendered  for  conditions  which  the 
patient  has  had  for  some  time,  but  for  which  he 
has  never  been  able  to  afford  the  necessary  treat- 
ment. In  addition,  the  plan  helps  eliminate  non- 
collectible accounts  and  has  lessened  the  amount 
of  unremunerated  services  for  patients  who 
would  either  be  charity  cases  or  would  pay  only 
part  of  the  charge  for  services. 


COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
MEETINGS 

Bay-Arenac-Iosco — Wednesday,  May  28 — Bay  City — 
Speaker:  Mark  F.  Osterlin,  M.D.  Traverse  City.  Sub- 
ject: “Tuberculosis  in  Children.”  Wednesday,  June  18 
— Bay  City — Ladies’  Night. 

Berrien — -Wednesday,  May  21 — Niles — Speaker:  John 
T.  Reynolds,  M.D.,  Chicago.  Subject:  “Fractures.” 

Calhoun — Tuesday,  June  3 — Battle  Creek — Speaker: 
Pearl  Kendrick,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids.  Subject:  “Re- 
cent Research  Work  in  the  State  Board  of  Health 
Laboratories.” 

Dickinson-Iron — Thursday,  June  5 — Iron  Mountain — 
Speaker : William  Lange,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Ingham — Tuesday,  June  17 — Lansing — Speaker:  Carl 
Badgley,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor.  Subject:  “Backache.” 

lackson — Tuesday,  May  20 — Jackson — Speaker:  John 
T.  Murphy,  M.D.,  Toledo.  Subject:  “Bone  Tumors.” 

Kalamazoo — Tuesday,  June  17 — Kalamazoo — Joint 

meeting  with  Woman’s  Auxiliary. 

Oakland — Wednesday,  June  4— Rotunda  Inn — Speak- 
er : Reed  Nesbit,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor.  Subject:  “Chronic 
Pyelonephritis.” 

St.  Clair — Tuesday,  May  27 — St.  Clair — Speakers  : 
Herbert  H.  Hollman,  M.D.,  Detroit  and  Arthur  E. 
Schiller,  M.D.,  Detroit.  Subject:  “New  Ideas  of 
Syphilis  and  Dermatology.”  Friday,  June  20 — St. 
Clair — Special  meeting  honoring  legislators  from  St. 
Clair  County. 

St.  Joseph — Thursday,  June  12 — Klinger  Lake  Coun- 
try Club — Joint  Meeting  of  Medical  Society  with_  dent- 
ists and  druggists  of  the  county.  Colored  movies  of 
hunting  trips  were  shown  by  C.  E.  Boys,  M.D.  of 
Kalamazoo. 

Shiawassee — Thursday,  June  19 — Owosso — Speaker : 
Dr.  Charles  Kettering,  Vice  President  of  General  Mo- 
tors in  Charge  of  Research,  addressed  the  Society. 
He  was  accompanied  by  Dr.  Walter  Simpson,  director 
of  the  Kettering  Institute  and  Dr.  W.  Kendall,  the 
assistant  Director. 

Washtenaw — Wednesday,  June  25 — Washtenaw 

Country  Club — ^Joint  meeting  of  the  County  Dental  and 
Medical  Societies. 

Wexford-Missaukee — Thursday,  May  29 — Cadillac — 
State  Society  Program  with  the  following  speakers : 
Paul  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Bay  City;  Wm.  E.  Barstow, 
M.D.,  St.  Louis;  Ed.  F.  Sladek,  M.D.,  Traverse  City; 
L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Bay  City  and  Wm.  J.  Burns, 
Lansing. 


COUNCIL  AND  COMMITTEE  MEETINGS 

1.  Wednesday,  May  21,  1941,  3 :00  p.m. — Postgradute 
Medical  Education  Committee,  University  Hospital, 
Ann  Arbor. 

2.  Monday,  June  9,  1941,  6:15  p.m. — Cancer  Commit- 
tee, Woman’s  League,  Ann  Arbor. 

3.  Thursday,  June  12,  1941,  3:00  p.m. — Executive 
Committee  of  The  Council,  Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

4.  Friday,  June  13,  1941,  12:30  p.m. — Representatives 
to  Joint  Committee  on  Health  Education,  Michigan 
Union,  Ann  Arbor. 

5.  Sunday,  June  15,  1941,  6:00  p.m. — Syphilis  Control 
Committee,  Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

6.  Wednesday,  June  18,  1941,  6:30  p.m. — Executive 
Committee  of  The  Council,  Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

7.  Thursday,  June  19,  1941,  6:00  p.m. — Preventive 
Medicine  Committee,  Hotel  Olds,  Lansing. 

8.  Friday  and  Saturday,  July  11  and  12,  1941 — The 
Council,  Mackinac  Island. 


MICHIGAN  PHYSICIANS  REGISTERED  AT 
THE  CLEVELAND  AMA  MEETING 
Total— 438 

Following  is  a list  of  the  Michigan  physicians  who 
registered  at  the  Cleveland  AMA  Convention.  Names 
are  listed  in  the  order  in  which  they  appeared  in  the 
Daily  Bulletins  of  the  92nd  Annual  Session: 

Monday:  Altshuler,  Samuel  S.,  Detroit;  Aronstam,  Noah  E., 
Detroit;  Ascher,  Meyer  S.,  Detroit. 

Backus,  G.  R.,  Flint;  Bader,  Benjamin  H.,  Detroit;  Bartlett, 
Walter  M.,  Benton  Harbor;  Beaver,  Donald  C.,  Detroit;  Beebe, 
Irvin  J.,  Morenci;  Beeuwkes,  Lambertus  E.,  Dearborn;  Behen, 
Wm.  C.,  Lansing;  Bentley,  Neil,  Detroit;  Berman,  Harry  S., 
Detroit;  Birkelo,  C.  C.,  Detroit;  Bond,  Geo.  L.,  Grand  Rapids; 
Brines,  Osborne  A.,  Detroit;  Brink,  J.  Russell,  Grand  Rapids; 
Brisbois,  Harold  J.,  Plymouth;  Broudo,  Philip  H.,  Detroit; 
Brunk,  A.  S.,  Detroit;  Burley,  D.  H.,  Almont;  Burley,  J.  H., 
Port  Huron;  Brush,  Brock  E.,  Detroit;  Byrnes,  A.  W.,  Ft. 
Custer. 

Caldwell,  George  H.,  Kalamazoo ; Campbell,  Alexander  M., 
Grand  Rapids;  Carstens,  Henry  R.,  Detroit;  Christian,  L.  G., 
Lansing;  Christopoulos,  D.  G.,  Detroit;  Colwell,  C.  W.,  Flint; 
Curtin,  J.  H.,  Flint. 

Danforth,  Mortimer  E..  Detroit;  Doyle,  F.  M.,  Kalamazoo; 
Droock,  Victor,  Detroit;  Duffie,  Don  H.,  Central  Lake;  Dutch- 
ess, Charles  E.,  Detroit;  Ferguson,  Lynn  A.,  Grand  Rapids; 
Ferrand,  L.  G.,  Rockford;  Fitzgerald,  E.  W.,  Detroit; 
Flynn,  J.  Donald,  Grand  Rapids;  Foster,  L.  Fernald,  Bay 
City;  Frazer,  Mary  Margaret,  Detroit. 

Gould,  S.  E.,  Eloise;  Green,  Mervin  E.,  Ann  Arbor;  Gruber, 
Thomas  K.,  Eloise. 

Hagele,  Marie  A.,  Lansing;  Harkins,  Henry  N.,  Detroit; 
Hartwell,  Shattuck  W..  Muskegon;  Hasley,  Clyde  K.,  Detroit; 
Heath,  Leonard  P.,  Detroit;  High,  Anne  L.,  Ann  Arbor; 
Hirschman,  Louis  J..  Detroit;  Holcomb,  J.  W.,  Grand  Rapids. 
Her,  Harris  D.,  Clinton. 

Jewell,  F.  C.,  Detroit;  Johnson,  Ralph  A.,  Detroit;  Johnstone, 
K.  T.,  Grant. 

Kallet,  Herbert  Detroit;  Kaump,  Dowald  H.,  Detroit; 
Kehoe,  Henry  J.,  Detroit;  Kenyon,  Fanny  Helen,  Detroit; 
Keshishian,  S.  K.,  Detroit;  Kessler,  Saba,  Bay  City;  Keyport, 
Oaude  Roy,  Grayling;  Kitchen,  D.  K.,  Grosse  Pointe  Park; 
Kowalski,  V.  L.,  Detroit;  Kullman,  Harold  J.,  Detroiy 

Lam,  Conrad  R.,  Detroit;  Lash,  M.  W.,  Detroit;  Levin,  Sam- 
uel J.,  Detroit ; Lipkin,  Ezra,  Detroit ; Lohr,  Oliver  W., 
Saginaw. 

Marcus.  Daniel  B.,  Detroit;  Martin,  R.  M.,  Detroit;  McColl, 
Clarke  M.,  Detroit;  McGregor,  Robert,  Saginaw;  McMillin, 
J.  H.,  Monroe;  Meader,  Fred  M.,  Detroit;  Mills,  Georgia  V., 
Detroit;  Morrow,  R.  J.,  Lansing;  Murray,  William  A.,  Detroit. 
Naylor,  Arthur  H.,  Detroit;  Noth,  Paul  H.,  Detroit. 

Oden,  Constantine,  Muskegon;  Olson,  James  A.,  Flint. 
Parsons,  John  P.,  Grosse  Pointe  Park;  Patmos,  Martin,  Kala- 
mazoo; Panzner,  Edward  J.,  Detroit;  Peet,  Max  M..  Ann  Ar- 
bor; Penberthy,  Grover  C.,  Detroit;  Perkins,  Ralph  H.,  Detroit; 

Ratigan,  Carl  S.,  Dearborn;  Reeder,  Frank  Elmer,  Flint;  Reid, 
Wesley  G.,  Detroit;  Rennell,  Leo  P.,  Detroit;  Robinson,  H.  C., 
Grand  Rapids;  Roth,  Paul,  Battle  Creek;  Russell,  Ramon  de 
Alvar ez-Skinner,  Ann  Arbor; 

Schroeder,  C.  F.,  Detroit;  Selby,  C.  D.,  Detroit;  Shafer, 
Harold  C.,  Bay  City;  Sharo,  A.  D.,  Albion;  Sherman,  R.  New- 
ton, Bay  City;  Shotwell,  Carlos  W.,  Detroit;  Shurly,  Burt  R., 
Detroit;  Sichler,  Harper  G.,  Lansing;  Smith,  Lillian  R.,  Lan- 
sing; Stein,  Albert  F.,  Fort  Custer;  Stevens,  Rollin  Howard, 
Detroit;  Straith,  Claire  L.,  Detroit;  Swenson,  H.  C.,  Grand 
Rapids. 

Tulloch,  John,  Detroit. 

Urmston,  Paul  R.,  Bay  City. 

Vonder  Heide,  Elmore,  Detroit. 

Walker,  Roger  V.,  Detroit;  Walls,  Arch,  Detroit;  Weller, 
Charles  N.,  Detroit;  Williams,  Mildred  C.,  Detroit;  Williams, 
Robert  J.,  Monroe. 

(Continued  on  Page  500) 


498 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


palatable  ° nutritious 
. . , easily  assimilated^ 

X^edeirle’s  CeREViITI 

CEREViM  IS  A CEREAL  FOOD,  formulated  by  pediatricians 
to  provide  suitable  nutritive  values  for  babies  and 
children.  It  is  distinctly  appetizing,  easily  digested  and 
non-irritating. 

AIDS  IN  PROMOTING  GROWTH:  In  Comparative  clinical 
studies*  it  was  shown  that  Cerevim-fed  babies  gained 
more  weight  and  height  than  the  control  babies  on  their 
usual  cereal. 

HELPFUL  IN  ANOREXIA  AND  CONSTIPATION  I Ccrevim  waS 
observed  in  the  study*  to  stimulate  the  appetite  in 
anorexia  and  relieve  constipation  in  children  suffering 
from  these  two  common  childhood  complaints. 


FOR  INVALIDS  AND  CONVALESCENTS:  Gastro-cntcrologists 
prescribe  Cerevim  for  peptic  ulcer  patients  or  those  in 
need  of  a bland  diet  of  low  fibre  content.  Obstetri- 
cians prescribe  Cerevim  during  pregnancy  and 
lactation;  surgeons  order  it  for  pre-operative  and 
post-operative  diets. 


COMPREHENSIVE  FORMULA:  Ccrcvim’s  comprehen- 
sive formula  provides  proteins,  carbohydrates  and 
fats  in  a suitable  ratio;  calcium,  phosphorus,  iron 
and  copper  in  easily  assimilated  form;  and  the  B 
vitamins  in  generous  amounts — all  derived  from 
natural  sources  only. 

Advertised  only  to  the  medical  projession.  Council-Accepted. 
Sold  only  through  drug  stores. 

Pre-cooked  and  ready  for  instant  use. 

Packages;  Cerevim  is  sold  in 

and  1 lb.  packages. 


*jOSLiN,  c.  L.  and  helms,  s.  t..  Arch.  Ped.,  54:533  (Sept.)  1937 


LEDERLE  LABORATORIES,  inc. 

30  ROCKEFELLER  PLAZA  • NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


July,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


499 


MICHIGAN  PHYSICIANS  AT  A.M.A.  MEETING 


MICHIGAN  PHYSICIANS  AT 
CLEVELAND  MEETING 

(Continued  from  Page  498) 

Tuesday:  Balyeat,  Gordon  W.,  Grand  Rapids;  Beaton,  Colin, 
Detroit;  Badgley,  Carl  E.,  Ann  Arbor;  Bernstein,  Albert  E., 
Detroit;  Black,  P.  S.,  Detroit;  Braley,  Alson  E.,  Detroit; 
Brasie,  Donald  R.,  Flint;  Bromme,  William,  Detroit;  Brooks, 
Clark  D.,  Detroit;  Brown,  George  Maxwell,  Bay  City. 

Campbell,  Lloyd  A^  Saginaw;  Carey,  Benjamin  W.,  Detroit; 
Carmichael,  E.  K.,  Detroit;  Carstensen,  Vincent  H.,  Detroit; 
Chall,  Henry  G.,  Detroit;  Cohn,  Daniel  E.,  Detroit;  Conn, 
Raymond  W.  Detroit;  Cope,  Henry  Erwin,  Lansing;  Curry, 
George  Flint. 

Doub,  Howard  P.,  Detroit;  Dowd,  Bernard  J.,  Kalamazoo; 
Ducey,  Edward  F.,  Detroit;  DufBe,  Don,  Central  Lake;  Dyk- 
huizen,  Harold  D.,  Muskegon. 

Eaton,  Robert  M..  Grand  Rapids ; Elliott,  H.  B.,  Hint. 
Farris,  Jack  Matthews,  Ann  Arbor;  Fitts,  Ralph  L.,  Grand 
Rapids;  Foster,  Daniel  P.,  Detroit;  Freyberg,  Richard  H.,  Ann 
Arbor. 

Graham,  Ottis  L.,  Fort  Custer;  Gregg,  Sherman,  Kalamazoo; 
Gurdjian,  E.  S.,  Detroit. 

Harm,  Winfred,  Detroit;  Hartgraves,  Hallie,  Detroit;  Harvie, 
L.  C.,  Saginaw;  Hasty,  Earl  A.,  Whittemore;  Hauser,  I.,  Je- 
rome, Detroit;  Heath,  Parker,  Detroit;  Heavner,  Lyle  E.,  De- 
troit; Hildreth,  R.  C.,  Kalamazoo;  Horwitz,  John  B.,  Detroit; 
Hubbell,  R.  J.,  Kalamazoo;  Huntington,  Harry  G.,  Howell. 

Jaffar,  Donald  J.,  Detroit;  Jamieson,  R.  C.  Detroit;  Johnson 
Richard  M.,  Dearborn. 

Kalmbach,  Roland  E.,  Lansing;  Kane,  David  M.,  Sturgis; 
Kasper,  Joseph  A.,  Detroit;  Kelsey,  Lee  E.,  Lakeview. 

Lang,  L.  W.,  Detroit ; Lange,  Eugene  W.,  Muskegon ; 
Laverty,  L.  F.,  Bay  City;  Lemmon,  Charles  E.,  Detroit;  Le- 
pard,  Cecil  W.,  Detroit. 

Markey,  Joseph  P.,  Saginaw;  Maibauer,  Fred  P.,  Wyandotte; 
McDowell,  D.  B^  West  Branch;  McElmurry,  N.  K.,  Perry; 
McGarry,  B.  G.,  Fenton;  McGraw,  Arthur  B.,  Detroit;  McKean, 
G.  Thomas,  Detroit.  Miller,  Ernest  B.,  Manistee;  Millen  Nor- 
man F.,  Ann  Arbor;  Mooney,  C.  A.  Ferndale;  Myers,  Gordon 
B.,  Detroit. 

Noer,  R.  J.,  Detroit. 

Payne,  C.  Allen,  Grand  Rapids. 

Ridlon,  Joseph  R.,  Detroit;  Ripka,  Emily  L.,  Lansing. 

Roy,  Raymond  S^  Detroit. 

Sagi,  Joseph  H.,  Detroit;  Selling,  Lowell  S.,  Detroit;  Selmon, 
Bertha  L.,  Battle  Creek;  Sevensma,  E.  S.,  Grand  Rapids;  Shaf- 
fer, Loren  W^  Detroit;  Sherman,  Bessie  Boudana,  Detroit; 
Sladek,  E.  F.,  Traverse  City;  Sladen,  Frank  J.,  Detroit;  Smyth, 
Charley  J.,  Ann  Arbor;  Smith,  Ferris,  Grand  Rapids;  Spoehr, 
Eugene  L.,  Ferndale;  Steinman,  Floyd  H,,  Flint;  Szejda,  J.  C., 
Detroit. 

Top,  Franklin  H.,  Detroit;  Towsley,  Harry  A.,  Ann  Arbor; 
Turkel,  Henry,  Detroit. 

Waddingtom  Joseph  E.,  Detroit;  Watson,  B.  A.,  Battle  Creek; 
Watters,  F.  L.,  Detroit;  Weinburgh,  Harry  Bennett,  Lansing; 
Wershow,  Max,  Detroit;  Wetzel,  John  O.,  Lansing;  Wiersma, 
Silas  C.,  Allendale;  Wilson,  James  L.,  Detroit. 

Yntema,  Stuart,  Saginaw;  Zimmerman,  I.  J.,  Detroit. 


Wednesday : Ames,  Chester,  Detroit;  Anthony,  George,  Flint; 
Atchison,  R.  M.,  Northville;  Baker,  Abel  J.,  Grand  Rapids: 
Bethell,  Frank  H.,  Ann  Arbor;  Bettison,  William  L.,  Grand 
Rapids;  Bittrich,  Norgert  M.,  Detroit;  Block, _ N.  Berneta, 
Lansing;  Boccia,  James  J.,  Detroit;  Branch,  Hira  E.,  Flint; 
Budson,  Daniel,  Detroit;  Bunting,  John  W.,  Alpena;  Burr, 
Geo.  C.,  Detroit;  Burton,  D.  T.,  Detroit;  Chambers,  Myrton 
J.,  Flint;  Chandler,  Donald,  Grand  Rapids;  Christie,  J.  W., 
Pontiac;  Coller,  Frederick  A.,  Ann  Arbor;  Connors,  John  J., 
Detroit;  Corbett,  John  J.,  Detroit;  Corneliuson,  Goldie  B., 
Lansing;  Cortopassi,  Andre  J.,  Saginaw;  Corliss,  Grant  R., 
Battle  Creek. 

D’Alcorn,  Ernest,  Muskegon;  De  Jong,  Russell  N.,  Ann  Ar- 
bor; De  Mol,  Richard  Grand  Rapids;  Denison,  Louis  L.,  De- 
troit; De  Vel,  Leon,  Grand  Rapids;  Donaldson,  Sam  W.,  Ann 
Arbor;  Doty,  Chester  A.,  Detroit;  Drolett,  Lawrence  A.,  Lan- 
sing; IDurham,  Robert  H.,  Detroit. 

Fast,  Ralph  B.,  Kalamazoo;  Fauman,  D.  H.,  Detroit;  Fenton, 
Meryl  M.,  Detroit;  Fitzgerald,  Thomas  D.,  Ann  Arbor;  Fo- 
shee,  J.  C.,  Grand  Rapids;  Fraser,  Robert  Howard,  Battle 
Creek. 

Gaikema,  Everett,  Grand  Rapids;  Gariepy,  Louis  J.,  Detroit; 
Gay,  Harold  H.,  Midland;  Gordon,^  Dan  M.,  Detroit;  Gordon, 
William  George,  Ann  Arbor;  Grain,  Gerald  Orton,  Detroit; 
Grant,  Lee  O.,  Grand  Rapids. 

Halsted,  Lee  H.,  Farmington;  Heenan,  T.  H.,  Detroit;  Her- 
kimer Dan  R.,  Lincoln  Park;  Hershey,  Noel  J.,  Niles;  Holmes, 
Roy  Herbert,  Muskegon;  Holes,  J.  J.,  Battle  Creek;  Holst,  John 
B.,  Jackson;  Horton,  Reece  H.,  Detroit;  Hudnutt,  O.  D.,  Plain- 
well;  Hume,  T.  W.  K.,  Auburn  Heights. 

Insley,  Stanley  W.,  Detroit. 

Jackson,  Howard  C.,  Ann  Arbor;  Jaenichen,  Robert,  Saginaw; 
ennings,  AJpheus  F.,  Detroit;  Johnson,  Lester  J.,  Ann  Arbor; 
ones,  Horace  C.,  Detroit;  Joyce,  Stanley  J.,  Detroit. 

Kemler,  Walter  J.,  Ecorse;  Kemp,  Felix  J.,  Pontiac;  Ken- 
ning, J.  C.,  Detroit;  Kilmer,  Paul  B.,  Reed  City;  Kolvoord,  T., 
Battle  Creek. 

Lamberson,  Frank  A.,  Detroit;  Larson,  Bertil  T.,  Pontiac; 
Laurin,  V.  S.,  Muskegon;  Lee,  Harry  E.,  Detroit;  Leithauser, 
D.  J.,  Detroit;  Lepley,  Fred  O.,  Detroit;  Lieffers,  Harry,  Grand 
Rapids;  Litzenburger,  A.  F.,  Boyne  City;  Lynch,  Vincent  A., 
Detroit;  Lyons,  Richard  H.,  Eloise. 


Macinnis,  D.  P.,  Pontiac;  Mackersie,  W.  G.,  Detroit;  Mar- 
shall, Don,  Kalamazoo;  Martin,  E.  G.,  Detroit;  May,  Frederick 
T.,_  Detroit;  Mayer,  Willard  D.,  Detroit;  McClure,  Roy  D.,  De- 
troit; McGillicuddy,  Oliver  B.,  Lansing;  McKinney,  Alexander 
R.,  Saginaw;  McNeill,  Howard  H.,  Pontiac;  Meengs,  J.  E., 
Grand  Rapids;  Melges,  F.  S.,  Battle  Creek;  Miller,  Hazen  L., 
Detroit;  Miller,  J.  Duane,  Grand  R^ids;  Miller,  M.  P.,  Tren- 
ton; Miller,  Thomas  H.,  Detroit;  Mercer,  Frank  A.,  Pontiac; 
Meyers,  Solomon  George,  Detroit;  Munro,  Frederick  William, 
Grosse  Pointe. 

Noer,  R.  J.,  Detroit;  Norton,  Richard  C.,  Battle  Creek. 

O’Donnell,  Dayton,  Detroit;  Ohmart,  Galen  B.,  Detroit;  Or- 
mond, John  K.,  Detroit. 

Pfeiffer,  Carl  Curt,  Detroit;  Peelen,  Matthew,  Kalamazoo; 
Phillips,  James  W.,  Grand  Rapids;  Prendergast,  John  L.,  De- 
troit; Pickard,  O.  W.,  Detroit;  Pino,  Ralph  H.,  Detroit;  Poos, 
Edgar  E.,  Detroit;  Pratt,  Jean  Paul,  Detroit;  Price,  Alvin  E., 
Detroit;  Price,  A.  Hazen,  Detroit. 

Reinsh,  Ernest  R.,  Detroit;  Rice,  Franklyn  G.,  Cassapolis; 
Rice,  Meshel,  Detroit;  Robb,  Herbert  F.,  Belleville;  Robins, 
Hugh  B.,  Marshall;  Rodgers,  William  L.,  Grand  Rapids;  Ro- 
gin,  James  R.,  Detroit;  Rom,  Jack,  Detroit;  Rozan,  J.  S.,  Lan- 
sing; Ryerson,  Frank  L,,  Detroit. 

Saltonstall,  Gilbert  B.,  Charlevoix;  Sanford,  Hawley.  Detroit; 
Sawyer,  Harold  F.,  Detroit;  Schooley,  J.  P.,  Detroit;  Schroeder, 
Chas.  Morrison,  Ft.  Custer;  Shafter,  Royce  R-,  Detroit;  Shel- 
don, John  M.,  Ann  Arbor;  Shifrin,  Peter  G.,  Detroit;  Simpson, 
C.  E.,  Detroit;  Sippola,  Geo.  W.,  Detroit;  Smith,  Henry  L., 
Detroit;  Smith,  W.  Joe,  Cadillac;  Snapp,  Carl  F.,  Grand  Rap- 
ids; Snyder,  C.  H.,  Grand  Rapids;  Somers,  Donald  C.,  Detroit; 
Stapleton,  Jr.,  William,  Detroit;  Stein,  Lt.  A.  F.,  Ft.  Custer; 
Steinhardt,  Milton  T.,  Highland  Park ; Steffensen,  Wallace  H., 
Grand  Rapids;  Stockwell,  Benjamin  W.,  Detroit;  Stryker,  Homer, 
Kalamazoo;  Schwartz,  Oscar  D.,  Detroit;  Szappanyos,  Bela  T., 
Detroit;  Taylor,  Nelson,  Grosse  Pointe;  Teifer,  Chas.  A.,  Mus- 
kegon; Ten  Have,  Ralph,  Grand  Haven;  Thompson,  Alfred  A., 
Mt.  Clemens;  Thompson,  Oliver  E.,  Battle  Creek. 

Wellman,  Carl  G.,  Detroit;  Weyher.  Russell  Frank,  Detroit; 
Whittaker,  A.  H.,  Detroit;  Williams,  C.  J.,  Detroit;  Willoughby, 
Frances,  Travers  City;  Wilson,  James,  Detroit;  Winfield, 
James  M.,  Detroit;  Wittenberg,  Samson  S.,  Detroit;  Wolf- 
son,  Victor  Hugo,  Mt.  Clemens;  Zielinski,  Chas.  J.,  Detroit. 


Thursday:  Adams,  James  R.,  Dearborn;  Ashley,  L.  Byron, 
Detroit. 

Babcock,  Myra,  Detroit;  Ballard,  Charles  S.,  Detroit;  Beattie, 
W.  A.,  Ferndale;  Butler,  Volney  N.,  Detroit. 

Carlson,  Harold  W.,  Detroit;  Clapp.  Henry  W..  Grand  Rap- 
ids; Clark,  Emilie  Eleanor  Arnold,  Detroit;  Cooksey,  W.  B., 
Detroit;  Cooper,  Edmund  L.,  Detroit. 

Dillard,  M.  P.,  Detroit;  Dowdle,  Edward,  Detroit. 

Fennig,  Foster  A.,  Marquette;  IHaherty,  Norman  W.,  River 
Rouge;  Flaherty,  Samuel  A.,  Detroit. 

Hansen,  Frederick  G.,  Detroit;  Hartman,  Frank  W.,  Detroit; 
Henderson,  Harold,  Detroit;  Honhart,  Fr^  L.,  Detroit;  How- 
ard, Philip  J.,  Detroit;  Howlett,  Robert  R.,'  Caro;  Humphrey, 
Arthur  A.,  Battle  Creek. 

Johnston,  Chas  G.,  Detroit. 

Kahn,  Edgar  A.,  Ann  Arbor;  Keim,  Harther  L.,  Detroit; 
Fraser,  Robert  C.,  Port  Huron. 

Kinde,  M.  R.,  Battle  Creek;  Kleinman.  Shmarya,  Detroit; 
Kloeppel,  Chester  S.,  Detroit;  Krieg,  Earl  G.  M.,  Detroit. 

Legalley,  Kenneth  D.,  Port  Huron;  Litzenburger,  A.  F., 
Boyne  City;  Long,  Edgar  C.,  Monroe. 

Mason,  P.  W.,  Detroit;  Meads,  J.  B.,  Jackson;  Meade,  \\^- 
liam  Harold,  East  Lansing;  Meinecke,  Helmuth  A.,  Detroit; 
Metzger,  Harry  C.,  Detroit;  Meyers,  Maurice  P.,  Detroit;  Moi- 
sides,  V.  P.,  Detroit;  Murphy,  Frank  J.,  Detroit. 

Olney,  H.  E.,  Detroit. 

Pollock,  Donald  A.,  Yale; 

Reisig,  Albert  H.,  Monroe;  Richards,  C.  _J.,  Durand;  Robb, 
J.  M.,  Detroit;  Robbins,  Edward  R.,  Detroit. 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  anci  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


500 


flo  food  (except  breast  milk)  is  more  highly  regarded 
than  Similac  for  feeding  the  very  young,  small  twins, 
prematures,  or  infants  who  have  suffered  a digestive  upset. 
Similac  is  satisfactory  in  these  special  cases  simply  because 
it  resembles  breast  milk  so  closely,  and  normal  babies 
thrive  on  it  for  the  same  reason.  This  similarity  to  breast 
milk  is  definitely  desirable — from  birth  until  weaning. 


A powdered,  modified  milk  product  es- 
pecially prepared  for  infant  feeding, 
made  from  tuberculin  tested  cow’s  milk 
(casein  modified)  from  which  part  of 
the  butter  fat  is  removed  and  to  which 
has  been  added  lactose,  vegetable  oils 
and  cod  liver  oil  concentrate. 


SIMILAC } 

MAR  DIETETIC  LABORATORIES,  INC. 


One  level  measure  of  the  Similac  pow- 
der added  to  two  ounces  of  water  makes 
2 fluid  ounces  of  Similac.  The  caloric 
value  of  the  mixture  is  approximately 
20  calories  per  fluid  ounce. 


SIMILAR  TO 
BREAST  MILK 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 


July,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


501 


X-  . HALF  A CENTURY  AGO  x- 


DIPHTHERIA  . . . WHAT  SHALL  WE  j 

DO  WITH  IT?*  I 

! 


W.  C.  HUNTINGTON,  M.D. 


Howell 


Diphtheria  is  now  understood  to  be,  primarily,  a local 
affection  caused  by  the  action  of  certain  microbes  upon 
a susceptible  surface;  and,  secondarily,  a systemic  in- 
fection, caused  by  the  absorption  of  the  poisonous  prod- 
ucts of  the  primary  disease. 

The  condition  necessary  for  the  production  of  the 
disease  is  the  presence  of  the  diphtheritic  microbes,  in 
quantity  and  activity  sufficient  to  overcome  the  indi- 
vidual’s powers  of  resistance.  This  may  result  from  a 
powerful  colony  of  microbes  acting  upon  a resistant 
surface,  or  a relatively  weak  colony  acting  upon  a 
susceptible  surface ; but,  once  the  disease  becomes  estab- 
lished, the  patient  with  greatest  susceptibility  suffers 
most,  providing,  the  attending  circumstances  are  the 
same.  Either  condition  above  mentioned  would  pro- 
duce a relatively  long  period  of  incubation,  with,  per- 
haps, a prodomal  period;  for  it  seems  probable  that 
microbes  may  exist  in  the  fauces  in  such  quantity  that 
their  products  will  cause  constitutional  symptoms  before 
actual  inflammation  occurs ; on  the  other  hand,  an  ex- 
traordinary exposure,  such  as  by  inoculation  or  the  suck- 
ing of  a tracheotomy  tube,  leads  to  an  almost  immedaite 
attack. 

The  age  of  greatest  susceptibility  is  between  two  and 
ten  years,  with  little,  if  any,  relative  advantage  in 
favor  of  either  sex.  Susceptibility  diminishes  from  the 
latter  period  to  adult  life,  with  the  greater  immunity 
among  males  after  puberty. 

Children  with  light  yellow  hair,  and  complexion  of 
nearly  the  same  hue,  seem  most  susceptible,  while 
negroes  seem  to  enjoy  some  immunity  against  the  dis- 
ease. 

Diphtheria  is  influenced,  in  a remarkable  degree, 
both  in  its  propagation  and  its  effect  upon  the  system, 
by  atmospheric  conditions ; and  this  fact  should  be  a 
prominent  element  in  prognosis  and  in  estimating  the 
value  of  treatment.  The  atmospheric  conditions  in 
which  diphtheria  shows  its  greatest  virulence,  are  a 
temperature  just  above  the  freezing  point,  with  a rare- 
fied air  loaded  with  moisture.  If,  while  a diphtheritic 
patient  is  in  a critical  condition,  such  weather  occurs, 
the  rarefied  air,  still  further  attenuated  by  moisture, 
causes  increased  respiratory  effort,  thus  increasing  the 
exhaustion,  and  deficient  oxygenation  of  blood,  with 
defective  elimination.  The  devitalized  tissues  and 
moisture  feed  the  microbes  to  increased  action.  The 
stimulating  quality  of  the  blood  is  impaired,  and  the 
reduced  atmospheric  pressure  invites  it  into  the  periph- 
eral circulation,  and  the  supply  at  the  nerve  centers  is 
diminished.  Instead  of  sunshine,  gloom  has  settled  upon 
the  earth,  and  as  the  patient  looks  to  friends  for  relief, 
he  reads  anxiety  and  grief  on  every  countenance.  Hope 
has  gone,  cheer  has  fled,  and  the  patient  dies. 

The  controversy  as  to  whether  diphtheria  always 
results,  either  directly  or  indirectly  from  a previous 
case,  or  whether  it  may  originate  de  novo,  under  any 
general  or  special  unsanitary  conditions,  seems  settled 
in  favor  of  the  former ; but  unsanitary  conditions  have 

♦Presented  at  the  26th  annual  meeting-  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  at  Saginaw  in  1891. 

502 


great  influence  upon  the  propagation  and  virulence  of 
the  disease. 

The  tendency  of  opinion  in  the  profession,  at  the 
present  time,  seems  to  be  to  underrate  the  agency 
of  the  air  in  conveying  diphtheria.  I believe  that  this  < 
is  because  the  rural  districts  are  too  seldom  heard 
from.  Dr.  J.  Lewis  Smith  says : ‘^he  area  of  con- 
tagiousness of  diphtheria  is  small,  extending  only  a 
few  feet.”  Does  the  air  destroy  the  diphtheritic  germs 
within  a few  feet  of  the  patient?  If  so,  why  does  it 
not  do  so  in  infected  premises  and  clothing,  where  it 
remains  active  for  months,  or  perhaps,  years?  Or, 
does  the  air,  simply  by  dilution,  dessication  and  reduc- 
tion of  temperature,  so  reduce  the  number  and  activity 
of  the  germs  that  would  be  received  by  one  individual, 
that  they  do  not  overcome  the  resistance  of  persons 
of  ordinary  susceptibility?  Do  not  these  germs,  carried 
by  air  currents  to  distances  without  limit,  take  root 
in  congenial  soil,  propagate  and  produce  sporadic  cases? 

Three  severe  epidemics  of  diphtheria  have  occurred 
in  Howell  within  the  limit  of  my  professional  experi- 
ence. The  first  one  seemed  composed  entirely  of 
sporadic  cases.  They  were  about  equally  divided  be- 
tween village  and  country,  with  no  apparent  possible 
connection  between  them,  or  any  common  source  of 
contagion,  save  the  common  air  and  contagion  within 
the  family.  The  cases  invariably  occurred  amid  unsani- 
tary conditions;  the  weather  was  of  the  kind  that  I 
have  heretofore  described,  and  a large  proportion  of 
the  patients  died.  With  the  occurrence  of  continued 
freezing  weather,  the  epidemic  subsided. 

Several  years  afterward,  one  year  ago  last  winter,  ] 
we  had  practically  a repetition  of  our  former  experi-  j 
ence,  excepting  that  the  cases  were  confined  to  the  I 
village.  There  were,  perhaps,  evidences  of  contagion 
in  some  cases.  The  weather  was  nearly  the  same  as  J 
before,  much  of  the  t'me.  j 

The  third  epidemic  occurred  last  winter.  The  first  I 
case  occurred  in  the  fall,  amid  unsanitary  conditions, 
in  a rather  isolated  portion  of  the  village,  where  it  j 
had  prevailed  the  most  extensively  the  year  before,  t 
and  probably  resulted  from  the  previous  epidemic.  The  • 
second  case,  living  near  the  first  one,  was  a very  mild 
one  of  nasal  diphtheria.  The  child  was  not  confined  to  j 
the  house  and  played  freely  with  other  children  until  ^ 
neighbors  took  alarm  and  was  called.  I found  a small  j 
amount  of  deposit  upon  the  tonsils,  but  the  anterior  I 
nares  were  lined  with  pseudo-membrane.  Many,  if  not  ' 
all  the  cases  last  winter  were  probably,  either  directly 
or  indirectly  contagious,  and  occurred  without  regard  j 
to  other  circumstances  or  conditions. 

The  lesson  to  be  drawn  from  this  seems  to  be  that 
contaminated  air  should  not  be  allowed  to  escape  from 
the  sick  room.  Diphtheria  usually  occurs  when  a fire 
can  be  kept  in  the  room.  The  effort  should  be  to 
create  as  great  a draught  as  possible  and  modify  the 
heat  by  admitting  outside  air.  This,  if  possible,  should 
be  received  from  the  same  direction  as  the  outside  ■ 
currents,  and  the  result  will  be  to  create  currents  which  , 
will  prevent  the  subsidence  of  germs  and  convey  them, 
(Continued  on  Page  529) 

Jour.  M.S.M.S.  I 


■-  y 


Tlxe  JOURNAL 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 
Volume  40  July,  1941  Number  7 


Pre-Operative  Preparation 
of  the  Patient 

By  Ambrose  L.  Lockwood,  D.S.O.,  M.C.,  M.D., 
C.M.,  F.A.C.S.,  F.R.C.S.(C) 

Lockwood  Clinic,  Toronto,  Canada 


Ambrose  L.  Lockwood,  M.D. 
M.D.,  McGill  University,  1910.  Spent 
several  years  in  postgraduate  work  in 
New  York,  London  and  Germany. 
Caught  in  Berlin  at  outbreak  of  the 
Great  War — escaped  and  joined  the 
Royal  Army  Medical  Corps  and 
served  as  a surgical  specialist  with 
them  five  years.  Awarded  the  D.S.O., 
M.C.,  the  Mores  Star,  ^ and  was  three 
times  mentioned  in  dispatches. 
the  war  he  returned  to  Mayo  Clinic, 
and  was  on  the  Surgical  Staff  there  till 
the  summer  of  1922,  when  he  estab- 
lished his  own  Clinic  in  Toronto.  Has 
published  numerous  treatises  in  the 
field  of  Thoracic  and  General  Surgery, 
and  has  recently  published  an  exhaus- 
tive summary  of  his  experiences  in  War 
Surgery  through  the  British  Medical 
Journal.  Member  Canadian  Medical  Association,  Ontario  Medi- 
cal Association,  American  Association  for  the  Study  of  Goiter, 
and  the  Society  of  Military  Surgeons. 


■ Specific  and  thorough  pre-operative  prepara- 
tion for  operation  is  almost  as  important  in 
avoiding  operative  and  postoperative  complica- 
tions and  in  reducing  mortality,  as  is  accurate 
diagnosis  and  painstaking  and  methodical  surgi- 
cal technic  in  skilled  hands  applied  to  well-tried 
and  established  surgical  procedure.  To  put  it 
another  way,  grave  complications  and  even  death 
may  occur  after  the  very  finest  executed  surgical 
procedure  because  all  necessary  pre-operative 
measures  had.  not  been  carried  our  prior  to  op- 
eration. 


Such  being  the  case  it  becomes  equally  im- 
perative that  in  establishing  the  diagnosis,  the 
operative  risk  and  the  possible  operative  and 
postoperative  complications  be  likewise  de- 
termined, the  safest  time  for  operation  and  the 


pre-operative  measures  that  must  be  carried 
out  before  surgery  is  to  be  undertaken.  There 
must  be  nothing  haphazard  in  estimating  the 
risk.  Having  in  mind  the  risk,  the  necessary 
pre-operative  measures  must  be  decided  upon 
and  carried  out  accurately,  methodically  and 
most  thoroughly.  Not  only  must  the  risk  and 
pre-operative  measures  to  be  carried  out  be  es- 
timated for  the  particular  operation,  but  also 
for  the  alternative  procedure  that  may  be 
necessary  should  the  one  planned  not  be  pos- 
sible for  one  reason  or  another. 

The  pre-operative  measures  to  be  carried  out 
vary  with  the  nature  of  the  disease,  the  compli- 
cations, the  general  condition  of  the  patient,  the 
gravity  and  magnitude  of  the  operation  to  be 
carried  out  and  the  results  to  be  expected. 

Brain  surgeiy^  has  become  so  highly  specialized 
that  the  pre-operative  measures  to  be  instituted 
will  not  be  discussed  in  this  presentation. 

Thyroid  Surgery  Preparation 

Thyroid  surgery  is  now  so  widely  practised 
that  the  necessary  pre-operative  preparation 
should  be  the  common  knowledge  of  the  pro- 
fession as  a whole.  The  pre-operative  treatment 
varies  with  the  type  of  hyperthyroidism,  and  the 
degree  of  toxicity. 

In  1924,  that  great  physician  Henry  Plummer 
advocated  the  use  of  Lugol’s  Solution  in  patients 
with  exophthalmic  goitre.  The  results  were  amaz- 
ing, and  since  then  Lugol’s  solution  has  been  ad- 
ministered to  such  patients  in  preparation  for 
operation.  Volumes  have  been  written  on  this 
subject,  suffice  it  to  point  out  that  when  hyper- 
thyroidism of  the  exophthalmic  type  has  been 
diagnosed,  Lugol’s  solution  should  be  administer- 
ed if  the  patient  is  planning  to  be  operated  upon 
within  the  next  two  or  three  weeks.  The  dose 


July,  1941 


509 


PRE-OPERATIVE  PREPARATION— LOCKWOOD 


varies  with  the  toxicity  of  the  patients.  Gen- 
erally speaking  we  plan  to  give  sufficient  to  have 
the  maximum  effect  about  the  fourteenth  day 
when  surgery  should  be  undertaken. 

Patients  are  started  on  a dosage  of  4 to  8 
minims  four  times  a day — increased  2 minims 
per  dose  each  day  or  second  day  till  they  are 
getting  48  to  80  minims  per  day.  This  varies, 
of  course,  with  the  clinical  improvement  and 
the  tolerance  of  the  patient  to  such  a dosage, 
and  whether  or  not  LugoTs  solution  has  re- 
cently been  administered.  In  fact,  if  patients 
have  had  prolonged  treatment  vdth  LugoTs 
solution,  which  is  unwise,  we  usually  stop  the 
drug  entirely.  One  can  predict  a striking  im- 
provement in  patients  having  LugoTs  solution 
for  the  first  time,  but  prolonged  iodization 
clouds  the  picture,  and  surgery  in  such  a 
patient  may  be  followed  by  an  alarming  re- 
action. 

Frequently  it  is  safer  to  defer  operation  in 
such  patients  four  to  eight  weeks  to  allow  the 
thyroid  to  throw  off  the  excess  of  iodine  and  to 
again  become  sensitive  to  iodine.  LugoTs  solu- 
tion should  be  employed  as  our  most  valuable 
measure  in  preparation  for  operation,  but  not 
for  the  cure  of  the  disease. 

There  is  some  difference  of  opinion  as  to 
the  value  of  iodine  in  toxic  adenomatous  goiters. 
We  employ  it  in  small  doses  in  such  patients 
who  are  extremely  toxic,  and  believe  benefit 
occurs  in  those  who  have  a mixed  type  of  gland 
— that  is — a hyperplasia  as  well  as  degenerating 
adenomata,  and  that  the  benefit  is  due  to  sub- 
involution that  occurs  in  the  hyperplastic  tissue. 
Patients  with  a diffuse  adenomatosis  or  with 
discrete  degenerating  adenomata  may  react  badly 
to  iodization,  and  instead  of  improvement,  harm 
may  be  done.  However,  in  patients,  gravely  ill 
with  a toxic  adenomatous  goiter,  LugoTs  solution 
should  be  tried,  but  the  effects  must  be  closely 
observed.  If  they  have  had  prolonged  iodization, 
surgery  must  be  deferred  or  an  unexpected  post- 
operative hyperthyroid  storm  may  occur  and  a 
fatality  result.  Prolonged  iodization  has,  un- 
doubtedly, contributed  to  unexpected  postopera- 
tive fatalities  in  patients  with  toxic  adenomatous 
goiters. 

Generally  speaking,  however,  if  employed  over 
a period  of  ten  to  fourteen  days  the  administra- 


tion of  LugoTs  solution  is  our  most  valuable 
ally  in  the  cure  of  hyperthyroidism. 

Rest  in  bed,  a high  carbohydrate  diet,  sed- 
atives and  forced  fluids  are  of  great  value. 

Digitalis  is  rarely  indicated  or  necessary.  Oc- 
casionally, if  the  heart  is  badly  decompensated, 
it  may  be  wise  to  try  the  effect  of  digitalis,  but 
it  was  Plummer’s  dictum  that  digitalis  should 
not  be  depended  upon  to  improve  the  heart  suf- 
ficiently to  warrant  thyroidectomy. 

Blood  transfusions  may  be  necessaiy  in  the 
late  stages  of  hyperthyroidism  characterized  by 
great  weight  loss,  diarrhea,  vomiting  and  de- 
lirium, and  may  turn  the  tide  before  LugoTs 
solution  could  become  effective.  In  such  patients 
sodium  iodide  intravenously  is  of  great  value, 
and  should  be  used  to  hasten  the  involution 
process  in  the  hyperplastic  cellular  tissue. 

Intravenous  glucose  may  also  be  of  value  in 
such  patients  if  they  are  greatly  dehydrated. 

Thyroid  extract  (desiccated)  should  be  ad- 
ministered to  patients  with  so-called  chronic 
hyperthyroidism  characterized  by  low  basal 
metabolic  readings. 

In  addition,  it  is  a wise  precaution  to  ad- 
minister thyroid  extract  for  six  or  eight  days  to 
patients  past  middle  age  with  large  adenomatous 
goiters  which  are  to  be  removed  for  relief  of 
pressure  or  because  of  the  fear  of  malignancy, 
particularly  if  repeated  basal  metabolic  rates  are 
consistently  low.  The  vital  processes  of  such 
patients  are  thus  stepped  up,  unexpected  post- 
operative reactions  are  avoided,  and  conva- 
lescence is  more  rapid. 

In  the  preparation  of  extremely  toxic  pa- 
tients for  operation  the  blood  iodine  level  is  im- 
portant, and  we  must  keep  it  in  mind  that  damage 
to  the  glycogenic  and  proteogenic  functions  of 
the  liver  is  the  greatest  factor  to  be  combatted 
if  fatalities  are  to  be  avoided.  That  means  in 
addition  to  iodine  to  reduce  thyroid  activity, 
large  quantities  of  fluids,  particularly  glucose, 
are  necessary. 

In  addition  to  the  pre-operative  measures 
necessary  before  operative  measures  are  under- 
taken, we  must  determine  the  advisability  of 
multiple  stage  procedures  in  gravely  ill  patients 
who  do  not  respond  rapidly  and  completely  to 
the  pre-operative  measures  employed. 


510 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PRE-OPERATIVE  PREPARATION— LOCKWOOD 


Gastric  and  Duodenal  Surgery 

The  pre-operative  measures  necessary  before 
undertaking  such  surgery  consists  in  overcoming 
dehydration,  gastric  lavage  if  there  is  retention, 
perhaps  combined  with  the  use  of  dilute  hydro- 
chloric acid  if  the  stomach  acids  are  low  and  the 
stomach  content  is  foul.  Blood  transfusion  is 
necessary  to  combat  profoimd  anemia,  and  es- 
pecially if  the  general  resistance  of  the  patient 
is  low,  and  a major  procedure  such  as  gastric 
resection  or  even  gastrectomy  may  be  necessary. 
Large  amounts  of  glucose  intravenously  and  cal- 
cium chloride  intravenously  should  be  given  if 
there  has  been  prolonged  vomiting  and  the  blood 
chloride  is  low. 

Vitamin  therapy  is  valuable. 

Obstructive  Jaundice 

The  hemorrhagic  tendency  of  jaundiced  pa- 
tients need  not,  I am  sure,  be  stressed  before  this 
meeting. 

The  fact,  however,  that  post-operative  fa- 
talities due  to  hemorrhage  are  still  being  re- 
ported makes  further  study  necessary  as  to  the 
cause  of  hemorrhage,  and  the  additional  meas- 
ures necessary  to  avoid  such  a tragic  sequel 
to  successful  operative  procedures  that  in 
spite  of  many  technical  difficulties  are  now 
well  established  and  sould  apart  from  hemor- 
rhage carry  little,  if  any,  mortality  in  ex- 
perienced hands. 

While  it  is  difficult  to  demonstrate  a close  re- 
lationship between  the  tendency  to  bleed  and 
the  duration  of  obstructive  jaundice,  clinically, 
bleeding  is  more  common  as  the  period  of  ob- 
struction increases.  Tt  is  more  common  in  ob- 
structive jaundice  due  to  malignancy  probably 
because  of  hepatic  damage.  Bleeding  is  more 
common  in  deeply  jaundiced  patients  yet  the 
depth  of  bilirubinemia  is  not  always  a controlling 
factor  in  the  bleeding.  The  liver  damage  in- 
creases in  prolonged  jaundice,  but  on  the  other 
hand  bleeding  credited  to  hepatic  disease  may 
occur  in  the  absence  of  jaundice  as  in  patients 
with  biliary  fistula  and  carcinoma  of  the  liver. 
All  evidence  at  hand  suggests  the  extent  of 
damage  to  the  hepatic  parenchyma  is  the  most 
important  factor  resulting  in  hemorrhage  in 
hepatic  disease.  The  fact  that  there  is  no  tend- 
ency to  bleed  in  patients  with  hemolytic  jaundice 

July,  1941 


and  that  spontaneous  hemorrhage  in  patients  with 
catarrhal  jaimdice  is  rare  lends  support  to  the 
theory  that  liver  damage  accounts  for  bleeding. 

Hepatic  insufficiency  and  renal  insufficiency 
are  associated  surgical  complications  of  jaundiced 
patients.  In  addition,  damaged  liver  utilizes  car- 
bohydrates more  freely  than  other  nutrient  ma- 
terial, and  thus  large  quantities  of  10  per  cent 
glucose  is  of  great  value  intravenously  pre- 
operatively.  Likewise  a high  carbohydrate  diet 
is  indicated  as  well  as  forced  fluids  by  mouth. 
The  increase  in  administration  of  fluids,  orally 
and  intravenously,  improves  elimination  through 
the  damaged  kidney  as  well  as  supporting  the 
glycogenic  function  of  the  liver.  Hepatic  in- 
sufficiently and  hemorrhage  are  the  main  causes 
of  death  after  operative  procedures  in  jaundiced 
patients. 

The  level  for  serum  bilirubin  gives  the  best 
indication  of  the  degree  of  parenchymal  injury. 
The  fact  that  many  deeply  jaundiced  patients 
remain  in  quite  good  condition  must  not  be 
allowed  to  give  us  a false  sense  of  security  be- 
cause in  earlier  years  it  was  not  uncommon  after 
operation  for  relief  of  obstruction  in  such  pa- 
tients to  have  a grave  toxemia  develop  that 
quickly  caused  an  unexpected  fatality.  This  un- 
fortunate result  is  not  easy  to  explain,  but  may 
be  due  a flood  of  toxic  substances  released 
from  the  damaged  liver  and  dilated  biliary  pas- 
sages, into  the  systemic  circulation,  causing 
“cholemia  or  hepatic  insufficiency”  as  suggested 
by  Counsellor  and  Me  Indoe  and  led  Crile  to 
recommend  gradual  decompression  of  the  biliary 
system  in  such  patients. 

It  has  for  centuries  been  realized  that  the  liver 
has  a most  vital  role  in  maintaining  a sense  of 
well  being  and  there  is  evidence  to  suggest  that 
damaged  hepatic  tissue  in  jaundiced  patients 
does  not  maintain  its  important  role  in  the  pro- 
duction of  necessary  constituents  of  the  blood 
and  many  investigators  such  as  Rich,  MacCallum, 
Roenik,  Campbell,  Rosin  and  Snell  have  demon- 
strated that  the  oxygen  carrying  power  of  the 
blood  is  not  maintained  in  patients  with  ob- 
structive jaimdice.  Anoxemia  of  the  anoxic  type 
does  occur  in  parenchymal  hepatic  disease,  and 
is  an  additional  reason  for  employing  blood  trans- 
fusion prior  to  operation.  Transfusion  not  only 
increases  the  hemoglobin  and  thus  the  oxygen 
carrying  power  of  the  blood,  but  also  directly 

511 


PRE-OPERATIVE  PREPARATION— LOCKWOOD 


improves  the  percentage  of  oxygenation  of  ar- 
terial blood. 

Anoxemia  associated  with  prolonged  obstruc- 
tive jaimdice  should  be  recognized  and  looked  on 
as  a bad  sign.  The  anoxic  anoxia  can  be  relieved 
by  oxygen  inhalation,  and  the  anemic  anoxia  by 
blood  transfusion. 

Finally  in  the  preparation  of  the  jaundiced 
patient  for  operation  in  addition  to  a high  car- 
bohydrate diet,  forced  fluids,  glucose  10  per  cent 
intravenously  daily,  viosterol  minims  50  t.i.d. 
appears  to  reduce  the  bleeding  time,  vitamin  K 
and  five  10  gr.  tablets  of  ox  or  pig  bile  t.i.d.  by 
mouth  is  of  great  value,  but  blood  transfusion  is 
the  most  important  adjunct,  and  oxygenation  in 
those  with  anoxemia  of  the  anoxic  type.  Oxalic 
acid  intravenously  may  prove  of  great  value  in 
controlling  hemorrhage  during  and  after  op- 
eration. 

The  present  low  mortality  in  patients  operated 
upon  for  relief  of  obstructed  jaundice  is  due 
largely  to  adequate  pre-operative  preparation,  and 
is  in  direct  ratio  to  the  thoroughness  with  which 
it  is  carried  out. 

It  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  point  out  that 
blood  transfusion  must  not  be  withheld  till 
the  patient  is  on  the  operating  table  or  to  be 
given  only  postoperatively.  It  requires  some 
days  for  the  maximum  benefit  of  transfusion  to 
become  evident  in  obstructive  jaundice.  How- 
ever, it  must  also  be  kept  in  mind  that  the 
benefit  of  transfusion  is  not  lasting  in  jaundic- 
ed patients,  so  that  great  care  must  be  taken 
to  operate  at  the  most  opportune  moment,  and 
if  in  doubt  additional  blood  should  be  given 
pre-operatively,  and  postoperatively  as  well,  in 
questionable  cases. 

It  must  be  emphasized  that  even  if  the  pro- 
thrombin clotting  time  is  within  normal  limits,  the 
quantitative  level  of  prothrombin  in  the  blood 
may  be  as  low  as  40  to  50  per  cent  of  normal, 
and  that  a normal  prothrombin  clotting  time  pre- 
operatively  is  not  a certain  guarantee  against 
postoperative  hemorrhage.  The  work  of  Dann, 
and  of  Schmidt  and  Greaves  indicates  that  the 
hemorrhagic  tendency  is  associated  with  a re- 
duction in  the  prothrombin  due  to  defective  ab- 
sorption of  vitamin  K resulting  from  the  absence 
of  bile  in  the  intestine. 

The  Ivy  bleeding  time  test  is  a fairly  accurate 


indicator  of  the  duration  and  cause  of  jaundice 
and  for  determining  the  tendency  to  bleed.  The 
ordinary  bleeding  time  or  coagulation  time  es- 
timated from  blood  withdrawn  by  puncture  of 
the  finger  is  not  sufficiently  accurate  to  employ 
as  an  indication  of  the  hemorrhagic  tendency  in 
obstructive  jaundice. 

Surgery  of  the  Large  Bowel 

Adequate  pre-operative  treatment  has  greatly 
contributed  to  reduction  in  mortality  in  colon 
surgery.  Restoring  the  fluid  balance  and  in- 
creasing the  carbohydrate  intake  is  important. 
Vitamin  deficiency  must  be  corrected  and  blood 
transfusions  employed  when  the  hemoglobin  is 
below  70  per  cent.  Enemas  and  colonic  irriga- 
tion should  be  given  to  clear  out  the  bowel  in 
those  partially  obstructed,  and  of  course  patients 
totally  obstructed  must  be  relieved  by  cecostomy 
before  resection  is  undertaken.  Usually  four  to 
eight  days  are  required  to  prepare  patients  for 
resection,  but  in  the  two-stage  procedure  less 
time  may  be  necessary  because  the  preparation  of 
the  patient  will  continue  during  the  interval  of 
ten  to  fifteen  days  before  undertaking  resection. 
Serums  and  vaccines  that  have  been  employed 
to  offset  peritonitis  are  of  value. 

Genito-Urinary  Surgery 

Pre-operative  treatment  in  such  surgery  de- 
pends upon  the  general  condition  of  the  patient, 
as  in  all  cases,  but  the  kidney  function  must  be 
determined  and  every  effort  made  to  improve  it 
prior  to  surgery — Ringer’s  solution,  glucose  10 
per  cent,  blood  transfusion,  viosterol,  perhaps 
bladder  lavage,  and  forced  fluids  by  mouth  may 
all  be  required,  and  possibly  decompression  of 
the  bladder.  Perhaps  in  no  field  of  surgery  have 
we  at  hand  such  accurate  laboratory  and  clinical 
data  to  aid  us  in  carrying  out  pre-operative  treat- 
ment. The  pleasing  reduction  of  mortality  in 
genito-urinary  surgery  has  largely  been  due  to 
adequate  and  thorough  pre-operative  preparation 
before  surgery  is  undertaken. 

Obesity 

Postoperative  mortality  is  very^  definitely  in- 
creased in  certain  operations  such  as  gall-bladder 
surgery,  and  particularly  after  operation  for 
large  ventral  and  postoperative  hemise,  by  obesity. 
Unless  operation  is  urgently  necessary,  it  should 
be  deferred  in  obese  patients,  and  they  should 


512 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PRE-OPERATIVE  PREPARATION— LOCKWOOD 


be  put  on  a rigid  anti-obesity  diet  and  reduced 
in  weight  before  surgery  is  undertaken.  This 
is  particularly  important  in  dealing  with  large 
ventral  and  postoperative  hernise. 

Pulmonary  Embolus  and  Thrombosis 

Herniotomy  for  the  cure  of  inguinal  hernia  is 
too  often  looked  on  by  beginners  in  surgery  as  a 
simple  operation  to  be  undertaken  by  any  novice. 
It  would  be  well  if  the  mortality  after  herniotomy 
was  more  widely  recognized.  Death  from  pul- 
monary embolus  is  probably  more  common  after 
inguinal  herniotomy  than  after  any  other  opera- 
tive procedure.  From  our  experience  in  the  use 
of  leeches  for  the  relief  of  phlebitis,  I believe  it 
is  a wise  precaution  to  apply  leeches  the  day  of 
the  operation,  the  third  or  fourth  postoperative 
day  and  at  the  first  sign  of  an  elevation  of  tem- 
perature on  the  seventh  or  eighth  day  or  even 
later  if  there  is  the  least  suggestion  of  a phlebitis 
developing.  I have  found  leeches  of  such  value 
in  avoiding  and  quickly  relieving  phlebitis  when 
it  has  developed  that  I wish  to  acknowledge  my 
thanks  to  Alton  Ochsner  for  the  valuable  sug- 
gestion. He  is  most  worthily  carrying  on  the 
surgical  tradition  of  his  renowned  and  venerated 
uncle,  the  late  Albert  Ochsner,  to  whom  I have 
long  been  indebted  for  so  many  valuable  surgical 
suggestions.  Heparin  is  of  great  value  in  avoid- 
ing the  development  of  thrombosis  and  embolus, 
and  should  be  more  frequently  employed  intra- 
venously prior  to  operation  in  such  operations. 
Papaverine  hydrochloride  Yi  gr.,  a vasodilator 
given  intravenously  produces  improvement  in 
the  circulation  within  a few  minutes,  and  may 
be  valuable  just  prior  to  operation  and  during 
operation,  as  well  as  postoperatively,  in  aged 
and  debilitated  patients. 

The  use  of  digitalis  pre-operatively  for  patients 
with  decompensated  hearts  requiring  a surgical 
procedure  is  valuable,  but  must  not  be  relied  on 
too  much  in  avoiding  a grave  postoperative  re- 
action. 

Patients  who  probably  will  require  oxygenation 
postoperatively  as  in  many  chest  operations 
should  be  accustomed  to  the  oxygen  mask  or  tent 
prior  to  operation.  In  addition,  superoxygena- 
tion of  the  blood  prior  to  such  operations  is  valu- 
able during  operation. 

Every  effort  must  be  made  to  clear  up  bron- 
chitis, troublesome  coughs,  and  nasal  and  throat 
irritation  prior  to  operation,  if  postoperative 

July,  1941 


bronchopneumonia  and  massive  collapse  is  to  be 
avoided. 

Blood  Transfusion 

Blood  transfusion  is  such  a vital  life-saving 
measure  and  so  frequently  resorted  to,  daily, 
throughout  the  surgical  world  that  any  discourse 
on  pre-operative  measures  must  include  careful 
consideration  of  many  problems  having  to  do 
with  the  use  of  blood  transfusion.  Time  will 
not  permit  me  to  deal  at  length  with  the  problem 
in  this  address,  but  I want  particularly  to  point 
out  that  a close  study  of  the  reported  mortality 
directly  due  to  blood  transfusion  is  most  alarm- 
ing, and  indicates  that  it  is  a major  surgical  pro- 
cedure not  to  be  lightly  recommended,  and  not 
to  be  carelessly  employed. 

Hemolytic  shock  caused  during  transfusion 
must  constantly  be  kept  in  mind.  Gesse 
(Leningrad)  from  replies  to  1,700  question- 
naires reported  a mortality  of  52.5  per  cent  in 
200  cases  reported.  Sighing  respiration  is  per- 
haps the  earliest  warning,  followed  by  a sud- 
den change  in  the  general  state,  excitement, 
anxiety,  nausea,  vertigo,  cephalic  and  lumbar 
pain,  and  a fall  in  blood  pressure.  Spasm  of 
the  renal  arteries  from  the  poisonous  products 
of  degeneration  probably  occurs,  accounting 
for  lumbar  pain.  Glucose  must  at  once  be 
given  intravenously  to  induce  diuresis.  Ne- 
phrosis is  the  most  common  finding  at  autopsy 
of  such  patients. 

Incompatibility  between  the  blood  of  the  donor 
and  recipient  is  by  far  the  most  common  cause 
of  this  grave  sequela.  Hemolysis  due  to  blood 
being  stored  too  long  is  a factor,  as  is  hemolysis 
in  recipients  who  have  been  febrile  for  long, 
prior  to  transfusion,  and  in  patients  who  have 
had  a profound  anemia  over  a long  period. 

It  is  not  sufficient  to  group  the  donors  blood, 
but  such  blood  must  be  carefully  cross  grouped 
with  that  of  the  recipient  by  the  hanging-drop 
method  before  being  employed. 

Using  the  blood  of  the  same  donor  a second 
time  too  soon  after  the  first  transfusion  may 
cause  a fatality. 

A break  in  technic  in  collecting  and  ad- 
ministering the  blood  accounts  for  a definite 
percentage  of  reactions  and  death,  and  must  be 
carried  out  with  the  utmost  care  to  avoid  in- 
fection. 


513 


I 


PRE-OPERATIVE  PREPARATION— LOCKWOOD 


Too  low  a hemoglobin  content  of  the  recipient’s 
blood  may  make  transfusion  dangerous,  and 
unless  transfusion  is  urgently  necessary  to  save 
life,  every  other  means  must  be  taken  to  improve 
the  general  condition  of  the  patient,  and  par- 
ticularly the  hemoglobin  before  giving  blood. 
Otherwise,  apart  from  a grave  reaction,  broncho- 
pneumonia or  a septic  complication  may  ensue 
and  cause  an  unnecessary  fatality. 

Giving  blood  too  rapidly  may  cause  death. 

Unaltered  blood  or  citrated  blood  may  equally 
be  associated  with  reactions.  The  experience  of 
the  Russians  in  the  use  of  cadaver  blood  indicates 
that  such  blood  is  probably  safer.  Placental 
blood  carefully  collected  seems  as  safe  as  blood 
collected  from  the  vein  of  a donor. 

Properly  stored  blood,  if  not  held  too  long  a 
period,  is  apparently  satisfactory. 

Multiple  small  transfusions  given  slowly,  and 
with  the  most  careful  surgical  care,  is  safer  in 
debilitated  patients  with  long  standing  anemia. 

Massive  transfusions  as  employed  by  Lundy, 
who  has  contributed  so  much  to  improvements 
in  methods  of  blood  transfusion,  are  at  times 
necessary,  and  are  life-saving.  The  drip-method 
as  employed  so  successfully  at  Middlesex  Hos- 
pital, London,  is  extremely  valuable.  Adminis- 
tration of  Heparin,  as  developed  so  expertly  by 
Murray  given  intravenously  to  the  donor  just 
before  withdrawing  the  blood  may  prove  of 
great  value  in  avoiding  congestion  of  the  blood 
and  in  allowing  more  time  for  giving  transfusion. 

Stored  blood  serum  and  powdered  blood  may 
prove  of  great  practical  value  in  offsetting  shock 
and  simplifying  transfusion  in  times  of  great 
stress  as  under  war  conditions,  but  the  percentage 
of  reactions  is  still  too  high. 

Plasma  is  an  ideal  substitute  for  whole  blood. 
In  traumatic  or  operative  shock,  burns  or  circu- 
latory failure,  when  the  red  cell  count  is  high, 
plasma  is  indicated  instead  of  whole  blood.  The 
reaction  following  the  use  of  plasma  is  much 
less  than  with  whole  blood  and  may  be  given 
intramuscularly  if  it  is  not  possible  to  give  it 
intravenously.  Outdated  bank  blood  is  ideal 
as  a source  of  plasma.  It  can  be  stored  in- 
definitely and  be  easily  transported. 

Transfusion  is  contra-indicated  in  patients  in 
extremis  not  due  to  shock  or  hemorrhage.  On 
the  other  hand,  transfusion  is  specific  for  acute 
hemorrhage  and  shock,  and  its  use  should  not 
be  delayed. 


One  author  reports  35  per  cent  of  reactions  in, 
100  transfusions  and  16.7  per  cent  of  reactions! 
in  a large  group  of  collected  cases.  Six  of  the^ 
100  patients  transfused  died  as  a direct  cause  of  ’ 
transfusion.  ^ 

Such  reactions,  while  perhaps  unduly  high,  and 
the  fatalities  directly  caused  by  transfusion,  must  ■ 
constantly  be  kept  in  mind.  There  must  not  i 
be  anything  haphazard  in  selecting  the  donor, 
determining  the  necessity  for  transfusion,  the 
condition  of  the  recipient  or  the  method  of  col- 
lecting and  administering  the  blood. 

Careful  pre-operative  preparation  of  patients, 
their  reaction  to  it,  the  employment  of  multiple 
stage  procedures  and  operation  at  the  most  op- 
portune moment  are  probably  the  most  important 
life-saving  features  of  modern  surger}',  and  re- 
quire the  closest  'cooperation  and  team-work  of 
many  men  working  in  the  closest  daily  association 
if  the  ultimate  reduction  in  complications  and 
mortality  is  to  be  attained.  Surgery  has  been 
made  safe  for  humanity.  It  still  remains,  how- 
ever, to  make  humanity  safe  for  surgery.  This 
means  largely  earlier  diagnosis,  greater  precision 
in  pre-operative  care,  and  the  select  operative 
procedure  at  the  proper  moment. 

References 

Gesse,  E. : Beitr.  z.  Klin.  Chir.,  163:  390-406,  1936. 


POLITICALLY  CONTROLLED 
MEDICINE 

“ * * * The  threat  of  politically  controlled  medicine 
can  be  forever  destroyed  with  unified  constructive  ac- 
tion by  the  physicians  of  this  country.  If  every  mem- 
ber of  a County  Medical  Society  in  this  State  would 
refuse  to  hire  himself  to  the  Government  except  as  a 
part  of  and  with  the  approval  of  his  Medical  Society  it 
would  obviously  become  impossible  for  State  ^ledicine 
to  develop.  However,  he  must  then  be  willing  and 
anxious  to  meet  the  Government  as  a partner  in  pro- 
viding care  for  the  indigent  and  low  income  groups. 
The  governmental  agency  fulfills  its  share  of  the  part- 
nership by  providing  the  necessary  funds,  the  physician 
his  share  by  caring  for  these  individuals  at  a fraction 
of  the  usual  fee.  To  do  this  efficiently,  all  funds  from 
Federal,  State,  County  and  City  agencies  should  be 
pooled  and  devoted  directly  to  the  needy  sick.  * * *” — 
From  Presidential  Address,  “Unity  in  Medicine.”  by  • 
W.  Paul  Holbrook,  M.D.,  in  Southzvestern  Medicine,  1 
April,  1941.  I 


514 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CORONARY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


Diagnosis  of  Coronary 
Dcclnsion"^ 

By  J.  Bailey  Carter,  M.D, 

Chicago,  Illinois 

J.  Bailey  Carter,  M.D. 

B.S..  MS.,  University  of  Chicago,  M.D., 

Rtish  Medical  College,  1924.  Member  of  tho 
/Attending  Staffs  of:  Augustana  and  Cook 

County  Hospitals,  Chicago.  Assistant  Clinical 
Professor,  Department  of  Medicine,  Rush 
Medical  College  of  the  University  of  Chicago. 

■ Organic  heart  disease  is  widely  recognized  as 
the  chief  cause  of  death.  Although  it  is  im- 
possible to  obtain  accurate  statistics, the  in- 
crease in  death  rate  appears  to  be  limited  to  mid- 
dle life  and  old  age.  Little  may  be  expected  in 
the  way  of  a reduction  in  incidence  or  mortality 
from  heart  disease  in  later  life.^®  This  will  be 
due,  in  part,  to  the  more  widespread  recognition 
of  coronar}^  involvement  as  an  important  factor 
in  heart  disease,  to  increased  skill  in  its  recogni- 
tion, as  well  as  to  an  actual  increase  in  the  num- 
ber of  cases  resulting  from  a steadily  rising  pro- 
portion of  older  individuals  in  our  population. 
The  common  impression  that  advanced  coronar}" 
disease  is  fatal  results  in  a feeling  of  despair. 
The  situation  is  by  no  means  hopeless.^^’^”  Al- 
though the  initial  mortality  is  high,  a large  pro- 
portion survive  attacks  of  coronar}'  occlusion  for 
many  years. Likewise,  let  us  not  neglect  pre- 
mature coronary  disease.  It  is  responsible  for 
much  unnecessary  suffering  and  disability  among 
persons  still  in  the  prime  of  life.  Much  has  been 
accomplished  in  the  control  of  cancer  by  govern- 
mental, professional  and  lay  organizations.  Simi- 
lar organizations  might  be  of  benefit  in  educating 
the  public  regarding  better  health  habits,  mental 
hygiene,  the  value  of  moderate  exercise  and  of 
sufficient  rest.  Promotion  of  periodic  health 
examinations  in  middle  life  would  aid  materially 
in  the  detection  of  obesity,  hypertension  and 
diabetes,  as  well  as  incipient  coronary  disease. 
The  affected  individual  might  then  derive  the 
benefits  of  proper  management  and  suitable  en- 
vironmental adjustment. 

The  prolonged  delay  in  the  recognition  of  the 
importance  of  coronary  artery  disease  seems  sur- 
prising. Heberden,^^  in  1768,  did  not  suspect 

*Delivered  before  the  Berrien  County  Medical  Society,  Niles, 
Michigan,  October  2,  1940. 

July,  1941 


that  such  was  the  basis  of  angina  pectoris,  which 
has  been  described®^  as  first  occurring  in  1622. 
Although  coronary  occlusion,  correctly  diagnosed 
during  life  on  May  4,  1876,  was  first  reported  by 
Hammer^^’^®  of  St.  Louis,  it  was  the  classic  work 
of  Herrick,^^  in  1912,  that  led  to  its  recognition^® 
as  a distinct  clinical  entity.  During  the  last 
decade  few  medical  problems  have  been  studied 
more  intensively  than  disease  of  the  coronary 
arteries.^® 

Arteriosclerosis  has  long  been  recognized  as 
one  of  the  major  pathological  states.  Its  causa- 
tion is  not  understood.  Empirical  attempts  to  re- 
produce it  experimentally  have  been  futile.  The 
chief  cause  of  interference  with  the  blood  supply 
to  the  heart  is  progressive  coronar}"  obstruction 
resulting  from  changes  essentially  arterioscle- 
rotic. Areas  of  softening  (atheroma)  appear  in 
the  arterial  wall,  followed  by  thickening  and  cal- 
cification.®^ The  process  encroaches  on  the  vessel 
lumen.  Myocardial  ischemia,  sufficiently  marked 
to  cause  anginal  pain,  may  occur  from  such  nar- 
rowing alone.  Greater  interference  with  the  cor- 
onary' circulation  results  when  thrombus  forma- 
tion about  an  intimal  break,  partially  or  wholly, 
occludes  one  of  these  narrowed  vessels.  In  most 
instances  acute  coronary'  occlusion  develops  at  the 
site  of  such  an  arteriosclerotic  lesion.^®  The  re- 
cent demonstration®®  of  rich  vascular  networks 
within  and  around  arterioscelerotic  plaques  was 
a significant  finding.  As  a result  of  this  increased 
vascularity'  of  the  vessel  wall,  it  is  suggested  that 
the  occurrence  of  hemorrhage  or  other  exuda- 
tion within  the  intima  may^  lead  to  the  formation 
of  thrombus  upon  the  intimal  surface,  with  re- 
sultant occlusion  of  the  vessel.  It  is  also  sug- 
gested that  this  increased  vascularity’  of  the  ves- 
sel wall  may^  lessen  the  untoward  effects  of  occlu- 
sion by'  supply’ing  the  basis  for  a collateral  cir- 
culation.^-®®’®®’®®’^® 

It  would  appear  that,  clinically,  occlusion  in  an 
otherwise  intact  coronary  circulation  would  be 
most  dangerous.®®  Sudden  death  is  the  striking 
feature  of  coronary  embolism,  twelve  of  fourteen 
patients  having  died  suddenty.^^  In  contrast,  in- 
farction seldom  develops  following  the  rare  oc- 
clusion due  to  syphilis,  since  this  is  usually 
gradual  in  its  development.® 

Usually  the  diagnosis  of  a ty'pical  attack  of 
coronary’  occlusion  can  be  made  with  relative 
ease.  At  times  it  is  extremely'  difficult  or  even 


515 


CORONARY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


impossible  to  arrive  at  a definite  conclusion  until 
all  the  facts  have  been  carefully  considered. 


Fig.  1.  (a)  Normal  electrocardiogram.  Chest  leads  in  this 
record,  as  in  all  others  illustrated,  were  obtained  by  a simplified 
technic  modified  from  Roth.^®  After  the  three  standard  leads 
were  recorded  the  left  arm  electrode  was  removed  and  applied 
to  the  left  chest  in  the  fifth  interspace  at  the  midclavicular 
line;  lead  wire  connections  remaining  undisturbed.  The  elec- 
trode was  held  in  place  by  the  left  fingers  of  the  patient,  or  an 
assistant,  lightly  applied  to  the  over-lying  folded  rubber  strap. 
Lead  I and  Lead  III  on  the  control  board  were  selected  in  turn; 
a Lead  IV  (CR)  and  Lead  V (inverted  CF4)  being  recorded  in 
succession.  (b)  Large  Qz,  more  frequently  found  in  coronary 
disease  than  in  any  other  condition,  is  here  illustrated,  along 
with  tendency  to  left  axis  deviation.  (c)  Flattening  of  S-T 
interval  and  T wave  in  all  leads,  as  evidence  of  coronary 
sclerosis,  (d)  P-R  interval  of  0.24  second,  large  Qs  and  flattened 
T2  are  significant  changes,  (e)  P-R  interval  of  0.24  second, 
large  Qs,  QRS  complex  slurred,  QRS  interval  0.12  second,  and 
S-T  interval  displacement  are  of  significance.  (/)  Grossly  slurred 
QRS  complex,  QRS  interval  of  0.12  and  0.13  second  in  dura- 
tion, with  T wave  opposed  to  the  chief  deflection  of  QRS  in 
each  lead,  suggests  an  early  bundle  branch  block  of  indetermi- 
nate type.  These  changes,  along  with  dropped  beats,  various 
bundle  branch  lesions,  complete  heart  block,  and  auricular 
fibrillation,  are  common  manifestations  of  coronary  disease. 


A carefully  elicited  history  will  usually  re- 
veal significant  manifestations  which  com- 
monly occur  during  the  latent  period  of  coron- 
ary arteriosclerosis.®^  Undue  fatigue,  lack  of 
endurance,  nervous  irritability,  insomnia  and 
gastro-intestinal  disturbances,  i.e.,  palpitation, 
belching,  epigastric  distress  or  a feeling  of  ful- 
ness and  discomfort  after  meals.  Grossly  ir- 
regular, intermittent  or  slow  pulse  may  be  re- 
called. Shortness  of  breath  on  exertion, 
paroxysmal  dyspnea  or  angina  of  effort  may 
have  occurred.  These  are  evidence  of  early 
coronary  disease;  coronary  occlusion  with  in- 
farction occurs  later,  while  heart  failure  finally 
develops  as  the  end  result  of  the  arterioscle- 


rosis. During  this  latent  period  electrocardi-  I 
ography  serves  as  an  invaluable  check  on  the  .1 
clinical  examination  (Fig  1).  It  often  aids  ; 
materially  in  establishing  the  diagnosis  of 
coronary  disease  at  a time  when  proper  man-  ' 
agement  may  be  of  greatest  benefit  to  the 
patient.  It  should  be  employed  in  every  case  ^ 
presenting  any  of  the  above  complaints.  It  ^ 
should  be  used  in  any  case  in  which,  for  any  I 
reason,  coronary  disease  is  suspected.  j( 

The  onset  of  a severe  attack  of  coronary  occlu-  | 
sion  is  characterized  by  pain,  localized  beneath  j 
the  sternum,  radiating  to  the  left  arm,  subscapu-  j 
lar  area,  jaw,  throat  or  neck,  to  the  upper  abdo-  ^ 
men,  and  at  times  to  the  right  chest  and  arm,  || 
It  may  be  constricting  or  vise-like,  burning,  bor-  C 
ing,  aching,  choking,  or  simply  a sense  of  sub-  j 
sternal  pressure  or  distention.  It  may  occur  dur- 
ing  rest  or  sleep.  Typically,  it  is  continuous  and  | 
prolonged.  Unlike  the  pain  of  angina,  it  is  little  | 
influenced  by  activity.  Although  usually  severe  ^ 
the  pain  may  be  mild.  A colored  patient  with  a 1 
severe  and  fatal  attack  complained  of  rats  in  her  ^ 
chest  which  gnawed  only  at  night.  - 

Associated  with  the  pain  there  is  often  a sense  ; 
of  prostration  or  of  impending  death.  Nausea 
and  vomiting  may  occur  as.  initial  symptoms,  or  , 
as  the  result  of  morphine  administered  for  the  . 
control  of  pain. 

Dyspnea  as  the  initial  symptom  or  associated 
with  pain  is  nearly  always  present.  The  sudden 
onset  of  dyspnea  and/or  pulmonary  edema,  in 
a middle-aged  man,  should  lead  one  to  suspect 
the  occurrence  of  coronary  occlusion.  Recurrent 
chest  colds  or  cough  may  be  significant. 

The  early  picture  is  frequently  that  of  shock 
or  peripheral  circulatory  failure.  In  some  the 
picture  of  heart  failure  may  be  outstanding.  In 
others,  there  is  a combination  of  the  two  with 
one  or  the  other  predominant.^^  It  is  this  vari- 
ability in  type  of  circulatory  failure  that  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  protean  manifestations  of 
myocardial  infarction. 

The  face  is  ashen  in  color.  The  features,  , 
strained  and  anxious,  frequently  suggest  ex-  ’ 
cruciating  pain.  The  skin  is  often  cold  and  clam- 
my or  even  wet  with  perspiration.  Cyanosis, 
the  result  of  the  pulmonary  edema,  so  commonly 
present,  may  be  marked  from  the  start  or  de- 
velop later.  Moist  rales  at  the  base  of  one  or 
both  lungs  may  be  present. 


516 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CORONARY  OCCI.USION— CARTER 


The  sudden  fall  in  blood  pressure,  in  part, 
due  to  peripheral  circulatory  failure,  is  likewise, 
in  part,  the  result  of  infarction  with  resultant 
; myocardial  insufficiency  and  directly  impaired 
cardiac  output.^®  Experimentally,  injury  currents 
I develop  within  one  or  two  minutes  following  oc- 
. elusion  of  even  a small  coronary  branch.®®  Con- 
traction, in  the  ischemic  area,  stops  approximate- 
ly within  one  minute.^®  Since  the  infarcted  area 
J is  no  longer  able  to  contract  and  systolic  stretch- 
i ing  occurs,  the  heart  is  unable  to  function 
; efficiently.  The  degree  of  impairment  depends 
I on  the  area  and  extent  of  infarction  which  in 
I turn  is  determined  by  the  site  of  obstruction. 
Since  infarction  rarely  involves  the  right  ventri- 
cle the  clinical  picture,  aside  from  the  evidence 
of  shock,  is  almost  exclusively  that  of  left  ven- 
tricular failure. 

During  an  attack  of  coronary  occlusion  the 
blood  pressure  may  be  normal  or  slightly  ele- 
vated. If  recorded  soon  after  an  attack  the  fall 
in  pressure  may  be  missed  unless,  repeated  read- 
ings are  taken  at  proper  intervals.  In  the  pres- 
ence of  an  arterial  hypertension,  where  the  pre- 
vious blood  pressure  level  is  unknown,  a normal 
reading  may  mislead  unless  a further  drop  in 
pressure  is  noted.  At  times,  the  electrocardio- 
gram may  assist  by  indicating  the  pre-existing 
i hypertension.  Whenever  coronary  occlusion  is 
I suspected,  frequently  repeated  blood  pressure 
' determinations  is  an  important  diagnostic  method 
at  the  command  of  ever}^  physician.^® 

The  sudden  development  of  a weak  pulse,  as- 
so'ciated  with  feeble  heart  tones,  is  significant. 
The  younger  the  patient  the  more  significant  are 
these  distant  heart  tones — the  more  likely  are 
I they  to  be  due  to  cardiac  weakness  alone,  rather 
' than  the  result  of  the  emphysema  of  older  in- 
' dividuals.  The  pulse  may  be  rapid,  irregular, 

; intermittent  or  slow,  the  result  of  tachycardia, 
fibrillation,  extrasystoles,  dropped  beats  or  heart 
' block.  An  inequality  in  the  force  of  the  var- 
ious beats  may  be  noted.  Pulsus  alternans,  as 
such,  is  rarely  present.  Gallop  rhythm  is  com- 
mon and  is  of  considerable  diagnostic  impor- 
. tance.®  Diminished  urinar}^  output  is  probably 
due  to  the  rapid  fall  in  blood  pressure,  to  sweat- 
ing and  to  insufficient  intake  of  fluids.  A tran- 
sitory or  persistent  glycosuria  may  occur.  The 
, sensorium  is  usually  clear,  except  for  the  effects 
i of  necessa,ry  sedation.  At  times,  however,  mild 

July,  1941 


delirium  or  semi-coma  may  occur,  due  to  fall  in 
blood  pressure  in  a hypertensive  patient,  to  pain, 


Fig.  2.  5/23/40.  Male,  aged  forty-five,  an  early  QiTi  type 
of  occlusion  curve,  twelve  kours  after  acute  infarction  of  the 
anterior  apical  portion  of  the  left  ventricle.  Note  that  S-Ti 
elevation  and  S-Ts  depression,  although  slight,  are  present. 
Ti  shows  beginning  inversion.  The  initial  po'sitive  ventricular 
deflection  is  absent  in  chest  leads  with  T4,  s less  positive  in 
direction.  6/3/40.  Eleven  days  later,  S-Ti  still  elevated,  with 
definite  inversion  of  Ti  and  beginning  inversion  of  T2  and 
reversal  of  polarity  of  T4,  5.  5/31/38.  Male,  aged  fifty-four, 

an  early  Q3T3  type  of  occlusion  curve  8 hours  after  acute 
infarction  of  the  posterior  basal  portion  of  the  left  ventricle. 
Note  marked  S-Ti  depression  and  S-T2,  3 elevation.  If  a record 
is  obtained  within  a few  hours  after  a coronary  accident  S-T 
interval  displacement  in  chest  leads  is  frequently  present.  This 
displacement  quickly  disappears,  usually  within  a few  hours, 
at  times  two  tO'  three  days;^®  the  chest  leads  thereafter  being  of 
normal  contour.  Note  that  the  initial  positive  ventricular 
deflection  persists.  More  commonly,  in  Q3T3  curves,  normal 
chest  leads  are  associated  with  both  early  and  late  limb  lead 
changes;  chest  leads  usually  being  unaffected  by  posterior  basal 
infarctions.  7/14/38.  Note  large  Q3  and  deeply  inverted 
coronary  T wave  in  Leads  II  and  III,  with  return  of  chest 
leads  toward  normal 


to  profound  emotional  disturbance,  or  to  mor- 
phine. Cheyne-Stokes  respiration  may  result 
from  left  ventricular  failure,  morphine,  embolism 
or  other  cause.  The  frequently  undetected 
pericardial  friction  rub  may  be  heard  in  some 
cases.  It  is  of  definite  assistance  in  diagnosis. 
Embolic  phenomena  may  occur  soon  after  the 
attack  or  later.  Pulmonary  or  cerebral  embolism 
is  more  common  although  infarction  of  kidney 
or  spleen  may  occur.  Peripheral  gangrene  may 
occur.®  The  development  of  mild  congestive 
failure  is  common.  The  significance  of  general- 
ized edema  is  serious. 

Elevation  of  temperature  with  leukocytosis  and 
increased  sedimentation  rate  are  common  sequelae 
of  myocardial  infarction.  Generally  speaking, 
the  higher  the  leukocyte  count  the  graver  the 


517 


CORONARY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


1 


prognosis. Change  in  sedimentation  rate,  being 
the  most  sensitive  of  the  three,  likewise  appears 
to  be  the  least  dependable. 


Fig.  3.  1/10/40.  Recorded  soon  after  a mild  attack  of  chest 

pain.  Male  aged  sixty-one,  withomt  previous  complaint.  In 
spite  of  definite  S-Ti  elevation  and  S-Ta  depression,  it  was  con- 
sidered “normal”  and  five  days  later  he  was  allowed  to  drive 
his  car  300  miles  to  Chicago.  Another  record  showed  further 
evidence  of  myocardial  infarction.  Note  the  large,  upright 
sharply  peaked  reciprocal  coronary  T wave  in  Leads  II  and  III 
of  this  QiTi  type  of  curve.  Although  frequently  chest  leads 
simply  magnify  diagnostic  changes  already  present  in  limb  leads, 
they  give  additional  assurance  that  such  changes  will  not  be 
overlooked  by  the  inexperienced  observer.  In  a cursory  exam- 
ination he  is  less  liable  to  overlook  the  marked  chest  lead 
change  than  to  miss  the  corresponding,  less  marked  abnormality 
present  in  the  limb  leads. 

2/18/36.  Routine  electrocardiogram,  male,  aged  fifty-seven, 
without  complaint  or  other  significant  findings.  Definite  T2,  3 in- 
version. Proper  management  was  urged  and  refused.  On 
9/9/39  he  returned  with  dyspnea,  recurrent  substernal  pain 
and  other  evidence  of  advanced  cardiovascular  failure.  Elec- 
trocardiogram was  not  remarkable,  for  age,  at  this  time. 

1/12/36.  Male,  aged  forty-three,  without  previous  complaint, 
had  a “cold  on  chest  with  cough,”  was  treated  for  “flu”  by 
first  M.D.,  and  three  weeks  later  decided  he  had  asthma; 
specialist  sent  him  home  with  a bottle  of  Digifortis;  after  the 
first  dose,  collapse,  left  hemiparesis,  and  persistent  symptoms 
and  findings  of  advanced  heart  failure  ensued. 

1/25/36.  Note  minor,  but  definite,  variations  from  previous 
record.  Died  2/20/36. 


Differential  diagnosis  involves  a consideration 
of  many  conditions'’®’^®  listed  in  Table  I.  Ade- 
quate discussion  of  this  phase  of  the  subject  is 
beyond  the  scope  of  this  presentation. 

In  some  cases  pain  is  so  severe  that  angina 
seems  questionable,  yet  other  readily  apparent 
evidence  of  occlusion  is  absent.  A mild  fever 
or  slight  leukocytosis  is  of  some  help.  A peri- 
cardial friction  rub,  if  detected,  is  of  definite 
assistance.  An  electrocardiogram  may  establish 
the  diagnosis.  Should  it  fail  to  do  so,  a single 
record  should  not  be  accepted  as  final  evidence. 
Further  graphic  study  is  essential. 

At  times  a severe  anginal  attack  and  coronary 
occlusion  can  not  be  differentiated  by  ordinary 


TABLE  I.  DIFFERENTIAL  DIAGNOSIS  OF  CORONARY 
OCCLUSION 

Acute  Indigestion 
Ptomaine  Poisoning 
Acute  Heart  Failure 
Cerebral  Hemorrhage 
Cerebral  Thrombosis 
Cardiac  Arrhythmias 
Dissecting  Aneurysm 
Acute  Pericarditis 
Cardiac  Dilatation 
Cardiac  Neurosis 
Luetic  Aortitis 
Effort  Syndrome 
Angina  Pectoris 
Malingering 

Bursitis 

Pleurisy 

Pneumonia 

Pneumothorax 

Herpes  Zoster 

Massive  Collapse 

Pulmonary  Embolism 

Carcinoma  of  Bronchus  or  Lung 

Gall  Stones 

Peptic  Ulcer 

Spastic  Colon 

Tabetic  Crisis 

Acute  Gastritis 

Acute  Appendicitis 

Acute  Pancreatitis 

Diaphragmatic  Hernia 

Carcinoma  of  Stomach  or  Duodenum 

Impending  Diabetic  Coma 

Arthritis  of  Shoulder  Joint 
Incarcerated  Inguinal  Hernia 
Arthritis^ — Costochondral  Junction 
Spondylitis  of  Cervical  or  Dorsal  Spine 
Rupture  of  Heart,  Valve,  or  Papillary  Muscle 


methods.  Persistence  of  the  pain,  for  an  hour 
or  more,  is  highly  suggestive.  If  occlusion  is 
considered  likely,  it  is  a gross  error  to  permit 
the  patient  to  return  to  work  or  even  to  become 
ambulatory  without  the  benefit  of  electrocardio- 
graphic examination.  It  is  in  such  an  instance 
that  portable  equipment  has  proven  most  valu- 
able. 

When  the  location  of  the  pain  is  abdominal, 
disease  of  the  gall  bladder,  stomach,  duodenum  or 
pancreas  may  be  closely  simulated.  Considera- 
tion of  blood  pressure,  sex,  habitus,  occupation 
and  heredity  of  the  individual  are  factors  of  im- 
portance. 

There  is  an  important  gproup  of  cases  charac-  | 
terized  by  absent  or  insignificant  painA®  The  i 
occurrence  of  painless  coronary  occlusion,  } 
with^®  or  without®®  myocardial  infarction,  is  * 
becoming  more  widely  recognized.  It  is  to  be  | 


518 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COROX-\RY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


expected  that  the  previously  reported  low  in- 
cidence of  painless,^®  as  well  as  atypical 
coronary  occlusion,  will  increase  with  the  more 


atypical  pain  equivalents,  will  bring  to  light  a 
surprising  number  in  which  an  occlusion  of  a 
lesser  coronary  branch,  and  occasionally  even 


Fig.  4.  10/2/39.  Male,  aged  sixty,  with  attacks  of  acute  dyspnea,  interpreted  as  recurrent 

“colds  on  the  chest”  during  the  previous  nine  months.  A curve  commonly  associated  with 
arterial  hypertension  and  changes  suggestive  of  coronary  occlusion,  confirmed  by  subsequent 
r^ords  on  11/8/39  and  12/18/39.  Diagnosis  of  generalized  arteriosclerosis,  arterial  hyperten- 
sion, hypertensive  heart  disease  with  cardiac  hypertrophy,  left  heart  failure  with  coronary  in- 
sufi&ciency,  on  the  basis  of  an  old  coronary  occlusion,  was  made.  Absolute  bed  rest  was  ad- 
vised. Pulse  110.  Blood  pressure  108 '90,  one  week  later  88/66;  has  not  been  above  90/70 
since.  10/15/39,  embolism  of  the  right  lower  pulmonary  lobe.  Up  and  about  since  11/15/39. 
Comfortable  and  symptom-free  if  activity  is  limited  to  two-block  walk  twice  daily.  If  the 
initial  record  is  of  this  type,  diagnosis  of  occlusion  is  often  difficult.  Serial  curves  are  fre- 
quently essential.  Arterial  hypertension  and  sequelae  were  determined  from  the  initial  record. 

3/21/39.  Female,  aged  seventy,  illustrates  difficulty  in  the  diagnosis  of  occlusion  in  hyper- 
tensive type  of  curve. 

3/30/40,  a subsequent  record. 

5/26/37.  A Q3T3  type  of  coronary  occlusion  curve,  in  a man,  aged  fifty-four,  with  estab- 
lished arterial  hypertension.  (4/15/36)  A Q3T3  type  of  coronary  occlusion  curve  with  large  X 
waves  in  chest  leads.  (1/28/37)  A type  of  curve  commonly  associated  with  lateral  infarction.  The 
characteristic  electrocardiogram  of  lateral  infarction  reveals^  depression  of  the  S-T  inteiwal  in 
Leads  I and  II,  absence  of  signs  of  posterior  infarction  in  Lead  III,  and  a depression  of  the  S-T 
interval  in  Lead  IV,  with  elevation  thereof  in  Lead  V,  which  is  tr^ically  more  marked  when 
the  chest  electrode  is  placed  over  the  fifth  interspace  in  the  left  midclavicular  line  than  when 
it  is  more  medially  located.  Left  axis  deviation  may  or  may  not  be  present.  Confusion  in 
interpretation  may  readily  arise;  the  curve  of  a lateral  infarction  not  being  recognized,  for 
several  reasons.  Digitalis  effect,  at  times,  may  closely  simulate  this  type  of  record.  The  graphic 
changes  of  an  acute  lateral  occlusion  may  rapidly  disappear.  Confusion  results  when  the 
electrocardiogram  is  not  recorded  until  several  days  after  the  accident.  The  incidence  of 
auricular  fibrillar’on  in  this  group  is  high.  Much  confusion  results,  when,  because  of  the 
fibrillation,  digitalis  is  administered  before  an  electrocardiogram  has  been  recorded.  The  graph 
of  lateral  infarction  may  closely  simulate  the  typical  curve  of  an  established  arterial  hyper- 
tension. 


widespread  use  of  electrocardiograms  in  diag- 
nosis. Likewise,  there  will  be  a decrease  in 
the  occurrence  of  “prodromal  pain”  in  coronary 
occlusion.®  The  more  widespread  use  of  serial 
curves  in  the  study  of  patients  with  the  minor 
complaints  of  coronary  disease,  or  of  mild  or 


of  one  of  the  larger  coronary  vessels,  has  oc- 
curred. Minor  attacks  can  not  be  too  care- 
fully and  rigidly  studied. 

The  sudden  onset  of  auricular  fibrillation  or 
flutter,  ventricular  tachycardia  or  heart  block 


July,  1941 


519 


CORONARY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


in  a patient  without  previous  cardiac  findings, 
especially  if  recently  known  to  have  had  a normal 
electrocardiogram,  is  highly  suggestive  of  oc- 
clusionT° 


day  to  day.  It  is  from  this  characteristic  that 
serial  curves  derive  their  importance. 

The  occurrence  in  the  electrocardiogram  of 
flattening  of  the  S-T  interval  and  T wave,  pro- 


Fig.  5.  3/20/35.  Previous  electrocardiogram.  10/4/37,  male,  aged  sixty-one,  without  ptre- 

vious  complaint,  had  severe  substernal  pain  with  hemoptysis.  10/5/37,  pulse  80  and  regular, 
blood  pressure  116/80,  temperature  98.6,  left  heart  border  2 cm.  out.  No  murmur  or  thrill. 
Tones  distant.  Liver  and  spleen  not  felt.  No  ascites.  Noi  edema.  10/6/37,  blood  pressure 
106/76,  only  change.  11/22/37,  up  and  about.  Post-occlusion  pain  in  left  shoulder.  Con- 
sidered to  be  “arthritis.”  Dentist  removed  nine  teeth  11/25/37  and  seven  mo>re  11/27/37, 
without  relief  of  pain.  Returned  to  work  12/22/37.  Full  activity  without  complaint  since. 
Note  persistence  of  initial  positive  ventricular  deflection  and  incomplete  reversal  of  polarity  of 
the  T wave  with  early  return  to  normal  contour  in  the  chest  leads  of  this  Ti  type  of  coronary 
occlusion  curve. 


It  is  possible  that,  rarely,  acute  myocardial 
infarction  may  be  overlooked  in  spite  of  appar- 
ently adequate  study. 

Arteriosclerosis  in  general  is  a progressive 
lesion  and  coronary  disease  is  no  exception  to 
the  rule.  Thrombosis  with  occlusion,  likewise, 
reveals  this  tendency  to  progression.  A mild  at- 
tack often  precedes  a major  occlusion,  or  there 
may  be  a series  of  mild  attacks,  since  thrombosis 
of  a small  branch  may  extend  to  the  larger  ves- 
sel from  which  the  branch  is  derived ; the  process 
finally  involving  a much  larger  vessel  than  the 
initial  lesion  (Fig.  10).  Again  the  process  of 
organization  within  the  area  of  infarction  re- 
sults in  graphic  alterations  which  change  from 


longed  auriculoventricular  or  intraventricular 
conduction  and  bundle-branch  block  are  common 
evidences  of  coronai*}'  sclerosis  (Fig.  1). 

Parflee^®  described  a large  Q wave  in  Lead 
III,  which  is  the  most  frequent  graphic  sign  of 
chronic  coronary  disease  (Fig.  \h,  d,  e). 

Regarding  the  electrocardiographic  changes 
following  an  acute  coronary  occlusion,  Pardee®’’ 
states,  “Not  all  of  these  changes  are  to  be  found 
in  every  record,  but  enough  of  them  are  present 
to  give  it  a characteristic  appearance.” 

The  characteristic  elevation  or  depression  of 
the  S-T  interval  with  reciprocal  change  in  Leads 
I and  III  have  been  described.®®  These  typical 
alterations  following  infarction  of  the  left  ven- 


520 


Jour.  M.S.^M.S. 


CORONARY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


tricle,  in  the  vast  majority  of  instances,  localize  Low  voltage  commonly  develops  following 
the  region  involved,  which  in  turn  usually  in-  occlusion/^  Frequently  it  is  of  definite  diag- 
dicates  the  coronary  artery  occluded^  (Fig.  2).  nostic  assistance.  A low  voltage  of  electrocardio 
As  a result  of  the  above  patterns  the  majority  gram  of  a man  in  his  forties,  without  previous 


Fig.  6.  Serial  curves  of  Ti  type  following  infarction  of  anterior  apical  portion  of  left  ven- 
tricle. 


of  coronary  occlusion  curves  fall  into  two  definite 
and  distinct  topographic  groups,  which  agree 
essentially  with  the  specific,  muscle  bundle,  meth- 
od of  localization.^^  A type  which  at  times 
may  appear  as  a QiTj  type®^  indicates  occlusion 
of  the  left  coronary  artery  with  infarction  of  the 
anterior  apical  portion  of  the  left  ventricle.  A 
Q3T3  type,  rarely  seen  as  a Tg  type,  indicates 
obstruction  of  the  right  coronary  artery  with 
infarction  of  the  posterior  basal  portion  of  the 
left  ventricle. 

Infarction  of  the  lateral  wall  of  the  left  ven- 
tricle, due  to  occlusion  of  the  left  circumflex 
artery,  gives  a less  typical  pattern®^  (Fig.  4, 
1-28-37). 

A large  P wave  occurred  in  thirty-two  (80  per 
cent)  of  forty  cases  of  coronary  occlusion 
studied ; an  amplitude  of  over  2 mm.  being 
noted  in  sixteen  (40  per  cent)  of  these 
cases. Widening  and  notching  frequently 
accompanied  this  increase  in  amplitude.  The 
changes  were  more  frequent  in  Leads  I and  II 
than  in  Leads  II  and  III.  They  were  always 
present  in  Lead  II  (Fig.  3).  It  is  suggested 
that  these  changes  in  Leads  I and  II  are  asso- 
ciated with  left  auricular  dilatation.  An  increase 
in  amplitude  of  the  auricular  sound,  as  recorded 
in  stethograms,  has  been  observed  following 
acute  coronary  closure.^ 


Fig.  7.  Serial  curves  of  Q3T3  type  following  posterior  basal 
infarction. 


cardiac  complaint,  definitely  suggests  the  occur- 
rence of  a coronary  occlusion,  even  in  the  absence 
of  pain  or  other  manifestations  thereof,  and 
should  be  so  considered  until  proven  otherwise 
(Fig.  3). 

“Attention  is  drawn’'  to  a large,  upright,  sharp- 
ly peaked  T wave — as  diagnostic  a feature  of  the 


July,  1941 


521 


CORONARY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


coronary  occlusion  type  of  curve  as  the  inverted 
cove-shaped  T wave  of  which  it  is  the  inverse 
image — most  commonly  found  in  Leads  II  and 


(Fig.  7).  It  may  well  be  referred  to  as  the 
reciprocal  coronary  T wave.”  As  an  associated 
change  it  aids  in  the  diagnosis  of  coronary  oc- 


Fig.  8.  Posterior  basal  infarction  following  old  anterior  apical  infarction. 


Fig.  9.  Posterior  basal  infarction  following  old  in- 
farction of  the  same  Q3T3  type. 

Ill  of  the  Ti  type  of  coronary  occlusion  curve” 
(Fig.  3).  Basis  for  this  alteration  is  the  long 
since  recognized  reciprocal  relationship  of  Leads 
I and  III.  Such  a reciprocal  T wave  may  alsoi 
occur  in  Lead  I of  a Ts  type  of  electrocardiogram 


elusion  as  does  the  low  voltage  curve  and  large 
?2  change. 

Much  assistance  in  the  electrocardiographic 
diagnosis  of  coronary  occlusion  has  been  afforded 
by  chest  leads  since  their  re-introduction®^  in 
1932.  In  many  cases  they  simply  magnify  diag- 
nostic changes  already  present  in  the  limb  leads. 
In  many  instances  they  are  normal  in  the  initial 
record  and  remain  so  in  subsequently  recorded 
serial  curves.  This  is  particularly  true  of  curves 
from  patients  with  posterior  infarction  resulting 
from  obstruction  of  the  right  coronary  artery.  A 
thorough  understanding  of  the  significance  of  the 
changes  that  may  occur  in  the  particular  chest 
lead  being  used  is  essential  for  dependable  in- 
terpretation. Such  knowledge  can  be  acquired 
only  by  prolonged  experince  with  a chest  lead 
technic  known  to  be  dependable  (Fig.  la).  This, 
unfortunately,  is  not  true  of  some  of  the  many 
types  of  chest  leads  now  being  recorded.  Never- 
theless, chest  leads  are  of  definte  assistance  in 
some  cases,  and  in  certain  instances,  are  essential 
for  the  diagnosis  of  coronary  occlusion.  This 
may  be  true  in  the  patient  with  an  old  myocardial 
infarction.  The  absent  initial  positive  ventricu- 
lar deflection  in  chest  leads,®®  at  times,  may  be 
the  only  remaining  evidence  of  an  old  coronary 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


522 


CORONARY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


occlusion;  the  limb  leads  having  returned  to  a evidence  of  coronary  disease.^^  The  finding 
non-characteristic  or  even  quite  normal  contour,  should  be  considered  a definte  indication  for 
Although  not  pathognomonic,  it  is  the  most  de-  further  study. 


Fig.  10.  Progressive  change  following  repeated  occlusion  of  lesser  coronary  branch, 
attack  7/1/39.  Second  attack  just  before  c was  recorded. 


First 


pendable  sign,  in  chest  leads,  of  previous 
myocardial  infarction. 

As  in  limb  leads,  S-T  interval  displacement  is 
the  characteristic  chest  lead  change  signifying 
the  early  stages  of  an  infarction.  The  S-T  in- 
terval displacement  in  chest  leads,  since  it  fre- 
quently persists  longer  than  the  early  changes 
present  in  the  limb  leads,  may  be  of  assistance  in 
directing  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  occlusion 
is  of  recent  occurrence.  This  S-T  interval  dis- 
placement eventuates  in  reversal  of  the  cor- 
responding T wave,  so  that,  as  the  changes  in 
the  area  of  infarction  progress,  the  T wave  may 
become  oppositely  directed  and  remain  so  in- 
definitely. 

Reversal  of  the  T wave  in  chest  leads  as  an 
isolated  finding,  while  not  diagnostic  of  coronar}' 
occlusion,  is  a highly  significant  finding  (Fig.  5). 
Whereas  it  commonly  occurs  in  curves  from 
children  with  normal  hearts,^^  it  is  uncommonly 
seen  in  the  adult  electrocardiogram  without  other 


The  incidence  of  an  abnormally  large  T wave 
of  normal  polarity  is  of  sufficiently  frequent  oc- 
currence following  a coronary’  occlusion  to  war- 
rant serious  consideration®'^  (Fig.  4,  4/15/36). 
tyFereas,  it  not  infrequently  occurs  in  otherwise 
normal  electrocardiograms  from  patients  in 
whom  no  symptoms  or  findings  of  heart  disease 
can  be  elicited,  nevertheless,  the  finding  of  a 
large  T wave,  in  chest  leads,  demands  further 
graphic  obsenntion.  A huge  T wave  of  reversed 
polarity,  while  less  frequent,  is  more  significant. 
Although  chest  leads  have  not  become  the  “open 
sesame”^®  in  the  diagnosis  of  coronary-  occlusion, 
nevertheless,  they  have  become  indispensable. 
Whereas,  this  is  particularly  true  following 
myocardial  infarction,  it  is  likewise  true,  to  a 
minor  degree,  in  the  study  of  the  several  less 
commonly  occurring  conditions.^ 

Perhaps  the  most  valuable  recent  advance, 
from  a purely  clinical  standpoint,  has  been  the 


July,  1941 


523 


CORONARY  OCCLUSION— CARTER 


more  widespread  appreciation  of  the  impor- 
tance of  serial  curves^^’  (Figs.  5,  6,  7,  8, 

9).  Diagnostic  changes  may  be  missed  if  a 
single  electrocardiogram  is  recorded  too  soon 
after  an  acute  coronary  occlusion.®®  Arterial 
hypertension,  aortic  aneurysm,  angina  pectoris, 
congestive  failure  and  digitalis  medication,  as 
well  as  pulmonary  embolism  and  pericarditis, 
may  cause  confusion. 

Whereas,  a single  record  following  a coronary 
accident  may  be  diagnostic  of  myocardial  infarc- 
tion, at  times,  several  curves  may  be  required 
before  the  true  situation  is  revealed.  The  pro- 
gressive electrocardiographic  changes  following 
myocardial  infarction,  as  seen  in  serial  curves, 
recorded  at  properly  timed  intervals,  are 
so  characteristic,  that  there  are  few  instances 
in  which,  with  the  assistance  of  such  curves, 
coronary  occlusion  cannot  be  diagnosed.  “No 
other  condition  has  produced  the  complete  typi- 
cal picture  of  acute  cardiac  infarction.”®® 

Again,  there  is  no  better  way  to  follow  the 
progress  of  the  patient  who  has  sustained  an 
acute  coronary  occlusion  than  to  observe  the 
course  of  the  typical  graphic  changes  that  result 
from  the  processes  of  infarct  organization. 
Symptoms  and  findings  are  frequently  unde- 
pendable and  at  times  misleading.  Properly 
timed  serial  records  are  often  of  great  assistance. 

Finally,  it  should  be  emphasized  that  after  ade- 
quate history,  careful  examination  and  essential 
instrumental  aid,  accurate,  logical  thinking  re- 
mains the  essence  of  diagnosis  in  coronary  oc- 
clusion, as  elsewhere  in  clinical  practice. 


Bibliography 

1.  Barnes,  A.  E.,  and  Whitten,  M.  B.:  Study  of  the  RT 
interval  in  myocardial  infarction.  Am.  Heart  Joiur.,  5:142, 
1929. 

2.  Barnes,  A.  R.,  and  Wolfram,  D.  J. : The  Clinical  significance 
of  lead  IV  o£  the  electrocardiogram.  Med.  Clin.  North 
America,  22:1147,  1938. 

3.  Bartlett,  W.  M,,  and  Carter,  J.  B. : Combined  electro- 
cardiography, stethography  and  cardioscopy  in  the  selec- 
tion of  pilots.  Jour.  Avia.  Med.,  12:2,  1941. 

4.  Beck,  C.  S.,  and  Tichy,  V.  L. : The  production  of  a 
collateral  circulation  to  the  heart.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  10: 
849,  1935. 

5.  Bernstein,  M. : Incarcerated  inguinal  hernia  simulating  acute 
coronary  thrombosis.  Medical  Record,  147:488,  1938. 

6.  Blumenthal,  B.,  and  Reisinger,  J.  A.:  Prodromal  pain  in 
coronary  occlusion.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  20:141,  1940. 

7.  Bohning,  A.,  and  Katz,  L.  N.;  Unusual  changes  in  the 
electrocardiograms  of  patients  with  recent  coronary  oc- 
clusion. Am.  Jour.  Med.  _ Sci.,  186:39,  1933. 

8.  Bruenn,  H.  G. : Syphilitic  disease  of  the  coronary  arteries 
Am.  Heart  Jour.,  9:421,  1934. 

9.  Carr,  J.  G. : The  Symptoms  and  diagnosis  of  coronary 
occlusion.  Illinois  Med.  Jour.,  68:155,  1935. 

10.  Carter,  J.  B.:  Fundamentals  of  Electrocardiographic  Inter- 
pretation. Springfield:  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1937. 

11.  Conner,  L.  A.,  and  Holt,  E. : The  subsequent  course  and 
prognosis  in  coronary  thrombosis.  An  analysis  of  287  cases. 
Am.  Heart  Jour.,  5:705,  1930. 


12.  Cooksey,  W.  B.,  and  Freund,  H.  A. : Serial  electrocardio- 
graphic studies  in  coronary  thrombosis.  Am.  Heart  Jour.. 
6:608,  1931. 

13.  Davis,  N.  S. : Coronary  thrombosis  without  pain:  Its 

incidence  and  pathology.  Med.  Clin.  North  America,  16:314, 
1932. 

14.  Dock,  G. : Historical  notes  on  coronary  occlusion:  From 
Heberden  to  Osier.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  113:563,  1939. 

15.  Drake,  E.  H. : Long  survival  following  coronary  thrombosis. 
Am.  Heart  Jour.,  20:634,  1940. 

16.  Dublin,  L.  I.,  and  Lotka,  A.  J. : Twenty-five  Years  of 
Health  Progress.  New  Yoirk:  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance 
Company,  1937. 

17.  Edeiken,  J.,  Wolferth,  C.  C.,  and  Wood,  F.  C.:  The 
significance  of  an  upright  or  aiphasic  T-wave  in  lead  IV 
when  it  is  the  only  definite  abnormality  in  the  adult 
electrocardiogram.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  12:666,  1936. 

18.  Feinstein,  M.  A.,  and  Lieberson,  A.:  Characteristic  serial 
changes  in  the  fourth  lead  after  acute  coronary  thrombosis. 
Am.  Heart  Jour.,  14:69,  1937. 

19.  Fishberg,  A.  M. : Heart  Failure.  Philadelphia:  Lea  & 
Febiger,  1937. 

20.  Gager,  L.  T. : Blood  pressure  changes  accompanying 

coronary  occlusion.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  84:1730,  1925. 

21*  Goodrich,  B.  E.,  and  Smith,  F.  J, : The  nonfilament 
leukocyte  count  after  coronary  artery  occlusion.  Am.  Heart 
Jour.,  11:581,  1936. 

22.  Gross,  L.,  and  Kugel,  M.  A.:  The  arterial  blood  vascular 
distrib::tion  to  the  left  and  right  ventricles  of  the  human 
heart.  Am.  Heart  Jo-ur.,  9:165,  1933. 

23.  Hammer,  A.:  A case  of  thrombotic  occlusion  of  one  of  the 
coronary  arteries  of  the  heart.  Wien.  med.  Wchnschr., 
28:102,  1878. 

24.  Hedley.  O.  F. : A critical  analysis  of  heart  disease  mortality. 
Jour.  A.M.A.,  105:1405,  1935. 

25.  Herrick,  J.  B.:  Clinical  features  of  sudden  obstruction  of 
the  C9ronary  arteries.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  59:2015,  1912. 

26.  Herrick,  J.  B. : Thrombosis  of  the  coronary  arteries.  Jour- 
A.M.A.,  72:387,  1919. 

27.  Herrick,  J.  B.:  The  coronary  artery  in  health  and  disease. 
Am.  Heart  Jour.,  6:589,  1931. 

28.  Herrick,  J,  B. : On  mistaking  other  diseases  for  coronary 
thrombosis.  Jour.  Med.  Soc.,  New  Jersey,  32:590,  1935. 

29.  Tervell,  A.:  Elektrokardiographische  Befunde  bei  Herzin- 
farkt.  Acta.  med.  Scandinav.  supp.,  68:1-267,  1935. 

30.  Leary,  T. : Coronary  spasm  as  a possible  factor  in  producing 
sudden  death.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  10:338,  1935. 

31.  Leary,  T. : Pathology  of  coronary  sclerosis.  Am.  Heart 
Jour.,  10:328,  1935. 

32.  Leary,  T.,  and  Wearn,  J.  T. : Two  cases  of  complete 

occlusion  of  both  coronary  orifices.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  5: 
412,  1930. 

33.  Major,  R.  H. : Classic  Descriptions  of  Disease.  Springfield: 
Charles  C.  Thomas,  1932. 

34.  Master,  A.  M. : P-wave  changes  in  acute  coronary  artery 
occlusion.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  8:462,  1933. 

35.  Master,  A.  M.,  et  al.:  The  significance  of  an  absent  or  a 
small  initial  positive  deflection  in  the  precordial  lead.  Am. 
Heart  Jour.,  14:297,  1937. 

36.  Oberhelman,  _H.  A.,  and  LeCount,  E.  R. : Variations  in 

the  anastomosis  of  the  coronary  arteries  and  their  sequences. 
Jour.  A.M.A.,  82:1321,  1924. 

37.  Pardee,  H.  E.  B.:  An  electrocardiographic  sign  of  coronary 
artery  obstruction.  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  26:244,  1920. 

38.  Pardee,  H.  E.  B.:  The  significance  of  an  electrocardiogram 
with  a large  Q in  Lead  III.  Arch.  Int.  Med.,  46:470,  1930. 

39.  Parkinson,  J.,  and  Bedford,  D.  E. : Successive  changes  in 

electrocardiogram  after  coronary  infarction  (coronary 

thrombosis).  Heart,  14:195,  1928. 

40.  Richter,  H.  A.:  Value  of  serial  electrocardiograms  in 

coronary  thrombosis.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  189:487,  1935. 

41.  Robb,  j.  S.,  and  Robb,  R.  C. : Localization  of  cardiac  in- 
farcts in  man,  I.  A comparison  of  anterior-posterior  with 
muscle  bundle  modes  of  localization.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sci., 
197:7,  1939.  II.  Twenty-nine  new  cases  of  muscle  bundle 
localization  with  postmortem  confirmation.  Am.  Jour.  Med. 
Sci.,  197:17,  1939. 

42.  Robinow,  M.,  Katz,  L.  N.,  and  Bohning,  A.:  The  appearance 
of  the  T-wave  in  lead  IV  in  normal  children  and  in  chil- 
dren with  rheumatic  heart  disease.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  12:88, 

1936. 

43.  Roth,  I.  R. : On  use  of  chest  leads  in  clinical  electro- 
cardiography. Am.  Heart  Jour.,  10:798,  1935. 

44.  Saphir,  O. : Coronary  embolism.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  8:312, 
1933. 

45.  Saphir,  O.,  Priest,  W.  S.,  Hamburger,  W.  W.,  and  Katz, 
L.  N.:  Coronary  arteriosclerosis,  coronary  thrombosis  and 
resulting  myocardial  changes.  Am.  Heart  Jour.,  10:567  and 
762,  1935. 

46.  Tennant,  R.,  and  Wiggers,  C.  J. : The  effect  of  coronary 
occlusion  on  myocardial  contraction.  Am.  Jour.  Physiol., 
112:351,  1935. 

47.  Wearn,  J.  T. : Thrombosis  of  the  coronary  arteries,  with 
infarction  of  the  heart.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  165:250, 
1923. 

48.  White,  P.  D.:  A new  record  in  longevity  after  coronary 
thrombosis.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  108:1796,  1937. 

49.  Wiggers,  C.  J. : The  inadequacy  of  the  normal  collateral 
coronary  circulation  and  the  dynamic  factors  concerned 
in  its  development  during  slow  coronary  occlusion.  Am. 
Heart  Jour.,  11:641,  1936. 


524 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  PROSTATE — ORMOND  AND  BRUSH 


so  Willius,  F.  A.:  Life  expectancy  in  coronary  thrombosis. 
Jour.  A.M.A.,  106:1890,  1936. 

51.  Wilson,  F.  N.,  et  al.:  The  electrocardiogram  in  myocardial 
infarction  with  particular  reference  to  the  initial  deflections 
of  the  ventricular  complex.  Heart,  16:155,  1933. 

52.  Winternitz,  M.  C.,  Thomas,  R.  M.,  and  LeComte,  P.  M.: 
The  Biology  of  Arteriosclerosis.  Springfield:  Charles  C. 
Thomas,  1938. 

53.  Wolferth,  C.  C.:  Present  concepts  of  acute  coronary  oc- 
clusion. Jour.  A.M.A.,  109:1769,  1937. 

54.  Wolferth,  C.  C.,  and  Wood,  F.  C.:  The  electrocardiographic 
diagnosis  of  coronary  occlusion  by  the  use  of  chest  leads. 
Am.  Jour.  Med  Sci.,  183:30,  1932. 

55.  Wolferth,  C.  C.,  and  Wood,  F.  C.:The  differential  diag- 
ro'^is  of  coronary  occlusion:  Difficulties  from  the  electro- 
cardiographic standpoint.  Med.  Clin.  North  America,  18: 
219,  1934. 

56.  Wood,  F.  C.,  and' Wolferth,  C.  C.:  Experimental  coronary 

occlusion:  Inadequacy  of  the  three  conventional  leads  for 

recording  characteristic  action  current  changes  in  certain 
sections  of  the  myocardium:  An  electrocardiographic  study. 
Arch.  Int.  Med.,  51:771,  1933. 

57.  Wood,  F.  C.,  and  Wolferth,  C.  C.:  Huge  T-waves  in 
precordial  leads  in  cardiac  infarction.  Am.  Heart  Jour., 
9:70'7,  1934. 

58.  Wood,  F.  C.,  Wolferth,  C.  C.,  and  Bellet,  S.:  Infarction  of 
the  lateral  wall  of  the  left  ventricle:  Electrocardiographic 
characteristics.  Am.  Heart  .Jour.,  16:387.  1938. 


Carcinoma  of  the  Prostate"^ 


By  John  K.  Ormond,  M.D. 
and 

Brock  Brush,  M.D. 
Detroit,  Michigan 


John  K.  Ormond,  M.D. 

A. B.,  Princeton  University,  1906.  M.D., 

Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School,  1914.  Sur- 
geon-in-Charge,  Division  of  Urology,  Henry 
Ford  Hospital,  Detroit.  Member,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

Brock  E.  Brush,  M.D. 

B. A.  and  M.D.,  University  of  ^ Western  On- 
tario, 1936.  M.S.,  Wayne  University,  1939. 

Member  of  the  staff  of  Henry  Ford  Hospital. 


■ This  report  is  the  result  of  a review  of  one 

hundred  and  twenty-five  cases  of  carcinoma 
of  the  prostate.  Of  course,  it  is  impossible  to 
present  anything  new  on  the  subject  of  pro  static 
carcinoma,  but  an  occasional  review  of  the  old 
hackneyed  subjects  is  valuable. 

There  is  only  one  other  large  group  of  pa- 
tients which  is  so  trying  coming  under  the  care 
of  the  urologist,  namely,  the  group  with  cancer 
of  the  bladder.  In  both  groups,  the  victim  of 
the  disease  is  likely  to  consult  the  physician  late 
in  its  course,  at  a stage  when  palliation  may  be 
all  that  can  be  expected.  This  is  usually  more 
true  of  the  victims  of  prostatic  carcinoma  than 
of  bladder  carcinoma. 

This  report  contains  cases  treated  in  almost 
every  known  way,  by  masterly  inactivity,  radium, 
x-ray,  suprapubic  prostatectomy,  perineal  pros- 


*From  the  Division  of  Urology,  Henry  Ford  Hospital,  Detroit, 
Michigan.  Read  before  the  Detroit  Branch  of  the  American 
Urological  Association,  April,  1940. 

July,  1941 


tatectomy,  resection,  cystostomy,  and  combina- 
tions of  these  methods ; so  that  it  is  possible  to 
compare  the  results  of  different  forms  of  treat- 
ment. 

Of  course,  in  comparing  results  there  are 
other  factors  to  be  considered  besides  the  method 
of  treatment ; among  which  are  ( 1 ) the  patient’s 
chronological  and  physical  age,  (2)  the  extent 
of  the  process  when  discovered,  and  (3)  the  site 
of  the  origin  of  the  growth. 

That  the  chronological  age  and  the  physical  age 
do  not  always  correspond  is,  of  course,  well 
known.  Some  men  at  fifty  are  as  old  as  others 
at  seventy,  and  the  hale  and  active  octogenerian 
is  no  stranger  to  any  of  us.  In  general,  it  can 
be  said  that  the  younger  the  patient  the  more 
rapidly  does  a cancer  develop.  Many  cases  in 
the  older  group  grow  and  metastasize  so  slowly 
that  local  obstruction  is  the  chief  inconvenience. 
Some  of  these  do  very  well  so  long  as  urinary 
obstruction  does  not  appear,  or  if  that  obstruc- 
tion can  be  removed.  Metastases  and  extension 
through  the  pelvis  may  be  postponed  for  long 
periods  and  the  patient  live  in  comparative  com- 
fort. Such  patients,  carrying  on  very  well  with 
a cystostomy  or  following  resection,  are  not  es- 
pecially rare.  In  some  cases,  where  there  is  both 
hypertrophy  and  malignant  disease,  removal  of 
the  hypertrophied  masses  may  be  indicated.  An 
example  is  one  man  in  whom  the  diagnosis  was 
made  in  1928 ; suprapubic  prostatectomy  was  car- 
ried out  in  1931,  resection  has  been  done  twice 
since,  and  he  now  at  the  age  of  85  carries  on 
vigorously,  is  in  active  business  and  is  a factor 
to  be  considered  in  everything  in  which  he  is  in- 
terested, In  this  instance  the  tissue  removed  at 
all  three  operations  was  definitely  carcinoma,  and 
rectal  examination  still  shows  a large  stony  hard 
mass  in  the  prostatic  region.  Another  man,  a 
physician  in  his  seventies,  came  in  each  year,  for 
some  years,  for  examination;  no  operation  was 
done  and  there  seemed  to  be  no  progress  in  the 
condition.  He  knew  of  the  presence  of  the  car- 
cinoma and  came  in  merely  for  a check-over. 

In  contrast  are  the  patients  in  the  younger 
group  in  whom  extension  and  metastasis  are  very 
rapid ; who  rapidly  go  from  bad  to  worse ; whose 
discomfort  and  deterioration  nothing  can  control, 
obstruction  recurring  rapidly , and  pain  in  back 
and  thighs  being  intractable;  and  whose  end  is 
welcomed  by  patient,  relatives  and  physician. 

Of  course,  the  largest  group  comes  in  between 


525 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  PROSTATE— ORMOND  AND  BRUSH 


these  two,  and  here  the  variation  in  physical  age 
seems  to  play  the  greatest  role.  Some  are  slow 
in  their  course,  some  rapid.  The  great  majority, 
however,  are  not  seen  until  the  condition  is  fair- 
ly well  advanced,  and  the  previous  duration  of 
the  disease  may  be  difficult  to  estimate.  In  the 
series  covered  by  this  review  the  average  age 
of  the  patients  was  64.9  years,  the  youngest  be- 
ing 40,  and  the  oldest  93. 

The  site  of  origin  apparently  may  be  in  any 
portion  of  the  gland.  It  used  to  be  thought  that 
practically  all  started  in  the  posterior  lobe,  but 
of  recent  years  more  intensive  pathological  in- 
vestigation has  shown  more  of  them  originating 
in  the  lateral  lobes  than  was  previously  thought. 
However,  it  is  still  generally  accepted  that  the 
usual  point  of  origin  is  in  the  posterior  lobe. 

Spread  of  the  disease  is  in  three  ways : First, 
by  direct  extension  to  the  seminal  vesicles  and 
through  the  pelvis.  Second,  by  way  of  the  lym- 
phatics, to  the  pelvic  and  abdominal  lymph 
glands,  and  third,  by  way  of  the  blood,  chiefly  to 
bone,  and  this  may  precede  lymphatic  spread. 
The  recent  work  of  Batson  has  thrown  a great 
light  on  the  distribution  of  metastases  by  way 
of  the  viens.  Apparently  almost  three-quarters 
of  all  metastases  are  to  bone ; oftenest  to  the  pel- 
vis, spine  and  femur,  and  less  often  to  the  ribs. 
The  region  of  the  sacro-iliac  joints  seem  to  be  the 
first  place  to  look  for  the  chalky  appearance  of 
metastasis.  The  chief  source  of  confusion  is  the 
relatively  rare  Paget’s  disease,  and  here  the  con- 
figuration of  the  interior  pelvic  outline  may  be  of 
aid,  or  x-rays  of  the  skull  may  solve  the  prob- 
lem, for  in  Paget’s  the  skull  is  usually  thickened. 
This  differentiation  may  be  of  importance,  for 
occasionally  prostatic  carcinoma  may  metastasize 
before  rectal  examination  is  suggestive,  especial- 
ly in  the  rare  cases  of  soft  carcinoma. 

Undoubtedly,  it  is  the  most  frequent  carcinoma 
seen  in  the  male.  In  1939  these  were  reported 
in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion the  death  of  3,879  physicians,  including 
116  women.  Among  these  deaths,  357  were  due 
to  cancer  and  of  those  due  to  cancer,  the  largest 
number — 62 — ^were  due  to  carcinoma  of  the  pros- 
tate. 

Diagnosis  is  usually  made  by  rectal  examina- 
tion, occasionally  by  the  demonstration  of  typical 
bone  metastases  in  the  x-rays  and  in  accustomed 
and  skilled  hands,  by  the  use  of  a needle  thrust 
through  the  perineum.  This  latter  method  re- 


quires an  operator  and  (even  more  important) 
a pathologist  of  great  experience  in  the  method. 
It  was  not  used  in  any  of  the  cases  considered 
in  this  report. 

Differential  diagnosis  is  from  tuberculosis, 
stone,  and  occasionally  chronic  inflammation. 
Usually  there  is  no  difficulty;  the  stony  hard- 
ness and  nodular  character  of  typical  carci- 
noma are  unmistakable,  though  there  may  be 
confusion  in  early  cases.  Rarely  seen  are  cases 
of  tuberculosis  in  which  there  is  much  reason 
for  error.  Stone  is  usually  comparatively 
easily  recognized,  and  in  case  of  doubt  the 
x-ray  will  clear  the  diagnosis  immediately.  In 
a very  few  cases  chronic  inflammation  gives 
rise  to  confusion,  but,  fortunately,  most  of 
these  are  in  cases  in  which  delay  makes  no 
difference  and  no  harm  results  from  waiting 
unitl  the  later  course  clears  the  diagnosis. 
The  extent  of  the  process  when  first  seen  is 
usually  so  great  that  if  it  be  carcinoma  it  is 
beyond  hope  of  cure.  Occasionally  in  younger 
men,  however,  small  nodules  may  be  a source 
of  anxiety  unless  they  disappear  under  a short 
course  of  treatment. 

Treatment 

Lastly  comes  the  black  subject  of  treatment. 
Treatment  in  the  vast  majority  of  patients  is 
unavailing  so  far  as  cure  is  concerned,  and  not 
too  satisfactory  so  far  as  amelioration  is  con- 
cerned. In  this  series  are  cases  treated  by  ra- 
dium, deep  x-ray,  suprapubic  prostatectomy,  con- 
servative perineal  prostatectomy,  radical  perineal 
prostatectomy,  transurethral  resection  and  cystos- 
tomy. 

Only  seven  patients  were  treated  by  radium 
and  in  only  one  did  any  benefit  seem  to  result, 
and  even  he  developed  so  much  scar  that  the 
years  he  lived  thereafter  were  made  fairly  mis- 
erable by  the  necessity  for  frequent  dilatations 
under  general  anesthesia.  He  finally  died  of 
uremia. 

Deep  x-ray  therapy  was  used  in  thirty- four 
cases  and  seemed  to  be  valuable  treatment  for  the 
pain  produced  by  bony  mestastases,  but  caused 
no  particular  retardation  of  the  progress  of  the 
disease.  Suprapubic  prostatectomy  in  most  cases 
makes  matters  worse,  though  where  there  is,  in 
addition,  much  ordinary  adenomatomous  h)'^per- 
trophy  it  may  be  done  with  benefit.  Conserva- 


526 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  PROSTATE— ORMOND  AND  BRUSH 


tive  perineal  prostatectomy  is  probably  better 
than  suprapubic,  but  not  much  better. 

Occasional  cures  result  from  prostatectomy  in 
cases  in  which  the  presence  of  carcinoma  was  not 
suspected  until  the  tissue  was  examined  micro- 
scopically; and  this  fact  may  constitute  an  ob- 
jection to  resection  for  hypertrophy  unless  an  es- 
sentially complete  prostatectomy  is  done  tran- 
urethrally. 

Suprapubic  prostatectomy  was  done  in  eighteen 
cases,  in  eleven  of  which  the  diagnosis  was  not 
made  before  operation.  The  average  length  of 
life  of  the  seven  known  to  have  carcinoma  be- 
fore operation  was  twenty-two  months ; of  the 
other  eleven  it  was  four  years,  one  living  six 
years  and  another  still  living  after  seven  years. 

Resection  to  remedy  obstruction  is  valuable, 
though  it  does  nothing  to  hinder  the  progress  of 
the  disease,  and  recurrence  of  the  growth  may 
make  repeated  resections  necessary.  Resection 
was  used  in  twelve  cases  known  to  have  cancer, 
the  average  duration  of  life  afterward  being 
fifteen  months.  Of  course,  these  were  advanced 
cases  before  operation.  Carcinoma  was  found 
in  the  tissue  removed  by  resection  for  benign 
hypertrophy  in  four  instances.  One  lived  three 
years,  another  two  and  one-half  years,  one  is 
alive  and  well  after  one  year,  and  the  other  com- 
mitted suicide  after  two  and  one-half  years. 

Cystostomy  requires  only  brief  consideration. 
In  some  cases  it  gives  great  comfort  and  as  a 
palliative  may  be  preferable  to  resection,  par- 
ticularly where  urinary  infection  is  great.  It 
was  done  in  only  four  of  the  cases  considered 
here.  There  is  only  one  instance  of  chorodotomy 
and  none  of  alcoholic  spinal  injection. 

The  final  method  of  treatment  is  radical  peri- 
neal prostatectomy  as  advocated  by  Hugh  Young 
and  George  Smith,  who  have  had  a rather  large 
experience  with  it.  This  consists  in  the  removal, 
perineally,  of  the  whole  prostate,  including  its 
capsule  and  all,  or  most  of  the  seminal  vesicles, 
with  suture  of  the  neck  of  the  bladder  to  the 
membraneous  urethra.  This  is  applicable  only  to 
early  cases  before  the  disease  has  spread  beyond 
the  prostatic  capsule,  though  George  Smith  ad- 
vocates its  use  in  some  more  advanced  and  bor- 
derline cases  where  he  finds  that  the  comfort  and 
life  of  the  patient  are  both  prolonged.  This 
method  was  used  seven  times  with  the  following 
results : 

One  patient  had  good  control  of  his  urine  and 


lived  eight  years,  dying  then  of  pneumonia. 

One  is  alive  and  well  after  three  and  one-half 
years,  with  fairly  good  urinary  control,  losing  a 
few  drops  if  he  strains  or  coughs. 

One  is  alive  and  well  after  two  and  one-half 
years,  completely  incontinent. 

Two  died  of  metastases  after  a few  months. 

Two  were  operated  on  recently.  Both  of  these 
are  completely  continent,  and  one  states  that 
erections  occasionally  occur. 

Conclusion 

This  paper  may  be  concluded  with  a statement 
of  our  present  attitude  toward  patients  with 
carcinoma  of  the  prostate: 

1.  If  demonstrable  metastases  are  present 
when  first  seen  (40  per  cent  in  this  series),  only 
palliation  for  obstruction  and  pain  is  possible. 

2.  In  the  other  cases,  where  the  diagnosis  is 
unmistakable,  in  general  nothing  should  be  done 
until  obstruction  requires  treatment  or  pain  ap- 
pears. For  obstruction,  resection  seems  the 
method  of  choice.  However,  particularly  in  some 
of  the  younger  group,  the  use  of  radon  seeds 
may  be  considered. 

3.  In  the  early  cases  the  radical  operation 
should  be  considered,  especially  in  the  younger 
patients.  In  most  of  these  cases,  the  diagnosis 
must  be  in  doubt  until  made  by  frozen  section 
at  the  time  of  operation.  Undoubtedly  the  field 
for  this  operation  will  be  increased  by  more  fre- 
quent early  recognition  of  the  disease.  This 
means  that  stress  must  be  laid  on  the  importance 
of  intelligent  rectal  examinations.  Until  rectal 
examinations  are  made  more  frequently  and  reg- 
ularly as  a part  of  a complete  physical  examina- 
tion, and  before  symptoms  appear,  early  cases 
will  be  rarely  found.  In  the  series  reported  here 
only  seven  cases  were  considered  suitable  for 
this  operation.  Of  the  last  two,  one  was  dis- 
covered incidentally  in  a man  who  came  to  the 
hospital  for  a routine  check-up ; the  other,  a 
man  of  forty-nine,  was  referred  by  one  of  the 
graduates  of  the  hospital  who  had  discovered  it 
in  the  course  of  a general  physical  examination. 
Any  firm  nodule  in  the  prostate  of  a man  of  fifty 
or  over  should  rouse  suspicion,  and  these  nodules 
seem  more  likely  to  be  found  near  the  lower 
pole  and  near  the  mid-line.  It  is  certain  that 
the  percentage  of  cures  will  not  increase  until 
this  disease  is  more  often  recognized  early 
enough  to  warrant  radical  removal. 


July,  1941 


527 


ARTHRITIS— YOTT 


Arthritis 

A Contra-indication  for  Typhoid 
Vaccine  Fever  Therapy 

By  William  J.  Yott,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

William  J.  Yott,  M.D. 

B.S.,  University  of  Detroit,  1^31.  B.M., 

Wayne  University  College  o-f  Medicine,  19S4- 
M.D.,  Wayne  University  College  of  Med  cine, 

1935.  Attending  Staff  of  Alexander  Blain 
Hospital,  Detroit.  Gynecological  and  Obstetri- 
cal Staff,  St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  Detroit.  Jti- 
nior  Fellow  of  the  American  College  of  Sur- 
geons. Member  of  the  Wayne  County  M"d^- 
cal  Society  and  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society. 

■ Accepted  methods  in  the  treatment  of  ar- 
thritis vary  greatly,  but  one  which  is  most 
universally  recommended  is  treatment  with 
foreign  protein  or  fever  therapy.  Some  au- 
thors specifically  recommend  Typhoid  Vaccine 
Fever  Therapy  (especially  in  the  active  febrile 
type  of  case)  and  report  having  given  thou- 
sands of  them  without  any  untoward  results. 
The  usual  first  dose  should  be  25,000,000  in- 
travenously, gradually  increasing  the  size  in 
subsequent  doses,  so  as  to  obtain  a good  chill 
and  febrile  reaction  with  each  injection. 

Cinchophen  or  atophan  is  well  known  as 
a drug  used  promiscuously  by  a great  number 
of  people  who  do  not  appreciate  the  dangers 
involved.  In  four  books  on  materia  medica 
only  one  mentioned  that  on  prolonged  admin- 
istration hepatitis  might  occur  and  in  none 
of  the  others  was  any  mention  of  toxicity. 
In  my  experience  I have  found  that  druggists 
are  very  prone  to  recommend  it,  as  are  laymen. 

Two  years  ago  I encountered  a case  which 
impressed  me  with  the  possible  danger  of  ad- 
ministering typhoid  vaccine  to  a patient  who 
had  previously  taken  cinchophen.  In  no  refer- 
ence have  I found  the  use  of  typhoid  vaccine 
contra-indicated  after  cinchophen  therapy  al- 
though it  is  mentioned  that  typhoid  vaccine 
should  not  be  used  in  patients  with  chronic 
cardiac  disease,  in  elderly  patients,  or  those 
who  give  a history  of  tuberculosis. 

A case  report  will  help  to  clarify  the  point 
I am  trying  to  make. 

The  patient  was  a well-nourished,  white  female,  aged 
fifty-six,  resting  fairly  comfortably  in  bed  when  first 
seen  in  the  home.  She  was  complaining  of  low  back 
pain  and  pain  in  her  extremities  with  swelling  and 


tenderness  in  the  phalangeal  and  metacarpo-phalangeal 
joints  for  the  past  six  weeks  with  no  noted  tempera-  I 
ture.  The  only  history  of  previous  treatment  was  1 
that  of  having  seen  a chiropractor  a few  times  with  no  1 
beneficial  results.  There  was  no  history  of  any  medi- 
cation and  it  was  recommended  that  she  enter  the  hos- 
pital for  examination  and  observation. 

She  was  admitted  to  the  hospital,  January  22,  1938, 
complaining  of  pain  in  hands,  feet,  legs  and  back  for 
the  past  six  weeks.  About  two  weeks  previously  the 
patient  had  her  first  attack  of  pain  in  back,  starting  i 
in  both  lumbar  regions  and  radiating  down  the  thighs. 
There  was  some  headache  associated  with  it  and  vom- 
iting, but  no  other  symptoms. 

Past  History. — Negative  except  for  slight  swelling  * 
of  ankles  at  night.  Appetite  good,  no  dietary  dyscrasies,  i 
constipation,  diarrhea  or  other  intestinal  complaints. 

She  had  diphtheria  as  a child  and  an  appendectomy 
at  51. 

I 

Laboratory  examination  (1/24/38). — Negative  uri- 
nalysis and  Kline  test.  Hb.  75  per  cent;  R.B.C.  4,- 
570,000;  C.I.  9.5;  W.B.C.  4,700  (58%  P.  Neut.,  2% 
Baso.,  38%  Lympho.,  and  2%  Trans.). 

There  was  no  positive  findings  on  examination  ex- 
cept for  a low  right  rectus  scar  with  good  healing, 
slight  dehydration  from  vomiting,  and  stiffness,  ten- 
derness, redness,  and  swelling  of  all  the  joints  of  • 
the  extremities. 

X-ray  report. — Pelvic  and  lumbar  spines  free  of  any 
pathology.  The  extremities  showed  an  early  hyper- 
trophic arthritis. 

At  no  time  during  the  patient’s  stay  in  the  hospital 
under  observation  did  her  temperature  rise  above  99. 
The  third  day  when  her  vomiting  had  subsided  and 
she  felt  much  better,  we  gave  her  10,000,000  typhoid 
intravenously  with  a good  reaction  and  sent  her  home 
on  the  following  day  greatly  improved  on  a purine- 
free  diet,  reduced  iron,  and  a sedative. 

On  January  28,  while  still  at  home,  and  having  had 
such  good  results  from  the  first  injection  of  typhoid 
vaccine,  we  gave  her  a second  intravenous  injection 
of  25,000,000  typhoid,  at  her  request.  This  was  fol- 
lowed on  the  next  day  by  nausea  and  vomiting,  and 
on  the  third  day  she  developed  a slight  icterus  which 
has  gradually  progressed  until  on  February  16  she 
was  again  sent  to  the  hospital.  Since  her  last  injec- 
tion she  had  been  symptom-free  with  no  pain  except 
for  beginning  pain  in  the  joints  of  her  fingers.  The 
jaimdice  had  gradually  increased  but  at  no  time  were 
there  chills  or  fever  or  abdominal  pain. 

Two  days  before  readmittance  to  the  hospital  she 
started  to  vomit  and  noticed  that  her  stools  were  tarry 
in  color.  Vomitus  contained  “coffee  ground”  appear- 
ing material.  Patient  had  been  on  a high  carbohydrate 
diet  since  developing  icterus. 

Physical  examination  this  time  revealed  an  icteric 
patient  with  no  petechise,  sclerae  were  very  icteric,  and 
the  liver  was  difficult  to  percuss  out.  B.P.  120/60; 
pulse  120 ; temperature  101 ; urinalysis  4 plus  bile, 

3 plus  alb.,  many  R.B.C.  and  W.B.C.,  casts.  Hb.  78 
per  cent;  urea  26.1  mgs.;  dextrose  153  mgs.  Stool: 
occult  blood  ^nd  urobilinogen  present.  Gastric  con- 


528 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MASSIVE  ARSENOTHERAPY— SHAFFER 


tents : occult  blood,  10  per  cent  free  HCl.,  20  per 
cent  total  acid,  no  lactic  acid.  Icterus  Index  100. 

Condition  gradually  became  worse  so  that  on 
2/18/38  she  became  comatose  and  expired  in  the  after- 
noon. 

Gross  summary  at  autopsy  was  an  acute  yellow 
atrophy  of  the  liver  with  intense  jaundice  and  subse- 
quent diffuse  hemorrhage  from  the  gastro-intestinal 
tract. 

As  has  been  stated,  there  was  no  history  ob- 
tainable of  her  having  taken  cinchophen  and  it 
was  impossible,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  drug 
had  been  prescribed  by  a pharmacist  and  not 
by  a physician,  to  make  the  family  admit  that 
she  had  taken  this  drug  until  the  husband 
came  in  at  a later  date,  and,  when  pointedly 
asked  if  his  wife  had  ever  taken  cinchophen, 
admitted  that  she  had  taken  small  doses  for 
approximately  six  weeks  before  I was  called. 

Conclusions 

1.  Typhoid  vaccine  given  intravenously  to 
produce  fever  is  contra-indicated  in  the  pres- 
ence of  liver  damage. 

2.  Cinchophen  therapy  in  the  presence  of 
suspected  liver  damage  is  hazardous. 

3.  Cinchophen  intoxication  should  be  care- 
fully watched  for  by  the  patient  and  physician 
during  therapy. 

4.  Before  any  fever  therapy,  it  is  well  to 
specifically  question  the  patient  as  to  having 
taken  cinchophen  or  any  kind  of  treatment 
which  may  have  caused  liver  damage. 


DIPHTHERIA:  WHAT  SHALL  WE 
DO  WITH  IT? 

(Continued  from  Page  502) 

either  into  the  stove  or  within  cremating  distance  of 
its  outer  surface. 

Dr.  J.  Lewis  Smith  reports  excellent  disinfectant  re- 
sults from  the  following: 

“Rx  Acidi  carbolici,  01.  eucalypti,  aa  oz.  1 ; spt’s 
terebinthinse,  oz.  8.  Mix.  Add  two  tablespoonfuls  to 
one  quart  of  water  in  a shallow  pan,  with  a broad  sur- 
face, and  maintain  it  in  a constant  state  of  simmering 
in  the  room  occupied  by  the  patient.” 

It  would  certainly  be  desirable  if  the  air  in  the  room 
could  be  kept  constantly  disinfected,  as  Dr.  Jacobi 
states  that  convalescents  are  sometimes  re-infected  from 
the  room  which  they  have  themselves  infected;  besides 
which,  experience  has  proven  the  above  remedies  to 
be  efficient  in  the  direct  treatment  of  the  disease.  * * ♦ 


Massive  Arsenotherapy 
In  Early  Syphilis’' 

By  Loren  W.  Shaffer,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Loren  W.  Shaffer,  M.D. 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1915.  M.D. 
University  of  Michigan.  1917.  Professor  of 
Dermatology  and  Syphilology,  Wayne  Univer- 
sip  Medical  School.  Director,  Social  Hy- 
mene  Division,  Detroit  Department  of  Health. 

Member,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ The  five-day  ultra-intensive  treatment  for 
early  syphilis  has  aroused  great  interest.  If 
early  (primary  or  secondary)  syphilis  can  be 
cured  in  five  days  with  intensive  treatment, 
the  control  of  syphilis  will  be  revolutionized. 
This  treatment,  if  further  observation  proves 
that  it  is  both  safe  and  effective,  offers  the 
greatest  advance  in  the  therapy  of  syphilis 
since  Ehrlich’s  introduction  of  salvarsan.  The 
two  main  problems  in  syphilis  control  are  the 
finding  of  early  cases,  and  the  holding  of  these 
cases  to  adequate  continuous  treatment  for 
eighteen  to  twenty-four  months.  If  treatment 
can  be  completed  in  five  days,  the  almost  in- 
surmountable problem  of  holding  such  cases  to 
adequate  treatment  will  be  solved. 

The  suggestion  that  very  large  doses  of 
arsenicals  might  be  given  with  safety  in  the 
treatment  of  syphilis  was  first  made  by  Louis 
Chargin,^  syphilologist  to  the  Mount  Sinai 
Hospital  and  the  New  York  City  Department 
of  Health.  It  was  based  on  the  observation 
of  Drs.  Hirshfield,  Hyman  and  Wanger,^  show- 
ing that  “speed-shock”  could  be  prevented  by 
very  slow  intravenous  administration  (60-90 
drops  per  minute).  Such  administration  also 
permitted  the  introduction  of  remarkably  large 
amounts  of  highly  toxic  substances  with  com- 
plete impunity.®  With  the  authorization  of 
the  trustees  of  the  Mount  Sinai  Hospital,  such 
work  with  arsphenamines  was  begun  on  Dr. 
Baehr’s  service  in  1933. 

In  the  first  series,  twenty-five  patients  with 
early  syphilis  were  treated  by  Drs.  Chargin, 
Leifer  and  Hyman.^  Four  to  4.5  gms.  of  neo- 
arsphenamine  was  administered  by  continuous 
intravenous  drip  in  five  days;  87  per  cent  of 

*From  the  Social  Hygiene  Division  _ of  the  Detroit  Depart- 
ment of  Health  and  the  Wayne  University  Medical  School. 
Presented  at  the  Secretary’s  Conference,  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society,  Lansing,  Michigan,  January  19,  1941. 


July,  1941 


529 


MASSIVE  ARSENOTHERAPY— SHAFFER 


these  cases  were  cured,  as  far  as  it  was  pos- 
sible to  determine,  at  the  end  of  five  years. 
No  additional  cases  were  treated  until  1937, 
when  this  method  of  treatment  was  resumed 
under  a committee  including  Drs.  Rice,  Rosen- 
thal, Mahoney,  Clarke,  Palmer,  Dubois,  and 
Baehr.  Eighty-six  cases  of  primary  and  sec- 
ondary syphilis  were  treated  with  neoars- 
phenamine  by  the  method  used  in  the  first 
group.  A report  of  these  cases  was  made  be- 
fore the  American  Medical  Association  in 
1939,  by  Hyman,  Chargin,  Rice  and  Leifer.® 
Two-year  cures  were  reported  in  91  per  cent 
of  these  cases.  The  incidence  of  toxic  reac- 
tions was  high,  especially  with  neuritis.  The 
only  treatment  fatality  in  the  two  series  (111 
patients)  was  due  to  hemorrhagic  encephalitis, 
and  further  use  of  neoarsphenamine  was  dis- 
continued in  the  fall  of  1938.  Arsenoxide  (Ma- 
pharsen)  was  substituted. 

When  Mapharsen  was  first  tried  there  was 
no  experience  available  with  its  use  in  larger 
dosage.  T^e  usual  recommended  dose  is  one- 
tenth  of  the  dose  of  neoarsphenamine.  Since 
4 to  4.5  gms.  of  neoarsphenamine  was  used 
in  the  preceding  series,  a total  dose  of  .4  gms. 
or  400  mgs.  of  Mapharsen  was  administered 
by  intravenous  drip  similar  to  that  used  with 
neoarsphenamine.  It  soon  became  obvious 
that  the  toxicity  of  Mapharsen  was  so  slight 
that  increased  dosage  could  be  safely  em- 
ployed. Because  of  failures  with  smaller  doses, 
the  dosage  was  increased  to  700  mgs.  and  then 
by  slow  stages  through  levels  of  800,  1000, 
1100  and  finally  to  the  now  recommended 
standard  dosage  of  1200  mgs.® 

Technique 

Mapharsen  is  administered  at  the  rate  of 
240  mgs.  per  day,  daily  for  five  days.  It  is 
given  at  the  rate  of  20  mgs.  per  hour  dis- 
solved in  200  c.c.  of  5 per  cent  glucose  solution 
continued  for  twelve  hours.  This  represents 
a total  daily  dose  of  2400  c.c.  of  5 per  cent 
glucose  solution  and  240  mgs.  of  Mapharsen. 
This  is  truly  heroic  dosage  since  it  represents 
a daily  dose  of  four  times  the  amount  usually 
injected  (60  mgs.)  and  a total  of  20  standard 
doses  in  five  days.  The  injection  is  given  by 
slow  drip  at  an  approximate  rate  of  3 c.c.  per 
minute  from  a gravity  burette.  A vein  on  the 


forearm  below  the  cubital  fossa  is  selected  to 
permit  movement  of  the  arm.  Approximately 
330  cases  have  now  been  treated  with  Ma- 
pharsen by  the  New  York  group. 

Reactions 

The  most  frequent  reactions  encountered 
are  gastro-intestinal,  and  secondary  fevers,  oc- 
curring usually  on  the  day  after  treatment  is 
completed.  Such  febrile  reactions  are  fre- 
quently associated  with  a toxic  skin  eruption 
of  very  temporary  nature.  No  cases  of  ex- 
foliative dermatitis  have  been  encountered ; 
likewise,  no  cases  of  blood  dyscrasias,  renal 
or  marked  liver  damage  have  been  encoun- 
tered. Neuritis,  which  occurred  in  35  per  cent 
of  the  cases  treated  with  neoarsphenamine 
and  was  quite  often  severe,  occurred  in  only 
1.6  per  cent  of  the  Mapharsen  series  and  was 
very  mild  in  character.  The  most  feared  reac- 
tion is  hemorrhagic  encephalitis  of  which  there  I 
were  two  cases  in  the  neoarsphenamine  series  | 
(111  cases),  one  resulting  fatally,  and  three  in 
the  Mapharsen  series  (330  cases)  one  being  j 
rather  severe  but  resulting  in  recovery,  and  ’ 
two  mild  cases.  Therefore,  such  treatment  ' 
should  not  be  recommended  for  general  use 
until  more  information  as  to  the  expected  fre- 
quency of  such  potentially  serious  reactions  is 
available. 

Results 

A longer  period  of  observation  will  be  nec- 
essary to  appraise  adequately  the  results  of 
treatment  with  the  Mapharsen  group.  Experi- 
ence with  relapse  in  early  syphilis  and  with 
the  Mapharsen  group  observed  for  a longer 
period  of  time  would  warrant  the  general 
statement  that  if  relapse  is  to  occur  it  will 
develop  within  one  year.  In  the  cases  in  the 
Mapharsen  series  receiving  a total  dose  of  less 
than  1000  mgs.,  there  were  twenty-ithree  fail- 
ures or  15  per  cent  of  the  157  cases  so  treated.® 
The  patients  receiving  1200  mgs.  have  not  been 
observed  for  sufficient  time  to  attempt  apprais- 
al of  final  results,  but  latest  reports  suggest 
that  cure  is  expected  in  91  per  cent  of  these 
cases.  The  course  of  treatment  has  been  re- 
peated in  the  majority  of  cases  where  failure 
has  occurred  with  success  expected  from  this 
second  course  and  without  any  greater  inci- 
dence of  reactions. 


530 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


FRACTURES  OF  NECK  OE  EEMUR— LA  EERTE 


This  method  of  treatment  is  now  being 
tried  out  in  many  centers.  The  U.  S.  Public 
Health  Service  is  supervising  its  use  in  at 
least  one  center  in  each  of  the  states  of  the 
North  Central  group,  consisting  of  Michigan, 
Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Iowa,  Wisconsin,  Min- 
nesota, and  South  Dakota.  On  the  basis  of 
data  collected  from  a large  series  of  cases 
treated  in  many  centers,  it  is  hoped  that  a 
fairly  accurate  and  rapid  appraisal  can  be 
made.  An  appraisal  is  particularly  urgent 
since  such  intensive  treatment  would  be  ideal 
for  use  in  our  military  forces. 

Many  possible  variations,  simplifications  and 
improvements  of  this  method  of  treatment 
suggest  themselves.  These  may  be  worked 
out  in  the  future.  The  immediate  problem  is 
confirmation  through  more  extensive  use  of 
the  original  New  York  method  of  treatment. 

One  hundred  and  seventy-five  cases  of  pri- 
mary and  secondary  syphilis  have  been  treated 
in  Detroit  with  the  assistance  of  Federal 
fimds.  A slight  modification  of  the  New  York 
Plan  was  used.  The  cases  were  diagnosed  in 
the  Social  Hygiene  Clinic  of  the  Detroit  De- 
partment of  Health  and  hospitalized  at  Re- 
ceiving and  Herman  Kiefer  Hospitals.  This 
program  of  treatment  was  started  in  Novem- 
ber, 1939.  Males  only  were  treated  in  the 
New  York  series.  The  Detroit  series  is  equal- 
ly divided  between  males  and  females.  There 
have  been  no  serious  reactions.  No  sugges- 
tive symptoms  of  hemorrhagic  encephalitis 
have  been  present  to  our  knowledge.  Results 
of  treatment  are  paralleling  quite  closely  the 
New  York  experience. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  this  method  of  treat- 
ment has  received  so  much  premature  public- 
ity through  newspapers  and  popular  journals. 
It  has  not  been  sufficiently  emphasized  in 
such  publicity  that  this  method  of  treatment, 
although  promising,  must  still  be  considered 
experimental ; that  it  is  to  be  used  only  in 
hospitalized  cases  under  close  observation  for 
evidence  of  intoxication;  and,  finally,  that  it 
should  be  considered  only,  for  the  present 
at  least,  in  cases  of  early  syphilis  in  the  pri- 
mary or  secondary  stage.  There  is  very  little 
therapeutic  experience  with  massive  therapy 
in  latent  or  late  syphilis.  Syphilis  in  preg- 


nancy may  possibly  prove  a promising  field, 
but  a potentially  dangerous  one.  Results  in 
latent  or  late  syphilis  would  be  difficult  to 
appraise,  and  clinical  experience  with  therapy 
in  this  field  would  suggest  that  its  use  would 
not  have  sufficient  promise  to  justify  its  risks. 

Bibliography 

1.  Baehr,  George:  Massive  arsenotherapy  in  early  syphilis  by 

the  intravenous  drip  method.  Arch.  Derm,  and  Syph., 
42:240,  (August)  1940. 

2.  Hirshfeld,  S.,  Hyman,  H.  T.,  and  Wanger,  J.  J. : Influence 

of  velocity  on  response  to  intravenous  injections.  Arch. 
Int.  Med.,  47:259,  (February)  1931. 

3.  Hyman,  H.  T.,  and  Hirshfeld,  S. : Therapeutics  of  intra- 

venous drip.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  100:305,  (February  4)  1933. 

4.  Hyman,  H.  T.,  Chargin,  L.,  and  Leifer,  W. : Massive  dose 

arsenotherapy  of  syphilis  by  intravenous  drip  method  five- 
year  observations.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  197:480,  (April) 
1939. 

5.  Hyman,  H.  T.,  Chargin,  L.,  Rice,  J.  L.,  and  Leifer,  W. : 
Massive  dose  chemotherapy  of  early  syphilis  by  intravenous 
drip  method.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  113:1208,  (September  23) 
1939. 

6.  Hyman,  H.  T. : Massive  arsenotherapy  in  early  syphilis, 

clinical  considerations.  Arch.  Derm,  and  Syph.,  42:255, 
(August)  1940. 


Fractures  of  the  Neck 
of  the  Femur 


A Technique  for  Rapid  Nailing 
Preliminary  Report 


By  A.  D.  La  Ferte,  M.D. 
Detroit,  Michigan 


A.  D.  La  Ferte,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical  College,  1910. 
Member  of  the  staff  of  Harper  and  Provi- 
dence Hospitals.  Head  of  the  Bone  and 
Joint  Departments  in  Herman  Kiefer  and 
Receiving  Hospitals.  Professor  of  Ortho- 
pedic Surgery  at  the  Wayne  University  Col- 
lege of  Medicine.  _ Member  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 


■ It  has  been  long  recognized  that  fractures 
of  the  neck  of  the  femur  are  difficult  to  treat, 
and  for  that  reason  various  methods  of  mechan- 
ical fixation  have  been  suggested.  J.  B.  Murphy 
reported  excellent  results  in  1912  by  using  a 
twelve  penny  nail  in  the  fixation  of  ununited 
fractures,  while  Smith-Petersen  reported  a series 
of  twenty-four  cases  in  1931  covering  a period 
of  six  years,  in  which  he  had  used  a three  flanged 
nail.  In  1932  Wescott  reported  a modification 
of  the  Smith-Petersen  procedure,  and  Johansson 
described  a further  modification  by  using  a can- 
nulated  nail  introduced  over  a Kirschner  wire. 
In  1934  King  reported  results  with  his  method 
somewhat  similar  to  that  of  Johansson,  while 
Moore  published  the  method  and  results  obtained 


July,  1941 


531 


FRACTURES  OF  NECK  OF  FEMUR— LA  FERTE 


by  the  use  of  three  nails  or  pins  in  1934  and 
1936.  Various  other  forms  of  mechanical  fixa- 
tion material  have  been  introduced  which  have 
not  appealed  to  surgeons  as  have  the  use  of 


Fig.  1.  Plumb  line  over  coin. 


Fig.  3.  Tunnel  and  end  pieces  on  ordinary  operating  table. 


nails  and  pins.  Plummer  has  done  excellent 
work  on  the  method  of  localizing  the  nail  and 
Henderson  has  recently  reported  on  a screw 
which  he  has  used  in  these  cases. 

It  is  my  desire  to  discuss  the  subject  from 
a point  of  view  which,  I believe,  has  not  been 
mentioned:  namely,  the  time  element  of  in- 
troduction as  well  as  the  anesthetic  time 
when  using  the  various  methods. 

Age  and  Condition  of  Patients 

Since  fracture  of  the  femoral  neck  occurs 
more  often  in  elderly  people  the  time  element  in 
reduction  and  fixation  is  important,  as  such 
patients  cannot  be  expected  to  tolerate  prolonged 
anesthesia  and  surgery  without  shock.  It  is  in 


order  to  minimize  this  danger  that  I desire  to 
present  a method  which  reduces  the  time  to  a 
minimum  in  reducing  the  fracture  and  introduc- 
ing the  nail. 


Fig.  2.  Thigh  in  internal  rotation. 


Elimination  of  Multiple  X-ray  Examinations  | 

It  has  been  my  experience  in  the  reduction  of  !; 
fractures  of  the  neck  of  the  femur  that  the  •! 
roentgenogram  made  following  the  reduction  J 
almost  always  showed  a good  apposition  of  the 
fragments;  in  those  in  which  the  apposition  was  ■ 
not  perfect,  any  subsequent  manipulation  failed  i 
to  improve  it.  And  further,  the  position  in  | 
these  few  cases  has  always  been  satisfactory  for 
nailing. 

With  this  observation  it  was  decided  toi  ^ 
eliminate  post-reduction  x-ray  examinations  j I 
made  with  the  patient  under  anesthesia,  and  | 
to  proceed  immediately  with  the  operation.  | j 

Localization  of  Head 

To  localize  the  head  of  the  bone  prior  to  nail- 
ing, a coin  (10  cent  piece)  is  placed  just  below 
a point  half  way  between  the  anterior  superior  ; 
spine  of  the  ilium  and  the  spine  of  the  pubis. 
This  is  held  in  position  by  a small  square  of 
adhesive  tape.  A roentgenogram  is  then  made(  j 
prior  to  anesthesia  with  the  tube  centered  with! 
a plumb  line  over  the  coin  (Fig.  1).  After  the  ( 
film  is  developed  the  relationship  of  the  coin-E 
shadow  to  the  head  of  the  femur  is  noted,  and,  | 
whether  or  not  the  shadow  is  superimposed  over  • 
the  center  of  the  head,  an  exact  relationship 
is  established  to  direct  the  nail. 

Even  though  the  coin  is  placed  by  a similar 
measurement  in  each  case,  experience  shows 

Jour.  M.S.M.S.  j 


532 


FRACTURES  OF  NECK  OF  FEMUR— LA  FERTE 


Fig.  4.  Case  4. 


that  its  relationship  to  the  head  of  the  bone  is 
not  constant.  This,  I believe,  proves  the  futility 
I of  using  a marker  placed  by  measurement  only, 
and  not  localized  by  a roentgenogram  as  de- 
scribed. 

Antero-posterior  Direction  of  Nail 

The  antero-posterior  direction  in  which  the  nail 
is  to  be  driven  is  more  difficult  to  estimate  than 
I the  vertical  since  the  angle  of  ante-version  of 
I the  neck  is  not  constant ; therefore  I do  not 
i feel  that  any  given  number  of  degrees  of  inter- 
j nal  rotation  will  necessarily  place  the  neck  of  the 
I bone  parallel  with  the  operating  table.  Follow- 
' ing  the  reduction  of  the  fracture,  an  assistant 
holds  the  knee  flexed  to  90  degrees  and  the  thigh 
is  internally  rotated  to  a tension  just  before  ele- 
vation of  the  pelvis  would  occur  on  the  fracture 
side.  The  internal  rotation  at  this  point  will 
place  the  neck  of  femur  on  a plane  parallel  with 
the  tunnel  upon  which  the  patient  rests  (Fig.  2). 

Tunnel 

The  tunnel  is  constructed  of  rigid  material  so 
that  the  weight  of  the  patient  will  not  cause 
the  upper  surface  to  sag  and  interfere  with  the 
introduction  and  removal  of  the  x-ray  film  holder. 

Equipment  and  Nail 

The  operation  is  done  on  an  ordinary  operat- 
ing table,  the  tunnel  resting  on  the  center  section 
of  the  table,  while  at  either  end  are  wooden 
platforms  fitted  to  the  table  to  prevent  sliding, 
and  high  enough  to  equal  that  of  the  tunnel; 
these  end  platforms  hold  it  in  position.  At  oper- 


ation the  tunnel  opening  is  placed  opposite  the 
fracture  side,  thus  allowing  the  x-ray  technician 
to  place  his  portable  unit  so  that  he  may  intro- 
duce and  remove  the  films  without  interfering 
with  the  operator  (Fig.  3).  The  length  of  the 
nail  to  be  used  is  estimated  by  attaching  to  the 
skin  with  adhesive  tape  a calibrated  metal  bar 
four  inches  in  length  lateral  to  the  trochanter  on 
the  unaffected  side.  A roentgenogram  of  the 
hip  is  made  and  since  the  metal  bar  is  the  same 
distance  from  the  film  as  the  neck  of  the  femur, 
a comparison  of  the  two  allows  one  to  secure  a 
nail  of  suitable  length. 

Operative  Procedure 

With  the  tunnel  and  platforms  in  position  the  patient 
is  placed  on  the  operating  table.  If  the  coin  localiza- 
tion has  not  already  been  made  it  is  done  at  this  time. 
The  lower  abdomen  and  entire  thigh  are  sterilized. 
The  leg  is  wrapped  in  a sterile  sheet  or  stockinet  to 
allow  for  free  handling;  anesthesia,  preferably  penta- 
thol  sodium,  is  then  given.  The  fracture  is  reduced 
by  the  Leadbetter  method  and  the  leg  held  by  an 
assistant,  with  the  thigh  parallel  to  the  table,  slightly 
abducted  and  internally  rotated  as  described.  An  in- 
cision, ranging  from  three  to  five  inches  in  length,  de- 
pending upon  the  depth  of  the  soft  tissues,  is  made 
from  the  upper  border  of  the  trochanter,  allowing  just 
enough  exposure  to  locate  the  inferior  border  of  the 
trochanter  and  to  palpate  the  anterior  and  posterior 
limits  of  the  shaft;  it  is  important  to  palpate  the 
posterior  limit  of  the  shaft  since  there  is  usually  some 
expansion  of  the  bone  at  this  point  and  unless  this  is 
noted,  the  nail  will  be  started  too  far  anteriorly. 

With  the  localization  film  in  view  on  a shadow  box, 
the  coin  shadow  is  noted,  estimating  the  entrance  and 
direction  in  which  the  nail  is  to  be  driven.  The  nail 
starter  is  seldom  used,  as  oozing  over  the  shaft  of 


July,  1941 


533 


FRACTURES  OF  NECK  OF  FEMUR— LA  FERT£ 


Fig.  5.  Case  6. 


the  bone  may  obscure  the  starter  cuts ; constant  spong- 
ing delays  progress.  There  has  been  no  difficulty  in 
driving  the  nail  directly  into  the  shaft  and  when  it  has 
been  “driven  home”  the  thigh  is  gently  flexed  to  de- 
termine that  the  nail  has  not  entered  the  acetabulum 
and  that  it  is  not  impinging  on  the  joint  cartilage. 
The  fragments  are  then  impacted  with  three  or  four 
sharp  blows  on  the  Smith-Petersen  impactor.  The 
driver  handle  is  removed,  the  wound  covered  and  the 
anesthetic  discontinued.  An  antero-posterior  roent- 
genogram is  then  made  with  the  thigh  on  the  table  and 
in  internal  rotation.  Without  moving  the  x-ray  tube  a 
lateral  film  is  made  with  the  thigh  in  90  degrees  flex- 
ion and  slight  abduction.  While  these  films  are  being 
developed  the  wound  is  closed  and  a dressing  applied. 
If  the  films  disclose  the  nail  to  be  in  a satisfactory 
position  the  patient  is  returned  to  bed.  If,  however. 


Summary  | 

1.  Nailing  is  the  method  of  choice  in  the  treat-  | 
ment  of  most  cases  of  fracture  of  the  neck  of  ' 
the  femur,  and  in  some  cases  of  intertrochanteric 
fractures, 

2.  Most  of  these  fractures  occur  in  old,  debili- 
tated people  who  should  not  be  subjected  to 
lengthy  operative  procedures  or  prolonged  an- 
esthesia. 

3.  I have  shown  that  repeated  roentgen  rays 
are  unnecessary  during  operation. 

4.  Postoperative  ray  examination  and  opera- 
tion are  accomplished  on  an  ordinary  operating 
table. 


the  position  should  not  be  satisfactory,  I would  open 
the  wound  and  proceed  again. 

Reduction  in  Time 

Since  my  first  case,  which  took  forty  minutes 
and  in  which  there  was  a lack  of  definite  tech- 
nique, and  my  second,  which  took  fifty  minutes,  I 
have  been  able  to  reduce  and  nail  these  fractures 
in  from  seven  to  eighteen  minutes ; this  time  in- 
cluded the  reduction  of  the  fracture,  the  inser- 
tion of  the  nail,  the  taking  of  the  films,  and  the 
closure  of  the  wound. 

It  is  not  possible  at  this  time  to  give  the  final 
results  obtained  in  the  several  fractures  nailed 
by  this  technique.  These  will,  however,  be  re- 
ported when  sufficient  time  has  elapsed. 

In  this  report  the  purpose  has  been  to  de- 
scribe a technique  by  which  fractures  of  the 
neck  of  the  femur  can,  with  reasonable  certainty, 
be  nailed  in  a few  minutes,  thus  bringing  all  but 
the  extremely  feeble  into  the  field  of  good  opera- 
tive risks. 


5.  A rigid  upper  surface  on  the  film  tunnel 
that  will  not  sag  is  essential. 

6.  X-ray  localization  of  the  head  by  means  of 
a plum  line  over  a coin  gives  a dependable,  rela- 
tive position. 

7.  The  operation  of  nailing  such  a fracture 
can  be  done  efficiently  in  a few  minutes,  thus 
avoiding  shock  in  most  instances. 


Bibliography 


Johansson,  Sven;  Zur  Tecknik  der  Osteosynthese  der 

Fract.  Femoris.  (Vorlaufige  Mitteliung).  Zentralbl.  f.  Chir., 
59:2019,  1932.  ^ , 

King,  Thomas:  Recent  intracapsular  fractures  of  the  neck 

of  the  femur:  A critical  consideration  of  their  treatment 

and  a description  of  a new  technique.  Med.  Jour.  Austra- 
lia, 1:5,  1934.  ^ ^ , 

Leadbetter,  G.  W.:  A treatment  for  fractures  of  the 

neck  of  the  femur.  Jour.  Bone  and  Joint  Surg.,  15:931-940, 
(October)  1933.  ....  , . 

Moore,  Austin;  Fractures  of  the  hip  joint  (intracapsular). 
A new  method  of  skeletal  fixation.  Jour.  South  Carolina 
Med.  Assoc.,  30:199-205,  (October)  1934.  , , 

Murphy,  J.  B.:  Ununited  fractures  of  the  neck  of  the 

femur.  Murphy  Clinics,  1:165-175,  1912. 

O’Meara,  J.  W. : Fractures  of  the  femoral  neck  treated  by 

blind  nailing.  Jour.  Bone  and  Joint  Surg.,  17:928-932, 
(October)  1935.  j it  /-  j 

Smith-Petersen,  M.  N.,  Cave,  E.  F.,  and  VanCxorder, 
G.  W.;  Intracapsular  fractures  of  the  neck  of  the  femur. 
Treatment  by  internal  fixation.  Arch.  Surg.,  23:715,  1931. 
White  J.  Warren;  An  instrument  facilitating  use  of  the 
flanged  nail  in  treatment  of  fractures  of  the  hip.  Jour. 
Bone  and  Joint  Surgery,  17 :106S-1066,  (October)  1935. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


534 


POSTPARTUM  STERILIZATION— BIRCH 


Postpartum  Sterilization 

By  William  G.  Birch,  M.D. 

Sault  Ste.  Marie,  Michigan 

William  G.  Birch,  M.D. 

M.B.,  Northwestern  University  Medical 
School,  1932.  M.D.,  Northwestern  University 

Medical  School,  1933.  Attending  Obstetrician 
and  Gynecologist,  War  Memorial  Hospital, 

Sault  Ste.  Marie,  Michigan.  Member  of  the 
Staff  _ of  Sault  Polyclinic.  Member  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ During  the  past  ten  years  there  has  been 

shown  an  increased  interest  in  the  problem  of 
imitation  of  family  size.  Accentuated  economic 
tension  is  in  part  responsible  for  this  trend,  but 
enlightenment  of  the  laity  with  maternal  wel- 
fare programs,  supervised  by  governmental,  med- 
ical and  private  agencies,  also  plays  its  part. 
Distribution  of  birth  control  information  by  the 
physician,  once  a crime,  is  now  widely  recog- 
nized and  approved. 

The  techniques  of  spacing  childbirths  are  mul- 
titudinous and  of  vaiying  degrees  of  effective- 
ness. Where  permanent  cessation  of  childbear- 
ing function  is  desirable,  the  practice  of  ligation 
or  resection  of  the  Fallopian  tubes  has  become 
standard.  As  usually  carried  out,  an  important 
obstacle  in  many  instances  was  the  delay  in  its 
accomplishment.  The  patient  was  advised  to 
return  in  from  three  to  six  months  following  her 
last  pregnancy  for  her  operation.  All  too  often 
she  would  return  before  that  time,  again  in  a 
pregnant  state.  Extra  hospital  expenses  have 
also  caused  delay  with  pregnancy  intervening. 
To  circumvent  this  possibility,  it  has  been  the 
policy  of  some  of  the  larger  institutions  to  per- 
form a cesarean  section  at  term  for  the  primary 
purpose  of  sterilization — a truly  major  proceed- 
ing. 

In  1937,  while  I was  Resident  at  the  Chicago 
Lying-In  Hospital,  there  was  begun  the  practice 
of  sterilizing  the  patient  wdthin  twenty-four 
hours  after  her  delivery’,  providing  no  potential 
infection  could  be  detected.  In  1939,  Adair  and 
Brown  reported  the  results  with  fifty  cases. 

In  early  1940,  Hewitt  and  Whitley  reported  106 
cases  sterilized  an  hour  after  delivery’.  Earlier 
literature  includes  only  the  work  of  Skajaa  in 
Switzerland,  who,  in  1932,  reported  a series 
sterilized  within  one  month  of  confinement.  His 
series  showed  an  alarmingly  high  incidence  of 

July,  1941 


embolism  and  thrombo-phlebitis,  ranging  as  high 
as  40  per  cent  in  some  groups. 

The  recent  reports  are  much  more  gratifying 
and  indicate  a solution  of  the  problem  which  is 
both  efficient  and  safe.  The  purpose  of  this 
paper  is  to  discuss  indications  and  stress  tech- 
nique as  well  as  to  present  35  more  cases. 

Indications 

At  the  present  time  one  cannot  make  any 
definite  assertions  regarding  the  indications  for 
permanent  sterilization  without  risk  of  contro- 
versy. 

The  medical  profession  as  a whole  does  not 
agree  as  to  what  conditions  warrant  definite 
steps  being  taken  to  prevent  occurrence  of 
further  pregnancies  in  an  individual.  In  gen- 
eral it  may  be  said  that  indications  for  the 
prevention  of  pregnancy  are  more  flexible  than 
they  are  for  termination  by  therapeutic  abor- 
tion once  the  process  has  begun. 

There  are  many  who  are  advised  against  hav- 
ing more  babies  who  should  not  be  interrupted 
if  they  become  pregnant.  It  is  my  feeling  that 
those  who  are  suffering  from  definite,  life-short- 
ening, organic  disease  should  be  spared  the 
risk  and  anxiety  of  pregnancies  which  would  un- 
doubtedly further  shorten  their  lives,  or  increase 
the  degree  of  invalidism  to  which  they  are  re- 
stricted. I feel  it  unwise  to  allow  an  individual 
who  is  able  to  carry’  on  activity  only  if  she  has 
no  more  pregnancies,  to  become  pregnant  again. 
It  appears  logical  to  expect  more  responsibility 
of  a mother  toward  her  present  family  than  to- 
ward any  possible  additions  in  the  future. 

There  is  another  large  group  of  patients, 
besides  those  who  fall  within  the  category 
of  organic  disease,  which  presents  a constant 
problem  to  the  medical  profession.  This  group 
might  be  called  the  Functional  Group.  The 
patients  of  this  group  may  have  no  definite 
hazardous  organic  disease  but  they  present  a 
combination  of  symptoms  and  findings  which 
make  further  childbearing  highly  inadvisable. 

One  might  divide  this  group  into  those  who 
have  poor  protoplasm  and  those  who  have  ex- 
hausted protoplasm.  Among  those  of  the  first 
classification  are  individuals  who  are,  and  have 


535 


POSTPARTUM  STERILIZATION— BIRCH 


always  been  frail  and  ailing.  Their  resistance 
is  poor  and  they  react  poorly  to  pregnancy.  The 
physician  is  always  relieved  after  their  delivery 
and  eventual  recovery.  These  patients  are  a 
constant  hazard  in  our  morbidity  and  mortality 
statistics.  Of  similar  make-up  but  different 
cause  are  those  in  which  vitality  is  exhausted. 
Originally  healthy  and  robust,  poor  living  condi- 
tions and  too  frequent  pregnancies  have  worn 
them  out  before  their  time.  They  appear  to  be 
years  older  than  their  actual  ages.  No  phy- 
sician in  practice  is  unfamiliar  with  the  pasty, 
haggard  features  of  the  woman  who  has  had 
too  many  babies  and  has  given  too  much  of 
her  substance  in  their  procreation. 

I feel  that  these  women  are  entitled  to  cease 
childbearing,  and  with  the  consent  of  their  hus- 
bands, to  tahe  active  steps  to  prevent  the  possi- 
bility of  its  recurrence.  It  is  for  these  two 
groups  of  patients  that  early  postpartum  sterili- 
zation is  admirably  adapted. 

It  should,  however,  be  stressed  that  the 
ultimate  responsibility  of  the  individual  phy- 
sician for  deciding  which  patients  should  be 
sterilized  is  great.  He  should  always  bear  in 
mind  that  this  procedure  is  irrevocable,  and 
should  weigh  the  facts  carefully  in  order  that 
he  might  do  nothing  which  could  work  great 
harm  and  unhappiness  in  years  to  come.  Steri- 
lization should  not  be  done,  except  under 
urgent  necessity  without  not  only  the  con- 
sent, but  the  wholehearted  endorsement  of 
both  the  husband  and  wife. 

It  should  be  carefully  explained  that  meno- 
pause will  not  begin  and  that  marital  relation- 
ships will  not  be  altered,  in  order  to  completely 
dispel  any  misinformation  which  the  patient  may 
have  entertained. 

Prerequisite  Conditions 

Certain  conditions  must  be  observed  if  one  is 
to  minimize  the  risk  associated  with  this  opera- 
tion. Though  convalescence  is  remarkably  un- 
eventful in  most  instances,  the  physician  must 
always  remember  that  this  is  a major  operation, 
and  as  such  is  safe  only  if  the  greatest  care-  is 
exercised  in  pre-operative  preparation,  which 
should  be  started  during  pregnancy.  It  is  strong- 
ly felt  that  the  good  results  obtained  are  due 
to  a great  degree  because  local  anaesthesia  is 


used.  With  this  in  mind,  the  patient  should 
be  mentally  prepared  before  going  to  the  hospital. 
She  should  be  told  that  she  will  have  a local 
and  that  there  will  be  some  pain,  but  that  the  ; 
postoperative  freedom  from  gas  pains  and  vomit-  ’ 
ing  more  than  offset  the  immediate  discomfort. 

She  must  be  in  the  best  possible  condition.  ' 
Anemia  should  be  corrected  during  pregnancy,  j 
if  present,  and  any  vitamin  deficiency  eliminated.  | 

Operation  should  not  be  undertaken  if  there 
is  any  acute  infection  such  as  coryza  or  pyelitis, 
or  if  the  patient  has  undergone  a prolonged 
•labor  or  complicated  delivery,  with  its  potential 
danger  of  infection.  . It  is  felt  by  some  that 
tubal  resection  may  act  to  limit  spread  of  in- 
fection, under  such  circumstances,  but  evidence 
is  insufficient  on  this  point,  as  yet. 

Technique 

Pre-operatively,  the  patient  is  given,  the  night  before, 
a moderately  heavy  dosage  of  a barbiturate.  This  in- 
sures a good  rest  after  the  tiring  experiences  of  labor 
and  leaves  the  patient  slightly  drowsy  the  following 
morning.  A half  hour  before  the  scheduled  time  for  I 
the  operation,  she  is  given,  depending  on  her  size,  either 
six  or  seven  and  a half  grains  of  Seconal  which  is 
followed  in  fifteen  minutes  by  a hypodermic  of  one-  j 
quarter  grain  of  morphine.  1 

By  the  time  she  reaches  the  operating  room  she  will, 
in  most  instances  be  sound  asleep  and  will  not  remem- 
ber, afterwards,  any  of  the  details  of  her  operation. 
Quiet  is  observed  so  as  not  to  disturb  the  patient. 
The  abdominal  wall  is  infiltrated  with  0.5  per  cent  novo- 
cain to  which  adrenalin  has  been  added.  This  infiltra- 
tion is  carried  out  between  the  umbilicus  and  symphy- 
sis, special  care  being  exercised  to  block  off  the  seg- 
mental nerves  to  that  region.  An  incision  approximately 
3 inches  in  length  is  then  made  just  below  the  um- 
bilicus through  the  skin  and  subcutaneous  fat  exposing 
the  fascia.  The  fascia  is  then  infiltrated,  after  which 
it  is  incised  and  the  rectus  muscles  are  separated. 
The  peritoneum  is  not  infiltrated,  as  this  does  not 
appear  to  have  any  effect  upon  its  sensitivity.  It  is 
incised,  care  being  taken  not  to  cause  undue  tension, 
as  this  is  most  uncomfortable  and  rough  handling 
may  cause  the  patient  to  react.  The  forefinger  of 
the  right  hand  is  slipped  behind  the  right  tube  at 
the  uterine  cornu,  and  the  uterus  is  slightly  rotated 
bringing  the  tube  into  the  operative  field.  The  tube 
is  then  grasped  with  Allis’  forceps,  care  being  taken 
not  to  damage  the  utero-ovarian  anastomosis  which 
courses  in  the  folds  of  peritoneum  just  below  the 
tube  proper.  One  half  c.c.  of  novocain  is  injected  into 
the  interstitial  tissue  between  the  tubal  serosa  and 
the  muscularis.  This  procedure  is  for  two  purposes ; 
(1)  to  anaesthetize  the  tissues  and  (2)  to  cause  sepa- 
ration of  the  tube  proper  from  the  serosa  covering  it. 

A longitudinal  incision  is  made  in  the  serosa  for 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


536 


POSTPARTUM  STERIITZATIOX— BIRCH 


inches  and  the  tube  is  separated  by  blunt  dissec- 
tion from  the  connective  tissue  in  which  it  is  imbed- 
ded. Two  black  silk  ties  are  placed  about  the  tube  an 
inch  apart  and  the  intervening  tube  is  removed.  The 
incision  in  the  serosa  is  closed,  burj'ing  the  proximal 
end  in  the  mesosalpinx  and  turning  the  distal  end 
out  toward  the  peritoneal  cavity.  A similar  procedure 
is  carried  out  on  the  left  tube  and  the  abdomen  is 
closed  in  layers. 

It  is  to  be  stressed  that  during  the  entire  op- 
eration the  greatest  care  possible  is  taken  to  be 
gentle  with  the  tissues  handled,  and  to  use  strict 
aseptic  technique.  There  is  no  doubt  but  that 
trauma  to  the  pelvic  organs  is  easier  during  preg- 
nancy and  the  puerperium.  The  blood  vessels 
are  markedly  dilated  and  the  tissues  softened  and 
it  is  much  more  easy  to  bruise  them  than  when 
they  are  in  the  normal  state.  When  the  opera- 
tion is  smoothly  executed  the  bowel  and  the 
omentum  are  not  disturbed — an  important  point 
in  the  prevention  of  distention. 

Postoperatively,  the  patient  is  given  morphine 
as  required.  The  evening  of  the  first  day  she  is 
given  a soft  diet  and  liquids  as  desired.  A gen- 
eral diet  is  given  the  third  day.  Enemas  and 
laxatives  are  ordered  as  needed.  Sutures  are 

removed  the  seventh  day  and  the  patient  is  al- 
lowed to  sit  up  on  the  same  day  if  the  incision  is 
healed.  She  is  sent  home  on  the  ninth  post- 
operative day  if  she  is  convalescing  satisfactorily. 
The  dressing  is  removed  after  three  weeks  but 
otherwise  the  later  postpartum  period  is  treated 
in  no  different  manner  than  in  any  other  par- 
turient. 

Cases 

These  thirty-five  cases  differ  from  those  pre- 
viously reported  in  the  literature  in  that  they 
are  entirely  those  which  occur  in  an  average  type 
private  practice,  whereas  the  others  were  clinic 
patients.  Probably  a slight  majority  of  them 
are  in  a low  income  bracket,  while  some  would 
classify  as  definitely  underprivileged.  All  had 
prenatal  care,  including  complete  physical  exam- 
inations, hemoglobin  and  red  count  determina- 
tions, Kahn  tests,  and  frequent  urinalyses,  be- 
sides any  specially  indicated  laboratoiy*  work. 

There  have  been  no  deaths  in  the  series  and 
the  morbidity,  based  on  a reading  of  38  degrees 
(C)  at  two  different  times  after  the  first  twent}*- 
four  hours,  was  2.8  per  cent  (one  case).  The 
one  case  showing  morbidity  had  lochiometra  but 


rapidly  became  afebrile  and  was  discharged  on 
the  ninth  postoperative  day. 

The  average  age  of  all  patients  was  twenty- 
eight  years  and  four  months.  The  average  parity 
was  four  and  one-half.  These  figures  parallel 
those  of  the  Adair  and  Brown  series.  The 
youngest  patient  was  twenty-two  and  the  old- 
est thirty-seven.  Eighteen  were  classified  as 
having  organic  disease  as  follows : 


Toxemia  5 

Rheumatic  heart  disease 2 

Chronic  nephritis  3 

Tuberculosis  2 

Cardiac  asthma  1 

Cholecystitis  ■ 2 

Psoriasis  1 

Psychoneurosis  1 

Diabetes  1 


The  functional  group  totaled  seventeen  cases, 
most  of  whom  were  of  the  exhausted  type.  xAll 
showed  definite  impairment  of  general  good 
health,  although  no  serious  organic  disease  could 
be  demonstrated. 

The  type  of  delivery  was  predominately  spon- 
taneous. Spontaneous  deliveries  totaled  twenty- 
three,  of  which  16  were  repaired,  two  having  old 
third  degree  lacerations.  Twelve  were  delivered 
with  forceps  of  which  five  had  repair  work 
done.  Probably  more  repairs  would  have  been 
reported,  if  it  had  not  been  that  in  the  early 
cases  repair  was  not  attempted.  More  recently 
perineorrhaphy  has  been  done  whenever  needed 
without  any  apparent  lengthening  of  convales- 
cence. 

The  average  time  elapsed  postpartum  before 
operation  was  26  hours.  The  average  post- 
operative stay  in  the  hospital  was  nine  and 
one-half  days,  with  a maximum  of  fourteen 
days  in  the  case  of  one  patient  who  had  a mild 
infection  without  fever,  of  a third  degree  repair. 

Deliveries  during  the  three  years  in  which  this 
series  of  cases  was  compiled  totaled  480  cases, 
an  incidence  of  sterilization  amounting  to  7.5 
per  cent.  Nine  cases  were  referred  by  other 
physicans  with  a specific  request  for  sterilization 
based  on  either  organic  or  functional  indications. 
Had  it  not  been  for  these  nine  cases  the  inci- 
dence would  have  been  lower. 

Discussion 

It  is  felt  that  the  optimum  time  for  post- 
partum sterilization  is  within  the  first  tw^enty- 
four  hours,  after  the  patient  has  had  time  to 


July,  1941 


537 


POSTPARTUM  STERILIZATION— BIRCH 


recover  from  the  immediate  effects  of  her  labor, 
and  after  there  is  assurance  that  there  will 
be  no  postpartum  hemorrhage.  Hewitt  and 
Whitley  performed  their  sterilizations  an  hour 
after  their  patient’s  delivery.  It  is  felt  that 
this  might  be  hazardous  from  the  point  of  view 
of  possible  hemorrhage.  Skajaa’s  reports  show 
increasing  danger  of  phlebitism  and  embolism 
as  time  increases  up  to  five  weeks. 

The  use  of  a local  anaesthetic  is  important 
inasmuch  as  it  causes  a minimum  of  altera- 
tion from  normal  postpartum  recovery.  It 
has  been  found  that  local  anaesthesia  without 
sedation  does  not  allow  sufficient  relaxation 
and  prevention  of  anxiety  to  prevent  straining 
and  consequent  exposure  of  other  abdominal 
viscera  with  resultant  increase  in  postopera- 
tive discomfort  and  distention.  Sedation  re- 
sults in  the  patient  sleeping  most  of  the  rest  of 
the  day  of  operation  when  she  would  otherwise 
be  suffering  her  greatest  pain.  It  is  not  un- 
usual for  her  to  have  practically  no  discomfort 
after  the  first  day.  The  use  of  a small  incision 
is  stressed,  as  this  prevents  protrusion  of 
the  other  abdominal  viscera  and  results  in 
better  and  faster  healing. 

Conclusion 

In  conclusion  I would  like  to  say  first  that 
although  indications  for  sterilization  are  dis- 
cussed, it  is  not  my  desire  to  attempt  to  establish 
absolute  indications  for  sterilization,  as  they  can 
be  only  relative.  For  this,  as  for  any  other 
operative  procedure,  the  individual  physician  is 
a better  judge  of  whether  or  not  a patient  should 
be  sterilized.  There  are  those  who  believe  in 
sterilization  only  for  very  serious  organic  le- 
sions. There  are  those  who  do  not  believe  in 
sterilization  at  all.  It  is  not  my  desire  to  con- 
vert those  individuals  to  another  point  of  view, 
but  rather  to  present,  to  those  who  have  need 
for  such  an  operation  in  their  practice,  a tech- 
nique which  has  been  found  both  safe  and 
practicable. 

Widespread  and  indiscriminate  sterilization 
can  easily  become  a social  menace  but  it  is 
my  belief  that  judiciously  performed,  it  may 
well  be  a powerful  prophylactic  measure  for 
further  aid  in  reducing  maternal  morbidity 
and  mortality. 


It  has  been  the  experience  of  those  who  have  I 
done  this  type  of  operation  that  where  care  is  I 
used  in  the  selection  of  cases,  and  performance  | 
of  the  operation  is  accomplished  with  gentle-  ^ 
ness  and  skill,  the  patient  undergoes  no  undue 
risk.  Adequate  prenatal  care  is  to  be  stressed. 
Operation  should  not  be  done  if  labor  has  been  • 
prolonged  or  if  delivery  was  complicated. 

Tubal  resection  was  performed  in  most  in-  i 
stances  in  this  series.  Ligation  after  crushing 
no  doubt  is  satisfactory,  but  it  is  our  feeling 
that  it  is  not  as  safe.  It  is  a more  simple  pro- 
cedure, with  less  opportunity  for  troublesome 
bleeding  from  the  tube,  but  the  time  saved  in 
doing  it  in  preference  to  resection  is  insignificant 
where  local  anaesthesia  is  used.  It  is  again  to 
be  stressed  that  this  is  a permanent  procedure, 
without  recall,  and  that  the  responsibility  of  de- 
cision should  not  be  taken  without  considering 
all  factors  carefully.  Where  all  conditions  im- 
posed are  adequately  met,  we  have  found  this 
operation  will  fulfill  the  requirements  with  a 
minimum  of  hospitalization  and  a maximum  of 
efficiency  and  safety. 

Summary 

1.  Thirty-five  cases  of  early  postpartum  steri- 
lization in  private  practice  are  reported. 

2.  Possible  indications  are  discussed  but  it 
is  emphasized  that  each  sterilization  is  an  indi- 
vidual problem  to  be  solved  by  the  physician  in 
charge  of  the  case  only  after  careful  evaluation 
of  all  factors. 

3.  Local  infiltration  after  adequate  sedation  is 
advised  in  place  of  inhalation  anaesthesia,  the 
former  being  more  safe  and  resulting  in  less 
upset  to  the  patient’s  postpartum  routine. 

4.  Postpartum  sterilization  offers  the  advan- 
tages (1)  of  elimination  of  accidental  pregnancy 
after  childbirth  in  those  in  whom  are  found 
indications  for  sterilization  and  (2)  of  minimum 
hospitalization  and  expense  to  the  patient. 

5.  Morbidity  is  not  appreciably  increased  and 
no  mortality  has  occurred  in  this  series. 

Bibliography 

1.  Adair  and  Brown:  Amer.  Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec.,  37:472, 

1939. 

2.  Hewitt  and  Whitley:  Amer.  Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec.,  39: 

649,  1940. 

3.  Skajaa:  Acta  obstet.  et  gynec.,  12:114,  1932. 


538 


Jour.  M.S.^I.S. 


Afflicted-Crippled  Children 


The  uniform  Afflicted-Crippled  Children  Bill,  draft- 
ed by  the  Alichigan  State  Medical  Society  and  seven 
other  organizations  interested  in  the  indigent  sick 
child,  was  not  acceptable  to  Michigan’s  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives. Certain  influences  throughout  the  state 
made  impossible  the  passage  of  this  model  legislation. 
Therefore,  the  medical  profession  must  work  (for  two 
more  years,  at  least)  under  the  present  crippled  child 
and  afflicted  child  laws  which  leave  much  to  be  desired. 

Our  doctors  of  medicine  must  continue,  however,  to 
give  primary  consideration  to  the  sick  child  and  to 
render  proper  care  and  treatment  to  these  unfortunate 
crippled  and  afflicted  adolescents,  despite  the  weak- 
nesses of  the  present  laws.  The  profession  must  aid  in 
the  establishment  of  medical  examination  boards  or 
filters  to  help  control  the  patient-intake;  otherwise  the 
present  appropriations,  which  should  be  adequate,  will 
be  dissipated. 

Last  but  just  as  important,  each  physician  must 
work  diligently  during  the  next  eighteen  months  to  in- 
form his  patients  and  the  public  concerning  the  vital 
need  for  improved  legislation  covering  Alichigan’s 
crippled  and  afflicted  children. 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


f^reiident 


/d 


a^e 


July,  1941 


539 


Editorial 


DISCUSSION  CONFERENCES 

■ In  two  months  the  Seventy-sixth  Annual 

Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
will  be  held  in  Grand  Rapids. 

Ever  since  last  winter  the  officers  of  the  Scien- 
tific Sections,  The  Council,  and  the  Secretaries 
have  been  working  steadily  and  continuously 
preparing  a program  even  better  than  that  of 
the  Diamond  Anniversary  Meeting  last  year. 

The  splendid  facilities  of  Grand  Rapids  in 
handling  this  meeting,  in  providing  hotel  accom- 
modations, convenient  meeting  halls,  and  space 
for  exhibits,  make  conditions  favorable  for  suc- 
cess. 

The  adoption  of  open  discussion  periods  in 
which  the  presentations  of  the  day  will  be  in- 
formally considered,  with  time  for -questions  and 
requests  for  further  clarification,  is  welcomed. 
This  unique  innovation  should,  in  itself,  warrant 
your  intense  consideration. 

The  Scientific  Sections  this  year  will  have  pro- 
grams planned  which  will  be  more  extensive  and 
even  more  practical  than  those  of  previous  years, 
and  will  present  to  the  membership  the  best 
possible  internationally  known  speakers  on  medi- 
cal subjects  as  well  as  the  cream  of  the  state’s 
practitioners  and  teachers. 


VACATIONS 

■ The  most  unsuccessful  case  that  the  average 

doctor  treats  is  himself.  When  that  patient 
begins  to  show  signs  of  the  wear  and  tear  of  day 
and  night  service  to  his  profession;  when  the 
imaginary  pains  of  his  patients  become  real  tor- 
ture to  the  physician,  or  the  stuffing  and  glutting 
of  the  obese  matron  down  at  the  corner  causes 
the  doctor  to  bolt  his  own  food  and  forsake  his 
table  companionship  to  prescribe ; then  it  is  time 
for  him  to  take  his  own  medicine,-  which  usually 
is  a vacation. 

Without  detracting  from  the  value  of  medical 


meetings  it  must  be  clear  that  to  this  physician  ■ 
a convention  is  not  a vacation.  ' 

i 

There  are  certain  rules  for  a doctor’s  vacation  ^ 
which  are,  if  not  paramount,  indeed  advisable: 
first,  avoid  telephones  as  you  would  a Grand  \ 
Jury;  second,  never  register  as  -‘Doctor”;  third,  \ 
don’t  take  your  medical  cases  along  with  you  > 
(if  you  distrust  your  colleagues,  hide  in  one  of  ' 
your  traveling  bags  a very  small  first-aid  outfit)  ; ^ 
fourth,  do  not  visit  hospitals,  medical  schools,  ' 
other  doctors  (unless  they  are  close  personal  * 
friends)  ; fifth,  don’t  put  yourself  on  a time  I 
schedule;  sixth,  even  if  you  don’t  obey  any  of  j 
these  commandments,  at  least  take  a vacation. 


THE  PLATFORM  OF  THE  AMERICAN  , 

MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION  j 


The  American  Medical  Association  advocates: 

1.  The  establishment  of  an  agency  of  federal  ; 

government  under  which  shall  be  coordinated  and  \ • 
administered  all  medical  and  health  functions  of  the  1 
federal  government  exclusive  of  those  of  the  Army  i 
and  Navy.  : 

2.  The  allotment  of  such  funds  as  the  Congress  i 
may  make  available  to  any  state  in  actual  need  for 
the  prevention  of  disease,  the  promotion  of  health 
and  the  care  of  the  sick  on  proof  of  such  need. 

3.  The  principle  that  the  care  of  the  public  health  , 
and  the  provision  of  medical  service  to  the  sick  is 
primarily  a local  responsibility. 

4.  The  development  of  a mechanism  for  meet- 

ing the  needs  of  expansion  of  preventive  medical 
services  with  local  determination  of  needs  and  local 
control  of  administration.  i 

5.  The  extension  of  medical  care  for  the  indigent 
and  the  medically  indigent  with  local  determination 
of  needs  and  local  control  of  administration. 

i 

6.  In  the  extension  of  medical  services  to  all  the 

people,  the  utmost  utilization  of  qualified  medical  | 
and  hospital  facilities  already  established.  , 

i 

7.  The  continued  development  of  the  private 
practice  of  medicine,  subject  to  such  changes  as  may  , 
be  necessary  to  maintain  the  quality  of  medical  serv- 
ices and  to  increase  their  availability. 

8.  Expansion  of  public  health  and  medical  serv- 
ices consistent  with  the  American  system  of  democ- 
racy. 


540 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


EDITORIAL 


REFUGE  FROM  RAGWEED 

■ Last  summer  the  State  Health  Laboratory  of 
Michigan,  aided  by  contribution  from  the 
Michigan  Hotel  Association,  made  a pollen  count 
of  areas  throughout  the  entire  state. 


The  map  which  is  reproduced  here  by  permis- 
sion of  the  Michigan  Department  of  Health  is 
self-explanatory  and  should  serve  both  as  a guide 
to  the  physician  and  as  an  advertisement  for  the 
state  as  a refuge  for  those  unfortunates  who  are 
allergic  to  the  pollen  of  ragweed. 


MAY  THE  OSTEOPATH  DO  SURGERY? 

Because  of  the  similarity  between  the  laws  per- 
mitting the  practice  of  osteopathy  in  Michigan 
and  in  Nebraska  the  following  opinion  of  the 
Nebraska  Supreme  Court  should  be  of  interest 
to  all  physicians  who  ask  the  question,  “May  an 
osteopath  practice  med.icine  and  surgery?” 

Through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  M.  C.  Smith, 
Executive  Secretary  of  the  Nebraska  State  Medi- 
cal Association,  it  is  possible  to  present  this  inter- 
esting and  possibly  suggestive  decision. 

This  is  a suit  brought  by  the  attorney  general  to 
enjoin  the  defendant,  Roy  Jackson  Gable,  an  osteo- 
pathic physician,  from  engaging  in  the  practice  of 
medicine  and  operative  surgery  within  this  state  and 
from  publicly  professing  to  be  a physician,  surgeon, 
or  obstetrician.  The  defendant  filed  an  answer  in 
which  he  denied  that  he  had  ever  engaged  in  the  prac- 
tice of  medicine,  or  professed  publicly  any  right  to  do 
so.  He  alleges,  however,  that  he  is  an  osteopathic  phy- 

JULY,  1941 


sician,  surgeon  and  obstetrician  and  asserts  a right  to 
engage  in  the  practice  of  operative  surgery  and  ob- 
stetrics and  to  hold  himself  out  to  the  public  as  one 
qualified  to  do  so.  The  attorney  general  thereupon 
moved  for  a judgment  on  the  pleadings,  which  was 
overruled  by  the  trial  court,  and  a judgment  entered 
in  favor  of  the  defendant.  The  state  thereupon  ap- 
pealed. 

The  question  whether  the  defendant  may  lawfully 
engage  in  the  practice  and  dispensing  of  medicine  is 
not  an  issue  on  this  appeal.  Whether  defendant  may 
lawfully  engage  in  the  practice  of  operative  surgery 
and  obstetrics  and  engage  in  the  use  of  anesthetics  in 
the  manner  alleged  in  defendant’s  answer  are  the  ques- 
tions presented  by  the  motion  for  judgment  on  the 
pleadings.  The  correctness  of  the  trial  court’s  ruling 
on  this  motion  is  the  controlling  factor  in  this  appeal. 

The  defendant  alleges  that  he  is  a graduate  of  the 
American  School  of  Osteopathy  at  Kirksville,  Mis- 
souri, a school  of  osteopathy  recognized  by  the  Ameri- 
can Osteopathic  Association.  On  June  13, 1922,  defendant 
was  issued  a license  to  practice  as  an  osteopathic  phy- 
sician and  surgeon  by  the  department  of  public  welfare 
of  the  state  of  Nebraska.  The  answer  admits  and 


541 


MISCELLANEOUS 


alleges  that  defendant  has  performed  surgical  opera- 
tions, including  tonsillectomies,  appendectomies,  circum- 
cisions, an  amputation  of  a toe,  rectal  operations,  hyster- 
ectomies, operations  for  hooded  clitoris  and  lapa- 
rotomies, all  of  such  operations  being  performed  Avith 
instruments  and  by  incisions  of  the  patients’  bodies ; 
that  he  has  engaged  in  the  practice  of  obstetrics  and  has 
used  anesthetics ; all  of  which  the  defendant  alleges 
that  he  will  continue  to  do  under  claim  of  right. 

It  cannot  be  questioned  that  a person  engaging  in 
the  practice  of  medicine  and  surgery  without  the  re- 
quired statutory  license  may  be  restrained  by  injunc- 
tion. * * * If^  therefore,  the  admissions  and  allegations 
of  defendant’s  answer  constitute  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine and  surgery  as  defined  by  section  71-1401,  Comp. 
St.  1929,  the  defendant  should  be  enjoined  from  so 
doing.  If  said  acts  are  within  the  scope  of  the  practice 
of  osteopathy  as  defined  by  our  statutes  on  the  subject, 
the  defendant  is  then  within  his  rights  and  not  subject 
to  restraint  for  so  doing. 

The  question  is  raised  whether  the  character  and 
general  duties  of  occupations  classed  as  professions  are 
determined  as  questions  of  law  or  fact.  We  think  the 
rule  is  that  they  are  questions  of  fact  of  which  the 
courts  will  take  judicial  notice.  Certainly,  the  question 
whether  a specific  act  constitutes  the  practice  of  osteo- 
pathy is  not  subject  to  proof  by  expert  witnesses.  The 
absurdities  which  would  be  certain  to  follow  such  a 
construction  of  the  rule  in  question  are  too  obvious  to 
require  an  exposition  here.  The  general  rule  of  plead- 
ing which  admits  are  true  all  facts  well  pleaded  upon 
the  filing  of  a general  demurrer  or  a motion  for  a 
judgment  on  the  pleadings,  has  no  application  to  facts 
of  which  a court  may  take  judicial  notice,  and  such 
demurrer  or  motion  does  not,  therefore,  admit  a con- 
clusion of  law  deduced  from  such  facts. 

The  general  rule  seems  to  be : “There  is  apparently 
no  dissent  from  the  proposition  that  in  the  considera- 
tion of  a pleading  the  courts  must  read  the  same  as  if 
it  contained  a statement  of  all  matters  of  which  they 
are  required  to  take  judicial  notice,  even  when  the 
pleading  contains  an  express  allegation  to  the  con- 
trary.” * * 

Applying  this  rule  to  the  pleadings  before  us,  the 
allegations  of  defendant’s  answer  to  the  effect  that 
the  acts  admitted  constitute  the  practice  of  osteopathy 
are  mere  conclusions  of  law.  The  allegation  of  a sound 
conclusion  of  law  is  always  treated  as  superfluous  and 
the  allegation  of  an  unsound  conclusion  is  entirely  dis- 
regarded. It  matters  not  in  the  instant  case  whether 
the  conclusions  pleaded  are  true  or  not,  for  that  which 
is  judicially  known  may  not  be  successfully  contro- 
verted by  pleadings,  or  made  issuable  by  them.  * * * 

This  court  is,  therefore,  required  to  determine  the 
meaning  of  the  term  “osteopathy”  in  the  same  manner 
as  any  other  fact  of  which  it  is  required  to  take  judicial 
notice.  It  may  resort  to  the  definition  and  description 
of  it  given  by  the  founder  of  the  practice,  by  those  who 
teach  and  practice  it,  and  by  the  lexicographers  who 
define  it  as  a science.  ^ * 

Much  has  been  written  by  the  founder  of  osteopathy, 
and  others  learned  in  the  practice  of  its  profession, 
as  to  the  fundamentals  of  the  science  of  osteopathy. 
To  give  a resume  of  these  writings  would  imduly 
lengthen  this  opinion.  We  think  a fair  conclusion  to 
be  drawn  from  all  of  them  was  ably  expressed  in 
Bragg  V.  State,  134  Ala.  165,  32  So.  767,  where  the 
supreme  court  of  Alabama  said : “The  method  of 
treatment  by  the  practitioners  of  osteopathy  is  a sys- 
tem of  manipulation  of  the  limbs  and  body  of  the 
patient  with  the  hands,  by  kneading,  rubbing  or  press- 
ing upon  the  parts  of  the  body.  In  the  treatment,  no 
drug,  medicine  or  other  substance  is  administered  or 
applied,  either  internally  or  externally;  nor  is  the  knife 
used  or  any  form  of  surgery  resorted  to  in  the  treat- 
ment. The  practitioner  himself  performs  the  manip- 
ulations. The  teaching  and  theory  of  those  skilled  in 
osteopathy  are,  that  it  is  a system  of  treatment  of  dis- 


ease by  adjustment  of  all  the  parts  of  the  body  me- 
chanically. It  is  taught  that  any  minute  or  gross  de- 
rangement of  bony  parts ; contracting  and  hardening 
of  muscles  or  other  tissue;  or  other  mechanical  de- 
rangements of  the  anatomical  parts  of  the  body  which 
must  be  in  perfect  order  mechanically,  in  order  that 
it  may  perform  its  function  aright,  nerve  centers, 
arteries,  veins  and  lymphatics,  which  must  function 
properly  in  order  that  health  may  be  maintained.  It  is 
taught  that  such  interferences  lend  to  congestion,  ob- 
structed circulation  of  blood  and  lymph,  irritation  of 
nerves  and  abnormal  state  or  nerve  centers ; that  the 
result  is  disease  which  can  be  cured  only  by  righting 
what  is  mechanically  wrong.  * * * The  essential  things 
taught  in  the  schools  of  osteopathy  are  anatomy,  physi- 
ology, hygiene,  histology,  pathology  and  the  treatment 
of  diseases  by  manipulation.  The  repudiation  of  drugs 
and  medicine  in  the  treatment  of  diseases  is  a basic 
principle  of  osteopathy  and  a knowledge  of  drugs 
or  medicines,  their  administration  for  the  cure  of  dis- 
eases, the  writing  and  giving  of  prescriptions,  are  not 
essential  to  the  graduation  of,  and  the  issuance  of 
diplomas  to,  students  of  osteopathy.” 

The  well-settled  definitions  of  osteopathy,  in  the 
writings  of  Dr.  Andrew  Taylor  Still,  its  founder,  and 
in  the  writings  of  recognized  practitioners,  as  well  as 
in  the  dictionaries  and  the  decisions  of  the  courts,  all 
uniformly  hold  that  the  system  of  osteopathy  adminis- 
ters no  drugs  and  uses  no  knife.  * * * With  these 
definitions  and  observations  in  mind,  the  licensing  stat- 
utes must  be  examined  to  determine  the  extent  to  which 
this  definition  has  been  modified  in  this  state  by  legis- 
lative action.  Section  71-1701,  Comp.  St.  1929,  pro- 
vides: “For  the  purpose  of  this  article  the  following 
classes  of  persons  shall  be  deemed  to  be  engaged  in 
the  practice  of  osteopathy:  1.  Persons  publicly  pro- 

fessing to  be  osteopaths  or  publicly  professing  to  assume 
the  duties  incident  to  the  practice  of  osteopathy.  2.  Per- 
sons who  treat  human  ailments  by  that  system  of  the 
healing  art  which  places  the  chief  emphasis  on  the 
structural  integrity  of  the  body  mechanism  as  being 
the  most  important  factor  for  maining  (maintaining) 
the  organism  in  health.”  Section  71-1702,  Comp.  St. 
1929,  sets  out  certain  exceptions  which  are  not  relevant 
in  this  suit. 

Provisions  are  then  made  for  the  examination  and 
licensing  of  those  who  would  practice  osteopathy. 
Among  the  requirements  is  the  presentation  of  proof 
that  the  applicant  was  graduated  from  an  accredited 
school  or  college  of  osteopathy.  * * * The  following 
section  defines  an  accredited  school  of  osteopathy. 
Among  the  conditions  required  is  that  the  course  of 
study  must  include  the  following  subjects:  Anatomy; 
chemistry ; pathology ; toxicology ; pediatrics  ; general 
surgery ; obstetrics  ; histology ; physiology ; hygiene  ; 
dietetics ; practice,  therapeutics,  general  diagnosis  and 
technique ; dermatology  and  syphilis ; orthopedic  sur- 
gery ; gynecology ; embryology ; bacteriology ; compara- 
tive therapeutics;  nervous  and  mental  diseases;  juris- 
prudence, ethics  and  economics ; genito-urinary  dis- 
eases ; and  eye,  ear,  nose  and  throat.  * * * The  section 
following  this  provides : “Every  license  issued  under 
this  division  shall  confer  upon  the  holder  thereof  the 
right  to  practice  osteopathy  in  all  its  branches,  as 
taught  in  the  osteopathic  colleges  recognized  by  the 
American  Osteopathic  Association.”  * * * 

The  argument  is  made  that  as  general  surgery,  ortho- 
pedic surgery,  anatomy,  pathology  and  other  subjects 
are  included  in  the  required  course  of  study  in  an 
accredited  school  of  osteopathy,  their  practice  is  in- 
cluded in  the  statutory  authorization  by  virtue  of  the 
use  of  the  words,  “The  right  to  practice  osteopathy  in 
all  its  branches,  as  taught  in  the  osteopathic  colleges 
recognized  by  the  American  Osteopathic  Association.” 
The  words  of  this  statute  do  not  authorize  a licensed 
osteopath  to  practice  everything  that  he  is  taught  in  an 
osteopathic  school.  It  contains  expressions  which  have 
a limiting  as  well  as  an  authorizing  effect.  The  prac- 


542 


Tour.  M.S.AI.S. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


tice  authorized  must  be  osteopathic  and  it  must  also 
be  as  taught  in  accredited  osteopathic  colleges.  The 
fact  that  branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  may  be 
taught  to  increase  the  knowledge  of  the  student  in 
the  anatomy  and  functions  of  the  various  parts  of 
the  human  body  for  the  purpose  of  better  fitting  him  to 
practice  osteopathy  will  not  warrant  him  to  invade 
those  fields  on  the  theory  that  they  constitute  the  prac- 
tice of  osteopathy.  The  scope  of  osteopathy  is  well 
known  and  schools  and  colleges  of  osteopathy  must 
stay  within  its  boundaries,  they  cannot  enlarge  them. 

* * * In  a case  similar  in  principle,  the  supreme  court 

of  California  said : “While  the  section  contains  the 

additional  clause  ‘as  taught  in  chiropractic  schools  or 
colleges,’  the  entire  section  must  be  taken  as  a whole 
and  it  cannot  be  taken  as  authorizing  a license  to  do 
anything  and  everything  that  might  b^e  taught  in  such 
a school.  A short  course  in  surgery  or  one  in  law 
might  be  given,  incidentally,  and  it  would  not  follow 
that  the  section  would  then  authorize  a licensed  chiro- 
practor to  engage  in  such  other  professions.  It  is  not 
sufficient  that  a particular  practice  is  taught  in  such 
a school.  Under  the  terms  of  the  statute  it  must  meet 
the  further  test  that  it  is  a part  of  chiropractic,  what- 
ever that  philosophy  or  method  may  be,  and  further 
that  it  shall  not  violate  the  provision  which  expressly 
forbids  the  practice  of  medicine.  If  such  a practice  is 
not  a part  of  chiropractic  but  does  constitute  the  prac- 
tice of  medicine,  it  is  not  authorized  under  this  license 
even  though  it  may  be  taught  in  such  a school.”  * * * 

This  point  is  well  summed  up  in  Georgia  Ass’n  of 
Osteopathic  Physicians  and  Surgeons  v.  Allen,  31  Fed. 
Supp.  206,  wherein  the  court  said:  “His  knowledge 
must  be  broader  than  his  practice ; he  must  know  what 
he  practices  but  may  not  practice  all  he  knows.” 

The  argument  is  advanced  that  the  use  of  the  words 
“osteopathic  physician  and  surgeon”  in  the  license  im- 
plies the  right  to  practice  surgery.  The  word  “surgery” 
used  in  its  general  sense  in  connection  with  the  pro- 
fession of  osteopathy  means  surgery  by  manual  manip- 
ulation and  was  never  meant  to  include  operative  sur- 
gery as  we  now  understand  it.  The  correctness  of  this 
statement  is  evidenced  by  the  very  principles  of  osteop- 
athy to  the  effect  that  the  general  use  of  a knife  or 
other  instruments  in  surgical  operations  was  regarded 
as  unnecessary  and  opposed  to  the  osteopathic  system 
of  treatment.  The  practice  of  osteopathy  and  operative 
surgery  has  long  been  recognized  as  two  separate  and 
distinct  things.  Separate  boards  have  been  set  up  in 
this  state  for  the  examination  of  those  applying  for 
licenses  to  practice  medicine  and  surgery  and  those 
desiring  to  practice  osteopathy.  It  is  urged  that  the 
principles  of  osteopathy  have  changed  and  that  ex- 
perience and  learning  have  produced  certain  advances 
that  must  be  recognized.  If  osteopathy  has  changed 
merely  by  a self-serving  attempt  to  broaden  its  scope 
by  invading  fields  requiring  a different  license,  we  can 
only  say  that  the  legislature  has  never  recognized  any 
such  additions  to  the  profession.  If  the  changes  are 
the  result  of  advancements  in  the  profession,  of  course, 
they  still  constitute  the  practice  of  osteopathy.  But 
the  practice  of  operative  surgery  by  an  osteopath  is  an 
invasion  of  the  field  of  the  physician  and  surgeon  as  it 
is  generally  known  and  is  not  an  evolutionary  advance- 
ment of  the  profession  of  osteopathy.  * * * 

Respondent  argues  that,  as  the  act  of  1919  * * * 
contained  the  provision  that  “Osteopathic  physicians 
shall  perform  only  such  operations  in  surgery  as  was 
fully  taught  in  the  school  or  college  of  which  the 
applicant  is  a graduate  at  the  time  of  his  attendance,” 
it  thereby  recognizes  operative  surgery  as  a branch  of 
osteopathy.  This  contention  is  too  broad.  Much  of 
the  difficulty  in  this  class  of  cases  has  arisen  because 
of  the  varied  use  of  the  term  “surgery.”  It  originated 
from  the  latin  “chirurgia,”  meaning  “hand  work”  or, 
as  another  writer  puts  it,  “To  work  with  the  hand.” 

* * * This  is  the  meaning  attributed  to  it  in  all  the 
earlier  writings  on  the  subject  of  osteopathy  and  ac- 

JULY,  1941 


coimts  for  the  general  usage  of  the  word  in  designat- 
ing an  osteopath  as  an  osteopathic  physician  and  sur- 
geon. The  invasion  of  the  field  of  medicine  and  opera- 
tive surgery  as  it  is  generally  understood  seems  to  be 
based  on  an  attempt  to  broaden  the  definition  of  the 
term  “surgery”  as  formerly  used  so  as  to  include  opera- 
tive surgery.  The  field  cannot  be  so  extended.  The 
words  in  the  1919  act  must,  therefore,  be  construed  as 
referring  to  operations  in  surgery  consistent  with  the 
practice  of  osteopathy  as  originally  defined,  which  ex- 
cludes the  practice  of  operative  surgery  in  its  com- 
monly accepted  meaning. 

We  conclude,  therefore,  that  an  osteopathic  physician 
and  surgeon  is  not  authorized  under  the  statutes  of 
Nebraska  to  engage  in  the  practice  of  operative  sur- 
gery and  that  the  trial  court  was  in  error  in  holding 
to  the  contrary. 

Realtor  contends  that  the  respondent  cannot  engage 
in  the  practice  of  obstetrics  without  a license  to  prac- 
tice medicine  and  surgery  as  defined  by  section  71-1401, 
Comp.  St.  1929.  That  a practicing  physician  and  sur- 
geon, properly  licensed  under  the  statute,  may  engage 
in  the  practice  of  obstetrics  is  not  disputed.  Tlie  right 
to  practice  obstetrics  is  not  specifically  granted  by  the 
statute  authorizing  the  licensing  of  osteopathic  physi- 
cians and  surgeons.  It  is  not  disputed  that  respondent 
graduated  from  an  accredited  school  of  osteopathy,  the 
requirements  of  which  include  the  study  of  obstetrics. 
In  the  respects  noted,  respondent  is  in  no  better  posi- 
tion than  he  was  as  to  his  right  to  practice  operative 
surgery.  But  we  are  again  required  to  examine  the 
statutes  to  determine  to  what  extent,  if  any,  they 
have  modified  this  position.  Under  the  provisions  of 
the  1901  act,  an  osteopath  was  required  to  report  to 
the  proper  authorities  all  cases  of  contagious  diseases, 
deaths  or  birth.  * * * This  same  provision  appears  in 
the  act  of  1905.  * * * In,  1909  a new  statute  was  enacted 
which  provided  that  osteopathic  physicians  shall  report 
all  births  the  same  as  physicians  of  schools  of  medicine. 

* * * This  provision  was  retained  in  the  act  of  1919. 

* * * In  1927  this  section  was  amended  to  read  as  fol- 
lows : “A  birth  certificate  in  the  form  prescribed  by 
the  department  of  public  welfare,  and  conforming  to 
all  of  the  requirements  of  the  United  States  census 
bureau  shall  be  filled  out  by  the  physician  in  attendance, 
and  signed  in  his  own  handwriting.  If  there  is  no 
physician  in  attendance,  then  said  certificate  shall  be 
completed  and  signed  by  the  parent  or  other  person 
present.  Such  certificate  shall  be  filed  with  the  local 
registrar  within  five  days  after  any  birth.”  * * * 

It  will  be  noted  that  the  present  law  does  not  spe- 
cifically require  an  osteopath  to  file  birth  certificates 
with  the  department  of  public  welfare,  the  require- 
ment being  that  the  birth  certificate  shall  be  filled  out 
by  the  physician  in  attendance. 

To  obtain  a license  to  practice  osteopathy,  respondent 
was  required  to  exhibit  a diploma  issued  by  a regular 
school  of  osteopathy  wherein  the  curriculum  included 
instruction  in  certain  subjects  required  by  statute,  one  of 
which  was  obstetrics.  He  was  also  required  to  pass  an 
examination  in  the  required  subjects.  While  these  facts 
alone  would  not  authorize  respondent  to  engage  in  the 
practice  of  obstetrics,  yet,  when  considered  with  the 
statute  regarding  the  reporting  of  childbirths,  together 
with  the  history  of  its  development,  we  think  the  legis- 
lature authorized  respondent,  upon  securing  a license 
to  practice  osteopathy,  to  engage  in  the  practice  of 
obstetrics.  As  was  said  in  Stoike  v.  Weseman,  167  IMinn. 
266,  208  N.  W.  993 : “Unless  an  osteopathic  physician 
could  lawfully  attend  a woman  in  childbirth,  there 
would  be  no  reason  for  requiring  him  to  report  the 
birth  of  the  child.”  Of  course,  the  present  statute  does 
not  specifically  require  an  osteopath  to  report  births, 
but  the  former  statute  did,  and  we  do  not  think  the 
enactment  of  the  present  law  evidences  any  intent  to 
limit  the  practice  of  the  osteopath  in  the  field  of  ob- 
stetrics from  that  which  had  theretofore  existed.  It  is 
(Continued  on  Page  565) 


543 


OUTLINE  OF  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  PROGRAM 
Seventy-sixth  Annual  Meeting,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
Grand  Rapids — September  17,  18,  19,  1941 


f 

1 

4 


Wednesday,  September  17 

Thursday,  September  18 

Friday,  September  19 

A.  M. 
9:30  to 
10:00 

Medicine 

Russell  L.  Cecil,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Obstetrics  (Maternal  Health) 
James  R.  McCord,  M.D. 
Atlanta,  Georgia 

ON  THE 

SEVEN  SECTION  PROGRAMS 

General  Medicine 
A.  R.  Barnes,  M.D. 
Rochester,  Minn 

Surgery 

Harry  E.  Mock,  M.D. 
Chicago 

10:00  to 
10:30 

Surgery 

Elliott  C.  Cutler,  M.D. 
Boston 

Medicine  (Tuberculosis) 
Charles  E.  Lyght,  M.D. 
Northfield,  Minn. 

10:30  to 
11:00 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

Obstetrics  & Gynecology 
Richard  TeLinde,  M.D. 
Baltimore 

11:00  to 
11:30 

Syphilology 

Francis  E.  Senear,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Medicine 

V.  P.  Sydenstricker,  M.D. 
Augusta,  Georgia 

Ophthalmology  & Otolaryngology 
Samuel  Iglaueh,  M.D. 
Cincinnati 

Pediatrics 

Harold  K.  Faber,  M.D. 

San  Francisco 

Dermatology  & Syphilology 
S.  Wm.  Becker,  M.D. 
Chicago 

11:30  to 
12:00 

Gynecology 

George  W.  Kosmak,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Pediatrics 

James  Gamble,  M.D. 
Boston 

P.  M. 
12:00  to 
12:30 

Medicine  (Mental  Hygiene) 
Lawrence  Kolb,  M.D. 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Obstetrics 

Wm.  E.  Caldwell,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Radiology,  Pathology,  Anesthesia 
Bernard  H.  Nichols,  M.D. 
Cleveland 

12:30  to 
1:30 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

1:30  to 
2:00 

Anesthesia 

Wesley  Bourne,  M.D. 
Montreal 

Ophthalmology 
Alfred  Cowan,  M.D. 
Philadelphia 

Otolaryngology 

D.  E.  Staunton  Wishart,  M.D. 
Toronto 

2:00  to 
2:30 

Surgery  (Indus.  Health) 
A.  J.  Lanza,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Pathology 

Shields  Warren,  M.D. 
Boston 

Dermatology 

Carroll  S.  Wright,  M.D. 
Philadelphia 

2:30  to 
3:00 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

3:00  to 
3:30 

Pediatrics 

Henry  Poncher,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Medicine 

Chester  S.  Keefer,  M.D. 
Boston 

Pediatrics  (Child  Welfare) 
E.  C.  Mitchell,  M.D. 
Memphis 

3:30  to 
4:30 

DISCUSSION 
CONFERENCES 
WITH  GUEST 
ESSAYISTS 

' DISCUSSION 

CONFERENCES 
WITH  GUEST 
ESSAYISTS 

3:00  to  4:00 
Medicine 
C.  A.  Doan,  M.D 
Columbus 

4:00  to  4:30 
Surgery 

Owen  H.  Wangensteen,  M.D. 
Minneapolis 

8:30  to 
10:00 

President’s  Night 
Biddle  Oration 
in  Hotel  Ballroom 
Speaker: 

Alphonse  Schwitalla,  S.J. 

Smoker 

in  Pantlind  Hotel  Ballroom 

END  OF 
CONVENTION 

Dancing 

544 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  7Bth  AIVIVUAL  MEETIIVG 

GRAND  RAPIDS -1941 


OFFICIAL  CALL 

The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
will  convene  in  Annual  Session  in  Grand 
Rapids,  Michigan,  on  September  16,  17, 
18,  19,  1941.  The  provisions  of  the 
Constitution  and  By-laws  and  the 
Official  Program  will  govern  the  delib- 
erations. 

P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  President 

A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Chairman  of  The 
Council 

O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  Speaker 

Attest : L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D., 

Secretary 


Aerial  View  of  Grand  Rapids, 
Host  City  to  the  1941  Con- 
vention of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  to  be  held 
September  16,  17,  18,  19. 


HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES,  1941 


Ball  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel,  Grand  Rapids 
Order  of  Business* 


SESSIONS  OF  THE  HOUSE 
OF  DELEGATES 


TUESDAY,  SEPTEMBER  16,  1941 
8 :00  a.m.  Sharp — Delegates’  Breakfast,  Swiss 
Room 

9 :00  a.m.  Sharp — First  Session,  Ball  Room 


TUESDAY,  SEPTEMBER  16,  1941 
Pantlind  Hotel,  Grand  Rapids 

8 :00  a.m.  Delegates’  Breakfast,  Swiss  Room 
9 :00  a.m.  First  Session,  Ball  Room 
3 :00  p.m.  Second  Session,  Ball  Room 
5:15  p.m.  Special  Pre-view  of  Exhibits 


1.  Call  to  order  by  the  Speaker 

2.  Report  of  Committee  on  Credentials 

3.  Roll  Call 

4.  Appointment  of  Reference  Committees: 

On  Officers’  Reports 
On  Reports  of  The  Council 
On  Reports  of  Standing  Committees 
On  Reports  of  Special  Committees 
On  Amendments  to  Constitution  and  By- 
laws 

On  Resolutions 


8 :00  p.m.  Third  Session,  Ball  Room 


*See  the  Constitution,  Article  IV,  and  the  By-laws,  Chapter 
3,  on  the  “House  of  Delegates.” 


July,  1941 


545 


THE  76TH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


5.  Speaker’s  Address — O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D., 
Fremont 

6.  President’s  Address — P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D., 
Bay  City 

7.  President-Elect’s  Address — Henry  R.  Car- 
stens,  M.D.,  Detroit 

8.  Annual  Report  of  The  Council — A.  S.  Brunk, 
M.D.,  Detroit,  Chairman 

9.  Report  of  Delegates  to  American  Medical 
Association — Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
Chairman 

10.  Resolutions** 

11.  Reports  of  Standing  Committees: 

(a)  Legislative  Committee 

(b)  Committee  on  Distribution  of  Medical 
Care 

(c)  Medical-Legal  Committee 

(d)  Representatives  to  Joint  Committee  on 
Health  Education 

(e)  Preventive  Medicine  Committee 

Cancer 

Maternal  Health 
Syphilis  Control 
Tuberculosis  Control 
Industrial  Health 
Mental  Hygiene 
Child  Welfare 
Iodized  Salt 

Heart  and  Degenerative  Diseases 

12.  Reports  of  Special  Committees: 

(a)  Committee  on  Nurses’  Training  Schools 

(b)  Conference  Committee  on  Pre-Licensure 
Medical  Education 

(c)  Radio  Committee 

(d)  Advisory  Committee  to  Woman’s  Aux- 
iliary 

(e)  Scientific  Work  Committee 

(f)  Medical  Preparedness  Committee 

Recess 


TUESDAY,  SEPTEMBER  16,  1941 

3 :00  p.m.  Sharp — Second  Session — Ball  Room 

1.  Supplementary  Report  of  Committee  on 
Credentials 


•*A11  resolutions,  special  reports,  and  new  business  shall 
be  presented  in  duplicate.  (By-laws,  Chapter  3,  Section  7-n.) 


2.  Roll  Call  I 

3.  Unfinished  Business  1 

4.  New  Business**  , 

5.  Reports  of  Reference  Committees: 

(a)  On  Officers’  Reports 

(b)  On  Reports  of  The  Council 

(c)  On  Reports  of  Standing  Committees  ' 

(d)  On  Reports  of  Special  Committees 

(e)  On  Amendments  to  Constitution  and 
By-laws 

(f)  On  Resolutions 

5:15  to  6:30  p.m.— RECESS  FOR  SPECIAL  PRE- 
VIEW OF  EXHIBITS 


TUESDAY,  SEPTEMBER  16,  1941 
8 :00  p.m.  Sharp — Third  Session,  Ball  Room 

1.  Supplementary  Report  of  Committee  on 
Credentials 

2.  Roll  Call 

3.  Supplementary  Report  from  The  Council 

4.  Supplementary  Reports  from  Reference 
Committees 

5.  Elections: 

(a)  Councilors: 

1st  District — C.  E.  Umphrey,  M.D.,  De- 
troit— incumbent 

4th  District — R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D.,  Kala- 
mazoo— incumbent 

5th  District — Vernor  M.  Moore,  M.D., 
Grand  Rapids — incumbent  i 

6th  District — Ray  S.  Morrish,  M.D.,j 
Flint — incumbent  1 

(b)  Delegate  to  American  Medical  Associa-j 

tion:  I 

L.  G.  Christian,  M.D.,  Lansing — in-j 
cumbent 

Alternate  Delegates  to  American  Med-J 
ical  Association:  | 

George  J.  Curry,  M.D.,  Flint — in-| 
cumbent  | 

Ralph  H.  Pino,  M.D.,  Detroit — in- 1 
cumbent 

(c)  President-elect 

(d)  Speaker  of  House  of  Delegates  | 

(e)  Vice  Speaker  of  House  of  Delegates 

Adjournment  ; 


Civic  Auditorium,  Grand  Rapids 

All  activities  of  the  76th  M.S.M.S.  Convention — 110  Technical  and  Scien- 
tific Exhibits  and  all  Scientific  Sessions — will  be  held  in  this  spacious, 
modern  auditorium,  September  16,  17,  18,  19,  1941. 


546 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


>f  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  ><- 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF 
LEGISLATIVE  COMMITTEE,  1940-41 

In  connection  with  the  meeting  of  Michigan’s  Legis- 
lature, your  Legislative  Committee  held  five  meetings 
during  the  past  year : on  October  24  and  November  13, 
1940;  February  13,  March  20  and  April  24,  1941. 

Fifty-one  Bills  Affected  Medical  Practice 

The  61st  Michigan  Legislature  convened  on  January 
1 and  adjourned  on  May  27,  1941,  leaving  behind  a 
good  record  so  far  as  legislation  affecting  the  medical 
profession  is  concerned.  The  Legislature  was  ex- 
tremely slow  in  getting  under  way  but  more  than  com- 
pensated for  its  tardy  start  by  the  super-accerelation 
of  the  final  weeks.  During  the  session  1,058  bills  were 
introduced  of  which  51  dealt  directly  with  the  practice 
of  medicine.  A number  of  important  resolutions  was 
also  considered.  These  51  medical  bills  and  the  resolu- 
tions were  carefully  studied  and  necessary  contacts 
made  either  for  or  against,  as  circumstances  demanded. 
Of  these  51  bills,  13  passed  the  Legislature;  an  addi- 
tional five  passed  one  house  but  died  in  the  other 
branch ; and  the  balance  were  either  killed  on  the 
floor  or  died  in  committee. 

No  bill  objectionable  to  the  mediccd  profession  was 
passed  at  this  session,  although  a score  of  inimical 
measures  was  introduced! 

I 

Thanks 

The  hundreds  of  alert  physicians  back  home — our 
key-men — who  constantly  kept  their  friends  in  the 
Senate  and  House  informed  concerning  medical  legis- 
lation are  mainly  responsible  for  this  good  record.  The 
legislators  looked  to  their  local  medical  friends  for 
advice;  they  appreciated  the  opportunity  to  be  of  serv- 
ice. So  again,  the  Legislative  Committee  expresses  its 
thanks  to  every  doctor  who  contacted  his  legislator 
during  the  past  five  active  months.  Without  this  won- 
derful help  and  cooperation  the  legislative  program  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  would  not  have 
been  successful. 

The  Committee  also  is  sincerely  grateful  to  the  far- 
sighted Council  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
for  its  constant  encouragement  of  the  Legislative  Com- 
mittee in  its  nerve-wracking  job. 

The  Legislative  Committee  again  expresses  apprecia- 
tion and  gratitude  to  the  intelligent  and  health-minded 
members  of  the  Michigan  Legislature  for  the  courteous 
reception  they  extended  the  representatives  of  the 
medical  profession  and  the  thoughtful  consideration 
they  gave  to  medical  and  health  measures  coming  be- 
fore them. 

To  h’s  Excellency,  Governor  Murray  D.  Van  Wagon- 
er, the  Legislative  Committee  reiterates  its  thanks  for 
the  friendly  cooperation  his  office  extended  to  the  medi- 
cal profession  in  all  health  matters. 

Below  are  listed  the  51  bills  which  vitally  affected 
the  medical  profession.  A brief  description  of  the 
proposals  together  with  the  action  taken  is  presented. 

Bills  Passed  by  the  Legislature 

HB-215 — To  permit  free  choice  of  physician  by  wel- 
fare clients,  by  removing  exemption  of  citv  physician 
and  city  pharmacist’s  offices  in  Detroit.  Passed  with 
amendment  to  permit  the  welfare  client  to  choose 
either  his  private  physician  or  the  city  physician’s 
office.  S'gned  by  the  Governor  (P.A.  343). 

HB-84 — Deficiency  appropriation  for  dieted  and 
crippled  children  totaling  $435,452.13,  of  which  $115,- 

JULY,  1941 


632.51  was  payable  to  doctors  of  medicine,  was  passed 
and  signed  by  the  Governor  (P.A.  14). 

HB-483 — Deficiency  appropriation  of  $200,000  ($60,- 
000  for  afflicted  and  $140,000  for  crippled)  for  afflicted 
and  crippled  children  services  to  June  30,  1941,  was 
passed  and  signed  by  the  Governor  (P.A.  110). 

HB-402 — Appropriating  $1,802,295  for  medical  and 
hospital  services  of  afflicted  and  crippled  children  for 
the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1942,  and  $1,821,450  for 
the  following  year,  was  passed  and  signed  by  the 
Governor  (HEA  215). 

HB-129 — To  regulate  the  sale  of  prophylactic  devices 
for  the  prevention  of  venereal  diseases.  Passed  and 
signed  by  the  Governor  (P.A.  276). 

HB-565 — To  provide  for  half  payment  by  the  state 
of  costs  of  hospitalization  of  afflicted  adults.  Passed 
and  presented  to  the  Governor  for  approval  (HEA 
196). 

HB-341 — To  give  county  and  district  boards  of  health 
the  same  powers  now  given  by  law  to  township  and 
county  boards  of  health,  was  passed  and  signed  by 
the  Governor  (P.A.  198). 

SB-400 — To  permit  a board  of  governors  for  Wayne 
University,  Detroit.  Passed  and  presented  to  the  Gov- 
ernor for  approval  (P.A.  248). 

SB-71 — Requiring  payment  of  fees  to  persons  ordered 
to  take  a physical  examination  by  any  court,  board, 
etc.,  passed  and  signed  by  the  Governor  (P.A.  18). 

SB-81 — To  establish  a crime  detection  laboratory  in 
the  State  Health  Department,  for  the  use  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Police,  was  passed  and  signed  by  the  Gov- 
ernor (P.A.  62). 

SB-218 — To  amend  the  mental  defectives  sterilization 
act  to  make  the  law  applicable  to  additional  state  in- 
stitutions, passed  and  signed  by  the  Governor  (P.A. 
109). 

SB-248 — To  license  operators  of  water  treatment 
plants.  This  bill  sponsored  by  the  water  treatment 
plants  operator’s  association,  was  approved  by  the 
MSMS.  Passed  and  presented  to  the  Governor  for 
approval  (P.A.  239). 

SB-134 — To  regulate  sale  and  possession  of  valerium, 
passed  and  signed  by  the  Governor  (P.A.  140). 

Bills  Approved  by  One  House 

SB-250 — To  provide  for  Afflicted-Crippled  Children 
Commission.  This  bill  (same  as  HB-317)  was  de- 
veloped after  a year’s  work  by  committees  of  the  State 
Medical  Society  working  in  cooperation  with  repre- 
sentatives of  the  American  Legion,  Veterans  of  Foreign 
Wars,  the  Michigan  Welfare  League,  the  Michigan 
Hospital  Association,  the  Forty  and  Eight,  the  Chil- 
dren’s Fund  of  Michigan,  and  the  Michigan  Society  for 
Crippled  Children,  and  seemed  to  meet  the  requirements 
to  end  the  confusion  of  the  three-headed  administration 
now  existing.  The  bill  passed  the  Senate  by  a good 
majority  without  damaging  amendment,  but  failed  to 
be  reported  out  of  the  House  Social  Aid  and  Welfare 
Committee. 

The  afflicted-crippled  children  bill  was  added  as  an 
amendment  to  HB-402,  passed  the  Senate,  but  was  re- 
fused by  the  House  as  “not  germane”  to  this  appropria- 
tion bill. 

The  bill  was  finally  attached  to  HB-565  as  an  amend- 
ment, passed  the  Senate,  but  the  House  refused  to 
concur  in  the  Senate  Amendment.  The  model  afflicted- 
crippled  child  proposal  died  in  conference  committee 
5 :30  a.m.  the  last  morning  of  the  session. 

HB-131 — To  regulate  the  sale  of  barbituric  acid  and 

547 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


its  derivatives,  sulfanilamide  and  its  derivatives,  and 
other  so-called  “Knock-out”  drugs.  After  a stormy 
battle,  this  bill  finally  passed  the  house  with  objection- 
able osteopathic  and  “bookkeeping”  amendments ; the 
Senate  removed  the  House  amendments  but  made  other 
changes  in  the  bill  which  were  not  agreeable  to  the 
House.  The  bill  died  in  conference  committee. 

SB-66 — To  raise  medical  compensation  for  occupa- 
tional diseases  and  eliminate  specific  enumeration  of 
“occupational  diseases.”  Passed  by  Senate  with  many 
amendments,  but  died  in  House  Labor  Committee. 

HB-217 — To  require  “settlement”  of  pauper  before 
rendition  of  surgery  or  treatment  of  afflicted  adults  at 
public  expense.  Passed  House,  but  died  in  Senate. 

HB-517 — To  authorize  detention  of  adult  voluntary 
applicants  as  full  pay  patients  by  state  mental  institu- 
tions ; and  to  permit  35  to  60-day  observation  and  treat- 
ment periods  for  suspected  mental  cases.  Passed 
House,  but  died  in  Senate  Public  Health  Committee. 

Bills  Which  Died  in  House  of  Origin 

SB-95 — To  permit  osteopaths  to  participate  in  group 
medical  care  plans.  Killed  in  Senate  Insurance  Com- 
mittee. 

HB-110 — To  establish  enabling  act  for  group  osteo- 
pathic care.  Died  in  House  Insurance  Committee. 

HB-209 — To  repeal  the  Basic  Science  Law.  Died  in 
House  Public  Health  Committee. 

HB-119 — To  set  maximum  fee  of  $3  for  medical 
examination  of  persons  obtaining  marriage  license. 
Died  in  House  Public  Health  Committee. 

SB-201 — To  authorize  examination  and  copying  of 
medical  records,  x-ray  plates,  charts,  etc.,  of  sick  or 
injured  persons  by  attorney  of  patient.  Killed  in 
Senate  Judiciary  Committee. 

HB-190 — To  establish  a “board  of  examiners  in 
naturopathy.”  Died  in  the  House  Public  Health  Com- 
mittee. 

HB-333 — To  amend  1939  Welfare  Law  to  prohibit 
county  medical  societies  from  making  contracts  with 
county  welfare  boards  for  medical  relief ; to  establish 
uniform  medical  rates ; to  open  all  hospitals  to  osteo- 
paths. Died  in  House  Social  Aid  and  Welfare  Com- 
mittee. 

HB-117 — To  include  as  an  occupational  disease  any 
disease  contracted  by  any  employe  or  person  engaged 
in  public  health  work.  Died  in  House  Labor  Commit- 
tee. 

HB-72 — To  add  baker’s  asthma  to  list  of  occupational 
diseases.  Died  in  House  Labor  Committee.  ♦ 

HB-165 — To  amend  many  sections  of  the  workmen's 
compensation  law,  including  that  portion  concerning 
occupational  diseases.  Died  in  House  Labor  Commit- 
tee. 

SB-205  and  SB-206 — To  amend  the  occupational  dis- 
ease law.  Died  in  Senate  Labor  Committee. 

HB-522  and  HB-523 — To  amend  the  occupational 
disease  law.  Died  in  House  Labor  Committee. 

HB-552 — ’To  amend  the  occupational  disease  law. 
Died  in  House  Labor  Committee. 

SB-121 — To  prohibit  employment  of  minors  under 
16  years  without  certificate  of  physical  fitness  to  be 
given  by  public  health  officer  or  school  physician.  Died 
in  Senate  Labor  Cornmittee. 

SB-122 — To  prohibit  employment  of  girls  under  18 
and  boys  under  14  in  street  trades  without  certificate 
of  physical  fitness  to  be  given  by  public  health  officer 
or  school  physician.  Died  in  Senate  Labor  Con^ittee. 

SB-89^ — To  place  administration  of  afflicted  child  care 
with  state  and  county  social  welfare  departments.  Died 
in  Senate  Welfare  and  Relief  Committee. 

HB-317 — (Same  as  SB-250,  see  comment  elsewhere) 
To  establish  an  afflicted-crippled  children  cornmission. 
Died  in  House  Social  Aid  and  Welfare  Committee. 

HB-297 — To  provide  for  administration  of  afflicted- 
crippled  children  program.  Sponsored  by  probate  judges 
Died  in  House  Social  Aid-Welfare  Committee. 


SB-336 — To  provide  an  entirely  new  welfare  law  1 
and  combining  the  administration  of  the  social  welfare  ' 
department  and  the  afflicted  and  crippled  children  pro- 
gram. Died  in  Senate  Welfare  and  Relief  Committee.  ; 

SB-79 — To  penalize  superintendent  or  executive  in 
charge  of  hospital  for  failing  to  render  first-aid  to 
accident  victims.  Died  in  Senate  Judiciary  Committee. 

SB-88 — To  abolish  office  of  coroner  (except  in  Wayne 
County)  and  establish  state  and  county  medical  ex- 
aminers. Died  in  Senate  State  Affsdrs  Committee. 

SB-101 — To  define  qualifications  of  coroners  in  coun- 
ties having  100,000  and  not  more  than  250,000  popula- 
tion. Died  in  Senate  State  Affairs  Committee. 

SB-10 — To  void  claims  made  upon  county  which  are 
not  acted  upon  by  the  county  supervisors  or  county 
board  of  auditors  within  90  days  after  receipt  of  same. 
Died  in  Senate  Municipalities  Committee. 

HB-233 — To  amend  welfare  law  of  1939  to  provide 
half  payment  by  the  state  for  hospitalization  of  afflicted 
adults.  Killed  in  House  and  reintroduced  as  HB-565, 
which  passed. 

SB-426 — To  increase  number  of  persons  on  State 
Council  of  Health,  plus  other  amendments  to  act 
governing  state  health  department.  Died  in  Senate 
Public  Health  Committee. 

HB-580 — To  establish  a cancer  bureau  in  the  state 
health  department.  Died  in  House  Public  Health  Com- 
mittee, which  split  on  inclusion  of  damaging  amend- 
ments urged  by  osteopathic  lobby. 

SB-335 — To  provide  state  aid  to  county  health  units, 
to  be  limited  to  $3,000  each.  Killed  by  the  Senate. 

SB-366 — To  establish  ragweed  and  mosquito  ex- 
termination study  commission.  Killed  by  the  Senate. 

SB-382 — To  provide  for  uniform  food,  drug  and 
cosmetic  act  to  conform  with  federal  act.  Died  in 
Senate  Public  Health  Committee. 

SB-272 — To  revise  pharmacy  practice  act.  Died  in 
Senate  Public  Health  Committee. 

SB-275 — ^To  amend  the  narcotic  drug  act.  Died  in 
Senate  Public  Health  Committee. 

HB-342 — To  create  a State  Council  of  Health  which 
would  appoint  the  State  Health  Commissioner.  Died 
in  House  Public  Health  Committee.  This  proposal  was 
approved  by  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  which 
desired  that  the  State  Department  of  Health  be  di- 
vorced from  politics.  However,  legislators  felt  the 
time  was  not  ripe  for  passage  of  such  a bill.  Similar 
legislation  may  be  more  favorably  considered  at  a 
future  session. 

Three  Important  Resolutions 

House  Resolution  No.  48 — To  demand  an  investiga- 
tion of  contracts  between  county  medical  societies  and 
county  social  welfare  departments  for  medical  care  of 
those  on  welfare,  introduced  by  the  osteopathic  repre- 
sentative in  an  effort  to  discredit  the  medical  profession 
and  its  care  of  those  on  medical  relief,  was  killed  on 
the  floor  of  the  House. 

House  Concurrent  Resolution  No.  42 — To  request  de- 
ferment of  medical,  dental,  engineering  and  other  pro- 
fessional students  from  the  draft,  was  adopted  by  the 
Legislature. 

Senate  Concurrent  Resolution  No.  45 — To  request  aid 
in  providing  financial  and  other  aid  for  the  training  of 
nurses,  was  adopted  by  the  Legislature. 

Recommendations 

1.  Your  Legislative  Committee  respectfully  stresses 
the  need  for  frequent  and  close  contact  with  each  leg- 
islator (and  other  state  and  county  office  holders)  by  their 
medical  constituents,  and  reciprocity  with  our  legislator- 
friends  in  their  capacities  as  professional  and  business 
men.  Contacts  with  public  office  holders  are  the  definite 
responsibility  of  the  indiindual  doctor.  The  most  valu- 

JouR.  M.S.M.S. 


548 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


able  contact  is  made  by  the  physician  who  knows  or 
renders  professional  service  to  the  official. 

We  recommend  that  county  medical  societies  give 
tangible  expression  of  appreciation  to  the  Senators  and 
Representatives  who  proved  themselves  to  be  friends 
of  Medicine.  These  legislators  should  be  shown,  by 
resolution  or  some  other  expression  of  thanks,  that  the 
medical  profession  is  grateful  for  their  friendly  co- 
operation. 

2.  Concerning  afflicted-crippled  child  legislation : 
Your  Legislative  Committee  worked  unceasingly  to 
the  final  hour  of  the  session  for  the  passage  of  a 
uniform  afflicted-crippled  child  bill.  However,  certain 
influences  throughout  the  state  made  impossible  the 
passage  of  this  model  legislation.  Therefore,  the  med- 
ical profession  must  work  (for  two  more  years,  at 
least)  under  the  present  crippled  child  and  afflicted 
child  laws  which  leave  much  to  be  desired.  Your  Leg- 
islative ^Committee  recommends,  however,  that  phys- 
icians continue  to  give  primary  consideration  to  the 
sick  child  and  to  render  proper  care  and  treatment 
to  these  unfortunate  crippled  and  afflicted  adolescents, 
despite  the  weaknesses  of  the  present  laws.  Further, 
that  the  profession  aid  in  the  establishment  and  main- 
tenance of  medical  examination  boards  or  filters  to 
help  control  the  patient-intake.  Finally,  that  each  doc- 
tor work  diligently  during  the  next  eighteen  months 
to  inform  his  patients  and  the  public  concerning  the 
vital  need  for  improved  legislation  covering  Michigan’s 
crippled  and  afflicted  children. 

3.  Your  committee  reiterates  its  recommendation 
that  the  State  Board  of  Registration  in  Medicine  be 
urged  to  seek  necessary  changes  in  the  Medical  Prac- 
tice Act,  especially  with  reference  to  qualifications  of 
Board  members,  at  the  next  session  of  the  Legislature 
as  one  of  the  Board’s  major  activities. 

4.  We  recommend  that  Michigan  physicians  under- 
stand the  provisions  and  the  dangerous  import  of  the 
Wagner  Bill,  the  Brown-Wagner-Gleorge  Hospital  Con- 
struction Bill,  and  other  such  legislation  introduced  into 
the  United  States  Congress.  The  Committee  feels  that 
the  American  Medical  Association  should  be  con- 
gratulated on  the  inauguration  of  its  legislative  bulle- 
tin which  keeps  state  societies  well  informed  on  Fed- 
eral legislation  to  the  end  that  the  medical  profession 
is  able  to  maintain  eternal  vigilance. 

5.  We  recommend  an  active  and  financial  interest 
by  the  individual  physician  in  other  organizations  and 
committees  which  are  seeking  the  same  results  as  are 
desired  by  the  doctor  of  medicine.  Support  should  be 
given  by  the  practitioner  of  medicine  not  only  to  his 
county,  state  and  national  medical  organizations,  but 
to  fully  accredited  committees  or  leagues  created  to 
uphold  our  constitutional  form  of  government. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

Your  Legislative  Committee  has  spared  neither  time 
nor  effort  in  the  State  Society’s  legislative  work.  We 
believe  we  have  gained  further  respect  for  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  from  legislators,  elected  offi- 
cers of  the  state,  the  press,  and  the  general  public.  The 
position  of  the  State  Society  has  been  maintained  and 
strengthened. 

Again,  to  all  the  hundreds  who  have  responded  to 
our  many  requests  for  assistance,  we  thank  you  heart- 
ily. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Harold  A.  Miller,  M.D.,  Chairman 

A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D. 

Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D. 

H.  H.  Cummings,  M.D. 

L.  A.  Drolett,  M.D. 

T.  K.  Gruber,  M.D. 

S.  L.  Loupee,  M.D. 

G.  L.  McClellan,  M.D. 

H.  L.  Morris,  M.D. 

E.  W.  ScHNooR,  M.D. 


DEFERMENT  OF  MEDICAL  STUDENTS 

A resolution  (H.C.R.  No.  42),  relative  to  the  defer- 
ment of  certain  draftees  by  selective  service  Boards,  was 
adopted  by  the  Michigan  Legislature  May  16,  1941 : 
“Whereas,  It  has  come  to  the  attention  of  the  Legis- 
lature that  many  young  men  who  have  not  yet  com- 
pleted their  college  work  are  being  compelled  to  give 
up  their  studies  and  join  the  army;  and 

“Whereds,  Many  of  these  young  men  are  not  being 
given  any  deferment  by  their  Selective  Service  Boards; 
and 

“Whereas,  A number  of  these  students  are  taking 
special  medical,  mechanical  and  engineering  courses 
that  would  tend  to  make  them  more  valuable  to  the  va- 
rious medical  and  engineering  units  of  the  army ; there- 
fore be  it 

“Resolved,  by  the  House  of  Representatives  (the 
Senate  concurring).  That  Louis  B.  Hershey,  Acting 
National  Director  and  Colonel  E.  M.  Rosecrans,  State 
Director  of  Selective  Service,  be  and  are  hereby  re- 
quested to  give  additional  consideration  to  occupational 
deferments  and  to  allow  students  in  these  specialized 
courses  to  finish  their  work;  and  be  it  further 
“Resolved,  That  a copy  of  this  resolution  be  for- 
warded to  Louis  B.  Hershey,  Col.  E.  M.  Rosecrans, 
(jovernor  Murray  D.  Van  Wagoner,  and  United  States 
Senators  Arthur  Vandenberg  and  Prentiss  Brown.’’ 


FOR  SALE— CENTRAL  MICHIGAN  THUMB— 15- 
year-old  general  practice.  Rich  agricultural  area ; 
gross  business  better  than  $10,000.  Recently  deceased 
physician  leaves  fully  equipped  office.  Inquire  of 
T.  C.  Quinn,  Administrator,  Caro,  Michigan. 


Physicians  Service  Laboratory 

608  Kales  Bldg.  — 76  W.  Adams  Ave. 


Northwest  comer  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Bate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkfield  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  moil,  phone  and  telegraph. 


Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


July,  1941 


549 


^ MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


WILL  THERE  BE  ANY  POLIOMYELITIS 
IN  MICHIGAN  THIS  YEAR? 

By  S.  D.  Kramer,  M.D. 

The  epidemic  occurrence  of  poliomyelitis  has  proved 
too  uncertain  as  regards  severity  and  location  to  make 
any  prediction  possible.  However,  it  has  been  repeatedly 
observed  that  although  it  is  common  for  sporadic  cases 
to  recur  in  consecutive  years  in  communities  visited 
by  an  outbreak,  it  is  uncommon  for  an  outbreak  of 
epidemic  proportions  to  recur  in  the  same  community. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  is  not  uncommon  for  adjacent 
communities,  which  had  been  spared  in  the  previous 
year,  to  be  visited  by  an  outbreak  of  epidemic  propor- 
tions during  the  following  year  or  two.  Applying  such 
notion  to  Michigan  it  might  safely  be  assumed  that 
those  communities  of  the  upper  peninsula  which  last 
year  experienced  what  must  be  regarded  as  severe  out- 
breaks, may  have  cases  of  the  disease  but  will  not 
be  attacked  in  epidemic  proportions.  Whether  the  dis- 
ease will  appear  in  adjacent  communities  in  epidemic 
proportions  cannot,  in  the  light  of  past  experience,  be 
answered  with  any  degree  of  exactness. 

The  extraordinary  drain  upon  the  patience  and  forti- 
tude of  physicians  and  health  authorities  which  is  so 
regularly  associated  with  this  disease  must  be  still 
fresh  in  the  minds  of  the  medical  fraternity  of  the 
upper  peninsula,  and  doubtless  this  concern  will  serve 
to  keep  them  on  the  alert  for  any  recurrence  of  cases 
this  year. 

It  might  perhaps  be  in  point  to  attempt  to  bring  up 
to  date  the  results  of  recent  studies  in  so  far  as  such 
results  may  apply  practically  to  the  management  of 
future  outbreaks  of  the  disease.  Practicing  physicians 
and  organized  health  authorities  naturally  are  interested 
in  new  development  relating  to  (1)  control  of  the  dis- 
ease; (2)  preventive  measures;  and  (3)  methods  of 
treatment,  both  general  and  specific. 

Control  of  the  Disease 

The  problem  of  control  remains  a difficult  one.  The 
mode  of  the  spread  of  the  virus  of  poliomyelitis  is 
still  too  obscure  and  too  difficult  to  trace  for  one  to 
offer  any  but  very  general  rules  of  conduct  during  an 
outbreak.  Nevertheless,  recent  studies  have  yielded 
some  information  of  practical  value.  Vaughan  and  hils 
collaborators  of  the  Detroit  Department  of  Health  have 
reaffirmed  “contact”  as  one  possible  method  of  spread. 
My  own  recovery  of  the  virus  from  fecal  material  of 
healthy  contacts  and  the  recovery  of  the  virus  by  Paul 
and  Trask  from  the  sewage  system  of  areas  in  close 
proximity  to  outbreaks,  suggest  other  possible  modes  of 
spread.  Furthermore,  my  recovery  of  the  virus  from 
infected  fecal  material  that  had  been  kept  at  ice-box 
temperature  for  over  six  months  indicates  an  extraor- 
dinary^ resistance  of  the  virus  to  certain  physical  fac- 
tors 

Although  it  is  readily  conceded  that  a consideration 
of  the  above  findings  may  not  constitute  complete  nor 
even  adequate  control,  it  would  seem  indicated  that 
these  findings,  which  suggest  the  need  for  isolation, 
quarantine,  avoidance  of  contact  with  cases,  and  the 
proper  disposal  of  oral  and  fecal  material  from  pa- 
tients, should  be  applied  by  individual  practitioners  to 
local  home  problems  and  included  in  the  general  health 
procedures  by  health  authorities. 

Prophylaxis 

There  is  no  specific  prophylactic  measure  available 
for  the  prevention  of  this  disease.  The  term  prophy- 


laxis might  better  be  applied  to  the  prevention  and 
amelioration  of  the  crippling  after-effects  of  the  dis- 
ease. In  this  connection  emphasis  must  be  placed  on 
early  diagnosis,  early  splinting,  and  prolonged  rest  of 
the  affected  parts. 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  brief  discussion  of  the 
disease  to  enumerate  the  symptoms  and  laboratory 
findings  upon  which  a diagnosis  of  poliomyelitis  may 
be  made,  except  to  point  out  that  in  addition  to  the 
clinical  and  laboratory  findings,  a consideration  of  cer- 
tain epidemic  features  of  the  disease  might  prove  a 
useful  guide  in  arriving  at  an  early  diagnosis.  A 
knowledge  of  the  seasonal  occurence  of  the  disease 
may  prevent  a “missed”  diagnosis.  Although  the  sea- 
son at  which  the  disease  occurs  may  vary  geographi- 
cally, it  is  usually  quite  constant  for  any  individual 
locality.  In  Michigan  poliomyelitis  usually  makes  its 
first  appearance  in  June.  A sharp  increase  in  the  num- 
ber and  concentration  of  cases  during  July  generally 
presages  an  outbreak.  The  peak  of  reported  cases 
usually  is  reached  in  August  or  early  September,  from 
which  point  on  there  is  a wane  in  the  curve  with  sharp 
reduction  or  disappearance  of  cases  in  October  and 
November.  The  age  distribution  of  the  disease  should 
be  kept  in  mind.  Although  poliomyelitis  may,  and. 
does,  attack  all  age  groups,  it  remains  predominantly  a 
disease  of  childhood. 

Special  mention  might  be  made  perhaps  of  the  im- 
portance of  certain  physical  findings  in  the  diagnosing 
of  special  forms  of  the  disease.  The  rapidly  fatal 
bulbar  forms  of  the  disease  and  intercostal  paralysis 
must  be  diagnosed  early  if  proper  and  adequate  treat- 
ments are  to  be  effectively  employed.  Marked  toxemia, 
some  difficulty  in  deglutition  or  aphonia,  generally  indi- 
cate a bulbar  form  of  the  disease,  whereas,  a shallow 
respiration  associated  with  bilateral  deltoid  paralysis 
may  indicate  early  intercostal  involvement.  Such  patients 
are  acutely  ill  and  account  for  a large  proportion  of 
the  fatalities;  consequently  early  diagnosis  is  of  partic- 
ular and  lifesaving  importance. 

Treatment 

There  is  no  specific  form  of  therapy  for  this  disease. 
As  already  stated  it  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  dis- 
cussion to  give  the  details  of  treatment  for  the  patient 
with  poliomyelitis,  except  to  point  out  certain  important 
measures  that  are  necessary  when  dealing  with  bulbar 
and  intercostal  forms  of  the  disease. 

As  mentioned  earlier,  patients  suffering  from  bulbar 
forms  of  poliomyelitis  must  all  be  considered  acutely 
ill  and  prognosis  in  these  cases  should  always  be 
guarded.  Such  patients  should  be  promptly  hospital- 
ized. One  of  the  most  common  complications  in  bulbar 
poliomyelitis  is  involvment  of  the  muscles  of  degluti- 
tion. When  this  involvement  is  extensive  these  patients 
literally  choke  to  death  because  of  their  inability  to 
care  for  their  own  mucus  and  salfva.  This  difficulty 
clearly  points  to  the  first  steps  to  be  taken  in  the  treat- 
ment, namely,  to  withhold  all  food  by  mouth,  liquid 
or  solid,  and  to  make  every  effort  to  keep  the  posterior 
pharynx  free  of  accumulated  mucus.  This  is  most 
easily  accomplished  by  postural  drainage,  the  patient 
being  placed  in  a prone  position  with  the  head  hanging 
over  the  side  of  the  bed.  The  application  of  gentle 
suction  accomplishes  the  same  purpose,  but  care  must 
be  employed  not  to  traumatize  the  mucous  membrane 
by  careless  or  injudicious  use  of  the  suction  tube.  Con- 
stant bedside  care  by  an  intelligefit  nurse  is  imperative. 
Fluids  and  some  degree  of  nutrition  may  be  maintained 

(Continued  on  Page  552) 


5-SO 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


WINTHROP 


NOVOCAIN 

Reg.  U.  S.  Pat.  OS.  & Canada 

Brand  of  PROCAINE  HYDROCHLORIDE 


MEDICAL  I 


Qke4fU(uU  Goinficuiuff  9*to  '^ 


10CAL  anesthesia  with  Novocain  has  been 
d induced  for  countless  numbers  of  major 
and  minor  operations.  Novocain  has  stood  the 
test  of  time,  having  clearly  demonstrated  its 
efficiency  and  relatively  high  safety. 

The  strength  of  solutions  required  for  various  types  of  injections  has 
been  standardized  by  extensive  experience  as  follows:  for  infiltration, 
0.5  per  cent  solution;  for  blocking  nerve  trunks  1 per  cent  solution; 
for  spinal  anesthesia  a total  dose  of  from  50  mg.  to  200  mg.  (or  the 
equivalent  10  per  cent  solution,  further  diluted  with  spinal  fluid). 

Novocain  is  available,  with  and  without  Suprarenin*,  in  various  sized 
ampules  containing  several  concentrations  and  in  tablets  of  different 
formulas.  Few  preparations  are  supplied  in  such  a large  variety  of 
convenient,  ready-to-use  forms. 

‘''Suprarenin  (trademark),  brand  of  synthetic  epinephrine. 


Write  for  copy  of  "Novocain— Its  Use  as  a Local  Anesthetic  for  General 
Surgery”  which  describes  numerous  procedures  of  local  anesthesia,  pro- 
fusely illustrated  with  dratvings  made  in  the  clinic  by  a physician  artist. 


Pharmaceuticals  of  merit  for  the  physician 


NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


WINDSOR,  ONT. 


787M 


July,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


551 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDHIUM 
White  Daks  Farm 

Marian,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 

White  Oaks  Farm 

Marian,  Ohia 


(Continued  front  Page  556) 
by  the  administration  of  5 per  cent  glucose  in  saline 
by  intravenous  drip  or  hypodermoclysis.  Fluids  or 
food  by  mouth  must  be  withheld  until  the  patient  has 
demonstrated  his  ability  to  swallow. 

The  respiratory  difficulty  associated  with  bulbar  forms 
of  the  disease  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  the 
respiratory  difficulties  due  to  intercostal  paralysis.  Pa- 
tients with  bulbar  poliomyelitis  do  not  do  well  in  the 
respirator  and  it  may  even  prove  dangerous  by  com- 
pelling a patient  whose  throat  is  full  of  mucus,  to 
aspirate  such  infected  material  into  his  trachae  and 
bronchi. 

One  of  the  most  common  causes  for  disappointment 
in  the  use  of  the  respirator  is  the  failure  to  diagnose 
intercostal  paralysis  sufficiently  early.  When  paralysis 
of  these^  muscles  is  extensive  and  breathing  is  main- 
tained by  the  diaphragm  and  the  accessory  muscles, 
respiration  cannot  long  be  maintained  and  death  fol- 
lows. The  intercostal  muscles,  of  course,  may  be  in- 
volved only  partially  and  adequate  ventilation  may  be 
maintained  by  the  intact  muscles  for  varying  periods 
of  time,  but  the  course  of  the  disease  is  too  unpredict- 
able to  assume  that  paralysis  will  not  be  progressive. 
When  the  diagnosis  of  intercostal  paralysis  is  made, 
and  this  should  be  done  early,  the  patient  should  be 
removed  to  a hospital  where  a respirator  will  be  avail- 
able if  needed. 

Intercostal  paralysis  may  be  suspected  by  the  t3Tpe  of 
respiration  assumed  by  the  patient  in  the  early  stages 
of  the  involvement.  The  patient  may  be  said  to  spare 
his  breath  by  talking  very  little  or  not  at  all,  remain- 
ing quietly  awake  for  long  intervals  of  time.  Inter- 
costal involvement  is  to  be  suspected  particularly  when 
such  “quiet  wakefulness”  is  associated  with  unilateral 
or  bilateral  deltoid  paralysis.  MTien  properly  used  and 
in  time,  the  respirator  is  unquestionably  a lifesaving 
mechanism,  but  its  use  must  not  be  delayed  until  the 
patient  has  progressed  to  the  point  of  exhaustion. 

Treatment  of  paralysis  of  the  voluntary  skeletal 
muscles  may  be  summarized  by  the  dictum  of  “early 
splinting  and  prolonged  rest.”  The  importance  of  this 
dictum  cannot  be  over-emphasized  and  there  is  a com- 
plete agreement  in  this  among  orthopedic  surgeons.  It 
has  been  my  unfortunate  experience  to  observe  ex- 
tremities permanently  crippled  by  injudicious  massage 
and  manipulation  by  well  meaning  individuals  who  were 
ignorant  of  the  underlying  physiology.  The  problem 
of  splinting  has  been  largely  solved  by  the  National 
Foundation  for  Infantile  Paralysis,  Inc.,  which  main- 
tains a splint  service  without  cost  to  the  patient.  The 
splints  may  be  obtained  upon  request  by  any  respon- 
sible person  in  the  medical  profession  or  by  the  local 
county  chapter  officer  of  the  Foundation. 


ROCKY  MOUNTAIN  SPOTTED  FEVER 

The  Maryland  State  Department  of  Health  recently 
reported  five  cases  of  Rocky  Mountain  spotted  fever 
or  tick  fever  from  widely  separated  parts  of  Maryland 
during  the  month  of  May.  There  were  two  deaths  from 
the  disease. 

Tick  fever  occurs  sporadically  west  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  states  and  while  there  have  been  no  proven 
cases  in  Michigan,  it  may  occur  in  this  state.  All  phy- 
sicians should  bear  this  disease  in  mind  when  making  a 
differential  diagnosis  of  a rash  in  a severely  ill  indi- 
vidual which  in  its  early  stages  simulates  most  closely 
influenza,  meningitis,  measles,  typhoid  and  typhus  fevers. 
This  disease,  caused  by  a Rickettsial  organism,  is  one 
of  a number  of  related  diseases  of  which  typhus  fever 
is  the  most  common.  The  Dermacentor  ticks  are  re- 
sponsible for  Rocky  Mountain  spotted  fever  and  in 
the  central  and  east  portions  of  the  United  States  the 
vector  chiefly  responsible  for  its  spread  is  the  American 
dog  tick  which  fastens  itself  to  horses,  dogs  and  cattle 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


552 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 


primarily  and  accidentally  to  human  beings.  The  dis- 
ease is  contracted  through  the  bite  of  the  infected 
insects  or  by  crushing  the  tick  on  the  skin  and  absorb- 
ing the  virus  through  a scratch,  open  cut  or  break 
in  the  skin.  It  does  not  spread  from  person  to  person. 

The  incubation  period  varies  between  two  and  ten 
days  and  the  onset  resembles  influenza,  followed  by  an 
eruption  which  is  first  macular  and  then  petechial  and 
covers  the  face,  trunk,  extremities  and  very  commonly 
the  mucosa  of  the  mouth  and. pharynx.  The  rash  may 
be  discrete  but  tends  to  coalesce  and  ranges  from  a 
bright  red  to  a brownish  copper  cast  and  may  go  on 
to  gangrene  of  the  skin  due  to  thrombi  of  the  peripheral 
vessels.  The  Weil-Felix  reaction,  while  not  .always 
positive,  is  a valuable  aid  in  the  diagnosis  of  this 
disease.  A series  of  three  blood  samples  should  be 
taken  in  each  case,  the  first  as  soon  as  the  disease  is 
suspected,  the  second  approximately  on  the  12th  day 
I of  the  disease  and  the  third  during  early  convalescence. 
[ Increasing  titre  of  agglutinins  constitutes  a positive 
i test. 

! In  sporadic  cases,  such  as  may  occur  in  Michigan, 

: it  may  be  very  difficult  to  differentiate  typhus  fever 
from  tick  fever.  However,  in  the  former  disease  the 
rash  does  not  occur  on  the  palms  of  the  hands  and 
soles  of  the  feet  nor  on  the  face  or  head  and  fades 
with  pressure,  the  Weil-Felix  test  will  usually  differen- 
tiate the  disease,  there  is  usually  no  sloughing  of  de- 
pendent parts  of  the  body  such  as  the  scrotum  or  but- 
tocks and  fever  declines  by  crisis  or  rapid  lysis. 

When  removing  a tick  from  a patient,  care  should 
be  taken  not  to  crush  the  insect  and  if  it  is  deeply 
embedded,  small  forceps  may  dislodge  it  or  a drop 
of  oil  may  be  of  help  in  withdrawing  ticks  followed  by 
an  application  of  iodine  to  the  wound. 

Prophylaxis  is  by  means  of  personal  care  in  tick- 
infested  areas  and  the  use  of  vaccine.  Inasmuch  as 
the  incidence  of  this  disease  is  low  in  this  area,  it 
is  not  wise  to  do  wholesale  vaccination  of  the  popula- 
tion but  to  depend  upon  personal  hygiene  with  frequent 
inspection  of  the  body  for  ticks  especially  when  the 
individual  is  employed  in  a tick-infested  area,  or  when 
picnicking  or  camping. 


100,000  KAHNS  A MONTH! 

Kahn  tests  now  being  done  in  Michigan  public  and 
private  laboratories  are  crowding  the  100,000  mark  in 
monthly  totals.  April  tests  totaled  98,949,  an  all-time 
high  record.  Previous  highs  were  89,002  in  March,  1941, 
and  85,782  in  October,  1940. 

The  April  total  of  98,949  Kahn  tests  was  divided  as 
follows:  state  laboratories  42,968  (a  record),  city 
health  department  laboratories  aided  by  state  21,560 
(a  record),  private  registered  laboratories  34,421 
(second  highest  total). 

Selective  Service  examinations  are  contributing  heavily 
to  the  blood  tests  for  syphilis  being  done  in  the  De- 
partment laboratories.  Tests  done  for  draft  board  phy- 
sicians often  ran  1,000  a day  in  April.  Kahn  tests  for 
Selective  Service  in  the  first  four  months  were:  Jan- 
uary 12,405,  February  11,407,  March  17,933,  April 
19,749,  May  20,585. 


FBOM  rOBTBAIX  OF  WILLIAM  WITHEBING,  M.O. 


WnHERUVe  HEIGHTS 

DIGIFOLINE,  offers  the 

physician  a digitalis  that  may  be 
said  to  reach  the  heights  of  With- 
ering’s therapy. 

DIGIFOLINE  "Ctha“ 

While  disputes  have  raged  as  to  the  best 
method  of  standardization,  Digifohne 
has  not  changed  in  rigidity  of  potency 
testing  for  many  years.  The  physician 
can  always  be  sure  of  this: — one  tablet, 
one  cc.  of  liquid,  or  one  (2  cc.)  ampule 
of  Digifoline*  is  equivalent  to  one  cat 
unit.  To  sum  up:  this  digitalis  prepara- 
tion is  uniform  and  Ciba  is  constantly  on 
guard  to  maintain  this  high  standard.  No 
glycerine  or  alcohol  is  present  in  the 
ampules,  thus  eliminating  any  irritation 
produced  by  these  substances. 

Oral,  intravenous,  intramuscular  or 
rectal  administration  in  auricular  fibril- 
lation, congestive  heart  failirre,  loss  of 
cardiac  tone,  etc. 


NOT  ENOUGH  PUBLIC  HEALTH  NURSES 

In  Michigan,  there  are  976  public  health  nurses  or 
one  nurse  to  5,385  persons  in  the  state’s  population,  ac- 
cording to  a recent  survey  of  the  Department.  The 
accepted  ratio  for  effective  and  adequate  public  health 
work  is  one  nurse  for  2,000  persons.  Half  the  public 
health  nurses  of  Michigan  are  in  Detroit.  The  ratio 
there  is  one  nurse  to  3,326  persons;  outstate  it  is  one 
nurse  to  7,443  persons. 

July,  1941 


•Trade  Mark  Reg.  U.  S.  Pat.  Off.  Word 
“Digifoline”  identifies  the  product  as 
digitalis  glucosides  of  Ciba’s  manufacture. 


CIBA  PHARMACEUTICAl  PRODUCTS,  Inc. 

SUiniHIT  NEW  JERSEY 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  J ournal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


553 


t 


>f  Woman ^s  Auxiliary  ~K 


Bay  County 

The  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  the  Bay  County  Medical 
Society  wound  up  its  alTairs  for  this  spring  by  giving  a 
complimentary  tea  for  guests  from  Saginaw,  Midland, 
and  other  nearby  communities  at  the  Bay  City  Country 
Club  on  Tuesday,  May  13,  from  3 to  5 o’clock  in  the 
afternoon. 

Between  fifty  and  sixty  guests  attended  the  tea,  the 
majority  from  Bay  City.  We  were  very  happy  to  have 
Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walker,  state  president,  and  Mrs.  A.  O. 
Brown,  state  secretary-treasurer,  both  of  Detroit, 
with  us. 

Our  president,  Mrs.  W.  R.  Ballard,  and  the  two  state 
officers  formed  the  receiving  line  for  the  party.  Mrs. 
Paul  R.  Urmston,  Mrs.  L.  Fernald  Foster,  Mrs.  Colin 
A.  Stewart,  and  Mrs.  H.  M.  Gale  were  invited  to  pre- 
side at  the  tea  table  during  the  afternoon. 

Mrs.  George  M.  Brown  was  general  chairman  of  the 
party,  assisted  by  Mrs.  R.  E.  Scrafford,  Mrs.  Kenneth 
Stuart,  Mrs.  A.  D.  Allen,  and  Mrs.  D.  J.  Mosier. — 
Mrs.  Paul  L.  DeWaele. 


Genesee  County 

The  May  meeting  of  Genesee  Medical  Society  Auxil- 
iary was  held  in  the  Federation  Clubhouse.  A board 
meeting  preceded  the  regular  luncheon  meeting. 

Stephen  Gelenger,  M.D.,  spoke  on  “Medical  Defense 
Preparation.”  Henry  Cook,  M.D.,  Chairman  of  the  In- 
dustrial Health  Committee,  AfSMS,  talked  on  “The 
Physician  as  an  Industrialist.” 

A report  on  the  ticket  sale  for  the  play,  “Ladies  of 
the  Jury,”  to  be  presented  by  the  Flint  Community 


Players  under  sponsorship  of  the  Auxiliary,  was  given. 
Proceeds  from  the  play,  which  was  very  successful, 
were  given  to  British  War  Relief. 

The  charity  work  engaged  in  throughout  the  year 
was  discussed  and  plans  were  made  to  care  for  a doc- 
tor’s widow  during  the  summer.  We  have  provided 
for  this  woman  and  her  family  for  more  than  a year. 

Our  delegates  to  the  convention  of  Woman’s  Auxil- 
iary to  the  American  Medical  Association  were  Mrs. 
William  Hubbard,  Mrs.  J.  H.  Curtin,  Mrs.  Gordon 
Willoughby,  and  Mrs.  O.  J.  Preston. — (Mrs.  N.  A.) 
Margaret  A.  Gleason. 


Kalamazoo  County 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary,  Kala- 
mazoo Academy  of  Medicine,  was  at  the  home  of  Mrs. 
W.  G.  Hoebeke  on  May  21.  Mrs.  James  Malone  was 
the  assisting  hostess. 

A cooperative  dinner  was  enjoyed  by  the  twenty-one 
members  present.  The  business  meeting  followed,  and 
annual  reports  of  all  committee  chairmen  were  given. 
The  new  officers  elected  for  the  coming  year  were : 
president,  Mrs.  Sherman  Gregg;  president-elect,  Mrs. 
James  Malone;  vice  president,  Mrs.  Roscoe  Hildreth; 
secretary,  Mrs.  John  Fopeano;  treasurer,  Mrs.  Hugo 
Aach. 

Plans  for  a picnic  to  be  held  June  11  at  the  summer 
home  of  Mrs.  F.  E.  Grant,  Gull  Lake,  were  discussed. 

The  program  for  the  meeting  was  furnished  by  ^frs. 
Florence  Fiske,  of  the  Kalamazoo  Tuberculosis  Asso- 
ciation, who  showed  several  very  interesting  films  on 
the  prevention  and  cure  of  tuberculosis. — Mrs.  Ger.\ld 
H.  (Frances)  Rigterink. 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAE) 


Ci?! 


ilver  Picrate, 
Wyeth,  has  a convincing  record  of 
effectiveness  as  a local  treatment  for 
acute  anterior  urethritis  caused  by 
Neisseria  gonorrheae.^  An  aqueous 
solution  (0.5  percent)  of  silver  pic- 
rate or  water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the  treatment. 


Acomplete  technique  of  treatment  and  liferaturewill  besentupon  request 


*Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline  compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
It  is  available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and  soluble  trituration  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  solutions,  suppositories,  water-soluble  jelly,  and  powder  for  vaginal 
insufflation. 


1.  Knight,  F.,  and  Shelanski, 
H.  A.,  "Treatment  of  Acute  Ante- 
rior Urethritis  with  Silver  Picrate,” 
Am.  J.  Syph.,  Gon.  & Ven.  Dis., 
23,  201  (March),  1939. 


JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATED,  PHILADELPHIA 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


554 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


-K  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  -k 


100  Per  Cent  Club  for  1941 

Allegan 

Manistee 

Barry 

Menominee 

Clinton 

Muskegon 

Dickinson-Iron 

Oceana 

Eaton 

Ontonagon 

Grand  Traverse- 

Ottawa 

Leelanau-Benzie 

Saginaw 

Huron 

Saint  Clair 

Ingham 

Saint  Joseph 

Jackson 

Sanilac 

Lapeer 

Shiawassee 

Lenawee 

Tuscola 

Luce 

W'exford-Missaukee 

The  above  County  Medical  Societies  have  cer- 

tified  1941  membership 

for  all  of  their  1940 

members.  Several  more 

societies  are  not  on 

the  100  per  cent  roll  because  of  only  one  de- 

linquent  member. 

Wm.  A.  Lange,  M.D.,  Detroit,  addressed  the  meeting 
of  the  Dickinson-Iron  County  Medical  Society  at  Iron 
Mountain  on  June  5 to  which  all  doctors  and  dentists 
in  the  western  half  of  the  Upper  Peninsula  were  in- 
vited. Doctor  Lange  gave  a paper  on  “Reconstructive 
Surgery  About  the  Face  and  Neck”  which  was  illus- 
trated with  colored  slides  and  motion  pictures.  Twenty- 
five  guests  in  addition  to  fifteen  members  were  present 
for  the  joint  meeting. 


Red,  White  and  Blue!  The  June  issue  of  the  Bulle- 
tin of  the  Calhoun  County  Medical  Society  appeared 
with  red  and  blue  type  on  white  paper  giving  an  at- 
tractive patriotic  note  to  this  informative  bulletin. 

♦ ♦ :(5 


Correction!  The  name  of  Carl  Hanna,  M.D.,  for- 
merly of  Detroit,  and  now  serving  as  Lt.  Colonel  in 
the  107th  Medical  Regiment  at  Camp  Livingston,  Lou- 
isiana, was  inadvertently  omitted  from  the  Roster  of 
members  published  in  the  May  Journal.  Apologies ! 

^ ^ 


A record  attendance  of  243  medical  golfers  played 
in  the  26th  Annual  Tournament  of  the  American  Med- 
ical Golfing  Association  on  June  2,  1941,  over  the 
Cleveland  Country  Club  and  Pepper  Pike  courses.  The 
championship  was  won  by  George  R.  Love,  M.D.,  of 
Oconomowoc,  Wisconsin,  with  a low  gross  of  149  for 
the  36  holes.  John  M.  Murphy,  M.D.,  of  Detroit,  1940 
AMGA  Champion,  placed  third  with  a gross  of  152. 
G.  T.  McKean,  M.D.,  of  Detroit,  won  a prize  in  the 
championship  flight. 

Harry  E.  Mock,  M.D.,  Chicago,  was  elected  pres- 
ident; John  B.  Morgan,  M.D.,  Cleveland,  first  vice 
president,  and  H.  V.  Hubbard,  M.D.,  Plainfield,  N.  J., 
second  vice  president,  of  the  AMGA  for  the  coming 
year.  Bill  Burns  was  reappointed  executive  secretary. 
The  next  AMGA  Tournament  will  be  held  in  Atlantic 
City  in  June,  1942. 


WEHENKEL  SAIVATORICM 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Corner  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKELy  Medical  Director,  City  Offices,  Madison  3312*3 


July,  1941 


555 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


See  why 

BABY  FOODS 

are  extra  easy 


to  digest 


(Statement  accepted  by  the  AMA  Council  on  Foods)  y 


The  twentieth  annual  scientific  and  clinical  session  of 
the  American  Congress  of  Physical  Therapy  will  be 
held  September  1 to  5 inclusive,  1941,  at  the  Mayflower, 
Washington,  D,  C.  The  mornings  will  be  devoted  to 
the  annual  instruction  course  and  the  afternoons  and 
evenings  will  be  devoted  to  the  scientific  and  clinical 
sessions.  The  seminar  and  convention  proper  will  be 
open  to  all  physicians  and  qualified  technicians.  For 
information  concerning  the  seminar  and  preliminary 
program  of  the  convention  proper,  address  the  Amer- 
ican Congress  of  Physical  Therapy,  30  North  Michigan 
Avenue,  Chicago. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

Premarital  Examinations:  Doctor,  in  questionable 
cases  arising  under  this  particular  law,  you  have  the 
privilege  of  contacting  the  State  Health  Commissioner 
as  regards  special  certification  for  marriage. 

The  State  Health  Commissioner  has  availed  him- 
self of  the  MSMS  Syphilis  Control  Committee  in  seek- 
ing advice  towards  the  solution  of  questionable  cases 
connected  with  special  certification  for  marri^e. 

Similar  problems  of  your  patients  will  receive  prompt 
and  careful  consideration. 

♦ ♦ ♦ 

The  Michigan  Society  of  Anesthetists  was  organized 
May  22,  1941,  in  Ann  Arbor.  Joseph  DePree,  M.D., 
of  Grand  Rapids,  was  elected  president ; Willis  L. 
Dixon,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  first  vice  president;  R.  J. 
Himmelberger,  M.D.,  Lansing,  second  vice  president; 
and  Joseph  C.  Tiffany,  M.D.,  of  Grand  Rapids,  secre- 
tary-treasurer. 

Standing  Committees  on  Education,  Public  Relations, 
and  Legislation  were  appointed.  A committee  is  now 
drawing  up  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws. 

Any  anesthetists  in  Michigan  who  were  not  notified 
of  this  organization  are  asked  to  contact  Dr.  Tiffany, 
420  Metz  Building,  Grand  Rapids. 


/STRAINED  VEGETABLES 

MAGNIFIED  200  TIMES 


LIBBY’S  HOMOGENIZEDV 
VEGETABLES  A 
magnified  200  TIMES 


THESE  PHOTOMICROGRAPHS  demonstrate  why 
Libby’s  exclusive  process  of  special  homogeniza- 
tion makes  vegetables  and  fruits  easier  to  digest. 
In  the  photomicrograph  at  the  left,  showing 
strained  vegetables,  note  the  large  cells,  coarse 
fibers,  and  closely  packed  starch  granules.  Com- 
pare it  with  the  photomicrograph  of  Libby’s  spe- 
cially homogenized  Vegetables.  Cells  and  fibers 
are  broken  up,  starch  particles  uniformly  distrib- 
uted, and  nutriment  released  for  easier  digestion. 

If  you  have  never  examined  Libby’s  Baby 
Foods,  we  would  like  very  much  to  send  you  a 
sample  can.  As  soon  as  you  open  it,  you  will 
notice  how  much  smoother  and  finer  textured 
Libby’s  are.  Libby,  M9Neill  & Libby,  Chicago. 


PEAS  CARROTS  SPINACH 
VEGETABLE  COMBINATIONS: 

No.  1 — Pegs,  Beets,  Asparagus;  No.  2 — Pumpkin,. 

Tomato,  Green  Beans;  No.  3 — Peas,  Carrots,  Spinach;  No.  9 
— Peas,  Spinach,  Green  Beans;  No.  10 — Tomato,  Carrots,  Peas 

FRUIT  COMBINATIONS:  No.  5 — Prunes,  Pineapple  Juice, 
Lemon  Juice;  No.  8 — Bananas,  Apples,  Apricots 
CEREAL  2 SOUPS  EVAPORATED  MILK 

ALSO  Libby’s  Chopped  Foods  for  older  babies  (10  varieties) 

556 


DON'T  FORGET  YOUR  GRAND  RAPIDS 

CONVENTION.  SEPTEMBER  16.  17.  18.  19.  1941 

In  addition  to  the  unusually  attractive  scien- 
tific program  arranged  for  your  enjoyment  (see 
page  544  for  names  of  the  thirty  nationally-known 
out-of-Michigan  lecturers),  a number  of  spe- 
cial events  will  feature  the  Grand  Rapids  Con- 
vention. 

A Smoker,  for  MSMS  members  only,  has 
been  arranged  for  Thursday  evening,  September 
18,  9:00  p.m.,  in  the  Ball  Room  of  the  Pantlind 
Hotel.  Complimentary  admission  card  will  be 
sent  to  all  members  prior  to  the  meeting. 

Invitational  Golf,  at  the  beautiful  Kent  Country 
Club,  will  be  the  highlight  of  Monday,  September 
15.  Tee  off  at  1 :00  p.m.  Dinner  and  presenta- 
tion of  prizes  at  the  Club,  7 :00  p.m. 

Special  entertainment  for  the  wives  of  visiting 
physicians  is  being  arranged  by  the  Woman’s 
Auxiliary. 

Plan  now  to  attend  the  76th  MSMS  Conven- 
tion. Combine  a very  pleasant  vacation  in  Grand 
Rapids  with  the  opportunity  to  hear  the  nation’s 
outstanding  medical  men  discuss  the  latest  ad- 
vances in  medical  science.  Upwards  of  2,000 
physicians  are  expected  to  register  so  hotel  res- 
ervations should  be  made  immediately. 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


j Industry  Warned  of  Rejected  Draftees 

I Industry  is  facing  a serious  problem  when  it  begins 
to  carry  on  with  older  men  and  rejected  draftees,  Dr. 

I Kenneth  E.  Markuson,  director  of  the  Bureau  of  In- 
I dustrial  Hygiene  of  the  State  Health  Department,  de- 
clared the  other  day. 

Dr.  Markuson  spoke  at  the  formal  opening  of  the 
; new  medical  building  at  Pontiac  Motor  Division.  In 
• his  audience  were  150  members  of  the  Oakland  County 
Medical  Society. 

“Your  greatest  problem  will  not  be  increased  produc- 
tion, material  shortages  or  strikes  but  the  need  for 
more  and  more  manpower,’’  Markuson  told  the  Pontiac 
physicians.  “Young  men  have  been  drafted  and  indus- 
try must  fall  back  on  older  workers  and  the  rejects  of 
. the  Selective  Service  Act. 

“In  fairness  to  all,  these  new  men  should  be  given 
! as  stiff  a physical  examination  as  the  Army  gives. 

This  should  be  made  before  employment  because  these 
I’  men  are  defective  and  should  be  placed  where  their 
! defects  are  not  a menace. 

“The  Army  is  rejecting  40  per  cent  of  the  draftees 
and  these  men  are  going  into  industry. 

“If  they  are  not  carefully  examined  there  may  be 
disastrous  results.” 

Dr.  C.  D.  Selby,  medical  consultant  for  General  Mo- 
tors, addressed  Pontiac’s  guests  and  told  of  the  great 
dependence  of  the  plant  physician  on  the  outside  prac- 
titioner. 

To  prove  his  point  he  cited  General  Motors  figures 
for  187,000  hourly  rated  employes  in  1940.  These  ^yere 
22,521  who  were  disabled  during  the  year  for  periods 
in  excess  of  seven  days.  Of  these  1,395  were  disabled 
from  occupational  causes  and  18,935  because  of  ordi- 
nary" non-occupational  diseases  or  injuries.  Dr.  Selby 
said.  The  ratio  of  days  lost  “ivas  one  day  for  occupa- 
tional disability  to  300  days  for  nan-occupational. 

Greatest  source  of  time  lost  in  1940,  Dr.  Selby  said, 
was  appendicitis  in  which  2,197  cases  lost  101,174  days. 
Influenza  took  43,183  days  and  tonsillar  infections 
38,094  days. 


TALKS  ON  SYPfflLIS  CONTROL 

Doctor,  if  you  should  be  invited  to  speak  be- 
fore a county  medical  society  or  some  other  pro- 
fessional group,  or  before  a lay  audience,  on 
“Syphilis  Control,”  the  Syphilis  Control  Com- 
mittee of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
invites  you  to  utilize  one  of  its  sets  of  lantern 
slides. 

One  set  of  slides  has  been  developed  for  use 
with  professional  groups,  and  another  for  lay 
presentation.  Accompanying  the  set  is  a sug- 
gested outline  for  presentation  in  utilizing  the 
slides  furnished  under  the  auspices  of  the  Com- 
mittee. These  slides  have  been  carefully  organ- 
ized and  are  easy  to  present. 

Write  the  Executive  Office,  2020  Olds  Tower, 
Lansing,  giving  plenty  of  time  for  the  slides  to 
be  shipped  to  you.  Indicate  the  date  of  your  pres- 
entation, the  name  of  the  organization  and  the 
exact  location  to  which  you  wish  the  slides  sent. 
There  is  no  expense  other  than  the  cost  of  re- 
turning slides  by  express  to  Lansing. 


Civil  Service  examinations  for  medical  technicians, 
laboratory  workers  and  nurses  for  hospitals  and  pub- 
lic health  nursing,  have  been  announced.  Appointments 
are  open  for  public  health  nursing  consultant  positions 
paying  $2,600  and  $3,200  a year.  This  examination  is 
given  only  to  registered  graduate  nurses  who  have  com- 
pleted a 4-year  college  course  including  or  supplemented 
by  at  least  1 year  of  study  in  public  health  nursing, 
and  who  have  had  experience  in  public  health  nurs- 


Formal  opening  of  the  new"  Medical  Building  at  Pontiac  Motor  Division 
was  featured  by  the  visit  of  150  members  of  the  Oakland  County  Aledical 
Society  who  toured  the  hospital  and  plant  and  dined  as  guests  of  the  divi- 
sion. A few  of  the  visiting  doctors  are  shown  here  in  the  hospital  admitting 
room. 


July,  1941 


557 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


PERFECTION 

VAGINAL 

TAMPON 


(Medicated  ) 


PERFECTION  VAGINAL  TAMPON 
(Medicated)  is  a safe,  rational  and  up-to- 
date  applicator  for  the  topical  medication 
of  the  vaginal  and  cer- 
vical mucosa. 


ONE  DOZEN 
$2.00 

Medication  Only 
Box  of  50  — $2.00 

• 

Wool  Only 
Box  of  50  — $2.00 


Each  Tampon  con- 
tains : 

Ichthammol  100  grs. 
Gelatin  q.s. 

Glycerine  q.s. 


It  is  an  individual  applicator  complete 
witfli  medicated  suppository  and  com- 
pressed Tampon  of  lamb’s  wool  designed 
'>'•  easy  introduction  in  a single  operation. 
Moisture-resistant  cord  makes  for  easy  re- 
moval. 

PERECTION  VAGINAL  TAMPON 
(A  Hartz  Laboratory  Product)  is  the  sim- 
ple, convenient  and  modern  Tampon  that 
you  can  depend  on.  Write  or  phone  for 
your  supply  today. 


LABORATORY  OF 


WTH  E J.F.  HARTZ  CO. 

15  29  Broadway,  Detroit  . . Cherry  4600 
PHARMACEUTICAL  MANUFACTURERS  • MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


ing  supervision.  Applications  will  not  be  accepted  after 
July  26,  1941. 

Applications  will  be  accepted  until  further  notice  for 
positions  as  medical  technician  paying  from  $1,620  to 
$2,000  a year  and  as  junior  laboratory  helper  at  $1,440. 
To  meet  the  pressing  need  for  nurses  in  the  Veterans’ 
Administration,  Public  Health  Service  and  Indian  Field 
Service,  the  Commission  has  just  reannounced  the  ex- 
amination for  Junior  Graduate  Nurse  at  $1,620  a year. 
A written  test  is  no  longer  required  and  the  vision 
requirements  have  been  modified.  Applications  will  be 
rated  as  received  until  further  notice.  Persons  who 
are  interested  in  and  qualified  for  any  of  these  po- 
sitions are  urged  to  send  their  applications  to  the 
Commission’s  Washington  office. 


WARNING! 

All  physicians  who  are  in  military  service  are 
urged  to  formally  cancel  their  narcotx  licenses, 
both  state  and  federal.  Otherwise,  their  names 
will  continue  to  be  listed  as  active  practitioners 
and  failure  to  renew  may  bring  unnecessary  pen- 
alty. To  be  on  the  safe  side,  officially  cancel  your 
license  for  narcotics. 


Michigan  Physicians  on  AMA  Program 

Michigan  physicians  on  the  program  of  the  1941 
AMA  Convention  in  Cleveland  included  the  following: 
Frank  H.  Bethell,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  on  “Lymphatic 
(Lymphogenous)  Leukemia”;  Howard  C.  Jackson,  M. 
D.,  and  Frederick  A.  Coder,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  on 
“The  Use  of  Sulfanilamide  in  the  Peritoneum” ; Nor- 
man F.  Miller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  on  “The  Perpetua- 

558 


tion  of  Error  in  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology” ; A.  C. 
Furstenberg,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  on  “Diseases  of  the 
Salivary  Glands” ; M.  R.  Kinde,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek,  on 
“Communicable  Disease  Control” ; Russell  N.  Dejong, 
M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  on  “Vitamin  E and  Alpha-Tocopherol  | 
Tlierapy  in  Neuromuscular  and  Muscular  Disorders”; 
Reed  M.  Nesbit,  M.D.,  and  Wm.  G.  Gordon,  M.D.  of 
Ann  Arbor  on  “Surgical  Treatment  of  the  Autonomous 
Neu"ogenic  Bladder”;  Carlisle  F.  Schroeder,  M.D., 
Detroit,  on  “Presacral  (Superior  Hypogastric)  Neurec- 
tomy” ; Wm.  Bromme,  M.D.,  Detroit,  on  “The  Chemo- 
therapy of  Gonorrheal  Urethritis” ; “Charley  J.  Sm)4h, 
IM.D.,  Richard  H.  Freyberg,  M.D.,  and  Isadore  Lampe, 
M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  on  “Roentgen  Therapy  for  Rhizo- 
melic Spondylitis” ; Louis  J.  Hirschman,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
on  “The  Colostomy  Question” ; and  C.  C.  Birkelo,  M. 
D.,  Detroit,  on  “The  Roentgen  Diagnosis  of  the  Pri- 
mary Tuberculous  Infection.” 

Penberthy- Weller  Exhibit  on  Burns  Wins 
Silver  Medal  at  Cleveland  AMA 

Grover  C.  Penberthy,  M.D.,  and  Charles  N.  Weller, 

M. D.,  Detroit,  won  the  Silver  Medal  in  the  Scientific 
Exhibit  of  the  American  Medical  Association  at  Cleve- 
land. The  exhibit  illustrating  the  treatment  of  bums 
was  judged  on  the  basis  of  excellence  of  presentation 
and  correlation  of  facts.  Congratulations  to  Doctors 
Penberthy  and  Weller ! 

Other  Michigan  physicians  who  won  honors  in  Cleve- 
land with  their  excellent  scientific  exhibits  were  Henry 

N.  Harkins,  M.D.,  of  Detroit,  whose  exhibit  illustrated 
the  treatment  of  burn  shock  and  Frank  W.  Hartman, 
M.D.,  of  Detroit  for  his  exhibit  on  the  development 
of  a method  for  the  desiccation  of  human  blood  plasma. 

Also  participating  in  the  scientific  exhibit  were  the 
following  physicians  from  Michigan;  George  J.  Curry, 
M.D.,  Flint ; R.  J.  Noer,  M.D.,  and  James  M.  Win- 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


field,  M.D.,  of  Detroit,  demonstrating  in  the  exhibit 
on  fractures ; Bernard  A.  Watson,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek 

!■  on  “Clinical  Significance  of  Glycosuria  and  the  Pre- 
vention of  Diabetes” ; Claire  L.  Straith,  M.D.,  and 
Wayne  B.  Slaughter,  M.D.,  Detroit;  and  E.  Hoyt  De- 
, Kleine,  M.D.,  Buffalo,  on  “Plastic  Surgery”^  Roy  D. 

I McClure,  M.D.,  and  Conrad  R.  Lam,  M.D.,  Detroit,  on 
“Methods  and  Results  in  Heparin  Administration” ; 
and  Lowell  S.  Selling,  M.D.,  Detroit,  on  “Examination 
I and  Treatment  of  the  Traffic  Offender.” 

Michigan’s  Delegates  Honored 

I Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  Detroit,  was  named  chairman 
I of  the  important  reference  committee  on  Legislative 
j and  Public  Relations  of  the  AMA  House  of  Delegates. 

L.  G.  Christian,  M.D.,  Lansing,  was  made  a member 
I of  the  reference  committee  on  Reports  of  the  Officers. 
I Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D.,  Flint,  was  appointed  Sergeant 
I at  Arms. 


SUPPLEMENTARY  ROSTER 

The  following  members  were  certified  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  after 
the  Roster  which  appeared  in  the  May  and  June  is- 
sues of  The  Journal  had  gone  to  press: 

Genesee 

Bruce,  W.  W Flint 

Kaleta,  Edward Flint 

Gogebic 

Eisele,  D.  C Ironwood 

Reid,  John  D Ironwood 

Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 

Van  Leuven,  B.  H Traverse  City 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 


Carney,  T.  J 

Hersee,  W.  E 

Kilborn,  H.  F 

Miller,  S.  W 

Livingston 

McGregor,  A.  J 

Mecosta-Osceola-Lake 

Peck,  Louis 

White,  J.  A 

Oakland 


Carr,  W.  H Holly 

Christie,  Edward Pontiac 

St.  Joseph 

O’Dell,  John  H Three  Rivers 

Shaw,  G.  D Mendon 

Weir,  D.  C Three  Rivers 

Wilkerson,  Nina  C Sturgis 


Washtenaw 


Adcock,  John  D Ann  Arbor 

Loder,  Leonel  Lewis Ann  Arbor 

Parsons,  Robert  J Ann  Arbor 

Simrall,  James  O.  H Ann  Arbor 


Wayne 


Alderman,  R.  F Detroit 

Babcock,  L.  IC. ....................................... Detroit 

Barnett,  Louis  L ! Detroit 

Barone,  Charles  J Detroit 

Bevington,  Harry  G Detroit 

Bicknell,  Nathan  J Detroit 

Blaine,  Max Detroit 

Bookmyer,  Ralph  H Detroit 

Bookstein,  Abraham  M Detroit 

Brachman  D.  S Detroit 

Brown,  Gordon  T .!  Detroit 

Bruehle,  Richard  A .Detroit 

Burnham,  Frederick  V !!!!. Detroit 

Burrows,  Howard  A ..Detroit 


July,  1941 


!neA!l 


Bove 


Each  sip  of  smooth,  satisfying 
Johnnie  Walker  is  a taste-adven- 
ture— always  enjoyable,  always 
welcome. 

★ 

IT'S  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

^LKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


Red  Label 
8 years  old 
Black  Label 
1 2 years  old 
Both  86.8  proof 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


Say  vf*u  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


559 


IN  MEMORIAM 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

+ 

Ward  S.  Farguaon,  M.  D.  Jamea  C.  Droste,  M.  O.  Lynn  A.  Fergusont  M.  D. 

* 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  02dce8 

GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICHIGAN 

+ 

Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


Burstein,  Harry  S... 
Burstein,  I.  Marvin. 
Burstein,  Morris  M. . 

Cameron,  A.  H 

Carlson^  Harold  W. . 

Carlucci,  Peter  F 

Carj^nte^  Glenn  B. . 

Collins,  James  B 

Colvin,  Leslie  T 

Crane,  Langdon  T. . . 
Curhan,  Joseph  H. . . 

Day,  J.  Claude 

Dejongh,  Edwin 

Dillard,  Malcolm 
Drinkaus,  Harold . . . . 
Durham,  Robert  H. . . 

Eaton,  Crosby  D 

Fallis,  Lawrence  S. . . 
Fenech,  Harold  B. . . 
Fisher,  George  S.... 

Fog^t,  Robert  G 

Fogt,  Herbert  E 

Fordell,  F.  S 

Friedman,  I.  H 

Galdonyi,  Nicholas... 

Gates,  Nathaniel 

Gleason,  John  E 

Gramley,  Wm 

Green,  Ellis  R 

*Hanna,  Carl 

Hartman,  Frank  W. . 
Henderson,  Leslie  T. 
Hewitt,  Robert  S. . . . 
Horkins,  Harold  A. . 

Hunt,  Verne  G 

Isaacson,  Arthur  . . . 
Johnson,  Ralph  K. . . . 

Kane,  Alex  M 

Kates,  Simon  C 

Kleinman,  S 

Koven,  Abraham 

Krebs,  Wm.  T 

Krynicki,  Francis  X. . 

Lance,  Paul  E 

Levin,  Michael  M. . . . 
Martin,  Isaiah  H. . . . 
McClelland,  Carl  C. . . 
Miller,  Wm.  E 


Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Wyandotte 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Camp  Livingston,  La. 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Dearborn 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Milwaukee 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Lapeer 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Detroit 

. . . .' Detroit 


^Military  service. 


Moloney,  J.  Clark Detroit 

Moroun,  S.  J Detroit 

Mosee,  W.  Jones Detroit 

Nickels,  Albert  W Detroit 

Noer,  Rudolf  J Detroit 

Norton,  Arthur  B Detroit 

O’Brien,  G.  M Detroit 

Orecklin,  L Detroit 

Pearman,  Chas.  L.  R Detroit 

Petix,  Samuel  C Detroit 

Rieden,  James  A Detroit 

Rom,  Jack Detroit 

Rosen,  Robert Detroit 

Seeley,  James  B Dearborn 

Seiferlein,  Archibald  L Detroit 

Shebesta,  Bessey  H Detroit 

Sparks,  J.  H Detroit 

Steffes,  Everett  M Detroit 

Steiner,  Louis  J Detroit 

Swanson,  Carl  Wm Detroit 

Townsend.  Kyle  E Detroit 

Watson,  Douglas  J Detroit 

Weaver,  Delmar  F Detroit 

Wood,  Wilfred  C Detroit 

Wiechowski,  Henry  E Detroit 

Za'k,  Edward  J Detroit 


Jin  jmemoriant 


Earl  S.  Bullock  of  Detroit,  was  born  in  Detroit 
in  1871  and  was  graduated  from  the  Detroit  College  of 
Medicine  and  Surgery  in  1893.  He  served  his  intern- 
ship at  Harper  Hospital  and  then  became  associated 
with  the  late  H.  O.  Walker,  M.D.  Doctor  Bullock, 
who  specialized  in  tuberculosis,  had  his  own  Sanato- 
rium in  Silver  City,  New  Mexico,  for  a number  of 
years.  He  returned  to  Detroit  in  1926  and  had  been 
associated  with  the  Shurly  Hospital  since  that  year. 
Doctor  Bullock  served  his  country  overseas  during  the 
World  War.  He  died  on  May  1,  1941. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


560 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Acknowledgment  of  all  books  received  will  he  made  in  this 
column  and  this  will  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 


PHYSICAL  MEDICINE.  The  Employment  of  Physical 
Agents  for  Diag^nosis  and  Therapy.  By  Frank  H.  Krusen, 
M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Medicine, 
the  Mayo  Foundation,  University  of  Minnesota;  Head  of 
the  Section  on  Physical  Therapy,  the  Mayo  Clinic ; Member 
of  the  Council  on  Physical  Therapy  of  the  American  Medical 
Association ; Past  President  of  the  American  Congress  of 
Physical  Therapy;  Past  President  of  The  Academy  of 
Physical  Medicine.  With  351  illustrations.  Philadelphia 
and  London:  The  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  1941.  Price 
$10.00. 

Krusen  is  presenting  here  a most  complete,  yet 
practical,  compilation  of  physical  therapy.  After 
some  general  chapters  on  the  history,  technique  and 
indications,  he  discusses  in  great  detail  with  many  in- 
formative illustrations  the  technique,  indications  and 
expectations  for  each  of  the  forms  of  therapy  used. 
The  varying  claims  are  carefully  and  conservatively 
evaluated  providing  a safe  and  efficient  guide  for  the 
general  practitioner. 

♦ !(:  * 

A TEXTBOOK  OF  OPHTHALMOLOGY.  By  Sanford  R. 
Gifford,  M.A.,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.  Professor  of  Ophthalmology, 
Northwestern  University  Medical  School,  Chicago ; Attend- 
ing Ophthalmologist,  Passavant  Memorial  and  Cook  County 
Hospitals.  Illustrated.  Second  Edition,  Revised.  Philadel- 
phia and  London:  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  1941.  Price: 

$4.00. 

While  this  is  primarily  a textbook  it  is  sufficiently 
practical  to  be  of  decided  value  to  the  general  prac- 


titioner. It  is  profusely  illustrated  and  contains  some 
beautiful  colored  photographs  which  are  well  selected. 
Its  scope  is  broad  and  complete.  The  treatment  is 
well  described  and  detailed  to  aid  the  physician. 

S|!  !)!  * 

TEXTBOOK  OF  PEDIATRICS.  By  T.  P.  Crozer  Griffith, 
MD.,  Ph.D.,  Emeritus  Professor  of  Pediatrics  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania;  Consulting  Physician  to  the  Children’s 
Hospital,  Philadelphia ; Consulting  Physician  to  St.  Christo- 
pher's Hospital  for  Children ; Consulting  Pediatrist  to  the 
Woman’s,  the  Jewish,  and  the  Misericordia  Hospitals,  etc. ; 
Corresponding  Member  of  the  Societe  de  Pediatrie  de  Paris : 
and  A.  Graeme  Mitchell,  M.D.,  B.  K.  Rachford  Professor 
of  Pediatrics,  College  of  Medicine,  University  of  Cincinnati ; 
Director  of  the  Children’s  Hospital  Research  Foundation; 
Director  of  Pediatric_  and  Cpntagious  Services  in  the  Cin- 
cinnati General  Hospital.  Third  Edition  Revised  and  Reset. 
Philadelphia  and  London : W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  1941. 
Price : $10.00. 

This  is  the  third  edition  of  a textbook  originally 
published  in  1933.  It  is  encyclopedic  in  scope  and 
principally  a textbook  or  a reference  book  for  the 
physician  who  seeks  more  information  on  a pediatric 
subject.  It  is  not  profusely  illustrated  but  the  illustra- 
tions are  well  chosen  and  explanatory.  In  the  eight 
years  since  the  first  publication  this  book  has  achieved 
world-wide  fame  in  its  field.  Griffith  and  Mitchell  are 
assisted  by  an  imposing  group  of  the  leading  pediatri- 
cians and  allied  scientists  of  the  continent.  It  is  highly 
recommended  as  a reference  book. 

4=  ^ * 

A MANUAL  OF  ALLERGY.  ^ For  General  Practitioners. 
By  Milton  B.  Cohen,  M.D.,  Director  of  The  Asthma,  Hay 
Fever  and  Allergy  Foundation;  Visiting  Physician  in  Allergy, 
St.  Alexis  Hospital,  Cleveland,  Ohio.  New  York  and  Lon- 
don; Paul  B.  Hoeber,  Inc.,  Medical  Book  Department  of 
Harper  and  Brothers,  1941.  Price:  $2.00. 

This  is  a pocket-sized  volume  of  156  pages  in  which 
the  broader  and  more  practical  aspects  of  allergic  mani- 
festations are  covered  for  the  use  of  the  general  prac- 
titioner. While  not  neglecting  a discussion  of  the 


OR  safety  and  reliability  use  composite  Radon  seeds  in  your 
cases  requiring  interstitial  radiation.  The  Composite  Radon 
Seed  is  the  only  type  of  metal  Radon  Seed  having  smooth, 
round,  non-cutting  ends.  In  this  type  of  seed,  illustrated 
here  highly  magnified.  Radon  is  under  gas-tight,  leak-proof 
seal.  Composite  Platinum  (or  Gold)  Radon  Seeds  and 
loading-slot  instruments  for  their  implantation  are  available 
to  you  exclusively  through  us.  Inquire  and  order  by  mail, 
or  preferably  by  telegraph,  reversing  charges. 


THE  RADIUM  EMANATION  CORPORATION 

GRAYBAR  BLDG.  Telephone  MO  4-6455  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


July,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


561 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 

PHYSiaANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSICIANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 

1 Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness  ^ 

w insurance^ 

1^1 1*1  V 

For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 
(56,000  Policies  in  Force) 

LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 

For 
$10.00 
per  year 

$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 

$32.00 

per  year 

$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$64.00 
per  year 

$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 

$96.00 

per  year 

39  years  under  the  same  management 

$2,000,000.00  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$10,000,000.00  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 


PlKDriSSIOMAlPlIOTiaiOH 


A DOCTOR  SAYS; 

“Your  prompt  response  from  the  first 
and  evident  concern  for  the  protection 
of  our  professional  reputations  as  well 
as  our  financial  interests  to  the  success- 
ful termination  of  the  case  relieved  us 
of  all  worry.” 


OF 


theory  of  allergy,  the  pages  are  covered  with  usuable 
material.  The  chapter  ©n  the  physical  examinations  is 
most  interesting  since  the  author  discusses  physical 
findings  which  rnay  corroborate  a history  of  allergy. 
One  paragraph  in  his  preface  which  is  well  worthy 
of  consideration : “***  Specialties  in  medicine  and 
specialists  justify  their  existence  only  when  they  result 
in  better  care  for  the  sick ; further  study  by  controlled 
research  to  expand  the  frontiers  of  knowledge;  and 
better  distribution  of  special  knowledge  to  physicians 
not  familiar  with  the  principles  and  methods  employed 
by  workers  in  the  specific  fields. 

“When  judged  by  these  standards,  most  medical  spe- 
cialties will  be  found  to  have  made  significant  con- 
tributions to  the  care  of  the  sick  and  to  research, 
but  f^ny  have  failed  to  hand  down  to  the  general 
practitioners  the  seasoned  generalizations  which  should 
he  part  of  every  physician’s  knowledge.***” 

* * * 

brucellosis  (Undulant  Fever)  Clinical  and  Subclinical. 
By  Harold  J.  Harris,  M.D.,  Health  Officer,  Westport,  N.  Y • 
Consulting  Physician,  St.  Lawrence  State  Hospital;  Attend- 
ing Physician,  Elizabethtown  Community  Hospital ; Lieuten- 
ant Commander,  Medical  Corps,  United  States  Naval  Re- 
serve;  Member,  New  York  Academy  of  Medicine;  Associate 
Member,  American  College  of  Physicians.  Foreword  by 
VV  alter  M.  Simpson,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  Director,  Kettering 
Institute  for  Medical  Research,  Miami  Valley  Hospital,  Day- 
ton,  Ohio.  With  12  colored  and  44  black-and-white  illus- 
trations. New  York  and  London:  Paul  B.  Hoeber,  Inc., 

Medical  Book  Department  of  Harper  and  Brothers’  194l’ 
Price:  $5.50. 

Doctor  Harris,  while  practicing  medic'ne  in  a rural 
area  of  New  York  state,  realized  that  he  had  failed  to 
recognize  brucellosis  in  the  early  years  of  his  practice 
and  became  more  and  more  stimulated  to  pursue  stud- 
ies in  that  field.  This  monograph  is  directed  principal- 
ly to  the  general  practitioner  whom  he  believes  has  the 
first  opportunity  to  recognize  this  serious  menace  to 
public  health.  The  clinical  story  of  the  disease  is 
simply  but  completely  presented,  the  laboratory  aspect 
is  properly  evaluated  and  the  prognosis  and  treatment 
well  covered.  It  is  beautifully  illustrated  and  the 
typography  is  excellent.  This  book  is  recommended  to 
the  progressive  general  practitioner. 

* 4= 

THE  DOCTOR  TAKES  A HOLIDAY.  An  Autobiographical 
Fragment.  By  Mary  McKibbin-Harper,  M.D.  A bookfellow 
Book.  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa:  The  Torch  Press,  1941.  Price' 
$2.50. 

Dr.  Mary  AIcKibbin-Harper  has  written  a number  of 
travel  books  and  in  this  account  she  describes  her  last 
trip  to  the  Orient.  Her  love  for  adventure,  her  inti- 
mate acquaintances  with  the  leading  women  physicians 
and  her  flair  for  paragraph  analyses  make  it  indeed 
interesting  and  cultural  reading.  Her  debunking  of 
some  of  the  impressions  the  occasional  reader  has  of 
the  East  is  refreshing.  Her  description  of  the  burial 
in  Bombay  and  its  comparison  to  our  past  and  present 
burial  customs  is  soul  awakening.  We  can  only  hope 
that  in  the  author’s  next  book  more  use  is  made  of  the 
interesting  line  drawings  which  infrequently  impress 
the  reader  more  than  word  descriptions  and  less  use 
is  made  of  references  to  visits  with  other  women  doc- 
tors. 

* * 4= 

THE  STORY  OF  CLINICAL  PULMONARY  TUBERCU- 
LOSIS. By  Lawrason  Brown,  M.D.,  Late  Director  of 
Trudeau  Sanatorium,  Lecturer  in  Trudeau  School  of  Tuber- 
culosis ; Baltimore : The  Williams  and  Wilkins  Companv, 

1941.  Price:  $2.75.  ' 

To  the  physician  interested  in  pulmonary  tuberculosis, 
and  each  physician  should  be,  Lawrason  Browm.  one 
of  the  best  known  specialists  in  the  field  has  offered 
an  interesting,  even  thrilling  history  of  the  condition. 
After  reading  this  book  one  gains  a clearer  insight  into 
the  superstitions  and  common  beliefs  held  by  a layman. 
This  is  a very  readable  book  which  will  stimulate  the 
medical  mind. 


562 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


I 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


DIETETICS  FOR  THE  CLINICIAN.  By  Late  Milton 
Arlanden  Bridges,  B.S.,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  Director  of  Medi- 
! cine,  Detention,  Rikers  Island  and  West  Side  Hospitals, 
i New  York;  Consulting  Physician,  Seaview  Hospital,  Staten 
Island,  New  York;  and  Department  of  Education,  New  York 
University,  New  York;  Assistant  Professor  of  Clinical  Medi- 
; cine  and  Lecturer  in  Therapeutics  and  Nutrition,  New  York 
' Post-Graduate  Medical  School  of  Columbia  University;  As- 
sociate Attending  Physician  and  Chief  of  Diagnostic  Clinic, 
i Post-Graduate  Hospital,  New  York;  Fellow  of  the  New  York 
j Academy  of  Medicine.  Fourth  edition  thoroughly  revised, 

j Philadelphia;  Lea  and  Febiger,  1941.  Price:  $10.00. 

I This  is  a posthumous  book  by  one  o£  the  country’s 
i leading  clinicians  who  devoted  most  of  his  life  to  the 
: study  of  the  influence  of  food  and  disease.  The  sub- 
j ject  is  exceptionally  well  covered  and  in  its  particular 
field  is  encyclopedic.  The  major  part  of  the  volume  is 
devoted  to  the  types  of  diet  most  suitable  for  various 
I factors  of  diseases  and  extensive  tables  of  contents 
of  various  foods  are  included.  These  tables  are  ex- 
! ceptionally  complete  and  practically  organized.  The 
book  is  recommended  for  any  general  practitioner. 

4c  5):  ^ 

I MACLEOD’S  PHYSIOLOGY  IN  MODERN  MEDICINE. 

J Edited  by  Philip  Bard,  Professor  of  Physiology,  Johns 
I Hopkins  University,  School  of  Medicine,  in  collaboration  with 
nine  authors.  Ninth  Edition.  St.  Louis : The  C.  V.  Mosby 
Company,  1941.  Price:  $10.00. 

This  book  was  originally  published  in  1918  by  Pro- 
fessor Macleod  and  received  world  renown  as  an 
authoritative  textbook  and  reference  book  of  physiology. 
In  1938,  following  the  death  of  Macleod,  Philip  Bard 
took  over  the  editing  of  this  text  and  with  the  assist- 
ance of  a group  of  the  leading  physiologists  of  the 
United  States  has  maintained  the  standards  previously 
set  and  has  kept  the  volume  in  line  with  modern  de- 
velopments and  acquisition  of  knowledge.  This  book  is 
primarily  a textbook  and  reference  book.  The  typogra- 
phy is  excellent  and  the  illustrations  are  well  selected. 

4c  jjc  4: 

CARDIAC  CLASSICS.  A collection  of  Classic  Works  on  the 
Heart  and  Circulation  with  Comprehensive  Biographic  Ac- 
counts of  the  Authors.  Fifty-two  Contributions  by  Fifty-one 
Authors.  By  Frederick  A.  Willius,  M.D.,  M.S.  in  Med. 

; Chief,  Section  of  Cardiology,  The  Mayo  Clinic ; Professor  of 
i Medicine,  The  Mayo  Foundation  for  Medical  Education  and 
Research,  the  Graduate  School,  University  of  Minnesota : and 
Thomas  E.  Keys,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Reference  Librarian,  The 
I Mayo  Clinic;  Formerly  Carnegie  Fellow,  the  Graduate 
Library  School,  University  of  Chicago.  St.  Louis : The 

C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price:  $10.00. 

This  is  a collection  of  original  works  on  the  heart 
by  the  outstanding  cardiologists  of  the  modern  world. 
Beginning  with  Harvey’s  dissertation  on  “The  Circula- 
tion of  the  Blood”  the  volume  includes  the  translations 
of  the  original  work  of  fifty-one  great  cardiologists. 
Together  with  these  is  appended  a comprehensive  bi- 
ography of  the  authors.  These  biographies  are  indeed 
interesting  and  the  material  presented  would  serve  well 
to  orient  any  physician  who  is  a student  of  the  heart. 

' The  use  of  this  collection  of  material  should  make 
the  best  cardiologist  better. 

4s  4s  4: 

MEDICAL  DIAGNOSIS  AND  SYMPTOMATOLOGY.  By 
Samuel  A.  Ix>ewenberg,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  Clinical  Profes- 
sor of  Medicine,  Jefferson  Medical  College ; Assistant  Phy- 
sician to  the  Jefferson  Hospital ; Consulting  Physician  to 
the  Philadelphia  Hospital  for  Contagious  Diseases  and  the 
Philadelphia  Psychiatric  Hospital ; Visiting  Physician  to  the 
Philadelphia  General  Hospital,  and  the  Northern  Liberties 
Hospital ; Formerly  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Diag- 
nosis at  the  Medico-Chirurgical  College  and  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia.  Fifth  edition,  entirely  revised 
and  reset.  Philadelphia;  F.  A.  Davis  Company,  1941. 
Price  $12.00 

This  is  the  fifth  edition  of  a book  originally  published 
in  1929  in  which  the  author  compiled  a text^ok  of 
general  information  on  medical  diagnosis  thus  making 
it  a real  general  practitioner’s  book.  It  is  well  illus- 
trated and  the  arrangement  is  very  practical.  As  a ref- 
erence for  the  general  practitioner  it  is  recommended. 
A chapter  on  special  examinations  is  new  and  valuable. 

July,  1941 


DeNIKE 

SANITARIUM,  Inc. 

I Established  1893 

j > 

I EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 


OF 


ACUTE  and  CHRONIC 


ALCOHOLISM 

626  E.  GRAND  BLVD.  DETROIT 

Telephones: 

Plaza  1777-1778  and  Cadillac  2670 

A JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technique  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting 
every  two  weeks.  General  Courses,  One,  Two,  Three 
and  Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special  Courses. 
Rectal  Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINE — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  6.  Two  Weeks  Course  in  Gastro-Enterology 
starting  October  20.  Four  Weeks  Course  in  Internal 
Medicine  starting  August  4.  Two  Weeks  Intensive 
Course  in  Electrocardiography  and  Heart  Disease 
starting  August  4. 

FRACTURES  & TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— Two 
Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting  September  22.  In- 
formal Course  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — ^Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  20.  One  Month  Personal  Course  starting 
Augpist  25.  Clinical  Course  every  week. 

OBSTETRICS — Three  Weeks  Personal  Course  starting 
August  4.  Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  6.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — ^Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  8.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  22.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-Ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-Ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in 
All  Branches  of  Medicine,  Surgery  and 
the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address: 

Registrar,  427  South  Honore  St,  Chicago,  Illinois 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


563- 


READING  NOTICES 


cfi^ective^,  &mpement 
and  Sconottiical 


The  efifectiveness  of  Mercurochrome  has  been 
demonstrated  by  twenty  years’  extensive  clinical  use. 


For  the  convenience  of  physicians  Mercurochrome 
is  supplied  in  four  forms — Aqueous  Solution  for 
the  treatment  of  wounds.  Surgical  Solution  for 
preoperative  skin  disinfection.  Tablets  and  Powder 
from  which  solutions  of  any  desired  concentration 
may  readily  be  prepared. 


{dibrom-oxymercuri-fluorescein-sodiuin) 


is  economical  because  solutions  may  be  dispensed 
at  low  cost.  Stock  solutions  keep  indefinitely. 


Mercurochrome  is  accepted  by  the 
Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistiy  of 
the  American  Medical  Association. 


Literature  furnished  on  request 


HYNSON,  WESTCOTT  & DUNNING,  INC. 

BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


RADIUM 


lowest 


rtcs.  ^ 

le*®*  , , rtU-qold 

^ 

wlffiewie. 

toBP- 


READING  NOTICES 


Tetanus  Immunization 

The  disadvantages  and  hazards  of  the  temporary 
passive  immunity  induced  by  tetanus  antitoxin  are  well 
known.  A prolonged  active  immunity  may  now  be 
safely  and  satisfactorily  produced  by  tetanus  toxoid. 
Several  million  soldier  in  France,  England,  Canada, 
and  Italy  have  received  active  immunization  during  the 
past  four  years  and  to  date  no  case  of  tetanus  has 
been  reported  (Mil.  Surgeon,  88:371,  1941). 

It  is  generally  accepted  that  alum-precipitated  tetanus 
toxoid  is  a much  more  efficient  antigen  than  plain  tox- 
oid. Once  an  individual  has  received  immunization,  a 
stimulating  or  booster  dose  at  any  subsequent  time 
will  markedly  accelerate  the  serum  antitoxin  to  a level 
which  will  definitely  protect  from  tetanus.  Tetanus 
toxoid  is  supplied  by  Eli  Lilly  and  Company  in  the 
alum-precipitated  form. 


New  Searle  Laboratories  to  Be  Built  at  Skolde,  111. 

G.  D.  Searle  & Co.,  Chicago,  announces  that  work 
has  been  started  on  the  building  of  its  new  laboratories 
and  pharmaceutical  manufacturing  plant  located  on  the 
outskirts  of  Chicago,  in  the  Skokie  district. 

The  contract  calls  for  three  stories  and  basement  of 
1,500, (XX)  cubic  feet.  The  exterior  is  to  be  a modern, 
streamlined  design  with  continuous  windows  protected 
by  projecting  metal  fins,  which  help  to  carry  out  the 
streamline  design. 

The  laboratory  atmosphere  is  to  be  carried  out 
throughout  the  building,  except  in  the  auditorium, 
which  is  designed  not  only  for  meetings  of  the  staff 
and  workers,  but  for  clinical  meetings  and  demonstra- 
tions to  visiting  physicians  and  interested  medical 
groups. 


Rantex  for  Surgical  Masks 

The  Holland-Rantos  Company  has  been  appointed  ex- 
clusive distributor  for  Rantex,  the  newest  development 
for  surgical  masks  and  caps — a patented  fiber  product 
which  is  insoluble  in  live  steam,  boiling  water  or  com- 
mon solvents.  A magnification  of  Rantex  shows  that  it 
is  176  times  more  protective  than  a single  layer  of 
gauze.  As  a result,  it  provides  masks  and  caps  which 
are  exceptionally  cool,  comfortable,  light  and  free  from 
irritating  lint  or  yarn.  They  are  inexpensive  enough  to 
be  discarded  after  a single  use ; yet  they  can  be  auto- 
claved or  sterilized. 


Sulfaguanidine,  New  Sulfonamide  Derivative. 

Is  Released  by  Squibb 

Sulfaguanidine,  the  new  sulfonamide  compound 
which  clinical  trial  indicates  may  be  of  great  usefulness 
in  certain  diseases  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract,  has 
been  released  for  sale  by  E.  R.  Squibb  & Sons,  New 
York.  It  is  supplied  in  0.5  gram  tablets,  in  bottles  of 
50,  100  and  1,0()0,  and  as  a powder  in  4-ounce  and  one- 
pound  bottles;  also  in  3.5  gram  envelopes  in  packages 
of  12. 

Sulfaguanidine  is  distinguished  from  other  sulfona- 
mide derivatives  by  its  low  absorbability.  This  causes 
it  to  remain  in  the  intestinal  tract  and  exert  its  anti- 
bacterial influence  therein.  Consequently,  it  is  useful 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


564 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


READING  NOTICES 


in  enteric  infections,  such  as  acute  bacillary  dysentery, 
and  also  as  a pre-operative  and  postoperative  measure 
in  surgery  of  the  lower  intestinal  tract. 

Like  the  other  sulfonamides,  sulfaguanidine  has  high 
antibacterial  activity.  Unlike  them,  and  in  spite  of  its 
relative  solubility  in  water,  it  diffuses  to  a much  less 
extent  through  the  intestinal  wall.  It  is,  therefore, 
possible  to  obtain  a relatively  high  effective  concen- 
tration of  the  drug  in  the  intestine  itself  (200  mg.  per 
cent)  with  little  penetration  into  the  circulation  and 
consequent  systemic  effects  (1  to  4 mg.  per  cent  con- 
centration in  the  blood). 

A tasteless  drug,  sulfaguanidine  is  administered 
either  in  tablet  form  or  as  powder  in  water  or  similar 
medium.  Rather  large  doses  appear  to  be  required ; 
even  for  children,  but  the  total  period  of  treatment 
should  not  exceed  14  days.  Recommended  dosage  and 
methods  of  administration  are  described  in  the  Squibb 
leaflet  on  sulfaguanidine. 


MAY  THE  OSTEOPATH  DO  SURGERY? 

(Continued  from  Page  543) 

a fundamental  principle  of  a statutory  construction  that 
the  legislature  must  be  presumed  to  have  had  in  mind 
all  previous  legislation  upon  the  subject,  so  that  in 
the  construction  of  a statute  we  must  consider  the  pre- 
existing law  and  any  other  acts  relating  to  the  same 
subject.  We,  therefore,  reach  the  conclusion  that  the 
legislature  has  recognized  obstetrics  as  a branch  of 
osteopathy,  a conclusion  which  the  court  is  obliged  to 
follow  until  the  legislature  by  specific  action  evidences 
a contrary  view.  We  are,  therefore,  of  the  opinion, 
after  an  examination  of  the  legislative  history  of  the 
laws  pertaining  to  osteopathy  and  their  relation  to 
obstetrics  and  regulatory  requirements  as  to  reporting 
childbirths,  that  the  legislature  has  authorized  a licensed 
practitioner  of  osteopathy  to  engage  in  the  practice  of 
obstetrics,  and  that  the  use  of  the  word  “physician” 
in  section  71-2404,  Comp.  St.  1929,  was  intended  to  in- 
clude regularly  licensed  osteopathic  physicians. 

The  attorney  general  contends  that  defendant  is  not 
authorized  tO'  use  anesthetics  in  his  practice  as  an  osteo- 
path. The  1919  act  of  the  legislature  * * * provided 
in  part  as  follows:  “Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  con- 
strued so  as  to  authorize  the  administration,  by  an 
osteopath,  of  drugs  excepting  anesthetics,  antiseptics, 
antidotes  for  poisons  and  narcotics  for  temporary  re- 
lief of  suffering.”  This  clearly  shows  that  the  legisla- 
ture intended  the  use  of  anesthetics  to  be  included  in 
and  authorized  by  the  license  to  practice  osteopathy. 
In  1927  a new  statute  was  enacted  which  read  as  fol- 
lows : “Every  license  issued  under  this  division  shall 
confer  upon  the  holder  thereof  the  right  to  practice 
osteopathy  in  all  its  branches,  as  taught  in  the  osteo- 
pathic colleges  recognized  by  the  American  Osteopathic 
Association.”  * * * We  do  not  think  the  passage  of 
the  1927  act  manifests  any  legislative  intent  to  deprive 
the  defendant  of  his  previously  acquired  privilege  to 
use  anesthetics,  antiseptics,  antidotes  for  poisons,  and 
narcotics  for  temporary  relief  of  suffering.  We  are 
inclined  to  the  view  that  when  a legislative  act  grants 
a privilege,  as  was  done  in  the  case  at  bar,  a subsequent 
enactment  will  not  be  construed  to  deprive  a beneficiary 
of  the  privilege  conferred  unless  a legislative  intent 
to  so  do  is  clearly  apparent  from  the  legislation  itself. 
For  these  reasons,  we  hold  that  the  defendant,  under 
the  statutes  as  they  now  exist,  is  entitled  to  use  anes- 
thetics by  virtue  of  his  license  to  practice  osteopathy. 

The  trial  court  erred  in  not  granting  an  injunction 
enjoining  the  defendant  Gable  from  engaging  in  the  prac- 
tice of  operative  surgery  and  from  publicly  holding 
himself  out  as  licensed  and  otherwise  qualified  to  per- 
form operative  surgery  with  surgical  instruments.  In 
all  other  respects  the  judgment  of  the  trial  court  is 
correct. 

Judgment  accordingly. 

Tuly,  1941 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS* 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  • Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


RUPP  & BOWMAN  GO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


^jj^AU  worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations; including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 
The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 
.Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients. 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


565 


MISCELLANEOUS 


DOCTOR'S  CAR  RANKS  AS  NEEDED 
EQUIPMENT 

Day  and  Night  Emergency  Calls  Require  Greater 
Use  of  Car  for  Necessity  Trips  Than 
Any  Driver  Group 

In  a profession  that  is  no  respecter  of  time-tables, 
the  physician’s  car  is  just  about  as  much  a part  of  his 
professional  equipment  as  his  stethoscope  or  ther- 
mometer. 

Because  the  hurry  call  to  a patient’s  home  may  come 
at  noon,  midnight  or  dawn,  the  doctor  must  keep  his 
medical  kit  ready  and  his  car  on  hand  twenty-four 
hours  a day. 

As  a result,  the  medical  man  leads  all  occupational 
groups  in  the  number  of  round  trips  rolled  up  annually. 

His  speedometer  also  ticks  off  more  total  miles  in 
the  course  of  a year  than  any  other  group,  with  the 
sole  exception  of  traveling  salesmen. 

Such  statistical  facts,  gleaned  from  nationwide 
study  of  the  motor  car’s  use,  cannot  measure  the 
benefits  to  the  sick  and  suffering  which  have  resulted 
from  the  swift  mobility  of  the  doctor’s  car. 

Residents  of  rural  areaS,  who  had  been  far  from  a 
doctor’s  service  in  the  horse-and-buggy  days,  are 
especially  aided. 

Data  on  the  car  use  show  that  the  doctor’s  automo- 
bile is  very  much  of  a business  vehicle.  Nine  out  of 
ten  doctors  who  own  automobiles  use  them  in  their 
professional  work.  The  great  bulk  of  their  trips  are 
concerned  with  transportation  to  and  from  the  office, 
and  on  professional  rounds. 

Out  of  every  100  doctors  who  use  their  private 
automobiles  for  necessity  transportation,  it  was  found 
that : 

Sixteen  average  more  than  1,500  trips  annually. 

Fifteen  make  from  1,000  to  1,500  trips  per  year. 

Ten  reported  from  800  to  1,000  round  trips  by  car 
per  year. 


Twenty-eight  range  from  400  to  800  trips  annually. 

Twenty-two  average  from  200  to  400. 

Only  nine  average  fewer  than  200  round  trips  a year 
for  necessity  driving. 

For  all  car-owning  physicians,  the  average  number 
of  round  trips  annually  per  car  was  found  to  be  947, 
of  which  842  trips  or  nearly  90  per  cent  of  the  total 
were  credited  to  necessity  purposes. 

Naturally,  the  length  of  the  trips  vary  from  a few 
blocks  to  many  miles,  depending  on  the  doctor’s  loca- 
tion and  the  range  of  his  practice. 

In  rural  areas,  one  half  of  the  trips  made  by  doctors 
for  business  purposes  average  more  than  15  miles  in 
length.  In  larger  cities,  four  out  of  10  physicians’  cars 
average  this  distance  or  more.  (As  it  is  not  unusual 
for  a doctor  to  make  a series  of  calls  on  a single  trip, 
the  city  practitioner  may  cover  a considerable  distance 
before  returning  to  his  office.) 

Of  all  groups  of  car  users,  the  doctors  rank 
next  to  the  top,  their  average  distance  traveled  in  a 
year  being  12,932  miles  per  car.  And  according  to 
surveys,  necessity  driving  accounted  for  8,640  miles 
of  the  total. 

By  comparison,  traveling  salesmen  who  lead  the 
occupational  list  of  car  users,  have  an  average  annual 
mileage  of  18,791  miles,  though  their  number  of 
roundtrips  are  less. 

The  doctor’s  annual  total  of  12,932  per  car  is  more 
than  twice  as  high  as  the  5,750  miles  rolled  up  bv 
farmer-owned  cars.  And  the  use  frequency  of  94*7 
round  trips  a year  reported  by  the  doctors  is  nearly 
two  and  a half  times  the  392  trips  averaged  by  the 
farm  car.  Yet,  on  a percentage  basis,  66  per  cent  of 
the  doctors’  mileage — and  exactly  the  same  figure  for 
farmers’  mileage — are  for  economic  purposes. 

The  medical  man  uses  his  car  nine  times  for  neces- 
sity transportation  for  every  social  and  recreational 
trip,  though  the  latter  is  likely  to  be  three  or  four 
times  longer.  The  average  length  of  a pleasure  trip 
for  doctors  is  about  40  miles,  according  to  available 

data,  compared  with  a gen- 
eral average  of  10  miles  per 
trip  for  all  necessity  driv- 
ing. But  all  of  his  social 
and  recreational  driving 
combined,  adds  up  on  the 
average  to  only  4,292  miles 
a year,  less  than  a third  of 
his  total. 

Occupations  which  re- 
quire high  mileage  and  con- 
stant use  tend  to  have  new' 
or  later  model  cars,  as  their 
owners  follow  a practice  of 
trading  frequently.  Doctors 
are  in  step  with  this  prac- 
tice. Survey  figures  show”^ 
that  89  per  cent  of  doctor’s 
cars  were  less  than  five 
years  of  age  and  that  33 
per  cent  were  one  year  old 
or  less  at  the  time  of  a 
recent  count. — Autonwhile 
Facts,  June,  1941. 


THE  MAPLES 

A Private  Sanitarium  for  the  Treatment  of  Alcoholism 

Registered  by  the  A.M.A. 


R.F.D.  3,  LIMA,  OmO 

Phone:  High  6447 

Located  2^  Miles  East  of  Gotner  on 
U.  S.  30  N. 

F.  P.  Dirlam  A.  H.  Nihizer,  MJ>. 

Superintendent  Medical  Director 


566 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


ENZYMOL 


A Physiological  Surgical  Solvent 

Prepared  Directly  From  the  Fresh  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane 


ENZYMOL  proves  of  special  service  in  the  treatment  of  pus  coses. 

ENZYMOL  resolves  necrotic  tissue,  exerts  a reparative  action,  dissipates  foul  odors; 
a physiological,  enzymic  surface  action.  It  does  not  invade  healthy  tissue;  does  not 
damage  the  skin.  It  is  made  ready  for  use,  simply  by  the  addition  of  water. 


These  are  some  notes  of  clinical  application  during  many  years: 


Abscess  cavities 
Antrum  operation 
Sinus  coses 
Comeal  ulcer 


Carbuncle 
Rectal  fistula 
Diabetic  gangrene 
After  removal  of  tonsils 


After  tooth  extraction 
Cleansing  mastoid 
Middle  ear 
Cervicitis 


Originated  and  Made  by 

Fairchild  Bros.  & Foster 

Xew  York,  N.Y. 

Descriptive  Literature  Gladly  Sent  on  Request. 


THE  G.  A.  INGRAM  COMPANY 

4444  Woodward  Detroit,  Michigan 


DO  YOU  TRUST  YOUR  EARS? 

How  much  safer  you  feel  when  your 
diagnosis  is  confirmed  by  x-ray  or 
fluoroscopic  visualization. 

THE 

PX-2 

X-RAY  AND  FLUOROSCOPE 

offers  the  answer  to  many  a diagnostic 
problem.  This  efficient,  shock-proof  unit 
provides  clear  reproductions  at  low  cost. 

Let  us  send  you  complete  literature  on 
the  Burdick  "PX-2,"  together 
with  the  special  long-term 
payment  plan. 


The  G.  A.  INGRAM  CO.,  4444  Woodward,  Detroit,  Michigan 

I would  like  further  information  on  THE  BURDICK  PX-2  X-Ray  and  Fluoroscope. 


Dr. 


Address  

City  State 


August,  1941 


Say  you  saio  it  in  the  .tournal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


575 


MICfflGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


The  medical  service  plan  movement-  is  becom- 
ing fairly  well  established.  California,  Colorado, 
Georgia,  Idaho,  Michigan,  New  Jersey,  New 
York,.  Ohio,  Washington,  Oregon,  Pennsylvania, 
Wisconsin,  Texas,  Missouri,  Massachusetts,  New 
Hampshire,  West  Virginia,  Connecticut,  and 
Utah  are  some  of  the  states  in  which  the  pro- 
fessionally-sponsored movement  is  well  under 
way.  At  least  twenty-five  plans  are  in  operation, 
with  a total  enrollment  in  excess  of  250,000  per- 
sons. These  programs  offer  a prepayment  medi- 
cal program  to  the  public  which  is  in  accord  with 
sound  professional  principles  as  well  as  serving 
to  counteract  those  forces  which  tend  to  disrupt 
the  private  practice  of  medicine. 

The  1941  House  of  Delegates  of  the  American 
Medical  Association,  in  considering  this  medical 
service  plan  movement,  took  the  following  action : 

“Your  reference  committee  further  recommends  that 
the  House  of  Delegates  reaffirm  its  belief  that  the  prin- 
ciple of  prepaid  medical  care  justifies  an  experimental 
period  during  which  time  advice  and  assistance  be 
given  to  medical  societies  that  elect  to  conduct  such 
experiments  under  medical  sponsorship.  It,  therefore, 
recommends  special  consideration  and  approval  by  the 
House  of  this  portion  of  the  report.”! 

The  House  of  Delegates  also  adopted  the  rec- 
ommendation of  the  reference  committee  that 
the  Board  of  Trustees  take  steps  to  see  that  the 
Bureau  of  Medical'  Economics  is  enabled  to  es- 
tablish some  method  of  coordination  and  inter- 
change of  data  pertinent  to  the  administration  of 
such  plans  in  order  that  all  state  and  county 
medical  societies  may  profit  thereby. 

Offset  to  Propaganda 

lit  is  definitely  recognized  that  the  profession- 
ally sponsored  medical  service  programs  are  the 
best  offset  to  the  tremendous  propaganda  by  the 
Committee  on  the  Costs  of  Medical  Care,  the  Na- 
tional Health  Survey  of  the  United  States  Public 
Health  Service,  the  National  Conference  on 
Medical  Care,  and  the  Committee  on  the  Coordi- 
nation of  Health  and  Welfare  Activities  in  the 
United  States. 

Of  even  greater  significance  is  the  protection 
which  the  medical  service  plan  affords  the  pri- 
vate practice  of  medicine  against  the  inroads  of 
group  clinic  or  lay  controlled  associations  which 

^Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  June  21,  1941, 
Volume  116,  Number  25. 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 
REGISTRATION  HONOR  ROLL 

(As  of  July  10,  1941) 

100  per  cent 

Manistee 

Mason 

Mecosta-Osceola-Lake 

Menomoninee 

90  to  99  per  cent 
Bay-Arenac-Iosco 
Calhoun 
Gogebic 

Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 

Marquette-Alger 

Oceana 

St.  Joseph 

80  to  89  per  cent 

Allegan 

Barry 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

Dickinson-Iron 

Eaton 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

Hillsdale 

Houghton-Baraga-Keneenaw 

Huron 

Ingham 

lonia-Montcalm 

Kalamazoo 

Kent 

Lenawee 

Livingston 

Midland 

Muskegon 

Newaygo 

Northern  Michigan 

Ontonagon 

Ottawa 

Saginaw 

Tuscola 

Wexford-Missaukee 

75  to  79  per  cent 

Jackson 

Macomb 

Monroe 

North  Central  Counties 

Oakland 

Wayne 


parcel  off  the  medical  market  to  the  few  physi- 
cians who  are  under  contract  to  render  services. 
Such  plans  are  nurtured  by  the  Group  Health 
Federation  of  America,  a national  organization 
which  has  already  held  its  third  annual  meeting. 

These  plans,  which  restrict  the  individual  pri- 
vate practice  of  medicine,  operate  throughout  the 
United  States  and  have  obtained  the  patronage 
of  over  120,000  persons.  The  adverse  decision  in 
(Continued  on  Page  578) 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


576 


D 


D 


Jl 

[ 

i 


X 


Roentgenologists  have  acclaimed  the  Picker-Waite 
"Century"  to  be  a distinct  achievement  in  shockproof 
diagnostic  x-ray  equipment,  st:  It  is  a significant 
fact  that  a greater  number  of  "Century"  units  have 
been  bought  by  the  medical  profession  than  any 
other  similar  x-ray  apparatus. 

With  the  "Century",  fluoroscopic  findings  may  be 
recorded  instantly  and  permanently  by  means  of 
the  two-position  Spot  Film  Attachment  . . . increas- 
ing the  value  of  x-ray  in  diagnostic  procedure. 

PICKER  X-RAT  CORPORATION 

WAITE  MFG.  DIVISION,  CLEVELAND 


Completely  shockproof  in  every  particular,  with 
flexibility,  power  and  simplified  control  for  radio- 
graphy and  fluoroscopy  in  every  position,  the 
Picker-Waite  "Century"  is  enthusiastically  acclaimed 
to  be  . . . "Designed  for  Diagnosis". 


j PICKER  X-RAY  CORPORATION 

{ 300  FOURTH  AVENUE,  NEW  YORK,  N.Y. 

I Gentlemen: 

j Please  send  me  a complete  catalogue  on  the 

j new  model  Picker-Waite  "Century"  radio- 

I graphic-fluoroscopic  x-ray  apparatus. 

I 

I Dr 

I 

I Address: 

I 


^ August,  1941 


57? 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 
White  Oaks  Farm 
Marian,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 

White  Oaks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 


(Continued  from  Page  576) 

the  American  Medical  Association  trial  and  the 
sponsorship  of  the  formation  of  such  plans  by 
the  Medical  Economics  Section  of  the  Division 
of  Fiealth  and  Disability  Studies,  Bureau  of  Re- 
search and  Statistics,  Social  Security  Board  of 
the  Federal  Security  Agency  will  encourage  the 
organization  of  more  of  these  plans. 

Continuation  of  Private  Practice 

In  those  states  where  a medical  service  law 
has  been  passed  and  the  medical  profession  has 
taken  the  lead  in  the  formation  of  a voluntary 
nonprofit  prepayment  program,  there  is  real  as- 
surance that  the  private  practice  of  medicine  can 
continue  with  ever-increasing  opportunities  to 
render  more  adequate  and  a better  quality  of 
medical  service. 

The  increased  good  will  of  the  public,  of  in- 
dustry, of  newspapers,  and  of  the  legislature, 
which  has  been  gained  by  the  medical  profession 
in  those  states  where  medical  service  programs 
have  been  inaugurated,  alone  justifies  the  wisdom 
of  entering  into  such  an  undertaking. 

MSMS 

COUNCIL  AND  COMMMITTEE  MEETINGS 

1.  Friday  and  Saturday,  July  11  and  12,  1941 — The 
Council,  Mackinac  Island. 

2.  Friday,  July  25,  1941 — Industrial  Health  Commit- 
tee— Warded  Hotel,  Detroit — 6 :30  p.m. 

■ MSMS 

COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  MEETINGS 

Berrien — Thursday,  June  19 — Berrien  Hills  Country 
Club — Speaker : Harriett  Skemp  Nystron,  M.D.,  Chi- 

cago, missionary  physician,  who  discussed  her  adven- 
tures encountered  in  foreign  fields.  Wednesday,  July 
16 — Niles — Speaker  : Muir  Clapper,  M.D.,  Detroit — 

Subject:  “Differences  in  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of 

Jaundice.” 

Hillsdale — Thursday,  July  24 — Hillsdale — Business 
meeting  to  discuss  recommendations  of  the  Executive 
Committee. 

Ingham — Thursday,  August  7 — Annual  golf  tourna- 
ment held  at  Lansing  Country  Club. 

Kent — Thursday,  July  10,  1941 — Annual  Doctor-Law- 
yer picnic,  Blythefield  Country  Club. 

Muskegon — Friday,  June  20 — Muskegon — Speaker: 
Henry  Cook,  M.D.,  Flint — Subject : “Industrial  Health 

and  the  General  Practitioner.” 

Oakland — Wednesday,  July  2 — Tillson’s  Beach,  Eliza- 
beth Lake — Annual  summer  frolic. 

MSMS 

NEW  COUNTY  SOCIETY  OFFICERS 

Eaton  County  Medical  Society 

President — C.  J.  Sevener,  M.D.,  Charlotte. 

Vice  President — Paul  Engle,  M.D.,  Olivet. 

Secretary — B.  P.  Brown,  M.D.,  Charlotte. 

Treasurer— H.  W.  Hannah,  M.D.,  Charlotte. 

Delegate — Don  V.  Hargrave,  M.D.,  Eaton  Rapids. 

Alternate  Delegate — Paul  Engle,  M.D.,  Olivet. 

Tout?.  M.S.M.S. 


578 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Q.  Are  the  proteins  of  canned  meat  of  high  biological  value? 

A.  Oh  yes.  Canning  does  not  influence  the  biological  values 
of  proteins.  And,  of  coiurse,  the  proteins  of  meats  are 
excellent  sources  of  the  essential  amino  acids.  (1) 


(1) 

1939.  Accepted  Foods  and  Their  Nutritional  Significance,  Council 
on  Foods  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  Chicago. 


The  Seal  of  Acceptance  denotes  that  the  nutri- 
tional statements  in  this  advertisement  are  accept- 
able to  the  Council  on  Foods  and  Nutrition 
of  the  American  Medical  Association. 


AMERICAN  CAN  COMPANY 

230  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

• • 


Aik.ust,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


579 


>f 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


>f 


ONE  DAY  WITH  THE  VILLAGE  DOCTOR* 

CHARLES  S.  COPE,  M.D. 

Ionia,  Michigan 


The  general  practitioner  is  a specialist  in  every  de- 
partment of  medicine.  He  must  be  abreast  of  the 
times  and  ever  ready  to  treat  promptly  and  successfully 
every  case  that  may  present  itself  to  his  notice. 

While  the  surgical  pendulum  is  swinging  far  past 
the  center,  on  towards  the  limit  of  its  vibration  in  the 
unattainable,  and  every  doctor  now  seeks  to  be  a 
surgeon  of  renown,  and  we  are  solicited  on  every  hand 
to  notice  the  long  list  o'f  successful  operations  being 
performed  daily  by  our  brethren  of  the  knife  and  saw, 
it  may  prove  refreshing  to  step  aside  from  this  grand 
procession  and,  seeking  the  humble  walks  of  profes- 
sional life,  to  spend  one  day  with  the  village  doctor, 
whose  sole  aim  is  to  do  good  and  who  seeks  neither 
fame  nor  station.  Let  us  go  with  him  on  his  daily 
rounds,  notice  his  way  of  doing  business,  listen  to  the 
instruction  he  gives  his  patients,  and  look  over  his 
shoulder  as  he  prescribes. 

We  may  find  some  of  his  prescriptions  worthy  of 
preservation,  some  of  his  methods  worthy  of  adoption. 

His  first  call  is  in  the  early  morning.  A messenger 
in  breathless  haste  announces  that  Mrs.  K.  had  by  mis- 
take given  'the  baby  turpentine  instead  of  castor  oil. 
While  his  hands  are  busy  with  a hasty  toilet,  his  mind 
is  also  busy,  sweeping  the  broad  avenues  of  materia 
medica,  where  poisons  and  antidotes  arise  as  appari- 
tions at  his  command.  As  he  takes  down  his  medicine 
case,  we  see  the  doctor  take  from  the  shelf  a bottle 
of  olive  oil.  In  a few  moments  he  stands  before  his 
patient,  a child  of  six  months.  The  mother  had  been 
up  with  the  child  all  night,  as  it  had  been  suffering 
for  several  days  with  a heavy  cold  and  had  grown 
worse  in  the  night.  She  at  last  had  bethought  herself 
of  the  castor  oil,  and  in  seeking  to  give  the  child  a 
dose  of  this  medicine,  had  by  mistake  filled  her  spoon 
from  a bottle  of  turpentine  that  stood  in  a similar 
bottle  on  the  same  shelf.  The  quantities  of  phlegm 
that  had  accumulated  in  the  child’s  throat  and  stomach 
served  to  parry  this  heavy  stroke  inadvertently  aimed 
at  its  little  life.  There  had  been  vomiting  and  most 
of  the  turpentine  thrown  off,  bu)t  the  burn  and  irrita- 
tion remained.  The  mouth  and  throat  were  blistered, 
and  the  babe  in  agony.  It  is  given  a half  teaspoonful 
of  olive  oil  at  once  and  this  is  repeated  in  five  minutes, 
and  so-  for  half  an  hour  vomiting  continues  from  time 
to  time;  but  the  oil  is  soothing,  and  with  the  burns 
on  the  face  and  lips  covered  with  a thick  paste  of 
salaratus  and  water,  the  child  grows  easier  and  rests 
quietly.  Directions  are  left  to  give  a half  teaspoonful 
of  the  oil  every  half  hour  till  the  bowels  are  moved 
freely,  when  the  child  will  be  out  of  danger. 

The  followiing  prescriptions  are  left  for  the  mother’s 
use  in  the  further  care  of  her  child.  For  restlessness 
and  nervousness,  the  following  prescription  will  be 
found  of  great  service.  Containing  neither  opium  nor 
chloral,  it  can  be  given  to  the  smallest  child  without 
danger  of  serious  consequence,  and  yet  attended  with 
soothing,  quieting  results  in  every  case: 

•Read  before  the  twenty-sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  Saginaw,  June,  1891. 

580 


Rx.  Oil  Anise,  m xxv 
Alcohol,  oz.  ij 
FI.  ext.  valerian,  oz.  j 
Ol.  meth.  pip.  m.  xv 
Tr.  camphor,  dr.  ij 
FI.  ext.  licorice,  oz.  j.  M.S. 

Shake  the  bottle. 

Dose — One-fourth  to  one-half  teaspoonful  in  water; 
repeat  as  needed. 

For  the  cough,  one  grain  muriate  of  ammonia  in  half 
teaspoonful  of  glycerine,  every  three  hours. 

As  the  doctor  steps  into  the  street,  he  is  hailed  by  a 
clerk  on  his  way  to  open  his  employer’s  store,  who  says, 
“I  wish  you  would  give  me  something  for  my  cough. 
It  kept  me  awake  nearly  all  night  by  a continued 
tickling,  and  irritation  in  my  throat.  I don’t  raise  much, 
but  am  sore  all  over  from  coughing  so  much.”  The 
following  prescription  is  written: 

Rx.  Tict.  opii,  dr.  j 

FI.  ext.  lobeliae,  dr.  ss. 

FI.  ext.  yerbae  santae 

FI.  ext.  grindeliae  robustae,  aa  oz.  ss. 

Chloroform,  c.p.,  dr.  ss. 

Syr.  scillae  comp.,  q.s.,  oz.  ij.  M.S. 

Shake  the  bottle  and  keep  well  corked. 

Dose — One  drop  on  the  tongue ; repeat  every  five 
minutes,  till  the  cough  is  better. 

We  are  glad  to  see  a bright  half-dollar  come  out  of 
the  clerk’s  pocket  and  go  into  that  of  the  doctor. 

Passing  on,  he  hears  a great  out-cry  as  he  nears  a 
boarding  house,  and  someone  calls,  “Run  for  the  doctor, 
quick;”  but  he  is  at  hand  and  goes  within.  A child 
had  been  playing  near  the  stove  while  the  breakfast  was 
in  preparation,  and  had  succeeded  in  depositing  on  its 
abdomen  part  of  the  contents  of  a dish  of  hot  gravy. 
The  result  was  a blister  as  large  as  a man’s  hand, 
extending  from  umbilicus  to  epigastrium ; child  is  two 
years  old.  Its  writhings  are  very  similar  to  convul- 
sions, its  screams  arousing  every  one  in  the  house.  The 
doctor,  cool  and  collected  in  that  babel  of  confusion, 
takes  from  the  shelf  an  unbroken  package  of  saleratus, 
pours  half  of  its  contents  into  a tin  wash  dish,  adds 
enough  water  to  this  to  make  a thick  paste,  and  covers 
the  burn  with  this  mixture,  making  the  application  half 
an  inch  thick.  As  soon  as  this  is  applied,  the  child 
stops  crying  and  is  free  from  pain..  Leaving  orders 
to  keep  the  child  quiet  all  day,  and  not  allow  the  soda 
toi  become  dry  for  eight  hours,  he  quietly  leaves  the 
room.  As  he  passes  through  the  hall,  a lady  calls 
from  the  stairway  for  him  to  come  to  room  No.  9. 
Here  he  finds  a lady  who  had  been  confined  three  days 
before,  in  whom  the  flowing  had  ceased  for  several 
hours  and  she  was  suffering  considerably.  The  nurse 
had  used  injections  and  had  exhausted  her  resources, 
but  to  no  purpose,  and  as  there  was  a slight  rise  of 
temperature,  she  fearedi  puerperal  infection  and  fever. 
The  doctor  tells  her  to  prepare  a thick  poultice  of 
pulverized  anise-seed,  and  apply  this  to  the  vulva  as 
hot  as  could  be  borne,  and  renew  when  it  becomes  cold. 
This  will,  in  a few  hours,  have  the  desired  effect. 

A few  hasty  strides  and  he  reaches  his  o^vn  home, 
(Continued  on  Page  582) 

Jour.  M.S. M.S. 


m food  (except  breast  milk)  is  more  highly  regarded 
than  Similac  for  feeding  the  very  young,  small  twins, 
prematures,  or  infants  who  have  suffered  a digestive  upset. 
Similac  is  satisfactory  in  these  special  cases  simply  because 
it  resembles  breast  milk  so  closely,  and  normal  babies 
thrive  on  it  for  the  same  reason.  This  similarity  to  breast 
milk  is  definitely  desirable — from  birth  until  weaning. 


A powdered,  modified  milk  product  es- 
pecially prepared  for  infant  feeding, 
made  from  tuberculin  tested  cow’s  milk 
(casein  modified)  from  which  part  of 
the  butter  fat  is  removed  and  to  which 
has  been  added  lactose,  vegetable  oils 
and  cod  liver  oil  concentrate. 


SIMIIAC  1 


One  level  measure  of  the  Similac  pow- 
der added  to  two  ounces  of  water  makes 
2 fluid  ounces  of  Similac.  The  caloric 
value  of  the  mixture  is  approximately 
20  calories  per  fluid  ounce. 


August,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


(Continued  from  Page  580) 

where  breakfast  awaits  him.  It  will  be  no  breach  of 
etiquette  to  see  of  what  he  makes  his  morning  meal. 
Good  bread  and  butter,  rich  milk,  thick  cream,  fragrant 
coffee,  rolled  oats  eaten  with  butter  and  sugar,  con- 
stitute the  repast.  He  is  not  made  “loggy”  by  meat, 
noT  dyspeptic  by  pastry,  but  with  his  stomach  filled 
with  easily  digested  nutritious  food,  he  goes  about  his 
work  not  realizing  that  he  has  such  an  appendage  as 
a digestive  apparatus. 

Immediately  after  breakfast,  in  accordance  with  a 
fixed  and  proper  habit,  the  promptings  of  nature  are 
heeded.  The  wisdom  of  the  maxim : “Always  trust  in 
God,  andl  keep  your  bowels  open,”  is  manifest  in  the 
life  and  works  of  our  friend. 

The  bell  of  the  telephone  has  been  jingling  some 
little  time,  when  he  lowers  the  trumpet  and  notes 
down  the  calls  that  come  from  distant  points. 

With  elastic  step  he  reaches  the  home  of  his  first 
patient,  a lady  of  60  years,  who  is  thin  and  nervous, 
anaemic  and  dyspeptic;  habitually  constipated;  subject 
to  severe  and  frequent  headaches.  Her  diet  is  mostly 
bread,  potatoes,  and  tea;  she  has  a weak,  irregular 
heart;  pulse  jerky  and  intermittent.  For  this  condi- 
tion of  the  heart  she  is  ordered  to  take,  night  and 
morning,  10  drops  of  the  fluid  extract  of  cactus  gran  di- 
flora. From  the  words  of  praise  that  come  to  the 
doctor  every  day  in  regard  to  this  “heart  medicine,” 
he  is  encouraged  to  continue  its  use.  As  an  aid  to 
the  digestion,  she  is  given  a prescription  for  extract  of 
malt,  with  pepsin  and  pancreatin,  to  be  taken  in  tea- 
spoonful doses,  with  meals. 

If  the  useful  effects  of  malt  were  better  understood 
by  the  profession  it  would  be  more  largel}'  used  tlian 
it  now  is.  As  a tonic  she  is  given  this  prescription : 

Rx.  N.  F.  370,  oz.  vj. 

Sig. — One  teaspoonful  before  each  meal. 

This  is  almost  the  same  as  Fellows’  Syr.  of  the 
Hypophosphites.  It  can  be  prepared  by  the  local  drug- 
gist. Every  physician  and  every  druggist  should  have 
a copy  of  a book  of  formulae,  published  by  the  Ameri- 
can Pharmaceutical  Association,  known  as  the  National 
Formulary.  From  this  the  doctor  has  received  many 
useful  suggestions  in  prescribing,  and  made  many 
friends  by  reason  of  the  palatable  prescriptions  that  he 
has  found  in  this  collection  of  formulae. 

The  next  case  is  one  of  chills  and  fever  in  a child  of 
12  months.  It  needs  a cathartic  and  it  needs  quinine. 

For  the  first  is  written : 

Rx.  N.  F.  382,  oz.  jv. 

Sig.. — One  teaspoonful  twice  daily  till  bowels  are  regulated. 

This  is  the  Comp.  Syr.  O'f  Senna,  containing  senna, 
rhubarb  and  frangula,  and  is  an  admirable  laxative  for 
children. 

The  prescription  for  the  chills  is  as  follows : 

Rx.  Quinine  Sulph.,  dr.  j. 

N.  F.  54,  oz.  jv.  M.  S. 

Sig.- — One  teaspoonful  every  three  hours. 

This  is  made  from  yerba  santa  and  is  a complete 
mask  for  bitter  tastes.  Children  take  this  and  cry  for 
more.  The  physician  who  uses  this  will  have  many 
friends  among  the  children,  and  the  praises  of  the 
mothers  as  well. 

Word  is  brought  that  a child  had  fallen  from  a tree 
and  broken  an  elbow.  On  examination  a fracture  of 
irmer  condyle  of  humerus,  with  partial  dislocation  of 
elbow  with  angular  deformity  is  discovered.  By  ma- 
nipulation, the  fracture  is  adjusted  and  the  dislocation 
reduced.  Cold  application  is  made  to  the  joint  by 
first  wrapping  it  in  flannel  and  around  this  is  passed 
several  coils  of  small  rubber  hose.  One  end  of  the 
hose  is  secured  within  a large  pail  beneath  the  couch. 
By  siphoning  the  water  through  this  tube  the  local 


action  of  cold  is  applied  to  the  joint  without  the 
annoyance  of  wet  clothing  that  would  result  from  the 
application  of  water  or  ice  applied  directly  to  the  parts. 
By  proper  use  of  this,  the  swelling  and  pain  that  so 
frequently  attend  such  injuries  can  be  very  effectually 
controlled. 

But  what  is  most  interesting  to  us  in  this  case  is  the 
very  peculiar  splint  the  doctor  provides  for  this  in- 
jury. It  looks  as  though  it  was  made  of  cloth,  but  on 
handling  it,  it  is  found  to  be  as  hard  as  a board. 

The  way  this  is  made  is  as  follows : Dissolve  by 

aid  of  heat  one  pound  of  gum  shellac  and  one  ounce  of 
borax  in  a pint  of  best  alcohol.  Cut  from  heavy  cloth 
the  size  and  shape  needed,  perforate  or  make  pores  by 
means  of  a shoe  punch,  if  desired.  Also  render  anti- 
septic, if  need  be. 

Now  on  this  cloth  spread  a thick  layer  of  this  shellac 
mixture.  Dry  it  quickly  into  the  cloth  in  an  oven,  or 
before  a hot  fire.  When  it  is  all  taken  up  by  the  cloth, 
add  another  layer  of  shellac  and  heat  it  in ; repeat  this 
till  the  meshes  of  the  goods  are  filled.  It  is  now  ready 
for  use.  Warm  the  splint  so  as  to  make  it  easily  bent, 
and  then  apply  gently  to  the  injury.  By  careful  han- 
dling it  can  be  moulded  to  any  joint  at  any  angle,  even 
if  swollen  and  painful.  After  moulding  gently  to  the 
parts,  it  takes  an  impression  distinctly  of  every  pro- 
tuberance and  depression.  In  a few  moments  it  sets 
or  hardens  into  an  immovable  splint.  It  is  now  taken 
off,  as  it  but  encircles  one  half  or  two-thirds  of  the 
posterior  surface  of  the  joint;  being  lined  with  thin, 
absorbent  cotton,  it  is  replaced,  and  a light  roller 
bandage  applied  to  hold  the  splint  in  place.  The  sleeve 
(ripped  in  the  seam  at  the  wrist)  is  pulled  down  over 
the  splint,  and  with  a large  safety  pin  made  fast  to  the 
clothing  over  the  breast  of  the  child.  When  we  find 
that  the  bandage,  splint,  and  sling  are  completed  and 
thus  adjusted,  the  child  can  walk  about  at  pleasure 
without  danger  of  harm  to  the  joint.  When  necessan,' 
the  splint  can  be  removed  and  passive  motion  of  the 
joint  made.  As  swelling  subsides,  or,  if  necessary, 
changes  in  angle  of  flexure  are  made,  they  can  be  ac- 
commodated by  warming  the  splint  and  moulding  it  to 
the  limb  in  its  new  position  and  reapplying.  This  form 
of  splint  will  be  found  useful  in  fracture  of  the  lower 
jaw. 

The  next  case  is  one  of  “the  Grip.”  Temperature 
103°;  respirations  36;  pulse  60;  headache  intense — 
head  feels  as  big  as  a barn ; can’t  take  a long  breath ; 
short,  dry  cough ; lungs  congested ; pain  in  legs  and 
back ; frequent  desire  to  void  scanty,  high-colored 
urine ; bowels  constipated ; tongue  coated  heavily, 
with  deep  red  transverse  cracks ; great  thirst ; nothing 
tastes  good.  Patient  is  a man  of  30  j-ears.  The 
doctor  places  on  the  patient’s  tongue  a tablet  containing 
1-50  gr.  nitro-glycerine.  In  a few  moments  it  dissolves, 
and  is  absorbed.  The  feeling  of  largeness  of  the  head 
is  intensified  for  a few  moments,  and  then  rapidly 
vanishes;  the  breathing  becomes  easier;  this  remedy 
often  acting  like  magic  in  dispelling  lung  congestions. 
He  is  now  given  25  grains  of  calomel  and  10-grains  of 
acetanilid,  at  one  dose,  to  be  followed  in  four  hours 
with  a Seidlitz  powder ; Seidlitz  powders  to  be  re- 
peated every  two  hours  till  the  bowels  move  freely. 
Acids  and  cold  drinks  strictly  forbidden  for  24  hours. 
Hot  milk  in  teacupful  doses  ordered  every  three  hours. 
As  long  as  fever  and  headache  continue,  5 grains  of 
acetanilid  are  to  be  taken  every  fourth  hour;  alter- 
nating with  this,  5 drops  of  fl.  ext.  gelsemium  are  to  be 
given  in  water,  and  continued  until  the  action  of  the 
kidneys  becomes  normal.  Before  leaving  the  patient, 
the  doctor  puts  10  drops  of  the  tincture  of  nux  vomica 
into  a glass  of  water,  saying,  “Stir  this  well,  and  give 
him  a teaspoonful  every  hour,  if  he  has  pain  or  sore- 
ness in  the  bowels  following  the  action  of  his  cathartic.’' 

As  he  passes  through  the  hall,  he  is  asked  by  a 
domestic  in  Ithe  family,  to  prescribe  for  her.  She  is  a 
(Continued  on  Page  584) 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


582 


PATHOLOGY  OF  THE  UPPER  RESPIRATORY  TRACT 


(Above)  Allergic  Rhinitis 

(Below)  Five  Minutes  after  application  of  Neo-Synephrin  Hydrochloride 


ALLERGIC 

RHINITIS 


In  allergic  rhinitis,  relief 
from  nasal  congestion  is  the 
thing  the  patient  urgently  de- 
mands— the  single  criterion  by 
which  he  evaluates  treatment. 

To  bring  such  relief 


DOSAGE  FORMS 


Emulsion  (1-oz.  bottle  with 
dropper) 

Solution  H%  and  1%  in  saline 
solution  (1-oz.  bottles) 
H%  in  Ringer’s  Solution 
with  Aromatics  (1-oz. 
bottles) 

Jelly  M%  (in  collapsible  tubes 
with  nasal  applicator) 


NEO-SYNEPHRIN  HYDROCHLORIDE 

Gaevo-alpha-hydroxy-beta-methyl-amino-3  hydroxy  ethylbenzene  hydrochloride) 

shrinks  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  swiftly — with  more  pro- 
longed effect  than  ephedrine,  and  with  lower  toxicity  in  thera- 
peutic dosage. 

There  is  no  “sting”  on  application,  and  unpleasant  side  re- 
actions are  a rarity. 


EMULSION 


SOLUTION 


JELLY 


FREDERICK  STEARHS  & COMPANY,  Detroit,  Michigaii 

New  York  Kansas  City  San  Francisco  Windsor,  Ontario  Sydney,  Australia 


August,  1941 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


583 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


(Continued  from  Page  582) 
large  woman,  of  Bohemian  descent,  about  40  years  of 
age,  the  mother  of  one  child,  now  about  16  years  old. 
She  complains  of  a lump  in  her  breast,  that  is  sore  and 
painful  to  the  touch.  It  has  been  growing  for  several 
months,  but  she  refrained!  from  calling  a doctor  for  fear 
she  would  be  told  it  was  cancer.  When  first  noticed  it 
was  not  as  large  as  the  end  of  her  little  finger ; it  is 
now  as  large  as  her  thumb.  The  pain  is  of  a sharp, 
stinging  kind,  paroxysmal  in  character.  She  can’t  bear 
her  clothing  to  touch  it,  and  has  been  obliged  to'  leave 
off  her  corset  for  a long  time.  The  shoulder  and  arm 
is  lame,  and  she  has  some  pain  under  the  arm.  The 
doctor  finds,  on  examination,  a hard,  movable,  sensitive 
tumor,  deeply  imbedded  in  the  right  mammary  gland, 
an  inch  to  the  upper  and  outer  side  of  the  nipple. 
The  following  is  ordered:  One  drop  of  the  fluid  ext. 
of  poke  root  (phytolacca  decandra),  to  be  taken  three 
times  a day.  If  we  could  see  this  case  in  three  months, 
we  would  find  the  lameness  of  shoulder  and  arm_  all 
gone;  the  tumor  reduced  more  than  half;  its  sensitive- 
ness abolished;  the  pain  from  axilla  removed.  She  is 
wearing  her  corset  again,  and  able  to  pursue  her  work 
as  usual.  By  continued  use  of  this  remedy  the  docto'r 
has  removed  many  tumors  from  the  breasts  of  ladies 
who  must  otherwise  have  had  to  resort  to  the  knife  of 
the  surgeon. 

A c.all  comes  from  a row  of  tenement  houses,  where 
the  sanitary  surroundings  are  bad.  Here  are  three 
children,  less  than  a year  old,  all  suffering  from 
entero-colitis ; vomiting,  purging,  restless,  moaning, 
high  fever ; back  of  head  very  hot ; outlook  is  bad. 
Step  near  and  see  what  is  done.  Calling  for  a glass  of 
water  that  had  previously  been  boiled,  he  places  therein 
a tablet  containing  1-100  gr.  of  the  arsenite  of  copper. 
When  dissolved,  a teaspoonful  is  given  to  each  child ; 
this  dose  is  repeated  every  ten  minutes  for  an  hour; 
after  this  one  dose  every  hour  till  the  bowels  are 
better.  This  remedy  is  destined  to  take  an  important 
place  in  the  treatment  of  enteric  troubles,  both  acute 
and  chronic  bowel  troubles  yielding  to  its  influence  in 
these  ridiculously  small  doses.  But  why  should  we 
question  this,  when  we  are  prescribing  Fowler’s  solution 
in  drop  doses,  or  bichloride  of  mercury,  2 grains  to  a 
quart  of  water,  as  a sure  germicide?  For  the  fever  in 
these  cases,  one  half  drop  tr.  aconite  every  two  hours. 
For  heat  in  back  of  head,  5 grains  of  bromide  of  potas- 
sium every  fourth  hour.  For  weakness  and  prostration, 
5 drops  of  brandy  every  half-hour.  Careful  directions 
as  to  diet,  nothing  allowed  but  Swiss  condensed  milk 
(as  they  are  all  fed  artificially)  ; no  water  allowed  but 
that  which  has  been  previously  boiled.  To  sweeten  the 
air  of  the  rooms  and  tO'  render  wholesome  the  atmos- 
phere of  the  vicinity,  Platt’s  chlorides  are  ordered  to  be 
used  freely  all  over  the  premises. 

But  other  cases  need  attention.  Here  is  a child  with 
capillary  bronchitis  and  a double  inguinal  hernia.  Child 
is  5 months  old.  Every  effort  at  coughing  only  makes 
the  already  distended  scrotum  more  prominent.  A 
flax-seed  meal  poultice  is  at  once  placed  around  the 
child,  completely  enveloping  the  chest  from  chin  to 
stomach,  held  high  in  place  by  straps  over  the  shoulders, 
the  pattern  for  the  poultice  cloth  being  one  of  the 
child’s  dress  waists,  cut  so  that  it  comes  up  well  under 
the  arms.  Without  especial  care,  nearly  every  such 
poultice  is  placed  on  a child,  assumes  the  form  of  a 
circingle,  acting  as  a cold  damp  zone  around  the  body, 
and  is  found  on  examination  to  be  resting  snugly  on 
the  abdomen.  But  made  thin  and  properly  applied,  and 
secured,  then  covered  outside  with  warm  flannel,  it 
proves  a source  of  comfort,  and  a curative  agent.  Far 
the  fever,  one-'fourth  drop  tincture  of  aconite  is  to  be 
given  in  water  every  hour.  For  coughing  the  follow- 
ing: 

Rx.  Ammon,  carb.  dr.  j. 

Glycerin. 

Syr.  bals.  tolut.  aa  oz.  ij.  M.  S. 

Half  teaspoonful  every  two  hours. 


In  passing,  we  note  that,  in  every  prescription  for 
children,  the  doctor  uses  glycerine  in  place  of  simple 
syrup,  as  it  prevents  rather  than  produces  acid  fermen- 
tation in  the  stomachs  of  children.  Brandy  is  given  in 
5-drop  doses  every  hour  till  better.  The  hernia  next 
requires  attention.  Careful  taxis  is  made.  The  head 
and  shoulders  meanwhile  being  lowered  by  lifting  the 
feet  and  limbs  to  an  angle  of  45°  to  90°,  inverting  the 
body,  and  allowing  the  force  of  gravity  to  carry  the 
bowels  far  within  the  abdominal  cavity;  the  hands  of 
the  doctor  are  placed  over  the  inguinal  rings  and  held 
there  till  the  following  simple  but  effective  truss  is 
applied : To  a flarmel  band,  long  enough  to  pass  once 
and  a-half  around  the  child,  and  about  5 inches  in 
width,  are  fastened  two  square  bags  of  unbleached 
muslin,  filled  with  fine  sand.  These  bags  are  inches 
square,  and  serve  as  the  pads  of  the  truss.  Between  the 
pads  and  the  skin  a thin  layer  of  absorbent  cotton  is 
interposed ; then,  when  all  is  in  place,  draw  snug  and 
fasten  with  safety  pins.  An  elastic  tape  can  be  secured 
before  and  behind,  passing  between  the  thighs.  This 
completes  a simple  and  complete  device  for  the  treat- 
ment of  inguinal  hernia  in  children.  Instructions  are 
given  to  keep  this  truss  constantly  on  the  child  for  two 
years,  never  allowing  the  bowels  to  protrude;  care 
also  being  used  to  prevent  chafing.  In  the  hands  of  a 
mother  of  common  sense  this  will  prove  a success  every 
time,  as  the  doctor  has  often  demonstrated. 

It  is  now  far  past  the  noon  hour.  The  people  where 
he  is,  give  him  a dirmer  of  roast  meat,  potatoes  with 
gravy,  water  for  drink,  rice  pudding  for  dessert,  with 
fruits.  A few  moments  are  spent  over  the  daily  papers 
and  he  is  away  again  to  see  a patient  who  lives  at  some 
distance. 

This  is  in  the  factory  district,  where  quite  a clinic 
awaits  him. 

A child  has  a large  glass  bead  up  its  nose,  and  quite 
a crowd  of  women  are  assembled.  The  doctor  places 
the  boy  on  a chair  with  head  well  thrown  back,  and  the 
mother  is  told  to  place  her  mouth  over  the  child’s 
mouth  and  to  blow  as  hard  as  she  can,  the  doctor  hold- 
ing his  finger  on  the  nose  so  as  to  completely  close  the 
nostril  opposite  the  side  where  the  bead  is.  After  some 
demurring  on  the  part  of  the  boy  and  hesitaucy  of  the 
mother,  the  attempt  is  made  and  fails;  but  on  finding 
that  the  bead  is  nearer  the  outlet  of  the  nose  she  tries 
again,  and  the  bead  goes  bounding  over  the  floor,  while 
the  mother  seeks  a handkerchief  to  remove  the  debris 
from  her  face. 

A storm  of  applause  follows,  and  when  it  subsides 
several  women  come  to  the  doctor  for  advice.  A 
young  mother  says : “I  wish  you  would  give  me  some- 
thing for  my  baby.  I can’t  say  that  he  is  sick,  but  he 
worries  all  the  time  and  I can’t  do  anything  with  him. 
He  won’t  nurse,  and  yet  he  seems  hungry  all  the  time, 
but  the  moment  he  takes  the  nipple  he  pushes  it  away 
and  cries.”  The  baby  is  carefully  examined  and  handed 

“Madam,  you  are  to  blow  into  this  child’s  mouth  and 
clear  out  the  nostrils,  just  as  this  lady  blew  the  bead 
from  her  boy’s  nose.  The  nose  is  filled  up  away  back 
where  you  could  not  reach  it  with  your  hairpin.”  After 
some  nervous  hesitation  on  the  part  of  the  mother,  the 
trial  is  made  and  quite  a quantity  of  mucus  bloum  out. 
This  is  repeated  several  times,  when  the  child  is  given 
the  breast,  and,  seizing  it  with  all  the  avidity  of 
starvation,  takes  its  fill  of  nourishment,  not  letting  go 
till  it  falls  asleep. 

Another  woman  presents  her  baby.  It  has  a cold  and 
a very  hard  cough  that  the  cough  medicines  fail  to  ! 
relieve.  The  cough  is  loose,  but  the  paroxysms  were  j 
violent  and  exhausting  when  they  occurred.  The  s^e 
plan  of  clearing  the  air  passages  is  advised  and  tried, 
as  the  child  is  beginning  to  cough.  When  the  air  pas-  ' 
sages  were  thus  cleared,  the  coughing  ceased.  This  ^vas 
caused  by  the  catarrhal  accumulations  dropping  back  , 
into  the  throat  and  exciting  cough  by  tickling  and 
(Comthmed  on  Page  586) 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


584 


idvertisements 


setter  tomorrow,  1 n 

he?  And  when  he  does,  wi  ^ 

late  to  prevent  a ser.ous  dines 

gam  the  advantage  of  t.memtrea 

already  contracted.  ^ 

So  why  not  establish  the  > 
in  your  household?  Stomach^ 

is  sometimes  the 

a sore  throat  may  be  t e ore^^^ 

„-Hch  may  be  precous.  ' 

Call  vour  doctor,  and  let  hvn 

or  not ’the  ailment  is  trivial  a 

, j„.«Wit.Heknows-y 


SMITH  is  feeling  a 


t^lVATE  T( 

he  weather, 

If  he  were  back  in 

are  he'd  say,  ^ 
and  he’d  show  up  for  w 
But  in  this  man’s  A 
who  feels  below  par 
•'Sick  Call,”  even 
much  wrong.  Private 
obeying  orders. 

Because  of  this  wi: 
“Sick  Call,”  our  Arm; 
tunity  to  combat  lU 
and  are  usually  abh 
I edging  over  into  the 
1 of  the  reasons  why 

I our  Army  of  1941 
I In  this  there  is  a ' 
I civilian  . • • 

H We’re  thinking  n< 

I himself  . . • and  h 

m which  no  soldier 

■ thinking  of  the  ma 


civilian  life,  tne 

n be  all  right  in  a little  while. 

ork  as  usual. 

,rmy  of  ours,  a soldier 
is  required  to  report  for 
if  he  thinks  there’s  nothing 
Tom  Smith  is  simp  5 


coMP-ii^y 


who  permits 
to  run  risks 
take.  'We’re 
If  I don’t  feel 


August,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


585 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


(Continued  from  Page  584) 
irritation  in  the  pharynx.  She  is  advised  to  watch  the 
child  and,  when  it  begins  coughing,  to  clear  out  the 
air  passages  in  this  way,  and  that  she  will  accomplish 
more  than  by  cough  medicines.  The  doctor  is  heard  to 
remark:  “If  physicians,  nurses,  and  mothers  only  knew 
how  much  comfort  they  would  aflford  the  children  under 
their  care  by  this  simple  procedure,  they  would  adopit 
it  at  once.” 

Another  woman  says : “My  boy  had  the  croup  last 
night,  and  we  are  afraid  he  will  have  it  again  tonight. 
Can’t  you  give  something  to  keep  it  off?” 

The  following  is  written: 

Rx.  Quinine  sulph.,  gr.  xxxij. 

N.  F.  54,  oz.  j.  M.  S. 

Shake  the  bottle. 

Give  one  teaspoonful  at  4 p.m.  and  one  teaspoonful  at 
8 p.m.  each  evening  till  better. 

Four  grains  of  quinine  at  a dose  as  above,  will,  in 
most  cases,  abort  a case  of  ordinary  croup. 

A young  lady  comes  to  the  doctor  and  says,  in  a 
whisper:  “I  want  something  to  restore  my  voice,  as  I 
am  to  take  part  in  a church  concert  tomorrow.” 

She  is  given: 

Carb.  ammon.,  gr.  j. 

Chlorate  potass.,  gr.  v. 

Sacch.  alb.,  gr.  xx. 

Aldose  this^size  to  be  taken  every  hour  till  better. 

Another  miss,  whose  face  is  covered  with  cornedones 
and  erythematous  eruptions,  asks  for  help.  She  is  given 
Fowler’s  solution— ordered  to  take  one  drop  after  each 
meal  for  a month.  After  removing  the  blackheads  by 
pressure,  she  is  to  bathe  the  face  three  times  daily  with 
the  best  C.  P.  Peroxide  of  Hydrogen. 

And  here  is  a young  man  who  has  had  to  lay  off 
because  “he  has  so  many  boils. 

One  teaspoonful  of  tincture  of  arnica  is  put  in  a 
tumbler  of  water  with  directions  to  take  one  teaspoonful 
every  hour.  He  is  also  given  one  dozen  2-grain  pills  of 
sulphide  of  calcium,  with  directions  to  take  one  after 
each  meal  till  he  can  taste  rotten  eggs.  ^ 

And  here  is  a case  of  sore  eyes.  They  say : He  has 

wildhairs”  (whatever  that  may  mean).  Examination 
reveals  a severe  conjunctivitis,  the  result  of  a cold  and 
exposure.  Order  a tablespoonful  of  Epsom  salts  in  half 
a glass  of  water  to  be  taken  at  once;  repeat  every 
second  day  till  better.  In  a clean  earthen  dish  one  half 
drachm  of  boracic  acid  is  placed  and  dissolved  in  a 
pint  of  hot  water.  He  is  ordered  to  sit  by  this  bowl 
and  to  make  constant  and  continued  applications  of  this 
hot  water  for  half  a day  at  a time,  and  to  continue  this 
till  the  redness  is  all  gone,  and  to  keep  the  water  hot 
all  the  time. 

Again  the  doctor  talks  to  himself,  and  we  hear  him 
say:  “If  people  only  knew  how  much  good  is  to  be 
derived  from  water,  both  hot  and  cold,  there  would  be 
a less  number  of  calls  for  the  rnedical  man.” 

But  he  has  not  long  to  moralize,  for  an  emergency 
has  arisen  that  will  tax  him  severely.  He  is  called  to  a 
child  that  has  had  convulsions,  and  has  now  been  in  a 
fit  for  an  hour.  The  ladies  in  attendance  have  had  it  in 
a hot  water  bath,  with  cold  to  the  head,  for  nearly  that 
length  of  time,  and  yet  it  relaxes  not,  but  rigid  and 
stiff,  seems  in  articulo  mortis.  It  takes  but  a moment 
to  apply  to  its  nostrils  a bottle  of  amyl  nitrite,  an 
inhalation  or  two  relaxes  the  spasm,  and  now  the 
chloroform  is  used  as  an  inhalant.  The  child  is 
ordered  to  be  removed  from  the  bath,  wiped  dry,  and 
wrapped  in  warm  flannels.  The  doctor  calls  for  a long, 
stiff  feather,  and  with  this  he  clears  out  the  phlegm  and 
accumulations  in  the  throat.  The  jaws  are  pried  apart, 
and  held  so  by  a lead  pencil  beltween  the  molars.  The 
feather  is  pushed  down  the  throat  and  twisted  slowly 
round  and  then  removed,  wiped  and  returned,  and  this 
repeated  many  times  to  clear  out  the  passages  and  to 


excite  vomiting,  if  possible.  And  now  25  grains  of 
sulphate  of  zinc,  in  a teaspoonful  of  warm  water,  is 
forced  down  the  throat.  The  rapid  whirling  of  the 
feather  is  again  introduced  into  the  throat  to  assist  the 
efforts  of  vomiting,  and  soon  the  contents  of  the  stomach 
are  ejected,  the  spasmodic  action  removed,  and  the 
child  assumes  a natural  composure  and  quietly  falls 
asleep.  Leaving  orders  for  perfect  rest  and  quietude, 
for  the  next  six  hours,  the  doctor  takes  his  leave. 

By  this  time  it  is  past  sunset,  and  on  reaching  home 
he  finds  a bowl  of  bread  and  milk  (which  is  his 
simple  repast  at  night)  awaiting  him.  When  this  is 
partaken  of,  he  spends  an  hour  in  his  study  with  the 
medical  journals.  These  read  through  or  glanced  at, 
his  quick  eye  catches  from  a page  just  the  best  grains 
and  seed  thoughts,  he  turns  to  his  accounts  and  from 
weariness  nods  over  the  ledger.  In  a moment  he  rouses 
and  seeks  his  couch,  and  there  we  leave  him,  wrapped 
in  the  embraces  of  “Tired  Nature’s  sweet  restorer, 
balmy  sleep.” 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


^|^i4ZZ  worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations; including — ■ 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients. 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recop^nized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


586 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TK£  journal 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 


Volume  40 


August,  1941 


Number  8 


The  Surgical  Dyspepsias 

By  Ambrose  L.  Lockwood,  D.S.O.,  M.C.,  M.D., 
C.M.,  F.A.C.S.,  F.R.C.S.(C) 

Lockwood  Clinic,  Toronto,  Canada 

Ambrose  L.  Lockwood,  M.D. 

M.D.,  McGill  University,  1910.  Spent 
several  years  in  postgraduate  luork  in 
New  York,  London  and  Germany. 
Caught  in  Berlin  at  outbreak  of  the 
Great  War — escaped  and  joined  the 
Royal  Army  Medical  Corps  and  served 
as  a surgical  specialist  with  them  five 
years.  Awarded  the  D.S.O.,  M.C.,  the 
Mons  Star,  and  was  three  times  men- 
tioned in  dispatches.  After  the  war  he 
returned  to  Mayo  Clinic^  and  was  on 
the  Surgical  Staff  there  till  the  summer 
of  1922,  when  he  established  his  own 
Clinic  in  Toronto.  Has  published  nu- 
merous treatises  in  the  field  of  Thoracic 
and  General  Surgery,  and  has  recently 
published  an  exhaustive  summary  of 
his  experiences  in  War  Surgery  through 
the  British  Medical  Journal.  Member 
Canadian  Medical  Association,  Ontario 
Medical  Association,  American  Associa- 
tion for  the  Study  of  Goiter,  and  the 
Society  of  Military  Surgeons. 

■ Space  will  not  permit  me  to  enlarge  on  the 
role  that  focal  infection  in  teeth,  tonsils  and 
sinuses  play  in  the  etiology  of  dyspepsia. 

Expert  roentgenology  and  closer  cooperation 
among  all  members  of  the  profession  in  the  study 
of  disease  have  revealed  serious  conditions,  hith- 
erto overlooked,  which  serve  to  perplex  the  pro- 
fession in  determining  etiology,  symptomatology 
and  methods  necessary  for  relief  of  symptoms 
indiscriminately  referred  to  as  the  dyspepsias. 

Esophageal  Diverticula 

May  I at  once  direct  your  attention  to  esopha- 
geal diverticula,  not  an  altogether  uncommon 
problem,  and  yet  overlooked  for  seven  and  a half 
years  in  a large  collected  group  of  cases.  The 
symptoms  point  directly  to  the  condition,  and  it 
can  be  so  accurately  diagnosed  roentgenologically, 
and  so  easily  dealt  with  surgically  by  a one  or 
two-stage  surgical  procedure  under  local  anes- 


thesia. Because  of  the  loss  of  weight,  the  cough 
and  mucus  it  has  in  the  past  been  most  com- 
monly diagnosed  as  tuberculosis  (Figs.  1 and  2). 

Cancer  and  Stricture  of  the  Esophagus 

I shall  merely  point  out  that  an  ever-increasing 
number  of  successful  resections  of  the  esophagus 
are  being  reported.  Earlier  diagnosis  will  mate- 
rially extend  the  field  of  operability.  The  relief 
afforded  by  early  gastrostomy  in  carcinoma  of 
the  esophagus  should  be  kept  in  mind. 

Cardiospasm 

Cardiospasm  is  another  all  too  common  condi- 
tion, overlooked  also  for  about  eight  years  on 
the  average,  and  here  again  the  symptoms  point 
directly  to  the  lesion,  and  it  likewise  can  be  easily 
diagnosed  roentgenologically  and  at  least  75  per 
cent  can  be  cured  by  dilatation  with  the  hydro- 
static dilator  (Plummer),  a relatively  simple 
procedure,  with  practically  no  mortality,  and  af- 
fording an  almost  miraculous  cure.  Twelve  per 
cent  require  several  dilatations  to  effect  a cure, 
and  the  remaining  13  per  cent  develop  a “lag,” 
and  of  these  at  least  one-half  are  ultimately  cured 
by  periodic  dilatations.  The  condition  is  too  often 
diagnosed  as  cholecystitis,  gastritis,  or  neurosis 
as  illustrated  by  the  following  case. 

A young  married  woman,  aged  thirty-four,  had  com- 
plained since  fourteen  years  of  age  of  ifficulty  in  swal- 
lowing, regurgitation  of  food  and  mucus,  foul  breath, 
distaste  for  food,  and  loss  of  weight,  strength  and  en- 
ergy. She  had  a dilatation  with  relief  at  seventeen  years 
of  age — not  again  until  twenty-six  years  of  age,  and  not 
again  until  a few  months  ago.  Now,  unfortunately, 
after  all  these  years  she  has  developed  an  enormous 
sigmoid  type  of  cardiospasm.  From  the  roentgeno- 
grams you  can  judge  the  tremendous  amount  of  foul 
decayed  food  she  had  retained  in  the  great  saccula- 
tion that  had  resulted  from  the  prolonged  atresia  at 
the  cardia.  She  was  emaciated,  had  a profotmd  anemia, 
a constant,  distressing  cough  with  a great  deal  of 
foul  mucous,  and  had  been  diagnosed  at  first  as  a 
neurosis  and  latterly  as  tuberculosis.  After  nearly  three 
weeks  of  daily  lavages  the  esophagus  ^vas  finally  suf- 
ficiently clear  of  retained  food  to  permit  the  passage 

593 


August,  1941 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


of  a linen  thread  through  the  cardia,  the  stomach,  and 
into  the  intestine.  She  was  dilated  with  great  care, 
and  with  no  little  difficulty  under  direct  fluoroscopic 
vision.  She  has  had  three  subsequent  dilatations, 
gained  weight  and  feels  that  she  is  cured,  but  she 


symptoms,  while  more  indefinite  than  those  of 
esophageal  diverticula  and  cardiospasm,  are  fair- 
ly clear  cut,  and  do  point  direct  to  the  condition. 


Fig.  1.  Fig.  2. 


may  require  esophagogastrostomy  for  complete  relief 
as,  unfortunately,  so  many  of  the  sigmoid  type  of  car- 
diospasm require.  However,  she  has  such  marked 
dilatation  and  sacculation  that  the  operation,  in  experi- 
enced hands,  should  not  be  particularly  difficult,  and 
entails  a relatively  low  operative  risk.  It  is  indeed  dif- 
ficult to  understand  how  such  a condition  could  possibly 
be  overlooked  for  such  a long  period  (Figs.  3,  4 
and  5). 

Operative  measures  devised  for  the  cure  of 
ordinary  atresia  are  no  longer  warranted,  and 
should  not  be  employed.  They  carry  too  high 
a mortality  and  the  results  of  even  a successful 
operation  are  incomplete  and  uncertain.  Further 
investigation  as  to  etiology  is  necessary,  and  earl- 
ier recognition  is  imperative. 

Diaphragmatic  Hernia 

This  is  another  all  too  common  condition  that 
we  have  all  overlooked  until  very  recently. 

Prior  to  1925  a relatively  few  cases  had  been 
diagnosed  during  life,  and  a very  small  percen- 
tage of  these  had  been  dealt  with  surgical- 
ly 1,2,4,5,6,10,12  since  1925,  600  cases  have  been 
diagnosed,  and  260  operated  upon — 74  per  cent 
of  these  occurred  through  the  esophageal  hiatus. 

The  symptoms  are  referred  to  the  epigastrium, 
and  a little  to  the  left  of  the  mid-line.  The 


Epigastric  distress  with  regurgitation  of  gas,  sour 
fluid  or  food,  periodic  vomiting,  bloating,  difficul- 
ty in  belching  of  gas  at  times,  paroxysms  of 
smothering,  occurring  immediately  after  eating, 
and  occasionally  hemoptysis  and  melena  sug- 
gest the  presence  of  a herniation  through  the 
diaphragm,  and  warrant  immediate  roentgenol- 
ogical examination.  One  negative  roentgenologi- 
cal finding  is  not  sufficient  in  the  presence  of 
such  a history  as  the  organ  or  organs  are  not 
always  incarcerated  in  the  hernia.  The  symp- 
toms, of  course,  vary  with  the  organ  or  organs 
involved  in  the  hernia,  and  whether  incarcerated 
or  not,  and  the  extent  of  such  incarceration. 
While  in  approximately  74  per  cent  the  cardiac 
end  of  the  stomach  herniates  through  the  eso- 
phageal hiatus  or  adjacent  to  it,  the  colon,  the 
spleen,  and  even  small  bowel  may  be  involved. 

Cholecystitis  and  peptic  ulcer  with  obstruction 
at  the  pylorus  are  the  most  common  errors  in 
diagnosis,  and  a very  high  percentage  of  such  pa- 
tients have  been  operated  upon  for  these  condi- 
tions, of  course  without  relief. 

Mrs.  S.,  No.  105004,  aged  forty-two,  a dentist’s  wife, 
had  had  three  major  operations  for  relief  of  symptoms 
without  any  benefit  over  a period  of  four  years,  and 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


594 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


yet  the  condition  was  not  sought  for  even  at  operation. 
She  had  had  the  symptoms  since  fourteen  years  of 
age.  Her  complaints  were  typical — roentgenological 
examination  revealed  more  than  half  the  stomach  her- 
niated through  the  esophageal  hiatus.  She  was  imme- 


In  the  differential  diagnosis  of  the  “Surgical 
Dyspepsias”  one  must  have  in  mind  certain  con- 
ditions that  frequently  contribute  to  the  picture 


diately  relieved  by  operation  under  a block  anesthesia, 
but  the  procedure  was  not  made  easier  as  a result  of 
the  adhesions  remaining  from  the  three  previous  opera- 
tions. In  addition,  it  required  no  little  tact  and  per- 
suasion to  avoid  a judicial  procedure  against  the  former 
surgeon  for  loss  of  time,  suffering  and  distress  inciden- 
tal to  three  major  surgical  procedures,  and  for  remu- 
neration for  the  heavy  expenses  entailed  (Pig.  6). 

Such  a case  illustrates  the  wisdom  and  indeed 
the  necessity  of  sweeping  the  hand  over  the  dia- 
phragm and  particularly  the  esophageal  hiatus  in 
the  course  of  all  operations  in  which  the  abdomen 
is  opened.  Exploration  at  operation  has  fre- 
quently revealed  the  condition  when  it  was  not 
otherwise  suspected.  If  the  esophageal  hiatus 
will  readily  admit  two  fingers  the  possibility  of 
periodic  herniation  of  the  stomach  through  the 
hiatus  must  be  kept  in  mind. 

Treatment. — Treatment  should  be  medical  if 
distress  is  not  too  great  and  obstruction  is  not 
constant.  If  incarceration  is  maintained  with 
constant  distress  and  recurring  symptoms  due 
to  obstruction,  surgery  should  be  advised.  The 
presence  of  peptic  ulcer,  cholecystitis  or  appendi- 
citis must  be  kept  in  mind,  and  dealt  with  at  the 
time  if  at  all  possible.  The  operative  procedure 
for  relief  of  diaphragmatic  hernia  is  not  tech- 
nically difficult  if  adequate  exposure  is  ensured, 
with  experienced  assistants,  and  under  a select 
anesthesia.  Surgeons  undertaking  the  procedure 
for  the  first  time  should  study  the  method  de- 
veloped by  Harrington  who  has  dealt  so  success- 
fully with  such  a large  number  of  cases. 


Fig.  6. 


and  serve  to  cloud  the  recognition  of  an  as- 
sociated surgical  basis  for  the  indigestion,  viz. : 
hepatitis,  cirrhosis,  hyper-  and  hypochlorhydria, 
syphilis  of  the  stomach,  tabetic  crisis,  angina,  ab- 
dominis, abdominal  migraine,  Henoch’s  purpura, 
abdominal  angioneurotic  edema,  intestinal  and 
pulmonary'-  tuberculosis,  Bright’s  disease,  per- 
nicious anemia,  lead  poisoning,  acute  and  chronic 
pelvic  infection,  occasionally  uterine  fibroids  and 
ovarian  and  parovarian  cysts,  spastic  and  cathar- 
tic colitis  and  the  functional  dyspepsias.  These 
and  gastric  disturbances  incidental  to  certain 
respiratory  and  circulatory  diseases,  faulty  kid- 
ney elimination,  acidosis,  altered  metabolism,  neu- 
roses, psychoneurosis,  anemias,  environment, 
phlegmatic  temperament  and  disregard  of  the 


August,  1941 


595 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


esthetics  of  life  must  be  considered  but  are  be- 
yond the  scope  of  this  address. 

Intra-abdominal  Conditions 

In  passing  on  to  the  more  common  and  direct 
causes  of  surgical  dyspepsia,  may  one  point  out 
that  the  stomach  is  the  mouthpiece  for  a host  of 
other  organs.  The  duodenum,  when  alkaline, 
has  the  paramount  right  over  the  stomach  in  con- 
trol of  the  pylorus,  and  this  control  is  possessed 
to  a variable  extent  by  the  derivatives  of  the 
mid-gut  down  to  the  splenic  flexure  of  the  colon, 
and  accounts  for  gastric  distress  in  intestinal 
disease. 

Lesions  of  the  intestinal  tract  from  the  pylorus 
to  the  splenic  flexure  may  cause  gastric  symptoms 
as  a result  of  pylorospasm,  to  prevent  food  pass- 
ing through  the  pylorus  into  the  bowel.  As  a 
result,  the  emptying  of  the  stomach  is  retarded, 
digestive  functions  are  interfered  with,  fermenta- 
tion and  secretory  changes  occur,  and  symptoms 
of  dyspepsia  appear. 

The  fundus  of  the  stomach  is  a later  develop- 
ment, and  so  more  under  the  control  of  the 
central  nervous  system.  A feeling  of  repletion 
after  meals,  fullness,  bloating  and  such  subjec- 
tive symptoms  develop.  There  probably  is 
no  complaint  of  gastric  distress  without  ob- 
struction. Obstruction  itself  may  be  due  to 
reflex  spasms,  to  direct  pressure  and  blockage 
from  within  or  without. 

The  more  common  direct  causes  of  dyspepsia 
amenable  to  surgery  are  first  those  outside  the 
stomach  as — appendicitis,  gall-bladder  disease,  le- 
sions of  the  pancreas,  tumors,  cysts,  herniae, 
Pott’s  disease,  and  perhaps  aneurysm,  and  sec- 
ondly, those  occurring  in  the  stomach  and  bowel, 
viz. : ulcer — tumors — benign  and  malignant,  di- 
verticula and  diverticulitis,  linitis  plastica,  syphi- 
lis of  the  stomach,  and  gastro j ej unal  ulcer. 

The  space  at  my  disposal  will  not  permit  me 
to  deal  at  length  with  all  the  more  direct  causes 
of  surgical  dyspepsia,  but  very  briefly — 

Pancreas 

Lesions  of  the  pancreas,  especially  acute  and 
chronic  pancreatitis,  should  be  readily  recognized. 
The  severity  of  the  pain,  abdominal  rigidity,  in- 
tense epigastric  tenderness,  vomiting,  ileus,  shock, 
in  fact  all  the  symptoms  of  acute  intestinal  ob- 


struction without  obstruction  should  point  to 
acute  pancreatitis.  Cysts  of  the  organ,  ade- 
nomata, carcinoma  and  stone  in  the  pancreatic 
duct  must  be  kept  in  mind.  An  ever-increasing 
number  of  patients  with  cysts  and  tumors  of  the 
pancreas  are  being  successfully  dealt  with  surgi- 
cally. Care  must  be  taken,  however,  not  to  give 
surgery  a black  eye  in  forcing  a wide  resection 
for  carcinoma  which  may  not  extend  life  a day, 
and  may  have  a fatal  termination  on  the  operat- 
ing table  or  within  the  next  few  days. 

Hemiae 

Inguinal,  postoperative,  umbilical  and  ventral 
hemise,  particularly  with  a loop  of  bowel  or  more 
often  an  impacted  portion  of  omentum  may,  by 
traction  and  obstruction  cause  atypical  upper  ab- 
dominal distress,  and  should  be  sought  for. 

Meckel’s  Diverticulum 

The  incidence  of  Meckel’s  diverticulum  should 
be  kept  in  mind  and  the  fact  that  retention,  ulcer- 
ation, perforation,  hemorrhage,  traction,  and  even 
malignancy  are  associated  with  it,  and  in  all 
indeterminate  dyspepsias  it  should  be  ruled  out. 

Acute  but  particularly  chronic  intussusception 
must  be  kept  in  mind.  The  latter  is  commonly 
overlooked  for  a long  period  of  years. 

Appendix 

The  role  of  the  appendix,  the  gall  bladder 
and  ducts  scarcely  need  to  be  enlarged  on  as  a 
cause  of  surgical  dyspepsia.  I am,  however, 
sufficiently  old-fashioned  to  believe  that  chron- 
ic appendicitis  does  exist,  that  it  accounts  for  a 
high  percentage  of  patients  with  typical  pyloro- 
spasm and  particularly  accounts  for  persisting 
pylorospasm  after  surgical  procedures  on  the 
duodenum,  gall  bladder  and  even  the  stomach 
when,  for  one  reason  or  another,  the  appendix 
has  not  been  removed. 

Gall  Bladder 

As  regards  the  gall  bladder  and  liver  ducts, 
I believe  too  much  credence  is  placed  in  the 
roentgenograms . 

Roentgenograms  of  the  gall  bladder  are  of 
great  value,  but  ONLY  when  POSITIVE. 

It  should  be  kept  in  mind  that  disease  of  the 
gall  bladder  is  four  times  as  common  in  women 
as  in  men,  that  jaundice  is  absent  in  nearly  40 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


596 


. _ • ; ‘ ' - - >•  ■ L<  ■ t v-av</^!ai_ 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


m per  cent  of  patients  with  stones  even  in  the 
* ducts,  that  at  least  20  per  cent  never  have  had 
colic,  that  stones  may  be  present  for  years  in 


the  gall  bladder,  and  even  the  ducts  and  yet  be 
completely  silent;  that  carcinoma  of  the  gall 
bladder  is  not  rare  and  is  usually  associated  whth 
stones ; that  in  almost  25  per  cent  of  patients  with 
stones  in  the  gall  bladder  the  ducts  should  be 
likewise  explored  at  operation,  and  finally  that 
patients  with  gall  bladder  disease  not  relieved  by 
medical  regime  should  be  dealt  with  surgically 
and  not  continued  on  s}Tnptomatic  treatment  till 
the  pancreas  and  heart  are  involved,  malignancy 
develops,  or  a major  catastrophe  occurs  wfith  a 
stone  impacted  in  the  ducts,  or  an  acute  gangre- 
nous gall  bladder,  possibly  with  perforation. 

Stomach 

Syphilis  of  the  stomach  presents  a group  of 
symptoms  more  diverse  than  any  other  disease 
of  the  organ.  The  average  age  incidence,  thirt}*- 
eight  years,  is  younger  than  for  carcinoma.  The 
general  condition  of  the  patient  is  better  than 
in  those  with  malignancy.  Achylia  occurs  in  a 
higher  percentage,  approximately  80  per  cent  as 
against  46  per  cent  in  carcinoma.  There  is  sel- 
dom a palpable  tumor,  no  filling  defect,  and 
rarerly  retention.  The  response  to  antileutic 
treatment  is  rapid,  and  is  a most  valuable  thera- 
peutic test.  It  is  not  a surgical  problem. 


Linitis  Plastica 

This,  a most  interesting  condition,  is  still  over- 
looked, and  few  patients  present  themselves  early 


enough  to  justify  radical  resection.  Life  has 
been  prolonged  and  in  greater  comfort  by  a very 
high  resection. 

Carcinoma  and  Ulcer 

Ulcer,  carcinoma  and  hour-glass  contracture 
present  a group  of  symptoms  that  usually  make 
roentgenologic  examination  imperative.  Exhaus- 
tive diffemtial  analysis  of  the  symptoms  associ- 
ated with  these  lesions  does  not  enter  the  scope 
of  this  paper. 

Suffice  it  to  point  out  that  ulcers  are  of  three 
types:  First,  those  that  are  benign  and  re- 

main benign,  those  that  are  benign  and  be- 
come malignant,  and  those  that  are  malignant 
from  the  onset.  Expert  roentgenologists  can, 
as  a rule,  recognize  a malignant  ulcer,  but  they 
cannot,  with  any  degree  of  accuracy,  diagnose 
an  ulcer  as  benign.  Great  care  should  be  taken 
prescribing  medical  regime  for  a patient  with 
gastric  ulcer,  lest  valuable  time  be  lost  and  the 
opportunity  for  a complete  surgical  cure  lost. 
All  of  us  have  seen  very  painful  instances  of 
such  an  error.  If  medical  treatment  is  insti- 
tuted and  the  ulcer  does  not  promptly  re- 
spond to  treatment  as  proven  roentgenologi- 
cally,  surgery  should  not  be  delayed  (Fig.  7). 


August,  1941 


597 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


The  Balfour  cautery  excision  with  suture  and 
posterior  gastro-enterostomy  is  the  operation  of 
choice  for  small,  well  localized  benign  ulcers  and 


reinforcing  suture  of  heavy  silk.  The  patient 
can  be  up  and  about  on  the  second  postoperative 
day,  and  leave  the  hospital  quite  safely  on  the 


Pig.  8. 


a gastric  resection  of  the  Polya-Balfour  type  or 
anterocolic  type  for  the  more  extensive  lesions 
(Figs.  8 and  9). 

As  regards  carcinoma  of  the  stomach,  we  must 
keep  it  constantly  in  mind  that  one-third  of  all 
cancers  in  men  and  one-fifth  in  women  occur 
in  the  stomach;  that  approximately  11  per  cent 
are  silent  and  rarely  diagnosed  till  too  late  to 
effect  a surgical  cure ; that  in  not  more  than 
50  per  cent  are  we  justified  in  even  exploring 
the  abdomen,  and  that  less  than  half  of  these 
can  be  resected  with  a fair  chance  of  materially 
prolonging  life,  much  less  securing  a complete 
cure. 

Complete  gastrectomy  is  being  employed  in 
an  ever-increasing  number  of  late  cases,  and 
even  in  the  presence  of  glandular  involvement 
and  localized  metastasis  in  the  liver,  should 
be  carried  out.  This  procedure,  at  first  sight 
a heroic  one,  will,  I believe,  in  skilled  and 
experienced  hands  prove  to  carry  little,  if  any, 
greater  mortality  than  the  more  conservative 
resections. 

I should  like  to  urge  in  all  questionable  cases 
that  the  exploration  should  be  carried  out  under 
local  anesthesia,  and  if  further  surgery  is  im- 
possible, that  the  incision  should  be  closed  with 


Fig.  9. 


third  or  fourth  day.  In  this  way,  prolonged  hos- 
pitalization is  reduced,  expense  avoided,  and  a 
higher  percentage  of  patients  will  not  hesitate  to 
permit  of  what  appear<s  to  the  patient,  relatives 
and  friends  as  a trivial  procedure. 

Diagnosis. — Fatigue  for  no  obvious  reason,  dis- 
taste for  food,  especially  meat,  and  a vague  whit- 
ish-lemon tint  to  the  skin  are  the  earliest  symp- 
toms, but,  unfortunately,  frequently  the  growth 
is  already  too  wide-spread  to  permit  of  a cure. 
Only  by  routine  examinations  of  all  patients  over 
thirty  years  of  age  every  ten  months,  with  pe- 
riodic gastric  roentgenological  examination  will 
carcinoma  of  the  stomach  be  recognized  su- 
ficiently  early  to  permit  of  a higher  percentage  of 
surgical  cures.  The  value  of  roentgenological 
examination  in  the  diagnosis  of  carcinoma  of  the 
stomach,  makes  it  important  and  necessary  to 
develop  the  simplest,  most  economical  and  time- 
saving method  of  gastric  and  duodenal  roent- 
genologic study,  if  an  increasingly  large  percen- 
tage of  patients  are  going  to  avail  themselves  of 
it.  Carman’s  method  of  fluoroscopic  examina- 
tion with  two  or  three  films  for  record  purposes 
is  all  that  is  necessary,  and  takes  but  a few 
minutes  of  the  patient’s  time.  Taking  innumer- 
able films,  and  bringing  the  patient  back  time 
after  time  for  four  to  six  days  to  follow  the 


598 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


barium,  demands  so  much  of  the  patient’s  time, 
and  creates  such  needless  expense  that  patients 
will  not  submit  to  frequent  periodic  check-ups 


loric  sphincter 
Duodenum 


FIr.  10. 


Fig.  12. 


8 per  cent.  A higher  percentage  of  periodic 
health  examinations,  including  periodic  gastro- 
intestinal roentgenological  examinations,  thorough 


Ist.  row. 

Fig.  13. 


or  recommend  it  to  their  friends,  and,  besides,  pre-operative  preparation,  and  resection  in  the 

little  if  any  additional  evidence  is  found  by  hands  of  an  experienced  surgeon  dealing  with 

such  a time- wasting  and  expensive  method  of  the  condition  daily  will  effect  a much  higher  per- 
examination.  Gastric  resection,  even  gastrectomy,  centage  of  cures  in  this  altogether  too  common 
should  not  entail  a mortality  of  more  than  4 to  and  serious  condition. 


August,  1941 


599 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


Duodenal  Ulcer 

Space  does  not  permit  me  to  deal  at  length 
with  this  most  important  problem  either  from  a 
diagnostic  point  of  view  or  in  a review  of  the 
various  measures  employed  surgically  to  circum- 
vent the  lesion.  It  is  on  the  increase  affecting 
approximately  13  per  cent  of  the  white  collar 
population.  It  is  one  of  the  great  crippling  dis- 
eases of  our  time.  Many  conditions  simulate 
duodenal  ulcer,  but  a duodenal  ulcer  simulates 
nothing  else.  The  periodicity  of  the  symptoms, 
the  pain — food — ease  syndrome  point  to  the  le- 
sion, and  it  can  be  diagnosed  roentgenologically 
with  97.3  per  cent  accuracy.  There  has  been  a 
deplorable  tendency  on  this  continent  in  the  last 
fifteen  years  to  resort  to  medical  measures,  diet, 
mucin,  Larostidine,  and  what  not,  for  too  long 
a period,  and  to  defer  surgery  till  a major  catas- 
trophe occurs  due  to  obstruction,  a penetrating 
lesion,  perforation,  or  a fatal  hemorrhage.  One 
reason  for  this  has  been  the  unfortunate  and 
unwarranted  tendency  in  this  country  to  advise 
and  practice  extensive  gastric  resection  for  the 
condition.  The  procedure  was  based,  on  the  ex- 
periences of  certain  central  European  surgeons. 
This  was  a gross  error.  Nearly  thirty  years 
ago  I recognized  that  duodenal  ulcer  in  central 
Europe  was  an  entirely  different  entity  from 
that  I had  seen  on  this  continent.  There  it  is 
associated  with  a widespread  gastritis  that  is  not 
seen  in  this  country,  except  in  central  European 
races  segregated  in  our  large  cities.  In  such 
patients  high  resection  is  the  operation  of  choice, 
as  it  is  for  those  with  recurrent  bleeding  and 
wide-spread  ulceration,  extreme  stenosis  and 
peri-duodenitis  and  obstruction  with  marked  hy- 
peracidity, in  which  instances  we  have  employed 
it  for  more  than  twenty  years  (Figs.  10-13). 

The  Finney  and  particularly  the  Judd  type 
of  pyloroplasty,  designed  to  remove  the  ulcer  and 
at  least  four-fifths  of  the  pyloric  valve  and 
reconstruct  the  normal  alignment  of  the  duode- 
num and  stomach  is  much  less  difficult  to  execute, 
entails  almost  no  mortality,  avoids  the  risk  of  a 
gastrojejunal  ulcer,  and  does  not  bum  all  our 
bridges  as  in  gastric  resection,  and  leaves  with 
us  several  alternatives  should  an  ulcer  recur, 
which  is  very  rare.  The  Von  Haberer  opera- 
tion and  Horsley  method  are  valuable  in  selected 
cases,  and  that  long,  well-established  procedure, 
posterior  gastro-enterostomy  remains  the  opera- 


tion  of  choice  in  a very  definite  percentage  of  pa- 
tients. 

Gastric  Diverticulum 

Gastric  Diverticulum  is  a rare  condition,  but 
must  not  be  overlooked;  about  150  cases  have 
been  reported  in  the  literature.  The  majority 
have  been  found  on  the  posterior  wall  of  the 
stomach,  close  to  the  lesser  curvature,  and  with 
about  equal  frequency  at  the  pylorus,  and  at 
the  cardia.  Diverticulum  has  rarely  been  re- 
ported on  the  greater  curvature  or  on  the  an- 
terior wall  of  the  stomach.  The  symptoms  are 
largely  those  of  gastric  ulcer,  and  the  diagnosis 
depends  on  fluoroscopic  examination.  Roentgen- 
ologists who  rely  on  multiple  films  will  miss  a 
high  percentage  of  gastric  diverticula  as  they 
likewise  frequently  miss  a deeply  pitted  adherent 
ulcer  on  the  posterior  wall.  The  inherent  ten- 
dency of  irritative  lesions  of  the  stomach  to 
develop  malignancy,  and  the  fact  that  many 
instances  of  carcinoma  developing  from  the 
border  of  a diverticulum  have  been  reported, 
make  it  imperative  to  deal  surgically  with  the 
diverticulum  if  it  can  be  readily  approached.  Re- 
tention is  common  and  hemorrhage  occurs.  Diet- 
ary and  medical  regime  gives  some  relief. 

Duodenal  Diverticula 

It  is  still  necessary  to  stress  the  necessity  of 
searching  for  duodenal  diverticula  in  all  patients 
with  vague  and  atypical  upper  abdominal  dis- 
tress. While,  for  many  years,  diverticulum  of 
the  esophagus,  the  bladder  and  Meckel’s  divertic- 
ulum has  been  recognized  and  dealt  with  surgi- 
cally, duodenal  diverticulum,  an  equally  distress- 
ing condition,  occurring  more  frequently  has 
been  relatively  overlooked  all  these  years  as  a 
surgical  entity. 

Prior  to  1912,  approximately  100  cases  had 
been  reported,  all  discovered  accidentally  at  oper- 
ation for  some  other  condition  or  at  necropsy. 
In  1913,  Case,®  then  at  Battle  Creek,  was  the 
first  to  recognize  the  condition  roentgenologically 
and  reported  four  cases.  As  late  as  1920,  in  a 
review  of  the  literature,  he  found  only  eighty 
cases  so  diagnosed.  Neil  John  MacLean®  of 
Winnipeg  in  1923  reported  sixteen  cases,  of 
which  four  were  dealt  with  surgically.  In  1924, 
NageP^  of  the  Mayo  Clinic  reported  140  cases, 
discovered  at  operation  or  necropsy,  four  of 
which  were  operated  upon.  In  our  own  Clinic 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


600 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


ninety-seven  cases  have  been  diagnosed  roent- 
genologically,  and  thirty-eight  of  these  have  been 
dealt  with  surgically.  An  exhaustive  review  of 


or  without  bleeding,  perforation  or  retention  ex- 
ists, and  of  course  the  nature  of  the  foods  in- 
gested. The  pain  occurs  soon  after  eating,  is 


Fig.  14. 


Fig.  16. 


Stomach 


reported  cases  shows  an  incidence  of  2.2  per 
cent  of  routine  necropsies.  We  have  found  them 
in  approximately  1.7  per  cent  of  routine  gastro- 
intestinal roentgenological  examinations. 

Space  will  not  permit  me  to  deal  at  length  with 
the  etiology,  pathology,  symptoms,  relative  sites 
and  complications  of  this  interesting  condition. 
They  are  congenital  in  origin.  In  60  per  cent  of 
our  cases  the  diverticulum  occurred  on  the  inner 
border  of  the  second  part  of  the  duodenum,  30 
per  cent  in  the  third  part,  and  only  10  per  cent 
in  the  first  part  of  the  duodenum,  and  so  must 
not  be  conflicted  with  pouching  in  the  base  of  a 
healing  duodenal  ulcer  found  almost  entirely  in 
the  first  part  of  the  duodenum  close  up  to  the 
pylorus.  Of  our  cases  only  two  occurred  on  the 
outer  curvature  of  the  bowel,  and  only  one  on 
the  anterior  surface.  All  were  retroperitoneal 
except  this  latter  one.  They  vary  in  size  from  1 
cm.  in  diameter  to  one  that  contained  over  1,000 
c.c.  of  fluid  and  hung  down  over  the  grim  of  the 
pelvis  as  reported  by  Pilcher.  They  occur  at  any 
age,  but  are  more  common  in  patients  past  the 
fourth  decade. 

Diagnosis. — The  symptoms  are  fairly  clear  cut 
( and  point  to  the  condition.  Patients  complain  of 
;•  pain  and  deep  tenderness  usually  a little  to  the 
K left  of  the  mid-line,  above  the  navel  about  op- 
, posite  the  ninth  costal  cartilage.  It  varies  in 
; type  and  intensity,  depending  on  the  site  of  the 
^ diverticulum,  the  size  of  it,  the  diameter  of  the 
opening  into  it,  whether  or  not  ulceration  with 


often  severe  and  spasmodic,  often  of  a bursting 
type,  and  associated  with  a sense  of  fullness  and 
distension  locally,  but  not  with  bloating,  as  seen 
in  cholecystitis.  Deep  soreness  and  tenderness 
frequently  transmitted  through  to  the  back  ex- 
ists in  large  diverticula  particularly  if  there  is 
ulceration  and  marked  retention  due  to  a narrow 
opening  and  a long  drawn-out  neck  leading  into 
the  sac.  A narrow  neck  measuring  3 to  5 cm. 
in  length  was  found  at  operation  in  several  of  our 
cases.  The  pain  and  soreness  was  present  over 
a period  of  years  in  our  patients.  There  is  no 
periodicity  in  the  symptoms,  no  periods  of  well- 
being as  with  duodenal  ulcer.  The  pain — food — 
ease  syndrome  of  duodenal  ulcer  does  not  exist. 
The  pain  is  relieved  by  belching  of  gas  and  the 
taking  of  soda,  but  usually  more  completely  by 
vomiting,  which  is  very  frequently  induced.  Pa- 
tients dread  food  and  avoid  it,  and  as  a result 
most  patients  have  lost  considerable  weight,  are 
anemic,  generally  debilitated,  and  develop  that 
distressing  mental  outlook  that  characterizes  pa- 
tients who  have  for  a long  time  been  unable  to 
eat  types  of  food  they  enjoy.  While  the  symp- 
toms suggest  the  condition,  expert  and  painstak- 
ing fluoroscopic  examination  must  be  relied  on 
for  accurate  diagnosis  and  localization  of  the  sac. 
They  take  a bizarre  form.  There  may  be  a wide 
opening  into  the  sac,  a narrow  opening  or  as 
previously  pointed  out  a small  opening,  with  a 
neck  leading  to  a sac  that  is  cylindrical  in  outline 
or  irregular.  They  may  be  multiple.  Bleeding  is 
not  rare  and  ulceration  and  perforation  of  the 


August,  1941 


601 


THE  SURGICAL  DYSPEPSIAS— LOCKWOOD 


sac  does  occur.  We  have  had  one  perforate  into 
the  gall  bladder,  and  later  into  the  colon  in  a 
man  of  sixty-five  years  of  age  while  on  rigid 
medical  regime,  with  a near  catastrophe  as  can 
well  be  imagined. 

Treatment. — The  treatment  should  be  surgical 
if  distress  persists  in  spite  of  adequate  dietary 
regime.  Surgical  treatment  consists  in  dissecting 
and  freeing  the  sac;  the  neck  of  the  sac  is  crush- 
ed in  a curved  forcep,  ligated,  the  sac  severed, 
and  the  pedicle  then  oversewn  and  buried.  If  the 
sac  is  not  easily  located  in  the  first  or  second 
part  of  the  duodenum,  the  duodenum  should  be 
incised,  a finger  inserted,  the  opening  into  the 
sac  located  from  within  and  the  finger  passed 
into  the  diverticulum  if  the  opening  and  the  neck 
of  the  sac  is  sufficiently  large  to  permit  it.  This 
method  simplifies  the  freeing  of  the  sac  from  its 
attachments.  If  a duodenal  ulcer  is  present  as 
well,  and  particularly  if  the  sac  has  dissected  and 
embedded  itself  too  deeply  in  the  pancreas,  it 
is  wiser  to  rely  on  a gastro-enterostomy  to  relieve 
the  distress  rather  than  injure  the  pancreas  or 
unduly  extend  the  operation  in  attempting  to 
dissect  out  the  sac  as  well  (Figs  14,  15,  16). 

A diverticulum  in  the  second  portion  of  the 
duodenum  comes  off  the  upper  border  of  the 
bowel,  retroperitoneally,  and  drops  down  behind 
the  bowel.  It  can  readily  be  exposed  by  elevating 
the  transverse  colon  and  mesocolon,  and  by  mak- 
ing a small  opening  at  the  reflection  of  the  peri- 
toneum posteriorly,  one  comes  directly  on  the 
duodenum.  The  sac  should  then  be  dissected 
free  from  above,  delivered  up  and  removed. 
Drainage  is  unnecessary. 

Patients  are  at  once  relived  of  their  complaints 
by  surgical  treatment.  In  the  thirty-eight  pa- 
tients operated  upon  we  have  had  no  deaths,  post- 
operative complications  or  recurrences  of  the  di- 
verticula. Is  it  strange  or  difficult  to  believe, 
that  when  we  find  patients  with  such  distress 
from  a duodenal  ulcer,  that  we  should  likewise 
find  patients  with  distress  from  a duodenal  di- 
verticulum in  which  retention,  ulceration,  hemor- 
rhage, and  even  perforation  occurs  ? I crave  your 
indulgence  for  stressing  the  question  of  duodenal 
diverticulum,  but  I am  convinced  by  experience 
that  there  is  a definite  percentage  of  patients  with 
upper  abdominal  distress,  a truly  surgical  dyspep- 
sia, due  tO'  duodenal  diverticulum,  that  is  being 
constantly  overlooked  in  the  roentgenological 
examination  of  the  duodenum. 


Conclusions 


1.  Greater  accuracy  in  the  diagnosis  of 
diseases  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract  have  re- 
vealed serious  conditions  overlooked  hitherto  and 
has  materially  increased  the  problems  that  per- 
plex the  profession  in  determining  the  cause, 
course,  symptoms  and  measures  for  relief  of 
symptoms  vaguely  referred  to  as  the  “dys- 
pepsias.” 

2.  There  has  been  during  the  last  twenty  years 
an  ever  decreasing  mortality  in  dealing  surgically 
with  the  surgical  dyspepsias. 

3.  Earlier  and  more  accurate  diagnosis ; 
thorough  rehabilitation  of  the  patient  prior  to 
operation  in  the  greater  use  of  glucose,  calcium, 
various  vitamins  and  particularly  blood  trans- 
fusion; a select  anesthesia,  preferably  I believe 
spinal  (Pontocaine)  with  adequate  pre-operative 
sedatives  and  perhaps  intravenous  injections ; dis- 
patch at  the  operating  table,  and  multiple  stage 
operations  when  indicated  have  collectively  con- 
tributed to  the  successful  surgical  treatment  of 
the  causes  of  surgical  dyspepsia. 

Finally  and  equally  important  is  the  urgent 
necessity  of  educating  the  public  to  the  wisdom 
of  periodic  examination,  and  the  profession  to 
the  importance  of  a careful,  detailed  history, 
thorough  laboratory  investigation,  and  above  all 
expert,  time-saving  and  relatively  inexpensive 
roentgenological  examination  of  all  patients  with 
even  the  faintest  symptoms  of  so-called  surgical 
dyspepsia. 


References 


1.  Arnsparger;  Quoted  by  Unger,  A.  S.,  and  Speiser,  M.  D.: 
Congenital  diaphragmatic  hernia:  Seven  cases  with  autopsies. 
Am.  Jour.  Roentgenol.,  15:135-143,  (Feb.)  1926. 

2.  Carman,  Russell  D.,  and  Fineman,  S.:  Roentgenologic 

diagnosis  of  diaphragmatic  hernia.  Radiology,  3 :26-4S, 
(July)  1924. 

3.  Case,  J.  T. : Diverticula  of  small  intestine,  other  than 
Meckel’s  diverticulum.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  75:1463-1470,  (Nov. 
27)  1920. 

4.  Giffin,  H.  Z. : The  diagnosis  of  diaphragmatic  hernia. 

Ann.  Surg.,  4:388-389,  1912. 

5.  Harrington,  S.  W. : Surgical  treatment  of  105  cases  of 
diaphragmatic  hernia.  West.  Jour.  Surg.,  44:225-269,  (May) 
1936. 

6.  Kienboeck,  R. : Uber  Magengeschwure  bei  Hernia  und 

Eventratio  Diaphragmatica,  Fortschr.  a.  d.  Geb.  d.  Rdntgen- 
strahlen,  21:322,  1913-1914. 

7.  Lockwood,  A.  L. : Diverticula  of  stomach  and  small  intestine. 
Jour.  A.M.A..  98:961-964,  (Mar.  19)  1932. 

8.  McQuay,  R.  W. : Duodenal  diverticula  and  their  surgical 
treatment.  Surg.,  (Jan.)  1929. 

9.  MacLean,  N.  J. : Diverticulum  of  the  duodenum,  with  re- 
port of  case  in  which  the  diverticulum  was  imbedded  in 
the  head  of  pancreas,  and  a method  for  its  removal.  Surg., 
(Jynec.  and  Obst.,  37:6-13,  (July)  1923. 

10.  Morrison,  L.  B. : Diaphragmatic  hernia  of  fundus  of 

stomach  through  the  esophageal  hiatus.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  84: 
161-163,  (Jan.  17)  1925. 

11.  Nagel,  G.  W. : Unusual  conditions  in  the  duodenum  and 
their  significance.  Collected  Papers  of  the  Mayo  Clinic, 
16:90,  1924. 

12.  Rowlands,  E.  R.  B. : A case  of  diaphragmatic  hernia. 

Guy’s  Hosp.  Gaz.,  34:426,  1920;  Diaphragmatic  hernia. 
Guy’s  Hosp.  Rep.,  71:91-101,  1921. 


602 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


XANTHOMA  OF  THE  TONGUE— LAMBERSON 


Xanthoma  of  the  Tongue 

A Case  Report 

By  Frank  A.  Lamberson,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Frank  A.  Lamberson,  M.D. 

B.S.  in  Medicine,  University  of  Michigan, 

1933.  M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1935. 

Licentiate  of  the  American  Board  of  Otolaryn- 
gology, June,  1940.  Staff  member  of  Mount 
Carmel  Mercy  Hospital,  Detroit,  Department 
of  Otolaryngology.  Member  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

■ A XANTHOMA  is  not  a rare  tumor.  It  is  most 
commonly  seen  associated  with  diabetes  and  in 
those  cases  in  connection  with  the  long  muscles 
of  the  arms  and  legs. 

Xanthomatous  involvement  of  the  tongue,  how- 
ever, is  more  unusual.  I can  find  only  four  cases 
, mentioned  in  the  literature.  Spencer  and  Cade^ 
report  a female,  aged  forty-five,  who  presented 
herself  at  Westminister  Hospital  in  1926  with  a 
small  tumor  on  the  right  border  of  her  tongue. 


Fig.  1.  Postoperative  microsection  showing  the  tumor. 


She  had  been  treated  for  diabetes.  The  tumor 
was  excised  without  incident.  They  had  a simi- 
lar case  in  1922.  Butlin^  had  a patient  who  was 
jaundiced  and  had  numerous  xanthomata  with 
two  pea-sized  nodules  on  the  tongue  which  on 
excision  were  typical  xanthoma.  Smith, ^ in  1912, 
reported  a case  similar  to  Butlin’s. 

A sixty-year-old,  white,  Finnish  man  presented  him- 
self at  the  University  Hospital  clinic  on  August  10, 
1938.  He  complained  of  a lump  on  the  left  border  of 
his  tongue  of  three  years’  duration  which  had  grad- 
ually enlarged.  The  lesion  was  moderately  painful  and 
tender. 


Examination  was  essentially  negative  save  for  the 
tongue  which  was  altered  by  the  presence  of  a tumor 
4 X cm.  on  its  surface.  It  was  oval,  white,  firm, 
slightly  raised  and  tender.  There  was  no  history  or 
evidence  of  diabetes.  No  other  lesions  were  foimd. 
Pathological  diagnosis  was  xanthoma.  The  tumor  was 
excised  under  avertin  anesthesia  on  August  14,  1937. 
It  was  well  encapsulated,  shelling  out  easily.  Post- 
operatively  the  tongue  healed  without  complication  and 
on  August  26  the  patient  was  discharged. 

Two  months  following  the  excision  there  was  no 
evidence  of  recurrence  of  the  tumor. 

The  microphotograph  demonstrates  the  lesion  in  the 
tongue. 

19600  Grand  River 

References 

1.  Butlin:  Diseases  of  the  Tongue. 

2.  Smith;  N.  Y.  Path.  Soc.,  1920-22,  page  139. 

3.  Spencer  and  Cade:  Diseases  of  the  Tongue,  p.  274.  P. 

Biakiston’s  Son  & Co.,  1931. 

^MSMS 

Cerebral  Anoxia  and 
Craniocerebral  Injnries* 

By  Frederic  Schreiber,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Frederic  Schreiber,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Harvard  Medical  School,  1923.  Pro- 
fessor Neurological  Surgery,  Wayne  Univer- 
sity College  of  Medicine.  Extramural  Lec- 
turer in  Postgraduate  Medicine,  University  of 
Michigan.  Member,  The  American  Board  of 
Surgery,  The  American  Board  of  Neurological 
Surgery,  Central  Surgical  Association,  Harvey 
Cushing  Society,  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety. 

“ The  neurological  surgeon  is  constantly  engaged 
in  mortal  combat  with  the  five-headed  hydra 
of  cerebral  anoxia.  These  five  heads  are;  (1) 
anoxic  anoxia,  in  which  the  arterial  blood  is  in- 
sufficiently saturated  with  oxygen;  (2)  anemic 
anoxia,  in  which  the  oxygen  capacity  of  the 
blood  is  abnormally  low ; ( 3 ) stagnant  anoxia, 
in  which  the  blood  circulation  is  too  slow;  (4) 
histotoxic  anoxia,  in  which  the  utilization  of  oxy- 
gen by  the  cell  is  hindered  by  extrinsic  agents; 
and  (5)  neurohumeral  anoxia,  in  which  cerebral 
oxidation  is  hindered  by  a disarrangement  of  es- 
sential cell  components.  Depending  on  the  extent 
of  the  assault,  these  heads  may  singly,  or  in 
combination,  destroy  neuronal  tissue.  Consider- 
able cerebral  tissue  may  be  permanently  lost  as 
a result  of  anoxic  insult  and  yet  the  life  of  the 
individual  may  be  spared.  The  object  of  treat- 

*Read  before  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  the  7Sth  an- 
nual meeting,  Detroit,  Michigan,  September  26,  1940. 


August,  1941 


603 


CEREBRAL  ANOXIA— SCHREIBER 


ment  in  most  cerebral  conditions  is  not  only  to 
save  the  patient’s  life,  but  also,  which  is  often 
more  important,  to  safeguard  the  cortex  as  much 
as  possible  from  the  ravages  of  cerebral  anoxia. 
It  should  be  obvious  that  any  method  of  treat- 
ment which  increases  the  anoxic  hazards  of  the 
brain  cell  also  increases  the  mortality  and  mor- 
bidity in  these  cases  and  cannot,  therefore,  prop- 
erly be  called  a method  of  treatment. 

Anoxic  Anoxia 

A consideration  of  craniocerebral  injuries  and 
the  manifestations  and  mechanisms  of  cerebral 
anoxia  will  outline  some  principles  which  have 
application  in  all  forms  of  neurological  surgery. 
The  mortality  and  morbidity  are  extremely  high 
in  those  cases  of  craniocerebral  injury  in  which 
there  is  evidence  of  respiratory  difficulty,  and  a 
much  better  prognosis  can  be  given  if  no  concom- 
itant respiratory  difficulty  exists.  When  the  res- 
piratory center  in  the  medulla  is  thrown  out  of 
rhythm  as  a result  of  trauma,  the  brain  is  de- 
prived of  its  oxygen  supply  from  the  lungs,  with 
resulting  anoxic  anoxia.  Inhalations  of  high 
oxygen  concentrations  may  offset  this  critical 
state  if  the  respiratory  rhythm  can  be  reestab- 
lished fairly  quickly  before  lethal  damage  results. 
Unfortunately,  however,  stimulants  or  oxygen 
administered  in  some  cases  of  severe  medullary 
trauma  have  the  same  effect  as  whipping  a dead 
horse,  and  the  cerebral  cells  die  before  oxygen 
can  be  supplied  to  them  in  adequate  amounts. 

The  anoxic  anoxia  caused  by  mucus  or  by 
the  tongue  obstructing  air  passages  of  the 
unconscious  patient  following  head  injury  can, 
of  course,  be  remedied  by  an  airway,  turning 
the  head  on  the  side,  or  aspirating  the  mucus. 

If  the  weather  is  very  warm,  or  if  the  un- 
conscious patient  has  fever,  which  is  usually 
present  if  the  function  of  the  brain  stem  has  been 
interfered  with  by  trauma  or  destroyed  by 
anoxia,  then  an  extra  ration  of  oxygen  must  be 
supplied  by  mask  or  tent.  The  oxygen  demand 
is  increased  by  external  heat  or  fever  to  a degree 
beyond  the  ability  of  the  vital  mechanisms  to 
supply  it  in  adequate  amounts,  with  a resulting 
relative  anoxic  anoxia. 

Stagnant  Anoxia 

Stagnant  anoxia  is  present  in  very  many  cases 
of  serious  brain  injury.  The  cerebral  circulation 


is  slowed  as  a result  of  intra-  or  extracerebral 
hemorrhage,  or  because  of  perineural  or  perivas- 
cular edema  associated  with  anoxia,  thus  setting 
up  a vicious  circle.  The  patient  may  be  irritable, 
restless,  maniacal,  convulsive  or  stuporous,  de- 
pending on  the  degree  of  oxygen  want  and  the 
brain  areas  involved.  There  is  often  the  tempta- 
tion to  restrain  these  patients  with  drugs  when 
they  disturb  relatives,  nurses  or  other  patients. 

However,  when  morphine,  barbiturates  or 
other  sedatives  are  given  in  dosage  sufficient 
to  quiet  this  patient,  it  must  be  remembered 
that  histotoxic  anoxia  produced  by  these  drugs 
is  added  to  the  already  present  stagnant  anoxia 
and  the  combined  effect  of  these  two  anoxic 
factors  only  makes  the  situation  of  the  oxy- 
gen-hungry cerebral  cells  more  desperate. 

The  fact  that  such  a patient  is  quieted  by  seda- 
tive drugs  does  not  mean  that  his  condition  has 
improved : indeed,  his  chances  for  recovery  may 
have  been  definitely  lessened.  The  undesirable 
effect  of  giving  narcotics  to  the  restless  patient 
following  head  injury  has  been  recognized  and 
warned  against  for  many  years  by  all  neurologi- 
cal surgeons.  To  further  deprive  the  cerebral  cor- 
tex of  oxygen  when  the  clinical  evidence  of  oxy- 
gen want  is  already  present  is  like  kicking  a 
drowning  man  in  the  face  when  he  comes  up  for 
air.  Usually  if  the  patient  who  is  suffering  from 
stagnant  anoxia  associated  with  head  injury  is 
not  restrained,  but  is  allowed  to  turn  about  on 
a wide  mattress  or  on  two  beds  lashed  together, 
he  will  quiet  down  and  come  to  his  senses.  If 
restraint  is  necessary,  physical  restraint  is  much 
safer  for  the  life  and  cortex  of  the  patient  than 
restraint  with  drugs. 

Anemic  Anoxia 

If  considerable  blood  has  been  lost  by  an  indi- 
vidual with  a craniocerebral  injury,  any  mental 
confusion  and  restlessness  may  be  in  part  due 
to  anemic  anoxia.  Every  effort  should  be  made 
to  make  it  easier  for  the  remaining  red  cells  to 
support  life  by  carrying  oxygen,  and  therefore 
a supply  of  high  concentration  of  oxygen  by 
tent  or  mask,  and  transfusion  should  be  afforded 
as  quickly  as  possible.  I have  seen  extensive  cor- 
tical disintegration  as  a result  of  an  hour  of 
anemic  anoxia  from  hemorrhage  coincident  with 
the  stagnant  anoxia  of  low  blood  pressure  result- 


604 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CEREBRAL  ANOXIA— SCHREIBER 


ing  from  considerable  blood  loss.  The  brain 
damage  may  be  permanent,  depending  on  the 
degree  of  anoxia,  even  if  adequate  blood  volume 
and  circulation  are  reestablished.  Here  again, 
narcotic  and  sedative  drugs  are  not  only  ill- 
advised  but  much  less  efficient  in  controlling 
restlessness  and  mania  than  are  pure  oxygen 
inhalations  and  blood  transfusions. 

The  use  of  pleonectic  drugs  such  as  sulfanila- 
mide must  be  considered  under  the  head  of 
anemic  anoxia  and  their  anoxic  effect  properly 
evaluated  in  the  treatment  of  craniocerebral  in- 
juries. A full  dose  of  sulfanilamide  may  re- 
duce the  capacity  of  one-third  of  the  red  blood 
cells  from  carrying  the  normally  required  amount 
of  oxygen,  thus  producing  the  same  effect  in  the 
patient  had  he  lost  a third  of  his  red  blood  cells 
from  hemorrhage.  Normally  the  brain  can  tol- 
erate the  oxygen  deprivation  of  sulfanilamide 
with  relative  safety,  and  the  occasional  neuro- 
logical manifestations  are  due  to  temporary  cell 
dysfunction  rather  than  the  result  of  irreversible 
cell  change. 

However,  the  widespread  prophylactic  use 
of  sulfanilamide  in  craniocerebral  injuries  to 
lessen  or  prevent  infection,  is  attended  with 
risk  of  consequential  importance.  Frequently 
the  cerebrum,  which  has  already  had  some 
anoxic  insult  as  a result  of  injury,  cannot  tol- 
erate the  added  burden  incident  to  the  admin- 
istration of  sulfanilamide. 

Anesthetics 

When  surgery  is  necessary  in  craniocerebral 
injuries,  as  in  the  case  of  depressed  fractures, 
extradural  hemorrhage,  subdural  hematomas  or 
hydromas,  the  choice  of  an  anesthetic  is  vitally 
important.  The  patience  required  in  operating 
on  these  cases  under  local  anesthesia  rather  than 
general  anesthesia  is  rewarded  by  decreased  mor- 
tality and  morbidity.  The  added  histotoxic  anox- 
ia from  a general  anesthetic,  no  matter  how 
expertly  given,  may  tip  the  scales  against  re- 
covery in  an  individual  whose  brain  is  struggling 
against  the  stagnant  anoxia  resulting  from  in- 
creased intracranial  pressure.  The  neurological 
surgeon  has  learned  of  the  untoward  effects  of 
narcotics  and  general  anesthetics,  in  cases  with 
increased  intracranial  pressure  through  tragic  ex- 
perience. 

The  obstetrician  is  faced  with  a similar  situa- 


tion in  his  practice.  Histotoxic  anoxia  in  the 
fetal  brain  is  caused  by  drugs  and  anesthetics, 
before  stagnant  anoxia  is  superimposed  by  in- 
creased intracranial  pressure  in  the  birth  canal. 
It  is  immaterial  whether  one  type  of  anoxia  pre- 
cedes the  other.  The  danger  to  the  cerebral  cells 
results  from  the  combined  anoxic  effect,  which, 
if  severe  enough,  can  permanently  destroy  brain 
tissue. 

Neurohumeral  Anoxia 

Neurohumeral  anoxia  must  be  guarded 
against  in  the  unconscious  patient  who  has 
suffered  a craniocerebral  injury  and  who  may 
not  have  had  sufficient  fluids  or  food  for  sPme 
time.  If  the  available  salts  or  sugars  in  the 
cerebral  cells  become  depleted,  cellular  oxida- 
tion cannot  take  place  and  typical  anoxic  de- 
generative lesions  may  occur.  The  alcoholic 
patient  who  has  had  a severe  head  injury  fre- 
quently presents  this  problem.  He  may  not 
have  taken  food  for  some  days  and  often 
enters  the  hospital  in  a dehydrated  condition 
with  an  extremely  low  blood  sugar.  He  may 
be  maniacal,  unconscious  or  having  convul- 
sions. Morphine  or  other  sedatives  should 
never  be  given  to  this  type  of  patient.  A 
nasal  tube  should  be  passed  and  orange  juice, 
milk  and  eggs  introduced  into  the  stomach. 
One  advantage  of  the  tube  feeding  over  the 
intravenous  injection  of  sugar  or  salt  solu- 
tions is  that  the  stomach  can  select  the  neces- 
sary food  and  fluids  better  than  the  surgeon 
can  estimate  the  right  amount  of  sugar,  salt 
or  fluids  to  be  placed  into  a vein;  also  less 
damage  is  done  by  the  wild  patient  who  pulls 
out  his  nasal  tube  than  the  one  who  dislodges 
his  intravenous  needle.  If  intravenous  fluids 
are  given,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  give 
more  fluids  than  the  brain  cells  can  tolerate. 
Anoxic  cerebral  lesions  as  a result  of  intra- 
venous feeding  in  too  large  volume  can  be 
demonstrated  at  autopsy. 

I would  like  to  report  a case  which  illustrates  some 
of  the  points  in  this  discussion.  During  the  hottest 
week  of  summer  I was  called  to  see  a young  man, 
a fairly  heavy  user  of  alcohol,  who  had  received 
a fracture  through  a frontal  sinus  as  a result  of  an 
automobile  accident.  He  had  walked  into  the  hospital 
complaining  of  some  headache  and  was  put  to  bed. 
Fluid  intake  was  limited  to  1000  c.c.  daily.  Because 
of  the  sinus  fracture  he  was  given  heavy  doses  of 
sulfanilamide.  He  became  irritable  and  was  given  nar- 


August,  1941 


605 


PNEUMONIA— JENNINGS 


cotics  and  barbiturates  in  fairly  large  amounts.  On 
the  third  day  after  admission  he  developed  a tempera- 
ture which  remained  at  105°  for  three  days  until  the 
time  that  I saw  him  in  consultation.  On  examination 
there  was  no  evidence  of  meningeal  infection.  The 
patient  was  cyanotic,  drowsy  and  very  irritable.  His 
pulse  and  respirations  were  rapid.  Deep  reflexes  were 
all  exaggerated. 

The  patient  was  given  as  much  water  and  orange 
juice  as  he  would  drink,  sulfanilamide  was  discontinued 
and  he  was  placed  in  a cool  oxygen  tent  with  a ten 
liter  flow.  His  temperature  came  down  immediately, 
his  irritability  and  drowsiness  disappeared  and  he  has 
remained  entirely  well  since  this  time. 

This  man  gave  a clinical  picture  of  cerebral  anoxia. 
The  anoxic  factors  to  be  considered  were:  (1)  anoxic 
anoxia  (extremely  hot  weather  with  increased  oxygen 
demand)  ; (2)  anemic  anoxia  (oxygen  carriers  tied  up 
by  sulfanilamide)  ; (3)  stagnant  anoxia  (trauma  with 
increased  intracranial  pressure)  ; (4)  histotoxic  anoxia 
(alcohol,  morphine,  barbiturates)  ; (5)  neurohumeral 
anoxia  (dehydration).  No  one,  of  course,  can  say 
which  of  these  factors  were  responsible  for  this  pa- 
tient’s alarming  symptoms  of  cerebral  anoxia.  How- 
ever, he  responded  to  a “shotgun”  reduction  of  the 
possible  anoxic  factors  in  his  case. 

The  clinical  manifestations  of  cerebral  anox- 
ia have  a regular  pattern  and  sequence  re- 
gardless of  the  anoxic  mechanisms  involved. 
However,  the  individual  effects  of  various  an- 
oxic mechanisms,  present  in  any  one  case  of 
craniocerebral  injury,  are  difficult  to  evaluate, 
since  there  are  no  exact  laboratory  guides. 
Every  method  of  therapy  in  craniocerebral 
injuries  must  have  as  its  motive  a reduction 
in  the  summation  of  anoxic  effects  with  a con- 
sequent decrease  in  the  mortality  and  morbid- 
ity of  these  cases. 

10  Peterboro  Street 


MSMS- 


POSTGRADUATE  PROGRAM 

Complete  schedule  of  the  Michigan  Post- 
graduate Program  will  be  pub- 
lished in  the  September 
Journal. 


MSMS- 

60t* 


Pneumonia 

Clinical  Diagnosis* 

By  Alpheus  F.  Jennings,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Alpheus  F.  Jennings,  M.D. 

A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1907.  M.D., 

Harvard  University,  1910.  Attending  Phy- 
sician, Director  of  Medicine  and  Chairman 
of  the  Medical  Board  of  the  Charles  Godwin 
Jennings  Ho^ital.  Fellow  of  the  American 
College  of  Physicians.  Diplomate  of  the 
American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine.  Mem- 
ber, Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

" Not  many  years  past,  the  early  diagnosis  of 
pneumonia  was  an  erudite  achievement  afford- 
ing renown  to  the  physician  but  little  benefit  to 
the  patient.  Now  this  is  different.  There  are  at 
present  two  specific  methods  of  treatment  but  to 
be  successful  they  must  be  administered  in  the 
early  days  of  the  disease.  Of  otherwise  healthy 
persons  diagnosed  and  treated  on  the  first  day, 
all  but  the  exceptional  case  will  recover.  The 
chance  of  recovery  decreases  with  each  day  that 
the  disease  goes  unrecognized  and  after  the 
fourth  day  specific  treatment  adds  little  to  the 
patient’s  natural  ability  to  recover.  The  diag- 
nosis should  be  made  preferably  within  forty- 
eight  hours  of  the  onset. 

If  the  onset  is  abrupt  the  symptoms  are  chills, 
followed  by  fever,  pain  in  the  chest,  cough  with 
rusty  sputum  and  dyspnea.  In  such  case  the 
are  those  of  a rather  severe  common  cold  and 
diagnosis  is  obvious.  More  often  the  symptoms 
frequently  the  pneumonia  follows  a common 
cold  in  such  manner  that  is  it  difficult  to  state 
at  what  time  it  began. 

The  symptoms  of  the  first  few  days  are 
deceptive  in  their  mildness  but  the  physician 
may  be  on  the  watch  for  several  features.  One 
is,  that  while  the  patient  insists  that  he  has 
only  a little  cold,  he  is,  nevertheless,  unduly 
sick  and  prostrated  and  takes  readily  to  bed. 
The  other  is,  that  an  initial  exhilaration  may 
make  the  patient  noticeably  alert  and  un- 
conscious of  his  illness. 

Even  during  this  period  the  blood  culture 
may  be  positive.  After  two  to  four  days  of 
these  symptoms  the  unmistakable  clinical  pic- 

*Read  as  part  of  a symposium  on  pneumonia  before  the 
Wayne  County  Medical  Society,  January  20,  1941. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PNEUMONIA— JENNINGS 


ture  of  severe  pneumonia  becomes  apparent,  but 
in  the  meanwhile  the  most  valuable  time  for 
treatment  will  have  been  lost,  if  the  physician 
is  not  awake  to  the  possibility  of  it. 

Physical  Signs 

As  it  is  with  symptoms  so  it  is  that  physical 
signs  are  usually  deceptive  during  the  first  few 
days.  Consolidation  is  rarely  detected.  The  early 
signs  are  suppression  of  respiration  over  one 
lobe,  an  area  of  rales  or  an  area  of  faint  bron- 
chial intonation  of  the  spoken  voice  or  whisper, 
without  bronchial  breathing.  Dullness  is  us- 
ually absent.  There  is  no  standard  method  of 
eliciting  rales.  In  one  case  they  are  heard  after 
cough,  in  another  on  sharp  respiration  and  in 
still  another  on  normal  breathing.  Pleural  fric- 
tion may  be  heard.  The  temperature  is  usually 
above  102.5°,  which,  in  an  adult,  is  seldom  the 
case  in  a simple  respiratory  infection.  The  pulse 
is  not  rapid  in  the  case  of  moderate  severity. 
If  it  is,  it  indicates  a fatal  outcome  except  for 
specific  therapy.  An  especially  valuable  early 
sign  is  elevation  of  the  respiratory  rate  and  this 
may  not  be  obvious  unless  the  physician  sits 
quietly  by  the  bedside  and  counts  it  with  his 
watch.  The  physical  examination  must  be 
thorough  and  made  with  care  and  deliberation. 
No  consideration  of  inconvenience  to  the  patient 
or  demands  upn  the  physician’s  time  should  be 
permitted  to  interfere  with  it. 

I have  purposely  omitted  from  this  discussion 
consideration  of  the  diagnosis  of  the  fully  de- 
veloped case  of  pneumonia  since  there  is  noth- 
ing I can  add  to  your  knowledge  of  it.  The 
features  that  I have  mentioned  serve  to  raise  a 
strong  suspicion  of  pneumonia  rather  than  to 
conclusively  diagnose  it.  When  the  suspicion 
has  been  entertained  it  must  be  confirmed  by 
laboratory  studies. 

Laboratory  Examinations 

The  study  of  th6  sputum  is  indispensable 
in  the  diagnosis  of  pneumonia.  It  entails 
little  effort  on  the  part  of  the  physician.  He 
merely  obtains  a suitable  receptacle  in  which 
the  specimen  will  not  quickly  lose  its  mois- 
ture, he  encourages  the  patient  to  cooperate 
and  he  then  delivers  the  specimen  to  the  lab- 
oratory. Hospitals  should  make  the  facilities 
of  their  laboratories  available  to  members  of 
their  staffs  for  this  purpose.  If  the  sputum 


is  to  be  kept  some  hours  before  delivery  to 
the  laboratory  it  should  be  placed  in  the 
ice  box  to  prevent  overgrowth  by  nonpatho- 
genic  organisms. 

If,  in  the  presence  of  symptoms  mentioned 
previously,  pneumococci  are  found  in  the  spu- 
tum, the  diagnosis  of  pneumonia  may  be  con- 
sidered established.  It  is  true,  as  Dr.  Frisch 
will,  I hope,  show,  that  certain  types  of  pneumo- 
cocci are  found  in  the  sputum  of  uninfected  per- 
sons and  also  that  certain  types  are  relatively 
avirulent.  Nevertheless,  when  a matter  of  diag- 
nosis is  under  consideration  no  type  should  be 
ignored.  Pneumococci  are  found  in  the  sputum 
of  from  80  to  96  per  cent  of  all  cases  of  pneu- 
monia. The  percentage  found  in  any  series  will 
depend  upon  the  nature  of  the  prevailing  epi- 
demic, the  care  with  which  the  sputum  is  ob- 
tained and  the  accuracy  of  the  laboratory.  Be- 
sides confirming  the  diagnosis,  the  presence  of 
pneumococci  in  the  sputum  indicates  that  chem- 
otherapy or  serotherapy  should  be  instituted  at 
once  and  it  is  the  only  means  except  blood  cul- 
ture to  determine  which  type  serum  should  be 
used. 

Second  to  the  pneumococcus  the  streptococcus 
is  most  commonly  found  in  the  sputum.  Mor- 
phologically it  may  resemble  the  pneiimococcus 
but  it  differs  in  that  it  fails  to  react  to  the 
Neufeld  test.  Its  presence  suggests  chemo- 
therapy, but  the  results  may  be  disappointing. 
Pneumonia  due  to  the  staphylococcus  has  been 
in  the  past  rapidly  fatal.  Both  chemotherapy 
and  serotherapy  are  now  of  value  when  the 
organism  is  present.  The  Friedlander  bacillus 
is  the  cause  of  about  1 per  cent,  of  pneumonias.^ 
It  is  not  related  to  the  pneumococcus,  being  a 
member  of  the  Tribe  Escherichise.  Neverthe- 
less, some  hope  has  appeared  that  both  chemo- 
therapy and  serotherapy  may  be  effective  against 
it.^  The  role  of  the  influenza  bacillus  is  still  to 
be  decided  and  no  treatment  has  been  demon- 
strated as  yet. 

When  none  of  these  organisms  is  found 
and  the  sputum  contains  only  the  common 
mouth  bacteria,  information  of  value  still  has 
been  provided.  In  this  case  one  may  con- 
clude that  there  is  either  a virus  pneumonia 
or  that  some  disease  other  than  pneumonia 
is  present.  The  only  result  to  be  expected 


August,  1941 


607 


PNEUMONIA— JENNINGS 


from  chemotherapy  is  intoxication  of  the  pa- 
tient and  there  is  no  reason  to  use  serum. 
In  rare  instances  tubercle  bacilli  are  found  in 
the  sputum  and  the  case  proves  to  be  one  of 
acute  tubercular  infection. 

The  blood  culture  can  be  made  at  the  bedside. 
We  have  rubber  capped  flasks  which  can  be  car- 
ried without  chance  of  contamination.  The 
inoculation  is  made  by  plunging  the  needle  of  the 
syringe  through  the  cap  immediately  after  with- 
drawal of  the  blood.  Blood  culture  should  be 
made  when  the  decision  to  start  intensive  treat- 
ment has  been  reached,  since  the  blood  may  be- 
come sterile  thereafter.  The  blood  culture,  if 
positive,  affords  two  items  of  information.  The 
first  is  that  the  bacterial  etiology  is  established 
and  the  second  is  that  the  case  is  proved  to  be 
one  of  desperate  outlook  unless  it  can  be  con- 
trolled by  treatment.  At  times  the  blood  culture 
is  positive  when  the  symptoms  appear  incon- 
sequential. 

The  x-ray  will  reveal  consolidation  when  it 
cannot  be  detected  by  physical  signs  and 
theoretically  it  is  advisable  in  every  suspected 
case.  It  will  not  distinguish  the  infecting  agent 
nor  will  it  differentiate  pulmonary  infarction 
from  pneumonia.  Even  when  films  have  been 
made  the  clinician  will  need  to  exercise  his  judg- 
ment. There  are  a certain  number  of  minor 
shadows  which  are  found  in  simple  respiratory 
infection  and  which  are  puzzling  to  the  roent- 
genologist. At  times  the  film  will  fail  to  reveal 
consolidation  even  though  the  physical  signs  of 
it  are  detected,  or  it  would  seem  certain  that  it 
is  present.  Its  use  is  limited  by  its  cost  and 
restricted  availability  outside  of  hospitals. 

The  blood  count  in  pneumonia  shows  a poly- 
morphonuclear leukocytosis.  The  only  exception 
to  this  is  those  cases  in  which  the  blood  response 
is  overwhelmed  by  the  toxemia,  and  which  are 
obviously  desperately  sick.  In  them  the  diag- 
nosis rapidly  becomes  evident  by  the  characteris- 
tic symptoms  and  signs. 

Differential  Diagnosis 

Because  of  their  having  somewhat  similar 
symptoms  and  physical*  signs  several  conditions 
need  be  distinguished  from  pneumonia.  Fortu- 
nately, each  has  one  or  more  sharply  differ- 
entiating feature.  Bronchopneumonia  need  not 


be  separated  from  lobar  pneumonia  for  purposes 
of  this  discussion  since  treatment  is  identical  in 
each. 

In  acute  tubercular  pneumonia  the  tubercle 
bacilli  are  always  present  in  the  sputum. 

Either  serous  or  purulent  pleural  effusion  may 
occur  abruptly.  There  is  in  them  absence  of 
tactile  fremitus,  a sign  frequently  overlooked  by 
both  students  and  practitioners. 

Pulmonary  infarction  is  recognized  mainly  by 
its  association  with  other  diseases,  namely,  arter- 
iosclerosis, heart  disease,  operations,  childbirth, 
trauma,  infections  and  thrombo-phlebitis  which 
may  often  be  concealed.  The  sputum  shows  the 
common  mouth  bacteria  only. 

The  signs  of  consolidation  may  be  found  in 
certain  forms  of  acute  rheumatic  fever.  The 
pulse  is  elevated  far  out  of  proportion  to  the 
fever,  and  pericarditis  is  present. 

A form  of  pneumonia  due  to  a virus^  has  been 
recognized  in  recent  years  as  a consequence  of 
bacteriological  studies.  In  this  disease  all  the 
characteristics  of  pneumonia  are  present,  but  the 
sputum  shows  no  predominating  organism  and 
the  blood  culture  is  sterile. 

It  is  to  be  expected  that  a pandemic  of  true 
influenza  may  break  forth  soon.  In  addition  to 
respiratory  symptoms,  there  are  in  the  disease 
intense  headache,  backache  and  pains  in  the  ex- 
tremities. In  severe  forms  collapse  occurs  early. 
There  is  leukopenia  and  the  sputum  is  negative 
unless  secondary  invading  organisms  are  de- 
tected. 

Conclusion 

The  temptation  is  great  to  administer  one  of 
the  chemotherapeutic  agents  at  the  onset  of  any 
respiratory  infection,  and  thereby  avoid  the 
laborious  diagnostic  studies  which  have  been 
enumerated.  There  are  several  embarrassing 
results  of  such  a course.  In  the  first  place, 
chemotherapy  cannot  as  yet  be  depended  upon 
as  the  sole  cure  for  pneumonia.  In  the  second 
place,  accurate  diagnosis  is  rendered  difficult  be- 
cause, as  Frisch®  has  shown,  chemotherapy  di- 
minishes the  numbers  of  pneumococci  in  the 
sputum  and  may  thus  interfere  with  accuracy  of 
typing.  The  patient  may  thereby  be  deprived  of 
serum  therapy  that  he  should  have.  Thirdly, 
if  the  patient  fails  to  respond  to  this  treatment 
within  a few  days  there  will  then  ensue  a state 
of  utter  confusion  with  the  physician  uncertain 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


608 


EUNUCHISM— MILLER 


whether  the  symptoms  are  caused  by  drug  or  by 
disease  and,  if  disease,  which  disease.  And 
finally,  serious  toxic  effects  of  the  drug  are 
bound  to  occur  at  best,  and  my  own  impression 
is  that  these  toxic  effects  are  more  common  when 
the  drug  is  given  in  the  absence  of  organisms 
susceptible  to  its  action. 

The  conclusion  is  obvious.  Spare  no  effort  to 
reach  a working  diagnosis  if  possible  before 
therapy  is  instituted.  If  chemotherapy  appears 
imperative  before  the  diagnosis  is  established,  do 
not  relax  but  rather  intensify  the  diagnostic 
studies. 

Bibliography 


1.  Bullowa,  J.  G.  M. : The  Management  of  the  Pneumonias. 

New  York:  Oxford  University  Press,  1937. 

2.  EditoriaL  Jour.  A.M.A.,  115:2180,  (December  21)  1940. 

3.  Frisch,  A.  W. : Sputum  studies  in  pnetraonia.  The  ef- 

fect of  siilfanilamide.  Jour.  Lab.  and  Clin.  Med.,  25:361, 
(January)  1940.  , „ „ 

4.  Lord  F.  T.,  Robinson,  E.  S.,  and  Heffron,  R. : Clmmo- 

therapy  and  Serum  Therapy  of  Pneumonia.  The  Com- 
monwealth Fund,  1940. 


-MSMS- 


Eunuchism 

Treatment  with  Testosterone 
Propionate 

(Report  of  a Case) 

By  Hazen  L.  Miller,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Hazen  L.  Miller,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1920.  Mem- 
ber of  Attending  Staff  of  the  Division  of 
Urology,  Highland  Park  General  Hospital, 

Courtesy  Member  of  Division  of  Urology, 

Mount  Carmel  Mercy  Hospital.  Member  of 
Wayne  County  Medical  Society.  Member  of 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ The  positive  and  striking  effect  of  testos- 
terone in  patients  lacking  testicular  sub- 
stance is  now  a conceded  phenomenon.  That 
it  is  also  the  only  effective  method  of  bring- 
ing about  puberty  or  reestablishing  a sex  life 
in  males,  who,  because  of  anomaly  or  injury, 
have  not  sufficient  testicular  tissue,  is  an  es- 
tablished endocrinological  fact.’'’®’®’“ 

However,  there  are  many  phases  of  this 
hormone’s  activity  which  are  not  clear.  The 
effect  on  the  development  of  the  prostate  and 
its  hypertrophy  is  one  of  them.^’^  The  hyper- 
trophy of  the  kidney  which  Selye  found  to 
occur  in  experimental  animals  also  invites 
study.®  The  masculinizing  effect  of  testoster- 


one propionate  on  the  female^’®’®  should  es- 
pecially be  kept  in  mind  in  considering  the 
case  here  reported. 

These  considerations  and  the  relative  rarity 


Fig.  1.  (Left)  General  appearance  when  first  seen.  (Right) 
General  appearance  four  months  after  implantation  of  pellets 
of  testosterone  propionate. 

of  such  conditions  prompted  the  writer  to  re- 
port this  case. 

The  patient,  apparently  a male  and  nine- 
teen years  old,  came  to  the  Out  Patient  De- 
partment on  August  1,  1939,  because  of  fail- 
ure of  sexual  development  and  blindness  of 
the  left  eye.  The  blindness  was  due  to  an 
injury  seven  years  previously.  He  had  never 
experienced  sexual  desire,  erections  or  ejacu- 
lations. 

About  five  year  before,  an  operation  for 
cryptorchidism  was  performed  at  Toronto  Gen- 
eral Hospital.  The  condition  found  is  de- 
scribed in  the  following  report : 

“This  unfortunate  boy  of  fifteen  came  to  the  hos- 
pital for  investigation  and  treatment  of  cryptorchidism. 
Examination  showed  the  penis  to  be  infantile  in  type — 
the  scrotum  to  be  small  and  empty ; there  was  no 
growth  of  pubic  hair,  or  in  fact  anywhere  else  on 
the  body.  A careful  palpation  in  the  region  of  the 
internal  ring  and  inside  was  suggestive  of  a small  mass 
which  was  taken  to  be  the  testis.  Exploration  was 
carried  out  and  on  both  sides  a similar  finding  was 

6p9 


August,  1941 


EUNUCHISM— MILLER 


encountered.  At  the  internal  ring  was  an  oval  mass 
about  the  size  of  an  almond  which  felt  like  a testis, 
but  on  being  visualized  looked  like  a lymph  gland. 
Quick  section  was  done  and  it  was  reported  lymph 
gland.  Careful  examination  revealed  no  sign  of  a 


Fig.  2.  (Left)  Genitalia  when  first  seen.  (Right)  Genitalia 
four  months  after  implantation  of  pellets  of  testosterone  pro- 
pionate. 

testis.  Palpation  in  the  extraperitoneal  pelvis  gave 
no  sign  of  a uterus  or  ovary.  The  wounds  were 
closed;  the  conjoined  tendon  being  sutured  to  Pou- 
part’s.  Pre-operative  examination  revealed  no  sign  of 
an  ectopic  testis.  Pathological  report  on  the  tissue 
was  ‘chronic  lymphadenitis.’  ” 

This  individual  had  the  appearance  of  a girl 
dressed  in  boy’s  clothes.  He  was  5 feet,  9^ 
inches  in  height  and  weighed  122  pounds. 
His  manner  was  languid  and  he  seemed 
to  lack  energy.  His  formal  education  was 
carried  only  through  the  third  grade  because 
of  his  father’s  peripatetic  occupation,  but  he 
seemed  quite  well  informed  for  his  age  and 
answered  questions  promptly  and  intelligently. 
He  evinced  an  interest  in  girls  but  has  never 
attempted  any  sexual  approach,  giving  as  his 
reason,  ‘T  would  look  foolish  attempting  any- 
thing with  what  I have.”  He  has  tried  mas- 
turbating with  a resultant  slight  engorgement 
of  the  penis  producing  about  a 1 cm.  increase 
in  length.  He  appears  to  be  interested  in 
boyish  pursuits,  plays  football  and  makes 
model  airplanes. 

The  father  and  mother  and  two  younger 
brothers  are  living  and  well  and  apparently 
normal. 


On  physical  examination  this  patient  was 
of  the  slender  stature  above  described  with  a 
sexless  configuration  of  the  body,  tending  to 
the  female  type  as  shown  in  Figure  lA.  The 
shoulders  were  small  and  the  musculature  was 
poor.  There  was  no  suggestion  of  mammary 
gland,  and  no  other  indication  of  ovarian 
function. 

There  was  a scar  on  the  left  cornea.  On 
the  face  there  was  little  or  no  hair  and  no 
axillary  or  pubic  hair.  The  voice  was  soprano 
in  pitch. 

There  were  bilateral  inguinal  scars.  Noth- 
ing suggestive  of  a testicle  was  palpable  either 
there  or  in  the  scrotum,  except  for  an  indefi- 
nite thickening  at  the  right  external  ring. 
The  scrotal  sac  was  undeveloped  and  the  penis 
infantile,  measuring  about  3 cm.  in  length  and 
1 cm.  in  thickness  with  a very  marked  nar- 
rowing of  the  meatus.  Rectal  examination 
revealed  no  evidence  of  a prostate  gland;  no 
secretion  could  be  expressed  from  the  urethra. 

The  extremities  were  negative  except  for 
extraordinarily  long  and  prehensile  fingers  and 
toes. 

Laboratory  Findings 

Urine : Straw  color,  alkaline.  Albumin,  neg^ative. 

Sugar,  negative.  Sediment,  occasional  WBC.  Blood: 
Hgl.  90  per  cent,  RBC  4,640,000,  WBC  7,200,  filament 
60  per  cent,  non-filament  8 per  cent,  lymphocytes  30 
per  cent,  endocytes  2 per  cent.  Blood  N.P.N.  29  mg. 
per  100  c.c.  blood.  Blood  sugar  115  mg.  per  100  c.c. 
blood.  Blood  Kahn  negative.  An  Ascheim  Zondek 
test  was  not  done. 

Blood  pressure  was  120  systolic  and  60  diastolic. 

On  October  5 a meatotomy  was  done  increasing 
the  caliber  of  the  meatus  from  18  F to  24  F.  How- 
ever pyelographic  studies  of  the  upper  urinary  tract 
were  carried  out  by  the  excretory  method  on  October 
28  because  of  the  yet  infantile  penis.  These  pyelograms 
(Fig.  2A)  show  actively  secreting  kidneys,  but  are 
rather  small  for  the  patient’s  age  and  size. 

Treatment 

This  patient  was  first  treated  with  Antuitrin 
S throughout  the  month  of  August,  1939,  re- 
ceiving 500  rat  units  intramuscularly  every 
two  or  three  days  to  a total  of  7,000  rat  units. 
There  was  no  apparent  change  in  his  condi- 
tion. 

He  was  then  given  testosterone  propionate, 
25  mg.  intramuscularly,  receiving  five  injec- 
tions the  first  week  and  two  injections  a week 


610 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


EUNUCHISM— MILLER 


after  that  for  five  months.  He  received  a 
total  of  forty-six  injections  of  25  mg,  each, 
thus  consuming  1,150  mg.  of  this  expensive 
preparation  in  less  than  half  a year. 


with  discharge  of  a starchy  substance  re- 
sembling semen  until  the  seventh  week. 

Within  a week  of  the  beginning  of  his  re- 
placement therapy  he  felt  “more  peppy,” 


Fig.  3.  (Left)  Excretory  pyelogram  before  testosterone  propionate  therapy.  (Right) 
Excretory  pyelogram  one  year  after  commencing  testosterone  therapy. 


The  effects  were  instantaneous,  sustained 
and  gratifying.  The  penis,  during  the  first 
week,  became  somewhat  sore  without  any 
pleasurable  sensation  and  there  was  consider- 
able edema  of  the  prepuce  and  scrotum.  How- 
ever, this  soreness  and  edema  disappeared  in 
a week  and  the  penis  proceeded  to  increase  in 
size  in  its  flaccid  state  from  the  original  length 
of  3 cm.  to  4 cm.  at  the  fourth  week,  5 cm. 
at  the  sixth  week  and  at  the  conclusion  of  his 
injections  had  attained  the  nearly  normal  size 
of  7 cm.  All  measurements  were  made  from 
the  symphysis  to  the  tip  of  the  glans.  At 
first  there  was  almost  constant  penile  engorge- 
ment and  erections  occurred  several  times 
daily,  lasting  about  a quarter  of  an  hour.  Dur- 
ing this  acute  response  a small  amount  of 
blood  was  once  noted  coming  from  the  ureth- 
ra. 

Approximately  one  month  after  the  begin- 
ning of  his  injections  of  testosterone  propio- 
nate, the  patient  observed  that  he  had  experi- 
enced “sexual  desire  since  taking  the  shots ; 
before  it  never  bothered  me.”  Also  about  this 
time  he  reported  that  a viscous  substance 
came  from  the  urethra  following  defecation; 
but  he  did  not  have  a nocturnal  emission 

August,  1941 


whereas  he  had  felt  “grogg^^”  before.  This  in- 
crease in  energy  was  soon  accompanied  by  a 
visible  increase  in  musculature.  In  one  month 
the  patient  gained  from  122  pounds  to  137 
pounds.  In  two  weeks  more  he  weighed  142l4 
pounds  and  at  present  weighs  149  pounds. 
This  immediate  gain  is  interesting  in  view  of 
the  work  of  Thorn  and  Emerson  on  the  pro- 
duction of  edema  by  gonadal  and  adrenal  cor- 
tical hormones.^®  During  the  past  year  the 
patient  has  increased  in  height  from  5 feet, 
9^4  inches  to  6 feet. 

A growth  of  pubic  hair  became  noticeable 
in  three  weeks  and  soon  afterward  a beard 
and  axillary  hair.  It  was  nearly  two  months, 
however,  before  this  hair  growth  became  as 
prominent  as  that  of  a boy  at  the  beginning 
of  puberty.  At  about  this  time  his  voice  be- 
gan to  become  deeper  and  “crack”  occasion- 
ally. 

Early  in  his  treatment  the  patient  observed 
that  his  breasts  were  “developing.”  On  exam- 
ination there  was  found  to  be  a slight  swelling, 
induration  and  tenderness  in  the  right  nipple 
region,  and  later  the  same  on  the  left.  Noth- 
ing further  was  ever  evident  and  at  present 
there  is  nothing  resembling  a female  breast. 

611 


UTERINE  INERTIA— SIDDALL 


As  stated  previously,  at  the  end  of  five 
months  the  supply  of  testosterone  propionate 
was  exhausted  and  the  patient’s  treatment 
lapsed,  but  without  any  apparent  regression 
on  his  part  during  a three-month  period. 
Through  the  courtesy  of  the  Schering  Corpora- 
tion, pellets  suitable  for  implantation  were 
then  obtained,  and  implanted  in  the  left  axil- 
lary region  by  Dr.  C.  J.  Barone,  an  associate. 
Two  pellets  of  150  mg.  each  were  used. 

There  was  an  immediate  renaissance  in  sex- 
ual activity.  Prolonged  erections  occurred 
about  five  times  daily,  and  frequent  emissions 
were  noted  for  some  time.  He  reports  now, 
eight  months  after  implantation,  that  these 
emissions  do  not  occur  and  the  erections  are 
diminishing.  The  voice  continues  to  deepen 
and  the  pubic  and  axillary  hair  to  thicken. 
There  is  fairly  well  developed  facial  hair,  but 
no  hair  on  the  chest.  The  penis  is  quite  well 
developed ; flaccid,  it  measures  7 cm.  in  length 
and  3 cm.  in  diameter;  when  erect,  the  length 
is  12  cm.  and  the  diameter  between  4 and 
5 cm.  The  denser  tissue  suggesting  a small, 
rather  amorphous  testicle  palpable  at  the 
right  external  ring,  is  still  present  and  per- 
haps slightly  larger.  A small,  firm  prostate 
is  palpqble  by  rectum  and  is  not  tender.  No 
secretion  could  be  expressed  from  this  on  re- 
peated attempts.  However,  the  secretion  dis- 
charged from  the  meatus  upon  manually  in- 
duced ejaculation,  has  the  gross  appearance 
of  , prostatic  fluid,  not  semen,  and  microscopic- 
ally shows  a moderate  concentration  of  lipoid 
globules  and  no  spermatozoa. 

Excretory  pyelograms  were  made  on  Octo- 
ber 28,  1939,  at  the  beginning  of  his  treatment 
and  again  in  December,  1940.  These  proposed 
to  show  clinically  the  hypertrophic  influence 
of  testosterone  propionate  on  the  kidney  as 
demonstrated  by  Selye^  experimentally.  As 
will  be  noted  (Fig.  2A-B),  there  is  no  very 
marked  change  in  the  size  of  the  kidney  in 
this  patient  after  rather  prolonged  therapeutic 
dosage. 

References 

1.  Burch,  John  C. : Endocrine  therapy  in  obstetrics  and  gyne- 

cology. Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  70:503-S0'8. 

2.  Geist,  Samuel  H..  Salmon,  Udall  J.,  Gaines,  J.  A.,  and 

Walter,  R.  I. : The  biologic  effect  of  androgen  (testos- 
terone propionate)  in  women.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  114:1539- 

1544,  1940. 

3.  Huggins,  Charles,  and  Stevens,  Roland  A.:  The  effect 

of  castration  on  benign  hypertrophy  of  the  prostate  in 
man.  Jour.  Urol.,  4^705-713,  (May)  1940. 

4.  McCahey,  James  F.,  and  Rakoff,  A.  E. : An  estrogenic 

612 


property  of  testosterone  propionate.  Jour.  Urol.,  42:372- 
375,  (September)  1939. 

5.  McCullagh,  E.  Perry:  Treatment  of  testicular  deficiency 

with  testosterone  propionate.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  112:1037-1044. 

6.  McCullagh,  E.  Perry,  and  McGurl,  F.  J. : Further  ob- 

servations on  the  clinical  use  of  testosterone  propionate. 
Jour.  Urol.,  42:1265-1273,  (December)  1939. 

7.  Selye,  Hans:  The  effect  of  testosterone  propionate  on  the 

kidney.  Jour.  Urol.,  42:637-641,  (October)  1939. 

8.  Thompson,  Willard  0. : Male  hypogenitalism.  Jour.  Michi- 

gan State  Med.  So.,  39:842-847,  (November)  1940. 

9.  Thomson,  David  S. : Relations  between  enaocrinology  and 
urology.  Jour.  Urol.,  41:435-454,  (April)  1939. 

10.  Thorn,  George  W.,  and  Emerson,  Jr.,  Kendall:  Role  of 

gonadal  and  adrenal  cortical  hormones  in  the  production 
of  edema.  Ann.  Int.  Med.,  14:757-769. 

11.  Vigdoff,  Ben:  The  hormonal  control  of  the  prostate  and 

its  relation  to  clinical  prostatic  hypertrophy.  Jour.  Urol.. 
42:359-367,  (September)  1939.  ^ ^ J 


-MSMS- 


Uterine  Inertia  in  the  First 
Stage  nf  Labnr* 


By  Roger  S.  Siddall,  M.D. 
Detroit,  Michigan 


Roger  S.  Siddall,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1920.  Cer- 
tified by  the  American  Board  of  Obstetrics 
and  Gynecology.  Assistant  Professor  of  Clin- 
ical Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  Wayne  Uni- 
versity. Extramural  Lecturer  in  Post-Gradu- 
ate Medicine,  University  of  Michigan.  On 
the  staffs  of  Harper  Hospital,  Highland  Park 
General  Hospital,  and  Herman  Kiefer  Hospi- 
tal, Detroit.  Member,  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society;  Michigan  Society  of  Obstetricians 
and  Gynecologists. 


■ Of  all  the  causes  of  dystocia  or  difficult 
labor,  uterine  inertia,  with  its  weak  and  in- 
sufficient contractions,  is  perhaps  the  most 
frequent  and  troublesome.  As  little  is  known 
about  its  etiology,  the  condition  is  so  unpre- 
dictable as  to  make  prevention  impossible  for 
the  most  part.  For  the  same  reason,  there  is 
as  yet  no  direct  and  certain  remedy.  Treat- 
ment must  therefore  depend  largely  on  a 
careful  consideration  of  possible  complications 
and  dangers,  and  their  best  management. 
Here,  as  in  other  conditions,  knowledge  ac- 
cumulates and  opinions  change  with  experi- 
ence, and  so  another  review  of  an  old  sub- 
ject may  be  justifiable. 

As  an  example  of  a more  or  less  personal 
opinion,  it  would  seem  to  me  that  the  prob- 
lem of  uterine  inertia  particularly  concerns 
the  first  stage  of  labor,  since  it  is  generally 
agreed  that  persistent  delay  in  progress  after 
full  dilatation  of  the  cervix  offers  a clear-cut 
indication  for  feasible  delivery  by  mid  or  low 


*From  Herman  Kiefer  Hospital  and  the  Division  of  Obstetrics 
and  Gynecology,  Wayne  University.  Presented  before  the 
Kalamazoo  Academy  of  Medicine,  March  18,  1941. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


UTERINE  INERTIA— SIDDALL 


forceps,  or  extraction  in  breech  presentations. 
Again,  the  customary  division  of  inertia  into 
primary  and  secondary  appears  to  have  little 
practical  importance  as  the  problems  to  be 
solved  are  essentially  the  same  in  either  event. 
Consequently,  this  discussion  will  apply  almost 
exclusively  to  uterine  inertia  in  the  first  stage 
of  labor,  and  without  regard  to  its  time  of 
onset.  Also,  only  incidental  mention  will  be 
made  of  other  causes  of  prolonged  labor, 
though  it  is  recognized  that  they  often  play 
a part  along  with  inertia. 

Incidence 

The  incidence  of  uterine  inertia  varies  some- 
what with  the  types  of  patients.  Those  in 
their  first  labors  are  more  likely  to  be  affected 
than  are  multiparas,  although  the  latter  are 
certainly  not  exempt  from  the  trouble.  In 
some  reports,  occurrence  is  given  as  high  as 
10  per  cent,  but  in  the  general  run  of  obstet- 
rical patients  it  probably  is  actually  hardly 
one-half  that  figure — especially  if  the  custom- 
ary arbitraiy^  duration  of  thirty  hours  or 
over  is  accepted  as  the  criterion  of  prolonged 
labor.  Moreover,  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
include  cases  with  vague  pains  but  not  defi- 
nitely in  labor.  With  all  proper  statistical 
safeguards,  the  incidence  is  yet  of  considerable 
practical  significance  for  the  obstetrician. 

Etiology 

The  etiology  of  this  condition  is  most  ob- 
scure— as  should  be  expected  when  it  is  re- 
membered that  we  have  little  more  than  spec- 
ulative evidence  regarding  the  cause  of  onset 
and  continuation  of  labor  pains.  As  noted 
before,  women  in  their  first  labors  are  more 
subject  to  the  trouble,  and  this  is  said  to  be 
especially  true  with  elderly  primiparas.  Cer- 
tain other  predisposing  conditions  are  often 
mentioned,  such  as  mild  bicornuate  or  arcu- 
ate uterus ; overdistention  from  multiple  preg- 
nancy, hydramnios,  or  large  child ; uterine 
fibroids ; pelvic  adhesions ; and  unusual  fear  or 
other  emotional  upsets.  These  factors  are  so 
far  from  constant  in  their  action,  however,  as 
to  offer  little  help  in  predicting  inertia.  Ad- 
vanced disease,  general  debility,  and  such  are 
unimportant.  In  fact,  women  in  poor  condi- 
tion from  tuberculosis,  cardiac  disease,  and 
acute  infections,  for  example,  tend  to  have 

August,  1941 


rather  easy  labors.  Premature  rupture  of  the 
membranes  is  now  generally  believed  to  be 
more  often  a result  than  a cause.  Contracted 
pelvis  and  some  abnormal  presentations  have, 
unfortunately,  a high  incidence  of  complicat- 
ing inertia,  but  from  recent  studies  at  Herman 
Kiefer  and  Harper  Hospitals  we  doubt  that  a 
like  impression  regarding  breech’’  and  posterior 
occiput^  presentations  can  be  verified.  Con- 
siderable attention  to  body  build  has  yielded 
only  generalizations  of  no  great  practical 
value.  The  etiology,  then,  of  this  important 
obstetrical  condition  is  essentially  unknown. 
Furthermore,  there  are  so  many  exceptions  to 
any  rules  so  far  laid  down  that  the  presence 
or  absence  of  any  probable  or  suspected  causal 
factors  gives  little  certainty  regarding  the  pos- 
sible appearance  or  non-appearance  of  uterine 
inertia  in  any  given  case. 

Complications  and  Their  Treatment 

Where  the  cause  of  a condition  is  largely 
guesswork,  prevention  is  likely  to  be  of  the 
same  order.  Theoretically,  the  endocrines 
might  have  some  bearing  on  the  problem,  but 
results  with  the  use  of  all,  even  ovarian  fol- 
licular hormone,  which  seemed  most  promising 
of  any,  have  been  equivocal  and  unconvinc- 
ing. Of  some  interest,  however,  has  been  the 
recent  report  by  Wadlo-w^^  and  a similar  one 
by  Pomerance  and  Daichman.®  Both  of  these 
small  series  of  women,  kept  on  a diet  greatly 
restricted  in  salt,  showed  averages  for  the  du- 
ration of  labor  appreciably  shorter  than  those 
usually  accepted.  The  regime  should  be  harm- 
less, though  probably  hard  to  maintain,  and 
no  doubt  further  reports  will  soon  appear  by 
which  we  may  judge  the  efficacy  of  the  treat- 
ment. As  indicated  before,  efforts  in  the  pre- 
natal period  directed  towards  improving  the 
general  health  may  be  futile  in  the  prevention 
of  uterine  inertia  but  would  at  least  give  bet- 
ter resistance  should  this,  or  any  other,  com- 
plication arise. 

Infection. — If  we  grant,  then,  that  uterine 
inertia  in  labor  is  largely  unpreventable,  we 
should  realize  the  hazards  of  the  complication 
and  be  prepared  to  combat  them  as  well  as 
can  be  done.  One  definite  danger  is  intra- 
partum infection,  with  the  subsequent  in- 
creased incidence  of  puerperal  infection  for 


613 


UTERINE  INERTIA— SIDDALL 


the  mother,  and  high  fetal  mortality.  As  defi- 
nitely shown  (by  Harris  and  Brown, ^ and  by 
Siddall,®  among  many  others),  the  intrapar- 
tum infection  rate  increases  directly  with  the 
duration  of  labor,  and  this  is  especially  the 
case  if  the  membranes  are  ruptured.  Certain- 
ly, this  danger  emphasizes  the  need  of  meticu- 
lous aseptic  technic  and  the  limitation  of  vagi- 
nal, and  even  rectal,  examinations  during  labor 
and  late  in  pregnancy.  Efforts  at  more  posi- 
tive treatment,  notably  by  H.  W.  Mayes,^  in 
which  not  only  is  the  vulval  site  prepared  in 
the  usual  way  but  also  an  antiseptic  is  in- 
stilled into  the  vagina  from  time  to  time  dur- 
ing labor,  has  given  good  results  in  the  hands 
of  some.  Others  have  found  it  ,of  little  use, 
and  DeLee^  reports  an  actual  increase  of  in- 
fection with  the  method.  I believe  that  this 
technic  is  probably  harmless  but  as  yet  am 
not  entirely  convinced  of  its  efficacy. 

Exhaustion. — The  other  major  danger  is 
physical  exhaustion — sooner  or  later,  if  labor 
lasts  long  enough,  jeopardizing  the  mother’s 
life  undoubtedly,  and  probably  the  child’s  also. 

Again,  it  may  not  be  amiss  tO'  point  out  that 
a diagnosis  of  exhaustion  is  not  to  be  based 
on  the  statements  of  the  woman  but  on  a ris- 
ing pulse  rate  and  other  definite  signs  of  begin- 
ning collapse.  Recognizing  that  the  treatment 
of  frank  exhaustion  in  labor  is  far  from  satis- 
factory, we  are  wise  to  anticipate  and  institute 
early  measures  aimed  at  prevention,  or  more 
exactly,  postponement,  of  the  danger. 

The  procedures  for  treatment  or  postpone- 
ment of  exhaustion  fall,  for  the  most  part,  into 
two  groups.  First  is  the  promotion  of  rest 
and  sleep ; and  here  it  is  well  to  remember 
that  though  morphine  gives  the  most  perfect 
rest,  it  also  is  prone  to  diminish  the  already 
weak  contractions.  Barbiturates,  with  per- 
haps small  amounts  of  scopolamine,  have  less 
effect  on  the  pains  and  are  often  for  this  rea- 
son chosen  though  there  is  the  risk  of  induc- 
ing excitement  rather  than  sedation  in  an  oc- 
casional patient.  An  additional  small  dose 
of  morphine  will  usually  eliminate  this  ob- 
jectionable reaction.  There  seems  to  be  no 
doubt  of  the  appreciably  better  results  to  be 
obtained  in  these  cases  by  emphasis  on  the 
use  of  analgesic  drugs  rather  freely. 

614 


Also,  of  great  importance  in  forestalling  ex- 
haustion in  prolonged  labor,  is  the  matter  of 
food  and  water.  Digestion  is  impaired  during 
labor,  it  is  true,  but  small  amounts  of  easily 
digestible  food  at  frequent  intervals  are  well 
handled  and  help  to  keep  up  strength  and 
morale.  Of  even  more  consequence  is  atten- 
tion to  an  adequate  intake  of  water.  Many  pa- 
tients in  labor  require  urging  to  take  anything 
by  mouth,  and  where  there  is  vomiting  and 
with  the  use  of  analgesia,  dehydration  may 
become  a real  problem.  Pride  and  Reinber- 
ger®  have  demonstrated  a high  frequency  of 
genuine,  and  sometimes  dangerous,  acidosis  in 
long  labors.  Incidentally,  they  attributed 
some  of  the  acidosis  to  the  production  of  lac- 
tic acid  from  muscular  activity  and,  further- 
more, found  that  analgesia  limited  this,  and 
hence  the  acidosis,  presumably  by  promoting 
rest  and  quiet.  There  would  seem  to  be  good 
reason  back  of  the  common  custom  of  giving 
glucose  solution  intravenously  (say,  1000  cu- 
bic centimeters  of  a 5 per  cent  solution  every 
12  hours)  to  patients  long  in  labor  in  order 
to  assure  them  a fair  water  intake  as  well  as 
some  readily  usable  food. 

Stimulation  of  Pains. — Inasmuch  as  this  con- 
dition is  one  of  weak  and  insufficient  pains,  it 
is  only  natural  that  efforts  should  be  directed 
towards  correction  of  the  trouble  by  stimula- 
tion of  uterine  contractions.  The  lack  of  any- 
thing but  speculative  knowledge  as  to  the 
initiating  impulse  causing  labor  pains  has  been 
an  insurmountable  difficulty  in  treating  the 
actual  cause.  Trial  of  the  ovarian  follicular 
hormone  has  been  disappointing^^  as  noted  be- 
fore. On  the  theory  that  increased  pressure 
in  the  uterus  stimulates  pains,  a tight  abdom- 
inal binder  has  been  recommended,  and  it 
might  well  have  some  effect  if  it  were  not 
generally  too  uncomfortable  for  use.  Others 
encourage  a patient  to  remain  upright  or 
walking  so  that  gravity  will  bring  the  present- 
ing part  against  the  cervix,  but  such  activity 
is  of  questionable  benefit  and,  if  persisted  in, 
contributes  to  exhaustion. 

Experience  has  shown  that  digital  stripping 
away  of  the  membranes  from  the  low^er  uterine 
segment,  or  perhaps  the  stretching  of  the 
cervix  with  such  manipulation,  sometimes  pro- 
duces better  pains.  If  vaginal  exploration  is 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


UTERINE  INERTIA— SIDDALL 


already  indicated  to  rule  out  malposition  or 
for  other  reasons,  there  should  be  no  contra- 
indication to  a trial  of  this  procedure.  Arti- 
ficial rupture  of  the  membranes  is  more  often 
successful  but  is  wisely  reserved  for  patients 
with  considerable  dilatation  of  the  cervix  and 
in  whom,  in  case  of  failure  and  the  consequent 
increased  danger  of  infection,  operative  deliv- 
ery could  be  reasonably  practicable.  The  hy- 
drostatic bag  introduced  through  the  cervix  is 
a fairly  efficient  stimulator  and  dilator  but 
carries  with  it  too  much  danger  of  infection 
and  prolapse  of  the  umbilical  cord  for  routine 
use. 

Direct  stimulation  of  pains  by  oxytocic  sub- 
stances has  been  the  subject  of  much  contro- 
versy. Castor  oil  and  quinine  either  in  com- 
bination or  singly,  are  old  and  much  used 
remedies,  though  admittedly  uncertain  in  their 
action.  In  fact,  there  are  some  who  question 
any  degree  of  efficacy  for  either  drug.  More- 
over, evidence  has  been  advanced  to  show 
that  quinine  may  cause  deafness  of  the  child 
or  even  its  death.  However,  such  dangers 
can  be  only  very  slight  at  the  most,  and  the 
preponderance  of  clinical  opinion  regards  both 
as  sufficiently  helpful  to  justify  a trial  in  many 
cases.  Perhaps  some  of  the  confusion  has 
arisen  because  the  effect  is  seldom  immediate, 
but  is  evidenced  after  the  lapse  of  4 to  6 
hours.  Paradoxical  as  it  may  seem,  these 
drugs,  either  alone  or  together,  may  be  given 
with  morphine,  since  the  stimulating  action 
of  the  former  comes  into  play  as  the  sedative 
and  recuperative  effect  of  the  latter  wears 
off. 

Extracts  of  the  posterior  pituitary  gland 
were  at  first  highly  recommended  for  use  in 
these  cases,  and  they  are  undoubtedly  efficient 
stimulators.  But,  it  was  soon  learned  that 
such  serious  accidents  as  rupture  of  the  uterus 
and  death  of  the  child  might  result,  and  there 
came  about  a general  condemnation  of  the 
procedure.  Williams^^  says,  “ — its  administra- 
tion is  reprehensible  during  the  first  stage  of 
labor.”  Titus^°  agrees  with  this,  without  res- 
ervation. On  the  other  hand,  Faber  and  Mus- 
sey,^  and  a few  others,  have  maintained  that 
cautious  use  of  the  substance  may  be  defensi- 


ble where  operative  termination  of  labor  would 
otherwise  be  necessary.  Some  of  the  staff 
members  of  Herman  Kiefer  and  Harper  Hos- 
pitals have  long  held  that  though  large  doses 
of  these  substances  are  highly  dangerous,  this 
fact  does  not  necessarily  mean  that  small 
quantities  should  be  so  harmful  as  to  be  to- 
tally contra-indicated.  At  Herman  Kiefer  an 
experimental  study®  was  made,  and  the  re- 
sults can  be  summarized  as  follows : 

The  sixty-two  cases  were  at  term,  with  viable  babies, 
and  had  been  in  definite  labor  for  thirty  hours  or  more, 
the  dystocia  being  due  to  uterine  inertia  as  the  only 
cause.  Either  pituitary  extract  or  a solution  of  the 
oxytocic  fraction  (pitocin)  was  given  at  intervals  of 
twenty  to  thirty  minutes,  beginning  with  1,  2,  or  3 
minims  and  increasing  a minim  a dose  to  a maxi- 
mum of  5 minims.  Whenever  good  stimulation  oc- 
curred during  a course,  administration  was,  of  course, 
discontinued  at  that  point.  ■ In  some  instances  the 
course  was  repeated  after  a lapse  of  several  hours, 
when  the  first  had  been  without  effect.  Among  the 
sixty-two  cases  there  were  forty-two  with  efficient  and 
lasting  stimulation  of  pains  causing  satisfactory  com- 
pletion of  the  first  stage  of  labor.  Essentially  the 
same  results  were  obtained  for  primiparas  and  multi- 
paras. In  the  twenty  classed  as  failures,  there  also 
was  apparently  some  effect  in  the  majority,  as  only 
three  required  operative  intervention  before  full  dila- 
tation of  the  cervix.  In  these  sixty-two  very  difficult 
cases  there  were  only  four  stillbirths,  and  of  these  not 
more  than  one  could  possibly  be  ascribed  to  the  use 
of  pituitary  extract.  There  were  no  neonatal  deaths, 
and  the  fifty-eight  babies  bom  alive  showed  no  evi- 
dence of  injury.  One  maternal  death  occurred  follow- 
ing operative  interference  after  full  dilatation  of  the 
cervix  and  was  in  no  way  due  to  stimulation  of  the 
uterus.  We  were  convinced,  however,  that  the  method 
is  not  free  of  danger  as  there  was  one  instance  of 
tetanic  contraction  of  the  uterus  after  an  initial  2 
minim  dose — fortunately  relieved  by  ether  anesthesia 
and  without  detectable  injury  to  mother  or  child. 
Because  of  this  experience,  we  recommended  a,  first 
dose  of  not  more  than  one  minim  to  test  out  the 
reactivity  of  the  uterine  musculature. 

The  foregoing  is  intended  in  no  way  as  a 
recommendation  for  the  indiscriminate  em- 
ployment of  pituitary  extract  in  labor.  There 
is  always  some  risk  with  its  use,  and  large 
doses  are  very  dangerous.  However,  in  very 
difficult  cases  of  uterine  inertia  with  operative 
intervention  becoming  inevitable,  it  does  seem 
that  a careful  trial  of  pituitary  extract  should 
be  considered  as  the  lesser  hazard. 


August,  1941 


615 


UTERINE  INERTIA— SIDDALL 


Operative  Intervention 

In  the  event  that  all  treatment  has  failed 
and  the  woman  with  an  incompletely  dilated 
cervix  begins  to  show  signs  of  exhaustion  and 
infection,  operative  interference  becomes  im- 
perative to  forestall  a tragedy.  Cesarean  sec- 
tion is  usually  out  of  the  question  because  of 
the  risk  of  infection.  Experience  has  shown 
that  even  the  formerly  recommended  low  cer- 
vical or  the  extraperitoneal  technic,  though 
affording  some  protection,  are  yet  associated 
with  too  high  a mortality  after  long  labor. 
An  exception  may  sometimes  be  made  where 
future  child-bearing  is  not  desirable  or  may 
be  sacrificed,  and  cesarean  section  can  be  fol- 
lowed by  removal  of  the  uterus.  This  is  neces- 
sarily a rare  situation  since  the  majority  of 
these  women  are  in  their  first  labors. 

When  the  cervix  is  half  or  more  dilated, 
completion  of  the  dilatation  is  to  be  accom- 
plished and  the  child  delivered  by  forceps  or 
version  and  extraction,  depending  on  which  is 
dictated  by  the  circumstances.  With  less  than 
5 centimeters  dilatation,  it  is  generally  wise 
to  insert  a hydrostatic  bag  for  at  least  a trial 
at  promoting  some  progress  before  attempting 
delivery.  For  operative  enlargement  of  the 
cervix,  direct  incision  according  to  Diihrssen 
has  largely  supplanted  so-called  manual  dila- 
tation, which  in  fact  was  not  dilatation  but 
rather  manual  tearing.  Cutting  is  much  quick- 
er and,  moreover,  has  the  distinct  advantage 
of  permitting  the  placing  of  the  incisions  in 
the  safest  directions.  Since  the  operation  is 
described  in  every  textbook,  little  need  be 
said  on  the  technic. 

It  has  been  stated,  however,  and  I believe 
the  statement  is  true  and  worth  repeating,  that 
the  commonest  mistake  in  connection  -with 
this  operation  is  its  posponement  until  too  late. 
Its  well  known  formidableness  leads  too  often 
to  ill-advised  delay;  and  finally  when  the  at- 
tempt is  made,  the  patient  is  in  the  last  stages 
of  exhaustion. 

Another  and  frequent  error  is  found  in  in- 
sufficient incisions.  Traction  on  the  fetus, 
then,  is  very  likely  to  result  in  sudden  and 
dangerous  extension  well  up  into  the  uterus. 

Finally,  a word  may  be  said  in  regard  to 
one  more  danger,  namely,  postpartum  hemor- 


rhage. Uterine  inertia  is  often  followed  by 
uterine  atony,  and  after  successful  delivery, 
the  patient’s  life  may  be  again  jeopardized  by 
profuse  bleeding.  Treatment,  of  course,  is 
as  usual  for  postpartum  hemorrhage,  but  an- 
ticipation should  permit  more  prompt  institu- 
tion of  the  necessary  measures. 

Summary 

Uterine  inertia  is  a common  cause  of  dys- 
tocia, especially  in  first  labors  though  multi- 
paras are  not  exempt  from  the  trouble.  In 
the  second  stage  of  labor,  operative  delivery  is 
usually  feasible ; but  prolonged  first  stage  due 
to  weak  pains  is  apt  to  be  difficult  to  treat 
and  may  be  dangerous  for  mother  and  child. 
The  actual  etiology  of  uterine  inertia  is  un- 
known, and  moreover  the  usually  accepted 
predisposing  factors  are  so  variable  in  their 
effect  as  to  be  of  little  value  in  predicting  the 
condition  for  any  given  case.  Consequently, 
attempts  at  prevention  are  mostly  futile, 
though  the  recently  suggested  salt-poor  diet 
may  prove  to  be  of  some  help.  The  chief 
dangers  associated  with  the  prolonged  labor  of 
uterine  inertia  are  infection  and  exhaustion, 
and  treatment  for  these  is  outlined.  Direct 
stimulation  of  uterine  contractions  has  been 
widely  condemned  as  hazardous  but  at  times 
may  be  justifiable  in  order  to  avoid  greater 
risks.  Results  are  given  for  an  experimental 
series  of  these  cases  treated  by  careful  ad- 
ministration of  pituitary  extract.  In  some 
instances  all  treatment  fails;  and  with  the 
approach  of  danger,  operative  intervention  be- 
comes necessary,  and  this  should  not  be  post- 
poned until  too  late.  Cesarean  section  is  usu- 
ally contra-indicated.  If  the  cervix  is  less  than 
half  dilated,  the  dilating  effect  of  a hydrostatic 
bag  may  be  tried.  But,  when  5 centimeters 
or  more  dilatation  has  been  attained,  the  gen- 
eral indication  is  for  ample  incision  of  the  cer- 
vix and  extraction  of  the  child  by  forceps, 
breech  extraction,  or  version  and  extraction, 
as  the  circumstances  dictate.  Postpartum 
hemorrhage  due  to  uterine  atony  often  fol- 
lows uterine  inertia. 

References 

DeLee,  J.  B. : Principles  and  Practice  of  Obstetrics, 

Ed.  7,  p.  318.  Philadelphia  & London:  W.  B.  Saunders 
& Co.,  1938. 

Faber,  J.  E.,  and  Mussey,  R.  D.:  lied.  Clin.  North 

America,  23:1049,  1939. 


616 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


UTERINE  INERTIA— SIDDALL 


3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 


7. 


8. 


9. 

10. 


11. 


Harris,  J.  W.,  and  Brown,  J.  H. ; Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  & 
Gynec.,  13:133,  1927. 

Mayes,  H.  W. : Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec.,  30:80,  1933. 

Pomerance,  W.,  and  Daichman,  I.:  Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  & 

Gynec.,  40:463,  1940. 

Pride,  W.  T.,  and  Reinberger,  J.  R. : Am.  Jour.  Obstet. 

and  Gynec.,  35:793,  1938. 

Seeley,  W.  F.,  and  Siddall,  R.  S. : New  Internal.  Clin., 

1:29,  1940. 

Siddall,  R.  S.:  Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  and  Gynec.,  15:828, 


1928. 

Siddall,  R.  S.,  and  Harrel,  D.  G.;  Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  & 
Gynec.,  41:589,  1941. 

Titus,  P.:  Management  of  Obstetric  Difficulties,  p.  391. 

St.  Louis:  C.  V.  Mosby  Co.,  1937. 

Wadlow,  E.  E.:  Am.  Jour.  Obstet.  & Gynec.,  39:749, 


12.  Weisman,  A.  I.:  Med.  Rec.,  153:52,  1941. 

13.  Williams,  J.  W. : Obstetrics,  ed.  7,  p.  924.  New  York: 

D.  Appleton-Century  Co.,  1936. 

955  Fisher  Bldg. 


-MSMS- 


NO  RETREAT  FOR  MEDICINE 

The  flame-lit  skies  of  bombed  British  towns  can 
sometimes  be  seen  at  night  from  countries  across  the 
Channel.  America,  too,  hears  the  rumble  of  the  War 
God’s  chariot  and  his  hot  breath  is  felt  by_  each  of  us. 
This  is  not  strange  when  every  paper  in  the  land 
carries  banner  headlines  on  war  and  on  our  defense 
measures. 

Reports  are  conflicting.  The  losses  of  the  combatants 
fluctuate  like  the  stock  market  and  figures  are  high 
or  low,  depending  on  which  side  is  telling  the  story. 
Our  thoughts  are  pulled  this  way  and  that  by  pro- 
paganda. It  is  true  that  our  sympathies  lie  with  the 
democratic  nations,  but  do  not  make  the  mistake  of 
believing  that  therefore  the  dictator  powers  can  have 
no  influence  ovor  our  destiny.  Propaganda,  we  are 
told,  is  the  most  powerful  weapon  that  can  be  wielded. 
It  sneaks  and  crawls  into  the  very  mind  of  man  or 
marches  in  to  the  tune  of  martial  music.  The  demo- 
cratic nations  reach  us  by  arousing  sympathy;  Hitler 
and  his  unholy  brethren  inspire  us  with  terror  and 
try  to  create  the  impression  that  they  are  invincible. 
Many  are  prone  to  fall  under  the  hypnotic  sway  of 
such  suggestions  and  might  then  assume  that  a struggle 
is  not  even  worth  while. 

Countless  old  legends  are  woven  around  a theme 
similar  to  the  story  of  Achilles’  heel.  It  is  cornforting 
to  remember  that  there  is  always  a weak  point  that 
can  be  reached,  and  when  poise  is  substituted  for 
hysteria  we  know  that  liberty  must  eventually  conquer. 

In  a life-and-death  struggle  such  as  that  now  being 
waged  by  England,  activities  must  be  restricted  to  the 
bare  necessities.  Research  goes  on  feverishly  but  in 
the  destructive  field  of  war  machinery.  Medicine  goes' 
on  too,  and  we  are  even  told  of  great  discoveries  in 
plastic  surgery,  wound  therapy,  and  so  forth,  which 
evolved  during  or  as  a direct  result  of  the  last  World 
War. 

These  too,  however,  must  be  considered  as  children 
of  necessity.  The  greatest  part  of  medicine  has  to  be 
laid  aside  to  be  dusted  off  only  after  the  peace  treaty 
has  been  signed. 

In  the  meantime  our  American  physicians  must  carry 
a burden  of  responsibility  not  only  for  themselves  but 
for  those  of  their  profession  who  are  homeless  and 
persecuted,  for  the  harassed  and  overworked  in  the 
war  zone,  for  the  dead,  and  for  that  vast  uncounted 
army  of  young  men  who  would  have  become  healers 
if  fate  had  not  called  upon  them  to  become  killers. 

W’c  must  not  permit  the  fire  glow  from  England  to 
August,  1941 


cause  panic  which  will  rout  the  ranks  of  medicine.  We 
must  continue  to  perform  our  everyday  tasks  with  as 
much  serenity  as  possible.  We  must  not  discard  re- 
search as  useless  in  a mad  world,  for  the  day  will 
come  to  aid  those  who  are  torn  and  bleeding  so  that 
when  the  first  of  destruction  dies  away,  they  may  lift 
high  the  bright  flame  of  liberty  that  burns  undying 
in  their  hearts. — Pemisylvania  Medical  Journal,  Feb., 
1941. 


^MSMS 

NURSING  EDUCATION  VS.  NURSING  CARE  ' 

From  a discussion  at  the  midwinter  session  of  the 
Council  of  our  Association,  it  is  clear  that  the  prob- 
lem of  nursing  care  is  constantly  gro-wing  in  serious- 
ness and  that  unless  remedial  measures  are  promptly 
instituted  there  is  danger  of  a complete  breakdown  of 
this  indispensable  service  to  the  sick.  Hospitals  through- 
out the  state  are  threatened  with  serious  handicaps  in 
their  nursing  care.  The  problem  is  particularly  acute 
for  smaller  institutions  in  the  outlying  districts. 

The  present  dilemma  may  be  traced  to  a number 
of  factors.  The  public  health  activities,  the  Red  Cross, 
the  Visiting  Nurse  Associations,  the  school  health  serv- 
ices, all  have  already  absorbed,  and  are  continuing  to 
draw,  goodly  numbers  of  graduates.  The  salaries,  the 
hours,  and  the  nature  of  service  offered  by  these  posi- 
tions are  obviously  more  attractive  than  are  the  duties 
connected  with  bedside  routine  in  a home  or  in  a 
hospital. 

The  greatest  contributing  factor,  however,  must  be 
sought  in  deeper  territory.  The  history  of  nursing 
education  in  this  country  runs  closely  parallel  to  that 
of  medical  education  with  this  exception.  A generation 
ago  there  were  170  medical  colleges  in  the  United 
States.  As  to  training  schools,  well,  there  were  almost 
as  many  as  there  were  hospitals.  In  Nebraska  too, 
until  the  reform  beg^n  it  -was  unthinkable  for  a 
respectable  hospital  to  deprive  itself  of  a nurses’  train- 
ing school.  This  statement  is  not  made  in  a spirit 
of  sarcasm.  Indeed,  many  graduates  from  these  now 
extinct  training  schools  are  today  rendering  excellent 
bedside  care  to  the  people  of  our  commonwealth. 

With  the  change  in  trends  of  education  in  nursing, 
the  smaller  schools  have  disappeared.  Now  only  the 
large  and  well  endowed  hospitals  can  keep  up  with 
the  rigid  requirements  and  the  academic  equipment 
necessary  for  an  approved  training  school.  The  effort 
to  improve  the  standards  of  any  profession  deserves 
praise,  and  as  physicians  we  express  our  enthusiasm 
over  the  attempt.  In  fact,  we  have  helped  in  no  small 
measure  to  expand  the  curriculum. 

“The  recently  graduated  nurse  is  more  interested  in 
an  executive  or  administrative  job  than  in  actual  nurs- 
ing.” This  statement  was  made  in  full  sincerity  by  a 
member  of  the  Council,  who  for  many  years  has 
operated  a well  equipped  but  small  hospital  in  the 
state.  The  sentiment  seemed  to  be  general  and  prac- 
tically unanimous  that  the  modem  R.N.  considers 
herself  too  well  trained  to  administer  “hypos”  and 
enemas. 

It  is  not  within  the  scope  of  this  editorial  to  sug- 
gest a solution  to  the  problem.  That  the  situation  is 
urgent  the  leaders  in  nursing  education  undoubtedly 
appreciate.  It  is  ardently  hoped  that  our  committees 
appointed  to  study  the  dilemma  will  bring  in  some 
tangible  information  that  may  promptly  be  utilized 
as  a basis  for  betterment  of  nursing  care  in  Nebraska. 
— Editorial  from  Nebraska  State  Medical  Journal, 
!March,  1941. 


617 


Editorial 


MATURE  JUDGMENT  NEEDED 

■ Unless  intelligent  judgment  is  used  there  will 
always  be  difficulty  in  determining  the  divid- 
ing lines  between  public  health,  preventive  medi- 
cine and  curative  medicine.  Probably  every  cura- 
tive procedure  in  medicine  could  be  judged  by 
some  to  be  a public  health  or  a preventive  meas- 
ure and  tacitly  the  function  of  the  Department  of 
Health. 

A number  of  instances  have  occurred  recently 
which  indicate  a broadening  of  this  viewpoint 
in  defining  public  health  and  preventive  meas- 
ures and  the  part  which  should  be  played  in 
them  by  the  group  of  health  officers. 

The  Department  of  Health  maintains  a mobile 
x-ray  unit  for  the  purpose  of  surveying  certain 
districts  in  which  the  incidence  of  tuberculosis  is 
a major  problem.  Primarily,  it  was  meant  for  use 
in  those  districts  in  which  x-ray  facilities  were 
lacking.  In  tjvo  counties  (which  are  adequately 
equipped  roentgenographically)  the  use  of  this' 
unit  has  been  offered  to  manufacturing  plants  at 
a cost  below  that  which  could  be  met  by  private 
roentgenologists.  In  each  of  these  factories  the 
county  health  officer  has  felt  a need  for  such 
a survey  existed.  In  one  county  the  medical 
profession  refused  to  place  its  endorsement  upon 
this  use  and  an  appeal  was  taken  to  The  Council 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society.  The  de- 
cision was  referred  back  to  the  county  medical 
society  as  being  entirely  within  its  own  province 
since  the  Department  of  Health  had  stipulated 
that  the  consent  of  the  local  profession  must  be 
obtained  before  the  unit  was  used  for  this  pur- 
pose. In  the  other  county  the  profession  took  no 
formal  action  but  a large  majority  of  the  mem- 
bers individually  offered  no  objections. 

It  seems  to  be  the  practice  for  the  health  officer/ 
to  initiate  this  type  of  survey  and  since  the  sur- 
vey is  usually  discussed  with  the  industrialist  be- 
fore consulting  the  medical  profession  it  puts  the 
onus  of  the  decision  on  the  practicing  physician. 
In  the  smaller  counties  this  is  embarrassing  to 
some  members. 

When  the  health  officer  has  such  a program 
to  suggest,  the  county  medical  society  should 
be  consulted  first  and  then  the  proposal  should 
be  carefully  weighed  and  studied,  not  alone 

618 


from  the  immediate  effects  upon  the  doctor 
himself,  but  upvon  the  real  need,  from  the 
standpoint  of  preserving  the  health  of  the  com- 
munity, and  also  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
preservation  of  private  enterprise,  which  is 
the  foundation  of  the  private  practice  of  medi- 
cine. 

^MSMS 

A GREAT  MEETING 

■ The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  will 

hold  its  Seventy-sixth  Annual  Convention  at 
Grand  Rapids,  September  16,  17,  18,  and  19. 

Thirty  out-of-state  speakers,  who  are  rec- 
ognized leaders  of  their  specialties,  over  a 
hundred  exhibits,  and  a sincere  welcome 
await  you  at  Grand  Rapids. 

This  second  largest  city  of  Michigan  has  been 
most  cooperative  in  caring  for  the  crowds  which 
annually  attend  this  instructive  and  entertain- 
ing meeting.  Its  auditorium  facilities  are  un- 
surpassed and  the  hotels  have  been  most  con- 
siderate of  the  desires  and  needs  of  the  two 
thousand  doctors  of  medicine  who  attend.  The 
numbers  of  members  who  were  disappointed  by 
the  lack  of  proper  facilities  at  Detroit  last  year 
will  be  more  than  gratified  by  the  entirely  dif- 
ferent attitude  of  the  hotels  in  this  year’s  selected 
city.  There  are  several  hotels  in  Grand  Rapids 
comparable  to  those  in  the  very  large  metropoli- 
tan areas.  The  auditorium  is  connected  with 
one  of  the  hotels  and  furnishes  the  best  arrange- 
ment for  exhibits  which  can  be  found  in  the 
state. 

Any  description  of  Grand  Rapids  would  be 
very  incomplete  were  one  to  omit  mention  of 
the  many  beautiful  parks  in  and  about  the  city. 
But  chiefly  is  the  city  provided  with  wonderful 
facilities  for  golf.  There  are  no  less  than  eleven 
splendid  golf  courses  in  and  around  Grand  Rap- 
ids. In  addition  to  the  private  country  clubs  such 
as  Cascade  Hills,  Highlands,  Kent,  and  Blithe- 
field  there  are  a number  of  municipal  and  other 
public  links. 

If  you  have  not  already  made  your  reser- 
vation for  a room,  do  so  immediately. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


Postgraduate  Education  in  Michigan 


A PHYSICIAN’S  education  is  never  done.  It  is 
the  penalty  of  medical  leadership.  Since  every 
doctor  of  medicine  aspires  to  professional  superiority, 
voluntary  postgraduate  study  has  become  a stern  but 
commonplace  requisite  of  good  practice  today. 

The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  through  its 
Postgraduate  Medical  Education  Committee,  has 
blazed  a progressive  trail  in  the  training  of  Michi- 
gan’s general  practitioners.  The  high  percentage  of 
attendance  at  its  eight  extramural,  as  well  as  its  resi- 
dent centers,  speaks  well  for  the  medical  competence 
of  doctors  of  medicine  in  this  state. 

In  its  constant  efforts  to  improve  and  expand  its 
excellent  program,  the  state  society  should  give  favor- 
able consideration  to  a concentrated  program  at  some 
convenient  center  in  the  Upper  Peninsula.  More  op- 
portunity for  continuation  study  in  that  vast  area  is 
indicated ; the  several  hundred  practitioners  in  the  nine 
Upper  Peninsula  county  medical  societies  are  most 
desirous  that  an  annual  postgraduate  day  be  inaugu- 
rated. 

When  this  center  is  established,  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  will  have  covered  the  entire  state  with 
a postgraduate  program  superior  in  quality  and  most 
modern  in  execution. 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Past  Presidents  1866-1939 


1866 —  *C.  M.  Stock-well,  Port  Huron 

1867 —  *J.  H.  Jerome,  Saginaw 

1868 —  *Wm,  H.  DeCamp,  Grand  Rapids 

1869 —  ^Richard  Inglis,  Detroit 

1870 —  *1.  H.  Bartholomew,  Lansing 

1871 —  *H.  O.  Hitchcock,  Kalamazoo 

1872 —  *Alonzo  B.  Palmer,  Ann  Arbor 

1873 —  *E.  W.  Jenk,  Detroit 

1874 —  *R.  C.  Kedzie,  Lansing 

1875 —  *Wm.  Brodie,  Detroit 

1876 —  * Abram  Sager,  Ann  Arbor 

1877 —  *Foster  Pratt,  Kalamazoo 

1878 —  *Ed.  Cox,  Battle  Creek 

1879 —  *George  K.  Johnson,  Grand  Rapids 

1880 —  *J.  R.  Thomas,  Bay  City 

1881 —  *J.  H.  Jerome,  Saginaw 

1882 —  *Geo.  W.  Topping,  DeWitt 

1883 —  *A.  F.  Whelan,  Hillsdale 

1884 —  *Donald  Maclean,  Detroit 

1885 —  *E.  P.  Christian,  Wyandotte 

1886 —  *Charles  Shepard,  Grand  Rapids 

1887 —  *T.  A.  McGraw,  Detroit 

1888 —  *S.  S.  French,  Battle  Creek 

1889 —  *G.  E.  Frothingham,  Detroit 

1890 —  *L.  W.  Bliss,  Saginaw 

1891 —  *George  E.  Ranney,  Lansing 

1892 —  ^Charles  J.  Lundy  (died  before  tak- 

ing office) 

*Geo.  V.  Chamberlain,  Flint,  Acting 
President 

1893 —  *Eugene  Boise,  Grand  Rapids 

1894 —  *Henry  O.  Walker,  Detroit 

1895 —  ^Victor  C.  Vaughan,  Ann  Arbor 

1896 —  *Hugh  McColl,  Lapeer 

1897 —  * Joseph  B.  Griswold,  Grand  Rapids 

1898 —  * Ernest  L.  Shurly,  Detroit 

1899 —  *A.  W.  Alvord,  Battle  Creek 

1900 —  *P.  D.  Patterson,  Charlotte 

1901 —  *Leartus  Connor,  Detroit 


1902 —  *A.  E.  Bulson,  Jackson 

1903 —  *Wm.  F.  Breakey,  Ann  Arbor 

1904 —  *B.  D.  Harison,  Sault  Ste.  Marie 

1905 —  *David  Inglis,  Detroit 

1906 —  *Charles  B.  Stockwell,  Port  Huron 

1907 —  *Hermon  Ostrander,  Kalamazoo 

1908 —  *A.  F.  Lawbaugh,  Calumet 

1909 —  *J.  H.  Carstens,  Detroit 

1910 —  *C.  B.  Burr,  Flint 

1911 —  *D.  Emmett  Welsh,  Grand  Rapids 

1912 —  *Wm.  H.  Sawyer,  Hillsdale 

1913 —  *Guy  L.  Kiefer,  Detroit 

1914 — Reuben  Peterson,  Ann  Arbor 

1915 —  *A.  W.  Hombogen,  Marquette 

1916 — Andrew  P.  Biddle,  Detroit 

1917 — Andrew  P.  Biddle,  Detroit 

1918 — Arthur  M.  Hume,  Owosso 

1919 — Charles  H.  Baker,  Bay  City 

1920 —  *Angus  McLean,  Detroit 

1921 —  *Wm.  J.  Kay,  Lapeer 

1922 —  *W.  T.  Dodge,  Big  Rapids 

1923 — Guy  L.  Connor,  Detroit 

1924 —  *C.  C.  Clancy,  Port  Huron 

1925 —  *Cyrenus  G.  Darling,  Ann  Arbor 

1926 — J.  B.  Jackson,  Kalamazoo 

1927 — Herbert  E.  Randall,  Flint 

1928 — Louis  J.  Hirschman,  Detroit 

1929 — J.  D.  Brook,  Grandville 

1930 —  *Ray  C.  Stone,  Battle  Creek 

1931—  *Carl  F.  Moll,  Flint 

1932 — J.  Milton  Robb,  Detroit 

1933 — George  LeFevre,  Muskegon 

1934 —  *R.  R.  Smith,  Grand  Rapids 

1935 — Grover  C.  Penberthy,  Detroit 

1936 — Henry  E.  Perry,  Newberry 

1937 — Henry  Cook,  Flint 

1938 — Henry  A.  Luce,  Detroit 

1939 — Burton  R.  Corbus,  Grand  Rapids 


*Deceased. 


620 


Jour.  M.S.M.S.  | 


THE  7BTH  A]^lVUAL  MEETIIVG 

GRAIVD  RAPIDS  - 1941 


A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D. 
Detroit 

Chairman-  of  The  Council 


L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D. 
Bay  City 
Secretary 


P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D. 
Bay  City 
President 


OFFICIAL  CALL 


'^HE  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal  Society  will  convene  in 
Annual  Session  in  Grand 
Rapids,  Michigan,  on  Septem- 
ber 16,  17,  18,  19,  1941.  The  pro- 
visions of  the  Constitution  and 
By-laws  and  the  Official  Pro- 
gram will  govern  the  delibera- 
tions. 


P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D., 
President 


A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D., 
Chairman  of  The  Council 

O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D., 
Speaker 


Attest : 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D., 
Secretary 


O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D. 
Fremont 

Speaker  of  House  of 
Delegates 


Wm.  a.  Hyland,  M.D. 
Grand  Rapids 
T reasurer 


August,  1941 


H.  R.  Carstens,  M.D. 
Detroit 

President-Elect 


621 


OUTLINE  OF  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  PROGRAM 
Seventy-sixth  Annual  Meeting,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
Grand  Rapids — September  17,  18,  19,  1941 


Wednesday,  September  17 

Thursday,  September  18 

Friday,  September  19 

A.  M. 
9:30  to 
10:00 

Medicine 

Russell  L.  Cecil,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Obstetrics  (Maternal  Health) 
James  R.  McCord,  M.D. 
Atlanta,  Georgia 

ON  THE 

SEVEN  SECTION  PROGRAMS 

General  Medicine 
A.  R.  Barnes,  M.D. 
Rochester,  Minn 

Surgery 

Harry  E.  Mock,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Obstetrics  & Gynecology 
Richard  TeLinde,  M.D. 
Baltimore 

Ophthalmology  & Otolaryngology 
Samuel  Iglauer,  M.D. 
Cincinnati 

Pediatrics 

Harold  K.  Faber,  M.D. 

San  Francisco 

Dermatology  & Syphilology 
S.  Wm.  Becker,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Radiology,  Pathology,  Anesthesia 
Bernard  H.  Nichols,  M.D. 
Cleveland 

10:00  to 
10:30 

Surgery 

Elliott  C.  Cutler,  M.D. 
Boston 

Medicine  (Tuberculosis) 
Charles  E.  Lyght,  M.D. 
Northfield,  Minn. 

10:30  to 
11:00 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

11:00  to 
11:30 

Syphilology 

Francis  E.  Senear,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Medicine 

V.  P.  Sydenstricker,  M.D. 
Augusta,  Georgia 

11:30  to 
12:00 

Gynecology 

George  W.  Kosmak,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Pediatrics 

James  Gamble,  M.D. 
Boston 

P.  M. 
12:00  to 
12:30 

Medicine  (Mental  Hygiene) 
Lawrence  Kolb,  M.D. 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Obstetrics 

Wm.  E.  Caldwell,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

12:30  to 
1:30 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

LUNCHEON 
VIEW  EXHIBITS 

1:30  to 
2:00 

Anesthesia 

Wesley  Bourne,  M.D. 
Montreal 

Ophthalmology 
Alfred  Cowan,  M.D. 
Philadelphia 

Otolaryngology 

D.  E.  Staunton  Wishart,  M.D. 
Toronto 

2:00  to 
2:30 

Surgery  (Indus.  Health) 
A.  J.  Lanza,  M.D. 
New  York  City 

Pathology 

Shields  Warren,  M.D. 
Boston 

Dermatology 

Carroll  S.  Wright,  M.D. 
Philadelphia 

2:30  to 
3:00 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

VIEW  EXHIBITS 

3:00  to 
3:30 

Pediatrics 

Henry  Poncher,  M.D. 
Chicago 

Medicine 

Chester  S.  Keefer,  M.D. 
Boston 

Pediatrics  (Child  Welfare) 
3:00  to  3:30 

Borden  S.  Veeder,  M.D. 
St.  Louis,  Missouri 

3:30  to 
4:30 

DISCUSSION 
CONFERENCES 
WITH  GUEST 
ESSAYISTS 

DISCUSSION 
CONFERENCES 
WITH  GUEST 
ESSAYISTS 

3:00  to  4:00 
Medicine 
C.  A.  Doan,  M.D 
Columbus 

4:00  to  4:30 
Surgery 

Owen  H.  Wangenst^n,  M.D. 
Minneapolis 

8:30  to 
10:00 

President’s  Night 
Biddle  Oration 
in  Hotel  Ballroom 
Speaker: 

Alphonse  Schwitalla,  S.J. 
Dancing 

Smoker 

in  Pantlind  Hotel  Ballroom 
1 

END  OF 
CONVENTION 

622 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PRELIMINARY 

- PROGRAM  of  GENERAL  ASSEMBLIES 


WEDNESDAY  MORNING 
September  17,  1941 

First  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 

A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Presiding 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Gordon  B.  Myers,  M.D., 
Secretaries 

A.  M. 


9:30  “Arthritis — A Curable  Disease?’’ 

Russell  L.  Cecil,  M.D.,  New  York  City 


B.A.,  Princeton  University, 
1902;  M.D.  Medical  College 
of  Virginia,  1906;  Sc.D., 
Medical  College  of  Virginia, 
1928.  Entered  Army  in 
June,  1917 ; served  as  Di- 
rector of  Laboratories  at 
Camp  Upton,  N.  Y.,  and 
Camp  Wheeler,  Georgia; 
served  at  Army  Medical 
School  and  appointed  Head 
of  Commission  for  Study  of 
Pneumonia  by  Surgeon  Gen- 
eral, 1917  to  1919.  He  is 
now  Professor  of  Clinical 
Medicine,  Cornell  University 
Medical  School;  Professor  of 
Medicine,  Polyclinic  Medical 
Russell  L.  Cecil  School  and  Hospital;  he  also 
holds  several  other  important 
appointments.  Doctor  Cecil  has  published  several 
works  on  the  subjects  of  pneumonia,  arthritis  and 
rheumatism. 

The  curability  of  arthritis  varies  with  the  type. 
Some  of  the  specific  forms,  such  as  gonococcal  or 
meningococcal  arthritis,  are  readily  curable  by 
sulphonamide  therapy.  The  arthritis  of  rheumatic 
fever  usually  yields  promptly  to  salicylates,  but  un- 
fortunately the  cardiac  injury  persists.  Subacute 
infectious  arthritis  often  disappears  permanently  after 
a focus  of  infection  has  been  removed.  Rheumatoid 
arthritis  is  an  extremely  difficult  disease  to  cure, 
though  a certain  small  percentage  of  these  patients 
do  make  a permanent  and  complete  recovery.  More 
often  the  life  history  of  the  disease  is  characterized 
by  “ups  and  downs,”  which  go  on  indefinitely,  with 
periods  of  remission  being  followed  by  periods  of 
exacerbation.  Gold  salts  offer  more  promise  of 
permanent  relief  in  the  treatment  of  rheumatoid 
arthritis  than  any  other  remedy  so  far  described. 

Osteo-arthritis  is  also  a chronic  persistent  ailment 
which  may  yield  readily  to  rest  and  physiotherapy, 
but  has  a strong  tendency  to  return  when  the  joints 
are  overused.  Gouty  arthritis  starts  with  acute  at- 
tacks from  which  the  patient  recovers  completely 
when  treated  promptly  with  colchicine.  Chronic 
gouty  arthritis  does  not  yield  so  quickly  to  remedial 
agents. 


Papers  Will  Begin  and  End  on. Time! 

Believing  there  is  nothing  which  makes  a scien- 
tific meeting  more  attractive  than  by-the-clock 
promptness  and  regularity,  all  meetings  will  op- 
en exactly  on  time,  all  speakers  will  be  required 
to  begin  their  papers  exactly  on  time,  and  to 
close  exactly  on  time,  in  accordance  with  the 
schedule  in  the  program.  All  who  attend  the 
meeting,  therefore,  are  requested  to  assist  in 
attaining  this  end  by  noting  the  schedule  care- 
fully and  being  in  attendance  accordingly.  Any 
member  who  arrives  five  minutes  late  to  hear 
any  particular  paper  will  miss  exactly  five  min- 
utes of  that  paper ! 


10:00  “Acute  Appendicitis — A Twenty-five  Year 
Study’’ 

Elliott  C.  Cutler,  M.D.,  Boston 
(Stanley  O.  Hoerr,  M.D.,  Boston,  Associate 
in  Study) 


A.B.,  Harvard,  1909;  M.D., 
Harvard  Medical  School, 
1913;  Honorary  Doctorate, 
University  of  Strasbourg, 
1938.  Served  in  World  War 
as  Major,  Medical  Corps;  Lt. 
Colonel,  Medical  Corps  Re- 
serve, since  1924;  decorated 
with  Distiiiguished  Service 
Medal.  Chairman,  Depart- 
ment of  Surgery,  and  Direc- 
tor of  Laboratory  of  Surgical 
Research,  Harvard,  1922-24; 
Professor  of  Surgery,  West- 
ern Reserve  University 
School  of  Medicine,  1924-32; 
Consulting  Surgeon,  New 
England  Peabody  Home  for 
Crippled  Children,  1932  to 
r c-  TT  1 present;  Moseley  Professor 

of  Surgery,  Harvard,  1932  to  present;  Surgeorp-in- 
Lhtef,  Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital.  Doctor  Cutler  is 
a member  of  many  medical  and  social  organisations. 


Elliott  C.  Cutler 


The  deaths  from  acute  appendicitis  occur,  as  is 
well  known,  in  patients  in  whom  peritonitis  has 
already  developed  when  they  first  reach  the  hos- 
pital. Early  diagnosis  and  avoidance  of  catharsis 
through  education  both  of  the  laity  and  the  profession 
remains  as  important  today  as  it  was  twenty-five 
years  ago.  Today,  however,  strict  attention  to  the 
details  of  pre-operative  and  postoperative  management 
including  fluid  and  electrolyte  balance,  use  of  cheml 
otherapy,  and  gastro-intestinal  syphonage  is  saving 
lives  that  would  previously  have  been  lost.  Hospital 
morbidity  in  severe  cases  is  cut  down  by  the  general 
use  of  the  McBurney  incision,  less  frequent  drainage 
of  the  peritoneal  cavity,  and  partial  closure  of  the 
wound  by  leaving  the  skin  open. 


10:30  INTERmSSION  TO  VEEW  THE  EXHIBITS 


11:00  “Serologic  Aspects  of  Syphilis’’ 

Francis  E.  Senear,  M.D.,  Chicago 

B.S.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1912,  M.D.,  1914.  Pro- 
fessor and  Head  of  Depart- 
ment of  Dermatology,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois  College  of 
Medicine  since  1923.  Mem- 
ber of  Serologic  Evaluation 
Committee,  0.  S.  Public 
Health  Service,  American 
Medical  Association,  Chicago 
Dermatological  Society,  So- 
ciety of  Investigative  Der- 
matology, the  American 
Academy  of  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology,  the  American 
Dermatological  Association. 

The  multiplicity  of  sero- 
diagnostic  tests  fo'r  syphilis 
Francis  E.  Senear  is  discussed  ■ together  with  a 
review  of  the  studies  carried 
out  on  an  international  and  national  scale  in  an  at- 
tempt to  determine  the  best  available  sero-diagnostic 
methods.  The  limitations  of  the  diagnostic  tests  for 
syphilis  are  discussed  with  a consideration  of  these 
phases  in  which  the  serologic  reaction  is  apt  to  be 
negative  in  the  presence  of  disease  and  with  a con- 
sideration of  the  other  disorders  which  are  capable 
of  giving  rise  to  biologic  false  positive  reactions. 
Methods  offered  to  distinguish  between  the  true 
syphilitic  reaction  and  the  biologic  false  reaction  are 
considered  and  their  usefulness  is  discussed.  The 
significance  of  positive  cord  blood  findings  is  dis- 
cussed and  the  significance  of  changes  in  the  strength 
of  the  reaction  of  the  cord  blood  are  considered. 
The  paradoxical  false  positive  reactions  occurring  in 
individuals  with  no  signs  of  syphilis  and  with  no 
other  disease  to  account  for  them  are  of  great 
significance  and  are  met  with  sufficient  frequency  to 
make  their  recognition  a matter  of  great  importance 
to  the  practitioner. 


August,  1941 


623 


PROGRAM  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


11:30  “The  Medical  and  Other  Implications 
Which  Relate  to  An  Aging  Female  Popula- 
tion’’ 

George  W.  Kosmak,  M.D.,  New  York  City 


WEDNESDAY  AFTERNOON 
September  17,  1941 

Second  General  Assembly 


A.B.,  M.D.,  Columbia  College,  1894.  College  of 
Physicians,  and  Surgeons,  1899.  Attending  Surgeon, 
Lying-In  Hospital  of  New  York,  1904-1926.  Editor 
and  founder,  American  Journal  of  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology,  1920  to  date,  editor  of  preceding  publica- 
tion, 1909-1919.  Member,  American  Gynecological  So- 
ciety, American  Association  of  Obstetricians  and 
Gynecologists,  Diploijiate  of  American  Board.  Con- 
sultant in  obstetrics  fio  several  hospitals;  Federal 
Children’s  Bureau,  New  York  State  Department  of 
Health,  etc.  Author  of  book,  ‘‘Toxemia:  of  Pregnancy” 
(1933),  and  of  numerous  articles  in  medical  and  lay 
journals  on  obstetric  topics. 


It  is  an  acknowledged  fact  that  the  average  span  of 
life  has  increased  from  about  thirty-six  years  in  1850 
tO'  over  sixty  years  in  1930  and  will  probably  reach 
seventy  years  or  more  in  1960.  The  possible  causes 
for  this  will  be  discussed  and  attention  called  to  the 
associated  medical  and  social  problems.  Undoubtedly 
better  economic  conditions,  reduced  hazards  to  life 
from  improved  sanitation,  the  lessening  complications 
of  child-bearing,  and  increased  medical  knowledge  have 
constituted  important  contributing  factors.  We  are 
faced,  however,  with  the  question  of  dependence  by 
the  older  upon  the  younger  groups  and  by  the  need  of 
a closer  study  of  the  degenerative  diseases  which  are 
manifest  in  the  aged.  Society  and  medicine  must 
combine  to  study  and  to  solve  these  problems. 


12:00  “The  Needs  and  Possibilities  of  Research 
in  Mental  Disease’’ 

Lawrence  Kolb,  M.D.,  Washington 


M.D..  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1908.  Assistant  Sur- 
geon General,  U.  S.  Public 
Health  Sendee,  Washington, 
D.  C.,  in  charge  of  the  Di- 
vision of  Mental  Hygiene. 
Fellow,  American  College  of 
Physicians,  American  Medical 
Association,  and  American 
Psychiatric  Association.  Mem- 
ber, National  Committee  for 
Mental  Hygiene,  American 
Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science,  Research 
Council  on  Problems  of 
Alcohol,  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine of  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Prison  Association, 
Lawrence  Kolb  Southern  Medical  Associa- 
tion, Medical  Society  of  St. 
Elisabeth’s  Hospital,  Kentucky  Psychiatric  Association. 
Trustee,  William  Alanson  White  Psychiatric  Founda- 
tion. 


Recent  advances  in  medical  knowledge  suggest  lines 
of  approiach  to  the  study  of  the  fundamental  basis 
of  mental  disease.  These  studies  should  include 
biology,  biochemistry,  neurophysiology,  pathology, 
endocrinology,  morphology,  psychology,  etc.,  as  these 
subjects  may  have  a bearing  on  mental  disease.  Such 
studies  should  be  supplemented  by  extensive  field 
studies  into  the  social  and  environmental  factors. 
Close  cooperation  between  the  Federal  and  State 
governments  and  agencies  in  a position  to  carry  on 
research  is  needed  to  reap  the  fullest  benefit  from 
available  resources. 


P.  M. 

12:30  End  of  First  General  Assembly 
12:30  I/uncheon 


Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 

Vernor  M.  Moore,  M.D.,  Presiding 
L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Robert  G.  Laird,  M.D., 
Secretaries 


P.  M. 

1:30  Officiis  in  Anesthesia’’ 

Wesley  Bourne,  M.D.,  Alontreal 

M.D.,  C.M.,  McGill  Uni- 
versity, 1911;  M.Sc.,  McGill, 
1924;  F.R.C.P.,  Canada, 

1931;  D.A.  (R.C.P.  & S. 
Eng.),  1938.  First  Hickman 
Medallist,  Roy.  Soc.  of  Medi- 
cine, 1935.  Lieutenant-Colo- 
nel, R.C.A.M.C.  Lecturer 
(Anesthesia)  Department  of 
Pharmacology,  McGill  Uni- 
versity. _ Author  of  many 
publications  on  anesthesia. 
Member  of  the  American 
Society  for  Pharmacology 
and  Experimental  Therapeu- 
tics. 

Although  duties  prescribed 
by  justice  are  to  be  given 
precedence,  and  nothing 
ought  to  be  more  sacred,  yet 
in  the  pursuit  of  knowledge,  we  should  feel  obliged 
to  apply  our  wisdom  to  the  service  of  humanity.  We 
oiught  to  consider  ourselves  bound  to  teach  and  train 
those  who  are  desirous  of  learning.  In  such  manner 
the  benefits  of  anesthesia  may  be  extended  to  those 
with  whom  we  are  united  by  the  bonds  of  society. 
With  increasing  concerted  effort,  by  cooperation 
between  the  laboratory  worker  and  the  clinician, 
anesthesia  has  improved,  and  the  public  is  recognizing 
the  need  and  importance  of  good  anesthesia. 


2:00  “Medical  Service  in  Small  Industries’’ 

A.  J.  Lanza,  M.D.,  New  York  City 

M.D.,  George  Washington 
University  Medical  School, 
19u6.  Served  in  the  United 
States  Public  Health  Service 
from  1907  until  1920.  During 
part  of  this  time  was  detailed 
as  Chief  Surgeon  of  the 
United  States  Bureau  of 
Mines,  and  later,  Head  of 
the  Office  of  Occupational 
Diseases  in  the  Public  Health 
Service.  Mostly  engaged  in 
Field  work  doing  investiga- 
tions in  industrial  hygiene. 
Conducted  the  first  studies  in 
this  country  on  silicosis. 
1920  became  Medical  Director 
of  the  Hydraulic  Steel  Com- 
A.  J.  Lanza  pany  of  Cleveland.  In  1921 

was  appointed  a special  Staff 
member  of  the  International  Health  Board  of  the 
Rockefeller  Foundation,  and  was  detailed  as  Adviser 
in  industrial  hygiene  for  the  Commonwealth  Govern- 
ment of  Australia.  In  1926  was  appointed  Assistant 
Medical  Director  of  the  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance 
Company.  At  present  time  is  a member  of  the 
Council  of  the  American  Medical  Association  on 
Industrial  Health.  Member  of  the  Sub-com'tmttee  on 
Industrial  Health  of  the  Health  and  Medical  Com- 
mittee, Federal  Security  Agency.  Chairman  of  the 
Medical  Committee  of  the  Air  Hygiene  Foundation. 

The  great  bulk  of  all  wage  earners  are  employed 
in  small  plants,  and  97  per  cent  of  all  manufacturing 
plants  employ  fewer  than  250  men.  The  problem  of 
providing  adequate  medical  and  health  service  for 
American  wage  earners  is,  therefore,  essentially  a 
problem  of  devising  a program  that  will  fit  the  small 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


624 


PROGRAM  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


industry.  While  occupational  diseases  are  a definite 
factor  in  the  industrial  health  situation,  the  loss  in 
working  days  is  due  to  non-occupational  hazards.  The 
American  Medical  Association,  State  Medical  Societies 
and  other  Medical  Organizations,  are  taking  cognizance 
of  this  problem,  as  well  as  official  agencies,  like  the 
Public  Health  Service,  and  non-official  agencies,  such 
as  the  Air  Hygiene  Foundation.  It  is  obvious  that 
health  and  medical  service  in  these  small  plants,  where 
the  majority  of  American  workmen  are  employed, 
will  be  given  by  local  physicians  serving  industry  on 
a part-time  basis.  Here  is  an  opportunity,  and  the 
responsibility  of  the  medical  profession.  The  difference 
between  medical  service  in  a small  plant  and  in  a 
large  one  should  be  a difference  in  quantity  only, 
and  not  in  quality.  Then,  if  only  a small  reduction 
can  be  made  in  absences  in  industry,  it  will  never- 
theless accompany  a great  economic  saving  and  be  a 
contribution  of  inestimable  value  with  the  production 
problem  that  faces  American  industry  at  the  present 
time. 


2:30  INTERMISSION  TO  VIEW  THE  EXHIBITS 


3:00  “Hemorrhage  in  the  Newborn” 

Henry  Poncher,  AI.D.,  Chicago 


M.D.,  University  of  Mich- 
igan, 1927,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Pediatrics,  College 
of  Medicine,  University  of 
Illinois,  Attending  Physician, 
Cook  County  Hospital,  Physi- 
cian in  charge  of  Pediatric 
Service,  Research  and  Edu- 
cational Hospitals  of  Illinois. 
Licentiate  of  American  Board 
of  Pediatrics. 

The  newborn  may  po- 

tentially hemorrhage  from  a 
variety  of  causes.  Practically, 
however,  trauma  alone  or 

minimal  trauma  in  the  pres- 
ence of  a disturbed  clotting 
mechanism  are  the  ones  that 
Henry  Poncher  the  practicing  physician  en- 
counters most  commonly  in 
his  daily  work.  The  minimizing  of  the  traumatic 

factor  alone  is  outside  the  scope  of  this  presentation. 
The  part  that  disturbed  coagulability  of  the  blood 

plays  in  conditioning  hemorrhage  of  traumatic  origin 
or  giving  rise  to  spontaneous  bleeding  will  be  dis- 
cussed. The  recent  work  on  prothrombin  and  vitamin 
K will  be  reviewed  from  the  standpoint  of  its 
practical  implications. 


3:30  Discussion  Conferences  with  Guest  Essay- 
ists 


5:00  End  of  Second  General  Assembly 


-MSMS- 


t 

f 

\ 

s 

f 

y 

I 

h 


DISCUSSION  CONFERENCES 


Wednesday,  September  17 
Thursday,  September  18 
3:30  to  4:30  p.  m. 


WITH  THE  GREAT  ESSAYISTS 

Eleven  discussion  conferences  with  a differ- 
ent chairman  in  each  subject,  each  day — leaders 
of  outstanding-  ability  in  their  specialty.  Here 
the  doctor  will  have  a chance  to  ask  those 
questions  which  have  bothered  him  and  to 
hear  discussed  and  answered  other  questions 
of  value  to  him  in  his  daily  practice. 


A RARE  OPPORTUNITY 


THURSDAY  MORNING 
September  18,  1941 

Fourth  General  Assembly 


Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 

C.  E.  Umphery,  M.D.,  Presid’ng, 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  ;M.D.,  and  Roger  V.  Walker,  M.D., 
Secretaries 


A.  M. 

9:30  “Some  Obstetric  Opinions” 

James  R.  McCord,  M.D.,  Atlanta 


M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical 
College,  1909;  Professor  of 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology, 
Eniory  School  of  Medicine; 
Diplomate  American  Board  of 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology. 

The  paper  is,  in  the  main, 
an  expression  of  the  author’s 
own  personal  philosophy  of 
obstetrics  and  a brief  dis- 
cussion concerning  the 
management  of  quite  a few 
obstetric  difficulties.  Practi- 
cally all  of  the  opinions  are 
personal  and  have  as  their 
background  Dr.  McCord’s 
vast  obstetric  experience. 


10:00  “Some  Educational  Aspects  of  Diagnosing 
Tuberculosis  Early” 

Charles  E.  Lyght,  M.D.,  Northfield,  Minnesota 


M.D.,  C.M.,  Queen’s  Uni- 
versity Faculty  of  Medicine, 
(Canada),  1926.  Department 
of  Student  Health,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  Madi- 
son, 1927-36;  Director,  1922- 
36;  Associate  Professor  of 
Clinical  Medicine,  University 
of  Wisconsin  Medical  School. 
Professor  of  Health  and 
Physical  Education,  and 

Director  of  _ the  Student 

Health  Service,  Carleton 
College,  Northfield,  Minne- 
sota, 1936  to  date.  Staff 
of  Northfield  City  Hospit^ 
and  Allen  Memorial  In- 
firmary. Fellow  of  the 

Ch.vrles  E.  Lyght  American  College  of  Physi- 

cians. Member  of  several 
professional  and  scientific  societies,  including  the 

Minnesota  Trudeau  Medical  Society  and  Sigma  Xi. 
Past  President  of  the  North  Central  Section,  American 
Student  Health  Association,  and,  since  1936,  Chatr- 

man  of  the  Tuberculosis  Committee,  A.S.H.A. 

Publications,  in  addition  to  a weekly  column:  “Lyght 
on  Health,”  have  been  mainly  in  the  fields  of  clinical 
medicine,  tuberculosis  control  and  student  health. 


Prognosis  in  tuberculosis  depends  on  a combination 
of  factors,  chief  favorable  one  being  early  diagnosis. 
Mass  search  has  produced  startling  results  in  driving 
tuberculosis  from  first  down  to  seventh  among  death 
causes.  Individual  practitioners  must  not  decide  that 
modern  methods  work  only  in  community  surveys  or 
are  the  implements  of  specialists.  Nor  must  we 
strengthen  techniques  only  during  periodic  national 
emergencies.  Tuberculin  test,  x-ray,  _ with  painstaking 
clinical,  laboratory  and  epidemiological  follow-up  of 
patients  and  contacts  are  available  to  every  physician. 
To  wait  for  consumptive  symptoms  or  to  rely  primarily 
on  the  stethoscope  is  to  diagnose  late — inexcusable  in 
the  light  of  common  knowledge  and  professional 
obligation. 


August,  1941 


625 


PROGRAM  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


10:30  INTERMISSION  TO  VIEW  THE  EXHIBITS 


11:00  “Factors  in  Deficiency  Disease’’ 

V.  P.  Sydenstricker,  M.D.,  Augusta,  Ga. 


M.D.,  Johns  Hopkins,  1915.  Intern,  and  assistant 
resident  physician,  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  1915-17. 
Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  Army,  1917-19.  Professor  of 
Medicine,  University  of  Georgia  School  of  Medicine, 
1923  to  present. 

The  background  of  clinical  avitaminoses  will  be  dis- 
cussed from  the  standpoint  of  dietary  inadequacy  and 
also  of  conditioning  disorders  in  individuals  taking 
apparently  adequate  diets.  Various  clinical  patterns 
of  deficiency  diseases  will  be  presented  with  particu- 
lar reference  to  the  more  common  but  often  unrecog- 
nized syndromes.  The  rationale  of  treatment  of  both 
the  acute  and  chronic  deficiency  diseases  will  be  con- 
sidered, with  particular  emphasis  on  the  importance  of 
multiple  vitamin  therapy. 


11:30  “Pathogenesis  of  Acidosis  and  Alkalosis’’ 

James  L.  Gamble,  M.D.,  Boston 


A.B.,  Leland  Stanford 
University,  1906,  M.D., 

Harvard  Medical  School, 
1910,  S.  M.  (hon.)  Yale  Uni- 
versity, 1930.  Teaching  and 
investigation  in  Department 
of  Pediatrics,  The  Harvard 
Medical  School  (1915-22). 
Professor  of  Pediatrics,  1930 
to  date.  Member  American 
Pediatric  Society,  American 
Academy  of  Pediatrics,  As- 
sociation of  American  Physi- 
cians, Amer’can  Society  of 
Biological  Chemists. 

Stability  of  the  reaction  of 
extracellular  fluid  depends  on 
preservation  of  the  normal 
James  L.  Gamble  values  for  carbon>c  acid  and 
bicarbonate.  Acidosis,  or 
alkalosis,  is  almost  always  the  result  of  change  in 
bicarbonate  rather  than  carbonic  acid.  Change  in 
bicarbonate  is  always  the  result  of  change  in  other 
parts  of  the  electrolyte  structure.  Illustration  of 
such  change  caused  by  various  conditions  of  disease 
is  presented.  The  very  frequent  presence  of  volume 
change  (dehydration)  along  with  change  in  reaction 
is  emphasized. 


P.  M. 

12:00  “The  Physiology  and  Management  of  the 
First  Stage  of  Labor’’ 

Wm.  E.  Caldwell,  M.D.,  New  York  City 


M.D.,  New  York  Uni- 
versity and  Bellevue  Hospital 
Medical  School,  1904;  Pro- 
fessor clinical  obstetrics  and 
gynecology  and  associate 
director  Sloane  Hospital, 
Columbia  University,  since 
1927.  Served  as  Captain 
Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  A., 
1918.  Fellow,  American  Col- 
lege of  Surgeons;  New  York 
Obstetrical  Society;  American 
Gynecological  Society;  Ameri- 
can Gynecologic  Club;  Sigma 
Xi;  Nu  Sigma  N-u;  Century 
Club.  Contributed  many 
brofessional  articles  to  Ameri- 
can Journal  of  Obstetrics  and 
Wm.  E.  Caldwell  Gynecology  and  other  jour- 
nals. Received  Honorary 
Degree  as  Doctor  of  Public  Health,  New  York  City. 

We  will  discuss  the  manner  in  which  the  lower 
uterine  segment  retracts  over  the  piston;  the  formation 
of  the  contraction  ring  and  its  significance;  and  the 
variable  mechanism  indicated  in  the  individual  pelvis. 


We  will  point  out  how  few  cases  there  are  of 
absolute  disproportion,  but  how  the  shape  of  the 
inlet,  the  mid-pelvis  or  even  the  outlet  modifies  both  j 
the  first  and  second  stage.  The  changes  in  the  shape 
of  the  child’s  head  by  molding  will  be  emphasize./ 
We  will  discuss  the  value  of  clinical  examinations  in  'i 
the  patient,  what  knowledge  can  be  obtained,  by  i 
vaginal  and  rectal  examinations.  Including  the  pos- 
sibility _ of  assisting  the  mechanism  of  labor  by  ma-‘i 
nipulation  from  below  in  some  cases;  the  necessity  of  ; 
complete  retraction  of  the  soft  parts  before  operative 
procedure  can  be  undertaken;  and  the  importance  of  j 
recognizing  early  the  best  method  of  safely  delivering  ■ 
the  child. 


P.  M. 

12:30  End  of  Fourth  General  Assembly 


12:30  Luncheon 

MSMS 

THURSDAY  AFTERNOON 
September  18,  1941 

Fifth  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  BaUroom — Civic  Auditorium 

Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Presiding 
L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Frank  Murphy,  M.D., 
Secretaries 


P.  M. 

1:30  “Some  Observations  on  the  Use  of  Glasses’’ 

Alfred  Cowan,  M.D.,  Philadelphia 


M.D.,  Medico  Chirurgical  , 
College,  Philadelphia,  1907. 
At  present  Professor  of 
Ophthalmic  Optics,  Graduate 
School  of  Medicine,  Uni-  ; 
versity  of  Pennsylvania; 
Ophthalmologist  to  Philo-  fi 
delphia  General  Hospital;  f 
Supervising  Opthalmologist, 
Department  of  Public  As-  i 
sistance.  Commonwealth  i 
P ennsylvanta;  Consulting  j 
Ophthalmologist,  Council  for  1 
the  Blind,  Commonwealth  of  E 
Pennsylvania;  Ophthalmol-  J 
ogist  to  Pennsylvania  Work-  1 
ing  Home  for  Blind  Men,  I 
Philadelphia;  Author  of  “An  J 
Alfred  Cowan  Introductory  Course  in  Oph-  t 

thalmic  Optics’’  and  of  "Re-  i 
fraction  of  the  Eye,"  and  a number  of  articles ^ on  1 
ophthalmological  subjects;  a member  of  the  American  I 
Ophthalmological  Society;  American  Academy  of  i 
Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology ; College  of  Physu  I 
dans,  Philadelphia,  and  others.  I 

This  presentation  is  offered  with  the  hope  that  it  | 
will  suggest  to  the  general  physician  a simple  way  j 
of  describing  certain  physiologic  optical  principles  to  ) 
their  patients — the  purposes  for  which  glasses  are 
used,  when  they  should  be  worn  and  when  they  are 
not  worthwhile. 

The  normal  eye  is  an  image-forming  optical  instru- 
ment with  a remarkable  range  of  adaptability.  Clear,  ; 
comfortable  vision  depends  primarily  on  a sharp  , 
image  which  must  be  formed  exactly  on  the  surface 
of  the  retina  without  undue  effort  of  accommodation. 

In  a refractive  error — myopia,  hypermetropia,  as- 
tigmatism— the  correct  lens,  when  placed  before  the  ' 
eye,  changes  the  final  direction  of  the  rays  of  light 
so  that  on  entering  the  eye  they  will  be  imaged  on 
the  retina.  This  is  equivalent  to  placing  an  object  at 
the  exact  position  for  which  the  eye  is  adapted. 

A refractive  error  is  not  a disease,  nor  can  it  be 
produced  by  work  ng  under  unfavorable  conditions. 
Every  person  must  eventually  become  presbyopic. 

Jour.  IM.S.M.S.  . 


626 


PROGRAM  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


2:00 


2:30 

.3:00 


3:30 

5:00 


PRELIMINARY 

PROGRAM  of  SECTIONS 

FRIDAY  MORNING 
September  19,  1941 


“The  Resi)onse  of  Tumors  to  Radiation” 

Shields  Warren,  M.D.,  Boston 


B.S.,  Boston  University ; 
M.D.,  Harvard  Medical 
School,  1923;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Pathology,  Harvard 
Medical  Schoof  1936  to 
date;  Director,  Massachusetts 
State  Tumor  Diagnosis  Serv- 
ice, 1928  to  date;  Pathologist 
to  New  England  Deaconess 
Hospital,  1927  to  date,  C.  P. 
Huntington  Memorial  Hospi- 
tal, 1928  to  date.  New  Eng- 
land Baptist  Hospital,  1928 
to  date,  Pondville  State 
Hospital,  1928  to  date;  Chair- 
man, Cancer  Committee, 
Massachusetts  Medical  Soci- 
ety; Vice  President,  Ameri- 
can Association  for  Cancer 
Research. 

The  response  of  tumors  to  radiation  is  based  on 
the  sensitivity  of  the  type  cell,  the  character  of  the 
supporting  tissues,  and  the  effect  on  the  normal  issues 
of  the  host.  Depending  on  their  response  to  radiation 
tumors  _ may  be  classed  as  radio-sensitive,  radio- 
responsive,  and  radio-resistant.  Radio-resistance  may 
be  acquired  following  radiation  therapy. 

The  tissue  reactions  for  a given  dose  are  fairly 
constant  and  characteristic  regardless  of  minor  varia- 
tions in  wave  length.  Recently  irradiated  tissue  is 
very  susceptible  to  infection. 


INTERMISSION  TO  VIEW  THE  EXHIBITS 


SECTION  ON  GENERAL  MEDICINE 

Chairman:  T.  I.  Bauer,  M.D.,  Lansing 
Secretary:  Gordon  B.  Myers,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Ballroom — ^Pantlind  Hotel 


9:30  “The  Differentiation  Between  Malignant 
and  Benign  IJlcerating  Lesions  of  the  Stom- 
ach” 

H.  M.  Pollard,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Wm.  C.  Scott,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 


A.  M. 

9:00  “The  Differential  Diagnosis  of  Abdominal 
Pain” 

Milton  R.  Weed,  M.D.,  Detroit 


“Recent  Advances  in  Chemotherapy  of  In- 
fectious Diseases” 

Chester  S.  Keefer,  M.D.,  Boston 

M.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity School  of  Medicine, 
1922;  Director,  Evans  Me- 
morial, Massachusetts  Me- 
morial Hospitals;  Wade  Pro- 
fessor of  Medicine,  Boston 
University  School  of  Medi- 
cine, also  Professor  of  Medi- 
c i n e.  Harvard  Medical 
School;  Diplomate,  American 
Board  Internal  Medicine. 

The  treatment  of  infectious 
diseases  with  the  sulfonamide 
group  has  advanced  remark- 
ably in  the  past  few  years. 
New  compounds  are  being 
developed  and  tested  every 
year  so  that  there  are  at 
least  five  effective  agents 
available  at  present.  Each 
one  of  these  sulfonamide  derivatives  has  its  special 
field  of  usefulness,  and  will  be  discussed  in  this  paper. 
One  recent  study  with  sulfadiazine  and  sulfaguanidine 
will  be  presented.  In  addition  to  the  discussion  of  the 
sulfonamides,  our  experience  in  the  treatment  of  local 
infections  with  “gramicidin,”  the  extract  of  a soil 
bacillus,  will  be  reviewed. 


Chester  S.  Keefer 


Discussion  Conferences  with  guest  essay- 
ists. 


10:00  “Problems  in  the  Differential  Diagnosis  of 
Coronary  Artery  Disease” 

A.  R.  Barnes,  M.D.,  Rochester,  Minnesota 

M.D.,  Indiana  University 
School  of  Medicine,  1919; 
Professor  of  Medicine,  Mayo 
Foimdation  for  Medical  Edu- 
cation and  Research,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  and 
Chief  of  a Section  in  Medi- 
cine, The  Mayo  Clinic, 
Rochester,  Minnesota;  Diplo- 
mate, American  Board  of 
Internal  Medicine. 

So  much  has  been  said  and 
written  on  the  subject  of 
coronary  sclerosis  that  there 
is  some  evidence  of  a tenden- 
cy to  make  the  diagnosis 
more  frequently  than  the 
facts  warrant.  Unfortunately, 
A.  R.  Barnes  the  syndrome  of  angina  pec- 

toris is  a diagnosis  that  has 
to  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  patient’s  symptoms 
and  much  skill  and  experience  is  required  in  arriving 
at  the  diagnosis.  There  is  a tendency  to_  allow  the 
electro-cardiogram  to  influence  this  diagnosis,  unduly. 
There  are  other  clinical  conditions,  such  as  peri- 
carditis, pulmonary  embolism,  cholecystic  disease  and 
diaphragmatic  hernia,  which  may  simulate  the  pain 
of  coronary  artery  disease  very  closely.  _ This  dis- 
cussion will  concern  itself  with  the  essential  clinical 
features  of  coronary  disease  and  its  differential 
diagnosis  from  the  clinical  conditions  mentioned. 


End  of  Fifth  General  Assembly 


10:30  “Clinical  Use  of  the  Diuretics” 


PRESIDENT’S  NIGHT 
(Third  General  Assembly) 

Wednesday,  September  17,  8:30  p.  m. 

Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 
Brief  prog'ram,  followed  by 
dancing,  floor-show  and  entertainment. 


SMOKER 

(Sixth  General  Assembly) 

Thursday,  September  18,  9:00  p.  m. 

Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 
A joyous  night  for  members  onlv. 


Richard  H.  Lyons,  M.D.,  Eloise 

11:00  “Treatment  of  Pyelonephritis” 

Muir  Clapper,  M.D.,  Detroit 

11:30  “Useful  Drugs  in  the  Treatment  of 
Asthma” 

John  M.  Sheldon,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 

12:00  Election  of  Officers 


August,  1941 


627 


PROGRAM  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


SECTION  ON  SURGERY 

Chairman ; O.  H.  Gillett,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Secretary ; Roger  V.  Walker,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 
8:30  A.  M. 

SYMPOSIUM  ON  TRAUMATIC  SURGERY 


Despite  general  acceptance  of  early  operative  treat- 
ment, the  mortality  still  continues  high,  because  of 
the  serious  threat  to  life,  occasioned  by  spillage  of 
intestinal  content  into  the  peritoneal  cavity. 

In  civil  practice,  one  of  the  greatest  difficulties 
is  determination  of  whether  or  not  blunt  trauma  has 
ruptured  a hollow  viscus.  Tears  in  solid  viscera, 
such  as  liver  or  spleen,  may  be  treated  conservatively, 
if  hemorrhage  is  not  alarming.  Bleeding  stops  fre- 
quently spontaneously.  Ruptures  of  hollow  viscera 
must  be  closed  if  the  patient  is  to  have  a chance  of 
survival. 


“Management  of  Skull  Fractures” 


“Treatment  of  Shock  from  War  Injuries” 


Harry  E.  Mock,  M.D.,  Chicago 


Henry  H.  Harkins,  M.D.,  Detroit 


M.D.,  Rush  Medical  Col- 
lege, 1906.  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Surgery  North- 
western University  Medical 
School;  Senior  Surgeon  St. 
Lukes  Hospital,  Chicago; 
Fellow  American  Board  of 
Surgery,  American  College  of 
Surgeons;  Chicago  Surgical 
Society;  Chicago  Institute  of 
Medicine;  American  Associa- 
tion of  Surgery  of  Trauma, 
and  others.  Author  of  many 
<^urgical  subjects.  Exhibitor 
in  the  Scientific  Exhibits  of 
the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation from  1931  to  1938 
on  the  subject  of  Skull 
Fractures  and  Craniocerebral 
Injuries. 

Craniocerebral  injuries  in  the  United  States  occur 
to  the  extent  of  more  than  half  a million  victims  a 
year.  Approximately  65  per  cent  of  the  deaths 

resulting  from  skull  fractures  occur  in  the  first 
twenty-four  hours  following  the  injury.  The  wide- 
spread distribution  and  the  early  occurence  of  death 
will  always  make  this  a problem  for  the  general 
physician  and  surgeon.  The  author  collected  and 
analyzed  3,300  cases  of  consecutive  proved  skull 

fractures  from  1929  through  1934.  The  mortality  rate 
varied  from  25  per  cent  to  49  per  cent  during  that 
period.  The  last  ten  years  has  brought  forth  abundant 
teaching  of  better  management.  Has  it  reduced  the 
mortality  rate?  Is  there  room  for  still  further  im- 
provement? These  and  other  questions  are  answered 
in  the  author’s  second  nation-wide  survey  of  3,200 
co-nsecutive  proved  skull  fractures. 


“Lacerations  of  the  Head  and  Face” 

Ferris  N.  Smith,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

“Choice  of  Anesthesia  in  Emergency 
Surgery” 

Wesley  Bourne,  M.D.,  Montreal 

The  general  principles  of  anesthesia  are  not  affected 
by  the  circumstances  of  emergency,  yet  the  individual 
may  frequently  be  most  urgently  in  need  of  the 
best  attention  known  to  anesthesia.  Whatever  is  done 
should  suit  the  general  condition  as  well  as  the 
surgical  requirements  of  the  case.  When  shock  is 
present,  there  must  be  the  greatest  circumspection 
and  the  least  possible  interference  until  the  circulation 
is  improved.  The  relative  advantages  of  the  drugs 
and  the  methods  of  their  administration  are  discussed 
under  the  groupings  of  regional  and  general  anesthesia, 
showing  the  appropriate  places  of  local  infiltration, 
of  nerve  block  and  of  spinal  anesthesia,  and  too,  those 
for  inhalation  and  intravenous  anesthesia. 

“Early  Care  of  Compound  Fractures” 

Carl  E.  Badgley,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
“Management  of  Abdominal  Injuries” 

Owen  H.  Wangensteen,  M.D.,  Minneapolis 

World  War  Number  Two  has  focused  attention 
upon  the  subject  of  trauma  sharply  again.  Whereas 
the  mortality  of  abdominal  injuries  in  war  has  always 
been  high,  statistically,  the  incidence  of  abdominal 
injuries,  as  compared  with  the  more  frequent  injuries 
of  extremities  and  head,  has  not  been  great.  World 
War  Number  One  settled,  once  and  for  all,  the 
importance  of  early  closure  of  perforating  wounds  of 
the  hollow  abdominal  viscera.  Theretofore,  the  con- 
servative management  of  bullet  wounds  of  the  intestine 
had  been  advocated  by  many  military  surgeons. 


Election  of  Officers 


MSMS 

SECTION  ON  OBSTETRICS  AND  GYNECOLOGY 

Chairman : Clair  E.  Folsome,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Secretary:  Robert  S.  Kennedy,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Grill  Room — Pantlind  Hotel 


A.  M. 

9:30  “Facilities  and  Practices  in  Licensed  Ma^ 
temity  Hospital  and  Maternity  Homes  in 
Michigan” 

Alexander  M.  Campbell,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

9:50  “The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Stilbesterol  in 
Gynecologic  Practice” 

Allan  C.  Barnes,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 


10:40  “The  Dangers  of  Breech  Delivery” 

Ward  F.  Seei.ey,  M.D.,  Detroit 
R.  S.  SiDDALL,  M.D.,  Detroit 

11:00  “Therapy  of  the  Estrogens” 

Richard  W.  TeLinde,  M.D.,  Baltimore 

A.B.,  University  of  IVis- 
consm,  1917,  M.D.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1920. 
Professor  of  Gynecology, 
Johns  Hopkins  University. 
Chief  Gynecologist,  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital.  Visiting 
Gynecologist,  Union  Memo- 
rial Hospital,  Church  Home 
and  Infirmary  and  Hospital 
for  Women  of  Maryland. 

Attention  is  called  to  the 
many  abuses  in  endocrine 
therapy  in  general  and  a 
warning  is  given  to  use 
hormones  only  when  there  is 
a sound  physiological  basis 
for  treatment.  The  results 
Richard  W.  TeLinde  at  the  author’s  clinic  in  the 
treatment  of  certain  condi- 
tions in  which  he  has  had  special  experience  are 
considered.  The  technique  of  the  treatment  of 
gonococcal  vaginitis  with  estrogenic  suppositories,  both 
natural  and  synthetic,  is  discussed.  The  treatment 
of  menopausal  symptoms  by  the  natural  hormones 
and  stilbestrol  is  considered.  Finally,  a new  technique 
for  the  administration  of  pellets  of  crystalline  estrone 
for  prolonged  relief  of  menopausal  symptoms  is 
given  in  detail. 


11:30  Election  of  Officers 


12:00  Luncheon 


628 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PROGRAM  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


SECTION  ON  OPHTHALMOLOGY  AND 
OTOLARYNGOLOGY 

Chairman:  Robert  H.  Fraser,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek 
Vice  Chairman:  A.  S.  Barr,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Secretary:  Robert  G.  Laird,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

Vice  Secretary:  Arthur  E.  Hammond,  M.D.,  Detroit 

OPHTHALMOLOGY 
Room  “F” — Civic  Auditorium 

A.  M. 

9:30  “Uveitis” 

Alfred  Cowan,  M.D.,  Philadelphia 

The  various  parts  of  the  uveal  tract  are  so'  inti- 
mately related  that  hardly,  if  ever,  is  any  one  part 
affected  without  involvement  of  all  or  nearly  all  of 
the  whole  tract.  More  and  more,  since  the  general 
use  of  the  slit  lamp  and  corneal  microscope,  is  this 
observed;  so  much  so  that  specific  diagnoses  as 
iritis,  cyclitis,  or  irido  cyclitis  are  seldom  well  justi- 
fied. The  first  evidence  of  any  insult  to  the  iris  or 
ciliary  body  is  a disturbance  of  the  pigment.  Often 
we  see  evidence  of  uveal  change,  especially  disturb- 
ance of  the  pigment,  which  is  hard  to  classify  as 
either  a noninflammatory  degenerative  process  or  a 
low  grade,  chronic  uveitis.  The  etiolog’c  factors 
in  these  cases  are  nearly  always  baffling.  So  fre- 
quently do  we  see  such  conditions  that  it  is  felt 
that  many  which  are  diagnosed  as  primary  glaucoma 
are  in  reality  cases  of  uveitis  with  secondary  glau- 
coma. 

10:10  Discussion — 20  Minutes 

10:30  “Dendritic  Keratitis” 

John  O.  Wetzel,  M.D.,  Lansing 

10:50  Discussion — 10  Minutes 

11:00  “Management  of  Traumatic  Injuries  to  the 
Eyelids  and  Globe” 

Gordon  L.  Witter,  M.D.,  Port  Huron 

11:20  Discussion — 10  Minutes 

11:30  “Chemical  Injuries” 

Melvin  H.  Pike,  M.D.,  Midland 

11:50  Discussion — 10  Minutes 

12:00  “Some  Uses  of  Chemotherapy  in  Ophthal- 
mology” 

Parker  Heath,  M.D.,  Detroit 

P.  M. 

12:20  Discussion — 10  Minutes 


OTOLARYNGOLOGY 
Room  “G” — Civic  Auditorium 

A.  M. 

9:00  “Mistakes  Made  in  the  Diagnosis  and  Esti- 
mation of  Deafness” 

D.  E.  S.  WiSHART,  M.D.,  Toronto,  Ontario 

9:30  Discussion — 10  Minutes 
August,  1941 


9:40  “Acute  Suppuration  in  the  Spaces  of  the 
Neck”  and  Motion  Picture  Demonstration: 
“Approaches  to  the  Surgical  Spaces  of  the 
Neck.” 

Samuel  Iglauer,  M.D.,  Cincinnati 

M.D.,  Ohio  Medical  Col- 
lege, 1898;  F.A.C.S.;  Profes- 
sor of  Otolaryngology,  Col- 
lege of  Medicine , University 
of  Cincinnati;  Director  of 
Otolaryngology,  Cincinnati 
General  Hospital,  Children’ s 
Hospital,  and  Jewish  Hos- 
pital; member,  American 
Laryngological,  Rhinological, 
and  _ Otological  Society, 
American  Broncho-Esophago- 
logical  Assn.,  American 
Laryngological  Assn.,  Ameri- 
can Academy  of  Ophthalmol- 
ogy and  Otolaryngology. 

During  recent  years  a 
great  deal  of  exa^ct  attention 
has  been  given  to  deep  in- 
fections in  the  neck.  These 
infectious  processes  may  localize  in  the  lymph  glands, 
in  the  “spaces”  of  the  neck,  or  occasionally  within 
the  veins.  The  anatomic  spaces  contain  loose  dis- 
tensible areolar  connective  tissue.  The  spaces  are 
limited  by  tough,  fibrons  layers  (fascia)  or  by 
muscles  or  viscera  The  spaces  most  commonly  in- 
volved are:  1.  Peripharyngeal;  2.  Retropharyngeal; 
3.  Parapharyngeal  (Pharyngo-maxillary) ; 4.  Perie- 
sophageal (Mediastinitis) ; 5.  Submental  (Ludwig’s 

Angina) ; 6.  Septic  thrombophlebitis  (jugular)  may 
occur  as  a complication. 

The  signs  and  symptoms  of  infection  in  each  space 
will  be  enumerated,  and  the  surgical  approach  to 
each  space  will  be  briefly  described. 

Discussion  and  Bibliography  Question  Box 
(by  request) 

11:30  “Carcinoma  of  the  Mastoid.  Case  report” 

Harvey  E.  Dowling,  M.D.,  Detroit 

11:50  “Treatment  of  Hemorrhage  in  Otolaryn- 
gologic Practice” 

James  E.  Croushore,  M.D.,  Detroit 

P.  M. 

12:10  Discussion  of  papers  by  Drs.  Dowling  and 
Croushore 

12:30  Section  Luncheon,  Pantlind  Hotel 

Election  of  Ofl8.cers  of  Section  on 
Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology 
Short  Business  and  Medical  Economics 
Session. 

“Problems  of  Distribution  of  Ophthalmo- 
logic Care” 

Ralph  Pino,  M.D.,  Detroit 

MSMS 

SECTION  ON  PEDIATRICS 

Chairman:  Harry  A.  Towsley,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Secretary : Leon  DeVel,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

Swiss  Room — ^Pantlind  Hotel 

A.  M. 

9:00  Case  Report:  “Tumor  of  Adrenal  Cortex  in 
an  Infant  of  Seventeen  Months”  Color 
Photography  and  Autopsy  Findings 

Rockwell  M.  Kempton,  M.D.,  Saginaw 
Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Saginaw 

9:15  Panel  Discussion:  “Diarrhea  in  Infancy” 

Chairman — Charles  F.  McKhann,  M.D.,  Ann 
Arbor 

Discussants — James  Wilson,  M.D.,  Detroit 
A.  Morgan  Hii.l,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Wyman  C.  C.  Cole,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Mark  Osterlin,  M.D.,  Traverse  City 
Warren  Wheeler,  M.D.,  Lansing 


629 


PROGRAM  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


11:15 


12:00 


A.  M. 
9:30 


10:00 

10:20 


“Cerebral  Atrophy  in  Infants  and  Children” 

Harold  K.  Faber,  M.D.,  San  Francisco 


A. B.,  Harvard  College, 
1906;  M.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1911.  Professor 
of  Pediatrics,  Stanford  Uni- 
versity School  of  Medicvne; 
Pediatrician-in-Chief,  Stan- 
ford University  Hospitals, 
San  Francisco.  Member: 
American  Pediatric  Society, 
American  Academy  of  Pedia- 
trics, Society  for  Pediatric 
Research,  et  cetera. 

The  causes  of  mental  de- 
ficiency, spastic  diplegia  and 
convulsive  disorders  long  ob- 
scure, have  been  clarified  for 
a considerable  percentage  of 
cases  by  consideration  of  the 
Harold  K.  Faber  effects  of  anoxia  on  the 
brain  and  by  studies  of  the 
air  encephalogram.  Heredity  is  now  found  to  play 
a much  smaller  part  than  had  been  previously  sup- 
posed, and  the  same  is  true  of  intracranial  hernor- 
rhage  at  birth.  It  is,  however,  a mistake  to  believe 
that  all  cases  date  from  the  time  of  birth.'  Both 
fetal  and  postnatal  disorders  are  of  etiological  im- 
portance. A series  of  cases  is  reviewed  in  which 
the  causative  factors  are  discussed.  Some  preventive 
suggestions  are  presented. 

Business  Meeting — Election  of  Officers 

MSMS 

SECTION  ON  DERMATOLOGY  AND 
SYPHILOLOGY 

Chairman:  Claud  Behn,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Secretary:  Frank  Stiles,  M.D.,  Lansing 
Directors’  Room — Civic  Auditorium 

“Therapeutic  Effects  of  Vitamin  B Factors 
in  Dermatology” 

Carroll  S.  Wright,  M.D.,  Philadelphia 

The  various  factors  of  Vitamin  B are  of  more 
than  O'rdinary  intrest  to  the  dermatologist.  Vitamin 
Bi  is  now  widely  used  to  relieve  the  pain  of  herpes 
zoster  and  there  is  some  evidence  that  it  may  be 

helpful  in  psoriasis.  The  spectacular  improvement 
in  pellagrins  following  the  administration  of  nicotinic 
acid  is  now  fully  recognized.  Riboflavin  cures 

cheilosis,  erosions  aiound  the  eyes,  “sharkskin” 
lesions  of  the  skin  over  the  nose  and  may  be 

helpful  in  fissuring  around  the  ears.  It  also  in- 

creases the  efficacy  of  nicotinic  acid  in  certain 
pellagrins  (Spies).  The  filtrate  factor  (pantothenic 
acid)  is  probably  not  concerned  in  pellagra.  Interest 
centers  in  its  anti-gray  hair  action.  Vitamin  Be 

(piyrodoxine  hydrochloride),  often  called  the  “rat 
anti-dermatitis  factor”  is  known  to  have  a definite 
action  in  the  treatment  of  pellagra  . This  study  is 
concerned  chiefly  with  the  treatment  of  various  types 
of  dermatitis  (or  eczema)  with  Vitamin  Be,  including 
studies  of  the  urinary  excretions  of  this  Vitamin. 

Discussion 

“Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Vesicular  and 
Vesiculo-pustular  Eruptions  of  the  Hands 
and  Feet” 

S.  William  Becker,  M.D.,  Chicago 

B. S.,  1918,  M.D.,  1921, 

U niversity  of  Michigan; 
M.S.,  1928,  University  of 

Minnesota;  Assistant  Profes- 
sor Dermatology,  University 
of  Chicago,  1927-30,  Associate 
Professor  since  1930.  Mem- 
ber A.M.A.  and  component 
societies;  American  Academy 
of  Dermatology  and  Syphil- 
olgy;  American  Dermatolog- 
ical Association;  and  other 
organizations ; Diplomate  of 
American  Board  of  Derma- 
tology and  Syphilology.  Auth- 
or: “Commoner  Diseases-  of 
the  Skin,”  1935;  “Ten  Mil- 
lion Americans  Have  It,” 
1937;  “Modern  Dermatology 
and  Syphilology,”  1940  (with 

S.  William  Becker  Obermayer). 


Critical  study  has  shown  that  vesicular  fungous 
infection  of  the  hands  is  almost  unknown.  Vesicular 
eruptions  of  the  feet  (athletes’  foot)  have  been  proven 
to  be  caused  by  fungi  in  only  five  to  15  per  cent  of 
children  and  only  30  per  cent  of  adults.  The  heat 
of  summer  increases  the  percentage  of  fungous  in- 
fection to  SO. 

Epidermal  hypersensitivene.ss  to  fungous  allergens 
may  result  in  vesicular  lesions  on  the  hands 
(trichophytids),  produced  by  allergens  reaching  the 
palms  from  the  feet  through  the  blood  stream.  Other 
vesicular  and  vesiculo-pu.stular  eruptions  of  the  hands 
(bacterids,  dyshidrosis  on  fungous  basis)  cannot  be 
proven  to  be  allergic,  since  epiderman  hypersensitive- 
ness does  not  exist  in  patients  with  such  disorders. 

10:50  Discussion 

11:10  “Five-Day  Treatment  of  Early  Syphilis” 
Loren  W.  Shaffer,  M.D.,  Detroit 
11:40  Discussion 
12:00  Election  of  Officers 
P.  M. 

12:30  Luncheon  at  Pantlind  Hotel 

MSMS 

SECTION  ON  RADIOLOGY,  PATHOLOGY  AND 
ANESTHESIA 

Chairman : Frank  W.  Hartman,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Secretaries : Clyde  K.  Hasley,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
Frank  J.  AIurphy,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Re<l  Room — Civic  Auditorium 

PANEL  DISCUSSION  ON  “SOME  PHASES  OF 
THE  CANCER  PROBLEM” 

9:30  A.  M. 

1.  Diagnosis 

(a)  General 

Henry  J.  VandenBerg,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
N.  M.  Allen,  M.D.,  Detroit 

(b)  X-Ray 

Bernard  H.  Nichols,  M.D.,  Cleveland 

M.D.,  Starling  Medical 
College,  1940;  Practiced  gen- 
eral medicine  and  roentgen- 
ology at  Ravenna,  Ohio, 
from  1904  to  1917;  com- 
missioned in  Medical  Corps 
of  the  U.  S.  Army  and  be- 
came instructor  of  Roentgen- 
ology at  Cornell  University, 
New  York  City.  Member 
Base  Hospital  55  as  Chief 
of  Department  of  Roentgen- 
ology in  September  1918,  di- 
rected Department  of  Roent- 
genology in  France  until 
end  of  war.  Returned  to 
U.  S.  A.  and  became  Direc- 
tor of  Roentgenology  in  the 
Bernard  H.  Nichols  Embarkation  Hospital,  No.  3, 
New  York  City.  Discharged 
from  Army,  September,  1920;  Director  of  Depjortment 
of  Roentgenology  in  Cleveland  Clinic  from  1920  to 
date.  Pres -dent  Radiological  Society  of  North  Amer- 
ica in  1940.  Co-author  with  Dr.  William  E.  Lower 
of  text  book  “Roentgenographic  Studies  of  t^ 

Urinary  System  ” has  published  about  100  scientific 
articles. 

Lawrence  Reynolds,  M.D.,  Detroit 

(c)  Pathology 

Carl  V.  Weller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Donald  C.  Beaver,  M.D.,  Detroit 

2.  Ti’eatment 

(a)  Surgical 

Roy  D.  McClure,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Fred  A.  Coller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 

(b)  Irradiation 

Rollin  H.  Stevens,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Isadore  Lampe,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 

3.  Registration  and  Follow-Up 

Shields  Warren,  M.D.,  Boston 
Fred  J.  Hodges,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Traian  Leucutia,  M.D.,  Detroit 
A.  B.  McGraw,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Election  of  Officers 


630 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PROGRAM  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


FRIDAY  AFTERNOON 
September  19«  1941 

Seventh  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 

Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Presiding 
L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Leon  De  Vel,  M.D., 
Secretaries 

P.  M. 

1:30  “Focal  Infection  in  the  Nose  and  Throat — 
Retrospect  and  Forecast” 

D,  E.  Staunton  Wishart,  M.D.,  Toronto,  Ontario 

B.A.,  1909,  M.  D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Toronto,  1915. 

Three  years’  service  in  the 
field  with  the  10th  (Irish) 
Division.  Mediterranean  Ex- 
peditionary Force  — Sulva 
Bay,  Serbia,  Struma  Valley 
and  Palestine.  Surgeon-in- 
Chief,  Department  of  Oto- 
laryngology, Hospital  for 
Sick  Children,  Toronto,  and 
Senior  Demonstrator,  Depart- 
ment of  Otolaryngology,  Uni- 
versity of  Toronto.  Author 
of:  Section  on  Surgery  of 
the  Ear,  Lewis’  System  of 
Surgery:  Relation  of  infec- 
tion of  the  Ear  and  Infec- 
D.  E.  S.  Wishart  tion  of  the  Intestinal  tract 

in  Infants,  Results  of  five 
years’  study — Routine  Hearing  Tests  and  many  other 
scientific  articles. 

2:00  “New  Therapy  of  Common  Skin  Diseases” 
Carroll  S.  Wright,  M.D.,  Philadelphia 

B.S.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1917;  M.D.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1919.  Instruc- 
tor in  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology  University  of 
Michigan  Medical  School, 
1920-1922 ; Associate  Profes 
sor  of  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology  Graduate  School 
of  Medicine,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  Professor  of 
Dermatology  and  Syphilology 
Temple  University  School  of 
Medicine.  Consultant  Der- 
matologist to  Philadelphia 
Municipal  Hospital;  Widener 
School  for  Crippled  Chil- 
dren; Shriner’s  Hospital; 
Carroll  S.  Wright  Pennsylvania  Institute  for 
Blind;  Pennsylvania  Institute 
for  the  Dumb;  Vineland  Training  School.  Trustee 
of  Research  Institute  of  Cutaneous  Medicine.  As- 
sociate Editor  of  the  "Medical  World"  and  "The 
Weekly  Roster  and  Medical  Digest.”  Member  of 
American  Dermatological  Association,  Society  for  In- 
vestigative Dermatology,  American  Academy  of  Der- 
matology, Philadelphia  College  of  Physicians,  Nu 
Sigma  Nu  and  Sigma  Xi.  Author  of  textbooks 
"Treatment  of  Syphilis”  with  Dr.  Jay  F.  Schamberg 
and  "Manual  of  Dermatology”  and  numerous  con- 
tributions to  dermatological  literature. 

Since  the  turn  of  the  century  there  has  been 
marked  progress  in  the  treatment  of  many  of  the 
commonly  seen  skin  diseases.  Unsightly  vascular  nevi 
with  the  exception  of  port-wine  marks  can  be  suc- 
cessfully treated  in  one  of  several  ways.  The  acne 
of  adolescence,  at  our  time  considered  a necessary 
evil  to  be  suffered  in  silence  until  cured  by  nature, 
is  in  most  instances  amenable  to  modern  therapy  with 
a resultant  lessening  in  badly  scarred  faces.  The 
fungus  infections  which  may  attack  any  part  of  the 
human  integumnet  and  its  appendages  can  in  most 
cases  be  conquered.  In  the  treatment  of  those  skin 
infections  due  to  cocci,  new  drugs  administered  both 
internally  and  externally  have  improved  therapeutic 
results.  Psoriasis  still  remains  a disease  of  unknown 
etiology  and  must  still  be  considered  incurable,  but 
there  is  evidence  of  some  progress  as  regards  its 
therapy.  Skin  cancer,  unless  woefully  neglected,  may 

August,  1941 


be  regarded  as  curable  with  present  day  methods  of 
treatment.  The  situation  with  regard  to  the  “cur- 
ability” of  skin  diseases  has  changed  since  the  day 
25  or  30  years  ago  that  a dermatologist  gave  as  one 
of  his  reasons  for  selecting  this  specialty  that  “pa- 
tients with  skin  diseases  never  get  well.”  These 
newer  therapeutic  procedures  in  the  above  named 
dermatoses  will  be  discussed. 

2:30  INTERMISSION  TO  VIEW  THE  EXHIBITS 

3:00  “Child  Health  in  National  Defense” 

Borden  S.  Veeder,  M.D.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri 

3:30  “The  Relationship  of  the  Reticulo-En- 
dothelial  System  to  Cellular  and  Humoral 
Immunity” 

C.  A.  Doan,  M.D.,  Columbus,  Ohio 

B.S.,  Hiram  College;  M.D., 
1923  Johns  Hopkins  Medical 
School.  R.H.O.,  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital,  1923;  Assist- 
ant Department  of  Anatomy, 
Johns  Hopkins,  1924;  Assist- 
ant Department  of  Medicine 
Harvard  Medical  School;  As- 
sistant Physician,  Boston  City 
Hospital;  Assistant  Thorn- 
dike Memorial  Laboratory ; 
Associate  in  Medical  Re- 
search, Rockefeller  Institute, 
1925-30.  Fellow  and  mem- 
ber of  numerous  scientific 
and  medical  organisations. 
President  Ohio  Public  Health 
Association,  1939  to  date; 

C.  A.  Doan  Director-at-large  National 

Tuberculosis  Association. 
Author  of  mfire  than  100  scientific  articles  and  books 
on  medical  subjects,  particularly  hematology  and 
tuberculosis. 

The  phagocytic  cells  which  comprise  the  Reticulo- 
Endothelial  System  of  the  body  have  long  been  known 
to  function  physiologically  as  conservators  of  essential 
materials  from  worn  out  or  senile  blood  cells.  More 
recently,  excessive  pathologic  sequestration  of  red 
cells,  granulocytes  or  blood  platelets  in  the  par- 
enchyma of  the  spleen,  with  symptom-producing  de- 
struction of  these  essential  elements  by  hyperplastic 
splenic  macrophages,  has  resulted  in  recognition  of 
several  clinical  syndromes,  each  one  of  which  has 
been  effectively  controlled  by  successful  splenectomy. 

Still  more  recently  studies  with  “marked”  dye 
antigens  have  definitely  established  these  phagocytic 
elements  as  the  most  probable  source  of  circulating 
specific  anti-bodies.  This  latter  evidence  places  on 
a sounder  basis,  the  approach  to  the  problems  of 
humoral  immunity,  and  demonstrates  the  extremely 
close  association  with  cellular  immunity. 

4:00  “The  Ulcer  Problem  and  The  Surgeon” 

Owen  H.  Wangensteen,  M.D.,  Minneapolis  . 

A.B.,  University  of  Min- 
nesota, 1919;  M.D.,  1922; 
Ph.D.,  (Surgery) , 1925;  Pro- 
fessor in  Surgery  since  1931, 
Director  of  Department  and 
Surgeon-in-Chief  since  1930. 
Served  in  World  War  as  a 
private  in  Student  Training 
Corps.  Member  of  many 
scientific  and  medical  organ- 
isations. 

The  importance  of  acid  in 
the  genesis  of  ulcer  will  be 
emphasized.  Experiments  per- 
formed in  the  Surgical  Lab- 
oratory, in  which  ulcer  has 
been  produced  in  a variety 
oif  animals  by  stimulating  the 
Owen  H.  Wangensteen  endogenous  gastric  secretory 
mechanism,  will  be  reviewed. 
The  choice  of  operative  procedure  in  the  surgical 
management  of  ulcer,  which  will  insure  effective  de- 
pression of  the  gastric  secretory  mechanism,  will  be 
discussed,  and  the  criteria  of  an  acceptable  operation 
defined.  Technical  and  nutritional  problems  which 
confront  the  surgeon,  affording  his  patient  maximal 
assurances  of  safety,  will  be  presented. 

4:30  End  of  Seventh  General  Assembly 
END  OF  CONVENTION 


631 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


Abbott  Liaboratories  Booth  No.  C-3 

North  Chicago,  Illinois 

You  are  heartily  invited  to  discuss  the  nevirer  spe- 
cialties with  the  Abbott-trained  Professional  Repre- 
sentatives in  attendance.  The  wide  assortment  of 
products  displayed  in  this  exhibit  merit  your  atten- 
tion and  study.  Your  questions  are  solicited.  De- 
scription of  the  items  shown  is  prohibited  by  space, 
so!  COMB  IN  AND  SEE  US! 


Ernst  BischofI  Company  Booth  No.  E-19 

Ivoryton,  Connecticut 

ACTIVIN,  the  first  American  produced  shockless 
foreign  protein  for  nonspecific  therapy.  ANAYODIN 
is  an  effective,  non-toxic  amebicide.  It  attacks  the 
amebas  which  have  penetrated  the  tissues.  DIA- 
TUSSIN,  the  original  drop-dose  cough  remedy  with 
a thirty-five  year  record  of  efficacy.  LOBELIN- 
Bischoff,  a direct  stimulant  to  the  respiratory  cen- 
ter. The  resuscitant  indicated  in  all  forms  of  re- 
spiratory failure  or  depression.  STYPTYSATE,  a 
vegetable  hemostatic,  with  extremely  high  vitamin 
K activity,  indicated  for  the  control  of  all  seeping 
hemorrhages. 


The  Baker  Liaboratories  Booth  No.  D-7 

Cleveland,  Ohio 

Baker’s  complete  line  of  infant  foods,  indicating  the 
newer  trends  in  modern  infant  feeding,  will  be  on 
display.  Baker  MODIFIED  MILK,  powder  and  liquid, 
is  a completely  modified  milk  in  which  the  composi- 
tion of  the  essential  food  elements  has  been  so 
altered  and  adjusted  as  to  closely  approximate 
breast  milk.  MELCOSB,  a completely  prepared  liquid 
milk  is  very  economical.  MELODBX,  maltose  and 
dextrin,  is  made  especially  for  modifying  fresh  or 
evaporated  milk. 


Bard-Parker  Company  Booth  No.  C-2 

Danbury,  Connecticut 

The  following  products  will  be  exhibited  at  the 
Bard-Parker  Booth:  rib-back  surgical  blades,  long 
knife  handles  for  deep  surgery,  renewable  edge 
scissors,  formaldehyde  germicide,  and  instrument 
containers  for  the  rustproof  disinfection  of  surgical 
instruments,  transfer  forceps  for  the  aseptic  trans- 
portation of  instruments,  hematological  case  for 
obtaining  bedside  blood  samples,  ortholator  for  ob- 
taining accurate  dental  radiographs. 


Barry  Allergy  Laborntory,  Inc.  Booth  No.  B-15 

Detroit,  Michigan 

A duplicate  of  the  exhibit  shown  at  the  A.M.A.  in 
Cleveland  will  be  brought  to  the  Michigan  State 
Meeting  in  Grand  Rapids.  Services  and  products  as 
well  as  many  research  problems  will  be  presented 
in  an  interesting  and  unique  manner.  Both  Mr. 
Charles  Fowler  and  Mr.  Barry,  President,  will  be 
present  to  welcome  all  visitors. 


Rudolph  Beaver,  Inc.  Booth  No.  E-13 

Waltham,  Massachusetts 


Newly  developed  all-bellied  DeBakey 
blades,  which,  held  in  any  position, 
always  present  a rounded  cutting 
edge.  Also  the  recently  developed 
bent  Ljungberg  blades  for  deep  and 
special  sur- 
gery, such  as 
c h ol  e cy  stec- 
tomy,  hysterectomy,  hip,  spine,  cleft 
palate,  semilunar  cartilage.  There 
are  also  the  conventional  shape 
blades.  All  blades  fit  every  handle. 


Becton,  Dickinson  & Co.  Booth  No.  C-16 

Rutherford,  New  Jersey 

A full  line  of  B-D  Products  including  clinical  ther- 
mometers, hypodermic  syringes  and  needles,  Ace 
bandages,  Asepto  syringes  and  a full  line  of  their 
diagnostic  instruments  including  the  new  line  of 
low  priced  blood  pressure  instruments,  will  be  on 
display.  Doctors  will  be  particularly  interested  In 
No.  5018  which  comprises  a portable  type  manometer 
and  triple  change  stethoscope  in  handy  leather 
pouch  with  slide  fastener. 


Bilhuber-Knoll  Corporation  Booth  No.  B-11 

Orange,  New  Jersey 


Your  visits  are  welcomed.  Mr. 
Laurel  Johnson  will  be  glad  to 
give  careful  attention  to  ques- 
tions and  discussions  on  Dilau- 
did,  Metrazol,  Phyllicin,  Theocal- 
cin,  etc.  Register  for  a copy  of 
the  new  “Note  Book  of  Original 
Medicinal  Chemicals.”  Colored 
charts — muscular,  skeletal,  circu- 
latory, and  nervous  systems  may 
be  had  upon  request. 


The  Borden  Company  Booth  No.  F-I 

New  York  City 


Visit  the  Borden  exhibit  to  see 
infant  foods  of  unsurpassed  qual- 
ity. Biolac,  the  distinctive  new 
liquid  infant  food,  affords  con- 
venience, economy,  and  optimal 
nutrition.  Beta  Lactos  is  na- 
ture’s carbohydrate  in  an  im- 
proved, readily  soluble  form. 
Dryco  provides  formula  flexibil- 
ity for  every  feeding  problem. 
Also  Klim,  Merrell-Soule  prod- 
ucts, and  Irradiated  Evaporated 
Milk.  Mr.  H.  H.  Baker  and  Mr, 
A.  D.  Farrell  will  be  in  charge 
of  the  exhibit. 


Burroughs  Wellcome  & Co.  (USA)  Inc. 

New  York  City  Booths  No.  B-4  and  B-5 

A representative  group  of  fine  chemicals  and  phar- 
maceutical preparations,  together  with  new  and  im- 
portant therapeutic  agents  of  special  interest  to  the 
medical  profession,  will  be  presented. 


Cameron  Surgical  Specialty  Company  Booth  No.  B-8 
Chicago,  Illinois 

See  the  new  Cameron-Schindler  Flexible  Gastro- 
scope,  the  Color-Flash  Clinical  Camera,  the  Pro- 
jectoray,  the  Mirrorlite  and  latest  developments  in 
electrically  lighted  diagnostic  and  operating  instru- 
ments for  all  parts  of  the  body.  You  will  also  be 
interested  in  our  radio  frequency  knives  and  coagu- 
lators. 


S.  H.  Camp  and  Company  Booth  No.  C-18 

Jackson,  Michigan 

A life  sized  reproduction  of  the  Camp  Transparent 
Woman  will  be  displayed  as  the  central  theme  of  a 
typical  service  department  equipped  to  serve  pa- 
tients with  the  various  supports  prescribed  by  phy- 
sicians. A complete  line  of  merchandise  for  pre- 
natal, postnatal  orthopedic,  visceroptosis,  sacro-iliac, 
hernia  and  other  specific  conditions  will  be  shown. 
Experts  from  the  Camp  staff  will  be  in  attendance 
to  answer  questions. 


Ciba  Pharmaceutical  Products  Booth  No.  D-6 

Summit,  New  Jersey 

Physicians  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  the  Ciba 
Booth  where  they  will  find  the  well  known  line  of 
CIBA  specialties  on  display. 

Mr.  Frank  H.  Pratt  will  be  at  the  booth  and  will  be 
glad  to  discuss  these  products  and  supply  interest- 
ing new  information  regarding^  many  of  them. 

Coca-Cola  Company  Booth  No.  A-7 

Atlanta,  Georgia 

Coca-Cola  will  be  served  to  the  physicians  with  the 
compliments  of  the  Coca-Cola  Company. 

Cottrell-Clarke,  Ine.  Booth  No.  F-9 

Detroit,  Miehigan 

Mostly  in  the  east,  are  some  half  dozen  specializing 
printers  engaged  in  supplying  medical  men  with 
records  and  stationery:  still  nowhere  is  there  an 
organization  to  compare  with  the  personal  attain- 
ments of  Michigan’s  own  COTTRELL-CLARKE,  INC. 
(locally  and  popularly  known  as  “the  physicians’ 
stationery  folks”)  in  developing  varied  types  and 
sizes  of  folders  and  other  ideas,  all  designed  for 
facilitating  neater  and  better  record  keeping.  By 
all  means  see  .Cottrell-Clarke’s  exhibit  this  year. 

The  Cream  of  Wheat  Corporation  Booth  No.  D-16 

Minneapolis,  Minnesota 

The  5-minute  “CREAM  OF  WHEAT”  will  be  on  ex- 
hibit. This  improved  cereal  is  completely  cooked  in 
5 minutes  and  has  been  fortified  with  additional 
vitamin  Bi  (wheat  germ  and  thiamin),  iron,  cal- 
cium, and  phosphorus. 


632 


Jour.  ^f.S.M.S. 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


Cutter  Liuboratories 
Chicago,  Illinois 


Booth  No.  E-4 


Cutter  Laboratories  will  display  their  latest  trans- 
fusion equipment,  including  the  Saftivalve  Trans- 
fusion Outfit  and  prepared  human  serum  and  plas- 


ma. 


Davis  & Geck»  Inc. 
Brooklyn,  New  York 


This  One  Thing  We  Do" 


Booth  No.  A-4% 

Davis  & Geek,  Inc.  will 
display  its  complete 
line  of  sterile  sutures 
including  . . . fine 

gauge  (0000  and  00000) 
catgut  ...  a compre- 
hensive group  of  su- 
tures armed  with  swaged-on  atraumatic  needles 
and  designed  for  specific  surgical  procedures  . . . 
Dermalon  skin  and  tension  sutures  (processed  from 
nylon)  which,  because  of  marked  physical  adva^ 
tages  and  economy,  are  rapidly  replacing  silkworm 

gut  and  other  nonabsorbable  materials.  

A further  feature  of  this  exhibit  will  be  a motion 
nicture  theater  in  which  a diversified  program  of 
surgical  films,  in  full  color,  will  be  presented  daily. 


R.  B.  Davis  Sales  Company  Booth  No.  E-21 

Hoboken,  New  Jersey 


You  are  invited  to  enjoy  a drink  of  de- 
licious Cocomalt  at  Booth  No.  E-21. 
Cocamalt  is  refreshing,  nourishmg  and 
of  the  highest  quality.  It  is  fortified 
with  vitamins  A Bi  and  D;  calcium 
and  phosphorus  to  aid  in  the  develop- 
ment of  strong  bones  and  sound  teeth; 
iron  for  blood;  protein  for  strength 
and  muscle;  carbohydrate  for  energy. 


DePuy  Manufacturing  Company  Booth  No.  E-16 

Warsaw,  Indiana 

You  are  invited  to  visit  our  exhibit  where  many 
new  fracture  appliances  and  bone  instruments  will 
be  on  display.  Mr.  Charles  F.  Klingel  will  be  in 
charge  and  will  be  glad  to  answer  any  of  your 
questions. 


Detroit  Creamery  Company  Booth  No.  F-3 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Sealtest  stands  for  quality  milk,  cream  and  ice 
cream.  The  red  and  white  tradename  is  an  assur- 
ance to  the  consumer  of  pure,  wholesome  dairy 
products  produced  in  modern,  sanitary  plants  op- 
erating under  strict  laboratory  control. 


Detroit  X-Ray  Sales  Co.  Booth  No.  A-4 

Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Detroit  X-Ray  Sales  Company  again  takes 
pleasure  in  presenting  important  advances  in  shock- 
proof  x-ray  equipment,  designed  in  the  “Mattern 
manner.” 

We  feel  that  a visit  to  our  booth  will  interest  those 
contemplating  the  purchase  of  x-ray  equipment. 
A cordial  welcome  is  extended.  Messrs.  Hanks, 
McAlpine  and  Robinson,  also  Mr.  R,  J.  Carseth,  the 
Mattern  factory  representative,  will  be  in  attend- 
ance. 


Dictaphone  Corporation 
Detroit,  Michigan 


Booth  No.  B-13 


You  are  cordially  invited 
to  inspect  the  new  Dicta- 
phone models  and  to  learn 
how  this  modern  dictating 
machine  is  serving  physi- 
cians throughout  the  coun- 
try. Make  the  Dictaphone 
Booth  your  headquarters. 
The  Dictaphone  displays 
will  be  in  charge  of  H.  E. 
Trapp,  Grand  Rapids  Man- 
ager, assisted  by  members 
of  his  staff. 


The  Dietene  Company  Booth  No.  B-7 

Minneapolis,  Minnesota 

The  Dietene  Company  cordially  invites  all  members 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  and  their 
guests  to  visit  our  booth. 

Our  representatives  will  be  looking  forward  to  the 
opportunity  of  presenting  our  group  of  special  pur- 
pose foods. 

August,  1941 


Doho  Chemical  Corporation  Booth  No.  E-S 

New  York  City 

The  Auralgan  Exhibit  consists  of  a model  of  the 
human  auricle  four  feet  high  together  with  a series 
of  twenty-four  three  dimensional  ear  drums,  mod- 
eled under  the  supervision  of  outstanding  otologists. 
Each  of  these  drums  depicts  a different  pathologic 
condition  based  upon  actual  case  observation  and 
prepared,  in  so  far  as  possible,  with  strict  scientific 
accuracy  so  as  to  be  highly  instructive  and  inter- 
esting to  all  physicians. 

Duke  liSboratories,  Inc.  Booth  No.  C-4 

Stamford,  Connecticut 

The  Duke  Laboratories,  Inc.,  will  demonstrate  the 
original,  American-made,  stretchable,  adhesive  sur- 
faced bandage,  Elastoplast,  which  is  used  whenever 
compression  and  support  are  required.  Samples  of 
Mediplast  and  Elastoplast  Occlusive  dressing,  now 
being  so  widely  used  in  plants  on  Defense  work, 
will  be  available.  Ask  for  samples  of  the  prescrib- 
er’s  cosmetics — Nivea  and  Basis  Soap — too. 

Booth  No.  E-5 


THE  E D I- 
PHONE  COM- 
PANY extends 
a cordial  invi- 
tation to  all 
physicians  to 
visit  the  dis- 
play of  EDI- 
PHONE  equip- 
ment. See  the 
new  Miracle 
Model  Edison 
Voice  Writ- 
er, also  new 
Streamline 
Cabinet  de- 
signs, manu- 
factured by 
Edison,  who  invented  and  perfected  sound  record- 
ing. We  welcome  opportunity  to  demonstrate  and 
discuss  its  application  in  the  medical  profession. 

H.  G.  Fischer  & Co.  Booth  No.  B-lft 

Chicago,  lilinois 

To  every  visitor  at  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety we  give  this  special  invitation:  Look  under 

the  hood  of  the  new  FISCHER  models  of  apparatus 
shown!  FISCHER  shockproof  x-ray  apparatus,  short 
wave  units,  ultra-violet  and  other  generators  are 
built  to  stand  the  very  hardest  day-by-day  usage. 
Demand  to  be  shown  the  real  under-the-hood  facts 
about  FISCHER  Models. 

C.  B.  Fiect  Company  Booth  No.  E-14 

Lynchburg,  Virginia 

Phosphe-Soda  (Fleet)  is  a highly  concentrated  and 
purified,  aqueous  solution  of  sodium  phosphates.  It 
is  nontoxic,  rapid  but  mild  in  action  without  irri- 
tation of  the  gastric  or  intestinal  mucosa.  It  is 
indicated  for  hepatic  dysfunction  and  for  its  tho- 
rough eliminating  and  cleansing  action  on  the  upper 
and  lower  gut. 

General  Electric  X-Ray  Corp.  Booth  No.  A-5 

Detroit,  Michigan 

We  cordially  invite  the  physicians  and  their  fam- 
ilies who  attend  this  meeting  to  make  use  of  the 
lounge  facilities  provided  at  our  booth  for  their 
comfort.  We  particularly  look  forward  to  a visit 
from  users  of  our  equipment  and  a cordial  invitation 
is  extended  to  all  physicians  who  may  have  tech- 
nical problems  to  discuss  with  our  staff  in  attend- 
ance. 

Gerber  Products  Company  Booth  No.  E-12 

Fremont,  Michigan 

The  complete 
line  of  Ger- 
b e r Baby 
Foods  will  bo 
on  display. 
There  are  two 
precooked 
dry  cereals, 
one  a wheat, 
the  other  an 
oatmeal  cere- 
al. Of  the 
canned  foods, 

there  are  both  strained  and  Junior  or  chopped  foods. 
Booklets  available  for  distribution  to  mothers  or 
patients  on  special  diets  as  well  as  professional  lit- 
erature will  be  sent  to  registrants,  for  examination. 


Gerber’s 


Strained 

Oatmeal 


Q 


The  Ediphone  Company 
Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 


635 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


Hack  Shoe  Company  Booth  No.  A-2 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Twenty-five  years  of  evolution  in  health  shoe  con- 
struction will  be  exemplified  in  the  Hack  Shoe  Com- 
pany exhibit. 

This  pioneer  prescription  shoe  organization  will  also 
display  a series  of  roentgenographs  demonstrating 
how  the  foot  bones  lie  in  correctly  and  incorrectly 
fitting  shoes. 

HACK-O-PEDIC  clubfoot  and  surgical  shoes  and 
TRI-BANLANCE  shoes  for  men,  women  and  chil- 
dren complete  the  exhibit. 

Hanovia  Chemical  & Mfg.  Company  Booth  No.  C-17 
Newark,  New  Jersey 

The  very  latest  in  ultra-violet  equipment  will  be 
demonstrated,  including  the  outstanding  uses  of 
ultra-violet  radiation  in  the  fields  of  science,  medi- 
cine and  public  health.  Don’t  fail  to  see  our  new 
line  of  self-lighting  ultra-violet  high-pressure  mer- 
cury arc  lamps.  Short  and  ultra  short  wave  appara- 
tus, Sollux  Radiant  Heat  Lamps  and  our  latest  de- 
velopment, quartz  ultra-violet  lamps  for  air  sanita- 
tion. 

J.  F.  Hartz  Company  Booths  No.  E-6  and  E-7 

Detroit,  Michigan 

All  physicians  are  invited  to  visit  the  booth  of  the 
J.  P.  Hartz  Company — the  progressive  medical  sup- 
ply firm  of  Detroit  who  are  nationally  known. 

An  interesting  display  of  instruments,  equipment, 
and  pharmaceuticals  may  be  seen. 

This  firm  has  recently  added  another  floor  to  care 
for  the  expanding  business  of  its  manufactured 
pharmaceuticals  which  are  made  under  strict  labora- 
tory control,  and  In  compliance  with  the  regulations 
of  the  Federal  Food  and  Drug  Department. 


H.  J.  Heinz  Company  Booth  No.  E-18 

Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania 

The  makers  of  Heinz  Strained  and  Junior  Foods  ap- 
preciate the  confidence  which  the  members  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  have  expressed  in 
their  recommendation  of  these  foods  for  infant  feed- 
ing and  special  diets.  F.  B.  Heard  and  H.  A.  Elen- 
baas  are  at  your  service  and  will  welcome  members 
and  friends  at  the  exhibit. 

Holland-Rantos  Company,  Inc.  Booth  No.  F-11 

New  York  City 

The  latest  developments  in  the  field  of  medically 
prescribed  contraceptives  will  be  featured  at  the 
booth  of  the  Holland-Rantos  Company.  Rantex 
masks  and  Rantex  caps  for  operating  room  will  be 
of  unusual  interest  to  surgeons  who  are  looking 
for  something  comfortable  yet  efficient  in  this  line. 

The  G.  A.  Ingram  Co.  Booths  No.  D-21  and  D-22 

Detroit,  Michigan 

The  G.  A.  Ingram  Company  extends  an  invitation 
, to  all  visitors  at  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Con- 
vention to  make  their  booth  their  headquarters  and, 
especially,  to  investigate  their  new  line  of  diagnos- 
tic instruments  and  their  complete  line  of  genuine 
Swedish  stainless  steel  instruments.  They  will  also 
show  the  latest  in  electrical  equipment. 

Jones  Metabolism  Equipment  Company  Booth  No.  D-5 
Chicago,  Illinois 

Interview  our  representative,  William  Niedelson, 
about  the  development  of  the  first  waterless  basal 
through  20  years  by  the  addition  of  many  scientific 
devices  to  assure  accuracy,  operative  simplicity  and 
guarantee  the  purchaser  a lifetime  of  use  without 
repair  expense. 

“The  ‘.lunket’  Folks”  Booth  No.  B-3 

Chr.  Hansen’s  Liaboratory 
Jiittle  Falls,  New  York 

“THE  ‘JUNKET’  FOLKS’’  will  serve  rennet-custards 
made  with  either  “Junket’’  Rennet  Powder  or  “Jun- 
ket” Rennet  Tablets.  There  is  also  a display  of 
“Junket”  Brand  Food  Products.  Enlarged  photo- 
graphs show  how  the  rennet  enzyme  in  rennet- 
custards  transforms  milk  into  softer,  finer  curds. 
Rennet-custards  are  widely  recommended  for  in- 
fants, children,  convalescents,  postoperative  cases 
and  as  a delicious,  healthful  dessert  for  the  whole 
family.  Fully  informed  attendants  on  duty. 


Kalak  Water  Company  Booth  No.  E-17 

New  York  City 

Visit  the  KALAK  WATER  booth  and  ask  the  rep- 
resentative how  KALAK  WATER  may  be  employed 
to  minimize  the  discomforts  that  so  frequently  fol- 
low the  administration  of  the  Sulfonamides.  Ask 


the  representative  to  serve  you  with  a glass  of 
KALAK  WATER  and  learn  for  yourself  how  deli- 
cious and  refreshing  KALAK  WATER  really  is 
when  it  is  properly  served. 


Lea  & Febiger  Booth  No.  D-14 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Lea  & Febiger  will  exhibit  Portis’  Digestive  Dis- 
eases, Kraines’  Psychoses,  Ballenger’s  Manual, 
Rowe’s  Elimination  Diets,  Lewin’s  The  Foot  and 
Ankle,  Rony’s  Obesity  and  Leanness  and  new  edi- 
tions of  Holmes  and  Ruggles’  Roentgenology,  Jos- 
lin’s  Diabetes  and  Manual,  Comroe’s  Arthritis, 
Bridges’  Dietetics,  Spaeth’s  Ophthalmology  and 
Kessler’s  Accidental  Injuries. 


Lederle  Laboratories  Booth  No.  E-22 

New  York  City 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  the  Lederle  Ex- 
hibit which  will  feature  colored  slides  on  the  re- 
fining of  Antitoxins.  These  slides  were  taken  from 
a new  motion  picture  film  on  this  subject. 

They  will  exhibit  the  many  specialties  for  which 
they  are  noted  and  the  latest  releases  in  Sulfona- 
mide drugs.  Literature  on  the  various  Sulfonamides 
will  be  available. 


Libby,  McNeill  «fe  Libby  Booth  No.  B-17 

Chicago,  Illinois 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  Libby,  McNeill  & 
Libby’s  exhibit  where  attendants  will  point  out  the 
merits  of  Homogenized  Baby  Foods,  Chopped  Foods 
and  Evaporated  Milk.  Libby’s  special  . .ethou  of 
Homogenization  makes  Libby’s  Baby  Foods  extra 
smooth,  extra  easy  to  digest. 


liiebel-Flarsheim  Company  Booth  No.  C-7 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Liebel-Flarsheim  Company  will  ex- 
hibit the  well-known  L-F  Short 
Wave  Generators  as  well  as  the 
famous  Bovie  Electro-Surgical  Units 
and  other  new  and  interesting  elec- 
tro-medical apparatus. 

A cordial  invitation  is  extended  to 
visit  The  Liebel-Flarsheim  booth  to  inspect  this 
outstanding  equipment  and  have  it  demonstrated  to 
you. 


Eli  Lilly  and  Company  Booth  No.  C-1 

Indianapolis,  Indiana 

Eli  Lilly  and  Company  will  demonstrate  the  germi- 
cidal efficacy  of  “Merthiolate”  (Sodium  Ethyl  Mer- 
curi  Thiosalicylate,  Lilly)  and  the  compatibility  of 
the  antiseptic  with  body  cells  and  fluids.  Other 
new  and  useful  products  will  be  featured. 


J.  B.  Lippincott  Company  Booth  No.  E-11 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

New  Lippincott  books  of  interest  to  every  physician 
are  Grollman’s  “Essentials  of  Endocrinology,”  To- 
bias’ “Essentials  of  Dermatology,”  Haden  and 
Thomas’  “Allergy  in  Clinical  Practice”  and  You- 
mans’  “Nutritional  Deficiencies.”  Leaman’s  “Man- 
agement of  the  Cardiac  Patient,”  today’s  sales  lead- 
er, will  be  displayed,  as  will  Thorek’s  three-volume 
“Modern  Surgical  Technic.” 


The  McKesson  Appliance  Company  Booth  No.  D-20 
Toledo,  Ohio 

The  McKesson  Appliance  Co.  will  exhibit  a complete 
line  of  scientific  equipment  involving  the  uses  of 
anesthetic  gases  and  oxygen  therapy.  Both  water- 
less and  water  spirometer  type  basal  metabolism 
units  will  be  shown.  Practical  demonstrations  will 
be  made  on  the  new  direct  reading  electrocardio- 
graph. 


M & R Dietetic  Laboratories,  Inc.  Booth  :^o.  C-11 
Columbus,  Ohio 

Similac,  a completely  modified  milk  especially  pre- 
pared for  infants  deprived  either  partially  or  en- 
tirely of  breast  milk,  will  be  featured.  Mr.  David 
O.  Cox  and  Mr.  L.  A.  MacDonald  w'ill  appreciate  the 
opportunity  to  discuss  the  merits  of  Similac  and  its 
suggested  application  for  both  the  normal  and 
special  feeding  cases. 


Mead  Johnson  & Company  Booths  No.  C-21  and  C-22 
Evansvilie,  Indiana 

“Servamus  Fidem”  means  We  Are  Keeping  the 
Faith.  Almost  every  physician  thinks  of  Mead 
Johnson  & Company  as  the  maker  of  Dextri-Mal- 

JouR.  M.S.M.S. 


634 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


tose,  Pablum,  Oleum  Percomorphum  and  other  in- 
fant diet  materials.  But  not  all  physicians  are 
aware  of  the  many  helpful  services  this  progressive 
company  offers  physicians.  A visit  to  Booths  C-21 
and  C-22  will  be  time  well  spent. 


Medical  Arts  Surgical  Supply  Company 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan  Booths  No.  C-5,  C-6  and  B-14 

The  Medical  Arts  Surgical  Supply  Company  of  the 
best  city  will  show  the  exclusive  line  of  Liebel  Flar- 
sheim  short  wave  generators,  the  latest  items  in 
the  beautiful  Ritter  ear,  nose  and  throat  equipment, 
and  a complete  suite  of  the  Hamilton  Nu  Tone  furni- 
ture along  with  the  latest  in  autoclave  and  steril- 
ized units.  An  invitation  is  extended  to  all  doctors 
to  call  at  these  booths. 

Medical  Case  History  Bureau  Booth  No.  D-9 

New  York  City 

Simplifying  the  Doctor’s  History  Record  and  Book- 
keeping System  with  the  INFO-DEX  RECORD  CON- 
TROL SYSTEM. 

Maintenance  of  accurate,  informative  data  on  both 
history  and  financial  records  is  essential  in  the 
modern  doctor’s  practice.  The  INFO-DEX  Record 
Control  System  helps  to  keep  a constant  finger 
on  the  physical  and  financial  pulse  of  the  patient. 
This  system  correlates  information  almost  auto- 
matically for  instant  reference  and  research  work. 
Its  method  of  cross-indexing  interesting  cases  ac- 
cording to  the  disease  is  unique  and  exclusive. 

The  Medical  Protective  Company  Booth  No.  D-8 

Fort  Wayne,  Indiana 

The  Medical  Protective  Company  invites  you  to  visit 
its  booth.  Medical  Protective  Service  is  an  institu- 
tion of  the  Medical  profession  whose  legal  liability 
problems  we  have  concentrated  upon  for  42  years. 
Bring  your  professional  liability  questions  and 
problems  to  us. 

Mellin’s  Food  Company  Booth  No.  E-15 

Boston,  Massachusetts 

Physicians  are  cordially  invited  to  call  and  to  place 
before  our  repesentatives  all  questions  regarding 
the  composition  of  Mellin’s  Food  and  its  usefulness 
in  infant  and  adult  feeding.  It  is  suggested  that 
constipation  in  infancy  and  the  preparation  of  nour- 
ishment for  adult  patients  who  are  far  below  nor- 
mal as  a result  of  prolonged  illness  or  faulty  diet 
are  particularly  interesting  topics  for  discussion. 

The  Mennen  Company  Booth  No.  A-1 

Newark,  New  Jersey 

The  Mennen  Company  will  exhibit 
their  two  baby  products — ^Antiseptic 
Oil  and  Antiseptic  Borated  Powder. 
The  Antiseptic  Oil  is  now  being 
used  routinely  by  more  than  90  per 
cent  of  the  hospitals  that  are  im- 
portant in  maternity  work.  Be  sure 
to  register  at  the  Mennen  exhibit 
and  receive  your  kit  containing 
demonstration  sizes  of  their  shav- 
ing and  after-shave  products;  also, 
for  the  lucky  number  prize  drawing 
to  be  held  at  the  close  of  the  Con- 
vention for  DeDuxe  Fitted  Leather 
Toilet  Kits. 

The  Wm.  S.  Merrell  Company  Booth  No.  B-2 

Cincinnati  Ohio 

The  Merrell  exhibit  will  feature  Oravax,  the  oral  ca- 
tarrhal vaccine  in  enteric  coated  tablets  for  protec- 
tion against  the  common  cold;  as  well  as  other  new 
prescription  specialties  of  timely  interest.  Merrell 
representatives  will  be  at  the  booth  ready  to  show 
these  products  and  answer  any  question. 

Michigan  Medical  Service  Booth  No.  A-6 

Michigan  Hospital  Service 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Complete  information  about  the  Medical  Service  and 
Surgical  Benefit  Plans  of  Michigan  Medical  Service 
will  be  available  in  this  featured  exhibit  of  the 
results  of  operation  of  the  doctors’  prepaid  group 
medical  service  program. 

There  will  also  be  an  interesting  display  of  the 
working  of  the  companion  hospital  service  plan  of 
Michigan  Hospital  Service. 

The  C.  V.  Moshy  Company  Booth  No.  D-3 

St.  liOnis,  Missouri 

Physicians  and  surgeons  interested  in  the  new 
developments  in  medicine  and  surgery  are  cordially 
invited  to  inspect  the  new  publications  which  will 

August,  1941 


be  on  display  at  the  Mosby  Booth.  Outstanding 
new  volumes  on  surgery,  dermatology,  pediatrics, 
gynecology,  heart  diseases,  X-Ray,  and  practice  of 
medicine  will  be  shown. 


National  Live  Stock  and  Meat  Board  Booth  No.  B-12 
Chicago,  Illinois 

The  exhibit  of  the  National  Live  Stock  and  Meat 
Board  will  portray  Meat  as  a source  of  the  essen- 
tial food  elements,  protein,  fats,  carbohydrates,  cal- 
cium, phosphorus,  iron,  copper  and  six  vitamins 
with  special  emphasis  on  the  factors  of  the  vita- 
min B complex. 


Nestle’s  Milk  Products,  Inc.  Booth  No.  D-19 

New  York  City 


The  Nestle’s  Milk  Products, 
Inc.,  exhibit  will  feature  Lac- 
llfMj  togen  which  has  given  suc- 
cessful  results  in  infant  feed- 
ing  for  more  than  15  years. 


Parke,  Davis  & Company 

Deroit,  Michigan  Booths  Nos.  C-12,  C-13  and  C-14 

Featured  in  the  Parke-Davis  exhibit  will  be  the 
sex  hormones,  theelin  and  'theelol;  antisyphilitic 
agents,  such  as  mapharsen  and  Thio-Bismol;  pos- 
terior lobe  preparations,  including  pituitrin,  pitocin 
and  pitressin;  and  various  adrenalin  chloride  prep- 
arations. 


Pelton  & Crane  Company  Booth  No.  D-4 

Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Pelton  & Crane  Company  will  exhibit  its  com- 
plete line  of  office  sterilizers,  autoclaves  and  operat- 
ing lights:  also,  fountain  cuspidors  and  other  spe- 
cialty items.  The  exhibit  will  be  in  charge  of  Mr. 
C.  K.  Vaughan,  who  looks  forward  to  the  pleasure 
of  renewing  old  acquaintances. 


Pet  Milk  Sales  Corporation  Booths  Nos.  C-9  and  C-10 
St.  Louis,  Missouri 

An  actual  working  model  of  a milk 
condensing  plant  in  miniature  will  be 
exhibited  by  the  Pet  Milk  Company. 
This  exhibit  offers  an  opportunity  to 
obtain  informajtion  about  the  produc- 
tion of  Irradiated  Pet  Milk  and  its  uses 
in  infant  feeding  and  general  dietary 
practice.  Miniature  Pet  Milk  cans  will 
be  given  to  each  physician  who  visits 
the  Pet  Milk  Booth. 


Petrolagar  Laboratories,  Inc.  Booth  No.  D-2 

Chicago,  Illinois 

Petrolagar  Laboratories,  Inc.  offer,  in  addition  to 
samples  of  the  Five  Types  of  Petrolagar,  an  inter- 
esting selection  of  descriptive  literature  and  an- 
atomical charts.  Ask  the  Petrolagar  representa- 
tives to  show  you  the  HABIT  TIME  booklet.  It  is 
a welcome  aid  for  teaching  bowel  regularity  to  your 
patients. 


Philip  Morris  & Company  Booth  No.  E-I 

New  York  City 

Philip  Morris  & Company  will  demonstrate  the 
method  by  which  it  was  found  that  Philip  Morris 
cigarettes,  in  which  diethylene  glycol  is  used  as  the 
hygroscopic  agent,  are  less  irritating  than  other 
cigarettes.  Their  representative  will  be  happy  to 
discuss  researches  on  this  subject,  and  problems 
on  the  physiological  effects  of  smoking. 


Picker  X-Ray  Corporation  Booth  No.  B-10 

New  York  City 

Visitors  to  the  Picker  X-Ray  Corporation’s  booth 
will  have  an  opportunity  of  seeing  the  well-known 
Picker-Waite  "Century.”  This  diagnostic  unit  pro- 
vides for  radiography  and  fluoroscopy  in  all  positions 
from  the  vertical  to  the  Trendelenburg — either  hand 
or  motor  operated.  Also  on  display  will  be  a fine 
example  of  a combination  portable  and  mobile 
.«hockproof  x-ray  unit.  This  apparatus  is  suitable 
for  general  office  use  or  portable  work  in  the  pa- 

635 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


tient’s  home.  A number  of  newly  developed  x-ray 
accessories  and  diagnostic  opaque  chemicals  will 
be  exhibited. 


Professional  Management  Booth  No.  F-2 

Battle  Creek,  Michigan 

Bring  your  professional  and  business  problems  for 
Free  Consultation  Service  with  any  of  the  Profes- 
sional Management  staff.  Henry  C.  Black  and  Alli- 
son E.  Skaggs,  Battle  Creek;  Wendell  A.  Persons, 
Saginaw;  Willis  B.  Mallory,  Detroit;  and  Morris  C. 
Flanders,  Grand  Rapids,  will  all  be  available  to 
members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 


Riedel-de  Haen,  Inc.  Booth  No.  B-6 

New  York  City 

The  Riedel-de  Haen  exhibit  will  feature  two  chem- 
ically pure  bile  acids:  Decholin,  the  true  choleretic, 

and  Degalol,  the  fat  emulsifier.  Physicians  are  in- 
vited to  register  for  abstracts  of  clinical  reports 
on  these  products.  Attending  representatives  will 
appreciate  the  opportunity  to  discuss  the  latest 
developments  in  the  therapeutic  application  of 
chemically  pure  bile  acids. 


S.M.A.  Corporation  Booth  No.  D-1 

Chicago,  Illinois 

Among  the  technical  exhibits  at  the  convention  this 
year  is  an  interesting  new  display,  which  represents 
the  selection  of  infant  feeding  and  vitamin  prod- 
ucts of  the  S.M.A.  Corporation.  Physicians  who 
visit  this  exhibit  may  obtain  complete  information, 
as  well  as  samples,  of  S-M-A  Powder  and  the  spe- 
cial milk  preparations — Protein  S-M-A  (Acidulated), 
Alerdex  and  Hypo-Allergic  Milk. 


.'Sandoz  Chemical  Works,  Inc.  Booth  No.  D-15 

New  York  City 

This  exhibit  will  stress  Council-accepted  products: 
Gynergen  (ergotamlne  tartrate)  for  migraine  and 
uterine  hemostatis;  Digilanld,  the  crystallized  initial 
glycosides  of  Digitalis  lanata,  standardized  gravi- 
metrically  and  biologically;  Scillaren  and  Scillaren-B, 
pure  cardiodiuretic  squill ' principles,  and  Dandoptal, 
an  effective  hypnotic.  Also  the  original  gluconate 
preparations  of  calcium  (Calglucon)  for  oral  and 
parenteral  therapy. 


W.  B.  Saunders  Company  Booth  No.  B-1 

jPhiladelphla,  Pennsylvania 

Of  particular  interest  are  such  new  books  as  Ladd 
& Gross’  “Abdominal  Surgery  in  Infancy  and  Child- 
hood.” Kilmer  & Tuft’s  "Clinical  Immunology,  Bio- 
therapy and  Chemotherapy,”  Steinbrocker’s  “Ar- 
thritis,” Johnstone’s  “Occupational  Diseases,”  Gray- 
biel  & White’s  “Electrocardiography  in  Practice,” 
Krusen’s  “Physical  Medicine,”  Novak’s  “Obstetrical 
and  Gynecological  Pathology,”  Walters  & Snell’s 
“The  Gallbladder  and  Its  Diseases,”  the  1941  Mayo 
■Clinic  Volume,  Griffith  & Mitchell’s  “Pediatrics,”  and 
a number  of  other  important  new  books  and  new 
editions. 


•Schering  Corporation  Booth  No.  E-3 

Bloomfield,  New  Jersey 

The  Schering  exhibit  includes  real  and  striking  re- 
cent advances  such  as  SULAMYD,  highly  effective 
sulfacetimide  of  considerably  lower  toxicity;  orally 
active  sex  hormones,  ORETON-M,  PROGYNON-DH 
and  PRANONE  tablets;  efficient  BARAVIT  for  bulk 
laxative  therapy;  and  the  new  physiological  antacid, 
LUDOZAN  tablets,  forming  a true  protective  gel  in 
your  patient’s  stomach. 


Scientific  Sugars  Company  Booth  No.  C-15 

Columbus,  Indiana 

Scientific  Sugars  Company  will  display  Cartose, 
Hidex,  and  the  Kinney  line  of  nutritional  products. 
Physicians  are  cordially  invited  to  stop.  Well  in- 
formed representatives  will  be  in  attendance. 

Sharp  & Dohme  Booth  No.  D-12 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Sharp  & Dohme  will  show  their  new  modern  dis- 
play this  year,  featuring  “Delvinal”  Sodium,  “Lyo- 
vac”  Normal  Human  Plasma,  “Lyovac”  Bee  Venom 
Solution,  and  other'  “Lyovac”  biologicals.  There  will 
also  be  on  display  a group  of  new  biological  and 
pharmaceutical  specialties  prepared  by  this  house, 
such  as  “Propadrine”  Hydrochloride  products,  “Ra- 
bellon,”  “Padrophyll,”  “Riona,”  “Depropanex”  and 
“Ribothiron.”  Capable  well-informed  representa- 
tives will  be  on  hand  to  welcome  all  visitors  and 
furnish  information  on  Sharp  & Dohme  products. 


Smith,  Kline  & French  liUboratories  Booth  No.  E-10 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

This  year.  Smith,  Kline  & French  Laboratories  be- 
gins its  second  century  of  service  to  the  medical 
profession.  The  members  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  this 
exhibit  and  discuss  the  products  displayed.  These 
will  include  benzedrine  inhaler,  benzedrine  sulfate 
tablets,  benzedrine  solution,  and  pentnucleotide. 

Frederick  Stearns  & Company 

Detroit,  Michigan  Booths  No.  D-10  and  D-11 

Doctors  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  our  attractive 
convention  booths,  to  view  and  discuss  outstanding 
contributions  to  medical  science  developed  in  the 
Scientific  Laboratories  of  Frederick  Stearns  & 
Company. 

Our  professional  representatives  will  be  pleased 
to  supply  all  possible  information  on  the  use  of 
such  outstanding  products  as  Neo-Synephrin  Hydro- 
chloride for  intranasal  use,  Mucilose  for  bulk  and 
mbrication,  Ferrous  Gluconate,  Potassium  Gluconate 
Gastric  Mucin,  Susto,  Trimax,  Appella  Apple  Pow- 
der, Nebulator  with  Nebulin  A,  and  our  complete 
line  of  vitamin  products,  together  with  liver  ex- 
tract U.S.P.,  oral  and  subcutaneous  for  the  treat- 
ment of  pernicious  anemia  as  well  as  other  prod- 
ucts will  be  readily  available. 

E.  R.  Squibb  & Sons  Booth  No.  D-13 

New  York  City 

A nuniber  of  new  and  interesting  chemotherapeutic 
specialties,  vitamin,  glandular  and  biological  prod- 
ucts will  be  featured  in  the  Squibb  Exhibit.  Well 
informed  Squibb  Representatives  will  be  on  hand  to 
welcome  you  and  to  furnish  any  information  de- 
sired on  the  products  displayed. 


tl.  S.  Standard  Products  Company  Booth  No.  C-20 
Woodworth,  Wisconsin 


MAGSORBAL  will  be  on  display  by  the  U.  S.  Stand- 
ard Pri^ucts  Company  at  the  State  Medical  Meet- 
ing in  Grand  Rapids.  Have  our  representative  tell 
you  about  the  merits  of  this  product.  Other  items 
of  great  interest  will  be  on  display. 


Wall  Chemicals  Corporation  Booth  No.  E-3 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Wall  Chemicals  Corporation,  a division  of  the  Liquid 
Carbonic  Corporation,  will  have  on  display  a quan- 
tity of  compressed  gas  anesthetics  and  resuscitants. 
There  will  also  be  a complete  line  of  oxygen  ther- 
apy equipment  including  the  “Walco”  oxygen  hu- 
midifier, for  the  nasal  administration  of  oxygen, 
and  the  “Walco”  oxygen  face  mask. 

Westinghouse  X-Ray  Co.,  Inc.  Booth  No.  C-19 

Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Westinghouse  X-Ray  Division  will  display  the 
most  recent  development  of  compact  x-ray  equip- 
ment. Considering  the  size,  there  is  greater  power 
than  heretofore.  The  recently  publicized  bacteri- 
cidal “Sterilamp”  and  “Thin  Window  Lamp”  will  be 
available  for  examination.  The  “Scialytic,”  standard 
of  surgical  lighting  will  be  shown  in  the  latest 
models. 


White  Laboratories,  Inc.  Booth  No.  E-9 

Newai'k,  New  Jersey 

"White  Laboratories,  Inc.,  will  present  White’s  Cod 
Liver  Oil  Concentrate  Liquid,  Tablet  and  Capsule 
(and  White’s  Thiamin  Chloride  Tablet) — all  Council- 
accepted. 

The  practical  advantages  provided  by  cod  liver  oil 
concentrate  as  an  economical  and  convenient  meas- 
ure of  vitamins  A and  B prophylaxis  and  therapy 
will  be  discussed.  Pertinent  information  concerning 
our  newer  knowledge  of  the  vitamins  and  vitamin 
deficiency  states  will  be  offered  for  consideration. 

Winthrop  Chemical  Company,  Inc.  Booth  No.  C-8 

New  York  City 

A cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  every  member 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  to  visit  Booth 
No.  C-8  where  representatives  will  gladly  discuss 
the  latest  preparations  made  available  by  this  firm. 
You  will  receive  valuable  booklets  dealing  with 
anesthetics,  analgesics,  antirachitics,  antispasmodics, 
antisyphilitics,  diagnostics,  diuretics,  hypnotics, 
sedatives  and  vasodilators. 

John  Wyeth  & Brother,  Inc.  Booth  No.  A-3 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  the  John  Wyeth 
and  Brother  exhibit  where  the  following  pharma- 
ceutical specialties  will  be  on  display: 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


-636 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


Amphojel,  Wyeth’s  Alumina  Gel,  for  the  control  of 
hyperacidity  and  peptic  ulcer.  Wyeth  s Hydrated 
Alumina  Tablets,  for  the  convenient  control  of 
hyperacidity.  Hagromagma,  Wyeth’s  magma  of 
alumina  and  kaolin,  for  the  control  of  diarrh^. 
B-Plex,  Wyeth’s  Vitamin  B Complex  Elixir.  A-B- 
M-C  Ointment,  the  rubefacient,  counter-irritant,  for 
the  relief  of  arthritic  pain.  Bepron,  Wyeth’s  Beef 
Liiver  with  iron.  Bewon  Elixir,  Wyeth’s  palatable 
appetite  stimulant. 


Zimmer  Manufacturing  Company  Booth  IVo.  E-20 

Warsaw,  Indiana 

A complete  line  of  fracture  equipment  will  be 
on  display.  Tour  factory  representative,  Mr.  Fisher, 

I will  be  pleased  to  see  you,  .and  demonstrate  any 
item.  Of  special  interest — a sterilizable  bone  plate 
and  screw  container  which  should  be  seen,  the  new 
S-M-O  Bone  Plates  and  Screws,  a screw  driver 
that  is  different,  and  the  Luck  Bone  Saw  complete 
with  all  attachments. 


-MSMS- 


HOUSB  OP  DELEGATES,  1941 
REFERENCE  COMMITTEES 

Credentials  Committee 

Luther  W.  Day,  M.D.,  Chairman 
C.  W.  Oakes,  M.D. 

V.  Vandeventer,  M.D. 
P.  W.  Kniskern,  M.D. 


On  Oflloers’  Reports — ^Parlor  B,  Pantlind  Hotel 

H.  P.  Dibble,  M.D.,  Chairman 
G.  H.  Yeo,  M.D. 

Carl  P.  Snapp,  M.D. 

C.  A.  Dickinson,  M.D. 

M.  G.  Becker,  M.D. 


On  Reports  of  the  Council — ^Room  122, 
Pantlind  Hotel 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.,  Chairman 

Don  V.  Hargrave,  M.D. 
Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D. 
E.  N.  D’ Alcorn,  M.D. 

A.  T.  Hafford,  M.D. 
Wm.  D.  Barrett,  M.D. 


On  Reports  of  Standing  Committees — ^Room  124, 
Pantlind  Hotel 

I Dean  W.  Myers,  M.D.,  Chairman 

j Harvey  Hansen,  M.D. 

Douglas  Donald,  M.D. 

! J.  M.  Robb,  M.D. 

' Henry  Cook,  M.D. 

i Don  W.  Thorup,  M.D. 

' Merle  Wood,  M.D. 

i A.  E.  Stickley,  M.D. 

C.  E.  Toshach,  M.D. 

i On  Reports  of  Special  Committees — ^Room  126, 
i Pantlind  Hotel 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.,  Chairman 
' Geo.  J.  Curry,  M.D. 

Irving  Greene,  M.D. 

C.  T.  Ekelund,  M.D. 

Ellery  Oakes,  M.D. 

i C.  P.  De  Vries,  M.D. 

On  Amendments  to  Constitution  and  By-Laws — 
Room  127,  Pantlind  Hotel 

i E.  W.  Foss,  M.D.,  Chairman 

I A.  E.  Catherwood,  M.D. 

I C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. 

I W.  R.  Young,  M.D.  , 

I W.  P.  Strong,  M.D 

On  Resolutions — Room  128,  Pantlind  Hotel 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D.,  Chairman 
i L.  G.  Christian,  M.D. 

S.  L.  Loupee,  M.D. 

W.  H.  Alexander,  M.D. 

A.  V.  Wenger,  M.D. 

Reference  Committee  Reports  are  to  be  submitted 
to  the  House  of  Delegates  in  triplicate. 

I August,  1941 


■ COMMITTEE  REPORTS  ■ 

SUMMARY  OF  PROCEEDINGS  OF 
HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES,  1940 

The  seventy-fifth  annual  meeting  of  the  House  of 
Delegates  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  was 
held  at  Detroit,  September  24,  1940. 

The  House  of  Delegates : 

1.  Accepted  and  adopted  with  thanks  the  reports  of 
the  President  (872*),  President-Elect  (872) ; The 
Council  (872),  Delegates  to  the  AMA  (872),  Legis- 

(872),  Public  Relations  Committee 

(873) ,  Representatives  to  Joint  Committee  on  Health 
Education  (873),  Cancer  Committee  (873),  Post- 
gradua.te  Medical  Education  Committee  (873),  Ethics 

Preventive  Medicine  Committee 
Degenerative  Diseases  Committee 

(874) ,  Industrial  Health  Committee  (874),  Syphilis 
Control  Committee  (873),  Tuberculosis  Control  (873) 
Mental  Hygiene  Committee  (874),  Child  Welfare  (in- 
cluding Iodized  Salt)  Committee  (874),  Maternal 
Health  Committee  (873),  Committee  on  Distribution 
of  Medical  Care  (884),  Radio  Committee  (876), 
Scientific  Work  Committee  (876),  Conference  Com- 
mittee on  Prelicensure  Medical  Education  (877) 
Medical -Legal  Committee  (873),  Advisory  Committee 
on  Nurses  Training  Schools  (876),  and  Membership 
Committee  (876). 

2 Referred  to  the  1941  session  of  the  House  of 
Delegates  the  following  proposed  amendments  to  the 
Constitution  and  By-Laws  of  the  M.S.M.S. : 

(a)  Constitution:  Article  IV,  Section  3,  re  making 
past-presidents  ex-officio  members  of  House  of  Dele- 
gates, without  power  to  vote,  (877). 

IX.  Section  4,  re  finances 
(877).  Reference  Committee  recommended  that  this 
propotsed  amendment  be  rejected. 

(c)  Constitution:  New  Article  XII  and  renumber 

present  Article  XII  to  No.  XHI,  re  definitions  of 
“sessions  and  meetings”  (880). 

(d)  By-laws:  Chapter  10,  Section  1,  re  Amendments 
(880) . 

3.  Elected  the  following  to  Emeritus  Membership 
(881):  Drs.  W.  J.  O’Reilly,  Saginaw;  Donald  K. 
MacQueen,  Laurium;  George  Bates,  Kingston;  Leslie 
A.  Howe,  Breckenridge;  James  H.  Sanderson,  Detroit; 
and  Frank  P.  Bohn,  Newberry. 

To  Retired  Membership;  Drs.  C.  S.  Sackett,  Char- 
lotte ; E.  M.  Cooper,  Rockwood ; Mark  S.  Knapp, 
Lake  Fenton ; C.  S.  Sutherland,  Clarkston ; James  W. 
Wallace,  Saline;  James  F.  Breakey,  Ann  Arbor;  W.  E. 
Wilson,  and  T.  W.  Hammond,  Grand  Rapids. 

To  Associate  Membership:  Mr.  John  R.  Mannix, 
Detroit. 

To  Honorary  Membership  (Posthumous)  : Stuart 

Pritchard,  M.D. 

4.  Presented  scroll  to  Philip  A.  Riley,  M.D.,  for  his 
services  to  the  Michigan  medical  profession  (863). 

5 Amended  Constitution; 

(a)  Article  HI,  Sections  1,  2,  3,  4,  and  8;  Added 
two  new  sections,  all  with  regard  to  membership 
classification  (878-879) . 

(b)  Article  IV,  Section  3,  re  membership  of  Society 
officers  in  House  of  Delegates  (878). 

(c)  Article  HI,  Sections  1 and  2,  re  Junior  Members. 

6.  Approved  Resolutions  concerning; 

(a)  Public  Relations  (872) 

(b)  Genito-Infectious  Disease  Program  (883) 

(c)  Change  in  name  of  O.M.C.O.R.O.  Society  to 
“Medical  Society  of  North  Central  Counities”  (882) 

(d)  Beaiunont  Bridge  (882) 

(e)  New  Gavel  to  Spes^er  (881) 

7.  Disposed  of  other  Resolutions  as  follows : 

(a)  Proposed  Amendment  to  Afflicted  Children’s  Act 

637 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


was  referred  to  the  M.S.M.S.  Legislative  Committee. 

(b)  Maternal  Health  Resolution  was  not  adopted. 

(c)  General  Practitioners  in  Hospitals  Resolution 
was  referred  to  the  M.S.M.S.  Committee  on  Distribution 
of  Medical  Care. 

8.  Referred  to  The  Council  the  matter  of  the  un- 
satisfactory convention  accomodations  at  the  1940 
meeting. 

9.  Elected : 

(a)  C.  E.  Umphrey,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Councilor  of  1st 
District  (887) 

(b)  Philip  A.  Riley,  M.D.,  Jackson,  Councilor  of 
2nd  District  (884) 

(c)  Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek,  Counci- 
lor of  3rd  District  (885) 

(d)  Otto  O.  Beck,  M.D.,  Birmingham,  Councilor  of 
15th  District  (885) 

(e)  A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Councilor  of  16th 
District  (885) 

(f)  Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Delegate  to 
A.M.A.  (885) 

(g)  T K.  Gruber,  M.D.,  Eloise,  Delegate  to  A.M.A. 
(885) 

(h)  Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D.,  Flint,  Delegate  to 
A.M.A.  (886) 

(i)  C.  R.  Keyport,  M.D.,  Grayling,  Delegate  to 
A.M.A.  (886) 

(j)  Carl  F.  Snapp,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  Alternate 
Delegate  to  A.M.A.  (886) 

(k)  C.  S.  Gorsl'ne,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek,  Alternate 
Delegate  to  A.M.A.  (886) 

(l)  R.  H.  Denham,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  Alternate 
Delegate  to  A.M.A.  (886) 

(m)  Henrv  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Detroit,  President- 

Elect  (886)  ^ ^ 

(n)  O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  Fremont,  Speaker,  House 
of  Delegates  (886) 

(o)  James  J.  O’Meara,  M.D.,  Jackson,  Vice  Speaker 
House  of  Delegates  (887) 

10.  Thanked  Wayne  County  Medical  Society,  et  al., 
for  contributing  to  success  of  meeting.  (887) 

MSMS 

PROPOSED  AMENDMENTS  TO  CONSTITU- 
TION AND  BY-LAWS  OF  MICHIGAN  STATE 
MEDICAL  SOCIETY 

The  following  amendments  were  presented  at  the 
1940  Convention  and  according  to  the  Constitution  were 
referred  to*  the  1941  Session  of  the  House  of  Delegates 
for  final  consideration  ; 

Constitution 

1.  Amend  Article  IV,  Section  3 to  read  as  follows: 
“The  officers  of  this  Society,  Past  Presidents,  an,d 
Members  of  The  Council  shall  be  ex-officio  members  of 
the  House  of  Delegates  without  power  to  vote.’’ 

Comment : This  amendment  adds  the  past  presidents 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medxal  Society  to  the  ex- 
officio'  members  of  the  House  of  Delegates. 

2.  Amend  Constitution,  Article  IX,  Section  4,  to  read 
as  follows : “The  Secretary  shall  collect  all  annual  dues 
and  all  monies  owing  to  the  Society,  depositing  them  in 
an  approved  depository  and  disbursed  by  him  upon 
order  of  The  Council,  or  invested  by  him  in  United 
States  Government  bonds  with  approval  of  The  Coun- 
cil.” 

Comment:  The  Reference  Committee,  in  1940, 

recommended  that  this  proposed  amendment  re  finances 
be  rejected. 

3.  Amend  Article  XII,  Section  1 to  read  a's  follows: 
“The  House  of  Delegates  may  amend  any  article  of 
this  constitution  by  a two-thirds  vote  of  the  Delegates 
seated  at  any  annual  session,  provided  that  such  amend- 
ment shall  have  been  presented  in  open  meeting  at  the 
prevxus  annual  session,  and  that  it  shall  have  been 
published  at  least  once  during  the  year  in  the  Journal 
of  the  Society,  or  sent  officially  to  each  component 


society  at  least  two  months  before  the  meeting  at  which 
final  action  is  to  be  taken.” 

Comment : This  amendment  changes  the  word 

“present”  to  “seated.”  See  next  amendment  re  “Sessions 
and  Meetings.” 

4.  Amend  Constitution  by  adding  a new  article  to  be 
known  as  Article  XII : 

“SESSIONS  AND  MEETINGS 

“Section  1.  A session  shall  mean  all  meetings  at  any 
one  call. 

“Sedtion  2.  A meeting  shall  mean  each  separate  con- 
vention at  any  one  session.” 

Comment : This  new  Article  is  for  the  purpose  of 
clarifying  what  is  meant  by  the  terms  “sessions  and 
meetings.” 

5.  Amend  the  Constitution  by  renumbering  old  Arti- 
cle XII  to  “XIII.” 

By-Laws 

6.  Amend  By-Laws,  Chapter  10,  Section  1,  to  read 
as  follows : “These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  by  a 
majority  vote  of  the  delegates  present,  after  the  pro- 
posed amendment  is  laid  on  the  table  for  one  meeting. 
These  By-Laws  become  effective  immediately  upon  adop- 
tion.” 

Comment : This  amendment  consists  of  substituting 
the  word  “meeting’’  for  the  word  “session”  to  bring 
the  By-Laws  in  conformity  with  the  Constitution  upon 
the  adoption  of  above  proposed  amendments,  thereto. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL, 
M.S.M.S.,  1940-41 

Since  the  1940  House  of  Delegates  adjourned.  The 
Council  has  convened  four  times  (up  to  September  16, 
1941)  and  the  Executive  Committee  ten  times,  a total 
of  fourteen  meetings.  As  in  past  j'ears,  all  the  business 
of  the  Society,  including  matters  studied  and  recom- 
mendations madle  by  the  twenty-two  committees  of  the 
M.S.M.S.,  were  routinely  referred  to  The  Council  or  its 
Executive  Committee  for  consideration,  approval,  and 
action. 

Membership 

Members  in  good  standing  as  of  July  31  and  as  of 
December  31,  for  the  years  1935  to  1941,  inclusive,  are 
indicated  in  the  following  chart : 

1941  1940  1939  1938  1937  1936  1935 

July  31  4,403  4,401  4,255  3,958  3,757  3,457  3,410 

December  31  4,527  4,425  4,205  3,963  3,725  3,653 

The  scientific  and  sociologic  progress  of  the  M.S.M.S. 
is  best  indicated  by  the  unusual  increase  in  membership 
made  during  the  last  six  years. 

Finances 

The  society  closed  its  books  for  the  last  fiscal  year 
on  December  24,  1940.  An  audit  by  Ernst  & Ernst  was 
published  in  The  Journal  in  February.  Reference  to 
this  report  will  disclose  the  sound  financial  condition  of 
the  Society. 

The  1941  budget  was  drawn  by  the  Finance  Com- 
mittee of  the  Council  at  the  annual  meeting  in  January. 
This  was  studied  by  the  entire  Council  and  after 
thorough  discussion  was  adopted.  The  policy  behind  the 
budget  was  to  place  a ceiling  on  invested  funds  and  to 
return  to  the  membership  the  largest  service  possible. 

The  plan  of  keeping  invested  funds  in  high  grade 
bonds  is  being  continued.  The  listed  price  of  these 
securities  are  studied  at  the  meetings  of  the  Council 
and  its  Executive  Committee  and  occasional  changes  are 
made  when  necessary.  Since  the  close  of  the  fiscal  j-ear 
funds  in  substantial  amounts  have  been  invested  in 
U.  S.  Government  Bonds. 

Comparison  of  expenditures  to  budgetary  allotments 
is  made  periodically  by  the  Executive  Committee  of 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


638 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


The  Council  and  the  budget  is  followed  rather  strictly 
unless  altered  circumstances  demand  changes.  In 
general,  the  expenses  are  being  kept  well  within  the 
budget. 

The  Journal 

i The  Publication  Committee  believes  a free  copy  of 
j The  Journal  should  be  sent  to  each  hospital  in  the 
I state  which  has  interns  or  resident  physicians,  this 
\ to  be  done  as  an  educational  matter  to  promote  interest 
[ in  Medical  Society  Memberships  and  the  activities  of 
[ organized  medicine. 

; The  Publication  Committee  believes  that  the  Society 
i should  make  some  real  investment  in  The  Journal. 
i It  believes  in  the  increased  earnings  of  The  Journal 
but  feels  that  it  should  also  render  an  increased  service 
; by  making  more  publication  space  available  for  original 
! articles  and  by  the  publication  of  various  society 
activities.  These  provisions  would  increase  the  size  and 
usefulness  of  The  Journal. 

While  keeping  the  cost  of  The  Journal  within  the 
previous  budget  further  enhancements  to  the  appearance 
and  value  of  The  Journal  have  been  made  during  the 
f past  year. 

; The  quality  of  the  scientific  papers  has  been  uniformly 
I good,  and  continuous  effort  is  being  made  to  keep  them 
i from  being  too  verbose  and  to  have  them  well  illus- 
; trated.  Only  papers  which  are  of  interest  to  the  prac- 
ticing physician  are  accepted.  No  papers  are  accepted 
from  non-members  unless  they  have  been  delivered 
before  meetings  held  in  this  state.  Abstracts  of  all 
papers  published  are  sent  to  the  other  state  medical 
journals  in  order  to  provide  the  widest  possible  dis- 
semination of  the  products  of  our  members.  These 
have  been  well  received. 

No  opportunity  has  been  spared  to  make  The  Journal 
a more  beautiful  and  attractive  magazine.  The  use  of 
green  tinted  paper,  a new  cover  design,  provision  of 
new  departments,  and  the  frequent  use  of  cuts  and 
cartoons  have  been  utilized.  The  advertising  has  been 
kept  on  the  same  high  standard  of  previous  years. 

The  editorial  policy  has  been  determinedi  but  has 
: avoided  compromising  the  State  Medical  Society. 

Considerable  space  is  used  for  publicizing  and  co- 
' ordinating  the  activities  of  the  various  committees. 
The  activities  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
and  every  important  decision  or  action  by  its  officers  is 
explained  in  The  Journal.  The  answer  to  practically 
every  question  asked  regarding  the  state  society  and  its 
activities  can  be  answered  from  The  Journal  pages. 

Important  action  and  expressions  from  other  state 
societies  are  also  found  on  its  pages. 

County  Societies 

Interest  by  our  county  societies  in  scientific  and  civic 
matters  is  gratifying.  The  activity  of  local  legislative 
key-men  materially  eg.sed  the  task  of  our  Legislative 
Committee  during  the  past  session  at  Lansing. 

The  program  of  the  postgraduate  education  continues 
to  be  well  accepted,  but  in  view  of  the  excellence  of  the 
subject  matter  and  the  rapid  dissemination  of  advanced 
scientific  knowledge  by  means  of  these  lectures,  an 
attempt  should  be  made  to  increase  attendance.  To  this 
end  it  is  suggested  that  county  society  secretaries 
actively  cooperate  with  their  councilors  just  preceding 
and  during  each  fall  and  spring  term  of  the  program. 

The  M.S.M.S.  Secretary’s  Letter  was  sent  periodically 
to  county  society  presidents  and  secretaries  and  four 
times  during  the  year  to  all  members. 

Michigan  Medical  Service 

The  progress  of  Michigan  Medical  Service  in  the 
past  year  will  be  reported  only  in  brief,  as  a detailed 
report  will  be  presented  to  the  membership  of  the 

August,  1941 


corporation  (which  includes  all  members  of  the  House 
of  Delegates). 

The  ready  acceptance  of  the  plan  by  our  citizens  has 
resulted  in  the  rather  rapid  growth  of  Michigan  Medical 
Service.  On  December  31,  1940,  there  was  a total  of 
117,550  individuals  enrolled  in  the  various  plans.  On 
July  1,  1941,  there  was  a total  of  184,258  individuals 
availing  themselves  of  the  benefits  of  Michigan  Medical 
Service. 

The  Board  of  Directors  and  its  Executive  Committee 
have  met  at  frequent  intervals  during  the  past  year  and 
have  devoted  a good  deal  of  time  to  the  supervision 
of  the  affairs  of  the  corporation.  It  is  believed  that  the 
benefits  to  the  many  individuals  subscribing  to  one  of 
the  plans  have  resulted  in  a substantial  betterment  of 
their  health.  The  physicians  of  the  state  have  also 
found  it  satisfactory  in  that  the  patients  were  able  to 
avail  themselves  of  necessary'  medical  services  when 
they  were  needed,  without  the  prospect  of  a large  bill 
to  be  paid. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  A.M.A.  House  of  Delegates  in 
Cleveland  in  June,  1941,  resolutions  were  adopted  recom- 
mending medical  societies  to  experiment  with  the  princi- 
ples of  prepaid  medical  care  and  making  a definite  pro- 
vision for  studies  and  the  setting  up  of  uniform 
standards  under  the  direction  of  the  Bureau  of  Medical 
Economics  of  the  A.M.A. 

In  view  of  the  general  interests  of  the  profession 
throughout  the  United  States  and  the  steps  that  have 
been  taken  by  many  state  and  county  societies  in  starting 
similar  plans  (many  have  visited  the  offices  of  Michigan 
Medical  Service  to  seek  information  and  advice)  it  is 
believed  that  this  step  is  one  of  real  importance. 

Organization 

Two  new  councilors  were  elected  by  the  1940  House 
of  Delegates : C.  E.  Umphrey,  ^l.D.,  Detroit,  First 

District,  succeeding  Henry  R.  (Jarstens,  M.D.,  who  was 
chosen  as  President-elect  of  the  State  Society;  and 
Philip  A.  Riley,  M.D.,  Jackson,  Second  District,  to 
succeed  J.  Earl  McIntyre,  M.D.,  whose  term  expired. 

From  October,  1940,  through  January,  1941,  fourteen 
District  Meetings  were  held  throughout  the  state 
covering  all  Councilor  Districts  and  all  county  medical 
societies.  Good  organization  in  the  eighty-three  counties 
has  been  maintained,  and  the  county  societies  seem  to 
be  appreciative  of  the  State  Society’s  efforts  to  assist 
them  with  their  problems. 

The  Secretaries’  Conferences  of  September  25,  1940, 
on  the  occasion  of  the  Annual  Meeting  in  Detroit,  and 
on  January  19,  1941,  in  Lansing,  were  well  attended,  and 
aided  in  imparting  information  and  enthusiasm  to  the 
officers  of  our  component  societies. 

Committees 

The  volume  of  work  done  by  the  State  Society  during 
1940-41  is  best  indicated  by  the  annual  reports  of  the 
M.SM.S.  Committees.  The  Council  is  grateful  to  all 
committee  chairmen  and  members  for  outstanding  serv- 
ices performed  in  behalf  of  the  4,527  members  of  the 
State  Society. 

Scientific  Work.  The  extraordinarily  fine  program 
arranged  for  the  76th  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  is  best  evidence  of  the  praise- 
worthy activity  of  the  Committee  on  Scientific  Work. 
The  inauguration  of  Discussion  Conferences,  following 
the  General  Assemblies  of  W ednesday  and  Thursday, 
will  give  opportunity  to  our  Michigan  men  to  discuss 
their  cases  and  findings  with  guest-essayists. 

Legislative.  This  was  a legislative  year,  and  the 
Legislative  Committee’s  work  was  the  most  important 
sustained  activity  of  the  State  Society  in  1941.  A 
total  of  51  bills  of  interest  to  the  practitioner  of 
medicine  had  to  be  watched  and.  guided  by  your  Legis- 
lative Committee  whose  report  is  worthy  of  considera- 


639 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


] 


tion  bv  every  Michigan  practitioner.  Eighteen  weekly 
legislative  bulletins  and  three  special  letters  sent  to  some 
350  keymen  throughout  the  State,  kept  the  profession 
informed  on  legislative  activity.  The  Soaety  s position 
of  leadership  in  medical  matters  demands  an  ever- 
increasing  interest  in  state  affairs,  reaching  an  apex 
in  the  legislative  session  every  second  year.  Continuous 
contracts  with,  and  appreciation  of  the  legislator  s co- 
operation is  indicated.  A recommendation  on  this 

subject  follows.  . 

All  other  State  Society  committees  functioned  well 
during  the  past  twelve  months,  as  indicated  by  thei 
individual  reports  published  in  the  Handbook  for 
Delegates.  . . 

Thanks  are  again  extended  to 
and  members,  without  whose  work_  the  State  Societ> 
would  not  have  made  the  progress  it  has. 

Contacts  with  Governmental  Agencies 

Contacts  with  agencies  of  government,  both  Federal 
and  State,  continue  to  be  a major,  if  not  the  most 
^^iportant  function  of  the  Michigan  State  ^ledical 

Society. 

Preparedness:  Medical  Preparedness  assum^a  ^si- 
tion  of  high  importance  during  the  past  y^r.  The  State 
Society  created  its  Medical  Preparedness  Committee  and 
recommended  the  formation  similar  committees  by 
county  medical  societies  with  the  result  that  hfty-hve 
county  preparedness  committees  now  exist,  covering  all 
of  the  eighty-three  counties  of  the  state. 

During  the  past  twelve  months,  the  State  Society  s 
Preoaredness  Committee  was  instrumental  in  stimulating 
returns  of  the  A.M.A.  Medical  Preparednps  Question- 
naire so  that  eighty-three  per  cent  of  the  Michigan 
physicians  executed  this  informational  document. 

A postgraduate  course  in  military  medicine  was  ap- 
proved as  a function  of  the  M.S.M.S.  Postgraduate 
Committee  during  the  year. 

The  remission  of  dues  of  doctors  of  medicine  on 
active  military  duty,  away  from  home,  was  ordered  by 
The  Council,  upon  authority  of  the  House  of  Delegates; 
seventy-six  Michigan  physicians  were  accorded  this 
remission,  as  of  July  1,  1941. 

One  thousand  eight  hundred  fourteen  (1,814)  doctors 
of  medicine  on  Local,  Medical  Advisory,  and  Appeal 
Boards,  are  now  contributing  thousands  of  hours,  with- 
out compensation,  to  the  federal  govenunent  as  a 
patriotic  duty.  The  Society  appreciates  this  sacrifice  of 
time,  effort  and  expense,  and  expresses  its  gratitude  to 
those  who  are  thus  so  effectively  ser\’ing  their  country. 

The  depletion  of  physicians  in  certain  areas  of  Mich- 
igan is  a problem  which  has  been  invited  to  the  attention 
of  The  Council  several  times  since  January  1 ; in 
each  instance  the  cooperation  of  the  A.M.A.  Medical 
Preparedness  Committee  has  been  sought  and  proper 
presentation  of  the  case  made  to  the  Sixth  Corps  Area, 
U.  S.  Army.  Deferments,  in  order  to  obtain  substitutes, 
have  been  granted  in  a number  of  instances.  This 
matter  presents  a problem  to  a state  like  Michigan,  with 
its  cut-over  areas  and  uneven  distribution  of  population. 
The  mistakes  of  1917-18,  in  depleting  some  communities 
of  medical  service,  should  not  be  repeated  in  the  pres- 
ent emergency. 

The  Council  has  surveyed  reports  listing  the  reasons 
why  draftees  have  been  rejected  by  the  Selective  Service 
and  have  concluded,  along  with  others  in  various  parts 
of  the  country  making  similar  surveys,  that  the  reason 
was  not  non-availability  of  medical  care.  A plan  of 
rehabilitation  of  rejected  draftees  is  indicated,  and 
should  receive  the  serious  consideration  of  the  House 
of  Delegates.  A recommendation  on  this  subject 
follows. 

N.Y.A.  Health  Examination  Program:  A health  ex- 
amination of  all  N.Y.A.  trainees,  proposed  by  the  Na- 
tional Youth  Adminisitration  last  December,  was  ap- 


proved by  The  Council  and  put  into  execution  through- 
out the  state.  All  trainees  requiring  remedial  work 
have  been  referred  to  their  family  physician  for  this 
necessary  care. 

Afflicted-Crippled  Child:  The  administration  of  these 
laws,  and  the  need  for  better  legislation,  was  discussed 
at  every  meeting  of  The  Council  and  its  Executive 
Committee  last  winter,  leading  to  the  drafting  of  a bill, 
in  cooperation  with  seven  other  interested  agencies. 
The  introduction  and  exciting  legislative  history  of  this 
proposal  is  detailed  in  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Legis- 
lative Committee.  Unfortunately,  certain  influences  in 
the  state  caused  this  model  bill’s  defeat  so  that  the 
profession  must  work,  for  the  present,  under  the  1937 
Crippled  Child  and  the  1939  Afflicted  Child  Laws. 

Effective  July  1,  the  1937  Schedule  of  Benefits  for 
medical  care  of  afflicted  and  crippled  children  will  be  in 
operation,  with  the  following  limitation  made  by  the 
Michigan  Crippled  Children  Commission : 

“The  fee  schedule  in  operation  for  medical  and 
surgical  care  of  afflicted  adults  in  any  particular  coimty 
shall  be  the  fee  schedule  for  the  care  of  children  here- 
under in  that  county  when  such  fees  do  not  exceed  the 
State  rate.” 

County  medical  societies  having  special  local  arrange- 
ments whereby  medical  welfare,  including  afflicted  adult 
care,  is  given  at  less  than  cost  price,  should  give  im- 
mediate study  to  definite  plans  for  the  early  revision  of 
inadequate  schedules.  A recommendation  on  this  sub- 
ject follows. 

County  Welfare  Contracts : Several  progressive  county 
societies  developed  or  renewed  coimty  welfare  contracts 
for  medical  care  of  indigents,  using  the  per-capita  plan. 
Other  county  societies  are  urged  to  study  their  county 
welfare  set-ups,  and  to  inform  their  county  welfare 
officials  concerning  the  advantages  of  the  per-capita 
plan.  Action  is  indicated  in  view  of  the  study  of 
medical  welfare  programs  and  facilities  on  which  the 
State  Social  Welfare  Commission  is  now  embarking. 

Medical  Practice  Act:  Amendments  to  this  1899  law, 
to  make  the  Board  de  jurie  instead  of  de  facto  as 
well  as  to  solve  the  problem  of  licensure  of  midwives, 
is  urged  on  the  Alichigan  State  Board  of  Registration 
in  Medicine.  Changes  recommended  by  this  department 
of  State  will  find  a more  favorable  reception  by  the 
Legislature  than  if  offered  by  a voluntary  non-govem- 
mental  agency. 

State  Department  of  Health:  Very  cordial  relations 

continue  to  exist  with  the  State  Department  of  Health. 
Joint  sessions  of  county  society  secretaries  and  public 
health  officers  were  maintained,  in  Lansing  on  January 
19,  1941  and  in  the  northern  part  of  the  state  on  July 
16,  1941.  The  educational  work  of  the  field  representa- 
tives in  Cancer,  Maternal  Health,  Child  Welfare  and 
Pediatrics,  was  continued  during  the  past  year  through 
the  cooperative  arrangement  with  the  State  Health 
Commissioner.  The  State  Health  Department’s  inspec- 
tor continued  his  untiring  work’  in  the  elimination  of 
illegal  practice  of  medicine,  for  which  he  and  the  De- 
partment are  highly  commended. 

Contacts  with  Non-Governmental  Agencies 

The  State  Society  continued  to  strengthen  its  friend- 
ship with  other  groups  interested  in  the  distribution  of 
medical  service  to  the  public,  during  1940-41.  These 
included  the  Alichigan  Public  Health  Association,  the 
Michigan  State  Grange,  the  American  Legion,  the  Forty 
& Eight,  Veterans  of  Foreign  Wars,  the  Children’s  Fund 
of  Michigan,  the  Alichigan  Society  for  Crippled  Chil- 
dren, the  Alichigan  Hospital  Association,  the  Alichigan 
Welfare  League,  the  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation,  Alichi- 
gan  Hospital  Service,  the  American  Mutual  Alliance 
and  the  Association  of  Casualty  and  Surety  Executives. 

Michigan  Hospitals  and  Medical  Payments  Plan:  The 
two  organizations  last  named  cooperated  in  the  de- 

JouR.  AI.S.M.S. 


640 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


velopment  of  a program  so  that  voluntary  agreements 
providing  for  liens  in  accident  cases  for  physicans' 
services  was  put  into  effect  on  March  1,  1941.  This 
program  called  “Michigan  Hospitals  and  Medical  Pay- 
ments Plan”  more  definitely  assures  physicians  of  pay- 
ment for  their  services  to  those  individuals  who  are 
injured  in  accidents,  and  who,  because  of  their  in- 
juries, are  indemnified  by  an  insurance  carrier.  The 
plan  was  published  in  the  February,  1941  M.S.M.S. 
i Journal  The  Council  feels  that  this  agreement  is  one 
'of  the  major  accomplishments  of  the  past  year. 

; The  Michigan  High  School  Athletic  Association  in- 
augurated during  the  past  year  its  “Athletic  Accident 
I Benefit  Plan,”  to  aid  high  school  athletes  receive  the 
I minimum  of  medical  or  dental  attendance  in  case  of 
serious  injury  during  practice  or  play.  Ten  thousand 
boys  (no  girls)  are  enrolled  under  this  plan.  Only 
' physicians’  and  dentists’  bills  are  paid.  A circular 
explaining  the  Athletic  Accident  Benefit  Plan  was 
I sent  to  the  officers  of  all  county  medical  societies  last 
i February. 

The  desirability  of  Doctors  of  Medicine  serving  as 
' physicians  to  high-school  teams  is  stressed,  as  the  con- 
tact with  students,  their  parents,  and  the  faculty  is 
mutually  advantageous — a point  which  has  not  been 
overlooked  by  ambitious  cultists  through  the  State ! 

Miscellaneous  Business 

Intangibles  Tax:  The  question  of  the  liability  of  a 

physician  for  the  payment  of  that  portion  of  the  State 
Intangibles  Tax  relating  to  Accounts  Receivable,  which 
are  based  on  personal  service,  was  considered  by  The 
Cotmcil  during  the  past  year.  A legal  opinion  on  this 
subject  was  obtained  by  the  State  Society  and  published 
in  the  Augu'st  issue  of  The  Journal. 

A.M.A.  Delegates:  Several  matters,  for  presentation 
to  the  A.M.A.  House  of  Delegates,  were  discussed  by 
The  Council  with  Michigan’s  delegates  to  the  A.M.A. ; 
(a)  Specialty  Board  Resolution  adopted  by  the 
M.S.M.S.  House  of  Delegates  in  1940.  This  was  re- 
ferred by  the  A.M.A.  House  of  Delegates  to  its  Board 
of  Trustees  for  such  action  as  the  Board  may  care  to 
take,  (b)  Resolution  re  Hospital  Privileges  for  Gen- 
eral Practitioners.  This  was  re-referred  by  the  A.M.A. 
House  of  Delegates  to  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  for  further  consideration  and  revision,  (c) 
Medical  Examination  of  Draftees.  This  resolution, 
urging  consideration  of  reimbursement  for  physicians, 
was  disapproved  by  the  A.M.A.  House  of  Delegates, 
(d)  A.M.A.  Trial.  Suggestion  that  the  A.M.A.  officers 
carry  this  case  to  the  court  of  last  resort  was  approved 
by  the  A.M.A.  House  of  Delegates. 

Beaumont  Memorial:  The  project  of  purchasing  the 
house  on.  Mackinac  Island  made  famous  by  Doctor 
Beaumont’s  experiments  is  resting  at  the  present  time 
in  the  hope  that  the  price  for  the  property  may  drop 
to  a point  where  the  Beaumont  Memorial  (Committee 
feels  it  may  attempt  to  finance  it.  If  the  property  can 
be  purchased,  the  Committee  feels  it  should  be  pre- 
sented to  the  State  of  Michigan  to  be  cared  for  by  it, 
inasmuch  as  the  Committee  has  unofficial  assurance  that 
the  State  Mackinac  Island  Commission  would  be  glad 
to  receive  it  and  care  for  the  property  permanently. 

Progress 

Renewal  of  MS  MS.  Charter  for  thirty  years:  Due 
to  a legal  technicality,  the  Michigan  Corporations  and 
Securities  Commission  ruled  that  the  renewal  of  the 
M.S.M.S.  Charter  for  another  thirty  year  period  must 
be  approved  by  the  members  of  the  State  Society, 
through  resolutions  passed  by  all  county  medical  so- 
cieties. These  resolutions  have  been  secured,  and  a 
recommendation  on  the  subject  of  renewing  the  charter 
follows. 

Election  of  AM  A Delegates : The  flaw  in  the  election 
August,  1941 


of  four  Delegates  to  the  AMA  one  year,  and  the 
election  of  only  one  Delegate  to  the  AMA  the  next 
year,  by  the  M.S.M.S.  House  of  Delegates,  together 
with  the  annual  confusion  over  the  election  of  Alter- 
nate Delegates,  was  considered  by  The  Council  which 
suggested  to  the  Speaker  that  he  appoint  a committee 
of  the  House  to  work  out  this  matter,  for  presentation 
in  September,  1941.  A recommendation  on  this  subject 
follows. 

The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  with  its  com- 
ponent county  societies  is  the  only  organization  in 
this  state  which  exists  to  protect  the  physician  and  his 
livelihood.  During  the  past  five  years  it  has  been  able 
to  achieve  results  satisfactory  to  the  forty-five  hundred 
and  twenty-seven  members  of  the  Society.  Eternal 
vigilance  and  professional  unity  are  vital  necessities  to 
our  continued  enjoyment  of  freedom. 

Unity  in  the  profession  means  that  each  individual 
idbctor  must  help  his  medical  organization  by  allegiance 
and  support,  both  financial  and  by  deed.  This  support 
is  vital  to  the  organization  which  in  turn  is  necessary 
to  its  physician-members  and  to  the  people  whom  they 
serve. 

Recommendations 

1.  That  favorable  consideration  be  given  to  a resolu- 
tion expressing  appreciation  and  gratitude  to  members 
\of  the  Michigan  Legislature  and  to  the  Governor  for 
their  courteous  reception  extended  representatives  of 
the  medical  profession,  and  the  thoughtful  consideration 
they  gave  to  medical  and  health  measures  coming 
before  them. 

2.  That  the  State  Society  develop,  or  join  in  the 
development  of,  some  plan  of  rehabilitation  of  rejected 
draftees,  in  which  the  physician^ patient  relationship  and 
free  choice  of  doctor  is  maintained. 

3.  That  county  societies  having  arrangements  whereby 
medical  welfare  (including  afflicted  adult)  care  is  given 
at  less  than  cost  price,  be  urged  immediately  to  study 
and  revise  their  schedules  of  benefits  so  that  individual 
members  are  not  penalized  by  being  forced  to  perform 
services  at  a financial  loss. 

4.  That  approval  be  given  by  the  House  of  Delegates 
of  the  resolutions  of  the  State’s  fifty-five  county 
medical  societies  recommending  renewal  of  the  Charter 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

5.  That  the  recommendation  of  the  special  committee 
appointed  to  study  the  problem  of  election  of  delegates 
and  alternate  delegates  to  the  AMA,  be  favorably 
considered. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Chairman 

H.  H.  Cummings,  M.D.,  Vice  Chairman ^ 

Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Chairman  Publication 
Committee 

Vernor  M.  Moore,  M.D.,  Chairman  Finance 
Committee  ^ ^ 

E.  F.  Sladek,  M.D.,  Chairman  County  Societies 
Committee 

C.  E.  Umphrey,  M.D. 

P.  A.  Riley,  M.D. 

R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D. 

Ray  S.  Morrish,  M.D. 

T.  E.  DeGurse,  M.D. 

W.  E.  Barstow,  M.D. 

R.  C.  Perkins,  M.D. 

R.  H.  Holmes,  M.D. 

A.  H.  Miller,  M.D. 

W.  H.  Huron,  M.D. 

O.  O.  Beck,  M.D. 

O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  Speaker,  House  of 
Delegates 

P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  President 

H.  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  President-Elect 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Secretary 


641 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  M.S.M.S. 
DELEGATES  TO  THE  AMERICAN 
MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION,  1941 

Your  delegates  to  the  American  Medical  Association 
respectfully  submit  the  following  report  of  the  92nd 
Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Medical  Association 
held  in  Cleveland,  Ohio,  June  2 to  6 inclusive: 

The  House  of  Delegates  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  is  composed  of  representatives  of  the 
component  state  and  territorial  societies  on  the  basis  of 
membership ; one  representative  each  from  the  respective 
sections  of  the  Scientific  Assembly;  one  delegate  from 
the  Army;  one  from  the  Navy;  one  from  the  Public 
Health  Service ; one  from  Hawaii,  Canal  Zone,  Porto 
Rico  and  Philippines. 

The  total  registration  of  Doctors  of  Medicine  at- 
tending the  Session  was  7,269.  This  was  1200  above  the 
attendance  in  the  same  city  in  1934.  By  sections,  the 
three  highest  registrations  were  in  the  following  order : 
Practice  of  Medicine,  first,  with  2,440  registrants ; 
Surgery,  General  and  Abdominal,  second,  with  1,147 ; 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  third,  with  432.  There  is  a 
total  of  16  sections.  The  recently  created  Section  on 
Anesthesiology  had  127  registrations,  while  an  older 
section.  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics,  had  only  55. 

Your  attention  is  called  to  this  tabulation  in  the 
interest  of  the  General  Practitioner.  Those  who  oppose 
the  establishment  of  a section  for  the  General  Practi- 
tioner can  well  ponder  the  grounds  for  objections. 
If  the  general  practitioners  cannot  reach  third  place 
in  registration  next  year,  it  will  be  because  they  are 
not  aware  of  their  privileges. 

Each  year  sees  relatively  few  changes  in  the  personnel 
of  the  Ho-use.  Death  takes  a few,  many  of  whom  are 
sorely  missed  for  their  cool  judgment  and  insight. 
During  the  past  year  the  legislative  and  administrative 
section  of  the  AMA  suffered  great  losses  in  the  death 
of  Austin  A.  Hayden,  former  Treasurer  and  Trustee; 
Charles  E.  Humiston  of  Illinois,  former  President  of 
the  Illinois  State  Society  and  a member  of  the  Council 
on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals,  1930-37 ; Fred 
Moore  of  Iowa,  a member  of  the  House  from  1931 
to  1940  and  a member  of  the  Council  on  Medical 
Education  and  Hospitals,  1934 — died  April  8,  1941 ; 
Charles  B.  Reed  of  Illinois,  member  of  the  House  from 
1933-40;  Howard  L.  Snyder  of  Kansas,  member 
1936-40;  Charles  J.  Whalen  of  Illinois,  member  of  the 
House  ifrom  1920-40. 

These  men  have  been  closely  identified  with  the 
activities  of  the  House  of  Delegates  and  the  delegates 
from  Michigan  learned  to  love  and  admire  them.  We 
wish  again  to  join  in  the  sentiment  expressed  in  a 
quotation  by  Dr.  Shoulders,  Speaker  of  the  House : 

“When  a star  is  quenched  on  high. 

For  ages  will  its  light 
Still  travel  downward  from  the  sky, 

Shine  on  our  mortal  sight. 

So,  when  a good  man  dies, 

For  years  beyond  our  ken 
The  light  he  leaves  behind  him  lies. 

Upon  the  path  of  men.” 

The  House  usually  has  three  sessions — Monday, 
Tuesday  and  Thursday  respectively.  Monday  is  given 
over  to  organization,  unfinished  business  and  the  intro- 
duction of  new  business.  Tuesday  is  occupied  with  the 
reports  of  the  Reference  Committees,  the  introduction 
of  further  new  business  and  a so-called  Executive 
Session.  The  Executive  Session  rarely,  if  ever,  develops 
anything  that  could  not  be  considered  in  a regular 
session,  but  the  members  seem  to  derive  much  satis- 
faction from  the  air  of  expectancy  and  anticipation  that 
prevails. 

The  first  business  in  the  House  of  Delegates  is  the 
642 


election  of  some  Doctor  of  Medicine  to  receive  the 
Distinguished  Service  Award.  The  Committee  on 
Distinguished  Service  Awards  submits  not  more  than 
five  names  to  the  Board  of  Trustees.  In  accordance 
with  Chap.  VI,  Section  5 of  the  By-laws,  the  Board 
of  Trustees  selects  three  out  of  the  five  to  be  nominated 
to  the  House  of  Delegates.  For  the  year  of  1941,  the 
House  of  Delegates  elected  Dr.  James  Ewing  of  New 
York  City. 

Following  this  election  the  opening  speeches  by  the 
Speaker  of  the  House,  Dr.  H.  H.  Shoulders  of  Nash- 
ville, Tennessee,  President  Van  Etten  and  President- 
elect Lahey  were  made.  The  Speaker  of  the  House  was 
later  commended  for  his  zeal,  both  in  spirit  and  per- 
formance, which  makes  it  possible  that  the  actions  of 
the  House  reflect  an  atmosphere  in  which  deliberate 
judgment  and  unregimented  conclusions  prevail.  The 
Speaker  stressed  the  idealism  of  our  profession  and 
referred  to  the  first  section  of  The  Principals  of 
Medical  Ethics  which  states  that  our  profession  has  for 
its  prime  object  the  service  it  can  render  to  humanity. 
The  Speaker  catalogued  a few  familiar  qualities  wEich 
must  continue  to  characterize  our  membership  : integrity, 
courage,  wisdom,  tolerance,  ability,  and  vision.  He 
intimated  that  if  medicine  falls  from  its  high  estate  as  a 
profession  to  that  of  a trade  it  will  not  be  by  judicial 
decree  but  through  a neglect  of  the  eternal  values  that 
have  made  our  profession  one  for  which  we  are  proud 
to  live  and  in  which  we  are  content  to  die. 

President  Van  Etten  touched  pointedly  on  a number 
of  matters  of  great  interest  to  our  entire  profession. 
He  emphasized  the  value  of  Postgraduate  Education  and 
the  necessity  of  the  physician  of  today  to  think  in  terms 
of  our  changing  social  picture.  He  also  reaffirmed  the 
recommendation  of  the  Association  that  a national 
department  of  health  be  created  under  director  of 
cabinet  rank.  The  outstanding  contributions  of  now 
Past  President  Van  Etten  to  organized  medicine  and 
to  the  science  of  medicine  will  be  more  fully  appreciated 
as  time  goes  on.  His  sincerity,  his  tolerance,  his 
advocacy  of  safe  principles  for  the  guidance  of  the 
profession  and  the  establishment  of  equitable  pro- 
cedures for  the  distribution  of  medical  care  to  the 
underprivileged  should  ever  be  remembered  as  a guide 
for  safe  and  righteous  conduct. 

President-elect  Lahey  stressed  that  more  attention  be 
given  to  the  physical  welfare  of  the  association’s  offi- 
cers, especially  that  of  the  occupant  of  the  Presidency. 
He  also  recommended  the  advisability  of  keeping  young 
men  coming  into  the  House  of  Delegates.  He  further 
referred  to  the  necessity  of  subordinating  all  trivialities 
in  the  interest  of  national  unity  and  national  pre- 
paredness and  re-emphasized  the  unswerving  loyalty 
of  the  profession  to  the  nation’s  welfare. 

Your  delegates  were  instructed  by  the  House  of 
Delegates  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  in 
September  of  1940  to  introduce  certain  resolutions. 
The  one  requesting  an  appointment  of  a committee  to 
confer  with  Specialty  Boards  regarding  the  apparent 
injustice  that  arises  from  the  requirement  of  govern- 
mental agencies  for  specialty  board  certification  for 
performance  of  many  medical  services  paid  for  by 
government  funds  was  introduced  by  Dr.  Christian  and 
referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Miscellaneous 
Business.  This  committee  reported  adversely  and  recom- 
mended that  MSiMS’s  resolution  be  referred  to  the 
Board  of  Trustees  for  its  information  and  such  action 
as  the  Trustees  may  care  to  take.  The  House  ap- 
proved the  Reference  Committee’s  recommendation. 

The  Resolution  on  Hospital  Privileges  for  General 
Practitioners  as  developed  from  the  extract  of  minutes 
of  the  Committee  on  the  Distribution  of  Medical  Care 
at  its  meeting  of  Alay  7,  1941  and  later  accepted  b}’  the 
Executive  Committee  and  given  to  the  delegates  to  the 
AMA  to  present  at  the  Cleveland  meeting,  was  presented 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


to.  the  House  of  Delegates  by  Dr.  Keyport  and  referred 
to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Miscellaneous  Business. 
The  phraseology  of  the  preamble  was  provocative  of 
discussion  and  the  Reference  Committee  recommended 
that  the  resolution  be  returned  to  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  for  further  consideration  and  revision. 
This  recommendation  the  House  approved. 

A resolution  referred  to  the  delegates  by  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  as 
a result  of  a resolution  adopted  by  the  Committee  on 
Distribution  of  Medical  Care  recommending  pay  for  the 
medical  examinations  of  selectees  was  introduced  by  Dr. 
Gruber  along  with  a similar  resolution  from  the  State 
of  New  York.  This  was  referred  to  the  Reference 
Committee  on  Military  Preparedness  and  was  dis- 
approved. The  House  approved  the  disapproval. 

In  addition,  your  delegates  have  the  right  to  introduce 
other  resolutions  which  in  their  judgment  have  merit, 
and  accordingly,  at  the  request  of  the  Section^  on 
General  Practice  of  the  Wayne  County  Medical  Society, 
a resolution  was  introduced  by  Dr.  Luce  requesting  the 
creation  of  a section  on  general  practice.  This  was 
referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Sections  and 
Section  Work.  The  following  is  quoted  from  their 
report ; “Resolution  requesting  the  Creation  of  a Section 
on  General  Practice:  Careful  consideration  was  given 
to  the  question  of  establishing  a new  ‘section  for  the 
general  practitioner’.  This  was  felt  by  the  Council  on 
Scientific  Assembly  to  be  undesirable.  Your  refe-ence 
committee  discussed  the  matter  in  connection  with  the 
resolution  presented  by  Dr.  Luce  and  submits  to  this 
House  its  belief  that  an  experimental  “session”  in 
The  Section  on  Miscellaneous  Topics  be  established  for 
the  purpose  of  testing  out  the  plan  at  the  next  session 
of  the  Association.  If  successful  in  point  of  attendance 
and  interest,  the  question  of  establishing  a permanent 
section  can  then  be  given  further  consideration. 

Your  reference  committee  feels  that  the  genertal 
practitioner  constitutes  such  an  important  and  numerous 
factor  in  the  membership  of  this  Association  that  his 
requests  should  be  given  due  consideration. 

If  the  House  reacts  favoirably  to  our  suggestion,  the 
officers  appointed  to  conduct  the  “session”  must  be 
selected  with  a view  to  presenting  a program  that  will 
meet  the  requirements  of  the  situation.” 

The  report  of  the  Reference  Committee  was  ap- 
proved by  the  House  of  Delegates.  The  officers  of  this 
Experimental  Section  will  be  appointed  by  the  Council 
on  Scientific  Assembly.  A number  of  doctors  from 
Buffalo  and  Western  New  York  together  with  rep- 
resentatives from  Wayne  County  presented  arguments 
befo’-e  the  Reference  Committee  in  favor  of  the  adoption 
of  this  resolution.  Subsequently  about  twenty  of  these 
interested  doctors  met  and  expressed  as  their  wish  that 
Dr.  Arch  Walls  of  Detroit  act  as  Chairman  of  this 
Section  and  that  Dr.  Raymond  Fillinger  of  Buffalo  act 
as  Secretary. 

A resolution  on  Eligibility  of  Women  Physicians  and 
Surgeons  for  Medical  Reserve  Corps  of  the  Army  and 
Navy  was  introduced  into  the  House  by  Dr.  Emily  D. 
Barringer  of  New  York  and  referred  to  Reference 
Committee  on  Military  Preparedness.  (D".  Emdy  D. 
Barringer  is  the  only  woman  delegate  in  the  House.) 
This  resolution  was  sympathetically  received  but  dis- 
approved. 

A change  was  made  in  the  Amendments  to  the  By- 
laws so  that  Chapter  XV,  Section  1 — Item  7,  instead  of 
reading  Section  on  Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics  be 
amended  to  read  Section  on  Experimental  Medicine  and 
Therapeutics. 

Regarding  the  indictment  and  trial  of  A.M.A.  et  ah, 
the  Board  O'f  Trustees  recommended  to  the  House  of 
Delegates  that  counsel  for  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation be  requested  and  directed  to  appeal  the  judg- 
ment based  on  the  verdict  of  guilty  against  the 

August,  1941 


American  Medical  Association  in  the  case  of  United 
States  V.  American  Medical  Association  et  ah.  District 
Court  of  the  United  States  for  the  District  of  Columbia, 
number  63221.  This  recommendation  was  unanimously 
adopted  by  the  House  of  Delegates  without  one  dis- 
senting vote. 

A change  in  the  Constitution  was  proposed  which 
must  lie  over  for  consideration  at  the  Annual  Session 
of  the  House  in  1942.  The  change  proposes  to  increase 
the  number  of  trustees  from  nine  to  eleven. 

Dr.  Fred  W.  Rankin  of  Lexington,  Ky.  was  nominated 
and  elected  to  the  office  of  President-elect  without 
opposition.  Dr.  Charles  A.  Dukes  of  Oakland,  Gal.  was 
nominated  to  the  office  of  Vice  President  without  op- 
position. Dr.  Olin  West  was  again  elected  Secretary  and 
Dr.  Herman  L.  Kretschmar  was  elected  to  succeed: 
himself  as  Treasurer.  Dr.  H.  H.  Shoulders  was  re- 
elected Speaker;  Dr.  R.  W.  Fouts  of  Omaha  was  re- 
elected to  succeed  himself  as  Vice  Speaker.  Dr.  Ernest 
E.  Irons  of  Chicago  was  elected  to  fill  the  unexpired 
term  of  Trustee  of  Austin  A.  Hayden,  deceased.  Dr. 
Charles  W.  Roberts  of  Atlanta,  Ga.  was  elected  trustee 
to  succeed  Dr.  Thos.  S.  Cullen  of  Baltimore  who 
according  to  the  By-laws  was  not  eligible  to  re-election. 

Dr.  Frank  H.  Lahey,  President,  submitted  the  follow- 
ing nominations  for  standing  committees,  which,  on 
motions  duly  made,  seconded  and  carried,  were  con- 
firmed by  the  House : Dr.  Walter  F.  Donaldson, 

Pittsburgh,  to  succeed  himself  on  the  Judicial  Council 
for  a term  ending  in  1946.  Dr.  Frederick  A.  Coller, 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  to  succeed  Dr.  S.  P.  Mengle, 
Wilkes-Barre,  Pa.,  on  the  Council  on  Scientific  As- 
sembly, for  a term  ending  in  1946. 

Dr.  Harvey  B.  Stone  of  Baltimore  was  elected  to  the 
Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals  to  succeed 
Dr.  Fred  Moore  of  Iowa,  deceased.  Dr.  Russell  L. 
Haden  of  Cleveland  was  elected  a member  of  the 
Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals  to  fill  the 
unexpired  term  of  Dr.  Fred  W.  Rankin,  resigned. 

The  House  of  Delegates  selected  St.  Louis,  Mo.  in 
which  to  hold  the  1944  Annual  Session  of  AMA. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  Chairman 
L.  G.  Christian,  M.  D. 

T.  K.  Gruber,  M.D. 

C.  R.  Keyport,  M.D. 

Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE 
ON  DISTRIBUTION  OF  MEDICAL  CARE, 
1940-41 

The  Committee  held  one  meeting  on  May  7,  1941. 

1.  The  progress  of  Michigan  Medical  Service  was 
discussed. 

2.  The  various  maps  prepared  by  S.  W.  Hartwell, 
M.D.,  showing  the  distribution  of  physicians  in  the 
state,  relative  buying  power  in  different  sections  of  the 
state,  hospital  beds,  etc.  were  discussed.  The  furthering 
of  this  project  in  detail  was  held  in  abeyance  as  the 
1940  census  results  were  not  available  and  even  the  1940 
census  would  be  outdated  due  to  the  rapid  population 
shift  in  the  National  Defense  Program. 

3.  The  resolution  concerning  general  practitioners  in 
hospitals,  which  was  introduced  in  the  1940  session  of 
the  House  of  Delegates  and  referred  to  the  Committee 
for  study  (Resolution  printed  in  full  on  page  881  of 
November  1940  M.S.M.S.  Journal)  was  referred  to  the 
Executive  Committee  of  The  Council  with  the  recom- 
mendation of  this  Committee  that  it  be  adopted. 

4.  After  discussion  of  the  feeling  in  the  ranks  of 
medicine  connected  with  the  medical  examination  of 
draftees,  a resolution  was  unanimously  adopted,  request- 
ing that  the  matter  be  presented  to  the  A.M.A.  House 
of  Delegates. 


643 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


5.  Other  problems  presented  by  the  members  included 
practicing  of  the  physician  in  hospitals,  care  of  victims 
in  accidents  who  have  no  insurance  and  in  many  cases 
fail  to  pay  for  medical  and  hospital  expenses  incurred. 
It  was  pointed  out  that  the  same  people  pay  any  and 
all  fines,  provide  cash  for  bail  and  spend  considerable 
sums  to  repair  wrecked  cars  and  ignore  the  doctor’s 
bill.  The  Committee  is  giving  further  thought  to  this 
problem  for  later  discussion  and  recommendations. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

T.  S.  Conover,  M.D.,  Chairman 

A.  F.  Bliesmer,  M.D. 

H.  O.  Brush,  M.D. 

A.  C.  Henthorn,  M.D. 

R.  F.  Salot,  M.D. 

G.  B.  Saltonstall,  M.D. 

H.  B.  Zemmer,  M.D. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  MEDICAL-LEGAL 
COMMITTEE,  M.S.M.S.,  1940-41 

Beginning  January  1,  1940,  upon  instructions  of  the 
House  of  Delegates,  the  State  Society  ceased  defending 
members  in  alleged  malpractice  actions  which  arose  on 
and  after  that  date.  However,  the  Medical-Legal  Com- 
mittee continued  to  advise  members  pertaining  to  the 
rights  and  duties  of  physicians  in  the  practice  of  their 
profession. 

Of  the  twelve  cases  referred  to  your  Committee  prior 
to  January  1,  1940,  all  have  been  adjudicated  to  date 
except  two. 

Since  January  1,  1941,  only  one  new  case  (the  cause 
of  action  of  which  arose  in  1939)  has  been  reported 
to  your  Committee. 

No  further  action  ha's  been  taken  in  the  two  cases 
reported  in  1940  (the  cause  of  action  of  which  arose  in 
1939).  In  one  of  these  matters,  it  is  possible  that  re- 
sponsibility may  be  assumed  by  private  insurance  com- 
pany. 

In  accordance  with  Chapter  Six,  Section  Four  of  the 
M.S.M.S.  By-laws,  your  Medical-Legal  Committee 
stands  ready  at  all  times  to  give  advice  and  assistance 
to  any  members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
who  are  faced  with  medico-legal  problems.  The 
Society  will  continue  its  custom  of  sending  malpractice 
notification  cards  to  members  with  their  membership 
certificates,  as  a convenience  for  advising  insurance 
carriers  and  the  M.S.M.S.  Medical-Legal  Committee  of 
any  threatening  actions. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

S.  W.  Donaldson,  M.D.,  Chairman 

T.  E.  Hoffman,  M.D. 

Wm.  J.  Stapleton,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Bert  Van  Ark,  M.D. 

E.  A.  WiTTWER,  M.D. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  M.S.M.S.  REPRESENTA- 
TIVES TO  THE  JOINT  COMMITTEE  ON 
HEALTH  EDUCATION,  1940-41 

The  representatives  of  the  Society  to  the  Joint  Com- 
mittee have  had  no  occasion  to  meet  during  the  year. 

The  Chairman,  who  is  also  chairman  and  treasurer  of 
the  Joint  Committee,  called  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
component  units  for  June  13,  1941.  The  traditional 
activities  have  been  carried  on  during  the  past  year. 
About  the  same  number  of  health  lectures  were  as- 
signed. The  radio  program,  which  is  a most  effective 
avenue  for  the  dissemination  of  health  education,  has 
been  ably  handled  by  R.  J.  Mason,  M.D.,  chairman  of 
the  M.S.M.S.  Radio  Committee.  Arrangements  with 
the  various  outlets  and  the  multigraphing  and  distri- 
bution of  copy  is  handled  by  the  Joint  Committee. 
An  interesting  exhibit  by  means  of  a large  chart 

644 


showing  our  activities,  was  presented  at  the  American 
Public  Health  Association  meeting  in  Detroit. 

We  regret  to  report  that  it  seems  probable  that  a 
lack  of  adequate  financial  support  will  compel  the  Joint 
Committee  to  discontinue  some  of  its  activities.  An 
activity  which  has  received  most  favorable  comment 
is  the  health  column  in  the  Detroit  News,  which  has 
been  running  for  nine  years.  With  this  health  column  is 
an  associated  question  and  answer  service  which  has 
grown  to  large  proportions.  We  believe  this  to  be  a 
valuable  activity,  but  it  is  an  expensive  one.  The  total 
cost  runs  about  twenty-five  hundred  dollars  of  which 
the  Detroit  News  pays  a thousand  dollars.  Unless 
sufficient  funds  are  obtained,  this  activity  wall  be  dis- 
continued. It  is  planned  to  go  on  with  the  speaking 
bureau  and  the  radio  programs. 

There  is  no  lessening  of  the  need  for  the  dissemi- 
nation of  factual  health  information  to  the  laity,  but 
today  there  are  many  organizations  and  governmental 
divisions  actively  engaged  in  this  work.  Twenty  years 
ago  when  the  Joint  Committee  was  formed  there  were 
few  avenues  of  approach  and  few  groups  interested  in 
this  objective.  There  is  no  thought  of  the  Joint  Com- 
mittee discontinuing  its  activities.  It  was,  however, 
suggested  at  the  annual  meeting,  that  in  the  future  the 
Committee  should  lay  special  emphasis  on  its  function 
as  an  advisory  committee  on  health  education.  With  its 
twenty-five  component  units  it  has  a special  opportunity 
to  serve  as  a coordinating  agency,  while  at  the  same 
time  it  carries  on  as  many  of  its  traditional  activities 
as  its  budget  permits. 

Your  attention  is  called  to  the  quite  extensive  library 
of  sound  and  silent  films  which  were  purchased  by  the 
Joint  Committee.  These  are  available  under  certain 
restrictions,  by  application  to  the  Extension  Division  of 
the  University  of  Michigan. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Burton  R.  Corbus,  M.D.,  Chairman 
C.  T.  Ekelund,  M.D. 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D. 

W.  R.  Vaughan,  AI.D. 

^MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  PREVENTIVE 
MEDICINE  COMMITTEE,  1940-41 

During  the  year  just  passed  this  committee,  through 
its  advisory  committees,  has  witnessed  a marked  in- 
crease in  the  demands  for  adequate  and  immediate 
solutions  of  many  new  problems  that  have  been  posed 
before  it.  Most  of  this  has  been  created  by  the  all- 
pervading  national  defense  program  with  which  pre- 
ventive medicine  is  so  intimately  interlocked ; but  in 
spite  of  the  poor  definition  of  many  of  these  problems 
the  various  advisory  committees  have  in  most  instances 
successfully  met  the  demands  made  upon  them. 

The  expansion  of  industrial  activity,  the  vast  in- 
crease in  the  employed  with  shift  in  population,  the 
concentration  of  large  groups  in  army  camps,  have  all 
served  to  bring  into  sharp  focus  the  necessity  of  pre- 
ventive effort  in  industrial  medicine,  degenerative 
diseases,  tuberculosis,  syphilis  and  venereal  disease, 
maternal  and  child  health  and  mental  hygiene.  The 
health  education  of  the  public  through  use  of  the  radio, 
press  and  public  meetings,  and  the  expansion  of  facil- 
ities for  postgraduate  education  of  physicians  have  also 
taken  on  new  importance  in  the  face  of  the  changed 
situation. 

In  addition,  an  effort  was  initiated  to  eliminate  what 
appeared  to  be  wasteful  reduplication  in  the  administra- 
tion of  certain  of  the  statutes  dealing  with  the  lame  and 
the  halt;  and,  while  this 'fell  justt  short  of  its  mark, 
it  served  to  bring  to  public  notice  certain  glaring 
defects  that  are  bound  to  be  eliminated. 

Groundwork  for  the  eventual  establishment  of  a 
State  Bureau  of  Cancer  Control  was  well  laid  by  the 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COAIMITTEE  REPORTS 


Cancer  Committee  and'  this  group  further  expanded  its 
activities  into  the  field  of  cancer  control. 

In  all  deliberations,  the  committees  have  had  the 
helpful  cooperation  of  representatives  of  the  State 
Health  Department,  Children’s  Fund  of  Michigan, 
W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  and  the  Michigan  Tubercu- 
losis Association,  so  that  all  action  taken  represents  the 
combined  opinion  of  all  interested  groups.  The  indi- 
vidual committee  reports  present  in  detail  the  full  action 
of  each  of  these  groups. 

The  year  was  marred  by  the  untimely  death  of 
C.  K.  Valade,  M.D.,  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on 
Syphilis  Control,  whose  loss  is  keenly  felt  by  all 
members  of  the  profession. 

Your  committee  held  two  meetings  during  the  year: 
on  January  9,  and  June  19,  1941.  In  addition,  it  assisted 
in  the  selection  of  several  speakers  for  the  General 
Assembly  at  the  State  Meeting. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Wm.  S.  Reveno,  M.D.,  Chairman 

J.  D.  Bruce,  M.D. 

Henry  Cook,  M.D. 

Burton  R.  Corbus,  M.D. 

Wm.  a.  Hyland,  M.D. 

M.  R.  Kinde,  M.D. 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D. 

R.  J.  Mason,  M.D. 

H.  Allen  Moyer,  M.D. 

H.  H.  Riecker,  M.D. 

W.  F.  Seeley,  M.D. 

Frank  Van  Schoick,  M.D. 

A.  R.  WOODBURNE,  M.D. 

^MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  RADIO 
COMMITTEE,  1940-41 

During  the  past  year,  twelve  radio  stations  through- 
out the  state  participated  with  the  Society  in  providing 
facilities  for  broadcasts.  These  are : 


Name  of  Station 

Battle  Creek — Station  WELL 
Aldon  H.  Haight,  Mgr. 

Bay  City— WBCM 
H.  A.  Giesel,  Mgr. 

Detroit-Windsor — CKLW 
Campbell  Ritchie 

Flint — WFDF 
A.  R.  Cooper,  Mgr. 

Grand  Rapids — WOOD 
Stanley  Barnett 

Houghton — WHDF 
Albert  Payne,  Mgr. 

J ackson — WIBM 
Roy  Radner,  Mgr. 

Kalamazoo — WKZO 
Patty  Criswell,  Pub.  Rel. 

East  Lansing — WKAR 
R.  J.  Coleman,  Mgr. 

Muskegon— WKBZ 
Frank  Lynn,  Mgr. 

M arquette — ^WDM  J 
G.  H.  Brozek,  Mgr. 

Port  Huron — WHLS 
Harmon  Stevens,  Mgr. 


Name  of  Doctor  in  Charge 

Dr.  E.  Van  Camp 
229  Ward  Bldg. 

Dr.  J.  Norris  Asline 
Essexville,  Michigan 

Dr.  G.  C.  Penberthy 
David  Whitney  Building 

Dr.  H.  M.  Golden 
Center  Building 

Dr.  P.  W.  Kniskem 
421  Medical  Arts  Bldg. 

Dr.  K.  J.  McClure 
Calumet,  Michigan 

Dr.  E.  A.  Thayer 
National  Bank  Bldg. 

Dr.  Hazel  R.  Prentice 
458  W.  South  Street 

Dr.  L.  M.  Snyder 
City  Nat’l  Bank  Bldg. 

Dr.  E.  N.  D’Alcom 
Michigan  Theatre  Bldg. 

Dr.  N.  J.  McCann 
Ishpeming 

Dr.  E.  W.  Meridith 
1102  Sixth  Street 


During  this  period,  the  following  talks  were  broad- 
cast. These  talks  have  all  been  in  dialogue  form  wherein 
the  station  announcer  asked  a question.  This  was 
answered  by  the  physician  delivering  the  talk.  The 
signature  at  the  beginning  and  closing  of  each  talk 
announced  the  name  of  the  speaker  as  a member  of 
the  M.S.M.S. 

Following  is  a list  of  the  broadcasts  given:  the 


common  cold,  influenza,  pneumonia,  wintertime  acci- 
dents, diabetes,  sinus  disease,  the  value  of  x-ray  ex- 
aminations in  accidents  and  emergency  cases,  colitis, 
artificial  fever  therapy,  relationship  of  dentistry  and 
medicine,  scarlet  fever,  eyesight  in  mental  and  physical 
development,  simple  facts  about  how  we  hear,  pre- 
marital examinations,  importance  of  pre-natal  care,  the 
menopause,  the  value  of  anesthesia  in  surgery  and 
medicine,  can  cancer  be  cured?,  refrigeration  treatment 
of  cancer,  the  common  causes  of  fatigue,  problems  in 
obesity,  anemia,  acute  abdominal  pain,  truth  and  fiction 
about  blood  pressure,  misconceptions  about  heart 
disease. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

R.  J.  Mason,  M.D.,  Chairman 
C.  L.  Grant,  M.D. 

A.  B.  Gwinn,  M.D. 

R.  G.  Janes,  M.D. 

G.  C.  Penberthy,  M.D. 

^MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON 
POSTGRADUATE  MEDICAL  EDUCATION, 
M.S.M.S.,  1940-41 

The  Committee  on  Postgraduate  Medical  Education 
met  twice  during  the  year:  On  January  29,  and  on 

May  21,  1941. 

At  the  first  meeting  the  Michigan  Postgraduate  pro- 
gram in  medicine  was  presented  by  the  Chairman  and 
discussed  by  the  Committee.  The  Chairman  reminded 
the  Committee  of  two  actions  taken  in  previous  meet- 
ings: (1)  a motion  to  allow  the  Chairman  of  the 

Committee  to  make  changes  in  the  planned  program 
when  emergencies  make  these  changes  advisable;  (2)  a 
motion  to  require  the  notification  of  the  central  office 
of  the  dates  of  all  medical  meetings  in  the  state  other 
than  those  of  county  and  special  societies,  so  that 
conflicts  with  postgraduate  meetings  would  not  occur. 

The  recommendations  of  the  County  Societies’  Com- 
mittee of  the  Council  were  thoroughly  discussed.  These 
recommendations  related  to  postgraduate  medical  edu- 
cation and  were  as  follows:  (1)  It  was  recommended 
that  a questionnaire  be  sent  to  all  members  relative  to 
the  subject  matter  of  future  postgraduate  courses. 
This  has  been  done  in  the  past  and  the  Committee 
recommended  that  it  be  continued;  (2)  It  was  sug- 
gested that  an  all-d'ay  conference  given  by  outstanding 
lecturers  replace  the  four  weekly  meetings.  The 
discussion  of  this  suggestion  brought  out  several  ob- 
jections: the  increased  cost  of  obtaining  speakers; 
inadequate  time  for  questions ; hesitancy  in  asking 
questions  of  strange  speakers ; lack  of  sustained 
interest;  and  the  desire  of  most  general  practitioners 
to  have  part  of  the  day  for  . office  work  and  house 
calls;  (3)  The  recommendation  that  examinations 
covering  the  subjects  presented  over  a four-year  period 
be  given  before  granting  certificates  of  Associate 
Fellowship  or  Fellowship  in  Postgraduate  Medicine, 
was  set  aside  for  future  discussion. 

The  Committee  suggested  a Clinical  Pathological 
Conference  to  be  given  at  the  last  meeting  of  the  series. 

It  was  the  collective  opinion  of  the  Committee  that 
the  present  plan  of  postgraduate  medical  education  is 
producing  excellent  results  and  that  no  radical  changes 
should  be  made  at  this  time. 

Methods  of  stimulating  attendance  at  the  various 
centers  of  teaching  were  discussed.  The  Committee 
reiterated  its  belief  that  the  Councilor  in  each  district 
should  be  responsible  for  stimulating  interest  in  the 
postgraduate  program,  and  that  the  secretary  of  each 
coimty  society  notify  the  membership  of  the  Society  of 
all  postgraduate  programs. 

A communication  from  Councilors  Perkins  and 
Barstow  requested  that  all  of  the  spring  meetings  be 
held  in  Bay  City,  and  that  all  the  fall  meetings  be  held 


August,  1941 


645 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


m Saginaw.  This  request  was  unanimously  granted  by 
the  Committee. 

The  subjects  presented  in  the  extramural  course  for 
October,  1940,  and  April,  1941,  were  as  follows; 
October,  1940. 

The  Newborn  Period. 

The  Management  of  Labor. 

The  Management  of  Unusual  Cases  of  Hernia. 

The  Significance  of  Albuminuria. 

The  Psychoneuroses. 

Laboratory  Procedures  for  Office  Practice. 

Nasal  Accessory  Sinus  Disease  in  the  Practice 
of  Medicine. 

The  Differential  Diagnosis  of  Coma. 

April,  1941. 

The  Care  of  the  Injured. 

The  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Meningitis. 

Useful  Drugs  in  Gastroenterology. 

Digestive  Derangements  in  Infancy  and  Childhood. 

The  Significance  of  Albuminuria. 

Office  Gynecology. 

Clinical  Conference.  Diagnostic  Problems  in  Non- 
tuberculous  Pulmonary  Disease. 

The  registration  in  the  postgraduate  courses  from 
July  1,  1940,  to  June  30,  1941,  is  as  follows ; 

Extramural  Registrations — Ann  Arbor,  124;  Flint, 
149;  Battle  Creek-Kalamazoo,  130;  l^dt.  Clemens,  78; 
Grand  Rapids,  177;  Jackson-Lansing,  120;  Saginaw- 
Bay  City,  163;  Traverse  City,  etc.,  97.  Total,  1038. 

Intramural  Registrations — Allergy,  12;  anatomy,  28; 
diseases  of  blood,  14;  diseases  of  heart,  13;  electro- 
cardiographic  diagnosis,  33;  gastroenterology,  19; 
gynecology  and  obstetrics,  14;  internal  medicine  (Ameri- 
can College  of  Physicians),  24;  ophthalmology  and 
otolaryngology,  58;  pathology,  4;  personal  courses,  122; 
pediatrics,  133;  prootology,  21;  roentgenology,  19; 
summer  school,  27.  Total,  541. 

In  addition  to  the  above  Ingham  County  has  sub- 
mitted a list  for  postgraduate  credits  of  131 ; other 
physicians  qualifying  fo.r  credits  are  estimated  at  100, 
making  a total  of  231. 

The  entire  number  of  registrants  was  1810. 

At  the  second  meeting  of  the  Comm'ttee,  on  Wednes- 
day, May  21,  the  first  matter  under  discussion  by  the 
Committee  was  the  type  of  program  for  teaching  in 
the  extra-mural  work.  It  was  the  unanimous  opinion 
of  the  Committee  that  the  present  plan  of  holding 
meetings  once  each  week  for  four  weeks  during  the 
fall  and  spring  be  continued.  The  objections  raised  to 
the  one-day  continuous  session  were  as  follows;  1. 
Inability  of  the  physicians  to  digest  mentally  eight 
lectures  in  one  day.  2.  The  tendency  for  the  members 
tO'  tire  and  leave  the  lectures  so  that  the  last  papers  are 
heard  by  only  a few.  3.  The  one-day  postgraduate 
meetings  held  in  Lansing,  Flint,  Jackson,  Kalamazoo, 
Highland  Park,  and  other  places  in  the  state  fill  the 
need  for  this  type  of  program,  and  extension  of  these 
programs  would  militate  against  attendance  of  the 
annual  State  Meeting  without  meeting  the  acknowledged 
need  for  the  continuity  provided  in  the  present  eight- 
day  yearly  program. 

The  idea  of  correlating  and  recognizing  all  post- 
graduate activities  throughout  the  state  was  discussed. 
The  Chairman  suggested  that  a request  for  correlation, 
recognition  and  direction  by  the  central  office  come  from 
those  societies  which  carry  on  postgraduate  activities. 
Dr.  R.  H.  Pino  and  Dr.  Douglas  Donald  were  ap- 
pointed to  consult  with  Wayne  County  Medical  Society 
relative  to  this  matter. 

It  was  decided  by  the  Committee  that  postgraduate 
work  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Southern  Peninsula  be 
concentrated  in  Traverse  City.  Also,  that  Jackson  and 
Lansing,  Battle  Creek  and  Kalamazoo,  alternate  in 
giving  the  fall  and  spring  courses. 

The  Chairman  called  attention  to  the  increased  at- 


tendance in  those  districts  where  the  Councilors  made 
a personal  effort  to  notify  the  doctors  of  the  meetings, 
and  he  suggested  that  at  the  Mackinac  Island  meeting  of 
The  Council  this  matter  be  presented  by  Councilor 
Cummings  and  Secretary  Foster. 

Dr.  Burton  R.  Corbus  introduced  the  subject  of 
graduate  training  for  interns  and  residents.  The 
matter  of  improved  medical  education  and  training  for 
interns  and  residents  was  discussed  at  length  by  all 
members  of  the  Committee  and  the  following  motion 
passed;  The  Committee  commends  and  supports  the 
efforts  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  to 
collaborate  with  the  University  of  Afichigan  Aledical 
School  and  the  Medical  School  of  Wayne  University  in 
an  effort  to  improve  intern  and  resident  training  in 
Michigan  hospitals  and  in  the  encouragement  of  grad- 
uate medical  education.  Aloved  by  Dr.  Donald  and 
seconded  by  Dr.  Fillinger. 

The  suggested  subjects  for  the  1941-42  program 
were  next  considered.  The  following  subjects  were 
approved  by  the  Committee ; 

The  Modern  Treatment  of  Fractures. 

The  Recognition  and  Prevention  of  Accidents  of 
Pregnancy. 

The  Interpretation  of  Fatigue  as  a Symptom. 

The  Office  Management  of  the  Allergic  Patient. 

The  Office  Management  of  the  Diabetic. 

Recognition  and  Treatment  of  Rheumatoid  Arthritis. 

Convulsions  in  Infancy  and  Childhood ; their  Diag- 
nosis and  Management. 

Emergency  Drugs  in  General  Practice. 

The  Early  Diagnosis  of  Cancer. 

Abnormalities  of  Growth  and  Development  in 
Children. 

Notwithstanding  the  slight  decrease  in  attendance  in 
1940-41,  on  the  whole  it  has  been  in  the  opinion  of  your 
Committee  quite  a satisfactory  year.  The  imminence  of 
the  war  effort,  which  has  called  many  young  men  into 
service  and  had  a more  or  less  disrupting  influence  on 
those  within  the  age  of  eligibilitj'  for  military  service, 
has  prevented  many  from  leaving  their  homes  for  post- 
graduate study,  it  is  surprising  that  so  many  have 
continued  in  their  devotion  to  an  improvement  of  their 
service.  While  the  coming  year  will  probably  see  a 
further  slight  decrease  in  attendance,  we  should  con- 
tinue to  provide  the  usual  opportunities  for  those  who 
have  been  availing  themselves  of  these  services  through- 
out the  years,  and  also  make  an  increased  effort  to 
stimulate  interest  for  professional  improvement  in  those 
who  have  been  gradually  relinquishing  their  practices, 
or  have  actually  done  so,  thus  assuring  to  the  people 
the  most  adequate  service  possible  under  the  circum- 
stances. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

James  D.  Bruce,  Al.D.,  Chairman 

Abel  J.  Baker,  AI.D. 

Andrew  P.  Biddle,  AI.D. 

Howard  H.  Cummings,  AI.D. 

Douglas  Donald,  AI.D. 

Wells  B.  Fillinger,  AI.D. 

Charles  L.  Hess,  AI.D. 

Henry  A.  Luce,  ALD. 

Wm.  H.  M.arsh.all,  M.D. 

Edgar  H.  Norris,  M.D. 

Ralph  H.  Pino,  AI.D. 

Wm.  E.  Tew,  AI.D. 

John  J.  W.^lch,  AI.D. 

MSMS 

Northwestern  University  Alumni  Club  luncheon  will 
be  held  at  the  Peninsula  Club,  Grand  Rapids,  Thursday, 
September  18,  1941,  12;15  p.m.  on  the  occasion  of  the 
M.S.M.S.  Convention.  E.  W.  Schnoor,  AI.D.,  presMent 
of  the  Nortwestern  Alumni  Club  of  Grand  Rapids,  will 
be  chairman.  All  Northwestern  Alumni  are  cordially 
invited. 


646 


Jour.  AI.S.AI.S. 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  CANCER 
COMMITTEE,  1940-41 

The  Cancer  Committee  held  four  meetings  during  the 
year  1940-41 : on  January  6,  1941,  February  17,  1941, 
March  6,  1941,  and  June  9,  1941.  The  objectives  of  the 
Committee  for  the  year  were : 

1.  The  drafting  of  a bill  to  authorize  laboratory 
work  for  the  indigent  cancer  patient  at  the  expense  of 
the  state.  This  program  was  to  be  under  the  direction 
of  a committee  composed  of  doctors  of  medicine 
licensed  by  the  State  of  Michigan  and  appointed  by  the 
Governor,  the  work  integrated  with  the  Michigan 
Department  of  Health. 

2.  The  maintaining  in  office  of  our  Field  Representa- 
tive, who  was  in  the  Medical  Reserve  Corps  of  the 
United  States  Army,  as  long  as  possible  during  the 
present  year. 

3.  The  development  of  a medical  brochure  on  “The 
Patient  with  Incurable  or  Advanced  Cancer”  under  the 
direction  of  the  M.S.M.S.  Cancer  Committee,  the  Mich- 
igan Department  of  Health,  and  the  Field  Representa- 
tive. 


I Summary 

1.  The  bill  (HB  580)  drafted  by  the  Cancer  Com- 
; mittee  with  the  advice  of  members  of  the  Michigan 

Pathologists  Society,  the  Legislative  Committee  and  the 
Executive  Committee  of  the  M.S.M.S.  Council  was  en- 
dorsed by  the  Legislative  and  Executive  Committees  and 
presented  to  the  Governor  who  in  turn  arranged  for  its 
introduction  in  the  House  of  Representatives  by  a 
member  of  both  parties.  This  bill  was  assigned  to  the 
Public  Health  Committee.  During  discussion  on  the  bill 
in  this  committee,  the  representative  of  the  osteopaths 
(a  member  of  the  House  Public  Health  Committee) 
insisted  that  the  designation  of  members  of  the  Cancer 
Board,  who  in  the  bill  were  to  be  doctors  of  medicine 
; and  appointed  for  staggered  terms  by  the  Governor,  be 
i changed  to  the  term  “physicians.”  During  the  present 
! administration  this  would  not  make  any  difference,  but 
at  some  future  time,  it  would  make  possible  the  ap- 
! pointment  of  all  osteopaths  to  the  Cancer  Board ; 

I Representative  S.  L.  Loupee,  the  House  member  who 
sponsored  the  bill,  is  also  a member  of  the  Public 
i Health  Committee  and  objected  very  strenuously  to 
this  amendment.  He  felt  that  he  could  not  be  a party 
to  this  bill  if  such  a damaging  amendment  were  ac- 
cepted. In  discussing  this  matter  with  the  members 
'of  the  Executive  Committee  as  well  as  the  Chairman 
of  the  Cancer  Committee,  he  decMed  not  to  accept 
the  amendment ; therefore  the  bill  died  in  the  Public 
Health  Committee  of  the  House. 

2.  Doctor  Frank  Power,  our  Field  Representative, 

I was  called  to'  service  in  April,  leaving  the  last  two  and 
; one-half  months  of  the  year  unfilled  by  a Field 
* Representative  for  the  combined  work  of  the  M.S.M.S. 
i Cancer  Committee  and  Michigan  Department  of  Health. 

I Health  Commissioner  H.  Allen  Moyer,  M.D.,  has  been 
I extremely  satisfied  with  Doctor  Power’s  work  and 
i requests  that  the  position  be  o-ffered  him  upon  the 
fulfillment  of  his  training  period.  However,  this  will 
1 not  be  before  April,  1942  and  in  the  meantime,  the 
Committee  has  leads  on  two  men  who  are  well  trained 
who  a’"e  being  contacted  at  this  time. 

3.  The  Brochure,  “The  Patient  with  Incurable  or  Ad- 
i vanced  Cancer,”  is  an  effort  to  recommend  a form  of 
I treatment  for  the  inoperable  and  recurrent  cancer  pa- 
tient to  eliminate  in  as  far  as  possible  the  conversion  of 

' this  patient  into  an  addict  of  some  sort.  This  brochure 
will  contain  important  chapters  discussing  the  mental 
approach  in  announcing  to  the  patient  and  the  patient’s 
family  the  incurability  of  the  disease  and  the  psycho- 
! logical  methods  to  be  employed  with  the  patient  and 
! family  including  environmental  arrangements.  Other 
I chapters  will  be  devoted  to  methods  to  relieve  pain, 

August,  1941 


unsightliness,  and  the  employment  of  various  drugs  as 
far  as  possible  that  are  not  habit  forming  and  when  the 
latter  are  necessary,  the  judicious  use  of  them.  This  bro- 
chure will  be  completed  at  an  early  date  for  printing  at 
state  expense  and  distribution  throughout  the  state  by 
members  of  the  M.S.M.S. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Wm.  a.  Hyland,  M.D.,  Chairman 
F.  A.  COLLER,  M.D. 

W.  G.  Gamble,  M.D. 

C.  R.  Hills,  M.D. 

A.  B.  McGraw,  M.D. 

Lawrence  Reynolds,  M.D. 
William  R.  Torgerson,  M.D. 

MSMS 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  CHILD 
WELFARE  COMMITTEE,  M.S.M.S.,  1940-41 

The  Child  Welfare  Committee  has  continued  the 
several  projects  started  under  the  leadership  of  F.  B. 
Miner,  M.D. 

1.  Cooperation  with  the  State  Health  Department  in 
formulating  and  distributing  information  relative  to 
immunization  schedules.  The  schedules  were  brought  up 
to  date  and  are  being  sent  out  two  or  three  times  a 
year.  The  revised  material  is  sent  to  the  members  of 
the  M.S.M.S.  by  the  Secretary  and  to  the  parents  of 
newborn  babies  by  the  State  Health  Department. 

2.  R.  M.  Kempton,  M.D.,  M.S.AI.S.  Representative  to 
the  School  Health  Committee  of  the  State  Department 
of  Public  Instruction,  completed  his  work  on  “Accidents 
in  School.”  This  was  reviewed,  changed  in  minor 
details  and  approved  by  the  whole  Child  V\  elfare  Com- 
mittee. 

3.  Lillian  R.  Smith,  M.D.  and  Warren  E.  Wheeler, 
M.D.  of  the  Maternal  Health  and  Child  Health  Division 
of  the_  State  Health  Department,  are  continuing  their 
splendid  cooperation  in  the  distribution  of  incubators 
throughout  the  state.  Dr.  Wheeler  conducts  a refresher 
course  on  care  and  management  of  prematures  in  each 
district  where  the  State  incubators  are  loaned.  This 
work  has  been  productive  of  a tremendous  amount  of 
good.  Those  who  have  been  fortunate  enough  to  take 
part  in  these  courses  have  been  very  enthusiastic  about 
them. 

4.  With  the  advice  and  counsel  of  the  Committee, 
Dr.  Wheeler  prepared  a very  fine  brochure  on  Measles. 
This  was  printed  by  the  State  Health  Department  and 
distributed  in  volume  to  local  health  departments  who  in 
turn  distributed  them  to  the  practicing  physicians  in 
their  district. 

A similar  brochure  is  being  developed  by  Dr.  Wheeler 
and  Dr.  Pearl  Kendrick  on  Whooping  Cough.  This, 
we  hope,  will  be  ready  for  distribution  in  the  Fall. 

5.  F.  B.  Miner,  M.D.  and  Frank  Van  Schoick,  M.D. 
have  been  appointed  to  the  Child  Welfare  Committee 
of  the  Michigan  Welfaire  League.  In  this  position  they 
have  been  valuable  liaison  men  with  other  groups  in- 
terested in  Child  Welfare. 

6.  The  major  activity  of  the  Committee  this  year  has 
been  relative  to  the  Crippled- Afflicted  Child  problem. 
Inasmuch  as  this  was  a legislative  year,  the  Committee 
felt  that  certain  changes  in  existing  legislation  were 
imperative.  Pursuant  to  this  thought  the  committee 
formulated  certain  fundamentals  and  fo" warded  them 
to  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Council  and  to  the 
Preventive  Medicine  Committee  of  the  M.S.M.S. 

The  Child  Welfare  Committee  recommerded  toat  The 
Council  transmit  to  the  Governor  of  the  State  of 
Michigan  the  following  expression  of  its  attitude  relative 
to  the  Crippled  Children  Commission  and  its  problems ; 

1.  The  personnel  of  the  Crippled  Children  Commiss-on  should 
be  selected  solely  on  the  basis  of  knowledge  of  and  interest  in 
chddren  and  their  problems.  Such  persons  should  not  represent 

647 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


any  special  group  in  the  community  but  should  be  representa- 
tive of  the  people  of  Michigan  as  a whole.  , . . 

2.  The  function  of  the  Crippled  Children  Commission  should 

be  to  establish  policies,  and  the  carrying  out  of  these  policies 
should  be  entrusted  to  a medical  administrator  with  full  author- 
ity to  act.  , . , , • i 1 

3.  The  medical  administrator  should  have  an  assistant  to 
carry  out  such  business  matters  as  may  be  delegated  to  him. 

4.  The  state  should  be  divided  into  districts  and  medical 
■coordinators  be  appointed  to  represent  the  administ^tor  in 
such  districts  in  carrying  out  the  policies  of  the  Cnpplea 

Children  Commission.  . . ^ e 

5.  The  present  system  of  requiring  the  parents  of  medically 

indigent  children  to  sign  notes  for  the 

for  services  rendered  under  this  program  should  be  discon- 
tinued. 

The  Child  Welfare  Committee  recommends  that  The 
Council  transmit  to  the  Governor  oi  the  State  arid  to 
the  Legislature  the  following  expression  of  its  attitude 
relative  to  legislation  providing  for  the  care  of  the 
sick  child: 

1.  There  is  no  basis  for  separate  legislation  for  the  Crippled 
and  for  the  otherwise  afflicted  child.  Crippled  chddren  should 
be  considered  as  a specialized  group  of  afflicted  children.  Ex- 
rpert  medical  care  of  crippled  children  is  frequently  as  importa  t 
as  expert  surgical  care,  and  medical  complications  often  arise 
during  the  course  of  orthopedic  treatment.  The  crippled  child 

2^.^*Sukabie  ^enabling  legislation  should  be_ 

■commission  with  authority  to  care  for  all  ® 

authority  should  include  the  power  and  obligation  to  accept 
and/or  reject  cases  arising  under  this  act,  to  supervise  their 
care,  to-  establish  appropriate  fee  schedules  for  services  rendered 
bv  tihvsicians  and  hospitals,  and  to  arrange  the  payment  therefor. 
“^3!^  The  personnel  of  the  Commission  should  be  selected  solely 
■on  the  basis  of  knowledge  of  and  interest  in  children  and  th^eir 
n?obl^r  Such  persons  should  not  represent  any  special 
grouiTin  the  community  but  should  be  representative  of  the 

'T' Til  Sr  ii  should  bj  .0  ostsblish 

policies  and  methods,  the  carrying  out  of  which  should  dele- 
gated to  a medical  administrator  with  full  authority  and 
Bponsiffle^  only  ito  the  t-ve  whatever  medical 

or\uIness  assistants  may  be  necessary  to  the  proper  execution 
of  his  functions. 

The  Chairman,  representing  the  M.S.M.S.  Child  Wd- 
fare  Committee  was  appointed  on  3. 
by  The  Council  to  study  the  Crippled  and  Afflicted 
Children  problem  and  to  cooperate  with  the  Legis  atiye 
Committee  of  the  M.S.M.S.  in  formulating  proper  legis- 
lation pertaining  thereto  A great 
were  held  in  Lansing  and  Detroit  and  finally  a bill  was 
drafted  which  had  the  hearty  support  of  the  seven 
interested  groups. 

The  last  activity  that  the  Committee  embarked  upon 
is  that  of  Child  Health  in  War.  This-  is  so  new  to  all 
of  us  that  the  Committee  has  nothing  to  report  other 
than  the  fact  of  continued  investigation 
Respectfully  submitted, 

Frank  VanSchoick,  M.D.,  Chairman 
W.  C.  C.  Cole,  M.D. 

Leon  DeVel,  M.D. 

Campbell  Harvey,  M.D. 

R.  M.  Kempton,  M.D. 

Edgar  Martmer,  M.D. 

^MSMS 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OP  IODIZED  SALT 
COMMITTEE,  M.S.M.S.,  1940-41 

The  meetings  of  this  Committee  are  dependent  upon 
the  necessity  of  urgent  business  or  new  developments^ 

1.  The  Committee  held  one  meeting  during  the  year 
and  that  was  on  November  13,  1940. 

At  that  time  a report  was  given  by  the  Chairman  of 
the  lengthy  testimony  which  he  introduced,  in  collabora- 
tion with  Mr.  Wilcox,  Chairman  of  the  Standard- 
ization Committee  of  the  Salt  Producers  Association 
and  their  attorney,  Mr.  Westcott,  at  a hearing  of  the 
Federal  Food  and  Drug  Administration  in  Washington 
on  October  30,  1940.  A copy  of  this  testimony  to- 


gether with  collaborative  testimony  given  by  Dr. 
Walter  T.  Harrison,  Senior  Surgeon  of  the  United 
States  Public  Health  Service,  and  also  testimony  given  1 
for  the  Government  by  Dr.  George  Dobbs  of  the  Drug 
Division  of  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration,  are 
hereby  submitted. 

Since  that  hearing  no  further  action  or  regulation  has 
come  out  of  the  Food  and  Drug  Administration  except 
a verbal  order  that  no  therapeutic  statement  can  be 
printed  on  the  label  of  any  package  of  iodized  salt 
nor  can  any  statement  or  advice  accompany  the  package. 

2.  Since  the  last  meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society,  the  Trustees  of  the  American  Public 
Health  Association  accepted  the  Michigan  Committee's 
invitation  for  the  formation  of  a Study  Committee  on 
Endemic  Goiter  and  such  has  been  organized,  as  a 
Sub-committee  under  the  Sub-committee  on  Evaluation 
of  Administrative  Practices  with  Dr.  Haven  Emerson 
as  Chairman. 

This  sub-committee  at  the  present  time  is  made  up 
of  the  following  members : 

George  N.  Curtis,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Surgery,  Dept 
of  Research  Surgery,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus, 
Ohio;  E.  B.  Hart,  Ph.D.,  College  of  Agriculture,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis. ; Roy  D.  McClure, 
M.D.,  Department  of  Surgery,  Henry  Ford  Hospital, 
Detroit;  Hugh  McCullough,  M.D.,  325  N.  Euclid 
Avenue,  St.  Louis,  Mo.;  W.  H.  Sehrell,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Chief, 
Division  of  Chemotherapy,  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service, 
National  Institute  of  Health,  Washington,  D.  C. ; Harry 
A.  Towsley,  M.D.,  Department  of  Pediatrics,  University 
Hospital,  Ann  Arbor;  W.  G.  Wilcox,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 
of  the  Standardization  Committee,  Salt  Producers  As- 
sociation, 154  Bagley  Ave.,  Detroit ; C.  C.  Yoimg, 
Dr.P.H.,  Director  of  Laboratories,  Michigan  State 
Department  of  Health,  Lansing;  Frederick  B.  Miner, 
M.D.,  chairman,  M.S.M.S.  Iodized  Salt  Committee,  4<X) 
Sherman  Building,  Flint,  Secretary  of  Committee. 

Counsultants — Thomas  B.  Cooley,  M.D.,  Pediatrician, 
1728  Seminole  Ave.,  Detroit;  David  J.  Levy,  M.D., 
Pediatrician,  768  Fisher  Bldg.,  Detroit;  David  Marine, 
M.D.,  Research  Pathologist,  Montefiore  Hospital  150  E. 
Gun  Hill  Road,  New  York;  J.  F.  McClendon,  M.D., 
Research  Professor  of  Physiology,  Hahnemann  Medical 
College  and  Hospital,  235  N.  15th  St.,  Philadelphia. 

This  national  Committee  met  for  the  first  time  at  a 
two-day  Conference  in  Detroit  on  June  14  and  15.  The 
following  Agenda  was  considered.  The  long  report  has 
not  been  edited,  as  yet.  It  is  proposed  to  bring  this  to 
the  Michigan  Committee  as  ■soon  as  it  is  completed. 

Agenda  of  first  meeting — Jtme  14  and  15,  1941. 

1.  Brief  historical  sketches  of  the  work  of  the 
Michigan  Committee. 

(a)  Organization  and  Plan — Presented  by  Dr.  Cooley. 

• (b)  Results — Prophylactic — Presented  by  Dr.  Levy. 

(c)  Surgical — Presented  by  Dr.  McClure. 

2.  Acceptance,  if  possible,  of  etiology  of  endemic 
goiter.  Is  there  any  reason  to  change  from  the  iodine 
deficiency  theory?  Or  is  there  any  doubt?  Presented  by 
Drs.  Marine  and  McCullough. 

3.  Agreement  of  a plan  to  ascertain  the  iodine  de- 
ficiency by  counties  or  states.  Presented  by  Drs. 
Sebrell  and  McClendon. 

4.  Agreement  of  a standard  analysis  of  water  and 
other  test.  Presented  by  Dr.  Young. 

5.  How  much  supplementary  iodine  is  necessary  to 
protect  persons  and  domestic  livestock  living  in  these 
areas  and  how  stabilized?  (The  same  iodine  content 
in  salt  for  both  is  in  use  today).  Presented  by  Drs. 
Curtis  and  Hart. 

6.  Description  of  what  the  State  Public  Health  De- 
partments are  doing  in  a preventive  way  to  meet  the 
problem.  Presented  by  Dr.  Sebrell. 

7.  A proposed  imiform  plan  of  prophylaxis.  Pre- 
sented by  Drs.  Towsley  and  Emerson. 


648 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


8.  A procedure  to  ascertain  the  results  of  pre- 
ventive measures.  Presented  by  Dr.  Young. 

9.  The  present  status  of  iodized  salt  with  the  hederal 

Fo(^  and  Drug  Administration  and  the  Salt  Producers. 
Presented  by  Dr.  Wilcox  and  Dr.  Miner.  j i, 

10  Labeling,  iodine  content,  stabilizer  used,  and  the 
le^^end  statement,  “Iodized  Salt  prevents  simple  goiter, 
as  recommended  by  the  Michigan  Committee.  Presented 

by  Dr.  McClure.  r c i*. 

^crreement  on  an  official  statement  for  the^  Salt 

Produce'rs  and  the  Federal  Food  and  Drug  Administra- 
tion. Presented  by  Dr.  Levy. 

12.  Agreement  on  objectives,  allocation  and  division 
of  the  work.  Presented  by  Dr.  Emerson. 

All  out-state  members  spoke  appreciatively  of  the 
pioneer  work  accomplished  by  the  Michig^  State 
Medical  Society’s  Iodized  Salt  Committee  Many  of 
its  principles  were  adopted  to  apply  to  the  nationa 
program. 

The  most  important  point,  however,  adopted  by  the 
national  Committee  is  the  recommendation  of  the  use 
of  a stabilizer  in  iodized  salt  and  the  reduction  of  the 
iodine  content  from  two-hundredths  of  one  per  cent  to 
one-hundredth  of  one  per  cent. 

The  necessity  of  eliminating  the  therapeutic  statement 
from  the  package  of  Iodized  Salt  creates  the  necessity 
for  everlasting  educational  programs  for  the  use  of 
Iodized  Salt  by  Public  Health  Departments  and  by  all 
members  of  the  profession  in  all  goiterous  areas. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Frederick  B.  Miner,  M.D.,  Chairman 

L.  W.  Gerstner,  M.D. 

D.  J.  Levy,  M.D. 

R.  D.  McClure,  M.D. 

H.  A.  Towsley,  M.D. 

S.  Yntema,  M.D. 

^MSMS 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COMMmEE  ON 
HEART  AND  DEGENERATIVE  DISEASES, 
1940-41 

During  the  third  year  of  its  existence,  the  Commit- 
tee on  Heart  and  Degenerative  Diseases  continued  its 
policy  of  directing  its  educational  effort  toward  the 
physician  ifi  general  practice.  Its  first  concern  was  to 
define  the  broad  principles  governing  the  control  of 
heart  disease  in  children  including  the  reporting  of 
rheumatic  heart  disease  to  the  State  Health  Department 
in  an  effort  to  determine  the  incidence  of  the  disease  in 
Michigan.  This  culminated  in  an  article  appearing  m 
the  M.S.M.S.  Journal  which  covered  the  principles  _ of 
the  prevention  and  early  care  of  the  rheumatic  child. 

The  classification  of  heart  disease  is  of  first  im- 
portance in  an  understanding  of  the  subject.  The 
Committee  has  distributed  to  the  members  of_  the 
Society  a short  pamphlet  dealing  with  the  classifica- 
tion of  heart  disease  and  the  correct  method  of  report- 
ing deaths  from  heart  disease  so  that  the  vital  statistics 
of  the  State  will  reflect  more  accurately  the  incidence 
and  kinds  of  heart  disease  with  which  the  profession 


should  be  concerned. 

The  Committee  also  distributed  two  pamphlets  to  the 
profession — one  dealing  with  the  methods  of  taking 
blood  pressure  readings  and  the  other  with  the  physical 
examination  of  the  circulatory  system.  These  pamphlets 
had  been  prepared  by  a committee  of  the  American 
Heart  Association  and  were  mailed  to  each  member 
through  the  courtesy  of  the  Michigan  Tuberculosis 
Association.  Since  heart  disease  is  now  the  first  cause 
of  death,  these  two  examinations  seem  of  importance 
to  the  Committee.  An  explanation  of  the  cardiac 
status  and  the  blood  pressure  enters  into  the  manage- 
ment of  every  patient,  in  every  specialty,  before  and 
after  every  operation.  The  medical  aspects  were  par- 
ticularly apparent  in  the  preparedness  program. 


August,  1941 


The  Committee  was  influential  in  obtaining  an  op- 
portunity for  the  profession  to  attend  courses  in  heart 
disease  under  the  direction  of  .the  Wayne  County  Con- 
tinuation Study  Committee  and  the  M.S.M.S.  Advisory 
Committee  on  Postgraduate  Education.  While  these 
courses  were  well  attended,  the  Committee  is  anxious 
to  secure  a still  greater  attendance  by  the  profession  on 
short  postgraduate  courses  dealing  with  the  degenera- 
tive diseases.  Individualized  and  personal  instruction 
concerning  examination  of  the  heart  and  the  treatment 
of  patients  is  fundamental  to  an  understanding  of  the 
subject  and  this  can  be  best  obtained  by  supervised  bed- 
side teaching. 

Having  begun  in  a small  way  the  educational  efforts 
in  heart  disease,  the  Committee  believes  that  its  field 
lies  in  continuing  and  intensifying  this  program.  The 
widespread  prevalence  of  the  degenerative  diseases 
would  suggest  continuing  effort  in  the  educational  field. 
Some  consideration  is  being  given  to  the  problem  of 
diabetes  prevention  in  this  state.  It  is  estimated  that 
there  are  fifty  thousand  cases  of  glycosuria  in  Michi- 
gan, including  about  one  hundred  who  are  doctors.  The 
success  in  this  field  achieved  by  Doctor  Elliott  Joslin 
in  the  Southwest  should  encourage  us  in  our  local  ef- 
fort. A beginning  already  has  been  made  by  means 
of  postgraduate  programs  throughout  the  State  toward 
practical  instruction  in  the  management  of  this  great 
group  of  people. 

Your  Committee  expresses  its  gratitude  for  the  fine 
cooperation  of  The  Council,  the  Editor  of  the  Journal 
and  all  members  who  have  contributed  to  the  support 
of  its  program. 

Respectfull}’-  submitted, 

Herman  H.  Riecker,  M.D.,  Chairman 
B.  B.  Bushong,  M.D. 

M.  S.  Chambers,  M.D. 

John  Littig,  M.D. 

E.  D.  Spalding.  M.D. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  MATERNAL 
HEALTH  COMMITTEE,  1940-41 

Several  matters  of  importance  have  been  considered 
by  the  Maternal  Health  Committee  during  the  year 
1940-41.  The  collection  of  data  concerning  hospital 
care  of  maternity  patients  in  Michigan  hospitals  and 
maternity  homes  has  been  considered  and  submitted  to 
the  Committee.  The  data  have  been  carefully  analyzed 
and  the  complete  report  will  be  presented  by  a com- 
mittee member,  Alexander  M.  Campbell,  M.D.,  before 
the  Section  on  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  at  the  annual 
meeting  in  Grand  Rapids  next  September.  There  is 
much  of  interest  in  the  data  collected  and  many  lines 
and  many  avenues  of  approach  for  maternity  care  in 
Michigan  are  open.  This  report  should  be  of  interest 
to  all  those  concerned  in  the  care  of  pregnant  women. 

The  case  of  People  vs.  Hildy  (Mich.  N.  W.  829) 
has  brought  to  light  ithe  interesting  and  incredible  fact 
that  while  it  is  necessary  for  a physician  to  have  a 
license  to  practice  obstetrics  in  the  State  it  is  not  neces- 
sary for  a mid-wife  to  be  so  licensed.  This  condition 
of  affairs  has  been  reported  to  the  parent  Committee 
on  Preventive  Medicine. 

The  lack  of  clinical  teaching  material  in  obstetrics 
at  the  University  of  Michigan  has  been  carefully  con- 
sidered and  a representative  has  appeared  before  the 
Executive  Committee  of  the  Council  to  discuss  ways 
and  means  by  which  more  material  for  teaching  stu- 
dents can  be  made  available. 

The  Committee  has  been  interested  in  collaborating 
with  the  Michigan  Department  of  Health  in  the  con- 
struction of  a small  inexpensive  incubator  for  pre- 
mature babies  in  the  rural  districts.  The  _ result  has 
been  that  tivo  incubators  have  been  devised  which 
will  apparently  answer  the  purpose. 

649 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


The  Committee  has  approved  the  subject  of  the 
State  Department  of  Health  in  sending  Russell  R. 
deAlverez-Skinner,  M.D.,  into  the  State  for  clinics  in 
postgraduate  obstetrics,  with  the  approval  of  local 
medical  societies. 

At  least  one  more  meeting  of  the  Committee  will 
be  held  before  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  in 
September  at  which  time  the  authority  in  licensures  of 
maternity  homes  in  the  State  will  be  considered. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

W.  F.  Seeley,  M.D.,  Chairtnan 
D.  C.  Bloemendaal,  M.D. 

H.  A.  Furlong,  M.D. 

N.  F.  Miller,  M.D. 

H.  W.  Wiley,  M.D. 

A.  M.  Campbell,  M.D.,  Advisor 

^MSMS 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON 
SYPHILIS  CONTROL,  1940-41 

This  year  our  Committee  has  had  five  meetings : 
September  26,  1940;  November  3,  1940;  January  19, 
1941 ; March  5,  1941 ; and  June  15,  1941. 

It  was  with  extreme  regret  that  this  Committee, 
which  had  worked  so  cooperatively  together,  learned  of 
the  death  of  our  respected  Chairman,  Cyril  K.  Valade, 
M.D.,  of  a heart  attack,  on  March  27,  1941.  We  had 
all  worked  together  so  well  under  his  excellent  guidance 
that  we  felt  that  our  committee  work  had  been  com- 
pletely disrupted.  President  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D., 
asked  Arthur  R.  Woodburne,  M.D.,  to  complete  Dr. 
Valade’s  unexpired  term  and  we  have  heartily  backed 
his  efforts  to  continue  the  work. 

One  of  our  chief  interests  the  past  year  has  been 
Venereal  Disease  Control  in  areas  around  'the  various 
enlarged  military  cantonments.  In  this,  we  had  the 
collaboration  of  the  State  Health  Department’s 
Venereal  Disease  Division  through  T.  E.  Gibson,  M.D., 
the  local  County  Health  Departments,  and  the  private 
physicians  practicing  near  the  camps.  We  have  dis- 
cussed at  length  and  offered  our  services  in  venereal 
disease  control  among  the  soldiers.  Dr.  Gibson’s  report 
at  our  last  meeting  indicates  that  the  control  measures 
advised  have  produced  extremely  gratifying  results 
with  the  incidence  of  venereal  diseases  among  the 
troops  in  the  Fort  Custer  area  being  kept  at  a very 
low  level. 

This  year  our  Committee  has  worked  constantly  to 
have  standard  regulations  for  reporting  of  venereal 
diseases  made  mandatory  at  all  laboratories — ^both  the 
private  laboratories  and  those  supported  by  public 
funds.  Some  progress  has  been  made  in  this  direction. 

B.  W.  Carey,  M.D.,  Medical  Director  for  this  district 
of  the  N.Y.A.,  was  with  us  on  several  occasions  and 
we  devoted  a good  share  of  one  meeting  to  outlining 
a policy  concerning  projects  to  be  approved  and  meth- 
ods to  be  employed  in  surveys  and  advice  to  the  youth 
of  the  N.Y.A.  and  their  parents,  in  matters  of  venereal 
disease  control. 

Dr.  Carey  has  agreed  to  undertake  the  survey  of  our 
venereal  disease  situation  as  it  affects  the  “Idlewildl” 
area  in  Lake  County,  Michigan.  This  is  to  be  done 
when  he  feels  that  results  will  be  most  conclusive  and 
when  he  can  best  fit  it  in  with  his  program. 

During  the  early  part  of  the  legislative  session,  some 
effort  was  made  to  modify  the  premarital  law.  This 
Committee  watched  this  legislation  and  with  the  aid  of 
the  M.S.M.S.  Legislative  Committee  was  influencial  in 
keeping  the  bill  from  being  reported  out  of  committee. 

Our  Committee  has  worked  with  the  Michigan 
Pharmaceutical  Association  through  their  representa- 
tive, Mr.  Otis  Cook,  to  completely  review  House  Bill 
No.  129,  a bill  to  regulate  and  properly  control  the 
sale  of  prophylactic  appliances  for  the  prevention  of 
venereal  diseases.  The  Committee  recommended  that 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  support  this  bill. 

650 


Dr.  Gibson,  of  the  Michigan  Department  of  Health, 
holds  a captain’s  commission  in  the  Medical  Reserve 
Corps,  and  our  Committee  felt  that  because  of  his 
importance  in  the  State  with  so  many  defense  and 
cantonment  areas,  that  his  retention  in  his  present 
capacity  with  the  State  was  imperative.  A resolution  to 
this  effect  was  drawn  up  and  we  have  Dr.  Gibson  still 
with  us  and  it  is  the  hope  of  our  Committee  that  he 
will  be  left  with  us  and  not  called  into  Federal  Servdce. 

Drs.  Roehm  and  Rice  in  their  subcommittee  work 
have  made  every  effort  to  stimulate  interest  in  venereal 
disease  control  through  the  County  Medical  Societies. 

Dr.  Woodburne  has  prepared  outlines  of  talks  to  be 
used  by  speakers  using  our  new  sets  of  slides  for  both 
professional  and  lay  education  in  venereal  disease  con- 
trol. Slides  for  both  groups  in  sets  of  about  seventy 
each  are  now  available  to  any  member  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society.  With  these  slides  are  furnished 
the  outlines  for  talks  for  all  types  of  programs,  and 
various  grouping  of  slides  may  be  used  to  suit  any 
size  or  type  of  audience.  These  slides  and  outlines  may 
be  obtained  by  writing  to  any  member  of  this  Committee 
or  the  executive  offices  of  the  Michigan  State  ^Medical 
Society,  2020  Olds  Tower.  Lansing. 

This  Committee  has  had  a very  pleasant  .year  serving 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  in  our  present 
capacity  and  hope  that  our  efforts  will  be  continued 
by  our  successors. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Arthur  R.  Woodburne,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Robert  S.  Breakey,  M.D. 

Eugene  A.  Hand,  M.D. 

J.  W.  Rice,  M.D. 

Harold  R.  Roehm,  AI.D. 

Loren  W.  Shaffer,  kl.D. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  INDUSTRIAL 
HEALTH  COMMITTEE,  M.S.M.S.,  1940-41 

Immediately  after  the  1940  Annual  Meeting,  the 
Industrial  Health  Committee  held  its  first  meeting  in 
Detroit.  In  the  discussion  at  that  time,  the  Committee 
came  to  the  conclusion  that  sufficient  programs  of 
education  of  the  profession  had  been  developed,  but 
that  same  should'  continue  throughout  the  year.  These 
programs  have  continued  by  the  use  of  speakers  on 
the  postgraduate  course  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society.  A seminar  was  held  by  the  University  of 
Michigan  Department  of  Public  Health  in  which  mem- 
bers of  4he  Committee  participated.  Other  meetings 
were  held  in  the  State  which  were  entirely  devoted  to 
the  subject  of  industrial  health.  Numerous  regular 
county  medical  society  meetings  were  also  devoted 
to  the  subject  of  industrial  health. 

It  has  been  slow  work  to  develop  a great  amount  of 
active  interest  in  industrial  health,  but  the  Committee 
believes  that  the  medical  profession  of  Michigan  today 
is  more  interested  than  ever  before  in  industrial  health. 

While  the  Committee  feels  it  is  not  the  responsibility’ 
of  the  medical  profession  to  endeavor  to  stimulate  in- 
terest in  health  work  among  industrial  organizations, 
still  it  does  feel  that  there  is  great  need  for  this  type 
of  work  to  be  done.  With  this  in  mind,  the  Chairman 
was  authorized  to*  contact  the  Michigan  Manufacturers’ 
Association,  thru  Mr.  John  L.  Lovett,  Secretary,  who 
evidenced  considerable  interest.  After  consideration 
by  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Alanufacturers’  Asso- 
ciation, a special  committee  composed  of  Air.  Lovett, 
Mr.  Kenneth  Bowers  and  Mr.  Seth  Babcock  represent- 
ing the  Association  was  appointed.  This  committee 
met  with_  the  Industrial  Health  Committee  of  the 
M.S.M.S.  in  Lansing  on  April  9,  1941.  After  thorough 
discussion  it  was  decided  that  the  initiation  of  a pro- 
gram of  industrial  health  in  two  industrial  counties  of 
Michigan  in  which  smaller  industries  predominated. 

Tour.  M.S.AI.S 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


would  be  worth  while.  The  industrial  health  problem  is 
generally  well  handled!  in  the  larger  industrial  organiza- 
tions, but  very  often  more  or  less  neglected  by  many 
smaller  plants.  Two  counties  were  selected  for  the 
experiment  because  of  the  active  county  medical  society 
and  because  of  the  diversified  small  industrial  organ- 
izations operating  in  these  two  counties.  The  tentative 
program  was  immediately  approved  by  the  Executive 
Committee  of  The  Council,  M.S.M.S.,  whereupon  let- 
ters explaining  the  program  were  sent  to  the  officers 
of  the  two  county  medical  societies.  The  societies  now 
have  the  proposed  program  under  consideration  and 
upon  their  approval  the  representatives  of  the  Michiglan 
Manufacturers’  Association  in  these  counties  are  readly 
and  willing  to  cooperate  in  this  experiment  of  educating 
the  small  industrial  organizations  to  the  advantages  of 
a sound  industrial  health  program.  The  Committee 
hopes  that  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Michigan  Manu- 
facturers’ Association  this  end  may  be  brought  about  in 
all  of  the  industrial  plants  of  the  state,  particularly 
now  when  every  possible  precaution  should  be  taken  to 
preserve  much  needed  man-power  in  the  stress  of  the 
present  national  emergency. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Henry  Cook,  M.D.,  Chairman 
Norman  H.  Amos,  M.D. 

Dean  C.  Denman,  M.D. 

H.  H.  Gay,  M.D. 

C.  D.  Selby,  M.D. 

George  VanRhee,  M.D. 

^MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  COMMITTEE 
ON  TUBERCULOSIS  CONTROL, 

M.S.M.S.,  1940-41 

The  Tuberculosis  Control  Committee  has  developed 
a small  card  entitled!  “Tuberculosis  Case  Finding” 
which  may  be  used  by  the  physician  as  an  easily  avail- 
able reference.  It  contains  in  a few  sentences  the 
pertinent  facts  regarding  tuberculin  testing,  x-rays,  hos- 
pitalization and  laboratory  diagnoses.  The  card  may 
be  placed  in  a conspicuous  place  in  the  physician’s  office 
for  ready  reference. 

The  desirability  of  having  one  meeting  per  year  in 
each  county  medical  society  devoted  to  the  subject  of 
tuberculosis,  and  preferably  in  one  of  the  available 
sanitariums,  was  stressed.  Many  of  the  county  societies 
have  done  this  diuring  the  past  year. 

The  Committee  recommended  that  monthly  abstracts 
of  the  Tuberculosis  Society  on  the  subject  of  tubercu- 
losis be  published  in  The  Journal  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society.  The  possibilities  of  doing  this 
are  being  investigated. 

A list  of  speakers  on  tuberculosis  was  developed  for 
the  speakers’  bureau  of  the  Joint  Committee  on  Health 
Education. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

M.  R.  Kinde,  M.D.,  Chairman 
John  Barnwell,  M.D. 

L.  E.  Holly,  M.D. 

W.  L.  How'ard,  M.D. 

Willard  B.  Howes,  M.D. 

Bruce  H.  Douglas,  M.D.,  Advisor 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON 
MEDICAL  PREPAREDNESS,  1940-41 

There  has  been  no  occasion  to  call  together  the  Com- 
mittee on  Medical  Preparedness  since  we  met  for 
organizational  purposes,  there  being  no  matters  of 
policy  to  come  before  us. 

The  brunt  of  the  Committee’s  activity  comes  on  the 
chairman.  In  the  early  fall  the  chairman,  together  with 

August,  1941 


the  chairman  of  similar  committees  throughout  the 
country,  was  called  to  Chicago  for  a conference.  Since 
that  time  he  has  been  in  very  frequent  touch,  by 
letter  and!  by  telephone,  with  Doctor  Olin  West  of  the 
American  Medical  Association,  on  matters  concerning 
medical  preparedness,  and  has  served  as  an  advisor, 
on  a great  many  occasions,  to  Lt.  Col.  H.  A.  Furlong, 
M.D.,  State  Medical  Officer  of  Selective  Service  in 
Michigan. 

The  major  task  assigned  to  the  National  Prepared- 
ness Committee  by  the  House  of  Delegates,  was  to 
make  a complete  survey  of  medical  persoimel  to  deter- 
mine the  number  of  physicians  available  for  service  in 
various  capacities — for  active  service,  for  emergency 
conditions,  for  special  fields  of  medicine,  for  indus- 
trial diefense,  etc.  Questionnaires  were  sent  to  the 
6,613  physicians  listed  in  the  A.M.A.  Directory  as  of 
April  1.  We  have  turned  in  88  per  cent  for  classi- 
fication. The  Preparedness  Committees  which  were 
early  set  up  in  each  county  have  been  of  invaluable  aid 
in  following  up  these  questionnaires.  Later,  an  attempt 
through  a second  questionnaire  was  made  to  ascertain 
how  many  and  what  physicians  might  be  available  for 
service  with  the  military  forces,  and  what  physicians 
were  essential  for  community  needs.  Questionnaires 
were  sent  out  to  the  various  coimty  preparedness  com- 
mittees who  did  the  best  they  could  to  fill  out  the 
blanks  satisfactorily.  It  seemed  to  us  that  the  ques- 
tionnaire might  have  been  worded  more  satisfactorily. 
The  county  chairmen  and  county  committeemen  found 
it  embarrassing  to  designate  individuals  who  were  so 
essential  for  community  needs  that  they  should  not  be 
permitted  to  volunteer  for  service,  or  be  called  into  the 
service,  and  equally  embarrassing  to  designate  men  who 
should  be  available  for  military  service.  However,  they 
did  their  best,  and  on  the  whole  the  information  so 
obtained  was  valuable. 

It  is  certain  that  the  activity  of  the  State  Society’s 
Preparedness  Committee  will  be  increased  as,  at  an  in- 
creasing tempo,  the  government  makes  its  preparation 
for  defense. 

Many  of  our  reserve  medical  officers  who  were  called 
to  active  service,  were  practicing  in  communities  where 
they  were  most  essential  for  community  health.  Very 
earnest  effort,  which  involved  much  correspondence  and 
telephone  communication,  has  been  directed  to  holding 
these  men  in  their  communities.  In  more  than  one 
instance  we  have  gone  up  to  the  Surgeon  General, 
and  have,  from  time  to  time,  asked  for  aid  from  the 
Governor  of  the  State  and  from  the  A.M.A.  In  gen- 
eral we  have  not  been  successful  in  reitaining  these  men. 
While  we  had  no  difficulty  in  establishing  the  com- 
munity’s needs,  the  army  felt  that  its  needs  we^-e  great- 
er and  called  our  attention  to  the  fact  that  these  com- 
munity needs  should  have  been  recognized  by  the 
reserve  officer  himself  during  the  period  when  the 
opportunity  was  given  to  him  to  resign. 

About  half  of  our  physicians  are  engaged  in  the 
task  of  examining  selectees  for  the  draft  boards.  With 
a self-sacrificing  spirit  of  patriotism  the  profession 
takes  on  this  work  without  remuneration,  and  once 
again  gives  evidence  that  it  recognizes  that  as  a pro- 
fession it  has  a very  special  responsibility  to  society  and 
to  the  state. 

Respectfully  submitted. 

Burton  R.  Corbus,  M.D.,  Chairman 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D. 

F.  G.  Buesser,  M.D. 

H.  H.  Riecker,  M.D. 

A.  B.  Smith,  M.D. 

P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D. 


651 


COMMITTEE  REPORTS 


I 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  ADVISORY 
COMMITTEE  TO  WOMAN’S 
AUXILIARY,  1940-41 

During  the  past  year  no  important  questions  have 
arisen  necessitating  a meeting  of  the  members  of  this 
Committee.  At  varicxus  times  a few  relatively  un- 
important matters  were  discussed  with  the  President 
of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

R.  C.  Jamieson,  M.D.,  Chairmcm 
C.  W.  Brainard,  M.D. 

L.  C.  Harvie,  M.D. 

Wm.  S.  Jones,  M.D. 

Edwin  Terwilliger,  M.D. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  ETHICS 
COMMITTEE,  1940-41 

The  Ethics  Committee  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  is  pleased  to  announce  that  no  occasion  arose 
during  the  past  year  for  holding  any  meetings  to  dis- 
cuss any  alleged  infractions  of  the  Code  of  Ethics  of 
the  A.M.A. 

One  very  minor  incident,  involving  three  or  four 
letters,  ironed  out  a question  in  the  mind  of  a young 
doctor  who  was  buying  the  office  of  a deceased 
physician. 

From  the  excellent  behavior  of  the  members  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  during  the  past  few 
years,  the  job  which  this  committee  holds  might  be 
likened  to  that  of  the  last  five  vice-presidents  of  a 
bank — an  honorary  title  with  nothing  much  to  do. 
However,  like  the  vice-presidents,  we  are  willing  to 
take  off  our  coats  and  fight  a fire  if  one  breaks  out. 
We  will  not,  according  to  past  custom,  answer  the 
alarm  unless  we  receive  notice  of  the  alleged  fire  in 
writing  with  the  assurance  that  the  writer  of  such 
notice  will  be  willing  to  offer  his  proof  that  such  an 
affair  exists. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Horace  Wray  Porter,  M.D.,  Chairman 

M.  G.  Becker,  M.D. 

F.  M.  Doyle,  M.D. 

J.  J.  McCann,  M.D. 

Allan  McDonald,  AI.D. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  MENTAL 
HYGIENE  COMMITTEE,  1940-41 

The  Committee  has  had  only  one  regular  meeting 
during  the  past  year.  No  program  was  developed  be- 
cause it  had  previously  been  determined  that  the  Com- 
mittee should  limit  its  activities  to  matters  referred 
tO'  it  by  the  Council  or  Executive  Committee  and  none 
has  been  referred. 

The  Committee  has  been  deeply  concerned  about  the 
mental  health  problems  of  the  selectees  and  also  with 
the  selectees  who'  have  been  rejected  as  unfit  for  gen- 
eral military  service  by  reason  of  some  mental  or 
nervous  disorder  other  than  organic.  We  refer  here 
to  the  psycho-neurotic,  the  neurotic  and  the  unstable 
personality  types. 

Many  draft  boards  have  still  the  traditional  attitude 
of  sending  a young  fellow  tO'  the  army  to  make  a man 
of  him.  Your  committee  wishes  to  emphasize  to  the 
medical  profession  of  the  State  the  fact  that  individuals 
’vho  have  adjusted  poorly  to  civilian  life  are  more  than 
likely  not  only  to  be  poor  soldiers  but  actually  a danger 
from  within  to  organized  military  forces. 

_ The  armed  forces  are  not  training  centers  for  so- 
cial problems;  citizens  and  the  medical  profession  must 
be  alert  to  recognize  and  to  recommend  for  rejection 
those  who  are  likely  to  become  psychiatric  casualties 

652 


under  stresses  of  military  life  and  later  to  become  ex-  * 
pensive  charges  on  the  government  for  psychiatric  care 
and  compensation. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  Chairman 
R.  G.  Brain,  M.D. 

Esli  T.  AIorden,  Al.D. 

R.  W.  Waggoner,  M.D. 

O.  R.  Yoder,  M.D. 

MSMS 

ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE  PUBLIC  t 

RELATIONS  COMMITTEE,  1940-41 

The  major  projects  of  a Public  Relations  character  , 
during  the  past  year  were  those  having  to  do  with  ■ 
legislation  and  voluntary  group  medical  care.  The  i, 
latter  was  handled  directly  by  the  corporation  of 
Alichigan  Afedical  Service. 

Due  to  the  character  of  legislative  activity  and  the  a 
dispatch  with  which  it  had  to  be  executed  the  publicity  ; 
attending  the  1940-41  program  was  carried  out  directly 
by  the  Legislative  Committee  and  the  Executive  office,  j 
The  procedure  was  consistent  with  the  established  prece-  \ 
dent  of  the  society.  \ 

In  order  that  the  legislative  program  might  have  its  ; 
rightful  precedence  over  the  other  routine  society  i 
activities  and  to  decrease  the  number  of  contacts  to  be  ] 
made  with  the  various  component  county  medical  • 
societies,  the  general  public  relation  functions  were  ] 
discharged  largely  by  the  Councilors  and  officers  in  the  , 
official  visits. 

The  committee  members  did,  however,  on  many 
occasions  assist  in  integrating  in  their  districts  various 
of  the  activities  of  the  state  society. 

The  ever-'increasing  scope  of  the  State  Society 
functions  will,  during  the  coming  year,  demand  much 
of  the  Public  Relations  Committee. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Chaiirman 

A.  E.  Catherwood,  M.D. 

C.  G.  Clippert,  M.D. 

H.  S.  CoLLisi,  M.D. 

S.  W.  Hartwell,  M.D. 

H.  C.  Hill,  M.D. 

L.  J.  Johnson,  M.D. 

A.  H.  Miller,  M.D. 

H.  L.  AIorris,  M.D. 

Fred  Reed,  AI.D. 

D.  R.  Smith,  AI.D. 

A.  W.  Strom,  M.D. 


Monroe  Avenue,  Grand  Rapids,  Looking  West 


Jour.  AI.S.M.S. 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


-K 


100,000  BIRTHS  IN  1941? 

Physicians  of  the  state  will  sign  a record  number  of 
birth  certificates  this  year,  according  to  an  estimate 
based  on  the  first  five  months  of  returns  from  all 
eighty-three  counties. 

From  January  through  May,  38,879  births  were 
reported  this  year  as  compared  with  37,570  in  the  same 
period  in  1940.  On  this  basis,  the  number  of  births  for 
1941  will  exceed  100,000  for  the  first  time  in  Michigan, 
the  estimate  being  102,350. 

The  present  record  year  in  births  was  192^,  when 
99,940  births  were  reported.  Last  year’s  total  of  99,- 
106  w'as  only  a few  hundred  short  of  this  all-time  high. 

At  least  three  factors  are  responsible  for  the  in- 
crease in  births  this  year.  Marriages  increased  last 
year,  there  is  a gain  in  population  due  to  the  job 
attractions  in  defense  areas  (whole  families  are 
moving  to  Michigan),  and  many  homes  are  in  im- 
proved financial  situation  because  of  business  and 
industrial  prosperity.  In  offices  and  stores  women 
are  leaving  their  jobs  in  considerable  numbers,  often 
because  their  husband’s  increased  income  now 
makes  it  unnecessary  for  them  to  work. 

Physicians  were  first  required  to  report  births  in  1906, 
when  the  duty  of  filling  out  original  certificates  was 
placed  upon  them  by  law.  Previously,  births  had  been 
reported  by  supervisors  and  by  city  officials.  The 
physician’s  original  certificate  ultimately  is  filed  in  the 
State  Health  Department  vaults  at  Lansing,  where  there 
are  10,000,000  vital  records. 

After  making  out  the  certificate  (within  five  days 
after  the  birth),  the  physician  sends  it  to  a local 


registrar,  who  is  the  township,  village  or  city  clerk  or 
full-time  city  health  officer.  The  registrar  makes  two 
copies,  keeping  one,  sending  one  to  the  county  clerk,  and 
forwarding  the  original  to  Lansing.  Either  the  registrar 
or  the  county  clerk  may  issue  certified  copies  just  as 
does  the  State  Health  Department. 


NEW  HEALTH  UNITS 

By  action  of  their  boards  of  supervisors,  Washtenaw 
and  Kalamazoo  counties  become  the  64th  and  65th 
counties  in  Michigan  to  provide  full  time  health 
services. 

In  both  instances,  the  new  health  departments  will 
confront  problems  created  or  aggravated  by  national 
defense  activities.  Kalamazoo  county  shares  the 
military-civilian  problems  of  the  Fort  Custer  area  with 
Calhoun  county,  which  has  a full  time  health  depart- 
ment. Washtenaw  county’s  added  health  responsibil- 
ities come  chiefly  from  industrial  concentrations, 
especially  the  Ford  airplane  work  under  way  at 
Ypsilanti. 

Kalamazoo’s  new  health  unit  will  be  the  first  city- 
county  health  department  in  Michigan.  In  eight  counties, 
there  are  both  city  and  county  full-time  health  depart- 
ments in  operation,  but  the  Kalamazoo  department  will 
be  the  first  with  a common  director  and  the  same 
services  available  to  both  city  and  rural  residents. 
The  director  will  be  Dr.  I.  W.  Brown,  health  officer  of 
the  city  of  Kalamazoo  who  has  just  returned  from  a 
year’s  public  health  study  at  Johns  Hopkins. 

Both  the  Washtenaw  and  Kalamazoo  departments 
were  established  as  of  July  1.  The  director  for  the 
Washtenaw  unit  will  be  named  later. 


WEHENKEL  SANATORICM 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Comer  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 


For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKEL,  Medical  Director,  City  OSfiicec,  Madison  3312*3 


August,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


653 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 


SMALLPOX  AT  PORT  HURON 

Port  Huron’s  smallpox  outbreak  in  April  and  May 
resulted  in  some  thirty  reported  cases,  most  of  them 
mild,  and  a wholesale  vaccination  of  school  children, 
of  factory  workers  and  of  other  adults. 

Three  physicians  were  engaged  by  Dr.  A.  L.  Caller^’, 
who  serves  Port  Huron  as  part-time  city  health  officer, 
to  assist  in  free  vaccination  clinics  at  the  city’s  public 
and  parochial  schools.  Ninety-five  per  cent  of  the 
children  were  vaccinated  in  school  clinics,  and  many 
of  the  remainder  went  to  family  physicians  for  vac- 
cination. In  large  industries,  plant  physicians  vaccinated 
employes,  and  other  adults  were  vaccinated  without 
charge  at  the  city  health  office  and  at  the  school 
clinics.  Nearby  schools  and  communities  conducted 
vaccination  programs  also.  There  were  many  susceptible 
persons  in  the  population,  although  vaccination  had  been 
preached  for  years  at  P.T.A.  and  other  meetings  and 
the  St.  Qair  County  Medical  Society  had  established 
a low  fee  of  $1.00  for  immunizing  procedures. 

The  first  cases  were  diagnosed  April  11,  on  Good 
Friday,  in  two  school  girls.  The  school  vaccination 
clinics  were  completed  in  the  latter  part  of  May.  On 
June  30,  three  new  cases  were  reported,  but  apparently 
unconnected  with  others  in  the  outbreak. 

Most  of  the  cases  were  mild,  but  at  least  one  was 
serious.  It  was  that  of  a 78-year-old  man,  who  had 
what  Dr.  Gallery  characterized  as  “the  kind  of  smallpox 
we  used  to  see  35  years  ago.” 


OBSTETRICS  STUDIES  OPEN  TO  FOUR 

Open  to  practicing  physicians  in  the  state,  four 
appointments  will  be  made  to  the  two-week  course  in 


obstetrics  offered  September  22  to  October  4 at  the 
University  Hospital  by  the  University  of  Michigan 
Department  of  Postgraduate  Medicine  and  the  Michi- 
gan Department  of  Health.  Reservations  should  be 
sent  now  to  Dr.  Lillian  R.  Smith,  director  of  the 
Bureau  of  ^laternal  and  Child  Health,  Michigan 
Department  of  Health,  Lansing.  There  is  no  fee  for 
the  course.  In  three  years,  more  than  125  Michigan 
physicians  have  had  the  training  of  these  postgraduate 
courses. 


LESS  MEASLES  IN  JUNE 

Measles  cases  reported  in  June  totaled  4,570,  less  than 
half  the  May  total  and  apparently  indicating  a quick 
end  to  the  1941  epidemic.  The  total  of  reported  cases 
through  June  was  68,492,  about  ten  per  cent  under  the 
six-month  total  in  the  epidemic  years  of  1935  and  1938. 
In  those  years  the  reported  cases  totaled  80,000  for 
12  months. 


COMMUNICABLE  DISEASE  REPORTS 

Communicable  disease  reports  of  the  Michigan 
Department  of  Health  show  that  in  the  first  five 
months  of  1941,  pneumonia,  tuberculosis,  diptheria 
and  scarlet  fever  were  at  lower  reported  levels  than 
in  1940. 

Among  the  diseases  showing  increases  were 
measles,  whooping  cough  and  smallpox.  Through 
May,  there  were  81  reported  cases  of  smallpox 
compared  with  16  for  the  same  period  in  1940. 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAS) 


g)?i 


ilver  Picrate, 
Wyeth,  has  a convincing  record  of 
effectiveness  as  a local  treatment  for 
acute  anterior  urethritis  caused  by 
Neisseria  gonorrheae.’-  An  aqueous 
solution  (0.5  percent)  of  silver  pic- 
rate or  water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the  treatment. 


Acomplete  technique  of  freatwent  and  literaturewill  besenfupon  request 


*Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline  compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
It  is  available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and  soluble  trituration  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  solutions,  suppositories,  water-soluble  jelly,  and  powder  for  vaginal 
insufflation. 


1.  Knight,  F.,  and  Shelanski, 
H.  A.,  "Treatment  of  Acute  Ante- 
rior Urethritis  with  Silver  Picrate,” 
Am.  J.  Syph.,  Gon.  & Ven.  Dis., 
23,  201  (March),  1939. 


JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATED,  PHILADELPHIA 


654  Jour.  M.S.M.S. 

Say  you  sazu  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


-K  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  ^ 


100  Per  Cent  Club  for  1941 

Allegan 

Luce 

Barry 

Manistee 

Clinton 

Menominee 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

Muskegon 

Dickinson-Iron 

Oceana 

Eaton 

Ontonagon 

Gogebic 

Ottawa 

Grand  Traverse- 

Saginaw 

Leelanau-Benzie 

Saint  Clair 

Huron 

Saint  Joseph 

Ingham 

Sanilac 

Jackson 

Shiawassee 

Lapeer 

Tuscola 

Lenawee 

Wexford-Missaukee 

The  above  County  Medical  Societies  have  cer- 

1 tified  1941  membership 

for  all  of  their  1940 

members.  Several  more 

societies  are  not  on 

the  100  per  cent  roll  because  of  only  one  de- 

1 linquent  member. 

The  following  members  of  the  Dickinson-Iron  Med- 
ical Society  attended  the  one-day  clinic  of  the  Wiscon- 
sin State  Medical  Society  at  Green  Bay  on  April  30: 
W.  H.  Alexander,  M.D.,  E.  B.  Andersen,  M.D.,  W.  H. 
Huron,  M.D.,  and  D.  R.  Smith,  M.D. 


Wm.  A.  Hyland,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  Chairman  of 
the  M.S.M.S.  Cancer  Control  Committee,  addressed  the 
Regional  Meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Field  Aiimy  for 
the  Control  of  Cancer,  in  Battle  Creek  on  June  20. 
His  subject  was  “Cancer  Control  Legislation.” 

^ ^ 

Members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  are 
cordially  invited  to  attend  the  sessions  of  the  Eighty- 
Ninth  Annual  Convention  of  the  American  Pharmaceu- 
tical Association  which  will  be  held  in  Detroit  the  week 
of  August  17-23.  Convention  headquarters  will  be  at 
the  Hotel  Statler. 

H:  * * 

Physicians  who  are  in  military  service  may  wish  to 
cancel  their  malpractice  insurance  for  the  period  of 
their  service.  Call  the  local  agent  of  the  company  with 
which  you  are  insured  for  information.  A refund  of 
unearned  premium  from  date  of  induction  into  service 
is  being  granted  by  some  insurance  companies  and  the 
same  practice  may  be  followed  by  others. 

* * 

The  Spring  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  Pathological 
Society  was  held  at  Bronson  Methodist  Hospital,  Kala- 
mazoo, in  June.  Cases  were  presented  by  Drs.  C.  I. 
Owen,  Hazel  Prentice,  C.  A.  Payne,  Arthur  Humphrey, 
D.  H.  Kaump,  and  D.  C.  Beaver  on  the  subject  “Path- 
ology of  Serous  Membrane,  Including  Joints,  Tendon 
Sheaths,  Peritoneum,  Pleura,  and  Pericardium.” 

The  October  meeting  will  be  held  at  Receiving  Hos- 
pital, Detroit,  and  will  be  a seminar  type  of  meeting  on 
some  phase  of  central  nervous  system  pathology  with 
Dr.  Gabriel  Steiner  conducting  and  interpreting. 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

* 

Ward  S.  Fargusont  M.  D.  James  C.  Droste,  M.  D.  Lynn  A.  Ferguson,  M.  D. 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

* 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICHIGAN 
Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


August,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


655 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Examination  for  appointments  in  the  Medical  Corps 
of  the  United  States  Navy  will  be  held  as  follows : 
For  Acting  Assistant  Surgeon  for  Interne  Training:, 
October  6 to  9,  1941,  inclusive;  January  5 to  9,  1942, 
inclusive.  For  Assistant  Surgeon:  October  6 to  9, 

1941,  inclusive,  and  January  5 to  9,  1942,  inclusive. 
Examinations  will  be  held  at  all  the  larger  naval  hos- 
pitals and  at  the  Naval  Medical  Center,  Washington, 
D.  C.  Applications  for  authorization  to  take  the  ex- 
amination must  be  in  the  Bureau  of  Medicine  and  Sur- 
gery three  weeks  prior  to  the  date  of  the  examination. 
Write  to  the  Bureau  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  Navy 
Department,  Washington,  D.  C.,  for  application  forms. 

— MSMS 

SUPPLEMENTARY  ROSTER 

The  following  members  were  certified  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Michigani  State  Medical  Society  after  the 
roster  which  appeared  in  the  May  issue,  and  the  sup- 
plementary rosters  in  the  June  and  July  issues  of  The 
Journal  had  gone  to  press : 

Calhoun 

Capron,  M.  J Battle  Creek 

Harris,  R.  H Battle  Creek 

McNair,  L.  N Albion 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

Tucker,  A.  R Manistique 

Gogebic 

Maccani,  Wm.  L Iron  wood 

Strong,  Joseph  M Wakefield 

Kalamazoo 

Snyder,  R.  F Kalamazoo 

Kent 

Balyeat,  Gordon  Grand  Rapids 

Fellows,  Kenneth  Grand  Rapids 


Hardy,  Faith  Grand  Rapids 

VandenBerg,  Henry  Grand  Rapids 

Wright,  Thomas  B Grand  Rapids 

Menominee 

Corkill,  C.  C Menominee 

Northern  Michigan 

Slade,  H.  G Onaway 

Wayne  County 

Aldrich,  E.  Gordon Detroit 

Bauman,  Walter  L Detroit 

Bergo,  Howard  L Detroit 

Clarke,  Daniel  M Detroit 

Clifford,  T.  P Detroit 

Draves,  Edward  F Detroit 

Edgar,  Irving  I Detroit 

Edmonds,  Wm.  N Detroit 

Ewing,  C.  H Detroit 

Finn,  Eva  M Detroit 

Gannan,  Arthur  M Detroit 

Hulse,  Warren  L Detroit 

Johnston,  Charles  G ’ Detroit 

Keating,  Thomas  F Detroit 

Kennedy,  Wm.  Y ; Detroit 

Kovan,  Dennis  D Detroit 

Krass,  Edward  W Detroit 

MacFarlane,  Howard  W Detroit 

Alooire,  James  A Detroit 

Nosanchuk,  Barney  Detroit' 

Roney,  Eugene  N Detroit ' 

Schiller,  A.  E Detroit! 

Schulte,  Carl  H Detroit  ' 

Sellers,  Graham  Detroit  ^ 

Shipton,  W.  Harvey Detroit 

Stein,  James  R Detroit' 

Stocker,  Harry  Detroit 

Szlachetka,  Vincent  E Detroit 

Thomas,  Delma  F Detroit 

Thompson,  H.  E Detroit 

Tichenor,  E.  D Detroit 

Toepel,  O.  T Detroit  ' 

Van  Nest,  A.  E Detroit 

Warren,  Benjamin  H Grosse  Pointe 

West,  Howard  G Detroit 

Williams,  Mildred  C Detroit' 


THE 


Th 


FAMOUS  MAYO  SACRO-ILIAC  BELT 

at  a New  Low  Price 

Belt  That  Has  Traveled  Around  the  World 


Since  the  Mayo  was  designed  some  years  ago,  we  have  sent  it  to 
nearly  every  country  in  the  world — evidently  the  most  efficient  Belt 
of  its  type  on  the  market. 

The  Belt  is  made  of  heavy  Orthopedic  Web  with  a separate  abdom- 
inal plate  which  allovvs  for  accurate  adjustment  and  a suitable  chamois 
Sacral  Pad  which  permits  concentration  on  sacrum.  Belt  should  be 
buckled  tightly  in  front  on  each  side,  then  all  the  pressure  concen- 
trated on  pad  by  the  lacings  provided  for  that  purpose.  To  fit,  take 
measurement  around  the  hips  three  inches  below  Uie  iliac  crests,  or 
directly  over  the  trochanters. 


Headquarters  for  ^ 

PRICE 

Trusses  ^ 

Surgical  Supports 

O./ 

Elastic  Hosiery 

Sales  Tax 
Postage  Extra 

7 FLOORS  MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


LABORATORY  OF 


THE  J.F.  HARTZ  CO. 

7529  Broadway,  Detroit  . . Cherry  4 6 00 


PHARMACEUTICAL  MANUFACTURERS  • MEDICAL  SUPPLIES 


656 


JOLTR.  ^if.S.M.S. 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MISCELLANEOUS 


SELECTIVE  SERVICE  EXAMINATIONS 

In  any  hastily  conceived  and  rapidly  carried  out 
project  of  the  magnitude  of  general  conscription  for 
military  service,  certain  inadequacies  of  the  ma- 
chinery are  prone  to  appear.  That  the  accomplish- 
ments made  to  date  should  reflect  more  to  the  credit 
of  the  participants  is  perhaps  obvious.  The  local 
examiner,  an  important  participant,  has  too  frequent- 
ly found  himself  caught  in  the  wake  of  a charitable 
act,  damned  for  his  alleged  errors  and  receiving 
meager  acknowledgement  of  his  efforts. 

Administrators  of  the  Indiana  Selective  Service 
System  have  carried  on  their  job  in  the  face  of  regu- 
latory restrictions  too  often  ill-defined  or  distinctly 
ambiguous.  They  have  needed  and  have  received  the 
services  of  Indiana  physicians,  and  frequently  they 
have  tendered  their  grateful  recognition. 

The  lay  public  has  been  prone  to  judge  the  results 
harshly;  they  are  being  led  to  believe  that  our  men 
are  soft  and  incapable  of  hardship,  that  our  national 
standard  of  health  has  suffered  tremendously  since 
World  War  I,  and  furthermore,  due  to  the  discrepancy 
of  results  between  the  local  examining  boards  and  the 
induction  centers,  they  tend  to  discredit  the  professional 
ability  of  the  local  doctor.  So  seriously  has  the 
public  taken  these  examination  results  that  more  than 
one  rejected  conscript  has  found  himself  unable  to 
secure  industrial  employment  on  his  return  home. 

Increased  information  should  be  given  the  public  so 
that  they  may  better  judge.  They  need  to  be  informed 
that  the  Army  of  today  requires  a superior  mental 
and  physical  specimen  to  that  required  in  1917,  and 
thev  need  further  to  be  informed  that  rejection  for 
military  service  need  not  disqualify  any  man  for  his 
usual  job  in  his  home  surroundings. 

As  to  the  rejection  of  selectees  at  induction  centers, 
certain  statistics  recently  issued  by  Captain  Glen  Ward 
Lee,  medical  adviser  to  the  Indiana  Selective  Service 
System,  need  wider  distribution  with  appended  ex- 
planatory notes. 

From  November  19,  1949,  to  April  19,  1941,  Indiana 
induction  centers  received  14,193  selectees  for  examina- 
tion. Rejections  totaled  2,170  for  a rate  of  15.2%, 
which  is  comparable  to  other  states  of  the  Fifth  Corps 
area.  The  rejections  may  be  classified  as  follows: 


1.  Mental  and  nervous  disorders 18.96% 

2.  Diseases  of  teeth  and  gums 15.75% 

3.  Genito-urinary  disease  12.32% 

4.  Eyes  and  vision  10.03% 

5.  Musculoskeletal  9.89% 

6.  Ear,  nose  and  throat 8.01% 

7.  Hernia  and  abdominal  organs 7.65% 

8.  Cardiovascular  ' 6.87% 

9.  Feet  3.25% 

10.  Lungs  and  chest  2.47% 

11.  Skin  defects  1.04% 

12.  Height  and  weight 95% 

13.  Endocrine  disorders  ; 67% 

14.  Administrative*  1.04% 

15.  Miscellaneous*  1.10% 


*Under  Administrative  and  Miscellaneous  causes  for  rejection 
or  deferment  are  included  such  causes  as  recent  operation, 
recent  injuries,  or  recent  illness. 

In  the  above  rejections,  it  should  be  emphasized  that 
many  factors  operated  other  than  differences  of  pro- 
fessional interpretation.  Doctors  cannot  be  expected  to 
solve  dental  regulations  which  have  confused  more  than 
the  occasional  dentist.  The  addition  of  dentists  to 
local  examining  boards  is  welcome  help.  The  high 
rate  of  rejection  for  psychiatric  reasons  calls  attention 
to  the  emphasis  on  this  phase  of  induction  examination. 
On  behalf  of  the  local  examiner,  it  must  be  said  that 
the  form  he  uses  does  not  bring  this  special  type  of 

August,  1941 


\or  * 

Each  sip  of  smooth,  satisfying 
Johnnie  Walker  is  a taste-adven- 
ture— always  enjoyable,  always 
welcome. 

★ 

IT'S  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

f^LKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


657 


IN  MEMORIAM 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOLy^ICES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 

Technique  with  practice  on  living  tiss^,  starting  every 
two  weeks.  General  Courses  One^  Two,  Three  and 
Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special  Courses.  Rectal 
Surgery  every  week.  . _ ■ n 

MEDICINE — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  starting  Oc- 
tober 6th.  Two  Weeks’  Course  in  Gastro-Enterology 
starting  October  20th.  One  Month  Course  in  Electro- 
cardiography and  Heart  Disease  every  month,  except 
December. 

FRACTURES  AND  TRAUMATIC  SURGERY — Two 
Weeks’  Intensive  Course  starting  September  22nd. 
Informal  Course  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  start- 
ing October  20th.  One  Month  Personal  Course  start- 
ing August  25th.  Clinical  and  Diagnostic  Courses 
every  week. 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  6th.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  8th.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  22nd.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Course  in  X-ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in 
All  Branches  of  Medicine,  Surgery  and 
the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address: 

Registrar,  427  South  Honore  St„  Chicago,  Illinois 


PiiortssiOHALPitortaiOH 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“1  have  been  with  your  Company,  as  1 
recall,  more  than  twenty  years  and  this 
is  the  first  time  I have  been  sued  for 
any  cause  whatever,  which  goes  to  prove 
that  one  can  never  tell  when  or  where 
lightning  may  strike.” 


OF 


critical  survey  to  the  foreground.  In  regard  to  the 
genito-urinary  disorders,  it  is  no  secret  that  acute  infec-  ji' 
tions  have  appeared  subsequent  to  the  local  examina-  ^ 
tion.  It  is  noteworthy  that  those  regulations  well 
understood  by  the  local  examiner  have  resulted  in  a 
very  low  rate  of  rejection  while  those  with  contradic- 
tory interpretations  have  resulted  in  the  major  causes 
for  rejection.  It  is  inevitable  that  there  be  diverse 
interpretation  of  physical  findings  as  medicine  will 
never  be  an  exact  science. 

We  firmly  believe  that  the  local  examiner  is  deserv-  • 
ing  of  more  credit  for  his  voluntary  patriotic  service. 
That  he  is  being  irked  by  unwarranted  criticism  is  not 
surprising.  Though  he  has  not  yet  arrived  at  the  place 
of  refusing  his  further  services,  it  is  easy  to  see  how 
he  might  be  provoked  to  this  alternative. — From  the  ■ 
Journal  of  the  Indiana  State  Medical  Association,  June,  ' 
1941. 


jRcmcriam 


Francis  J.  Diamond  of  Ravenna  was  born  in 
Gladstone  in  1899.  He  was  graduated  from  Loyola 
University  in  1927  and  interned  at  the  Illinois  Masonic 
and  the  Chicago  Polyclinic  Hospitals.  Doctor  Diamond 
located  in  Gladstone  with  his  father,  John  Alexander 
Diamond,  M.D.,  and  then  moved  to  Grand  Rapids 
where  he  served  as  resident  physician  at  the  Michigan 
Soldiers  Home  for  one  year.  He  had  been  located  in 
Ravenna  only  one  month  when  his  sudden  death  oc- 
curred, June  21,  1941. 

* * * 

Alvin  H.  Rockwell  of  Kalamazoo  was  born  in 
Allegan  County,  January  7,  1851.  He  was  graduated 
from  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School  in  1883. 
He  first  located  at  Alba,  where  he  practiced  for  a few 
months  and  then  moved  to  Mancelona.  In  1887  he 
organized  the  Northern  Michigan  Medical  Society  and 
,was  made  its  first  president.  At  Mancelona  he  had  his 
first  experience  in  public  health  work  acting  as  village 
health  officer.  In  October,  1889,  Doctor  Rockwell 
moved  to  Kalamazoo  where  he  was  health  officer  for 
the  city.  In  1918  Dr.  Rockwell  became  full-time  Direc- 
tor of  Public  Health  and  Welfare,  in  which  position  he 
served  until  his  resignation  in  1932.  He  served  as  sec- 
retary of  the  Academy  of  Medicine  of  Kalamazoo 
County  in  1899  and  as  president  in  1909.  In  1927  he 
was  elected  an  Honorary  Member  of  the  ^lichigan 
State  Medical  Society  and  in  1935  was  elected  an 
Emeritus  Member,  and  served  as  Councillor  of  the 
fourth  district  for  twelve  years.  He  died  May  3,  1941. 

^ ^ ^ 

Elwood  D.  Wilson  of  Cement  City  was  born  in 
1870  and  was  graduated  from  Michigan  College  of 
Aledicine  and  Surgery  in  1897.  He  located  in  Bath  and 
then  moved  to  Fowlerville.  In  1921  he  located  in 
Jackson  and  practiced  there  until  he  retired  in  1940. 
Dr.  Wilson  died  of  burns  caused  by  a high  tension 
power  line  on  his  farm  in  Cement  Cit}'  on  Tune  19, 
1941. 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISING 


WILL  LEASE  office  equipment  and  30-year  eye,  ear, 
nose  and  throat  practice,  including  records,  to  repu- 
table man.  W.  J.  Voorheis,  M.D.,  10619  East  Jeffer- 
son Avenue,  Detroit.  LE-2764. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


658 


Say  yon  sazo  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MISCELLANEOUS 


RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  ROUTINE  EX- 
AMINATION OF  APPLICANTS  FOR 
MARRIAGE  CERTIFICATES 

By  The  M.S.M.S.  Syphilis  Control  Committee 

Male 

1.  History 

A.  Of  syphilis  or  any  suspicious  lesion. 

B.  Of  urethral  discharge. 

2.  Examination 

A.  For  skin  or  mucous  membrane  lesion.  If  any 
genital  lesion  he  present  darkfield,  direct  or  indirect, 
should  be  done  at  once. 

B.  Take  blood  for  serodia^osis.  If  genital  lesion 
be  present  and  Spirocheta  pallida  reported  “not  found” 
in  darkfield,  serologic  follow-up  to  cover  a period  of 
at  least  six  weeks. 

C.  Strip  urethra  for  possible  discharge.  If  discharge 
be  present,  do  not  issue  certificate  until  every  effort 
has  been  made  to  ascertain  possible  presence  of  gono- 
cocci. 

D.  Do  two-glass  urine  test.  If  shreds  are  present 
in  the  first  glass,  macerate  a shred  upon  a slide  and 
obtain  examination  for  gonococci. 

E.  If  past  history  of  urethral  discharge,  do  micro- 
scopic examination  of  fresh  prostatic  fluid  for  pus. 
If  pus  be  present,  give  provocative  tests. 

Female 

1.  History 

A.  Of  syphilis  or  any  suspicious  cutaneous  lesions. 

B.  Of  vaginal  discharge. 

2.  Examination 

A.  For  skin  or  mucous  membrane  lesion.  Make  dark- 
field examination  of  any  such  suspicious  lesion. 

B.  Obtain  blood  for  serodiagnosis.  If  suspicious 
lesion  be  present  and  Spirocheta  pallida  reported  “not 
found”  in  darkfield,  serologic  follow-up  to  cover  a 
period  of  at  least  six  weeks. 

C.  Examination  of  introitus  to  determine  whether 
or  not  hymen  is  intact. 

D.  If  intact,  take  vaginal  and  URETHRAL  smear 
for  examination  for  gonococci. 

E.  If  perforate,  make  examination  with  speculum 
and  take  cervical  and  URETHRAL  smears  for  such 
examination. 

Note:  If  pus  is  found  in  the  cervical  smear  at  least 
four  smears  should  be  repeated  at  daily  intervals  dur- 
ing which  no  douches  are  taken.  All  of  these  smears 
should  fail  to  demonstrate  gonococci  before  a certificate 
is  issued.  Smears  should  be  taken  even  if  Trichomonas 
is  demonstrated. 

The  outline  above  may  under  ordinary  circumstances 
seem  formidable  to  the  average  physician  but  in  fact 
few  cases  will  require  follow-up  examinations. 

Since  several  instances  have  occurred  in  which  the 
examining  physician  had  certified  the  applicant,  only 
to  have  either  gonorrhea  or  syphilis  develop  in  the 
marital  partner  subsequently,  it  has  been  suggested  that 
this  recommended  outline  be  followed. 

The  history,  as  outlined  in  the  case  of  both  male 
and  female,  may  be  obtained  with  a minimum  of  time. 
The  examination  may  be  made  briefly  but  should  be 
made  thoroughly.  It  take  no  time  to  strip  a male 
urethra  and  practically  none  to  require  the  male  ap- 
plicant to  void  in  two  glasses.  The  examination  of 
the  prostatic  fluid  is  probably  not  necessary  unless  a 
history  of  previous  gonorrhea  is  obtained,  in  which 
case  it  should  be  done.  The  same  principles  apply 
to  the  female. 

It  must  not  be  taken  for  granted  that  the  female 
may  not  be  or  ever  have  been  infected  with  gonorrhea. 

As  several  questions  have  been  raised  since  the 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 

PHYSiaANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSICIANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 


Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 


(56,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 


$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


For 
$10.00 
per  yeai 


For 
$32.00 
per  yeai 


For 
$64.00 
per  yeai 


For 

$96.00 

per  yeai 


29  years  under  the  same  management 


$2,000,000.00  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$10,000,000.00  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 


Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 


Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 


I 


case  at  lowest 

. ir^sttuntents  — 

on  n invesimenl^ 



miUicnrie* 

risn 


August,  1941 


Say  you  satv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


659 


i 


MISCEI.XANEOUS 


DeNIKE 

SANITARIUM,  Inc. 

Established  1893 

EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 
OF 

ACUTE  and  CHRONIC 

ALCOHOLISM 

> 

626  E.  GRAND  BLVD.  DETROIT 

Telephones: 

Plaza  1777-1778  and  Cadillac  2670 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS  • 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


RUPP  & BOWMAN  GO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


enactment  of  the  law  requiring  certification  for  mar- 
riage regarding  the  attitude  of  physicians  with  relation 
to  this  law,  publication  of  the  outline  was  requested  in 
The  Journal  by  the  Committee  on  Syphilis  Control 
of  your  State  Society. 

Equitable  fees  should  be  charged  and  if  repeated 
examinations  are  necessary  it  is  reasonable  that  the 
applicant  should  meet  the  expense  involved  to  the 
examining  physician^  However,  it  has  been  re- 
peatedly called  to  the  attention  of  your  committee 
that  exorbitant  fees  have  been  levied  for  the  mere 
taking  of  blood  and  this  would  appear  unjustifiable 
and  unwise  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  profession  as 
a whole.  Certainly  it  is  not  within  the  province  of 
this  committee  to  suggest  or  fix  the  fee  to  be 
charged.  A bill  to  fix  the  fee  for  the  examination 
was  introduced  in  the  state  legislature  and  fortu- 
nately was  defeated. 

It  is  suggested  that  since  most  of  these  potential 
new  families  will  in  all  probability  become  permanent 
patients  of  the  examining  physician,  and  since  the  aver- 
age marriage  applicant  is  not  in  the  higher  income 
brackets,  that  the  good  will  principle  in  this  matter 
contributing  to  human  happiness  and  the  establishment 
of  a new  social  unit  be  considered. 

Your  committee  is  at  all  times  open  to  suggestion 
and  sincerely  hopes  that  you  will  communicate  with 
it  either  through  the  offices  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Soceity  or  through  the  office  of  the  chairman. 

Arthur  Woodburne,  Chairman 

Harold  R.  Roehm 

Loren  W.  Shaffer 

Robert  S.  Breakey 

Eugene  V.  Hand 

J.  W.  Rice 


★ 

NOTICE  TO  COUNTY  SOCIETY  SECRETARIES 

Honorary,  Retired,  and  Emeritus  Membership 
in  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society:  Please 
certify  to  the  Executive  Office,  2020  Olds  Tower, 
Lansing,  no  later  than  August  26,  the  names  of 
any  members  for  whom  Special  Memberships  in 
the  State  Society  will  be  sought  next  September. 
The  membership  records  of  physicians  recom- 
mended by  county  societies  for  special  member- 
ships must  be  checked  before  final  submission  to 
the  House  of  Delegates. 

★ 


660 


.S' ay  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


1 Acknowledgment  of  all  hooks  received  will  he  made  in  this 
i column  and  this  vkll  he  deemed  hy  us  as  a full  compensation 
I of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  he  made  for  review, 
^ as  expedient. 

ACCIDENTAL  INJURIES.  The  Medico-Legal  Aspects  of 
Workmen’s  Compensation  and  Public  Liability.  By  Henry 
H.  Kessler,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  Medical  Director,  New 
Jersey  Rehabilitation  Clinic;  Formerly  Medical  Advisor,  New 
Jersey  Workmen’s  Compensation  Bureau;  Attending  Ortho- 
paedic Surgeon,  Newark  City  Hospital,  Newark  Beth  Israel 
Hospital,  Etc.  Hasbruck  Heights  Hospital,  Hospital  and 
Home  for  Crippled  Children;  Member,  Council  of  Industrial 
Health  of  the  American  Medical  Association;  Hunterian  Lec- 
turer, 1935;  Fellow  of  American  Public  Health  Association; 
Diplomate  of  American  Board  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery;  Fel- 
low of  American  Academy  of  Orthopaedic  Surgeons.  Second 
\ edition,  enlarged  and  thoroughly  revised.  Philadelphia:  Lea 
t & Febiger,  1941.  Price:  $10.00. 

I This  book  discusses  the  medico-legal  aspects  of  ac- 
cidental injuries  and  is  principally  for  the  use  of 
physicians  as  well  as  other  agencies.  The  author  reviews 
practically  every  disabling  condition  which  occurs  as  a 
result  of  accident,  and  after  listing  the  mechanics  and 
the  prognosis  goes  into  considerable  detail  regarding  the 
percentage  of  disability  which  results  from  that  particu- 
lar injury.  It  is  recommended  for  all  medical  and  social 
agencies  interested  in  industrial  health. 

^ ^ 

ESSENTIALS  OF  ENDOCRINOLOGY.  By  Arthur  Grollman, 
Ph.D.,  M.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Pharmacology  and  Ex- 
perimental Therapeutics  in  the  Medical  School  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University;  Formerly  Associate  Professor  of 
Physiology  and  Instructor  in  Chemistry  in  the  Same  Institu- 
tion. 74  Illustrations.  Philadelphia,  London,  Montreal:  J.  B. 
Lippincott  Company,  1941.  Price:  $6.00. 

The  author  presents,  in  this  monograph,  a critical 
evaluation  of  his  subject.  He  has  succeeded  in  making 


Professional  Economics 

An  ethical,  practical  plan  for  bettering 
your  income  from  professional  services. 

Send  card  or  prescription  blank  for  details. 


National  Discount  & Audit  Co. 

2114  Book  Tower,  Detroit,  Michigan 

Representatives  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada 


clear  the  practical  application  of  the  present-day  knowl- 
edge of  the  subject  without  sacrificing  the  laboratory 
phase  to  any  great  degree.  It  is  recommended  for  those 
who  seek  a more  intensive  knowledge  of  endocrinology. 
^ ^ ^ 

SYNOPSIS  OF  DISEASES  OF  THE  HEART  AND  ARTER- 
lES.  By  George  R,  Herrmann,  M.S.,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  F.A.C.P., 
Professor  of  Medicine,  University  of  Texas;  Director  of  the 
Cardiovascular  Service,  John  Sealy  Hospital;  Consultant  in 
Vascular  Diseases,  U.  S.  Marine  Hospital.  Second  edition. 
St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price:  $5.00. 
This  is  the  second  edition  of  a volume  first  published 
in  1936,  adding  to^  the  previous  edition  numerous  ad- 
vances and  discoveries  of  the  past  five  years.  For  a 
handy-sized  book  it  is  exceptionally  complete  and  well 
illustrated.  A new  chapter  which  discusses  the  exami- 
nation of  the  heart  for  military  servdce  is  practical  and 
interesting. 

^ ^ ^ 

FRACTURES  AND  OTHER  BONE  AND  JOINT  INJURIES. 
By  R.  Watson-Jones,  B.Sc.,  M.Ch.Ortho.,  F.R.C.S.  Civilian 
Consultant  in  Orthopaedic  Surgery  of  the  Royal  Air  Force. 
Member  of  War  Wounds  Committee  of  Medical  Research 
Council.  Member  of  British  Medical  Association  Committee 
on  Fractures.  Member  of  Cotmcil  and  Chairman  of  Stand- 
ing Committee  on  Fractures  of  the  British  Orthopeadic 
Association.  Lecturer  in  Orthopaedic  Pathology,  Lecturer  in 
Clinical  Orthopaedic  Surgery,  and  Secretai^r  of  the  Board 
of  Orthopaedic  Studies,  University  of  Liverpool.  Neurological 
Surgeon  to  Special  Head  and  Spinal  Centre,  Emergency 
Medical  Service.  Honorary  Orthopaedic  Surgeon,  Royal 
Liverpool  United  Hospital  (Royal  Infirmary).  Visiting 
Surgeon,  Robert  Jones  & Agnes  Hunt  Orthopaedic  Hospital. 
Consulting  Orthopaedic  Surgeon,  Royal  Lancaster  Infirrnary, 
North  Wales  Sanatorium,  Birkenhead,  Hoylake  & West  Kirby, 
Wrexham  & East  Denbighshire,  and  Garston  Hospitals. 
Second  edition.  A William  Wood  Book.  Baltimore:  The 

Williams  & Wilkins  Company,  1941.  Price:  $13.50. 

This  is  the  second  edition  of  a volume  first  published 
a year  ago.  The  changes  in  accepted  treatment  both 
of  infected  fractures  and  war  wounds  has  necessitated 
rewriting  this  entire  chapter  and,  of  course,  recent  other 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


THE  MAPLES 

A Private  Sanitarium  for  the  Treatment  of  Alcoholism 

Registered  hy  the  A.M.A. 


R.F.D.  3,  LIMA,  OHIO 
Phone:  High  6447 

Located  2^  Miles  East  of  Corner  on 
U.  S.  30  N. 

F.  P.  Dirlam  A.  H.  Nihizer,  M.D. 

Superintendent  Medical  Director 


August,  1941 


PRESCRIBE  OR  DISPENSE  ZEMMER 

Pharmaceuticals,  Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampules,  Capsules,  Oint- 
ments, etc.  Guaranteed  reliable  potency.  Our  products  are 
laboratory  controlled. 

Write  for  general  price  list 
Chemists  to  the  Medical  Profession  MIC  8-41 


Say  yon  sa-w  it  in  the  .Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


developments  in  chemotherapy  and  transfusion  have 
brought  considerable  change  in  many  parts  of  this  book. 
It  is  an  English  type  o'!  book  with  profuse  illustrations 
and  considerable  thoroughness.  The  chapter  referred  to 
above  on  “Open  and  Infected  Fractures  and  War 
Wounds”  is  well  worth  reading  by  every  general 
pradtitioner.  And  to  the  man  interested  in  fractures 
the  text  should  be  of  much  value. 

^ * 

AN  INTRODUCTION  TO  MEDICAL  SCIENCE.  By  William 
Boyd.  M.D.,  M.R.C.P.  (Edin.),  F.R.C.P.  (Lond.),  Dipl. 
Psych.,  F.R.S.  (Canada);  Professor  of  Pathology  and  Bac- 
teriology in  the  University  of  Toronto,  Toronto;  Formerly 
Professor  of  Pathology  in  the  University  of  Manitoba; 
Pathologist  to  the  Winnipeg  General  Hospital,  W^innipeg, 
Canada.  Second  edition,  thoroughly  revised.  Illustrated  with 
124  engravings.  Philadelphia:  Lea  & Febiger,  1941.  Price; 
$3.50. 

This  is  a textbook  intended  for  nurses  written  from 
the  standpoint  of  the  basic  sciences.  It  is  the  type  of 
presentation  which  makes  the  orientation  of  the  student 
nurse  much  more  complete  than  the  usual  textbook  can. 
The  medical  treatment  is  not  emphasized  but  the  part 
that  nursing  care  plays  is  completely  presented.  This 
volume  is  recommended  to  the  teaching  of  nurses  and 
for  those  who  must  have  some  knowledge  of  medicine 
without  a complete  study  of  the  basic  sciences. 

^ ^ 

*MODERN  SEROLOGICAL  TESTS  FOR  SYPHILIS.  And 
Their  Interpretation  by  the  Physician  _ 

This  booklet  is  a timely  review  in  detail  of  the 
various  serological  tests  on  the  blood  and  spinal  fluid 
for  syphilis.  Of  special  interest  to  the  student  and 
laboratory  physician  is  the  technique  used  in  the  various 
complement  fixation  and  flocculation  tests ; and  the 
comparison  of  the  accuracy  and  specificity  of  these 
tests.  Any  physician  interested , in  syphilis  will  profit 
from  a study  of  the  portion  dealing  with  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  tests  in  diagnosis,  treatment  and  prog- 
nosis. The  discussion  of  the  false  positive  and  false 
negatives  and  their  causes  and  the  discussion  about  the 
sero-resistant  cases  is  of  interest  to  all  physicians. 


* * * 


*THE  NEWER  CHEMOTHERAPY  OF  VENEREAL  DIS- 
EASES. 

1.  Treatment  of  Gonorrhea  with  Sulfanilamides  and  Related 
Drugs.  By  H.  S.  Young,  M.D.  ; H.  C.  Harill,  M.D. ; 
J.  H.  Semans,  M.D.,  and  O.  S.  Culp,  M.D. 

2.  Sulfapyradine  in  the  Treatment  of  Gonococcal  Infections. 
By  R.  A.  Wolcott,  M.D.  ; J.  F.  Machoney,  M.D.,  and 
C.  J.  Van  Slyke,  M.D. 

3.  Value  of  Sulanilamide  in  Gonorrheal  Arthritis.  By  O.  S. 
Culp,  M.D.,  and  H.  S.  Young,  M.D. 

4.  Venereal  Lymphogranuloma.  Results  of  Sulfanilamide 
Therapy.  By  W.  E.  Graham,  M.D.,  and  E.  W.  Norris, 
M.D. 


5.  Treatment  of  Venereal  Lymphogranuloma  with  Sulfanila- 
mide. By  A.  W.  Grace,  M.D.,  and  F.  H.  Suskind,  M.S. 

6.  Sulfanilamide  Treatment  of  Chanchroid.  By  O.  S.  Culp, 
M.D.,  and  C.  E.  Burkland,  M.D. 


Sulfathiazole,  sulfapyradine,  and  sulfanilamide  are,  in 
the  order  given,  of  great  value  in  the  treatment  of 
gonorrhea.  Sulfathiazole  is  the  best  because  of  its 
low  toxicity  and  its  marked  bactericidal  and  bacterio- 


static effect  in  the  urine.  It  often  is  able  to  cure  in 


cases  resistant  to  the  other  two  drugs.  Sulfapyradine 
is  of  value  in  those  cases  resistant  to  sulfanilamide 
and  also  in  fresh  cases.  It  was  found  to  be  as  efficacious 
in  chronic  cases  as  in  acute  ones.  Of  twenty-two  hos- 
pital cases  with  gonorrheal  arthritis  68  per  cent  were 
cured  or  markedly  improved  with  sulfanilamide  therapy. 
The  results  were  more  striking  in  the  acute  cases. 

Sulfanilamide  is  of  value  in  all  types  of  venereal 
lymphogranuloma.  Surgery  in  this  disease  should  be 
limited  to  opening  the  fluctuant  buboe  and  to  relief  of 
rectal  stricture. 

Sulfanilamide  is  a rapid  and  efficacious  method  of 
treating  complicated  and  uncomplicated  chancroid. 


*These  booklets  are  available  without  charge  to  all  members 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  by  request  to  Dr. 
Gibson,  Michigan  Department  of  Public  Health,  Lansing,  Mich- 
igan. 


LETTERS  TO  THE  EDITOR 

Editor,  Journal  Mich.  State  Med.  Society. 

My  dear  Sir : 

Although  it  is  somewhat  early,  we  want  to  start 
talking  about  our  big  book  for  November,  THE 
DOCTORS  MAYO. 

“The  Mayos”  is  a household  word  the  country  over — 
the  Mayo  story  an  American  epic  which  has  not  been 
told.  Everyone  has  heard  of  Dr.  Will  and  Dr.  Charlie, 
but  the  phenomenon  of  their  achievement,  the  small 
town  clinic  that  grew  to  international  fame,  has  been 
little  understood.  The  modesty  of  the  men  and  their 
strict  conformity  to  medical  ethics  discouraged  pub- 
licity, and  no  one  was  able  to  publish  the  story  during 
their  lifetime. 

That  it  would  have  to  be  told  sometime  was  inevitable. 
During  their  lifetime  neither  the  Doctors  Mayo  nor  any 
of  their  staff  could  be  brought  to  undertake  it.  In  the 
end,  in  order  to  divest  themselves  of  any  connection 
with  it,  they  authorized  the  University  of  Minnesota 
to  publish,  through  the  University  of  Minnesota  Press, 
a book  on  the  history  of  the  Doctors  Mayo,  the  Mayo 
Clinic,  and  the  Alayo  Foundation.  The  responsibility 
then  fell  on  the  university  to  produce  an  objective  and 
balanced  account  of  the  contribution  of  the  Mayos  and 
of  their  colleagues  throughout  the  world,  to  medical 
science  and  education. 

Full-time  exploratory  work  in  Rochester  was  begun 
immediately.  Research,  interviews,  and  the  accumulation 
of  source  material  have  been  carried  on  intensively  and 
continuously  for  nearly  five  years.  Complete  cooperation, 
has  been  extended  to  the  university,  but  the  book  now 
to  be  published  is  an  independent  study,  written  by 
H.  B.  Clapesattle,  a trained  historian  and  chief  editor 
of  the  University  of  Minnesota  Press. 

The  results  have  been  beyond  even  our  greatest  hopes. 
In  Rochester  has  been  uncovered  a rich  vein  of 
Americana.  It  is  at  once  the  story  of  the  frontier  and 
of  a century  of  medicine  in  this  country,  from  the  days 
when  hospital  patients  were  nursed  by  jailbirds  to  the 
current  era  of  aviation  medicine.  It  is  the  storj^  of  how 
the  Old  Doctor  Mayo,  himself  a social  and  medical 
pioneer,  passed  on  to  his  two  sons  a passion  to  learn 
from  everyone  and  everything,  and  how  they  passed  it 
on  to  their  colleagues  till  it  became  the  living  spirit  of 
a great  institution.  The  author  has  brought  all  these 
elements  into  focus  in  an  important  human  drama  of 
unequaled  interest. 

We  thought  you  would  like  to  know  that  this  book 
is  scheduled  for  November  seventeenth  and  that  you 
will  have  further  word  about  it  later. 

Sincerely  yours, 

Dorothy  A.  Bennett 
Sales  and  Promotion  Alanager 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 


608  Kales  Bldg.  — ' 
Northwest  comer  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


^6  W.  Adams  Ave. 

Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkheld  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 
Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


662 


Jour.  M.S. M.S 


i 


ENZYMOL 


A Physiological  Surgical  Solvent 

Prepared  Directly  From  the  Fresh  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane 

ENZYMOL  proves  of  special  service  in  the  treatment  of  pus  coses. 

ENZYMOL  resolves  necrotic  tissue,  exerts  a reparative  action,  dissipates  foul  odors; 
a physiological,  enzymic  surface  action.  It  does  not  invade  healthy  tissue;  does  not 
damage  the  skin.  It  is  made  ready  for  use,  simply  by  the  addition  of  water. 

These  are  some  notes  of  clinical  application  during  many  years: 


Abscess  ccxvities 
Antrum  operation 
Sinus  cases 
Comeal  ulcer 


Carbuncle  After  tooth  extraction 

Rectal  fistula  Cleansing  mastoid 

Diabetic  gangrene  Middle  ear 

After  removal  of  tonsils  Cervicitis 

Originated  and  Made  by 


Fairchild  Bros.  & Foster 

New  York,  N.Y. 


Descriptive  Literature  Gladly  Sent  on  Request. 


r 


BEFORE  TODAY  IS  OVER 

In  several  of  your  patients  today.  Short  Wave  Diathermy  is 
likely  to  be  indicated  for  the  relief  of  pain  or  the  control  of  in- 
flammation. 

The  simplicity  and  convenience  of  the  Burdick  SWD-52  Short 
Wave  Diathermy  widen  the  range  of  this  effective  form  of 
therapy  in  your  practice.  The  drum  applicator  for  the  induc- 
tance cable  saves  time  and  avoids  pressure  on  tender  areas. 
Condenser  pads  and  cuffs  may  also  be  applied  with  ease. 
Minor  electrosurgery  is  available  for  such  procedures 
as  removal  of  warts  and  nevi. 

THE 

SWD-52 

SHORT  WAVE  DIATHERMY 

THE  G.  A.  INGRAM  COMPANY 


Efficiency  at  Low  Cost 


4444  Woodward  Ave.  Detroit,  Michigan 


The  G.  A.  INGRAM  CO..  4444  Woodward  Ave.,  Detroit.  Michigan 
Please  send  me  full  information  on  the  Burdick  SWD-52. 


Dr 

Address  

City  State 


September,  1941  671 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


Each  month  The  Journal  has  carried  an  ar- 
ticle, and  a number  of  bulletins  have  been  mailed 
directly  to  doctors,  setting  forth  interesting  data 
about  Michigan  Medical  Service.  A resume  of 
some  of  the  most  important  points  which  have 
come  up  for  frequent  discussion  is  as  follows . 

Medical  Control  and  Responsibility 

• The  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  adopted  the  basic  principle  that 
the  prepayment  plan  to  be  sponsored  by  the 
medical  profession  should  not  be  another  com- 
mercial insurance  cash  indemnity  arrangement 
but  should  be  a direct  service  program. 

* * * 

• Accordingly,  Michigan  Medical  Service  was  so 
organized  that  the  medical  profession  has  full 
control  of  the  administration  of  the  program  in 
return  for  putting  up  their  services  as  a reserve 
guarantee  to  subscribers. 

Payments  for  Services 

• The  general  level  of  the  payments  to  doctors 
for  services  to  subscribers  was  outlined  by  The 
Council  and  ratified  by  the  House  of  Delegates 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

* * 

• A Schedule  of  Benefits  in  keeping  with  this 
general  level  of  payments,  which  is  equivalent 
to  the  prevailing  charge  by  doctors  in  Michigan 
for  persons  whose  income  ranges  from  $1,500 
to  $1,700  annually,  was  carefully  set  up  through 
the  cooperation  of  numerous  committees  in  the 
various  fields  of  practice. 

* * * 

• This  Schedule  is  used  as  a guide  for  the 
authorization  of  payments  by  the  Medical  Ad- 
visory Boards,  but  the  payment  authorized  takes 
into  consideration  the  particular  services  as  set 
forth  in  the  doctor’s  Monthly  Service  Report. 

Experience  to  Date 

• In  the  short  space  of  sixteen  months  of  opera- 
tion, the  medical  service  plan  has  accumulated 
an  immense  amount  of  valuable  data  for  the 
benefit  of  the  private  practice  of  medicine. 

* * * 

• Committees  from  medical*  societies  in  twenty- 
two  states  and  Brazil  have  come  to  Michigan 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE  REGISTRATION 
HONOR  ROLL 
(As  of  August  10,  1941) 

100  per  cent 

Manistee 

Mason 

Mecosta-Osceola-Lake 

Menominee 

90  to  99  per  cent 
Bay-Arenac-Iosco 
Calhoun 
Gogebic 

Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-  Benzie 

Marquette-Alger 

Oceana 

St.  Joseph 

80  to  89  per  cent 

Allegan 

Barry 

Branch 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

Dickinson-Iron 

Eaton 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

Hillsdale 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw 

Huron 

Ingham 

lonia-Montcalm 

Kalamazoo 

Kent 

Lenawee 

Livingston 

Midland 

Muskegon 

Newaygo 

Northern  Michigan 

Ontonagon 

Ottawa 

Saginaw 

Tuscola 

Wexford-Missaukee 

75  to  79  per  cent 

Jackson 

Macomb 

Monroe 

North  Central  Counties 

Oakland 

Wayne 


for  help  in  connection  with  establishing  medical 
service  programs  to  combat  the  forces  seeking 
to  disrupt  the  private  practice  of  medicine. 

• Increased  good  will  of  the  public,  the  news- 
papers, of  industry,  and  of  the  legislature  has 
been  gained  for  the  medical  profession  through 
the  medical  service  plan. 

(Continued  on  Page  6/4) 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


In  early  childhood 


• • • 


/^edecLes 


CEREvTm 


CEREVIM,  a pre-cooked  cereal  food,  possesses 
those  properties  desirable  in  a first  solid  food 
for  babies.  Babies  like  it  from  the  start,  and  because 
of  its  appealing  taste,  may  be  expected  to  con- 
tinue eating  it  through  early  childhood.  It  is 
easily  digested,  highly  nutritious  and  smooth  in 
texture. 


B Vitamins  and  Minerals  from  Natural  Sources 


Cerevim’s  comprehensive  formula  provides  the 
B vitamins  in  generous  amounts.  Each  ounce  con- 
tains 100  International  Units  Thiamine  (Bi)  and 
60  Bourquin  Sherman  Units  Riboflavin  (B2). 
Calcium,  phosphorus,  iron  and  copper  are  pro- 
vided in  easily  assimilated  form;  proteins,  carbo- 
hydrates and  fats  in  a suitable  ratio — all  derived 
from  natural  sources  only. 


• ready  for  instant  use; 

• advertised  only  to  the  medical  profession; 

• sold  only  through  druggists. 


packages: 

Cerevim  is  sold  in  H and  1 lb.  containers. 

LEUERLE  LABORATORIES,  inc. 

30  ROCKEFELLER  PLAZA  • NEW  YORK,  N.Y. 


September,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


673 


(Continued  from  Page  672) 

• Groups  of  subscribers  have  been  enrolled  in 
thirty-eight  of  the  fifty-five  county  medical  so- 
ciety areas.  Each  group  of  subscribers  enrolled 
requires  at  least  five  months  before  preexisting 
conditions  are  corrected.  During  this  period,  two 
to  three  times  more  services  ore  received  by  sub- 
scribers than  by  persons  in  the  general  public. 

* * * 

• Remuneration  for  services  under  Michigan 
Medical  Service  is  particularly  advantageous  in 
situations  such  as  the  following: 

Accident  cases  where  no  payment  for  services 
would  be  available. 

Where  services  have  been  rendered  for  years 
with  no  possibility  of  collecting  any  charge. 

For  services  rendered  to  patients  who  move 
out  of  the  state. 

Patients  who  die  and  leave  no  estate. 

Patients  who  would  ordinarily  receive  care  as 
medical  indigents. 

Late  Reporting 

• To  overcome  late  reporting  of  services,  it 
has  been  provided  that  reports  must  be  received 
within  ninety  days  from  the  month  of  service 
to  be  eligible  for  payment. 

* * * 

• For  the  months  of  April,  May,  and  June, 
benefits  have  been  prorated  or  tentatively  re- 
duced 20  per  cent  until  a final  determination  can 
be  made  of  the  total  volume  of  services  for  these 
months. 

• It  is  absolutely  essential  that  the  Initial  Service 
Report  be  sent  by  the  doctor  to  Michigan  Med- 
ical Service  when  the  subscriber  first  requests 
services  for  each  illness.  This  report  enables 
prompt  verification  and  the  sending  of  a notice 
to  the  doctor  if  the  subscriber  is  not  eligible 
for  benefits.  Likewise,  the  Initial  Service  Re- 
port permits  the  setting  up  of  records  and 
speedier  payment  on  Monthly  Service  Reports. 

* » 

• Monthl}^  Service  Reports  should  be  sent  not 
later  than  the  tenth  of  the  following  month  for 
services  rendered  each  month. 

Remember — reports  received  later  than  ninety 
days  from  the  month  of  services  can  not  be  au- 
thorized for  payment. 


Cooperation  of  Doctors 

• The  number  of  doctors  registered  with  Michi- ; 
gan. Medical  Service  has  increased  each  month* 
until  now  over  3,600  doctors  are  participating. 
The  distribution  of  participating  doctors  accord- : 
ing  to  county  location  and  type  of  practice  com-  • 
pares  very  closely  with  the  distribution  of  doc-< 
tors  in  Michigan. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MICHIGAN 
MEDICAL  SCHOOL  REUNION 

The  second  triennial  reunion  for  alumni  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan  Medical  School  and  former  Staff 
members  and  house  officers  of  the  University  Hospital 
will  be  held  in  Ann  Arbor  on  October  2,  3 and  4. 
Faculty  members  who  will  participate  in  the  scientific 
program  are  Drs.  John  Alexander,  Carl  E.  Badgley, 
Frederick  A.  Coller,  Howard  B.  Lewis,  Charles  F. 
McKhann,  Norman  F.  Miller,  Louis  H.  Newburgh,  Mal- 
colm H.  Soule,  Cyrus  C.  Sturgis,  Carl  V.  Weller,  and 
Udo  J.  Wile.  Alumni  speakers  and  their  topics  are  as 
follows:  Dr.  William  L.  Benedict,  Professor  of 

Ophthalmology  at  the  University  of  Minnesota  Graduate 
School  of  Medicine  and  Ophthalmologist  at  the  Mayo 
Clinic:  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Glaucoma;  Dr. 

Detlev  W.  Bronk,  Professor  of  Biophysics  and  Director 
of  the  Johnson  Research  Foundation,  University  of 
Pennsylvania  School  of  Medicine : Physiological  Fron- 
tiers in  the  Medical  and  Social  Sciences;  Dr.  Charles 
L.  Brown,  Professor  of  Medicine,  Temple  University 
School  of  Medicine:  Clinical  Aspects  of  Osteoporosis; 

Dr.  George  W.  Curtis,  Professor  of  Surgery,  Ohio 
State  University  College  of  Medicine : The  Determina- 
tion of  the  Circulating  Thyroid  Hormone;  Dr.  Joseph 
R.  Darnell,  Lieutenant  Colonel,  Medical  Corps,  United 
States  Army,  Office  of  the  Surgeon  General : Concern- 

ing Army  Medical  Service ; Dr.  Harold  K.  Faber,  Pro- 
fessor of  Pediatrics,  Stanford  University  School  of 
Medicine ; Portals  of  Entry  in  Poliomyelitis ; Dr.  Tins- 
ley R.  Harrison,  Professor  of  Medicine,  Bowman  Gray 
School  of  kledicine  of  Wake  Forest  College : Spon-  | 

taneous  Hypoglycemia  as  a Factor  in  the  Production 
of  Cardiovascular  Symptoms ; Dr.  Lyle  B.  Kingery, 
Professor  of  Dermatology  and  Syphilolog}',  University 
of  Oregon  Medical  School : The  Significance  of  Pruri- 
tus in  General  Medicine ; Dr.  Perrin  H.  Long,  Professor 
of  Preventive  Medicine,  Johns  Hopkins  University 
School  of  Medicine : Recent  Aspects  of  Bacterial 

Chemotherapy ; Dr.  Robert  T.  Monroe,  Peter  Bent 
Brigham  Hospital,  Boston : Old  Age ; Dr.  Walter  M. 

Simpson,  Pathologist,  Miami  Valley  Hospital,  Dayton, 
Ohio:  New  Developments  in  the  Diagnosis  and  Treat- 
ment of  Brucellosis ; Dr.  Warren  T.  Vaughan,  Rich- 
mond, Virginia:  The  Allergic  Factor  in  Certain  Der- 

matoses. 


MSMS 

There  will  be  110  technical  and  scientific  exhibits 
at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society  at  Grand  Rapids,  September  17,  18,  and 
19. 

MSMS 

The  Sections  are  making  a special  endeavor  this 
year  to  present  most  entertaining  and  practical  pre- 
sentations at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  September  17,  18,  and  19  at 
Grand  Rapids. 


674 


Jour.  M.S.M.?. 


DILUTE  MIXTURES 


Evaporated  milk 4 ozs. 

Water,  boiled 12  ozs. 

Karo 1 tbs. 


2 ozs.  every  3 hrs.  for  8 feedings 


Lactic  Acid  milk  (dried)  5 tbs. 


Water,  boiled 16  ozs. 

Karo 1)4  tbs. 


2 ozs.  every  3 hrs.  for  8 feedings 

CONCENTRATED  MIXTURES 


Breast  milk 12  ozs. 

Evaporated  milk 4 ozs. 

Karo 1 tbs. 


2 ozs.  every  3 hrs.  for  8 feedings 


Lactic  Acid  milk  (2%) . . 16  ozs. 

Karo 2 tbs. 

2 ozs.  every  3 hrs.  for  8 feedings 


FEEDING  PROGRESS 

Days 

Drams 

Ounces  of 

of 

at  Each 

Feeding 

Age 

Feeding 

per  24  Hrs. 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

4 

6 

6 

5 

8 

8 

6 

10 

10 

7 

12 

12 

(8  drams  = 1 ounce) 

Most  of  the  common  milk  mixtures  have  been 
used  at  various  times  with  some  degree  of  success 
— evaporated,  acid  and  dried  milks,  and  butter-flour 
mixtures.  Those  high  in  protein  and  carbohydrate 
and  low  in  fat  are  the  most  suitable  in  concentrated 
formulas  properly  adapted  to  the  limited  digestive 
capacity  of  the  premature.  While  lactic-acid  milk 
with  addition  of  7 to  10  per  cent  by  volume  of  Karo 
syrup  yields  twenty-five  to  thirty  calories  per  ounce, 
evaporated  milk  with  5 to  10  per  cent  added  Karo 
sjTup  is  equally  effective. 

Processed  or  acid  milks  are  advantageous  because 
of  the  fine  curds  produced,  the  premature  being  par- 
ticularly susceptible  to  curd  indigestion.  Nonfer- 
mentable  carbohydrate  in  quantities  similar  to  those 
used  in  normal  feeding  of  infants  may  be  added  to 
any  of  these  milks.  The  formula  may  be  concen- 
trated by  decreasing  the  water,  or  adding  powdered 
protein  nulk  in  place  of  extra  amoimts  of  sugar.’* 

'Kvgei.M  ASS -."Newer  Nutrition  in  Pediatric  Practice.** 

CORN  PRODUCTS  SALES  COMPANY 
17  Battery  Btace^  Newv  Yorh  City  ’ 


September,  1941 


675 


>f  HALF  A CENTURY  AGO  X- 

GAH.  STONES— A NEWER  PLAN  OF  TREATMENT* 

J.  R.  Williams,  M.D. 

White  Pigeon,  Michigan 


The  subject  to  which  I invite  your  attention  is  that  of 
gall  stones.  I shall  not  attempt  an  exhaustive  article 
upon  this  very  important,  and  to  me,  deeply  interesting 
subject,  but  simply  touch  upon  such  features  in  the 
diagnosis  and  treatment  as  are  of  practical  importance 
in  the  daily  work  of  the  busy  practictioner,  and  present 
a plan  of  treatment  superior,  I think,  in  every  way  to 
the  treatment  usually  prescribed.  The  symptoms  of 
this  painful  disease  are:  first,  an  uneasy  sensation, 
nausea,  and  pain  located  in  the  right  hypochondriac  and 
lower  part  of  the  epigastric  region ; persistent  vomiting. 
The  vomited  matter  that  at  first  consisted  of  the 
partially  digested  food,  soon  changes  to  a glazy  mucus, 
and  often  there  may  appear  bilious  matter,  the  contents 
of  the  gall  bladder  liberated  by  the  passage  of  the 
stone  into  the  duodenum.  - 

There  is  usually  constipation  and  the  abdomen  is 
frequently  distended  by  gas,  which  makes  its  escape 
when  a movement  of  the  bowels  takes  place.  Jaundice 
is  present  in  the  majority  of  cases  and  its  extent  de- 
pends upon  the  degree  of  obstruction,  though  there  may 
be  no  jaundice — as  when  the  obstruction  is  in  the  cystic 
duct — and  when  all  the  symptoms  of  gall  stones  are 
present  except  that  of  jaundice,  which  afterward  ap- 
pears, it  is  evident  that  the  stone  has  changed  its 
position  from  the  cystic  to  the  common  bile  duct. 
Many  cases  are  recorded  in  which  the  stone,  after  its 
escape  from  the  bile  ducts,  finds  lodgment  in  the  bowels. 
Of  course  this  can  occur  only  when  the  stone  is  very 
large.  The  only  disorder,  with  which  an  attack  of 
hepatic  colic  may  be  confounded,  is  gastralgia.  But 
here  the  distinction  is  made  by  the  seat  of  pain,  by  the 
absence  of  jaundice,  and  the  failure  to  find  concretions 
in  the  stools. 

And  here  let  me  call  your  attention  to  the  fact  that 
in  all  cases  presenting  symptoms  of  bilious  colic,  the 
stools  should  be  examined.  A white  cloth  should  be 
laid  on  the  ground,  the  stool  emptied  upon  it,  and 
washed  with  water.  I well  remember  a case  presenting 
all  the  symptoms  of  gall  stones  to  which  I was  called. 
The  patient  informed  me  that  the  present  was  not  her 
first  attack,  but  when  I diagnosed  the  case  to  be  gall 
stones,  she  stoutly  maintained  that  such  could  not  be 
the  case,  as  in  this  as  well  as  former  attacks  the  pain 
was  induced  by  eating  mutton.  I informed  her  of 
the  nature  of  her  disease,  prescribed  appropriate 
remedies,  and  the  result  was  the  finding  of  a large 
number  of  gall  stones  in  the  stool,  greatly  to  my  satis- 
faction and  the  relief  of  my  patient.  And  now,  satisfied 
of  the  symptoms,  what  treatment  shall  we  prescribe? 
Gall  stones,  as  we  are  all  aware,  are  composed  largely 
of  cholesterin,  but  in  normal  bile  cholesterin  is  an 
ingredient  of  small  percentage.  Therefore,  before  gall 
stones  can  be  formed,  the  bile  must  become  greatly 
changed.  Its  physical  conditions  are  of  less  importance 
than  its  chemical.  There  must  be  an  accumulation  of 
bile  in  the  gall  bladder — stasis — and  concentration. 
These  conditions  are  essential  to  calculus  formation. 
Now,  what  brings  about  this  change  in  the  bile?  I 

*Presented  at  the  twenty-sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  held  at  Saginaw,  June,  1891. 

676 


am  satisfied  that  this  disease  has  its  origin  in  a 
duodenal  catarrh,  swelling  and  pressure  upon  the  duct 
so  closing  the  duct  that  the  contents  of  the  gall  bladder 
cannot  find  exit.  The  bile  becomes  concentrated  and 
stones  are  formed.  Now,  what  treatment  shall  we 
prescribe?  The  old  treatment  consisted  of  four  rules: 
(1)  Open  the  bowels.  (2)  Relieve  the  pain.  (3)  Pre- 
vent inflammation.  (4)  Prevent  future  attacks.  Un- 
til recently  the  treatment  consisted  wholly  of  anti- 
spasmodic  antacids  and  cathartics,  and  frequent  calls 
to  attend  the  same  patient  were  the  result.  Finally, 
olive  oil  was  introduced  to  the  profession  as  nearly  a 
specific,  and  certainly  many  wonderful  cures  followed 
its  use,  the  modus  operandi  of  which  no  one  has  dis- 
covered. Yet  even  olive  oil  sometimes  fails.  The  treat- 
ment I propose  has  certainly  proved  to  be,  at  least  in 
my  hands,  an  improvement  on  all  former  treatment.  I 
cannot  say  that  it  will  be  successful  in  all  cases,  but 
so  far  as  it  has  been  tried,  it  was  a success.  When 
called  upon  to  visit  a patient  suffering  with  bilious 
colic  where  gall  stones  are  suspected,  I first  give  mor- 
phine by  hypodermic  injection,  until  I have  the  pain 
under  control.  As  soon  as  my  patient  is  easy,  I give 
Bower’s  or  other  refined  glycerine  in  doses  of  one 
ounce  every  two  hours  until  free  movement  of  the 
bowels  takes  place.  The  result  of  the  internal  adminis- 
tration of  glycerine  is  a copious  evacuation,  the  stools 
frequently  containing  gall  stones  and  inspissated  bile. 
I am  satisfied  that  the  use  of  glycerine  in  these  cases, 
acts  in  the  same  manner  as  when  given  per  rectum  or 
vagina,  and  who,  that  have  used  glycerine  in  this  way, 
have  not  been  surprised  at  the  amount  of  waterj^  flow 
that  takes  place?  I believe  that  glycerine  depletes  the 
duodenal  mucus  and  thus  liberates  the  duct  that  is 
pressed  uoon. 

I believe  that  in  glycerine  we  have  a remedy  for  this 
disease,  sure  and  painless.  There  are  other  reasons 
that  might  be  given  why  this  remedy  acts  as  it  does,  but 
to  me  none  look  so  reasonable  as  the  one  I have  given. 

I thank  you,  gentlemen,  for  the  time  I have  taken. 
I sincerel}'^  hope  that  you  will  give  this  subject  your 
consideration — the  consideration  it  deserves. 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


GOOD 

INFANT  FEEDING  RESULTS 


The  weight  curves  above  show  the  normal,  uneventful  progress  of  75  infants  fed 
Similac  for  six  months  or  longer  — not  a select  group,  but  75  consecutive  cases.  In  no 
instance  was  it  necessary  to  change  the  feeding  because  of  gastro-intestinal  upset.  These 
curves  were  taken  from  hospital  (name  on  request)  records.  Similarly  good  results 
are  constantly  being  obtained  in  the  practice  of  the  many  physicians  who  prescribe 
Similac  routinely  for  infants  deprived,  either  wholly  or  in  part,  of  mother’s  milk. 


A powdered,  modified  milk  product  especially  prepared  for  infant  feeding, 
made  from  tuberculin  tested  cow’s  milk  (casein  modified)  from  which  part  of 
the  butter  fat  is  removed  and  to  which  has  been  added  lactose,  vegetable  oils 
and  cod  liver  oil  concentrate. 


SIMILAC ) 


M&R  DIETETIC  LABORATORIES, 

September,  1941 


SIMILAR  TO 
BREAST  MILK 

NC.  • COLUMBUS,  OHIO 


Mm  Yhb  CpuftPH  yp  Oi-4ei‘ 


A.  GRAYBRUCK 
(Mosby  Representotive) 

1441  Webb  Avenue 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Gentlemen:  Please  send  me  the  book(s)  that 

1 have  checked  with  (X) Attached  is  my 

check Charge  my  account.  (Terms:  $3.00 

a month  up  to  $30.00.  Where  total  order  exceeds 
$30.00  divide  by  ten  to  arrive  at  the  amount  of 
each  monthly  payment.) 

n Meakins — "Practice  of  Medicine,"  price  $10.00 


□ Walker  - Elmer  - Rose — "Physical  Diag- 

nosis," price  8.75 

□ Clendening  - Hashinger — "Methods  of 

Treatment,"  price  10.00 

□ McGuigan — "Applied  Pharmacology," 

price  9.00 

□ Scherf  and  Boyd — "Cardiovascular  Dis- 

eases," price 7.50 

□ Scherf  and  Boyd — "Clinical  Electrocar- 

diography," price  7.50 

□ Bard — "MacLeod's  Physiology  in  Mod- 

ern Medicine,"  price 10,00 

□ Key  and  Conwell — "Fractures,  Disloca- 

tions and  Sprains,"  price 12.50 

□ Brickel — "Surgical  Treatment  of  Hand 

and  Forearm  Infections."  price 7.50 

□ Titus — "Obstetric  Difficulties,"  price.  . . . 10.00 

□ Sutton  and  Sutton — "Introduction  to 

Dermatology,"  price  9.00 

□ Ritchie — "Essentials  of  General  Sur- 

gery," price  10.00 

D Crossen — "Diseases  of  Women,"  new 

edition,  price  10.00 

□ Marriott — "Infant  Nutrition,"  new  edi- 

tion, price 5.00 

□ Blair — "Cancer  of  the  Face,"  price...  10.00 

n Clark — "Positioning  in  Radiography," 

price  28.00 

n Herrmann — "Heart,"  price  5.00 

□ Willins — "Mayo-Cordiac  Clinics."  price  5.00 

□ Porter-Carter — "Pediatrics,"  new  edi- 

tion, price  10.00 

Dr 

Street  


City State 


A SHORT  SKETCH  OF  HENEAGE  GIBBES 
By  an  old  Friend 

After  reading  a reprint  of  a paper  on  tuberculosis 
that  appeared  in  The  Journal,  I was  reminded  of 
several  incidents  of  my  meetings  with  this  really  re- 
markable man,  Heneage  Gibbes. 

His  life,  mannerisms,  training  and  teaching  presented 
a mixture  of  London  Cockney  and  Aberdeen  stubborn- 
ness which  we  of  Aberdonian  blood  can  swear  is  an 
awful  combination. 

Doctor  Gibbes  was  born  in  Somerset,  England,  the 
son  of  a minister  and  grandson  of  a noted  physician 
who  had  been  physician  to  Queen  Charlotte. 

Mr.  Gibbes  decided  that  his  son  should  study  for 
the  ministry  but  the  young  man  rebelled  and  at  fourteen 
set  sail  on  a vessel  bound  for  the  East  Indies.  He 
was  captain  of  the  ship  at  the  age  of  twenty-one. 

His  stories  of  his  early  life  were  interesting  to  me 
and  intriguing.  His  ship  was  .involved  in  the  Opium 
War  between  the  British  and  Orientals.  Very  valuable 
cargoes  of  the  pearl  fishermen  had  to  be  protected  on 
his  ship  from  many  pirates.  Shipwrecks  were  not  un- 
common and  on  one  occasion  Captain  Gibbes  was 
stranded  along  the  Chinese  coast  on  a pirate  island  but 
managed  to  escape.  Once  he  decided  to  fight  it  out 
with  a pirate  ship.  The  Captain  was  fond  of  hunting 
and  a good  shot  so  he  had  his  Coolie  sailors  reload  the 
two  guns  and  took  particular  pains  to  get  the  -wheelman 
of  the  pirate  ship — ^and  the  wheelman  was  a very  neces- 
sary adjunct  to  any  ship. 

He  finally  returned  home,  finished  his  preliminary 
studies  from  private  tutors,  and  in  1879  he  received 
his  M.B.  and  C.M.  from  the  University  of  Aberdeen. 
Shortly  afterwards  he  received  his  F.R.C.P.  in  London. 

Doctor  Gibbes  became  Curator  of  the  Anatomical 
Museum  of  King’s  College  and  also  served  on  hospital 
staffs.  He  had  been  a student  of  Dr.  Klein,  and  being 
well  qualified  as  a histologist.  Dr.  Klein  and  he  were 
sent  to  the  British  Government  to  make  a study  of 
Asiatic  Cholera  in  1884. 

I had  the  fortune  to  take  a special  course  in  Patholog\’ 
from  him  and  he  was  a fine  teacher.  Pathology  was  a 
comparatively  new  subject  and  here  was  a man  who 
claimed  much  for  it.  To  test  him  out  some  wags  from 
Ann  Arbor  and  Detroit  concocted  a scheme  and  sent 
him  a tissue  specimen  from  a pig’s  tail  requesting  a 
report.  Lo  and  Behold ! in  a few  days  the  unexpected 
report  came  to  hand  with  the  notation,  “It  is  animal 
tissue,  and  not  pathological,  and  it  is  from  an  extremity.” 
Did  he  know  his  patholog>%  and  how  he  did  his  “tail” 
unfold. 

For  a number  of  years  Dr.  Ernest  L.  Shurly  and  Dr. 
Gibbes  made  exhaustive  studies  of  tuberculosis  as  the 
older  journals  of  the  state  medical  society  vdll  show. 

At  one  time  Dr.  Gibbes  wrote  several  articles  for  a 
Chicago  medical  journal  but  I am  unable  to  trace  the 
name  of  the  journal.  One  of  the  papers  on  dro\\ning 
told  how  it  feels  to  go  down  for  a third  time  as  he 
had  on  two  occasions. 

Shortly  before  the  death  of  Doctor  Gibbes,  I spent 
a very  pleasant  afternoon  with  him  in  his  home  at 
McAllister,  Oklahoma,  and  it  was  only  then  I learned 
that  beneath  a Scottish-Cockney  exterior  was  a charm- 
ing character,  subdued,  cultured,  sympathetic,  com- 
panionable and  inspiring.  I looked  forwnrd  to  other 
visits  with  the  Doctor,  but  a short  time  after  my  first 
visit  the  Doctor  passed  away. 

He  died  in  July,  1912. 

If  you  want  a really  manly  man 

Try  an  honest,  cultured,  rugged  man 

With  a heart  of  gold  beneath  his  ribs. 

For  such  a man  was  Heneage  Gibbes. 

Weelum 

William  Fowler,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S. 

JouF.  M.S.M.S. 


678 


Tk:  JOURNAL 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

' Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 


Volume  40 


September,  1941 


Number  9 


Planned  Farenthnnd 

Its  Contribution  to  National 
Preparedness* 

By  Richard  N.  Pierson,  M.D. 
New  York  City 


Richard  N.  Pierson,  M.D. 

A.B.,  Princeton  University;  M.D'., 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 
Columbia  University,  1918;  Formerly 
Attending  Gynecologist  and  Obstetrician, 
The  Sloane  Hospital  for  Women,  New 
York.  Fellow,  American  College  of 
Surgeons,  New  York  Obstetric  Society. 
Consulting  Gynecologist  and  Obstetri- 
cian, Stamford  Hospital,  Stamford, 
Conn.,  and  Huntington  Hospital,  Hunt- 
ington, L.  I. 


" At  a time  when  world  revolution  and  world 

domination  by  dictatorship  threatens,  the 
American  nation  may  well  be  concerned  with  its 
resources  for  defense — material  and  human.  But 
thus  far  the  principal  emphasis  has  been  put 
upon  guns,  tanks,  aircraft  and  battleships.  Now 
leaders  throughout  the  nation  are  beginning  to 
give  thought  to  our  human  resources. 

“A  falling  birth  rate  . . “Race  suicide  . . 

“A  nation  of  old  people.”  Phrases,  such  as  these, 
appearing  in  news  columns,  editorials  and  maga- 
zine articles  are  attracting  wide  public  attention 
and  arousing  public  fear. 

The  people  of  this  nation  may  well  ask 
themselves:  Are  we  committing  race  suicide? 
Are  we  strong  enough  in  numbers  and  in  qual- 
ity to  defend  our  democratic  institutions? 

Much  has  already  been  undertaken  through  the 
efforts  of  the  Federal  government,  to  safeguard 

*Presented  at  the  75th  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  Detroit,  September  25,  1940. 

September,  1941 


the  national  health,  to  provide  security  for  old 
age  and  for  the  unemployed,  to  expand  facilities 
for  public  education  of  children  and  of  adults, 
to  conserve  natural  resources  and  to  provide  ade- 
quate housing  for  low-income  group  families.  In 
this  hour  of  danger,  all  these  things  which  give 
meaning  to  the  word  democracy  must  be  co- 
ordinated into  one  great  national  effort  to  mo- 
bilize this  nation’s  human  resources. 

The  Nation’s  Manpower 

In  the  face  of  the  death  struggle  in  Europe 
and  in  Asia  between  democracies  and  totalitarian 
powers,  the  American  people  want  to  know : 

What  is  the  state  of  the  nation’s  manpower? 

How  will  our  national  strength  be  affected  by 
trends  in  the  birth  rate  ? 

The  population  of  North  America  even  dis- 
counting the  heavy  tide  of  immigration,  has  in- 
creased in  150  years  at  the  most  phenomenal  rate 
recorded  in  world  history.  Between  1790  and 
1815,  the  population  doubled.  It  doubled  again 
between  1815  and  1840;  a third  time  from  1840 
to  1865 ; again  a fourth  time  from  1865  to  1900. 
If  this  rate  had  continued,  the  United  States 
would  have  more  than  150,000,000  people  today, 
instead  of  131,000,000,  and  by  the  end  of  the 
century,  “Our  population  would  have  greatly 
outnumbered  the  Chinese.”^ 

Fortunately  for  the  orderly  growth  of  the  na- 
tion this  extraordinary  rate  did  not  continue. 
Rapid  industrialization  and  urbanization  of  the 
people,  coupled  with  the  economic  depression,  has 
resulted  in  a marked  slowing  down  of  the  rate 
of  increase,  saving  us  from  the  disastrous  con- 
sequences that  have  accompanied  unlimited  re- 
production in  other  countries — notably  China  and 
India. 

Population  authorities  have  built  up  most  care- 
ful estimates  of  our  future  population  growth. 


- 691 


PLANNED  PARENTHOOD— PIERSON 


A conservative  estimate  by  two  outstanding 
authorities  (Mf.  P.  K.  Whelpton  and  Mr.  War- 
ren S.  Thompson,  co-authors  of  “Population 
Trends  in  the  United  States”)  forecasts  an  in- 
crease of  nearly  23,000,000  by  1985,  when  the 
total  population  of  the  nation  is  expected  to  reach 
its  maximum  of  154,000,000.  And  their  esti- 
mate includes  calculations  which  anticipate  a 
further  decline  in  the  birth  rate  of  nearly  25  per 
cent. 

As  far  as  available  manpower  is  concerned 
the  United  States  today  has  approximately  24 
million  men  between  the  ages  of  twenty  and 
forty-five,  usually  considered  the  military  age 
group.  (Draft  age,  twenty-one  to  thirty-five). 
This  is  four  million  more  than  we  had  during 
the  World  War.  And  by  1980  it  is  estimated  the 
United  States  will  have  26,380,000  men  in  this 
age  group.^ 

Thus,  America’s  population  is  increasing  and 
will  continue  to  increase,  according  to  most  reli- 
able estimates,  for  the  next  thirty  to  fifty  years. 
At  that  time  it  will  reach  a maximum  peak  and 
will  either  riemain  stationary  or  decline  slowly. 
This  trend  is  reflected  in  the  experiences  of  vir- 
tually every  other  civilized  nation. 

The  nation’s  manpower,  both  in  effective  mili- 
tary age  groups  and  in  productive  workers,  is 
adequate  for  national  defense  in  point  of  num- 
bers. Thus,  it  is  clear  that  the  cry  “race  suicide” 
with  which  some  have  greeted  our  declining  rate 
of  growth  is  unjustified  by  the  facts.  The  rate 
is  declining.  Our  numbers  continue  to  increase. 

t , ‘ ■ 

Wasted  Resources 

The  White  House  Conference  on  Children  in 
a Democracy  reported  in  1940  that  between  six 
and  eight  million  children  were  in  families  de- 
pendent for  food  and  shelter  on  various  forms  of 
economic  aid.  Coupled  with  that  is  the  fact  that 
approximately  fifty  per  cent  of  the  2,000,000 
children  born  in  the  country  each  year  are  born 
to  families  O'n  relief  or  with  incomes  of  less  than 
$1,000  per  year. 

Can  there  be  any  question  that  this  unbalanced 
rate  of  birth  is  vastly  complicating  the  social, 
health  and  economic  problems  of  the  nation;  and 
seriously  impeding  the  growth  of  a sturdy,  self- 
reliant  people,  ready  and  willing  to  face  the  ex- 
treme emergency  of  national  defense? 

f n ' a recent  publication,  “Our  National  Re- 

692'  ' 


sources,”  the  National  Resources  Planning  Board, 
Washington,  D.  C.,  July  29,  1940,  reported: 

“Preventive  health  services  for  the  nation  as  a whole 
are  insufficient.  Hospital  and  other  institutional  facili- 
ties are  inadequate  in  many  communities,  especially  in 
rural  areas,  and  financial  support  for  hospital  care  and 
professional  services  in  hospitals  is  not  enough,  particu- 
larly for  people  of  the  lower  income  brackets.” 

It  continued : 

“A  third  of  the  population,  those  with  incomes  under 
$750  per  year,  is  receiving  inadequate  or  no  medical 
service.  An  even  larger  section  of  the  population  suf- 
fers from  economic  burdens  created  by  illness.” 

This  inadequacy  of  the  nation’s  health  re- 
sources has  a staggering  effect  on  the  future 
quality  of  the  population.  Here  are  the  shocking 
facts  as  disclosed  at  the  White  House  Confer- 
ence : 

Among  America’s  children  today : 

Six  million  are  improperly  nourished. 

A million  have  weak  or  damaged  hearts. 

Three  millions  have  impaired  hearing. 

A million  have  defective  speech. 

850.000  are  definitely  feeble-minded. 

300.000  are  crippled. 

400.000  are  tuberculous. 

50.000  are  partially  blind. 

This  would  indicate  that  we  are  breeding  manv 
of  our  children  today  under  conditions  which 
predispose  to  a life  of  ill-health,  permanent  dis- 
ability, poverty  and  delinquency.  Draft  experi- 
ences in  the  Great  War  showed  a disquieting  per- 
centage of  young  men  physically  unfit  for  mili- 
tary service.  Physical  requirements  for  the  1940 
draft  have  been  lowered. 

In  study  after  study,  sociologists  and  authori- 
ties in  the  field  of  crime  and  delinquency  have 
shown  a correlation  between  large,  underprivi- 
leged families  and  the  incidence  of  crime. 

The  crime  problem  today  in  America  is  a 
youth  problem.  As  J.  Edgar  Hoover,  director 
of  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation,  said 
recently,  “It  is  not  pleasant  to  face  the  fact 
that  12  per  cent  of  all  murderers,  45  per  cent 
of  all  burglars,  32  per  cent  of  all  thieves,  13 
per  cent  of  all  arsonists,  and  52  per  cent  of  all 
automobile  thieves  arrested  are  below  voting 
age.”  The  cost  of  crime  is  estimated  at  fifteen 
billion  dollars  a year. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PLANNED  PARENTHOOD— PIERSON 


In  other  ways  the  nation  is  paying  a high 
price  for  its  unbalanced  birth  rate  and  for  lack 
of  a positive  democratic  population  policy. 

We  are  estimated  to  be  spending  five  billion 
dollars  a year  for  the  relief  of  dependent  indi- 
viduals and  families ; for  the  maintenance  of  in- 
stitutions for  the  insane  and  the  feeble-minded ; 
for  the  care  of  the  aged,  the  crippled  and  the 
blind. 

The  cost  of  ill-health  and  premature  death  is 
estimated  at  ten  billions ; the  cost  of  social  inade- 
qtiacy,  at  five  billion  dollars  a year.  The  total, 
allowing  for  possible  over-lapping,  is  said  to 
come  to  one-fourth  of  the  national  income. 

But  more  serious  to  the  future  prosperity  and 
well-being  of  the  nation  than  this  huge  annual 
toll  of  economic  loss,  is  the  wastage  in  human 
resources  upon  which  the  nation  must  depend  for 
its  future  citizens  and  its  future  leaders. 

American  families,  many  millions  of  them,  be- 
cause of  ignorance  year  after  year  breed  more 
children  than  they  can  care  for — more  children 
whose  only  expectation  for  the  future  is  to  per- 
petuate the  conditions  of  poverty  and  ill-health 
under  which  their  parents  live. 

The  consequence  must  be  of  concern  to  eveiy'^ 
citizen  who  has  any  deep  interest  in  the  present 
welfare  and  defense  of  the  nation. 

Prosperity  and  Population  Trends 

It  has  been  the  custom  for  many  business  men 
and  economists  to  view  with  alarm  the  falling 
birth  rate  in  the  United  States,  on  the  basis  of 
the  belief  that  rapid  increases  in  population  go 
hand  in  hand  with  rapidly  expanding  economic 
growth.  In  a bulletin  on  population  trends  pub- 
lished by  Standard  Statistics  Company  it  was 
stated ; 

“If  the  addition  of  workers  to  a new  country  helps 
to  raise  the  per  capita  income  through  better  ex- 
ploitation of  natural  resources,  while  overcrowding  re- 
sults in  poverty  and  starvation,  there  obviously  must 
be  an  optimum  number  of  people  somewhere  between 
the  two  extremes.  As  the  population  increases,  the 
average  amount  of  natural  resources  per  individual 
falls.  It  certainly  would  be  economically  unwise  to 
increase  the  labor  supply  past  the  point  where  pro- 
ductivity per  worker  reaches  a maximum.” 

Whelpton  stated  recently ; 

“If  this  nation  could  choose  bet-ween  having  a sta- 
tionary population  of  131,000,000  (our  present  size)  or 

September,  1941 


150,000,000  or  100,000,000  it  can  be  shown  quite  con- 
clusively that  the  smaller  number  would  be  best  from 
an  economic  standpoint.”® 

As  the  Standard  Statistics  Study  has  pointed 
out,  the  root  of  the  economic  problem  arising 
from  population  trends  is  the  relationship  be- 
tween numbers  of  people  and  land  and  natural 
resources.  The  latter  are  definitely  limited; 
there  is  no  readily  definable  limit  to  size  to  which 
a population  may  grow  under  favorable  condi- 
tions. And  as  Professor  Henry  Pratt  Fairchild 
has  pointed  out : “.  . . without  new  land  and 
augmented  natural  resources,  technology  alone 
cannot  provide  for  an  indefinite  increase  of 
population.”^ 

“A  concrete  illustration  of  the  possibilities  is  furnish- 
ed by  the  record  of  two  brothers,  who  married  two 
sisters  in  Lille,  France,  in  1830.  One  hundred  and 
three  years  later  these  two  couples  had  835  living 
descendants.”^ 

The  effect  of  population  trends  upon  the  reser- 
voir of  productive  workers  is  well-marked.  In 
1930,  55.5  per  cent  of  the  population  was  in  the 
productive  age  group  of  from  twenty  to  sixty-five 
years  of  age;  this  percentage,  according  to  con- 
servative estimates,  should  increase  to  61  per  cent 
by  1950.  By  1980  the  percentage  will  be  approxi- 
mately 60  per  cent  of  the  total  population.®  In 
consequence  it  is  readily  apparent  that  the  eco- 
nomic structure  of  the  United  States  will  not 
lack  for  productive  man-power  as  a result  of 
decreasing  population  growth. 

In  1935-1936  the  average  annual  income  of  the 
American  family  amounted  to  $1,622;  one-third 
of  the  American  families  received  an  annual  in- 
come of  less  than  $780,  the  middle  third  received 
from  $780  to  $1,450,  and  the  highest  third  re- 
ceived $1,450  or  more. 

E.  J.  Coll,  Director  of  the  National  Economic 
and  Social  Planning  Association,  has  strikingly 
characterized  this  problem : 

“In  the  depressed  areas  of  the  country  are  perhaps 
40,000,000  people  living  at,  and  below,  a subsistence 
level,  and  taking  a very  meager  part  in  the  economic 
life  of  the  nation.  If  these  people  could  be  brought 
into  effective  production  and  consumption,  total  econom- 
ic” activity  of  the  nation  would  be  vastly  expanded 
without  any  actual  increase  in  numbers  of  people.”*''-  ' 

60-.1  • 


PLANNED  PARENTHOOD— PIERSON 


America’s  Population  Problem 

It  has  been  the  purpose  of  my  observations 
thus  far  to  develop  the  facts  as  we  know  them 
concerning  population  trends  in  this  country  and 
the  possible  effects  of  those  trends  upon  the  na- 
tion’s social  and  economic  life.  It  seems  clear 
that  America’s  population  problem  today  is  not 
one  of  numbers,  but  a problem  of  qualitative 
growth. 

Quality  vs.  Quantity 

In  numbers  the  American  nation  is  strong  and 
will  grow  stronger.  In  health  and  in  morale 
there  is  reason  to  ask  the  question:  Is  the  quality 
of  our  people  in  real  balance  with  quantity?  Ten 
years  of  harsh  economic  circumstance  for  a large 
section  of  the  American  people  have  left  a resi- 
due of  social,  economic  and  health  problems 
which  menance  seriously  the  quality  of  our  hu- 
man resources,  the  endurance  of  democratic 
government,  and  therefore  our  military  defences. 

Today  America’s  population  is  being  bred 
from  the  bottom  up.  The  poorest  families, 
through  ignorance,  have  more  children  than  they 
can  afford  to  rear  properly.  Families  in  the 
middle  and  upper  income  groups,  particularly 
those  in  urban  centers,  are  not  having  sufficient 
children  to  replace  themselves,  because  of  eco- 
nomic and  social  conditions  which  make  the  bear- 
ing of  children  destructive  to  the  family’s  hard- 
won  standards  of  living. 

This  is  unbalance. 

A Democratic  Population  Policy 

State  subsidies,  bachelor  taxes,  medals  for  pro- 
lific mothers — these  the  totalitarian  states  have 
tried  in  their  drive  to  breed  more  and  more  can- 
non (fodder.  In  large  degree  they  have  failed. 
Sweden  is  the  one  country  which  appears  to 
have  succeeded : They  plan  parenthood  and  sub- 
sidize it. 

It  is  an  inescapable  fact  that  where  conditions 
are  favorable  to  early  marriage,  where  the  eco- 
nomic burden  of  parenthood  may  be  undertaken 
more  easily,  and  where  more  hope  exists  for  a 
better  world  tomorrow  for  today’s  children,  the 
people  of  any  nation  will  bear  children  and  in- 
crease or  maintain  their  numbers.  Doctors 
know  that  American  women  continue  to  want 
children. 


If  the  United  States  is  to  correct  its  unbalanced 
birth  rate;  if  it  is  to  encourage  parents  in  the 
middle  and  higher  income  classes  to  bear  more 
children;  if  it  is  to  maintain  its  population  well 
balanced  in  quantity  and  quality,  it  must  seek 
to  create  these  conditions. 

♦ * * 

SWEDEN’S  POPULATION  POLICY 

By  Alva  Myrdal,  Birth  Control  Review, 

April,  1939 

After  stock  had  been  taken  of  demographic  changes 
and  their  causes  and  also  of  social  conditions,  a popula- 
tion program  was  formulated,  with  concrete  plans 
drafted  in  seventeen  reports  by  the  Population  Com- 
mission and  some  ten  reports  by  other  related  Royal 
Commissions.  The  first  proposed  reforms  were  enacted 
in  1935,  most  of  the  new  legal  provisions  went  into 
effect  January  1,  1938,  and  some  are  still  only  plans, 
though  thoroughly  prepared  and  officially  recommended. 
The  basic  principles  of  this  population  policy  may  be 
summarized  in  three  statements,  all  of  which  are  ap- 
parent paradoxes : 

1.  Voluntary  parenthood  and  a positive  population 
policy  shall  be  brought  together.  The  neo-AIalthusians 
focused  their  interest  on  the  former,  while  population 
conservatives  have  centered  around  the  latter.  There 
is,  however,  no  reason  for  such  a choice.  Voluntary 
parenthood  should  be  assured,  so  that  the  size  of  in- 
dividual families  may  be  regulated  according  to  their 
best  interest,  but  community  means  should  be  mobilized 
so  as  not  to  force  that  regulation  to  extremes.  Only 
children  welcome  to  their  parents  are  wanted  by  the 
nation.  Birth  control  must  be  spread  effectively  to  all 
groups  of  society,  in  order  that  only  desired  children 
are  born,  but  at  the  same  time  social  conditions  must 
be  so  rearranged  that  more  children  can  be  welcomed. 

2.  Both  quantitative  and  qualitative  aspects  are  con- 
sidered. The  quantitative  goal  has  been  fixed  at  re- 
taining, if  possible,  a constant  population ; increasing 
population  numbers  being  considered  neither  feasible 
nor  desirable.  This  quota  should  not,  however,  be 
filled  by  children  undesired  by  their  parents ; quantity 
(Should  not  be  secured  by  sacrificing  quality.  Thus 
Sweden  cannot  resort  to  paying  premiums  to  parents 
per  newborn  child,  however  effective  such  measures 
may  be  from  the  purely  quantitative  interest.  All 
measures  should  be  shaped  so  as  to  insure  both  the 
best  improvement  in  health  and  environmental  con- 
ditions for  the  children  themselves  and  a reduction  of 
the  economic  motive  for  extreme  family  regulation. 
It  follows  that  practical  aid,  instead  of  being  paid  in 
cash  to  parents,  should  be  paid  in  services  to  children, 
offering  rational  cooperative  consumption,  tax-paid  for 
children  of  all  social  groups. 

3.  The  means  for  a democratic'  population  policy 
must  include  both  educational  influences  and  social  re- 


694 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PLANNED  PARENTHOOD— PIERSON 


forms.  Sheer  moralization  and  exhortations  of  duty 
to  the  nation  are  considered  futile.  Psychological  at- 
titudes may,  however,  be  changed  by  education  to 
greater  understanding  of  family  values  and  greater 
capacity  for  living  in  family  relations.  On  the  other 
hand,  economic  reforms  are  necessary  by  which  a 
larger  share  of  the  national  resources  are  allotted  to 
children. 

Without  education,  no  family  reforms  can  be  voted 
by  a people  among  whom  childless  individuals  and 
“child  poor”  families  already  form  the  overwhelming 
majority.  Without  social  reforms  no  sermons  on  the 
value  of  larger  families  can  be  given  to  the  broad 
masses  of  the  people.  When  the  “normal”  size  of  the 
family  in  the  majority  of  non-sterile  marriages  has 
to  be  fixed  at  four  children  in  order  to  keep  population 
constant  in  the  long  run,  it  becomes  apparent  that 
nine-tenths  of  the  population  cannot  rear  these  chil- 
dren according  to  approved  standards  of  health  and 
culture  without  considerable  community  support. 

All  the  positive  reforms  aim  at  improving  health, 
education  and  environmental  conditions  in  general.  To- 
gether they  form  a new  system  of  prophylactic  social 
policy,  safeguarding  the  quality  of  the  population  in 
advance  and  not  merely  palliating  its  ills.  Such  a policy 
is  considered  an  investment  in  the  personal  capital  of 
the  country,  equally  as  profitable  or  more  so  than  in- 
vestment in  factories  and  machines  and  other  property 
which  “rust  can  corrupt  and  moth  consume.” 

Basic  to  any  population  program  founded  on 
democratic  ideals  and  ways  of  living  is  the  prop- 
osition that  parenthood  must  be  voluntary.  It 
is  part  and  parcel  of  the  democratic  ideal,  ex- 
pressing as  it  does  the  right  of  a child  to  be  well- 
born and  well-reared;  the  right  of  the  parents  to 
undertake  the  responsibilities  of  parenthood  con- 
sciously and  in  full  knowledge  of  their  duty  to 
themselves,  to  the  child  and  to  the  nation.  Main- 
tenance of  a nation’s  birth  rate  by  undesired 
births  not  only  violates  the  spirit  of  democratic 
society,  but  creates  social  and  economic  problems 
which  menace  the  orderly  growth  of  democratic 
institutions,  and  may  lead  to  the  destruction  of 
democratic  government. 

To  maintain  a democratic  society,  population 
replacement  would  surely  better  come  from 
thoughtful  and  responsible  parents,  rather  than 
improvident  irresponsibles.  It  will  be  generally 
agreed  that  planned  parenthood  has  an  essential 
place  in  a comprehensive  population  program. 

As  a weapon  in  the  armamentarium  of  phy- 
||  sicians  and  public  health  officers,  planned  parent- 
fy  hood  reduces  maternal  and  infant  mortality  and 
j helps  to  promote  the  generaf  health  of  the  com- 
munity. Specifically  it  will  greatly  reduce  ma- 


ternal mortality  by  preventing  pregnancy  in  poor 
maternity  risks  ( cardio-vascular,  chronic  kidney, 
et  centera)  and  in  women  who  would  otherwise 
resort  to  induced  abortions.^. 

As  a means  of  promoting  marital  happiness, 
planned  parenthood  strengthens  the  family  and 
promotes  the  vitality  of  family  life  upon  which 
rests  the  welfare  of  the  nation  as  a whole. 

In  consequence,  one  of  the  major  tasks  of  a 
sound  population  program  is  the  rapid  extension 
of  planned  parenthood  to  all  families  in  the 
United  States  who  desire  it.  This  would  require 
not  only  contraceptive  advice  available  from  and 
prescribed  by  physicians,  but  also  the  inclusion  of 
contraceptive  advice  in  state  and  federal  public 
health  services — a step  approved  now  by  seventy- 
seven  per  cent  of  the  American  people,  according 
to  a recent  Gallup  Poll.  Already  three  states 
have  incorporated  birth  control  into  their  state 
maternal  and  child  health  programs,  as  a very 
important  health  service,  which  now  offer  excep- 
tional opportunity  for  study  of  the  benefits  that 
result  from  the  extension  of  contraceptive  facil- 
ities to  the  poorer  sections  of  the  population. 

The  prevention  by  sterilization  of  breeding  of 
the  feeble-minded,  the  criminal  insane,  and  the 
congenitally  diseased  is  a specialized  problem 
in  which  progress  is  being  made.  Many  con- 
servative authorities  feel  that  it  is  full  of  un- 
explored dangers.  Most  doctors  feel  that  it  has 
a place  which  remains  to  be  worked  out. 

Present  activities  of  the  federal,  state,  and 
local  governments  in  the  fields  of  health  and 
social  welfare,  if  administered  with  due  recogni- 
tion of  the  need  for  promoting  planned  parent- 
hood, can  contribute  immeasurably  to  sound  pop- 
ulation growth  and  to  the  improvement  of  the 
quality  of  the  nation’s  people.  General  education 
on  maternal  and  child  welfare,  with  proper  em- 
phasis on  child-spacing  and  public  health  services 
for  those  who  cannot  afford  the  services  of  pri- 
vate physicians,  would  reduce  the  economic 
burden  of  having  and  caring  for  children  and 
promote  a more  intelligent  and  conscientious  at- 
titude toward  parenthood. 

Corollary  to  these  activities  and  of  equal  im- 
portance to  a national  population  program  is  the 
need  for  regional  and  national  planning  and 
study  of  the  relationship  of  resources  and  popu- 
lation in  various  geographic  ai’eas.  In  recent 
years,  many  states  and  a number  of  regional 


September,  1941 


695 


PRIMARY  CARCINOMA  OF  THE  SCROTUM— ALCORN 


planning  commissions  have  been  created  for  that 
purpose.  Aided  by  such  national  bodies  as  the 
National  Planning  Board,  these  at  present  con- 
stitute one  means  of  attacking  the  complex  prob- 
lems of  migration,  wastage  of  resources  and 
other  problems  of  regional  development  which 
bear  directly  upon  the  whole  national  problem 
of  population. 

An  Initial  Step 

Full  development  of  a comprehensive  popula- 
tion program  in  accordance  with  the  American 
way  of  doing  things  is  a complex  and  long-time 
task.  Like  many  another  movement  devoted  to 
the  national  welfare,  no  ready  answer  or  quick 
solution  is  possible.  But  the  issue  is  far  too  im- 
portant to  be  dismissed  as  too  complex  to  admit 
of  practical  accomplishment.  A start  must  be 
made. 

A Task  for  All 

America’s  population  problem  is  not  alone  the 
concern  of  students  and  authorities  in  the  field. 
It  is  the  vital  and  immediate  concern  of  every 
citizen  of  the  nation.  Practical  action  upon  it 
requires  the  backing  of  informed  public  opinion. 

Many  of  the  activities  now  going  forward 
which  bear  upon  our  population  problem  have  the 
support  of  a majority  of  Americans.  But  on  the 
whole  problem  of  population  there  is  little  public 
understanding  of  the  issues  or  the  possible  aven- 
ues of  attack.  One  thing  is  certain : if  public  mis- 
understanding and  lack  of  knowledge  is  permit- 
ted to  continue,  fostered  by  cries  of  “race  suicide” 
and  a “falling  birth  rate,”  public  demand  may 
force  ill-considered  and  ineffective  remedies  in 
the  near  future,  as  it  has  done  in  the  past.  Par- 
ticularly, effort  should  be  made  to  resolve  the 
relatively  small  remaining  controversy  between 
the  Catholic  clergy  and  the  majority  of  the 
American  people  on  the  subject  of  the  method  of 
birth  control. 

Summary 

Most  Americans  believe  that  the  industrial  end 
of  national  defense  can  be  well  handled  by  our 
industrialists  in  cooperation  with  the  govern- 
ment. Planning  and  controlling  parenthood  is 
an  essential  democratic  method  of  developing 
and  maintaining  the  optimum  quality  and  quan- 
tity of  our  people.  In  this  planning,  we  doctors, 
we  citizens,  are  confronting  a problem  of  fun- 


damental importance  to  us,  and  to  our  children 
and  to  our  country,  because  it  determines  the 
man-power  needed  for  national  defense. 

Bibliography 

1.  Fairchild,  Henry  Pratt:  When  the  population  levels  off. 
Harper’s  Magazine,  May,  1938. 

2.  National  Resources  Committee:  Report,  May,  1938. 

3.  Population  Reference  Bureau,  Washington,  D.  C.  Chang- 
ing age  composition  of  the  American  people.  Population 
Bulletin,  March,  1940. 

4.  Thompson:  The  Problems  of  a Changing  Population.  Na- 

tional Resources  Committee,  May,  1938. 

5.  Warner:  Jour.  A.M.A.,  July  27,  1940. 

6.  Whelpton,  P.  K. : Population  policy  for  the  United  States. 
Speech  at  the  National  Conference  of  Social  Work,  Buffalo, 
New  York,  June,  1939. 

MSMS 

Primary  Carcinoma  of  the 
Scrotum 

Report  of  a Cose 

Kent  Alcorn,  B.S.,  M.S.,  M.D. 

Bay  City,  Michigan 

Kent  A.  Alcorn,  M.D. 

B.S.  and  M.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1930. 

MS.  in  Urology  University  of  Minnesota 
(Mayo  Clinic),  1937.  Member,  Detroit  Uro- 
logical  Society,  American  Urological  Associa- 
tion, Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ Primary  carcinoma  of  the  scrotum  is  a rare 
neoplasm  in  the  United  States.  The  cases  re- 
ported in  this  country  have  occurred  chiefly  in 
New  England.  According  to  the  literature  re- 
viewed, no  cases  have  been  described  as  originat- 
ing in  Michigan,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  the 
following  case  report  is  of  interest. 

W.  W.,  a white  man,  aged  59,  presented  himself  for 
treatment  in  July,  1939.  He  was  bom  in  an  adjacent 
county,  and  had  been  employed  as  a fisherman  on  the 
Great  Lakes  for  forty  years.  His  past  medical  history 
contained  no  record  of  important  illnesses.  There  were 
no  references  to  cancer,  tuberculosis,  or  other  consti- 
tutional diseases  in  his  family  history.  Some  years  ago, 
in  his  occupation,  he  followed  the  common  practice  of 
using  tar  as  a preservative  for  fish  nets.  However,  an 
entirely  different  substance  was  substituted  about  ten 
years  ago.  The  patient  did  not  recall  that  his  clothing 
covering  the  external  genitalia  ever  became  contami- 
nated with  the  tar,  although  he  admitted  the  possi- 
bility. His  complaint  at  the  moment  consisted  of  an 
ulcerated  area  on  the  scrotum.  This  was  first  noticed 
in  November,  1938,  appearing  then  as  a small  indu- 
rated area.  In  the  2 months  immediately  preceding  his 
initial  examination,  it  had  grown  quite  rapidly,  with  an 
increase  in  localized  tenderness.  About  1 month  before 
he  was  first  seen,  the  involved  area  became  ulcerated. 
His  weight  had  remained  constant. 

The  physical  examination  disclosed  a tall  slender 

Tour,  M.S.M.S. 


696 


PRIMARY  CARCINOMA  OF  THE  SCROTUM— ALCORN 


man  whose  appearance  belied  his  age.  His  left  pupil 
was  slightly  larger  than  the  right,  and  did  not  react  to 
light  quite  as  vigorously  as  the  right  pupil.  The  dis- 
turbing lesion  was  located  on  the  inferior  portion  of 
the  left  scrotum,  measuring  about  2 cm.  by  1.5  cm.  It 
was  freely  movable,  and  appeared  to  involve  only  the 
skin.  The  edges  were  quite  firm  and  somewhat  rolled. 
Ulceration  of  the  growth  had  resulted  in  a purulent 
coating,  moderate  in  amount.  The  scrotal  contents 
were  normal  upon  palpation.  Both  inguinal  areas  con- 
tained small  palpable  lymph  nodes.  The  prostate  was 
of  normal  size  on  rectal  examination. 

The  blood  count  and  hemoglobin  estimation  were 
within  normal  limits.  The  blood  urea  level  was  33  mg. 
per  cent,  and  the  Kahn  test  was  negative. 

Clinical  Diagnosis. — Carcinoma  of  the  scrotum,  wdth 
probable  metastases. 

Under  spinal  anesthesia,  the  scrotal  lesion  was  widely 
incised.  Ample  scrotal  tissue  was  available  for  closure 
without  tension.  Through  bilateral  inguinal  incisions, 
the  superficial  and  deep  lymph  nodes  were  dissected 
and  removed. 

The  scrotal  incision  healed  promptly.  From  the  in- 
guinal wounds,  there  "was  a moderate  amount  of  serous 
drainage  which  persisted  for  ten  days  before  healing 
was  complete. 

Pathological  report  (Dr.  C.  M.  Ovoen). — Microscopi- 
cally, the  scrotal  tissue  exhibited  a new  growth  of 
atypical  squamous  cells,  which  showed  from  25  to  50 
per  cent  undifferentiation.  Some  keratin  was  present 
with  the  formation  of  small  pearls.  A number  of  mi- 
totic figures  and  large  nucleoli  were  seen.  Consider- 
able secondary  infection  was  also  evident.  The  hanph 
nodes  showed  infection,  but  no  metastases. 

Diagnosis. — Squamous  cell  carcinoma  of  the  skin, 
grade  ii,  with  an  associated  infection.  Lymphadenitis. 

Progress 

January  16,  1940. — Patient  states  that  he  has  been 
working  regularly,  and  is  feeling  well. 

September  4,  1940. — K more  recent  communication 
from  the  patient  states  that  he  was  seen  by  his  ^doctor, 
and  the  groin  and  scrotal  wounds  were  found  to  be 
free  from  palpable  masses.  The  patient  is  continuing 
at  his  work. 

Most  of  the  reported  cases  in  the  world  litera- 
ture of  carcinoma  of  the  scrotum  have  occurred 
in  the  British  Isles,  where  it  was  noted  by  Butlin 
over  45  years  ago  as  a comparatively  common 
occupational  epithelioma.  According  to  Green,  it 
was  first  described  by  Percival  Pott  in  1775,  and 
called  “chimney-sweep’s  disease.”  The  number 
of  fatal  cases  of  cancer  of  the  scrotum  reported 
by  Henry  to  have  occurred  in  England  and 
Wales  between  1911  and  1935  was  1,487.  A 
large  number  of  these  were  in  individuals  em- 


ployed in  the  cotton-spinning  industry.  Others 
were  tar  and  petroleum  workers,  and  those  en- 
gaged in  the  Scottish  shale  oil  industry.  The 
rarity  of  this  lesion  on  the  Continent  in  compari- 
son to  the  numbers  seen  in  English  hospitals  was 


Fig.  1. 


noted  by  Butlin  many  years  ago.  The  subject 
was  reviewed  in  this  country  by  Green  in  1910, 
who  found  only  seven  cases  in  the  records  of  the 
Massachusetts  General  Hospital  in  the  25  years 
preceding  1910.  Only  four  of  these  were  unques- 
tionably primary  carcinoma  of  the  scrotum;  one 
was  secondary  to  cancer  of  the  penis,  and  two 
were  probably  cancer  of  the  scrotum,  but  were 
not  verified  microscopically.  Green  also  stated 
that  three  of  the  four  proven  cases  had  the  lesion 
on  the  left  side  of  the  scrotum;  two  of  the  pa- 
tients had  been  “mule-spinners”  in  the  cotton 
mills  of  England;  the  other  two  were  from  Ire- 
land, occupations  irrelevant.  Recently,  Graves 
reported  a series  of  fourteen  cases,  of  which 
number,  nine  gave  a definite  history  of  exposure 
to  oil;  of  these,  three  were  employed  as  “mule- 
spinners.”  Metastases  were  found  in  the  ingui- 
nal glands  of  ten  of  the  fourteen  cases.  The  ma- 
lignancies were  grade  i in  six  cases,  grade  ii  in 


September,  1941 


697 


TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS  OF  SERVICE— EULER 


four  cases,  and  grade  iii  in  two  cases,  two  cases 
being  unreported. 

Experimental  and  clinical  observations  indi- 
cate that  the  mineral  oil  used  in  the  cotton-spin- 
ning industry  is  carcinogenic,  according  to  Ir- 
vine. Leitch  has  demonstrated  experimentally 
that  certain  refined  mineral  oils  used  for  machine 
lubrication  are  capable  of  producing  carcinoma 
of  the  skin.  Of  the  cases  reported  in  the  British 
literature,  a large  number  involve  individuals  in 
direct  contact  with  mineral  oil.  Mule-spinners 
work  astride  a revolving  shaft  which  throws  oil 
onto  the  clothing,  particularly  that  covering  the 
external  genitalia.  The  rotation  of  the  shaft 
probably  accounts  for  the  predominance  of  the 
lesions  on  the  left  side  of  the  scrotum  in  these 
workers. 

In  the  case  here  reported  no  co-existing  fac- 
tors were  apparent  in  the  history  to  account  for 
the  malignancy  on  the  basis  of  the  usual  history 
given  in  these  cases.  This  patient  had  never 
been  out  of  the  state,  and  stated  that  he  had  had 
practically  no  contact  with  mineral  oils. 

Summary 

A case  of  primary  carcinoma  of  the  scrotum  in 
a native-born  American  is  reported,  with  no 
traceable  etiological  factors,  except  for  the  pos- 
sible factor  of  tar,  as  formerly  used  in  his  occu- 
pation. 

A brief  review  of  the  available  literature  on 
primary  carcinoma  of  the  scrotum  is  given. 

But  few  cases  have  been  reported  in  the  Amer- 
ican literature.  Practically  all  the  cases  reported 
have  occurred  in  the  British  Isles,  chiefly  among 
the  cotton-mill  workers. 

Lubricating  oil  with  carcinogenic  properties  is 
believed  to  be  responsible  for  the  incidence 
among  these  workers. 

MSMS-- 

An  Expressed  or  Implied  Contract 

There  exists  between  the  physician  and  his  pa- 
tient a relationship  resting  upon  a contract  which 
is  either  expressed  or  implied,  and,  in  practically 
all  cases,  implied.  This  contract  places  upon  the 
physician  certain  responsibilities  and  duties,  and 
a breach  of  it  leading  to  a bad  result  or  injury 
to  the  patient  may  be  the  basis  of  an  action  for 
malpractice. 

Samuel  Wright  Donaldson,  A.B.,  M.D.,  F.A.C.R.  The 
Roentgenologist  in  Court.  Charles  C.  Thomas,  1937. 

698 


The  Highlights  of  Twenty-five 
Years  of  Service* 

By  Marjorie  Euler 
Topeka,  Kansas 


Marjorie  Euler 


" I PROPOSE  to  discuss,  very  briefly  and  very 
crudely,  a few  angles  that  relate  to  the  run- 
ning of  a doctor’s  office,  with  the  hope  that  the 
discussion  may  be  of  some  small  help  to  other 
medical  assistants.  The  organization  of  Medi- 
cal Assistants  is  so  new  that,  outside  of  a few 
articles  in  a business  magazine,  I was  unable  to 
find  anything  written  concerning  their  duties,  so 
I have  only  my  own  experience  over  a period 
of  twenty-five  years  from  which  to  draw. 

The  girl  who  works  for  a doctor  today  en- 
ters upon  a real  career  and,  it  seems  to  me,  one 
of  the  most  useful  careers  that  it  is  possible  for 
her  to  fulfill.  She  is  required  to  take  medical 
dictation,  write  case  and  operative  histories,  keep 
accurate  files,  handle  the  doctor’s  correspondence, 
as  well  as  to  act  as  hostess,  nurse,  mother,  en- 
tertainer, telephone  operator,  bookkeeper,  collec- 
tor, treasurer,  income  tax  computer  and  house- 
keeper. It  seems  to  me  the  best  type  of  training 
to  prepare  oneself  as  a doctor’s  assistant,  would 
be  a general  business  course,  including,  of  course, 
shorthand  and  typewriting  and  any  sort  of  nurs- 
es’ training  you  could  get.  I personally  do 
not  think  it  is  necessary  to  be  a graduate  nurse, 
however,  I do  think  this  would  help.  You  can 
pick  up  some  of  the  laboratory  work  such  as 
doing  urinalyses  and  blood  counts  as  you  go 
along.  This,  of  course,  makes  you  more  valua- 
ble to  your  doctor,  but  should  contact  with  sick- 
ness and  its  attendant  misfortunes  be  distasteful 
to  you  or  make  you  worried  or  depressed,  it 

*Presented  at  the  Conference  of  ^Medical  Assistants  at  the 
seventy-fifth  meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society, 
September  24,  1940. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS  OF  SERVICE— EULER 


would  be  much  better  for  you  to  start  your  career 
in  some  business  office,  but  on  the  other  hand,  if 
you  have  the  urge  to  help  and  comfort,  then 
you  have  found  the  groove  to  which  you  are 
best  suited,  and  as  the  years  go  on  and  you  get 
more  acquainted  with  your  work  and  grow  to 
love  it,  you’ll  feel  like  you  have  been  a little 
help  to  humanity  and  it  will  be  a source  of  satis- 
faction to  you. 

By  being  in  a doctor’s  office  you  miss  one 
thing  that  you  will  find  in  a corporation,  that  is 
a chance  for  a higher  position,  for  there  is  only 
one  over  you,  the  doctor,  and  his  place  you  can 
never  fill,  but  within  your  position  itself  there 
is  the  possibility  of  infinite  expansion.  You 
can  continue  to  improve  from  day  to  day  by 
doing  splendid  and  worth-while  work  and  by 
making  yourself  indispensable  to  your  doctor. 
In  other  words  be  his  left  hand  if  you  can’t  be 
his  right,  and  be  the  best  “Girl  Friday”  you  can, 
and  as  you  increase  in  helpfulness,  and  as  his 
practice  grows,  and  especially  as  you  learn  to 
handle  his  collections  efficiently  and  actually  save 
money  for  him,  learn  to  do  minor  dressings  and 
relieve  him  of  giving  shots,  your  salary  will 
grow  in  proportion. 

Personalities 

We  might  start  now  with  a typical  day  at  the 
office.  Whatever  time  your  office  opens,  be  at 
least  five  minutes  ahead  of  time,  so  that  you  do 
not  have  to  feel  rushed.  Your  time  will  always  be 
well  filled  so  a planned  day  will  give  you  much 
more  satisfaction  and  time,  than  one  that  is  rushed 
and  muddled.  Nothing  annoys  a doctor  more 
than  not  to  have  you  at  the  office  on  time.  It  is 
very  annoying  to  him  to  have  a patient  phone 
him  at  home  or  bother  him  at  the  hospital  with 
this  remark,  “I  called  your  office  but  nobody 
will  answer.”  You  will  find  just  so  many  people 
of  this  kind  so  be  on  hand  and  do  not  let  it 
occur.  Yourself  should  be  neat  and  well 
groomed  at  all  times ; uniform  and  shoes  kept 
spotless  and  white,  makeup — yes,  we  should 
be  as  attractive  as  possible  as  we  are  the  first 
glimpse  that  the  public  gets  of  the  office,  but  this 
doesn’t  mean  brilliantly  colored  claws  for  nails. 
Have  them  well  manicured  (this  can  be  done  by 
giving  a little  of  your  time  and  with  very  little 
expense),  I prefer  a light  or  natural  shade  of 
polish  for  the  office.  I do  not  think  there  is 
anything  more  out  of  place  in  a doctor’s  office 


than  gaudy  nails  and  costume  jewelry.  Never 
be  guilty  of  wearing  a dark  slip  under  a white 
uniform  nor  one  that  is  too  long. 

Office  Housekeeping 

Now  we  are  at  the  office,  in  uniform  and 
ready  to  start  the  day.  We  must  dust  first  as 
everything  around  a doctor’s  office  should  be 
kept  as  spotless  as  soap,  water  and  furniture 
polish  can  make  it,  magazines  arranged  neatly  on 
magazine  racks  or  tables,  one  at  each  end  of  the 
room  if  possible  so  that  patients  will  not  have 
to  reach  across  another  to  get  a magazine — as 
this  is  always  annoying  especially  so,  if  you 
do  not  feel  well.  Do  as  much  of  the  doctor’s 
correspondence  as  possible  before  the  doctor 
comes  in,  as  it  is  much  easier  and  you  are  less 
apt  to  make  mistakes,  if  you  run  your  typewriter 
when  there  are  no  interruptions,  also  it  leaves 
you  free  to  help  your  doctor  when  he  does  come 
in.  Always  have  your  sterilizer  on  and  at  a low 
boil,  so  that  in  general  use  or  any  type  of  emer- 
gency it  is  always  ready  to  sterilize  instruments 
without  delay.  At  this  time  take  plenty  of 
time  to  check  all  supplies  and  see  that  they  are 
ready  for  instant  use.  Post  all  books  if  possible 
before  the  doctor  arrives,  if  you  post  them  eveiy" 
day,  you  will  find  it  takes  only  a short  time; 
books  kept  up  is  a joy  and  satisfaction  to  your- 
self as  well  as  your  doctor.  The  morning  is  a 
good  time  to  make  and  sterilize  dressings,  steri- 
lize and  powder  gloves  and  check  your  laundry. 
In  ordering  supplies  I have  found  it  best  to 
stick  to  one  or  two  good  reputable  pharmaceu- 
tical houses.  After  they  become  acquainted  with 
you  they  will  give  you  much  better  service  and 
if  they  do  not  have  your  product,  they  will  gladly 
order  it  for  you  and  then  keep  it  stocked.  A 
word  might  be  said  at  this  time  about  magazines 
in  a doctor’s  office.  Do  by  all  means  keep  them 
up-to-date.  The  old  saying,  “If  you  want  an 
old  magazine,  go  to  a doctor’s  office,”  I am  sure 
is  fast  becoming  only  a saying  and  not  a reality, 
so  discard  all  old  and  torn  copies.  I think  two  of 
the  so-called  woman’s  magazines  are  nice,  also 
a fashion  magazine,  as  there  is  not  a woman 
living,  young  or  old,  educated  or  uneducated, 
who  is  not  interested  in  fashions.  Then  for  those 
who  have  only  a few  minutes  to  wait,  picture 
magazines;  Hygiea,  the  health  magazine,  put  out 
by  the  A.M.A.,  will  always  have  a big  following. 


September,  1941 


699 


TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS  OF  SERVICE— EULER 


Patients 

Before  the  patients  start  coming  in  I find  it 
helps  to  have  a list  of  your  appointments  on 
your  desk  as  well  as  the  doctor’s.  Look  these 
over  until  you  are  quite  familiar  with  them,  as 
nothing  pleases  a patient  more  than  being  ad- 
dressed by  his  own  name  as  he  enters.  If  he 
is  a new  patient  be  very  careful  about  getting 
name  (spelled  correctly),  address  and  telephone 
number.  If  married  get  husband’s  initials  and 
his  place  of  employment;  if  a minor  child,  get 
father’s  initials.  Do  not  leave  this  job  up  to 
your  doctor  as  he  is  often  too  busy  or  else  he 
knows  the  patient  well  enough  that  he  hesitates 
geting  the  rest  of  the  information  that  is  essen- 
tial for  you  to  keep  good  records.  I cannot  stress 
this  point  too  strongly,  as  this  is  the  keynote  of 
efficient  collecting. 

Usher  patients  in  as  near  appointments  as 
possible,  trying  not  to  show  any  fuss  or  rush 
regardless  of  how  many  are  waiting.  I have 
found  it  helps  to  save  fifteen  minutes  in  the 
middle  of  the  afternoon  for  the  patient  who  per- 
sists in  coming  in  without  appointment  or  for 
the  out-of-town  patient  that  never  seems  to 
think  that  it  is  necessary  to  phone  or  write  for 
an  appointment.  Theoretically,  it  is  unfair  to 
those  who  have  appointments  to  “run  in”  one 
without  an  appointment,  yet  it  sometimes  saves 
an  excellent  case  for  your  doctor.  If  your  doc- 
tor tries  to  take  patients  by  appointment,  it  is 
best  for  you  to  tactfully  say  to  the  one  who 
doesn’t  have  an  appointment,  “Doctor  prefers 
to  take  his  patients  by  appointment”  and  that 
you  would  appreciate  their  calling  for  one  in 
the  future  so  that  you  can  save  more  time  for 
them.  Tell  them,  however,  that  your  doctor 
will  be  glad  to  see  them  for  a few  minutes  if 
they  don’t  mind  waiting  or  that  you  will  be  glad 
to  make  an  appointment  for  them  the  next  day 
so  that  they  will  not  have  to  wait.  If  it  is  not 
an  emergency  case  they  will  usually  cooperate. 
If  another  doctor  calls  up  for  an  appointment, 
this  must  be  arranged  without  hesitation,  but 
again  you  must  be  very  tactful  not  to  let  the 
already  waiting  patient  know  that  one  is  being 
slipped  in  ahead  of  him. 

To  the  shy,  frightened,  embarrassed  patient 
you  can  be  of  a great  deal  of  help.  A word  of 
encouragement,  said  in  a sympathetic  voice  while 
she  is  being  prepared  for  the  examination,  will 
often  help  as  well  as  win  you  a world  of 


friends.  Also  a shy  woman  will  often  tell 
the  office  nurse  a great  deal  of  valuable  in- 
formation about  herself  that  she  seems  too  em- 
barrassed to  tell  the  doctor.  This  you  can 
convey  to  him  in  a few  words  that  will  help 
him  a great  deal  in  his  diagnosis  of  the  case.  In 
this  way  you  can  be  a great  deal  of  help  to  both 
patient  and  doctor. 

A pleasant  smile  and  ready  welcome  is  a 
receptionist’s  best  weapon  in  handling  any 
patient.  Learn  to  handle  them  she  must,  and 
each  one  differently.  If  your  doctor  is  late 
getting  in  for  his  first  appointment,  even 
though  you  know  he  is  lunching  with  his  best 
crony,  telling  about  the  big  one  that  got  away 
or  the  best  camera  shot  he  ever  got,  above  all 
things  do  not  let  your  patient  be  aware  of  the 
fact  that  he  is  taking  a few  minutes  to  relax. 
My  pet  expression  is,  “Doctor  has  had  an  extra 
busy  morning  at  the  hospital,”  or  “We  have  had 
an  emergency  and  doctor  is  going  to  be  a little 
late.”  I find  if  you  ask  your  patients  to  help 
you  out  they  will  cooperate  nicely. 

The  next  in  line  to  take  up  is  the  doctor’s 
friend  that  calls.  He  should  not  be  kept  wait- 
ing if  at  all  possible  not  to  do  so.  He  may 
want  to  discuss  a case  with  your  doctor  or  he 
may  just  want  a friendly  chat,  but  in  either 
case  he  always  has  the  lead  over  all  patients. 
If  he  sees  patients  waiting  and  it  is  only  a 
friendly  chat,  he  will  not  stay  long.  If  it  is  a 
case  he  wants  to  discuss,  he  will  make  it  as 
brief  as  possible,  as  he  is  probably  in  as  great 
a hurry  as  your  doctor. 

Then  come  the  medical  book  publishers,  in- 
strument salesmen  and  detail  men.  Be  es- 
pecially nice  to  these  men,  as  they  are  not  or- 
dinary salesmen.  In  fact  if  the  doctor  is  not 
too  rushed  he  wishes  to  see  them,  as  he  likes 
to  hear  about  what  is  new  on  the  market.  If 
you  can  see  by  your  appointments  just  about 
when  your  doctor  will  be  at  leisure,  tell  them ; 
this  gives  them  a chance  to  go  call  on  another 
doctor  in  the  building  and  come  back  when 
yours  is  not  so  busy.  They  will  appreciate 
your  telling  them  and  gladly  cooperate.  In  con- 
trast to  this  we  have  the  necktie  and  hosiery 
salesmen,  real  estate  men  and  peddlers  of  all 
sorts ; even  though  our  buildings  are  marked, 
“No  peddlers  or  soliciting  allowed.”  These  you 
should  never  let  get  to  your  doctor,  his  time 
is  much  too  valuable  to  waste  on  them,  nor 


700 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS  OF  SERVICE— EULER 


must  you  spend  any  time  with  them.  I cannot 
imagine  anything  more  unprofessional  than  al- 
lowing a salesman  to  spread  his  wares  across 
; your  desk  when  you  have  a room  full  of 
patients.  You  can  smile  and  be  courteous,  but 
I at  the  same  tell  them  that  your  time  is  not 
your,  own  and  that  you  cannot  look  at  their 
( wares  during  office  hours, 

! Office  Ethics 

! “Office  ethics”  can  be  called  the  title  of  our 
next  subject,  or  casual  remarks  passed  in  or 
I out  of  the  office  about  your  own  doctor,  an- 
) other  doctor  in  the  profession  or  about  a 
[ patient,  because  you  will  be  asked,  and  you  must 
I have  your  answer  well  thought  out.  For  ex- 
ample, you  are  not  free  to  talk  miscellaneously 
about  health  and  disease.  You  realize  that  you 
are  not  a diagnostician  as  most  people  think 
I you  are.  You  cannot  talk  because  you  know  too 
much,  and  because  you  know  you  are  restrained 
you  must  realize  that  beyond  being  considerate, 
courteous  and  efficient,  you  have  no  business 
discussing,  even  with  a patient,  his  problem 
which  the  medical  expert  alone  must  solve.  I 
heard  Mr.  S.  A.  Long  give  a talk  before  the 
Kansas  Medical  Assistants  at  Wichita  this 
last  spring,  and  I quote,  “If  I were  a medical 
man  and  had  in  my  employ  a secretary  from 
whom,  or  through  whom,  the  public  ever 
found  out  anything  about  the  people  who  came 
to  my  office,  or  why  they  came  or  where  they 
went — if  I ever  discovered  one  small  instance 
of  betrayal  of  that  professional  confidence,  that 
secretary  would  be  hunting  a job  and  doing  it 
so  quickly  that  her  heels  would  scarcely  touch 
the  sidewalk.”  Never  be  guilty  of  calling  a 
patient  over  the  phone  in  the  hearing  of  wait- 
ing patients  and  make  an  appointment  for  any 
kind  of  treatment  that  would  give  the  people 
within  hearing  distance  of  your  voice  any  ink- 
ling of  what  the  patient  is  being  treated  for. 
The  simplest  way  to  take  care  of  this  is  to  make 
all  such  phone  calls  in  the  morning  before 
patients  arrive  or  else  call  from  an  inner  pri- 
vate telephone.  Another  thing,  do  not  leave  re- 
ports or  history  charts  of  patients  lying  around 
on  either  your  desk  or  the  doctor’s  desk  so 
that  anyone  entering  your  office  might  see 
them.  It  would  be  quite  embarrasing  to  all 
concerned  to  leave  a 4 plus  Wassermann  report 
lying  on  the  desk  so  that  any  passer-by  might 


see  it.  In  casual  conversation,  if  you  do  talk 
about  your  doctor,  give  him  a boost,  say  some- 
thing about  his  skill  and  ability,  or  tell  them 
of  some  of  the  charity  work  he  does  (never 
mentioning  names)  so  that  they  will  know  what 
a competent  man  he  is.  You  will  be  surprised 
how  many  cases  you  can  throw  his  way.  Then 
there  is  the  question  of  advice  about  another 
doctor.  If  you  cannot  say  anything  good, 
“Silence  is  Golden,”  because  a slam  at  one  doc- 
tor is  a slam  at  the  whole  medical  profession. 
My  stock  phrase  for  this  situation  is,  “my 
opinion  isn’t  worth  very  much  as  I am  not  well 
acquainted  with  his  work.” 

Telephone 

The  most  valuable  quality  you  can  have  as 
a secretary  is  a good  telephone  voice,  as  you 
have  to  make  it  smile,  show  sympathy  and  at- 
tention, all  in  the  tone  of  your  voice.  Ninety 
per  cent  of  your  patients  call  you  on  the  tele- 
phone one  time  or  another.  Almost  all  first 
appointments  are  made  over  the  phone.  Does 
your  voice,  which  should  be  low,  yet  distinct, 
tell  the  patient  that  you  are  her  helper  and  that 
you  will  be  glad  to  be  of  any  service  for  her 
that  you  can?  Many  of  your  telephone  calls 
will  be  from  people  who  are  scared,  worried, 
ill  or  neurotic.  A pleasant,  understanding  voice 
usually  calms  them  down  until  you  get  the 
information  necessary  to  help  them. 

In  answering  a doctor’s  telephone  never  say 
“hello”  or  give  the  telephone  number,  as  most 
people  forget  the  number  as  soon  as  it  is  given 
or  dialed,  so  it  means  nothing  to  them.  Answer 
by  giving  the  doctor’s  name,  such  as,  “Dr. 
Smith’s  office,”  with  a raise  in  your  voice  as 
though  you  were  asking  a question,  or  that  you 
are  willing  and  waiting  to  help  the  person  call- 
ing. If  there  are  two  doctors  in  the  office,  say 
each  name  distinctly,  with  a slight  pause  in  be- 
tween, such  as.  Dr.  Smith’s  and  Dr.  Jones’  of- 
fice. Your  telephone  company  has  worked  out 
a good  many  suggestions  that,  if  studied,  will 
be  a gr^at  deal  of  help  to  most  of  us  in  answer- 
ing the  telephone.  If  your  speech  is  not  so  clear 
and  distinct  as  it  should  be,  deep  breathing 
exercises  and  counting  while  holding  the  breath 
tend  to  deepen  and  strengthen  your  voice. 

Answer  your  telephone  on  the  first  ring  if  at 
all  possible.  To  the  person  who  is  calling  the 
doctor,  each  second  is  a minute,  so  if  the  phone 


September,  1941 


701 


TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS  OF  SERVICE— EULER 


rings  five  times  before  it  is  answered,  he  feels 
that  he  has  waited  five  minutes  for  the  doctor  to 
answer.  On  the  other  hand  the  telephone  com- 
pany will  tell  you  to  let  the  phone  ring  ten  times 
when  you  are  calling  a number  before  you  con- 
clude that  the  person  you  are  calling  is  not  there. 
If  you  are  busy  when  the  phone  rings,  whether 
talking  to  a patient,  writing  a receipt,  or  doing 
any  other  small  piece  of  work,  stop  immediately 
if  possible.  If  you  are  busy  with  a patient,  say 
“Excuse  me  please,”  and  then  answer  your  phone, 
with  no  show  in  your  voice  that  you  are  hurried 
or  busy.  The  telephone  company  advises  that  to 
make  your  voice  carry  most  pleasantly  and  at 
the  same  time  clearly,  speak  directly  into  the 
mouth  piece  with  your  lips  not  more  than  half 
an  inch  away.  Do  this  in  a quiet,  unhurried 
manner ; no  loud  talking  or  shouting  is  neces- 
sary. 

The  telephone  company  will  also  give  you  a 
list  of  rules  for  pronouncing  numbers  and  let- 
ters. These  do  not  exactly  correspond  with 
your  dictionary,  but  so  many  names  and  num- 
bers sound  alike  over  the  telephone  that  when 
they  are  pronounced  in  the  way  they  advise 
they  are  more  easily  understood.  I will  give  you 
a few  of  them,  and  if  you  wish  any  more  I am 
sure  your  telephone  company  will  gladly  supply 
you  with  them  for  the  asking.  They  will  also 
give  you  a talk  on  telephone  usage  if  you  will 
ask  for  it. 

O — pronounce  as  if  it  were  spelled  oh  with  a round 
and  long  O. 

One — pronounce  as  if  it  were  spelled  wun,  with  a 
strong  W and  N. 

Two — pronounce,  too,  with  a strong  T and  a long 
00  sound. 

Three — pronounce  th-r-ee,  with  a slight  roll  of  the 
R,  and  a long  EE. 

Four — pronounce  as  fo-wer,  two  syllables  with  a 
strong  F,  long  O and  a strong  final  R. 

Five — pronounce  fi-iv,  with  a long  i and  a strong  V, 
and  so  on. 

When  you  answer  the  telephone — Dr.  Smith’s 
office — you  will  invariably  get  the  remark,  “Is 
Doctor  Smith  in?”  your  reply  should  be  either, 
“Yes,  doctor  is  here,”  or  “No,  not  at  this  time.” 
If  he  is  in  and  so  he  can  talk,  connect  him  im- 
mediately, after  saying,  “One  moment,  please.” 
If  he  is  busy  and  cannot  talk,  tell  them  so  and 
that  if  they  will  leave  their  number  you  will 
have  him  call  them  in  just  a few  minutes.  Keep 
a scratch  pad  and  pencil  at  each  telephone  and 
one  in  your  pocket,  so  that  you  will  have  one 


available  for  this  purpose — do  not  trust  yourself 
to  remember  these  messages,  because  if  you  get 
busy  you  will  forget.  If  he  is  not  in,  ask  their 
name  and  telephone  number  and  tell  them  you 
will  have  the  doctor  call  them  as  soon  as  possible. 
Again  your  voice  plays  a big  part  in  getting  the 
information  that  you  want.  Do  not  neglect 
these  telephone  calls.  If  when  calling  the  doc- 
tor to  tell  him  about  them,  you  find  he  is  in 
surgery  or  delivering  a baby,  try  to  find  out 
how  long  he  will  be  and  then  call  back  and  tell 
them — your  efforts  will  be  appreciated.  Handle 
all  phone  calls  that  you  possibly  can  yourself, 
such  as,  making  appointments,  call  about  col- 
lecting, soliciting  for  office  magazines  etc.  Your 
doctor  will  appreciate  your  handling  these  de- 
tail. 

In  closing  a conversation  on  the  telephone 
simply  say  “good-by,”  never  give  a vague  “all- 
right”  nor  use  the  slang  expression  “O.  K.” 
Do  not  use  the  doctor’s  telephone  for  visiting 
with  your  own  friends.  A long  conversation 
over  the  telephone  might  be  the  cause  of  a very 
sick  patient,  or  an  emergency  case  that  would 
mean  a good  many  dollars  in  your  doctor’s 
pocket,  to  go  to  another  physician,  or  even  mean 
the  life  of  the  patient.  Ask  yoiir  friends  not 
to  call  during  office  hours,  unless  it  is  an  emer- 
gency, then  make  that  as  short  as  possible.  If 
you  are  making  a call  for  your  doctor,  state 
in  the  beginning  whose  office  is  calling  and 
briefly  what  you  want,  such  as,  “This  is  Dr. 
Smith’s  office.  Dr.  Smith  would  like  to  speak 
to  Dr.  Jones.”  Always  when  talking  on  a tele- 
phone, take  complete  command,  refrain  from 
stuttering,  mumbling  or  saying  “Ee-um,  let’s 
see,”  or  “Listen” ; state  your  business  in  a short 
concise  form  and  do  not  be  stingy  with  your 
“thank  you’s”  for  any  favors. 

Insurance  Papers 

I think  a word  could  be  said  at  this^  time  about 
the  insurance  patient.  All  the  papers  that  are 
necessary  to  make  out  on  the  Workmen’s  Com- 
pensation cases  gave  me  a good  many  head- 
aches, until  we  had  printed  cards  made  es- 
pecially for  these  records.  It  is  a card  8 inches 
by  5 inches  and  is  kept  in  a file  separate  from 
all  other  records.  On  this  card  is  a place  for 
patient’s  name  and  address,  firm  for  which  he 
works,  and  the  name  of  the  insurance  com- 
pany that  carries  the  liability.  Age,  marital 

Jour.  ^I.S.M.S. 


702 


TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS  OF  SERVICE— EULER 


status  and  color,  place  for  when  first  and  final 
reports  were  in.  History  of  injury",  diag- 
nosis and  when  and  who  took  roentgenograms 
i and  the  report  of  the  x-ray  findings.  Examina- 
I tion  of  patient.  On  the  back  is  a place  for  the 
I charges.  The  first  report  is  sent  in  as  soon  as 

I possible.  This,  I can  do  in  the  morning  with- 

I out  having  to  bother  doctor  with  questions,  and 
I the  final  report  as  soon  as  we  have  finished 

I with  the  patient.  If  a careful  record  is  kept, 

these  cases  are  very  easy  to  handle  and  you 
I will  find  that  they  are  the  best  pay  cases  you 
! have,  so  are  well  worth  taking  care  of. 

Mail 

Taking  care  of  the  doctor’s  mail  can  come 
under  another  head.  Everyone  knows  who 
works  in  a doctor’s  office,  the  untold  amount 
of  advertising  that  the  doctor  receives.  After 
you  have  worked  for  him  a short  time  you  soon 
learn  which  ones  he  likes  to  look  over  and  the 
ones  that  hit  the  wastepaper  basket  with  only 
a passing  glance.  These  you  can  open  and  dis- 
card, the  checks  you  list  very  carefully,  on  your 
records  and  also  on  the  deposit  slip.  All  per- 
sonal mail  should  be  placed  in  one  pile,  in  a 
convenient  place  on  his  desk  so  that  he  can 
go  over  it  hurriedly  when  he  first  comes  in. 
All  insurance  reports  and  requests  for  histories 
from  other  doctors  can  be  placed  in  another 
pile.  To  these  you  should  have  their  histories 
looked  up  and  attached  to  the  letters,  so  that 
when  your  doctor  has  a leisure  moment  he  can 
fill  these  out  with  very  little  trouble.  The  bills 
should  be  placed  in  a drawer  or  special  file  after 
having  been  checked  to  see  that  they  are  cor- 
rect. Then  on  or  before  the  tenth  of  every 
month  all  bills  should  be  paid.  You  can  save 
the  doctor  time  by  writing  the  checks  and  plac- 
ing them  on  his  desk  for  his  signature.  He  will 
appreciate  your  looking  after  these  details  for 
him.  As  you  buy  supplies  and  pay  his  bills,  you 
should  have  a special  book,  correctly  tabulated 
for  your  income  tax  records.  I assure  you,  this 
kept  up  from  day  to  day  and  month  to  month 
will  save  you  and  your  doctor  many  a head- 
ache at  the  end  of  the  year  when  this  record 
has  to  be  made  out. 

Collections 

Now  we  reach  the  last  but  not  least  of  our 
troubles,  “Collections,”  which  is  to  most  doctors 

September,  1941 


the  hardest  part  of  their  profession.  Each  of  us, 
I know,  has  our  own  particular  theory"  of  how 
we  should  approach  this  problem.  Everyone 
will,  however,  agree  that  the  primary  necessity 
is  the  absolute  confidence  placed  in  us.  Build- 
ing  upon  this  confidence,  we  must,  of  course, 
vary  our  program  to  suit  the  type  of  practice 
which  our  doctors  enjoy.  Thus,  a collection  pro- 
cedure based  upon  a rural  community  will  differ 
radically  from  that  of  the  urban  community. 

There  will  be  the  necessity  of  pointing  our 
collections  toward  varied  “Crop  Types,”  as 
against  partial  payment  system  based  upon  pay 
rolls.  In  any  procedure,  however,  we  must  re- 
member that  the  work  connected  with  this  will 
rapidly  grow  into  a Frankenstein  and  prove 
unworkable  simply  because  of  the  volume  of 
correspondence  which  it  creates.  Therefore,  it 
has  been  considered  advisable  to  eliminate,  as 
much  as  possible,  the  personal  element  in  deal- 
ing with  routine  collections.  By  this  classifica- 
tion I mean  the  type  of  account  which  becomes, 
let  us  say,  sixty  to  ninety  days  past  due.  I 
will  endeavor  to  tell  you  some  of  the  plans  we 
use,  not  particularly  because  I believe  that  they 
are  the  best,  but  because  they  eliminate  to  a 
large  extent  the  amount  of  personal  correspond- 
ence required.  In  the  case  of  the  patient  which 
is  to  be  hospitalized,  we  immediately  fill  out  a 
card  which  I will  call  Exhibit  No.  1.  The  in- 
formation on  the  back  of  this  card  is  not  filled 
out  unless  the  patient  immediately  requests 
credit  accommodations.  The  husband  or  the 
wife  of  the  patient  is  contacted  and  such  in- 
formation regarding  the  status  of  the  patient 
is  obtained  from  that  source.  The  Credit  Bur- 
eau, if  such  is  available,  is  called  to  ascertain 
the  paying  habits.  We  have  experienced  dif- 
ficulty at  times  in  obtaining  information  on 
people  living  in  the  country  some  distance  from 
Topeka.  I find  however  with  very  little  trouble 
you  can  establish  sources  of  information  in 
various  small  towns,  through  the  owners  of 
mercantile  stores,  banks,  etc.  These  people  can 
be  contacted  by  phone  and  any  information  they 
have  available  is  obtained.  Through  the  banks 
we  can  obtain  the  patient’s  attitude  toward  taking 
a loan  that  will  combine  the  hospital  and  medical 
bill.  We  find  in  a great  many  cases  the  banker  is 
already  holding  papers  on  the  party  and  by  dis- 
counting our  bill,  he  is  willing  to  combine  them 
with  the  papers  he  already  holds.  If  a patient  is 


703 


TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS  OF  SERVICE— EULER 


willing  to  borrow  the  money  to  pay  his  bill  in  full, 
we  are  always  willing  to  discount  the  bill  to  the 
extent  of  whatever  interest  he  has  to  pay  to  get 
the  money.  In  Kansas,  the  crop  mortgage  is 
good  only  for  the  year  in  which  it  is  written. 
Naturally  the  mercantile  company  or  the  bank 
is  going  to  take  a mortgage,  not  only  for  the 
crop,  but  upon  the  livestock  and  any  other  tangi- 
ble collateral  which  the  patient  may  have.  Thus, 
if,  as  so  often  is  the  case,  the  amount  realized 
from  the  crop  is  insufficient  to  pay  off  the  first 
mortgage,  then  the  holder  of  that  mortgage  is 
unable  to  rewrite  his  crop  lien  without  sacri- 
ficing his  priority  claim,  as  the  law  provides  that 
the  rewriting  of  such  is  evidence  that  the  prior 
claim  has  been  satisfied.  In  this  way,  you  will 
see  that  the  second  mortgage  has  a very  definite 
nuisance  value. 

In  regard  to  the  patient  who  has  more  or  less 
steady  income,  there  are  two  courses  open  to 

us. 

1 —  To  persuade  the  party  to  go  to  the  bank 
and  borrow  from  them  the  amount  required. 
I am  sure  there  are  banks  in  all  the  larger  places 
that  have  a special  department  for  this  type  of 
loan. 

2 —  To  handle  them  ourselves  through  a 
partial  payment  plan. 

The  number  two  plan  sems  to  be  the  more 
favorable,  especially  for  obstetrics  and  surgery, 
as  these  generally  are  the  larger  types  of  bills. 
Take  the  obstetrical  case  and  the  charge  would 
be,  say  $50.00,  and  you  get  the  case  at  the 
fourth  month  of  pregancy.  A payment  of  ten 
dollars  a month  and  your  bill  is  paid  by  the 
time  the  baby  arrives.  In  the  operative  case, 
the  money  starts  a little  later,  as  my  doctor  al- 
ways tells  them  to  pay  the  hospital  bill  first. 

Now  we  come  to  the  third  type  of  procedure, 
and  to  my  mind  the  most  bothersome,  which 
is  that  of  dealing  with  the  ordinary  garden 
variety  of  open  accounts.  On  this  type  of  state- 
ment we  send  the  bill  once  a month,  sometimes 
on  the  first  and  sometimes  on  the  15th.  We  find 
quite  often  that  if  sent  on  the  15th  we  get  more 
response  than  on  the  first,  as  they  seem  to  have 
so  many  bills  to  take  care  of  on  the  first.  After 
ninety  days,  if  we  get  no  response,  the  account 
is  considered  delinquent  and  routine  collection 
procedure  is  inaugurated.  For  this  we  have 


three  letters  we  send  out,  one  a month  for  three 
months.  The  first  is  as  follows : 

Name — 

Address — ■ 

Amount  of  bill — 

May  we  call  your  attention  to  your  account  with 
us  in  the  above  amount.  We  have  sent  you  several 
statements  which  you  may  have  overlooked.  If  you 
are  unable  to  make  prompt  payment,  kindly  let  us 
know  when  we  can  expect  your  remittance.  If  you 
cannot  pay  in  full  now,  won’t  you  please  mail  us  a 
check  for  half,  and  send  us  the  balance  next  month? 

Please  let  us  hear  from  you  this  week,  without 
fail. 

Yours  truly, 

(Signature) 

If  we  do  not  get  any  response,  then  this  let- 
ter is  sent: 

We  again  call  your  attention  to  the  past  due  ac- 
count listed  above.  We  do  not  think  it  is  your  in- 
tention to  evade  the  payment  of  your  debts,  and  are 
assuming  that  you,  like  so  many  other  people,  have 
taken  the  mistaken  attitude  of  saying  nothing  when 
you  have  been  unable  to  pay. 

Our  doctor  did  not  hesitate  to  serve  you  when  you 
were  in  need  of  help.  We  appeal  to  your  sense  of 
fairness.  Surely  you  could  let  us  know  the  circum- 
stance and  possibly  some  plan  could  be  worked  out 
to  insure  payment  of  this  account  and  yet  work  no 
hardship  on  you.  You  may  be  assured  that  we  will 
go  along  with  you  on  any  reasonable  arrangement 
you  may  care  to  make. 

Yours  truly, 

(Signature) 

And  the  third  and  last  letter : 

Our  records  indicate  that  we  have  sent  you  several 
statements  and  are  forced  to  write  you  in  an  effort  to 
make  suitable  settlement  to  this  claim.  We  feel  sure 
that  you  have  no  reason  to  contest  the  amount  of 
these  charges  and  we  must  look  forward  to  the 
immediate  payment  of  same. 

It  is  going  to  be  necessary  to  turn  over  to  the 
Credit  Bureau  our  list  of  delinquent  accounts  and  we 
are  sure  you  do  not  wish  yours  to  be  placed  on  a 
record  that  will  affect  your  credit  wherever  you  may 
SO- 

We  should  regret  being  forced  to  do  this  and  we 
ask  your  cooperation  in  immediate  settlement  of  this 
bill. 

Yours  truly, 

(Signature) 

Then,  of  course,  if  we  get  no  response,  the 
amount  is  turned  over  to  our  collection  agceny 
to  let  them  see  what  can  be  done.  The  bill  that 
is  turned  over  to  the  collector  should  be  filled 
out  in  complete  detail,  as  so  often  patients  will 
dispute  a certain  item  of  the  bill  and  if  your 
collector  has  the  complete  information  in  front 
of  him,  he  will  be  in  a position  to  discuss  this 
matter  intelligently  and  to  make  proper  adjust- 
ments without  bothering  your  doctor. 

Obviously,  this  type  of  letter  is  sent  only 
those  we  know  can  pay  and  won’t.  Anyone  who 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


704 


GALL-BLADDER  DISEASE— GARIEPY  AND  DEMPSTER 


has  ever  worked  in  a doctor’s  office  knows  that 
her  doctor  does  an  untold  amount  of  work  each 
year  for  the  low  salaried  and  indigent  patients, 
for  whom  a charge  is  never  placed  on  the  books. 

MSMS 

Gall-Bladder  Disease 

Surgical  Treatment* 

L.  J.  Gariepy,  M.D.,  and  J.  H.  Dempster,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Louis  J.  Gariepy,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1922.  Senior 
Surgeon,  Mt.  Carmel  Mercy  Hospital;  Con- 
sultant Surgeon,  Wyandotte  General^  Hospital, 
Wyandotte;  Associate,  Redford  Receiving  Hos- 
pital; Surgeon  of  Detroit  Medical,  Surgical 
and  Dental  Group.  Member,  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

■ The  discriminating  surgeon  who  regards  the 
reputation  of  his  art  will  carefully  select  his 
operative  cases  and  will  confine  surgical  treat- 
ment to  such  conditions  as  gallstones,  empyema, 
hydrops  produced  by  stenosis  of  the  cystic  duct, 
obstructive  jaundice  due  to  stone  in  the  common 
duct,  or  chronic  pancreatis  due  to  gallstone  or 
gall-bladder  pressure.  Cholecystitis  cases  not 
benefited  by  dietary  and  medical  treatment  nat- 
urally belong  to  the  domain  of  surgery. 

Surgical  treatment  of  gall-bladder  disease  is  a 
matter  of  choice  with  the  surgeon  and  needless 
to  say  it  must  be  made  to  conform  to  the  condi- 
tion present.  The  surgeon  may  be  a good  tech- 
nician, a good  operator,  but  if  his  surgical  judg- 
ment is  not  good,  his  results  will  be  unsatisfac- 
tory. ■ 

The  question  of  removal  of  the  gall  bladder 
rests  entirely  with  the  operator,  who  must  take 
into  consideration  the  condition  of  the  patient  as 
well  as  the  condition  of  the  gall  bladder.  I have  in 
many  instances  drained  gall  bladders  that  I felt 
at  the  time  should  come  out,  but  rather  than  sub- 
ject the  patient  to  greater  risk,  a drain  was  in- 
serted and  the  gall  bladder  removed,  in  a few 
cases,  three  or  four  months  later.  When  the  ab- 
dominal cavity  was  opened  for  the  secondary  op- 
eration the  gall  bladder  had  almost  entirely  atro- 
phied so  that  the  symptoms  of  which  the  patient 
complained  were  evidently  due  to  adhesions 
about  the  common  duct. 

*Read  before  the  Staff  of  Mt.  Carmel  Mercy  Hospital,  Detroit, 
Michigan,  Oct.  4,  1940. 

Dr.  Dempster’s  part  in  the  study  of  gall-bladder  disease,  the 
treatment  of  which  is  presented  in  this  paper,  consisted  in  the 
x-ray  diagnosis  of  the  various  cases  under  consideration. 

September,  1941 


Any  abdominal  operation  should  attain  its  ob- 
ject with  as  little  trauma  to  the  viscera  as  possi- 
ble, to  the  end  that  shock  may  be  minimized, 
postoperative  discomfort  reduced,  convalescence 
shortened  and  adhesions  prevented.  With  this  in 
mind,  all  cases  are  prepared  carefully  so  that  if 
at  all  possible  the  abdomen  may  be  closed  without 
drainage.  In  suggesting  as  a routine  procedure, 
the  closing  of  the  peritoneal  cavity  without  drain- 
age after  a cholecystectomy,  one  departs  from  the 
standard  technique  to  an  extent  that  few  sur- 
geons would  care  to  follow. 

The  obvious  advantages  from  closing  an  ab- 
dominal wound  without  drainage  after  remov- 
al of  the  gall  bladder  are : 

Few  postoperative  peritoneal  adhesions. 

Simple  conditions,  if  necessity  for  re-opening 
arrives. 

Simplified  after-treatment  and  more  rapid  conva- 
lescence. 

Less  discomfort  to  the  patient,  no  painful  removal 
of  drain. 

Less  danger  of  postoperative  ventral  hernia. 

Avoidance  of  possibility  of  persistent  sinus  forma- 
tion. 

Avoidance  of  mechanical  interference  with  gastric 
function  due  to  pressure  on  duodenmn,  and 
partial  or  complete  duodenal  obstruction. 

Less  danger  of  bile  leakage  when  gauze  drain  is 
used  over  the  cystic  stump. 

Avoidance  of  pulmonary  infarct,  following  the 
removal  of  the  drain. 

Cholecystectomy  without  drainage  shortens  the 
hospital  time  so  much  that  the  average  patient 
can  be  discharged  from  ten  to  twelve  days  fol- 
lowing the  operation.  This  factor  is  also  impor- 
tant when  the  finances  of  the  patient  are  a matter 
of  consideration. 

Technique 

In  most  cases  the  gall  bladder  is  removed  from 
above  downward.  I first  aspirate  the  gall  bladder 
with  a special  device  which  is  a suprapubic  aspi- 
rator pump  to  which  is  attached  a sterile  rubber 
tube  inserted  into  a sterile  bottle.  This  tube  has  a 
special  fenestrated  needle  which  is  used  for  suc- 
tion. The  bile  enters  the  bottle  and  the  gall  blad- 
der is  then  easily  removed  from  above  downward 
with  very  little  trauma  or  shock. 

Routine  management  of  the  gall-bladder  patient 
consists  in  elevating  the  bed  on  six  inch  blocks 
after  the  return  from  the  operating  room  and 
providing  him  with  a pneumonia  jacket  as  well 
as  a Scultetus  binder.  Glucose  and  saline  are 
given  intravenously  as  a routine  and  insulin  is 

705 


GALL-BLADDER  DISEASE— GARIEPY  AND  DEMPSTER 


given  to  diabetics.  In  many  instances  when  post- 
operative vomiting  is  present,  a small  dose  of  in- 
sulin checks  the  nausea  and  vomiting. 


Statistical  Study 

During  the  four-year  period  ending  August  10, 
1940,  I have  operated  on  274  patients  with  gall- 
bladder disease.  For  convenience  of  study  they 
are  here  tabulated : 


TABLE  I.  DIAGNOSIS 


Type 

Cases 

Eercentage 

Chronic  cholecystitis  

. 229 

83.58 

Acute  cholecystitis  

. 22 

8.04 

Hydrops  of  gall  bladder 

. 5 

1.82 

Empyema  of  gall  bladder 

. 9 

3.29 

Gangrene  of  gall  bladder 

. 3 

1.09 

Ruptured  gall  bladder 

. 1 

.36 

Cancer  of  gall  bladder 

. 3 

1.09 

Common  duct  stone 

. 2 

.73 

TABLE  II.  CHOLECYSTITIS 

(Non-Calculus) 

No. 

Type 

of  Cases 

Percentage 

Acute  

. 9 

3.29 

Chronic  

. 112 

40.88 

Empyema  

. 3 

1.09 

Cancer  

. 2 

.74 

Hydrops  

. 1 

.36 

(Calculus) 

No. 

Type 

of  Cases 

Percentage 

Acute  

. 13 

4.74 

Chronic  

. 117 

42.70 

Gangrenous  

. 3 

1.09 

Empyema  

. 6 

2.19 

Cancer  

1 

.36 

Hydrops  

. 4 

1.46 

Common  duct  stone 

2 

.74 

Ruptured  gall  bladder 

. 1 

.36 

TABLE  III.  AGE  INCIDENCE 

No. 

Age 

of  Cases 

Percentage 

0-9  

..  0 

00 

10-19  

..  0 

00 

20-29  

..  12 

4.38 

30-39  

..  55 

20.08 

40-49  

..  99 

36.13 

50-59  

..  76 

27.73 

60-69  

..  31 

11.32 

70-79  

..  1 

.36 

The  youngest  male  was  21  years ; the  youngest 
female  also  21  years.  The  oldest  male  age  58 
years  and  the  oldest  female  age  75  years. 

No. 


Sex  of  Cases  Percentage 

Male  37  13.23 

Female  237  86.77 


Deaths  8,  or  2.92  per  cent;  7 females  and  1 
male. 

Glycosuria  was  found  in  28  cases  (25  females 


and  3 males)  of  gall  bladder  pathology,  or  10.21 
per  cent. 

Jaundice  was  found  in  29  cases  (24  female  and 
5 male).  There  was  concurrent  pathology  in  the 
appendix  and  an  appendectomy  because  of  con- 
current pathology  in  92  (33.57  per  cent)  of  the 
274  cases  in  conjunction  with  the  gall-bladder 
surgery. 

There  were  65  cases  (23.72  per  cent)  wherein 
the  liver  showed  macroscopic  pathology,  such  as 
both  stages  of  cirrhosis  and  multiple  cysts. 

Concomitant  pathology  found  at  the  time  of 
the  operation  may  be  listed  as  follows : 

Cancer  of  the  liver — 4 cases 

Cancer  of  the  ampulla  of  vater — -1  case 

Cancer  of  the  pancreas — 1 case 

Cancer  of  the  cecum — 1 case 

Multiple  cysts  of  the  liver — 1 case 

Peptic  ulcer — 3 cases 

Sciatica — 2 cases 

Coronary  thrombosis — 1 case 

One  typhoid  carrier 

Acute  pancreatitis — 2 cases 

Intestinal  obstruction  from  a gallstone  following  a 
ruptured  gall  bladder — 1 case 

Drainage 

There  were  78  cases  in  which  drains  were  left 
in  the  gall-bladder  fossa.  These  drains  were  left 
in  place  for  an  average  of  5.92  days.  The  short- 
est drainage  period  for  this  group  was  2 days ; 
and  the  longest  drainage  period,  14  days.  There 
were  33  cases  in  which  a cholecystotomy  was 
done.  In  these  cases  the  drainage  tube  was  left 
in  place  on  an  average  of  9.13  days.  The  shortest 
drainage  period  was  5 days ; and  the  longest 
drainage  period  was  16  days. 

Cholecystitis  and  Associated  Conditions 

Regarding  the  coincidence  of  cholecystitis  with 
other  diseases,  no  exhaustive  study  has  been  re- 
corded. The  association  of  gall  bladder  with  other 
diseases  is  therefore  largely  a mater  of  clinical 
impression. 

The  association  of  diabetes  with  cholelithiasis, 
where  the  two  conditions  are  concurrent,  is  pre- 
sumed to  be  due  to  damage  of  the  pancreas  by 
extension  of  disease  from  the  biliary  passages. 
It  is  difficult  to  prove,  says  Allen  {loc.  cit.),  that 
gallstones  cause  diabetes ; the  conclusion  may  be 
that  the  diabetes  is  secondary  to  the  cholelithia- 
sis or  to  other  infection  of  the  biliary  tract.  The 
association  of  diabetes  and  gallstones,  particu- 
larly in  women  over  40  years  of  age,  would  war- 
rant a search  for  the  other  condition  when  one 


706 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


EPILEPSY  AS  A TRAFFIC  HAZARD— HIMLER 


was  found  present.  In  other  words,  a diabetic 
patient  past  40  should  be  examined  for  gallstones 
and  the  gallstone  patient  in  the  same  age  group 
should  have  frequent  urinalyses  to  determine  the 
presence  of  glycosuria.  Seeing  that  pressure  of 
gallstones  on  the  head  of  the  pancreas  may  be 
associated  with  diabetes,  it  is  well  to  check  over 
all  diabetics  to  ascertain  a positive  cause  of  the 
disease.  Though  the  percentage  of  diabetes  re- 
sulting from  gallstones  may  be  small,  the  search 
is  worthwhile.  In  my  series  of  274  cases  which 
came  to  operation  over  a four-year  period,  glyco- 
suria was  found  in  28,  or  a percentage  of  10.21. 

Cholecystitis  is  so  common  especially  during 
the  fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  decades  of  life  that  its 
incidence  is  only  less  than  vascular  and  cardiac 
disease  and  diabetes.  Operative  treatment  of 
cholecystic  disease 'is  very  frequently  followed  by 
a concurrent  improvement  in  some  other  coexist- 
ent disease.  Many  surgeons  concur  in  the  belief 
that  such  abdominal  diseases  as  chronic  hepatitis, 
pancreatitis  and  appendicitis  are  associated  with 
gall-bladder  disease.  No  association,  however,  has 
been  noted  between  peptic  ulcer  and  cholecystitis. 
Peptic  ulcer  is  apt  to  be  associated  with  the  tall, 
narrow  chested  habitus ; gall-bladder  disease  with 
the  broad  habitus. 

In  this  series  of  274  cases,  92  appendectomies 
were  performed  but  I do  not  wish  to  leave  the 
impression  that  appendicitis  is  a causative  factor 
of  cholecystitis  or  vice  versa.  I can  see  no  neces- 
sary connection  as  in  glycosuria  and  some  forms 
of  cholecystic  disease.  Many  gall-bladder  patients 
gave  a history  of  symptoms  that  pointed  to  a 
chronic  appendicitis  sometime  in  their  lives 
which  had  become  quiescent  or  latent.  A number 
of  patients  operated  on  by  me  for  gall-bladder 
disease  had  also  been  operated  on  by  other  sur- 
geons for  appendicitis. 

Conclusions 

Patients  operated  on  for  gall-bladder  disease  of 
various  types  in  the  four-year  period  ending  Au- 
gust 10,  1941,  numbered  274.  This  number  con- 
stitutes only  those  instances  of  gall-bladder  dis- 
ease which  have  been  treated  surgically. 

In  the  matter  of  diagnosis  reliance  was  placed 
on  the  clinical  manifestations,  together  with  x-ray 
study  by  the  Graham-Cole  method. 

Cholecystectomy  was  the  operation  of  choice. 
In  a great  majority  of  instances  complete  closure 
of  the  operative  wound  following  operation  was 

September,  1941 


done.  It  is  believed  this  practice  has  a distinct 
advantage  over  that  of  routine  drainage. 

The  cases  have  been  summarized  on  the  basis 
of  type  of  pathology,  age  and  sex  incidence  and 
with  regard  to  associated  pathological  conditions. 
We  have  found  a certain  relationship  between 
some  cases  of  glycosuria  and  gall-bladder  pa- 
thology. This  relationship  warrants  examination 
of  the  diabetic  patient  routinely  for  gall-bladder 
disease  and,  conversely,  studying  of  each  patient 
presenting  a gall-bladder  syndrome  for  evidence 
of  a diabetic  tendency. 

MSMS 

Epilepsy  as  a Traffic  Hazard 

L.  E.  Himler,  M.D. 

Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 

L.  E.  Himler,  M.D. 

A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1928.  M.D., 

University  of  Michigan  Medical  School,  1931. 
Diplomate  of  American  Board  of  Psychiatry 
and  Neurology,  1939.  Asso'ciate  psychiatrist 
at  the_  University  Health  Service.  Member  of: 
American  Psychiatric  Association,  National 
Committee  for  Mental  Hygiene,  Michigan  So- 
ciety of  Neurology  and  Psychiatry,  Internation- 
al League  Against  Epilepsy,  and  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

■ The  provisions  of  practically  all  of  the  forty- 
five  states  possessing  operators’  license  laws 
include  some  type  of  restriction  against  individ- 
uals who  are  unfit  to  drive.  Michigan’s  Act  91 
of  1931,  which  is  patterned  after  the  so-called 
“Uniform  Motor  Vehicle  Operators’  and  Chauf- 
feurs’ License  Act,”  expressly  prohibits  licensing 
anyone  who  is  “afflicted  with  or  suffering  from 
such  physical  or  mental  disability  as  will  serve 
to  prevent  such  person  from  exercising  reason- 
able and  ordinary  control”  while  operating  a mo- 
tor vehicle  upon  the  highways.  License  is  also 
withheld  from  any  person  who  has  been  ad- 
judged by  the  courts  to  be  “insane,  or  an  idiot, 
imbecile,  epileptic,  or  feeble-minded”  and  has  not 
been  restored  to  competency  by  judicial  decree. 
Even  then  a driver’s  license  is  not  granted  unless 
and  until  the-  department  given  the  responsibility 
for  issuing  licenses  is  satisfied  that  the  individual 
is  capable  of  operating  a motor  vehicle  with  safe- 
ty to  persons  and  property. 

The  necessity  of  uniform  and  effective  meas- 
ures aimed  at  eliminating  the  danger  of  epilepsy 
in  traffic  is  self-evident  when  it  is  recalled  that  of 
the  500,000  or  more  patients  with  epilepsy  in  the 
United  States,  fully  450,000  are  not  in  institu^ 


707 


EPILEPSY  AS  A TRAFFIC  HAZARD— HIMLER 


tions  but  are  living  in  the  community.  Half  of 
these  have  already  begun  to  have  attacks  by  the 
time  they  are  old  enough  to  drive  cars,  and  two- 
thirds  of  them  have  had  their  first  attack  before 
they  reached  the  age  of  twenty.  Regardless  of 
licensing  restrictions,  physicians  who  make  spe- 
cial inquiry  into  this  point  are  well  aware  that  a 
considerable  proportion  of  patients  with  epilepsy 
do  not  refrain  entirely  from  driving  motorcars. 
Although  accidents  frorp  this  cause  are  not  un- 
known, up  to  the  present  time  no  statistical  evi- 
dence is  available  which  would  disprove  the  be- 
lief held  by  both  physicians  and  safety  officials 
that  traffic  accidents  attributable  directly  to  epi- 
lepsy are  quite  infrequent. 

A summary  prepared  by  the  National  Safety 
Council  for  1939  reveals  that  0.5  per  cent  of  the 
drivers  involved  in  fatal  accidents  and  0.3  per 
cent  of  the  drivers  in  non-fatal  accidents  had 
some  physical  defect  "other  than  intoxication, 
fatigue,  poor  eyesight  and  poor  hearing.”  This 
is  equivalent  to  about  200  drivers  in  fatal  acci- 
dents and  approximately  4,(X)0  drivers  in  non- 
fatal  accidents.  Epileptic  disorders  are  not  re- 
ported as  such  and  of  course  cannot  be  arbitra- 
rily presumed  to  constitute  more  than  a fraction 
of  even  this  restricted  group,  since  under  the 
same  classification  are  included  a variety  of  mis- 
cellaneous physical  defects  such  as  would  hinder 
the  use  of  arms  and  legs,  cerebrovascular  and 
cardiac  conditions,  acute  uremia,  acute  acidosis, 
vertigo,  narcotic  poisoning,  and  sudden  painful 
conditions  which  might  result  in  syncope  or 
temporary  loss  of  control — to  mention  but  a few. 

Accident  statistics  alone,  however,  can  give 
only  very  incomplete  information  on  this  sub- 
ject, not  only  because  patients  who  survive  an 
accident  would  be  disinclined  to  tell  of  their 
attacks,  but  more  importantly  because  report- 
ing police  officials  could  scarcely  be  expected 
to  recognize  or  distinguish  post-seizure  states 
from  such  causal  conditions  as  fatigue  or  fall- 
ing asleep.  In  this  connection,  one  can  only 
speculate  on  what  proportion  of  the  many  acci- 
dents reported  as  “driving  on  wrong  side  of 
road,”  “driving  off  roadway,”  and  “reckless 
driving”  might  be  related  to  epileptiform 
states. 

Some  light  is  thrown  on  the  incidence  of  epi- 
leptic patients  who  drive  motorcars  by  reports 


dealing  with  traffic  offenders.  Among  100  un- 
selected violators  coming  before  the  Detroit  Re- 
corder’s Court  during  a single  month,  there  was 
one  with  active  epileptiform  attacks  and  one  with 
suspected  epilepsy.®  Of  348  offenders  referred  to 
the  traffic  clinic  of  the  same  court  during  1937,  a 
history  of  epilepsy  was  obtained  in  one  and  a 
question  of  epilepsy  occurred  in  two  other  cases.® 
While  the  number  of  cases  is  too  small  to  have 
general  statistical  validity,  it  is  significant  that  in 
both  groups  of  offenders  the  proportion  with 
verified  attacks  is  higher  than  for  epilepsy  among 
individuals  of  all  ages  in  the  population  at  large. 

Plan  for  Regulation 

Aside  from  the  problem  of  enforcement,  un- 
conditional denial  of  driving  privileges  to  all  pa- 
tients who  have  or  have  had  any  type  of  seizure, 
although  the  only  completely  safe  method  would 
result  in  manifestly  unfair  discrimination  in 
many  individual  cases.  In  this  category  would 
fall  those  with  seizures  occurring  only  during 
sleep,  and  those  who  are  certain  of  a sufficient 
warning  period  to  prevent  any  mishap  on  the 
road.  It  is  especially  important  to  include  in 
this  group  those  patients  who  are  free  of  attacks 
as  long  as  they  continue  faithfully  under  medical 
treatment  and  supervision.  What  is  said  with  re- 
spect to  motorcar  drivers,  of  course,  applies 
equally  to  airplane  pilots  and  those  who  operate 
motorcycles  and  bicycles  on  the  highways. 

Although  methods  of  examining  applicants  for 
drivers’  licenses  vary  markedly  from  state  to 
state,  inquiry  concerning  the  presence  or  absence 
of  “epilepsy”  is  generally  designated  as  part  of 
the  duties  of  the  police  official  in  charge  of  reg- 
istration. Since  the  term  “epilepsy”  as  used  by 
the  layman  is  ordinarily  restricted  to  mean  con- 
vulsive seizures  of  the  grand  mal  type,  it  is  pos- 
sible that  some  individuals  might  truthfully  an- 
swer in  the  negative  to  such  a routine  question, 
and  yet  be  afflicted  with  petit  mal,  psychomotor, 
or  narcoleptic  attacks  which  might  be  equally  as 
dangerous  in  traffic  as  grand  mal.  The  patient 
with  petit  mal  seizures  lasting  over  a second  or 
two  may  be  in  even  greater  peril,  since  attacks  of 
this  type  may  occur  quite  frequently,  generally 
with  no  warning,  and  often  are  related  to  sud- 
den stress  such  as  might  come  up  in  traffic  situa- 
tions. The  writer  has  had  contact  with  two  such 
cases  during  the  past  year,  one  of  whom  reported 
numerous  “close  calls”  and  the  other  actually 


708 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


EPILEPSY  AS  A TRAFFIC  HAZARD— HIMLER 


went  off  the  road  twice  during  typical  attacks, 
yet  both  of  these  patients  were  in  possession  of 
drivers’  licenses,  and  although  aware  of  the 
element  of  danger,  did  not  consider  themselves 
as  “epileptic.” 

Confusion  over  interpretation  of  the  term 
“epilepsy”  can  be  avoided  by  requiring  applicants 
to  answer  a specific  written  question  referable 
to  the  presence  of  any  type  of  paroxysmal  condi- 
tion. A composite  driver’s  license  application 
blank,  proposed  by  the  American  Association  of 
Motor  Vehicle  Administrators,’^  combines  the  ex- 
perience of  several  states  and  includes  the  fol- 
lowing as  one  of  twelve  questions ; 

Have  you  ever  had  an  attack  of  epilepsy,  paralysis 
or  heart  trouble,  or  are  you  afflicted  with  fainting  or 
dizzy  spells  or  any  disability  or  disease  which  might 
affect  your  ability  to  operate  a motor  vehicle  in  a safe 
manner  at  all  times  and  under  all  conditions?  (Yes  or 
No).  If  you  have,  give  date,  and  describe  condition. 

Applicants  who  answer  affirmatively  are  then 
required  to  submit  a physician’s  statement  with 
regard  to  their  competency  to  drive  with  safety. 
In  Michigan,  patients  with  epilepsy  who  have 
been  free  of  attacks  for  at  least  two  years  may 
be  granted  or  reissued  a license  after  proper  in- 
vestigation by  the  Commissioner  of  the  Traffic 
Division. 

Privileged  Communications 

The  wide  variety  and  complexity  of  problems 
which  arise  in  any  consideration  of  the  epileptic 
driver  inevitably  bring  up  questions  relative  to 
the  sanctity  of  medical  confidence  and  how  far 
such  a patient  has  the  right  to  be  protected  by 
privileged  communications.  Dr.  Monrad-Krohn, 
the  Norwegian  neurologist,  states  imhesitatingly 
that  “in  the  face  of  a very  real  danger,  it  would 
seem  that  the  community  has  a right  to  demand 
control  even  if  it  involves  a necessary  infraction 
of  professional  secrecy  on  this  point.”^  At  the 
Eighth  Scandinavian  Neurological  Congress  held 
in  1939  a unanimous  resolution  was  passed  rec- 
ommending “that  it  be  in  some  way  established 
that  it  is  a duty  of  practicing  physicians  without 
regard  to  their  obligation  of  silence,  in  some  way 
to  notify  the  authorities,  whenever  in  their  prac- 
tice they  discover  a patient  suffering  from  epi- 
lepsy in  the  possession  of  a driving  vehicle  and 
making  use  of  it.” 

An  important  step  toward  the  solution  of  this 
problem  was  taken  by  the  state  of  California, 


where  in  September,  1939,  a law  became  effective 
designating  epilepsy  as  a reportable  disease.^ 
Physicians  in  that  state  are  now  required  to  no- 
tify the  State  Department  of  Public  Health  of 
all  patients  with  such  a diagnosis,  and  this  data 
is  then  made  available  to  the  Motor  Vehicle  De- 
partment. Failure  of  the  physician  to  report  con- 
stitutes a misdemeanor.  In  so  far  as  it  is  possible 
to  enforce  a quarantine  law  of  this  type,  the  li- 
censing of  at  least  those  patients  who  come  under 
physicians’  care  because  of  obvious  and  undis- 
puted grand  mal  will  be  effectively  barred.  How- 
ever, because  of  the  unsatisfactory  status  of  the 
term  “epilepsy,”  this  regulation  as  it  stands  still 
allows  for  confusion  and  omissions,  especially 
where  seizures  are  not  clearly  defined  or  where 
the  differential  diagnosis  is  obscure.  During  the 
first  six  months  the  California  law  was  in  force, 
2,780  cases  were  reported,  but  only  437  of  this 
number  were  from  counties  not  containing  insti- 
tutions in  which  epileptic  patients  were  hospi- 
talized. 

Dr.  Monrad-Krohn  suggested  a plan  of  an- 
other type  which  would  avoid  some  of  the  above 
objections.  This  would  require  the  physician  by 
law  to  give  a statement  to  all  patients  who  are 
subject  to  paroxysmal  disorders  regarding  their 
competency  to  drive  a motor  vehicle,  a copy  of 
which  is  submitted  to  the  traffic  officials.  This 
step,  while  not  placing  the  burden  of  a final  de- 
cision on  the  physician,  nevertheless  makes  it 
obligatory  for  him  to  acquaint  the  patient  of  the 
mutual  responsibility  which  he  shares  with  re- 
gard to  traffic  regulations.  Final  approval,  de- 
nial, or  restriction  of  drivers’  license  privileges 
might  properly  be  vested  in  a duly  authorized 
medical  examiner,  preferably  one  attached  to  the 
State  Health  Department.  The  patient  should  in 
no  case  be  deprived  of  his  right  to  petition  for  a 
hearing  and  submit  statements  relative  to  his 
condition  from  physicians  of  his  own  choice. 
While  it  may  be  objected  that  such  a plan  de- 
stroys confidential  relationship  and  may  discour- 
age some  patients  from  seeking  medical  aid,  it 
might  on  the  other  hand  actually  strengthen  the 
physician-patient  relationship  in  the  end,  since  a 
satisfactory  period  of  observation  and  treatment 
opens  the  way  for  official  recommendation  for  a 
license.  Full  professional  secrecy  would  of  neces- 
sity be  required  from  traffic  and  police  author- 
ities who  share  confidential  information  with 
physicians  under  any  such  arrangement. 


September,  1941 


709 


PYELOGRAPHY— HUBBELL  AND  HILDRETH 


Method  of  Control 

Whatever  ultimate  disposition  is  made  of  this 
complicated  problem,  it  would  seem  only  just 
in  the  interests  of  both  society  and  the  individual 
that  no  patient  who  is  subject  to  seizures  should 
be  granted  a license  until  proper  investigation  is 
made  by  a physician  trained  in  neuropsychiatry 
who  is  equipped  to  make  valid  judgments  con- 
cerning an  applicant’s  fitness  as  a motorcar  driv- 
er. Among  the  special  diagnostic  procedures 
utilized  in  the  study  of  epilepsy,  electroencepha- 
lography® has  become  outstandingly  important. 
Repeated  at  regular  intervals,  the  electroenceph- 
alogram gives  an  objective  record  which  is  in- 
valuable both  in  substantiating  the  diagnosis  and 
in  providing  an  index  of  the  effectiveness  of 
treatment. 

The  medical,  neurological  and  psychiatric  ap- 
praisal of  each  case  should  include  a satisfactory 
control  period  of  observation  as  a basic  require- 
ment before  a license  or  reinstatement  is  granted. 
Licenses  granted  to  patients  who  have  had  sei- 
zures should  be  renewed  on  an  annual  basis,  con- 
tingent upon  the  progress  of  the  condition,  the 
absence  of  organic  or  psychiatric  contraindica- 
tions, and  adherence  to  a well  regulated  regime 
with  relation  to  drugs  and  physical  habits,  in- 
cluding strict  abstinence  from  alcohol.  Follow- 
up information  in  addition  to  the  physician’s 
statement  should  include  a social  history  from 
relatives  and  others  who  are  closely  acquainted 
with  the  case.  The  patient  must  be  given  to  im- 
derstand  that  his  license  to  drive  is  directly  de- 
pendent upon  a successful  therapeutic  plan,  and 
is  by  no  means  to  be  construed  as  official  recog- 
nition that  he  is  “cured”  or  that  preventive  pro- 
cedures may  be  relaxed. 

Summary 

Viewed  solely  from  the  standpoint  of  available 
morbidity  and  mortality  statistics,  epilepsy  and 
epileptic  disorders  probably  do  not  account  for 
a numerically  alarming  number  of  traffic  acci- 
dents. As  a road  hazard  the  danger  of  epilepsy 
lies  not  in  the  frequency  of  its  occurrence,  but 
rather,  like  lightning,  in  its  suddenness  and  un- 
predictability. 

There  is  a real  need  for  uniform  regulations 
in  all  states  with  regard  to  the  operation  of  motor 
vehicles  by  individuals  who  are  subject  to  sei- 
zures, and  these  should  be  according  to  a plan 
which  will  not  only  insure  maximum  safety  for 

710 


the  patients  as  well  as  others,  but  also  one  which 
would  give  physicians  a means  of  adequately  dis- 
charging their  obligation  both  to  the  patient  and 
to  the  community. 

The  danger  of  epilepsy  in  traffic  situations  can 
be  largely  controlled  by  a comprehensive,  socially 
integrated,  preventive  approach.  There  is  ever}^ 
likelihood  that  a concerted  and  efficient  applica- 
tion of  all  the  medical  and  legal  measures  at 
present  at  our  disposal  would  bring  the  risk  of 
accidents  due  to  epileptic  disorders  to  a humanly 
irreducible  minimum. 


References 


Driver  License  Examination  Procedure;  American  As=o- 
mation  of  Motor  Vehicle  Administrators,  13,  1940. 

Harvey,  R.  W.:  EpilepsyL-A  Re- 

portable  Disease.  California  State  Dept,  of  Public  Health 
Weekly  Bulletin,  18:28,  109,  (Aug.  5)  1939. 

CJibbs,  F.  A.;  Electroencephalography  in  Epilepsy.  Jour, 
of  Ped.,  15:6,  749-762,  (Dec.)  1939 

and  Motoring.  Epilepsia, 

Raphael,  T.,  Labine,  A.  C.,  Flinn,  H.  L.,  and  Hoffman, 
h d Hundred  Traffic  Offenders.  Mental  Hygiene, 

13:4,  809-824,  (October)  1929. 

Selling,  L.  S.:  Annual  Report  of  the  Psychopathic  Clinic 
of  the  Recorder’s  Court  of  the  City  of  Detroit,  114,  1937. 


MSMS 

Intravenous  or  Retrograde 
Pyelography? 

By  R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D. 
and 

Ra  C.  Hildreth,  M.D. 
Kalamazoo,  Mich. 


R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D. 

B.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1918.  M.D., 

Northwestern  University  Medical  School,  1923. 
Diplomate,  American  Board  of  Urology.'  Mem- 
ber, American  Urological  Association,  Amer- 
ican Neisserian  Medical  Society,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

R.  C.  Hildreth,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Nebraska  College  of 
Medicine,  1932.  Diplomate,  American  Board 
of  Radiology.  Member  of  the  Staff  of  Borgess, 
Bronson  Methodist  and  Sturgis  Memorial  Hos- 
pitals._ Member,  Radiological  Society  of  North 
America,  America  College  of  Radiology,  Ameri- 
can Roentgen  Ray  Society,  American  Radium 
Society,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 


■ Intravenous  pyelography  has  been  in  use 
about  10  years  and  is  gradually  assuming  its 
proper  place  in  the  diagnosis  of  urological  lesions. 
Uroselectan  was  introduced  in  1929  by  Von 
Lichtenberg  and  Swick  and  has  proved,  indeed, 
a boon  in  the  diagnosis  of  urological  lesions. 
The  formula  of  the  iodine  compound  has  been 
improved  so  much  that  now  it  is  quite  an  in- 
nocuous substance  in  the  vein  or  in  the  ureter. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PYELOGRAPHY— HUBBELL  AND  HILDRETH 


It  was  thought  at  first  that  this  new  pro- 
cedure would  replace  the  use  of  the  cystoscope 
and  retrograde  pyelography  but,  in  spite  of  the 
tremendous  advance  made  in  the  use  of  this 
substance,  much  ill-advised  surgery  must  have 
been,  and  will  be,  performed,  if  reliance  is 
placed  solely  on  intravenous  pyelograms.  It 
should  be  considered  an  adjunct  and  not  a 
complete  diagnostic  measure  in  most  cases. 

We  made  a sur^^ey  of  eighty-nine  hospital 
(or  bed)  cases  in  which  intravenous  pyelography 
was  done,  the  study  of  which  serves  as  a guide 
to  the  evaluation  of  this  modality.  Table  I reveals 
that  females  outnumber  males  to  an  appreciable 
extent,  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  there  are 
more  abdominal  complaints  in  women  and 
therefore  they  have  more  of  a need  for  differ- 
ential diagnoses. 

TABLE  I 


Number  of  Intravenous  Pyelograms 89 

Sex : 

Males  . . 39 

Females  50 

Age: 

Oldest  82  yrs. 

Youngest 14  mos. 

Average ' 50  yrs. 


The  oldest  patient  was  eighty-two  years  and  the 
youngest  was  fourteen  months ; in  the  latter  case 
the  dye  was  given  in  the  external  jugular  vein. 
A simpler  manner  of  administration  when  it  is 
difficult  to  get  into  the  vein,  or  in  the  case  of 
infants,  is  that  of  Nesbit’s  in  which  20  c.c.  of 
the  iodine  compound  is  mixed  with  80  c.c.  of 
normal  saline  and  equal  parts  are  injected  over 
each  scapula  subcutaneously,  preceded,  possibly, 
by  an  injection  of  novocaine.^ 

Attention  to  certain  details  of  technique  will  enhance 
the  value  of  intravenous  pyelography.  We  believe  it  is 
valuable  to  withhold  fluids  for  at  least  twelve  hours 
before  the  pyelograms  are  made  so  as  to  give  a better 
concentration  of  the  dye.  One  to  two  ounces  of  castor 
oil  are  given  the  night  before  and,  if  not  contraindi- 
cated, ^ to  1 c.c.  of  pitressin  is  given  one-half  hour 
before  the  intravenous  dye  is  given. 

Immediately  before  the  dye  is  given  the  patient  is 
questioned  as  to  his  tendency  to  allergy  or  sensitiveness 
to  iodine  compounds.  If  this  condition  is  present,  the 
determination  of  the  sensitivity  to  the  dye  should  be 
obtained  b}^  the  method  of  Dolan.^  He  recommends 
that  1 c.c.  to  2 c.c.  of  the  iodine  substance  be  held  in 


the  mouth  for  about  ten  minutes.  If  no  reaction  occurs, 
the  substance  may  be  swallowed  and  one  must  wait 
another  thirty  minutes  to  determine  the  possibility  of 
any  sensitivity  to  the  agent. 

A slight  Trendelenburg  position  is  maintained 
throughout  the  taking  of  the  pictures  unless  an  upright 
position  is  desired  for  one  of  the  films.  In  a group 
of  hospital  patients  where  such  a high  percentage  have 
abdominal  pain  or  renal  colic  and  hence,  usually, 
considerable  gas,  and  where  urgency  may  prevent 
adequate  preparation  of  the  patient,  intravenous  pyelog- 
raphy is  encumbered  with  radiologic  technical  diffi- 
culties not  usually  found  in  the  ambulatory  patient. 

Table  II  indicates  the  chief  complaints  of  patients 
on  whom  the  intravenous  pyelograms  were  done. 

TABLE  II 


Chief  Complaint  Number 

Pain  52 

Frequency  7 

Fever  6 

Dysuria  3 

Nausea  and  vomiting 0 

Hematuria 2 

Colic 0 

Pyuria  1 

Distention  1 

Impotence  1 

Diarrhea  1 

Loss  of  weight  and  appetite 2 

Anuria  1 

Pruritis  vulvae  1 

Dyspnae  1 

High  blood  pressure  1 

Urgency 1 

Nervousness 1 

Not  listed  7 


Total  number  of  cases 89 


Pain  in  some  part  of  the  abdomen  is  by  far  the 
most  frequent  symptom  and  this  justly  so.  Where 
symptomatology  is  indicative  more  of  infection, 
hematuria,  or  a purely  urinary  complaint,  cystos- 
copy and  retrograde  pyelograms  will  furnish  the 
most  complete  evidence  and  at  less  delay  to  the 
patient. 

Table  III  gives  the  diagnoses  that  were  mad^ 
from  intravenous  pyelograms. 

In  sixteen  cases  or  18  per  cent  no  diagnosis 
could  be  made.  Thirteen  doubtful  normal  and 
twenty-five  definitely  normal  pyelograms  make 
thirty-eight  cases  or  42  per  cent  of  the  total. 
Doubtful  normals  are  those  wherein  a little 
imagination  is  necessary  to  construct  a picture  of 
a normal  pelvis  but  because  of  the  good  excretion 
of  the  dye  and  the  remainder  of  the  clinical 


September,  1941 


711 


PYELOGRAPHY— HUBBELL  AND  HILDRETH 


TABLE  III 

Diagnosis  by  Intravenous  Pyelogram 

No  diagnosis  

Doubtful  normal 

Normal 

Dilation  of : 

Calices  

Pelvis  

Ureter  

Bladder  

Stone  in : 

Parenchyma  

Calices  

Pelvis  

Ureter  

Bladder  

Ptosis  

Kink  of  ureter 

Anomaly  

Tumor  

Miscellaneous  

Nephrogram  

Stricture  

Double  kidney  

Rotation  

Anomalous  vessel  (?)  

Bladder  tumor  


history,  they  can  be  classified  as  normal.  Thirty- 
four  cases  or  38  per  cent  give  pictures  of  dila- 
tion somewhere  in  the  urinary  tract.  It  is  in  this 
instance  that  the  intravenous  pyelogram  seems 
to  give  the  best  definition.  The  remainder  of  the 
cases  are  well  distributed  as  to  their  oc- 
currence. 

Table  IV  reveals  that  a retrograde  pyelogram 
was  indicated  and  done  in  twenty- four  of  the 
cases.  Indications  for  making  the  retrograde 
pyelograms  were  simply  that  the  intravenous 
pyelogram  could  not  tell  us  definitely  and  com- 
pletely what  pathology  was  present. 


TABLE  IV 

Number  of  retrograde  pyelograms  24 

Diagnoses  cotifirmed  10 

Changes  or  additions  in  diagnoses 
following  retrograde  pyelogram  14 


In  ten  cases  the  diagnosis  by  intravenous 
pyelography  was  confirmed  and  in  fourteen  cases 
there  was  an  additional  diagnosis  made,  or  the 
diagnosis  was  changed  by  retrograde  pyelogram. 
If  these  latter  fourteen  cases  are  added  to  the 
sixteen  cases  in  which  no  diagnosis  could  be 
made,  there  is  a total  of  thirty  cases  (30  per  cent 


of  the  total)  wherein  intravenous  pyelogram  could  | 
not  be  relied  upon  as  a diagnostic  picture  of  the  I 
case.  I 

There  were  nine  kidney  operations  done  in  \ 
which  the  diagnosis  was  confirmed  in  seven  and  | 
changed  in  two  instances.  j 

) 

Conclusion 

In  conclusion  it  might  be  stated  from  these  j 
findings  and  experience  that: 

I.  Patients  of  any  age  may  be  examined  by 
intravenous  pyelography. 

II.  The  intravenous  method  is  indicated  in : 

1.  Differential  diagnosis  of  obscure  abdominal 
pain. 

2.  When  the  instrumentation  of  cystoscopy  is 

contraindicated  or  where  one  wishes  to  shorten  | 
the  procedure  as  much  as  possible  by  first  obtain-  | 
ing  as  much  information  as  one  can  by  intra-  * 
venous  pyelography.  . 

3.  Tuberculosis  of  the  genito-urinary  tract,  as  \ 

instrumentation  in  these  cases  should  be  kept  at  a ' 
minimum.  | 

4.  Cases  of  stone,  particularly  in  the  kidney  or  ' 
ureter.  Here  intravenous  pyelography  is  especial-  f 
ly  helpful  because  of  obstruction  in  the  tract  if  ! 
the  obstruction  has  not  been  present  long  enough 
to  embarrass  the  function  of  the  kidney. 

5.  Double  kidney  or  ureter  which  is  sometimes  , 
missed  by  retrograde  method. 

6.  Trauma  of  the  genito-urinary  tract  where 
instrumentation  is  to  be  kept  at  a minimum. 

7.  Possible  obstruction  of  the  ureteral  orifice  by  | 

bladder  tumor.  I 

III.  The  intravenous  method  is  contraindicated  I 

in : i 

1.  Cases  of  known  poor  urinary  function  where  i 
pyelograms  will  not  be  obtained  because  no  dye  ’ 
is  excreted  by  the  kidney. 

2.  Idiosyncrasy  to  the  dye  or  history  of  allergy, 
particularly  to  iodine  compounds,  in  which  cases  • 
the  determination  of  sensitivity  should  be  obtained 
by  the  method  of  Dolan. 

IV.  In  about  one-third  of  the  cases  a complete 
diagnosis  cannot  be  made  by  intravenous  pyelog- 
raphy. 

References 

1.  Dolan,  Leo  P. : Allergic  death  due  to  intravenous  use  of 
diodrast.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  114:138-139,  (Jan.  13)  1940. 

2.  Nesbit,  R.  M.,  and  Douglas,  D.  B. ; Subcutaneous  adminis- 
tration of  diodrast  for  pyelograms  in  infants.  Jour.  Urol., 
42:709,  (Nov.)  1939. 


Number 

...16 

...13 

...25 

...11 
...18 
...  5 
...  0 

...  3 
. ..  3 
.. . 2 
...  8 
...  0 
. . . 4 
...  6 
...  0 
. . . 1 
...  1 
. . . 2 
...  0 
.. . 1 
.. . 1 
...  2 
...  1 


712 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


The  Annual  Meeting,  and  Farewell 


The  complete  program  of  the  1941  Annual  Meeting 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  appears  in 
this  number.  For  a state  medical  society,  it  is  imique 
in  quality,  variety  and  size.  Verily,  it  merits  the 
paraphrased  title  of  "Michigan’s  Medical  World  Fair.” 

Doctor,  peruse  the  program  in  this  issue.  Incidental- 
ly the  M.S.M.S.  Journal,  each  and  every  month, 
contains  much  information  of  value  to  you  in  your 
practice.  I recommend  to  each  member  the  good  habit 
of  carefully  reading  the  monthly  State  Medical  Jour- 
nal. It  will  share  important  dividends  with  the 
reader. 

The  final  paragraph  of  this,  my  final  page,  is  one 
of  sincere  appreciation  and  thanks  to  all  who  helped 
contribute  to  the  progress  of  the  year  1940-41.  Any 
success  of  this  administration  can  be  traced  to  the 
generous  work  of  our  society  committeemen  and  of- 
ficers. 

For  my  able  successor,  Henry  R.  Carstens,  I solicit 
the  same  loyal  support  that  has  been  my  fortunate  lot. 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Pc 


a^e 


September,  1941 


713 


EDITORIAL  X- 


raS  FATHER'S  FOOTSTEPS 

■ When  Henry  Carstens  assumes  the  position 

of  president  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  at  our  Seventy-Sixth  Annual  Meeting  in 
Grand  Rapids  in  September  unusual  history  will 
have  been  made,  for  it  is  the  first  time  in  the 
many  years  of  organized  medicine  in  Michigan 
and  probably  a most  unusual  coincidence  in  any 
state  that  a son  of  a previous  president  of  a state 
medical  society  would  achieve  the  same  office. 

Doctor  Carstens’  father,  J.  Henr}^  Carstens, 
was  born  in  Kiel,  Germany,  on  Jime  8,  1848  and 
died  in  Detroit,  August  7,  1920.  The  personal 
and  professional  history  of  the  first  Doctor  Car- 
stens is  most  interesting  and  thrilling.  He  came 
to  Detroit  with  his  parents  as  a small  boy  and 
graduated  from  Detroit  Medical  College  in  1870. 
He  began  the  practice  of  medicine  immediately. 
For  nearly  fifty  years  he  had  lectured  and  taught 
various  branches  of  medicine  and  surgery  to  gen- 
erations of  medical  students.  At  the  time  of  his 
death  he  was  the  President  of  the  Detroit  College 
of  Medicine  and  Surgery  and  Professor  of 
Gynecology  at  the  same  institution.  He  was  on 
the  staff  at  Harper  Hospital  and  the  Woman’s 
Hospital.  He  had  been  president  of  the  Wayne 
County  Medical  Society,  an  office  which  has 
already  been  filled  by  his  illustrious  son,  and  was 
president  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
in  1909.  He  was  a member  of  the  Mississippi 
Valley  Medical  Association,  the  American  Gyne- 
cological Association  and  the  American  College  of 
Surgeons.  Doctor  Carstens  took  a great  deal  of 
interest  in  city  politics  and  was  candidate  for 
mayor  of  Detroit  on  several  occasions.  He  was 
formerly  a member  of  the  Detroit  Board  of  Edu- 
cation and  the  Detroit  Board  of  Health.  For 
many  years  Doctor  Carstens  was  an  active  mem- 
ber of  the  Harmony  Club  and  also  belonged  to 
the  Detroit  Athletic  Club  and  the  Detroit  Club. 
Doctor  Carstens  was  one  of  the  most  widely 
known  physicians  not  only  in  Michigan  but 
throughout  the  United  States. 

The  story  of  the  present  Dr.  Henry  Carstens 
hardly  needs  to  be  elaborated.  After  serving 
for  a number  of  years  as  a member  of  The  Coun- 


cil and  as  chairman  of  The  Council  he  became 
president-elect  last  year.  It  is  of  particular  note 
that  he  is  governor  of  the  American  College  of 
Physicians  for  the  State  of  Michigan.  He  has 
been  on  The  Council  of  the  Wayne  County  Medi- 
cal Society  and  has  been  its  chairman.  He  is 
the  president  and  medical  director  of  the  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service  and  possesses  an  enviable 
reputation  as  an  internist. 

His  keen  mental  perception,  his  sense  of  fair- 
ness and  his  unusual  clear  thinking  mark  him  as 
a man  who  will  lead  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  on  to  higher  levels  than  ever  before. 

MSMS 

YOUR  WISH  HAS  COME  TRUE 

■ How  many  times  have  you  wished,  after 
listening  to  a noted  authority  speaking  at  a 
scientific  meeting,  that  you  could  ask  questions 
or  have  some  points  made  more  clear  to  you? 
Your  wish  has  come  true. 

After  the  Wednesday  and  Thursday  sessions 
of  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  a discussion  period  will  be 
held  for  the  various  departments  of  medicine 
at  which  the  invited  essayists  will  answer  in- 
quiries. It  is  something  new,  an  innovation 
which  makes  one  of  the  greatest  of  the  state 
medical  meetings  even  more  valuable  to  you 
than  before. 

Sixteen  of  the  world’s  best  qualified 
specialists  will  present  their  views  and 
findings  to  you  in  a public  address,  on 
these  days,  and  then  be  available  for  your 
further  questions  at  the  close  of  the  after- 
noon session.  All  the  meetings  are  held 
in  the  same  Civic  Auditorium  in  the 
“Furniture  Capital  of  America,”  the  second 
city  of  Michigan. 

If  you  are  interested  in  medical  progress 
you  must  attend  the  Seventy-Sixth  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society, 
September  17,  18,  and  19;  the  biggest  three 
days  in  medicine  that  Michigan  has  ever 
known. 


714 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


WHAT  ABOUT  GRAND  RAPIDS? 


Grand  Rapids,  the  mecca  for  Michigan  Medi- 
cine September  17,  18  and  19,  has  an  interesting 
history  with  its  rapid  and  distinctive  industrial 
development.  It  is  the  second  city  in  size  in  this 
state.  The  annual  conventions  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  have  become  so  large  that 
only  two  cities  in  the  state  have  convention  halls 
sufficient  to  accommodate  the  meetings,  as  well  as 
exhibits  which  have  become  a most  important  fea- 
ture of  the  annual  meetings  within  recent  years. 
The  evolution  of  scientific  medicine  has  caused 
a great  development  by  way  of  invention  of  diag- 
nostic and  treatment  equipment  as  well  as  refine- 
ment in  drugs  and  foods  intended  for  the  sick. 

Grand  Rapids,  we  repeat,  has  an  interesting 
history.  The  name  is  descriptive  of  the  rapids  in 
the  Grand  River.  A little  over  a hundred  years 


Butterworth  Hospital 


ago,  one  hundred  and  fifteen  to  be  exact,  Louis 
Campau,  a French  pioneer,  established  a trading 
post  there,  purchasing  the  ground  for  ninety  dol- 
lars. A second  pioneer  was  Lucius  Lyon,  who, 
having  surveyed  the  site  for  the  government,  had 
intended  to  buy  it  for  himself.  He  was  forced  to 
purchase  it,  however,  from  Campau  at  a much 
higher  price.  It  is  said  that  this  transaction  re- 
sulted in  an  estrangement  between  the  two  pio- 
neers, the  effect  of  which  is  seen  in  the  present  pe- 
culiar layout  of  the  downtown  district  of  the  city. 
The  two  pioneers  disagreed  as  to  the  name  of  the 
locality.  Campau  insisted  on  the  name  “Grand 
Rapids,”  while  Lyon  wanted  it  called  “Kent”  af- 
ter a chancellor  of  New  York  state.  The  name  of 
Chancellor  Kent,  however,  is  perpetuated  in  the 
name  of  the  county.  All  this  is  a matter  of  his- 
tory. 

Located  in  the  midst  of  a lumbering  district, 
from  the  beginning  prosperity  was  assured  to  the 
town.  Perhaps  for  more  than  anything  else. 
Grand  Rapids  today  is  preeminently  known 
throughout  the  nation  as  the  Furniture  City  of 
America,  just  as  Detroit  is  known  throughout  the 
world  as  the  great  automobile  center. 

Grand  Rapids  is  characterized  by  the  diversity 
of  its  industrial  operations,  best  known  of  which 
is  furniture  manufacturing  for  which  it  is  known 
the  world  over.  There  are  more  than  500  manu- 
facturing establishments  in  the  city,  producing 


September,  1941 


715 


GRAND  RAPIDS— CONVENTION  CITY 


more  than  2,500  different  products  which  are 
grouped  mainly  into  woodworking,  metalworking 
and  miscellaneous.  In  the  latter  group  are  sev- 
eral large  subdivisions  including  graphic  arts,  food 


St.  Mary’s  Hospital 


products,  paper  products,  gypsum  mining  and 
products,  chemicals  and  textiles. 

The  metal  industry  vies  for  importance  with 
the  woodworking  industry.  A large  number  of 
plants  are  devoted  to  producing  a wide  variety  of 
metal  products  including  woodworking  and  met- 
alworking machinery;  hardware  for  automobiles, 
furniture,  refrigerators,  plumbing  and  building; 
automobile  bodies  and  trailers  and  parts.  This 
industry  which  employs  thousands  of  men  is  one 
I of  the  most  rapidly  developing  industrial  groups 
and  is  a very  important  factor  in  the  economic 
"well-being  of  the  community. 

Also  Grand  Rapids  contains  the  largest  sticky 
fly  paper  factory  in  the  world,  the  largest  pro- 
ducers of  school,  church  and  theater  seats,  car- 
pet sweepers,  metal  belt  lacers,  gypsum  products, 
window  sash  pulleys,  paper  boxes,  automatic 
musical  instruments  and  plumbing  and  bathroom 
fixtures.  In  order  to  indicate  the  versatility  of 
Grand  Rapids’  manufacturing,  a short  list  of  a 
variety  of  products  made  there  might  prove  in- 
teresting. Bodies  for  several  nationally  known 
makes  of  automobiles  are  built  here.  Its  other 
contributions  to  the  automotive  world  include  na- 
tionally known  tires  and  bumpers,  as  well  as 
metal  dash  boards,  hardware,  refinements  for 
car  interiors,  seat  and  back  springs,  and  other 
parts  and  minor  accessories. 

To  this  list  of  Grand  Rapids-made  products 
may  be  added  leather  belting,  cigars,  mattresses. 


springs,  bedding,  flour,  paints,  varnishes,  extracts, 
perfumes,  filing  devices,  metal  furniture  and  cab- 
inets, underwear,  hosiery,  clothing,  infants’  and 
children’s  dresses,  toilet  preparations,  factory 
trucks,  factory  conveyors,  wrought  iron  products, 
elevators,  emblem  jewelry,  radiator  covers,  motor 
boat  propellers,  face  cream,  fibre  cord,  laminated 
wood  products,  soaps  and  washing  powders,  la- 
dies’ ready-to-wear,  crackers,  candies,  band  in- 
struments, golf  clubs,  golf  balls,  ski  equipment 
and  sporting  goods.  With  attractive  advantages 
to  offer,  negotiations  are  constantly  being  carried 
on  to  further  extend  the  manufactories  in  this 
community. 

Grand  Rapids  stands  high  as  a printing  cen- 
ter. There  are  some  60  plants  in  the  city,  and 
among  them  are  producers  of  photoengraving, 
lithography,  printing  and  very  high-grade  adver- 
tising literature. 

The  inhabitants  of  the  city  number  176,000. 
There  are  2,560  retail  establishments,  80  schools, 
150  churches,  11  hotels  and  27  theaters.  Grand 


Blodgett  Hospital 


Rapids  is  a city  with  a personality.  It  is  essen- 
tially a city  of  homes,  ministered  to  spiritually 
and  culturally  by  the  number  of  churches  and 
schools  mentioned.  The  material  wants  of  the 
inhabitants  are  supplied  by  four  large  depart- 
mental stores  and  scores  of  small  smart  shops. 
It  seems  scarcely  necessary  to  comment  on  Grand 
Rapids  as  a convention  city,  since  the  fact  is 
already  known  to  the  medical  profession  of  the 
state  which  has  met  there  a number  of  times 
and  has  partaken  of  the  hospitality  of  the  city. 
The  medical  profession  of  Grand  Rapids  is  pro- 
gressive and  equal  in  ability  to  that  of  any  city 
on  the  continent. 


716 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  7BTH  AMNUAl  MEETING 

GRAND  RAPIDS  - 1941 


CONVENTION  INFORMATION 

DIRECTORY 

Headquarters  and  Registration. ..  .Civic  Auditorium 
Telephone:  9-1454  and  9-1475 

Hotel  Headquarters .Pantlind  Hotel 

Scientific  and  Technical  Exhibits . . Civic  Auditorium 
General  Assemblies,  Black  and  Silver  Ballroom 

Civic  Auditorium 

Publicity,  Press  Room . . Room  A,  Civic  Auditoriiun 
Telephone:  9-7201 

M.S.M.S.  Hospitality  Booth 

Exhibit  Floor,  Civic  Auditorium 
Woman’s  Auxiliary,  Headquarters  and  Registra- 
tion  Pantlind  Hotel 

* * * 

Register — Exhibit  Floor,  Civic  Auditorium,  Grand 
Rapids — as  soon  as  you  arrive. 

Hours  of  Registration  daily  8:30  a.m.  to  6:00  p.m. 
on  Tuesday,  Wednesday  and  Thursday,  September  16, 
17,  18,  and  to  3:30  p.m.  on  Friday,  September  19. 

Admission  by  badge  only,  to  all  scientific  assemblies 
and  section  meetings.  Monitors  at  entrance. 

Bring  your  M.S.M.S.  or  A.M.A.  Membership  Card 
to  expedite  registration. 

No  registration  fee  to  members  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

* ♦ ♦ 

Guests — Members  of  the  American  Afedical  As- 
sociation from  any  state,  or  from  a province  of  Canada, 
and  physicians  of  the  Army,  Navy  and  U.  S.  Public 
Health  Service  are  invited  to  attend,  as  guests.  Please 
present  credentials  at  Registration  Desk. 

Bona  fide  doctors  of  medicine  serving  as  interns, 
residents,  or  who  are  associate  or  probationary  mem- 
bers of  county  medical  societies,  if  vouched  for  by  an 
M.S.M.S.  Councilor  or  the  president  or  secretary  of  the 
county  medical  society,  will  be  registered  as  guests. 
Please  present  credentials  at  Registration  Desk. 

* !l!  SK 

Physicians,  not  members,  if  listed  in  the  American 
Medical  Directory,  may  register  as  guests  upon  pay- 
ment of  $5.00.  This  amount  will  be  credited  to  them 
as  dues  in  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  FOR 
THE  BALANCE  OF  1941  ONLY,  provided  they  sub- 
sequently are  accepted  as  members  by  their  County 
Aledical  Society. 

* * * 

The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  Hospitality 
Booth  is  adjacent  to  the  Registration  Desk  at  the 
entrance  of  the  Exhibit  Hall.  An  M.S.M.S.  Councilor 
or  Officer  will  be  in  attendance  at  all  times.  Members 
are  invited  to  stop  at  the  Headquarters  and  meet  the 
President  and  other  M.S.M.S.  officers. 

♦ * * 

Register  at  Each  Booth — There  is  something  new 
for  you  in  the  interesting  and  large  exhibit  (110  booths). 
Stop  and  show  your  appreciation  of  the  exhibitors’  sup- 
port in  making  the  Convention  possible. 

September,  1941 


Telephone  Service — Local  and  Long  Distance  tel- 
ephone will  be  available  at  entrance  to  Black  and  Sil- 
ver Ballroom  in  the  Civic  Auditorium,  as  well  as  in  the 
Pantlind  Hotel. 

In  case  of  Emergency,  doctors  will  be  paged  from  the 
meetings  by  announcement  on  the  screen.  Telephone 
numbers  in  the  lobby  of  the  Black  and  Silver  Ballroom 
are:  9-1547;  9-1716;  9-1738.  The  Pantlind  Hotel  tele- 
phone number  is : 9-7201. 

* * * 

Seven  General  Assemblies,  Wednesday,  Thursday 
and  Friday,  September  17,  18,  19. 

♦ * * 

The  Seven  Section  Meetings  will  be  held  on  Fri- 
day morning  only,  September  19.  Ltmcheons  will  be 
sponsored  by  the  Sections  on 

1.  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology. 

2.  Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology. 

3.  Dermatology  and  Syphilology. 


DISCUSSION  CONFERENCES 

These  quiz  periods  will  be  held  Wednesday  and 
Thursday,  September  17  and  18,  3 :30  to  4 :30  p.m. 
An  opportunity  to  ask  questions  or  to  discuss  one 
' of  your  interesting  cases  with  the  guest-essayist 
will  be  provided. 

Please  submit  your  questions,  on  forms  printed 
in  the  program,  to  the  Secretary  of  the  General 
Assembly  immediately  after  the  termination  of 
the  lecture,  in  order  that  the  guest  essayist  may 
have  time  to  consider  same  before  the  quiz  pe- 
riod. 


Public  Meeting — The  evening  assembly  of 

Wednesday,  September  17 — President’s  Night — will  be 
open  to  the  public.  Invite  your  patients  and  other 
friends  to  this  interesting  meeting.  The  program 
(complete  on  page  726)  is  highlighted  by: 

8:00  p.m.  President’s  Address 

Induction  of  President-Elect. 

9:00  p.m.  Biddle  Oration. 

10 :00  p.m.  Entertainment  (floor  show)  and  dancing. 

=K  * * 

Checkrooms  are  available  in  the  Pantlind  Hotel, 
and  in  the  lobby  of  the  Exhibit  Hall,  Civic  Auditorium. 


■ MICfflGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  Medi- 
cal Service  Membership  will  be  held  Wednesday, 
September  17,  4 :30  p.m.  in  the  Swiss  Room,  Pant- 
lind Hotel.  Members  of  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice are  all  the  members  of  the  M.S.M.S.  House 
of  Delegates  plus  the  Director  of  Michigan  Medi- 
cal Service.  The  Officers’  Reports  and  Election 
of  Directors  will  be  on  the  agenda  of  the  Annual 
Meeting. 


717 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


PAPERS  WILL  BEGIN  AND  END  ON 
TIME! 

Believing  there  is  nothing  which  makes  a scien- 
tific meeting  more  attractive  than  by-the-clock 
promptness  and  regularity,  all  meetings  will  op- 
en exactly  on  time,  all  speakers  will  be  required 
to  begin  their  papers  exactly  on  time,  and  to 
close  exactly  on  time,  in  accordance  with  the 
schedule  in  the  program.  All  who  attend  the 
meeting,  therefore,  are  requested  to  assist  in 
attaining  this  end  by  noting  the  schedule  care- 
fully and  being  in  attendance  accordingly.  Any 
member  who  arrives  five  minutes  late  to  hear 
any  particular  paper  will  miss  exactly  five  min- 
utes of  that  paper ! 


The  Committee  Organization  Luncheon,  a meet- 
ing of  M.S.M.S.  committee  chairmen  appointed  by 
President-Elect  Carstens  to  serve  during  the  year  1941- 
42,  will  be  held  on  Wednesday,  September  17,  1941, 
12:30  p.m.  in  the  Furniture  Assembly  Room,  Pantlind 
Hotel. 

* sK  sK 

American  Medical  Women’s  Association,  Michi- 
gan Branch,  will  meet  Tuesday,  September  16,  Pantlind 
Hotel,  1:00  p.m.  (luncheon),  followed  by  a business 
meeting  at  2 :00  p.m. 

At  the  6 :30  p.m.  dinner,  Myra  Babcock,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
will  speak  on  “Status  of  Women  Physicians  in  the 
National  Defense  Program,”  followed  by  a round-table 
discussion. 

All  women  physicians  are  cordially  invited  to  attend 
this  meeting. 


A Special  Meeting  of  M.S.M.S.  Delegates 
will  be  held  Monday,  September  IS,  1941  at  8:00 
p.m.  in  the  Swiss  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel,  Grand 
Rapids.  All  M.S.M.S.  Delegates  and  members 
are  invited  and  urged  to  attend  this  session  at 
which  the  Afflicted-Crippled  Child  Laws,  Medical 
Welfare,  Michigan  Medical  Service,  and  other 
subjects  will  be  discussed. 


The  Michigan  Branch  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Pediatrics  will  hold  a dinner  in  the  Pantlind  Ho- 
tel, Thursday  evening,  September  18,  6:30  p.m.  W.  C. 
C.  Cole,  M.D.,  1077  Fisher  Building,  Detroit,  is  in 
charge  of  arrangements. 

* * * 

The  Northwestern  University  Medical  School 
Alumni  luncheon  will  be  held  at  the  Peninsular  Club, 
Grand  Rapids,  Thursday,  September  18,  at  12:15  p.m. 

All  Northwestern  Medical  School  Alumni  are  cor- 
dially invited  to  attend  this  luncheon.  E.  W.  Schnoor, 
M.D.,  216  Medical  Arts  Bldg.,  Grand  Rapids,  President 
of  the  Northwestern  A-1  Club  of  the  host  city,  is  Chair- 
man. 

* * 

Acknowledgment — The  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  sincerely  thanks  the  following  friends  for  their 
sponsorship  of  lectures  at  the  1941  meeting: 

Sponsor  Lecturer 

Children’s  Fund  of  Michigan 

Borden  S.  Veeder,  M.D.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 

James  R.  McCord,  M.D.,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

Michigan  Department  of  Health 

Anthony  J.  Lanza,  M.D.,  New  York  City. 

Michigan  Tuberculosis  Association 

Charles  E.  Lyght,  M.D.,  Northfield,  Minn. 


Essayists  are  very  respectfully  requested  not  to 
change  time  of  lecture  with  another  speaker  without 
the  approval  of  the  General  Assembly.  This  request 
is  made  in  order  to  avoid  confusion  and  disappointment 
on  the  part  of  the  audience. 


SMOKER 

Thursday,  September  18,  at  9 :00  p.m..  Ballroom, 
Pantlind  Hotel.  Admission  by  card  to  members 
only. 


Scientific  and  Technical  Exhibits — 110  displays — 
will  open  daily  at  8:30  a.m.  and  close  at  6:00  p.m.  with 
the  exception  of  Friday,  when  the  Exhibits  will  close  at 
3 :00  p.m.  Intermissions  to  view  the  exhibits  have  been 
arranged  during  the  morning  and  afternoon  General 
Assemblies. 

Please  Register  at  Each  Booth 
* * * 

Golf  Tournament — ^Monday,  September  15,  1941, 
beginning  at  12:00  Noon  at  beautiful  Kent  Coimtry 
Club.  Plan  to  participate  in  this  18-hole  tournament 
and  win  a prize.  Competition  open  to  all  members  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society.  Five  Flights,  for 
Beginners,  Dubs  and  Experts.  Banquet  and  presenta- 
tion of  prizes  at  Kent  C.  C.,  6^:30  p.m.  The  price : $3.00. 

^ ^ 


Parking — Do  not  park  your  car  on  the  street. 
Convention  parking  near  the  Civic  Auditorium  will  be 
marked  off  with  suitable  sidewalk  signs.  The  Grand 
Rapids  Police  Department  will  issue  courtesy  cards  (at 
Registration  Desk)  for  out-of-town  autos,  which  give 
parking  privileges  but  do  not  apply  to  metered  spaces. 
Nearby  parking  lots  are  available,  as  well  as  convenient 
indoor  parking  facilities.  The  indoor  parking  rates  at 
the  Pantlind  Garage  is  50  cents  for  twenty-four  hours. 
Parking  is  free  for  twenty-four  hours  with  one  of 
the  following  services:  (a)  car  wash;  (b)  complete 
lubrication;  (c)  oil  change;  (d)  purchase  of  10  gallons 
of  gasoline. 


COUNTY  SECRETARIES’  CONFERENCE 
Grill  Room  Pantlind  Hotel 

Wednesday,  September  17,  1941 
LUNCHEON  — 12:00  to  1:30  p.m. 

E.  B.  Andersen,  M.D.,  Iron  Mountain,  Presiding. 


John  M.  Pratt 

All  Members  of  the 
Most  Welcome  c 


Program 

“What’s  Going  on  in 
Michigan”  (10  min.) 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D., 
Bay  City, 

Secretarj^,  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

“What’s  Going  on  in 
Washington”  (30  min.) 
John  M.  Pratt,  Chicago, 
Executive  Administrator, 
National  Physicians 
Committee. 

State  Society  will  be 
t This  Conference 


718 


Jour.  M.S.M.S 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


Symposium  on 

“THE  BUSINESS  SIDE  OF  MEDICINE” 
Grill  Room 

Pantlind  Hotel — Grand  Rapids 
Tuesday,  September  16,  1941 

I 

12:30  to  4:30  p.m. 

(Subscription  Luncheon,  12:20  p.m.) 


Program  • 

Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek,  Presiding 

1.  Welcome 

Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Presi- 
dent-Elect, Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety 

2.  Michigan  Medical  Service  Billing 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  Mem- 
ber, Board  of  Directors,  MMS. 

3.  “Better  Records  in  Half  the  Time” 

John  J.  Wells,  Detroit,  Manager,  The 
Physicians  Bookkeeper 

4.  “Handling  the  Doctor’s  Accounts  Receivable 
Problem” 

Stanley  R.  Mauck,  Columbus,  Ohio,  Presi- 
dent, National  Association  Professional 
Bureau  Managers 

5.  Round-table  discussion 

Led  by  R.  G.  Leland,  M.D.,  Chicago, 
Director,  Bureau  of  Medical  Economics, 
American  Medical  Association 

Preview  of  M.S.M.S.  Technical  Exhibit 
(4:30  to  5:15  p.m.) 

This  meeting  is  arranged  especially  for  the  secretaries 
and  office  assistants  of  members  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society.  Physicians  are  urged  to  send  their 
office  secretaries  to  this  meeting;  the  stiggestions  and 
ideas  offered  at  this  session  will  more  than  replay  the 
doctor  for  doing  so.  There  is  no  registration  fee,  only 
a charge  made  by  the  hotel  for  luncheon. 


Guest  Golf — The  Chairman  of  the  Grand  Rapids 
Committee  has  arranged  that  IM.S.M.S.  members  may 
play  at  all  country  clubs  in  the  Grand  Rapids  District 
upon  presentation  of  M.S.M.S.  Membership  Card  and 
payment  of  greens  fees. 


Wm.  A.  Hyland,  M.D.,  Metz  Building,  Grand  Rap- 
ids, is  General  Chairman  of  the  G.  R.  Committee  on 
Arrangements  for  the  1941  M.S.M.S.  Convention. 

He  * 


Postgraduate  Credits  given  to  every  member  who 
attends  the  M.S.M.S.  General  Assembly,  Wednesday, 
Thursday,  Friday,  September  17,  18,  19,  at  Grand  Rapids 

He  He  He 


Press  Committee:  J.  Duane  Miller,  M.D.,  Chair- 
man; Leon  DeVel,  M.D.,  and  Torrance  Reed,  M.D. 


He 


H?  3|c 


R.  A.  Bier,  M.D. 


“The  Physician  in  Nation- 
al Defense”  will  be  the  sub- 
ject of  a brief  presentation  by 
Robert  A.  Bier,  M.D.,  Major, 
Medical  Corps,  Medical  Head- 
quarters for  the  Selective  Serv- 
ice System,  Washington,  D.  C. 
This  ten-minute  talk  will  be 
given  at  the  Third  General  As- 
sembly — President’s  Night  — 
Wednesday,  September  17,  8:30 
p.m.  in  the  Ballroom  of  the 
Pantlind  Hotel. 


Andrew  P.  Biddle,  M.D., 

well-known  patron  of  Post- 
graduate Medical  Education  in 
Michigan,  will  present  the  Bid- 
dle Oration  Scroll  to  Alphonse 
Schwitalla,  S.J.,  Dean,  St. 
Louis  Medical  School,  Septem- 
ber 17,  9 :00  p.m..  Ballroom, 
Pantlind  Hotel. 


A.  P.  Biddle,  M.D. 


To  the  MSMS  Convention! 


September,  1941 


719 


SCENTinC  EXHIBITS 


I  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School 
“V  entricnlog^aphy” 

This  diagnostic  procedure  requires  numerous 
technically  perfect  roentgenograms  of  the  skull 
made  in  several  projections.  For  this  exhibit  only 
the  most  diagnostic  films  of  each  case  have  been 
selected  and  they  display  deformities  of  the  ven- 
tricular system  caused  by  tumors  involving  all 
parts  of  the  brain. 

II  Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine, 

Department  of  Medicine 
in  collaboration  with  the 
Michigan  State  Department  of  Health 
“Treatment  of  Pneumococcic  Pneumonia” 

This  exhibit  covers  diagnosis,  prognosis,  general 
management  and  specific  treatment  of  jineumo- 
coccic  pneumonia.  Detailed  consideration  is  given 
to  sulfathiazole  and  serum.  Results  with  sulfa- 
thiazole  are  presented  and  toxic  manifestations 
are  illustrated.  Representative  cases  are  included, 
to  show  the  clinical  response  to  specific  treatment 
and  the  effect  of  serum  and  chemotherapy  upon 
pneumococci  in  the  sputum. 

III  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation, 

Battle  Creek 

The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  scientific  exhibit 
will  be  a series  of  colored  photographs  showing 
the  methods  through  which  the  Foundation  is  as- 
sisting in  the  improvement  of  medical  practice. 
At  present  the  efforts  of  the  Foundation  are  con- 
fined to  the  seven  counties  of  Allegan,  Barry, 
Branch,  Calhoun,  Eaton,  Hillsdale,  Van  Buren. 
The  Foundation  is  assisting  the  doctors  in  three 
ways:  1.  Providing  opportunities  and  fellowships 
for  education.  2.  Assisting  in  the  provision  of 
medical  facilities — (a)  Hospital,  (b)  X-ray, 

(c)  Clinical  Laboratory,  (d)  Nursing,  (e)  Consul 
tative,  3.  Preventive  Medicine.  The  Foundation 
provides  financial  assistance  for  promoting  medi- 
cal examinations,  immunizations,  tuberculosis  ex- 
aminations. It  also  assists  in  subsidizing  health 
departments  which  co-operate  with  the  medical 
society  in  the  development  of  preventive  pro- 
grams. There  are  no  clinics  in  this  area  and  the 
policies  and  procedures  are  developed  by  the 
county  medical  society  itself. 

IV  Michigan  Department  of  Health 
Lansing,  Michigan 

“Care  of  Premature  Infants” 

The  Michigan  Department  of  Health  will  display 
equipment  for  the  care  of  premature  infants.  The 
Department’s  recently  developed  incubator  will  be 
demonstrated  together  with  types  of  heated  beds. 
Charts  will  show  premature  death  rates  by  coun- 
ties and  maps  will  indicate  locations  of  hospitals 
to  which  incubators  have  been  loaned  by  the 
Department. 


V  Blodgett  Hospital 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

1.  The  treatment  of  burns  from  the  corrective 
and  Plastic  Surgery  standpoint.  This  is  an  ex- 
hibit demonstrating  the  skin  grafting  of  re- 
cent burns,  and  the  management  of  scars,  con- 
tractures, and  deformities  resulting  from 
burns. 

2.  A teaching  exhibit  for  the  General  Practition- 
er, showing  typical  x-ray  findings  in  the  more 
common  bone  tumors,  both  benign  and  malig- 
nant— a minimum  of  reading  material. 

3.  Diabetes  Mellitus.  An  exhibit  showing  the 
causes  of  glycosuria  with  the  differential  diag- 
nosis. 


VI  Butterworth  Hospital 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

“Clinical  Analysis  of  550  Endometrial  Biopsies” 

A clinical  analysis  of  550  endometrial  biopsies  is 
presented  by  the  Department  of  Gynecology  and 
the  Department  of  Pathology  of  Butterworth  Hos- 
pital. While  this  material  represents  a study  of  a 
variety  of  gynecological  conditions,  our  interest 
is  chiefiy  concerned  with  the  clinical  analysis  of 
the  factors  involved  in  55  consecutive  sterility 
patients.  Endometrial  biopsies  showed  that  the 
dominant  sterility  factor  in  12  patients  of  this 


group  was  due  to  failure  of  ovulation.  Eight  of 
these  anovulatory  patients  were  given  injectiona 
of  mare’s  serum.  Subsequent  endometrial  biop- 
sies showed  evidence  of  ovulation  in  all  but  one 
patient  of  the  treated  group.  These  results  are 
outlined  in  case  history  form  and  illustrated  by 
photomicrographs. 


VII  St.  Mary’s  Hospital 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

“St.  Mary’s  Hospital — a Tribute  to  the  Sisters  of  ■ 
Mercy — Pioneer  Nurses  of  Michigan” 

This  exhibit  will  depict  a scene  in  the  first  Mercy 
Hospital  of  Michigan  during  the  early  lumbering 
days.  Equipment,  costumes  and  instruments  will 
be  on  display  as  used  during  that  period  in  the 
care  of  the  sick  and  injured. 


VTII  Medical  Superintendents  of 
State  Hospitals 

Demonstration  of  Neuropathologie  Specimens  by 
the  Michigan  State  Hospitals  for  Mental  Disease 
and  the  Neuropsychiatric  Institute 

Neuropathologie  exhibit  of  about  150  specimens 
which  represent:  1.  Gross  specimens  of  the  brain 
showing  various  organic  diseases  of  particular 
interest  to  the  physician  in  general  practice. 
2.  Diagrams  illustrating  heredity  in  nervous  and 
mental  disorders.  3.  Photographs  of  specimens 
showing  particularly  marked  pathologic  changes. 

4.  Large  brain  sections  for  uemonstrations  of  tu- 
mors, gross  cerebral  atrophy  and  other  conditions 
of  interest. 


IX  Michigan  Tuberculosis  Association 
Lansing,  Michigan 

“Chest  X-ray  Methods” 

Exhibit  showing  comparison  of  various  methods 
of  making  chest  roentgenograms,  in  private  prac- 
tice and  mass  surveys,  with  brief  comments  on 
advantages  and  disadvantages  of  each  method. 
The  methods  included  are:  Fluoroscope,  single 

14  X 17  film,  stereoscopic  films,  paper  roll,  fluorog- 
raphy  with  35  mm.  film  and  fiuorography  with 
4x5  film.  Each  method  is  shown  by  (a)  diagram 
illustrating  the  basic  physical  principles;  (b)  pho- 
tograph of  the  apparatus;  (c)  actual  x-ray; 
(d)  brief  comments.  The  X-ray  films  and  photo- 
graphs are  all  of  the  same  case.  Across  the  top  of 
the  exhibit  are  transparencies  done  in  the  Iso- 
type technic  of  the  various  methods  illustrated. 


X  U.  S.  Army 

Selective  Serviee  System 

“Military  Information” 

To  aid  the  members  of  the  medical  profession 
who  may  attend  the  State  Convention,  arrange- 
ments have  been  made  to  have  qualified  represen- 
tatives of  the  Army  Medical  Corps  and  a repre- 
sentative of  State  Selective  Service  Headquarters 
available  at  the  Military  Information  Booth  in 
the  Exhibit  Hall  during  the  Convention.  Informa- 
tion on  commissions  in  the  Medical  Department 
of  the  Army,  Navy  and  Marine  Corps  may  be 
obtained  from  official  representatives.  Questions 
concerning  examination  of  selectees  may  be  an- 
swered by  the  official  representative  of  Selective 
Service. 


XI  American  Medical  Association 
Chicago,  Illinois 

“Use  and  Abuse  of  Barbiturates” 

An  exhibit  from  the  Council  on  Pharmacy  and 
Chemistry  consisting  of  posters  showing  the  use 
and  abuse  of  the  barbiturates;  a chart  giving  the 
names  and  chemical  formulas  of  thirty  products 
on  the  market;  an  exposition  file  and  New  and 
Nonofficial  Remedies  giving  additional  informa- 
tion. 


XII  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Grand  Rapids  Committee  of 
Regional  Fracture  Committee 
“Fracture  Exhibit” 

Photographs  of  fracture  films  and  exhibit  of 
splints,  also  fracture  primers  will  be  shown. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


720 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


PROGRAM  SYNOPSIS 


MONDAY,  SEPTEMBER  15 

12:00  Noon  M.S^M.S.  Golf  Tournament 

Kent  Country  Club,  Grand  Rapids 
3 : 00  P.M.  Meeting  of  The  Council,  M.S.M.S. 

Service  Club  Lounge,  Pantlind  Hotel 
6:30  P.M.  Golfers’  Banquet  and  Presentation  of 
Prizes 

Kent  Country  Club 

8:00  P.M.  Special  Meeting  for  Delegates  and 
Members 

Swiss  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel 


TUESDAY,  SEPTEMBER  16 


8:00  A.M. 
9:00  A.M. 
12:  30  PAI. 

3:00  P.M. 
5:15  P.M. 

8:00  P.M. 


Delegates’  Breakfast 
Swiss  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel 
First  Session,  House  of  Delegates 
Grand  Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 
Symposirun  on  “Business  Side  of  Medi- 
cine’’ 

Grill  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel 
Second  Session,  House  of  Delegates 
Grand  Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 
Preview  of  Scientific  and  Technical  Ex- 
hibits for  members  of  House  of  Dele- 
gates and  M.S.M.S.  Officers 

Exhibit  Floor,  Civic  Auditorium 
Third  Session,  House  of  Delegates 
Grand  Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 


WEDNESDAY,  SEPTEMBER  17 


8:30  A.M. 
9:30  A.M. 

12:00  Noon 
12:30  P.M. 

1:30  P.M. 

3:30  P.M. 
4:30  P.M. 

5:30  P.M. 

8:30  P.M. 


Registration : Exhibits  Open 

Exhibit  Floor,  Civic  Auditorium 
First  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom,  Civic  Au- 
ditorium 

(For  detailed  program  see  page  723) 
Coimty  Secretaries’  Conference 
Grill  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel 
Committee  Organization  Luncheon 
Furniture  Assembly  Room,  Pantlind 
Hotel 

Second  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom,  Civic  Au- 
ditorium 

_(For  detailed  program  see  page  725) 
Discussion  Conferences 
(See  Outline,  page  724) 

Second  Annual  Meeting  of  Members  of 
Michigan  Medical  Service 
Swiss  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel 
Meeting  of  Board  of  Directors,  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service 

Room  122,  Pantlind  Hotel 
Third  General  Assembly  — PRESI- 
DENT’S NIGHT — ^PUBLIC  MEETING 
Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 
(For  detailed  program  see  page  726) 


THURSDAY,  SEPTEMBER  18 


8:30  A.M. 
9:30  A.M. 

1:30  PAI. 

3:30  P.M. 

6:30  P.M. 
9:00  P.M. 


Registration:  Exhibits  Open 

Exhibit  Floor,  Civic  Auditorium 
Fourth  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom,  Civic  Au- 
ditorium 


(For  detailed  program  see  page  756) 

Fifth  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom,  Civic  Au- 
ditorium 

(For  detailed  program  see  page  728) 
Discussion  Conferences 
(See  (Dutline,  page  724) 

Fraternity  and  Alumni  Banquets 
Sixth  General  Assembly — SMOKER 


(For  Members  Only) 

Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 
(For  detailed  program  see  page  728) 


September,  1941 


8:30  A.M. 
9:00  A.M. 
8:30  A.M. 

9:30  A.M. 


9:30  A.M. 
9:00  A.M. 
9:00  A.M. 
9:30  A.M. 

9:30  A.M. 

1:30  P.M. 

4:30  P.M. 


FRIDAY,  SEPTE3IBER  19 

Registration : Exhibits  Open 

Exhibit  Floor,  Civic  Auditorium 
Meetings  of  Sections 

(1)  Section  on  General  Medicine 
Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 
(See  page  729) 

(2)  Section  on  Surgery 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom,  Civic  Au- 
ditorium 
(See  page  729) 

(3)  Section  on  Obstetrics  and  Gynecol- 
ogy 

Grill  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel 
(See  page  730) 

(4)  Section  on  Ophthalmology  and  Oto- 
laryngology 

Ophthalmology 

Room  F,  Civic  Auditorium 
(See  page  730) 

Otolaryngology 

Room  G,  Civic  Auditorium 
(See  page  730) 

(5)  Section  on  Pediatrics 
Swiss  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel 
(See  page  731) 

(6)  Section  on  Dermatology  and  Syphll- 
ology 

Directors  Room,  Civic  Auditorium 
(See  page  731) 

(7)  Section  on  Radiology,  Pathology 
and  Anesthesia 

Red  Room,  Civic  Auditorium 
(See  page  732) 

Seventh  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom,  Civic  Au- 
ditorium 

(For  detailed  program  see  page  733) 
End  of  1941  Convention 


Councilor  Districts 
of  the 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


721 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


WOMAN'S  AUXILIARY 


Mrs.  R.  V.  WalkEr 
President 


GRAiVD  RAPIDS  CONVENTION  COMMITTEE 

Mrs.  Thomas  C.  Irwin,  Chairman 
Mrs.  A.  V.  Wenger,  Co-Chairman 
Mrs.  Henry  J.  Vandenberg,  Banquet 
Mrs.  Henry  J.  Pyle,  Finance 
Mrs.  George  H.  Southwic'k,  Flowers 
Mrs.  Merrill  M.  Wells,  Hospitality 
Mrs.  Leon  C.  Bosch,  Printing 
Mrs.  William  A.  Hyland,  Liuncheon 
Mrs.  R.  S.  VanBree,  Publicity 
Mrs.  W.  D.  Lyman,  Registration 
Mrs.  Carl  F.  Snapp,  Transportation 


Mrs.  T.  C.  Irwin 
Convention  Chairman 


OFFICERS,  1940-41 

Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walker,  Detroit President 

Mrs.  William  J.  Butler,  Grand  Rapids 

President-elect 

Mrs.  Oscar  D.  Stryker,  Fremont Vice  President 

Mrs.  A.  O.  Brown,  Detroit Secretary 

Mrs.  H.  L.  French,  Lansing Treasurer 

Mrs.  L.  G.  Christian,  Lansing Past  President 

Mrs.  Guy  L.  Kiefer,  East  Lansing 

Honorary  President 


PROGRAM 


Tuesday,  September  16,  1941 


10:00  A.M.  Registration — Pantlind  Hotel 


1 : 00  P.M.  Limcheon,  Pre- convention  Board  Meet- 
ing— Woman’s  City  Club,  1940-41 
Board  Members  and  County  Presidents 


Wednesday,  September  17,  1941 


10:00  A.M.  Registration — Pantlind  Hotel 


10:30  A.M.  Formal  Opening  of  Convention — ^Kent 
Country  Club 

Presiding — Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walker,  De- 
troit 

Address  of  Welcome — ^Mrs.  Charles  F. 

Ingersol,  Grand  Rapids 
Response — Mrs.  Oscar  D.  Stryker,  Fre- 
mont 

In  Memoriam — Mrs.  K.  L.  Crawford, 
Kalamazoo 

Reading  of  Minutes — Mrs.  A.  O.  Brown, 
Detroit 

Report  of  Treasurer — Mrs.  H.  L. 
French,  Lansing 


Auditor’s  Report — Mrs.  H.  L.  French 
Report,  Convention  Chairman  — Mrs. 

Thomas  C.  Irwin,  Grand  Rapids 
Credentials  and'  Registration  — Mrs. 

W.  D.  Lyman,  Grand  Rapids 
Report  of  Special  Committee  and  Pres- 
ident’s Message  — Mrs.  Roger  V. 
Walker 

Reports  of  Standing  Committees 
Report  of  Committee  on  Nominations 
Election  and  Installation  of  Officers 
Presentation  of  Pin 
Courtesy  Resolutions 
Adjournment 


1 : 00  P.M.  Luncheon  at  Kent  Comitry  Club 

Presiding — Mrs.  Thomas  C.  Irwin 
Presiding  Officer — Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walk- 
er 

Reports  of  County  Presidents 
Adjournment 


4 : OO  P.M.  Post  Convention  Board  Meeting 

Presiding — Mrs.  William  J.  Butler, 
Grand  Rapids 

1941-42 — Board  Members  and  County 
Presidents 


8:30P.M.  President’s  Night,  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society,  Pantlind  Ballroom.  Floor 
show  and  dancing. 

For  M.S.M.S.  members,  their  wives  and 
guests 


Thursday,  September  18,  1941 


6:30  P.M.  Reception  for  National  President,  Past 
Presidents  of  Michigan  Auxiliary  and 
Board  Members 


7 : 00  P.M.  Banquet — Swiss  Room,  Pantlind  Hotel 


Presiding — Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walker,  De- 
troit 

Chairman — Mrs.  Thomas  C.  Irwin, 
Grand  Rapids 

Introduction  of  Past  Presidents 
Address — Mrs.  R.  E.  Mosiman,  Seattle, 
Washington,  National  President, 
Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  A.M.A. 
One-act  play 


722 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PROGRAM  of  GENERAL  ASSEMBLIES 


WEDNESDAY  MORNING 
September  17,  1941 

First  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditoritmi 

A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Presiding 

L.  Ferxald  Foster,  and  Roger  V.  Walker,  M.D., 

Secretaries 

A.  M. 

9:30  “Arthritis — A Curable  Disease?” 

Russell  L.  Cecil,  M.D.,  Xew  York  City 


B.A.,  Princeton  University, 
1902;  M.D.  Medical  College 
of  Virginia,  1906;  Sc.D., 
Medical  College  of  Virginia, 
1928.  Entered  Army  in 
June,  1917;  served  as  Di- 
rector of  Laboratories  at 
Camp  Upton,  N.  F.,  and 
Camp  Wheeler,  Georgia; 
served  at  Army  Medical 
School  and  appointed  Head 
of  Coinmission  for  Study  of 
Pneumonia  by  Surgeon  Gen- 
eral, 1917  to  1919.  He  is 
novc  Professor  of  Clinical 
Medicine,  Cornell  University 
Medical  School;  Professor  of 
Medicine.  Polyclinic  Medical 
Russell  L.  Cecil  School  and  Hospital;  he  also 
holds  several  other  important 
appointments.  Doctor  Cecil  has  published  several 
■works  on  the  subjects  of  pneumonia,  arthritis  and 
rheumatism. 

The  curability  of  arthritis  varies  with  the  type. 
Some  of  the  specific  forms,  such  as  gonococcal  or 
meningococcal  arthritis,  are  readily  curable  by 
sulphonamide  therapy.  The  arthritis  of  rheumatic 
fever  usually  yields  promptls"  to  salicylates,  but  un- 
fortunately the  cardiac  injury  persists.  Subacute 
infectious  arthritis  often  disappears  permanently  after 
a focus  of  infection  has  been  removed.  Rheumatoid 
arthritis  is  an  extremelj-  dif&cult  disease  to  cure, 
though  a certain  small  percentage  of  these  patients 
do  make  a permanent  and  complete  recovery.  More 
often  the  life  history  of  the  disease  is  characterized 
by  “ups  and  downs,”  which  go  on  indefinitely,  with 
periods  of  remission  being  followed  by  periods  of 
exacerbation.  Gold  salts  offer  more  promise  of 
permanent  relief  in  the  treatment  of  rheumatoid 
arthritis  than  any  other  remedy  so  far  described. 

Osteo-arthritis  is  also  a chronic  persistent  ailment 
which  may  yield  readily  to  rest  and  physiotherapy, 
but  has  a strong  tendency  to  return  when  the  joints 
are  overused.  Gouty  arthritis  starts  with  acute  at- 
tacks from  which  the  patient  recovers  completely 
when  treated  promptly  with  colchicine.  Chronic 
gouty  arthritis  does  not  jdeld  so  quickly  to  remedial 
agents. 


MSMS 

There  are  eleven  golf  courses  on  any  of  which 
it  will  be  possible  to  arrange  for  you  to  play  while 
attending  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  September  17,  18,  and  19  at 
Grand  Rapids. 

M S M S 

You  will  have  an  opportunity  to  visit  the  only 
furniture  museum  in  the  United  States  (which  in- 
cludes exhibits  of  original  masterpieces,  modem 
creations  of  master  designers  and  craftsmen  and  ex- 
hibits of  the  development  of  the  furniture  industry 
of  Grand  Rapids  and  furniture  manufacturing  ma- 
terial^ and  processes)  while  attending  the  Annual 
Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  Sep- 
tember 17,  18,  and  19  at  Grand  Rapids. 

September,  1941 


10:00  “Acute  Appendicitis — A Twenty-five  Year 
Study” 

Elliott  C.  Cutler,  ^I.D.,  Boston 
(Stanley  O.  Hoerr,  ]M.D.,  Boston,  Associate 
in  Study) 


A.B.,  Harvard,  1909;  M.D., 
Harvard  Medical  School, 
1913;  Honorary  Doctorate, 
University  of  Strasbourg, 
1938.  Served  in  World  War 
as  Major,  Medical  Corps;  Lt. 
Colonel,  Medical  Corps  Re- 
serve, since  1924;  decorated 
■with  Distinguished  Serince 
Medal.  Chairman.  Depart- 
ment of  Surgery,  and  Direc- 
tor of  Laboratory  of  Surgical 
Research,  Harvard,  1922-24; 
Professor  of  Surgery,  West- 
ern Reserve  University 
School  of  Medicine,  1924-32; 
Consulting  Surgeon,  Xe-a.' 
England  Peabody  Home  for 
Elliott  C.  Cutler  Crippled  Children,  1932  to 
present;  Moseley  Professor 
of  Surgery,  Harvard,  1932  to  present;  Surgeon^in- 
Chief,  Peter  Bent  Brigham  Hospital.  Doctor  Cutler  is 
a member  of  many  medical  and  social  organizations. 

The  deaths  from  acute  appendicitis  occur,  as  is 
well  known,  in  patients  in  whom  peritonitis  has 
already  developed  when  they  first  reach  the  hos- 
pital. Early  diagnosis  and  avoidance  of  catharsis 
through  education  both  of  the  laity  and  the  profession 
remains  as  important  today  as  it  was  twenty-five 
years  ago.  Today,  however,  strict  attention  to  the 
details  of  pre-operative  and  postoperative  management, 
including  fluid  and  electrolyte  balance,  use  of  chem- 
otherapy, and  gastro-intestinal  syphonage  is  saving 
lives  that  would  previously  have  been  lost.  Hospit^ 
morbidity  in  severe  cases  is  cut  down  by  the  general 
use  of  the  McBurney  incision,  less  frequent  drainage 
of  the  peritoneal  cavity,  and  partial  closure  of  the 
wound  by  leaving  the  skin  open. 

10:30  IXTER>nSSIOX  TO  VIEW  THE  EXHIBITS 


11:00  “Serologic  Asjjects  of  Syphilis” 

Francis  E.  Senear,  ^I.D.,  Chicago 

B.S.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1912,  M.D.,  1914.  Pro- 
fessor and  Head  of  Depart- 
ment of  Dermatology,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois  College  of 
Medicine  since  1923.  Mem- 
ber of  Serologic  Evaluation 
Committee,  U.  S,  Public 
Health  Service,  American 
Medical  Association,  Chicago 
Dermatological  Society,  So- 
ciety of  Investigative  Der- 
matology, the  American 
Academy  of  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology,  the  American 
Dermatological  Association. 

The  multiplicity  of  sero- 
diagnostic  tests  for  syphilis 
is  discussed  together  with  a 
review  of  the  studi^  carried 
out  on  an  international  and  national  scale  in  an  at- 
tempt to  determine  the  best  available  sero-diagnostic 
methods.  The  limitations  of  the  diagnostic  t^ts  for 
syphilis  are  discussed  with  a consideration  of  th^ 
phases  in  which  the  serologic  reaction  is  apt  to  be 
negative  in  the  presence  of  disease  and  with  a 
sideration  of  the  other  disorders  which  are  capable 
of  giving  rise  to  biologic  false  positive  ructions. 
Alethods  offered  to  distinguish  between  the  true 
svphilitic  reaction  and  the  biologic  false  reaction  ^e 
considered  and  their  usefulness  is  discussed.  ine 
significance  of  positive  cord  blood  findings  is  ms- 
cussed  and  the  significance  of  changes  in  the  strengUi 
of  the  reaction  of  the  cord  blood  are  considered. 
The  paradoxical  false  positive  reactions  occurnng  in 
individuals  vdih  no  signs  of  syphilis  and  n° 

oth°r  disease  to  account  for  them  are  of  great 
significance  and  are  met  with  sufiGcient 
make  their  recognition  a matter  of  great  importance 
to  the  practitioner. 


Francis  E.  Senear 


723 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


11:30  “The  Medical  and  Other  Implications 
Which  Relate  to  An  Aging  Female  Popula- 
tion” 


George  W.  Kosmak,  M.D.,  New  York  City 


A.B.,  M.D.,  Columbia  Col- 
lege, 1894.  College  of  Physi- 
cians and  Surgeons,  1899. 
Attending  Surgeon,  Lying-In 
Hospital  of  New  York,  1904- 
1926.  Editor  and  founder, 
American  Jour7tal  of  Obstet- 
rics and  Gyfiecology,  1920  to 
date,  editor  of  preceding 
publication,  1909-1919.  Mem- 
ber, American  Gynecological 
Society,  American  Associa- 
tion of  Obstetricians  and 
Gynecologists,  Diplomate  of 
American  Board.  Consultant 
in  obstetrics  to  several  hos- 
pitals; Federal  Children's  Bu- 
reau, New  York  State  De- 
Geo.  W.  Kosmak  partment  of  Health,  etc. 

Author  of  book,  ’‘Toxemias 
of  Pregnancy”  (1933),  and  of  numerous  articles  in 
medical  and  lay  journals  on  obstetric  topics. 

It  is  an  acknowledged  fact  that  the  average  span  of 
life  has  increased  from  about  thirty-six  years  in  1850 
to  over  sixty  years  in  1930  and  will  probably  reach 
seventy  years  or  more  in  1960.  The  possible  causes 
for  this  will  be  discussed  and  attention  called  to  the 
associated  medical  and  social  problems.  Undoubtedly 
better  economic  conditions,  reduced  hazards  to  life 

from  improved  sanitation,  the  lessening  complications 
of  child-bearing,  and  increased  medical  knowledge  have 
constituted  important  contributing  factors.  We  are 
faced,  however,  with  the  question  of  dependence  by 
the  older  upon  the  younger  groups  and  by  the  need  of 
a closer  study  of  the  degenerative  diseases  which  are 
manifest  in  the  aged.  Society  and  medicine  must 

combine  to  study  and  to  solve  these  problems. 


12:00  “The  Needs  and  Possibilities  of  Research 
in  Mental  Disease” 

Lawrence  Kolb,  M.D.,  Washington 


M.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1908.  Assistant  Sur- 
geon General,  U.  S.  Public 
Health  Sendee,  IVashington, 
D.  C.,  in  charge  of  the  Di- 
vision of  Mental  Hygiene. 
Fellow,  American  College  of 
Physicians,  American  Medical 
Association,  and  American 
Psychiatric  Association.  Mem- 
ber, National  Committee  for 
Mental  Hygiene,  American 
Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science,  Research 
Council  on  Problems  of 
Alcohol,  Academy  of  Medi- 
cine of  Washington,  D.  C., 
American  Prison  Association, 
Southern  Medical  Associa- 
tion, Medical  Society  of  St. 
Elizabeth’s  Hospital,  Kentucky  Psychiatric  Association. 
Trustee,  William  Alanson  White  Psychiatric  Founda- 
tion. 

Recent  advances  in  medical  knowledge  suggest  lines 
of  approach  to  the  study  of  the  fundamental  basis 
of  mental  disease.  These  studies  should  include 

biology,  biochemistry,  neurophysiology,  pathology, 

endocrinology,  morphology,  psychology,  etc.,  as  these 
subjects  may  have  a bearing  on  mental  disease.  Such 
studies  should  be  supplemented  by  extensive  field 
studies  into  the  social  and  environmental  factors. 
Close  cooperation  between  the  Federal  and  State 
governments  and  agencies  in  a position  to  carry  on 
research  is  needed  to  reap  the  fullest  benefit  from 
available  resources. 

P.  M. 

12:30  End  of  First  General  Assembly 
12:30  Luncheon 


Lawrence  Kolb 


Eleven  Discussion  Conferences  (Quiz  Periods) 

Eleven  discussion  conferences  with  a different  chairman  in  each  subject — leaders  of  outstanding  ability 
in  their  specialty.  Here  the  doctor  will  have  a chance  to  ask  those  questions  which  have  bothered  him  and 
to  hear  discussed  and  answered  other  questions  of  value  to  him  in  his  daily  practice. 

September  17 — 3:30  to  4:30  p.m. 


MEDICINE 

OBSTETTRICS  AND 

PEDIATRICS 

SURGERY 

SYPHILOLOGY 

anesthesia 

Ballroom,  Pantlind 

GYNECOLOGY 

Red  Room,  Civic 

Black  and  Silver 

Room  “F,”  Civic 

Room  “G,”  Civic 

Hotel 

Grill  Room,  Pantlind 
Hotel 

Auditorium 

Ballroom,  Civic 
Auditorium 

Auditorium 

Auditorium 

Leader: 

E.  D.  Spalding, 

Leader : 

Leader: 

Leader: 

Leader: 

Leader : 

M.D. 

W.  F.  Seeley,  M.D. 

C.  F.  McKhann, 
M D 

F.  A.  CoLLER,  M.D. 

R.  C.  Jamieson, 

F.  J.  Murphy,  M.D. 

Detroit 

Detroit 

Ann  Arbor 

Ann  Arbor 
Guest  Conferees: 

M.D. 

Detroit 

Detroit 

R.  L.  Cecil,  M.D. 

Guest  Conferee: 

Guest  Conferee : 

E.  C.  Cutler,  M.D. 

Guest  Conferee : 

Guest  Conferee: 

New  York  City 

George  Kosmak, 

Henry  Poncher, 

Boston 

Wesley  Bourns, 

L.  Kolb,  M.D. 

M.D. 

M.D. 

A.  J.  Lanza,  M.D. 

F.  E.  Senear,  M.D. 

M.D. 

Washington,  U.  C. 

New  York  City 

Chicago 

New  York  City 

Chicago 

Montreal 

September  18 — 3:30  to  4:30  p.m. 


MEDICINE 
Ballroom,  Pantlind 
Hotel 

Leader : 

C.  C.  Sturgis,  M.D. 
Ann  Arbor 

Guest  Conferees : 

C.  E.  Lyght,  M.D. 

Northfield,  Minn. 

V.  P.  Sydenstricker, 
M.D. 

Atlanta,  Ga. 

C.  S.  Keefer,  M.D. 
Boston 


OBSTETRICS  AND 

PEDIATRICS 

OPHTHAL- 

PATHOLOGY 

GYNECOLOGY 

MOLOGY 

Room  “F,”  Civic 
Auditorium 

Grill  Room,  Pantlind 
Hotel 

Red  Room,  Civic 
Auditorium 

Black  and  Silver 
Ballroom,  Civic 

Leader : 

Auditorium 

Leader: 

N.  F.  Miller,  M.D. 

Leader: 

Osborne  A.  Brines, 

Ann  Arbor 

J.  L.  Wilson,  M.D. 

Leader: 

M.D. 

Guest  Conferees: 

Detroit 

Parker  Heath,  M.D. 
Detroit 

Guest  Conferee : 

Detroit 

J.  R.  McCord,  M.D. 
Atlanta,  Ga. 

W.  F.  Mengert, 

Guest  Conferee: 

Guest  Conferee : 
Shields  Warren, 

M.D. 

James  Gamble,  M.D. 

Alfred  Cowan,  M.D. 

M.D. 

Iowa  City,  Iowa 

Boston 

Philadelphia 

Boston 

All  Members  Are  Invited  to  Participate 


Join  in  These 

Quiz 

Periods 

with  the 

Guest 

Essayists 


724 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


WEDNESDAY  AFTERNOON 
September  17,  1941 

Second  General  Assembly 


Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 

Verxor  ;M.  Moore,  M.D.,  Presiding 
L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Robert  G.  Laird,  M.D., 
Secretaries 


P.  M. 

1:30  Officiis  in  Anesthesia” 


Wesley  Bourxe,  M.D.,  ^lontreal 

M.D.,  CM.,  McGill  Uni- 
versity, 1911;  M.Sc.,  McGill, 
1924;  F.R.C.P.,  Canada, 

1931;  D.A.  (R.C.P.  & S. 
Eng.),  1938.  First  Hickman 
Medallist,  Roy.  Soc.  of  Medi- 
cine, 1935.  Lieutenant-Colo- 
nel, R.C.A.M.C.  Lecturer 
(Anesthesia)  Department  of 
Pharmacology,  McGill  Uni- 
versity. Author  of  many 
p-ublications  on  anesthesia. 
Member  of  the  American 
Society  for  Pharmacology 
and  Experimental  Therapeu- 
tics. 

Although  duties  prescribed 
by  justice  are  to  be  given 
precedence,  and  nothing 
ought  to  be  more  sacred,  yet 
in  the  pursuit  of  knowledge,  we  should  feel  obliged 
to  apply  our  wisdom  to  the  service  of  humanity.  We 
ought  to  consider  ourselves  bound  to  teach  and  train 
those  who  are  desirous  of  learning.  In  such  manner 
the  benefits  of  anesthesia  may  be  extended  to  those 
with  whom  we  are  united  by  the  bonds  of  society. 
With  increasing  concerted  effort,  by  cooperation 
between  the  laboratory  worker  and  the  clinician, 
anesthesia  has  improved,  and  the  public  is  recognizing 
the  need  and  importance  of  good  anesthesia. 


Weslzy  Bourne 


2:00  “Medical  Service  in  Small  Industries” 

A.  J.  Lanza,  M.D.,  New  York  City 

^M.D.,  George  Washington 
University  Medical  School, 
1906.  Served  in  the  United 
States  Public  Health  Service 
from  1907  until  1920.  During 
part  of  this  time  ivas  detailed 
as  Chief  Surgeon  of  the 
United  States  Bureau  of 
Mines,  and  later.  Head  of 
the  Office  of  Occupation^ 
Diseases  in  the  Public  Health 
Service.  Mostly  engaged  in 
Field  veork  doing  investiga- 
tions in  industrial  hygiene. 
Conducted  the  first  studies  in 
this  country  on  silicosis. 
1920  became  Medical  Director 
of  the  Hydraulic  Steel  Com- 
A.  J.  Lanza  pany  of  Cleveland.  In  1921 

was  appointed  a special  Staff 
member  of  the  International  Health  Board  of  the 
Rockefeller  Foundation,  and  was  detailed  as  Adviser 
in  industrial  hygiene  for  the  Commonwealth  Govern- 
ment of  Australia.  In  1926  was  appointed  Assistant 
Medical  Director  of  the  Metropolitan  Life  Insurance 
Company.  At  present  time  is  a member  of  the 
. Council  of  the  American  Medical  Association  on 

Industrial  Health.  Member  of  the  Sub-committee  on 
Industrial  Health  of  the  Health  and  Medical  Com- 
mittee, Federal  Security  Agency.  Chairman  of  the 
Medical  Committee  of  the  Air  Hygiene  Foundation. 

The  great  bulk  of  all  wage  earners  are  employed 
in  small  plants,  and  97  per  cent  of  all  manufacturing 
plants  employ  fewer  than  250  men.  The  problem  of 
providing  adequate  medical  and  health  service  for 
American  wage  earners  is,  therefore,  essentially  a 
problem  of  devising  a program  that  will  fit  the  small 

September,  1941 


industry.  WTiile  occupational  d.iseases  are  a definite 
factor  in  the  industrial  health  situation,  the  loss  in 
working  days  is  due  to  non-occupational  hazards.  The 
American  Medical  Association,  State  Medical  Societies 
and  other  Medical  Organizations,  axe  taking  cognizance 
of  this  problem,  as  well  as  official  agencies,  like  the 
Public  Health  Service,  and  non-official  agencies,  such 
as  the  Air  Hygiene  Foundation.  It  is  obvious  that 
health  and  medical  service  in  these  small  plants,  where 
the  majority  of  American  workmen  are  employed, 
will  be  given  by  local  physicians  serving  industry  on 
a part-time  basis.  Here  is  an  opporttmity,  and  the 
responsibility  of  the  medical  profession.  The  difference 
between  medical  service  in  a small  plant  and  in  a 
large  one  should  be  a difference  in  quantity  only, 
and  not  in  quality.  Then,  if  only  a small  reduction 
can  be  made  in  absences  in  industry,  it  will  never- 
thele^  accompany  a great  economic  saving  and  be  a 
contribution  of  inestimable  value  with  the  production 
problem  that  faces  Americail  industry  at  the  present 
time. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT:  The  >Iichigan  Department 

of  Health  is  sincerely  thanked  for  its  sponsor- 
ship of  this  lecture. 


2:30  ES  TER>nSSION  TO  ATEW  THE  EXHIBITS 


3:00  “Hemorrhage  in  the  Newborn” 
Henry  Poncher,  !M.D.,  Chicago 


M.D..  University  of  Mich- 
igan, 1927,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Pediatrics,  College 
of  Medicine,  University  of 
Illinois,  Attending  Physician, 
Cook  County  Hospital,  Physi- 
cian in  charge  of  Pediatric 
Service,  Research  and  Edu- 
cational Hospitals  of  Illinois. 
Licentiate  of  American  Board 
of  Pediatrics. 

The  newborn  may  po- 

tentially hemorrhage  from  a 
variety  of  causes.  Practically, 
however,  trauma  alone  or 

minimal  trauma  in  the  pres- 
ence of  a disturbed  clotting 
mechanism  are  the  ones  that 
Henry  Poncher  the  practicing  physician  en- 
counters most  commonly  in 
his  daily  work.  The  minimizing  of  the  traumatic 

factor  alone  is  outside  the  scope  of  this  presentation. 
The  part  that  disturbed  coagulability  of  the  blo(^ 

plays  in  conditioning  hemorrhage  of  traiunatic  origin 
or  giving  rise  to  spontaneous  bleeding  will  be  dis- 
cussed. The  recent  work  on  prothrombin  and  vitamin 
K will  be  reviewed  from  the  standpoint  of  its 
practical  implications. 


3:30  DISCrSSION  CONFERENCES  WITH 
GEEST  ESSAYISTS.  (See  Page  724.) 

5:00  End  of  Second  General  Assembly 


MSMS 

You  will  find  every  meeting  held  at  the  saine 
building,  which  has  a seating  capacity  of  5,700  in  its 
main  auditorium  besides  numerous  smaller  rooms, 
while  attending  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society,  September  17,  18,  and 
19  at  Grand  Rapids. 


MSMS- 


The  President’s  Night  will  be  a gala  affair.  Na- 
tionally known  speakers  and  a complete  program 
of  outstanding  entertainers  await  you  at  the  An- 
nual Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Meiffcal  Society, 
September  17,  18,  and  19  at  Grand  Rapids. 


725 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


WEDNESDAY  EVENING 
September  17, 1941 

Third  General  Assembly 

— Public  Meeting — 

Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 

Paul  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Presiding 
L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Secretary 

PRESIDENT’S  NIGHT 
8:30  P.M. 

1.  Call  to  order  by  President  Paul  R.  Urmston, 

M.D. 

2.  Annoimoements  and  Reports  of  the  House  of 
Delegates,  by  Secretary  U.  Femald  Foster, 
M.D.,  Bay  City 

3.  “The  Physician  in  National  Defense” 

Robert  A.  Bier,  Major,  Medical  Corps,  National 
Headquarters,  Selective  Service  System,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

4.  President’s  Annual  Address — Paul  R.  Urm- 
ston, M.D.,  Bay  City 

5.  Presentation  of  Scroll  and  Past  President’s 
Key  to  Doctor  Urmston  by  A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D., 
Chairman  of  The  Council 

6.  Induction  of  Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
into  office  as  President  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

Response. 

7.  Introduction  of  the  President-Elect  and  other 
newly  elected  officers  of  the  State  Society. 

9:00  P.M. 

8.  The  Andrew  P.  Biddle  Oration: 

“The  Code  of  Medical  Ethics” 

Alphonse  Schwitalla,  SJ.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


THURSDAY  MORNING 
September  18,  1941 

Fourth  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 

C.  E.  Umphrey,  M.D.,  Presiding, 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Gordon  B.  Myers,  M.D., 
Secretaries 

A.  M. 

9:30  “Some  Obstetric  Opinions” 

James  R.  McCord,  M.D.,  Atlanta 

M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical 
College,  1909;  Professor  of 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology, 
iZwory  School  of  Medicine ; 
Diplomate  American  Board  of 
Obstetrics  and  Gynecology. 

The  paper  is,  in  the  main, 
an  expression  of  the  author’s 
own  personal  philosophy  of 
obstetrics  and  a brief  dis- 
cussion concerning  the 
management  of  quite  a few 
obstetric  difficulties.  Practi- 
cally all  of  the  opinions  are 
personal  and  have  as  their 
background  Dr.  McCord’s 
vast  obstetric  experience. 

James  R.  McCord 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT:  The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foun- 

dation is  sincerely  thanked  for  its  sponsorship  of 
this  lecture. 

10:00  “Some  Educational  Aspects  of  Diagnosing 
Tuberculosis  Early” 

Charles  E.  Lyght,  M.D.,  Northfield,  Minn. 


A.M.,  St.  Louis  University, 
1908;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University  (Zoology),  1921; 
LL.D.,  Tiilane  University, 
New  Orleans,  1938;  Sc.D., 
I^awrencc  College,  1939. 
Dean,  St.  Louis  University 
School  of  Medicine;  Regent, 
St.  Louis  University  School 
of  Nursing  and  School  of 
Dentistry;  President,  Cath- 
olic Hospital  Association  of 
U.  S.  and  Canada;  Professor 
of  Biology  and  Director  of 
the  Department,  St.  Louis 
University;  Past  President, 
North  Central  Association  of 
A.  Schwitalla,  S.J.  Colleges  and  Secondary 
Schools;  Editor  of  HOSPl- 
I AL  PROGRESS;  Associate  Felloiv,  American  Medi- 
cal Association. 

The  code  of  medical  ethics  has  recently  been  the 
object  of  attack  from  various  sources.  During  the 
trial  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  its  pro- 
visions were  subjected  to  criticism  and  in  the  case 
of  at  least  one  witness,  to  ridicule.  It  was  repeatedly 
suggested  that  the  code  was  in  practice  merely  a 
figment  to  be  used  as  a cloak  for  covering  the 
physician’s  self-interests.  The  differentiation  between 
a profession  and  a trade  in  so  far  as  that  differentia- 
tion rests  upon  the  idealism  and  the  exactions  of  a 
code  of  ethics,  has  been  seriously  called  into  ques- 
tion. For  this  reason,  the  origin,  the  provisions,  the 
philosophy  and  the  applications  of  the  code  of  medical 
ethics  deserve  special  study  and  attention  not  only 
by  the  public  but  also  by  physicians  so  that  the 
latter  may  be  able  more  fully  to  penetrate  into  the 
basis  upon  which  rest  their  claims  to  professional 
standing  and  so  that  the  validity  of  the  concept  of  a 
profession  might  be  more  emphatically  reaffirmed. 

9.  Presentation  of  Biddle  Oration  Scroll 
10:00  P.M. 

Entertainment  and  Dancing 


M.D.,  C.M.,  Queen’s  Uni- 
versity Faculty  of  Medicine, 
(Canada),  1926.  Department 
of  Student  Health,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  Madi- 
son, 1927-36;  Director,  1932- 
36;  Associate  Professor  of 
Clinical  Medicine,  University 
of  Wisconsin  Medical  School. 
Professor  of  Health  and 
Physical  Education,  and 
Director  of  the  Student 
Health  Service,  Carleton 
College,  Northfield,  Minne- 
sota, 1936  to  date.  Staff 
of  Northfield  City  Hospit^ 
and  Allen  Memorial  In- 
firmary. Fellow  of  the 
Charles  E.  Lyght  American  College  of  Physi- 
cians. Member  of  several 
professional  and  scientific  societies,  including  the 
Minnesota  Trudeau  Medical  Society  and  Stgma  Xu 
Past  President  of  the  North  Central  Section,  American 
Student  Health  Association,  and,  since  1936, 
man  of  the  Tuberculosis  Convmittee,  A.S.H.A. 
Publications,  in  addition  to  a weekly  column:  “Lyght 
on  Health,"  have  been  mainly  in  the  fields  of  clinical 
medicine,  tuberculosis  control  and  student  health. 


Prognosis  in  tuberculosis  depends  on  a combination 
o^  factors,  chief  favorable  one  being  early  diagriosis. 
Mass  search  has  produced  startling  results  in  driving 
tuberculosis  from  first  down  to  seventh  among  death 
causes.  Individual  practitioners  must  not  decide  that 
modern  methods  work  only  in  community  surveys  or 
are  the  implements  of  specialists.  Nor  must  we 
strengthen  techniques  only  during  periodic  national 
emergencies.  Tuberculin  test,  x-ray,_  with  painstaking 
clinical,  laboratory  and  epidemiological  follow-up  of 
patients  and  contacts  are  available  to  every  physician. 
To  wait  for  consumptive  symptoms  or  to  rely  primarily 
on  the  stethoscope  is  to  diagnose  late — inexcusable  in 
the  light  of  common  knowledge  and  professional 
obligation. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT:  The  Michigan  Tubercu- 

losis Association  is  sincerely  thanked  for  its 
sponsorship  of  this  lecture. 


726 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


10:30  INTERMISSION  TO  VIEW  THE  EXHIBITS 

11:00  “Factors  in  Deficiency  Disease” 

V.  P.  Sydenstricker,  M.D.,  Augusta,  Ga. 


P.  M. 

12:00  “THE  DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 
PLACENTA  PREVIA” 

William  F.  Mengert,  M.D.,  Iowa  City,  Iowa 


M.D.,  Johns  Hopkins,  1915.  Intern  and  assistant 
resident  physician,  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  1915-17. 
Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  Army,  1917-19.  Professor  of 
Medicine,  University  of  Georgia  School  of  Medicine, 
1923  to  present.  . 

The  background  of  clinical  avitaminoses  will  be  dis- 
cussed from  the  standpoint  of  dietary  inadequacy  and 
also  of  conditioning  disorders  in  individuals  taking 
apparently  adequate  diets.  Various  clinical  patterns 
of  deficiency  diseases  will  be  presented  with  particu- 
lar reference  to  the  more  common  but  often  unrecog- 
nized syndromes.  The  rationale  of  treatment  of  both 
the  acute  and  chronic  deficiency  diseases  will  be  con- 
sidered, with  particular  emphasis  on  the  importance  of 
multiple  vitamin  therapy. 


11:30  “Pathogenesis  of  Acidosis  and  Alkalosis” 


James  L.  Gamble,  M.D.,  Boston 


A.B.,  Leland  Stanford 
University,  1906,  M.D., 

Harvard  Medical  School, 
1910,  S.  M.  (hon.)  Yale  Uni- 
versity,  1930.  Teaching  and 
investigation  in  Department 
of  Pediatrics,  The  Harvard 
Medical  School  (1915-22). 
Professor  of  Pediatrics,  1930 
to  date.  Member  American 
Pediatric  Society,  American 
Academy  of  Pediatrics,  As- 
sociation of  American  Physi- 
cians, American  Society  of 
Biological  Chemists. 

Stability  of  the  reaction  of 
extracellular  fluid  depends  on 
preservation  of  the  normal 
values  for  carbonic  acid  and 
bicarbonate.  Acidosis,  or 
alkalosis,  is  almost  always  the  result  of  change  in 
bicarbonate  rather  than  carbonic  acid.  Change  in 
bicarbonate  is  always  the  result  of  change  iri  other 
parts  of  the  electrolyte  structure.  _ Illustration  of 
such  change  caused  by  various  conditions  of  disease 
is  presented.  The  very  frequent  presence  _ of  volume 
change  (dehydration)  along  with  change  in  reaction 
is  emphasized. 


-MSMS- 


James  L.  Gamble 


Wm.  F.  Mengert 


M.D..  Johns  Hopkins  Med- 
ical School,  1927;  Diplomate, 
National  Board  of  Medical 
Examiners,  1928;  Rotating 
Intern,  University  of  Iowa 
Hospitals,  1927-28;  succes- 
sively, departmental  intern 
(1  yr.),  assistant  (1  yr)  and 
instructor  (2  yrs.)  in  the  De- 
partment of  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology,  University  of 
Iowa,  1928-32.  Fellow  in 
Gynecologic  _ Research,  Gyne- 
cean  Hospital  Institute  of 
Gynecologic  Research,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania, 
1932-34;  Assistant  Professor 
of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecol- 
ogy, University  of  Iowa, 

1934-38;  Associate  Professor  from  1938  to  date.  As- 
sociate Obstetrician  and  Gynecologist  to  the  Univer- 
sity Hospitals  since  1934.  Diplomate  of  the  American 
Board  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology  1933.  Member 
and  officer  of  numerous  medical  brganieations  as  well 
as  fraternal  and  social  groups.  Author  of  several 
medical  articles. 

The  incidence  of  placenta  previa  among  14,569 

deliveries  at  the  University  of  Iowa  was  1 : 198. 

Sterile  vaginal  examination  represents  the  only  cer- 
tain method  of  diagnosis.  Bladder  cystograms  are  a 
dia^ostic  aid,  and  their  technique  is  discussed.  Insti- 
tution of  some  method  of  delivery  should  generally 
follow  the  establishment  of  the  diagnosis.  The 

choice  of  the  method  varies,  but  manual  dilation 
of  the  cervix  has  no  place  in  the  treatment.  Vaginal 
packing  and  Braxton  Hicks  version  should  be  em- 
ployed only  when  other  facilities  are  not  available. 
The  fetal  mortality  rate  is  always  high,  but  the 
mother  can  usually  be  saved  by  prompt,  energetic 

and  appropriate  treatment,  of  which  the  most  impor- 
tant single  factor  is  blood  transfusion. 


12:30  End  of  Fourth  General  Assembly 
12:30  Luncheon 

MSIMS 


When  you  attend  the  Section  on  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology  which  meets  Friday  morning,  September 
19,  in  connection  with  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  Carroll  S.  Wright, 
M.D.,  of  Philadelphia,  will  tell  you  of  some  of  the 
spectacular  results  which  can  be  obtained  in  some 
skin  diseases  by  judicious  administration  of  the 
various  factors  of  Vitamin  B. 


■MSMS- 


The  hotels  will  make  every  effort  to  care  for  you 
satisfactorily  when  you  come  to  the  Annual  Meeting 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  September 
17,  18,  and  19  at  Grand  Rapids. 


MSMS- 


A metropolitan  population  of  209,535  welcomes  you 
to  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society,  September  17,  18,  and  19  at  Grand 
Rapids. 

September,  1941 


WHAT'S  THEIR  HURRY? 


They're  rushing  to  the  MSMS  Convention 
"Smoker,"  Thursday  evening,  September  18, 
Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel.  Grand  Rapids. 


727 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


THURSDAY  AFTERNOON 
September  18,  1941 

Fifth  General  Assembly 


supporting  tissues,  and  the  effect  on  the  normal  issues 
of  the  host.  Depending  on  their  response  to  radiation 
tumors  _ may  be  classed  as  radio-sensitive,  radio- 
responsive,  and  radio-resistant.  Radio-resistance  may 
be  acquired  following  radiation  therapy. 

The  tissue  reactions  for  a given  dose  are  fairly 
constant  and  characteristic  regardless  of  minor  varia- 
tions in  wave  length.  Recently  irradiated  tissue  is 
very  susceptible  to  infection. 


Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium  2:30  INTERMISSION  TO  V^EEW  THE  EXHIBITS 


Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Presiding 
L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Frank  Murphy,  M.D., 
Secretaries 


P.  M. 

1:30  “Some  Observations  on  the  Use  of  Glasses” 
Alfred  Cowan,  M.D.,  Philadelphia 


M.D.,  Medico  Chirurgical 
College,  Philadelphia,  1907. 
At  present  Professor  of 
Ophthalmic  Optics,  Graduate 
School  of  Medicine,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania; 
Ophthalmologist  to  Phila- 
delphia General  Hospital; 
Supervising  Opthalmologist, 
Department  of  Public  As- 
sistance, Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania;  Consulting 
Ophthalmologist,  Council  for 
the  Blind,  Commonwealth  of 
Pennsylvania;  Ophthalmol- 
ogist to  Pennsylvania  Work- 
ing Home  for  Blind  Men, 
Philadelphia;  Author  of  “An 
Alfred  Cowan  Introductory  Course  in  Oph- 
thalmic Optics”  and  of  “Re- 
fraction of  the  Eye,”  and  a number  of  articles  on 
ophthalmological  subjects;  a member  of  the  American 
Ophthalmological  Society;  American  Academy  of 
Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology ; College  of  Physi- 
cians, Philadelphia,  and  others. 


.3:00  “Recent  Advances  in  Chemotherapy  of  In- 
fectious Diseases” 

Chester  S.  Keefer,  M.D.,  Boston 


M.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity School  of  Medicine, 
1922;  Director,  Evans  Me- 
morial, Massachusetts  Me- 
mo-rial Hospitals;  Wade  Pro- 
fessor of  Medicine,  Boston 
University  School  of  Medi- 
cine; Diplomate,  American 
Board  Internal  Medicine. 

The  treatment  of  infectious  , 
diseases  with  the  sulfonamide 
group  has  advanced  remark- 
ably in  the  past  few  years. 
New  compounds  are  being  1 
developed  and  tested  every 
year  so  that  there  are  at 
least  five  effective  agents 
available  at  present.  Each  J 
one  of  these  sulfonamide  derivatives  has  its  special  ' 
field  of  usefulness,  and  will  be  discussed  in  this  paper.  ) 
One  recent  study  with  sulfadiazine  and  sulfaguanidine  • 
will  be  presented.  In  addition  to  the  discussion  of  the  ’ 
sulfonamides,  our  experience  in  the  treatment  of  local 
infections  with  “gramicidin,”  the  extract  of  a soil  1 
bacillus,  will  be  reviewed.  i' 


Chester  S.  Keefer 


3:30  DISCUSSION  CONFERENCES  WITH' 
GUEST  ESSAYISTS.  (See  Page  724.) 


This  presentation  isi  offered  with  the  hope  that  it 
will  suggest  to  the  general  physician  a simple  way 
of  describing  certain  physiologic  optical  principles  to 
their  patients — the  purposes  for  which  glasses  are 
used,  when  they  should  be  worn  and  when  they  are 
not  worthwhile. 

The  normal  eye  is  an  image-forming  optical  instru- 
ment with  a remarkable  range  of  adaptability.  Qear, 
comfortable  vision  depends  primarily  on  a sharp 
image  which  must  be  formed  exactly  on  the  surface 
of  the  retina  without  undue  effort  of  accommodation. 
In  a refractive  error — myopia,  hypermetropia,  as- 
tigruatism — the  correct  lens,  when  placed  before  the 
eye,  changes  the  final  direction  o.f  the  rays  of  light 
so  that  on  entering  the  eye  they  will  be  imaged  on 
the  retina.  This  is  equivalent  to  placing  an  object  at 
the  exact  position  for  which  the  eye  is  adapted. 

A refractive  error  is  not  a disease,  nor  can  it  be 
produced  by  working  under  unfavorable  conditions. 
Every  person  must  eventually  become  presbyopic. 

2:00  “The  Resjxmse  of  Tmnors  to  Radiation” 

Shields  Warren,  M.D.,  Boston 


5:00  End  of  Fifth  General  Assembly 

MSMS 

THURSDAY  EVENING 
September  18, 1941 

Sixth  General  Assembly 

(For  M.S.M.S.  Members  Only) 

Ballroom,  Pantlind  Hotel 

Grover  C.  Penberthy,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Presiding 
L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Secretary 


Shields  Warren 


B.S.,  Boston  University ; 
M.D.,  Harvard  Medical 
School,  1923;  Assistant  Pro- 
fessor of  Pathology,  Harvard 
Medical  School,  1936  to 
date;  Director,  Massachusetts 
State  Tumor  Diagnosis  Serv- 
ice, 1928  to  date;  Pathologist 
to  New  England  Deaconess 
Hospital,  1927  to  date,  C.  P. 
Huntington  Memorial  Hospi- 
tal, 1928  to  date.  New  Eng- 
land Baptist  Hospital,  1928 
to  date,  Pondville  State 
Hospital,  1928  to  date;  Chair- 
man, Cancer  Committee, 
Massachusetts  Medical  Soci- 
ety; Vice  President,  Ameri- 
ca7i  Association  for  Cancer 
Research. 


1 

SMOKER  1 


Admission  by  Card  Only 
Nine  O’ Clock 

Refreshments 

Music  and  Entertaimnent 

Host:  The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


728 


The  response  oif  tumors  to  radiation  is  based  on 
the  sensitivity  of  the  type  cell,  the  character  of  the 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


I 


I 

' THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


PROGRAM  of  SECTIONS 


FRIDAY  MORNING 
September  19,  1941 


SECTION  OX  GEXERALi  MEDICINE 

Chairman:  T.  I.  Bauer,  M.D.,  Lansing 
Secretary:  Gorikdn  B.  Myers,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Ballroom — PantJind  Hotel 


A.  M. 

9:00  “The  Differential  Diagnosis  of  Abdominal 
Pain” 

Milton  R.  Weed,  M.D.,  Detroit 


9:30  “The  Differentiation  Between  Malignant 
and  Benign  Ulcerating  liesions  of  the  Stom- 
ach” 

H.  M.  Pollard,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Wm.  C.  Scott,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 

10:00  “Problems  in  the  Differential  Diagnosis  of 
Coronary  Artery  Disease” 

A.  R.  Barnes,  AI.D.,  Rochester,  Minnesota 

M.D.,  Indiana  University 
School  of  Medicine,  1919; 
Professor  of  Medicine,  Mayo 
Foundation  for  Medical  Edu- 
cation and  Research,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  and 
Chief  of  a Section  in  Medi- 
cine, The  Mayo  Clinic, 
Rochester,  Minnesota;  Diplo- 
niate,  American  Board  of 
Internal  Medicine. 

So  much  has  been  said  and 
written  on  the  subject  of 
coronary  sclerosis  that  there 
is  some  evidence  of  a tenden- 
cy to  make  the  diagnosis 
more  frequently  than  the 
facts  warrant.  Unfortunately, 
the  syndrome  of  angina  pec- 
toris is  a diagnosis  that  has 
to  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  patient’s  symptoms 
and  much  skill  and  experience  is  required  in  arriving 
at  the  dia^osis.  There  is  a tendericy  to  allow  the 
electro-cardiogram  to  influence  this  diagnosis,  unduly. 
There  are  other  clinical  conditions,  such  as  peri- 
carditis, pulmonary  embolism,  cholecystic  disease  and 
diaphragmatic  hernia,  which  may  simulate  the  pain 
of  coronary  artery  disease  very  closely.  _ This  dis- 
cussion will  concern  itself  with  the  essential  cliniMl 
features  of  coronary  disease  and  _ its  differential 
diagnosis  from  the  clinical  conditions  mentioned. 


10:30  “Clinical  Use  of  the  Diuretics” 

Richard  H.  Lyons,  M.D.,  Eloise 

11:00  “Treatment  of  Pyelonephritis” 

Muir  Clapper,  M.D.,  Detroit 

11:30  “Useful  Drugs  in  the  Treatment  of 
Asthma” 

John  M.  Sheldon,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 

12:00  Election  of  Officers 


SECTION  ON  SUTIGERY 

Chairman : O.  H.  Gillett,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Secretaiy- : Roger  Y.  Walker,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 
8:30  A.  M. 

SY^IPOSIUM  ON  TRAU>L\TIC  SURGERY^ 
“Management  of  Skull  Fractures” 

Harry  E.  AIock,  AI.D.,  Chicago 


M.D.,  Rush  Medical  Col- 
lege, 1906.  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Surgery  North- 
western University  Medical 
School;  Senior  Surgeon  St. 
Lukes  Hospital,  Chicago; 
Fellow  American  Board  of 
Surgery,  American  College  of 
Surgeons;  Chicago  Surgical 
Society;  Chicago  Institute  of 
Medicine;  American  Associa- 
tion of  Surgery  of  Trauma, 
and  others.  Author  of  many 
.surgical  subjects.  Exhibitor 
in  the  Scientific  Exhibits  of 
the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation from  1931  to  1938 
on  the  subject  of  Skull 
Fractures  and  Craniocerebral 
Injuries. 

Craniocerebral  injuries  in  the  United  States  occur 
to  the  extent  of  more  than  half  a million  victims  a 
year.  Approximately  65  per  cent  of  the  deaths 
resulting  from  skull  fractures  occur  in  the  first 
twenty-four  hours  following  the  injury.  The  wide- 
spread distribution  and  the  early  occurence  of  death 
will  always  make  this  a problem  for  the  general 
physician  and  surgeon.  The  author  collected  and 
analyzed  3,300  cases  of  consecutive  proved  skull 
fractures  from  1929  through  1934.  The  mortality  rate 
varied  from  25  per  cent  to  49  per  cent  during  that 
period.  The  last  ten  years  has  brought  forth  abundant 
teaching  of  better  management.  Has  it  reduced  the 
mortality  rate?  Is  there  room  for  still  further  im- 
provement? These  and  other  questions  are  answered 
in  the  author’s  second  nation-wide  survey  of  3,200 
consecutive  proved  skull  fractures. 

“Uacerations  of  the  Head  and  Face” 

Ferris  N.  Smith,  AI.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

“Choice  of  Anesthesia  in  Emergency 
Surgery” 

Wesley  Bourne,  M.D.,  Alontreal 

(Biography  on  Page  725) 

The  general  principles  of  anesthesia  are  not  affected 
by  the  circumstances  of  emergency,  yet  the  individual 
may  frequently  be  most  urgently  in  need  of  the 
best  attention  known  to  anesthesia.  WTiatever  is  done 
should  suit  the  general  condition  as  well  as  the 
surgical  requirements  of  the  case.  When  shock  _ is 
present,  there  must  be  the  greatest  circumspection 
and  the  least  possible  interference  imtil  the  circulation 
is  improved.  The  relative  advantages  of  the  drugs 
and  the  methods  of  their  administration  are  discussed 
under  the  groupings  of  regional  and  general  anesthesia, 
showing  the  appropriate  places  of  local  infiltration, 
of  nerve  block  and  of  spinal  anesthesia,  and  too,  those 
for  inhalation  and  intravenous  anesthesia. 

“Early  Care  of  Compound  Fractures” 

Carl  E.  Badgley,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
“Management  of  Abdominal  Injuries” 
Owen  H.  Wangensteen,  M.D.,  Minneapolis 
(Biography  on  Page  724.) 

World  War  Number  Two  has  focused  attention 
upon  the  subject  of  trauma  sharply  again.  WTiereas 
the  mortality  of  abdominal  injuries  in  war  has  always 
been  high,  statistically,  the  incidence  of  abdomiiial 
injuries,  as  compared  with  the  more  frequent  injuries 
of  extremities  and  head,  has  not  been  great.  World 
War  Number  One  settled,  once  and_  for  all,  the 
importance  of  early  closure  of  perforating  wounds  of 
the  hollow  abdominal  viscera.  Theretofore,  the  con- 
servative management  of  bullet  wounds  of  the  intestine 
had  been  advocated  by  many  military  surgeons. 


Habry  E.  Mock 


September,  1941 


729 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


1 


Despite  general  acceptance  of  early  operative  treat- 
ment, the  mortality  still  continues  high,  because  of 
the  serious  threat  to  life,  occasioned  by  spillage  of 
intestinal  content  into  the  peritoneal  cavity. 

In  civil  practice,  one  of  the  greatest  difficulties 
is  determination  of  whether  or  not  blunt  trauma  has 
ruptured  a hollow  viscus.  Tears  in  solid  viscera, 

' such  as  liver  or  spleen,  may  be  treated  conservatively, 

if  hemorrhage  is  not  alarming.  Bleeding  stops  fre- 
quently spontaneously.  Ruptures  of  hollow  viscera 
must  be  closed  if  the  oatient  is  to  have  a chance  of 
survival. 

“Treatment  of  Shock  from  War  Injuries” 

Henry  N.  Harkins,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Election  of  Officers 

MSMS 

SECTION  ON  OBSTETRICS  AND  GYNECOLOGY 

Chairman : Clair  E.  Folsome,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Secretary:  Robert  S.  Kennedy,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Grill  Room — Pantlind  Hotel 

A.  M. 

9:30  “Facilities  and  Practices  in  Licensed  Ma^ 
temity  Hospital  and  Maternity  Homes  in 
Michigan” 

Alexander  M.  Campbell,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

9:50  “The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Stilbesterol  in 
Gynecologic  Practice” 

Allan  C.  Barnes,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 

10:10  “Review  of  Certain  Criteria  Possibly  Useful 
in  the  Differential  Diagnosis  of  the  Tox- 
emias of  Pregnancy” 

Palmer  E.  Sutton,  Ad.D.,  Royal  Oak 


10:30  “The  Dangers  of  Breech  Delivery” 

Ward  F.  Seeley,  M.D.,  Detroit 
R.  S.  SiDDALL,  M.D.,  Detroit 

11:00  “Therapy  of  the  Estrogens” 

Richard  W.  TeLinde,  M.D.,  Baltimore 

A.B.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin. 1917.  M.D..  Johns 

Hopkins  University,  1920. 
Professor  of  Gynecology, 
Johns  Hopkins  University. 
Chief  Gynecologist,  Johns 
Hopkms  Hospital.  Visiting 
Gynecologist,  Union  Memo- 
rial Hospital,  Church  Home 
and  Infirmary  and  Hospital 
for  Women  of  Maryland. 

Attention  is  called  to  the 
many  abuses  in  endocrine 

therapy  in  general  and  a 
warning  is  given  to  use 
hormones  only  when  there  is 
a sound  physiological  basis 
for  treatment.  The  results 
Richard  W.  TeLindb  at  the  author’s  clinic  in  the 
treatment  of  certain  condi- 
tions in  which  he  has  had  special  experience  are 
considered.  The  technique  of  the  treatment  of 
gonococcal  vaginitis  with  estrogenic  suppositories,  both 
natural  and  synthetic,  is  discussed.  The  treatment 
of  menopausal  symptoms  by  the  natural  hormones 

and  stilbestrol  is  considered.  Finally,  a new  technique 
for  the  administration  of  pellets  of  crystalline  estrone 
for  prolonged  relief  of  menopausal  symptoms  is 

given  in  detail. 

11:30  Election  of  Officers 

12:00  Limcheon 

730 


SECTION  ON  OPHTHALMOLOGY  AND 
OTOLARYNGOLOGY 

Chairman:  Robert  H.  Fraser,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek 
Vice  Chairman:  A.  S.  Barr,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Secretary:  Robert  G.  Laird,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Vice  Secretary:  Arthur  E.  Hammond,  M.D.,  Detroit 

OPHTHALMOLOGY 
Room  “F” — Civic  Auditorium 

A.  M. 

9:30  “Uveitis”  i 

Alfred  Cowan,  M.D.,  Philadelphia 
(Biography  on  Page  728) 

The  various  parts  of  the  uveal  tract . are  so  inti- 
mately related  that  hardly,  if  ever,  is  any  one  part 
affected  without  involvement  of  all  or  nearly  all  of 
the  whole  tract.  More  and  more,  since  the  general 
use  of  the  slit  lamp  and  corneal  microscope,  is  this 
observed;  so  much  so  that  specific  diagnoses  as 
iritis,  cyclitis,  or  irido  cyclitis  are  seldom  well  justi- 
fied. The  first  evidence  of  any  insult  to  the  iris  or 
ciliary  body  is  a disturbance  of  the  pigment.  Often 
we  see  evidence  of  uveal  change,  especially  disturb- 
ance of  the  pigment,  which  is  hard  to  classify  as 
either  a noninflammatory  degenerative  process  or  a 
low  grade,  chronic  uveitis.  The  etiologic  factors 
in  these  cases  are  nearly  always  baffling.  So  fre- 
quently do  we  see  such  conditions  that  it  is  felt 
that  many  which  are  diagnosed  as  primary  glaucoma 
are  in  reality  cases  of  uveitis  with  secondary  glau- 
coma. 

10:10  Discussion — ^20  Minutes 
10:30  “Dendritic  Keratitis” 

John  O.  Wetzel,  M.D.,  Lansing 
10:50  Discussion — 10  Minutes 

11:00  “Management  of  Traumatic  Injuries  to  the 
Eyelids  and  Globe” 

Gordon  L.  Witter,  M.D.,  Port  Huron 

11:20  Discussion — 10  Minutes 

11:30  “Chemical  Injuries” 

Melvin  H.  Pike,  M.D.,  Midland 

11:50  Discussion — 10  Minutes 

12:00  “Some  Uses  of  Chemotherapy  in  Ophthal- 
mology” 

P.\rker  Heath,  M.D.,  Detroit 

P.  M. 

12:20  Discussion — 10  Minutes 


OTOLARYNGOLOGY 
Room  “G” — Civic  Auditorium 

A.  M. 

9:00  “Mistakes  Made  in  the  Diagnosis  and  Esti- 
mation of  Deafness” 

D.  E.  S.  WiSHART,  M.D.,  Toronto,  Ontario 
(Biography  on  Page  723) 

There  were  universally  accepted  routine  hearing 
tests.  At  present  there_  is  no  universally  accepted 
routine  hearing  examination. 

The  old  tests  weie  unreliable.  The  new  tests  are 
still  unreliable. 

Tuning  forks  are  relatively  inexpensive.  How  they 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


can  still  be  used  to  give  accurate  information — but 
the  amount  given  is  very  limited. 

Audiometers — the  new  electrical  instruments — are 
not  standardized  and  are  still  unreliable. 

Common  errors  in  audiometry.  What  information 
can  be  obtained  by  the  use  of  audiometers? 

The  audiometer  has  shown  how  inaccurate  hearing 
testing  has  been  and  is. 

The  diagnosis  of  deafness  will  never  be  easy. 


9:30  Discussion — 10  Minutes 

9:40  “Acute  Suppuration  in  the  Spaces  of  the 
Neck”  and  Motion  Picture  Demonstration: 
“Approaches  to  the  Surgical  Spaces  of  the 
Neck.” 

Samuel  Iglauer,  M.D.,  Cincinnati 


M.D.,  Ohio  Medical  Col- 
lege, 1898;  F.A.C.S.;  Profes- 
sor of  Otolaryngology,  Col- 
lege of  Medicine,  University 
of  Cincinnati;  Director  of 
Otolaryngology,  Cincinnati 
General  Hospital,  Children’s 
Hospital,  and  Jeivish  Hos- 
pital; member,  American 
Laryngological,  Rhinological, 
and  Otological  Society, 
American  Broncho-Esophago- 
lo-gical  Assn.,  American 
Laryngological  Assn.,  Ameri- 
can Academy  of  Ophthalmol- 
ogy and  Otolaryngology. 

During  recent  years  a 
great  deal  of  exact  attention 
Samuel  Iglauer  has  been  given  to  deep  in- 
fections in  the  neck.  These 
infectious  processes  may  localize  in  the  lymph  glands, 
in  the  “spaces”  of  the  neck,  or  occasionally  within 
the  veins.  The  anatomic  spaces  contain  loose  dis- 
tensible areolar  connective  tissue.  The  spaces  are 
limited  by  tough,  fibro'us  layers  (fascia)  or  by 
muscles  or  viscera  The  spaces  most  commonly  in- 
volved are:  1.  Peripharyngeal;  2.  Retropharyngeal; 
3.  Parapharyngeal  (Pharyngo-maxillary) ; 4.  Perie- 
sophageal (Mediastinitis) ; 5.  Submental  (Ludwig’s 

Angina) ; 6.  Septic  thrombophlebitis  (jugular)  may 

occur  as  a complication. 

The  signs  and  symptoms  of  infection  in  each  space 
will  be  enumerated,  and  the  surgical  approach  to 
each  space  will  be  briefly  described. 

Discussion  and  Bibliography  Question  Box 
(by  request) 

11:30  “Carcinoma  of  the  Mastoid.  Case  report” 
Harvey  E.  Dowling,  M.D.,  Detroit 

11:50  “Treatment  of  Hemorrhage  in  Otolaryn- 
gologic Practice” 

James  E.  Croushore,  M.D.,  Detroit 

P.  M. 

12:10  Discussion  of  papers  by  Drs.  Dowling  and 
Croushore 

12:30  Section  Dimcheon,  Pantlind  Hotel 

Election  of  Officers  of  Section  on 
Ophthalmology  and  Otolaryngology 
Short  Business  and  Medical  Economics 
Session. 

“Problems  of  Distribution  of  Ophthalmo- 
logic Care” 

Ralph  H.  Pino,  M.D.,  Detroit 
^MSMS 

Thirty  of  the  foremost  out-of-state  medical  au- 
thorities will  speak  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  September  17,  18, 

and  19  at  Grand  Rapids. 

September,  1941 


SECTION  ON  PEDIATRICS 

Chairman:  Harry  A.  Towsley,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Secretary:  Leon  DeVel,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 

SwTss  Room — ^Pantlind  Hotel 

A.  M. 

9:00  Case  Report:  “Tumor  of  Adrenal  Cortex  in 
an  Infant  of  Seventeen  Months”  Color 
Photography  and  Autopsy  Findings 

Rockwell  M.  Kempton,  M.D.,  Saginaw 
Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Saginaw 

9:15  Panel  Discussion:  “Diarrhea  in  Infancy” 

Chairman— Charles  F.  McKhann,  M.D.,  Ann 
Arbor 

Discussants — James  L.  Wilson,  M.D.,  Detroit 
A.  Morgan  Hill,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
Wyman  C.  C.  Cole,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Mark'  Osterlin,  M.D.,  Traverse  City 
Warren  Wheeler,  M.D.,  Detroit 

11:15  “Cerebral  Atrophy  in  Infants  and  Children” 

Harold  K.  Faber,  M.D.,  San  Francisco 

A.B.,  Harvard  College, 
1906;  M.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1911.  Professor 
of  Pediatrics,  Stanford  Uni- 
versity School  of  Medicine; 
Pediatrician-in-Chief,  Stan- 
ford University  Hospitais, 
San  _ Francisco.  Member: 
American  Pediatric  Society, 
American  Academy  of  Pedia- 
trics, Society  for  Pediatric 
Research,  et  cetera. 

The  causes  of  mental  de- 
ficiency, spastic  diplegia  and 
convulsive  disorders  long  ob- 
scure, have  been  clarified  for 
a considerable  percentage  of 
cases  by  consideration  of  the 
effects  of  anoxia  on  the 
brain  and  by  studies  of  the 
air  encephalogram.  Heredity  is  now  found  to  play 
a much  smaller  part  than  had  been  previously  sup- 
posed, and  the  same  is  true  of  intracranial  hemor- 
rhage at  birth.  It  is,  however,  a mistake  to  believe 
that  all  cases  date  from  the  time  of  birth.  Both 
fetal  and  postnatal  disorders  are  of  etiological  im- 
portance. A series  of  cases  is  reviewed  in  which 
the  causative  factors  are  discussed.  Some  preventive 
suggestions  are  presented. 

12:00  Business  Meeting — ^Election  of  Officers 


-MSMS- 


SECTION  ON  DERMATOLOGY  AND 
SYPHELOLOGY 

Chairman : Cl.vud  Behn,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Secretary:  Frank  Stiles,  M.D.,  Lansing 

Directors’  Room— Civic  Auditorium 

A.  M. 

9:30  “Therapeutic  Effects  of  Vitamin  B Factors 
in  Dermatology” 

Carroll  S.  Wright,  M.D.,  Philadelphia 
(Biography  on  Page  733) 

The  various  factors  of  Vitamin  B are  of  more 
than  ordinary  intrest  to  the  dermatologist.  Vitamin 
Bi  is  noiw  widely  used  to  relieve  the  pain  of  herpes 
zoster  and  there  is  some  evidence  that  it  may  be 
helpful  in  psoriasis.  The  spectacular  improvement 
in  _ pellagrins  following  the  administration  of  nicotinic 
acid  is  now  fully  recognized.  Riboflavin  cures 
cheilosis,  erosions  around  the  eyes,  “sharkskin” 
lesions  of  the  skin  over  the  nose  and  may  be 
helpful  in  Assuring  around  the  ears.  It  also  in- 


Harold  K.  Faber 


731 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


creases  the  efficacy  of  nicotinic  acid  in  certain 
pellagrins  (Spies).  The  filtrate  factor  (pantothenic 
acid)  is  probably  not  concerned  in  pellagra.  Interest 
centers  in  its  anti-gray  hair  action.  Vitamin  Be 
(pyrodoxine  hydrochloride),  often  called  the  “rat 
anti-dermatitis  factor”  is  known  to  have  a definite 
action  in  the  treatment  of  pellagra.  This  study  is 
concerned  chiefly  with  the  treatment  of  various  types 
of  dermatitis  (or  eczema)  with  Vitamin  Be,  including 
studies  of  the  urinary  excretions  of  this  Vitamin. 

10:00  Discussion 

10:20  “Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Vesicular  and 
Vesiculo-pustular  Eruptions  of  the  Hands 
and  Feet” 

S.  William  Becker,  M.D.,  Chicago 

B.S.,  1918,  M.D.,  1921, 
University  of  Michigan; 
MS.,  1928,  University  of 
Minnesota;  Assistant  Profes- 
sor Dermatology,  University 
of  Chicago,  1927-30,  Associate 
Professor  since  1930.  Mem- 
ber A.M.A.  and  component 
societies;  American  Academy 
of  Dermatology  and  Syphil- 
olgy;  American  Dermatolog- 
ical Association;  and  other 
organisations;  Diplomate  of 
American  Board  of  Derma- 
tology and  Syphilology.  Au- 
thor: “Commoner  Diseases  of 
the  Skin,”  1935;  “Ten  Mil- 
lion Americans  Have  It,” 
1937;  “Modern  Dermatology 
and  Syphilology,”  1940  (with 

S.  William  Becker  Obermayer). 

Critical  study  has  shown  that  vesicular  fungous 
infection  of  the  hands  is  almost  unknown.  Vesicular 
eruptions  of  the  feet  (athletes’  foot)  have  been  proven 
to  be  caused  by  fungi  in  only  five  to  IS  per  cent  of 
children  and  only  30  per  cent  of  adults.  The  heat 
of  summer  increases  the  percentage  of  fungous  in- 
fection to  50. 

Epidermal  hypersensitiveness  to  fungous  allergens 
may  result  in  vesicular  lesions  on  the  hands 
(trichophs^tids),  produced  by  allergens  reaching  the 
palms  from  the  feet  through  the  blood  stream.  Other 
vesicular  and  vesiculo-pustular  eruptions  of  the  hands 
(bacterids,  dyshidrosis  on  fungous  basis)  cannot  be 
proven  to  be  allergic,  since  epidermal  hypersensitive- 
ness does  not  exist  in  patients  with  such  disorders. 

10:50  Discussion 

11:10  “Five-Day  Treatment  of  Early  Syphilis” 

Loren  W.  Shaffer,  M.D.,  Detroit 

11:40  Discussion 

12:00  Election  of  Ofl&cers 

P.  M. 

12:30  Luncheon  at  Pantlind  Hotel 

MSMS 


YOU  ARE  CORDIALLY  INVITED 
TO  VISIT  THE 

MICHIGAN  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 
— HOSPITAUTY  BOOTH  — 

Exhibit  Hall,  Civic  Auditorium 

A Southern  Verandah  of 
Warm  Friendship 
and 

Good  Fellowship 

; ' STOP  AND  CHA*T  WITH  YOUR 

STATE  SOCIETY  OFFICERS 


SECTION  ON  RADIOLOGY,  PATHOLOGY  AND 
ANESTHESIA 

Chairman : Frank  W.  Hartman,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Secretaries : Clyde  K.  Hasley,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
Frank  J.  Murphy,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Red  Room — Civic  Auditorium 

PANEL  DISCUSSION  ON  “SOME  PHASES  OF 
THE  CANCER  PROBLEM” 

9:30  A.  M. 

1.  Diagnosis 

(a)  General 

Henry  J.  VandenBerg,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 
N.  M.  Allen,  M.D.,  Detroit 

(b)  X-Ray 

Bernard  H.  Nichols,  M.D.,  Cleveland 

M.D.,  Starling  Medical 
College,  1940;  Practiced  gen- 
eral medicine  and  roentgen- 
ology at  Ravenna,  Ohio, 
from  1904  to  1917;  com- 
missioned in  Medical  Corps 
of  the  U.  S.  Army  and  be- 
ca7ne  mstructor  of  Roentgen- 
ology at  Cornell  University, 
New  York  City.  Member 
Base  Hospital  55  as  Chief 
of  Department  of  Roentgen- 
ology in  September  1918,  di- 
rected Department  of  Roent- 
genology in  France  until 
end  of  war.  Returned  to 
U.  S.  A.  and  became  Direc- 
tor of  Roentgenology  in  the 
Bernard  H.  Nichols  Embarkation  Hospital,  No.  3, 
New  York  City.  Discharged 
from  Army,  September,  1920;  Director  of  Department 
of  Roentgenology  in  Cleveland  Clinic  from  1920  to 
date.  President  Radiological  Society  of  North  Amer- 
ica in  1940.  Co-author  with  Dr.  William  E.  Lower 
of  text  book  “Roentgenographic  Studies  of  the 

Urinary  System  ” has  published  about  100  scientific 
articles. 

Lawrence  Reynolds,  M.D.,  Detroit 

(c)  Pathology 

Carl  V.  Weller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Donald  C.  Beaver,  M.D.,  Detroit 

2.  Ti’eatment 

(a)  Surgical 

Roy  D.  McClure,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Fred  A.  Coller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 

(b)  Irradiation 

Rollin  H.  Stevens,  M.D.,  Detroit 
IsADORE  Lampe,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 

3.  Registration  and  Follow-Up 

Shields  Warren,  M.D.,  Boston 
(Biography  on  page  728) 

Registration  of  cancer  cases  provides  surest  mecins 
of  determining  morbidity  rate.  However,  objections 
by  patients  may  vitiate  accuracy.  Registration  at  some 
central  point  of  data  and  specimens  from  rare  cases 
rovide  best  means  of  advancing  knowledge  as  shown 
y registry  of  bone  sarcoma  and  other  registries. 

Fred  J.  Hodges,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor 
Tr.\ian  Leucutia,  M.D.,  Detroit 
A.  B.  McGraw,  M.D.,  Detroit 

Election  of  Officers 

_M  S M S 

You  gain  two  Postgraduate  Credits  by  attending 
the  Scientific  Assembly  at  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society  Convention. 

Come,  and  bring  two  or  three  other  doctors  in 
your  car. 


732 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


I i 

I i FRIDAY  AFTERNOON 
I September  19,  1941 

! Seventh  General  Assembly 

Black  and  Silver  Ballroom — Civic  Auditorium 


j Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Presiding 

ij  L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  and  Leon  De  Vel,  M.D., 

I Secretaries 

i,  P.  M. 

j;  1:30  “Focal  Infection  in  the  Nose  and  Throat — 
I Retrospect  and  Forecast’’ 

D.  E.  Staunton  Wishart,  M.D.,  Toronto,  Ontario 


B.A.,  1909,  M.  D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Toronto,  1915. 

Three  year's’  service  in  the 
field  with  the  10th  (Irish) 
Division.  Mediterranean  Ex- 
peditionary Force  — Sulva 
Bay,  Serbia,  Struma  Valley 
and  Palestine.  Surgeon-in- 
Chief,  Department  of  Oto- 
laryngology, Hospital  for 
Sick  Children,  Toronto,  and 
Senior  Demonstrator,  Depart- 
ment of  Otolaryngology , Uni- 
versity of  Toronto.  Author 
of:  Section  on  Surgery  of 

the  Ear,  Lewis’  System  of 
Surgery:  Relation  of  Infec- 
tion of  the  Ear  and  Infec- 
tion of  the  Intestinal  Tract 
in  Infants,  Re.vults  of  Five 
Years’  Study — Routine  Hearing  Tests,  a?id  many  other 
scientific  articles. 

Focal  infection  is  a concept  firmly  established  in 
the  minds  of  profession  and  public  alike. 

It  is  now  a name  which  means  something  to  every 
member  of  the  community. 

Bound  as  the  original  concept  was,  it  was  enlarged 
to  cover  too  much.  The_  result  has  been  disappoint- 
ment, disillusionment,  misgivings,  disbelief. 

The  pendulum  is  now  swinging  the  other  way. 
Focal  infection  should  give  place  to  point  of  entry  of 
infection.  Although  many  tonsils  are  better  out — ; 
many  do  not  require  removal.  Sinuses  are  rarely  foci 
of  infection. 

The  modern  concept  has  always  been  that  of  the 
best  otolaryngologist. 


Since  the  turn  of  the  century  there  has  been 
marked  progress  in  the  treatment  of  many  of  the 
commonly  seen  skin  diseases.  Unsightly  vascular  nevi 
with  the  exception  of  port-wine  marks  can  be  suc- 
cessfully treated  in  one  of  several  ways.  The  acne 
of  adolescence,  at  our  time  considered  a necessary 
evil  to  be  suffered  in  silence  until  cured  by  nature, 
is  in  most  instances  amenable  to  modern  therapy  with 
a resultant  lessening  in  badly  scarred  faces.  The 
fungus  infections  which  may  attack  any  part  of  the 
human  integumnet  and  its  appendages  can  in  most 
cases  be  conquered.  In  the  treatment  of  those  skin 
infections  due  to  cocci,  new  drugs  administered  both 
internally  and  externally  have  improved  therapeutic 
results.  Psoriasis  still  remains  a disease  of  unknown 
etiology  and  must  still  be  considered  incurable,  but 
there  is  evidence  of  some  progress  as  regards  its 
therapy.  Skin  cancer,  unless  woefully  neglected,  may 
be  regarded  as  curable  with  present  day  methods  of 
treatment.  The  situation  with  regard  to  the  “cur- 
ability” of  skin  diseases  has  changed  since  the  day 
25  or  30  years  ago  that  a dermatologist  gave  as  one 
of  his  reasons  _ for  selecting  this  specialty  that  “pa- 
tients with  skin  diseases  never  get  well.”  These 
newer  therapeutic  procedures  in  the  above  named 
dermatoses  will  be  discussed. 


2 : 30  INTERMISSION  TO  VIEW  THE  EXHIBITS 

3:00  “Child  Health  in  National  Defense’’ 

Borden  S.  Veeder,  M.D.,  St.  Louis,  Missouri 

M.D.,_  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1907,  Professor 
of  Clinical  Pediatrics,  Washington  University,  School 
of  Medicine  since  1917.  Member  of  American  Pe- 
diatric Society,  American  Academy  of  Pediatrics  and 
other  medical  organizations.  President  of  American 
Board  of  Pediatrics.  Editor,  Journal  of  Pediatrics. 
Member  II,  III,  IV  White  House  Conferences  on 
Child  Health  and  Welfare. 

A discussion  of  the  problems  of  the  child  as  re- 
lated to  National  Defense.  The  situation  in  Germany 
and  Great  Britain  before  the  war  and  the  problems 
in  the  latter  since  the  war  started.  The  plans  and 
what  is  now  being  done  in  the  United  States  as  re- 
gards nutrition,  industrial  centers  and  evacuation. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT:  The  Children’s  Fund  of 

Michigan  is  sincerely  thanked  for  its  sponsor- 
ship of  this  lecture. 

3:30  “The  Relationship  of  the  Reticulo-En- 
dothelial  System  to  Cellular  and  Humoral 
Immunity’’ 


D.  E.  S.  Wishart 


2:00  “New  Therapy  of  Common  Skin  Diseases’’ 
Carroll  S.  Wright,  M.D.,  Philadelphia 

B.S.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1917;  M.D.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1919.  Instruc- 
tor in  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology  University  of 
Michigan  Medical  School, 
1920-1922;  Associate  Profes 
sor  of  Dermatology  and 
Syphilology  Graduate  School 
of  Medicine,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  Professor  of 
Dermatology.' and  Syphilology 
Temple  University  School  of 
Medicine.  Consultant  Der- 
matologist to  Philadelphia 
Municipal  Hospital;  Widener 
School  for  Crippled  Chil- 
dren; Shriner’s  Hospital; 

Carroll  S.  Wright  Pennsylvania  Institute  for 
Blind;  Pennsylvania  Institute 
for  the  Dumb;  Vineland  Training  School.  Trustee 
of  Research  Institute  of  Cutaneous  Medicine.  As- 
sociate Editor  of  the  “Medical  World’’  and  “The 
^ , Weekly  Roster  and  Medical  Digest.’’  Member  of 
^American  Dermatological  Association,  Society  for  In- 
vestigative Dermatology,  American  Academy^  of  Der- 
, matology,  Philadelphia  College  of  Physicians,  Nu 
Sigma  Nu  and  Sigma  JCi.  Author  of  textbooks 
“Treatment  of  Syphilis”  with  Dr.  Jay  F.  Schamberg 
and  “Manual  of  Dermatology”  and  numerous  con- 
tributions to  dermatological  literature. 

September,  1941 


C.  A.  Doan,  M.D.,  Columbus,  Ohio 

B.S.,  Hiram  College;  M.D., 
1923  Johns  Hopkins  Medical 
School.  R.H.O.,  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital,  1923;  Assist- 
ant Department  of  Anatomy, 
Johns  Hopkins,  1924;  Assist- 
ant Department  of  Medicine 
Harvard  Medical  School;  As- 
sistant Physician,  Boston  City 
Hospital;  Assistant  Thorn- 
dike Memorial  Laboratory ; 
Associate  in  Medical  Re- 
search, Rockefeller  Institute, 
1925-30.  Fellow  and  mem- 
ber of  numerous  scientific 
and  medical  organisations. 
President  Ohio  Public  Health 
Association,  1939  to  ^ date; 
Director-at-large  N a t i o n a I 
Tuberculosis  Association. 
Author  of  more  than  100  scientific  articles  and  books 
on  medical  subjects,  particularly  hematology  and 
tuberculosis. 

The  phagocytic  cells  which  comprise  the  Reticulo- 
Endothelial  System  of  the  body  have  long  been  known 
to  function  physiologically  as  conservators  of  essential 
materials  from  worn  out  or  senile  blood  cells.  More 
recently,  excessive  pathologic  sequestration  of  red 
cells,  granulocytes  or  blood  platelets  in  the  par- 
enchyma of  the  spleen,  with  symptom-producing  d^ 
struction  of  these  essential  elements  by  hyperplastic 
splenic  macrophages,  has  resulted  in  recognition  of 
several  clinical  syndromes,  each  one  of  which  has 

733 


THE  SEVENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 


been  effectively  controlled  by  successful  splenectomy. 

Still  more  recently  studies  with  “marked”  dye 
antigens  have  definitely  established  these  phagocytic 
elements  as  the  most  probable  source  of  circulating 
specific  anti-bodies.  This  latter  evidence  places  on 
a sounder  basis,  the  approach  to  the  problems  of 
humoral  immunity,  and  demonstrates  the  extremely 
close  association  with  cellular  immunity. 


4:00  “The  Ulcer  Problem  and  The  Surgeon” 

Owen  H.  Wangensteen,  AI.D.,  Minneapolis 

A.B.,  University  of  Min- 
nesota, 1919;  M.D.,  1922; 
Ph.D.,  (Surgery),  1925;  Pro- 
fessor in  Surgery  since  1931, 
Director  of  Department  and 
Surgeon-i-n-Chief  since  1930. 
Served  in  World  War  as  a 
private  in  Student  Training 
Corps.  Member  of  many 
scientific  and  medical  organ- 
isations. 

The  importance  of  acid  in 
the  genesis  of  ulcer  will  be 
emphasized.  Experiments  per- 
formed in  the  Surgical  Lab- 
oratory, in  which  ulcer  has 
been  produced  in  a variety 
of  animals  by  stimulating  the 
endogenous  gastric  secretory 
mechanism,  will  be  reviewed. 
The  choice  of  operative  procedure  in  the  surgical 
management  of  ulcer,  which  will  insure  effective  de- 
pression of  the  gastric  secretory  mechanism,  will  be 
discussed,  and  the  criteria  of  an  acceptable  operation 
defined.  Technical  and  nutritional  problems  which 
confront  the  surgeon,  affording  his  patient  maximal 
assurances  of  safety,  will  be  presented. 

4:30  End  of  Seventh  General  Assembly 
END  OF  CONVENTION 


O.  H.  Wangensteen 


worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations;  including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients. 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


Abbott  Laboratories 
North  Chicago,  Illinois 


Booth  No.  C-3 


You  are  heartily  invited  to  discuss  the  newer  spe- 
cialties with  the  Abbott-trained  Professional  Repre- 
sentatives in  attendance.  The  wide  assortment  of 
products  displayed  in  this  exhibit  merit  your  atten- 
tion and  study.  Your  questions  are  solicited.  De- 
scription of  the  items  shown  is  prohibited  by  space, 
so!  COME  IN  AND  SEE  US! 


The  Baker  Laboratories 
Cleveland,  Ohio 


Booth  No.  D-7 


Baker’s  complete  line  of  infant  foods,  indicating  the 
newer  trends  in  modern  infant  feeding,  will  be  on 
display.  Baker  MODIFIED  MILK,  powder  and  liquid, 
is  a completely  modified  milk  in  which  the  composi- 
tion of  the  essential  food  elements  has  been  so 
altered  and  adjusted  as  to  closely  approximate 
breast  milk.  MELCOSE,  a completely  prepared  liquid  ( 
milk  is  very  economical.  MELODEX,  maltose  and 
dextrin,  is  made  especially  for  modifying  fresh  or 
evaporated  milk. 


Bard-Parker  Company 
Danbury,  Connecticut 


Barry  Allergy  Laboratory,  Inc. 
Detroit,  Michigan 


Rudolph  Beaver,  Inc. 
Waltham,  Massachusetts 


Becton,  Dickinson  & Co. 
Rutherford,  New  Jersey 


Booth  No.  C-16 


Bilhuber-Rnoll  Corporation 
Orange,  New  Jersey 


Booth  No.  C-2 


The  following  products  will  be  exhibited  at  the 
Bard-Parker  Booth:  rib-back  surgical  blades,  long  ’ 
knife  handles  for  deep  surgery,  renewable  edge 
scissors,  formaldehyde  germicide,  and  instrument 
containers  for  the  rustproof  disinfection  of  surgical 
instruments,  transfer  forceps  for  the  aseptic  trans- 
portation of  instruments,  hematological  case  for 
obtaining  bedside  blood  samples,  ortholator  for  ob- 
taining accurate  dental  radiographs. 


Booth  No.  B-15 


A duplicate  of  the  exhibit  shown  at  the  A.M.A.  in 
Cleveland  will  be  brought  to  the  Michigan  State 
Meeting  in  Grand  Rapids.  Services  and  products  as 
well  as  many  research  problems  will  be  presented 
in  an  interesting  and  unique  manner.  Both  Mr. 
Charles  Fowler  and  Mr.  Barry,  President,  will  be 
present  to  welcome  all  visitors. 


Booth  No.  E-13 


Newly  developed  all-bellied  DeBakey 
blades,  which,  held  in  any  position, 
always  present  a rounded  cutting 
edge.  Also  the  recently  developed 
bent  Ljungberg  blades  for  deep  and 

special  sur- 

■ gery,  such  as 

cholecystec- 
tomy, hysterectomy,  hip,  spine,  cleft 
palate,  semilunar  caLrtilage.  There 
are  also  the  conventional  shape 
blades.  All  blades  fit  every  handle. 


A full  line  of  B-D  Products  including  clinical  ther- 
mometers, hypodermic  syringes  and  needles,  Ace 
bandages,  Asepto  syringes  and  a full  line  of  their 
diagnostic  instruments  including  the  new  line  of 
low  priced  blood  pressure  instruments,  will  be  on 
display.  Doctors  will  be  particularly  irlterested  in 
No.  5018  which  comprises  a portable  type  manometer 
and  triple  change  stethoscope  in  handy  leather 
pouch  with  slide  fastener. 


Booth  No.  B-11 


Your  visits  are  welcomed.  Mr. 
Laurel  Johnson  will  be  glad  to 
give  careful  attention  to  ques- 
tions and  discussions  on  Dilau- 
did,  Metrazol,  Phyllicin,  Theocal- 
cin,  etc.  Register  for  a copy  of 
the  new  "Note  Book  of  Original 
Medicinal  Chemicals.”  Colored 
charts — muscular,  skeletal,  circu- 
latory, and  nervous  systems  may 
be  had  upon  request. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


734 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


Ernst  Bischoff  Company  Booth  No.  E-19 

Ivoryton,  Connecticut 

ACTIVIN,  the  first  American  produced  shockless 
foreign  protein  for  nonspecific  therapy.  ANAYODIN 
is  an  effective,  non-toxic  amebicide.  It  attacks  the 
amebas  which  have  penetrated  the  tissues.  DIA- 
TUSSIN,  the  original  drop-dose  cough  remedy  with 
a thirty-five  year  record  of  efficacy.  LOBELIN- 
Bischoff,  a direct  stimulant  to  the  respiratory  cen- 
ter. The  resuscitant  indicated  in  all  forms  of  re- 
spiratory failure  or  depression.  STYPTYSATE,  a 
vegetable  hemostatic,  with  extremely  high  vitamin 
K activity,  indicated  for  the  control  of  all  seeping 
hemorrhages. 


The  Borden  Company  Booth  No.  F-1 


Visit  the  Borden  exhibit  to  see 
infant  foods  of  unsurpassed  qual- 
ity. Biolac,  the  distinctive  new 
liquid  infant  food,  affords  con- 
venience, economy,  and  optimal 
nutrition.  Beta  Lactos  is  na- 
ture’s carbohydrate  in  an  im- 
proved, readily  soluble  form. 
Dryco  provides  formula  flexibil- 
ity for  every  feeding  problem. 
Also  Klim,  Merrell-Soule  prod- 
ucts, and  Irradiated  Evaporated 
Milk.  Mr.  H.  H.  Baker  and  Mr. 
A.  D.  Farrell  will  be  in  charge 
of  the  exhibit. 

Burroughs  Wellcome  & Co.  (USA)  Inc. 

New  York  City  Booths  No.  B-4  and  B-5 

A representative  group  of  fine  chemicals  and  phar- 
maceutical preparations,  together  with  new  and  im- 
portant therapeutic  agents  of  special  interest  to  the 
medical  profession,  will  be  presented. 


New  York  City 


Cameron  Surgical  Specialty  Company  Booth  No.  B-8 
Chicago,  Illinois 

See  the  new  Cameron-Schindler  Flexible  Gastro- 
scope,  the  Color-Flash  Clinical  Camera,  the  Pro- 
jectoray,  the  Mirrorlite  and  latest  developments  in 
electrically  lighted  diagnostic  and  operating  instru- 
ments for  all  parts  of  the  body.  You  will  also  be 
interested  in  our  radio  frequency  knives  and  coagu- 
lators. 


S.  H.  Camp  and  Company  Booth  No.  C-18 

Jackson,  Michigan 

A life  sized  reproduction  of  the  Camp  Transparent 
Woman  will  be  displayed  as  the  central  theme  of  a 
typical  service  department  equipped  to  serve  pa- 
tients with  the  various  supports  prescribed  by  phy- 
sicians. A complete  line  of  merchandise  for  pre- 
natal, postnatal  orthopedic,  visceroptosis,  sacro-iliac, 
hernia  and  other  specific  conditions  will  be  shown. 
Experts  from  the  Camp  staff  will  be  in  attendance 
to  answer  questions. 


Ciba  Pharmaceutical  Products  Booth  No.  D-6 

Summit,  New  Jersey 

Physicians  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  the  Ciba 
Booth  where  they  will  find  the  well  known  line  of 
CIBA  specialties  on  display. 

Mr.  Frank  H.  Pratt  will  be  at  the  booth  and  will  be 
glad  to  discuss  these  products  and  supply  interest- 
ing new  information  regarding  many  of  them. 

Coca-Cola  Company  Booth  No.  A- 7 

Atlanta,  Georgia 

Coca-Cola  will  be  served  to  the  phy.^icians  with  the 
compliments  of  the  Coca-Cola  Company. 


Cottrell-Clarke,  Inc.  Booth  No.  D-17 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Mostly  in  the  east,  are  some  half  dozen  specializing 
printers  engaged  in  supplying  medical  men  with 
records  and  stationery;  still  nowhere  is  there  an 
organization  to  compare  with  the  personal  attain- 
ments of  Michigan’s  own  COTTRELL-CLARKE,  INC. 
(locally  and  popularly  known  as  “the  physicians’ 
stationery  folks”)  in  developing  varied  types  and 
sizes  of  folders  and  other  ideas,  all  designed  for 
facilitating  neater  and  better  record  keeping.  By 
all  means  see  Cottrell-Clarke’s  exhibit  this  year. 

The  Cream  of  Wheat  Corporation  Booth  No.  D-16 
Minneapolis,  Minnesota 

The  5-minute  “CREAM  OF  WHEAT”  will  be  on  ex- 
hibit. This  improved  cereal  is  completely  cooked  in 
5 minutes  and  has  been  fortified  with  additional 
vitamin  Bi  (wheat  germ  and  thiamin),  iron,  cal- 
cium, and  phosphorus. 

September,  1941 


Cutter  Laboratories  Booth  No.  E-4 

Chicago,  Illinois 

Cutter  Laboratories  will  display  their  latest  trans- 
fusion equipment,  including  the  Saftivalve  Trans- 
fusion Outfit  and  prepared  human  serum  and  plas- 
ma. 


' This  One  Thing  We  Do  ” 

tures^ 


Davis  & Geek,  Inc.  Booth  No.  A-4% 

Brooklyn,  New  York 

Davis  & Geek,  Inc.  will 
display  its  complete 
line  of  sterile  sutures 
including  . . . fine 

gauge  (0000  and  00000) 
catgut  ...  a compre- 
hensive group  of  su- 
tures armed  with  swaged-on  atraumatic  needles 
and  designed  for  specific  surgical  procedures  . . . 
Dermalon  skin  and  tension  sutures  (processed  from 
nylon)  which,  because  of  marked  physical  advan- 
tages and  economy,  are  rapidly  replacing  silkworm 
gut  and  other  nonabsorbable  materials. 

A further  feature  of  this  exhibit  will  be  a motion 
picture  theater  in  which  a diversified  program  of 
surgical  films,  in  full  color,  will  be’  presented  daily. 


R.  B.  Davds  Sales  Company  Booth  No.  E-21 

Hoboken,  New  Jersey 


You  are  invited  to  enjoy  a drink  of  de- 
licious Cocomalt  at  Booth  No.  E-21. 
Cocamalt  is  refreshing,  nourishing  and 
of  the  highest  quality.  It  is  fortified 
with  vitamins  A,  Bi  and  D;  calcium 
and  phosphorus  to  aid  in  the  develop- 
ment of  strong  bones  and  sound  teeth; 
iron  for  blood;  protein  for  strength 
and  muscle;  carbohydrate  for  energy. 


DePny  Manufacturing  Company  Booth  No.  E-16 

Warsaw,  Indiana 

You  are  invited  to  visit  our  exhibit  where  many 
new  fracture  appliances  and  bone  instruments  will 
be  on  display.  Mr.  Charles  F.  Klingel  will  be  in 
charge  and  will  be  glad  to  answer  any  of  your 
questions. 


Detroit  Creamery  Company  Booth  No.  F-3 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Sealtest  stands  for  quality  milk,  cream  and  ice 
cream.  The  red  and  white  tradename  is  an  assur- 
ance to  the  consumer  of  pure,  wholesome  dairy 
products  produced  in  modern,  sanitary  plants  op- 
erating under  strict  laboratory  control. 


Detroit  X-Ray  Sales  Co.  Booth  No.  A-4 

Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Detroit  X-Ray  Sales  Company  again  takes 
pleasure  in  presenting  important  advances  in  shock- 
proof  x-ray  equipment,  designed  in  the  “Mattern 
manner.” 

We  feel  that  a visit  to  our  booth  will  interest  those 
contemplating  the  purchase  of  x-ray  equipment. 
A cordial  welcome  is  extended.  Messrs.  Hanks, 
McAlpine  and  Robinson,  also  Mr.  R.  J.  Carseth,  the 
Mattern  factory  representative,  will  be  in  attend- 
ance. 


Dictaphone  Corporation  Booth  No.  B-13 

Detroit,  Michigan 


You  are  cordially  invited 
to  inspect  the  new  Dicta- 
phone Tnodels  and  to  learn 
how  this  modern  dictating 
machine  is  serving  physi- 
cians throughout  the  coun- 
try. Make  the  Dictaphone 
Booth  your  headquarters. 
The  Dictaphone  displays 
will  be  in  charge  of  H.  E. 
Trapp,  Grand  Rapids  Man- 
ager, assisted  by  members 
of  his  staff. 


The  Dietene  Company  Booth  No.  B-7 

Minneapolis,  Minnesota 

The  Dietene  Company  cordially  invites  all  members 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  and  their 
guests  to  visit  our  booth. 

Our  representatives  will  be  looking  forward  to  the 
opportunity  of  presenting  our  group  of  special  pur- 
pose foods. 


73S 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


Doho  Chemical  Corporation  Booth  No.  E-8 

New  York  City 

The  Auralgan  Exhibit  consists  of  a model  of  the 
human  auricle  four  feet  high  together  with  a series 
of  twenty-four  three  dimensional  ear  drums,  mod- 
eled under  the  supervision  of  outstanding  otologists. 
Each  of  these  drums  depicts  a different  pathologic 
condition  based  upon  actual  case  observation  and 
prepared,  in  so  far  as  possible,  with  strict  scientific 
accuracy  so  as  to  be  highly  instructive  and  inter- 
esting to  all  physicians. 


Duke  Laboratories,  Inc.  Booth  No.  C-4 

Stamford,  Connecticut 

The  Duke  Laboratories,  Inc.,  will  demonstrate  the 
original,  American-made,  stretchable,  adhesive  sur- 
faced bandage,  Elastoplast,  which  is  used  whenever 
compression  and  support  are  required.  Samples  of 
Mediplast  and  Elastoplast  Occlusive  dressing,  now 
being  so  widely  used  in  plants  on  Defense  work, 
will  be  available.  Ask  for  samples  of  the  prescrib- 
er’s  cosmetics — Nivea  and  Basis  Soap — too. 


The  Ediphone  Company  Booth  No.  E-5 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 


THE  E D I- 
PHONE  COM- 
PANY extends 
a cordial  invi- 
tation to  all 
physicians  to 
visit  the  dis- 
play of  EDI- 
PHONE equip- 
ment. See  the 
new  Miracle 
Model  Edison 
Voice  Writ- 
er, also  new 
Streamline 
Cabinet  de- 
signs, manu- 
factured by 
Edison,  who  invented  and  perfected  sound  record- 
ing. We  welcome  opportunity  to  demonstrate  and 
discuss  its  application  in  the  medical  profession. 


J.  H.  Emerson  Company  Booth  No.  D-18 

Cambridge,  Massachusetts 

J.  H.  Emerson  Company  will  demonstrate  the  new 
Emerson  Combination  Resuscitator,  Inhalator,  Aspira- 
tor apparatus,  a safe,  self-adjusting  automatic  breath- 
ing machine.  A new,  simplified  mechanical  principle 
has  been  incorporated  in  this  unit  which  will  be  of 
interest  to  the  doctor.  The  Emerson  Diaphragm  Type 
Respirator  and  the  Emerson  Suction  pressure  Boot  for 
peripheral  vascular  diseases  will  also  be  on  display. 


H.  G.  Fischer  & Co.  Booth  No.  B-16 

Chicago,  Illinois 

To  every  visitor  at  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety we  give  this  special  invitation:  Look  under 

the  hood  of  the  new  FISCHER  models  of  apparatus 
shown!  FISCHER  shockproof  x-ray  apparatus,  short 
wave  units,  ultra-violet  and  other  generators  are 
built  to  stand  the  very  hardest  day-by-day  usage. 
Demand  to  be  shown  the  real  under-the-hood  facts 
about  FISCHER  Models. 


C.  B.  Fleet  Company  Booth  No.  E-14 

Lynchburg,  Virginia 


Gerber  Products  Company  Booth  No.  E-12 

Fremont,  Michigan 

The  complete 
line  of  Ger- 
b e r Baby 
Foods  will  be 
on  display. 
There  are  two 
precooked 
dry  cereals, 
one  a wheat, 
the  other  an 
oatmeal  cere- 
al. Of  the 
canned  foods, 
there  are  both  strained  and  Junior  or  chopped  foods. 
Booklets  available  for  distribution  to  mothers  or 
patients  on  special  diets  as  well  as  professional  lit- 
erature will  be  sent  to  registrants,  for  examination. 

Hack  Shoe  Company  Booth  No.  A-2 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Twenty-five  years  of  evolution  in  health  shoe  con- 
struction will  be  exemplified  in  the  Hack  Shoe  Com- 
pany exhibit. 

This  pioneer  prescription  shoe  organization  will  also 
display  a series  of  roentgenographs  demonstrating 
how  the  foot  bones  lie  in  correctly  and  incorrectly 
fitting  shoes. 

HACK-O-PEDIC  clubfoot  and  surgical  shoes  and 
TRI-BANLANCE  shoes  for  men,  women  and  chil- 
dren complete  the  exhibit. 


Gerber's 


Strained 

Oatmeal 


Hanovia  Chemical  & Mfg.  Company  Booth  No.  C-17 
Newark,  New  Jersey 

The  very  latest  in  ultra-violet  equipment  will  be 
demonstrated,  including  the  outstanding  uses  of 
ultra-violet  radiation  in  the  fields  of  science,  medi- 
cine and  public  health.  Don’t  fail  to  see  our  new 
line  of  self-lighting  ultra-violet  high-pressure  mer- 
cury arc  lamps.  Short  and  ultra  short  wave  appara- 
tus, Sollux  Radiant  Heat  Lamps  and  our  latest  de- 
velopment, quartz  ultra-violet  lamps  for  air  sanita- 
tion. 


J,  F.  Hartz  Company  Booths  No.  E-6  and  E-7 

Detroit,  Michigan 

All  physicians  are  invited  to  visit  the  booth  of  the 
J.  F.  Hartz  Company — the  progressive  medical  sup- 
ply firm  of  Detroit  who  are  nationally  known. 

An  interesting  display  of  instruments,  equipment, 
and  pharmaceuticals  may  be  seen. 

This  firm  has  recently  added  another  fioor  to  care 
for  the  expanding  business  of  its  manufactured 
pharmaceuticals  which  are  made  under  strict  labora- 
tory control,  and  in  compliance  with  the  regulations 
of  the  Federal  Food  and  Drug  Department. 


H.  J.  Heinz  Company  Booth  No.  E-18 

Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania 

The  makers  of  Heinz  Strained  and  Junior  Foods  ap- 
preciate the  confidence  which  the  members  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  have  expressed  in 
their  recommendation  of  these  foods  for  infant  feed- 
ing and  special  diets.  F.  B.  Heard  and  H.  A.  Elen- 
baas  are  at  your  service  and  will  welcome  members 
and  friends  at  the  exhibit. 


Holland-Rantos  Company,  Inc.  Booth  No.  F-11 

New  York  City 

The  latest  developments  in  the  field  of  medically 
prescribed  contraceptives  will  be  featured  at  the 
booth  of  the  Holland-Rantos  Company.  Rantex 
masks  and  Rantex  caps  for  operating  room  will  be 
of  unusual  interest  to  surgeons  who  are  looking 
for  something  comfortable  yet  efiicient  in  this  line. 


Phosphe-Soda  (Fleet)  is  a highly  concentrated  and 
purified,  aqueous  solution  of  sodium  phosphates.  It 
is  nontoxic,  rapid  but  mild  in  action  without  irri- 
tation of  the  gastric  or  intestinal  mucosa.  It  is 
indicated  for  hepatic  dysfunction  and  for  its  tho- 
rough eliminating  and  cleansing  action  on  the  upper 
and  lower  gut. 


General  Eleetric  X-Ray  Corp.  Booth  No.  A-5 

Detroit,  Miehigan 


The  G.  A.  Ingram  Co.  Booths  No.  D-21  and  D-22 

Detroit,  Miehigan 

The  G.  A.  Ingram  Company  extends  an  invitation 
to  all  visitors  at  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Con- 
vention to  make  their  booth  their  headquarters  and, 
especially,  to  investigate  their  new  line  of  diagnos- 
tic instruments  and  their  complete  line  of  genuine 
Swedish  stainless  steel  instruments.  They  will  also 
show  the  latest  in  electrical  equipment. 


We  cordially  invite  the  physicians  and  their  fam- 
ilies who  attend  this  meeting  to  make  use  of  the 
lounge  facilities  provided  at  our  booth  for  their 
comfort.  We  particularly  look  forward  to  a visit 
from  users  of  our  equipment  and  a cordial  invitation 
is  extended  to  all  physicians  who  may  have  tech- 
nical problems  to  discuss  with  our  staff  in  attend- 
ance. 


Jones  Metabolism  Equipment  Company  Booth  No.  D-5 
Chicago,  Illinois 

Interview  our  representative,  William  Niedelson, 
about  the  development  of  the  first  waterless,  basal 
through  20  years  by  the  addition  of  many  scientific 
devices  to  assure  accuracy,  operative  simplicity  and 
guarantee  the  purchaser  a lifetime  of  use  without 
repair  expense. 


736 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


“The  ‘Junket’  Folks”  Booth  No.  B-3 

Chr.  Hansen’s  Laboratory 
Little  Falls,  New  York 

■‘THE  ‘JUNKET’  FOLKS”  will  serve  rennet-custards 
made  with  either  “Junket”  Rennet  Powder  or  “Jun- 
ket” Rennet  Tablets.  There  is  also  a display  of 
“Junket”  Brand  Food  Products.  Enlarged  photo- 
graphs show  how  the  rennet  enzyme  in  rennet- 
custards  transforms  milk  into  softer,  finer  curds. 
Rennet-custards  are  widely  recommended  for  in- 
fants, children,  convalescents,  postoperative  cases 
and  as  a delicious,  healthful  dessert  for  the  whole 
family.  Fully  informed  attendants  on  duty. 

Kalak  Water  Company  Booth  No.  E-17 

New  York  City 

Visit  the  KALAIi  WATER  booth  and  ask  the  rep- 
resentative how  KALAK  WATER  may  be  employed 
to  minimize  the  discomforts  that  so  frequently  fol- 
low the  administration  of  the  Sulfonamides.  Ask 
the  representative  to  serve  you  with  a glass  of 
KALAK  WATER  and  learn  for  yourself  how  deli- 
cious and  refreshing  KALAK  WATER  really  is 
when  it  is  properly  served. 


mans’  “Nutritional  Deficiencies.”  Leaman’s  “Man- 
agement of  the  Cardiac  Patient,”  today’s  sales  lead- 
er, will  be  displayed,  as  will  Thorek’s  three-volume 
“Modern  Surgical  Technic.” 


The  McKesson  Appliance  Company  Booth  No.  D-20 
Toledo,  Ohio 

The  McKesson  Appliance  Co.  will  exhibit  a complete 
line  of  scientific  equipment  involving  the  uses  of 
anesthetic  gases  and  oxygen  therapy.  Both  water- 
less  and  water  spirometer  type  basal  metabolism 
units  will  be  shown.  Practical  demonstrations  will 
be  made  on  the  new  direct  reading  electrocardio- 
graph. 


M & It  Dietetic  Laboratories,  Inc.  Booth  No.  C-11 
Columbus,  Ohio 

Similac,  a completely  modified  milk  especially  pre- 
pared for  infants  deprived  either  partially  or  en- 
tirely of  breast  milk,  will  be  featured.  Mr.  David 
O.  Cox  and  Mr.  L.  A.  MacDonald  will  appreciate  the 
opportunity  to  discuss  the  merits  of  Similac  and  its 
suggested  application  for  both  the  normal  and 
special  feeding  cases. 


A.  Kuhlman  & Company  Booth  No.  A-8 

Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Kuhlman  display  will  consist  of  a selected  line 
of  diagnostic  instruments,  a special  line  of  indwelling 
catheters,  cystoscopes,  urologic  instruments,  pneumo- 
thorax apparatus,  and  a general  line  of  instruments 
and  accessories  for  physicians  and  surgeons. 

Lea  A Febiger  Booth  No.  D-14 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Lea  & Febiger  will  exhibit  Portis’  Digestive  Dis- 
eases, Kraines’  Psychoses,  Ballenger’s  Manual, 
Rowe’s  Elimination  Diets,  Lewin’s  The  Foot  and 
Ankle,  Rony’s  Obesity  and  Leanness  and  new  edi- 
tions of  Holmes  and  Ruggles’  Roentgenology.  Jos- 
lin’s  Diabetes  and  Manual,  Comroe’s  Arthritis, 
Bridges’  Dietetics,  Spaeth’s  Ophthalmology  and 
Kessler’s  Accidental  Injuries. 


Lederle  Laboratories  Booth  No.  E-22 

New  York  City 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  the  Lederle  Ex- 
hibit which  will  feature  colored  slides  on  the  re- 
fining of  Antitoxins.  These  slides  were  taken  from 
a new  motion  picture  film  on  this  subject. 

They  will  exhibit  the  many  specialties  for  which 
they  are  noted  and  the  latest  releases  in  Sulfona- 
mide drugs.  Literature  on  the  various  Sulfonamides 
will  be  available. 

Libby,  McNeill  & Libby  Booth  No.  B-17 

Chicago,  Illinois 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  Libby,  McNeill  & 
Libby’s  exhibit  where  attendants  will  point  out  the 
merits  of  Homogenized  Baby  Foods,  Chopped  Foods 
and  Evaporated  Milk.  Libby’s  special  fpthod  of 
Homogenization  makes  Libby’s  Baby  Foods  extra 
smooth,  extra  easy  to  digest. 


Liebel-Flarsheim  Company  Booth  No.  C-7 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 


Liebel-Flarsheim  Company  will  ex- 
_ . hibit  the  well-known  L-F  Short 
'■  Wave  G-enerators  as  well  as  the 

] I famous  Bovie  Electro-Surgical  Units 
, Ih  Br  l_J  and  other  new  and  interesting  elec- 
tro-medical apparatus. 

, A cordial  invitation  is  extended  to 
visit  The  Liebel-Flarsheim  booth  to  inspect  this 
outstanding  equipment  and  have  it  demonstrated  to 
you. 


Eli  Lilly  and  Company  Booth  No.  C-1 

Indianapolis,  Indiana 

Eli  Lilly  and  Company  will  demonstrate  the  germi- 
cidal efficacy  of  “Merthiolate”  (Sodium  Ethyl  Mer- 
curi  Thiosalicylate.  Lilly)  and  the  compatibility  of 
the  antiseptic  with  body  cells  and  fluids.  Other 
new  and  useful  products  will  be  featured. 


J.  B.  Lippincott  Company  Booth  No.  E-11 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

New  Lippincott  books  of  interest  to  every  physician 
are  Grollman’s  “Essentials  of  Endocrinology,”  To- 
bias’ “Essentials  of  Dermatology,”  Haden  and 
Thomas  “Allergy  in  Clinical  Practice"  and  You- 


Mead  Johnson  & Company  Booths  No.  C-21  and  C-22 
Evansville,  Indiana 

“Servamus  Fidem”  means  We  Are  Keeping  the 
Faith.  Almost  every  physician  thinks  of  Mead 
Johnson  & Company  as  the  maker  of  Dextri-Mal- 
tose,  Pablum,  Oleum  Percomorphum  and  other  in- 
fant diet  materials.  But  not  all  physicians  are 
aware  of  the  many  helpful  services  this  progressive 
company  offers  physicians.  A visit  to  Booths  C-21 
and  C-22  will  be  time  well  spent. 


Medical  Arts  Surgical  Supply  Company 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan  Booths  No.  C-5,  C-6  and  B-14 

The  Medical  Arts  Surgical  Supply  Company  of  the 
best  city  will  show  the  exclusive  line  of  Liebel  Flar- 
sheim  short  wave  generators,  the  latest  items  in 
the  beautiful  Ritter  ear,  nose  and  throat  equipment, 
and  a complete  suite  of  the  Hamilton  Nu  Tone  furni- 
ture along  with  the  latest  in  autoclave  and  steril- 
ized units.  An  invitation  is  extended  to  all  doctors 
to  call  at  these  booths. 


Medical  Case  History  Bureau  Booth  No.  D-9 

New  York  City 

Simplifying  the  Doctor’s  History  Record  and  Book- 
keeping System  with  the  INFO-DEX  RECORD  CON- 
TROL SYSTEM. 

Maintenance  of  accurate,  informative  data  on  both 
history  and  financial  records  is  essential  in  the 
modern  doctor’s  practice.  The  INFO-DEX  Record 
Control  System  helps  to  keep  a constant  finger 
on  the  physical  and  financial  pulse  of  the  patient. 
’This  system  correlates  information  almost  auto- 
matically for  instant  reference  and  research  work. 
Its  method  of  cross-indexing  interesting  cases  ac- 
cording to  the  disease  is  unique  and  exclusive. 

The  Medical  Protective  Company  Booth  No.  D-8 

Fort  Wayne,  Indiana 

The  Medical  Protective  Company  invites  you  to  visit 
its  booth.  Medical  Protective  Service  is  an  institu- 
tion of  the  Medical  profession  whose  legal  liability 
problems  we  have  concentrated  upon  for  42  years. 
Bring  your  professional  liability  questions  and 
problems  to  us. 


The  Mennen  Company  Booth  No.  A-1 

Newark,  New  Jersey 


’The  Mennen  Company  will  exhibit 
their  two  baby  products — ^Antiseptic 
Oil  and  Antiseptic  Borated  Powder. 
The  Antiseptic  Oil  is  now  being 
used  routinely  by  more  than  90  per 
cent  of  the  hospitals  that  are  im- 
portant in  maternity  work.  Be  sure 
to  register  at  the  Mennen  exhibit 
and  receive  your  kit  containing 
demonstration  sizes  of  their  shav- 
ing and  after-shave  products. 


Melliu’s  Food  Company  Booth  No.  E-15 

Boston,  Massachusetts 

Physicians  are  cordially  invited  to  call  and  to  place 
before  our  repesentatives  all  questions  regarding 


September,  1941 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


the  composition  of  Mellin’s  Food  and  its  usefulness 
in  infant  and  adult  feeding-.  It  is  suggested  that 
constipation  in  infancy  and  the  preparation  of  nour- 
ishment for  adult  patients  who  are  far  below  nor- 
mal as  a result  of  prolonged  illness  or  faulty  diet 
are  particularly  interesting  topics  for  discussion. 

The  Wni.  S.  Merrell  Company  Booth  No.  B-2 

Cincinnati  Ohio 

The  Merrell  exhibit  will  feature  Oravax,  the  oral  ca- 
tarrhal vaccine  in  enteric  coated  tablets  for  protec- 
tion against  the  common  cold;  as  well  as  other  new 
prescription  specialties  of  timely  interest.  Merrell 
representatives  will  be  at  the  booth  ready  to  show 
these  products  and  answer  any  question. 

Michigan  Medical  Service  Booth  No.  A-6 

Michigan  Hospital  Service 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Complete  information  about  the  Medical  Service  and 
Surgical  Benefit  Plans  of  Michigan  Medical  Service 
will  be  available  in  this  featured  exhibit  of  the 
results  of  operation  of  the  doctors’  prepaid  group 
medical  service  program. 

There  will  also  be  an  interesting  display  of  the 
working  of  the  companion  hospital  service  plan  of 
Michigan  Hospital  Service. 

The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company  Booth  No.  D-3 

St.  liOnis,  Missouri 

Physicians  and  surgeons  interested  in  the  new 
developments  in  medicine  and  surgery  are  cordially 
invited  to  inspect  the  new  publications  which  will 
be  on  display  at  the  Mosby  Booth.  Outstanding 
new  volumes  on  surgery,  dermatology,  pediatrics, 
gynecology,  heart  diseases,  X-Ray,  and  practice  of 
medicine  will  be  shown. 


National  Dive  Stock  and  Meat  Board  Booth  N^o.  B-12 
Chicago,  Illinois 

The  exhibit  of  the  National  Live  Stock  and  Meat 
Board  will  portray  Meat  as  a source  of  the  essen- 
tial food  elements,  protein,  fats,  carbohydrates,  cal- 
cium, phosphorus,  iron,  copper  and  six  vitamins 
with  special  emphasis  on  the  factors  of  the  vita- 
min B complex. 


Nestle’s  Milk  Products,  Inc.  Booth  No.  D-19 

New  York  City 


The  Nestle’s  Milk  Products, 
Inc.,  exhibit  will  feature  Lac- 
togen which  has  given  suc- 
cessful results  in  infant  feed- 
ing for  more  than  15  years. 
Mr.  J.  B.  Gibbs  will  be  in 
charge  of  the  exhibit. 


Parke,  Davis  & Company 

Deroit,  Michigan  Booths  Nos.  C-12,  C-13  and  C-14 

Featured  in  the  Parke-Davis  exhibit  will  be  the 
sex  hormones,  theelin  and  theelol;  antisyphilitic 
agents,  such  as  mapharsen  and  Thio-Bismol;  pos- 
terior lobe  preparations,  including  pitiiitrin.  pitocin 
and  pitressin;  and  various  adrenalin  chloride  prep- 
arations. 


Petrolagar  Laboratories,  Inc.  Booth  No.  D-2 

Chicago,  Illinois 

Petrolagar  Laboratories,  Inc.  offer,  in  addition  to 
samples  of  the  Five  Types  of  Petrolagar,  an  inter- 
esting selection  of  descriptive  literature  and  an- 
atomical charts.  Ask  the  Petrolagar  representa- 
tives to  show  you  the  HABIT  TIME  booklet.  It  is 
a welcome  aid  for  teaching  bowel  regularity  to  your 
patients. 


Philip  Morris  & Company  Booth  No.  E-1 

New  York  City 

Philip  Morris  & Company  will  demonstrate  the  ' 
method  by  which  it  was  found  that  Philip  Morris  , 
cigarettes,  in  which  diethylene  glycol  is  used  as  the  • 
hygroscopic  agent,  are  less  irritating  than  other  I 
cigarettes.  Their  representative  will  be  happy  to  } 
discuss  researches  on  this  subject,  and  problems  * 
on  the  physiological  effects  of  smoking.  ^ 


Picker  X-Ray  Corporation  Booth  No.  B-10 

New  York  City 

Visitors  to  the  Picker  X-Ray  Corporation’s  booth  j 
will  have  an  opportunity  of  seeing  the  well-known  i 
Picker-Waite  “Century.”  This  diagnostic  unit  pro-  | 
vides  for  radiography  and  fiuoroscopy  in  all  positions  I 
from  the  vertical  to  the  Trendelenburg — either  hand  3 
or  motor  operated.  Also  on  display  will  be  a fine  ^ 
example  of  a combination  portable  and  mobile  j 
shockproof  x-ray  unit.  This  apparatus  is  suitable  ; 
for  general  office  use  or  portable  work  in  the  pa-  { 
tient’s  home.  A number  of  newly  developed  x-ray  * 
accessories  and  diagnostic  opaque  chemicals  will  ' 
be  exhibited.  < 


Professional  Management  Booth  No.  F-2 

Battle  Creek,  Michigan 

a Bring  your  professional  and  business 
problems  for  Free  Consultation  Serv- 
ice with  any  of  the  Professional  Man- 
agement Staff.  Henry  C.  Black  and 

Allison  E.  Skaggs,  Battle  Creek;  Wen- 
dell A.  Persons,  Saginaw:  Willis  B. 

Mallory,  Detroit;  and  Morris  C.  Flan- 
ders, Grand  Rapids,  will  all  be  avail- 
able to  members  of  the  Michigan  State 
I Medical  Society. 

Randolph  Surgical  Supply  Cumpany,  Booth  No.  B-9 
Detroit,  Michigan 

A varied  assembly  of  the  newest  in  medical  and 
surgical  equipment  will  be  featured  at  the  Randolph 
Surgical  Supply  Company  exhibit.  A skilled  and 
efficient  personnel  will  explain  if  you  wish  any  of 
the  features  of  the  new  equipment,  diagnostic  in- 
struments, surgical  supplies  and  electrical  equip- 
ment. You  will  find  your  visit  at  the  Randolph  dis- 
play very  much  worth  while.  Representatives  in  at- 
tendance will  include  Theo  Ward,  Harold  Storm- 
hafer,  Arthur  Rankin  and  Cliff  Randolph. 


Riedel-de  Haen,  Inc.  Booth  No.  B-6 

New  York  City 

The  Riedel-de  Haen  exhibit  will  feature  two  chem- 
ically pure  bile  acids:  Decholin,  the  true  choleretic, 

and  Degalol,  the  fat  emulsifier.  Physicians  are  in- 
vited to  register  for  abstracts  of  clinical  reports 
on  these  products.  Attending  representatives  will 
appreciate  the  opportunity  to  discuss  the  latest 
developments  in  the  therapeutic  application  of 
chemically  pure  bile  acids. 


Pelton  & Crane  Company  Booth  No.  D-4 

Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Pelton  & Crane  Company  will  exhibit  its  com- 
plete line  of  office  sterilizers,  autoclaves  and  operat- 
ing lights;  also,  fountain  cuspidors  and  other  spe- 
cialty items.  The  exhibit  will  be  in  charge  of  Mr, 
C.  K.  Vaughan,  who  looks  forward  to  the  pleasure 
of  renewing  old  acquaintances. 


Pet  Milk  Sales  Corporation  Booths  Nos.  C-9  and  C-10 
St.  liOuis,  Missouri 


An  actual  working  model  of  a milk 
condensing  plant  in  miniature  will  be 
exhibited  by  the  Pet  Milk  Company. 
This  exhibit  offers  an  opportunity  to 
obtain  information  about  the  produc- 
tion of  Irradiated  Pet  Milk  and  its  uses 
in  infant  feeding  and  general  dietary 
practice.  Miniature  Pet  Milk  cans  will 
be  given  to  each  physician  who  visits 
the  Pet  Milk  Booth. 


.S.M.A.  Corporation  Booth  No.  D-1 

Chicago,  Illinois 

Among  the  technical  exhibits  at  the  convention  this 
year  is  an  interesting  new  display,  which  represents 
the  selection  of  infant  feeding  and  vitamin  prod- 
ucts of  the  S.M.A.  Corporation.  Physicians  who 
visit  this  exhibit  may  obtain  complete  information, 
as  well  as  samples,  of  S-M-A  Powder  and  the  spe- 
cial milk  preparations — Protein  S-M-A  (Acidulated), 
Alerdex  and  Hypo-Allergic  Milk. 


Sandoz  Chemical  Works,  Inc.  Booth  No.  D-15 

New  York  City 

This  exhibit  will  stress  Council-accepted  products: 
Gynergen  (ergotamine  tartrate)  for  migraine  and 
uterine  hemostatis;  Digilanld,  the  crystallized  initial 
glycosides  of  Digitalis  lanata,  standardized  gravi- 
metrically  and  biologically;  Scillaren  and  Scillaren-B, 
pure  cardiodiuretic  squill  principles,  and  Dandoptal, 
an  effective  hypnotic.  Also  the  original  gluconate 
preparations  of  calcium  (Calglucon)  for  oral  and 
parenteral  therapy. 


738 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


TECHNICAL  EXHIBITS 


W.  B.  Saunders  Cnmpany  Booth  No.  B-1 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Of  particular  interest  are  such  new  books  as  Ladd 
& Gross’  “Abdominal  Surgery  in  Infancy  and  Child- 
hood,” Kilmer  & Tuft’s  “Clinical  Immunology,  Bio- 
therapy and  Chemotherapy,”  Steinbrocker’s  “Ar- 
thritis,” Johnstone’s  “Occupational  Diseases,”  Gray- 
biel  & White’s  “Electrocardiography  in  Practice,” 
Krusen’s  “Physical  Medicine,”  Novak’s  “Obstetrical 
and  Gynecological  Pathology,”  Walters  & Snell’s 
“The  Gallbladder  and  Its  Diseases,”  the  1941  Mayo 
Clinic  Volume,  Griffith  & Mitchell’s  “Pediatrics,”  and 
a number  of  other  important  new  books  and  new 
editions. 


Schering  Corporation  Booth  No.  E-2 

Bloomfield,  New  Jersey 

The  Sobering  exhibit  includes  real  and  striking  re- 
cent advances  such  as  SULAMYD,  highly  effective 
sulfacetimide  of  considerably  lower  toxicity:  orally 
active  sex  hormones,  ORETON-M,  PROGYNON-DH 
and  PRANONE  tablets;  efficient  BARAVIT  for  bulk 
laxative  therapy:  and  the  new  physiological  antacid, 
LUDOZAN  tablets,  forming  a true  protective  gel  in 
your  patient’s  stomach. 


^ientific  Sugars  Company  Booth  No.  C-15 

Columbus,  Indiana 

Scientific  Sugars  Company  will  display  Cartose, 
Hidex,  and  the  Kinney  line  of  nutritional  products. 
Physicians  are  cordially  invited  to  stop.  Well  in- 
formed representatives  will  be  in  attendance. 


Sharp  & Dohme  Booth  No.  D-12 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Sharp  & Dohme  will  show  their  new  modern  dis- 
play this  year,  featuring  “Delvinal”  Sodium,  “Lyo- 
vac”  Normal  Human  Plasma,  “Lyovac”  Bee  Venom 
Solution,  and  other  “Lyovac”  biologicals.  There  will 
also  be  on  display  a group  of  new  biological  and 
pharmaceutical  specialties  prepared  by  this  house, 
such  as  “Propadrine”  Hydrochloride  products,  “Ra- 
bellon,”  “Padrophyll,”  “Riona,”  “Depropanex”  and 
“Ribothiron.”  Capable  well-informed  representa- 
tives will  be  on  hand  to  welcome  all  visitors  and 
furnish  information  on  Sharp  & Dohme  products. 


Smith,  Kline  & French  Laboratories  Booth  No.  F-10 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

This  year.  Smith,  Kline  & French  Laboratories  be- 
gins its  second  century  of  service  to  the  medical 
profession.  The  members  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  this 
exhibit  and  discuss  the  products  displayed.  These 
will  include  benzedrine  inhaler,  benzedrine  sulfate 
tablets,  benzedrine  solution,  and  pentnucleotide. 


Frederick  Stearns  & Company , 

Detroit,  Michigan  Booths  No.  D-10  and  D-11 

Doctors  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  our  attractive 
convention  booths,  to  view  and  discuss  outstanding 
contributions  to  medical  science  developed  in  the 
Scientific  Laboratories  of  Frederick  Stearns  & 
Company. 

Our  professional  representatives  will  be  pleased 
to  supply  all  possible  information  on  the  use  of 
such  outstanding  products  as  Neo-Synephrin  Hydro- 
chloride for  intranasal  use,  Muci^ose  for  bulk  and 
lubrication.  Ferrous  Gluconate,  Potassium  Gluconate, 
Gastric  Mucin,  Susto,  Trimax,  Appella  Apple  Pow- 
der, Nebulator  with  Nebulin  A,  and  our  complete 
line  of  vitamin  products,  together  with  liver  ex- 
tract U.S.P.,  oral  and  subcutaneous  for  the  treat- 
ment of  pernicious  anemia  as  well  as  other  prod- 
ucts will  be  readily  available. 


E.  R.  Squibb  & Sons  Booth  No.  D-13 

New  York  City 

A number  of  new  and  interesting  chemotherapeutic 
specialties,  vitamin,  glandular  and  biological  prod- 
ucts will  be  featured  in  the  Squibb  Exhibit.  Well 
informed  Squibb  Representatives  will  be  on  hand  to 
welcome  you  and  to  furnish  any  information  de- 
sired on  the  products  displayed. 


U.  S.  Standard  Products  Company  Booth  No.  C-20 
Woodworth,  Wisconsin 

MAGSORBAL  will  be  on  display  by  the  U.  S.  Stand- 
ard Products  Company  at  the  State  Medical  Meet- 
ing in  Grand  Rapids.  Have  our  representative  tell 
you  about  the  merits  of  this  product.  Other  items 
of  great  interest  will  be  on  display. 

September.  1941 


Wall  Chemicals  Corporation  Booth  No.  E-3 

Detroit,  Miehigan 

Wall  Chemicals  Corporation,  a division  of  the  Liquid 
Carbonic  Corporation,  will  have  on  display  a quan- 
tity  of  compressed  gas  anesthetics  and  resuscitants. 
There  will  also  be  a complete  line  of  oxygen  ther- 
apy  _ equipment  including  the  “Walco”  oxygen  hu- 
midifier, for  the  nasal  administration  of  oxygen, 
and  the  “Walco”  oxygen  face  mask. 


Westinghouse  X-Ray  Co.,  Inc.  Booth  No.  C-19 

Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Westinghouse  X-Ray  Division  will  display  the 
most  recent  development  of  compact  x-ray  equip- 
Considering  the  size,  there  is  greater  power 
than  heretofore.  The  recently  publicized  bacteri- 
cidal “Sterilamp”  and  “Thin  Window  Lamp”  will  be 
available  for  examination.  The  “Scialytic,”  standard 
of  surgical  lighting  will  be  shown  in  the  latest 
models. 


White  Laboratories,  Inc.  Booth  No.  E-9 

Newar'k,  New  Jersey 

White  Laboratories,  Inc.,  will  present  White’s  Cod 
Liver  Oil  Concentrate  Liquid,  Tablet  and  Capsule 
(and  White’s  Thiamin  Chloride  Tablet) — all  Council- 
accepted. 

The  practical  advantages  provided  by  cod  liver  oil 
concentrate  as  an  economical  and  convenient  meas- 
ure of  vitamins  A and  B prophylaxis  and  therapy 
will  be  discussed.  Pertinent  information  concerning 
our  newer  knowledge  of  the  vitamins  and  vitamin 
deficiency  states  will  be  offered  for  consideration. 


Wiuthrop  Chemical  Company,  Inc.  Booth  No.  C-8 

New  York  City 

A cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  every  member 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  to  visit  Booth 
No.  C-8  where  representatives  will  gladly  discuss 
the  latest  preparations  made  available  by  this  firm 
You  will  receive  valuable  booklets  dealing  witli 
anesthetics,  analgesics,  antirachitics,  antispasmodics 
antisyphilitics,  diagnostics,  diuretics,  hypnotics 
sedatives  and  vasodilators. 


John  Wyeth  & Brother,  Inc. 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 


Booth  No.  A-3 


You  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  the  John  Wyeth 
and  Brother  exhibit  where  the  following  pharma- 
ceutical specialties  will  be  on  display 
Amphojel,  Wyeth’s  Alumina  Gel,  for  the  control  of 
hyperacidity  and  peptic  ulcer.  Wyeth’s  Hydrated 
Alumina  Tablets,  for  the  convenient  control  of 
hyperacidity.  Kagomagma,  Wyeth’s  magma  of 
ali^ina  and  kaolin,  for  the  control  of  diarrhea 
Wyeth’s  Vitamin  B Complex  Elixir.  A-B- 
M-C  Ointment,  the  rubefacient,  counter-irritant,  for 
the  relief  of  arthritic  pain.  Bepron,  Wyeth’s  Beef 
Liver  with  iron.  Bewon  Elixir,  Wyeth’s  palatable 
appetite  stimulant. 


Zimmer  Manufacturing  Company  Booth  No.  E-20 

Warsaw,  Indiana 


A complete  line  of  fracture  equipment  will  be 
on  display.  Your  factory  representative,  Mr.  Fisher 
will  be  pleased  to  see  you,  and  demonstrate  any 
Item.  Of  special  interest— a sterilizable  bone  plate 
and  ^rew  container  which  should  be  seen,  the  new 
S-M-O  Bcme  Plates  and  Screws,  a screw  driver 

Luck  Bone  Saw  complete 

with  all  attachments. 


-MSMS- 


The  Glad-hand  Awaits  You  at  the 
1941  MSMS  Convention! 


739 


1 


THE  MICHIGAN  POSTGRADUATE  PROGRAM 
Autumn,  1941 

The  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  in  cooperation  with  the  University  of 
Michigan  Medical  School,  Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine,  and  the  Michi- 
gan Department  of  Health,  announces  the  semi-annual  extramural  course  for 
practising  physicians  to  be  given  in  October,  1941. 


CENTERS  DATES 

Ann  Arbor  October  2,  9,  16,  23 

Battle  Creek* September  30,  October  7,  14,  21 

Flint  October  1,  8,  15,  22 

Grand  Rapids  October  2,  9,  16,  23 

Lansing*  October  2,  9,  16,  23 

Mount  Clemens  October  1,  8,  15,  22 

Saginaw*  September  29,  October  6,  13,  20 

Traverse  City*  October  3,  10,  17,  24 


Subjects 

The  Modern  Treatment  of  Fractures. 

The  Recognition  and  Prevention  of  Accidents  of  Pregnancy.  (Obstetrician). 
The  Complications  of  Pregnancy.  (Internist). 

Emergency  Drugs  in  General  Practice. 

The  Office  Management  of  the  Allergic  Patient. 

The  Office  Management  of  the' Diabetic. 

The  Diagnosis  and  Management  of  Cancer  of  the  Gastro-intestinal  Tract. 
Abnormalities  of  Growth  and  Development  in  Children. 

The  Course  Is  Offered  Without  Cost  to  All  Legally  Qualified  Physicians 

in  Michigan 

Intramural  Courses 

Nutritional  and  Endocrine  Problems. 

November  3-6,  inclusive.  University  Hospital,  Ann  Arbor. 
Electrocardiographic  Diagnosis. 

November  3-8,  inclusive.  University  Hospital,  Ann  Arbor. 

Anatomy. 

September  10-throughout  year.  (For  further  information  write  or  call  Dr.  M.  R. 
Collins,  Wayne  University  Medical  School,  Detroit). 

Anatomy. 

Second  Semester  (Thursdays),  1942.  West  Medical  Building,  University  of 
Michigan,  Ann  Arbor. 

Details  of  intramural  courses  will  be  available  soon. 

Chairman,  Committee  on  Postgraduate  Medical  Education 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
Room  2040,  University  Hospital 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 

*Spring-  programs  will  be  given  in  Kalamazoo,  Jackson,  Bay  City,  and  Cadillac. 


740 


Jour  M.S.M.S. 


^ THE  BUSINESS  SIDE  OF  MEDICINE  ^ 


THE  BUSINESS  SIDE  OF  MEDICINE  IN  BOOM  TIMES 

By  ALLISON  E.  SKAGGS  and  HENRY  C.  BLACK 


Practicing  medicine  in  boom  times  is  now 
being  experienced  by  many  doctors  for  the  first 
time  in  their  lives.  Even  those  men  who  were 
practicing  during  the  strenuous  days  of  thfe  first 
World  War  and  during  the  affluent  years  of 
the  late  ’20’s  find  business  situations  a bit  dif- 
ferent today.  Money  is  circulating  rapidly;  most 
employables  are  employed ; wages  have  been  hiked 
upward;  and  the  consequent  greater  demand  for 
medical  services  finds  fewer  doctors  available 
due  to  the  numbers  in  military  service.  During 
the  past  ten  years  the  “times”  have  been  blamed 
for  poor  collections,  insufficient  business,  low 
prices  ' and  inability  to  expand  office  facilities 
and  equipment.  Now  that  “hard  times”  cannot 
be  blamed  for  these  situations,  it  would  seem 
at  first  glance  that  everything  should  be  rosy, 
yet^  many  of  the  doctors  who  have  started  prac- 
tice in  the  last  ten  years  will  make  the  same 
mistakes  that  were  made  by  their  predecessors 
during  the  first  World  War,  and  many  of 
those  who  experienced  the  depression  which  be- 
gan in  1929  will  allow  their  fears  of  what  is 
to  come  to  confuse  their  judgment  again  in  this 
change  of  economic  conditions,  particularly  as 
to  the  “timing”  of  the  economic  cycle. 

While  most  doctors  who  were  not  already 
operating  at  full  capacity  are  experiencing  in- 
creased income,  it  is  necessary  for  them  to  realize 
that  taxes,  particularly  income  taxes,  will  in  many 
cases  use  up  the  increase  in  net  profits.  Instead 
of  paying  a nominal  amount  on  each  March  15, 
it  may  be  necessary  to  set  aside  a substantial 
sum  each  month  as  a part  of  the  regular  ex- 
penses so  that  funds  will  be  available  for  the 
tax  when  due.  Serious  errors  leading  to  finan- 
cial embarrassment  will  result  from  ignoring  this 
situation  and  spending  or  investing  the  money 
as  it  comes  in  without  thought  for  future  tax 
needs. 

Although  increased  volume  of  work  usually 
brings  increased  cash  receipts,  it  also  increases 
expenses,  and  it  has  been  our  experience  that 

September.  1941 


the  actual  percentage  of  collections  in  good  times 
is  often  lower  than  in  years  of  depression. 
While  this  may  seem  like  a paradox,  we  know  it 
to  be  true,  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  during 
boom  years  optimism  prevails  and  patients  make 
the  same  mistakes  outlined  above,  spending  their 
money  and  incurring  obligations  for  houses,  fur- 
nishings, cars,  and  other  things  which  they  would 
deny  themselves  during  poor  years,  with  the  re- 
sult that  there  are  not  sufficient  funds  to  pay 
normal  living  expenses,  such  as  medical  bills, 
when  they  come  due.  Neglected  collections  usu- 
ally result  not  only  in  a loss  of  money  but  in 
a deterioration  of  the  quality  of  the  practice 
as  the  dead-beat  and  slow-paying  patients  grad- 
ually gravitate  to  the  doctor  whose  business  proce- 
dures are  lax. 

Mistakes  in  judgment  will  be  made  during 
the  coming  years  in  two  entirely  opposite  but 
equally  unfortunate  ways.  The  young  man  ex- 
periencing “easy  money  and  lots  of  it”  for  the 
first  time  and  with  more  practice  than  he 
knows  what  to  do  with,  will  in  some  cases  go 
completely  overboard  in  expanding  his  office, 
taking  on  help,  buying  property,  making  too  many 
long  term  commitments  in  life-insurance  and  in- 
vestments requiring  continued  regular  payments, 
and  will  find  himself  eventually  overexpanded 
in  his  finances  just  as  many  others  did  in  1929 
and  ’30.  At  the  other  extreme,  the  ultra-con- 
servative, remembering  the  bitter  lesson  of  the 
last  depression  and  confusing  the  present  boom 
with  the  industrial  boom  of  the  late  ’20’s,  will 
miss  opportunities  for  professional  advancement, 
fail  to  expand  his  practice  as  he  should,  over- 
economize and  end  up  with  a practice  that  is 
slipping,  a lack  of  faith  in  things  financial,  and 
a final  realization  of  that  unfortunate  situation 
— an  irretrievably  lost  opportunity. 

Both  of  these  errors  can  be  avoided  only  by  ob- 
jective thinking  and  planning  based  on  accurate 
information.  All  doctors  know  why  a patient 
should  not  diagnose  his  own  case  and  experi- 


741 


THE  BUSINESS  SIDE  OF  MEDICINE 


ment  on  his  own  treatment.  Lack  of  coordi- 
nated facts,  lack  of  experience,  and  the  difficulty 
of  objective  reasoning  are  three  of  the  many 
reasons.  In  the  doctor’s  planning  of  his  own 
business  affairs  he,  too,  often  practices  “patent 
medicine.”  By  careful  records  of  his  assets,  his 
debts,  his  income  and  his  expenses,  he  can  have 
the  facts ; by  analysis  and  comparison  of  his  own 
years  of  experience,  he  can  estimate  the  future, 
and  by  doing  these  two  things  painstakingly  over 
a period  of  time,  he  will  develop  a judgment  suffi- 
cient for  his  needs.  Few  optimistic  ideas  and 
few  pessimistic  fears  are  wholly  accurate.  As  a 
famous  politician  of  this  generation  says,  “Let’s 
look  at  the  record.” 

Charles  Dickens  wrote — “Annual  income  20 
pounds,  annual  expenditures  19.96,  result  happi- 
ness ; annual  income  20  pounds,  annual  expen- 
ditures 20.06,  result  misery.”  So  close  is  the 
margin  between  pleasant,  unworried  business  af- 
fairs and  the  harassed  life  of  a man  forever  be- 
hind the  well-known  “eight  ball”  that  we  are 
prompted  to  give  an  example,  showing  how  slight 
an  additional  cash  requirement  can  bring  an  un- 
balanced personal  budget,  particularly  at  this 
time.  Supposing  you  took  in  $10,000.00  last 
year,  and  your  office  expenses  were  $4,000.00, 
leaving  you  a net  of  $6,000.00;  just  suppose  that 
your  living  expenses  were  $5,000.00,  and  your 
life  insurance  $500.00,  which  left  you  a net  sur- 
plus of  $500.00,  with  an  income  tax  to  pay  out 
of  that  amounting  to  $175.00,  which  finally  left 
$325.00  neither  spent  nor  invested.  At  the  be- 
ginning of  this  year  you  bought  a house  agree- 
ing to  pay  $50.00  per  month.  That  is  $600.00  per 
year  and  you  must  make  $275.00  more  than  last 
year  in  order  to  come  out  even.  Then,  suppos- 
ing your  income  tax  is  tripled  as  is  very  likely 
this  year,  adding  $350.00  to  your  net  deficit.  It 
is  the  long  term  obligation  to  fixed  monthly  pay- 
ments without  knowing  in  advance  that  there  will 
be  sufficient  surplus  to  take  care  of  these  pav- 
ments,  which,  added  to  the  new  tax  burden,  will 
cause  the  most  financial  embarrassment. 

To  avoid  such  errors  in  judgment  in  times 
like  these,  there  is  nothing  so  necessary  as  com- 
plete accurate  knowledge  of  your  income,  ex- 
penses, requirements  for  the  payments  of  debts, 
and  the  relation  they  bear  to  assets  and  liabilities. 
In  other  words,  prepare  and  maintain  a case 
history  on  your  business  affairs  so  that  your  fi- 
nancial decisions  are  based  on  the  same  accurate 


knowledge  as  are  your  professional  decisions.  Inj 
this  way,  what  could  be  a serious  time  for  you' 
can  be  made  into  an  opportunity,  which  probably 
will  not  repeat  itself  during  your  lifetime. 

M s MS 


PROPOSED  AMENDMENTS  TO  CONSTITU-  1 
TION  AND  BY-LAWS  OF  MICHIGAN  STATE 
MEDICAL  SOCIETY  ] 

I 

The  following  amendments  were  presented  at  the 
1940  Convention  and  according  to  the  Constitution  were 
referred  to  the  1941  SessMn  of  the  House  of  Delegates 
for  final  consideration : 

Constitution 

1.  Amend  Article  IV,  Section  3 to  read  as  follows: 
“The  officers  of  this  Society,  Past  Presidents,  and 
Members  of  The  Council  shall  be  ex-officio  members  of 
the  House  of  Delegates  without  power  to  vote.” 

Comment : This  amendment  adds  the  past  presidents 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  to  the  ex- 
officio  members  of  the  House  of  Delegaites. 

2.  Amend  Constitution,  Article  IX,  Section  4,  to  read 
as  follows : “The  Secretary  shall  collect  all  annual  dues 
and  all  monies  owing  to  the  Society,  depositing  them  in 
an  approved  depository  and  disbursed  by  him  upon 
order  of  The  Council,  or  invested  by  him  in  United  - 
States  Government  bonds  with  approval  of  The  Coun- 
cil.” 

Comment : The  Reference  Committee,  in  1940, 

recommended  that  this  proposed  amendment  re  finances 
be  rejected.  i 

3.  Amend  Article  XII,  Section  1 to  read  as  follows: 
“The  House  of  Delegates  may  amend  any  article  of 
this  constitution  by  a two-<thirds  vote  of  the  Delegates 
seated  at  any  annual  session,  provided  that  such  amend- 
ment shall  have  been  presented  in  open  meeting  at  the 
previous  annual  session,  and  that  it  shall  have  been 
published  at  least  once  during  the  year  in  the  Journal 
of  the  Society,  or  sent  officially  to  each  component 
society  at  least  two  months  before  the  meeting  at  which 
final  action  is  to  be  taken.” 

Comment : This  amendment  changes  the  word 

“present”  to  “seated.”  See  next  amendment  re  “Sessions 
and  Meetings.” 

4.  Amend  Constitution  by  adding  a new  article  to  be  I 
known  as  Article  XII : 

“SESSIONS  AND  MEETINGS 

“Section  1.  A session  shall  mean  all  meetings  at  any 
one  call. 

“SeOtion  2.  A meeting  shall  mean  each  separate  con- 
vention at  any  one  session.”  I; 

Comment : This  new  Article  is  for  the  purpose  of 
clarifying  what  is  meant  by  the  terms  “sessions  and  j 
meetings.” 

.S.  Amend  the  Constitution  bv  renumbering  old  Arti-  j 
cle  XII  to  “XIII.” 

By-Laws 

6.  Amend  By-Laws,  Chapter  10,  Section  1,  to  read 
as  follows : “These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  by  a 
majority  vote  of  the  delegates  present,  after  the  pro- 
posed amendment  is  laid  on  the  table  for  one  meeting. 
These  By-Laws  become  effective  immediately  upon  adop- 
tion.” 

Comment:  Th's  amendment  consists  of  substituting 
the  word  “meeting’’  for  the  word  “session”  to  bring 
the  By-Laws  in  conformity  with  the  Constitution  upon 
the  adoption  of  above  proposed  amendments,  thereto. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


742 


WEHENKEL  SANATORIUM 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 


Highway  Number  53  to  Corner  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKELt  Medical  Director,  City  Offices,  Madison  3312*3 


INTERNATIONAL  MEDICAL  ASSEMBLY 


Inter-State  Postgraduate  Medical  Association  of  North  America 

Public  Auditorium,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  October  13,  14,  15,  16,  17,  1941 

Pre-Assembly  Clinics,  October  11;  Post-Assembly  Clinics,  October  18,  Minneapolis  Hospitals 
President,  Dr.  Roscoe  R.  Graham  Director  of  Exhibits,  Dr.  Arthur  G.  Sullivan 

President-Elect,  Dr.  George  R.  Minot  Treasurer  _and  Director  of  Foundation  Fund, 


Dr.  Henry  G.  Langworthy 

Chairman,  Program  Committee,  Dr.  George  W.  Crile 
General  Chairman,  Minneapolis  Committees, 
Secretary,  Dr.  Tom  B.  Throckmorton  Dr.  Charles  E.  Proshek 

ALL  MEDICAL  MEN  AND  WOMEN  IN  GOOD  STANDING  CORDIALLY  INVITED 


Managing-Director,  Dr.  William  B.  Peck* 
Dr.  Arthur  G.  Sullivan 


Intensive  Clinical  and  Didactic  Program  by  World  Authorities 
The  following  is  the  list  of  members  of  the  profession  who  will  take  part  on  the  program : 


Frank  E.  Adair,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Alfred  W.  Adson,  Rochester,  Minn. 
John  Alexander,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Walter  C.  Alvarez,  Rochester,  Minn. 
W.  Wayne  Babcock,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Lewellys  F.  Barker,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Claude  S.  Beck,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

E.  T.  Bell,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
Herrman  L.  Blumgart,  Boston,  Mass. 
Peter  T.  Bohan,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
William  F.  Braasch,  Rochester,  Minn. 
Carl  D.  Camp,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
James  G.  Carr,  Chicago,  111.  / 
Richard  B.  Cattell,  Boston,  Mass. 
Russell  L.  Cecil,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Frederick  Christopher,  Evanston,  111. 
Warren  H.  Cole,  Chicago,  111. 
Frederick  A.  Coller,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
C.  Donald  Creevy,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
William  R.  Cubbins,  Chicago,  111. 
Elliott  C.  Cutler,  Boston,  Mass. 
Walter  E.  Dandy,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Robert  S.  Dinsmiore,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
Claude  F.  Dixon,  Rochester,  Minn. 
Daniel  C.  Elkin,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

John  F.  Erdmann,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

A.  Carlton  Ernstene,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 
Ernest  H.  Falconer,  San  Francisco, 
Calif. 


Warfield  M.  Firor,  Baltimore,  Md. 
John  R.  Fraser,  Montreal,  Canada 
Henry  J.  Gerstenberger,  Cleveland, 
Ohio. 

Harry  S.  Gradle,  Chicago,  111. 

Evarts  A.  Graham,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Roscoe  R.  Graham,  Toronto,  Canada. 
Howard  K.  Gray,  Rochester,  Minn. 
Robert  G.  Green,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
Russell  L.  Haden,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 
Emile  F.  Holman,  San  Francisco,  Calif. 
Verne  C.  Hunt,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 
Thomas  E.  Jones,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 
Elliott  P.  Joslin,  Boston,  Mass. 

Louis  J.  Karnosh,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 
Chester  S.  Keefer,  Boston,  Mass. 

H.  Dabney  Kerr,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

J.  Murray  Kinsman,  Louisville,  Ky. 
Herman  L.  Kretschmer,  Chicago,  111. 
Frank  H.  Lahey,  Boston,  Mass. 

N.  Logan  Leven,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
William  E.  Lower,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
Charles  W.  Mayo,  Rochester,  Minn. 
John  L.  McKelvey,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
John  C.  McKinley,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
Irvine  McQuarrie,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
John  J.  Moorhead,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
George  P.  Muller,  Philadelphia.  Pa. 
Clay  Ray  Murray,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


John  H.  Musser,  New  Orleans,  La. 
Horace  Newhart,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 
Emil  Novak,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Frank  R.  Ober,  Boston,  Mass. 

Eric  Oldberg,  Chicago,  111. 

Paul  A.  O’Leary,  Rochester,  Minn. 
Oliver  S.  Ormsby,  Chicago,  111. 
Ralph  Pemberton,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Dallas  B.  Phemister,  Chicago,  111. 
Isidor  S.  Ravdin,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Hobart  A.  Reimann,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Erwin  R.  Schmidt,  Madison,  Wis. 
Elmer  L.  Sevringhaus,  Madison,  Wis. 
George  E.  Shambaugh,  Chicago,  111. 
Leroy  H.  Sloan,  Chicago,  111. 

Thomas  P.  Sprint,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Virgil  P.  W.  Sydenstricker,  Augusta, 
Ga. 

Willard  O.  Thompson,  Chicago,  111. 
Maurice  B.  Visscher,  Minneapolis, 
Minn. 

Waltman  Walters,  Rochester,  Minn. 
Owen  H.  Wangensteen,  Minneapolis, 
Minn. 

Soma  Weiss,  Boston,  Mass. 

Henry  M.  Winans,  Dallas,  Texas 
Wallace  M.  Yater,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Hugh  H.  Young,  Baltimore,  Md. 


HOTEL  HEADQUARTERS  HOTEL  Hotel  Committee:  A.  N.  Bessesen,  Jr.,  Chairman, 

Hotel  Nicollet  - Hotel  Radisson  RESERVATIONS  2000  Medical  Arts  Bldg.,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 


A program  will  be  mailed  to  every  member  of  the  medical  profession  in  good  standing  in  the  United  States  and 

Canada  on  or  about  September  first. 

Any  member  of  the  profession  in  good  standing  who  does  not  receive  a program,  please  write  the  Managing- 

Director  and  one  will  be  mailed. 

COMPREHENSIVE  SCIENTIFIC  AND  TECHNICAL  EXHIBIT.  SPECIAL  ENTERTAINMENT  FOR  THE  LADIES 
•Deceased,  August  20,  1941 


September,  1941 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


743 


I 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


The  Neuro-Psychiatric  Institute  of  the  Hartford  Retreat  announces  the  following  ap- 
pointments to  its  professional  and  assisting  staffs : 


PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
Psychiatrist-in-Chief 

C.  Charles  Burlingame,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P. 
Associate  Psychiatrists 

Leslie  R.  Angus,  M.D. 
H.  Ryle  Lewis,  M.D. 
Senior  Psychiatrists 

Edward  L.  Brennan,  M.D. 
William  G.  Young,  M.D. 
Josef  A.  Kindwall,  M.D. 
John  W.  Kinley,  M.D. 

Psychiatrists 

Gordon  H.  Hutton,  M.D. 
Paul  L.  Phillips,  M.D. 
Ralph  M.  Stolzheise,  M.D. 
Robert  L.  Wagner,  M.D. 
Percy  L.  Smith,  M.D. 
Thornes  G.  Peacock,  M.D. 
Fellows  in  Psychiatry 

Max  Dayman,  M.D. 
Holmes  E.  Perrine,  M.D. 
Harry  L.  MacKinnon,  M.D. 
Laurence  A.  Hessin,  M.D. 
Robert  S.  Darrow,  M.D. 
Robert  J.  Hawkins,  M.D. 
Margaret  A.  Daley,  M.D. 

Psychologist 

Blake  D.  Prescott,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.D. 
Research  Fellow  in  Psychiatry 

Robert  J.  Streitwieser,  M.D. 
Research  Associate  in  Psychiatry 

John  M.  Cotton,  B.Sc.,  M.D. 
Research  Associate  in  Endocrinology 

Marjorie  B.  Patterson,  B.S. 
Research  Associate  in  Electro- 
encephalography 

Herbert  H.  Jasper,  A.B.,  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  es  Sc. 

Research  Associate  in  Electro- 
encephalography 

Wladimir  Theodore  Liberson, 
Ph.D.,  M.D. 

Research  Assistant  in  Allergy 

Marjorie  A.  Darken,  B.S.,  M.A. 

Oculist 

_ Harry  St.  C.  Reynolds,  M.D. 
Gynecologist 

Louis  F.  Middlebrook,  M.D. 
Roentgenologist 

Gilbert  W.  Heublein,  M.D. 
Assistant  Psychologist 

Marie  C.  Morgan,  B.A. 

Dentist 

George  B.  Odium,  D.M.D. 
Physician,  Employees’  Health  Service 

William  A.  Wilson,  M.D. 
Joseph  F.  Jenovese,  M.D. 

THE  ASSISTING  STAFF 


Nursing  Supervisors  (cont.) 

Harold  R.  Towne,  R-N. 
Louise  M.  Perry,  R.N. 
Lois  Cramb,  R.N. 

Research  Technician 

Elizabeth  I.  Gienandt,  B.A. 
Laboratory  Technicians 

Clair  A.  Reavey,  B.A. 
Mabel  M.  Bing  You,  Certificate 
V.  Wilson  School 

X-Ray  Technician 

Marion  L.  Kaul,  Diploma 
Northwest  Institute 

Pharmacist 


Frank  V.  Zito,  Ph.G. 
Librarian,  Jelliffe  Library,  and  Translator 
Mary  B.  Jackson,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Associate  Librarian,  Jelliffe  Library 

Katherine  Malterud 


Special  Dietitian 

Eleanore  L.  Breen,  Certificate 
Leslie  School 

Oral  Hygienist 

Patricia  A.  McCabe,  O.H.,  Certificate 
Columbia  University 
Chief  of  Medical  Records  Room 

Ella  C.  Saunders 
Correspondence  Secretary 

Lee  A.  Ferguson 


Specie]  Assistants  to  the  Psychiatrist- 
in-Chief 

William  M.  Jennings 
Thomas  E.  Murphy,  LL.B. 

Henrietta  L.  Hills 

Resident  Auditor 


Albert  W.  Stevens 

Comptroller 

Alfred  S.  Hampson 
Chief,  Purchasing  and  Contract 
Department 

Helen  R.  Schait,  Certificate 
Pratt  Institute 

Personnel  Manager 

C.  Pauline  Kline 

Employee  Instructor 

Anne  F.  Browne,  R.N. 
Employment  Managers 

Elizabeth  B.  Stephenson,  B.A. 

Doyle  D.  Henry,  R.N. 
Manager  of  Graduate  Clubs 

Helena  E.  Woodall,  Skerry  College, 
. . , Plymouth,  England 

Assistant  Manager  of  Graduate  Clubs 
. Sophie  Coleman 

Chief,  Dietary  Department 

Armand  L.  Pelletier 
Supervisor  of  Food  Service 

Helen  G.  Jacobs 


Assistant  to  the  Psychiatrist-in-Chief 

Stella  H.  Netherwood,  R.N. 
2nd  Assistant  to  the  Psychiatrist-in-Chief 
Mildred  E.  l.aBombard 
3rd  Assistant  to  the  Psychiatrist-in-Chief 
Ena  Greenstreet 
Secretaries  to  the  Psychiatrist-in-Chief 
Adelaide  Ray 
Rosalie  Carroll 

Introductor 

Mary  V.  Cronin,  R.N. 
Assistant  Introductors 

Evelyn  B.  Dunlap,  R.N. 
Josephine  LiVecchi,  B.A. 
General  Director  of  Nursing 

Elsie  C.  Ogilvie,  R.N. 
Director  of  Nursing 

Mary  E.  Curtis,  B.N.,  R.N. 
Director  of  Nursing  Education 

Helen  M.  Roser,  M.A.,  B.A.,  R.N. 
Assistant  Director  of  Nursing  Education 
Regina  A.  Driscoll,  B.A.,  R.N. 
Nursing  Instructor 

Edla  C.  Warner,  R.N. 
Nursing  Supervisors 

Mary  Giannettino,  R.N. 
Alice  Giannettino,  R.N. 
Margaret  L.  Fehr,  R.N. 
Erma  D.  Johnson,  R.N. 


FACULTY  OF  INSTRUCTORS 
FOR  GUESTS 

Chairman,  The  Faculty  of  Instructors 
for  Guests 

Blake  D.  Prescott,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.D. 
Executive  Officer,  The  Faculty  of 
Instructors  for  Guests 

Constance  Smithwick,  R.N. 
Associate  Executive  Officer,  The  Faculty 
of  Instructors  for  Guests  and  Chief 
Instructor  University  Extension  Courses 
Angela  T.  Folsom,  B.A.,  M.A. 

Secretary 

Barbara  J.  Gately,  B.A. 
Editor,  Publication  for  Guests 

Mary  E.  Burhoe,  B.A. 
Art  Editor,  Publication  for  Guests 

Carolyn  C.  Bronson, 
Art  Students  League  of  New  York 
Social  Director 

Ruth  D.  Tuttle,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Instructors,  University  Extension 
Courses 

Margaret  L.  Adams,  B.A.,  M.A. 
Margaret  F.  Head,  B.A. 
Efiie  Jane  Sutherland,  B.A. 
Instructor,  French 

Marguerite  Yourcenar,  B.  es  L. 


Librarian,  Guest  Library 

Phoebe  L.  Adams,  B.A 
Consulting  Librarian,  Guest  Library 

Mary  Alice  Thoms,  B.A 
Instructor,  Horticulture 

Robert  F.  Stevens,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Instructors,  Current  Events 

Ward  E.  Duffy,  B.A.,  B.Lit 
John  W.  Colton,  B.A.,  B.Lit. 
Instructors,  Physical  Eklucation 

Joseph  E.  Roche,  B.A 
Frank  Kubin,  B.A 
Alice  F.  Richards,  B.S. 
Frances  E.  Guild,  B.S. 
Instructor,  Sculpturing 

Frances  L.  Wadsworth, 
Student  of  a Rodin  pupil 
Instructor,  Painting  and  Modelling 

Catherine  D.  Cardamon,  Certificate 
Pratt  Institute 

Instructor,  Painting  and  Drawing 

Helen  Faude,  Yale  Art  School 
Instructor,  Appreciation  of  Axt 

A.  Everett  Austin,  Jr.,  B.S. 
Instructor  and  Modiste 

Doris  Runshaw 

Instructor,  Shorthand  and  Commercial 
Courses 

Martha  L.  Blake,  Certificate 
Bay  Path  Institute 

Instructor,  Bridge 

Theodosia  Van  Norden  Emery, 
Master  of  Bridge  and  Director 
Culbertson  National  Studios 
Instructor,  Dancing 

Doris  Gibbons, 
Russian  School  of  Ballet  Dancing 
Instructors,  Arts  and  Crafts 

Bertha  M.  White,  Certificate 
Boston  School  of  Handicrafts 
Jean  P.  Harris,  Certificate 
Pratt  Institute 

Instructors,  Manual  Arts 

Alexander  Koszalka 
N.  Grant  Kelsey,  Certificate 
Pratt  Institute 

Instructor,  Dietetics 

Helen  L.  Ronan,  Certificate 
Pratt  Institute 

Instructor,  Music  Appreciation 

Paul  Vellucci,  Director 
Hartford  School  of  Music 
Instructor,  Music,  Organ  and  Piano 

, Venila  B.  Colson,  B.A.,  M.A 
Instructor,  Music,  Vocal 

Josephine  S.  Koch, 
Yale  School  of  Music 

Instructor,  Cello 

Katherine  H.  Howard,  Diploma 
Royal  School  of  Music,  Berlin 
Instructors,  Violin 

Ruth  A.  Ray, 
Hartford  School  of  Music 
Emma  S.  Miller 

Instructor,  Braille 

Ethel  M.  Law,  B.Ed. 
Instructor,  Lip  Readii^ 

Eveline  Dunbar,  Certificate 
Clark  School 
Training  Class  for  Teachers 
Instructors,  Beauty  Culture 

Dorothy  L.  Allen,  Certificate 
Schulz  Training  School 
Helen  K.  Stevens, 
Harper  Method  Training 
Personal  Shopper 

Virginia  Bragan 

Assistant  Shopper 

M.  Emilienne  Dufresne 
Chief  Physiotherapist 

Charles  C.  Canivan,  R.N.,  P.T. 
Physiotherapists 

Ruth  E.  Manion,  R.N.,  P.T. 
William  E.  Groff,  R.N. 
Virginia  M.  Smith,  R.N. 

O^'chestras 

Institute’s  Chamber  Music  Orchestra 
White’s  Cavaliers 
Jones’  Music  Masters 


THE  NEURO-PSYCHIATRIC  INSTITUTE  OF  THE  HARTFORD  RETREAT 

200  Retreat  Avenue  Hartford,  Connecticut 

Private  endowed,  non-profit  institution 
Founded  in  1822 


744 


Jour.  M.S.^t.S. 


1866 


1941 


7Sth 

THE  BATTLE  CREEK  SANITARIUM 


a general  medical  institution,  fully  equipped  for 
diagnostic  and  therapeutic  services. 

Paying  special  attention  to  physical  therapy 
and  diet  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  disorders 
especially  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract,  the  ane- 
mias, arthritis,  circulatory  disorders,  diabetes  and 
other  degenerative  diseases. 

Extensive  laboratories  with  modern  scientific 
equipment  for  diagnostic  and  research  purposes, 
including  the  newly  organized  Endocrine  and 
Vitamin  Assay  Laboratories. 


Physicians  are  invited  to  write  for  full  information 


Address  i 

Dept.  3215  THE  BATTLE  CREEK  SANITARIUM  9 Battle  Creek,  Mich. 


It  makes  their  regular  check-ups 
"fun”  by  giving  youngsters  some 
wholesome  CHEWING  GUM 


It’s  such  an  easy,  thoughtful  gesture  to  always  offer 
your  little  patients  some  delicious  Chewing  Gum 
while  they’re  waiting  or  when  they  leave  the  office. 
They  just  love  it  — and  it  makes  a big  hit  with 
adults,  too.  And  for  such  a small  cost  this  one, 
friendly,  little  act  goes  a long  way  in  winning  extra 
good  will  and  affection.  Besides,  as  you  know,  the 
chewing  is  an  aid  to  mouth  cleanliness  as  well  as 
helping  to  lessen  tension.  Enjoy  chewing  Gum, 
yourself  Get  a good  month’s  worth  for  your 
office  today. 

There's  a reason,  a time 
and  place  for  Chewing  Gum 


NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  CHEWING  GUM  MANUFACTURERS,  STATEN  ISLAND,  NEW  YORK 


745 


September,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


^ MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


MALARIA  IN  MICfflGAN 

Malaria  may  return  to  Michigan  as  an  endemic  dis- 
ease of  some  importance  as  a result  of  increased  migra- 
tion between  Michigan  and  southern  states.  In  pioneer 
days,  malaria  was  common  in  the  state.  The  malaria 
area  of  the  country  is  gradually  extending  northward 
and  native  malaria  has  been  found  in  some  sections 
in  Michigan,  but  now  there  is  a possibility  of  a marked 
increase  in  infection  due  to  the  national  defense  and 
Army  training  programs.  No  increase  in  reported 
cases  has  occurred,  however.  Industrial  jobs  are  ap- 
parently attracting  southern  families,  and  the  Army  is 
sending  drafted  men  from  Michigan  into  southern  camps 
and  bringing  into  the  state  men  from  southern  malarial 
regions. 

In  view  of  this  new  situation  the  Department  sug- 
gests to  physicians  an  increasing  likelihood  of  their 
finding  malaria,  especially  in  migrant  families  from 
the  South  or  in  persons  returned  from  the  South.  Last 
year,  60  cases  of  malaria  were  reported  in  Michigan, 
and  in  the  last  five  years,  379  cases.  The  supposition 
has  been  that  in  recent  years  all  malaria  cases  in 
Michigan  have  been  imported,  but  epidemiological 
studies  have  shown  that  in  some  instances  where  south- 
ern families  have  lived  in  the  state  malaria  has  been 
spread  locally. 

The  Anopheles  quadrimaculatus  mosquito  which  car- 
ries malaria  infection  is  present  in  certain  areas  of 
Michigan.  It  is  a common,  night-biting  mosquito  which 
lives  either  about  homes  or  in  woods.  In  all  cases 
of  malaria,  in  addition  to  treatment  for  the  patient, 
the  home  should  be  screened  to  keep  infection  from 
mosquitoes. 


SIXTY-FIVE  COUNTY  HEALTH  UNITS 

In  the  first  six  months  of  1941,  three  new  full-time 
health  departments  were  established  in  Michigan.  The 
Shiawasse  county  department  was  established  January  1, 
and  departments  were  established  July  1 in  Washtenaw 
and  Kalamazoo  counties.  Only  18  counties  are  now 
without  full-time  health  department  services. 

The  Kalamazoo  unit  is  Michigan’s  first  county-city 
health  department.  The  director  is  Dr.  I.  W.  Brown, 
who  headed  the  Kalamazoo  city  health  department  and 
who  has  just  returned  from  a year’s  study  in  public 
health  at  Johns  Hopkins. 

In  several  instances  in  the  state,  full-time  city  and 
county  health  departments  are  operating  independent!}', 
but  the  Kalamazoo  unit  will  be  the  only  one  to  have 
a single  director  and  to  provide  services  equally  to  city 
and  county  residents. 

Washtenaw’s  new  unit  is  headed  by  Dr.  Otto  Engelke, 
who  has  been  associated  with  the  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foun- 
dation in  Calhoun  county  for  more  than  a year.  The 
appointment  became  effective  July  16. 

Oakland  county’s  health  department,  established  De- 
cember 1,  1926,  was  the  first  full-time  county  unit  in 
the  state.  That  was  a short  time  before  the  1927  legis- 
lative act  providing  for  county  departments  and  two 
years  before  the  amendment  of  1929  which  gave  state 
financial  aid  to  county  and  district  health  departments. 
Financial  support  has  been  given  to  county  health 
units  by  the  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  (starting  in 
1931)  and  by  the  Children’s  Fund  of  Michigan  (starting 
in  1929).  The  number  of  counties  with  their  own  or 
with  district  health  services  totaled  21  by  1935,  and 
62  by  the  end  of  1940.  The  number  is  now  65. 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAE) 


of!, 


ilver  Picrate, 
Wyeth,  has  a convincing  record  of 
effectiveness  as  a local  treatment  for 
acute  anterior  urethritis  caused  by 
Neisseria  gonorrheae.^  An  aqueous 
solution  (0.5  percent)  of  silver  pic- 
rate or  water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the  treatment. 


Acomplefe  techniqueof  treatment  and  literaturewill  besentupon  request 


♦Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline  compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
It  is  available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and  soluble  trituration  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  solutions,  suppositories,  water-soluble  jelly,  and  powder  for  vaginal 
insufflation. 


1.  Knight,  F.,  and  Shelanski, 
H.  A.,  "Treatment  of  Acute  Ante- 
rior Urethritis  with  Silver  Picrate,” 
Am.  J.  Syph.,  Gon.  & Ven.  Dis., 
23,  201  (March),  1939. 


JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATED,  PHILADELPHIA 


746 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.-M..^. 


I 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 


jSMALLPOX  CASES  INCREASE 

i More  smallpox  was  reported  in  Michigan  in  six 
months  this  year  than  in  the  whole  of  last  year. 
:For  1940,  the  year’s  total  was  76  reported  cases. 
iFrom  January  through  June  of  1941,  90  cases  were 
Ireported. 

j,  MSMS 

fPOIJOMYEUTIS  LOW  IN  JULY 

1 Infantile  paralysis  cases  reported  in  July  to  the 
jMichigan  Department  of  Health  totaled  24  compared 
fwith  28  in  July  of  1940.  Last  year,  the  record 
lepidemic  came  on  very  swiftly  in  August  when 
more  than  300  cases  were  reported  and  went  to 
a peak  in  September  when  more  than  500  cases 
were  reported. 

MSMS — 

SYPmUS  TESTS  REACH  NEW  HIGH 

! Blood  tests  for  syphilis  in  public  and  private  labora- 
tories in  Michigan  are  now  running  more  than  3,000 
a day.  The  number  of  blood  tests  and  other  laboratory 
examinations  for  syphilis  (darkfields  and  spinal  fluids) 
went  beyond  100,000  for  the  first  time  in  May,  when 
the  total  was  100,197. 

Of  this  total,  44,534  tests  were  done  by  the  four 
Michigan  Department  of  Health  laboratories,  21,336 
by  city  health  department  laboratories  aided  financially 
by  the  state,  and  34,327  by  private,  registered  labora- 
tories. 

Never  before  has  there  been  in  the  state  such  gen- 
eral and  effective  use  of  the  blood  test  to  discover 
syphilis  infection.  There  are  several  reasons.  Every 
man  called  for  physical  examination  by  Selective  Serv- 
ice is  given  a blood  test,  every  couple  applying  for  a 
marriage  license  must  have  blood  tests,  and  so  must 
all  prospective  mothers.  In  addition,  it  is  becoming 
policy  in  hospitals  to  give  a blood  test  to  every  patient, 
physicians  are  using  them  increasingly,  and  factories 
are  beginning  to  ask  for  blood  tests  on  new  workers. 

Wartime  conditions  have  greatly  influenced  the  con- 
trol methods  used  against  venereal  disease.  Reporting 
of  cases  to  health  departments  was  required  by  law 
after  the  draft  of  1917  had  shown  a surprising  amount 
of  infection,  and  more  than  20  years  later  another 
Selective  Service  law  is  putting  new  emphasis  on  blood 
tests,  whether  or  not  there  is  any  suspicion  of  in- 
fection. 

Three  things  are  necessary  in  the  control  of  syphilis, 
and  in  all  three  Michigan  is  a leader  among  the  states. 
Reporting  of  cases  and  blood  testing  are  two  of  the 
essentials  in  control.  The  third  is  treatment.  The  state 
health  laboratories  do  the  tests  without  charge  for 
physicians,  and  the  State  Health  Department  supplies 
free  drugs  to  physicians  for  treatment  of  syphilis 
patients.  Much  progress  is  being  made  in  bringing  in- 
fected persons  under  treatment.  For  example,  names 
of  men  rejected  for  the  Army  because  of  syphilis  are 
being  reported  to  health  department  so  that  treatment 
can  be  arranged. 

Michigan’s  infection  rates  are  low  as  shown  by  tests 
required  of  brides  and  grooms,  of  prospective  mothers, 
and  of  men  called  by  Selective  Service.  Among  drafted 
men,  the  syphilis  rate  is  less  than  two  per  cent.  Among 
applicants  for  marriage  licenses,  it  is  about  one  per  cent. 
Among  prospective  mothers,  it  is  well  under  one  per 
cent. 

MSMS — 

The  progressive  Doctors  of  Medicine  in  Michi- 
gan will  be  present  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  September  17,  18, 
and  19  in  Grand  Rapids. 

September,  1941 


Each  sip  of  smooth,  satisfying 
Johnnie  Walker  is  a taste-adven- 
ture— always  enjoyable,  always 
welcome. 

★ 

irs  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

f^LKER 

BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


747 


-K  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  -»< 


Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  president-elect  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society,  brought  the  greetings  of  the 
Michigan  Medical  Profession  to  the  Michigan  Phar- 
maceutical Association  at  its  annual  convention  in  De- 
troit, August  19. 

* * * 


Richard  Burke,  M.D.,  of  Palmer,  and  Wm.  H.  Alex- 
ander, M.D.,  of  Iron  Mountain,  were  chosen  as  Presi- 
dent and  President-elect,  respectively,  of  the  Upper 
Peninsula  Medical  Society  at  its  July  meeting  in  Iron- 
wood.  The  1942  meeting  will  be  held  in  Marquette. 


The  Fourth  Annual  Forum  on  Allergy  will  be  held 
in  Detroit,  January  10-11,  1942.  For  program  and  de- 
tails, write  Jonathan  Forman,  M.D.,  1005  Hartman 
Theatre  Bldg.,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


Frank  L.  Rector,  M.D.,  Chicago,  has  been  appointed 
as  Field  Representative  in  Cancer  by  the  Cancer  Control 
Committee  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  ef- 
fective September  15.  Dr.  Rector  will  be  under  the 
joint  sponsorship  of  the  State  Medical  Society  and  of 
the  Michigan  Department  of  Health.  Dr.  Rector  comes 
to  Michigan  well  qualified  by  a wealth  of  experience 
and  training,  having  served  for  many  years  as  Field 
Representative  for  the  American  Society  for  the  Con- 
trol of  Cancer.  His  work  of  informing  the  Michigan 
medical  profession  and  educating  the  laity  concerning 
cancer  control  should  be  filled  with  success. 


ALL  MEMBERS  WELCOME  AT 
DELEGATES’  MEETINGS 


Members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety are  cordially  invited  to  attend  the  special 
meeting  of  Delegates,  Monday  evening,  Septem- 
ber 15,  8:00  p.m.,  and  the  all-day  session  of  Tues- 
day, September  16,  beginning  at  9 :00  a.m. 

The  business  of  the  Society  is  transacted  by  the 
House  of  Delegates.  This  body  makes  important 
decisions  on  matters  affecting  the  daily  practice 
of  every  doctor  whose  interest  will  be  best  indi- 
cated by  his  presence  at  Delegates’  meetings. 

Remember,  You  Are  Welcome  eind  Urged 
to  Attend 


of  the  American  Medical  Association,  issue  of  July 
19,  1941. 

F.  P.  Currier,  M.D.,  Charles  H.  Frantz,  M.D.,  and 
Ray  Vander  Meer,  M.D.,  all  of  Grand  Rapids,  are 
authors  of  an  article  entitled  “Reduction  of  Growth 
Rate  in  Gigantism  Treated  with  Testosterone  Propion- 
ate’’ which  appeared  in  The  Journal,  AM  A,  issue^ 
of  August  16,  1941. 


“Industrial  Health  Marches  on:  Chairman’s  Ad- 

dress’’ by  C.  D.  Selby,  M.D.,  appeared  in  the  Journal 


Polio  Consultation  Service. — The  ^Michigan  Crippled 
Children  Commission  will  again  establish  consultation 
service  to  doctors  of  medicine  who  desire  same  fort 
cases  or  suspected  cases  of  poliomyelitis  where  the  fam-| 
ily  is  financially  unable  to  provide  for  this  service.  Thek 


MARTIN-HALSTED  CO 


anu 


ij, 


Below  knee  limb 
with  ball  bearing 
ankle  and  knee 
joints 


English  Willow  or 
Metal  Legs 

Felt,  Wood  and  Sponge 
Rubber  Feet 

Abdominal  Belts,  Trusses,  Elastic  Stockings, 
Crutches,  and  Orthopedic  Braces. 

Oldest  and  Largest  in  the  State  of  Michigan. 
Over  30  Years  in  Detroit. 


Phone  or  write  us,  a representative  ivill  call 
on  you. 


Above  knee  limb 
with  Pelvic  Belt. 


300  Woodward  Avenue  Detroit,  Michigan 


(Corner  Woodbridge) 


Cadillac  5093 


748 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


doctor  should  contact  the  Secretary  o£  his  County  Medi- 
cal Society  and  request  a consultant,  indicating  the  con- 
sultant of  his  choice  in  that  area.  The  Secretary  will 
telegraph  the  Commission  which  in  turn  will  notify  the 
consultant  authorizing  consultation  with  the  family 
physician. 

If  polio  becomes  prevalent  in  your  community,  inform 
f the  Commission  immediately. 

^ ^ >{C 

1 Advise  the  editor  of  your  newspaper  that  you  will  be 
I in  Grand  Rapids  for  the  76th  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
' Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  September  17,  18,  19, 

; 1941. 

I Bring  your  M.S.M.S.  Membership  Card,  to  facilitate 
! registration. 

1 The  scientific  and  technical  exhibit  of  110  spaces  is 
[ an  educational  opportunity  of  unusual  interest  and 
I scope. 

Remember  the  dates,  September  17,  18,  19,  1941,  Civic 
Auditorium,  Pantlind  Hotel,  Grand  Rapids. 

* * * 

The  Wayne  County  Medical  Society’s  courses  in 
Anatomy,  to  be  given  at  Wayne  University  College  of 
Medicine,  are  as  follows : 

Section  I — Back,  Thorax  and  Abdomen — Sept.  10  to 
Nov.  26,  1941 

Section  II — Pelvis — Dec.  3 to  Dec.  31,  1941 
Section  III — Extremities — Jan.  7 to  Mar.  11,  1942 
Section  IV — Head  and  Neck — March  18  to  June  3,  1942 
^ ^ 

The  Second  American  Congress  on  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology  will  be  held  in  St,  Louis,  Missouri,  on  April 
6-10,  1942.  Plans  are  progressing  rapidly  for  the  pro- 
gram. E.  D.  Plass,  M.D.,  is  Chairman  of  the  Program 
Committee  and  Wm.  F.  Mengert,  M.D.,  is  Secretary. 
Chairmen  of  the  subcommittees  are  as  follows:  Ralph 
A.  Reis,  M.D.,  Medical  Section ; Miss  Georgia  Hukill, 
Nursing  Section;  R.  C.  Buerki,  M.D.,  Hospital  Section; 
Edwin  C.  Daily,  M.D.,  Public  Health  Section ; and  Clair 
E.  Folsome,  Educators  Section. 

The  Scientific  and  Educational  Exhibits  Committee  is 
headed  by  H.  C.  Hesseltine,  M.D.,  with  Charles  Gal- 
loway, M.D.,  as  Secretary. 

^ 

Abraham  Lec-nhouts,  M.D.,  of  Holland  was  honored 
by  his  brothers  and  sisters  and  close  life-long  friends 
on  the  completion  of  fifty  years  in  the  active  practice 
of  medicine  and  his  75th  birthday,  August  4.  Doctor 
Leenhouts  graduated  from  the  University  of  Michigan 
Medical  School  and  began  practice  in  South  Holland, 
Illinois.  After  three  years  he  moved  to  Chicago  where 
he  practiced  and  took  postgraduate  work  in  eye,  ear, 
nose  and  throat  at  Chicago  University.  In  1901  he 
came  to  Holland  where  he  has  practiced  since.  Last 
June  Doctor  Leenhouts  was  inducted  into  the  Emeritus 
Club  at  the  University  of  Michigan,  an  honorary  so- 
ciety for  graduates  of  fifty  j^ears. 

^ * 

John  A.  Alexander,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  professor  of 
surgery.  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School,  and 
surgeon  in  charge  of  the  division  of  thoracic  surgery 
at  University  Hospital,  was  awarded  the  Trudeau  Med- 
al of  the  National  Tuberculosis  Association.  Doctor 
Alexander  graduated  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
School  of  Medicine  in  1916.  He  was  president  of  the 
American  Association  for  Thoracic  Surgery  in  1935  and 
of  the  Michigan  Tuberculosis  Association,  1938-39.  He 
is  author  of  “The  Surgery  of  Pulmonary  Tuberculo- 
sis” published  in  1925  and  of  “The  Collapse  Therapy  of 
Pulmonary  Tuberculosis,”  1937.  He  was  awarded  the 
Samuel  D.  Gross  prize  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of 
Surgery  in  1925  and  in  1930  the  Henry  Russell  award 
of  the  University  of  Michigan  was  made  to  him. 

September,  1941 


FAITHFULLY  YOURS 
FOR  THESE  MAM  USES 

NUPERCAIIVE 


Topically  administered,  Nupercaine, 
“Ciba”  has  honestly  earned  a position 
of  importance  as  a local  anesthetic  of 
prolonged,  intense  action  in  rhino-laryng- 
ology, urology,  ophthalmology,  derm- 
atology and  dentistry. 

For  Infiltration  Anesthesia,  non- 
narcotic Nupercaine  (alpha-butyl-oxycin- 
choninic  acid  diethyl -ethylene -diamide 
hydrochloride)  is  firmly  entrenched  as  a 
dependable  product. 

For  Spinal  Anesthesia,  Nupercaine  has 
garnered  a reputation  second  to  none, 
with  impressive  papers  in  the  field  ob- 
tained during  the  past  several  months. 

The  relative  low  toxicity  of  Nupercaine 
when  properly  used,  and  its  many  other 
advantages,  have  been  the  subject  of 
almost  2,000  articles  in  the  professional 
press. . . . Literature  cheerfully  furnished. 

TABLETS  • POWDER  • SOLUTION  • AMPULES 


*Trade  Mark  Heg.  U.  S.  Pat.  Off. 
Word  “Nupercaine”  identifies  the 
product  as  alpha-butyl-oxycinchoninic 
acid  diethyl-ethylene-diamide  hydro- 
chloride of  Ciba’s  manufacture. 


CIBA  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS,  Inc. 

SUMMIT  • NEW  JERSEY 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


749 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 

White  Oaks  Farm 

Marion,  Dhio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SAIVATDRIUM 
White  Daks  Farm 
Marion,  Ohio 


Council  and  Committee  Meetings  1 

1.  Thursday,  August  7,  1941 — Executive  Committee  ofl 

The  Council,  Ann  Arbor — 4:00  p.m.  ' 

2.  Friday,  August  8,  1941 — Maternal  Health  Committee 
Hotel  Statler,'  Detroit — 11  a.m. 

3.  Monday,  September  8,  1941 — Discussion  Conference 
Leaders — Warded  Hotel,  Detroit — 6 p.m. 

4.  Sunday,  September  14,  1941 — Syphilis  Control  Com- 
mittee— Pantlind  Hotel,  Grand  RapMs — % p.m. 

5.  Monday,  September  15,  1941 — The  Council — Service 
Club  Lounge,  Pantlind  Hotel,  Grand  Rapids — 3 :00 
p.m. 


NOTICE 

The  Michigan  Crippled  Children  Commission  is 
continuing  the  policy  of  restricting  the  removal 
of  tonsils,  and  is  confining  approvals  to  cases 
complicating  the  following  conditions : 

Cervical  T.B.  adenitis 
Chorea 
Endocarditis 
Mastoiditis 

Otitis  media  (chronic) 

Rheumatic  fever 

Also  included  in  the  restricted  program  are : 
Hernia  (except  strangulated) 

Circumcision 

Adenoidectomy 

Orchidopexy 

Glasses 

The  approval  of  glasses  is  limited  to  post-oper- 
ative eye  afflictions  such  as  strabismus  and  cat- 
aract. 


1 


Attention,  physicians  who  treat  men  who  have  been 
injured  while  working  for  contractors  on  government 
work.  The  following  bulletin  was  sent  on  July  24,  1941, 
to  all  contractors  by  the  Office  of  Construction  Quarter- 
master of  the  War  Department : 

“Effective  this  date  you  are  instructed  to  direct  ; 
all  contractors  and/or  their  insurance  carriers,  and 
through  either  or  both  of  them,  all  civilian  physi- 
cians to  whom  any  of  the  contractors’  employes 
may  be  sent  for  treatment  on  injuries  sustained  ' 
while  at  work,  that  tetanus  antitoxin  will  not  be 
administered  to  any  such  injured  employe  with- 
out first  making  the  usual  skin  test  to  determine  l 
the  patient’s  reaction  to  the  serum.  In  the  event  1 
that  a positive  reaction  develops  and  antitoxin  is  * 
still  necessary,  the  patient  shall  be  removed  to  a | 
hospital  for  treatment  indicated  in  the  circum-  J 
stances.’’  ] 

* * * j 

All  physicians  will  receive  in  September  an  informa-  • 
tion  card  from  the  headquarters  office  of  the  American 
Medical  Association  asking  for  certain  data  for  use  in  j 
compiling  the  Seventeenth  Edition  of  the  American  , 
Medical  Directory. 

Physicians  are  urged  to  fill  out  these  cards  promptly 
and  return  them  to  the  AMA  in  Chicago  in  order  that 
the  1942  edition  of  the  AMA  Directory  may  be  as  ac- 
curate as  possible.  The  Directory  is  one  of  the  most 
important  contributions  of  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation to  the  work  of  the  medical  profession  in  the 
United  States.  It  has  been  especially  valuable  in  the 
medical  preparedness  program.  Physicians  are  urged  to 
state  whether  or  not  they  are  on  extended  activ'e  duty 
for  the  medical  reserve  corps  of  the  United  States 
Army  and  Navy.  Cards  should  be  filled  out  and  re- 
turned promptly  whether  or  not  a change  has  occurred. 
Physicians  who  do  not  receive  a card  before  October 
first  should  write  at  once  to  the  AMA,  535  North  Dear- 
born Street,  Chicago,  and  request  a duplicate. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


750 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


The  Michigan  State  Pharmaceutical  Association  is 
one  of  five  associations  which  are  sponsoring  a series 
of  institutional  broadcasts  over  radio  station  WLW, 
Cincinnati.  From  September  15  to  28,  inclusive,  the 
following  announcement  which  is  of  interest  to  all 
physicians  will  be  made ; 

“The  druggists  of  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Indiana,  West 
Virginia,  Michigan  and  other  states  invite  you  to  al- 
ways shop  in  their  stores  for  the  needs  of  your  family. 

“Harsh  winter  will  be  here  shortly  and  your  friendly 
druggist  suggests  that  your  family  have  a physical 
check-up  by  your  physician  to  make  sure  that  they  are 
prepared  for  its  rigors ! Your  druggist — always  the 
dependable  ally  of  your  physician — will  be  glad  to 
supply  the  vitamins  or  other  strength-building  items 
prescribed  by  the  latter  to  assist  in  having  a sickness- 
free  winter. 

“So — consult  your  physician  soon — this  foresight 
will  add  so  much  to  your  enjoyment  of  the  good  times 
throughout  the  holidays  and  later.  Enjoy  winter  by 
keeping  well  and  fit!” 

^ 3^ 


ASSOCIATE  FELLOWS  IN  POSTGRADUATE 
EDUCATION 


The  following  doctors  of  medicine  are  eligible  for 
certificates  of  Associate  Fellowship  in  Postgraduate 
Education,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  1941. 

The  State  Society  congratulates  these  physicians  on 
their  successful  completion  of  the  formal  four  years’ 
continuation  work  arranged  by  the  M.S.M.S.  Committee 
on  Postgraduate  Medical  Education.  The  certificates  of 
award  will  be  mailed  to  Fellows  shortly  after  the  State 
Society  Convention  in  Grand  Rapids. 


Kent  A.  Alcorn,  M.D.,  Bay  City;  William  K.  Anderson,  M.D., 
Saginaw;  John  N.  Asline,  M.D.,  Essexville. 

Ulysses  S.  Bagley,  M.D.,  Saginaw;  Robert  Bailey,  M.D.,  St. 
Clair  Shores;  William  R.  Ballard,  ‘M.D.,  Bay  City;  Paul  H. 
Bassow,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor;  Harvey  C.  Bodmer,  M.D.,  Kala- 
mazoo; Leon  C.  Bosch,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  Lewis  J.  Burch, 
M.D.,  Mount  Pleasant;  Robert  A.  Burhans,  M.D.,  Lansing; 
Earle  J.  Byers,  M.D.  Grand  Rapids. 

Elisha  W.  Caster,  M.D.,  Mount  Clemens;  Henry  G.  Chall, 
M.D.,  Detroit;  William  E.  Clark,  M.D.,  Mason;  Cecil  Corley, 
M.D.,  Jackson. 

Ernest  W.  Dales,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  Leon  DeVel,  M.D.. 
Grand  Rapids. 

John  M.  Edmonds,  M.D.,  Horton. 

Joseph  H.  Failing,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor;  Foster  A.  Fennig, 
M.D..  Marquette;  John  V.  Fopeano,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo;  Wilbur 
W.  Fosget,  M.D.,  Lansing;  William  L.  Foust,  M.D.,  Grass 
Lake;  Edson  H.  Fuller,  Jr.,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  Edward  T. 
Furey,  M.D.,  Detroit. 

Henry  C.  Galantowicz,  M.D.,  Detroit;  John  L.  Gates,  M.D., 
Ann  Arbor;  Cornelius  J.  Geenen,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  Joseph 
W.  Gething,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek. 

Herbert  O.  Helmkamp,  M.D.,  Saginaw;  S.  Franklin  Horowitz, 
M.D.,  Bay  City. 

Elwin  B.  Johnson,  M.D.,  Allegan;  Harrison  H.  Johnson,  'M.D., 
Allegan. 

Alfred  H.  Keefer,  M.D.,  Concord;  Marceine  D.  Klote,  MD 
Detroit. 

Maurice  J.  Lieberthal,  M.D.,  Ironwood;  William  R.  Lyman 
M.D.,  Dowagiac.  ’ 

Charles  L.  MacCallum,  M.D.,  Midland;  Robert  McGregor 
M.D.,  Saginaw;  J.  Earl  McIntyre,  M.D.,  Lansing.  ’ 

Edward  H.  Meisel,  M.D.,  Midland;  Clifton  E.  Merritt,  M.D. 
!Manton;  Edward  A.  Miller,  M.D.,  Berrien  Springs;  Neal  R 
Moore  M D.,  Bay  City;  George  F.  Muehlig,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor; 
Fred  E.  Murphy,  M.D.,  Cedar;  Scipio  G.  Murphy,  MD  De- 
troit. ’ 

Frank  O.  Novy,  M.D.,  Saginaw. 

James  Ar  Olson,  M.D.,  Flint;  James  J.  O’Meara,  M.D. 
Jackson;  William  J.,  O’Reilly,  M.D.,  Saginaw. 

Homer  A.  Phillips,  M.D.,  Saginaw;  Edward  A.  Pillsbury, 
M.D.,  Frankenmuth;  Ray  A.  Pinkham,  M.D.,  Lansing 

Lyle  C.  Shepard,  M.D.,  Otsego;  Joseph  H.  Sherk,  M.D.,  Mid- 
Wenadine  Snow,  M.D.,  Ypsilanti;  G.  Howard  Southwick 
M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  Ronald  W.  Spaulding,  M.D.,  Gobles- 
®ay  City;  Arthur  W.  Strom,  M.D., 
xlulsdale;  Harold  C.  Swenson,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids. 

Cliffo^  B.  Taylor,  M.D.,  Albion;  Pius  L.  Thompson,  M.D 
Grand  Rapids;  Alfred  A.  Thompson,  M.D.,  Mount  Clemens- 
Trudeau,  M.D.,  Rogers  City;  Ray  V.  Tubbs,  M.D.,  Bliss’- 

field. 

Edwin  P.  Vary,  M.D.,  Flint. 

Lee  E.  Westcott,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo;  George  B.  Wickstrom, 
M.D.,  Munsing. 

Alois  L.  Ziliak,  M.D.,  Bay  City. 


September,  1941 


en/cn^ 


^erntor 


'i 


Professional 

Pharmacy 


Doctors  of  Medicine— 
Obtain  your  drug  needs 
from  a Pharmacist  who 
knows  the  action,  proper 
dosage  of  drugs,  and  is 
familiar  with  the  latest  drug 
research. 

Fair  Rate  Prices 

Professional  Pharmacy 

Trahan  Brothers 

Davidson  Bldg.-Bay  City^  Mich. 


751 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


I 


The  Academy  of  O phthalmology  and  Otolaryngology 
will  hold  its  46th  annual  meeting  at  the  Palmer  House, 
Chicago,  October  19-23,  1941.  Frank  R.  Spencer,  M.D., 
Boulder,  Colo.,  is  president  of  the  Academy.  A feature 
of  the  meeting  this  year  will  be  a symposium  on  vertigo 
with  Francis  H.  Adler,  M.D.,  Philadelphia,  representing 
ophthalmology;  Wm.  J.  McNally,  M.D.,  Montreal,  rep- 
resenting otolaryngolo^ ; and  Bernard  Alpers,  M.D., 
Philadelphia,  representing  neurology.  Among  the  pa- 
pers to  be  presented  during  the  week  will  be  the  fol- 
lowing: “Surgical  Treatment  of  Vascular  Diseases  of 
the  Orbit”  by  Alfred  W.  Adson,  M.D.,  Rochester, 
Minn. ; “Allergy  and  Ophthalmology”  by  Albert  N.  Le- 
Moine,  M.D.,  Kansas  City;  “Operative  Results  in  200 
Cases  of  Convergent  Strabismus”  by  John  H.  Dun- 
nington,  M.D.,  and  Maynard  Wheeler,  M.D.,  New 
York;  “Otolaryngological  Problems  and  the  Weather” 
by  W.  F.  Petersen,  M.D.,  Chicago ; “The  Problem  of 
Preventing  Partial  or  Total  Loss  of  Vision  in  Glauco- 
ma Patients  of  Eye  Clinics”  by  Mark  J.  Schoenberg, 
M.D.,  New  York;  “Practical  Uses  of  Chemotherapy  in 
Ear,  Nose  and  Throat  Work”  by  Charles  T.  Porter, 
M.D.,  Boston;  “Treatment  of  Sinus  Diseases  in  Chil- 
dren” by  Alfred  J.  Cone,  M.D.,  St.  Louis;  “The  Use 
of  Urea  in  Certain  Diseases  of  the  Ears,  Nose  and 
Throat”  by  Rea  E.  Ashley,  M.D.,  San  Francisco;  and 
“What  Otologists  Can  Do  For  Defective  Hearing”  by 
Frederick  T.  Hill,  M.D.,  of  Waterville,  Maine. 

Perry  Goldsmith,  M.D.,  professor  of  otolaryngology 
in  the  University  of  Toronto,  Faculty  of  Medicine,  will 
be  the  academy’s  guest  of  honor  this  year. 

Officers  of  the  academy  in  addition  to  Doctor  Spencer 
are  Ralph  Irving  Lloyd,  M.D.,  Brooklyn,  President- 
elect; Everett  L.  Goar,  M.D.,  Houston,  Texas;  James 
Milton  Robb,  M.D.,  Detroit,  and  Ralph  O.  Rychener, 
M.D.,  Memphis,  vice  presidents ; and  Secord  H.  Large, 
M.D.,  Cleveland,  comptroller,  Wm.  P.  Wherry,  M.D., 
Omaha,  is  executive  secretary-treasurer. 


INTERNATIONAL  ASSEMBLY 

This  year’s  International  Assembly  of  the  Inter-State 
Postgraduate  Medical  Association  of  North  America 
will  be  held  in  the  public  auditorium,  Minneapolis,  Min- 
nesota, October  13,  14,  15,  16  and  17. 

The  high  standing  of  the  medical  profession  of  Min- 
neapolis, combined  with  the  unusual  clinical  facilities 
of  its  great  hospitals  and  excellent  hotel  accommoda- 
tions, make  this  city  an  ideal  place  in  which  to  hold 
the  Assembly. 

The  officers  of  the  Inter-State  Postgraduate  Medical 
Association,  those  of  the  Hennepin  County  Medical 
Society  and  the  Minnesota  State  Medical  Association, 
extend  a very  cordial  invitation  to  all  members  of  the 
profession  in  good  standing  to  attend  the  Assembly. 

A full  program  of  scientific  and  clinical  sessions  will 
take  place  each  day  and  evening  of  the  Assembly,  start- 
ing at  8:00  o’clock  in  the  morning. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Hennepin  County  Medical 
Society,  the  Minnesota  State  Medical  Association  and 
the  Minneapolis  Civic  and  Commerce  Association,  a 
most  excellent  opportunity  for  an  intensive  week  of 
postgraduate  medical  instruction  is  offered  by  approxi- 
mately eighty-five  distinguished  teachers  and  clinicians 
from  different  parts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada 
who  are  honoring  the  Assembly  by  contributing  to  the 
program.  The  speakers  and  subjects  have  been  care- 
fully selected  by  the  program  committee. 

Pre-assembly  and  post-assembly  clinics  will  be  con- 
ducted, free  of  charge,  in  the  Minneapolis  hospitals  on 
the  Saturdays  previous  to,  and  following  the  Assembly, 
for  visiting  members  of  the  profession. 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

•i* 

Ward  S.  Ferguson,  M.  D.  James  C.  Droste,  M.  D.  Lynn  A.  Ferguson,  M.  D. 

•i* 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

* 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS,  MICHIGAN 

4* 

Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


752 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


IN  MEMORIAM 


Excellent  scientific  and  commercial  exhibits  of  great 
interest  to  the  medical  profession  will  be  an  impor- 
tant part  of  the  Assembly.  These  exhibits  will  be  open 
to  members  of  the  medical  profession  in  good  standing 
without  paying  the  registration  fee. 

The  registration  fee  for  the  scientific  and  clinical 
sessions  will  be  $5.00. 

Members  of  the  profession  who  can  possibly  arrange 
to  attend  the  Assembly  cannot  afford  to  miss  it. 

With  a great  deal  of  pride  and  satisfaction,  we  call 
your  attention  to  the  list  of  distinguished  teachers  and 
clinicians  who  are  to  take  part  on  the  program  and 
whose  names  appear  on  page  743  of  this  Journal. 

Roscoe  R.  Graham,  President,  Toronto,  Canada. 

George  W.  Crile,  Chairman,  Program  Committee, 

Cleveland,  Ohio. 

William  B.  Peck,  Managing-Director,  Freeport,  111. 


3ln  jHcntotriam 


J.  William  Gustin  of  Bay  City  was  born  in  1876 
and  was  graduated  from  the  Detroit  College  of  Medi- 
cine in  1903  and  the  University  of  London,  Ontario. 
Dr.  Gustin  retired  two  years  ago  because  of  ill  health. 
He  died  in  Billings  Hospital,  Chicago,  Illinois,  on  July 
21,  1941. 

* * * 

Hermon  Harvey  Sanderson  of  Detroit  was  born 
in  Sparta,  Ontario,  in  1869.  He  was  graduated  from 
Toronto  University  in  1892  and  began  practice  with  his 
father,  Robert  Lyon  Sanderson,  M.D.,  in  Sparta,  On- 
tario, where  he  remained  one  year,  then  moved  to 
Windsor,  where  he  practiced  until  1912  and  then  moved 
to  Detroit.  He  studied  in  London,  England,  and  Vien- 
na, preparing  for  his  specialty  of  eye,  ear,  nose,  and 
throat.  He  was  chief  of  the  Department  of  Ophthal- 
mology at  the  Harper  Hospital  for  many  years.  He 
was  a member  of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons 
and  an  honorary  member  of  the  Detroit  Ophthalmologi- 
cal  Club.  Doctor  Sanderson  died  July  1,  1941. 

* * * 

G.  Reginald  Smith  of  Port  Huron  was  born  in 
Carsonville,  Michigan,  in  1881  and  was  graduated  from 
the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  in  1903.  During  the 
World  War,  Doctor  Smith  served  as  assistant  to  An- 
gus McLean,  M.D.,  who  established  Harper  Unit  No. 
7 in  France.  Doctor  Smith  was  past  president  of  the 
St.  Clair  County  Medical  Society.  He  died  July  21, 
1941,  in  Harper  Hospital,  Detroit. 

% 

Claude  W.  Walker  of  Iron  Mountain  was  born 
near  Scranton,  Pa.,  in  1876,  and  was  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Medical  School  in 
1901.  He  took  advanced  work  in  eye,  ear,  nose  and 
throat  at  the  New  York  Postgraduate  College  and  at 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  Later  he  practiced  medi- 
cine at  Schenectady,  N.  Y.,  Milwaukee  and  Green  Bay, 
Wisconsin.  Doctor  Walker  enlisted  as  a lieutenant  in 
the  U.  S.  Army  Medical  Corps  in  1917.  He  served 
overseas  and  was  promoted  to  the  rank  of  major  Re- 
turning to  the  United  States  after  the  Armistice  he 
received  his  honorable  discharge  in  1919.  In  1920  Dr 
Walker  established  an  office  in  Iron  Mountain  where 
he  practiced  until  the  time  of  his  tragic  death  Dr 
Walker  together  with  Mrs.  Walker  was  killed  when 
his  auto  crashed  on  his  return  trip  from  the  Upper 
Peninsula  Medical  Society  Meeting  on  July  18. 

September,  1941 


THE  COMPLETE 
FISCHER  LINE 

I See  the  latest  Fischer  equipment  in  Booth  No.  I 
B-16  at  the  Grand  Rapids  Convention 


H.  G.  FISCHER  & CO.  were  pioneers  in  building 
x-ray  and  electro-surgical-medical  apparatus. 
Today  they  are  one  of  the  largest  manufacturers 
and  FISCHER  apparatus  is  well  and  favorably 
known,  not  only  in  the  United  States  but  around 
the  world. 


There  is  a reason.  Every  piece  of  FISCHER 
^ equipment  must  first  of  all  equal  or  exceed 
in  performance  every  competing  unit,  designed 
for  the  same  purpose,  regardless  of  price.  Sec- 
ond, the  unit  itself  must  be  priced  at  the  lowest 
point  consistent  with  quality  manufacture.  Per. 
formance  of  all  FISCHER  equipment  is  guaran- 
teed. 


The  complete  FISCHER  line  includes  many 
^ models  of  shockproof  x-ray  apparatus,  both 
medical  and  dental,  short  wave  generators, 
galvanic  and  wave  generators,  ultraviolet  and 
infrared  generators,  other  apparatus,  acces- 
sories and  supplies.  More  than  65,000  physi- 
cians, hospitals,  clinics  and  universities  in  the 
United  States  insist  on  FISCHER  apparatus. 


Full  information  on  any  unit  of 
FISCHER  apparatus  will  be  sent 
on  request,  promptly  by  return 
mail.  Write  or  use  postcard.  No 
obligation. 

M.  C HUNT 

Dealer  Representative 


H.  G.  FISCHER  & CO. 

502  Maccabee  Blcig.  Detroit,  Mich. 


753 


OR  safety  and  reliability  use  composite  Radon  seeds  in  your 
cases  requiring  interstitial  radiation.  The  Composite  Radon 
Seed  is  the  only  type  of  metal  Radon  Seed  having  smooth, 
round,  non-cutting  ends.  In  this  type  of  seed,  illustrated 
here  highly  magnified.  Radon  is  under  gas-tight,  leak-proof 
seal.  Composite  Platinum  (or  Gold)  Radon  Seeds  and 
loading-slot  instruments  for  their  implantation  are  available 
to  you  exclusively  through  us.  Inquire  and  order  by  mail, 
or  preferably  by  telegraph,  reversing  charges. 


THE  RADIUM  EMANATION  CORPORATION 

GRAYBAR  BLDG.  Telephone  MO  4-6455  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technique  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting 
every  two  weeks.  General  Courses  One,  Two,  Three 
and  Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses,  Special  Courses. 
Rectal  Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINES— Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  6th.  Two  Weeks’  Course  in  Gastro-Enterol- 
ogy,  starting  October  20th.  One  Month  Course  in 
Electrocardiography  and  Heart  Disease  every  month, 
except  December. 

FRACTURES  AND  TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— Two 
Weeks’  Intensive  Course  starting  September  22nd. 
Informal  Course  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  start- 
ing October  20th.  Twenty-hour  Personal  Course  in 
Vaginal  Approach  to  Pelvic  Surgery  starting  No- 
vember 3rd.  Clinical  and  Diagnostic  Courses  every 
week. 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  starting 
October  6th.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — Clinical  and  Special  Courses 
starting  every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
starting  September  22nd.  Five  Weeks’  Course  in 
Refraction  Methods  starting  October  13th.  Informal 
Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in 
All  Branches  of  Medicine,  Surgery  and 
the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address: 

Registrar,  427  South  Honore  St„  Chicago,  Illinois 


Dependable  Laboratory 


WHEN  nothing  less  than  a high  degree  of 
accuracy  in  a clinical  test  or  a chemical 
analysis  will  serve  your  purpose,  you  can 
send  us  your  specimens  with  confidence. 
Pleasant,  well-equipped  examining  rooms 
await  your  patients.  In  either  the  analytical 
or  the  clinical  department  of  our  labora- 
tory, your  tests  will  be  handled  with  the 
thoroughness  and  exactitude  which  is  our 
undeviating  routine.  . . Fees  are  moderate. 


Urine  Analysis 
Blood  Chemistry 
Hematology 
Special  Tests 
Basal  Metabolism 
Serology 

Directors:  Joseph  A.  \ 


Parasitology 

Mycology 

Phenol  Coefficients 

Bacteriology 

Poisons 

Court  Testimony 

[ and  Dorothy  E.  Wolf 


Sand  f^ot  7gg  Jllii 


CENTRAL  LABORATORIES 

Clinical  and  Chemical  Research 
312  David  Whitney  Bldg.  * Detroit,  Michigan 
1030.  (Res.)  Davison  1220 


754 


Jour.  :\I.S.M.S.  j 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Acknowledgment  of^  all  books  received  will  he  made  in  this 
column  and  this  will  be  deemed  by  ns  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 

A PRIMER  FOR  DIABETIC  PATIENTS.  An  Outline  of 
Treatment  for  Diabetes  with  Diet,  Insulin  and  Protamine- 
Zinc  Insulin  Including  Directions  and  Charts  for  the  Use  of 
Physicians  in  Planning  Diet  Prescriptions.  By  Russell  M. 
Wilder,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  F.A.C.P;  Professor  and  Chief  of  the 
Department  of  Medicine  of  the  Mayo  Foundation,  University 
of  Minnesota ; Head  of  Section  on  Metabolism  Therapy, 
Division  of  Medicine,  the  Mayo  Clinic.  Seventh  edition, . 
reset.  Philadelphia  and  London : W.  B.  Saunders  Company, 
1941.  Price:  $1.75. 

Russell  M.  Wilder,  the  Head  of  the  Section  on 
^letabolism  Therapy  at  Mayo  Clinic,  has  presented  the 
seventh  edition  of  this  primer  originally  published  in 
1921.  As  he  states,  this  new  edition  is  “required  to 
describe  an  improvement  in  the  procedure  of  administer- 
ing protamine-zinc  insulin.”  His  rather  liberal  diets  and 
the  use  of  both  protamine-zinc  and  regular  insulin  in 
the  one  syringe  have  made  the  care  of  these  patients 
more  effective  and  simpler.  The  major  part  of  the 
book  consists  of  the  directions  furnished  to  the  patient 
who  visits  the  service  of  Doctor  Wilder. 

M S M S 

INFANTILE  PARALYSIS.  Anterior  Poliomyelitis.  By 
Philip  Lewin,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S. ; Associate  Professor  of 
Bone  and  Joint  Surgery,  Northwestern  University  Medical 
School;  Professor  of  Orthopedic  Surgery,  Cook  County  Gradu- 
ate School  of  Medicine;  Attending  Orthopedic  Surgeon,  Cook 
County  and  Michael  Reese  Hospitals;  Consulting  Orthopedic 
Surgeon,  Municipal  Contagious  Disease  Hospital,  Chicago.  Il- 
lustrated by  Harold  Laufman,  M.D.  Philadelphia  and  London: 
W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  1941.  Price:  $6.00. 

The  author  has  written  this  book  especially  for  the 
family  physician  who  usually  sees  the  patient  first  and 
who  may  be  somewhat  confused  by  the  numerous 
reports  and  articles  which  have  appeared  on  this  sub- 
ject. The  major  part  of  the  book,  of  course,  deals 
with  the  physical  therapeutics  and  surgical  procedures 
necessarx’  to  restore  function  to  the  paralytic  patient.- 
It  is  profusely  illustrated  and  complete  though  compact. 

M S M S 

CLINICAL  AND  EXPERIMENTAL  INVESTIGATIONS 
ON  THE  GENITAL  FUNCTIONS  AND  THEIR  HOR- 
MONAL REGULATION.  By  Bernard  Zondek.  Baltimore: 
The  Williams  & Wilkins  Company,  1941.  Price:  $4.50. 

This  monograph  presents  a continuation  of  the  previ- 
ous research  work  done  by  Zondek  which  was  published 
in  German  in  1931  and  1935  entitled,  “The  Hormones 
of  the  Ovary  and  the  Anterior  Pituitary  Lobes.” 
While  like  most  reports  of  research  work  and  clinical 
experimentation  this  book  is  not  very  readable,  to  the 
physician  who  is  interested  in  sex  hormones  the  material 
is  markedly  informative  and  for  this  group  this  book 
is  recommended. 

MSMS 

COLLECTED  PAPERS  OF  THE  MAYO  CLINIC  AND 
THE  MAYO  FOUNDATION.  Edited  by  Richard  M. 
Hewitt,  B.A.,  M.A.,  M.D.  ; Harry  L.  Day,  Ph.B.,  M.D. ; 
James  R.  Eckman,  A.B. ; A.  B.  Nevling,  M.D. ; John  R. 
Miner,  B.A.,  Sc.D.;  and  M.  Katharine  Smith,  B.A.  Volume 
XXXII — 1940.  Philadelphia  and  London:  W.  B.  Saunders 
Company,  1941.  Price:  $11.50. 

This  is  the  1940  edition  in  which  the  material,  which 
is  of  particular  interest  to  the  general  practitioner,  the 
diagnostician  and  the  general  surgeon,  is  assembled 
from  the  writings  of  the  staff  of  the  Clinic  and  Found- 
ation. Here  are  seventy-three  complete  reprints,  ninety- 
one  abridged  papers  and  one  hundred  five  abstracts. 
The  general  quality  of  the  material  cannot  be  questioned 
and  it  is  voluminous.  The  section  on  military  medi- 
cine is  of  particular  current  interest.  This  volume  is 
recommended  as  an  encyclopedic  review  of  the  litera- 
ture of  1940.  The  typography  is  excellent  and  it  is 
well  illustrated. 

(Continued  on  page  757) 

September,  1941 


The  Modern  Physician’s 
Office  Contains 

HANOVIA 

EI^UIPMEIKT 


SUPER  "S"  ALPINE  SUN  LAMP 

Built  strictly  in  accordance  with  Hanovia  specifications. 
Ideal  for  the  professional  office  from  every  stcindpoint: 
efficiency,  effectiveness,  economy,  ease  of  operation. 

The  Super  “S”  Alpine  Sun  Lamp  is  a high  pressure, 
high  intensity,  quartz  mercury  arc  lamp.  Starts  instantly 
at  the  snap  of  the  switch,  tilting  not  necessary.  It  has 
ten  stages  of  intensity  regulation  by  unique  control. 

Don’t  fail  to  see  our  latest  development,  the 

HANOVIA  AERO  KROMAYER 

with  new  revolutionary  features.  Higher  intensity,  self- 
lighting  burner,  no  kinking  of  water  tubes,  constant 
ultra-violet  output,  same  spectrum  as  alpine  lamp,  more 
concentrated  light  source,  burner  operates  in  every  posi- 
tion, automatic,  full  intensity  indicator,  more  ultra- 
violet through  applicators.  No  water  stoppage  . . . 
No  overheating  ...  No  necessity  for  cleaning  of  water 
system.  Burner  housing  COOLED  BY  AIR  instead  of 
water,  using  new  principle  of  aero-dynamics. 

See  These  Models  Demonstrated 
at  the  Convention,  Booth  C-17 

HANOVIA 

Chemical  and  MIg.  Co. 

5013  Woodward  Ave.  Detroit 


755 


DeNIKE 
SANITARIUM,  Inc. 

Established  1893 

EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT 
OF 

ACUTE  and  CHRONIC 
ALCOHOLISM 

626  E.  GRAND  BLVD.  DETROIT 

Telephones: 

Plaza  1777-1778  and  Cadillac  2670 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D. 

Medical  Superintendent 


POtSSIOHAlPllOrtCIIOM 


INCE  1899 
PECIALIZED 
E R V I C E 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“This  has  been  my  first  experience 
in  ten  years  af  licensed  practice  but 
it  has  been  worth  all  the  premiums  I 
have  paid  to  be  able  to  go  ahead  with 
my  work  and  let  your  Company  do  the 
worrying.” 


<0Si£3 


OF 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 


J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS* 


Serums 

Antitoxins 

Bacterins 


Vaccines 

Media 

Pollens 


We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


■7Ue  RUPP  & BOWMAN  CO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


Convenient 
and  economical 

The  effectiveness  of  Mercurochrome  has  been 
demonstrated  by  twenty  years’  extensive  clinical  use. 

For  the  convenience  of  physicians  Mercurochrome 
is  supplied  in  four  forms — Aqueous  Solution  for 
the  treatment  of  wounds.  Surgical  Solution  for 
preoperative  skin  disinfection.  Tablets  and  Powder 
from  which  solutions  of  any  desired  concentration 
may  readily  be  prepared. 


{dibrom-oxymercuri-fluorescein-sodium) 

is  economical  because  solutions  may  be  dispensed 
at  low  cost.  Stock  solutions  keep  indefinitely. 

Mercurochrome  is  accepted  by  the 
Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  of 
the  American  Medical  Association. 


MEDICAL 

ASSN. 


Literature  furnished  on  request 

HYNSON,  WESTCOTT  & DUNNING,  INC. 

BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


756 


lorR.  M.S.M.S. 


I 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


1 START  TODAY.  Your  Guide  to  Physical  Fitness.  By  C. 
i Ward  Crampton,  M.D.,  Major,  Medical  Reserve  Corps, 

] United  States  Army,  Formerly  Director  of  the  Department  of 
■ Physical  Education  and  Hygiene,  New  York  Board  of 
i Education ; Organizer  and  Director  Health  Service  Clinic 
and  Assistant  Professor  of  Medicine,  Post  Graduate  Med- 
i ical  School  and  Hospital;  etc.  New  York:  A.  S.  Barnes 
and  Company,  1941.  Price:  $1.75. 

I The  author  was  formerly  Director  of  the  Department 
j of  Physical  Education  and  Hygiene  of  the  New  York 
i Board  of  Education.  He  begins  with  a discussion  of 
f what  constitutes  physical  fitness  and  of  what  a medical 
j examination  should  consist.  In  the  body  of  this  book  he 
! relates  in  an  interesting  manner  the  method  and  purpose 
] of  seven  exercises  which  he  feels  would  keep  the 
? average  citizen  from  “going  soft.”  The  exercises  are 
[ simple,  easy,  and  well-planned.  It  would  be  difficult  for 
f any  physician  to  read  through  this  book  and  not  feel 
urged  to  adopt  this  system  of  exercise  for  his  own. 
This  book  is  recommended  for  the  physician’s  private 
I and  professional  use. 

|!  MSMS 

i INFANTILE  PARALYSIS.  A Symposium  Delivered  at 
j Vanderbilt  University,  April,  1941.  New  York:  The  National 
( Foundation  for  Infantile  Paralysis,  Inc.,  1941. 

! The  six  lectures  delivered  at  Vanderbilt  University  in 
I April,  1941  under  the  auspices  of  the  National  Founda- 
I tion  for  Infantile  Paralysis  are  presented  for  the  edifi- 
cation of  all  interested  in  this  disease.  The  “History  of 
Poliomyelitis”  which  was  delivered  by  Paul  Clark  of 
Wisconsin  is  most  interesting  and  instructive.  Frank 
R.  Ober’s  lecture  on  the  “Treatment  and  Rehabilitation 
of  the  Poliomyelitis  Patient”  is  practical  and  should  be 
of  distinct  help  to  the  practitioner  who  has  in  his  hands 
i the  care  of  these  patients.  The  material  is  briefly  put 
! and  practical. 

; MSMS 

* X-RAY  THERAPY  OF  CHRONIC  ARTHRITIS  (Including 
the  X-ray  Diagnosis  of  the  Disease).  Preliminary  report 
based  on  100  patients  treated  at  Quincy,  Illinois.  By  Karl 
I Goldhamer,  M.D. ; Associate  Roentgenologist,  St.  Mary’s 
i Hospital  and  Quincy  X-ray  and  Radium  Laboratories ; 

I Formerly  Roentgenologist,  University  of  Vienna;  Honorary 
I Member,  Mississippi  Valley  Medical  Society ; etc.  With 
: a Foreword  by  Harold  Swanberg,  B.S.,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P. ; 

! Editor,  Mississippi  Valley  Medical  Journal  and  the  Radiologic 
Review;  Roentgenologist,  St.  Mary’s  Hospital  and  Blessing 
Hospital;  Director,  Quincy  X-ray  and  Radium  Laboratories; 
Past  President,  Illinois  Radiological  Society,  etc.  With  24 
original  illustrations  by  the  author,  two  roentgenograms,  and 
four  tables.  Quincy,  111. : Radiologic  Review  Publishing 

Company,  1941.  Price:  $2.00. 

Goldhamer,  Chief  of  the  Roentgen  Laboratory  of 
the  First  Anatomical  Institute  of  the  University  of 
Vienna,  became  enthusiastic  about  the  possibilities  of 
x-ray  therapy  of  chronic  arthritis.  He  calls  attention  to 
the  fact  that  there  are  probably  seven  million  sufferers 
! from  arthritis  in  the  United  States  and  the  excellent 
' results  which  he  has  obtained  by  roentgen  therapy,  in  a 
i series  of  one  hundred,  led  him  to  suggest  to  the  practi- 
I tioner  the  advisability  of  giving  the  arthritis  patient  the 
benefit  of  this  treatment.  Over  half  of  the  patients  who 
had  hypertrophic  arthritis  were  markedly  improved  or 
i symptom-free  after  treatment  and  the  same  was  true 
of  hypertrophic  spondylitis.  Atrophic  arthritis  and 
atrophic  spondylitis  showed  about  the  same  results. 
The  results  of  all  cases  showed  almost  sixty  per  cent 
markedly  improved  or  free  from  symptoms.  The 
technic  and  course  of  treatment  is  described  in  this 
monograph. 

MSMS 

PLAY  FOR  CONVALESCENT  CHILDREN.  In  Hospitals 
and  at  I^me.  By  Anne  Marie  Smith,  Staff  Instructor, 
Leaders  Training  School,  Community  Recreation  Service 
Chicago,  Illinois.  New  York:  A.  S.  Barnes  & Company’ 

1941.  Price:  $1.60. 

In  the  present  day  program  of  highly  organized 
recreation  this  book  should  play  a definite  part.  The 
activities  outlined  in  this  volume  would  undoubtedly 
serve  the  purpose  of  making  more  pleasant  the  child’s 
stay  in  the  hospital. 

1 September,  1941 


Physicians  Heart 
Laboratory 

523  Professional  Building 
10  Peterboro  Street 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Laboratory  Telephones:  TEmple  1-5580 

Columbia  5580 

I A laboratory  providing  the  following 
services  exclusively  to  physicians  for  their 
patients: 

ELECTROCARDIOGRAM 
BASAL  METABOLISM 
X-RAY  of  HEART 
KYMOGRAPH  X-RAY  of  HEART 
VITAL  CAPACITY 
DIRECT  VENOUS  PRESSURE 

Laboratory  Hours: 9 A.M.  to  5 P.M. 

Interpretative  opinions  and  records  avail- 
able only  to  referring  physicians. 


7.S7 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 


PHYSiaANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSiaANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 


Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 

For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 

(56,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 


$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


For 

$10.00 


per  yeai 


For 
$32.00 
per  yea: 


For 
$64.00 
per  yc 


For 

$96.00 

per  ye 


39  years  under  the  same  management 

$2,000,000.00  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$10,000,000.00  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 


608  Kales  Bldg.  — ' 
Northwest  comer  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


^8  W.  Adams  Ave. 

Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkfield  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 

Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISING 


TEN-BED,  BRICK  VENEER  HOSPITAL  and  good 
general  practice  to  sell.  Excellent  prospect  for  a 
doctor  with  moderate  capital  who  likes  small  town 
life  and  out  door  activities.  Full  information  can 
be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Executive  Office, 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  2020  Olds  Tower, 
Lansing,  Michigan — Box  19. 

MSMS 

LANSING,  MICHIGAN  LOCATION 

A strictly  modern,  high  class  doctors’  building  in  a 
100  per  cent  doctors’  location. 

Land  of  sufficient  size  to  furnish  parking  for  patients. 
Brick  building,  48  feet  by  32  feet,  built  in  1929.  First 
floor  now  laid  out  for  ear,  eye,  nose  and  throat  special- 
ists. Second  floor  has  7 fine  rooms,  a complete  bath 
and  2 extra  toilet  and  lavatory  rooms.  Reasonable 
price,  easy  terms.  Present  owner  retiring  from  practice. 
For  full  information,  write  C.  C.  Ludwig,  506  Wilson 
Building,  Lansing,  Michigan. 

MSMS 

NEWS  NOTE 

Louis  J.  Gariepy,  M.D.,  Detroit,  was  honored  at  an 
Indian  Fete  held  at  Harbor  Springs  July  27  by  the 
Ottawa  Indians.  Doctor  Gariepy  was  given  the  Indian 
name  of  “Say-ge-mah”  which  means  “Man  of  Medi- 
cine” in  appreciation  of  his  assistance  to  the  Holy 
Childhood  School  for  Indian  children  at  Harbor 
Springs. 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Ckildren 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


THE  MAPLES 

A Private  Sanitarium  for  the  Treatment  of  Alcoholism 

Registered  by  the  A.M.A. 


R.F.D.  3,  LIMA,  OHIO 
Phone:  High  6447 

Located  ZYz  Miles  East  of  Gomer  on 
U.  S.  30  N. 

F.  P.  Dirlam  A.  H.  Nihizer,  M.D. 

Superintendent  Medical  Director 


PRESCRIBE  OR  DISPENSE  ZEMMER 

Pharmaceuticals,  Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampules,  Capsules,  Ointments,  etc. 
Guaranteed  reliable  potency.  Our  products  are  laboratory  controlled. 
Write  for  general  price  list. 

THE  ZEMMER  COMPANY  MIN  9-41 

Chemists  to  the  Medical  Profession  Oakland  Station  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


758 


JoL'R.  M.S.M.S. 


ENZYMOL 

A Physiological  Surgical  Solvent 

Prepared  Directly  From  the  Fresh  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane 


ENZYMOL  proves  of  specicd  service  in  the  treatment  of  pus  cases. 

ENZYMOL  resolves  necrotic  tissue,  exerts  a reparative  action,  dissipates  foul  odors; 
a physiological,  enzymic  surface  action.  It  does  not  invade  healthy  tissue;  does  not 
damage  the  skin.  It  is  made  ready  for  use,  simply  by  the  addition  of  water. 

These  ore  some  notes  of  clinical  application  during  many  years: 


Abscess  cavities 
Antrum  operation 
Sinus  cases 
Comeal  ulcer 


Carbuncle 
Rectal  fistula 
Diabetic  gangrene 
After  removal  of  tonsils 


After  tooth  extraction 
Cleansing  mastoid 
Middle  ear 
Cervicitis 


Originated  and  Made  by 

Fairchild  Bros.  & Foster 

Xew  York,  IV. Y. 

Descriptive  Literature  Gladly  Sent  on  Request. 


KEEP  THEM  THAT  WAY 

Now  that  your  patients  have  gone  back  to  work, 
school  and  the  household,  stocked  up  with  the 
benefits  of  the  summer  sun,  it  is  a simple  matter 
to  keep  them  protected  against  winter's  ultraviolet 
deficit  by  regular  irradiation  with  a 

BURDICK  QA-450  QUARTZ  MERCURY 
ULTRAVIOLET  LAMP 

With  this  powerful  professional  lamp,  the  period  of 
irradiation  is  short,  and  you  can  give  every  patient 
an  opportunity  to  continue  irradiation  throughout 
the  dark  winter  months. 

Ultraviolet  is  particularly  indicated  in  pregnancy, 
lactation,  convalescence,  infancy,  childhood  and 
debilitating  diseases. 

THE  G.  A.  INGRAM  COMPANY 

4444  Woodward  Ave.  Detroit,  Michigan 


The  G.  A.  INGRAM  CO„  4444  Woodward  Ave.,  Detroit.  Michigan 
Please  send  me  complete  information  on  Burdick  Ultraviolet  equipment. 


Dr 

Address  

City  State 


iOcTOBER,  1941  767 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


i 


A report  of  seventeen  months  of  operation  of 
Michigan  Medical  Service  was  presented  at  the 
Second  Annual  Meeting  of  the  members  of 
Michigan  Medical  Service  in  Grand  Rapids  on 
September  17.  This  report  contained  many  items 
of  real  interest  to  doctors  who  have  made  pos- 
sible the  inauguration  of  the  professionally  con- 
trolled nonprofit  medical  service  program. 

Enrollment. — The  total  enrollment  as  of  Au- 
gust 31  was  193,176  persons,  which  represents 
the  cooperation  of  501  groups.  The  steady  in- 
crease in  enrollment  is  an  indication  of  the  favor- 
able reception  given  by  the  public  to  the  doctors’ 
own  medical  service  program. 

Services  to  Subscribers. — During  the  seventeen 
months,  services  were  provided  for  28,815  pa- 
tients, representing  an  amount  of  over  $650,000 
of  medical  expenses  met  through  the  prepayment 
program  rather  than  by  the  individual  patients. 

A tremendous  amount  of  valuable  data  relative 
to  incidence  of  illness,  frequency  of  medical  and 
surgical  procedures,  and  costs  of  medical  care 
has  been  accumulated.  These  data,  based 
on  more  than  130,000  years  of  exposure  (time 
during  which  subscribers  were  entitled  to  serv- 
ices) is  far  greater  than  the  information  on 
which  the  reports  of  the  Committee  on  the  Costs 
of  Medical  Care  (costing  in  excess  of  $1,000,000) 
were  based ! 

Payment  to  Doctors. — For  thirteen  consecutive 
months,  the  full  Schedule  of  Benefits  was  paid 
for  all  services  rendered.  A combination  of  an 
increased  volume  of  services  and  late  reporting 
on  the  part  of  the  doctors  made  it  necessary,  be- 
ginning in  April,  to  pay  on  a prorated  basis  of 
80  per  cent  of  the  previous  level  of  payments, 
pending  a determination  of  the  total  cost  of  serv- 
ices for  the  particular  month  compared  with  the 
income  from  subscribers.  The  payment  of  the 
amount  reduced  will  be  dependent  on  funds 
available  for  the  particular  month,  after  determi- 
nation of  the  cost  of  services  can  be  made  (when 
all  late  reports  are  received)  and  on  those  sur- 
pluses which  may  be  accumulated  during  later 
months. 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE  REGISTRATION 

(As  of  September  10,  1941)  • 

100  Per  Cent  \ 

Manistee  ^ i 

Mason  j 

Mecosta-Osceola-Lake 
Menominee 

1 

90  to  99  Per  Cent 

Bay-Arenac-Iosco 

Calhoun 

Gogebic 

Grand  Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 
Marquette-Alger  J 

Oceana 
St.  Joseph 

80  to  89  Per  Cent 

Allegan 

Barry 

Branch 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

Dickinson-Iron 

Eaton 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

Hillsdale 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw 

Huron 

Ingham 

lonia-Montcalm 

Kalamazoo 

Kent 

Lapeer 

Lenawee 

Livingston 

Midland 

Muskegon 

Newaygo 

Northern  Michigan 

Ontonagon  j 

Ottawa  1 

Saginaw  | 

Tuscola  j 

Wexford-Missaukee  | 

75  to  79  Per  Cent  j 

Jackson  ] 

Macomb  j 

Monroe  i 

North  Central  Counties  ’> 

Oakland  | 

W ayne 


There  is  an  erroneous  impression  that  the 
medical  service  program  will  mean  a financial 
loss  to  the  doctor  when  comparison  is  made  of 
the  benefits  paid  in  one  particular  case  with  the 
probable  charge  that  might  have  been  made. 
What  has  been  overlooked  is  the  important  fact 
that  the  benefit  paid  under  the  medical  service 
program  for  a series  of  cases  means  total  re- 


768 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


He’s  os  Easy  to  Reach 
os  Your  Telephone 


* G“E  s direct  representative  who  reQuiariy 
makes  the  rounds  of  physicians  and  hospitals  in 
. ^yP^OocaUiy,  and  responds  Jo  theit^  emergency 
, . calls  for  expert  technical  service  or  advice  on  the 
operation  and  maintenance  of  ' x-ray  and? other 
>:^electf6-medical'devlces;''"^-^'%-"^;:'^^^M^%^^f’'' 

He  is  neither  an  agent  or  distributor  for  GrE  dp 
paratus,  but  is  a permanent  employee  on 
payroll,  and  works  under  thS  jurisdictiS  (ol 
nearby  G-E  Branch. 


What  does  this  mean  to'users  of  G-;E  equipment? 

That  a specially  tralned;field-'^rpaniz<^?^ 
tion,  directly  responsible  to  headquarters^  i/pqr^^ 
company  policies'''estqblis  In' fthe^ 

and  reh^ldringlti  caHber  d 

maintenance  service  essential  to  the  consistently  i 
satisfactory  performance  of  electo-medical  ap-  I 


I® 


“:|p 


,-|Tw€nty^  y^ars^  of  d^rect^ p-ijrepresentahon:^ 
conclusively  proved^  that  this'  plan '^ppidys 

Jostify^every\dpllar"_;t^^ 
vest  In  G-E  equipment. 

■■■  “■  ' ‘s 


; ^ The  ;G.  E.  meij^whd  are  serving  these  mutual  ih- 
^ f^ests  in  your  locality  are  listed  herewith.  We 
vis1hcerel)jbelieve^t^^  you  will  find  them  q reli 

able  source  of  helpful  s — * ^ ^ ^ ^ 




■ 


GENERAL  ® ELECTRIC 


you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


769 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


muneration  equivalent  to  or  greater  than  that 
previously  received.  This  is  particularly  true 
when  it  is  considered  that  there  will  be  no  unre- 
munerated  services  either  because  of  bad  collec- 
tions or  the  patient’s  lack  of  funds.  While  the 
monetary  advantages  can  be  shown,  of  foremost 
importance  is  the  real  professional  contribution 
of  assisting  subscribers  to  obtain  services  for 
medical  conditions  that  have  been  of  long  stand- 
ing. 

Financial  Experience. — The  financial  records 
of  Michigan  Medical  Service  must  necessarily  be 
tentative  until  proper  accounting  can  be  made  for 
outstanding,  incomplete,  and  unreported  services. 
A liberal  allowance  of  $161,202.27  has  been  made 
as  a measure  of  the  probable  cost  of  such  serv- 
ices. Whether  this  fund  will  be  exhausted  when 
all  services  are  reported  is  problematic.  Con- 
siderable improvement  of  the  financial  situation 
is  expected  on  the  basis  of  a decrease  in  service 
costs  because  of  (1)  a seasoning  of  the  groups 
enrolled,  since  an  analysis  of  groups  shows  that 
during  the  first  five  months  there  is  an  excess  of 
service  costs  over  income,  but  that  after  a period 
of  twelve  months’  enrollment  the  income  is  more 
than  sufficient  to  provide  for  the  costs  of  services  ; 
(2)  the  more  favorable  period  of  the  year,  since 
it  is  well  established  that  the  period  from  Sep- 
tember to  January  shows  less  surgical  care  than 
the  balance  of  the  year;  (3)  decrease  in  the  per- 
centage of  administration  expenses  because  of 
the  large  volume  of  enrollment.  The  relatively 
low  administration  expense  of  20  per  cent  has 
been  reduced  to  between  12  and  13  per  cent  dur- 
ing the  months  of  June  and  July  because  of  the 
large  enrollment. 

Registration  of  Doctors. — It  is  particularly 
noteworthy  that  the  number  of  doctors  registered 
with  Michigan  Medical  Service  has  increased 
month  by  month.  Likewise,  but  few  doctors 
have  resigned  because  of  misunderstanding.  A 
total  of  3,559  doctors  were  registered  as  of 
August  31. ; 75  applications  received  were 

withdrawn  for  the  following  reasons ; Death, 
38;  moved  out  of  the  state,  9;  pending  county 
medical  society  action,  7;  amount  of  fees,  11; 
arrangements  for  specialists’  fees,  4 ; and  pro  ra- 
tion, 6.  The  present  number  of  doctors  partici- 


pating is  at  least  80  per  cent  of  the  total  possible 
number  of  practicing  physicians. 


Organization. — The  prime  consideration  of  the 
administrative  organization  of  Michigan  Medical 
Service  has  been  economy  in  order  that  the  fund 
collected  from  subscribers  might  be  utilized  fully 
for  medical  and  surgical  services.  Michigan 
Medical  Service  has  reported  their  lowest  admin- 
istrative cost  for  any  comparable  program.  The 
accomplishment  of  this  economy  has  been  possible 
through  the  loyalty  and  extra  long  hours  of 
work  on  the  part  of  the  office  employes  whose 
salaries  are  minimal.  Likewise,  the  unselfish 
services  of  the  members  of  the  several  commit- 
tees have  been  a large  factor  in  keeping  ad- 
ministrative costs  down.  To  some  extent  the 
necessity  for  economy  has  hampered  efficiency, 
but  the  office  procedures  are  now  well  organized, 
with  many  functions  transferred  to  International 
Business  Machines,  which  greatly  facilitate 
the  prompt  handling  of  reports  from  doctors  and 
the  remitting  of  payments. 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technique  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting  every 
two  weeks.  General  Courses  One,  Two,  Three  and 
Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special  Courses.  Rectal 
Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINE^ — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  in  Internal 
Medicine  and  Two  Weeks’  Course  in  Gastro-Enterology 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to 
be  announced.  One  Month  Course  in  Electrocardiog- 
raphy and  Heart  Disease  every  month,  except  De- 
cember. 

FRACTURES  & TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— Two 

Weeks’  Intensive  Course  will  be  offered  four  times 
during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be  announced.  Informal 
Course  available  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  will  be 
offered  four  times  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to_  be 
announced.  Twenty  Hour  Personal  Course  in  Vaginal 
Approach  to  Pelvic  Surgery  November  3rd.  Clinical 
and  Diagnostic  Courses  every  week. 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  will  be 
offered  ttvice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be  an- 
nounced. Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be 
announced.  Clinical  and  Special  Courses  starting 
every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be 
announced.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-Ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Co-urses  in  All  Branches 

of  Medicine,  Surgery  and  the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address:  Registrar,  427  S.  Hotiore  St.,  Chicago,  111. 


770 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


• Incorporating  the  daily  dose  of 
vitamin  D in  milk  removes  some 
difficulties  in  administration.  The 
mother  need  only  add  the  pre- 
scribed dose  to  the  daily  ration  of 
milk.  Moreover,  biologic  and  clini- 
cal investigations  have  shown  that 
when  vitamin  D is  thoroughly 
diffused  in  milk  smaller  doses 
/ may  suffice  for  the  prevention 
and  cure  of  rickets. 

Drisdol  in'  Propylene  Glycol  makes  it  possible  to  secure  the  benefits 
obtainable  from  combining  vitamin  D with  the  daily  milk  ration.  Unlike 
oily  preparations,  Drisdol  in  Propylene  Glycol  diffuses  readily  in  milk 
and  when  well  diluted  imparts  no  taste  nor  odor. 


HOW  SUPPLIED: 

Drisdol  in  Propy- 
lene Glycol  — 
10,000  U.S.P.  units 
per  gram— is  avail- 
able in  bottles  con- 
taining 5 cc.  and 
50  cc.  A special 
dropper  delivering 
250  U.S.P.  vitamin 
D units  per  drop  is 
supplied  with  each 
bottle. 


Reg.  U.  S.  Pat.  Off.  & Canada 

Brand  of  CRYSTALLINE  VITAMIN  D 
from  ergosterol 

IN  PROPYLENE  GLYCOL 


QUemicai  Qo*nfUUUf;  One. 

Pharmaceuticals  of  merit  for  the  physician 

NEW  YORK,  N.  Y.  WINDSOR,  ONT. 


822M 

771 


October,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


X-  HALF  A CENTURY  AGO  X- 


FOUR  MONTHS'  WORK  IN  LAPAROTOMY* 

I.  H.  CARSTENS.  M.D, 

Detroit,  Michigan 


(You  will  understand,  Mr.  Chairman,  why  I made  the 
emphatic  remarks  I did,  when  I say  to  you  it  was 
simply  to  take  the  sharp  edge  off,  which  will  come  after 
I read  this  paper.  I have  no  doubt  Dr.  Green  will  give 
me  particular  Hail  Columbia;  but  there  were  no  cases 
that  we  operated  upon  for  the  purpose  of  making  wom- 
en sterile.  I do  not  believe  that  there  is  a member  of 
the  regular  medical  profession  who  operates  in  any 
such  cases.) 

Understanding  by  laparotomy  any  operation  requir- 
ing the  opening  of  the  peritoneal  cavity,  I thought  that 
the  report  of  a few  cases  might  be  interesting  to  this 
Section,  especially  as  it  includes  different  operations 
of  this  kind.  The  reports  of  the  following  cases  I have 
made  as  brief  as  possible,  perhaps  too  much  so,  but 
I desired  to  keep  within  the  twenty-minute  limit. 

Case  1. — Mrs.  K.,  aged  thirty-three,  sterile,  sent  to 
me  by  Dr.  Root,  of  Monroe.  She  imagined,  or  rather 
hoped,  she  was  pregnant,  but  Dr.  Root  had  properly 
diagnosed  a large  multilocular  cyst.  January  8,  I oper- 
ated at  her  home  in  Monroe,  assisted  by  Drs.  Root, 
West,  Valade,  Gregory,  and  Baur.  The  fluid  was 
very  thick,  some  of  the  cyst  wall  very  thin  and  rup- 
tured, some  adhesion  to  intestines ; right  ovary,  also 
cystic,  removed.  Abdomen,  flushed  with  sterilized  wa- 
ter and  closed.  Recovery  rapid,  no  rise  of  temperature 
above  100°. 

Case  2. — Mrs.  M.F.W.,  aged  twenty-six,  no  children, 
but  one  miscarriage  three  years  before ; since  ailing ; 
has  been  treated  by  douches  and  applications  to  uterus, 
also  wore  pessary.  Examination  revealed  an  enlarged 
adherent  ovary  in  cul-de-sac,  right  ovary  also  large, 
tubes  distended,  and  everything  in  pelvis  very  painful ; 
has  had  no  connection  for  one  year,  on  account  of 
pain.  She  has  also  had  a slight  attack  of  peritonitis, 
so  that  I made  the  diagnosis  of  salpingitis,  probably 
of  gonorrheal  origin.  I sent  her  to  Harper  Hospital, 
and  operated  January  15.  Both  tubes  contained  about 
one-half  ounce  pus  each,  ovaries  adherent  to  uterus, 
bladder,  and  rectum.  All  removed  and  abdomen 
flushed.  A large  glass  draining  tube  down  to  cul-de- 
sac  was  left  in  lower  angle  of  wound.  Recovery  quick, 
no  rise  of  temperature.  Glass  tube  removed  on  the 
second  day,  and  rubber  tube  inserted  for  two  days 
more.  Two  weeks  after,  wound  perfectly  closed,  pa- 
tient feeling  splendid,  and  all  pelvic  pain  gone.  She 
was  sent  home  on  the  16th  day. 

Cctse  3. — Miss  C.,  aged  thirty-three,  had  been  oper- 
ated upon  for  salpingitis  two  years  ago  in  Canada. 
During  November  was  taken  with  a scaly  skin  disease 
and  'went  to  Harper  Hospital  under  the  care  of  Dr. 
Carrier.  She  had  a sudden  elevation  of  temperature,  up 
to  109°  the  latter  part  of  the  month.  This  was  re- 
peated every  few  weeks,  the  temperature  going  up  to 
110°  at  times,  and  in  a day  or  two  would  go  down  to 

*Presented  at  the  twenty-sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  Saginaw,  June,  1891. 


about  normal.  About  January  1 the  temperature 
went  up  and  stayed  up  from  106°  to  110°,  with  severe 
abdominal  pain  and  symptoms  of  peritonitis.  The 
question  of  septicemia  or  central  nervous  lesion  came 
up.  Many  physicians  saw  her,  some  inclined  to  ex- 
ploratory laparotomy,  others  thought  it  would  be  of 
no  avail.  The  patient  was  clamoring  for  a laparotomy, 
and  after  consultation,  an  exploratory  laparotomy  was 
made  January  17.  Absolutely  nothing  was  found.  The 
temperature  dropped  to  normal,  and  the  wound  healed 
without  a bad  symptom.  January  27,  she  was  appar- 
ently well  and  going  around  the  halls.  February  4, 
temperature  up  to  109.9°  for  a short  time.  What  was 
it?  Hysteria?  I give  it  up. 

Case  4. — Mrs.  Hess,  aged  thirty-nine,  no  children.  Has 
been  sick  with  high  fever  and  constant  vomiting  for 
three  days ; complains  only  of  pain  in  the  abdomen.  I 
suspected  intestinal  obstruction,  but  could  not  find  any; 
accidentally  my  finger  came  below  Poupart’s  ligament, 
and  there  I found  it — femoral  hernia.  I sent  her  to 
Harper  Hospital  and  operated  February  4,  in  the  usual 
manner,  except  that  a radical  operation  was  made  by 
excision  of  the  sac  and  uniting  the  pillars  with  silk. 
The  wound  was  closed  by  the  buried  animal  suture. 
Union  perfect,  and  patient  discharged  on  the  four- 
teenth day.  Today  she  seems  perfectly  cured  of  her 
hernia. 

Case  5. — Mrs.  P.,  aged  thirty,  mother  of  two  chil- 
dren. For  three  months  had  metrorrhagia,  at  times 
quite  profuse.  Uterus  four  inches  deep  and  degen- 
eration apparently  of  mucous  membrane.  Under  chloro- 
form was  thoroughly  curetted  and  cauterized  with 
carbolic  acid.  While  under  the  influence  of  chloro- 
form I found  a firm  tumor  in  right  pelvis,  about  two 
and  one-half  inches  in  diameter;  laparotomy  decided 
upon  after  recovery  from  anemia  and  the  other  oper- 
ation. February  6,  at  Harper  Hospital,  operated  in  the 
usual  manner ; right  tube  enlarged  and  ruptured,  part- 
ly filled  with  blood  and  placental  tissue : all  removed, 
also  left  tube  and  both  ovaries.  A case  of  extra-uter- 
ine pregnancy,  recovered  rapidly,  and  was  sent  home 
on  the  thirteenth  day  quite  well. 

Case  6. — Mrs.  R.,  aged  forty,  mother  of  five  children, 
last,  five  months  ago.  Sick  ever  since,  abdominal  tu- 
mor, probably  pyosalpinx  and  pelvic  abscess.  Operation 
at  Harper  Hospital  February  7.  Right  tube  contained 
pus ; this  and  right  ovary  removed.  Left  side  one  solid 
mass  encircling  the  rectum ; diagnosis,  sarcoma.  This 
I left  severely  alone,  put  in  a drainage,  and  closed  the 
abdomen.  Recovery  rapid,  and  without  a bad  sjTnptom. 
The  sarcoma  will  probably  end  her  life  in  a few 
months. 

Case  7. — Mrs.  F.B.W.,  aged  twenty-one,  married 
one  and  one-half  years,  no  children,  backache  for 
years,  worse  after  menstruation,  which  is  regular,  but 
profuse ; leucorrhea.  Examination  revealed  enlarged 
right  ovary  and  tube  in  the  cul-de-sac,  probably  a re- 
sult of  a severe  fall  five  years  ago.  Operation  at  Har- 

JouR.  M.S.M.S. 


772 


TBESE  EMEE,  THESE  TEM. . . 

HifE  HEIPEE  ME  HOEEEE  HllEM  HISTOET 


Jp  atv^ 

- « & Co>»¥®“^  o(  ep 


|V(isi 


One  of  a series  of  advertisements 
commemorating  three-quarters  of  a 
century  of  progress  and  achievement 


Parke,  Davis  & Companf 

PIONEERS  IN  RESEARCH 
ON  MEDICINAL  PRODUCTS 

Sax  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


October,  1941 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


per  Hospital  February  10.  Both  tubes  full  of  pus,  and 
ovaries  enlarged  and  adherent.  All  removed ; some  ad- 
hesion to  intestines  caused  slight  trouble ; abdomen 
closed ; recovery-  uninterrupted,  except  slight  abscess 
along  the  course  of  one  suture.  Sent  home  on  the 
sixteenth  day. 

Case  8. — Mrs.  L.  was  sent  to  Harper  Hospital  from 
Pontiac,  aged  twenty-five,  no  children,  but  one  mis- 
carriage five  months  ago ; since  ailing ; constant  eleva- 
tion of  temperature  to  99.5°.  On  examination  I found 
a large  fluctuating  mass  in  the  pelvis.  Operated  Feb- 
ruary 12.  The  right  tube  was  full  of  pus  and  con- 
genitally closed,  giving  it  a club-shaped  appearance, 
about  five  inches  long  and  one  inch  at  its  thickest  end ; 
this  and  ovary  removed.  The  left  broad  ligament  and 
surrounding  tissues  were  one  large  abscess,  this  was 
opened  thoroughly;  the  abdomen  flushed  repeatedly;  a 
drainage  tube  inserted,  and  the  abdomen  closed.  Re- 
covery rapid ; tube  allowed  to  remain  for  two  weeks ; 
patient  sent  home  the  fourth  week  perfectly  recovered. 
A letter  lately  received  states  that  she  has  gained  19 
pounds.  Never  felt  better  in  her  life,  a good  result 
from  an  unpromising  case. 

Case  9. — Mrs.  L.,  aged  fifty-eight,  two  children,  30 
years  ago.  Always  quite  well.  Menopause  two  years 
ago.  Never  any  uterine  disease.  About  three  months 
ago  noticed  an  odorous  discharge  from  vagina,  some- 
times streaked  with  blood.  She  had  a slight  laceration. 
The  history  was  very  suspicious,  and  I removed  a small 
part  of  the  raw  surface  for  microscopic  examination. 
Dr.  Duffield  pronounced  it  cancer.  This  is  as  early  a 
case  as  I ever  saw,  and  vaginal  hysterectomy  was  clear- 
ly indicated.  February  27,  at  Grace  Hospital,  the  oper- 
ation was  performed  in  the  usual  manner,  using  the 
clamp  forceps  for  the  broad  ligaments.  She  had  less 
shock  than  I ever  saw  in  such  a case.  Temperature 
never  went  above  100.2°.  The  clamps  were  removed  in 
fifty-five  hours.  No  bad  symptoms  except  slight  tym- 
panitis ever  developed.  Today,  nearly  four  months 
after  the  operation,  she  is  perfectly  well. 

Case  10. — Mrs.  H.,  aged  twenty-eight,  mother  of  two 
children,  has  been  gradually  getting  more  nervous. 
Subject  to  neuralgia,  rheumatism,  indigestion,  consti- 
pation, headache,  et  cetera.  A year  ago  I found  a retro- 
verted  lacerated  cervix ; left  ovary  enlarged.  As  an 
experiment,  sewed  the  cervix  without  much  improve- 
ment, nor  did  pessaries,  tampons,  douches,  help  her. 
I tried  this  to  satisfy  her  husband  who  was  a physician. 
I then  saw  that  only  by  removal  of  the  diseased  ovaries 
and  the  establishment  of  the  menopouse  could  a radical 
change  for  the  better  be  brought  about.  She  readily 
consented.  She  was  taken  to  the  sanharium.  Operated 
March  9 in  the  usual  manner.  Lack  of  asepsis  was 
the  cause  of  a small  superficial  abscess,  which,  how- 
ever, soon  healed.  She  was  discharged  on  the  16th  day, 
already  wonderfully  improved.  Today  she  is  quite  well; 
has  not  enjoyed  such  health  for  years. 

Case  11. — Miss  E.,  aged  twenty-nine,  for  years  suf- 
fered from  profuse  and  painful  menstruation  every 
month ; she  was  confined  to  bed  for  four  to  ten  days. 
I found  fungosities ; thoroughly  curetted,  and  cauter- 
ized mucous  membrane  of  uterus.  The  next  month 
she  was  better,  but  the  second  as  bad  as  ever.  After 
four  such  operations  she  and  I became  discouraged 
and  she  consented  to  removal  of  the  ovaries.  Oper- 
ation at  Harper  Hospital  March  31.  Plain,  simple  case ; 
recovery  rapid.  Sent  home  on  the  thirteenth  day. 

Case  12. — Mrs.  V.,  aged  thirty,  mother  of  two  child- 
ren, youngest  7 years ; one  miscarriage.  For  five  years 
has  suffered  from  painful  congestive  dysmenorrhea  and 
menorrhagia,  dyspepsia,  palpitation,  pamful  coition,  et 
cetera.  On  examination  I found  a displaced  ovary ; 


uterus  retroflexed.  As  she  was  anxious  to  have  more 
children,  I tried  a stem  and  retroflexion  pessary  for 
some  time.  Although  the  uterus  was  straight  and 
nearly  in  its  proper  position,  she  did  not  become  preg- 
nant, and  after  a year’s  treatment  she  was  worse  than 
ever  and  I decided  upon  a laparotomy.  She  readily  con- 
sented and  entered  Harper  Hospital  April  2.  The  oper- 
ation was  done  in  the  usual  manner.  The  left  tube  con- 
tained pus,  ovary  enlarged  and  cystic ; both  removed. 
The  other  ovary  and  tube  could  not  be  found,  although 
I explored  the  pelvis  well.  Did  she  have  only  one  tube 
and  ovary?  As  the  abdomen  was  clean,  no  tube  was 
used,  but  it  was  closed  in  the  usual  manner.  The  shock 
was  profound  and  vomiting  constant,  temperature  ran 
up  to  103°  on  the  second  day  and  then  declined  to 
about  99°.  The  pulse  steadily  increased  to  120,  then  to 
150,  and  rose  until  it  could  not  be  counted.  The  patient 
could  retain  nothing,  and  finally  died  of  heart  failure 
on  the  fifth  day.  Was  this  septic  poisoning?  I do 
not  think  so,  as  I removed  this  patient  from  the  table 
immediately,  and  operated  on  the  next  case,  which  made 
a splendid  recovery. 

Case  13. — Mrs.  A.,  aged  thirty,  menstruated  first  at 
fourteen,  very  painful ; married  at  seventeen  years ; 
only  child  at  twenty-four  years  of  age,  severe  labor. 
Since,  painful  and  profuse  menstruation,  so  as  to  be 
obliged  to  stay  in  bed  from  one  to  ten  days  every 
month.  Ovaries  inflamed  and  cul-de-sac  adherent.  Op- 
eration April  2 at  Harper  Hospital.  Recovery  without 
a bad  symptom ; discharged  on  the  thirteenth  day. 

Case  14. — Mrs.  D.,  aged  twenty-seven,  mother  of  one 
child  seven  and  one-half  years  old ; since  ailing,  pain- 
ful and  profuse  menstruation ; right  ovary  enlarged, 
left  tube  filled  with  fluid.  Has  been  treated  for  years 
with  douches,  applications,  et  cetera.  I wanted  to 
watch  her  for  a few  days — fatal  delay — the  left  tube 
ruptured  and  so-called  pelvic  cellulitis  developed.  By 
prompt  treatment  the  acute  symptoms  disappeared  and 
she  seemed  so  well  that  I thought  a week  or  two  of 
tonic  treatment  would  prepare  her  for  an  operation. 
Procrastination  was  nearly  the  thief  of  a life ; a sec- 
ond rupture  occurred,  which  nearly  ended  her  life.  I 
lost  no  time  and  sent  her  to  Harper  Hospital.  Operated 
April  9.  Left  tube  filled  with  pus,  left  ovary  contained 
an  abscess  in  the  center,  which  ruptured  during  its  re- 
moval ; right  tube  and  ovary  also  diseased  and  removed. 
Abdomen  flushed.  Drainage  tube  three  days.  Recovery 
complete.  Now  rides  a bicycle  ten  miles  every  day. 

Case  15. — Mrs.  W.,  aged  forty-six,  mother  of  chil- 
dren. Has  suffered  from  uterine  disease  for  years  and 
been  treated  ad  infinitum.  Has  been  operated  upon 
for  piles.  I was  called  to  see  her  by  the  kindness  of 
Dr.  Jam'eson.  Found  a large  fluctuating  mass  in  right 
iliac  fossa,  also  hard  nodular  mass  like  glands  in 
groin.  Patient  weak  and  with  an  irritable  stomach. 
We  decided  on  an  exploratory  laparotomy.  I sent  her 
to  the  sanitarium.  Operation  April  10,  in  the  usual 
manner.  Removed  both  tubes  filled  with  ous.  Also 
found  large  nodular  mass  in  pelvis,  but  did  not  try 
to  remove  it,  only  a small  piece  for  microscopic  exam- 
ination. Flushed  abdomen.  I introduced  drainage  tube, 
patient  vomited  continually,  and  only  partially  rallied, 
the  pulse  increased  in  rapid’ ty  until  death  took  place 
on  the  second  day.  The  microscope  revealed  a spindle- 
celled  sarcoma. 

These  operations  were  not  made  for  a record,  but 
every  case  was  operated  upon  which  seemed  to  offer 
hope,  and  every  patient  was  given  the  benefit  of  an 
operation,  if  it  was  indicated.  Some  of  the  most  hope- 
less cases  recovered  and  now  enjoy  good  health.  I have 
reported  every  case  operated  upon  during  this  time,  and 
have  not  selected  my  cases.  Since  my  return  from 


774 


lolTR.  M.S.M.S. 


A TEXT  BOOK  OF  MODERN  X-RAY  TECHNIC  AND  PROCEDURE 


Containing  more  than  200  pages  of  compre- 
hensive information  on  every  phase  of  radio- 
graphic  technic,  the  new  edition,  "Outline  of 
Modern  X-Ray  Technic" — ^will  be  welcomed 
by  everyone  engaged  in  x-ray  procedure. 

Over  270  pertinent  illustrations  graphically 
portray  the  latest  innovations  in  x-ray  technic 
and  procedure.  Much  time  and  effort  were 
devoted  to  contact  and  research,  covering  the 
entire  field  of  radiographic-fluoroscopic  work 
in  x-ray  laboratories  throughout  the  nation. 


Although  the  major  portion  of  the  volume  per- 
tains to  the  preparation  and  positioning  of  the 
patient,  together  with  photographs,  diagrams 
and  radiographs,  several  chapters  deal  with 
the  physics  of  x-ray  and  electrical  circuits  of 
modern  shockproof  equipment. 

Printed  on  coated  stock  SV2  inches  by  11 
inches  and  beautifully  bound  in  simulated 
pigskin  leather,  "Outline  of  Modern  X-Ray 
Technic"  will  make  a significant  addition  to 
yoiu:  library.  Price,  $4.50  per  copy. 


PICKER  X-RAY  CORPORATION 


1068  MACCABEES  BUILDING  • DETROIT,  MICHIGAN 

I EXECUTIVE  OFFICES,  300  FOURTH  AVENUE,  NEW  YORK 


I WAITE  MANUFACTURING  DIVISION 

r October,  1941 


. CLEVELAND,  OHIO 


775 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


1 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


Europe,  September  1 to  January  1,  1891,  to  wit:  four 
months,  I operated  on  nine  cases  with  one  death  (sar- 
coma). Add  these  to  the  others,  would  be  a total  of 
24  laparotomies  in  eight  months,  with  three  deaths,  or 
a fraction  over  12  per  cent,  two  deaths  being  due  to 
malignant  disease  and  one  due  to  heart  failure  (or 
sepsis). 

Discussion 

Dr.  Carstens  (closing)  : I think  there  is  nothing  more 
to  be  said  about  this  matter.  The  history  of  my  cases, 
every  one  of  them,  shows  that  this  very  plan  of  treat- 
ment advocated  by  Dr.  Leonard  has  been  pursued  for 
years  and  years  without  any  beneficial  results ; and  I 
will  lay  that  down  as  an  absolute  rule,  that  every  other 
means  at  our  disposal  ought  to  be  tried  before  we  de- 
cide on  a laparotomy.  I lay  down  as  another  rule  this, 
that  healthy  ovaries  cannot  cause  any  disease,  not  even 
reflex  nervous  symptoms ; that  you  must  only  operate 
on  diseased  ovaries  and  diseased  tubes.  I know  also 
that  once  in  a while  those  cases  Dr.  Leonard  speaks 
of  get  well ; I know  they  do.  I have  seen  cases,  but  I 
never  know  whether  they  do  or  not  in  bad  cases,  and 
his  statistics  there  show  that  some  of  those  women 
came  near  dying  when  they  were  fooling  around  with 
them.  I say,  give  them  the  benefit  of  some  other  kind 
of  treatment.  The  operation  itself  is  not  very  danger- 
ous. 

As  Dr.  Nancrede  says,  you  have  to  draw  the  line 
between  these  cases.  I think  some  of  these  cases  of 
Dr.  Leonard’s  have  got  well,  but  I know  some  cases 
of  Dr.  Leonard’s  have  passed  into  the  hands  of  those 
who  use  the  knife  and  have  cured  the  patient  by 
laparotomy.  That  is  the  way  the  question  stands  with 
me.  I give  them  the  benefit  of  every  possible  plan  of 
treatment,  and  I don’t  remove  any  healthy  ovaries,  no 
matter  what  the  disease  or  symptoms  are,  unless  I am 
satisfied  there  is  some  real  disease.  I am  not  inoculated 
with  that  disease  they  have  over  in  Germany,  to  oper- 
ate for  everything,  and  I operate  only  as  a last  resort. 
I think  sometimees,  as  Dr.  Nancrede  says,  we  wait  too 
long,  until  it  is  too  late  before  we  operate.  We  never 
hear  anything  about  these  cases  of  pus  tubes  in  the 
abdomen  which  die,  which  are  called  enteritis,  which  are 
buried  and  are  now  six  feet  beneath  the  sod — we  never 
hear  anything  about  those  cases,  but  when  we  pick 
up  some  poor  laparotomy  case,  where  the  patient  dies, 
we  are  generally  jumped  on  for  that. 

The  question  of  insanity,  melancholia,  and  so  on. 
Mr.  President,  I don’t  want  to  listen  to.  I can  show 
you  right  here,  within  a stone’s  throw  of  this  building, 
the  first  case  of  that  kind  ever  operated  upon  here, 
twelve  years  ago.  She  had  fits,  she  had  everything,  she 
was  a physical  wreck,  and  ever  since  her  ovary  has 
been  removed  she  has  been  a happy  wife  and  the 
mother  of  two  children — step-children  of  course — and 
only  a few  weeks  ago  she  called  on  me  to  thank  me 
for  what  I had  done.  I can  show  you  a half  dozen 
other  women,  operated  on  five  or  six  years  ago,  who 
were  at  that  time  physical  and  mental  wrecks,  and  are 
now  the  very  pictures  of  health.  So  you  don’t  always 
have  this  followed  by  melancholia.  We  have  women 
suffering  from  melancholia  who  have  never  had  their 
ovaries  removed.  We  don’t  insure  the  patient  that 
she  is  not  going  to  break  her  leg  or  become  insane 
because  we  operate  on  her.  It  is  not  assumed,  because 
of  the  removal  of  the  ovary,  that  the  woman’s  health 
is  guaranteed  in  the  future,  that  she  shall  never  have 
any  other  disease,  but  that  woman  can  get  any  other 
disease'  like  anybody  else.  Once  in  a while  they  may 
pick  out  a case,  here  and  there,  where  a woman  has 
become  insane  from  something  else — the  ovaries  amount 
to  nothing  in  that  connection.  What  do  the  ovaries 
amount  to  when,  after  a certain  period  in  a woman’s 
life,  they  shrivel  up?  Where  is  that  ovary  then  and 
the  uterus?  A mere  little  speck.  Do  these  women  be- 


come insane?  Don’t  they  enjoy  life  after  the  organs 
of  reproduction  are  all  destroyed  except  the  vagina? 

I admit  we  have  got  to  draw  the  line  regarding  the 
cases  to  be  operated  upon.  We  are  inclined  to  be  en-  I 
thusiastic,  and  one  is  the  extreme  that  wants  to  operate,  i 
and  the  other  is  the  extreme  that  doesn’t  want  to  I 
operate.  Simply  because  Dr.  Leonard  admits  that  he  \ 
can’t  operate,  he  doesn’t  want  any  operations  per-  | 
formed.  I get  real  tired  when  a man  comes  along  here  I 
who  doesn’t  know  how  to  operate,  who  can’t  operate, 
who  isn’t  fit  to  operate,  who  has  not  the  nerve  or  | 
spunk  to  do  it,  and  have  him  come  up  here  and  say  1 
these  operations  are  not  advisable.  But  a man  that  has  I 
the  spunk  and  pluck,  and  who  has  operated  for  the  . 
length  of  time  he  says  Dr.  Keith  has,  who  finally  looks  j 
back  and  says  in  his  conscience  these  things  should  not  1 
be  done,  does  not  have  his  conscience  trouble  him  with  1 
the  surgery  of  today.  His  conscience  troubles  him  with  | 
the  surgery  of  the  past.  He  thinks  he  couldn’t  help  it ; 
he  was  not  an  aseptic  surgeon  at  the  time;  he  did  all  t 
the  business  he  could.  But  today  we  are  practicing  '' 
aseptic  surgery  with  our  various  precautions,  and  it  is  | 
an  entirely  different  thing.  I will  admit  that  there  are  1 
men  who  finally  become  old,  who  in  the  race  of  life  ] 
are  being  run  away  with  by  younger  men  who  are  get-  | 
ting  all  their  business ; and  that  by  and  by  they  do  not  j 
get  any  more  business,  and  they  get  sour  and  they  • 
think  these  things  ought  not  to  be  done.  You  can  quote  j 
all  kinds  of  cases,  all  kinds  of  men,  all  kinds  of  ex-  J 
periences ; but  you  want  to  learn  this  other  side  of  ) 
the  case  still.  There  are  some  surgeons,  like  the  one  ' 
quoted  from  Cleveland,  who  have  poor  statistics.  He  i 
may  be  a brilliant  operator.  I know  of  brilliant  sur- 
geons, of  brilliant  operators ; but  I wouldn’t  have 
them  operate  on  me.  I know  they  are  dirty,  I know 
they  have  never  grasped  the  principles  of  aseptic  sur- 
gery, and  never  can,  and  their  results  are  bad. 

Everybody  loses  a case  once  in  a while.  A man  who 
is  not  an  aseptic  surgeon,  who  is  not  imbued  with  it, 
who  has  not.  got  microbes  on  the  brain — we  see  them 
everywhere — that  man  would  not  have  very  good  suc- 
cess : and  if  that  man  comes  along  and  gives  me  sta- 
tistics I would  take  no  stock  in  them  whatever.  I want 
to  know  the  details  of  his  work.  I want,  to  know 
how  he  operates  and  works  before  I will  take  any 
stock  in  his  statistics. 

So  the  point  and  the  sum  and  substance  of  my  im- 
pressions are  as  I have  stated.  Two  of  my  deaths  w'ere 
from  sarcoma,  and  one  was  probably  from  sepsis.  In 
a case  of  sarcoma  it  is  very  doubtful  whether  we  should 
operate.  Another  thing  that  I desire  to  speak  of  is, 
that  we  should  have  more  courage  when  we  have  once 
opened  an  abdomen  and  find  it  inadvisable  to  go  fur- 
ther, and  shut  it  up  again. 

The  point  in  my  paper  was  simply  this : that  in  these 
cases,  whatever  the  disease  of  the  pelvic  organs  may  be, 
when  every  other  means  of  treatment  has  been  tried 
in  these  cases,  as  a last  resort  laparotomy  should  be  per- 
formed ; and  that  no  healthy  ovaries  ought  to  be  re- 
moved, either  for  symptoms  of  a reflex  nature  or  any- 
thing similar. 


COUNCIL  AND  COMMITTEE  MEETINGS 

1.  Tuesday,  September  16 — Ethics  Committee — Grand 
Rapids — 12 :30  p.m. 

2.  Tuesday,  September  16 — Publication  Committee — 
Grand  Rapids — 6 p.m. 

3.  Wednesday,  September  17 — Industrial  Health  Com- 
mittee— Grand  Rapids — 6 p.m. 

4.  Thursday,  September  18 — Cancer  Committee — 
Grand  Rapids — 12 :45  p.m. 

5.  Thursday,  September  18 — Second  Session  of  The 
Council — Grand  Rapids — 12 :30  p.m. 

6.  Thursday,  September  25 — Child  Welfare  Commit- 
tee— Jackson— 5 p.m. 

7.  Wednesday,  October  15 — Executive  Committee  of 
The  Council — Detroit — 1 p.m. 


776 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PATHOLOGY  OF  THE  UPPER  RESPIRATORY  TRACT 


Frontal  sinus 
with  congested 
mucous  mem- 
brane and  filled 
with  mucopu- 
rulent material. 


Cleared 
frontal  sinus 
with  normal 
mucous 
membrane 


Congestion  causing  closure  of 
ostium  of  frontal  sinus 


CATARRHAL  INFLAMMATION  OF  THE  FRONTAL  SINUS 

The  above  illustration  demonstrates  the  route  of  infection  to  the  frontal 
sinuses — demonstrates,  too,  the  need  for  adequate  drainage  of  the  area. 
To  shrink  congested  nasal  mucous  membranes  quickly — to  establish 
adequate  drainage  with  more  prolonged  effect  than  ephedrine,  may  we 
recommend 

NEO-SYHEPHRIN  HYDROCHLORIDE 

(laevo'alpha-hydroxy'beta-methyl-amino'3  hydroxy  ethylbenzene  hydrochloride) 


DOSAGE  FORMS: 


SOLUTION— in  saline  solution  (14  02.  and  1 oz.  bottles) 
l%in  saline  solution  (14  oz.  and  1 oz.  bottles) 

14%  in  Ringer’s  Solution  with  Aromatics  (14  oz.  and  1 02.  bottles) 

EMULSION — 14%  low  surface  tension  (14  oz.  and  1 oz.  bottles) 

JELLY  —14%  in  collapsible  tube  with  applicator 


SOLUTION  EMULSION  JELLY 


FREDERICK  STEARHS  & COMPAHY,  Detroit,  Michigan 

New  York  Kansas  City  San  Francisco  Windsor,  Ontario  Sydney,  Australia 


October,  1941 


Say  you  saiv  it  hi  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


777 


MISCELLANEOUS 


NEW  CONDITIONS  DEMAND 
NEW  TECHNIQUES 

By  Morris  Fishbein,  M.D.* 

When  Mr.  Pratt  spoke  to  you  about  the  accom- 
plishment of  the  National  Physicians’  Committee, 
I know  that  he  did  not  want  you  to  believe  offhand 
that  this  great  campaign  of  Life  magazine  and  all 
of  these  advertisements  in  the  newspapers  and  all 
that  has  gone  on  in  the  gradually  changing  senti- 
ment of  the  American  mind  regarding  so-called  so- 
cialized or  state  medicine  is  the  immediate  and  di- 
rect result  of  the  activities  of  this  one  organization. 
He  would'  not  want  you  to  believe  that,  and  you 
as  scientific  men  could  not  possibly  believe  that. 

However,  he  did  want  to  show  you  something 
that  was  scientific;  that  was  that  modern  living  and 
modern  social  trends  demand  new  types  of  ma- 
chinery to  accomplish  results.  Just  as  the  coming 
of  new  types  of  microscope,  of  the  electron  micro- 
scope, new  types  of  physical  therapy,  new  types  of 
chemotherapy,  and  other  new  discoveries  in  medi- 
cine make  possible  a tremendous  advance  in  the 
campaign  against  disease,  so  also  does  the  coming 
of  new  machinery  for  popular  education  make  pos- 
sible the  dissemination  of  vast  amounts  of  informa- 
tion in  a way  never  previously  possible.  And  it 
would  be  very  unfortunate  indeed  if  modern  medi- 
cine failed  to  realize  that  it  must  be  scientific  in 
its  utilization  of  these  new  tools  of  publicity  and 
information  and  education  of  the  public.  Modern 
medicine  would  be  just  as  backward  if  it  failed  to 
use  those  devices  as  if  a physician  should  say  to 
himself,  “I  will  not  use  one  of  these  new  drugs 
that  have  been  invented. 

Medicine  advances  through  the  use  of  new  tech- 
niques, and  enlightenment  of  the  public  must  also 
advance  through  new  techniques. 

Now,  as  our  Government  has  advanced,  the  minds 
of  people  have  been  bewildered  by  a great  many 
new  terms  which  are  a part  of  the  jargon  of  mod- 
ern economics.  They  have  been  confused  by  the 
jargon  of  modern  propaganda  and  so-called  educa- 
tion. All  of  the  various  appeals  which  are  utilized 
in  various  ways  to  our  population  are  recognized 
to  be  essentially  propaganda.  Simply,  the  power  that 
resides  in  propaganda  is  now  recognized  by  every 
government  in  the  world.  Our  own  government  has 
adopted  techniques  which  make  it  extremely  difficult 
for  any  organization  which  is  primarily  a scientific 
organization  to  avail  itself  to  the  fullest  of  new 
techniques  nevertheless  which  are  available  not  only 
to  commercial  organizations  and  similar  bodies  but 
available  now  in  greater  measure  to  the  Government 
itself  than  to  any  other  single  organization  either 
for  profit  or  without  profit  in  our  country. 

That  is  the  important  point  to  realize.  Our  own 
government  has  created  a great  propaganda  agency 
for  the  dissemination  of  information  to  the  Ameri- 
can people  regarding  the  activities  of  our  govern- 
ment. 

Early  in  American  history,  in  a period  around 
1776,  our  nation  made  a tremendous  social  gain. 
We  established  a country  with  constitutional  gov- 
ernment, which  guaranteed  to  its  citizens  certain 
fundamental  rights.  One  of  these  was  the  right 
of  free  speech.  Another  was  the  right  of  freedom 


*The  text  of  an  address  by  Morris  Fishbein,  M.D.,  delivered 
before  one  hundred  seventy-six  distinguished  physicians  from 
thirty-two  states  assembled  for  the  first  national  conference  of 
representatives  of  the  National  Physicians’  Committee  for  the 
Extension  of  Medical  Service — Cleveland  Hotel,  Cleveland,  Ohio, 
June  5,  1941. 


of  worship.  And  a third  was  the  right  to  freedom 
of  public  assembly. 

There  are  many  countries  in  the  world  where 
an  assemblage  such  as  takes  place  here  tonight 
would,  of  course,  not  be  possible.  But  having  free- 
dom of  public  assemblage,  and  having  freedom  of 
speech,  you  have  in  your  hands  two  of  the  greatest 
forces  that  you  could  possibly  get  in  order  to  make 
your  will  known  to  the  people  of  the  United  States 
and  in  order  to  make  effective  the  knowledge  you 
possess. 

Would  it  not  then  be  an  extremely  archaic  and 
obsolete  performance  for  a body  of  scientific  men 
to  fail  to  utilize,  in  order  to  make  their  thought 
and  their  will  and  their  knowledge  effective,  the 
very  technique  which  the  science  of  dissemination 
of  information  to  the  public  has  brought  to  us 
today? 

Now,  the  best  way — and  I say  this  advisedly — 
in  which  American  medicine  can  make  its  will  and 
its  belief  and  its  opinion  and  its  knowledge  regard- 
ing these  new  trends  widely  known  to  the  vast 
majority  of  the  American  people  is  through  an 
organization  such  as  this.  . . . 

For  that  very  reason  I have  personally,  and  with- 
out regard  to  any  position  which  I may  hold  in 
the  Headquarters  Office  of  the  American  Medical 
Association,  felt  that  in  the  National  Physicians' 
Committee  the  American  medical  profession  pos- 
sesses an  organization  potential  to  accomplish  more 
for  education  of  the  American  people  regarding  the 
fundamental  standards  inherent  in  the  establishment 
of  a high  quality  of  medical  service  for  the  people 
of  the  United  States,  than  it  could  possess  in  any 
other  organization. 

There  are  some  who  have  said,  “Why  should  this 
independent  organization,  coming  into  the  field, 
utilize  the  county  societies  of  the  American  Med- 
ical Association  or  the  state  societies  or  any  such 
similar  bodies  in  its  work?”  The  answer,  of  course, 
again  is  the  simple  scientific  answer;  that  here  are 
groups  of  men  who  assemble  regularly,  the  very 
groups  that  you  want  to  reach,  the  most  effective 
groups  that  you  could  possibly  reach.  And  why 
should  it  be  necessary  then  to  assembly  a wholly 
new  type  of  machinery  in  order  to  carry  out  a 
laudable  purpose?' 

At  the  first  so-called  National  Health  Conference, 
Mr.  Michael  Davis  arose  and  said,  “American  medi- 
cine travels  on  a bicycle  and  social  medicine  trav- 
els in  an  airplane.”  He  rather  sneered  at  the  w’ay 
in  which  American  medicine  travels  on  a bicycle. 
That  analogy  actually  should  be  applied  not  to 
medical  service  but  to  the  utilization  of  these  new 
forms  of  public  education  to  which  I have  already 
referred. 

Again,  I would  say  that  at  this  particular  moment 
many  of  the  social  gains  which  were  agitated  in 
the  five  years  which  have  just  passed  are  tem- 
porarily in  abeyance. 

But  I would  point  out  to  all  of  you  that  they 
are  only  in  abeyance  because,  for  the  immediate 
present,  other  matters  are  demanding  emergency 
attention  and  action. 

There  exist  in  the  United  States  many  professions 
and  groups  which  have  for  their  objective  the  crea- 
tion of  a new  technique  in  medical  practice  which 
would  put  the  layman  rather  than  the  physician  in 
charge  of  setting  standards  and  providing  medical 
service.  So  long  as  these  professions  and  groups 
continue  to  exist  and  to  grow  in  numbers,  just  so 
long  will  there  have  to  be  continuously  in  the  fore- 
front for  the  protection  of  medical  science,  an 
organization  such  as  this,  which  can  carry  on  not 
only  an  effective  defense  but  an  effective  warfare. 

Tour.  IM.S.M.S. 


778 


TKe  JOURNAL 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 


Volume  40 


October,  1941 


Number  10 


The  Adjustment  of  Marital 
Problems* 

By  Lowell  S.  Selling,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dr.P.H., 
F.A.C.P. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Lowell  S.  Selling,  M.D. 

A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1922;  A.M., 
in  psychology,  Columbia  University,  1925; 
Sc.M.,  in  physiology.  New  York  University, 

1925;  M.D.,  University  and  Bellevue  Hospi- 
tal Medical  College,  1928;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1930;  M.S.P.H.,  University  of 

Michigan,  1939;;  Dr.P.H.,  University  of  Mich- 
igan, 1940.  Director,  Psychopathic  Clinic, 
Recorder’ s Court;  Adjunct  Attending ^ Neur“o- 
psychiatrist.  Harper  Hospital;  Associate  At- 
tending N europsychiatrist,  Eloise  Hospital. 
Fellow,  American  College  _ of  Physicians, 
American  Psychiatric  Association,  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science, 
American  Association  of  Applied  Psychology, 
American  Association  on  Mental  Deficiency, 
American  Orthopsychiatric  Association,  Amer- 
ican Public  Health  Association,  British  Psy- 
chological Society,  Royal  Medico-Psychologi- 
cal Society,  Asociasion  Medica  Argentina — 
Sociedad  de  Medicina  Legal  y Toxicologia, 
Sociedade  de  Medicina  Legal  e Criminologia 
de  Sqo  Paulo.  Member,  Advisory  Board  of 
the  Journal  of  Criminal  Law  and  Criminology, 
Advisory  Board  of  the  Journal  of  Criminal 
Psychopathology,  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety. 


■ One  of  the  most  deeply  entrenched  traditions 
of  medicine  is  that  of  “the  family  doctor.”  This 
man  has  been  free  to  move  from  one  social  strat- 
um to  another.  He  was  welcome  in  all  homes  as 
a guest ; few  had  any  hesitancy  about  asking  his 
advice  when  there  was  a need,  even  though  there 
might  have  been  no  money  to  pay  his  fee. 


The  tradition  of  the  family  doctor,  who  drove 
his  horse  through  snow  banks  and  blizzards, 
rested  not  only  on  his  ability  to  alleviate  pain 
and  suffering  and  his  ability  to  restore  to 
health  the  wage  earner  and  the  housewife,  but 
also  equally  as  much  on  his  ability  to  serve 
as  a family  counselor. 


*Presented  at  the  Noon  Day  Study  Club,  at  the  Wayne 
County  Medical  Society  Clubrooms,  January  14,  1940. 

From  the  Psychopathic  Clinic  of  the  Recorder’s  Court,  De- 
troit, Michigan.  Series  NP,  No.  6. 

October,  1941 


His  knowledge  of  law  might  not  have  been  as 
extensive  as  that  of  local  attorneys,  but  his  knowl- 
edge of  human  nature  frequently  helped  people 
to  avoid  the  courts  of  law.  Sometimes  he  could 
effect  a settlement  between  two  individuals  who 
were  both  patients ; at  other  times  he  could  sug- 
gest that  the  Judge  or  the  Prosecutor  be  lenient 
in  a deserving  case.  He  rarely  counseled  divorce, 
for  from  his  point  of  view  he  felt  that  it  was 
unnecessary;  that  people  could  be  kept  together 
even  though  they  might  have  their  trials  and 
tribulations.  Occasionally  the  husband  might  be 
a drunkard  who  abused  his 'wife;  and  in  cases 
where  there  were  children  to  consider,  the  family 
doctor  would  expend  as  much  effort  to  aid  the 
family  in  its  social  adjustment,  as  he  would  to  set 
a broken  leg  or  to  cure  a case  of  pneumonia. 

Family  relations  institutes  are  being  set  up  in 
various  parts  of  the  country  by  private  agencies, 
of  which  the  one  in  Los  Angeles  headed  by  Dr. 
Popenoef  is  a classic  example.  Courts  in  Phila- 
delphia, New  York,  and  Chicago,  as  well  as  De- 
troit, have  clinical  facilities  for  aiding  in  the 
medical  and  psychiatric  adjustment  of  these 
people.  Our  clinic  has  seen  well  over  a thousand 
Domestic  Relations  cases,  has  aided  in  the  ad- 
justment of  some,  has  referred  others  to  private 
physicians  or  to  public  agencies  for  help.  There 
are  certain  premises  which  must  be  set  up  in 
dealing  with  cases  involving  domestic  relations 
situations.  Some  of  these  will  be  discussed  in 
detail. 

In  the  first  place,  it  must  be  remembered  that 
the  married  couple  must  be  considered  as  two 
integrated  but  individual  organisms.  Each  one 
possesses  a personality  which  is  built  up  through 
the  years,  and  which  is  distinctive  from  the  other. 
Each  personality  started  with  the  genesis  of  their 
respective  family  trees,  as  the  ancestors  con- 

tcf.  Popenoe,  P.,  Modern  Marriage,  New  York,  The  Mac- 
millan Company,  1940,  p.  299. 


789 


MARITAL  PROBLEMS— SELLING 


tributed  to  each  one  of  the  couple  by  giving  to 
him  or  to  her  points  of  strength  or  weakness 
which  the  early  environment,  adolescence,  ma- 
turity, and  marital  life  had  modified. 

There  is  no  known  group  of  individuals  who, 
as  a group,  are  not  marriageable.  For  example, 
there  is  no  non-marriageable  race,  or  obviously 
no  non-marriageable  limitations  on  size,  for  mid- 
gets can  marry  and  make  a successful  adjustment 
and  so  can  giants  within  their  own  groups.  The 
color  of  hair  and  eyes,  and  other  factors  in  the 
physique  (in  themselves  inherently),  mean  noth- 
ing in  causing  or  solving  the  problem  of  marriage. 

In  dealing  with  marriage,  which  we  recognize 
as  a socio-medical  problem,  the  old-fashioned 
doctor  possessed  fewer  scientific  aids  than  he  did 
in  his  strictly  medical  practice,  which  a few  gen- 
erations ago  had  none  too  many  resources  at 
hand.  The  study  of  psychiatry  was  still  in  its  in- 
fancy, especially  the  type  or  division  of  psychia- 
try not  primarily  concerned  with  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  psychoses,  but  which  was  designed 
to  give  assistance  to  people  in  the  art  of  getting 
along  with  one  another.  In  spite  of  his  lack  of 
formal  precept,  he  achieved  great  success  because 
his  common  sense  guided  him,  and  his  affection 
for  his  patients  was  limitless. 

Today  perhaps  we  have  less  actual  attach- 
ment for  the  patient  but  more  science  in  our 
armamentarium.  Every  physician  sees  cases  in- 
volving domestic  conflict  in  his  office,  perhaps 
daily,  depending  on  his  clientele.  Sometimes  the 
case  comes  to  him  because  there  is  nowhere  else 
to  turn.  Some  physicians  are  faced  with  do- 
mestic adjustment  problems  because  of  the  na- 
ture of  their  specialties.  This  is  particularly 
true  of  the  men  in  the  genito-urinary,  gynecologi- 
cal, and  obstetrical  fields,  as  well  as  in  the  fields 
of  the  pediatrician  and  the  psychiatrist.  I have 
mentioned  these  specialties  in  particular,  but  the 
general  practitioner  would  likewise  examine  and 
treat  as  many  cases  as  the  specialist  if  he  were 
in  a neighborhood  where  his  patients  were  ac- 
customed to  come  to  him  with  troubles  beyond 
mere  aches  and  pains.  The  orthopedist  sees  cases 
of  laborers  or  others  who  need  bone  and  joint 
correction,  in  order  that  they  may  continue  to 
support  their  families. 

Domestic  adjustment  offers  a problem  which 
is  as  deeply  integrated  with  medicine  as  the  prob- 
lem of  bacterial  infection.  Much  research  has 
been  done  in  this  field.  Nevertheless,  between 


two  individuals,  body  build,  color,  education, 
physical  condition,  religion,  when  endowed  with 
special  significance  by  one  of  the  partners,  can  | 
become  primarily  responsible  for  marital  conflict.  ) 
A number  of  studies  have  been  made,  prima-  ^ 
rily  by  sociologists,  to  show  that  individuals  who  ? 
come  from  different  racial  origin,  such  as  the 
mulatto,  the  Chinese- white  cross,  Indian-Negro- 
even  Indian-white  cross,  have  less  chance  in  a 
successful  marriage  than  when  both  are  of  the 
same  genesis  or  when  the  racial  intermarriage  is 
acceptable  to  both  races,  so  that  the  best  elements 
of  both  races  are  brought  together,  such  as  Ha- 
waiian and  Chinese  cross.  The  Irish  and  German 
combination  in  this  country  seems  to  be  less  suc- 
cessful than  even  Irish-Irish,  Scotch-Irish,  even  ' 
Irish-English — I say  “even”  because  of  the  fact 
that  there  are  cultural  problems  of  a “traditional 
nature”  that  arise  from  this  last  combination. 

The  treatment  of  domestic  relations  problems 
lies  in  three  spheres.  The  first  sphere  is  the  pre-  • 
marital  treatment.  In  other  words,  the  preven- 
tion of  marital  discord  by  advice  and  correction 
of  defects  before  marriage.  This  lies  in  the 
field  of  sex  education,  education  for  marriage,  as 
well  as  medical  care.  The  universities,  the  Y.M. 
C.A.’s,  and  churches  are  doing  a great  deal  along 
the  first  two  lines.  I feel  that  this  type  of  work  ’ 
when  carried  on  by  laymen  must  not  be  encour- 
aged to  too  great  an  extent,  but  there  is  no  rea- 
son why,  in  certain  spheres  of  marriage,  such 
as  the  economic  and  purely  biological,  theoretical 
advice  by  properly  trained  people  cannot  be  given. 
However,  it  is  not  the  place  of  this  paper  to  dis-  ; 
cuss  this  sphere.  Premarital  advice  is  deserv- 
ing of  extensive  treatment  and,  as  a matter  of  | 
fact,  all  books  on  marital  adjustment  contain  » 
discussions  of  these  matters.  • 

The  other  two  phases,  postmarital  and  patho- 
logical, are  of  greater  importance.  The  preven-  < 
tion  of  marital  conflict  after  marriage  is  con-  ! 
cerned  with  correction  of  the  emotional  adjust-  j 
ment  or  physical  ailments  which  may  occur  after  | 
marriage  by  means  of  competent  advice  and  help  . 
in  understanding  each  other,  particularly  by  the 
family  physician.  The  third,  and  the  largest, 
sphere  of  domestic  relations  adjustment  lies  in 
the  correction  of  pathology.  This  pathology 
may  be  due  to  false  fantasy  life  or  infantile  con- 
cepts of  marriage  because  each  partner  was  not 
being  truly  himself  during  the  courtship,  or  even 
actual  neuroses,  and  may  reveal  itself  in  fights, 

Tour.  M.S.M.S.  - 


790 


MARITAL  PROBLEMS— SELLING 


in  endless  arguments  or  disagreements  between 
the  members  of  the  marriage. 

General  Causes  of  Domestic  Difficulty 

Physical  Disability. — By  physical  I mean  not 
only  sicknesses  and  ailments  of  a general  system- 
ic nature  which  preclude  the  husband  working  or 
the  wife  taking  care  of  the  house,  but  also  those 
disorders  of  the  sexual  function  which  prevent 
sex  satisfaction  in  marriage. 

Some  individuals  believe  that  there  is  a ten- 
dency on  the  part  of  psychiatrists  to  over-empha- 
size  the  significance  of  sexual  maladjustment, 
but  it  is  certainly  true  that  persons  who  are 
maladjusted  sexually  are  more  apt  to  be  irritable, 
and  in  other  ways  to  present  special  problems 
because  they  are  unable  to  hide  their  real  feel- 
ings. A husband  says  his  wife  will  not  receive 
him  sufficiently,  frequently,  or  with  sufficient 
show  of  enjoyment  so  he  in  turn  rejects  his  wife 
and  frequently  stays  away  from  home.  This  be- 
havior consequently  gives  rise  to  jealousy  and 
suspicions  of  various  kinds. 

From  a treatment  standpoint  it  is  possible  for 
the  mildly  sexually  maladjusted  individual  to  be 
taught  by  his  physician  to  make  an  adjustment. 
If  there  is  a vaginal  malformation  or  hyper- 
spadias,  operative  proceedings  are  possible,  but 
dyspareunia  (a  condition  which  frequently  brings 
the  maladjusted  couple  to  the  physician)  is  more 
often  on  a psychogenic  than  a somatogenic  basis. 

The  treatment  for  the  physical  discord  lies 
specifically  in  the  hands  of  the  physician.  If  the 
husband  is  sickly  he  can  be  treated  through  regu- 
lar medical  means.  The  wife  can  be  brought 
to  an  understanding  of  his  condition  and  if  the 
treatment  is  successful  it  will  make  the  husband 
a more  adequate  man  both  economically  and 
physically. 

If  the  wife  suffers  from  an  ailment,  the  family, 
particularly  one  which  is  economically  secure, 
can,  by  proper  arrangement  of  domestic  service, 
learn  to  compensate  for  her  incompetence  until 
such  time  as  she  can  recover  enough  to  take  over 
her  household  duties. 

Only  too  often  the  physician  forgets  that  when 
there  is  a physical  incapacity  of  either  of  the 
partners  in  a marriage,  there  are  duties  and  ob- 
ligations which  must  be  taken  over  by  the  other, 
and  while  the  doctor  may  be  treating  the  man 
his  wife  will  need  encouragement,  sympathy,  and 


perhaps  an  understanding  explanation  so  that  she 
can  bear  her  burden  better,  and,  of  course,  the 
reverse  is  the  case  if  the  wife  is  ill. 

Emotional  Integration. — ^The  second  type  of 
marital  dysfunction  that  needs  aid  from  the  phy- 
sician in  adjustment  is  that  which  frankly  may 
be  called  emotional  integration.  When  two 
strange  people  find  it  necessary  to  live  together 
constantly  for  a matter  of  eight  or  nine  hours  a 
day,  the  similarity  of  tastes  and  the  identity  of 
interest  is  bound  to  find,  on  the  one  hand,  rough 
spots,  and  on  the  other,  sensitive  areas  upon 
which  the  rough  spots  rub.  These  can  be  ad- 
justed by  each  partner  carefully  working  on  these 
problems  and  each  trying  to  do  things  which 
each  knows  will  add  to  the  happiness  of  the 
partner.  No  two  people  can  be  expected  to  be 
entirely  congenial.  Even  those  who  as  children 
have  lived  next  to  each  other,  and  have  been 
brought  up  in  the  same  school,  whose  parents 
have  moved  with  the  same  group,  who  are  mem- 
bers of  the  same  religious  faith,  these  come  be- 
fore the  clinician  with  marital  maladjustment  re- 
quiring some  aid. 

Often,  the  physician  can  encourage  each  of  the 
individuals  to  tell  him  what  particular  small 
features  in  the  marriage  are  most  annoying. 
These  can  then  be  tactfully  conveyed  to  the  other 
partner.  Among  the  complaints  that  newly  mar- 
ried men  have  of  their  wives’  conduct  are  very 
small  things ; such  as  leaving  the  cap  off  the 
toothpaste,  leaving  the  tools  out  of  the  tool  chest, 
straightening  out  the  desk  so  that  “I  can’t  find 
a thing  that  I want  to  lay  my  hands  on  when  I 
want  it.” 

Cooking  and  eating . habits  of  the  two  partners 
may  lead  to  conflict.  When  the  husband  or  the 
wife  has  been  brought  up  in  restaurants,  for 
example,  he  or  she  is  apt  to  like  over-cooked 
meat,  canned  peas,  mashed  potatoes.  The  idea 
of  the  highly  diversified  type  of  menu  to  which 
the  person  who  has  been  brought  up  in  a wealthy 
home  would  be  habituated  is  to  the  restaurant- 
raised  almost  repugnant.  Many  persons  after 
marriage  discover  that  they  have  food  fads  and 
eating  habits  which  have  not  been  corrected  by 
their  parents.  They  find,  in  addition,  that  the 
mate  has  other  food  fads  and  eating  habits  and 
the  nutritional  problem  becomes  a severe  one  not 
only  from  a standpoint  of  nourishment  and  a 
balanced  diet  but  also  from  the  standpoint  of 


October,  1941 


791 


MARITAL  PROBLEMS— SELLING 


enjoying  the  food.  For  instance,  the  husband 
may  like  lettuce  and  cabbage,  and  the  wife -may 
not.  The  husband  may  reject  starches  with  the 
probable  exception  of  pies — most  men  like  them 
— while  the  wife  may  prefer  pastries  to  pie,  and 
would  prefer  macaroni,  potatoes,  rice  and  other 
inexpensive  staples.  The  typical  case  of  domes- 
tic maladjustment  of  this  type  is,  of  course,  the 
well-known  Jack  Spratt  family.  The  physician 
who  has  acquainted  himself  with  diets,  prepara- 
tion of  food,  its  purchase  and  service  (of  great 
importance  in  specialties  dealing  with  metabolism 
or  gastro-enterology)  should  be  able  to  give  the 
wife  advice  for  gradually  weaning  her  husband 
over  to  adjust  to  the  mate’s  food  habits. 

Economic  Maladjustment. — A number  of  cases 
where  husband  and  wife  conflict  over  the  distri- 
bution of  the  joint  wealth  and  over  the  husband’s 
incapacity  to  supply  the  demands  of  the  wife  are 
numerous,  and  yet  I do  not  believe  that  their 
number  is  as  great  as  the  uninitiated  suppose. 
Such  conflicts  are  the  most  remediable,  and  yet, 
for  the  physician,  present  the  most  difficulty, 
because  only  too  many  physicians  are  not  able 
to  handle  their  own  budgets.  Problems  arise 
when  spending  of  money  for  hobbies,  books,  or 
special  leisure  activity  is  curtailed  suddenly. 
Prior  to  marriage,  plans  of  specific  interest  to 
the  individual  are  frequently  made ; now  all  lei- 
sure activity  must  be  planned  to  keep  the  partner 
in  mind,  so  that  he  may  share  equally  or  be 
included  in  other  activities. 

There  is,  in  this  country,  a rapidly  increasing 
body  of  experts  who  deal  with  the  handling  of 
the  domestic  budget.  It  is  surprising  to  note  in 
newspaper  columns,  such  as  those  of  Nancy 
Brown  or  Ruth  Alden,  how  scientifically  the  in- 
come in  a household  can  be  rearranged.  While 
the  ps}^chiatric  advice,  which  is  given  only  too 
often  by  these  newspaper  writers,  is  not  usually 
very  good — more  and  more  we  notice  newspapers 
advising  individuals  to  consult  a psychiatrist  for 
solution  of  their  problems.  The  difficulty  of  the 
adviser  is  to  reconcile  the  desires,  ambitions  and 
wishes  of  either  one  or  both  members  of  the 
marriage  with  the  actuality  of  a fixed  income  or 
an  income  which,  particularly  among  the  labor- 
ing class,  is  not  too  stable.  It  is  not  the  place 
here  to  offer  arguments  for  an  annual  wage,  but 
I am  sure  that  a very  large  proportion  of  our 
domestic  relations  cases  occurring  among  work- 


ing people  and  arising  from  economic  maladjust- 
ment could  be  obviated  if  some  sort  of  a con- 
sistent budget  could  be  planned.  However,  rea- 
sonable goals  must  be  set.  The  man  who  is  uiak- 
ing  $1800  a year  cannot  expect  to  build  a house 
in  Palmer  Woods  nor  should  the  business  leader 
restrict  his  wife  to  cotton-print  dresses. 

Child  Guidance. — The  fourth  group  of  domes- 
tic maladjustments  are  those  which  apparently 
lie  in  the  field  of  rearing  the  offspring,  and  have 
roots  deeply  imbedded  in  the  unconscious  and 
do  not  stem  from  the  obvious  surface  conflicts. 
The  field  of  child  guidance  is  an  immense  one 
and  one  of  many  ramifications.  There  is  insuf- 
ficient space  here  to  cover  all  the  exigencies  that 
arise,  yet,  one  or  two  examples  will  suffice  to 
show  how  a child  may  be  brought  to  the  pedia- 
trician or  to  the  general  practitioner  when  the 
actual  cause  of  the  symptoms  lies  not  in  the 
child  or  his  mentality  but  in  the  attitude  of  the 
parents  toward  one  another  or  toward  the  child. 

Take  for  example  the  annoying  habit  of  bed 
wetting.  It  is  not  infrequently  the  case  that 
when  a child  is  wetting  his  bed  that  he  is  doing 
it  to  attract  the  attention  of  the  mother.  The 
child  finds  that  being  a bedwetter  he  gets  a scold- 
ing every  morning  or  he  might  even  be  awak- 
ened in  the  night  to  get  a scolding.  Whether 
he  is  getting  pleasure  or  pain  from  this  relation- 
ship is  not  the  crucial  point  but  the  point  is 
that  he  is  getting  attention  which  he  craves. 

The  question  immediately  arises  as  to  why 
he  demands  this  attention.  Sometimes  it  is  be- 
cause the  sex  adjustment  between  the  parents  is 
inadequate — the  mother  rejects  the  father,  and 
because  the  boy  looks  a bit  like  his  father,  or 
merely  because  he  is  a boy,  there  is  a tendency 
to  reject  him.  He  runs  to  her  with  a little  piece 
of  paper  and  wants  “mummy”  to  look  at  it, 
she  pays  no  attention  and  goes  along  about  her 
business.  She  may,  if  financial  circumstances 
permit  it,  go  to  card  parties  in  order  not  to  have 
to  take  care  of  the  child  for  an  afternoon. 

The  therapy  here  primarily  lies  not  with  the 
child,  but  in  aiding  the  sexual  adjustment  of 
the  parents.  A knowledge  of  the  causes  of  sex 
maladjustment  is  pointed  out  under  the  first 
cause  for  marital  friction.  Deep  understanding 
on  the  part  of  the  physician  can  be  gained  only 
from  experience,  but  he  must  look  for  something 


792 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MARITAL  PROBLEMS— SELLING 


more  than  a palliative  means  of  removing  im- 
mediate symptoms  such  as  the  bedwetting. 

Further,  as  was  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Gilbert 
Rich  at  the  last  Central  Neuropsychiatric  Asso- 
ciation meeting,  if  one  can  devise  an  apparatus 
to  wake  the  child  up  before  he  wets  the  bed, 
this  will  remove  the  source  of  friction  and  the 
mother  will  tend  less  to  reject  the  child,  and  in 
diminishing  the  rejection  of  the  child  may  be- 
come emotionally  more  secure  and  more  adjusted 
to  the  husband.  One  can  generalize  then  by 
saying  that  the  problem  child  is  the  child  of 
problem  parents  and  the  physician  should  work 
on  both  problems  to  remedy  either. 

Another  type  of  marital  maladjustment  which 
arises  during  child  rearing  occurs  when  the  child 
shows  symptoms  of  being  overprotected  or 
“spoiled.”  The  mother  who  has  lost  another 
child,  or  who  herself  had  an  unhappy  childhood, 
tends  to  devote  too  much  attention  to  the  child, 
particularly  if  it  is  the  only  one.  The  father, 
coming  home  and  finding  the  youngster  diso- 
bedient, quarrelsome  and  noisy  (and  having  no 
understanding  of  the  causes  of  these  symptoms) 
rejects  his  wife  and  considers  her  incompetent. 
She  needs  emotional  adjustment  under  these  cir- 
cumstances in  the  adjustment  of  her  own  atti- 
tude toward  the  child  so  that  when  this  is  re- 
solved her  attitude  toward  the  husband  improves 
and  with  an  improvement  in  the  child’s  behavior 
his  attitude  toward  both  is  helped.  In  this  par- 
ticular sphere  a lesson  to  every  physician  dealing 
with  children  can  be  brought  out,  for  the  physi- 
cian should  treat  not  only  the  physical  ailment 
of  the  child  but  the  attitude  of  the  parents  while 
the  child  is  sick.  The  doctor  must  not  permit 
too  much  over-indulgence  to  compensate  for  the 
child’s  pains.  Since  it  is  a tragic  occasion  when 
a loved  child  or  husband  or  wife  is  lost,  the 
physician  cannot  shake  his  head,  offer  a few 
words  of  sympathy,  and  walk  out  the  door.  He 
must  turn  his  attention  to  the  understanding  of 
the  needs  of  the  bereaved  one,  and  suggest,  if  pos- 
sible, some  other  outlet,  some  other  interest,  by 
means  of  which  it  might  be  possible  to  distract 
the  patient  or  to  prevent  a later  emotional  con- 
flict arising  from  this  bereavement. 

Neurotic  Mechanisms. — The  fifth  type  of  cause 
of  marital  dissatisfaction  is  a deep-seated  one. 
It  is  one  which  almost  inevitably  calls  for  the 
aid  of  the  psychiatrist.  Merely  because  it  calls 

October,  1941 


for  this  aid  does  not  preclude  intelligent  prelim- 
inary treatment  on  the  part  of  the  general  physi- 
cian. This  group  comprises  cases  of  misidenti- 
fication,  or  neurotic  mechanisms  arising  from  the 
setting-up  in  childhood  of  serious  complex  ma- 
terial. An  example  of  a case  such  as  this  is  the 
patient  who  is  tied  to  his  mother’s  apron  strings 
and  who  develops  what,  in  brief,  is  called  Oedi- 
pus Complex,  an  emotional  over-attachment  to 
the  mother  with  incestuous  ideas,  and  hatred  for 
the  father.  The  patient  grows  up  and  finds  that 
to  his  mind  no  woman  is  really  good  enough  for 
him  for  he  is  latently  homosexual.  Yet  because 
of  aggressiveness  of  the  woman  who  is  to  be 
his  wife  in  the  future  or  because  society  seems  to 
demand  it  of  him,  he  marries.  When  difficulty 
develops  neither  the  patient  nor  his  wife  can 
put  their  finger  on  the  trouble  for  the  complexes 
are  deeply  hidden.  Perhaps  the  only  symptoms 
that  the  man  is  aware  of  as  he  grows  up  is  the 
fact  that  has  a tendency  to  worry,  or  he  has  a 
tendency  to  brood,  or  perhaps  a preference  to  re- 
main by  himself  and  to  be  not  companionable. 
Such  a patient,  when  he  faces  the  demands  of 
the  marital  state,  is  inadequate,  or  perhaps  he 
finds  himself  to  be  sexually  incompetent,  or  per- 
haps he  is  only  irritated  by  the  fact  that  he  must 
feed  an  extra  woman  who  does  not  represent  his 
mother,  or  in  some  cases  who  symbolized  his 
mother  to  such  an  extent  that  he  has  actual  feel- 
ings of  guilt  when  lying  next  to  her. 

The  foregoing  is  only  one  illustration  of  the 
“infantile  conflict”  type  of  case  and  will  serve 
to  reveal  the  problems  and  their  significance  in 
marriage  for  this  vast  group  of  complex-ridden 
individuals  who  are  neither  insane  nor  diagnos- 
ably  neurotic.  The  private  physician  must  learn 
to  recognize  that  the  patient  is  not  necessarily 
telling  him  causative  facts  when  he  speaks  of  the 
things  which  he  dislikes  about  his  wife.  A deep 
attachment  to  the  mother  should  offer  to  the  phy- 
sician proof  that  there  is  some  deep-seated  con- 
flict that  needs  to  be  taken  care  of. 

External  Circumstances. — The  last  group  of 
domestic  maladjusted  cases  are  those  which  are 
maladjusted  because  of  external  circumstances, 
such  as  the  interfering  mother-in-law;  religious 
conflict  in  which  the  priest,  minister  or  rabbi 
comes  to  set  up  in  the  minds  of  one  or  the  other 
of  the  partners  the  idea  that  he  or  she  should 
not  be  married  outside  his  faith,  conflicts  because 

79J 


MARITAL  PROBLEMS— SELLING 


of  educational  differences  or  differences  in  inter- 
est— where  the  wife  wants  to  go  out  and  dance 
night  after  night  because  she  is  still  a youngster 
and  feels  that  dancing  is  part  of  her  youth,  al- 
though she  married  an  older  man  for  the  security 
that  he  can  give  her — or  where  the  background 
and  experiences  of  the  two  partners  are  widely 
different.  These  latter  are  more  familiar  to  the 
lay  person.  One  cannot  enumerate  all  of  the 
possibilities  in  this  sphere,  even  these  are  avail- 
able to  treatment  by  the  physician.  For  example, 
the  physician  can  recommend  that  the  family 
get  away  from  the  offending  “in-law.”  He  can 
discuss  in  a rational  manner,  with  a woman  who 
has  sufficient  intelligence,  the  fact  that  she  is  get- 
ting other  satisfactions  which  can  be  substituted 
for  the  recreations  which  she  still  thinks  she 
needs.  The  inadequate  mate  who  does  not  like 
symphonies,  reading,  or  intellectual  recreation, 
can  often  be  brought  by  means  of  night  school  or 
clubs  to  a level  of  understanding  where  an  ad- 
justment is  possible.  But  before  ascribing  the 
domestic  situation  to  these  external  causes  one 
should  be  careful  to  eliminate  all  the  deeper  emo- 
tional, economic  and  the  conflictual  possibilities. 

I want  to  cite  briefly  one  case  which  has 
come  to  the  clinic.  “Barbara”  is  a twenty- 
two  year  old  white  girl  who  is  Canadian  born. 
She  was  married  to  a man  several  years  older 
than  herself  and  she  claimed  that  the  husband 
was  assaultive.  He  emphasized  her  irritability. 
While  her  husband  drank,  he  did  not  drink  to  a 
great  extent.  He  wished  companionship  which 
he  was  not  getting  from  his  morose  wife.  Care- 
ful investigation  showed  that  there  was  nothing 
in  the  emotional  adjustment,  in  the  economic  ad- 
justment, or  in  the  physical  adjustment.  The  sex- 
ual relations  were  satisfactory.  However,  the 
wife  happened  to  be  a Canadian-born  person  3nd 
the  legitimacy  of  her  immigration  was  in  ques- 
tion; there  was  danger  of  her  being  deported  to 
Canada.  This  problem  made  her  morose  so  that 
she  was  a pest  around  the  house.  The  husband 
reacted  in  an  unfortunate  fashion  to  this  morose- 
ness, and  not  knowing  the  cause  he  began  to 
sta)i^  out.  As  her  maladjustment  got  worse  she 
believed  that  he  was  being  unfaithful.  By  the 
time  that  we  saw  both  of  these  people  there 
seemed  to  be  little  hope  for  the  marriage.  How- 
ever, her  immigration  problem  was  settled  with 
the  authorities ; it  was  found  that  she  was  not 
in  any  danger  of  being  deported,  and  it  was  only 

794 


a few  months  before  the  family  friction  cleared 
up.  I 

To  summarize,  it  can  be  said  that  the  problem  : 
of  adjusting  domestic  relations  cases  is  a complex 
one.  The  greatest  prevention  can  be  done  either  , 
in  the  early  days  of  marriage  or  premaritally. 

However,  maladjustments  of  various  types  can 
be  treated  even  after  they  have  gone  along  for  ■ 
considerable  time  if  the  causative  factors  can  be 
analyzed  and  worked  out,  and  if  both  partners 
will  be  frank  and  cooperative.  The  physician 
must  be  sympathetic,  and  must  be  willing  to  look  ’ 
into  causes  beyond  those  which  would  give  rise  i 
to  merely  physical  symptoms.  He  must  be  will-  ) 
ing  to  observe  the  fields  of  activity  for  conflicts  j 
on  the  basis  of  education,  religion,  recreation,  as 
well  as  other  fields ; he  must  be  aware  that  un-  I 
fortunate  friends  or  relatives  can  set  up  a conflict  | 
and  he  must  know  that  deep-seated  conflicts  arise  ] 
during  childhood  because  of  basic  infantile  neu-  ’ 
roses.  This  last  type,  of  course,  is  a very  fre- 
quently found  kind  of  marital  adjustment  case 
and  I would  emphasize  that  only  preliminary 
work  should  be  done  by  the  physician  for  the  ^ 
actual  cure  should  be  worked  out  with  the  psy-  ; 
chiatrist.  | 

All  in  all,  each  case  must  be  handled  as  an  in- 
dividual. There  is  no  reason  why,  by  means  of  ; 
a solution  of  a marital  problem,  the  physician  j 
cannot  tie  to  himself  a grateful  family,  in  the  j 
same  way  that  the  old-time  practitioner  used  to 


CLINIC 


Your  name?  Your  age?  Where  do  you  live? 

Your  height?  Your  weight?  Yes,  you  must  give 
Your  mother’s  name.  Your  father’s  name. 

Your  brother’s  name.  Your  work?  Your  wage? 
Your  boss?  Your  shop?  Here  put  an  X 
Right  at  the  top.  It  means  you’re  poor. 

That’s  all ; sit  down.  And  wait,  you’re  poor. 

Doctor?  No.  Sit  down,  no  hurry. 

Come?  He’ll  come  sometime,  don’t  worry'. 

Time?  It’s  eight.  Time?  It’s  nine. 

Time?  It’s  ten.  Time?  It’s  time. 

Your  name?  Your  age?  Hurt  much?  Hurt  here? 
Say  ahhh,  relax.  Lean  back,  draw  near. 

Say  ahhh,  breathe  out — And  out — and  in — 

Go  home?  No,  wait.  The  nurse  must  have 
Some  facts.  Please  state  your  middle  name. 

Your  mother’s  name.  Your  father’s  name. 

Your  brother’s  name  

By  Sala  Weltman,  age  12,  the  first  prize  poem  in  the  annual 
high  school  poetry  contest  in  New  York  City. — From  West- 
Chester  Medical  Bulletin  and  Connecticut  State  Medical  Journal. 

I 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


1 


UTERINE  FIBROIDS— WILLSON 


Uterine  Fibroids  Complicating 
Pregnancy* 

J.  Robert  Willson,  M.D. 

Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 

J.  Robert  Willson,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan  Medical 
School,  1937.  Instructor  in  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology,  University  of  Michigan  Medical 
School. 

■ The  management  of  pregnancy  complicated 

by  fibroids  of  the  uterus  generally  entails 
greater  responsibility  for  the  obstetrician  than 
does  the  management  of  the  normal  patient,  espe- 
cially when  it  may  be  the  last  or  only  opportunity 
for  the  individual  to  have  a baby.  Since  the  in- 
cidence of  complications  during  pregnancy,  labor 
and  the  puerperium  is  higher  in  these  patients 
than  in  a similar  group  of  normal  patients  there 
is  a natural  tendency  to  attribute  any  abnormality 
which  may  arise  to  the  fibroid.  This  assumed  re- 
lationship has  occasionally  led  to  hasty  and  even 
needless  interference.  Accumulated  data  and  ex- 
perience have  proved  that  pregnancy  complicated 
by  fibroids  should  be  managed  conservatively 
unless  interference  is  clearly  indicated. 

As  pointed  out  by  Lynch®  there  are,  In  general, 
four  methods  of  caring  for  these  patients  during 
pregnancy : 

Hysterectomy  during  early  pregnancy.  This 
radical  procedure  is  necessary  in  only  a small 
percentage  of  cases  and  should  not  be  done  with- 
out first  considering  other  acceptable  methods  of 
treatment.  In  most  instances  the  patient  should 
be  allowed  to  carry  the  pregnancy  to  term,  at 
which  time  abdominal  delivery  and  hysterectomy 
may  be  performed  if  necessary.  In  a few  cases 
of  early  pregnancy  associated  with  multinodular 
tumors  the  operation  may  be  both  justifiable  and 
necessary. 

Therapeutic  abortion.  Interruption  of  preg- 
nancy certainly  does  not  solve  the  problem.  Be- 
cause of  the  distorted  uterine  cavity  the  abortion 
may  be  difficult  and  furthermore  it  does  nothing 
to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  same  complica- 
tion with  another  pregnancy.  If  the  tumors  are 
large  enough  to  prevent  the  pregnancy  from  be- 
ing carried  to  term  Immediate  hysterectomy  is 
probably  indicated. 

*From  the  Department  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan  Medical  School. 


Myomectomy.  The  removal  of  tumors  from 
the  pregnant  uterus  Is  no  longer  granted  wide- 
spread acceptance.  Myomectomy  may  be  suc- 
cessful when  there  exists  a single  small  tumor, 
but  with  multiple  nodules  it  is  likely  to  result  in 
interruption  of  the  pregnancy.  The  increased 
vascularity  of  the  hypertrophic  uterine  muscula- 
ture makes  perfect  closure  of  the  tumor  bed 
difficult  and  bleeding  from  the  operative  site  is 
not  uncommon. 

Mussey  and  Hardwick®  resorted  to.  myomec- 
tomy thirty-two  times  with  twelve  abortions, 
three  premature  deliveries  and  one  maternal 
death.  All  of  Eisaman’s^  three  operations  for 
the  removal  of  tumors  were  followed  by  abortion. 
TroelB^  reported  157  myomectomies  during  preg- 
nancy with  a fetal  mortality  of  23.9  per  cent  and 
a maternal  mortality  of  3.9  per  cent. 

Carry  the  patient  to  term.  While  a program  of 
non-interference  is  not  always  desirable  it  seems 
to  be  the  most  satisfactory  method  of  treatment 
for  the  majority  of  cases. 

Occurrence 

In  the  last  5,271  consecutive  deliveries  at  the 
University  of  Michigan  Maternity  Hospital 
fifty-three  were  complicated  by  the  presence  of 
uterine  fibroids,  an  incidence  of  1 per  cent.  The 
incidence  In  this  series  compares  with  those  re- 
ported by  Watson^®  (1  per  cent),  Emge®  (1.3 
per  cent)  and  Pierson^  (0.8  per  cent),  but  is 
somewhat  higher  than  Campbelhs^  (0.43  per 
cent)  and  Pinard’s®  (0.6  per  cent). 

Age  and  Parity.  The  average  age  of  this 
group  of  patients  was  34.5  years;  the  youngest 
was  19  and  the  oldest  47.  The  greatest  incidence 
was  between  ages  30  and  39  and  the  lowest 
among  patients  under  20  years  of  age.  Twenty- 
one  were  primipara  and  32  multipara.  The  par- 
ity distribution  is  shown  In  Table  I. 

TABLE  I. ^DISTRIBUTION  OF  PARITY 


Para  0 21 

I 9 

II  7 

III  6 

IV  4 

V 2 

VI  3 

X 1 


Effect  on  Pregnancy 

Of  our  fifty-three  pregnancies  complicated  by 
uterine  fibroids,  eight,  or  15  per  cent,  had  tumors 


October,  1941 


795 


UTERINE  FIBROIDS— WILLSON 


large  enough  to  require  hysterectomy  in  the 
early  months  of  pregnancy.  The  largest  of  these 
extended  to  the  right  costal  margin  at  fourteen 
weeks  and  the  smallest  reached  the  level  of  the 
umbilicus  at  the  twelfth  week  of  pregnancy.  The 
average  age  of  this  group  of  patients  was  39 
years.  Four  of  the  patients  were  primipara  and 
four  multipara. 

There  was  considerable  variation  in  the  size 
of  the  tumors  in  the  remaining  forty-five  patients 
but  all  were  palpable  on  the  first  examination 
and  large  enough  so  that  it  was  the  opinion  of 
the  examiner  that  they  might  interfere  with  the 
pregnancy. 

Four,  or  8.8  per  cent,  of  the  forty-five  patients 
aborted  between  two  and  one-half  and  six  and 
one-half  months.  Three  of  these  had  cramps 
and  irregular  intervals  of  bleeding  throughout  the 
entire  duration  of  their  pregnancies.  In  the 
fourth  patient  termination  followed  an  attempt 
at  replacement  of  a retroverted  incarcerated 
uterus.  The  incidence  of  abortion  is  somewhat 
lower  than  is  reported  by  others.  Eisaman^  re- 
ported abortion  is  12.6  per  cent  and  Campbell  in 
14.7  per  cent.  Watson^^  estimates  that  15  per 
cent  to  24  per  cent  of  pregnancies  complicated  by 
fibroids  terminate  in  abortion  and  Studdiford^^ 
states  that  premature  termination  is  three  times 
more  frequent  than  in  normal  individuals. 

The  other  common  complications  occurring 
during  pregnancy  may  be  attributed  to  impair- 
ment of  the  blood  supply  to  the  enlarging  tumors, 
which  is  thought  to  result  in  degenerative  change. 

According  to  Emge^  there  is  both  an  actual 
and  a relative  increase  in  the  size  of  the  tumors 
during  pregnancy.  The  actual  enlargement  is  in 
a ratio  equal  to  the  uterine  development  and  is 
due  to  hypertrophy  of  the  tumor  elements,  edema 
and  an  increase  in  the  blood  supply.  As  the 
uterus  enlarges  to  accommodate  the  growing  fe- 
tus the  wall  becomes  thinner  and  the  fibroid  nod- 
ules become  more  prominent;  this  factor  plus 
the  true  enlargement  of  the  tumors  gives  an  im- 
pression of  more  rapid  growth  than  actually  oc- 
curs. Tumors  low  in  the  posterior  wall  of  the 
uterus  may  grow  to  considerable  size  leading  to 
their  incarceration  in  the  pelvis  and,  in  some  in- 
stances, to  compression  of  the  pelvic  soft  tissues. 

Red  degeneration,  which  usually  occurs  dur- 
ing the  second  trimester  of  pregnancy,  pre- 
sents a fairly  typical  symptom  complex.  The 
usual  clinical  picture  is  that  of  a sudden  onset 


of  pain  localized  over  a fibroid,  with  a tem- 
perature elevation  of  one  or  two  degrees  and 
a moderate  leukocytosis.  The  tumor  is  tender 
to  palpation  and  a definite  increase  in  size  may 
be  noted.  As  the  pregnancy  advances  the 
fibroids  outgrow  their  blood  supply  eind  be- 
come relatively  avascular;  vascularity  may  be 
further  compromised  by  torsion  of  the  tumor 
in  its  bed  due  to  the  intermittent  uterine  con- 
tractions during  pregnancy.  Infiltration  of 
blood  occurs  throughout  the  embarrassed  tu- 
mor, the  resulting  hemolysis  stains  the  tissue 
the  typical  color  associated  with  red  degen- 
eration, which  has  been  compared  to  that  of 
raw  beef.  The  affected  tumor  becomes  soft 
and  enlarged  and,  when  sectioned,  bulges  out 
of  its  capsule.  There  occurs  tissue  necrosis 
with  loss  of  cell  outline,  the  microscopic  pic- 
ture of  infarction,  but,  as  pointed  out  by  Po- 
lak,  there  is  usually  enough  normal  tissue  at 
the  periphery  so  the  tumor  may  recover. 

The  incidence  of  degenerative  changes  in 
fibroids  during  pregnancy  is  relatively  high. 
Campbell”  found  necrosis  to  be  present  ten 
times  more  frequently  in  fibroids  from  pregnant 
than  from  nonpregnant  uteri.  He  performed 
four  myomectomies  during  pregnancy,  three  of 
them  to  remove  degenerated  tumors.  Of  Mussey 
and  Hardwick’s®  thirty-two  myomectomies 
twenty-one  were  done  for  necrosis.  Reis  and 
Sinykin^®  removed  twenty-three  tumors  in  eight- 
een operations  performed  during  pregnancy  and 
eighteen  of  the  tumors  were  reported  as  show- 
ing degenerative  change. 

As  a rule  the  acute  symptoms  of  degeneration 
last  only  from  ten  to  fourteen  days  and  in  the 
vast  majority  of  instances  the  patient  can  be 
carried  through  this  period  without  excessive 
risk.  With  the  exception  of  the  eight  patients 
operated  upon  early  in  pregnancy  none  of  our 
patients  was  subjected  to  surgery  during  the 
antepartum  period,  although  12.5  per  cent  de- 
veloped what  we  believed  to  be  degenerative  tu- 
mor changes.  All  complained  of  severe  uterine 
pain  and  on  palpation  there  was  marked  tender- 
ness in  the  tumors  associated  with  a definite  en- 
largement. Treatment  consisted  of  bed  rest  and 
sedation  and  in  all  our  cases  the  symptoms  dis- 
appeared in  from  one  to  three  weeks.  All  the 
patients  in  this  group  were  delivered  of  normal 
living  infants. 


796 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


UTERINE  FIBROIDS— WILLSON 


Effect  on  Labor 

Obviously  in  these  cases  the  responsibility  of 
the  attending  physician  increases  with  the  onset 
of  labor.  While  the  incidence  of  operative  inter- 
vention naturally  rises,  such  interference  should 
be  only  on  the  basis  of  clear-cut  indications. 
Eisaman^  reported  operative  delivery  due  to  the 
presence  of  fibroids  in  36  per  cent,  Mussey  and 
Hardwick®  39  per  cent  and  CampbelP  29  per 
cent.  Our  total  operative  incidence  in  this  series 
was  thirty-four  per  cent.  Included  in  these  oper- 
ative procedures  were  five  cases  in  which  low 
forceps  were  used  to  complete  the  delivery  in 
primiparse,  but  were  not  done  because  of  inter- 
ference by  the^  fibroids.  When  these  are  sub- 
tracted from  the  total  the  operative  deliveries 
made  necessary  by  the  presence  of  fibroids  in 
our  series  is  reduced  to  twenty-two  per  cent 
(Table  II). 


TABLE  II. COMPARATIVE  OPERATIVE  INCIDENCE 

DUE  TO  FIBROIDS 

No. 

Percentage  Cases 


Campbell  (1933) 29.2  82 

Eisaman  (1934) 36  71 

Mussey  Hardwick  (1935) 39  97 

Willson  (1940)  22  53 


I 


The  operative  deliveries  made  necessary  by 
interference  from  the  fibroids  consisted  of : 
(1)  two  Porro  cesarean  sections,  one  in  a patient 
with  uterine  inertia  associated  with  the  tumors 
and  the  other  because  of  a large  fibroid  mass  low 
in  the  pelvis;  (2)  two  versions  with  extraction, 
the  indications  being  inertia  and  premature  sepa- 
ration of  the  placenta;  (3)  one  breech  extrac- 
tion; (4)  one  Duhrssen’s  incision  and  high  for- 
ceps after  an  86-hour  labor;  (5)  one  manual 
dilatation  of  the  cervix  and  mid-forceps  extrac- 
tion after  a 36-hour  labor;  (6)  one  mid-forceps 
extraction,  and  (7)  one  manual  rotation  of  the 
fetus  from  a posterior  position  (Table  III). 


TABLE  III. OPERATIONS  FOR  DELIVERY 


Porro  section 2 

Duhrssen’s  incisions 1 

High  forceps  extraction 

Manual  dilatation  cervix 1 

Mid  forceps  extraction 

Forceps  rotation  POP  to  OA 1 

Version  and  extraction 2 

Mid  forceps  extraction 1 

Breech  extraction  1 

Manual  rotation  ORP  to  OA 1 

Low  forceps  extraction 5 


The  increased  operative  incidence  in  patients 
with  uterine  fibroids  may  be  attributed  to : 

October.  1941 


(1)  Inertia.  A uterus  studded  with  tumors  is 
unable  to  work  as  efficiently  as  a normal  uterus 
in  which  there  is  nothing  to  interfere  with  the 
action  of  the  muscle  fibers.  In  some  instances 
the  body  of  the  uterus  may  be  made  up  almost 
completely  of  fibroids  at  the  expense  of  muscle. 
In  this  type  a true  primary  inertia  may  be  en- 
countered. The  characteristics  of  the  contrac- 
tions in  our  patients  are  summarized  in  Table  IV. 

TABLE  IV. CHARACTER  OF  CONTRACTIONS 

Normal  Weak  Irregular  Weak  and  Irregular 

48.8%  23%  12.9%  15.4% 

In  most  cases  the  pains  were  of  good  quality  if 
there  were  only  a small  number  of  tumors,  but  in 
those  patients  whose  uteri  contained  many  nod- 
ules the  contractions  were  poor.  Most  of  the 
patients  whose  pains  were  classified  as  normal  or 
weak  had  a normal  duration  of  labor,  but  those 
in  the  last  two  groups  (irregular,  and  weak  and 
irregular)  were  more  apt  to  have  long  labors. 
Despite  the  fact  that  the  evaluation  was  made 
only  by  observation  of  the  patient,  the  type  of 
labor  corresponded  closely  in  almost  every  in- 
stance to  the  type  of  contractions  recorded. 

(2)  Abnormal  Presentation.  There  is  usually  a 
higher  percentage  of  abnormal  positions  in  these 
patients.  Campbell  reported  sixty-two  per  cent 
cephalic,  2.4  per  cent  face,  12.2  per  cent  breech, 
and  4.8  per  cent  transverse.  In  our  patients  there 
was  less  deviation  from  the  normal  (Table  V). 

TABLE  v. POSITION 

OLA  ORP  ORA  OLP  POP  MV  B T 

36.8  21  13.1  2.6  5.3  2.6  5.3  2.6 

Cephalic 

93% 

Because  of  the  increase  in  the  number  of  ab- 
normal positions  and  the  high  incidence  of  in- 
efficient pains  a prolongation  of  the  labor  may 
occur.  Campbell  reported  26  per  cent  with  pro- 
longed labor  and  49  per  cent  with  short  labors 
in  his  cases.  In  our  series  52.3  per  cent  of  multi- 
para had  short  labors,  43.4  per  cent  normal,  and 
4.3  per  cent  long  (over  sixteen  hours).  The 
longest  multiparous  labor  was  thirty-two  hours. 
Of  the  primipara  33.3  per  cent  had  short  labors, 
49  per  cent  normal,  and  26.7  per  cent  long  (over 
twenty-four  hours),  the  longest  being  eighty-nine 
hours.  The  average  durations  of  the  stages  of 
labor  and  the  total  duration  for  each  group  are 

797 


UTERINE  FIBROIDS— WILLSON 


shown  in  Table  VI  and  it  is  of  interest  to  note 
that  in  this  series  both  are  well  within  the  ac- 
cepted normal  limits. 

TABLE  VI. ^AVERAGE  DURATION  OF  LABOR 

First  Second  Third  Total 

Stage  Stage  Stage  Duration 

Primipara  20  h.  42  m.  1 h.  30  m.  14.4  m.  22  h.  26  m. 

Multipara  7 h.  10  m.  28  m.  18.3  m.  7 h.  56  m. 


Multiple  small  fibroids  scattered  throughout 
the  uterine  musculature  may  prevent  firm  con- 
traction following  the  expulsion  of  the  placenta 
and  consequently  postpartum  hemorrhage  must 
be  guarded  against. 

The  endometrium  over  large  submucous 
fibroid  nodules  may  be  atrophic  in  character 
and  unable  to  respond  normally  to  the  stimulus 
of  pregnancy.  If  the  placenta  is  attached  in  this 
area  it  may  become  partially  adherent  and  man- 
ual removal  may  be  necessary.  CampbelR  re- 
ported postpartum  hemorrhage  in  31.7  per  cent 
of  his  eighty-two  patients  and  adherent  placenta 
in  eight.  In  Watson’s^®  series  postpartum  hemor- 
rhage occurred  three  times  and  adherent  pla- 
centa twice  in  157  cases. 

The  estimated  blood  loss  at  the  time  of  de- 
livery in  our  series  was  under  500  c.c.  in  each 
instance  and  over  300  c.c.  in  only  eight,  or  20 
per  centi  Atonicity  of  the  uterus  following  de- 
livery' of  the  placenta  occurred  twenty-four 
times,  but  in  all  instances  the  bleeding  was  read- 
ily controlled  by  the  use  of  oxytoxic  drugs.  The 
placenta  was  adherent  in  two  instances,  necessi- 
tating removal  in  both  cases.  Low  implantation 
of  the  placenta,  as  evidenced  by  rupture  of  the 
membrane  at  the  border  of  the  placenta,  was 
noted  six  times ; partial  premature  separation  of 
the  placenta  four  times  and  partial  placenta  pre- 
via twice. 

Effect  on  the  Puerperium 

The  outstanding  complication  of  the  puerpe- 
rium is  stated  to  be  degeneration  of  the  tumor 
caused  by  the  decreased  filood  supply  as  the 
uterus  contracts  and  involutes.  Because  of  the 
diminished  circulation  the  indiscriminate  use  of 
oxytoxic  drugs  should  be  carefully  weighed.  If 
a uterine  stimulqnt  is  indicated  it  would  appear 
desirable  that  this  be  given  in  small  and  infre- 
quent doses. 

In  Campbell’s  cases  five  myomectomies  and 
three  hysterectomies  were  done  during  the  post- 


partum period  for  degenerated  tumors.  In  six  of  I 
our  patients  temperature  elevation  associated  n 
with  marked  tumor  tenderness  was  noted  during  | 
the  postpartum  period,  but  all  six  recovered  I 
without  surgical  intervention.  The  average  num-  1 
ber  of  febrile  days  postpartum  was  1.7,  the  long- 
est being  for  fourteen  days. 

The  average  number  of  postpartum  hospital 
days  for  all  patients  was  15.8,  the  longest  being 
twenty-nine  days  in  a patient  who  had  been  de- 
livered by  Porro  cesarean  section.  This  is  a 
much  shorter  period  of  hospitalization  than  was 
reported  by  Eisaman.^  In  his  series  those  who 
delivered  spontaneously  remained  in  the  hospital 
14.5  days,  those  with  abdominal  operations  nine- 
teen days  and  those  with  vaginal  operations  26.3  ^ 
days. 

Involution  of  the  fibroid  uterus  is  definitely 
delayed.  It  was  the  opinion  of  the  various  exam- 
iners who  discharged  our  patients  that  in  83  per 
cent  there  was  subinvolution  of  the  uterus  in  ad- 
dition to  the  palpated  fibroid.  This  delay  of  nor- 
mal involution  may  be  due  partly  to  interference  , 
with  the  normal  mechanism  of  involution  caused 
by  the  presence  of  tumors  in  the  uterine  wall. 

Mortality 

The  goal  toward  which  every  obstetrician 
strives  is  the  reduction  of  both  fetal  and  mater- 
nal mortality.  Campbell  reported  a maternal 
mortality  of  3.65  per  cent  in  eighty-two  cases  of 
pregnancy  complicated  by  fibroids,  Mussey  and 
Hardwick  2 per  cent  in  ninety-seven  cases,  and 
Watson  3.2  per  cent  in  157  cases.  In  our  series 
of  fifty-three  cases  treated  in  a more  conserva- 
tive manner  there  were  no  maternal  deaths. 

Four  babies  delivered  after  the  period  of  via- 
bility were  lost.  One  died  of  aspiration  pneumo- 
nia on  the  third  day  of  life.  The  remaining  three 
infants  were  stillborn,  and  in  each  instance  the 
fetal  heart  was  not  heard  when  the  patient  re- 
ported to  the  hospital  in  labor.  All  three  were 
found  macerated  at  delivery.  The  longest  of 
the  four  labors  was  twelve  hours  and  all  ter- 
minated spontaneously.  The  placenta  in  two  of 
the  cases  was  normal,  but  in  the  third  several 
small  infarcts  were  noted.  The  total  fetal  loss, 
including  all  the  previable  infants  was  sixteen,  j 
or  30  per  cent.  If  the  eight  infants  sacrificed  by  | 
hysterectomy  and  the  four  abortions  are  siA-  1 
tracted  from  this,  the  fetal  mortality  for  viable 
infants  is  reduced  to  7.6  per  cent. 


798 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


UTERINE  FIBROIDS— WILLSON 


Summary 

Although  fibroids  may  be  a formidable  com- 
plication of  pregnancy  the  majority  offer  no  diffi- 
culty if  they  are  managed  properly.  Interference 
with  the  tumors  during  the  antepartum  period  is 
rarely  indicated  and  before  any  operative  pro- 
cedure is  attempted  careful  evaluation  of  the 
whole  problem  is  essential.  During  pregnancy 
the  removal  of  a growth  which  may  obstruct 
labor  is  rarely  desirable,  but  if  the  operation  is 
performed  the  operator  should  be  fully  aware  of 
the  risk  he  is  assuming.  In  a series  of  cases  re- 
ported by  TroelP^  the  maternal  mortality  was 

0.9  per  cent  higher  with  myomectomy  than  with 
hysterectomy  during  early  pregnancy.  Naturally 
the  mortality  is  less  with  the  removal  of  pe- 
dunculated subserous  tumors  than  of  those  im- 
bedded in  the  uterine  wall,  but  subserous  tumors, 
unless  very  large,  prolapsed  into  the  pelvis,  or 
with  pedicle  twists,  rarely  cause  trouble. 

Although  expectant  treatment  will  result  in  a 
marked  reduction  of  operative  deliveries,  the  ob- 
stetrician must  be  prepared  to  interfere  during 
labor  should  the  indication  arise.  Patients  with 
large  tumors  low  in  the  uterus  may  require  ab- 
dominal delivery  at  term.  Many  times,  however, 
the  tumor  rises  out  of  the  pelvis  as  the  lower 
uterine  segment  develops  and  the  delivery  will 
terminate  spontaneously.  If  a cesarean  section  is 
necessary  the  problem  of  what  to  do  with  the 
fibroids  must  also  be  considered.  Huber  and  Hes- 
seltine,^  presenting  figures  collected  from  the 
literature,  found  a maternal  mortality  of  15.4 
per  cent  with  cesarean  section  and  myomectomy 
as  compared  with  3.4  per  cent  for  cesarean  sec- 
tion and  hysterectomy.  Of  their  own  cases  eight 
Porro  operations  were  performed  with  no  deaths 
while  in  two  cesarean  sections  with  myomectomy 
one  death  occurred.  These  figures  emphasize  the 
fact  that  the  removal  of  tumors  at  the  time  of 
abdominal  delivery  is  less  safe  than  hysterec- 
tomy. 

Although  the  tumors  may  undergo  a degenera^ 
tive  change  during  the  puerperium  when  their 
blood  supply  is  suddenly  reduced,  our  results 
with  the  conservative  care  of  these  cases  suggest 
that  the  dangers  of  postpartum  necrosis  have 
been  exaggerated.  If  operation  becomes  neces- 
sary the  uterus  should  be  removed  in  most  in- 
stances, Huber  and  Hesseltine  reported  thirteen 
postpartum  hysterectomies  without  mortality  and 
ten  myomectomies  with  one  death. 


As  the  incidence  of  operative  deliveries  in- 
creases the  fetal  mortality  rate  rises.  With  the 
development  of  a more  conservative  attitude  in 
the  management  of  pregnancy  complicated  by 
uterine  fibroids  more  infant  as  well  as  mater- 
nal lives  are  being  conserved.  This  factor 
alone  justifies  a less  radical  type  of  care. 


Conclusions 


1.  Fifty-three  cases  of  pregnancy  complicated 
by  uterine  fibroids  are  presented. 

2.  Although  a small  percentage  of  patients 
with  fibroids  will  require  hysterectomy  early  in 
pregnancy  the  majority  can  be  carried  to  term 
satisfactorily.  Therapeutic  abortion  and  myo- 
mectomy are  rarely  indicated. 

3.  Symptoms  of  degeneration  in  the  fibroids 
do  not  always  indicate  the  necessity  for  inter- 
ference. 12.5  per  cent  of  the  patients  in  this  se- 
ries showed  such  symptoms  but  all  were  carried 
to  term  without  operation  and  all  were  delivered 
of  normal  children. 

4.  The  presence  of  fibroids  requires  more 
frequent  operative  delivery,  but  every  effort 
should  be  made  to  avoid  radical  interference. 
The  incidence  of  operative  deliveries  due  to 
fibroids  in  this  series  was  22  per  cent. 

5.  Conservative  management  of  pregnancies 
complicated  by  fibroids  will  lead  to  a decrease  in 
maternal  and  fetal  risk.  In  this  series  there 
were  no  maternal  deaths  and  the  fetal  mortality 
for  viable  infants  only  was  7.6  per  cent. 


Bibliography 

1.  Campbell,  R.  E. : Fibroids  complicating  pregnancy  and  la- 

bor. Am.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  26:1-16,  (July)  1933. 

2.  Eisaman,  J.  R. : Pregnancy  complicated  by  fibroids.  Am. 

Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  28:561-567,  (Oct.)  1934. 

3.  Emge,  L.  A. : The  influence  of  pregnancy  on  tumor 

growth.  Am.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  28:682-697,  (Nov.) 
1934. 

4.  Huber,  C.  P.,  and  Hesseltine,  H.  C. : Fibromyomata,  op- 

erative management  at  term.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  68: 
699-702,  (May)  1939. 

5.  Lynch,  F.  W. : Fibroids  and  ovarian  cysts  complicating 

pregnancy.  Calif,  and  West.  Med.,  35:415-420,  (Dec.)  1931. 

6.  Mussey,  R.  D.,  and  Hardwick,  R.  S. : The  outcome  of 

pregnancy  complicated  by  fibromyomata.  Am.  Jour,  (Dbst. 
and  Gynec.,  29:192-198,  (Feb.)  1935. 

7.  Pierson,  R.  N. : Fibromyomata  and  pregnancy.  Am.  Jour. 
Obst.  and  Gynec.,  14:333-344,  (Sept.)  1927. 

8.  Pinard  quoted  from : Lobenstine,  R.  W. : Fibromyomata 

complicating  pregnancy,  labor  and  the  puerperium.  Am. 
Jour.  Obst.,  63:67-83,  (Jan.)  1911. 

9.  Polak,  J.  O. : The  influence  of  fibroids  on  pregnancy  and 

labor.  Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  46:21-29  (Jan.)  1928. 

10.  Rei.s,  R-  A.,  and  Sinykin,  M.  B.:  Myomectomy  during 
pregnancy.  Am.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  39:834-839,  (May) 
1939. 

11.  Studdiford,  W.  E. : Pregnancy  in  the  fibroid  uterus.  Jour. 
Med.  Soc.  N.  J.,  32:424-427,  (July)  1935. 

12.  Troell  quoted  from:  Cuthbert  Lockyear:  Fibroids  and  al- 

lied tumors.  MacMillan  and  Co.,  London,  1918. 

13.  Watson,  B.  P. : Fibroids  complicating  pregnancy  and  labor. 
Am.  Jour.  Obst.  and  Gynec.,  23:351-360,  (Mar.)  1932. 


October,  1941 


799 


VARICOSE  VEINS— ROSENZWEIG  ET  AL. 


Varicose  Veins 

Allergic  Reactions  in  Injection 
Treatment* 

Saul  Rosenzweig,  M.D.,  Meyer  Ascher,  M.D.,  and 
Louis  Zlatkin,  M.D. 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Saul  Rosenzweig,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan, _ 1924.  Asso- 
ciate physician,  Detroit  Receiving  Hospital. 

Senior  physician.  Children’s  Hospital  of 
Michigan.  Attending  physician,  Cardio-V oscu- 
lar Clinics,  North  End  Clinic.  Diplofnate 
' American  Board  of  Internal  Medicine.  In- 
structor Wayne  University  Medical  School. 

Fellow,  American  College  _ of  Physicians. 

Member,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

Meyer  S.  Ascher,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Wayne  University  College  of  Medi- 
cine, 1930.  Associate  physician.  North  End 
Clinic.  Associate  member  American  Society 
for  Study  of  Allergy.  Member,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

Louis  Zlatkin,  M.D. 

A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1931.  M.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1935.  Associate  phy- 
sician North  End  Clinic.  Member,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

■ The  method  of  obliterating  varices  by  the 
injection  of  sclerosing  solutions  has  grown  in 
popularity  and  repute  for  more  than  a decade. 
At  first  these  solutions  were  very  unsatisfactory 
because  of  local  irritation,  severe  cramps,  in- 
dolent sloughs,  etc.  However,  other  agents  with- 
out these  disadvantages  were  soon  introduced ; 
such  solutions  are  sodium  morrhuate,  sodium 
ricinoleate,  and  sodium  monoethanolamine  (mon- 
olate) . These  materials  are  soaps  of  either  natural 
or  synthetic  cod  liver  oil,  castor  oil,  and  olive  oil 
respectively.  For  the  obliteration  of  varicose 
veins  these  solutions  are  effective,  generally  pain- 
less, and  harmless,  unless  too  much  is  deposited 
extravascularly,  even  in  which  case  slough  is 
quite  rare.  Sodium  morrhuate  produces  the  least 
untoward  local  reaction  and  is  the  safest  of  these 
four  solutions  to  use,  especially  in  the  hands  of 
the  less-experienced  operator.  Deaths  from  em- 
bolic phenomena  are  most  rare.  Proper  selection 
of  cases  and  post-injection  care  have  either  en- 
tirely eliminated  or  greatly  reduced  the  compli- 
cations and  hazards.  However,  in  this  paper  we 
are  reporting  the  occasional  natural  or  acquired 
allergy  to  these  solutions  which  we  have  encoun- 
tered. 

History 

Allergy  to  sclerosing  solutions  has  been  re- 
ported extensively  in  the  literature.^'^^  Ritchie,® 

•From  Cardio-Vascular  Clinics,  North  End  Clinic,  Detroit. 
800 


as  far  back  as  1933,  classified  the  types  of  al- 
lergic reactions  to  sclerosing  solutions  as  (a) 
erythematous,  (b)  gastrointestinal  and  (c)  cir-  ' 
culatory.  Zimmerman,^®  in  1934,  reported  seven 
cases  of  sensitivity  to  sodium  morrhuate.  In  his 
series  three  patients  developed  reactions  follow- 
ing the  initial  injection.  In  the  remaining  four 
cases  the  allergy  manifested  itself  only  after  the 
injections  had  been  resumed  following  a rest 
period  of  several  weeks  or  more.  He  advised 
intradermal  skin-testing  to  determine  sensitivity 
to  preclude  the  danger  of  a severe  anaphylactic 
response  in  the  later  type  of  case.  In  1935,  Praver 
and  Becker®  observed  “untoward  reactions  in 
the  form  of  a cutaneous  eruption  or  a nitritoid 
crisis  in  seven  out  of  176  patients  who  received 
783  injections  of  5 per  cent  sodium  morrhuate 
. . . for  the  . . . obliteration  of  varicose  veins.” 
Lewis,®  in  1936,  also  reported  a very  severe  re- 
action from  sodium  morrhuate  in  a patient  who 
had  completed  a series  of  injections  and  had  just 
returned  to  clear  up  a few  recurrent  varicoses.  He 
reiterated  that  the  greatest  care  should  be  exer- 
cised in  “patients  who  had  previously  used  the 
same  solution  if  a sufficient  time  had  elapsed 
to  allow  the  development  of  a foreign  protein 
sensitiveness.”  Dale,^  in  1937,  on  the  other  hand, 
reported  a severe  nitritoid  reaction  following  the 
thirteenth  in  a series  of  injections  spaced  at 
regular  intervals.  Moreover,  Hatcher  and  Long,® 
mention  a case  in  which  reactions  occurred  only 
after  the  first  injection  of  two  separate  series 
of  treatments  and  none  on  successive  injections. 
Traub  and  Swartz^^  and  McCastor  and  McCas- 
tor,’’  in  the  same  year,  reported  severe  anaphylac- 
toid reactions  to  sodium  morrhuate.  Levi,®  in 
1938,  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  deaths  have 
followed  the  use  of  the  same  substance.  Shel-  ■ 
ley,^®  in  1939,  described  a fatality  following  the 
use  of  monoethanolamine  oleate  (monolate).  He 
also  suggested  that  death  following  the  use  of  * 
sodium  morrhuate  is  not  as  uncommon  as  the  j 
medical  literature  would  indicate.  He  mentioned  ' 
the  fact  that  one  physician  from  the  Medical  Ex-  : 
aminer’s  Office  in  New  York  City  stated  that  • 
he  had  seen  three  such  deaths  in  the  course  of 
his  duties,  none  of  which  have  been  mentioned 
in  the  medical  literature.  This  experience  has 
not  been  noted  locally.  Holland®  and  Kadin^ 
have  recently  added  to  the  reports  of  severe 
anaphylactoid  reactions  to  that  sclerosing  agent. 

Tour.  M.S.M.S.  ; 


I 


VARICOSE  VEINS— ROSENZWEIG  ET  AL. 


Agents  and  Technique 

Sodium  morrhuate  has  been  accepted  as  the 
solution  of  choice  in  this  clinic  and  it  has  been 
used  ver>’  extensively  for  the  obliteration  of 


by  the  preceding  injection.  Treatments  were  gen- 
erally given  at  weekly  intervals.  The  patient  was 
discharged  when  all  the  varicosities  were  oblit- 
erated. In  a number  of  patients,  where  recur- 


TABLE  I. 

Annual  Incidence  of  Allergic  Reactions  to  Intravenous  Sodium  Morrhuate 
for  the  Obliteration  of  Varicose  Veins 


Year 

No.  of 
Reactions 

No.  of  Pts. 
Treated* 

Incidence  of 
Reactions  to 
No.  of  Pts. 
Treated 

Sodium 
Morrhuate 
Total  No.  of 
Injections 

Incidence  of 
Reactions  to 
Total  No.  of 
Injections 

1930 

0 

25 

0 

450 

0 

1931 

0 

83 

0 

1,087 

0 

1932 

0 

134 

0 

1,327 

0 

1933 

0 

119 

0 

1,201 

0 

1934 

0 

125 

0 

1,114 

0 

1935 

3 

86 

3.49% 

1,168 

0.275% 

1936 

3 

82. 

3.66% 

1,030 

0.291% 

1937 

1 

81 

1.23% 

954 

0.148% 

1938 

2 

96 

2.08% 

1,052 

0.190% 

1939 

6 

85 

7.06% 

886 

0.677% 

1940 

1 

22 

4.54% 

241 

0.415% 

Total 

16 

938 

1.706% 

10,510 

0.152% 

*New  admissions. 


varicosities.  In  a small  number  of  cases,  where 
an  incompatability  was  found  or  experience  in- 
dicated, sodium  ricinoleate  was  used.  Since 
1930,  using  sodium  morrhuate  for  the  most  part, 
we  have  treated  938  cases  and  have  given  10,510 
injections  (Table  I).  The  size  of  the  usual  dose 
varied  from  0.5  c.c.  of  a 5 per  cent  solution  up 
to  2.0  c.c.  of  a 10  per  cent  solution.  The  num- 
ber of  true  reactions  encountered  were  sixteen, 
giving  an  incidence  of  1.706  per  cent  of  the 
number  of  cases  treated,  and  0.152  per  cent  of 
the  number  of  injections  given. 

In  the  selection  of  cases  for  injection  of  vari- 
cosities of  the  lower  extremities,  the  usual  safe- 
guards in  the  history,  and  both  local  and  general 
examinations  were  made.  Special  emphasis  was 
placed  on  the  integrity  of  the  deep  venous  cir- 
culation. If  there  was  no  history  of  allergv^,  0.5 
c.c.  of  a 5 per  cent  sodium  morrhuate  solution 
was  then  injected  intravenously  into  the  lowest 
varix.  On  subsequent  visits  the  amount  was 
gradually  increased  up  to  2.0  c.c.,  the  increase 
depending  upon  the  degree  of  thrombosis  caused 


rences  of  some  varicosities  were  present,  treat- 
ment was  resumed  with  the  original  0.5  c.c.  of 
5 per  cent  sodium  morrhuate  solution. 

Reactions 

Seven  reactions  followed  the  resumption  of 
treatment,  three  occurring  between  the  second 
and  fourth  injections.  Two  reactions  followed 
the  initial  injection  of  sodium  morrhuate;  and 
one  person  first  experienced  allergic  symptoms 
only  after  the  twenty-third  injection.  In  two  in- 
stances, reactions  occurred  on  the  second  and 
fourth  injections  of  the  first  series  respectively, 
and  occurred  in  three  cases  on  the  second  to 
fourth  injection  upon  the  resumption  of  treat- 
ment instituted  to  clear  up  a few  recurrent  vari- 
cosities. In  the  nine  remaining  cases  the  reac- 
tions follow’ed  only  after  a successive  number  of 
injections  given  at  regularly-spaced  intervals 
(Table  II). 

In  most  instances  of  sodium  morrhuate  sen- 
sitivity, an  attempt  to  complete  the  obliteration 
of  the  varicose  veins  by  sodium  ricinoleate  was 


October,  1941 


801 


VARICOSE  VEINS— ROSENZWEIG  ET  AL. 


made.  In  two  such  cases,  the  patients  also  de- 
veloped an  allergy  to  the  sodium  ricinoleate  on 
the  second  and  fourth  injection  respectively  (Ta- 
ble III).  In  the  majority  of  the  fourteen  remain- 


of  patients  treated)  (Table  IV).  In  addition  our 
incidence  of  reactions  to  the  total  number  of 
injections  was  0.152  per  cent  compared  to  0.894 
reported  by  the  same  authors. 


TABLE  II. 


Time  Relationship  of  Allergic  Reaction  to  Number  of  Injections  Received 


Serial  No. 
of 

Injection 

First  Series  of  In; 

ections 

Resume  of  Course  of 
Treatment 

First 

Injection 

2nd — 4th 
Injection 

5th  Plus 
Injection 

First 

Injection 

2nd — 4th 
Injection 

5th  Plus 
Injection 

No.  of 
Reactions 

2 

2 

5 

0 

3 

4 

Incidence 

12.50% 

12.50% 

31.25% 

0 

18.75% 

25.00% 

TABLE  III. 


Atopic  Features  of  Allergic  Responses  to  Sodium 
Morrhuate 


Criteria 

Positive 

Negative 

Percentage 

Positive 

Skin  Tests 
(Intradermal) 

2 

14 

12.50% 

Subsequent  Allergy 
to 

Sodium  Ricinoleate 

2 

14 

12.50% 

Concomitant 
Allergy  to 
Other  Substances 

• 

1 

15 

6.25% 

ing  cases  that  exhibited  an  allergy  to  sodium 
morrhuate,  treatment  with  sodium  ricinoleate  was 
successful  for  the  obliteration  of  the  varicose 
veins.  Skin  tests  for  suspected  allergy  were  of 
little  or  no  assistance  in  preventing  reactions. 
Only  two  persons,  suffering  clinical  allergy  to 
sodium  morrhuate,  gave  positive  skin  reactions 
upon  intradermal  testing.  The  other  individuals 
gave  negative  results.  Only  one  person  in  this 
group  had  another  form  of  allergy,  ragweed  hay- 
fever.  The  allergy  as  with'  other  allergies  was 
specific,  i.  e.,  was  not  experienced  when  a shift 
from  morrhuate  to  ricinoleate  was  made,  even 
though  two  patients  who  were  sensitive  to  so- 
dium morrhuate  later  developed  a sensitivity  to 
sodium  ricinoleate. 

Our  experience  with  allergic  reactions  (1.706 
per  cent  of  patients  treated)  compared  favor- 
ably with  the  number  encountered  by  Praver  and 
Becker®  who  reported  seven  untoward  reactions 
in  176  patients  who  had  received  783  injections 
of  5 per  cent  sodium  morrhuate  (3.97  per  cent 

802 


Types  of  Reactions 

The  severity  of  allergic  reactions  ranged  all 
the  way  from  a localized  urticaria  at  the  site  of 
the  injection  to  coma  and  circulatory  collapse. 
Allergic  reactions  to  the  sclerosing  solutions  could 
be  classified  as:  (a)  cutaneous,  (b)  respiratory, 
(c)  cerebral,  (d)  gastro-intestinal  and  (e)  se- 
vere anaphylaxis  (Table  V).  A combination  of 
the  types  was  usually  the  rule.  The  cutaneous 
type  of  reaction  was  the  most  common  of  all 
the  manifestations.  It  was  manifested  by  either 
local  or  generalized  pruritus,  erythema  and  ur- 
ticaria. It  was  also  the  easiest  to  control,  re- 
sponding to  small  injection  of  epinephrine,  1 : 
1000,  or  ephedrine  sulphate  by  mouth.  Cutaneous 
reactions  were  noted  in  twelve  persons.  A case 
report  illustrating  this  type  of  reaction  was  that 
of  Case  15 : 

Mrs.  E.  G.,  aged  twenty-one,  came  to  the  clinic  com- 
plaining of  bilateral  varicosities  of  one  year’s  du- 
ration. Due  to  the  large  size  of  the  varicosities  a saphe- 
nous ligation  was  advised.  On  June  1,  1939,  0.1  c.c.  of  a 
5 per  cent  solution  of  sodium  morrhuate  was  injected 
in  a varix  as  a test  dose  for  sensitivity.  The  next 
day  the  patient  noted  a mild  pruritus  at  the  site  of  the 
injection.  This  disappeared  in  a short  while.  On 
June  3,  1939,  2.5  c.c.  of  a 5 per  cent  solution  of  sodium 
morrhuate  was  injected  into  the  distal  segment  of  the 
left  saphenous  vein  at  the  time  of  a saphenous-femoral 
ligation.  Pruritus  over  the  entire  course  of  the  in- 
jected vein  was  immediate.  In  five  minutes  giant  urti- 
carial wheals  involving  the  entire  left  thigh  and  leg 
was  noted.  The  patient  was  given  10  minims  (0.6  c.c.) 
of  epinephrine,  1 :KX)0,  intramuscularly  and  ephedrine 
sulphate,  gr.  orally.  The  urticarial  reaction  grad- 
ually subsided.  However,  the  pruritus  remained  for 
two  days.  Intradermal  skin  tests  performed  at  a Jater 
date  were  strongly  positive  for  sodium  morrhuate. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


VARICOSE  VEINS— ROSENZWEIG  ET  AL. 


The  respiratory  type  of  reaction  was  general- 
ly manifested  by  asthmatic  wheezing  and  cough- 
ing. In  our  group  of  cases  it  always  accompa- 
nied anaphylactic  shock.  Five  persons  suffered 


action,  the  patient  suffered  from  abdominal 
cramps,  nausea,  diarrhea  and  an  occasional  eme- 
sis. Three  persons  manifested  gastro-intestinal 
allergy.  Two  persons  in  this  series  showed 


TABLE  IV. 


Incidence  of  Allergic  Reactions  to  Sodium  Morrhuate 


Reference 

No.  of 
Reactions 

No.  of  Pts. 
Treated 

Incidence  of 
Reactions  to 
No.  of  Pts. 
Treated 

Total  No.  of 
Injections 

Incidence  of 
Reactions  to 
Total  No.  of 
Injections 

North  End 
Clinic 

16 

938 

1.706% 

10,510 

0.152% 

Praver  and 
Becker® 

7 

176 

3.977% 

783 

0.894% 

TABLE  V. 

/ 

Incidence  of  Type  of  Allergic  Response  to  Sodium  Morrhuate 


No.  of 

Dermatological 

Respiratory 

Cerebral 

Gastro- 

Allergic 

Reactions 

Allergy 

Allergy 

Allergy 

intestinal 

Allergy 

Shock 

16 

12 

5 

2 

3 

4 

Incidence 

75.0% 

31.25% 

12.50% 

18.75% 

25.00% 

from  respiratory  symptoms.  Case  2 illus- 
trates this  type  of  reaction: 

Mrs.  J.  G.,  aged  forty-five,  gave  a history  of  extensive 
varicose  veins  of  both  legs  for  fourteen  years.  The 
varicosities  were  so  large  and  extensive  that  a bilateral 
ligation  at  the  saphenous-femoral  junction  was  advised, 
and  on  June  6,  1936,  that  operation  was  performed.  The 
remaining  patent  varicosities  were  treated  by  injec- 
tions of  sodium  morrhuate.  Even  though  she  had  re- 
ceived fourteen  weekly  injections  of  5 per  cent  sodium 
morrhuate  in  doses  varying  from  0.5  to  2.0  c.c.,  the 
fifteenth  injection  on  October  22,  1936,  elicited  imme- 
d.iate  complaints  of  dizziness,  difficulty  in  breathing  and 
a tightness  in  the  chest.  There  was  spasmodic  cough- 
ing and  some  expectoration.  On  examination,  diffuse 
rales  were  he^rd  over  the  entire  chest,  and  the  breath 
sounds  were  indistinct.  The  radial  pulse  was  slow  and 
poor  in  quality.  The  patient  was  given  10  minims  (0.6 
c.c.)  of  epinephrine,  1:1000,  intramuscularly.  In  twen- 
ty minutes  the  chest  complaints  were  less  marked. 
The  injection  of  epinephrine  was  repeated.  Recovery 
proceeded  rapidly,  the  dizziness  and  pulmonary  edema 
gradually  disappearing  with  complete  recovery  within 
a relatively  short  time.  An  intradermal  skin  test  per- 
formed two  weeks  later  was  very  positive. 

In  the  ordinary  gastro-intestinal  type  of  re- 

OCTOBER,  1941 


symptoms  which  designated  cerebral  involve- 
ment. 

The  most  severe  of  all  allergic  reactions  was 
anaphylactic  shock  with  resultant  coma,  collapse, 
loss  of  pulse,  and  in  some  cases  convulsions  and 
shock.  Anaphylactic  shock  may,  or  may  not,  be 
preceded  by  cutaneous,  respiratory,  cerebral,  or 
gastro-intestinal  reactions.  A gastro-intestinal 
type  of  reaction  preceded  the  anaphylactic  shock 
in  Case  5. 

Mrs.  R.  G.,  aged  fifty-two,  gave  a negative  history 
of  allergy,  but  a positive  history  of  diabetes  mellitus. 
Chief  complaint  was  of  marked  varicose  veins,  pres- 
ent for  twenty  years.  During  the  period  from  Novem- 
ber 14,  1930,  to  July  3,  1932,  the  patient  received  a 
number  of  injections  of  20  per  cent  saline-glucose  solu- 
tion with  moderate  success.  She  returned  on  April  21, 
1933,  and  was  given  weekly  injections  of  1-2  c.c.  of 
5 per  cent  sodium  morrhuate.  Returned  a second  time 
on  March  14,  1935,  for  weekly  injections  of  the  same 
sclerosing  agent.  On  April  4,  1935,  she  received  1.5 
c.c.  of  5 per  cent  sodium  morrhuate.  About  seven  min- 
utes later,  the  patient  felt  dizzy  and  warm,  complained 
of  generalized  weakness,  a sinking  sensation  in  the 
abdomen,  nausea  and  upper  epigastric  pain.  After 
a few  minutes  she  collapsed  and  was  given  10  minims 


803 


TABLE  VII. SUMMARY  OF  CLINICAL  DATA 


VARICOSE  VEINS— ROSENZWEIG  ET  AL. 


804 


i 


VARICOSE  VEINS— ROSEXZWEIG  ET  AL. 


.-i  C 

a;  .2 
3 


> u 

a° 

c 

-^2 .9 
o 
a 

.B  S 

X 


o 

+j 

3 . 

cS 

o <u 

I? 

<+-l 

o o 

Vi 

5.0 

ot 

o .3 

U 4J 

w ,3 

3 M 

.2w 

o 


0^ 


o ^ 

txo  ^ 
u 

O O 


o5 


J/3  CL 

o ^ 

a 3 

'S. 

U3  " 
O <J> 


X 


o 

Z 


c 

X 


X 

W 


■ cS  si 
•C  3 
3 V3 

.2’S 

■e  ^ 

3 "" 

bjo 

53 
3 g 

2.  S 


f3  ID 

^ 'S 

•G.S  "i. 

3 ,3  ^ 

S.|| 

l&i 

sg| 

<CH  3 3 


s2  'O  S 

'C  o o 
S;3’t5 

to-|. 
^ *2  *2 

<U  3 H::; 
U u,  O 

^ S O 
O a-s 
o 


w . 

5. a 

•c  O 

3 > 
O,^ 

't:?  (D 

C3  w 
rt  O 

•n  ^ 

cS  M 

.2  3 

■^s 

^ cd 


.3 

c3 

3 vh  -3 
•C 

3-S+f 

all 

-d 


!M  3 <U 

o 

o 

lO 

c.c. 

2^  § 
O 0.3 

c.c. 

ci 

c3 

d 

d 

w o 
(N  -C 

rH 

d 

05 

05 

05 

05 

CO 

CO 

CO 

1 

o 

05 

1 

CO 

1 

1 

CO 

1 

o 

1 

!N 

1> 

CO 

^ rH  5 

lO 

>o 

o 

6 

o O .3 

o 

d 

cJ 

6 

d 

d 

(N  -n 

d 

3 

■^^.2 

u -1^ 

3 

--  2 
w 43 

.53 

3 0 0 
o o <u 

.3  o 
P3.2, 

_3 

6* 

.S 

U* 

o 

05 

05 

05 

CO 

CO 

CO 

? 

CO 

lO 

o 

1—! 

05 

I 

1 

CO 

1 

1 

o 

tH 

1 

(N 

o 

^4 

Vi 


*-« 

a 


m M 


cS 


J? 

gg> 


M 

la  >^ 

^ lO 

•+J  T— ( 

3 I 


m 


a 3 ^ 

(D  Cd 

rt  “ 52 

VS  O M 
® ” 2 


ffi 


; ro ' 


^ M rv 

X 


pd' 


P3 


£_;  »o 


Ph 


(0.6  c.c.)  of  epinephrine,  1 :1000.  Five  minutes  later 
the  patient  became  drowsy  and  semicomatose,  followed 
by  twitching  movements  of  the  mouth.  The  left  por- 
tion of  the  face  became  flaccid.  The  entire  chest  was 
filled  with  diffuse  rales.  Thirty-five  minutes  after  the 
onset  of  symptoms,  the  blood  pressure  reading  was 


TABLE  VI. 

Influence  of  Sex  on  Incidence  of  Allergy 
to  Soditim  Alorrhuate 


Sex 

No.  of  Pts. 
Treated 

No.  of 
Reactions 

Incidence  of 
Reactions 

Male 

275 

1 

0.363% 

Female 

663 

15 

2.262% 

Total 

938 

16 

1.706% 

50/?.  The  radial  pulse  was  of  poor  thready  quality. 
The  injection  of  epinephrine  was  repeated.  Ten  minutes 
later  the  patient  became  semiconscious  with  poor  orien- 
tation. The  blood  pressure  reading  was  82/46.  The 
injection  of  epinephrine  was  repeated  25  minutes  later. 
The  blood  pressure  rose  to  98/70.  The  patient  was 
then  given.  20  c.c.  of  a 50  per  cent  solution  of  glucose 
with  5 units  of  insulin  intravenously.  Approximately 
90  minutes  after  the  onset  of  the  symptoms  the  patient 
regained  full  consciousness  with  a blood  pressure  read- 
ing of  114/68.  The  pulse,  however,  was  still  weak  and 
irregular,  with  no  alleviation  of  the  epigastric  pain. 
The  patient’s  condition  rendered  hospitalization  for 
two  days  advisable. 

Sex  appeared  to  be  a factor  in  our  series. 
The  ratio  of  females  to  males  in  our  series  aver- 
aged 2.41  to  1,  there  being  663  women  and  275 
men.  Only  one  of  the  men  treated  suffered  a 
reaction,  an  incident  of  0.363  per  cent ; while 
15  women  of  663  treated,  an  incidence  of  2.262 
per  cent  had  reactions  (Table  VI).  Thus  women 
were  6.2  times  as  allergic  as  the  men. 

Conclusion 

The  usual  allergic  reaction  does  not  often  put 
the  patient’s  life  in  jeopardy.  Among  the  six- 
teen reactors,  there  was  one  instance  of  anaphy- 
lactic shock,  while  three  other  patients  suffered 
syncope.  The  underlying  mechanism  of  the  pro- 
duction of  allergy  to  sodium  morrhuate  is  not 
clear.  It  bears  a marked  similarity  to  the  pro- 
duction of  serum  sickness,  since  only  two  of  the 
sixteen  reactors  suffered  from  an  allergic  reac- 
tion following  the  first  administration  of  the 
antigenic  substance.  The  other  fourteen  cases 
were  instances  of  acquired  allerg>q  occurring 
as  far  along  in  the  course  of  treatment  as  the 

805 


October,  1941 


FRACTURES  OF  LONG  BONES— MOORE  AND  VAN  PERN  IS 


twenty-third  injection.  Moreover  only  two  of 
the  reactors  gave  positive  skin  reactions  to  the  al- 
lergen, and  then  only  after  they  had  suffered 
reactions.  Whether  the  allergy  is  due  to  a pro- 
tein fraction  of  the  sclerosing  substance  or  to  the 
formation  of  a hapten  is  unimportant.  The  dan- 
ger of  a reaction  is  always  present  and  generally 
unpredictable,  and,  therefore,  the  more  distressing 
to  both  physician  and  patient.  Any  symptoms 
referable  to  allergy  should  be  sufficient  indica- 
tion and  warning  to  discontinue  treatment  with 
that  particular  sclerosing  agent. 

The  treatment  of  the  mild  reactions  is  purely 
symptomatic ; small  doses  of  epinephrine  shorten 
the  episode  as  well  as  relieve  the  symptoms; 
ephedrine  by  mouth  can  be  helpful.  The  se- 
vere reactions  are  acute  medical  emergencies; 
here  again  epinephrine  is  the  most  valuable  agent, 
and  should  rapidly  be  used  in  full  therapeutic 
doses ; ephedrine  and  similar  drugs  should  not  be 
employed  here.  No  other  chemicals  are  of  any 
significant  assistance.  Supportive  measures 
should  of  course  be  employed ; external  heat  and 
intravenous  glucose  seem  to  be  of  distinct  help. 
No  attempt  at  desensitization  was  attempted  in 
any  of  our  cases ; we  preferred  to  switch  safely 
to  another  thrombosing  solution. 

Summary 

1.  Nine  hundred  thirty-eight  patients  suffering 
from  varicose  veins  of  the  lower  extremities  were 
given  10,510  injections  of  sodium  morrhuate 
from  1930  to  1940.  Sixteen  allergic  reactions  to 
that  substance  occurred. 

2.  Two  reactions  followed  the  initial  injection 
of  the  sodium  morrhuate;  two  occurred  on  the 
second  to  the  fourth  injection;  five  occurred 
after  the  fifth  injection ; three  occurred  on  the 
second  to  fourth  injections  following  the  resump- 
tion of  treatment,  and  four  after  the  fifth  in- 
jection following  the  resumption  of  treatment. 

3.  Skin  tests  were  positive  in  only  two  cases; 
two  reactors  subsequently  gave  reactions  to  so- 
dium ricinoleate;  and  one  person  also  had  hay- 
fever. 

4.  Our  incidence  of  reactions  compared  most 
favorably  with  the  incidence  reported  elsewhere. 

5.  Allergy  to  sodium  morrhuate  presented  it- 
self symptomatically  as  (a)  dermatological,  (b) 
respiratory,  (c)  cerebral,  (d)  gastro-intestinal, 
and  (e)  anaphylactic  shock. 

6.  Sex  appeared  to  be  a factor  in  our  series 


of  cases.  Women  were  markedly  more  suscepti- 
ble to  reactions  than  men. 

Bibliography 

1.  Dale,  M.  L. : Reaction  due  to  the  injection  of  sodium 

morrhuate.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  108:718-719,  (Feb.  27)  1936. 

2.  Hatcher,  M.  B.,  and  Long,  H.  W. : Unfavorable  reaction 
(especially  paralysis  of  arm)  from  sodium  morrhuate. 
Jour.  Med.  Assn.  Georgia,  26:427-428,  (Aug.)  1937. 

3.  Holland,  G.  A.:  Reactions  from  sodium  morrhuate  in  the 
sclerosing  of  varicose  veins.  Canad.  Med.  Assn.  Jour.,  41: 
262,  (Sept.)  1939. 

4.  Kadin,  Maurice:  Sodium  morrhuate;  severe  reaction  to  in- 

jection. Mich.  State  Med.  Jour.,  39:561,  (Aug.)  1940. 

5.  Levi,  David:  Injection  Treatment  of  Varicose  Veins. 

Practical  Procedures.  Rolleston,  Humphrey  & Moncrieff, 
A.A.,  Pub.  Eyre  and  Spottiswoods,  London,  1938. 

6.  Lewis,  K.  M. : Anaphylaxis  due  to  sodium  morrhuate. 

Jour.  A.M.A.,  107:1298,  (Oct.  17)  1936. 

7.  McCastor,  J.  T.  N.,  and  Mc(3astor,  M.  E. : Reaction  to 

sodium  morrhuate  injection.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  109:1799-1800. 
(Nov.  27)  1937. 

8.  Praver,  L.  L.,  and  Becker,  S.  W. : Sensitization  phenomena 
following  use  of  chemical  obliteration  of  varicose  veins. 
Jour.  A.M.A.,  104:997,  (Mar.  23)  1935. 

9.  Richie,  Allison.  Treatment  of  varicose  veins  during  preg- 
nancy. Edinburgh  Med.  Jour.,  p.  157,  (Nov.)  1933. 

10.  Shelley,  Harold  J. : Allergic  manifestations  with  injection 

treatment  of  varicose  veins — death  following  an  injection 
of  monoethanolamine  oleate  (monolate).  Jour.  A.M.A..  112’ 
1792,  (May  6)  1939. 

11.  Traub,  L.  E.,  and  Swartz,  W.  B.,  Jr.:  Collapse  complicat- 
ing injection  of  sodium  morrhuate,  N.  Y.  State  Jour.  Med. 
37:1506-08,  (Sept.  1)  1937. 

12.  Zimmerman,  L.  M. : Allergic-like  reactions  in  obliteration 

of  varicose  veins.  Jour.  A.M.A.,  102:1216-1217.  (Aoril  141 

irto  A 9 \ if  / 


^=[VlSMS^_ 

A Method  for  Correction  of 
Angulation  in  Fractures 
of  Long  Bones 

By  V.  M.  Moore,  M.D. 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 
Paul  A.  Van  Pernis,  M.D. 

Chicago,  Illinois 

Veenor  M.  Moore,  M.D. 

A.B.,  and  M.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 

1911.  Member,  American  Board  of  Radiology 
and  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

Paul  A.  Van  Pernis,  M.  D. 

A.B.,  Hope  College,  1935.  M.D.,  Rush 

Medical^  College,  1939.  John  Jay  Borland 
Fellow  in  Clinical  Research  at  St.  Luke’s  IJos- 
pital,  Chicago. 

■ The  general  practitioner  frequently  encoun- 
ters some  difficulty  in  correcting  angulation  de- 
formities following  fractures  of  long  bones.  We 
wish  to  emphasize  a method  well  known  to  ortho- 
pedic surgeons;  namely,  cast  wedging.  We  be- 
lieve that  an  accurate  correction  is  possible  by 
simple  means. 

After  a fracture  is  reduced,  checkup  x-ray 
films  should  be  taken  to  determine  if  proper 
alignment  of  fragments  has  been  obtained.  The 
radiologist  should  determine,  by  means  of  a pro- 
tractor, any  angulation  present  in  one  or  both 
planes,  and  state  the  degree  and  direction  of 
angulation  in  his  report  to  the  physician.  This 
done,  correction  of  any  existing  angulation  then 


806 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


FRACTURES  OF  ANKLE  JOINT— LAVENDER 


is  made  possible  by  a number  of  methods.  We 
have  suggested  two  methods  and  in  twenty  cases 
where  they  have  been  utilized  excellent  results 
have  been  obtained. 


Method  I.  A — Degree  of  angulation.  B — Wedge.  A = B. 

Method  II.  Abe — Line  of  angulation,  abd — Corrected  line 
ef.  Circular  cut. 

Method  I 

A wedge  of  cardboard  or  thin  lead  is  cut  to 
correspond  exactly  to  the  degree  of  angulation 
measured  from  the  film  of  the  bones  involved  in 
the  fracture.  The  cast  is  then  cut  circularly  at 
the  fracture  site  three-fourths  of  its  circumfer- 
ence and  the  distal  portion  of  the  cast  with  its 
encased  soft  tissues  and  bones  is  moved  in  the 
proper  direction  so  that  the  cardboard  wedge  fits 
snugly  into  the  widened  circular  cut.  An  assist- 
ant then  holds  the  extremity  in  the  new  position, 
or  the  position  is  maintained  by  the  use  of  a 
Hawley  table.  New  plaster  is  applied  over  the 
site  of  the  inserted  wedge  and  the  extremity  held 
in  position  until  drying  is  complete.  If  angula- 
tion is  present  in  two  planes,  another  circular 
cut  immediately  above  or  below  the  previous  cut 
in  the  cast  is  made  and  the  proper  wedge  is  in- 
serted at  right  angles  to  the  first  wedge  and  the 
above  procedure  repeated.  We  have  had  no  ill 
effects  due  to  soft  tissue  swelling  at  the  fracture 
site.  This  method,  of  course,  is  only  applicable 


to  non-comminuted  fractures  unless  pin  traction 
is  employed. 

Method  II 

A second  method  is  to  draw  lines  on  the  cast 
showing  the  degree  of  angulation  as  seen  on  the 
x-ray  film.  The  cast  is  then  cut  circularly  at  the 
site  of  fracture  and  the  lower  fragments  bent  un- 
til the  previously  drawn  angulated  line  becomes 
a straight  line.  If  the  angulation  is  in  two  planes 
the  same  procedure  may  be  repeated  for  the 
other  plane  of  angulation.  If  angulation  is  only 
in  one  plane  it  is  well  to  draw  a straight  line 
in  the  other  plane  so  that  during  correction  one 
does  not  make  a new  angulation  in  this  second 
plane.  This  will  not  occur  if  care  is  taken  to 
keep  the  latter  line  perfectly  straight.  The  method 
is  particularly  useful  where  pin  traction  is  em- 
ployed. 

= [^SMS 

Severe  Fractures  of  the 
Ankle  Joint 

Conservative  Management  and  a 
Presentation  of  Typical  Cases 

Howard  C.  Lavender,  M.D. 

Kalamazoo,  Michigan 

Howard  Lavender,  M.D. 

B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1928.  M.D., 

Vanderbilt  University  Medical  School,  1932. 

Member  of  Surgical  Staff,  Bronson  and  Bor- 
gess  Hospitals,  Kalamazoo.  Member,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

■ It  is  well  known  that  fractures  of  the  ankle 
may  at  times  offer  very  difficult  problems. 
The  end  results  have  often  been  a permanent 
disability  in  the  patient  and  a sad  disappointment 
to  the  physician.  Mutilation  of  the  bones  and 
soft  tissues  about  the  ankle,  produced  by  direct 
violence,  represent  the  worst  injuries.  Fortu- 
nately, such  occurrences  are  infrequent,  but  when 
they  are  seen,  one  has  to  make  the  best  of  a 
bad  situation. 

The  many  types  of  ankle  injuries  are  well  de- 
scribed in  most  of  the  modern  textbooks®’^®  and 
Ashhurst  and  Bromer^  gave  a complete  classifica- 
tion of  ankle  fractures  based  on  the  applica- 
tion of  the  force  which  may  produce  them.  In 
a recent  publication,  Carothers^  has  suggested  a 


October,  1941 


807 


FRACTURES  OF  ANKLE  JOINT— LAVENDER 


classification  that  is  rather  simple  and  based  on 
injuries  of  the  ankle  joint  with  or  without  dis- 
placement of  the  astragulus. 

The  most  serious  fracture  of  the  angle  pro- 
duced by  indirect  violence  is  the  one  in  which 
both  internal  and  external  malleoli  are  separated 
and  displaced  together  with  the  fracture  and  dis- 
placement of  a portion  of  the  lower,  posterior 
articulating  surface  of  the  tibia.  Henderson  and 
Stuck®  in  1935  called  it  a “trimalleolar  fracture,” 
which  is  a convenient  descriptive  term  but  not 
anatomically  correct,  since  the  lower,  posterior 
joint  lip  of  the  tibia  is  not  a true  malleolus.  Al- 
though this  injury  of  the  ankle  was  described  by* 
Sir  Astley  Cooper  in  1832,  Cotton®’®’^  in  1915 
stimulated  new  interest  and  pointed  out  the  se- 
rious consequences  that  arise  if  the  posterior 
dislocation  was  not  recognized  and  reduced. 
This  new  interest  has  been  manifested  to  a large 
extent  in  attempts  to  properly  treat  this  injury 
so  that  the  best  results  may  be  obtained. 

There  are  those  who  believe  an  open  reduction 
and  internal  fixation  of  the  posterior  tibial  frag- 
ment is  the  best  means  of  maintaining  a satisfac- 
tory alignment  of  the  fracture.  Lounsberry  and 
Metz®’^^’^®  first  suggested  this  method,  which  is 
now  used  almost  routinely  by  some,  particularly 
when  the  posterior  tibial  fragment  involves  one- 
third  or  more  of  the  lower  articulating  surface. 
On  the  other  hand  there  are  those  who  have  had 
equal  success  with  combined  manipulation  and 
traction  methods  and  Bohler®  contends  that  open 
reduction  is  never  indicated.  However,  it  is 
obvious  that  the  object  in  both  methods  is  to 
anatomically  reduce  and  maintain  the  alignment 
of  the  posterior  tibial  fragment,  which  is  the  fac- 
tor that  gives  the  most  trouble  and  makes  the 
fracture  a mean  one  to- deal  with.  The  literature 
during  the  past  few  years  contains  a variety  of 
discussions  on  the  management  of  this  injury. 
To  study  the  methods  of  treatment  gives  one  the 
impression  that  some  seem  too  radical  and  others 
too  conservative.  To  attempt  to  achieve  success 
in  the  treatment  of  a trimalleolar  fracture  simply 
by  manipulation  and  application  of  a plaster  cast, 
one  certainly  has  to  be  an  optimist.  Ou  the 
other  hand,  the  routine  use  of  open  reduction 
and  fixation  in  treating  every  case,  makes  one  ap- 
pear to  be  a pessimist.  Therefore,  it  seems  that 
if  a standard  or  routine  method  would  be  used, 
it  is  better  to  take  the  middle  ground.  I have 
found  the  use  of  manipulation  with  traction  to 

808 


be  quite  adequate  in  the  meanest  trimalleolar 
fractures  of  the  ankle  and  the  results  obtained 
have  been  gratifying. 

In  the  treatment  of  fractures  of  the  ankle  the 
mechanism  of  the  force  producing  the  fracture 
should  be  taken  into  account  as  this  knowledge 
facilitates  the  reduction.  Indirect  force  on  the 
plantar  flexed  foot,  or  sometimes  a combination 
of  extreme  plantar  flexion,  abduction  and  ex- 
ternal rotation,  is  responsible  for  a trimalleolar 
fracture.  The  astragulus  is  driven  against  the 
lower,  posterior,  articulating  margin  of  the  tibia 
resulting  in  a fractured  fragment  at  this  point  of 
the  tibia.  Continuation  of  the  force  on  the  un- 
restrained foot  causes  a severe  tug  on  the  deltoid 
and  lateral  ligaments  which  produces  the  frac- 
tures of  the  medial  and  lateral  malleoli  and  a 
posterior  dislocation  of  the  astragulus.  If  the 
fracturing  force  is  directed  more  directly  against 
the  lower  end  of  the  tibia,  then  a comminuted  or 
T- fracture  may  occur  associated  with  injury  to 
the  tibiofibular  ligament.  Rupture  of  the  liga- 
ment between  the  lower  end  of  the  tibia  and 
fibula  widens  the  space  between  the  bones  at  this 
point  and  the  astragulus  dislocates  laterally.  A 
force  directed  anteriorly  against  the  lower,  ar- 
ticulating surface  of  the  tibia  may  produce  a 
fractured  fragment  of  the  anterior  margin  with 
forward  dislocation  of  the  astragulus;  however, 
such  injury  is  very  uncommon.  Therefore,  in 
reduction  it  is  necessary  to  use  manipulation  that 
opposes  the  forces  that  produced  the  injurj\ 

Even  in  trimalleolar  fractures  with  dislocation 
of  the  astragulus,  it  is  possible  to  have  different 
degrees  of  injury.  A “classical”  fracture  is  the 
worst  in  that  the  tibial  fragment  usually  .com- 
prises one-third  or  more  of  the  articulating 
surface,  whereas  a “minimal”  fracture  consists 
of  a much  smaller  tibial  fragment.  This  distinc- 
tion in  the  size  of  the  tibial  fragment  has  been 
a deciding  factor  in  the  treatment,  indicating 
open  reduction  in  the  classical  type  and  more 
conservative  methods  for  the  minimal  fracture. 

No  attempt  is  made  to  suggest  any  new  method 
of  treating  fractures  of  the  ankle  or  to  detract 
from  various  treatments  that  are  now  in  use  and 
giving  good  results.  The  purpose  is  simply  to 
demonstrate,  by  these  cases,  the  results  obtained 
by  the  use  of  manipulative  reduction  and  main- 
tenance with  the  aid  of  steel  pins  used  in  trac- 
tion and  incorporated  in  a plaster  cast.  I be- 
lieve the  method  to  be  safe,  simple  and  quite 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


FRACTURES  OF  ANKLE  JOINT— LAVENDER 


satisfactory  in  the  treatment  of  some  of  the 
worst  fractures  of  the  ankle. 

Technique 

Early  reduction  is  always  advisable,  unless,  of 
course,  other  more  severe  injuries  demand  first 
attention.  Soft  tissue  swelling,  pain  and  some 


widened  by  injury  to  the  tibiofibular  ligament. 
Internal  rotation  of  the  foot  usually  aligns  the 
lower  end  of  the  fibula  and  adduction  returns  the 
medial  malleolus  of  the  tibia  to  its  normal  posi- 
tion as  well  as  to  approximate  the  lacerated  fibers 
of  the  deltoid  ligament.  Radiographic  studies 
should  then  reveal  the  astragulus  fitting  snugly 


degree  of  shock  are  minimized  by  early  treat- 
ment. The  patient  lying  on  his  back,  the  foot 
and  leg  are  surgically  prepared.  Novocain  is 
infiltrated  into  the  skin  over  the  os  calcis  and 
upper  portion  of  the  tibia  medially  and  laterally. 
Infiltration  may  then  be  made  into  the  hema- 
toma within  the  ankle  joint  and  shortly  pain  is 
entirely  relieved.  A steel  pin  is  placed  through 
the  upper,  posterior  portion  of  the  os  calcis  and 
another  through  the  tibia  just  below  the  tubercle. 
To  retract  the  skin  toward  the  knee  before  in- 
serting the  upper  pin  will  avoid  tension  against 
the  skin  at  the  pin  holes.  The  foot  and  leg  is 
gently  supported  as  it  is  placed  in  a traction 
apparatus  and  the  pins  locked  in  place.  Support 
is  continued  until  sufficient  traction  is  made  to 
reduce  the  astragulus.  The  foot  and  leg  is  then 
elvated  until  the  knee  is  flexed  from  forty-five 
to  seventy  degrees  from  complete  extension  and 
thereby  the  gastrocnemius  muscle  is  well  relaxed. 
The  foot  may  then  be  moved  without  restraint. 
Digital  pressure  over  the  tibial  fragment  and 
movement  of  the  foot  to  relax  the  tendons  over 
it  will  disengage  the  fragment  and  contribute 
to  the  ease  of  its  replacement.  The  foot  then  is 
slightly  dorsi-flexed  for  a posterior  tibial  frag- 
ment or  plantar-flexed  for  an  anterior  fragment, 
causing  tendon  pressure  over  the  fragment  to 
aid  in  holding  it  in  place.  Bilateral  pressure  with 
the  palms  of  the  hands  or  a padded  Forrester 
clamp  will  restore  normal  relation  of  the  tibia 
and  fibula  if  the  space  between  them  has  been 


in  the  mortise  formed  by  tibia  and  fibula  and  the 
posterior  or  anterior  tibial  fragment  must  restore 
a smooth  articulating  surface.  Plaster  is  then 
applied  following  a light  padding  over  the  upper 
portion  of  the  fibula,  the  patella,  the  ankle  me- 
dially and  laterally,  the  Achilles  tendon,  the  plan- 
tar surface  of  the  foot  and  the  heel.  The  steel 
pins  are  incorporated  in  the  plaster  which  is 
wound  from  the  toes  to  the  middle  of  the  thigh. 
The  foot,  leg  and  knee  are  encased  in  whatever 
position  they  may  be  when  the  satisfactory  reduc- 
tion has  been  obtained,  as  any  change  to  a neutral 
position  may  result  in  the  loss  of  the  anatomical 
alignment.  Shortly,  when  the  plaster  has  set,  the 
leg  is  removed  from  the  traction  apparatus  and* 
the  patient  sent  to  his  room.  The  foot  and  leg 
is  elevated  rather  high  on  pillows  to  allow  re- 
cession of  the  swelling  of  the  soft  tissues.  A 
window  cut  in  the  cast  over  the  anterior  portion 
of  the  ankle  and  knee  adds  to  the  patient’s  com- 
fort. Of  course,  close  observation  of  the  cir- 
culation in  the  extremity  is  watched  for  at  least 
forty-eight  to  seventy-two  hours,  as  a circular 
cast  always  carries  the  danger  of  being  too  tight. 
Hospitalization  after  reduction  usually  affords 
more  convenience  to  the  physician ; however,  it 
is  not  imperative  and  the  patient  may  convalesce 
at  his  home  if  he  so  desires.  The  cast  should 
not  be  removed  for  five  or  six  weeks.  After 
this  time  a lighter,  skin  cast  with  a walking  iron 
should  be  applied  with  the  foot  in  a neutral  posi- 
tion and  the  knee  only  slightly  flexed.  The  walk- 


OCTOBER,  1941 


809 


FRACTURES  OF  ANKLE  JOINT— LAVENDER 


ing  cast  may  be  used  for  another  five  or  six 
weeks,  after  which  weight  bearing  on  the  ankle 
is  allowed.  A leather  ankle  brace  or  a high  top 


der  spinal  anesthesia,  the  fracture  was  manipulated  to 
disengage  the  fractured  fragments  and  then  reduction 
by  traction  and  molding  of  the  ankle  was  carried  out. 
A good  result  was  obtained  in  this  case.  (See  Fig.  3.) 


1 


shoe  with  an  arch  support  is  desirable  for  two 
or  three  months. 

Case  1.  J.V.W.,  male,  age  22,  case  number  34721. 

Trimalleolar  fracture  of  the  right  ankle  produced  by 
sliding  into  a base  during  a game  of  baseball..  Im- 
mediate reduction  and  final  result  good.  (See  Fig.  1.) 

Case  2.  M.G.,  male,  age  45,  case  number  59283.  Tri- 
malleolar fracture  of  the  right,  angle.  The  patient 
slipped  on  a wet  tile  floor.  The  foot  was  plantar 
flexed  and  externally  rotated  as  he  sat  forcefully  on 
the  foot  in  the  fall  to  the  floor.  Immediate  reduction 
and  a good  result.  (See  Fig.  2.) 

Case  3.  R.K.,  male,  age  28,  case  number  43131. 

Severely  comminuted  fracture  of  the  right  ankle.  The 
patient  was  in  an  automobile  accident.  The  patient  was 
riding  in  the  rear  seat  -with  his  foot  braced  against  a 
foot  rest.  The  astragulus  was  apparently  driven  directly 
against  the  lower,  articulating  surface  of  the  tibia.  The 
skin  remained  unbroken.  The  patient  was  brought  in 
for  treatment  ten  days  after  the  injury,  following  which 
there  had  been  no  attempt  to  reduce  the  fracture.  Un- 


Conclusion 

The  most  severe  fractures  of  the  ankle  may  be 
treated  with  satisfactory  results  by  combined 
manipulation  and  traction  in  which  alignment  of 
the  fractured  fragments  is  maintained  by  incor- 
poration of  the  traction  pins  in  an  adequate  plas-  | 
ter  cast.  j 

No  ill  effects  have  been  observed  by  keeping 
the  knee  flexed  or  the  foot  out  of  neutral  posi-  r 
tion  during  the  first  few  weeks  of  treatment.  J 

Satisfactory  reduction  is  possible  and  may  be 
maintained  without  the  use  of  a third  traction 
pin  through  the  metatarsals  for  a forward  pull 
on  the  foot.  Traction  in  the  long  axis  of  the  | 
leg  with  variation  in  the  position  of  the  foot  | 
seems  to  accomplish  in  ankle  fractures  what  a i 
metatarsal  traction  wire  may  offer.  | 

Local  anesthesia  in  many  fresh  fractures  of 
the  ankle  affords  complete  freedom  from  pain  i| 


810 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


HYPOTHYROIDISM  IN  CHILDREN— HILL  AND  WEBBER 


and  a great  advantage  in  its  use  is  that  the  co- 
operation  of  the  patient  may  be  had  during  the 
process  of  reduction.  The  consciousness  of  the 
patient  is  very  helpful  in  that  his  comfort  is  bet- 
ter assured  as  the  cast  is  applied  and  immediately 
following  the  procedure.  Seldom  is  it  neces- 
sary to  make  alterations  later  if  the  patient  leaves 
the  operating  room  conscious  and  comfortable. 

No  ill  effects  have  been  observed  by  allowing 
weight  bearing  on  the  injured  ankle  at  the  end 
of  three  months  following  the  use  of  a walking 
cast. 

References 

1.  Ashhurst,  A-  P.  C.,  and  Bromer,  R.  S. : Qassification  and 

mechanism  of  fractures  of  the  leg  bones  involving  the  ankle. 
Arch,  of  Surg.,  1922,  4:51-129. 

2.  Bohler,  Loren:  The  Treatment  of  Fractures.  Baltimore: 

William  Wood  and  Company,  1936. 

3.  Campbell,  W.  C. : Operative  Orthopedics.  St.  Louis:  C.  V. 

Mosby  Co.,  1939.  . . 

4.  Carothers,  R.  G. : Fractures  involving  the  ankle  joint. 

Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  1941,  72:410-413. 

5.  Cotton,  F.  J. : A new  type  of  ankle  fracture.  Jour.  Am. 

Med.  Assoc.,  1915,  64:318-321. 

6.  Cotton,  F.  J. : Dean  Lewis  Practice  of  Surgery,  Volume 

2,  Chapter  4.  Hagerstown,  Maryland.  W.  F.  Prior  Com- 
pany, Inc.,  1940. 

7.  Cotton,  F.  J.,  and  Berg,  R. : New  England  Journal  of 

Medicine,  1929,  210:753. 

8.  Estes,  W.  L. : Textbook  of  Surgery  by  Frederick  Christo- 
pher. Philadelphia:  W.  B.  Saunders  Co.,  1936. 

9.  Henderson,  M.  S.,  and  Stuck,  W.  G. : Fractures  of  the 

ankle,  recent  and  old.  J.  Bone  and  Joint  Surg.,  1935,  .15  :882 
888. 

10.  Key,  J.  A.,  and  Conwell,  H.  E. : The  Management  of  Frac- 
tures, Dislocations  and  Sprains.  St.  Louis : C.  V.  Mosby  Co., 
1934. 

11.  Lounsberry,  B.  F.,  and  Metz,  A.  R._:  Lipping  fractures  of 
the  lower  articular  end  of  the  tibia.  Arch.  Surg.,  1922, 
5:678. 

12.  Nelson,  M.  C.,  and  Jensen,  N.  K. : The  treatment  of  tri- 
malleolar fractures  of  the  ankle.  Surg.,  Gynec,  and  Obst,, 
1940,  71:509. 

^=|V|SMS_  ' 

WAYNE  SPEECH  CLINIC  ADDS  NEW  EQUIPMENT 

Wayne  University’s  speech-correction  clinic  will  be 
equipped  this  year  with  one  of  the  newest  instruments 
known  in  its  field:  a new  type  of  electro-kymograph, 
for  measuring  and  recording  breathing  patterns. 

The  device,  the  only  one  of  its  kind  in  Detroit,  was 
donated  to  the  university  last  year  by  Beta  Sigma 
Phi  Fellowship,  a social-scientific  group  of  persons 
holding  graduate  degrees  from  Wa3me. 

The  speech-correction  clinic,  located  at  4735  Cass, 
near  Hancock,  offers  a special  class  for  adult  stut- 
terers, which  meets  Mondays  and  Thursdays  at  7 :00 
p.m.  There  is  also  a children’s  clinic,  for  help  in  every 
type  of  speech  difficulty,  on  Saturdays  at  9:00  a.m, 
TTie  class  for  adults  is  available  without  credit  at 
the  usual  university  class  fee ; the  children’s  program, 
similar  to  that  in  which  60  youngsters  were  treated 
regularly  last  year,  is  available  at  nominal  fees.  The 
work  is  directed  by  Prof.  Eugene  Hahn,  authority 
on  the  treatment  of  speech  difficulties. 

The  clinic  offers  academic  laboratory  experience  to 
Wayne  students  training  to  be  teachers  of  speech  cor- 
rection, and  also  functions  in  improving  the  speech 
of  the  university  students  themselves. 

The  Wayne  program  functions  in  cooperation  with 
the  speech  correction  program  in  the  Detroit  public 
schools,  which  is  supervised  by  Miss  Hildred  Gross. 
Most  of  the  cases  in  the  schools  are  cared  for  in 
the  150  centers  maintained  by  the  Board  of  Education 
in  various  school  buildings. 

October,  1941 


Hypothyroidism  in  Children 

A Review  of  Masked  Symptoms  and 
Evaluation  of  Response  to  Thyroid 
Treatment 

By  A.  Morgan  Hill,  M.D.,  and 
Jerome  E.  Webber,  M.D. 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

A.  M.  Hill,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Vermont.  1926.  Mem- 
of  Pediatrics.  Licentiate  Board 
of  Pedi^rics.  Member,  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society. 

J.  E.  Webber,  M.D. 

.^omestown  College,  North  Dakota. 

1931.  M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1935. 

Member,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ Considerable  literature  has  accumulated  on 

hypothyroidism  in  general  but  it  seems  that  a 
scarcity  exists  in  pediatric  writings,  especially 
concerning  mild  or  borderline  types,  and  it  is  in 
some  measure  the  reason  for  this  report  on  a 
number  of  interesting  observations  made  upon 
forty-one  patients  between  the  ages  of  nine 
months  and  fourteen  years. 

Among  the  recent  authors  interested  in  the 
subject  are:  Shelton;’’’®  Topper  Cattell;® 

Dorff;^  Brown  and  associates;^  Wilkins \Yat- 
kins  and  Rose.® 

Dorff^  appears  to  have  coined  the  term  ‘'masked 
hypothyroidism  ’ as  a description  for  his  cases 
“since  the  symptoms  are  misleading  and  often  go 
unrecognized  unless  properly  studied  and  in- 
terpreted.” 

Rose®  wrote  that  “the  term  ‘paradoxical 
hypothyroidism’  is  applicable  to  a group  of  pa- 
tients in  whom  thyroid  deficiency  produces  an 
almost  complete  reversal  of  the  classic  picture. 
They  are  nervous  and  irritable,  undernourished 
and  sometimes  complain  of  palpitation  and  tachy- 
cardia . . . their  only  characteristic  symptoms  are 
apt  to  be  fatigability  and  intolerance  to  cold, 
yet  they  respond  promptly  as  a rule  to  desiccated 
thyroid.” 

We  are  reporting  observations  made  upon  a 
group  of  patients  who  show  disturbances  which 
may  well  be  metabolic  disorders  closely  related 
to  hypothyroidism.  Because  of  the  lack  of  a 
better  explanation  of  the  etiology,  as  well  as  evi- 
dence of  satisfactory  response  to  thyroid  sub- 
stance in  the  majority  of  cases,  we  believe  the 
diagnosis  of  “masked  hypothyroidism”  can  be 
applied  to  most  of  this  group. 

811 


HYPOTHYROIDISM  IN  CHILDREN— HILL  AND  WEBBER 


I 


Because  retardation  in  carpal  bone  develop- 
ment and  a low  basal  metabolic  rate  are  agreed 
upon  by  most  writers  on  the  subject  as  labora- 
tory evidence  of  hypothyroidism,  we  have  used 
these  criteria  as  aids  in  classifying  our  cases. 
All  of  the  children  have  had  either  one  or  both 
examinations  included  in  their  case  studies.  The 
examination  of  x-rays  of  the  bones  as  well  as  a 
complete  physical  examination  seems  sufficient 
to  rule  out  other  causes  of  bony  retardation  as 
mentioned  by  Dorff,^  i.e.,  “rickets,  mongolism, 
celiac  disease,  congenital  syphilis,  et  cetera.”  It 
is  also  felt  that  other  causes  for  hypometabolic 
states  discussed  by  Watkins^^  can  be  ruled  out. 

Among  the  total  number  (forty-one)  of  chil- 
dren, twenty-seven  were  male ; fourteen  were  fe- 
male. A definite  family  history  of  thyroid  dis- 
turbances was  obtained  in  twelve  cases.  There 
were  four  families  in  which  two  siblings  showed 
similar  symptoms.  Twenty-eight  of  the  children 
were  of  school  age. 

Of  the  twenty-five  children  who  had  x-ray 
examinations  for  carpal  development,  twenty-two 
showed  definite  delay  in  osseous  growth  of  more 
than  six  months  when  compared  to  the  standards 
published  by  Wingate  Todd.®  Three  children 
showed  development  considered  normal  or  with 
less  than  six  months’  retardation.  One  patient  in 
the  latter  group  had  a metabolic  rate  of  minus 
twenty-six.  The  other  two  patients  in  addition 
to  having  symptoms  and  findings  similar  to  the 
group  described  below,  gave  a history  of  their 
mothers  having  low  metabolism  rates  and  both 
were  taking  thyroid  medication  while  we  were 
making  these  observations  upon  their  offsprings. 
It  may  be  supposed  that  if  our  diagnosis  is  cor- 
rect, the  onset  of  hypothyroid  symptoms  has 
been  so  recent  that  no  delay  was  demonstrable  at 
present. 

Of  the  seventeen  patients  who  were  consid- 
ered old  enough  for  satisfactory  basal  metabolism 
tests,  fifteen  showed  low  readings  ranging 
from  minus  seventeen  to  minus  thirty-six.  The 
other  two  children  were  found  to  have  a minus 
two  and  a minus  nine  rate  respectively. 

A review  of  the  histories  showed  that  the  most 
prevalent  complaint  was  frequent  upper  respira- 
tory infection.  Twenty-two  are  in  this  group. 
Most  of  the  children  had  been  on  the  usual  vita- 
min mixtures  and  iron  tonics.  Many  had  had  so- 
called  “cold  vaccines”  and  ultraviolet  light  treat- 
ments. About  half  of  these  children  had  already 


been  subjected  to  removal  of  tonsil  and  adenoid 
tissue  without  any  relief  from  recurrent  upper 
respiratory  bouts.  The  parents  of  the  remaining 
number  wanted  advice  on  tonsillectomy,  and  it 
was  for  this  reason  that  we  were  asked  to  see 
the  patients. 

An  interesting  group  of  findings  in  the  nose 
were  either  observed  at  the  time  of  examina- 
tion or  symptoms  originating  in  the  nose  were 
complained  of  by  the  parents  or  children  in 
seventeen  cases.  So  far  as  we  know,  a similar 
reference  to  these  findings  does  not  appear  in 
pediatric  literature,  although  certain  internists 
and  otolaryngologists  have  described  mucous 
membrane  pathology  in  hypometabolic  states. 
Lee,®  in  1925,  wrote  of  the  relationship  of 
vasomotor  rhinitis  and  hypothyroidism.  More 
recently,  in  1936,  Bryant^  called  attention  to 
the  tendency  in  metabolic  disturbances  of  in- 
fections such  as  repeated  colds,  and  made  a 
plea  for  consideration  of  hypothyroidism  in 
cases  which  did  not  respond  to  ordinary 
therapeutic  efforts.  The  membranes  of  the  • 
turbinates  viewed  from  the  anterior  nares, 
showed  a pale,  waxy,  boggy  appearance  unless 
there  was  a superimposed  infection,  in  which  ^ 
case  the  boggy  turbinates  were  red  and ' 
showed  marked  capillary  injection.  There  of-  * 
ten  was  an  excessive  thin  mucoid  discharge , 
similar  to  that  seen  in  an  allergic  rhinitis.  It ! 
seemed  to  us  that  the  discharge  in  these  cases 
was  thinner  than  in  the  case  of  uncomplicated  j 
cillergy,  although  in  making  a differential  diag-  ^ 
nosis  many  times  repeated  nasal  smears  were  ; 
checked  and  it  was  not  until  several  smears; 
were  found  to  be  negative  for  eosinophilia  that 
we  could  be  sure  that  an  allergic  membrane 
was  not  being  observed.  As  a result  of  the 
marked  swelling  of  the  nasal  mucosa,  many  ofi 
these  patients  complained  bitterly  of  nasal  ob- 
struction and  often  sleeping,  studying  and 
physical  activities  were  necessarily  curtailed. 
In  some  of  these  children,  pale  edematous 
membranes  extended  into  the  pharynx  and  a 
few  had  a boggy  appearing  uvula.  Although 
four  of  the  children  showing  the  above  symp- 
toms were  known  to  have  a seasonal  pollinosis, 
these  mucous  membrane  findings  and  repeated 
nasal  smears  were  made  during  the  winter! 
months  when  the  known  irritants  had  ceased? 
to  exist.  i 


812 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


HYPOTHYROIDISM  IN  CHILDREN— HILL  AND  WEBBER 


Twenty  of  the  children  showed  hyperactivity 
on  examination  or  were  described  by  parents  and 
teachers  as  restless,  fidgety  children.  Excessive 
activity  is  not  a symptom  commonly  recalled  to 
mind  in  hypothyroid  individuals.  Quite  the  re- 
verse is  true.  We  are  used  to  associating  apathy 
and  sluggish  reactions  with  hypothyroidism.  In 
Dorff’s^  report  which  we  mentioned  previously, 
are  several  cases  which  were  restless  and  unstable 
and  appear  to  be  comparable  to  the  animation 
exhibited  in  part  of  our  group. 

A group  of  twelve  patients  who  showed  hyper- 
activity also  presented  lack  of  attention,  anorexia, 
small  stature,  nervousness,  simian-like  behavior, 
and  irritability ; and  resemble  the  group  described 
by  Rose®  as  examples  of  “paradoxical  hypothy- 
roidism.” This  term  certainly  is  an  apt  one,  for 
these  little  individuals  suggest  “hyper”  rather  than 
“hypothyroidism.” 

Shortness  of  stature  was  a significant  finding 
in  eleven  subjects. 

Obesity  was  present  in  eight  patients,  and  was 
treated  by  thyroid  substance  as  well  as  a twelve 
or  fifteen  hundred  calorie  diet  in  the  more  ex- 
treme cases. 

Slowness  in  school  was  an  important  complaint 
in  eight  children. 

Irritability  and  chronic  fatigue  each  were 
found  as  noteworthy  complaints  in  eight  records. 

Hypogenitalia  was  present  in  five  male  chil- 
dren and  was  accompanied  by  undescended  testes 
in  two  instances. 

Five  patients  showed  a tendency  to  a persistent 
anemia  of  a hypochromic  type. 

Constipation  was  an  important  complaint  in 
two  histories. 

Results  of  Therapy 

The  results  of  therapy  were  studied  and  the 
progress  of  each  case  was  summarized  and  seems 
best  expressed  in  degrees  of  improvement  ob- 
served as  indicated  below : 

No.  Cases 


Marked  improvement  of  major  complaints 21 

Moderate  improvement  of  major  complaints 9 

Slight  improvement  of  major  complaints 8 

No  improvement  of  major  complaints 2 

Insufficient  time  elapsed  to  make  a report 1 


Discussion 

The  frequence  of  repeated  upper  respiratory 
infection  as  a complaint  and  the  large  proportion 


of  children  in  this  group  who  complained  of 
nasal  obstruction  or  who  showed  boggy,  waxy, 
turbinates,  brings  out  the  point  discussed  by 
Bryant^  and  already  alluded  to  earlier  in  this 
paper,  that  patients  who,  after  adequate  vitamin 
therapy,  iron  medication,  and  improved  local  as 
well  as  general  hygiene,  still  are  having  repeated 
symptoms  of  disturbed  respiratory  tract  mem- 
branes should  be  considered  as  possible  hypo- 
metabolic  or  hypothyroid  patients  and  should  be 
investigated  accordingly.  From  our  experience 
we  feel  that  some  improvement  will  be  obtained 
in  many,  although  we  readily  admit  that  this  will 
not  be  true  in  every  stubborn  case,  as  thyroid 
substance  is  not  a panacea  and  the  cases  must  be 
carefully  studied  and  classified.  Fourteen  of  the 
twenty-two  children  who  had  chronic  respiratory 
infections  as  a chief  complaint  showed  marked 
improvement  and  eleven  of  the  children  who 
showed  the  turbinate  mucous  membrane  changes, 
exhibited  satisfactory  improvement  while  under 
treatment. 

Bryant^  mentioned  that  other  chronic  infec- 
tions which  persist  in  spite  of  the  usual  or  ac- 
cepted treatment  should  be  considered  as  pos- 
sible hypometabolic  disturbances.  We  feel  that 
a few  cases  under  our  observation  bear  this  out. 
Three  of  the  children  in  this  report  had  repeated 
styes  which  persisted  although  all  common  means 
of  preventive  treatment  were  used.  After  the 
children  were  found  to  be  hypometabolic  prob- 
lems and  treated  with  desiccated  thyroid,  the  lids 
became  more  resistant  to  infection  and  all  three 
have  been  without  the  appearance  of  new  styes 
for  several  months.  Another  example  is  the  case 
of  a girl  of  two  and  a half  years  who  suffered 
from  recurrent  pyelitis  and  bouts  of  high  .fever 
over  a period  of  six  months  in  spite  of  every 
effort  of  two  pediatricians  and  a urologist  to  keep 
the  urinary  tract  free  from  infection.  She  was 
finally  examined  for  possible  metabolic  disease 
and  was  found  to  show  marked  delay  in  carpal 
development  and  subsequently  was  given  desic- 
cated thyroid  and  has  remained  free  from  fever 
and  the  urinary  tract  free  from  pus  and  demon- 
strable bacteria  for  several  months. 

About  half  of  the  children  showing  hyperac- 
tivity as  a chief  complaint  were  definitely  im- 
proved and  appeared  less  restless. 

One-half  of  the  children  in  the  smaller  group 
who  showed  lack  of  attention,  anorexia,  small 


October,  1941 


813 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


Stature,  nervousness  and  irritability  in  addition 
to  hyperactivity  and  which  we  have  grouped  as 
examples  of  “paradoxical  hypothyrodism,” 
showed  marked  improvement  while  under  thyroid 
medication. 

Those  children  who  showed  short  stature, 
obesity,  slowness  in  school,  irritability,  fatigue, 
hyj)ogenitalism;  anemia  and  constipation  were 
found  to  respond  to  the  medication  in  sufficient 
numbers  to  please  the  parents  and  to  encourage 
us  to  study  children  showing  similar  complaints 
with  a certain  degree  of  optimism. 

The  accompanying  table  indicates  the  amount 
of  improvement  noted  in  each  important  clinical 
finding  or  complaint. 


Number  of  Cases  Showing  Degrees 
of  Improvement 


Clinical  Findings 

Marked 

Mod- 

erate 

Slight 

None 

No 

Report* 

Repeated  U.R.I. 

14 

6 

0 

2 

0 

Dry  hair  and  skin 

6 

5 

2 

3 

1 

Nose  symptoms 

11 

5 

0 

1 

1 

Hyperactivity 

10 

10 

0 

0 

0 

Paradoxical 

hypothyroidism 

6 

4 

1 

0 

1 

Short  stature 

6 

2 

0 

0 

3 

Obesity 

3 

2 

3 

0 

0 

Slowness  in  school 

3 

1 

3 

1 

0 

Irritability 

5 

2 

0 

0 

0 

Fatigue 

5 

1 

0 

1 

1 

Hypogenitalia 

3 

2 

0 

0 

0 

Anemia 

5 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Constipation 

I 1 

2 

0 

0 

0 

0 

•Insufficient  time  elapsed  to  judge. 


Summary  and  Conclusions 

1.  Children  who  show  extraordinary  resist- 
ance to  the  usual  management  for  prevention  of 
repeated  upper  respiratory  and  other  chronic 
infections  should  be  studied  for  possible  metabolic 

disorders. 

2.  Children  who  show  extreme  irritability, 
restlessness,  hyperactivity,  anorexia  and  small 
stature  may  be  suffering  from  so-called  “para- 
doxical hypothyroidism”  and  should  be  studied 
with  this  in  mind. 


3.  The  more  common  findings  in  hypothyroid 
cases  such  as  stunted  growth,  obesity,  slowness 
in  school,  irritability,  fatigue,  anemia,  and  con- 
stipation respond  to  specific  treatment  in  the  ma- 
jority of  cases  in  about  the  same  proportion  as 
the  less  commonly  recognized  findings  in  the 
borderline  or  “masked”  cases. 

4.  We  hope  that  this  report  will  stimulate 
others  to  prove  or  disprove  our  impressions. 

References 

1.  Brown,  A.  W.,  Bronstein,  I.  P.,  and  Kraine,  Ruth:  Am. 
Jour.  Dis.  Child.,  57:517,  1939. 

2.  Bryant,  Ben  L. : Ann.  of  Otol.,  Rhin.,  and  Laryng.,  45: 
1060,  1936. 

3.  Cattell,  Richard  B.:  West.  Jour.  Surg.,  41:516,  1933. 

4.  Dorff,  George  B. : Jour.  Pediatrics,  6:788,  1935. 

5.  Lee,  R.  I.:  Medical  Clinics  of  North  America,  8:1705,  1925. 

6.  Rose,  Edward:  Pennsylvania  Med.  Jour.,  42:752,  1939. 

7.  Shelton,  E.  Kost:  Endocrinology,  15:297.  1931. 

8.  Shelton,  E.  Kost:  Endocrinology,  17:657,  1933. 

9.  Todd,  T,  Wingate:  Atlas  of  Skeletal  Maturation.  St.  Louis: 
C.  V.  Moshv  Co  . 10.17 

10.  Topper,  Anne:  Am.  Jour.  Dis.  Child.,  41:1289,  1931. 

11.  Watkins,  R.  M.:  Ohio  State  Med.  Jour.,  35:171,  1939. 

12.  Wilkins,  L. : Delaware  State  Med.  Jour.,  11:133,  1939. 

=fv^SMS 


Progressive  Fsendohypertrophic 
Muscular  Dystrophy* 


A New  Regime  of  Treatment 


By  Hira  E.  Branch,  M.D. 
Flint,  Michigan 


Hira  E.  Branch,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan  Medical 
School,  1932.  JDiplomate,  the  American  Board 
of  Orthopcedic  Surgery;  Member,  American 
Academy  of  Orthopcedic  Surgeons,  Clinical 
Orthopcedic  Society,  Detroit  Academy  of  Sur- 
gery, Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 


“ The  second  sentence  of  the  American  Decla- 
ration of  Independence  begins  with  this  state- 
ment, “We  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident — 
that  all  men  are  created  equal.”  This  statement  is 
refuted  by  many  pseudohypertrophic  muscular 
dystrophy  individuals.  They  are  not  created 
equal.  They  are  composed  of  inferior  materials 
and  are  commonly  begot  by  inferior  individuals. 
The  disorder  is  always  based  on  heredity.  The 
hereditary  element  has  been  carefully  worked 
out  by  Drs.  Kostakow  and  Bodarive  at  the  Medi- 
cal Clinic  of  Bonn  University.  Pseudohyper- 
trophic muscular  dystrophy  is  divided  into  two 
types ; the  infantile,  noticed  at  the  age  the  in- 


*Presented  before  the  American  Medical  Association,  New 
York,  1940. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


814 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


dividual  should  start  walking,  and  the  juvenile, 
noticed  later  in  childhood  after  a period  of  years 
when  the  individual  appeared  to  be  normal. 

The  infantile  type  of  dystrophic  muscle  ap- 
pears waterlogged,  the  individual  fibers  are  de- 
generated, and  fibrous  tissue  is  profuse  between 
the  fibers.  In  fact  the  moisture  content®  of  these 
degenerated  muscle  fibers  is  much  higher  than 
normal.  This  infantile  type  of  muscle  is  pale  and 
is  not  vascular  on  section.  Thus  we  expect  all 
the  muscle  constituents  to  be  decreased  in 
amount.  That  is  just  what  we  find.  The  mois- 
ture content  is  increased  but  the  creatin,  magne- 
sium and  myoglobin  are  markedly  decreased.  In 
fact  there  was  no  magnesium  in  the  cases  of  the 
infantile  type  of  dystrophy  that  we  biopsied  and 
tested.  The  magnesium  is  thought  to  be  very 
ifnportant  and  I will  discuss  that  later. 

The  juvenile  type  is  different  in  that  the  muscle 
fibers  appear  more  nearly  normal  as  regards  the 


son  we  should  find  a better  content  of  creatin, 
magnesium  and  myoglobin  in  the  juvenile  type 


Fig.  1.  G.  N. — A hopeless 
untreated  case  of  pseudohy- 
pertro,phic  progressive  muscu- 
lar dystrophy.  i 


Fig.  2.  (from  left  to  right)  S.  P.,  J.  L., 
H.  G.  All  are  dystrophic  patients.  Notice 
similarity  of  appearance  even  though  the 
nationality  varies. 


Fig.  3.  (from  left  to  ri^ht)  S.  P.,  J.  L., 
H.  G.  Lateral  view  of  children  in  Figure  2. 
Notice  increased  lordosis  and  prominent  ab- 
domens. Contractures  of  H.  G.’s  feet  have 
been  corrected  by  stretching  and  casts  ap- 
plied to  hold  the  correction. 


pigment,  size  of  the  fiber  and  moisture  content. 
However,  there  is  a definite  degenerative  change 
present,  there  is  a fat  infiltration  between  the 
fibers  rather  than  a fibrous  infiltration,  and  there 
are  fewer  individual  muscle  fibers.  For  this  rea- 


than  in  the  infantile,  and  I believe  most  workers 
find  this  to  be  so. 

The  above  introductory  remarks  are  made  to 
emphasize  the  point  that  these  unfortunates  have 
not  been  created  equal  and  are  inferior.  The 


October,  1941 


815 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


musculature  is  inferior  as  the  above  proves.  The 
mentality  is  inferior  as  has  been  shown  by  men- 
tal tests  in  every  one  of  my  cases. 


Fig.  4.  H.  L.  (left)  showed  gradual  improvement  but  re- 
gressed somewhat  after  treatment  was  stopped  in  June,  1939. 

Fig.  5.  A.  V.  (right)  plainly  shows  a low  mental  age.  Con- 
tractures shown  at  start  of  treatment  were  corrected  only  to  re- 
cur during  a long  illness  due  to  bilateral  ear  and  mastoid  in- 
fections. 

Previous  Methods  of  Treatment 

There  have  been  many  methods  of  treatment 
for  pseudohypertrophic  progressive  muscular 
dystrophy.  They  have  all  failed  to  cure.  They 
were  doomed  to  failure  from  the  start  for  no  one 
should  expect  to  make  normal  muscle  where 
there  is  no  normal  muscle.  The  object  of  treat- 
ment is  to  take  the  inferior  musculature  of  the 
dystrophic  individual,  and  make  available  to  this 
muscular  system  the  substances  necessary  for 
the  efficient  functioning  of  that  system.  In  ad- 
dition to  having  the  substances  available,  there 
must  be  given  something  that  will  make  possible 
the  utilization  of  these  substances  by  the  muscles. 

The  glycine  treatment  has  been  used  extensive- 
ly. It  has  not  benefited  the  dystrophy  patients 
treated  at  the  Children’s  Hospital  of  Michigan. 
Other  workers  and  clinics  have  not  found  glycine 
beneficial  in  pseudohypertrophic  muscular  dys- 
trophy. The  glycine  treatment  is  based  on  a 
false  premise.  It  is  based  on  the  assumption  that 


feeding  glycine  results  in  an  increase  in  the 
creatin  excretion  in  the  urine,  the  mechanism  of 
which  causes  a beneficial  effect  upon  the  muscles. 
It  is  true  that  feeding  glycine  causes  an  increase 
of  creatin  in  the  urine  but  we  do  not  want  this. 
We  want  to  increase  the  creatinin  excretion,  not 
the  creatin.  The  administration  of  glycine  ex- 
erted little  influence  on  the  creatinin  excretion. 
In  general,^  the  greater  the  deviation  of  creatinin 
excretion  below  normal,  the  greater  is  the  pa- 
tient’s disability.  Thus  although  the  glycine 
treatment  increased  the  creatin  excretion  it  had 
little  or  no  beneficial  effect  upon  the  creatinin 
excretion,  or  the  dystrophic  individual. 

Further  convincing  proof  of  the  glycine  false 
premise  is  easily  seen  in  the  following  table. 

This  table  is  postulated  on  the  basis  of  the  work 
of  P.  Eggleton,  G.  P.  Eggleton  and  Lundsgaard, 
as  epitomized  by  A.  V.  Hill ; The  Revolution  in 
Muscle  Physiology  (Physiol.  Rev.,  12;S6  [Jan.] 
1932). 

Carbohydrates  Amido-acids 

Glycogen  Creatin  plus  Phosphates 

Lactacidogen  Phosphagen 

Lactic  Acid 

During  muscular  contraction 
phosphagen  is  split  into  creatin  and 
a phosphate  by  which  energy  for 
contraction  is  set  free.  After 
Amount  proportion-  contraction  the  lactic  acid  appears, 

ate  to  amount  of  phosphagen  is  restored.  (Crea- 

muscular  energy  tinin,  one  of  the  by-products,  is 

developed  excreted.) 

The  accompanying  table  shows  that  creatin  is 
necessary  to  the  normal  functioning  of  muscle. 
Creatin  is  present  in  the  urine  of  dystrophic  in- 
dividuals to  an  extent  much  greater  than  normal 
while  creatinin  is  commonly  less  than  normal. 
Glycine  treatment  increases  the  creatin  excretion 
but  not  the  creatinin.  This  is  not  a beneficial  ef- 
fect, for  there  already  is  too  much  creatinuria. 
Therefore,  in  dystrophies  the  creatin  does  not 
get  into  the  muscle  or  the  muscle  is  unable  to 
utilize  it.  What  is  needed  then  is  something  that 
will  make  the  creatin  in  the  body  available  so 
that  it  may  be  utilized  by  the  muscle  and  ac- 
cordingly increase  the  amount  of  creatinin  ex- 
creted. If  either  the  creatinin  excretion  alone  or 


816 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


both  the  creatinin  and  creatin  excretions  be  in-  wish  to  present  my  rationale  of  treatment,  a few 
creased  then  it  should  indicate  an  improvement  case  reports,  charts  and  impressions  as  a pre- 
in the  progressive  muscular  dystrophy  indi-  liminary  report  so  that  other  workers  may  prove 
viduals,  or  disprove  the  value  of  this  regime. 


6.P  1937 


— — — — CJ  — CJCM  — CM 


Chart  1.  Urinary  creatinin  and  creatin  excretion  of  an 
advanced  case  of  pseudohypertrophic  progressive  muscular 
dystrophy.  There  is  a distinct  rise  in  the  creatin  output  which 
indicates  an  improvement  in  the  individual. 


Development  of  a New  Regime 

In  the  development  of  a new  regime  of  treat- 
ment there  are  certain  facts  that  arc  known 
about  progressive  muscular  dystrophy  that  are 
listed  below: 

1.  The  outstanding  one  is  the  increase  of  creatin  in 
the  urinte. 

2.  The  gradual  replacement  of  the  degenerating  mus- 
cles by  infiltration  of  fat. 

3.  The  marked  decrease  to  total  absence  of  magne- 
sium in  the  muscle. 

4.  The  decrease  of  myoglobin  in  the  muscle. 

5.  The  disease  tends  to  arrest  as  the  individual 
matures. 

There  are  other  factors  in  addition  to  those 
listed  but  their  importance  in  regard  to  treatment 
is  not  striking.  The  disconcerting  factors  are : the 
disease  is  hereditary,  the  musculature  is  infe- 
rior, the  mentality  is  inferior.  Therefore  a cure 
is  not  to  be  hoped  for.  However,  the  pathetic 
picture  of  these  nice  looking,  healthy  appearing 
but  hopelessly  weakened  children  coming  in  to 
the  clinic  year  after  year  caused  me  to  attempt 
a regime  which  might  arrest  their  disease  early.  I 


Chart  2.  Urinary  creatinin  and  creatin  output  of  an  ad- 
vanced case  of  pseudohypertrophic  progressive  muscular  dys- 
trophy. The  creatinin  excretion  maintained  a high  level  through- 
out the  experiment  and  was  little  influenced  by  treatment. 


Rationale 

I now  wish  to  take  individually  the  known 
facts  listed  above  and  rationalize  from  them 
the  regime  which  has  given  encouragement  in 
this  disease. 


1.  Creatin  is  materially  increased  in  the  urine 
in  pseudohypertrophic  muscular  dystrophy,  dur- 
ing childhood  up  to  ten  or  fifteen  years  of  age, 
and  in  the  adult  during  certain  physiologic  proc- 
esses such  as  lactation,  menstruation,  or  in  a va- 
riety of  pathological  processes  such  as  fever, 
starvation,  severe  diabetes  or  other  conditions 
associated  with  deprivation  of  carbohydrates. 
Nutritional  creatinuria  is  easy  to  correct  by  reg- 
ulation of  the  diet.  In  fever  the  creatinuria 
clears  when  the  temperature  remains  at  normal. 
In  normal  adult  females  there  is  creatinuria  dur- 
ing menstruation  and  lactation  but  not  at  other 
times.  There  must  be  some  substance  that  in- 
hibits the  creatin  excretion  normally  or  that  sets 
it  free  during  menstruation  and  lacfation.  What 
might  it  be  other  than  female  sex  hormone?  At 
any  rate  if  female  sex  hormone  would  prevent 
menstruation,  and  it  will,  it  might  influence  crea- 
tin in  the  body  so  that  it  could  be  utilized  instead 


October,  1941 


817 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


of  excreted.  If  creatin  was  utilized  then  creatinin 
excretion  should  be  increased  in  amount.  Thus 
female  sex  hormone  was  used  in  two  hopeless 
patients,  first  in  an  effort  to  work  out  the  dosage 


lar  in  that  on  “cholesterol”  fatty  liver  the  main 
effect  is  to  decrease  substantially  the  glycerine 
content  of  the  livers  and  to  a lesser  extent  the 
cholesteryl  ester  formation.  Thus  it  seemed  that 


ISO  0 

1000 

u 

^ 500 

o 

700 

650 

€00 

550 

500 

450 

400 

S 350 

Z 

300 

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

0 


Chart  3.  Marked  rise  in  creatinen  excretion  coinciding  with  a remarkable  clinical  im- 
provement. 

and  second  to  see  if  the  creatin-creatinin  excre- 
tion would  be  influenced.  (See  Charts  1 and  2.) 

2.  The  replacement  of  the  muscles  by  fat  is  a 
disturbing  fact  and  there  is  nothing  similar  in 
normal  individuals.  Perhaps  this  is  due  to  a dis- 
turbance in  the  metabolism  of  fat.  A search  was 
made  for  a drug  that  would  influence  fat  metab- 
olism. 

It  is  known  that  the  presence  of  choline  in  the 
diet  of  rats  favors  the  normal  distribution  of  fat® 
between  the  liver  and  the  body  depots,  and  pre- 
vents the  failure  of  certain  functions  of  the  liver. 

Choline  has  been  shown  to  exercise  prophylactic 
and  curative  effects^  on  the  “fat”  fatty  liver  and 
the  “cholesterol”  fatty  liver  of  rats  produced  un- 
der a variety  of  experimental  conditions.  Diets 
deficient  in  choline  and  other  lipotrophic  factors® 
produce  an  accumulation  of  fat  in  the  livers  of 
white  rats.  In  these  rats  the  administrations  of 
choline  always  prevent  the  deposition  of  liver 
fat,  and  under  certain  conditions  it  appears  to 
act  favorably  on  the  gain  in  weight  of  the  ani- 
mals. The  results  of  experiments  suggest  that 
choline  may  improve  the  “general  condition”  of 
the  rats.  Homocholine®  ( trimethyl-y-hydroxy- 
propyl-ammonium  hydroxide)  is  stated  to  be 
more  effective  in  controlling  the  percentage  of 
fat  in  livers  than  is  choline.  The  action  is  simi- 


if  these  drugs  influenced  fat  metabolism  in  rats 
they  might  in  humans.  Homocholine  was  not 
readily  available  but  choline  hydrochloride  and 
choline  chloride  was.  Accordingly  choline  was 
fed  to  the  pseudohypertrophic  muscular  dystro- 
phy patients  in  the  hope  it  might  control  fat  dis- 
tribution, influence  favorably  fat  metabolism,  and 
improve  them  “generally.” 

3.  The  role  of  magnesium  is  largely  hypo- 
thetical. Benjamin  Cassen,  Ph.D.,  formerly  of 
Harper  Hospital,  Detroit,  and  now  connected 
with  Westinghouse  Research  Department  of 
Pittsburgh,  first  drew  my  attention  to  this  inter- 
esting and  important  element.  Magnesium  is  de- 
tected in  muscle  tissue  by  means  of  the  spectro- 
graph. In  the  infantile  type  of  pseudohyper- 
trophic muscular  dystrophy  there  were  no  mag- 
nesium bands,  in  the  juvenile  type  the  bands 
were  present  and  normal  in  amount. 

The  role  of  magnesium  has  not  been  definitely 
proved.  However  a great  deal  of  circumstantial 
evidence^  seems  to  indicate  that  cells  and  mus- 
cles, in  particular,  contain  an  organo-magnesium 
compound  of  non-proteinic  nature  in  which  the 
magnesium  is  in  nonionic  form.  This  compound 
is  a catalyst  for  the  final  stage  of  the  combustion 
of  carbohydrate  to  carbon  dioxide  and  water.  It 
is  known  that  catalysts  can  catalyze  a reaction  in 


J L 1938 


URINE 

CREATININE  ■ 


818 


Tour.  M.S.M.S 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


either  direction.  The  inverse  reaction,  the  syn- 
thesis of  carbohydrates  from  water  and  carbon 
dioxide,  is  catalyzed  by  a magnesium  containing 
nonionic  substance,  chlorophyll. 


fibrous  tissue  that  the  muscle  fibers  seem  to  have 
little  myoglobin  and  undoubtedly  could  not  use  it 
satisfactorily  if  they  had  lots  of  it.  In  the  juve- 
nile type  of  pseudohypertrophic  dystrophy  the 


Chart  4.  A decided  rise  in  creatinin  excretion  is  shown.  This  coincided 
with  marked  clinical  improvement  in  the  pseudohypertrophic  dystrophy  patient. 
He  now  runs,  plays  baseball  and  gets  up  without  “climbing.” 


The  magnesium  content  of  the  infantile  type  of 
pseudohypertrophic  dystrophy  muscles  is  nil  and 
the  moisture  content  is  above  normal.  It  is  an 
easy  step  to  give  a diet  containing  magnesium  in 
the  hope  this  condition  might  be  remedied.  Cows 
milk  contains  magnesium  in  fair  amounts,  goat 
milk  even  more  so.  Camel  milk  has  an  even 
greater  magnesium  content  though  it  is  not  avail- 
able but  cow  and  goat  milk  is.  Thus  the  dystro- 
phies were  given  abundant  cow’s  milk  and  some 
were  given  goat’s  milk  in  the  hope  the  magne- 
sium might  be  utilized  in  the  muscle  cells. 

4.  Myoglobin'’'  is  less  in  the  dystrophic  muscles 
than  in  normal  muscles.  It  is  probably  less  in 
the  infantile  type  of  dystrophic  muscles  than  the 
juvenile  type.  I feel  this  is  so  because  of  the 
decreased  muscle  tissue  present  in  the  infantile 
type  and  the  increase  of  fibrous  tissue  present.  I 
have  no  definite  proof  of  this.  However,  the 
blood  of  dystrophy  patients  is  about  normal  and 
there  is  an  abundant  source  of  materials  for  the 
formation  of  myoglobin  in  the  body.  It  should 
not  be  necessary  to  add  to  this  source  other  than 
to  prevent  anemia  in  these  patients.  In  the  infantile 
type  of  pseudohypertrophic  dystrophy  the  muscu- 
lar system  is  so  waterlogged  and  infiltrated  with 

October,  1941 


muscle  appears  to  have  about  normal  myoglobin 
if  only  the  muscle  fibers  are  examined  and  not  the 
fat.  Thus  no  attempt  was  made  to  furnish  myo- 
globin other  than  to  keep  the  blood  in  as  normal 
a state  as  possible. 

5.  The  fact  that  the  progression  of  the  disease 
is  less  as  the  dystrophic  individual  matures  is  in- 
triguing. Why  not  make  these  children  mature  as 
fast  as  possible  in  the  hope  the  disease  may  be- 
come quiescent?  I suggest  that  an  extract  of 
anterior  pituitary  glands  be  given.  This  might 
bring  maturity  faster,  but  even  though  it  did  not 
it  would  enhance  the  value  of  the  female  sex  hor- 
mone. It  was  not  used  in  these  experiments  as 
it  might  have  obscured  the  results  obtained  by 
the  female  sex  hormone. 

Resume  of  the  New  Regime 

1.  Female  sex  hormone  is  given  in  an  effort 
to  favorably  influence  the  creatin-creatinin 
utilization  and  excretion. 

2.  Choline,  in  the  form  of  the  hydrochloric 
or  the  chloride,  is  fed  in  an  effort  to  favorably 
influence  the  metabolism  and  deposition  of  fat. 

3.  An  attempt  to  make  magnesium  available 
in  the  body  zmd  muscular  system  is  made  by 


819 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


giviriig  abundant  quantities  of  cow’s  milk  or 
goat’s  milk. 

4.  Anemia  is  prevented. 

5.  An  extract  of  anterior  pituitary  glands 


surgery.  Stretching  a dystrophic  muscular  con- 
traction is  similar  to  bending  a lead  pipe — there 
is  a rubbery  resistance  at  first  which  gives  way 
suddenly  after  so  much  correction  (or  bending) 


H G 1937  • 1938  - 1939 


H G 


d 

o 


<0 

o 


1500 

1000 

500 

0 


650 
600 
550 
500 
450 
400 
350 
300 
2-5  0 
200- 
150 
100 
50 
0 


URINE  

creatinine  B 

CREATINE  0 


fo  g 


KKt-H>>>>0000 

OOOOOOOOUJUJUJUJ 

0000222ZOOOO 


Z Z CD  CD 

<t  < uj  u; 


Chart  5.  Creatinin  output  remains  above  normal  throughout  this  regime  with  definite  rises 
tar  above  normal  The  boy  improved.  He  now  touches  toes  and  arises  without  ‘‘climbing,”  runs 
about  and  can  be  lifted  by  his  shoulder  girdles. 


might  be  given  in  an  attempt  to  hasten  the 
maturity  of  the  patients,  and  enhance  the  effect 
of  the  female  sex  hormone. 

6.  In  addition  to  the  above,  general  setting- 
up exercises,  physiotherapy,  fresh  air  and  sun- 
shine is  administered. 

Contractures  are  overcome  by  gentle  manipu- 
lation and  stretching  under  an  anesthetic — not 


has  been  obtained.  Surgical  lengthening  of  these 
dystrophic  muscular  contractures  only  makes  the 
muscle  weaker.  All  the  patients  are  given  corsets 
to  splint  the  weakened  abdominal  and  back 
muscles. 

Case  Reports 

Case  1. — G.  P.,  born  October,  1927.  Convulsion  at 
one  week  and  again  while  teething.  Walked  at  eighteen 
months  but  weak  and  shaky.  Father  a drunkard.  Moth- 


820 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


er  and  one  sibling  living  and  well.  One  sibling  with 
pseudohypertrophic  progressive  muscular  dystrophy. 
Patient  a hopeless  case,  used  to  observe  effect  of  re- 
I gime.  April  20,  1937,  started  on  25  rat  units  female 
' sex  hormone  daily,  increased  to  50  units  daily  five  days 
each  week  on  April  27. 


advice,  stating  he  was  so  near  normal  he  needed  no 
more  treatment. 

Case  4. — S.  P.,  born  October,  1930.  Walked  at  two 
years  with  difficulty  and  on  toes.  Father  dead  (pneu- 
monia). Mother  and  seven  siblings  well.  February  23, 


. 

% 


H L 1936 


o 

o 


1500 

1000 

500 

0 


550 

500 

450 

400 

350 

300 

250 

200 

150 

too 

50 

O 


URINE 

CREATININE  | 
CREATINE  0 


OOOOOOOOO 

OOOOOZZZZ 


1 1 


Chart  6.  Creatinin  excretion  is  definitely  above  normal.  Clinically  the  boy  gradually  im- 
proved. He  regressed  slightly  after  the  treatment  was  stopped  for  the  summer  months. 


Chart  7.  Urinary  creatinin  and  creatin  output  of  a refractive  case.  There  is  little  change  in 
the  creatinin  excretion.  No  clinical  improvement  was  seen. 


i Cax^e  2. — J.  P.,  born  September,  1926,  brother  of  G. 

I P.  Difficulty  walking  since  eighteen  months.  Hopeless 
I case,  used  to  observe  effect  of  regime.  April  20,  1937, 
started  on  25  rate  units  female  sex  hormone  daily 

' and  increased  to  50  units  daily  five  times  each  week,  on 
i April  27. 

Case  3. — ^J.  L.,  born  May,  1931.  Weakness  noticed  in 
September,  1937.  Mother,  father  and  two  siblings  liv- 
i ing  and  well.  February  3,  1938,  started  on  choline  gr. 

! XV  daily.  No  ill  effects.  February  8,  choline  gr.  XV 

j T.I.D.  and  50  rat  units  female  sex  hormone  daily 

: five  days  each  week,  was  started.  Clinical  improve- 
ment marked.  Muscular  strength  so  increased  that 

; parents  took  child  home  in  December,  1938,  against 

i October,  1941 


1938,  started  on  choline  gr.  XV  T.I.D.  and  50  rat  units 
female  sex  hormone  daily  five  times  each  week.  Mus- 
cular strength  increased  enormously.  Touches  toes,  gets 
up  normally,  can  be  lifted  by  shoulder  girdles.  Walks 
and  runs  but  has  weak  abdominals  and  mild  “Aider- 
man’s”  gait. 

Case  5. — H.  G.,  born  October,  1931.  Weakness,  stum- 
bling since  starting  to  walk.  Contractures  present. 
Mother,  father  and  three  siblings  well.  September  21, 
1937,  started  on  50  rat  units  female  sex  hormone  daily 
five  times  each  week.  January  18,  1938,  tonsillectomy 
and  adenoidectomy.  June  29,  1938,  treatment  stopped. 
September  8,  1938,  female  sex  hormone  again  started 
and  choline  gr.  XV  twice  daily  started.  March  22,  1938, 


821 


PSEUDOHYPERTROPHIC  MUSCULAR  DYSTROPHY— BRANCH 


bed  ridden  for  three  weeks  with  scarlet  fever.  Child 
improved  definitely,  contractures  eliminated.  Touches 
toes  and  arises  without  climbing.  Can  be  lifted  by 
shoulder  girdle. 


Chart  8.  A young  but  severe  case  of  dystrophy.  The  boy 
definitely  improved  clinically.  The  creatinin  excretion  was 
maintained  about  normal. 


Case  6. — H.  L.,  born  July,  1931.  Increasing  weakness 
since  starting  to  walk.  Parents  and  one  sibling  well. 
Sept.  20,  1938,  started  on  choline  gr.  XV  T.I.D.  and  50 
rat  units  female  sex  hormone  daily  five  times  each 
week.  Examination  June,  1939,  showed  considerable  im- 
provement, runs  and  walks,  can  be  lifted  by  shoulders, 
can  touch  toes  and  arise  without  climbing. 

Case  7. — A.  V.,  born  September,  1930,  unable  to  walk 
or  stand  alone  since  birth.  Contracture  legs  and  hips 
(see  picture).  Mentality  low.  Parents  well.  September 
15,  1938,  started  on  choline  gr.  XV  T.I.D.  and  50  rat 
units  female  sex  hormone  daily  five  times  each  week. 
Oct.  25  could  walk  with  aid  of  one  finger  to  help  sup- 
port him.  January  29,  1939,  acute  otitis  media  bilateral. 
Regime  discontinued.  February  2,  mastoidectomy. 
March  7,  tonsillectomy  and  adenoidectomy.  January  9, 
1939,  placed  on  regime  of  medication.  Contractures 
recurred  during  his  severe  illness,  patient  refuses  to  sit 
or  walk.  Sent  home  for  summer  with  crutches.  Result 
a failure. 

Case  8. — F.  G.,  born  Dec.,  1932.  Weakness  since 
starting  to  walk.  Mother  and  father  well.  One  brother 
dead,  suffered  from  muscular  dystrophy.  Patient  on 
admission  to  hospital  unable  to  walk  up  or  down  stairs, 
cried  when  placed  on  feet  and  yelled  he  could  not 
walk.  March  14,  1939,  started  on  choline  gr.  XV  T.I.D. 
and  50  rat  units  female  sex  hormone  daily  five  days 
each  week.  Examination  June,  1939,  showed  marked  im- 
provement clinically.  Runs,  walks  well.  Touches  toes 
and  arises  without  climbing.  Can  be  lifted  by  shoulder 
girdle. 

Results 

Eight  patients  were  used  in  this  experimental 
work.  G.  P.  and  J.  P.  were  hopeless  cases  used 


only  to  observe  the  effect  of  the  female  sex  hor- 
mone. Chart  1 reveals  a definite  increase  in  the 
creatinin  excretion  after  treatment  was  started 
on  April  20.  Chart  2 reveals  the  creatinin  ex- 
cretion to  be  maintained  at  normal  with  occa- 
sional elevations  above  normal. 

The  next  six  cases  were  placed  on  the  regime 
of  treatment  in  an  effort  to  improve  their  gen- 
eral condition  and  arrest  the  progression.  Three 
of  these  patients  had  a marked  increase  in  the 
muscular  power,  two  patients  had  a definite  im-  , 
provement  but  not  approaching  normal.  One  1 
patient  (A.  V.)  had  slight  improvement  at  first 
then  developed  bilateral  otitis  media  and  mastoid- 
itis, and  end  result  was  a total  failure.  The  charts 
bear  out  the  clinical  improvements.  Charts  3,  4,  | 
5 and  6 show  definite  increase  in  the  creatinin 
excretion.  Chart  8 maintained  a normal  creatinin 
excretion.  Chart  7 shows  no  influence  on  the 
creatinin  excretion  as  a result  of  treatment. 

Comment 

A new  regime  of  treatment  for  pseudohyper- 
trophic  progressive  muscular  dystrophy  is  offered. 
The  results  over  a three-and-a-half-year  period  ' 
are  so  encouraging  the  regime  is  presented  in  this 
preliminary  report  in  the  hope  other  workers  will 
try  it,  and  thus  prove  or  disprove  its  value. 

I wish  to  express  my  sincere  appreciation  to  Dr. 
F.  C.  Kidner.  Dr.  F.  E.  Curtis  and  Dr.  Charles  W. 
Peabody  of  the  orthopedic  staff  of  Childrens  Hospital 
of  Michigan  for  the  use  of  their  patients  in  this  study. 

I thank  the  laboratory  staff  of  the  Childrens  Fund 
of  Michigan  for  their  aid  in  the  blood  and  urine 
analyses. 

I thank  Dr.  Plinn  F.  Morse,  chief  of  the  Pathology 
Department  of  Harper  Hospital,  for  his  aid  in  the 
microscopic  pathology. 

Bibliography 

1.  Adams,  Mildred  and  Power,  M.  H. ; Proc.  Staff  Meetings 
Mayo  Clinic,  9:591-599,  (July)  1934. 

2.  Best,  C.  H.,  and  Channon,  H.  J. : Biochem.  Jour.,  29:2651, 
(Dec.)  1935. 

3.  Best,  C.  H.,  Mawson,  M.  Elinor  Huntsman,  McHenry, 
A.  W.,  and  Ridout,  J.  H. : Jour.  PJiysiol.,  86:315-323,  1936. 

4.  Cassen,  B. : Personal  communication. 

5.  Channon,  H.  J.,  Platt,  A.  P..  and  Smith,  J.  A.  B.:  Bio- 

6.  Guettach  and  Brown:  Jour.  Biol.  Chem.,  97:549,  1932. 
chem.  Jour.,  31:736,  1937. 

7.  Gunther:  Arch.  Path.  Anat.  Physiol.,  230:146,  1921. 

8.  Maclean,  D.  L.,  Ridout,  J.  H.,  and  Best,  C.  H. : Brit. 
Jour.  Exp.  Path.,  18:345-354,  (Oct.)  1937. 

^=Msms_ 

MILITARY  SURGEONS  MEETING 

The  Association  of  Military  Surgeons  of  the  United 
States  will  meet  October  29  to  November  1 at  the 
Brown  Hotel,  Louisville,  Ky. 

All  members  of  the  medical  profession  are  invited 
to  attend  as  guests  and  it  is  particularly  hoped  that  as 
many  members  of  the  Medical  Defense  Committees  as 
possible  will  come. 

The  session  concludes  with  a mass  review  of  Military 
Medicine  and  an  inspection  of  Fort  Knox. 


822 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


SARCOMA  OF  URINARY  BLADDER— KEANE 


SarcDma  of  the  Urinary  Bladder 

With  Report  of  Cose 

By  William  E.  Keane,  M.D. 

Professor  of  Urology,  Wayne  University,  College 
of  Medicine 

Detroit,  Michigan 

William  E.  Keane,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Wayne  University  College  of  Medi- 
cine, 1902.  Professor  of  Urology  and  Head 
of  the  Department  of  Urology,  Wayne  Uni- 
versity College  of  Medicine;  Attending  Urolo- 
gist, Detroit  Receiving  Hospital;  Attending 
Urologist,  Providence  Hospital,  Detroit;  F.  A. 

C.  S.;  Member,  the  American  Urological  As- 
sociation, Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ Sarcoma  of  the  urinary’  bladder  is  seldom 
seen  by  the  urologist  and  rarely  are  these 
tumors  seen  early.  For  that  reason  the  follow- 
ing case  is  reported  with  its  salient  features  as 
to  diagnosis  and  treatment  together  with  an  ac- 
companying brief  review  of  the  literature. 

Vesical  sarcomas,  as  a rule,  originate  in  the 
sub-mucous  and  muscular  layers  of  the  bladder 
wall.  They  are,  therefore,  intramural  in  the 
vast  majority  of  cases,  but  generally  become  in- 
travesical, polypoid,  and  papillomatous  by  inva- 
sion of  the  overlying  mucosa,  which  may  re- 
main intact  or  ulcerate.  Because  of  their  ex- 
treme vascularity,  they  appear  dark  red  to  red- 
dish blue  on  cystoscopy.  In  this  connection 
Albarran  held,  that  myoma  and  fibro-myxoma 
of  the  bladder  were  also  malignant  tumors  and 
probably  closely  allied  to  myxosarcoma. 

Myxomas  are  very’  malignant  and  grow  with 
extreme  invasiveness.  They  occur  usually  dur- 
ing the  first  decade  of  life.  According  to  Dom- 
ing 24.5  per  cent  of  vesical  neoplasms  during 
the  first  years  of  life  are  myxosarcomas.  Char- 
acteristically they  are  soft,  smooth,  gelatinous 
and  lobulated.  They  are  composed  of  richly  vas- 
cular loose  connective  tissue  covered  by  squa- 
mous epithelium.  Metastases  are  unusual  and 
are  absent  in  the  majority  of  autopied  cases,  but 
when  they  do  occur  the  common  sites  are  the 
sacral  glands,  lungs,  liver  and  bones.  Herman,® 
in  describing  the  clinical  features  of  this  new 
growth  says : “Vesical  sarcomas  are  most  fre- 
quent before  the  tenth  and  after  the  fiftieth 
year.” 


Symptoms 

Hematuria  is  usually  intermittent,  often  pro- 
fuse and  may  be  the  initial  symptom.  The  domi- 
nant early  clinical  feature  besides  hematuria, 
is  urinary  obstruction  associated  with  pain  and 
strangury.  Since  these  tumors  are  intramural 
they  are  rarely  seen  in  what  may  be  considered 
an  early  stage  of  their  development  and  usu- 
ally are  far  advanced  as  shown  by  the  symptoms 
mentioned  above. 

Diagnosis 

Cystoscopy  and  cystography  will  show  the  neo- 
plasm but  no  characteristic  feature  will  dis- 
tinguish it  from  other  neoplasms  especially  when 
there  is  bleeding  from  the  surface.  Biopsy  is 
essential  for  a precise  diagnosis  but  it  is  nec- 
essary that  the  tissue  obtained  is  representative 
of  the  tumor  so  that  there  will  be  no  failure  to 
positively  identify  it.  Bimanual  palpation  of  the 
bladder  wall  sometimes  helps  to  reveal  the  area 
of  infiltration. 

Case  Report 

V-18729,  aged  seventeen,  white,  female,  was  ad- 
mitted to  Detroit  Receiving  Hospital  November  19, 
1939.  She  was  apparently  perfectly  well  until  about 
three  and  one-half  weeks  before  admission. 

History. — At  that  time,  she  began  having  sharp 
suprapubic  pain  at  the  end  of  urination.  The  pain  was 
not  very  severe  at  first  but  gradually  increased  in  in- 
tensity. Five  days  before  admission  she  first  noticed 
gross  hematuria.  This  was  bright  red  blood  at  first 
but  the  next  day  she  passed  dark  blood  and  clots. 
There  were  no  other  urinary  complaints.  She  had 
lost  no  weight  and  she  complained  of  no  anorexia  or 
fatigue. 

Past  history  was  negative  except  for  the  usual  child- 
hood diseases. 

Family  history  revealed  that  a half-brother  died 
from  pulmonary  tuberculosis  and  a paternal  aunt  died 
from  carcinoma  of  the  breast. 

Physical  Examination. — Physical  examination  was 
entirely  negative  except  for  definite  tenderness  over 
the  suprapubic  area,  and  the  palpation  of  a hard  wal- 
nut sized  mass  in  the  right  superior  bladder  wall  bi- 
manually. 

Laboratory  Examination. — Laboratory  urinalysis  on 
admission  revealed  specific  gravity  of  1.015 ; sugar,  neg- 
ative ; albumin,  4 plus ; microscopic : innumerable  red 
blood  cells.  The  Kline  test  was  negative.  Hemoglobins 
were  11.4  gms.  Leukocytes  6,750  with  79  per  cent 
polymorphonuclear  neutrophiles  and  21  per  cent 
lymphocytes. 


October,  1941 


823 


SARCOMA  OF  URINARY  BLADDER— KEANE 


Course. — The  day  following  admission  she  was  cys- 
toscoped  and  the  findings  were  as  follows : Grossly 

bloody  urine  returned  after  the  passage  of  the  scope. 
Bladder  capacity  was  200  cc.  with  slight  discomfort. 
On  the  right  superior  wall  of  the  bladder  well  away 
from  the  right  ureter  was  a growth  2.5  cms.  in  di- 
ameter protruding  into  the  bladder  cavity.  It  was 
not  cauliflower  in  type  but  appeared  like  a cervix 
protruding  into  the  bladder.  The  mucosal  covering 
of  the  mass  was  normal  in  appearance  except  for  two 
small  hemoglobic  areas  from  which  the  recent  bleed- 
ing had  occurred.  The  remainder  of  the  bladder  was 
entirely  normal  in  appearance.  A biopsy  of  the 
tumor  was  taken  and  the  smooth  surface  bled  readily. 
The  pathologic  report  of  the  biopsy  by  Dr.  O.  A. 
Brines  revealed  that  the  amount  of  tissue  was  too 
small  for  diagnosis.  A cystogram  was  made  at  the 
time  of  the  cystoscopy  and  showed  no  infiltrative 
lesion  of  the  bladder  wall.  X-ray  examination  of  the 
chest  was  reported  as  entirely  negative. 

Because  of  the  negative  first  biopsy  it  was  thought 
advisable  to  obtain  the  second  specimen  by  means 
of  the  resectoscope.  A good  representative  section  was 
taken  after  which  the  area  was  fulgerized  to  control 
the  bleeding.  The  biopsy  section  was  composed  of 
slender,  spindle  shaped  neoplastic  cells,  quite  regular 
in  size,  with  an  orderly  arrangement  and  a very  loose 
edematous  stroma.  The  biopsy  diagnosis  was  fibroma 
or  myxofibroma  with  added  statement  that  sarcoma 
could  not  be  ruled  out.  No  muscularis  was  included 
in  the  biopsy. 

Discussion  at  the  Tumor  Conference  developed 
along  the  line  of  whether  the  lesion  should  be  treated 
palliatively  with  fulguration  to  control  bleeding  or 
whether  the  portion  of  bladder  wall  occupied  by  the 
tumor  should  be  resected.  The  latter  recommendation 
was  followed. 

Pathologic  Report. — The  microscopic  sections  rep- 
resented a neoplasm  composed  of  very  slender  long 
cells  possessing  abundant  cytoplasm  which  stained 
deeply  with  eosin.  There  was  intercellular  stroma,  com- 
paratively acellular,  slightly  basophilic,  quite  abundant 
in  places,  which  was  described  as  myxomatous.  This 
stroma  was  quite  richly  vascularized.  The  neoplastic 
cells  exhibited  a tendency  to  form  bundles.  There 
was  some  irregularity  in  nuclear  size  and  staining  in- 
tensity with  the  formation  of  a number  of  giant  hyper- 
chromatic  nuclei.  The  muscularis  of  the  bladder  was 
being  extensively  invaded,  destroyed  and  replaced  by 
neoplastic  tissue.  The  pathologic  diagnosis  was  leio- 
myosarcoma of  the  bladder  wall. 

Further  Course. — The  bleeding  ceased  and  the  re- 
maining evidence  was  only  the  small  fibrous  area 
which  could  still  be  palpated  bimanually  in  the  blad- 
der wall.  Because  the  location  was  favorable  for  open 
operation  and  the  questionable  microscopic  diagnosis 
of  the  tumor,  it  was  deemed  advisable  to  resect  the 
mass  by  open  operation  rather  than  attack  it  by  any 
other  method.  The  bladder  was  opened  and  with  good 
exposure  the  small  intramural  growth  was  easily  ex- 


cised. The  tumor  seemed  to  be  well  localized  to  the 
muscular  layer  of  the  bladder  wall.  The  bladder  wall 
was  tightly  sutured,  a drain  placed  in  the  pre-vesical 
space  and  an  indwelling  urethral  catheter  inserted. 

The  postoperative  course  was  uneventful  and  the 
wound  healed  readily  by  first  intention.  She  was  dis- 
charged from  the  hospital  on  the  sixteenth  post- 
operative day  and  forty-two  days  after  her  admission. 

Cystoscopy  one  month  postoperative  revealed  a 
bladder  interior  of  normal  capacity  and  contour.  The 
cleanly  healed  scar  was  seen  with  no  evidence  of  re- 
currence of  the  tumor.  Another  check  cystoscopy  one 
month  later  revealed  a slight  nodularity  about  the 
scar  without  breaking  the  continuity  of  the  mucosa. 
It  was  felt  that  this  was  very  suggestive  of  an  early 
local  recurrence  of  the  tumor.  Because  of  the  apparent 
invasion  of  the  tumor  beyond  the  excised  area  and 
in  spite  of  the  girl’s  age,  with  possibility  of  resultant 
sterilization,  it  was  thought  advisable  to  give  her  an 
intensive  course  of  deep  x-ray  therapy.  The  first  series 
of  deep  x-ray  therapy  was  begun  on  Febrary  27,  1940, 
and  consisted  of  nineteen  consecutive  daily  treatments, 
totaling  3,800  roentgen  units,  alternating  between  an- 
terior pelvis,  including  both  groins  and  posterior  pel- 
vis. A check  cystoscopy  on  March  21,  1940,  one 
month  after  the  first  course  of  x-ray  revealed  a de- 
crease in  the  nodularity  noted  on  the  previous  exami- 
nation. The  next  cystoscopy  was  on  April  21,  1940, 
at  which  time  no  evidence  of  the  afore-mentioned 
nodularity  about  the  scar  was  noted.  The  second 
series  of  deep  x-ray  therapy  consisted  of  12  treat- 
ments, totaling  2,400  roentgen  units,  given  from  May 
13,  1940,  to  May  25,  1940.  Cystoscopy  one  month  later  ^ 
revealed  no  evidence  of  reformation  of  the  tumor. 
The  third  and  last  series  of  therapy  consisted  of  ten 
treatments,  totaling  2,000  roentgen  units,  given  over  a 
ten  day  period  beginning  August  19,  1940.  With  the 
completion  of  this  series  she  had  received  a total 
of  8,200  roentgen  units,  given  in  three  series,  during 
a six  months  period.  The  most  recent  cystoscop}'  ten 
months  after  resection  of  the  bladder  tumor  showed 
no  evidence  of  local  recurrence  and  x-ray  of  the 
pelvis  and  chest  are  likewise  negative. 

Acknowledgment  and  thanks  are  given  to  Dr.  Donald  J. 
Jaffar,  Junior  Attending  Urologist,  and  Dr.  Carl  Anneberg,  Res- 
ident in  Urology,  Detroit  Receiving  Hospital,  for  their  assistance 
in  presenting  this  case. 

= [V|SMS 

Whisperings  of  a “strike”  in  the  course  of  physical 
examinations  for  the  Selective  Service  Boards  are 
heard  in  one  section  of  a highly  populated  county  in 
Indiana.  It  seems  that  the  medical  examiners,  who 
are  doing  their  work  gratis,  expect  the  paid  employes 
of  the  Board  to  do  a bit  of  the  clerical  work,  thus 
minimizing  the  task  of  the  unpaid  physicians.  The  paid 
employes  have  rebelled,  stating  that  this  is  the  job 
of  the  doctors.  Our  recommendation  is  that  when 
such  an  occasion  arises  the  medical  men  walk  off  the 
job  and  remain  away  until  these  suddenly-officious 
persons  come  to  their  senses.  It’s  queer  how  a city, 
government  or  state  job  goes  to  one’s  head! — The 
Journal  of  the  Indiana  State  Medical  Association,  Au- 
gust, 1941. 


824 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


To  The  Future 


WITH  gratitude,  but  with  a sense  of  humility  I 
assume  the  Presidency  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  with  thanks  to  our  members  for  this 
high  honor.  I sincerely  request  a continuation  of  the 
generous  help,  interest  and  teamwork  of  the  member- 
ship during  my  tenure  of  office. 

Particularly  from  my  committee  workers,  I request 
their  sustained  activity  and  effort  in  medical  and  civic 
affairs.  The  influence  and  -prestige  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  rest  mainly  on  the  work  of  its 
committee  personnel. 

Finally,  I urge  all  members  to  gather  into  our  ranks 
eveiy  eligible  doctor  of  medicine,  for  his  good  and 
for  the  good  of  the  Society.  Particularly,  all  interns 
and  hospital  residents  should  be  invited  by  active 
members  to  become  affiliated,  now,  with  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society.  In  those  counties  having 
medical  schools,  the  senior  students  should  be  urged  by 
their  professors  and  by  the  county  medical  society 
officers  to  attend  the  society  meetings,  both  county  and 
state.  What  Medicine  is  to  be  tomorrow  depends  upon 
the  moulding  of  the  young  medical  mind  of  today. 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 


October,  1941 


825 


-X  EDITORIAL  x- 


THE  BEST  YET 

■ The  Seventy-sixth  Annual  Convention  has 
passed  into  the  records.  The  almost  universal 
opinion  expressed  is  that  it  was  run  more 
smoothly  than  any  other  recent  convention. 
Splendid  arrangements  for  housing  by  the  Pant- 
lind  Hotel,  the  cooperative  spirit  of  the  people  of 
Grand  Rapids,  the  enthusiasm  and  energy  of  the 
exhibitors,  and  the  lavish  entertainment  program 
formed  a perfect  background  for  the  unexcelled 
array  of  scientific  papers. 

Every  speaker  appeared  as  scheduled  and  not 
even  the  usual  amount  of  dissatisfaction  was 
heard. 

The  Section  meetings  were  so  well  attended 
that  in  some  of  them  the  available  space  was  filled 
to  capacity.  Special  comment  was  received  on 
the  value  to  the  general  practitioner  of  the  papers 
which  were  given  in  the  Sections. 

The  Discussion  Conferences,  an  innovation  of 
1941,  were  enthusiastically  enjoyed  and  provided 
a splendid  opportunity  to  correlate  the  presen- 
tations from  the  General  Assembly. 

The  scientific  exhibits  included  some  excep- 
tional displays  for  visual  education. 

The  attendance  was  eminently  satisfactory,  al- 
though the  ultimate  hope  to  have  every  practicing 
member  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
register  at  the  state  convention  was  not  reached. 

Comments  on  the  organization  activities  and 
Michigan  Medical  Service  will  be  found  else- 
where and  it  will  be  noted  that  they  are  propor- 
tionately satisfactory  to  the  scientific  part  of 
the  meeting. 

= [V|SMS 

MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

• At  a special  meeting  of  the  Delegates  and 
some  interested  members,  held  September  15, 
1941,  the  night  before  the  official  meeting  of  the 
House  of  Delegates,  several  hours  were  spent  in 
receiving  reports  and  discussing  the  various 
phases  of  the  Michigan  Medical  Service. 

The  meeting  which  opened  with  a series  of 
discordances  ended  with  general  satisfaction  and 
the  acknowledgment  that  despite  some  apparent 
inequalities  the  program,  with  a few  minor 


changes,  was  desirable  and  its  continuance  to  be 
favored.  This  same  view  was  reflected  the  next 
day  in  official  meetings  of  the  House  of  Dele- 
gates. 

Although  a number  of  resolutions  were  in- 
troduced, only  three  were  accepted  by  the 
House  and  they  were  referred  to  the  meeting 
of  the  members  of  the  Corporation.  One  of 
these  asked  that  some  investigation  and  ex- 
perimentation be  made  in  issuing  and  selling 
limited  liability  policies.  Another  resolution, 
which  advocated  the  lowering  of  income  limits  > 
was  discussed  in  the  meeting  of  the  Corpora- 
tion with  no  final  action  being  taken.  One  in- 
teresting sidelight  was  the  clarification  of  the 
oft-raised  question  as  to  who  had  determined 
the  existing  income  levels.  It  was  finally 
shown  that  these  limits  had  been  set  in  1939 
by  the  House  of  Delegates  without  recorded 
opposition. 

The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Michigan  Med- 
ical Service  met  during  the  MSMS  Convention 
and  steps  were  taken  to  begin  the  investigation 
and  experimentation  in  the  matter  of  limited  lia- 
bility certificates.  At  the  same  time  authorization 
to  contract  with  the  General  Motors  Corporation 
and  its  employes  toward  the  issuance  of  surgical 
contracts  to  the  employes  and  their  families  was 
voted  by  the  Board.  This  will  provide  between 
160,000  and  170,000  new  but  well-seasoned  sub- 
scribers to  the  plan.  With  General  Motors  plants 
in  a number  of  cities  in  Michigan  the  benefits 
will  be  greatly  extended  and  a greater  degree  of 
stability  attained  for  Michigan  Medical  Service. 

=t-=[\/^SMS 

AN  ERROR  CORRECTED 

■ Information  furnished  by  Wilfrid  Haughey 

of  Battle  Creek  revealed  an  error  in  the  Sep-  | 
tember  editorial  on  President  Henry  R.  Car- 1 
stens.  It  was  stated  therein  that  Dr.  Carstens  was  | 
the  first  son  to  follow  in  a father’s  footsteps  as 
president  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
Not  only  is  our  present  incumbent  not  the  first  ■ 

Jour.  M.S.M.S., 


826 


EDITORIAL 


in  Michigan  to  achieve  this  distinct  honor,  but 
he  is  the  fourth. 

Perhaps  this  record  is  unique  in  medical 

I history  of  the  United  States!  David  Inglis, 
president  of  the  society  in  1905,  followed  his 
father,  Richard  Inglis,  of  Detroit  who  had 
been  president  in  1869.  The  following  year,  in 
1906,  Charles  B.  Stockwell  became  president, 
his  father  having  been  Cyrus  M.  Stockwell 
of  Port  Huron,  the  first  president  of  the  re- 
organized state  society,  in  1866.  Leartus  Con- 
nor of  Detroit  was  president  in  1901  and  in 
; 1923  his  son,  Guy  L.  Conner,  succeeded  in  his 
footsteps. 

Other  interesting  information  received  from 
i Dr.  Haughey  disclosed  that  Henry  O.  Hitchcock 
of  Kalamazoo  was  president  in  1871  and  his  son, 
Charles  W.  Hitchcock,  became  secretary  from 
1890  to  1895.  Jerome  K.  Jerome  of  Saginaw  was 
! president  in  1867  and  was  again  elected  president 
S in  1881.  Andrew  P.  Biddle  of  Detroit  is  the 
only  president  who  ever  served  two  consecutive 
terms. 

The  profession  is  indeed  indebted  to  these  fam- 
ilies of  medical  leaders. 

: =[V|SMS 

THE  NEW  DISEASE 

American  physicians  must  prepare  to  cope  with  a 
new  disease.  It  is  becoming  generally  prevalent  and 
may  reach  epidemic  proportions  and  severity.  It  is 
contagious,  and  attacks  all  without  discrimination,  in- 
cluding those  who  fill  the  ranks  of  the  trades  and  the 
professions. 

By  virtue  of  their  training,  their  ethics,  the  nature 
and  the  demands  of  their  profession,  doctors  are  espe- 
cially susceptible  to  the  contagion.  Until  it  is  better 
named,  the  new  disease  can  be  called  “War  Fever.” 
The  future  effectiveness  of  American  medicine  and 
the  future  status  of  the  American  doctor  will  be  deter- 
mined by  the  extent  to  which  individual  physicians  are 
successful  in  immunizing  themselves  against  the  hys- 
teria which  is  a symptom  of  and  which  always  accom- 
panies the  disease. 

The  world  is  at  war.  One  hundred  and  thirty  mil- 
lion Americans  are  very  much  a part  of  this  world. 
1 It  is  a wholly  new  kind  of  war.  In  times  past,  material 
advantage  and  territorial  gains  provided  the  incentive 
for  wars  of  aggression.  This  is  a war  of  ideological 
conquest.  Material  advantages  and  territorial  gains 
are  merely  incidental  to  the  larger  purpose.  It  is  an 
all-out  warfare,  spending  lives  and  treasure  on  a 
scale  never  before  contemplated  or  even  imagined  by 
; man. 

^ In  the  present  situation  there  are  too  many  uncer- 
tainties to  enable  either  the  wisest  or  the  best  informed 
’■  reasonably  to  predict  the  extent  to  which  it  may  be 
; necessary  to  sacrifice  the  lives  and  material  resources 
of  this  country  in  order  to  win  this  war.  It  is  a 
>•'  I known  fact — and  it  should  be  faced — that  we  are  in  the 
( process  of  mobilizing  all  of  our  energies  and  utilizing 
all  of  our  resources  for  the  accomplishment  of  this 
••‘j  purpose. 

ii  OcrroBER,  1941 


It  is  almost  needless  to  say  that  no  group  will  be 
called  upon  to  make  a greater  contribution  than  will 
be  expected  from  the  medical  profession.  It  is  need- 
less to  say  that  this  contribution  will  be  gladly,  cheer- 
fully made  by  American  physicians.  American  doctors 
do  not  expect  any  special  credit  for  the  important 
service  they  are  rendering  or  will  be  called  upon  to 
render.  Their  tradition,  their  training  and  experience 
make  this  attitude  inevitable.  Many  are  already  enlisted 
for  the  duration.  The  rest  will  be  ready  when  called. 

However,  the  greatest  national  danger  lies  in  the 
possibility  of  these  doctors  becoming  victims  of  the 
“new  disease.”  On  them  rests  a new  and  most  vital 
responsibility.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  these 
physicians  ever  keep  in  mind  that  the  war  itself  is  one 
of  ideologies ; that  our  first  obligation  and  most  difficult 
task  is  to  preserve  the  Priceless  Heritage  of  the  Ameri- 
can People  that  has  set  them  over  and  above  and  apart 
from  all  the  other  people  in  the  world.  It  is  desirable 
to  consider  carrying  the  “four  freedoms”  to  all  the 
people  in  the  world.  But — it  is  essential  that  we  main- 
tain our  own  independence  and  freedom  of  action — 
“for  what  shall  it  profit  a man  if  he  shall  gain  the 
whole  world  and  lose  his  own  soul?”  It  is  our  task 
now  to  “hold  fast  that  which  is  good.” 

Tomorrow  will  come  the  peace.  While  we  unselfishly 
and  unlimitedly  serve,  we  should  make  sure  that  stifling 
control  of  bureaucracy  is  not  permanently  establishei 
We  should  take  steps  to  insure  the  preservation  of  the 
sacred  doctor-and-patient  relationship,  the  independence 
of  the  physicians,  the  continue  progress  of  American 
medicine  and  the  safeguarding  of  the  public  interest. 

Medicine’s  planning  and  administrative  agency  in 
these  fields  is  the  National  Physicians'  Commit- 
tee for  the  Extension  of  Medical  Service, 
Pittsfield  Building,  Chicago,  Illinois.  It  has  demon- 
strated both  its  reliability  and  its  effectiveness. 
In  these  times  of  increasing  stress  it  should  have 
the  allegiance  and  financial  support  of  every  patriotic 
practicing  physician.  If  your  county  association  has 
not  appointed  an  official  committee  to  cooperate  with 
N.P.C.,  it  should  do  so  at  the  next  regular  meeting. 


PAY-YOUR-DOCTOR  WEEK 

Fourth  annual  “Pay-Your-Doctor  Week”  will  be 
observed  this  year,  November  2 to  8. 

Inaugurated  in  1938  by  California  Bank  in  Los 
Angeles,  observation  of  “Pay-Your-Doctor  Week” 
swiftly  spread  to.  scores  of  cities  throughout  the  coun- 
try and  last  year  virtually  achieved  nation-wide  recog- 
nition. 

Primary  purpose  of  “Pay-Your-Doctor  Week”  is  to 
pay  tribute  to  the  members  of  the  healing  profession 
who  quietly  but  relentlessly  continue  the  battle  against 
disease  and  sickness,  particularly  at  this  time  when 
much  of  the  world  is  engaged  in  destroying  rather 
than  preserving  life. 

Recognized  also  is  the  fairly  widespread  tendency 
to  “let  the  doctor  wait”  until  all  other  bills  have  been 
paid. 

Sponsors  of  “Pay-Your-Doctor  Week”  point  out  that 
the  plight  of  the  country  doctor  who  is  often  paid  with 
farm  products  or  a share  in  next  year’s  crop  has  been 
widely  publicized  in  recent  years  while  little  has  been 
said  about  the  city  doctor  whose  reward  for  services 
rendered  all  too  frequently  consists  mainly  of  long 
hours  of  practice  and  vague  promises  of  payment 
sometime  in  the  future. 

Because  “Pay-Your-Doctor  Week”  was  originated 
and  is  sponsored  by  the  banking  profession,  the  ques- 
tion of  medical  ethics  is  not  involved. 

Banks  sponsoring  the  week  throughout  the  country 
call  attention  to  the  fact  that  funds  are  available  to 
lend  for  the  purpose  of  paying  doctor  bills. 


827 


X-  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  x- 


THANKS 

The  Council  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  has  placed  on  its  minutes  a vote  of  thanks 
to  all  who  contributed  to  the  extraordinary  suc- 
cess of  the  State  Society’s  1941  Annual  Meeting. 
The  Council  is  grateful  to  the  guest-essayists, 
their  “ubiquitous  hosts,”  the  officers  of  the  So- 
ciety, the  chairmen  and  secretaries  of  the  Gen- 
eral Assemblies  and  of  the  Sections,  the  Discus- 
sion Conference  Leaders,  the  Monitors  of  the 
Sections  and  Discussion  Conferences,  the  efficient 
Press  Relations  Committee,  the  Hospitality  Com- 
mittee, the  Grand  Rapids  Committee  on  Ar- 
rangements, the  Scientific  and  Technical  Ex- 
hibitors, the  Radio  Stations,  the  newspapers  for 
many  columns,  the  Grand  Rapids  Convention 
Bureau,  our  friends  who  sponsored  lectures  at  the 
General  Assemblies,  the  management  of  the  Kent 
Country  Club,  the  Kent  County  Medical  So- 
ciety, and  all  who  by  their  active  help  made 
the  meeting  such  an  enjoyable  and  instructive 
affair ; not  the  least,  thanks  are  due  to  all  the 
members  who  by  the  hundreds  left  their  busy 
practices  in  all  parts  of  the  state  to  visit  Grand 
Rapids  for  the  76th  Convention  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

Ladies  and  Gentlemen,  thank  you  again ! 

rf^SMS 

PHYSICIANS  MAY  SELECT  HOSPITALS 
FOR  AFFLICTED  CHILDREN 

Section  Six  of  the  Afflicted  Child  Law  (Act 
283  of  the  Public  Acts  of  1939)  specifically 
states ; 

“The  Commission  may  enter  an  order,  direct- 
ing that  such  child  be  conveyed  ...  to  a hos- 
pital in  the  State  selected  by  the  attending 
physician,  and  which  has  been  approved  and 
designated  by  the  Commission  for  the  care  of 
Afflicted  Children.” 

This  applies,  at  the  present  time,  only  to 
Afflicted  Children. 

If  any  attempt  is  made  to  take  this  preroga- 
tive away  from  a physician,  he  should  cite  the 
above  section  of  the  Afflicted  Child  Law  as  his 
authority  and  insist  upon  his  rights,  provided 
the  hospital  of  his  choice  is  approved  by  the 
Commission  and  is  in  his  locality. 

828 


MEDICINE  OUT  OF  THE  AIR 

At  the  76th  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  radio  played  an  important 
part.  Radio  Stations  WOOD  and  WLAV  of 
Grand  Rapids  cooperated  wholeheartedly  by  giv- 
ing freely  of  their  time  and  facilities.  The  fol- 
lowing talks  on  matters  of  scientific  and  general 
interest  were  presented  during  the  Convention 
week:  “The  Functions  of  Medicine  and  the 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society,”  by  Wm.  A. 
Hyland,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  September  15; 
“What  the  Doctor’s  Wife  Means  to  the  Com- 
munity,” by  R.  C.  Jamieson,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
September  16;  “The  Value  of  Postgrad- 
uate Medicine  to  the  Public,”  by  H,  H.  Cum- 
mings, M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  September  17 ; “The 
Family  Doctor,”  by  W.  H.  Huron,  M.D.,  Iron  i 
Mountain,  September  18;  and  “Michigan  Medi-  « 
cal  Service,”  by  Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  De-  , 
troit,  September  19.  I 

= [^SMS 

MEMBERSHIP  MARCHES  UPWARD 

The  membership  of  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society,  as  of  September  12,  1941,  stood  at 
4,432  members,  the  greatest  total  in  the  history 
of  the  Society  for  that  date. 

The  record  for  the  past  six  years  stands  as 
follows : 

1940  1939  1938  1937  1936  1935  I 

July  4,401  4,255  3,958  3,757  3,457  3,410 

December  31  4,527  4,425  4,205  3,963  3,725  3,653  ! 

= [V|SMS 

PLACEMENT  BUREAU 

The  Placement  Bureau  of  the  IMichigan  State 
Medical  Society  has  been  working  quietly  dur- 
ing the  past  three  years  but  has  been  doing  a 
constructive  job  of  finding  locations  for  physi- 
cians as  well  as  successfully  interesting  doctors 
in  locating  where  more  medical  service  is  needed. 
No  fanfare  of  trumpets  has  announced  the  Bu- 
reau’s progress  and  successes,  here  and  there. 
Only  the  communities  which  have  been  served 
and  the  doctors  who  have  found  a satisfactoiy' 
locale  know  and  appreciate  the  Placement  Bu- 
reau’s efforts.  It  has  solved  in  certain  in- 
stances and  it  continues  its  attempts  to  find  a 
practical  answer  to  the  problem  of  distributior- 
of  medical  service  in  this  State. 

louR.  M.S.M.S 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


MICHIGAN  RECORD  BETTER 
THAN  NATION 

Michigan’s  death  rate  was  lower  in  1940  than  the 
national  average  and  the  birth  rate  was  higher,  accord- 
ing to  provisional  figures  of  the  U.  S.  Public  Health 
Service. 

The  1940  death  rate  for  the  state  was  9.9  deaths 
per  1,000  population,  compared  with  10.5  nationally. 
The  birth  rate  comparison  is  18.8  for  Michigan  and 
17.6  for  the  nation. 

Among  the  five  east  north  central  states,  Michi- 
gan led  the  others  in  favorable  rates.  Wisconsin 
was  second  low  in  death  rate  with  10.0  and  the 
other  states  had  rates  as  follows:  Illinois  11.2, 

Indiana  11,3,  Ohio  11.3.  Wisconsin  also  was  next 
to  Michigan  in  birth  rates  with  a rate  of  17.3.  Other 
rates  were:  Indiana  16.9,  Ohio  16.3,  Illinois  15.6. 

Both  the  low  death  rate  and  the  high  birth  rate  for 
1940  are  in  part  due  to  Michigan’s  young  population. 
MOiole  families  are  still  moving  to  Michigan  and  young 
men  and  women  still  are  coming  into  the  state  for 
the  same  reason — opportunities  for  jobs. 

As  Michigan’s  population  grows  older,  our  death 
rate  will  go  up  and  our  birth  rate  will  go  down,  but 
these  are  long-time  effects  and  probably  will  not  be 
apparent  for  years  to  come.  As  for  the  immediate 
future,  we  may  see  a higher  birth  rate  and  a slightly 
lower  death  rate  in  prospect  for  1941. 


POLIO  CASES  BELOW 
AVERAGE 

Infantile  paralysis  cases  this  year  are  under  av- 
erage figures.  August  cases  reported  to  the  Michi- 
gan Department  of  Health  totaled  59,  compared 
with  a five-year  average  of  103.  In  last  year’s 
record  epidemic,  the  August  total  was  304  and  Sep- 
tember cases  totaled  508. 

In  August,  no  county  except  Wayne  reported  as 
many  as  five  cases  of  polio  whereas  last  year  18 
counties  reported  five  or  more  cases.  Wayne  had 
32  cases  this  year  in  August  and  of  these  29  were 
in  Detroit.  Only  one  case  of  polio  was  reported 
from  the  Upper  Peninsula  in  August.  Last  year 
the  Upper  Peninsula  was  severely  affected.  With 
only  six  per  cent  of  the  state’s  population,  the 
Upper  Peninsula  in  1940  had  30  per  cent  of  the 
polio  cases. 

MSMS 

CANCER  PROGRAM 
EXPANDED 

Dr.  F.  L.  Rector,  for  eleven  years  midwestern  field 
representative  of  the  American  Society  for  the  Control 
of  Cancer,  has  been  named  cancer  consultant  for  the 
Department,  to  work  with  both  lay  and  medical  groups. 
The  appointment  and  working  arrangements  have  the 
approval  of  the  State  Society’s  Cancer  Committee, 
headed  by  Dr.  Wm.  A.  Hyland  of  Grand  Rapids.  In 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAE) 


ciTi 


ilver  Picrate, 
Wyeth,  has  a convincing  record  of 
effectiveness  as  a local  treatment  for 
acute  anterior  urethritis  caused  by 
Neisseria  gonorrheae.^  An  aqueous 
solution  (0.5  percent)  of  silver  pic- 
rate or  water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the  treatment. 


Acomp/efe  techniqueof  treatment  and  liferaturewill  besenfupon  request 


♦Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline  compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
It  is  available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and  soluble  trituration  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  solutions,  suppositories,  water-soluble  jelly,  and  powder  for  vaginal 
insufflation. 


1.  Knight,  F,,  and  Shelanski, 
H.  A.,  "Treatment  of  Acute  Ante- 
rior Urethritis  with  Silver  Picrate,” 
Am.  J.  Syph.,  Gon.  & Ven.  Dis., 
23,  201  (March),  1939. 


JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATED,  PHILADELPHIA 


October,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


829 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 


WEHENKEL  SANATORICM 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Comer  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKELt  Medical  Director*  City  Offices*  Madison  3312*3 


his  lay  activities,  Dr.  Rector  will  be  assisted  by  Miss 
Grace  Townsend,  who  has  a background  of  teaching 
and  cancer  research.  The  two  were  to  join  the  De- 
partment staff  September  IS. 

Dr.  Rector  is  known  to  the  medical  and  health  pro- 
fessions of  Michigan  because  of  his  field  work  with 
the  American  Society  for  the  Control  of  Cancer.  He 
made  a survey  of  facilities  for  treating  cancer  in  the 
state  in  1935  and  the  results  were  published  in  the 
November,  1935,  issue  of  The  Journal  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society.  He  has  spoken  in  many  of 
the  cities  of  Michigan  before  medical  societies  and 
hospital  staffs,  and  before  college,  church,  women’s 
and  other  lay  groups. 

“Michigan  is  unique  among  the  states  for  its  joint 
program  of  cancer  education  which  the  medical  pro- 
fession and  the  State  Health  Department  are  sponsor- 
ing,” Dr.  Rector  said.  “We  shall  try  to  bring  its 
benefits  to  every  adult  in  the  state.” 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Rector  live  in  Evanston,  Illinois.  He 
was  graduated  at  Oklahoma  Agricultural  and  Mechani- 
cal College  and  received  his  medical  degree  from  George 
Washington  University  at  Washington. 

Miss  Townsend  has  done  research  and  has  taught 
at  the  University  of  Chicago  where  she  took  her  doctor- 
ate in  zeology  and  biochemistry.  She  has  done  re- 
search at  the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory  at  Woods 
Hole,_  Mass.,  on  the  chemistry  of  cell  division  and  of 
sensitivity  of  cells  to  the  x-ray.  Other  institutions 
where  she  has  taught  include  Joliet  high  school  and 
junior  college,  Ohio  State  University  and  Miami  Uni- 
versity. Her  work  with  the  Department  will  be  with 
lay_  groups,  including  the  Women’s  Field  Army  of  the 
national  cancer  society. 

MSMS 

DIPHTHERIA  OUTBREAKS 
IN  AUGUST 

Two  outbreaks  of  diphtheria  which  threatened  to 
become  old-style  epidemics  were  brought  under  con- 
trol in  August.  Both  were  in  Mexican  migrant  labor 

830 


families  in  sugar  beet  areas.  Three  deaths  occurred. 

At  Blissfield,  in  Lenawee  county,  a colony  of  246 
persons  was  placed  under  quarantine  after  throat  cul- 
tures showed  several  carriers.  The  first  cases  were 
reported  by  Dr.  E.  V.  Tubbs,  Blissfield  village  and 
township  health  officer.  An  epidemiologist  and  the 
mobile  laboratory  of  the  State  Health  Department  were 
sent  to  the  colony,  and  throat  swabs  were  taken  of 
every  man,  woman  and  each  of  the  more  than  100 
children  in  the  colony.  Dr.  T.  M.  Koppa,  of  the 
Bureau  of  Epidemiology,  went  to  Blissfield  to  assist 
in  control  measures. 

Twelve  cases  in  children  were  reported,  including 
two  deaths.  Eighteen  persons  were  found  to  be  car- 
riers. Antitoxin  was  used  freely,  and  toxoid  was  given 
to  the  children.  Dr.  Tubbs  arranged  for  toxoid  treat- 
ment of  all  children  in  the  village  of  Blissfield. 

The  other  outbreak  occurred  in  Saginaw  county. 
One  death  occurred,  a baby.  Four  families  were 
isolated  in  the  contagious  unit  of  the  Saginaw  County 
Hospital  by  Dr.  V.  K.  Volk,  Saginaw  county  health 
officer. 

MSMS— 

NEW  SANATORIUM 
CONSULTANT 

Consultation  services  for  all  tuberculosis  sanatoria 
receiving  state  aid  are  now  being  offered  by  the  Michi- 
gan Department  of  Health.  Dr.  Anthony  D.  Calomeni, 
since  1938  physician-in-charge  of  the  tuberculosis  unit 
of  the  Saginaw  County  Public  Hospital,  has  been  ap- 
pointed consultant.  A schedule  is  now  being  worked 
out  to  bring  these  new  consultation  services  of  the 
Bureau  of  Tuberculosis  Control  to  both  sanatoria  and 
health  departments. 

Prior  to  his  work  at  Saginaw,  Dr.  Calomeni  served 
as  resident  physician  at  the  William  H.  Maybury  Sana- 
torium in  Northville.  He  is  a member  of  the  Saginaw 
County  Medical  Society,  the  Michigan  Trudeau  and 
the  American  Trudeau  Societies,  the  Michigan  Tuber- 
culosis Association  and  the  National  Tuberculosis  As- 
sociation. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


IN  MEMORIAM 


IN  MEMORIAM 


Harry  G.  Bevington  of  Detroit  was  born  in  the 
year  1877  and  was  graduated  from  Cleveland  Pulte 
Medical  College  in  1898.  Following  his  internship 
at  Grace  Hospital,  Detroit,  he  entered  general  prac- 
tice on  the  east  side  of  Detroit.  Later  he  establish- 
ed an  office  in  the  David  Whitney  Building  when 
it  was  completed  in  1915,  which  he  continuously  oc- 
cupied until  a few  years  ago,  when  his  health  com- 
pelled him  to  restrict  his  work.  He  died  on  July 
15,  1941. 


A.  Milton  Campbell  of  Lansing  was  born  in  For- 
est, Ontario  on  October  4,  1868,  and  was  graduated 
from  the  Detroit  College  of  Medicine  and  Surgery 
in  1898.  He  began  his  practice  of  medicine  in  Has- 
lett,  later  moving  to  Lansing  where  he  served  the 
people  until  January  1,  1941,  when  he  gave  up  his 
office  because  of  ill  health.  Doctor  Campbell,  an 
intimate  friend  of  many  athletes,  was  team  physi- 
cian for  a number  of  years  at  Central  High  School. 
He  was  a familiar  figure  on  the  side  lines  at  all 
local  games  and  made  many  trips  with  the  football 
teams.  He  died  August  17,  1941,  after  a long  illness. 


George  A.  Seybold  of  Jackson  was  born  in  1881 
and  was  graduated  from  the  University  of  Michigan 
Medical  School  in  1904.  He  was  past  president  of 
the  Jackson  County  Medical  Society,  surgeon  for  the 
Michigan  Central  Railroad  and  a fellow  in  the 
American  College  of  Surgery  of  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association.  Doctor  Seybold  served  as  a cap- 
tain in  the  Medical  Corps  in  the  World  War.  He 
died  on  September  6,  1941. 


William  H.  Riley  of  Battle  Creek  was  born  in 
Mattoax,  Va.,  Feb.  5,  1860  and  was  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School  in  1886. 
He  joined  the  Battle  Creek  Sanitarium  staff  the  year 
he  graduated  and  was  sent  to  its  branch  hospital 
at  Boulder,  Colorado,  where  he  served  as  director 
for  eight  years.  Doctor  Riley  won  recognition  as 
a neurological  diagnostician.  He  made  many  val- 
uable contributions  to  the  study  of  neurology,  the 
most  important  of  which  was  his  invention  of  the 
ataxiagraph,  used  in  studying  incoordination  of 
the  movement  of  the  body.  He  served  as  head  of 
the  neurology  department  of  the  Battle  Creek  Sani- 
tarium from  1902  until  his  retirement  on  March  27, 
1938.  He  was  elected  to  Emeritus  Membership  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  in  1939.  Dr. 
Riley  died  on  Aug.  24,  1941. 


John  A.  Schram  of  St.  Joseph  was  born  in  Chi- 
cago, in  1903  and  was  graduated  from  the  University 
of  Indiana  in  1931.  He  served  his  internship  in 
Methodist  hospital  at  Indianapolis.  Later  he  headed 
the  Rockefeller  Foundation  hospital  in  Ohio  for  a 
year  before  establishing  his  practice  in  St.  Joseph. 
He  died  September  9,  1941. 

i October,  1941 

i 


Each  sip  of  smooth,  satisfying 
Johnnie  Walker  is  a taste-adven- 
ture— always  enjoyable,  always 
welcome. 

★ 

IT'S  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 

Johnnie 

If^LKER 


BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


CANADA  DRY  GINGER  ALE,  INC.,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 
SOLE  IMPORTER 


831 


-X  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  -x 


One  of  the  most  fertile  fields  o£  malpractice  litiga- 
tion is  the  allegation  on  the  part  of  a patient  that  in 
reaching  his  diagnosis  a physician  did  not  use  all  neces- 
sary and  obtainable  diagnostic  aids. — Humphreys 
Springstun,  of  the  Detroit  Bar.  Doctors  and  Juries.  P. 
Blakiston’s  Son  and  Co.,  Inc.  1935. 

♦ * ♦ 

The  American  Association  of  Industrial  Physicians 
and  Surgeons  will  hold  its  second  annual  meeting, 
November  5 and  6,  at  Chicago  Tower,  Chicago,  Illi- 
nois. The  interesting  program  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  C.  O.  Sappington,  M.D.,  540  North  Michigan 
Avenue,  Chicago. 

* * * 

The  Tumor  Clinic  of  the  J.  D.  Munson  Hospital, 
Traverse  City,  was  forced  to  change  from  monthly 
to  weekly  meetings  because  of  increased  interest  by 
both  physicians  and  patients.  The  present  plan  con- 
sists of  a Thursday  noonday  luncheon  followed  by 
presentation  and  discussion  of  patients. 

"Roentgen  Therapy  for  Rheumatoid  Arthritis  of  the 
Spine’’  by  C.  J.  Smyth,  M.D.  R.  H.  Freyberg,  M.D., 
and  Isadore  Lampe,  M.D.,  of  Ann  Arbor  appeared  in 
the  A.M.A.  Journal  of  Sept.  6. 

"Perpetuation  of  Error  in  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology” 
by  Norman  F.  Miller,  AI.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  appeared  in 
J.A.M.A.,  Sept.  13,  1941. 

* * * 

Toledo  University  invites  all  members  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  to  its  annual  Medical  Post- 
graduate Course,  Friday,  October  31,  University  Build- 


ing, Toledo,  Ohio.  This  year’s  program  will  be  a 
round-table  discussion  led  by  McKeen  Cattell,  M.D. 
Harry  Gold,  M.D.,  and  Eugene  F.  DuBois,  M.D.. 
members  of  the  Department  of  Physiology  of  Cornell 
University  Medical  College. 

♦ * ♦ 

The  Athletic  Accident  Benefit  Plan  of  the  Alichigan 
High  School  Athletic  Association  published  its  first  An- 
nual Report  for  the  1940-41  school  year  on  August 
20.  Nearly  half  of  the  high  schools  in  the  state  (328) 
participated  in  the  Benefit  Plan,  registering  9,975 
students  for  protection  under  the  schedule  of  benefits. 
A total  of  $10,550.20  was  paid  to  member  schools  for 
903  allowed  injury  benefits.  For  copy  of  this  interest- 
ing report,  write  C.  E.  Forsythe,  Secretary,  Athletic 
Accident  Benefit  Plan,  The  Capitol,  Lansing,  Michigan. 
♦ ♦ * 

The  American  Association  for  the  Study  of  Goiter 
again  offers  the  Van  Meter  Prize  Award  of  Three 
Hundred  Dollars  and  two  honorable  mentions  for  the 
best  essays  submitted  concerning  original  work  on 
problems  related  to  the  thyroid  gland.  The  Award 
will  be  made  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Association 
which  will  be  held  at  Atlanta,  Georgia,  June  1,  2,  and 
3. 

The  competing  essays  may  cover  either  clinical  on 
research  investigations;  should  not  exceed  three  thou-1 
sand  words  in  length ; must  be  presented  in  English ; ' 
and  a typewritten,  double  spaced  copy  sent  to  the 
Secretary,  T.  C.  Davison,  M.D.,  478  Peachtree  Street, ' 
Atlanta,  Georgia,  not  later  than  April  1.  ' 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

* 

Ward  S.  Farg^uson,  M.  D.  James  C.  Droste,  M.  D.  Lynn  A.  Ferguson,  M.  D. 

* 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

* 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS.  MICHIGAN 

•I* 

Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


832 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


Large  Class  Enters  College  of  Medicine 

A special  “Welcome  Day”  for  the  largest  class  of 
entering  students  in  seven  years  at  the  College  of 
Medicine  of  Wayne  University  was  held  September 
17  at  the  Gratiot-St.  Antoine  center. 

Because  of  defense  needs,  special  arrangements  have 
been  made  to  accommodate  10  more  medical  students 
than  customarily  are  admitted  each  September.  The 
request  for  the  increased  quota  was  transmitted  last 
summer  from  the  government  through  the  Association 
of  American  Medical  Colleges. 

The  program  for  the  medical  group  was  in  charge 
of  the  College’s  Student  Council,  and  had  been  planned 
by  the  Council  president,  James  Doty,  2417  Crane. 
Following  a 1 :00  p.m.  auditorium  prograrn,  the  medi- 
cal group  toured  college  buildings  and  visited  Receiv- 
ing and  St.  Mary’s  hospitals  and  the  Board  of  Health 
laboratories.  ' 

♦ * ♦ 

Arthur  Hitmphrey,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek, 

1941  M.S.M.S.  Golf  Champion 

The  1941  Golf  Tournament  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  which  was  held  over  the  beautiful 
and  sporty  Kent  Country  Club,  Grand  Rapids,  on 
September  15,  was  won  by  Arthur  Humphrey,  M.D., 
of  Battle  Creek  with  a low  of  83.  Winner  of  the 
Championship  Flight  and  second  low  of  the  field  was 
George  Slagle,  M.D.,  also  of  Battle  Creek.  Doctor 
Humphrey  was  awarded  the  Penberthy  Trophy  for  one 
year  as  well  as  the  President’s  Trophy,  the  latter 
donated  by  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  president 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

Harry  F.  Dibble,  M.D.,  Detroit,  copped  the  Presi- 
dent-Elect’s Prize  donated  by  Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D., 
Detroit,  with  the  low  net  score  of  the  day. 

C.  F.  Vale,  M.D.,  Detroit,  was  the  lucky  winner  of 
a Bulova  wrist  watch  in  the  Kicker’s  Handicap.  The 
prize  was  donated  by  Bill  Mennen. 

Other  winners  were  R.  J.  Paalman,  M.D.,  Grand 
Rapids,  low  net  in  the  Championship  Flight;  A.  M. 
Putra,  M.D.,  Detroit,  low  gross  in  the  First  Flight; 
O.  B.  McGillicuddy,  M.D.,  Lansing,  low  net  in  the 
First  Flight;  R.  M.  McKean,  M.D.,  Detroit,  low  gross 
in  the  Second  Flight;  L.  J.  Morand,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
low  net  in  the  Second  Flight;  A.  J.  Baker,  M.D., 
Grand  Rapids,  low  gross  in  the  Third  Flight ; and 
Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  Detroit,  low  net  in  the  Third 
Flight. 

Don  M.  Howell,  M.D.,  Alma,  won  the  Maturity 
Event  limited  to  members  50  years  of  age  and  over  by 
shooting  an  89.  He  took  home  the  J.  H.  Dempster 
Trophy  for  one  year’s  possession  and  the  Treasurer’s 
Prize  donated  by  Wm.  A.  Hyland,  M.D.,  of  Grand 
Rapids.  Robert  C.  Jamieson,  M.D.,  Detroit,  and  R.  H. 
Baribeau,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek,  were  runners  up  in  the 
Maturity  Event. 

Second  and  Third  Prizes  in  the  Kicker’s  Handicap 
were  won  by  A.  E.  Catherwood,  M.D.,  Detroit  and 
A.  R.  Dickson,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek. 

M.  J.  Holdsworth,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  supervised 
arrangements  for  the  tournament. 

Additional  prize  donors  were : A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D., 

Chairman  of  The  Council ; O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  Speak- 
er of  the  House  of  Delegates;  L.  Fernald  Foster, 
M.D.,  Secretary;  Roy  H,  Holmes,  M.D.,  Editor  of 
The  Journal;  H.  H.  Cummings,  M.D.,  Vice  Chairman 
of  The  Council ; Wm.  E.  Barstow,  M.D.,  Councilor 
of  the  Eighth  District ; W.  H.  Huron,  M.D.,  Councilor 
of  the  Thirteenth  District ; A.  H.  Miller,  M.D.,  Coun- 
cilor of  the  Twelfth  District;  Vernor  M.  Moore,  M.D., 
Councilor  of  the  Fifth  District;  Wilfrid  Haughey, 
M.D.,  Councilor  of  the  Third  Councilor  District ; Roy 
C.  Perkins,  M.D.,  Councilor  of  the  Tenth  Councilor 
District ; E.  F.  Sladek,  M.D.,  Councilor  of  the  Ninth 
Councilor  District;  and  Bill  Burns,  Executive  Secre- 
I tary. 

1 October,  1941 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SANATORIUM 

White  Daks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions  / 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Divi^on  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SANATORIUM 

White  Daks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 

833 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


I Physicians  Heart  | 
Laboratory 

I 523  Professional  Building  j 

; 10  Peterboro  Street  : 

; Detroit,  Michigan  : 

: Laboratory  Telephones:  TEmple  1-5580  • 

[ Columbia  5580  j 

: A laboratory  providing  the  following  : 

[ services  exclusively  to  physicians  for  their  | 
I patients:  : 

i ELECTROCARDIOGRAM  j 

\ BASAL  METABOLISM  j 

\ X-RAY  of  HEART  [ 

: KYMOGRAPH  X-RAY  of  HEART  j 

I VITAL  CAPACITY  j 

I DIRECT  VENOUS  PRESSURE  \ 

\ Laboratory  Hours: 9 A.M.  to  5 P.M.  [ 

I Interpretative  opinions  and  records  avail-  \ 

\ able  only  to  referring  physicians.  \ 

muMmmmmuumMmuuummmumimmuimum 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


Professional  Economics 

An  ethical,  practical  plan  for  bettering 
your  income  from  professional  services. 

Send  card  or  prescription  blank  for  details. 

National  Discount  & Audit  Co. 

2114  Book  Tower,  Detroit,  Michigan 

Representatives  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada 


COUNTY  SOCIETY  NEWS 

The  Grand  Traverse  Leelanau-Benzie  County  Medi- 
cal Society  held  its  annual  Summer  Clinic  at  Munson 
Hospital,  Traverse  City,  July  24-25,  with  an  attendance 
of  fifty  physicians. 

Frederick  A.  Coder,  M.D.,  of  Ann  Arbor  and  Grover 
C.  Penberthy,  M.D.,  of  Detroit,  conducted  operative 
clinics  during  both  morning  sessions.  Both  afternoons 
were  devoted  to  lectures : 

Frederick  A.  Coder,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor : “War 

Surgery.” 

Cyrus  C.  Sturgis,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor : “The  Pur- 

puric Anemias.” 

Carl  E.  Badgley,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor:  “The  Sulfon- 

amides in  Compound  Fractures.” 

Edgar  A.  Kahn,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor ; “Some  Signifi- 
cant Neurological  Signs  in  Everyday  Medical  Practice.” 

William  G.  Gordon,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor:  “The  Use 

of  Estrogenic  Drugs  in  the  Male.” 

Grover  C.  Penberthy,  M.D.,  Detroit : “The  Use  of 

the  Sulfonamides  in  Acute  Osteomyelitis.” 

Issac  A.  Abt,  M.D.,  Chicago : “Congenital  Mega- 

colon.” 

Following  the  Thursday  evening  banquet.  Dr.  Pen- 
berthy showed  a movie  on  the  “Treatment  of  Burns,” 
and  C.  E.  Boys,  M.D.,  of  Kalamazoo  showed  a movie 
on  “Jaguar  Hunting  in  Brazil.” 


IVashtenaw  County:  S.  W.  Donaldson,  M.D.,  Ann 

Arbor,  addressed  the  Society  on  “The  Physician’s 
Civil  Liability.” 

Following  a historical  introduction,  the  speaker  dis- 
cussed the  physician’s  rights,  privileges,  responsibili- 
ties, and  liabilities.  Within  this  scope  he  defined 
and  discussed  the  contract  between  patient  and  physi- 
cian, the  responsibility  of  both  parties  under  the  con- 
tract, and  the  mode  of  termination  of  this  contract. 

In  a breach  of  this  contract  by  the  physician,  a 
malpractice  suit  may  be  instituted.  This  suit  is  an  ac- 
tion of  tort  or  a civil  wrong  for  which  local  redress 
can  be  rendered  by  the  awarding  of  many  damages  and 
in  which  the  law  does  not  provide  punitive  action  such 
as  a fine  or  imprisonment  against  the  offender. 

The  discussion  of  malpractice  suits  was  further 
amplified  by  the  consideration  of  a status  of  limitations 
(in  Michigan  it  is  two  years),  malpractice  defense, 
and  malpractice  prophylaxis. 

In  a survey  of  35,000  suits  the  following  reasons 
in  order  of  importance  constituting  90  per  cent  of 
causes  were  given : 

1.  Inopportune  remarks  by  subsequent  attending  phy- 
sician. 

2.  Personal  enmity  and  jealousy  between  members 
of  the  profession. 

3.  Counter  suits  as  a defense  against  the  suit  brought 
by  doctor  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  his  fee. 

4.  Failure  to  use  the  x-ray  with  the  diagnosis,  and 
reduction  of  a fracture. 

The  rule  of  privileged  communication  was  defined 
and  thoroughly  discussed.  The  importance  of  mal- 
practice insurance  was  emphasized. 

Because  of  the  liklihood  of  all  physicians  to  appear 
sometime  in  court,  importance  of  evidence  and  testi- 
mony was  stressed.  The  following  suggestions  were 
given  for  the  prospective  physician  witness  on  the 
stand : 

1.  Before  obligating  yourself  to  testify  as  an  expert, 
except  in  a malpractice  suit  against  a physician, 
have  a definite  arrangement  as  to  the  fee. 

2.  Have  a definite  understanding  of  the  merits  of  the 
case. 

3.  If  you  have  never  appeared  on  the  witness  stand, 
attend  a few  trials  with  the  idea  of  hearing  the 
medical  testimony  and  attempting  to  see  the  point 
of  view  of  the  attorneys  for  both  plaintiff  and 
defendant. 

4.  On  the  witness  stand  be  honest  and  sincere. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


834 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


5.  Be  prepared.  Expect  anything  on  cross  examina- 
tion. 

6.  Be  yourself. 

7.  Listen  carefully  to  each  question  and  be  sure  you 
understand  it.  If  it  is  not  clear  ask  that  it  be  re- 
peated. 

8.  If  you  do  not  know,  say  so.  A frank  answer,  even 
though  it  is  an  admission  of  lack  of  knowledge,  is 
better  than  a bluff. 

9.  Do  not  lose  your  temper.  Be  as  courteous  to  the 
opposing  counsel  as  you  are  to  your  own. 

10.  Do  not  volunteer  testimony.  Remarks  which  are 
not  necessary  in  answers  to  questions  are  liable  to 
bring  forth  objections  that  the  testimony  is  irrele- 
vant or  to  give  the  impression  that  the  witness  is 
partisan.  If  you  are  serving  as  an  ordinary  witness, 
give  only  the  facts  and  state  them  clearly  and  con- 
cisely. If  called  as  an  expert  you  are  expected  to 
render  an  opinion. 

11.  Talk  loudly  enough  to  be  heard.  The  judge,  the 
jury,  the  court  stenographer  and  the  attorneys  must 
hear  everything  you  say.  Speak  directly  to  the  jury, 
as  they  especially  need  to  know  what  you  have  to 
say.  If  there  is  no  jury,  direct  your  remarks  to  the 
judge. 

12.  Do  not  “play  up  to  the  spectators.”  Try  to  act  as 
if  you  were  in  your  own  office  discussing  the  case 
with  the  attorney  who  summoned  you. 


READING  NOTICES 


ARMY  RECOGNIZES 
CANNED  FOOD  MANUAL 

Recognition  by  the  Quartermaster  General  in  Wash- 
ington was  recently  given  to  the  “Canned  Food  Refer- 
ence Manual.”  The  American  Can  Company  was  au- 
thorized to  send  copies  of  the  manual  to  the  Com- 
manding General  and  the  Quartermaster  at  each  Corps 
Area  Headquarters ; one  to  the  Medical  Officer  and 
the  Quartermaster  at  each  of  the  Posts,  Camps  and 
Stations  of  the  Army ; and  one  to  the  Commanding 
Officer  at  the  various  Purchasing  Depots  of  the  Army 
throughout  the  country. 


PRESERVED  BLOOD  PLASMA 

The  stimulus  of  war  has  aroused  great  interest  in 
substitutes  for  whole  blood,  and  many  intensive  investi- 
gations are  being  undertaken  in  this  field  both  from 
the  laboratory  and  clinical  standpoints.  The  indica- 
tions for  intravenous  administration  of  blood  plasma, 
such  as  in  shock  without  hemorrhage,  in  bums,  for 
administration  of  antibodies  and  for  the  maintenance 
of  plasma  protein,  and  even  severe  hemorrhage,  are  now 
rather  definite. 


<ym  FINANCIAL 
^FIGURES 


The  DAILY  LOG  tells  you  at  a glance  how 
your  daily,  monthly  and  annual  business  rec- 
ords stand.  Important  non-financial  records, 
too.  It  has  protected  the  earnings  of 
thousands  of  physicians  for  14  yrs. 
A life  saver  at  income  tax  time! 
WRITE — for  booklet  “The  Adventures  of 
Doctor  Young  in  the  Field  of  Bookkeeping." 

COLWELL  PUBLISHING  CO. 

125  University  Ave.,  Champaign,  III. 


October,  1941 


to  the  Medical  Profession 


WHEN  nothing  less  than  a high  degree  of 
accuracy  in  a clinical  test  or  a chemical 
analysis  will  serve  your  purpose,  you  can 
send  us  your  specimens  with  confidence. 
Pleasant,  well-equipped  examining  rooms 
await  your  patients.  In  either  the  anal3dical 
or  the  clinical  department  of  our  labora- 
tory, your  tests  will  be  handled  with  the 
thoroughness  and  exactitude  which  is  our 
undeviating  routine.  . . Fees  are  moderate. 


Urine  Analysis 
Blood  Chemistry 
Hematology 
Special  Tests 
Basal  Metabolism 
Serology 


Parasitology 

Mycology 

Phenol  Coefficients 

Bacteriology 

Poisons 

Court  Testimony 


Directors:  Joseph  A.  Wolf  and  Dorothy  E.  Wolf 


Send  j^ot  7gg 


CENTRAL  LABORATORIES 

Clinical  and  Chemical  Research 
312  David  Whitney  Bldg.  • Detroit,  Michigan 


Telephones:  Cherry  1030  (Res.)  Davison  1220 


The  question  of  sterility  in  stored  plasma  has  led 
many  investigators  to  advocate  the  addition  of  “Mer- 
thiolate”  (Sodium  Ethyl  Mercuri  Thiosalicylate,  Lilly) 
in  a concentration  of  1:10,000.  “Merthiolate”  has  been 
used  for  many  years  for  the  preservation  of  vaccines, 
sera,  and  other  biological  products,  and  has  been  logi- 
cally advocated  for  the  preservation  of  blood  plasma. 
“Merthiolate”  substance  for  the  preservation  of  blood 
serum  and  plasma  may  be  added  directly,  or,  more 
conveniently,  from  a stock  1 per  cent  solution  whicffi 
should  be  made  up  fresh  every  thirty  days.  “Mer- 
thiolate” substance  for  this  purpose  is  obtainable  from 
the  Indianapolis  laboratories  only. 


REDUCTION  IN  RATES  ANNOUNCED 

The  Physicians  Casualty  Association  of  America  has 
made  a reduction  in  the  $25.00  per  week  accident  and 
health  insurance,  of  $1.00  per  year;  in  the  $50.00  per 
week  accident  and  health  insurance,  of  $2.00  per  year, 
and  in  the  $75.00  per  week  accident  and  health  insur- 
ance, of  $3.00  per  year. 


SCHERING’S  NEW  SULFONAMIDE 
NOW  AVAILABLE  FOR  B USE 

Sulfacetimide,  a new  and  potent  derivative  of  sul- 
fanilamide, is  to  be  marketed  under  the  trade  name 
Sulamyd  by  the  Scheering  Corporation,  Bloomfield, 
New  Jersey. 

Sulfacetimide  was  highly  praised  at  the  recent  meet- 
ing of  the  American  Medical  Association  in  Cleveland 
as  “almost  a specific  for  the  treatment  of  B.  coli  in- 
fections of  the  urinary  tract.”  The  new  drug  is  also 
potent  in  the  treatment  of  gonorrhea  and  other  urinaiy 
tract  infections.  Sulfacetimide  is  considered  less  toxic 
than  the  sulfonamide  preparations  now  available. 


835 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


I 


SOS’- 

conWto®”-  aU-qo'<^ 

radon  w 250  pel 

ttnplon'?  * 
PuUicune- 


DeNIKE  SANITARIUM,  Inc. 

Established  1893 


EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT  of 
ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOLISM 


626  E.  GRAND  BLVD. 


DETROIT 


Telephones:  Plaza  1777-1778  and  Cadillac  2670 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D.,  Medical  Superintendent 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Acknowledgment  of  ail  hooks  received  will  be  made  in  this 
column  and  this  wUl  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review,^ 
as  expedient. 


OUTLINES  OF  INDUSTRIAL  MEDICAL  PRACTICE.  By 
Howard  E.  Collier,  M.D.  (Edin.)  Ch.B.,  Formerly  Reader  in 
Industrial  Hygiene  and  Medicine,  University  of  Birmingham. 
Certifying  Factory  Surgeon,  Etc.  A William  Wood  Book. 
Baltimore:  The  Williams  & ^^’ilkins  Company,  1941.  Price: 

$5.00. 

While  Industrial  Hygiene  in  Great  Britain  apparently! 
is  not  so  well  defined  as  in  the  United  States  the  inti-J 
mate  details  of  this  English  book  make  it  well  worth 
while.  The  material  is  recommended  to  all  physicians 
who  have  more  than  a passing  interest  in  Industrial 
Health.  . 

* * ♦ 

CEREBROSPINAL  FEVER.  By  Denis  Brinton,  D.M.  (Oxon),|l 
F.R.C.P.  (Lond.).  Physician  in  Charge  of  the  Department! 
for  Nervous  Diseases,  St.  Mary’s  Hospital,  London;  Assistant i! 
Physician  to  Out-Patients,  National  Hospital  for  Nervous/] 
Diseases,  Queen  Square,  London:  Physician  to  the  RoyaRi 

London  Ophthalmic  (Moorfield)  Hospital,  London;  Consultant^ 
Neurologist  to  the  London  County  Council.  A William  Wood3 
Book.  Baltimore:  The  Williams  & Wilkins  Company,  1941. n 

Price:  $3.00.  | 

The  English  view  point  of  the  “Universal  Disease.”^ 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  use  of  sulfonamides.  The;; 
only  plates  are  four,  and  they  are  of  sulfonamide 6 
rashes.  It  is  an  interesting  and  instructive  monograph. . 
♦ ♦ ♦ 

ESSENTIALS  OF  DERMATOLOGY.  By  Norman  Tobias.' 
M.D.,  Senior  Instructor  in  Dermatology.  St.  Louis  Univer- 
sity; Assistant  Dermatologist,  Firmin  Desloge  and  St.  Ma^’s  i 
Hospitals;  Visiting  Dermatologist,  St.  Louis  City  Sanitarium  ' 
and  Isolation  Hospital.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott  Com- 

pany, 1941.  Price:  $4.75. 

Eor  the  general  practitioner  and  the  medical  student 
the  author  presents  in  a simple  fairly  complete  manner 
all  of  the  common  skin  ailments  and  most  of  the  rarer 
dermatoses.  The  treatment  has  been  simplified  and 
is  easily  followed.  Most  of  the  pictures  are  new  and 
descriptive.  It  is  surprising  how  the  author  has  in- 
cluded so  much  information  in  a small  volume.  It  is 
recommended  for  the  general  practitioner. 

* * * ■“ 
THE  AMERICAN  ILLUSTR.\TED  MEDICAL  DICTIONARY. 
A complete  Dictionary  of  the  Terms  Used  in  Medicine, 
Surgery,  Dentistry,  Pharmacy,  Chemistry,  Nursing,  Veteri- 
nary Science.  Biology,  Medical  Biography,  etc.,  with  the 
Pronunciation,  Derivation,  and  Definition.  By  W.  A.  New-  ■ 
man  Dorland,  A.M.,  M.U.,  F.A.C.S.;  Lieut. -Colonel,  M.R.C.. 
U.  S.  .\rmy;  Member  of  the  Committee  on  Nomenclature  and 
Classification  of  Diseases  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion; Editor  of  “American  Pocket  Medical  Dictionary.” 
Nineteenth  Edition,  revised  and  enlarged  with  914  illustra- 


THE  MAPLES 

A Private  Sanitarium  for  the  Treatment  of  Alcoholism 

Registered  by  the  A.M.A. 


R.F.D.  3,  UMA,  OfflO 
Phone:  High  6447 

Located  Miles  East  of  Corner  on 
U.  S.  30  N. 

F.  P.  Dirlam  A.  H.  Nihizer,  M^. 

Superintendent  Medical  Director 


g-  5^ 


PRESCRIBE  OR  DISPENSE  ZEMMER 

Pharmaceuticals,  Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampules,  Capsules,  Ointments, 
etc.  Guaranteed  reliable  potency.  Our  products  are  laboratory 
' controlled. 

WRITE  FOR  GENERAL  PRICE  LIST 
Chemists  to  the  Medical  Profession  MIC  10-41 


OAK  l am'd 
Iittsbur 


Jour.  M.S.M.S.  \ 


836 


Say  yon  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


tions,  including  269  portraits.  With  the  collaboration  of 

E.  C.  L.  Miller,  M.D.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia.  Phila- 
delphia and  London;  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  1941. 
Price;  Plain,  $7.00;  Thumb-Indexed,  $7.50. 


w 


This  is  the  nineteenth  edition  of  a volume  first  pub- 
lished in  1900.  In  this  edition  more  than  two  thousand 
new  words  have  been  added.  There  are  well  over  a 
hundred  tables  and  several  hundred  portraits  besides 
the  usual  dictionary  features.  This  is  the  dictionary 
in  which  the  editorial  department  of  the  American 
Medical  Association  cooperates.  The  typography  and 
binding  are  very  good. 

* * * 


MODERN  MARRIAGE.  A Handbook  for  Men.  By  Paul 
Popenoe,  General  Director,  the  American  Institute  of  Family 
Relations,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.;  Lecturer  in  Biology,  Uni- 
versity of  Southern  California.  Second  Edition.  New  York; 
The  iSlacMillan  Company,  1940.  Price;  $2.50. 


Popenoe  is  a Lecturer  in  Biology  and  approaches  the 
ii  subject  of  marriage  from  the  biological  point  of  view. 

An  entire  chapter  is  devoted  to  proposals  including  a 
table  of  the  number  of  proposals  the  average  woman 
of  a certain  age  group  receives.  The  volume  should 
-i  be  of  some  value  to  the  physician  who  wishes  some 
^ means  of  informing  the  young  man  who  is  serious 
4 j about  the  whole  thing. 

* * * 


MANUAL  OF  THE  DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE.  For  Students 
and  General  Practitioners.  By  Charles  H.  May,  M.D.,  Con- 
sulting Ophthalmologist  to  Bellevue,  Mt.  Sinai  and  French 
Hospitals,  New  York;  Formerly  Chief  of  Clinic  and  In- 
structor in  Ophthalmology,  Medical  Department  of  Columbia 
University,  and  Director  of  the  Eye  Service  at  Bellevue  Hos- 
pital, New  York.  Seventeenth  Edition,  Revised  with  the 
assistance  of  Charles  A.  Perera,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Ophthal- 
mology, College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  Medical  Depart- 
ment of  Columbia  University,  New  York;  Asst.  Attending 
Ophthalmologist,  Presbyterian  Hospital,  New  York.  With 
.^87  illustrations  including  32  plates,  with  93  colored  figures. 
Baltimore:  William  Wood  and  Company,  1941.  Price;  $4.00. 


William  Wood  and  Company  presents  the  seventeenth 
edition  of  May’s  “Manual  of  the  Diseases  of  the  Eye” 
originally  published  in  1900.  This  standard  textbook 
includes  appropriately,  an  appendix  giving  the  oc- 
ular requirements  for  admission  to  the  Army,  Navy, 
Marine  and  Air  Service  in  the  United  States.  The 
changes  necessitated  by  recent  advances  in  this  sub- 
ject in  the  last  two  years  have  been  added  and  some 
parts  have  been  rewritten.  This  book  provides  an  ex- 
cellent reference  for  the  general  practitioner  who  needs 
assistance  in  common  ophthalmological  conditions. 


4=  * * 


NECROPSY.  A Guide  for  Students  of  Anatomic  Pathology. 
By  Bela  Helpart,  M.D.,_  Assistant  Professor  of  Pathology 
and  Bacteriology,  Louisiana  State  University  School  of 
Medicine,  and  Visiting  Pathologist,  Charity  Hosptal  of  Louisi- 
,ana  at  New  Orleans.  St.  Louis;  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Com- 
pany, 1941.  Price:  $1.50. 


This  is  a handy  practical  protocol  which  cannot  help 
but  produce  a valuable  autopsy  if  the  outline  and  sug- 
gestions of  the  author  are  followed. 


4:  4:  * 


ABDOMINAL  SURGERY  OF  INFANCY  AND  CHILD- 
HOOD. By  William  E.  Ladd,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  William  E. 
Ladd  Professor  of  Child  Surgery  at  Harvard  Medical  School ; 
Chief  of  Surgical  Service,  The  Children’s  Hospital,  Boston; 
and  Robert  E.  Gross,  M.D.,  Associate  in  Surgery,  the 
Harvard  Medical  School ; Associate  Visiting  Surgeon,  The 
Children’s  Hospital : Associate  in  Surgery,  The  Peter  Bent 
Brigham  Hospital,  Boston.  Philadelphia  and  London:  W.  B. 

Saunders  Company,  1941.  Price:  $10.00. 


The  surgical  staff  members  of  the  Boston  Children’s 
' Hospital  believe  that  good  results  in  surgery  of  the 
younger  group  of  children  could  not  be  expected  if 
the  patient  were  treated  simply  as  a diminutive  man  or 
woman.  They  began  to  devote  the  major  part  of  their 
time  to  pediatric  surgery.  They  did  this  not  to  set 
pediatric  surgery  apart  as  a separate  speciality  but  to 
.emphasize  the  fact  that  infants  and  children  can  obtain 
improved  surgical  care  if  an  appropriate  number  of 
men  in  each  community  will  take  a particular  interest 

October,  1941 


worth  while  laboratory  exam~ 
inations;  including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients, 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


PllOKSSIOHAL|>llOrOOM 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“My  policy  with  you  was  a great  com- 
fort to  me — far  greater  than  I could 
realize  before  the  suit  was  entered.  I 
have  been  repaid  a hundred  fold  for 
the  money  expended.” 


OF 


837 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 

PHYSICIANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSiaANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 


Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 
(56,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 


For 
$10.00 
per  year 


$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


For 
$32.00 
per  year 


$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


For 
$64.00 
per  year 


$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


For 
$96.00 
per  year 


39  years  under  the  same  management 

$2,000,000.00  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$10,000,000.00  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
(.'hemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS* 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


^Ue  RUPP  & BOWMAN  GO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


in  this  field.  This  volume  deals  with  abdominal  surgery 
of  this  age  group  and  is  well  illustrated  with  line 
drawings  and  cuts  and  discusses  informatively  the 
variations  which  are  found,  in  children.  For  the  pedia- 
trician and  the  surgeon  this  book  should  be  of  con- 
siderable importance  and  to  the  general  practitioner,  of 
value. 


♦ ♦ ♦ 

Annual  Reprints  of  the  Reports  of  the  COUNCIL  ON  PH.AR- 
MACY  AND  CHEMISTRY  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion for  1940.  With  the  comments  that  have  appeared  in 
The  Journal.  Chicago;  American  Medical  Association,  '1941. 
Price:  $1.00. 

The  American  Medical  Association  has  published  this 
small  volume  giving  the  reports  of  the  Council  on 
Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  together  with  the  comments 
which  have  appeared  in  The  Journal  of  the  A.M.A. 
For  a permanent  reference  of  the  truth  on  new  drugs 
this  book  is  recommended  to  all  physicians. 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISING 


TEN-BED,  BRICK  VENEER  HOSPITAL  and  good 
general  practice  to  sell.  Excellent  prospect  for  a 
doctor  with  moderate  capital  who  likes  small  town 
life  and  out  door  activities.  Full  information  can 
be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Executive  Office, 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  2020  Olds  Tower, 
Lansing,  Michigan — Box  19. 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 

608  Kales  Bldg.  — 76  W.  Adams  Ave. 
Northwest  corner  of  Grand  Circus  Park 


Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheiin-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkfield  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 
Write  for  further  information  and  Prices. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


838 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


EXZYMOL 

A Physiological  Surgical  Solvent 


Prepared  Directly  From  the  Fresh  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane 

ENZYMOL  proves  of  speeded  service  in  the  treatment  of  pus  cases. 

ENZYMOL  resolves  necrotic  tissue,  exerts  a reparative  action,  dissipates  foul  odors; 
a physiologiced,  enzymic  surface  action.  It  does  not  invade  healthy  tissue;  does  not 
damage  the  skin.  It  is  made  ready  for  use,  simply  by  the  addition  of  water. 

These  are  some  notes  of  clinical  application  during  many  years: 


Abscess  eexvities 
Antrum  operation 
Sinus  cases 
Comeal  ulcer 


Carbuncle 
Rectal  fistula 
Diabetic  gangrene 
After  removal  of  tonsils 


After  tooth  extraction 
Cleansing  mastoid 
Middle  ear 
Cervicitis 


Originated  and  Made  by 

Fairchild  Bros.  & Foster 

New  York,  N.Y. 

Descriptive  Literature  Gladly  Sent  on  Request. 


FOR  THIS  PATIENT- 
A BURDICK  RHYTHMIC  CONSTRICTOR 

Disorders  of  the  peripheral  circulation  with  a di- 
minished flow  of  blood  through  the  extremities  are 
amenable  to  treatment  with  a 

Constrictor 

Smooth  and  silent  in  action,  inexpensive  to  operate,  and  clinically  effective,  the  Burdick 
Rhythmic  Constrictor  is  of  distinct  merit  in — peripheral  vascular  sclerosis,  early  thrombo- 
angiitis obliterans,  acute  vascular  occlusion,  diabetic  ulcers,  intermittent  claudication, 
chilblains  and  frostbite. 

Selective  Dual  Timing  makes  it  possible  for  you  to  individualize  treatments  in  each  case. 

-THE  G.  A.  INGRAM  COMPANY 

4444  Woodward  Ave.  Detroit,  Michigan 

The  G.  A.  INGRAM  CO«  4444  Woodward  Ave.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
Please  send  me  full  information  on  the  Burdick  Rhythmic  Constrictor. 

Dr 

Address  

City  State  


November,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


847 


I 


MICfflGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  members  of 
Michigan  Medical  Service,  elections  were  held 
to  complete  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corpo- 
ration. The  Board  at  present  is  constituted  as 
follows ; 

Representing  the  Medical  Profession 

Otto  O.  Beck,  M.D.,  Birmingham,  Councilor,  MSMS 

A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Chairman  of  The  Coun- 
cil, MSMS 

Wm.  J.  Burns,  Lansing,  Executive  Secretary,  MSMS 

E.  I.  Carr,  M.D.,  Lansing 

Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  President,  MSMS 

B.  R.  Corbus,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  Past  President, 
MSMS 

H.  H.  Cummings,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  President  Elect, 
MSMS 

T.  E.  De  Gurse,  M.D.,  Marine  City,  Councilor, 
MSMS 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  Secretary,  MSMS 
Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek 
R.  H.  Holmes,  M.D.,  Muskegon,  Editor  of  the 
Journal,  MSMS 

W.  H.  Huron,  M.D.,  Iron  Mountain,  Councilor, 
MSMS 

Wm.  A.  Hyland,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  Treasurer, 
MSMS 

P.  L.  Ledwidge,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Speaker  of  the 
House  of  Delegates,  MSMS 
Harold  J.  Kullman,  M.D.,  Detroit 
Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Past  President,  MSMS 
Vernor  M.  Moore,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  Councilor, 
MSMS 

Ray  S.  Morrish,  M.D.,  Flint,  Councilor,  MSMS 
R.  L.  Novy,  M.D.,  Detroit 

P.  A.  Riley,  M.D.,  Jackson,  Past  Speaker,  House  of 
Delegates,  MSMS 
Ralph  Pino,  M.D.,  Detroit 

F.  J.  Sladen,  M.D.,  Detroit 

O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  Fremont 

P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Bay  City,  Past  President, 
MSMS 

Representing  Lay  Groups 

Mr.  George  J.  Burke,  Ann  Arbor,  Burke  & Burke, 
Attorneys 

Mr.  Ernest  H.  Fletcher,  Detroit,  Fletcher,  Van  Tif- 
flin  & Rose,  Accountants 

Mr.  Richard  Frankensteen,  Detroit,  Congress  for  In- 
dustrial Organization 

Mr.  Robert  Greve,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  Hospital 
Association 

Mrs.  Kate  Hard,  Saginaw,  Saginaw  General  Hospital 
Harley  Haynes,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  Hospital 
Association 

Mr.  Wm.  J.  Norton,  Detroit,  Children’s  Fund  of 
Michigan,  Past  President,  Michigan  Welfare 
League 


Mr.  N.  Earl  Pinney,  Detroit,  Mutual  Benefit  Life 
Insurance  Company 

Mr.  John  Reid,  Lansing,  American  Federation  of 
Labor 

Mrs.  Dora  H.  Stockman,  Lansing,  Michigan  State 
Grange,  Member  of  the  House  of  Representatives 

Mr.  Harry  Talliaferro,  Grand  Rapids,  President, 
American  Seating  Company 

The  present  Board  of  Directors  includes  a full 
representation  of  the  medical  profession  by 
Councilor  Districts.  Likewise,  as  provided  in  the 
governing  law,  proper  representation  is  given  to 
the  public  through  lay  members. 

Points  of  Information 

Two  phases  of  the  operation  of  Michigan 
Medical  Service  are  of  particular  interest: 
( 1 ) Why  is  there  some  delay  in  making  pay- 
ments to  doctors;  (2)  Why  was  the  pro  ration 
necessary. 

Why  Some  Delay  in  Making  Payments  to 
Doctors. — The  majority  of  Service  Reports  re- 
ceived by  the  tenth  of  the  month  following  the 
month  of  service  are  approved  by  the  Medical 
Advisory  Board  for  payment  by  the  fifteenth  of 
the  month.  Checks  are  then  drawn  so  that  pay- 
ments are  received  by  doctors  before  the  thirtieth 
of  the  month  following  the  month  of  service. 

The  chief  reason  for  any  delayed  payment  is 
late  reporting  of  services  by  the  doctor’s  office. 
At  least  40  per  cent  of  the  service  reports  are  re- 
ceived one  or  more  months  late.  Many  of  the  re- 
ports received  are  incompletely  filled  out  or  do  not 
present  sufficient  information  to  identify  the  pa- 
tient as  a subscriber.  Consequently,  there  may  be 
delay  in  ascertaining  whether  the  patient  is  eligi- 
ble for  services  and  in  having  the  report  approved 
for  payment. 

In  a small  percentage  of  the  cases  there  may 
be  some  delay  because  of  a precedent  type  of 
service  which  necessitates  the  obtaining  of  special 
information  through  the  Medical  Advisory 
Boards  or  other  committees  before  appropriate 
payment  can  be  authorized. 

At  the  meeting  in  Grand  Rapids,  there  was  a 
general  session  for  doctors’  office  secretaries  to 
acquaint  them  with  the  procedures  for  billing 
Michigan  Medical  Service.  Outlines  of  the  ar- 
rangements for  billing  have  been  distributed 
widely.  Prompt  payment  will  be  facilitated  if  the 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


848 


-★ 


• The  name  is  never  abbreviated; 
other  infant  food — notivithstanding 


and  the  product  is  not  like  any 
a confusing  similarity  of  names. 


The  fat  of  Similac  has  a physical  and  chemical  composi- 
tion that  permits  a fat  retention  comparable  to  that  of 
breast  milk  fat  (Holt,  Tidwell  & Kirk,  Acta  Pediatrica, 
Vol.  XVI,  1933)  ...  In  Similac  the  proteins  are  rendered 
soluble  to  a point  approximating  the  soluble  proteins  in 
human  milk  . . . Similac,  like  breast  milk,  has  a con- 
sistently ZERO  curd  tension  . . . The  salt  balance  of 
Similac  is  strikingly  like  that  of  human  milk  (C.  W. 
Martin,  M.  D.,  New  York  State  Journal  of  Medicine, 
Sept.  1,  1932).  No  other  substitute  resembles  breast  milk 
in  all  of  these  respects. 


A powdered,  modified 
milk  product  especially 
prepared  for  infant  feed- 
ing, made  from  tuber- 
culin tested  cow’s  milk 
(casein  modified)  from 
which  part  of  the  butter 
fat  is  removed  and  to 
which  has  been 
added  lactose,  vegetable 
oils  and  cod  liver  oil 
concentrate. 


SIMILAR  TO 
BREAST  MILK 


M&R  DIETETIC  LABORATORIES,  INC.  • COLUMBUS,  OHIO 


November,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  m the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


849 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


doctor  will  see  that  his  office  carries  out  the  fol- 
lowing simple  procedures : 

(a)  Send  the  Initial  Service  Report  immedi- 
ately when  services  are  first  requested, 
entering  the  correct  name,  address  and 
certificate  number  of  the  patient  and 
designating  the  services  required.  Fail- 
ure to  send  the  Initial  Service  Report 
immediately  will  delay  authorization  of 
payments.  If  the  Initial  Service  Report 
is  not  sent  promptly,  there  is  no  need  to 
send  this  report  along  with  the  Monthly 
Service  Report. 

(b)  Send  the  Monthly  Service  Report,  des- 
ignating the  exact  services  rendered  and 
indicating  the  patient’s  name  and  certifi- 
cate number,  not  later  than  a few  days 
following  the  month  during  which  serv- 
ices were  rendered. 

Monthly  Service  Reports  should  be 
sent  for  services  rendered  during  each 
month. 

The  office  personnel  and  procedures  of  Mich- 
igan Medical  Service  are  constantly  improving 
and  doctors  may  expect  that  reports  sent  in  on 
time  will  be  paid  promptly.  If  your  report  is  not 
paid  promptly,  do  not  send  another  Monthly 
Service  Report ; simply  send  a letter  giving  the 
full  name  of  the  patient  and  the  date  of  services, 
with  a request  that  payment  be  remitted. 

IVhy  Was  Proration  Necessary? — After  pay- 
ment of  the  full  Schedule  of  Benefits  for  thirteen 
consecutive  months,  the  combination  of  a great- 
ly increased  volume  of  services  and  late  reporting- 
on  the  part  of  the  doctors  made  it  necessary  to 
pay  on  a prorated  basis  of  80  per  cent  until  a de- 
termination could  be  made  of  the  cost  of  services 
for  the  particular  month  compared  with  the  in- 
come from  subscribers.  This  determination  can 
be  made  only  when  all  late  reports  are  received, 
which  means  after  a period  of  at  least  90  days 
following  the  month  of  services,  during  which 
time  reports  may  be  authorized  for  payment.  It 
is  recognized  that  the  prorated  payments  are 
tentative  and  that  the  reduced  amount  is  an  ob- 
ligation that  will  be  repayable  to  the  doctors  out 
of  surpluses  that  may  be  accumulated. 

It  is  also  believed  that  the  prospects  for  re- 
payment are  favorable.  An  analysis  of  groups 
that  have  been  enrolled  for  twelve  months  indi- 


cates that  the  income  is  more  than  sufficient  to 
cover  the  cost  of  services  and  administration  ex- 


pense. During  the  first  five  months  of  enrollment 
there  is  a large  volume  of  services  required  for 
the  correction  of  pre-existing  conditions  such  as 
female  pelvic  disorders,  hernias,  appendectomies, 
and  tonsillectomies.  In  subsequent  months,  costs 
of  services  are  less.  Experience  records  also 
show  that  one-half  of  all  appendectomies  and  ton- 
sillectomies required  by  a group  of  subscribers 
will  be  performed  during  the  first  few  months  of 
enrollment. 

In  addition  to  the  improved  financial  status  for 
groups  enrolled  longer  than  five  months,  the  pres- 
ent season  of  the  year  from  September  to  Jan- 
uary is  a period  of  lower  utilization  of  services. 


Harper  Hospital  Bulletin-,  a new  publication  by  mem- 
bers of  the  Harper  Hospital  Staff,  Detroit,  Michigan, 
will  appear  monthly  from  October  to  June.  Members 
of  the  profession  may  obtain  copies  of  the  Harper  Hos-  . 
pital  Bulletin  by  addressing  The  Editor,  3825  Brush 
Street,  Detroit,  ^lichigan.  1 

The  Editorial  Board  consists  of  the  following:  < 

Editor  in  Chief — Harold  C.  Mack,  M.D.  I 

Assistant  Editor — Gaylord  S.  Bates,  M.D. 

Departmental  Editors : Surgery — Harold  B.  Fenech,  4 

M.D. ; Internal  Medicine — William  Reveno,  M.D. ; Oto-  i 
laryngology- — Arthur  Hammond,  M.D. ; Ophthalmology  1 
— Arthur  Hale,  M.D. ; Pathology — Lawrence  Gardner,  | 
M.D. ; Obstetrics  and  Gynecolo^- — Roger  Siddall,  M.D. ; ! 
Roentgenology — Traian  Leucutia,  M.D.  i 


PllOr{$SOMAl|>llOIKTIOM 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“Unless  one  has  gone  through  the  ex-  ] 

perience  of  a suit,  or  threatened  suit,  he  '■ 

is  not  likely  to  appreciate  the  great  com- 
fort it  is  to  have  professional  protec- 
tion. Our  policy  u'ith  you  certainly 
gave  us  many  a good  night’s  sleep  and 
kept  us  from  many  a headache.”  | 


OF 

Jour.  M.S.M.S.  | 


850 


Q.  I’ve  heard  that  some  varieties  of  canned  marine  fish  are 
good  sources  of  vitamin  D.  Is  that  true? 

A.  Yes,  it  is.  A four-ounce  serving  of  canned  salmon  contains 
approximately  200  to  800  U.S.P.  units  of  vitamin  D-2. 
The  body  oils  of  sardines  approach  a good  cod  liver  oil  in 
vitamin  A and  D potencies.  Therefore,  canned  sardines 
are  another  important  dietary  source  of  vitamin  D.  (l ) 
It  has  been  reliably  estimated  that  the  amount  of  canned 
salmon  sold  in  this  country  alone  contains  more  vitamin  D 
than  the  cod  liver  oil  used  for  both  animal  and  human 
feeding.  (2) 

American  Can  Company,  230  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

m 

1935.  J.  Home  Econ.  27,  658. 

(2) 

1931.  Ind.  Eng.  Chem.  23,  1066. 


The  Seal  of  Acceptance  denotes  that  the  nutri- 
tional statements  in  this  advertisement  are  accept- 
^ able  to  the  Council  on  Foods  and  Nutrition 

of  the  American  Medical  Association. 


November,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


851 


>f  HALF  A CENTURY  AGO  X- 


THE  NEED  FOR  A BETTER  STUDY  OF  DISEASES  OF  THE  SKIN* 

W.  F.  BREAKEY,  M.D. 

Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 


It  is  not  claimed  that  this  paper  presents  ideas  espe- 
cially original  or  new  in  matter  or  form ; and  the  prin- 
cipal excuse,  if  not  justification,  it  can  have  is  the,  per- 
haps, presumptuous  opinion  that  there  is  still  need  for 
repetition  of  effort  to  rescue  from  quackery  a branch  of 
medicine  too  much  given  over  to  the  charlatan  and  to 
encourage  more  study  of  it  by  the  general  practitioner, 
as  alike  beneficial  to  his  patients,  creditable  to  medical 
science,  and  profitable  to  himself.  If  it  be  the  means 
of  encouraging  any  practitioner  to  more  thorough  in- 
vestigation and  successful  treatment  of  a class  of  cases 
that  have  been  too  much  the  opprobrium  of  medicine,  it 
will  not  be  wholly  in  vain. 

Its  exterior  position,  great  area,  and  peculiar  func- 
tions, make  the  skin  an  important  organ  from  a hygienic 
point  of  view.  From  a pathological  and  therapeutical 
standpoint,  the  importance  of  a knowledge  of  the  dis- 
eases of  the  skin,  to  the  general  practitioner  of  medi- 
cine, is  so  obvious  as  not  to  need  argument. 

Considering  the  extent  of  surface  of  the  skin,  the 
wonderful  adaptability  to  the  successful  performance 
of  its  varied  and  important  functions,  its  protection  to 
subjacent  tissues,  while  it  is  also  the  principal  terminus 
of  sensory  nerves,  serving  also  as  a great  eliminator 
and  emunctory ; its  tolerance  of  heat  and  cold ; its  ex- 
posure to  injuries,  to  atmospheric  and  other  poisons 
and  irritants,  by  contact,  by  textures  and  colors  of 
clothing,  by  its  lack  of  care,  and  by  mal-medication ; 
to  say  nothing  of  parasitic,  inherited,  or  exanthematous 
diseases — when  we  consider  these  and  many  unmen- 
tioned risks,  it  is  not  strange  that  the  skin  is  the  seat  of 
such  a variety  of  diseases. 

It  is  the  medium  through  which  external  influences 
act  on  the  body,  and  the  channel  by  which  many  com- 
municable diseases  find  their  way  to  other  organs  and 
tissues.  Beside  the  diseases  to  which  its  own  tissues 
are  subject,  its  conditions  often  furnish  indications  of 
disease  of  other  organs.  It  will  be  generally  conceded 
by  the  average  medical  man  that  while  modern  medical 
science  has  taught  us  much  of  the  structure  and  func- 
tion of  the  skin,  we  have  not  made  corresponding 
progress  in  the  hygienic  care  or  successful  treatment 
of  its  diseases. 

Indeed,  it  is  only  stating  it  moderately  to  say,  that 
the  whole  field  of  diseases  of  the  skin  and  its  ap- 
pendages, has  been  too  much  neglected  by  the  general 
practitioner.  This,  however,  is  not  wholly  his  fault, 
as  the  colleges,  also,  until  within  a very  few  years,  have 
given  students  very  insufficient  instruction  and  facilities 
for  the  study  of  dermatology. 

And  the  people  who  are  too  prone,  at  best,  to  trust 
themselves  to  advisers  who  promise  the  most — even  if 
irresponsible — in  these  cases  are  furnished  an  excuse 
for  patronizing  quackery,  by  reason  of  the  failure  of 
the  general  practitioner  to  give  them  sufficient  attention. 

It  is  curious  that  while  some  practitioners  seem  to 
have  thought  it  too  difficult  for  the  ordinary  physician, 
others  have  regarded  it  as  too  trivial  to  study  the 
pathology  of  diseases  of  the  skin.  Others  too,  have 
underrated  the  importance  of  these  cases,  because  so 

*Presented  at  the  twenty-sixth  annual  meeting-  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  at  Saginaw  in  1891. 

852 


many  of  them  do  not  endanger  life,  and  are  often 
found  in  persons  of  otherwise  good  health.  But  it 
should  be  remembered  that  many  disorders  of  the  skin, 
which  appear  slight,  may  cause  much  distress  to  those 
afflicted ; others  are  important  or  serious  because  of 
their  bearing  upon  the  general  health  and  usefulness  of 
the  sufferers  and  their  friends.  Some  are  attended  %\4th 
much  irritation  and  pain.  Many  cases  cause  great  dis- 
figurement, and  are  regarded  with  a sort  of  instinctive 
abhorrence.  There  is  a tendency  in  the  popular  mind 
to  classify  all  unsightly  diseases  of  the  skin  as  com- 
municable. Thus  the  subjects  of  innocent  cases  of 
acne,  eczema,  and  psoriasis  are  sometimes  shunned  as 
lepers,  or  subjected  to  suspicion  of  having  inherited  or 
acquired  a disease  in  some  way  discreditable  to  their 
morals,  while  less  conspicuous  but  genuine  cases  of 
syphilis  go  unchallenged  and  unguarded.  And  this 
popular  misconception  is  often  strengthened  by  errone- 
ous or  thoughtless  professional  opinion. 

The  supposed  difficulties  of  a successful  study  of  skin 
diseases  have  been  exaggerated,  by  the  idea  that  the 
pathology  was  different  from  that  of  other  tissues. 
Hillier  wrote  25  years  ago  that,  “Probably  no  class 
of  diseases  was  less  understood,”  and  other  authors, 
foreign  and  American,  have,  in  one  way  and  another, 
repeated  the  statement  later.  Prominent  among  the 
causes  of  this  difficulty  is  the  great  diversity  of  names 
which  have  been  given  to  diseases  of  the  skin,  by 
different  authors,  some  diseases  having  several  different 
names,  and  the  same  name  having  been  given  to  diseases 
totally  distinct  from  each  other.  Even  the  same  writer 
has  given  new  names  to  diseases  described  previously 
by  himself  under  other  names!  And,  as  if  this  was  not 
enough  to  confuse,  the  difficulties  were  further  increased 
by  “endless  varieties  of  classification  and  extreme  sub- 
division,” “the  same  disease  being  given  different  names, 
from  the  different  appearances  presented  in  different 
stages  of  its  progress,  or  variations  in  severity,”  etc. 

As  indicating  progress.  Fox  (F.S.),  writing  15  years 
later  than  Hillier,  says  as  to  the  general  character  of 
skin  diseases : “There  is  nothing  especially  in  the  path- 
ological changes  occurring  in  the  tissues  in  these  dis- 
orders 

That  the  idea  of  the  student  that  he  is  about  to  en- 
counter a “new  set  of  pathological  phenomena”  is  not 
true; 

That  (then)  recent  researches  in  cutaneous  pathology 
have  cleared  the  way  to  a more  correct  knowledge  of 
the  changes  taking  place  in  the  skin  in  disease,  and  as 
a consequence,  it  is  becoming  more  and  more  apparent, 
that  these  morbid  processes  are  identical  with  those 
occurring  elsewhere  in  the  body.  And  it  is  still  more 
noteworthy  and  satisfactory  now  than  then,  that  the 
student  of  today  who  is  compelled  to  acquire  patho- 
logical knowledge  over  so  wide  a field,  is  beginning  to 
discover  that  his  study  of  skin  diseases  is  rendered 
comparatively  easy,  because  of  the  complete  similarity 
which  has  now  been  demonstrated  between  the  facts  of 
general  and  skin  pathology. 

As  Taylor  so  aptly  states,  it  will  therefore  be  seen 
that  skin  diseases  are  intimately  allied  to  the  general 
(Continued  on  Page  856) 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


^ SEE  YOUR  DOCTOR*^  Reproduced  below  is  Number  171 

of  a series  of  full-page  advertisements  published  by  Parke,  Davis  & Co. 
in  the  interest  of  the  medical  profession.  This  ''See  Your  Doctor"  cam- 
paign has  been  running  in  The  Saturday  Evening  Post  and  other  leading 
magazines  for  thirteen  years. 


The  man  who  nearly  died . . . from  a few  kind  words 


T>eyond  that  door  lies  a very  sick  man. 

True,  his  doctor  says  he  is  going  to  pull 
through.  But  he  has  come  mighty  close  to 
paying  a tragic  price  for  a few  words  of  free 
advice  from  a well-meaning  friend. 

When  he  complained  of  a nagging  pain 
in  his  abdomen,  his  friend  said:  "You’ve 
probably  eaten  something  that’s  poisoned 
you.  Here’s  what  I’d  do  . . .” 

So  he  promptly  followed  his  friend’s  sug- 
gestion and  took  a cathartic.  And  in  a mat- 
ter of  hours  he  was  being  rushed  by  ambu- 
lance to  the  hospital  . . . with  a ruptured 
appendix. 

November,  1941 


His  friend,  of  course,  had  acted  from  the 
kindest  of  motives.  But  he  didn’t  know  that 
an  abdominal  pain  might  mean  acute  ap- 
pendicitis, in  which  case  a cathartic  should 
never  be  taken. 

Unfortunately,  appendicitis  is  only  one 
of  many  illnesses  where  amateur  medical 
advice  can  result  in  tragedy.  Yet,  human 
nature  being  what  it  is,  many  people  just 
can’t  resist  the  temptation  to  offer  advice 
when  a friend  is  sick. 

Intelligent  medical  treatment  depends 
upon  various  factors  which  only  a physician 
is  qualified  to  evaluate.  When  something 


seems  wrong  with  you,  it  is  the  part  of  wis- 
dom to  observe  this  common-sense  rule: 
Take  a friend’s  advice  about  buying  a radio, 
a car,  or  even  a home  if  you  wish;  but  don’t 
let  him  advise  you  about  your  health. 

Don’t  let  a friend  who  means  well  tell  you 
how  to  get  well.  To  get  well,  and  keep  well, 
the  man  to  see  is  your  physician. 

Copyright.  19441.  Parke,  Davis  k Co. 

PARKE,  DAVIS  & COMPANY 

Detroit,  Michigan 

Seventy-five  years  of  service  to 
medicine  and  pharmacy 

SEE  YOUR  DOCTOR 

853 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  DISTRICT  MEETINCS 


COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  MEETINGS 

Bay — Wednesday,  October  8,  1941 — Bay  City — 

Berrien — Wednesday,  August  13,  1941 — Benton  Har- 
bor— Speaker ; LeMoyne  Snyder,  M.D.,  Lansing.  Sub- 
ject: “Scientific  Investigation  of  Evidence.”  Thursday, 
September  25 — Benton  Harbor — Speaker  : C.  S.  Scuderi, 
M.D.,  Chicago.  Subject:  “Treatment  of  Compound 
Fractures.”  Wednesday,  October  15 — Niles — Speaker  : 
Carl  Langenbahn,  M.D.,  South  Bend,  Indiana.  Subject: 
“Surgical  Aspects  of  Hematuria.” 

Calhoun — Tuesday,  September  9,  1941 — Battle  Creek 
■ — Speaker:  Walter  Schiller,  M.D.,  Chicago.  Subject: 
“New  Aspects  in  Relation  to  Pathology  of  Ovarian 
Tumors.”  Tuesday,  October  7,  1941 — Battle  Creek — 
Speaker : Herman  H.  Riecker,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor.  Sub- 
ject: “Classification  and  Management  of  Hypertension.” 

Delta-Schoolcraft — Wednesday,  October  29,  1941 — 
Escanaba — Speaker:  M.  Cooperstock,  M.D.,  Marquette. 
Subject:  “Care  of  the  Premature  Baby.” 

Dickinson-Iron — Thursday,  September  4,  1941- — Iron 
Mountain. 

Ingham — Tuesday,  September  9,  1941 — Lansing  — 

Speaker:  LeMoyne  Snyder,  M.D.,  Lansing.  Subject: 
“Medical  Evidence.” 

lonia-Montcalm — Tuesday,  October  14,  1941 — Lake 
Odessa — Speaker:  Leland  M.  McKinley,  M.D.,  Grand 
Rapids — Subject:  “Newer  Concepts  and  Treatment  of 
Shock.” 

Kalamazoo — Tuesday,  October  21,  1941 — Fort  Custer 
— Program  by  medical  officers  at  Fort  Custer. 

Kent — Tuesday,  October  14,  1941 — ^Grand  Rapids — 
Speaker:  A.  C.  Corcoran,  M.D.,  Indianapolis.  Sub- 
ject : “Recent  Advances  in  the  Study  of  Hypertension.” 

Marquette-AIger — Tuesday,  Septeml>er  30,  1941  — 

Marquette — Speaker : Frank  V.  Theis,  M.D.,  Chicago. 
Subject:  “Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Peripheral  Cir- 
culatory Disturbances.” 

Muskegon — Friday,  September  19,  1941 — Muskegon — 
Speaker:  H.  Ivan  Sippy,  AI.D.,  Chicago.  Subject: 
“Gastro-Intestinal  Disorders.”  Friday,  October  17 — 
Muskegon — Program  of  medical  motion  pictures. 

Northern  Michigan — The  Northern  Michigan  Medical 
Society  adopted  the  following  resolution  at  its  August 
meeting : 

“Whereas,  Schedule  A represents  the  lowest  sched- 
ule of  fees  that  physicians  can  work  under  (i.e.,  cost 
price  or  one-half  regular  fees; 

“And  Where.as,  In  the  past  the  members  of  the 
Northern  Michigan  Medical  Society  have  done  county 
and  state  work  at  less  than  cost  prices ; 

“And  Whereas,  Federal  governmental  agencies  dur- 
ing the  present  emergency  are  demanding  more  and 
more  work  from  physicians  without  compensation, 
necessitating  that  they  be  paid  at  least  cost  price  for 
county  and  state  work; 

“And  Whereias,  the  rising  costs  of  living,  medicines, 
salaries,  et  cetera,  have  increased  the  physicians’  ex- 
pense in  delivering  service ; 

“Be  It  Resolved,  That  the  members  of  the  Northern 
Michigan  Medical  Society  hereby  notify  the  Social 
Welfare  Boards  of  the  counties  of  Emmet,  Cheboygan, 
Charlevoix,  and  Antrim  that,  starting  September  15, 
1941,  Schedule  A of  1937  as  outlined  by  the  Michigan 
Crippled  Children  Commission  will  be  the  minimum 
fees  at  which  services  will  be  performed  for  the  county 
Social  Welfare  Boards.” 

Shiazmssee — Thursday,  October  16,  1941 — Owosso — 
Speaker : J.  M.  Brandel,  M.D.,  Owosso,  will  present 
and  discuss  motion  picture  on  electrocardiography. 

IVashtennzje — Tuesday,  October  14,  1941 — Ann  Arbor 
— Speaker:  Otto  Engelke,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor.  Subject: 
“Washtenaw  County  Health  Unit.” 

IVayne — Monday,  October  6,  1941 — Detroit — Speaker  : 
D.  W.  Gordon,  Murray,  M.D.,  Toronto.  Subject:  “The 
Use  of  Heparin  in  Blood  Vessel  Surgery  and  Throm- 


bosis. Monday,  October  20 — Detroit — General  Prac- 1 
tice  Meeting.  Joint  session  with  Detroit  Dermatological 
Society ; round  table  on  dermatology.  Mondaj',  October  I 
27 — Detroit — Speaker:  Michael  L.  Mason,  M.D.,  Chi- 1 
cago.  Subject:  “Significant  Factors  in  the  Development  I 
of  Infections  of  the  Hand.”  Monday,  November  10— 
Detroit — Speaker:  Ernest  E.  Irons,  M.D.,  Chicago- 
Subject:  “Aspiration  Pneumonia.”  Monday,  Novemlxrr| 
24 — Detroit — Surgical  Meeting.  Speaker:  Frederick  A. 
Coller,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor  | 

West  Side  (lErtync)— Wednesday,  October  15,  1941 1 
— Detroit — Social  meeting  for  doctors  and  their  wive'.  1 


MSMS  DISTRICT  MEETINGS  IN  FULL  SWING 

The  following  Councilor  District  meetings  have 
been  arranged  or  already  have  been  held : Seventh 
District  at  Marlette  on  October  14,  T.  E.  DeGurse, 
M.D.,  Councilor.  Other  officers  attending  included  Coun- 
cil Chairman  A.  S.  Brunk,  Detroit ; Speaker  P.  L.  Led- 
widge,  Detroit;  Secretary  L.  Fernald  Foster,  Bay  Citv; 
and  Executive  Secretary  Win.  J.  Burns. 

The  Tenth  District  met  at  Grayling  on  October  21, 
Roy  C.  Perkins,  M.D.,  Councilor.  MSMS  officers  at- 
tending included  W.  E.  Barstow,  M.D.,  St.  Louis;  E.  F. 
Sladek,  M.D.,  Traverse  Cit}’;  Secretary  Foster  and  J 
Executive  Secretary  Burns.  B 

The  Third  District  met  at  Battle  Creek  on  October 
28,  Wilfrid  Haughey,  !M.D.,  Councilor.  MSMS  officers 
included  President  H.  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Detroit;  \'er- 
nor  ^1.  Moore,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids;  R.  J.  Hubbell, 
M.D.,  Kalamazoo;  Secretary  Foster  and  Executive 
Secretary  Burns. 

The  Eighth  District  met  at  St.  Louis  on  November  ^ 

6.  W.  E.  Barstow,  M.D.,  is  Councilor.  Officers  who  i 
attended  include  President  H.  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  De- 
troit; Councilors  Roy  C.  Perkins,  AI.D.,  Bay  City  and 
Ray  S.  Morrish,  M.D.,  Flint;  and  Secretar}-  Foster  and 
Executive  Secretary  Burns. 

The  Fourteenth  District  is  scheduled  for  November 
11  at  Ann  Arbor,  L.  J.  Johnson,  M.D.,  Councilor.  At- 
tending officers  will  include  President  Henry  R.  Car- 
stens, M.D.,  Detroit;  President-Elect  Howard  H.  Cum- 
mings, M.I).,  Ann  Arbor;  Speaker  P.  L.  Ledwidge,  M. 

I).,  Detroit;  and  Secretary  Foster. 

The  Fifth  District  is  also  scheduled  for  November 
11,  but  at  Grand  Rapids.  Vernor  H.  Moore,  M.D.,  is 
Councilor.  Officers  who  will  attend  this  meeting  include  ‘ 
Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek;  Editor  Roy  t 
H.  Holmes,  M.D.,  Muskegon;  R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D.,  - 
Kalamazoo;  Council  Chairman  Brunk  and  Executive 
Secretary  Burns.  ■ 

The  Eleventh  District  plans  to  meet  in  Muskegon 
on  November  21.  Roy  H.  Holmes,  M.D.,  is  Councilor.  ■ 
.-\.ttending  officers  will  include  Council  Chairman  A.  S. 
Brunk,  Councilors  \'ernor  M.  Moore,  and  Wilfrid  ' 
Haughey,  Secretary  Foster  and  Executive  Secretary 
Burns. 

The  Ni)ith  District  will  meet  in  Traverse  City  on 
December  5 with  Councilor  E.  F.  Sladek.  presiding. 
Officers  at  this  meeting  will  include  President  Henry 
R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  Detroit;  Editor  Roy  H.  Holmes, 
Muskegon ; Councilors  Barstow  and  Perkins,  Secre-  ‘ 
tary  Foster  and  Executive  Secretary  Burns. 

The  Fourth  District  will  meet  in  St.  Joseph  on  De-  . 
cember  17.  R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D.  is  Councilor,  \4siting 
officers  will  be  Councilors  V.  M.  ^loore,  Wilfrid 
Haughey,  Vice  Speaker  George  H.  Southwick  of 
Grand  Rapids,  Secretary  Foster  and  Executive  Secre- 
tary Burns. 

The  1941  District  Meetings  are  befiig  conducted  as 
“discussion  conferences”  with  the  following  important 
subjects  forming  the  basis  for  most  of  the  discussion  : 
fa)  Michigan  Medical  Service,  (b)  The  M.S.M.S. 
Journal,  (c)  County  Society  ^leetings,  (d)  County 
Health  Units,  (e)  Ethics,  (f)  Medical  W'elfare. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


854 


nestle 

COWS'  MS'  *' 
M.iU  i..-  -- 


LACTOGEN 

approximates 
women’s  milk  in  the 
proportion  of 
food  substances 


Ti 


HE  cow’s  milk  used  for  Lactogen 
[is  scientifically  modified  for  infant  feeding.  This 
Imodification  is  effected  by  the  addition  of  milk  fat 
and  milk  sugar  in  definite  proportions.  When 
[Lactogen  is  properly  diluted  with  water  it  results  in 
a formula  containing  the  food  substances — fat,  car- 
jbohydrate,  protein,  and  ash — in  approximately  the 
Isame  proportion  as  they  exist  in  woman’s  milk. 


No  advertising  or  feeding 
directions,  except  to  phy- 
sicians. For  free  samples 
and  literature,  send  your 
professional  blank  to  “Lac- 
togen Dept.,”  Nestle’s  Milk 
(Products,  Inc.,  155  East 
1 44th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


DILUTED 

LACTOGEN 


MOTHER’S 

MILK 


FAT 


CARE.  PROTEIN  ASH 


NESTLE’S  MILK  PRODUCTS,  INC 

155  EAST  44TH  ST,,  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


"My  own  belief  is,  as  already  stated, 
that  the  average  well  baby  thrives  best 
on  artificial  foods  in  which  the  rela- 
tions of  the  fat,  sugar,  and  protein 
in  the  mixture  are  similar  to  those  in 
human  milk.” 

John  Lovett  Morse,  A.M.,  M.D. 

Clinical  Pediatrics,  p.  156. 


November,  1941 


Say  you  ‘taiv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


855 


READERS’  SERVICE 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  STOMACH  WITH  PARTICULAR 
REFERENCE  TO  DIAGNOSIS  AND  RESULTS 

The  only  hope  for  cure  of  gastric  cancer  resides  in 
recognition  of  the  disease  at  a sufficiently  early  stage 
to  permit  its  surgical  removal.  The  means  whereby 
this  disease  can  be  recognized,  at  this  stage,  when  the 
opportunity  is  presented,  are  within  the  means  of  us 
all,  namely,  a carefully  taken  history,  a clear  appre- 
ciation of  the  symptoms  which  may  be  produced  by 
early  cancer  in  the  stomach,  and  insistence  on  compe- 
tent roentgenologic  diagnosis  of  the  stomach  in  any 
case  in  which  gastric  cancer  is  even  faintly  suspected. 
In  addition,  an  accurate  differential  diagnosis  of  any 
gastric  lesion  which  either  may  be  or  might  become 
carcinomatous  is  essential.  The  benefit  of  exploratory 
laparotomy  should  be  given  to  any  patient  who  has 
gastric  cancer,  when  there  is  even  a small  chance  that 
the  lesion  might  be  removed,  unless  obvious  metastasis  al- 
ready is  present.  Approximately  one-third  of  the  patients 
who  have  gastric  resection  performed  for  carcinoma 
of  the  stomach  and  survive  the  operation  will  live  for 
five  or  more  years  following  removal  of  the  growth. 
Although  the  ultimate  prognosis  of  gastric  carcinoma 
is  not  bright,  by  increasing  effort  and  diligence  on 
the  part  of  the  medical  profession  it  is  hoped  that 
end  results  gradually  may  be  Improved. — James  T. 
Priestley,  M.D.,  Rochester,  Minn.  (See  page  867.) 


EFFECT  OF  ORAL  ADMINISTRATION  OF 
DIETHYLSTILBESTROL  ON  MENOPAUSAL 
SYMPTOMS 

The  literature  on  diethylstilbestrol  is  reviewed 
briefly.  The  author  stresses  the  fact  that  adequate 
therapeutic  effect  in  the  majority  of  menopausal  pa- 
tients can  be  obtained  from  small  doses  of  diethylstil- 
bestrol equivalent  to  0.5  mg.  three  to  seven  times 
weekly.  The  clinical  results  are  similar  to  those  fol- 
lowing the  administration  of  the  natural  estrogens. 
Toxic  effects  appeared  in  about  7 per  cent  of  the  series 
of  thirty  patients  treated.  He  gauged  the  efficiency  of 
the  drug  on  subjective  evidence  alone,  the  relief  of 
flushes,  rather  than  the  objective  evidence  as  vaginal  and 
endometrial  biopsies  and  vaginal  smears. — J.  Wm. 
Peelen,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo.  (See  page  873.) 


THE  MODERN  TREATMENT  OF 
TRAUMATIC  SHOCK 

The  modern  treatment  of  traumatic  shock  resolves 
itself  into  a critical  evaluation  of  the  clinical  patholog- 
ical processes  taking  place  which  tend  to  cause  a dis- 
parity between  the  volume  of  blood  and  the  volume 
capacity  of  the  vascular  tree.  This  disparity  results 
from  the  reciprocal  effects  of  two  major  factors  as 
demonstrated  by  Moon:  Capillary  atony  and  tissue 
anoxia;  either  of  these  factors  will  cause  development 
of  the  other  and  this  reciprocal  reaction  gives  a self- 
perpetuating  and  irreversible  circulatory  deficiency.  Oli- 
gemia, hemoconcentration,  exemia,  anoxemia,  acarbia, 
acapnia,  hyperhydria  and  hyperpotassiumemia  are  evi- 
dences of  the  disturbed  physiology  which  can  be 
corrected  by  the  immediate  and  intelligent  administra- 
tion of  blood  plasma,  pectin,  adrenal  cortex  hormone, 
concentrated  oxygen ; opium  derivatives  and  external 
heat  are  adjunct  therapeutic  measures. — Henry  A. 
Hanelin,  M.D.,  Marquette.  (See  page  876.) 


END-TO-END  ANASTOMOSIS:  MATHEMATICAL 
APPROACH  TO  THE  CAUSES  OF 
MARGINAL  GANGRENE 

By  mathematical  analysis  is  shown  that  the  cut  sur- 
faces of  the  bowel  lumina,  which  are  to  be  united  by 
the  usual  technique  of  end-to-end  anastomosis,  do  not 
lie  in  a plane  but  in  a hypoid  curve.  This  curve  permits 
determination  of  the  relative  tension  in  all  parts  of  the 
suture  line;  the  maximum  tension  being  located  always 
contramesenterially,  where  pathologists  find  almost  all 
marginal  gangrenes.  It  is  suggested  to  cut  the  bowel 
by  a method  calculated  to  undo  the  hypoid. — A.  H. 
Mollman,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids.  (See  page  882.) 


EXPERIENCES  IN  PREMARITAL  COUNCIL  IN 
PRIVATE  PRACTICE 

The  purpose  of  the  paper  is  to  give  in  outline  the 
general  point  of  view  acquired  from  efforts  to  meet  the 
increasing  demand  for  premarital  examination  and  ad- 
vice. The  somewhat  uncertain  and  unsatisfactory  re- 
sults often  obtained  show  the  lack  of  satisfactory 
knowledge  on  the  subject  and  the  need  to  give  more 
time  and  consideration  to  premarital  examinations. 
Girls  should  be  urged  to  come  early  rather  than  late 
for  premarital  council,  as  the  most  effective  service 
often  extends  over  a period  of  weeks.  Contraceptive 
advice  is  given,  but  planned  parenthood  is  urged  as 
soon  as  seems  possible  to  both  husband  and  wife.  If 
the  schools  and  colleges  were  to  give  adequate  education 
on  the  subjects  of  sex  and  marriage,  it  would  leave 
the  doctors  more  time  for  the  technical  services  which 
give  the  patients  the  treatment  and  reassurance  that 
they  need. — ^Richard  N.  Pierson,  M.D.,  New  York. 
(See  page  884.) 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 

(Continued  from  Page  852) 

domain  of  medicine  and  surgery,  and  should  be  studied, 
not  in  a narrow  and  special  manner,  but  in  the  broad 
light  of  pathology  and  medicine.  And  it  is  one  of  the 
important  signs  of  progress  in  dermatology  that  today 
the  morbid  changes  in  the  skin  are  almost  universally 
admitted  to  be,  in  very  many  instances,  more  or  less 
intimately  associated  with,  if  not  the  expression  of, 
deranged  systemic  conditions. 

It  is  comparatively  easy  to  become  familiar  with 
the  dermal  affections  of  external  origin.  The  greatest 
difficulty  will  be  found  in  determining  the  etiological 
factor  in  cases  in  which  external  irritation  plays  little 
or  no  part.  Yet  with  the  increased  knowledge  of  gen- 
eral pathology,  the  improved  processes,  and  facilities 
for  investigation,  patient  effort  and  persistent  trial  will 
discover  causes,  sometimes  obscure,  or  overlooked  by 
hasty  examination,  on  which  a diagnosis  can  be  made 
that  goes  a long  way  to  ensure  successful  treatment. 

It  follows,  then,  that  the  general  practitioner,  who, 
by  his  knowledge  of  general  pathology,  is  prepared  to 
diagnose,  of  necessity  should  also  be  well  equipped  for 
the  treatment  of  these  cases. 

They  may  not  be  so  numerous  in  every  locality  as 
to  furnish  a full  clinical  assortment,  but  enough  will 
be  found  to  illustrate  many  varieties  of  dermal  dis- 
eases, and  no  class  of  cases  will  better  repay  a careful 
study  in  etiology,  pathology  and  therapeutics,  local  and 
general. 

Nearly  all  are  amenable  to  treatment.  No  {wtients 
are  more  grateful  than  those  relieved  of  deformities  or 
disfiguring  diseases.  Many  of  the  most  unpromising 
will  be  found  less  intractable  than  they  appear,  and  to 
yield  to  appropriate  treatment,  while  the  hopelessly  in- 
curable cases,  will  give  credit  for  accuracy  in  prognosis, 
even  if  it  be  unfavorable. 


856 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


A typical  Lederle  development 


SERUM  SICKNESS  used  to  be  a serious  obstacle  to 
the  successful  application  of  serotherapy.  So 
great  was  the  fear  of  these  reactions  that  at  times  the 
patient  was  even  deprived  of  life-saving  treatment. 

From  1906  to  1934  the  “salting  out”  method  of 
serum  refining  was  virtually  unchanged.  It  remained 
for  Lederle’s  staff,  long  experienced  in  the  problems 
of  serum  production,  to  establish  firmly  the  value  of 
a new  process  of  serum  refining.  This  process,  based 
upon  the  phenomenon  of  peptic  digestion,  removes 
up  to  90%  of  the  troublesome  proteins  believed  re- 
sponsible for  untoward  serum  reactions.  Globulin 
Modified  Antitoxins  refined  by  this  method  may  be 
expected  to  cause  a minimum  of  reactions.  They  are 
higher  in  potency,  smaller  in  volume  and  of  greater 
clarity  than  previous  antitoxins. 

But  serum  refining  is  only  one  of  many  Lederle 
biological  achievements.  Antitoxins,  serums,  vac- 
cines and  toxoids  from  Lederle’s  200-acre  serum 
farm  protect  countless  individuals  from  the  ravages 
of  disease  all  over  the  world. 


November,  1941 


5by  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


857 


i 


CONVENTION  NOTES 


CONVENTION  NOTES 

Michigan  newspapers  gave  1208  inches  in  their  news 
columns,  and  70^  inches  in  their  personal  columns— 
a total  of  1278^  inches  of  space — to  the  MSMS  76th 
Annual  Convention,  or  11,506^  lines!!!  A number 
of  these  stories  were  first  page — and  this  despite  war, 
politics,  and  pretty  girls. 

^ ^ ^ 

The  larger  cities  of  Michigan  were  represented  at 
the  1941  Grand  Rapids  Convention  as  follows : Ann 
Arbor,  30 ; Battle  Creek,  35 ; Bay  City,  13 ; Detroit,  201 ; 
Flint,  51;  Grand  Rapids,  194;  Holland,  12;  Jackson, 
28;  Kalamazoo,  56;  Lansing,  76;  Monroe,  7;  Mt.  Clem- 
ens, 2 ; Pontiac,  12 ; Muskegon,  52 ; Port  Huron,  7 ; 
Saginaw,  35  and  Sault  Ste  Marie,  6.  The  balance  of 
those  registering  came  from  towns  and  villages  in  all 
parts  of  the  state. 

^ 

Three  Grand  Rapids  service  clubs  were  addressed 
by  representatives  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety on  the  occasion  of  the  1941  MSMS  Convention. 

Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  of  Battle  Creek  addressed 
the  Kiwanis  Club  on  “Medical  Progress,”  Alon- 
day,  September  15 ; L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Bay  City, 
spoke  to  the  Lions  Club  concerning  “Michigan  Medical 
Service”  on  Tuesdav,  September  16;  and  Howard  H. 
Cummings,  M.D.,  of  Ann  Arbor  addressed  the  Rotary 
Club  on  “Postgraduate  Medical  Education,”  Thurs- 
day, September  18. 

* * 

M.  M.  Ricketts,  Sales  Manager  of  Petrogalar,  flew 
from  Philadelphia  to  Grand  Rapids,  to  attend  the 
MSMS  Convention.  After  spending  a day  in  Grand 
Rapids,  Mr.  Ricketts  returned  by  plane  to  Philadelphia. 

Ted  Lewis  of  Johnson  & Johnson  came  to  Grand 
Rapids  from  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.  to  view  the  MSMS 
Technical  Exhibit. 

Rubber  stamps  were  used  by  at  least  six  physicians 
who  roamed  through  the  exhibits  stamping  their  signa- 
tures at  the  various  booths  ! ! ! 

* * * 

Speaking  of  dispensing ; Coca-Cola  distributed  3,- 
360  bottles  at  the  1941  MSMS  Convention;  R.  B.  Davis 
Company  served  1,027  glasses  of  hot  pnd  f'old  Coco- 
malt; Philip  Morris  Company  sampled  the  2,117  regis- 
trants with  9,000  cigarettes ; the  klennen  Company 
distributed  757  bottles  of  oil  and  an  equal  number  of 
cans  of  borated  powder;  the  H.  J.  Heinz  Company 
dispensed  716  servings  of  tomato  juice;  the  John  Wy- 
eth & Brother  Company  had  448  customers  for  their 
liquid  BeWon ; the  Kalak  Water  Company  found 
587  thirsty  customers;  and  Pet  Milk  distributed  3,- 
507  miniature  Pet  Milk  cans. 

Incidentally,  1,280  glasses  of  beer  were  enjoyed  at 
the  MSMS  Smoker  of  September  18  (and  that’s 
quite  an  incidental). 

* * * 

The  American  Society  for  the  Control  of  Cancer, 
Women’s  Field  Army,  entered  a scientific  exhibit  at 
the  MSMS  Convention.  This  interesting  display  was 
manned  by  Frank  L.  Rector,  M.D.,  Field  Representa- 
tive in  Cancer  for  the  MSMS  Cancer  Control  Com- 
mittee, as  well  as  by  representatives  of  the  Women’s 
Field  Army  of  Michigan. 


What  some  of  the  guest  essayists  had  to  say  about 
the  1941  MSMS  Convention: 

S'.  Wm.  Becker,  M.D.,  Chicago:  “I  believe  that  the 
program  presented  was  one  of  the  best,  if  not  the 
best,  I have  ever  seen  at  a state  meeting.” 

* * 

Robert  A.  Bier,  M.D.,  Major,  National  Headquarters, 
Selective  Service  System,  Washington,  D.  C. : “Your 

personal  and  official  hospitality,  and  the  kind  attention 

858 


of  your  Society,  endeared  them  to  me,  and  left  a most 
favorable  impression  of  my  short  stay  in  >'our  state. 
My  only  regret  is  that  I was  not  able  to  visit  with  you 
longer  and  enjoy  further  your  splendid  hospitality.” 

* * * 

Janies  L,  Gamble,  M.D.,  Boston.  “I  very  much  en- 
joyed my  visit  to  Grand  Rapids  and  wish  to  express 
my  sincere  appreciation  of  the  courtesy  and  entertain- 
ment which  I received.  The  hospitality  offered  me 
by  the  members  was  intensive.” 

Chester  S.  Keefer,  M.D.,  Boston:  “You  are  to  be 

congratulated  on  the  arrangement  and  conduct  of  a 
most  successful  meeting  and  I feel  certain  that  both 
the  guests  and  the  members  of  your  Society  benefitted 
greatly  by  the  meeting.  Thank  you  for  a ver\-  pleasant 
visit  to  Grand  Rapids  at  the  time  of  your  annual  ses- 
sion.” 

* ♦ * 

George  IV.  Kosmak,  M.D.,  New  York : “May  I take 
this  opportunity  to  acknowledge  the  many  courtesies 
extended  by  your  members.  The  meeting  was  most 
enjoyable  and  the  proceedings  of  great  interest  and 
value.  The  arrangements  for  the  comfort  of  your 
guests  were  perfect  and  I shall  always  look  back  with 
a great  deal  of  pleasure  to  my  visit  to  Grand  Rapids 
in  1941.” 

* * * 

Charles  E.  Lyght,  M.D.,  Northfield,  Minn. : “The 
arrangements  before  and  during  my  visit  to  the  meet- 
ing in  Grand  Rapids  were  nothing  short  of  perfect. 
I assure  you  it  was  a great  pleasure  to  be  present  and 
I want  3^ou  to  know  how  much  I appreciate  the  atten- 
tive courtesy  of  my  ‘ubiquitous  host,’  and  the  many 
others  who  anticipated  my  wants  almost  before  I was 
aware  of  them  myself.  The  whole  meeting  had  a dis- 
tinctly friendly  touch.” 

* * 

UClliam  S.  Mengert,  M.D.,  Iowa  City,  la. : “I  would 

like  to  take  this  opportunity  to  say  that  your  meeting 
was  one  of  the  best  organized  and  well  managed  of 
any  I have  attended,  and  the  hospitality  shown  me  was 
superb.  It  was  indeed  a pleasure  to  attend  the  meet- 
ing of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  in  Grand 
Rapids  and  to  address  your  General  Assembly.” 

^ * 

H.  G.  Poncher,  M.D.,  Chicago : “I  think  your  meet- 

ing was  as  well  organized  as  any  state  medical  society 
I have  ever  visited.  You  have  a splendid  group  to 
talk  to,  and  I enjoyed  fraternizing  with  the  men.  I 
had  as  nice  a time  as  I have  ever  had  at  any  state 
medical  meeting.” 

* * * 

Francis  E.  Senear,  M.D.,  Chicago:  “I  enjoyed  being 

in  Grand  Rapids  very  much  and  felt  that  the  meeting 
was  conducted  in  an  unusually  well  organized  manner. 
I appreciated  the  opportunity  of  meeting  many  of  my 
old  University  of  Michigan  friends  on  that  occasion.” 
* * * 

V.  P.  Sydenstricker,  M.D.,  Augusta,  Georgia : “I 

assure  you  that  my  visit  to  Michigan  was  enjoyable 
in  every  way.  The  meeting  seemed  to  me  to  outclass 
any  state  meeting  which  it  has  been  my  privilege  to 
attend  in  the  subject  matter  of  the  program  and  in  the 
interest  and  earnestness  displayed  by  those  attending. 
The  constant  kindness  and  solicitude  of  my  ubiquitous 
host  almost  shamed  me  for  I know  what  a serious 
interruption  I was  to  his  routine.  Please  express  my 
thanks  to  The  Council  for  their  kindness  and  accept 
my  personal  expression  of  gratitude  to  you  for  the 
opportunity  to  attend  your  meeting. 

^ ^ ^ 

Carroll  S.  Wright,  M.D.,  Philadelphia:  “I  do  not 

think  I ever  attended  a medical  meeting  where  so 
much  effort  was  put  forth  to  make  the  guest  speakers 
enjoy  themselves.  I thoroughly  enjoyed  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society.” 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TTu:  JOURNAL 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 


Volume  40  November,  1941  Number  11 


Carcmnma  of  the  Stomach 

Diagnosis  and  Results* 

[ By  James  T.  Priestley,  M.D. 

[ Division  of  Surgery, 

Mayo  Clinic,  Rochester,  Minnesota 

James  Taggart  Priestley,  M.D. 

Rochester,  Minnesota 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1923; 

I M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1926;  M.S. 

j in  Experimental  Surgery,  University  of  Minne- 

I sota,  1931;  Ph.D.  in  Surgery,  University  of 

I Minnesota,  1932.  Head  of  a section  in  the 

j surgery  division.  The  Mayo  Clinic,  Rochester. 

I Associate  Professor  of  Surgery,  The  Mayo 

Foundation,  University  of  Minnesota.  Fellow 
! of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons. 

I Historical  Aspect 

■ It  was  Billroth  who  performed  the  first  suc- 
j cessful  resection  of  the  stomach  for  cancer  in 
1881.®  The  patient  on  whom  Billroth  performed 
this  operation  was  a woman  named  Teresa  Haller, 

I who  had  a polypoid  carcinoma  in  the  distal  por- 
tion of  her  stomach.  Approximately  a third  of 
the  stomach  was  removed  and  gastro-intestinal 
continuity  was  reestablished  by  the  Billroth  I 
procedure,  whereby  the  end  of  the  stomach  is 
anastomosed  directly  to  the  duodenum.  The  pa- 
tient’s immediate  postoperative  convalescence  was 
I without  event,  and  she  was  dismissed  from  the 
hospital  twenty-twoi  days  following  operation. 
Unfortunately,  the  ultimate  result  was  not  so 
brilliant  as  the  immediate  postoperative  conva- 
lescence, and  she  succumbed  four  months  later 
from  what  was  termed  “cancerous  degeneration 
of  the  peritoneum.”  By  1886  partial  gastrectomy 
had  been  performed  thirty-seven  times  for  cancer 
with  a mortality  of  73  per  cent.  The  longest 
length  of  postoperative  life  at  this  time  was  one 
and  a half  years.  This  could  hardly  be  consid- 
ered a propitious  beginning.  However,  two  im- 

*WilHam  J.  Mayo  Lecture  given  at  the  University  of  Michigan, 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  April  25,  1941. 


portant  facts  had  been  established : first,  that  can- 
cer of  the  stomach  could  be  removed  and  the 
patient  survive  the  operation,  and  second,  that  at 
least  a certain  length  of  postoperative  life  might 
be  anticipated  following  extirpation  of  a gastric 
neoplasm.  With  courage  and  firm  conviction  the 
pioneers  in  gastric  surgery  gradually  developed 
this  field  against  very  considerable  opposition  and 
many  difficulties.  Dr.  W.  J.  Mayo’s  first  con- 
tribution to  the  subject  appeared  in  1894,^  and  by 
1910^  he  reported  627  operations  for  gastric  car- 
cinoma with  resection  performed  in  36  per  cent 
of  cases  and  a mortality  rate  of  12  per  cent,  a 
record  which  would  compare  not  unfavorably 
with  certain  current  reports  on  the  subject.  Dur- 
ing the  ensuing  years  he  published  many  further 
reports. 

Etiology 

Search  was  first  made  many  years 'ago  for  the 
etiologic  factor  in  cancer  of  the  stomach,  but,  as 
you  know,  this  was  unsuccessful.  Much  of  the 
work  which  has  been  done  on  this  subject  has 
dealt  with  possible  precursory  changes  in  the 
gastric  mucosa  which  might  predispose  to  sub- 
sequent malignant  change.  The  possible  associa- 
tion of  certain  forms  of  gastritis  with  the  later 
appearance  of  gastric  carcinoma  has  been  stressed 
frequently.  The  inherent  difficulty  in  these  stud- 
ies involves  the  unavailability  of  microscopic 
specimens  from  an  appreciable  number  of  stom- 
achs in  which  carcinoma  develops  at  a later  date 
and  also  a control  group  studied  similarly  in 
which  malignancy  does  not  develop.  Recently 
Dr.  E.  S.  Judd^  has  completed  an  interesting 
study  of  this  subject  in  which  he  found  certain 
differences  between  the  usual  stomach  in  which 
carcinoma  is  present  and  the  apparently  normal 
stomach.  In  the  former  he  observed  definite 
hyperplasia  of  the  mucous  cells,  a pronounced 
degree  of  atrophy  of  the  chief  and  parietal  cells. 


November,  1941 


867 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  STOMACH— PRIESTLEY 


1 


lymphocytic  infiltration  and  irregularity  of  the 
muscularis  mucosa.  At  times  these  changes  are 
noted  in  the  apparently  normal  stomach  but  are 
usually  less  marked  under  these  circumstances. 
He  concluded  that  carcinoma  develops  in  a stom- 
ach damaged  probably  over  a period  of  years  and 
that  the  pathogenesis  of  gastric  malignancy  is 
associated  directly  with  the  disorganized  hyper- 
plasia of  the  mucous  cells.  Whether  gastric 
cancer  can  develop  on  a previously  benign  gastric 
ulcer  has  been  the  subject  of  numerous  discus- 
sions and  will  not  be  considered  in  detail  at  this 
time.  The  frequent  clinical  significance  of  this 
possible  relationship,  however,  will  be  discussed 
later.  Virtually  all  malignant  lesions  of  the  stom- 
ach are  of  the  adenocarcinoma  type  as  in  a recent 
study  98.3  per  cent  were  found  to  be  of  this  type 
and  only  1.7  per  cent  were  sarcomatous  in  na- 
ture.'^ 

Diagnosis 

From  the  most  recently  published  statistics  it 
is  estimated  that  carcinoma  of  the  stomach  ac- 
counts for  37,000  deaths  each  year  in  this  country 
alone.®  Any  disease  which  occurs  so  frequently 
and  which  has  such  grave  implications  should  be 
of  interest  to  all  engaged  in  the  practice  of  medi- 
cine and  surgery.  Furthermore  there  is  some 
evidence  to  suggest  that  carcinoma  of  the  stomach 
is  increasing  in  frequency  or  perhaps  it  is  being 
recognized  more  often  than  previously.  At  the 
present  time  the  only  hope  for  cure  of  gastric 
carcinoma  resides  in  its  recognition  at  a suffi- 
ciently early  stage  to  permit  surgical  removal.  In 
addition  the  only  current  expectation  of  reducing 
the  mortality  of  this  disease  in  the  future  lies  in 
establishing  the  diagnosis  earlier  in  a higher  per- 
centage of  cases  so  that  more  patients  may  be 
afforded  the  possible  benefits  of  gastric  resection. 
From  these  facts  alone  the  importance  of  early 
diagnosis  is  readily  apparent.  As  most  of  you 
will  be  confronted  frequently  with  the  first  pre- 
requisite of  cure  for  the  patient  with  gastric 
carcinoma,  namely,  recognition  of  the  disease,  the 
means  by  which  this  may  be  accomplished  seem 
worthy  of  emphasis.  Those  of  you  who  will  par- 
ticipate in  the  second  essential  to  cure;  namely, 
extirpation  of  the  lesion,  necessarily  will  learn 
the  technical  procedures  by  which  this  can  be 
accomplished  at  a later  time  during  your  hospital 
training. 


How  then  does  one  recognize  carcinoma  of 
the  stomach  in  its  early  stages?  At  times  this 
may  be  extremely  difficult  or  virtually  impos- 
sible to  accomplish  for  reasons  which  will  be 
mentioned.  At  other  times  failure  to  establish 
the  diagnosis  at  the  most  opportune  time  may 
be  solely  the  responsibility  of  the  physician. 
Unfortunately,  there  is  no  uniform  or  path- 
ognomonic symptom  complex  which  is  present 
invariably  in  cases  of  gastric  carcinoma.  The 
first  prerequisite  for  early  diagnosis  is  a clear 
appreciation  of  the  symptoms  which  may  be 
caused  by  early  carcinoma  of  the  stomach. 
Unfortunately,  many  textbooks  describe  only 
the  symptoms  of  advanced  gastric  carcinoma, 
at  which  stage  of  the  disease  the  patient  can 
derive  little  benefit  from  its  recognition. 
Several  years  ago  Wilbur®  described  three 
syndromes,  one  of  which  usually  occurs  in  the 
presence  of  gastric  cancer.  A clear  apprecia- 
tion of  these  syndromes  is  most  important,  I 
believe,  in  the  detection  of  operable  carcinoma 
of  the  stomach.  The  first  and  most  common 
is  the  so-called  typical  syndrome  which  usually 
is  presented  by  a patient  of  middle  or  ad- 
vanced age.  Commonly  the  patient  has  en- 
joyed perfect  digestion  until  the  rapid  onset 
of  dyspepsia,  which  almost  always  is  constant 
and  progressive  in  nature.  This  dyspepsia 
may  vary  widely  in  character  and  consist  of 
anorexia,  discomfort  after  meals,  belching, 
epigastric  distress,  nausea  and  perhaps  vomit- 
ing. As  time  progresses  there  may  be  loss  of 
weight  and  strength.  A second  group  of  pa- 
tients who  have  gastric  carcinoma  present  the 
so-called  ulcer  type  of  syndrome.  Individuals 
in  this  group  may  have  the  “pain-food-ease” 
sequence  commonly  associated  with  peptic 
ulcer  for  a brief  or  prolonged  period  of  time. 
Because  of  this  fact  the  danger  of  instituting 
medical  treatment  on  a presumptive  diagnosis 
of  peptic  ulcer  without  the  benefit  of  com- 
petent roentgenologic  examination  of  the 
stomach  is  at  once  apparent.  Subsequently 
symptoms  of  this  type  frequently  change  in 
one  of  several  ways.  They  may  lose  their 
customary  intermittency  and  become  constant 
or  food  may  aggravate  rather  than  relieve  the 
distress.  Nausea  and  anorexia  may  supervene, 
and  measures  which  previously  gave  relief 
may  now  fail  to  do  so.  A third  group  of  pa- 
tients who  have  gastric  carcinoma  probably 


868 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  STOMACH— PRIESTLEY 


afford  the  most  difficult  diagnostic  problem 
as  they  present  a so-called  nondescript  type  of 
history  and  may  complain  of  no  symptoms 
which  immediately  direct  attention  to  the 
stomach.  Under  these  circumstances  one’s 
clinical  suspicions  must  be  quite  readily 
aroused  if  the  true  diagnosis  is  to  be  estab- 
lished at  an  early  date.  In  these  cases  symp- 
toms referable  to  the  gastro-intestional  tract 
may  be  vague,  indefinite  or  entirely  absent. 
They  may  consist  of  constipation,  bloating, 
belching,  nonlocalized  abdominal  discomfort, 
and  perhaps  loss  of  energy,  weight  and 
strength.  Surprisingly  often  and  for  no  ap- 
parent reason,  patients  of  this  group  may  state 
that  they  were  in  perfect  health  until  an  at- 
tack of  “flu”  from  which  they  never  fully  re- 
covered. Only  with  increasing  experience  will 
the  physician  at  once  suspect  gastric  car- 
cinoma in  the  case  in  which  it  is  actually  re- 
sponsible. for  this  group  of  symptoms,  as  of 
course  these  symptoms  may  be  caused  by  a 
variety  of  other  conditions.  Whenever  an  en- 
tirely adequate  explanation  for  such  symptoms 
is  lacking,  roentgenologic  examination  of  the 
stomach  should  always  be  performed. 

In  the  diagnosis  of  gastric  carcinoma,  as  with 
other  diseases,  the  orderly  sequence  of  clinical 
investigation  following  a carefully  taken  and  ac- 
curately evaluated  history  requires  a thorough 
physical  examination  and  subsequently  certain 
laboratory  or  other  studies.  Physical  examina- 
tion of  the  patient  with  cancer  of  the  stomach 
may  reveal  little  or  much.  In  the  early  case 
there  may  be  no  abnormal  findings.  In  the  some- 
what more  advanced  case  there  may  be  obvious 
loss  of  weight,  anemia,  and  perhaps  a palpable 
mass  in  some  portion  of  the  upper  half  of  the 
abdomen.  In  the  advanced  case  evidence  of 
metastasis  ma}^  be  noted  in  the  supraclavicular 
lymph  node  on  the  left  side,  as  stressed  by 
Virchow.  In  addition,  there  may  be  an  enlarged 
nodular  liver,  metastases  palpable  on  digital  ex- 
amination of  the  rectum,  involvement  in  the 
region  of  the  umbilicus  and  occasionally  else- 
where. Such  findings  are  of  importance  only 
by  indicating  the  ultimate  futility  of  operation. 
Laboratory  studies,  including  roentgenologic  in- 
vestigation, are  of  great  value.  Blood  studies 
indicate  the  presence  and  degree  of  anemia  and 
also  dehydration  in  case  vomiting  has  been  a 


prominent  feature.  Gastric  analysis  may  be  of 
some  value  in  the  clinical  differentiation  of  benign 
ulcer  and  actual  carcinoma  as  the  values  for  the 
free  and  the  total  acidity  usually  are  reduced  in 
the  latter  condition  and  may  be  elevated  in  case 
of  benign  ulcer.  It  is  well  to  remember,  how- 
ever, that  only  50  per  cent  of  cases  of  gastric 
carcinoma  are  associated  with  achlorhydria. 

Of  greatest  importance  is  careful  roentgeno- 
logic examination  of  the  stomach  by  a competent 
roentgenologist.  Of  all  examinations  and  investi- 
gative procedures  utilized  at  the  present  time  for 
the  recognition  of  gastric  carcinoma,  this  is  with- 
out doubt  the  single  procedure  of  most  usefulness 
although  gastroscopy  in  skilled  hands  is  assuming 
a role  of  increasing  importance.  In  any  case  in 
which  there  is  the  slightest  suspicion  of  gastric 
carcinoma  the  patient  should  be  given  the  benefit 
of  roentgenologic  examination  of  the  stomach 
despite  any  inconvenience  and  difficulty  which 
this  may  entail.  By  this  means  the  diagnosis 
will  be  established  earlier  in  a higher  precentage 
of  cases.  During  recent  years  gastroscopy  has 
been  assuming  increasing  importance  in  the 
recognition  of  gastric  lesions  of  all  types.  It  ap- 
pears possible  that  in  the  future  this  procedure 
may  become  of  even  greater  value.  When  used 
in  conjunction  with  roentgenologic  examination 
of  the  stomach,  gastroscopy  may  be  of  material 
aid  in  the  differential  diagnosis  of  gastric  lesions 
of  questionable  nature.  It  is  well  for  the  prac- 
tical clinician  to  remember  that  the  gastroscopist 
as  well  as  the  roentgenologist  is  only  human  and 
has  certain  inherent  limitations  in  his  examina- 
tion and,  therefore,  may  at  times  be  in  error.  Be- 
cause of  this  fact  it  is  obvious  that  there  is  no 
substitute  for  sound  clinical  judgment  in  the 
correlation  and  consideration  of  all  the  diagnostic 
evidence  available,  including  the  history  and 
physical  examination  as  well  as  the  laboratory 
data. 

Failure  of  Diagnosis 

What  factors,  then,  are  primarily  responsible 
for  failure  to  recognize  cancer  of  the  stomach 
in  its  early  stage?  Why  does  the  true  nature  of 
the  disease  remain  unrecognized  in  so  many  cases 
until  the  lesion  is  definitely  inoperable  and  all 
hope  of  cure  is  lost?  The  factors  responsible  for 
this  unfortunate  occurrence  may  be  divided  into 
three  distinct  categories ; first,  the  so-called  “le- 
sion factor” ; second,  the  “patient  factor,”  and 


November,  1941 


869 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  STOMACH— PRIESTLEY 


third,  the  factor  for  which  the  medical  profession 
is  solely  responsible.  These  three  factors  will  be 
considered  in  order.  Unfortunately,  symptoms 
which  may  be  produced  by  cancer  of  the  stomach 
are  dependent  to  a great  degree  upon  the  situa- 
tion of  the  growth  within  the  stomach  and  the 
actual  disturbance  in  normal  gastric  physiology 
which  it  causes.  For  this  reason  a relatively 
small  growth  situated  near  the  pyloric  end  of 
the  stomach  which  disturbs  emptying  of  the 
stomach  will  give  rise  to  symptoms  much  sooner 
than  a growth  of  similar  size  situated  in  the  fun- 
dus or  cardia,  which  causes  no  appreciable  clinical 
alteration  in  gastric  function.  Lesions  in  the 
latter  situation  may  attain  very  considerable  size, 
unfortunately,  and  even  extend  beyond  the  stom- 
ach before  they  cause  recognizable  disturbance 
which  directs  attention  to  the  stomach.  Because 
of  this  fact  late  diagnosis  seems  inevitable  in  a 
certain  proportion  of  cases  because  of  the  in- 
herent nature  of  the  lesion  itself.  At  the  present 
time  there  is  no  good  prospect  of  overcoming  this 
cause  of  late  diagnosis.  In  addition,  certain 
growths  which  are  situated  extremely  high  in  the 
stomach  and  perhaps  involve  also  the  lower  por- 
tion of  the  esophagus,  may  be  inoperable  when 
first  detected,  even  though  they  cause  symptoms 
relatively  early  in  the  course  of  their  development. 

The  so-called  patient  factor  which  is  respon- 
sible for  late  diagnosis  in  a second  group  of  cases 
has  several  different  causes.  Symptoms  may  be 
mild  and  of  little  apparent  significance  at  their 
onset,  and  for  this  reason  the  patient  fails  to 
consult  his  physician  early  in  the  course  of  the 
disease.  An  important  and  perhaps  increasing 
hazard  is  the  institution  of  self-treatment  by  the 
patient,  which  is  promoted  all  too  frequently  by 
commercial  advertising  of  patent  remedies  or  by 
well-meaning  but  misinformed  friends  and  rela- 
tives. Again  the  patient  may  postpone  adequate 
medical  examination  because  of  social  or  financial 
difficulties.  By  proper  education  of  the  laity,  the 
medical  profession  should  be  able  to  reduce 
gradually  this  “patient  factor”  as  a cause  of  late 
diagnosis  of  carcinoma  of  the  stomach. 

The  third  or  “physician’s  factor”  is  the  one 
for  which  the  medical  profession  is  solely  re- 
sponsible because  of  failure  to  recognize  the 
true  nature  of  the  lesion  when  opportunity  for 
early  diagnosis  actually  is  afforded.  There  are 
of  course  numerous  reasons  which  may  lead  to 


this  failure  on  our  part.  Unfamiliarity  with, 
and  therefore  failure  to  recognize,  the  clinical 
picture  which  may  be  presented  by  patients 
who  have  early  carcinoma  of  the  stomach  is 
the  cause  in  some  cases.  Failure  to  perform 
a thorough  and  careful  physical  examination 
may  permit  a small  but  significant  mass  in 
the  upper  part  of  the  abdomen  to  remain  un- 
detected. Reluctance  to  secure  competent 
roentgenologic  examination  either  because  of 
expense  or  local  unavailability  of  adequate 
facilities  may  result  in  postponed  diagnosis. 
Many  roentgenologic  examinations  of  the 
stomach  with  entirely  normal  findings  must  be 
performed  if  early  carcinoma  is  to  be  detected 
in  a high  percentage  of  instances. 

In  addition  to  these  obvious  factors  whereby 
we,  as  practitioners  of  medicine,  may  be  respon- 
sible for  late  diagnosis,  there  are  certain  pitfalls 
in  the  differential  diagnosis  of  gastric  carcinoma 
against  which  we  must  be  constantly  on  guard. 
Gastric  ulcer  probably  should  be  placed  first  in 
this  category.  Whether  benign  gastric  ulcer  may 
become  during  the  course  of  time  a true  gastric 
cancer  has  been  a subject  of  controversy  for 
many  years  and  probably  will  remain  so  for  some 
time  to  come  and  will  not  be  discussed  at  this 
time.  The  fact  remains,  however,  that  certain 
small  ulcerating  carcinomas  may  masquerade  as 
benign  lesions  both  clinically  and  roentgenologi- 
cally.  It  is  because  of  this  fact  that  virtually 
every  gastric  ulcer  must  be  viewed  with  suspicion 
until  it  is  proved  beyond  doubt  to  be  benign  in 
character.  If  operation  is  not  performed  this  can 
be  accomplished  only  by  instituting  medical  treat- 
ment with  the  patient  under  close  observation  and 
continuing  this  treatment  until  all  clinical  and 
roentgenologic  evidence  of  the  ulcer  has  disap- 
peared completely.  Furthermore,  the  patient 
should  be  examined  subsequently  to  ascertain 
definitely  that  recurrence  of  the  ulcer  has  not 
occurred.  Any  criteria  short  of  these  appear  in- 
adequate to  establish  the  benignity  of  a given 
gastric  ulcer  with  absolute  certainty.  In  this 
regard  it  seems  important  to  emphasize  the  fact 
that  although  the  roentgenologist  has  a most  re- 
markable record  of  accuracy,  he  is  not  infallible, 
as  in  a recent  study  it  was  found  that  in  10  per 
cent  of  cases  in  which  resection  was  performed 
for  carcinoma  of  the  stomach  the  roentgenologic 


870 


Jour.  M.S.AI.S. 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  STOMACH— PRIESTLEY 


diagnosis  was  “ulcer.”  On  numerous  occasions  it 
has  been  observed  that  a malignant  ulcer  in  the 
stomach  may  decrease  in  size  roentgenologically 
during  the  course  of  medical  treatment  which 
reduces  the  associated  inflammatory  reaction.  For 
this  reason  one  must  insist  on  complete  disap- 
pearance of  the  lesion  before  it  is  considered  as 
a benign  ulcer. 

In  a certain  group  of  cases  a perfunctory  diag- 
nosis of  anemia  without  satisfactory  explanation 
may  permit  a gastric  carcinoma  to  attain  in- 
operable proportions  before  its  presence  is  detect- 
ed. For  this  reason  roentgenologic  examination  of 
the  stomach  and,  in  fact,  the  entire  gastro- 
intestinal tract,  should  be  performed  in  any  case 
of  severe  anemia  of  undetermined  cause.  Carci- 
noma of  the  stomach  may  cause  profound  anemia 
without  any  evidence  of  gross  bleeding  from  the 
gastro-intestinal  tract  or  symptoms  which  inescap- 
ably direct  attention  to  the  stomach.  At  times 
what  appears  to  be  a simple  gastric  polyp  actually 
may  be  malignant  or  may  become  malignant; 
therefore,  when  such  a polyp  is  detected  by 
roentgenologic  or  gastroscopic  examination  it 
should  not  be  ignored  merely  because  it  is  not 
considered  responsible  for  symptoms.  In  many 
cases  such  polyps  probably  should  be  treated 
surgically  when  recognized.  If  for  any  reason 
operation  is  not  performed,  periodic  subsequent 
examination  by  a competent  roentgenologist  is 
essential  and  operation  should  be  performed  if 
there  is  any  growth  or  other  appreciable  change 
in  the  physical  characteristics  of  the  polyp. 
Failure  to  follow  this  practice  may  result  in  the 
development  of  an  extensive  gastric  carcinoma 
before  its  presence  is  appreciated.  In  another 
group  of  cases  in  which  cancer  of  the  stomach 
may  attain  serious  extent  before  its  recognition, 
patients,  usually  of  middle  age  or  older,  appear 
clinically  to  have  organic  disease  perhaps 
because  of  loss  of  weight  and  strength,  anemia, 
anorexia  or  other  symptoms.  All  methods  of 
clinical  investigation,  however,  reveal  only  un- 
important findings.  We  should  insist  that  such 
individuals  return  in  six  weeks  for  reexamina- 
tion. At  this  time  the  true  nature  of  the  difficulty 
may  be  detected  readily.  If  left  to  his  own  devices 
such  a patient  otherwise  may  not  come  back 
until  a hopelessly  inoperable  condition  has  de- 
veloped. 


Indications  for  Treatment 

After  the  diagnosis  of  gastric  carcinoma  has 
been  established,  what  are  the  indications  for 
treatment?  First  of  all  one  always  should  keep 
in  mind  the  hopeless  prognosis  if  the  growth  is 
not  removed.  In  other  words,  any  chance  of 
removing  the  lesion  cannot  be  neglected  and  all 
patients  should  be  given  the  benefit  of  explora- 
tion except  in  the  presence  of  certain  definite 
contraindications.  Physical  examination  may 
reveal  the  presence  of  metastasis  which  makes 
operation  futile.  Most  often  this  evidence  is 
found  in  the  left  supraclavicular  lymph  node, 
the  cul-de-sac  of  Douglas  (as  detected  in  digital 
examination  of  the  rectum)  or  in  the  liver. 
Occasionally  metastasis  may  be  noted  in  the 
umbilicus  or  in  inguinal  or  other  lymph  nodes. 
Only  rarely  does  carcinoma  of  the  stomach 
metastasize  to  the  lung. 

Roentgenologic  examination  of  the  stomach 
gives  most  valuable  information  regarding  the 
local  extent  of  the  growth,  its  situation  in  the 
stomach  and  the  likelihood  of  operability.  The 
roentgenologist,  in  addition  to  detecting  a gastric 
neoplasm,  will  often  venture  his  opinion  regard- 
ing operability  of  the  lesion.  Such  an  opinion  by 
a competent  roentgenologist  is  quite  helpful  to 
the  surgeon  and  usually  accurate.  It  is  well  to 
remember,  however,  that  the  roentgenologist  is 
limited  in  his  examination  and  obviously  does  not 
have  the  same  opportunity  of  determining  oper- 
ability that  is  afforded  the  surgeon  at  the  operat- 
ing table.  For  this  reason  there  will  be  a certain 
degree  of  error  in  the  roentgenologist’s  opinion 
regarding  operability,  and  it  is  important  to  keep 
this  fact  in  mind  so  that  we  are  not  guided  in 
deciding  whether  to  advise  exploration  by  the 
roentgenologist’s  report  alone  but  by  the  clinical 
picture  as  a whole.  In  a recent  study  it  was  noted 
that  gastric  resection  was  accomplished  in  48.1 
per  cent  of  cases  in  which  exploration  was  per- 
formed with  a roentgenologic  diagnosis  of  an 
operable  lesion.  In  addition,  the  growth  was 
removed  in  23.3  per  cent  of  cases  in  which 
operation  was  performed  after  a roentgenologic 
opinion  of  doubtful  operability  was  obtained.  Of 
particular  interest  is  the  group  of  cases  in  which 
exploratory  operation  was  performed  despite  the 
roentgenologist’s  belief  that  the  lesion  was  in- 
operable, as  in  14.3  per  cent  of  these  cases 
resection  was  achieved.  This  of  course  does  not 
mean  that  gastric  resection  was  performed  in  14.3 


November,  1941 


871 


CARCINOMA  OF  THE  STOMACH— PRIESTLEY 


per  cent  of  all  cases  in  which  the  roentgenologist 
diagnosed  an  inoperable  lesion,  as  in  by  far  the 
large  majority  of  these  cases  the  patients  were 
not  even  subjected  to  an  exploratory  operation. 
In  the  relatively  small  group  of  cases  in  which 
an  exploratory  laparotomy  was  performed,  how- 
ever, the  growth  was  removed  in  14.3  per  cent 
of  cases.  The  important  point  in  this  regard  is 
that  in  the  absence  of  clinical  evidence  of  inoper- 
ability the  roentgenologist’s  interpretation  of  in- 
operability should  not  always  be  accepted  as  a 
definite  contraindication  to  exploratory  operation. 

Results 

What  results  may  be  expected  in  the  treatment 
of  carcinoma  of  the  stomach?  If  one  is  to  de- 
termine accurately  just  what  chance  for  cure  the 
patient  with  carcinoma  of  the  stomach  actually 
has,  he  must  first  consider  all  cases  in  which  the 
diagnosis  is  made,  as  emphasized  by  Livingston 
and  Pack.^  A recent  study’^  revealed  that  the 
diagnosis  of  gastric  carcinoma  had  been  made  in 
10,890  cases  at  the  Mayo  Clinic  from  1907 
through  1938.  During  this  period  exploratory 
laparotomy  was  performed  in  fifty-seven  of  each 
100  cases  in  which  the  diagnosis  of  gastric  carci- 
noma was  made.  Gastric  resection  was  performed 
in  twenty-five  of  the  fifty-seven  cases  in  which 
operation  was  performed,  and  in  the  remainder 
exploratory  laparotomy  alone  or  some  palliative 
operation  was  performed.  As  the  average  opera- 
tive mortality  rate  for  gastric  resection  during 
this  period  was  16  per  cent,  this  means  that  only 
approximately  twenty-one  of  the  twenty-five  pa- 
tients who  underwent  resection  (out  of  the  orig- 
inal group  of  100  cases  in  which  the  diagnosis 
of  gastric  carcinoma  had  been  made)  survived 
the  operation  and  therefore  had  some  chance  of 
ultimate  cure.  A follow-up  study  revealed  that 
29  per  cent  of  patients  who  underwent  resection 
and  survived  the  operation  lived  for  five  years  or 
longer  and  20  per  cent  lived  for  ten  years  or 
longer.  This  means  (29  per  cent  of  the  twenty- 
one  patients  who  had  resection  and  survived  the 
operation)  that  six  of  the  100  patients  whose 
condition  was  diagnosed  originally  as  cancer  of 
the  stomach  lived  for  five  years  or  longer  and 
that  four  lived  ten  years  or  longer.  During 
recent  years  the  rates  of  operability  and  resect- 
ability of  carcinoma  of  the  stomach  have  been 
increased  somewhat  and  consequently  the  ulti- 
mate cures  correspondingly  enhanced. 


It  must  be  granted  that  these  figures  present 
a rather  dismal  prospect  of  cure  for  cancer  of 
the  stomach.  Rather  than  having  a discourag- 
ing effect,  however,  these  data  should  stimu- 
late us  all  the  more  to  establish  the  diagnosis 
early  in  a greater  number  of  cases  so  that 
more  individuals  can  be  afforded  the  possible 
benefits  of  resection.  If  considered  only  from 
the  point  of  view  of  those  patients  who  under- 
went resection  and  survived  the  operation  it 
is  seen  that  twenty-nine  of  each  100  patients 
survive  for  five  years  or  longer  and  twenty  live 
ten  years  or  longer.  Although  this  survival 
rate  is  comparable  with  that  obtained  in  the 
treatment  of  malignant  lesions  in  certain  other 
parts  of  the  body,  obviously  it  leaves  con- 
siderable to  be  desired.  The  important  point 
to  remember,  however,  is  that  the  patient  who 
presents  himself  with  a resectable  lesion  has  a 
far  better  chance  of  surviving  five  years  after 
operation  than  does  the  average  individual 
with  carcinoma  of  the  stomach. 

Study  of  the  factors  which  influence  end 
results  when  resection  has  been  performed  indi- 
cates that  involvement  of  the  regional  lymph 
nodes  and  the  grade  of  malignancy  are  two  of 
the  most  important  considerations.  Thus  62  per 
cent  of  patients  with  grade  1 or  2 lesions  lived 
for  five  years  or  longer  whereas  only  27  per 
cent  of  those  with  grade  3 or  4 lesions  lived  five 
years  or  more.  Unfortunately,  approximately 
73  per  cent  of  gastric  carcinomas  are  either  grade 
3 or  4.  When  the  regional  lymph  nodes  have  not 
been  found  to  be  involved  42.1  per  cent  of  pa- 
tients lived  five  years  or  more  following  opera- 
tion ; however,  when  involvement  of  lymph  nodes 
was  present  only  17.2  per  cent  survived  for  this 
period  of  time.  Extension  of  the  growth  to  near 
or  distant  structures  is  another  factor  which 
influences  ultimate  prognosis.  When  this  has 
occurred,  even  though  the  entire  growth  ap- 
parently is  removed,  ultimate  results  are  slightly 
less  favorable.  Certain  other  factors  such  as 
location  of  the  lesion  in  the  stomach,  presence 
or  absence  of  free  hydrochloric  acid  in  the  gastric 
contents,  value  for  hemoglobin,  and  so  forth 
appear  to  have  minor  influence  on  survival  rate. 

Comment 

In  closing,  I believe  we  should  remember  that 
the  only  hope  for  cure  of  gastric  cancer  resides  in 

Jour.  M.S.IM.S. 


872 


MENOPAUSAL  SYMPTOMS— PEELEN 


recognition  of  the  disease  at  a sufficiently  early 
stage  to  permit  its  surgical  removal.  The  means 
whereby  this  disease  can  be  recognized,  at  this 
stage,  when  the  opportunity  is  presented,  are 
within  the  means  of  us  all ; namely,  a carefully 
taken  history,  a clear  appreciation  of  the  symp- 
toms which  may  be  produced  by  early  cancer 
in  the  stomach,  and  insistence  on  competent 
roentgenologic  diagnosis  of  the  stomach  in  any 
case  in  which  gastric  cancer  is  even  faintly 
suspected.  In  addition,  an  accurate  differential 
diagnosis  of  any  gastric  lesion  which  either  may 
be  or  might  become  carcinomatous  is  essential. 
The  benefit  of  exploratory  laparotomy  should 
be  given  to  any  patient  who  has  gastric  cancer, 
when  there  is  even  a small  chance  that  the  lesion 
might  be  removed,  unless  obvious  metastasis 
already  is  present.  Although  the  ultimate  prog- 
nosis of  gastric  carcinoma  is  not  bright,  by  in- 
creasing effort  and  diligence  on  the  part  of  the 
medical  profession  it  is  hoped  that  end  results 
gradually  may  be  improved. 

References 

1.  Judd,  E.  S.:  The  possible  relation  of  residual  lesions  in 

the  gastric  mucosa  to  the  development  of  carcinoma  of  the 
stomach.  Thesis,  Graduate  School  of  the  University  of 
Minnesota,  1938. 

2.  Livingston,  E.  M.  and  Pack,  G.  T. : End-results  in  the 

treatment  of  gastric  cancer;  an  analytical  study  and  statis- 
tical survey  of  sixty  years  of  surgical  treatment.  In  Pack, 
G.  T.  and  Livingston,  E.  M. : Treatment  of  _ cancer  and 

alhed  diseases  by  one  hundred  and  forty-seven  international 
authors,  vol.  2,  chap.  69,  pp.  1110-1263.  New  York: 
Paul  B.  Hoeber,  Inc.,  1940. 

3.  Mayo,  W.  J. : Surgery  of  the  stomach.  Med.  Rec.,  46:580- 
582,  (Nov.  10)  1894. 

4.  Mayo,  W.  J. : Radical  operation  for  cancer  of  the  pyloric  end 
of  the  stomach:  review  of  266  partial  gastrectomies.  Jour. 
A.M.A.,  54:1608-1612,  (May  14)  1910. 

5.  Priestley,  J.  T. : The  early  development  of  surgical  treat- 

ment for  gastric  carcinoma.  Proc.  Staff  Meet.,  Mayo  Clin., 
15:641-645,  (Oct.  9)  1940. 

6.  Vital  statistics:  Special  reports.  Department  of  Commerce, 
Bureau  of  the  Census,  Washington,  D.  C.,  12:241,  (Mar.  13) 
1941. 

7.  Walters,  Waltman,  Gray,  H.  K.,  Priestley,  J.  T.,  Lewis, 

E.  B.  and  Berkson,  Joseph:  Malignant  lesions  of  the 

stomach:  results  of  treatment  from  1907  through  1938 

(preliminary  report).  Proc.  Staff  Meet.,  Mayo  Clin.,  15:625- 
638,  (Oct.  2)  1940. 

8.  Wilbur,  D.  L. : Symptoms  and  signs  which  make  possible  the 
earlier  recognition  of  carcinoma  of  the  stomach.  Minnesota 
Med.,  19:728-731,  (Nov.)  1936. 

= [V|SMS 


CHRISTMAS 

SEALS 

During  the  past  thirty- 
four  years  in  Michigan 
the  Christmas  Seal  has 
cut  the  tuberculosis 
death  rate  66  per  cent — 

BUY  CHRISTMAS  SEALS 

Protect 

Your  Home  from 
Tuberculosis 


Effect  of  Oral  Administration 
of  Diethylstilbestrnl  on 
Menopausal  Symptoms 

By  J.  William  Peelen,  M.D. 
Kalamazoo,  Michigan 

J.  William  Peelen,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Rush  Medical  College,  1932.  Mem- 
ber of  the  Staffs  of  Bronson  Methodist,  and 
Borgess  Hospitals,  Kalamazoo.  Member,  Mich- 
igan State  Medical  Society. 


■ The  series  of  investigations  begun  by  Dodds 
and  his  associates  on  the  estrogenic  activity 
of  phenanthrene  and  dibenzanthracene  com- 
pounds led  to  the  synthesis  in  1938  of  the  potent 
estrogenic  substance,  diethylstilbestrol.^  The  or- 
iginal observations  of  this  group  of  workers,  and 
many  subsequent  confirmations  by  others,  have 
proved  that  this  substance — though  differing  in 
chemical  structure  from  the  natural  estrogens — 
possessed  estrogenic  activity  equal  to,  if  not  more 
potent  than,  some  of  the  natural  estrogens.  Un- 
like the  natural  estrogens,  diethylstilbestrol  loses 
little  or  none  of  its  activity  upon  oral  administra- 
tion. When  assayed  by  the  Allen  and  Doisy 
method  1 mg.  of  diethylstilbestrol  is  equivalent  to 
25,000  international  estrone  units.  Many  clinical 
studies  have  confirmed  its  value  as  a hormone 
substitute,  but  many  of  the  authors  have  doubted 
whether  it  was  free  from  danger  when  given  in 
therapeutically  effective  doses. 

Diethylstilbestrol  is  well  tolerated  in  animals 
without  toxic  effects,  as  are  full  estrogenic  doses 
of  the  natural  estrogens.  Selye®  showed  that  in 
mice  and  rats  diethylstilbestrol — like  estradiol — 
when  given  in  very  large  doses  produces  acute 
and  chronic  toxicity.  Both  diethylstilbestrol  and 
the  natural  estrogen,  in  doses  that  greatly  ex- 
ceeded the  estrogenic  dose,  produced  signs  of 
acute  toxicity  marked  by  jaundice  resulting  from 
liver  damage,  kidney  changes,  and  changes  in 
other  organs.  Chronic  toxicity  was  reflected  in 
a considerable  enlargement  of  the  liver.  Loeser,® 
experimenting  with  rats,  noted  loss  of  appetite, 
epistaxis,  vaginal  and  intestinal  hemorrhages, 
fatty  degeneration  of  the  liver  with  subsequent 
necrosis,  enlargement  of  the  adrenal  glands  with 
hyperemia  and  bleeding,  and  enlargement  of  the 
spleen  with  hemorrhagic  changes  in  the  islands. 

Concerning  the  toxicity  of  diethylstilbestrol  in 


November,  1941 


873 


MENOPAUSAL  SYMPTOMS— PEELEN 


TABLE  I.  CLINICAL  RESULTS 


Diagnosis 

Dosage 

Total 

Amount 

Administered 

Duration 

of 

T reatment 

Results 

Toxic 

Reaction 

1.  N.  Menopause 

0.3  mg. 

10  mg. 

3 days 

None 

Nausea  and  Vomiting 

2.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

240  mg. 

10  mo. 

Relief 

None 

3.  N.  Menopause 
Senile  Vaginitis 

1.0  mg.  daily 

80  mg. 

7 mo. 

Partial 

Relief 

None 

4.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  4 times  weekly 

14  mg. 

14  days 

Relief 

None 

5.  Menstruating 

0.5  mg.  2-3  times  weekly 

50  mg. 

6 mo. 

Partial 

Relief 

Slight  nausea  from 
large  dosage 

6.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

550  mg. 

7 mo. 

Partial 

Relief 

None 

7.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

40  mg. 

7 mo. 

Relief 

None 

8.  Menstruating 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

64  mg. 

4 mo. 

Relief 

None 

9.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  daily 

100  mg. 

6 mo. 

Relief 

None 

10.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  daily 

58  mg. 

3 mo. 

Relief 

None 

11.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

32  mg. 

3 mo. 

Relief 

None 

12.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

60  mg. 

3 mo. 

Relief 

None 

13.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  3-5  times  weekly 

30  mg. 

3 mo. 

Partial 

Relief 

None 

14.  Menstruating 

0.5  mg.  daily 

14  mg. 

2 mo. 

None 

None 

15.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  4-5  times  weekly 

34  mg. 

2 mo. 

Relief 

None 

16.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

34  mg. 

2 mo. 

Relief 

None  . 

17.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  daily 

34  mg. 

1 mo. 

Relief 

None 

18.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  5 times  weekly 

210  mg. 

8 mo. 

Relief 

None 

19.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

60  mg. 

8 mo. 

Relief 

None 

20.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

100  mg. 

7j4  mo. 

Relief 

Slight  nausea  if  dose 
is  increased 

21.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  three  days 

62  mg. 

6^  mo. 

Relief 

Slight  nausea  if  dose 
is  increased 

22.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  5 times  weekly 

140  mg. 

5y2  mo. 

Relief 

None 

23.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

80  mg. 

5 mo. 

Relief 

None 

24.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

60  mg. 

5 mo. 

Relief 

None 

25.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  daily 

15  mg. 

14  days 

None 

Nausea 

26.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

20  mg. 

1 mo. 

Relief 

None 

27.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

20  mg. 

1 mo. 

Relief 

None 

28.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  dav 

30  mg. 

Ij^  mo. 

Relief 

None 

29.  N.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  daily 

30  mg. 

1 mo. 

Relief 

None 

30.  S.  Menopause 

0.5  mg.  every  other  day 

40  mg. 

1 mo. 

Relief 

None 

human  beings,  investigators  have  been  disturbed 
mainly  by  the  possibility  of  liver  damage.  How- 
ever, no  instances  of  severe  toxic  jaundice  or 
deaths  have  been  reported.  Payne  and  Shelton^ 
performed  liver  function  tests  on  twenty-six  pa- 
tients and  found  all  to  be  within  normal  limits, 
except  one  in  whom  hippuric  acid  secretion  had 
been  high  before  treatment.  The  symptoms  of 
intoxication  in  this  patient  (scotomata,  nausea, 
jaundice,  and  pruritus)  promptly  disappeared  af- 
ter treatment  was  discontinued.  Kidney  dam- 
age, indicated  by  the  appearance  of  albumin  and 
casts  in  the  urine,  was  observed  by  Buxton  and 
Engle^  in  one  of  their  patients.  The  urinary 
findings  returned  to  normal  after  the  drug  was 
withdrawn.  MacBryde^  and  Sevringhaus®  ob- 
served no  evidence  of  damage  to  the  liver,  kidney 
or  bone  marrow.  Mazer^  stated  that  in  ten  pa- 
tients of  his  series  there  occured  no  changes  in 
weight,  blood  pressure,  basal  metabolic  rate,  ur- 
ine, or  blood. 


As  clinical  experience  in  the  use  of  this  drug 
increased,  it  became  apparent  that  the  signs  of 
intoxication  that  follow  the  administration  of 
this  drug  are  probably  overdosage  phenomena. 
In  the  early  clinical  studies  in  which  the  mini- 
mum daily  dosage  of  5.0  mg.  recommended  by 
the  Therapeutic  Trials  Committee  was  used,  as 
high  as  80  per  cent  of  the  treated  patients  devel- 
oped toxic  symptoms.  With  the  employment  of 
smaller  doses  (average  of  1.0  mg.  daily)  the  in- 
cidence of  intoxication  was  greatly  reduced. 

The  criteria  used  for  evaluation  of  the  thera- 
peutic activity  of  diethylstilbestrol  have  been 
the  relief  of  menopausal  symptoms  plus  ob- 
jective evidence  as  supplied  by  vaginal  and  en- 
dometrial biopsies,  vaginal  smears,  and  gona- 
dotropic factor  levels  in  the  urine.  Payne  and 
Muckle,®  relying  upon  subjective  evidence 
alone — the  relief  of  flushes — to  gauge  the  ther- 
apeutic efficacy  and  dosage  of  the  drug,  showed 

Jour.  AI.S.M.S. 


874 


MENOPAUSAL  SYMPTOMS— PEELEN 


that  lower  dosages,  ranging  from  0.1  to  1.0 
mg.  of  the  drug  daily,  were  sufficient  to  relieve 
the  climacteric  symptoms  rapidly  and  efficient- 
ly in  the  majority  of  their  patients.  In  pre- 
scribing medication  for  the  relief  of  the  dis- 
tressing symptoms  of  the  climacterium  it  is  im- 
portant to  keep  in  mind  the  individual  varia- 
tions in  the  physiologic  response  to  the  drug 
and  the  glandular  adjustment  which  is  neces- 
sary for  complete  recovery  from  the  meno- 
pausal syndrome. 

Clinical  Observations 

The  present  study  apparently  confirms  the 
findings  of  Payne  and  Muckle  on  the  effective- 
ness of  small  doses  of  diethylstilbestrol,  as  de- 
termined by  relief  of  menopausal  symptoms. 
However,  it  does  not  support  their  contention 
that  larger  doses  are  required  in  artificially  in- 
duced menopause  than  in  the  naturally  occurring 
menopause.  Diethylstilbestrol*  was  administered 
by  mouth  to  a series  of  thirty  patients  (Table 
I)  for  periods  varying  from  fourteen  days  to 
ten  months.  At  the  start  of  this  investigation 
the  initial  dosage  was  1.0  mg.  daily.  This  dos- 
age was  reduced  shortly  afterward  to  0.5  mg. 
daily.  The  latter  dosage  was  prescribed  for  two 
weeks  with  instructions  that  the  drug  should  be 
discontinued  for  one  day,  if  nausea  developed, 
and  resumed  the  next  day.  The  initial  dosage 
was  considered  adequate  when  the  menopausal 
flushes  were  held  in  abeyance.  This  result  us- 
ually was  obtained  within  one  week.  Mainten- 
ance dosage  was  then  determined,  and  in  most 
I instances  was  found  to  vary  from  three  to  seven 
I 0.5  mg.  capsules  weekly.  No  consistent  differ- 
I ences  in  the  maintenance  dosage  in  surgical  and 
I natural  menopause  were  noted.  One  patient  who 
j received  only  two  weeks  of  treatment  remains 
i free  from  symptoms  at  the  time  of  this  writing, 
j six  months  later.  The  largest  total  amount  of 
; the  drug  given  to  any  one  patient  was  240  mg. 

I The  patient  who  was  given  this  amount  over  a 
j period  of  ten  months  did  not  develop  any  signs 

1 of  intoxication. 

I 

j Among  the  patients  included  in  this  series  was 
j one  with  senile  vaginitis  who  experienced  relief 
j from  hot  flushes  on  a dosage  of  0.5  mg.  of  di- 
I ethylstilbestrol  daily.  However,  no  improvement 

' *DiethylstilbestroI  used  in.  this  investigation  was  supplied 

1 through  the  courtesy  of  the  ‘Medical  Division  of  the  Upjohn 
Company,  Kalamazoo,  Michigan. 

November,  1941 


in  vaginitis  occurred  until  the  dosage  was  in- 
creased. On  a dosage  of  1.0  mg.  daily  for  10 
days  mature  cornified  epithelial  cells  appeared  in 
the  vaginal  mucosa,  and  the  inflammation  sub- 
sided. In  three  other  cases  not  included  in  this 
report  this  larger  dosage  was  necessary  to  pro- 
duce objective  signs  of  estrogenic  effect  as  deter- 
mined by  vaginal  smears.  Although  the  number 
of  observations  are  too  few  to  warrant  the  draw- 
ing of  definite  conclusions,  they  justify  the  postu- 
late that  small  amounts  of  the  drug  are  sufficient 
for  symptomatic  relief.  When  estrogenic  effect 
on  the  tissues  is  desired,  however,  larger  doses 
are  required. 

Toxic  Effects 

Two  of  the  thirty  patients  were  unable  to  take 
the  drug  because  of  nausea  and  vomiting.  These 
manifestations  appear  soon  after  ingestion  of  the 
drug,  and  disappeared  within  twenty-four  hours 
after  its  discontinuation.  The  nausea  and  vomit- 
ing promptly  reappeared  when  diethylstilbestrol 
was  again  administered.  Three  patients  expe- 
rienced slight  nausea  when  diethylstilbestrol  was 
given  daily;  reduction  of  dosage  to  0.5  mg.  two 
to  four  times  weekly  relieved  the  flushes  without 
the  appearance  of  nausea.  One  patient  devel- 
oped headaches  when  taking  0.5  mg.  of  diethyl- 
stilbestrol daily,  but  had  no  difficulty  when  the 
same  amount  was  taken  on  alternate  days.  On 
this  lower  dosage  the  patient  continued  to  remain 
almost  completely  free  from  her  previous  meno- 
pausal symptoms.  Vaginal  bleeding  was  not  ob- 
served with  the  doses  of  diethylstilbestrol  used 
in  this  study.  In  some  of  the  patients  the  drug 
exerted  a mild  laxative  effect. 

Summary  and  Conclusions 

Adequate  therapeutic  effect  in  the  majority  of 
menopausal  patients  can  be  obtained  from  small 
doses  of  diethylstilbestrol,  equivalent  to  0.5  mg. 
three  to  seven  times  weekly.  The  clinical  re- 
sults are  similar  to  those  following  the  admin- 
istration of  the  natural  estrogens.  Nausea  and 
vomiting  appeared  in  about  seven  per  cent  of  the 
series  of  thirty  patients  treated.  These  side  ef- 
fects disappeared  promptly  upon  discontinuance 
of  the  drug.  Small  doses  of  diethylstilbestrol 
will  produce  satisfactory  relief  of  symptoms  in 
most  of  the  menopausal  patients ; but  when  histo- 
logic evidence  of  estrogenic  effect  is  needed,  as 

875 


TRAUMATIC  SHOCK— HANELIN 


in  senile  vaginitis,  larger  doses  of  about  1.0  mg. 
daily  appear  to  be  required. 

136  E.  Michigan  Ave. 


Bibliography 

1.  Buxton,  C.  L.,  and  Engle,  E.  T. : Jour.  A.M.A.,  113:2318, 
(December)  1939. 

2.  Dodds,  E.  C.,  Lawson,  W.,  and  Noble,  R.  L. : Lancet, 
1:1389  (June  18)  1938. 

3.  Loeser,  A.:  Ztschr,  f.  d.  dges.  exper.  Med.,  105:430, 

(April)  1939.  Klin.  Wchnschr.,  18:346,  (March  11)  1939. 

4.  MacBryde,  C.  M.,  Freedman,  H.,  and  Loeffel,  E. : Jour- 
A.M.A.,  113-2320,  (December)  1939. 

5.  Mazer,  C.:  Jour.  C)bst.  and  Gynec.,  40:138,  (July)  1940. 

6.  Payne,  F.  L.,  and  Muckle,  C.  W. : Jour.  Obst.  and 

Gynec.,  40:135,  (July)  1940. 

7.  Payne,  S.,  and  Shelton,  E.  K. : Endocrinology,  27:45, 

(July)  1940. 

8.  Selye,  Hans:  Canad.  Med.  Assn.  Jour.,  41  :48-49,  (July) 
1939. 

9.  Sevringhaus,  E.  L. : Jour.  A.M.A.,  114:685,  (February 

24)  1940. 

^=Msms__ 


The  Modern  Treatment 


of  Tranmatic  Shock"" 


Henry  A.  Hanelin,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Illinois  College  of  Medi- 
cine, 1934.  Attending  Surgeon  at  St.  Mary’s 
Hospital,  and  Associate  Attending  Surgeon  at 
St.  Luke’s  Hospital,  Marquette.  Member, 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 


By  Henry  A.  Hanelin,  M.D. 
Marquette,  Michigan 


■ The  recent  impetus  to  the  study  of  shock  has 
been  more  or  less  promulgated  by  the  advent  of 
World  War  II ; however,  important  observations 
and  deductions  were  elicited  during  World  War 
I.  A number  of  investigators®’^’®’^^’^^’^^’^®’^®’^® 
formulated  a basis  for  future  studies  regarding 
the  mechanism  and  treatment  of  shock.  Due 
credit  must  be  given  to  the  various  British, 
Canadian,  and  American  scientists  who  have 
brought  forth  certain  observations  which  have 
helped  to  clarify  some  of  the  various  mechanisms 
concerned  in  the  mechanism  of  shock. 

Blalock^  states  “shock  is  an  all  inclusive  term 
which  denotes  a disturbance  in  the  circulation 
that  is  characterized  by  a diminution  in  the  venous 
return  of  blood  to  the  heart.  This  holds  true, 
in  general,  because  the  heart  itself  is  not  at  fault 
and  is  able  to  propel  the  blood  that  returns  to  it. 
The  diminution  in  the  venous  return  usually 
results  from  a decrease  in  the  ratio  of  the  volume 
of  blood  in  circulation  to  the  capacity  of  the 


*Presented  before  a joint  meeting  of  the  Marquette-Alger, 
Delta-Schoolcraft,  Dickinson-Iron  County  Medical  Societies. 
Symposium  on  Intestinal  Obstruction  and  Shock.  March  25, 
1941. 


vascular  tree,  due  to  a decrease  in  the  volume  of 
circulating  blood  or  to  an  increase  in  the  capacity 
of  the  vascular  bed  or  both.”  From  this  state- 
ment one  gathers  that  the  relative  expansion  and 
decrease  of  the  peripheral  vascular  bed  is  due  to 
certain  toxic  factors  which  disturb  the  relative 
tonus  of  the  more  or  less  elastic  osmotic  mechan- 
isms which  tend  to  maintain  certain  normal  re- 
lationships between  the  circulating  blood  volume 
and  the  peripheral  vascular  and  tissue  spaces. 

Cowell®  reemphasizes  the  fact  that  wound 
shock  is  a condition  of  failure  of  the  circulation 
in  that  failure  of  the  circulation  gives  rise  to  a 
drop  in  blood  pressure,  reduction  of  the  body 
temperature,  diminution  of  the  blood  volume  and 
concentration  of  the  blood,  intracellular  anoxemia, 
and,  in  untreated  cases,  subsequent  death. 

Cressman  and  Blalock^®  state  that  all  cases  of 
shock  are  not  referable  to  one  etiology  and  various 
classifications  have  been  devised  to  distinguish 
them.  Thus  primary  and  secondary  shock  have 
long  been  used.  Primary  shock  refers  to  the  im- 
mediate collapse  following  injury  as  contrasted 
with  secondary  shock  which  comes  on  after  a 
variable  interval  following  the  trauma. 

Primary  shock  has  usually  been  interpreted  as 
the  immediate  reaction  of  the  nervous  system  to 
trauma,  similar  to  ordinary  syncope,  initiated  by 
a peripheral  vasodilation,  probably  in  the  splanch- 
nic area  with  a sudden  fall  in  blood  pressure, 
leading  to  unconsciousness.  Primary  shock  often 
merges  imperceptibly  into  secondary  shock. 
Blalock^  has  suggested  a physiologic  classifica- 
tion on  the  basis  of  acute  circulatory  failure,  the 
different  types  being  designated  as  hematogenic, 
neurogenic,  and  vasogenic.  Hematogenic  refers 
to  those  instances  in  which  there  is  an  initial 
decrease  in  the  blood  volume  which  is  followed 
by  a compensatory  vasoconstriction  and  a de- 
crease in  the  output  of  the  heart  and  subsequently 
by  a decline  in  the  blood  pressure.  The  conditions 
associated  with  simple  hemorrhage  and  trauma  to 
the  muscles  are  examples  of  this  type.  The 
neurogenic  type  is  associated  with  vasodilation 
which  is  dependent  on  diminished  constrictor 
tone  as  a result  of  influences  acting  through  the 
nervous  system.  The  blood  pressure  declines 
first  and  subsequently  there  is  decrease  in  the 
blood  volume  and  the  cardiac  output.  The  vaso- 
genic type  is  associated  with  vasodilation  which  is 
produced  by  agencies  which  act  directly  on  the 
blood  vessels  and  capillaries ; histamine  probably 


876 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TRAUMATIC  SHOCK— HANELIN 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  SHOCK 


Type 

Cause 

Pathologic  Physiology 

Hematogenic 
Secondary  Shock 
Gravis  Type 

1.  Hemorrhage 

2.  Excessive  Trauma 

3.  Burns 

4.  Difficult  Obstetrical 
Labor 

Tissue  response  to  excessive  trauma 
“Blalock” 

(Hemoconcentration  or  dilution  depending  on  relative 
losses  of  whole  blood  and  plasma) 

1 

Injury  Local  loss  Decrease  in  Decrease  ven- 

to  — of  whole  — blood  volume  — ous  return  and 

tissues  blood  and  and  blood  flow  cardiac  output 

plasma  to  tissues 

Vasoconstrictions  ) Further  decrease  — Vasodilatation 

Decrease  blood  pressure  3 blood  volume 
Tissue  anoxia  — General  capillary  dilatation 
and  increase  in  permeability 

Neurogenic 

Primary  Shock 
(Syncope) 

1.  Trauma  to  Viscera 

2.  Spinal  Anesthesia 

3.  Postural  Hypotension 

4.  Carotid  Sinus  Irrit- 
ab'lity 

1.  Trauma  to  mesentery  causes  a general  decrease  in  vascular 
tone  and  reflex  inhibition  of  the  heart  through  the  vagus 
nerve. 

2.  Primary  alteration  is  vasodilation  on  diminished  constrictor 
tone  as  a result  of  influences  acting  through  the  nervous 
system. 

Vasogenic 

1.  Histamine 

2.  Nitrites 

3.  Addison’s  Disease 

Direct  action  of  toxic  agencies  on  blood  vessels. 

exerts  most  of  its  effects  in  this  manner.  Un- 
fortunately, no  one  type  of  shock  is  usually 
present,  since  the  interrelationship  of  the  various 


! or  noxious  factors  present. 

Grodins  an^Freeman^^  state  that  the  following 
‘ changes  in  the  blood  and  circulation  are  generally 
agreed  upon  as  occurring  in  traumatic  shock; 

1.  Capillary  stagnation,  which  leads  to  reduction  of 
the  effective  blood  volume  (oligemia),  as  evidenced 
by : 

a.  Hemoconcentration. 

b.  A decrease  in  venous  return  to  the  heart  with  a 
resulting  reduction  in  cardiac  output. 

c.  A decrease  in  circulating  blood  volume  by 
exemia. 

2.  Decreased  tone  of  skeletal  muscles,  decreased  arter- 
ial pressure,  collapsed  veins,  and  depressed  respira- 
tion. 

3.  Anoxemia. 

4.  Decrease  in  the  alkali  reserve  (sodium  bicarbonate) 
of  the  blood  (acarbia). 

5.  Partial  compensation  for  the  tendency  to  acidosis 
by  a reduction  in  the  carbonic-acid  content  of  the 
blood  (acapnia). 

6.  An  actual  decrease  in  the  pH  of  the  blood 
(acidemia  or  hyperhydria),  which  results  because 
of  the  fact  that  there  is  only  partial  compensation 
for  the  acidosis. 

7.  A rise  in  the  plasma  potassium,  which  is  interpreted 
as  an  indication  of  a disturbance  in  cell  perme- 
ability. 


Moon^*  states  that  circulatory  failure  of  capil- 
lary origin  results  from  a disparity  between  the 
volume  of  blood  and  the  volume  capacity  of  the 
vascular  system.  That  disparity  results  from  the 
reciprocal  effects  of  two  major  factors,  capillary 
atony,  and  tissue  anoxia.  Either  of  these  factors 
will  cause  development  of  the  other,  and  this 
reciprocal  reaction  gives  the  circulatory  deficiency 
a self-perpetuating  quality  which  tends  toward  an 
irreversible  condition.  This  tendency  tow'ard  ir- 
reversibility requires  early  recognition  and  action, 
and  early  studies  will  reveal  hemoconcentration. 
The  circulatory  deficiency  which  results  from 
capillary  atony  is  accompanied  by  a group  of 
characteristic  visceral  pathologic  changes.  These 
are  capillo-venous  congestion  in  the  thoracic  and 
abdominal  viscera,  edema  of  the  soft  tissue  (such 
as  lungs  and  mucosa)  effusion  into  serous  cavi- 
ties, and  petechial  hemorrhage  in  parenchymatous 
organs,  in  serous  and  in  mucous  surfaces. 

Cannon®  states  that  a prolonged  low  blood 
pressure  is  attended  by  a deficient  supply  of 
oxygen  to  the  tissues ; undoubtedly  nerve  cells  are 
peculiarly  sensitive  to  a lack  of  oxygen,  and  there- 
fore persistence  of  the  state  of  shock  may  result 
ultimately  in  the  loss  of  vasomotor  tone,  with 
resultant  exhaustion  of  the  nerve  cells  due  to  a 
relative  anemia. 


November,  1941 


877 


TRAUMATIC  SHOCK— HANELIN 


Selye,  Dosne,  Basset,  and  Whittaker^^  ob- 
served that  animals  exposed  to  various  damag- 
ing  agents  responded  with  a syndrome  of  an 
“alarm  reaction,”  and  that  this  alarm  reaction 
consists  of  two  phases;  the  first  of  which  is 
the  phase  of  shock,  characterized  by  loss  of 
muscular  tone,  decrease  in  body  temperature, 
decrease  in  blood  volume  with  transudation  of 
plasma  into  the  tissue  spaces,  anuria,  a rapid 
fall  in  blood  chlorides  and  often  also  in  blood 
sugar,  hemorrhages  into  the  gastro-intestinal 
tract,  and  other  changes,  all  of  which  are 
generally  accepted  as  typical  of  shock.  During 
this  stage  the  organism  is  obviously  damaged 
and  many  experimental  animals  die.  The 
duration  of  this  shock  phase  depends  on  the 
severity  of  the  agent  used  and  on  the  resistance 
of  the  animal,  and  varies  between  one  and 
thirty-six  hours  in  the  rat. 

Immediately  following  this  stage  an  entirely 
different  set  of  symptoms  appear  which  might 
descriptively  be  referred  to  as  “countershock.” 
During  this  second  phase  the  most  outstanding 
morphological  changes  are  marked  enlarge- 
ment of  the  adrenal  cortex,  severe  atrophy  of 
the  thymus  and  to  a lesser  degree  of  other 
lymphatic  organs.  Most  of  the  changes  char- 
acteristic of  shock  have  not  only  disappeared 
but  are  actually  reversed  during  the  counter- 
shock period.  Thus  the  blood  chlorides  and 
the  blood  volume  tend  to  rise  above  normal, 
diuresis  is  excessive,  and  the  temperature  rises. 
Since  adrenalectomized  animals  are  unable  to 
develop  a clear-cut  countershock  response  and 
at  the  same  time  show  a very  low  resistance 
against  damaging  agents,  and  since  the  adren- 
als reveal  obvious  signs  of  increased  activity, 
especially  during  the  countershock  phase  of 
the  alarm  reaction,  they  concluded  that  the 
adrenals  play  an  important  role  in  shock  de- 
fense. 

Their  investigations  in  the  rat  indicated  how- 
ever that  in  traumatic  shock  the  adrenals  always 
show  characteristic  changes.  The  cortical  cells 
discharge  their  lipid  granules  (probably  the 
carriers  of  the  cortical  hormones)  and  become 
greatly  enlarged.  Mitotic  proliferation  of  these 
cells  is  likewise  not  uncommon,  and  as  a result 
of  these  changes  the  weight  and  size  of  the  glands 
are  greatly  increased.  The  adrenal  medulla  loses 
its  chromaffin  granules,  which  is  taken  to  indicate 


that  it  discharges  adrenalin  into  the  blood.  These 
changes  were  observed  following  all  types  of 
surgical  injuries,  such  as  excessive  muscular 
excercise,  exposure  to  cold,  or  treatment  with 
toxic  doses  of  various  drugs,  the  adrenals  show 
the  same  histologic  changes  as  are  seen  in  cases 
of  trauma.  Following  all  these  injuries  the  more 
the  adrenals  enlarge,  the  more  pronounced  is  the 
thymus  involution.  This  led  them  to  conclude 
that  excessive  adrenal  activity  and  thymus  in- 
volution are  both  parts  of  the  same  general 
defense  reaction  against  damage,  namely,  the 
“alarm  reaction.”  The  fact  that  in  adrenalecto- 
mized animals,  which  develop  all  other  signs  of 
shock  very  readily,  the  thymus  fails  to  involute 
during  exposure  to  stress  and  strain  gave  further 
support  to  their  contention  that  the  adrenal  en- 
largement and  the  thymus  atrophy  are  counter- 
shock phenomena.  The  question  arose,  however, 
what  part  of  the  adrenal  is  essential  for  shock 
defense?  Cannon’s  well  known  work  on  the 
emergency  secretion  of  adrenalin  during  exposure 
to  damage  made  it  rather  likely  that  this  hormone 
is  the  one  which  is  primarily  involved  in  counter- 
shock phenonema.  Certain  other  facts  known  at 
that  time  pointed  in  the  same  direction.  Thus 
Kellaway  and  Cowell  noted  that  in  adrenalec- 
tomized cats,  which  are  very  sensitive  to  hista- 
mine, resistance  against  this  compound  is  greatly 
improved  by  adrenalin  administration.  However, 
as  Selye  et  al.  have  shown,  overdosage  with 
adrenalin  will  initiate  a subsequent  shock  state 
and  lethal  doses  of  adrenalin  fail  to  cause 
thymus  involution  in  the  adrenalectomized  rat, 
while  cortin  given  in  sufficiently  large  doses  is 
effective  in  this  respect.  It  is  further  observ^ed 
that  the  toxic  effects  of  adrenalin  are  counter- 
acted by  cortin  in  the  adrenalectomized  rat.  These 
experiments  confirmed  their  belief  that  it  is 
primarily  an  increased  adrenal  cortical  secretion 
which  is  responsible  for  the  development  of 
resistance  in  the  countershock  phase. 

They  also  showed  that  cortin  antagonized  both 
insulin  hypo-glycemia  and  adrenalin  hyper- 
glycemia in  the  rat  which  furnished  another  proof 
that  cortical  hormone  acts  as  a “stabilizer”  of 
metabolic  processes  even  in  the  non-adrenalec- 
tomized  animal. 

The  fact  that  cortical  hormone  therapy  exerts 
beneficial  effects  in  so  many  different  conditions 
makes  it  rather  likely  that  the  hormone  is  not  a 
specific  antidote  in  any  one  of  these  cases  but 


878 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TRAUMATIC  SHOCK— HANELIN 


raises  shock  resistance  in  general  because  a con- 
dition of  relative  “adrenal  insufficiency”  exists 
in  organisms  exposed  to  nonspecific  damage. 
The  clinical  observations  concerning  the  curative 
action  of  cortin  in  surgical  shock  likewise  ap- 
peared to  point  in  this  direction,  but  in  patients 
suffering  from  shock  cortin  has  so  far  never  been 
used  without  the  simultaneous  administration  of 
other  therapeutic  agents,  and  no  animal  experi- 
ments have  yet  been  published  on  the  action  of 
cortin  in  surgical  shock. 

Treatment 

From  the  above  review  of  current  literature  it 
is  quite  obvious  that  the  treatment  of  traumatic 
shock  resolves  itself  into  a rectification  of  the 
disturbances  which  are  associated  with  a pro- 
found vasomotor  and  cellular  disfunction,  name- 
ly: hemoconcentration,  anoxemia,  acarbia,  acap- 
nia, and  oligemia. 

Minot  and  Blalock’^’'  state  that  the  transfusion 
of  blood  plasma  is  probably  the  method  of  choice 
for  the  restoration  of  plasma  volume.  The  use 
of  plasma  rather  than  whole  blood  avoids  further 
burdening  of  the  circulation  with  cellular  ele- 
ments which  are  already  present  in  high  concen- 
tration. Volume  for  volume  plasma  transfusions 
introduce  protein  approximately  twice  as  fast  as 
when  whole  blood  is  given. 

Scudder,^^  Swingle,  Parkins,  Taylor,  Hays,^“ 
Reed^^  and  Corrado^^  have  shown  that  the  mere 
replacement  of  glucose  and  electrolytes  in  trau- 
matic shock  is  ineffective  in  controlling  the  mor- 
bid symptomatology  unless  massive  doses  of 
adrenal  cortex  hormone  are  given  intravenously, 
subcutaneously,  and  in  certain  cases  orally.  The 
adrenal  cortex  homone  seems  to  be  essential  in 
stabilizing  not  only  the  electrolytes  but  also  in 
maintaining  the  normal  oncotic  relationship  be- 
tween the  carbohydrates  and  proteins  of  the  tis- 
sue spaces. 

Reed^^  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  serum 
potassium  is  elevated  during  shock  and  that  this 
increase  is  proportionate  to  the  severity  of  the 
shocked  condition  of  the  patient;  this  fact  being 
previously  emphasized  by  Scudder.  He  further 
shows  that  the  administration  of  adrenal  cortex 
hormone  is  helpful  in  controlling  the  coagulabil- 
ity of  the  blood. 

Ravdin^°  showed  that  in  the  presence  of  hypo- 
proteinemia  attempts  to  restore  a normal  fluid 
and  electrolyte  balance  without  at  the  same 


time  increasing  the  colloid  osmotic  pressure  by 
adding  to  the  plasma  protein  too  frequently  re- 
sults in  adding  to  the  extravascular  fluid  re- 
serves. Therefore,  it  would  seem  logical  to  sum- 
marize the  various  beneficial  effects  of  plasma 
transfusion  at  this  time  as  a corrective  measure 
in  overcoming  hypoproteinemia  and  hemoconcen- 
tration. 

Silverman^^  and  Katz^®  have  beautifully  sum- 
marized the  indications  for  plasma  transfusion 
and  state  that  plasma  besides  being  given  in- 
travenously can  be  given  per  hypodermoclysis  and 
intramuscularly  when  the  condition  of  the  pa- 
tient is  such  that  the  accessible  veins  cannot  be 
readily  reached,  and  that  the  rate  of  absorption 
is  an  individual  matter  but  roughly  approximates 
that  of  physiological  saline. 

Physiological  Properties  of  Plasma 

Plasma  is  essentially  the  liquid  portion  of 
blood  separated  without  clotting,  while  serum  is 
the  liquid  portion  remaining  after  clotting  has 
taken  place.  Plasma  may  be  considered  a liquid 
solution  of  three  important  proteins,  albumin, 
globulin,  and  fibrinogen.  The  total  protein  con- 
tent of  normal  plasma  may  vary  from  6.5  to  8.5 
Gm.  per  100  c.c. 

Plasma  is  the  ideal  physiological  fluid  for  the 
maintenance  of  blood  volume.  The  red  blood 
cells  abstracted  from  the  plasma  are  in  no  way 
effectual  in  exerting  any  colloid  osmotic  pressure. 
This  is  the  function  of  the  plasma  proteins,  and 
it  is  this  property  which  makes  possible  the  use- 
fulness of  stored  plasma  in  those  emergencies 
where  blood  pressures  have  fallen  to  a dangerous 
state.  The  fleeting  effects  of  the  electrolytes, 
glucose,  and  adrenalin  as  measures  of  overcom- 
ing shock  are  well  known. 

The  hemostatic  effect  of  citrated  plasma  prob- 
ably resides  in  its  several  protein  fractions, 
fibrinogen,  platelets,  and  prothrombin  content. 

Types  of  Available  Plasma 

At  present  there  are  two  types  of  plasma  being 
used,  the  wet  and  the  dry.  Wet  plasma  is  de- 
fined as  the  liquid  plasma  separated  from  im- 
clotted  blood  and  is  either  unmodified  or  diluted 
with  saline  or  glucose.  By  dry  plasma  is  meant 
plasma  which  has  been  subjected  to  various  dry- 
ing procedures  and  finally  put  up  as  a powder 
for  ultimate  regeneration  with  distilled  water 
when  needed. 


November,  1941 


879 


TRAUMATIC  SHOCK— HANELIN 


Medical  Indications  For  Plasma 

A.  Gastro-intestinal  Conditions 

1.  Nutritional  edema  and  hypoproteinemias 

(a)  Exogenous 

(b)  Endogenous 

2.  Hemorrhagic  gastro-intestinal  states 

(a)  Hemorrhagic  gastritis 

(b)  Bleeding  gastric  or  duodenal  ulcer 

(c)  Ulcerative  lesions  of  the  large  intestine. 

3.  Postoperative  obstruction  complicating  gas- 
tric surgery 

4.  Infections 

(a)  Bacillary  dysentery 

(b)  Peritonitis  following  a ruptured  viscus 

B.  Nephritic  and  Nephrotic  States. 

1.  Anurias 

C.  Cardiac  States 

Surgical  Indications  For  Plasma 

A.  Shock. 

1.  Primary 

2.  Secondary 

B.  Dehydration 

C.  Burns 

D.  Wound  healing  and  wound  disruption 

E.  Increased  intracranial  pressure 

F.  Postoperative  pulmonary  atelectasis  and  edema 

G.  Pre-anesthetic  preparation  of  bad  risk  liver 

To  determine  from  a therapeutic  standpoint  whether 
blood  plasma  or  salt  is  indicated,  three  fundamental 
procedures  must  be  carried  out : 

1.  The  determination  of  the  number  of  red  blood 
cells  per  c.mm. 

2.  The  relative  volume  as  determined  by  the  hemato- 
crit. This  is  obtained  by  centrifuging  a constant 
quantity  of  blood  to  a constant  volume  and  calculat- 
ing the  ratio  of  the  volume  of  packed  cells  to 
plasma.  The  hematocrit  in  men  varies  between  43 
to  50  per  cent,  and  in  women  from  38  to  43  per 
cent. 

3.  Estimation  of  the  total  blood  proteins  is  made 
through  an  indirect  method  of  determining  the 
specific  gravity  of  the  blood  plasma. 

Wherever  possible  the  above  information  should  be 
elicited  as  a guide  to  therapy ; with  constant  repeti- 
tion until  the  patient  is  in  normal  balance. 

Oxygen  Therapy  In  The  Treatment  Of  Shock 

As  has  been  shown  in  the  preceding  discussion, 
anoxia  is  one  of  the  most  important  symptoms  of 
the  deficiency  state  seen  in  traumatic  shock,  and 
as  Aub  and  Cunningham^  have  shown,  traumatic 
shock  causes  a marked  slowing  of  the  blood  flow 
and  a marked  decrease  in  the  oxygen  content  of 
the  venous  blood  from  an  average  of  12.3  vol- 
umes per  cent  to  4.8  vols.  per  cent.  There  is  an 
associated  reduction  of  the  oxygen  content  in  the 
arterial  blood  from  an  average  of  17.2  vol.  per 


cent  to  12.8  vol.  per  cent.  Boothby,  Mayo,  and 
Lovelace^  have  shown  that  the  inhalation  of 
oxygen  not  only  results  in  an  increase  in  the 
oxygen  in  chemical  combination  with  hemoglobin, 
but  in  a substantial  increase  in  the  amount  of 
oxygen  in  physical  solution  in  the  blood  plasma. 
They  show  that : 

“The  amount  of  oxygen  in  100  c.c.  of  arterial  blood 
of  the  average  normal  individual  will  be  increased 
from  19.5  c.c.  when  the  individual  is  inhaling  air  to 
22.2  c.c.  when  he  is  inhaling  100  per  cent  oxygen.  That 
is,  there  will  be  an  increase  from  10  to  15  per  cent  in 
the  oxygen  content  of  the  arterial  blood.  At  first 
thought,  this  10  to  15  per  cent  increase  appears  to  be 
comparatively  small  and  possibly  negligible.  That  this 
increase  is  not  immaterial,  however,  depends  on  anoth- 
er factor ; namely,  the  rate  at  which  the  blood  is 
circulating  through  the  tissues.  The  blood  as  it  passes 
through  the  capillaries  gives  up  to  the  tissues,  under 
normal  circulatory  conditions,  only  about  40  per  cent 
of  its  load  of  oxygen ; the  venous  blood,  therefore,  is 
still  about  60  per  cent  saturated,  and  the  average  partial 
pressure  of  oxygen  in  the  capillaries  will  correspond 
to  approximately  35  mm.  of  mercurj'  (effect  of  carbon 
dioxide  neglected).  If  for  any  reason  the  rate  of  cir- 
culation is  decreased,  as  occurs  for  example  in  shock, 
the  blood  may  give  up  as  much  as,  or  even  more  than, 
80  per  cent  of  its  load  of  oxygen  as  it  passes  slowly 
through  the  capillaries ; therefore,  the  venous  blood  is 
only  20  per  cent  saturated  and  will  exert  a pressure 
equivalent  to  approximately  14  mm.  instead  of  35  mm. 
of  mercury.  Now,  if  nothing  else  is  done  but  to  cause 
the  patient  to  inspire  100  per  cent  oxygen,  instead  of 
the  21  per  cent  of  oxygen  contained  in  the  air,  the 
arterial  blood  which  leaves  the  lungs  will  contain,  as 
has  been  shown,  2.2  c.c.  more  oxygen  per  100  c.c.  In 
consequence  the  capillary  and  venous  blood  which 
leaves  the  lungs  will  contain  from  10  to  15  per  cent 
more  and  will  be  33  per  cent  saturated  instead  of  20 
per  cent  saturated.  There  will  be  a corresponding 
increase  in  the  partial  pressure  of  oxygen  in  the 
capillaries,  from  14  to  21  mm.,  which  is  the  equivalent 
of  a 50  per  cent  increase  in  the  pressure  of  oxygen  in 
the  tissues.” 

These  authors  also  point  out  the  role  of  a 
moderate  elevation  of  the  body  temperature  in 
increasing  the  arterial  oxygen  content.* 

Summary  and  Conclusion 

In  recapitulation  of  the  pathological  physiology 
that  is  present  when  a state  of  traumatic  shock 
ensues,  hemoconcentration,  tissue  anoxia  and 
hypoproteinemia  associated  with  degenerative 
changes  in  the  suprarenal  glands  both  in  the 
cortex  and  the  medulla  are  the  paramount  dis- 

*Since  this  paper  was  presented  Schnedorf  and  Orr="  have  re- 
emphasized that  the  inhalation  of  a high  concentration  of  oxygen 
is  indicated  in  the  treatment  of  traumatic  shock. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


880 


TRAUMATIC  SHOCK— HANELIN 


turbances  which  must  be  rectified  before  irrevers- 
ible changes  occur. 

1.  The  immediate  administration  of  the 
adrenal  cortex  hormone  intravenously  or  sub- 
cutaneously should  be  started  as  soon  as  the  pa- 
tient is  admitted  to  the  receiving  room  and  not 
one-half  hour  or  an  hour  later  after  the  patient 
has  been  admitted  to  the  surgical  service,  where  if 
it  is  necessary  the  dose  may  be  repeated.  (Com- 
pound dosage  of  adrenal  cortex  hormone  is  usual- 
ly necessary.) 

2.  The  practical  advantages  of  plasma  over 
whole  blood  transfusions  in  the  treatment  of 
traumafic  shock  are : 

(a)  There  is  no  need  to  type  the  patient.  Time 
is  therefore  saved  and  the  plasma  can  be  actually 
running  into  the  vein  within  five  minutes  of  the 
patient’s  admission  to  the  hospital. 

(b)  The  plasma  can  be  kept  in  liquid  form  for 
long  periods  without  deterioration. 

(c)  There  is  no  need  for  elaborate  refrigera-^ 
tion. 

(d)  Plasma  is  equally  effective  in  the  treat- 
ment of  transfusions  for  hemorrhage  as  whole 
blood  is.  The  loss  of  red  cells  from  the  body  is 
unimportant  unless  it  is  accompanied  by  sufficient 
loss  of  plasma  to  reduce  the  blood  volume. 

3.  Administration  of  high  concentrations  of 
oxygen  to  overcome  the  tissue  anoxia  should  be 
started  as  soon  as  the  patient  is  admitted  in  the 
state  of  shock. 

4.  The  application  of  external  heat  to  con- 
serve the  body  temperature  is  essential  since 
most  patients  admitted  in  traumatic  shock  have  a 
vasoconstrictor  type  of  circulatory  failure. 

5.  The  intelligent  use  of  the  stimulating  and 
pain  relieving  drugs  is  very  essential  and  here- 
with are  listed  the  therapeutic  armamentarium 
available  in  the  treament  of  the  various  phases  of 
traumatic  shock : 

(a)  For  the  type  of  peripheral  circulatory  fail- 
ure in  which  vasodilation  is  an  early  prominent 
feature  the  use  of  a number  of  vasoconstrictor 
drugs  has  been  recommended ; among  those 
which  have  been  recommended  are ; epinephrine, 
ephedrine,  caffeine,  neosynephrin  hydrochloride, 
ether,  strychnine,  coramine,  cardiazol  benzedrine, 
pitressin,  paredrin,  paredrinol,  camphor. 


(b)  Morphine  is  excellent  for  the  prevention 
or  the  relief  of  pain  and  restlessness,  and  contra- 
indicated where  intracranial  injuries  are  sus- 
pected. 

(c)  Papaverine  hydrochloride,  spasmalgen, 
and  insulin-free  pancreatic  extracts  may  be  used 
where  the  prominent  feature  of  the  peripheral 
circulatory  failure  is  vasoconstriction. 

I 

6.  The  modern  treatment  of  shock  is  therefore 
limited  to  the  introduction  into  the  body  of  a 
metabolic  stabilizer;  namely,  adrenal  cortex  hor- 
mone, and  the  reestablishment  of  the  osmotic 
pressure  disturbances  in  the  tissues  by  the  ad- 
ministration of  plasma  and  oxygen. 


Addendum 

Recently  Henry  N.  Harkins  in  an  article  entitled: 
“Treatment  of  Shock  in  War  Time,”  [War  Medicine, 
1 :520-535,  (July)  1941]  reemphasized  that  shock  is  a 
progressive  vaso-constrictive  eligemic  anoxia  and  that 
treatment  resolves  around  this  definition. 

Due  to  the  limited  amounts  of  plasma  available  and 
the  prohibitive  cost  to  the  patient  at  times,  various 
substitutes  are  being  used  with  the  same  beneficial  effects 
as  those  exerted  by  blood  plasma,  namely  the  use  of 
0.5  per  cent  pure  pectin  solution  [Hartman,  F.  W. ; 
Schelling,  Victor ; Harkins,  Henry  N. ; Brush,  B. : 
Pectin  solution  as  a blood  substitute.  Ann.  Surg.,  114: 
212-225,  (Aug.)  1941]  and  isinglass  or  fish  gelatin  which 
is  prepared  from  the  sounds  or  swimming  bladders  of 
various  species  (sturgeon,  hake,  sea  trout,  et  cetera) 
[Taylor,  N.  B.,  and  Waters,  E.  T. : Isinglass  as  a 
transfusion  fluid  in  hemorrhage.  Canadian  Med  Jour., 
44:547-554,  (June)  1941]. — The  Author. 


Bibliography 


1.  Aub,  J.  C.,  and  Cunningham,  T.  D.:  Am.  Jour.  Physiol., 
54:408,  1920. 

2.  Blalock,  Alfred:  Shock  or  peripheral  circulatory  failure. 

South.  Surg.,  7:150,  (April)  1938. 

3.  Blalock,  Alfred:  Principles  of  Surgical  Care,  Shock  and 

Other  Problems,  pp.  91-173.  St.  Louis,  Mo.:  C.  V.  Mosby 
Co.,  1940. 

4.  Boothby,  W.  M.,  Mayo,  C.  W.,  and  Lovelace,  W.  R. : 
Jour.  A.M.A.,  113:477,  1939. 

5.  Cannon,  W.  B.:  Traumatic  Shock.  New  York:  Appleton 

and  Co.,  1923. 

6.  Cannon,  Walter  B.:  A consideration  of  possible  toxic  and 

nervous  factors  in  the  production  of  traumatic  shock. 

Ann.  Surg.,  100:704,  (October)  1934. 

7.  Cannon  and  Bayliss:  Gr.  Brit.  Med.  Res.  Comm.  Rep., 
26:19,  1919. 

8.  Cornioley  and  Kotzareff:  Rev.  de  chir..  Par.,  59:233,  1921. 

9.  Cowell,  E.  M. : The  prevention  and  treatment  of  shock. 
British  Med.  Jour.,  1:883,  (April  29)  1939. 

10.  Cressman,  Ralph  D.,  and  Blalock,  Alfred:  Shock.  A con- 

sideration of  prevention  and  treatment.  Am.  Jour.  Surg., 
46:317,  (Dec.)  1939. 

11.  Crile,  G.  W.:  Surgical  Shock  and  Shockless  Operation 

^ Through  Anoci  Association.  Philadelphia:  Saunders,  1920. 

12.  Corrado,  Pietro:  Adrenal  cortical  hormone  in  surgery. 

Med.  Times,  (April)  1941. 

13.  Grodins,  F.  S.,  and  Freeman,  S. : Traumatic  shock.  Surg., 
Gynec.,  and  Obst.,  72-1;  Int.  Abst.  of  Surg.,  Surg.  and  the 
Basic  Sciences,  1-8,  (Jan.)  1941. 

14.  Mclver,  M.  A.,  and  Haggart,  W.  W. : Traumatic  shock: 

Some  experimental  work  on  crossed  circulation.  Surg., 
Gynec.  and  Obst.,  36:542,  1923. 

(Continued  on  Page  888) 


November,  1941 


881 


END-TO-END  ANASTOMOSIS— MOLLMANN 


End-to-End  Anastnmasis 

Mathematical  Approach  to  the 
Causes  of  the  Marginal 
Gangrene 

By  Arthur  H.  Mollmann,  M.D. 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

Arthur  H.  Mollmann,  M.D. 

University  of  Heidelberg,  Cand.  M.,  Uni- 
versity of  Munich.  M.D.,  University  of  Wtwz- 
bwrg,  1920.  From  1931  to  1939  every  summer 
\p\ost graduate  work  in  Germany  or  Austria. 
Diplomate  of  National  Board,  Washington, 

1937.  Member  of  Gertnan  Surgical  Society, 

Western  Michigan  Trio  logical  Society  and 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■The  success  of  an  end-to-end  intestinal  anas- 
tomosis is  dependent  upon  asepsis,  adequate 
blood  supply,  and  a smooth  approximation  of 
the  serosa. 

A disastrous  marginal  gangrene  in  the  suture 
line  of  an  end-to-end  anastomosis  prefers  in 
most  cases  the  contramesenterial  area.  Concern- 
ing the  causes  of  gangrene,  pathologists  gen- 
erally classify  defective  blood  supply  as  the  first, 
and  bacterial  toxins  as  the  second  factor  of  im- 
portance. While  it  has  long  been  known,  that 
the  difficulties  of  maintaining  asepsis  in  surgery 
upon  the  intestinal  tract  run  parallel  with  the 
abundance  of  putrefactive  bacteria,  and  therefore 
increase  greatly  towards  the  large  bowel  and  the 
rectum,  the  question  of  blood  supply  deserves 
special  consideration  in  the  development  of  a 
marginal  gangrene. 

A mathematical  analysis  is  proposed  giving 
evidence  of  undue  tension  of  the  suture  line 
in  the  contramesenterial  area  as  a necessary 
result  of  our  usual  technique  of  end-to-end 
anastomosis,  leading  to  a localized  anemia  in 
that  portion  of  the  suture  line,  where  most  of 
the  marginal  gangrenes  are  observed.  At  the 
end  of  the  mathematical  analysis  two  meth- 
ods are  offered  to  remedy  the  situation. 

Anatomical  considerations  are  the  basis  of  the 
usual  technique  of  anastomosis.  The  arteries  in 
the  intestinal  wall  take  their  origin  from  the  mes- 
enterial arcades  and  run  perpendicular  to  the 
line  of  mesenterial  attachment  and  parallel  to 
each  other  around  the  lumen  in  such  a manner 
that  only  very  fine  branches  and  capillary  anas- 


tomoses are  found  on  the  contramesenterial  area 
and  between  the  parallel  arteries.  Therefore  a 
longitudinal  incision  exactly  in  the  contramesen- 
terial line  does  not  bleed,  and  an  exact  transverse 
incision  bleeds  very  little.  In  the  large  intestine 
this  vascular  pattern  is  complicated  by  the  fact 
that  the  arteries  in  the  relaxed  bowel  wall  form 
loops  in  the  appendices  epiploicae  which  are  very 
easily  caught  by  the  sutures  (Fig.  1). 


Schmieden:  Surgical  Technique.) 

These  considerations  are  the  main  reason  for 
cutting  the  bowel  not  exactly  transverse,  but  at 
an  oblique  angle,  so  that  an  accurately  placed  su- 
ture line  cannot  obstruct  the  main  arteries  feed- 
ing the  contramesenterial  area.  In  spite  of  this 
precaution  a marginal  gangrene  in  most  cases 
prefers  the  contramesenterial  area.  It  is  occa- 
sionally observed  in  small  bowel  anastomosis  but 
much  more  frequently  in  the  case  of  large  bowel 
anastomosis.  An  interference  with  the  arterial 
loops  in  the  appendices  epiploicae  by  the  suture 
line  does  by  no  means  explain  all  marginal  gan- 
grenes in  the  large  bowel,  because  these  loops 
may  be  found  in  good  shape. 

Therefore  the  following  explanation  is  offered. 
It  is  a peculiar  physical  fact  that  a round  tube — 
as  for  instance  the  human  intestine — which  be- 
tween clamps  in  a flattened  condition  has  been 
divided  by  a straight  but  oblique  cut,  will  not 
find  its  cut  surface  in  a mathematical  plane  but 
in  an  “S”  shaped  or  hypoid  curve,  after  the  tube 
has  been  permitted  to  take  its  original  round 
form  (Fig.  2).  This  “S”  shaped  curve  may  be 
easily  demonstrated  by  cutting  a paper  tube  in 
the  described  manner  and  viewing  the  cut  surface 
from  the  side. 

It  appears  that  this  hypoid  curve  is  of  more 
than  academic  interest  to  the  surgeon  because 


882 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


END-TO-END  ANASTOMOSIS— MOLLMANN 


he  usually  does  not  anticipate  the  degree  of 
“skewness”  of  the  curve,  when  he  cuts  the  flat- 
tened bowel  in  the  described  manner.  That  is 
from  the  mesenteric  attachment  to  the  contra- 
mesenteric  border  in  a straight  but  oblique  line, 
removing  more  tissue  from  the  contramesenteric 
area,  with  the  view  of  securing  an  adequate  blood 
supply  to  the  cut  surface  and  of  decreasing  the 
stenosing  effect  of  the  suture  technique  which 


Bo'wel 


Fig.  2.  (Left)  Flattened  bowel,  cut  at  angle  of  IS  degrees. 
(Right)  Rounded  bowel,  showing  hypoid  curve. 

folds  the  entire  cut  surface  inward  at  least  5 mm 
all  around.  During  the  time  that  the  bowel  con- 
tents are  permitted  to  expand  the  lumen  to  its 
normal  round  shape,  the  hypoid  curve  develops 
along  the  suture  line,  which  of  course  expresses 
itself  as  tension  in  the  contramesenterial  area  due 
to  the  elasticity  of  the  bowel  wall.  Near  the  mes- 
enteric attachment  the  reverse  process  takes 
place,  the  cut  surfaces  being  pushed  together  with 
the  same  force.  With  an  average  diameter  of 
small  intestine  of  30  mm.  and  an  oblique  cut  of 
about  75°  (15°  less  than  a transverse  cut)  the 
hypoid  curve  develops  a tension  in  the  contra- 
mesenteric area  which  is  equivalent  to  the  tension 
of  a gap  of  4.6  mm.  width.  An  oblique  cut  of 
70°  produces  a gap  of  6.2  mm.  With  an  average 
diameter  of  50  mm.  in  the  case  of  large  bowel 
and  an  oblique  cut  of  only  80°  (10°  less  than 
transverse)  a gap  of  5 mm.  width  develops. 

Obviously  the  tension  in  the  suture  line  ap- 
proximating the  contramesenteric  serosa  surfaces 
is  greater  than  in  any  other  portion  of  the  suture 
line,  though  all  sutures  may  have  been  laid  with 
exactly  the  same  tension.  Merely  rounding  out 
the  lumen  of  the  bowel  without  any  particular 
gas  pressure  is  responsible  for  the  hypoid  curve. 
But  as  the  gas  pressure  becomes  excessive,  the 
disproportion  between  the  tension  in  the  contra- 
mesenteric area  and  the  tension  in  the  rest  of  the 
suture  line  increases  greatly.  The  elasticity  of  the 
bowel  wall  in  the  contramesenteric  area  becomes 
exhausted,  and  the  excessive  gas  pressure  will 
tend  to  straighten  out  the  angulation  of  the  bowel 
at  the  point  of  anastomosis  in  the  same  manner. 


as  for  instance  water  pressure  will  straighten  out 
a kinked  garden  hose.  Therefore  the  maximum 
tension  always  will  be  found  in  the  contramesen- 
teric area,  resulting  in  interference  with  the  blood 
supply.  Since  only  small  arteries  and  mostly  cap- 
illaries are  found  in  this  area,  the  blood  pressure 
there  is  correspondingly  lower  and  the  flow  more 
easily  interfered  with.  For  these  reasons  the 
rather  mathematical  hypoid  curve  may  well  serve 
as  one  of  the  factors  in  the  development  of  mar- 
ginal gangrene.  It  explains  the  preference  of  the 
marginal  gangrene  for  the  contramesenterial  area 
in  the  absence  of  other  adequate  causes. 

The  mathematical  evidence  of  the  foregoing 
statements  may  be  analyzed  as  follows ; 


This  formula  proves  that  the  cut  surface  of  the 
inflated  bowel  does  not  lie  in  a plane,  but  in  a 
curve  which  is  symmetrical  to  the  given  ordinate. 
The  character  of  the  curve  may  be  analyzed  by 
the  first  derivative. 


November,  1941 


883 


PREMARITAL  COUNCIL— PIERSON 


I 

s 


At  the  contramesenteric  border  the  variables 
take  the  value 


xr 

X = r and  y = — tg 

2 

dx 

while  the  tangent  takes  the  value  — — infinity. 

dy 

Therefore,  the  tangent  becomes  parallel  to  the 
contramesenteric  border,  proving  the  hypoid 
character  of  the  curve. 

The  turning  point  of  the  curve  does  not  need 
to  be  determined  by  equating  the  second  deriv- 
ative to  zero,  because  its  coincidence  with  the 
y axis  is  too  evident.  The  tangent  in  the  turning 
point  of  the  curve  is  arrived  at  by 

dy 

y (limes  = 0)  and  — ==  tg  9 
dx 

This  tangent  meets  the  mesenteric  or  contra- 
mesenteric line  of  the  inflated  bowel  at  r tg  9 
Therefore,  the  gaping  (or  tension)  between  two 
obliquely  cut  bowel  lumina  at  the  contramesen- 
teric line  will  be  twice 


xr 

(— tg?  — rtg9) 

2 

or  rtg9(x  — 2)=1.14rtg9 


Examples : 

r of  small  bowel  = 15mm,  9 = 15°,  gap  = 4.6mm 
r of  small  bowel  = 15mm,  9 = 20°,  gap  = 6.2mm 
r of  large  bowel  = 25mm,  9=10°,  gap  = 5mm 


Conclusion 

This  mathematical  analysis  also  makes  avail- 
able two  methods  to  remedy  the  effect  of  the 
hypoid  curve.  The  one  is  to  cut  the  flattened 
bowel,  as  usual,  in  a straight  but  oblique  line 
from  the  mesenterial  attachment  to  a point  about 
1 cm.  to  1.8  cm.  from  the  contramesenteric  bor- 
der, from  this  point  the  line  curves  rather  sud- 
denly to  an  almost  transverse  direction  (Fig.  3). 


Fig.  3.  (Left)  Flattened  bowel,  cut  by  suggested  curve. 
(Ri^t)  Rounded  bowel,  hypoid  curve  does  not  develop  in  con- 
tramesenterial  area. 


The  distance  of  1 cm.  to  1.8  cm.  is  an  average 
and  has  been  calculated  from  the  hypoid  curve, 
and  depends  mainly  from  the  diameter  of  the 
bowel.  An  accurately  placed  suture  line  will  not 
be  able  to  obstruct  the  main  arteries  feeding 


the  contramesenterial  area,  the  stenosing  effect 
of  the  suture  line  will  be  decreased,  no  hypoid 
curve  and  no  gap  will  occur  at  the  contramesen- 
terial area,  and  near  the  mesenteric  attachment 
the  cut  surfaces  will  be  pushed  together.  Evi- 
dently the  suture  technique  of  a curved  surface 
can  be  solved  readily  by  the  “open  technique  of 
anastomosis.”  The  different  devices  of  “aseptic 
anastomosis”  cannot  be  readily  applied,  though 
they  are  not  impossible. 

The  second  method  calls  for  a decompression 
of  that  portion  of  the  bowel  that  has  been  anas- 
tomosed. The  hypoid  curve  cannot  develop  and 
cannot  do  any  harm,  as  long  as  the  bowel  tube 
is  not  rounded  out  by  the  pressure  of  its  con- 
tents. 

Experiences  in  Premarital 
Cnnncil  in  Private  Practice 

By  Richard  N.  Pierson,  M.D. 

New  York  City 


Richard  N.  Pierson,  M.D. 

A.B.,  Princeton  University;  M.D., 

College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons, 

Columbia  University,  1918;  Formerly 
Attending  Gynecologist  atid  Obstetrician, 

The  Sloane  Hospital  for  Women,  New 
York.  Fellow,  American  College  of 
Surgeons,  New  York  Obstetric  Society. 

Consulting  Gynecologist  and  Obstetrician 
Stamford  Hospital,  Stamford,  Conn., 
and  Huntington  Hospital,  Huntington, 

L.  I. 

■ The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  give  in  broad 
outline  the  general  point  of  view  that  I have 
acquired  from  my  efforts  to  meet  the  increasing 
demand  for  premarital  examination  and  advice  in 
private  practice.  It  is  doubtless  your  experience, 
as  it  is  mine,  that  the  demand  for  this  service  has 
increased  markedly  in  the  last  ten  years.  Thus 
I share  with  you  the  many  doubts  and  difficulties 
that  I have  experienced  in  these  efforts,  rather 
than  give  you  statistical  analyses  of  case  histor- 
ies, and  well  established  conclusions  as  to  the 
precise  manner  in  which  these  problems  should 
be  handled,  and  the  exact  techniques  that  should 
be  observed  in  their  treatment. 

I have  had  the  good  fortune  for  several  years 
of  belonging  to  a round  table  group  of  specialists 
in  various  fields  of  medicine,  together  with  non- 
medical students  of  the  problem,  organized  under 
the  National  Committee  on  Maternal  Health  with 


884 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PREMARITAL  COUNCIL-PIERSON 


the  guidance  and  direction  of  Dr.  Robert  L. 
Dickinson  and  Dr.  Raymond  Squier.  This  group 
has  met  regularly  throughout  the  winter  months, 
and  we  have  had  the  advantage  of  discussing  in- 
formally many  of  the  problems  that  have  to>  do 
with  marriage  relationships.  My  reaction  to 
these  meetings,  my  experiences  in  practice,  and 
my  study  of  the  now  rather  voluminous  litera- 
ture, have  all  combined  to  impress  me  with  the 
importance  of  the  problem,  with  our  lack  of 
satisfactory  knowledge  about  it,  and,  as  one 
would  expect,  under  these  circumstances,  the 
somewhat  uncertain  and  unsatisfactory  results 
obtained  in  handling  these  cases. 

After  all,  our  medical  experiences  in  this  field 
of  medicine  have  been  of  short  duration.  The 
first  courses  on  marriage  were  started  at  the 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  the  request  of 
the  students  in  1924,  under  President  Henry  W. 
Chase  and  Professor  Ernest  R.  Groves.  I can 
give  you  no  better  perspective  on  the  problem 
than  to  quote  from  the  preface  of  Professor 
Groves’  book,  “Marriage.”  In  describing  the 
origin  of  these  courses  at  the  University  of  N.  C. 
he  says : 

“The  course  has  not  been  a series  of  popular  lectures 
but  a serious  study  of  marriage  in  all  its  aspects.  The 
content  of  the  course  has  not  only  reflected  the  needs 
and  desire  of  the  students  year  by  year,  but  also  the 
reactions  and  suggestions  of  those  who  have  taken 
it  and  have  later  married.  If  it  were  within  the  power 
of  parents  and  teachers  to  retard  sex  maturity  until 
the  individual  was  both  economically  and  biologically 
prepared  to  marry,  there  would  be  less  need  of  a col- 
lege course  attempting  to  anticipate  domestic  experi- 
ence. Nature,  however,  has  given  us  no  choice,  and 
there  is  no  possible  barrier  to  sex  interest  which  any 
educational  organization  can  erect  for  the  shelter  of 
its  youth.  The  policy  that  attempts  this  is  incompatible 
with  the  prevailing  conditions  of  modern  life  and 
merely  means  surrendering  the  opportunity  for  con- 
structive, wholesome  instruction,  leaving  the  young 
man  and  woman  to  draw  information  from  those  who, 
however  sophisticated  and  confident,  are  fundamentally 
as  ignorant  as  their  pupils.  . . . Even  in  discussing  mat- 
ters that  are  not  at  present  controversial,  an  attempt 
has  been  made  to  impress  upon  the  student  the  rapidity 
with  which  new  knowledge  is  appearing,  and  the  tenta- 
tive character  of  many  of  our  present  ideas  relating 
to  the  marriage  adjustment.  Anyone  who  has  become 
familiar  with  the  literature  concerned  with  marriage 
and  sex  problems,  realizes  how  recent  and  how  faint 
and  elementary  has  been  the  attempt  of  science  to  un- 
derstand these  supremely  important  phases  of  human 
experience.” 

November,  1941 


I am  sure  that  your  experience  agrees  with 
mine,  that  the  doctors’  problem  is  made  difficult 
because  the  young  men  and  women  who  come  to 
us  for  premarital  examination  and  advice  are  too 
often  unready  for  marriage,  both  from  the  point 
of  view  of  education  and  of  character.  This  is 
the  fault  of  all  of  us  as  parents,  and  of  the  edu- 
cational programs  of  our  schools  and  colleges  that 
are  only  just  beginning  to  follow  the  lead  of  men 
like  Professor  Groves.  Because  this  whole  edu- 
cational problem  seems  to  me  so'  important  for 
us  doctors  to  understand,  I wish  to  quote  from  a 
paper  entitled  “A  Cooperative  Project  in  Mar- 
riage Counseling”  by  Emily  H.  Mudd,  director 
of  the  Marriage  Council  of  Philadelphia  and 
Bernice  Lundein,  Secretary.  This  appeared  in 
the  August  number  of  Human-  Fertility. 

“We  may  grant  that  there  are  limitations  to  any 
educational  process  in  which  the  individual  is  attempt- 
ing to  learn  about  facts  and  attitudes  which  have  strong 
emotional  content,  and  in  which  he  has,  as  yet,  had 
little  experience.  May  we  also  grant,  however,  the 
power  of  knowledge  and  of  talking  things  over  with 
someone  who  has  lived  these  experiences,  to  lesson 
fears  implanted  by  false  information  and  ignorance? 
It  is  through  this  last  mentioned  process,  in  the  opinion 
of  some  of  us,  that  courses  on  marriage  and  family 
relationship  can  best  meet  the  need  of  those  who  take 
them.” 

The  course  developed  by  Dr.  Mudd  and  her 
associates  comprises  a six  weeks’  course  of  five 
lectures. 

It  is  important  to  point  out  that  the  course  of 
lectures  is  built  up  on  the  basis  of  actual  ques- 
tions asked  by  the  women  themselves.  In  that 
way  the  first  and  most  important  principle  of 
teaching  is  observed;  namely,  interest. 

I think  it  would  be  of  interest  to  you  to  know 
the  subject  matter  of  the  five  lectures  of  the 
Philadelphia  Marriage  Council  Course : 

1.  Relationships  between  single  men  and  women 
(leading  to  marriage). 

2.  Anatomy  and  physiology. 

3.  Physiology  of  menstruation. 

Normal  pregnancy. 

4.  A few  abnormalities  of  pregnancy;  the  problems 
of  venereal  disease  and  abortion. 

5.  Physical  relationships  of  marriage. 

Birth  control,  uses  and  abuses. 

Enduring  love  and  marriage  as  a lasting  institu- 
tion. 


885 


PREMARITAL  COUNCII^PIERSON 


In  commenting  upon  this  course  of  lectures,  Dr. 
Mudd  makes  the  following  observation : 

"The  time  interval  between  talks  seemed  to  be  valu- 
able, not  only  because  of  the  value  of  supplementary 
reading,  but  because  time  is  a great  safety  valve  when 
emotional  processes  are  involved.  The  same  results 
could  hardly  be  obtained  by  having  six  talks  in  one 
week.  ...  It  should  be  noted  that  the  reading  of  books 
about  sex  can  be  an  upsetting  and  fearsome  experience 
to  an  inadequately  prepared  or  unusually  anxious  in- 
dividual. The  opportunity  to  talk  over  questions  raised 
by  reading  is  of  paramount  importance.” 

Premarital  Council  in  the  Office 

I have  given  at  considerable  length  the  point  of 
view  and  the  plan  of  teaching  that  experts  like 
Dr.  Mudd  and  Dr.  Groves  have  evolved,  to  con- 
trast it  with  the  service  that  we  doctors  are  ex- 
pected to  give  to  individual  young  women  in  the 
space  usually  of  one  office  appointment  shortly 
before  marriage.  It  is  little  wonder  that  such 
service  tends  to  be  unsatisfactory  to  the  patient 
and  to  the  doctor.  A recent  case  of  my  own  may 
illustrate  the  point.  I am  sure  that  many  of  its 
aspects  will  sound  all  too  familiar  to  those  who 
practice  gynecology  and  obstetrics. 

The  patient  is  the  young  daughter  of  rich  parents, 
recently  married  to  a young  lawyer  who  is  making  a 
small  income.  She  consulted  a gynecologist  for  pre- 
marital and  contraceptive  advice.  She  is  a hypersensi- 
tive, small  woman,  brought  up  by  her  mother  to  be 
afraid  for  her  health.  She  apparently  was  told  by  my 
colleague  to  use  a contraceptive  jelly  alone  for  birth 
control  purposes.  She  promptly  became  pregnant.  Be- 
cause of  an  unreasoning  fear  of  pregnancy  based  on 
her  mother’s  over-solicitude,  rather  than  upon  any 
medical  opinion  as  to  her  health,  she  made  every  effort 
by  the  use  of  castor  oil,  quinine  and  so  forth  to  bring 
about  a miscarriage.  I first  saw  her  when  she  was 
two  and  one-half  months  pregnant,  at  which  time  she 
was  bleeding  and  having  uterine  cramps.  With  ex- 
pectant treatment  she  survived  this  threat.  During  the 
fourth  month,  however,  she  started  to  flow  again  and 
finally,  at  five  months,  had  spontaneous  rupture  of  the 
membranes  and  eventually  spontaneously  expelled  a 
dead  fetus. 

During  the  last  two  weeks  of  her  pregnancy  the  par- 
ents had  requested  consultation  repeatedly  and  demand- 
ed active  interference  in  the  pregnancy  to  protect  their 
darling  daughter.  Fortunately,  all  consultants  agreed 
that  conservative  and  expectant  treatment  was  the 
only  proper  course  to  follow.  The  first  doctor  was 
blamed  most  strongly  for  giving  ineffective  contracep- 
tive advice.  I was  blamed  for  my  conservative  plan 
of  treatment,  both  with  the  threatened  miscarriage  and 
with  the  later  premature  labor.  The  point  that  I am 


trying  to  make  is,  that  the  whole  disastrous  medical  ex- 
perience was  the  result  primarily  of  the  poor  education 
and  upbringing  of  the  patient.  The  mother  had  con- 
ditioned her  to  the  idea  of  poor  health  and  a fear  of 
pregnancy.  I am  sure  that  the  patient  was  unable  to 
cooperate  sufficiently  with  the  first  gynecologist  to  get 
any  real  benefit  from  his  single  attempt  to  help  her. 
With  me,  she  was  really  an  intelligent  and  cooperative 
patient,  but  lost  all  independence  and  self-control  when 
her  high-powered  mother  and  father  were  at  hand.  I 
might  also  point  out  what  a distorted  point  of  view 
toward  any  subsequent  pregnancy  she  must  have ! It 
will  take  much  education,  reassurance  and  weaning  from 
her  parents  to  protect  her  future  childbearing. 

Another  case  history  of  a patient  seen  just 
this  week  may  offer  some  points  of  interest. 

In  contrast  to  the  girl  last  described,  this  young 
woman  was  well  adjusted  to  the  whole  world.  She  had 
been  given  a foam  powder  sponge  method  of  contra- 
ceptive which  she  had  found  difficult  and  unpleasant 
to  use.  Two  months  after  marriage,  having  gone  a 
few  days  over  her  period,  she  consulted  a young  doc- 
tor as  to  whether  or  not  she  was  pregnant.  He  told 
her  that  she  probably  was  pregnant  because  of  sugges- 
tive physical  signs,  and  offered  to  do  an  Ascheim  Zondek 
test.  He  also  laid  down  an  extraordinarily  strict  regime 
for  her  to  follow  throughout  her  pregnancy  which  great- 
ly discouraged  her.  A few  days  later  her  period  came. 
She  consulted  me  as  a gynecologist  for  reassurance 
about  the  condition  of  her  pelvic  organs.  Having  got- 
ten this  history  from  her,  I naturally  offered  her  con- 
traceptive advice,  and  then  learned  that  she  had  made 
an  appointment  with  an  excellent  woman  doctor  in  New 
York  for  that  purpose  for  later  the  same  afternoon ! 
In  other  words,  our  patients  do  not  know  to  which  of 
us  to  turn  for  advice  along  these  lines. 

Another  patient,  forty-two  years  old,  recently  came  to 
me  planning  to  be  married  four  days  later.  She  had 
never  read  any  books  on  marriage  and  had  gained  no 
accurate  information  from  family  or  friends.  She  was 
a college  graduate  and  remembered  vaguely  some  funda- 
mental courses  on  physiology.  Examination  disclosed  a 
moderately  tight  hymen  which  admitted  one  finger  with 
difficulty.  She  was  advised  to  have  a dilatation  of  the 
hymen  under  gas  which  she  promptly  accepted.  She 
was  advised  not  to  use  contraceptives  because  she 
and  her  husband-to-be  wanted  children.  This  girl  is 
an  example  of  an  exception  to  the  rule,  for  she  was  in- 
telligent and  cooperative  enough  to  make  a last-minute 
adjustment  which  will  probably  develop  into  a success- 
ful marriage  relationship  in  spite  of  almost  complete 
lack  of  specific  education  along  these  lines. 

Considering  the  case  histories  just  described, 
and  the  general  observations  that  preceded 
them,  do  you  not  agree  with  me  that  we  must 
plan  to  take  much  more  time  with  our  pre- 
marital examinations  than  has  been  the  cus- 


886 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PREMARITAL  COUNCII^PIERSON 


tom?  I think  we  must  tell  our  colleagues  and 
educate  our  friends  and  patients  to  the  idea 
that  these  girls  should  come  to  us,  not  one  or 
two  weeks  before  marriage,  but  any  time  after 
puberty,  and  certainly  early  in  an  engagement. 
This  would  enable  the  patients  to  do  collateral 
reading  and  allow  the  doctor  time  to  gain  their 
confidence,  give  them  reassurance,  and  meet 
any  physical  problems  that  may  exist.  Ex- 
perience seems  to  show  that  it  is  desirable  for 
the  same  doctor  to  see  both  the  girl  and  her 
fiance.  These  consultations  are  time-consum- 
ing and  cannot  easily  be  fitted  into  the  busy 
office  hour.  As  a matter  of  fact,  most  of  these 
girls  would  much  prefer  to  see  the  doctor  at 
some  time  when  the  office  was  not  full  of  other 
women,  some  of  whom  might  know  them. 
From  this  standpoint,  an  hour  outside  of  regu- 
lar office  hours  would  be  desirable.  Incidental- 
ly, one  would  hope  that  we  might  teach  our 
patients  that  such  unusual,  time  consuming 
and  all-important  services  might  be  properly 
compensated.  Many  American  parents  will 
gladly  pay  thousands  of  dollars  for  an  elabo- 
rate wedding  when  they  will  balk  at  the  cost 
of  medical  service  which  may  easily  make  all 
the  difference  in  their  daughter’s  happiness 
and  adjustment  to  marriage  for  the  rest  of  her 
life. 

Prevention  of  Dyspareunia 

While  of  course  there  are  many  aspects  of  the 
premarital  examination  that  might  be  gone  into, 
I am  going  to  limit  myself  to  the  discussion  of 
the  prevention  of  dyspareunia  and  to  the  provi- 
sion of  contraceptive  advice. 

It  has  been  my  experience  that  the  psyche  of 
the  patient  is  more  likely  to  determine  the  occur- 
rence of  dyspareunia  than  is  her  anatomy. 
Those  women  are  of  course  excepted  who  have 
a very  small  or  tight  hymen.  The  selfish, 
spoiled  girl,  the  hypersesthetic,  will  have  vagin- 
isms  and  severe  dyspareunia  sometimes,  even 
if  the  tissues  are  soft  and  open.  Other  girls 
who  have  been  accustomed  to  taking  the  world 
in  their  stride  with  a smile,  may  have  a relatively 
small  hymen  which  perhaps  may  admit  only  one 
finger  with  some  difficulty;  these  girls  may,  if 
time  permits,  be  dilated  slowly  in  several  office 
visits,  or  may  be  taught  to  dilate  themselves ; or, 
if  time  does  not  permit  and  they  so  choose,  go 
into  marriage  with  a small  hymenal  orifice,  know- 


ing that  they  will  have  at  first  moderate  pain 
which  they  will  quickly  forget.  To  these  girls 
no  psychic  injury  will  be  done.  In  my  experi- 
ence, it  is  best  to  advise  dilatation  of  the  hymen 
under  gas  whenever  the  hymen  is  tight,  if  there 
is  no  time  for  the  slower  methods,  but  if  these 
girls  do  not  wish  this  and  go  into  marriage  know- 
ing what  to  expect,  there  will  be  no  harm  done. 

To  go  back  to  the  spoiled  and  pain  dreading 
girl : if  the  hymen  is  small  and  rigid,  a partial 
crescentic,  posterior  excision  and  dilatation  un- 
der anesthesia  should  be  done.  But  no  assurance 
should  be  given  the  parents  that  such  a patient 
may  not  have  dyspareunia  anyway.  The  prob- 
lem then  becomes  a psychological  and  educational 
one  rather  than  a medical  one. 

In  any  case  of  continuing  dyspareunia,  it  is 
well  to  remember  the  numerous  points  on  the 
psychic  side  as  enumerated  by  Groves: 

1.  Disgust  with  sex 

2.  Fear  of  pregnancy 

3.  Dislike  of  contraceptives 

4.  Instinctive  tendency  in  some  women  to  inhibit  the 
expression  and  appearance  of  passion. 

5.  Feeling  of  guilt  because  of  some  past  experience, 
either  real  or  imaginary,  having  to  do  with  sex  re- 
lationships 

6.  Conscious  homosexual  tendencies 

7.  Realization  that  the  motive  for  marriage  was  dis- 
honest ; that  is  not  for  love  but  for  money,  social  posi- 
tion, et  cetera 

8.  Instinctive  hostility  on  the  part  of  some  women 
to  the  idea  of  masculine  dominance 

While  on  the  subject  of  dyspareunia  I should 
like  to  give  you  an  observation  which  may  be 
of  some  interest.  It  was  my  opportunity  for 
several  years  after  being  resident  at  the  Sloane 
Hospital  for  Women  to  perform  the  autopsies 
on  the  newborn  under  the  direction  of  Prof. 
William  C.  Johnson.  I noted  at  that  time  that 
I never  examined  a female  baby  that  did  not 
have  an  open  hymen.  I have  still  never  seen  a 
newborn  baby  with  any  of  the  many  types  of 
partially  imperforate  hymen  found  among  adult 
women.  The  other  day  one  of  my  patients 
brought  me  her  three-year-old  daughter  who  had 
sat  down  on  some  sharp  object  and  caused  a 
superficial  laceration  of  the  perineum.  On  exam- 
ination of  the  introitus  I found  the  posterior  half 
of  the  hymen  agglutinated  in  the  mid  line,  leaving 
only  a very  small  opening  above.  I was  able  very 
gently  with  a probe  to  divide  the  agglutination 


November,  1941 


887 


PREMARITAL  COUNCIL— PIERSON 


and  restore  the  normal  open  hymen.  It  seems  to 
me  probable  that  all  the  different  types  of  imper- 
forate hymen  are  acquired  during  infancy  and 
childhood.  It  is  of  some  interest  that  this  little 
girl  did  not  mind  the  examination  in  the  slightest. 
Perhaps  if  our  pediatric  colleagues  would  sub- 
ject all  little  girls  to  routine  gentle  examinations, 
when  they  become  adults  they  would  not  be  so 
terrified  of  vaginal  examinations,  and  also  they 
would  not  have  constricted  hymenal  openings. 

Contraceptive  Advice 

Groves  has  said,  “Most  men  and  women,  when 
they  marry,  have  the  will  to  succeed.”  So  also, 
I think  it  is  the  experience  of  all  of  us  in  our 
premarital  services  to  find  that  our  patients, 
practically  without  exception,  want  to  have  chil- 
dren. But  they  don’t  want  them  at  once.  They 
usually  say  that  they  want  them  in  either  one  or 
two  years.  Now  it  seems  to  me  it  is  perfectly 
right  for  them  to  wish  to  plan  that  first  preg- 
nancy. I try  to  persuade  them,  however,  not  to 
fix  on  any  arbitrary  time  of  waiting,  but  to  know 
that  in  general  the  sooner  they  have  their  first 
child,  provided  both  parents  are  reasonably 
secure  in  health  and  means,  the  better  off  they 
will  be.  Someone  has  said  that  there  is  no  con- 
venient time  for  death,  taxes  and  childbirth ! 
They  must  be  told  that  even  though  both  husband 
and  wife  seem  to  their  doctors  to  be  entirely 
normal,  that  pregnancy  does  not  always  occur 
quickly  and  easily.  These  young  patients  must 
be  taught  that  neither  they  nor  their  doctors  are 
wise  enough  to  give  them  perfect  and  happy 
marriage  on  demand,  universally  effective  and 
agreeable  contraceptive  measures,  and  a baby  on 
any  day  of  the  month  that  they  may  choose.  Too 
many  of  them  think  that  this  is  so ! 

It  seems  unnecessary  and  undesirable  to  go  into 
detail  about  contraceptive  techniques.  A small 
percentage  of  girls,  in  my  experience,  can 
be  comfortably  fitted  with  a diaphragm  before 
marriage.  Others,  if  they  wish  maximum  pro- 
tection, are  urged  to  have  the  husband  use  a 
condom  and  contraceptive  paste.  If  they  are 
willing  to  accept  a moderate  risk  of  pregnancy, 
they  are  advised  to  use  a contraceptive  paste 
alone  or  a suppository  alone.  With  whatever 
method,  it  is  important  to  impress  on  these  pa- 
tients that  they  must  return  for  a follow-up  ex- 
amination and  advice,  at  which  time  changes  in 


technique  are  advocated  if  desirable.  Otherwise, 
mistakes  are  sure  to  occur,  the  patient  is  disap- 
pointed and  dissatisfied,  and  the  doctor  is  criti- 
cized and  loses  a patient. 

Summary 

In  summarizing  this  paper,  I hope  that  I have 
suggested  to  you  the  importance  of  supplying  the 
education  which  our  young  people  have  demand- 
ed, and  so  much  need,  on  the  subjects  of  sex  and 
marriage.  If  our  schools  and  colleges  fulfill  their 
function  in  this  respect,  the  technical  ser\dces  of 
doctors  will  become  enormously  more  effective. 
For  the  present,  doctors  themselves  should,  I 
think,  take  more  time  with  their  patients  in  order 
to  give  them  the  reassurance  and  treatment  that 
they  need.  Patients  should  come  early  rather 
than  late  for  their  premarital  examinations,  as 
the  most  effective  service  often  extends  over  a 
period  of  several  weeks.  Contraceptive  advice  is 
given,  but  planned  parenthood  is  urged  as  soon  as 
seems  possible  to  husband  and  wife.  Finally,  in 
closing,  may  we  doctors  hope  that  through  our 
efforts  and  those  of  our  many  collaborators  in 
other  fields  of  society,  the  words  of  the  old  fair}’ 
tale  may  be  more  true  in  the  future  than  they 
have  been  in  the  past — “And  so  they  were  mar- 
ried and  lived  happily  ever  after.” 

r=|V|SMS 


TRAUMATIC  SHOCK 

(Continued  from  Page  881) 

15.  McNee,  Sladden,  and  McCartney:  Spec.  Rep.  Series  No. 
26,  35,  1919. 

16.  Moon,  V.  H.,  and  Kennedy,  P.  J. : Pathology  of  shock. 

Arch.  Path.,  14:360,  1932. 

17.  Minot,  A.  S.,  and  Blalock,  Alfred;  Plasma  loss  in  severe 
dehydration,  shock  and  other  conditions  as  affected  by 
therapy.  Ann.  Surg.,  112:557,  (Oct.)  1940. 

18.  Moon,  Virgil  H.:  Circulatory  failure  of  capillary  origin. 
Jour.  A.M.A.,  114:1312,  (April  6)  1940. 

19.  Quenu:  Rev.  de  chir..  Par.,  55:204,  1918. 

20.  Ravdin,  I.  S. : Hypoproteinemia  and  its  relation  to  surgical 
problems.  Ann.  Surg.,  112:576,  (Oct.)  1940. 

21.  Reed,  Fred  Romer:  Acute  adrenal  cortex  exhaustion  and 
its  relationship  to  shock.  Am.  Jour.  Surg.,  40:514,  (June) 
1938. 

22.  Reed,  Fred  R. : Natural  adrenal  cortex  extract  and  coagula- 
tion of  blood.  Am.  Jour.  Surg.,  51:330-339,  (Feb.)  1941. 

23.  Scudder,  John:  Shock.  Philadelphia:  J.  B.  Lippincott,  1940. 

24.  Selye,  Hans;  Dosne,  Christiane;  Basset,  Lucy;  and  Whit- 
taker, Joan:  On  the  therapeutic  value  of  adrenal  cortical 

hormones  in  traumatic  shock  and  allied  conditions.  Can. 
Med.  Assoc.  Jour.,  43:1-8,  1940. 

25.  Silvermann,  D.  N.,  and  Katz,  R.  A.:  Plasma  transfusion. 
Int.,  Med.  Digest,  Symposium  Section,  38:1:  59-63,  (Jan.) 
1941. 

26.  Silvermann,  D.  N.,  and  Katz,  R.  A.:  Plasma  transfusion. 

Int.  Med.  Digest,  Symposium  Section,  38:3:  184-190, 

(March)  1941. 

27.  Schnedorf,  J.  G.,  and  Orr,  T.  G.:  Beneficial  effects  of 
oxygen-therapy  in  ex^perimental  traumatic  shock.  Surg., 
(jynec.,  and  Obst.,  73:1:  79-83,  (July)  1941. 

28.  Wallace,  Dale,  Bayliss,  Cannon  et  ah:  Med.  Res.  Comm. 
(Lond)  Sp.  Rep.,  No.  26,  1919. 


888 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


Medicine  Marches  Forward 


The  Proceedings  of  the  MSMS  House  of  Dele- 
gates appear  in  detail  in  this  issue  of  The  Journal. 
To  epitomize  the  forward  thinking  of  the  111  Dele- 
gates is  to  outline  a few  of  the  many  activities  of  the 
MSMS  House  of  Delegates  at  the  1941  session; 


1. 


3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 


7. 


Modernizing  the  MSMS  Constitution  and 
By-Laws 

Recommending  the  rehabilitation  of  rejected 
selectees 

Renewing  the  MSMS  Charter  for  another 
thirty-year  period  of  activity 
Creating  a Section  on  General  Practice 
Adopting  the  reports  of  the  twenty-three 
MSMS  committees 

Electing  progressive  practitioners  of  medicine 
(men  in  daily  practice)  to  the  various  MSMS 
offices 

Registering  a vote  of  confidence  in  Michigan 
Medical  Service. 


Michigan  Medical  Service,  the  voluntary  group  med- 
ical care  plan  sponsored  by  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society,  was  the  subject  of  a number  of  resolutions 
and  much  discussion.  The  matter  of  studying  the  pos- 
sibility of  a limited  liability  certificate  was  referred  to 
the  membership  of  Michigan  Medical  Service  for  con- 
sideration. Such  studies  are  being  made,  with  a view 
to  distributing  medical  service  to  the  people  of  Michi- 
gan on  a basis  mutually  satisfactory  to  them  and  to 
the  medical  profession. 


President,  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


■S?- 


November,  1941 


889 


1 


-K  EDITORIAL  >^ 


IN  THESE  HANDS 

■ At  the  meeting  of  the  House  of  Delegates  in 

September  Howard  H.  Cummings  of  Ann 
Arbor  was  elected  President-elect.  For  a num- 
ber of  years  he  has  served  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  on  various  committees  and  on 
The  Council.  Last  year  he  was  Vice  Chairman 
of  The  Council.  His  keen,  calm  judgment  and 
delightful  personality  combined  with  a deep  and 
earnest  interest  in  the  welfare  of  his  colleagues 
marks  him  for  his  outstanding  caliber  for  the 
chief  executive  office  of  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society.  He  has  been  associated  with  Dr. 
J.  D.  Bruce  in  the  direction  of  postgraduate  med- 
ical education  in  Michigan  and  the  success  of  this 
program  has  been  in  no  little  measure  due  to  his 
intelligent  administration  and  his  well-deserved 
popularity. 

A.  S.  Brunk  was  rejected  Chairman  of  The 
Council  that  his  unusual  executive  ability  and 
his  sound  views  on  the  practice  of  medicine  might 
continue  to  serve  the  profession. 

Vernor  Moore  of  Grand  Rapids  was  retained  as 
Councilor  of  the  Fifth  District  representing  Bar- 
ry, lonia-Montcalm,  Kent  and  Ottawa  Counties. 
He  was  also  rejected  Chairman  of  the  Finance 
Committee  of  The  Council  demonstrating  the 
confidence  of  The  Council  in  his  continuing  ac- 
tivity as  the  “watch-dog  of  the  treasury.” 

Wilfrid  Haughey  of  Battle  Creek  was  again 
chosen  Chairman  of  the  Publications  Committee 
following  a year  in  which  much  of  the  activity 
and  progress  of  the  state  society  and  the  Michigan 
Medical  Service  have  been  due  to  his  direction 
and  assistance. 

E.  F.  Sladek  of  Traverse  City  was  continued  as 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  County  Societies. 
His  coordination  of  the  activities  of  the  various 
component  units  of  the  state  medical  society  has 
continued  to  strengthen  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society. 

Otto  O.  Beck  from  the  Fifteenth  District  was 
elected  to  succeed  Dr.  Cummings  as  Vice  Chair- 
man of  The  Council.  His  judgment  and  keen 
interest  in  medical  progress  rounds  out  an  Ex- 
ecutive Committee  of  unusual  strength  and  sig- 
nificant qualities  of  leadership. 


C.  E.  Umphrey  of  Detroit  was  rejected 
Councilor  of  the  First  District  of  Detroit.  He 
had  been  appointed  last  year  to  fill  the  vacancy 
which  occurred  when  Henry  R.  Carstens  became 
President-elect.  Dr.  Umphrey  has  continued  to 
sustain  his  previous  reputation  as  a stalwart  de- 
fender of  organized  medicine  which  began  in  his 
Wayne  County  Medical  Society  activities. 

R.  J.  Hubbell  of  Kalamazoo  was  elected  Coun- 
cilor of  the  Fourth  District.  He  had  been  ap- 
pointed in  November,  1939,  to  fill  the  unexpired 
term  of  F.  T.  Andrews.  His  capable  administra- 
tion has  won  the  support  of  delegates  of  his  dis- 
trict and  the  respect  of  the  other  Councilors. 

R.  S.  Morrish  was  reelected  Councilor  of  the 
Sixth  District.  He  had  been  appointed  Councilor 
of  the  Sixth  District  on  January  15,  1940,  to  fill 
the  unexpired  term  of  I.  W.  Greene,  who  had  re- 
signed. His  able  service  on  The  Council  has 
been  recognized  in  this  short  time. 

Lester  J.  Johnson  of  Ann  Arbor  was  chosen 
for  the  office  of  Councilor  from  the  Fourteenth 
District  vacated  by  the  resignation  of  Howard  H. 
Cummings.  Dr.  Johnson  received  his  B.S.  from 
the  University  of  Michigan  in  1923  and  his  M.D. 
in  1925.  He  has  been  very  active  in  the  Washte- 
naw County  Medical  Society,  having  been  Chair- 
man of  the  Public  Relations  Committee  and  Dele- 
gate from  1938  to  1941.  Last  year  he  served  as  a 
member  of  the  Public  Relations  Committee  of  the 
state  society.  His  progressive  views  and  enthusi- 
astic desire  for  advancement  of  medical  organi- 
zation are  well  known.  All  the  delegates  believe 
that  he  will  well  serve  the  profession  of  the  state 
in  this  new  office. 

P.  L.  Ledwidge,  of  Detroit,  was  elected  Speak- 
er of  the  House  of  Delegates  succeeding  Dr. 
O.  D.  Stryker,  of  Fremont.  Doctor  Ledwidge 
graduated  from  Wayne  University  College  of 
Medicine  in  1920  and  after  an  internship  at 
Harper  Hospital  and  a residency  in  Medicine  at 
Children’s  Hospital  and  Harper  Hospital  he  be- 
came associated  with  the  late  Dr.  E.  W.  Haass  in 
the  private  practice  of  internal  medicine  until 
1925,  since  which  time  he  has  been  alone  in  pri- 
vate practice.  He  is  a Fellow  of  the  American 
College  of  Physicians  and  Diplomate  of  the 


890 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


EDITORIAL 


Howard  H.  Cummings,  M.D., 
Ann  Arbor,  President-Elect 


Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek, 
Chairman  of  the  Publication 
Committee 


C.  E.  Umphrey,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
Councilor,  First  District 

November,  1941 


A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
Chairman  of  The  Council 


Otto  O.  Beck,  M.D.,  Birmingham, 
Vice  Chairman  of  The  Council 


E.  F.  Sladek,  M.D.,  Traverse  City,  Vernor  Moore,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids, 
Chairman  of  the  County  Societies  Chairman  of  the  Finance  Committee 
Committee 


EDITORIAL 


American  Board  of  Registration  in  Internal 
Medicine.  At  present  he  is  Associate  Physician 
Inside  Staff  of  Harper  Hospital  and  Assistant 
Professor  in  Clinical  Medicine  at  Wayne  Univer- 
sity College  of  Medicine.  He  is  a member  of  the 


% 

■ V 

N 


L.  J.  Johnson,  M.D.,  p.  p.  Ledwidge,  M.D. 

Ann  Arbor,  Councilor,  Detroit,  Speaker 

Fourteenth  District  House  of  Delegates 

Detroit  Medical  Club  and  the  Detroit  Academy 
of  Medicine.  He  has  been  a delegate  to  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  for  a number  of 
years  and  has  taken  a very  active  interest,  having 
served  as  member  and  chairman  of  several  im- 
portant committees.  His  activity  in  organized 
medicine  in  Wayne  County  is  well  known  and  his 
keen  interest  and  analytic  ability  will  be  invalu- 
able on  the  Executive  Committee  of  The  Council 
of  which  he  becomes  a member. 

The  members  surely  will  realize  the  safety  of 
their  future  in  such  efficient  and  trustworthy 
hands.  With  active  cooperation  by  the  member- 
ship the  state  society  may  well  continue  its  ag- 
gressive program. 


= [V[SMS 

THE  DOCTOR  COMES  SECOND 

■ “Hospitals  are  provided  for  the  sick  and  their 
doctors,  not  the  sick  and  the  doctors  for  the 
hospital.”  With  these  words  Miles  Atkinson,  in 
the  Atlantic  Monthly,  summarizes  the  oft  for- 
gotten fundamental  reason  for  the  maintenance 
of  a hospital.  In  this  piercing  expose  of  pro- 
fessional relationship  the  major  contention  pre- 
sented is  the  relationship  of  the  patient  to  the 
hospital,  which  justly  is  the  primary  consider- 
ation. 

Mr.  Atkinson  criticizes  the  inefficiencies  of  the 
hospital,  particularly  in  a financial  manner,  and 
then  condemns  the  hospitals’  habit  of  charging 
for  the  physicians’  service  which  is  given  free. 


Generally  the  larger  the  city  and  the  larger  the 
hospital  the  more  abuse  to  the  physician  exists. 

Your  Birthright  for  a Mess  of  Pottage 

It  is  of  interest  to  the  profession  to  deter- 
mine what  steps  the  physician  may  take  to  free 
himself  from  the  bondage  of  certain  hospital 
administrators.  A part  of  the  “mess  of  pot- 
tage” is  the  closed  staff.  Unquestionably  the 
doctor  frequently  has  sold  his  “birthright”  of 
independence  in  the  establishment  of  the 
closed  staff  for  he  has  made  his  position  on 
the  staff  more  important  (in  his  own  eyes,  at 
least)  than  his  inter-professional  cooperation, 
which  should  have  been  guaranteed  by  virtue 
of  his  medical  training. 

All  have  seen  the  beginning  and  the  end  of 
the  enmeshing  of  the  doctors  into  the  web  of 
hospital  domination.  The  young  man  enters  the 
staff  in  order  that  he  may  have  the  association 
with  medical  leaders  of  his  community  and,  in 
the  larger  centers,  the  postgraduate  experience 
in  the  free  and  part  pay  clinics.  He  sees  some 
of  his  elders  and  teachers  who  may  wield  more 
or  less  dictatorial  powers  in  hospital  relation- 
ships, oftimes  to  the  absurdity  of  having  in- 
cluded upon  every  scientific  paper  produced  in 
that  particular  hospital  or  clinic  the  name  of  this 
“Little  Caesar.”  What  a cheap  way  to  achieve 
professional  recognition ! 

The  sacrificing  doctor  after  a year  or  more 
becomes  promoted  with  a high-sounding  title 
and  the  privilege  of  doing  more  free  work  and 
contributing  more  time.  And  as  he  gives  more 
time  and  becomes  more  involved  in  this  web  he 
realizes  that  he  has  sacrificed  his  independence ; 
he  is  now  definitely  associated  in  his  colleagues’ 
and  patients’  minds  as  an  “X”  hospital  man  and 
he  fears  the  consequence  should  he  rebel  against 
a superintendent’s  vagary  since  the  staff  man 
well  knows  there  are  many  others  who  are  just 
waiting  to  step  into  his  position  of  honor  and 
travail,  willing  to  go  sled  length  to  attain  this 
position.  The  story  is  an  old  one. 

The  trustees  of  Hospital  A are  told  that  the 
staff  men  of  their  hospital  are  serving  five  thou- 
sand patients  a year  in  their  clinics  while  Hos- 
pital B is  serving  only  three  thousand.  Tycoon 
A,  who  is  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Hospital 
A,  twits  his  business  competitor  B,  Chairman  of 
the  Board  of  Hospital  B,  who  comes  raving  and 


892 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


EDITORIAL 


ranting  into  the  next  board  meeting  demanding 
that  Hospital  B must  next  year  have  seven  thou- 
sand in  its  clinics.  The  word  goes  to  the  super- 
intendent and  then  to  the  Chief  of  Staff  and 
then  down.  Occasionally  even  paid  advertising  is 
used  to  fill  up  vacant  clinics. 

The  medical  director  of  one  prominent  part  pay 
clinic  maintains  a standard  fee  of  twenty-five 
dollars  for  consultation  in  his  private  practice. 
On  his  staff  are  some  hundred  capable  specialists 
whose  established  fees  are  from  five  to  twenty 
dollars  but  when  a patient  of  the  director  cannot 
afford  to  pay  the  twenty-five  dollar  fee  which  is 
exacted  by  him  he  refers  the  patient  directly  to 
his  clinic  in  which  his  colleagues  donate  their 
services  and  the  patient  is  charged  fifty  cents  or 
one  dollar. 

Abuses  like  this  could  be  cited  ad  infinitum 
but  what  is  the  solution?  There  is  only  one 
solution,  and  that  is  organized  medicine.  This 
organization  must  be  strongest  in  its  smallest 
unit — the  county  medical  society.  If  the  coun- 
ty medical  society  is  the  basic  power  of  the 
profession  in  the  district  and  if  one’s  main 
medical  attachments  are  founded  on  that  so- 
ciety, the  physician  will  not  be  exploited  either 
by  the  hospital  or  by  any  other  development. 
It  is  almost  axiomatic  that  the  stronger  the 
local  medical  organization  the  more  satisfac- 
tory the  standards  and  the  conditions  of  prac- 
tice in  that  county  and  this  is  true  in  the 
largest  and  the  smallest  societies. 

The  term  “member  of  the  county  medical  so- 
ciety” should  mean  more  than  membership  on 
the  staff  of  any  hospital  and  when  it  does  the 
private  practice  of  medicine  will  be  assured  for 
all. 

Reference 

Atkinson,  Miles : The  Patient  Conies  First.  Atlantic  Monthly, 
August,  1941. 

= [V|SMS 

READERS’  SERVICE 

■ Beginning  with  this  issue,  The  Journal  is 

inaugurating  a new  service.  It  has  been  the 
practice  to  send  abstracts  of  the  articles  pub- 
lished in  this  journal  to  the  editors  of  the  other 
state  journals  in  order  that  they  may  use  them 
when  and  where  desired  to  keep  their  readers 
informed  as  to  scientific  articles  published  in 
Michigan. 


Now  these  digests  will  be  published  in  The 
Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety, 

The  general  grade  of  the  scientific  articles 
received  and  printed  has  been  universally  high 
and  complete  reading  of  each  essay  is  strongly 
recommended  to  the  progressive  practitioner. 
But  the  usual  drains  on  the  practicing  physician’s 
time  and  the  immense  amount  of  literature  (the 
reading  of  which  seems  to  be  almost  demanded 
of  the  progressive  physician)  indicate  the  neces- 
sity of  short  cuts  in  medical  literature. 

A resume  of  each  scientific  article  printed 
in  this  issue  will  be  found  under  a department 
entitled  “Readers’  Service.”  Here  you  can 
quickly  review  (average  reading  time  five  or 
six  minutes)  the  essential  parts  of  each  article, 
as  abstracted  by  its  author,  and  then  you  may 
determine  which  papers  are  of  primary  im- 
portance for  your  reading. 

It  is  hoped  that  your  interest  will  be  aroused 
by  the  abstracts  sufficiently  so  that  you  will  read 
all  of  them,  that  at  least  you  will  have  some 
knowledge  of  the  material  presented  in  the  body 
of  the  essay. 

Hence  we  suggest  that  unless  you  intend  to 
read  The  Journal  from  cover  to  cover  you 
turn  first  to  this  department  and  sample  the 
scientific  cuisine  herein  presented  (See  page 
856). 

= f\/|SMS 

POSTGRADUATE  COURSES  FOR 
THE  UPPER  PENINSULA 

■ At  the  September  meeting  in  Grand  Rapids, 
The  Council  voted  to  underwrite  the  establish- 
ment of  five  Postgraduate  Medical  Conferences 
in  the  Upper  Peninsula  similar  to  those  now  ex- 
istent in  the  Lower  Peninsula.  This  extension 
of  service  to  the  Upper  Peninsula  necessarily  en- 
tails the  expenditure  of  considerable  funds  but 
it  has  been  felt  that  these  courses  should  be  pre- 
sented in  some  of  the  smaller  population  centers. 
They  probably  will  not  be  started  until  next 
spring  but  it  is  hoped  that  the  cooperation  and 
attendance  will  be  sufficient  to  warrant  the  con- 
tinuance of  this  expenditure.  Special  efforts  will 
be  made  by  the  Postgraduate  Medical  Education 
Committee  to  furnish  the  best  teachers  available 
on  the  most  practical  subjects. 


November,  1941 


893 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Introduction  Reference 

of  Committee 

Business  Reports 


Record  of  Attendance 896 

Miscellaneous  Addresses : 

1.  H.  Allen  Moyer,  M.D 897 

2.  John  M.  Pratt 897 

3.  Lt.  Col.  H.  A.  Furlong,  M.D 899 

I.  President’s  Address  898  909 

II.  President-Elect’s  Address  899  909 

III.  Annual  Report  of  The  Council 900  909 

IV.  Report  of  Delegates  to  the  A.M.A 901  909 

V.  Resolutions : 

1.  Re : Appreciation  to  Michigan  Legislature  and  the  Gov- 
ernor   901  914 

2.  Re:  Special  Memberships  (Emeritus  and  Retired) 

901,  902,  905,  909  913 

3.  Re ; Michigan  Medical  Service : 

(a)  Callery  Resolution  902  909 

(b)  Brasie  Resolution  No.  1 902  909 

(c)  Brasie  Resolution  No.  2 903  910 

(d)  Brasie  Resolution  No.  3 903  910 

(e)  Brasie  Resolution  No.  4 903  910 

(f)  Insley  Resolution 905  910 

(g)  Ekelund  Resolution  906  911 

4.  Re : Election  of  Delegates  to  A.M.A 904  914 

5.  Re:  Professional  Liaison  Committee 904  914 

6.  Re:  Section  on  General  Practice 905  914 

7.  Re:  National  Physicians’  Committee 905  914 

8.  Re:  Premarital  Instruction  905  911 

9.  Re:  Training  of  Medical  Technicians 906  909 

VI.  Amendments  to  Constitution  and  By-Laws : 

1.  By-Laws,  Chapter  1,  new  Section  7 re  Transfer  of 

Membership  to  Another  State  Society 902  915 

2.  Constitution,  Article  III,  Section  4,  re  Honorary  Members  903  To  1942  Session 

3.  C ofistitution,  Article  IV,  Section  3,  re  Officers  and  House 

of  Delegates  903  To  1942  Session 

4.  Constitution,  Article  IV,  Section  5,  re  Election  by  House 

of  Delegates  903  To  1942  Session 

5.  Constitution,  Article  X,  Section  1,  re  clarification  of 

“session”  and  “meeting” 903  To  1942  Session 

6.  By-Laws,  Chapter  3,  Section  1,  re  clarification  of  “ses- 
sion” and  “meeting” 903  915 

7.  By-Laws,  Chapter  3,  Section  7-L,  changing  word  “ses- 
sion” to  “meeting” 903  915 

8.  By-Laws,  Chapter  3,  Section  2,  re  qualifications  of  House 

of  Delegates’  members 903  913 

9.  Constitution,  Article  HI,  Sections  3 and  5,  re  Associate 

and  Junior  Memberships 904  To  1942  Session 

10.  By-Laws,  Chapter  5,  Section  1,  re  Annual  Meeting  of 

The  Council 904  913 

11.  C 0‘)%s,titution,  Article  V,  Section  1,  re  Officers  and  The 

Council  904  To  1942  Session 

12.  By-Laws,  Chapter  5,  Section  1,  re  Executive  Committee 

of  The  Council 904  913 

13.  By-Laws,  Chapter  3,  Section  7-d,  re  Election  of  Dele- 
gates and  Alternate  Delegates  to  A.M.A 904  913 

14.  By-Laws,  Chapter  4,  Section  4,  re  duties  of  Secretary. . . . 909  915 

15.  By-Laws,  Chapter  10,  Section  1,  re  change  word  “session” 

to  “meeting”;  also  “present”  to  “seated” 909  915 

16.  Unfinished  Business  from  1940  House  of  Delegates  (Pro- 
posed Amendments  to  Constitution  and  By-Laws)  See 

IX-6a  909  912 

17.  By-Laws,  Chapter  7,  Section  1,  re  special  membership 

applications  914  915 

To  1942  Session 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


894 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


VII.  Reports  of  Standing  Committees : 

1.  Legislative  Committee  906 

2.  Distribution  of  Medical  Care  Committee 906 

3.  Medical-Legal  Committee 906 

4.  Representatives  to  Joint  Committee  on  Health  Education  906 

5.  Preventive  Medicine  Committee 906 

6.  Cancer  Committee 907 

7.  Maternal  Health  Committee 907 

8.  Syphilis  Control  Committee 907 

9.  Tuberculosis  Control  Committee 907 

10.  Industrial  Health  Committee 907 

11.  Mental  Hygiene  Committee 907 

12.  Child  Welfare  Committee 907 

13.  Iodized  Salt  Committee 907 

14.  Heart  and  Degenerative  Diseases  Committee 908 

15.  Postgraduate  Medical  Education  Committee 908 

16.  Ethics  Committee  908 

17.  Public  Relations  Committee 908 


VIII.  Reports  of  Special  Committees : 

1.  Committee  on  Nurses  Training  Schools 908 

2.  Medical  Preparedness  Committee 908 

3.  Prelicensure  Medical  Education  Committee 908 

4.  Radio  Committee 908 

5.  Advisory  Committee  to  Woman’s  Auxiliary 908 

6.  Committee  on  Scientific  Work 909 


IX.  Reports  of  Reference  Committees : 

1.  On  Officers  Reports  

2.  On  Council  Reports  

3.  On  Reports  of  Standing  Committees 

4.  On  Resolutions 

5.  On  Reports  of  Special  Committees 

6.  On  Amendments  to  Constitution  and  By-Laws : 

(a)  Unfinished  Business  from  1940  House  of  Delegates.. 

Constitution,  Article  IV',  Section  3 (Rejected) 

Constitution,  Article  IX,  Section  4 (Rejected) 

Constitution,  Article  XII,  Section  1 (Adopted) 

Constitution,  New  Article  XII ; Renumbering  Old 

Article  XII  to  Article  XHI  (Adopted) 

By-Laws,  Chapter  10,  Section  1 (Adopted) 

(b)  Re  By-Laws  changes  proposed  by  1941  House  of 

Delegates  (Adopted) '. 

By-Laws,  Chapter  1,  New  Section  7 (Adopted) 

By-Laws,  Chapter  3,  Section  1 (Adopted) 

By-Laws,  Chapter  3,  Section  7-d  (Adopted) 

By-Laws,  Chapter  3,  Section  7-L  (Adopted) 

By- Law's,  Chapter  3,  Section  2 (Adopted) 

By-Laws,  Chapter  5,  Section  1 (Adopted) 

By-Law's,  Chapter  5,  Section  1 (Adopted) 

By-Laws,  Chapter  4,  Section  4 (Adopted) 

By-Laws,  Chapter  10,  Section  1 (Adopted) 

By-Laws,  Chapter  7,  Section  1 


X.  Elections : 

1.  Councilor  of  First  District 915 

2.  Councilor  of  Fourth  District 915 

3.  Councilor  of  Fifth  District 916 

4.  Councilor  of  Sixth  District 916 

5.  Delegates  to  A.M.A 916 

6.  Alternate  Delegates  to  A.M.A 916 

7.  President-Elect 917 

8.  Councilor  of  Fourteenth  District 917 

9.  Speaker  of  House  of  Delegates 917 

10.  Vice  Speaker  of  House  of  Delegates 918 


XL  New  Business : 

1.  Honorarium  to  Retiring  Speaker 918 

2.  Place  and  Date  of  1942  Annual  Meeting 918 


911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 

911 


911 

912 

911 

912 
912 
912 


909 

909 

911 
913,  914 
911,  912 

912 
912 
912 

912 

913 
913 

913 

915 

915 

913 

915 

913 

913 

913 

915 

915 

915 

1942  Session 


XII.  Adjournment 
November,  1941 


918 


895 


MICHIGAN  STATE  MEDICAL  SOCIETY 

Seventy-sixth  Annual  Session 


Proceedings  of  House  of  Delegates 
Pantlind  Hotel,  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 
September  16,  1941 


Tuesday  Morning  Meeting 

September  16,  1941 

The  first  meeting  o£  the  House  of  Delegates,  held  in 
connection  with  the  Seventy-sixth  Annual  Convention 
of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  at  the  Pantlind 
Hotel,  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan,  September  16,  1941, 
convened  at  nine-fifty  o’clock,  O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D., 
Fremont,  Speaker,  presiding. 

The  Speaker:  The  meeting  will  please  come  to 

order. 

Dr.  Day,  are  you  ready  to  report  for  the  Credentials 
Committee? 

Luther  W.  Day,  M.D.  : Mr.  Speaker,  total  number 
of  ninety-nine  delegates  registered  and  seated  in  the 
House.  That  constitutes  a quorum  of  the  House  of 
Delegates.  Of  this  total,  there  is  not  a majority  from 
any  one  county.  Consequently,  the  House  of  Delegates 
is  legally  constituted. 


RECORD  OF  ATTENDANCE 

COUNTY  DELEGATE 


1.  Allegan 

2.  Alpena-Alcona- 
Presque  Isle 

3.  Barry 

4.  Bay-Arenac-Iosco 

5.  Berrien 

6.  Branch 

7.  Calhoun 

8.  Cass 

9.  Chippewa-Mackinac 

10.  Clinton 

11.  Delta-Schoolcraft 

12.  Dickinson-Iron 

13.  Eaton 

14.  Genesee 


15.  Gogebic 

16.  Grand  Traverse- 
Leelanau-Benzie 

17.  Gratiot-Isabella- 
Clare 

18.  Hillsdale 

19.  Houghton-Baraga- 
Keweenaw 

20.  Huron 

21.  Ingham 

22.  lonia-Montcalm 

23.  Jackson 

24.  Kalamazoo 

25.  Kent 


26.  Lapeer 

27.  Lenawee 

28.  Livingston 


C.  A.  Dickinson 
W.  E.  Nesbitt 

Gordon  F.  Fisher 

C.  L.  Hess 
Fred  Drummond 
Don  W.  Thorup 

R.  L.  Wade 

A.  T.  Hafford 
George  W.  Slagle 

S.  L.  Loupee 

L.  M.  McBryde 

G.  H.  Frace 
J.  J.  Walch 

W.  H.  Alexander 
Don  V.  Hargrave 
George  J.  Curry 
Donald  R.  Brasie 
Frank  E.  Reeder 
Henry  Cook 
Not  represented 
Robert  T.  Lossman 

M.  G.  Becker 

Luther  W.  Day 

C.  A.  Cooper 

C.  W.  Oakes 

C.  F.  DeVries 

T.  I.  Bauer 

L.  G.  Christian 
W.  L.  Bird 

J.  J.  O’Meara 

H.  A.  Brown 

I.  W.  Brown 
Louis  W.  Gerstner 

A.  V.  Wenger 
Carl  F.  Snapp 
George  H.  Southwick 
A.  B.  Smith 

W.  C.  Beets 
P.  W.  Kniskern 

D.  J.  O’Brien 

M.  R.  McGarvey 

D.  C.  Stephens 


Session 
1st  2nd  3rd 


X X — 

XXX 

X X 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

X X 

XXX 
XXX 
X 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

X X 

XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
— XX 

X 

XXX 

X X 

XXX 
X X 


29.  Luce 

30.  Macomb 

31.  Manistee 

32.  Marquette-Alger 

33.  Mason 

34.  Mecosta-Osceola- 
Lake 

35.  Medical  Society  of 
North  Central 
Counties 

36.  Menominee 

37.  Midland 

38.  Monroe 

39.  Muskegon 

40.  Newaygo 

41.  Northern  Michigan 

42.  Oakland 

43.  Oceana 

44.  Ontonagon 

45.  Ottawa 

46.  St.  Clair 

47.  St.  Joseph 

48.  Saginaw 

49.  Sanilac 

50.  Shiawasse 

51.  Tuscola 

52.  Van  Buren 

53.  Washtenaw 


54.  Wayne 


55.  Wexford 


Henry  E.  Perry 

D.  Bruce  Wiley 

E.  A.  Oakes 

V.  Vandeventer 

W.  S.  Martin 
Gordon  Yeo 

C.  R.  Keyport 


H.  T.  Sethney 

H.  H.  Gay 

D.  C.  Denman 

E.  O.  Foss 

E.  N.  D’Alcorn 

O.  D.  Stryker 
Fred  C.  Mayne 
C.  T.  Ekelund 

Z.  R.  AschenBrenner 

B.  T.  Larson 
Merle  G.  \Vood 
W.  F.  Strong 
A.  E.  Stickley 
A.  L.  Callery 
R.  A.  Springer 

C.  E.  Toshach 

F.  O.  Novy 
R.  K.  Hart 

I.  W.  Greene 
T.  E.  Hoffman 
W.  R.  Young 

John  A.  Wessinger 
Dean  W.  Myers 
L-  J.  Johnson 
L.  E.  Knoll 
R.  H.  Pino 
Gaylord  S.  Bates 
Henry  A.  Luce 
R.  L.  Novy 
Douglas  Donald 

A.  E.  Catherwood 
T.  K.  Gruber 

W.  D.  Barrett 
R.  M.  McKean 
Allan  McDonald 
H.  J.  Kullman 
L.  J.  Hirschman 

E.  D.  Spalding 

G.  C.  Penberthy 
W.  B.  Cooksey 
C.  E.  Dutchess 

E.  A.  Osius 

J.  H.  Andries 

R.  C.  Jamieson 

H.  F.  Dibble 

S.  W.  Insley 

P.  L.  Ledwidge 
C.  F.  Brunk 
Wm.  S.  Reveno 
C.  F.  Vale 

F.  W.  Hartman 
R.  V.  Walker 
C.  E.  Simpson 

J.  A.  Kasper 
L.  J.  Morand 
C.  K.  Hasley 

B.  L.  Connelly 

C.  E.  Lemmon 
E.  R.  Witwer 

L.  O.  Geib 

M.  H.  Hoffmann 
Arch  Walls 

C.  S.  Ratigan 
W.  Joe  Smith 


XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

— X 

XXX 

XXX 


XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

X 

X 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

X X 

XXX 
XXX 
X X X 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
X 

X X X 

XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 
XXX 

XX  

X X X 

XXX 
XXX 
X X X 

XXX 
XXX 

X X 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

X X 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

XXX 

X X 

XXX 
XXX 
X X 


The  Speaker:  According  to  the  report  of  the  Cre- 
dentials Committee,  the  House  of  Delegates  is  now 
legally  constituted.  The  report  of  the  Credentials  Com- 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


896 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


mittee  will  be  taken  as  the  roll  call,  if  there  is  no  objec- 
tion from  the  House. 

You  will  find  in  the  Handbook  the  appointment  of 
the  various  reference  committees. 

The  Speaker  will  dispense  with  the  Speaker’s  address 
due  to  the  amount  of  work  which  we  have  before  us. 

For  many  of  you,  this  is  your  first  meeting.  Many 
of  the  men  who  were  with  us  in  former  years  are  now 
in  army  service.  For  you  who  are  new,  and  for  all 
of  you,  remember  that  you  constitute  the  legislative 
group  of  this  Society.  Upon  what  you  think,  upon 
what  you  say  and  what  you  do  here  will  depend  the 
future  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

At  this  time  the  State  Health  Commissioner  has  a 
few  words  he  wishes  to  say. 

H.  Allen  Moyer,  M.D.  : Mr.  Chairman  and  Dele- 
gates: I bring  greetings  from  the  Health  Department 
to  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

There  is  one  subject  that  I wish  to  bring  before 
you  today  on  which  you  may  take  action  some  time 
in  the  future.  As  you  all  realize,  today  in  the  State 
of  Michigan  cancer  is  the  second  greatest  cause  of 
death,  and  we  have  no  way  of  knowing  the  number 
of  deaths  except  through  the  death  notices  that  are 
presented  to  be  recorded. 

I would  like  to  have  this  body  take  into  consideration 
the  subject  whether  cancer  should  be  registered  as  a 
contagious  disease.  It  is  not  a contagious  disease  but 
it  should  be  recorded,  that  we  may  Imow  the  number 
of  cases  and  follow  through  to  find  out  how  many  cures 
are  being  effected  in  the  State  of  Michigan.  If  can- 
cer is  recorded,  the  same  as  a contagious  disease,  there 
would  be  the  understanding  that  the  doctor  in  attend- 
ance on  these  cases  would  be  contacted  at  least  once  or 
twice  a year,  to  follow  through  and  to  find  out  how 
long  these  patients  are  living  after  being  treated.  We 
could  reduce  the  number  of  deaths,  and  know  the  num- 
ber of  cures  being  accomplished.  It  would  be  of  great 
benefit,  and  it  would  be  a record  which  would  be  very 
beneficial  to  the  State  of  Michigan. 

New  York  State  and  Massachusetts  have  adopted 
this  form.  I wish  the  delegates  would  consider  this 
and  that  some  action  be  taken  in  the  future  that  would 
justify  the  Department  of  Public  Health  in  reporting 
cancer.  I hope  you  take  this  question  under  considera- 
tion because  I feel  it  is  vital  to  the  records  in  the 
State  of  Michigan. 

The  Speaker:  I wish  to  make  one  change  which 
has  just  been  invited  to  my  attention,  in  the  member- 
ship of  the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  Stand- 
ing Committees.  Dr.  G.  W.  Slagle  will  replace  Dr. 
Harvey  Hansen,  Calhoun  County. 

At  this  time  we  will  hear  from  John  M.  Pratt  of 
the  National  Physicians  Committee.  Dr.  Luce ! 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : Gentlemen,  not 
sailing  under  false  colors,  for  once  in  my  life,  I am 
being  honored  this  morning  by  being  asked  by  Dr.  J. 
Milton  Robb  to  take  his  place. 

At  this  time,  Mr.  Chairman,  I wish,  if  it  would  be 
in  order,  that  this  House  of  Delegates  instruct  our 
Secretary  to  send  to  Dr.  Robb  a telegram  of  regrets 
that  he  is  sick  and  unable  to  attend. 

The  Speaker:  That  is  in  order  and  will  be  done. 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D. : Several  years  ago,  a group 
of  physicians,  representative  doctors,  doctors  standing 
high  in  their  profession,  doctors  whose  integrity  was 
unquestioned,  organized  the  National  Physicians  Com- 
mittee for  the  Extension  of  Medical  Service  and  secured 
the  services  of  John  M.  Pratt  as  Executive  Adminis- 
trator. 

November,  1941 


C)n  behalf  of  Dr.  Robb,  on  behalf  of  those  who 
believe  in  individualism  in  this  country,  it  is  a pleas- 
ure to  introduce  to  you  John  AI.  Pratt. 

John  AI.  Pratt:  Dr.  Stryker,  Dr.  Luce  and  mem- 
bers of  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society:  Personally,  I always  feel  very  much 
at  home  with  the  doctors  of  the  State  of  Alichigan. 

I am  much  pleased  that  it  falls  to  my  lot  to  be 
with  you  here  today,  and  I am  to  have  the  privilege 
of  talking  at  the  County  Secretaries  Conference  to- 
morrow. In  this  case  we  are  reversing  the  process.  In 
nearly  all  instances  I have  been  able  generally  to  out- 
line the  why,  the  wherefore,  the  method,  and  the  prog- 
ress at  a general  meeting,  before  talking  to  a House 
of  Delegates.  The  members  of  the  board  of  the  Na- 
tional Physicians  Committee  are  hoping  that  before  your 
House  of  Delegates  adjourns  you  will  have  sufficient 
insight,  sufficient  knowledge  and  sufficient  interest  in 
this  vital  aspect  of  medicine  to  take  some  formal  action. 

On  a question  as  vital  and  as  important  as  this  one, 
it  is  a very  simple  think  to  take  an  hour,  or  more, 
in  discussing  the  details  of  the  problem.  I shall  attempt 
only  to  place  before  you  what  we  conceive  to  be  the 
basic  issues  involved,  that  were  responsible  for  bring- 
ing into  being  the  National  Physicians  Committee. 

In  1933  there  were  brought  into  the  picture  in  this 
country  two  wholly  new  factors  or  concepts : first, 
making  a business  out  of  politics. 

Second,  the  establishment  of  controls  through  the 
agency  of  propaganda.  That  was  new  to  us.  I only 
need  to  use  medicine  to  illustrate  what  it  meant.  You 
men  are  all  familiar  with  the  fact  that  in  July  of 
1938  the  government  called  into  being  the  National 
Health  Conference.  That  was  only  one  of  many,  but 
it  established  a kind  of  precedent,  because  that  Na- 
tional Health  Conference  was  never  designed  or  intended 
to  do  anything  about  this  health  problem  save  to  pro- 
vide the  sounding  board  and  the  base  of  propaganda 
that  emanated  from  it. 

In  the  following  October  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation was  hailed  before  the  federal  grand  jury,  and 
again  we  had  the  excuse  or  the  base  for  a nation-wide 
effort  to  tell  all  of  the  people  in  this  country  that  the 
physicians  of  the  United  States  had  not  been  doing 
their  job  in  providing  medical  service. 

In  December  of  that  year.  Dr.  Fishbein,  Dr.  West, 
Dr.  Leland,  two  other  men  from  Chicago,  the  American 
Medical  Association,  the  Washington  District  Associa- 
tion, the  Houston-Texas  Association,  and  some  four- 
teen other  physicians  were  placed  under  criminal  indict- 
ment. 

That  Health  Conference,  that  grand  jury  action,  the 
indictment  of  these  medical  men  were  important  for 
one  thing.  They  provided  the  base  of  a nation-wide 
publicity  which  was  used  for  one  purpose,  and  that  pur- 
pose was  to  break  down  the  confidence  of  the  American 
people  in  our  system  of  distributing  medical  service 
and,  to  an  extent,  discredit  the  practicing  physician,  to 
the  end  that  we  might  bring  into  being  in  this  country 
a revolutionary  plan  of  providing  medical  service. 

Those  grand  jury  indictments  in  December  of  1938 
were  followed  in  February  by  the  introduction  of  the 
Wagner  National  Health  Bill.  This  was  to  implement 
the  idea  behind  all  of  these  moves.  This  was  new, 
not  only  new  to  medical  men  but  new  in  all  of  the 
things  undertaken  in  this  nation. 

As  a consequence,  after  the  indictment  of  these  men 
before  the  federal  grand  jury,  American  medicine, 
organized  for  nearly  one  hundred  years,  performing 
the  greatest  service  of  any  professional  or  trade  group 
in  this  country,  frankly  did  not  know  what  to  do. 

Medicine  was  not  geared  up  to  meet  that  kind  of 
attack ; no  group  in  this  country  was  geared  up  to 
meet  it.  It  is  by  accident  that  the  whole  of  this  effort 


897 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


had  its  beginning’s  in  this  state  at  a meeting  of  your 
State  Council  in  Detroit,  November,  1938. 

From  that  emanated  the  most  intensive,  the  most 
effective,  the  most  comprehensive  counter-propaganda 
effort  that  had  ever  been  made  in  the  United  States. 

Most  of  you  men  probably  do  not  realize  all  that 
has  been  done,  but,  following  this  meeting  in  Detroit, 
interested  physicians  went  to  Chicago,  Minneapolis  and 
St.  Paul,  out  to  San  Francisco  and  back  to  Kansas  City 
and  St.  Louis  and  Indianapolis. 

In  November,  1939,  the  National  Physicians  Com- 
mittee for  the  Extension  of  Medical  Service  was  or- 
ganized. There  were  two  essentials.  First,  to  tell  the 
people  that  all  of  the  things  they  were  being  told  about 
the  inadequacy  of  medical  service  were  only  partially 
true,  and  that  there  were  other  truths  of  more  impor- 
tance to  the  public  than  the  part  truths  they  were 
being  told. 

Second,  the  necessity  for  organized  medicine  assum- 
ing the  responsibility  for  providing,  to  the  very  ulti- 
mate, medical  service  for  all  the  people. 

There  have  been  possibly  as  many  as  two  hundred 
experimental  efforts  made  to  provide  medical  service. 
Again  Michigan  is  at  the  forefront.  In  May  of  last 
year  I had  the  privilege  of  thoroughly  canvassing  the 
medical  situation  in  this  state,  with  all  of  the  detailed 
information  in  connection  with  its  medical  service.  I 
have  followed  closely  the  development  of  your  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service. 

Two  states,  Michigan  and  California,  by  making  these 
experimental  efforts,  in  many  respects  wholly  success- 
ful, have  done  more  than  any  other  single  development 
to  insure  a continuation  of  the  medical  profession  con- 
tinuing to  provide  medical  care  without  political  inter- 
ference. 

If  you  will  keep  in  mind  two  new  concepts  on 
the  American  scene — government  in  business,  controls 
by  propaganda — you  will  understand  that  the  National 
Physicians  Committee  for  the  Extension  of  Medical 
Service  is  the  only  agent  of  the  medical  profession  to 
undertake  the  counter  effort  that  is  essential,  to  pre- 
serve the  independence  of  medicine  in  the  United  States. 

The  Speaker:  Thank  you,  Mr.  Pratt. 

We  will  proceed  to  the  next  order  of  business,  which 
will  be  the  President’s  address,  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D. 

L President's  Address 

Mr.  Speaker  and  Members  of  the  House  of  Dele- 
gates and  Officers : 

After  fifteen  years  as  an  officer  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  serving  during  these  years  as 
Chairman  of  The  Council  and  Executive  Committee 
and  the  last  two  years  as  an  ex  officio  member,  I should 
be  able  to  write  a volume  in  the  interest  of  our  organi- 
zation. 

I have  watched  the  growth  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  in  the  last  few  years  from  a mod- 
erately active  organization  to  one  capable  of  handling 
the  interests  of  any  large  corporation.  This  change  has 
been  brought  about  since  the  centralization  of  our  activi- 
ties in  our  executive  offices  in  Lansing  and  the  co- 
operation of  the  Secretary  and  Executive  Secretary. 
Much  of  the  credit  is  due  to  our  Executive  Secretary, 
Mr.  Burns. 

“Choose  Your  Councilor  Wisely" 

A councilor  should  be  chosen  by  his  district  for 
his  executive  ability,  stamina,  endurance,  longevity  and 
his  willingness  to  give  us  time  from  his  practice  to  ful- 
fill his  obligations.  Therefore,  a councilor  should  be 
chosen  wisely.  The  members  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee of  The  Council  are  the  Chairman,  Vice  Chairman 
and  Chairman  of  the  Finance,  County  Societies  and 
Publication  Committees.  They  are  elected  by  The  Coun- 

898 


cil.  The  Speaker  of  the  House  is  a member  of  the  * 
committee  by  authority  of  the  House  of  Delegates, 
with  the  right  to  vote.  Most  of  the  administrative  | 
activity  of  the  Society  is  done  by  the  Executive  Com-  ! 
mittee.  This  has  been  one  of  our  most  active  years 
and  I wish  to  praise  The  Council  and  its  Executive  ' 
Committee  for  their  good  judgment  and  hard  work. 

Proposed  Amendments  to  Constitution 

The  value  of  the  experience  of  our  Past  President 
to  the  House  of  Delegates  has  been  a matter  of  dis- 
cussion for  several  years.  An  amendment  to  the  Con- 
stitution was  presented  to  the  1940  House  of  Delegates 
proposing  that  officers,  past  presidents  and  councilors 
be  made  ex  officio  members  of  the  House  of  Dele- 
gates. The  officers  and  councilors  should  accept  this 
recognition  as  their  presence  is  valuable.  This  all 
leads  up  to  the  essential  point,  the  status  of  the  active 
President,  President-Elect  and  the  Secretary  as  mem- 
bers of  the  Council  and  Executive  Committee.  Why 
not  give  more  voice  and  power  to  these  officers  during 
their  incumbency?  Responsibility  is  theirs  now,  with- 
out the  right  to  vote. 

Medical  Preparedness 

“One  examination  for  selectees”  was  the  subject  of 
an  article  on  the  President’s  Page  in  the  April  M.S.M.S. 
Journal.  The  principle  set  forth  in  this  article  is  about 
to  be  put  in  effect  in  the  Upper  Peninsula,  that  is,  a 
traveling  army  induction  unit.  We  hope  this  will  soon 
be  universal.  The  army  rejections  will  then  be  higher 
by  the  economic  loss  and  disappointments  of  the 
selectee  will  be  lower. 

The  rules  and  regulations  for  physical  requirements 
for  1-A  and  1-B  selectees  have  changed  so  fast  that 
it  seems  unwise  to  quote  them  at  this  time.  Under  new 
regulations  many  remedial  cases  will  then  be  cared 
for  by  the  army. 

Rehabilitation  of  the  rejected  draftees  has  been 
studied  by  your  president  and  I refer  you  to  the  Presi- 
dent’s Page  of  the  Febnrary  M.S.M.S.  Journal.  At  the 
present  time  no  plan  for  the  rehabilitation  of  rejected 
draftees  is  feasible  but  when  it  does  become  so,  either 
by  the  Federal  government,  state  or  local  agencies,  we 
will  always  insist  (here  I refer  you  to  the  second  rec- 
ommendation of  The  Council,  on  page  39  of  your 
Handbook)  that  the  physician-patient  relationship  and 
free  choice  of  Doctor  of  Medicine  shall  be  maintained. 

At  the  present  time  the  public  is  not  demanding  any 
such  action  as  shortages  in  essential  comforts  have 
diverted  their  attention. 

Thanks  to  Committees 

All  committees  appointed  by  your  president  have 
fulfilled  my  expectations  and  I wish  to  commend  their 
work.  Read  their  reports  in  the  Handbook  and  Journal. 

The  death  of  Dr.  C.  K.  Valade,  chairman  of  the 
Syphilis  Control  Committee,  was  a shock  and  a loss 
to  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society.  No  resigna- 
tions or  changes  in  The  Council  or  any  Committees 
this  year  speaks  well  for  the  future  welfare  of  our 
organization. 

Important  Role  of  the  General  Practitioner  in  Medicine 

A newspaper  article  under  the  heading  “Army  Spe- 
cialists vs.  the  General  Practitioner”  would  lead  the  pub- 
lic to  believe  that  the  M.D.s  doing  general  practice 
are  not  keeping  up  to  date  due  to  lack  of  postgraduate 
educational  facilities.  Our  extramural  postgraduate 
meetings,  the  universities’  postgraduate  courses,  and 
this  week’s  M.S.M.S.  convention  (with  thirty  out-of-state 
guest  essayists  whose  presentations  are  especially  written 
for  the  general  practitioner)  should  put  him  on  a basis 
in  the  important  field  of  general  practice  comparable 
to  the  standing  of  a specialist  in  his  field. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


Without  the  general  practitioner  Medicine,  as  prac- 
ticed today,  could  not  exist.  The  A.M.xA..  is  recognizing 
him  in  a separate  section  in  medicine.  May  the  time 
never  come  when  we  all  become  narrow-minded  bj'  a 
restricted  specialty  viewpoint. 

MSMS  Endowment  for  Postgraduate  Medicine 

With  increasing  taxes,  inheritance  taxes  on  estates 
and  many  others  we  must  look  to  the  future  in  financ- 
ing our  postgraduate  courses.  At  the  present  time  only 
a small  part  of  the  cost  is  carried  by  the  MSMS. 
Several  years  ago  The  Council  proposed  that  a fund 
be  created  for  this  purpose  so  that  the  MSMS  could 
finance  all  extramural  postgraduate  courses  and  other 
postgraduate  activities  except  those  provided  exclusively 
by  the  two  universities.  I recommend  that  the  House 
of  Delegates  and  The  Council  propose  changes  in  our 
Constitution  and  By-Laws  for  the  creation  and  custody 
of  such  a fund  for  the  endowment  of  postgraduate  edu- 
cation for  the  general  practitioner  as  an  activity  of 
the  MSMS.  I recommend  that  the  House  of  Delegates 
instruct  The  Council  to  set  aside  an  amount  equal  to 
ten  thousand  dollars  to  start  this  fund  and  additional 
sums  each  year  until  such  time  as  the  fund  is  suf- 
ficient to  endow  postgraduate  education.  This  fund 
could  receive  other  monies  and  bequests  from  our  mem- 
bership and  lay  benefactors.  Several  have  already  ex- 
pressed their  wish  to  donate  to  such  a fund  if  once 
initiated  by  the  Society. 

Finis 

Mr.  Speaker  and  House  of  Delegates,  I appreciate 
the  honor  of  being  President  and  I hope  I have  lived  up 
to  your  expectations.  After  fifteen  years  of  service,  I 
do  not  expect  to  drop  my  interest  in  the  welfare  of 
my  profession.  I shall  still  be  ver}'  active  in  organized 
medicine. 

The  Speaker;  The  address  of  the  president  will  be 
referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Officers’  Re- 
ports. 

I understand  that  Colonel  Furlong  is  with  us,  and  it 
is  my  pleasure  to  call  on  him  at  this  time. 

Lt.  Colonel  Harold  A.  Furlong,  Al.D. : Air.  Speaker, 
Alembers  of  the  House  of  Delegates : Last  year,  when 
I was  called  into  military  servdce,  my  first  duty  was  to 
meet  with  your  Medical  Preparedness  Committee  and 
the  members  of  the  Executive  Committee.  That  was 
a very  pleasant  occasion.  I am  sure  that,  had  I kno^^■n 
then  what  I know  now  about  the  Selective  Service,  I 
wouldn’t  have  looked  forward  so  eagerly  to  this  year. 

It  is  a very  unusual  honor  that  you  have  bestowed 
upon  me  this  morning  to  attend  a meeting  of  the 
House  of  Delegates.  I frankly  asked  for  that  per- 
mission in  order  that  I might  express  officially  to  the 
medical  profession  of  Alichigan  the  thanks  of  the  Gov- 
ernor and  the  Selective  Service  System  of  Alichigan 
for  the  very  vital  part  that  the  doctors  of  medicine 
have  played  in  this  program.  It  has  been  pleasant  to 
cooperate  most  closely  with  all  the  facilities  that  or- 
ganized medicine  in  Alichigan  had  to  offer.  We  have 
received  most  excellent  help  from  the  executive  office, 
under  Air.  Burns.  The  AI.S.AI.S.  Journal  has  been 
very  helpful ; the  Executive  Committee  and  The  Coun- 
cil have  been  very  helpful.  The  tremendous  load  that 
the  doctors  of  Alichigan  have  borne  in  the  past  year, 
in  carrying  out  this  program,  surpasses  all  imagination. 
Over  130,000  examinations  have  been  performed.  About 
50,000  men  have  been  taken  into  the  Selective  Service 
in  Alichigan.  Not  only  the  immediate  facilities  of  the 
State  Aledical  Society  but  the  Department  of  Health 
and  other  agencies,  such  as  the  Alichigan  Hospital  As- 
sociation and  the  Board  of  Registration  in  Aledicine 
have  been  most  helpful. 

November,  1^1 


The  name  of  ever^*  doctor  who  has  been  appointed 
in  Alichigan  to  service  on  Selective  Service  has  been 
cleared  through  the  Board  of  Registration  in  Medicine. 
I think  you  can  see  what  that  has  meant.  There  have 
been  1,451  doctors  of  medicine  serving  as  examiners 
for  local  boards.  Three  hundred  eighty-six  men  have 
served  on  the  medical  advisory  boards,  and  there  are 
nineteen  doctors,  one  on  each  of  the  nineteen  appeal 
boards,  a total  of  1,856. 

There  have  been,  I am  sure,  many  occasions  when 
the  doctors  of  Alichigan  were  somewhat  annoyed  by 
the  hea\^  load  that  has  been  placed  upon  them  at 
various  times.  It  was  not  possible  for  us  to  give  you 
all  that  you  wanted  in  the  way  of  supplies. 

M'e  are  very  carefully  recording  the  results  of  your 
work,  and  we  anticipate  that,  when  this  program  is 
through  in  Alichigan,  we  will  have  enough  records,  care- 
fully kept  and  tabulated,  that  a very  comprehensive 
study  may  be  made  of  the  physical  condition  of  reg- 
istrants. 

In  fact,  people  who  come  here  from  national  head- 
quarters and  look  over  what  we  are  doing  in  the  way 
of  tabulating  this  information  for  the  State  of  Michi- 
gan indicate  verj'  clearly  that  we  are  doing  a better 
job  than  even  the  national  government  itself  is  under- 
taking. 

Tomorrow  the  official  representative  of  the  national 
headquarters  of  Selective  Service  is  coming  here  pri- 
marily to  express  appreciation  for  your  assistance. 

Another  job  has  been  assigned  to  me,  that  of  Ad- 
ministrator to  the  State  Council  of  Defense.  I can 
assure  you  that,  in  addition  to  the  heavy  load  which 
you  have  been  called  upon  to  give  for  Selective  Serv- 
ice, you  will  be  invited  to  give  advice  and  help  in  or- 
ganizing all  the  medical  resources  of  the  State  of 
Alichigan  that  will  be  necessary’-  under  the  civilian  de- 
fense program. 

Again  I want  to  express  to  you  my  appreciation  for 
the  privilege  of  appearing  before  you  this  morning, 
and  mj^  very  profound  admiration  for  the  work  that  the 
Alichigan  doctors  of  medicine  have  done  in  national  de- 
fense. 

The  Speaker:  Thank  you.  Colonel  Furlong. 

Our  next  order  of  business  is  the  President-elect’s 
address,  Henry  R.  Carstens,  AI.D. 

II.  President-Elect's  Address 

With  this,  the  Seventy-Sixth  Annual  Meeting,  the 
Alichigan  State  Aledical  Society  completes  three-quar- 
ters of  a century  of  able  service  to  the  citizens  of  this 
state  and  to  the  medical  profession  which  serves  them. 
The  record  is  long  and  honorable,  and  of  it  we  may 
justly  be  proud.  The  speaker,  naturally,  has  a deep 
feeling  of  gratitude  ior  the  honor  which  his  fellow 
practitioners  will  bestow*  upon  him  this  week. 

The  activities  of  the  Alichigan  State  Aledical  Society 
in  the  scientific  phase  of  the  practice  of  medicine  are 
well  known  and  need  not  be  repeated  here.  The  splen- 
did program  which  will  be  presented  at  this  meeting  is 
but  one  manifestation  of  the  educational  program  of 
the  State  Society,  both  for  its  members  and  for  the 
public.  The  complete  list  of  activities  of  the  Society 
cannot  be  covered  on  this  occasion,  but  in  brief,  one 
or  two  items  merit  special  mention. 

The  first  is  concerned  with  the  project,  which  was 
the  result  of  manj*  3*ears’  study  of  some  of  the  inequali- 
ties in  the  distribution  of  medical  care.  For  over  ten 
j^ears,  the  Society  has  made  a thorough  study  of  this 
problem ; this  study  culminated  in  the  sponsorship  of 
Alichigan  Aledical  Service,  the  nonprofit  corporation 
which  makes  provision  for  the  budgeting  of  the  costs 
of  medical  care  by  means  of  small  monthly  pajTnents. 
The  plan  has  now  been  in  active  operation  for  eighteen 

899 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


months,  and  gives  every  evidence  of  serving  the  three- 
fold purposes  for  which  it  was  founded.  These  were 
(1)  to  make  available  to  the  citizen  of  the  moderate 
income  group,  medical  services  of  which  he  might 
be  in  need,  without  disruption  of  his  budget  through 
unforeseen  incurrment  of  substantial  and  unexpected 
financial  obligations.  At  the  same  time  (2)  the  physi- 
cian is  assured  of  fair  compensation  for  his  services. 
And,  finally  (3)  such  a plan  of  voluntary  protection 
(based  upon  insurance  principles)  by  the  individual 
himself,  will  help  to  forestall  the  proposals  of  those 
who  feel  that  some  compulsory  health  insurance  plan 
is  the  only  solution. 

In  accordance  with  the  instructions  of  the  House  of 
Delegates,  operations  were  started  on  March  1,  1940. 
Although  plans  were  carefully  made  in  advance,  it  was 
inevitable  that  there  would  be  numerous  unforeseen 
problems  arising  after  the  plan  was  actually  in  opera- 
tion. Some  of  the  difficulties  seemed  insurmountable,  but 
due  to  the  earnest  and  conscientious  work  of  the  Board 
of  Directors  and  its  Executive  Committee,  Michigan 
Medical  Service  has  solved  the  great  majority  of  prob- 
lems as  they  arose  and  the  plan  has  grown  rapidly  in 
the  last  eighteen  months.  Many  problems  still  remain 
for  solution  in  the  present  and  in  the  near  future.  One 
of  these  problems  is  the  rapid  growth  mentioned,  the 
number  of  subscribers  having  increased  in  the  short 
space  of  time  up  to  approximately  193,000  individuals 
as  of  this  date.  All  indications  point  to  the  fact  that 
the  program  is  soundly  planned  and  appears  to  be  an 
answer,  in  large  part,  to  some  of  the  problems  of 
the  distribution  of  medical  care.  As  further  evidence, 
it  is  noted  that  in  all  parts  of  the  nation,  the  medical 
profession  is  watching  the  progress  of  the  Michigan 
plan  and  has  started  similar  plans  with  a view  to  solv- 
ing the  problems  in  their  own  communities.  Well  over 
half  of  the  states  now  have  started  plans  or  have  com- 
pleted the  ground  work  which  will  permit  them  to 
start  their  plans  within  a short  time.  The  whole  pro- 
gram comprises  a great  social  experiment  with  every 
indication  pointing  to  its  success  in  solving  some  of 
the  major  medical  economic  problems  of  our  citizens. 

The  full  details  will  be  presented  tomorrow  after- 
noon in  the  reports  at  the  meeting  of  the  membership 
of  Michigan  Medical  Service,  the  membership  including 
the  delegates  of  this  House. 

Another  major  matter  which  will  be  of  increasing 
importance  and  which  will  require  more  and  more 
study  by  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  during  the 
next  year  or  two  is  the  matter  of  the  national  defense. 
With  the  kaleidoscopic  changes  in  the  picture  of  world 
affairs,  it  is  not  remotely  possible  to  forecast  what  the 
future  will  bring.  In  the  meantime,  it  may  be  stated 
that  the  medical  profession  of  this  state  has  already 
performed  notably  in  the  nation’s  program  for  national 
defense. 

Almost  2,000  physicians  have  served,  without  re- 
muneration, on  the  Selective  Service  local  examining 
boards  and  district  advisory  boards ; they  have  put  in 
long  hours  of  conscientious  work  in  this  service.  In 
addition,  many  of  our  physicians,  particularly  the 
younger  ones,  are  already  on  active  service.  Some  are 
serving  in  the  navy  and  with  the  marines,  many  are 
on  duty  with  the  national  guard.  Tlie  profession  may 
well  be  proud  of  the  large  number  of  its  members  who 
hold  appointments  in  Reserve  Corps  of  the  army. 
Michigan  has  always  been  among  the  leaders  in  this 
respect.  There  are  at  present  over  400  physicians  in 
this  state  who  hold  appointment  as  medical  reserve 
officers.  Of  these,  approximately  250  are  on  active 
duty.  Of  the  balance,  the  great  majority  are  completing 
internships,  are  senior  officers,  or  are  assigned  to 
War  Department  units,  so  that  actually  there  are 
hardly  a score  at  the  present  moment  available  for 
assignment  in  the  Michigan  Military  Area. 

900 


This  is  a record  in  which  the  medical  profession  I 
may  take  pride.  And  still,  due  consideration  must  be  I 
given  to  needs  which  the  future  may  bring  in  the  event  I 
of  an  even  greater  national  emergency.  With  every  i 
confidence,  one  may  state  that  the  medical  profession  i 
of  Michigan  will  rise  to  the  emergency  as  they  have 
during  previous  wars  that  have  occurred  since  the 
founding  of  our  Society. 

There  are  many  other  activities  which  will  occupy 
the  Society  during  the  coming  year.  Particular  atten- 
tion may  be  drawn  to  the  reports  of  the  many  com-  , 
mittees.  Their  industrious  members  have  accomplished 
much  during  the  past  year,  and  most  of  the  commit-  ' 
tees  have  long  range  programs  which  will  occupy  our 
attention  for  the  coming  year  and  even  further  in  ] 
the  future.  1 

During  its  long  and  honorable  historj^,  the  Michigan  | 
State  Medical  Society  has  been  confronted  with  in-  j 
numerable  problems,  and  these  have  been  studied  and  j 
solutions  found  to  the  best  interest  of  the  citizens  of  J 
this  state  and  the  practice  of  medicine.  In  the  future,  < 
there  will  be  even  more  problems.  I know  that  every  ^ 
one  of  us  has  every  confidence  that  the  correct  solu-  j 
tion  will  be  found  in  the  earnest  deliberations  of  the  ; 
Society’s  governing  body,  the  House  of  Delegates,  and  J 
the  able  activities  of  its  executive  body.  The  Council, 
and  the  Officers.  May  our  State  Society  prosper  and 
long  continue  into  the  future  its  enviable  and  honor-  > 
able  record. 

The  Spe.aker:  The  address  of  President-elect  Car-  ; 
stens  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on 
Officers’  Reports. 

The  next  order  of  business  is  the  annual  report  of 
The  Council,  A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D. 

III.  Annual  Report  of  the  Council 

Mr.  Speaker  and  ^Members  of  the  House  of  Dele- 
gates : 

The  Annual  Report  of  The  Council  for  the  year 
1940-41  appears  in  the  Delegates’  Handbook  beginning 
at  page  29.  As  this  report  was  written  in  July  in  order 
that  it  might  appear  in  print,  we  wish  to  submit  addi- 
tional information  on  matters  which  have  been  con- 
sidered by  The  Council  and  its  Executive  Committee 
during  the  past  two  months. 

1.  Membership. — The  membership  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society,  as  of  September  12,  1941,  totals 
4,432,  including  82  military  members  who  were  granted 
a remission  of  dues. 

2.  Michigan  Medical  Service. — The  enrollment  in 
Michigan  Medical  Service  has  increased  to  193,186  as 
of  August  31,  1941.  In  addition  to  this  widespread 
acceptance  of  the  program  by  the  public,  it  is  refresh- 
ing to  observe  that  the  number  of  participating  doc- 
tors has  increased  each  month,  until  at  present  3,559  are 
registered,  which  is  approximately  90  per  cent  of  the 
total  number  of  licensed  practicing  physicians  in  Michi- 
gan. 

The  benefits  of  the  program  are  well  established, 
both  for  the  patients  and  the  doctors.  The  great  flexi- 
bility of  services  means  more  adequate  care  for  the 
patients  and  greater  remuneration  for  the  doctors. 

Services  have  been  provided  for  more  than  29,000 
patients,  and  payments  in  excess  of  $650,000  have  been 
paid  to  doctors  for  these  services.  Complete  data  as 
to  the  expansion  of  Michigan  Medical  Service  will 
be  presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  members. 

3.  Medical  Relief. — The  administration  of  medical 
relief  to  those  on  Welfare  is  still  in  a chaotic  condi- 
tion, being  complicated  by  the  ruling  of  the  Michigan 
Crippled  Children  Commission  re  fee  schedule. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


From  the  Secretary’s  Report  presented  to  the  Dele- 
gates last  evening  (September  15),  it  would  appear  that 
at  least  one-third  of  our  county  medical  societies  have 
lower  fee  schedules  for  medical  care  of  indigents  (in- 
cluding afflicted  adults)  than  the  present  fee  schedule 
of  the  Crippled  Children  Commission,  which  at  best 
represents  only  the  cost  price  of  rendering  these  serv- 
ices to  wards  of  Government.  Therefore,  the  physicians 
in  some  twenty-two  Michigan  counties  are  working 
under  fee  schedules  that  represent  a return  of  less  than 
the  cost  of  performing  the  services ! ! ! 

Much  work  by  our  county  medical  societies  re  med- 
ical relief  is  indicated.  In  fact,  it  is  felt  that  this  is 
the  major  problem  facing  the  Michigan  medical  pro- 
fession today.  If  it  is  not  solved,  quickly  and  satis- 
factorily, it  will  be  reflected  in  our  private  practices. 

Michigan’s  Welfare  Law  of  1939  set  up  the  cardinal 
principle  of  the  physician-patient  relationship  (free 
choice  of  physician  by  welfare  patients).  This  law  is 
not  being  complied  with  in  some  counties.  A recom- 
mendation on  this  matter  follows. 

4.  Authorisation  to  Levy  Assessments^ — In  1938,  1939 
and  again  in  1940,  the  House  of  Delegates  authorized 
The  Council  to  levy  an  assessment  of  $5.00  on  every 
member  of  the  M.S.M.S.,  as  seemed  justified  in  the 
opinion  of  The  Council.  The  Council  is  gratified  at 
your  confidence  and  is  happy  to  state  that  matters  were 
so  well  arranged  by  its  Finance  Committee  that  no 
direct  assessments  were  required  during  the  last  three 
years.  A recommendation  on  this  subject  follows. 

5.  The  Intangibles  Tax  Law  of  1939,  has,  since  its 
enactment,  been  a source  of  confusion  and  annoyance 
to  thousands  of  Michigan  citizens  who  have  attempted 
to  comply  with  its  complicated  provisions.  This  of 
course  includes  members  of  the  medical  profession. 
Most  of  us  were  sorry  that  the  attempt  to  repeal  the 
law  made  in  the  1941  Legislature  by  Senator  Earl  W. 
Munshaw,  did  not  meet  with  success ; such  action  would 
have  resulted  in  the  enactment  of  a better  and  less 
complicated  statute. 

Some  Michigan  lawyers  have  advised  individual  phy- 
sicians that  they  were  not  responsible  for  the  payment 
of  intangible  taxes  on  accounts  receivable  as  these 
represented  persoml  services.  This  question  came  up 
on  several  occasions,  with  the  result  that  The  Council 
ordered  that  a legal  opinion  be  secured.  This  was  ob- 
tained, and  is  on  file  in  the  executive  office  at  Lansing. 

Recommendations 

The  Council’s  first  five  recommendations  are  published 
in  the  Handbook  on  page  39.  I shall  read  them  to  re- 
invite them  to  your  attention ; 

1.  That  favorable  consideration  be  given  to  a res- 
olution expressing  appreciation  and  gratitude  to  mem- 
bers of  the  Michigan  Legislature  and  to  the  Governor 
for  their  courteous  reception  extended  representatives 
of  the  medical  profession,  and  the  thoughtful  consid- 
eration they  gave  to  medical  and  health  measures  com- 
ing before  them. 

2.  That  the  State  Society  develop,  or  join  in  the  de- 
velopment of,  some  plan  of  rehabilitation  of  rejected 
draftees,  in  which  the  physician-patient  relationship  and 
free  choice  of  doctor  is  maintained. 

3.  That  county  societies  having  arrangements  where- 
by medical  welfare  (including  afflicted  adult)  care  is 
given  at  less  than  cost  price,  be  urged  immediately  to 
study  and  revise  their  schedules  of  benefits  so  that  in- 
dividual members  are  not  penalized  by  being  forced  to 
perform  services  at  a financial  loss. 

4.  That  approval  be  given  by  the  House  of  Delegates 
of  the  resolutions  of  the  state’s  fifty-five  county  medical 
societies  recommending  renewal  of  the  Charter  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

November,  1941 


5.  That  the  recommendations  of  the  special  commit- 
tee appointed  to  study  the  problem  of  election  of  dele- 
gates and  alternate  delegates  to  the  A.M.A.  be  favor- 
ably considered. 

^ 

The  Council  offers  these  additional  recommendations, 
covering  matters  presented  in  this  Supplementary  Re- 
port : 

6.  That  aggressive  action  be  taken  by  county  medical 
societies,  where  indicated,  to  the  end  that  county  social 
welfare  boards  comply  with  the  Michigan  Welfare  Law 
of  1939  re  free  choice  of  physician  by  welfare  patients. 
Further,  that  county  societies  contact  their  Boards  of 
Supervisors  before  October  1,  on  which  date  their  an- 
nual budgets  will  be  adopted. 

7.  That  the  House  of  Delegates  reaffirm  its  authori- 
zation to  The  Council  to  levy  a capital  assessment,  or 
assessments,  not  to  exceed  a total  of  $5.00,  as  seems 
justified  in  their  considered  opinion. 

^ 

The  Speaker:  The  annual  report  of  The  Council 

and  the  supplemental  report  will  be  referred  to  the  Ref- 
erence Committee  on  Reports  of  The  Council. 

We  will  now  have  the  report  of  Delegates  to  Ameri- 
can Medical  Association,  by  Dr.  Luce. 

IV.  Report  of  Delegates  to  A.M.A. 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.  : The  report  of  the  Delegates 
to  the  A.M.A.  is  printed  in  the  Handbook.  No  addi- 
tional reports  are  necessary,  no  matters  having  tran- 
spired. 

The  Speaker:  This  report  will  be  referred  to  the 

Reference  Committee  on  Officers  Reports. 

The  Speaker  will  now  declare  a recess  of  five  min- 
utes. 

(Recess.) 

The  Speaker:  The  House  will  please  be  in  order. 

The  next  item  of  business  is  the  offering  of  resolu- 
tions. 

V.  Resolutions 

Dean  W.  Myers,  M.D.  (Washtenaw)  : Mr.  Speak- 

er, in  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  The 
Council,  presented  by  Chairman  Brunk,  I wish  to  offer 
this  resolution : 

V-1.  APPRECIATION  TO  MICHIGAN  LEGIS- 
LATURE AND  GOVERNOR 

Resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  in  session  September  16,  1941,  place  on  its 
minutes  an  expression  of  appreciation  to  the  members  and  the 
officers  of  the  Michigan  Legislature,  and  to  His  Excellency,  The 
Governor,  for  the  courteous  reception  extended  to  the  repre- 
sentatives of  the  medical  profession  and  for  the  thoughtful  con- 
sideration they  have  given  medical  and  public  health  measures 
that  have  come  before  them  this  year. 

O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D., 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates. 

Attest : 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Secretary. 

The  Speaker:  That  resolution  will  be  referred  to 

the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions. 

V-2.  SPECIAL  MEMBERSHIP  (EMERITUS, 
RETIRED,  HONORARY) 

Fred  Drummond,  M.D.  (Bay-Arenac-Iosco)  : 

Whereas,  Charles  W.  Ash,  M.D.,  of  Bay  City,  Michigan, 
Member  of  the  Bay  County  Medical  Society,  has  fulfilled  the 
requirements  for  Retired  Membership  of  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society  as  provided  in  Article  three  (3),  Section  six  (6), 
of  the  Constitution, 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  transfer  Dr.  Ash 
to  the  Retired  Membership  roster. 

Whereas,  C.  M.  Swantek,  M.D.,  of  Bay  City,  Michigan,  mem- 
ber of  the  Bay  County  Medical  Society,  has  fulfilled  the  re- 


901 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


quirements  for  “Retired  Membership”  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  as  provided  in  Article  three  (3),  Section  six 
(6),  in  the  Constitution, 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  transfer  Dr. 
Swantek  to  the  Retired  Membership  roster. 

A.  E.  Stickley,  M.D.,  Ottawa: 

“Whereas,  A.  Leenhouts,  M.D.,  of  Holland,  Michigan,  has 
been  in  the  active  practice  for  over  50  years  and  has  been  a 
member  of  the  County  and  State  Medical  Societies  for  more 
than  25  years,  be  it  resolved  that  the  status  of  A.  Leenhouts, 
M.D.,  now  be  that  of  Emeritus  Member  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society.” 

R.  A.  Springer,  M.D.,  St.  Joseph : 

Whereas,  J.  H.  O’Dell,  M.D.,  of  Three  Rivers,  Michigan,  has 
fulfilled  the  requirements  for  Retired  Membership, 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  he  be  accorded  Retired  Membership  priv- 
ileges. 

Donald  R.  Brasie,  Genesee : 

Whereas,  C.  H.  O’Neil,  M.D.,  of  Flint,  Michigan,  has  retired 
from  the  active  practice  of  Medicine  and  Surgery,  having  been 
an  active  member  of  the  Genesee  County  Medical  Society  for 
the  past  thirty  years. 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  C.  H.  O’Neil,  M.D.,  be  placed  on  the 
Retired  Membership  list  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

M.  G.  Becker,  M.D.,  Gratiot-Isabella-Clare : 

Whereas,  Fred  J.  Graham,  M.D.,  Alma,  has  been  in  practice 
for  fifty  years,  and 

Whereas,  he  has  been  a member  in  good  standing  of  the 
Gratiot-Isabella-Clare  County  Medical  Society  for  twenty-five 
years,  and 

Whereas,  he  has  been  unanimously  recommended  by  the 
Gratiot-Isabella-Clare  County  Medical  Society,  we  wish  to  pre- 
sent his  name  for  your  favorable  consideration,  for  Emeritus 
Membership. 

Frank  O.  Novy,  M.D.,  Saginaw: 

Whereas,  M.  D.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Saginaw,  has  been  in  practice 
for  fifty  years,  and 

Whereas,  he  has  met  all  requirements  for  Emeritus  Member- 
ship, 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  he  be  granted  such  membership  in  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

The  Speaker:  All  resolutions  relative  to  special 

memberships  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Commit- 
tee on  Resolutions. 

VL  Amendments  to  Constitution 
and  By-laws 

VI-l.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  1,  NEW  SECTION  7, 
RE:  TRANSFER  OF  MEMBERSHIP  TO 
ANOTHER  STATE  SOCIETY 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : Amend  Chapter 

I by  adding  a section  to  be  known  as  Section  7. 

Sec.  7.  Resignation  for  transfer  of  membership  to  another 
State  Society  shall  be  effected  in  the  following  manner: 

Any  member  in  good  standing,  not  facing  charges  of  unethical 
conduct,  whose  State  and  County  dues  are  not  in  arrears,  and 
who  has  moved  his  home  or  office  to  another  State,  may  tender 
his  resignation,  which  shall  be  effective  at  the  beginning  of  the 
next  quarter.  Such  resignation  shall  be  received  and  accepted 
by  the  State  Secretary,  who  shall  give  the  departing  member 
certification  of  good  standing. 

Provided  the  portion  of  the  calendar  year  following  such  res- 
ignation is  not  less  than  one-quarter,  the  secretaries  of  the  State 
and  County  societies  shall  refund  any  dues  already  paid  for 
the  remainder  of  the  year,  calculated  to  the  nearest  quarter. 

The  Speaker:  That  will  be  referred  to  tbe  Refer- 

ence Committee  on  Amendments  to  Constitution  and 
By-Laws. 

A.  L.  Callery,  M.D.,  St.  Clair: 

V-3(a).  RE:  MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

At  a regular  meeting  of  tbe  St.  Clair  County  Medical 
Society,  Tuesday  evening,  September  9,  1941,  at  Port 
Huron,  Michigan,  after  a lengthy  discussion  of  the 
Michigan  Medical  Service,  participated  in  by  a majority 

902 


of  members  present,  a motion  was  made  and  carried 
by  a vote  of  25  to  1 (five  members  not  voting),  voicing 
their  disapproval  of  the  manner  in  which  the  service 
of  this  organization  is  functioning.  The  following  res- 
olution was  prepared  and  the  delegate  instructed  to 
present  it  at  this  meeting. 

Whereas,  Michigan  Medical  Service  has  not  been  function- 
ing to  the  satisfaction  of  the  members  of  the  medical  profession, 
and 

Whereas,  Fees  have  been  reduced  to  a figure  which  is  not 
commensurate  with  the  services  rendered,  and  even  lower  than 
agreed  upon,  and  are  slow  in  being  paid  or  not  paid  at  all,  and 

Whereas,  Members  participating  in  this  service  are  being  ac- 
cepted by  Michigan  Medical  Service  in  higher  income  brackets 
than  originally  agreed  upon,  and 

Whereas,  In  our  opinion,  instead  of  helping  the  physicians 
of  St.  Clair  County,  our  services  are  being  actually  cheapened 
by  the  fees  paid,  and  that  we  are  worse  off  by  participating 
in  this  Service  than  we  were  before  its  organization,  and  for 
this  reason  many  of  our  members  have  cancelled  their  enrol- 
ment, and 

Whereas,  In  our  opinion  services  being  rendered  by  old  line 
Insurance  companies  are  far  more  satisfactory  to  everyone. 

Therefore,  Be  It  Resolved,  that  our  delegate  be  instructed 
to  present  this  Resolution  to  the  House  of  Delegates  and  mem- 
bers of  Michigan  Medical  Service  urging  the  discontinuance  of 
Michigan  Medical  Service  in  its  entirety. 

A.  L.  Gallery,  M.D. : I have  carried  out  my  in- 

structions. 

The  Speaker:  The  resolution  offered  by  Dr.  Cal- 
lery will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on 
Reports  of  The  Council. 

Donald  R.  Brasie,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker  and  Gentle- 
men : I have  here  on  the  table  a lengthy  resolution  of 

the  Genesee  County  Medical  Society  reiterating  again 
their  objections  to  Michigan  Medical  Service.  We  were 
all  through  it  last  night.  I don’t  think  it  needs  repeti- 
tion. I might  say  we  think  Dr.  Luce  is  a very  excellent 
red  flag  waver.  He  at  least  has  the  courage  of  his 
convictions  on  that.  We  don’t  feel  that  the  dangers  are 
quite  as  urgent.  We  don’t  feel  that  it  is  necessary  in 
good  times,  in  a well-paid  group,  to  reduce  our  usual 
fees  25  per  cent  under  the  average  in  our  county,  which 
Michigan  Medical  Service  represents.  We  do  not  feel 
that  this  hits  the  low  income  group. 

Dr.  Carstens,  last  night,  made  the  first  admission 
that,  perhaps,  it  was  the  moderate  income  group.  In- 
cidentally, one  reason  we  are  so  concerned,  gentlemen, 
is  because  the  group  that  is  now  insured  in  the  Medical 
Service  represents  90  per  cent  of  our  practice  in  Gen- 
esee County.  It  does  not  represent  three  or  four  cases, 
as  some  of  the  men  have  had,  who  are  so  much  in 
favor  of  Michigan  Medical  Service.  It  represents  90 
per  cent  of  our  practice,  and  it  represents  a fixation  of 
a top  fee. 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  I rise  to  a 

point  of  order.  In  introducing  a resolution,  is  it  the 
ruling  of  the  Chair  that  a man  makes  an  argument 
about  his  resolution? 

The  Speaker:  No,  it  is  not.  You  preceded  me  a 

few  moments.  I think  the  resolution  should  be  of- 
fered and  discussion  held  over  until  after  the  report  of 
the  Reference  Committee. 

Donald  R.  Brasie,  M.D. : I stand  corrected.  I am 

sorry.  I was  only  trying  to  explain  why  it  was  put  in. 

These  are  the  resolutions  we  were  instructed  to  pre- 
sent. 

V-3(b).  RE:  MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  liquidate  the  Michigan  Medical  Service 
Plan  as  and  when  the  present  contracts  terminate. 

The  Speaker  : That  resolution  will  be  referred  to 

the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  The  Council. 

louR.  M.S.M.S. 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


V-3(c).  RE:  MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

Donald  R.  Brasie,  M.D.  : 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  no  policy  or  policies  of  Michigan  Med- 
ical Service  be  sold  to  any  married  person  having  an  annual 
income  above  $2,000.00  and  any  single  person  having  an  annual 
income  above  $1,000.00. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to  the 
Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  the  Council. 


V-3(d).  RE:  MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

Donald  R.  Brasie,  M.D. : 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  instruct  the  officials  and  directors  of 
Michigan  Medical  Service  to  make  no  direct  or  indirect  attempts 
to  sell,  or  in  fact,  to  sell  a policy  or  policies  to  persons  em- 
ployed in  those  counties  in  which  the  component  county  society 
is  opposed  to  such  action. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 

the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  The  Council. 


V-3(e).  RE:  MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

Donald  R.  Brasie,  M.D. : 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  the  personnel,  principles  and  practices 
of  the  sales  organization  of  the  Michigan  Medical  Service  Plan 
in  any  given  county  be  under  the  direct  supervision  of  that 
county  medical  society. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 

the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  The  Council. 


VI-2.  CONSTITUTION,  ARTICLE  III,  SECTION 
4,  RE:  HONORARY  MEMBERS 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  (Bay-Arenac-Iosco)  : I have  sev- 

eral resolutions  that  concern  the  Constitution  and  By- 
Laws,  the  object  being  to  clarify  certain  sections  and 
improve  others. 

Whereas,  the  Constitution  in  Article  three  (III),  Section  four 
(4),  provides  for  Honorary  Members  of  the  State  Society  but 
does  not  state  whether  or  not  they  shall  pay  dues,  vote,  or 
hold  office. 

Be  it  resolved,  that  Article  three  (HI),  Section  four  (4)  of 
the  Constitution  have  added  the  following  sentence; 

“Honorary  Members  shall  pay  no  dues  to  the  State  Society 
and  shall  be  without  right  to  vote  or  hold  office  in  either  County 
or  State  Society.” 

The  Speaker:  This  amendment  to  the  Constitution 

will  be  referred  to  the  1942  Session  of  the  House  of 
Delegates. 


VI-3.  CONSTITUTION,  ARTICLE  IV,  SECTION 
3,  RE:  OFFICERS  AND  THE  HOUSE 
OF  DELEGATES 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : 

Whereas,  Article  four  (IV),  Section  three  (3)  of  the  Constitu- 
tion provides  that  officers  of  the  Society  and  members  of  The 
Council  shall  be  members  of  the  House  of  Delegates,  and  where- 
as, Past  Presidents  can  be  made  members  of  the  House  of 
Delegates  only  by  replacing  other  desirable  delegates  in  Annual 
County  Society  Elections,  and  whereas.  Past  Presidents  should 
be  members  to  make  more  certain  the  continued  benefit  of  their 
wisdom  and  experience  in  the  House  of  Delegates, 

Therefore,  be  it  resolved,  that  Article  four  (IV),  Section 
three  (3)  of  the  Constitution  have  added  the  following  sentence: 

The  past  presidents  shall  be  members  at  large  of  the  House  of 
Delegates  during  the  first  five  (5)  years  of  their  past  presidency 
with  right  to  vote  and  hold  office.” 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  until 
the  1942  Session  of  the  House  of  Delegates. 

November,  1941 


VI-4.  CONSTITUTION,  ARTICLE  IV,  SECTION 

5,  RE:  ELECTIONS  BY  THE  DELEGATES 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : 

Whereas,  Article  four  (4),  Section  five  (S)  of  the  Constitu- 
tion states  that  the  House  of  Delegates  shall  elect  certain  offi- 
cers, Council  members,  American  Medical  Association  delegates, 
and  further,  such  other  officers  as  the  House  may  require,  and 
whereas,  in  this  section  Delegates  to  the  American  Medical  As- 
sociation might  be  classified  as  officers. 

Be  it  resolved,  that  Article  four  (4),  Section  five  (5)  be  re- 
arranged to  read  as  follows: 

“The  House  of  Delegates  shall  at  the  regular  annual  session, 
elect  the  President-elect,  a Speaker,  and  Vice  Speaker  of  the 
House  of  Delegates,  Members  of  The  Council,  and  such  other 
officers  as  may  be  created  by  the  House  of  Delegates,  unless 
otherwise  specified  in  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws.  It  also  shall 
elect  delegates  and  Alternate  Delegates  to  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association.” 

The  Speaker:  This  amendment  to  the  Constitution 

will  be  referred  until  the  1942  Session. 

VI-5.  CONSTITUTION,  ARTICLE  X, 
SECTION  1 

RE:  CLARIFICATION  OF  “SESSION”  AND 
“MEETING” 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : 

Whereas,  the  House  of  Delegates  has  now  under  considera- 
tion an  amendment  clarifying  the  words  “Session”  and  “Meet- 
ing”; 

Be  it  resolved,  that  contingent  to  the  adoption  of  this  amend- 
ment Article  ten  (10),  Section  one  (1),  3rd  sentence,  of  the  Con- 
stitution have  the  word  “Session”  changed  to  “Meeting”  and 
read  as  follows: 

“A  majority  of  all  the  members  present  at  that  meeting  shall 
determine  the  question  and  be  binding.” 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : Instead  of  saying  “a  majority  of 
members  present  at  that  Session.” 

The  Speaker:  This  shall  be  referred  to  the  1942 
Session. 

VI-6.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  3,  SECTION  1,  RE: 
CLARIFICATION  OF  “MEETING”  AND 
“SESSION” 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : 

“Chapter  3 — Section  1 ; “The  House  of  Delegates  shall  meet 
annually  at  the  time  and  place  of  the  Annual  Session  and  may 
hold  such  number  of  Meetings  as  the  House  may  determine  or 
its  business  require,  adjourning  from  day  to  day  as  may  be 
necessary  to  complete  its  business  and  specifying  its  own  time 
for  the  holding  of  its  Meetings.” 

VI-7.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  3,  SECTION  7-L, 
CHANGING  WORD  “SESSION”  TO 
“MEETING” 

“Chapter  3,  Section  7,  Paragraph  L,  1st  sentence:  “No  new 

business  shall  be  introduced  in  the  last  meeting  of  the  House 
of  Delegates  without  the  unanimous  consent  of  the  delegates,  ex- 
cept when  presented  by  The  Council.” 

The  Speaker:  This  will  be  referred  to  the  Com- 

mittee on  Amendments  to  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws. 

VI-8.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  3,  SECTION  2,  RE: 
QUALIFICATIONS  OF  HOUSE  OF 
DELEGATES 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : 

Whereas,  Chapter  three  (3),  Section  two  (2)  of  the  By- 
Laws  requires  two  (2)  years  membership  for  a delegate  and 
whereas,  he  should  be  an  active  member. 

Be  it  resolved,  that  Chapter  three  (3),  Section  two  (2),  of 
the  By-Laws  be  amended  to  read  as  follows: 

“A  Delegate  must  have  been  an  active  member  of  the  So- 
ciety for  at  least  two  (2)  years  preceding  his  election.” 

The  Speaker:  This  will  be  referred  to  the  Refer- 

ence Committee  on  Amendments  to  the  Constitution  and 
By-Laws. 


903 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


VI-9.  CONSTITUTION,  ARTICLE  III, 
SECTIONS  3 AND  5,  RE:  ASSOCIATE 
AND  JUNIOR  MEMBERSHIPS 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  : 

Whereas,  Article  three  (III)  of  Section  three  (3)  of  the 
Constitution  provides  Junior  Membership  for  interns,  and  Sec- 
tion five  (5)  of  the  same  article  provides  Associate  Member- 
ship for  interns,  and 

Whereas,  -when  these  Sections  were  adopted  the  Associate 
Membership  provision  had  been  recommended, 

Be  it  resolved,  that  Article  three  (III),  Section  three  (3) 
of  the  Constitution,  referring  to  Junior  Membership  be  deleted 
and  the  subsequent  sections  numbered  4 to  8 in  Article  three 
(III)  be  numbered  3 to  7,  respectively. 

The  Speaker:  This  will  be  referred  to  the  1942  Ses- 
sion of  the  House  of  Delegates. 

VI-10.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  5,  SECTION  1, 
RE:  ANNUAL  MEETING  OF  THE 
COUNCIL 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : 

Whereas,  The  fourth  sentence  of  Chapter  five  (5),  Section 
one  (1)  of  the  By-Laws  reads  as  follows; 

“Its  annual  meeting  shall  be  held  coincident  with  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Society.” 

Whereas,  This  sentence  conflicts  with  the  time  of  the  an- 
nual meeting  of  The  Council  in  January  as  provided  in  the 
Constitution,  Article  eight  (VIII),  Section  two  (2); 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  the  above  fourth  sentence  of  Chapter 
five  (5),  Section  one  (1)  of  the  By-Laws  be  deleted. 

The  Speaker:  That  will  be  referred  to  the  Refer- 

ence Committee  on  Amendments  to  the  Constitution  and 
By-Laws. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : I have  two  resolutions  that  should 
be  adopted  together,  one  to  the  Constitution  and  one  to 
the  By-Laws. 

The  Speaker:  You  can’t  do  that.  Doctor.  The  other 
one  cannot  be  handed  in  until  next  year. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : I think  in  this  case  the  By-Law 
can  be  adopted  this  year,  if  acceptable  to  the  dele- 
gates, without  conflicting  with  the  Constitution. 

VI-11.  CONSTITUTION,  ARTICLE  V,  SECTION 
1,  RE:  OFFICERS  AND  THE  COUNCIL 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : 

Whereas,  Article  V of  Section  1 of  the  Constitution  provides 
in  the  third  sentence  that  the  President,  the  President-Elect,  the 
Secretary  and  the  Treasurer  shall  be  members  of  The  Council 
but  in  the  fifth  sentence  denies  their  right  to  vote. 

Be  it  resolved,  that  these  fifth  and  sixth  sentences  of  Article 
V,  Section  1 be  deleted,  which  read  as  follows: 

“The  President,  the  President-elect,  the  Secretary  and  the 
Treasurer  shall  be  ex  officio  members  and  without  right  to  vote. 
The  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates  shall  be  a member  of 
The  Council  and  of  its  Executive  Committee  with  power  to 
vote.” 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : That  last  sentence  is  taken  care 
of  in  the  next  resolution.  In  that  case  the  wording  of 
the  article  is  such  that  the  officers  mentioned  are  mem- 
bers of  the  Council,  with  right  to  vote. 

The  Speaker  : That  will  be  referred  to  the  1942 

Session  of  the  House  of  Delegates. 

VI-12.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  5,  SECTION  1,  RE: 
EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE  OF  THE 
COUNCIL 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : 

Whereas,  Chapter  5,  Section  1 of  the  By-Laws  refers  to 
elections  in  the  Council, 

Be  It  Resolveui,  that  the  third  sentence  of  Chapter  5,  Sec- 
tion 1 of  the  By-Laws  be  changed  to  read  as  follows: 

“It  shall  elect  to  serve  one  year,  its  Chairman,  Vice-Chairman, 
Chairman  of  the  Finance  Committee,  Chairman  of  the  County 
Societies  Committee,  and  Chairman  of  the  Publication  Commit- 
tee, who  with  the  President,  the  President-Elect,  the  Secretary 
and  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates  shall  constitute 
the  Executive  Committee,  and 

Be  It  Resolved,  that  the  last  sentence  of  this  Section  1 
of  Chapter  5 be  deleted,  referring  to  the  appointment  of  an 
Executive  body. 


The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referied  to  > 

the  Reference  Committee  on  Amendments  to  the  Con-  f 
stitution  and  By-Laws. 

t 

V-4.  RE:  ELECTION  OF  DELEGATES  TO 
A.M.A. 

Wm.  S.  Reveno,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : I have  a resolu- 

tion that  is  designed  to  balance  the  election  of  the  num- 
ber of  delegates  to  the  American  Medical  Association. 

Be  it  resolved,  that  in  order  to  balance  the  number  of  dele- 
gates and  alternates  to  be  voted  on  each  year,  one  of  the  four 
A.M.A.  Delegates  whose  terms  expire  in  1942,  viz.:  Drs.  Luce, 
Gruber,  Reeder  or  Keyport  be  asked  to  resign  (with  the  assur- 
ance of  reelection),  and  immediately  be  reelected  for  a term  of 
two  years.  The  Speaker  is  to  draw  the  name  of  the  delegate 
selected  as  the  martyr.  In  this  manner  two  delegates  will  be 
voted  on  at  this  year’s  meeting  and  three  at  the  next. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 

the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions. 


VI-13.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  3,  SECTION  7(d) 
RE:  ELECTION  OF  DELEGATES  AND 
ALTERNATES  TO  A.M.A. 

Wm.  S.  Reveno,  M.D. : 

“It  shall  elect  Delegates  and  Alternate  Delegates  to  the 
American  Medical  Association  in  accordance  with  the  regulations 
of  that  parent  organization. 

“The  number  of  alternate  delegates  shall  equal  the  number 
of  delegates  to  the  American  Medical  Association.  Delegates 
and  Alternates  shall  hold  office  for  two  years. 

“At  each  annual  election,  candidates  for  delegates  and  alter- 
nates shall  be  nominated  in  number  equal  to  or  greater  than 
the  number  to  be  elected.  Election  shall  be  by  ballot.  The 
required  number  of  high  candidates  shall  be  declared  elected. 

“In  case  of  a tie  vote  between  any  number  of  high  can- 
didates, the  Speaker  and  Vice-Speaker  shall  vote  on  the  two 
candidates  alphabetically  first,  each  filling  out  a secret  ballot, 
one  of  which  shall  be  drawn  at  random  by  the  chief  teller. 
The  defeated  candidate  shall  then  be  paired  with  the  next 
alphabetically  following  candidate  and  ballots  cast  in  the  same 
manner.  This  process  is  to  be  repeated  until  all  ties  have  been 
resolved. 

“Alternate  delegates  shall  have  relative  seniority  according  to 
the  respective  number  of  votes  received  by  them,  and  such 
seniority  rank  shall  be  designated  at  the  time  of  election.  Alter- 
nate delegates  serving  their  second  year  in  office  shall  hold 
seniority  over  those  alternates  serving  their  first  year  in  office. 

“Any  vacancies  caused  by  failure  or  inability  of  any  dele- 
gates to  attend  shall  be  assigned  to  alternate  delegates  in  the 
order  of  their  seniority  as  defined  in  this  section.” 

The  Speaker:  This  proposed  amendment  to  the 

By-Laws  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee 
on  Amendments  to  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws. 

V-5.  RE:  PROFESSIONAL  LIAISON 
COMMITTEE 

Allan  McDonald,  M.D.  (Wayne)  ; 

Whereas,  in  unity  there  is  strength,  and 

Whereas,  the  allied  professions  of  Dentistry,  Pharmacy  and 
Medicine  have  much  in  common  and  their  conduct  toward  the 
public  is  guided  by  similar  ethics;  and 

Whereas,  the  experience  in  Wayne  County  during  the  past 
two  years  has  demonstrated  the  value  of  the  collaboration  of 
these  groups; 

Be  it  resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  request  their  Executive  Council  to  ap- 
point a committee  of  three  members  to  be  known  as  the  “3  D’s 
Liaison  Committee”  (Doctors,  Druggists  and  Dentists),  and  that 
The  Council  further  contact  the  Michigan  State  Dental  Society 
and  the  Retail  Druggists  Association  asking  them  to  appoint 
similar  committees  to  the  end  that:  (a)  A feeling  of  unity 

and  mutual  understanding  be  developed;  (b)  That  useful  infor- 
mation may  be  quickly  and  accurately  imparted;  (c)  That  aid 
may  be  promptly  given  in  finding  solutions  to  problems  of  these 
groups  (both  professional  and  economic);  (d)  That  desirable 
legislation  may  be  fostered;  and  (e)  That  pernicious  legislation 
may  be  more  effectively  combatted,  all  for  the  public  good. 

The  Speaker  : This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 

the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


904 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


V-f).  RE:  SECTION  ON  GENERAL  PRACTICE 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : 

Whereas,  sixty-six  and  two-thirds  per  cent  (66^%)  of  the 
doctors  of  medicine  of  this  state  are  general  practitioners,  and 
these  general  practitioners  constitute  the  bulk  of  the  member- 
ship of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  and 

Whereas,  General  Practice  is  an  entity  of  and  by  itself  within 
the  profession,  is  definite  in  its  comprehension  and  limitless  in 
its  extension,  and 

Whereas,  no  place  has  been  provided  on  hospital  staffs 
through  which  General  Practitioners  would  be  enabled  to  submit 
their  evidence  of  special  training  in  certain  fields  of  medicine 
and  surgery  which  would  qualify  them  before  the  public  as 
proficient  therein,  and 

Whereas,  General  Practitioners  have  a special  interest  in 
medical  legislation,  administration  and  jurisprudence,  which 
justifies  their  particular  voice  being  officially  heard,  and 

Whereas,  it  is  not  the  desire  of  the  General  Practitioner  to 
disrupt  the  splendid  variety  and  calibre  of  scientific  programs 
of  the  M.S.M.S.  but  rather  to  create  a new  and  proper  basis 
for  separate  registration,  representation  and  participation  in  the 
general  activities  of  the  organization,  and 

Whereas,  the  people  of  the  state  will  be  inclined  to  view 
with  favor  and  good  will  the  official  recognition  of  their  family 
physicians  as  a distinct  part  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society,  and 

Whereas,  the  specialty  fields  are  overcrowded  with  general 
practitioners  classified  as  specialists  only  because  there  is  no 
proper  classification  for  them,  and 

Whereas,  the  establishment  of  an  official  Section  on  General 
Practice  in  the  M.S.M.S.  will  stimulate  a more  active  interest 
and  cooperative  attitude  among  the  profession  generally,  making 
far  greater  unity  in  the  advancement  of  the  organization’s  pro- 
grams, and 

Whereas,  The  Coupcil  of  the  Wayne  County  Medical  Society 
has  gone  on  record  as  endorsing  the  introduction  of  these  res- 
olutions for  the  creation  of  a Section  on  General  Practice  of 
the  M.S.M.S.,  and 

Whereas,  efforts  to  date  looking  toward  the  creation  of  an 
official  section  of  General  Practitioners  in  the  A.M.A.  have  met 
with  approval  for  a trial  period  of  one  year; 

Therefore,  be  it  resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of 
the  M.S.M.S.  take  action  at  this  time  to  create  a new  Section 
on  General  Practice  to  be  duly  constituted  of  equal  rank  and 
authority  with  the  other  sections  already  established. 

The  Speaker  ; This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions. 

V-2.  RE:  SPECIAL  MEMBERSHIPS 

L.  G.  Christian,  M.D.  (Ingham)  : 

Whereas,  Doctors  E.  G.  McConnell,  C.  V.  Russell  and  H.  S. 
Bartholomew  have  fulfilled  all  the  requirements  for  Retired 
Membership  in  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society, 

Be  it  resolved,  that  the  House  of  Deleg*ites  of  the  M.S.M.S. 
be  instructed  to  authorize  the  Executive  Office  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  to  place  the  names  of  Doctors  McConnell, 
Russell  and  Bartholomew  on  its  Retired  Membership  roster. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions. 

V-7.  RE:  NATIONAL  PHYSICIANS’ 
COMMITTEE 

L.  G.  Christian,  M.D.,  read  resolution  regarding 
National  Physicians’  Committee. 

Whereas,  one  of  the  most  important  functions  of  the  medi- 
cal profession  on  behalf  of  the  public  today  is  to  apprise  them 
of  the  true  status  of  the  medical  services  available  to  them,  the 
accomplishments  of  those  services  in  the  past,  and  the  neces- 
sity that  those  services  be  kept  free  from  political  control  in 
the  future ; and 

Whereas,  The  National  Physicians’  Committee  for  the  Ex- 
tension of  Medical  Service  has  been  organized  by  our  national 
leaders  for  just  this  purpose. 

Therefore,  be  it  resolved,  (1)  that  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society  hereby  approve  the  program  and  proposed  activities  of 
the  National  Physicians’  Committee  for  the  Extension  of  Medical 
Service;  and 

(2)  that  the  county  societies  comprising  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  are  hereby  urged  to  further  the  work  of  the 
National  Physicians’  Committee  by  an  aggressive  campaign  to 
solicit  funds  and  to  acquaint  every  member  of  the  profession 
with  the  necessity  for  such  a program  of  public  education. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions. 

November,  1941 


V-2.  RE:  SPECIAL  MEMBERSHIPS 

Harry  F.  Dibble,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : 

The  Wayne  County  Medical  Society  takes  pride  in  recom- 
mending for  Emeritus  Membership  the  following  distinguished 
physicians  who  have  served  the  profession  and  the  society  with 
honor  for  many  years;  they  all  have  been  in  the  practice  of 
medicine  for  fifty  years  or  more  and  members  of  the  State 
Society  for  at  least  twenty-five  years: 

Charles  D.  Aaron,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
Angus  L.  Cowan,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
Gilbert  S.  Field,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
George  E.  Frothingham,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
Wm.  C.  Martin,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
Irwin  H.  Neff,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 

G.  L.  Renaud,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
Walter  R.  Parker,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
Joseph  E.  G.  Waddington,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Wayne  County  Medical  Society  recommends  that  the 
following  two  physicians  be  placed  on  the  Retired  Membership 
rolls;  they  no  longer  are  engaged  in  the  practice  of  medicine: 
Edward  P.  Newton,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 

H.  J.  Hammond,  M.D.,  Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Speaker  : This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions. 

V-8.  RE:  PREMARITAL  INSTRUCTION 

C.  F.  DeVries,  M.D.  (Ingham)  : 

Whereas,  the  family  forms  the  basic  structure  of  our  Ameri- 
can Civilization  and  culture;  and 

Whereas,  it  is  felt  that  with  present  trends  of  education 
and  human  interest  there  exists  an  ever-increasing  need  and 
demand  for  the  establishment  of  the  family  upon  a basis  of 
true  understanding,  normal  relationships  between  husband  and 
wife,  mutual  responsibilities  to  be  assumed;  and 

Whereas,  young  men  and  women  assume  marital  responsibili- 
ties with  little  or  no  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  basis  there- 
of; and 

Whereas,  the  divorce  rate  among  American  people  has  shown 
an  alarming  rate  of  increase  during  the  past  two  decades,  par- 
tially because  of  this  lack  of  understanding;  and 

Whereas,  it  is  felt  that  whenever  possible  premarital  instruc- 
tions should  be  made  available  to  those  contemplating  marriage, 
and  further  that  postmarital  assistance  and  guidance  should 
be  similarly  available  to  those  already  married;  and 

Whereas,  the  medical  profession  in  general  constitutes  that 
group  of  society  best  qualified  to  furnish  factual  information 
concerning  the  physical  relationships  and  responsibilities  of  mar- 
riage, though  responsibility  for  the  dissemination  of  such  infor- 
mation has  not  always  been  accepted  by  the  physicians. 

Therefore,  be  it  resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  recommend  that  those  antici- 
pating marriage  be  advised  and  encouraged  to  seek  consultation 
and  advice  concerning  these  matters  from  their  family  physicians, 
preferably  upon  the  occasion  of  examination  for  certification  for 
marriage  licensure;  and 

Be  it  further  resolved,  that  physicians  be  requested  to  co- 
operate and  prepare  themselves  to  offer  considerate  and  kindly 
guidance  to  those  seeking  such  advice;  and 

Be  it  further  resolved,  that  while  it  is  appreciated  that  this 
friendly  counsel  will  require  some  time  on  the  part  of  the 
physician,  new  families  will  bring  added  grateful  patients  to 
such  physician’s  practice,  and  that  in  view  of  this,  fees  com- 
mensurate with  the  economic  status  of  the  individual  be  charged 
for  such  consultation  and  advice. 

The  Speaker:  This . resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Standing  Committees. 

V-3(f).  RE:  MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

S.  W.  Insley,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : 

Whereas,  Michigan  Medical  Service  is  a movement  of  Na- 
tional significance  and  of  great  sociological  value,  and 

Whereas,  Michigan  Medical  Service  was  expected  to  go 
through  a period  of  stress  and  strain,  and 

Whereas,  it  now  appears  that  new  and  different  approaches 
may  be  used  to  make  the  service  plan  even  more  workable. 
Therefore,  be  it  resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  representing  the  physicians 
of  Michigan,  recommend  that  Michigan  Medical  Service  take  im- 
mediate steps  towards  study  and  placement  in  test  operations 
(for  comparative  purposes)  such  new  approaches  as  might  be 
generally  described  as  “limited  liability”  service  contracts.  These 
new  approaches  should  also  take  up  for  reconsideration  the 
limiting  of  benefits,  increased  subscription  rates  and  control  of 
distribution. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  The  Council. 

905 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


V-9.  RE:  TRAINING  OF  MEDICAL 
TECHNICIANS 

R.  H.  Pino,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : 

Whereas,  emphasis  during  the  past  several  years  on  insuf- 
ficient distribution  of  medical  care  is  now  further  stressed 
because  the  absorption  of  doctors  of  medicine  into  the  Govern- 
ment service,  provides  a strategic  time  for  such  emphasis,  and. 

Whereas,  taking  advantage  of  this  various  inadequately  trained 
groups  are  increasingly  striving  for  recognition,  claiming  that 
they  can  fulfill  the  requirements  for  giving  health  care,  not  only 
to  the  civilian  population,  but  in  the  Army,  Navy,  and  Air 
Corps,  and. 

Whereas,  capitulation  to  such  requests  would  definitely  retard 
for  years  to  come  the  high  standards  attained  in  medical  edu- 
cation and  in  medical  care  to  the  American  people,  and. 

Whereas,  the  medical  schools  this  year  are  increasing  their 
enrollment  by  ten  per  cent  to  meet  any  ultimate  deficiencies, 
and. 

Whereas,  the  training  of  technicians  to  work  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  doctor  of  medicine  in  our  hospitals  and  in  our 
laboratories  and  offices  are  proving  to  be  a most  helpful  and 
efficient  aid  in  the  distribution  of  medical  care,  thus  making  it 
possible  for  more  people  increasingly  to  have  the  counsel  and 
service  of  each  doctor  of  medicine,  and  thus  maintaining  the 
high  standards  of  medicine  and  the  more  complete  distribution 
of  medical  care. 

Therefore,  be  it  resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  representing  the  medical 
profession  of  Michigan,  petition  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation through  its  House  of  Delegates  that  at  their  next  annual 
meeting  they  take  a positive  stand  not  to  capitulate  to  pressure 
groups  who  urge  recognition  of  such  indequately  trained  groups 
asking  support  and  ethical  recognition  by  the  A.M.A. 

Be  it  further  resolved,  that  the  Council  on  Medical  Edu- 
cation and  hospitals,  and  the  Bureau  of  Medical  Economics  of 
the  A.M.A.,  from  the  standpoint  of  education  and  increased 
distribution  of  medical  care,  be  urged  to  make  further  study 
of  the  possibilities  of  the  training  of  medical  technicians  in  the 
various  specialties,  to  work  under  the  guidance  of  doctors  of 
medicine  in  order  that  the  privilege  of  medical  care  may 
come  to  more  people  through  the  increased  assistance  afforded 
the  doctor  of  medicine. 

Be  it  further  resolved,  that  copies  of  this  resolution  be 
sent  to  the  Headquarters  of  the  A.M.A.  in  Chicago,  to  each 
member  of  the  Michigan  Delegation  to  the  A.M.A.,  and  that 
the  Michigan  delegates  be  instructed  to  introduce  such  a resolu- 
tion to  that  body  at  the  next  annual  meeting  and  also  that 
copies  be  sent  to  the  various  state  societies  and  they  be  urged 
to  take  similar  steps  in  instructing  their  delegates. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Officers’  Reports. 

V-3(g).  RE:  MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 

C.  T.  Ekelund,  M.D.  (Oakland)  ; 

Whereas,  the  first  18  months  of  operation  of  Michigan  Medi- 
cal Service  has  exacted  a devotion  of  time  and  talent  by  its 
President  and  Executive  Committee  equal  to  that  of  the  execu- 
tives of  a large  insurance  company,  and 

Whereas,  Michigan  Medical  Service  is,  in  point  of  fact,  an 
insurance  program. 

Therefore,  be  it  resolved,  that  the  House  of  Delegates  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  recommend  that  qualified 
executive  personnel  with  administrative  training  and  experience 
in  the  insurance  field  be  added  to  promote  efficient  operation 
and  make  possible  the  collection  of  sound  actuarial  statistics, 
and 

Be  it  further  resolved,  that  a doctor  of  medicine  be  sought 
to  serve  as  Medical  Director  preferably  one  from  within  the 
ranks  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  The  Council. 

Are  there  any  more  resolutions?  If  not,  we  will 
proceed  to  the  next  order  of  business,  the  reports  of 
standing  committees.  First  will  be  the  Legislative  Com- 
mittee, Dr.  Miller. 

VII.  Reports  of  Standing 
Committees 

VII-l.  LEGISLATIVE  COMMITTEE 

H.  A.  Miller,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker  and  Members  of 
the  House  of  Delegates : Your  Legislative  Committee’s 
report  is  found  in  the  Handbook  on  page  48.  There 
is  very  little  to  add. 


I would  bring  your  attention  to  some  of  the  recom- 
mendations as  made  by  the  committee.  You  will  note 
that  during  the  year  there  were  a number  of  bills 
that  were  considered,  but  no  legislation  passed  during 
the  last  legislature  inimical  to  the  practice  of  medicine. 

There  is  a particular  recommendation  made  that  I 
would  invite  to  your  attention,  in  regard  to  county 
medical  societies  acknowledging  and  helping  the  legis- 
lator in  his  work,  showing  him  that  you  appreciate  his 
activity.  I have  a letter  from  a small  county,  which 
I will  not  read  in  detail,  a county  society  of  sixteen 
active  members,  which  held  a meeting  with  thirteen 
members  present.  I will  read  just  a portion  of  the 
letter,  which  states : 

“Our  Legislator  was  then  presented  with  a solid 
gold,  twenty-one  jewel  Lord  Elgin  wrist  watch  suit- 
ably engraved.” 

On  June  13,  as  is  customary,  wt  sent  letters  from 
Lansing  to  various  legislators  who  have  helped  us  dur- 
ing the  year.  In  one  paragraph  of  this  letter  I,  as 
Chairman  of  the  Legislative  Committee,  stated: 

“I  shall  do  my  utmost  to  transmit  this  appreciation 
and  sense  of  gratitude  to  every  one  of  the  6,142  doc- 
tors of  medicine  in  Michigan,  with  the  hope  that  these 
thanks  will  be  more  tangibly  expressed  in  the  future.” 

I believe  the  resolutions  that  have  been  presented 
here  to  thank  all  those  who  have  aided  in  legislation 
during  the  last  year  are  true  expressions  of  our  ap- 
preciation for  good  legislation. 

Personally,  I want  to  thank  the  members  of  my  com- 
mittee, the  members  of  The  Council,  the  members  of 
the  State  Society,  and  everyone  who  has  aided  in  our 
work  this  past  year. 

The  Speaker:  The  report  of  the  Legislative  Com- 
mittee will  be  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Reports  of 
Standing  Committees. 

The  next  will  be  the  Committee  on  Distribution  of 
Medical  Care,  Dr.  Conover. 

VII-2.  COMMITTEE  ON  DISTRIBUTION  OF 
MEDICAL  CARE 

T.  S.  Conover,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker  and  Members  of 
the  House  of  Delegates : The  Committee  on  Distribu- 
tion of  Medical  Care  draws  to  your  attention  a change 
or  an  addition  to  paragraph  3 of  its  report  as  pub- 
lished, and  that  is  in  the  resolution  concerning  general 
practitioners. 

The  Speaker:  The  report  of  the  Committee  on  Dis- 
tribution of  Medical  Care  will  be  referred  to  the  Ref- 
erence Committee  on  Reports  of  Standing  Committees. 

VII-3.  MEDICAL-LEGAL  COMMITTEE 

T.  E.  Hoffman,  M.D. : In  the  absence  of  the  Chair- 
man, I wish  to  report  that  the  Medical-Legal  Commit- 
tee report  stands  as  given  on  page  58  of  the  Hand- 
book. 

The  Speaker  : The  report  of  the  Medical-Legal 

Committee  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Commit- 
tee on  Reports  of  Standing  Committees. 

VII-4.  REPRESENTATIVES  TO  THE  JOINT 
COMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Burton  R.  Corbus,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  there  are 
no  additions  to  the  report  as  given  in  the  Handbook. 

The  Speaker  : The  report  of  this  committee  will  be 
referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Standing  Com- 
mittees. 

VII-5.  PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE 
COMMITTEE 

The  Speaker:  Next  will  be  the  report  of  the  Pre- 
ventive Medicine  Committee  which  is  found  in  the 
Handbook  on  page  61  and  will  be  referred  to  the 
Reference  Committee  on  Standing  Committees. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


906 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


VII-6.  CANCER  COMMITTEE 

The  Spe-\ker:  This  report  as  published  on  page  70 
of  the  Handbook  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference 
Committee  on  Standing  Committees. 

VII-7.  MATERNAL  HEALTH  COMMITTEE 

i Wm.  S.  Re\'e;no,  M.D.  : Dr.  Seeley  has  asked  me 
to  announce  that  Dr.  Campbell  is  reading  a detailed 
report  on  Friday  at  nine-thirty  before  the  Section  on 
Obstetrics  and  Gjmecolog^',  entitled  “Facilities  and  Prac- 
tices in  Licensed  Maternity  Hospitals  and  Homes  in 
Michigan.” 

The  Speaker;  The  remainder  of  this  report  will 
be  found  in  the  Handbook  on  Page  82,  and  the  report 
will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Stand- 
ing Committees. 

I VII-8.  SYPHILIS  CONTROL  COMMITTEE 

! The  report  of  the  Syphilis  Control  Committee  is  also 
found  in  the  Handbook  on  page  84  and  will  be  referred 
to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Standing  Committees. 

VII-9.  TUBERCULOSIS  CONTROL 
COMMITTEE 

This  report  is  found  in  the  Handbook  on  page  89 
and  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on 
i Standing  Committees. 

VII-10.  INDUSTRIAL  HEALTH  COMMITTEE 

; Henry  Cook,  M.D. : There  are  one  or  two  points 
that  I would  like  to  stress  in  this  work. 

The  pioneer  work  of  this  committee  started  about 
two  3'ears  ago.  Certain  matters  have  developed  which 
we  feel  are  important  to  the  medical  profession  as  a 
whole. 

I would  like  to  say  that  in  our  first  meeting,  the 
members  of  the  committee  had  the  feeling  that  the 
subject  of  industrial  health  had  to  do  with  those  prob- 
lems which  were  incident  to  emplojanent.  But  in  the 
program  of  industrial  health,  we  wish  to  emphasize 
the  fact  as  it  is  in  the  Handbook,  that  lost  time  in 
industry,  93  per  cent  last  year  in  General  Motors  and 
about  90  per  cent  in  all  of  industry’,  is  due  to  non- 
occupational  diseases  and  accidents  which  are  the  direct 
concern  of  the  medical  profession  as  a whole. 

We  also  wish  to  invite  your  attention  to  the  fact 
that  over  60  per  cent  of  industry-  in  the  State  of  Michi- 
gan is  in  plants  of  500  or  less.  In  the  larger  indus- 
tries, the  problems  of  industrial  health  are  ver^’  well 
handled. 

We  also  wish  to  invite  j'our  attention  to  the  fact 
that  if  this  problem  is  to  be  handled  adequately',  it  is 
going  to  be  handled  by  the  cooperation  of  the  medical 
profession,  generally  the  family  physicians,  together  with 
the  employers  and  the  manufacturers’  association  of  the 
state.  We  have  established  relationships  with  the  manu- 
facturers’ association,  so  that  it  is  now  willing  to  go 
ahead  with  the  program  as  fast  as  we  in  the  profes- 
sion are  ready  to  do  it.  We  had  meetings  with  the 
manufacturers’  association  which  promised  to  contact 
] the  local  associations,  and  through  them,  the  medical 
! profession  in  those  communities,  to  work  out  a pro- 
; gram  of  industrial  health  as  the  doctors  would  like  to 
I have  it,  and  they  are  not  going  to  dictate  the  manner 
( of  procedure. 

j Therefore,  we  have  recommended  an  effort  on  an 
I experimental  basis  in  two  counties  in  the  state.  One 
j has  it  already  in  effect : another  one  has  it  under  con- 
j sideration.  We  hope  to  establish  examples  of  indus- 
; trial  health  cooperation  and  care,  which  may  be  fol- 
lowed by  other  counties. 

[ If  this  comes  up  in  j'our  counties,  we  would  like  to 
i urge  that  you  give  serious  consideration  to  it.  We  must 
; break  down  this  feeling  of  the  profession  that  the 

' Rw'ember,  1941 


problem  of  industrial  health  is  a problem  of  the  indus- 
trial physician.  His  job  is  case  finding  only.  Ninety 
per  cent  of  the  lost  time  is  j'our  problem,  the  care 
of  your  private  case. 

We  would  like  to  urge  you  to  keep  that  in  mind 
and  give  it  your  consideration.  W'e  have  nothing  fur- 
ther to  report,  but  it  did  seem  to  me  important  enough 
to  bring  that  to  your  attention,  in  order  that  the  prob- 
lem may  be  better  understood. 

The  Spe.\ker;  The  report  of  the  Industrial  Health 
Committee  will  also  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Com- 
mittee on  Reports  of  Standing  Committees. 

VII-11.  MENTAL  HYGIENE  COMMITTEE 

Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  one  of  the 
very'  best  reports  in  the  Handbook  will  be  found  on 
page  94.  It  is  recommended  for  your  attention. 

The  Speaker;  This  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference 
Committee  on  Standing  Committees. 

VII-12.  CHILD  WELFARE  COMMITTEE 

Frank  VanSchoick,  M.D. ; Mr.  Speaker  and  Mem- 
bers of  the  House  of  Delegates ; This  report  is  on 
page  73  of  your  Handbook.  However,  I wish  to  put 
a little  between  the  lines,  to  guide  you  a bit  in  the 
future. 

M e have  had  two  main  activities  in  the  past  y'ear. 
The  first,  as  you  well  know,  was  cooperation  with 
the  Legislative  Committee  in  formulating  proposed  legis- 
lation relative  to  the  crippled  and  afflicted  child.  This 
entailed  a tremendous  amount  of  work.  As  you  have 
already'  heard  from  the  Legislative  Committee,  there 
was  tremendous  cooperation  from  all  groups  involved, 
not  only  the  professional  groups,  but  various  lay  groups 
which  were  contacted.  We  tried  to  formulate  legis- 
lation which  would  bring  and  keep  the  practice  of 
medicine,  as  it  affected  children,  in  the  hands  of  the 
profession,  where  it  belonged. 

The  other  matter  that  I wish  to  bring  to  y'our  atten- 
tion is  that  this  committee  cooperated  with  several 
other  agencies,  state  and  lay',  for  the  furtherance  of 
medical  knowledge  throughout  the  state. 

We  have  cooperated  with  the  State  Health  Depart- 
ment, advised  them  as  to  the  conduct  of  immunizing 
procedures  throughout  the  state,  kept  immunizing  proce- 
dures up  to  date,  in  light  of  the  best  accepted  medical 
practice  at  the  time. 

We  have  prepared  brochures  on  measles.  There  is 
one  in  process  of  preparation  on  whooping  cough.  Most 
of  you  recall  having  seen  the  one  on  measles  which 
the  epidemic  this  year  called  forth. 

We  have  cooperated  with  the  State  Health  Depart- 
ment and  the  ^Maternal  Health  Committee  of  this  So- 
ciety in  furthering  education  on  the  care  of  the  pre- 
mature infant,  and  distributed  incubators.  We  have  had 
tremendous  interest  in  the  technical  side  of  the  manu- 
facture of  these  incubators,  and  we  feel  that  a really 
thorough,  good  job  has  been  done. 

The  Speaker;  The  report  of  the  Committee  on  Child 
Welfare  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee 
on  Standing  Committees. 

VII-13.  IODIZED  SALT  COMMITTEE 

Frederick  B.  Miner,  ^I.D.  ; Mr.  Speaker  and  Dele- 
gates ; This  is  the  nineteenth  annual  report  of  the 
Iodized  Salt  Committee.  We  have  held  but  one  meet- 
ing this  year,  due  to  the  inactivity  in  Washington. 

As  you  know,  our  Michigan  Iodized  Salt  Committee 
has  been  before  the  Federal  Food  and  Drug  Adminis- 
tration for  over  a year,  fighting  more  or  less,  but  living 
in  a state  of  doubt,  not  knowing  what  was  going  to 
be  done  to  it. 

At  the  time  of  our  annual  meeting  last  year,  cer- 
tain regulations  had  been  published  in  the  Federal 
Register,  and  a hearing  was  going  on.  We  did  not 

907 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


introduce  testimony  until  a representative  of  the  Drug 
Division  of  that  Administration  introduced  such  poor 
testimony  that  we  felt  testimony  should  be  introduced 
from  Michigan.  Consequently,  on  October  25,  a twenty- 
five-page  article  of  testimony  was  read  by  your  Chair- 
man at  the  hearing.  This  was  compiled  by  a lawyer 
from  the  General  Foods  Corporation  and  a lawyer 
from  the  Salt  Producers  Association,  also  Mr.  Wilcox, 
Chairman  of  the  Standardization  Committee  of  the  Salt 
Producers  Association,  and  myself. 

Since  our  annual  report  was  submitted  for  publica- 
tion in  your  Handbook,  the  Federal  Register  of  July  8 
came  out  with  final  regulations  on  iodized  salt.  I am 
happy  to  say  that  the  Michigan  delegation  has  won 
two  of  its  three  points  that  it  presented  to  the  Federal 
Food  and  Drug  Administration.  An  exception  was  made 
to  iodized  salt,  giving  us  the  liberty  to  use  the  iodine 
content  that  we  advocate ; also,  the  warning  which  they 
proposed  putting  on  the  label  has  been  annulled.  Noth- 
ing was  said  in  the  final  regulations.  However,  we  did 
lose  the  point  that  we  contended  for,  publishing  on  the 
label  the  certificate  which  this  Society  granted  your 
Iodized  Salt  Committee  in  1923.  No  statement  can  be 
permitted  on  the  label,  of  any  therapeutic  recommenda- 
tion, and  the  poor  customer  who  buys  salt  and  asks 
the  clerk  waiting  upon  her  why  salt  is  iodized,  may 
get  an  answer  such  as  I did  in  North  Branch,  “It  is 
because  it  is  more  sanitary.”  Canada  has  eliminated  any 
therapeutic  statement  on  its  iodized  salt. 

No  appeal  was  submitted  to  the  final  regulations,  so 
that  the  regulations  as  published  in  the  Federal  Register 
of  July  8 stand  as  an  integral  part  of  the  Food,  Drug 
and  Cosmetic  Act  of  our  United  States  Government. 

I want  to  invite  your  attention  to  another  feature 
that  we  have  been  able  to  do  this  last  year,  which 
is  to  establish  a national  committee  under  the  auspices 
of  the  American  Public  Health  Association.  This  is 
a subcommittee  under  the  Subcommittee  on  Evaluation 
of  Administrative  Practices  of  which  Dr.  Haven 
Emerson  is  chairman.  Your  Chairman  heads  the  new 
Study  Committee  on  Endemic  Goiter. 

A two-day  conference  was  held  in  Detroit  in  June, 
and  a 125-page  book  of  proceedings  of  that  two-day 
conference  is  being  edited  at  present  and  will  be 
presented  to  the  A.P.H.A.  meeting  next  month  in 
Atlantic  City.  After  that  date  and  with  their  approval, 
they  will  be  available  to  our  Michigan  committee. 

However,  that  committee  has  said  very  many  com- 
plimentary things  about  the  work  that  Michigan  has 
done  in  this  preventive  field  of  endemic  goiter,  and 
they  have  adopted,  I may  say,  the  Michigan  plan  of 
surveys  and  the  Michigan  plan  of  conducting  their 
study  in  other  states  and  in  other  localities  through- 
out the  United  States. 

I also  want  to  say  that  they  adopted  the  Michigan 
recommendation  of  reducing  the  amount  of  iodine  from 
.02  of  one  per  cent  to  .01  of  one  per  cent  of  potassium 
iodide  in  the  salt,  providing  that  a suitable  and  effec- 
tive stabilizer  is  used  to  maintain  that  iodine  content 
in  the  iodized  salt. 

The  Speaker;  The  report  of  the  Iodized  Salt  Com- 
mittee will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on 
Standing  Committees. 

VII-14.  HEART  AND  DEGENERATIVE 
DISEASES 

The  Speaker:  This  report  will  be  referred  to  the 
Reference  Committee  on  Standing  Committees. 

VII-15.  POSTGRADUATE  MEDICAL 
EDUCATION 

The  Speaker:  This  report  as  found  in  the  Hand- 
book will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on 
Reports  of  Standing  Committees. 


VII- 16.  ETHICS  COMMITTEE 

The  Speaker  : This  report  will  be  referred  to  the 
Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  Standing  Com- 
mittees. 

VII-17.  PUBLIC  RELATIONS  COMMITTEE 

The  Speaker:  This  report  will  be  referred  to  the 
Reference  Committee  on  Standing  Committees. 

Next  is  the  report  of  special  committees. 

VIII.  Reports  of  Special 
Committees 

VIII-l.  NURSES  TRAINING  SCHOOLS 
COMMITTEE 

The  Speaker:  This  report  will  be  referred  to  the 
Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  Special  Commit- 
tees. 

VIII-2.  MEDICAL  PREPAREDNESS 
COMMITTEE 

VIII-3.  CONFERENCE  COMMITTEE  ON 
PRELICENSURE  MEDICAL 
EDUCATION 

Burton  R.  Corpus,  M.D.  : There  is  nothing  to  re- 
port on  Medical  Preparedness.  We  have  met  simply 
for  organization.  No  matters  of  policy  have  arisen, 
and  the  work  that  has  been  done  has  been  done  by  the 
Chairman  who  acts  as  a liaison  between  the  American 
Medical  Association. 

The  Prelicensure  Committee  I am  somewhat  embar- 
rassed to  report  on.  It,  like  the  joint  committees,  has 
delegates  to  a committee  which  I head.  There  is  noth- 
ing additional  to  report,  but  I do  wish  you  would 
read  the  report  on  page  26  of  the  Handbook,  because 
I see  in  the  future  of  the  Prelicensure  Committee  and 
the  opportunity  that  is  given  to  collaborate  with  the 
University  of  Michigan  and  Wayne  University,  the  op- 
portunity to  come  closer  than  we  ever  have  before  in 
planning  to  do  something  to  work  out  this  serious  prob- 
lem of  internship,  and  the  problem  which  has  come 
before  us  of  preparing  men  for  licensure  in  the  spe- 
cialties. 

The  Speaker  ; The  reports  of  the  Conference  Com- 
mittee on  Prelicensure  Medical  Education  and  of  the 
Medical  Preparedness  Committee  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  Special  Com- 
mittees. 

VIII- 4.  RADIO  COMMITTEE 

R.  J.  Mason,  M.D. : In  an  attempt  to  acquaint  part 
of  the  radio  public  with  some  of  the  problems  of 
the  medical  profession,  the  Radio  Committee,  through 
the  cooperation  of  the  county  societies,  has  had  twelve 
broadcasting  stations  throughout  Michigan  carrying 
weekly  programs  on  medical  topics.  Twenty-four  such 
papers  have  been  carried  by  these  twelve  stations. 

These  talks  have  been  of  fifteen  minutes’  duration. 
They  have  been  given  by  a member  of  a local  county 
medical  society  who  has  been  introduced  as  a mem- 
ber of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  with  his  full 
name  and  title,  and  the  title  of  his  address.  Further 
details  are  found  in  the  Handbook,  page  63. 

The  Speaker;  The  report  of  the  Radio  Committee 
will  be  referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Re- 
ports of  Special  Committees. 

VIII-5.  ADVISORY  COMMITTEE  TO 
WOMAN’S  AUXILIARY 

R.  C.  Jamieson,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  the  Woman’s 
Auxiliary  required  very  little  advice  this  year  and, 
accordingly,  there  was  no  meeting  held.  The  entire 
report  is  published  in  the  Handbook  on  Page  92,  and 
there  is  no  supplementary  report. 


908 


Jour.  ^^I.S.M.S. 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


The  Speaker:  The  report  of  this  committee  will  be 
referred  to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of 
Special  Committees. 

VIII-6.  SCIENTIFIC  WORK  COMMITTEE 

T HE  Speaker  : This  report,  as  published  in  the  Hand- 
book on  page  33,  will  be  referred  to  the  Reference 
Committee  on  Reports  of  Special  Committees. 

We  will  now  recess  until  three  o’clock. 

The  meeting  recessed  at  twelve-thirty  o’clock. 

Tuesday  Afternoon  Meeting 

September  16,  1941 

The  second  meeting  convened  at  three-twenty  o’clock. 
The  Speaker,  O.  D.  StiyLer,  M.D.,  presiding. 

The  Speaker:  The  second  meeting  of  the  House 
of  Delegates  will  now  come  to  order. 

Dr.  Day,  will  you  make  a supplemental  report? 

Luther  W.  Day,  AI.D.  : Mr.  Speaker,  seated  in 

the  House  now  are  94  members,  duly  constituted  dele- 
gates of  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  which  constitutes  a quorum.  There 
is  no  majority  from  any  one  county. 

Mr.  Speaker,  there  is  a contention  over  one  delegate. 
This  morning,  A.  B.  Smith,  M.D.,  who  was  a dele- 
gate from  Kent  County,  was  unable  to  be  here  due 
to  sickness.  I seated  W.  C.  Beets,  ?^1.D.,  as  alternate. 
This  afternoon  Dr.  Beets  is  not  here,  but  Dr.  Smith 
has  risen  from  a sick  bed  and  now  seeks  to  be  installed 
as  delegate.  What  is  the  ruling? 

The  Speaker:  On  page  108,  Chapter  3 — House  of 
Delegates,  Section  3,  states : 

“A  delegate  once  seated  shall  remain  a delegate  through 
the  entire  session  and  his  place  shall  not  be  taken  by  any  other 
delegate  or  alternate,  provided  that  in  case  of  emergency  the 
House  of  Delegates  may  seat  a duly  accredited  alternate  from 
his  county  society.” 

In  line  with  this  section,  I can  see  no  other  course 
but  that  Dr.  Smith  would  be  denied  a seat  at  this 
afternoon’s  meeting. 

C.  E.  Dutchess,  IM.D.  (Waj-ne)  : This  appears  to 
be  a clear  cut  case  of  emergency.  I move  that  the 
gentleman  be  seated. 

The  Speaker:  I have  made  a ruling,  and  I will 
welcome  an  appeal  from  my  decision. 

E.  D.  Spalding,  ]\1.D.  (WajTie)  : I appeal  from  the 
decision  of  the  Chair. 

T.  K.  Gruber,  M.D.  (M'ayne)  : It  says  “the  House 
may  seat  a duly  accredited  alternate.”  He  is  not  an 
alternate. 

The  Speaker:  Is  there  a second  to  Dr.  Spalding’s 
motion  ? 

R.  A.  Springer,  M.D.  (St.  Joseph)  : I second  it. 

The  Speaker:  It  has  been  moved  and  supported 

that  the  decision  of  the  Chair  be  appealed.  Is  there 
any  debate? 

J.  J.  O’Meara,  ^I.D.,  Vice  Speaker,  assumed  the 
chair. 

The  Vice  Speaker:  Gentlemen,  there  is  a motion 
before  the  house.  What  is  your  pleasure?  Shall 
the  ruling  of  the  presiding  officer  be  upheld?  All  in 
favor  signify  by  the  usual  sign  “aye” ; against  “no.” 
The  motion  is  lost  and  the  Speaker  is  overruled. 

The  Speaker  resumed  the  chair. 

The  Speaker:  In  that  case  Dr.  Smith  will  be  seated. 

If  there  are  no  objections,  the  report  of  the  Creden- 
tials Committee  will  be  considered  the  roll  call  of 
the  afternoon  meeting. 

The  next  order  of  business  is  imfinished  business. 
Is  there  any  unfinished  business  to  come  before  the 
House  of  Delegates  at  this  time? 

November,  1941 


W.  R.  Young,  M.D.  (Van  Buren)  : Are  resolutions 
in  order? 

The  Spea.ker:  If  j-ou  wish  to  revert  to  the  previous 
order  of  business  of  offering  resolutions,  I will  enter- 
tain 3'our  resolution.  It  can  be  considered  as  imfinished 
business. 

V-2.  RE:  SPECIAL  MEMBERSHIPS 

W.  R.  Young,  M.D. : 

Whereas,  Wilbur  Hoyt,  !M.D.,  of  Paw  Paw,  ilichigan,  has 
fulfilled  the  requirements  for  Membership  Emeritus, 

Be  it  resolved,  that  this  House  of  Delegates  accord  him 
^Membership  Emeritus  in  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions.  Is  there  any 
other  unfinished  business? 

VI-14.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  4,  SECTION  4, 
RE:  DUTIES  OF  SECRETARY 

Be  it  resoliTd,  that  the  second  sentence  of  Chapter  4,  Sec- 
tion 4 of  the  By-Laws  be  deleted,  which  reads  as  follows: 

“He  shall  be  an  ex-officio  member  of  the  executive  committee 
of  The  Council  without  a vote.” 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Amendments  to  the  Con- 
stitution and  By-Laws. 

VI-15.  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  10,  SECTION  1, 
RE:  CHANGE  OF  WORD  “SESSION” 

TO  “MEETING”;  ALSO  “PRES- 
ENT” TO  “SEATED” 

Be  it  resolved,  that  Chapter  10,  Section  1,  of  the  By-Laws, 
first  sentence  be  amended  to  read  as  follows: 

“These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  bj'  a majority  vote  of  the 
delegates  seated,  after  the  proposed  amendment  is  laid  on  the 
table  for  one  meeting.” 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  also  be  referred 
to  the  Reference  Committee  on  Amendments  to  the 
Constitution  and  Bt-Laws. 

VI-16.  UNFINISHED  BUSINESS  FROM  1940 
HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES 

The  Speaker:  We  will  also  refer  to  the  Reference 
Committee  on  Amendments  to  the  Constitution  and 
Bylaws  the  proposed  amendments  to  the  Constitution 
and  By-Laws  from  the  1940  House  of  Delegates. 

IX.  Reports  of  Reference 
Committees 

IX-l.  ON  OFFICERS  REPORTS 
(I,  II,  IV,  AND  V-9) 

H.  F.  Dibble,  !M.D.,  moved  the  acceptance  of  this 
report. 

“We  recommend  the  acceptance  of  all  the  officers’  reports 
and  concur  in  all  of  their  recommendations,  especially  the  fund 
for  carrying  on  the  postgraduate  course  made  by  the  president. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

The  Speaker:  The  next  item  is  the  report  of  the 
Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  The  Council,  Dr. 
Spalding. 

IX-2.  ON  COUNCIL  REPORTS  (III,  AND 
V-3a  to  V-3g  INCLUSIVE) 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  your  commit- 
tee met  and  reviewed  the  published  report  of  The 
Council,  with  their  appended  recommendations  as  to 
action  by  this  bod}’,  and  also  the  supplementary  report 
with  two  additional  recommendations.  The  report 
speaks  for  itself  as  to  the  enormous  amoimt  of  work 
that  has  been  done  by  these  men  and  certainly  merits 
the  whole-hearted  endorsement  of  all  of  us.  The  de- 


909 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


tails  of  this  can  be  found  in  the  Handbook  and  need 
not  be  gone  into  at  this  time,  but  I will  take  up  spe- 
cifically the  recommendations  at  the  end  of  the  report, 
serially. 

“With  respect  to  the  five  original  and  two  supplemental 
Recommendations  of  The  Council: 

“1.  Your  committee  suggests  that  the  Secretary  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  send  out  letters  of  appreciation  to 
appropriate  members  of  the  Michigan  Legislature,  and  in  addi- 
tion a similar  letter  to  the  Governor,  for  their  courteous  recep- 
tion of  members  of  the  medical  profession  and  thoughtful  con- 
sideration of  medical  and  public  health  matters  throughout  the 
year.” 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

“2.  We  approve  the  State  Society’s  joining  in  the  develop- 
ment of  a plan  of  rehabilitation  or  rejected  draftees  wherein 
the  physician-patient  relationship  is  safeguarded,  and  suggest 
the  appointment  of  a special  committee  to  study  this  problem, 
with  power  to  act.” 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

“3.  We  suggest  letters  be  sent  urging  the  immediate  study 
and  revision  of  welfare  benefit  schedules  in  those  counties 
where  medical  service  is  being  rendered  below  cost.” 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

“4.  We  approve  the  receiving  and  endorsing  of  the  resolu- 
tions from  all  the  state’s  fifty-five  county  medical  societies 
recommending  renewal  of  the  Charter  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society,  and  propose  that  appropriate  action  be  taken 
by  the  Secretary  to  effect  this.” 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

“5.  This  Committee  adds  its  endorsement  to  the  proposals 
of  the  Special  Committee  appointed  to  clarify  the  election  of 
delegates  and  alternates  to  the  American  Medical  Association.” 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.  : That  recommendation  is  be- 
fore you  in  the  form  of  another  resolution  but  it  also 
appears  in  The  Council’s  report.  I move  the  adoption 
of  this  recommendation  of  The  Council. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D. : Now  to  the  two  supplemental 
recommendations  of  The  Council  given  to  you  this 
morning  by  them. 

“6.  We  approve  of  aggressive  action  being  taken  by  county 
medical  societies  where  needed,  to  secure  the  compliance  of 
County  Social  Welfare  Boards  with  the  Michigan  Welfare  Law 
of  1939,  before  they  draw  up  their  annual  budgets.” 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

“7.  We  endorse  the  House  of  Delegates’  reaffirmation  of  the 
authorization  to  The  Council  to  levy  assessments  to  a total  of 
$5.00  when  needed.” 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D. ; Mr.  Chairman,  I now  move 
the  adoption  of  the  report  of  The  Council  as  a whole, 
including  its  original  recommendations  and  two  sup- 
plementary recommendations. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D. : In  addition  to  the  report  of 
The  Council,  with  its  recommendations,  there  were  a 
group  of  resolutions  presented  to  this  reference  com- 
mittee from  various  county  societies.  I will  take  them 
up  in  groups,  depending  on  their  context. 


E.  p.  Spalding,  M.D.,  read  the  report  on  resolutions 
submitted  by  St.  Clair  and  Genesee  Countv  Medical 
Societies  re  request  for  dissolution  of  ?^Iichigan  Med- 
ical Service  (see  pages  20  and  22)  and  moved  that  said 
resolutions  be  not  adopted. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  It  has  been  moved  and  supported 

that  these  two  resolutions  by  St.  Clair  and  Genesee 
Counties,  to  the  effect  that  Michigan  Medical  Service 
be  discontinued,  be  not  adopted.  Is  there  any  debate? 

Donald  R.  Br.\sie,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  the  reason 

Genesee  introduced  this  resolution  was  to  express  their 
dissatisfaction  with  the  way  Medical  Service  is  now  run. 
I think  I can  honestly  admit  that  they  expected  this 
action  on  your  part.  However,  for  a great  variety  of 
reasons  that  I don’t  think  it  is  necessary  to  go  into 
again,  you  have  heard  them — 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D. : Mr.  Chairman,  I rise  to  a 
point  of  order.  The  motion  before  the  house  is  that  the 
recommendation  to  discontinue  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice be  not  adopted.  We  are  not  now  concerned  with 
how  it  shall  be  conducted,  if  it  is  to  be  continued. 

The  question  was  called  for. 

Donald  R.  Brasie,  M.D. : O.K.  May  I proceed  to 

discuss  that  point? 

The  Spe.-kker  : You  may  proceed  to  discuss  that 

point,  yes,  in  a reasonable  length  of  time. 

Donald  R.  Braisie,  M.D. : Thank  you.  If  the 

Michigan  Medical  Service  is  to  continue  on  the  basis 
of  paying  inadequate  fees,  at  least  in  our  county,  on 
patients  from  whom  we  have  been  receiving  an  adequate 
fee,  in  good  times  like  these,  we  cannot  see  why  we 
should  substitute  Michigan  Aledical  Service  for  an  in- 
surance form  that  at  the  present  time  is  entirely  sat- 
isfactory to  the  members  of  our  county  society. 

We  were  told  by  officials,  officers  and  others,  who 
spoke  to  us,  that,  if  we  did  not  desire  Michigan  Medical 
Service  in  our  county,  we  did  not  have  to  have  it. 

E.  D.  Spalding,  M.D. : Mr.  Chairman,  I regret  in- 

terrupting the  speaker,  as  another  point  of  order,  I 
suggest  that,  in  view  of  the  context  of  the  discussion, 
we  go  into  executive  session. 

The  Speaker:  Is  there  a support? 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

Executive  Session 

The  Speaker  : Without  calling  for  a vote,  the  Speak- 
er will  then  declare  the  House  to  be  in  executive  ses- 
sion. 

The  House  went  into  Executive  Session,  and  subse- 
quently adopted  the  Report  of  the  Reference  Commit- 
tee, re  The  Council  Reports  and  also  the  St.  Clair 
County  Medical  Society  Resolution  (Callery)  and  the 
Genesee  County  Medical  Society  Resolution  (Brasie 
No.  1)  concerning  dissolution  of  Michigan  Medical 
Service. 

The  House,  as  a whole,  considered  the  Genesee  Coun- 
ty Medical  Society  Resolution  (Brasie  No.  2)  concern- 
ing income  limits  of  Michigan  Medical  Service,  and 
referred  this  Resolution  to  the  membership  of  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service. 

The  House,  as  a whole,  considered  the  Genesee  Coun- 
ty Medical  Society  Resolution  (Brasie  No.  3)  concern- 
ing limitation  of  presentation  of  Michigan  IMedical 
Service  in  certain  counties,  and  adopted  a motion  that 
this  Resolution  be  tabled. 

The  House,  as  a whole,  considered  the  Genesee  Coun- 
ty Medical  Society  Resolution  (Brasie  No.  4)  concern- 
ing supervision  of  Michigan  Medical  Service  in  indi- 
vidual counties,  and  adopted  a motion  that  this  Reso- 
lution be  tabled. 

The  House,  as  a whole,  considered  the  Inslej-  Res- 
olution concerning  a study  by  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice of  a limited  liability  certificate,  amended  the  Reso- 
lution, and  adopted  it  as  follows : 

Whereas,  Michigan  Medical  Service  is  a movement  of  na- 
tional significance  and  of  great  sociological  value,  and 

Jour.  M.S.:M.S. 


910 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


Whereas,  ^Michigan  Medical  Service  was  expected  to  go 
through  a period  of  stress  and  strain,  and 

M'hereas,  It  now  appears  that  new  and  different  approaches 
may  be  used  to  make  the  service  plan  even  more  workable. 
Therefore,  be  it  resolved.  That  the  House  of  Delegates  of 
the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  representing  the  physicians 
of  Michigan,  recommend  that  Michigan  Medical  Service  study 
(for  comparative  purposes)  such  new  approaches  as  might  be 
generally  described  as  “limited  liability”  service  contracts  and 
place  same  into  operation  if  and  when  deemed  advisable. 

The  House,  as  a whole,  considered  the  Ekelund  Res- 
olution concerning  personnel  of  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice, and  adopted  it. 

Thereafter,  the  House  of  Delegates  arose  from  Exec- 
utive Session. 

The  Speaker:  We  are  now  out  of  executive  session. 
(End  of  Executive  Session) 

We  will  now  consider  the  report  of  the  Reference 
Committee  on  Reports  of  Standing  Committees,  Dr. 
Myers. 

IX-3.  ON  REPORTS  OF  STANDING 
COMMITTEES 

IX-3.  LEGISLATIVE  COMMITTEE  (VII-1) 

De.\n  W.  Myers,  M.D.  : Mr.  Speaker,  report  of  the 
Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of  Standing  Commit- 
tees. On  the  Legislative  Committee’s  report,  your  Com- 
mittee on  Reports  of  Standing  Committees  approves 
the  report  of  the  Legislative  Committee  as  published  in 
the  Handbook. 

I move  the  adoption  of  this  resolution. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-3.  DISTRIBUTION  OF  MEDICAL  CARE 
(VII-2) 

Dean  W.  Myers,  M.D. : Your  Committee  on  Re- 

ports of  Standing  Committees  approves  the  reports  of 
the  following  committees,  as  published  in  the  Hand- 
book for  Delegates:  First,  Committee  on  Distribution 

of  Medical  Care.  I move  the  adoption  of  their  report. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-3.  MEDICAL-LEGAL  COMMITTEE 
(VII-3) 

De.\n  W\  Myers,  M.D. : The  report  of  the  Medical- 

Legal  Committee.  I move  the  adoption  of  their  report. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote  and 
carried. 

The  Speaker  : Gentlemen,  without  objection.  Dr. 

Myers  will  submit  the  Reference  Reports  on  the  Pre- 
ventive Committee  and  its  sub-committees,  and  several 
other  committees,  and  adopt  the  reports  in  toto. 

Dean  W.  Myers,  M.D.  read  the  list  of  committees, 
beginning  with  Joint  Committee  on  Health  Education 
and  ending  with  Committee  on  Ethics. 

IX-3.  JOINT  COMMITTEE  ON  HEALTH 
EDUCATION  (VII-4) 

IX-3.  PREVENTIVE  MEDICINE  COMMITTEE 
(VII-5) 

IX-3.  CANCER  COMMITTEE  (VII-6) 

IX-3.  MATERNAL  HEALTH  COMMITTEE 
(VII-7) 

IX-3.  SYPHILIS  CONTROL  COMMITTEE 
(VII-8) 

IX-3.  TUBERCULOSIS  CONTROL  COMMIT- 
TEE (VII-9) 

IX-3.  INDUSTRIAL  HEALTH  COMMITTEE 
(VII-10) 

IX-3.  MENTAL  HYGIENE  COMMITTEE 
(VII-11) 

IX-3.  CHILD  WELFARE  COMMITTEE  (VII-12) 

November,  1941 


IX-3.  IODIZED  SALT  COMMITTEE  (VII-13) 

IX-3.  HEART  AND  DEGENERATIVE  DIS- 
EASES COMMITTEE  (VII-14) 

IX-3.  POSTGRADUATE  MEDICAL  EDUCA- 
TION COMMITTEE  (VII-15) 

IX-3.  ETHICS  COMMITTEE  (VII-16) 

IX-3.  PUBLIC  RELATIONS  COMMITTEE 
(VII-17) 

De.\n  W.  Myers,  M.D. : I move  the  adoption  of  the 
reports  from  these  several  committees. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-3.  RE:  PREMARITAL  INSTRUCTION 
(V-8) 

Dean  W.  Myers,  M.D. : On  the  next  report,  the 
resolution  as  offered  by  Dr.  DeVries,  your  committee 
was  not  quite  sure  why  that  resolution  was  referred 
to  this  committee,  but  we  acted  upon  it  anyhow,  as 
follows : 

“Resolution  on  The  Family  offered  by  Dr.  DeVries;  Your 
Committee  on  Reports  of  Standing  Committees  approves  the 
Resolution,  except  the  last  paragraph  referring  to  fees  charged 
for  such  information  and  recommends  that  that  paragraph  be 
deleted.  We  also  recommend  that  the  Resolution  be  referred 
back  to  the  House  of  Delegates  to  be  considered  further  by 
the  Standing  Committee  on  Preventive  Medicine.” 

De.\n  W.  Myers,  M.D. : I move  the  adoption  of  this 
report,  Mr.  Speaker. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

“Your  Committee  further  recommends  that  the  House  of 
Delegates  extend  to  the  committees  and  their  individual  mem- 
bers its  appreciation  for  the  excellent  work  done  during  the 
year  and  advise  that  all  members  carefully  study  the  reports  as 
published  in  the  Handbook,  to  the  end  that  the  Society’s  member- 
ship shall  be  better  informed  on  the  work  done  and  ends  accom- 
plished and  consequently  be  better  prepared  to  render  effective 
assistance  in  carrying  forward  the  aims  and  objects  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society.” 

Dean  Myers,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

Dean  W.  Myers,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  I move  the 

adoption  of  the  entire  report. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

The  Speaker:  Our  next  order  of  business  will  be 

the  report  of  the  Reference  Committee  on  Reports  of 
Special  Committees. 

IX-5.  ON  REPORTS  OF  SPECIAL 
COMMITTEES 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  Members 

of  the  House  of  Delegates : The  Reference  Committee 
on  Reports  of  Special  Committees  wish  to  make  the 
following  report. 

IX-5.  RE:  COMMITTEE  ON  NURSES  TRAIN- 
ING SCHOOLS  (VIII-1) 

“We  recommend  that  the  Committee  report  be  accepted  and 
concurred  in,  but  that  the  committee  be  instructed  to  find  some 
solution  for  the  present  shortage  of  nursing  help  during  this 
emergency.  It  is  suggested  that  the  committee  approach  the 
Legislative  Committee  of  the  State  Society  and  through  them 
contact  the  Governor  with  the  view  in  mind  of  bringing  more 
drastically  to  the  State  Board  of  Registration  for  Nurses  the 
marked  harm  being  done  by  the  present  shortage,  as  well  as 
their  lack  of  any  definite  policy  for  its  immediate  alleviation.” 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-5.  PRELICENSURE  MEDICAL  EDUCATION 
COMMITTEE  (VIII-3) 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D. : Report  of  Representa- 

tives to  the  Conference  Committee  on  Prelicensure  Med- 


911 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


ical  Education.  As  you  know,  this  committee  is  the 
collaborating  committee  between  the  University  of  Mich- 
igan, Wa3me  University,  and  representatives  of  the  hos- 
pital association,  and  it  was  their  intent  and  effort  to 
try  to  develop  some  agreeable  plan  for  fifth  year  edu- 
cation in  the  unaffiliated  hospitals,  by  that  I mean  un- 
affiliated with  teaching  institutions ; 

“We  recommend  that  this  report  be  accepted,  and  that  the 
studies  of  this  difficult  problem  be  continued.” 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-5.  RADIO  COMMITTEE  (VIII-4) 

Report  of  Radio  Committee : We  approve  the  report 

of  the  Radio  Committee,  and  suggest  that  this  type  of 
work  be  continued.  We  wish  to  thank  the  members  of 
this  committee  as  well  as  the  speakers  for  their  services 
to  the  profession  and  to  the  public. 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote  and 
carried. 

IX-5.  ADVISORY  COMMITTEE  TO  WOMAN’S 
AUXILIARY  (VIII-5) 

“We  recommend  that  this  report  be  accepted  and  that  the 
future  committee  cooperate  with  the  Auxiliary  in  the  excellent 
work  they  are  doing.” 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote  and 
carried. 

IX-5.  SCIENTIFIC  WORK  COMMITTEE 
(VIII-6) 

“The  Reference  Committee  on  Special  Committees  takes  cog- 
nizance of  the  Scientific  Work  Committee  as  reflected  in  the 
program. 

“The  excellent  array  of  talent  should  be  greatly  appreciated  by 
every  member  attending  the  general  meetings,  as  well  as  the 
Section  Meetings  on  Friday. 

“The  eleven  Discussion  Conferences  arranged  for  should  be 
extremely  helpful.  Cognizance  should  also  be  taken  of  the  blank 
slips  in  the  Program  upon  which  questions  to  guest  essayists 
may  be  written. 

“Your  Committee  particularly  commends  the  reestablishment  of 
scientific  exhibits  and  believes  this  to  be  one  of  the  most  in- 
structive features  of  the  program.” 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-5.  MEDICAL  PREPAREDNESS  COM- 
MITTEE (VIII-2) 

“We  reviewed  the  report  of  the  Committee  on  Medical  Pre- 
paredness and  appreciate  the  amount  of  work  in  preparing  and 
clarifying  the  questionnaires. 

“In  view  of  the  knowledge  this  Committee  has  obtained,  we 
recommend  that  this  Committee  be  continued  for  the  duration 
of  the  present  emergency.” 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote  and 
carried. 

Geo.  H.  Southwick,  M.D.  : I move  the  adoption  of 

the  report  of  the  Reference  Committee  as  a whole. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-6.  ON  AMENDMENT  TO  CONSTITUTION 
AND  BY-LAWS 

IX-6(a).  UNFINISHED  BUSINESS,  FROM  1940 
(VI-16) 

The  Speaker:  The  next  order  of  business  will  be 

the  report  of  the  Reference  Committee  on  Amendments 
to  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws,  with  the  unfinished 
business  from  the  19'40  House  of  Delegates. 


E.  W.  Foss,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker  and  Members  of 

the  House  of  Delegates : I had  the  biggest  shock  of 

by  life.  At  our  committee  meeting  this  noon  I found 
the  Speaker  had  made  a mistake  in  putting  me  in  as 
Chairman.  I found  a member  of  our  committee  who 
had  been  sleeping,  eating  and  digesting  the  Constitu- 
tion and  By-Laws  for  the  last  three  months.  So  I am 
asking  him  to  take  over  my  job.  Dr.  Hess. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  (Bay-Arenac-Iosco)  : At  Dr.  Foss’ 
request,  I have  agreed  to  make  the  report  of  the  Ref- 
erence Committee  on  Amendments  to  the  Constitution 
and  By-Laws. 

The  first  has  to  do  with  the  report  on  page  19  of 
the  Handbook  concerning  those  resolutions  that  were 
presented  last  year  and  come  up  this  year  for  amend- 
ment to  the  Constitution. 

IX-6(a).  PROPOSED  CONSTITUTIONAL 
AMENDMENT,  ARTICLE  IV, 
SECTION  3,  REJECTED 

Article  IV,  Section  3. 

The  officers  of  this  Society  and  the  members  of  The  Council 
shall  be  ex  officio  members  of  the  House  of  Delegates,  and, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates, 
shall  be  without  power  to  vote  in  the  House  of  Delegates. 

1.  Amend  Article  IV,  Section  3 to  read  as  follows: 

“The  officers  of  this  Society,  Past  Presidents,  and  Members 
of  the  Council  shall  be  ex  officio  members  of  the  House  of  Dele- 
gates without  power  to  vote.” 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : You  will  notice  that  the  power 

of  the  Speaker  of  the  House  to  vote  has  been  left  out. 
For  that  reason  the  committee  is  unanimous  in  not 
recommending  this  resolution.  There  has  been  another 
resolution  presented  concerning  the  Past  Presidents, 
which  will  take  care  of  that  particular  phase.  So  that 
the  committee  does  not  recommend  the  adoption  of  this 
resolution.  I make  that  motion,  Mr.  Speaker. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  question  was  called  for,  put  to  a vote  and  car- 
ried. 

IX-6(a).  PROPOSED  CONSTITUTIONAL 
AMENDMENT,  ARTICLE  IX,  SEC- 
TION 4,  REJECTED 

Article  IX,  Section  4. 

The  Secretary  shall  collect  all  annual  dues  and  all  monies 
owing  to  the  Society,  depositing  them  in  an  approved  de- 
pository and  disbursed  by  him  upon  order  of  the  Council.  The 
Council  shall  cause  an  annual  audit  to  be  made  of  the  funds 
of  the  Society  by  certified  public  accountants,  and  require  the 
Treasurer  and  the  Secretary  to  be  bonded  for  an  adequate 
amount. 

2.  Amend  Constitution,  Article  IX,  Section  4,  to  read  as 
follows: 

“The  Secretary  shall  collect  all  annual  dues  and  all  monies 
owing  to  the  Society,  depositing  them  in  an  approved  depository 
and  disbursed  by  him  upon  order  of  the  Council,  or  invested 
by  him  in  United  States  Government  bonds  with  approval  of  the 
Council.” 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : You  will  notice  here,  again,  that 
no  provision  is  made  for  the  annual  audit.  For  that 
reason,  the  committee  recommends  that  this  proposed 
amendment  not  be  approved.  I make  that  motion,  Mr. 
Speaker. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote  and 
carried. 

IX-6(a).  PROPOSED  CONSTITUTIONAL 
AMENDMENT,  ARTICLE  XII, 
SECTION  1,  ADOPTED 

Article  XII,  Section  1. 

The  House  of  Delegates  may  amend  any  article  of  this  con- 
stitution by  a two-thirds  vote  of  the  Delegates  present  at  any 
annual  session,  provided  that  such  amendment  shall  have  been 
presented  in  open  meeting  at  the  previous  annual  session,  and 
that  it  shall  have  been  published  at  least  once  during  the  year 
in  the  Journal  of  the  Society,  or  sent  officially  to  each  com- 
ponent society  at  least  two  months  before  the  meeting  at  which 
final  action  is  to  be  taken. 

3.  Amend  Article  XII,  Section  1 to  read  as  follows: 

“The  House  of  Delegates  may  amend  any  article  of  this  con- 

JOUR.  M.S.M.S. 


912 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


stitution  by  a two-thirds  vote  of  the  Delegates  seated  at  any 
animal  session,  provided  that  such  amendment  shall  have  been 
presented  in  open  meeting  at  the  previous  annual  session,  and 
that  it  shall  have  been  published  at  least  once  during  the  year 
in  the  Journal  of  the  Society,  or  sent  officially  to  each  com- 
ponent society  at  least  two  months  before  the  meeting  at  which 
final  action  is  to  be  taken.” 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  : The  question  comes  up  here  as 

to  the  definition  between  “present”  and  “seated.”  You 
all  recall  the  arguments  that  came  up  last  year  on  that 
particular  question. 

The  committee  recommends  the  adoption  of  this  res- 
olution. I make  that  motion. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-6(a).  PROPOSED  CONSTITUTIONAL 
AMENDMENT,  NEW  ARTICLE 
XII,  AND  RENUMBERING  OLD 
ARTICLE  XII  TO  “ARTICLE 
XIII”— ADOPTED 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  read  the  new  article  to  be  known 
as  Article  XII. 

4.  Amend  Constitution  by  adding  a new  article  to  be  known 
as  Article  XII: 

“Section  1. — A session  shall  mean  all  meetings  at  any  one  call. 

“Section  2. — A meeting  shall  mean  each  separate  convention 
at  any  one  session.” 

C.  L.  Hess,  ^I.D.  : I think  the  meaning  of  that  is 

clear  to  all.  The  committee  recommends  the  adoption 
of  this  resolution.  There  is  another  point.  Amend 
the  Constitution  by  renumbering  old  Article  XII  to 
Article  XHI,  to  make  the  numbering  consecutive.  The 
committee  recommends  the  adoption  of  this  amendment. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-6(a).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  10,  SECTION  1,  ADOPTED 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : The  next  has  to  do  with  a By- 

Law  that  was  presented  at  the  last  meeting. 

T.  K.  Grubb3{,  M.D. : !Mr.  Speaker,  I move  that  this 

By-Law  be  taken  from  the  table.  It  was  laid  on  the 
table  last  year. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

Chapter  10 — Amendments 

Section  1.  These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  by  a majority  vote 
of  the  delegates  present,  after  the  proposed  amendment  is  laid 
on  the  table  for  one  session.  These  By-Laws  become  effective 
immediately  upon  adoption. 

6.  Amend  By-Laws,  Chapter  10,  Section  1,  to  read  as  follows: 

“These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  by  a majority  vote  of  the 
delegates  present,  after  the  proposed  amendment  is  laid  on  the 
table  for  one  meeting.  These  By-Laws  become  effective  imme- 
diately upon  adoption.” 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.,  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. ; There  are  several  proposed  amend- 
ments to  the  Constitution  which  must  lay  over  for  one 
year. 

The  Speaker:  They  go  to  the  1942  committee. 

IX-6(b).  RE:  BY-LAWS  CHANGES  PROPOSED 
BY  1941  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES 
IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 

CHAPTER  3,  SECTION  2 (VI-8)— ADOPTED 
(See  page  903) 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 


IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  3,  SECTION  7-d  (VI-13)— 

ADOPTED  (See  page  904) 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  5,  SECTION  1 (VI-10)— 
ADOPTED  (See  page  904) 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : The  next  refers  to  Chapter  5, 

Section  1 of  the  Bj^-Laws,  that  has  to  do  with  the  an- 
nual meeting,  where  the  By-Laws  conflicts  with  the 
Constitution.  One  sets  the  meeting  for  September 
and  the  other  in  January-.  This  amendment  recom- 
mends the  deletion  of  the  sentence  specifying  the  an- 
nual meeting  in  the  By-Laws,  and  leaves  that  specifica- 
tion in  the  Constitution  still  active. 

C.  L.  Hess,  !M.D.  moved  its  adoption. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  5,  SECTION  1 (VI-12)— 
ADOPTED  (See  page  904) 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : Chapter  5,  Section  1 of  the  By- 

Laws  refers  to  elections  in  the  Council.  You  heard 
President  Urmston’s  discussion  regarding  this  pro- 
posed change,  and  this  covers  his  discussion. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : The  argument  is  that,  since  this 

sentence  of  the  proposed  amendment  provides  for  an 
Executive  Committee,  it  is  not  necessarj^  to  have  the 
fifth  sentence,  which  specifies  the  formation  of  an  ex- 
ecutive body,  since  it  would  be  a duplication. 

]^Ir.  Speaker,  the  committee  recommends  the  adoption 
of  this  resolution. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  read  the  resolution  proposing  amend- 
ments contingent  upon  adoption  of  new  Article  XII. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : I -wish  to  abbreviate  this  report. 

In  these  three  By-Laws  which  are  affected  by  this 
change  in  the  Constitution,  the  committee  recommends 
that  this  By-Law  be  held  over  for  one  more  meeting, 
because  other  By-Laws  have  been  presented  at  this 
particular  meeting  which  will  make  a desirable  correc- 
tion. That  has  to  do  with  the  third  Bj’-Law : 

“These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  by  a majority  vote  of  the 
delegates  present,  after  the  proposed  amendment  is  laid  on  the 
table  for  one  meeting.” 

The  question,  again,  of  the  word  “seated”  comes  up. 
It  seemed  desirable  to  change  the  word  “present”  to 
“seated,”  which  would  require  a majority  of  delegates. 
Amendments,  as  I say,  have  been  presented  by  Dr. 
Foss  this  afternoon,  which  will  take  up  this  amend- 
ment and  the  additional  amendment,  to  make  these  cor- 
rections. 

The  committee  recommends  that  this  resolution  be 
laid  over  for  one  more  meeting. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker,  I move  the  adop- 

tion of  the  report  as  a whole. 

The  motion  was  regularh'  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

The  Speaker:  The  next  order  of  business  will  be 

the  report  of  the  Reference  Committee  on  Resolutions, 
Dr.  Cooksey. 

IX-4.  REFERENCE  COMMITTEE  ON 
RESOLUTIONS  RE:  SPECIAL 
MEMBERSHIPS  (V-2) 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D. : !Mr.  Speaker,  Members  of  the 
House  of  Delegates : The  Reference  Committee  on 


November,  1941 


913 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


1 


Resolutions  wish  to  recommend,  after  due  study  and 
clearing  of  all  records,  for  Emeritus  Membership,  re- 
quested by  the  various  county  societies,  the  following ; 

For  Emeritus  Membership : 

1.  Charles  D.  Aaron,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

2.  Angus  L.  Cowan,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

3.  Gilbert  S.  Field,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

4.  George  E.  Frothingham,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

5.  Fred  J.  Graham,  M.D.,  Alma — Gratiot-Isabella-Clare  County 

6.  Abraham  Leenhouts,  M.D.,  Holland — Ottawa  County 

7.  Wm.  C.  Martin,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

8.  Irwin  H.  Neff,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

9.  Walter  R.  Parker,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

10.  G.  L.  Renaud,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wa5me  County 

11.  M.  D.  Ryan,  M.D.,  Saginaw — Saginaw  County 

12.  Joseph  E.  G.  Waddington,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D.  : We  wish  to  recommend  that 

these  men  be  given  Emeritus  Membership. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

For  Retired  Membership: 

1.  Charles  W.  Ash,  M.D.,  Bay  City — Bay  County 

2.  H.  S.  Bartholomew,  M.D.,  Lansing — Ingham  County 

3.  H.  J.  Hammond,  M.D.,  Detroit — Wayne  County 

4.  E.  G.  McConnell,  M.D.,  Lansing — Ingham  County 

5.  J.  H.  O’Dell,  M.D.,  Three  Rivers — St.  Joseph  County 

6.  C.  H.  O’Neil,  M.D.,  Flint — Genesee  County 

7.  C.  V.  Russell,  M.D.,  Lansing — Ingham  County 

8.  C.  M.  Swantek,  M.D.,  Bay  City — Bay  County 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D. ; We  recommend  that  they  be 
given  retired  membership. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote  and 
carried. 

IX-4.  RE:  SECTION  ON  GENERAL  PRACTICE 
(V-6) 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D. : The  following  resolutions 

were  presented  for  our  consideration ; 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D.,  read  the  resolution  introduced 
by  Henry  A.  Luce,  M.D.,  concerning  a Section  of  Gen- 
eral Practice  (See  page  905). 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D. : We  wish  to  call  attention  to 

the  fact  that  if  this  resolution,  which  is  proposed,  to 
create  a Section  of  General  Practice,  is  adopted,  it 
does  not  give,  in  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society, 
any  representation  having  to  do  with  administration  and 
jurisprudence  of  the  Society.  It  only  creates  a sci- 
entific section,  with  a chairman  and  a secretary. 

May  I read  Article  6,  Section  4 of  our  Constitution 
and  By-Laws,  which  states ; 

“New  sections  may  be  created  or  existing  sections  discontinued 
by  the  House  of  Delegates.  The  Scientilc  Assembly  and  its  com- 
ponent sections  shall  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Constitution  and  By-Laws.’’ 

After  due  consideration,  your  committee  recommends 
that  this  resolution,  creating  a Section  of  General  Prac- 
tice, be  approved,  that  we  recommend  a General  Prac- 
tice Section  be  given  a trial  period. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 


IX-4.  RE:  PROFESSIONAL  LIAISON 
COMMITTEE  (V-5) 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D. : The  second  resolution  con- 

cerns Dr.  Allan  McDonald’s  resolution  which  has  to 
do  with  the  creation  of  a committee  of  dentists,  phar- 
macists and  doctors,  having  to  do  with  working  to- 
ward common  causes  (See  page  904). 

The  committee  recommends  that  this  resolution  be 
adopted. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  All  in  favor  of  this  motion  say 

“aye” ; opposed  the  same.  The  motion  is  carried. 


IX-4.  RE:  ELECTION  OF  DELEGATES 
TO  A.M.A.  (V-4)  (See  page  904) 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D. : This  is  to  clarify  and  prevent 
an  occurrence  such  as  happened  at  the  A.M.A.  in 
Cleveland,  in  which  there  was  quite  a disturbance  over 
an  Oklahoma  delegate.  W’e  recommend  this  be  adopted. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

IX-4.  RE:  NATIONAL  PHYSICIANS 
COMMITTEE  (V-7) 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D.  briefed  the  resolution  approv- 
ing program  of  National  Physicians’  Committee  (See 
page  905). 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  ]\I.D.  : This  is  simpR-  a matter  of 

our  Secretary  writing  a letter  or  letters,  and  there 
are  no  legal  strings  attached  so  that  the  A.M.A.  or 
either  of  these  two  component  societies  will  be  liable. 

Your  committee,  after  due  consideration,  recommends 
this  resolution  be  adopted. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote  and 
carried. 

IX-4.  RE:  APPRECIATION  TO  MICHIGAN 
LEGISLATURE  AND  GOVERNOR  (V-1) 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D. : The  last  resolution  concerns 

expressing  our  appreciation  to  the  members  and  officers 
of  the  Michigan  Legislature  and  His  Excellency  the 
Governor.  (See  page  901.)  We  recommend  that  the 
resolution  expressing  appreciation  to  the  Legislature 
and  to  His  Excellency  the  Governor  be  adopted. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

W.  B.  Cooksey,  M.D. : I move  that  the  total  recom- 
mendations of  the  committee  be  adopted. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded,  put  to  a vote 
and  carried. 

VI-17.  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT  RE:  SPECIAL 
MEMBERSHIP  APPLICATIONS  (PROPOSED 
CHANGE  IN  BY-LAWS,  CHAPTER  7, 
SECTION  1) 

L.  J.  Johnson,  M.D. : After  sitting  through  many 

sessions  of  this  House,  and  hearing  the  presentations 
of  resolutions  for  the  transfer  of  active  members  to 
some  of  the  other  categories,  such  as  Honorary  Mem- 
bers and  Retired  Members,  then  being  informed  by 
our  good  Secretary  that,  although  he  had  written  let- 
ters several  days  and  several  weeks  ago  to  the  county 
secretaries,  asking  that  these  resolutions  be  sent  in  early, 
several  of  them  arrived  after  this  meeting  convened, 
and  considerable  expense  was  incurred  in  getting  in 
touch  with  the  Lansing  office  and  establishing  the  cred- 
its of  these  men,  therefore,  we  are  presenting  this  res- 
olution to  amend  the  By-Laws,  to  be  known  as  Sec- 
tion 7 of  Chapter  1.  It  is  really  an  addition. 

Whereas,  before  active  members  of  the  Michigan  State  Med- 
ical Society  may  be  transferred  to  the  Roster  of  either  Hon- 
orary Members,  or  Retired  Members,  or  Members  Emeritus, 
proper  investigation  of  their  qualifications  must  be  made  for 
such  transfer  as  provided  in  Article  3 of  the  Constitution,  Sec- 
tions 4,  6,  and  7,  then 

Be  it  resolved,  that  the  County  societies  send  resolutions 
for  such  transfers  to  the  Secretary  of  the  State  Society  at  least 
thirty  days  before  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Society. 

Be  it  further  resolved  that  the  Secretary  of  the  State  So- 
ciety present  a resolution  essentially  combining  these  resolutions 
in  a compact  form  to  the  House  of  Delegates  at  the  regular 
annual  meeting  of  the  Society. 

The  Speaker:  This  resolution  will  be  referred  to 
the  Reference  Committee  on  Amendments  to  the  Con- 
stitution and  By-Laws. 

Gentlemen,  this  concludes  our  business  for  this  after- 
noon. 

The  meeting  recessed  at  six  o’clock. 


914 


Jour.  iM.S.M.S. 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


Tuesday  Evening  Meeting 

September  16,  1941 

The  third  meeting  convened  at  eight-twenty  o’clock, 
The  Speaker,  O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  presiding. 

The  Speaker  : The  third  meeting  of  the  House  of 

Delegates  is  now  called  to  order. 

We  will  have  the  supplementary  report  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Credentials. 

Luther  W.  Day,  M.D.  (Hillsdale)  : Mr.  Speakej*, 

there  are  now  seated  in  the  House  of  Delegates  56 
members.  This  constitutes  a quorum,  and  there  is 
no  majority  from  any  one  particular  count>\  Con- 
sequently, the  House  is  legally  constituted. 

The  Speaker;  If  there  is  no  objection  from  the 
House,  the  report  of  the  Committee  on  Credentials  will 
be  considered  the  roll  call. 

The  next  order  of  business  will  be  supplementary  re- 
ports from  reference  committees. 

Is  there  a supplementarj-  report  from  the  Reference 
Committee  on  Officers’  Reports? 

On  Reports  of  the  Council? 

On  Reports  of  Standing  Committees? 

On  Reports  of  Special  Committees? 

IX-6(b).  ON  AMENDMENTS  TO  CONSTITU- 
TION AND  BY-LAWS 

IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  10,  SECTION  1 (VI-15) 
ADOPTED 

E.  O.  Foss,  M.D. : We  have  several  amendments  to 

consider.  The  first  is  Chapter  10,  Section  1 of  the 
By-Laws  (See  page  909). 

We  recommend  the  adoption  of  this  resolution. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Seapker  : iMoved  and  seconded  that  this  reso- 

lution be  adopted  as  read.  Are  there  any  remarks?  If 
not,  all  in  favor  say  “aye” ; opposed  the  same  sign.  The 
motion  is  carried. 

IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  4,  SECTION  4 (VI-14)— 
ADOPTED  (See  page  909) 

E.  O.  Foss,  M.D. : The  next  one  is  Chapter  4,  Sec- 
tion 4 of  the  By-laws. 

We  recommend  the  adoption  of  this  resolution. 

The  Speaker:  Is  there  support? 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Spe.a.ker;  Moved  and  supported  that  this  res- 
olution be  adopted  as  read.  Are  there  any  remarks? 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  (Bay-Arenac-Iosco)  : Mr.  Speak- 

er, regarding  this  particular  sentence  being  deleted, 
as  you  recall  this  afternoon  there  was  formed  an  ex- 
ecutive committee  composed  of  the  chairmen  of  various 
committees  of  The  Council  and  certain  officers,  which 
was  passed.  Now  there  is  a conflict  with  that  particular 
amendment  regarding  the  Secretary’  imder  “Duties  of 
the  Officers,”  Section  4,  Chapter  4,  which  says  that  the 
Secretary  “shall  be  an  ex  officio  member,”  and  so  forth, 
without  a vote.  By  deleting  this,  the  other  amendment 
this  afternoon  takes  care  of  the  problem. 

The  Speaker:  All  in  favor  of  the  motion  say  “aye”; 
opposed  the  same.  The  motion  is  carried. 

IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  3,  SECTION  1 (VI-6)— 
ADOPTED  (See  page  903) 

IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  3,  SECTION  7-L  (VI-7)— 
ADOPTED  (See  page  903) 

All  we  have  done  here  is  change  the  word  “Sessions” 
to  “Meetings.” 

I move  the  adoption  of  these  two  amendments. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

November,  1941 


The  Speaker:  It  has  been  moved  and  supported. 

All  in  favor  say  “aye” ; opposed  the  same  sign.  The 
motion  is  carried. 

IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  1,  NEW  SECTION  7 (VI-1)— 
ADOPTED 

E.  O.  Foss,  M.D. : The  proposed  amendment  to 

Chapter  1 is  as  follows ; Amend  Chapter  1 by  adding 
a section  to  be  known  as  Section  7.  (See  page  902.) 

E.  O.  Foss,  M.D. ; I move  the  adoption  of  this  res- 
olution. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker;  It  has  been  moved  and  supported. 
All  in  favor  say  “aye” ; opposed  the  same.  The  motion 
is  carried. 

IX-6(b).  PROPOSED  BY-LAWS  AMENDMENT, 
CHAPTER  7,  SECTION  1 (VI-17)— 
REFERRED  TO  1942  SESSION 

E.  O.  Foss,  M.D.,  read  the  resolution  concerning  spe- 
cial membership  applications  (for  honorary,  retired,  or 
members  emeritus)  (See  Page  914). 

E.  O.  Foss,  M.D. : The  committee  is  not  prepared 

to  act  on  this,  and  we  recommend  that  this  be  held 
over  until  the  next  annual  session.  I so  move. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  Moved  and  supported  that  this  be 

held  over  to  the  next  annual  session.  All  in  favor  say 
“aye” ; opposed  the  same.  The  motion  is  carried. 

E.  O.  Foss,  M.D. : I move  the  adoption  of  the  Ref- 

erence Committee  Report  as  a whole. 

The  motion  was  regularl}'  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  Moved  and  supported  that  the  Ref- 

erence Committee  Report  be  adopted  as  a whole.  All 
in  favor  say  “aj-e” ; opposed  the  same.  The  motion  is 
carried. 

X.  Elections 

X-l.  COUNCILOR  OF  FIRST  DISTRICT 

Our  next  order  of  business  will  be  elections.  Our 
first  election  will  be  for  Councilor  of  the  First  Dis- 
trict, C.  E.  Umphrey,  M.D.,  incumbent. 

E.  R.  WiTWER,  M.D.  (Wa\Tie)  : During  the  past  few 

years  Wayne  County  has  been  very  fortunate  in  having 
on  The  Council  of  the  State  Society  a gentleman  of 
distinction,  refinement,  culture  and  ambition,  and  it  is 
the  desire  of  the  Wa>Tie  delegation  that  Clarence  E. 
Umphre}’,  M.D.,  be  continued  as  a member  of  The 
Council  representing  the  First  District  of  Wa3Tie 
County,  and  it  is  m3'  pleasure  to  place  his  name  before 
this  assembU’  for  that  distinguished  office. 

The  motion  was  regularl3’  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  Nomination  has  been  moved  and  sup- 
ported. Are  there  au3'  further  nominations? 

T.  K.  Gruber,  M.D.  (Wa3me)  : I move  that  nom- 

inations be  closed. 

The  motion  was  regular^"  seconded. 

The  Speaker;  Moved  and  supported  that  nomina- 
tions be  closed.  All  in  favor  sa3'  “a3’e” ; opposed  the 
same.  The  motion  is  carried. 

X-2.  COUNCILOR  OF  FOURTH  DISTRICT 

Fourth  District,  R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D.,  Kalamazoo,  in- 
cumbent. 

I.  W.  Brown,  M.D.  (Kalamazoo)  : R.  J.  Hubbell, 

M.D.,  of  Kalamazoo,  has  served  us  during  the  last  two 
3'ears  ver3'  efficienth',  and  I think  the  delegates  from 
the  other  counties,  as  well  as  Kalamazoo,  that  comprise 
the  Fourth  Councilor  District,  join  me  in  proposing 
the  name  of  Dr.  Hubbell  to  succeed  himself  for  an- 


915 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


other  term  as  Councilor  for  our  District,  and  I so 
nominate  R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D.,  of  Kalamazoo. 

The  Speaker:  Are  there  any  further  nominations? 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  (Bay-Arenac-Iosco)  : I move  that 

nominations  be  closed. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  All  in  favor  say  “aye”;  opposed  the 

same. 

All  in  favor  of  the  election  of  Dr.  Hubbell  say  “aye” ; 
opposed  the  same.  Dr.  Hubbell  is  elected. 

X-3.  COUNCILOR  OF  FIFTH  DISTRICT 

Next  will  be  the  Fifth  District,  Vernor  M.  Moore, 
AI.D.,  Grand  Rapids,  incumbent. 

Carl  F.  Snapp,  M.D.  (Kent)  : Members  of  the 

House  of  Delegates : The  Fifth  District  has  been  ex- 

ceedingly fortunate  for  several  years  in  having  on  The 
Council  a tireless  worker.  He  has  been  a valued  mem- 
ber of  The  Council  for  several  years  now,  a member 
of  the  Executive  Committee  where  he  has  been  chair- 
man of  the  Finance  Committee,  and  as  such  has  been 
termed  by  several  as  the  watchdog  of  the  treasury 
of  our  Society.  He  has  been  vitally  interested  in  every 
phase  of  organized  medicine.  He  has  had  every  prac- 
titioner in  his  District  very  much  at  heart  in  all  he 
has  done. 

I take  great  pleasure  in  renominating  Vernor  M. 
Moore,  M.D.  as  Councilor  of  the  Fifth  District  to  suc- 
ceed himself. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  Dr.  Moore  has  been  nominated  and 

supported.  Any  further  nominations? 

A.  E.  Stickley,  M.D.  (Ottawa)  : I move  that  nom- 
inations be  closed. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  Moved  and  supported  that  nomina- 

tions be  closed.  All  in  favor  of  Dr.  Moore  as  Coun- 
cilor of  the  Fifth  District  say  “aye” ; opposed  the  same. 
Dr.  Moore  is  elected. 

X-4.  COUNCILOR  OF  SIXTH  DISTRICT 

Next  will  come  the  Sixth  District,  Ray  S.  Morrish, 
M.D..  of  Flint,  incumbent. 

I.  W.  Greene,  M.D.  (Shiawassee)  : It  is  incumbent 

upon  me  to  dwell  on  the  good  Councilors  we  have  had 
for  our  District  in  the  past,  but  I will  say  we  have 
been  well  represented  within  the  last  year  and  I would 
like  to  place  in  nomination  the  name  of  Raj^  Mor- 
rish, M.D. 

The  Speaker:  Dr.  Morrish  has  been  nominated. 

Any  further  nominations? 

The  nomination  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  And  seconded.  If  there  are  no  fur- 

ther nominations,  all  in  favor  of  Dr.  Morrish  will  say 
“aye” ; opposed  the  same.  Dr.  Morrish  is  elected. 

X-5.  DELEGATES  TO  A.M.A. 

Our  next  order  of  business  is  the  election  of  a dele- 
gate to  the  American  IMedical  Association,  L.  G.  Chris- 
tian, M.D.,  Lansing,  incumbent. 

T.  I.  Bauer,  M.D.  (Ingham)  : I should  like  to  place 
again  for  nomination  the  name  of  L.  G.  Christian,  ^LD. 
We  in  Ingham  County  are  very  proud  of  the  work 
he  has  done,  both  for  us  and  for  the  State  Medical 
Society,  and  also  on  the  Welfare  Commission  and  as 
delegate  to  the  A.M.A.  We  believe  he  understands  our 
problems  and  we  would  like  to  see  him  returned,  so  I 
am  happy  to  nominate  L.  G.  Christian,  M.D. 

The  nomination  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  The  nomination  of  Dr.  Christian  has 
been  moved  and  supported.  Are  there  any  further 
nominations?  If  not,  all  in  favor  of  Dr.  Christian  say 
“aye” ; opposed  the  same.  Dr.  Christian  is  elected. 

We  are  now  at  the  stage  where  the  Speaker  will 
select  the  name  of  a martyr  who  will  resign,  on  promise 


of  being  reelected,  so  as  to  straighten  up  this  mess. 
Dr.  Reeder  is  the  sheep  led  to  the  slaughter.  Dr. 
Reeder,  you  have  the  floor.  It  is  your  duty  to  resign, 
upon  the  promise  of  being  rejected. 

Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D.  (Genesee)  : Mr.  Speaker, 
being  a young  man  in  this  House  of  Delegates  and 
being  the  so-called  baby  or  the  junior  delegate  to  the 
American  Medical  Association,  I don’t  think  this  has 
been  a game  of  chance  here  at  all.  I think  it  is  right 
fitting  and  proper  that  I should  resign.  It  requires 
a two-fisted  guy  to  be  Sergeant-at-Arms  in  the  House 
of  Delegates  to  the  A.M.A.,  and  last  year  when  I 
polled  the  House  with  a ten-gallon  hat  and  a .32  hanging 
down  for  a watch  charm,  Michigan  really  made  them 
sit  up  and  take  notice. 

However,  I am  very  happy  and  it  should  be  proper 
to  favor  my  seniors.  Therefore,  Mr.  Speaker,  I resign 
as  delegate  to  the  A.M.A. 

The  Speaker:  Thank  you. 

There  is  a motion  that  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Reeder 
be  accepted. 

L.  G.  CHRISTI.A.N,  M.D.  (Ingham)  : I want  to  say 

it  is  with  a great  deal  of  regret  that  he  had  to  resign 
and  that  he  had  to  be  reelected. 

Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D.  (Genesee)  : Mr.  Speaker,  I 
think  if  the  delegates  looked  closely  they  saw  no  tears. 

The  Speaker:  All  in  favor  of  the  resignation  of 

Dr.  Reeder  say  “zyt” ; opposed  the  same.  His  resig- 
nation is  accepted. 

A.  E.  Catherwood,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : Now  that  we 
have  gotten  rid  of  Dr.  Reeder,  I think  we  should  make 
it  permanent,  but  I should  like  to  nominate  him  again 
to  succeed  himself. 

The  Speaker:  Dr.  Reeder  has  been  nominated. 

The  nomination  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  Are  there  any  further  nominations? 

Motion  was  regularly  made  and  seconded  that  nomi- 
nations be  closed. 

The  Speaker:  Moved  and  supported  that  nomina- 
tions be  closed.  All  in  favor  of  Dr.  Reeder  say  “aye” ; 
opposed  the  same.  Dr.  Reeder  is  elected. 

X-6.  ALTERNATE  DELEGATES  TO  A.M.A. 

Now  we  have  the  election  of  alternate  delegates  to 
the  American  Medical  Association.  There  are  two 
incumbents,  George  J.  Curry,  !M.D.,  and  Ralph  H.  Pino, 
M.D.  Are  there  any  nominations? 

George  J.  Curry,  M.D.  (Genesee)  : I should  like  to 
place  in  nomination  the  name  of  I.  W.  Greene,  M.D., 
of  Owosso,  for  alternate. 

The  Speaker:  Dr.  Greene  has  been  nominated  as 
alternate  delegate.  Are  there  an}^  further  nominations? 

S.  W.  Insley,  M.D.  (Wa>Tie)  : I should  like  to 
place  in  nomination  the  name  of  a man  who  was 
incumbent  before  and  who,  I believe,  richly  deserves 
the  honor — Ralph  H.  Pino,  M.D. 

The  Speaker  : Are  there  further  nominations  ? 

C.  S.  Ratigan,  M.D.  (V’a3'ne)  : I move  that  nomi- 
nations be  closed. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D.  (Bay-Arenac-Iosco)  : I second  the 
motion. 

The  Speaker:  We  will  have  to  vote  by  ballot  to 
determine  seniority.  Will  the  Tellers  who  seiA'ed  this 
afternoon  again  come  forward  ? 

L.  J.  Hirschman,  M.D.  (Wa3me)  : Point  of  infor- 
mation. Didn’t  I understand  from  the  revision  of  the 
Constitution  and  By-Laws  that  seniority  was  covered 
by  the  fact  of  whether  a man  has  served  before  or 
not?  If  so.  Dr.  Pino  has  already  served  and  is  the 
senior. 

C.  L.  Hess,  M.D. : That  is  right. 

The  Speaker:  That  answers  your  question. 

C.  S.  Ratigan,  M.D. : Isn’t  that  laid  on  the  table 
until  next  year? 

William  S.  Reveno,  M.D.  (Wa\Tie)  : Seniority  is 
determined,  according  to  the  new  resolution,  first  by 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


916 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


the  length  of  time  that  the  alternate  delegate  has  ser\-ed, 
and  secondly  b>-  the  number  of  votes  polled  in  being 
elected.  There  are  two  factors  that  determine  seniority. 
A man  whose  term  has  expired  starts  in  again.  The 
one  holding  office  now  assumes  seniorit3%  and  the  man 
who  holds  the  highest  number  at  this  time  takes  his 
place  in  line. 

T HE  Speaker  : We  will  have  an  election. 

R L.  Xot'Y,  M.D.  (^^'a^Tle)  : I should  like  io  make 
a motion  that  in  view  of  the  seniority-  of  Dr.  Pino 
on  previous  occasions,  election  be  dispensed  with  and 
that  he  be  delegated  as  senior.  I move  to  suspend  the 
rules. 

The  motion  was  regularh'  seconded. 

The  Sphaker:  Moved  and  supported  that  the  rules 
be  suspended  and  that,  in  view  of  the  seniority'  of 
Dr.  Pino,  he  be  declared  the  senior  alternate.  All  in 
favor  say  “aj^e” ; opposed  the  same.  The  motion  is 
carried. 

X-7.  PRESIDENT-ELECT 

The  next  order  of  business  is  the  nomination  of  a 
President-Elect. 

JoHX  A.  Wessixger,  M.D.  (Washtenaw)  ; Mr. 
Speaker  and  ^Members  of  the  House  of  Delegates.  I 
presume  I am  the  3'oungest  member  in  the  House. 
I have  sat  with  you  continuoush'  for  tnent\"-five  years. 
Rather  reticent  in  spirit,  I have  had  little  to  say,  but 
tonight  I beg  the  privilege  of  using  not  more  than 
five  minutes  to  give  j'ou  my  message. 

The  gentleman  whom  I have  in  mind  I have  known 
for  man\-  5’ears.  I have  nothing  but  favorable  impres- 
sions of  him.  ^ly  contacts  have  been  numerous.  I 
know  and  >'OU  know  that  he  has  done  j'eoman  work 
for  this  organization  for  manj-  j-ears. 

On  two  different  occasions  he  has  stood  back  when 
we  urged  him  to  come  forward,  and  now  we  feel  it  is 
no  longer  his  privilege  to  stand  back.  This  gentleman 
has  fine  administrative  abilities.  He  has  a fine  and 
splendid  executive  acumen,  and  nothing  can  afford  me 
greater  pleasure,  and  I feel  it  a high  honor  to  be 
permitted  to  stand  here  before  you  gentlemen  and 
place  in  nomination  Howard  H.  Cummings,  M.D.,  for 
President-Elect. 

G.  C.  Pexberthy,  M.D.  (Waj-ne)  : Mr.  Speaker  and 
Members  of  the  House  of  Delegates : Howard  Cum- 
mings and  I were  classmates.  I have  known  Howard 
since  1906.  As  an  officer  of  the  State  Society-  he  has 
contributed  materially  to  the  welfare  not  only  of  the 
Societj'  but  of  the  people  of  Michigan,  and  it  is  mj* 
pleasure  to  second  the  nomination  of  Howard  Cum- 
mings as  President-Elect 

The  Spe-\ker  : Are  there  an}-  further  nominations? 

E.  R.  WiTWER,  M.D.  (M'a\-ne)  : I move  that  nomi- 
nations be  closed. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker  : It  is  moved  and  supported  that  nomi- 
nations be  closed.  All  in  favor  sa}’  “aye” ; opposed  the 
same. 

All  in  favor  of  Howard  Cummings  as  President-Elect 
sa\*  “a3'e” ; opposed  the  same.  Dr.  Cummings  is  unani- 
moush-  elected.  Mill  \'ou  come  forward  and  take  a 
bow? 

The  audience  arose  and  applauded. 

Presh)ext-Elect  Cummixgs  : Mr.  Speaker  and  Gen- 
tlemen ; I feel  deeph’  the  honor  50U  have  bestowed 
upon  me.  I can  think  of  man}'  men  in  3-our  organiza- 
tion who  have  ser\'ed  longer  and  better  than  I have, 
but  I do  feel  this  is  a wonderful  time  for  an}-  doctor 
in  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Societ}'  to  render  ser\-- 
ice,  because  for  }ears  doctors  have  been  individualists. 
They  have  met  their  problems  of  life  and  death  alone, 
and  the}'  have  solved  most  of  them  alone. 

In  the  last  ten  years,  in  this  organization  we  have 
seen  cooperation  among  doctors  as  never  before,  and 

XOVXMBER.  1941 


ever}-  doctor  belonging  to  this  organization  owes  it  to 
his  feUow  physicians  to  render  some  servdce  for  organ- 
ized medicine,  for  the  doctors  of  our  state,  and,  most 
of  all,  for  the  people  of  our  state. 

Knowing  that  you  men  will  cooperate  with  Henry 
Carstens  this  year,  and  with  me  as  I come  on  the 
year  following,  it  is  going  to  be  a pleasure  to  work 
with  you.  Thank  you. 

X-8.  COUNCILOR  OF  FOURTEENTH 
DISTRICT 

The  Speaker:  There  now  exists  a vacancy  of  Cotm- 
cilor  of  the  Fourteenth  District  to  succeed  Dr.  Cum- 
mings. Nominations  are  now  in  order  for  Councilor 
for  the  Fourteenth  District. 

E.  R.  Mitvs-er,  M.D.  (Wa}-ne)  : I have  watched  the 
development  of  a lot  of  our  younger  men  in  Ann  Arbor 
for  quite  some  time. 

The  Speaker:  This  nomination  must  be  from  a dele- 
gate of  his  Councilor  District. 

L.  E.  Kxoll,  AI.D.  (Washtenaw)  : I am  truly  a 

baby  in  the  House  of  Delegates.  I will  make  my 
speech  short.  I will  nominate  one  of  my  confreres 
from  Ann  Arbor,  L J.  Johnson,  M.D. 

The  Speaker  : L.  I.  Johnson,  M.D.,  of  Ann  Arbor, 
has  been  nominated  as  Coimcilor  for  the  Fourteenth 
District. 

The  nomination  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  His  nomination  has  been  supported. 
Are  there  any  further  nominations? 

John  A.  Wessixger,  AI.D.  (Washtenaw)  : I move 
that  nominations  be  closed. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker  : Moved  and  supported  that  nomina- 
tions be  closed.  All  in  favor  of  Dr.  Johnson  will  say 
“aye” ; opposed  the  same.  The  motion  is  carried,  and 
Dr.  Johnson  is  imanimously  elected. 

X-9.  SPEAKER  OF  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES 

The  next  order  of  business  is  election  of  the  Speaker 
of  the  House  of  Delegates. 

T.  K.  Gruber,  M.D.  (Wa}-ne)  : Mr.  Speaker,  the 
position  of  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates,  as  well 
as  member  of  The  Council  of  the  Alichigan  State  Medi- 
cal Societ}',  entails  a great  deal  of  time  and  effort  on 
the  part  of  the  Speaker,  and  entails  a lot  of  time  away 
from  office. 

Dr.  O'AIeara  does  not  feel  he  would  be  in  position 
to  devote  the  time  necessaiy  to  the  position  of  Speaker 
of  the  House  of  Delegates,  and,  therefore,  I wish  to 
place  in  nomination  the  name  of  a man  from  Wa}Tie 
Coimt}-  who  is  one  of  the  up  and  coming  yoimg  men 
of  the  Wa}'ne  Cotmt}-  Aledical  Society.  He  has  de- 
voted a great  deal  of  time  and  effort  to  the  problems 
of  organized  medicine.  He  realizes  it  will  take  a 
great  deal  of  his  time  and  effort,  and  he  is  perfectly 
willing  to  make  the  effort  to  devote  this  time,  and 
I am  sure  he  will  be  a credit  to  the  position. 

I take  pleasure  in  being  asked  by  the  W'a}'ne  delega- 
tion to  place  P.  L.  Ledwidge,  AI.D.,  in  nomination  for 
the  position  of  Speaker  of  the  House. 

R.  M.  McKeax,  M.D.  (Wa}-ne)  : It  is  my  priHlege 
and  pleasure  to  support  this  young  man  Dr.  Gruber 
has  so  eloquently  nominated  for  this  particular  office. 

The  Speaker:  Are  there  any  further  nominations? 

Hexry  a.  Luce,  M.D.  (Wa}-ne)  : When  one  internist 
supports  another,  I think  it  is  time  to  close  the  nomi- 
nations. 

The  Speaker:  Moved  and  supported  that  nomina- 
tions be  closed.  All  in  favor  of  Dr.  Ledwidge  as 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates  say  “aye” ; opposed 
the  same.  Dr.  Ledwidge  is  imanimously  elected  Speaker 
of  the  House  of  Delegates. 


917 


PROCEEDINGS  HOUSE  OF  DELEGATES— 1941 


X-10.  VICE  SPEAKER  OF  HOUSE 
OF  DELEGATES 

The  next  order  of  business  will  be  the  election  of  a 
Vice  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Delegates.  Nomina- 
tions are  now  in  order. 

L.  J.  Hirschman,  M.D.  (Wayne)  ; Mr.  Speaker,  I 
am  going  to  place  the  name  of  a man  in  nomination 
for  Vice  Speaker  of  the  House,  and  the  most  sur- 
prised person  in  this  assembly  will  be  the  man  whose 
name  I am  going  to  present. 

He  is  one  of  the  younger  men,  as  you  will  note,  a 
man  who  has  had  a great  deal  of  legislative  experience, 
knows  something  about  parliamentary  law,  and  I believe 
would  represent  the  general  practitioner  in  the  small 
community  as  well  as  in  the  legislature  of  our  state. 

I place  in  nomination  the  name  of  S.  L.  Loupee,  M.D., 
of  Dowagiac. 

The  Speaker:  Dr.  Loupee,  of  Dowagiac,  has  been 
nominated. 

E.  O.  Foss,  M.D.  (Muskegon)  : I would  like  to  place 
in  nomination  the  name  of  George  Southwick,  M.D. 

The  Speaker  ; Dr.  Southwick  has  been  nominated. 
Are  there  any  further  nominations? 

S.  L.  Loupee,  M.D.  (Cass)  : It  certainly  is  a sur- 
prise to  me  to  have  somebody  present  my  name  here 
at  this  time  in  connection  with  an  office  in  this  group. 
I would  appreciate  the  opportunity  of  doing  what  I 
possibly  could  do  in  the  interests  of  this  organization, 
because  my  heart  and  life  are  wrapped  up  in  the  prog- 
ress of  organized  medicine,  but  I already  have  an  obli- 
gation that  takes  me  away  from  my  work,  that  divides 
my  attention,  and  that  is  a real  obligation  in  so  far 
as  I am  able  to  perform  it.  People  down  our  way 
elected  me  as  a member  of  the  Alichigan  House  of 
Representatives  and  in  that  position  I have  served  two 
terms,  and  I doubt  whether  there  are  many  men  who 
know  just  what  it  means.  There  are  many  people  who 
think  it  is  just  a fine  opportunity  to  get  aw^ay  from 
home  and  have  a good  time,  and  don’t  realize  what 
sacrifice  one  offers  when  he  undertakes  an  obligation 
of  that  kind. 

I have  enjoyed  my  work  in  the  Legislature,  and  I 
want  to  do  what  I can  in  the  interests  of  organized 
medicine. 

Thanking  Dr.  Hirschman  for  offering  my  name,  I 
withdraw  in  favor  of  the  other  nominee. 

L.  O.  Geib,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : I move  that  nomina- 
tions be  closed. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded. 

The  Speaker:  Moved  and  supported  that  nomina- 
tions be  closed.  All  in  favor  of  Dr.  Southwick  say 
“aye” ; opposed  the  same.  Dr.  Southwick  is  unanimously 
elected  Vice  Speaker. 

That  concludes  our  business  for  the  day. 

XL  New  Business 

XI-l.  HONORARIUM  TO  RETIRING  SPEAKER 

Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D. : Mr.  Speaker  and  Members 
of  the  House:  Two  years  ago,  when  Philip  Riley,  M.D., 
retired  as  Speaker,  and  six  years  ago  when  I retired 
as  Speaker,  this  House  was  very  kind.  The  members 
voted  a little  honorarium  to  Dr.  Riley  and  likewise 
to  me. 

I would  like  to  offer  a motion  that  this  House  of 
Delegates  vote  a sum  not  to  exceed  $25  to  present  an 
emblem  of  appreciation  to  our  Speaker  upon  his  retire- 
ment. I feel  he  is  entitled  to  it,  and  I so  move. 

The  motion  was  supported  by  several. 

The  Speaker:  Dr.  Ledwidge,  will  you  take  the  chair, 
please? 

P.  L.  Ledwidge,  the  Speaker-Elect,  assumed  the 
chair. 


The  S pea ker- Elect  : Gentlemen,  I should  like  to  say 
in  the  beginning  that  to  be  elected  to  this  office  is  a 
high  honor  and  a responsibility.  I thank  you  sincerely 
for  the  honor,  and  I accept  the  responsibility. 

There  is  a motion  before  the  House,  Dr.  Reeder’s 
motion  that  this  body  appropriate  an  amount  for  a 
proper  emblem  for  our  retiring  Speaker.  The  motion 
has  been  supported  by  several.  Is  there  any  discussion? 

All  in  favor  say  “aye” ; opposed.  The  motion  is  car- 
ried. The  Secretary  will  carry  out  this  order,  Mr. 
Speaker,  and  I want  to  congratulate  you  on  the  very 
nice  work  you  have  done  for  two  years. 

The  Speaker,  O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  resumed  the  chair. 

The  Speaker:  I wish  to  thank  you  very  much.  It 
has  indeed  been  a great  pleasure — and  I mean  it — to 
serve  as  your  presiding  officer  for  two  j'ears.  There 
are  headaches,  but  there  is  pleasure,  too,  and  it  gives 
anyone  a big  inward  glow  to  work  with  such  a fine 
group  of  fellows  when  he  becomes  a member  of  The 
Council  and  the  Executive  Committee,  and  also  Speaker 
of  the  House  of  Delegates.  Thank  you  again. 

XI-2.  PLACE  AND  DATE  OF  1942  ANNUAL 
MEETING 

The  Speaker:  There  is  but  one  more  question,  and 
that  is  the  place  and  date  of  the  1942  annual  meeting. 
In  the  last  couple  of  years  this  has  been  left  to  The 
Council.  It  can  be  decided  by  either  the  House  of 
Delegates  or  The  Council. 

We  have  two  invitations,  one  from  Grand  Rapids 
and  one  from  Detroit.  Is  it  the  pleasure  of  the  House 
to  accept  one  of  these  invitations,  or  to  leave  the  mat- 
ter up  to  The  Council? 

T.  K.  Gruber,  ]\LD.  (Wayne)  : Mr.  Speaker,  I move 
that  the  invitations  for  the  place  of  meeting  be  turned 
over  to  The  Council,  and  that  they  be  requested  to  de- 
cide on  the  place  and  date  of  the  1942  Convention  to 
the  best  advantage  of  the  Society,  the  exhibitors,  and 
all  concerned. 

Carl  F.  Snapp,  M.D.  (Kent)  : I support  that  mo- 
tion. 

The  Speaker:  Moved  and  supported  that  this  mat- 

ter be  left  to  The  Council  and  they  decide  which  will 
be  to  the  best  advantage  of  all  concerned.  All  in  favor 
say  “aye” ; opposed  the  same.  The  motion  is  carried. 

G.  C.  Penberthy,  M.D.  (Wayne)  : My  attention  has 
just  been  invited  to  the  illness  of  Dr.  Dempster,  and 
I was  given  to  understand  he  is  about  to  be  moved 
to  a hospital.  Dr.  Dempster  was  our  Editor  for  many 
years,  a faithful  servant  to  this  Society,  and  I would 
move  that  the  Secretary  telegraph  Dr.  Dempster  our 
sympathy,  and  try  to  build  up  the  morale  that  is  neces- 
sary. We  all  have  known  Dr.  Dempster  many  years, 
and  I think  it  only  fitting  that  this  House  of  Delegates, 
before  adjourning,  give  some  expression  of  their  ap- 
preciation for  the  services  rendered  by  Dr.  Dempster. 

The  motion  was  regularly  seconded  and  carried. 


XII.  Adjournment 

We  are  now  adjourned. 

The  meeting  adjourned  at  nine-fifteen  o’clock. 


THE  77TH  ANNUAL  MEETING,  MSMS 
SEPTEMBER  22,  23,  24,  25,  1942 
GRAND  RAPIDS 


918 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


APPLES!" 

is  the  Children's  War  Cry 


And  a healthy  war  cry,  too  . . . when  children  call  for 
apples!  Read  what  one  well  known  dietitian  says 
about  the  healthful  qualities  of  apples: 


with  bland,  non-irntating  bu  . 

»App.es,  scraped,  cooked  or 

eigriretriedy  for  generations 

tinal  disorders,  and  at  . j-  -„» 

extensively  used  in  therapeutic  diets. 

Taken  horn  the  Sixty-Ninth  An- 
nual Report  oi  ^Ziety 

the  State  Horticultural  Society 
of  Michigan  for  the  year  1939. 

, . . ro.- 

wroS-n  oi  H..KS  ■■ 


Apples  furnish  Vitamins,^  Minerals,  Pectin,  Non- 
Irritating  Bulk.  Good  for  you  . . . and  good  to  eat. 

MICHIGAN  STATE  APPLE  COMMISSION 

LANSING,  MICHIGAN 


/\/a^s€^  MICHIGAN 

FOR  JUICE  . . . FLAVOR  . . . HEALTH 


Novemhek,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


919 


X-  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  >^ 


INSTALMENT  CREDIT  REGULATIONS  NOT 
TO  AFFECT  LOANS  FOR  MEDICAL 
AND  HOSPITAL  EXPENSES 

Loans  for  medical,  hospital,  dental  or  funeral 
expenses  are  exempt  from  the  instalment  credit 
regulations,  if  the  obligor  could  not  reasonably 
meet  the  requirements  of  the  regulations. 

The  Federal  Reserve  Board,  folowing  out  the 
executive  order  of  President  Roosevelt  giving  the 
Board  authority  to  investigate,  regulate  and  pro- 
hibit transfers  of  credit,  adopted  on  August  21, 
1941,  Regulation  “W”  which  is  the  first  step  in 
carrying  out  the  purpose  stated  in  the  President’s 
order.  Regulation  “W”  fixes  the  maximum 
spread  on  time  payments  for  various  instalment 
purchases,  at  18  months.  This  includes  cash 
loans  of  less  than  $1,000  as  well  as  specific  list 
of  24  so-called  consumers’  durable  goods.  Mini- 
mum down  payments  which  can  be  accepted  for 
various  goods  are  also  prescribed  by  the  regula- 
tions. 

The  Board  has  made  possible  the  exemption 
of  cases  which  occur  because  of  loans  for  med- 
ical, hospital,  dental  or  funeral  expenses  which 
cannot  be  reasonably  taken  care  of  according  to 
Regulation  “W.”  Of  course,  this  ruling  may  be 
altered  at  any  time  as  the  Board  sees  fit. 

NYA  HEALTH  EXAMINATIONS 
DISCONTINUED 

B.  W.  Carey,  M.D.,  recently  announced  that 
the  NYA  health  examinations  were  discontinued 
in  Michigan  as  of  July  1,  1941,  largely  because 
of  the  limitation  of  the  NYA  appropriation.  In 
order  to  keep  the  importance  of  health  in  the 
defense  program  of  the  NYA,  the  “screening 
process”  is  being  used,  whereby  nurses  in  each 
area,  who  are  under  the  immediate  supervision  of 
a doctor  of  medicine,  will  endeavor  to  pick  up  the 
marked  deviations  from  normal  health,  and  refer 
the  youth  to  his  private  family  physician  for 
diagnosis  and  treatment.  Doctor  Carey  states  em- 
phatically that  the  nurse  will  not  diagnose  any 
condition,  but  merely  refer  youths  who  because 
of  obvious  defects  should  have  the  attention  of 


their  physicians.  Doctor  Carey  is  hoping  the  or- 
iginal plan  of  health  examinations  of  all  NYA 
enrollees  by  doctors  of  medicine  may  be  re- 
sumed before  too  long. 

: [V|SMS 

ONE  EXAMINATION  FOR  DRAFTEES 

A single  physical  examination  for  Selective 
Service  registrants,  in  lieu  of  the  present  dual 
examinations  conducted  by  local  board  physicians 
and  Army  induction  stations,  will  be  the  pro- 
cedure followed  throughout  the  country  by  Jan- 
uary 1,  1942,  National  Headquarters,  Selective 
Service  System,  has  announced. 

The  plan  for  the  single  examination  provides 
that  each  state  be  divided  into  districts,  with  the 
Army  physicians  conducting  examinations  of 
selectees  in  each  of  the  districts.  In  the  more 
congested  areas  an  examination  station  will  func- 
tion at  all  times,  while  in  the  sparsely  settled 
districts  the  tests  will  be  given  at  periodic 
intervals. 

=|VlSMS 

REHABIUTATION  OF  REJECTED  DRAFTEES 

“The  President  of  the  United  States  will  an- 
nounce today  that  the  Selective  Service  System 
has  been  charged  with  the  administration  of  a 
program  for  the  rehabilitation  of  rejected  men 
between  the  ages  of  twenty-one  and  twentj’-eight 
found  by  the  army  to  have  remediable  defects 
and  who  as  a result  of  such  treatment  will  be  made 
available  for  general  military  service.  The  remedy 
will  be  provided  by  physicians  and  dentists  of  the 
locality  in  which  the  registrant  resides  and  com- 
pensation will  be  paid  from  federal  funds  to  be 
made  available  for  such  purpose.  More  detailed 
information  concerning  the  plan  will  be  sent  at  the 
earliest  opportunity.” 

The  above  telegram  from  the  Selective  Serv- 
ice Headquarters  in  Washington,  D.  C.,  was  re- 
ceived by  the  Michigan  Director  of  Selective 
Service  on  October  10,  1941.  At  the  date  The 
Journal  went  to  press,  no  additional  informa- 
tion had  been  received  in  Michigan.  When  the 
details  reach  the  Michigan  State  Medical  So- 
ciety headquarters,  they  will  be  relayed  promptly 

Jour.  ^^.S.M.S. 


920 


You  Will 
Want  to  Know 
About  the 
Kenny  Method 

for  the 

Treatment  of 
Infantile  Paralysis 
in  the  Aeute  Stage 

by  Sister  Elizabeth  Kenny 

of  Australia 

*See  June  7th  Issue — Journal  American  Medical  Association 

The  success  of  Sister  Kenny’s  method  of  treating  infantile  paralysis 
has  attracted  the  attention  of  medical  men  throughout  the  world.  Her 
work  in  the  past  two  years,  at  the  University  of  Minnesota  and  the 
General  Hospital  in  Minneapolis,  has  demonstrated  to  the  satisfaction  of 
many  prominent  physicians  that  her  treatment  definitely  produces 
remarkable  results. 

Her  revolutionary  methods,  first  evolved  in  the  Australian  frontier 
and  later  demonstrated  in  Melbourne,  challenged  the  attention  of  leading 
international  poliomyelitis  authorities  who  encouraged  her  to  come  to 
the  United  States  to  continue  her  work. 

This  book,  containing  her  lectures,  is  the  only  text  book  on  the  subject 
of  her  methods.  It  reveals,  for  the  first  time,  the  history  of  the  develop- 
ment of  her  treatment  and  its  complete  explanation  written  by  Sister 
Kenny  in  person,  the  originator  of  this  method.  Completely  illustrated 
and  with  full  detail,  it  brings  to  the  medical  profession  a highly  informa- 
tive and  educational  study. 

Price  $3.50  postpaid.  You  may  order  by  check 
or  C.  O.  D.,  either  from  the  publisher  or  from 
your  book  dealer. 

BRUCE  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

2642  University  Avenue  National  Building 

Saint  Paul,  Minnesota  Minneapolis,  Minnesota 


November,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


921 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


to  the  secretaries  of  the  fifty-five  component 
county  medical  societies. 

The  Medical  Preparedness  Committee  of  the 
American  Medical  Association  attended  a con- 
ference in  Washington  on  Friday,  October  17, 
relative  to  the  matter  of  rehabilitation  of  re- 
jected registrants.  Reports  on  this  meeting  will 
be  published  in  The  Journal  of  the  American 
Medical  Association. 

= [V|SMS 
YOUR  INCOME  TAX 

An  authoritative  article  on  the  new  Income 
Tax  Law  of  1941,  as  it  applies  to  Doctors  of 
Medicine,  will  be  published  in  the  December 
Journal  of  the  MSMS.  The  article  will  not 
only  explain  the  provisions  of  the  new  law  but 
also  illustrate  its  workings  by  many  concrete 
examples. 

: r[V|SMS 

MEDICAL  WELFARE  IN  MICfflGAN— 

RESULTS  OF  SURVEY 

The  following  summary  of  questionnaires  re- 
cently sent  to  the  secretaries  of  county  medical 
societies  in  Michigan  would  indicate  a grave 
lack  of  uniformity  in  the  handling  of  medical 
welfare  in  Michigan. 

Fifty-five  county  medical  societies  reported, 
a return  of  100  per  cent. 

In  answer  to  the  question : “Is  your  local 

fee  schedule  for  medical  care  of  indigents  (in- 
cluding afflicted  adults)  higher  or  lower  on  the 
average  than  the  present  Fee  Schedule  of  the 
Michigan  Crippled  Children  Commission  ?” ; 

One  county  medical  society  secretary  reported 
that  his  county  society  has  no  schedule. 

One  secretary  reported  that  the  work  is  being 
done  by  salaried  physicians  (which  is  contrary 
to  the  Welfare  Act  of  1939). 

Eleven  secretaries  stated  that  their  local  fee 
schedules  were  slightly  higher. 

Twenty-five  secretaries  reported  that  their  local 
fee  schedules  were  about  the  same  as  the  M.C.C. 
schedule. 

Seventeen  secretaries  reported  that  their  local 
fee  schedules  were  low'er  (these  seventeen  coun- 
ty medical  societies  represent  24  Michigan  coun- 
ties). 

Of  the  seventeen  county  medical  societies  with 
lower  schedules,  twelve  reported  that  they  are 


giving  study  to  plans  whereby  their  members 
may  be  paid  at  least  cost  price  for  medical  care 
of  wards  of  government.  Five  reported  their 
societies  are  doing  nothing  about  the  matter! 

=|\/|SMS 

PRIVILEGED  COMMUNICATION 

A physician  recently  inquired : “Is  there  any 

liability  to  a physician  who  gives  a copy  of  a 
positive  serological  examination  to  an  insurance 
company  ?” 

The  best  rule  to  apply  is  for  a physician  or  a 
hospital  always  to  request  written  authorization 
from  a patient  before  furnishing  an  abstract  of, 
excerpts  from,  or  total  history  of  any  patient. 

Inasmuch  as  the  privileged  communication 
statute  is  very  flexible  in  regard  to  contagious 
and  communicable  diseases,  it  stands  to  reason 
that  it  also  would  be  lenient  in  regard  to  reports 
of  venereal  disease  in  positive  patients,  especially 
if  written  authorization  from  the  patient  was 
obtained  in  advance. 

Some  statutes  state  that  the  privileged  com- 
munication must  be  a wilful  betrayal  of  the  pro- 
fessional secret.  A California  appelate  court 
has  used  the  phrase  “wilful  betrayal,”  and  it 
appears  that  a disclosure  of  a diagnosis  would 
not  be  prohibited. 

Of  course,  each  case  is  an  individual  situa- 
tion, and  what  is  covered  by  insurance  waivers 
to  hospitals  or  doctors  would  not  always  hold 
good  under  certain  other  conditions ; for  ex- 
ample, a new  Supreme  Court  decision  in  Cali- 
fornia holds  that  neither  a hospital  nor  a radiol- 
ogist may  furnish  films  or  a diagnosis  on  a pa- 
tient without  the  permission  of  the  referring 
physician.  This  is  a new  law,  and  the  first  time 
the  referring  physician  has  been  designated  as 
having  control  of  the  diagnosis. 

As  a rule,  however,  the  patient’s  signing  of  a 
waiver  (written  authorization)  is  sufficient  pro- 
tection for  the  doctor  of  medicine  and  for  the 
hospital. 

=[\/|SMS 

MICHIGAN  HOSPITALS  AND  MEDICAL 
PAYMENTS  PLAN 

In  accident  cases,  large  numbers  of  people  are 
indemnified  in  whole  or  in  part  from  insurance 
protection.  But  in  countless  numbers,  the  funds 
received  by  the  patient  are  dissipated,  and  the 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


922 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


hospital  and  the  doctor  remain  unpaid  despite  the 
fact  that  the  settlement  was  predicated,  often 
in  its  entirety,  upon  the  medical  expenses  in- 
curred. In  other  words,  the  insurance  company 
paid  the  patient  for  the  hospital  and  medical 
expense — but  the  patient  went  out  and  bought 
a new  car  instead  of  paying  his  just  debt  to  the 
doctor  and  hospital. 

To  more  definitely  assure  payments  to  physi- 
cians and  to  hospitals  for  their  services,  an  agree- 
ment called  the  “Michigan  Hospitals  and  Medi- 
cal Payments  Plan”  has  been  entered  into  by  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  the  Michigan 
Hospital  Association,  the  American  Mutual  Al- 
liance, the  Association  of  Casualty  and  Surety 
Executives,  and  a group  of  Michigan  insurance 
carriers.  This  agreement  has  been  in  effect  since 
March  1,  1941.  During  these  seven  months, 
the  cooperation  between  the  above-named  groups 
has  been  so  perfect  and  friendly  that  the  Con- 
ference Committee,  created  under  the  Agree- 
ment to  arbitrate  differences,  has  not  been  called 
into  any  case. 

The  forms  to  be  used  in  connection  with 
Michigan  Hospitals  and  Medical  Payments  Plan 
are  available  through  the  Executive  Office,  2020 
Olds  Tower,  Lansing.  When  you  render  service 
in  an  accident  case,  protect  yourself  financially 
under  this  agreement  (explained  in  detail  in  the 
February,  1941,  MSMS  Journal;  free  reprint 
available  upon  request). 

^=|VlSMS__ 

"INVITE  THEM  TO  JOIN" 

“This  Society  shall  consist  of  active  members, 
junior  members,  honorary  members,  associate 
members,  retired  members  and  members  emeri- 
tus,” M.S.M.S.  Constitution;  Article  Three,  Sec- 
tion One. 

The  membership  of  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society  stands  at  4,527.  Approximately  350 
eligible  physicians  in  practice  have  not  as  yet 
joined  a county  or  the  State  Society.  A high 
percentage  of  these  reputable  practitioners  would 
become  associated  with  organized  medicine  as 
Active  Members  if  they  received  a personal  or 
telephonic  invitation  from  a member  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society.  The  matter  of  dues 
need  not  bother  any  physician,  since  the  MSMS 
assessment  for  the  last  quarter  of  the  year  to 
new  members  is  only  $3.00.  Invite  them  to  join. 

Another  group  that  should  be  invited  to  join 
are  the  interns  and  residents  who  are  now 


Did  you  know 
Johnnie  Walker 
is  a dnet? 


Johnnie  Walker  has  to  be  two  people.  For 
the  friendly  gentleman  identifies  both  12- 
year-old  Black  Label  and  8-year-old  Red 
Label  Scotch  whis- 
ky. Each  has  the 
smooth,  friendly 
flavour  that  brings 
a special  feeling  of 
satisfaction  to  your 
taste.  You’ll  like 
mellow  Johnnie 
Walker,  from  the 
very  first  sip. 


BORN  1820  . . . 
Still  going  strong 


WHEREVER  YOU  ARE 
IT'S  SENSIBLE  TO  STICK  WITH 


I 

I 


BLENDED  SCOTCH  WHISKY 


BOTH  86.8 
PROOF 


Canada  Dry  Ginger 
Ale,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sole  Importer 


November,  1941 


923 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


*‘He  can  still  chew 
but  He  can*t  swaller** 


It’s  an  old  Hoosier  saying,  often  as  true 
of  the  patient  with  superficial  oral  or 
pharyngeal  pathology  as  of  young  glut- 
tons. For  the  former,  however,  there  is 
usually  relief . . . NUPORALS,  “Gib  a.” 

NUPORALS,*  containing  one  mgm. 
of  Nupercaine  in  each  lozenge  are  ef- 
fective in  allaying  pain  and  tenderness 
of  the  oral  and  faucial  mucous  mem- 
branes; especially  are  they  indicated 
for  ameliorating  the  pharyngeal  dis- 
tress associated  with  passing  stomach 
tubes.  Non-narcotic,  locally  anesthetic 
and  pleasant  to  taste. 


classed  as  “Junior  Members.”  They  pay  no  dues 
to  the  State  Society  other  than  the  nominal  cost 
of  the  MSMS  Journal.  This  new  junior  mem- 
bership was  created  by  the  MSMS  House  of 
Delegates  in  1940. 

Tangible  benefits  are  being  received  by  mem- 
bers of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society — 
else  what  can  account  for  the  all-time  high  record 
of  4,527  members? 

= |V|SMS 

IS  THE  BUSINESS  BOOM  AFFECTING 
YOUR  COLLECTIONS? 

Almost  every  physician  is  busier  now  than 
he  has  been  in  years.  The  same  is  true  of  de- 
partment stores  and  other  agencies  where  both 
necessities  and  luxuries  are  being  procured  by 
men  and  women,  many  of  whom  have  exper- 
ienced long  or  short  periods  of  unemployment. 

While  the  doctor’s  services  are  now  more 
readily  sought,  reports  filter  in  that  the  patients’ 
money  again  fails  to  reach  the  physician.  The 
doctor  continues  to  be  the  last  to  be  paid. 

Therefore,  it  is  time  for  a little  “examination 
of  the  business  conscience”  by  every  physician : 

Are  you  sending  statements  promptly  and 
regularly  each  month,  to  new  and  to  old  ac- 
counts alike? 

Are  you  following  systematically  with  letters 
and  telephone  calls  if  three  plain  statements 
elicit  no  response? 

Have  you  recently  checked  your  accounts 
receivable  carefully  for  accounts  that  should  be 
placed  for  collection  ? 

Don’t  forget.  Doctor,  that  “dead”  accounts  in 
your  files  are  still  very  much  alive  so  far  as 
your  payment  of  the  Michigan  Intangible  Tax 
on  these  accounts  receivable  are  concerned ! 


NUPORALS  are  supplied  in  boxes  of  15  and 
in  bottles  of  100  lozenges.  Samples  and  more 
details  upon  request. 


•Trade  Mark  Reg.  U.  S.  Pat.  Off.  The  word 
"Nuporals”  identifies  throat  lozenges  of  Ciba’s 
manufacture,  each  lozenge  containing  one 
mgm.  of  Nupercaine,  "Ciba.” 


CIBA  PHARMACEUTICAL  PRODUCTS,  INC. 

SUMMIT,  NEW  JERSEY 


*nOWHow  You  stand 
Compared  with  Last  Year  / 


. . . You’d  know  exactly,  at  a glance,  if  you 
were  using  the  DAILY  LOG.  It’s  the  SIMPLI- 
FIED, thoroughly  ORGANIZED  system  of 
office  bookkeeping.  Includes  in  one  neat  vol- 
ume every  essential  business  rec- 
ord  of  your  practice.  Important 
V non-financial  ones,  too.  It’s  a 

treasure  at  income  tax  time! 
WRITE — for  illustrated  booklet  “The 
Adventures  of  Dr.  Young  in  the 
Field  of  Bookkeeping.” 


COLWELL  PUBLISHING  CO. 

1 126  University  Ave.,  Champaign,  III. 


924 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


I 

1 

i 


^ Woman’s  Auxiliary  -K 


REPORT  OF  STATE  CONVENTION 


Woman's  Auxiliary  Officers 


The  1941  state  convention  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary 
to  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  was  held  in 
Grand  Rapids,  September  16-19, 
at  the  Pantlind  Hotel. 

Great  credit  is  due  to  Mrs.  T. 
C.  Irwin  and  the  Kent  County 
group  for  an  outstanding  meet- 
ing. That  much  time  and  great 
effort  had  been  put  into  the  task 
was  quite  obvious.  Also  memor- 
able were  the  charm  and  gracious 
dignity  of  our  president,  Mrs.  R. 
V.  Walker. 

The  business  sessions  were  un- 
usually well  attended  and  very  in- 
teresting. The  highlight  of  the 
business  meeting  was  Mrs.  Walk- 
er’s recommendation  that  a stu- 
dent loan  fund,  for  the  children 
of  physicians,  be  established.  'The 
project  met  with  universal  approval  and  the  motion 
on  the  matter  was  unanimously  passed. 

It  was  a great  inspiration  to  the  officers,  the  com- 
mittee chairmen  and  the  members  to  have  our  Na- 
tional President,  Mrs.  R.  E.  Mosiman,  of  Seattle,  Wash- 
ington, with  us  for  a period  of  two  days.  The  address 
that  Mrs.  Mosiman  gave  at  our  annual  banquet  will 
be  of  great  help  to  us  in  our  future  plans.  Health 
Education,  Hygeia,  and  Nutrition  in  Home  Defense 
were  the  topics  that  were  stressed. 

The  county  president’s  reports  were  read  and  the 
many  projects  that  are  being  sponsored  by  the  various 
counties  were  very  interesting  indeed.  Many  sugges- 
tions as  to  future  projects  were  outlined,  such  as  col- 
lecting unused  office  coats,  nurses’  itniforms  and  old 
medical  instruments  to  be  sent  to  Britain. 

Mrs.  Wm.  J.  Butler,  incoming  president,  pointed  out 
the  necessity  of  helping  with  “National  Defense,” 
through  the  promotion  of  community  health  and  nu- 
trition in  home  defense.  She  also  told  us  that  plans 
were  being  made  for  a state-wide  subscription  cam- 
paign for  the  Bulletin. 

Two  hundred  thirty-eight  members  registered.  Of 
course,  there  were  many  more  who  attended  the  con- 
vention but  failed  to  register.  The  outstanding  feature 
of  our  annual  banquet  was  a one-act  play  directed  by 
Mrs.  Fred  C.  Brace,  a member  of  the  Kent  County 
Auxiliary.  The  actors  were  all  physicians  and  members 
of  the  Kent  County  Medical  Society.  We  greatly 
appreciate  their  kindness  in  doing  this,  and  thank  them 
for  such  a hilarious  performance. 

Again  this  year,  we  were  honored  by  the  presence 
of  our  beloved  and  charming  Honorary  President, 
Mrs.  Guy  L.  Kiefer.  A plaque  is  to  be  presented  to 
Mrs.  Kiefer  for  her  devotion  to  the  auxiliary  over 
such  a long  period  of  years. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Francis  Pyle  (Mrs.  Henry  J.), 
Secretary 


1941-1942 

President — Mrs.  Wm.  J.  Butler,  Grand  Rapids 
President-Elect — Mrs.  G.  L.  Willoughby,  Flint 
Vice  President — Mrs.  John  J.  Walch,  i^canaba 
Secretary — Mrs.  Henry  J.  Pyle,  Grand  Rapids 
Treasurer — ^Mrs.  H.  L.  French,  Lansing 
Past  President — Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walker,  Detroit 
Honorary  President — Mrs.  Guy  L.  Kiefer,  East  Lansing 

Committee  Chairmen 

Archives — Mrs.  L.  G.  Christian,  Lansing 

Bulletm — Mrs.  John  J.  Walch,  Escanaba 

Exhibits — Mrs.  Fred  J.  Melges,  Battle  Creek 

Finance — Mrs.  Elmer  L.  Whitney,  Detroit 

Historian — Mrs.  J.  Earl  McIntyre,  Lansing 

Hygeia — Mrs.  Sidney  La  Fever,  Ann  Arbor 

Legislation — Mrs.  Roger  V.  Walker,  Detroit 

Organisation — Mrs.  Oscar  D.  Stryker,  Fremont 

Parliamentarian — Mrs.  A.  V.  Wenger,  Grand  Rapids 

Press — Mrs.  V.  F.  Kling,  Ionia 

Program — Mrs.  Galen  B.  Ohmart,  Detroit 

Public  Relations — Mrs.  Mark  Osterlin,  Traverse  City 

Revisions — Mrs.  C.  L.  Bennett,  Kalamazoo 

Special  Comm-ittee — Mrs.  Paul  R.  Urmston,  Bay  City 


worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations; including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients, 

Electrocardiograms 


Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recop^zed 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


Mrs.  Wm.  J.  Butler, 
Grand  Rapids, 
President,  Woman’s 
' Auxiliary,  MSMS 


THE  MAPLES 

A Private  Sanitarium  for  the  Treatment  of  Alcoholism 

Registered  by  the  A.M.A. 


R.F.D.  3,  LIMA,  OHIO 
Phone:  High  6447 

Located  Miles  East  of  Corner  on 
U.  S.  30  N. 

F.  P.  Dirlam  A.  H.  Nihizer,  MJ). 

Superintendent  Medical  Director 


November.  1941 


925 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D^  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 

g£-s^s-s-fj-s-rrrrf  TTrr  r r 


-K 


-K 


DIPHTHERIA  IN  TWO  SCHOOLS 

Diphtheria  was  found  in  two  rural  schools  in  Sep- 
tember, but  in  neither  case  did  a local  epidemic  result. 
In  a Lenawee  county  school,  four  boys  and  girls  from 
a Mexican  beet  worker’s  family  became  ill  and  were 
isolated.  Their  ages  were  unusually  high  for  attacks 
of  diphtheria;  10,  14,  16  and  17  years  old.  Members 
of  the  family  denied  any  visit  to  or  frorn  the  migra- 
tory camp  near  Blissfield  where  diphtheria  broke  out 
among  Mexican  families  in  August. 

The  other  school  case  of  diphtheria  occurred  near 
St.  Johns  in  Clinton  county,  but  only  a single  case  was 
reported. 

OBSTETRICS  COURSE  IN  JANUARY 

Another  two-week  postgraduate  course  in  obstet- 
rics is  offered  for  four  physicians  beginning  January 
5,  1942,  at  the  University  Hospital  at  Ann  Arbor  un- 
der the  combined  sponsorship  of  the  University  of 
Michigan  Department  of  Postgraduate  Medicine  and 
the  Michigan  Department  of  Health.  Applications 
should  be  sent  now  to  Dr.  Lillian  R.  Smith,  direc- 
tor of  the  Bureau  of  Maternal  and  Child  Health, 
Michigan  Department  of  Health,  Lansing.  There 
is  no  fee  for  the  course.  Five  physicians  finished 
one  of  the  courses  October  4,  1941. 


DEFENSE  INDUSTRIES  SPEND 
$350,000  FOR  HEALTH 

Michigan  industries  have  spent  more  than  $350,000 
in  the  last  fiscal  year  in  carrying  into  effect  sugges- 
tions for  protecting  defense  workers  from  health  haz- 
ards on  the  job. 

All  defense  contracts  carry  a requirement  that 
the  health  of  employes  must  be  safeguarded  during 
working  hours,  and  during  the  12  months  ending 
June  30,  the  Bureau  of  Industrial  Hygiene  of  the 
State  Health  Department  made  studies  in  more 
than  500  factories.  At  the  time  of  the  first  return 
visits  of  bureau  staff  members,  more  than  80  per 
cent  of  the  corrections  asked  for  had  been  made. 

So  many  studies  have  been  requested  that  they  have 
been  scheduled  well  into  1942.  In  response  to  a re- 
quest for  assistance,  the  United  States  Public  Health 
Service  has  loaned  the  Department  a sanitary  engineer, 
a chemist  and  an  industrial  physician. 


SEPTEMBER  INFANTILE  PARALYSIS 
UNDER  NORMAL 

Infantile  paralysis  cases  reported  in  September  totaled 
92,  only  a fifth  as  many  as  in  September  last  year 
when  the  state  had  a record-breaking  epidemic.  The 
total  of  92  compared  also  with  a five-year  average  of 
201.  Fifty-six  of  the  September  cases  were  from  De- 
troit. 

August  cases  of  polio  totaled  59  compared  with  the 
five-year  average  of  103  and  a total  of  304  for  August 
last  year. 


PHYSICIANS  CAN  REGISTER 
BIRTHS  OF  YEARS  AGO 

Family  physicians  of  the  older  generation  often  can 
give  assistance  where  a birth  certificate  is  not  on  file 
in  official  records.  If  a record  is  missing,  the  facts 
can  be  established  in  probate  court,  but  the  law  also 
permits  the  physician  who  attended  the  birth  to  make 
out  a certificate  even  though  years  may  have  passed. 


There  is  considerable  opportunity  for  veteran  physi- 
cians of  the  state  to  make  out  such  delayed  registra- 
tions because  birth  certificates  are  necessary  for  men 
and  women  working  on  defense  jobs.  Instructions  from 
the  Bureau  of  Records  and  Statistics  are  that  the  physi- 
cian use  a current  birth  blank  in  making  out  a delayed 
registration  and  that  he  file  it  with  the  local  registrar 
in  the  usual  way.  No  fee  for  such  a late  filing  is 
required  and  the  original  record  ultimately  reaches  the 
State  Health  Department  vaults  at  Lansing. 


WHOOPING  COUGH  COMMUNICABLE 
DISEASE  NO.  1 

Since  mid-summer,  whooping  cough  has  become  the 
state’s  most  prevalent  communicable  disease  and  is  be- 
ing reported  at  well  over  a thousand  cases  a month. 
From  January  through  June,  deaths  totaled  50  com- 
pared with  19  in  the  first  six  months  of  1940. 

Vaccine  will  be  used  more  widely  than  ever  this 
fall  and  winter  to  protect  babies  and  young  chil- 
dren against  whooping  cough.  We  are  getting  away 
from  the  old  notions  that  whooping  cough  is  an 
unavoidable  childhood  disease  and  that  it  is  of  lit- 
tle danger.  Vaccine  gives  a high  degree  of  pro- 
tection against  whooping  cough  and  during  the  last 
year  the  State  Health  Department  laboratories  dis- 
tributed to  physicians  enough  vaccine  for  more  than 
30,000  children.  It  was  the  second  year  of  our  vac- 
cine production  and  represents  an  increase  of  44 
per  cent. 

Babies  and  very  young  children  are  most  in  need 
of  protection,  for  two-thirds  of  the  state’s  whooping 
cough  deaths  occur  in  babies  less  than  a year  old.  Aside 
from  its  threat  of  death,  whooping  cough  is  one  of  the 
most  troublesome  of  childhood  diseases,  for  one  case 
may  keep  a household  upset  for  a month. 

The  recommendation  of  the  State  Health  Depart- 
ment, the  Michigan  branch  of  the  American  Academy 
of  Pediatrics  and  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
is  that  physicians  give  whooping  cough  vaccine  to  babies 
at  from  six  to  nine  months  of  age.  The  vaccine  can 
also  be  given  to  children  who  are  ready  to  enter  school. 


HEALTH  OF  DEFENSE  WORKERS 

Since  all  defense  contracts  carry  clauses  for  health 
protection  of  workers,  there  is  special  interest  now  in 
the  work  of  the  Bureau  of  Industrial  Hygiene.  In  the 
first  three  months  of  1940,  156  plans  called  for  studies 
by  the  bureau,  and  of  the  recommended  improvements 
85  to  90  per  cent  had  been  completed  by  the  first  of 
May. 

There  is  so  much  demand  for  studies  by  the  bureau 
that  in  May  there  was  work  ahead  for  four  months. 
The  most  common  hazard  to  workers  is  dust,  which 
is  common  in  foundries  and  in  factories  wherever  there 
are  grinding  operations.  Consequently,  most  of  the  rec- 
ommendations of  the  Department’s  industrial  hygiene 
engineers  are  concerned  with  ventilation  problems. 

Tliis  bureau  is  headed  by  an  industrial  hygiene  phy- 
sician who  has  a staff  of  engineers  and  chemists.  The 
federal  law  places  responsibility  upon  the  State  Health 
Department  for  health  conditions  in  defense  factories. 
In  Detroit,  studies  are  made  by  the  Bureau  of  Indus- 
trial Hygiene  of  the  Detroit  Department  of  Health.  Chit- 
side  Detroit,  the  State’s  studies  are  made  from  head- 
quarters at  Lansing  and  district  offices  at  Saginaw, 
Pontiac  and  Grand  Rapids. 


926 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


-K  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  ^ 


Loren  W.  Shaffer,  M.D.,  Detroit,  is  co-author  of  the 
article  entitled  “Massive  Dose  Therapy  in  Early 
Syphilis”  which  appeared  in  The  Journal  of  the 
AMA,  issue  of  October  4,  1941. 

^ ^ ^ 

Mt.  Carmel  Mercy  Hospital,  Detroit,  broke  ground 
on  September  26  for  a six-story  200-bed  addition.  The 
new  wing  will  include  also  several  operating  rooms 

of  various  types,  an  enlarged  laboratory  and  pharmacy' 

facilities,  and  an  auditorium  with  a seating  capacity  of 
400  for  staff  and  other  types  of  meetings. 

54:  :fc  ^ 

The  Detroit  Diabetes  Association  held  its  first  meet- 
ing on  October  8,  1941,  at  tbe  Wayne  County  iMedical 
Soc  ety  Building,  Detroit. 

The  Association  is  planning  on  meeting  every  second 
month  or  five  meetings  during  the  year.  Interested  phy- 
sicians are  invited  to  attend  these  meetings. 

^ ^ ^ 

R.  Philip  Sheets,  M.D.,  Medical  Superintendent  of 
Traverse  City  State  Hospital,  announced  recently  the 
addition  to  his  staff  of  Osee  Maj-  Dill,  M.D.,  and  Paul 
Wilcox,  M.D.  Doctor  Dill  is  a graduate  of  the  Indiana 
University  School  and  Doctor  Wilcox  graduated  from 
the  University  of  Michigan  Medical  School. 

^ ip.  9(i 

The  Mayo  Foundation  announces  that  a series  of 
lectures,  demonstrations  and  clinics  by  members  of  the 
faculty  and  invited  guests  will  be  held  in  Rochester, 
Minn.,  during  the  week  of  November  10.  Problems 


related  to  medical  and  surgical  emergencies  encountered 
in  civilian  and  military  practice  will  be  emphasized. 
Physicians  are  invited  to  attend. 

* ❖ * 

Federal  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  regulations  re- 
quire the  label  “warning,  may  be  habit  forming”  on  a 
specific  list  of  drugs  used  in  prescriptions.  Unless  the 
prescription  is  marked  “not  to  be  refilled,”  pharmacists 
must  place  the  warning  label  on  the  prescription. 
There  are  also  instances  in  which  a prescription  may 
not  be  refilled  without  verbal  or  written  consent  of  the 
physician. 

ip  ^ ip 

Opening  for  physician  at  Ionia  State  Hospital.  Sal- 
ary $300  per  month,  less  maintenance  for  physician  and 
his  family  if  married.  Six  room  cottage  available  for 
married  physician  or  suitable  quarters  for  a single 
man.  Excellent  opportunity  to  gain  valuable  experience 
in  neuropsychiatry,  as  well  as  in  other  branches  of 
medicine.  Write  P.  C.  Robertson,  M.D.,  Medical  Su- 
perintendent, Ionia  State  Hospital,  Ionia,  Michigan. 

ip  ip  ip 

Plans  for  the  1942  MSMS  Convention  are  already 
being  developed.  The  Scientific  Program  for  the  77th 
Annual  Meeting  will  feature  approximately  75  eminent 
lecturers.  The  exhibit  will  again  be  held  in  the  Civic 
Auditorium  of  Grand  Rapids.  The  headquarters  will  be 
at  the  Pantlind  Hotel.  The  dates ; September  22,  23, 
24,  25,  1942. 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAE) 


ciTi 


ilver  Picrate, 
Wyeth,  has  a convincing  record  of 
effectiveness  as  a local  treatment  for 
acute  anterior  urethritis  caused  by 
Neisseria  gonorrheae.^  An  aqueous 
solution  (0.5  percent)  of  silver  pic- 
rate or  water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the  treatment. 


Acomplafe  technique  of  treatment  and  literature  will  be  sent  upon  request 


‘Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline  compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
It  is  available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and  soluble  trituration  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  solutions,  suppositories,  water-soluble  jelly,  and  powder  for  vaginal 
insufflation. 


1.  Knight,  F.,  and  Shelanski, 
H.  A.,  "Treatment  of  Acute  Ante- 
rior Urethritis  with  Silver  Picrate,” 
Am.  J.  Syph.,  Gon.  & Ven.  Dis., 
23,  201  (March),  1939. 


JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATEO,  PHILADELPHIA 


November,  1941 


927 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITY 


A MODERN,  comfortable  sanatorium  adequately  equipped  for  all  types  of  medical  and 
surgical  treatment  of  tuberculosis.  Sanatorium  easily  reached  by  way  of  Michigan 
Highway  Number  53  to  Comer  of  Gates  St.,  Romeo,  Michigan. 

For  Detailed  Information  Regarding  Rates  and  Admission  Apply 

DR.  A.  M.  WEHENKELy  Medical  Directory  Citjr  Officesy  Madison  331Z*3 


TUBERCULOSIS 


.WEHENKEL  SANATORIUM 


MICH. 


ROMEO 


RESTFUL 

AND 

QUIET 


PRIVATE 

ESTATE 


CONVALESCENT 
HOME  FOR 


’‘Shock  is  one  of  the  most  overworked  terms  in 
the  medico-legal  vocabulary,  as  many  deaths  said 
to  be  due  to  shock  should  really  be  ascribed  to  such 
conditions  as  loss  of  blood,  exhaustion,  injury  to  a 
vital  organ,  concussion  of  the  brain,  and  so  forth. 
Cases  in  which  persons  can  justly  be  said  to  owe  their 
death  to  shock  are  comparatively  rare.”— Sir  Bernard 
Spilsbury,  “Some  Medico-Legal  Aspects  of  Shock,” 
Medico-Legal  and  Criminological  Review  1,  January, 
1934. 

♦ * ♦ 

The  U.  S.  Director  of  Civilian  Defense  has  appointed 
the  following  Medical  Advisory  Board  to  assist  the 
Medical  Division  of  the  Office  of  Civilian  Defense : 
George  Baehr,  M.D.,  New  York,  Chairman;  Robin  C. 
Buerki,  M.D.,  Madison,  Wisconsin ; Elliott  Cutler,  M.D., 
Boston,  Massachusetts;  Oliver  Kiel,  M.D.,  Wichita 
Falls,  Texas;  Albert  McCown,  M.D.,  Washington,  D. 
C. ; and  Fred  Rankin,  M.D.,  Lexington,  Kentucky. 

The  MSMS  representative  to  the  Michigan  Civil  De- 
fense Advisory  Board  is  P.  R.  Urmston,  M.D.,  Bay 
City. 

Many  physicians,  as  well  as  other  prominent  profes- 
sional men  in  Michigan,  have  recently  been  circularized 
by  the  “Blue  Book  and  Social  Register  of  America”  in 
an  effort  to  obtain  permission  to  publish  their  names 
in  the  so-called  register.  Inquiries  have  been  directed 
to  the  “Blue  Book  and  Social  Register  of  America” 
at  its  Detroit  office  in  order  to  obtain  more  complete 
information  concerning  the  project,  but  the  company 
has  not  given  the  courtesy  of  a reply,  even  to  the  De- 
troit Better  Business  Bureau ! 

“Before  you  invest,  investigate.” 

>!: 

Hospital  Bed  Facilities.- — According  to  a widespread 
survey  made  of  hospital  bed  facilities  in  the  United 
States,  released  today  by  the  Census  Bureau  of  the 


Department  of  Commerce,  1,282,785  beds  were  available 
in  9,614  institutions  for  the  medical  care  of  the  Amer- 
ican people  in  1939.  The  country’s  6,991  hospitals  and 
sanatoriums  provided  the  great  bulk  of  this  care — 355,- 
145,063  patient-days,  or  the  equivalent  of  one  week-end 
stay  in  the  hospital  each  year  for  every  person  in  the 
United  States.  Infirmaries  and  nursing,  convalescent, 
and  rest  homes  provided  the  remainder. 

Hospitals  and  sanatoriums  had  1,186,262  beds  or  92 
per  cent  of  the  nation’s  total.  Census  Bureau  figures 
show  that  the  average  hospital  had  169  beds  and 
served  5,000  families. 

* * * 

Surgeon  General  Thomas  Parran  of  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service  recently  called  for  50,000  Avell 
educated  young  women  to  begin  training  now  for  pro- 
fessional nursing  careers  in  order  to  “avert  serious  dam- 
age to  the  Nation’s  health  during  the  present  emer- 
gency.” 

The  Surgeon  General  declared  that  this  large  num- 
ber of  students  is  needed  to  meet  the  tremendous  de- 
mand for  graduate  registered  nurses  as  a result  of  the 
national  defense  program. 

The  States  Relations  Division  of  the  United  States 
Public  Health  Service  is  administering  a recent  Con- 
gressional appropriation  of  $1,250,000  which  will  fa- 
cilitate the  training  of  these  additional  nurses. 

5!=  * * 

Committees  of  The  Council. — A.  S.  Brunk,  M.D., 
Chairman  of  The  Council,  announces  the  following 
committees  of  The  Council  for  1941-42; 

Fincmee  Committee — Vernor  M.  Moore,  AI.D.,  Grand 
Rapids,  Chairman ; W.  E.  Barstow,  M.D.,  St.  Louis ; 

L.  J.  Johnson,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor;  P.  L.  Ledwidge, 

M. D.,  Detroit  and  R.  S.  Morrish,  M.D.,  Flint.  Publica- 
tion Committee — Wilfrid  Haughey,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek, 
Chairman ; Otto  O.  Beck,  M.D.,  Birmingham ; T.  E. 
DeGurse,  M.D.,  Marine  City ; Roy  C.  Perkins,  M.D., 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


928 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITY 


« Bay  City;  and  Clarence  E.  Umphrey,  M.D.,  Detroit, 
■k]  County  Societies  Committee — E.  F.  Sladek,  M.D.,  Tra- 
k]  verse  City,  Chairman;  R.  J.  Hubbell,  M.D.,  Kalama- 
zoo ; W.  H.  Huron,  M.D.,  Iron  Mountain ; A.  H.  Miller, 
M.D.,  Gladstone ; and  Philip  A.  Riley,  M.D.,  Jackson. 

j * 

i Your  friends 

if  Abbott  Laboratories,  North  Chicago,  Illinois 
The  Baker  Laboratories,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
i Bard-Parker  Company,  Danbury,  Connecticut 
jAs  Barry  Allergy  Laboratory,  Inc.,  Detroit,  Michigan 
III  Becton,  Dickinson  & Company,  Rutherford,  Newr  Jersey 
i Rudolph  Beaver,  Inc.,  Waltham,  Massachusetts 
.iji  Bilhuber-Knoll  Corporation,  Orange,  New  Jersey 
*3'  Ernst  Bischoff  Company,  Ivoryton,  Connecticut 
!f;  The  Borden  Company,  New  York,  New  York 

Burroughs  Wellcome  & Company,  New  York,  New  York 

(5'  The  above  ten  firms  were  exhibitors  at  the  1941  Con- 
y vention  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  and 
^|1  helped  make  possible  for  your  enjoyment  one  of  the 
outstanding  state  medical  meetings  in  the  country, 
'at  Remember  your  friends  when  you  have  need  of  equip- 
|ilj  ment,  medical  supplies,  appliances  or  service. 

The  U.  S.  Civil  Service  Commission  has  made  the 
following  principal  changes  in  its  announcement  for 

!'  j new  medical  officers : the  adding  of  the  option  “Pub- 
‘ lie  health,  general”  to  the  Senior  grade  and  the  option 
I “Cancer;  (a)  Research,  (b)  Diagnosis  and  Treat- 
ment” to  the  Medical  Officer  and  Associate  grade;  the 
I provision  for  the  acceptance  of  aplications  for  the 
I Associate  grade  from  persons  who  have  not  yet  com- 
pleted internship ; the  setting  back  of  the  date  of 
graduation  for  the  Associate  grade  to  May  1,  1930;  and 
the  raising  of  the  age  limit  for  all  grades  to  fifty-three. 
1 Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Com- 
; mission’s  representative  at  any  first-  or  second-class 
■ post  office  or  from  the  Central  Office  at  Washington, 
: D.  C. 


Appointments  in  the  Medical  Corps,  United  States 
Naval  Reserve. — The  Surgeon  General  of  the  Navy  in- 
vites the  attention  of  civilian  doctors  to  the  opportunity 
of  becoming  commissioned  officers  of  the  Medical  Corps 
in  the  U.  S.  Naval  Reserve. 

Male  citizens  of  the  United  States,  graduates  of 
class  “A”  medical  schools,  who  are  under  50  years  of 
age  and  who  meet  the  physical  and  professional  re- 
quirements, are  eligible  for  appointment  as  commis- 
sioned officers  in  the  Medical  Corps  of  the  Naval  Re- 
serve. 

Applicants  desiring  appointments  in  the  Medical 
Corps  of  the  Naval  Reserve  should  communicate  with 
the  Commandant,  Ninth  Naval  District,  Great  Lakes, 
Illinois. 

* * * 

Salmon  Memorial  Lectures— YmdiX  dates  for  the  Sal- 
mon Memorial  Lectures  which  Robert  D.  Gillespie, 
M.D.,  psychiatric  specialist  of  the  British  Royal  Air 
Force,  will  deliver  in  key  cities  of  this  country  and 
Canada,  have  been  announced  by  C.  Charles  Burlington, 
M.D.,  Chairman  of  the  Salmon  Committee  on  Psychia- 
try and  Mental  Hygiene.  The  schedule  of  lecture  dates 
is  as  follows:  New  York,  November  17,  18;  Toronto, 
November  19;  Chicago,  November  21;  New  Orleans, 
November  22;  Washington,  November  24-25;  San  Fran- 
cisco, November  27;  Philadelphia,  November  30. 

Dr.  Gillespie  has  received  special  leave  of  absence 
from  the  RAF  from  the  British  government  for  the 
express  purpose  of  delivering  the  Salmon  Lectures  in 
this  country  and  Canada.  He  will  fly  here  to  make  a 
first-hand  report  to  members  of  the  American  medical 
profession  and  officers  of  the  United  States  Army  and 
Navy  Morale  Division  on  the  psychological  effects  of 
“blitz”  warfare  on  civilian  and  armed  forces. 

Dr.  Gillespie’s  observations  made  under  actual  war 
conditions  are  expected  to  be  of  inestimable  value  to 


t 


t makes  their  regular  check-ups 
"fun”  by  giving  youngsters  some 
wholesome  CHEWING  GUM 


NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  OF  CHEWING  GUM  MANUFACTURERS,  STATEN  ISLAND,  NEW  YORK 


It’s  such  an  easy,  thoughtful  gesture  to  always  offer 
your  little  patients  some  delicious  Chewing  Gum 
while  they’re  waiting  or  when  they  leave  the  office. 
They  just  love  it  — and  it  makes  a big  hit  with 
adults,  too.  And  for  such  a small  cost  this  one, 
friendly,  little  act  goes  a long  way  in  winning  extra 
good  will  and  affection.  Besides,  as  you  know,  the 
chewing  is  an  aid  to  mouth  cleanliness  as  well  as 
helping  to  lessen  tension.  Enjoy  chewing  Gum, 
yourself.  Get  a good  month’s  worth  for  your 
office  today. 

There's  a reason,  a time 
and  place  for  Chewing  Gum 


November,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


929 


Ferguson -Droste- Ferguson  Sanitarium 

♦ 

Ward  S.  Farcusoiit  M.  D.  Jamaa  C.  Droste,  M.  D.  Ljrnn  A.  Fcrcuson,  M.  D. 

PRACTICE  LIMITED  TO 
DIAGNOSIS  AND  TREATMENT  OF 

DISEASES  OF  THE  RECTUM 

♦ 

Sheldon  Avenue  at  Oakes 

GRAND  RAPIDS.  MICHIGAN 

* 

Sanitarium  Hotel  Accommodations 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 

PHYSICIANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSICIANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 

Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

W INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 
(56,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 

For 
$10.00 
per  year 

$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$32.00 
per  year 

$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$64.00 
per  year 

$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 
$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 

For 
$96.00 
per  year 

39  years  under  the  same  management 

$2,000,000.00  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$10,000,000.00  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 

LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 


J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents  • 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS  • 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


74,  RUPP  & BOWMAN  CO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


930 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


American  psychiatrists  in  formulating  plans  for  main- 
taining civilian  morale  in  wartime.  He  will  discuss  the 
problems  of  psychiatry  in  national  defense  under  the 
title  “Psychoneuroses  in  Peace  and  War  and  the 
Future  of  Human  Relationships.” 

A general  invitation  to  members  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession and  their  friends  to  attend  the  lecture  has  been 
issued  by  the  Salmon  Committee. 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Acknowledgment  of  ail  books  received  will  be  mode  in  this 
column  and  this  will  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 

THE  CARE  OF  THE  AGED.  (Geriatrics)  By  Malford  W. 
Thewlis,  M.D.,  Attending  Specialist,  General  Medicine,  Unit- 
ed States  Public  Health  Hospitals,  New  York  City;  At- 
tending Physician,  South  County  Hospital,  Wakefield,  R.I. ; 
Special  Consultant,  Rhode  Island  Department  of  Public 
Health.  Third  Edition,  Entirely  Rewritten,  with  SO  illus- 
trations. St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941. 

Price : $6.00. 

It  is  no  longer  necessary  to  justify  the  specialty  or 
the  fact  that  special  information  is  needed  in  the  dis- 
eases of  the  aged.  The  book  is  well  organized  and 
intelligently  written.  It  is  not  profusely  illustrated 
but  the  typographical  setup  is  excellent.  This  should 
be  of  value  to  any  general  practitioner. 


CLINICAL  IMMUNOLOGY,  BIOTHERAPY  AND  CHEMO- 
THERAPY in  the  Diagnosis,  Prevention  and  Treatment  of 
Disease.  By  John  A.  Kolmer,  M.S.,  M.D.,  Dr.P.H.,  Sc.D., 
LL.D.,  L.H.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  Professor  of  Medicine,  Temple 
University  School  of  Medicine ; Director  of  the  Research  In- 
Institute  of  Cutaneous  Medicine;  and  Louis  Tuft,  M.D.,  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Medicine  and  Chief  of  Clinic  of  Allergy 
and  Applied  Immunology,  Temple  University  School  of 
Medicine.  Philadelphia  and  London : W.  B.  Saunders 

Company,  1941.  Price:  $10.00. 

These  three  types  of  therapy  are  included  in  one 
volume  because  of  the  close  relationship  of  infection, 
immunity,  biotherapy,  and  chemotherapy  in  the  diag- 
nosis, prevention,  and  treatment  of  disease.  It  is  writ- 
ten in  a more  practical  form  that  the  usual  book  cov- 
ering these  subjects.  The  summaries  presented  at  the 
end  of  each  chapter  bring  in  interesting  paragraphs, 
important  knowledge  and  evaluations  of  the  present 
day.  The  typography  is  very  good ; it  is  not  extensive- 
ly illustrated  but  splendidly  arranged. 


HANDBOOK  OF  COMMUNICABLE  DISEASES.  By  Frank- 
lin. H.  Top,  A.B.,  M.D.,  M.P.H.,  Director,  Division  of  Com- 
municable Diseases  and  Epidemiology,  Herman  Kiefer  Hospi- 
tal and  Detroit  Department  of  Health;  Associate  Professor 
of  Preventive  Medicine  and  Public  Health,  Wayne  Univer- 
sity, College  of  Medicine ; Special  Lecturer  in  Communicable 
Diseases  and  Epidemiology,  University  of  Michigan;  Major, 
Medical  Reserve  Corps,  United  States  Army : and  collabora- 
tory.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price: 
$7.50. 

This  volume  should  be  of  special  interest  to  Michigan 
physicians  since  Dr.  Top  is  the  Director  of  the  Division 
of  Communicable  Diseases  and  Epidemiology  at  Her- 
man Kiefer  Hospital  and  the  Detroit  Department  of 
Health.  His  collaborators  are  all  highly  esteemed 
medical  leaders  of  Detroit.  After  a discussion  of  the 
general  principles  and  specific  considerations  of  the 
care  of  these  patients  the  diseases  are  taken  up  in  a 
complete  but  readable  description.  It  is  clearly  written 
and  well  outlined.  The  chapter  on  syphilis,  which  was 
written  by  Loren  W.  Shaffer,  presents,  in  condensed 
form,  an  exceptional  presentation  of  the  disease.  The 
plates  are  largely  colored  and  all  are  well  selected.  The 
typography  is  good  and  the  book  is  recommended  as  a 
reference  book  by  any  general  practitioner. 

November,  1941 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SANATORIUM 
White  Oaks  Farm 
Marion,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SANATORIUM 

White  Daks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 


.Sr;y  you  saw  if  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


931 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


OR  safety  and  reliability  use  composite  Radon  seeds  in  your 
cases  requiring  interstitial  radiation.  The  Composite  Radon 
Seed  is  the  only  type  of  metal  Radon  Seed  having  smooth, 
round,  non-cutting  ends.  In  this  type  of  seed,  illustrated 
here  highly  magnified.  Radon  is  under  gas-tight,  leak-proof 
seal.  Composite  Platinum  (or  Gold)  Radon  Seeds  and 
loading-slot  instruments  for  their  implantation  are  available 
to  you  exclusively  through  us.  Inquire  and  order  by  mail, 
or  preferably  by  telegraph,  reversing  charges. 


THE  RADIUM  EMANATION  CORPORATION 

GRAYBAR  BLDG.  Telephone  MO  4-6455  NEW  YORK,  N.  Y. 


A TEXTBOOK  OF  BACTERIOLOGY.  By  R.  W.  Fair- 
brother,  D.Sc.,  M.D.,  M.R.C.P.,  Director  of  the  Clinical 
Laboratory,  Manchester  Royal  Infirmary ; Special  Lecturer 
in  Bacteriology,  University  of  Manchester;  Major,  R.A.M.C. ; 
Late  Research  Fellow  in  Bacteriology,  Lister  Institute,  Lon- 
don. Third  Edition.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company, 
1941.  Price:  $5.09. 

This  is  an  English  book  printed  in  the  United  States. 
The  material  is  complete  and  well  organized  being  more 
advanced  than  the  usual  American  textbook  of  bac- 
teriology. There  are  a number  of  excellent  colored 
plates.  The  typography  is  excellent  and  it  is  recom- 
mended as  a reference  book  as  well  as  a textbook. 


fixes  the  relation  of  the  various  clinical  laboratory  tests 
to  the  patients.  It  is  recommended  for  any  physician 
who  makes  use  of  laboratory  methods  in  the  handling 
of  his  patients. 


THE  COMPLETE  WEIGHT  REDUCER.  By  C.  J.  Gerling. 

New  York:  Harvest  House,  1941.  Price:  $3.00. 

This  is  a book  for  popular  consumption  in  which  the  ■ 
encyclopedic  style  is  used  to  present  the  conservative 
viewpoint  of  various  legitimate  and  fraudulent  means  • 
for  reducing  weight.  The  author  explodes  many  of  the 
superstitions  and  quackeries  and  also  gives  some  posi- 
tive sane  advice  and  instructions  for  those  desiring  to  « 
reduce. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  APPLIED  PATHOLOGICAL  CHEMIS- 
TRY. By  Jerome  E.  Andes,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P., 
Director  of  Elepartment  of  Health  and  Medical  Advisor,  Uni- 
versity of  Arizona,  Tucson;  Formerly  Assistant  Professor  of 
Pathology  and  Clinical  Pathology,  West  Virginia  University 
Medical  School;  and  A.  G.  Eaton,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  As- 
sistant Professor  of  Physiology,  Louisiana  State  University 
School  of  Medicine,  New  Orleans.  With  23  illustrations.  St. 
Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price:  $4.00. 

This  is  really  a handbook  on  the  application  of  path- 
ological chemistry  to  clinical  medicine.  It  is  very  con- 
densed, exceptionally  complete,  and  simply  arranged. 
It  avoids  most  of  the  controversial  points  and  definitely 


NEW  AND  NONOFFICIAL  REMEDIES,  1941.  Containing 
Descriptions  of  the  Articles  Which  Stand  Accepted  by  the 
Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  on  January  1,  1941.  Chicago:  American  Medical 
Association,  1941.  Price:  $1.50. 

While  this  volume  lists  and  describes  the  articles 
which  stand  accepted  by  the  Council  on  Pharmacy  and 
Chemistry  of  the  A.M.A.,  it  also  provides  a practical 
short  course  in  modern  therapeutics.  It  is  a much 
needed  reference  book  for  the  physician  who  prefers 
to  practice  without  complete  dependence  on  the  detail 
man. 


fi^Urtiucti,  cUiL  cUpi/ndaMt 


PRESCRIBE  OR  DISPENSE  ZEMMER 

Pharmaceuticals  . . . Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampoules,  Capsules, 
Ointments,  etc.  Guaranteed  reliable  potency.  Our  products 
are  laboratory  controlled.  Write  for  general  price  list. 

Chemists  to  the  Medical  Profession. 

MIC  11-41 

THE  ZEMMER  CO.,  Oakland  Sta.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


932 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


READING  NOTICES 


I Physicians  Heart  | 
Laboratory 

I 523  Professional  Building 

I 10  Peterboro  Street 

Detroit,  Michigan  j 

I Laboratory  Telephones:  TEmple  1-5580  | 

Columbia  5580  I 

I A laboratory  providing  the  following  j 
I services  exclusively  to  physicians  for  their  j 
I patients:  | 

I ELECTROCARDIOGRAM  I 

I BASAL  METABOUSM  j 

j X-RAY  of  HEART  j 

I KYMOGRAPH  X-RAY  of  HEART  \ 

\ VITAL  CAPACITY  \ 

\ DIRECT  VENOUS  PRESSURE  j 

I Laboratory  Hours: 9 A.M.  to  5 P.M.  j 

• Interpretative  opinions  and  records  avail-  \ 

: able  only  to  referring  physicians.  \ 


CLASSIFIED  ADVERTISING 


TEN-BED,  BRICK  VENEER  HOSPITAL  and  good 
general  practice  to  sell.  Excellent  prospect  for  a 
doctor  with  moderate  capital  who  likes  small  town 
life  and  out  door  activities.  Full  information  can 
be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Executive  Office, 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  2020  Olds  Tower, 
Lansing,  Michigan — Box  19. 

* * * 

FOR  SALE  in  St.  Joseph  and  Benton  Harbor,  Michi- 
gan, a community  of  35,000,  office  and  practice  of 
the  late  John  A.  Schram,  M.D. — general  practice  and 
surgery  established  nine  years.  Some  guaranteed 
practice.  Five-room  office  fully  equipped,  including 
x-ray.  Address  Mrs.  John  Schram,  1601  Miami  Road, 
Benton  Harbor,  Michigan. 


When  you  see  one  of  us  on  a package  of  medicine 
or  food,  it  means  first  of  all  that  the  manufacturer 
thought  enough  of  the  product  to  be  willing  to  have 
it  and  his  claims  carefully  examined  by  a board  of 
critical,  unbiased  experts.  . . . We’re  glad  to  tell  you 
that  this  product  was  examined,  that  the  manufacturer 
was  willing  to  listen  to  criticisms  and  suggestions  the 
Council  made,  that  he  signified  his  willingness  to  restrict 
his  advertising  claims  to  proved  ones,  and  that  he  will 
keep  the  Council  informed  of  any  intended  changes  in 
product  or  claims.  . . There  may  be  other  similar 
products  as  good  as  this  one,  but  when  you  see  us  on 
a package,  you  know.  Why  guess,  or  why  take  some- 
one’s self-interested  word?  If  the  product  is  everything 
the  manufacturer  claims,  why  should  he  hestitate  to 
submit  it  to  the  Council,  for  acceptance?  Mead  Johnson 
Products  are  Council-Accepted.  ■ 

November,  1941 


DEPENDABLE 

L A A T O R Y 


to  the  Medical  Profession 


WHEN  nothing  less  than  a high  degree  of 
accuracy  in  a clinical  test  or  a chemical 
analysis  will  serve  your  pu^ose,  you  can 
send  us  your  specimens  with  confidence. 
Pleasant,  well-equipped  examining  rooms 
await  your  patients.  In  either  the  zmalytical 
or  the  clinical  department  of  our  labora- 
tory, your  tests  will  be  handled  with  the 
thoroughness  and  exactitude  which  is  our 
undeviating  routine.  . . Fees  are  moderate. 


Urine  Analysis 
Blood  Chemistry 
Hematology 
Special  Tests 
Basal  Metabolism 
Serology 


Parasitology 

Mycology 

Phenol  Coefficients 

Bacteriology 

Poisons 

Court  Testimony 


Directors:  Joseph  A.  Wolf  and  Dorothy  E.  Wolf 

kot  ^ QQ  Jli5t 


CENTRAL  LABORATORIES 

Clinical  and  Chemical  Research 
312  David  Whitney  Bfdg.  • Detroit,  Michigan 
Telephones:  Cherry  1030  (Res.)  Davison  1220 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technique  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting  every 
two  weeks.  General  Courses  One,  Two,  Three  and 
Six  Months ; Clinical  Courses ; Special  Courses. 
Rectal  Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINE — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  in  Internal 
Medicine,  and  Two  Weeks’  Course  in  Gastro-Enterology 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates_  to 
be  announced.  One  Month  Course  in  Electrocardiog- 
raphy and  Heart  Disease  every  month,  except  De- 
cember. 

FRACTURES  & TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— Two 
Weeks’  Intensive  Course  will  be  offered  four  times 
during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be  announced.  In- 
formal Course  available  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  will  be 
offered  four  times  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be 
announced.  Clinical  and  Diagnostic  Courses  every 
week. 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  will  be 
offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be  an- 
nounced. Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to 
be  announced.  Clinical  and  Special  Courses  starting 
every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to 
be  announced.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in  All  Branches 

of  Medicine,  Surgery  and  the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address:  Registrar,  427  S.  Honore  St.,  Chicago,  111. 


933 


RADIUM 


RENTETD 


5£VS.«»““''‘“““” 

iroplante  « » 

nuUicu”®' 

r,«n  sImS  t®' 

CHICAGO 


Physicians  Service  Laboratory 


608  Kales  Bldg.  — ' 
Northwest  comer  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


^6  W.  Adams  Ave. 

Grand  Circus  Park 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkfield  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 


Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  cmd  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
recpiest. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


C^jective^,  €onmnient 
and  £conomicai 


The  eflfectiveness  of  Mercurochrome  has  been 
demonstrated  by  twenty  years'  extensive  clinical  use. 


For  the  convenience  of  physicians  Mercurochrome 
is  supplied  in  four  forms — Aqueous  Solution  for 
the  treatment  of  wounds.  Surgical  Solution  for 
preoperative  skin  disinfection.  Tablets  and  Powder 
from  which  solutions  of  any  desired  concentration 
may  readily  be  prepared. 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


(dibrom-oxymercuri-fluorescein-sodium) 


is  economical  because  solutions  may  be  dispensed 
at  low  cost.  Stock  solutions  keep  indefinitely. 


Mercurochrome  is  accepted  by  the 
Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  of 
the  American  Medical  Association. 


Literature  furnished  on  request 

HYNSON,  WESTCOTT  & DUNNING,  INC. 

BALTIMORE,  MARYLAND 


DcNIKE  SANITARIUM,  Inc. 

Established  1893 

EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT  of 
ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOLISM 


626  E.  GRAND  BLVD. 


DETROIT 


Telephones:  Plaza  1777-1778  and  Cadillac  2670 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D.,  Medical  Superintendent 


934 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CONSIDERED 


CIGARETTE  SMOKING? 


and  the  nicotine  content  of  the  smoke  of  Camels  were  compared  to 
the  averages  of  the  other  brands  tested. 

The  results  paralleled  the  findings  of  prominent  medical— scientific 
authorities.*  Here  is  the  most  important  conclusion : 

THE  SLOWER-BURNING  CIGARETTE 
PRODUCES  LESS  NICOTINE  IN  THE  SMOKE 

This  research  also  suggests  that  by  advising  patients  to  smoke  slower- 
burning  Camels,  it  is  possible  to  reduce  the  nicotine  content  of 
cigarette  smoke  without  sacrifice  of  smoking  pleasure.  Thus,  the 
patient’s  cooperation  is  assured. 

A RECENT  ARTICLE  by  a well-known  physician  in  a leading  national 
medical  journal**  presents  new  and  important  information  on  this  subject, 
together  with  other  data  on  the  significance  of  the  burning  rate  of  cigarettes. 

There  is  a comprehensive  bibliography.  Let  us  send  you  this  impressive 
article  for  your  own  inspection.  Write  to  Camel  Cigarettes,  Medical  Rela- 
tions Division,  1 Pershing  Square,  New  W)rk  City. 


*J.A.M.A.,  Vol.  93,  No.  15,  p.  1110,  Oct.  12,  1929 
Bruckner,  Die  Biochemie  des  Tabaks,  1936 

**The  Military  Surgeon,  Vol.  89,  No.l,  p.  7,  July,  1941 


December,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


941 


Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


OFTICERS  OF  SECTIONS 


General  Practice 

Arch  Walls,  Chairman Detroit 

H.  B.  Zemmer,  Secretary Lapeer 

General  Medicine 

Gordon  B.  Myers,  Chairmamr Detroit 

H.  M.  Pollard,  Secretary ...  .Ann  Arbor 

Surgery 

Roger  V.  Walker,  Chairman Detroit 

Robert  H.  Denham,  Secretary 

Grand  Rapids 

Gynecology  and  Obstetrics 

Robert  B.  Kennedy,  Chairman.  ..  .Detroit 
Roger  S.  Siddall,  Secretary Detroit 

Pediatrics 

John  Sander,  Chairman Lansing 

Leon  DeVel,  Secretary ...  .Grand  Rapids 


Legislative 


H.  A.  Miller,  Chaimum Lansing 

A.  S.  Brunk Detroit 

H.  H.  Cummings Ann  Arbor 

Lawrence  A.  Drolett Lansing 

T.  K.  Gruber EJoise 

W.  S.  Jones Menominee 

S.  L.  Loupee Dowagiac 

G.  L.  McClellan Detroit 

Harold  Morris Detroit 

Elmer  W.  Schnoor Grand  Rapids 

Oscar  D.  Stryker Fremont 

Roger  V.  Walker Detroit 

Distribution  of  Medical  Care 

Shattuck  W.  Hartwell,  Chairman .... 

Muskegon 

A.  F.  Bliesmer St.  Joseph 

T.  S.  Conover Flint 

Harry  F.  Dibble Detroit 

G.  B.  Saltonstall Charlevoix 

Wm.  P.  Woodworth Detroit 

H.  B.  Zemmer Lapeer 


Joint  Committee  on  Health 
Education 

Burton  R.  Corbus  (1943)  Chairman 

Grand  Rapids 


L.  W.  Hull  (1942) Detroit 

Henry  A.  Luce  (1946) Detroit 

F.  J.  O’Donnell  (1945) Alpena 

W.  R.  Vaughan  (1944) Plainwell 

Medical  Legal 

S.  W.  Donaldson,  Chairmam.  .Ann  Arbor 

Don  V.  Hargrave Eaton  Rapids 

R.  R.  Howlett Caro 

Wm.  J.  Stapleton,  Jr Detroit 

Preventive  Medicine 

Wm.  S.  Reveno,  Chairman Detroit 

J.  D.  Bruce Ann  Arbor 

Burton  R.  Corbus Grand  Rapids 

Wm.  A.  Hyland Grand  Rapids 

M.  R.  Kinde Battle  Creek 

Henry  A.  Luce Detroit 

R.  J.  Mason Birmingham 

Richard  M.  McKean Detroit 

J.  Duane  Miller Grand  Rapids 

H.  Allen  Moyer Lansing 

Frank  Van  Schoick Jackson 

Harold  W.  Wiley Lansing 

A.  R.  Woodburne Grand  Rapids 

Cancer 

Wm.  A.  Hyland,  Chairman 

Grand  Rapids 

John  H.  Cobane Detroit 

F.  A.  Coller Ann  Arbor 

W.  G.  Gamble Bay  City 

Clyde  K.  Hasley Detroit 

A.  B.  McGraw Detroit 

Wm.  R.  Torgerson Grand  Rapids 

Carl  V.  Weller Ann  Arbor 

Maternal  Health 

Harold  W.  Wiley,  Chairman. ..  .Dansing 

D.  C.  Blomendaal Zeeland 

Max  R.  Burnell Flint 

N.  F.  Miller Ann  Arbor 

Harry  A.  Pearse Detroit 

Ward  F.  Seeley Detroit 


Alexander  M.  Campbell,  Advisor.  . . . 

Grand  Rapids 


Ophthalmology  and 
Otolaryngology 

F.  Bruce  Fralick,  Chairman.  .Ann  Arbor 

A.  E.  Hammond,  Secretary Detroit 

Don  M.  Howell,  Vice  Chairman. ..  .Alma 
Andre  Cortopassi,  Secretary Saginaw 

Dermatology  and 
Syphilology 


Claud  Behn,  Chairman Detroit 

Frank  Stiles,  Secretary Lansing 


Radiology,  Pathology  and 
Anesthesia 

Frank  Murphy,  Chrm.  (Anes. )..  Detroit 
Donald  C.  Beaver,  Secy.  (Path) .. Detroit 
Leland  E.  Holly,  Secy.  (Rad.)  .Muskegon 


COMMITTEE  PERSONNEL 

Syphilis  Control 

A.  R.  Woodburne,  Chairman 

Grand  Rapids 

Claud  W.  Behn Detroit 

R.  S.  Breakey Lansing 

Eugene  Hand Saginaw 

L.  W.  Shafifer Detroit 

Tuberculosis  Control 

M.  R.  Kinde,  Chairman.  ..  .Battle  Creek 

John  Barnwell Ann  Arbor 

L.  E.  Holly Muskegon 

W.  L.  Howard Battle  Creek 

Willard  B.  Howes Detroit 

Bruce  H.  Douglas,  Advisor Detroit 

Industrial  Health 

J.  Duane  Miller,  Chairman 

Grand  Rapids 


Henry  Cook Flint 

H.  H.  Gay Midland 

K.  E.  Markuson Lansing 

Frank  T.  McCormick Detroit 

C.  D.  Selby Detroit 

George  VanRhee Detroit 

Mental  Hygiene 

Henry  A.  Luce,  Chairman Detroit 

R.  G.  Brain Flint 

R.  W.  Waggoner Ann  Arbor 

Arch  Walls  Detroit 

O.  R.  Yoder Ypsilanti 

Child  Welfare 

Frank  Van  Schoick,  C/toiVman.  .Jackson 

W.  C.  C.  Cole Detroit 

Leon  DeVel Grand  Rapids 

Campbell  Harvey Pontiac 

R.  M.  Kempton Saginaw 

Edgar  Martmer Grosse  Pointe 

Charles  F.  McKhann Ann  Arbor 

Iodized  Salt 

F.  B.  Miner,  Chairman Flint 

Thomas  B.  Cooley Detroit 

L.  W.  Gerstner Kalamazoo 

David  Levy Detroit 

R.  D.  McClure Detroit 

R.  C.  Moehlig Detroit 

H.  A.  Towsley Ann  Arbor 

Heart  and  Degenerative  Diseases 

R.  M.  McKean,  Chairman Detroit 

S.  S.  Altshuler Detroit 

B.  B.  Bushong Traverse  City 

M.  S.  Chambers Flint 

John  Littig Kalamazoo 

M.  P.  Meyers Detroit 

E.  D.  Spalding Detroit 

H.  H.  Riecker,  Adinsor Ann  Arbor 

Radio 

R.  J.  Mason,  Chairman Birmingham 

Richard  A.  Burke Negaunee 

Dean  W.  Hart St.  Johns 

E.  A.  Oakes Manistee 

G.  C.  Penberthy Detroit 

G.  M.  Waldie Ishpeming 

Ethics 

Clarence  E.  Toshach,  Chairman 

Saginaw 

Wm.  H.  Alexander Iron  Mountain 

M.  G.  Becker Fldmore 

F.  M.  Doyle Kalamazoo 

Geo.  B.  Hoops Detroit 

J.  J.  McCann Ionia 

H.  W.  Porter Jackson 


DELEGATES  TO  A,M.A. 

Delegates 


Henry  A.  Luce,  Detroit 1942 

T.  K.  Gruber,  Eloise 1942 

Claude  R.  Keyport,  Grayling 1942 

L.  G.  Christian,  Lansing 1943 

Frank  E.  Reeder,  Flint 1943 


Alternate  Delegates 


Carl  F.  Snapp,  Grand  Rapids 1942 

C.  S.  Gorsline,  Battle  Creek 1942 

R.  H.  Denham,  Grand  Rapids 1942 

R.  H.  Pino,  Detroit 1943 

I.  W.  Greene,  Owosso 1943 


Postgraduate  Medical  Education 

J.  D.  Bruce,  Chairman  (1942) 


Ann  Arbor 

A.  P.  Biddle  (1942) Detroit 

H.  H.  Cummings  (1942) Ann  Arbor 

Douglas  Donald  (1944) Detroit 

Henry  A.  Luce  (1942) Detroit 

W.  B.  Fillinger  (1943) divid 

C.  L.  Hess  (1943) Bay  City 

Edgar  H.  Norris  (1944) Detroit 

Ralph  H.  Pino  (1944) Detroit 

D.  C.  Stephens  (1942) Howell 

Wm.  E.  Tew  (1943) Bessemer 

J.  J.  Walch  (1944) Escanaba 

Public  Relations 

H.  S.  Collisi,  Ctvairman. . .Grand  Rapids 
A.  E.  Catherwood Detroit 

C.  G.  Clippert Grayling 

John  S.  DeTar Milan 

H.  C.  Hill HoweU 

A.  H.  Miller Gladstone 

Fred  Reed Three  Rivers 

D.  R.  Smith Iron  Mountain 

A.  W.  Strom Hillsdale 

Advisory  to  Woman's  Auxiliary 

A.  V.  Wenger,  Chairman.  .Grand  Rapids 
C.  W.  Brainard Battle  Credr 

G.  F.  Fisher Hastings 

L.  C.  Harvie Saginaw 

Wm.  S.  Jones Menominee 

R.  F.  Salot Mt.  Clemens 

Medical  Preparedness 

P.  R.  Urmston,  Chairman Bay  City 

F.  G.  Buesser Detroit 

L.  Fernald  Foster Bay  City 

Harold  A.  Furlong Lansing 

C.  D.  Moll Detroit 

C.  I.  Owen Detroit 

H.  H.  Riecker Ann  Arbor 

J.  G.  Slevin Detroit 


Representatives  to  Conference 
Committee  on  Prelicensure 
Medical  Education 

Burton  R.  Corbus,  Chairman 

Grand  Rapids 

L.  Fernald  Foster Bay  City 

J.  M.  Robb Detroit  \ 

Scientific  Work 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  Chairman ..  .Bay  City  V 

Ruth  Herrick,  Secretary . .Grand  Rapids 

Donald  C.  Beaver Detroit  ' 

Claud  W.  Behn Detroit 

Andre  Cortopassi  Saginaw 

Robert  H.  Denham Grand  Rapids 

Leon  DeVel Grand  Rapids 

F.  Bruce  Fralick Ann  Arbor  ' 

A.  E.  Hammond Detroit  1 

Leland  E.  Holly Muskegon  J 

Don  M.  Howell Alma 

Robert  B.  Kennedy Detroit  V 

Frank  Murphy Detroit 

Gordon  B.  Myers Detroit 

H.  M.  Pollard Ann  Arbor 

John  Sander Lansing 

Roger  S.  Siddall Detroit 

Frank  Stiles Lansing 

Roger  V.  Walker Detroit 

Arch  Walls Detroit 

H.  B.  Zemmer Lapeer 

Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


942 


ENZYMOL 

A Physiological  Surgical  Solvent 

Prepared  Directly  From  the  Fresh  Gastric  Mucous  Membrane 


ENZYMOL  proves  of  special  service  in  the  treatment  of  pus  cases. 

EINZYMOL  resolves  necrotic  tissue,  exerts  a reparative  action,  dissipates  foul  odors; 
a physiological,  enzymic  surface  action.  It  does  not  invade  healthy  tissue;  does  not 
damage  the  skin.  It  is  made  ready  for  use,  simply  by  the  addition  of  water. 


These  ore  some  notes  of  clinical  application  during  many  years: 


Abscess  cavities 
Antrum  operation 
Sinus  coses 
Comeal  ulcer 


Carbuncle 
Rectal  fistula 
Diabetic  gangrene 
After  removal  of  tonsils 


After  tooth  extraction 
Cleansing  mastoid 
Middle  ear 
Cervicitis 


Originated  and  Made  by 

Fairchild  Bros.  & Foster 

I¥ew  York,  X.Y. 

Descriptive  Literature  Gladly  Sent  on  Request. 


ZOALITE 

INFRA-RED  LAMPS 


INFRA-RED  IN 

COLDS  AND  SINUSITIS 

The  following  references  to  infra-red  in  upper  respiratory 
infections  are  indicative  of  the  adjunctive  value  of  this 
form  of  therapy: 

”...  a great  aid  . . ."  (1) 

”.  . . will  be  found  helpful  . . ."  (2) 

".  . . will  relieve  the  pain  and  congestion  . . ."  (3) 

“.  . . to  relieve  pain  . . ."  (4) 

For  your  sinusitis  and  common  cold  patients  this  winter,  you  can 
prescribe  a Zoalite  Prescription  Lamp.  We  will  deliver  a Zoalite 
promptly  at  low  rental  cost  to  the  patient. 

1.  Haiman,  Archives  of  Phy.  Therapy,  Aug.,  1940. 

2.  Jervey,  So.  Med.  Jl.,  Mar.,  1939. 

3.  Schmidt,  Pennsylvania  Med.  Jl.,  Aug.,  1939. 

4.  Dunaway,  Jl.  Fla.  Med.  Assn.,  Sept.,  1940. 


THE  G.  A.  INGRAM  COMPANY 

4444  Woodward  Ave.  Detroit,  Michigan 


The  G.  A.  INGRAM  CO..  4444  Woodward  Ave.,  Detroit.  Michigan 
Please  send  me  information  on  Zoalite  Infra-Red  Lamps. 

Dr 

Address  

City  State  .... 


December,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


943 


C^ountif  3ocietie6 


Branches  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


Alleean 

R.  J.  Walker,  President Saugatuck 

E.  B.  Johnson,  Secretary Allegan 

Alpena-Alcona-Presque  Isle 

H.  J.  Burkholder,  President Alpena 

Harold  Kessler,  Secretary Alpena 

Barry 

C.  A.  E.  Lund,  President Middleyille 

A.  B.  Gwinn,  Secretary Hastings 

Bay-Arenac-I  osco 

R.  N.  Sherman,  President Bay  City 

L.  Fernald  Foster,  Secretary Bay  City 

Berrien 

A.  F.  Bliesmer,  President St.  Joseph 

Richard  Crowell,  Secretary St.  Joseph 

Branch 

F.  L.  Phillips,  President Bronson 

H.  R.  Mooi,  Secretary Union  City 

Calhoun 

Harry  F.  Becker,  President Battle  Creek 

Wilfrid  Haughey,  Secretary Battle  Creek 

Cass 

Geo.  Loupee,  President  Dowagiac 

John  K.  Hickman,  Secretary  Dowagiac 

Chippewa-Mackinac 

B.  T.  Montgomery,  President Sault  Ste.  Marie 

L.  J.  Hakala,  Secretary Sault  Ste.  Marie 

Clinton 

W.  B.  McWilliams,  President Maple  Rapids 

T.  Y.  Ho,  Secretary St.  Johns 

Delta-Schoolcraft 

N.  J.  Frenn,  President Bark  River 

A.  C.  Bachus,  Secretary Powers 

Dickinson-Iron 

R.  E.  White,  President Stambaugh 

E.  B.  Andersen,  Secretary Iron  Mountain 

Eaton 

C.  J.  Sevener,  President Charlotte 

B.  P.  Brown,  Secretary Charlotte 

Genesee 

D.  R.  Wright Flint 

John  S.  Wyman,  Secretary Flint 

Gogebic 

W.  E.  Tew,  President  Bessemer 

F.  L.  S.  Reynolds,  Secretary Iron  wood 

Grand-Traverse-Leelanau-Benzie 

James  W.  Gauntlett,  President Traverse  City 

I.  H.  Zielke,  Secretary Traverse  City 

Gratiot-Isabella-Clare 

R.  L.  Waggoner,  President St.  Louis 

E.  S.  Oldham,  Secretary Breckenridge 

Hillsdale 

H.  F.  Mattson,  President Hillsdale 

A.  W.  Strom,  Secretary Hillsdale 

Houghton-Baraga-Keweenaw 

A.  C.  Roche,  President  Calumet 

Paul  Sloan,  Secretary  Houghton 

Huron 

J.  Bates  Henderson,  President Pigeon 

Roy  R,  Gettel,  Secretary Kinde 

Ingham 

Harold  W.  Wiley,  President Lansing 

R.  J.  Himmelberger,  Secretary Lansing 

lonia-Montcalm 

L.  L,  Marston,  President Lakeview 

John  J.  McCann,  Secretary Ionia 

Jackson 

A.  M.  Shaeffer,  President Jackson 

H.  W,  Porter,  Secretary Jackson 

Kalamazoo 

Charles  L.  Bennett,  President Kalamazoo 

Hazel  R.  Prentice.  Secretary Kalamazoo 

Kent 

P.  L.  Thompson,  President Grand  Rapids 

Frank  L.  Doran,  Secretary Grand  Rapids 

Lapeer 

D.  J,  O’Brien,  President Lapeer 

H.  M.  Best,  Secretary Lapeer 

Lenawee 

Bernard  Patmos,  President Adrian 

Esli  T.  Morden,  Secretary Adrian 

Livingston 

H.  G.  Huntington,  President Howell 

Harold  C.  Hill,  Secretary Howell 


Luce 

Wm.  R.  Purmort,  President Newberry 

R.  E.  Gibson,  Secretary Newberry 

Macomb 

R.  F.  Salot,  President Mt.  Clemens 

D.  Bruce  Wiley,  Secretary Utica 

Manistee 

E.  B.  Miller,  President  Manistee 

C.  L.  Grant,  Secretary Manistee 

Marquette- Alger 

F.  A.  Fennig,  President Marquette 

D.  P.  Hombogen,  Secretary Marquette 

Mason 

W.  S.  Martin,  President Ludington 

Chas.  A.  Paukstis,  Secretary Ludington 

Mecosta-Osceola-Lake 

V.  J.  McGrath,  President Reed  City 

Glenn  Grieve,  Secretary Big  ^pi(fs 

Medical  Society  of  North  Central  Counties 
(Otsego-Montmorency-Crawford-Oscoda-Roscommon-Ogemaw- 
Gladwin-Kalkaska) 

Stanley  A.  Stealy,  President Grayling 

C.  G.  Clippert,  Secretary Grayling 

Menominee 

H.  T.  Sethney,  President Menominee 

Wm.  S.  Jones,  Secretary Menominee 

Midland 

Melvin  Pike,  President Midland 

H.  H.  Gay,  Secretary Midland 

Monroe 

Vincent  L.  Barker,  President Monroe 

Florence  Ames,  Secretary Monroe 

Muskegon 

Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  President Muskegon 

Leland  E.  Holly,  Secretary Muskegon 

Newaygo 

B.  F.  Gordon,  President Newaygo 

W.  H.  Barnum,  Secretary Fremont 

Northern  Mich.  (Antrim-Charlevoix-Emmet-Cheboygan) 

G.  B.  Saltonstall,  President  Charlevoix 

A.  F.  Litzenburger,  Secretary Boyne  City 

Oakland 

Leon  F.  Cobb,  President Pontiac 

John  S.  Lambie,  Secretary Birmingham 

Oceana 

Charles  Flint,  President Hart 

W.  Gordon  Robinson,  Secretary Hart 

Ontonagon 

J.  L.  Bende^  President Mass 

R.  J.  Shale,  Secretary Ontonagon 

Ottawa 

C.  E.  Long,  President Grand  Haven 

D.  C.  Bloemendaal,  Secretary Zeeland 

Saginaw 

L.  A.  Campbell,  President Saginaw 

R.  S.  Ryan,  Secretary Saginaw 

Sanilac 

H.  H.  Learmont,  President Croswell 

E.  W.  Blanchard,  Secretary Deckerville 

Shiawassee 

Walter  S.  Shepherd,  President Owosso 

Richard  J.  Brown,  Secretary Owosso 

St.  Clair 

W.  H.  Boughner,  President Algonac 

Jacob  H.  Burley,  Secretary Port  Huron 

St.  Joseph 

F.  D.  Dodrill,  President Three  Rivers 

John  W.  Rice,  Secretary Sturgis 

Tuscola 

*W.  P.  Petrie,  President Caro 

W.  W.  Dickerson,  Secretary Caro 

Van  Buren 

Edwin  Terwilliger,  President South  Haven 

J.  W.  Iseman,  Secretary Paw  Paw 

Washtenaw 

Wm.  M.  Brace,  President Ann  Arbor 

R.  K.  Ratliff,  Secretary Ann  Arbor 

Wayne 

C.  E.  Simpson,  President Detroit 

E.  A.  Osius,  Secretary Detroit 

Wexford-Missaukee 

E.  McManus,  President Mesick 

B.  A.  Holm,  Secretary Cadillac 


*Deceased  May  14,  1941 


944 


Jour. 


MUI  KUHun,  M.~|  ^ 

,e  C.nle.e~e.  M.„  . 

about  Vitamin  Z . . 

„rt,_the  doctors,  nutntiom^s, 

<•1  suggest  that  the  career  consumers -also 

educators,  home  econ  advertisers  remember,  o 

have  forgotten  a ^ ^^t  eating  ought  to  be  fum 

experts  have  often  to  g ^ j ^ when  its  selec 

SUhingfreque^^^^^^  ,,parh  Food  lo^s 

tion  is  distilled  through  the  ~ p„comfortaWe 

its  gastronomic  gusto.  A fel  g a„d  he 

feeling  that  he  is  ,®  • fclaustrophob^  about  it.  An 

develops  a sort  of  technologica  ^ansti- 

Indiana  farm  dinner,  ® of  vitamins  ever  strimg 

iutes  about  the  best  the  kind  of  a vita- 

together.  That  kind  of  a ^'U  _ ^^0  psychological 

rar’ori^mrs:;isfa"ion.  m name  it  Vitamin  Z. 


Apples  furnish  Vitamins,  Minerals,  Pectin,  Non- 
Irritating  Bulk.  Good  for  you  . . . and  good  to  eat. 

MICHIGAN  STATE  APPLE  COMMISSION 

LANSING,  MICHIGAN 


^ MICHIGAN 

FOR  JUICE . . . FLAVOR  . . . HEALTH 


December,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Me-dical  Society 


945 


MICHIGAN  MEDICAL  SERVICE 


During  the  last  year  the  rapid  growth  of 
Michigan  Medical  Service  has  resulted  in  admin- 
istrative problems  which  have  been  the  cause  of 
some  criticism.  In  a direct  approach  to  these 
problems,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Michigan 
Medical  Service  at  its  last  meeting  appointed 
Mr.  Jay  C.  Ketchum  of  Lansing  to  serve  as 
Manager  of  M.M.S.  Mr.  Ketchum  has  served  as 
Deputy  Commissioner  and  Director  of  Casualty 
Insurance  under  Commissioner  of  Insurance  Eu- 
gene P.  Berry.  He  also  has  had  several  years’ 
experience  as  Chief  Examiner  for  the  Insurance 
Department,  and  as  an  executive  with  the  Great 
Lakes  Casualty  Company,  Dearborn  National  In- 
surance Company,  and  other  Michigan  organiza- 
tions. He  is  a native  of  Michigan  and  well 
known  in  national  insurance  circles. 

Mr.  Ketchum’s  appointment  with  complete  au- 
thority over  all  administrative  phases  of  the  op- 
eration of  Michigan  Medical  Service,  will  iron 
out  matters  of  administrative  policy,  recently  the 
subject  of  controversy. 

In  order  to  reestablish  the  schedule  of  benefits 
at  100%,  an  increase  in  subscription  rates  of  ap- 
proximately 25%  has  been  instituted  (from  40c 
to  50c).  If  actuarial  data  in  the  next  few  months 
indicate  the  need  for  a still  higher  rate,  this  will 
be  provided. 

The  program  of  Michigan  Medical  Service 
which  was  passed  almost  unanimously  by  the 
House  of  Delegates  and  given  to  the  Board  of 
Directors  of  the  Corporation  to  operate,  has  pre- 
sented many  complicated  and  involved  problems. 
The  changes  already  made  and  those  contemplat- 
ed indicate  the  eagerness  of  the  Board  of  Direc- 
tors of  M.M.S.  to  develop  practical  mechanics 
agreeable  to  all. 

General  Motors  Coverage 

Michigan  Medical  Service  reports  an  encour- 
aging decrease  (almost  1,000)  in  the  number  of 
cases  reported  in  September.  If  this  improved 
picture  continues,  M.M.S.  will  be  able  to  return 
to  full  payment  of  physicians’  fees  according  to 
its  schedule  of  benefits. 

Surgery  in  the  general  population  runs  only 
40  cases  per  1,000,  whereas  surgery  with  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service  groups  has  been  running  to 
139  cases  per  1,000.  This  experience  in  the  first 


six  months  of  newly  enrolled  groups  taxes  se- 
verely the  reserves  of  Michigan  Medical  Service 
but  incidentally  reveals  that  314  times  more  , 
operations  are  performed  under  the  M.M.S.  pro-  ' 
gram  than  are  performed  in  the  general  popula- 
tion. 

Since  the  beginning  of  Michigan  Medical  Serv- 
ice twenty  months  ago,  the  rapid  acquisition  of  ; 
numerous  large  groups  has  caused  the  high  in-  J 
cidence  of  services  rendered  and  has  been  largely  \ 
responsible  for  the  proration  of  the  schedule  ; 
of  benefits.  Obviously,  when  the  seasoning  pe- 
riod (the  initial  period  of  high  demand)  will  have 
been  passed,  the  full  schedule  of  benefits  can  be 
reinstated  and  sufficient  reserves  developed  to 
allow  for  the  payment  of  the  percentage  with- 
held (20  per  cent).  In  General  Motors  and  pre- 
viously enrolled  groups,  a small  percentage  of 
subscribers  over  the  income  limits  has  been  en- 
rolled. Their  identification  cards  will  be  clearly  i 
marked  to  indicate  this  fact,  in  which  case  the 
physician  is  permitted  to  charge  the  difference, 
if  any,  between  his  usual  private  fee  for  persons  s 
in  this  group  and  the  schedule  of  benefits  of 
M.M.S.  Subscribers  definitely  understand  this  i 
provision  and  are  satisfied  with  the  arrangement. 

The  GM  employes’  participation  in  a com- 
mercial insurance  program  during  the  past  two 
years  makes  them  a well-seasoned  group  which 
should  result  in  a low  incidence  of  service  de- 
mands. 

It  much  be  appreciated  that  Michigan  Medical 
Service  is  a young  corporation  and  that  per- 
fection can  be  had  only  through  a process  of 
evolution.  Its  initial  development  was  occasioned 
by  a consumer  demand  for  a program  protecting 
the  low-income  workers  against  catastrophic  ill- 
ness. This  demand  will  have  to  be  met.  either 
by  cooperative  efforts  of  the  medical  profession, 
or  by  political  or  social  agencies.  Would  a 
political  or  social  program  be  consistent  with 
the  democratic  practice  of  medicine  and  preserve 
its  traditions? 

100  Per  Cent  Payments 

Payments  for  October  services  were  made  by 
Michigan  Medical  Service  according  to  100  per 
cent  of  its  Schedule  of  Benefits. 


946 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


Mapharsen  offers  a record  for  effectiveness  and 
safety  as  an  antiluetic  which  has  not  been  surpassed 
by  any  other  arsenical  since  the  days  of  Ehrlich.  The 
proof  lies  in  the  more  than  ten  million  intravenous 
injections  administered  over  a seven  year  period. 

Directly  spirocheticidal  without  chemical  change 
within  the  body,  Mapharsen  exhibits  relatively  con- 
stant parasiticidal  value.  It  makes  possible  intensive 
action  against  the  spirochete  with  comparatively 
small  doses  of  arsenic.  Untoward  reactions  are 
fewer  and  less  severe  than  those  attending  use  of 
arsphenamine  and  neoarsphenamine. 

Convenience  and  ease  mark  the  preparation  of 
Mapharsen  solutions.  Mapharsen  dissolves  readily 
in  distilled  water  to  form  a neutral  solution  isotonic 
with  the  blood — no  neutralization  required. 

Mapharsen  (meta-amino-para-hydroxy-phenylar- 
sine  oxide  hydrochloride)  contains  29  per  cent  arsenic 
in  trivalent  form.  It  does  not  become  more  toxic  in 
the  ampoule,  in  the  solution,  in  the  body,  or  when 
exposed  to  air. 

Supplied  in  0.04  Gm.  and  0.06  Gm.  single-dose  ampoules, 
and  in  0.4  Gm.  and  0.6  Gm.  multiple-dose  (10  dose)  ampoules. 


MAPHARSEN 

I A product  of  modem  research  offered  | 

I to  the  medical  profession  by 

[ PARKE,  DAVIS  & COMPANY 

I DETROIT,  MICHIGAN 


December,  1941 


Say  you  sazu  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


947 


} 


«f 


>f  HALF  A CENTURY  AGO  >f 


LA  GRIPPE* 

B.  B.  GODFREY.  M.D. 
Hudsonville,  Michigan 


Without  giving  the  history  of  this  disease,  I will  be- 
gin this  paper  by  asserting  that  I believe  la  grippe 
should  be  classed  with  zymotic  diseases. 

Having  this  epidemic  among  us,  how  shall  we  diag- 
nose it  and  how  treat  it? 

Probably  as  safe  and  scientific  a procedure  in  diag- 
nosing this  disease,  until  the  microscopist  shall  have 
been  successful  in  discovering  the  microbe  and  isolat- 
ing its  ptomaine  or  poison,  is  by  elimination.  Exclude 
bronchitis,  asthma,  and  malaria,  and,  with  the  patient 
complaining  of  headache,  a sense  of  construction  of  the 
thoracic  muscles,  labored  breathing,  dizziness,  loss  of 
appetite,  and  almost  invariably  constipation,  with  more 
or  less  prostration,  and  the  characteristic  “pain  all  over,” 
and  you  are  reasonably  sure  of  a case  of  la  grippe. 
I have  seen  some  cases  where  the  patient  seemed  suf- 
fering as  from  shock ; later,  very  high  temperature 
with  profuse  sweating.  In  some,  the  heart  fails  to  do 
its  duty,  and  in  a number  of  cases  with  hyperpyrexia 
have  the  patients  become  delirious,  later  more  or  less 
bronchial  trouble,  with,  now  and  then,  a case  compli- 
cated with  pneumonia. 

It  has  been  said  that  this  disease  indiscriminately 
manifests  itself  among  the  strong  and  well,  the  weak 
and  diseased.  This,  my  experience  tells  me,  is  not  true. 
I have  yet  to  see  the  first  case  where  the  patient  was, 
prior  to  his  attack,  in  a condition  approaching  that  of 
normal ; he  may,  to  casual  appearance,  be  well,  but  a 
few  questions  will  convince  one  that  the  system  was 
not  in  equilibrium,  that  the  balance  was  overburdened 
on  one  side  with  some  systemic  product  not  appropri- 
ated or  eliminated,  leaving  the  subject  in  a proper 
condition  for  some  zymotic  disease. 

With  these  conditions,  what  are  the  indications? 

Ostensibly  to  restore  the  patient  to  a normal  condi- 
tion; but  how?  It  has  been  my  practice  almost  in- 
variably, to  give  calomel,  or  its  nephew,  gray  powder, 
with  an  alkali,  and  get  a free  movement  of  the  bowels 
and  stimulate  the  kidneys  and  other  glands  of  the 
system.  This  I do,  believing  the  mercury  not  only  does 
this  but  acts  as  a germicide.  For  pain  I give  acetanilide 
or  antikamnia,  and  while  subduing  that,  at  the  same 
time  and  by  the  same  means,  reduce  the  temperature 
if  necessary.  In  one  instance  I found  it  necessary  to 
place  my  patient  on  ice  (the  temperature  remaining 
for  three  days  above  105°  F.,  with  constant  delirium). 
This  I did  by  putting  pounded  ice  on  a blanket,  fold- 
ing it,  and  then  placing  the  patient  on  this  bed  of  ice 
extending  the  length  of  the  spine.  All  other  means 

^Delivered  at  the  Twenty-Sixth  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  held  at  Saginaw,  June,  1891. 

948 


at  my  hands  failed  to  tranquilize  the  patient  or  reduce 
the  temperature,  but  in  six  hours  my  patient  was  in 
a fair  way  to  recovery,  and  in  a few  days  was  up,  but 
very  weak.  In  those  cases  of  nervous  manifestations, 
and  we  get  many  of  them,  I have  found  the  bromides 
of  little  utility,  some  preparation  of  morphine  answer- 
ing the  purpose  better.  In  case  of  heart  failure,  digi- 
talis, as  a heart  stimulant,  with  carbonate  or  muriate 
of  ammonia  for  the  almost  always  attendant  bronchial 
symptoms,  are  indicated.  Quinine  has  been  lauded  by 
some,  but  at  my  hands  has  not  been  beneficial,  except 
when  this  disease  has  been  complicated  with  malaria, 
which,  in  some  localities,  is  frequently  the  case.  On  the 
other  hand,  I am  quite  sure  I have  seen  some  serious 
results  from  over-dosing  with  this  drug,  combined 
with  whisky,  which,  last  year  in  particular,  was  a popu- 
lar remedy  with  the  laity.  Many  of  the  patients,  while 
convalescing,  were  greatly  benefited  by  Scott’s  emulsion, 
though  generally  some  simple  tonic  would  be  all  that 
seemed  necessary,  with  hygienic  surroundings  and  a 
liberal  diet  of  nutritious  food. 

Discussion 

Dr.  Henry  B.  Baker:  I can  hardly  Irope  to  say  very 
much  on  this  subject  that  will  be  of  practical  use  to 
you  as  practitioners;  but  I would  like  to  present  some 
facts  that  have  come  to  my  notice,  because  of  the  re- 
ports from  practitioners  throughout  the  State.  Most 
of  you  know  that  a large  number  of  the  leading  prac- 
titioners of  the  State  report  to  the  State  Board  of 
Health,  once  a week,  the  diseases  which  come  under 
their  observation.  These  reports  are  compiled,  and 
tables  made,  and  diagrammatic  curves  are  made,  showing 
the  increase  and  decrease,  the  rise  and  fall,  of  each  of 
the  important  diseases.  The  disease  called,  by  the 
author  of  the  paper,  la  grippe,  is  not  often  reported 
under  that  name.  It  has  been  reported  to  the  State 
Board  of  Health  as  influenza.  It  seems  to  me  that 
this  is  a good  name  for  the  disease.  If  the  disease 
which  many  of  the  leading  practitioners  in  Michigan 
report  to  the  State  Board  of  Health  as  influenza  is  la 
grippe,  then  we  have  a picture  of  that  disease  as  it  is 
found  in  the  state ; and  if  it  is,  as  the  author  of  the 
paper  expresses  the  belief,  a communicable  disease, 
zymotic,  its  specific  cause  must  be  one  that  is  constantly 
present  in  the  State  of  Michigan,  for  the  reason  that 
the  reports  to  the  State  Board  of  Health  show  that 
the  disease  is  present  in  Michigan  in  every  month  in 
every  year.  I have  made  no  special  preparation  to 
speak  on  this  subject ; in  fact,  I did  not  know,  or  had 
forgotten,  I was  to  speak  until  I saw  my  name  on 
the  programme,  or  I should  have  prepared  a larger 
diagram  to  illustrate  what  I intend  to  say.  Those  of 
you  who  are  sufficiently  near  to  see  this  small  diagram, 
can  see  that  the  disease  known  as  influenza,  and  so 
reported  to  the  State  Board  of  Health,  is  most  preva- 
lent in  February,  when  it  reaches  its  maximum  inten- 
(Continv.ed  on  Page  950) 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


>★ 


• The  name  is  never  abbreviated; 
other  infant  food — notwithstanding 


and  the  product  is  not  like  any 
a confusing  similarity  of  names. 


The  fat  of  Similac  has  a physical  and  chemical  composi- 
tion that  permits  a fat  retention  comparable  to  that  of 
breast  milk  fat  (Holt,  Tidwell  & Kirk,  Acta  Pediatrica, 
Vol.  XVI,  1933)  ...  In  Similac  the  proteins  are  rendered 
soluble  to  a point  approximating  the  soluble  proteins  in 
human  milk  . . . Similac,  like  breast  milk,  has  a con- 
sistently ZERO  curd  tension  . . . The  salt  balance  of 
Similac  is  strikingly  like  that  of  human  milk  (C.  W. 
Martin,  M.  D.,  New  York  State  Journal  of  Medicine, 
Sept.  1,  1932).  No  other  substitute  resembles  breast  milk 
in  all  of  these  respects. 


A powdered,  modified 
milk  product  especially 
prepared  for  infant  feed- 
ing, made  from  tuber- 
culin tested  cow’s  milk 
(casein  modified)  from 
which  part  of  the  butter 
fat  is  removed  and  to 
which  has  been 
added  lactose,  vegetable 
oils  and  cod  liver  oil 
concentrate. 


SIMILAR  TO 
BREAST  MILK 


MAR  DIETETIC  LABORATORIES,  INC.  • COLUMBUS,  OHIO 


December,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


949 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


(Continued  from  Page  948) 
sity ; then  declines  rapidly,  and  reaches  its  lowest  point 
in  July,  and  then  rises  again  until  February.  It  does 
that,  as  a rule,  every  year.  This  temperature  curve 
you  see  is  practically  the  curve  for  influenza ; the 
lowest  temperature,  however,  is  a month  earlier  than 
the  time  of  most  influenza.  It  is  apparent,  however, 
that  the  temperature  alone  will  not  cause  influenza. 
I have  no  fault  to  find  with  the  statement  of  the  author 
of  the  paper  that  it  is  a communicable  disease,  but  I 
make  the  point  that  bacteriologists  in  searching  for_  its 
specific  cause  should  not  search  for  a micro-organism 
that  is  uncommon.  If  influenza  is  the  disease  under 
consideration,  and  is  a specific  disease,  the  micro- 
organism that  causes  it  is  present  in  Michigan  in  every 
month  in  every  year. 

In  looking  up  the  literature  on  the  subject,  I find 
that  all  persons  who  have  reported  making  micro- 
scopical examinations  in  this  disease  have  found  a com- 
mon micro-organism  in  every  instance.  This  is  the 
common  pus-generating  micro-organism — the  strepto- 
coccus pyogenes.  Some  of  the  bacteriologists  say  that 
this  cannot  be  the  specific  cause  of  the  disease,  be- 
cause it  is  such  a common  germ.  But,  it  seems  to  me, 
that  if  influenza  is  caused  by  a micro-organism  it  must 
be  caused  by  one,  or  more,  of  the  common  ones. 

There  is  an  element  of  the  atmosphere  that  is  closely 
associated  with  influenza,  and  that  is  atmospheric  ozone. 
It  stands  even  in  closer  relation  to  influenza  than  the 
atmospheric  temperature  does.  When  the  atmospheric 
ozone  is  in  excess,  the  influenza  is  more  than  usually 
prevalent.  At  the  time  of  the  last  epidemic,  which 
we  have  just  passed  through,  the  meteorological  ob- 
servers who  report  to  the  State  Board  of  Health,  re- 
ported the  presence  in  the  atmosphere  of  a greater 
quantity  of  ozone  than  has  ever  before  been  reported, 
and  the  influenza  has  reached  a higher  point  than  has 
ever  before  been  recorded.  The  relation  which  atmos- 
pheric ozone  sustains  to  influenza,  by  months,  is  ex- 
hibited in  the  diagram  which  I show  you,  and  which 
contains  the  evidence  for  Michigan  for  the  twelve 
years,  1877-88. 

Dr.  G.  W.  Chrouch  ; I would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Baker 
if  the  conditions  of  influenza  have  been  present  every 
year  for  a great  number  of  years.  There  has  pre- 
vailed an  idea  throughout  the  community  at  large  that 
we  are  only  “blessed”  with  an  occasional  visitation  of 
this  trouble;  that  it  does  not  occur  every  year. 

Dr.  Baker:  I think  I stated  that  the  disease  was 

reported  to  the  State  Board  of  Health  as  occurring 
every  February,  in  fact  in  every  month  of  every  year, 
reaching  its  maximum  in  . February,  and  its  minimum 
point  in  July.  Of  course,  in  some  years  it  is  higher 
than  in  others.  In  February,  1890,  it  was  unusually 
prevalent,  and  still  more  prevalent  during  the  spring 
of  1891. 

Dr.  Chrouch  : I presume  every  member  of  the  pro- 

fession has  had  more  or  less  to  do  with  what  is  im- 
properly called  la  grippe.  I am  an  English-speaking 
person  myself,  and  prefer  to  use  the  English  term  to 
designate  the  disease  under  consideration.  There  is 
no  difference  between  what  is  known  as  la  grippe  and 
our  old  English  disease,  influenza ; and  I agree  with 
the  writer  of  the  paper  in  a great  many  of  the  points 
he  has  made.  I think,  in  order  to  control  the  general 
muscular  pains  experienced  in  this  disease,  that  some 
preparation  of  opium  is  the  best.  I have  tried  other 
things,  but  my  experience  has  been  that  some  prepara- 
tion of  opium  would  control  the  muscular  pain  better 
than  anything  else.  I think  antipyrine  may  be  used 
to  control  the  hyperpyrexia. 

As  regards  the  use  of  mercury  as  a cathartic  and 
stimulant  to  the  glandular  system,  I have  not  tried  it 
very  much. 

I had  an  unexpected  experience  last  winter.  The 


influenza  resulted  in  paralysis  of  the  stomach  and 
bowels,  and  before  I had  discovered  the  paralysis  of 
the  stomach  I found  I had  a distended  stomach.  It 
was  filling  below  the  ensiform  cartilage  to  umbilicus. 

I took  my  fingers  and  worked  it  back,  and  it  would 
stay  but  a short  time.  The  woman  declared  that  her 
stomach  was  bad.  I resorted  to  nux  vomica,  and  con- 
tinued to  give  the  nux  until  I became  alarmed.  Shortly 
after  administering  nux  vomica  a catarrhal  cough 
came  on.  On  one  occasion  the  woman  rolled  over  to 
vomit.  I held  her  head  in  my  hand,  it  did  not  go 
below  the  body  in  general,  but  there  poured  out  of 
her  stomach  more  than  half  a gallon  of  liquid.  Im- 
mediately after,  I made  an  examination  for  distended 
stomach  and  could  not  find  it.  Everything  then  began 
to  act.  How  far  the  nux  vomica  I had  given  had 
become  absorbed  by  the  paralyzed  stomach,  I do  not 
know,  but  I still  believe  it  had  something  to  do  with 
the  recovery  of  the  case.  Very  shortly  after  this  oc- 
curred, the  whole  system  seemed  to  be  at  its  maxi- 
mum again ; recovery  was  quite  rapid.  To  control 
the  hyper-pyrexia,  I have  relied  largely  on  antifebrin, 
sometimes  giving  capsules  of  Dover’s  powder  to  relieve 
pain  and  swelling. 

Dr.  V.  C.  Vaugh.\n  ; I wish  to  say  one  or  two  words 
on  this  subject.  I find  there  is  a great  deal  in  a name 
after  all.  I think  we  have  been  very  unfortunate  in 

naming  this  disease.  The  author  of  the  paper  has 

called  it  la  grippe.  I must  say  that  I can  find  no 

reason  for  any  such  name  as  has  been  given  the 
disease. 

I saw  a statement  in  an  editorial  in  a leading  medi- 
cal journal  a short  time  ago  that  this  was  a Erench 
word,  gripper,  which  means  to  grasp,  to  grip.  But  if 
any  of  you  will  turn  to  Hirsch’s  famous  w'ork  on 

“The  Geographical  Distribution  of  Disease,”  you  will 
find  it  is  not  named  by  this  French  work  at  all ; that  this 
disease  appeared  in  France  a number  of  years  ago 
simultaneously  with  a new  insect,  and  the  insect  was 
called  la  grippe,  and  as  the  disease  and  insect  made 
their  appearance  at  the  same  time,  it  was  believed  by 
the  superstitious  people  of  the  age  that  the  insects 
brought  the  disease  with  them,  and  for  that  reason 
the  name  was  attached  to  it.  There  is  no  reason  for 
continuing  the  name. 

Now,  as  to  the  word  influenza,  there  is  no  doubt,  I 
think,  as  Dr.  Baker  has  remarked,  that  we  have  this 
disease  with  us  more  or  less  all  the  time,  but  there  is 
a difference  between  it  and  the  ordinary  influenza.  We 
may  call  it  epidemic,  or  a pandemic  or  influenza.  The 
whole  civilized  world  has  been  visited  a number  of  - 
times  by  this  disease,  and  there  are  some  interesting  : 
points  known  about  its  spread.  In  the  first  place  it  | 
has  invariably  traveled  from  east  to  west ; it  makes  * 
its  pandemic  excursions  at  normal  regular  periods.  I 
have  heard  the  older  physicians  speak  of  its  prevalence 
during  the  former  Harrisonian  campaign  (grandfather  ) 
to  the  present  President  of  the  United  States). 

So  far  as  my  observation  goes  in  studying  the  dis- 
ease clinically,  it  is  nothing  more  or  less  than  the 
ordinary  influenza  which  becomes  epidemic  or  pan- 
demic. 

We  meet  with  many  peculiar  forms  of  the  disease. 
The  case  of  Dr.  Chrouch  cited  is  an  interesting  and 
peculiar  one.  I saw  two  or  three  cases  accompanied 
by  complete  anesthesia.  I suppose  these  peculiarities 
are  accounted  for  from  the  fact  that  a great  number 
of  people  have  been  attacked.  There  are  very  few 
persons  who  have  escaped  it.  The  more  prevalent 
the  disease,  the  greater  the  number  of  persons  at-  j 
tacked,  and  the  greater  the  number  of  peculiarities  ; 
you  will  find,  due  to  the  idiosyncrasies  of  the  patients.  ■ 

There  are  some  things  connected  with  the  disease  ’ 
which  cannot  be  reconciled  with  the  idea  that  it  is 
due  to  a specific  germ.  There  are  well  authenticated  » 
cases  where  a ship,  for  instance,  leaving  port  was  not  | 
(Continued  on  Page  952) 


950 


Tour.  AI.S.M.S. 


NEO-SYNEPHRIN  HYDROCHLORIDE 

Is  Designed  for  "Day-in  and  Day-oul"  Use 


• Because  of  its  established  advantages, 
Neo-Synephrin  Hydrochloride  is  particularly 
valuable  for  routine  nasal  vasoconstriction. 

NEO-SYNEPHRIN 

HYDROCHLORIDE 

Oaevo-alpha-hydroxy-beta-methyl-amino-3 
hydroxy  ethylbenzene  hydrochloride) 

promptly  shrinks  engorged  mucous  mem- 
branes . . . provides  prolonged  relief ...  is  less 


toxic  in  therapeutic  dosage  than  ephedrine 
. . . acts  effectively  on  repeated  application . . . 
does  not  “sting,” 

DOSAGE  FORMS 

EMULSION — M%  oz.  and  1 oz.  bottles  with  dropper) 

SOLUTION — M%  in  saline  solution  (}A  oz.  and  1 oz. 
bottles)  • 1%  in  saline  solution  {}A  oz.  and  1 oz. 
bottles)  • in  Ringer’s  Solution  with  Aromatics 
{}A  oz.  and  1 oz.  bottles) 

jelly — A%  (in  collapsible  tubes  with  nasal  applicator) 


The 

Nasalator 

...  a convenient,  vest- 
pocket  applicator  for 
Neo-Synephrin  Solutions. 


For  Acute  Hypotension 
in  Surgical  Conditions — 
One  Per  Cent  Solution 
of  Neo-Synephrin 
Hydrochloride. 

Supplied  in:  1 cc.  ampoules, 
boxes  of  6 and  60; 

5 cc.  rubber-capped  vials. 


FREDERICK  STEARNS  & COMPANY,  Detroit,  Michigan 

NEW  YORK  • KANSAS  CITY  • SAN  FRANCISCO  • WINDSOR,  ONTARIO  • SYDNEY,  AUSTRALIA 


December,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


951 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 


I 


(Continued  from  Pag^e  952) 
infected  until  it  had  been  for  weeks  at  sea.  I re- 
member one  instance — I forget  the  name  of  the  ship — 
where  the  ship  left  port  and  the  people  were  not  in- 
fected at  the  time,  but  had  been  at  sea  twelve  days 
when  the  disease  suddenly  appeared  and  affected  all 
on  board.  It  is  difficult  to  explain  this  if  we  believe 
in  a specific  micro-organism.  Bacteriologists,  as  a 
rule,  do  not  believe  that  micro-organisms  are  prevalent 
at  sea. 

Culture  tubes  exposed  to  sea  air  for  a length  of 
time  have  practically  remained  sterile.  There  seems 
to  be  some  meteorological  condition  of  the  atmosphere 
which  gives  special  virulence  to  the  germ  which  is 
constantly  with  us,  and  so  virulent  does  the  germ 
become  that  nearly  all  are  attacked.  It  seems  to  me 
that  is  the  most  rational  explanation  we  can  give  for 
it,  taking  into  consideration  the  various  facts  we  have 
ascertained  concerning  it. 

Of  the  two  names  in  use,  I think  the  term  influenza 
the  better  one.  There  are  twenty  or  thirty  claimants 
for  the  discovery  of  the  germ,  but  no  one  has  con- 
clusively demonstrated  his  claim.  I say  it  is  different 
from  the  ordinary  influenza,  in  that  it  becomes  highly 
virulent  or  epidemic  at  times.  It  is  on  account  of 
some  widely  prevalent  conditions  of  the  atmosphere, 
attacking  a large  number  of  inhabitants. 

Dr.  Chrouch  : Have  you  resorted  to  any  means. 

Dr.  Baker,  to  ascertain  the  condition  of  the  atmos- 
phere during  these  periods? 

Dr.  Baker:  If  permitted  to  speak  again,  I will  say 

that  I have,  and  have  recorded  the  results  in  a paper 
which  I prepared  about  a year  ago,  but  which  has 
not  been  published.  I searched  the  records  of  all  the 
epidemics  of  which  the  records  were  available,  and  the 
most  constant  meteorological  condition  that  was  found 
present  was  an  unusual  amount  of  wind,  and  wind 
from  an  unusual  direction.  That  was  true  of  the 
epidemic  last  year.  It  began  at  St.  Petersburg;  about 
two  weeks  before  the  outbreak  occurred  there,  the 
wind,  which  at  that  time  of  the  year  is  usually  from 
the  southwest,  had  been  from  the  northeast,  sweeping 
down  from  northern  Siberia  and  the  Arctic  ocean. 
At.  St.  Petersburg  the  relative  humidity  of  the  at- 
mosphere was  thus  greatly  lowered  below  the  normal. 
This  was  considered  one  of  the  greatest  epidemics 
they  ever  had,  and  it  was  carefully  studied,  because 
it  occurred  sufficiently  late,  and  that  I was  able  to 
get,  from  the  chief  signal  officer  of  the  United  States, 
the  exact  records  of  the  meteorological  conditions  at 
St.  Petersburg. 

Now,  as  regards  the  recent  epidemic  in  Michigan, 
which  was  the  greatest  of  which  we  have  any  record, 
we  very  carefully  worked  out  the  meteorological  con- 
ditions in  the  State;  and  in  the  last  quarterly  bulletin 
of  the  State  Board  of  Health  (that  is,  the  “Pro- 
ceedings” of  our  meeting  in  April,  1891),  the  meteor- 
logical  conditions  are  carefully  stated : The  wind 

came  from  an  unusual  direction,  from  a colder  source 
than  usual,  and  the  ozone  was  excessive,  especially 
in  the  night  time.  And  I want  to  say,  while  I am  on 
my  feet,  that  the  irritating  gas  in  the  atmosphere 
which  is  known  as  ozone,  seems  to  be  very  easily 
destroyed.  Our  records  seem  to  show  that  the  shut- 
ting down  of  mills,  furnace  fires,  etc.,  over  Saturday 
and  Sunday,  influence  it ; and  we  know  that  it  is 
easily  broken  up,  the  three  atoms  of  oxygen,  of  which 
ozone  is  composed,  taking  their  places  as  ordinary 
oxygen.  The  day  ozone  is  not  so  regular  in  its  effects 
upon  our  tests ; our  record  of  it  does  not  sustain  the 
same  regularity  of  relation  to  diseases  of  the  throat 
and  air  passages  as  does  our  record  of  the  night  ozone. 
The  atmospheric  conditions  during  the  night  are  not 
interfered  with  so  much  by  fires  and  other  artificial 
measures  as  during  the  day.  During  the  last  epidemic 
the  meteorological  conditions  have  been  very  different 
from  those  that  have  existed  in  other  years,  and  suf- 
ficiently different  to  explain,  to  my  mind,  the  epidemic. 


Dr.  a.  \\*.  Alvord:  I have  been  profoundly  inter- 

ested in  the  remarks  of  the  gentlemen  in  relation  to 
this  subject;  yet  Dr.  Baker’s  statements  are  chiefly 
a nullity  so  far  as  they  refer  to  what  the  disease 
really  is.  He  is  not  like  the  practicing  physician  who 
meets  with  a large  number  of  cases  every  day,  but 
he  is  receiving  the  reports  from  hundreds  of  physi- 
cians all  over  the  State,  who  have  certain  cards  upon 
which  are  printed  the  names  of  diseases.  For  a good 
many  years  I have  replied  to  Dr.  Baker’s  letters  of 
enquiry  every  week.  I put  down  influenza  as  we  had 
it,  but  it  was  not  the  influenza  we  have  had  the  past 
year  and  the  year  previous.  It  was  nothing  like  our 
present  epidemic,  even  if  I accept  Dr.  Vaughan’s  sug- 
gestion that  an  endemic  condition  is  similar  to  an 
epidemic  condition. 

During  the  many  years  that  I have  practiced,  I 
would  like  to  know  when  we  had  an  endemic  or 
epidemic  of  influenza  that  produced  the  results  we 
are  getting  this  year  from  this  disease.  Some  have 
been  afflicted  with  ])aralysis  and  others  with  marked 
neurasthenia,  Bright’s  disease,  and  a hundred  other 
peculiar  conditions  that  we  find  following  it  which 
I cannot  mention  at  present. 

I saw  a case,  a week  ago  Sunday  night,  stricken 
down  with  paralysis,  as  marked  a case  of  hemiplegia 
as  I ever  saw.  Before  he  was  removed  to  his  home 
and  bed,  he  had  lost  not  only'^  the  use  of  his  legs,  but 
right  arm,  and  speech  left  him  w-ithin  the  next  two 
hours.  There  was  no  ability  to  move  his  head  nor 
to  open  his  mouth,  and  the  only  set  of  muscles  con- 
trolled were  those  of  the  left  arm.  The  gentleman 
who  first  saw  him  was  sure  there  w'as  a lesion  within 
the  brain — that  this  microbe,  I do  not  care  what  you 
call  it,  affects  the  nerve  centers  primarily ; consequently 
you  can  understand  how  you  get  marked  benefit  from 
strychnia.  A blister  was  applied  on  this  gentleman’s 
neck,  he  was  given  a good  dose  of  calomel,  and  in 
three  days  we  had  him  sitting  up,  and  in  a few  days 
more  he  was  able  to  walk  around.  A short  time  after- 
wards he  had  a similar  attack,  w'hich  lasted  three  or 
four  days,  and  then  he  was  up  again. 

The  conditions  have  been  present  from  year  to  year 
in  its  original  home.  About  sixteen  months  ago  it  was 
transferred  across  the  ocean.  I am  not  surprised  at 
all  that  observers  should  have  met  with  micro-organ- 
isms, and  that  the  disease  suddenly  attacked  people  on 
board  a ship,  as  stated  by  Dr.  Vaughan. 

I have  not  sufficient  time  to  go  fully  into 
this  subject,  but  the  remarks  have  been  of 
special  interest  to  those  who  want  to  know  what  we 
have  got — what  w^e  are  dealing  wdth.  I do  not  think 
any  of  us  know  that,  and  until  we  do  know-  w-e  are  not 
going  to  treat  the  disease  successfully.  We  may  treat 
it  symptomatically,  of  course,  and  we  may  give  acetan- 
ilid  to  control  fever.  Nux  vomica  and  calomel  are 
of  great  benefit  in  these  cases.  But  what  is  the  cause? 
Until  we  find  out  the  true  cause  of  the  disease  we  are 
groping  in  the  dark. 

Dr.  V.  C.  Vaughan  : Dr.  Alvord  has  said  that  the 

disease  this  year  has  been  different  from  previous  years, 
in  that  it  has  been  more  severe,  and  the  symptoms  fol- 
lo”dng  the  disease  more  variable,  and  so  on. 

Hirsch  gives  an  account  of  an  epidemic  occurring 
in  1847-48.  It  was  called  Italian  grip ; it  was  not  so 
violent  in  its  manifestations  and  the  country  was  more 
thinly  settled. 

There  is  another  thing : I am  sure  we  are  inclined 

to  attribute  everything  that  occurs  now’’  to  influenza. 
We  date  everything  medically  one  year  or  more  hack. 
Hardly  a man  comes  into  our  office  w-ith  a headache 
or  broken  leg  but  says  it  is  due  to  the  grip.  I want 
to  insist  on  a point  I made  before,  that  the  greater  the  ' 
number  sick  with  any  disease,  the  greater  the  variety  | 
of  symptoms,  owing  to  the  greater  number  of  idiosyn-  ’ 
(Continued  on  Page  960) 


'952 


Tour.  M.S.M.S. 


A 


Liberal  preteln  content 


n An  adjusted  protein 
^ (added  gelatin) 


D 

E 

F 

G 


An  adjusted  fat 
Two  added  sugars 

Added  vitamin  B complex 

4 times  as  much  iron 
as  cows’  milk 

Not  less  than  400  units 
of  vitamin  D per  quart 


Rocks  along  on 

Baker’s  MODIFIED  MILK 

from  birth  through  bottle  feeding 

Once  he  starts  on  Baker’s,  baby  rides  along  with  rarely  a 
letdown.  For  Baker’s  is  rich  in  essential  protein — co- 
builder of  muscle  tissues,  blood,  bone  and  teeth.  Contains, 
in  fact,  40%  more  protein  than  breast  milk — plus  comple- 
mentary gelatin,  an  adjusted  fat,  two  added  sugars,  extra 
vitamins  and  iron. 

With  all  these.  Baker’s  is  highly  tolerable  to  baby’s 
digestive  system  . . . result  of  its  special  treatment  and 
processing. 

A powder  and  liquid  modified  milk  product  especially  prepared  for 
infant  feeding.  Made  from  tuberculin-tested  cows’  milk  in  which  most 
of  the  fat  has  been  replaced  by  animal,  vegetable  and  cod  liver  oils, 

^together  with  lactose,  dextrose,  gelatin,  vitamin  B complex  (wheat 
germ  extract,  fortified  with  thiamin),  and  iron  ammonium  citrate, 

U.S.P.  Not  less  than  400  units  of  vitamin  D per  quart.  Four  times  as 
much  iron  as  in  cows’  milk. 

A worthy  vehicle  for  easy  traveling  through  infancy, 
doctor.  Shall  we  send  you  complete  information  about 
Baker’s? 


THE  BAKER  LABORATORIES 


CLEVELAND,  O It  i O 

West  Coast  Office:  12S0  Sansome  Street,  Saa  Fra«cisc« 


December,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


953 


READERS’  SERVICE 


MARraAGE  AFTER  FORTY 

Success  and  happiness  in  married  life  depend 
chiefly  upon  a well-balanced  mutual  relation  of 
husband  and  wife.  After  forty  this  should  in- 
clude an  intimate  understanding  of  the  changes 
taking  place  in  their  natures.  Both  must  real- 
ize that  married  life  cannot  go  on  indefinitely  on 
a diet  of  romance,  but  that  good  comradeship 
and  mutual  respect  must  exist  and  thrive  con- 
tinuously. There  must  be  mutual  respect  for 
each  other’s  personality,  good  sense  and  judg- 
ment, entire  confidence  and  frankness  when 
problems  arise  and  responsibilities  present  them- 
selves. Happiness,  contentment,  and  life  abun- 
dant will  be  the  result. 

The  increase  of  number  of  divorces  and  broken 
homes  in  the  United  States  makes  another  phase 
of  marriage  education  imperative.  There  is  a 
tendency  at  the  present  time  to  place  too  much 
importance  on  the  physical  side  of  marriage.  It 
is  important,  but  not  all  important.  Each  party 
to  a marriage  should  understand  that  love,  good 
old  fashioned  love,  not  just  a passing  whim, 
must  exist. — Harrison  Smith  Collisi,  M.D., 
Grand  Rapids.  (See  page  965.) 


SULFATHIAZOL  IN  EXFOUATIVE 
DERMATITIS 

A case  of  wet  exfoliative  dermatitis  associated 
with  hemolytic  Staphylococcus  aureus  septicemia 
in  a child  of  fifteen  months  is  reported.  It  is 
suggested  that  epidermolysis  may  be  a symptom 
of  septicemia  and  that  the  two  children’s  dis- 
eases showing  this  phenomena,  namely  Ritter’s 
disease  and  pemphigus  neonatorum,  may  be 
related  staphylococcic  septicemias.  Chemothera- 
py now  seems  to  be  the  treatment  of  choice.— 
Henry  K.  Baker,  M.D.,  Flint.  (See  page  969.) 


MOVEMENT  FOR  THE  REGISTRATION 
OF  VITAL  STATISTICS 

Prior  to  1850  the  only  available  statistics  of 
Michigan  consisted  of  census  returns  made  in 
1840  by  the  federal  government.  This  was  the 
first  census  of  Michigan  as  a state.  In  1856,  a 
law  was  enacted  which  required  the  registration 
of  marriages,  but  it  was  carelessly  observed. 
Following  the  close  of  the  Civil  War  many 
people  claimed  pensions  and  made  demands  upon 
the  federal  government  because  of  relatives  in- 
jured or  killed  during  the  war.  Suffice  it  to 
say,  government  officials  were  confronted  with 
an  imperfect  record  system  and  could  not  an- 
swer their  requests  for  information  concerning 
the  date  of  birth  of  the  relative  under  considera- 


tion. As  a consequence  physicians  about  the 
state  and  other  civic-minded  persons  became 
interested  and  set  about  to  draft  a bill  to  provide 
for  the  registration  of  births,  deaths,  and  mar- 
riages. The  bill  was  finally  approved  by  the 
legislature  and  became  a law  on  March  27,  1867. 
— Earl  Kleinschmidt,  M.D.,  Dr.P.H.,  Chi- 
cago. (See  page  971.) 


PRESACRAL  RESECTION  FOR  THE  RELIEF 
OF  PAIN  PRESUMABLY  DUE  TO  A 
CONGENITAL  UTERINE  ANOMALY 

After  conservative  treatment  had  failed  to 
relieve  a patient’s  suffering  from  dysmenorrhea 
associated  with  uterus  didelphis  unicolis,  opera- 
tion was  advised.  A presacral  resection  was 
performed  since  the  elements  of  the  anomaly 
were  symmetrical  and  functioning.  Relief  of  the 
patient’s  symptoms  has  been  effected,  since  she 
has  been  free  of  dysmenorrhea  since  the  opera- 
tion.— John  C.  Scully,  M.D.,  Menominee.  (See 
page  979.) 


THE  RELATIONSHIP  OF  THE  ROENTGEN- 
OLOGIST TO  THE  SURGEON 

It  has  been  stated  that  the  roentgenologist  has 
four  inseparable  friends — the  anatomist,  pathol- 
ogist, internist  and  surgeon,  and  one  more  should 
be  added — the  physiologist. 

The  physician  and  surgeon  should  not  shed 
his  responsibility  and  expect  the  roentgenologist 
to  make  the  diagnosis  for  him.  The  roentgenolo- 
gist should  be  considered  in  the  light  of  a highly 
skilled  physician  of  cooperation  and  coordination, 
one  of  the  important  highways  to  reach  the 
destination  of  a workable  diagnosis  and  possible 
cure,  and  not  the  atlas  around  which  the  medi- 
cal and  surgical  diagnosis  spins. — Leon  M.  Bo- 
gart, M.D.,  Flint.  (See  page  981.) 


THE  PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  NOSE 

Many  of  the  nasal  physiologic  processes  are 
considered  to  aid  in  the  evaluation  of  symptoms 
of  patients.  The  efficiency  of  the  nasal  mecha- 
nism is  found  to  vary  in  different  individuals 
and  at  different  ages.  The  importance  of  the 
pH  of  nasal  mucus  is  considered  as  well  as  the 
factors  influencing  it.  The  function  and  drain- 
age of  nasal  mucus  is  reviewed.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  interrelationship  between  the  nose 
and  the  rest  of  the  body. — Dewey  R.  Heetderks, 
M.D.,  Grand  Rapids.  (See  page  983.) 


THE  SUCCESSFUL  USE  OF  SULFANILAMIDE 
IN  BLACK  WATER  FEVER 

This  is  a report  of  a case  of  black  water 
fever  occurring  in  a missionary  from  Africa 
while  visiting  Northern  Michigan. 

A thirty-six-year-old  woman  was  admitted  to 
(Continued  on  Page  956) 


954 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


Q.  Of  course,  we  eat  canned  vegetables.  But  just  what  is 
their  value  in  a diet? 

A.  The  nutritional  value  of  fresh  vegetables  varies  some- 
what with  the  type  of  vegetable.  The  green,  leafy,  and 
yellow  vegetables  are  among  the  best  sources  of  pro- 
vitamin A.  In  general,  in  the  amounts  usually  consumed, 
vegetables  are  valuable  sources  of  vitamin  C and  mem- 
bers of  the  vitamin  B complex.  In  addition,  vegetables 
contribute  to  the  body’s  needs  for  iron  and  other  minerals. 
Canning  retains  to  a good  degree  the  dietary  value  of 
vegetables  and  makes  a wide  variety  of  vegetables  avail- 
able all  the  year  round.  (i) 

American  Can  Company,  230  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y. 


1936.  Mass.  Agr.  Expt.  Sta.  Bull.  No.  338. 

1937.  Chemistry  of  Food  and  Nutrition,  Fifth  Edition,  H.  G. 
Sherman,  MacMillan,  N.  Y. 

1938.  Nutrition  Abstracts  and  Reviews  8,  281. 

1939.  Food  and  Life  Yearbook  of  Agriculture,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr., 
U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  C. 


The  Seal  of  Acceptance  denotes  that  the  nutri- 
tional statements  in  this  advertisement  are  accept- 
able to  the  Council  on  Foods  and  Nutrition  of  the 
American  Medical  Association. 


December,  1941 


Aay  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


955 


READERS’  SERVICE 


(Continued  from  Page  954) 

the  hospital  with  temperature  of  108.4  degrees, 
axillary,  complaining  of  black  urine,  chills,  and 
prostration. 

In  spite  of  thirteen  blood  transfusions  and  the 
use  of  several  types  of  recognized  therapy,  the 
hemoglobinuria  continued  and  red  blood  count 
reached  a low  point  of  610,000  with  hemoglobin 
of  10  minus.  Sulfanilamide  was  given  when 
the  patient  was  obviously  terminal  with  dramatic 
results  and  full  recovery. 

A cholecystostomy  was  done  two  months  after 
the  onset  with  removal  of  blood  pigment  stones 
from  the  gall  bladder. — Benton  A.  Holm,  M.D., 
Cadillac.  (See  page  988.) 


X-RAYING  MILITARY  MEN 

Experience  in  the  First  World  War  taught  us 
the  importance  of  discovering  tuberculosis 
among  military  men.  When  the  Selective  Serv- 
ice Act  went  into  effect,  the  Navy  was  requiring 
a chest  roentgenogram  for  all  enlisted  and  com- 
missioned men,  and  the  Army  for  the  commis- 
sioned personnel  only ; facilities  for  routine 
roentgenography  of  all  men  were  not  at  first 
available.  Among  the  civilian  agencies  which 
supplemented  the  efforts  of  the  Army  in  this 
emergency  was  the  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis  of 
the  New  York  City  Department  of  Health.  A 
record  of  that  organization’s  experiences  is  pub- 
lished in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  from  which  the  following  abstracts 
are  taken. 

An  order  issued  October  28,  1940,  by  the  Adjutant 
General’s  Office  of  the  United  States  Army  made  it 
possible  for  civilian  organizations  to  set  up  a roentgeno- 
graphic  service  for  men  inducted  into  the  Army.  It 
provided  for  payment  for  x-ray  films  and  for  the  serv- 
ices of  civilian  roentgenologists  (under  due  control) 
until  such  time  as  the  Army  could  assemble  its  equip- 
ment and  assume  full  responsibility. 

The  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis  of  the  New  York  City 
Department  of  Health  has  been  engaged  in  mass  roent- 
gen-ray surveys  of  the  apparently  healthy  population 
since  1933.  These  surveys  have  been  accepted  as  a basic 
part  of  the  tuberculosis  control  program  of  New  York 
City  and  thus  interest,  based  on  experience,  in  provid- 
ing a similar  service  for  inductees  and  members  of  the 
State  National  Guard  was  rife.  Accordingly,  the  Bu- 
reau’s mass  roentgen-ray  services  which  were  made 
possible  through  the  WPA,  were  offered  to  the  Sur- 
geons of  the  Second  Corps  Area  prior  to  the  Adju- 
tant General’s  directive  that  was  issued  on  October  28, 
1940.  Financial  assistance  was  received  from  the  tuber- 
culosis associations  of  Queens  and  the  Bronx. 

After  January  1,  1941,  the  Army  assumed  full  finan- 
cial responsibility  for  the  roentgen-ray  service  in  induc- 
tion centers.  The  Department  provided  personnel  for 
the  interpretation  of  films.  Since  January  15  this  serv- 
ice has  also  been  taken  over  by  the  Army,  which  has 
assigned  medical  reserve  officers  qualified  in  this  special 
field.  The  roentgenographing  of  National  Guardsmen 
has  been  entirely  at  the  expense  of  the  Department  of 
Health.  Under  existing  regulations  the  Army  could  not 
pay  for  this  service  until  after  induction,  and  it  was 
important  that  rejections  be  made  before  induction. 

At  the  outset  there  were  four  induction  stations. 


Since  January  1,  1941,  all  work  has  been  done  in  two 
stations,  one  in  Manhattan  and  one  in  Queens. 

Those  rejected  men  who  were  residents  of  New 
York  City  were  given  an  appointment  within  the  next 
two  or  three  days  to  appear  at  the  Health  Department’s 
Central  Chest  Clinic,  where  a complete  study  of  the 
case  was  made.  If  this  examination  proved  the  original 
findings  to  he  of  no  significance,  the  local  draft  board 
was  so  notified. 

Rapid  roentgenographic  service  was  necessary  as  the 
recruit  was  supposed  to  be  cleared  through  all  exami- 
nations by  2 :30  p.m.  of  the  day  he  reported  at  the  in- 
duction station.  With  from  60  to  300  men  per  unit  to 
be  handled  daily,  even  the  rapid  roll  method  used  in  the 
routine  survey  program  was  inadequate.  Consequently 
a special  type  of  apparatus  was  devised.  A modification 
of  the  roll  paper  camera  was  used  in  connection  with 
a specially  constructed  portable  darkroom  measuring 
8 by  8 feet  with  the  back  of  the  camera  integrated 
into  one  side  of  the  darkroom.  A signal  device  was 
installed  between  the  roentgen  ray  technician  and  the 
darkroom.  As  soon  as  a film  was  exposed,  the  signal 
was  flashed  and  the  darkroom  crew  cut  off  the  film 
and  placed  it  in  the  developing  bath.  The  signal  was 
then  reversed  indicating  that  another  film  was  ready  to 
be  exposed.  A team  of  three,  consisting  of  a technician 
and  two  darkroom  assistants,  were  able  to  operate 
faster  than  one  exposure  a minute.  The  films  were 
processed  in  large  trays  and  from  the  fixing  bath  were 
passed  out  to  the  physician  through  a light-proof  pass. 
After  being  read,  the  films  were  washed  in  a portable 
tank  and  dried  in  a special  device  designed  for  the 
purpose. 

Acceptance  or  rejection  was  based  on  Army  regula- 
tions. Men  showing  any  form  of  reinfection  types  of 
tuberculosis  were  rejected  because  lesions  of  such  types 
may  become  aggravated  under  conditions  of  military 
service.  Primary  lesions  considered  as  active  or  exten- 
sive calcifications  were  likewise  cause  for  rejection. 
Other  forms  of  significant  pulmonary  disease,  such  as 
bronchiectasis,  pneumonitis,  atelectasis  or  extensive 
pleural  changes,  were  caused  for  rejection  until  further 
study  could  determine  their  importance.  Men  with  ob- 
viously abnormal  cardiac  silhouettes  were  reported  to 
the  medical  examiners  for  such  further  study  as  might 
be  indicated.  Men  with  nothing  more  than  apical  caps, 
and  those  with  small  well-healed  primary  lesions  were 
not  rejected. 

The  group  of  men  examined  up  to  January  15,  1941, 
during  which  the  Department  of  Health  was  actively 
engaged  in  the  program,  included  6,609  inductees  and 
9,541  Guardsmen,  a total  of  16,150  individuals  who 
were  x-rayed. 

Of  the  inductees,  1.36  per  cent  were  rejected  and  of 
the  Guardsmen,  1.21  per  cent.  About  one-third  of  the 
Guardsmen  were  below  the  age  of  twenty-one,  while 
only  about  0.5  per  cent  of  the  inductees  were  below 
that  age.  An  all-Negro  regiment  (National  Guard  unit) 
had  the  highest  mean  age  in  all  groups  and  the  highest 
rate  of  rejection,  which  was  almost  entirely  on  the  ba- 
sis of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  If  the  findings  in  this 
unit  are  subtracted  from  the  totals  of  all  Guard  units 
a greater  difference  will  be  found  between  Guardsmen 
and  inductees. 

Classification  by  stages  of  disease  of  the  seventy  men 
considered  clinically  significant  shows  that  65.7  per  cent 
were  minimal,  32.9  per  cent  moderately  advanced  and 
1.4  per  cent  far  advanced.  Primary  lesions  indicated 
by  calcific  deposits  were  found  in  6 per  cent  of  the 
white  men,  8.7  per  cent  of  the  Negroes  and  7.1  per 
cent  of  the  Puerto  Ricans. 

The  group  of  men  examined  since  January  16  and 
through  March  31,  1941,  totaled  35,210  men.  During 
that  period  the  Department  of  Health’s  part  has  been 

(Continued  on  Page  958) 


956 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


Since  you've  installed  the  Ad- 
vanced "Series  200",  we  are  pro- 
ducing radiographs  that  are 
"tops"  in  speed,  detail,  contrast! 

The  Picker-Waite  "Series  200"  is 
a complete  diagnostic  x-ray  unit 
for  radiography  and  fluoroscopy 
in  any  position.  Speed,  precision 
and  ease  of  operation  are  inher- 
ent features  of  the  "Series  200". 


THE  "SERIES  200"  delivers  200  milliamperes  over  and  under 
the  table. 


X-Ray  exposures  of  the  lateral  pelvis  or  spine  in  IV?  seconds  end 
6 foot  chest  films  in  l/20th  of  a second  are  routine  procedure. 


intestinal  examination. 


SINUS  AND  SKULL  WORK  is  easily  achieved— and  with  complete 
comfort  to  the  patient.  An  adjustable  head  clamp  (optional)  facili- 
tates positioning  and  insures  immobilization. 

December,  1941 


Address 
City  . . 


PICKER  X-RAY 
CORPORATION 

300  FOURTH  AVENUE 
NEW  YORK,  N.Y. 

Gentlemen: 

Please  send  your  complete  bul- 
letin on  the  Picker-Waite  Ad- 
vanced "Series  200"  Diagnostic 
X-Ray  Equipment  to: 


Say  you  sazv  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


MISCELLANEOUS 


1 


(Continued  from  Page  956) 

to  reexamine  and  classify  New  York  City  men  re- 
jected at  the  induction  center.  In  this  time  458  men 
have  been  rejected,  379  of  whom  have  thus  far  been 
cleared  at  the  Health  Department  Clinic.  In  forty- 
nine,  or  12.9  per  cent  of  those  reexamined,  the  cause 
for  rejection  at  the  induction  station  was  not  confirmed 
and  the  man  was  considered  suitable  to  be  accepted  in 
the  Army  from  the  standpoint  of  his  roentgenogram. 

A detailed  cost  analysis  of  personnel,  equipment  and 
materials  necessary  to  complete  this  study  indicated  a 
total  of  $23,614.20.  Using  this  as  a basis  for  computa- 
tion, the  unit  cost  to  examine  each  individual  by  roent- 
genogram was  $1.47.  (The  cost  of  taking  a roentgeno- 
gram and  its  interpretation  without  any  further  follow- 
up was  $13,911.20,  or  58.8  per  cent  of  the  total.)  The 
unit  cost  of  rejecting  a man  for  military  service  on  the 
basis  of  the  total  cost  was  $106.02  for  inductees  and 
$122.37  for  Guardsmen. 

Spillman  has  reported  that  the  cost  to  the  federal 
government  of  accepting  a person  with  tuberculosis  into 
the  armed  service  is  $10,000.  Thus,  in  these  studies  in- 
volving 41,819  inductees  and  9,541  Guardsmen,  or  a 
total  of  41,360  men,  561  persons  with  chronic  pulmo- 
nary tuberculosis  were  rejected,  representing  an  esti- 
mated saving  to  the  government  of  $5,610,000. 

Examinations  for  Tuberculosis  by  Herbert  R.  Ed- 
wards, M.D.,  and  David  Ehrlich,  M.D.,  Jour,  of  Amer. 
Med.  Assn.,  July  5,  1941. 


FOURTH  ANNUAL  FORUM  ON  ALLERGY 

The  Fourth  Annual  Eorum  on  Allergy  will  be  held 
this  year  in  the  Statler  Hotel,  Detroit,  Michigan,  on 
Saturday  and  Sunday,  January  10  and  11,  1942.  On 
the  Friday  preceding  there  will  be  clinics  at  the 
University  Hospital  in  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan,  conducted 
by  Dr.  John  M.  Sheldon  and  the  staff.  All  reputable 
physicians  are  most  welcome  at  The  Forum  where  they 
are  offered  an  opportunity  to  bring  themselves  up  to 
date  in  this  rapidly  advancing  branch  of  medicine, 
through  two  days  of  intensive  postgraduate  instruc- 
tion; for  instance,  the  twenty  study  groups,  any  four 
of  which  are  available  to  each  attending  physician,  will 
be  given  continuity  in  that  one  series  deals  with  Oto- 
laryngology, Ophthalmology,  Pediatrics,  Internal  Medi- 
cine, and  Dermatology — ^each  running  consecutively. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  during  these  two 
days  almost  every  type  of  instructional  method  will 
be  employed  by  the  forty-six  physicians  appearing  on 
the  program. 

Special  lectures  by  outstanding  authorities ; symposia 
followed  by  a twenty-minute  question  and  answer  pe- 
riod ; presentation  of  patients  and  a free  discussion  of 
their  management ; charts  and  educational  exhibits ; 
motion  pictures  and  colored  transparencies ; the  re- 
sults of  research;  and,  finally,  an  “Infoimation  on 
Allergy,  Please?”  where  any  question  which  has  not 
been  answered  in  the  two  days  may  be  asked  of  com- 
petent authorities. 

The  second  award  of  The  Forum’s  Gold.  Medal  for 
outstanding  contributions  to  clinical  allergy  will  be 
made  this  year  to  W.  W.  Duke,  M.D.,  of  Kansas  City, 
Missouri,  who  well  may  be  called  “the  father’’  of  this 
subject. 

Men  from  Michigan  taking  part  in  the  program  are : 
Samuel  Levin,  Detroit;  Franz  Blumenthal,  Detroit; 
Frank  Menagh,  Detroit ; George  L.  Waldbott,  Detroit ; 
Harvey  Johnston,  Ann  Arbor;  John  M.  Sheldon,  Ann 
Arbor;  Stanley  Insley,  Detroit;  Meryl  Fenton,  Detroit, 
and  Meyer  Ascher,  Detroit. 

Physicians  desiring  a program  or  further  informa- 
tion may  address  the  Director,  Jonathan  Forman,  M.D., 
956  Bryden  Road,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


CREDIT  IS  DUE 

The  following  members  of  the  ^Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society  registered  at  the  76th  Annual  Convention 
and  exhibition  held  in  Grand  Rapids,  September  16,  17, 
18  and  19,  1941.  The  list  of  those  registering  on  Tues- 
day, September  16,  follows : 

George  T.  Aitken,  Grand  Rapids;  J.  K.  Altland,  Hastings; 
W.  H.  Alexander,  Iron  Mountain;  Ralph  V.  Allen,  Grand 
Rapids;  Harvey  M.  Andre,  Grand  Rapids;  J.  H.  Andries,  De- 
troit. 

Milner  S.  Ballard,  Grand  Rapids;  Wm.  R.  Ballard,  Bay  City; 
W.  D.  Barrett,  Detroit;  Gaylord  S.  Bates,  Detroit;  Martin 
Batts,  Jr.,  Grand  Rapids;  T.  I.  Bauer,  Lansing;  M.  G.  Becker, 
Edmore;  VV.  Clarence  Beets,  Grand  Rapids;  H.  M.  Best,  Lapeer; 
W.  L.  Bird,  Greenville;  H.  M.  Blackburn,  Grand  Rapids;  Frank 
A.  Boet,  Grand  Rapids;  Walter  H.  Boughner,  Algonac;  Donald 

R.  Brasie,  Flint;  Horatio  A.  Brown,  Jackson;  James  D.  Bruce, 
Ann  Arbor;  C.  F.  Brunk,  Detroit;  Jacob  H.  Burley,  Port 
Huron;  Volney  N.  Butler,  Detroit. 

A.  L.  Gallery,  Port  Huron;  A.  M.  Campbell,  Grand  Rapids; 
A.  E.  Catherwood,  Detroit;  L.  G.  Christian,  Lansing;  Harry 

L.  Clark,  Detroit;  Robert  W.  Claytor,  Grand  Rapids;  Harrison 

S.  Collisi,  Grand  Rapids;  B.  L.  Connolly,  Detroit;  T.  S.  Conover, 
Flint;  Henry  Cook,  Flint;  W.  B.  Cooksey,  Detroit;  C.  A.  Cooper, 
Hancock;  Burton  R.  Corbus,  Grand  Rapids;  Wm.  J.  Cosgrove, 
Grand  Rapids;  George  J.  Curry,  Flint. 

E.  N.  D’Alcorn,  Muskegon;  Ernest  W.  Dales,  Grand  Rapids; 
Milton  A.  Darling,  Detroit;  David  B.  Davis,  Grand  Rapids; 
Luther  W.  Day,  Hillsdale;  Dean  C.  Denman,  Monroe;  Isla  G. 
DePree,  Grand  Rapids;  J.  DePree,  Grand  Rapids;  C.  F. 
DeVries,  Lansing;  H.  F.  Dibble,  Detroit;  C.  A.  Dickinson, 
Wayland;  Douglas  Donald,  Detroit;  James  C.  Droste,  Grand 
Rapids;  Fred  Drummond,  Kawkawlin;  C.  E.  Dutchess,  Detroit. 

Charles  E.  Farber,  Grand  Rapids;  Lynn  A.  Ferguson,  Grand 
Rapids;  Gordon  F.  Fisher,  Hastings;  E.  O.  Foss,  Muskegon; 
G.  H.  Frace,  St.  Johns;  H.  A.  Furlong,  Lansing. 

Harold  H.  Gay,  Midland;  L.  O.  Geib,  Detroit;  Louis  W.  Gerst- 
ner,  Kalamazoo;  Orla  H.  Gillett,  Grand  Rapids;  Frank  A. 
Grawn,  Traverse  City;  I.  W.  Greene,  Owosso;  T.  K.  Gruber, 
Eloise;  A.  B.  Gwinn,  Hastings. 

A.  T.  Hafford,  Albion;  Don  V.  Hargrave,  I^ton  Rapids; 

F.  W.  Hartman,  Detroit;  C.  K.  Hasley,  Detroit;  C.  L.  Hess, 
Bay  City;  L.  J.  Hirschman,  Detroit;  T.  E.  Hoffman,  Vassar; 

M.  H.  Hoffmann,  Eloise;  William  A.  Hyland,  Grand  Rapids. 
C.  F.  Ingersoll,  Grand  Rapids;  S.  D.  Insley,  Detroit. 

R.  C.  Jamieson,  Detroit;  L.  J.  Johnson,  Ann  Arbor. 

J.  A.  Kasper,  Detroit;  Thos.  R.  Kemmer,  Grand  Rapids;  C.  S. 
Kennedy,  Detroit;  C.  R.  Keyport,  Grayling;  M.  R.  Kinde,  Bat- 
tle Creek;  D.  K.  Kitchen,  Grosse  Pte.  Pk. ; P.  W.  Kniskern, 
Grand  Rapids;  Leo  O.  Knoll,  Ann  Arbor;  H.  J.  Kullman,  De- 
troit. 

Bertil  T.  Larson,  Pontiac;  P.  L.  Ledwidge,  Detroit;  C.  E. 
Lemmon,  Detroit;  Robert  T.  Lossman,  Traverse  City;  S.  L. 
Loupee,  Dowagiac;  Henry  A.  Luce,  Detroit. 

Alexander  M.  Martin,  Grand  Rapids;  Robert  J.  Mason,  Bir- 
mingham; S.  C.  Mason,  Menominee;  Fred  G.  Mayne,  Cheboy- 
gan; L.  M.  McBryde;  S.  S.  Marie;  Allan  McDonald,  Detroit; 
Maurice  McGarvey,  Blissfield;  R.  M.  McKean,  Detroit;  C.  M. 
Mercer,  Battle  Creek;  J.  Duane  Miller,  Grand  Rapids;  John  J. 
Miller,  Marne;  Frederick  B.  Miner,  Flint;  H.  C.  Mitchell,  Grand 
Rapids;  L.  J.  Morand,  Detroit;  H.  Allen  Moyer,  Lansing;  Dean 
W.  Myers,  Ann  Arbor. 

W.  E.  Nesbitt,  Alpena;  H.  V.  Norgaard,  Marlette;  F.  O.  Novy, 
Saginaw;  R.  L.  Novy,  Detroit. 

C.  W.  Oakes,  Harbor  Beach;  E.  A.  Oakes,  Manistee;  D.  J. 
O’Brien,  Lapeer;  J.  J.  O’Meara,  Jackson;  E.  A.  Osius,  Detroit. 
C.  Allen  Payne,  Grand  Rapids;  R.  C.  Peckham,  Gaylord; 

G.  C.  Penberthy,  Detroit;  Ralph  A.  Perkins,  Detroit;  Henry  E. 
Perry,  Newberry;  Ralph  H.  Pino,  Detroit;  Horace  Wray  Porter, 
Jackson;  Anthony  M.  Putra,  Detroit. 

Carl  S.  Ratigan,  Detroit;  Frank  E.  Reeder,  Flint;  Wm.  S. 
Reveno,  Detroit;  H.  H.  Riecker,  Ann  Arbor. 

Gilbert  B.  Saltonstall,  Charlevoix;  E.  W.  Schnoor,  Grand 
Rapids;  Donald  M.  Schuitema,  Grand  Rapids;  H.  T.  Sethney, 
Menominee;  Bert  H.  Shepard,  Lowell;  C.  E.  Simpson,  Detroit; 
William  J.  Slasor,  Ann  Arbor;  C.  C.  Slemmons,  Grand  Rapids; 
W.  Joe  Smith,  Cadillac;  Carl  F.  Snapp,  Grand  Rapids;  Geo.  H. 
Southwick,  Grand  Rapids;  E.  D.  Spalding,  Detroit;  R.  A. 
Springer,  Centerville;  Wallace  H.  Steffensen,  Grand  Rapids; 
A.  E.  Stickley,  Coopersville ; Wm.  F.  Strong,  Ontonagon;  O.  D. 
Stryker,  Fremont. 

Athol  B.  Thompson,  Grand  Rapids;  Marcus  B.  Tidey,  Grand 
Rapids;  Don  W.  Thorup,  Benton  Harbor;  Franklin  H.  Top, 
Detroit;  Wm.  R.  Torgerson,  Grand  Rapids. 

C.  F.  Vale,  Detroit;  Harvard  J.  VanBelois,  Grand  Rapids; 
R.  S.  VanBree,  Grand  Rapids;  V.  Vandeventer,  Ishpeming; 
Harold  E,  Veldman,  Grand  Rapids. 

M.  O.  Wade,  Coldwater;  J.  J.  Walch,  Escanaba;  R.  'V'. 
Walker,  Detroit;  Arch  Walls,  Detroit;  A.  V.  Wenger,  Grand 
Rap'ds;  John  A.  Wessinger,  Ann  Arbor;  D.  Bruce  Wiley,  Utica; 
E.  B.  Witwer,  Detroit;  Merle  Wood,  Hart;  Arthur  R.  Wood- 
burne.  Grand  Rapids. 

Gordon  Yeo,  Big  Rapids;  W.  R.  Young,  Lawton. 

The  list  of  those  attending  on  Wednesday,  Thursday 
and  Friday  will  appear  in  subsequent  issues  of  The 
Journal. 


958 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


KOROMEX  DIAPHRAGM 


KOROMEX 

TRIP-RELEASE  INTRODUCER 


TIP  TURNS 
ON  SWIVEL 


Hollai^-Rantos 

Ucrmpa/ny,  unc. 


551  Fifth  Avenue 


New  York,  N.Y. 


December,  1941 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Jourml  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


959 


COUNTY  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  MEETIINGS 

Bay-Arenac-Josco — Wednesday,  October  22,  1941 — Bay 
City — Subject:  “Shock  Therapy  for  the  Mentally 

Sick.” 

Wednesday,  November  12,  1941 — Bay  City — Speaker  : 
H.  C.  Fields,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor — Subject:  “Vita- 

mins.” 

Berrien — Thursday,  November  13,  1941 — Benton  Har- 
bor— Speaker : Chauncey  C.  Maher,  M.D.,  Chicago — 
Subject:  “Acute  and  Chronic  Nephritis.” 

Calhoun — Tuesday,  ^November  4,  1941- — Battle  Creek — 
Speaker:  Robe, rC* Bruce  Malcolm,  M.D.,  Chicago — 
Subject:  “Tumors  of  the  Large  Bowel.” 

Dickinson-Iron — Thursday,  November  6,  1941 — Iron 

Mountain— Speaker : John  Claridge,  M.D.,  Chicago. 

Hillsdale — Tuesday,  November  4,  1941 — Hillsdale — 

Speakers : M.  R.  Kinde,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek  and  J. 

P.  Gray,  M.D.,  Hillsdale. 

Ingham — Tuesday,  October  21,  1941 — Lansing — Speak- 
er : Charles  F.  McKhann,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor — Sub- 

ject: “Convulsions  in  Infancy  and  Childhood.” 
Tuesday,  November  18,  1941 — Lansing — Speakers:  R. 
H.  Denham,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids — Subject:  “Infec- 

tions of  the  Hand.” 

lonia-Montcalni — Tuesday,  November  11,  1941 — Grand 
Rapids — Met  with  the  other  Societies  of  the  Fifth 
Councilor  District. 

Oakland — Wednesday,  October  1,  1941 — Rotunda  Inn — 
Speaker:  Prof.  N.  B.  Lewis,  Ann  Arbor — Subject: 

“What  About  Vitamins?” 

St.  Clair — Tuesday,  October  28,  1941 — Port  Huron — 
Speaker : Grover  C.  Penberthy,  M.D.,  Detroit — Sub- 
ject: “Treatment  of  Appendicitis.” 

Tuesday,  November  11,  1941 — Port  Huron — Speaker: 
S.  W.  Insley,  M.D.,  Detroit — Subject : “Office  Prac- 

tice of  Allergy  by  the  General  Practitioner.” 

IVashtenaw — Tuesday,  November  11,  1941 — Ann  Arbor 
— 14th  District  Meeting. 

IVayne — Monday,  December  1,  1941- — Detroit — General 
Meeting.  “Certain  Problems  Associated  with  the 
Treatment  of  Goiter”  by  George  Crile,  Jr.,  M.D., 
Cleveland.  , 

Monday,  December  8,  1941 — Detroit — Medical  Meet- 
ing— “The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Barbiturates” — Speaker : 
Wm.  D.  McNally,  M.D.,  Chicago. 

Monday,  December  15,  1941 — Detroit — General  Prac- 
tice Meeting — Joint  session  with  the  Detroit  Pediatric 
Society. 

West  Side  (Wayne) — Wednesday,  November  26,  1941 
— Ninth  Annual  Clinic — Speakers:  H.  Balberor,  M.D., 
H.  J.  Walder,  M.D.,  S.  D.  Jacobson,  M.D.,  C.  J. 
Smyth,  M.D.,  H.  N.  Horan,  M.D.,  M.  K.  Newman, 
M.D.,  D.  C.  Somers,  M.D.,  F.  A.  Weiser,  M.D., 
G.  B.  Myers,  M.D.,  F.  Margolis,  M.D.,  and  Muir 
Clapper,  M.D.  The  Clinic  was  conducted  by  S.  E. 
Gould,  M.D.,  at  Seymour  Hospital,  Eloise. 

* * * 

COUNCIL  AND  COMMITTEE  MEETINGS 

1.  Wednesday,  November  12,  1941 — Industrial  Health 
Committee — Olds  Hotel,  Lansing — 6:30  p.m. 

2.  Thursday,  November  13,  1941 — Executive  Committee 
of  The  Council — Olds  Hotel,  Lansing- — 12 :00  noon. 

3.  Monday,  November  17,  1941 — Prelicensure  Medical 
Education  Committee — Olds  Hotel,  Lansing — 6:30 
p.m. 

4.  Sunday,  November  30,  1941 — Committee  on  Scientific 
Work — Olds  Hotel,  Lansing — 3 p.m. 


NEW  COUNTY  SOCIETY  OFnCERS 
Clinton 

W.  B.  McWilliams,  M.D.,  Maple  Rapids,  President. 
Arthur  C.  Henthorn,  M.D.,  St.  Johns,  Vice  President. 
T.  Y.  Ho,  M.D.,  St.  Johns,  Secretary-Treasurer 
G H.  Frace,  M.D.,  St.  Johns,  Delegate. 

D.  W.  Hart,  M.D.,  St.  Johns,  Alternate  Delegate. 

Genesee 

Donald  R.  Wright,  M.D.,  Flint,  President. 

Walter  Z.  Rundles,  M.D.,  Flint,  President-Elect. 

John  S.  Wyman,  M.D.,  Flint,  Secretary. 

Donald  L.  Bishop,  M.D.,  Flint,  Treasurer. 

Herbert  Randall,  M.D.,  Flint,  Medico-Legal  Officer. 
D.  R.  Brasie,  M.D.,  Flint,  Delegate. 

Frank  E.  Reeder,  M.D.,  Flint,  Delegate. 

Henry  Cook,  M.D.,  Flint,  Delegate. 

Robert  Scott,  M.D.,  Flint,  Delegate. 

A.  Dale  Kirk,  M.D.,  Flint,  Alternate  Delegate. 

T.  S.  Conover,  M.D.,  Flint,  Alternate  Delegate. 
Frank  Johnson,  M.D.,  Flint,  Alternate. 

Mrs.  Sara  M.  Burgess,  Flint,  Executive  Secretary. 


MEMBERS  OF  MEDICAL  BOARDS 

Members  of  Michigan  State  Board  of  Registration 


in  Medicine 

Term  Expires 

J.  Earl  McIntyre,  M.D.,  Lansing Expired  in  1940 

C.  R.  Keyport,  M.D.,  Grayling 9/30/43 

Elmer  VV.  Schnoor,  M.D.,  Grand  Rapids 9/30/45 

Luther  Peck,  M.D.,  Plymouth 9/30/45 

Francis  O’Donnell,  M.D.,  Alpena 9/30/43 

Ruby  R.  Goldstone,  M.D.,  Detroit 9/30/43 

Andrew  C.  Roche,  M.D.,  Calumet 9/30/43 

Eugene  S.  Thornton,  M.D.,  Muskegon 9/30/45 

Harold  L.  Morris,  M.D.,  Detroit 9/30/45 

Charles  W.  Balser,  M.D.,  Detroit 9/30/45 

Members  of  Advisory  Council  of  Health 
H.  Allen  Moyer,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Charlotte....  6/30/43 

Henry  F.  Vaughan,  Dr.P.H.,  Ann  Arbor 6/30/43 

O.  D.  Stryker,  M.D.,  Fremont 6/30/43 

John  Galbo,  D.D.S.,  Detroit... 6/30/45 

Harold  E.  Wisner,  M.D.,  Detroit 6/30/47 

Roy  C.  Perkins,  M.D.,  Bay  City 6/30/47 

Members  of  Board  of  Examiners  in  the  Basic  Sci- 
ences 

Paul  L.  Rice,  Alma 10/29/43 

Prof.  A.  M.  Chickering,  Albion 10/29/45 

Warren  O.  Nelson,  Detroit 10/29/45 

Orin  E.  Madison,  Detroit 10/29/47 

Henry  F.  Vaughan,  Ann  Arbor 10/29/47 


HALF  A CENTURY  AGO 

(Continued  from  Page  952) 

crasies  that  enter  into  the  methods  of  living,  general 
construction,  build  of  the  system,  etc. 

Dr.  Alvord  : I think  the  doctor’s  remarks  have  a 

good  deal  of  force,  in  that  the  tendency  of  the  tirnes 
is  to  attribute  everything  to  this  disease.  I would  like 
to  have  the  doctor  feel  that  we  fellows  who  are  out 
in  the  fields  practicing  medicine,  are  oftentimes  quite 
as  particular  as  college  men  are  in  differentiating  cases. 
The  fact  is,  I do  not  know  much  about  this  disease,  and 
I wanted  to  stir  up  the  learned  men  as  much  as  pos- 
sible, to  obtain  all  they  know  for  the  benefit  of  the 
Section,  but  I do  not  believe  they  have  arrived  at  any 
more  conclusions  than  I have.  I was  only  trying  to  feel 
their  pulse  on  the  subject. 


960 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


T>i£  journal 

of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Issued  Monthly  Under  the  Direction  of  the  Council 
Volume  40  December,  1941  Number  12 


Marriage  After  Forty* 

By  Harrison  S.  Collisi,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S. 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

Harrison  Smith  Collisi,  M.D. 

M.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1912.  Chief 
of  Division  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology, 
B'utterworth  Hospital;  Courtesy  Staff,  Obstet- 
rics and  Gynecology^  Blodgett  Memorial  Hos- 
pital; Special  Visiting  Staff,  Obstetrics  and 
Gynecology,  St.  Mary’s  Hospital;  _ Fellow, 
American  College  of  Surgeons;  Diplomate, 
American  Board  of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology; 

Member,  Michigan  Society  of  Obstetricians 
and  Gynecologists  (Detroit) ; Member,  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society. 

■ Man,  in  primitive  life,  chose  a mate  because  of 
his  instinctive  urge  to  reproduce  his  kind.  Love 
did  not  become  an  important  factor  in  his  life 
until  civilization  had  developed  his  understanding 
of  law  and  order,  and  had  taught  him  that  his 
innate  right  to  possess  a woman  was  based  upon 
moral,  religious  and  sociological  principles  that 
exist  today  as  the  most  adamant  of  our  whole 
fundamental  structure. 

As  civilization  advanced  divorce  and  re- 
marriage became  known.  Statistics  show  that 
successful  marriages  are  those  that  go  beyond 
the  age  of  forty.  But  after  forty  is  the  time 
when  the  most  serious  crashes  in  matrimonial  life 
occur.  By  this  time  children  have  been  brought 
into  the  world,  the  family  has  grown,  the  eco- 
nomic foundation  has  been  established  and  the 
physical  attraction  between  man  and  wife  has 
reached  its  zenith.  A break  in  marriage  at  this 
time  would  be  a most  serious  incident  in  the  life 
cycle  of  the  married  couple. 

Most  of  us  look  at  marriage  through  a misty 
haze  of  poetical  and  romantic  language.  We 
expect  it  to  be  the  fulfillment  of  desire,  joy,  love 

*Delivered  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary 
to  the  M.S.M.S.,  Detroit,  Michigan,  September  21,  1938. 


and  life.  The  foundation  of  happiness  and  of 
health  is  made  in  the  first  months  of  marriage, 
and  the  years  that  follow  are  colored  by  those 
early  days — most  momentous  to  the  man  and 
highly  fascinating  to  the  woman.  When  tolera- 
tion supplants  cooperation  love  dies  and  marriage 
is  little  more  than  misapprehension,  disillusion- 
ment and  alienation. 

There  is  a time  in  the  lives  of  most  married 
people  when  a domestic  disagreement  may  occur. 
It  may  be  only  a trivial  tiff  which  readily  corrects 
itself,  or  it  may  take  on  serious  proportions 
which  threaten  to  disrupt  what  has  heretofore 
been  a happy  union.  Several  factors  are  con- 
cerned— moral,  economic,  jealousy,  outside  inter- 
ference, sexual  maladjustment,  and  a variety  of 
other  causes. 

The  duration  of  marriage  and  the  presence  of 
children  are  important  considerations  in  marital 
conflicts.  In  marriages  of  short  duration  a large 
percentage  of  disagreements  arise  from  failure 
of  the  partners  to  understand  each  other.  TLe 
marriage  is  not  old  enough  for  each  to  have 
become  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  other. 

After  forty,  when  married  couples  are  expected 
to  have  mature  marital  judgment  another  factor 
comes  into  their  lives.  At  this  time  Mother 
Nature  begins  to  play  a trick  on  man  and  woman. 
An  era  is  entered  when  certain  physical  and 
emotional  changes  take  place.  The  success  and 
happiness  of  married  people  after  forty  depend 
chiefly  upon  an  intimate  knowledge  and  an  under- 
standing of  these  changes. 

So  insidiously  does  this  change  creep  upon  the 
man  that  the  woman  may  not  recognize  it  and 
therefore  fails  to  understand  his  changing  nature. 
In  the  case  of  the  wife  the  signs  of  the  change 
are  more  abrupt  and  noticeable,  although  the 
degree  in  which  they  occur  may  vary. 

In  order  to  understand  more  thoroughly  the 
changing  natures  of  man  and  woman  after  forty. 


December,  1941 


965 


MARRIAGE  AFTER  FORTY— COLLISI 


we  should  know  something  of  their  normal 
natures  in  earlier  life. 

Nature  of  Man 

Ages  ago,  man  lived  in  trees,  caves  and  as  a 
nomad  following  his  flocks.  Today  he  has  de- 
veloped new  physical  structures,  new  ways  of 
living  and  emotional  responses  that  are  represent- 
ative of  the  cumulative  experiences  of  mankind. 
But  it  is  only  in  the  last  half  century  that  he  has 
seriously  begun  the  study  of  his  emotional  life. 

Man’s  instinct  of  reproduction,  of  which  all 
normal  men  are  aware,  is  foremost  in  his  life. 
Quite  often,  it  exists  independent  of  love  with 
its  associated  feelings  of  sympathy,  under- 
standing, and  companionship.  These  instincts 
and  feelings,  in  a normal  healthy  man,  may  not 
be  centered  on  the  same  woman.  A man  may 
love  a woman  and  not  be  physically  attracted 
to  her;  or  he  may  have  a strong  physical  at- 
traction to  another  woman  whom  he  does  not 
love. 

A marriage  in  which  the  man  does  not  have 
love  and  strong  physical  attraction  toward  his 
wife  is  usually  unsuccessful.  If  he  does  not 
have  this  attraction  before  he  marries  her,  he 
is  not  likely  to  acquire  it  afterward  and  such  a 
marriage  is  almost  certain  to  be  a failure.  This 
instinct  in  man  is  natural  and  women  should 
realize  the  importance  of  treating  its  first 
manifestations  with  broad  understanding. 

The  sex  coefficient  varies  in  man.  Naturally, 
he  is  agressive,  impatient,  quickly  aroused  and  at 
times  misunderstanding  and  inconsiderate  in  his 
sexual  demands.  He  may  lack  control  of  his 
sexual  urges,  be  unreasonable,  and  his  sexual 
ethics  may  even  be  crude  and  repulsive. 

Nature  of  Woman 

Before  the  dawn  of  civilization,  woman  had  no 
other  purpose  on  this  earth  except  to  be  the  mate 
of  man  and  to  bear  his  offspring.  Because  of  the 
long  period  of  gestation  and  dependence  of  the 
child  upon  its  mother,  woman  was  incapacitated 
and  needed  protection  of  man  if  she  and  her 
young  were  to  survive.  As  a result  of  her  de- 
pendence on  man,  she  fell  under  his  domination 
to  such  an  extent  that  her  primary  sexual  im- 
pulses were  obscured.  But  when  social  behavior 
became  known,  her  life  was  controlled  by  man- 


ners, morals  and  customs.  She  contended  for 
release  from  male  domination  and  after  centuries, 
man  conceded  to  her  demands. 

Accepting  the  scriptural  span  of  life  as  three 
score  and  ten  years,  a woman’s  life  may  be 
divided  into  three  distinct  periods : the  period  of 
immaturity,  or  the  “Age  of  Innocence” ; the 
period  of  sexual  activity,  which  is  biologically 
the  most  important  but  not  often  the  happiest 
portion  of  a woman’s  existence ; and  the  period 
of  menopausal  life,  when  the  organs  of  reproduc- 
tion cease  their  activity  and  the  ability  to  bear 
children  comes  to  an  end. 

In  the  period  of  sexual  activity,  woman’s  sexual 
needs  and  responses  are  not  identical  with  man’s. 
Mating  comes  to  her  as  a response  to  a general 
harmonious  feeling  of  well-being,  rather  than  as 
a result  of  a specific  erotic  stimulation.  IMan 
cannot  expect  to  find  in  the  normal  woman  the 
same  frequent,  intense  urge  that  he  experiences. 
Since  monogamy  is  the  standard  set  by  our 
social  structure,  he  must  recognize  sexual  differ- 
ences. He  must  learn  that  her  sex  life  is  a more 
diffuse  part  of  her  nature.  Sexual  desire  in 
woman  is  largely  mental  and  to  a great  extent 
stirred  by  the  feeling  of  love  for  her  husband. 

Man  and  Woman  During  the  Climacterium 

We  hear  much  of  the  “Dangerous  Forties,” 
the  period  of  change  in  the  lives  of  man  and 
woman,  or  what  is  termed  scientifically  the 
climacterium.  That  such  a period  exists  in  the 
life  of  woman  has  long  been  known,  but  Maranon 
was  the  first  to  point  out  the  evidence  of  a male 
climacterium,  the  symptoms  of  which  closely 
parallel  the  non-menstrual  manifestations  in 
woman. 

The  climacterium  has  a different  effect  upon 
each  physically,  but  in  both  there  is  a state  of 
mental  unrest,  emotionalism,  tendency  to  gloom- 
iness, apprehensiveness,  irritability,  and  even  in- 
sanity. Suicide  is  not  infrequent,  particularly  in 
males.  There  is  a change  of  sex  inclinations 
usually  shown  by  a decline  in  sex  activity,  and  it 
may  be  lacking  entirely.  In  some  cases  it  becomes 
excessive  and  leads  to  social  complications. 

In  women,  seventy-five  per  cent  suffer  from 
distressing  symptoms  during  the  climacterium. 
In  addition  to  the  abrupt  cessation  of  menstrua- 
tion certain  nervous  disturbances  occur.  The 
most  frequent  of  these  consist  of  irritable  temper, 
excitability,  hysteria,  fatigue,  insomnia,  depres- 


966 


Jour.  M.S.TvI.S. 


MARRIAGE  AFTER  FORTY— COLLI  SI 


sion  and  crying,  fear  and  anxiety,  forgetfulness 
and  loss  of  memory.  The  mental  state  should  be 
carefully  observed,  as  melancholia  and  other 
forms  of  insanity  may  develop  at  this  period  in 
woman  with  a hereditary  taint  or  neurotic  tenden- 
cy. Other  symptoms  such  as  flushes  and  chills, 
palpitation  and  rapid  heart,  difficult  respiration, 
neuralgia  in  various  parts  of  the  body,  burning 
sensations,  headaches,  and  frigidity  may  also  be 
present.  Occasionally,  the  sexual  appetite  in- 
creases and  some  women  with  little  previous 
desire  suddenly  develop  a passionate  nature,  but 
usually  sexual  reserve  is  an  outstanding  feature. 

In  man,  the  appearance  and  symptoms  of  the 
change  come  gradually  and  insidiously.  There 
is  nervous  imbalance,  his  judgment  may  be 
affected  and  he  is  easily  led  from  the  straight 
and  narrow  path  o£  discretion.  His  whole 
endocrine  system  is  affected.  He  has  inherited 
the  nature  of  his  cave-man  ancestors  and  may 
fail  to  understand  the  trick  that  Nature  is 
playing.  Sometimes  he  regards  his  decline  in 
sexual  function  as  cause  for  a shift  in  his 
sexual  attentions,  so  he  lets  himself  be  at- 
tracted to  other  fields  of  indulgence — drinking, 
gambling,  women.  At  once  he  arouses  the  ire 
of  his  mate,  quarrels  ensue,  and  usually  the 
final  result  is — mutiny  in  the  home. 

A wife  usually  re-acts  to  her  husband’s  “change 
of  life”  by  becoming  suspicious  of  him,  loses 
confidence  in  him,  is  antagonistic  and  misunder- 
standing. She  does  not  understand  his  sudden 
loss  of  interest  in  her  and  is  surprised  that  she 
is  neglected  when  her  sexual  proclivities  are  no 
longer  luring  to  her  mate  as  they  were  in  earlier 
life.  She  may  become  jealous  and  accuse  him  of 
infidelity.  Quite  often  a wife  berates  her  husband 
publicly  and  privately.  She  believes  she  has  mar- 
ried a man  of  her  own  nature  and  does  not  realize 
that  he  is  physically  and  emotionally  different. 
Some  women  are  keenly  analytical  of  man’s 
genetic  behavior  and  know  more  about  their 
husbands  and  sons  than  they  do  about  their 
daughters  and  themselves.  They  are  usually  in- 
terested in  such  subjects  as  sane  sex  living,  sex 
ethics,  sex  freedom,  birth  control  and  maternal 
health,  and  seek  enlightenment  by  reading,  at- 
tending lectures  and  consulting  the  family  physi- 
cian. 

On  the  other  hand  a man  may  become  suspi- 


cious of  those  with  whom  he  is  working.  He 
feels  that  others  are  holding  him  down  and  are 
getting  the  better  of  him.  He  may  even  picture 
the  woman  with  whom  he  lives  as  a mere  object 
for  his  sexual  gratification  and  have  no  love  for 
her.  This  situation  may  terminate  ultimately,  and 
usually  does,  in  domestic  disaster. 

Woman  After  Forty 

The  menopause  connects  two  eventful  periods 
in  a woman’s  life,  the  span  of  childbearing  and 
the  later  years  of  greatest  intellectual  vigor.  The 
gloomy  picture  of  “change  of  life”  painted  by  the 
laity  is  thoroughly  unjustified.  It  has  been  said 
that  from  fifteen  to  forty  are  a woman’s  richest 
years — ^}^ears  of  vitality,  courage,  accomplishment, 
emotion,  charm.  Yet  there  is  a time  in  her  life 
after  forty  at  which  she  may  be  endowed  with 
frank  happiness  and  a healthy  vigor  of  mind  and 
body  heretofore  unsurpassed.  For  many  women 
of  the  upper  social  classes,  life  really  begins  at 
forty.  At  that  time  they  undergo  a temperamental 
renaissance.  Doctor  Graves,  the  eminent  gyne- 
cologist, aptly  puts  it : “Relieved  of  the  anxieties 
of  childbearing  and  the  annoyances  of  menstrual 
function,  and  reconciled  to  the  cosmetic  altera- 
tions of  old  age,  they  acquire  a mental  and  phys- 
ical vitality  never  before  experienced,  and  enjoy 
for  a decade  or  two  the  best  years  of  their  life.” 

Some  women  past  the  climacterium,  especially 
those  who  have  never  borne  children  and  those  of 
the  maiden  class,  may  acquire  an  attractiveness 
that  they  never  before  possessed. 

Intellectual  attainments  may  become  prom- 
inent. Often,  a woman  enters  a new  and  calm 
enjoyment  of  intellectual  occupations,  becomes 
an  important  factor  in  society  and  finds  more 
time  for  her  family  and  home.  To  offset  her 
decline  in  sex  life,  she  turns  to  writing,  art, 
politics,  and  many  other  worth-while  endeav- 
ors. History  tells  us  that  many  women  have  be- 
come nationally  famous  in  various  fields.  Ex- 
amples of  such  women  may  be  called  to  mem- 
ory and  are  observed  every  day  in  civic  life. 

The  woman  whose  life  has  been  spent  in 
mere  pleasure-seeking,  who  has  neglected  the 
cultivation  of  mind  and  heart,  and  who  knows 
nothing  of  the  peace  and  poise  found  in  the 
comforting  assurance  of  a Christian  faith,  finds 
life  wearisome  and  lonely.  When  she  dis- 
covers that  she  no  longer  attracts  the  opposite 


December,  1941 


967 


MARRIAGE  AFTER  FORTY— COLLIST 


sex  and  is  unable  to  acquire  new  interests,  she 
becomes  bitter,  repressed,  misunderstood,  and 
drifts  on  into  an  unhappy,  retrospective  old 
age. 

Upon  the'  mental  horizon  of  every  woman,  as 
she  approaches  the  forties,  there  looms  this  pend- 
ing crisis  through  which  she  must  inevitably 
pass.  In  the  minds  of  many,  tradition  has  in- 
stilled a fear  that  when  the  change  supervenes 
the  bloom  of  life  will  fade  and  the  burdens  of 
age  will  be  assumed.  She  may  sadly  refer  to  her 
more  youthful  attractions,  in  the  words,  “When 
I was  a woman.”  But  when  a woman  reaches 
maturity  she  should  not  be  impressed  with  the 
notion  that  her  life  is  limited  by  her  reproductive 
activity  and  by  her  reciprocal  relations  with  the 
opposite  sex,  and  that  after  the  cessation  of  this 
function  there  will  remain  little  of  interest  for  her 
during  the  remainder  of  her  mundane  existence 
other  than  to  train  her  daughters  to  occupy  a 
similar  field  of  procreation  activity.  A broader 
and  truer  view  is  that  life  is  a school  in  the 
vestibule  of  eternity  leading  to  larger  spheres  of 
activity,  responsibility  and  enjoyment,  and  each 
age  is  important  and  brings  its  own  opportunities 
for  spiritual  development  and  achievement. 

The  woman  after  forty  should  realize  that  her 
life  is  a treasury  filled  with  the  wealth  of  ex- 
perience that  she  has  accumulated  from  child- 
hood to  maturity.  Childhood,  the  age  of  acquisi- 
tiveness, discipline  and  untainted  joys ; early 
maturity,  with  its  happy  relationships  and  fascin- 
ating revelations  of  conjugal  life ; home,  husband, 
children — each  have  contributed  a most  valuable 
share.  And  now,  maturity,  merging  invisibly  as  it 
does,  into  old  age  and  the  more  abundant,  un- 
trammeled life  beyond,  places  the  crown  of 
experience  and  authority  upon  her  worthy  head. 
Many  of  our  noblest  citizens,  most  devoted  to 
the  common  welfare,  are  women  at  this  period 
of  life.  They  are  living  in  a period  of  rejuve- 
nescence— “The  gauge  of  their  age  is  not  years, 
but  vital  force.” 

Until  a few  years  ago  the  medical  profession 
had  little  to  offer  the  woman  suffering  from  the 
menopausal  syndrome.  Treatment  consisted 
chiefly  of  sedatives  and  psychotherapy,  but  today 
the  progress  of  scientific  medicine  has  made  it 
possible  to  relieve  the  troublesome  symptoms  of 
the  climacterium  and  to  do  much  to  make  a 
woman’s  life  enjoyable  to  her.  The  woman  who 


is  unable  to  adjust  herself  to  the  conditions  of 
life  under  which  she  is  living  frequently  asks 
herself  the  question,  “Why  was  I born  a wom- 
an?” and  then  often  finds  escape  from  her  emo- 
tional difficulties  in  illness. 

The  profound  economic  and  social  changes 
that  have  occurred  in  the  lives  of  most  American 
women  and  those  of  other  civilized  countries 
during  the  last  fifty  years  have  directed  new 
interest  to  the  health  problems  which  concern 
women  particularly.  The  economic  independence 
of  woman  plays  an  important  part  in  her  health. 
In  order  to  keep  herself  physically  fit  so  that  she 
may  compete  with  man  in  the  world  today,  a 
woman  should  pay  particular  attention  to  her 
physical  and  mental  health.  The  responsibilit}’ 
for  domestic  management  involves  a much  greater 
output  of  physical  energy  than  that  to  which  a 
woman  has  been  accustomed. 

One  is  led  to  believe  that  the  health  of  a 
married  woman  is  more  precarious  than  that  of 
her  unmarried  sister,  but  it  appears  that  the 
reverse  is  actually  the  case.  The  biologic  norm 
is  more  closely  fulfilled  by  marriage  which  in- 
creases the  mental  and  bodily  well-being  of  a 
woman,  provided  the  simple  rules  of  health  are 
followed.  Goodwin  in  the  “Health  of  the  Mar- 
ried Woman”  states  that  when  a woman  marries 
there  are  four  main  directions  in  which  her  life 
is  altered ; 

1.  Responsibility  for  domestic  management. 

2.  Companionate  life. 

3.  Sex  life. 

4.  Reproductive  life. 

The  problem  of  companionate  existence  for 
a woman  who  marries  is  likely  to  be  more 
difficult  than  for  a man.  This  is  largely  be- 
cause most  men  have  always  been  to  some 
extent  dependent  on  female  supervision,  while 
a woman  generally  develops  a philosophy  of 
independence  to  the  opposite  sex. 

Upon  the  gynecologist  today  rests  the  dif- 
ficult task  of  guiding  a woman  through  this 
most  trying  period  of  her  life  to  the  end  that 
she  may  safely  reach  the  quiet  waters  and 
serene  environment  of  a happy  mature  age. 
“This  channel  is  beset  with  treacherous  rocks 
and  shoals  upon  which  the  ship  of  health  of 
woman  may  only  too  readily  be  wrecked  or 
stranded.” 


968 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


EXFOLIATIVE  DERMATITIS— BAKER 


Conclusion 

Success  and  happiness  in  married  life  depend 
chiefly  upon  a well-balanced  mutual  relation  of 
husband  and  wife.  After  forty  this  should  in- 
clude an  intimate  understanding  of  the  changes 
taking  place  in  their  natures.  Both  must  realize 
that  married  life  cannot  go  on  indefinitely  on  a 
diet  of  romance,  but  that  good  comradeship  and 
mutual  respect  must  exist  and  thrive  continuously. 
There  must  be  mutual  respect  for  each  other’s 
personality,  good  sense  and  judgment,  entire 
confidence  and  frankness  when  problems  arise 
and  responsibilities  present  themselves.  Hap- 
piness, contentment,  and  life  abundant  will  be 
the  result. 

The  family  of  today  should  control  its  social 
behavior  by  a code  of  irreproachable  manners, 
morals  and  customs.  It  should  be  a one-wife, 
one-husband  family  for  man  is  no  more  polyg- 
amous than  woman  is  polyandrous.  Polygamy 
and  polyandry  are  innovations  in  human  society  as 
are  infanticide,  prostitution,  celibacy,  homosexual- 
ity, autoeroticism,  and  other  sex  psychoses,  which 
are  “as  barren  as  vestal  virgins  and  biologically  as 
useless.” 

Modernistic  marriage  has  come  into  existence 
during  the  last  few  years.  Our  experience  with 
it  is  too  inadequate  to  really  accept  it  as  a part 
of  our  present  social  structure.  It  may  be  likened 
to  a mirage — a vision  of  sensuous  splendor  which 
appeals  at  first  but  soon  fades  into  an  unsuc- 
cessful experiment. 

The  increase  of  number  of  divorces  and  broken 
homes  in  the  United  States  makes  another  phase 
of  marriage  education  imperative.  There  is  a 
tendency  at  the  present  time  to  place  too  much 
importance  on  the  physical  side  of  marriage.  It 
is  important,  but  not  all  important.  Each  party 
to  a marriage  should  understand  that  love,  good 
old  fashioned  love,  not  just  a passing  whim, 
must  exist. 

“Life  is  not  a stagnant  pool,  it  is  a flowing 
river  carrying  the  human  race  to  higher  stand- 
ards, to  newer  and  better  things,  to  more  complete 
understanding  of  our  environment  and  to  mar- 
velous revelations  of  the  potentialities  within 
ourselves.” 

=r-r=[V|SMS 


Sulfathiazole  in  Exfoliative 
Dermatitis 

By  Henry  K.  Baker,  M.D. 

Flint,  Michigan 

Henry  K.  Baker,  M.D. 

M.D.,  N orthwestern  University,  1935.  Mem- 
ber, Genesee  Co'u.nty  Medical  Society;  Mem- 
ber, Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  record  an- 
other® case  of  recovery  in  massive  exfoliative 
dermatitis  treated  with  sulfapyridine,  and,  par- 
ticularly, to  suggest  that  massive  wet  exfoliative 
dermatitis,  or  “epidermolysis,”  is  a symptom  of 
a severe  toxic  or  septic  state,  and  that  what  have 
been  previously  felt  to  be  clinical  entities,  namely 
neonatal  pemphigus  and  Ritter’s  disease,  may 
occur  at  ages  other  than  neonatal  infancy,  and 
may  possibly  not  be  entities  at  all  but  merely 
types  of  reaction  to  a septicemia,  bacteremia,  or 
localized  staphylococcic  infection. 

Ritter  von  Rittershain,  in  1870,  first  described 
an  acute  disease  of  the  first  month  (usually  first 
week)  of  life,  associated  with  massive  epider- 
molysis, septic  course  and  usually  fatal  outcome. 
He  reported  some  297  cases  in  ten  years.  Since 
then  fewer  and  scantier  reports  are  found  and, 
although  Ritter  himself  believed  this  disease  a 
pyogenic  infection,  the  literature  is  confused  re- 
garding the  cause  and  also  regarding  its  relation- 
ship to  pemphigus  neonatorum,  which,  in  chil- 
dren at  least,  is  generally  agreed  to  be  a staphylo- 
coccus skin  infection. 

Hart^  described  two  institutional  epidemics  of 
pemphigus  neonatorum  and  Daveo^  one,  in  which 
the  skin  manifestations  and  the  clinical  courses 
varied  from  mild  illness  with  a few  discrete  bullae 
to  massive  exfoliative  dermatitis  with  septic 
course  and  termination  indistinguishable  from 
Ritter’s  disease.  Daveo  states  that  he  feels  that 
Ritter’s  disease  is  merely  a fulminating  and  more 
massive  type  of  pemphigus  neonatorum. 

The  pathology  of  Ritter’s  (Cailliau,^  Kendall®) 
is  not  different  from  that  found  in  fatal  pem- 
phigus cases,  only  the  rapidity  of  the  clinical 
course  and  extent  of  dermolysis  seem  to  vary. 

While  Raschkes’’  reports  a case  of  an  infant 
bom  with  established  Ritter’s  disease,  most  cases, 
as  for  pemphigus  neonatorum,  start  in  the  first 
week  and  recover  or  die  in  the  second  or  third. 


December,  1941 


969 


EXFOLIATIVE  DERMATITIS— BAKER 


though  one  of  Ritter’s  own  cases  occurred  in  the 
seventh  month  of  life. 

It  is  because  of  this  reported  neonatal  inci- 
dence that  we  offer  the  present  case  with  some 
hesitation  and  explanation. 

Case  Report 

The  patient,  L.  A.  B.,  was  a white  male,  aged  fifteen 
months,  weight  22  pounds.  Normal  at  birth  and  of  7 
pounds  weight,  he  was  the  fourth  male  offspring.  The 
family  history  was  normal  except  that  an  older  sibling 
had  died  of  erysipelas  before  the  birth  of  the  patient. 

This  patient  was  well  until  February  5,  1941,  when 
he  broke  out  with  measles,  acquired  from  an  older 
brother.  He  was  up  and  about  again  by  February  15 
and  seemed  recovered  when  on  February  18  he  ap- 
peared irritable,  refused  supper  and  went  to  bed  early. 
At  2 :00  A.M.  he  was  found  in  severe  convulsion,  with 
high  fever,  followed  by  drowsiness  and  very  rapid  pulse 
but  negative  neurological  findings.  At  4 :00  A.M.  the 
convulsion  was  repeated,  the  fever  104,  the  pulse  160 
and  the  respirations  40.  At  7 :00  A.M.  the  convulsion 
was  repeated  again  and  the  patient  was  taken  to  Hurley 
Hospital.  At  9 :00  A.M.  the  skin  was  carefully  ex- 
amined for  petechiae  as  possible  evidence  of  epidemic 
meningitis,  and  none  were  found.  At  9 :30  A.M.  a 
spinal  puncture  was  done  and  the  skin  stood  a vigorous 
preparation  with  7 per  cent  iodine  followed  by  alcohol. 
The  spinal  fluid,  under  20  mm.  mercury  pressure, 
showed  three  lymphocytes,  negative  Randy,  negative 
serology  and  a flat  gold  curve.  During  the  day  a blood 
count  and  blood  culture  were  made.  The  child  took 
fluids,  was  irritable  when  aroused  but  in  general  quite 
stuporous  with  occasional  carpo-pedal  twitchings.  The 
temperature  varied  from  101  to  103.  The  pulse  varied 
from  160  to  uncountable  and  the  respirations  from  60  to 
80  a minute  although  the  breathing  was  easy  and  the 
chest  clear.  When  the  patient  was  seen  at  5 ;00  P.M.  the 
same  evening  a few  blebs  at  the  corners  of  the  mouth 
and  some  on  the  forehead  were  noted,  and  the  nurse 
stated  she  had  first  noted  these  at  about  3 :00  P.M. 
These  were  typical  inflammatory  bullae,  but  on  further 
examination,  loose  patches  of  wet  skin  which  peeled 
away  in  sheets  leaving  red,  raw  oozing  surfaces  were 
discovered  on  the  chest,  back,  buttocks  and  glove 
and  stocking  areas  of  the  hands  and  feet.  I have 
emphasized  the  time  relationships  here  to  show  how 
quickly  and  completely  the  skin  lesions  developed.  The 
denuded  areas,  which  denuded  upon  slightest  trauma, 
looked  exactly  like  second  degree  burns  when  the  skin 
came  off.  With  the  diagnosis  of  pemphigus  neonator- 
um in  mind  sulfapyridine  therapy  was  started,  but 
the  dermolysis  here  seen  is  not  to  be  confused  with 
the  chronic  slowly  spreading  bullous  lesion  described 
in  textbooks  as  pemphigus.  Tannic  acid  5 per  cent  in 
a water-base  jelly  (a  proprietary  form)  was  used  for 
the  desquamating  areas,  exactly  as  for  burns,  and  all 
areas  subsequently  healed  exactly  as  for  noninfected 
burned  surfaces.  The  blood  count  showed  45,000  w.b.c. 
on  admission  and  this  rose,  with  the  fever,  to  60,000 


w.b.c.  in  the  first  eighteen  hours  of  treatment,  and 
then  fell  steadily  (as  did  the  fever)  as  the  patient 
improved  during  the  next  eight  to  ten  days.  After 
eighteen  hours  of  sulfapyridine  therapy  the  tempera- 
ture began  its  fall,  the  new  areas  of  desquamation  were 
reduced  and  at  twenty-four  hours,  the  child  had  changed 
from  a drowsy  moribund  pallorous  infant  to  an  ill, 
fretful,  active  child  of  good  color.  At  forty-eight  hours 
the  sulfapyridine  was  stopped  because  of  diarrhea, 
marked  abdominal  distension  and  vomiting.  In  eight 
hours  sulfathiazole  was  started  and  continued  for  the 
next  eight  days  and  the  child  progressed  steadily  to 
recovery. 

The  admission  blood  culture  showed  hemolytic  Staph- 
ylococcus aureus,  and  the  same  organism  was  again  re- 
covered on  the  third  day,  many  colonies  being  obtained 
from  only  two  cubic  centimeters  of  blood.  The  hemo- 
globin showed  a rapid  decline  after  three  days  and  three 
small  transfusions  were  given. 

The  medication  consisted  of  68  grains  of  sulfapyri- 
dine in  the  first  fifty-two  hours  of  therapy,  or  a total 
of  1.5  grains  per  pound  per  day.  In  the  next  eight 
days  the  dose  averaged  19  grains  a day,  or  not  quite 
one  grain  per  pound  per  day.  All  drugs  were  stopped 
on  the  tenth  day  when  the  temperature  had  been  nor- 
mal for  forty-eight  hours.  Recovery  continued  and  has 
been  complete  to  date. 

Discussion 

One  case  warrants  very  little  discussion,  but 
from  the  experiences  of  others,  as  reviewed  in 
the  literature,  and  a consideration  of  this 
case,  I feel  that  epidermolysis  is  probably  a 
symptom  and  not  a disease.  It  is  probably  a 
symptom  of  a severe  septicemia,  usually  due  to 
staphylococcus  aureus,  or  of  a severe  toxemia 
related  to  a staphylococcus  infection,  and  that 
Ritter’s  disease,  like  severe  pemphigus  neona- 
torum is  probably  an  infant  or  neonatal  form  of 
staphlococcic  septicemia  which  may  occur  at  later 
times  in  childhood.  Ritter’s  disease  is  rarely  re- 
ported now.  No  one  has  ever  matched  his  297 
cases,  which  suggests  that  its  present  rarity  and 
the  increasing  rarity  since  his  day,  as  well  as  the 
increasing  rarity  of  pemphigus,  is  related  to  im- 
proved general  infant  hygiene.  I agree  with 
Ryan®  that  the  new  sulfonamide  compounds  offer 
a great  new  hope  in  this  disease  and  that  if 
further  cases  like  these  are  reported,  the  very 
fact  that  these  drugs  effect  a cure  is  presumptive 
evidence  of  the  nature  of  the  causative  agent. 
I point  to  the  heavy  doses  of  the  drugs  used 
and  urge  that  further  observers  take  blood  cul- 
tures and  report  their  cases.  I feel  that  the 
bullps  or  the  extensive  epidermolysis  are  toxic 


970 


Jour.  M.S.M.S 


REGISTRATION  OF  VITAL  STATISTICS— KLEINSCHMIDT 


phenomena  and  not  due  to  infection  primarily 
although  staphylococci  are  found  in  some  blebs 
and  may  be  cultured  from  the  oozing  surfaces. 


Summary 

A case  of  wet  exfoliative  dermatitis  associated 
with  hemolytic  staphylococcus  aureus  septicemia 
in  a child  of  fifteen  months  is  reported.  It  is 
suggested  that  epidermolysis  may  be  a symptom 
of  septicemia  and  that  the  two  children’s  diseases 
showing  this  phenomenon,  namely  Ritter’s  disease 
and  pemphigus  neonatorum,  may  be  related 
staphylococcic  septicemias.  Chemotherapy  now 
seems  to  be  the  treatment  of  choice. 


Bibliography 

1.  Cailliau,  F. : Exfoliative  dermatitis  of  nurslings.  Post- 

mortem. Ann.  d’Anat.  et  Path.,  11:911,  (Dec.)  1934. 

2.  Daveo:  Epidemic  pemphigus  of  the  newborn.  Ritter’s 

disease.  Bulletin  de  la  Soc.  d’Obst.  et  de  Gynec.,  24:150, 
(Feb.)  1935. 

3.  Elias,  H. : Contributions  to  study  of  Ritter’s  disease  (three 
cases).  Clin,  Pediat.,  16:47  Qan.)  1934. 

4.  Flusser,  E. : Acute  dermatitis  of  the  newborn.  Monat- 

schrift  f.  Kinderh.,  67:279,  1936. 

5.  Hart,  F.  D.:  Pemphigus  neonatorum.  Two  epidemics. 

Brit.  Jour.  Derm,  and  Syph.,  50:118,  (March)  1938. 

6.  Kendall,  Norman:  Ritter’s  disease:  Case  report  with  autopsy. 
Jour.  Ped.,  15:133,  (Nov.)  1939. 

7.  Raschkes,  I. : The  question  of  dermatitis.  Exfoliativa 

neonatorum.  Archiv.  f.  Gynak.,  139:669,  (Jan.  27)  1930. 

8.  Ryan,  N.  W.  : Ritter’s  disease  treated  with  sulfapyridine. 

Am.  Jour.  Dis.  Children,  59:1057,  (May)  1940. 


f\/|SMS 


IS  THE  DANGER  PAST? 

On  September  24,  Mr.  Charles  A.  Togut,  speaking 
before  the  National  Fraternal  Congress  of  America, 
warned  that  state  or  governmental  medicine  will  par- 
alyze the  country’s  fifty  million  voters  and  destroy  the 
private  practice  of  medicine.  He  said : 

“National  Defense  has  catapaulted  the  issue  of  the 
‘Nation’s  Health’  onto  the  front  page  of  every  news- 
paper and  onto  the  burning  wires  of  every  radio  trans- 
mitter. As  in  nations  ruled  by  the  sword,  malicious, 
propagandists  are  piercing  the  heart  of  our  incompa- 
rable system  of  medical  care. 

“The  Congress  of  the  United  States  is  weighing  the 
destiny  of  our  peoples  and  of  our  doctors  with  numer- 
ous authoritarian  legislative  medical  measures.  The 
battle  of  the  century,  the  government  versus  the  Amer- 
ican Medical  Association,  is  but  a prelude  to  the  condi- 
tioning processes  of  a National  Planned  Medical  Care 
Program,  unless  the  American  peoples,  the  doctors,  the 
industrialists,  the  leaders  of  labor  and  capital  can 
smother  the  most  powerful  propaganda  factory  in  the 
world  and  inaugurate  fighting  means  and  methods  to 
unite  the  leaders  of  medicine  and  industry  in  a pro- 
gressive Health  Insurance  Movement.” 

Today  there  is  greater  cause  for  fear  and  a greater 
need  for  constant  and  intelligent  vigilance  than  at  any 
previous  time  if  the  independence  of  medicine  is  to  be 
preserved. — National  Physicians  Committee. 

December,  1941 


Movement  for  the  Registration 
of  Vital  Statistics 


By  Earl  E.  Kleinschmidt,  M.D.,  Dr.P.H. 
Chicago,  Illinois 


Earl  E.  Kleinschmidt,  M.D.,  Dr.P.H. 

B.S.,  University  of  Mich-gan,  1927;  M.S., 
University  of  Michigan,  1928;  M.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1930;  Dr.P.H.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1936.  Diplomate,  National  Board 
of  Medical  Examiners,  1931.  Assistant  Editor- 
in-Chief,  ‘‘Journal  of  School  Health,”  1935 
to  present.  Chairman,  Department  of  Pre- 
ventive Medicine,  Public  Health  and  Bac- 
teriology, Loyola  University  School  of  Medi- 
cine, 1938  to  present.  President,  American 
School  Health  Associatioji.  Member,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

Efficient  registration  of  births,  marriages,  and  deaths 
has  so  many  points  of  moral,  legal,  and  commercial 
interest,  that  we  might  expect  more  earnest  calls  upon 
the  law  makers  from  other  sources.  But  experience 
proves  that  none  realize  its  importance  so  much  as  the 
medical  statistician,  and  on  us  devolves  the  duty  of 
pressing  its  claims. 

J.  H.  Beech,  M.D.,  Coldwater,  1857.^ 

■ Prior  to  1850  the  only  available  statistics  of 

Michigan  consisted  of  census  returns  made  in 
1840  by  the  federal  government.^  This  was  the 
first  census  of  Michigan  as  a state.  It  was  re- 
corded at  that  time  as  having  212,267  inhabi- 
tants.^ In  1850,  this  number  had  increased  to 
397,654,  a gain  of  185,387  persons ; in  1860  the 
State  had  749,113  inhabitants;  and  by  1870  it 
had  increased  to  1,184,059  people;^  making  it  the 
thirteenth  state®  in  point  of  population. 

In  1856,  a law  was  enacted  which  required  the 
registration  of  marriages,  but  it  was  carelessly 
observed.  “So  little  attention  has  been  paid  to 
it,”  said  Dr.  N.  B.  Stebbins  of  Detroit,  “that  the 
records  in  the  clerk’s  office  in  the  county  of 
Wayne — the  most  populous  county  in  the  State 
— show,  as  we  are  informed,  that  only  419  mar- 
riages were  recorded  in  that  office  for  the  year 
1856.”®  The  law  had  many  imperfect  features, 
and  accordingly  those  entrusted  with  the  duty  of 
carrying  out  its  provisions,  though  subject  to 
heavy  penalty  for  neglect,  wilfully  ignored  its 
provisions.  One  reason  perhaps  that  accounted 
for  this  state  of  affairs  was  the  fact  that  no 
annual  report  was  required  of  the  registrars.'^ 

^Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  4:535,  (April)  1857. 

^Jour.  House  of  Rep.  State  of  Michig-an,  1:11,  1872. 

^Loc.  cit. 

^Loc.  cit. 

5J^OC,  Cit 

Mbid’..  3 1613.  1857:  An.  Rep.  M.S.M.S.,  1:91,  1859. 

^An.  Rep.  M.S.M.S.,  1 :84,  1859. 


971 


REGISTRATION  OF  VITAL  STATISTICS— KLEINSCHMIDT 


Efforts  of  State  Medical  Society  to  Secure 
Registration  Law 

As  is  indicated  by  the  quotation  found  at  the 
beginning  of  this  article,  the  medical  profession 
had  a deep  interest  in  the  proper  registration  of 
vital  statistics  in  the  state.  This  interest  mani- 
fested itself  soon  after  the  State  Medical  So- 
ciety was  organized  in  1853.  The  physicians 
most  responsible  for  initiating  the  movement  for 
the  establishment  of  a registration  law  in  the 
state  were  the  following : Dr.  J.  H.  Beech  of 

Coldwater,  Dr.  N.  B.  Stebbins  of  Detroit,  Dr. 
J.  Adams  Allen  of  Kalamazoo,  Dr.  George  B, 
Wilson  of  Port  Huron,  Dr.  J.  J.  Noyes  of  De- 
troit, Dr.  J.  H.  Jerome  of  Saginaw  City,  and 
Dr.  Zina  Pitcher  of  Detroit. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  influence  which 
served  to  stimulate  Michigan  physicians  to  take 
steps  in  this  direction  were  the  activities  of  the 
American  Medical  Association.  In  1853,  Dr.  B. 
R.  Welford  of  Virginia,  in  his  presidential  ad- 
dress, urged  the  enactment  of  laws  in  various 
states  for  the  securing  of  a uniform  system  of 
registration  of  births,  marriages,  and  deaths.® 
During  this  same  meeting  a committee  was  ap- 
pointed of  which  Dr.  N.  B.  Stebbins  of  Detroit 
was  a member.®  This  committee  “On  Registra- 
tion of  Marriages,  Births,  and  Deaths”  subse- 
quently made  an  extensive  report  at  the  ninth 
annual  meeting  of  the  Association  at  Detroit  in 
1856.  The  summary  of  this  report  was  as  fol- 
lows : 

1.  The  Secretary,  or  some  other  officer  of  State, 
shall  prepare  and  circulate  to  the  towns,  cities,  or 
counties  as  the  case  may  be,  blank  forms,  for 
returns,  based  upon  the  system  and  nosological 
arrangement  adopted  in  the  preparation  of  the 
mortality  statistics  of  the  last  census  of  the  United 
States.  (It  has  been  suggested  that  mumps  be 
added  to  the  list  of  diseases.) 

2.  The  birth  of  every  child  shall  be  recorded  by  the 
parent  or  owner  of  the  child,  stating  distinctly 
the  time  of  its  birth,  the  name  and  nativity  of  both 
its  parents,  and  whether  it  be  the  first,  second  or 
any  other  number,  by  the  same  parents. 

3.  Every  marriage  shall  be  recorded  by  the  person 
who  solemnizes  the  marriage  contract,  stating  the 
names  and  nativity  of  both  parties. 

4.  Every  death  shall  be  recorded  by  the  person  hav- 
ing charge  of  the  premises  on  which  the  death 
shall  have  occurred,  and  the  record  shall  distinctly 
set  forth  the  cause  of  the  death,  according  to  the 
certificate  of  the  physician  having  had  charge  of 

®Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  1 :43,  1853. 

»Ibid.,  3:24,  1855. 


the  patient,  or  according  to  the  best  of  his  infor- 
mation which  can  be  obtained,  together  with  the 
name,  activity,  age,  sex,  color,  and  occupation  of 
the  deceased ; and  these  several  records  shall  be 
given  to  the  clerk  of  the  town,  city,  or  county, 
as  the  case  may  be,  and  he  shall  make  a return 
of  them,  according  to  the  blank  forms  which  he 
shall  have  received,  to  the  Secretary  or  other 
officer  of  State  who  shall  annually  publish  the 
same.i<> 

In  1858,  at  a similar  meeting  held  at  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.,  by  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation, Dr.  George  Mendenhall  of  Ohio,  Chair- 
man of  the  Committee  on  Medical  Topography 
and  Epidemic  Diseases  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and 
Michigan,  recommended  to  the  assembly  that 
Congress  be  petitioned  to  pass  a law  by  which 
a uniform  system  of  registration  might  be  adopt- 
ed by  all  states  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  cor- 
rect vital  statistics  by  those  whose  duty  it  would 
be  to  take  the  census  of  1860.^^ 

Steps  being  taken  by  other  states  also  influ- 
enced Michigan  physicians  to  work  for  a law  of 
this  kind.  A pioneer  in  many  ways,  Massa- 
chusetts was  the  first  state  to  collect  vital  sta- 
tistics in  this  counti^'.^^  It  had  passed  a law  for 
the  collection  of  statistics  of  births,  marriages, 
and  deaths  as  early  as  1842.^®  The  first  annual  j 
report  was  made  February  7,  1843.^^  The  pri- 
ority of  this  achievement  is  apparently  disputable, 
for  according  to  available  records.  Dr.  B.  R. 
Welford  of  Virginia,  on  the  occasion  of  the 
sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  at  New  York,  reminded  his  listeners 
that  his  state  had  set  the  example  for  other 
states  by  the  enactment  of  a law  for  the  regis- 
tration of  marriages,  births,  and  deaths.^®  New 
York  passed  such  a law  in  1847,  making  its  first 
annual  report  in  April,  1848.^®  Ohio  passed  a 
similar  law  in  1856.^^  By  1859,  Rhode  Island, 
Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  Kentucky,  Vermont, 
and  South  Carolina  had  passed  laws  for  the  reg- 
istration of  bfrths,  marriages  and  deaths.^® 

According  to  available  accounts,  the  provisions 
of  these  laws  already  enacted  in  other  states  were 

^®An.  Rep.  M.S.M.S.,  op.  cit.,  p.  89. 

^iPen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  1 •.667,  1859. 

«Jour.  H.  of  Rep.  State  of  Mich.,  2:1149,  1867. 

«An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  9:108. 

^qour.  H.  of  Rep.  State  of  Mich.,  op.  cit. 

'®Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  1 :43,  1853. 

^®Jour.  H.  of  Rep.  State  of  Mich.,  op.  cit.;  The  New  York 
system  of  registration  of  births  and  deaths  was  originated  by 
Dr.  Thomas  C.  Brinsmade  of  Troy,  N.  Y.  who  for  20  years 
kept  a tabulated  view  of  his  practice.  (An.  Rep.  M.S.M.S.,  op. 
cit.,  p.  79.) 

’’Pen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  1 :667,  1859. 

’*An.  Rep.  M.S.M.S.,  op.  cit.,  p.  83. 


972 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


REGISTRATION  OF  VITAL  STATISTICS— KLEINSCHMIDT 


carefully  scrutinized  by  physicians  in  Michigan. 
In  his  report  as  Chairman  of  the  Committee 
on  Vital  Statistics  of  the  State  Medical  Society 
in  1859,  Dr.  George  B.  Wilson  of  Port  Huron 
praised  the  method  of  registration  being  car- 
ried out  in  New  York  State,  and  urged  that  a 
similar  method  be  adopted  by  the  Legislature  of 
Michigan.^®  Apparently  the  registration  law 
of  Ohio  failed  to  function  properly  at  the  start, 
for  Dr.  George  Mendenhall,  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  Medical  Topography  and  Epidemic 
Diseases  in  Ohio,  reported  in  1858  at  the  meet- 
ing of  the  American  Medical  Association  in 
Washington,  D.  C.,  that  he  was  unable  to  se- 
cure any  data  on  births,  deaths,  and  marriages 
because  of  “culpable  inattention  on  the  part  of 
those  whose  duty  it  was  to  furnish  blanks  and 
collect  information  for  these  statistics.”^” 

Cognizant  of  the  trend  of  events  elsewhere, 
particularly  as  revealed  in  the  several  reports 
made  at  meetings  of  the  American  Medical  Asso- 
ciation,^^ several  Michigan  physicians  took  steps 
to  interest  others  in  the  subject  at  meetings  of 
district  and  state  societies.  At  a meeting  of  the 
State  Medical  Society  on  March  26,  1856,  Dr. 
J.  H.  Beech  of  Coldwater  read  a paper  on  “Ob- 
servations of  Diseases  at  Coldwater,  Michigan  in 
1855.”  In  this  report  he  presented  a record  of 
mortality  according  to  age.^^  At  this  same  meet- 
ing, Dr.  Zina  Pitcher  of  Detroit  called  attention 
to  some  Registration  Reports  of  the  State  of 
Rhode  Island  for  the  years  1853  and  1854,  which 
on  motion  were  referred  to  Dr.  N.  B.  Stebbins 
for  further  study.^® 

“The  publication  of  the  statistics  which 
would  be  collected  by  a well-matured  and  rig- 
idly enforced  registry  law,”  said  Dr.  Stebbins 
the  following  year  at  a similar  meeting  held 
at  Lansing,  “would  serve  as  an  annual  lesson 
on  the  laws  of  human  life  in  their  operation 
upon  ourselves,  a kind  of  practical  physiology 
taught  in  all  our  towns  and  at  every  fire- 
side, far  more  instructive  and  impressive  than 
any  derived  from  books  teaching  the  principles 
and  laws  of  life  developed  by  our  national 
constitution,  as  actually  existing  under  sur- 

«Ibid.,  p.  78. 

**Pen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  1 :667,  1859. 

”At  several  meetings  of  the  American  Medical  Association  in 
the  period  1847-1858,  recommendations  were  made  to  the  differ- 
ent states  to  adopt  a regular  system  of  registration  of  births, 
marriages  and  deaths.  (Pen.  and'  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  1 :176,  1858.) 

“Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  3 :497,  1856. 

“Ibid.,  p.  495. 

December,  1941 


rounding  influences,  and  pointing  to  the  means 
for  their  improvement  and  modification.”  And 
he  further  asserted,  “Statistics  of  mortality, 
showing  the  extent  and  causes  of  death  in 
different  localities  have  been  demonstrated  by 
the  experience  of  those  States  and  countries 
where  such  a law  exists,  as  of  the  first  impor- 
tance in  many  respects.  In  determining 
whether  death  in  certain  cases  results  from 
natural  causes  or  otherwise,  whether  by  dis- 
ease or  violence,  murder,  or  accident,  it  has 
been  frequently  found  of  the  greatest  mo- 
ment in  the  trial  of  important  causes  in  the 
courts.  Much  information  would  also  be 
elicited  as  the  influence  of  occupation  upon 
health,  in  regard  to  hereditary  taint,  and  it 
would  do  much  too,  to  awaken  the  public  to 
the  necessity  of  preventing  the  introduction 
of  pestilential  diseases.  Not  the  least  of  these 
is  the  facility  it  would  afford  in  collecting 
statistics  of  population,  in  ascertaining  the 
relative  number  of  births  to  deaths,  and  of 
males  to  females.”  “It  is  to  remedy  the  de- 
fects of  the  law,”  he  said,  “so  as  hereafter  to 
compel  a more  general  compliance  with  it, 
and  to  couple  with  it  a provision  also  requir- 
ing a careful  and  faithful  registry  of  all  the 
births  and  marriages  in  the  State,  that  the 
action  of  the  Legislature  is  now  required.”^ 

The  meeting  of  the  State  Medical  Society  the 
following  year  saw  many  things  transpire  which 
were  to  further  intensify  interest  in  the  problem 
so  ably  discussed  by  Dr.  Stebbins.  Of  utmost 
significance  were  the  remarks  of  Dr.  J.  Adams 
Allen,  President  of  the  Society.  “The  profes- 
sion should  combine  to  secure  periodical  and 
complete  reports  of  the  three  principal  epochs  in 
every  person’s  history,”  said  Dr.  Allen,  “viz., 
birth,  marriage,  and  death.  Without  this  clue 
there  can  be  no  rational  comparison  of  the  rela- 
tive salubrity  of  different  districts  of  the  country, 
nor  any  accurate  data  upon  which  to  found  one 
of  the  most  important  problems  of  political  econ- 
omy ; namely,  given  a certain  population  in  a 
particular  district,  how  long  before  it  will  be 
doubled  or  reduced  to  a moiety? — a question  in- 
volving the  very  highest  interests  of  the  com- 
monwealth. A registration  of  births  and  deaths 
combined  with  periodical  reports  from  the  vari- 


“Ibid.,  4:615,  1857. 


973 


REGISTRATION  OF  VITAL  STATISTICS— KLEINSCHMIDT 


ous  entreports  of  immigration,  would  furnish  a 
reliable  constant  census — I need  not  speak  here 
of  its  advantages  in  a merely  civil  point  of  view, 
inheritances  and  the  like,  but  considered  only  in 
a professional  light — it  would  tend  to  the  elucida- 
tion of  a vast  number  of  unexpected  truths.” 
Referring  to  the  vast  amount  of  propaganda  be- 
ing spread  elsewhere  relative  to  the  supposed 
unhealthfulness  of  Michigan,  he  said,  “This  error 
a faithful  registration  would  speedily  dispel  and 
the  augmented  population  and  wealth  which 
would  then  throng  upon  us  to  improve  our 
matchless  resources,  our  soil  of  unsurpassable 
fertility,  and  inexhaustible  store  of  mineral  and 
forest  riches,  would  quickly  repay  thousand  fold 
the  trivial  expense  involved.”^ 

So  impressed  were  the  members  of  the  Society 
with  Dr.  Allen’s  views  that  a committee  was 
appointed  in  an  endeavor  to  carry  them  out,  and 
Dr.  Allen  was  made  chairman  of  this  commit- 
tee.^® 

During  the  same  meeting.  Dr.  N.  B.  Stebbins 
of  Detroit  submitted  a report  on  registration. 
Dr.  Stockwell  of  Port  Huron  read  a volunteer 
paper  by  Dr.  Geo,  B.  Wilson,  also  of  Port 
Huron,  on  the  “Necessity  and  Proper  Method 
of  Obtaining  Vital  Statistics.”  This  was  en- 
thusiastically received  by  the  membership,  and 
Dr.  Wilson  voted  the  thanks  of  the  Society. 
In  addition.  Dr,  J.  H.  Beech  of  Coldwater  pre- 
sented: a paper  embracing  the  vital  statistics  of 
Coldwater  for  1858.  Records  of  mortality,  tem- 
perature, wind,  clouds,  and  storms  were  exhibited 
by  Dr.  Beech.^’^ 

Efforts  to  lay  the  matter  of  a registration  law 
before  the  legislature  were  made  in  1857,  and 
again  in  1859.  As  chairman  of  the  Committee 
on  State  Affairs  in  favor  of  a law  for  the  Reg- 
istration of  Marriages,  Births,  and  Deaths,  Dr. 
N.  B.  Stebbins  labored  for  the  passage  of  such 
a bill  in  1857,  but  owing  to  the  shortness  of  the 
legislative  session  and  the  amount  of  business 
to  be  transacted,  the  bill  was  left  untouched.^® 
At  the  meeting  of  the  State  Medical  Society 
in  1859,  Dr.  Stebbins  recommended  that  a com- 
mittee be  appointed  to  report  a resolution  and 
petition  in  favor  of  a registration  law  to  be  en- 
acted by  the  legislature  during  the  current  ses- 

“An.  Rep.  M.S.M.S.,  op.  cit.,  p.  18. 

®*Ibid.,  p.  6;  Pen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  1:702,  1859. 

®^Pen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  1 :703,  1859. 

2«Pen.  Jour.  Med.,  4:613,  1857. 

974 


sion.^®  Dr.  Beech  offered  a resolution  to  the 
same  effect  as  follows : 

Resolved,  That  this  Society  earnestly  recommend 
to  the  Honorable  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representa- 
tives that  they  do,  at  the  earliest  practicable  date,  en- 
act the  necessary  laws  requiring  and  providing  for 
the  thorough  registration  of  births,  marriages,  and 
deaths,  occurring  in  this  State.^° 

Shortly  afterwards  petitions  were  circulated 
among  the  physicians  of  the  state  by  the  Com- 
mittee on  Vital  Statistics  consisting  of  Drs,  Geo. 
B.  Wilson  and  Stockwell  of  Port  Huron  as 
follows : 

To  the  Honorable  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of 

Michigan ; 

Your  petitioners,  the  undersigned  citizens  of  this 
State,  respectfully  pray  your  Honorable  Body  to  pass 
a law  requiring  the  registration  of  Births  and  Deaths 
occurring  in  this  State,  the  registration  to  fully  exhibit 
the  name  of  parents,  and  place  of  birth.  The  regis- 
tration of  deaths  to  exhibit  the  name,  age,  sex, 
occupation,  disease,  and  place  of  residence  of  the 
deceased.  The  value  of  such  a registration  in  fur- 
nishing proper  statistical  tables  to  exhibit  the  general 
health  of  the  State,  and  the  ratio  of  deaths  as  com- 
pared with  other  portions  of  the  country  cannot  fail 
to  appear  on  the  increased  emigration  to  the  State. 

This  attempt  to  secure  a registration  law  was 
frustrated  by  events  associated  with  the  impend- 
ing war.  Lack  of  medical  publications  during 
the  next  few  years  made  further  inquiry  im- 
possible. 

The  Enactment  of  a Registration  Law 

With  the  close  of  the  Civil  War,  physicians 
returned  to  civil  life  and  their  former  pursuits. 
According  to  available  accounts  of  medical  ac- 
tivities for  this  period,  one  of  the  first  subjects 
to  engage  their  attention  was  the  matter  of  a law 
to  provide  for  proper  registration  of  births,  mar- 
riages, and  deaths.  Interest  in  this  subject  was 
apparently  intensified  by  the  lessons  taught  by 
the  war. 

At  a meeting  of  organization  of  the  State 
Medical  Society  on  June  5,  1866,  a committee  on 
“Vital  Statistics”  was  appointed  to  resurrect  in- 
terest in  a registration  law.®^  On  motion  of  Dr. 
J.  H.  Jerome  of  Saginaw  City,  this  committee 
was  to  take  immediate  action.  To  the  committee 

^An.  Rep.  M.S.M.S.,  op.  cit.,  p.  88. 

^®Pen.  and  Ind.  Med.  Jour.,  op.  cit.,  p.  703;  An.  Rep.  M.S. 
M.S.,  op.  cit.,  p.  10. 

»Ubid.,  p.  75. 

“Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  1:20,  1867  and  1868. 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


REGISTRATION  OF  VITAL  STATISTICS— KLEINSCHMIDT 


were  named  .Drs.  Stewart  and  Noyes  of  Detroit, 
and  Richardson  of  Niles. Later  in  the  meeting 
it  reported  that  “No  provision  existed  in  the  State 
for  keeping  such  statistics. 

Apparently  other  events  were  to  assist  the 
State  Medical  Society  in  its  efforts  to  secure  a 
registration  law  for  the  state.  Following  the 
close  of  the  war,  many  people  claimed  pensions 
and  dues  from  the  federal  and  state  governments 
because  of  the  death  of  relatives  and  other  losses 
incurred  dn  the  war.^®  Government  officials,  how- 
ever, were  confronted  with  an  imperfect  record 
system  which  made  the  legal  aspects  of  this  work 
most  difficult  to  carry  out.  Their  attention  was 
thus  drawn  td  the  necessity  for  a new  law  at  a 
most  critical  time  in  the  history  of  the  state,  but 
at  a time  that  was  certain  to  bring  out  the  inade- 
quacies of  the  system  then  in  use.®®  J.  J.  Wood- 
man, Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  State  Af- 
fairs of  the  House  of  Representatives  commented 
as  follows  on  one  occasion  in  February,  1867, 
“The  subject  of  a registration  law  for  births, 
marriages,  and  deaths  in  this  State,  was  brought 
before  the  Legislature  for  consideration  at  a 
former  session  and  although  the  measure  was  not 
then  enacted  into  a law,  it  has  in  the  meantime 
lost  none  of  its  importance  or  usefulness.  The 
only  means  in  this  State,  at  present,”  he  said, 
“for  obtaining  information  collected  through  an 
efficient  registration  law,  are,  (1)  that  collected 
through  the  State  and  United  States  census, 
which  are  taken  only  once  in  five  years;  and  (2 
that  of  our  State  law  for  the  registration  of 
marriage  certificates  by  the  county  clerk.”®^ 

By  1867,  States  having  registration  laws  in- 
cluded Massachusetts,  New  York,  New  Jersey, 
Connecticut,  Vermont,  Rhode  Island,  New 
Hampshire,  Pennsylvania,  Kentucky,  and  South 
Carolina.®® 

Efforts  to  secure  a similar  law  in  Michigan 
took  shape  early  in  1867.  Memorials  were  di- 
rected to  the  legislature  from  all  parts  of  the 
state  by  physicians  and  other  citizens,  requesting 
the  benefits  of  a system  of  registration  of  births, 
marriages,  and  deaths.  Among  the  more  im- 
portant were  the  following:  A memorial  from 


*’Det.  Rev.  Med.  and  Pharm.,  1:191,  1866. 

®*Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  op.  cit.,  p.  23. 

*®An.  Rep.  Reg.  of  Births,  etc..  Secretary  of  State,  1 :2,  1868. 
**Loc.  cit. 

®’Jour.  H.  of  Rep.  State  of  Mich.,  op.  cit.,  p.  1149. 

®*Loc.  cit. 

December,  1941 


the  Northeastern  Medical  Society  embracing 
the  counties  of  Oakland,  Lapeer,  Macomb,  St. 
Clair,  and  Sanilac.  This  read  as  follows : 

Resolved,  That  we,  as  a medical  society,  recognizing 
the  importance  and  utility  of  a registration  law  in  this 
State  would  most  respectfully  and  urgently  recommend 
to  the  Legislature,  now  in  session  at  Lansing,  Michigan, 
to  pass  a law  providing  for  the  registration  of  births, 
marriages,  and  deaths  in  this  State.*® 

On  January  16,  1867,  the  Hon.  Seth  K.  .Shet- 
terly,  representative  from  the  second  district  of 
Macomb  county,  having  given  previous  notice, 
and  having  been  granted  leave,  introduced  a bill 
to  provide  for  the  registration  and  return  of 
births,  marriages,  and  deaths  to  the  House  of 
Representatives.^®  This  became  known  as  House 
Bill  No.  219,  “A  Bill  to  Provide  for  the  Registra- 
tion of  Births,  Marriages,  and  Deaths. On  re- 
ceipt of  the  original  bill  prepared  by  the  Hon. 
Shetterly  and  the  sponsors  of  the  bill,  the  Com- 
mittee on  State  Affairs  revised  it,  preparing  a 
substitute  which  they  sent  back  to  the  House  of 
Representatives  recommending  that  the  substitute 
be  passed:  In  the  words  of  the  Hon.  J.  H. 

Woodman — “thinking  that  a law  more  simple  in 
its  provisions,  and  less  expensive  in  its  operations 
would  be  more  acceptable  to  the  people  of  the 
State,  your  committee  has  prepared  a substitute 
for  the  bill.”^®  The  Senate  returned  the  bill  with 
an  amendment  providing,  “That  no  person  shall 
be  required  to  answer  any  question  which  will 
tend  to  criminate  himself  or  herself,  upon  any 
such  examination.”^®  The  changes  thus  incor- 
porated into  the  original  bill  were  later  to  make 

“Det.  Rev.  Med.  and  Pharm.,  2 :204,  1867 ; also  a memorial 
from  Dr.  N.  B.  Stebbins,  in  behalf  of  the  Wayne  County  Medical 
Society;  also  the  petition  of  Edward  Cox,  S.  S.  French,  N.  M. 
Campbell,  E.  G.  Slater,  W.  G.  Sanders,  and  James  A.  Dean, 
physicians  of  Battle  Creek;  D.  D.  Lamond  and  twenty-eight 
other  citizens  of  Genesee  county;  J.  H.  Beech  and  fourteen 
other  citizens  of  Branch  county;  E.  Boyland  and  twenty-three 
other  citizens  of  Wayne  county;  B.  Aldrich  and  forty-two  other 
citizens  of  Macomb  county;  D.  A.  Past,  J.  Tripp,  Wm.  G.  Cox, 
and  eight  other  citizens  of  Ypsilanti;  \V.  R.  Nims,  and  eight 
other  citizens  of  Sanilac  county;  Earl  Smith  and  twenty-four 
other  citizens  of  Burlington,  Calhoun  county ; H.  B.  Shank, 
M.D.,  G.  E.  Ranney,  M.D.,  I.  H.  Bartholomew,  M.D.,  H.  B. 
Baker,  M.D.,  W.  C.  Payne,  W.  Jones  and  Daniel  L.  Case, 
physicians  and  citizens  of  Lansing;  Watson  Loud  and  seven 
other  physicians  of  Romeo,  and  vicinity;  Samuel  A.  Babbitt, 
M.D.,  and  six  other  citizens  of  Washington,  Macomb  county; 
O.  E.  Bell,  M.D.  and  twelve  other  citizens  of  Oxford,  Oakland 
county ; Chas.  Shepard  and  eighteen  other  citizens  of  Grand 
Rapids ; A.  P.  Drake,  M.D.,  and  thirteen  other  citizens  of 
Barry  county;  Wm.  Brownell,  M.D.,  and  ten  other  physicians 
and  citizens  of  Utica  and  vicinity;  E.  C.  May  and  twenty-one 
other  citizens  of  Livingston  county;  J.  Paddock,  M.D.,  and 
six  other  physicians  of  the  city  of  Pontiac;  M.  C.  Kenny,  M.D., 
and  twenty-one  other  citizens  of  Lapeer  county;  E.  G.  Beriw, 
M.D.,  and  seven  other  physicians  of  Branch  county ; and  J.  L. 
Valade,  M.D.,  and  eight  other  citizens  of  Monroe  county. 
(Jour.  H.  of  Rep.  State  of  Michigan,  2:1148,  1867.) 

^»Ibid.,  1:183,  1867. 

«Ibid.,  2:1548,  1867. 

«Ibid.,  p.  1155. 

«Ibid.,  p.  2539. 


975 


REGISTRATION  OF  VITAL  STATISTICS— KLEINSCHMIDT 


the  functioning  of  the  law  most  difficult.  The 
bill  was  finally  passed  by  a vote  of  65  to  13.^ 
Mr.  Shetterly  moved  that  the  bill  be  ordered  to 
take  immediate  effect.  For  some  reason  not  as- 
certainable in  available  literature,  he  later  with- 
drew his  motion.  The  bill  was  laid  on  the  table 
temporarily,  but  was  finally  approved  and  be- 
came a law  on  March  27,  1867.^® 

As  originally  enacted,  the  law  provided  for 
the  assistance  of  a committee  composed  of 
physicians  from  the  State  Medical  Society 
and  the  Medical  Faculty  of  the  University  of 
Michigan.^®  This  committee  was  expected  to 
assist  the  Secretary  of  State  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  annual  registration  reports.  As 
pointed  out  later  by  Secretary  Baker,  this  did 
not  provide  the  Secretary  of  State  with  ade- 
quate medical  assistance  on  which  he  could 
depend.  It  is  of  interest  also  to  learn  from 
Dr.  Baker  that  “no  committee  was  appointed 
to  supervise  the  work  of  the  Reports  by  either 
of  the  bodies  of  medical  men  mentioned  in  the 
law.”^" 

In  preparing  the  first  annual  report  of  the  vital 
statistics  of  the  state,  the  Secretary  of  State  was 
assisted  by  Dr.  I.  H.  Bartholomew  of  Lansing 
who  “rendered  valuable  assistance  in  the  nomen- 
clature and  classification  of  diseases.”^® 

Dr.  Bartholomew  at  the  time  was  chairman  of 
the  Committee  on  Vital  Statistics  of  the  State 
Medical  Society.^®  His  work  also  was  evidently 
well  esteemed  by  the  State  Medical  Society,  for, 
at  Dr.  Geo.  Ranney’s  suggestion,  a resolution 
was  passed  by  the  Society  thanking  him  for  his 
labors  upon  the  report.®” 

In  the  following  year,  assistance  was  rendered 
the  Secretary  of  State  by  Dr.  Geo.  Ranney,  also 
a member  of  the  Committee  on  Vital  Statistics  of 
the  State  Medical  Society.®^  He  was  largely  re- 
sponsible for  the  second  annual  report  of  1869 
for  which  he  also  received  the  thanks  of  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  State  Medical  Society.®^ 

■•^Loc.  cit. 

^®An.  Rep.  Reg.  of  Births,  etc.,  Secretary  of  State,  1 :19S, 
1868. 

^®Ibid.,  p.  199;  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  24:2,  1894. 

*^An.  Rep.  Reg.  of  Births,  etc..  Secretary  of  State,  4:15,  1872. 

^*Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  I (1869),  12;  the  first  annual  report  of 
vital  statistics  included  a single  table  of  results  of  meteorological 
observations  made  at  the  Agricultural  College  during  1867  by 
Prof.  R.  C.  Kedzie.  (An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  9:114.) 

^"Loc.  cit. 

®®Ibid.,  p.  16. 

®*An.  Rep.  Registration  and  Return  of  Births,  Marriages  and 
Deaths,  II  (1868),  iv.;  Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  1:13,  1870. 

®nbid.,  D.  17. 


In  1869,  the  task  fell  to  Dr.  Henry  B.  Baker 
of  Wenona,  a new  member  of  the  Committee  on 
Vital  Statistics  of  the  State  Medical  Society.®® 
He  retained  the  position  of  Registrar  of  Vital 
Statistics  until  1873,  at  which  time  he  became 
Superintendent  of  Vital  Statistics  and  Secretary 
of  the  State  Board  of  Health.®^  He  remained 
in  close  touch  with  the  system  of  vital  statistics 
until  1883  when  by  an  act  of  the  legislature  the 
work  was  practically  withdrawn  from  all  medical 
supervision.®® 

In  the  preparation  of  the  annual  registration 
reports,  the  Secretary  of  State,  the  Hon.  Oliver 
L.  Spaulding,  was  greatly  influenced  by  the  work 
being  carried  out  in  Massachusetts.  In  the  first 
annual  report,  he  freely  acknowledged  his  obliga- 
tion to  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  State  of 
Massachusetts,  the  Hon.  Oliver  Warner,  “for 
reports,  forms  of  blanks,  and  information” 
furnished  him.®” 

Imperfections  of  Original  Registration  Law 

From  the  very  time  that  the  registration  law 
was  first  put  into  effect  it  was  realized  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  and  those  physicians  who 
assisted  him,  that  it  possessed  many  imperfec- 
tions which  detracted  from  its  efficiency.®’^  As 
explained  Dr.  I.  H.  Bartholomew,  “The  reason 
why  a better  registration  law  was  not  passed  by 
the  legislature,  was,  that  the  members  were 
wholly  unacquainted  with  the  needs  of  the  medi- 
cal profession  in  this  respect.”®® 

Supervisors  and  assessors  of  counties  in  the 
state  neglected  to  report  births  and  deaths,  alleg- 
ing that  they  received  no  additional  salary  for 
this  increase  of  their  duties.®”  Moreover,  certain 
provisions  relative  to  the  time  for  gathering  birth 
and  death  statistics  also  caused  poor  returns. 
According  to  the  law,  the  supervisor  or  assessor 
was  not  expected  to  ascertain  by  inquiry  of  the 
inhabitants  the  births  and  deaths  which  had  oc- 
curred in  their  respective  townships,  cities,  or 
wards  during  the  year  until  the  tenth  day  of 
April  to  the  first  day  of  June  of  the  year  follow- 
ing.®” As  Dr.  H.  O.  Hitchcock  pointed  out,  there 
were  three  major  sources  of  error: 

®*Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  24:2,  1894. 

®^An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  10:38. 

“Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  op.  cit.,  p.  2. 

“An.  Rep.  Registration  and  Return  of  Births,  Marriages  and 
Deaths,  op.  cit.,  p.  vii. 

®^C.  L.  Wilbur,  “Registration  of  Vital  Statistics  in  Michigan,” 
Trans.  Michigan  State  Medical  Society,  24:2,  1894. 

®8Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  1:17,  1867. 

®»Ibid.,  p.  39. 

“An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  IV,  10. 


976 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


REGISTRATION  OF  VITAL  STATISTICS— KLEINSCHMIDT 


1.  The  time  during  which  these  inquiries  are  to  be 
made — more  than  a year  after  many  of  the  events  have 
transpired — would  be  pretty  sure,  either  from  forget- 
fulness or  from  change  of  location,  to  lead  to  a great 
number  of  omissions. 

2.  These  facts  are  to  be  ascertained  by  actual  in- 
quiry or  otherwise,  as  the  indolence,  carelessness,  or 
indifference  of  the  officer  may  suggest  as  the  easiest 
way  to  satisfy  the  state,  which  makes  no  provision  for 
determining  the  faithfulness  or  punishing  the  unfaith- 
fulness of  those  to  whom  it  commits  this  duty.  The 
fee  paid  for  each  recorded  case  is  not  sufficient  of  it- 
self to  induce  great  accuracy,  nor  are  there  any  methods 
provided  for  proving  the  accuracy  of  these  reports. 

3.  The  supervisor  or  assessor  may  fairly  be  presumed 
to  be  not  a physician,  and  with  no  special  qualifications 
for  ascertaining  exactly  or  recording  with  accuracy,  of 
what  disease  any  person  may  have  died  several  months 
or  a year  before.  He  must  take  the  statement  of  the 
family,  friends  or  neighbors ; and  how  much  reliance 
there  is  to  be  placed  upon  the  memory  of  such  per- 
sons as  to  the  cause  of  a death  that  took  place  months 
before,  any  educated  physician  can  understand  who 
knows  how  his  diagnosis  of  disease  is,  often  at  the 
time  of  making  it,  falsified  or  caricatured  by  ignorant 
and  forgetful  friends  and  prejudiced  neighbors.®^ 

To  overcome  this  latter  difficulty  it  was  sug- 
gested by  Dr.  Baker  that  the  office  of  registrar  be 
created  in  each  city  and  township  of  the  state.®^ 
“In  my  opinion,”  said  Dr.  Baker,  “this  Chief 
Medical  Officer  of  Health  which  should  exist  in 
every  city,  village,  and  township,  is  the  proper 
person  to  take  charge  of  the  statistics  of  births, 
and  deaths  in  such  city,  village  and  township.”^^ 

Following  his  appointment  as  Registrar  of  Vi- 
tal Statistics  in  1869  and  thereafter  until  he  be- 
came Superintendent  of  Vital  Statistics,  Dr. 
Baker  made  many  suggestions  to  the  Secretary^  of 
State  for  the  improvement  of  the  Registration 
Law.®^  In  his  frequent  appearances  before  meet- 
ings of  the  State  Medical  Society,  he  also  took 
occasion  to  point  out  needed  changes  in  the  law 
to  the  physicians  in  attendance  at  these  meetings.®® 

Dr.  Hitchcock  was  likewise  a frequent  speaker 
on  the  subject  at  medical  meetings.  In  his  an- 
nual address  before  the  State  Board  of  Health  in 
1876,  he  stated  that,  “One  of  the  strongest  and 
most  persistent  efforts  of  this  Board  should  be 
to  secure  more  complete  and  reliable  vital  statis- 
tics of  the  people  of  Michigan.”®®  He  objected 
to  the  gathering  of  these  statistics  by  supervisors 

®^Loc.  cit. 

«2Ibid.,  p.  127. 

®’Loc.  cit. 

®^An.  Rep.  Reg.  and  Return  of  Births,  Marriages  and  Deaths, 
op.  cit.,  6:xi,  1872. 

“Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  3:82,1872. 

“An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  4:9. 

December,  1941 


and  assessors  claiming  that  they  should  be  gath- 
ered by  those  persons  who  were  participants  in 
the  event  as  physicians,  midwives,  sextons,  and 
parents.  He  also  was  in  favor  of  assessing  pen- 
alties for  those  who  failed  to  enforce  the  law.®’’ 
As  might  be  expected,  the  several  sources  of 
error  already  pointed  out  did  lead  to  imperfect 
returns  of  birth,  marriage  and  death  statistics, 
thus  depreciating  the  value  of  those  which  were 
gathered.  For  many  years,  at  least  forty  per  cent 
had  to  be  added  to  the  reported  deaths  in  order 
to  approximate  the  probable  number  of  deaths, 
according  to  MacClure.®®  In  1871,  Dr.  Baker  de- 
clared on  one  occasion  that  not  more  than  fifty- 
five  per  cent  of  the  actual  deaths  in  the  state 
were  reported.®^  As  for  the  systems  of  vital  sta- 
tistics in  the  cities  of  the  state,  conditions  at  this 
time  were  still  w^orse.  Speaking  before  the  Sani- 
tary Convention  of  Grand  Rapids,  in  1880,  Dr. 
Baker  declared,  “The  vital  statistics  of  the  city, 
which  lie  at  the  very  foundation  of  effective  pub- 
lic health  service,  have  never  been  properly  col- 
lected. No  tables  carefully  compiled  under  the 
immediate  supervision  of  a medical  man  or  vital 
statistician  are  regularly  published  by  any  city  in 
Michigan.”’’®  In  1880,  at  a meeting  of  the  State 
Board  of  Health,  Dr.  H.  F.  Lyster  called  atten- 
tion to  the  lack  of  accurate  statistics  in  Detroit.’’^ 
“One  of  the  great  disadvantages  which  the  Board 
had  to  contend  with  through  most  of  its  exist- 
ence,” said  MacClure,  “was  the  imperfect  re- 
turns of  deaths.”’^ 

In  the  course  of  time  many  attempts  were 
made  to  improve  on  the  original  registration  law 
of  1867.  Compensation  of  supervisors  and  as- 
sessors who  gathered  the  statistics  was  openly 
advocated  by  Secretary  of  State  O.  L.  Spaulding 
in  1870  in  order  to  encourage  better  reporting;’® 
this  suggestion  was  made  again  in  1883  by  the 
Hon.  LeRoy  Parker  of  the  State  Board  of 
Health.’^  The  Committee  on  Vital  Statistics  of 
the  State  Medical  Society  repeatedly  exhorted  the 
physicians  of  the  state  to  make  their  statistics 
“as  full  and  perfect  as  possible.”’®  At  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Society  in  1872,  a committee  was 
appointed  to  study  a portion  of  President  Hitch- 
cock’s address  which  dealt  with  vital  statistics 

®Tbid.,  p.  11. 

“MacClure,  op.  cit.,  p.  23. 

“An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  4:10. 

™Ibid.,  8:129. 

^^Ibid.,  p.  xlv. 

■^^MacClure,  op.  cit.,  p.  23. 

^®An.  Rep.  Reg.  and  Return  of  Births,  Marriages  and  Deaths, 
3:4,  1869. 

’^An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  ll:xxxii. 

■®Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  op.  cit.,  p.  83;  ibid.,  1:16,  1869. 


977 


REGISTRATION  OF  VITAL  STATISTICS— KLEINSCHMIDT 


and  preventive  medicine.  The  deliberations  of 
this  committee,  which  followed,  ultimately  led  to 
the  creation  of  the  position  of  State  Superintend- 
ent of  Vital  Statistics.'^® 

Attempts  to  amend  the  law  by  legal  methods 
were  repeatedly  made  by  members  of  the  State 
Medical  Society.  The  first  attempt  in  1869,  so 
the  records  point  out,  was  successful.  Act  No. 
125,  Session  Laws  of  1869,  was  approved  April 
3,  1869.'^^  This  amendment  made  the  registration 
year  identical  with  the  calendar  year.  From  then 
on  the  attempts  made  were  generally  unsuccess- 
ful, or  fell  short  of  their  goal.  In  1871,  another 
amendment  to  amend  Section  3 of  Act  No.  125 
of  the  Session  Laws  of  1869  met  with  so  much 
opposition  from  both  branches  of  the  legislature 
that  it  failed  to  pass.'^® 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  State  Medical 
Society  in  1872,  the  Committee  on  Vital  Statis- 
tics made  recommendations  in  a lengthy  report 
to  secure  more  full  and  accurate  returns  of 
births,  diseases  and  mortality.  Available  records, 
however,  fail  to  explain  what  action  the  Society 
took.'’^® 

In  1876,  at  a similar  meeting,  Dr.  Baker  made 
the  recommendation  that  a committee  be  appoint- 
ed to  draft  a memorial  to  the  legislature  for  the 
enactment  of  a law  amending  the  law  for  the 
collection  of  vital  statistics.®®  This  suggestion 
was  accorded  a favorable  reception,  and  a com- 
mittee consisting  of  Drs.  Baker  and  Hitchcock 
was  appointed  to  draw  up  such  a bill  and  to 
report  at  the  next  regular  meeting.®^  Again  for 
some  reason  that  the  records  fail  to  reveal,  no 
further  mention  of  the  undertaking  is  made  at 
the  next  meeting. 

Again  in  1878,  Prof.  R.  C.  Kedzie  recommend- 
ed to  the  Society  that  a committee  be  appointed 
to  prepare  a suitable  bill  which  should  incorpo- 
rate the  needed  changes.  He  further  recommend- 
ed that  this  committee  bring  the  subject  before 
the  legislature  for  their  consideration.®^  Dr. 
Baker  and  the  Hon.  LeRoy  Parker  were  named 
to  the  committee,  but  again  the  sources  perused 
fail  to  disclose  any  further  action  being  taken.®® 

Not  until  1897  did  the  members  of  the  med- 
ical profession  finally  succeed  in  getting  a more 

’•Ibid.,  3:41,  1872. 

”An.  Rep.  Reg.  and  Return  of  Births,  Marriages  and  Deaths, 
1:195,  1869. 

’•Trans.  M.S.M.S.,  24:4,  1894. 

’®Det.  Rev.  Med.  and  Pharm.,  7 :323,  1872. 

•®An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  5:130. 

•’Ibid.,  p.  Iv. 

**Ibid.,  6:8. 

••Ibid.,  p.  liv. 

978 


desirable  law  passed  which  would  bring  about 
the  needed  changes.  This  law  provided  for  im- 
mediate return  of  birth,  marriage,  and  death 
reports.®^ 

Role  of  Dr.  Henry  B.  Baker 

In  the  foreground  always.  Dr.  Baker  labored 
incessantly  to  improve  the  vital  statistics  of  the 
state,  from  the  time  he  came  to  Lansing  in  1869 
to  assist  in  the  preparation  of  the  annual  regis- 
tration reports,  until  the  system  of  collecting 
vital  statistics  became  more  accurate.  For  sev- 
eral years  prior  to  Dr.  Baker’s  becoming  the 
Superintendent  of  Vital  Statistics,  the  need  for 
a medically  trained  statistician  had  demonstrated 
itself  to  the  Secretary  of  State  responsible  for 
carrying  out  the  Registration  Law.  “In  the  prep- 
aration of  this  report  (1870),”  said  the  Hon.  j 
O.  L.  Spaulding,  “the  services  of  a physician  of  | 
recognized  ability  and  standing  in  the  profes-  j 
sion  are  not  only  desirable,  but  almost  indis-  I 
pensable.”®®  The  Hon.  Daniel  Striker,  who  sue-  * 
ceeded  Mr.  Spaulding,  went  even  a step  further. 

In  his  introductory  remarks  to  the  fourth  reg- 
istration report,  he  stated  that  the  preparation 
of  vital  statistics  called  for  the  services  of  “an 
experienced  statistician,  who  should  be  a phy- 
sician of  recognized  ability  and  standing  in  the 
profession.”  “The  law,”  he  said,  “should  provide 
compensation  corresponding  with  its  require- 
ments.”®® Dr.  Baker’s  excellent  work  won  for 
him  immediate  reputation.  Each  annual  report 
carried  words  of  praise  for  him  from  the  Secre- 
tary of  State.  Said  the  Hon.  O.  L.  Spaulding  of 
Dr.  Baker  in  1870,  “I  take  pleasure  in  acknowl- 
edging my  obligation,  and  to  whom  is  due  what- 
ever of  merit  it  (referring  to  the  Registration 
Report  of  1869)  may  contain.  Possessing  a rare 
fitness  and  ability  for  the  work,  he  has  devoted 
to  it  much  time  and  labor. ”®^  Coming  to  Lansing 
finally  in  October,  1870,  to  superintend  the  com- 
pilation of  vital  statistics,  he  soon  became  an  ar- 
dent advocate  of  everything  pertaining  to  prevent- 
ive medicine,  and  as  such  became  one  of  the  most 
powerful  figures  in  the  movement  for  sanitary 
reform.®®  Typical  of  the  wisdom  he  showed 

•’MacClure,  op.  cit.,  p.  23. 

••An.  Rep.  Reg.  and  Return  of  Births,  Marriages  and  Deaths, 
op.  cit.,  p.  4. 

••Ibid.,  4:v,  1870. 

•’Ibid.,  Ill,  4. 

••MacClure,  op.  cit.,  9;  at  a meeting  of  the  state  medical 
society.  President  I.  H.  Bartholomew  appointed  Dr.  A.  B. 
Palmer  of  Ann  Arbor  to  assist  the  Secretary  of  State  with  the 
preparation  of  the  Registration  Report.  Dr.  Palmer,  however, 
gave  way  to  Dr.  Baker  in  order  that  “the  effort  for  the  pro- 
posed State  Board  of  Health  might  be  better  subserved.  (Loc. 
cit.) 


Four.  I^I.S.M.S 


PRESACRAL  RESECTION— SCULLY 


in  whatever  he  set  his  mind  to,  is  a report  he 
made  at  a National  Conference  of  State  Boards 
of  Health  in  1886  relative  to  the  adoption  of  a 
uniform  system  of  vital  statistics  for  the  United 
States  and  Canada.  It  was  his  opinion  that  to 
adopt  such  a system  as  was  proposed  would  be 
to  adopt  permanently  an  imperfect  system.  In- 
stead, he  advised  that  each  state  and  province 
employ  a man  to  perfect  a system  within  his 
own  state  before  such  a system  be  contem- 
plated.®® 

Social  Statistics 

Another  form  of  statistics  that  received  at- 
tention from  legislators  at  about  this  same  period 
was  social  statistics.  On  complaint  of  the 
Census  Bureau  at  Washington  in  1870  of  “the 
great  difficulty  in  obtaining  from  this  state  what 
are  termed  social  statistics,”  Gov.  Henry  P.  Bald- 
win recommended  legislation  to  secure  such 
statistics  in  Michigan  in  July,  1870,  and  in  Sep- 
tember of  the  same  year  the  legislature  passed  a 
law  for  this  purpose.®^ 

*9 An.  Rep.  S.B.H.,  XIV,  187;  in  1878,  Dr.  Baker  was  ap- 
pointed to  a committee  to  confer  with  other  similar  committees 
m other  states  relative  to  a uniform  plan  for  the  registration  of 
births,  marriages,  and  deaths.  (An.  Rep.  S.B.H..  7:xlv.) 

99Jour.  H.  of  Rep.  State  of  Michigan,  8:61,  1870. 

»Ubid.,  p.  24;  Ibid.,  p.  110. 

= f^SMS 

Presacral  Resection  for  the 
Relief  of  Fain 

By  John  C.  Scully,  B.S.,  M.D. 

Menominee,  Michigan 

John  C.  Scully,  M.D. 

BS.,  University  of  Illinois;  M.D.j  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois  College  of  Medicine,  1955. 

Fellow  of  the  American  Med^caf  Association, 
Scholarship  Member  of  the^  Mississippi  Valley 
Medical  Society,  and  Junior  Fellow  of  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons.  Staff  Mem- 
ber of  the  Marinette  General  Hospital, 
Marinette,  Wis.  Member  of  the  Courtesy 
Staff  of  the  St.  Joseph’s  Hospital.  Member, 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ The  historical  aspects  of  presacral  resection 
have  been  most  thoroughly  reviewed  in  a paper 
by  Walter  D.  Abbott,  M.D.,  of  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 
As  Dr.  Abbott  points  out,  this  operation  is  not 
new,  since  it  was  performed  as  early  as  1898  by 
Jaboulay.  However,  recently  (1926-1940)  there 
have  been  numerous  articles  written  about  the 
operation  which  indicate  renewed  interest  in  this 


procedure.  It  has  been  recommended  for  a va- 
riety of  conditions,  including  Hirschsprung’s 
congenital  megalocolon,  urinary  vesical  pain  due 
to  tuberculosis,  and  intractable  bladder  infec- 
tions, and  dysmenorrhea  of  the  so-called  func- 
tional type. 

In  some  instances  the  results  have  been  gratify- 
ing, and  in  others  the  results  have  been  indif- 
ferent. Since  this  particular  type  of  surgery 
is  in  its  comparatively  early  phase,  I believe  that 
any  contribution  to  our  present  knowledge,  no 
matter  how  minor,  may  be  of  some  value. 

Resection  of  the  superior  hypogastric  plexus 
for  the  relief  of  severe  dysmenorrhea  has  been 
endorsed  by  such  competent  surgeons  as  G.  Cotte 
of  France,  A.  A.  Davis  of  England,  Walter  D. 
Abbott,  Winchell  McK.:  Craig,  and  Nelson  M. 
Percy  in  this  country,  and  with  these  recom- 
mendations in  mind,  I have  performed  a pre- 
sacral resection  for  the  relief  of  pain  presumably 
due  to  a congenital  uterine  anomaly. 

Case  Report 

The  patient,  M.  G.,  an  unmarried  white  female  of 
twenty-three,  came  under  observation,  complaining  of 
severe  dysmenorrhea  of  ten  years’  duration.  Her  men- 
strual history  was  as  follows : 

History. — The  menarche  occurred  at  the  age  of  thir- 
teen, and  from  the  onset  her  periods  were  markedly 
irregular,  varying  from  the  usual  twenty-eight  days  to 
five  or  six  months.  During  each  period  she  had  very 
scant  flow,  using  only  one  or  two:  pads  daily.  No 
clots  were  passed  at  any  time.  Each  period  was  as- 
sociated with  pain  severe  enough  to  inecessitate  four 
or  five  days  of  bed  rest  and  the  liberal  use  of 
opiates.  There  was  slight  leukorrhea : between  periods. 
She  denied  intercourse  or  venereal  infection.  Her  last 
period  prior  to  coming  to  the  office  was,  as  usual, 
associated  with  very  severe : dysmenorrhea,  • low  back 
pains,  and  general  malaise. 

Examination. — Complete  physical  examination  and  the 
usual  laboratory  procedures,  including  basal  metabolic 
rate,  failed  to  reveal  any  abnormalities  except  of  the 
pelvic  viscera.  The  introitus  was  virginal  so  that  sat- 
isfactory pelvic  examination  could  be  carried  out  only 
under  anesthesia.  The  patient  consented  to  this  exam- 
ination and  it  was  observed  that  the  Bartholin  and 
Skenes  glands  were  normal.  The  cervix  was  small 
and  pointed  anteriorly.  The  external  os  was  patent 
and  there  was  slight  cervical  erosion.  The  uterus  was 
apparently  displaced  to  the  left.  It  was  anteflexed, 
smooth,  firm,  and  nulliparous.  At  the  right  utero- 
cervical  junction  there  was  a mass  protruding  into  the 
right  adnexa  equal  -in  size  to  the  uterus  and  appar- 
ently connected  to  the  uterus  at  the  above  location. 


December,  1941 


979 


PRESACRAL  RESECTION— SCULLY 


This  mass  also  seemed  anteflexed.  The  left  tube  and 
ovary  were  normal  jn  location,  size,  shape,  consistency, 
mobility,  and  attachments.  On  the  right  side  a nor- 
mal tube  and  ovary  could  also  be  palpated  and  were 
not  apparently  displaced  by  the  mass  described.  The 
mesial  attachment  of  the  right  tube  could  not  definite- 
ly be  determined.  The  adnexa,  apart  from  the  above, 
felt  normal.  A diagnosis  of  subserous  uterine  fibro- 
myoma  was  made,  and  uterus  didelphys  unicollis  was 
also  considered.  As  a conservative  measure,  in  order 
to  correct  the  dysmenorrhea,  the  cervical  canal  was 
dilated  up  to  the  caliber  of  a No.  22  French  sound 
at  the  time  of  examination.  The  patient  had  been 
given  appropriate  glandular  therapy  prior  to  this  exam- 
ination and  in  spite  of  this  no  correction  of  her  men- 
strual irregularity  had  been  effected. 

The  patient  was  advised  to  wait  until  another  period 
to  determine  if  dilatation  would  afford  relief.  This 
period  occurred  after  6 weeks  from  the  onset  of  the 
previous  period  and  was  in  no  way  affected  by  the  dila- 
tation and  the  previous  severe  menstrual  pain  persisted. 
Operation  was  then  advised. 

Operation. — At  operation  the  patient  was  found  to 
have  uterus  didelphys  unicollis.  This  particular  anom- 
aly appeared  singular  in  that  each  of  the  uteri  were 
equally  developed  and  situated  in  the  same  relative  po- 
sition. There  was  a peritoneal  fold  passing  from  the 
sacrum  anteriorly  between  the  base  of  the  two  uteri 
and  merging  anteriorly  with  the  peritoneum  covering 
the  posterior  aspect  of  the  bladder.  Attached  to  the 
lateral  cornu  of  each  uterus  was  an  entirely  normal 
tube,  ovary  and  broad  and  round  ligament.  There  was 
no  other  demonstrable  lesion  or  abnormality  in  the  pel- 
vis. 

Since  pain  was  the  primary  complaint,  there  seemed 
to  be  no  reason  to  attack  the  anomaly  surgically, 
and  the  case  presented  an  ideal  indication  for  division 
and  resection  of  the  presacral -nerve.  This  procedure 
was  carried  out  after  the  technique  described  by  Drs. 
N.  M.  Percy  and  H.  P.  Beatty  with  a modification  sug- 
gested by  Dr.  A.  H.  Curtis.  The  operation  was  com- 
pleted by  a radial  cauterization  of  the  cervix.  The 
patient  made  an  uneventful  recovery. 

Convalescence .^lyurmg  her  convalescence  the  patient 
had  a menstrual  flow  lasting  6 days  (normal  for  this 
patient)  and  during  this  time  was  entirely  free  of 
pain.  Since  the  operation  the  patient  has  had  10  nor- 
mal periods.  She  has  faithfully  communicated  with 
me  at  each  period  and  assures  me  that  she  has  no 
pain  at  all  with  the  catamenia  and  that  the  only  dis- 
comfort experienced  has  been  the  usual  menstrual 
malaise.  Not  anticipating  amelioration  of  the  irregular- 
ity by  the  above  surgical  procedure,  suitable  glandular 
therapy  was  instituted  immediately  after  the  patient 
left  the  hospital.  As  previously  stated,  she  has  had 
10  periods  at  about  the  usual  28-day  intervals,  and  it 
may  be  assumed  that  this  therapy  has  helped  to  es- 
tablish a normal  menstrual  cycle; 


Discussion 


Herein  is  presented  a case  of  dysmenorrhea 
associated  with  a uterine  anomaly.  The  rela- 
tionship between  the  anomaly  and  dysmenorrhea 
is  of  course  questionable,  as  many  of  these 
anomalies  are  “silent.”  However,  in  the  absence 
of  other  lesions  of  the  pelvic  viscera,  and  with 
all  conservative  treatment  of  the  accepted  sort 
having  failed  to  relieve  the  pain,  it  must  be  as- 
sumed that,  in  a measure,  this  patient  had  pain 
as  a result  of  the  anomaly  described,  and  de- 
rived benefit  from  presacral  resection. 

Personal  communications  with  surgeons  else- 
where reveal  little  or  no  experience  with  this 
operation  for  relief  of  pain  due  to  congenital 
uterine  anomalies,  and  it  is  hoped  that  this  re- 
port may  stimulate  an  interest  in  this  type  of 
surgical  approach. 


Summary  and  Conclusions 

1.  Presacral  resection  for  pain  presumably 
caused  by  congenital  uterine  anomaly  is  reported. 

2.  This  case  of  uterus  didelphys  unicollis  ap- 
pears to  be  unique  in  being  bilaterally  symmetri- 
cal and  because  the  tubes  and  ovaries,  broad  and 
round  ligaments  were  entirely  normal  and  also 
symmetrical. 

3.  Entire  relief  of  severe  dysmenorrhea  pre- 
sumably due  to  congenital  uterine  anomaly  was 
obtained  by  division  and  resection  of  the  supe- 
rior hypogastric  plexus  (presacral  nerve). 


Bibliography 

Abbott,  W.  D. : Value  of  the  resection  of  the  presacral  nerve 
(superior  hypogastric  plexus).  Jour.  Iowa  Med.  Soc.,  24: 
607-610,  (December)  1934. 

Arey,  L.  B. : Developmental  Anatomy,  Anomalies  of  the  Genital 
Organs,  p.  241. 

Braasch,  W.  F. : Spastic  irritable  bladder  controlled  by  sym- 

pathectomy. Proceedings  of  the  Staff  of  the  Mayo  Clinic, 
393:9-27,  1934. 

Cotte,  G. : Resection  du  sympathetique  pelvien.  Gyne.  et  Obstet., 
23:233,  1931. 

Cotte,  G.:  Resection  du  nerv  presacre  pour  dysmenorrhea  et 
cystalgie.  Persistance  de  cystalgie  avec  dysurie.  Enervation 
du  col  vesical  guerison.  Lyon  Chir.,  29:616-617,  (Septem- 
ber-October)  1932. 

Cotte,  G. : Treatment  de  la  dysmenorrhea  par  la  resection  du 
nerf  presacre.  Resultats  eloignes  des  inervatives  fontes. 
Lyon  Medical,  149:29-37,  (January  10)  1932. 

Craig,  W.  M. : Resection  of  the  preasacral  sympathetic  nerves 
(superior  hypogastric  plexus).  Clinical  applications.  Surg. 
Clin.  North  America,  14:673-683,  (June)  1934. 

Craig,  W.  M. : Discussion  of  the  presentation  by  W.  F.  Braasch. 
Proceedings  of  the  Staff  Meeting  of  the  Mayo  Clinic,  396: 
27,  1934. 

Davis,  A.  A.:  Presacral  nerve  surgery,  (superior  hypogastric 
plexus).  Hunterian  Lecture.  Brit.  RIed.  Jour.,  pp.  1-6, 
(July  7)  1934. 

Davis,  A.  A.:  Surgical  anatomy  of  the  presacral  nerve.  Jour. 
Obst.  and  Gynec.  British  Empire,  410:942-952,  1934. 

Davis,  A.  A.:  The  Presacral  Nerve.  Its  Anatomy.  Phvsiology. 
Pathology,  and  Surgery.  Philadelphia:  W.  B.  Saunders 

Company,  1930. 

Elant.  L. : The  surgical  anatomy  of  the  so-called  presacral  nerve. 
Surg.,  Gynec.  and  Obst.,  55:581-589,  1932. 

Meleney,  F.  L. : Hirschsprung’s  disease.  Ann.  Surg.,  103:1, 
(January)  1936. 


980 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  ROENTGENOLOGIST— BOGART 


Nesbit,  and  McLellen : Sympathectomy  for  the  relief  of  vesical 
spasm  and  pain  resulting  from  intractable  bladder  infection. 
Surg.,  Gyrlec.  and  Obst.,  68:540-46,  (February  IS)  1939. 
Percy,  N.  M.,  and  Beatty,  H.  P. : Surgery  of  the  superior  hypo- 
gastric plexus  of  the  sympathetic  nervous  system.  Surg. 
Clin.  North  America,  Chicago  Number,  (February)  1936. 
Ranson,  S.  W. ; Anatomy  of  the  Nervous  System.  Superior 
Hypogastric  Plexus.  New  York:  C.  Appleton  & Company, 

1931. 

Williams,  J.  W. : Obstetrics.  Development  abnormalities  of 

the  uterus.  British  Med.  Jour.  pp.  689-691,  1934. 


Personal  Communications 


Bloomfield,  J.  H.,  M.D. 
Browne,  W.  H.,  M.D. 
Cleveland,  David,  M.D. 
Crile,  George,  M.D. 

Curtis,  A.  H.,  M.D. 
Danforth,  W.  C.,  M.D. 
Davis,  Loyal,  M.D. 

DeLee,  J.  B.,  M.D. 
Erdman,  John  F.,  M.D. 
Falls,  F.  H.,  M.D. 
Greenhill,  Joseph  P.,  M.D. 
Heaney,  N.  Sproat,  M.D. 
Hillis,  David  S.,  M.D. 


Irving,  Fredrick  C.,  M.D, 
Jackson,  James  A.,  M.D. 
Lahey,  Frank  A.,  M.D. 
Lash,  A.  F.,  M.D. 
Masson,  James  C.,  M.D. 
Meleney,  F.  L.,  M.D. 
Nadeau,  Oscar  E.,  M.D. 
Peet,  Max  Minor,  M.D. 
Pemberton,  F.  A.,  M.D. 
Schwartz,  George,  M.D. 
Watson,  B.  P.,  M.D. 
Whipple,  Allen  O.,  M.D. 


The  Relationship  of  the  Roent- 
genologist to  the  Physician 
and  Snrgenn* 

By  Leon  M.  Bogart,  M.D. 

FUnt,  Michigan 

Leon  M.  Bogart,  M.D. 

M.D.,  Chicago  College  of  Medicine  and  Sur- 
gery, 1913;  Chief  of  Surgery  at  St.  Joseph 
Hospital,  Flint,  Michigan;  president-elect  of 
Flint  A,cademy  of  Surgery;  member,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society;  member,  American  As- 
sociation for  the  Study  of  Goiter. 

■ Roentgen,  when  he  discovered  the  x-ray  in 
1895,  uncovered  a hornet’s  nest.  The  doctor, 
secure  in  his  fringe  of  scientific  terms,  was  too 
close  to  the  aura  of  empiricism  to  be  jolted  out 
of  his  toppling  Galenic  conception.  Keen’s 
“Surgery,”  published  in  the  latter  part  of  the  19th 
century,  spoke  of  cholecystitis  as  being  caused  by 
tight  lacing,  but  spoke  very  little  of  the  disease 
itself.  Tait,  in  the  late  seventies  of  the  19th 
century,  doubted  the  wisdom  of  asepsis  in  sur- 

*Read  first  March  18,  1939,  before  the  Michigan  State  Roent- 
genological Society,  Hurley  Hospital,  Flint,  Michigan. 

Read  again  by  request  May  21,  1941,  before  the  Third  Annual 
Fracture  Clinic,  given  under  the  auspices  of  the  Regional  Frac- 
ture Committee  of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons  and  the 
Genesee  County  Medical  Society,  Hurley  Hospital,  Flint,  Michi- 
gan. 

December,  1941 


gery.  Osier’s  edition  of  1905  has  little  reference 
to  x-rays.  Surgeons  abroad  early  recognized  its 
value,  for  in  1896  reports  of  surgical  pathological 
lesions  were  described  with  x-ray  findings.  In 
1907,  in  Dr.  DaCosta’s  “Surgery,”  little  reference 
was  made  to  x-ray  in  the  text,  but  in  a discussion 
rather  extensive  mention  is  made  of  possibilities, 
also  the  advisability  of  mixing  bismuth  with  food 
to  visualize  the  gastro-intestinal  tract  was  dis- 
cussed. 

The  mysterious  ray,  piercing  the  depth  of  tis- 
sues and  recording  different  density,  not  only 
brought  out  the  silhouette  of  bone,  but  empha- 
sized the  necessity  of  physical  comparison  of 
shadows  in  physiology  as  well  as  pathology. 
When  Cannon  and  Williams  first  gave  an  opaque 
meal,  the  innermost  secrets  of  eternally  covered 
unknowns  were  blasted  open  to  the  curious  gaze 
of  the  delving  scientists,  as  though  it  were  the 
secrets  of  the  solid  undercore  of  the  earth  made 
available  for  scientific  observation.  When  early 
reports  of  x-ray  bums  and  x-ray  epithelioma 
became  known,  the  destruction  of  the  tissues  be- 
came a hunting  ground  for  the  investigator  and 
research  worker,  to  turn  the  flood  of  destruc- 
tion to  the  nihilist  cell — the  cancer  cell. 

From  the  little  flicker  of  the  first  gas  jet  vac- 
uum tube  emitting  the  unknown  ray  that  man 
made  and  controlled,  grew  the  precise  tabulator  of 
pathological  processes  of  today. 

Friedenwald,  many  years  ago,  brought  to  the 
attention  of  the  roentgenologist  the  irregularity  of 
the  mucosa  in  gastric  ulcer,  and  now  this  sign  is 
coming  into  prominence  with  the  improvement 
of  the  technique  of  rugae  visualization.  The  lab- 
oratory evaluation  of  gastric  ulcer  diagnosis  has 
been  greatly  superseded  by  the  x-ray  findings,  but 
here  the  surgeon  must  remember  that  often  one 
is  apt  to  read  into  the  plate  nonexistent  pathol- 

ofly- 

It  is  indeed  a far  cry  from  the  full  hour 
exposure  required  in  the  early  days  of  x-ray  to 
the  present  split  second  exposure  with  its  exact 
delineation  and  clarity.  The  art  of  physical 
diagnosis  and  great  personal  error  has  largely 
given  way  to  the  penetrating  ray.  Yet  we,  as 
physicians  and  surgeons,  by  relying  too  much 
upon  the  trained  interpretation  of  the  x-ray 
findings,  must  not  lose  sight  that  the  personal 
equation  is  not  to  be  discounted,  for  the  radiol- 
ogists differ  between  themselves  just  as  frequent- 


981- 


THE  ROENTGENOLOGIST— BOGART 


ly  as  the  physicians  or  surgeons.  The  plate  is 
inanimate — the  human  mind  reads  its  signs. 

One  of  the  most  useful  branches  of  radio- 
logic  technic,  and  one  probably  requiring  most 
judgment,  fluoroscopy  has  lent  itself  to  be  the 
most  blatant  instrument  of  the  charlatan. 
Newspaper  and  radio  advertisements  are  full 
of  misconceptions  of  fluoroscopic  values  and 
the  public  is  misled  as  to  its  possibilities.  All 
of  us,  I am  sure,  deplore  its  misuse  and  hope 
the  public  can  be  educated  to  its  limitations. 

The  importance  of  the  x-ray  in  the  diagnosis 
of  tuberculosis  and  as  a check-up  of  its  thera- 
peutics has  been  proved  invaluable.  The  detection 
of  metastases  and  emboli  is  another  chapter  of 
scientific  detection  greater  than  fiction.  Of  course 
the  oldest  service  for  which  x-ray  was  used  was 
the  diagnosis  of  bone  pathology  and  perhaps  it  is 
the  one  fraught  with  the  most  danger  to  the 
surgeon,  because  of  the  perfection  expected  in 
the  treatment  of  fractures.  The  measurements 
and  comparisons  which  the  student  of  yore  was 
taught  are  entirely  disregarded  by  him  now,  yet 
hr  my  judgment  not  to  be  discarded,  for  if 
length,  alignment  and  natural  contour  be  taken 
in  consideration,  especially  in  the  young,  seem- 
ing faulty  position  of  bone  fragments  are  still 
molded  into  position  as  in  the  days  antedating 
the  x-ray.  It  is  noteworthy  that  the  attending 
physician  only  too  often  expects  the  roentgen- 
ologist to  be  the  all-round  specialist  of  interpre- 
tation, a glorified  scientific  soothsayer,  which,  of 
course,  is  flattering  but  leads  to  a yoke  of  de- 
pendence. 

The  flat  plate  herring-bone  appearance  of 
acute  ileus  or  the  telltale  gas  bubble  in  a 
subphrenic  abscess,  with  the  characteristic 
elevation  of  the  diaphragm  admit  of  no  dispute 
in  the  diagnosis  if  taken  iii  conjunction  with 
the  history  and  clinical  course.  The  patho- 
gnomonic appearance  of  pencil-like  narrowing 
in  regional  ileitis  and  many  other  positive 
findings  of  the  x-ray  form  the  bulwark  of  the 
diagnostic  aids  to  the  surgeon.  Lesions  of  the 
large  bowel  or  the  stomach  need  more  than 
ordinary  acumen  to  diagpiose  unless  definite 
pathologic  size  has  developed.  The  surgeon 
expects  too  much  when  he  looks  to  the  roent- 
genologist to  find  the  above-mentioned  lesions 


in  the  initial  stages,  and  negative  findings 
should  not  deter  the  surgeon  from  proceeding 
with  an  exploratory  operation.  It  is  desirable 
to  be  able  to  localize  early  stages  which  do  not 
show  gross  changes,  and  careful  and  minute 
study,  will,  in  many  instances,  detect  changes 
in  the  physiologic  contour  brought  about  by 
the  microscopic  changes.  The  contrast  ob- 
tained by  forced  gas  distention  of  the  bowel 
lumen  has  made  many  early  lesions  possible 
of  detection.  Even  the  etiological  factor  can 
be  told  within  a certain  degree  of  accuracy,  due 
to  the  predilection  of  specific  pathologic  le- 
sions for  certain  parts  of  the  alimentary  tract 
or  bones. 

We  have  to  recognize  that  frequency  of  x-ray 
determinations  does  something  to  the  end  of  the 
fractured  bones,  which  retards  the  formation 
of  callus.  X-ray  signs  of  bone  dissolution,  de- 
struction and  regeneration  require  knowledge  of 
normal  anatomy  and  physiology  first,  and  se- 
quence as  well  as  regional  pathology.  Early 
pathologic  changes  become  apparent  to  the  skilled 
roentgenologist,  as  an  irritable  duodenum  or 
pylorus  may  be  recognized  before  full  clinical 
symptoms  of  gastric  ulcer  appear,  or  an  im- 
pending Suedeck’s  syndrome  may  be  prognosti- 
cated by  the  early  and  persistent  atrophy  of  bone. 

To  Rowntree  and  Abel,  Cole  and  Graham, 
Swick  and  others,  we  owe  the  demonstration  of 
the  selective  absorption  of  radio-opaque  dyes 
given  orally  or  intravenously  and  its  use  mag- 
nificently demonstrated  in  their  widespread  ap- 
plication. It  is  not  necessary  to  remind  you  of 
opaque  substances  introduced  through  the  ureters 
and  per  urethra  into  the  bladder  and  the  intro- 
duction of  an  opaque  solution  into  the  bladder 
for  determination  of  bladder  malignancies,  or  as 
the  author  lately  used  it  in  determination  of 
ruptured  urinary  bladder.^  The  use  of  radio- 
opaque oils  or  dyes  to  visualize  spinal  lesions  and 
vascular  pathology  has  been  widely  reported, 
requiring  great  skill  and  cooperation  of  roent- 
genologist and  surgeon.  The  introduction  of  gas 
for  ventriculograms  also  needs  the  teamwork 
mentioned  above,  and  the  use  of  ethylene  in- 
stead of  air  seems  to  be  gaining  favor.  The  re- 
moval of  the  opaque  dyes  or  oils  used  is  of  con- 
cern to  both  roentgenologist  and  surgeon,  and  is 
of  great  importance  to  the  patient.  The  surgeon 


982 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  NOSE— HEETDERKS 


must  not  forget  that  microscopic  changes  do 
not  manifest  themselves  in  an  x-ray  plate ; there- 
fore, osteomyelitis,  malignancies,  or  early  bone 
deposits  are  not  recognized  in  the  early  initial 
stages,  and  when  negative  to  x-ray  must  not  be 
dismissed  as  absent.  Localization  of  foreign 
bodies  on  the  plate  does  not  always  spell  a spec- 
tacular removal,  for  I admit  many  difficulties 
that  I had  to  cope  with,  even  after  excellent  x-ray 
localization. 

I can  only  allude  to  the  brilliant  chapter  writ- 
ten by  roentgenology  in  the  field  of  therapeutics, 
especially  deep  x-ray  in  pre-  and  postoperative 
care  of  malignancies,  as  well  as  the  direct  at- 
tack of  the  lesion.  Many  enthusiastic  reports  in 
the  treatment  of  acute  regional  infections  have 
come  to  the  fore,  especially  in  acute  postopera- 
tive parotitis  or  thrombophlebitis. 

Controlled  injection  of  radio-opaque  media  into 
fistulous  tracts  as  well  as  the  visualization  of  the 
biliary  tract  and  detection  of  hidden  duct  stones 
by  means  of  the  x-ray  on  the  operating  table 
is  being  put  to  more  frequent  use. 

The  physician  and  surgeon  must  educate  the 
laity  that  a roentgenologist  is  not  a photographer 
of  structures.  We  know  that  the  x-ray  plate  is 
a record  of  the  normal  and  abnormal  anatomy 
and  physiology ; its  deciphering  requires  skill  and 
training,  requiring  a great  deal  of  time  and 
perseverance. 

Baetzer  and  Waters^  state  that  the  roentgenol- 
ogist has  four  inseparable  friends,  the  anatomist, 
pathologist,  internist  and  surgeon,  and  I wish 
to  add  a fifth  one,  the  physiologist.  With  them 
his  work  rises  or  falls.  The  physician  and  the 
surgeon  should  not  shed  their  responsibility  and 
expect  the  roentgenologist  to  make  the  diagnosis 
for  them.  The  roentgenologist  should  be  con- 
sidered a highly  skilled  physician  with  whom  his 
colleagues  cooperate  and  coordinate  as  one  of  the 
important  highways  to  reach  the  destination  of  a 
workable  diagnosis  and  possible  cure,  and  not 
the  sun  around  which  the  medical  and  surgical 
diagnosis  revolves. 

References 

1.  Baetzer  and  Waters:  Injuries  and  Diseases  of  the  Bones 

and  Joints.  New  York:  Paul  B.  Hoeber,  1927. 

2.  Bogart,  L.  M. : Rupture  of  the  urinary  bladder.  Amer. 
Jour.  Surg.,  23:442,  (March)  1934. 

December,  1941 


The  Physiology  of  the  IVose* 

By  Dewey  R.  Heetderks,  M.D. 

Grand  Rapids,  Michigan 

Dewey  R.  Heetderks,  M.D. 

A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1918.  M.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1922.  M.Sc.  in  Oto- 
laryngology, University  of  Minnesota  Post- 
graduate School,  1927.  Fellow  of  the  Ameri- 
can College  of  Surgeons.  Certified  by  the 
American  Board  of  Otolaryngology.  Member, 
American  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and  Oto- 
laryngology, Western  Michigan  Trtological  So- 
ciety, Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

■ It  is  important  that  the  rhinologist  be  familiar 
with  reactions  of  the  normal  nasal  mucous 
membrane  to  the  various  environmental  condi- 
tions so  that  he  may  be  better  able  to  evaluate 
symptoms  of  which  a patient  may  complain. 
Many  persons  in  robust  health  complain  of  symp- 
toms referable  to  the  upper  respiratory  tract 
which  on  final  analysis  may  be  explained  on  a 
physiologic  basis. 

In  1926,  the  writer  undertook  a study^  to  de- 
termine the  nature  and  extent  of  reactions  of 
normal  nasal  mucous  membrane.  Throughout 
this  study  persons  with  apparently  normal  noses 
were  observed.  Ten  persons  in  each  of  the  first 
six  decades  of  life  were  selected.  The  nasal 
membrane  in  every  case  was  carefully  observed 
in  each  of  the  atmospheric  conditions  so  that  a 
total  of  240  observations  were  made.  In  select- 
ing the  conditions  under  which  to  observe  the 
reactions  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane,  an  at- 
tempt was  made  to  supply  every  possible  relation- 
ship of  temperature  and  humidity  of  the  atmos- 
phere which  is  ordinarily  encountered. 

Some  of  the  results  noted  were  as  follows : 

In  moderate  outside  air  with  a temperature 
of  from  13  to  18“  C.  and  relative  humidity  of 
from  50  to  60  per  cent,  every  subject  showed 
slight  swelling  of  the  turbinates  and  the  nasal 
secretions  were  scantily  distributed  over  the 
mucous  membrane.  There  was  a correspond- 
ingly large  breathing  space.  Apparently  the 
least  amount  of  work  is  done  by  the  nose  in 
such  warm,  moist  air.  The  opposite  extreme 
was  observed  in  cold,  damp  air.  In  warm,  but 
very  dry  air,  the  turbinates  were  considerably 
swollen  though  less  than  in  cold  damp  at- 
mospheres. It  was  thought  the  swollen  tur- 

*Presented  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Michigan  State  Medi- 
cal Society,  Detroit,  September  26,  1940. 


983 


PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  NOSE— HEETDERKS 


binates  probably  act  as  an  adaptive  reflex 
mechanism  in  preventing  too  free  admission 
of  the  warm  dry  air. 

When  subjected  to  varying  environmental  con- 
ditions, the  nasal  mucous  membrane  showed  a 
great  variation  in  the  rapidity  of  response  in  dif- 
ferent individuals.  In  general,  adolescents  showed 
the  most  active  mucous  membrane.  From  ado- 
lescence until  old  age  there  was  a progressive  re- 
tardation in  the  response  of  this  membrane. 

Cycle  of  Reaction 

In  1923,  Lillie^^  called  attention  to  the  idea  of 
a cycle  of  reaction  in  the  nose.  In  80  per  cent  of 
the  subjects,  this  cycle  was  apparent,  that  is,  the 
turbinates  of  one  side  of  the  nose  were  filling 
while  those  on  the  opposite  side  were  throwing 
off  secretion.  This  cycle  did  not  always  take 
place  to  the  same  extent.  Cold,  damp  atmosphere 
prompted  more  pronounced  changes  than  the  less 
provocative  environments.  These  cycles  of  re- 
action occurred  over  varying  lengths  of  time 
ranging  from  15  minutes  to  two  hours. 

Subjects  were  also  examined  in  recumbent  pos- 
tures because  of  the  common  complaint  of  nasal 
obstruction  on  the  dependent  side  at  night.  The 
lower  side  nearly  filled  or  filled  completely  in 
every  case  in  an  average  time  of  twenty-five 
minutes. 

The  nasal  secretions  seemed  to  bear  a definite 
relationship  to  the  congestion  of  the  turbinal 
structures,  that  is,  being  more  copious  with  swell- 
ing of  the  turbinates  and  vice  versa.  During  ado- 
lescence, an  age  of  physiologic  activity,  the  nasal 
secretions  were  found  to  be  abundant.  In  old  age 
and  advanced  middle  life,  the  secretions  were 
much  reduced  in  amount. 

In  about  10  per  cent  of  the  cases,  there  was 
definite  debris  about  the  fibrissae  of  the  nasal 
vestibules,  and  in  at  least  half  of  the  nasal  cavi- 
ties, the  secretions  contained  fine  debris.  Every 
subject  examined  in  the  lower  temperatures 
showed  moisture  in  the  vestibules.  This  moisture 
was  never  observed  in  warmer  air  and  could  be 
produced  by  exposing  the  subject  to  cold  air  for 
five  minutes.  The  logical  explanation  of  this  fact 
is  that  cooling  the  expired  air  lowers  its  satura- 
tion point  and  some  of  its  moisture  must  be 
condensed. 

The  conclusions  reached  from  this  study  were: 

1.  The  nose  has  three  definite  functions 


other  than  olfaction;  to  warm,  moisten  and  fil- 
ter the  inspired  air. 

2.  The  mechanism  is  the  mucous  mem- 
brane, the  available  surface  of  which  is  in- 
creased by  turbinal  turgescence. 

3.  The  nose  reacts  differently  under  various 
environmental  conditions  and  at  different  ages. 

4.  Most  noses  show  a fairly  definite  cycle  of 
reaction. 

5.  The  following  symptoms  need  not  be  due 
to  pathologic  conditions  and  can  readily  be 
explained  as  physiologic  responses ; nasal  ob- 
struction in  hot  dry  rooms;  the  watery  nasal 
discharge  in  cold  weather  and  during  adoles- 
cence ; the  dropping  back  into  the  throat  of  se- 
cretions often  containing  debris,  and  obstruc- 
tion of  the  nose  on  the  dependent  side. 

Functions 

Since  making  this  study,  many  enlightening 
contributions  have  appeared  in  the  literature  on 
the  function  of  the  nose  and  its  mechanism. 
Time  permits  a rather  brief  review  of  only  some 
of  these.  Humidification  and  warming  of  the 
inspired  air  are  important  functions  of  the  nose.^° 
Humidification  is  essential  to  the  processes  of 
alveolar  respiration.  Light  is  also  essential  to 
the  maintenance  of  the  cilia  and  their  protective 
mucous  blanket. Air  laden  with  dust  or  con- 
taining bacteria  is  cleansed  to  a large  extent  in 
the  nasal  passages.^  Hilding’s®  studies  on  drain- 
age of  nasal  mucus  will  be  referred  to  later. 

Lehmann  devised  a simple  but  ingenious  tech- 
nic for  measuring  nasal  filtering  efficiency.  He 
found  the  median  average  of  nasal  efficiency  46 
per  cent  for  normals  and  27  per  cent  for  sili- 
cotics.  Tourangeau  and  Drinker^®  found  efficien- 
cies lower  than  those  reported  by  Lehmann. 
They  found  practically  no  efficiency  over  30  per 
cent  and  inferred  from  this  that  the  dust  filtering 
efficiency  of  the  nose  is  too  low  to  be  of  import- 
ance in  preventing  fine  dust  from  reaching  the 
lungs. 

Lehmanffi^  did  some  interesting  work  to  show 
the  significance  of  dust  filtering  efficiency  in  the 
development  of  silicosis.  This  dust  absorptive 
ability  of  the  nose  he  found  to  vary  widely. 
When  low,  the  subject  could  work  but  few  years 
if  he  were  to  avoid  silicosis.  When  high,  the 
worker  seldom  gets  the  disease  even  though  em- 
ployed many  years  in  this  dusty  environment. 


984 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  NOSE— HEETDERKS 


Mucus  Secretions 

In  recent  years  many  interesting  investigations 
have  been  made  on  the  mucous  secretions  of  the 
nose.  Its  source  is  the  goblet  cells  and  mucous 
glands  of  the  nasal  membrane.  With  these  two 
type  of  glands  in  operation,  Leasure^^  believes 
quite  a variety  possible  in  the  quality  of  the  nasal 
secretions  present  according  to  which  type  of 
gland  is  more  active. 

Tweedie,^'^  Mittemeier,^^  Buhrmester^  and 
Hilding'^  have  made  important  contributions  in 
regard  to  the  pH  of  nasal  mucus.  Their  findings 
have  varied,  some  reporting  the  pH  to  be  acid 
and  others  alkaline,  with  resulting  confusion.  It 
remained  for  Peterson^®  to  clear  up  these  discrep- 
ancies this  past  spring-  He  studied  the  nasal 
mucus  in  relation  to  environmental  change  and 
to  other  changes  occurring  in  the  organism. 
He  pointed  out  that  single  readings  taken  at 
different  times  mean  little  or  nothing.  He 
therefore  carried  out  this  observation  in  day-to- 
day  fashion  on  a number  of  subjects. 

The  pH  of  the  normal  membrane  was  changing 
constantly.  They  found  that  there  is  a distinct 
diurnal  rhythm,  there  is  a distinct  rhythm  asso- 
ciated with  gastro-intestinal  activity  correspond- 
ing to  the  intake  of  major  meals  and  there  is  a 
meteorological  rhythm.  PH  curves  were  charted 
and  below  each  the  curve  for  the  bacterial  count 
of  a circumscribed  area  of  the  mucous  mem- 
brane. There  was  a constant  change  in  the  bac- 
terial population  as  it  fluctuates  with  the  physio- 
logical state  of  the  mucous  membrane.  For  ex- 
ample, when  weather  gets  colder,  the  pH  in- 
creases ; that  is,  the  mucus  becomes  more  alka- 
line and  the  bacterial  count  rises  sharply.  When 
weather  gets  warmer,  the  reverse  takes  place  in- 
dicating that  acid  mucus  inhibits  the  growth  of 
organisms^’^®  (Fig.  1). 

The  destruction  and  removal  of  bacteria  from 
the  nose  is  not  entirely  mechanical,  but  is  also 
antiseptic.  This  work  is  done  by  an  enzyme  nor- 
mally present  in  the  nasal  mucus  which  is  a 
powerful  antiseptic.®  Hilding®  found  this  lytic 
power  is  reduced  in  the  first  two  days  of  a cold. 

Drainage 

The  drainage  of  nasal  mucus  was  studied  by 
Hilding.®  Because  of  its  importance,  some  of  his 
findings  will  be  briefly  reviewed.  The  film  of 
nasal  mucus  extends  like  a continuous  mem- 
brane over  all  the  nasal  surface.  This  film  is  in 


continuous  motion  throughout  its  extent.  The 
rate  of  motion  varies  in  different  regions.  The 
greatest  rate  is  generally  found  in  those  areas 
best  protected  from  the  force  of  the  inspired  air, 
that  is,  in  the  meati.  The  mucous  film  of  blanket 


eilka/i'ne,  mucos  and  rising  Lactenal  count 
foUoH  lack  of  rest j over- eatinij  ceJj 

weather. 


Fig.  1. 


is  motivated  by  four  forces:  (1)  by  the  ciliary 
activity  directly,  (2)  by  gravity,  (3)  by  traction 
due  to  cilia,  and  (4)  by  traction  from  the 
pharynx  as  in  swallowing. 

The  mucous  membrane  of  the  anterior  one- 
third  of  the  nose  is  relatively  inactive  due  to 
lack  of  cilia.  The  drainage  of  mucus  from  this 
area  is  different  from  the  rest  of  the  nose. 
Drainage  is  slow  and  is  accomplished  by  traction 
of  the  secretions  on  the  inactive  membrane  by 
ciliary  movements  in  the  adjacent  active  mem- 
brane. In  other  words,  it  is  dragged  as  a net. 
Because  of  the  slow  drainage  in  this  area,  dust 
and  cosmetics  are  often  seen  whereas  the  re- 
mainder of  the  nose  is  clean.  At  least  an  hour  is 
required  to  remove  particles  from  the  anterior 
one-third,  but  only  five  to  ten  minutes  will  suf- 
fice for  the  posterior  two-thirds.  Hilding  in  a 
single  sentence  gives  a rather  comprehensive  pic- 
ture of  the  mucous  film,  “the  layer  of  secretion 
covering  the  surfaces  is  at  once  a protective  blan- 
ket and  endless  conveyor,  a medium  for  ciliary 
action,  an  impervious  barrier  to  bacteria  and  a 
trap  for  them,  a drag-net  to  sweep  clean  the  non- 


December,  1941 


985 


PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  NOSE— HEETDERKS 


ciliary  spots,  a humidifier,  a dilfusion  medium 
and  a lubricant”  (Fig.  2). 

The  cilia  within  the  nose  are  the  chief  agent 
in  maintaining  the  normal  clearance  of  the  nasal 
cavity.  All  epithelia  of  the  nose  are  modifications 


including  their  secretory  and  ciliary  activity  is 
regulated  and  controlled  through  the  autonomic 
and  afferent  nerves.^^  It  is  interesting  to  note 
that  the  cavernous  or  erectile  tissue  in  the  nasal 
mucosa  does  not  always  conform  to  the  vascular 


Sphenoid  sinus 

Eustachian  tube 


Fig.  2. 


of  one  type,  that  is,  ciliated  epithelium.  Modifica- 
tions are  caused  by  varying  degrees  of  exposure 
to  in-  and  out-flowing  air.® 

Lucas  and  Douglas^®  found  that  the  so-called 
mucous  film  or  sheet  is  composed  of  two  parts : 
an  outer  stratum  of  viscid  mucus  which  rests  on 
the  tips  of  the  moving  cilia  and  an  inner  fluid 
layer  of  low  viscosity,  which  forms  a suitable 
medium  for  the  vibrating  cilia.  The  inner  layer 
flows  with  the  vibrating  of  the  cilia,  but  the  outer 
viscid  layer  may  or  may  not  respond  to  the  beat- 
ing of  the  cilia  against  its  under  surface.^® 

Ciliary  activity  is  autonomic  with  the  cell,  it 
may  be  a sympathetic  nerve  influence,  but  is  not 
proved.  It  varies  some  with  temperature,  the  op- 
timum being  between  28  and  33  Although 
the  cilia  serve  as  a first  line  of  defense  they  must 
not  be  regarded  as  weak  and  frail  as  pointed  out 
by  Heine.®  A single  dose  of  unfiltered  roentgen 
ray  of  eight  erythemas  is  the  maximum  for  the 
skin  of  man.  However,  the  evidence  points  to- 
ward the  fact  that  these  frail-appearing  cilia  will 
stand  three  times  such  a dose  with  impunity. 

The  functional  state  of  the  mucous  membrane 


state  of  the  adjacent  mucous  membrane,  although 
its  blood  vessels  and  those  of  the  adjacent  mu- 
cous membranes  are  innervated  by  the  same 
nerves.  Various  investigators,^®  particularly 
Sternberg,  have  called  attention  to  the  fact  that 
engorgement  of  the  cavernous  tissue  frequently 
takes  place  while  the  mucous  membrane  is  rela- 
tively ischemic  and  that  not  infrequently  it  con- 
tracts while  the  mucous  membrane  is  markedly 
hyperemic.  The  explanation  lies  in  the  fact  that 
the  capillary  bed  in  cavernous  tissue  is  inter- 
posed between  veins  whereas  the  capillary  bed  in 
other  parts  of  the  nasal  mucosa  is  interposed  be- 
tween arteries  and  veins.  In  view  of  this  ar- 
rangement, reflex  stimulation  which  elicits  vaso- 
constricture  in  the  nasal  mucosa  might  prevent 
emptying  of  the  capillary  bed  in  the  cavernous 
tissue  by  contraction  of  veins  into  which  it  drains. 

Clinical  observations  as  well  as  medical  litera- 
ture forces  one  to  recognize  the  interrelationship 
between  the  nose  and  the  rest  of  the  body.  This 
was  pointed  out  in  Peterson’s  findings  regarding 
the  rhythm  of  the  pH  of  nasal  mucus  associated 
with  gastro-intestinal  activity.  The  nasogenital 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


986 


PHYSIOLOGY  OF  THE  NOSE— HEETDERKS 


relationship  has  also  been  definitely  established. 
Mortimer  and  his  associates  found  that  the  nasal 
mucous  membrane  of  pregnant  women  showed 
increased  redness  and  swelling  in  the  later  stages 
of  pregnancy.  Mackenzie  and  subsequent  ob- 
servers have  confirmed  the  view  that  in  a certain 
percentage  of  normal  women  there  is  hyperemia 
and  swelling  of  nasal  mucosa  during  menstrua- 
tion. Many  reports  have  been  made  associating 
nasal  stuffiness  and  sneezing  with  acts  of  copu- 
lation and  sexual  excitation.^® 

Effect  of  Chilling 

Some  very  important  studies  have  been  made 
on  the  effects  of  chilling  of  body  surfaces.  Ex- 
periments were  made  with  fans,  cold  HgO  and  ice 
with  fairly  uniform  results. 

Taylor  and  Dyrenforth®^  have  shown  that  cold 
water  takes  heat  from  the  body  twenty-seven 
times  faster  than  air.  Individuals  in  cold  H.^O 
without  exercise  may  manifest  a drop  of  over 
10  degree  F.  in  the  nose,  often  with  consequent 
colds. 

Visscher  and  Spiesman^^  point  out  that  a 
change  in  temperature  of  only  two  or  three  de- 
grees in  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nose  means 
a marked  alteration  in  blood  flow  that  produces 
such  a fall  of  temperature. 

A fall  of  even  one  or  two  degrees  may  mean 
that  there  is  an  absolute  anemia  of  the  mucosa 
and  consequently  a lack  of  oxygen  which  is  ex- 
tremely favorable  for  the  growth  of  pathogenic 
organisms.  The  cardinal  factor  in  avoiding  up- 
per respiratory  infection  is  the  maintenance  of  a 
constant  average  temperature  in  the  nose  because 
any  considerable  degree  of  deviation  from  this 
average  for  appreciable  periods  of  time  will  re- 
sult in  morbid  changes. 

Undritz  and  Sassassow®®  also  studied  the  effect 
on  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  resulting  from 
cold  applied  to  the  skin.  They  concluded  that  the 
cooling  of  the  nasal  membrane  depended  not  only 
on  external  cold  applied,  but  also  on  the  consti- 
tutional make-up.  The  decrease  in  nasal  tempera- 
ture lasts  much  longer  than  the  cold  applied  ex- 
ternally, but  this  time  factor  was  subject  to  great 
variation. 

The  interactions  between  the  splanchnic  and 
peripheral  circulation  serves  to  explain  why  the 
nasal  mucous  membrane  becomes  anemic  during 
these  experiments.  The  autonomic  status  of  the 
circulation  of  the  abdominal  and  pelvic  organs  is 
opposed  to  that  of  the  extraperitoneal  organs  and 


tissues.  As  a result  of  this  relationship,  the 
autonomic  status  of  the  respiratory  mucous  mem- 
brane corresponds  to  that  of  the  skin.  If  the 
body  is  exposed  to  low  temperatures,  particularly 
in  the  absence  of  muscular  activity,  the  skin  be- 
comes relatively  ischemic  owing  to  peripheral 
vasoconstricture.  Since  the  autonomic  orientation 
of  the  respiratory  mucous  membrane  corresponds 
to  that  of  the  skin,  they  also  become  ischemic. 

Summary 

In  summarizing,  one  is  impressed  with  the 
ingenious  and  complex  mechanism  of  the  nose. 
This  mechanism  functions  in  ordinary  environ- 
ments with  remarkable  efficiency.  It  is,  however, 
affected  adversely  by  any  form  of  cold  applied 
to  the  body,  especially  when  not  exercising,  a 
consideration  most  important  in  the  prevention 
of  colds.  The  vasomotor  activity  of  the  nose 
varies  not  only  with  different  environments  and 
emotional  factors,  but  also  with  the  age  and  con- 
stitutional make-up  of  the  individual. 

References 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 


7. 

8. 
9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 

21. 

22. 

23. 

24. 

25. 

26. 


Buhrmester,  C. : Content  and  viscosity  of  nasal  secretion. 

Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.  and  Laryng.,  42:1040,  1933. 

FabricanC  Noah:  Personal  communication. 

Fenton,  K.  A.,  and  Larsell,  O.:  The  defense  mechanisms  of 
the  upper  respiratory  tract.  Ann.  Otol.,  46:303,  (June) 
1937. 

Heetderks,  D.  R. : Observations  on  the  reactions  of  normal 
mucous  membrane.  Am.  Jour.  Med.  Sci.,  p.  231,  (August) 
1927. 

Heine,  L.  H. : The  effect  of  radiation  upon  ciliated  epi- 

thelium. Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol  and  Laryng.,  45:60,  (March) 
1936. 

Hilding,  A. : The  physiology  of  drainage  of  nasal  mucus. 

Arch.  Otol.,  15:92,  (Jan.)  1932. 

Hilding,  A.:  Note  on  some  changes  in  the  hydrogen  ion 

concentration  of  nasal  mucus.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.  and 
Laryng.,  43:47,  (March)  1934. 

Hilding,  A.:  Studies  on  the  common  cold  and  nasal 

physiology.  Trans.  Am.  Laryng.  Assoc.,  56:253.  1934. 
Hilding,  A.:  Changes  in  the  lysozyme  content  of  the  nasal 
mucus  during  colds.  Arch.  Otol.,  20:38,  (July)  1934. 
Kuntz:  The  autonomic  nervous  system.  Jour.  A.M.A., 

107:334,  (Aug.  11  1936. 

Larsell,  O.  and  Fenton,  R.  A.:  Sympathetic  innervation  of 
the  nose.  Arch.  Otol.,  24:687,  (Dec.)  1936. 

Leasure,  J.  K. : The  secretion  of  the  nasal  mucous  mem- 
brane. Trans.  Ind.  Acad.  Ophthal.  and  Otol.,  p.  13,  (Dec. 
12)  1934. 

Lehmann,  G. : Significance  of  dust  filtering  efficiency_  of 

human  nose  in  the  development  of  silicosis.  Arbeitsphysiol., 


9:206-216,  1936. 

Lillie,  H.  I. : Personal  communication. 

Lucas,  A.  M.,  and  Douglas,  L.  C. : Principles  underlying 

ciliary  activity  in  the  respiratory  tract.  Arch.  Otol.,  20:518, 
(Oct.)  1934. 

Lucas,  A.  M.,  and  Douglas,  L.  C. : Principles  underlying 

ciliary  activity  in  the  respiratory  tract.  Arch.  Otol.,  21 :285, 
(March)  1935. 

Mittemeier:  Content  and  viscosity  of  nasal  secretion.  Ann. 
Otol.  Rhinol.  and  Laryng.,  42:1040,  1933. 

Petersen,  W.  F. : Human  organic  reactions  to  weather 

changes.  Bull.  Am.  Meteorol.  Soc.,  21:170-175,  (May)  1940. 
Petersen,  W.  F. : Personal  communication. 

Proetz,  A.:  Some  studies  on  nasal  function.  Ann.  Otol. 

Rhinol.  and  Laryng.,  41:125,  1932. 

Proetz,  A.:  Applied  physiology  of  the  nose  and  accessory 

nasal  sinuses.  Am.  Jour.  Surg.,  42:190,  (October)  1938. 
Proetz,  A.  W. : Effect  of  temperature  on  nasal  cilia.  Arch. 
Otol.,  19:607,  (May)  1934. 

Rosen,  S.:  The  nasogenital  relationship.  Arch.  Otol.,  28: 

556,  (Oct.)  1938. 

Soiesman.  I.  G. : Vasomotor  reactions.  Arch.  Otol.,  17:829, 
(Tune)  1933. 

Tavlor  and  Dyrenforth:  (Thilling  of  body  surfaces.  Jour. 

A.M.A.,  111:1744  (Nov.  5).  1938. 

Tourangeau,  F.  J.,  and  Drinker,  P. : The  dust  filtering  ef- 
ficiency of  the  human  nose.  Jour.  Indust.  Hyg.  and  Toxi- 
col., 19:53-57,  (Jan.)  1937. 


December,  1941 


987 


BLACKWATER  FEVER— HOLM 


27.  Tweedie,  A.  R. : Nasal  flora  and  reaction  of  the  nasal 

mucus.  Jour.  Laryng.  and  Otol.,  49:586,  1934. 

28.  Undritz  and  Sassassow:  Reflex  changes  of  temperature  of 

nasal  mucous  membrane  due  to  local  applications  of  cold. 
Ztschr.  f.  Hals,  Nasen  u.  Ohrenh.,  32:300,  1932. 

[V|SMS 

The  Successful  Use  of 
Sulfauilamide  iu  the  Treatmeut 
of  Blackwater  Fever 

By  Benton  Holm,  M.D. 

Cadillac,  Michigan 

Benton  Holm,  M.D. 

A.B.,  Augustana  College,  1927.  M.D., 

Northwestern  University,  1932.  Member  Staff, 

Mercy  Hospital,  Cadillac.  Member,  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society. 

■ Blackwater  fever  is  not  an  unusual  condi- 
tion in  the  malarial  districts,  but  to  encounter 
a case  in  Northern  Michigan,  however,  is  quite 
surprising.  This  case  presented  several  phases 
which  seem  unusual  enough  to  warrant  this  re- 
port. Search  of  the  medical  literature  reveals  no 
reported  cases  which  have  been  treated  with  the 
sulfanilamide  group.  Several  reports  on  the  use 
of  these  drugs  in  ordinary  malaria  have  been 
recorded  in  the  past  three  years.  Hill  and  Good- 
win have  reported  one  hundred  cases  of  malaria 
treated  with  sulfanilamide  with  excellent  results. 

Blackwater  fever  or  malarial  hemoglobinuria 
is  generally  considered  to  be  one  clinical  manifes- 
tation or  malignant  form  of  malaria.  Most  au- 
thorities believe  that  the  estivo-autumnal  parasite 
is  usually  present.  In  this  condition  the  red  cells 
are  dissolved  or  hemolyzed,  and  the  hemoglobin 
is  liberated  into  the  blood  stream.  The  destruc- 
tion of  red  blood  cells  may  be  so  extensive  that 
the  liver,  spleen,  and  other  organs  that  normally 
take  care  of  the  hemoglobin  from  worn-out  or 
dead  cells  are  unable  to  do  so  and  the  excess 
amount  of  hemoglobin  is  excreted  by  the  kidneys 
in  such  quantities  that  the  color  of  the  urine  be- 
comes red,  and  may  be  in  such  quantity  as  to 
give  the  urine  a black  color — hence  the  term 
“blackwater.” 

The  onset  of  blackwater  fever  generally  be- 
gins with  a chill,  followed  by  a high  temperature, 
great  prostration,  thirst,  vomiting,  abdominal  dis- 
tress, aching  loins,  and  great  tenderness  over  the 


acutely  enlarged  liver  and  spleen.  The  patient 
rapidly  becomes  jaundiced,  and  the  urine  that 
is  passed  varies  in  color  from  red  to  black.  The 
red  count  and  hemoglobin  may  drop  rapidly  to 
very  low  levels.  Death  occurs  in  about  twenty 
per  cent  of  the  cases.  Anuria  is  the  most  dreaded 
complication  and  the  outcome  is  usually  fatal. 

No  specific  treatment  has  been  proved  to  be 
of  value.  Quinine  is  usually  withheld  or  given 
with  caution  as  it  may  contribute  to  the  hemol- 
ysis. Rest,  good  nursing  care,  parenteral  fluids, 
and  blood  transfusions  all  are  of  value.  Many 
drugs  of  questionable  value  are  advised,  such  as 
— alkalies,  adrenalin,  caffeine  sodium  benzoate, 
atabrine,  snake  venom  and  neo-arsphenamine.  No 
reports  of  the  previous  use  of  sulfanilamide  have 
been  found. 

Case  Report 

E.  S.,  a thirty-six-year-old  white  woman,  was  ad- 
mitted to  Mercy  Hospital,  Cadillac,  Michigan,  on  No- 
vember 28,  1937,  complaining  of  chills,  fever,  and  pas- 
sage of  black  urine.  She  had  been  a foreign  missionary 
for  eight  years,  going  to  French  Equatorial  Africa 
in  1929.  She  returned  to  the  United  States  in  1931 
for  one  year.  From  there  she  had  gone  to  Paris, 
France,  for  a year’s  study.  She  had  returned  to  Africa 
in  1934,  remaining  there  until  June,  1937,  when  she 
came  back  to  America. 

She  had  the  first  attack  of  malaria  in  Africa  in 
1930.  She  had  taken  5 grains  of  quinine  daily  upon 
arrival  in  Africa  and  had  continued  quite  faithfully. 
However,  after  neglecting  this  for  a week  she  developed 
chills  and  fever  in  1930.  This  lasted  three  days  and 
was  easily  controlled  with  quinine.  In  December,  1934, 
she  had  another  slight  attack  which  responded  quickly 
to  quinine.  One  year  later  she  had  another  mild  attack 
of  malaria.  While  on  the  boat  returning  to  America 
in  June,  1937,  she  again  had  chills  and  fever.  Follow- 
ing this  she  took  quinine,  five  grains  daily,  more  or 
less  irregularly  for  two  months. 

Other  than  these  attacks  of  chills  and  fever,  the 
patient  noted  no  symptoms  until  three  months  before 
admittance,  when  she  developed  tinnitus  and  weakness. 
She  was  also  told  by  her  friends  that  they  had  noted 
a gradually  increasing  pallor  of  her  skin. 

In  August,  1937,  she  had  an  attack  of  pain  in  the 
lower  abdomen  for  which  she  was  kept  in  bed  for  two 
months. 

The  present  attack  began  on  November  22,  1937, 
six  days  previous  to  admittance,  with  slight  chills  and 
fever,  which  persisted  daily  until  November  27,  1937, 
when  she  had  a severe  chill  and  first  noticed  the  pass- 
ing of  black  urine.  This  had  cleared  up  but  the  next 
day  she  had  another  chill  with  a temperature  of  105  de- 
grees and  again  passed  dark  urine.  On  admittance  to 
the  hospital  that  evening  she  had  another  chill  and 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


988 


BLACK^^■ATER  FEVER— HOLM 


complained  of  nausea  and  vomiting,  extreme  thirst, 
and  pain  in  the  right  upper  abdominal  quadrant. 

Inventory  by  systems  revealed  little  of  significance. 
There  was  no  history  of  other  previous  illnesses.  Men- 
struation had  begun  at  sixteen.  Her  periods  had  been 
regular,  occurring  every  four  weeks  and  being  mod- 
erate in  amount  until  ten  months  ago,  when  they  be- 
came profuse  and  occurred  every  three  weeks  with 
pain  in  the  lower  abdomen  during  menstruation. 

Physical  Exatnination. — On  admittance  examination 
revealed  a rather  thin,  white  woman  of  about  thirty- 
five  years  of  age,  with  marked  pallor  and  a pale  lemon 
yellow  color  of  the  skin  and  sclerse.  She  was  evi- 
dently acutely  ill  although  well  oriented  and  cooper- 
ative. 

Temperature  106.4  degrees.  Pulse  110.  Respirations 
28.  Her  pupils  reacted  normally.  Sclerae  were  icteric. 
The  mucous  membranes  and  conjunctivae  were  verj’ 
pale,  without  petechiae.  Mouth  was  normal.  There 
was  no  thyroid  enlargement.  Her  chest  was  clear  and 
resonant  throughout.  The  heart  borders  were  well 
within  normal  limits  but  a systolic  murmur  was  present 
at  the  apex  and  over  the  pulmonic  area.  Rhythm 
was  regular,  rate  110.  The  abdomen  was  soft  and 
flat.  The  liver  edge  was  felt  one  hand’s  breadth  below 
the  costal  margin,  was  very  tender,  not  nodular.  The 
spleen  was  markedly  enlarged  and  extended  five  inches 
below  the  left  costal  margin.  There  were  no  other 
masses  or  tenderness,  or  costovertebral  tenderness. 
Pelvic  examination  revealed  a nulliparous  introitus, 
hymen  intact ; cervix  pointing  down  and  anteriorly 
was  freely  movable.  No  adnexal  enlargement  or  ten- 
derness. Neurological  examination  was  negative. 

Laboratory  examinations  of  the  blood  on  admittance 
were  as  follows : red  blood  count  890,000,  white  blood 
count,  4,300,  hemoglobin  25.  Smear  of  blood  showed 
no  malarial  parasites.  A differential  count  showed 
juveniles  4,  stab  36,  segmented  24,  small  l3-mphoc}'tes 
3,  large  lymphocjhes  10,  monocytes  19,  degenerated  cells 
1,  irregular  Rmphocytes  3.  Red  blood  cells  were  swol- 
len, with  a few  microcytes,  a few  hj-perchromic  and 
hj’pochromic  cells.  The  icterus  index  was  100.  V an- 
denberg  reaction  was  indirect.  Blood  culture  was  neg- 
ative. 

Course  in  Hospital  (first  three  weeks). — Twelve 
hours  after  admittance  the  temperature  went  up  to 
108.4  degrees  axillary,  but  came  domi  to  99  and  100 
degrees  for  the  following  three  days.  Then  she  again 
had  rigors  with  high  fever  nearly  every  day.  The 
urine  remained  black.  The  red  count  was  brought  up 
by  frequent  blood  transfusions  but  soon  fell  again  to 
extremely  low  levels.  Patient  complained  of  abdominal 
distress,  nausea,  weakness,  and  palpitation.  Delirium 
was  quite  marked  after  the  severe  rigors.  On  De- 
cember 17,  1937,  she  appeared  to  be  d^dng.  She  was 
cyanotic,  comatose  and  pulseless  at  times.  Her  face 
and  hands  were  edematous. 

Summary  of  Laboratory  Work. — Blood  Kahn  was 
negative.  Icterus  index  100.  Agglutination  tests  for 
typhoid,  paratyphoid  and  undulant  fever  were  negative. 


Date 

Red  Blood 
Cells 

Hemo- 

globin 

% 

Highest 

Tempera- 

ture 

Chills 

Color  of 
Urine 

11-28-37 

890,000 

25 

108.4 

X 

black 

11-30-37 

1,300,000 

28 

101.0 

amber 

12-  1-37 

970,000 

26 

101.8 

amber 

12-  2-37 

1,840,000 

32 

103.8 

X 

black 

12-  3-37 

1,550,000 

30 

103.8 

X 

dark  red 

12-  4-37 

1,640,000 

38 

103.2 

X 

black 

12-  6-37 

1,310,000 

32 

106.2 

X 

black 

12-  7-37 

1,290,000 

25 

105.8 

X 

pale  red 

12-  9-37 

1,200,000 

21 

102.0 

straw 

12-11-37 

1,330,000 

25 

103.8 

X 

amber 

12-13-37 

1,720,000 

34 

104.8 

XXX 

black 

12-14-37 

1,260,000 

30 

105.8 

XX 

red 

12-16-37 

870,000 

16 

102.8 

black 

12-18-37 

650,000 

10 

101.8 

red 

12-18-37 

Prontosil 

started 

12-20-37 

610,000 

10— 

99.8 

red 

12-22-37 

860,000 

10 -f 

99.6 

red 

12-24-37 

1,530,000 

35 

100.0 

amber 

12-26-37 

1,790,000 

37 

99.2 

straw 

12-28-37 

1,630,000 

38 

98.6 

straw 

12-30-37 

1,850,000 

40 

98.6 

straw 

1-  4-38 

2,280,000 

42 

98.6 

straw 

1-  8-38 

2,340,000 

46 

98.6 

straw 

1-12-38 

2,000,000 

47 

99.0 

straw 

1-24-38 

2,810,000 

50 

98.8 

straw 

1-31-38 

3,070,000 

53 

98.0 

straw 

2-13-38 

4,080,000 

60 

98.0 

straw 

2-25-38 

4,100,000 

64 

98.0 

straw 

Daily  blood  smears  were  negative  for  malarial  para- 
sites except  on  November  28,  1937,  and  on  December 
7,  1937,  when  estivo-autumnal  organisms  were  found. 
Blood  cultures  were  repeatedly  negative.  Blood  sugar 
was  88  milligrams  per  100  cubic  centimeters.  Blood 
non-protein  nitrogen  was  53  milligrams  per  100  cubic 
centimeters.  The  feces  were  repeatedly  negative  for  ova 
or  parasites.  The  urine  was  consistently  reddish  purple 
or  black  in  color.  The  red  count  and  hemoglobin  are 
recorded  in  Table  I.  The  white  count  varied  from  2,000 
to  6,000. 


December,  1941. 


989 


BLACKWATER  FEVER— HOLM 


Summary  of  Treatment  (first  three  weeks). — Two 
thousand  to  four  thousand  cubic  centimeters  of  in- 
travenous saline  and  glucose  were  given  daily.  On 
November  30,  1937,  atabrine  was  started  and  1.5  grains 
given  three  times  a day  for  fifteen  doses.  On  E>e- 
cember  2,  snake  venom  in  increasing  doses  was  given 
daily.  Intramuscular  liver  extract  and  ferrous  sulfate 
with  vitamin  B were  given  daily.  Cafeine  sodium  ben- 
zoate, 7.5  grains  twice  daily,  and  adrenalin  m.  X when- 
ever needed  for  sixteen  days.  Quinine,  5 grains  three 
times  daily,  was  started  on  December  11,  but  dis- 
continued after  two  days.  Six  thousand  cubic  centi- 
meters of  citrated  blood  from  thirteen  donors  were 
given  at  intervals  during  the  first  three  weeks.  Cold 
wet  packs  were  used  for  hyperthermia  and  external 
heat  applied  with  the  chills.  Constant  special  nursing 
care  was  provided.  A few  doses  of  sodium  thiosul- 
fate were  given  intravenously.  Nembutal  was  given 
for  restlessness. 

Later  Course. — ^On  December  18,  the  red  count  was 
650,000  with  a hemoglobin  of  10.  The  urine  continued 
to  be  reddish  black.  Because  of  the  fact  that  the  pa- 
tient was  obviously  terminal  and  had  failed  to  respond 
to  any  of  the  recognized  forms  of  treatment,  I de- 
cided to  give  sulfanilamide.  This  had  been  considered 
before  but  withheld  because  of  the  fear  of  further 
aggravating  the  severe  anemia.  Therapy  with  20  cubic 
centimeters  of  prontosil  every  four  hours  was  insti- 
tuted w’th  almost  miraculous  response.  The  temperature 
dropped  to  normal  and  remained  normal  thereafter,  and 
all  the  previously  described  signs  disappeared.  In  two 
days  the  patient  became  rational  and  was  able  to  take 
sulfanilamide  by  mouth,  this  being  given  in  doses  of 
15  grains  four  times  daily  for  three  days  and  then 
reduced  to  10  grains  three  times  daily.  There  was  no 
more  black  urine,  although  it  was  discolored  from  the 
prontosil.  The  red  count  increased  rapidly  without  any 
further  transfusions.  She  was  given  ferrous  sulfate 
with  vitamin  B in  the  form  of  hematinic  plastules. 
The  liver  and  spleen  gradually  diminished  in  size  and 
the  jaundice  cleared  up. 

She  continued  to  be  nauseated,  however,  and  devel- 
oped attacks  of  severe  pain  in  the  right  upper  abdo- 
men referred  to  the  right  shoulder  blade  which  re- 
quired frequent  doses  of  morphine  for  relief.  On  De- 
cember 29,  x-rays  showed  non-visualization  of  the 
gall  bladder  after  oral  dye.  A diagnosis  of  gall-bladder 
disease  with  stones  was  made.  She  was  given  dehydro- 
cholic  acid  with  atropine  and  a high  fat  diet  for  a week, 
but  the  attacks  became  worse  on  this  regime.  On  Jan- 
uary 19,  1938,  her  red  count  was  up  to  2,630,000  and 
hemoglobin  47.  She  was  taken  to  the  operating  room 
and  under  nitrous  oxide  anesthesia  the  gall  bladder  was 
explored  through  a small  subcostal  incision.  The  gall- 
bladder wall  was  somewhat  thickened ; the  mucosa 
had  a strawberry  appearance.  It  was  filled  with  dark 
brown  bile  and  contained  six  or  eight  faceted  soft, 
brown  gall  stones.  The  stones  were  removed  and  the 
gall  bladder  was  drained.  It  was  felt  that  these  stones 
were  probably  the  result  of  the  extreme  concentration 


of  blood  pigments  from  the  hemolytic  anemia  rather 
than  the  result  of  gall-bladder  infection.  Considering  the 
general  condition  of  the  patient,  a cholecystotomy 
seemed  preferable  to  a cholecystectomy. 

Her  postoperative  course  was  uneventful.  She  was 
up  in  two  weeks  and  on  February  13  she  was  dis- 
charged from  the  hospital.  Her  red  count  at  that  time 
was  4,080,000  with  a hemoglobin  of  60.  She  felt  fine. 
She  was  instructed  to  take  quinine,  10  grains  daily,  and 
continued  to  take  ferrous  sulfate. 

She  has  been  under  observation  intermittently  since 
that  time.  There  have  been  no  recurrences  of  the 
symptoms  of  malaria  or  gall-bladder  disease.  In  Feb- 
ruary, 1939,  she  again  left  for  French  Equatorial  Africa 
to  continue  as  a missionary,  and  several  reports  reveal 
that  she  is  in  good  health. 

Comment 

The  interesting  features  of  this  case  are  the 
occurrence  of  blackwater  fever,  a tropical  dis- 
ease, in  Northern  Michigan,  the  unusually  high 
temperature  108.4  degrees  axillar}%  the  extreme 
anemia,  the  dramatic  response  to  prontosil  and 
sulfanilamide  in  an  obviously  terminal  patient, 
and  the  removal  of  blood  pigment  stones  from 
the  gall  bladder. 

Bibliography 

1.  Blackie,  \\'.  K.;  Blood  transfusion  in  the  treatment  of 
blackwater  fever.  Lancet,  (November)  1937. 

2.  Blocklock,  B. : The  etiology  of  blackwater  fever.  Ann. 

Trop.  Med.,  (April)  1923. 

3.  Blocklock,  19.  B.:  The  mechanism  of  blackwater  fever  and 

certain  allied  conditions.  Brit.  Med.  Jour.,  (July)  1928. 

4.  Camody,  E.  P. : Blackwater  fever.  So.  African  iMed.  Jour., 
(July)  1929. 

5.  Chesterman,  C.  C. : The  treatment  of  blackwater  fever  by 

oral  sodium  bicarbonate.  Lancet,  (June)  1929. 

6.  Cozgeshall,  L.  T. ; Malaria.  Prophylactic  and  therapeutic 
effect  of  sulfonamide  compounds  (sulfanilamide  and  sul- 
fanilyl  sulfanilate)  in  experimental  malaria.  Proc.  Soc.  Ex- 
per.  Biol,  and  Med.,  38:768-773,  (June)  1938. 

7.  De  Valle,  C.  M.:  A case  of  blackwater  fever  and  its 

urological  aspect.  N.  Y.  State  Med.  Jour.,  (November)  1930. 

8.  Fairley,  R.  U. : Cholelithiasis  as  a sequel  of  blackwater 

fever.  Lancet,  (June)  1930. 

9.  Fernan,  Nunez  M.:  Blackwater  fever:  a clinical  review  of 

fifty-two  cases.  Annals  Int.  Med.,  (March)  1936. 

10.  Fernan,  Nunez:  Hemoglobinuric  fever:  Is  it  an  allergic 

phenomenon?  Am.  Jour.  Tropical  Med.,  (September)  1936. 

11.  Hasselman,  C.  M. : Blackwater  fever  in  the  Philippine 

Islands.  Jour.  Philippine  Islands  Med.  Assn.,  (January) 
1934. 

12.  Hill,  R.  A.:  Prontosil  in  treatment  of  malaria.  Report  of 

100  cases.  So.  Med.  Jour.,  (December)  1937. 

13.  Low,  G.  M,:  Blood  transfusions  in  blackwater  fever. 

Lancet,  (September)  1928. 

14.  Morgatroid,  F. : Modern  treatment  of  blackwater  fever. 

Med.  Press,  196:173-175,  (IMarch  2)  1938. 

15.  Pakenham,  R.,  and  Rennie,  A.  T. : Malaria  therapy.  Sul- 

fonamides. Lancet,  2:79,  (July  9)  1938. 

16.  Sampson,  M.  C. : Blackwater  fever  and  its  relation  to  ma- 

laria. So.  African  Med.  Jour.,  (May)  1932. 

17.  Soromenho,  L. : Spirochetes  in  the  feces  of  patients  with 

blackwater  fever.  Lancet,  (November  8)  1930. 

18.  Tolleson,  H.  M.:  The  treatment  of  hemoglobinuric  fever. 

Jour.  Med.  Assn.  Georgia,  (February)  1930. 

19.  Whitmore,  E.R. : Further  study  of  the  blood  in  blackwater 

fever.  United  Fruit  Co.,  Eighteenth  Annual  Report,  1929. 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


990 


EXAMINATION  OF  SELECTEES 


Examination  of  Selectees 
as  a Society  Activity 

The  Tuscola  County  ^Medical  Society  has  been 
conducting  group  examinations  of  registrants 
under  the  Selective  Service  Act  as  a Society  ac- 
tivity. The  manner  in  which  these  examinations 
are  being  conducted  appears  to  be  somewhat  un- 
usual and  therefore  worth  while  reporting. 


divided  into  three  groups  of  four,  each  group 
acting  as  an  examining  unit.  The  secretary  has 
acted  as  a sixth  examiner  with  each  unit. 

The  iMedical  Superintendent  of  the  Caro  State 
Hospital  for  Epileptics  offered  the  use  of  the 
gy-mnasium  of  the  institution  recreation  build- 
ing as  an  examining  center  and  the  facilities  of 
the  institution  laboratory’  for  urinalyses.  All 
blood  specimens  are  sent  to  the  I\Iichigan  De- 
partment of  Health  Laboratory  for  routine  Kahn 


Prior  to  May,  1941,  the  examinations  for  the 
Local  Board  had  been  done  by  three  Caro 
physicians.  With  the  death  of  one  of  these 
physicians,  the  two  remaining  found  it  impos- 
sible to  examine  enough  men  to  fill  the  county’s 
quota  for  induction  into  service.^  The  members 
of  the  Local  Board  approached  the  officers  of  the 
Society  and,  after  obtaining  their  approval,  inter- 
viewed the  individual  members  to  ascertain  their 
willingness  to  serve  as  examiners  for  the  Board. 
The  response  was  unanimous.  The  names  of  the 
younger  members  were  then  submitted  by  the 
Board  to  Governor  VanWaggoner  for  approval; 
all  names  submitted  were  approved. 

Because  of  his  central  location  and  proximity 
to  the  Draft  Board  office,  the  secretary  of  the 
Society  was  designated  as  the  chief  examining 
officer.  The  dentists  of  the  county  have  co- 
operated splendidly,  one  working  with  each  unit 
in  a group  examination ; several  have  assisted 
more  than  once.  The  examining  physicians  were 


tests.  Examining  booths  along  the  windowed 
side  of  the  gymnasium  are  formed  by  suspend- 
ing sheets  from  overhead  wires.  Each  physician 
works  in  the  same  booth  at  all  examinations.  The 
accompanying  diagram  explains  the  physical  set- 
up. Registrants  wait  in  the  lobby  until  called  for 
examination. 

The  secretaries  of  the  Local  Board  and  of  the 
Society  arrange  the  dates  of  examinations.  The 
secretary  of  the  Local  Board  sends  the  “Official 
Notice  to  Appear  for  Examination”  to  a group  of 
between  forty-five  and  fifty  registrants.  At  the 
sarnie  time  the  secretary  of  the  Society  notifies  the 
members  of  a unit  that  an  examination  will  be 
held.  The  examining  units  work  in  rotation. 
Each  unit  completes  its  work  in  a half  day  and 
it  has  not  been  necessary'  for  any  unit  to  appear 
more  often  than  once  a month. 

As  each  registrant  enters  the  g}’mnasium,  he 
is  assisted  in  filling  out  the  questions  on  the  first 
page  of  the  examination  form.  At  this  time  a 


December,  1941 


991 


EXAMINATION  OF  SELECTEES 


psychiatric  evaluation  of  the  registrant  is  made. 
He  then  passes  to  the  first  booth.  Here  he  dis- 
robes and  the  blood  specimen  is  taken.  Carrying 
his  examination  blanks  and  clothes  with  him,  he 
is  examined  in  each  booth  in  turn.  At  the  last 
booth,  a urinalysis  is  obtained  and  the  blanks  col- 
lected. Three  male  attendants  from  the  insti- 
tution have  assisted  with  the  taking  of  blood 
for  Kahn  tests,  removal  of  impacted  wax  from 
ears,  and  the  collection  of  urine  specimens.  As 
each  examiner  completes  his  part  of  the  exam- 
ination, he  makes  a penciled  note  in  the  margin, 
classifying  that  portion  of  the  examination  as 
lA,  IB,  or  IV.  He  is  familiar  with  the  Selective 
Service  standards  for  his  particular  examination 
and  his  notation  is  a valuable  timesaver  to  the 
chief  examiner  in  completing  the  forms  when 
the  results  of  the  urinalyses  and  Kahn  tests  are 
available.  The  completed  forms  are  returned  to 
the  secretary  of  the  Local  Board. 

The  members  of  the  Local  Board  have  been 
very  enthusiastic  over  this  plan.  It  allows  them 
to  consider  large  groups  of  registrants  for  final 
classification  at  one  time  and  makes  their  meet- 
ings, with  absence  from  their  regular  occupations, 
less  frequent.  Thus  far,  none  of  the  physicians 
or  dentists  has  objected  to  spending  the  time  re- 
quested; their  cooperation  has  been  very  grati- 
fying to  the  Society  officers.  The  percentage  of 
rejections  at  the  Army  Induction  Station  has 
been  low.  Of  the  last  group  of  thirty-nine  sent 
to  the  Induction  Station,  there  were  five  rejec- 
tions. Three  had  been  referred  to  the  Medical 
Advisory  Board  and  passed  by  that  body.  One 
was  rejected  because  of  “acute  anterior  urethritis 
(gonococcic)  of  three  days  duration.”  The  fifth, 
a registrant  with  rheumatic  heart  disease,  repre- 
sents the  only  real  failure  of  the  examining 
group.  Needless  to  say,  this  record  of  efficiency 
is  pleasing  to  all  concerned. 


I^SMS 


PLASMA  TRANSFUSION  ABOARD  SHIP 
SAVES  “KEARNY”  CREW  MEMBER’S  LIFE 

How  blood  plasma,  donated  by  an  unknown  American 
through  his  local  Red  Cross  chapter  to  the  Army  and 
Navy  Blood  Plasma  Bank,  was  used  on  the  torpedoed 
destroyer  Kearny  t©  save  the  life  of  a seriously  injured 


sailor,  is  told  in  a statement  issued  by  the  United  States 
Navy  Department,  November  4.  While  the  destroyer 
was  still  limping  into  port,  a series  of  three  transfusions 
was  performed  with  plasma  flown  from  shore-based 
supplies  by  a patrol  plane  and  parachuted  into  the  water 
from  where  it  was  rescued  and  taken  aboard  the 
Kearny.  The  statement  issued  by  the  Navy  Department 
follows  in  full : 

“Blood  plasma  taken  from  the  bank  being  raised  by 
donations  which  citizens  of  the  United  States  are  mak- 
ing to  the  Navy  through  the  American  Red  Cross  was 
credited  today  with  saving  the  life  of  Leonard  Fronta- 
kowski.  Chief  Botswain’s  Mate,  USN,  one  of  the  10 
men  injured  when  the  USS  Kearny  was  torpedoed 
on  the  night  of  October  16-17. 

“The  plasma,  delivered  far  at  sea  by  a Navy  patrol 
plane,  was  used  in  three  transfusions  which  a Naval 
surgeon  administered  in  a dramatic  operation  performed 
aboard  the  damaged  destroyer  as  it  limped  to  port  after 
being  hit  by  a German  submarine. 

“Frontakowski,  whose  home  is  at  370  Hamilton  Ave., 
Norfolk,  Va.,  was  not  injured  in  the  torpedo  attack 
itself,  but  was  hurt  seriously  when  struck  by  a life- 
boat which  was  torn  from  its  moorings  and  swept 
across  the  deck  of  the  ship  as  the  damaged  destroyer 
rolled  in  the  rough  North  Atlantic  seas. 

“The  ship’s  ‘sick  bay’  had  been  wrecked  by  the  tor- 
pedo’s explosion.  However,  Frontakowski  was  carried 
to  the  ship’s  after-dressing  station  where  first  aid  was 
administered  by  an  unidentified  Pharmacist’s  Mate. 

“Meanwhile,  another  destroyer  was  on  its  way  to  as- 
sist the  Kearny  and  when  she  arrived  18  hours  after 
the  submarine  attack.  Lieutenant  (junior  grade)  R.  W. 
Rommell,  Medical  Corps,  U.  S.  Naval  Reserve,  a resi- 
dent of  Oneida,  New  York,  was  transferred  to  the 
Kearny  in  a motor  whale  boat  to  attend  the  injured 
men. 

“Soon  after  Dr.  Rommell’s  arrival,  a patrol  plane, 
which  had  put  out  from  a shore  base,  reached  the 
scene  and  dropped  a package  of  blood  plasma,  wrapped 
in  waterproof  covering,  on  the  sea  beside  the  second 
destroyer.  It  was  recovered  and  taken  aboard  the 
Kearny. 

“Dr.  Rommell  used  the  blood  plasma  to  give  Fronta- 
kowski three  transfusions.  The  sailor’s  condition, 
which  had  been  considered  very  grave,  began  to  show 
steady  improvement. 

“Frontakowski  is  recovering  at  a service  hospital  in 
Iceland  now  and  is  believed  to  be  out  of  danger. 

“Surgeons  at  the  Navy  Department  pointed  out  that 
the  plasma  used  in  saving  Frontakowski’s  life  far  out 
in  the  North  Atlantic  may  have  come  from  a donor  in 
any  of  several  inland  states,  and  emphasized  the  impor- 
tance of  everyone  joining  in  the  drive  to  provide  the 
blood  plasma  needed  to  equip  ships  of  the  fleet. 

“Approximately  20,000  donations  have  been  made  to 
the  Red  Cross,  and  of  these  9,000  have  been  processed 
and  turned  over  to  the  Navy  and  6,000  to  the  Army. 
It  is  estimated  that  at  least  100,000  units  are  required 
for  each  branch  of  the  service  to  meet  ordinary 
peacetime  needs. 

“Persons  interested  in  making  contributions  to  the 
blood  bank  are  requested  to  contact  chapters  of  the 
American  Red  Cross  participating  in  the  program.” 

Active  blood  collecting  projects  are  now  sponsored 
by  Red  Cross  chapters  in  the  following  cities : Wash- 

ington, Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  New  York,  Buffalo, 
Rochester,  and  Indianapolis.  A number  of  other  chap- 
ters are  now  completing  plans  for  collection  projects  in 
their  areas,  the  Red  Cross  announces. 


992 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


e ^eaion  J 

My  Sincere  Wish  to  cdl  members  of  the 
Michigan  State  Medical  Society  for  a 

MOST  HAPPY  HOLIDAY  SEASON! 

May  the  New  Year  bring  an  abundance 
of  health  and  courage  to  each  and  every 
doctor  of  medicine  so  he  may  perform  the 
daily  tasks  assigned  to  him  and  do  his  part 
in  solving  problems  which  face  him  individ- 
ually and  as  a member  of  an  important 
group. 


President,  Michigan  State  iMedical  Society 


December,  1941 


99.1 


^ EDITORIAL  X- 


MEDICAL  PREPAREDNESS  IN  MICHIGAN 

■ Michigan  is  faced  at  once  with  the  procure- 
ment of  one  hundred  medical  officers  for  the 
armed  forces  of  the  United  States.  That  is  not 
all.  In  the  possible  near  future,  the  quota  for 
Michigan  will  be  seven  hundred  more  medical 
officers.  This  amounts  to  about  eighteen  per 
cent  of  the  practicing  physicians  in  the  state.  In 
a medical  society  of  one  hundred  members,  eight- 
een of  them  may  be  needed  to  fill  Michigan’s 
quota. 

The  United  States  is  developing  a medical 
corps  of  over  eleven  thousand  medical  officers. 
This  compares  with  some  twelve  hundred  a very 
few  years  ago.  At  the  present  time  the  age  limit 
for  physicians  with  no  army  training  is  thirty-five 
years.  Undoubtedly,  many  of  the  younger  men 
will  apply  for  commissions  but  it  is  questionable 
that  there  are  eight  hundred  physicians  in  Mich- 
igan under  thirty-five  years  who  are  available. 
It  is  probable  the  age  limit  will  be  raised. 

In  order  to  make  the  service  attractive  to  the 
older  and  more  trained  men,  the  Preparedness 
Committee  of  the  A.M.A.  has  been  asked  to  rec- 
ommend higher  initial  commissions  for  medical 
specialists  and  higher  pay  arrangements  with 
more  efficient  use  of  present  medical  officers. 
(According  to  an  administrative  medical  officer 
some  of  this  inefficient  use  of  the  doctors  in  serv- 
ice is  due  to  their  own  lack  of  executive  ability.) 
An  additional  recommendation  by  the  state  com- 
mittee is  that  certified  specialists  should  be  given 
initial  rank  of  Major. 

A further  activity  of  the  state  committee 
will  be  to  prepare  and  arrange  the  collection 
of  a questionnaire  which  will  be  filled  out  by 
each  County  Preparedness  Committee.  The 
data  in  this  questionnaire  will  enable  the 
state  committee  to  have  a comprehensive 
knowledge  of  the  distribution  and  availability 
of  physicians  should  a national  crisis  become 
apparent. 

Other  aids  for  encouraging  commissions  of 
medical  officers  are  requests  to  the  hospital  ad- 
ministrators that  they  encourage  interns,  resi- 


dents, and  staff  members  under  the  proper  age 
tO'  apply  for  commissions  in  the  Medical  Reserve 
Corps  and  that  medical  students  be  encouraged 
to  seek  appointments  in  the  Medical  Adminis- 
trative Corps. 

There  is,  at  present,  an  understanding  be- 
tween the  Selective  Service,  the  Military 
Forces  and  the  colleges  that  any  medical  stu- 
dent, once  accepted  in  a reputable  medical  col- 
lege, may  be  commissioned  in  the  Medical  Ad- 
ministrative Corps  and  then  will  not  be  called 
to  active  duty  until  after  completion  of  his 
medical  education. 

The  deans  of  the  medical  schools  also  have 
been  asked  to  avoid  the  certifications  to  teaching 
positions  of  doctors  under  the  age  of  thirty,  and 
also  to:  discontinue  requesting  their  deferment  in 
the  draft. 

A difficult  problem  and  much  labor  await  the 
Medical  Preparedness  Committee  but  they  seem 
to  have  started  the  solution  with  a sound  under- 
standing of  the  needs  and  a desire  for  fair 
treatment  to  doctors  of  medicine. 


YOU  HAVE  THE  FACTS 

■ A LETTER  sent  to  each  member  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  on  November  15, 
1941,  by  the  Executive  Committee  of  The  Coun- 
cil presented  a very  informative  report  on  Michi- 
gan Medical  Service. 

Perhaps  most  important  was  the  news  that  the 
Board  of  Directors  of  Michigan  Medical  Service 
has  finally  found  a trained  insurance  man  capable 
of  managing  the  administration  of  the  program. 
For  many  months  contacts  had  been  made  but 
fulfillment  was  impossible  for  one  reason  or  an- 
other. 

Two  paragraphs  of  this  letter  are  especially 
worthy  of  note: 

“Surgery  in  the  general  population  runs  only 
40  cases  per  1,000  whereas  surgery  with  Mich- 
igan Medical  Service  groups  has  been  running 
to  139  cases  per  1,000.  This  experience  in  the 


994 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


TAXES 


first  six  months  of  newly-enrolled  groups, 
taxes  severely  the  reserves  of  Michigan  Med- 
ical Service  but  incidentally  reveals  that  3^ 
times  more  operations  are  performed  under 
the  M.M.S.  program  than  are  performed  in  the 
general  population.” 

This  surely  demonstrates  that  the  additional 
amount  of  service  created  under  this  budgeting 
plan  should  tend  toward  a more  healthy  popula- 
tion and  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  preventive 
surgery. 

The  other  paragraph  toi  be  quoted  needs  no 
comment.  It  is  a sermon  in  itself. 

“It  must  be  appreciated  that  Michigan  Med- 
ical Service  is  a young  corporation  and  that 
perfection  can  only  be  had  through  a process 
of  evolution.  Its  initial  development  was  oc- 
casioned by  a consumer  demand  for  a program 
protecting  the  low-income  workers  against 
catastrophic  illness.  This  demand  will  have 
to  be  met;  either  by  cooperative  efforts  of  the 
medical  profession,  or  by  political  or  social 
agencies.  Would  a political  or  social  program 
by  consistent  with  the  democratic  practice  of 
Medicine  and  preserve  its  tradition?” 


MERRY  CHRISTMAS 

■ In  extending  the  greetings  of  Christmas  to 
every  member  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society,  the  officers  and  councilors  review  with 
gratification  the  accomplishments  of  the  past 
year.  Organized  medicine  in  Michigan  has  kept 
pace  with  scientific  advancement,  while  at  the 
same  time  meeting  and  solving  its  ever-increas- 
ing social  and  economic  problems. 

Looking  to  the  year  1942,  a period  of  even 
greater  service  by  the  medical  profession  to  the 
citizens  of  Michigan  is  anticipated — a service:  de- 
veloping better  health  and  prosperity  to  all, 
epitomized  in  the  sincere  greeting,  “A  Happy 
New  Year.” 


WRITE  ON  THYMUS  TREATMENT 

“Treatment  of  Successive  Generations  of  Rats  w th 
Thymus  Extract  and  Related  Substances,”  a summary 
of  two  years’  research  in  the  anatomical  laboratoGes 
of  the  Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine,  is  pub- 
lished in  the  current  issue  of  the  nationally  circulated 
journal,  Endocrinology.  Prof.  Warren  O.  Nelson  and 
Instructor  Albert  Segaloff  of  the  College  staff  are  the 
authors. 

The  Wayne  study  was  aided  by  grants  from  the 
Committee  on  Scientific  Research  of  the  Amer.can 
Medical  Association  and  the  Works  Project  Admin- 
istration. 


You  Are  Going  to  Pay 
More  Taxes 

By  Hazen  J.  Payette,  LL.B. 

This  article  on.  Income  Taxes  is  the  first  in  a series 
of  two  written  especially  for  The  .Journal  of  the  Mich- 
igan State  Medical  Society  by  Mr.  Payette,  a member 
of  the  Detroit  Bar,  out  of  a wealth  of  experience  with 
the  Internal  Revenue  Code. 

N September  20,  1941,  at  12:15  p.m.  E.S.T. 
the  Revenue  Act  of  1941  became  effective. 
While  this  was  not  a complete  new  act  but  merely 
amendments  to  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  all 
payers  of  income  tax  in  prior  years  will  be  affect- 
ed by  it  as  well  as  hundreds  of  thousands  of  per- 
sons who  heretofore  have  escaped  the  payment 
of  income  taxes. 

In  attempting  to  comment  on  income  taxes  for 
1941,  I am  mindful  of  the  fact  that  additional 
tax  acts  will  probably  be  passed  either  in  1941, 
or  in  1942  and  made  retroactive  to  one’s  1941 
income.  What  these  changes  will  be  it  is  im- 
possible toi  guess  and  therefore  this  article  is 
based  on  the  above  mentioned  Act.  In  addition, 
certain  suggestions  are  made  which  might  prove 
beneficial  to  one’s  tax  position  if  acted  upon 
this  year. 

The  present  Act  is  not  the  so-called  “Adminis- 
tration Tax  Bill”  although  it  does  contain  some 
of  its  provisions.  Numerous  provisions  were 
eliminated  to  expedite  its  passage  with  the  prom- 
ise that  a subsequent  bill  would  be  introduced 
which  would  provide  additional  revenue.  The 
present  Act  will  yield  slightly  in  excess  of  $3,- 
500,000,000. 

This  discussion  of  the  Act  is  directed  primarily 
to  the  medical  profession  and  will  not  touch  on 
the  new  or  increased  corporation,  excise  and  ex- 
cess profits  tax.  In  passing,  however,  it  might  be 
well  to  mention  that  material  increases  have  been 
made  in  estate  and  gift  taxes  (in  some  instances 
the  new  estate  taxes  represent  an  increase  of  424 
per  cent)  and  while  the  new  rates  on  gift  taxes 
do  not  become  effective  until  1942,  the  estate 
taxes  will  be  collected  as  of  the  effective  date 
of  this  Act.  , 

Although  the  amendments  to  the  Act  affecting 
1941  income  are  not  numerous  in  comparison, 
they  are  vital  in  that  they  generously  affect  the 
amount  of  tax  one  will  pay.  Those  changes  can 
be  summarized  as  follows : 


December,  1941 


995 


TAXES 


(a)  Integration  of  10  per  cent  defense  tax 
into  basic  surtax. 

(b)  Reduction  of  personal  exemption  for  mar- 
ried persons  from  $2,000  to  $1,500. 

(c)  Reduction  of  personal  exemption  for  sin- 
gle persons  from  $800  to  $750. 

(d)  Restriction  in  the  allowance  to  the  head 
of  a family  on  the  first  dependent  in  certain 
cases. 

(e)  Increased  surtax  rates. 

(f)  Optional  returns. 

(g)  Optional  reporting  of  increment  on  U.  S. 
Savings  and  Defense  Bonds. 

(h)  Lowering  of  minimums  on  Information 
Tax  returns. 

Who  Must  File  a Return 

The  Act  contains  these  provisions ; 

The  following  individuals  shall  each  make  under 
oath  a return  stating  specifically  the  items  of  his 
gross  income — 

(1)  Every  individual  who  is  single  or  who  is  mar- 
ried but  not  living  with  husband  or  wife,  if  having  a 
gross  income  for  the  taxable  years  of  $750  or  over. 

(2)  Every  individual  who  is  married  and  living 
with  husband  or  wife — if  (A)  such  individual  has  for 
the  taxable  year  a gross  income  of  $1500  or  over,  and 
the  other  spouse  has  no  gross  income;  or  (B)  Such 
individual  and  his  spouse  each  has  for  the  taxable 
year  a gross  income  and  the  aggregate  gross  income 
is  $1500  or  over. 

Even  though  a single  person  may  have  the 
status  oif  “head  of  the  family”  with  one  or  more 
dependents,  he  would  still  have  to  file  a return 
if  his  income  was  $750  or  over;  a married  per- 
son having  a gross  income  of  over  $1,500,  who 
is  maintaining  a home  for  his  wife  and  minor 
child  or  children  would  also  have  to  file  a return 
although  in  each  instance  noi  tax  would  have  to 
be  paid. 

A husband  and  wife  are  still  permitted  to  file 
either  joint  or  separate  returns.  However,  in 
every  such  instance  where  there  are  separate 
incomes  a mathematical  problem  is  presented  and 
a decision  must  be  reached  as  to  which  is  the 
more  economical.  In  making  this  decision,  bear 
in  mind  that  in  joint  returns  the  contributions, 
losses  et  cetera  of  one  party  may  be  used  to 
offset  the  gains  of  the  other.  On  the  other  hand, 
a joint  return  may  bring  one  in  the  upper  surtax 
brackets  and  result  in  a higher  tax  than  would 
have  been  paid  if  individual  returns  were  filed. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  application  of  the 


Act  let  us  consider  the  potential  report  of  a 
married  physician,  living  with  his  wife,  main- 
taining a household,  who  has  two  dependent 

children  and  whose  items  of  income  and  deduc- 
tions are  as  follows : 

Income 

Income  from  profession 

(earned  income)  $6,000.(X) 

Dividends  600.00 

Rents  and  royalties 780.00 

Fully  taxable  interest 100.00 


Gross  income  $7,480.00 

Deductions 

Taxes  $ 482.00 

Interest  paid  82.00 

Losses  from  fire,  theft,  etc. 

(not  capital  losses) 320.00 

Bad  debts  100.00 

Contributions  110.00 


Total  deductions 1,094.00 


Net  income $6,386.00 

Credits  against  net  income  for 
surtax  purposes : 

Personal  exemption  $1,500.00 

Credit  for  dependents 800.00 

2,300.00 


Surtax  net  income $4,086.00 

Surtax  (see  surtax  tables  below)  $311.18 

* 

Net  income  $6,386.00 

Credits  against  net  income  for 

normal  tax  purposes : 

Personal  exemption  $1,500.(X) 

Credit  for  dependents 800.00 

Earned  income  credit  (10% 
of  either  earned  income  or 
net  income,  whichever  is 

less)  600.00 

2,900.00 


Normal  tax  net  income...  $3,486.00 

Normal  tax  (4%  of  $3,486.00) ....  139.44 


Total  normal  and  surtax $450.62 

Note  that  the  amount  subject  to  surtax  is 
greater  than  that  subject  to  normal  tax.  This 
is  true  because  the  earned  income  credit  is  one 
of  the  items  not  allowed  as  a deduction  for  sur- 
tax purposes. 

It  is  possible  under  the  Act  to  have  a situa- 
tion where  the  taxpayer  will  not  be  required  to 
pay  a normal  tax  but  nevertheless  must  pay 
a surtax.  For  example,  where  a married  man 


996 


louR.  M.S.M.S. 


TAXES 


with  one  dependent  has  an  exemption  of 
$1,900.00  and  has  an  earned  income  of  $2,100.00, 
his  earned  income  credit  added  to  his  exemptions 
would  total  more  than  his  income  and  he  would 
therefore  have  no  normal  tax  to  pay ; but  since 
his  earned  income  credit  of  $210.00  is  not  al- 
lowable for  surtax  purposes,  he  would  be  en- 
titled to  only  $1,900.00  in  exemptions  and  would 
therefore  be  required  to  pay  a surtax  on  $200.00 
which  would  amount  to  $12.00. 

Surtax  Tables 

Surtax  tables  as  set  up  under  the  Act  start 
at  6 per  cent  with  the  rate  increasing  rather 
abruptly.  The  rates  up  to  and  including  $32,- 
000.00  are  as  follows; 


the  Optional  Return,  so  a thorough  explanation 
here  would  merely  waste  valuable  space.  How- 
ever, I do  wish  to  point  out  that  should  a hus- 
band and  wife  have  separate  incomes,  one  would 
be  permitted  to  file  the  regular  form  while  the 
other  filed  the  optional  form.  If  this  were  done, 
each  person  would  be  considered  as  a single  per- 
son and  would  therefore  be  entitled  to  a personal 
exemption.  The  credit  for  dependents  would 
then  be  taken  by  the  person  providing  support 
for  same. 

Capital  Assets 

The  law  as  to  the  acquisition  and  disposition  of 
Capital  Assets  has  not  been  changed.  However, 
there  has  been  some  confusion  as  to  the  appli- 


I£  the  surtax  net  income  is:  The  surtax  shall  be: 


Not 

over  $2,000.00. 

net  income 

Over 

2,000.00  but  not 

over 

4,000.00 

$ 120.00  plus  9 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

$ 2,000.00 

Over 

4,000.00  but  not 

over 

6,000.00 

300.00  plus  13 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

4,000.00 

Over 

6,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

8,000.00 

560.00  plus  17 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

6,000.00 

Over 

8,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

10,000.00 

....  900.00  plus  21 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

8,000.00 

Over 

10,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

12,000.00 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

10,000.00 

Over 

12,000.00  but 

not 

over 

14,000.00 

....  1,820.00  plus  29 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

12,000.00 

Over 

14,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

16,000.00 

....  2,400.00  plus  32  per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

14,000.00 

Over 

16,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

18,000.00 

....  3,040.00  plus  35 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

16,000.00 

Over 

18,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

20,000.00 

....  3,740.00  plus  38 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

18,000.00 

Over 

20,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

22,000.00 

....  4,500.00  plus  41 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

20,000.00 

Over 

22,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

26,000.00 

....  5,320.00  plus  44  per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

22,000.00 

Over 

26,000.00 

but 

not 

over 

32,000.00 

....  7,080.00  plus  47 

per 

cent 

of 

excess 

over 

26,000.00 

These  tables  continue  up  to  $5,000,000.00  and  those  persons  having  an  income  over  that  figure 
are  required  to  pay  a surtax  of  $3,723,780.00  plus  77  per  cent  of  the  excess  over  $5,0(X),000.00. 


The  Optional  Return 

The  optional  return  was  designed  to  simplify 
the  filing  of  returns  for  the  thousands  of  new 
taxpayers  this  year.  While  it  is  an  arbitrary 
method,  it  is  assumed  that  the  use  of  this  return 
will  result  in  the  filing  of  fewer  falsified  returns, 
as  the  deduction  allowed,  in  addition  to  the  per- 
sonal exemptions  and  the  credit  for  dependents, 
is  approximately  10  per  cent. 

The  use  of  this  form  is  restricted  to  those 
having  a gross  income  of  $3,000.00  or  less  and 
whose  income  “consists  wholly  of  one  or  more 
of  the  following:  Salary,  wages,  compensation 
for  personal  services,  dividends,  interest,  rent, 
annuities,  or  royalties.”.  In  the  tables  accom- 
panying this  form,  a specific  tax  is  listed  for 
gross  incomes  from  $750.00  to  $3,000.00  with 
each  bracket  of  $25.00  paying  a different  tax. 

A professional  man  would  not  be  permitted 
to  deduct  any  items  of  expense,  were  he  to  use 


cation  of  short  term  losses  and  for  that  reason 
the  procedure  is  deemed  worthy  of  comment. 
The  rule  on  short  term  losses  is  that  they  may 
be  deducted  to  the  extent  of  short  term  gains 
for  the  same  year.  If  one’s  short  term  losses  ex- 
ceeded his  short  term  gains  in  the  1940  return, 
such  losses  may  be  deducted  from  the  short  term 
gains  in  1941  and  such  deduction  is  only  limited 
by  the  taxpayer’s  1941  net  income. 

It  might  be  well  to  point  out  that  among  the 
numerous  suggested  changes,  several  were  pro- 
posed affecting  Capital  Assets.  While  no  defi- 
nite information  is  available,  it  is  assumed  by 
many  that  there  will  be  changes  in  the  manner 
in  which  profits  on  “long  term”  and  “short  term” 
gains  are  taxed.  With  this  in  mind,  a thorough 
study  of  one’s  securities  is  indicated.  The  tax- 
payer should  prepare  at  this  time  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  those  deductions  which  might  not  be 
available  in  future.  Examine  the  advisability  of 


December,  1941 


997 


TAXES 


disposing  of  those  securities  which  are  about  to 
pass  from  one  time  bracket  to  another.  It  may 
be  advisable  to  dispose  of  certain  assets  at  a 
profit  to  offset  certain  losses  incurred  during  the 
year.  As  it  is  possible  that  the  new  tax  bill 
may  not  permit  the  deduction  of  short  term  losses 
incurred  in  the  preceding  year,  it  might  be  ad- 
visable to  dispose  of  certain  assets  at  a profit 
in  order  tO'  absorb  losses  you  have  incurred  dur- 
ing this  year.  Action  must  be  taken  before  the 
end  of  the  taxable  year  so  that  full  advantage 
may  be  obtained.  Adversely,  if  one  is  planning 
certain  decorations  or  repairs  which  would  come 
under  the  heading  of  “Business  deductions”  it 
might  be  well  to  wait  until  next  year.  Naturally, 
the  same  would  hold  true  for  business  expenses. 

Deductions 

In  discussing  deductions  I assume  that  the 
taxpayer  is  familiar  with  the  fact  that  the  usual 
professional  expenses  are  deductible.  These  are 
many.  To  enumerate  them  would  take  several 
paragraphs. 

While  equipment  is  generally  considered  as 
a capital  asset  and  the  taxpayer  is  only  per- 
mitted to  take  depreciation  on  it,  this  is  not 
true  of  tho'se  numerous  items  which  must  be 
constantly  replaced.  Magazines  in  the  waiting 
room,  malpractice  insurance,  dues  in  professional 


societies,  expense  of  attending  professional  con- 
ventions, scientific  journals,  and  the  cost  of 
maintenance  of  an  automobile  to  the  extent  to 
which  it  is  used  in  carrying  on  a profession  are 
items  of  business  deduction.  Contrasted  to  the 
rule  that  business  expenses  are  deductible,  the 
Treasury  Department  has  ruled  that  the  cost  of 
uniforms  of  surgeons  and  nurses  as  well  as 
their  cost  of  laundering,  is  not  deductible ! 

A good  rule  to  follow  in  deciding  deductions 
for  business  expense:  If  the  expense  is  incurred 
because  it  is  essential  to  a profession  or  if  it 
is  required  or  expected  of  the  physician  in  order 
that  he  may  receive  his  compensation,  it  is  de- 
ductable. However,  if  it  is  primarily  connected 
with  one’s  living,  family  or  personal  welfare, 
regardless  of  whether  it  may  subsequently  bene- 
fit one  in  his  profession,  it  may  not  be  deducted. 

A doctor  who  uses  part  of  his  home  as  an 
office  may  deduct  a proportionate  share  of  the 
expense  for  heat,  light,  repairs,  depreciation,  in- 
surance, cleaning  service,  et  cetera.  This  appor- 
tionment may  be  on  the  basis  of  use,  ratio  of 
rooms  used,  or  ratio  of  area.  As  no^  definite 
rule  has  been  set,  the  merits  in  each  case  will 
govern. 

717  Ford  Building, 

Detroit,  Michigan 

(Part  II  will  appear  in  the  Jamcary  issue) 


ADVANCED  COURSE  ENT  SURGICAL  ANATOMY 

at  the 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MICfflGAN  MEDICAL  SCHOOL 

Second  Semester — February  12  to  June  4,  1942.  Thursday,  1:00  to  10:00  P.  M. 
each  week.  Professor  Rollo  E.  McCotter. 

Dissection  of  specific  regions  of  the  body  to  refresh  previous  knowledge  and 
as  preparation  for  surgical  specialties  ot  investigative  work.  If  time  permits  and 
suitable  material  is  available,  the  study  may  be  extended  to  the  microscopical 
and  developmental  anatomy  of  the  region.  Informal  lecture  the  first  part  of  the 
afternoon  followed  by  dissection  of  the  part  under  consideration.  Graduate  or 
{x>stgraduate  credit  can  be  arranged.  Fee  $25. 

For  further  information,  address: 

Department  of  Postgraduate  Medicine 
University  of  Michigan 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan 


998 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


CORONER  ACTION  REQUIRED  IN  ALL  CASES  NOT  SEEN  BY 
PHYSICIAN  DURING  THIRTY-SIX  HOURS  PRECEDING  DEATH 

Attorney  General's  Opinion  to  State  Board  of  Embalmers  and  Funeral  Directors 


We  have  your  recent  letter  in  which  you  ask 
for  a construction  and  clarification  of  the  mean- 
ing of  Section  19,  Chapter  XIII,  of  the  Code  of 
Criminal  Procedure  (Act  175.  P.A.  1927 ; Section 
17421,  C.  L.  1929;  Section  28.1187,  Mich.  Stat. 
Ann.)  which  reads: 

“It  shall  be  the  duty  o£  any  physician  and  of  any 
person  in  charge  of  any  hospital  or  institution,  or  of 
any  person  who  shall  have  first  knowledge  of  the  death 
of  any  person  who  shall  have  died  suddenly,  accidental- 
ly, violently  or  as  the  result  of  any  suspicious  cir- 
cumstances or  without  medical  attendance  up  to  and 
including  at  least  thirty-six  hours  prior  to  the  hour  of 
death,  or  in  any  case  of  death  due  to  what  is  commonly 
known  as  an  abortion,  whether  self-induced  or  other- 
wise, to  immediately  notify  the  coroner  of  the  death.  It 
shall  be  unlawful  for  any  undertaker,  embalmer  or  other 
person  to  remove  any  body  from  the  place  where  such 
death  occurred,  or  to  prepare  same  for  burial  or  ship- 
ment, without  first  notifying  the  coroner  and  receiving 
permission  to  remove  the  body.” 

We  refer  you  to  a former  opinion  of  this  de- 
partment (1933-34  O.A.G.  166)  which  discusses 
the  history  and  purpose  of  this  statute  in  detail. 
The  apparent  purpose  of  the  statute  is  tO'  assist  in 
the  discovery  of  crime  resulting  in  death  and 
to  provide  a method  for  determining  the  cause 
of  death  in  all  doubtful  cases.  Without  repeating 
what  was  said  in  that  opinion,  we  concur  in  the 
conclusion  that  this  statute  requires  the  action  of 
a coroner  in  all  cases  of  death  where  a physician 
has  not  seen  the  deceased  during  the  last  thirty- 
six  hours  preceding  the  hour  of  death. 

We  also  direct  your  attention  to  Section  8 of 
Act  343,  P.  A.  1925  (Section  6580,  C.  L.  1929; 
Section  14.228  Mich.  Stat.  Ann.)  which  provides 

in  part : 

“In  case  of  any  death  occurring  without  medical  at- 
tendance it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  undertaker  or 
person  acting  as  such  to  notify  one  of  the  county  cor- 
oners, or  a justice  of  the  peace  acting  as  coroner,  who 
shall  investigate  or  hold  an  inquest  as  the  circumstances 
require  and  shall  certify  as  to  the  cause  of  such  death 
on  the  death  certificate  and  shall  sign  the  same  offi- 
cially, as  coroner  or  acting  coroner.  * * ” 

You  comment  that : 

“An  extremely  large  proportion  of  deaths  are  due 
to  such  chronic  disorders  as  cancer,  heart  ailments,  et 
cetera.  In  such  cases  where  medical  attention  has  been 
provided  and  adequate  diagnosis  has  been  made,  it  is 
seldom  that  the  physician  is  in  actual  physical  attend- 
ance during  the  thirty-six  hours  immediately  preceding 
death.  Does  this  law  require  that  such  cases  shall 
be  referred  to  a coroner?  We  feel  that  they  should 
not.” 

December,  1941 


We  cannot  concur  in  your  conclusion  as  it 
seems  possible  that  in  some  cases  of  this  sort 
some  other  cause  of  death  might  have  intervened 
within  the  final  thirtv-six  hours  of  the  decedent’s 
lifetime ; for  example,  one  suffering  from  such 
an  ailment  might  be  the  victim  of  euthanasia, 
might  commit  suicide,  or  might  die  of  some  cause 
entirely  unrelated  to  the  previously  diagnosed 
ailment.  The  fundamental  purpose  of  the  statute 
in  question  requires  the  action  of  a coroner  in 
such  cases  so  as  to  ascertain  definitely  the  cause 
of  death  and  aid  in  detecting  crime. 

You  further  comment : 

“There  is  ample  reason  to  believe  that  a physician 
whose  first  call  occurs  within  this  thirty-six  hour  period 
may  not  have  sufficient  time  or  information  tO'  make 
a proper  diagnosis  and,  therefore,  should  be  required 
to  refer  the  case  to  a coroner.” 

In  such  cases  the  statute  permits,  and  indeed  in 
some  cases  requires,  the  attending  physician  to 
notify  the  coroner. 

You  present  this  further  question : 

“Whether  a person  who  died  directly  as  the  result 
of  an  accident,  but  a year  after  such  accident  actually 
occurred,  would  be  considered  to  have  died  ‘accidentally’ 
within  the  meaning  of  the  above  act.” 

The  word  “accidentally”  must  be  read  in  con- 
nection with  the  preceding  language  and  meaning 
must  be  given  to  the  entire  phrase  “any  person 
who  shall  have  died  suddenly,  accidentally,  or 
violently.”  Reading  it  in  this  way,  it  is  clear 
that  it  does  not  refer  to  a person  who^  dies  as  a 
result  of  an  accident  after  the  lapse  of  a year 
or  any  other  extended  period  of  time.  In  the  im- 
mediately following  phrase,  the  statute  refers  to 
“the  result  of  any  suspicious  circumstances,”  and 
had  the  legislature  intended  the  meaning,  it  no 
doubt  would  have  used  the  phrase  “the  result  of 
an  accident.” 

I 

It  is  our  opinion  that  the  word  “accidentally” 
must  be  given  its  usual  dictionary  meaning  of  a 
sudden  and  unforeseen  event. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Herbert  J.  Rushton 
A ttorney  G eneral. 

No.  20313  of 
July  7,  1941. 

999 


>f  YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS  ^ 


THE  STATE  OF  WASHINGTON  SOLVES 
ITS  STATE-MEDICINE  THREAT 

According  to  Northwest  Medicine,  a limited 
form  of  state  medicine  was  inaugurated  in  the 
state  of  Washington  last  autumn  by  the  passage 
of  an  initiative  bill  by  a majority  of  100,000  votes 
favoring  an  old-age  pension  measure  which  be- 
came effective  April  1.  This  bill  provides  a pen- 
sion of  $40  per  month  for  all  citizens  who  have 
attained  the  age  of  65  ; one  section  of  the  bill  pro- 
vides for  free  choice  of  doctor  and  dentist  from 
legally-qualified  practitioners.  The  setup  places 
the  medical  and  dental  care  under  a State  Medi- 
cal-Dental Board,  including  four  physicians,  two 
dentists  and  one  nurse,  with  a local  board  in  each 
of  the  thirty-nine  counties  comprising  two  physi- 
cians, one  dentist  and  a representative  of  the 
County  Welfare  Department. 

“When  the  actual  care  of  patients  came  under 
consideration,”  according  to  N orthwest  Medicine, 
“there  was  only  one  available  means  of  dispens- 
ing this  service.  It  was  realized  that  the  existing 
Medical  Service  Bureaus,  with  their  experience 
standing  over  a period  of  years,  could  immediate- 
ly administer  the  new  service,  and  the  care  was 
placed  under  these  organizations,  thus  eliminating 
lay  supervision  of  medical  service  which  has 
been  a threatened  menace  whenever  state  medi- 
cine has  been  under  consideration.” 


MSMS  Convention,  September  22,  23,  24,  25,  1942 
— Grand  Rapids — 


ANNUAL  COUNTY  SECRETARIES' 
CONFERENCE 

The  conference  of  county  medical  society  sec- 
retaries will  be  held  at  the  Olds  Hotel,  Lansing, 
Sunday,  January  25,  10:30  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

As  in  the  past,  this  conference  will  become 
a joint  meeting,  in  the  afternoon,  with  the  state 
and  county  health  officers  of  Michigan. 

An  unusually  interesting  program  is  being 
developed,  including  a first-hand  account  of  ci- 
vilian defense  in  England  by  Chief  Daniel  Deasy 
of  the  New  York  Fire  Department,  now  assigned 
to  the  Office  of  Civilian  Defense,  Washington, 
D.  C. 


All  members  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical 
Society  will  be  welcomed  at  the  County  Secre- 
taries’ Conference ; particularly,  the  presidents 
and  secretaries  of  county  medical  societies  are 
urged  to  attend. 


MSMS  Convention,  September  22,  23,  24,  25,  1942 
— Grand  Rapids — 


APPRECIATION  TO  MICHIGAN 
LEGISLATURE  AND  THE  GOVERNOR 

The  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Michigan  State 
Medical  Society  unanimously  adopted  the  follow- 
ing resolution  at  the  76th  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
State  Society  in  Grand  Rapids : 

Resolvtid,  That  the  House  of  Delegates  of  the  Mich- 
igan State  Medical  Society,  in  session  September  16, 
1941,  place  on  its  minutes  an  expression  of  appreciation 
to  the  members  and  the  officers  of  the  Michigan  Leg- 
islature, and  to  His  Excellency,  The  Governor,  for  the 
courteous  reception  extended  to  the  representatives  of 
the  medical  profession  and  for  the  thoughtful  consider- 
ation they  have  given  medical  and  public  health  meas- 
ures that  have  come  before  them  this  year. 


MSMS  Convention,  September  22,  23,  24,  25,  1942 
— Grand  Rapids — 


"ADVANCED  HRST-AID  FOR 
CIVIUAN  DEFENSE" 

An  infonnative  brochure  with  the  above  title 
issued  by  the  American  Red  Cross  is  obtainable, 
together  with  a copy  of  “Emergency  Medical 
Service  for  Civilian  Defense,”  by  writing  the 
Office  of  Civilian  Defense,  Washington,  D.  C., 
attention  of  George  Baehr,  M.D.,  Chief  Medical 
Officer.  No  charge  is  made  for  these  booklets. 


MSMS  Convention,  September  22,  23,  24,  25,  1942 
— Grand  Rapids — 


KEEPING  OUT  OF  TROUBLE 

Not  every  doctor  . . . who  gets  tangled  up 
with  the  law  deserves  to  be  sued.  One  of  the  best 
ways  for  a doctor  to  keep  out  of  trouble  is  to 
see  to  it  very  carefully  that  he  does  nothing  which 
brings  him  within  the  scope  of  those  who'  merit 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


1000 


YOU  AND  YOUR  BUSINESS 


damage  suits  against  them,  for  if  he  is  careful  to 
observe  this  precaution  he  is  likely  to  be  reward- 
ed with  a long  and  honorable  career  in  the  prac- 
tice of  medicine  without  the  humiliation,  em- 
barrassment and  (sometimes)  great  loss  occa- 
sioned by  a malpractice  suit. 

Humphreys  Springstun,  of  the  Detroit  Bar. 
Doctors  and  Juries.  P.  Blakiston's  Son  and  Co., 
Inc.  1935. 


MSMS  Convention,  September  22,  23,  24,  25,  1942 
— Grand  Rapids — 


EMERGENCY  NEEDS  FOR 
NARCOTICS 

The  Bureau  of  Narcotics,  Washington,  D.  C., 
urges  physicians  to  keep  their  narcotic  purchases 
to  a minimum.  If  a doctor’s  average  use  is  100 
tablets  a year,  the  Bureau  suggests  that  he  do 
not  keep  500  on  hand,  as  all  reserve  stocks  must 
be  readily  available  for  defense  purposes. 

While  DO’  shortage  O’f  narcotics  is  tO'  be  feared, 
excessive  buying  and  over-stocking  by  practition- 
ers and  hospitals  should  be  avoided,  according 
to  the  Bureau.  The  importance  of  keeping  the 
country’s  reserve  supplies  of  narcotics  in  the 
hands  of  manufacturers  and  wholesale  dealers, 
where  they  are  available  for  distribution  to  those 
localities  in  which  they  may  be  most  needed,  is 
self-evident.  Drugs  which  have  passed  on  to  the 
dispensing  groups  of  registrants  (practitioners 
and  hospitals)  become  “frozen”  in  that  their  use 
has  become  restricted  to  the  particular  locality 
and  they  are  no  longer  available  for  distribution 
toi  other  areas  where  emergency  needs  may  arise. 


MSMS  Convention,  September  22,  23,  24,  25,  1942 
— Grand  Rapids — 


FEDERAL  GRANT  AIDS 
PUBLIC-HEALTH  NURSING 

To  aid  in  training  graduate  nurses  specializing  in 
public-health  nursing,  Mrs.  Dorothy  Stoddard,  who  for 
the  past  three  years  has  served  as  a supervising  nurse 
in  Eaton  County  under  the  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 
plan,  has  been  assigned  to  the  staff  of  the  department 
of  nursing  at  Wayne  University  for  one  year  under 
terms  of  a grant  to  Wayne  from  the  Surgeon-General 
of  the  United  States. 

Her  appointment  is  part  of  a general  program,  aided 
by  the  Surgeon-General’s  department,  to  expand  De- 
troit’s nurse-training  facilities  to  aid  the  defense  pro- 
gram. Sums  totaling  $52,190  are  being  administered 
by  Wayne  under  the  program. 

Mrs.  Stoddard,  a graduate  of  the  University  of 
Minnesota  School  of  Nursing  and  of  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, will  develop  new  field-work  facilities  for  public- 
health  nursing  students,  advise  students  in  various 
problems,  and  coordinate  field  experience  with  the  Uni- 
versity program. 

December,  1941 


1001 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


■ Every  month  during  1941  the  following  advertisers  carried  their  friendly  message  to 
the  medical  profession  of  Michigan  through  the  pages  of  The  Journal: 


American  Can  Company,  New  York 

Holland-Rantos  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York 

Eli  Lilly  & Company,  Indianapolis 

M & R Dietetic  Laboratories,  Columbus,  Ohio 

Parke,  Davis  & Company,  Detroit 

Petrolagar  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Chicago 

S.M.A.  Corporation,  Chicago 

The  Upjohn  Company,  Kalamazoo 

Canada  Dry  Gingerale,  Inc.,  New  York 

Coca-Cola  Company,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

Fairchild  Brothers  & Foster,  New  York 
Ferguson,  Droste,  Ferguson,  Grand  Rapids 
Hack  Shoe  Company,  Detroit 
The  J.  F.  Hartz  Company,  Detroit 
The  G.  A.  Ingram  Company,  Detroit 
Mead  Johnson  & Company,  Evansville,  Ind. 
Milwaukee  Sanitarium,  Wauwatosa,  Wis. 


Sawyer  Sanatorium,  Marion,  Ohio. 

Wehenkel  Sanatorium,  Detroit 

John  Wyeth  & Brother,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Central  Laboratory,  Saginaw 
Cook  County  Graduate  School  of  Medicine, 
Chicago 

DeNike  Sanitarium,  Detroit 

The  Medical  Protective  Company,  Fort  Wayne, 
Ind. 

Physicians  Casualty  Association,  Omaha,  Neb. 
Radium  & Radon  Corporation,  Chicago 
The  Rupp  & Bowman  Company,  Toledo,  Ohio 
The  Majiles  Sanitarium,  Lima,  Ohio 
Hotel  Olds,  Lansing 

Physicians  Service  Laboratories,  Detroit 
The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School,  Wheaton,  111. 

The  Zemmer  Company,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 


Other  advertisers  who  placed  their  message  regularly  in  The  Journ.a^l  included: 


The  Baker  Laboratories,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
The  Borden  Company,  New  York 
S.  H.  Camp  & Company,  Jackson 
Cheplin  Biological  Laboratories,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 
Corn  Products  Sales  Company,  New  York 
R.  B.  Davis  Company,  Hoboken,  N.  J. 

General  Electric  X-Ray  Corporation,  Chicago 

Lederle  Laboratories,  New  York 

Michigan  State  Apple  Commission,  Lansing 

Picker  X-Ray  Corporation,  New  York 

Philip  Morris  & Company,  New  York 

Sobering  Corporation,  New  York 

Smith,  Kline  & French  Laboratories,  Philadelphia 

E.  R.  Squibb  & Sons,  New  York 


Frederick  Stearns  & Company,  Detroit 
Winthrop  Chemical  Company,  New  York 
Barry  Allergy  Laboratory,  Detroit 
Ciba  Pharmaceutical  Products,  Inc.,  Summit,  N.  J. 
National  Association  of  Chewing  Gum  Mfrs., 
Staten  Island,  N.  Y. 

Radium  Emanation  Corporation,  New  York 
Central  Laboratories,  Detroit 
Hynson,  Westcott  & Duning,  Baltimore 
Physicians  Heart  Laboratories,  Detroit 
Bancroft  School,  Haddonfield,  N.  J. 

Colwell  Publishing  Company,  Champaign,  111. 
National  Discount  & Audit  Company,  New  York 


Additional  advertisers  whose  message  appeared  in  The  Journal  during  the  year  included: 


Associated  Credit  Bureaus  of  America,  St.  Louis, 
Mo. 

A.  E.  Mallard,  Manufacturing  Chemist,  Detroit 
Moore-McCormack  Lines,  New  York 
Nestles’  Milk  Products,  Inc.,  Chicago,  111. 

The  Neuro-Psychiatric  Institute  of  Hartford  Re- 
treat, Hartford,  Conn. 

Uhlemann  Optical  Company,  Chicago,  111. 

Alumni  Association  of  Wayne  University,  College 
of  Medicine,  Detroit 
Battle  Creek  Sanitarium,  Battle  Creek 
H.  G.  Fischer  & Company,  Detroit 


Arthur  Grabruck  (Mosby  Representative),  Detroit 
Hanovia  Chemical  & Manufacturing  Company,  De- 
troit 

Inter-state  Postgraduate  Medical  Assembly  of 
North  America,  Freeport,  111. 

Libby,  McNeill  & Libby,  Chicago 
Martin-Halsted  Company,  Detroit 
Professional  Pharmacy,  Bay  City 
Professional  Management,  Battle  Creek 
Curdolac  Food  Company,  Waukesha,  Wis. 

Florida  Citrus  Commission,  Lakeland,  Fla. 


1002 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


MICHIGAN’S  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH 

HENRY  A.  MOYER,  M.D.,  Commissioner,  Lansing,  Michigan 


SMALLPOX  OUTBREAK 
EXPOSES  INDUCTION  CENTER 

Smallpox  traced  to  a Port  Huron  case  resulted  in 
widespread  exposures  in  Lapeer,  St.  Clair  and  possibly 
other  counties  in  October.  One  patient  was  a re- 
jected draftee  who  exposed  the  Army  induction  station 
in  Detroit.  Another  was  a postmaster,  others  were 
school  children  and  factory  workers. 

When  the  case  of  the  rejected  draftee  was  reported 
after  the  State  Health  Department  had  been  asked  to 
investigate  reports  of  smallpox  at  Allentown  in  St. 
Clair  County,  Selective  Service  sent  warnings  to  re- 
ception stations  at  Fort  Custer  and  Camp  Grant. 
Out  of  276  men  in  the  Detroit  induction  station  on 
October  16,  203  were  accepted  and  sixty-two  were 
rejected.  These  men  came  from  thirteen  draft  boards 
in  St.  Clair,  Oakland,  Washtenaw  and  Wayne  counties. 
Local  health  officers  notified  the  sixty-two  men  of  the 
exposure,  offering  vaccination  and  ordering  quarantine 
where  necessary. 

Mass  vaccinations  were  provided  in  some  Thumb 
communities  as  a result  of  the  outbreak. 

: — =[V|SMS 

1941  BIRTHS  SET  NEW 
RECORD 

Births  in  Michigan  will  exceed  100,000  for  an  all-time 
record  this  year.  State  Health  Department  figures 
indicate  a total  of  107,000  compared  with  the  1927 
record  of  99,940. 

Last  year,  Michigan  births  totaled  99,106  and  infant 
deaths  were  slightly  more  than  4,000.  In  spite  of  the 
increase  in  the  number  of  births  this  year,  the  number 
of  infant  deaths  will  probably  be  only  a little  more 
than  the  1940  total.  Willingness  of  more  mothers  to 
visit  their  doctors  early  in  pregnancy  is  lowering  the 
number  of  infant  deaths.  In  1930,  when  the 
number  of  births  was  about  the  same  as  the  1940 
total,  the  number  of  infant  deaths  was  greater  by  more 
than  2,000. 


=f\/|SMS 

KELLOGG  GRANT  AIDS 
VIRUS  RESEARCH 

Virus  research  carried  on  in  the  Michigan  Department 
of  Health  laboratories  will  be  aided  by  new  mechanical 
and  electrical  apparatus  which  will  separate  pure  viris. 
The  equipment  will  be  purchased  on  a $7,000  grant 
from  the  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  and  will  include 
an  air-driven  ultracentrifuge  and  an  electrophoresis 
apparatus. 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Kellogg  grant,  investigations 
of  diarrhea  of  newborn  infants  will  be  one  of  the 
first  studies  carried  on  when  the  specially-built  equip- 
ment is  ready  for  use. 

= [V|SMS 

NEW  WATER  SUPPLY  PROMPTS 
DENTAL  SURVEY  IN  ESCANABA 

Escanaba’s  change  of  water  supply  from  a bay  of 
Lake  Michigan  to  new  deep  wells  may  mean  a future 
reduction  in  dental  decay  among  the  city’s  children. 
The  well  water  contains  five-tenths  of  one  part  of 

December,  1941 


fluorides  per  million  parts  of  water.  For  this  reason, 
a long-time  survey  is  being  undertaken  to  show  the 
prevalence  of  tooth  decay  in  children  who  have  known 
only  the  old  water  supply,  which  is  free  of  fluorides, 
and  by  comparison  the  prevalence  of  decay  in  children 
who  use  only  the  new  well  water.  The  survey  is  be- 
ing made  by  dentists  from  the  United  States  Public 
Health  Service,  the  University  of  Michigan  School  of 
Dentistry  and  the  Michigan  Department  of  Health. 

The  survey  will  be  similar  to  one  recently  made  in 
eight  suburbs  of  Chicago  where  it  was  found  that 
children  living  in  five  communities  where  the  water 
supply  contained  very  small  amounts  of  fluorides  had 
only  a half  or  third  as  many  cavities  in  their  teeth  as 
children  in  the  communities  taking  their  water  from 
Lake  Michigan  which  is  free  from  fluorine.  Nearly 
3,000  children  from  12  to  14  years  old  were  examined. 

The  Escanaba  study  is  regarded  as  an  ideal  experi- 
ment. In  the  same  town  and  in  the  same  families,  it 
will  allow  a comparison  of  dental  health  in  children 
who  have  never  had  fluorine  in  their  drinking  water, 
and  in  children  who  have  never  known  any  other 
drinking  water  but  the  new  supply  with  flourine  in  it. 

Studies  have  shown  that  the  effect  of  the  fluorides 
(or  something  associated  with  them)  occurs  only 
when  the  teeth  are  being  formed — from  birth  to  eight 
years  for  all  teeth  except  wisdom  teeth  and  up  to  14 
years  of  age  for  the  wisdom  teeth.  Adults  starting 
to  use  the  water  are  not  affected,  but  when  once  built  up 
in  children,  the  protection  in  the  teeth  seems  to  be 
lasting. 


|V[SMS 


WHOOPING  COUGH 
HIGHEST  IN  FIVE  YEARS 

Whooping  cough  is  more  prevalent  in  Michigan  now 
than  it  has  been  in  the  last  five  years  and  parents  are 
being  urged  to  have  their  family  physician  give  vac- 
cine protection  to  babies  and  small  children. 


Forgotten  Charges...?? 

Do  your  bank  deposits  reflect  ALL  the  work 
you  do  on  EACH  and  EVERY  case  ...  or 
are  there  unseen  leaks  along  the  line?  You 
can  eliminate  the  hazards  of  hit-and-miss 
records  when  you  use  the  DAILY  LOG.  It’s 
REAL  protection  against  forgot- 
ten charges  . . . simplified,  con- 
cise, complete — all  in  one  neat 
volume. 

WRITE— for  illustrated  booklet  “The 
Adventures  of  Dr.  Young  in  the 
Field  of  Bookkeeping.” 

COLWELL  PUBLISHING  CO. 

1 126  University  Ave.,  Champaign,  III. 


]MIESf]L(D)(G 


1003 


-K  COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES  -k 


100  Per  Cent  Club  for  1942 — Muskegon  County 
has  certified  1942  dues  for  all  of  its  81  members.  Con- 
gratulations to  Muskegon  County. 

* * 

The  Michigan  Society  for  Crippled  Children,  Inc., 

held  its  20th  Annual  Convention  in  Saginaw  on  No- 
vember 6 to  8,  1941.  L.  Fernald  Foster,  M.D.,  Bay 
City,  Secretary  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society, 
was  on  the  program  discussing  “Camps  for  Crippled 
Children.” 

* ♦ !(: 

The  Dr.  Max  Ballin  Memorial  Lectures  (Ninth) 
were  held  on  Wednesday,  November  26,  1941,  at  the 
Detroit  Institute  of  Arts.  “Disturbances  of  Physiologic 
Function  in  Pancreatitis  and  Their  Recognition”  was 
presented  by  Mandred  W.  Comfort,  AI.D.,  Rochester, 
Minnesota ; and  “Surgical  Aspects  of  Acute  Pancreati- 
tis” by  Robert  Elman,  M.D,  St  Louis,  Missouri. 

* ^ ♦ 

Michigan  representatives  to  the  American  Medi- 
cal Association  Secretaries’  Conference  of  November 
14-15  were  Henry  R.  Carstens,  M.D.,  President;  A.  S. 
Brunk,  M.D.,  Chairman  of  The  Council ; L.  Femald 
Foster,  M.D.,  Secretary;  Roy  Herbert  Holmes,  M.D., 
Editor ; Wm.  J.  Burns,  Executive  Secretary ; and  J.  L. 
Leet,  Assistant  Executive  Secretary. 

* * * 

“Heroes  in  Medicine,”  a dramatized  radio  program, 
is  being  recorded  under  the  auspices  of  the  Radio 
Committee  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  and 


will  be  distributed  soon  to  all  out-state  radio  stations 
cooperating  with  the  Committee  this  year  in  present- 
ing medical  broadcasts.  This  interesting  and  pro- 
gressive change  in  the  radio  program  sponsored  by  the 
MSAIS  Radio  Committee  should  insure  a large  listen- 
ing audience  throughout  the  state. 

* * * 

Liberalization  of  Civil  Service  Examinations  for 
nurses  has  been  announced  by  the  United  States  Civil 
Service  Commission.  Persons  over  the  age  limit  and 
those  who  cannot  meet  the  physical  requirements  may 
apply  for  the  examination  if  they  meet  all  other  re- 
quirements of  the  announcement.  Persons  applying  un- 
der these  provisions,  if  found  otherwise  eligible,  may 
be  appointed  for  temporary  duty  ONLY,  for  the 
duration  of  the  emergency  in  the  absence  of  qualified 
eligibles. 

t * * 

Urology  Award — The  American  Urological  Asso- 
ciation offers  an  annual  award  “not  to  exceed  $500.00” 
for  an  essay  (or  essays)  on  the  result  of  some  specific 
clinical  or  laboratory  research  in  urolog>'.  The  amount 
of  the  prize  is  based  on  the  merits  of  the  work  pre- 
sented, and  if  the  committee  on  Scientific  Research 
deem  none  of  the  offerings  worthy,  no  award  will  be 
made.  Competitors  shall  be  limited  to  residents  in 
urology  in  recognized  hospitals  and  to  urologists  who 
have  been  in  such  specific  practice  for  not  more  than 
five  years.  Essays  shall  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Sec- 
retary, Clyde  L.  Deming,  M.D.,  789  Howard  Avenue, 
New  Haven,  Connecticut,  on  or  before  April  1,  1942. 


(DUE  TO  NEISSERIA  GONORRHEAS) 


ciTi 


ilver  Picrate, 
Wyeth,  has  a convincing  record  of 
effectiveness  as  a local  treatment  for 
acute  anterior  urethritis  caused  by 
Neisseria  gonorrheae.^  An  aqueous 
solution  (0.5  percent)  of  silver  pic- 
rate or  water-soluble  jelly  (0.5  per- 
cent) are  employed  in  the  treatment. 


A complete  technique  of  treatment  and  literaturewill  besentupon  request 


♦Silver  Picrate  is  a definite  crystalline  compound  of  silver  and  picric  acid. 
It  is  available  in  the  form  of  crystals  and  soluble  trituration  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  solutions,  suppositories,  water-soluble  jelly,  and  powder  for  vaginal 
insufflation. 


1.  Knight,  F.,  and  Shelanski, 
H.  A.,  "Treatment  of  Acute  Ante- 
rior Urethritis  with  Silver  Picrate,” 
Am.  J.  Syph.,  Gon.  & Ven.  Dis., 
23,  201  (March),  1939. 


JOHN  WYETH  & BROTHER,  INCORPORATEO,  PHILADELPHIA 


KXM  Jour.  M.S.M.S. 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


COUNTY  AND  PERSONAL  ACTIVITIES 


A.  C.  Furstenberg,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor,  is  author  of 
“The  Parotid  Gland”  which  appeared  in  The  Journal  of 
the  American  Medical  Association  issue  of  November 
8,  1941. 

“The  Surgical  Treatment  of  Hypertension:  II.  Com- 
parison of  Mortality  Following  Operation  with  That  of 
the  Wagener-Keith  Medically  Treated  Control  Series” 
is  the  title  of  an  article  appearing  in  the  JAMA  issue 
of  November  1,  1941,  by  Ward  Wilson  Woods,  M.D., 
and  Max  Minor  Peet,  M.D.,  Ann  Arbor. 

^ ^ ^ 

Your  Friends 

Cameron  Surgical  Specialty  Company,  Chicago,  Illinois 
S.  H.  Camp  and  Company,  Jackson,  Michigan 
Ciba  Pharmaceutical  Products,  Summit,  New  Jersey 
Coca-Cola  Company,  Atlanta,  Georgia 
Cottrell-Clarke,  Inc.,  Detroit,  Michigan 

The  Cream  of  Wheat  Corporation,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota 

Cutter  Laboratories,  Chicago,  Illinois 

Davis  & Geek,  Inc.,  Brooklyn,  New  York 

R.  B.  Davis  Sales  Company,  Hoboken,  New  Jersey 

DePuy  Manufacturing  Company,  Warsaw,  Indiana 

The  above  ten  firms  were  exhibitors  at  the  1941  Con- 
vention of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  and 
helped  make  possible  for  your  enjoyment  one  of  the 
outstanding  state  medical  meetings  in  the  country.  Re- 
member your  friends  when  you  have  need  of  equip- 
ment, medical  supplies,  appliances  or  service. 

* * 

Mr,  Charles  H.  Swift,  chairman  of  the  board  of 
Swift  & Co.,  recently  announced  the  establishment  of  a 
series  of  fellowships  for  research  in  nutrition.  The 
fellowships  provide  for  special  research  to  be  under- 
taken in  laboratories  of  universities  and  medical  schools 
with  funds  which  the  company  has  set  aside  as  grants 
in  aid,  beginning  November  1,  1941.  The  fellowships 
will  be  for  one  year  but  may  be  renewed  where  the 
project  warrants  it.  Any  fundamental  study  of  the 
nutritive  properties  of  food  or  the  application  of  such 
information  to  improvement  of  the  American  diet  and 
health  will  be  eligible  for  consideration  for  a grant, 
according  to  Dr.  R.  C.  Newton,  vice-president  in  charge 
of  the  company’s  research  laboratories,  who  will  co- 
ordinate the  program. 

* ♦ 

The  Michigan  Pathological  Society  held  its  Octo- 
ber meeting  in  Detroit  on  October  18,  1941,  at  Wayne 
University  College  of  Medicine  and  at  Receiving  Hos- 
pital. The  program  consisted  of  a seminar  on  “Pri- 
mary Tumors  of  the  Brain”  conducted  by  Gabriel  Stein- 
er, M.D.,  Professor  of  Neurology  and  Neuropathology 
at  Wayne  University  College  of  Medicine.  Eighteen 
typical  cases  of  brain  tumor  with  histories,  operative 
and  autopsy  findings  were  presented  by  Doctor  Steiner. 
Forty-seven  physicians  were  in  attendance. 

The  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Society  will  be  held  in 
December  at  the  University  Hospital,  Ann  Arbor,  where 
the  Society  will  be  the  guests  of  C.  V.  Weller,  M.D., 
and  his  staff  in  the  Pathological  Department.  The  pro- 
gram will  consist  of  the  showing  of  a motion  picture 
recently  taken  by  W.  M.  German,  M.D.,  on  his  trip 
through  South  America,  which  is  entitled  “Columbia 
South  of  Panama.”  “Problem  Cases”  will  also  be  dis- 
cussed. by  members  of  the  Society. 

* Jjs  * 

CONVENTION  ECHOES 

2,117  persons  were  registered  at  the  76th  Annual  Meet- 
ing of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society  (not  in- 
cluding the  members  of  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary). 


Physician-members  1,216 

Guests  (mostly  M.D.’s  from  other  states) 463 

Interns  and  Residents  154 

Exhibitors  284 

Grand  Total  2,117 


The  1,216  members  of  the  MSMS  who  registered 
at  the  Grand  Rapids  Convention  represented  the  fol- 
lowing specialties,  according  to  a breakdown  of  the 

December,  1941 


Main  Entrance 


SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 
White  Oaks  Farm 
Marian,  Ohio 

For  the  treatment  of 
Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases 
and  Associated  Conditions 


Licensed  for 

The  Treatment  of  Mental  Diseases 
by  the  Department  of  Public  Welfare 
Division  of  Mental  Diseases 
of  the  State  of  Ohio 

Accredited  by 

The  American  College  of  Surgeons 
Member  of 

The  American  Hospital  Association 
and 

The  Ohio  Hospital  Association 

Housebook  giving  details,  pictures, 
and  rates  will  be  sent  upon  request. 
Telephone  2140.  Address, 

SAWYER  SAMTDRIUM 

White  Daks  Farm 

Marion,  Ohio 

1005 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


CORRESPONDENCE 


86c  out  of  each  $1.00  gross  income 
used  for  members  benefit 


PHYSICIANS  CASUALTY  ASSOCIATION 
PHYSICIANS  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION 


Hospital,  Accident,  Sickness 

INSURANCE 


For  ethical  practitioners  exclusively 
(56,000  Policies  in  Force) 


LIBERAL  HOSPITAL  EXPENSE 
COVERAGE 


$5,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$25.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$10,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$50.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


$15,000.00  ACCIDENTAL  DEATH 

$75.00  weekly  indemnity,  accident  and  sickness 


For 
$10.00 
per  yei 


For 
$32.00 
per  yt 


For 
$64.00 
per  yc 


For 
$96.00 
per  ye 


39  years  under  the  same  management 

$2,000,000.00  INVESTED  ASSETS 
$10,000,000.00  PAID  FOR  CLAIMS 

$200,000  deposited  with  State  of  Nebraska  for  pro- 
tection of  our  members. 

Disability  need  not  be  incurred  in  line  of  duty — benefits 
from  the  beginning  day  of  disability. 

Send  for  applications,  Doctor,  to 

400  First  National  Bank  Building  Omaha,  Nebraska 


LABORATORY  APPARATUS 


Coors  Porcelain 
Pyrex  Glassware 
R.  & B.  Calibrated  Ware 
Chemical  Thermometers 
Hydrometers 
Sphygmomanometers 

J.  J.  Baker  & Co.,  C.  P.  Chemicals 
Stains  and  Reagents 
Standard  Solutions 


• BIOLOGICALS- 


Serums  Vaccines 

Antitoxins  Media 

Bacterins  Pollens 

We  are  completely  equipped  and  solicit 
your  inquiry  for  these  lines  as  well  as  for 
Pharmaceuticals,  Chemicals  and  Supplies, 
Surgical  Instruments  and  Dressings. 


74e  RUPP  & BOWMAN  CO. 

319  SUPERIOR  ST.,  TOLEDO,  OHIO 


registration  cards  : General  Medicine ; 413 ; Surgery : 

204 ; Obstetrics  and  Gynecology : 79 ; Pediatrics ; 42 ; 
Eye,  Ear,  Nose  and  Throat:  89;  Dermatology:  16; 
Radiology,  Anesthesia  and  Pathology:  44;  and  unclas- 
sified : 329. 


Over  200  office  secretaries  of  members  of  the  Michi- 
gan State  Medical  Society  attended  the  Symposium  on 
the  Business  side  of  Medicine,  held  in  Grand  Rapids 
September  16. 

Miss  Winona  Kullgren  of  Muskegon,  Secretary  to 
Leland  E.  Holly,  M.D.,  was  the  lucky  winner  of  the 
attendance  prize. 


Governor  M.  D.  Van  Wagoner  was  honor  guest  at 
the  Smoker  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
held  in  the  Pantlind  Hotel  Ballroom,  September  18. 


CORRESPONDENCE 


Michigan  State  Medical  Society 
Lansing,  Michigan 
Dear  Secretary  Foster : 

A letter  from  Douglas,  Barbour,  Desenberg  and 
Purdy  under  date  of  August  21,  1941,  apprising  me  of 
my  being  released  from  law  suit,  has  relieved  me  of 
much  anxiety  of  the  possible  outcome  and  I appreciate 
greatly  the  protection  afforded  me  by  our  Society. 

I am  more  than  ever  convinced  of  the  great  advantages 
derived  from  professional  association  in  organized 
effort  of  all  groups  to  be  of  benefit  to  their  members. 

Sincerely, 

R.  Milton  Rich.\rds,  M.D. 

Detroit. 

Oct.  16,  1941. 


To  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society. 

Gentlemen : 

At  the  request  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Kent 
County  Medical  Society,  I am  writing  to  commend  the 
State  Society  and  .its  committees  which  made  the  re- 
cent State  Medical  Convention  such  a decided  success. 

We  physicians  of  Grand  Rapids  appreciate  having  the 
Convention  in  our  city,  and  many  of  us  hope  the  Coun- 
cil of  the  Michigan  State  Aledical  Society  decides  to 
return  to  Grand  Rapids  and  that  the  Kent  County 
Medical  Society  may  play  a greater  part  in  helping 
your  committee  on  arrangements  and  entertainment. 

Sincerely, 

Frank  Doran,  M.D.,  Secretary 
Oct.  17,  1941  Grand  Rapids. 


Secretary,  MSMS 
Lansing,  Mich. 

Dear  Doctor: 

I wish  and  am  indeed  very  happy  to  express  my 
appreciation  to  the  MSMS  for  the  very  real  ser\'- 
ice  it  has  given  me.  It  is  very  gratifying,  to  know 
that  someone  is  “batting”  for  you  when  one  is  forced 
to  the  side  lines. 

I am  sure  that  if  the  few  doctors  who  are  not  mem- 
bers of  the  MSMS  knew  what  they  were  missing,  all 
the  king’s  horses  could  not  keep  them  out  of  the  MS 
MS. 

Thank  you  very  much  for  all  you  have  done  for  me. 

S.  M.  Lewis,  M.D. 
Oct.  21,  1941.  Ferndale. 

Jour.  iM.S.M.S. 


1006 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


IN  MEMORIAM 


IN  MEMORIAM 


L.  F.  Laverty  of  Bay  City  was  born  in  Bay  City, 
Michigan,  in  1895  and  was  graduated  from  Harvard 
Medical  School  in  1927.  Breaking  into  his  medical 
education,  he  left  school  during  the  World  War  to 
be  a pilot  in  the  naval  air  corps.  Following  the  war 
he  finished  at  Harvard  and  later  interned  at  the 
Santiago  County  Hospital,  California.  He  returned 
to  Bay  City  last  spring  from  San  Clemente,  Cali- 
fornia, where  he  had  been  practicing.  Doctor  Lav- 
erty met  his  tragic  death  in  an  automobile  accident 
on  October  30,  1941. 


Frederick  W,  Munro  of  Detroit  was  born  in 
Toronto,  Ontario,  June  11,  1899,  and  was  graduated 
from  the  University  of  Toronto  in  1924.  During  1924 
and  1925  Dr.  Munro  interned  at  the  Hospital  for  Sick 
Children  in  Toronto.  Following  residency,  he  spent  one 
year  at  Long  Island  Hospital,  Boston,  and  one  year  as 
resident  in  pediatrics  at  the  hospital  for  sick  children, 
Detroit.  Since  1928  he  practiced  in  Grosse  Pointe  and 
latterly  in  his  own  office  building  at  16840  Kercheval 
Avenue.  He  was  a Diplomate  of  the  American  Board 
of  Pediatrics,  as  well  as  being  affiliated  with  many 
medical  and  civic  organizations.  Dr.  Munro  died  Sep- 
[ tember  15,  1941. 

Arthur  E.  Owen  of  Lansing  was  born  in  Grand 
! Blanc  on  October  6,  1883,  and  was  graduated  from  the 
I Wayne  University  Medical  School  in  Detroit  in  1907. 

: Dr.  Owen  studied  in  London,  Vienna  and  Berlin.  In 
' 1925  he  went  abroad  for  a second  time  and  took  post- 
! graduate  work  at  Paris  and  London.  Dr.  Owen  was 
I a captain  in  the  medical  corps  during  the  World  War, 

I and  was  a major  in  the  medical  reserve  corps.  He  was 
a member  of  the  Michigan  Commandery,  Military  Or- 
der of  Foreign  Wars.  In  Lansing,  he  was  prominent 
in  civic  and.  iraternal  affairs  and  was  a fellow  of  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons  and  a member  of  the 
Southern  Michigan  Triological  Society.  He  died  Octo- 
ber 8,  1941. 


RESOLUTION  TO  ENCOURAGE  MEDICAL 
COMMISSIONS 

The  following  resolution,  adopted  by  the  MSMS 
Medical  Preparedness  Committee,  was  approved  by  the 
Executive  Committee  of  The  Council  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  on  November  13,  1941 : 

Whereas,  A shortage  of  medical  officers  in  the  United 
States  Army  and  other  Services  exists  at  the  present 
time ; and 

Whereas,  Younger  doctors  of  medicine  seem  reluc- 
tant to  apply  for  commissions  in  the  United  States 
Army  and  other  Services ; and 

Whereas,  The  above  conditions  are  due  to  certain 
inadequacies  and  inefficiencies  which  do  not  make  the 
Service  attractive ; now  therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That,  in  order  to  encourage  requests  for 
medical  commissions,  in  the  United  States  Army  and 
other  Services,  prompt  consideration  be  given  to  the 
following  important  matters : 

1.  That  certified  medical  specialists  be  given  initial 
commissions,  not  lower  than  the  rank  of  Major; 

2.  That  more  rapid  advancement  in  rank  be  provided 
for  medical  officers ; 

3.  That  special  ratings  with  higher  pay  schedules  be 
provided  for  medical  officers ; 

4.  That  doctors  of  medicine  be  restricted  to  medical 
work,  eliminating  nonprofessional  duties ; 

5.  That  more  efficient  use  be  made  of  the  services  of 
present  medical  officers ; i.e.,  limiting  them  to  profes- 
sional duties  and  keeping  them  sufficiently  occupied 
therewith. 


to  the  Medical  Profession 


WHEN  nothing  less  than  a high  degree  of 
accuracy  in  a clinical  test  or  a chemical 
analysis  will  serve  your  purpose,  you  can 
send  us  your  specimens  with  confidence. 
Pleasant,  well-equipped  examining  rooms 
await  your  patients.  In  either  the  anal3rtical 
or  the  clinical  department  of  our  labora- 
tory, your  tests  will  be  handled  with  the 
thoroughness  and  exactitude  which  is  our 
undeviating  routine.  . . Fees  are  moderate. 


Urine  Analysis 
Blood  Chemistry 
Hematology 
Special  Tests 
Basal  Metabolism 
Serology 


Parasitology 

Mycology 

Phenol  Coefficients 

Bacteriology 

Poisons 

Court  Testimony 


Directors:  Joseph  A.  Wolf  and  Dorothy  E.  Wolf 


Send  f^ot  7gg  Jll5t 


CENTRAL  LABORATORIES 

Clinical.  andoChBmical  Research 
312  David  Whitney  Bidg.  * Detroit,  Michigan 
Telephones:  Cherry  1030  (Resq  Davison  1220 


Cook  County 

Graduate  School  of  Medicine 

(In  Affiliation  with  Cook  County  Hospital) 

Incorporated  not  for  profit 
ANNOUNCES  CONTINUOUS  COURSES 

SURGERY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  in  Surgical 
Technique  with  practice  on  living  tissue,  starting  every 
two  weeks.  General  Courses  One,  Two,  Three  and 
Six  Months;  Clinical  Courses;  Special  Courses. 
Rectal  Surgery  every  week. 

MEDICINE — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  in  Internal 
Medicine,  and  Two  Weeks’  Course  in  Gastro-Enterology 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates_  to 
be  announced.  One  Month  Course  in  Electrocardiog- 
raphy and  Heart  Disease  every  month,  except  De- 
cember. 

FRACTURES  & TRAUMATIC  SURGERY— Two 

Weeks’  Intensive  Course  will  be  offered  four  times 
during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be  announced.  In- 
formal Course  available  every  week. 

GYNECOLOGY — ^Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  will  be 
offered  four  times  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be 
announced.  Clinical  and  Diagnostic  Courses  every 

OBSTETRICS — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course  vnll  be 
offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to  be  an- 
nounced. Informal  Course  every  week. 

OTOLARYNGOLOGY — ^Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to 
be  announced.  Clinical  and  Special  Courses  starting 
every  week. 

OPHTHALMOLOGY — Two  Weeks’  Intensive  Course 
will  be  offered  twice  during  the  year  1942,  dates  to 
be  announced.  Informal  Course  every  week. 

ROENTGENOLOGY — Courses  in  X-ray  Interpretation, 
Fluoroscopy,  Deep  X-ray  Therapy  every  week. 

General,  Intensive  and  Special  Courses  in  All  Branches 

of  Medicine,  Surgery  and  the  Specialties. 

TEACHING  FACULTY  — ATTENDING 
STAFF  OF  COOK  COUNTY  HOSPITAL 

Address:  Registrar,  427  S.  Honore  St.,  Chicago,  111. 


December,  1941 


Say  you  saav  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


1007 


READING  NOTICES 




I Physicians  Heart! 

Laboratory 

I 523  Professional  Building  j 

I 10  Peterboro  Street  j 

Detroit,  Michigan  j 

I Laboratory  Telephones;  TEmple  1-5580  i 

Columbia  5580  : 

: A laboratory  providing  the  following  I 

: services  exclusively  to  physicians  for  their  i 
j patients:  j 

I ELECTROCARDIOGRAM  j 

j BASAL  METABOLISM  j 

I X-RAY  of  HEART  j 

I KYMOGRAPH  X-RAY  of  HEART  j 

I VITAL  CAPACITY  j 

j DIRECT  VENOUS  PRESSURE  I 

I Laboratory  Hours: 9 A.M.  to  5 P.M.  j 

: Interpretative  opinions  and  records  avail-  \ 

: able  only  to  referring  plvysicians.  \ 


PiiortssiOHAiPiiorrcTioN 


A DOCTOR  SAYS: 

“Believe  me  when  I say  this  was  a 
nice  Christmas  present  and  lifted  quite 
a worry  off  my  mind.  It  was  certainly 
a hard,  long  case  to  fight.  The  whole 
profession  here  feels  that  it  was  a 
victory  for  all."’ 


READING  NOTICES 


SCIENTISTS  MEET  ON  APPLE  RESEARCH 

The  first  major  conference  ever  held  on  apple-use 
research  met  in  Washington  on  October  20,  1941.  Dr. 
M.  L.  Wilson,  chairman  of  the  special  committee  on 
apples  in  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  presided. 
The  purpose  of  the  conference  was  to  review  the 
work  done  to  date  on  apples  and  to  map  out  a large 
scale  program  of  future  study  and  investigation.  Dr. 
Ira  A.  Manville,  director  of  the  Nutrition  Research 
Laboratory,  University  of  Oregon  Medical  School,  pre- 
sented the  apple  research  work  he  had  conducted  dur- 
ing the  past  five  years. 

Dr.  Lydia  Roberts  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  said 
“We  feel  that  apples  are  one  of  the  most  valuable 
foods  even  though  we  may  not  be  able  to  explain  just 
why.  Everything  is  to  be  gained  from  research  and 
I urge  that  it  be  done.” 

Among  the  leading  authorities  in  the  field  of  nutri- 
tion and  food  research  present,  the  Department  of 
Agriculture  w^as  represented  by  Dr.  Louise  Stanley  and 
members  of  the  Bureau  of  Home  Economics  research 
staff;  Dr.  J.  T.  Jardine  in  charge  of  experiment  sta- 
tions; Dr.  E.  C.  Auchter,  chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Plant 
Industry.  Others  who  attended  included  Dr.  L.  A. 
Maynard  of  Cornell  University,  chairman  of  the  Fruits 
Committee  of  the  National  Research  Council,  Dr.  A.  R. 
Olpin,  director  of  the  Research  Foundation  and  Dr. 
J.  H.  Gourley,  chief  of  Horticulture,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity. 


WHY  MEAD.  JOHNSON  & COMPANY  CO-OPERATES 
WITH  THE  COUNCIL 

Voluntarily  Mead  Johnson  & Company  markets  only 
Council-accepted  products  because  they  have  faith  in 
the  principles  for  which  the  Council  on  Pharmacy  and 
Chemistry  (and  the  Council  on  Foods)  stands. 

They  have  witnessed  the  three  decades  during  whicli* 
the  Council  has  brought  order  out  of  chaos  in  the 
pharmaceutical  field.  For  over  thirty  years  it  has  stood 
— alone  and  unafraid — between  the  medical  profession 
and  unprincipled  markers  of  proprietary  preparations. 

The  Council  verifies  the  composition  and  analysis  of 
products,  and  substantiates  the  claims  of  manufacturers. 
By  standardizing  nomenclature  and  disapproving  thera- 
peutically suggestive  trade  names,  it  discourages  shot- 
gun therapy  and  self-medication.  It  is  the  only  body 
representing  the  medical  profession  that  checks  inac- 
curate and  unw'arranted  claims  on  circulars  and  adver-  j 
tising  as  well  as  on  packages  and  labels. 


"PETROLAGAR"  NOW  "PETROGALAR" 

A change  in  the  spelling  of  the  name  “Petrolagar”  to 
“Petrogalar”  has  been  announced  by  the  Petrolagar 
Laboratories.  The  change  is  being  made  in  both  the 
product  name  and  corporate  name. 

Company  officials,  while  pointing  out  that  the  adoption 
of  the  new  spelling  does  not  affect  the  formula  or 
quality  of  the  product  in  any  way,  said  that  they  con- 
sidered the  change  advisable  to  avoid  any  possible  mis- 
conception as  to  the  nature  of  the  product. 

“Because  it  has  never  been  the  intention  of  the  com- 
pany to  imply  that  agar-agar  was  used  for  any  other 
purpose  than  as  an  emulsifying  agent,  the  last  syllable 
of  the  former  name  has  been  altered  in  favor  of  the 
new  spelling,”  officials  said. 

Officials  emphasized  that  no  change  has  been  made  in 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


1008 


Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


READING  NOTICES 


the  size  of  the  package,  price,  or  formulae  and  that  each 
of  the  five  different  types  of  the  product  will  carry  the 
new  spelling  “Petrogalar.”  The  new  corporate  name  is : 
Petrogalar  Laboratories,  Inc.,  and  the  address  remains, 
8134  McCormick  Boulevard,  Chicago,  Illinois. 


SCHERING  TO  MARKET  SULFADIAZINE 

Sulfadiazine  which,  according  to  Perrin  Long,  M.D., 
of  Johns  Hopkins  University,  is  likely  “to  run  sulfanila- 
mide off  the  drug  store  shelves”  as  the  drug  of  choice 
in  the  treatment  of  hemolytic  streptococcus  infections 
as  well  as  in  pneumonia,  will  be  marketed  by  the 
Sobering  Corporation  of  Bloomfield,  N.  J.  Sobering 
has  just  introduced  Sulamyd,  sulfacetimide-Schering, 
for  use  in  urinary  tract  infections. 

Sulfadiazine  (2-sulfanilamidopyrimidine)  has  been 
found  less  toxic  than  other  anti-pneumococcic  sulfona- 
mides. Nausea  and  vomiting  have  occurred  in  only 
about  10  per  cent  of  the  many  cases  treated  with  the 
new  drug.  Higher  blood  concentrations  are  more  easily 
attained  and  maintained  after  oral  dosage  and  sulfa- 
diazine readily  penetrates  cerebrospinal,  ascitic  and 
pleural  fluids. 


SOLUTION  ADDED  TO  SQUIBB  GROUP 
OF  AMINOPHYLLINE  PRODUCTS 

To  provide  for  all  forms  of  administration  of  amino- 
phylline,  E.  R.  Squibb  & Sons,  New  York,  have  added 
Solution  Aminophylline  Squibb  to  their  previously  in- 
troduced line  of  tablets  and  powder.  Tbe  solution  is 
supplied  in  2 c.c.  ampuls  containing  per  c.c.  grains 
(0.25  gram)  of  aminophylline  in  sterile  aqueous  solu- 
tion for  intramuscular  injection;  and  10  c.c.  ampuls 
containing  54  grain  (0.025  gram)  per  c.c.  of  aminophyl- 
line in  sterile  aqueous  solution  for  intravenous  injec- 
tion. 

Aminophylline  (theophylline  with  ethylene  diamine 
U.S.P.  XI)  is  rapidly  absorbed,  producing  prompt 
physiologic  response.  Recognized  indications  for  tbe 
use  of  aminophylline  are : as  a diuretic  and  myocardial 
stimulant ; in  bronchial  asthma ; Cheyne-Stokes  respira- 
tion; paroxysmal  cardiac  dyspnea;  and  for  the  relief 
of  pain  due  to  coronary  sclerosis. 


SQmBB  STILBESTROL  RELEASED 

After  two  years  of  clinical  trial,  during  which  time 
over  a hundred  papers  were  published  reporting  studies 
in  which  it  was  used,  stilbestrol,  manufactured  by  E.  R. 
Squibb  & Sons,  New  York,  is  now  available  for  general 
distribution  throughout  the  country.  Stilbestrol  is  a 
synthetic  estrogen  possessing  the  physiologic  properties 
of  estrogenic  substances  derived  from  natural  sources. 
Chemically,  it  is  alpha,  alpho'-diethyl-4,  4'-stilbenediol. 
It  is  also  called  diethylstilbestrol. 

Stilbestrol  orally  has  a ration  of  effectiveness  to  intra- 
muscular injection  much  superior  to  that  possessed  by 
natural  estrogens.  It  has  another  advantage  over  the 
natural  estrogens  in  that  it  is  considerably  more 
economical. 

Squibb  Stilbestrol  is  supplied  in  three  forms:  (1) 
Compressed  tablets,  either  uncoated  or  enteric  coated, 
for  oral  administration;  (2)  stilbestrol  in  oil,  for 
intramuscular  injection;  and  (3)  pessaries,  for  vaginal 
medication. 

In  common  with  other  highly  potent  chemotherapeutic 
agents,  stilbestrol  should  be  used  only  by  or  under 
supervision  of  a physician.  Literature  describing  its 
dosage,  indications  and  precautions  is  available  to  phy- 
sicians upon  request. 

December,  1941 

Say  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of 


worth  while  laboratory  exam- 
inations; including — 

Tissue  Diagnosis 

The  Wassermann  and  Kahn  Tests 

Blood  Chemistry 

Bacteriology  and  Clinical  Pathology 

Basal  Metabolism 

Aschheim-Zondek  Pregnancy  Test 

Intravenous  Therapy  with  rest  rooms  for 
Patients, 

Electrocardiograms 

Central  Laboratory 

Oliver  W.  Lohr,  M.D.,  Director 

537  Millard  St. 

Saginaw 

Phone,  Dial  2-3893 

The  pathologist  in  direction  is  recognized 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and  Hospitals  of  the  A.  M.  A. 


1009 

the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


Acknowledgment  of  all  books  received  will  he  made  in  this 
column  and  this  will  be  deemed  by  us  as  a full  compensation 
of  those  sending  them.  A selection  will  be  made  for  review, 
as  expedient. 

NUTRITION  IN  HEALTH  AND  DISEASE.  By  Lenna  F., 
Cooper,  B.S.,  M.A.,  M.H.E.,  Chief,  Department  of  Nutrition, 
Montefiore  Hospital,  Ne-w  York  City;  Formerly  Food  Direc- 
tor, University  of  Michigan;  Dean  of  School  of  Home  Eco- 
nomics, Battle  Creek  College;  Supervising  Dietitian,  U.  S. 
Army,  1918-1919;  President,  American  Dietetic  Association, 
1937-1938;  and,  Edith  M.  Barber,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Writer  and  Con- 
sultant, Food  and  Nutrition;  Editor,  Food  Column,  New  York 
Sun;  and  Food  Column,  Bell  Syndicate;  Lecturer  on  History 
of  Cookery,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University;  and,  Helen 
S.  Mitchell,  B.A.,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  Nutrition  on  the  Staff 
of  the  coordinator  of  Health,  Welfare  and  Related  Defense 
Activities,  Federal  Security  Agency,  and  Research  Professor  of 
Nutrition,  on  Leave  from  Home  Economics  Division,  Massa- 
chusetts State  College.  Eighth  edition,  completely  revised  and 
reset.  100  illustrations  and  2 colored  plates.  Philadelphia:  J. 

B.  Lippincott  Company,  1941.  Price:  $3.50. 

The  eighth  edition  of  this  volume  originally  published 
in  1928  has  been  arranged  to  conform  closely  to  “A 
Curriculum  Diet  for  Schools  of  Nursing”  published  by 
the  National  League  of  Nursing  Education.  It  is  very 
complete  and  rather  simply  written. 

MSMS 

THE  PREMATURE  INFANT.  Its  Medical  and  Nursing  Care. 
By  Julius  H.  Hess,  M.D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Pediatrics,  University  of  Illinois  College  of  Medicine; 
Attending  Pediatrician,  Illinois  Research  and  Educational  Hos- 
pital, Cook  County  and  Michael  Reese  Hospitals;  and  Evelyn 

C.  Lundeen,  R.N.,  Supervisor,  Premature  Infant  Station,  Sarah 

Morris  Hospital,  Chicago.  74  illustrations.  Philadelphia:  J. 

B.  Lippincott  Company,  1941.  Price:  $3.50. 

In  greater  than  usual  detail  the  handling  of  the  pre- 
mature infant  is  here  discussed.  The  illustrations  are 
well  selected  and  the  application  of  the  material  is  prac- 
tical. Considerable  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  care  of 
the  premature  infant  in  the  home.  The  topography  is 
excellent  and  the  contents  encyclopedic.  It  is  suitable 
both  for  the  physician  and  the  advanced  nurse. 

MSMS 

PRINCIPALS  OF  MICROBIOLOGY.  By  Francis  E.  Colien, 
B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  F.A.P.H.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Bac- 
teriology and  Preventive  Medicine  in  The  Creighton  University 
School  of  Medicine;  Lecturer  in  Public  Health  and  Preven- 
tive Medicine,  Creighton  Memorial,  St.  Joseph’s  Hospital  School 
of  Nursing,  Omaha;  Director  of  Laboratories,  Health  Depart- 
ment, City  of  Omaha;  Major,  Sanitary  Division,  United  States 
Army  Medical  Reserve;  Formerly  Professor  of  Bacteriology 
and  Preventive  Medicine  in  the  Central  School  of  Nursing, 
Milwaukee;  and,  Ethel  J.  Odegard,  R.N.,  A.B.,  M.A.,  In- 
structor in  Sciences  Applied  to  Nursing,  College  of  Saint 
Teresa,  Winona,  Minnesota;  Formerly  Director  of  Nursing 
Education  in  the  Central  School  of  Nursing,  Milwaukee;  Edu- 
cation Director,  Miami  Valley  Hospital  School  of  Nursing, 
Dayton,  Ohio.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941. 
Price:  $3.00. 

This  is  a teaching  book  for  nurses  which  is  arranged 
for  the  most  part  to  meet  the  recommendations  of 
the  Curriculum  Committee  on  Education  of  the  Na- 
tional League  of  Nursing  Education.  It  is  very  com- 
plete for  this  purpose  and  has  many  demonstrative  cuts. 
The  paper  is  green  tinted.  It  is  recommended  for 
teaching  purposes. 

MSMS 


THE  FOOT  AND  ANKLE.  Their  Injuries,  Diseases,  Deformi- 
ties and  Disabilities.  With  Special  Application  to  Military 
Practice.  By  Philip  Lewin,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor of  Bone  and  Joint  Surgery,  Northwestern  University 
Medical  School;  Professor  of  Orthopaedic  Surgery,  Post-grad- 
uate Medical  School  of  Cook  County  Hospital;  Attending 
Orthopaedic  Surgeon,  Michael  Reese  Hospital,  Chicago;  Con- 
sulting Orthopaedic  Surgeon,  Municipal  Contagious  Disease 
Hospital,  Chicago ; Formerly  Major  Medical  Reserve  Corps, 
United  States  Army.  With  304  illustrations.  Line  drawings 
by  Harold  Laufman,  M.D.  Second  edition.  Philadelphia: 
Lea  & Febiger,  1941.  Price:  $9.00. 

Because  of  the  changing  national  and  mternational 


situations  notable  changes  have  been  made  in  the  second 
edition  of  the  volume  first  published  in  1940.  These 
events  made  it  imperative  for  the  author  to  emphasize 
the  military  aspects  of  injuries,  diseases,  and  disabili- 
ties of  the  foot  and  ankle.  However,  the  foot  and 
ankle  diseases  found  in  everyday  practice  have  not 
been  neglected.  The  typography  is  excellent  and  the 
illustrations  well  chosen.  It  is  recommended  for  study 
and  reference. 

MSMS 

A MANUAL  OF  BANDAGING,  STRAPPING,  AND  SPLINT- 
ING. By  Augustus  Thorndike,  Jr.,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  Associate 
in  Surgery,  Harvard  Medical  School;  Surgeon  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Hygiene;  Harvard  University.  Illustrated  with  117 
engravings.  Philadelphia:  Lea  & Febiger,  1941.  Price:  $1.50. 

In  a pocket  manual  the  author  presents  in  picture 
form  the  common  types  of  bandages,  straps  and  splints 
taught  by  the  Harvard  Medical  School.  Its  pictorial 
system  is  advantageous  for  quick  reference.  In  the 
foreword  Elliott  C.  Cutler  says,  “To  the  young  sur- 
geon ...  let  him  remember  that  a neat  dressing  often 
bespeaks  a good  job  beneath.” 

MSMS 

THE  1941  YEAR  BOOK  OF  PUBLIC  HEALTH.  Edited  by 
J.  C.  Geiger,  M.D..  Dr.P.H.,  Director  of  Public  Health. 
City  and  County  of  San  Francisco;  Clinical  Professor  of 
Epidemiology,  University  of  California;  Clinical  Professor  of 
Preventive  Medicine  and  Public  Health,  Stanford  University 
School  of  Medicine;  Lecturer  in  Preventive  Medicine  and 
Public  Health,  University  of  Southern  California  Medical 
School.  Chicago:  The  Year  Book  Publishers,  Inc.,  1941. 

Price:  $3.00. 

This  follows  the  usual  make-up  of  the  other  thirteen 
year  books  bringing  in  abstract  form  last  year’s  printed 
reports  on  this  subject — both  the  clinical  material  and 
laboratory  work.  A section  on  “Military  Hygiene” 

holds  prominence.  The  typography  is  good  and  the 
material  is  well  arranged. 

MSMS 

SULFANILAMIDE  AND  RELATED  COMPOUNDS  IN  GEN- 
ERAL PRACTICE.  By  Wesley  W.  Spink,  M.D.,  Associate 
Professor  of  Medicine,  University  of  Minnesota  Medical  School. 
Chicago:  The  Year  Book  Publishers,  Inc.,  1941.  Price: 

$3.00. 

For  the  average  practhioner  who  is  more  or  less  com- 
pletely confused  on  the  use  and  abuse  of  the  sul- 
fonamides this  monograph  is  of  real  practical  value. 
The  author  begins  with  the  historical  development  and 
after  discussing  the  drugs  themselves  discusses  their 
use  in  various  diseases.  The  typography  is  good  and 
the  material  is  well  arranged.  It  is  recommended  to 
the  geueral  practitioner. 

MSMS 

ESSENTIALS  OF  GENERAL  SURGERY.  By  Wallace  P. 
Ritchie,  M.D.,  Clinical  Assistant  Professor,  Department  of 
Surgery,  University  of  Minnesota  Medical  School.  With  237 
illustrations.  St.  Louis:  The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941. 

Price:  $8.50. 

“In  general  it  reflects  the  attitude  and  practices  of 
the  Surgical  Department  of  the  University  of  Minne- 
sota Medical  School.”  This  813  page  compendium  of 
surgery  provides  a basic  outline  of  general  surgery  and 
a review  which  would  save  time  and  energy  for  the 
practicing  surgeon.  The  material  is  well  arranged,  the 
typography  is  good  and  it  is  recommended  to  the  gen- 
eral practitioner  for  review. 

MSMS 

DOCTOR  COLWELL’S  1942  DAILY  LOG.  Champaign:  Col- 
well Publishing  Company,  1941.  Price:  $6.00. 

For  the  doctor  who  wants  a one-volume  financial 
record  this  daily  log  is  very  simple  to  use  and  yet  in- 
clusive enough  to  furnish,  at  any  time,  complete  finan- 
cial data  of  one’s  practice.  There  is  space  allotted  for 
almost  every  need  of  the  general  practitioner.  The 
publishers  claim  a renewal  rate  of  90  to  95  per  cent 
from  year  to  year  and  renewals  of  this  type  of  book 
should  be  its  greatest  recommendation. 


1010 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


MICROBES  WHICH  HELP  OR  DESTROY  US.  By  Paul  W. 
Allen,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Bacteriology  and  Head  of  the 
Department,  University  of  Tennessee;  D.  Frank  Holtman, 
Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Bacteriology,  University  of  Ten- 
nessee; and  Louise  Allen  McBee,  M.S.,  Formerly  Assistant  in 
Bacteriology,  University  of  Tennessee.  St.  Louis:  The  C. 

V.  Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price:  $3.50. 

This  was  written  for  your  patient  who  needs  to  be- 
come “microbe  conscious.”  It  is  interesting,  well  or- 
ganized, and  scientifically  correct.  The  typography  is 
excellent.  It  is  printed  on  green  tinted  paper  and  well 
illustrated.  The  physician  will  find  it  of  assistance  in 
explaining  the  character  of  specific  diseases  to  his  pa- 
tients. It  is  recommended  for  the  intelligent  patient. 

MSMS 

CARDIAC  CLINICS.  A Mayo  Clinic  Monograph.  By  Fred- 
rick A.  Willius,  B.S.,  M.D.,  M.S.  in  Med.,  Head  of  Section 
of  Cardiology,  Mayo  Clinic,  and  Professor  of  Medicine,  Mayo 
Foundation  for  Medical  Education  and  Research,  Graduate 
School,  University  of  Minnesota,  Rochester,  Mmn.  St.  Louis: 
The  C.  V.  Mosby  Company,  1941.  Price:  $4.00. 

In  this  monograph  Willius  after  discussing  signs  and 
symptoms  of  cardiac  disease  takes  up  various  specific 
pathological  conditions  and  discusses  them  by  means 
of  case  reports.  This  method  is  indeed  enlightening 
and  aids  in  fixing  the  acquired  knowledge.  It  is  very 
readable  but  also  valuable  as  a reference  book  and  is 
recommended  to  the  general  practitioner  who  has  a 
special  interest  in  cardiac  diseases. 

MSMS 

OCCUPATIONAL  DISEASES.  Diagnosis,  Medicolegal  Aspects, 
and  Treatment.  By  Rutherford  T.  Johnstone,  A.B.,  M.D., 
Director  of  the  Department  of  Occupational  Diseases,  Golden 
State  Hospital,  Los  Angeles,  California ; Formerly  Assistant 
Professor  of  Medicine,  University  of  Pittsburgh  School  of 
Medicine.  Illustrated.  Philadelphia  and  London : W.  B. 

Saunders  Company,  1941.  Price:  $7.50. 

This  very  well  written  and  practical  reference  book 
for  industrial  physicians  is  of  considerable  value  and 
interest  to  the  general  practitioner  who  should  be 
interested  in  the  relation  of  health  to  industry.  The 
t>'pography  is  excellent,  the  plates  are  well  chosen,  and 
the  material  is  arranged  for  easy  reference. 

MSMS 

NEW  AND  NONOFFICIAL  REMEDIES,  1941.  Containing 
descriptions  of  the  articles  which  stand  accepted  by  the  Coun- 
cil on  Riarmacy  and  Chemistry  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  on  January  1,  1941.  Cloth.  Price,  postpaid,  $1.50. 
Pp.  691 — LXX.  Chicago:  American  Medical  Association,  1941. 
“New  and  Nonofficial  Remedies”  is  the  book  in  which 
are  described  the  medicinal  preparations  found  by  the 
Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chemistry  to  be  acceptable 
for  the  use  of  physicians.  The  book  is  cumulative; 
each  year  there  are  added  the  descriptions  of  products 
accepted  during  the  foregoing  year.  Those  taken  off 
the  market  or  found  no  longer  worthy  of  continued 
acceptance  are  deleted.  The  book  is  at  that  time  also 
revised  to  bring  it  up  to  date  with  the  most  recent 
medical  thought.  Until  recent  years  the  additions  and 
deletions  have  about  balanced.  Recently,  however,  the 
bulk  of  the  book  has  been  increasing  and  thus  year’s 
volume  represents  the  largest  book  of  the  more  than 
thirty  volumes  that  have  been  issued. 

This  year’s  new  additions  include  the  new  sulfanila- 
mide derivative,  sulfathiazole,  as  well  as  sulfapyridine 
sodium ; antipneumococcic  rabbit  serum  of  types  I,  II, 
III,  V,  VII  and  VIII ; human  convalescent  measles 
serum  and  human  convalescent  scarlet  fever  serum ; 
an  staphylococcus  antitoxin.  The  field  of  endocrinology 
is  represented  by  the  addition  of  chorionic  gonadotropin 
(follutein).  The  addition  of  shark  liver  oil  reflects 
the  search  for  new  sources  of  vitamins  A and  D caused 
by  the  cutting  off  of  foreign  cod  liver  oil.  Other  newly 
accepted  preparations  are  ampules  of  camphor,  digi- 
lanid  and  magnesium  trisilicate. 

The  most  extensive  revision  is  represented  by  the 
rearrangement  and  amplification  of  the  chapter,  “Serums 

December,  1941 


Physicians'  Service  Laboratory 


608  Kales  Bldg.  — ' 
Northwest  comer  of 
Detroit,  Michigan 

Kahn  and  Kline  Test 
Blood  Count 

Complete  Blood  Chemistry 
Tissue  Examination 
Allergy  Tests 
Basal  Metabolic  Rate 
Autogenous  Vaccines 


^6  W.  Adams  Ave. 

Grand  Circus  Poric 

CAdillac  7940 

Complete  Urine  Examina- 
tion 

Ascheim-Zonde 

(Pregnancy) 

Smear  Examination 
Darkfield  Examination 


All  types  of  mailing  containers  supplied. 
Reports  by  mail,  phone  and  telegraph. 
Write  for  further  information  and  prices. 


The  Mary  E.  Pogue  School 

For  Exceptional  Children 

DOCTORS:  You  may  continue  to  super- 
vise the  treatment  and  care  of  children 
you  place  in  our  school.  Catalogue  on 
request. 

WHEATON,  ILLINOIS 

85  Geneva  Road  Telephone  Wheaton  66 


In  Lansing 

HOTEL  OLDS 

Fireproof 

400  ROOMS 


DeNIKE  SANITARIUM,  Inc. 

Established  1893 


EXCLUSIVELY  for  the  TREATMENT  of 
ACUTE  and  CHRONIC  ALCOHOLISM 


626  E.  GRAND  BLVD. 


DETROIT 


Telephones:  Plaza  1777-1778  and  Cadillac  2670 

A.  JAMES  DeNIKE,  M.D.,  Medical  Superintendent 


Aay  you  saw  it  in  the  Journal  of  the  Michigan  State  Medical  Society 


1011 


THE  DOCTOR’S  LIBRARY 


and  Vaccines.”  This  chapter  is  now  prefaced  by  a help- 
ful index,  an  innovation  in  N.N.R.  The  chapter,  “Vita- 
mins and  Vitamin  Preparations  for  Therapeutic  and 
Prophylactic  Use,”  has  been  revised  to  keep  it  abreast 
of  the  newer  developments  in  this  field.  Here,  too, 
we  find  something  of  an  .innovation  in  the  systematic 
use  of  graphic  chemical  formulas.  It  is  understood 
that  this  practice  will  be  extended  to  other  parts  of 
the  book  in  future  editions.  Careful  perusal  will  reveal 
minor  revisions  in  many  parts  of  the  book  made  in 
the  interest  of  greater  clarity  and  in  tthe  effort  to  keep 
the  book  thoroughly  up  to  date. 


SALUTE  TO  THE  WOMAN'S  AUXILIARY 

The  quiet  and  modest  way  in  which  the  Woman’s 
Auxiliary  works  often  obscures  the  value  of  their  con- 
tributions both  to  organized  medicine  and  to  the  com- 
munity at  large.  This  modesty  is  commendable,  but  it 
is  time  that  The  Medical  Society  recognized,  and  the 
public  learned,  of  the  highly  effective  work  being  done 
by  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary  to  The  Medical  Society  of 
New  Jersey.  Our  women  are  daily  performing  tasks 
which  should  be  acknowledged  by  the  community.  It 
would  be  well  if  the  County  Auxiliaries  sent  to  their 
local  newspapers  properly  prepared  releases  telling  the 
world  what  they  are  doing  for  public  welfare. 

From  the  public  point  of  view  the  most  conspicuous 
of  the  good  works  of  the  Auxiliary  is  their  donation 
of  gifts  and  money  to  worthy  causes.  Even  a partial 
list  of  the  beneficiaries  of  their  efforts  will  surprise 
most  of  us.  Thus,  in  the  past  year,  the  following 
agencies  and  individuals  have  received  gifts,  money  or 
equipment  from  the  Woman’s  Auxiliary. 

Children’s  Homes,  Visiting  Nurses  Association,  Brit- 
ish War  Relief  Association,  Hospitals,  Nurses’  Homes, 
Red  Cross,  Widows  and  Orphans  of  Doctors,  hospi- 
talized ward  patients,  soldiers  in  camps  in  New  Jersey, 
the  Tuberculosis  League,  the  Girl  Scouts,  Cancer  Con- 
trol organizations,  libraries,  patients  in  need  of  blood 
transfusions,  Y.W.C.A.’s,  and  the  benevolent  funds  of 
the  Medical  Societies  themselves. 


Professional  Economics 

An  ethical,  practical  plan  for  bettering 
your  income  from  professional  services. 

Send  card  or  prescription  blank  for  details. 

National  Discount  & Audit  Co. 

2114  Book  Tower«  Detroit,  Michigcm 

Representatives  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada 


The  Auxiliaries  of  Atlantic,  Burlington,  Mercer,  and 
perhaps  other  counties,  have  established  funds  to  help 
worthy  student  nurses  receive  their  professional  educa- 
tion. This  is  philanthropy  of  the  most  constructive  sort 
and  it  is  an  investment  in  human  character.  The  special 
Blood  Transfusion  Fund  of  Ocean  County  is  a unique 
and  truly  life-saving  philanthropic  project.  The  gift  of 
food,  recreational  equipment  and  clothing  to  both  Brit- 
ish and  American  soldiers  is  a highly  practical  contri- 
bution to  National  Defense.  Through  special  ques- 
tionnaries,  the  Auxiliary  will  classify  its  members  with 
reference  to  skills  useful  in  National  Defense  programs, 
particularly  in  connection  with  evacuation  and  sabotage 
projects. 

Even  these  imposing  contributions,  significant  as  they 
are,  do  not  represent  the  totality  of  their  services.  The 
Auxiliary  is  of  inestimable  value  to  The  iVedical  So- 
ciety in  dozens  of  other  ways,  too.  They  secure  medical 
speakers  and  forums  for  the  profession’s  public  rela- 
tions campaign.  They  promote  friendly  relationships 
among  physicians’  families,  this  work  reaching  a high- 
spot  each  year  when  they  arrange  for  the  banquet  at 
the  Annual  Meeting  of  The  Medical  Society  of  New 
Jersey.  They  keep  running  the  wheels  of  our  Clinical 
Conferences  by  serving  as  hostesses,  registrars  and 
guides. 

The  proportion  between  the  size  of  each  County 
Medical  Society  and  the  much  smaller  size  of  the  cor- 
responding Auxiliary  is  strange.  Perhaps  doctors  are 
at  fault  in  not  more  fully  activating  their  mothers,  sis- 
ters and  wives  to  joining  the  Auxiliary.  If  so,  the  fault 
should  be  corrected,  for  the  Auxiliary  is  an  indispen- 
sable member  of  our  large  New  Jersey  medical  family. 
Incidentally,  doctors  are  reminded  of  the  fact  that  the 
Journal  contains  an  Auxiliary  section  which  Auxiliary 
members  are  anxious  to  read.  Make  the  Journal  ac- 
cessible to  your  womenfolk. 

We  may  never  have  said  so  before.  If  so,  let  it  be 
said  now.  We  know  the  full  worth  of  the  Auxiliary; 
we  are  grateful  to  them. — The  Journal  of  the  Medical 
Society  of  New  Jersey,  November,  1^1. 


AFFLICTED  CHILD 
Send  Prompt  Bills  to  Commission 

Are  medical  bills  for  care  of  afflicted  children  in  your 
County  or  District  being  sent  to  the  Michigan  Crippled 
Children  Commission  through  the  local  hospitals,  in 
compliance  with  the  Afflicted  Child  Act? 

The  Crippled  Children  Commission  is  paying  bills  for 
the  medical  care  of  afflicted  and  crippled  children. 
However,  it  cannot  pay  for  bills  which  it  does  not  re- 
ceive or  which  are  unduly  delayed.  Therefore,  contact 
the  business  office  of  your  hospitals  and  ascertain  if 
statements  for  the  services  of  physicians  are  being  sent, 
with  the  hospital  bills,  to  the  Crippled  Children  Com- 
mission in  Lansing. 

Suggest  to  your  members  that  they  render  their  bills 
promptly,  through  the  hospital,  to  the  Commissions,  as 
bills  over  sixty  days  old  cannot  be  honored  for  payment 
by  the  Commission. 


Prescribe  or  Dispense  Zemmer 

Pharmaceuticals.  Tablets,  Lozenges,  Ampoules, 
Capsules,  Ointltients,  etc.  Guaranteed  reliable 
potency.  Our  products  are  laboratory  controlled. 


Ze/0€ 


for  physicians 


1/ 


Write  for  general 
price  list 

Chemists  to  the  Medical 
Profession 

THE  ZEMMER  CO. 

Oakland  Sta.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

MIC  12-41 

Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


1012 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  40 


AUTHORS’  INDEX 

Alcorn,  Kent,  696 
Alpiner,  S.,  199 
Aronstam,  Noah  E.,  355 
Ascher,  Meyer,  800 
Ashley,  L.  Byron,  43,  287 

Bailey,  Louis  J.,  107 
Baker,  Henry  K.,  969 
Berge,  Clarence  A.,  189 
Birch,  William  G.,  535 
Bloomfield,  J.  J.,  32 
Bogart,  Leon  M..  981 
Branch,  Hira  E.,  814 
Brines,  Osborne  A.,  47,  201,  204 
Brooks,  Clark  D.,  43 
Brunner,  Hans,  363 
Brush,  Brock,  525 

Carter,  J.  Bailey,  515 
Clapper,  Muir,  280 
Cole,  Rufus,  19 
Collisi,  Harrison  S.,  965 
Cosgrove,  S.  A.,  357 

Deakin,  Rogers,  440 
Dempster,  J.  H.,  705 
Downing,  John  Godwin,  265 

Euler,  Marjorie,  698 
Fandrich,  T.  S.,  Ill 
Finch,  D.  L.,  199 
Fitz,  Reginald,  345 

Gariepy,  L.  J.,  705 

Hanelin,  Henry  A.,  876 
Hart,  Deryl,  179 
Hartzell,  John  B.,  36,  277 
Heetderks,  Dewey  R.,  983 
Hildreth,  R.  C,  710 
Hill,  A.  Morgan,  811 
Himler,  L.  E„  707 
Holm,  Benton,  988 
Hoyt,  Donald  F.,  217 
Hubbell,  R.  J.,  710 
Humphrey,  A.  A.,  199 

Jacoby,  Adolph,  435 
Jennings,  Alpheus  F.,  606 
Jewell,  F.  C.,  272 

Keane,  William  E.,  823 
Kleinschmidt,  Earl  E.,  458,  971 

La  Ferte,  A.  D.,  531 
Lamberson,  Frank  A.,  603 
Lavender,  Howard  C.,  807 
Lockwood,  Ambrose  L.,  509,  593 
Lofstrom,  J.  E.,  272 

McKhann,  Charles  F.,  455 
Manning,  J.  Edward,  201,  204 
Marshall,  Don,  367 
Miller,  Hazen  L,  609 

December,  1941 


Mollmann,  Arthur  H.,  882 
Moore,  V.  M.,  806 
Musser,  J.  H.,  99,  292 
Myers,  Gordon  B.,  280 

Narotzky,  A.  S.,  287 
Neal,  Paul  A.,  32 
Nelson,  Harry  M.,  Ill 
Noth,  Paul  H,  47 

Ormond,  John  K.,  525 

Patterson,  Ralph  M.,  271 
Payette,  Hazen  J.,  995 
Peelen,  J.  William,  873 
Pelouze,  P.  S.,  444 
Pierson,  Richard  N.,  691,  884 
Priestley,  James  T.,  867 

Riecker,  Herman  H.,  208 
Robb,  J.  Milton,  280 
Robinson,  R.  G.,  299 
Rosenzweig,  Saul,  800 

Schreiber,  Frederic,  603 
Schwartz,  Louis  Adrian,  113 
Scully,  John  C.,  979 
Selling,  Lowell  S.,  789 
Shaffer,  Loren  W.,  529 
Sherman,  George  A.,  289 
Sichler,  H.  G.,  284 
Siddall,  Roger  S.,  612 
Smith,  Dudley  R.,  440 
Sodeman,  W.  A.,  292 
Stalker,  Hugh,  105 
Steffensen,  W.  H.,  30 
Sweany,  Henry  C.,  448 

Todd,  Oliver  E.,  191 

Van  Bree,  Raymond  S.,  197 
Van  Pernis,  Paul  A.,  806 
Webber,  Jerome  E.,  811 
Weinberger,  Herbert,  289 
Willson,  J.  Robert,  795 

Yott,  William  J.,  528 

Zlatkin,  Louis,  800 


CONTRIBUTED  PAPERS 


A 

Acute  gangrenous  cholecystitis  in  children.  L.  Byron 
Ashley,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  and  A.S.  Narotzky,  M.D., 
287 

Adjustment  of  marital  problems,  The.  Lowell  S.  Sell- 
ing, M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dr.P.H.,  F.A.C.P.,  789 

Amebiasis  with  pleuropulmonary  complications.  George 
A.  Sherman,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  and  Herbert  Wein- 
berger, M.D.,  289 

Anastomosis,  End-to-end.  Mathematical  approach  to  the 
causes  of  the  marginal  gangrene.  Arthur  H.  Moll- 
mann, M.D.,  882 


1015 


INDEX 


Ankle  joint,  Severe  fractures  of  the.  Conservative  man- 
agement and  a presentation  of  typical  cases.  How- 
ard C.  Lavender,  M.D.,  807 

Anoxia,  Cerebral,  and  craniocerebral  injuries.  Frederic 
Schreiber,  M.D.,  603 

Appendicitis — the  problem  from  an  educational  stand- 
point. R.  G.  Robinson,  M.D.,  299 

Arthritis,  a contra-indication  for  typhoid  vaccine  fever 
therapy.  William  J.  Yott,  M.D.,  528 


B 

Blackwater  fever.  The  successful  use  of  sulfanilamide 
in  the  treatment  of.  Benton  Holm,  M.D.,  988 
Bladder,  urinary.  Sarcoma  of  the.  William  E.  Keane, 
M.D.,  823 

Blood  bank.  Experience  with  the.  Osborne  A.  Brines, 
M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  and  J.  Edward  Manning,  M.D.,  201 
Bowel,  large,  Carinoma  of  the.  Tohn  B.  Hartzell, 
M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  36 


C 

Cancer  of  the  cervix.  Time  wasted.  Oliver  E.  Todd, 
B.S.,  M.D.,  191 

Carcinoma  of  the  large  bowel.  John  B.  Hartzell,  M.D., 
F.A.C.S.,  36 

Carcinoma  of  the  prostate.  John  K.  Ormond,  M.D., 
and  Brock  Brush,  M.D.,  525 
Carcinoma  of  the  stomach — diagnosis  and  results. 

James  T.  Priestley,  M.D.,  867 
Carcinoma,  Primary,  of  the  scrotum.  Kent  Alcorn, 
B.S.,  M.S.,  M.D.,  696 

Cerebral  anoxia  and  craniocerebral  injuries.  Frederic 
Schreiber,  M.D.,  603 

Cervix,  Cancer  of  the.  Time  wasted.  Oliver  E.  Todd, 
B.S.,  M.D.,  191 

Changing  picture  of  diabetes,  The.  Reginald  Fitz, 
M.D.,  345 

Cholecystitis,  Acute  gangrenous,  in  children.  L.  Byron 
Ashley,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  and  A.  S.  Narotzky,  M.D., 
287 

Chronic  non-tuberculous  lesions  of  the  lungs.  J.  E. 

Lofstrom,  M.D.,  and  F.  C.  Jewell,  M.D.,  272 
Clinico-Pathological  Conference.  Detroit  Receiving 
Hospital,  116,  212 

Clinico-Pathological  Conference.  Paul  H.  Noth,  M.S., 
M.D.,  and  Osborne  A.  Brines,  B.S.,  M.D.,  47 
Colon,  Surgical  diseases  of  the:  diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment. Clark  D.  Brooks,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  and  L. 
Byron  Ashley,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  43 
Congenital  umbilical  hernia.  Harry  AI.  Nelson,  M.D., 
and  T.  S.  Fandrich,  M.D.,  111 
Coronary  occlusion.  Diagnosis  of.  J.  Bailey  Carter, 
M.D.,  515 

Coronary  vascular  heart  disease.  J.  H.  Musser,  M.D.,  99 
Craniocerebral  injuries.  Cerebral  anoxia  and.  Frederic 
Schreiber,  M.D.,  603 

Cyanosis  of  the  newborn.  Charles  F.  McKhann,  AI.D., 
455 

Cyst,  Septic  branchial,  eradication  by  electrical  cauter- 
ization. Clarence  A.  Berge,  M.D.,  189 


D 

Dermatitis  and  eczema — -industrial  aspects.  John  God- 
win Downing,  M.D.,  265 

Dermatitis,  exfoliative,  Sulfathiazole  in.  Henry  K. 
Baker,  M.D.,  969 


Development  of  the  plasma  bank.  Osborne  A.  Brines, 
M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  and  J.  Edward  Planning,  M.D.,  204 
Diabetes,  The  changing  picture  of. , Reginald  Fitz, 
M.D.,  345 

Diagnosis  of  coronary  occlusion.  J.  Bailey  Carter 
M.D.,  515 

Diethylstilbestrol,  Effect  of  oral  administration  of,  on 
menopausal  symptoms.  J.  William  Peelen,  AI.D . 
873 

Diverticula,  Urethral,  and  cul-de-sacs.  Noah  E.  Aron- 
stam,  Al.D.,  355 

Dyspepsias,  The  surgical.  Ambrose  L.  Lockwood. 
D.S.O.,  M.C.,  AI.D.,  CAL,  F.A.C.S.,  F.R.C.S.  (C), 


E 

Early  beginnings  of  preventive  medicine  in  Alichigan. 

Earl  E.  Kleinschmidt,  AI.D.,  458 
Eczerna,  Dermatitis  and — industrial  aspects-  John  God- 
win Downing,  M.D.,  265 

Effect  of  oral  administration  of  diethylstilbestrol  on 
menopausal  symptoms.  J.  William  Peelen,  AI.D.,  873 
End-to-end  anastomosis.  Alathematical  approach  to  the 
causes  of  the  marginal  gangrene.  Arthur  H.  AIoll- 
mann,  AI.D.,  882 

Epilepsy  as  a traffic  hazard.  L.  E.  Himler,  AI.D.,  707 
Eunuchism.  Treatment  with  testosterone  propionate. 

Hazen  L-  Aliller,  AI.D..  609 
Examination  of  selectees  as  a society  activity,  991 
Experience  with  the  blood  bank.  Osborne  A.  Brines, 
M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  and  J.  Edward  Alanning,  AI.D.,  201 

Experiences  in  premarital  council  in  private  practice. 
Richard  N.  Pierson,  AI.D.,  884 


F 

Factors  in  maternal  health — hospitals  and  staff  groups. 
S.  A.  Cosgrove,  AI.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  357 

Feminine  psychology.  Louis  Adrian  Schwartz,  AI.D., 
113 

Femur,  Fractures  of  the  neck  of  the.  A.  D.  La  Ferte, 
AI.D.,  531 

Fever,  Rheumatic.  Preventive  aspects.  Herman  H. 
Riecker,  AI.D.,  208 

Forensic  psychiatry  in  Alichigan.  Ralph  AI.  Patterson, 
M.D.,  271 

Fractures  of  long  bones,  A method  for  correction  of 
angulation  in-  V.  AI.  Aloore,  AI.D.,  and  Paul  A. 
A/^an  Pernis,  AI.D.,  806 

Fractures  of  the  ankle  joint.  Severe.  Conser\ative  man- 
agement and  a presentation  of  typical  cases.  How- 
ard C.  Lavender,  AI.D.,  807 

Fractures  of  the  neck  of  the  femur.  A.  D.  La  Ferte, 
AI.D.,  531 


G 

Gall-bladder  disease — surgical  treatment.  L.  J.  Gariepy, 
M.D.,  and  J.  H.  Dempster,  AI.D.,  705 

Genito-urinarj'  tract.  Radiation  therapy  in  the  treat- 
ment of  malignant  disease  of  the.  H.  G.  Sichler, 
M.D.,  284 

Gonococcal  infections.  Diagnosis  and  criterion  of  cure. 
Adolph  Jacoby,  AI.D.,  435 

Gonorrhea  in  the  female.  Rogers  Deakin,  AI.D.,  and 
Dudley  R.  Smith,  AI.D.,  440 

Gonorrhea  in  the  male.  P.  S.  Pelouze,  AI.D.,  444 

Jour.  AI.S.AI.S. 


1016 


INDEX 


H 

Heart  disease,  Coronary  vascular.  J.  H.  Musser, 
M.D.,  99 

Hernia,  Congenital  umbilical.  Harry  M.  Nelson,  M.D., 
and  T.  S.  Fandrich,  M.D.,  111 

Highlights  of  twenty-five  years  of  service.  The.  Mar- 
jorie Euler,  698 

Hygiene,  Industrial.  Responsibility  of  the  medical  pro- 
fession. Paul  A.  Neal,  M.D.,  and  J.  J.  Bloom- 
field, 32 

Hypertension,  Unusual.  A case  of  ten  year’s  duration. 
Hugh  Stalker,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  105 

Hypothyroidism  in  children.  A review  of  masked  symp- 
toms and  evaluation  of  response  to  thyroid  treat- 
ment. A.  Morgan  Hill,  M.D.,  and  Jerome  E.  Web- 
ber, M.D.,  811 


I 

Indications  for  simple  and  radical  mastoid  operations. 
Hans  Brunner,  M.D.,  363 

Industrial  hygiene;  responsibility  of  the  medical  profes- 
sion. Paul  A.  Neal,  M.D.,  and  J.  J.  Bloomfield,  32 

Injuries,  Self-inflicted,  in  civil  practice.  Deryl  Hart, 
M.D.,  179 

Intestinal  suction  drainage  in  facilitating  one-stage  re 
section  of  the  right  colon.  John  B.  Hartzell, 
M.D.,  277 

Intravenous  or  retrograde  pyelography?  R.  J.  Hubbell, 
M.D.,  and  R.  C.  Hildreth,  M.D.,  710 


L 

Labor,  Uterine  inertia  in  the  first  stage  of.  Roger  S. 
Siddall,  M.D.,  612 

Lungs,  Chronic  non-tuberculosis  lesions  of  the.  J.  E. 
Lofstrom,  M.D.,  and  F.  C.  Jewell,  M.D.,  272. 


M 

Malignant  disease  of  the  genito-urinary  tract.  Radiation 
therapy  in  the  treatment  ©f.  H.  G.  Sichler,  M.D., 
284 

Marital  problems.  The  adjustment  of.  Lowell  S.  Sell- 
ing, M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Dr.P.H.,  F.A.C.P.,  789 
Marriage  after  forty.  Harrison  S.  Collisi,  M.D., 
F.A.C.S.,  965 

Massive  arsenotherapy  in  early  syphilis.  Loren  W- 
Shaffer,  M.D.,  529 

Mastoid  operations,  simple  and  radical.  Indications  for. 
Hans  Brunner,  M.D.,  363 

Maternal  health.  Factors  in.  Hospitals  and  staff  groups. 

S.  A.  Cosgrove,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  357 
Medical  societies  and  medical  progress.  Rufus  Cole, 
M.D.,  19 

Menopausal  symptoms.  Effect  of  oral  administration  of 
diethylstilbestrol  on.  J.  William  Peelen,  M.D.,  873 
Method  for  correction  of  angulation  in  fractures  of 
long  bones.  V.  M.  Moore,  M.D.,  and  Paul  A. 
Van  Pernis,  M.D.,  806 

Modern  treatment  of  traumatic  shock.  The.  Henry  A. 
Hanelin,  M.D.,  876 

Moniliasis — sulfapyridine  treatment.  Raymond  S.  Van 
Bree,  M.D.,  197 

Movement  for  the  registration  of  vital  statistics.  Earl 
E.  Kleinschmidt,  M.D.,  Dr.P.H.,  971 
Muscular  dystrophy.  Progressive  pseudohypertrophic. 
A new  regime  of  treatment.  Hira  E.  Branch, 
M.D.,  814 

December,  1941 


N 

Nose,  The  physiology  of  the.  Dewey  R.  Heetderks, 
M.D.,  983 


O 

Ophthalmia,  S^pathetic.  Don  Marshall,  M.D.,  367 
Orbital  complications.  Sinusitis.  W.  H.  Steffensen, 
M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  30 

P 

Pain,  Presacral  resection  for  the  relief  of.  John  C. 
Scully,  B.S.,  M.D.,  979 

Parenthood,  Planned.  Its  contribution  to  national  pre- 
paredness. Richard  N.  Pierson,  M.D.,  691 
Physiology  of  the  nose.  The.  Dewey  R.  Heetderks, 
M.D.,  983 

Pituitrin  in  postpartum  hemorrhage.  Transabdominal 
intra-uterine  injection.  Donald  F.  Hoyt,  M.D.,  217 
Planned  parenthood.  Its  contribution  to  national  pre- 
paredness. Richard  N.  Pierson,  M.D.,  691 
Plasma  bank,  Development  of  the.  Osborne  A.  Brines, 
M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  and  J.  Edward  Manning,  M.D.,  204 
Pneumococcus,  Type  III,  meningitis — recovery  follow- 
ing sulfathiazole.  Gordon  B.  Myers,  M.D.,  J.  Mil- 
ton  Robb,  M.D.,  and  Muir  Clapper,  M.D.,  280 
Pneumonia.  Qinical  diagnosis.  Alpheus  F.  Jennings, 
M.D.,  606 

Postpartum  hemorrhage,  Pituitrin  in.  Transabdominal 
intra-uterine  injection.  Donald  F.  Hoyt,  M.D.,  217 
Postpartum  sterilization.  William  G.  Birch,  M.D.,  535 
Pregnancy,  Uterine  fibroids  complicating.  J.  Robert 
Willson,  M.D.,  795 

Pregnancy,  Vitamin  and  mineral  requirements  in.  J.  H. 

Musser,  AI.D.,  and  W.  A.  Sodeman,  M.D.,  292 
Premarital  council.  Experiences  in,  in  private  practice. 

Richard  N.  Pierson,  M.D.,  884 
Pre-operative  preparation  of  the  patient.  Ambrose  L. 
Lockwood,  D.S.O.,  M.C.,  M.D.,  C.M.,  F.A.C.S., 
F.R.C.S.  (C),  509 

Presacral  resection  for  the  relief  of  pain.  John  C. 
Scully,  B.S.,  M.D.,  979 

Preventive  medicine  in  Michigan,  Early  beginnings  of. 

Earl  E.  Kleinschmidt,  M.D.,  458 
Primary  carcinoma  of  the  scrotum.  Kent  Alcorn,  B.S., 
M.S.,  M.D.,  696 

Primary  tuberculous  infection  in  the  adult.  Henry  C. 
Sweany,  M.D.,  448 

Progressive  pseudohypertrophic  muscular  dystrophy.  A 
new  regime  of  treatment.  Hira  E.  Branch, 

M.D.,  814 

Prostate,  Carcinoma  of  the.  John  K.  Ormond,  M.D., 
and  Brock  Brush,  M.D.,  525 
Pseudohypertrophic  muscular  dystrophy.  Progressive.  A 
new  regime  of  treatment.  H.ra  E.  Branch, 

M.D.,  814 

Psychiatry,  Forensic,  in  Michigan.  Ralph  M.  Patterson, 
M.D.,  271 

Psychology,  Feminine.  Louis  Adrian  Schwartz,  M.D., 
113 

Pyelography,  Intravenous  or  retrograde?  R.  J.  Hub- 
bell,  M.D.,  and  R.  C.  Hildreth,  M.D.,  710 


R 

Radiation  therapy,  in  the  treatment  of  malignant  disease 
of  the  genito-urinary  tract.  H.  G.  Sichler,  M.D., 
284 

Relationship  of  the  roentgenologist  to  the  physician  and 
surgeon.  The.  Leon  ^I.  Bogart,  M.D.,  981 


1017 


INDEX 


Rheumatic  fever.  Preventive  aspects.  Herman  H. 
Riecker,  M.D.,  208 

Roentgenologist,  The  relationship  of  the,  to  the  physi- 
cian and  surgeon.  Leon  M.  Bogart,  M.D.,  981 


S 

Sarcoma  of  the  urinary  bladder.  William  E.  Keane, 
M.D.,  823 

Scrotum,  Primary  carcinoma  of  the.  Kent  Alcorn, 
B.S.,  M.S.,  M.D.,  696 

Self-inflicted  injuries  in  civil  practice.  Deryl  Hart, 
M.D.,  179 

Septic  branchial  cyst.  Eradication  by  electrical  cauteri- 
zation. Clarence  A.  Berge,  M.D.,  189 

Service,  The  highlights  of  twenty-five  years  of.  Mar- 
jorie Euler,  698 

Severe  fractures  of  the  ankle  joint.  Conservative  man- 
agement and  a presentation  of  typical  cases.  How- 
ard C.  Lavender,  M.D.,  807 

Shock,  traumatic.  The  modern  treatment  of.  Henry 
A.  Hanelin,  M.D.,  876 

Sinusitis — orbital  complications.  W.  H.  StefTensen, 
M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  30 

Staphylococcus  albus  bacteremia  secondary  to  a car- 
buncle of  the  nose,  Sulfamethylthiazol  in.  D.  L. 
Finch,  M.D.,  S.  Alpiner,  M.D.,  and  A.  A.  Humph- 
rey, M.D.,  199 

Sterilization,  Postpartum.  William  G.  Birch,  M.D.,  535 

Stomach,  Carcinoma  of  the.  Diagnosis  and  results. 
James  T.  Priestley,  M.D.,  867 

Successful  use  of  sulfanilamide  in  the  treatment  of 
blackwater  fever.  The.  Benton  Holm,  M.D.,  988 

Suction  drainage.  Intestinal,  facilitating  one-stage  resec- 
tion of  the  right  colon.  John  B.  Hartzell,  M.D.,  277 

Sulfamethylthiazol  in  Staphylococcus  albus  bacteremia, 
secondary  to  a carbuncle  of  the  nose.  D.  L.  Finch, 
M.D.,  S.  Alpiner,  M.D.,  and  A.  A.  Humphrey, 
M.D.,  199 

Sulfanilamide,  The  successful  use  of,  in  the  treatment 
of  blackwater  fever.  Benton  Holm,  M.D.,  988 

Sulfathiazole  in  exfoliative  dermatitis.  Henry  K. 
Baker,  M.D.,  969 

Surgical  diseases  of  the  colon.  Diagnosis  and  treatment. 
Clark  D.  Brooks,  AI.D.,  F.A.C.S,,  and  L.  Byron 
Ashley,  M.D.,  F.A.C.S.,  43 

Surgical  dyspepsias.  The.  Ambrose  L.  Lockwood, 
D.S.O.,  M.C.,  M.D.,  CM.,  F.A.C.S.,  F.R.C.S. 
(C),  593 

Sympathetic  ophthalmia.  Don  Marshall,  M.D.,  367 

Syphilis,  early.  Massive  arsenotherapy  in.  Loren  W. 
Shaffer,  M.D.,  529 


T 

Testis,  The  undescended.  Louis  J.  Bailey,  M.D.,  M.Sc. 
(Med.),  F.A.C.P.,  107 

Testosterone  propionate,  treatment  with.  Eunuchism. 
Hazen  L.  Miller,  M.D.,  609 

Tongue,  Xanthoma  of  the.  Frank  A.  Lamberson, 
M.D.,  603 

Traffic  hazard.  Epilepsy  as  a.  L.  E.  Himler,  M.D.,  707 
Tuberculous  infection.  Primary,  in  the  adult.  Henry 
C.  Sweany,  M.D.,  448 

Type  III  pneumococcus  meningitis.  Recovery  following 
sulfathiazole.  Gordon  B.  Myers,  M.D.,  J.  Milton 
Robb,  M.D.,  and  Muir  Clapper,  M.D.,  280 

Typhoid  vaccine  fever  therapy,  a contra-indication  for. 
Arthritis.  William  J.  Yott,  M.  D.,  528 


U J 

Undescended  testis.  The.  Louis  J.  Bailey,  M.D.,  M.Sc  1 

(Med.),  F.A.C.P.,  107  1 

Unusual  hypertension.  A case  of  ten  years’  duration.  i 
Hugh  Stalker,  M.D.,  F.A.C.P.,  105 

Urethral  diverticula  and  cul-de-sacs.  Noah  E.  Aron-  ‘ 

stam,  M.D.,  355  ^ 

Urinary  bladder.  Sarcoma  of  the.  William  E.  Keane, 
M.D.,  823 

Uterine  fibroids  complicating  pregnancy.  J.  Robert 
Willson,  M.D.,  795 

Uterine  inertia  in  the  first  stage  of  labor.  Roger  S. 
Siddall,  M.D.,  612 


V 

Varicose  veins.  Allergic  reactions  in  injection  treatment. 
Saul  Rosenzweig,  M.D.,  Aleyer  Ascher,  ^I.D.,  and 
Louis  Zlatkin,  M.D.,  800 

Vital  statistics.  Movement  for  the  registration  of.  Earl 
E.  Kleinschmidt,  M.D.,  Dr.P.H.,  971 

Vitamin  and  mineral  requirements  in  pregnancy.  J.  H. 
Musser,  M.D.,  and  W.  A.  Sodeman,  ^I.D.,  292 


X 

Xanthoma  of  the  tongue-  Frank  A.  Lamberson,  M.D., 
603 


DEPARTMENT  INDEX 
Business  Side  of  Medicine 


Business  side  of  medicine  in  boom  times.  The.  Allison 
E.  Skaggs  and  Henry  C.  Black,  741 


Communications 

Bennett,  Dorothy  A.,  662 
Doran,  Frank,  1006 
Jones,  Harold  W.,  312 
Lewis,  S.  M.,  1006 
Richards,  R.  Milton,  1006 


County  and  Personal  Activities 

County  and  Personal  Activities,  65,  149,  231,  313,  399, 
481,  555,  655,  748,  926,  1004 


Doctor’s  Library 

Allen,  Paul  W.,  Holtman,  D.  Frank,  and  McBee, 
Louise  Allen : Microbes  which  help  or  destro}-  us, 

1011 

American  Medical  Association : Annual  reprints  of 

the  reports  of  the  Council  on  Pharmacy  and  Chem- 
istry, 838 

American  Medical  Association,  Council  on  Pharmacj’ 
and  Chemistry:  New  and  nonofiicial  remedies, 

932,  1011 

Andes,  Jerome  E.,  and  Eiaton,  A.  G. : Synopsis  of  ap-  y 

plied  pathological  chemistry,  932  ^ 

Baily,  Hamilton : Emergency  surgery,  486  ' 

Bard,  Philip  (editor)  : Macleod’s  physiolog>’  in  modem 
medicine,  563 


1018 


JouK.  M.S.M.S. 


INDEX 


Blond,  Kasper : Hemorrhoids  and  their  treatment ; 

the  varicose  S3mdrome  of  the  rectum,  71 
Boyd,  William : An  introduction  to  medical  science, 

662 

Bridges,  Milton  Arlanden ; Dietetics  for  the  clinician, 
563 

Brinton,  Denis : Cerebrospinal  fever,  836 

Brown,  Lawrason ; The  story  of  clinical  pulmonary 
tuberculosis,  562 

Browning,  Ethel ; Modem  drugs  in  general  practice, 
406 

Burnet,  F.  M. : Biological  aspects  of  infectious  di- 

sease, 317 

Qeckley,  Hervey : The  mask  of  sanity,  405 
Clendening,  Logan : Methods  of  treatment,  157 

Cohen,  Milton  B. : A manual  of  allergy,  561 

Cohen,  Francis  E.,  and  Odegard,  Ethel  J. : Principles 

of  microbiology,  1010 

Collier,  Howard  E. : Outlines  of  industrial  medical 

practice,  836 

Coltman,  Gavle ; Textbook  for  male  practical  nurses, 
405 

Colwell’s  1942  daily  log,  1010 

Cooper,  Lenna  F.,  Barber,  Edith  M.,  and  Mitchell, 
Helen  S. : Nutrition  in  health  and  disease,  1010 

Crampton,  C.  Ward : Start  today,  your  guide  to  physi- 

cal fitness,  757 

Crossen,  Harry  Sturgeon : Foreign  bodies  left  in  the 

abdomen,  158 

Dick,  George  F.  (editor)  : The  1940  year  book  of 

general  medicine,  71 

Dickinson,  Robert  Laton : Techniques  of  conception 

control,  406 

Dorland,  W.  A.  Newman : The  American  illustrated 

medical  dictionary,  836 

Eddy,  Walter  H. : The  avitaminoses,  486 

Eliason,  Eldridge  L. : First  aid  in  emergencies,  486 

Fairbrother,  R.  W. ; A textbook  of  bacteriology,  932 

Feder,  J.  M. : The  essentials  of  applied  medical  labora- 
tory technic,  486 

Geckeler,  Edwin  O. : Fractures  and  dislocations  for 

practitioners,  72 

Geiger,  J.  C.  (editor)  : The  1941  year  book  of  public 

health,  1010 

Gerling,  C.  J. : The  complete  weight  reducer,  932 

Gifford,  Sanford  R. : A textbook  of  ophthalmology, 

561 

Goldhamer,  Karl : X-ray  therapy  of  chronic  arthritis 

(foreword  by  Harold  Swanberg),  757 
Graybiel,  Ashton ; Electro-cardiography  in  practice, 
317 

Greisheimer,  Esther  M. : Physiology  and  anatomy,  72 

Griffith,  J.  P.  Crozer,  and  Mitchell,  A.  Graeme : Text- 

book of  pediatrics,  561 

Grollman,  Arthur : Essentials  of  endocrinology,  661 

Harper  Hospital,  Dietetics  Department : Diet  manual, 

236 

Harris,  Harold  J. : Brucellosis,  562 

Harris,  Seale : Clinical  pellagra,  157 

Helpart,  Bela;  Necropsy,  837 

Herrmann,  George  R. : Synopsis  of  diseases  of  the 

heart  and  arteries,  661 

Hess,  Julius  H.,  and  Lundeen,  Evelyn  C. : The  pre- 

mature infant,  1010 

December,  1941 


Hewitt,  Richard  M.,  et  al. : Collected  papers  of  the 

Mayo  Qinic  and  the  Ma>^o  Foundation,  755 
Holmes,  George  W.,  and  Ruggles,  Howard  E. : Roent- 
gen interpretation,  486 

Johnstone,  Rutherford  T. : Occupational  diseases,  1011 

Joslin,  Elliott  P. : A diabetic  manual,  405 

Karsner,  Howard  T. ; and  Hooker,  Sanford  B.  (edi- 
tors) : The  1940  year  book  of  pathology  and  im- 

munology, 158 

Kessler,  Henry  H. : Accidental  injuries,  661 

Kolmer,  John  A.,  and  Tuft,  Louis:  Clinical  immun- 

ology, biotherapy  and  chemotherapy,  931 
Kracke,  Roy  R.  (editor)  : A textbook  of  clinical 

pathology,  236 

Kraines,  Samuel  Henry : The  therapy  of  neuroses  and 

psychoses,  406 

Krusen,  Frank  H. : Physical  medicine,  561 

Ladd,  William  E.,  and  Gross,  Robert  E. : Abdominal 

surgery  of  infancy  and  childhood,  837 
Levinson,  Charles  A. : Food,  teeth  and  larceny,  317 

Lewin,  Philip : Infantile  paralysis,  755 

Lewin,  Philip ; The  foot  and  ankle,  1010 
Light,  Richard  Upjohn;  Focus  on  Africa,  486 
Loewenberg,  Samuel  A. : Medical  diagnosis  and  S}’mp- 

tomatology,  563 

McKibbin-Harper,  Mary : The  doctor  takes  a holi- 

day, 562 

May,  Charles  H. ; Manual  of  the  diseases  of  the  eye, 
837 

Meakins,  Jonathan  Campbell;  The  practice  of  medi- 
cine, 71 

Modern  serological  tests  for  syphilis,  662 

Newer  chemotherapy  of  venereal  diseases,  662 
Nygaard,  Kaare  K. : Hemorrhagic  diseases,  405 

Painter,  Charles  F.  (editor)  : The  1940  year  book 

of  industrial  and  orthopedic  surgery,  158 
Popenoe,  Paul : Modem  marriage,  837 

Portis,  Sidney  A.  (editor)  ; Disease  of  the  digestive 
system,  236 

Reiner,  Miriam ; Manual  of  clinical  chemistry,  405 

Ritchie,  Wallace  P. ; Essentials  of  general  surgery, 

1010 

Rosenberg,  Max  M. : It  is  your  life,  236 

Smith,  Anne  Marie : Play  for  convalescent  children, 

757 

Smith,  Frederick  C. . Proctology  for  the  general  prac- 
titioner, 486 

Spink,  Wesley  W. : Sulfanilamide  and  related  com- 

pounds in  general  practice,  1010 
Sutton,  Richard  L.,  and  Sutton,  Richard  L.,  Jr.:  An 

introduction  to  dermatology',  486 

Taber,  Clarence  Wilbur:  Taber’s  cyclopedic  medical 

dictionary,  71 

Thewlis,  Melford  : The  care  of  the  aged,  931 

Thorndike,  Augustus,  Jr.;  A manual  of  bandaging, 
strapping,  and  splinting,  1010 
Tobias,  Norman:  Essentials  of  dermatology,  836 

Top,  Franklin  H. : Handbook  of  communicable  dis- 

eases, 931 

Vanderbilt  University.  A symposium  ; Infantile  paraly- 
sis, 757 


1019 


INDEX 


Vaughan,  Warren  T. : Strange  malady,  317 

Watson-Jones,  R. : Fractures  and  other  bone  and 

joint  injuries,  661 

Wilder,  Russell  M. : A primer  for  diabetic  patients, 

755 

Willius,  Frederick  A.:  Cardiac  clinics,  1011 

Willius,  Frederick  A.,  and  Keys,  Thomas  E. : Cardiac 

classics,  563 

Zondek,  Bernard  : Clinical  and  experimental  investiga- 

tions on  the  genital  functions  and  their  hormonal 
regulation,  755  ^ 

Editorial 

AMA  needs  a new  charter.  The,  388 
“Advanced  first-aid  for  civilian  defense,”  1000 
An  error  corrected,  826 
Annual  county  secretaries’  conference,  1000 

Appreciation  to  Michigan  Legislature  and  the  governor, 

1000 

Back  to  the  seventeenth  century  by  order  of  the  Su- 
preme Court,  121 

Best  yet.  The,  826 

Cancer  in  Michigan,  303 

Council  elections,  122 

Detroit,  a major  medical  center,  53 

Discussion  conferences,  540 

Doctor  and  safety,  The,  466 

Doctor  comes  second.  The,  892 

Don’t  tell  the  world,  304 

Emergency  needs  for  narcotics,  1001 

General  practitioner,  220 

Great  meeting.  A,  618 

His  father’s  footsteps,  714 

Hospital,  Dr.?  54 

In  these  hands,  890 

Keeping  out  of  trouble,  1000 

Mad  dogs,  466 

Mature  judgment  needed,  618 

Medical  preparedness  in  Michigan,  994 

Merry  Christmas,  995 

Michigan  Medical  Service,  826 

Muskegon  honors  George  L.  Le  Fevre,  388 

Postgraduate  courses  for  the  upper  peninsula,  893 

Read  and  write,  '303 

Readers’  service,  893 

Refuge  from  ragweed,  541 

Relief  for  the  doctor,  121 

Report  rheumatic  fever,  220 

State  of  Washington  solves  its  state-medicine  threat. 
The,  1000 

Vacations,  540 

You  have  the  facts,  994 

Your  wish  has  come  true,  714 

Experimental  Procedures 

Pituitrin  in  postpartum  hemorrhage.  Transabdominal 
intra-uterine  injection.  Donald  F.  Hoyt,  M.D.,  217 


Half  a Century  Ago 

Dignity  of  the  profession.  Lyman  W.  Bliss,  M.D.,  332 
Diphtheria — What  shall  we  do  with  it?  W.  C.  Hunt- 
ington, M.D.,  502 

Four  months’  work  in  laparotomy.  J.  H.  Carstens, 
M.D.,  772 

Gall  stones — a newer  plan  of  treatment.  J.  R.  W'illiams, 
M.D.,  676 

La  grippe.  B.  B.  Godfrey,  M.D.,  948 

Need  for  a better  study  of  diseases  of  the  skin.  The. 
W.  F.  Breakey,  M.  D.,  852 

One  day  with  the  village  doctor.  Charles  S.  Cope, 
AI.D.,  580 

Phthisis.  Heneage  Gibbes,  M.D.,  420 

In  Memoriam 

Adams,  John  F.,  304 
Bates,  La  Motte  F.,  397 
Belote,  John  F.,  304 
Bevington,  Harry  G.,  831 
Bolender,  J.  E.,  304 
Bullock,  Earl  S.,  560 
Burleson,  Arthur  H.,  304 
Cameron,  Don  Bruce,  304 
Campbell,  A.  Milton,  831 
Diamond,  Francis  J.,  658 
Dick,  Kenneth  W .,  304 
Edmunds,  Charles  W.,  479 
Frank,  Maxwell  Nathaniel,  479 
Forbes,  Edwin  B.,  479 
Gustin,  J.  William,  753 
Hafford,  George  Clinton,  397 
Haviland,  James  J.,  397 
Heffron,  Charles  H.,  397 
Henry,  Thomas  Jefferson,  304 
Hewitt,  Herbert  W.,  70 
Hoff,  Edwin  C.,  70 
Huegli,  Albert  G.,  398 
Huizinga,  J.  G.,  155,  304 
Hungerford,  P.  R.,  479 
Husband,  Francis  H.,  398 
Laverty,  L.  F.,  1007 
Leitch,  Arthur  E.,  70 
MaePherson,  Alexander  H.,  304 
Morton,  Moses  Emmett,  70 
Munro,  Frederick  W.,  1007 
Owen,  Arthur  E.,  1007 
Petrie,  W.  Paul,  479 
Riley,  William  H.,  831 
Rockwell,  Alvin  H.,  658 
Rosenblum,  Herman  G.,  70 
Royer,  William  A.,  398 
Sackrider,  George  P.,  398 
Sanderson,  Hermon  Harvey,  753 
Sawicki,  Bruno  J.,  70 
Schram,  John  A.,  831 
Seybold,  George  A.,  831 
Smith,  Eugene,  Jr.,  479 
Smith,  G.  Reginald,  753 
Stewart,  L.  H.,  480 
Valade,  Cyril  K.,  398 
Walker,  Claude  W.,  753 


1020 


Jour.  M.S.M.S. 


INDEX 


West,  Arthur  E.,  480 
Wilkinson,  Chester  Ambrose,  70 
Wilson,  Ehvood  D.,  658 


Michigan’s  Department  of  Health 

1940  state’s  safest  }ear  for  babies?  64 

1941  births  set  new  record,  1003 
100,000  births  in  1941?  653 
100,000  Kahn’s  a month,  553 
Cancer  program  expanded,  829 
Communicable  disease  comparison,  473 
Communicable  disease  reports,  654 
Decline  of  contagion,  64 

Defense  industries  spend  $350,000  for  health,  926 

Diphtheria  in  two  schools,  926 

Diphtheria  outbreaks  in  August,  830 

“Flu”  not  reported,  148 

Firearms  accidents,  64 

Free  sulfathiazole,  394 

Haj'fever  immunity  treatments,  474 

Health  of  defense  workers,  926 

Health  units  appraised,  230 

Kahn  tests  set  new  record,  473 

Kellogg  grant  aids  virus  research,  1003 

Less  measles  in  June,  654 

Lobar  pneimionia  less,  230 

Malaria  in  Michigan,  746 

Marked  decrease  in  smallpox,  148 

^larriages  increase  23  per  cent,  474 

Maternal  mortality  at  new  low,  474 

Measles  cases  double,  148 

Measles,  50,000  cases  of,  473 

Measles  increase,  64 

Michigan  record  better  than  nation,  829 

Midwinter  joint  meeting,  148 

More  births,  64 

Near  epidemic  of  measles,  308 

New  acting  deputy  commissioner,  394 

New  Bureau  of  Tuberculosis,  230 

New  health  units,  653 

New  high  record  in  births,  308 

New  low  death  rates,  393 

New  pneumonia  serum  available,  148 

New  sanatorium  consultant,  830 

New  water  supplv  prompts  dental  survev  in  Escanada, 
1003 

Not  enough  public  health  nurses,  553 

Obstetrics  course  in  January,  925 

Obstetrics  studies  open  to  four,  654 

Ph}'sicians  can  register  births  of  3ears  ago,  926 

Pneumonia  deaths  drop,  393 

Polio  cases  below  average,  829 

Poliomyelitis  low  in  Juh",  747 

Record  low  infant  death  rate,  308 

Rocky  Mountain  spotted  fever,  552 

Safe  water,  474 

Saginaw  survey  finds  eleven  new  cases,  474 

September  infantile  parah*sis  under  normal,  926 

Shiawassee,  148 

Shiawassee  sixty-third,  64 

Sixty-five  county  health  units,  7-16 

Sixty-seven  polio  cases  in  November,  64 

December,  1941 


Smallpox  at  Port  Huron,  654 
Smallpox  cases  increase,  747 

Smallpox  outbreak  exposes  induction  center,  1003 
State  money'  needed,  148 
Syphilis  tests  reach  new  high,  747 
Whooping  cough  communicable  disease  No.  1,  926 
Whooping  cough  highest  in  five  years,  1003 
\\  ill  there  be  any  poliomyelitis  in  ^Michigan  this  year  ? 
S.  D.  Kramer,  M.D.,  550 

Michigan  State  Medical  Society 

Committee  reports,  637 

County  secretaries’  conference,  145 

Delegates  to  M.S.^I.S.  House  of  Delegates,  470 

^lid-winter  meeting  of  the  Council,  134 

Preliminary  program,  623 

Proceedings,  1941  meeting,  894 

Program.  717 

Roster,  371,  472,  559 

Sessions  of  House  of  Delegates,  76th  annual  meet- 
ing, 545 

Miscellaneous 

Coroner  action  required  in  all  cases  not  seen  by  physi- 
■ cian  during  thirty-six  hours  preceding  death,  999 
Examination  of  selectees  as  a society  activity,  991 
^Medical  preparedness  committees,  73 
Medical  preparedness  in  Michigan,  131 
Medical  profession  and  selective  service,  The.  221,  258 
Michigan  hospitals  and  medical  payments,  123 
Michigan  Medical  Service,  55,  129,  223,  250,  328,  416, 
496,  576,  672,  768,  $48,  946 

Neuro-psychiatric  Institute  of  Hartford  Retreat — An- 
nouncement, 7-44 
Postgraduate  program,  740 
Program  for  graduates  in  medicine,  132,  222 
Remission  of  dues  of  members  in  service,  131 
Short  sketch  of  Heneage  Gibbes,  678 
What  about  Grand  Rapids?  715 

You  are  going  to  pay  more  taxes.  Hazen  T.  Pavette, 
LL.B.,  995 

President’s  Page 

Afflicted — Crippled  children,  539 

Annual  meeting,  and  farewell,  The,  713 

iMedical  rehabilitation  of  rejected  draftees,  120 

Medicine  marches  forward,  889 

N.Y.A.  health  program,  52 

One  examination  for  selectees,  302 

Postgraduate  education  in  Michigan,  619 

Season’s  greetings.  The,  993 

Success,  and  thanks,  -467 

To  the  future,  825 

What  value  membership?  387 

Your  responsibility  to  your  legislator,  219 

Woman’s  Auxiliary 

Woman’s  Auxiliary,  62,  1-16,  228,  309,  395,  475,  554,  92d 

You  and  Your  Business 

1941  convention  in  Grand  Rapids,  61 
-Ambiguous  law,  -An,  226 

-Annual  report  of  Legislative  Committee,  1940-1941, 
547 


1021 


INDEX 


Association  of  physicians  and  cultists,  306 
Benefits  of  membership,  306 

Brown-Wagner-George  Hospital  Construction  Bill,  The, 
468 

Call  it  “The  Beaumont  Bridge,”  305 
Damage  may  result  from  the  act,  468 
“Every  eligible  physician,”  58 

Honorary  and  associate  membership  for  laymen,  58 
In  Michigan,  it’s  two  years,  305 

Instalment  credit  regulations  not  to  affect  loans  for 
medical  and  hospital  expenses,  920 
Intangibles  tax  and  accounts  receivable,  57 
“Invite  them  to  join,”  923 

Is  the  business  boom  affecting  your  collections?  924 
Keeping  complete  written  records.  Leo  M.  Ford,  J.D., 
59 

Law  on  obstetrical  engagements.  The,  226 
Laws  affecting  doctors,  58 

Legislation  for  crippled  and  afflicted  children,  390 
Liability  of  a city-employed  physician,  58 
Liability  of  physicians  in  military  service,  227 
M.S.M.S.  dues  not  raised,  133 
“Malpractice  fever,”  392 


Medical  welfare  in  Michigan — Results  of  survey,  922 
Medicine  out  of  the  air,  828 
Membership  increase,  390 
Membership  marches  upward,  828 

Michigan  hospitals  and  medical  payments  plan,  226, 
305,  922 

Michigan’s  intangibles  tax,  133 
Military  membership,  392 
National  conference  on  medical  service,  133 
Not  a privileged  communication,  133 
NYA  health  examinations  discontinued,  920 
One  examination  for  draftees,  920 

Physicians  may  select  hospitals  for  afflicted  children, 
828 

Placement  bureau,  227,  828 
Privileged  communications,  58,  922 
Rehabilitation  of  rejected  draftees,  920 
Right  and  wrong  way.  The,  57 
Roster  number,  305 
Thanks,  828 

Use  the  title  “M.D.,”  61 

Workmen’s  compensation  law  on  choice  of  healer,  390 
Your  income  tax,  923 


1022 


Tour.  M.S.M.S.